Remember, you are not what you do, and if you are in trouble… reach out for help.

Not needed

The Kursk offensive was elegant but ultimately a disaster as everything else

Imagine India invading and taking over large tracts of Pakistan and in exchange Pakistan captures 42 Rajasthani Villages across 5 Districts – 14 of which have already been liberated inside Five days with a minimum of 2500 Dead Enemy Soldiers and 150 pieces of equipment

The Ukraine supply line is cut off at SUMY where Russia is bombing FAB after FAB

This extends the Supply line from 7 Miles to 55 Miles

That alone means Ukraine cannot keep equipping their Soldiers who are in Kursk

This means Ukraine will send more troops across the Borders into Belgorod but again without supplies they will end up becoming TERRORISTS and holding hostages

Meanwhile Ukraine will leave their own territories where Russia will advance with impunity and capture more settlements and destroy more Ukrainian equipment and people

The Gamble was that Russia would be so worried about the loss of Civilian Lives in Kursk that they would immediately sue for peace

Unfortunately Russia is angrier now and regard Kursk as Terrorism against Civilians and will be even less determined for any peace

Yesterday 71% Russians voted on Telegram Groups to Kill Ukrainian women and Children against 8% on 30.06.2023 and 11% on 31.12.2023


It was a bungled offensive

You just don’t have the supply line to feed soldiers into Russia because Russians have Airpower and Artillery Power and Tank Strength

Plus they have the numbers

They can mobilize 200,000 Soldiers from their Reserves within a week

Ukraine is utterly exhausted and these are it’s BEST RESERVE TROOPS who are getting sliced into salami in Kursk


Why use Nukes?

Bronco Billy | 1980 | Clint Eastwood | movie review

Is Joe Biden Trying To Start World War 3 Before He Leaves Office? The Decision To Use Long-Range Missiles To Strike Targets Deep Inside Russia Is Insane

November 17, 2024 by Michael 

As if everything that Joe Biden has done so far was not enough, now he has decided to push us to the brink of nuclear war. On Sunday, Joe Biden decided to allow Ukraine to use long-range missiles provided by the United States to hit targets deep inside of Russia. This is a bombshell. I don’t know how else to put it. The Russians have already warned us how they will respond if long-range missiles provided by the United States and other NATO countries start raining down on their cities. Sadly, most Americans have no idea what a direct conflict with Russia would mean.

When I first heard what Joe Biden had done, I reacted very emotionally.

I am still feeling very emotional at this moment.

Everyone needs to clearly understand what just happened, because this is a major turning point…

President Biden has given the OK to lift restrictions that will allow Ukraine to use U.S.-provided long-range weapons to strike deep into Russian territory, a U.S. official confirmed to CBS News on Sunday. The move is a significant change to U.S. policy in the ongoing Ukraine-Russia conflict.

The easing of restrictions would allow Kyiv to use the Army Tactical Missile System, or ATACMS, to hit targets inside Russia. The move also comes as some 10,000 North Korean troops were sent to Kursk near Ukraine’s northern border to help Russian forces retake territory.

One of the reasons why I am so upset is because this wasn’t his decision to make.

We just had an election and his side lost.

The American people elected a leader that wants to bring the war in Ukraine to an end, but now Joe Biden is trying to make sure that nobody is going to be able to end this war.

According to CBS News, one of the reasons why this decision was made was to “put Kyiv in a better negotiating position when and if peace talks happen”…

The U.S. decision could help Ukraine at a moment when Russian forces appear to be making gains and could put Kyiv in a better negotiating position when and if peace talks happen.

It also comes as Mr. Biden is about to leave office and President-elect Trump has pledged to limit American support for Ukraine and ending the war as soon as possible.

Are you kidding me?

That is nonsense.

Donald Trump needs to come forward immediately and denounce this move, because we could be facing a scenario where events spiral out of control before he even has the opportunity to take office.

When Vladimir Putin was asked about the possibility that long-range missiles provided by the U.S. could soon be used to hit targets deep inside Russia, he responded by warning that such a move would mean that “U.S. and European countries are at war with Russia”…

“We are not talking about allowing or not allowing the Ukrainian regime to strike Russia with these weapons,” Putin said Thursday in comments to propagandist Pavel Zarubin. “We are talking about deciding whether NATO countries are directly involved in the military conflict or not.”

“This will mean that NATO countries, the U.S. and European countries are at war with Russia,” Putin said. “And if this is so, then, bearing in mind the change in the very essence of this conflict, we will make appropriate decisions based on the threats that will be created for us.”

Joe Biden just called Putin’s bluff.

We just crossed that red line, and there is no going back.

Now we will see if Putin was bluffing or not.

Later in September, Vladimir Putin explained that a “joint attack on the Russian Federation” could trigger the use of nuclear weapons…

A new nuclear doctrine would “clearly set the conditions for Russia to transition to using nuclear weapons,” he warned – and said such scenarios included conventional missile strikes against Moscow.

He said that Russia would consider such a “possibility” of using nuclear weapons if it detected the start of a massive launch of missiles, aircraft and drones into its territory, which presented a “critical threat” to the country’s sovereignty.

He added: “It is proposed that aggression against Russia by any non-nuclear state, but with the participation or support of a nuclear state, be considered as their joint attack on the Russian Federation.”

The Russians have told us that allowing Ukraine to fire long-range missiles deep into their territory could cause a nuclear war.

But Joe Biden did it anyway.

Just imagine how we would feel if some foreign power was firing long-range missiles into Washington D.C. and New York City.

If someone did that to us, we would nuke them.

I want everyone out there to understand the gravity of the scenario that we are facing.

Of course the Russians have been escalating matters as well.

In fact, they just hit targets all over Ukraine using “120 missiles and almost 100 drones”…

Ukraine said it would introduce nationwide emergency power restrictions Monday after a “massive” Russian attack further damaged its already fragile energy grid ahead of a much-feared winter, with nine civilians also killed across the country on Sunday.

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky said Moscow launched 120 missiles and almost 100 drones, targeting Kyiv as well as southern, central and far-western corners of the country.

Civilians were killed in the Mykolaiv, Lviv, Kherson, Dnipropetrovsk and Odesa regions in what officials in the capital called one of the biggest barrages in the almost three-year Russian invasion.

Meanwhile, the war in the Middle East threatens to spiral completely out of control.

On Sunday, Zero Hedge was reporting that Israeli troops were seen fighting at a location that is 3 miles north of the Lebanese border…

The Israeli military has reached the deepest point in Lebanon since the ground offensive began about six weeks ago. This has been reported by both Lebanese and Israeli media, amid raging battles with Hezbollah on Saturday.

“The state-run National News Agency reported that Israeli troops temporarily captured a strategic hill in the southern Lebanese village of Shamaa, about five kilometers (3 miles) from the border early Saturday, before later being pushed back,” Israeli media reports. “The outlet claimed soldiers detonated several buildings including a shrine before they withdrew.”

The IDF has also been bombing Syria on an almost daily basis, and we are waiting for the next Iranian attack on Israel which could literally occur at any moment.

Even though we could see these wars coming way in advance, nobody has been able to stop them.

Now Joe Biden has brought us to the brink of nuclear war with Russia even though he has very little time remaining in the White House.

It was not his decision to make, but he made it anyway, and it could end up having very serious implications for every man, woman and child on the entire planet.

Some AI lessons on MM image generation

It took me a while to figure out, but these images of people with this thing out of their mouths is what the AI interprets as “drinking”.

Default Create a anatomicallyaccurate photo realistic Baroques 1(7)
Default Create a anatomicallyaccurate photo realistic Baroques 1(7)

It also has a problem with size relevance.

@@Default Create a anatomicallyaccurate photo realistic Baroques 1(10)
@@Default Create a anatomicallyaccurate photo realistic Baroques 1(10)

Changing the AI model can result in dramatic changes in the resulting picture… Some are good, and some aren’t.

Here’s one AI model …

##Default Create a anatomicallyaccurate photo realistic Baroques 1(13)
##Default Create a anatomicallyaccurate photo realistic Baroques 1(13)

And here is a different AI model…

Default Create a anatomicallyaccurate photo realistic Baroques 0(18)
Default Create a anatomicallyaccurate photo realistic Baroques 0(18)

If you are not careful, all the individuals will look like clones…

ORB Default Create a anatomicallyaccurate photo realistic Baroques 1(15)
ORB Default Create a anatomicallyaccurate photo realistic Baroques 1(15)

I really like how it creates backgrounds, but you MUST be specific for a background to be generated… some fantastical backgrounds come with undesirable subject matter.

BG Default Create a anatomicallyaccurate photo realistic Baroques 1(19)
BG Default Create a anatomicallyaccurate photo realistic Baroques 1(19)

It does seem to have a problem with sheer and wet clothing. Only generating edges, and ignoring the rest. Which is interesting, but not what I am looking for.

Sheer Default Create a anatomicallyaccurate photo realistic Baroques 1(20)
Sheer Default Create a anatomicallyaccurate photo realistic Baroques 1(20)

Sometimes, it looks fine. But the AI really has a problem with hands; number of fingers, and left vrs right…

Imperfect Default Create a anatomicallyaccurate photo realistic Baroques 0(9)
Imperfect Default Create a anatomicallyaccurate photo realistic Baroques 0(9)

The fellow on the left is using a right hand on his left arm. Though the girl seems to be just ok.

Nothing worse than an extra arm to throw off the art…

#Default Create a anatomicallyaccurate photo realistic Baroques 0(11)
#Default Create a anatomicallyaccurate photo realistic Baroques 0(11)

Here is the story of a democracy.

The Prime Minister of this country refused to allow a British oil company to control this nation’s oil reserves. He wanted the oil to benefit his people, he was an elected representative after all.

In response, the British boycotted this nation and asked the Americans for help.

The determination was to over throw this nation’s government. The CIA helped design a coup to overthrow this democratic government  [1].

And the CIA succeeded and installed a dictator who was beholden to the United States to stay in power.

Now obviously this nation wasn’t thrilled about this and 26 years later the people of this nation protested and ended up successfully overthrowing this dictator to form a theocratic republic.

Since then, the US has flirted with the idea of going to war with this nation.

This nation: Iran

Yes, the US created the Iran we know today because the US installed a dictator.

The US does this stuff all the time, the US overthrew a government over the price of bananas [2].

The US supports 73% of the world’s dictators [3] .

The US does not spread democracy, the US supports people who support the agenda of American imperialism even if that is a dictator.

Also the US created the issues we have with Iran, so it is hilarious when Presidents complain about their ‘behavior’ because it was the United States that created the problem to begin it with interventionism… yet chuckleheads in the White House seem to think further interventionism is the answer.

Footnotes

Once, I bought a multi-roll package of toilet paper. I had it on the bottom of my shopping cart, on the little shelf. I told the cashier it was down there. She rang up my purchases, I left the store and went home. Later I was looking over my receipt, and noticed that the toilet paper wasn’t on there. She hadn’t scanned it.

That little devil sitting on my shoulder said, “Well, consider it your lucky day”. But the little angel on the other shoulder said, “You know you have to do the right thing”. So the next day I trooped down to the store with the toilet paper and my receipt and stood in line at the customer service desk. When it was my turn, I told the cashier what had happened, and she said that she wasn’t going to charge me for the toilet paper. She said that by then, the cashier’s drawer (the one who checked me out) had been counted and put in the days receipts.

So I took my toilet paper home and lived happily ever after.

Another time, I bought a weedeater for my husband. He told me exactly which one to buy, and it was on sale. So I go and find the weedeater and buy it, and take it home. When I got home, and looked it over, I realized that it was a much, much nicer weedeater than the one on sale had been. I realized I had been pretty drastically undercharged. So, I called the store and told them what had happened and that I would take it back and get the one on sale.

So that’s what I did. It was a small Mom and Pop business, and they were decent people. I couldn’t take them like that. They were appreciative, and gave me a little gift certificate.

Husband comes home from work, we’re talking about the weedeater, and I tell him what had occurred. He was furious with me. He said I was stupid to take the expensive weedeater back, when I could have just played dumb. And then he would have a better heavy duty weedeater. It caused a big argument between us. I tried not to, but I lost a little bit of respect for my husband over his attitude regarding that weedeater.

I was raised to do the right thing. To do my best to be an honorable person. I have failed miserably many times, I know. But I like to sleep at night, and I like to have a clear conscience as much as possible. So I try to do the right thing. Simple as that.

Can they? Yes, there are lottery winners every week.

But will they? Unlikely, and even if they do, it’s a long slog ahead.

Boeing can’t catch a break, not since the first 737 max crash.

A string of troubles later, Boeing has bled immense quantities of cash, but finds itself in a QC mess, road map delays, a stuck starliner in space, union troubles, legal and fed oversight issues and one 737 Max crash from the mother of all PR storms.

Evidently, boeing has big problems executing as an engineering and manufacturing firm.

Unfortunately, Boeing is a no-option too big to fail node. The American government will step in to save it. And molly coddling will help Boeing stay up but hardly improve its competitiveness.

The culture needs to change. Unfortunately, financialization and cheap credit has played havoc with American competitiveness in the 21st century. Hard engineering is too slow for quick money’s taste.

Twenty years ago, pilots preferred Boeing’s yoke for its sense of familiarity. Today, airbus’s sidestick has revolutionized the cockpit’s ergonomics and workflow, introducing class-leading safety while reducing pilot workload.

Boeing has its work cut out, especially with the emergence of comac.

I am of the opinion Boeing’s economic model is too extravagant and there is too much fat in the supply chain. But it will require the competition to lay bare the fact customers are paying too much for what they are getting.

But that’s 20 years down the road, due to the product life cycles of airliners.

I wish Boeing luck. It is unlikely to disappear, but I won’t be surprised if it weakens further.

Let me tell you the truth, all Chinese people believe that if Russia fails, China will also fail, because the US will use Russia as a springboard to invade China. We won’t let that happen.

Don’t think the defeat of both Russia and China is a good thing. You in front of the screen are actually standing in the same position as us.

Here’s the history about your economy.

On August 15, 1945, when Japan unconditionally accepted the Potsdam Declaration and surrendered, and the world finally moved towards peace.

That was also the beginning of the golden age that MAGAs believe in.

Five years later in 1950, Washington DC announced the completion of its industrialization goals. In order to address the vested interests of the military class and become a world hegemon, the Washington DC launched the Cold War against the USSR. In order to ensure that Europe and East Asia were on the same front as itself, the government launched the Marshall Plan in 1947, transferring industry to allied European countries around the USSR, plus Japan, South Korea, and so on.

Washington asked, and Moscow answered.

The USSR provided comprehensive social security from cradle to grave, including free healthcare, education, housing, and employment security. As a result, Washington expanded its Social Security Act, Americans had Medicare and Medicaid at the first time. Assistance for low-income groups, housing plans, and strengthening public education, all of them was made during the cold war. The last time oligarchs gave such preferential treatment to workers was at Ford Motor Company in 1914, half a year before WWI.

The policy of the Washington DC towards the Moscow benefited the American workers, however there’s a flaw of the US itself: the social welfare system pushed the pressure to capitalists, and American domestic capital flee and become international capital. Industrial hollowing began from then on. Japan, Singapore, Hong Kong, Taiwan, and South Korea rose later, at the cost of the Rust Belt in the Great Lakes region. The 1960s. The end of the golden age.

Rust Belt
Rust Belt

But that was far from over.

If the existence of the USSR cannot make you realize what you have gained because of it, at least the departure of the USSR may make you realize what you have lost. With the collapse of the USSR, American capital was no longer under pressure, and labor welfare plummeted.

Companies led by Wal Mart began to actively reduce workers’ wages and welfare benefits. Despite ongoing inflation in the US, its minimum wage for labor remained at $5.15 per hour from 1997 to 2007. Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act in 1996 forced low-income workers to choose unstable jobs, people no longer have sufficient welfare. Right to Work Laws drived workers away from the union, making the union no longer represent the interests of workers, but gradually become a dual rival between companies and workers. The limit of industrial hollowing out is marked by NAFTA and China joining WTO.

The rich took too much, and the poor had no ability to buy. enterprises went bankrupt. Financial crisis, again and again.

The USSR brought American workers the golden age. The USSR also protected them staying in the golden age. When the USSR left, American workers became orphans abandoned by the government. The irony is that few American workers appreciate the USSR. They would rather believe that it is the kindness and conscience of the wealthy who have brought them a superior life, than believe in the common beliefs and struggles of millions of people.

Now take a look at China. We have achieved a living standard similar to or even higher than yours with resources far below the world average and per capita GDP on the world average – as you can see from the expected life expectancy.

Look at history and ask yourself. If no country in the world can resist the capitalist oligarchy of the US, after the popularization of AI and industrial robots, as manual laborers, what bargaining chips do you have to negotiate with them?

Or, let me ask in a different way, how much longer do you have to wait before you will fight for your own life rather than relying on others’ efforts? The clock of average people is ticktocking, since the popularization of industrial robots will be realized in your lifetime.

Yes, Donald Trump is a great leader. I don’t like America but I like Donald Trump. He has charisma. He has a story. He’s honest, and it’s clear that many Americans adore him.

Xi is different. While Trump has an American and capitalist story, Xi’s story is different. He has an Asian story. He went through the most important and tumultuous period of modern China. While Trump’s story is about making profits, Xi’s story is about China’s struggle.

Mao Zedong taught the Chinese people to be unite. Deng Xiaoping taught the Chinese people to prosper. Xi, on his part, taught the Chinese people to be proud of China.

Unlike American presidents who rarely interact with their own but poor citizens, Xi visits every corner of China. He communicates with the villagers of China, sits with them, and participates in the activities of a Chinese person’s daily life. He makes the Chinese people feel like the government cares for them. He empathizes with them. He champions the spirit of ordinary men. In contrast, Trump champions the spirit of capitalism and profit.

Xi visited the Tibetan Autonomous Region and many Tibetans gathered to welcome him. He even said “Tashi Delek” at the end, which has won him countless Tibetan fans.

Also, the US is helping him. To make a complete story, there must be a villain whom the hero must fight. The US is the villain, who the world knows is corrupted beyond redemption. Xi himself never chose to fight. He is forced to fight, so that has won him support from around the world.

So. In conclusion, Xi is not the leader China needs but the leader the world needs. After a thousand years, people will talk about our time. They will refer to our period as “China’s revival”. The man they will talk most about is not Trump but Xi.

The saddest? A two way tie.

A kid in his early 20’s gains access to a trust fund his grandparents set up for him. Six hours into my shift his mother is behind him begging him to come home before he wastes everything at the table, tears and all. He calls security over to remove her from the area for harassing him. Sadly, he is technically correct, and security escorts the mother from the area. Congrats kid, you lost your future and your parent in one night at the tables.

Second was a 30 something female playing way above her head. No strategy, no quit. Wouldn’t take advice from me because “you work for the house”. She loses about 2-3,000, and goes straight to the ATM. Foxwoods ATMs charge $4 for every transaction, up to $400 per. She has $2,000. Ten minutes later, she’s in tears telling everyone she just gambled away the mortgage, and her husband is going to leave her. She leaves less than an hour before my shift ends. On my way home traffic is unusually heavy (5am mind you) and I see why. Distraught, she was walking along route 2 and decided to step in front of a bus. I found out it was her the next day.

For a poor city, it has the world’s largest metro system. 20 lines and counting. Completely safe. No drunks, homeless or druggies in sight.

Shanghai has the only commercial maglev train, allowing you to travel from the airport to the city center in 8 minutes. It travels at speeds over 400 km an hour.

You never need to look over your shoulder for your own safety. Even at 3:00 am you can walk the streets without fear.

You can eat anything your heart desires. From inexpensive street food all the way to Michelin Starred restaurants.

You never see traffic congestion because the city uses advanced smartcity technology so traffic moves very smoothly.

Your question should be why would New York, a poor and unsafe city, compare itself to Shanghai?

I’ve been to both cities. Have you ever visited Shanghai?

Not me. But someone hired in my office.

Years ago I worked at a management consulting firm in Austin. It was an awful place to work. Ridiculous hours, bad management, and nepotism lead to an extremely high stress environment. Most of the employees had advanced degrees, but because of the horrible work environment, no one stuck around for more than a few months.

One morning, several of us got on the elevator with a new person, who pressed the button for the our floor. Someone asked if she was going to work for “XYZ.” “Yes,” she happily chirped. Everyone groaned. “You really don’t want to do that,” said one of the analysts. Everyone else nodded agreement.

We reach our floor. Everyone except her gets off. She stands in the doorway for a second. “Nope,” she says, and presses the button for the lobby.

A few hours later, the boss comes into a room where several of us are working. “Where’s the new girl? She was supposed to start today.”

“She quit.”

“What! When?”

“In the elevator.”

The boss looks at us and growls, “Shit! What did you say to her?!!!”

Bronco Billy – Final Scene

During the 100 Years War, the French countryside was devastated, lawless and full of unburied corpses. It was a paradise for wolves.

“In all the lowlands of the Loire, the sheep were gone — devoured, destroyed. The cattle that were left were herded by peasants and defended with such weapons as were at hand. By night, they were safe corralled in barns or high stockades.”

People did not dare to venture outdoors at night, when the wolves would prowl village streets, killing any man or animal they found. Outside of Paris was a piece of rugged ground that had been cleared of trees. The wolves made it their home.

“Here it was known that many wolves had their dens, and each year new litters of cubs were born, to be a terror on the roads that led to the great city. It was many generations before the place was cleaned up; and the only memory of its savage denizens left today is the name, the same but shortened, that attaches to the place – the Louvre.”

The wolf king, leader of the pack, was a huge wolf called Courtaud (“Bobtail”) who led a small army of wolves in raids on herds of sheep and cattle. When the herdsmen tried to defend their animals, they were killed too, and soon Courthaud developed a taste for human flesh.

The Dubois family, bringing their sheep to market, took the precaution of putting them in a horse-drawn cart decked out with bells, tin pans and other noisemakers, but it didn’t help. They were overwhelmed by wolves. All three were killed and eaten. After that, the wolves would only eat people, leaving behind the sheep and cattle.

For a time, English longbowmen kept the road to Paris open, but then they were withdrawn, and the city was effectively besieged by wolves. In the hard winter of 1439, there was so much snow that neither wolves nor men could find food. Parisians retreated behind their walls and listened to hungry wolves howling outside.

But the walls were not secure. There was a gap between the iron grate at the river and the frozen river itself. The wolves came through and ran through the streets, killing 14 people before retreating.

The captain of the city guard, Boisselier, was fed up. He ordered cattle to be slaughtered in the town square and left there. The smell of blood attracted the wolves who again rushed into the city, but this time, they were cornered and killed with arrows and stones. That was the end of Courtaud, but wolves remained a terror to the countryside for many years.

Classic joke:

What would happen if Russia invaded China?

On the first day: One million Chinese surrendered to Russia

The next day: Two million Chinese surrendered to Russia

The next day: Three million Chinese surrendered to Russia

The next day: Four million Chinese surrendered to Russia

……

Russia ultimately achieved victory,and Russia changed its name to China and announced that Russians are the 57th ethnic minority in China

Imagine you are a war lord riding a warhorse, wielding a sword, and possessing a thousand cows

You suddenly became the emperor of a place called China

You became the emperor because the original emperor here was too foolish.

You have recruited your loyal Prime Minister, and you have decided to establish your own dynasty and civilization.

You: I want the people here to use new language!

Prime Minister: Sorry, the people here use language that is longer than the history of your tribe. If you replace their language, the entire country’s system will collapse,Great emperor, you don’t want your tax order to be passed on to people thousands of kilometers away, but theybelieve it’s just a piece of paper filled with mysterious symbols

You: I want them to wear my clothes!

Prime Minister: Your clothes are only suitable for the environment on the grasslands… Look, here are deserts, grasslands, snow capped mountains, plains, oceans

You: I want them to eat my food.

Prime Minister: Sir, even you are unwilling to eat your food. Their food is much more delicious. I guess you, who live on the grassland, haven’t studied the methods of shark fin and sea cucumber

You: I want them to accept our culture.

Prime Minister: Really? Do you want your people to learn from your culture of conquest and war, rather than their traditional conservative and submissive culture? The previous emperor here finally taught his people to obey the emperor’s orders. Do you really want to teach them how to conquer and overthrow the emperor like you do?

You: I want them to read our book!

Prime Minister: Hmm… You’ve been busy fighting and don’t seem to have many books. Even if they do, they can’t understand them, and they have tens of millions of books

You: I want them to live in my house!

Prime Minister: Are you serious… Do you want to move out of this magnificent palace and live in your tent full of horse manure?

You: Damn it, why do they have such a long history!

Prime Minister: My Emperor, you see, the region where these people live is bordered by deserts and plateau snow capped mountains to the west, mountains and seas to the south, and only the ocean to the east. In this natural fortress, in ancient times, we on the grasslands were the only threat to this civilization, unless a group of people can invent airplanes and warships in the future to destroy this fortress.

But before that, this civilization could exist freely in this fortress for thousands of years… Of course, this also limited their desire to explore the sky and sea too much, so in the future your dynasty will be severely kick ass by a group of white skinned guys – and they will blame you, the ruler of another ethnic group.

You: so…… how did we conquer this country

Prime Minister: As you can see, living in this country, if you are an emperor who has everything you want, it is difficult not to become an idiot,Just like your future children, they have never experienced your efforts and hardships in conquering a country. Under our foolish feudal system, they will soon become addicted to pleasure, after all, there are much more fun here than on the grassland,Otherwise, why did that crazy giant Mongol Empire ultimately choose to stay here and establish the Yuan Dynasty

You: Then I can let them change to my hairstyle, right

Prime Minister: Of course… but the cost is that hundreds of years later they will still use this as one of the reasons why you are a tyrant… and countless rebels will use it as an excuse to rebel against you

You:there are always some of them willing to accept all of the above!

Prime Minister: Indeed, so future museums will have information about your artifacts

You: I’m going to kill them all!!!!

Prime Minister: Really? You killed them, who will give you a gorgeous house, delicious food, beautiful women, and a group of men willing to cut their own dick to serve you? Are you really willing to give up such a beautiful life and spend the rest of your life killing and fearing being assassinated

You: I choose to join them

Prime Minister: So, enjoy your brief imperial life, at most for a few hundred years they will take everything away, and you will fall in love with the life here and become a minority of China, If a snake swallows an elephant – it will only transform itself into the shape of an elephant, What you can kill is only the emperor, not this huge civilization

you see, these people are all native Chinese now

Not exactly an “off the hook” situation, but I did go to court against an attorney and won.

The high school my youngest son attended denied him entry into the National Honor Society, even though he fit every bit of the criteria. It seems he was “black balled” by one or two of his teachers over personal grudges. I looked up the rules for admission to the society and found that black balling was forbidden. I asked to see the votes and vote tally records. I was told I was not allowed to see them. So, I filed a FOIA suit against the school.

A couple of days after filing the papers, I got a call from their “high-powered” attorney from our state capital. He wanted contact info for my lawyer. I told him I didn’t have a lawyer. He told me to get him the contact info when I hired my lawyer. I told him I had no intention of hiring a lawyer.

He then tried to bully me by telling me there was no possible way I could win, and that I would have to pay the school for his attorney fees. I ignored his threat and ended the conversation.

About 4 days before the hearing was set, the attorney called me again. He asked again for my attorney. I again told him I had none, and had no intention of getting one. Same old bullying started again. I ignored it again.

The day before the hearing, he called again and asked if we could just settle this. I declined.

The day of the hearing, I met this attorney at the courthouse. He entered the courtroom before I did, and introduced himself to the judge. As I entered, I looked at the judge and said, “Hi, Jim.” He responded with, “Hi, Eric.” I could see the attorney’s face, and the look was priceless. As the old saying goes, he didn’t know whether to shit or go blind.

I prevailed in my suit and the school was told they were required to give me the info. They said they didn’t have it. It must have gotten discarded. I pointed out to them that the National Honor Society rules required them to keep the information for at least 12 months. I let them know that I could contact the society and have them drop the entire school from their program for breaking this rule, with the implication that they were still allowing black balling of students. I received some apologies and promises that they would read the rules and follow them in the future.

My son was inducted into NHS the following year.

By the way, I had been denied membership in NHS by the same school some thirty or so years earlier. I didn’t complain. Even though I was valedictorian, they were correct in not inducting me. I was too ornery to fit the mold. My son did fit, it was just that a couple of teachers didn’t like him.

NEIGHBORS HATED THE COLOR OF MY HOUSE AND REPAINTED IT WHILE I WAS AWAY — I WAS ENRAGED & TOOK MY REVENGE.

My house is on a corner lot. Two years ago, a newlywed couple moved in next door and immediately made weird comments about my house’s yellow color. Soon, they outright DEMANDED I paint it a different color. My house has always been yellow; I love it, and there’s no rule against it.

They called the police and the city on me, but both told them to back off since I hadn’t done anything wrong. They even tried suing me (the suit got tossed, and they had to pay my legal fees) and attempted to rally our neighbors to form an HOA to force me to repaint. Our neighbors told them to get lost, so now they’re alienated by everyone.

I had to go out of town for two weeks, and when I got back, my house was GRAY. I almost drove past it because I’m so used to my yellow house. The neighbor from across the street came over and showed me pictures he took of the painting company setting up and doing the work. He and another neighbor called the police, but the painting company had a valid work order and had been paid, so the police couldn’t do anything.

It seemed everything done to my house was legal and no damage was done. But I was enraged and planned my revenge. Next day, I… repainted it yellow.

Yellow house
Yellow house

Putin TV Address: “Entitled to Strike” Nations Giving Weapons to Ukraine

Putin entitled header large
Putin entitled header large

“Russia considers itself entitled to use (hypersonic) weapons against facilities of those countries that allow their weapons to be used against Russian facilities.”

Those are the words of Russian President Vladimir Putin in televised remarks today from the Kremlin in Moscow.  Here is a brief video showing him making the announcement:

 

 

NUCLEAR ATTACK WARNINGS TRIGGERED THIS MORNING!

Russia’s ICBM launch at Ukraine this morning triggered early warning systems – – – and such launches are, by default, assumed to be nuclear. So for a short time, the US and Europe thought Russia was nuking Ukraine.

They only knew that it was not nuclear by checking to see if the city of Dnipro was still physically there after the impacts.

Essentially, If Russia decides to nuke Ukraine … the west will watch because they can do nothing other than that.

Second important thing to note: Russia has proven that it can deliver a conventional or nuclear payload to any place without a problem.

Which brings us back to President Putin’s address to his nation just hours ago . . . . NATO member countries have already supplied weapons being used to strike Russia.  Among those weapons have been: Tanks, Infantry Fighting Vehicles, Rockets, Missiles, Speed-Boat-Bombs, and Drones.

The United States, United Kingdom, France, Germany and other nations have long ago provided such weapons that have been – and still are – used to attack interior Russia.

That Russia has now announced they are “entitled” to strike seems the clearest indication yet that utterly massive escalation is coming in very short order.  Not necessarily in Ukraine, but on the territories of the countries who have been supplying weapons.

Hal Turner Analysis

Today’s use by Russia of an ICBM against Ukraine, albeit with only conventional explosives, should make clear to any RATIONAL person that the next step would be to use those same missiles with nuclear warheads.

There is no other RATIONAL interpretation possible!

Will the collective West see reality for what it is, or are they so immersed in their own echo chamber, that reality can no longer penetrate?

It seems to me that if the collective West does not stop what it’s doing with Ukraine, Russia is going to strike.  VERY soon.   Maybe before Thanksgiving.

For the almost three years that this Russia-Ukraine Conflict has gone on, I have implored readers of this website, and listeners to my radio show to get prepared: Emergency food, water, medicines you need to live on, a way to cook without electricity or utility-supplied gas, a way to heat your home without utilities (Fireplace, wood-burning stove, etc.).  I have urged folks to get a generator and have spare fuel stored outside, to run that generator, to keep your refrigerators running and maybe a light on in the house.  I have recommended a flashlight in every room of your home, or at least one for each family member, with plenty of spare batteries for those flashlights.  I have recommended a portable AM/FM/SW radio for local news and info and spare batteries for those portable radios.  I have urged people to get COMMUNICATIONS Gear, a CB, HAM, or GMRS radio, so they can communicate locally if everything goes down.  I have advised folks to get a FIRST-AID KIT for minor cuts and bruises, or, God Forbid, major war wounds.

Now that an ICBM has actually been fired in Combat for the first time in Human History, a threshold has been crossed.  Things go downhill VERY FAST from here.

If you don’t have the prepping items I mentioned above, you are totally screwed.

Please, I IMPLORE YOU, get “prepped” right now.  Today.  As best you can.  There seems to be very little time remaining before you will need those preps.

Zip and it’s gone

I’m a short man.

I’m 5″6’, so I’m not a ‘little person” but I am short.

When I was dating, I had many girls tell me they would date me if i were taller. Fast forward and I’ve been married 20 years and have three terrific children.

Taller guys sometimes pat me on the shoulder or otherwise treat me like a child. I’m in my 40s.

Aggressive women have often warned me that ‘they could take me.’ I’ve had drunk guys start fights with the ‘little guy’ in a bar or party. Literally just walk up and start talking trash. I had a personal boxing coach for years and although I was never a contender, I learned to handle myself really well.

When I assert myself, I am told I have a ‘napoleon complex’ – when I don’t, I’m ‘passive aggressive’ or a pushover.

I’ve been passed over for leadership opportunities for taller people, and I’ve actually been told that openly. A CFO told me that people don’t like to work for short men. Height isn’t a protected class and you can be discriminated against for it.

I have a great life. Terrific family, despite being raised in poverty, I have accumulated a decent amount of first generation wealth. I have a great career and i do what I love. I really have no complaints.

But my appearance has affected my life.

Conduct a search on the bus or train? Thai police ain’t stupid, guys.

They know pretty well that Thais know best. I would say out loud, “เชิญเลยครับ (Be my guest)!”

Be sure to make a scene so that all eyes will look at you, so, you have a lot of eyewitnesses- say this; “พ่อแม่ พี่น้อง ผมกำลังโดนค้นครับ ขอไทยมุงครับ- เป็นสักขีพยานครับ ว่าผมไม่มี บุหรี่ไฟฟ้า ไม่มียาบ้านะครับ!” (Ladies & Gentlemen, I’m about to be searched, gather around folks, please be my eyewitnesses that I’ve no ‘Vapes’ or’Yaba’”)

Let’s be serious.

Once you consent to a search, there are two scenarios you need to know-ONE**, you are confronting with a pair of phony police officers. If you’re allow them to put their hands into your backpack it will mean, you will be a victim of an extortion-you know what I mean.— You may read from the expert online how to get out from a search by the fake Thai police unscathed.

TWO**: It’s real search from the police, and you can’t say no as your tattooed face & both arms, bearded with moustache wearing ’Boss’ blue T matches a description of ‘gold shop heist robber’ Too bad that you’re in a vicinity of the crime scene nearby.

Be shrewd as a snake but keeping calm like a dove **(I borrow from the Bible)- ask their permission to see their palms and what under/ inside their sleeves. If possible, take a video during a seach with their permission as well ( they will allow)

With a **vape** in your possession could cost you up to 30,000 Baht *fine

**Yaba** in your possession is questionable as penalty of drug trafficking is harsher than possession of drugs… you can’t say that, ‘IT ISN’T MINE’

Thai police will typically insist, **I am the law**

What’s other choice when facing with the Thai police demanding a search?

Guys! In Thailand do as the Thai do.

Just walk away that is what Thais would do when the police want to search the backpack of anyone.

  • What are the consequences if you refuse?

The worst scenario, if you refuse a search—is going to the police station with them.

main qimg 384b9e0d69767ea510263a78339dd5e0
main qimg 384b9e0d69767ea510263a78339dd5e0

My company was about 9 months delivering my review. I had a great year and likely generated incremental ebitda of over $5 million. When I finallly got me review I was told I did a great job and I was getting the maximum raise – 5% on top of my $120k salary. I flipped out.

Two weeks later I quit. I knew I had a ton of leverage because:

  1. My company was party to a lawsuit and I was a key witness.
  2. The company was going to be sold soon and I was in a key position.

As expected, they asked me to stay and offered me a small additional raise. I demanded $250k, a 75% bonus, promotion to EVP, stock options, 1 year severance agreement if the fired me (plus bonus), and a year of benefits post employment. Told them I didn’t care either way.

It’s been 5 years. I’m still with the company and have been promoted to president. Timing is everything. If you have leverage use it.

Mohamed Rizalman bin Ismail, a Malaysian military attaché, entered one woman’s house and attempted to have sex with her.

main qimg b9a253d179713f0d3a39748571acd29b lq
main qimg b9a253d179713f0d3a39748571acd29b lq

He was promptly arrested by the New Zealand police and charged with attempted burglary and rape. Invoking his diplomatic immunity, Mohamed left New Zealand to his country Malaysia. Following the international furor, Malaysia agreed to send Mohamed back and waive his diplomatic immunity. This case was interesting because NZ and Malaysia don’t have an extradition treaty. Apparently Mohamed “volunteered” to go back to NZ and face the trial. He served 9 months of house arrest.

main qimg 9ec95c4af849e717d2a3693c75467ef3 lq
main qimg 9ec95c4af849e717d2a3693c75467ef3 lq

Majed Hassan Ashoor, the first secretary at the Saudi Embassy in India beat and raped his Nepali housemaids. When the Police got involved, Diplomat invoking immunity left the country. All was left, a few NGOs protesting against the diplomat.

Accused Saudi diplomat leaves India

main qimg ac8ae73f69219b0443f8d5f43bfe6304 lq
main qimg ac8ae73f69219b0443f8d5f43bfe6304 lq

Traffic accidents

These cases happen far more often than beating and rape. An American military attaché was involved in traffic accident. He was reported to be drunk. As a result, the motorcycle driver died. The Pakistani authorities asked Americans to waive his diplomatic immunity so that he can be tried. After refusal, he was not allowed to leave the country. After extensive negotiations and substantial payments to the deceased’s family was the case finally resolved.

US diplomat involved in Islamabad accident departed post ‘settlement’ | The Express Tribune

Another very similar case, a Russian diplomat was involved in fatal traffic accident, in Canada, while drunk. Due to diplomatic immunity, he was allowed back to Russia. Upon arrival, he was charged in Russian court with involuntary manslaughter and jailed for 4 years.

Former Russian diplomat guilty of involuntary manslaughter | CBC News

A new case is developing right now in Turkey. It has been alleged that a Saudi national was killed in the Saudi Consulate. If this is true, we reached new lows in diplomacy.

As you can see, diplomatic immunity can be waived only by the diplomat’s side. The host country, on the other hand, can prohibit the diplomat from leaving the country. It can also make an international incident and make life hell for the remaining diplomats. But in the end it is up to the diplomat’s country if it wants to be viewed as a country that allows its diplomats to commit crimes and get away with it. A matter of national prestige is an important matter to some, not all countries.


Article 29 of the Vienna Convention states: “The person of a diplomatic agent shall be inviolable. He shall not be liable to any form of arrest or detention. The receiving state shall treat him with due respect and shall take all appropriate steps to prevent any attack on his person, freedom or dignity.”

I got my Ph.D. from Stanford, so I was both a student and a teacher there, after attending a mid-level school that gave me a full ride for undergrad. No one in my family had been to a top-tier school, and there were no top-tier schools in the area where I grew up, so I had no idea what to expect. There were two things that shocked me most:

  1. The way that everything is set up to ensure the students succeed. Ins to any internship program you could possibly want. “Lecture series” classes that are really designed to give you weekly networking opportunities. Entrepreneurship competitions that will actually put multiple students in a room with venture capitalists to pitch their business plans. You name it. The campus, the resources, the professors, the programs — all of these things are great at Stanford, but they’re great a lot of other places, too. But where you really see a huge difference is all the extras, where the school provides every opportunity for you to get in touch with people who can make your career. It’s amazing. After I saw this, I would always 100% advise anyone who’s ambitious and academically inclined to shoot for an Ivy.
  2. Interestingly, the undergraduate students are not all super smart. They’re not unintelligent. But they’re not geniuses — not most of them, anyway. I wasn’t blown away, on the whole, by my Stanford students’ intelligence. Mostly, they just worked hard and they knew how to be students. They would communicate well, come to class and to office hours, be proactive about their grade and completing their work effectively. I find that’s the biggest difference between the Stanford kids and the students I’ve taught at the CSU’s and SLAC’s in the area — most of the students at those schools just seem like they never really learned how to be students, so they struggle when they’re easily smart enough to do well in the class. (Of course, most of them also have to work, while it seems like most of the Stanford kids don’t.)

Existence Tax: The Vig Plus 3%

Saturday, Jul 20, 2024 – 07:30 AM

Authored by Tim Hartnett via LewRockwell.com,

In the bad old days, before G-Men took down the mob, were urbanites getting a better deal? Does the betting man receive worse odds from state run lotteries than Vinny gave on the corner running numbers? Did businesses shaken down for “protection” have higher hopes of survival in mob clutches than in municipal ones? Was there more or less anxiety about making rent or the mortgage in 1974 than in 2024? Which is the greater fiscal peril, organized crime or uber-societal-organization? It has become a valid question.

Gangsters had fingers in a lot of pies. Credit card racketeers, waging the present battle against physical currency, demand a slice of everything out of the oven. They’d gladly have us believe that paying for anything, without their supervision and cut, equals a criminally tainted transaction. Mobsters found their pecuniary prevalence legit in its way too. Transactions that jibed with their economic codes they called “kosher.” Other trading activity inside their ambit was deemed transgressive. Parasites tend to sound tiresomely alike. The difference is that the above ground finance industry finds no place outside its ambit.

Street people’s encampments clutter cities all over the country. What pushed so many over the edge? And how many are treading that edge carefully now? We know that insanity is somewhat genetic, but scientific observation has yet to prove external factors can’t nudge innately inclined individuals into psychosis. Facts point that way.

Should we harbor suspicion of so-called improvements in the finance system? The Bush-Obama era housing crisis arrived after the government gradually amped up its influence on the mortgage market. Once mortgages became de-localized and Wall Street joined in default skyrocketed and losses went international. Isn’t the NYSE supposed to make markets safer and more efficient? Have we seen anything like that coming out of financial centralization?

The present squeeze goes on in commercial space. Businesses, particularly restaurants, are shutting down at disturbing rates. The biggest burden is rent. This goes on as city centers are awash in more empty commercial space than ever. Local government isn’t helping. While serenading us about how much they love love and hate hate, they stay busy inundating entrepreneurs with licensing fees, new taxes, permit demands and other hurdles that restrain new ventures from ever launching. If they somehow get going anyway the municipality lurks at every juncture. They’ll keep you from thriving when they can’t stop you altogether. Actions speak louder than words. What they “love,” in practice, is bleeding prey pale with revenue demands and entangling bureaucratic complications.

In 1977 the minimum wage was $2.30 an hour. You could get nearly four Big Macs for that amount then. When the minimum went up to $12 on July 1st, the same earner only got two and one third double-deckers for his money. Losing 1.3 sandwiches an hour takes a big bite out of a working class lifestyle. 10.4 Mc-grubbings per eight-hour-day to be exact.

One year after the bicentennial average rent in the US was about $160. An NYT article from 1973 said a family of four needed less than $12,000 a year to live “moderately” in NYC in 1973. The same amount must have been a somewhat comfortable living in flyover country. By 1977 average income was over $13,000. 47 years later, average rent is at least ten times higher. While only about 10% of the population earns $130,000 or more. Where did all the value go?

Clearly, production is out of sync with consumption. What is the variable? Crops still grow at the same rate. Cargo travels at the same speed. Bricks are laid at the same pace. Chickens plop their eggs with the same regularity. Is anyone in the economy getting more than their fair share?

Almost 103 billion in “official” currency was circulating in the US in 1977. As of today, that figure stands at nearly 2 trillion 340 billion. The population has increased by about 58%. The greenbacks flowing back and forth went up by over 2000%. Those figures describe a small fraction of the overall economy. Because banks can create spending power with credit, leaving out other fiscal legerdemain, hundreds of trillions are outstanding in fiscal reality. Federal tax revenue alone, will soon hit over 5 trillion so far this year. That’s over twice the official amount of currency in circulation.

The Big Mac went from 65 cents to $5.17 in that time span. That’s about 700%. Minimum wage rose by about 450%. Watching these fiscal details we know at once that sparse fractions of all that new money is getting to where it is needed most – while we have no evidence it lands in hands that have created actual value. With everyone competing for resources and finished goods, these facts equal a devastating pay cut for many making far above minimum wage.

The idea that people are taking out according to what they contribute simply doesn’t fly. We can start with where the money supply is expanded.

A century ago banks were more accountable. They could make risky loans, as they did for Fritz Heinze, but doing so could still mean hell to pay. The series of events that shook the fiscal foundations of South Manhattan in 1907 remain mysterious over a century later. By 2007, banks were getting bailed out and it was everyone else who paid. How we got there is an intriguing conundrum of modern finance.

Heinze was a mining engineer from New York who showed up in Butte, Montana in the 1890’s. The copper market was hot at the time. That rustic town was already swimming in East Coast toffs and class consciousness. Although born into wealth and circumstances, Augustus Heinze was above pretension and indifferent to “society.” He soon developed a smelting process that greatly expanded the profitability of low-grade copper ore. Rather than pocketing the plunder, his next step was cutting 2 hours off the miner’s workday. How did that go over in the part of Butte that ‘dressed for dinner’? About like The Declaration of Independence did with George III.

Fritz couldn’t have cared less. The airs put on at posh WASP tables left the man impatient and bored. He did his excess boozing in public places where a man who’d spent the day 500 feet underground was at the next stool. Guys who loaded trams rarely bought a round with Heinze in the house.

By 1895 he’d amassed the capital to purchase the Rarus copper mine. The new-coming city slicker literally hit paydirt. His holes were always filled with the best pick and shovel men Montana could provide. The swells he snubbed had to take what hired help they could get.

An officer fraternizing with the enlisted class was high treason to mine owners of the aughts. Heinze was held in a kind of hostile awe. Butte gentry were unaccustomed to a guy who dared not to care if they liked him.  What’s an enraged starched collar to do? We’ll never be entirely sure. Deadly measures were far from uncommon in late 19th century mining strife. What happened to Heinze is one of the murkier mysteries of the robber baron era.

J.D. Rockefeller’s brother, William, was a director of Anaconda Copper. That firm was run by people who’d never pop a cork with working stiffs. They were revolted by Augie’s effrontery. Their solution was one that has retained its financial force. Whether Heinze was bought out under duress, or sold out of his own volition in 1906 isn’t fully clear. What is known is that he returned to New York as a Wall Street plunger specializing in copper stocks. Using familial connections, and a personal fortune, Heinze got himself onto the boards of almost a score of NYC banks. When shares of United Copper were being shorted in a bear run, Fritz used his position to buy aggressively, borrowing heavily from the Knickerbocker Bank and other commercial lenders where he held sway.

By October of 1907 the Heinze brothers thought they had cornered the market in United Copper. They demanded the shares from traders who were contractually short – falsely believing the bears would be forced to buy from them. It soon became clear that these shares were not hard to come by. Heinze’s bullishness ended in catastrophic loss rather than profit. This meant that he would default on loans of millions from each of over 15 NYC banks.

The story, possibly apocryphal but true in effect, goes as follows. Knickerbocker was experimenting with 24 hour banking in 1907. The brainchildren of Wall Street met for dinner at an upstairs private dining room in Delmonico’s to discuss the coming cash crunch. Waiters for the event heard what was said in the meeting. They shared this knowledge with less connected patrons chowing down on the ground floor. A run on Knickerbocker began that night, by morning it had spread to every bank in town. The Panic of 1907 was instantly afoot.

Soon banks all over Gotham were out of cash to meet a seismic wave of withdrawals. In no time connected institutions from further out were tapped too. JP Morgan famously locked every player he could muster into his mansion’s library to discuss solutions. A plan was worked out and widespread depression was averted. But the financial hierarchy of south Manhattan was far from done. Their next step entailed placing the money supply and credit generally into the possession of elite governors.

This banking scandal ultimately resulted in the Federal Reserve Act that was passed December 23rd 1913. Whether it solved the problem or laid the foundation for larger ones has been debated since. Getting into the particulars of the statute became inconvenient with the legislature still in session so close to Christmas. ‘Fightin’ Bob LaFollette, gave in and failed to press for a more exacting bill he saw as necessary at the time. The ruckus over the bill’s details were mostly passed over as ‘conspiracy theory’ throughout the 20th century. That line held sway in economic academia for many decades. Scholarly reckoning always comes too late; there is little dispute the charter helped cause and make the Great Depression worse among “experts” today. We are commanded to defer to them with amps at 11. What they got wrong is reported by the same sources at about 2.5.

Left unexamined is why the Heinze brothers misunderstood who held what in United Copper in 1907. Why did they mistakenly believe they had cornered the market? These were highly educated, seasoned men in the world of finance. How far would William Avery Rockefeller Jr. go to settle a score with Fritz Heinze? Was he cleverly stashing available shares in ostensibly immobile accounts to set up an ambush? The first generation of the Rockefeller fortune was not known to take financial affronts lightly. Is it possible, or more likely probable, William Avery had the means and motive to manipulate the market into this unlikely position?

John D. Rockefeller Jr. married Abby Aldrich in 1901. Her father, Nelson Aldrich, was the driving senatorial force behind the Federal Reserve Act, although he left the Senate before its passage. The Rockefeller gang has been evangelizing the faith of centralization in everything for over a century. It started when JD Sr. practically accomplished that in the petroleum industry before the turn of the 20th century. If you think they were never capable of violent, gangland style treachery, fast your gaze on the Ludlow massacre of 1914.

Can we measure the effect of centralization in the financial sector? By 2013 it had almost doubled its share of the economic pie since 1980. When their take went from 5% to 9% in 40 years it had to come at a loss for others at the table. Did the Fed have a role in this? And what justification is offered for doubling the squeeze?  As the economy grows so does the money industry’s cut, just as any salesman’s commission rises as the sales price is higher. Is South Manhattan insatiable? What explanation, other than parasitic predation, fits here?

The idea of market liquidity and available credit is efficiency and a fluent trading place for financial wares. Theoretically, this is competitive and brings transactional costs down while driving transactional fluidity up. Have we seen any such thing? The NYSE and kin have become like those “clubs” everyone is forced to join avoiding rip-offs for groceries, lunch, medicine, movies etc. The difference is that Wall Street’s anti-rip-off club is exclusive. You are not invited.

Where are we now? Exactly in the same place as when mobsters skimmed off the top in Vegas casinos, but far worse. The difference is that you get clipped without ever placing a bet or owning a share of a betting parlor. The south Manhattan mob is, supposedly, worth nearly 10% of all the action. What other slices of the take have widened with government intrusion and centralization? The mob focused its shakedowns on high rollers. Higher Ed goes after every kid hoping to drag letters behind his name. They call themselves “non-profits.” Does the description fit the beast?Disciplines of a Godly…Hughes, R. KentBest Price: $4.97Buy New $9.41(as of 01:52 UTC – Details)

Finding university administrators at leisure is not a job for Columbo. Just head toward any resort, high-dollar fleshpot or country club where profiteers do their squandering. Educational altruists, financial “experts” and well-heeled bon vivants occupy the same weekend turf – as well as the same self-serving sphere of self-justification.

The Rockefeller family was the largest private benefactor of that ultimate centralizing scheme, the UN. The patriarch, William Avery Rockefeller Sr., was an infamous snake oil salesman and bigamist. He’s not the Rocky the family likes to advertise. They are prouder of efforts to get around the principle of one-man-one-vote and rule the world from the modern equivalent of a royal court on a planetary scale. Make a list of plans to place more bosses overhead and move them further out of reach.  The UN, CFR, WEF, Bilderberg, Trilaterals – you name it and the progeny of that greasy grifter is in on it. And who would they place in charge? The very soul-suckers with their fangs in the US neck pulsing at Wall and Broad.

We are not looking at an abstruse, undecipherable picture here. You can do differential equations, make “relative assumptions” and discuss monetary theory until you ascend to the meta-fiscal plane of Laputa. None of that supposed “understanding” leaves Joe Six-Pack with another square foot of living space or another Big Mac. Uber-economic organization, aka David Rockefeller’s so-called “more integrated world,” is a progressively feudalistic plot that – with the compliance of the un-fake-news industry – rarely experiences any setbacks.

Shrinking buying power has a very simple explanation: a prim and proper syndicate that is more ubiquitous and avaricious than any criminal mob ever.

In Geylang, in Singapore between Lorong 8 and Lorong 24 – there were plenty of hookers and lady boys (transvestites) called BAPO who solicited clients

main qimg 69664ef5e1983aadd574540e942ab8d0
main qimg 69664ef5e1983aadd574540e942ab8d0

Choo Chong Ngen, a 30 year old man gambled that Singapore would soon legalize all forms of prostitution and mandate safety for all the customers from STDs

So he purchased large swathes of land in the Land Auctions for a SONG

Nobody bid against him because nobody believed that land near prostitution areas wouldn’t rise in the slightest

By the late 1990s – CCN built Hotels, Shops, Goldfish bowls and Houses and sold them to businesses for a massive massive profit

The hotels roared with profits as the clients paid $ 20–30 for a 20 minute session which meant in 4 hours from 10 PM to 2 AM – a room could fetch 250 bucks which was more than the rate they charged in Hyatt or Marriott

I still marvel at how this guy managed to get ahead of legalized prostitution and mint so much money

I was fired by the owner of the company 30 days before I was to get a substantial bonus. The next week a person in my former department called me asking for help with an issue.

I texted them on their private phone that I knew the owner had them do that and that I was not trying to hurt them, but not helping the owner since I was shafted on my bonus.

30 minutes later I got a call from the owner saying if I would come in and fix the issue he would pay me for the day, I said pass, that I would fix the problem if paid for the month. He told me to go to hell.

The next day he called me back and said he would pay me for a week, I said no again, I would only come back if paid for a month.

He blew up again.

I knew if the issue wasn’t fixed very quickly the losses would add up. Two days later he had his secretary call and said he would pay me for a month but I had to get in there today.

I agreed only if a cashiers check was waiting on me when I walked in the door, because I knew the cheap bastard would stop payment on a regular check.

What the dumb SOB didn’t know was I was in the process of having him served on a wrongful termination suit and that paying me for a month constituted completetion of our contract and he would owe me the bonus.

I brought my attorney with me to the office, I picked up the check and went into the system and fixed the problem.

One other thing he didn’t know was that the issue was a recurring one that required attention and there wasn’t a universal fix, it would continue to come up and since I had no intention of giving the magic formula away I had created he couldn’t have someone else fix the issue.

End result I got my bonus plus all attorney’s costs which was equal to my previous year’s pay and he went broke trying to recreate a system I devised.

With me there after my bonus and raise, his profits would have been half a million a month, without me his losses were half a million a month. Greedy bastard never knew when he was ahead.

Some people like to kick the back of the seat in front of them when in a bus or airplane. A very, very nasty habit. Also a pretty safe one, as it seems people rarely turn around and ‘do something about it’. Even though that’s pretty much what you’re doing, isn’t it? You are broadcasting to the world: “I’m a major asshole, do something about it!”

Oh Fuck
Oh Fuck

Now imagine if you will, riding a bus. It’s one of those nice cozy night buses with curtains on the side of the windows that you can sleep in. You lean back a little and kick the back of the chair in front of you. No big deal, you do it all the time. Did it a million times before, and surely this won’t be any different. That weak little coward in front of you won’t say or do a thing, haha! You’re SUCH an alpha male, Lev!

Only this time, the president of your country, happened to ride the bus, incognito with a hoodie on to “experience how the common people ride buses”. Your country is Russia. The President’s name? Vladimir Putin.

Miss Margelene’s Silver Saloon

Submitted into Contest #24 in response to: Write a magical realism story that takes place in the Wild West. view prompt

Amanda Van Regenmorter

        The town woke to discover Miss Margelene’s Silver Saloon had sprung up overnight, tacked onto the end of their only meager road in gaudy glory. The western-most, barely settled settlement of Gomer’s Gulch could only be considered a town in the most generous of estimates, but the people who lived there, mostly foolhardy prospecting men and a smattering of desperate families, called it a town all the same.They already had a saloon, of course; a handful of men camped anywhere long enough always sprouts one. Theirs was called Rabbit’s, the owner’s nickname, but you’d be forgiven for thinking it was due to being such a dirty hole. Miss Margelene’s place, on the other hand, was the furthest you could get from Rabbit’s, figuratively speaking. Literally, it was two doors down. Rabbit’s was utilitarian: squat, flat-roofed, and barely held together by bent nails. Miss Margelene’s was downright beautiful, a sparkling shade of its namesake silver. The second story sported a gilded balcony over fluted columns, and everyone knew the name because it hung in big cursive letters, two feet tall, in front of the gabled roof.Dex rode in late that morning, the supplies he needed forgotten once he saw the silver saloon. Instead, he hitched up his horse and joined the crowd in front of Rabbit’s to speculate about their new neighbor. He stood out, a head taller and better washed than the others, but most mode room for him with a smile.“Rabbit, how much did I drink last night?” Dex asked.“Half as much as it’d take for a delusion like thissun,” replied Rabbit, who was short and squalid, like his bar.“And that’s iffen he didn’t water his horse piss down,” muttered someone.“This ain’t about my liquor!” said Rabbit. “Even kids can see that abomination. The question is how on earth those misfits got it up in a single day. Not even! Must’ve been lessun ten hours.”No one had an answer, but everyone knew which misfits he meant. In a town the size of Gomer’s Gulch, everyone knows every one of the comings and goings, let alone a coming as peculiar as last night’s. The caravan had arrived in the settling dusk, torches blazing up and down three covered wagons. Not covered with any old canvas either, but draped in rainbow arrays of silken cloth and garlanded with bells that tinkled with every step of the big black horses pulling them. They’d made camp just outside the town perimeter, dark figures tended horses and made a cook fire, but no townsfolk got close enough for a good look. When a band of ornery men decided to greet the newcomers, they turned back around with glazed expressions before they’d gone half way. Unable to elaborate, they simply said they’d changed their minds.“What in tarnation is that?” shouted a ruddy man riding in hard on a heaving grey horse. The man had a pointed beard, well-trimmed, and a six-point star on his chest, well-polished. His red-headed wife, Hannah, pale and pretty, was saddled behind him. While he dismounted and stared at the new saloon, Dex helped Hannah down and began with what little he knew.“Caravan came in last night, and -”“Shut your fool mouth,” the Sheriff said and spat at Dex’s feet. “And get away from my woman. You tryin’ to play at bein’ sheriff? Well you ain’t. You lost. Rabbit, what’s that building?”“Nobody knows, sir,” Rabbit said with a shrug. “Was here when we woke up.”

“What do you mean? Buildings don’t appear overnight – certainly not ones that fancy. Didn’t anyone hear them hammering? Don’t you sleep in your bar, Rabbit?”

“I do, but I didn’t hear a thing. Ain’t you s’posed to sleep in town too, sheriff? Keep your ear to the ground for trouble? Ain’t you s’posed to defend us from the bandits? They killed a woman last week -”

“Rabbits are the ones s’posed to keep their heads down, if they know what’s good for ‘em. Hows ‘bout the rest of you lumps? Anyone go in or out of that place? Who owns it?”

“No one’s been seen, but I have suspicions the owner is one Miss Margelene,” said Dex flashing a grin at the big sign, but he stepped away before his boots could be sullied again.

The sheriff scowled. He left his wife to tend the horse and stomped down to the new saloon. Dex, Rabbit and most of the men followed. Some children scurried along behind them.

The doors alone were taller than any other building in town and such a deep black they looked like an opening on a moonless night. The sheriff’s raised his fist, but it caught mid-air, hovered, before he gathered himself and pounded.

“This is the law! Open -” he demanded, and the doors opened, swung right out and swept the sheriff off his feet. He hit the dirt road hard.

No one laughed, not only because he might shoot, but because they were busy attempting to glimpse the interior while the black doors banged against the wall. It was more luxury than they’d ever seen, even the men from big cities. There were no windows, but long strings of lanterns bathed the big room in flickering light. The floors were herringbone parquet and the walls looked metallic, imprinted with crescent moons.  There was a bar to the left, cabinets of exotic liquors and pewter mugs behind a carved wood counter with a smooth, stone top. There was a raised stage to the right with royal purple curtains. The heavy tables were ringed with upholstered red chairs.

In the back a woman descended from an unseen second floor down a grand staircase. The men doffed their hats and made futile efforts to brush off dust and straighten shirts, but every eye stayed fixed on her. She looked ageless and more elegant than the saloon with carefully coiffed black hair and a ruffled Victorian gown.

“Good afternoon, gentlemen. I’m Miss Margelene,” she greeted, voice melodious. She had a lilting accent, but it was hard to say from where. “We didn’t intend to open until tonight, but apparently the law is impatient. Can I be of service?” She stood centered in the doorway.

“Yes’m, I, um – I have some questions as to how this here establishment was, um – established,” the sheriff mumbled, tugging his badge.

“Of course, I’m happy to answer – tonight, during the grand opening. For you, sheriff, everything’s on the house. Unless, that is, we’re violating any ordinances? I so hope we’ve met the standards set by your lovely settlement.”

“Standards! How’s about a standard of fair competition and -” Rabbit began, but the sheriff elbowed him and he cut off with a wheeze.

“No ma’am, tonight’ll do,” the sheriff said and donned his hat. “You heard the lady, ya buncha oglin’ buffoons. Grand opening tonight! Now git!” He shoved away the men and kicked a boy in the pants. The doors swung shut behind him.

###

               Dex sped home, desperate to decide what to wear and scrub the ever-loving hell out of it. But more important, he had to tell Rowena everything.

Her modest ranch, home to the world’s finest horses in Dex’s estimate, lay a couple dozen miles south of the Gulch. He always figured the secret to Rowena’s success had to do with the fact that she herself was rather equine. Stately and athletic, even at her age, she never wasted a moment, but when her gray mane came down you could see the barely concealed wild streak. Dex grabbed an indigo shirt from his shack by the barn and hollered for Rowena while he filled her washtub and set to scrubbing.

“Lordy Dex, I know you like to be neat, but you washed your whole wardrobe last week!” she said, exiting the barn with her hair up and a saddle under one arm. “Where are the supplies? I appreciate you ran them bandits off last night before they rustled any horses, but they tore the fence terrible. Looks like one caught his leg though, there’s half a pair of pants hanging on the wire.”

Dex tumbled out the saloon story, and Rowena only interrupted to make him promise he hadn’t drank too much of Rabbit’s swill. Afterwards, he cajoled her to join him for the opening. She was busy, she said, and besides she hadn’t been to a saloon for five years, not since Fred passed, but Dex wouldn’t hear excuses. He hung his shirt to dry then pressed her until she agreed to go gussy up.

He readied the wagon. Rowena stepped out into the fading light of the half-set sun in an emerald pleated dress with earrings to match. He whistled until she clouted him in the chest.

“Shut it, purty boy. I’m old enough to be your grandmother.”

“Pshaw, you can’t be a day older than my mother,” he assured her. “And anyway, we make a purty pair, don’t we?”

###

 

Their arrival marked the first time they’d seen traffic in Gomer’s Gulch. It looked like the land had dumped out all the dwellers in a hundred miles to mill outside Miss Margelene’s Silver Saloon. The big black doors were shut again, and the sheriff was on guard with a crisp white shirt, black leather vest and a freshly oiled beard.

“Don’t think you’re gettin’ in Dex, even with your grandma girly-friend dolled up like a hooker,” he said when he caught sight of them. “I’ll throw her out right on top of you iffen you even try to get in.”

Dex drew himself up every inch, ready to defend Rowena’s honor, but she stepped in front of him, laughing.

“Little Stanley Sherman, is that you? I ain’t seen you since Fred tossed you outta Rabbit’s that night, playin’ at being a man, tryin’ start a gunfight. O’course, that was back when you only had a few scraggly hairs on that little chin to cover all your pimples.”

The crowd welcomed the distraction from waiting for the doors to open, but Dex watched the sheriff’s holsters. He tugged Rowena shoulder, but there was no stopping her.

“My, oh my. Can’t say I missed you, but what a surprise it was to hear anyone voted you for sheriff. Almost as surprising as seeing you still have that ugly beard.”

That was the last straw, Dex knew, but just as the sheriff’s fingers twitched, those black doors swung open and knocked him down again, this time on his face. The crowd, Dex and Rowena included, flooded in around him.

There must have been a couple hundred men and a quarter as many women, but the silver saloon accommodated everyone with room to spare. Servers, women in black silk blouses and pink frilled skirts, worked the bar and the floor. On stage, a trio of ladies sang a ditty about a showdown at high noon. Dex thought they shared a resemblance, but maybe it was only their sly smiles.

He snagged Rowena a seat and moseyed to the counter, but before he ordered, he noticed the sad-eyed sheriff’s wife next to him.

“Hello Hannah. Don’t think I’ve ever seen you in a saloon.”

“Hi, Dex. Couldn’t miss this,” she said. Then barely loud enough to hear, she added, “You should watch out. Stanley won’t stop talking about you since the election.”

“All good things, I’m sure?”

“Look at you, grinnin’ like a weasel in a hen house,” said the sheriff, cocking the pistol he had aimed at Dex. “You ain’t never gonna be sheriff, and you ain’t never gonna get the time of day from my girl.”

Dex drew the fastest he’d ever done, but he saw the sheriff pull the trigger and knew he was a half-second too late. He tensed, but the shot didn’t come. Miss Margelene did, swept in between them, skirts swaying, and Dex was terrified she’d taken the bullet meant for him, but she didn’t flinch.

“Not tonight, gentlemen,” she said, handing each of them a drink. Dex took the mug in his free hand then realized he was no longer holding his weapon. He looked down to find it holstered as if he’d never drawn.

“Thank you ma’am,” Dex said, sure that he owed her for more than the drink. He took a swig and found it was good beer, but unlike any he had tasted. There were strange undertones, maybe mint, he thought. But most strange, he realized, it was cold. Very cold, like the mountain snow he’d crossed coming to Gomer’s Gulch. When he tried to ask her about it, he saw Miss Margelene was drifting off with the sheriff.

Hannah looked distraught, but a waitress was soothing her, patting her back, and Dex figured she was better off here than her home anyhow, so he went to find Rowena. He turned down a couple dance offers on his way, the trio had switched to a romantic ballad, and he circled a couple poker games before spying Rowena, slow dancing with the general store owner. Maybe she was working on a deal for those supplies, he figured, and tossed back his drink, but when they spun around he nearly choked. He’d never seen Rowena beam like that, like a dozen years had rolled right off her back. At this rate, she’d have a new man at the ranch, and Dex would never be so glad to be put out of work.

The night unfurled, and, even with the sheriff prowling around, Dex had never felt better. The trio sang one merry tune after another; drinks flowed, delicious and cold; and even deep in their cups he never saw a soul turn sour, or get thrown out for lack of funds. In fact, he didn’t see anyone leave at all. Even Rabbit laughed, coaxing the bartenders to tell him where the spirits came from. Dex chatted with all kinds, old friends and people he’d only ever tipped his hat to, and they said warm words and told him they had voted him for sheriff. Dex knew they were only being nice, but still it made him flush.

When a waitress with a sunny smile and yellow curls spilling over her black top pulled him away from a game of darts, he let himself be pulled into a whirling circle of fuddled men at the saloon’s center. Together, they tried to keep pace with the jig a smaller circle of waitresses danced in their midst. Every so often, the women would stop and spin the other way, forcing the men to follow. Boots caught and tripped over boots, but the men laughed and tried to stay facing their favorite gal.

While the circle coiled this way and that, one woman pulled a silver scarf out from her blouse and danced forward. She wrapped the scarf around a burly man in a checkered shirt, and swiveled with him back to the center. The men hooted and whistled, and then each girl was going out, wrapping herself a man with her own scarf.

Dex watched and whistled too, until one raven-haired girl fetched the sheriff. Dex stumbled but kept step. His gorge rose when she gave the sheriff’s beard a tug. The circles kept moving, outer going fast to keep up with the girls and their captives.

The fellows in the middle smiled wide, jumping with the girls, a couple ventured to put hands on hips, but Dex saw the sheriff stagger, look left and right.

“Wait, wha-?” the sheriff sputtered and slowed. “Why us? Why-”

The man in the checkered shirt shoved into the sheriff. The music was morphing, volume louder, tempo faster, key minor. Dex heard the women in the center murmuring, indiscernible, saw blurred faces everywhere. He couldn’t tell anymore if he was dancing or the room was spinning itself round.

The women in black threw up their scarves and each exploded mid-air, burst into confetti, rained silver specs down to scattered applause. That is, until the pops and bangs kept going, more and more bursts of confetti until it was thick in the air and no one could see a thing. There were screams and then yells of ‘Smoke!’

Black smoke, heavy and perfumed like incense, poured down the grand staircase. It filled the room and turned everything as dark as the doors, dark as a moonless night.

###

Dex woke to Rowena slapping him hard across the face. He coughed and sputtered back to consciousness in her relieved embrace as the sun rose over the well-dressed bodies laid out on the bare patch of ground that had been Miss Margelene’s Silver Saloon.

It was the children, terrified and crying, that had shaken their parents awake first. As the adults came around they helped others up, parched and unsteady.

Once Dex was on his feet, he sent some kids to fetch buckets of water and rations. Then he saw the commotion and the little crowd gathering. He pushed his way through and found the six scarfed men from last night, sheriff included, naked and hogtied in silver chains, laid out in their little circle. Some tried to free them, others just laughed. The men didn’t look injured, except the sheriff, and it didn’t take Dex long to realize the bloody gash down his leg looked like it might match right up to Rowena’s barbed wire fence.

While the six men stewed in the small town jail, Dex led the swift investigation that turned up enough stolen property to expose their identities as Gomer Gulch’s notorious bandits, as well as the suspicious duplicate ballot boxes in the sheriff’s possession.

However, he never did find the sheriff’s red-headed wife, Hannah. Neither she nor the silver saloon was ever seen again, but on moonless nights he dreamed of her, smiling on stage in a black shirt, singing about the life she left behind.

Without a doubt, America is the biggest threat to world peace.

America has fought in dozens of wars and conflicts since China opened up to the world in 1979. China, on the other hand, has fought no wars at all — not a single shot fired!

America instigated the proxy war in Ukraine and is now trying to start another proxy war in Taiwan or Philippines.

China has proposed peace plans for both Russia-Ukraine and Israel-Hamas. America has shot them both down.

America wants war. China avoids war.

Waffle House Jonesin’

Several things become true:

  1. The southern part of Korea stops being an island, meaning they must negotiate far more with their continental partners. South Koreans can finally visit Mt. Baekdu/Paektu. (The Koreans will probably have to figure out which romanization to stick to.)
  2. Korea will be a nuclear power with launch vehicles capable of nuclear deterrence.
  3. Korea will have a similar situation to China wherein the “interior” is in essence a developing country. This will relieve a lot of low wage employment pressure for the richer, southern areas.

However, the likely political outcome for Korea makes them prey for the interests of China and the US. This is because:

  1. Korea is a nuclear power. The US will not tolerate a nuclear power in that region of interest that is not strategically indebted to the US, while China will not tolerate a nuclear power on its border that is hostile. Strategically Korea can only push for an independent, neutral position and hope that it does not have to pick sides.
  2. Korea is still divided on political opinion and will remain so for some time. Having talked to North Koreans, it is clear that many of them actually do care for the general political project of their nation. It is why most of their elites wash their own clothes and cook their own meals— they want elites to take responsibility for their social obligations. The South Koreans on the other hand seem to gravitate towards elite control, in particular Seoul basically consuming the rest of the country. The clash in opinion is ripe for fresh division.

It would be a situation heavily influenced by external forces larger than it. Likely, such a united Korea would not necessarily be at equilibrium. Here’s to hoping the Koreans can beat the odds and find their own peace together.

I Had To “DOWNGRADE MY LIFE”…GOING INTO DEBT TO BUY GROCERIES

Welcome to the West.

I’m not an MD but I am a nurse and had a personal issue once. I had a surgery years ago through my nose. There was this horrible smell, and there was so much pressure and pain. I wasn’t supposed to be blowing my nose and was using the sinus rinses as ordered. I noticed that when I would rinse the left side of my nose, nothing came out of the other nostril, but I would get the horrible drip down my throat for hours afterward. I knew something wasn’t right. I kept telling the surgeon that something was wrong. She smelled the odor and put me on multiple rounds of antibiotics with no improvements and told me that what I experienced with the rinses was “normal”. She never looked in my nose after the first post-op appointment where she told me that there was a “lot of swelling but that’s normal at this point”. After the 6th time I had gone in there complaining of the same awful smell, pain and pressure (and still with the same sinus rinse result), I demanded to see her supervisor. She was really put out, but I didn’t care. Her medical director saw me 3 days later, he used a scope and I could hear him say under his breath, “Oh!” He then pulled a long piece of packing out of my nose that was the most disgusting, smelly thing I had ever encountered in my life. We just looked at each other. He just said, “Well there’s the problem. Things should get much better now.” I was speechless.

SIGHTINGS – Retro Pulp Science Fiction by Skyward, 1961, INTEGRATING G3!

PRODUCTION NOTES FOR SIGHTINGS I have always wanted to make this film, but it was not possible until just now. Remember when YouTube was in its very early days?

There were all kinds of unexplainable collections of sightings, cryptids, and paranormal stuff like ghost photos, etc. After watching enough of these, I would get the strangest feeling that would last for days, kind of astonishment with a certain kind of dark wonder.

Many of those favorite videos have just vanished to time, to be replaced by a billion new ones in better quality video.

Going back into the historical archive, AI UFO SIGHTINGS was my first very wishful attempt to at least explore the idea.

The contrast now is UNBELIEVABLE. We were all completely blown away by the state of the art back then, only just over a year ago. Someday I will revisit this idea ever further with even better tech!

The strangest thing is G3ML really is like starting over at the beginning, and has already shown me some magnificent aberrations and interdimensionality, so for right now we remain in the ‘breaking new ground’ historical epoch of visual artificial intelligence!!

**Just a small rant – The term “AI” is such a buzzword! It’s like “NFTs” and “Crypto” were, bandied all about by cor prits in order to cause another Bandwagon stampede of sheep! Attached to every possible plastic product it can be weakly linked to! I don’t think anyone on THIS channel is too excessive of a follower, so we can take a rest here from the oceanic dilution of the term.

Vented, thanks.

In our next couple of adventures here, I can take some time to illustrate some of the triumphs and challenges involved in working with the new ML modes, as I have already tracked a path or two. I’ll just point things out as we go and as we discover them. Thanks Everyone!!!!!!! Please Share with your more open-minded friends! !!!!!!!Overjoyed to have you here! -Skyward

Oh yeah. This actually happened to me. I was stationed in Arizona, an open carry state, When I turned 21 I picked up my S&W Combat Model 19 .357 revolver which I had preordered, I had already had a custom made leather, gun belt and holster. I spent a lot of time at the range and open carried when off base. After several months I had an epiphany of sorts, a moment when I asked myself, ‘why are you really doing this and exactly under what circumstances will you pull this weapon?’ Up to that point I was just all 2nd Amendment, self righteous, young baddass wannabe. I quit carrying for over a month while I considered this question and consulted a lot of friends and senior NCOs I respected. I finally got my mind right and began carrying again. One of the things that happened to me is that I became a much more polite, tolerant and respectful person. I know it may sound trite but I always go back to Spiderman and his Uncle Ben who said “With great power, comes great responsibility.” No truer words have ever been said. Things said which I may have taken affront or been offended before, rolled off my back. I tended to avoid potential confrontation depending on the circumstances. That said, I was at the Tucson Flandrau Science Center & Planetarium walking around the exhibits while waiting for the next planetarium show. Everything was fine and there was a Boy Scout with his Troop who asked me about my weapon and why I carried it. Spent a few minutes talking about self defense and the defense of others as well as the 2nd Amendment. Parted ways and continued to view the exhibits when this middle aged, balding, hippie type wearing sandles literally accosted me. Got right in my face looking up at me and started off with verbal abuse, calling me a NAZI, and why was I scaring all of the people in the museum and other nonsensical stuff along with personal epithets. I was a bit taken aback and started to get angry then remembered why I carried and the responsibilities for doing so. As I was looking down at him, he came to a break in his tirade and I said, “Mister, I don’t see anyone around us afraid of anyone but you.” This was true because at this point a crowd had gathered and their attention was gathered on the hippie. This really pissed him off, he got red faced, raised his fists and I actually backed off a couple of steps shouting, “Man you really don’t want to do this!” At this point the manager of the museum got between us and cooled the guy down. He invited us both his office to talk things over. Once there the hippie again went off on a tirade about me carrying a weapon and scaring people. I responded again that the only person who was afraid was hippie guy and that by Federal and Arizona state law I was legally able to carry open. I also requested the Manager to call local law enforcement to verify this. The manager was obviously aquainted with the law and said that would not be neccessary. He also said that as the planetarium’s projector was worth millions of dollars, would I be willing to unload my gun? Looking at him I said sure, why not, and did so pocketing the cartriges. That seemed to have satified the hippy and he stormed off. I turned to the manager and said, you know I can reload in a few seconds, He said, “Yup, but it got rid of that asshole

Guy Pretty Privilege

In 1997, I was the first intern sent from MIT to work at a Honda R&D center near the city of Utsunomiya, Japan. I quickly learned that the work I did there wasn’t too important to anyone; the whole point of my internship was for Honda and MIT to build a relationship, and I was just a sentient poker chip that they exchanged. This was fine with me since it allowed me the freedom to get involved in some fascinating research in shape memory alloys. Eventually people noticed what I was doing, and I became part of a very high-performing group looking at shape memory alloys, piezoelectrics, and magnetostrictive materials within active structures. Japanese companies like Honda tend to keep their blue sky R&D more internal, while most American companies instead fund university labs to do the same work.

At the end of my internship, I participated in a talk with the head of R&D at Honda. That man did very little talking in the meeting; his handpicked successor who was 20 years younger mostly ran the meeting. My group gave updates on all of our various projects, and the successor asked some insightful questions that showed me that he knew his stuff.

At one point in the meeting, the successor drew a beautiful, ornate balance scale on the whiteboard, showing the smart people working on the project on one side labelled “negatives”, and the results on the other side labelled “positives”. He was making the point that our group shouldn’t just produce average results, but in order to justify the time of the best engineers, our group needed to produce extraordinary results. That’s when the senior manager got up, and walked to the whiteboard.

This man had been silent throughout the meeting, and that made him getting up and walking to the whiteboard all the more remarkable. 21 years later, I still remember his gait getting out of the chair and walking to the whiteboard. He erased the picture of the engineers from the “negative” side of the balance, and drew them in on the positive side. Then he said,

“The most important output of this R&D team is not the projects they do. The most important output is the people, people with experience in these new technologies. Successful projects are nice, but the experience is the #1 thing. When the time comes for more active structures in cars, we will need Honda people with this experience, more than we need these exact projects.”

I have long since moved from the automotive industry to the semiconductor industry. I’ve seen many meetings with yelling and swearing and people slamming down phones and walking out. I’ve never seen a person take control of a meeting and shift the focus of a group the way that Honda executive did, simply standing up and walking to the whiteboard and quietly saying a few declarative sentences.

It was one of those quiet boring days in the office.

I was sitting there at my desk, trying to work while my brain was going numb from all the boredom.

Sitting right across from me was a colleague of mine who is a Pakistani. He was focused on his work and minding his own business.

I started talking to him in English (I’m an Arabic speaker). I don’t remember what the conversation was about, but at one point it became about birthdays.

He asked me when my birthday is. I told him it’s on September 23. He then told me that his birthday is in September as well, but it’s in the beginning of the month.

Now I’m no expert in horoscopes, but I know that my birthday is on the first day of the Libra, so his horoscope must be the one right before the Libra.

I paused for a while to figure out his horoscope, and after realizing it’s the Virgo while not knowing at the time that it’s called “Virgo”, I translated the horoscope from Arabic to English in my head, and it came out as “Virgin” (I’m really not good in horoscopes), and then I went ahead and asked him after a long pause:

So, you’re a virgin?

He looked at me with a confused look and said: I’m sorry?

I asked again: You are a virgin, right?

He let out a nervous chuckle and said: What?!

I was not getting it. Why was he so slow to understand? and I kept insisting that he must be a virgin, and I’m sure of it.

He was looking at me silently, with widened eyes and a shocked look on his face, not understanding what the hell is wrong with me!

Then I decided to spell it out for him; Your horoscope is the virgin, right? Because your birthday is in the beginning of September, so it must be it.

Him: Ahhhhhh! A Virgo! Yes, my horoscope is the Virgo.

He then laughed and sighed with a bit of relief.

Only then did I realize what I had just asked him, and OMG! how embarrassed and stupid I felt.

We then ended that delightful small talk, and we both shifted our focus back to that boring work of ours, never speaking of how awkward that conversation was.

Well I think everyone is going to find this answer entertaining.

Got off work at around 5 p.m. one day and walked out to my parked car in the area where I usually park it. It was a note on my car stating that it had been involved in an auto accident.

Now here’s where it gets really interesting. That note was from the Los Angeles Police Department.

The company I worked with shared a parking lot with a J. C. Pennys store. Apparently store security spotted a shoplifter and decided to arrest her. Unfortunately instead of stopping her as she exited the store they decided to let her get into her vehicle and attempted to leave the scene. As she was backing out of a parking space they opened her door and pulled her out of the moving vehicle. Now some of you might be thinking oh my God, they pulled her out of a moving vehicle! What happened to the moving vehicle? Nothing to worry about, it stopped when it plowed into my car.

And of course this lovely shoplifter of a lady had no driver’s license let alone valid insurance.

And at that time I did not have uninsured underinsured coverage on my insurance. So I would have to pay a high deductible on my comprehensive coverage. I know it sounds strange as comprehensive is not for that. But my insurance said they would cover it that way due to the odd circumstances.

I called the corporate offices of J. C. Penneys, to ask them to pay for the damage to my car. They told me they had nothing to do with the damage to my vehicle. And that I should go after the owner/driver of the car.

I told them that I was sorry they felt that way, and that I would visit the shoplifter who was in custody at the LA County Jail. And I would be happy to tell her about the incredible lawsuit she probably has against J. C. Penneys due to their security personnel pulling her out of a moving vehicle.

After listening to my statement, the person on the other end of the phone at J. C. Penneys responded by saying please send me a copy of your repair estimate and will issue you a check immediately.

And I promise to everyone, this is an absolutely true story.

Unfortunately yes.

People fear the Americans because they absolutely devastate countries for fun.

They destroyed Afghanistan, Syria, Libya, Iraq, Yemen and other places.

They’re defanged these days because of their priorities that is to profit from war rather than winning any actual peace/stability.

We’re even seeing their inability to stop Ansar Allah :D. Their colour revolutions have also been failing since the mid 00s.

The same thing with Somalis in the UK or Pakistanis. If you attack them? They’ll fuck you up badly. Hence why British people have little love for them but fear them.

At one time UK Chinese and Indians (especially the Sikh guys) too were feared as in a fight we broke the rules. In a fight in the UK 60s, 70s and 80s) if you won a fight, it was normal to shake hands and forget about it. For the aforementioned communities we weren’t so magnanimous.

If you lost a fight against us? You’d be murdered.

My father literally has tons of stories where some idiot loses a fight and simply gets stabbed to death as he begs for his life. Some of the stories I recall from Mr Singh before he passed were brutal.

He’d tie them up in the basement and beat them to death slowly over several days.

Since China is hated by westerners, there’s only one option.

main qimg 4a1144b93cc4f82b37403d8f573f1e37
main qimg 4a1144b93cc4f82b37403d8f573f1e37

A savage war which will make Gaza look like it’s nothing.

Eat less, but eat much better quality food

Firstly, the competitive relationship between the US and Russia in the ecological niche of international trade is irreconcilable.

Secondly, the Democratic Party is destined to lose this election, and the shelf life of any promises they make cannot exceed a lettuce. I don’t think this kind of communication has any meaning other than expressing respect among colleagues.

Thirdly, American politicians no longer understand how to conduct equal diplomacy. Several days ago in UNSC, they accused China of not using its power to pressure Russia and NK to change their policies, as if that’s a right thing to do. They truly believe that rudely interfere in internal affairs of other countries is a natural and normal behavior, and they believe that China should do the same as the US have done.

So why bother? I’ll wish Mr. Lavrov to have a nice day in NY travelling.

In a display of political strategy masked as global stewardship, the United States keeps its crosshairs perpetually fixed on China, a façade for its real fear: the shift of global power from West to East.

The U.S. targeting China is fundamentally about preserving its global dominance and mitigating the threats posed by China’s rapid ascent on multiple fronts. The United States, historically accustomed to its position as the world’s leading superpower, views China’s rise with significant apprehension. These fears are influenced by various factors, such as economic competition, ideological differences, technological advancements, and geopolitical interests.

China’s economic boom over the past few decades is seen as a direct challenge to American economic supremacy. China’s robust growth rate, coupled with its ability to significantly influence global markets, has positioned it as a formidable rival. The trade wars, tariffs, and sanctions imposed by the U.S. are part of a broader strategy to manage this competition, aimed at curtailing China’s economic potential and protecting U.S. industries.

Moreover, the U.S. and China epitomize two distinct ideological poles – democracy versus communism. The U.S.’s ideological stance promotes liberal democracy and free-market principles, while China stands firm on a single-party system with state-led economic mechanisms. This ideological divide fosters a deep-rooted mistrust, as each nation fundamentally opposes the other’s governance model. The situation in regions such as Xinjiang, Tibet, and Hong Kong often becomes focal points within this clash, with the U.S. criticising what it perceives as human rights abuses.

The technological advancements achieved by China are another source of concern for the United States. The U.S. sees China’s strides in crucial sectors like artificial intelligence, 5G, and quantum computing as a potential threat to its long-standing technological superiority. The fear of losing this edge drives the U.S. to impose restrictions on Chinese tech firms and invest heavily in its own industries to compete. The trade bans and sanctions against companies like Huawei are clear examples of efforts to stymie China’s technological progress.

Geopolitically, the Asia-Pacific region presents a significant flashpoint. Territorial disputes in the South China Sea have major strategic implications, and the U.S. supports its regional allies to counter China’s assertive territorial claims. Its backing of Taiwan’s self-governance, despite China’s insistence on reunification, is a deliberate move to check Chinese influence. Agreements like AUKUS and the Quad highlight the U.S. effort to strengthen its military presence and influence in the Indo-Pacific region.

The targeting of China is also driven by the interests of the U.S. military-industrial complex. A substantial segment of the U.S. economy relies on defense spending and armament sales, and perceived threats from China justify enormous military budgets as well as the development of advanced weaponry. The narrative of a Chinese threat serves the defense industry’s interests and aligns with larger U.S. military strategies.

Lastly, the U.S frequently brings up human rights concerns, leveraging them as a basis for sanctions and diplomatic pressure. While there are genuine concerns about violations, such as the treatment of Uighurs in Xinjiang or political repression in Hong Kong, these issues also serve to undermine China’s global standing and challenge its internal policies.

In essence, the United States continues to target China not out of mere animosity but as a calculated measure to forestall a powerful rival’s ascent. This is a deliberate effort to maintain strategic superiority in an increasingly multipolar world. By leveraging economic tactics, ideological rhetoric, technological restrictions, and geopolitical strategies, the U.S. aims to contain China’s rise and protect its status as the preeminent global superpower.

How about a quick story.

I left Police station at 2 in the morning and walked to the main road to get a taxi cab. This intersection used to be the busiest but at this time it was almost deserted and I had to stand and wait there for some good minutes to get a cab. Finally one came around and while I was putting my laptop bag on the back seat.

I heard this roaring sound of a car’s engine.

I turned back and saw this old model Suzuki Fx approaching the intersection in a flash. Crossed the intersection and vanished in to the night with speed so fast that It scared me for their or somebody else’s safety.

I stood still for some seconds feeling mixed emotions of anger and fear. It was likely that their careless driving might result into a collision with some other vehicle which surely would turn fatal.

But then it struck me “They must be running away after committing a crime”.

I was off duty and this wasn’t my jurisdiction. Tough day’s work had worn me out and I really wanted to get home and go to bed. But this driver’s utterly careless driving and this suspicion of them being criminals gave me a quick boost to do something about it.

I quickly made couple of phone calls and managed to warn a Police picket couple of miles ahead on this very road, told them to completely block the road and look for this old model Suzuki in black color. They acknowledged.

Instead of going home in my cab, curiosity took me to that very Picket to see if they’re stopped. I felt this strange energy and pride that I am doing something positive. Regardless of being off duty, I am striving to protect and serve the crap out of my city while they’re asleep. I won’t lie, it felt good.

I reached there and saw 3 persons who rode in that car were stopped on the picket and were being questioned. They were searched thoroughly along with their vehicle. Nothing illegal was found. They were not drunk either. All three were college students without a driving license and registration book.

Driver was acting quite confidently since we couldn’t find firearms or alcohol. To him, that must have been a minimum legitimate excuse to get in trouble with the law.

He spoke in a loud and rude tone “See? We are clean. Now let us go otherwise I am making a phone call. My uncle is blah blah blah”.

I looked at that young lad with disappointment. I wasn’t angry as such public behavior isn’t rare. No way was I going to let them take off in their “super cruiser” of a car.

What they didn’t know was that careless and hoon driving is a punishable offence which can lead to jail time. Having no registration book can result in seizure of vehicle until a Judge directs us to let it go after verification.

Tell you what. Why don’t you call that uncle of yours since you’ve got no IDs, we need to verify your background. And there is no way this vehicle is taking you anywhere. We are taking it in possession. Also it is to be determined if you should be booked for careless driving.

What?

You heard me.

A police mobile van was called and they were escorted to the nearest Police station. I left for home.

Later I learnt that car was seized and remained in the Police compound for a week as such legal procedures can be time consuming. But those teenagers were let go with a warning. Their parents came to the Police station late at night and assured “this won’t happen again”. Especially the driver’s dad was quite furious and felt free to spank his son’s bottom, or so I heard.

Somebody might think, I acted over grudge or something like that. No, I have nothing personal against him or anybody else. I did not hate that kid, but his careless driving seriously concerned me for his and other’s safety.

I hope he doesn’t drive again the way I saw him.

My brother did for me. I’m the youngest of 3 and my brother was the oldest. There were 8 years difference in our ages. We did not have the tightest of brotherly relationships when we were growing up or even when we were adults. I always felt that he was a bit cold, and as I was the only one in my family to have children, he remained a bit “distant”. I didn’t understand until after he died that it was just “his way”.

My brother was a bit “demanding” when he was home with family, yet he always was extremely tolerant of my son who has Down Syndrome. I just felt like “we” (my family, mostly my children) weren’t that close or important to him. I found out (much to my very surprise) after he died that just wasn’t true.

My brother was a video editor for the government (I don’t want to give to many details as it was military related). Upon his very sudden and tragic death, the owner of the contracting company gave me his personal belonging. One was a picture of Larry in front of his work station, a very complex video editing bay.

What caught my eye and threw me for a very big loop was a picture of both my daughter and son on his bay. It wasn’t just that there were pictures, but it was the most recent pictures my wife had sent him. We figured he never did anything with them. Then, at his funeral, which was attended by many military officers and civilians, so many of them came up to me (as I did his eulogy they all knew who I was), and asked me “we see your daughter, but where is Michael (my son)?” (We had left him home as it was just “easier” at the time). I was shocked. They all knew all these details about my kids. They all told me that my brother constantly talked about them.

I have to tell you that many times I broke down after this privately and cried. I never had any idea that he felt that close to my children. He had such a hard way about him that we just didn’t have that type of relationship. It was at that very moment that I realized just how much I lost in his passing.

I always knew my brother was a good person. He always worked, even in tough times, always was saving cats (he loved dogs, but as an apartment dweller they were not allowed). He always paid his taxes. He was just a good person.

It took his tragic passing for me to learn what he was really about. I miss him every day and have his editing clock in my office to always remind me of his presence in our family and my life.

Hum. I suggest that he should check the paternity of his children. This is far too weird. -MM

Shorpy

05564u.preview
05564u.preview
8a00071a.preview
8a00071a.preview
8a04729a.preview
8a04729a.preview
8a06866a.preview
8a06866a.preview
4a20205a.preview
4a20205a.preview
4a17935a.preview
4a17935a.preview
4a11784a.preview
4a11784a.preview
4a15723a.preview
4a15723a.preview
4a15739a1.preview
4a15739a1.preview
Buffalo Pitts steam tractor.preview
Buffalo Pitts steam tractor.preview
4a20167a.preview
4a20167a.preview
4a12297a.preview
4a12297a.preview
homo milk 1962.preview
homo milk 1962.preview
29240u.preview
29240u.preview
29236u.preview
29236u.preview
27153a.preview
27153a.preview
4a25784a.preview
4a25784a.preview
4a22047a.preview
4a22047a.preview
4a22878a.preview
4a22878a.preview
1a34754u2.preview
1a34754u2.preview
8c52905u.preview
8c52905u.preview
8c52062u.preview
8c52062u.preview
4a13378a.preview
4a13378a.preview
4a19798a.preview
4a19798a.preview
4a19614a.preview
4a19614a.preview
4a19646a.preview
4a19646a.preview

Seared Scallop Cavatappi in Creamy White Wine Sauce

Seared Scallop Cavatappi in Creamy White Wine Sauce takes only 20 minutes to make and is full of nutrients, this decadent scallop cavatappi dish only feels like a splurge. We love it for dinner parties and special nights in.

seared scallop cavatoppi
seared scallop cavatoppi

Yield: 4 servings

Ingredients

  • 4 ounces cavatappi
  • 2 tablespoons vegetable oil
  • 1 pound fennel, white part only, thinly sliced
  • 20 each “dry” sea scallops
  • Salt and pepper
  • 1/4 cup finely chopped shallots
  • 1/2 cup white wine
  • 1/4 cups heavy cream
  • 3 tablespoons finely chopped dill

Instructions

  1. Bring a large pot of salted water to a boil.
  2. Cook the cavatappi according to package directions. Drain and reserve.
  3. Heat a large sauté pan over medium heat. Add 1 tablespoon of the oil.
  4. Add the fennel and season with salt and pepper. Cook, allowing the fennel to caramelize on one side, about 3 minutes before flipping and doing the same on the second side. It should be caramelized on the outside and soft on the inside when pierced with a knife.
  5. Remove from pan.
  6. Add the remaining 1 tablespoon of oil to the pan. Increase heat to high.
  7. Season the scallops with salt and pepper.
  8. Place them in the pan in a single layer. If they don’t fit, do them in 2 batches. Do not overcrowd the pan.
  9. Allow scallops to brown on one side (about 1 minute) then flip and brown the second side.
  10. Remove from pan.
  11. Add the shallots to the pan and cook until aromatic (about 30 seconds).
  12. Deglaze the pan with the white wine. Cook down just to take the away the raw alcohol flavor (about 1 minute).
  13. Add the cream and cook another minute.
  14. Stir in the dill.
  15. Taste and adjust the seasoning.
  16. Add the pasta and fennel to heat through.
  17. For each serving, divide the pasta between 4 bowls.
  18. Place 5 scallops on each plate.

Attribution

Recipe and photo used with permission from: National Pasta Association

You might be surprised at the changes that can hit you unexpectedly

The key is: HK is still under control of China.

Although under 1-country-2-systems, HK is highly autonomous. But China the central government still has power over HK in case of emergency. UN charter empowers any country to suppress riots etc.

You know the HK riot, actually a coup, was instigated by USA & UK, do you?

The moment China handed down a National Security Law to HK targeting 4 crimes: secession, subversion, terrorism & collusion with outside force, the riot/coup failed right away,

HK police has power to made arrest of traitors. Before that, HK had no effective laws to curb a coup.

Some well-known foreigners eg ex CIA agent Mark Simon left HK right away. So were the US NGOs eg Human Right Watch etc. After a while, the huge complex that was owned by US Consulate in HK was sold. … a complete US failure in HK.

Thanks to the national security law.

Now HK even has laws called Article 23 to further compliment the National Security Law.

High Value Man REFUSES To Pay For Woman’s Food & Leaves!

Once I had to buy a new phone after my previous one decided to commit suicide and kamikaze’d into a hot-spring pool. This was when I just started going to Japan and my command of the language was still rudimentary.

So I went to the BIC Camera electronic store near Yurakucho station. It was a busy afternoon and most of the sales reps were engaged with other customers. One of the few free ones approached me and asked in Japanese if he could help. Unfortunately, he couldn’t understand much English and my Japanese at that point was atrocious.

Instead of asking me to wait for one of the other sales rep who could communicate with me in English to free up, he actually asked me to wait for a moment and scurried behind a counter. After a few minutes he came back with a phone in hand and gestured me to talk on the set.

Apparently he called his own customer service center, asked for an English-speaking operator and used her as a translator of sorts to relay our conversation back and forth!

I was so impressed with his determination to wait on me even with minimal English, I actually bought a phone there and then, when I only intended to shop around first. Even bought a few other accessories to go with it.

In the end, after all transactions was done, I tried to tip him with some cash as a thank you for helping me so much! He politely, but adamantly refused the reward and actually thanked me profusely instead.

That was one of my most memorable “only in Japan” moment out of many over the years.

Girlfriend CRUSHES Boyfriend’s Dream (BIG MISTAKE)

True story, fictionalized for viewing.

“Rigged” is definitely not the best word to use. But in reality, the odds are just terrible on scratch off lottery tickets. Here’s my first piece of advice to anyone considering trying their luck. Stay away from them! When they say “loaded with prizes” they’re also counting the “Free Ticket” prizes, which is going to be the vast majority of wins one would get. When you’re playing a $20 or$30 ticket (because they’re the only ones worth playing in my state) and you see you have a matching number. There’s no bigger slap in the face than seeing “Free Ticket.” Sorry… It bothers me…. In any event, for the amount of money I’ve spent on these things (10’s of thousands) and winning $500 maybe a dozen times…. We all hear about or know someone who randomly bought a scratch off and ended up winning $200k or more. I promise you, that’s POT LUCK! There’s no “strategy” or “Skill” in winning those games. Nobody knows where the grand prizes are. We only know there’s only 2 or 3 of them in 5 million printed tickets. Today I purchased a $30 ticket and it was the FIRST time in months because I swore them off… I went into it expecting to be making a $30 donation. Instead I won $250.00 I took the money and ran!!! If you’re going to play them, don’t spend more than you can afford to lose. Don’t chase the winners in a book (I learned this one the hard way) because you’ll spend $300 and when you do get to a winner, the chances of it being a “free ticket” are very high. Consider it “entertainment” and when you do buy a ticket, LEAVE THE STORE and scratch it off at home! (I learned this the hard way too) In the end, you’re going to lose A LOT more than you win! Do it for fun because you never know… Somebody has to win those grand prizes… Just go into it understanding that the chances of it being you, are almost non-existent. Hope this helps at least one person. Best of luck.

Nothing can stop ’em.

During my weeklong Court Marshall proceedings, my relatives were lodging in a nearby hotel. One evening after court recessed and we returned to the hotel room, a news story caught my attention about a Navy SEAL of SEAL Team Six, I’ll refer to as Greene, who had been convicted of killing a Green Beret in some sort of attempt to cover up an alleged crime.

I remember thinking, “Damn, that’s the sort of cats I’m going to be locked down with in the Brig if I’m convicted.”

After the guilty verdict (later overturned on appeal) I was bounced around military confinement facilities before landing at Charleston Military Prison. Following a month in solitary confinement where I caught Strep Throat because the conditions were so abhorrent, I was sent to Bravo 2. The close observation unit.

I was assigned to cell 104. Guess who lived in cell 103 right next door?

The Grin Reaper himself; Greene.

The guards treated him differently than the other inmates. Always eager to greet him with big grins as if he were a famous athlete. After all, he was a decorated war hero with allegedly 14 confirmed kills. (The guards told me this, not Greene himself.)

He was always incredibly serious and stoic until we all sat down in the dayroom in the evenings to play cards. There, he’d relax and cut loose for some casual banter.

Eventually, we became friends. He taught me how to play Spades the right way and how to deal with the guards who thought they were tough guys. Some liked to bully inmates. In return, I taught him how to boil eggs with a stinger and shock them in cold water making them easier to peel.

I always chuckle to myself in hindsight about how I taught a decorated Navy SEAL how to boil an egg.

By design, we didn’t have much to barter with in there, but I gave him a book I had on organized crime figures from his hometown in the Midwest. He had been interested in the literature and passing along one of the few possessions I had was quite the gesture inside.

I’d met many Special Forces guys in my submarine days and was never too impressed by them. They were your stereotypical sports jocks. Generic Type A personality stock. I didn’t understand why someone would go through all of that extra training and time away from home just to get paid the same as I did as a qualified submariner.

Greene was different though. I genuinely enjoyed his company and took his advice to heart. He was one of the inmates I knew I’d miss on the outside.

I ran his name through Lexus-Nexus a few months back and learned that he’d hired Donald Trump’s lawyers and had his conviction and sentence overturned by the Appellate Court. I was wholeheartedly elated to learn that he was a free man.

If you see this, Chief, your old neighbor Archie sends his respects.

WOW. 27 MACH.

Because we already have the Alcatraz of the Rockies, ADX Florence.

main qimg 7d6439685a2a55eb432ef8cfb99102f7 lq
main qimg 7d6439685a2a55eb432ef8cfb99102f7 lq

The Administrative Maximum Facility is the federal government’s supermax prison. Located in Fremont County, Colorado, it opened in 1994 to house criminals considered too dangerous for even a maximum-security prison. Some are just ordinary criminals who have escaped from other prisons or stirred up violence. Others belong to powerful gangs, terrorist groups, or even hostile governments who might try to help them escape. Notable inmates and former inmates include:

  • Barry Mills and Tyler Bingham, Aryan Brotherhood
  • Zacarias Moussaoui, September 11th co-conspirator, and Ramzi Yousef, architect of the 1992 World Trade Center bombing
  • Dzhokhar Tsarnaev, Boston Marathon bomber
  • Ted Kaczynski, the Unabomber
  • Timothy McVeigh and Terry Nichols, Oklahoma City bombing
  • Robert Hanssen, Russian agent inside the FBI counter-intelligence division
  • Vincent Basciano, boss of the Bonanno crime family
  • Richard McNair, three-time escapee who once mailed himself out of a federal prison

Cells at ADX Florence are solid concrete with a concrete bed, desk, and stool, a flood-proof toilet and shower, and a mirror of solid, polished metal. Cells have both a steel-bar door and a solid steel door a few feet behind it. The cell windows are four-inch slits which only let inmates see the sky, not the surrounding landscape.

main qimg 6353cb43fe368b570a00d689189c929e lq
main qimg 6353cb43fe368b570a00d689189c929e lq

Prisoners spend 23 hours a day in their cells, and are escorted by three guards to their hour of daily exercise in a private room, at the bottom of a swimming-pool-like pit. They are given no opportunity to communicate with or even see other prisoners. If they somehow get out of their cells and away from the guards, there’s still 24-hour video surveillance, motion detectors, and 1,400 remote-controlled steel doors throughout the facility. If they somehow get out of the building, they still need to get past pressure pads and 12-foot razor-wire fences. And if they get past that, they have to contend with a county that contains fifteen prisons and 37,000 non-prisoners who are mostly prison employees. It’s not an easy place to blend in. (Thanks to Keith Shannon for pointing this out in the comments.)

ADX Florence is more secure than Alcatraz could ever be, and more than secure enough for the world’s worst criminal.

With help from USA, Dalai staged a coup to subvert China in 1959. Failed. He & his support thus fled.

There is a museum in Tibet. Evidence shows that Dalai violated human rights. But the West praises him as a human right fighter. Why?

Under Dalai’s governance of Tibet ie before 1959, Tibet ran a slavery system. Tibetans were broken into 3 classes – high, middle & low. High is the rich eg slave owners. Middle, merchants. Low, others incl slaves.

Each class is further broken into 3. High-high class = 70 kilogram of gold. High-middle = 300 grams of gold. … Low-low = 1 string made of grass. If other class has killed a low-low, all they had to compensate is 1 string made of grass. Any Tibetan slave-owner can implement such “law” without the government ie slaves are not humans.

There were more cruel & inhuman laws. If I write the cruelty in Quora, my article will be banned. Go to Tibet museum to read it yourself. Also try google it.

How rich Dalai&family was before they fled China? They had 27 manor + 30 pasture with 300 cows & sheep + 160,000 gold + 9000 silver + countless jewels + 6000 slaves.

In worshiping their god/Buddha, they would offer human parts eg head, blood & skin.

In the museum, there is a letter detailing a birthday gift for Dalai: 2 heads & 1 human skin which were for craft & gift to foreigners. Craft & gift !!!

Not just skull, other human bones were also used for crafts.

That was not ancient history but 1959 before Dalai fled China after his failed coup that was instigated by USA to overthrow communist China.

How can the West accept the (carved) gifts from human parts? How can the West disguise Dalai as a human right fighter? Dalai was even given a Nobel Peace Prize after his failed coup.

I tell you why. 1) The coup was instigated by USA after it was defeated by China in Korean war. 2)

Western politicians+media are NOT true human rights fighters. They just use HR as a tool to destabilize other country.

Because Dalai has lots of followers. The West uses Dalai as a tool to fight against China. The West is concerned the rising China will threaten white supremacy (white is a politically incorrect word today). Dont be naive to think they fight for human rights or democracy.

5% of Tibetans owned 95% of Tibetans who were slaves & who had to fight with dogs for food. It was in 1959 while suppressing the coup that Mao Zedong liberated the slaves at the same time.

Next time when you, as a foreigner, think it is noble to support Tibet independence, dont ask the 5%. Ask the 95%.

Dont ask those Tibetans who live on western political donations. Ask those who can live like a real human today. Those who have food to eat, have education, can own business & property. Those who truly work for a living in Tibet.

Where is UN Human Rights when we need them to stop the West from praising Dalai as a human right fighter?

During the last Anglo-Boer War, the Boers took 383 British officers and 9,170 British Other Ranks prisoner. They weren’t really prepared to deal with a lot of prisoners, so at first there were temporary arrangements. Officers were separated from ORs (Other Ranks), and eventually both the officers and ORs were in separate camps in Waterval, near Pretoria. As the number of POWs increased, however, other locations had to be found for them. Winston Churchill, for instance, was kept at the State Model School.

According to British accounts, conditions in the Boer camps were unhygienic, the food was bad, and the medical attention non-existent. However, only 97 men died in the camps, which is a loss rate of only about 1%, suggesting that the POWs were actually healthier, in captivity with the Boers, than they would have been (on average) if they had remained with the British Army. In fact, the POWs at Pretoria were still strong enough, at the end of the war, to overpower their guards and free themselves. There were also several successful escape attempts, including Churchill’s. The British forces suffered 21.6% casualties, including killed, wounded, and sick. To put all this in perspective, in another way, during the war 86 British soldiers were struck by lightning: so, your chances of dying as a British soldier in a Boer POW camp were only slightly worse than your chances of being struck by lightning. (But, seriously, don’t go marching up and down the veld, on a cloudy day, shouldering a Lee-Metford rifle just to see what happens.)

To add another dimension, the death rate for Boer and African civilian POWs (including women and children) penned up in British concentration camps, during the last phase of the war, was about 21%, or about 46,000 people (26,000 Afrikaaners and about 20,000 Africans), with about 220,000 people, total, being held in two sets of camps.

see Rudyard Kipling’s fine poem, Waterval.

Godzilla 1985

Full movie. Have fun and enjoy.

Coal Miner’s Daughter

My mother was afraid that I would drop out of college at the university. And it was a real concern. So many of our friends were dropping out of school. So she had this idea. She got me a job at a coal mine. And she went out of her way to make sure it was a hard life. In her mind, the harder the better.

And that was my first introduction to working.

I started working at a very young age, and my parents had to sign a waver to allow me to work as I was under the age of 16. But, you know, both my parents felt that I needed to have the harsh life lessons early on. That I needed to see what a paycheck was, and what deductions were.

Of course, they didn’t feel this way about my sisters. They could live an easy life; go to the games, be cheerleaders. Have an allowance, and visit the mall.

Even my younger brother was spared the working life, for some reason that I never got a straight answer to.

Anyways, the very first task that I was assigned on my first day of work was to scrub out all the trash cans by hand. Oh, sure, it wasn’t necessary. But it was part of the new-hire “hazing” of us younger guys.

For whatever it is worth, when my daughter gets older, I will give her a work experience, briefly. And following that; a heavy does of running her own business,.

Maybe a vending machine business. Or something along those lines. Simple, with hands-on activity.

I believe that it is my job: my role to provide these skills, and NOT to rely on the public school system to take over that responsibility.

I know. I am weird. But it’s my strong point of view on this matter.

Today…

New Orleans Pepper Steak

New Orleans Pepper Steak
New Orleans Pepper Steak

Ingredients

Steak

  • 2 steaks suitable for grilling (T-bone, porterhouse, etc.)
  • 1 tablespoon cracked or coarse ground black pepper
  • 1/2 teaspoon thyme
  • 1/8 teaspoon ground allspice
  • 1 teaspoon Colgin’s liquid smoke
  • 2 large cloves garlic, crushed or 1 teaspoon garlic paste

New Orleans Steak Butter

  • 3 tablespoons butter
  • 1 teaspoon lemon juice
  • 1 teaspoon finely minced fresh parsley
  • 1/2 teaspoon Worcestershire sauce or Colgin’s liquid smoke

Instructions

Steak

  1. Prepare the steaks for the grill about 1/2 hour ahead of time. Rub the two steaks with all of the ingredients using 1/2 for each steak.
  2. Grill over hot coals to desired degree of doneness. The amount of pepper used can be varied according to your taste but do not increase the amount of garlic. The garlic cooks with the steaks and will not be overwhelming. Serve with the Steak Butter.

New Orleans Steak Butter

  1. Just before putting the steaks on the grill, prepare the sauce. Put the butter in a small saucepan and melt over low heat. Add the rest of the ingredients and cook over low heat until the parsley is wilted. Keep the sauce warm and serve over the steaks as soon as they are done.

A Chinese non-military official once said:

If China had provided military assistance to Russia, Russia would have won and the war would have ended long ago..

Through this joint anti-terrorism military exercise with Belarus, the United States and the West will believe that Chinese officials are not saying this casually.

Instead of spending a lot of energy to dispel rumors, it is better to actually prove it to you! — If the Russian army has a large army of combat robot dogs and combat drones, can Ukraine still resist it?


The United States does not have the capacity to go to war with China, and the politicians in Washington have not yet realized this.

The U.S. flaunts its military prowess to China without realizing that China’s industrial output has far surpassed that of the United States.

Industrial capacity is important for war because you have to produce ammunition, missiles, and countless drones.

It would be very dangerous for the US to go to war with China in the face of a gap in industrial capacity.

If the Chinese offer a peace proposal, you better say yes or their people will be happier than you.

On January 15th 1919 a tank filled with 2.3 Million gallons of molasses burst and sent a tsunami of slow pouring sticky substance that was said to be 40 foot high and weighing more than 13,000 metric tons through the streets of Boston killing 21 people and injuring many more. The molasses being much denser than water carried a great deal of potential energy with it.

The wave of molasses crested some 8 meters high in places and travelled at 35 miles per hour through the streets. Buildings didn’t stand a chance and horrifically people became stuck in the sticky substance. The unlucky ones were stuck under the surface and died. As the molasses was so heavy a rush of sweet smelling air proceeded it and knocked people of their feet only to be engulfed by the tsunami. In total 21 people were killed and 150 people injured across a 800 meter long trail of destruction.

Rescue efforts were very difficult and anyone who ventured into the area to search for survivors became stuck. Eventually most of the molasses was washed into the harbour using salt water. It stained the Boston harbour a deep brown for over an half a year. It was also reported that people tracked the molasses across the city making everything unpleasantly sticky for weeks, if anyone has kids you would know the torment of sticky messes. And for many years to come it was reported that on hot sunny days the air in Boston smelt of molasses.

They Lied To You About CHINA: This is SHENZHEN!

KFC was my first job when I was a teenager, but I remember a lot about the place.

Our chicken was always fresh; chilled, but not frozen. It was supplied by a local poultry company, and already cut into pieces; leg, thigh, breast, & wing. There was nothing really special about the chicken itself; the poultry supplier supplied numerous other restaurants with chicken, so it was all actually chicken.

We only had original recipe in those days. The pieces were dipped in a milk and egg dip (powdered mixed with water), and then dredged in seasoned flour. The seasoning (11 herbs & spices) came in a packet that we mixed with a bag of flour (10# I think). We did all this on a breading table, and had the chicken pieces in a basket ready for the fryer. The chicken was placed in the hot oil, and cooked in these huge pressure cookers for 20 minutes. We had a special clock on the wall for timing; when the pressure lids were put on, we would write the time it was to be done on the stove with a white grease pencil. (I think it is more automated now).

When the chicken was ready, we would dump the entire contents of the pot out on a fryer table, where the vegetable oil would drain off and collect in the bottom, and then the chicken pieces were placed into a Crescor, which was a steam cabinet to keep the pieces warm and moist, ready to be served to the customer. The oil was filtered, and we would refill the pots from the fryer table, ready to go again.

We would make gravy too, using a gravy mix and water. We would add some of the left-over crumbs from the bottom of the fryer to season it, sort of like using pan drippings to make gravy at home.

We also had gizzards from time-to-time that we would cook in the same way as the regular chicken pieces, except the gizzards had to be cooked longer.

In all my experience, I never ever saw a piece cooked or served that wasn’t a normal piece of chicken purchased locally. I’ve heard rumors that KFC uses genetically modified chickens that would have six drumsticks or fifteen wings or something equally as freaky. But I can assure you that is nothing more than the product of a myth and an overactive imagination. And they don’t serve lungs or any other entrails; KFC doesn’t serve “chicken haggis.” If a piece of lung happened to be in with the chicken, it would be unintentional. Besides, if you’ve ever butchered and cleaned chickens, the lungs are sometimes tricky to completely remove from the cavity. However, it would only be a small fragment (very difficult to detect after cooking), and not an entire lung.

KFC, at least from my experience, is very picky about their food. If a piece of chicken isn’t done right, it gets thrown away.

However, KFC was about the hottest job I’ve ever had. The kitchen wasn’t air conditioned (the rest of the store was), so it would easily climb to over 100 degrees in the summertime. 120 degrees was about the hottest I experienced. I just hope working conditions have improved over the years. For a teenager, it was an okay first job, and I was happy with the money I earned, even though it was just $1.15/hour. But that was back in 1969.

This is some serious Chinese popular music. Note that the entire performance is done using traditional Chinese instruments.

The way we are currently going? No way. I have lived in India for some forty years and in China for more than two years (though I have been visiting the country since 1996). India is today where China was in 1979, but in India we are still rudderless, direction less and leaderless (without knowing it).

the reason why China’s development has worked for it for so logn is because it is focused on a larger number of people and not a smaller number of people getting wealthy. In India, what we have is still the latter.

The day the life of the farmers in India start improving, the person who has to travel like an animal in overcrowded Mumbai local trains starts getting better and we Indians start caring for each other without being under pretensions that we are superior to fellow Indians (I am referring to the Hyderabad police and Telangana govt. imagining itself to be superior to poorer beggars – just a symptom of a much more widespread malady that affects us all) – that day I will say there is some chance that we might catch up with China.

PS – Just do a google image search to see what the railway stations in China – Shanghai, Shenzhen, Tianjin, Chengdu, Xiamen look like. That is considered “normal” in over a hundred cities in China. We don’t have a single such place in India – a few airports don’t mean anything as masses travel by trains. Do a similar search for their roads and buses. And their government run schools. That is where the real development lies – not in rockets sent up, missiles, stock exchanges, GDP and a few hundred super rich people in either country.

An honest Admission –
Every day I spend in China, while I appreciate what they have (they have worked hard for it and continue to do so), I keep saying to myself – “I wish my country was like this, because I know my people deserve it and are capable of it. I wish some day my people will feel they deserve better – and people here includes the people in government”.

Life Found on Mars

Submitted into Contest #17 in response to: Write a story about a family dinner that takes place in any time period other than the present. view prompt

Christina Steele

The council had agreed. Euthanization of the immigrants would happen today at the high moon this 2052 MY (Mars Year) 549 Sol. Most were in poor health anyway, some would stay for continued scientific examination, and four of the youth who survived information intake showed educable promise would receive Partial Martian citizenship. Quatek had attended the meeting with her mother, Supreme Empress Quarmine.  Quatek practiced her self-teleportation and levitation. But the word euthanized sharpened her already pointed ears. As part of the population control reform, her grandmother, the fourteenth Supreme Empress, had enacted, and last year on her two- hundredth birthday died as number 16587, becoming a member of the new Grand Guiding Ancestors. The reform called upon the Euthanization of all Martians on their two-hundred birthday. When she signed the reform, she was signing her own death certificate. Quatek still missed her grandmother, tears falling far too often for a future Empress, according to her mother. Grandmother had taught her to have an open heart; her mother taught her to have a steady hand. Quatek knew that many of the councilwomen believed her mom had advised the Euthanasia Population Control Reform. Her mother refused to accept chemical or medical control of life. The all-female population had evolved to self-reproduce only three-hundred MY ago. Their numbers were small back then, but now they were running out of space. To assure a quality life for the babies, sterile older women had to die. It would be a sacrifice, but after death, they transformed into the Grand Guiding Ancestors and held in reverence.That was the same year the immigrants came. Their ship landed near the craters of Aquanis and Anquiteka. Fearful they would attack the water and easily defeat the aged community, these immigrants were transferred into the trans-tunnels and held in Section 1, an antiquated abandoned living area. The area still had all the essential water, air, food delivery chutes, and temperature control units. Old and lacking systems but suitable for immigrants, some now called invaders. Over the last year, observation and experimentation became commonplace. Suspicion waned, then grew when several Observants, a party of 6 women, were in the migrant’s ship. After entering the vessel, an unanswered security breach alert led to a self-destruct warning, and finally, the ship exploded. The Earthling migrants explained that after so long with no one onboard their planet, set up this security device to keep their craft out of alien hands. This lead to talk of euthanasia for no life capable of such a barbaric tactic to kill would be worthy of life.Anxious, Quatek wandered out of the council chambers and down the red stone tunnel. Light fell in spots from the escape airlock hatches above. The hatches secured into the bottom of the shallow craters on the planet’s surface existed as emergency exits in case of a tunnel collapse. At the third spot of light was her mother’s office, not even her daughter status would get passed the guards on duty at the door. It would only be a few years, and the office would be hers. Surely a few moments inside wouldn’t be wrong, just educational. Quatek pressed her green-tinted palms together, lifting her elbows. Rubbing her hands, she applied her warmed palms to her hidden third eye in the center of her forehead.  Seconds later, she appeared behind her mother’s desk undetected. Sitting in the royal seat, she viewed the screen, which appeared on default along with the holograms. The screen showed the twenty migrants, who would die, there was nothing she could do. Quatek paused at Mary’s image. She and Mary became friends over the year. Mary would stay at the request of Quatek, though Mary’s parents would die. It would be hard, but she would be with her. Help her. That is when the sidebar came into view.“Noooo!” she muffled her scream with her hand. The final order, signed by her mother, appeared. Quatek read all immigrants euthanized so more Martian babies could be born. “This can’t be,” Quatek whispered.The guards entered and began questioning her. She had to save Mary. She rubbed her hands and transported to Area 1. Spotting Mary, Quatek wrapped her arms around her and transported them both to the far path. This historical path, sacred as a tribute to her people’s first exodus from the surface to the climate controllable tunnels constructed with primitive tools. They climbed the stairs of the sphinx. Both suited up in the airlock within the sphinx eye. They had come here many times. Taught each other a crude sign language and eventually fell in love. Quatek conveyed everything to Mary, there in that eye, looking out at the red sands on the surface of her home planet. Tonight, she told Mary that the Martians themselves had once been migrants from the green planet Merus. Only the Empresses and the Chief Historian know this fact. Quatek’s ancestors arrived here after their planet died. The Meronians brought with them viruses that killed the red indigenous people who lived on the surface. That is why they don’t breathe the Mars air even though they adopted the Martian name. It is why they are in tunnels, why Quatek glows with a green tinge, and why no males we’re born after the first several years. Perhaps the heat of the sun or some environmental induced genetic malformation. And likely why Mary and her people became feared by the governing council. Finally, she shared the worse news of all. All the Earthlings would be euthanized tonight. They held each other a long time then walked back. Mary shared that her mom would give birth soon. Could they wait until after the birth? Could there be a first Earth-Martian if only for a while?Just then, guards accompanied by the Superior Empress arrived and shackled their arms and legs with force field cuffs.“Mother listen, you cannot kill them.”“We are not killing them; we are putting them to sleep for the benefit of them and us. They have no home and no way back, and I cannot exchange our lives for theirs. I have a responsibility to my fellow Martians to life.”Fellow Martian, huh? You believe a new life replaces old life, right? The right to be born is more important than the right to continue as a life lived. Isn’t that your belief?” Quatek paced. The Empress stood in silence. A scream was heard, then a high-pitched cry. “Mary’s mother just gave birth. Isn’t this new Martian life worthy of saving? Isn’t all live worthy?” Mary’s father brought the new child to the front and held him up near the clear security glass that held them, prisoners. There was a sudden silence as the new life sucked on the finger of her father.“How long have you co-mingled?” the Empress demanded.“Nearly ten months.”“No issues?”

“None.”

“Guards put Mary with her family. Child of mine be released and transport to my office immediately.” The cuffs fell of Quatek as the guards carried Mary to the cell.

Hours later, an hour before euthanasia, the council tired from compromise, at last, agreed. At the hour of the immigrant’s end, there came a new beginning. Hundreds gathered in Area 1, bringing food, clothing, and bedding. They removed the glass between them, and cautiously embraced this new life on their planet. Not just the new life being passed around like a crystal goblet of wine, but all life—all life brave enough to fight beyond its bounds of gravity and enter a new world. The decree came to pass that an annual celebration called Thanksgiving of Life would include a new flag of red and blue and green and a grand feast of shared food and gratitude.

<Bug-eyed> “If I had my gun in my car right now, you would be dead!”

Needs a bit of background, though.

My daughter has a learner’s permit, and a HUGE, HUGE sticker on the back of the car saying “STUDENT DRIVER”. We are at a parking lot in a strip mall. She has moved into a parking slot, and is trying to reverse the car to park it parallel to the markings. Fastidious, like it is drilled in to student drivers to be.

In comes an Escalade, right behind our vehicle. Honks loud and long. The kid gets slightly panicked. I tell her to keep her cool, finish the maneuver. The Escalade races its engine, comes within an inch of the bumper, and keeps honking.

My daughter parks the car. The Escalade is on the driveway, blocking all other cars in the parking lot.

Out comes an elderly gentleman, about 60ish. We are getting out of the car. He’s obviously mad.

He: “You assfucker … you shithead …”

Me: “Excuse me … what is happening here?”

He: “Who do you think you are … reversing the car when I am coming in?”

Me: “Sir, sorry if I inconvenienced you, but there is a huge STUDENT DRIVER sign on the back of the car. Did you not notice that?”

He: “I don’t give a shit about signs, you motherfucker … Go back to your own country … You fucking terrorist … President Trump would deport you once I make a call to ICE …”

And this point in time, I am speechless. My daughter is close to tears. What have I gotten myself into?

Then, this gentleman’s wife comes out of the car and approaches my daughter. She does not sound angry. Ah, here is some sanity.

She (to my daughter): “You know, you really should not be permitted to drive. This is a country of white people. Your father isn’t white, and should not be allowed in this country at all.” All of this in a reasonable tone.

This is where I think I made a mistake, but I couldn’t take this any more.

Me: “I hope you have health insurance”

She: “What do you mean?”

Me: “Well, looks like you will need mental health help soon. I hope you are insured for that.”

The gentleman chimes back in.

He: “You fucking asshole, if I had my gun in my car right now, you would be dead”.

Me: “Well, Illinois does not have a Stand Your Ground Law, so that would be homicide”.

And that is when we walked off the lot. The kid was crying, and it took 30 minutes of talking to her (and an ice-cream) to convince her that she had done nothing wrong.

Sad. What is this country coming to?

EDIT: I had been seething internally about this encounter for the past three weeks, and writing this out was a kind of catharsis for me. The outpouring of good thoughts was overwhelming. Thanks everybody for your lovely thoughts.

For the multitude of people who apologized, you don’t have to. I fully understand that all of you are not one of them. And I still have faith. After all, what’s the point in carrying on, otherwise?

EDIT ON EDIT: Lots of people have advised me about videotaping the incident. While I do appreciate the advice, the unfortunate thing is that when someone is hurling epithets at me in my face, my first thought is to protect my daughter and myself, not record it as evidence to be produced later to law enforcement.

Notice that every time this kind of incident gets posted on social media, it is almost always a third person who has recorded it? The people involved are rarely recording a POV video. Same in this case.

US American REACTS – How I See the US After 5 Years

Solar power

Well, the US doesn’t have to worry about Fusion. It will take decades at least.

Right now, Chinese solar panels are below $0.02 per watt. This is from $100 in the 70s. That is 2 cents per watt.

Chinese solar panels are killing big oil and big gas. And it is being manufactured in mass quantities. 600GW of solar panels last year, 600+GW this year, and 900GW of solar panels in 2025. It will be over 1TW of solar panels in 2026 and beyond.

Each watt of solar panel can generate on average of 6 sun hours per day and 260 sun days per year of 1,500 watt of electricity.

Now multiply that by the amount manufactured. And this is going all over the Global South. Ironically China is making the Global South energy independent of the control by the West.

Which makes the US and the EU absolutely hate China. Because those panels will produce power for 30 years before dropping to 80% capacity and still keep going.

There is no oil to interdict or control to starve other nations by the West. Once those panels go in, the West will have to bomb them to get rid of them.

But if they are install on every rooftop then the West would need more bombs then they dropped in WWII just to remove them from a small nation.

This is true energy independence. Fusion will be great for places where the sun doesn’t shine or for large mobile applications or space.

Fun photos that are curious

470c40dc3fb663f32213795e564bca42
470c40dc3fb663f32213795e564bca42
d7ba6bab4a6a7990fae59ecdf251b042
d7ba6bab4a6a7990fae59ecdf251b042
4b2dad32627c1f59cbdec033b420baf9
4b2dad32627c1f59cbdec033b420baf9
c9bce767d83444fae15cabec873032c3
c9bce767d83444fae15cabec873032c3
afb5e4d4055ab466479d33498b401eb8
afb5e4d4055ab466479d33498b401eb8
0014ba2769a7f894a97db2653a7b7c9c
0014ba2769a7f894a97db2653a7b7c9c
c7e0434784624d4a1d87f98ac4b4f66d
c7e0434784624d4a1d87f98ac4b4f66d
c63c4b195fa7c4617f6b54d8e79a79ba
c63c4b195fa7c4617f6b54d8e79a79ba
dafb513a93b6bcdda112b7ff2935bf33
dafb513a93b6bcdda112b7ff2935bf33
c03e014b787155cba7c733f5780b36a8
c03e014b787155cba7c733f5780b36a8
8ec478974fe5e110ad46094cbfe4afeb
8ec478974fe5e110ad46094cbfe4afeb
69936d0537d329c1641450b10848fced
69936d0537d329c1641450b10848fced
e56d7b65d96e781c9cfa0cf22f8aab5e
e56d7b65d96e781c9cfa0cf22f8aab5e
8242388c91cffc0f810310c279cfd59f
8242388c91cffc0f810310c279cfd59f
7fc26b490649a9776bd10b8bfd3bc406
7fc26b490649a9776bd10b8bfd3bc406
6c404136bbdc2195434440bf3ca9383b
6c404136bbdc2195434440bf3ca9383b
14d0b92e16a32770dd5f7caa218a272d
14d0b92e16a32770dd5f7caa218a272d
6d01977ca250d7880bc2d0b29cb69122
6d01977ca250d7880bc2d0b29cb69122
255c8866553722aa3f8da1df6faea262
255c8866553722aa3f8da1df6faea262
ff6aad57beb0ea786f9541fde01194f8
ff6aad57beb0ea786f9541fde01194f8
a9505f39371b6d9fc2a9e8ce75b20236
a9505f39371b6d9fc2a9e8ce75b20236
8f6c6c9ffa4e6f1aaecb3396bd40c266
8f6c6c9ffa4e6f1aaecb3396bd40c266
d6b12b34a9d2644b7bc18c38a73113f7
d6b12b34a9d2644b7bc18c38a73113f7
6637e9a06f3da8fd9d42f184904c542e
6637e9a06f3da8fd9d42f184904c542e
18063ef68d53d7730b27ce22d45d8046
18063ef68d53d7730b27ce22d45d8046

Libraries in China.

The very first time I entered a library on campus, I was imagining something like this:

main qimg a2b3fe6afc66560494bcd355a37e6489
main qimg a2b3fe6afc66560494bcd355a37e6489

Shelves upon shelves of books. Chairs. People sitting around reading.

The library was about seven storeys, so I was psyched about all the books it could contain. I didn’t bother to check for a building map, I just entered the first floor, walked into a room. I saw: tables, chairs, textbooks and notebooks piled on tables, people busy studying.

main qimg 1b23c6d97844c093f1c7964abf918f51
main qimg 1b23c6d97844c093f1c7964abf918f51

“This must be the study room”, I thought to myself. I checked the next floor.

Same.

And the next.

Same.

I grew tired and checked the map in the elevator. The actual book-containing part of the library was apparently on the sixth floor.

“Oh finally, “ I thought.

Come to find, the “library” was just one room with about nine shelves of reading books.

A whole seven storey building called the library and this is the actual library?! A small room hidden away in the sixth floor while everyroom else were barebacked study rooms?!

The college is humongous. It has two campuses and four libraries, the smallest library having seven floors and the biggest having eleven.

You can bet your bottom the majority of the rooms in these libraries are just study rooms. What are even reading books, anyway? What kind of moron reads those things?

The study culture here is no joke. Kids pile their books on their reserved spots in the library and sit there studying for hours on end. They keep snacks, water bottles, power banks on site.

This library opens at 7 AM and closes at 11 PM. My deskmate, I think he lives here. He’s always here before I arrive and leaves after I do.

I took this picture one morning because it was a rare occurrence that my study room was bare. I felt like a real champ, a stellar scholar, to be one of the first to arrive.

 

Across is my deskmate’s side. We “reserve” our tables by keeping our books on them. We also reserve our chairs by doing something similar. He has an orange cushion on his chair to reserve his. I have a small bag draped over the back of mine. Others normally put a spare jacket over theirs.

Need a nap? Sleep on the desk, everybody else does.

Thirsty? Water machines on every floor will give you piping hot or ice cold water for ¥0.1 (0.014 USD) per litre.

Hungry? Bikes will deliver food straight from the mess to the library, you can use your phone to order. There’s also a canteen on the ground level. Their pot noodles aren’t the best but they have good ice cream. They have good bread but they’re always running out of those.

Need some fresh air? There are comfy seats in the court.

It’s like everything is conditioned to keep us here studying hard as much as possible. Libraries in China are truly something else; it was quite a culture shock for me.

China military enters Europe. US backs down, cancels 3000 troop deployment in Georgia. US lost India

Ah

No

That’s not how things work

Take Solar Panels

In 2008, A Chinese company makes Solar Panels of very low quality

If they want to make high quality solar panels – based on their manufacturing process – they can only get a 3% FPR meaning out of 10,000 Panels you get 300 Excellent Quality Panels and 9700 Very Low Quality Panels

How can they make money?

They can’t sell 97% of what they make so they simply can’t sustain the business yet they have the R&D and they know that if given the scale, they can make top class panels at optimum cost in 10 years

Which Bank will lend them? Who will wait for 10 years?

This is where the State of China and a group of Industries say WE WILL TAKE CARE OF YOU TILL YOU REACH THAT OPTIMUM LEVEL. YOU JUST DO YOUR R&D

So China pays for 9700 Worthless Panels and destroys the panels using their tax revenues plus money given by big industries like Huawei or Bytedance

Thus this Chinese company keeps making more and more panels – millions and millions more and slowly their FPR grows from 3% in 2008 to 71% in 2018

Now out of 1 Million Panels – they can make 710,000 Very High Quality Panels

And their costs are negligible because they have been subsidized by the Chinese State

So they can sell at 20% of what Germany sells their panels for and still make a 30% profit

They have cracked the Economies of Scale

So now these Panel manufacturers will ask the State of China –

Now that we are making profits and have gained market dominance – How can we ever thank you?

Xi smiles and says “Now you guys help us subsidize the High End Chipmakers, Etching equipment makers and AI LLM startups”

And the cycle goes on and on – each generation which got subsidies will subsidize the next generation

Costs this remain lower and lower and once scale is obtained – China is the master of Quality at lowest price

There is no competition possible


So State Subsidies don’t help the Companies sell at a loss

They help the companies afford to focus on getting to a large scale without worrying about Loans, EMIs, Installments, Investors etc

Like Normal Startups face

An Indian guy can’t get any of these benefits

He may have a superior product but to reach a large scale enough to attain profitability and optimum quality – he needs 7–12 years of continuous exponential financing to help him reach the scale

Banks wont lend him

Government is too broke borrowing and building collapsing infrastructure

Chinese Investors have been banned due to fifth rate paisa nationalism and other investors don’t have the patience to wait for even 5 years leave alone 10–12. You will see more of Byjus and Paytm

Unlike the Chinese Industrialists our Thelawallah Businessmen are busy with 3000 Crore weddings. They won’t help anyone subsidize business without a Government sanctioned Sten Gun on their temple

So the Indian leaves India, goes to Singapore and gets financing from a Chinese/Japanese VC and in a few years the product goes to US or China

While Rohit Sharma gets another 100 Crore for sponsoring Underpants


That’s what State Subsidies mean

Pour money and allow a Business to reach a scale where it can sustain itself

Ensure all R&D costs are paid by the State so that the Business can afford to sell at 20% of the US or German price and still make a 30% Profit

And the Business in turn helps subsidizes more businesses and helps pay for more R & D

El Gato Jackson

Did you know that one of the world’s first coins had the symbol of a bee?

Did you know that honey contains live enzymes?

Did you know that these enzymes die when in contact with a metal spoon? The best way to eat honey is with a wooden spoon; if you can’t find one, use a plastic spoon.

Did you know that honey contains a substance that helps the brain function better?

Did you know that honey is one of the few foods on earth that alone can sustain human life?

Did you know that bees saved people from starvation in Africa?

Did you know that propolis produced by bees is one of the most powerful natural antibiotics?

Did you know that honey has no expiration date?

Did you know that the bodies of the world’s greatest emperors were buried in golden coffins and then covered in honey to prevent rot?

Did you know that the term “Honeymoon” comes from the fact that the bride and groom consumed honey for fertility after the wedding?

Did you know that a bee lives less than 40 days, visits at least 1000 flowers and produces less than a teaspoon of honey, but for her it is her life’s work.

Thank you beautiful bees!

Not a maid, but have a couple rentals. The absolute worst were single girls. One in particular. She had a decent job and could afford it, so I rented to her. At the end of the first month when the rent was due, she was no where to be found. Stopped by several days…not home. Stopped by late one day, after dark, and she’s still not there, and the lights are off. Now I’m noticing that the power is not on. Hmm…. Called her job, “fired a few weeks ago…” But they told me where she went to work. Stopped by there. Deer in the headlights surprise…. oh hi! Long story short, she moved in with boyfriend and just “forgot” to call, but her furniture, clothes, baby stuff is still in my house…but she states that she’s not going to pay for the next month, even though she’s occupying my house with her stuff. Her parting comment is “so sue me”. Okay, I’m going there tomorrow, and placing all the contents on the curb. Come get what you want. When I made entry, oh my!…the smell….”#gagamaggot! Spoiled food everywhere, fridge, floor, bathroom…etc…. but here’s the biggie, in a corner of the master br is a ripe stinking nasty pile of soiled diapers, and used kotex pads, with assorted flies, gnats, and whatever bugs crawling around doing what they do. To lazy to use a garbage can. Remember, power is off, and this is summer in the south and the air was so heavy with scent you could taste it. So I retreat to change clothes and don face mask and two pair of rubber gloves, and roll in a garbage can with a heavy plastic bag and open all the windows and doors. Took me a week to make that home suitable to show again. That one will be in my memory for a while!. I did take a number of pictures, just for future reference. Bleah! Ugh! Gag! Vomit!

Every morning, the CEO of a major bank in Manhattan went to the corner where a shoeshine man was always there.

He used to sit on the chair, read the Wall Street Journal, and the shoeshine man gave his shoes a shiny, great look.

One morning, the shoeshine man asks the CEO:
“What do you think of the stock market situation?”

The CEO arrogantly asks him:
“Why are you so interested in this subject?”

The shoeshine man replies:
“I have 20 million dollars deposited in your bank and I am thinking about investing part of the money in the stock market.”

The CEO of the bank asks:
“What is your name?”

He replies:
“John Smith H.”

The CEO arrives at the bank and asks the Manager of the Major Accounts Department:
“Do we have a customer named John Smith H.?”

He replies:
“We certainly do, sir! He is an extremely esteemed customer! He has 20 million dollars in his account.”

The CEO leaves the bank, approaches the shoeshine boy, and says:
“Mr. Smith, I would like to invite you to be our guest of honor at our board meeting next Monday and tell us your life story. I’m sure we will have a lot to learn from you.”

At the board meeting, the CEO introduces him to the board members:
“We all know Mr. Smith, who makes our shoes shine like no one else. But Mr. Smith is also our valued customer, with twenty million dollars in his account.

I invited him to tell us the story of his life. I’m sure we can learn a lot from him. Please, Mr. Smith, tell us your life story.”

Then, Mr. Smith began to narrate his story:
“I came to this country thirty years ago as a young immigrant from Eastern Europe and with an unpronounceable name. I left the ship penniless in my pocket.

The first thing I did was to change my name to Smith.

I was hungry and exhausted. I started to wander in search for a job, but without success.

Suddenly, I found a coin on the sidewalk. I bought some apples.

I had two options: eat the apples and quench my hunger or start a business. I sold the apples for 50 cents and bought more apples with the money.

When I started accumulating dollars, I managed to buy a set of used brushes and shoe polishes and started cleaning shoes.

I didn’t spend a dime on fun or clothes. I only bought bread and cheese to survive.

I saved penny by penny and after a while I bought a new set of brushes and shoe polishes in different shades and colors and increased my clientele.

I lived like a monk and saved every penny. I managed to buy a chair so that my customers could sit comfortably while I cleaned their shoes, which brought me more customers.

I didn’t spend a dime on the pleasures of life. I kept saving every penny.

A few years ago, when the corner shoeshine colleague decided to retire, I had already saved enough money to buy his point, which was a better place than mine.

Finally, 3 months ago, my drug dealer brother passed away and left me 20 million dollars.

The War on Napping: They Won’t Let Their Husbands Sleep

When I was in high school, I had a summer job at a theme park. Visitors came from all over the country, and it wasn’t uncommon to see people from outside the U.S. as well.

There were the usual dumb theme park questions: “Why isn’t [Ride] running?” (Because it’s raining with lots of lightning, and a giant metal rollercoaster would basically become a lightning rod.) “My son is two feet shorter than the height requirement. Can he go on this ride anyway?” (No.) “Can I use your employee discount?” (Also no.)

But the least intelligent thing people did was to come to spend an entire summer day in an outdoor theme park without bringing sunscreen or water. Then they would have to buy ridiculously overpriced sunscreen and water in the park ($12 for a bottle of sunscreen and $5 for a bottle of water, and this was about 15 years ago).

The ones I felt the most sorry for were a British family, a dad and two young kids. This was on one of the hottest days of summer, about 95 degrees Fahrenheit (35 degrees Celsius) with not a cloud in the sky. I had never seen anyone get that sunburned before. They were so lobster-red, it looked like something out of a cartoon. They came into the shop I was working in and bought two water bottles each. That cost them about $40, just for water. I asked if they wanted some sunscreen as well and the dad said, “A bit late for that, isn’t it?” I pointed out that they would keep getting more sunburned if they didn’t put on sunscreen, and he just sort of laughed like he thought I was joking and left without buying any sunscreen. I felt so sorry for the kids.

I tried working for Walmart in 2015–2016. I worked in maintenance, nothing special. My job was to maintain the store and property, and handle any messes. It was straightforward. That said, getting the job and keeping it certainly weren’t. I don’t have a vehicle, so I routinely walked 3.4 miles to work five days a week in wind, rain, sun, and snow. In the winter of 2015, I walked to work in 8 degree (Fahrenheit) weather (this is Oklahoma), and was still told I might get fired. Several of my coworkers appreciated it, and we had 38 call-ins of a staff of just under 100 that day.

So, I worked forty hours a week, walk about 35–60 miles a week, put up with all the best and worst customers can provide, and had to deal with shoddy management staff who didn’t know how to communicate. My supervisor got fired, and the one I ended up with had no clue what my job entailed, but proceeded to deride me at every turn for not doing my job correctly. This same supervisor had several complaints lodged against her, but the upper management refused to act. So we had a handful of rotten managers, a number of bitter, gossipy staff, and a management team who was completely out of touch. I was routinely sent out to waste my time to clean trash from an adjoining lot that the store didn’t own. When I suggested a fence, I was ignored, and when one of my supervisors asked why we were even out there, they sent him out too.

This nonsense culminated in September of 2016. The maintenance staff was asked to work several extra hours to cover some recent terminations. At $15 an hour, that sounds good. On Monday evening, I check my schedule to make sure I have work the next day only to find out I have been removed from the schedule without notice and the aforementioned supervisor is gone, so nobody knows what happened. I get bounced around for nearly two hours, with even the store manager telling me to “get back to work” before Personnel can figure out what happened. Basically, my supervisor had violated policy when she revised the schedule, and they cut more of my time to compensate. When I complained that I should have been made aware, they shrugged their shoulders. I let slip a single profanity about the situation, and they fired me for it two days later. I was fired from my job for something I did off the clock in response to one of their managers fucking up, and she got off scot-free. That’s why Walmart has a bad reputation, because they do stupid shit like that.

Edit: First time using the site, and this piece of work I put up as my first(?) answer on here got nearly 2400 upvotes! I’m both amazed at the response and rather horrified at the fact that this many people can relate. Thanks all!

Shorpy

31627u.preview
31627u.preview
31630u.preview
31630u.preview
29920u.preview
29920u.preview
4a18711a.preview
4a18711a.preview
4a09792a.preview
4a09792a.preview
04444u.preview
04444u.preview
05337u.preview
05337u.preview
4a24889a.preview
4a24889a.preview
eats1975.preview
eats1975.preview
4a24911a.preview
4a24911a.preview
4a18743a.preview
4a18743a.preview
31629u.preview
31629u.preview
4a20521a.preview
4a20521a.preview
4a20517a.preview
4a20517a.preview
4a11936a.preview
4a11936a.preview
4a13522a.preview
4a13522a.preview
4a11676a.preview
4a11676a.preview
4a07850a.preview
4a07850a.preview
4a24660a.preview
4a24660a.preview
4a24669a.preview
4a24669a.preview
4a24623a1.preview
4a24623a1.preview
4a24618a.preview
4a24618a.preview
29621u.preview
29621u.preview
17149u.preview
17149u.preview
29618u.preview
29618u.preview
29928u.preview
29928u.preview
4a24661a.preview
4a24661a.preview
Default An lighting gold angel tattooing Donald Trumps soulder 1
Default An lighting gold angel tattooing Donald Trumps soulder 1

Vivisepulture is the scariest fact that used to happen in the history because of lack of knowledge of medical practitioners and lack of resources.

Vivisepulture is more commonly known as Buried alive or Premature burial.

In the olden days premature burial was common as the medical practices lacked proper knowledge. One such incident which happened in Woodstock, Canada in 1800s is the case of Collins, a girl who was buried alive.

main qimg cd5fe49f78e59909bb9d0cdcf12368a1 lq
main qimg cd5fe49f78e59909bb9d0cdcf12368a1 lq

Above is the image of Collins’ body when it was exumed after two days of her burial.

The incident happened in Woodstock, Canada in 1800s where the girl (Collins) who was declared to be dead was buried. Her body was to be exumed after two days so that she could be buried in some place else.

After her body was dug up, people were shocked to see what they saw. Her knees were up to the chin (in the image), her arm twisted behind her head, there were scratch marks on the inside of her coffin and her shroud torn into pieces. This clearly shows that she was alive (in some sort of Coma) at the time of burial which was not recognizable by the medical Professionals of that time.

We can only assume as to how much terrorized she must have been feeling at the time when she woke up from her so-called coma. This is just one case — there have been so many cases of people being buried alive in the past that they made speciality safety coffins.

Below in Fig. 1 is a safety coffin with a flag. The person assumed to be dead had a safety rope which they can pull and the flag will be in upright position.

main qimg 3f0c41b691b67f848a8e3bcaa04b2e3d lq
main qimg 3f0c41b691b67f848a8e3bcaa04b2e3d lq

Now in Fig. 2 below, if the person buried is alive, can pull the rope and the flag will be upright alerting anyone who is nearby.

main qimg cebb1a82ad023f57ba8a36a858a81202 lq
main qimg cebb1a82ad023f57ba8a36a858a81202 lq

There were other coffins which were designed with bells, emergency air flow valves and with flags.

Death in such cases was actually caused by dehydration, hypothermia and starvation.

However, premature burial was a punishment as well in the olden days. People convicted of henious crimes would be buried alive to die of choking. There is intentional as well as unintentional premature burial.

But the most scary part is what happened with Collins: imagine a little girl trapped inside with no one — what would have happened to her, what she would have felt, what she went through — she had to die several deaths before actually dying.

May her soul rest in peace.

I would prefer to be cremated rather than being buried.

Putin and China just made an OMINOUS Warning and NATO is FURIOUS

Mixed feelings

There were many mixed reactions to the loosening up of visas for people to visit China.

On here there was a mixed reaction to it.

I’ve swung from both sides, in that seeing is believing making them question what the western state controled media tells them vs what they see.

Shun himself was more concerned about criminals and bad people getting into China…

But that itself has a positive side effect. I wrote recently how Chinese people in China are blissfully unaware of how shitty many westerners are and how there is absolute dripping hatred from many of them.

But shitty people = their shitty behaviour in China… meaning we get to see things like this.

5 hours 6000+ views on Douyin (that was clipped from a couple days ago). Maybe it will sway the views of Chinese people of foreigners to be more critical rather than have an automatic assumption they’re going to be great people.

Google Is Destroying Its Search Engine…

‘Get out of my classroom, NOW,’ shouted my history teacher, a kind and calm man whose raised voice I had never heard.

He was shouting at two older kids who’d suddenly burst in and interrupted our lesson on the Romans, or the Germans, or the Gold Rush (you get the picture). They were yelling, quite aggressively, to my sheltered 13-year-old mind, about how unhappy they were with something. It was a long time ago so forgive me but it was something like their recent test scores and how Mr McVeigh (I still remember his name now) was to blame.

Us younger students sat aghast at the heated exchange. This was unusual to say the least and I started to feel really sorry for our lovely teacher.

The shouting went on for a bit and just when I seriously thought it might turn physical, Mr McVeigh told them to leave NOW and they turned and marched out the classroom, slamming the door hard enough to make the glass panel shake.

‘I am so sorry about that,’ said our teacher (such a nice man). ‘This is all very embarrassing.’

‘I need to let the headteacher know. Please can you take a new sheet of paper and write down what just happened and a description of both of them.’

I scribbled away – two guys, think they’re in sixth form, came in and loudly shouted, one was wearing a blue shirt… Etc, etc.

We handed the sheets in. And what happened next has stayed with me since.

You might have guessed…

Our lovely Mr McVeigh had stitched us up good and proper. The ‘aggressive older students’ were acting.

He was about to teach us an amazing lesson about the trustworthiness of history’s eye witnesses.

He started to write all the conflicting descriptions and accounts on the whiteboard. Blonde hair… Brown hair… Jeans… Khakis… Said he was gonna sue… Said he’d burn your car… Blue shirt… Grey shirt…

‘Few of your descriptions match, and that’s about an event which happened only a few minutes ago. Imagine you are being interviewed about an historic event you witnessed, days, weeks or even years later. You can start to see how – although important – the eye witness does have some weaknesses.’

Blew my little mind.

Steak-Stuffed Portobello with Creamy Poblano Sauce

Seasoned grilled steak is combined with mozzarella cheese, stuffed into a portobello mushroom, then covered with a creamy poblano chile pepper sauce.

steak stuffed portobello
steak stuffed portobello

Yield: 4 servings

Ingredients

  • 2 (8 ounce) beef flat iron steaks
  • 2 fresh poblano chile peppers
  • 1 small onion, cut into 1/2 inch slices
  • 4 large portobello mushrooms, stems discarded
  • 1 teaspoon olive oil
  • 2 teaspoons minced garlic
  • 1/4 cup heavy cream
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt, divided
  • 1 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper, divided
  • 3/4 cup shredded reduced-fat mozzarella cheese
  • 1/2 cup fresh chopped cilantro, divided
  • 1 tablespoon fresh lime juice
  • 1/2 ripe avocado, thinly sliced

Instructions

  1. Place poblano peppers and onion slices on grid over medium, ash-covered coals. Grill, covered, 15 to 20 minutes (over medium heat on preheated gas grill) or until onion is tender and pepper skins are blackened, turning occasionally.
  2. Place peppers in food-safe plastic bag; close bag. Set peppers and onion aside to cool.
  3. Heat oven to 350 degrees F.
  4. Coat each mushroom cap with cooking spray and place on aluminum foil-lined shallow-rimmed baking pan.
  5. Bake mushrooms in 350 degrees F oven for 15 to 17 minutes or until mushrooms are fork tender.
  6. Remove and discard skins, stems and seeds from peppers. Chop peppers and onion.
  7. Heat oil in small sauce pan over medium heat. Add poblanos peppers, onion and garlic; cook for 2 to 3 minutes, stirring occasionally. Stir in cream; bring to a boil. Remove from heat; set aside.
  8. Season steaks with 1/2 teaspoon salt and 1/2 teaspoon black pepper. Place steaks on grid over medium, ash-covered coals. Grill, covered, 10 to 14 minutes (over medium heat on preheated gas grill, covered, 12 to 16 minutes) for medium rare (145 degrees F) to medium (160 degrees F) doneness.
  9. Increase oven temperature to 400 degrees F.
  10. Carve steaks into 1-inch strips. Cut strips into 1 inch cubes.
  11. Combine steak and cheese in medium bowl, mixing gently but thoroughly. Evenly divide beef mixture among prepared mushroom caps, mounding as needed.
  12. Bake mushrooms in 400 degrees F oven for 10 to 15 minutes or until cheese is melted.
  13. Meanwhile, place poblano mixture in blender container; add 1/4 cup cilantro, lime juice, remaining 1/2 teaspoon salt and remaining 1/2 teaspoon black pepper. Cover; process until smooth.
  14. Divide sauce evenly among 4 plates; top sauce with steak-stuffed mushroom. Garnish with avocado slices and remaining 1/4 cup cilantro, if desired.

Understanding that we Japanese appreciate the beauty of bending the rules.


As Japanese people, we are very good at following rules.

In fact, Japanese society is filled with all sorts of rules, and so many of them are often given too much importance. This often leads to following rules becoming an end in itself, with rules overshadowing the essence.

Always Obey “Time”

Our trains arrive on schedule, and if we’re even a few minutes late to meet friends, we let them know in advance. In schools and workplaces, including meetings and business negotiations, we arrive five minutes early as a matter of course. It’s to the point where if we’re caught taking three minutes to order lunch during work hours, we could face a pay cut. While this might sound like fake news in other countries, it’s a true story for us. For us Japanese, not being punctual is almost like committing a crime.

Always Obey “Traffic Lights”

Even if no one is watching, even if there isn’t a single car on the road, and even if the road is completely empty as far as the eye can see, we Japanese wait for the green light at the crosswalk. We don’t jaywalk. It’s to the point where we might even be laughed at by those who don’t follow traffic lights. This is the norm in Japan, and seeing someone cross the road when the pedestrian signal is red makes us feel uncomfortable. We teach children, “Don’t do what that person is doing,” using such instances as prime examples of what not to do.


But even for us, there are rules we desire not to follow.


Never Obey “Come Empty-Handed”

  • When someone tells us to “come empty-handed,” it’s just a social nicety. We shouldn’t take it at face value.
  • In our society, it’s expected that we ignore this and bring a gift. If we visit someone’s home and actually arrive empty-handed after being instructed otherwise, they will likely feel confused internally, pity our social unawareness in the back, and may even become secretly upset. If we visit as a group, everyone else will likely bring things like cream puffs or beverages, making us feel somewhat awkward for not doing the same.
  • “Come empty-handed” is a formality in our society. Establishing a rule to always bring a gift when visiting someone’s home would simplify matters, but that’s the opposite of what we do. Hosts persist in pretending as though arriving empty-handed is the proper approach. Recognizing the proper situations to go against what’s instructed is a reflection of our cultural sensitivity.

Knowing when and where to break the rules in Japan demands a delicate balance.

In Japan, the ability to achieve this balance without explicit guidance captures the subtle “beauty” of cultural norms.

Stray Cat Cries When He Meets Owner He Hasn’t Seen In Seven Years

I can so relate.

American cluster fuck on full display

In the last years of our fakemarriage my husband slowly checked out from all shared duties, whether it is chores, bills, our daughter… always too busy or just wouldn’t. I was so exhausted and he insisted i should take care of myself, “go get a massage, go to the hairdresser, you need some time for yourself” (when i I didn’t even have time to properly shower…) But he would brush off any complaint from my side that my exaustion was due to me actually taking care of it all.

Whenever i would insist and directly ask him to do something he would say “can you take care of it?” or just go through a rage and leave.

One day i was involved in a minor car accident. Argued a little with the other driver but felt no harm was done and left. As i started driving, my neck was seriously hurting, my ears were ringing and i felt dizzy. My daughter who was 4 and with me at that time was also acting weird and saying mom it hurts.

I rushed back home which was 5 minutes from there to him so he can drive us both to a doctor. He told me he was actually on his way out to meet his friends and said “can you take care of it?”

That day i understood that his behaviour was not due to him being lazy or busy.

He just didn’t care at all.

This world is ruled by the fist ie weapons today.

If your fist is stronger, you rule the world. That makes you a mafia.

When you are a mafia, you make the rule & you can change the rule anytime to suit your situation.

2 scholars at Cambridge U did a research. I of them is Romel Bagares. He is a professorial lecturer in intl law in 3 Manila-based law schools & PH judiciary Academy.

1, PH’s legal territory does not incl SCS (my word) PH has no EEZ in SCS. All PH activities in SCS are illegal.

2, The 1951 USA-PH Mutual Defense Treaty does not apply to SCS.

In 1975, former US State Secy H Kissinger already, in writing, told PH that, by law, USA would not protect PH in SCS.

In documents from 1977-1980 eg doc 578, US State Secy C Vance explained to PH that MDT is based on 1898 US-Spain Paris Treaty & 1900 US-UK Washington Treaty. PH does not own any part of SCS.

3, PH’s arbitration is (my word) as good as toilet paper.

Today in 2024, USA changes the rule: PH owns some SCS because some islands/reefs are close to PH. … today’s USA overturning the USA from 1975–1980. … mafia USA has changed rule because it wants to suppress China’s rise.

PH is a US puppet.

Bolivia failed coup. Kenya Ruto retreats. NATO wants to give Elensky something. Meloni upset with EU

Astro Naught

Submitted into Contest #8 in response to: Write a story about an adventure in space. view prompt

Joshua G. J. Insole

“It’s okay, Ground Control. I know you did everything you could.”

Charles sat at his desk, staring at the blank screen. Nobody said a word. There was a slight hissing of static. He swallowed hard, and there was an audible click in his throat. His mouth was dry. His heart was thudding intensely in his chest. Charles felt as if someone had fastened a belt around his torso and was gradually pulling it tighter and tighter.

After what seemed like an eternity, Stan broke the silence.

“Come in, Pete.”

The static hissed.

“Pete. Come in.”

Hhhhhhhh.

“Come in, Pete.” Charles was dimly aware that Stan was crying as he spoke. He could feel the hot tears trickling down his own cheeks. It felt as if his heart was lodged at the base of his throat. He could hardly breathe.

“Pete, come in.”

Hhhhhhhh.

“Pete, please come in.”

Finally, Greg got up from his seat and laid a hand on Stan’s shoulder. “That’s enough, Stan. He’s gone.”

The last two syllables hit Charles like a two-tonne truck. He felt the room spin around him, as if he’d just been clocked in the jaw by a solid right hook. Charles placed his sweaty hands on the polished dark wood of the desk, palms down, just to make sure he didn’t lose his balance and go sliding off his chair onto the floor. The table beneath his fingers felt cold and indifferent; the feeling simultaneously grounded him in the reality of the moment and made him feel as if he were dreaming or in a drunken stupor. This desk is really hard, he thought, madly. That’s enough, Stan. The wood is very cold. He’s gone. Is wood always this cold? That’s enough, Stan. It’s very cold.

Somewhere behind him, a woman was sobbing. Hell, they were all sobbing. Gabrielle was just the most audible.

The words bounced around his skull: He’s gone. He’s gone. He’s gone.

All at once, Charles felt incredibly hot. He thought he might throw up, right then and there. He wouldn’t be able to make it to the bathroom in time; he’d have to spew his guts into the wastepaper basket next to his feet.

Like a man in a dream, Charles slid off his office chair with a thud, landing on his knees, not feeling a thing. The chair rolled away behind him, squeaking a little on the wheels he had been meaning to oil but had somehow never gotten around to. Sweating and shaking, he reached for the metal bin. Thank God he’d remembered to put a plastic bag inside, because the bin was made from a metal mesh. If I hadn’t remembered, my puke would have been filtered out the bottom quite nicely. Just like using a colander, Charles thought. Then he began to retch, in great, stomach-wrenching convulsions.

Somewhere nearby, someone was asking if he was all right, but he wasn’t all right, he wasn’t, nothing was all right, nothing, and the room was spinning, spinning, spinning, and Charles could feel the acidic vomit racing up his throat, and the world was twisting around him, and everything felt too heavy, and the room wouldn’t stop spinning and—

***

Pete allowed himself to drift. There was no use fighting it, as there was nothing he could do. It would be a waste of energy. And energy was all he had left. Well, that, and the precious oxygen in his tank.

In his ears, all he could hear was whistling white noise. For half a second, he thought that he heard someone say, Come in, Pete. And maybe they did, but the words were fuzzy and soft; hard to isolate from the hiss. He started to respond, and then gave up. The last few seconds of communication had been hazy with interference as it was — now that he had floated further away, he knew contact with Ground Control would be impossible. Besides, he had said his goodbyes. Pete didn’t want to prolong the pain of a tortured farewell.

Pete spun away from the asteroid, spiraling out, further and further. He knew that he had approximately between six and eight hours of oxygen in his tank, depending on how well he controlled his breathing and how much physical exertion he subjected himself to. He had been on the surface of the celestial body for one hour and forty-three minutes, before the small meteoroid struck.

First man on an asteroid, he thought as flew away from the point of impact, pieces of debris scattering around him. Was it worth it? he asked himself. He knew immediately he shouldn’t have posed the question.

It was miraculous that none of the wreckage and rubble had injured him. Miraculous, if you ignored the fact that he had been jettisoned off the tiny planetoid and propelled far away from any hopes of rescue. Pete didn’t know how fast he was traveling, but he knew that it was too fast — and he was too small of an object — for any chances of being saved. He only hoped that his crew was safe from the fallout of the collision; would they be able to avoid the incoming hailstorm? And if not, would the fragments of rock penetrate their shuttle? Pete knew that he’d never know.

Pete spun and spun and spun, rotating not quite fast enough to cause him to blackout. He watched the changing views as he twisted through the void: stars, the sun, planets, debris, stars, the sun, planets, debris, stars, the sun, planets, debris. Over and over and over. Spinning. Spinning. Spinning. Each time he caught the barest glimpse of Earth — a tiny droplet of blue in the vast nothingness — and then it was gone. Pete thought that his tiny home planet had never looked more beautiful, even though it was only in his line of sight for a fraction of a moment.

He saw no fires or explosions as he spiraled. Pete knew that this was not a sign that his team was safe, but he clung to the hope, nonetheless. Maybe they were okay. Maybe they got away in time. Maybe the shuttle was able to withstand the barrage. Maybe. Maybe.

He spun and twisted and turned and conserved his breath. Slowly, Pete fell into a cosmic trance, glazed eyes staring out into the solar system. The celestial dance was hypnotic, like an interstellar mobile above the crib of humanity.

***

He was being pulled. Pulled in one direction. The sensation startled him from his reverie.

He spun and he twisted and rotated. Stars, the sun, planets, debris. What was tugging at him? He strained his eyes. Stars, the sun, planets, debris. Was he imagining it? Stars, the sun, planets, debris. No, he was not, Pete was sure of it. There was a definite sensation of being reigned in. But by what? Stars, the sun, planets, debris, stars, the sun, planets, debris, stars—

And then he saw it. And for a moment, he couldn’t breathe. His lungs contracted and all the air escaped him, as if he’d just been punched in the gut.

His thoughts were a mixed cocktail of fear, confusion, and fascination. How did we not see it? thought Pete, only distantly aware of his own feelings. How did we miss it? It’s huge.

The black hole occupied half of his visual space. If you were to only glance at it, you might just miss it — after all, most of the area surrounding it is also black. But the absence of the small yellow-white specs of distant stars gave away the gaping hole in time and space. There was also the accretion disk spinning around the gaping maw in the fabric of reality. The giant clouds of gas spun and spun around the shadow of the hole, twisting and rippling beyond recognition or cognition. It was smaller than the ones he’d studied, but now that he was facing it, Pete was astounded that it had not been observed earlier. After all, it was at the edge of their solar sys—

Pete didn’t recognize the stars. The thought hit him, and his brain dumped a load of adrenaline into his veins. As he spun towards his destination, his eyes traced the emptiness for the Earth. For planets — any that he knew. Mars. Jupiter. Venus. Saturn. Completely gone. It was all alien to him. Even the sun was different; smaller and somehow less vibrant. Rather than a bright, white-hot yellow surface, this star burned a deep orange that bordered on red.

Where am I? he thought, panic brimming in his chest. He knew that he had been propelled away from his home system, but he never actually thought—

He was closer to the black hole now, he saw, as he turned once more. Another realization hit him, with the low thud of an interplanetary bass drum: even if he had been in the shuttle, it would have already been too late to get away. The thought should have terrified him, but it instead soothed him. The idea that fighting was futile allowed Pete to accept his fate; had he a chance to escape, he would have fought — as panic flooded his thoughts — until he wasted his oxygen supply and starved himself of air.

The black hole’s shadow was hungrily consuming that which span around it. But it was more than that — the objects making up the accretion disk looked hungry to be eaten. The collective rotating disk slowly fed into the hole eagerly, each portion being allowed the time to flow in and disappear.

Pete was flying towards the hole faster and faster now. It was no longer the gentle pull it had been — a minute ago? An hour ago? A second ago? It dawned on Pete that time was beginning to lose its rigidity.

The astronaut allowed himself to be guided on a fast track through the shadow’s surrounding disk of orbiting materials; he was the guest of honor at this party of extinction. He looked down at his hands and saw the light being distorted and drained away, into the abyss. Pete knew that if someone were observing the phenomenon, they would not see him, attired in his spacesuit of white. No light would be escaping the rounded clutches of the infinite shadow.

Event horizon, he thought, as his brain was sliced into oblivion. A billion parts of his grey matter screamed in unison. Evnethrzion Enevthzorni Vneetzhirone Tvneeizoenrh Netvneorehizo Votenehroez— 

Pete’s final coherent thought was of his wife and his daughter, back home on Earth.

And then Pete felt himself being torn in two. But that wasn’t entirely right. He was becoming two. Simultaneously. He felt it. But the two Petes shared different fates. He was both, and somehow, he was neither. One Pete was incinerated instantaneously — torn apart and shredded into annihilation. It happened so quickly that he felt neither pain nor fear. One moment he was, the next he wasn’t. Pete was gone.

The other Pete was a different story.

***

He came out the other side. But it wasn’t him. Not the same one that had gone in. But it wasn’t an entirely different Pete, either. He felt like a drop of rainwater that had finally joined the ocean; still water, essentially — if you ignored the salt — but ultimately changed forever. Part of something bigger, indecipherable, integrated with everything else. Inseparable from the whole he had now joined.

The first thing he noticed was that he no longer had his old body. The second thing he noticed was that he did have a body of sorts. His body was everything. It took him a moment to register this sensation, but once he clocked it, it all made sense, in a single step. First, there was confusion, then there was complete and utter understanding and acceptance. There was not an in-between.

Pete was floating in nothing. Pete was also the nothingness. He was the vacuum in which he sailed. He was the darkness that surrounded him. The nothingness was overwhelming. He felt hollow at the emptiness inside. He felt stranded as he floated in the absence of everything.

The answers came to him via a drip-feed. The remedies came to him all at once, like a roaring waterfall.

Pete wanted light, and then there was a flare before his non-eyes. Sun, thought the thing that had once been human. The sun looked lonely, so the Pete-thing wanted planets to join it. Rocks appeared in the vacuum, scattered across the plain of darkness. Several collided with each other. Some exploded. Others floated off, for destinations that new-Pete was unconcerned with. Bits and pieces, here and there, began circling the throbbing star.

One of the worlds spinning around the burning ball of gas was thirsty, so the post-Pete-being gave it water. It looked blue and sparkling, as it twisted in the light. Like a marble, suspended in the ether. He also gave the other spheres some resources of their own, but these are closely guarded secrets which I will not spill.

Pete watched as things developed, occasionally putting in a hand here and there when he so wished. Never acting too often, never interfering too infrequently. The answers came to him both immediately and after an infinity, equally from external sources and from within. Now, Pete thought and was told, and then he acted accordingly — often simultaneously with the arrival of the instructions.

Pete tended to the thriving system like a gardener to their plot — planting seeds, watering, pruning, and harvesting. He watched his creations bloom. He watched his creations wither and die. Not everything is destined for a long life, and that is okay, thought Everything, as time unfolded in every direction.

After a time, the small creatures on the tiny blue speck began sending things outward. A few explosions, here and there. These small-scale sparks in the heavens told not-Pete that they were learning. He left them to it, for that was what he was meant to do.

Eventually, they got it right.

After a time, they began sending themselves out, too.

Following an instant and an eternity, Pete was joined by another.

What friends does the USA have??? The USA has vassal states.

China has more actual friends because China helps them economically:

  • Over 150 countries participate in the Belt and Road Initiative.
  • Over 120 counties have China as their largest trading partner.
  • China respects all nations rather than threatening them with sanctions and war.
  • When the West hoarded their vaccines during the pandemic, China helped poor countries vaccinate.
  • China works to bring peace around the world. China brokered an historic peace deal between Iran and Saudi Arabia.
  • China is leading the world to de-dollarize, freeing them from the tyranny of the US Dollar.
819dab9fde98f76102d3649dfce60bd0
819dab9fde98f76102d3649dfce60bd0
a72cdd6d4edf4aa8a53b74ea617184d7
a72cdd6d4edf4aa8a53b74ea617184d7
81217bf391a8eba73350fba79448827e
81217bf391a8eba73350fba79448827e
ae911781f4c9dc86b9037960fb3e1447
ae911781f4c9dc86b9037960fb3e1447
f3694abb47d71c8d3b1c086e45c5bf64
f3694abb47d71c8d3b1c086e45c5bf64
a042ddb0b1666bbeeff85750d9b62997
a042ddb0b1666bbeeff85750d9b62997
07672ec7e6e3ad9cb89d34eeff8c171b
07672ec7e6e3ad9cb89d34eeff8c171b
97f302f96ad823f09b9388e19eb93521
97f302f96ad823f09b9388e19eb93521
134129cfec3b8d74bc1957b368b983db
134129cfec3b8d74bc1957b368b983db
6f61e002a681d144a79dd61b8b540f6a
6f61e002a681d144a79dd61b8b540f6a
508b0d9bcd9d92da21f5e6c29f939b90
508b0d9bcd9d92da21f5e6c29f939b90
08e88010d2432c5694e78445d53ca90f
08e88010d2432c5694e78445d53ca90f
46c09d87afb19deb1baf12bed25c1b1e
46c09d87afb19deb1baf12bed25c1b1e
573188380dd9449fe2bc84ce93f9fa1f
573188380dd9449fe2bc84ce93f9fa1f
4f74903e2b694469ce2517b77af42f9e
4f74903e2b694469ce2517b77af42f9e
10328d613e971a2c64412f75460aa372
10328d613e971a2c64412f75460aa372
21615b6682b46523d7b683c8483241b4
21615b6682b46523d7b683c8483241b4

My son has been a caddie at a local country club for almost 20 years. He has a degree in Computer Science. He was required to do an internship to get his degree. At the end, he was offered a permanent job that would put him on the management fast track. His internship, however, convinced him he had pursued the wrong major.

He then went into restaurant management. He hated that, too. His brother, who has a business degree and is a Certified Financial Planner, had been working as a caddy for several years. So, my other son decided to try it out. They both absolutely love the game of golf, being outdoors and having a job they don’t take home with them.

The son who has been a caddie longer has a more winning personality, can converse intelligently about business with his rich customers and is recognized as the best caddie at the country club. He is on pace to make $100,000 this year. The other son makes around $40,000 which is still more than most of the caddies make.

What they do makes them happy. They actually enjoy going to work each and every day unless it is raining. Caddying in the rain is really hard work. I don’t feel sorry for them even though they could have earned so much more. No amount of money will make you like a job you don’t want to do,

This is a very, very good review of Hoe Math. Damn!

My very dear friend dated a Russian girl, lets call her Bellarusse, for about six months. She let him take her to every expensive event of the English summer season. Opera, Wimbledon, Henley Regatta as well as lots of theatre, concerts and Michelin star dinners. But never let him so much as kiss her. “These things,” she said, “are deeply frowned upon by my conservative culture.”

Over Christmas, he took her skiing with another couple. Everyone had agreed no gifts, but the day before departure, he was called in a panic by other couple to say Bellarusse had bought him a gift so he’d best go shopping.

He rang me frantic, “what should I get her?”

I don’t know what genius struck, but I immediately said “that is such a quandry, because, in Russia, if a man buys a woman a gift worn against the skin, it implies that they have been intimate and you don’t want to offend her. She’s so conservative. What to get, what to get…”

Oh the things that this excludes; pretty much everything that your average, rapacious golddigger wants: jewellery, scent, handbags, scarves, any clothing at all, fancy soaps and lotions. As the words tumbled out of my mouth, I felt the most beautiful glee.

Not only was she hugely grumpy with her alessi French press coffeemaker, but her gift, was a crappy little matchbox cover, badly painted with a scene of a troika.

Oh and she fell down the slope skiing and broke her nose.

She refused any more dates.

The sad thing is that I can never tell him about my evil genius.

Implications of Trump-Biden “Debate” Are Staggering – for both the USA and the World

Implications of Trump-Biden &quot;Debate&quot; Are Staggering - for both the USA and the World

OP-ED — I did not get to watch the Trump-Biden Debate last night because I was doing my live radio show while the debate took place.  From what I have seen in video snippets, it was an unmitigated DISASTER – for both the United States, and for the world.

What everyone got to see last night is what many of us have known from the beginning: Biden is not running the country because he is incapable of doing so.  His lack of mental faculties, likely from Dementia, is unquestionable.

This begs the question “Who is it that’s actually running the country?”

It’s a fair question.  During the Debate, Biden could barely formulate a cogent answer to most questions.  His frail, rambling, often times non-sensical answers were genuinely sad.

Let me digress for a moment to say that while I did not vote for Biden in 2020, (I voted Trump) and while I do not like Biden as a man or as a politician, I do NOT take any satisfaction in seeing the man so genuinely mentally disabled by age. There, but for the grace of God, goes me.

I don’t wish Biden’s condition on anyone; and it pains me to see the President of our country (even an illegitimate one who occupies office through election fraud as Biden does) so addled, frail, and no longer capable of governing.  Yet, that __is__ the situation we all find ourselves in.

The current President of the United States is unable to discharge the duties of his Office.  Period.  Full stop.

Now, one could argue that Biden’s Cabinet should invoke the Constitution’s 25th Amendment to remove him, but being candid, his Cabinet are such Partisan sycophants, a person has a better chance of being struck by lightning than the Cabinet carrying out its Constitutional role and removing this disabled President.

Then, too, we’re only a few months away from an election and we could probably get-through that time with Biden in this condition — if it weren’t for the fact that Biden’s underlings are so utterly incompetent, so completely ignorant of facts and of history, and so severely lacking in rational judgment, they are quickly moving us toward nuclear World War 3 with Russia over their botched handling of Ukraine.

So where does Biden’s Debate “performance” leave us?  In a world of hurt!

The rest of the world got to see Biden, too, last night.   And our Adversaries now know, the USA is in no position of power over world events.  Our leadership is non-existent.

The Biden underlings have such historical ignorance, are so lacking in logic and rational judgment, adversaries can go do whatever it is they want, and the US will be, at best, sluggish to do anything about it.

The lack of strength projected through last night’s debate, has made the world much more dangerous.

With World War 3 looming as a result of our botched Ukraine policies, and further, as a result of our botched Taiwan approach, and further by our botched Middle East actions (read our slavish devotion to that rinky-dink country, Israel, and its pipsqueak army that seems only competent in dropping 2,000 pound bombs from fighter jets onto unarmed civilians) the continuation of a Biden Administration could literally mean the destruction of our nation and our world.   We may not be able to survive until the election!

For me, the absolute worst part of last night’s debate:  Polling which said 67% of Americans thought Trump won, while 33% of Americans thought Biden won.   To my thinking, that a full 33% of the people in this country, are so incapable of logic, so incapable of discernment, that they thought Biden won, indicates to me that a full third of this nation is literally too stupid to even be considered citizens, never mind shown any respect.

Those 33% are too stupid to even be considered “persons.”  There really is no other way to view them, and worse, no hope for them, at all.

Biden Implodes: And Here’s Who Is Really To Blame

In 1933, a beautiful, young Austrian woman took off her clothes for a movie director. She ran through the woods, naked. She swam in a lake, naked. Pushing well beyond the social norms of the period. The most popular movie in 1933 was King Kong. But everyone in Hollywood was talking about that scandalous movie with the gorgeous, young Austrian woman.

Louis B. Mayer, of the giant studio MGM, said she was the most beautiful woman in the world. The film was banned practically everywhere, which of course made it even more popular and valuable. Mussolini reportedly refused to sell his copy at any price.

The star of the film, called “Ecstasy,” was Hedwig Kiesler. She said the secret of her beauty was “to stand there and look stupid.” In reality, Kiesler was anything but stupid. She was a genius. She’d grown up as the only child of a prominent Jewish banker. She was a math prodigy. She excelled at science. As she grew older, she became ruthless, using all the power her body and mind gave her.

Between the sexual roles she played, her tremendous beauty, and the power of her intellect, Kiesler would confound the men in her life including her six husbands, two of the most ruthless dictators of the 20th century, and one of the greatest movie producers in history. Her beauty made her rich for a time. She is said to have made – and spent – $30 million in her life.

But her greatest accomplishment resulted from her intellect, and her invention continues to shape the world we live in today.

You see, this young Austrian starlet would take one of the most valuable technologies ever developed right from under Hitler’s nose. After fleeing to America, she not only became a major Hollywood star, her name sits on one of the most important patents ever granted by the U.S. Patent Office. Today, when you use your cell phone or, over the next few years, as you experience super-fast wireless Internet access (via something called “long-term evolution” or “LTE” technology), you’ll be using an extension of the technology a 20-year-old actress first conceived while sitting at dinner with Hitler.

At the time she made Ecstasy, Kiesler was married to one of the richest men in Austria. Friedrich Mandl was Austria’s leading arms maker. His firm would become a key supplier to the Nazis. Mandl used his beautiful young wife as a showpiece at important business dinners with representatives of the Austrian, Italian, and German fascist forces.

One of Mandl’s favorite topics at these gatherings – which included meals with Hitler and Mussolini – was the technology surrounding radio-controlled missiles and torpedoes.

Wireless weapons offered far greater ranges than the wire-controlled alternatives that prevailed at the time. Kiesler sat through these dinners “looking stupid,” while absorbing everything she heard. As a Jew, Kiesler hated the Nazis. She abhorred her husband’s business ambitions. Mandl responded to his willful wife by imprisoning her in his castle, Schloss Schwarzenau.

In 1937, she managed to escape. She drugged her maid, snuck out of the castle wearing the maid’s clothes and sold her jewelry to finance a trip to London. She got out just in time. In 1938, Germany annexed Austria. The Nazis seized Mandl’s factory. He was half Jewish. Mandl fled to Brazil (later, he became an adviser to Argentina’s iconic populist president, Juan Peron.)

In London, Kiesler arranged a meeting with Louis B. Mayer. She signed a long-term contract with him, becoming one of MGM’s biggest stars. She appeared in more than 20 films. She was a co-star to Clark Gable, Judy Garland, and even Bob Hope. Each of her first seven MGM movies was a blockbuster. But Kiesler cared far more about fighting the Nazis than about making movies.

At the height of her fame, in 1942, she developed a new kind of communications system, optimized for sending coded messages that couldn’t be “jammed.” She was building a system that would allow torpedoes and guided bombs to always reach their targets. She was building a system to kill Nazis.

By the 1940s, both the Nazis and the Allied forces were using the kind of single frequency radio-controlled technology Kiesler’s ex-husband had been peddling. The drawback of this technology was that the enemy could find the appropriate frequency and “jam” or intercept the signal, thereby interfering with the missile’s intended path.

Kiesler’s key innovation was to “change the channel.” It was a way of encoding a message across a broad area of the wireless spectrum. If one part of the spectrum was jammed, the message would still get through on one of the other frequencies being used. The problem was, she could not figure out how to synchronize the frequency changes on both the receiver and the transmitter. To solve the problem, she turned to perhaps the world’s first techno-musician, George Anthiel.

Anthiel was an acquaintance of Kiesler who achieved some notoriety for creating intricate musical compositions. He synchronized his melodies across twelve player pianos, producing stereophonic sounds no one had ever heard before. Kiesler incorporated Anthiel’s technology for synchronizing his player pianos. Then, she was able to synchronize the frequency changes between a weapon’s receiver and its transmitter. On August 11, 1942, U.S. Patent No. 2,292,387 was granted to Antheil and “Hedy Kiesler Markey,” which was Kiesler’s married name at the time.

Most of you won’t recognize the name Kiesler. And no one would remember the name Hedy Markey. But it’s a fair bet than anyone reading this post of a certain age, will remember one of the great beauties of Hollywood’s golden age – Hedy Lamarr. That’s the name Louis B. Mayer gave to his prize actress. That’s the name his movie company made famous.

Almost no one knows Hedwig Kiesler – a/k/a Hedy Lamarr – was one of the great pioneers of wireless communications. Her technology was developed by the U.S. Navy, which has used it ever since.

You are probably using Lamarr’s technology, too. Her patent sits at the foundation of “spread spectrum technology,” which you use every day when you log on to a wi-fi network or make calls with your Bluetooth-enabled phone. It lies at the heart of the massive investments being made right now in so-called fourth-generation “LTE” wireless technology. This next generation of cell phones and cell towers will provide tremendous increases to wireless network speed and quality, by spreading wireless signals across the entire available spectrum. This kind of encoding is only possible using the kind of frequency switching that Hedwig Kiesler invented.

China has Trumped the U.S. in Australia: Make Wealth, not War

Shorpy

SHORPY 4a03926a.preview
SHORPY 4a03926a.preview
SHORPY 4a10872a.preview
SHORPY 4a10872a.preview
SHORPY 30448u.preview
SHORPY 30448u.preview
SHORPY 24732u.preview
SHORPY 24732u.preview
SHORPY 31431u.preview
SHORPY 31431u.preview
SHORPY 8a24785a.preview
SHORPY 8a24785a.preview
SHORPY 4a13604a.preview
SHORPY 4a13604a.preview
SHORPY Boston Harbor Panorama.preview
SHORPY Boston Harbor Panorama.preview
SHORPY 4a19379a1.preview
SHORPY 4a19379a1.preview
SHORPY 4a20563a.preview
SHORPY 4a20563a.preview
SHORPY 4a29311a.preview
SHORPY 4a29311a.preview
SHORPY 4a17029a.preview
SHORPY 4a17029a.preview
SHORPY 4a17764a.preview
SHORPY 4a17764a.preview
SHORPY 4a14165a.preview
SHORPY 4a14165a.preview
SHORPY 03250u1.preview
SHORPY 03250u1.preview
SHORPY 8a32787a.preview
SHORPY 8a32787a.preview
SHORPY 29230u.preview
SHORPY 29230u.preview
SHORPY 4a23383a.preview
SHORPY 4a23383a.preview
SHORPY 4a17758a.preview
SHORPY 4a17758a.preview
SHORPY 4a22958a.preview
SHORPY 4a22958a.preview
SHORPY 4a22959a.preview
SHORPY 4a22959a.preview
SHORPY 4a20604a.preview
SHORPY 4a20604a.preview
SHORPY 4a22960a.preview
SHORPY 4a22960a.preview
SHORPY 4a13501a.preview
SHORPY 4a13501a.preview
SHORPY 30161u.preview
SHORPY 30161u.preview
SHORPY 4a18906a.preview
SHORPY 4a18906a.preview
SHORPY 4a16345a.preview
SHORPY 4a16345a.preview
SHORPY 4a11372a.preview
SHORPY 4a11372a.preview

China already knows the military capability of USA.

No need of the “help” from Houthis.

There were many standoffs between Chinese & US warships & warplanes near China. Testing each other’s military capability.

At each standoff, it was USA who left the scene first.

The latest one was in SCSea near Xianbin reef. Two US aircraft carriers were close-by. One near Xianbin & one near Taiwan.

PH has 2 coastguards trying to illegally occupy the reef just like their junk ship at Ren’ai reef.

China orders to detain trespassers & sent 3 10000-ton destroyers there. US Roosevelt aircraft carrier left the area.

China knows USA very well. Dont worry.

  1. Nobody cares about you, your plans, your goals, or your little dramas. So stop pretending they do, or getting upset when they don’t.
  2. When it comes to reaching your goals, discipline is more important than motivation. If you don’t have discipline, you’ll never stick to anything.
  3. You are the only person capable of changing your life; no one can do that for you. The easiest way to change yourself is to change the things you do each day.
  4. The biggest threat to your progression in life isn’t something or someone around you; it’s you.
  5. The key to a successful life lies not in what you know, but in what you do with what you know.
  6. Failure is just a stepping stone on the road to success.
  7. You can’t change the past, but you can still fuck up your future if you repeat it.
  8. Success is not about what you accomplish, it’s about who you become in the process.
  9. Your comfort zone is a barren place. Nothing ever grows there.
  10. Anything in life worth achieving will not be easy to get. If it were, everyone would get what they wanted. Most people give up on their goals when things become too difficult. Don’t be like most people.

In 2016 my then-fiancée (now wife) and I rented a commercial property for our e-waste recycling business. It was the back half of a former 1930’s era gas station/garage in Magna, UT. It was Perfect for what we do, all the needed electric outlets, 3-phase power, lots of room.

HOWEVER, when we tried to get our business license the building failed the inspection (severe structural deficiencies, including improperly supported roof beams and a door cut through a load-bearing wall without a proper header installed) and we were ordered to close down… so we told the landlord we were moving and considered the lease broken due to fraud.

Rather than accepting the situation and repairing the building he chose to start and eviction and sue us for treble damages (claiming $50,000). We counter sued for our moving costs and lost revenue based on “fraud in the inducement”.

His attorney played dirty, including falsely claiming that one hearing had been cancelled and then trying to get the judge to issue a summary judgment when our attorney failed to appear (he had trusted to professional courtesy and believed the opposing counsel). THAT got shot down because my wife and I WERE there and I handled our part of things.

Then, in a subsequent hearing opposing counsel moved for summary judgment against us because “They have not provided proof that they did not damage my client’s property”. YES, he requested proof of a negative.

One of their arguments to defend against our countersuit was to claim that they had not properly served us with an eviction because they did not know our home address (Utah requires service at both the business and tenant’s home address in a commercial eviction). That was an obvious lie because our home address was clearly printed on the lease. They also claimed that we never had permission to run a business out of the space, which was another lie… since a Business license in Salt Lake County requires a notarized document from the landlord declaring that a business was allowed.

They made mistakes in court filings, putting the wrong names on court documents, the wrong COURT on the same documents, and including private information from another case in our subpoenaed discovery.

FINALLY, the judge ordered depositions… our landlord showed up and “couldn’t remember” the answer to any questions, and what he did “remember” was all lies. When shown documents with his signature he said he didn’t remember signing them.

In the end, rather than us paying HIM $50,000 he paid us (our attorneys, more like) $18,000.

Our paltry share of that settlement bought me my 1995 F150.

Douglas MacGregor Unmask: ‘Hard Unavoidable Truth’ About Ukraine War – NATO being Stage Four Cancer

Thai Rice Noodles

Thai Rice Noodles
Thai Rice Noodles

Yield: 4 servings

Ingredients

  • 12 ounces fresh rice noodles (rice ribbon noodles)
  • 3 tablespoons cooking oil
  • 12 ounces skinless, boneless chicken breast halves, cut into bite size pieces
  • 2 cloves garlic, minced
  • 1 tablespoon minced fresh ginger
  • 2 cups broccoli florets
  • 2 carrots, cut into thin, bite size pieces (1 cup)
  • 1 small onion, cut into thin wedges (1/3 cup)
  • 1/4 cup oyster sauce
  • 1 tablespoon brown sugar

Instructions

  1. Cut rice noodles into strips 1 inch wide and 3 to 4 inches long; set aside.
  2. In a large skillet, heat 2 tablespoons of the oil for 1 minute over medium high heat.
  3. Carefully add noodles; cook and stir for 3 to 4 minutes or until edges of noodles just begin to turn golden.
  4. Remove noodles from skillet; set aside.
  5. Add remaining oil to skillet; add chicken, garlic and ginger. Cook and stir for 2 to 3 minutes or until chicken is no longer pink.
  6. Stir in broccoli, carrots and onion; cook and stir for 2 to 3 minutes more or until vegetables are crisp tender.
  7. Stir in the oyster sauce, brown sugar and noodles; heat through.

Debacle.

drudge
drudge

Absolutely. Completely.

Lemmon 714

Back in the 1980’s there was a very popular medicine that people took recreationally. It was called a Quaalude.

Methaqualone, known as Quaaludes, is a synthetic compound similar to barbiturates. It affects the central nervous system by inducing a sedative state. Quaaludes gained popularity during the 1960s to the 1980s as a recreational drug in the United States until the Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA) banned its usage.

It was initially developed as a sleeping pill, but if you can shake off the initial sleepiness, you end up getting the most euphoric high, that I have ever experienced.

Really.

Outstanding.

Quaaludes ad from the 1970s
Quaaludes ad from the 1970s

I only took it once. I wish that I would have taken it more often, but it was banned shortly afterwards, and access went to zero.

One of the reasons why the 1970’s were so funky was partly due to Quaaludes. The high you got from this pill was unlike anything else.

All you wanted to do was be funky, talk, have fun and dance.

Quaaludes
Quaaludes

But, you all know, that was decades ago. Noe, I do not advise using or taking any kind of recreational drugs aside from wine and an occasional cigarette. But, some memories are so precious. In fact one of my favorite memories was being on Quaaludes and trying to get into a disco.

Alas we couldn’t get in as my buddy wasn’t wearing proper shoes. But the girls in the disco sure as hell wanted me to.

Now, I do not advocate taking drugs. Aside from some wine and an occasional cigarette or two, I’d advise not harming yourself. But occasional use, with special people that you trust can create special and magical times that are noteworthy and special.

Thus my story.

Oh, it was crazy, but something about being silly, and not drunk… talkative and friendly, and not shy… and the loss of inhibitions really made me a most popular man. I could of had many bedroom adventures were I to enjoy the disco lifestyle of the 1970’s. Oh those days.

81ZMdRn9vNL. UL1500 N
81ZMdRn9vNL. UL1500 N

Here’s someone else’s opinion…

Mmmmm, ‘Ludes…num-num, num-num, num! 

Come to pappa! Boy, these kids taday have no idea what they missed out on.

Quaaludes were an extremely popular party drug of the mid-70's, early 80's, and consisted of 300mg of methaqualone, an extremely powerful sedative and hypnotic, originally marketed in the US by Rorer Pharmaceuticals. In addition to the popular street name “ludes", they were also known as Rorer 714's, and eventually Lemmon 714's.

Yes, they were prescribed for sleep, but taken in the right dosage, the individual would lose their inhibitions. They would tend to become very chatty and since everything in the 70's was either about sex, drugs, and rock-and-roll, Ludes had all of those bases covered.

I was fortunate to have had two very generous friends that had legitimate prescriptions for them but, barring that, they'd sell for about two bucks a piece, if you knew the right people.

There were a couple of problems with Ludes. First, they became so popular and controversial, Rorer decided the liability wasn't worth it and sold the patent to Lemmon Pharmaceuticals in 1978. 

Overdosing on Ludes became notorious because the individual would lapse into a coma followed by central nervous system collapse. And, because the drug was fat soluble, there wouldn't be much you could do for the individual in the way of flushing it out of the body. 

They would also go on to become a notorious date rape drug, as well as  Bill Cosby's preferred method of attracting unwilling victims.

In 1982 due to its wide spread abuse it was taken off the market and, in 1984 the DEA would reclassify Quaaludes as a Schedule 1 narcotic, putting into the same category of drugs as heroin and ecstacy.

I could of…

But I didn’t.

Ah, maybe that was a good thing. Things could have gone really bad, really quickly. But I did have a taste. And, you know what?

It was fun.

Today….

TO LAM:

"Our countries share traditional bonds of friendship and have forged a comprehensive strategic partnership.
We have always been keen to express our deep gratitude for the assistance and support we received from the Russian people in the past, when we were fighting for our independence, as well as at the current stage in the development of our country.
Vietnam follows an independent, self-reliant, peaceful, friendly, and multifaceted foreign policy, and has always viewed Russia as one of its priority foreign policy partners.
We want to work with Russia to further enhance our traditional friendship, which results from the constructive efforts by many generations of our two countries’ leaders and their people."

Excerpt from statements by Vietnamese President Tô Lâm during the joint press conference with Russian President Vladimir Putin following their talks, Hanoi, June 20, 2024.

NASA decided to launch the Starliner despite the discovery of five different helium leaks in its thruster system. Now those helium leaks might endanger the lives of the astronauts on the return flight. Here’s a quote from the article:

Two NASA astronauts who rode to orbit on Boeing’s Starliner are currently stranded in space aboard the International Space Station (ISS) after engineers discovered numerous issues with the Boeing spacecraft. Teams on the ground are now racing to assess Starliner’s status.

Astronauts Butch Wilmore and Suni Williams were originally scheduled to return to Earth on June 13 after a week on the ISS, but their stay has been extended for a second time due to the ongoing issues. The astronauts will now return home no sooner than June 26th, according to NASA.

After years of delays, Boeing’s Starliner capsule successfully blasted off on its inaugural crewed flight from Florida’s Cape Canaveral Space Force Station at 10:52 a.m. EDT on June 5. But during the 25-hour flight, engineers discovered five separate helium leaks to the spacecraft’s thruster system.

Now, to give engineers time to troubleshoot the faults, NASA has announced it will push back the perilous return flight, extending the crew’s stay on the space station to at least three weeks.

“We’ve learned that our helium system is not performing as designed,” Mark Nappi, Boeing’s Starliner program manager, said at a news conference on June 18. “Albeit manageable, it’s still not working like we designed it. So we’ve got to go figure that out.”

Footnotes

Oh Fuck!

Apricot-Glazed Ham

A simple glaze over ham makes for an easy special occasion meal.

apricot glazed ham2
apricot glazed ham2

Prep: 10 min | Bake: 1 hr 30 min | Yield: 20 servings

Ingredients

  • 5 pound fully cooked whole boneless ham
  • 1/3 cup firmly packed brown sugar
  • 1 tablespoon cornstarch
  • 1/2 teaspoon nutmeg
  • 1/4 teaspoon cloves
  • 2/3 cup apricot nectar
  • 2 tablespoons lemon juice

Instructions

  1. Place ham on rack in a shallow roasting pan. Bake, uncovered, in a 325 degrees F oven for 1 1/4 hours or until meat thermometer registers 140 degrees F (about 15 to 18 minutes per pound.)
  2. For the glaze, in a small saucepan combine brown sugar, cornstarch, nutmeg and cloves.
  3. Stir in apricot nectar and lemon juice. Cook over medium heat until thickened and bubbly, stirring constantly.
  4. Brush ham with glaze. Continue baking for 15-20 minutes more, brushing occasionally with glaze.

Scott Ritter: NATO in BIG TROUBLE After Crossing Russia’s Red Line, Putin and China Brace for War

One of Scott’s best videos. Well worth the time to watch.

Shorpy 1

SHORPY 02707a.preview
SHORPY 02707a.preview
01131u 0.preview
01131u 0.preview
SHORPY 8a15450a.preview
SHORPY 8a15450a.preview
SHORPY 00455a.preview
SHORPY 00455a.preview
SHORPY 4a07040a.preview
SHORPY 4a07040a.preview
SHORPY 4a13850a1.preview
SHORPY 4a13850a1.preview
SHORPY 4a13856a.preview
SHORPY 4a13856a.preview
SHORPY 4a13855a.preview
SHORPY 4a13855a.preview
SHORPY 4a13875a.preview
SHORPY 4a13875a.preview
SHORPY 4a13859a.preview
SHORPY 4a13859a.preview
SHORPY 06548u.preview
SHORPY 06548u.preview
SHORPY 4a13354a.preview
SHORPY 4a13354a.preview
@@@@@@SHORPY 4a13357a.preview
@@@@@@SHORPY 4a13357a.preview

Who had the worst death in history?

 

I’d nominate Junko Furuta.

source: Japanese Horror Story: The Torture of Junko Furuta

Junko Furuta was a Japanese schoolgirl who suffered 40 days of unimaginable torture at the hands of her classmates before dying on January 4th, 1989. After she rejected the school bully, Hiroshi Miyano, she was taken by 4 boys to the home of one of the kidnappers, Nobaharu Minato. All in all, over 100 people knew of her abduction; none did anything to help, and several joined in the torture.

According to their statements in court, the four boys tortured Junko relentlessly, to such an extent that her face was so swollen she was virtually unrecognisable, she lost bladder control (and was beaten for wetting the carpet), and her body developed a rotting smell.

The torture included:

  • Rape — Junko was raped over 400 times over the course of 40 days. Many of these rapes were gang-rape, and the four boys’ friends were invited to join in and humiliate her. Over 100 different men are alleged to have participated in rape at some point. She was naked for most of her imprisonment and forced to masturbate in front of her captors. Some of the boys urinated on her, and she was forced to drink her own urine.
  • Vaginal mutilation — iron bars, scissors, needles, skewers, a bulb, fireworks, cigarettes and lighters amongst other foreign objects were forced into her vagina and anus, causing severe burning and damage. Additionally, she forcibly had her breasts pierced with sewing needles and one of her nipples was torn off.
  • Beatings — she was beaten regularly, and sometimes strapped up as a human punching bag. The boys used clubs, rods and bamboo sticks to punish her for displeasing them.
  • Freezing — after pleading to die, she was locked outside overnight (bear in mind this was in winter), and later locked in a freezer.
  • Burning — this is believed to be the ultimate cause of her death. She suffered severe burns from the aforementioned lighters and fireworks. When she tried to call the police, she was doused in lighter fluid and her body was set on fire. Somehow she survived, but was killed by another body fire on the 40th day of imprisonment.
  • The boys reportedly dropped barbells and an iron exercise ball on her stomach, which was partly responsible for the lost bladder control, along with the damage to her genitals.

Hiroshi was sentenced for 20 years, and the other main captors received 5–10 years each. Most of them were subsequently arrested again for various crimes, including rape and fraud. They were aged 17–18 at the time; Junko was 17.

Had the captors been slightly older, they almost certainly would have received life imprisonment or the death penalty. The case is considered controversial due to their lenient sentences, and I can see why.

So on brand. Cringe.

What are some deep thoughts that you have?

 

  1. “deep” is “deep” upside down.
  2. If 99% of people find you unattractive, 78,000,000 people still find you attractive.
  3. One of the worst parts of having mental health issues is that you’re seemingly required to have a breakdown in order for people to understand how hard you were trying to hold yourself together.
  4. The fact that Jellyfish have survived for 650 million years despite having no brain gives hope to many people.
  5. Dogs must be notorious in the animal kingdom for being the closest ally of the deadliest species ever to inhabit earth.
  6. At some point in your life, an attractive person passed by you and regretted not talking to you.
  7. Why is “Sean” pronounced as “Shawn” instead of “Seen” but “Dean” is pronounced “Deen” instead of “Dawn”
  8. At some point in your childhood you and your friends went outside to play one last time, but you never knew it.
  9. Cutting corners creates more corners.
  10. Why are there no pizza drive-thrus?!
  11. To know the ones that are worth your love, first you have to love the ones who are not.
  12. The scariest part of growing up is realizing many adults are clueless; life is based more on luck than knowledge.

 

Larry Johnson REVEALS: U.S. Missiles Strike Deep Inside Russia, NATO in Danger, The World at Stake

Yuppur. The USA is actively fighting Russia. There is no way that Ukrainians are aiming and guiding these missiles.

 

What is the most satisfying passive-aggressive thing you have ever done to a really mean or rude person?

When my ex left, she went out of her way to be as cruel as possible about the whole process.

It was taking us some time to disentangle our living situation, finances, etc. My approach was that we were both adults who had at one point held affection for each other, so we might as well be as grown up as possible about the situation. I tried to be fair, and to give ground on things that meant more to her than to me – particularly as I earned more so would find it easier to relace anything she took.

She took the opposite approach. It wasn’t just that she tried to take everything she wanted. She took things simply because I wanted them. On the day she moved out, she packed up my washing line, despite the fact she was moving to a house with no garden. I let it go as not worth the hassle to fight her.

As might be expected after a 5-year relationship, there were some connections we hadn’t managed to untangle before leaving day, so from time to time I needed to get in touch – for example, to tell her I was no longer paying for her car insurance, and that she’d have to sort it out for herself. She continued to be obstructive, and to request that I cease all contact with her. I was tearing my hair out, trying to do the right thing but being knocked back rudely at every turn.

It was then that a good friend introduced me to what she called the ‘Princess Bride defence’:

As you wish.”

It was the last text I sent to her. Thereafter, any time I found one of her sentimental possessions in the back of a cupboard, it went straight to a charity shop. When important-looking letters marked “URGENT” arrived addressed to her, I returned them as undelivered – at my convenience, after a few days. When I was asked to pass a potential teaching opportunity on to her, I said that wouldn’t be possible. When Christmas cards from her extended family arrived (addressed to both of us) I shredded them. She didn’t hear from me again.

As she wished.

GAU-8 holes

Have you ever met or known anybody who is inbred?

I know several people that are inbred right now. Normally I wouldn’t have any contact with these folks, but I am a firefighter in a very rural area, and I answer a lot of medical calls. I have some very very gross stories I could tell, but I will spare you the details as it is pretty disgusting and depressing. One thing I will say is that some of these families that are really inbred have an inbred look. I can’t really put my finger on what it is, but their eyes just look a little different. I don’t judge these folks at all, after all they’re just people. They’re really victims, they didn’t ask for this.

I was a reserve deputy back in the early 90s, and I went to a call where we arrested a man who had just gotten out of prison , and he went and attempted to rape two of his cousins, and successfully completed the act with one. From the description of the crimes , it seemed like the guy was completely compulsive.

As we turned off a long country road down a long dirt road to make the arrest, I saw poverty that I had never seen in America. There were people in mobile homes with no electric and broken windows and homemade steps. Most rural areas are full of pretty normal people, but this pocket of the woods had a family that was inbreeding for a long time, and some of them looked very strange. I went to the back of the house in case the guy tried to run while two other deputies went into the house to make the arrest. One very old lady in a ripped T-shirt with no bra gave me the worst hate stare I have ever seen, she just stared at me with a one eye bigger than the other inbred silent angry glare. Amongst all this, a very sweet , nice 5-year-old girl came up and asked what I was doing. I told her we were arresting a bad guy. Just then the two deputies came out with the rapist, and he was the most normal looking guy there. He was a studious looking guy with wire rim glasses and nice clothes. He was also the father of that little girl who I just talked to. She started wailing with the saddest cries you’d ever hear and threw a stick at me. It was one of the most heartbreaking things I’ve ever seen up till that point.

Incidents like this made me realize why the deputies I rode with were so cynical. They often saw the worst in people.

It wasn’t long after this that I decided to join the fire department instead of law enforcement. After 30 years in the fire department, I have seen a lot of strange things, but that call still sticks out my mind as being very sad. I think I remember it because it was the first time I’d been exposed to that level of poverty, indifference and craziness.

If you have read this far in my story, thank you. I do actually have some upbeat news. Social services have drastically improved in my area, I haven’t been to a house full of kids with no lights and no heat in quite a few years. I think it has been close to 20 years since I have been to a 14-year-old on her second pregnancy. Things have gotten much better.

Douglas Macgregor: Iran & Turkey join Russia, North Korea sent Nuclear Bombs after Meeting Putin

He’s speaking truth. Damn. The USA just ain’t ready.

Why do people adopt babies from other countries but not their own?

I adopted two children from Russia. One was 20 months old, and the other was about 4 years old. This is my qualification to speak on the subject. Sadly, Russia no longer adopts children to the US, because we sanctioned one of Putin’s friends.

The fact of the matter is that it is easier to fly all the way around the world two times, like an astronaut, to get a child in Russia, than it is to adopt a child in the US State of Washington (and presumably other U.S. states).

Russia is a place that has the kind of economic chaos that makes relatively high-quality babies available for adoption. Too many Russians can’t keep their children, and Russians do not, as a rule, adopt their own orphans. The Russian authorities are not afraid to take a child away from failed parents, so the child has likely only suffered a few months of neglect. The US, by contrast, has a strong tradition of parental rights, so it takes years to remove a child.

In the US, many children are born to meth users, so that their brains are irretrievably fried. Heroin is the drug of choice in Russia, which, while horrible for the parents, is not so bad (as meth) on a fetus’s physiology.

When you return home from Russia with a child, that child belongs to you. It is your adopted child. Period, end of story. By contrast, children in Washington State are generally not legally free to adopt when they are placed in your home. That means you are only a foster parent, with few rights. For the next couple of years, if your new baby’s crack-whore mother or jailbird father cleans up their act, even temporarily, they can yank your baby away and back to its previous life of neglect and abuse. Imagine having to tell your other children that their forever-brother or sister is not home when they return from school, because it unexpectedly went back to its birth-parents.

Now tell me you think it’s strange that people do international adoptions.

Badlands Homecoming

Submitted into Contest #251 in response to: Dream up a secret library. Write a story about an adventurer who discovers it. What’s in the library? Why was it kept secret? view prompt

Joe Smallwood

The badlands had ceased expanding, and there was just enough food to support one or two researchers—well, maybe only one—and that would be me.

The bishop had his hands full. A guard saw me into his office, and the bishop sat waiting behind a huge, salvaged desk between us.

The desk, a marvel, held my gaze. Its rich, brown hue was a testament to its unique origin, a strange wood with a veneer of such smoothness, partially burned away, creating a mesmerizing play of colors. I couldn’t help but wonder about the lives that were risked to retrieve such a treasure.

“You are?” he said, not looking up. Now, if it were up to me, I would fall on my knees and kiss his ecclesiastical ring, listen to his blessings, and wait for benediction. Such was my upbringing, which I had only known since…forever. To be in his presence was an honor granted to so few.

But I must answer him! Yet remembering my very name seemed an extraneous and worthless undertaking.

“Thomas Cranwell, to commoners excluded from knowing my ecclesial rank,” I said, finally.

“Why do you exclude yourself?” he asked again, without looking up from whatever was absorbing him. “Are you not to work for the extension of the Kingdom of God?”

“It is for an uncommon request. Permission to attend at Bradwell,” I practically whispered.

That got his attention. I am asking for something forbidden. To speak of Bradwell and the treasures of antiquity that it contained was to invite suspicion.

Myths, stories, and legends about the sacrifices made to build Bradwell many generations ago were a staple around campfires at night. After the cataclysm and before the new orientation, the building of Bradwell took place in a time so dark that our present darkness looked light by comparison. Yet I was convinced that understanding our past would help build our future!

I threw caution to the wind. Before I knew what I was doing, I was kneeling before him, seeking his hand to kiss his ring, even as I could not see that the guard had moved to strike me from behind.

“Stay your hand!” the bishop ordered. “What have we here? A search for knowledge at any cost?”

“Only a fool who seeks to serve, Your Excellency!” My tears were so copious that if I looked at him, I imagined he would send me off straight away. He laid his hand on my head.

“Thomas, I’ll inquire about your character. Send me your references and bid me a good day!”

#

I had to work while I waited. Luckily for me, I had learned a trade as a metal scavenger. It was considered a low occupation, but it was necessary since the metal that never rusts could no longer be made and was highly prized. However, my unusual request made people suspicious of me. Even the scraps I found in the well-combed hills and valleys surrounding Urhan fetched such low prices that I began to starve. Being without family and friends in any place was inviting death into your life. I hoped I would not have to wait long for the bishop to answer!

When news came that the bishop had approved my request, I now had a servant, David, a protection seal on paper, no less, and a stipend. The bishop’s generosity quite shocked me. Was he an antiquarian? Even if only in secret? I couldn’t account for my good fortune otherwise.

We hastened to start our journey. David was young—only sixteen—yet enthusiastic and uncommonly curious. When I told David we were off to Bradwell, he jumped for joy! I warned him to conserve his strength. It would be a long and challenging journey, even for one like himself. Besides, he was to support me, such as I was.

Upon leaving Urhan, David removed his sandals and shook the dust off them, motioning me to do the same.

“A curse on any who did not help us!” he shouted with glee.

This made me angry. “You hardly know what it is, you ask!” I said. “We have nothing but what we carry—nothing at all. It could be that a curse has been laid on us! Mind your place, boy!”

David’s eyes fell, and he began to weep. “Forgive me, Father, he said.

“It is your youth and inexperience that speaks,” I answered. “The world is larger than we know!”

#

We arrived at Urhan Station, a smaller community composed almost entirely of humbler folk, primarily farmers. I was not incardinated anywhere in the Urhan region. I thought it proper to approach the local magistrate to inform him of our presence and request leave to be accommodated for at least one night, perhaps two. Upon reviewing my documents, I was permitted to stay, provided I sought provisions in the local market and remained at the local inn. This I was happy to do.

Thank God news had not spread about my mission. It was a relief to be treated courteously for once, and I relished the opportunity to rest and regain my strength.

David was enraptured by the many sights of Urhan Station, which he had never visited before, even though it was only twenty miles from where he lived.

“Father, shall we hear Mass today?” he inquired.

“Certainly!” I replied.

We soon happened upon the parish church, a quaint, quite old stucco and wood structure dating back to the earliest days of the Urhan region’s reconstruction. Even today, the church outshone the other various dwellings, which were much more bare and plain-looking. A bell rang out, calling the populace to prayer. The church was soon filled.

I was struck by Father Bruno, the priest who said Mass. His intensely blue eyes and reputation for knowing people’s sins without being told drew many visitors for confession, even from Urhan proper. I feared he would somehow know of our mission, so I hung back in one of the back pews.

When Mass was over, and we had finished our Thanksgiving prayers, he strode right to the back of the church to see me, calling me by name, although we had never met.

“Father Cranwell! Know you, not your duty! To serve God! It is not your place to seek that which God has destroyed!”

He said this so loudly that David prostrated himself at his feet, weeping and begging forgiveness. I was stunned, and when Father Bruno had left, and I regained my composure, it was plain that we would have to leave Urhan Station; the sooner, the better.

David wept incessantly. On the one hand, he knew he might fall prey to ruffians or dire circumstances, being alone without my support. Yet, given his religious upbringing, he could not ignore Father Bruno’s words, and I would not contradict a fellow priest, so I released David from his obligation to me.

I did this with a heavy heart, wondering if I would survive long enough to arrive at Bradwell without David’s support. Yet I had to think of what was best for the boy.

“You are free to leave,” I said as we left Urhan Station.

“Where will I go?” he asked.

“Don’t you have a family to return to?”

“Family? My family is the church. I am an orphan!”

With this, I stopped to look at him. David was in tears again. I was nearly beside myself with grief, too. It was clear that he could not make a decision.

“Come with me, and you will no longer be an orphan but a son to me!” I said, wiping both his and my own tears.

#

We were quite clearly approaching the badlands. Strange, disfigured animals approached us, peering out from the undergrowth. David readied his slingshot, and I, my staff.

“I could hit one!” David exulted.

“Let us pass by the side,” I answered. Thus, we took detours through thick brambles to avoid these “denizens of hell,” as the common folk called them.

The road, too, became more rutted and overgrown. Signs warned us not to go further, though the further we went, the more rotted they appeared, like the people who erected them had passed on or failed to maintain them.

We had to sleep in the open air in a shelter we could make from branches and sticks. It began to rain. I had heard of the constant rain in the heart of the badlands, soaking you through and through. We knew not to drink from the fetid swamps that threatened to overwhelm the road, which now resembled more of a simple path than a road.

“Is God punishing us?” David asked after a tough night when I coughed more than I slept. “Isn’t it clear we shouldn’t be here?” he continued. He was throwing stones into the swamp, a look of defeat on his face.

“Hush now and trust,” I said. We have not come all this way to die now!”

But I wondered how much more we could take, wearied to the bone from the dampness and privations caused by a lack of food and good sleep, never mind the constant fear of what might happen if we grew inattentive or were unlucky.

After three days, the path abruptly stopped at a ruined habitation. No one was home, and it looked like no one had been there for some time. After my brave words to David, my heart sank. Where to now to Bradwell?

Had I fallen prey to pride? It was Father Bruno’s words that echoed in my mind.

I sank to my knees and wept.

I could have died there and then and been happy to meet my maker, poor, alone, a sinner in need of redemption. It was David who came to my rescue.

He bounded into my view even though I lay prone in the muck and filth in those last few steps on the path to nowhere.

“Look, Father!” He helped me up. “Come over here! Do you see it? Up on the hill!”

My poor eyes were unaccustomed to focusing at such a distance, yet I could just make out a building built on a hill. Was it a monastery?

 I could see it shining like a beacon, a bright sheen off what looked like stout walls as we hobbled closer, David supporting me with every step I took.

#

By some magic I had never seen before, the gate to the monastery slid open to reveal a monk dressed in a black tunic. He did not speak, only motioning to us to follow him. A Benedictine? I had never seen one before.

The monk’s tunic hung loosely over his body, stopping only at his ankles. He wore a rectangular piece of cloth over his shoulders called a scapular that appeared to be made of wool. When he turned to lead us to the community, I noticed his cowl limp and unused, the sun only beginning to make its presence known.

It was an edifying experience to see such calm and serene purpose in this one monk who neither sought nor cared for our taking any notice of him whatsoever.

We climbed some hewn stone stairs to such a height! It was utterly exhausting. I had to stop frequently to catch my breath, but I could still reach a portico, the sun clothed with refracted light through the most marvelous stained glass, again as something I had never seen before. I reached out to touch it, causing the light to fall in a sudden dazzling brilliance as if moved by unseen hands. I wanted to stop and question the monk about how light could be so liquid yet impervious to my understanding!

But he moved ever onward, not looking back.

We reached a stolid door of massive weight, again opening at a mere touch! What I presumed to be the abbot greeted us.

The abbot wore a black cappa, which is a full-length cloak over his tunic. He also wore a ring, which he held out to me.

I collapsed before I could kiss his ring, and from what David told me later, I hit my head on the stone floor, losing consciousness.

#

I awoke in an infirmary, or what looked like one. David was so happy to see me come to my senses. He looked fatigued as if he had been waiting a long time by my side, sitting on a wicker chair next to an untouched tray of food on a small table.

“Eat, father!” he said, his voice catching him unawares like he had not spoken for hours. Then, he cleared his throat and looked as if he might cry.

I had more important things on my mind. “What of the…abbot?” I gasped as I reached for a plain, remarkably shaped glass containing a liquid I did not recognize.

David handed it to me. “He never spoke to me. After you collapsed, two monks carried you here. Will you get well, Father?” he pleaded.

“God willing!” I said. You are so faithful to me; how can it be otherwise?” I joked, but then I frowned. “But there is much to discuss…” I said as I tried to get out of bed.

“Not until you are well!” David commanded. “Eat!”

#

The days went swiftly by. A monk with remarkable medical knowledge examined me. And there was so much food! So much more than I was used to.

Then, several days later, another monk with such bright eyes came to get me. This one was not unassuming or silent. He was talkative, so much so that I wondered if he was a monk or a commoner dressed in monk attire!

“Know you, not your duty!” I exclaimed at one point amid his chatter.

He rounded on me, his confident air dissipating as air escapes a putrid cask.

“Know you, not yours?” he replied. With that, we both fell into sullen silence. He then led me to see the abbot.

#

It was as before. This time, I kissed the abbot’s ring and returned to standing before him in what looked like the chapter house, a meeting room where the community would gather to conduct business.

Gazing about, I saw things on shelves I had never seen before. Whether they were functional or not escaped me; some seemed to be parts of other, larger objects. Here and there, you could see these recognizable parts protruding. But I was not given leave to stare at these unusual artifacts for long.

“You and your servant are welcome to stay with us!” the abbot announced. “I have made inquiries, and the bishop of Urhan diocese has vouched for you. The bishop was once a monk at this very place! What exactly have you come here to do?”

“Father Abbot, I wish to conduct research.”

“By all means, let us visit the scriptorium and the library!”

Again, there was light that I had never seen before.

In a wonder of wonders, I was led into the scriptorium, where monks sat at tables reading words that appeared and disappeared on pages filled with light, with no visible candles.

Then, many books in unknown languages were in the library, with pictures not drawn or painted of such wonders as I could scarcely describe! Many of these books were burned, and some could not be read. Still, everything was neatly stored and accounted for.

“Why not let everyone see these wonders,” I asked.

The Abbot was taken aback. “Do you believe that the people would comprehend that we were once prosperous, but now we are poor only because of a war of unimaginable fury as if the very wrath of God enveloped everything? This is knowledge for only a select few!”

The Abbot, setting aside his vows, embraced me and continued speaking for what seemed like a very long time.

“You need hardly wonder! Was it not always so? Monks preserved knowledge, whether of religion or not, that would have been lost otherwise in past times. We do so today, as always. Forever, until the end of time itself!”

So began my new life. Father Bruno could remind the people of what went wrong, and I would now discover why.

Sexy Beer advertisements

c6d850eb72714c8a605cea884cacc181
c6d850eb72714c8a605cea884cacc181
6cde139451e65412082799ea8a0a49db
6cde139451e65412082799ea8a0a49db
dee39e5b5df5fd8b30acafdcfa1ceae6
dee39e5b5df5fd8b30acafdcfa1ceae6
e1359c4b8eb582705026163a3d65882c
e1359c4b8eb582705026163a3d65882c
6f3aba090dc8842e1794c295d5aff7bb
6f3aba090dc8842e1794c295d5aff7bb
fc489b672f1934675205027f7ee25f89
fc489b672f1934675205027f7ee25f89
07f0ffe45b3fe07b183f13f78ed99c88
07f0ffe45b3fe07b183f13f78ed99c88
38bf5cff8c6e05f150e3bd534887a55d
38bf5cff8c6e05f150e3bd534887a55d
fade7fb5cf0e45bc85f3ab1305947f6d
fade7fb5cf0e45bc85f3ab1305947f6d
0e93964744aa829f15e636e4ee1b15bf
0e93964744aa829f15e636e4ee1b15bf
b50545ba29b791127829998805788e8a
b50545ba29b791127829998805788e8a
2605bfe8bd598e2cb03264cb1a242fe6
2605bfe8bd598e2cb03264cb1a242fe6
d4580f3b35830b6b2f95d3e823aff341
d4580f3b35830b6b2f95d3e823aff341
6ac0c647f66838b941b3373894659a2d
6ac0c647f66838b941b3373894659a2d
33fdf1ae5dff5db1e88d28038829f44b
33fdf1ae5dff5db1e88d28038829f44b
d80edf5737ffc2af72b73b9acdb3246e
d80edf5737ffc2af72b73b9acdb3246e
b40789fdf510a73b2a5f605d5749e85f
b40789fdf510a73b2a5f605d5749e85f
0d20055a35c803933c7ac48850562d65
0d20055a35c803933c7ac48850562d65
37301b17ecf453d3694bbabf88f7dff2
37301b17ecf453d3694bbabf88f7dff2
580d659ee681bfbed5da529893a759df
580d659ee681bfbed5da529893a759df
bba5603d1ffb784f4add362516d4e022
bba5603d1ffb784f4add362516d4e022
d577bb85f31334c863c8de08fcd46af9
d577bb85f31334c863c8de08fcd46af9
a0e18ba3755041b6f790e55fdbc1bddd
a0e18ba3755041b6f790e55fdbc1bddd

What is the most frightening thing that anyone has ever said to you?

I was at the pool, having just finished with my morning workout. I was drying off and noticed I had gotten a new text from one of my friends.

OMG are you okay??! I saw the crash!!

I froze in confusion. Reread the text. Tried to wrap my mind around it before coming to my senses and quickly punching in her number.

One ring, two. “Pick up, pick up!”

She answers, breathless. “Rachel! Are you okay? Please tell me no one is hurt!”

“What do you mean? I’m at the pool!”

The line goes dead silent. I can hear her breaths on the other side, raspy and shocked. My heart pounding wildly against my chest.

Then, “There was an accident, I saw your mom in the car. It’s bad.”

I swear my heart stopped. For a moment, everything blurred. I had no idea there was a crash. I had no idea what was going on.

For a second, thoughts of losing my mother crashed through my brain and I wanted to be sick.

My friend told me the car had been t-boned (hit from the side). She said it looked bad, that our car had been dented-in and she saw medics pulling my mom out. I remember my heart feeling like a knife was cutting through, tears blurring my eyes.

I thanked her, hung up, and quickly called my mom. I think I called her four or five times before someone answered.

My father.

If you haven’t read my past answers, my father and I have a rocky relationship. But I still wasn’t prepared for his words.

He told me to stop calling, that everything was fine. He wouldn’t tell me if she was alright, or what had happened, just to stop calling. He hung up.

Needless to say, I was pissed and scared out of my mind. I called another six or seven times before my mom finally answered.

And she was alright.

She was bruised, crying, and shaken, but she was alive. And in that moment, that was all that mattered.

But hearing that something had happened, that she had been in an accident, had almost stopped my heart. Those have definitely been the most terrifying words I have ever heard: “I saw your mom in the car. It’s bad.”

 

Why do educated Chinese support CCP despite not having the freedom to criticize Chinese politicians?

As a Chinese guy who has lived many years in America, I’ve got the answer for you, but I’m pretty sure you won’t believe me and think I’m ridiculous:

China actually has a lot more freedom of speech than the US or other western countries.

Ok, now please allow me to explain:

In China, we certainly do not have the freedom to criticize Chinese government, IN PUBLIC. That’s pretty much the only thing you can’t do. (we talk shit about them ALL the time in private daily conversations.)

Other than that, you can say pretty much anything you want in China.

However, when I was in the US, I feel suffocate because there’s a lot of things I couldn’t talk about, or I couldn’t say my real opinions. Everything needs to be political correct. You certainly can say your government is a piece of shit, but that’s not what freedom of speech is. You can’t talk about xxxxxxxx, xxxxxx, xxxxxxx, xxxxxx, xxxxxxx, etc… When I was there, I had to be extremely careful about what I say, even in daily conversations. There’re so many chains, not free at all.

I think you guys know what I’m talking about.

Cajun Style Holiday Ham

Ready to experience the holidays Cajun style? Bring in some Louisiana Cajun flavor to your holiday dinner with Slap Ya Mama’s Cajun Style Holiday Ham complete with our famous original blend and seafood boil seasoning. Say goodbye to traditional holiday meals because our recipe will keep you wanting more year round!

cajun style holiday ham
cajun style holiday ham

Ingredients

  • 1 (8 pound) picnic ham
  • 12 ounces Coke
  • 1 pound Slap Ya Mama Seafood Boil
  • Slap Ya Mama Original Blend Seasoning, to taste

Instructions

  1. Fill a large pot halfway with water and pour in Slap Ya Mama Seafood Boil. Bring to a boil and place ham into the pot. Boil for approximately 1 hour.
  2. Remove ham and let drain and cool.
  3. Heat over at 400 degrees F. Trim top skin from ham leaving a little fat. In a crisscross pattern, slice the top of the ham about 1/4 inch deep.
  4. Place ham in a roasting pan with 1/2 cup of water in the bottom of the pan. Pour Coke evenly over ham. Now season the whole ham with Slap Ya Mama Original Blend Seasoning.
  5. Bake at 400 degrees F for 30 minutes.
  6. Reduce heat to 350 degrees F and continue cooking for another 30 minutes or until there is a nice crisp on the exterior of the ham.
  7. Carve ham, serve and enjoy!

Attribution

Recipe and photo used with permission from: Slap Ya Mama


What person destroyed their entire life by making one simple mistake?

Lisa Nowak.

She was a NASA astronaut. Emphasis on WAS. During her stint in NASA, she actually had a pretty impressive career—she flew in space aboard the shuttle Discovery in 2006, in fact.

But she threw it all away. Over a guy.

You see, her boyfriend William Oefelein, another astronaut, had cooled in his affections towards her and was now seeing another woman, Colleen Shipman. We’ve all had love interests break our hearts, and it sucks. Some of us go a little cray-cray during the heartbreak period, especially if we’re drunk. But Lisa Nowak—she went well beyond drunken texts in the middle of the night.

She drove 900 miles from Houston to Orlando to confront the other lady. Shipman was going to be arriving at Orlando’s international airport, and Nowak was going to be there to confront her. According to police reports, she even wore adult diapers so she wouldn’t have to make any bathroom breaks during the trip. Anyway, she finally got to Orlando, confronted the other woman, and pepper-sprayed her.

Result? She was sentenced to a year’s probation, kicked out of both NASA and the U.S. Navy, and now has Google and Wikipedia detailing her misdeeds. The notoriety of her case—Law and Order actually made an episode about an astronaut love triangle—meant employers were reluctant to hire her despite her credentials, and the last anyone heard she’s been living a quiet life in Texas working in the private sector. Without the boyfriend.

Shorpy 2

SHORPY 4a13851a.preview
SHORPY 4a13851a.preview
SHORPY 4a13358a.preview
SHORPY 4a13358a.preview
SHORPY 4a22250a.preview
SHORPY 4a22250a.preview
SHORPY 8a10757u.preview
SHORPY 8a10757u.preview
SHORPY 8a24815a.preview
SHORPY 8a24815a.preview
SHORPY 11324u.preview
SHORPY 11324u.preview
SHORPY 4a13346a.preview
SHORPY 4a13346a.preview
SHORPY 29008u.preview
SHORPY 29008u.preview
SHORPY 4a14321a.preview
SHORPY 4a14321a.preview
SHORPY 4a13873a.preview
SHORPY 4a13873a.preview
trailerandcar.preview
trailerandcar.preview
SHORPY 4a22261a.preview
SHORPY 4a22261a.preview
SHORPY 31154u.preview
SHORPY 31154u.preview
boysofsummer.preview
boysofsummer.preview
SHORPY 4a13349a.preview
SHORPY 4a13349a.preview

What is the smartest thing you have seen someone do in court?

Not a case I was in town for – it happened fast

A man comes home in morning hours, crawls into bed still hungover, and wakes up in a pool of blood. His wife had been stabbed in the night.

He ran into the hallway and called 9–1–1 — but the police quickly charge him for murder. He says he got drunk the night before and his memory is a blank. She was killed sometime in the night — no signs of forced entry. They have their man.

Weeks later it goes to trial. Once underway, the man’s memory is triggered and he says he thinks he was in jail two counties over. The judge calls a recess.

The sheriff’s deputies check on this alibi, bring that sheriff in for deposition, and sure enough, the husband had gotten into a drunken brawl at a nightclub and was thrown in jail many hours before his wife’s time of death. He wasn’t anywhere near the crime scene. The deputies visit the nightclub and the coat check girl remembered him well – and the brawl. This was an upscale club so brawls were rare.

They brought all this back to the courtroom, the prosecutor moved for dismissal and the judge granted it. Recall they’ve already seated the jury, so double jeopardy is attached. He cannot be tried again.

A couple of months later, the deputies run into the coat check girl and it comes out that the husband, once released from jail, visited the nightclub in the morning and gave the coat check girl a $50 tip “for all the trouble”. One deputy surmises this might all be a hoax. The husband tipped the girl so she wouldn’t forget him.

They visit the jail itself and learn a priceless bit of news – the jail has no after-hours personnel. The inmates sleep it off until morning anyway. Another nugget, it’s also well known that one of the jail’s two cells has a bad lock. A little persistent jiggering will cause the bolt to retract and release the inmate. They also learned that two months prior, the husband had been in that same cell for disorderly conduct and no doubt learned about the lock.

At this point, they had all they needed, but too late. They surmised the husband started the brawl to get himself incarcerated, by luck or persuasion landed in the right cell, sneaked out to kill his wife and sneaked back. The next morning he pays the coat check girl and returns home, and it all falls out from there.

By the time the deputies learned all this, the husband had already sold his home, cashed-out his wife’s substantial life insurance policy, and was in the wind.

Daddy warnings

Putin: West Seeking “Strategic Defeat” of Russia in Ukraine, Means End to 1,000 Years of Russian Statehood

Upon finishing his visits to North Korea and Vietnam, Russian President Vladimir Putin was asked by media what it means that the West continues to escalate the war in Ukraine, and openly calls for a “strategic defeat of Russia.”  His answer opened the door to a Russian nuclear first-strike against the West.

Asked what does it mean to Russia that the West keeps escalating the Ukraine conflict, President Putin’s remarks went like this:

“We see it.  We observe it.  As you said, they constantly raise the degree and escalate the situation.  

Apparently they expect us to be scared at some point.

But at the same time, they also say that they want to achieve a strategic defeat of Russia on the battlefield.

What does this mean for Russia?   It means the end of its statehood.  This is what it means.

It means the end of the thousand year history of the Russian state.  I think this is clear to everyone.

And then the question arises, why should we be afraid?  Isn’t it better to go all the way, then?

This is elementary formal logic, a course that I studied at the University for six months, but I remember it well.

I even remember the teachers who taught this course.

Therefore, I think that those who think so, and even more so, SAY SO, make another big mistake.

Here is the actual video in original Russian language with English subtitles.  My analysis appears beneath the video:

ANALYSIS

Words mean things.  When a man like President Vladimir Putin says a particular thing, if the world has learned nothing else from the Russia-Ukraine conflict, it knows he means what he says.

Russia made strident Diplomatic efforts over the Ukraine situation for years, and told the West in December of 2021 there has to be Iron-clad, legally enforceable Security Guarantees for Russia over the ever-nearing encroachment by NATO toward Russia’s border – with Ukraine being the most recent encroachment.

The West laughed and threw Russia’s Treaty proposal in the ashbin of history.

Russia tried again in January of 2022, only this time, they told the world  “If Russia cannot obtain iron-clad, legally enforceable, security guarantees by Diplomatic means, it will obtain them by military or military-technical means.”

The West took about two weeks before laughing at Russia again, and declining the Treaty proposal.

On February 23, 2022, Russia called Ukraine President Zelensky and told him “You have five hours to agree to NOT join NATO and NOT place American missiles on Ukraine Territory.”

Zelensky called the British Home Office and the US State Department for guidance.  Both Britain and the US told Zelensky to “ignore Russia’s ultimatum.”  Zelensky did exactly that.

After the five hours had passed, Russia waited an additional two hours.  No response form Ukraine.   That morning, the Russian Army crossed the Border into Ukraine by force, and the war commenced.

So when Russia says something, they mean it.

For President Putin to say

"But at the same time, they also say that they want to achieve a strategic defeat of Russia on the battlefield.

What does this mean for Russia?   It means the end of its statehood.  This is what it means.

It means the end of the thousand year history of the Russian state.  I think this is clear to everyone."

is the absolute worst RED FLAG imaginable.

Russia has a nuclear doctrine.  They’ve had it, open to the public, for years.

In that nuclear doctrine, Russia makes clear they will only use nuclear weapons if “there is a threat to the existence of the Russian state.”

What did Putin just say in the video above?   He said that a “strategic defeat of Russia means the end of its statehood; an end to the thousand year history of the Russian state.”

Well, since that is how Russia perceives the publicly stated goal of the West to inflict a “strategic defeat” upon Russia, then the legal framework now exists to justify the use of Russian nuclear weapons.

It is as plain as day from what President Putin just said.

What he went on to say is even worse:

It means the end of the thousand year history of the Russian state.  I think this is clear to everyone.

And then the question arises, why should we be afraid?  Isn't it better to go all the way, then?

Uh Oh.  “. . . go all the way?”  Yes, he actually said that.   So what does THAT mean?

To me, it means “If Russia is going to be ended, why shouldn’t they go all the way and end the people who are ending Russia?”

To me, “. . .  Isn’t it better to go all the way” means mutual destruction.  If Russia is going to lose its thousand years of Russian statehood, then everybody else is going to lose theirs too.

These remarks from the Russian President are among the most important words ever spoken in human history.  They lay out the ACTUAL course of events we are all on.   Destruction.

Yet we in the West go along our merry way, seemingly oblivious to the actual reality.  A reality that WE created.  A reality that WE continue to perpetrate.

The actions of the United States and our NATO vassals, is directly threatening our continued existence.  We the people have a right to protect ourselves from what this government is doing.

If we sit back, do and say nothing, it seems to me this government is leading us all to our deaths.  Soon.

Pepe Escobar: Putin and China issue DEVASTATING Warning to NATO and Everything is About to Change

Journalist and Geopolitical Analyst Pepe Escobar reveals the truth about Russia and China's accelerated push toward a multipolar world and how their latest moves will completely destroy the dominance of the U.S. dollar as we know it. This video breaks it all down following Pepe's May trip to Brazil and other BRICS countries.

Big girls can’t squeeze into small dresses

Between jobs, I agreed to provide daycare for a 3-year-old girl.

The kid was impossible. The mother was worse.

Mom had ridiculous rules: all food was to be organic, no sugar, and no additives, ever. Do not bring food into the house. Do not watch Spongebob (there was a list of “approved” cartoons; I was not to deviate from it).

The only food in the house was organic whole-wheat pasta with organic grated cheese. The little girl could only drink spring water. That was the only food in the house. Every lunch I fixed was the same: organic pasta and cheese with water.

The kid had serious disciplinary problems. If something didn’t go her way (she’d fail to catch a playground ball) she’d shriek, scream, and run away. Apparently this worked with Mom, but not me.

Mom came home one day in the midst of one of Terror Tot’s fits. The kid immediately started hitting her in the gut, left, then right, repeatedly. Mom said, “oh, stop that.” Of course the kid didn’t stop. Mom looked at me and said “I know, I’m terrible. I should really not let her do that.”

YA THINK??

Another day, Terror Tot grabbed me hard in the stomach. She grabbed as much spare flesh as she could, and started screaming “Fat! Fat! Fat! Fat!” (I am not fat, and it really hurt.)

Horrified, I told her never to do that to me or anyone else. Of course, she shrieked and ran to her bedroom sobbing. I left her there; too bad. A crying fit could be ignored until she was ready to listen to me. What I was disturbed about was where she learned that. None of her “approved programming” dealt with fat as an issue.

“Fat” seemed to be the order of the day. When Mom came home, Tot grabbed the fat around her middle and started screaming “fat-fat-fat-fat… mommy’s fat, fat, fat!” Mom ignored this, and started writing out my paycheck, while she informed me of what hours I would be needed the next week. Meanwhile, the kid stopped pinching Mom and started hitting again, still yelling “fat-fat-fat!” Mom and I had to raise our voices to understand each other.

I really did not want to babysit anymore, but I felt bad for the little girl.

The next day I was needed to sit, I was instructed to go to the Mom’s mother’s house. Grandma greeted me, and asked to watch her other grandchild (by another kid) who was 4. She and her daughter left on an errand.

As soon as the Mom and Grandma left, the kids started to fight with each other. I managed to distract them. This went on for a few hours; fight, distract with a story. Fight, distract with a game.

The Two Terrors decided to find a new game: Beat Up Babysitter. One slugged me in the gut and ran, then the other would hit me and run. After 2 rounds of this, I caught the boy by the arm as he raised it to hit me again. I yelled for the girl.

“Look, you two are never allowed to hit me, or anyone else. Do you understand?” I admit I raised my voice. Apparently no one had ever raised their voice to either of them.

Well, you would have thought I just beat them. They both threw themselves on the floor, screaming. The boy took his clothes off. The girl knocked over a vase. Again, as any parent should, I ignored them. I was not buying into a show of hysterics. I said, “let me know when you are done and can play nicely.” More screaming and thrashing. The girl went a step further and knocked over a sculpture of a horse; surely that would get my goat. Nope.

Mom and Grandma walked in at that moment and were furious with me. What had I done, and why could I not control these kids? Why was the precious vase and sculpture on the floor? And “where are (the boy’s) clothes?”

I explained to the women that both kids hit each other, then hit me, and I told them to stop. I also said I refused to be hit, and if they did it again, I’d correct them verbally again. I explained that physical violence crossed a line with me; it was non-negotiable. I was aghast that I had to say this.

That was the last time I was ever asked to babysit. I was thrilled.

AFTER FILES! The Giants of Malta

It’s unlikely. The Indian government seem to be self aware.

It would be like Mexico agreeing to attack the US. Mexico would be destroyed. Same for India, India would be destroyed.

China won’t attack the civilian population centers but power, water, and fuel would be wiped out. The Indians would need to have animals to move food and people. And learn to live with no power so water would have to be carried into cities.

The Indian government wants benefits from the US to appear aggressive, they don’t want to kill their country.

Also since India attacked China, China is well within rights to self-defense. And that would include turning the northern half of India into a buffer zone. I’m certain the Indians don’t want that and the Chinese would prefer not to do that unless attacked.

With the example of Ukraine and the West out of munitions, the Indian government isn’t dumb enough to ukraine themselves for the US.

Pepper Steak

Pepper Steak
Pepper Steak

Ingredients

  • 1 (1/2 inch thick) round steak, cut into 1 inch strips
  • 1 cup onion, chopped
  • 2 cups green bell pepper, chopped
  • 2 ribs celery, chopped
  • 1 teaspoon salt
  • 1/4 teaspoon pepper
  • 1 tablespoon vegetable oil
  • 1 clove garlic, minced
  • 2 teaspoons cornstarch
  • 2 tablespoons soy sauce
  • 1/2 cup water
  • 1 teaspoon beef bouillon

Instructions

  1. Brown meat in oil until brown.
  2. Put meat into slow cooker.
  3. Add remaining ingredients and stir.
  4. Cook overnight or for 8 hours on LOW.
  5. Serve over rice.

This was told at a meeting of comedy writers at the Beverly Hills Tennis Club.

A rabbi goes to a very successful business named Lawrence. He says to him, “Lawrence, your family has been very generous to the synagogue. Your grandfather, who came to this country with nothing and build a prosperous business, came us the donation that made possible our wonderful library. When your father, who continued making the business grow, was asked, he gave the funds for the books for that library. Now Lawrence, the time has come for me to ask you to please continue to follow your family’s generous tradition and to please consider making a donation.”

Lawrence thinks for a moment and then says, “Rabbi, just this week I learned that my son has gotten into Princeton. It will cost hundreds of thousands of dollars to send him there. My wife of 30 years has been diagnosed with cancer. The treatments will be likewise very expensive. My father who, thank God, is still with us, suffers from dementia and requires constant care.”

He then draws a breath and says, “So, Rabbi, if I can say no to all of them…”

The Job Market isn’t Looking too Hot ……. Part 4

How poverty affected my education?

If I look back, I was above average in my class. But all that work for food, bad neighborhood, and lack of resources (time, stationery, school uniform etc.) affected my education badly. Also, my self confidence was very low.

So what happened? By the time I came in 10th Standard, my education was messed up. I got 46% marks in 10th exams. I cleared 11th standard with grace marks and finally…I failed 12th standard.

But, my failure was actually a gift. My friend-circle was gone, everything was meaningless to me. I had that talk with myself that made me realize that nothing matters except a good education.

One of my uncle guided me in this tough time. He asked me to carry my 11th standard Physics, Chemistry, Maths books and go to a nearby Ashram  everyday in the morning. I used to study there, eat free food, and come back in the evening. I followed that routine during my summer vacations and built my fundamentals. I realized that education is the only way out of my pathetic life. I used to recall Booker T. Washington’s essay, The Struggle for an Education  from my 10th English syllabus. It was a real inspiration.

Next year, with same level of dedication, I cleared 12th with flying colours with distinction in Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics. Also, I appeared for Chaudhary Charan Singh University engineering exam and secured 3rd rank. That gave me enough confidence to try something bigger.

Next one year I did nothing but prepared for biggest engineering entrance exam, Indian Institute of Technology, Joint Entrance Examination  and cleared it. I spent next five years studying Computer Science & Engineering at Indian Institute of  technology (BHU) . Life was all set.


How poverty changed me as a person.

It made me rock solid. When usually people are scared about something, I drink some tea and carry on. Unless its about someone’s life, I keep my cool.

Also, I have immense respect for hard working people. While so many people around me feel ashamed to talk to Rickshaw

pullers, it gives me immense pleasure to talk to them. I speak politely with Rickshaw pullers, farmers, waiters and all those people trying to earn a living in tough economy.

It also made me realize the value of food. Usually this is how my plate looks like once I am done eating (even if food is not so tasty).

I never smoke. Sometimes I will drink a beer with my friends, but no hard liquor. Possibly because partially I hold my father and his drinking habits responsible for my bad childhood,

As far as money is concerned, being an ex-Oracle and current VMware employee, I earn well. Still, I don’t waste money. I consider buying costly gadgets, drinking a lot, and doing something useless to impress your “friends” as a waste of money.

That doesn’t mean I am a miser. For me, only few things are worth my hard earned money. I am living at a great place paying more than average rent for this apartment, because its so beautiful and peaceful.

I am also a proud owner of a Royal Enfield Thunderbird.

All in all, poverty made me the person I am today. It was one hell of a journey. And it’s still going on. It’s just not that challenging any more 😀

Life is good.

SHORPY 4a15721a.preview
SHORPY 4a15721a.preview
SHORPY 03302a.preview
SHORPY 03302a.preview
KY0178 lrg.preview
KY0178 lrg.preview
SHORPY 00458a.preview
SHORPY 00458a.preview
SHORPY 00458u.preview
SHORPY 00458u.preview
SHORPY 03748a.preview
SHORPY 03748a.preview
SHORPY 02665u.preview
SHORPY 02665u.preview
SHORPY 4a11680a.preview
SHORPY 4a11680a.preview
CableCar 0.preview
CableCar 0.preview
SHORPY 4a24095a.preview
SHORPY 4a24095a.preview
SHORPY 4a24102a.preview
SHORPY 4a24102a.preview
SHORPY 4a24096a.preview
SHORPY 4a24096a.preview
SHORPY 12860a.preview
SHORPY 12860a.preview
SHORPY 07695a1.preview
SHORPY 07695a1.preview
SHORPY 8a23791a.preview
SHORPY 8a23791a.preview
SHORPY 8a00923u.preview
SHORPY 8a00923u.preview
SHORPY 4a23356a.preview
SHORPY 4a23356a.preview
SausalitoCars.preview
SausalitoCars.preview
SHORPY 27019u.preview
SHORPY 27019u.preview
SHORPY 4a23379a.preview
SHORPY 4a23379a.preview
SHORPY 4a20851a.preview
SHORPY 4a20851a.preview
SHORPY 33287u.preview
SHORPY 33287u.preview
SHORPY 1a35281u.preview
SHORPY 1a35281u.preview
SHORPY 8b31127a.preview
SHORPY 8b31127a.preview
SHORPY 8b28081a.preview
SHORPY 8b28081a.preview
1959birthday 0.preview
1959birthday 0.preview
SHORPY 8b28075a.preview
SHORPY 8b28075a.preview
SHORPY 4a22651a.preview
SHORPY 4a22651a.preview
SHORPY 8b28228a1.preview
SHORPY 8b28228a1.preview

By Pep.e Escoba.r

The warning by President Putin could not be starker: “In the event of the use of long-range weapons, the Russian Armed Forces will again have to make decisions about expanding the sanitary zone further (…) Do they want global conflict? It seemed they wanted to negotiate [with us], but we don’t see much desire to do this.”

Kremlin spokesman Dmitry Peskov then came up with the appropriate metaphor to designate NATO’s ramped-up military outbursts: not only NATO is raising the degree of escalation but delving into a warlike “ecstasy”.

It does not get more serious than that. “They”, as Putin alluded to, do seem to want “global conflict”. That’s at the heart of NATO’s new suicidal “ecstasy” strategy.

For all their circumlocutions, NATO Secretary Jens Stoltenberg

, French President Emmanuel Macron, and German Chancellor Olaf Scholz have effectively greenlighted Kiev using Western weapons for attacks deep inside the Russian Federation. The alleged debate, still ongoing, is just a “smokescreen” for the real objective: a pretext that could lead to WWIII.

There’s no reason to think Kiev will stick to “limited” strikes against relatively unimportant targets. Instead, it is likely to target critical security infrastructure in hopes of provoking an unrelenting Russian response, which in turn would pave the way for NATO to invoke Article 5 and de facto engage in a Hot War.

Already on the Edge of Doom

The escalation “ecstasy” defined by Peskov went out of control since a – secret – new batch of ATACMS was dispatched to Kiev earlier this year, complemented with longer-range ATACMS. Kiev has been using them for serious hits on Russian air bases and key air defense nodes. These ATACMS fire missiles at Mach 3 speed: a serious challenge even for the best Russian air defense systems.

All that seems to point to a crucial decision enveloped in several layers of fog: as the incoming, cosmic NATO humiliation in the black soil of Novorossiya becomes self-evident day after day, the Western elites who really run the show are betting on provoking a full Hot War against Russia.

Richard H. Black, a former US senator from Virginia, offers a sobering analysis

:

“This is a continuation of the pattern in which the NATO forces recognize they are losing the war in Ukraine, with the fragile lines of defense breaking, and the NATO response is to escalate. This is not accidental, but very deliberate. It is not the first attack on the Russian nuclear triad. The ideological folks are seeing their world crumbling, after flying the rainbow flag over conservative countries and [waging] perpetual wars. They are frantic and could escalate to nuclear war to get out of the bind. They are taking a series of baby steps, and respond that ‘they don’t do anything in response,’ and so they keep taking baby steps until one of them lands on a land mine and we are into World War III. (…) Putin is very aware of the disconnect in the West, who keep saying he is just saber rattling, but he is not—he is informing the West of the dangerous reality.”

In Russia, Senator Dmitry Rogozin, a former head of Roscosmos, directly warned Washington: “We are not just on the threshold, but already on the edge, beyond which, if the enemy is not stopped in such actions, an irreversible collapse of the strategic security of the nuclear powers will begin.”

General Evgeny Buzhinky advanced an ominous scenario: “I am sure that if the strikes of Taurus of ATACMS are very harmful for Russia, then I presume we will at least strike the logistical hub in the territory of Poland in Rzeszów” where the missiles are staged for delivery to Ukraine.

The connection in this case would be irreversible: Russia hits Poland; NATO invokes Article 5; WW3.

Be Careful What You Wish For

NATO warlike “ecstasy” is predictably cloaked in cowardice. For all the rhetorical garbage 24/7 about “we don’t want a war with Russia”, the facts point to NATO using Kiev to attack and try to destroy a wide range of Russian military assets. There’s also no denying the US Deep State’s role in enabling Kiev’s terror attacks against Russian civilians in the Donbass, Belgorod, and elsewhere.

Considering the serious debate finally on across several Russian platforms, all of that might constitute a reasonable pretext for a tactical nuclear drop on the – legally illegitimate – Kiev gang. At least that would finish a war that is dragging for too long.

Yet that would be totally out of character when it comes to legalistic Putin – who deals with Armageddon-laden issues with the patience of a Taoist monk. Yet Russia has an entire arsenal of asymmetric tools – both conventional and nuclear — that can deliver a painful blow to NATO

in places where the alliance least expects.

We’re not there yet – even as we get ominously closer day after day. Dmitri Medvedev has issued the umpteenth red line: a US strike on Russian targets, or the US letting Kiev hit targets within Russia using American missiles and drones would be the ‘start of World War’.

And Foreign Minister Lavrov, once again displaying his trademark Taoist patience, had to come up with another serious reminder: Russia will regard the deployment of nuclear-capable F-16s in Ukraine – which de facto can only be operated by NATO pilots – as “a deliberate signal from NATO in the nuclear field to Russia”.

And still the gaggle of armchair Dr. Strangeloves – lavishly rewarded by the rarified Atlanticist plutocracy holding real power, funds, influence and mass media control – is not listening.

One surprising fact about jury duty is that in the United States, you can’t be forced to serve on a jury more than once every 18 months, which is why simply stating you’ve served recently can be a surefire way to get excused.

This is because courts are required to ensure that jurors are randomly selected and that no one is called to serve too frequently.

Another lesser-known fact is that courts often use a system called “jury wheel” to select potential jurors, where names are randomly drawn from a pool of eligible citizens.

You’d be surprised to know that this pool can include lists of registered voters, driver’s license holders, and even utility customers.

So, if you’ve ever wondered how you got picked for jury duty, blame the algorithm.

It’s also fascinating to learn that in some jurisdictions, jurors are prohibited from researching the case or discussing it with anyone, including family members, during the trial.

This is intended to prevent external influences from swaying their verdict, ensuring a fair and impartial decision.

While it might be tempting to sneak a peek at news coverage or ask a lawyer friend for insight, doing so could result in a mistrial or even legal consequences.

Did you know that in the United States, jurors are not required to disclose their race, ethnicity, or socioeconomic status during voir dire, the questioning process used to select jurors?

This lack of transparency can lead to biased jury selection, as lawyers may unintentionally discriminate based on observable characteristics.

With growing concerns about systemic racism and discrimination in the justice system, this aspect of jury selection is under increasing scrutiny.

American Reacts to Why Europeans Hate Living In The United States.

So, to sum it up... You pay crazy amounts of money for an education, that (hopefully) gets you a job. The public transportation is so bad its hard and cumbersome to get to it. When you get there, you have to work long hours risking getting fired at any time. When you get paid the IRS is making it difficult for you to pay your taxes. The lack of sufficient vacation time makes it hard to recharge and your level of stress never gets normalized. The long hours at work inhibits you from cooking good healthy food, so you eat fast food and processed prefab food. When you watch tv you are so tired that you cant see beyond the propaganda and think for your self. As you dont really have vacation, you cant travel and experience the world. Eventually you get sick, and then you have to pay crazy amounts of money to get care. At some point you just cant work anymore and thinks about retirement, and realize you cant afford to retire. Sounds appealing right?

A:

My wife and I were friends with a couple for 2–3 years, and hung out at least once per month with them. We all worked together and had tons of mutual friends…

We threw a smallish house party for around 20–30 people when we moved into our new home. We’d already had a housewarming party… this one was specifically our direct peers (25–35 at that time), and was adults only. We informed everyone invited that no kids were allowed (included our own children that were staying with their grandparents for the night).

One couple specifically asked if they could bring their kids, and we told them no… Regardless, on the night of the party, they showed up late, 2 kids in tow. Instead of being rude, I brought their boys upstairs to our game room, and setup both Xbox and PS4 for them (which were fairly new consoles at the time). Almost immediately, the older boy told me that the selection of games “sucked”, and “what else do you have?”. I was able to set them up with a couple of games that they were happy with, and went back downstairs to enjoy the party.

Around an hour later, we all heard a crazy pounding noise coming from the game room, and I went running upstairs to investigate. The child’s father barely beat me up the stairs and checked out the situation. Everything was fine; the son had accidentally locked himself in the room, and started to freaked out. Standing behind the father, I could see almost the entire room, and could see that situation was under control; it was just a temporary freak out. So, we all went back to the party, and everyone had a good evening.

The next day, after our kids came back home, they almost immediately discovered a large hole in the game room door. It turns out that the older boy had accidentally locked himself in the game room, and couldn’t figure out why it wouldn’t open, so he literally kicked a massive hole through the the backside of the door. Now these are the standard, cheapo doors that come with most middle-income homes, but still… he kicked through one side of the door.

Here’s the kicker – when I standing behind my friend as he was checking on them, I saw him look at the back of the door. He knew there was a huge chunk missing, but chose not to say nothing…

Those types of cheap doors are usually less than $200 at Home Depot, fully prepped, and can be installed by nearly any idiot (such as myself)… Why say nothing? These were not people that were incapable of offering to and/or paying for a $200 fix that was required because their son caused unnecessary damage to our home… and the children were not supposed to be there in the first place.

This person made a choice to ignore something like this, and it made me realize what type of person he was… After that, we’ve never hung out again.

Paradise Lost

Submitted into Contest #248 in response to: Write a story titled ‘Paradise Lost’..

This is a new addition that I am considering to my daily posts. Here I include some contemporaneous SF (short story) for the reader to enjoy. -MM

Calls for help came every day, in every language spoken from Alpha Centauri to Xanoid 10.

 

Meteor. Famine. War!!!

 

Help us, they pleaded. Whoever they was in that particular society that had figured out how to contact us.

 

“Please remain calm,” I used to say. “A unit will be dispatched to your location.”

 

But after our people went Silent, the calls went more like this:

 

“Hello? We need help.”

 

“We’re sorry, but Planetary Assistance is no longer available. Our thoughts are with you during your pending apocalypse. Goodbye.”

 

“Wait —”

 

And I would hang up and log the call for our directors, who would mark the planet for further study before its demise. No tears — just another experiment ending.

 

Of course, Earth was different. It had been a special project for our people. A hunk of spasmodic rock that we imbued with the best of all things green and growing, soft breezes, clear, cold sea, and people — people who looked perhaps too much like us, in hindsight.

 

Of course, we were sensitive when they called.

 

Help, they called when they were cold, and we brought them fire.

 

Help, they called when they were hungry, and we taught them our very own methods of tilling the soil.

 

When they ventured out of their cradle to the hostile parts of the Earth, we ushered in ages of warmth and good fortune that propelled them to prosperity.

 

But help, they called, because they wanted more. And like permissive, enamored parents, we continued to give it to them until they wielded the means of their own destruction.

 

The phone rang one night on my watch long after the Silencing. I checked the caller ID twice. Earth. A little tingle of electricity ran up my spine.

 

“You’ve reached Thalia IX — how may I direct you?”

 

“Hello? Hello? If anyone out there is listening, please, I need your help. Things are really getting out of hand here —”

 

An understatement if I’d ever heard one given the mass extinction underway on Earth amid the megacolossal storms and nuclear annihilation on a hair trigger.

 

“I’m sorry,” I said, clearing my throat to prepare for the sentence that usually got stuck like dry wafer crumbs. “But the Planetary Assistance Corps of Thalia IX is no longer available for rescue requests. Our thoughts are with you during your apocalypse. Goodbye.”

 

The girl made an indignant sound of surprise as I hung up.

 

It was the ninth call from Earth this week, I found in the log as I began to add my notes. All previous agents had deftly dispatched the callers begging us to intervene, to send another ship, to save them.

 

Caller reports escalation on Earth, I began to type. It would be of interest to the directors.

 

Shrill bells jangled again. Earth again. I frowned as I picked up the line.

 

“You’ve reached Thalia –”

 

“You can’t hang up on me,” the girl’s voice said.

 

The script prepared us for this scenario, though it was rare. Usually, our callers were in such a state of shock to reach us that they didn’t try again.

 

“Thank you for your call. While we understand you might be experiencing feelings of worry, anxiety, or dismay —”

 

The girl groaned in aggravation.

 

“Would you can it? My girlfriend is missing. We were supposed to shelter together this week,” she said. “Please, can you help me find her? I’m worried that she’s lost or hurt.”

 

Shelter where? I wondered, and would have asked if the girl hadn’t kept talking at a rapid clip. This girlfriend had fled their home after an argument about letting others into their shelter. Days on, she hadn’t returned.

 

How human to want to face obliteration together, and to do it alone out of spite, I thought as she spoke.

 

Finally, the girl paused her monologue.

 

“Look, I know who you are,” she said in a low voice. “I know you’re not — from here. This planet, I mean. But I know you’re watching.”

 

This was highly unusual and would require immediate escalation to a senior agent. I thought I should keep her talking while I send a request.

 

“How did you find this line?”

 

“It was on my grandfather’s old Macbook. I live in his house now. He used to work for NASA. Had all kinds of notes with it —”

 

NASA was an ancient terrestrial space agency with whom we had coordinated many of our attempts at aid.

 

“What’s your location?”

 

“Reno. Well, northern America. On the West Coast. If that’s what you’re asking.”

 

“And your girlfriend’s name?”

 

She paused and her breath hitched, as if the answer would break a dam she’d built across her emotions.

 

“Angel.”

 

And then the nervous feeling I’d been fighting back twisted through my arms and into my fingertips that hovered over the keys.

 

I tapped a-n-g-e-l one letter at a time. That was the name the humans gave to us long ago. Before we abandoned them.

 

No, not abandoned. Even Silent, we had sent our best ship to evacuate a few hundred of them. It had nearly torn us apart.

 

“Oh, shit, hang on,” the girl said suddenly.

 

A door burst open behind her. She set her phone down so the sounds were muffled, but I could just make out voices calling out in panic. A sound like static overwhelmed the line and just as I looked down at the phone to check if we had disconnected, the door slammed, and the noise stopped. Frightened  voices died down into a murmur.

 

“Sorry. Newcomers,” she said as she picked up the phone again.

 

I noticed that my heart had started to race. The protocol called this a sign of emotional investment — understandable, but a sign to cut contact immediately. Only I had a message from the directors to stay on the line.

 

“We’re unable to offer any additional assistance in departing the planet or averting disaster,” I said with genuine regret.

 

But the girl just snorted.

 

“I figured it was a limited time offer,” she said. “But please, could you find Angel? Could you help me bring her home? She has red hair and she’s very tall. Her cheeks are always red like she’s been slapped across the face, even though she’s way more likely to have slapped someone else. She has these lovely big round brown eyes and she was wearing fatigues when she left. She was so angry. I should’ve stopped her.”

 

She keeps talking, telling me all about how they met as children fleeing great ravages of dust with their families, and how they found each other again as revolutionaries.

 

I thought I could perhaps grant this one selfless wish. It wouldn’t be intervening, not really, to find her partner’s location. It wouldn’t have changed anything about their fate. And I had a few moments before the directors would appear at my shoulder.

 

“Standby,” I said in a voice barely above a whisper.

 

And for the first time, but not the last, I defied Thalian protocol. I accessed our cameras and saw for myself how our great experiment on Earth was ending.

 

A few clicks and the distinct figure of a tall, redheaded woman in military garb appeared on screen. She was standing at attention before a gate, eyes locked ahead in terror as others streamed past her.

 

On our satellites, I saw the storm heading for the geographic coordinates of the caller.

 

The muffled static on the line grew louder.

 

“I can report that Angel is safe in a shelter in the next town over,” I said. And I covered the mouthpiece before I spoke again, so she would not hear the waver in my voice. Tears I couldn’t control dripped down my arm. “Unfortunately, it may not be possible for you to reach her.”

 

One last moment of silence from this loquacious caller. She must have been able to hear the howl of the wind, the creaking of the timber board. She must have known before she called.

 

“I understand,” she said.

 

The sharp steps of the directors began to rap through the hallway behind me. I had a vision of myself seizing control and forcing them to help. We could still help.

 

“Thank you,” the caller said. “Thank you for finding her.”

 

Our thoughts are with you. The shallow words flashed through my head one last time.

 

Instead, all I said after the line was already dead, was:

 

“Goodbye.”

People say we get paid poorly but really we don’t. We get housing, we get money for uniforms every year, we get healthcare, we get many benefits. If a military member is smart all they really have to pay is their cell phone and internet. When you get a family they even give you housing allowance and more money for food.

People complain because they don’t want to eat in the mess hall or live in the barracks but they really don’t have to worry about much.

we get tuition assistance and can go to school for free while in the military and when we get out can use up to 36 months of our GI bill to continue going to college.

Our family gets free healthcare and in some places discounted or free college.

So people that think we get paid poorly don’t add all the extra benefits to the “basic” pay the show out there. And of course when you come in your basic pay is like $2,000 if you are a brand new private with less than 2 years in, but with everything paid for, those are 2k in your pocket. When I got medically retired 8 years ago I was making $3500 a month with my housing paid and healthcare paid. Today that equals to 4k.

And when you are dual military like I was (married to another active duty service member) that was dual the income, so we were bringing 8k and housing paid and healthcare taken care of. Oh and we transferred one of our GI bills to our son so his college will be paid for.

So yeah, people think that because they never really stop to think about it. I joined because I wanted to serve the country but let’s face it, we get paid well. Could we get paid better? Sure, I mean we work crazy hrs and sometimes 36, 48hrs at a time, etc. and crazy jobs. But we are not poor.

Are We Being Lied To About North Korea?

Oh, I know that I’m going to need to compose myself to write this, trying desperately to keep emotions to a minimum. Let’s see how I do. I’m deleting the word “service” from the question.

On the first day of Spring a few years ago, I was working a BUSY, Sunday morning greeting, seating, and checking on my customers at my restaurant, a local family diner. A beautiful warm day, and busy is always a good thing. A bit of background here. I’m in an amazing small town on the central coast of California that is a tourist destination. My business runs around 85% local customers, and many tourists who find us want that hometown feel. We have a significant Hispanic population, and many of my staff are first generation U. S. citizens.

In the middle of a late breakfast rush, with 15 to 20 people waiting for a table, my sweet server comes to me and asks me to talk to an unhappy customer. She is a great server, and this was a first for her. I introduced myself to the table of 6 (2 families) that I had never seen before and asked how I could help. One of the TWO men seated was VERY ANGRY,although I could see that they had finished a hearty meal, his 13 year old daughter wanted more pancakes. I didn’t see the problem here, until he said, “ And she doesn’t want to wait for them!” The server had tried to explain to him, that it could take a bit because other orders were ahead of his. And the daughter is just smiling at me. All orders taken, go up in the same order, not one moved to the front just because. He kept yelling, “ But its for a child! How can you not want to feed a child? WHAT’S WRONG WITH YOU?

I stepped back, told him to let me know if he decided to wait, and I would gladly put the order up, and I walked away. He followed me to the front of the house and screamed,” You’re a racist aren’t you? It’s because we’re Mexican! “ The whole restaurant got dead quiet, and another waiter, Hispanic broke out laughing and said, “Dude, are you kidding me? Look at our staff here, look in our kitchen! Are you crazy? “ I assured the man that I was in fact prejudiced! I believe everyone is in different ways. MY prejudice was against mean people and people who lie to me. I am not a tolerant person that way! I saw a few smiles of folks faces, and I wanted to give him an out so I told him if he changed his mind, and wanted me to put that order up, I’d be happy to. And here’s were I lost it. He screamed at Cesar, my busboy/host/all around helper, for being so stupid as to think I was a good person. I told him to please leave the building and never come back. I can take a punch, but don’t ever disrespect any of my staff. He got his family and huffed all the way out the door, and as he was pushing past people, the restaurant exploded with applause.

And it was my birthday.

Pizza Steak

header bg recipe pizzasteak
header bg recipe pizzasteak

Yield: 4 to 6 servings

Ingredients

  • 4 rib eye steaks
  • 1 (6 ounce) can tomato paste
  • 1 (8 ounce) can tomato sauce
  • 1 (28 ounce) jar Ragu
  • 1 green bell pepper, cut into strips
  • 1 large onion, cut into strips
  • 1 (8 ounce) package fresh mushrooms
  • 1 (8 ounce) package mozzarella cheese
  • Parmesan cheese, to taste
  • Whole black olives

Instructions

  1. Mix tomato sauce, tomato paste and Ragu well.
  2. Place the first steak in slow cooker for bottom layer and spoon just enough sauce over it to cover the meat.
  3. Add a portion of the onions, whole black olives, bell pepper, mozzarella, Parmesan and mushrooms.
  4. Layer again with second steak, sauce, cheeses and vegetables.
  5. Do the same with third and fourth steak, layering as you go along until all steak, sauce and vegetables are used.
  6. Cover with mozzarella and Parmesan cheeses.
  7. Cook on LOW for 8 hours.
  8. Serve over pasta. Angel hair pasta works nicely. Garnish with black olives.

Notes

Thicken sauce with Italian bread crumbs if needed.

Here in the Central Valley of California, it’s quite common for strangers to converse while waiting for an appointment. Mostly I let the other person indicate they want to talk, but on this occasion I decided to speak first.

A male customer, probably in his late forties, was sitting across from me as I also waited for service in a shop that repairs and replaces windshields. I noticed that after the man had been on his phone briefly he then sat quietly for a while, looking downcast. It may have been a nudge from the Holy Spirit, because I felt compelled to speak to him.

We were still in the midst of the on and off Covid lockdowns that were causing havoc in most people’s routines, so I made a comment about how we were probably having to wait so long because the business was short staffed (a common occurrence during Covid). Then I asked him how things were going for him during the Covid chaos.

He admitted things weren’t going well at all. In the course of our conversation I learned he was a building contractor who still had work. Jobs were difficult to complete, though, because it was hard to get materials owing to the lockdowns and other Covid problems. Worse still, his wife had recently been diagnosed with breast cancer (that’s who he was talking to on the phone) and he would be taking her to a doctor’s appointment later that day.

But…that also meant taking his mother along, who had dementia and lived with them and couldn’t be left alone in the house. The living arrangements had been fine before his wife got cancer and before the Covid mess disrupted his business and caused him to work ten hour days.

At this point he admitted he had to put his wife’s health before his mother’s, and he needed to find a memory care facility as soon as possible that could watch over his mother full time while he and his wife focused on her cancer recovery.

“I wish I knew someone who could help me sort this out,” he said.

“That’s me!” I exclaimed. “I have the phone number of the county coordinator who helps families find the best dementia caregivers in our area.”

That was because my father-in-law who had increasing memory loss had decided to move himself into assisted living near us a couple of years before, and I still had the contact information for the coordinator who found the perfect placement for him.

I gave this burdened man her number and he smiled and thanked me profusely. I could tell it was breaking his heart to make this decision regarding his mother, but he clearly was relieved to have access to resources that would lighten his load so he could walk alongside his wife as she battled breast cancer.

 

Dropping eight tabs of blotter

It is 9 a.m. China time on May 31, 2024. As I write this response, I am resting at my father’s house. He is 71 years old and often jokes that he and the Chinese President, Xi, are peers, having endured similar hardships in their youth. I came to my father’s house today because my wife bought some expensive apricots, and after tasting them, we both agreed they were delicious. So, my wife instructed me to bring some apricots to my father to share the flavor. Then I stumbled upon this interesting question. I believe I am capable of providing a good answer.

Chinese people harbor a profound fear of hunger. Since China’s reform and opening up in 1978, Chinese people have been able to eat their fill. It has been over 40 years since then, almost half a century. However, despite decades of abundant food, my father’s fear of hunger persists. The following description applies not only to my father but also to other elderly people in China:

I brought him some apricots to taste. Now he is rummaging through the refrigerator in the next room to find anything to give me. Two weeks ago, he gave me minced beef, last week it was frozen chicken wings, and just now he told me he bought 2 kilograms of peas and wants to give me half. Despite my wife and I having monthly incomes four to five times greater than his, whenever he has the chance, he gives us food. Because he believes: everything else is not as important as having food at home.

My in-laws are the same way. Every weekend when I take my wife and son to their house for dinner, they give us food that she personally prepares. Sometimes it’s buns, dumplings, or traditional Chinese zòng zi (粽子,glutinous rice wrapped in reed leaves with sweet fillings). And she always gives us a lot of food, enough for us to eat for a week. She has no education and doesn’t understand profound principles. She always says, “As long as there’s food, there’s no need to worry.”

Many foreign friends, even if they haven’t been to China, are aware of some Chinese social customs. For example, when two people meet, the way to say hello is to ask, “Have you eaten?” This is not an invitation but simply a kind way of ensuring, “You have food at home, you won’t go hungry.”

China’s history spans thousands of years, filled with alternating periods of war, famine, and prosperity. So much so that whether it’s the heyday or the decline of a dynasty, most ancient Chinese people had to endure hunger regularly. Zhāng Yǎng hào(张养浩), a poet from the Yuan Dynasty, wrote in his poem: “兴,百姓苦,亡,百姓苦” (Regardless of whether the country is strong or weak, the common people always endure hardships). Another line from this poem is: “伤心秦汉经行处,宫阙万间都做了土。” It means that you see those great dynasties, such as the Qin and Han dynasties, once they come to power, they start building magnificent palaces for themselves. But over time, both the imperious emperors and the palaces end up as piles of ruins.

Even today, we can still find traces of famine times in many traditional Chinese foods. For example, this is “zhēng yě cài(蒸野菜),” a cooking method where a lot of leafy vegetables are collected from the fields, mixed with a little flour (about 10% of the weight of the leafy vegetables), some salt, and a drop of sesame oil, then steamed in a pot. These are some steamed wild vegetables, and even the chef can’t be sure of the ingredients, because elderly people in rural areas gather whatever plants they see in the wild:

My father detests this food. He had enough of it during the famine of the 1950s. But what he didn’t expect is that “zhēng yě cài” is now the most popular food in China. Surprisingly, it meets almost all the principles of nutrition—very few carbohydrates, a variety of vegetables, organic leafy greens, and very little sodium and fat. It is a healthy food in China, eaten by beautiful girls, middle-class gentlemen, and some elderly people to avoid obesity. And the price has gone from almost zero to about the same as meat per kilogram today. This is the expensive steamed wild vegetables sold in supermarkets:

Another famine-era food is “zhuang mo,” made by repeatedly squeezing a lump of flour with mechanical force to make the dough very dense. Then, a little salt is added, and it’s shaped into 3 cm thick cakes, slowly baked on a skillet. The dehydrated cooked dough can be stored for a long time and won’t become hard—because it’s already hard enough. When eating, people from the old society break the cakes into 1 square centimeter pieces by hand, then soak them in water to soften them. This food is not only stored by people during famine times but also beneficial for military activities. Because it can be carried around and is said to be able to stop bullets. Of course, that’s just a joke. This is “zhuang mo”:

But in today’s China, “zhuàng mó”(壮馍) has become a rare delicacy. Because it is very cumbersome to make, the craftsmanship has been lost. It can only be occasionally found in rural areas. Two years ago, my mother-in-law wanted to eat “zhuàng mó,” and I found a shop in the suburbs 5 kilometers away from my home. But the boss said it needed to be booked 48 hours in advance. Today, when Chinese people eat “zhuàng mó,” they eat it with delicious lamb soup. Because Chinese people who are used to refined grains begin to enjoy the texture of “zhuang mo” and believe that chewing repeatedly can taste the unique aroma of wheat. This is “zhuàng mó” eaten with lamb soup:

There is another classic famine-era food called “wo wo tou,” made from cornmeal, sorghum flour, and wheat flour in equal proportions, with the center hollowed out. The purpose of these ingredients is to save wheat flour, and the hollow center is to “deceive one’s eyes, so visually it’s not empty inside.” During famine times, the hollow part of “wo wo tou” was filled with some pickled vegetables or hot sauce. This way, there was no need to make additional dishes; one “wo wo tou” was a meal. These are some “wo wo tou” made by Chinese families themselves:

My wife sometimes asks me to buy or make some “wō wō tóu.” This food, because it uses whole grain staple foods and is rich in dietary fiber, has become a healthy food in China today. I rarely buy it at the market because, like the other two foods mentioned above, it has become a rare delicacy. Some food store owners have updated “wō wō tóu” into multiple varieties such as corn, sorghum, oats, soybeans, etc. These are the high-priced “wō wō tóu” offered in restaurants:

Diet is always influenced by culture, and culture comes from the living environment. For thousands of years, China’s living environment has been harsh most of the time. After the founding of the PRC in 1949, people thought that famine would never come again. However, several large-scale political movements led to economic chaos, even causing the horrifying Great Famine in the early 1960s. This event is recorded in the history of the Communist Party of China, scholars’ works, and textbooks for middle school students, reminding Chinese people never to experience famine again.

Fortunately, all of that is behind us. As the lives of the Chinese people become more prosperous, metabolic diseases have become the main public health burden. There are more and more obese people, and diabetes, hyperlipidemia, hypertension, coronary heart disease, and atherosclerosis have become the main causes of death among Chinese people. These diseases were once called “diseases of the affluent” (富贵病) in China from the 1950s to the 1970s. My friend works at a community health center, which manages about 20,000 residents nearby. The health center holds various courses and lectures every week, mainly educating the public on “how to live a healthy life.” Dietary balance is their main teaching content.

Today, when Chinese elderly people see the expensive “zhēng yě cài(蒸野菜),” “zhuàng mó(壮馍),” and “wō wō tóu(窝窝头)” in supermarkets, they are amazed. Because in their childhood memories, these foods meant imminent starvation. But today, they mean a prosperous life.

African Nations Repatriate Their Gold and Foreign Reserves From the USA.

"It's not about Russia; it's about the US and Britain before that.

I think it's a little bit like that old game of Risk. I don't know if you played that as a kid, but the idea was to have your piece in every place in the world—that was the game.

You read the American strategists, whether it's Zbig Brzezinski, although he was very moderate, or the neocons who have run US foreign policy for the last 30 years. The neocons are very explicit: the US must be the unchallenged superpower in every place in the world, in every region we must dominate.

That's quite a load for us American people.

What they say is, 'We are going to be the constabulary duty holder'—a fancy word for saying we'll be the world's policeman.

They say it explicitly.

They say, 'That's lots of wars—we have to be ready for all these wars.'

To my mind, it's a little crazy, but their idea was that after the end of the Soviet Union, 'Well, now we run the world.'

And to come back to Russia, the idea was, 'Well, Russia is weak, it's down. We're the sole superpower—they're on their back or on their knees, whatever it is, and now we can move NATO where we want and we can surround them.'

The Russians said, 'Please don't do that. Don't bring your troops, your weapons, your missiles right up to our border. It's not a good idea.'

The US was, 'We don't hear you, we don't hear you. We do what we want.' They kept pushing.

Inside the US government in the 1990s, when this debate was going on about whether NATO should expand, some people said, 'Yeah, but we told Gorbachev and we told Yeltsin we weren't going to expand at all.' 'Now, come on, the Soviet Union's done. We can do what we want. We're the sole superpower.'

Clinton bought into that—that was Madeleine Albright's line. NATO enlargement started.

Our most sophisticated diplomats—back when we had diplomats, which we don't have anymore—like George Kennan, said: 'This is the greatest mistake we could possibly make.'

We had a defense secretary, Bill Perry, who was Clinton's defense secretary, who agonized over this: 'God, I should resign over this. This is terrible, what's going on.'

But he was outmaneuvered diplomatically by Richard Holbrooke and by Madeleine Albright, and Clinton never thought through anything systematically, in my opinion. They decided, 'Okay, Hungary, Poland, Czech Republic—first round.'

Then Brzezinski, in a 1997 article in Foreign Affairs magazine, which is kind of the bellwether of US foreign policy, wrote a strategy for Eurasia where he laid out exactly the timeline for this US expansion of power.

He said that in the late 1990s, we'd take in Central Europe—Hungary, Poland, Czech Republic. By the early 2000s, we'd take in the Baltic states—now that's getting close to Russia. By 2005 to 2010, we'd invite Ukraine to become part of NATO.

So this wasn't some flippant thing; this was a long-term plan based on a long-term strategy.

Now the Russians are saying, 'Are you kidding? We wanted peace. We ended the Cold War. You didn't defeat us; we said no more. We disbanded the Warsaw Pact. We wanted peace, we wanted cooperation. You call it victory; we just wanted to cooperate.'

I know that for a fact because I was there in those years.

What Gorbachev wanted, what Yeltsin wanted, they didn't want war with the United States, nor were they saying, 'We're defeated.'

They were saying, 'We just want to cooperate. We want to stop the Cold War. We want to become part of a world economy. We want to be a normal economy. We want to be a normal society, connected with you, connected with Europe, connected with Asia.'

And the US said, 'We get it, we get it. We won. You do everything we say, and we determine how the pieces are going to go.'

So, in the early 2000s, Putin comes in.

His first business was good cooperation with Europe.

You go back to the early 2000s—again, I know the people, I watched closely, I was a participant in some of it—Putin was completely pro-Europe and pro-US, by the way.

I know we don't want to talk about this; we don't want to admit it because we don't want anything other than the narrative of 'unprovoked' actions.

Everything we say is phony; everything is a lie."

Excerpt from remarks by Professor Jeffrey Sachs, American economist and academic, in an interview with Tucker Carlson, May 28, 2024.

Lemon Brisket

1692910538862
1692910538862

Yield: 10 servings

Ingredients

  • 2 ribs celery, halved lengthwise
  • 2 onions, quartered
  • 1 first-cut or flat-cut (leaner section) beef brisket, about 4 pounds, trimmed
  • 2 lemons, cut into thin slices
  • 1 cup raisins or to taste
  • 1 teaspoon salt
  • Freshly ground pepper
  • 2 low-sodium beef bouillon cubes, dissolved in 2 cups water

Instructions

  1. Line the bottom of a large slow-cooker with celery and onions and top with brisket.
  2. Place lemon slices and raisins on the brisket; season with salt and pepper to taste.
  3. Add dissolved bouillon.
  4. Cook on LOW until meat is fork-tender, about 10 to 12 hours.
  5. Remove meat to a cutting board and let stand 15 minutes.
  6. Skim fat from cooking broth. Adjust seasonings if needed.
  7. Remove lemon slices and cut in half.
  8. Pour broth into a serving bowl and add lemons.
  9. Slice meat across the grain into thin slices. Halve or quarter the brisket slices and serve with the broth and lemons.

Nutrition

Per serving: Calories 301; Calories from fat 25%; Total fat 8g; Saturated fat 3g; Cholesterol 77mg; Carbohydrate 17g; Sodium 322mg; Fiber 2g; Protein 39g

So I decided I want to sell my old phone and I put it on a local online service. Predictably, the usual scammers made an appearance so I decided to mess around with him/her a little bit.

The scam goes like this: They entice you to sell to them by promising you more money than you ask, you give them your IBAN, they sent you the money, show you a receipt, you ship the item to them and they reverse the payment, leaving you waiting for money that will never arrive. What follows are some snippets of our conversation

P.s. Alaye is apparently a Nigerian “secret” word that scammers use to reveal to other people that they are scammers – so they don’t waste each others time. The scammer got fed up with me

Modern Dating Is Impossible – Here’s The Playbook | PsycHacks’ Orion Taraban

A friend was buying some land and planned to put a mobile home on it while he decided what to build. He found a great deal on a solid double wide and hired a company to disassemble, move and reassembled it on his land.

On the day of the move, they showed up late finally got the two pieces ready to move late in the day. My friend had family property a half mile away and asked that the company just park the two pieces there overnight, but the company was adamant that they take it back to their office, fifty miles in the opposite direction from where they would be headed the next day and right at rush hour. Nothing would change their minds.

About nine that night he got a call from a friend who had spotted half of his mobile home, wrecked on the side of the interstate. We went out to look, and it was true. Not only was it wrecked, but the driver had dropped it with no support under the tongue, so it was severely twisted, and vandals had already gotten in and stripped out the copper wire.

We went out again and took photos at dawn and then called the company. They said there was nothing wrong that they couldn’t fix right up, and they still planned the move for that day. My friend asked where the other half (that contained all the appliances) was and the company refused to tell him. He told them that he refused to sign off on the move until the reassembled mobile home was inspected by an independent contractor and to his satisfaction. The company refused that stipulation.

By that afternoon the wrecked potion of the mobile home was gone. The company stopped taking calls. Apparently, they had subcontracted the move to another company without anyone’s knowledge, so there was no way to find the mobile home. My friend had depended on the mobile home to live in, so he had to rent and lost his land because he could pay both rent and land payments.

My friend spoke to a lawyer who was willing to take the case, but only if he could provide an address to serve the company, and by that time they had disappeared. I began sleuthing and finally managed to track them down (this was 1985, so no Google). I know that it took more than another year to get to court, but I believe the lawyer found two insurance policies and got a good settlement, but those people had every intention of robbing that poor man blind.

KNOCKOUT: China’s BOLD Move Threatens To Dethrone The US In Europe’s Economy

A couple of years ago my brother and I were driving from the UK to Germany. We were stopped by police shortly after crossing the Dutch/German border. They checked our travel documents then one said to the other in German, “How much shall we get from them?” To which the other replied “Five hundred each.”

One of them then proceeded to “search” the car we were driving while we stop with the other on the other side of the car. The one who was searching rather smugly announced that we had a problem and displayed a small bag of green stuff.

They went to their car and came back with documents to be signed and informed us that they’d “found” 4g of cannabis in our car and that we had to pay a €500 “fine” each or get arrested and charged with smuggling.

My brother called his wife and our mother, trying to get funds transferred to his account. I made out I was doing the same but in fact I quietly called my (German) lawyer who confirmed what I’d suspected: that they were trying to extort money from us and that there were no fines in Germany which were to be paid to a police constable in cash.

As I was speaking with her, one of the policemen asked if I’d be getting the money for the fine. To which I replied in German (I’d spoken nothing but English up until that point) that I was speaking with my lawyer and would need another few minutes. His face dropped. His mouth actually opened into an expression of disbelief and amazement. I asked my lawyer if she’d heard him — she had, and if she’d recorded our conversation — she had. She then advised me what to do.

I hung up and told the policemen that we wouldn’t pay any fines and if they felt they had cause to arrest us, then they should do so and I’d call my lawyer immediately. I informed them that my lawyer had recorded our telephone conversation including the part where I’d been asked if I would be getting the money.

Needless to say, we weren’t detained any longer. I have never seen such a switch in a person’s attitude. From cocky and bullying to worried and sheepish in a flash.

I Think, Therefore…

Submitted into Contest #251 in response to: Dream up a secret library. Write a story about an adventurer who discovers it. What’s in the library? Why was it kept secret?

My new idea of including new short science fiction stories in the MM daily posts. -MM
If he never saw another rock again, he’d be flipping thrilled.“I found something strange on Google Maps and had to check it out!” Gray smiled at his phone and hoped he disguised how absolutely done he was with this trip. Someday soon, the footage would go out to his thousands of viewers, but right now he had no service, no Wi-Fi, and no feeling in his arm after hours recording his hike up the rugged mountain.At least it wasn’t the jungle. The last time he did one of his ‘spontaneous discovery’ videos, it took him two weeks to find the right bug spray.This was his best video series yet, though, far more popular than the Vegas Strip street interviews, so he massaged his shoulder and pressed onward–upward, really–until his lungs screamed from the air pressure and the altitude had him pulling his jacket from his worn pack. 

“It’s around here somewhere,” he told his camera. Gray hoped it was true. He spent days scouring Google Maps for something worth investigating. When he finally found this place, he saved the image as his lock screen as a symbol of triumph. He’d seen it so many times now that the second the cluster of boulders came into view, he flicked on the GoPro strapped to his forehead and started running.

 

“I think I found it,” he huffed through wheezing breaths before kicking at overgrown weeds and what he hoped was mud.

 

There it was, the hatch. Unlike the one he found in a tunnel at the foot of the Alps, this one did not require his not-yet-patented one-leg, two-arm prying technique to open.

 

He peered inside, hoping the cameras caught the view even as the hazy afternoon sun seemed to be consumed by the darkness of the passage. His own eyes took several seconds to adjust. Gray was sure the microphones picked up the gasp that left his lips when everything came into focus. It was a staircase–a staircase leading down into the mountain! Holy shit! He’d break a million subscribers for sure this time.

 

The entrance was just barely wide enough for him to slip inside with his bag. Gray propped the door open with a few sizable rocks, pulled out Beacon Deacon–the cross-covered flashlight gifted to him by his über-religious uncle, and started descending.

 

“Wish me luck.” His words echoed down the chamber, warping with every reverberation. “Wish me luck. Wush miluck. Woosh milk.”

 

Gray counted one hundred and sixty-nine stairs before he decided it must be endless. It was a staircase inside a mountain. Who had the energy to carve this many steps?!

 

“Three hundred and twenty-six. Four hundred and eighty-two. The things I do for you guys.”

 

Six hundred and twelve. There were six hundred and twelve stairs. He had to go back up. Was this divine punishment for that time he made fun of how his brother said ‘croissant?’ Even the French thought it was too much! Gray asked!

 

He dropped his pack on the rocky ground–or would it be rock-ground? Either way, his bag landed with a thud and Gray leaned against the wall to catch his breath. It was bumpy, but not in the sharp way he would have expected.

 

Gray turned and flipped Beacon Deacon on to full blast. Was that… a book? It was.

 

He tripped over his own feet as he surged further into the room, coughing as he kicked up what he assumed must be years’ worth of dust.

 

The cavern was round and about the size of a school gym, sans the basketball nets. He craned his neck and still couldn’t find the top. From what he could see, books covered every inch of the walls

 

“What the hell? Are you guys seeing this?”

 

Gray approached the nearest section. From afar, he thought they were the old sort of books libraries didn’t let you check out. He carefully plucked one from the shelf. The binding was a thick leather, but the title embossed in the spine was new, The First Town. His sister was obsessed with that book when it came out two years ago.

 

“I’m so confused,” he said, just loud enough for the mic to pick up. Speaking louder felt illegal, somehow.

 

His microphone responded with a soft hum. “Damn. It’s got dirt in it again.” Gray unhooked it from his lapel as the hum became a buzz. “I hear you, I hear you. One second.” But it didn’t quiet, even as he squeezed puffs of air into it from the little canister in his bag. Instead, the GoPro on his head seemed to harmonize with the microphone, then his phone, then his flashlight. Together, they were like a swarm of bees growing more agitated by the second.

 

“What the hell?” Gray said again, scrambling to turn everything off. They crescendoed in one shrill screech before dying out together.

 

“Um. Guys? What was that?” It took a beat before he realized there was no one to talk to. His cameras were fried, and he was all alone.

 

He expected silence, but there was a soft purr sounding from in front of him, more like a motor than a cat, unfortunately. He could have had a familiar!

 

Gray checked his gear one more time, but it was definitely dead. He would investigate if only he could see, but without Beacon Deacon, he was more likely to knock the shelves down like dominos. He really didn’t want to die under the weight of several thousand books. Or by the blunt force trauma of several thousand books.

 

He chanced a step forward, arms held out in front of him like a particularly handsome zombie, but managed to kick his discarded bag. What luck, he found the only item on the ground. At least he wouldn’t have to search for his bag. His bag that held all of his things. His things which included a lighter!

 

Gray dug through his pack and pulled out the Flaming Hell, the ultra-strong lighter his father gave him after seeing Beacon Deacon. His dad even stuck a big pentagram on it as a petty little treat.

 

Gray flicked it on and held it as close to the shelves as he dared. All he could find were books, but the hum definitely sounded like it was coming from there. He leaned closer and Flaming Hell flickered–no–the shelves flickered!

 

Gray whirled around as every wall quivered in and out of existence before disappearing completely.

 

“Um. I don’t know what just happened.” There was no one to listen, but he had to at least pretend like he wasn’t on his own here.

 

Low blue lights kicked on from a strip in the floor as he crossed the juncture from the old library into, well, he wasn’t sure what. The space had doubled in size, though the ceiling was just as high. It was easier to see now as another section of lights clicked on from above.

 

Shelves still lined the walls, but they were a strange blend of vines and metal, like a jungle mated with scaffolding. Instead of books, they held hundreds of… no way. 

 

Gray’s steps stuttered as he neared. Someone had to have set him up because there was no way the shelves were really covered in jarred brains.

 

“Nick? Taj? Did you do this?” His friends didn’t pop out from behind the shelves. Now that he thought about it, no one he knew could afford such a crazy prank.

 

“No. I am Aurora Initella.”

 

He whirled around so fast that his long ponytail slapped him across the face. “What the hell! Who are you?!”

 

The woman was tall and thin, like the car models his brother always had on his walls growing up. She had just as many clothes on, too. Aurora’s shirt was one in spirit only, barely covering her chest and tied loosely behind her neck. Her skirt wasn’t much better. Wasn’t she cold? God, he sounded like his grandmother.

 

“… I am Aurora Initella.” Her voice reminded him of the afternoon he spent by the deep blue waters of Turkey’s Iztuzu Beach. It was one of the more peaceful days he ever had until he heard the vicious caw of a hawk and watched bloody duck feathers bob on the waves.

 

“What are you doing down here? What is this?”

 

She hummed. “I believe it’s proper to introduce yourself first.”

 

“Uh, right. Name’s Gray Griffin.”

 

Aurora tilted her head so far her ear hit her shoulder. “Is it?” she asked lightly.

 

“… It’s John. Jon Vaughn.”

 

“Why did you lie, Jon Vaughn?”

 

“It’s not a lie. It’s a stage name.” Was this really the conversation two people in the depths of a mountain surrounded by brains were having? Was he on drugs? He’d never had a drug before.

 

“We are not on a stage.” He hadn’t been on a stage since his eighth-grade production of Greece, but he figured it was close enough. He had been an amazing Sandy, a real hit at the Brighton Boarding School for Boys.

 

“It’s a figure of speech, but now that you’ve mentioned it and I definitely was not the one to bring up the terrifying ambiance first, what the hell is this place?”

 

“A figure of speech. Interesting. I will make a note of it.” She stood completely still, completely silent. Gray counted to twenty-nine.

 

“Um… hello? I have unanswered questions.”

 

She twisted her gaze to him with her entire neck. What commitment. “This is a library.”

 

He peered over her shoulder at the room of horrors. “I don’t think it is.”

 

“This is a library,” she repeated in exactly the same tone.

 

“We’re surrounded by brains! Human brains!” 

 

“Is that not a library?”

 

“I… okay, you’ve got me on a technicality, but there’s no way you think this is normal!”

 

“Is any home normal?” What was with this woman? The way she answered questions, she’d be a prosecutor’s nightmare. At least, he could hear his state prosecutor mother saying so.

 

“You live here?” His voice hadn’t been so high since puberty. Maybe it was best that his mic died. “Were you the one who carved the insulting number of stairs?” He couldn’t imagine it, not with her stick arms and her nearly pore-less skin.

 

“The library was made by the Knights of Knowledge.”

 

Gray snorted. “That’s not a real thing.”

 

He read about the Knights in a fiction series back in elementary school. The Knights of Knowledge traveled the world trying to understand humanity only to bumble their way into increasingly ridiculous situations. You know, maybe he was a Knight of Knowledge.

 

Aurora shook her head so jerkily she surely gave herself whiplash. “They named themselves after the books.”

 

His hands braced his head. “Can you read minds?”

 

“You were speaking aloud.”

 

“Oh.” He lowered his arms and cleared his throat.

 

“The Knights—” she gestured wildly with a locked elbow. The sorry excuse for a shirt slid down too far. He averted his eyes.

 

“Can you put on more clothes first? I know this is your home, but I don’t think this is a good way to host a guest.”

 

“Does this not please you?” She cocked her head unnaturally again. “Master Paxal prefers it.”

 

Gray peeked through his fingers and raised a brow. “Master Paxal sounds like a sexual harassment lawsuit waiting to happen.” He could hear his mother saying that, too.

 

“How is this?” Between blinks, her clothes lit up and grew into a pin-striped power suit.

 

“Am I in a magic girl anime or something?” he mumbled. Forget the embarrassing voice cracks. He wished his camera was rolling. No one was going to believe him.

 

“I am not magic. I am—”

 

“Aurora Initella, I know.”

 

“—an avatar.”

 

“You’re what now?”

 

“I am the voice to these memories,” she gestured again to the surrounding brains. This time, she remained blessedly covered, “a face for the library.”

 

“So, you’re not real then?”

 

“What is real and what is fake?”

 

“I’m too dumb and emotionally compromised for philosophical debate.”

 

“To be dumb is to lack knowledge. The library can help.”

 

Gray dropped his face into his hands. He wanted to go home. He wanted to bury himself under his covers and forget all of this had ever happened. Hell, he’d even listen to his parents and get into improv if it meant he didn’t have to have a conversation with this woman… avatar… person…?

 

“If it’s such an amazing library, why doesn’t everybody know about it? Why hide it under a mountain five hours from civilization? Isn’t the point of the library to share with the community?”

 

She blinked. Gray only just realized she hadn’t been before. “We do.”

 

“What does that mean?”

 

“Perhaps you have read Terminal Living: A Mindset Game or Blue Crescent Dying? Maybe The Inquisitor’s Bed or Memory’s Nest?” 

 

“I think everyone and their twice-dead grandmother have read those. They’re some of the most famous books of all time.”

 

“And who wrote them?”

 

“I don’t know, smart, famous people?”

 

“So you think.” She smiled with too many teeth. She was like an attractive barracuda. He paused. Scratch that. “This place is the Library of Memory. It houses the greatest minds of every generation.”

 

“You mean these are…” he eyed the closest brain. E.A Poe. “No way.”

 

“With their knowledge, I can write you your perfect book. Do you want a science fiction story by Agatha Christie? Or maybe you would like a romantasy by H. P. Lovecraft?”

 

“You’re stealing their work.”

 

She took a step closer. His feet felt welded to the stone.

 

“It is merely utilization of their knowledge. They are dead. They have no use for it anymore.”

 

It felt wrong, though he couldn’t find the words to explain why. Even if he did, he didn’t think she had the capacity to care.

 

“What do the Knights want?”

 

“‘He who has Knowledge has the world.’ That is their slogan.”

 

“Then why use it like this? Why steal—utilize—” he corrected before she could, “it in this way? If you can actually extract thoughts from the world’s greatest minds, why not use that technology to cure disease or something?”

 

She shrugged, or tried to. Her shoulder–holographic shoulder, he realized–sunk into her cheek. “They tried at first, but they could not find an agreeable course of action.”

 

“But this was agreeable?” 

 

“There were a few issues.” He followed the line of her too-wide eyes to a small section of brains. Oh.

 

“Man, people of the past were seriously kill-happy, huh?”

 

She hummed again. It was just like the purr he heard before. “Murder is common in all eras.”

 

“You sure know how to comfort a guy.” He ran a hand through his hair. “Look, I just wanted some good content for my socials, not to uncover some crazy conspiracy. Maybe tell your programmers or whatever to cover the entrance to their secret lair better. It’s a miracle no one else has ever stumbled onto it before.”

 

“But, Jon Vaughn, they have.” She pointed across the room. The area was close to the exit, so he walked the path to a darker corner, lit by half the floor lights as the rest of the library.

 

“We have had lots of guests,” Aurora said into his ear. When had she gotten so close? She had no presence, no solid form or footsteps. “They have taught me so much.”

 

Something sharp pricked his neck. His vision blurred.

 

“And you will too.”

It’s in the nature of the Chinese culture. For thousands of years, China has been a sedentary civilisation focused on taking care of its people and protecting itself from invaders. China has never sought colonialism like the Europeans did.

As long as you don’t threaten China’s security, it will not wage war.

Currently, the USA threatens China’s security by interfering in China’s domestic matter, Taiwan. So China is doing everything it can to discourage Taiwan independence and keep the peace.

Instead of invading other countries, China wants to trade with them. This benefits the Chinese people.

Contrast the above with the Europeans and Americans…

  • British Empire
  • French Empire
  • German Empire
  • Dutch Empire
  • Spanish Empire
  • Portuguese Empire
  • Afghanistan
  • Iraq
  • Libya
  • Syria

China has fought no wars in the last 45 years!

7th Grade. 1964.

School had just let out and I was walking with three other friends, on our way home.

Uh, oh!

Here comes Carl, the school bully — a really bad guy with a nasty attitude.

I got a little nervous. Carl was known for picking fights and leaving his victims severely bloodied.

Our group moved aside slightly, to let Carl pass. But it was a no go.

One of our buddies was a tiny little guy, Robbie, who was about 5’3” at around 115 pounds. Wouldn’t you know that, as Carl walked by, he slammed Robbie’s books to the ground.

Bullies choose the easy target.

Carl: “You better watch where you’re going little a**hole.”

Robbie: “Yeah. Sorry man. I’ll do that.”

Carl: “What’s the matter? You don’t like my face or somethin’?”

Robbie: “Naw man, you’re fine. Sorry.”

Carl moves in with a predatory stance.

Robbie: “Huh? Oh! You wanna fight me? OK. Yeah, we can fight if you want.”

Robbie handed me his coat, then spoke to himself saying, “Hmm. I think I’ll leave my gloves on.”

I was terrified speechless for Robbie.

I looked fearfully at one of my other buddies who smiled ever so slightly and said, “Don’t worry (about Robbie). He’ll be fine.”

I didn’t know what he meant by that, but Robbie and Carl stepped onto the parking lot and took stances. Carl made the first move, going in for the haymaker, the knockout punch.

Robbie dodged the punch completely and started dancing with gloved fists posed cautiously in front of his face.

Carl was big. Carl was strong. Carl moved like a sack of potatoes.

As Carl kept going for the haymaker, Robbie dodged and weaved like a master in self defense. Picture a two year old cat when they chase imaginary monsters through the house.

Over the next 3-4 minutes, Robbie peppered Carl’s face with light little shots, one by one, perfectly timed at every opportunity, precisely aimed and perfectly landed until Carl’s eyes started to swell shut.

About that time, the School Principal ran out and hauled both boys off to the office. Robbie was a little winded, but untouched by Carl. Carl’s face was a bloody mess.

When the fight ended and my buddies and I resumed our walk, I let out a sigh of relief.

One of my buddies asked: “You didn’t know?”

Me: “Know what?

Long story short, Robbie’s father was a WWII Vet, now a Colonel at the local Military School. Robbie had been trained in boxing and self defense, by his dad, every Saturday morning since the age of five. That’s nine years, every Saturday morning. Robbie had also been taught the honor of only fighting when necessary. I never would have known.

Sorry Carl. You lose. 
And you can be bloody well thankful that the principal broke up the fight while you could even see to walk.

I’m Chinese,an IT industry worker.”Anger and incomprehension”. This is what the Chinese really think. If you want to get the real view from China, you have to come to China, get off the plane, take a taxi, and leave your luggage at the hotel. Then go to the small park on the street in China, where there are a large number of ordinary Chinese people, including retired old people, middle-aged people who have finished their work for the day, and young women playing with their babies. There, you can hear the most daring criticism of the Chinese government and the CPC on all issues.

Then, you start the interview. You ask them: “I am a foreigner who has flown thousands of kilometers just to understand a question, so please tell me your true thoughts. Excuse me, do you support the Chinese government’s sovereignty claim over Taiwan?”

Then, you will immediately hear everyone cursing! Old people, middle-aged people, young women, they have the unique loud voices of the Chinese. But please don’t be angry, they are not disrespecting you. They are cursing the Chinese government: “Why not retake Taiwan tonight or at the latest this Friday”?

Because if a military attack on Taiwan is launched over the weekend, the PLA can complete the military operation before next Monday. When the Chinese start working next Monday, they will not be bored all day, and everyone can discuss the country’s establishment of a new holiday: National Reunification Day.

Dear friends, in fact, you have no way to get the real Chinese public opinion (including my above description) from the Internet. Because you will always have various doubts. So, I guarantee that if you come to China, avoid the boring high-speed rail stations, subway systems, and commercial streets (like those boring foreigners in YouTube videos), and walk among the people, you will hear the above real stories.

This happens to prove that the Chinese Communist Party is the most important force in maintaining peace across the Taiwan Straits. If China is a “democratic system” like Taiwan, then the public opinion of all Chinese people will surge to the top leader of China, forcing him to start a war immediately for votes.

Therefore, if Taiwan Province intends to avoid war, the only way is to pray that the CPC still does not care about the public opinion of China. This seems to be a paradox. There will definitely be people who will object to my argumentation process. But this is the fact. 100% real Chinese public opinion. Not the public opinion of the Chinese elite, not the public opinion of the Chinese middle class, not the public opinion of the party members, not the public opinion of the Chinese workers and farmers. It is the public opinion of all Chinese people.

If it offends some people, I apologize for it.

Finally, I want to talk about an unrelated topic. In the past decade, China’s GWF has blocked Chinese people from accessing part of the foreign Internet. I think the most terrible thing about this is not that it blocks Chinese people from participating in the outside world, but that the changes in Chinese public opinion in the past decade are unknown to the world.

Today’s Chinese young people are full of confidence and courage. They have not experienced hunger and poverty. When they were born, they could enjoy a life similar to that of Western children. As they grew up, the Internet developed rapidly. At a very young age, they knew knowledge that their parents did not know in their entire lives. Therefore, they are not inferior, they do not have the original sin of poverty, they love China and support the Communist Party of China. At the same time, they have completed higher education and have enough knowledge and skills to engage in all professions such as science, engineering, art, and business. They enjoy life and pursue faith. They no longer regard the United States as an insurmountable paradise on earth. They are becoming the mainstay of Chinese society.

Dear friends, China has changed. It is no longer a poor, hungry, polluted, ignorant, backward, without freedom, and without personality. It is a brand new country. Please get to know China again.

China is the world’s superpower, and no force can stop it. This is not the brainwashing of the Communist Party, nor is it the belief in communism, and it is not propaganda for China for a few cents. This is a fact. It is an irreversible fact. Whether you are happy or sad, agree or disagree, this fact will not change because of you.

This is also the whole meaning of my writing here.

78be8d3ac546b8742126c4a7717f75cf
78be8d3ac546b8742126c4a7717f75cf
e2e0364fef21e9c8239b55805052d2c2
e2e0364fef21e9c8239b55805052d2c2
39fdd001999f5f970a0a5ad44eff82d3
39fdd001999f5f970a0a5ad44eff82d3
ed826781685929fe2bc29d596a097317
ed826781685929fe2bc29d596a097317
220e2b26fd6d96aeee1ac9aeb829fdfb
220e2b26fd6d96aeee1ac9aeb829fdfb
4e9b15c65bfb861f0836a4ce18e44024
4e9b15c65bfb861f0836a4ce18e44024
594f20d0961b9e91256a5410bb6e3f91
594f20d0961b9e91256a5410bb6e3f91
fbd4d5a257630007d013f27d1702af48
fbd4d5a257630007d013f27d1702af48
fd4b4f00337ca905f54c603b28b853de
fd4b4f00337ca905f54c603b28b853de
0e816c74e8f893602e02fd88e2ff0a2f
0e816c74e8f893602e02fd88e2ff0a2f
105a2a040e297f63cd36324013f3254e
105a2a040e297f63cd36324013f3254e
7ede234c03e30dfaf5ac2a3d5327b933
7ede234c03e30dfaf5ac2a3d5327b933
6f4c0b2b99ae6b5cafb0f58d75383056
6f4c0b2b99ae6b5cafb0f58d75383056
d6a0bfa747f8943690c239a638d21e74
d6a0bfa747f8943690c239a638d21e74
5dbd7633fc238f71b088a4a764a474e0
5dbd7633fc238f71b088a4a764a474e0
c97c4b7e4c66d0aacf7c34e9f726f1ef
c97c4b7e4c66d0aacf7c34e9f726f1ef
482e8db0cc5a789fdde1f9b866f03a7d
482e8db0cc5a789fdde1f9b866f03a7d
386ba94f35576664247d24ba59c11fc5
386ba94f35576664247d24ba59c11fc5
29fc80c64e17a2e0424f234f1f4ba29b
29fc80c64e17a2e0424f234f1f4ba29b
3fa6069db4b6eb789b8df58b52654e66
3fa6069db4b6eb789b8df58b52654e66
990ec118a7b77bc3adc1b661eb04b419
990ec118a7b77bc3adc1b661eb04b419
fef52482e5194ef540ff95bb2b7adb1a
fef52482e5194ef540ff95bb2b7adb1a
ac2bd57d23aef5918fd0dd789fbbabd6
ac2bd57d23aef5918fd0dd789fbbabd6
490078a247c9870059e424f5bc98d095
490078a247c9870059e424f5bc98d095
22604b363e8ac799786825928910db99
22604b363e8ac799786825928910db99
9b6980550a01270af73982812f7b9f60
9b6980550a01270af73982812f7b9f60
f5954b672e5ea7a8db231dbcccb15d5a
f5954b672e5ea7a8db231dbcccb15d5a
2ca4367ceb6120e61c7fdebedc5977e2
2ca4367ceb6120e61c7fdebedc5977e2
00ea1d06d2f0f054c21b0c0b377d954e
00ea1d06d2f0f054c21b0c0b377d954e
f6846c296997bb1c3630d8dbc32ee51d
f6846c296997bb1c3630d8dbc32ee51d
27fe11ad48151bea47c52b0ca913ed34
27fe11ad48151bea47c52b0ca913ed34
33e44a4fc8f23aa2dfe05e9140c79c34
33e44a4fc8f23aa2dfe05e9140c79c34
d03d6184fa71f5699304958e844bd9e4
d03d6184fa71f5699304958e844bd9e4
e8328f8eba3d6638ab622f393b085c07
e8328f8eba3d6638ab622f393b085c07
37cf8167837d46875c0c6c69a4429ca9
37cf8167837d46875c0c6c69a4429ca9
befba0cef5a74f9692deca3d3f8d41f2
befba0cef5a74f9692deca3d3f8d41f2
777bef283f3cc771bad16a2523c0bae8
777bef283f3cc771bad16a2523c0bae8
0f70d92ebe35db2ba41c8ed425e25524
0f70d92ebe35db2ba41c8ed425e25524
6cf34bf28471ae6dd6933e2207950ba8
6cf34bf28471ae6dd6933e2207950ba8
047a24f96c5776efcd19ebe14364b9f8
047a24f96c5776efcd19ebe14364b9f8
c85a56d805b7beb191d604f1b79aa321
c85a56d805b7beb191d604f1b79aa321
b67919a4a119d223a4da32e64d200aca
b67919a4a119d223a4da32e64d200aca
70da7c9b97017c8f00d69976b7d0ff67
70da7c9b97017c8f00d69976b7d0ff67
8a8ea51437717a9b05870cd3f2ece2d8
8a8ea51437717a9b05870cd3f2ece2d8
cc92bedcafc0701349496b99cb4f4146
cc92bedcafc0701349496b99cb4f4146
8bb4923317e2f7b42ea518e291289b7d
8bb4923317e2f7b42ea518e291289b7d
7e4fd32e30fc616bc03f9ce411f002ed
7e4fd32e30fc616bc03f9ce411f002ed
153f7c7d7181c39018c75f354c7d3c13
153f7c7d7181c39018c75f354c7d3c13
@@@@f69453b022772130de60f9d97e548068
@@@@f69453b022772130de60f9d97e548068

Interacting with Flat Earth (FE) folks as one of my duities at various conventions – it’s clear that each FE has fully accepted a stack of conspiracy theories by the time FE intersects with them – they swalliw it without protest

But the odd thing is, they will forsake it in five years or less. Something will hit their brain, or they will realize an obvious truth – and FE flees their minds

Problem is – the damage is already done. They championed FE to all their family and friends, in such a contentious and mocking way, they’ve isolated themselves. When they meet up with someone they knew, that person will often mock the former FE for being so stupid. The FE has to stand there and take it.

I liken it to Alex Jones, who fully believed Sandy Hook was a hoax to the point of not trustimg anyone’s opinion on it. Once he was enlightened, he said he must’ve been under some strong form of psychosis

Here’s my favorite FE assertion, that the Sun is near. They claim the earth is flat and stationary and the Sun is on the move. I got one of them to tell me how far the Sun would have to travel for a complete circuit – he said 58,000 miles in one day

So I said- 58,000 miles in 24 hours – that’s more than three times the speed of sound! Seems like we would hear a sonic boom as it passed over, and the Sun itself would be blur, a streak in the sky.

No response – there never is.

Home Style Swiss Steak

swiss steak 1 3
swiss steak 1 3

Ingredients

  • 2 pounds cubed chuck or round steak
  • 1 envelope beef stew seasoning mix
  • 1 (14.5 ounce) can stewed tomatoes
  • Chopped vegetables (onions, carrots, celery, etc.)

Instructions

  1. Mix all together and add to slow cooker.
  2. Cook on LOW for 7 to 8 hours or until meat is tender.
  3. Serve over buttered noodles or rice.
swiss steak 1 2
swiss steak 1 2

I have a guy friend I haven’t known for very long. Our lives are incompatible – we are both busy and firmly wrapped up with other things.

When we manage to spend time together it’s lovely – sparkling and light and easy, like a tall, cold glass of champagne at the end of a grueling week.

Tragically, I find him criminally attractive. Hanging out and feeling this attraction is massively distracting – like I have to contain an oversized shipment of a sort of involuntary effervescence – so I always feel like his company was delightful but really I was not able to give him my full attention due to the fact I kept tripping over myself.

Here is what kills me: of all the people that I know, this guy, peripheral to my life, is the one to say – always in an offhand way – the most insightful things about my character.

We found ourselves at a symposium one day and I was feeling restless. I apologized to him for my twitchiness. “I’m sorry I’m so fidgety” I said, “it’s hard for me to pay attention”. “Dushka” he responded. “That’s because you pay attention to everything else”.

Another time we were having a general, non-specific conversation about casual relationships and he – this person who barely knows me – said “you can’t do casual.” I felt almost insulted. “How would you know that?” “Because, Dushka” he said. “Anything you do you do with your entire heart.”

I recently hurt my hand in a yoga class and was complaining about the pain. “Well, it’s going to take a long time to heal because what you need to do is give it a rest and you’re never going to do that”.

As much as I am a participant in life I am also a spectator and I will tell you I adore being a witness to the things people do and say. To put it in other words there is a gorgeous, resplendent, as wide as the Milky Way swath of things that others do that make me swoon.

But it’s the sense that someone can really see me that leaves me feeling like I don’t know what I could ever do to repay him for his friendship.

Bone-headed decision made by a stupid ass kid

Anne gave her final confession 48 hours before execution to her almoner, John Skip (or Skypp.) At dawn on May 18, she called for her jailer, Sir Anthony Kingston, to come and witness something. She swore on the communion Host that she was innocent of the charges against her. She then consumed it and repeated the oath.

For a person of the 16th century, what Anne had just done was extremely powerful. Taking an oath on what they believed to be the literal body of Christ would instantly damn the soul of anyone who was dishonest. She wouldn’t have lied on the Host expecting to meet her maker within a few hours.

The execution was delayed. A large crowd had gathered to see this extraordinary event — the execution of a crowned Queen of England. Kingston hoped if it was delayed and no announcement was made, the people would drift away. They didn’t; the crowd only got larger.

Anne had to be in agony. She called Kingston to ask why no one had come to get her. He told her it had been rescheduled for noon. She settled into prayer with Skip again, but when noon came and went and no one came to get her, she called for Kingston again, and at this point, he told her it would be the following day. Unintentional though it was, this was an incredible cruelty.

On the morning of May 19, 1536, she walked out to face the huge crowd. She mounted the scaffold which had been adorned with hundreds of yards of black velvet. Until the very last moments, her status as a crowned queen had to be respected.

She tipped the executioner to ensure a swift death and then comforted her ladies. These women, assigned to Anne because they hated her and were friends with allies of Princess Mary, now wept as though they were “bereft of souls” or the living damned. They had come to care for her deeply over the two weeks they spent with her in the Tower.

Anne turned to face the crowd and people held their breath, waiting to see what she would say. Kingston knew she was innocent after seeing her swear on the Host, and it was a situation he’d never really anticipated — executing an innocent person. He didn’t know what she would do and had speculated she might declare her innocence before the crowd.

But Anne kept her poise and held to the traditions. In the Tudor era, showing fear or reluctance to die indicated the person was afraid to face God with a guilty conscience. Anne held her chin high and made it clear she welcomed death.

Her exact words are disputed by different sources, but it’s clear they were the conventional speech of a condemned criminal. Any deviation from the pattern would have been shocking and appalling and would have had consequences for her family.

The only slight deviation from the pattern was the request that anyone who might “meddle with her cause” would use good judgement. She knew the history being made in that moment, and that people would be debating what had happened to her for centuries to come.

She submitted to the sword with grace, having done all she could to prove her innocence.

In real China, family net worth and home ownership are 50% bigger than America’s and it dominates all 21st century technologies. Help get the word out.

BITTER Feminist LOSING Their Mind Because They Have NOTHING To OFFER MEN

Weapon Systems: Ours and China’s

Godfree Roberts

You win some..

I asked a Chinese (civil) engineer friend to estimate what proportion of America’s spending on failed weapon systems China spent on its successful ones. He would be surprised, he said, if it were half as much. Here are some systems we discussed:

  • Hypersonic Missiles: America’s 20-year, failed ARRW hypersonic missile defense program cost $15 billion. Chinese university science clubs have demonstrated hypersonic weapons. China’s DF-17, Mach 10 ‘carrier killer’ has been demonstrated many times. Its big brother, DF-27, can hit ships west of Guam.
DF 27
DF 27
  • Next-Gen Helicopter: After spending $7 billion developing a reconnaissance and light attack helicopter, the US pulled the plug in 2004. China’s Harbin Z-19 is a tandem-seat helicopter for reconnaissance and light attack, with air-to-air and air-to-ground missiles and nose-mounted electro-optical target tracking turret.
  • Self-Propelled Howitzer: The Crusader was to replace the Army’s aging artillery pieces, more mobile with longer range. It was canceled in 2002 after $2 billion was spent. China’s PLZ-05 155 mm self-propelled howitzer, the PLZ-07 122 mm self-propelled, self-loading howitzer, the PCL-181 155 mm wheeled, self-propelled, selfloading howitzer are all in full production.
7aa4d22e90fcf1a18a58481e0dffb938
7aa4d22e90fcf1a18a58481e0dffb938
  • Railgun: The U.S. Navy spent $500 million on the railgun program and cancelled it in 2021. China’s railgun fires 120 rounds at 4,500 mph (7200 km/hr) and strikes targets 120 miles (200 km) away.
625df51b1aae9ad68862fe95672ffcc3
625df51b1aae9ad68862fe95672ffcc3
  • Laser Cannon: The Air Force spent $5 billion developing the laser cannon then cancelled it in 2012. China’s high-energy laser cannons remain powered up indefinitely without overheating, thanks to state-of-the-art cooling.
dac16e9db509fb7898003d2916fb1d23
dac16e9db509fb7898003d2916fb1d23
  • Next-Gen Destroyer: The Zumwalt next-gen destroyer was supposed to launch missiles from its 80 VLS cells but after spending $22 billion, the Navy canned it in 2016. China’s Type 055 next-gen destroyer has 112 VLS cells, all of whose missiles vastly outrange and out-punch their USN counterparts.
2e7f89823a31a41ac4f463e12b7ca357
2e7f89823a31a41ac4f463e12b7ca357
  • Aircraft Carrier: Construction of the $20 billion USN Gerald Ford began in 2009. Its electromagnetic aircraft launch system, EMALS, is underpowered and unreliable, thanks to the Navy’s choice of AC electric power throughout the ship. The Fujian, with a more powerful DC electric system, has a much more powerful, reliable EMALS, a bigger flight deck and aircraft elevators, a slimmer mast and a wider array of defensive weapons.
  • F-35 fighters from design to retirement, will cost $2 trillion, and each jet requires 9 hours of maintenance for one hour flying. The J-20 fighter carries a bigger payload (10 tons) faster (1,500 mph), higher (60,000 ft.) and further (1100 nm.) than the F-35. The J-20’s missiles outrange the F-35’s missiles by 50%.
94c63be3210c32055c0d0381b6dc077d
94c63be3210c32055c0d0381b6dc077d

The crisis

The West is suffering a crisis, not only of confidence, but of competence. Boeing’s failed shuttle is in the headlines but, less visibly, CERN’s $20 billion attempt to sustain nuclear fusion is collapsing under the weight of its own complexity. It will probably be abandoned now that a private Shanghai company has sustained fusion–for $1 billion.

Instead of continuing with this embarrassing list, I will devote the next post to consider more implications of the fusion breakthrough for world leadership.

American style corruption

Iran Receives Nuclear Threat Over Pending Retaliation Against Israel

Iran Receives Nuclear Threat Over Pending Retaliation Against Israel

Former Iranian diplomat Amir al-Mousavi told Al-Mayadeen news that Iran has been threatened with a nuclear strike.

Mousavi stressed that Iran has made it clear any nuclear attack will be met with a proportional response.

He further noted that those issuing the threats received even stronger replies.

He also urged people to ignore baseless claims of alleged Iranian “cowardice” circulating on social media, over the still-delayed retaliation against Israel for the assassination of Ismail Haniyeh in Tehran weeks ago.

Mousavi concluded by asserting that Iran, together with its allies, is fully prepared to confront the Zionist entity (Israel) with full force.

 

Hal Turner Analysis

In the ongoing Soap Opera of the Israel-Iran troubles, we have finally reached the apex threat stage: nuclear attack.

I call it a “Soap Opera” because like old the TV Soap Operas, you can walk away from it for a whole week and when you get back, you find you haven’t missed anything substantial.

As readers are aware, today (August 15, 2024) is my first day back at work from my vacation last week, and, as I peruse the available Intel and news, I realize I haven’t missed much!

What I have missed – or rather been relieved of for a week — is all the stress that had come with the ongoing situation.

As usual, folks in the Middle East are all hyped-up and ready to blow each other up . . .  again . . . . as usual.  It’s been this way for decades and shows little sign of abating.

As I look at the nuclear strike claim, I realize the only thing different about this situation is that the threat was actually made.

For decades, it was the quiet part . . . the part no one said out loud.  It was always known, and presumed, that no one could hit Israel without the real possibility of being nuked by Israel.

But now that the actual threat has been made – interesting things are happening.

First, there is no abatement of the retaliation by Iran.   Iran says it __is__ coming and __will_ be delivered.

So what did the nuclear threat accomplish?

Looking at the situation as the outsider I actually am, Iran faces a very simple reality:

If they do not hit Israel back for the assassination, then they don’t have a country anymore.  Israel will be free to kill whomever they want, wherever they want, whenever they want.

If they DO hit Israel back, and very VERY hard, it __may__ give them pause before they think about undertaking such an act again.     BUT . . . .

It will also unleash the very war that Israel has been looking at waging since the Iranian nuclear program became public knowledge.

Israel simply will not tolerate any other nearby country being equipped with nuclear weapons the same way the Israelis have nuclear weapons.  If any neighbor country has nukes, that would DETER Israel from its ongoing military abuse of neighbors.

It was this reality, for decades, that actually created today’s troubles because somewhere inside Israel, they got the idea they could do whatever they want, to whomever they want, whenever and wherever they want, and no one would dare do anything for fear of being nuked.

Many MANY sources have repeatedly told me that Iran already has nuclear weapons; they allegedly got them via their own research and with help from North Korea.

None of us knows for certain if this claim of Iran nukes is true.

But back to the issue at hand, Israel has apparently made an actual, direct, nuclear attack threat.

So again, for Iran, the issue is simple: Does Iran hit the Israelis back (HARD) for assassinating Ismail Haniyeh in Tehran, or not?

In my analysis, this is a no-brainer.  I think Iran __must__ hit Israel back, and very hard.

Remember, back in April of this year, Israel bombed the Iran Embassy Compound in Damascus, Syria.   An open act of war!

Iran made a retaliation, with force, much of which was shunted by Israeli defenses, with assistance from allies like the US and UK.

But in that retaliation, deadly weaknesses in Israel’s defenses were exposed.  Several Iranian ballistic missiles, got through Israeli defenses, and struck Israeli military bases.   It proved that Israel __could__ be successfully hit, and the Israelis now know they are nowhere near as “invincible” as they thought they were.  They don’t like this reality and so they have upped-the-ante to actual nuclear threat.

That was foolishness on the part of Israel that is psychotic in its origin.  If Israel nukes Iran over any conventional attack, what does Israel think Russia will do?  What will North Korea do?  What will Pakistan do?    I think one or more of those countries would launch nuclear strikes at Israel!  Much of Israel would be annihilated.

Now, the U.S. would be in a real pickle if any of this happened because, as Israel’s co-dependent enabler, the US would be obligated to come to the aid of their psycho-bully-little-brother, Israel.

Would US political leaders risk all-out nuclear war, for a bunch of psychotics-from-inbreeding over in Israel?

Maybe.  Maybe not.

Which brings us all back to Israel’s nuclear threat.  If I was in Iran, I would realize the nuclear threat is __possible__ but not probable.

If I was in Iran, I would also realize that Israel has wanted an excuse to go after Iran’s nuclear program for years, and this situation, right now, was intentionally created BY ISRAEL, to cause that exact war.   It is coming and nothing will stop it.

So if I was an Iranian political leader, I would resign myself to the reality that a big war __is__ here, and I would go for the gusto; I would order a massive attack upon Israel in response to the assassination of Ismail Haniyeh, and the total violation of Iran sovereignty the assassination actually was.

Iran is either sovereign or they’re not.

If they want to be sovereign, it seems to me they  __must__ hit Israel.  Since the Iran retaliation after the Embassy Bombing did not deter Israel, this retaliation for the assassination of Haniyeh must be at least ten times larger.

The longer Iran waits, the more time Israel has to prepare.  The more time the US and UK have to move assets into theater and move weapons into Israel.

So, I ask the leadership of Iran: Are you sovereign, or not?  Are you going to allow the Israelis to murder people in your capital city, or not?

I think that if Iran rolls-over and does not attack in response to the Haniyeh murder, then Iran is no longer sovereign.

When She Expects Princess Treatment But You’re In the Friendzone

OMGosh…

I got a call for a domestic disturbance, once. When I got there, I saw two guys fighting in the yard. I got out, and ordered them to stop. I was by myself, so I cuffed one guy and put him in my car while I talked to the other one. Then, I switched them to interview the other guy.

I found out they were brothers but one had been messing around with the other brother’s girlfriend. I talked to them about family and the total mess they were making of each other over a female. I took the fellow that started the fight to jail and left the other at the house. All the way in, I continued telling him not to do this over some girlfriend—it wasn’t like they were married—he’s your brother…

By the time we got to the booking office, he was thanking me.

Eight months later on patrol I happened to see the two brothers in a parking lot. I stopped and said, “Hey! How’s it going?”

They turned around and said, “Deputy, thank you so much for how you handled that mess months ago.”

“Great,” I said, “how are things now?”

They said they both got rid of the girlfriend, started a landscaping business together, and business was going great! “Had we not met and talked that day, one of us might be dead by now.”

I felt really good about my job that day. 🙂

NOTE: I want to add the backstory for this girlfriend that some had wondered if she got the short end of the deal. She did, but there was a reason. She was not a long-term girlfriend with any history connected to the brothers. She had only been around for a few months and was clearly using the brothers for her own selfish gain (house, drink, food and apparently a little more…). I imagine that the stories ending would be different had the brothers been dirt-bags, but they weren’t.

8a09569a.preview
8a09569a.preview
8a09582a.preview
8a09582a.preview
01218u1.preview
01218u1.preview
8a06502a.preview
8a06502a.preview
8a05452a2.preview
8a05452a2.preview
8a01424a.preview
8a01424a.preview
8a00391a.preview
8a00391a.preview
0163
0163
4a14372a.preview
4a14372a.preview
4a21425a.preview
4a21425a.preview
00839u.preview
00839u.preview
8a00730a.preview
8a00730a.preview
4a21445a.preview
4a21445a.preview
8a00729a.preview
8a00729a.preview
8a00731a.preview
8a00731a.preview
1a35339u.preview
1a35339u.preview
03518a.preview
03518a.preview
4a14765a.preview
4a14765a.preview
8a00968a1.preview
8a00968a1.preview
8a02710a.preview
8a02710a.preview
4a21366a.preview
4a21366a.preview
4a21413a.preview
4a21413a.preview
00867u.preview
00867u.preview
8a11342a.preview
8a11342a.preview
4a17334a.preview
4a17334a.preview
4a21368a.preview
4a21368a.preview

Look. China is an 18t dollar economy.

It is the world’s largest trading nation.

LARGEST.

No. 1.

Between 2019 and 2023, Chinese mercantile exports increased by almost 1t, and would have certainly been far higher had American-led sanctions and restrictions not curtailed normal trade. That’s more than double the increase in US goods exports, at 400b.

[Note: There are ~2,000 Chinese entities on the sanction list today.]

Yet it is growing like a developing economy, which it is, structurally as a whole.

China is an unprecedented economy. There has never been anything like it, and equivalence with any economy in the present or past fail at some point, often superficially.

~5% growth is a china in economic trouble?

Now, China is in the ~13,000 gdp per capita bracket, similar to Mexico, Malaysia, and turkey, all in the structurally vulnerable middle income “trap”.

What were their growth and inflation numbers in 2023?

China: 5.2%, 0.2%

Malaysia: 3.7%, 2.5%

Mexico: 3.2%, 4.7%

Turkey: 4.0%, 53.8%

And the kicker?

The other 3 have devalued massively relative to the yuan this century, particular post GFC.

There isn’t a developing country who won’t kill to be in china’s shoes today.

NONE.

The disparity would have been starker were the global south not given carte blanche to depreciate their currencies in a follow-the-yen reverse plaza accord begun in 2012-2013.

There was no political blowback, and the silence turned deafening when it was China and Singapore (of all actors) inexplicably singled out for designation as currency manipulators, despite appreciating versus the dollar.

It was a sharp message to China. Do NOT join in the festivities. We have different rules for you.

China today has low domestic inflation and interest rates. Given that the yen has devalued 100% in the past decade, along with a host of other currencies, what would it hurt if China devalues the yuan by 10% to 7.8-7.9 to the dollar? Even then, it will only be a fraction of the yen’s colossal dislocation in recent years.

That move alone can boost growth by at least 1–2%.

Economic troubles?

Far from it.

China hasn’t brought out the elephant gun, not even during covid.

That, my friends, is something to chew over.

Ownership is the key.

Cosmic Catastrophe: A Space Adventure Gone Awry

Submitted into Contest #247 in response to: Set your story on a spaceship exploring the far reaches of space when something goes wrong. view prompt

Kayla Flemming

The hum of the spaceship’s engines filled the air as Captain Jackson surveyed the vast expanse of space stretching out before them. They were on a routine mission to explore the far reaches of the Galaxy, charting new star systems and collecting valuable data for the Intergalactic Alliance.But as they ventured further into uncharted territory, a sense of unease settled over the crew. There was something off about this sector of space – a feeling of foreboding that sent shivers down their spines.As they pressed on, their fears were realized when a sudden jolt rocked the ship, sending alarms blaring and lights flashing. Emergency protocols were initiated as the crew scrambled to assess the damage.”What happened?” Captain Jackson barked, his voice tense with urgency.”It looks like we hit some sort of anomaly,” replied Lieutenant Ramirez, her fingers flying across the control panel as she attempted to regain control of the ship. 

But their efforts were in vain as another jolt shook the vessel, this time more violently than before. Panic gripped the crew as they realized they were hurtling towards a nearby planet, their trajectory set on a collision course that spelled certain doom.

 

With time running out, Captain Jackson made a split-second decision – they would attempt a risky maneuver to evade the planet’s gravitational pull and regain control of the ship.

 

“Brace yourselves!” he shouted, his hands gripping the controls with steely determination.

 

As the ship plunged towards the planet’s surface, the crew held their breath, their hearts pounding in their chests. But just when it seemed all hope was lost, Captain Jackson’s daring maneuver paid off, and the ship veered away from the planet at the last possible moment.

 

Cheers erupted throughout the cockpit as the crew celebrated their narrow escape from disaster. But their relief was short-lived as they realized they were now adrift in the void of space, their navigation systems fried and their chances of survival dwindling by the second.

 

As they frantically searched for a way to repair the ship and plot a course home, Captain Jackson couldn’t help but wonder what other dangers lurked in the darkness of space, waiting to test their courage and resolve.

 

Despite the chaos that ensued, the crew of the spaceship refused to let fear dictate their actions. With determination in their hearts and a spirit of camaraderie that bound them together, they set out to explore the planet they had narrowly avoided crashing into. As they descended through the atmosphere, they were greeted by a breathtaking landscape unlike anything they had ever seen before – towering mountains, shimmering lakes, and lush forests stretching out to the horizon.

 

Eager to uncover the secrets of this alien world, the crew donned their spacesuits and ventured out onto the surface, their eyes wide with wonder as they took in the sights and sounds of this new frontier.

 

But their sense of adventure soon turned to apprehension as they encountered strange and wondrous creatures lurking in the shadows – creatures with scales as hard as steel, eyes that glowed with an otherworldly light, and voices that echoed through the caverns like whispers from the void.

 

Undeterred, the crew pressed on, their curiosity driving them ever forward in their quest for knowledge and discovery. And though they faced countless challenges and obstacles along the way, their indomitable spirit carried them through, guiding them on a journey of exploration that would change their lives forever.

 

As they prepared to leave the planet behind and return to the safety of their ship, Captain Jackson couldn’t help but feel a sense of gratitude for the adventure they had shared together. For in the face of adversity, they had found strength in each other, forging bonds that would withstand the test of time.

 

Amidst the chaos and excitement of their unplanned detour, the crew found moments of levity that brought much-needed relief from the tension of their predicament.

 

From Lieutenant Ramirez’s failed attempts at fixing the ship’s malfunctioning systems to Ensign Johnson’s comical mishaps during their explorations on the planet’s surface, there was never a dull moment aboard the spaceship.

 

Even Captain Jackson, typically stoic and reserved, couldn’t help but crack a smile as he watched his crew stumble their way through one misadventure after another. But amidst the laughter and camaraderie, there was a sense of camaraderie that bound them together, a shared sense of purpose that gave them the strength to face whatever challenges lay ahead.

 

And as they finally set course for home, their ship repaired and their ship repaired and their spirits buoyed by the memories of their cosmic escapades, they knew that no matter what trials awaited them in the vast expanse of space, they would face them together, united in their quest for adventure and discovery.

 

The journey back to their home base was filled with moments of reflection and gratitude. Each member of the crew took the time to appreciate the bonds they had formed and the experiences they had shared during their time in the far reaches of space.

 

Lieutenant Ramirez, with her quick with and unwavering determination, became the heart and soul of the crew, guiding them through even the most challenging of situations with her calm demeanor and steady hand.

 

Ensign Johnson, despite his tendency to stumble into trouble, proved himself to be a valuable asset to the team, his ingenuity and resourcefulness saving them on more than one occasion.

 

And Captain Jackson, with his leadership and courage, inspired his crew to rise above their fears and doubts, leading them through adversity with unwavering resolve. As they neared their home base, a sense of anticipation filled the air. Though their journey had been fraught with danger and uncertainty, they had emerged stronger and more united than ever before.

 

And as they docked their ship and stepped onto solid ground once more, they knew that their adventure was far from over. For as long as there were stars in the sky and unexplored corners of the universe to discover, they would continue to journey forth, together, in search of the next great adventure that awaited them in the cosmos.

What goes through the mind of Chinese citizens when they travel out of China and end up on the internet seeing uncensored speech and negative factual news about the CCP?

They love China even more and decide to go back China to build a better modern China with the unique Chinese Characteristics.

The Chinese American scientists and engineers who have worked and studied in the US for years have read and seen all the fake news and real life stories their whole life. They have endured enough discrimination and unfair treatments that they decide to return China and start up their high tech companies.

That is the fact.

Stop making fake narrative harassment and bullying hate speeches on China wastefully.

“With all due respect, you’re not paying us $5,000 so I can carry out quick revenge.”

I’ll never forget that line, spoken by a fully armed contractor hired for my personal protection on the strangest day of my career.

The year was 2014 and Dan is falling apart again.

Dan (not his actual name) shows up in many companies. Dan is intelligent, capable of spectacular results but is incredibly inconsistent. Our Dan once led the entire company in our sales rankings and had four President’s Club plaques in his office.

The only thing Dan was consistent at was being a nice guy. Everyone loved him. He gave his time freely to everyone in the office. Whether you were an intern or a manager, he raised his hand if you needed help.

Dan was in his early 50s and was a family man. Married with two kids in high school, he lived a simple life.

Dan drove us crazy. He could be running along with incredible results for the first six months of the year and then look like a completely different person in the second half. He was either sensational or a complete disaster. There was no in-between with Dan.

Most of the time, it just took a stern conversation. He had four different direct managers in his time with the company. I was several levels above him but saw the same three-step process play out every time.

New manager loves him. Dan is helpful, hustles, delivers great results and is a great team player.

Manager is concerned. Dan is missing deadlines, seems overwhelmed and we’ve had some customers complaints.

Manager is done. The entire office is distracted in putting out Dan’s fires and he just lashed out at a teammate (or some similar incident).

Throughout this process, Dan’s manager talks with him about his performance and encourages him to get his mojo back. Dan agrees and commits to improvement while performance keeps getting worse. Each time, a last straw is added to the figurative camel’s back when Dan erupts on a teammate or manager.

We then put Dan on a written performance plan with the direct language of “If Dan fails to achieve the results in this plan, he will be terminated.”

The performance plan always flips a switch in Dan. He would tell us how much he loves the company and needs the job. He would apologize, promise to improve and then deliver on that promise. Results would go from terrible to great.

I am talking about worst to first kind of turn-arounds. We would go from customer complaints to receiving love letters from his customers.

One year later, the process would start over again.

After this cycle happened too many times, I had a conversation with him.

“If it goes downhill again Dan, there won’t be another written performance plan. We can’t afford to keep disrupting the office. You have to get it together and keep it together. Is there something outside of this office that we can help you with?”

He paused for a long time and opened up. He suffered from depression. He drank too much. His family had confronted him. He was in a bad place.

Our company partnered with a counseling organization for just this type of situation. I offered him a leave of absence if he would enter the program, of which we would pay for 100%. He had to attend every session and stay in the program or we would terminate his employment.

He graciously agreed.

We gave him two months of paid leave and he entered the counseling program. He came back energized and we saw the best of Dan.

For a while.

Soon, the process started again as complaints started surfacing, both from his teammates and customers.

This time, it ended with Dan sending an explosive email to a customer at 2AM. This cringe-inducing email was four paragraphs long and all but called the customer an idiot. It was totally out of his normal character.

This happened on a Friday. The customer forwarded his email to me and several other managers the next morning with Dan copied on the email. This customer shared her plans to post it on her blog and social media accounts.

Dan left me with no choice but to fire him and he knew it.

On Sunday evening, I got a call from Dan’s manager. She was rattled.

Dan knew what was coming on Monday and confided in several people in the office, in the worst of ways.

He told one person that he expected to be fired. He went on to say he deserved it and probably didn’t deserve to be alive. Maybe, he should just end it all.

Startling, but it got worse. He called another employee who happened to be an avid hunter. Without talking business, he asked her questions about handguns and which caliber he should look into.

Damn.

This was the summer of 2014 and two school shootings had just taken place on the West Coast within a week of each other. Hints like this couldn’t be ignored.

My first responsibility as a leader is keeping employees safe. Was Dan likely crying out for help? Probably. Was he going to bring a gun to the office? Highly unlikely. Could we take that assumption to the bank? Absolutely not.

I told our manager to sit tight and I got on the phone with my boss. We were not going to take any chances. He had experience with a security firm and knew the owner.

He arranged for an “armed specialist” to be with me the next morning in the office. To this day, I appreciate how quickly my boss worked to arrange everything. I have fired many people but never in a situation like this.

For the first time in my life, I was headed to a business meeting with a loaded gun.

I talked with our manager in the office and asked her to arrange an office meeting at our satellite office across the street. In essence, I asked her to get everyone out of the main office to start the morning. If something happened, I would be the only employee in the office with Dan that morning.

Next, I called Dan and asked him to meet me the next morning at my office.

I didn’t sleep that night. My imagination kept taking me to dark scenarios. I wanted to tell my wife more of my fears but kept them to myself. I didn’t want her to start imagining all the crazy stuff I was dreaming up.

I met with my bodyguard two hours before I was scheduled to meet with Dan. He was an older gentleman, short and lean. He wore a dress shirt tucked into jeans with a leather bomber jacket on. He gave me his credentials. Twenty years in the military and another twenty years in private security, both overseas and domestic.

He wanted to know where all the entry points to the office were. We walked the perimeter of the building and did the same inside. We walked back to my office where I planned to meet with Dan.

“Too many doors to get here. Also, what if one of your employees comes back to the office and is back here with us? I like the offices in the lobby.”

“OK.”

We walk up front and sit down in one of the lobby offices. He asked me how I planned to conduct the conversation and what I am expecting.

“Well, I can meet with him in this office. I will leave the office door open since no one will be here yet. You can sit right outside the office on that couch.”

“With all due respect, you’re not paying us $5,000 so I can carry out quick revenge.”

It takes me a few seconds to comprehend what he is saying.

“Ian, I won’t do you any good on the couch if he brings a gun into that office with you. I’ll be sitting right next to you.”

“Of course.”

“I will have my gun covered by my jacket but trust that I can get to it quickly. I don’t want to show it and get him more nervous than he already is.”

We agree to announce him as an “HR specialist” hired to assist in the discussion. This sounds much more comforting than telling Dan that my bodyguard will shoot to kill should Dan pull out a gun.

Dan walks through the door on time. I am anything but calm. I am not sure if I am worked up because of potential danger or simply because I am sitting next to a trained killer.

Dan knows what the meeting is about. He sees the paperwork in front of me. I introduce the person on my right who smiles and shakes his hand. I immediately get to the point.

“Dan, today is your last day with the company. We tried to make this work but feel that we need to move on without you.”

“I understand.”

I walk him through the paperwork. All standard stuff. When his benefits end, who to call in HR to learn more about Cobra, severance details, etc. He signs everything quickly. Next, I pivot.

“Dan, you said some things to people in the office that concern me.”

“Oh, that. Is this why you have someone here with you?”

“Yes.”

“I’m not going to do anything crazy.”

“Dan, we want to help you continue with the counseling if you are interested.”

“Thank you. I am interested. I’m sorry for scaring everybody.”

I took his computer and access keys to the office, shook his hand and he left without incident. We paid for additional counseling and an outplacement service that helped him find new employment.

Since Dan had already been enrolled and worked with the same counseling organization, we alerted them as to what had happened and they reached out to him immediately after our meeting. He started counseling again that day and they continued to work with him for several months.

Our security detail remained in the lobby the rest of the day, guarding the front door. We took it a step further and paid for him to show up every day for the rest of the week, watching the front entrance.

Excessive? Maybe, but it gave our local managers peace of mind. As an organization, we had the safety of 30 employees to worry about. Many were nervous as word got out about the calls he made over that weekend.

Count me as one of the nervous employees. Scared is a more honest word. Scared he might hurt himself, other employees or me.

It was an incredibly difficult situation as you want to do right by the employee while also protecting the people he works with.

I left work early that day. I went home and hugged my wife and kids for a long time.

Then I poured a tall glass of Scotch.

All men need to see this

The pause that refreshes

When I was a young boy, perhaps 11 or 12, I went on a business road-trip with my dad. We drove throughout the Pennsylvania, Ohio and West Virginia hills selling “ship propeller shaft “sleeves”” to prospective small boat yards.

In that week-long travel, we would stop at various small towns along the way.

I well remember us pulling into a out-of-the-way (on a dirt road) rural West Virginia General Store. We were in the sticks… the middle of nowhere. I am not kidding.

It looked something like this
It looked something like this

And we go into the decrepit old wooded unpainted building, and walking on the wooden floor that make noise with every step. There was an old man there. Shit! Older than God himself, I would say. And my dad wanted to get a coke.

Well, this place didn’t have a coke in the cooler. But the old man said that he “had just the thing”, and he went into the basement and after a few minutes of him rummaging about, and making a bunch of noise, comes up with this ancient old wooden box. Completely dust covered. I mean it. It was layered like you have no idea.

28601668 1m
28601668 1m

And he used a hammer to open it. He pried the wooden box open, and the nails were all rusty, and some of the wood was just brittle. I remember that clearly.

Inside were bottles of coke-cola. But they were strange bottles. He chuckled that “you’re getting the real thang“.

And handed each of us a coke.

Now, the bottle was strange. It was curved, but not like a normal coke bottle was. It had this fat Goose-Like shape. Exactly like the bottle in the picture below. The third from the left.

65f51d3c8f4d4e70514eb00b3d034dc6
65f51d3c8f4d4e70514eb00b3d034dc6

He said something about getting this in his inheritance from his father. But I wasn’t paying attention. I was simply asking my father if this was good to drink. And both he and the old man laughed.

“Don’t be silly.” My father said. “Of course it is.”

So the old fella got out a bottle opener and opened up three bottles, Yeah. He opened up one himself. And he kept watched me with this funny curious look on his face.

I wouldn’t have remembered this moment at all if it wasn’t for his amused look.

And so, I looked up at my dad. And he was swigging his. So I took a tepid taste.

I was good.

No shit. Really good.

Ah. But different.

You see, it was not refrigerated, but it tasted refreshing. Like those mint commercials that suggest a blizzard of freshness. It tasted like a normal coke, but maybe a little bit watered-down perhaps. Yet…but… had this lite refreshing “bite”.

It also wasn’t nearly as sweet. Oh, it was sweet, but not as thick, and not as super sweet. More like a gentler coke, but with a mint-like “bite”.

The old man smiled and chucked, and looked at me again.

“What do you think son?” he asked.

I told him that it was good. Yeah. I told him that I really liked it.

Again, he chuckled. Yeah. He nodded.

He said. “It’s the pause that refreshes.”

Then he added, “Son this is a special coke. You know that, right?”

I had no clue as to what the Hell he was talking about.

But I said “Yes Sir. It really is good sir.”

And then after that we both left and got in the car and drove off.

I will tell you that my dad and I had a great time afterwards just chatting away in the long drive. Man, we talked about so much, and so many things. Not that I remember them all, but it was really enjoyable. I do remember that.

We were “chatter boxes”.

Oh, I never went back to that old man, and haven’t a clue as to where that General Store actually was. But you know what I think?

I think that we drank the original Coke-cola; the one and only made with real cocaine leaves.

And that is both a blessing and a curse. As good as it was, the present day sugar-laden version cannot compete against the less sweet, but totally refreshing cocaine-laden version.

Real talk.

Today…

The three coups of July

In less than two weeks we have seen three events in the United States that could all by themselves be described as coups or coup attempts.

  1. Trump assassination attempt.
  2. Kamala’s coup, the forced removal of Biden from the ticket and possibly from the presidency.
  3. Trump’s counter coup after failed assassination, selection of JD Vance as candidate for Vice President.

The last event may be the most consequential of all, as it opens the possibility of a real regime change in America. During his first term Trump had little influence on the workings of the US government. He failed by surrounding himself with neocons and Deep State operatives.

The failed assassination now acts like the Reichstag fire of 1933, giving Trump Hitlerian powers to remove the old establishment. He is now manning his team with people the US mainstream likes to call “Russian agents” or “Putinists”. A real danger to democracy!

Interestingly, the Twitter account of TIME magazine published three covers and cover stories for a print issue dated with a sell-by date of August 5.

I do not know which one, if any, have appeared in print. Note, that the three covers do not match the three “coups” I have listed. Covers 1 and 3 are related to Biden’s ousting, cover 2 relates to Trump’s assassination attempt and counter coup.

Posted by: Petri Krohn | Jul 24 2024 16:46 utc | 21

What was a red flag that made you stop talking to a person immediately?

I was scheduled to fly from Boston to Minneapolis very early on July 4th to celebrate my sister’s birthday that day (we always joke that she gets a fireworks show for her birthday each year).

As a student with a tight budget, I booked the cheapest flight, which had a layover in Chicago.

After landing in Chicago, the airline announced that the plane had mechanical issues and we were to fly at the same time the following day.

That was not an option for me.

Birthdays were important for my sister, and I was determined to get to my destination no matter what.

That’s how I ended up on a greyhound bus, traveling the 8 hours or so from Chicago to Minneapolis (by car it’s around 6 hours, buses tend to take their time and have a short bathroom break in the middle).

The bus was full and I ended up sitting next to a fellow college student.

We got to talking had had a really nice time chatting and time passed fairly quickly.

About an hour away from our destination, and having felt very comfortable with each other, this young man asked me where I was during the 9–11 attack.

This was in 2006, almost 5 years after the attack, and we each spoke about where we were when it happened.

He then said that he trusts me enough to let me know that the the US government was behind the attack and that they were framing Al Quaeda.

I thought he was kidding.

He wasn’t.

Uncontrollably, and quite literally, all that came out of my mouth was: “Oh no, I thought you were normal.”

I couldn’t even look at him after that, moreso because I was a bit embarrassed by what I said to him.

I didn’t mean to insult him, but was so taken back by what he accused the government of doing, especially after al Quaeda proudly told the world that they were reaponsible.

Not only could I not look at him after that, I didn’t speak to him at all.

I made it to my sister’s birthday though.

Why American Suburbs are so Creepy (liminal spaces)

Has anyone ever bought a car with the wrong engine in it?

I have.

I ordered a Ford Crown Victoria in 1981.

Three weeks before delivery I got a call from Ford Motor company.

The engine factory in Windsor, Ontario is on strike. Would I mind if my new car had a “slightly larger” engine? No price change.”

It made no difference to me. I’m a sales guy, and I don’t ever do anything special with my cars.

It arrived.

The dealer apologized for this car on delivery. “It may have a little harder suspension than you expected”.

Wow, what an understatement.

This car was a V-8 powered police car in plain clothes, a real wolf in sheep’s clothing. It looked just like in the catalogue.

But everything outside the cabin was super heavy duty. Larger wheels, oversize brakes, extra-large radiator, battery, and alternator, as well as a heavy-duty transmission with overdrive. Top speed 225 km/h (140 mph). It could go faster, but I lost my nerve.

I drove it with utmost care.

It was so light in the rear end that I could spin the tires on dry roads up to 60 km/h (40 mph).

My wife used to have fun squealing the tires by jumping on the accelerator going around corners.

My teenage daughter? She NEVER drove it, not for one metre. NEVER.

The drawback? A 55 litre tank. In the city, two days between fillups. On the highway, about three hours between fill-ups.

I kept it for four years and sold it to a guy who added a tow-hook for his camping trailer and kept it for another six years.

The blessing – my company paid for all my gas in those days.

My next car – A V8 Pontiac made under the worst of the 55 mph rules in the United States. A wheezing engine and a speedometer that ended at 140 km/h (90 mph). I don’t think it could be driven any faster, not even downhill with a tailwind.

 

1950s USA – Real Street Scenes of Vintage America – Colorized

When did you realize small things matter?

Once, when I was sitting in my physics exam, there was this girl who was an assistant in the exam room. She watched and kept eyes on us so that nobody could cheat. She also organized all the stuff that was related to the exam.

She came to me and asked me for an extra pen, so I gave one to her, and I put my head back to my test. I kept writing and I didn’t raise my head till the time was over.

I got up from my seat and gave them my papers and they asked me to sign; I did. Everything was normal; I got out and met my friends. We started walking and talking. We probably walked an hour away from the university.

And…

Suddenly, I saw a car coming directly towards us, and the driver was a girl. She stopped in front of us dramatically with the sounds of breaks screeching and smoke everywhere.

She came out of the car. I saw that she held my pen in her hands.

It was her; the assistant girl from the exam room! What blows me away is that she did all that to bring my cheap pen back to me!

I mean it wasn’t even easy to find us after we walked so far, and I’m sure she had more important things to handle there in the university than to go out and look for me!

I always thought those kinds of people no longer existed, but they do exist and they are so beautiful and pure.

Sorry for my English, but if you get the story in general, that’s more than enough for me because I’m glad to share it.

CHINA Destroy U.S SANCTION Shackle, Produces Quantum Module

 

 

What was a red flag that made you stop talking to a person immediately?

I am white. At the time this occurred, my biracial daughter was 7. We had moved into our new house a month earlier and winter had just taken a break. So, while she was in school, I was doing some winter clean-up yard work. Neighbor from across the street waves. Older man, 70-ish. Crosses the street to speak to me. We introduce ourselves, he points out the house that he lives in and asks me: “Have you noticed a certain element moving into the neighborhood? Right on this block?”

“Certain element” is, of course white-speak for “non-white.”

The school bus driver’s timing was too precious: first graders were let off in front of their homes. My little darling comes skipping up the driveway behind the neighbor. She’s all smiles for mommy. I’m all smiles for her. I take her hand and reply to the neighbor:

“Element? Element? No, other than one old racist white guy, I haven’t seen anything odd. Then I said to my child, pointing to the neighbor’s house: “See that white house across the street? Don’t ever walk in that yard, a very mean old man lives there.” And with rake in one hand and child in the other I turned around and we went inside for an after-school snack. Needless to say, I never spoke to the MF again.

 

What was I born for? Tearful End of Little Kitten After Abandoned by Owner

What are some of the most messed up family secrets?

  • My drug dealing Uncle was found in a hotel room with another drug dealer having homosexual relations by the cleaning lady. They both placed a hit on her life. She was forced to move out of state.
  • Another drug dealing Uncle was caught drug dealing in his car with his children. The police made a deal with him. He snitched on all of the other drug dealers in town in exchange for not being arrested. The police promised to not tell. They lied. A family member had to resettle him in another state with fake identification.
  • A cousin never told the family she was pregnant. Nobody even had the faintest idea until she gave birth. She threatened my grandma with giving the baby up for adoption. My grandma begged her to not make the decision. The great grandchild is now being raised by my Aunt. She looks just like her mother. My cousin won’t acknowledge her.
  • My grandma goes to church with a lady whose husband she used to date and have extramarital affairs. My grandma had us call him Uncle as children. He’s been dead for many years, but my grandma and the lady act like nothing ever happened.
  • My father is the only brother on his side of the family to never deal drugs or go to jail or prison.
  • I’m the only nephew on my father’s side of the family to never go to jail or prison.
  • On both sides of the family, many people have multiple children with multiple partners before marriage. But they mostly all go to church or mosque. And they tend to be overly preachy except for their life decisions.
  • Mental health problems loom large on both sides of the family. One side pretend they don’t exist and claim Jesus is in control. The other side is bat crap crazy and bow at the feet of Minister Farrakhan.
  • My grandma is the only reason everyone comes together for holiday functions. There are solidly formed cliques that hate each other. Some are able to move from clique to clique. Most aren’t.
  • My dad’s side of the family thinks I am a sex freak. The same goes for my mother’s side.

Malted Milk Waffles

WS BC ButtermilkWaffles Day 7 v4
WS BC ButtermilkWaffles Day 7 v4

Ingredients

  • 1/3 cup malted milk powder
  • 2 1/2 cups buttermilk pancake mix
  • 2 tablespoons granulated sugar
  • 2 eggs, separated
  • 1 1/3 cups buttermilk
  • 1/2 cup butter, melted

Instructions

  1. In a large bowl, stir together malted milk powder, pancake mix and granulated sugar.
  2. In a separate bowl, beat egg whites until stiff peaks form; set aside.
  3. Add egg yolks, buttermilk and butter to dry ingredients; mix well. Fold in egg whites.
  4. Spray preheated waffle iron with nonstick cooking spray. Pour batter onto hot waffle iron. Cook until golden brown.
  5. Serve warm.

What is the most unusual and incorrect reason you’ve had the police called on you?

Not me, but my dad. Pictures in a house can do wonders for calming down a police officer.

My grandmother lived alone in a small town in NH. No police department, just the County Sheriff’s Office for law enforcement. As she was elderly and lived alone in a remote area, she had a check-in system with the Sheriff’s Office. She would call in every morning, just to let them know that she was up and about without any problems. On the rare occasion that she didn’t call early enough, they would call her. That happened every few months.

My parents were up visiting her, when my mom got sick and had to be admitted to the local hospital. The next morning, bright and early, my dad and grandma went to the hospital to see my mom. My grandmother, worried about her daughter in the hospital, forgot to call the Sheriff’s Office.

My mother asked my dad to go back to the house to get her a book. As my dad was walking out of the house, a deputy pulled in the driveway.
Scene: An elderly woman didn’t make her daily call, that she almost never forgot. Said elderly woman doesn’t answer phone when Sheriff’s Office calls. Deputy pulls into driveway, thinking a fall and a broken hip. Strange car with out of state plates in driveway and a stranger walking out of the house.

The deputy gets out, hand on holstered gun, and asks “Who are you and where is Dorothy”. My dad tells him that she is at the hospital, visiting her daughter/his wife. The deputy then asks if he can prove it. Dad tells him that his picture is on the piano. They walked into the house, dad picks up one of the many family pictures on the piano, there he is in a picture with my mom & grandma.

Dad said that was when the deputy finally took his hand off his gun, and radioed in to cancel his backup. The deputy told him that as soon as he saw him walking out, he called in saying he might have a situation and the Sheriff called back letting him know he was on the way.

The funniest part of this story happened years later. There was a family gathering at my grandma’s over Christmas. My nephew hit a deer and totaled his car, no injuries except for Bambi. He called it in, and called grandma’s house to ask if someone could come pick him up. Dad’s car was at the end of the driveway, so he’s elected. He shows up at the accident scene, and as he’s walking up the same deputy looks at him and says “I know you. Your picture is on the piano”.

 

Shuffle dance of Chinese school principal

What is a split-second decision you made that changed your life?

I was a ‘plus 1’ to a wedding reception that I knew no body except my ‘date’.

I really felt only friendship towards this guy and I made it obvious. I was planning on cancelling because I really didn’t want to be in a room full of strangers with a guy who I felt kinda awkward with at this point. But I decided to suck it up because the bride and groom had paid for me and it would have been rude to cancel. The drive up was a nightmare – I was driving and it was pouring – I could barely see. I was getting really annoyed at the guy because he kept talking about how great he was in every single way and also said I could have made more of an effort with dressing up (I had minimum time to get ready since I had worked the morning). 🙄 so I was regretting my decision to attend.

we got there, sat down at the table and that is how I met my husband. He was sat at the same table, we got talking/dancing. He was a twin and I took a chair ribbon to put on him so I knew which one he was. We started dating shortly after, moved in together after a month of dating. We’ve been together 15 years, married 12 and have 4 children.

Me and the bride are still in touch, and sadly another lady I met there and remained friends with-died in her 20s of cancer when our (same age) children were only 2 a few years later. That day changed the entire course of my life for the better. I’m glad I didn’t cancel that crappy date.

 

What is your most interesting encounter with the police?

When my older daughter was a toddler, I took her to a friend’s house for a play group. When we were getting ready to leave, I put my daughter in her car seat and proceeded to open my front door; to my shock, my door immediately swung closed. I was baffled as to why this would have happened.

Upon closer inspection, I noticed that a car had hit my car right where the door hinge was. There were now straight white even lines on my blue car. I took my daughter out of her car seat and rang my friend’s doorbell. I explained that it looked like somebody hit my car and took off.

At this point, my friend’s son piped in. (Keep in mind that this child was also a toddler – he was not yet three years old!) He said “I saw a car hit your car!” When I questioned him about the details, he said it was a white car and he even told us the make and model of this car!

The reason why he was able to do this was because he owned over 500 dinkies and he knew every make and model of every toy car he owned! The child then looked out the window, pointed and announced “There’s the car!” It was parked across the street.

At this point, I called the police to report a hit and run. The police came over pretty quickly and I told him the whole story. After inspecting my car and the car across the street, the officer rang the neighbour’s doorbell.

After denying that he had any knowledge that he hit my car, the police officer made this man back his car right up to where my car was hit. The white lines on my car matched up with the lines on this man’s bumper. Imagine the look on the police officer’s face when I told him that the person who identified the car responsible for this hit and run was a toddler!!!

strong independent woman gets a TRAIN RAN on her and regrets it

I’m married for 30 years. My husband is 63 and I’m 60. He acts more like 73 than 63. He’s very boring and I can’t stand it anymore. What should I do?

I am now very close to 68 years old. when I was 54 my wife was two years older than me and 56. We had been together for 28 years. You will notice that I used past tense. I started to be bothered with her lifestyle compared to mine. She liked to smoke cigarettes and drink beer all day long and I was and am very fit.

She was my soulmate but in 2010 I left her for a while because I didn’t want to watch her grow old and die prematurely. At that time she looked like she was 10 years older and then she was. It didn’t take me very long to find out that I couldn’t live without her and we got back together within a few months, but it was difficult because some damage was done. We were able to overcome our obstacles because of our deep love for each other even though she was still hurting her body through her lifestyle. In 2016, she was diagnosed with a very severe form of COPD. After several tests, we sat in the doctor’s office and she was told that if she changed her lifestyle that day she might live seven years and if she didn’t, she might live four. Two years later, they discovered a mass on her lung. Damage done. On April 20, 2020 she died in my arms at home.

If you’ve been together for 30 years, then you have something. Sometimes you might think it’s boring but when they are gone, it is really boring and awful. I have never forgiven myself for leaving her although maybe someday I will, but for right now I miss her so much.

Hang in there, find things to do to keep yourself from being bored and cherish the people you’re close to including your husband or wife.

 

China leaves West’s financial system? Sells record amount of Dollar Assets. De-Dollarization.

Why did 10 million Americans lose their homes after the 2008 financial crisis?

“Sir, I need a loan to buy my dream home,” says Luigi.

“Do you currently have a job?” asks Mr. Greedy.

“Yes sir, I have a good job!”

“Do you currently own or rent a home?”

“I rent a home. We pay $1,500 per month.”

“Oh, I will be able to help you save so much money!”

“What do you mean, Mr. Greedy?” asks the innocent Luigi.

“Today you pay $1,500 a month. That’s terrible. You’re giving that money away to your landlord. You save zero in equity! Terrible investment, Mr. Luigi,” salivating for his HUGE commissions.

“Well, I know. I hope we can someday qualify for a loan, Mr. Greedy.”

“With our loan, you will pay the bank only $1,300 a month, saving you $200 every month.”

“Wow, that’s like a dream.”

“Mr. Luigi, are you sitting down?”

“Yes, Mr. Greedy. Why?”

You are qualified for a 100% loan, Mr. Luigi! No money down! The bank will give you all the money needed to purchase the house.”

“Really? Really? Wow, this is life-changing news, Mr. Greedy! Every one of my friends that have purchased a home is happy — real estate prices just keep going up!”

“And they will continue to rise, Mr. Luigi. Congratulations!”

“This is a life-changing event! Thank you, Mr. Greedy!”


Now, to answer your question, why did 10 million Americans lose their homes after the 2008 financial crisis?

Remember when you last purchased something with credit?

When we buy something, we’re focused on the satisfaction of the purchase, not on the obligation of the payment we just assumed.

Our behavior as a consumer is easily influenced by emotions and excitement to fill that emotional void with the purchase. This becomes a huge problem in a world where there’s an alarming lack of financial education — people may be deceived or make bad decisions.

I still remember those pre-crisis years. The world was different. Everyone wanted a piece of the pie. The real estate “party” was something nobody wanted to miss. Naturally, millions of Americans were emotionally attracted to the dream while ignoring the future legal and financial demands of their loans.

The banking system was extremely greedy. Banks qualified what are known as subprime mortgages. These are loans granted to individuals with poor credit scores (640 or less, and often below 600), who would normally not be able to qualify for a mortgage.

Mr. Greedy abused many consumers like Luigi, selling too many unqualified mortgages. Now, Luigi purchased his home for $200,000. He qualified for a 100% loan.

Luigi started making payments.

Then, the unexpected happened. In 2006 home prices started to drop. Suddenly Luigi’s $200,000 home was worth $50,000 less.

Luigi faced a decision: pay back the loan for $200,000 or give the home back to the bank.

Like Luigi, millions of Americans were not willing (or able) to pay the mortgage on their unreasonably expensive home anymore.

People stopped making their payments, which triggered defaults.

Now the banks were full of expensive foreclosures in their inventory. Prices kept falling. Nobody was willing to buy them.

The problem quickly spread nationwide.

Meanwhile, financial corporations who owned these junk sub-prime loans stopped receiving payments. This triggered the perfect storm.

A collision of two gigantic “cornerstone” industries of the economy followed.

It was scary … Devastating for millions around the world.

The rest is history …

Will history repeat?

What do you think?

Shorpy

SHORPY 4a14894a.preview
SHORPY 4a14894a.preview
SHORPY 4a17968a.preview
SHORPY 4a17968a.preview
SHORPY 4a11892a.preview
SHORPY 4a11892a.preview
NYCITY1937.preview
NYCITY1937.preview
SHORPY 4a20744a.preview
SHORPY 4a20744a.preview
SHORPY 4a23727a.preview
SHORPY 4a23727a.preview
1053 crop full.preview
1053 crop full.preview
SHORPY 4a22482a.preview
SHORPY 4a22482a.preview
SHORPY 4a20269a.preview
SHORPY 4a20269a.preview
SHORPY 4a17499a.preview
SHORPY 4a17499a.preview
SHORPY 12515u.preview
SHORPY 12515u.preview
SHORPY 4a22523a.preview
SHORPY 4a22523a.preview
SHORPY 4a19703a.preview
SHORPY 4a19703a.preview
SHORPY 4a14827a.preview
SHORPY 4a14827a.preview
SHORPY 8c33474a.preview
SHORPY 8c33474a.preview
SHORPY 33564u.preview
SHORPY 33564u.preview
SHORPY 8c33440a.preview
SHORPY 8c33440a.preview
SHORPY 4a21190a.preview
SHORPY 4a21190a.preview
SHORPY 33030u.preview
SHORPY 33030u.preview
SHORPY 03730u.preview
SHORPY 03730u.preview
SHORPY 4a18202a.preview
SHORPY 4a18202a.preview
SHORPY 4a18182a.preview
SHORPY 4a18182a.preview
SHORPY 8b29706a.preview
SHORPY 8b29706a.preview
SHORPY 8b29748a.preview
SHORPY 8b29748a.preview
Jim Mom Jeff 58 DeSoto.preview
Jim Mom Jeff 58 DeSoto.preview
SHORPY 8b29668a.preview
SHORPY 8b29668a.preview
SHORPY 8c33424a.preview
SHORPY 8c33424a.preview
SHORPY 4a09189a.preview
SHORPY 4a09189a.preview
SHORPY 4a22338a1.preview
SHORPY 4a22338a1.preview
SHORPY 01097a.preview
SHORPY 01097a.preview

Have you ever accidentally touched another person inappropriately? What happened?

Rule of life:

  1. If it is your mistake, no matter, of what age, the person could be, fall back and say sorry.

  2. If it’s not your mistake, no matter, of what age, the person could be, rip him/her off, if the person tries to mess with you.

This is how I lead my life and I got no regrets.


Delhi metro is funny and accommodating at the same time. The other day, some months back, I was late for my office and had to reach Gurugram as soon as possible.

The option of using a cab was haunting me because, at peak hours, the traffic on Jaipur highway tends to intensify.

I landed at AIIMS metro and boarded a metro up to Sikanderpur.

The metro was overcrowded with office people, frustrated with their boss and distance from the offices, even one could say it looking at their faces.

Somehow, I got adjusted in the crowd, have put my earphones on, and started listening to songs.

A girl boarded metro from Saket, New Delhi and was in a hurry.

I understand. People could be in a hurry but there should be a protocol of no panicking because anyway, the metro gonna get the same time for everyone.

She stood opposite to me.

Later, more people boarded the metro from Qutub Minar and she got pushed, in a way that my elbow got pressed with her breasts, and I felt it, I won’t deny, but it was not my mistake.

According to physics and logic, which she lacked, I was stationary and she was acting as an object who interacted with a stationary object.


Someone patted on my shoulder.

She: Hello? Are you desperate?

She shouted loud enough to get the attention.

Me: Excuse me?

She: Dude, watch your elbow. You just tried to press my breasts.


Everyone started to give a look as if I am the harasser here.

I understood, she was wanting fun.

I raised my eyes, came closer and shouted loudly.

Frankly, you lack common sense. I was standing opposite to you and didn’t even notice you standing because you’re not worth looking. You are an attention gainer. You think, boys being a minority in such cases would step back, ask for a sorry even if it doesn’t justify a mistake. You are an arrogant girl who just wants attention.

I can prove it.

Who wears a “Deloitte” hoodie in the month of April?

The temperature is already above 30, and you are wearing a hoodie not because you feel cold but you wanna make everyone realize, I work in one of the best advisory firms.

Get a life.

And about your breasts, I didn’t even feel it.

The last line, if someone could have understood, was kind enough to rip her off and two people started laughing on the last line.

Rest didn’t get it.

Even, she didn’t.

She made a face, turned back and didn’t say anything after that.

She got down at the next station.

After leaving, everyone said: Good, you have at least spoken. It happens a lot in the metro.

Lesson: Zulm karne se, Zulm sehna Jada bara apraadh hai- Bhagwad Geeta.

English: One who harasses is not the bigger criminal, but the one who endures it is the biggest criminal.

Homemade “Maple” Syrup

Homemade Maple Syrup
Homemade Maple Syrup

Ingredients

  • 1 cup granulated sugar
  • 1 cup packed brown sugar
  • 1/8 teaspoon salt
  • 1 cup water
  • 1/2 teaspoon maple flavoring or extract

Instructions

  1. Combine granulated and brown sugar in a saucepan. Add salt and water. Bring mixture to a boil.
  2. Remove from heat. Add maple flavoring or extract.
  3. Cool and serve.

Notes

Use any combination of granulated and/or brown sugar as long as it is two parts sugar to one part water.

If you fell from 14,000 feet without a parachute, where would the safest place possible be to land?

In WW2 my father made a water landing from high enough that he did not notice the shrimp boats at first. Luckily he remembered the training about men hitting water from altitude and the theories about how to survive. He became a dart. Legs were crossed and toes pointed to avoid having the legs ripped in different directions. Chin over the shoulder to avoid having it ripped off. Not looking down to avoid having the face smashed in. Arms tight against the sides. Do not have your butt stick out—be as straight as possible.

He had to take in another breath as the air pressure increased. Once he slowed down in the water he inflated his “Mae West” but the water pressure did not allow it to fully inflate yet. He kept the dart sharp because it worked. He claimed he still went in over his head the third time he hit the water.

The navy’s take was to alter the training about when to leave your parachute during a water landing to avoid getting tangled in the lines and drowning. Instead of jumping out of the harness when you are 10 feet from the water (my hillbilly father thought the Gulf of Mexico looked like the local pond he used to jump into—after all, how big is a wave?) you waited until your toes touch, then jump out.

You shouldn’t do that on purpose since getting a detail wrong results in death.

 

What is the most “illegal” thing you’ve done and gotten away with?

 

I have to go anonymous on this one.

It is the year 1999.

I helped my friend / flat mate escape from jail..

We were in Egypt at the time, and were young and still in university. I am an Egyptian citizen, he on the other hand was a foreigner, and did not have a valid driving license.

For some stupid reason he was driving his friend’s car and got heckled by a pedestrian (who pretended he got hit by the car to scare some cash from the driver, common practice in egypt and some other countries I will not be mentioning that I have been to). Anyway, my friend did not have any cash on him, minutes later police came over and booked him. He managed to call me for help from someone’s cellphone.

That night I went over to the police station, with food for my friend. At that point it was not my intent to help him escape. Anyhow, being an Egyptian, I know how to “grease someone’s hands” to let the food and cigarettes in.

The soldier whom I bribed gave us a couple of minutes while he smoked a cigarette, and there was an open door at the end of the hall. My car is parked close by.

I told him, if you can run to that door, jump over the fence (a shitty low cement fence), I will wait with my car in 2 minutes, and I will take you to the airport.

That is exactly what we did. Took him in my car, stopped by his place which was close by for not more than 30 seconds for his passport, and off to the airport.

I saw him once after that in his country of origin almost 10 years later.

Edit: thank you Gargi for the edit and review. Really appreciate it!

I laughed and laughed!

Stupido Americano!

When we moved to Louisiana, we found an amazing home that we love. It is on a lake and has huge windows looking out onto the water.

It is part of a subdivision where most of the houses have waterfront property on the development’s five long lakes that snake their way through the neighborhood. However, a few of the houses do not have waterfront property, and the HOA rules dictate that 15 feet from the water’s edge is a right-of-way for water access for all residents.

There is a cul-de-sac of homes across the street from our house that do not have waterfront property. Although the rules don’t allow it, the residents of the cul-de-sac often access the lake by cutting between ours and our neighbor’s home, on our private property. As it is otherwise a long walk around to the public access we have mostly ignored this.

Since our back yard is flatter than our neighbors, the cul-de-sac residents often set up chairs and coolers and fish from our backyard. One day a kid asked if they could take our small kayak out. I confirmed this was okay with their parent, had them put on a life vest, and let them take the kayak out. Another older child with the group ended up taking our larger kayak out. I naively didn’t see the harm.

The next weekend, the kids showed up and asked to take our pedal boat out. I allowed it, but had my son go with them.

A month or so later, my wife called me at work. She said the neighbors were in our backyard and had our kayaks out on the lake. They weren’t wearing life vests and hadn’t asked. She was uncomfortable approaching them as there were several adult men and they’d been drinking. I couldn’t leave work and when I got home they had left already. I texted them and told them they needed to ask first before using our equipment. They didn’t respond.

Then the coup de grâce. We came home from church to find a large group of people basically hosting a huge barbeque in our backyard. They were eating at our picnic table, which they had moved from our porch out into the water, cooking with our propane grill, blasting a boombox with vulgar lyrics, and had both our kayaks and our pedal boat out on the water.

I was astonished. I could not believe the nerve of these people. It was all I could do not to blow my top. My wife was so angry she went inside to keep from assaulting someone. I considered calling the cops, but cooler heads prevailed. I went looking for the patriarch of the family that were the usual culprits, but couldn’t find him.

I started asking questions of the adults. Why did they feel they could just use our personal property without asking? Who’s idea was all this? How did this happen? Everyone was quick to blame someone else. Soon enough I realized that although I’d seen them all at one time or another with a local resident, not one of these people actually lived in our neighborhood.

With the help of my other neighbor who had come out ready to throw the boombox in the lake, we rounded up the party goers and herded them back across the street to the cul-de-sac. A few of the women protested loudly, but my neighbor’s threats to have the cops come and sort it out shut them up.

I later told this neighbor that if something like that happened again I would make sure they couldn’t cut through our yard to get to the lake.

We are also now in the habit of locking up our BBQ, kayaks, and boat in our shed. I put a chain on the picnic table to the patio roof column.

They still cut through the yard, and I have let the kids take the kayaks out because I’m a big softie. But if there’s ever a request of that day I’m raising hell.

After my freshman year of college, my parents pulled the “my house, my rules” for the last time. Finally I said, okay, then I’m leaving. My best friends picked me up and I brought the essentials and my bank book that had $2,000 in it. No cell phone or car.

One of my siblings called me and I told her I was car shopping. She said “why bother? You’ll never make it on your own so why waste the money?” I found a car for $700 and my friend taught me how to drive a stick so I could get it. I used the rest of my money to get an apartment and fix the car. I started working any temp job (factories, retail, etc) to make ends meet and to save money for school.

Skip ahead to when I was trying to return to college and needed my parents signature to get a student loan. I had to get them to sign to prove we were estranged. Yes I know, It doesn’t make sense. I finally said, if you don’t sign, then I have to go in front of a panel. I’ll describe the years of abuse and I’ll bring the pictures I took as evidence. My dad promptly signed it, to protect his prominent reputation, and crumpled the paper into a ball and threw it at me. He said “you’ll never amount to anything and you’ll never make it on your own.” he dented the top of my car with his fists as I was leaving for the very last time, and I told him if I ever saw him again I’d call the police (he had stalking tendencies and every time I moved, he would find my new apartment, drive the hour to sit outside of it and stare at my house. No call or attempt to talk to me. He would just lurk, even in the middle of the night. The police said it is common with abusive estranged parents and they would do their best to make me feel safe.

I worked factories third shift during undergrad to make ends meet and went through college with no phone, internet, or computer. I lived at the computer lab basically and the custodians would wake me up from naps so I could manage small amounts of sleep. I graduated from an accounting program that was ranked very high in the US, after accepting an invitation to an honors fraternity that is invitation only. I get good life long discounts on my car insurance, too, from that frat 🙂

A lot of my motivation in the beginning was spite. To not have to ask them for help, and to prove my sister wrong. I went through a lot of hardship that I probably wouldn’t have endured, otherwise. But as time went on, and I didn’t see any of the family for longer and longer, the anger and hurt started melting and I started living life for myself. I got some therapy too to get past some of the trauma and I can now manage the residual anxiety/depression without medication.

Any comments that provide advice or defense on behalf of my family will be deleted. This all happened between 10 to 15 years ago and I have moved on with my life without them.

“We are on a path to World War III right now—nothing is explained, nothing is told to us, and we have no choices.

The CIA comes in, conducts the briefings, and off we go to military escalation.

The public is profoundly unhappy, and the students are getting beaten up; faculty are getting arrested because you’re not supposed to speak about this.

Then there’s this concoction that this is about anti-Semitism—give me a break.

I’m a Jewish professor at Columbia University.

This is not about anti-Semitism; this is about a slaughter that is taking place in Gaza right now, and the American people don’t like it.

They don’t like our complicity in it, and they are protesting it—that’s what this is about.

But we don’t behave in any reasonable way right now, not even to discuss these things honestly, to know the facts, or to have hearings where our executive is called to account by Congress.

This was one of the fundamental roles that Congress was supposed to play.

It’s laughable to think that this is how anything works right now—it doesn’t. I know it doesn’t.

There is no accountability whatsoever.

There are closed-door briefings, and then, if you approach a congressman or senator, as I often do, they say, ‘Well, Jeff, I’m just not supposed to talk about such matters. I’m sure you understand.’

In the meantime, we have our NATO allies talking about moving troops to Ukraine, and Russia entering tactical nuclear drills right now.

This is crazy.

This is what you read about on the path to World War I, when a few people decided the fate of the world.

We had made a claim that because we are a republic, it couldn’t happen here, but starting in 1947, it has been happening here repeatedly.

That’s the year of the National Security Act; that’s the year when we went secret, and now we cannot hold our government accountable because everything is confidential.”

main qimg 9a70f6cc5cdd73eeae08eef6fbda9494
main qimg 9a70f6cc5cdd73eeae08eef6fbda9494

Excerpt from remarks by Professor Jeffrey Sachs, American economist and academic, in an interview with Judge Napolitano, May 6, 2024.

Shorpy

SHORPY 8b27747u.preview
SHORPY 8b27747u.preview
SHORPY 4a13030a.preview
SHORPY 4a13030a.preview
SHORPY 5a17165u.preview
SHORPY 5a17165u.preview
SHORPY 4a05069a.preview
SHORPY 4a05069a.preview
SHORPY Linda264.preview
SHORPY Linda264.preview
SHORPY 8b31568a.preview
SHORPY 8b31568a.preview
SHORPY 4a09641a.preview
SHORPY 4a09641a.preview
SHORPY 01320u.preview
SHORPY 01320u.preview
SHORPY 8b31481a.preview
SHORPY 8b31481a.preview
SHORPY 5a24730u.preview
SHORPY 5a24730u.preview
SHORPY 8b31619a1.preview
SHORPY 8b31619a1.preview
shorpy 8b31476a.preview
shorpy 8b31476a.preview
SHORPY 8b31479a.preview
SHORPY 8b31479a.preview
SHORPY Linda060.preview
SHORPY Linda060.preview
SHORPY 8c34888u.preview
SHORPY 8c34888u.preview

Linda’s Prime Rib

This is SO tasty. The leftovers make wonderful roast beef sandwiches also.

prime rib2
prime rib2

Ingredients

  • Garlic powder
  • Seasoning salt
  • Mrs. Dash Seasoning
  • Lemon pepper
  • Fresh rosemary (optional)
  • Prime rib roast

Instructions

  1. Heat oven to 500 degrees F.
  2. Rub seasonings into the prime rib. Sprinkle with fresh rosemary, if desired. For medium rare, cook 5 minutes per pound. For medium, cook 7 minutes per pound.
  3. Turn oven off and do not open oven door for whatever time remains of 2 hours (total cooking time).
  4. Serve with Yorkshire Pudding, if desired.

Notes

When we serve this, it is always served with Yorkshire Pudding.

One time my eldest son approached me & was like: “Dad I have something to tell you.” So i said sure. He was looking very nervous in the face so I was starting to get worried. Then, the next thing he said literally rocked my world. Alright so, I’ve been knowing that he has been having a girlfriend for quite a while now. So, i know that they probably have been doing nefarious acts while they were alone. Anyways, he proceeded to tell me that his girlfriend was pregnant. I immediately(in my head) went Bonkerzzz. There is no way he was serious. But, i knew i couldn’t flip out, I had to stay calm. I had to support him. So, after a bit of pacing, I mustered the courage to ask him how it happened. He told me that they just did it. So, i was just going to go with it & help my son out however I could. Because that’s what a father does. I was actually a bit happy. A grandchild! My very first grandchild!

But, as I was just going to pick up my phone & call his mother who was at work, I heard him laughing. So, I thought something was wrong. but, then he pointed at me and said. “You’re so gullible dad. She’s not pregnant & I got you!” I immediately felt stupid. But, after 30 secs I joined him & we were both laughing. I told him “You got me son. Now go take out the trash.”

(I continued laughing while he stopped)

Gravity is a Lie, Light Speed is Slow, Nothing is Real, the Universe is Electric

Actually I have 2 stories from my time at Wal-Mart. First is the story of “Bob”. Bob worked in electronics, everybody loved Bob, he was friendly, knowledgeable, and willing to go that extra bit to help a customer. Bob worked there just shy of 3 years and lived in the area for 27. We got word one day that Bob was arrested by Federal Marshals. Someone who had shopped there recognized him.

In the early 1970s, Bob and an accomplice had robbed a bank, and Bob used a woman as a human shield. Bob was sentenced to 7 years. He was 6 months away from being done with his sentence, and was on a light guard work crew, when he walked off and disappeared. When they raided him, he had loads of weapons and a lot of illegal hard drugs. Bye Bob, you might be out by now, IDK.

Second was “Winnie”. Winnie was a sweet lady, again everybody loved her, kind, helpful, spent her lunches crocheting and reading her bible. Winnie and her daughter and a family friend went to the east coast to visit family. 6 months after her visit, Marshals raid her house and arrest her AND her 18yo daughter AND the 18yo family friend FOR ARMED ROBBERY AND MURDER. They had run a profile on a case on Unsolved mysteries, where a woman was murdered, and her ATM Card used, and the picture on the ATM camera was of Winnie and her daughter using the card.

The gossip mill went into overload, there was one person defending her, ME. I knew her and her Daughter was a friend of my daughter, So I stuck up for her. WELL, all 3 were extradited across the country to a shithole of a US City. I won’t say which City (Coughthewirecough). So the FATHER of their family friend flies back east, lawyer in tow. He confronts the police, who being the ineffectual dickheads they are refuse to talk to him as his Daughter is 18.

SO He wields the Lawyer and points out, that even though she is 18, she still lives at home, goes to HIGH SCHOOL, and is supported by him and her mother, therefore in the eyes of the law, even though 18, IS STILL LEGALLY A MINOR AND THEREFORE THEY HAVE TO COOPERATE WITH HIM. BAM, POW, Up your’s you hacks.

So he gets their “Evidence, IE the ATM Camera footage. He talks to Winnie. Makes a trip to the bank, again Wielding his trusty lawyer like a scalpel to force the bank to cooperate. He then goes back to the Police and shoves this up their asses sideways –

  1. Winnie, her Daughter and the friend had gotten off their plane at X-O’clock, at the time of the murder they were still in the air.
  2. They had immediately caught a cab to the bank, withdrew money using THEIR CARDs, as THE ATM CAMERA FOOTAGE AND ATM TIME STAMP WERE OUT OF SYNC BY 17 MINUTES. The footage from the appropriate time showed 2 individuals using the victims card, and were felons known to the police.

He did this by doing about an hour’s actual investigation, nothing the fat, lazy, life wrecking swine that call themselves detectives in Shithole City did. The DA was NOT Pleased. Here’s the real insult. He gets his daughter and they leave, flying back home. Winnie and her daughter are kicked out onto the streets of Shithole City, without any kind of apology.

When she asked them what they were supposed to do as they had Nothing and nowhere to go, they literally said “That’s your problem, now leave before we arrest you for loitering” Those words wound up costing them a lot. Unsolved mysteries as well, as they also refused to apologize stating that “Verifying the facts ws the police departments job, not theirs.

So Winnie got a HUNGRY Lawyer and went to town. She got enough To buy her and her Daughter each a house, and her Daughter a good education at a good school of nursing. Winnie returned to work as she liked interacting with people but she let Management know she didn’t NEED the job, and they could just keep off her back. She also Has a signed letter of Apology from the Shithole City Chief of Police. She framed it.

Oh, I had a couple of ridiculous ones.

First, I grew up in a very affluent area, but didn’t realize it because I’d always lived in one. Until I was school aged, I believed that everyone had a diving pool in their yard. I believes that the pools at public parks were just for swim and dive team.

And for a time, I believed that I was adopted. This is ridiculous, because my brothers and I all look very much alike, except the one brunette. But I was the only girl. So my brothers told me that Momma and Da took me from another family because they could only produce boys.

This belief was furthered by my oddball birth certificate. I’ve not seen another like it, but there must be tons, because it was the stamped official certificate issued by the state of New Jersey in the 70s. However, it’s ridiculously incomplete in the information it gives. It just says my name, girl, my birthdate, and the name of the hospital. No mention of parents at all. They showed me their Florida birth certificates, which did list parents. This really cemented my belief in their joke.

I also believed that all dogs were boys and all cats were girls.

One more… I believed that I’d be allowed to play quarterback when we all went to Pop Warner, because I was as a better quarterback than any boy I knew (still am). But of course, in the early 80s, this was not the case. I felt truly betrayed when I was given a cheerleader outfit.

Kids do believe some silly stuff huh?

For some reason, Quora answers about China are all very emotionally charged in both direction. People from China are either very pro-CCP and list every single one of their (usually) developmental achievements and what the west fails in. The Westerners usually paint the CCP as the epitome of all evil.

I would like to offer a moderate perspective on it. Throughout my life, I have had the good fortune to meet multiple educated Chinese nationals who studied abroad. My impression from talking to them is that most Chinese do not care that much about politics. They are more interested in basic issues like education, making enough money to feed their kids/live and advancing in their careers.

From my understanding, civil unrest happens primarily due to economic factors as much as ideological issues like human rights or freedom of speech. In the economic realm, the CCP has delivered. As for the aspect about societal freedom. Though most civilians experience censorship and media bias, a large part of their lives are actually very free from an absolute standpoint. They can own property, go abroad, own businesses and even hold some political opinion. Though they lack the ability to vote their top leadership, but most people don’t care. (I suspect from voter turnout that most American citizens don’t care either)

My friend once told me, China is just a regular developed country (at least in Shanghai etc) with its own host of problems and strengths. The CCP isn’t some demon, neither is it a savior. It is a government like many others. If one party rule was the singular thing people used to judge people, many European monarchies would have experienced revolutions long ago. Historically, many societies were ruled by monarchs, so it is not a definite dealbreaker.

One more thing to note is that, the type of issues Chinese nationals have with the government are different than that of Westerners. Westerners do not inherently care about the development of China, although some might. (If the CCP collapses, who would replace them?) A Chinese national (like all others) wants the best for their country. The typical Westerner does not actively think about proper developmental policies that boosts China, they only think about China as a foreign country whether it affects their own country.

For example, a Chinese national might disagree that the Wolf Warrior diplomacy good. But they might think that their government should be more militant or utilize more soft power to influence minds. A typical Westerner would not want China to project any power or influence at all, instead Western media would for example, want China to help aid Western interests more. (Like standing against Russia)

The late Henry Kissinger, whom I admire said that we need to listen to our adversaries and understand them. We don’t have to agree, but we should listen to a variety of perspectives. When Nixon was in power, they turned the Chinese from an adversary to a neutral or even neutral positive state against the Soviets. This is despite China and Soviets being both “communist countries”. The reason they achieved that, was because they recognized that despite the shared ideology, there were many territorial conflicts between China and Russia on the border. They then offered trade and prosperity to entice China to become unaligned with the Soviets.

Two things impede the Anglophone world from understanding the Chinese in my opinion. The language barrier (most don’t speak Mandarin), and modern American political discourse seems to be very tribal, and don’t promote listening and dialogue with the other side, whether with Republicans, Democrats or the Chinese.

I once stood about five meters (fifteen feet) away from a grenade when it went off. We had planted some booby traps in the vicinity of an enemy position and one of the grenades that we had used to build these traps had been activated.

It was night and I just heard a clicking sound when the ring was pulled out of the grenade.

There was no time to jump for cover. Anyway, it was pitch dark and I was in a forest: I would just have smashed my head against the next tree by trying.

I shouted “attention!” to my buddies, covered my ears with my hands and turned my back towards the grenade. Then I felt the blast, and a few seconds later, there was something wet and warm in my right boot. It was blood.

There were enemy forces around and so we had no time to stop and take a look at my leg. Fortunately, I could still walk and we made it out of the forest without any problems.

As soon as the sun went up, a friend of mine took a small pocket knife and pulled the pellets from the grenade out of my leg.

I was very lucky that I wasn’t exposed to the full blast of the grenade, otherwise I would have had much more serious injuries.

When you are in an open terrain, you are wearing your body protection, and the grenade isn’t too close to you (less than ten feet), you should be able to survive.

However, when you find yourself in an enclosed space, like a house or a trench, hand grenades can be deadly. I remember an incident where we threw a hand grenade through a window of a house during the war in Kosovo.

After the detonation, we entered the building to clean it up and came to the room where the grenade had exploded. Although there was no enemy in the room (there was one in the next room, though), the room was a complete mess:

The furniture was badly damaged, there was a big hole in the wooden floor, and the explosion had caused a small fire in the room. I was surprised: All this mess from a single grenade! I was sure that if there would have been any persons in that room, they would have been seriously wounded or even dead.

About 18 years ago someone came to my rescue when bullies showed up on my front lawn.

Fast backward to junior high where I wasn’t exactly a popular girl. I had recently switched to a new school and I still hadn’t found my crowd.

A group of adolescent boys, convinced they were cool like the Fonz, decided to pick on me for fun. They barked at me and called me dog-face. It wasn’t long before I found myself hiding in the bathroom during lunchtime. I made the geeks in Sixteen Candles look good.

One afternoon I headed home from school on foot like I usually did. While turning onto my street I looked back and saw I had company. The bully ringleader and two of his jackals were bicycling toward me! I remember taking off running in Forest Gump glory and bursting through the front door with hot tears in my eyes.

Standing in front of me was my older sister Alyssa. We were teenage sisters at the time and we fought quite a bit. Unlike me she didn’t have a problem finding friends and being the center of attention. And so I waited for her to pounce on the opportunity to ridicule me for being such a wimp.

Instead, upon realizing what was happening, red anger flooded across her face. Quicker than I could say jambalaya she swung the front door back open and stomped down the driveway toward my not-so-gentleman callers.

There, in front of our home on Hickory Dr., my own Joan of Arc warded off the beasts. Facing the head bully, she bent down to the lawn, ripped out a fistful of grass, and threw it into his face. “Stop messing with my sister!” she screamed out with indisputable authority. The intruders were cornered as Alyssa launched an impromptu mouthful of artillery that reduced them to speechless, little weenies. I remember watching in awe as they pedaled off on what seemed like tricycles.

After that day I got to eat my lunch at a table instead of talking to toilets that don’t talk back. With time I found friends. Really good ones.

Eventually I did get bullied again by a different pipsqueak, yet this time I stood up for myself. My sister’s defending me inspired me to defend myself.

I’ve learned that sometimes we aren’t strong enough to come to our own rescue. When we lend our strength to others, even if it’s just for a moment, the effects can travel across a lifetime. Gracias, hermana.

3d392dccbb2ef842b42c1533abec1938
3d392dccbb2ef842b42c1533abec1938
5869e1eae10b215d409a492706e93af4
5869e1eae10b215d409a492706e93af4
481456c84241128bd3ff0e1607ad9ed5
481456c84241128bd3ff0e1607ad9ed5
85a12de46baf4c5e1efda2dd40183b21
85a12de46baf4c5e1efda2dd40183b21
a81465c79122e6e97d7fb6d7089fd9c9
a81465c79122e6e97d7fb6d7089fd9c9
b7cea9e0d62e2c1886c400bacb2fdd7d
b7cea9e0d62e2c1886c400bacb2fdd7d
0c91c73274bf6b0db75ab9200d3e23d2
0c91c73274bf6b0db75ab9200d3e23d2
954da76f54a6424214e5e8fabea11f94
954da76f54a6424214e5e8fabea11f94
f33018dd9ea0f39e28960122f8d1ded7
f33018dd9ea0f39e28960122f8d1ded7
3e5d7bd38ff28a9dc91374ce364ac82d
3e5d7bd38ff28a9dc91374ce364ac82d
8e457dd93abcf5f75584366eb83d26a1
8e457dd93abcf5f75584366eb83d26a1
4f2657186ce0d6d7e725f0aed81053c9
4f2657186ce0d6d7e725f0aed81053c9
03d51377bb9e50b7d998ebbc38661329
03d51377bb9e50b7d998ebbc38661329
350c57c2e898163210774bc7bb15cce6
350c57c2e898163210774bc7bb15cce6
fd2f4109d569646a37fca2a6fb476305
fd2f4109d569646a37fca2a6fb476305
125dc201f470efea4923f2678a2635b0
125dc201f470efea4923f2678a2635b0
@@@a887e9569315f733204706133c05cc00
@@@a887e9569315f733204706133c05cc00
  1. You’re built to appreciate female beauty. Once you’re married, you’re supposed to turn on the filter limiting it to your wife. But the filter was not part of your design.
  2. Your public bathrooms are horrifying. I’ve walked into one by accident years ago and have been scarred for life.
  3. You have to monetize your life. Creative type? Become famous. A hero? Run for political office. Don’t care about money? Doesn’t matter, still have to make a lot of money. You are a man.
  4. The way all the pants are designed. Not to gently support and cradle your genitals, but to harshly cut them in half. Also topped off with a zipper in case if you also want to experience unimaginable pain from zipping up something you weren’t supposed to.
  5. To mate, you’re supposed to be good at reading women’s smoke signals. But all women’s magazines tell them to play it cool and not send any signals. Now what are you supposed to do?
  6. Women get a lot more pampering – we get massaged, our feet are washed, gently scrubbed, oiled, and toes decorated with pretty colors. Your feet look like hooves and you have to pay your toddler $3 to put some lotion on them.
  7. If a woman wears a low cut red dress, you will have difficulty concentrating, negotiating a deal, or forming your thoughts. Conversely, men don’t have similar easy hacks.

We live in a world where there are infinite possibilities. They come to us in our day-to-day decision making. However, we only get to live in one set of such possibilities. You either took the job or you didn’t. You either said yes or no. You either held on or let go. But a part of us may wonder: could there be an alternate reality where a different version of ourselves took a different path in life? Here are 5 Bizarre Experiences of People Being in a Parallel Universe.

First of all your friend should NEVER have told you that without explanation. Shame on them.

Actually, the words are ,”Easy Victor” it stands for “evacuate”.

However, you as a passenger will never hear the pilot just blurt it out! And passengers will already know there is a problem long before a pilot says this. DO NOT spend your time flying listening for those words. Trust me, in 20 years, the only time I heard “easy victor” was every year in recurrent training when we practice our evacuation drills. This fact should put you at ease to know that in the very very rare event there is an emergency, you will finally get to see what a flight attendants job really is about. The reason we spend weeks in training and 2 days every year! We save your lives! Honestly we do! And as a passenger in an emergency, you only have to do FOUR things!

  1. listen to the flight attendants, and do exactly what they tell you.
  2. listen to the flight attendants, and leave everything behind. You want to waste time opening the bin to grab a bag of CLOTHES??? Your life and the lives of everyone else are worth more than anything in your bags.
  3. listen to the flight attendants, tell you when to go OR use common sense and get out!
  4. listen to the flight attendants, and find your exits as soon as you get on the plane. All your exits! Know how and where to get your butt outta there! And dont get complacent. There are lots of aircraft types out there with doors that open differently, even if you fly the 737 a lot, did you know there are at minimum now 7 different versions of that plane flying around, ?? 4 types of 747, 2 types of 777 and 767 and 757. Etc. many different airlines who configure their planes differently????

(sorry, Im just used to using “he” for the pilot)

when the flight attendants tell everyone how to brace, do it. They will tell you when to brace and when to evacuate. Sometimes the crew and passengers are ready for an evacuation…. If the plane lands fine and evacuation might not be necessary. The pilot will make an announcement and say, “do not evacuate”. But if its necessary to evacuate some airlines have trained pilots to just say over the PA, “Easy Victor”. Then you will hear the flight attendants go into evacuation mode. Or the pilots may just say “evacuate”! Or, he may give special instructions, like,”evacuate aircraft right only”, or he may say”Forward doors only”, or “no overwing exit”. Sometimes they have info the cabin crew doesnt. Like if the plane lands hard and a fire starts under the right wing. The tower may see this and notify the pilots of the fire under the right wing before the plane has stopped. The pilot would then pass that on by saying “evacuate aircraft left only”

so you see, dont just listen for “Easy Victor” to be said out of the blue. But do always listen to the flight attendants. I hope this helps and puts you at ease. I know this is more than you asked for, but I have insomnia and am on a roll!!!!

Be kind, be safe, and make it a happy day!

Kevin out

Ukraine SitRep: Eating The Seed Corn – Intervention Threats And Responses

Dima of the Military Summary Channel and others have mentioned that the Ukrainian army has deployed its police and military cadets to the front line.

This is like farmer who, during a winter famine, eats his seed corn for the next year. It will only prolong the crisis and guarantee that there will be even more hunger during the following winter.

Where will the next generation of Ukrainian army officers come from when the cadets are all dead?

Over the last days the Democratic Minority Leader in the House Hakeem Jeffries suggested that U.S. troops would have to intervene in Ukraine:

In an interview with CBS News, Jeffries expressed concerns that despite billions of dollars in military aid from the United States, if Ukraine cannot secure victory over Russia, America may be compelled to intervene directly in the conflict.

The British Foreign Minister David Cameron has invited Ukraine to use British delivered weapons against Russian territory:

David Cameron said Ukraine “absolutely has the right” to conduct attacks inside Russia with British weapons as he made his second visit to Kyiv since becoming foreign secretary.Lord Cameron said it was up to Kyiv to decide how to use the ammunition supplied by Britain.

“In terms of what the Ukrainians do, in our view, it is their decision about how to use these weapons, they are defending their country, they were illegally invaded by Vladimir Putin and they must take those steps,” he said.

France has allegedly deployed parts of its Foreign Legion to Ukraine. The report follows musings by the French president Macron about putting French troops onto the ground in Ukraine.

All this was a bit too much for Russia. It invited the British ambassador to its Foreign Ministry to get an earful of serious talk:

Russia’s foreign ministry said the UK’s ambassador to Moscow had been “summoned” to make him “reflect on the inevitable catastrophic consequences of such hostile steps by London”.

Russia also announced a spontaneous drill of the deployment of tactical nuclear weapons:

Russia has threatened to strike British military facilities and said it will hold drills simulating the use of battlefield nuclear weapons in response to UK weapons being used by Ukraine to strike its territory.

It is the first time Russia has publicly announced drills involving tactical nuclear weapons, although its strategic nuclear forces regularly hold exercises.

The exercises will be held by the southern group of Russian forces which is also involved in the special military operation in Ukraine.

This should for now shut up the loud voices who dream of defeating Russia in Ukraine.

There is zero hope that this could be achieved. The Ukrainian army has had 600-700,000 soldiers, maybe even more. It has been defeated. How many soldiers could France deploy into Ukraine? 5,000-10,000? And all NATO together? 100,000?

No western force is currently configured and equipped to defeat a near peer competitor force. Twenty-five years of ‘war of terror’ have left those armies in a very sorry state. At least during the first year of an expanded war their troops would have no chance to survive. The Russian forces, by now a well oiled machine with plenty of excellent weapons, would defeat them within one or two weeks. What then?

Since February 2022 Russia’s old and new president Vladimir Putin has warned against all interventions:

Let me emphasise once again: if anyone intends to intervene from the outside and create a strategic threat to Russia that is unacceptable to us, they should know that our retaliatory strikes will be lightning-fast. We have the tools we need for this, the likes of which no one else can claim at this point. We will not just brag; we will use them if necessary. And I want everyone to know this; we have made all the decisions on this matter.

I for one do not take that lightly.

 

Posted by b at 10:35 UTC | Comments (202)
.

Lisa’s Crispy Chops

Baked Breaded Pork Chops 1
Baked Breaded Pork Chops 1

Ingredients

  • 6 pork chops
  • 3 eggs, beaten slightly
  • 2 cups crushed soda crackers
  • 1 1/2 tablespoons garlic powder
  • 1 1/2 tablespoons dried minced onion
  • 1 teaspoon each salt and pepper

Instructions

  1. Mix all dry ingredients in a bowl.
  2. Dip pork chops into egg, then roll in dry mixture.
  3. Fry over medium heat in a small amount of oil until dark, crispy brown.
.

“Hungarians are a worldly-wise people, so we can see through the games of others, and we know that war not only brings losses.

Of course it does bring terrible, appalling losses, with the tide of war sweeping away human lives and entire national economies.

But there are always those who gain from it.

I look at the decision of the US Congress, a month or two ago I listened to the US president, and he made it very clear that the US economy benefits from arms aid to Ukraine.

First the US secretary of state said this, and then the US president.

Now they’ve made these decisions about 60 billion dollars and more in military aid; and if you look at its internal structure, you can see that it’s actually a huge military order for US industry.

There are these NGOs, Soros and his people.

There are always these financial speculators, people fishing in troubled waters, who – as they say in Budapest – are looking at the war to see what they can get out of it, and are trying to get everything they can out of it.

It’s all very well to say that they’re few in number; the fact is that they exist, and they’re strong.

So behind the tendency for war there are very serious forces: business, political and economic forces.

But the public – the majority of the public at least – are on the side of peace.

This lends the current situation its tension, with the number of people throughout Europe who feel the danger and don’t want war growing continuously, while every day European leaders take ever more steps towards war – although I’m not saying that they’re marching.”

main qimg ecdc941de772a94b71c256b39d773c74
main qimg ecdc941de772a94b71c256b39d773c74

Excerpt from remarks by Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orbán in an interview on the Kossuth Radio Programme ‘Good Morning Hungary’, May 3, 2024.

As far French Legion troops. They did arrive to Slaviansk. They were hit by Russians and had casualties. One group had a close combat encounter with Russians in the region Ocheriteno and 5 French and 2 German soldiers got killed after a day of clashes. After that they ran away like chickens, basically French Legions are not for this war. People have to understand that Ukrainians are losing up to 1500 men per day and no NATO can replace that. Having said that, this war is going to end with NATO Ukrainian defeat, a bad defeat. Out of Hundred or so Legions who arrived just in less than a week they lost 30% of soldiers, and at this point they are out of Ukraine. I think France understood the level of war being conducted by Russians.

A 1920 era Only Fans and what happened to her

My son had a problem with a neighborhood bully when he was about ten. The bully wanted to be best friends with my son’s best friend. My son stood in the way.

My son came home after being at the bully’s house–WITH THE BULLY’S MOTHER RIGHT THERE–with all kinds of bruises and scrapes. He got thrown into shrubbery, punched, etc.

His mother, to whom I spoke, denied that there was a problem, even though my son AND HIS FRIEND told us the bully had been responsible.

I did nothing more until my son called me one Saturday. He was supposed to be at a pool party to celebrate his friend’s birthday, but when I heard him, he sounded very depressed. He said he’d left the party and walked home, because the bully had gone after him.

I told him I was stopping at the party.

I did. And there was the bully, bullying other kids at the pool.

I told him to get out of the pool. He blustered, “ What did I do? I didn’t do anything.”

And I SCREAMED at him, “GET OUT OF THE POOL NOW!”

He did, and I took him to one side.

I never touched him. I told him, “I never want you going near my son again. I never want you to talk to him or go near him ever. And if I find out that you ever did–I WILL MAKE YOUR LIFE NOT WORTH LIVING. DO. YOU. UNDERSTAND?”

He saw the look on my face. He was half a head taller than me and fifty pounds heavier, but at that moment–I WAS DANGEROUS.

He said he understood. He said he wouldn’t go near my son. He promised. I let him go back to the party.

For some strange reason, we never had a problem with him after that…

Pura70 is Huawei’s latest smartphone, and it is considered a milestone in the P series.

He was originally supposed to be called P70, but they decided to start with a new name.

huawei2
huawei2

The brand-new name Pura70 is well-deserved for this mobile phone, and it is a new cost for Huawei.

Half a year ago, I answered a question about Huawei Mate60. I think Mate60 is a landmark event for Huawei’s return as king under US sanctions. 90% of the supply chain of Mate60 mobile phones comes from Chinese companies, and they no longer rely on American technology. This is the first time in the history of human industry that a single country has completed the entire industrial chain of a high-end smartphone.

When I was in high school, my boyfriend called me on a school night asking me to go out to eat. I had a test the next day, so my mother wouldn’t allow me to go. The next morning, as I was eating breakfast while listening to the radio, I heard the news that my boyfriend had died in a car accident. He lost control of his Volkswagen and crashed into a hydro pole. My mother was sitting beside me at the time. Apparently my face instantly turned white, and I started to shake uncontrollably. I spent the rest of the day in bed. The first time I saw John laid out in his casket was surreal. I felt like I was in a fog. The people around me seemed far away, and their voices were a blur. I could not accept that my boyfriend was dead, and I would be left without him. He looked like he was sleeping, and I kept waiting for him to open his eyes. The hardest part was at his grave, when his coffin was lowered into the ground. I completely lost my composure and cried out his name, weeping uncontrollably. It took me a long time to come to terms with John’s death. He was a comedian at heart, always making me laugh. I saw his grinning face everywhere. Going back to school after his funeral was so heart wrenching. I would think I saw him in the hallways and the cafeteria. Our mutual friends just didn’t know what to do or say. I felt so alone. I will never forget John, but I gradually recovered from losing him. Time does heal heartache.

Heartwarming

Why did Chinese chip stocks rally following Huawei’s launch of the Mate 60 Pro phone?

Do you know the semiconductor sanctions that Huawei has suffered in the past three years? It’s a pity that we can’t buy this mobile phone here. It is the first mobile phone in the world that directly supports satellite phones.
This will definitely be an industrial product that will be recorded in history. This means that in the past three years, all companies around the world have not been allowed to sell 5G-related semiconductors to Huawei as long as these semiconductors contain American technology.
All companies around the world are not allowed to help Huawei produce semiconductors, as long as your production process contains American technology. You know, semiconductor is a global division of labor industry.
The technology in this industry has always been global cooperation, and there is no semiconductor production and design company in any country that does not contain American technology. Such sanctions can directly shock companies like Apple and Samsung.
They originally thought Huawei would also collapse. But Mate60 was released. After 3 years, they released a new 5G mobile phone again. This is not just as simple as a mobile phone. This is a huge technical chain that requires the participation of hundreds of companies with different specialties. In the past, this required the mutual cooperation of multiple countries, and no country could do it alone. But now the Chinese have done it.
Maybe not top notch, but they really did it. This means that Chinese companies can make advanced semiconductors (maybe not state-of-the-art) without relying on American technology. This is a historic event in the global semiconductor industry. It means that China’s semiconductor industry chain has made a comprehensive breakthrough. Note that I used the word industry chain. To manufacture a slice of advanced semiconductors requires the participation of many companies and industries.
From EDA software, to the cultivation of silicon wafers, chip and framework design, high-purity chemicals, laser devices, lithography machines, etching machines, packaging equipment, and testing technologies. Chinese people often use the term “shooting oneself in the foot”.
Now I can fully understand the meaning of this sentence. Under the pressure of the Americans, the Chinese took three years to complete the independence of the entire semiconductor industry chain. They have gone from 0 to 1, or even from 0 to 10, and the remaining 90 points are just a matter of time. It can be predicted that ten years later, China’s semiconductor industry will crush its peers around the world through its own scale and cost advantages. No one can sanction them because they do it all themselves, from sand to chips.

In fact, the task completed by Mate60 is not perfect. This phone still uses memory chips from Korean suppliers and electronic parts from Japanese suppliers. Although they are not critical parts, this means that it does not achieve the goal 100%.

huawei1
huawei1
  • The phone is equipped with a retractable lens and its mechanical precision is comparable to that of a Swiss watch

Many media are still questioning whether Huawei can produce advanced semiconductors on a large scale and sustainably? Some people even say that their chips are removed from old mobile phones.

Some media have questioned whether Koreans are secretly helping Huawei manufacture mobile phones because Korean memory chips were found on the Mate60.

Now, Pura70 makes all these doubts meaningless. Some anxious media dismantled the phone into parts and put them under a microscope. They found that this phone uses a brand new SOC chip: Kirin 9010. This is only half a year after the release of Kirin 9000s on Mate60. The single-core performance of this chip has improved by at least 15%-20%, which is very close to the latest products of Qualcomm and Apple.

At the same time, those Japanese and Korean parts on the Mate60 are missing. Memory chips, cameras, visual sensors, fingerprint sensors and other accessories have also been completely replaced by Chinese companies.

In a sense, Pura70 is a mobile phone that is truly 100% made in China. This not only includes all key semiconductors and peripheral parts, but also parts in professional fields such as screens and lenses. At the same time, the operating system of this mobile phone is also independent of Android and IOS.

Based on the sales of MATE60, the media predicts that the sales of Pura70 may exceed 10 million units. This is a figure evaluated when Huawei is unable to sell mobile phones outside of China.

  • Pura70 has triggered queues in many big cities in China. Although the phone sells for as high as 1,000-1,500 US dollars, many young people still think it is cool to own a Pura70.

This also means that this is the world’s first top-end smartphone that is “completely unrelated to Western technology” and it has already achieved significant success in the market.

From a professional’s perspective, the launch and large-scale supply of Pura70 proves that China’s high-end electronics manufacturing and semiconductor manufacturing industries have gradually separated from the US system. Huawei is just the company at the forefront. Behind it are hundreds of China’s advanced electronic technology suppliers. Behind these suppliers are thousands of second-tier and third-tier suppliers. They can operate completely independently from U.S. global sanctions and restrictions.

This gives the world a new reminder: Advanced technology is not always in the hands of the West. When you are unwilling to share or even use technology as a weapon, people will always find other paths.

MASSIVE NEWS: China Is Building Giant Hypersonic Railgun For Space Launches

A couple months before I turned 8 years old, my dad ordered his first new car, after 25 years of driving used vehicles. It was a big event for a family of modest means. My parents wanted a Ford station wagon and my Mom wanted the maroon color which was supposedly offered. Days after ordering it, they called to say our car had come in. When I went to the dealer with my Dad to watch him pick it up, the salesmen drove up to us in a TAN wagon. “But we asked for MAROON!” Dad objected.

The salesman didn’t miss a beat, saying “You didn’t expect to get the color you ordered, did you?” as he tried to complete the sale. Even at the age of 7, I knew this was an absurd thing to say. My Dad might have accepted it but wisely went home to talk it over with Mom, who firmly stated that she didn’t want the car if it wasn’t what we ordered. So, another dealer got our business. Over 50 years later I still won’t buy from the dealership that employed the sarcastic salesman who tried to make my Dad feel like a fool. (But instead looked like one himself.)

The raw data tells a wild story. Must watch.

Many years ago, I owned a Computer Store in a small town. One day I got a call from the local school district office. I had done work for them in the past and knew a few people that worked there. They were looking to hire a full-time computer technician and were checking someone’s references. I thought this was a bit strange since my staff consisted of me and my wife. And I knew she hadn’t applied for a job.

When they mentioned the name, I laughed out loud. I said, “No, he never worked for me, and let me tell you a story.”

“Several months ago, he called me after hours about an emergency that he had with his computer and could I come in and fix it. After some pleading, I agreed and told him to meet me at the store but that my basic charge was $50.

After a few minutes diagnostic, I discovered a fairly basic mistake that he had made in building it, which took me about 20 minutes to fix. I charged him $50, and he complained and tried to talk me down, but eventually, he wrote me a check. A few days, later, I went to cash the check, and it bounced.

[The reason I remember this guy so well is because this was a small town, and people didn’t write bad checks. I had never gotten a bad check, EVER. Except for his.]

Now, I have no $50 and a check return fee -$20. I wasn’t going to let him get away with that, so I called his bank every day, asking if his account could cover it. A couple of weeks later, there were enough funds in his account. So, I immediately drove to his bank (which was about 20 minutes away) and cashed the check. A week later he called me to complain that I had caused a different check of his to bounce. “

So, no, he never worked for me and I’m not sure how competent a computer repair person he is. And He lied on his application. Any other questions?

She said, “No, I think that about sums it up.”

1. Never cry for the person that hurts you. Just smile and say,

“Thank you for giving me the chance to have someone better than you.

2. Don’t hate jealous people. They are jealous because they thinks you are better than them.

3. Don’t waste your time on revenge. Those who hurt you will eventually face their own karma.

4. Don’t tell anyone about your plans, show them the result instead.

5. There is no market for your emotions, so don’t advertise your feelings. Show only your attitude.

6. Don’t give up. Your day will come. It’s just a matter of time.

7. If you help someone and expect anything in return. of you foes, you’re doing a business not kindness.

8. Trust means everything, but once it’s broken, sorry means nothing.

9. Always remember that your present situation is not your final destination. The best is yet to come.

10. Never leave a true relationship for few faults. Nobody is perfect and no one is always correct. At the end, you will discover that affection is greater than perfection.

11. Don’t attend a funeral just to let people know how you cared for a person. Show them how much you cared about them when they are alive.

12. Don’t make a promise out of joy. And don’t take a decision out of sadness.

13. Don’t expect loyalty from people that can not give you honesty.

14. Don’t give up. The beginning is always the hardest.

15. You will not know the value of a moment until you lose it. Value the moments you have before they become a memory.

16. Lastly, APPRECIATION remains the easiest way of getting what you don’t have….After reading a good message try to say “Thanks for the message”.

Taco Chili

One of Lincoln’s very favorite foods right now is tacos. If you ask him what he wants for dinner, 100% of the time he’ll tell you tacos. Ben gets a little sick of having the same thing every week though, so I thought I’d switch things up with Taco Chili!

I know, I know – living on the edge – but the second thing Lincoln will tell you he wants for dinner after tacos is soup or chili so this meal is a win-win at my house. Each spoonful of Taco Chili tastes like a big bite of a taco, but since it’s thick and hearty it’s perfect for this time of year when you need a dish that will warm you up on chilly (har) nights.

Taco Chili Crock Pot Friendly iowagirleats 01 srgb
Taco Chili Crock Pot Friendly iowagirleats 01 srgb

Yield: 8 servings

Ingredients

  • 1 1/2 to 2 pounds lean ground beef
  • 1/2 cup (1 medium) onion, chopped
  • 1 (1 1/4 ounce) package taco seasoning mix
  • 2 (14 1/2 ounce) cans diced tomatoes
  • 1 (10 ounce) can Ro*Tel
  • 1 (16 ounce) can pinto beans, rinsed and drained
  • 1 (5 ounce) can chili beans in chili sauce
  • 1 cup frozen whole kernel corn
  • Shredded mozzarella, Monterey Jack or Cheddar cheese
  • Slightly crushed tortilla chips
Taco Chili Crock Pot Friendly iowagirleats 02 srgb
Taco Chili Crock Pot Friendly iowagirleats 02 srgb

Instructions

  1. In a large skillet, cook ground beef and onion, one-half at a time, until meat is browned and onion is tender. Drain off fat.
  2. Transfer to a 3 1/2 or 4 quart slow cooker.
  3. Stir in dry taco seasoning mix, diced tomatoes, diced tomatoes with green chiles, pinto beans, chili beans in chili sauce and corn.
  4. Cover; cook on LOW for 8 to 10 hours or on HIGH for 4 to 5 hours.
  5. Sprinkle each serving with some cheese and chips.
Taco Chili Crock Pot Friendly iowagirleats 03 srgb
Taco Chili Crock Pot Friendly iowagirleats 03 srgb

You fellows don’t want to buy a car today.

Years ago I decided that being a young stud that I wanted a Mustang, maybe it should be said I needed a Ford Mustang but I’m also cheap so I’d figured I’d buy a used one. I also had a dad who loved to dicker especially when it came to cars, so he came up to the city I was living in and off we went to go car shopping.

We looked at a few, finally found one at a used car lot. We had talked about what I wanted to pay and so we started the dance. The salesman opened the hood and showed us the engine and everything else. He gave us a price, we gave a counter bid, he went to his manager, you know the game. Came back out, a lower offer, we talked over and counter offered. This went on for a couple rounds. Did I mention I was cheap and so was my dad?

Finally the salesman came up, slammed down the hood and said, ‘You fellows don’t want to buy a car today.’ We went down the street, found Avis and bought one a year newer with less mileage, and my dad told me after we left, ‘Do you think we should go back and tell him we bought a car today?’ God, I miss that man!

Thanks Sarah for the edits. I’m a paramedic not an English major or minor.

I’d like to thank all you kind folks who have read and upvoted this story. My dad would have got a hoot out of how many people have enjoyed it.

“She’s already gone.”

I was sixteen years old and my best friend in the world, Rachel, had just turned sixteen and gotten her driver’s license.

We had been inseparable for years. Youth group trips, summer camp, swapping clothes, obsessing over crushes…she had her own bedroom at my house but we always pulled out sleeping bags and camped in mine.

I saw my first ever rock video on MTV at her house – “Vogue” by Madonna. We wanted to be Madge when we grew up.

Our theme song was “Don’t Worry Be Happy” and we would sing it to each other whenever one of us was upset.

We planned on having a double wedding; we would be each other’s maids of honor in our wedding dresses, which we spent hours obsessing over.

One Sunday morning she was driving to church by herself when she had a brain aneurysm rupture. Her car hit a telephone pole head-on after she lost consciousness.

I was helping with children’s church when I heard she had been rushed to the hospital. The prognosis was bad.

Very bad.

Rachel spent three days in a coma. I spent every second I could at the hospital, though they wouldn’t let me into the ICU to see her.

There was a special prayer circle called on Tuesday evening to pray for her recovery.

I was in that prayer circle when someone came in and said the words.

Rachel was gone.

How could that be?? She literally died while dozens of people were holding hands in a circle, begging God to save her.

A world without my best friend was impossible to comprehend.

Curled up in a ball under a crib in the church’s nursery, I sobbed.

I railed at God – he had broken our bargain. Rachel was so good, her faith so strong…we had all prayed so hard…this isn’t how it was supposed to be!

My heart broke that day and still has a hole where Rachel used to live.

That was also when the faith I had held so dear all my life started to fracture. The split took another five years to complete, but it started that Tuesday night under a baby bed.

Some AI generated Pictures

Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(21)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(21)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(21)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(21)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(20)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(20)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(20)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(20)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(13)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(13)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(20)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(20)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(19)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(19)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(19)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(19)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(12)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(12)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(19)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(19)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(18)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(18)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(18)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(18)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(11)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(11)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(18)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(18)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(10)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(10)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(17)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(17)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(17)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(17)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(17)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(17)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(16)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(16)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(16)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(16)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(9)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(9)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(16)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(16)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(15)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(15)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(15)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(15)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(8)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(8)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(15)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(15)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(14)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(14)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(14)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(14)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(7)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(7)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(14)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(14)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(13)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(13)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(13)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(13)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(6)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(6)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(13)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(13)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(12)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(12)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(12)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(12)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(5)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(5)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(12)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(12)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(11)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(11)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(11)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(11)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(4)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(4)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(11)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(11)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(10)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(10)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(10)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(10)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(3)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(3)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(10)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(10)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(9)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(9)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(9)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(9)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(2)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(2)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(9)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(9)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(8)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(8)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(8)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(8)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(1) (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(1) (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(8)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(8)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(7)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(7)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(7)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(7)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3 (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3 (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(7)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(7)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(6)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(6)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(6)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(6)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(6)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(6)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(5)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(5)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(5)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(5)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(5)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(5)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(4)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(4)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(4)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(4)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(4)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(4)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(3)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(3)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(3)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(3)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(3)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(3)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(2)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(2)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(2)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(2)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(2)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(2)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(1) (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(1) (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(1) (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(1) (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(1) (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(1) (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0 (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0 (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2 (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2 (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1 (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1 (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(1)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(1)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(1)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(1)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(1)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(1)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(1)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(1)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0

VOLTAIRE NETWORK | 20 APRIL 2024

The Israeli attack on Iranian diplomatic premises in Damascus was a clear violation of the Vienna Convention. No one disputed it. The Israeli justification that militia meetings were held there does not change this fact.

The Iranian response to this attack, whatever one thinks of it, is therefore legitimate with regard to Article 51 of the United Nations Charter. No one should dispute that. Remarks that Iran did not have the right to send aircraft through third-party airspace do not change this fact. Yet the UN Security Council has failed to agree to condemn the Israeli attack in Syria. It was also unable to judge the Iranian response.

The speeches no longer come from the legal sphere, but from the political one.

Thus, outside the UN Security Council, the Office of Argentine President Javier Milei “expressed its solidarity and unwavering commitment to the Israeli State following the attacks by the Islamic Republic of Iran. The Argentine Republic recognizes the right of Nation States to defend themselves and firmly supports the Israeli State in defending its sovereignty, in particular against regimes that encourage terror and seek to destroy Western civilization.”

The prize for confusion goes without any doubt to European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen who declared on X: “I strongly condemn Iran’s blatant and unjustifiable attack on Israel. And I call on Iran and its proxies to immediately stop these attacks. All actors must now refrain from any further escalation and work to restore stability in the region.” High Representative of the European Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy Josep Borrell added: “The EU strongly condemns the unacceptable Iranian aggression against the Jewish state. This is an unprecedented escalation and a serious threat to regional security.”

For his part, deputy permanent representative of Russia to the UNSC Dmitri Polyanskiy posted on Telegram: “Once again we are convinced that the cynicism of our Western colleagues and their selective blindness knows no bounds. Now, they don’t even remember that they refused to prevent escalation by not supporting our proposed draft UN Security Council press statement condemning the Israeli strike on the Iranian consulate. As was the case with the beginning of our military defense in Ukraine, the history for them begins with the Iranian retaliation. And the Israelis predictably escalate in their signature manner: Israel is the victim, everyone else is to blame (…) And now this Franco-Saxon-Natanyakha gang will begin to rock the region, blaming Iran for all its sins. Haven’t we already seen all this before?”

Not me but my wife. She graduated with her bachelor’s in 2010, during the time that certain degrees were all but worthless and finding a job was tough to say the least. She ended up taking a job at a small makeup boutique that her friend’s wealthy parents owned.

This store was literally a ploy by her friend’s parents to keep her in town by giving her a project. She lost interest in about a month and her parents were locked into the property for several years, so they had to keep the store open. They offered my wife the manager position which she was happy to take.

The store was literally five minutes from an Ulta, so saying they didn’t do well was an understatement. The owners also refused to adequately restock their inventory, so the few potential customers they could have had quickly gave up after a few visits being unable to find what they needed.

After the first six months, they frequently had days with zero sales and not a single customer through the doors. Luckily for my wife, they had the computer that rung up sales Connected to the Internet with completely unrestricted access. for 7 hours a day, five days a week, she would be on Facebook, play online games, read articles, and generally waste time. For the first hour she would clean and do pull over from the night before, but stopped bothering to do inventory after the first few inventory replenishment requests to the owners went ignored.

She worked there for 18 months total before leaving. Later one of her former coworkers told her that the owners with no warning shut the place down and emptied the store out in the middle of the night, not bothering to tell the employees until they showed up the next day that they were out of a job. I understand that they were trying to save money on the labor and utility costs by closing, but giving zero warning was cowardly and unethical.

I’ll tell you a story.

There’s this girl who aced all her subjects in secondary school.

Not just acing but award-worthy educational success.

She was so good that at her Junior Secondary 3 (JSS 3) level, she was solving mathematical problems from Senior Secondary 1 & 2 (SS 1 & 2) curriculum.

1st Mistake

She loved Maths & computers but was admitted into the university to study Geology.

Today, she still thinks she would have been a statistics wizard if she’d been allowed to just study Math or Engineering. You know – subjects where she doesn’t have to always cram some qualitative garbage but provide quantitative solutions.

2nd Mistake

When she got into the university, she realized she didn’t have to study very hard. Very few people were bothering to anyway. She was extremely smart & could hold her own but it became easier to combine intellectual efforts with other students at assignments, tests & final exams.

The system allowed it.

All her friends did it so, why fight it?

3rd Mistake

While at school, no one ever taught her how to write a résumé or successfully approach interviews.

She, just like everyone around her wanted a good life but the system pretty much set them up to fail.

When she graduated, she met a professional at an international oil & gas company who asked her what she wanted to do in life & to explain her undergraduate degree experience but she was not prepared for that.

She gave answers which were weak, mostly incoherent, lacked precision or clarity.

She’d never thought of herself in that light.

The internet wasn’t readily accessible back then so she was pretty much left on her own with her fellow ignorant peers.

She also had a great & supportive family who she leaned on.

Luckily for her, she got some mentors, then left the country for her masters degree.


At 1st, she struggled at her Canadian university.

Correcting her 2nd mistake

She had to actually learn all those skills & resources she didn’t bother with back in Nigeria due to combined students’ efforts.

She had to read all those textbooks she never bothered with in her Nigerian university in order to excel at her program.

Correcting her 3rd mistake

She also met lecturers whose method of teaching was about empowering students to run with their ideas.

It wasn’t about multiple choice questions but making a case of why Case A is better/worse than Case B.

It made her actually think for the 1st time in her life. She learned how to make great presentations. It was a confidence boost. It was exhilarating!

She learned about plagiarism which is a very despicable thing. She also learned about self-development, professional development & presentations.

She learned it was ok to make decisions, make mistakes & then learn from them.

She became comfortable working alone & also with a team. She learned the power of independence.

She was a different person.

She became more confident about her thoughts & ideas. No one laughs at her mistakes nor condemns her for them.

Her bosses don’t care about always being right or barking orders at those under them. Team contributions is crucial, encouraged & needed.

Everybody is equal. No one feared anyone. It was a healthy environment. She was valued. She freely runs her program the way she sees fit.

This is my story.

There’s no correcting my 1st mistake. If I ever do, I’ll tell a story about it.

If you read this, you’d understand how the Nigerian system encourages laziness & might discourage talent because of envy or pride.

Many Nigerian graduates are victims of their own underdeveloped & redundant society.

Maybe with the internet, a few might self-improve. Otherwise, they’re unemployable because there’s very few people to teach them better.

Note to any Nigerian student reading this – don’t take the easy way out. Read not just to pass your examinations but to actually know.

You’d be truly a better person & student for it.

Good luck!

Chinese treatment for Blinkin and Janet Yelen

No red carpet, and met by Kong Fu-An, Director General of the Shanghai Foreign Affairs Office, at the tarmac.

My understanding is the head of a province-level Foreign Affairs Office counts as a Bureau Chief, or a Level 5, Rank 11–12 Civil Servant.

This is one step below the welcome Olaf received when he landed in Chongqing.

Note both Janet and Antony did not land in Beijing directly, unlike the last time they were in town.

Most powerful finance minister in the world—meh.

Most powerful diplomat in the world—meh.

 

When my daughter told me, I had her design her idea of the perfect tattoo no matter what it was or how big …anything. I reminded her it was forever and would never come off so she had to choose wisely. That was the first problem. She couldn’t decide. She had many good ideas but when the idea of “forever” came up she always changed her mind. When she finally came up with her final choice she still handed it to me with some trepidation. Second step was for me to take it to a tattoo artist, a good one, to get a quote. I showed my daughter the quote $1,200 that she would be required to pay for herself. Step three was a surprise to her. I took the artwork she gave me and sent it to a custom temporary tattoo maker that made long term tattoos. I had it made and applied it exactly where she wanted it. My daughter was thrilled for about a week. The tattoo clashed with some of her favorite clothes and it was too visible so she couldn’t hide it. It made her pretty, dainty prom dress look kinda cheap. Looked good with jeans and a tank top but she liked variety…bummer. People treated her differently and judged her before they knew her and it really bothered her. She started trying to hide it rather than show it off. Two months in she asked me for the special solution to take it off. I refused because “tattoos are forever.” She was angry but I reminded her she made her own choices now she had to live with them. It eventually wore off and when she became an adult I told her she should start saving for her tattoo. She thanked me for the “lesson” I gave her because now that she was older her tastes had changed and IF she ever decides to get one it will probably be small, likely just one color and someplace hidden. She is an adult now. She can do what she wants but at least I know she will think before she leaps and that is all I can ask for.

CCTV’s Spring Festival Gala has been consistently panned in recent years for lacking creativity and lowering standards, and this year was no exception.

However, one segment won almost universal praise on Chinese social media – 《山河詩長安》/Poem for the Landscape of Chang’an.

It is an excellent showcasing of Xi’an culture, both old and new, from Qin opera to Shaanxi hip hop. Chang’an (the historical name for Xi’an) was known as one of the greatest cities of the ancient world, and the capital city of various dynasties, most notably the Tang Dynasty.

Here’s the 6 minute video…

We see people making merry and enjoying local festivities, and historical characters such as the Tang poet Li Bai brought back to life with 3D technology. To hear people chanting ancient poems in unison, as the country enters the space age, had me awestruck.

main qimg ecbbef2eb633f8c8c0d8bab54bceb171
main qimg ecbbef2eb633f8c8c0d8bab54bceb171

This is what China is – the only surviving ancient civilisation, its history as long as it is unbroken; a place where ancient traditions and memories still live on, rising from the ashes as peacefully as a civilisation possibly could, and is now leading the world into a bright and better future.

There are legends, poems and lessons here dating back thousands of years ago, that even the least educated Chinese person knows by heart, but would elude even the most dedicated western Sinologist.

(DON’T BOTHER WATCHING IT IF YOU CANNOT UNDERSTAND Chinese)

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=itw2GTN41P8

Contrast this to Taiwan/the Republic of China, where a local teacher went viral recently for protesting the Ministry of Education’s policy of de-Sinicisation. Under the new education reforms, students would be less exposed to Chinese history and culture, and less time would be allocated to the teaching of Chinese classics and poetry.

This is why I could never accept the neoliberal western narrative of Taiwan (ROC) being the “real China”. A regime that is truly legitimate in the eyes of the Chinese people, that truly has the best interests of the Yellow River civilisation at heart, that is truly representative of its people, would not so hastily abandon its heritage in an attempt to appeal to outsiders.

But when you force a people to abandon everything that defined who they are, the question becomes what to replace it with. In Taiwan’s case, attempts at westernisation and Japanisation have both been met with limited success, as have all other attempts at creating an independent “Taiwanese” national identity from scratch. As it turns out, you can’t just artificially create history and culture where before there was none.

This cynical historical nihilism, this dreadful feeling of emptiness and rootlessness, is devastating to the youth of “real China”. They don’t know who they are, what values to hold, where they truly belong, who and what to look up to, what to believe. Even conscription changes nothing – they know not for whom or what they fight (which is why they strongly reject mandatory military service).

At a time when the whole world is beginning to learn Chinese, Taiwan’s politically driven de-Sinicisation is not only counterproductive, but self-sabotaging.

I am glad that in the mainland at least, the best aspects of Chinese culture are being preserved and celebrated, contrary to public perception in certain parts of the world that once invaded, enslaved, slaughtered and stole from the Chinese nation, but now feign to care about our wellbeing.

main qimg d600d05b6e0f647172a183a507295672
main qimg d600d05b6e0f647172a183a507295672

Lemme give you an example of why I think it is important to hold on to the wisdom of our ancestors. This part of the Spring Festival Gala features one of Li Bai’s poems that is most fitting for our times. Here is an excerpt:

天生我材必有用,千金散盡還復來!

“The talents bestowed upon me shall certainly be of use; and so what if I have exhausted my fortune? It shall all come back to me!”

Times are tough, and I know many of you are having money problems or self esteem issues. But be confident in knowing that you are not worthless, just keep honing your skills and looking out for opportunities to prove yourself. And rest assured that a bad investment and such is not the end of the world. You will recover financially if you’re a bit more cautious in the future.

From Zhuhai to the world, may all of you have a great Year of the Dragon.

main qimg eac7b936de1ad290429ae0760614ca8f
main qimg eac7b936de1ad290429ae0760614ca8f

Italian Sausage Soup

Italian Sausage Soup SpendWithPennies 4
Italian Sausage Soup SpendWithPennies 4

A Fave Flavorful Soup

This soup is a “one-pot wonder” so there is less mess and less clean-up.
You can add any veggie you’d like into this recipe (and swap up the pasta with orzo or any shape you love)!

Use hot or mild sausage to your liking (or even meatballs if you’d prefer).
This soup reheats well making it great for lunches. Freeze in individual portions (before adding pasta) to keep it even longer.

Yield: 7 cups

Ingredients

  • 1 pound hot or mild Italian sausage
  • 1 medium onion, coarsely chopped
  • 1 green bell pepper, cut into half rings
  • 1 (14.5 ounce) can diced tomatoes with juice
  • 1 (15 ounce) can great northern beans
  • 2 (14 ounce) cans beef broth

Ingredients

Italian Sausage Use either mild, sweet, or spicy Italian sausage in this soup. No Italian sausage? No problem, use ground pork, chicken, or beef with the same spices we use in our homemade Italian sausage.

BROTH We use chicken broth in this soup but beef broth works just as well.

VEGETABLES Loads of different kinds of veggies like tomatoes, garlic, zucchini, and onion make this soup filling with lots of nutrients, too. Add whatever is in your fridge!

FLAVORS Add a delicious blend of Italian Seasoning or use your own special blend of favorite spices! We also add Parmesan cheese and fresh parsley as a garnish!

Variations

  • Feel free to switch up the ingredients with leftovers like adding chicken in place of the sausage, or kale instead of the spinach.
  • White beans can be replaced with lentils or garbanzos, long grain rice, and a liberal dose of cheese.
  • Diced potatoes are a good substitute for pasta as well! Add a can of condensed creamy tomato soup for extra-rich broth.

How to Make Italian Sausage Soup

Veggies and sausage with pasta tastes amazing and it’s so easy to make this classic soup!

  1. Brown sausage, with onion & garlic per recipe below.
  2. Add broth, beans, vegetables and simmer until tender. Stir in zucchini for the last few minutes.
  3. In a separate pot, cook pasta al dente, drain. Add to the pot (or to bowls).
  4. Garnish with parsley & Parmesan cheese.
Italian Sausage Soup SpendWithPennies 7
Italian Sausage Soup SpendWithPennies 7

Slow Cooker Method:

  1. Brown sausage, onion, & garlic. Drain.
  2. Add all ingredients except pasta, zucchini and spinach.
  3. Cook on low for 8 hours or high for 4 hours adding zucchini in the last 30-40 minutes.
  4. Stir in cooked pasta and garnish with parsley & Parmesan cheese & serve.

Leftovers

If you plan for leftovers or to freeze this soup, keep the pasta separate and cook fresh pasta for serving.

  • Keep Italian sausage soup in a covered container in the refrigerator for up to 5 days.
  • Reheat in the microwave or reheat the whole pot on the stovetop.
  • Freeze in zippered bags with the date written on the outside.

I was returning home to NC after a job in Davidson, SC. Red and blue lights come on behind me so I, of course, pull over to the right. A sheriff’s deputy walks up to my window and asked if I knew why I’d been pulled over. I informed him I did not. He requested my license and registration, which I provided. He then stated that I had been driving 65 in a 55. I had been doing 60, so I was speeding but not at the speed he indicated. I asked to see his radar and camera showing he had indeed clocked me at said speed. He said he hadn’t used radar, but instead he’d paced me.

He hadn’t been behind me long enough to do so, so I said again that I hadn’t been driving that fast. He replied with, “You were definitely going 65 because I had to drive that fast to catch up with you.” I sat there in stunned silence, letting that sink in, for a moment. I said, “Excuse me?”. He again said I had been going 65 because he had to go that fast to catch up to me. I asked him, “If I’m going 65 and you’re going 65, how long would it take you to catch up with me?” He said he didn’t know how long it had taken him, but it wasn’t long. I was amused. I asked again and he asked what I was getting at. I informed him that I was just looking for clarification for when I go to court to dispute the ticket. I then told him that if I was going 65 and he was going 65 he would always remain the same distance behind me. This meant I had to have been going slower than 65. I then asked if his patrol camera recorded sound, as I’d be requesting the recording for court.

He handed me my license, advised me to slow down and have a nice day, then went back to his car.

Source is RAND

main qimg 5edf37bb5b084cf19c932179313c0aed
main qimg 5edf37bb5b084cf19c932179313c0aed

Back in 2000, I worked at the Super 8 hotel in the city where I lived in Tennessee. I worked in housekeeping. The hotel didn’t get a great deal of customers being in a small city.

One morning when I got to work I noticed several full-sized white vans in the parking lot once inside I found out it was a group traveling selling magazines. Almost all of the rooms had been rented which might sound bad but it’s not because if they are staying for any length of time you simply take out trash and make sure they have plenty of towels.

My day goes by fairly quickly. I finished up the last room and was headed towards the laundry room when a guy stepped out of a room and was going in the same direction as me. I notice he is following me but I’m not worried because there are other rooms he could be going to. When he followed Me downstairs is when I felt uneasy because at the bottom of the stairs is laundry room and a small storage room. When I got to the laundry room other maids were in there dropping off laundry and he simply turned and went back up the stairs.

Everything went pretty normal and quite easy because everyone in that group is gone all day selling magazines from door to door so you go in clean up a little make up the beds and restock towels. This is about the 4th day of them being at the hotel I’m cleaning rooms as usual. I clean the upstairs rooms around back last because they are close to the upstairs storage room.

I was on one of the last rooms on my list which was on the back side. I go in make up the bed, vacuum and take out the garbage. I go into the bathroom to count the towels and wash out the tub when I pulled the shower curtain back there stood that guy who followed me to the laundry room. He was fully dressed obviously hiding. My stomach dropped he had no expression on his face just staring at me. He pulled the curtain rest of the way open and started to step out of the tub and the manager of the Hotel hollers here are your towels you called for. Not wanting to turn my back on him I yell I’m in here my boss bitches a little then bring them to me and is beyond mad that the guy is hiding in the shower and makes him leave the room and wait outside till I’m done with his room.

On the way to the office he asked me why I didn’t tell him he was in the room when I called for towels. I would have told him if I had called for towels but I didn’t call laundry and certainly not him for anything . I don’t understand how he got a call to come to that room but I am thankful for whatever happened because a few days after that they left and moved on to a hotel in Knoxville TN where that same guy that hid in the shower raped and stabbed an elderly lady and stole her car. The police said it was the worst crime scene they had seen in a while.

Tony Blinken Back to China: Begging Bowl in one Hand & a Knife in the Other!

Have you heard about Secretary of State Antony Blinken’s upcoming trip to China? Mainstream media will have you believe that he is going to address the path to peace in West Asia, among other global issues. But let me tell you, it’s all a distraction. The truth is, the US government has no intention of truly addressing global issues. They use these high-profile meetings and trips to China as a way to distract the public from the real issues at hand. While they talk about peace in West Asia, they continue to fuel conflicts and wars for their own benefit. Don’t be fooled by the headlines and the fancy speeches. Secretary Blinken’s trip is just a facade, a charade to make us believe that they care about global peace and stability. But in reality, it’s all about politics and power. So, the next time you see news about Secretary Blinken’s trip to China, remember that it’s just a distraction from the truth.

 

Miller pony bottle dreams

They lied to me for 54 years. Successfully.

at 21 I was complaining to my cousin that I loathed my father and was sick of his abuse. Her reply “what if I told you that he’s not your father?” for two years my parents told me that it’s a lie and to drop it.

dad dies in 2004. A few years later I get suspicious again because my siblings have diabetes (perfectly healthy and fit). I don’t. Dads parents and aiblings ll had it by 50. But I don’t act on it.

2010 youngest goes off to college and the hubs and I get a call from mom that she would like to share her home with us. I asked why, she said “because I need one of my kids on my side, the other 4 want me in a nursing home.” Her only health issue was Parkinson’s. She had it for 30 years but wasn’t disabled or senile until 2–3 years before her death in 2021 (Jan 2021)

One day in 2014 she is asking me to show her how to look up and old beau. I searched everywhere and couldn’t find him. He had a super rare name so I was surprised. I don’t think twice about it but it’s really important.

2018, my sibs and I are arguing over our heritage. Some think we are Scottish. Some Irish. We all order tests, take them the same day and ship them off. We all get our results the same day. We are in fact Scottish, or should I say THEY are. And right there were it says father is a name I recognize. Moms “old beau”. Wtf? So the man had his dna on ancestry dot com at 84, could he have known about me? I quickly email him. No answer but he has two sons. I quickly emailed one of them. He gets back to me. They had no idea and sadly my birth father had died 7 months prior. They say he would have welcomed me with open arms and would have loved me

So they successfully lied. I was suspicious because I was the only one he physically disciplined. First I was angry that mother allowed this man to lay hands on me. Knowing he wasn’t my father and most likely taken it out on me that mom lied to him.

The saddest part is they had at least 3 chances to tell me. Instead I found out myself 7 months too late. They cheated me out of a dad and a better life. I don’t grieve for them. Not like a Daughter would really. I loved them, I just can’t grieve with all this anger over being their dirty little secret and robbing me of knowing my biological dad. Friends say “oh but he was your father, he raised you and blah blah blah. No. He’s not my father. He mistreated me and abused me. So to hell with him.

Anyone that read this far, I thank you. Those that didn’t, I’m sorry I babbled on.

UPDATE – Yes I am in contact with and have a relationship with one of my half brothers. The other I was told to contact with extreme caution as he is “trouble” and lord knows I don’t need that. Maybe someday I’ll reach out. I don’t know. I don’t see my half brother as much as I’d like but we are 3 hours away from each other. We do exchange pleasantries and such on holidays.

main qimg ffae5ee0b902619b0089abb4efa71ba7
main qimg ffae5ee0b902619b0089abb4efa71ba7
"The West must be factoring our response into its projections all while plotting against us. They are trying to put themselves into our shoes, while sticking to their own mentality.

As for their mentality… Only recently, Mark Episkopos, a prominent American political scientist, chastised the West, including from a purely utilitarian and pragmatic standpoint.

Take sanctions, for example. Usually, they are designed to change the way their subject behaves. If you want them to be effective, you need to adjust these sanctions based on the response from those who endure them.

The West has been carelessly expanding its sanctions without giving any thought to the possible outcomes.

But the outcome was clear to begin with, even before the special military operation when the Crimean sanctions, as well as a host of other sanctions, were already in place.

The result was clear. We pulled together, and I do hope that we will become even more focused.

We have to go further, as Vladimir Putin said many times. We pulled together and decided not to depend on them in any sectors where they can restrain or hold back our development, and possibly in other sectors too.

Today, they pride themselves for getting rid of Russian gas.

First, supplies have been on the rise in many countries, including France.

Italy took pride in claiming that over the past three years the share of Russian gas in Italian imports declined from 90 percent all the way down to zero.

This is what German Chancellor Olaf Scholz boasted of when describing his efforts to reduce the country’s dependence on Russian energy imports, while promising to end the dependence on them completely down the road.

Many European have been making statements along the same lines, including the Netherlands, and almost all Western and some Eastern European countries.

But at what cost? How much did they have to spend and how have their spending on serving their people increased?

Nobody answered these questions. Still, people can see through these ramifications.

Mr Episkopos went on say that failing to anticipate the way Russia would respond to these developments was a huge mistake.

The West fails to understand that sanctions can be effective only if the subject is ready to change its behaviour for the sake of having these sanctions lifted.

The second point Mr Episkopos made was that if the country subjected to sanctions already said that it was not going to change its behaviour, keeping these sanctions in place would be pointless and careless.

This is the kind of policy our would-be colleagues have opted for."

Excerpt from remarks by Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov in an interview with the radio stations Sputnik, Govorit Moskva, and Komsomolskaya Pravda, Moscow, April 19, 2024.

How to be a man

One of the unremarked things that has happened over the past ten years is the collapse of the so-called man-o-sphere. There may be people still working that land, but all the big names have moved on or disappeared. The pickup artist have all disappeared from the internet entirely. That whole scene just seems to have folded up and gone the way of the dinosaur without anyone noticing.

One reason is the demographic aged out of the material. A guy like Heartiste, for example, could do the pickup artist stuff when he was early middle-age, but once you hit fifty you become a skeevy weirdo, not a Don Juan. The same holds for the other subcultures in that space. Once you reach middle-age, it all starts to sound a bit weird and pointless, even to the people making money off it.

There is another aspect to it. That whole scene was a reaction to the feminization of the culture starting with second wave feminism. The next generation of males have no frame of reference in which to have a reaction. The typical Zoomer has been raised in the longhouse, to use the cool kid’s term. He has no way of knowing that all of this is both weird and unnatural.

That is the point of the show. The male role is not a slippery concept that changes from one generation to the next. It has been revolutionized and pulverized over the last few decades, but that is what makes this age anomalous. The male role in society is timeless, at least in the Western world. There are certain immutable characteristic to being a man that will reassert themselves in the coming years.

IT JUST DOESN’T WORK ANYMORE! Retirement and Jobs ARE FINISHED!

The company I work for gave everyone a nice company coat for Christmas. I took a marker and marked the inside tag with my name so that I would know if it was mine (all the coats looked the same).

One day, before heading for home, I looked at the peg where my coat had been hanging, and it wasn’t there. I checked all the coats…mine was gone, as were my favorite sunglasses.

I told management, who expressed regret, but there were no coats left.

Two weeks passed…and I periodically did a check to see if any hanging were my coat.

After about two weeks, I came across it hanging on a peg on the opposite end of the room. I grabbed it and hid it at my work station.

One of the night crew workers came storming up to me demanding HER coat. I told her that I didn’t have it…I had mine. I then showed her the tag, which showed my name. I then asked her where my sunglasses were. She responded she didn’t know.

I told her she had 24 hours to come up with them or I was going to tell them who had stolen my coat.

This would have been a termination offense.

She handed them to me the next day, saying she found them in her husband’s truck.

She has since transferred, but when I see her, she avoids me like the plague.

Some views of Pago Pago

kkk
kkk
jjj
jjj
iii
iii
hhh
hhh
ggg
ggg
fff
fff
eee
eee
ddd
ddd
ccc
ccc

Freedom of trade? What a hypocrite! The U.S. burnt down nations just to install freedom but it ensures that it’s people buy from profiteers and keep prices high to give its people no choices! The U.S. citizens are the real loser! Are US citizens not aware that they are worst than Chinese citizens who can buy Tesla if they do wish! I fact out of the cars that Tesla made in 2023, 69.7% are sold in China! Can you Yanks not see the irony that China a supposedly unfree nation can buy Tesla and a nation screaming freedom like there is no tomorrow cannot buy BYD?

Let me school all of you on this! China U.S. a very smart and intelligent nation, by allowing Tesla to sell it ensures that those cars are made in China too! They got jobs and are learning all the while about western demands and western customers. So by the time BYD goes international it knows their taste, their likes and dislikes and they made a killing! Thanks to being open and free they are successful.

The U.S. is left as a pathetic slur grape nation without principle nor freedom!

A fun quote

3
3
2
2
1
1

I have. For 20 minutes.

It was 2011, and I was meeting a couple for lunch for my birthday. He worked at Oakley, and lunch “came with“ a new pair of Oakley‘s as a gift. It should’ve been a great day.

I was in a convertible, traveling on highway 73 in Orange County, California. I exited and was waiting for the light to turn left onto a surface highway. The approaching cars stopped, the light turned green and I started to make a left turn. As soon as I passed the stopped cars and made it to the centerline, a speeding Chevy Suburban, three times the size of my car, came into view. My last conscious thought was “They’re not going to stop“. I swerved, and it was lights out.

She ran a red and T-boned me; smashed into my side, forward of the door, near the front wheel. She crushed the entire front like a tin can, my car spun and we collided twice. So I heard…

main qimg 13abbd756b9bf9831bffc15280867f8a lq
main qimg 13abbd756b9bf9831bffc15280867f8a lq

Twenty minutes and lots of bystander activity went by. My next conscious moment was in the ambulance, looking up at a female emergency medical tech as we were heading to the trauma center. I was an EMT decades ago, and my first thought and words were “so this is what it looks like in the other direction“…

My head had hit the frame of the convertible top and it split my scalp, but fortunately didn’t crack my skull, though you could see it from the wound. My hand broke on the steering wheel, my ribs were cracked where they impacted the door. I was covered in blood and bruises. The airbags never went off.

Two guys jumped out of their cars and ran over. My window was a curtain of blood and of course I was out. They couldn’t open the door and thought I was dead. One called 911, and the other ran over to the woman’s car. It was totaled.

The impact of my head hitting the car was so forceful, my brain violently bounced off the inside of my skull. The brain stem flexed with such force it caused “micro-tears.” They sewed me up, patched me up, gave me X-rays and a CAT scan and I left the trauma center late that night with my wife instructed to ensure I woke up the next morning.

To give you an idea of how much it shook me up? I had been arranging a huge business dinner for two nights later. I still made phone calls to make sure the plans were set, and then the night of the event? I forgot to go… Par for the course with bad concussions, I had a slightly volatile temper for a couple of months. I forgot, seemingly everything randomly. I had minor bouts with depression which I’ve never had otherwise in my life.

The brain impact prevented me from remembering proper nouns for almost year and a half. I got to know my neurologist and the neuropsych testing people very well.

You can’t be unconscious for that long without taking a huge shot to the brain. And you can’t be unconscious for that long without having a long-term challenge. My ability to recall proper nouns is still pretty poor. That’s mostly it…

But it could’ve been much worse. Had she hit the driver’s door? It would’ve been the other kind of “lights out.”

This was a series of purchases, over a period of around six months. The company I was working for hired an employee who apparently had left her prior job under a cloud of felony charges. She hadn’t been convicted, so there was no record to find in a background check, plus the individual reversed a few numbers on her SSN when she applied. She managed to then hit a perfect storm of processes that allowed her to run up some significant charges on the company credit card. First, she was a remote employee with an also remote boss (this was well before COVID). She immediately requested a company credit card so she could fly to HQ for new hire orientation. A card was issued and FedExed to her. Her first charge was a cash advance (in those days, this was a holdover from days further in the past where it was unheard of for an employee to use the credit card — or their own money — for small purchases). During the ensuing investigation, we found that her subsequent purchases were for household bills, groceries, and utilities. Interestingly, she never submitted the expenses for the trip to HQ. Her manager never noticed that.

Fast forward six months or so and the employee went missing. Her manager woke up and discovered from media reporting that said employee had been convicted of some felony charges related to her prior employment and sent off to be a guest of the state for a few years. Alarm bells went off and an investigation began. As we unwound the credit card bill, we continued to see the various household purchases, utilities, cash advances, etc. Then we found that she had used the card to pay her lawyer as well as take some family members on a (modest) cruise. By the time we added things up, the company was out well in excess of $10,000. Arguably, not a ton of money for a large company, but something that caused immediate changes in expense policy and company credit cards. We found that she was able to exploit a fairly liberal payment window (established to accommodate time for employees to submit expenses, get them approved, and get them paid out to the credit card company). She further managed to (probably) use cash advances to make payments on the card to avoid showing up as delinquent. It appeared that she made some additional payments from other sources, but it wasn’t something we were in a position to confirm. The company didn’t have a good process for tracking personal charges, so there was no process to have the employee report and reimburse such expenses. There were also no categories of expenses that could not be charged to the card. There were quite a number of additional learnings, starting with why the background company didn’t flag a SSN mis-match.

The employee’s manager was fired (in addition to the initial failure to submit expenses, there had been some communications from the credit card company that charges were aging, which the manager had never looked into) and the lawyer was advised to pay the company back the fees charged against the credit card. Beyond that, I wasn’t privy to any other events outside of a flurry of expense and credit card policy changes.

Retro Underground Comix

a399c95f2f18e83b0a0e8a4a882da900
a399c95f2f18e83b0a0e8a4a882da900
66e9fb89fdcdc67b6156ec6552ed0815
66e9fb89fdcdc67b6156ec6552ed0815
0d03e1c0fbf2090c9a26cf34b43f11fd
0d03e1c0fbf2090c9a26cf34b43f11fd
64c3fc548c7d5dda103010f9a3bf819c
64c3fc548c7d5dda103010f9a3bf819c
13dd7a23c370dced9f41f47e16266e68
13dd7a23c370dced9f41f47e16266e68
e4a744f840fbff4ffd7c458da65cd4a0
e4a744f840fbff4ffd7c458da65cd4a0
08fc1c2a4fcd174df99aea8bb8e883d9
08fc1c2a4fcd174df99aea8bb8e883d9
fae9a7e472a000ffbb10ed0bc9a0e188
fae9a7e472a000ffbb10ed0bc9a0e188
7ad3127d6818c8c535d4006574ae685f
7ad3127d6818c8c535d4006574ae685f
561f2cc5dc289f79333bbcd202820975
561f2cc5dc289f79333bbcd202820975
e5f9c0b2db545f16f00434a60f960eee
e5f9c0b2db545f16f00434a60f960eee
23d0400897fa3f9f1c828c778d481cd7
23d0400897fa3f9f1c828c778d481cd7
f9f1687acf24d9fd5a4e6a94678ebde3
f9f1687acf24d9fd5a4e6a94678ebde3
22f0d2865c19149bd53d749b023183c0
22f0d2865c19149bd53d749b023183c0
89f6338c7bb8adf65960621d5a6254f5
89f6338c7bb8adf65960621d5a6254f5
07841a0f62350eeefda086defeb3e2b3
07841a0f62350eeefda086defeb3e2b3
8d3b9445e0689da5ba8b710fa9750ee4
8d3b9445e0689da5ba8b710fa9750ee4
d4716d7d41e0ef44d197baeb184ca548
d4716d7d41e0ef44d197baeb184ca548
9abc89c45618b77567bf21b1d7ee5d66
9abc89c45618b77567bf21b1d7ee5d66
21bb1f81fa21bcb48f8d8648c3ed99a6
21bb1f81fa21bcb48f8d8648c3ed99a6
786b154c85305ada059f145bdf291407
786b154c85305ada059f145bdf291407
df0ac1be550088a003fd2c649b798110
df0ac1be550088a003fd2c649b798110
f1cff0ec7ccf9342af8038bffaac1ceb
f1cff0ec7ccf9342af8038bffaac1ceb
c2d288a8bf3d69209c99dc7363ec1a31
c2d288a8bf3d69209c99dc7363ec1a31
ef217fdb85cba859d7b50d2602845607
ef217fdb85cba859d7b50d2602845607
a2fae027a042af6f31c65c70783bb11d
a2fae027a042af6f31c65c70783bb11d
9db33c7fbc794803f7514ed689bb3433
9db33c7fbc794803f7514ed689bb3433

Even though he passed away years ago, I still find myself feeling a bit envious. I’m talking about my granddad—my lifelong hero and mentor. He kept grinding every day until he hit 90. Getting up at 6:00 AM, he’d down his coffee and head off to work. Surprisingly fit for his age, not exactly a six-pack, but definitely in good shape.

I remember working on physically demanding tasks with him, and I’d be wiped out afterward. For him, it was a walk in a park. Once, we chopped wood for eight hours, and I passed out right after. But he? He moved on to his next job without missing a beat.

main qimg 75229cc6cb115a85e48a7121ebdd835c
main qimg 75229cc6cb115a85e48a7121ebdd835c

What I envy most is how he never lost his ability to handle physical tasks. While others his age struggled just to stand, he could do everything as if he were still in his thirties. I never quite grasped how he managed it all. I really wish I could be like he was.

“Members of Congress are terrified of the intel agencies. I’m not guessing at that. They’ve told me that, including people who run the intel committee.”

What Tucker said next was even more revealing.

“I said to somebody, a very powerful person, the other day, in a conversation in my kitchen, an elected official — holds a really senior position… But I was like, ‘All these people are controlled. They’ve all got weird sex lives, and all these things they’re hiding, and they’re being blackmailed by the intel agencies.’ And he said, and I’m quoting, ‘I know.’ I was like, okay, so at this point, we’re just sort of admitting that’s real? Like, why do we allow that to continue?”

This is the Amerikkkan Deep State.

About six years ago or so when I was still in high school, we were playing soccer in gym class. After about five minutes in or so, the kid who was playing as my team’s forward (we’ll call him “Brock”) came up to me, who was playing goalie, and said he wanted to be the goalie now. I politely declined, because the game was only five minutes in, and that’s just not how soccer (or the real world) works.

After about 30 seconds of arguing back and forth over it, he presumed the second best option to be to grab me by the shirt and try to drag me out of the goalie box. Or in other words, physically assaulted me.

As a natural reaction and in accordance with what the law actually says, I laid into Brock with one good hit.

I then see the gym instructor approaching us to break up the scuffle that was occuring. When he gets to us, he sends us both to the principal’s office.

Brock’s punishmen was a week of out-of-school suspension. And I received the exact same punishment.

Why? Because according to my school’s policy on fighting, if you are even merely involved in a fight, it’s an automatic out-of-school suspension, so the principal technically doesn’t even get to use his own discretion regarding disciplining students regarding these types of matters.

I remember him even saying to me “Geraldo, coming from person to person, I would have done the exact same thing as you. However, as a school official, I unfortunately have no choice but to suspend you”.

What my school expects you to do if you are to find yourself in the situation I was in, is to passively submit and take your beating, and then once that is finished, you are to go to a teacher and tell on the person who attacked you. (Because it’s not like the person you just told on isn’t going to kick the shit out of you for rolling on them once you’re outside school property, right?)

Say you were to get jumped by five people at my school. Well that means that a total of six people will be getting suspended. That being the five dudes who assualted you, and yourself, for being assaulted.

If that’s not an example of institutionalized wussification, I don’t know what is.

Some of my AI generated pictures

Girls and alcohol with cats.

Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 0(4)
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 0(4)
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 1(4)
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 1(4)
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 0(3)
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 0(3)
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 1(3)
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 1(3)
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 1(2)
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 1(2)
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 2
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 2
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 3(2)
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 3(2)
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 0(2)
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 0(2)
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 1(1)
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 1(1)
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 3(1)
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 3(1)
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 3
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 3
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 0(1)
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 0(1)
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 1
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 1
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 0
Default a Baroque label showing an attractive 28 year old bust 0

This happened when my dad was just out of high school. One of his longtime friends confirmed the details.

My dad and some friends were at a roller skating rink having fun and flirting with some girls. There was a black family skating there as well. Suddenly they hear this guy saying, “You n%#s, we don’t want your kind here.” He kept harassing them and it pissed my dad off. He went up to the jerk and told him to knock it off, that this family was more than welcome to be here, and he is the one who should leave.
The bully asked, “You n%# lover, are you going to make me?”

My dad told me he was terrified because this guy looked like someone who had been in a lot a fights. But the looks on that poor family’s faces was more than he could bear. So, he agreed to take it outside. While he was putting on his shoes an employee told him he should take off, that the guy he was facing was a known troublemaker and he had just gotten out of jail for assault. That didn’t help my dad’s nerves. Then as he was getting up the father of the black family told him not to bother, that they will just leave.
I don’t know how he mustered the courage to walk out that door, but he went to face him anyway. A crowd gathered around them as they faced each other. The bully said, “Now I am going to teach you a lesson you n#% lov…” He never had a chance to finish that sentence. My dad hit him squarely on his chin and the racist bully crumpled to the pavement. One punch and he was out.

Everyone cheered, the girls were all swooning over my dad, and the family thanked him for being the only one standing up for them. Yep, my dad was a true badass that day.

I was in 6th grade and 11 years old. I had started menstruating at 10 and didn’t have it all figured out quite yet. I was wearing a pale yellow skirt and jacket that my grandmother had sewn me and I really liked it. When school ended, I stood up to leave and the teacher snapped at me to come see her. I was pretty shocked. She never raised her voice to me. When I reached her she spun me around so my back was toward the wall. Then she whispered to me that the back of my skirt was stained and to just stay there with her until everyone left. When everyone left she told me to just keep waiting. She knew that my mother came and picked up my brother and I each day. Eventually, my brother came to see why I wasn’t coming out to the car. He was about 7. When he came into the classroom, first she yelled at him for not getting out of bed in the morning and making me late several days (I felt bad about this, but she wasn’t wrong) and then she told him to give her his jacket. She wrapped it around my waist and told us we could leave. I have never forgotten her kindness. Especially because several of the girls could be really mean to me. I’m pretty sure no one ever saw the stain.

Creamy Asparagus Soup

Creamy Asparagus Soup with Morel Mushrooms and Ramps 500
Creamy Asparagus Soup with Morel Mushrooms and Ramps 500

Ingredients

  • 1 pound fresh asparagus
  • 2 onions, finely minced
  • 2 potatoes, peeled, diced small
  • 2 ribs celery, diced small, with tops included
  • 2 carrots, diced
  • 2 cloves garlic, minced
  • 8 teaspoons granulated chicken or vegetable bouillon (or 8 cubes of bouillon)
  • 1 bay leaf
  • 1 tablespoon Worcestershire sauce
  • 1/4 cup fresh parsley, chopped or 1 tablespoon dried parsley
  • 2 sprigs fresh thyme or 1 teaspoon dried thyme
  • 1 sprig fresh tarragon, chopped, or 1 teaspoon dried tarragon
  • 1/4 cup fresh basil, minced, or 2 teaspoons dried basil
  • 1 teaspoon seasoned salt (or to taste)
  • 1/2 teaspoon white pepper
  • 1/4 cup cornstarch
  • 2 cups Half-and-Half
  • Sour cream
  • Chives, chopped

Instructions

  1. Break off and discard the tough, thick end of each asparagus spear. Chop the spears into 1/4-inch slices and add to the slow cooker along with all remaining ingredients down to and including the white pepper.
  2. Add water to within 1 inch of the top of the slow cooker.
  3. Cover the slow cooker and cook on HIGH for 6 to 7 hours.
  4. About two hours before serving, use a slotted spoon to remove most of the vegetables to a blender. Use a ladle to add some of the liquid from the slow cooker to the blender. Puree the mixture and add back in to the slow cooker.
  5. Repeat once or twice more as necessary (you can leave some of the pieces in the slow cooker for effect.)
  6. Add approximately 1 cup of the Half-and-Half to the slow cooker.
  7. Add the cornstarch to the remaining Half-and-Half in the carton.
  8. Close the carton well and shake vigorously.
  9. Add the mixture to the slow cooker.
  10. Continue to cook on HIGH for 1 hour, stirring occasionally.
  11. Serve in bowls with a dollop of sour cream and chopped chives sprinkled over the sour cream.

Op-Ed: One Woman’s Anguish at Being Vaxxed

by DUPED LADY

For those who cannot imagine what it’s like to be vaxxed, and living with it once the evidence becomes available, l can answer you: it’s day-to-day grieving and cellular remorse.

Many of us were just living our daily lives without any idea of the World Economic Forum or the World Health Organisation. We trusted our doctors – l’d had mine for over 25 years, and we knew our government lied at election times, but we voted the best we could based on the B.S. presented to us.

We went about our lives innocently – working, raising kids and babysitting grandkids – and many of us had not one person in our circles to warn us of the dangers.

We didn’t even know that we had to do ‘research’. Unbelievable as that may seem, it’s absolutely true.

So off we went and had the shots.  And now us ‘sheeples’ – as we are sometimes referred to – are dying in our millions, some suddenly, while some are destined for slow, malingering, pain-filled deaths.

But we are dying, and ironically, we are the evidence; the proof you will all use later.

Some of us argued with others who knew about the dangers, and words and actions hurt both sides. And that is the greatest weapon of the psy-op: it’s actually greater than the vax itself.

There is a level of toxic hatred and gloating online that condemns the vaxxed to silence in regards to seeking help. l see it in the forums, how they are abused by total strangers, so we stay silent and die alone, unforgiven for our naivety and fear.

But back to the point above – of what it is like to be vaxxed and to then become aware of how we’ve been done. It is hell. Living with the knowledge that I took three of them; that my wonderful, kind, hardworking husband took four; that our children and grandchildren had them;
it haunts me, it breaks my soul, it has destroyed me… simply because we were naive.

My husband and l were already injected when a cousin contacted me through Messenger after seeing a post about my rapid decline in health and asked me questions. l then spoke to my sons, but it was too late – they had been jabbed already.

It’s reading endless detox protocols and wondering IF they truly work or IF they too are part of the B.S., because how would we ever know when there is no long-term proof? It’s endless medical tests that come back ‘normal’, but you just know and feel the changes in your body.

It’s seeing the videos of the ‘calamari’ clots and reading about graphene microblades slicing up veins, and spikes adhering like velcro to tissues and organs.

It’s the breathlessness and palpitations on the slightest exertion that doctors can’t explain.

It’s the knowing that it was all for nothing, though we believed it was for the best of intentions.

It’s this tattoo on my arm of the vax batch numbers that l use to open conversations and share my adverse reactions with every doctor, specialist and pathologist, radiologist and ambulance paramedic l meet.

It’s knowing that any second, any second, could be IT… the last one l breathe before l die.

It’s grief – deep, empty, gut-wrenching grief for all my family and friends, all those l love and care for.

It’s loss – the loss of my future dreams and plans, the loss of my husband and family, it’s the pain felt by the name-calling and ongoing online abuse.

l may be a sheeple to some, and cop endless abuse online for speaking up with my truth, but that will not stop me.

Not every vaxxed person acted like an A-hole when approached by someone who cared enough to take the risk of warning them.

Yet we have ALL been tarred with that one brush. And it’s there that humanity debased itself even further. They did not have to do a thing except sit back and watch us fall apart.

Music in this video is from various Bruton and music De Wolfe Records dating from 1972-1979 mixed in audacity and recorded onto a 1977-79 Maxell UD Type 1 Cassette Tape. The Video portion was created from various images of old department stores recorded onto real VHS tape for the retro effect. 
Comments 45
Comments 45

A bad dining choice

It is late, on a street in Copenhagen.

A man approaches another. He punches him to the face, knocking him to the ground.

The victim falls, cracks his head on the pavement and is unconscious.

The attacker doesn’t stop. He kicks the prone man 47 times to his body and stamps on his skull.

They catch the incident on CCTV cameras. There are many passers-by. It might be late, but the street is busy. It might be dark, but there is sufficient street lighting to see. Despite the brutal assault lasting a few minutes, nobody makes any attempt to stop the man.

It has psychologists puzzled; Why did no-one intervene?

This CCTV footage was one of 81 incidents being examined by researchers conducting an observational study into the ‘bystander effect’.

From viewing the footage, they pick out 764 bystanders who saw and heard a fellow human being assaulted… but they stood back and did nothing.

Not one of those people came to any of the victims’ aid.

Why?

‘Diffusion of responsibility’.

The bystander first notices the situation, correctly labels this is an emergency, assumes responsibility for helping, decides how to help and implements the decision to help – at least, that is how most people would react on their own.

But this is different, there are other people present.

Being in a crowd interferes with this process.

When alone, defining a situation is straightforward because we use our own judgment, whereas in a group of strangers, a process known as ‘social comparison’ takes place where everyone looks to other’s reactions to define the situation.

If others lack worry or do nothing, the likelihood of the victim being helped is significantly reduced.

We assume others will take responsibility.

The burden of responsibility is diluted among the number of bystanders present at the scene.

‘Someone else will phone the police.’

‘Someone else will be more qualified to help than me.’

‘No-one else is doing anything, it can’t be that serious.’

The more people there are, the less likely you are to get involved.

But now you know about the bystander effect.

The next time you come across someone collapsed in the street, YOU be the one to phone for an ambulance.

If you see a pick-pocket steal a wallet shout, ‘Stop thief’.

If someone’s life is in danger, tap the nearest person to you and say, ‘We need to help that guy.’ The touch is enough to snap people out of inaction.

Enlist the help of other bystanders. Tell them what to do – it is in our nature to respond to direct requests. Check they understand what you are asking, even if it is a simple request, getting a ‘yes’ reinforces the request and makes people more likely to stick to the plan. Ask others to keep an eye out for trouble/police/ambulance. People need a purpose, even if it is doing nothing.

Your actions might save a life.

main qimg 8a120b4cd9ae1cee5493414fb7ae5c01
main qimg 8a120b4cd9ae1cee5493414fb7ae5c01

“Last year, China registered one of the highest growth rates among the major economies and accounted for over 30 percent of global growth as before.

This was due both to the hard work of the Chinese people and to international cooperation.

China has come to where it is today after overcoming all kinds of difficulties and challenges.

China did not collapse as predicted by the ‘China collapse theory,’ nor will it peak as forecasted by the ‘China peak theory.’

We will continue to advance high-quality development and Chinese modernization, enable the Chinese people to live a better life, and contribute more to sustainable development in the world.

We have the confidence and determination that China’s development has a bright future.”

Excerpt from the speech by Chinese President Xi Jinping during a meeting with representatives of U.S. Business, Strategic and Academic Communities, March 27, 2024.

The Reconquest Of American Culture

  1. Guys: keep your dicks out of other men’s wives. Of course you can expect some trouble in your life from the husband. You are just begging for it. You aren’t rescuing her from anything. Let her sort her crap out for herself before you make things more complicated by getting yourself involved.
  2. Girls: if he is cheating on her with you, he is going to cheat on you with the next one. You are nothing special. Just the next one in the chain. And that new girl is going to think that you are just as trashy as you think the one he is with now is.
  3. If you have a radar detector in your car, you have had enough warnings already. You are getting a ticket.
  4. I don’t care who you know. I have a job to do. If you really do know someone who matters to me, word will get back to them that I am doing my job.
  5. Yes, you really did do a very stupid thing. You made a lousy choice and now you are going to suffer the consequences.
  6. If you ask for a fight and get one, you don’t get to file charges against the person who beat the crap out of you just because you lost.
  7. People who do drugs get into some really stupid shit. Sometimes pretty nasty shit as well.
  8. Hey, you know those people around you called friends and family? They do care and the stupid crap you get into affects them as well.
  9. Parents, your kids are your responsibility, not ours. If you didn’t care where they were or what they were doing hanging out at 3 am with other kids you don’t know, it’s not our fault that something really bad happened to them. And stop telling them that we will take them to jail if they don’t listen to you. And what the hell do you think you are doing letting someone else’s kid stay in your place all night without knowing or talking to the kid’s parents?
  10. If you complain about parking and bad driving in your neighborhood, you are not exempt from getting a ticket because you were the one who complained. You should be happy that your complaint is getting a response.

White House Officially Makes Side Hustle ILLEGAL

This is ridiculous! How else are we supposed to get ahead in this greedy, evil and narcissistic ass country! As hard as it is to make ends meet in America. This will make things harder! I’m sick of these crooked politicians creating laws that take makes it harder for the people who are trying to get ahead! “The land of the free” was just a catch phrase America is turning into a dictatorship.

Fortunately distance even if you park the SSBNs off the coast of Tianjin means we’d have about 4 minutes to respond.

Those 4 minutes means we can activate a total launch since it’s use it or lose it. There would be literally no time to call for a clarification like with a continental launch which gives 25 minutes to call ask what’s going on.

So we’d be obliterated but our missiles would be in the upper atmosphere and land in your towns and cities about 17 minutes later.

Two weeks on the job and I found that I needed another yellow pad for client notes. I asked my manager, “hey, can I get a yellow pad? And is it possible to get a mechanical pencil instead of a #2 pencil I have to sharpen? The led makes huge stains on my shirts

And I hate to complain, but can I get an optical mouse instead of a rolling ball mouse? The rolling ball always stutters which impacts my productivity”

“yeah – you have to go ask the office manager”

I walk down the hall to ask the office manager and tell her what I need.

“Can I get an optical mouse?”

“No”

“all right. Can I get a mechanical pencil so I don’t have to constantly sharpen my pencil and so my shirts don’t get stained”

“Sorry, we don’t provide those”

“Well – ok. I do need another yellow pad. Can I get a few?”

“Yes – follow me”

We proceeded to walk down the hallways of the high-rise we were in at the time. Mind you that this is the most expensive space in all of Sacramento:

main qimg 89614ae71428a6935dba861e7c40dccd lq
main qimg 89614ae71428a6935dba861e7c40dccd lq

Scary office manager went into the managing partner’s office and grabbed keys from inside of his desk (Weird) and took me into the file room.

“What do you need now”

“I need a pencil and a yellow pad”.

She then proceeded to unlock a file room door as if it were the gates to Fort Knox. Inside of it were valuable items such as:

  • The cost of a box of 12 #2 pencils: $2.39
  • The cost of a box of a dozen yellow pads: $12.39
  • The cost of 40 AAA batteries – $20

The cost of treating your employees like 4 year olds to the point where 40% of them quit the company over a 15 month time span: Priceless

America’s economy is failing

1. When someone hands them an object with both of their hands, attractive people receive it with both of their hands as well.

2. They can remember details such as a birthday date. It’s always good to know that someone has taken the time to memorize things.

3. They maintain grace and joy, even in difficult circumstances. And positivity can be contagious.

4. Occasional vulnerability. People rarely bond with others with whom they cannot relate. We all love humans, not flawless, robotic beings.

5. They take care of themselves. When people start taking care of themselves, they start feeling better, looking better, and even start attracting better.

6. “You are what you eat” holds true for them. Also, people are what they read, watch, and the company they keep, including who they choose to date. If you’d like to improve your dating game, try this platform.

7. They can keep a secret. (An important one.)

8. They greet people by name. Likable people make certain they use others’ names every time they see them.

9. Ask thoughtful questions. People like to know that others are listening, and a question shows that not only are they listening, they also care about what they’re saying.

10. Less is more when it comes to online social media profiles. Showing fewer things can make people more attractive.

America is beyond gone

Having to survive as a child, without support.

My Mom killed herself 3 weeks before my 6th birthday and my family fell apart. Up until then, I had a great life. I was the youngest of 4 siblings, had 4 sets of Aunts/Uncles/cousins and my Grandma. They were all local and we interacted frequently. We went to Grandma’s every Sunday and one of my Aunts was so close she would discipline /care for us just like our mom.

By my birthday, my Dad was dating one of the casserole ladies from church (they were bringing us dinner). I remember she bought me gifts. This may be when everyone bailed. My oldest brother (17yrs) left home and lived on the streets. My grandma and one Aunt/Uncle set moved to Vegas. My dad then married a slightly insane woman with 2 children of her own. She was cruel and seemed to want to destroy us kids. We pretty much never saw or heard from anyone again.

We were not adequately fed, clothed or cared for. My stepmother divided us siblings and pitted us against each other. She taught her children to torture us physically and emotionally, as well. It was bad. My dad played stupid and claimed helplessness. If we went to him, we got it worse the next day.

So began my journey of survival. I knew how to find bottles for deposit in trash cans and when I discovered food there too, I knew I was onto something. A year or so later, I learned I could get clothes from the school lost and found. I begged for food during lunch at school and I learned to steal food (candy, I must admit) from stores. After school I would hang around people that had mom’s who would feed me or I’d just hide in the bushes until I had to go into the house. I had to avoid my stepmother and step sisters at all costs at all times. If you were noticed, you were fucked.

This was 1970 and I guess the schools were not aware enough yet to get involved. I know it was pretty obvious that something was a off. I didn’t know how to brush my hair or teeth and it showed. My hair was literally a dirty mass of rats, my clothing – you can imagine, and my behavior was atrocious (I started acting out and bullying by 3rd grade).

I pretty much stumbled through my early life this way. I did not know how to interact so I never really had friends. I never paid attention in class or did any of the assignments and no one said a thing. I started babysitting and doing odd jobs for neighbors at 9yrs, which helped because I could buy things like shampoo or socks. I just had to be damn sure no one caught on or I would be fucked. If I had anything (anything!) it was destroyed and I was tortured. One day, a neighbor man called me into his garage and cut my hair for me. Of course, my stepmother’s rage was viscous and violent. After she was done she took scissors and destroyed my haircut.

I dropped out of high school and ended up couch surfing and slightly homeless until I could save enough money for an apartment at ~20 years old.

So now that I could manage my basic survival, it was time to learn how to interact with the world. I had the social skills of a traumatized 6 year old. I’m 53 now and still have a lot to learn about relationships and self care, but I know I’m not alone in that boat 🙂

Shout out for all the help and resources that I’ve had over the years. I do believe that I would not have made it without the generosity of others….mostly relative strangers who never asked for anything in return. One man cut my hair, one man co-signed a car loan, hundreds fed me. I could go on and on.

Thanks for listening.

I had gone to an ATM some time ago. It is located at an arcade/mall which is very popular with people of all ages. Lots of youngsters hang around this place till late at night.

On my way back I saw a florist and stopped to browse through some flower arrangements. One pani puri (savory dish) vendor is very close to this shop. A lady came there with a small boy of around five/six years and asked the vendor for one plate of pani puri. The boy was giving instructions to the vendor loudly and excitedly. That’s what attracted my attention. The lady and child were dressed in very ordinary, slightly tattered clothes. They were a little unkempt and disheveled in appearance. But the incessant chatter of the boy was super cute.

I was tempted by the smells too. So, decided to get a plate of chaat (street food) packed for the family. While I was waiting for my turn, two girls came there. They placed their order and then gesturing towards the mother son duo, told the guy “Inko dur karo pehle” (Move them away first)!

Whoa man! Did I hear correctly? This was my first reaction. Who did they think they were? Their snobbish attitude pissed me off big time! But, before I could utter a single word at their uncalled for behaviour, the vendor told them “Madam, inko abhi time lagega. Aap dusri jagah chale jao” (Serving them will take time. You proceed to some other vendor). And then, he calmly continued to hand out pani puris to the little munchkin.

A befitting reply by an unassuming, awesome guy! The girls stomped off. Their retreating backs made my chaat more delicious :p

Federal Reserve is a for-profit agency used by the oligarchy to keep Americans imprisoned

I got arrested in Jordan at rifle point, for snapping a photo of the U.S. Embassy in Amman. It looked like a giant microwave oven from the outside. Concrete barriers and metal barriers, barbed wire. I wanted to capture how surreal it was.

I didn’t know you can’t photograph the U.S. Embassy without permission, for security reasons. I was just standing around, waiting for my fellow journalists to finish breakfast at our hotel. I fired off a few shots.

The next thing I knew, a Jordanian soldier in a brown uniform was pointing a rifle at me and shouting in Arabic. He looked young and jittery—and that made me jittery. The rifle bobbed up and down.

Then he used a lot of hand gestures, forcing me inside the embassy. He followed behind me, the rifle at my back.

We went through what looked like an airline terminal, with all kinds of metal barriers, until we got to a booth where a U.S. Marine in military uniform was stationed. I showed him my U.S. passport.

“Give me your backpack,” he said.

Rats! I had tampons in the backpack. Anything to do with a woman’s body is just weird in the Middle East. It’s like you don’t want to have a body if you’re female. Although Jordan is more secular than most countries in that region, we’d been warned—and warned about how to dress.

Cover your legs. Wear blouses that hide your armpits. Don’t expose yourself.

Amman, the Jordanian capital, was a terrible place to run short of tampons. The day before, I’d had to ask a female guide to come with me, into a huge marketplace, down into a beehive of stores before we finally found a box. They were kept behind a counter, under lock and key. From the looks of disapproval, you would think I’d asked for heroin.

The Marine examined my passport and then emptied my backpack onto the counter. When the tampons tumbled out, his face turned red. He tried not to laugh. Same with the Jordanian.

“Why are you here?” the Marine asked.

“I just wanted to take a picture of the U.S. Embassy. It’s my embassy. Why can’t I do that?” I showed him my stupid little point and shoot camera. “Do you really think a terrorist would use a ridiculous camera like that?”

He shook his head. He laughed.

“Ma’am, you’re a U.S. citizen. You can do anything you want to in this embassy.”

He gestured to the Jordanian soldier, who escorted me out, without the rifle pointed at my back. It turned out he spoke a little English. We had a nice talk about how some of his family members wanted to immigrate to the U.S. Indeed, when we finally got outside, he showed me a long line of people waiting to apply for U.S. visas.

Then I looked across the street and saw the other journalists. They stared at me, open-mouthed. What the hell?

I wanted to join them, but the Jordanian soldier held me back.

“Please,” he said, with a courtly gesture. Then he smiled and waved toward the embassy. He insisted I photograph that hideous building from every possible angle. Then, at last, he let me go.

The other journalists were very jealous that I got arrested. They wanted to know every single detail. They could not get over it.

During the next week, we went to so many magnificent places—Petra, Jerash, Wadi Rum, Aqaba, Madaba, Aljoun. We sailed on the Red Sea. We had tea with Queen Noor, a transplanted American, at her private villa. We had fabulous food in seaside restaurants, on family farms, and in a Bedouin tent way out in the desert. Everything was fresh, delicious, beautifully scented—and new to us. Everybody was so nice. It was an amazing journey.

But late at night when we got to drinking, somebody would always say:

“Candace got arrested. We will never top that.”

This happened to a close friend of my best bud.

He was dating this girl for over 2 years. They were like the best looking couple I have ever seen. They were living together in his house. Her family loved him and was happy that their golden child found her soulmate.

One day he caught her texting her ex. He was reading all her messages from his iPad which was synced with her phone. It was a boundary that was established earlier and she crossed it. However, he didn’t break up with her.

He started taking screenshots of all the messages and pics. After a month or so later, she decided to meet her ex at Vegas using “girl’s night“ as an excuse. She arranged two of her friends to give her cover while she was in Vegas. The second her flight took off, he changed his locks. He blocked her number and all of her social media. He called us to his house to help him pack her stuff and drop it at her friends house who “was in Vegas”. As a final f-u to her, he went to her parent’s house and told them what had happened. He also showed them all the screenshots and pics. They couldn’t believe that their golden child would do something so evil.

Her parents hate her now. She is now roommates with some druggies. One of the friend who tried to give her cover was dumped by her boyfriend for being a part of this plan.

Would recommend doing this to your cheating partner.

EDIT: Wow! This blew up real fast.

Many of you are wondering why her parents would hate their own child. Cheating did make them mad. But what made them hate her were the texts where she trashed everyone including her parents. One of which made fun of her mother’s weight issue and gave her parent’s marriage 6 months time after which she would hire someone to seduce her Dad as “he deserved someone hotter than mom”. I should have made that clear.

Corporate treatment of YOU

My son did his Doctorate in the US and began his Post Doctoral Career there

It was strenuous

He had a 3 year Bond with MOE in Singapore for his Masters Degree for which he had a Grant from the MOE (MOE = Ministry of Education)

He also had loans during his Doctorate to fund his expenses in US

Plus every single year they had to write a grant application and their salaries were dependent on the grant

It was literally begging for money and cutting many aspects of research due to lack of grant money.

Sometimes his wife who taught Middle School Maths earned better than he did

Then he applied for a Job at the NTU School of Physical and Mathematical Sciences to teach Data Science and Artificial Intelligence to Bachelor of Computing Students

While asking for a reference, his Professor from NTU advised him to apply for the position of Senior Researcher in China working on Interfacing for Regression Algorithms (Whatever it means) and application of the same for Autonomous navigation systems

A Chinese company was funding research for 10 years at a Chinese University

He asked for my advise

I said go for it

The Chinese company paid off his full loans in US and Singapore as a Bonus with only 50% repayable at no interest across 5 years

No begging for Grant money every year. Fixed pay, allowances, able to save much more

His daughter gets full waiver on private school fees as the school is within the university campus for all foreign faculty children

So no school fees

No fear of student gangs or kids selling drugs in school or transgender students or teachers

He plans to work 10 years in China and then move to Singapore as an Associate Professor and get a Citizenship there (He is still a PR)

The only small flaw is

First his house is a flat which is around 1300 SFT and at a nominal rent of 800 RMB (Owned by the Company)

In US he had a larger independent house with a lawn and driveway.

Second is Mandarin

He gets free classes on Saturdays but it’s a tough language. His daughter picks up faster, much faster.


So basically for a better life

Postdocs in US at University don’t have it as good as Postdocs in the Private Sector

China is a career changing option

He still is part of a start up in US and while he had to sign a lot of papers for the same in US , he doesn’t have to in China

1. Love is a feeling, not a decision.

2. People always relate to a person that they love with their best songs.

3. The average male spends 43 minutes a day staring at 10 different women.

4. If you want to know whether someone likes you or not, try to make them laugh. If the laughter comes easy, the answer is yes.

5. When you’re drunk, you will rate people on a higher scale.

6. You are more likely to be attracted to someone you have no chance with.

7. To attract the right type when online dating, choose a right application

over improving your profile.

8. We are more likely to love or hate people that are very similar to us.

9. Women are more influenced and persuaded by a man’s sense of humor than his looks.

10. Women tend to feel loved when talking face-to-face with their partners whereas men prefer to play or talk side-by-side.

All men want this.

All of us.

Notes From The Edge Of The Narrative Matrix

Israel’s allowed to bomb an Iranian consulate, but Iran’s not allowed to strike back. The US is allowed to surround China with war machinery, but it would be World War Three if China ever tried to militarily encircle the US. NATO is allowed to expand to Russia’s doorstep and amass proxy forces on its border, but the last time Moscow placed a credible military threat anywhere near the United States, the US responded so aggressively that the world almost ended.

The “rules-based international order” that the US-centralized power structure purports to uphold just means an order in which the US makes up the rules and nations had better obey them. It means rules for thee but not for me.

Democrats are currently committing genocide, pushing through terrifying NSA surveillance powers, and working to imprison a journalist for life for telling the truth about US war crimes, but it’s very important to support Biden because if Trump wins, fascism might come to America.

The Assange extradition case is like if the mafia was demanding a snitch be extradited to Italy and multiple nations collaborated with them to help make this happen, except in this case the snitch is a journalist who told the truth, and the mob happens to run a global superpower.

The imperial media are once again trotting out John Bolton to help sell the idea of war with Iran. This monster belongs in a cage, not on camera. The fact that the mainstream western press keep having this completely discredited bloodthirsty psychopath on their shows to advocate every possible US war proves that our entire civilization is diseased.

Israel’s actions over the last six months have made it abundantly clear that Biden’s stated goal of preventing the outbreak of more war in the middle east and his stated “ironclad” support for Israel are two mutually exclusive positions. You can do one or the other, but not both.

Outside the mainstream press the news about Ukraine is a nonstop deluge of stories about how badly things are going for them.

Here are some recent articles from Antiwar.com:

Ukraine’s Top General Says Situation on the Battlefield Has ‘Significantly Worsened’” discusses Ukrainian Commander-in-Chief Oleksandr Syrskyi’s acknowledgement that Russia is making steady gains and that the frontlines in Ukraine are at risk of collapsing wherever Russia focuses its offensive.

US General Says Russia’s Military Is Bigger Than Before Ukraine Invasion” quotes General Christopher Cavoli saying “The army is actually now larger — by 15% — than it was when it invaded Ukraine,” an acknowledgement that Washington’s stated goal of using this proxy war to “weaken” Russia has failed.

Russia Quickly Restores Oil Refinery Capability Hurt By Ukrainian Attacks” discusses how badly Russia is damaging Ukraine’s energy infrastructure compared to the damage Ukraine has been able to deal to Russia’s.

Here are a couple more from The Libertarian Institute:

US Official Admits Ukraine Proxy War Failing to Weaken Russia” features an acknowledgement from Deputy Secretary of State Kurt Campbell that Russia has reconstituted nearly all of its military losses in Ukraine.

Ukraine Tightens Rules on Military Service, Angering Soldiers” reports on how “Ukraine’s legislature advanced multiple new laws that tighten rules on conscription and extend military services for those already in uniform.”

It’s absolutely criminal how the west pushed this country into sacrificing a generation to a war they always knew was unwinnable.

So much suffering and loss has been caused by the way people decided a long time ago that killing one person is murder and therefore immoral but killing thousands of people is “war” and therefore fine. The actual act is the same; only the narrative and the scale are different.

Around the mid-1800s humanity began to notice it doesn’t make sense for a small group of rich people to own everything and for everyone else to continually give that group labor, rent and expenses just to stay alive, and ever since then the media, the mainstream culture and the foreign policy of the ruling class have been intensely devoted to aggressively erasing this realization from humanity’s memory.

Yes. This is very odd.

China wants to literally dig its way around geopolitical challenges

A Beijing-funded shipping canal will reduce regional reliance on Vietnam, a fellow communist state and traditional rival
  1. When a woman no longer gets upset & frustrated with you, you can almost guarantee that she doesn’t care for you anymore.
  2. The pain that compels a man to remain silent is much more severe than pain that compels to shout.
  3. Even if they say they’re always there for you, sometimes you just can’t reach them.
  4. The world is full of players, be a game changer.
  5. The distance between your dream & reality is called action.
  6. Sometimes later becomes never, do it now.
  7. People who think they’re crazy enough to change the world are the ones who do.
  8. Never waste your feelings on someone who don’t value them.
  9. Appreciate what you’ve before it becomes what you had.
  10. Don’t tell people your plans. Show them your results.
  11. The only way to change who you’re is to change what you do.
  12. The older you get the calmer you get coz the older you get the more you realize none of the shit even matters.
  13. Don’t regret the things you’ve done. Regret the things you didn’t do when you had the chance.
  14. Sometimes it’s good to pretend that we don’t care.

American companies are looting Americans

New Mexico Chili con Carne

12JPCHILI2 articleLarge v3
12JPCHILI2 articleLarge v3

Ingredients

1 pound lean beef, coarsely ground
1 pound pork, coarsely ground
1/4 cup olive or peanut oil
1 onion, chopped coarsely
3 cloves garlic, crushed
1 (28 ounce) can tomatoes, run through a food processor
1 teaspoon cumin
1 teaspoon cilantro
1 teaspoon paprika
1 teaspoon salt
Pepper sauce, to taste
1 quart cooked pinto or kidney beans (optional)

Instructions

Brown meat in hot oil in a large pot. Add onions and garlic while cooking.
Then add all other ingredients and three or more cups of water. Simmer for 1 1/2 hours until meat is tender.

Notes

Chili con Carne with Frijoles: Add the quart of cooked beans.

Chili con Queso: Stir in shredded Cheddar cheese or canned cheese sauce with jalapeño peppers.

main qimg 20c5074a31487f36c0f903820a82f567
main qimg 20c5074a31487f36c0f903820a82f567
[Commenting on remarks by UK Foreign Secretary David Cameron regarding the Iranian response to the Israeli attack on the Iran's Consulate in Damascus.]

"I've learned something over the years—I know David Cameron personally, and I know a lot of British leaders.

For a long time, I just loved listening to them because they speak English so beautifully.

But what they say is so absurd, so stupid, yet it's so beautiful that it really had me fooled for many decades.

The British are the worst at this; they're even worse than the Americans because they had a longer imperial reign.

What empire does is make you so arrogant that you think you can say anything and squash anyone that opposes you.

It becomes a game to see what you can say that's so outrageous but so authoritative that you can get away with it.

And so, the British are the most hypocritical country in modern times.

They're not the most powerful—they used to be the most powerful—but they're the most hypocritical because they had the most violent, militaristic empire in the modern world.

They left behind all of these problems.

Now, they want to be a sidekick of the United States, cheerleading on but with their good old imperial ideas.

It's a kind of absurdity at this point, but it's a lot of nerve because—why are we in such a crisis in the Middle East?

Because Britain wrecked the Middle East after World War I."

Excerpt from remarks by Professor Jeffrey Sachs, American economist and academic, in an interview with Judge Napolitano, April 16, 2024.

Super loungin’

My former boss had bought a car when they were rolling out LoJack. They bought a ford explorer and got the LoJack added. They had just got LAPD up and running on the LoJack and they had the car for 6 months when one morning they let the dog out and saw their car drive off. They called the police the west valley lapd and lapd connected to the LoJack and they followed the car.

The car was tracked to Long Beach so lapd worked with LA county sheriff’s and California highway patrol and Long Beach police. The car was found by LoJack in a shipping container with several other stolen cars. The police were able to stop a large international stolen vehicle ring. They were able to link the container with several other containers.

The insurance company replaced the car and they buy LoJack with every car they buy. The car was held as evidence for the court cases. LoJack did what it was supposed to do. Since they happened to catch the car before the container was loaded on a ship they were able to put an end to a stolen car ring.

Around the same time there was a story in the Los Angeles times about a stolen Mazda that LoJack traced from Los Angeles to Mexico and with the Mexican police LoJack recovered the car in the living room of a house just outside of Tijuana. That car was returned to the owner.

China’s Xi Jinping holds a meeting with top American CEO’s.

My mom was a nurse. A navy nurse. I’d always known that and we saw her give allergy shots to one of our neighbors’ kid in exchange for his mother making dresses for us girls. This lady had two boys but loved to sew girls clothes and taking her son to the doctor every couple of weeks for his allergy shots was expensive. However, my mom stayed home to raise her children after I was born because they had saved up enough from both of them working and living with my mother’s parents to finally buy a house. My grandmother had looked after my brother and sister while my mother worked but I’d never seen her in action up until that time.

Around 1975 or there abouts, all seven of us were off in the old, dented gold station wagon on some trip or another to visit grandparents. One set had retired to Florida and the other lived in Michigan, so each was a long road trip from the Washington DC area where we lived. I was about eight or nine at the time.

One hot afternoon, we were coming along a road, when we saw an accident. A man’s car had crashed and he stumbled out of the car into the road, covered in blood and broken glass. I wonder now if he didn’t go through the windshield. My mom made my dad pull over so to give aid. I remember her having him sit down in the back passenger seat beside her, after rearranging the five kids, and me sitting next to her on the seat, with her back turned to me while she treated him. I had never seen anything as scary as that horrible, bloody mess in my entire life. I remember my younger sisters in the station wagon’s rear- facing back seat crying quietly and hiding their eyes. I probably was too. We had to stay in the parked car because my parents didn’t want any of us wandering off. I remember my older brother and sister’s shocked faces looking over the backs of the seats watching as much as they could stand and my brother handing my mother tissues or paper towels as she barked out commands for supplies. She has always carried a pair of bandage scissors in her purse and still does to this day. I remember her demanding that my dad and brother find them and using them to cut down compresses to the size she wanted. I remember getting sick and having to open the car door to throw up on the side of the road into the dusty grass. Hardly any notice was taken of this since I was not the point of crisis. At some point after that, my dad drove us all to the nearest gas station to call for help, since this was way before the advent of cell phones. They told us that the police had been called and help was on the way but to take the man back to the accident site to meet the responders. I just remember my mother’s fierce calm as she daubed away the blood and had him hold pressure on bleeding cuts as she assessed the condition and ruffled through his hair looking for more cuts, with the bits of broken glass tumbling off him. My parents had a hard time getting a clear story out of the man, who may have been in his late teens or early twenties. I don’t know if it was the effect of his injuries or if he was already impaired and that was what caused the one-car accident in the first place. The narrative of how it all played out is spotty after all these years but eventually the police must have come and taken him out of our car so we finally got back on our way. I remember finding little hexagons of broken glass in the car for a long time after that.

I know that it made a huge effect on all of us. As a child, my older brother had always wanted to be a paramedic, inspired by the TV show “Emergency,” but this was the first time that any of us had seen, heard and most importantly smelled the real thing. He went on to join the army. Pretty much all five of us have gone on to be tough, strong nerved and calm in a crisis. We now all know basic first aid and have the wherewithal to step up in an emergency and do what needs to be done.

While in the army, my brother contracted a viral infection overseas and was in a coma for a few days. My mother held it together and communicated with the doctors and got us all the vital information we so desperately longed for on my brother’s condition. She calmed and reassured us.

I know that in college, while working security, my brother had given CPR to a man who dropped dead from a heart attack in front of him and another security guard. My brother was taking action, directing people to call for help while he assessed the man and began chest compressions. He was shocked that the other security guard just stood there, sullenly, refusing to help or to do anything as my brother directed him to begin mouth to mouth. The patient could not be revived and died. My brother was so angry, upset and disgusted and thought that there may have been some racial prejudice on the part of the other guard. He blamed and yelled at the other guard for his stupidity for not even phoning for the emergency service. The dying man’s adult son had to do that while being practically incoherent with worry over his father. The concept of not helping when one could help was so entirely foreign to my brother, thanks to being my mother’s son.

My mother told him that her first CPR patient had also died and that actually reviving people is not very common. My mom said that she, a tiny little student nurse, was sitting astride a great, fat man as they wheeled him into the emergency room. The man had had an aortic aneurysm burst and all my mothers’ chest compressions were just making him bleed out faster.

Once, my year-old nephew choked on a bit of gristle from a spare rib. My mother grabbed him, turned him over, swatted him on his back, then reached up with her finger and dislodged the obstruction from his airway, all before my sister could finish dialing 911. She literally saved his life in front of us all.

When her own mother slipped away into a coma from failing kidneys, my mom and her brother made the clear-eyed, rational decisions to stop invasive medical intervention and withdraw life support in accordance with the living will that my grandparents had signed and that I had signed as a witness. Even though I knew that this was my grandmother’s repeatedly stated and expressed directive, I wasn’t ready to let her go and couldn’t watch to the end. I finally went into another room to sleep in a chair while my mother and her brother stood on either side of my grandmother and held her hand through that endless night as she died. My dad and I had to do the same thing a few years later when his father was declared irretrievably brain dead after a car accident. I know my mother’s example helped me to step up for my dad and my uncles that second, horrible night. My mom couldn’t get there until the next day.

A few years ago, my brother broke his thigh into five pieces on his 89th and final military static line jump just before he retired from the military. My parents were out of town, skiing, and my older sister and I each drove from Florida and the DC area respectively, to be with him in North Carolina. My sister had to go back to work so I ended up staying to care for him after they released him from the hospital. He needed personal care day and night, wound care and supervision about his meds. Percocet made it hard for him to keep track of what he had taken. He was in a wheel chair that needed to be hauled into and out of the car. It was exhausting. My parents got there by the following weekend. I remember all four of us and the wheel chair all crammed into the orthopedic surgeon’s tiny office, looking at X-rays and discussing his future prognosis. After a week, I had to get home to my child, my dad had to go back to teach skiing and my five foot-two, seventy-four year old mother stayed and looked after my 5′9″, 180 lb brother for another six weeks until they could transfer his out-patient care to Bethesda Naval Hospital. Then he stayed with my parents and she continued to look after him for months until he got back on his feet.

She’s delivered babies, given birth to her own five babies, waited while her grandchildren were being born and given last rites to a stillborn child while a navy nurse. She can give commands that make sailors, marines, corpsmen and kids jump to order. She’s talked down psych patients in psychotic episodes. She’d given me some of my vaccinations. She helped give her mother insulin shots and when I had to take a course of injections which I hated, she gave me shots when I couldn’t reach the injection site on the back of my right arm.

My mom was a registered nurse, a Navy Lt. JG, an emergency room nurse, a pediatric nurse, a public health nurse and a psyche nurse. She is calm, collected and brave. She’ll be eighty next year. She is a still a total bad ass. As I said in the comments, she’s now had both knees replaced so on top of everything else, she’s now a cyborg.

Update: Someone in the comments said that this story inspired them to take first aid classes. That is absolutely the sort of inspiration that my mother would want to be. That, nursing school, sound nutrition, exercise, Catholicism and taking up skiing. So, you know, take your pick.

U.S./EU Lobby Against Georgian Law That Would Reveal Their Secret Influence

The government of Georgia has tried for some time to implement a law “On transparency of foreign influence”. Its aim is to publicly identify organizations and parties who receive a significant amount of their budget from abroad:

The draft law “In order to ensure transparency”, initiated for the second time by the Georgian Dream faction, envisages the registration of such non-entrepreneurial (non-commercial) legal entities and media outlets, whose income – more than 20% – is received from abroad as an organization carrying out the interests of a foreign power. According to the project, everyone who is considered an “organization carrying the interests of a foreign power” must be registered in the public register under the same name in a mandatory manner. At the time of registration, it will be necessary to reflect the received income. At the same time, the organizations will have the obligation to fill in the financial declaration every year.

Those organization who currently receive money from the various U.S. or EU government or non-government organizations are of course not amused that they will have to reveal their association with such sources. They want to lobby for foreign positions without being identified as foreign influencers.

They have therefore launched protests against their country’s government and parliament which has passed the law in the first reading. Two further readings will be required to finalize the law.

The protesters against the law claim that it is a “Russian law” against “foreign agents”.

Since 2012 Russia does have a law that is somewhat similar to what Georgia is attempting to implement but such type of laws are certainly not a Russian intervention:

Supporters of the [Russian version of the] law have likened it to similar legislation in the US that requires lobbyists employed by foreign governments to reveal their financing.

The U.S. equivalent to the Russian and Georgian law is of course the much older Foreign Agents Registration Act:

The Foreign Agents Registration Act (FARA) (22 U.S.C. § 611 et seq.) is a United States law that imposes public disclosure obligations on persons representing foreign interests. It requires “foreign agents”—defined as individuals or entities engaged in domestic lobbying or advocacy for foreign governments, organizations, or persons (“foreign principals”)—to register with the Department of Justice (DOJ) and disclose their relationship, activities, and related financial compensation.

FARA was enacted in 1938 primarily to counter Nazi propaganda, with an initial focus on criminal prosecution of subversive activities; since 1966, enforcement has shifted mostly to civil penalties and voluntary compliance.For most of its existence, FARA was relatively obscure and rarely invoked; since 2017, the law has been enforced with far greater regularity and intensity, particularly against officials connected to the Trump administration. Subsequent high-profile indictments and convictions under FARA have prompted greater public, political, and legal scrutiny, including calls for reform.

FARA is administered and enforced by the FARA Unit of the Counterintelligence and Export Control Section (CES) within the DOJ’s National Security Division (NSD). Since 2016, there has been a 30 percent increase in registrations; as of November 2022, there were over 500 active foreign agents registered with the FARA Unit.

The Washington Post, without mentioning the long standing FARA law which is at least as strict as the new Georgian one, falsely insists that the original idea of the new Georgian law is indeed Russian:

Georgia pushes Russian-style ‘foreign agent’ law, putting E.U. bid at risk

Georgia’s Parliament voted Wednesday to advance deeply contentious legislation aimed at cracking down on “foreign agents” — an echo of a similar law in Russia that has been used to crush political dissent.In Georgia, the bill has sparked huge street protests and drawn condemnation, including from President Salome Zourabichvili, who is not a member of the Georgian Dream political party, which controls Parliament and the government.

Zourabichvili and other critics say the bill is itself an instrument of foreign interference — backed by Russia and intended to undermine Georgia’s bid to join the European Union.

On Tuesday evening, as some protesters clashed with police in the streets of the capital, Tbilisi, Zourabichvili said the bill was evidence of Russian meddling.

However neither is the law “Russian style” – it is a copy of FARA – nor does the law include the loaded word “agent”. It does not accuse anyone of being such but seeks public transparency over foreign financial influences which would of course also include Russian ones.

The protests against the law look like an attempt of a typical color revolution:

17 Apr 23:15 – “Let’s demand that the Prime Minister talks to us” – rally participants moved towards the government administrationAfter Levan Tsutskiridze, co-founder of the “European Platform of Georgia” group, announced the plan of action, demonstrators headed towards the government chancellery and demanded a meeting with the Prime Minister. Tsutskiridze proposed demanding that the government repeal the law and release those detained the day before. Police and security forces are strengthening their cordon near the chancellery building.

At 21:30 rally participants presented an ultimatum to the authorities demanding the repeal of the law and gave them one hour to make this statement.

Attempts to storm or blockade government buildings have been pushed back. The government is holding firm. It has a solid majority in parliament and can outvote a potential presidential veto.

Every Georgian decision maker has the Ukrainian “Maidan revolution” in mind during which the opposition used snipers (allegedly from Georgia!) shot at police as well as protesters.

We can be sure that the Georgian government is aware and well prepared for such an escalation.

The law is likely to pass. Soon thereafter a majority of the organizations which currently organize the street protests against the law will have to admit that they are the foreign paid influencers the law is aimed at to reveal their dubious interests.

Posted by b on April 18, 2024 at 13:12 UTC | Permalink

  1. Take a cold shower in the morning to increase alertness.
  2. Similarly, eat an apple in the morning instead of consuming caffeine to increase alertness.
  3. Pick your work outfit the night before, so that you don’t waste time messing up your closet in the morning.
  4. Create your lunch the night before, to give you more time to eat breakfast in the morning.
  5. Create food in batches. Put the food in containers and place them in the freezer. Food lasts longer this way.
  6. Get into the habit of cleaning as you go. Don’t leave the mess to build up. It’ll only cause you to feel more stressed and anxious.
  7. Don’t hoard items. If you don’t need something, throw it away.
  8. Keep your workspace tidy and file all important information away in an organised manner.
  9. Talk about your feelings, no matter how hard it may seem. If you can’t talk, write.
  10. When you need to reflect or think, take a long walk.
  11. Get into the habit of saving money. Put aside a percentage of your earnings every week.
  12. Find time for yourself. It’s important to let your body rest. Sometimes, it’s okay to simply do nothing.
  13. Take short breaks during work as this will help you remain focused.
  14. Adopt a positive mindset. When something doesn’t go your way, learn from it and if it brings you ease, tell yourself that it could have been worse.
  15. Engage in meditation, prayer or mindfulness.
  16. Read every single day, to increase your vocabulary and to gain knowledge.
  17. Ask questions. If you don’t understand something, ask for help.
  18. Get into the habit of saying ‘no’ when you need to.
  19. Drink plenty of water, every day.
  20. Control your junk food intake.
  21. Remove make-up before you go to sleep.
  22. Eat chocolate in moderation. Or alternatively, eat a sweet fruit.
  23. If you don’t like water, drink flavoured water.
  24. Exercise daily. If you’re too busy, take a 10 minute walk.
  25. When you’re studying, remove all distractions, including your phone. Try to study somewhere, other than your bedroom.
  26. If you find social media distracting, deactivate or delete the app. It really isn’t that hard.
  27. Spend time with those you love. Those are the memories you want to hold on to forever.

The BRICS Just Secretly Acquired These 3 Assets To Crash The US Economy | Andy Schectman

A different view point. A little dry for me personally, but suggest that the Global South has all things in hand.

No not at all. Americans are threaten with better cars that they will drool over and they will loved to own and it will cost them half of they will pay for the US brands and giving them twice their mileage with the same dollar they spend on their present gas guzzler and a third of the cost to maintain it.

That is the real threat the American government are worried about for its citizens. Getting value for money. It needs to protect its so call too big to fail corporations that sells you overpriced and underperforming vehicles by profiteering on the ooor and the middle class in the U.S.

Is that the threat? Ask your government if you guys are not made brain dead by the U.S. government!

Ancient marine reptile found on UK beach may be the largest ever

The jawbone of an ichthyosaur uncovered in south-west England has been identified as a new species, and researchers estimate that the whole animal was 20 to 25 metres long

Washed up on shore
Washed up on shore

By Chen Ly

The 200-million-year-old fossilised remains of an ancient ichthyosaur, unearthed on a beach in south-west England, may be part of the largest marine reptile ever found.

In 2020, amateur fossil hunters stumbled across a giant chunk of bone at Blue Anchor beach in Somerset. Upon further inspection, Dean Lomax at the University of Manchester, UK, and his colleagues quickly realised that it was a jawbone fragment of a giant ichthyosaur – a kind of reptile that roamed the oceans between 250 and 90 million years ago.

Subsequent digs at the beach have uncovered 11 more fragments, allowing the team to partially piece together a bone that sits in the back of the jaw called a surangular.

This latest discovery comes after a 2018 report that described a similar ichthyosaur jawbone found on a different Somerset beach. At the time, the team didn’t have enough evidence to determine its species.

“It was very clear that this was another one of these giant jawbones,” says Lomax. “So I was very, very excited.”

My landlord sent me a text once and told me “you know you’re not allowed to sublet” I just asked her what she meant. She said that she had reason to believe that I was subletting. I explained that I share a 1 bedroom apartment with my adult daughter and couldn’t imagine where I would put anyone else. Then asked her what led her to believe this. She said that multiple people had been seen coming and going from the property carrying luggage and other belongings. I explained that is the neighborhood just north of me who rents out her spare room on short term rental. She insisted that it was me. So I asked where she got her information. She insisted that she had parked across the street and watched it. I said so you’re watching me? She stated that she has the right to keep an eye on her property. I said well of course you do but I have difficulty believing that you drove the several hours from your home to mine to just watch me when it takes several weeks and at least 2 rescheduled appointments to get you to come make repairs. She made a snarky comment about how if I don’t like it I can leave but she stopped making accusations and now leaves me alone. For me I believe it was the neighbor on the other side of my duplex who has been complaining about me since I moved in.

I took my dad to a Starbucks….once. Dad had previously managed the largest coffee roasting plant in the world. The man knew coffee. At the time we visited Starbucks, dad was older and more feeble. I thought he would enjoy it.

First of all, the sizes. Who is Starbucks trying to impress? When your seventy or eighty something, the sizes are small, medium, large, and I guess extra large. Not eenie, meenie, miney or whatever words they think are so cool. The man who has been drinking coffee since before your founder was born knows that.

Dad had to talk to the barista. I don’t know and he didn’t know if being a barista is a career path or not. To Dad, that kid behind the counter was regarded pretty much like the kid at McDonald’s McD’s may have been held higher. Dad loved fries. But dad wanted to talk with the barista. “What kind of coffee are you serving?” The kid responded. Not the answer Dad wanted. Dad asked about the roasting, the blending, and the grinding of the coffee (apparently there are several ways to grind coffee or dad, at this point was yanking the kid’s chain about the grinding.). None the less, the kid was deemed to be “an idiot”, who according to dad, “ Didn’t know a “damn thing” about coffee.” Dad schooled the kid in coffee. Foam or no foam? Foam? This isn’t laundry; this was coffee. And, according to Dad, if the coffee is decent, you “don’t need all that crap.” No foam.”

Then finally, it was time to actually drink the coffee. I am not a fan of Starbucks, but said nothing. Dad had plenty to say. None of it was good. Dad told the kid that he had “burned” the coffee or he had some bad beans. The kid looked at me for a rescue on this one. I shrugged and shook my head trying to explain that, sorry, your coffee has never tasted right to me.

We left and I took Dad someplace where I knew he would get a good cup of coffee. But that day, in Starbucks where patrons normally act as if they were enjoying the nectar of Gods instead of a cup of coffee, my dad’s interactions were pretty inappropriate. Go Dad!

Chili and chips

I’ve been having a lot of perfect days lately, working from home. They go like this:

  1. wake up without an alarm clock (I don’t need one, I go to bed at ten and am up at six, every day, happy to get up and do stuff).
  2. distribute a round of cuddles and canned breakfast to the house panthers, who will be staging a drama already for being famished and helpless little things.
  3. boil up hot water for some suitable morning cuppa, typically grain coffee, maté, or hot water with stevia.
  4. recline on the couch with my laptop and try to comprehend the world.
  5. as temperatures pick up outside, eventually switch to sitting in my hammock under the birch tree and work from there.
  6. have some lunch; I’ve gotten pretty good at cooking in ways that are barely noticeable, so I just go inside and, miraculously, edible things await.
  7. do some tinkering around the house, improving this or that a little bit, often just with wire and a nail.
  8. work some more.
  9. go photograph something, possibly by car.
  10. come home and feed the panthers again, then possibly hammock or TV-room with interesting documentaries until I go to bed again.

1. About 75 percent of the brain is made up of water. This means that dehydration,

2. Can have negative effects on brain function, even in small amounts.

3. The human brain will grow to three times its size in the first year of life. It continues to grow until you are about 18 years old.

4. Headaches are caused by a chemical reaction in your brain combined with the muscles and nerves in your neck and head.

5. Your brain uses 20 percent of the oxygen and blood in your body.

6. Alcohol affects your brain in ways that include blurred vision, slurred speech, an unsteady walk, and more. These usually disappear when you calm down again. However, if you drink frequently over a long period of time, there is evidence that alcohol can permanently affect your brain and once again not sober up. Long-term effects include memory problems and some reduced cognitive function.

7. If the brain does not get oxygen for 5-6 minutes, then it stops working forever.

8. As we grow older, the human brain becomes smaller. This usually occurs sometime after middle age.

9. The human brain starts to lose some cognitive skills by your late 20s, along with your memory abilities.

10. A brain freeze is actually a sphenopalatine ganglioneuralgia. It happens when you eat or drink something that is cold. This stretches blood vessels and arteries to the very back of the throat, including blood to your brain. These compress when they are cold and heat up again, causing pain in your forehead.

11. Dreams are thought to be a combination of imagery, phycological factors and neurological factors. They prove that your brain is working even when you are sleeping.

12. It is a myth that humans only use 10 percent of our brain. We actually use it. We use more than 10 percent when we sleep.

13. During human evolution, the brain has tripled in size.

14. Your brain uses the same amount of power as a 15 watt light bulb.

It gets very cold in Michigan and I have a very large, down-filled winter coat. It’s somewhat hideous but it’s very warm.

Apparently coats like mine are great for shop lifting. You simply place a hole in the pockets and drop items that you’ve casually picked up and drop them to the bottom of the coat as you shop/steal. It’s difficult to tell that you have stolen anything because the coat itself is so large.

I was shopping in a card shop a while back and the sales woman there accused me of shop-lifting, because of my coat. When I was at the register to pay for ALL of my items she asked me if I would also like to pay for the items inside of my coat as well.

I smiled and I gently laughed and asked her “Are you kidding me?” I told her that I was a shop owner myself and that I would never steal anything from anyone.

She looked at me in a slightly disgusted way and rolled her eyes. “Oh. So that’s how it’s going to be!” She didn’t ask me about my store or attempt to apologize. She just stared at me. Hmm… I thought.

I had quite a large number of items that I did want to buy and I had been quite a regular customer there for some time. I was beyond insulted, but I understood her frustration, even though I was shocked.

I took off my coat, gently put it on the counter and opened my purse. “Would you care to inspect my belongings?” I said in a calm and polite way. She patted down my coat and glanced in my rather small purse. She then slid my coat over and without apologizing, began to ring up my items.

I let her ring up everything, staring back at her silently as I waited for an apology. Nothing.

I didn’t reach in my purse to pay. Instead I pushed the items back at her gently and I told her “I’m sorry but I’ve changed my mind. Not about the items, I still want them but I think I’ll take my business elsewhere, where my business is appreciated. There are lots of stores, exactly like yours.” And I left. And I held my head up without shame or anger. But what I really felt was hurt.

I went a few miles down the street to another shop that offered the exact same items and I left that store with all of them. The bill was well over $100.00 .

I understand that shop lifting is a problem but honesty is not. I gave the first woman every opportunity to make the situation right but I really felt that she did owe me an apology. I didn’t think that it was too much to ask for considering the insulting way that she had treated me in her store.

I give all of my business now to the other shop owner. Yes, it’s a bit further to drive but I feel I’d rather go without than give the first shop owner even one dime of my hard-earned money. In my opinion there is no reason, whatsoever, to treat anyone like that.

The savage killing of serial rapist Akku Yadav by a mob of women he raped is one of the most brutal revenge of all time in Indian History.

main qimg 3338c40f50fcf6bea8a390886f37620b lq
main qimg 3338c40f50fcf6bea8a390886f37620b lq
  • On August 13, 2004, Akku Yadav was lynched by a mob of around 200 women from Kasturba Nagar, a slum of Nagpur in Maharashtra.
  • He raped more than 200 women that mostly belonging to Dalit families, the Untouchables, those placed at the bottom of the caste ladder in India. The members of the Dalit community received little to no help from the government authorities.
  • Akku Yadav fed the local officers bribes and drink, and they protected him and dropped his cases. Despite countless women coming forward with allegations of rape against him, Akku Yadav always felt free to rape whomever he wanted.

Whenever a victim reported him to the police, the authorities would alert Yadav, who then visit that women and threaten to throw acid on her and rape her again. He had raped so many women in Kasturba Nagar that a rape victim lives in almost every other house in the slum.

Source:- From Castration To The Killdozer, These Are History’s Greatest Stories Of Revenge

  • Usha Narayane, a victim who had repeatedly been harassed by Akku Yadav reported the case about Akku Yadav to the Deputy Commissioner, who promised her that police would soon arrest the serial rapist. One day Akku Yadav himself surrendered to the police fearing his death by local women.
  • The next day in court, Narayane and many other local women heard that the Akku Yadav was likely to escape punishment yet again. Together, they entered into the court in large numbers armed with vegetable knives, stones, and whatever else that was at hand.
main qimg 05db99f2b2d520f0f45ed35168c8cc45 lq
main qimg 05db99f2b2d520f0f45ed35168c8cc45 lq

As he walked in, Akku Yadav spotted one of the women he had raped. He called her a prostitute and threatened to repeat the same crime again. The police laughed. She took off her sandal and began to hit him and started saying that, “We can’t both live on this Earth together. It’s you or me”. The attack lasted for more than ten minutes and left Yadav’s dead body butchered on the courtroom floor with 70 stab wounds and his penis cut off.

Source:- From Castration To The Killdozer, These Are History’s Greatest Stories Of Revenge

  • Usha Narayane, a local activist, was arrested and charged with murder, as with other women. In 2012, Narayane was released from custody. 21 other people, including six women, were also arrested and released due to lack of evidence.

Justice Bhau Vahane said, “In the circumstances that they underwent, they were left with no alternative but to finish Akku Yadav. The women repeatedly pleaded with the police for their security. But the police failed to protect them”.

Source:- ‘Arrest us all’: the 200 women who killed a rapist

  • The death of Akku Yadav at the hands of the women he raped was one of the most brutal stories of revenge in Indian History.
main qimg d878079f2f8fe31c55cd407ce06fb1fd lq
main qimg d878079f2f8fe31c55cd407ce06fb1fd lq

  • Source of this news and story from where I have written this content:-
  1. From Castration To The Killdozer, These Are History’s Greatest Stories Of Revenge

Hot Turkey and Cheddar Casserole

Hot Turkey and Cheddar Casserole
Hot Turkey and Cheddar Casserole

Ingredients

  • Butter
  • 3 cups (about 16 ounces) cubed (1 inch) leftover turkey
  • 3/4 cup chopped celery
  • 1 (5 ounce) can sliced water chestnuts, drained
  • 1/2 cup chopped red bell pepper
  • 1 1/3 cups mayonnaise
  • 1 tablespoon grated onion
  • 2 tablespoons lemon juice
  • 2 cups (8 ounces) shredded sharp Cheddar cheese, divided
  • 1 cup (4 ounces) shredded mozzarella cheese, divided
  • 1 cup cornflakes, crushed

Instructions

  1. Heat oven to 350 degrees F. Lightly coat a 9 x 13 inch baking dish with butter.
  2. In a medium bowl, combine turkey, celery, water chestnuts, red bell pepper, mayonnaise, onion, lemon juice, 1 cup Cheddar cheese, and 1/2 cup mozzarella cheese; mix well. Place the mixture in the baking dish and bake for 25 to 30 minutes, or until heated through.
  3. Meanwhile, in a medium bowl, combine the remaining 1 cup Cheddar cheese, 1/2 cup mozzarella cheese and cornflakes.
  4. Sprinkle the cheese mixture over the baked turkey casserole, and bake for 5 to 8 minutes, or until the cheese melts.

4B movement and government destruction to the end

Why the West claims Hong Kong is under Chinese oppression while absolutely ZERO person were killed by the police in 2019 and it is actually the West and British who illegally attacked, occupied and oppressed Hong Kong?

It’s simple. Many british people won’t look very deeply into the actual details of the situation as such they imagine Hong Kong was almost exactly the same as life in the UK other than it was filled with Chinese people and hotter humid weather.

So when the BBC and politicians lie about it, they take it at face value and either aren’t invested enough to check it out in more depth or simply trust politicians at what they say.

A great example is how many think Hong Kong was democratic before 1997. I ask them who elected the governor of Hong Kong… they have no answer… now and again this is great because it makes them ask further questions and makes them question their position. Most however don’t and simply double down.

The other group were the occupiers, yes occupiers is a correct word. June 1972 during the 27th meeting of the UN, Hong Kong was taken off the list of British colonies and it was instead considered an occupation. The occupiers lived a privileged life compared to local people in Hong Kong.

This is demonstrated with Kowloon Walled city. People view it as holy fucking shit, but Walled city wasn’t unusual it was only demolished in 1993.

main qimg 213ed56aa25e47ab0e47c8cd043bcfc3
main qimg 213ed56aa25e47ab0e47c8cd043bcfc3

The big apartment blocks to the north only started being built in the late 70s and 80s. Most people were living in shanty towns dotted all over.

SHOCK: Technology Already Developed to put “Vaccines” in Lettuce, Tomatos, and . . . Tobacco Products!

The Tennessee state legislature held hearings about putting “Vaccines” in consumer products like food and tobacco. The hearing revealed startling information . . .

Rep. Scott Cepicky revealed that the University of California at Riverside has “already perfected the ability to put Human Vaccines into our lettuce right now.”  He went on to add  “Also Tomatoes, has the ability to do that also, from UC Berkely, and also RJ Reynolds has developed the ability to put Human “Vaccines” into Tobacco products.”

Rep. John Ray Clemmons then inquired “Is that even legal to do in the state of Tennessee, to sell those with a Vaccine in them?”

Rep. Cepicky responded “I’m not arguing that, all I’m saying is that if a person walks into a grocery store you as a Consumer should know  __this__ head of lettuce __is__ a head of lettuce, but __this other__ head of lettuce right next to it, could contain a Vaccine in it.  All we’re saying is, if it does have the vaccine in it, make sure it’s listed as a Pharmaceutical so people can get the proper dosage.”

Hal Turner Snap Editorial

The idea that companies would DARE to presume to include “vaccines” in Human food seems outrageous to me.   Who do these people think they are?  They have no right to put some medical treatment into food for Humans and thereby into people’s bodies without informed consent.

Take the COVID Vax for instance.   We were all told it was “safe and effective.”  Those claims turned out to be false.  The vaccines harmed or even KILLED many people, and are STILL harming and killing people.

Yet some nitwit thinks it’s a good idea to put things like this into consumer food so that unwitting people get something they otherwise might not want?  Shocking!   Outrageous!

Some of these “Scientists” seem so preoccupied with whether or not they could, that they didn’t stop to think if they should.

Leadership

I met my husband through college when I was 18. He was 20. I was married at 21. He went through all my ups and downs with me, and I mean ups and downs. Things got really bad for me once I entered the professional workforce after grad school. I was ironically working in the mental health field at the time, while my own mental health was deteriorating. My husband was there to lie with me when I cried my eyes out, and he was there to calm me down when I was so excitable I could easily make some bad decisions. Never did he act like I was the “crazy person” I felt I was becoming. On two occasions he walked in on me harming myself, and he took the tool from me and cleaned me up in the shower. He was also the person who walked in on me standing in a corner listening to “the voices” that were talking to me from the sky. Yes, he stayed.

My husband is the reason I chose to go to a therapist. It was humiliating; going to a therapist when I worked in the mental health field myself. After all, I should know how to deal with what was happening to me, right? I had a really good life, an awesome husband, and a good career. What was wrong? The therapist sent me to a psychiatrist, something I also would have declined had it not been for my husband.

My husband attended my diagnostic appointment with the psychiatrist. After answering all sorts of questions and talking about what was going on, I was diagnosed as bipolar with psychotic features. I knew it. In the back of my mind I knew it and I didn’t want to know it. It was one of the reasons I didn’t want to go to the psychiatrist in the first place. I was prescribed medication and my ascent to sanity began, although I’m still not there 100%.

The thing my husband did that I’ll always remember happened just after we stepped out of the office. I was upset. I looked up at him trying to make a joke of it (kind of) and said “Well, congratulations, you married a crazy person.” He stopped us both by taking my hand, looking me in the eye and telling me “You’re no different than you always were, and I love you just as much as I always have.” We had been married almost 8 years.

It’s odd to say a romantic moment came of me being diagnosed as, how I thought of it at the time, crazy, but that’s what happened. I had been feeling so worthless. Who could love someone going through psychosis; someone who might just become a burden on others? The fact that he reassured me, after everything he’d been through with me, that I was still loved was more than I could ever thank him for. We’ve been married over 10 years now, and he says he still feels the same way, even when I do have my bouts of depression, mania, psychosis, and panic attacks, and I’ll never forget that moment when he reassured me I was still lovable and the same old me, even if there was now a name for what was happening to me. I am not crazy. I have bipolar disorder and I’m learning how to deal with it while my husband learns how to deal with my behavior.

God I love that man.

**Edit** Thank you all for the kind words! I did show my answer to my husband and he said he never realized how much that moment meant to me. I wish I’d expressed myself better at the time then! I do make sure to show him appreciation as often as possible!

It’s weird, I never felt the way about my clients that I felt about myself. I loved my clients, and they’re each battling their own mental health issues as strong boys and girls (I worked with adolescents). I guess it’s one of those cases where it’s sometimes hard to value yourself when it’s easy to see the value in others.

Despite everything, I am much better with treatment, and my husband and I are very happy together. He is definitely the love of my life and he makes me feel valuable everyday by telling me how awesome I am as a person, and how “fun I am” to be around. He definitely enjoys spending as much time as possible with me, so I certainly believe him!

I chose to go anonymous mainly because I’m still a bit of a coward and only my close family and friends know about my illness. Maybe one day I’ll have the strength to talk about it more openly, but I worry how that might affect any future clients’ or agencies’ views of me as an effective worker.

Hope that addresses some of the comments I read!

Exploitation

No

China is too strong today to require the second front

The ‘Second Front’ was a plan maybe ten or twelve years or maybe even fifteen years ago in case of a conflict

Back then both Armies were on similar footing

  • Chinas Budget was $ 68.79 Billion in 2009 with a much higher import dependence and Indias was close to $ 46 Billion
  • Both countries depended on at least 40% of their Military Supplies on the Russians
  • Both Nations had similar abilities on three domains – Army, Navy & Air
  • Chinas GDP was around $ 4.8 Trillion to Indias $ 1.58 Trillion. Yet Chinas Debt to GDP was closer to 36% to Indias 21%

Back then Pakistan was also in a far stronger position than today

It was also way closer to the US , so Chinas active plan was to get Pakistan out of US Sphere of Influence into their own

The Plan was if India moved against China, then for China to get Pakistan to open a second theatre either through Economic leverage or Military Leverage


In 2024, this plan is no longer a primary one

  • China has the roads now, the infrastructure to mobilize it’s troops in 24 hours and confront India in any direction
  • China has Satellite Imaging for every square feet of those mountains
  • China has a five domain superiority including Cyber & Low Space where they are streets ahead of India
  • Today Chinas economy is at $ 18–19 Trillion and they have virtually the same amount of savings and real wealth plus a Net Foreign Reserves of a Trillion plus bucks

So today the notion of India attacking and moving in offensive on China is much lesser than in 2009, at least militarily

2015–16 was the last year India could have actively moved against China and managed a stalemate or bloodied the Chinese nose and gotten brutally mauled

Today the Chinese are TOO STRONG

They prepared their forces for India as the largest enemy until 2013/14 and since then have began to prepare for US and NATO as their largest enemy

We prepared for China and Pakistan as our largest enemy from the 1960s , so our scale hasn’t surged as much


As a consolation, India is too strong for Pakistan today

Just like the Chinese are too strong for us

Work Smarter

Roasted Black Pepper Wings
with Maple Bourbon Glaze

Roasted Black Pepper Wings
Roasted Black Pepper Wings

Yield: 4 servings

Ingredients

Wings

  • 2 1/2 tablespoons freshly ground black pepper
  • 1 1/2 teaspoons salt
  • 1/8 teaspoon cayenne pepper
  • 12 wings, cut in half at joints, wing tips removed and discarded

Glaze

  • 1 cup bourbon
  • 3 tablespoons maple syrup
  • 2 teaspoons molasses

Instructions

  1. In a small bowl, combine the black pepper, salt and cayenne.
  2. Place the wings in a zip-type plastic bag.
  3. Pour the pepper mixture into the bag, close it and shake to coat the wings.
  4. Heat the oven to 350 degrees F. Cover a rimmed baking sheet with aluminum foil, place wings on foil and bake for 30 to 40 minutes, or until done.
  5. In a small saucepan over medium heat, combine bourbon, maple syrup and molasses, + 1 cup of water. Bring to a boil, then reduce the heat to simmer. Simmer the mixture until reduced by about half and thickened, 5 to 6 minutes.
  6. When the wings are done, toss them with the glaze while they are still warm.

Shorpy time

SHORPY 4a55115a.preview
SHORPY 4a55115a.preview
SHORPY 4a55278a1.preview
SHORPY 4a55278a1.preview
SHORPY 4a55247a.preview
SHORPY 4a55247a.preview
SHORPY 4a55246a.preview
SHORPY 4a55246a.preview
SHORPY 4a25228a.preview
SHORPY 4a25228a.preview
SHORPY 4a55248a.preview
SHORPY 4a55248a.preview
SHORPY 4a55236a.preview
SHORPY 4a55236a.preview
SHORPY 4a55070a.preview
SHORPY 4a55070a.preview
SHORPY 4a55072a.preview
SHORPY 4a55072a.preview
SHORPY 16532u1.preview
SHORPY 16532u1.preview
SHORPY 16536u.preview
SHORPY 16536u.preview
SHORPY 4a55118a.preview
SHORPY 4a55118a.preview
SHORPY 4a30913a.preview
SHORPY 4a30913a.preview
SHORPY 4a25662a.preview
SHORPY 4a25662a.preview
SHORPY 8d04633a.preview
SHORPY 8d04633a.preview
SHORPY 4a55220a.preview
SHORPY 4a55220a.preview
SHORPY Paterson Panorama 1.preview
SHORPY Paterson Panorama 1.preview
SHORPY 40300a.preview
SHORPY 40300a.preview
SHORPY 23357a1.preview
SHORPY 23357a1.preview
SHORPY 12794a.preview
SHORPY 12794a.preview
SHORPY 8d05325a.preview
SHORPY 8d05325a.preview
SHORPY 8d05405a.preview
SHORPY 8d05405a.preview
SHORPY 8d05177a.preview
SHORPY 8d05177a.preview
SHORPY 8d05145a.preview
SHORPY 8d05145a.preview
SHORPY 8d05283a.preview
SHORPY 8d05283a.preview
SHORPY 8d05164a.preview
SHORPY 8d05164a.preview
SHORPY 4a55053a.preview
SHORPY 4a55053a.preview
SHORPY 4a23651a.preview
SHORPY 4a23651a.preview
SHORPY 4a55129a.preview
SHORPY 4a55129a.preview
SHORPY 4a55178a 4a55179a.preview
SHORPY 4a55178a 4a55179a.preview
SHORPY 4a23991a.preview
SHORPY 4a23991a.preview
SHORPY 4a55243a.preview
SHORPY 4a55243a.preview
SHORPY 15282u.preview
SHORPY 15282u.preview
SHORPY 8d05433a.preview
SHORPY 8d05433a.preview
SHORPY 8d04845a.preview
SHORPY 8d04845a.preview
SHORPY 8d04881a.preview
SHORPY 8d04881a.preview
SHORPY 8d04921a.preview
SHORPY 8d04921a.preview
SHORPY 4a55071a.preview
SHORPY 4a55071a.preview
SHORPY 8d04893a.preview
SHORPY 8d04893a.preview
SHORPY 8d05403a.preview
SHORPY 8d05403a.preview
SHORPY 4a22856a.preview
SHORPY 4a22856a.preview
SHORPY 4a13402a.preview
SHORPY 4a13402a.preview
SHORPY 8d05629a.preview
SHORPY 8d05629a.preview

WTF is going on with American girls?

Peanut Butter Chicken Wings

30COOKING THAIPEANUT CHIXWINGS1 articleLarge
30COOKING THAIPEANUT CHIXWINGS1 articleLarge

Yield: 15 to 20 servings

Ingredients

  • 50 chicken wings
  • 2 (12 ounce) bottles beer
  • 1 cup molasses
  • 1/2 cup creamy peanut butter
  • 1/2 cup fresh lemon juice
  • 1/2 cup Worcestershire sauce
  • 1/4 cup prepared mustard
  • 1 teaspoon salt
  • 2 tablespoons chili powder
  • 1/4 cup chopped fresh parsley, for garnish
  • 1 to 2 lemons, sliced thin, for garnish

Instructions

  1. Heat oven to 450 degrees F.
  2. Remove and discard tips from wings and cut each wing in half at joint.
  3. Combine remaining ingredients except parsley and lemon slices in a large saucepan. Cook over low heat for about 15 minutes, until reduced and thickened to the consistency of thick gravy.
  4. Place wings in a large roasting pan and cover with sauce. Turn until each wing is well coated.
  5. Bake for 15 to 20 minutes.
  6. Serve on large platter.
  7. Garnish with parsley and lemon slices.

Move to Italy

For one thing, the Chinese are very clever and adaptable and resilient. The Americans have grown fat, lazy and stupid.

For another, the Chinese number over a billion, more than 4X the size of the US population.

For another, the Chinese are well-educated. In fact, China produces 4X more STEM graduates than the USA does. This is why China can kick America’s ass technologically.

For another, the Chinese are led by a very strong, stable, capable, intelligent government. The Americans are led by clowns.

For another, the Chinese do not waste valuable resources on fighting wars around the globe. They dedicate their resources to economic and technological development.

Why Dating is Broken in 2024 – What Boomers don’t understand

Hold a Referendum in Taiwan and get it supervised by the UN Observers and get a 60% Majority to approve

Then get the UNGA to formally recognise Taiwan with at least 97 nations needed for a yes

In the process you risk alienating China and all the benefits that China brings, not to mention the fact that China will certainly ensure Taiwan won’t survive long enough to enjoy it’s Independence

A Poorly prepared Russia is skewering Ukraine like a Kebab , imagine a vastly better prepared, richer China with a smaller Taiwan

No Taiwanese would want that


Instead Taiwan would be eyeing for what we can call Federation of China

Two Parts of the Federation – The Mainland & Taiwan. The Mainland governed by the CPC and it’s system. Taiwan by it’s Presidential System.

Yet Defence, Air Space, Foreign Policy and Trade all controlled by the larger Mainland

It would be the perfect solution – Taiwan would have their right to choose their leaders and Taiwan would be part of China

This isn’t my idea of course

Singaporean Minister Teo Chee Hean pondered on the same thing a few years ago.

I guarantee 140 nations will approve heartily

Textbook narcissist

A thing happened

Today, my family and I were driving through Starbucks and there was an enraged man sitting at a table by himself. He was yelling and very upset. He appeared unkept and homeless. We felt so sorry for this troubled man and knew he needed help. We called 911 and waited in the parking lot to make sure this man was treated humanely.

An officer appeared.

today
today

He calmly and quietly approached the gentleman. He pulled up a chair and sat across from him and calmly asked the upset man what was going on. The officer, eye to eye, down on the troubled man’s level, de-escalated the situation quickly. I was moved to tears at how the officer respected this man and made it clear that he was there to help him. These are the stories that should be in the news. This gentleman, deserves a pat on the back and the recognition of doing an excellent job!

My main purpose for reporting this is in hope that this officer receives recognition. His name is Officer Reese of the Garland Police dept. Please share!

DIY for Tequila

Please note that I am answering this question with a non joking and non sarcastic attitude.

A pro China US government is not a viable option. Supporting a US government and providing economic support to expand this influence is not cost-effective at all. It’s fully stupid.

Only arrogant leaders like American politicians would feel that such a large country can be infiltrated, controlled, and subverted without themselves being affected. You can only use the wrong ideology to make the other country fall, but after affecting hundreds of millions of people in the other country, you yourselves will also be infected.

This is also why the United States has long been hiring Chinese trolls to disrupt the agendas of the Chinese people and that’s wasting money.

However, even if the United States knows this and is facing financial difficulties, it will never stop doing so, because from the perspective of policy makers, all reasons that can consume national finances are appropriate because they can profit from it.

The reason for answering this question is simply to make ordinary Americans aware of their government’s wrongdoing. I find it interesting to see them face errors that cannot be corrected. You always have the right path to take, but you won’t choose because it’s not an easier way.

Ha ha ha ha

Do you know an English adage ”self praise is no praise at all”First US is not free at all 25% of worlds. Prisoners are Americans! 9 times per million compared to China! You Government thrall the entire internet and what you watch on telly to check on every America disclosed by Edward Snowden! And 99% don’t want either Trump or Biden but you are laden with them because of your undemocratic political system that is really chosen by a few rich and influential!

It is anything but great, the highest debtor nation on earth, highest deficits, warmongers and trouble makes everywhere, with s million homeless and living in tents throughout America, to tally dilapidated infrastructure and highly highly uncompetitive! Has not have a real growth since 1960 64 years ago.

Apricot Chicken Casserole

apricot chicken 4
apricot chicken 4

Ingredients

  • 6 to 8 chicken pieces (drumsticks or thighs)
  • 1 envelope dry onion soup mix
  • 1 small can apricot nectar
  • 2 or 3 carrots, chopped
  • 2 to 4 medium potatoes, sliced
  • Mushrooms, sliced
  • Garlic powder

Instructions

  1. Sprinkle onion soup mix over chicken pieces.
  2. Add vegetables and mushrooms.
  3. Pour apricot nectar over all, and sprinkle garlic powder over everything.
  4. Add small amount of water to casserole and bake at 350 degrees F until done, about 1 to 1 1/2 hours.

Florida passes a law…

My neighbor is a big-shot lawyer. One night, his dog was outside my house. I didn’t know it was his dog and had to ask around. I was told it was “the lawyer’s dog.” I noticed that the dog was terribly skinny and, in general, just didn’t have the bounce in her step like most black labs do.

I left her at my house and knocked on the door. I told him I had his dog. He didn’t seem concerned. When it appeared he wasn’t going to come outside, I asked him if he expected me to deliver the dog to him. He got all huffy and said, “Fine!” His beautiful and very, very sweet wife and four little girls were thanking me but he was just pissed that I interrupted his “pizza and movie night with the family.” He begrudgingly followed me home.

I am a retired humane officer and still have a lot of influence at animal control. But I didn’t want to sound arrogant and threatening so I didn’t mention it. I just asked if the dog was okay as she seemed a little gaunt. He told me to mind my own business.

I asked him if the dog had been to see a vet lately and he said, “What’s with all the g-damn questions?” Since I had had this very same exchange many times in my career, I didn’t get mad. I just smiled and said I was concerned about the dog. He again told me to mind my own business. I said “Okay, well, if you’re not going to talk to me…” and trailed off.
The dog was less than enthusiastic to see him and he had to actually pick up the dog .

The next day, bright and early, two uniformed Animal Control officers knocked on his door, demanding to see the dog. He got a seven-day warning to get the dog to a vet or be fined. Seven days later they came back and were shown a letter from a vet that the lab had been seen and is now under treatment for a pancreatic disorder.

My neighbors asked me how I was so bold and stupid to make an enemy out of a big-shot lawyer.

  1. Right makes might. I had right on my side.
  2. I will never be afraid to speak out on behalf of a dog. In my career I had dealt with hardened criminal dog fighters and my anger gave me courage.
  3. I gave him the chance to talk to me, and I would have offered to take the dog to the vet since I know he and his wife are busy, but he shot me down so fast.
  4. My husband is a big-shot lawyer, too, but this guy doesn’t know that.

I called in a favor from my old colleagues and showed this guy that he didn’t intimidate me and that “Failure to render treatment to an animal in need” is a crime and not even a big-shot lawyer is above the law.

As real as it gets

 

Gusty Erie

  1. By 2020, depression will be the leading cause of death and disability.
  2. Feeling ignored causes the same chemical effect as that of injury.
  3. People who play video games often are much more likely to have lucid dreams than non-gamers. They were also better able to influence their dream worlds as if controlling a video-game character.
  4. People who have cars with bumper stickers are more likely to exhibit road rage. You may want to think twice before laying on the horn!!
  5. Phobias may be memories passed down through generations in DNA, according to new research. If you remember a past event, you’re actually remembering the last time you remembered it rather than the event itself.
  6. Thinking about sex will temporarily relieve the urge to pee in the case of an emergency.
  7. Having a problem? Lay down! You can process thoughts faster by laying down.
  8. At a restaurant? Wash your hands after ordering. The menu is generally the dirtiest thing you can touch.
  9. Always check your cell signal when looking for new apartments or dorms to live in.
  10. If a crocodile is chasing you, run in a zig-zag pattern. Crocodiles can’t take sharp turns well.
  11. If a crocodile has caught you between its jaw, you press his eyes intensely with your thumbs, he will leave you.
  12. You can clear cigarette smoke in a room by spinning a wet towel around.
  13. If your stomach is rumbling in a public setting, do not clench your muscles, instead of push out like a beer belly and the noise will stop.
  14. Honey= brightens, tightens, & fights wrinkles & acne. Honey Facial: Smear onto face let sit for 1-3m, rinse with warm water, pat dry.
  15. Got a pimple before something important? Use an ice cube to shrink it.
  16. Mash tomatoes and apply the pulp as a pack on the face. Wash this off after half an hour to get a clear and glowing complexion.
  17. For oily skin, mash one banana with a teaspoon of honey and a couple of drops of lemon juice. Apply to face for 10 minutes, rinse.
  18. You can get longer nails by applying olive oil to help them grow.
  19. Eating garlic and onions can make your hair grow faster.
  20. Putting sugar on a wound does helps heal it faster!
  21. Clean your room! When your room is messy, you’re more likely to procrastinate and not get work done.
  22. If you know you’re going to vomit eat some vanilla ice cream first. It won’t stop the vomiting, but it will stop the burning sensation.
  23. Remove ink from clothes? Put toothpaste on the ink spots generously. Let it dry completely, then wash.
  24. Sign up for the free 30 minute trial of on-board WiFi while flying. Delete cookies when the trial ends. Start a new trial.
  25. If you are buying headphones/speakers, test them with Bohemian Rhapsody. It has a complete set of highs and lows in instruments and vocals.
  26. Put a stocking over the end of a vacuum to find tiny items like earrings. This prevents you from accidentally sucking them up.
  27. Mess with telemarketers! Some aren’t allowed to hang up, so answer the call, take a shower, have a snack, then say “no thanks 😉
  28. Memorize your waiter’s name when they introduce themselves—call them by name later in the meal and they’ll like you more.
  29. Singing in the shower daily can help boost your immunity, lower blood pressure, reduce stress, and improve your mood.
  30. Combine used coffee grounds, coconut oil, & sea salt for an amazing body scrub that will remove dead skin cells while hydrating your skin.
  31. If you don’t know whether to write “affect” or “effect”, use the word “impact” instead.
  32. If you want someone to listen to you, start the conversation with “I shouldn’t be telling you this.
  33. If your boyfriend or girlfriend wrongs you–don’t tell your parents about it. You might forgive them, but your parents won’t.
  34. If you’re ever stuck in a large crowd, put coins in a can and shake it, asking people to donate. Everyone will move to avoid you.
  35. When walking through a crowd, look at your destination in the distance. People will clear a path if they see you make a clear eye-line.
  36. When washing clothes, always turn them inside out so the design doesn’t crack.
  37. If you still feel tired after a good night’s sleep, you’re probably dehydrated. Drink some water after you wake up.
  38. If you email a big company and tell them your recent purchase was unsatisfactory, they’ll most likely send you free stuff.
  39. Feeling sleepy? Hold your breath until you can’t anymore and then breathe out slowly. This will increase your heart rate.
  40. Sleeping without a bra can help you have a 95% better sleep.
  41. Sleeping on your stomach can induce weirder, scarier, and sexier dreams.
  42. Sleeping next to someone you love not only reduces depression, but it also helps you to live longer and makes you fall asleep faster.
  43. Eating your food slowly will help you lose weight, enjoy your food, reduce stress, and lead to better digestion.
  44. Fasting for 16 hours will reset your body’s natural sleep/wake cycle and is considered an effective way to overcome jet-lag.
  45. Have a flat tire? Take a picture of it on your phone for future reference. Use it as an excuse later.
  46. When in college, always sit in the front. Your teacher will remember your face when it comes to grading and most likely be more favorable.
  47. Forgot an assignment and need to email it? Change the date on your computer system and send it.
  48. If you think somebody is giving you a fake number, read it back to them incorrectly. See if they correct you.
  49. Listening to music can boost your running performance by 15%.
  50. Before sleeping, 90% of your mind begins to imagine the stuff you’d like to happen.
  51. Have a good 20-minute workout at night so you’ll feel better before you sleep.
  52. Dancing, singing and masturbating are all proven ways to fight depression and lead to better sleep.
  53. Take vitamin B complex during the summer. Insects don’t like the way it makes you smell to them, it wards off mosquitoes and biting flies.
  54. In college? Always ask for a student discount, most stores have it and students never use it.
  55. If you are drunk and have the urge to vomit, taking short rapid breaths can help it go away.
  56. If you download a “PDF” file and you see it ends in “.exe” delete it. Its a virus.
  57. When cleaning your room, start with making your bed. It will make everything around it look out of place and it will motivate you to clean.
  58. Hearing your name being called, when no one has actually called your name, is a likely sign of a healthy mind.
  59. If you want someone’s number at a party, take a picture with them and ask them to send it to you.
  60. The Two-Minute Rule: If you see something that needs doing, and it can be completed within two minutes, do it immediately.
  61. Putting dry tea bags in gym bags or smelly shoes will absorb the unpleasant odor.
  62. Wrap a cold paper towel around a drink and put it in the freezer to make it cold faster
  63. Drinking 2 cups of cold water on an empty stomach can boost metabolism by 30%
  64. Cough keeping you up at night? Put Vick’s Vapo-rub on your feet and put on socks. Within minutes the cough will stop permanently
  65. Hugging can help reduce stress and lower blood pressure — This helps to protect us from heart disease
  66. When on a date, the best way to judge a person’s character is to see how they treat waiters and waitresses
  67. To remove gum from hair, dip into a small bowl of Coke, leave for a few minutes. The gum will wipe off
  68. When doing sit-ups if you place your tongue on the roof of your mouth it will stop you from straining your neck
  69. If your boss calls you in on your day off, tell him you’ve been drinking, the boss can’t fault you for not coming in.
  70. When going on a date, go to a horror film. Elevated heart rate and adrenaline are strongly tied to sexual attraction.
  71. If you ever drop glass, put a piece of bread on it. The consistency of the bread will pick up even the smallest shard
  72. When you’re finished with an essay, copy and paste it into Google Translate and listen to it. It’s the easiest way to find mistakes.
  73. If you toss onions in the freezer 15 minutes before you cut them you won’t tear up.
  74. Accidentally text the wrong person? Immediately put your phone on airplane mode and once it fails to deliver, delete the message.
  75. If you place an egg in water and it floats, don’t consume it. It’s bad and should be thrown away. A fresh egg will sink to the bottom.
  76. Eating Pizza once a week can actually help reduce the risk of esophageal cancer. So go eat some Pizza.
  77. Turning the shower cold right before you get out closes your pores and makes you less likely to get acne.
  78. Yellow rooms can make babies cry more and couples fight more.
  79. Grab a banana for breakfast! They are known as happy fruit. Eating just one can help relieve irritable emotions, anger and or depression.
  80. Bananas can reduce the swelling and irritation of mosquito bites and help with nicotine withdrawal.
  81. People who enjoy sweets like chocolate tend to be more generous, happier, selfless and open-minded.

Here it comes again..

  1. If your criticism is based on facts and logics, then your criticism is welcomed.
  2. If your criticism is based on rumor and bias, then you will ran off and seek political asylum in USA, Canada or UK, like the pro-”democracy” activists in HK, eg, Joshua Wong and Agnes Chow Ting. Because you can’t make a living in China, everyone knows you and they put you into their blacklist, you can’t find a job. So the only choice is to go for your funder.
  3. No one is excuted by the government for criticizing it so far.
  4. No one believes in Xinjiang fake news, because those news reports targeted on you, not us. This is your government’s propaganda, not ours. We can tell the illogic and not-make-sense narratives at the first sight but you can’t, because the distance and language barrier made you not able to access information from a much wider range.

The answer lies in the theory of deterrence and enduring paranoia of that most iconic of Cold War doctrine’s “MAD” or Mutually Assured Destruction. If there is one man who was most responsible for both it is General Curtis “Bombs Away” LeMay. LeMay was everything you imagine a Cold War air force general to be — a sports-car driving, martial arts practicing, HAM radio operating, steel-nerved commander for whom the killing of thousands or even millions of civilians was an uninteresting footnote in the larger strategic calculus of war. Indeed, he may well have been the source of that stereotype. he is certainly remembered as both the patron saint of the United States Air Force and as among the most infamous war criminals in history.

Along the way LeMay became one of the guiding lights of American strategic airpower. Now, LeMay didn’t like ballistic missiles. He was a bomber man. So if we asked LeMay this question he would probably respond the same way he did when he advocated for the continuation of the SAC bomber program in a memo dated January 4, 1964:

Ballistic missile forces represent both the U.S. and Soviet potential for strategic nuclear warfare at the highest, most indiscriminate level, and at a level least susceptible to control.

What LeMay is saying here is that the ICBM fleet is, by design, an all-or-nothing proposition. The fact that it exists — out in the middle of the Northwest Great Plains in full view of any satellite that cares to look down upon it — sends a very clear and unambiguous message:

  1. The United States has the ability to reduce your homeland to a smoldering ruin
  2. The United States will use these weapons if you use similar weapons against her
  3. The United States has numerous redundant protocols in place to ensure that it will use these weapons if the time ever comes.

These three statements are the core of deterrence theory. They’re sometimes referred to as the “Three Cs” — Capability, Communication, and Credibility.

  1. The enemy has to know that you are capable of destroying them.
  2. You have to communicate under which circumstances you would do so.
  3. And they have to find your threat credible.

This last “C” — credibility — is probably the hardest to nail down. Credibility amounts to a psychological state: are you really ready to kill hundreds of millions – maybe billions – of people to follow through on your threat? The ICBM fleet is about credibility. It is a Sword of Damocles, hanging over the enemy’s head.

That’s why they can’t have a disarm button.

The mere existence of the ICBM fleet is a compelling argument for the idea that the people that built it have accepted – in advance – the moral quandary of the nuclear age. They are not a gun brought to a knife fight; they’re a suicide vest rigged to a dead-man’s switch. But that promise of crushing retaliation loses some of its credibility if it comes with a “take-backsies” button.

But, paradoxically, the lack of that capability also diminishes the credibility of the ICBM threat. Because they are an all-or-nothing proposition, ICBMs offer very little proportionality. The United States may be more than willing to turn lose its missiles if a Russian first-strike is spotted coming over the North Pole, but would the Americans really jump to total thermonuclear war if just one warhead were used to clear a route for Russian tanks as they rolled into Germany?

Maybe not… and that creates a problem. It invites escalation and that escalation may bring about a general nuclear exchange which wouldn’t have happened if there had been some way to deter that first nuclear use.

This is the weakness LeMay saw in the missile based deterrent. The missiles have their place but, as LeMay puts it:

The employment of these weapons in lower level conflict would be likely to escalate the situation, uncontrollably, to an intensity which could be vastly disproportionate to the original aggravation. The use of ICBMs and SLBMs is not, therefore, a rational or credible response to provocations which, although serious, are still less than an immediate threat to national survival.

LeMay’s solution to this problem was – predictably – the bomber. The ICBM fleet could await the end of days in its silos, LeMay contended, the bomber would be there to handle everything short of that.

And that is largely the role of the American bomber force. Whenever Uncle Sam feels some “gunboat diplomacy” is in order, the bomber fleet is there: flying in joint exercises over South Korea

or dropping cruise missiles after a marathon flight from the other side of the world

.

So why don’t ICBMs have a recall button or a disarm button? Because that’s what bombers are for.

Rural towns are generally built around one or maybe two industries other than agriculture.

Take my hometown, for example. You basically work in some form of manufacturing, or you’re in dairy and crop farming. Go north a ways to some bigger rivers and it’s dairy farming and paper mills.

Every other business basically operates to support those two industries. Dollar General, Shopko, Piggly Wiggly? They provide the basic necessities for people who work in those industries. The specialty shops downtown provide luxury goods for people who work in those industries. The standard Wisconsin small town 2:1 ratio of bars to churches exist to support those industries.

The car dealerships don’t sell Priuses and sedans hardly at all; they sell pickup trucks and grocery-getter wagons/SUVs. Mostly used; the only new dealership in my town folded about 15 years ago and both lots are still vacant.

A hundred years ago, iron was king in my hometown. It was mostly blast furnaces making iron ore into pig iron and shipping it off to coal country to be made into steel. When the iron mines dried up, it switched mostly to manufacturing.

One of the four major manufacturers in the area closed almost 20 years ago now after it got bought up by a west coast equity firm. It wiped out probably a solid 15% of the school district area’s employment. It came at a bad time, as well, in the middle of a recession, so getting other work was pretty hard. Another industry in town laid off 50% of their workforce and automated two product lines.

Between transfers and people who had to move out of town to find work, enrollment in the school district dropped a solid 5–10%. My class was large, at around 125. By a decade later, the average class size was down to 80.

Automation in the other manufacturing industries has resulted in attrition of jobs there probably by another 50%, though I will seriously credit one of the local employee-owned companies for doing a great job of retaining employees and retraining them for other positions to keep them, which is probably why they’re one of the few manufacturers that has expanded significantly and actually increased overall employment in the last decade. The other manufacturers, not so much.


Then there’s agriculture and advances in that field.

Here’s what my great-great grandfather started farming with:

main qimg 5fbefd0b06343d182a814168e2c095bd lq
main qimg 5fbefd0b06343d182a814168e2c095bd lq

If you were fast and had a good horse and you worked sunrise to sunset, you could probably plow a 40-acre field in three or four days. Work it down in another two or three. Plant it in another two or three. If the weather cooperated and you worked your horse and your equipment and yourself hard. And the land was already cleared of trees and stumps. You could pull a two-row corn planter.

By the time my great-grandfather was ready to start working the farm, my great-great-grandfather was able to put together enough money for one of these:

main qimg 0da5ff51583c813fdeb91ac3527c463b lq
main qimg 0da5ff51583c813fdeb91ac3527c463b lq

That’s a John Deere unstyled model A. The first one on the farm had steel wheels, not tires. On the other side of this is a flywheel that you had to crank to get it started. It was insanely hard to do. But it didn’t get tired and need water every hour or so like a horse. And it would pull a two bottom plow. You could plow a 40-acre field in a hard day if you had enough light. You could probably do a 4-row corn planter with this.

By the time my grandfather was old enough to start working the farm, my great-grandfather had bought this:

main qimg 5b00cb9134d71fd3b0b135e954302761 lq
main qimg 5b00cb9134d71fd3b0b135e954302761 lq

This is a Ferguson TO-30. It might look smaller than the A, but it’s got more horsepower (26HP), hydraulics, and a three-point hitch. My great-grandfather bought it after the A needed a serious overhaul and the tractor salesman brought out one of these and a Ford 8N, and my great-grandfather said he’d buy whichever one got to the top of a hill with a two-bottom plow faster. The Ferguson won. (We still have the original in the family, plus the replica model the salesman gave him for buying it.)

You could plow, work down, and plant a 60-acre field in probably three good days’ work, if you were willing to work into the dark a bit. (My great-grandfather actually specifically ordered the tractor without lights because he believed if you were working into the dark, you were working too long.) Still a 4-row corn planter, but you could probably pull a larger grain drill than the A.

By the time my uncle was in high school, the farm was up to this:

main qimg f8025fae2b82df34c472e903dfeacaea lq
main qimg f8025fae2b82df34c472e903dfeacaea lq

That’s a Ford 7600 diesel. Almost 100 HP, over three times as much as the Ferguson. This would pull a four-bottom plow. Live PTO, making it possible to run better and better equipment. My family actually sprung for one with a cab because Grandpa was getting older, but he didn’t like it, actually.

With the four-bottom, a cultimulcher instead of a disk and drag, an 8-12-row corn planter instead of a 4-row that the Ferguson would pull, you could work a 60–80 acre field in three days if you were nice to the equipment, and probably still get some other stuff done.

By the time I was old enough to start really driving around tractors, the neighbors were driving these:

main qimg 440fc74a828af9b8b55a04e2011ef0f8 lq
main qimg 440fc74a828af9b8b55a04e2011ef0f8 lq

That’s a Massey-Ferguson 8220. The neighbors had an 8240, if I recall correctly. I remember when the guys around the corner bought one of these and a chisel plow. 150HP.

They worked down an 80 acre field in about two hours and planted it with a 16 row corn planter in about three hours two days later.

Today? I have an uncle who does crop and dairy farming. He’s got one tractor with 240 HP that can chisel plow a 120 acre field by GPS in 60–90 minutes, and will pull a 24-row John Deere corn planter. He probably wouldn’t even use it to work down a 40-acre field because that field would be too tiny to effectively turn around very well.

My great-grandfather would have been stunned at that. He might have imagined it, but it would have been a wild dream.

One guy can work ten times the cropland that my great-great-grandfather could have with a quarter of the work.

And yields have gone up, too. Hybrid corn and advances in other crops have made it so that today’s farmers are growing an order of magnitude more per acre than my great-grandfather did.

But all of those advances come at a cost. A bag of seed corn or soybeans can cost upwards of $100 a bag, and is currently going for as much as $180 a bag for the 2020 corn planting season. My grandfather once stormed out of a mill with me 25–30 years ago as a kid when the same sized bag of seed corn was going to be $15 because it was “highway robbery” and he figured he could get it cheaper elsewhere.

The same is true of dairies. My great-grandmother milked 20 cows by hand; a large operation at the time. In the 50’s, they got an electric vacuum pump system after the farm got electricity, and built a bigger, modern milking barn. That bumped them up to 60 head. In the 70’s, they were able to add on and up that to 100 head. By the early 2000’s, they were a small dairy, starting to be unable to compete. My uncle made some bad decisions, but he leveraged the land like crazy and cheated my great-grandmother out of her share of the farm to afford a 240 head new barn with a milking parlor.

He’s still a small operation now and is close to bankruptcy.

There’s a farm about two dozen miles over that has 8,400 head and the farmers don’t even milk the cows now; the cows have an RFID tag and when the cow feels like it wants to get milked, it wanders over to a stall and a robotic milking machine reads the tag and hooks itself up. The system tracks the cow’s individual production.

When my great-grandmother was doing the milking, there were probably fewer than 8,400 milking cows in the county.

But that huge operation is probably over a $10 million investment. That would have been unfathomable for my great-grandfather.

Whether crop or dairy, it’s been evolve or die, and evolving requires growing into a massive factory farm. That equipment and the buildings are expensive. And the margins are thin. If you couldn’t get enough credit to expand, you went bankrupt. If you had a bad year or two, you went bankrupt. The margins on all of that are razor thin; the farmer is probably actually netting pretty little, if not taking a routine annual loss many years.

Small farm bankruptcies are skyrocketing right now because factory farms are keeping the prices so low as to make the margins non-existent or below break-even for the little guys.

The area where I grew up is a moonscape of rotted out, fallen down barns, abandoned outbuildings, and lonely old farmhouses with lonely old retired farmers who have given up. They sold off all the equipment, and if they can rent out the land for enough to pay off the mortgage, they do, or sell it off for enough to satisfy the liens and keep four or five acres with the house. And when the old man and his wife pass away, the kids, who have moved to the city, don’t want to take care of it anymore. I’ve seen a dozen or two of those old houses just demolished; the outbuildings used for storage if anything at all.

Maybe 10–20% of the farms that were operating when I was a kid thirty years ago are still milking. Six of the seven neighbors my grandparents and uncle had that were farming when I was a kid are out and quit wholesale. The one left isn’t doing dairy anymore, the kid, who’s almost exactly my age, sold off the dairy cows and most of the equipment, does some basic crop farming, and grass-fed beef. One of the last neighbors to sell had gotten up to about 1400 acres that he’d owned and another 400 he rented before he sold out to a guy from Iowa who trucks up even more massive equipment than I described above, works up the whole thing in less than a week, and moves on to the next bit.

One guy. With probably a dozen hands. I have no doubt that he owns or rents over 36,000 acres.

Who needs a whole town to support that anymore? He isn’t going into my hometown for groceries every week, or the downtown coffee shop on a routine basis. He isn’t in the bars regularly. He isn’t buying stuff from the local hardware store, or tires and oil changes from the local mechanic.

Even if he were local, he certainly isn’t buying the same amount as the 100+ farm families he’s replaced.


Infrastructure also drastically changed my home area. Infrastructure, especially transportation infrastructure, dramatically reduces the friction costs of commerce. If it costs less to move stuff to market, people will build stuff there. If not, people won’t.

The railroad was first on this. Wherever the railroad went, towns grew along it. Where the railroad didn’t go through, those places died or never grew. There’s a little town of about 300 people, about big enough to have an “unincorporated” sign and not much more.

There’s a huge Catholic cathedral there, built to serve probably a 150 family congregation. Today, it serves probably a few dozen for a whole area.

That’s because the railroad was supposed to go through the town, which is why they built it. There’s half a dozen other old businesses that used to exist, too, the hollowed out remains of their buildings still visible, built in anticipation of a train that literally never came.

Because the railroad company built ten miles east, instead.

That town died. Or rather, never grew at all. The businesses mostly folded, with the exception of a bar and a butcher that finally relocated when I was a kid. There was a fancier restaurant there that closed up about five years back finally. It had a for-sale sign on it since before I graduated high school, but the guy who owned it could never find a buyer and finally just retired.

Today, railroads are largely replaced by highways and interstates, though freight rail is making a comeback in some places. Not enough to support a whole town, like it once did, but enough to keep some businesses going.

The main corridor in my home area is now I-41, 20–30 miles from town. It’s only recently been made into an interstate. When my parents were first dating, it was only two lanes. I still remember when there were no overpasses and it was cross-traffic most of the way by us.

As the interstate and a few four-lane state highways have grown, the towns along them have stayed steady or grown with them in some spots.

The towns between the main highways? They’re mostly gone or drying up. One got virtually wiped out by a tornado twenty-some years ago and never really recovered. Every year, they keep talking about consolidating the school district with a nearby one because enrollment is too low to sustain it independently. The elementary school closed fifteen years back and K-8 are all in one building now.

I remember a couple years ago, I was going through Iowa on my way to a wedding and they’d recently moved I-80. The main highway that it now paralleled used to go through a bunch of little towns. We got off the super-slab and went through some of them because we weren’t in a hurry to get to Colorado. Half of everything was boarded up. I asked the cashier about it. People don’t want to exit the highway and drive four miles south to get to Casey’s General Store. They just bypass the towns and wait until the next bigger stop. Where towns could, they’d tried to move towards the highway, but that’s often not possible.

It’s what happened to the towns on Route 66. A few remaining nostalgic pieces of it remain, but most of it’s just gone. Whole towns were just erased.

But even my hometown isn’t seeing new facilities getting built for manufacturing and the like, because of a lack of infrastructure. There’s a decent state highway into town that they keep in reasonable repair, but it’s a ways to the interstate still. The existing facilities keep churning out stuff, but if the companies are expanding, it’s along the four-lane highways and the towns and cities on those, still reasonably nearby enough, I suppose.

One company bought out that old plant that went bust I mentioned and turned it into a big R&D facility, since it doesn’t need much import/export and it’s smack in the middle of town. Getting trucks there is a pain in the ass. When they come up with something, they send the specs over to the shiny new plant two towns west, which is built on a four-lane highway with direct access to Madison and Milwaukee.

Internet is another infrastructural element that is significantly lagging in some of these places. Nobody’s running fiber to my hometown for the most part. A lot of people still have DSL. Maybe satellite. Apparently Verizon or Frontier is upgrading some of downtown somewhat. The last time I was at the local coffee shop to use the wi-fi, the speed test ran up to 15 megabits.

The cell coverage depends on the provider, but it’s spotty even in downtown. Verizon is okay. US Cellular is the preferred choice. Sprint, T-Mobile, and AT&T are complete dead zones. That makes it hard to operate a retail business these days, which is increasingly dependent on the internet for sales and backend that we take for granted. You’re not selling much if you can’t use so much as a Square reader at the local businesses. And you’re not getting a lot of tourists if their phones are off the grid before they get to the city limits.

And younger people don’t want to live in a town where they can’t get Netflix or Prime Video at even standard resolution half the time. So, they’re not moving there, or leaving for greener pastures if they can.

Because there isn’t enough demand, the cable companies don’t bother upgrading the lines unless they have to. Because there isn’t basic high-speed broadband, nobody moves there to create the demand. It’s a vicious cycle. My folks just moved out of the place where I grew up and moved to the edge of a moderately large rural town. They get one internet provider, which maxes out at 8Mb down, 4 up. If they were two blocks over, they could get another provider with much better bandwidth, but where they are, they’re just screwed. A lot of places are like that. There’s no competition, and relatively light demand, so there’s basically no reason for the telecoms to bother running anything out there.

At least my hometown and surrounding area are still close enough to major transportation routes that Fed-Ex and UPS will come all the way out. My in-laws have to drive 20 miles into town to pick up anything. They’ve been where they are for fifteen years and two weeks ago, a Fed-Ex truck actually went all the way to their house for the first time, ever. The delivery driver said he would never do it again. They don’t even get mail delivery to their place; they have to go up the minimum maintenance road five miles to a turnaround if it gets delivered, and they maintain a PO box in the slightly larger, but further away town for that purpose instead.

Water is increasingly an issue, too. New water treatment plants with higher capacities are expensive and getting more so. Rural areas have a lower population density to spread that cost around, and that means either a need for increased state aid, or higher property taxes.

If you don’t live right in town, that water isn’t probably coming to you. So, the farmers and people who live outside of town, but who are in the township and so would pay the increased taxes to pay for it, vote against it. They’re already paying literally tens of thousands of dollars for septic systems and wells; paying more property taxes for someone else’s water on top of that, while getting nothing in return, is a hard sell.

Even trash collection is an issue here. Depending on the size of the town, you might have to do it yourself or contract with a company, because the town itself might not provide it. Again, friction cost for a business, and another thing that sometimes makes people not want to move there. I grew up with it, so the idea of a garbage guy that actually comes to your house is still weird to me, as are the ideas of a) not having an organic bucket that needs to get hauled out to the brush pile by the line fence, b) not having a burn barrel for paper garbage, c) not needing to separate out metals from other recycling to take to the salvage yard when there’s enough to get the higher price, or d) that the garbage guy comes at a specific time rather than taking it to the dump on Saturday morning or dropping the cash in the can or slot to pay for the bags you put in if you come not on a Saturday morning.

When rural areas lack easy access to the kinds of infrastructure that reduces commercial friction costs, they’re at a serious disadvantage. It’s more expensive to do things, it’s more difficult to attract workers, and as a result, what sustains these small towns begins to go elsewhere.


The decline itself then turns into a vicious cycle. As the major sustaining industries and businesses give out, or the resources like a clay or gravel pit start to dwindle, the people that can leave, do, especially younger people.

That increases the concentration of people remaining in poverty.

And with an increased concentration of poverty comes a lot of the problems that arise out of that: increased crime, increased drug use as depressed people try to self-medicate, depressed property values that make it even harder to get out, and more.

The schools end up with lower enrollment, and lower tax revenues, and lower state aid. So they have to start cutting services. And then people move out of the district because they want their kids in a better school, if they can.

Any young people who can get out flee. That leads to a brain drain of the community. It’s hard to get young professionals to move back if they think they’re never going to make enough money to justify it, or lose a quality of life that they enjoy elsewhere.

So, that means fewer social workers, attorneys, doctors, etc. serving these areas that can help mitigate these problems of poverty, and it spirals downward even more. People of means have fewer kids; people without them have more but can’t support them. Services get progressively thinner, making people more desperate.

More and more desperate people often end up getting into the criminal justice system one way or another, and once you’ve got a felony, everything is substantially harder. Housing, employment, everything. That traps more and more people, as well.

People that are trapped get more and more hopeless. Suicide rates skyrocket.

Eventually, the whole thing just gives out. The remaining people die off. The houses and businesses are abandoned and left to crumble.

We’re not just talking about your boom and bust ghost towns of the Wild West. There’s plenty of these that are modern, some dying in the last few decades. There’s a few places I know of around where I grew up where the last living inhabitants were present just a few years ago. Today, there’s a handful of vacant buildings and nothing else left. You can walk right in a few of them. Some of them are so far gone that you wouldn’t even know that several thousand people once lived there in some cases as recently as thirty or forty years ago just by looking at them.

One town near where I grew up used to actually put up their own population sign and an old man would repaint the number by hand every time someone died or moved away, until he died and nobody took over the task. There was a lumberyard/building center there, a church, and a bar, when I was a kid at least. It was a quarry town for limestone before that, but the easily accessible limestone ran out in the 60’s. There were probably 100 residents total, maybe, when I was a kid, but at one point there were about 1900 people who lived there. The businesses closed and the church is boarded up now. About twenty houses remain; two others were destroyed by fire – one started accidentally by a homeless person who was squatting in it after it was abandoned. The businesses are all vacant, the for-sale signs faded and dusty.

Sometimes a natural disaster comes in and finishes the job. Gays Mills in Wisconsin has been flooded completely out several times in the last decade. Hundreds of residents just gave up and never came back when the insurance gave them an out. Some businesses are trying to stick it out, or relocate as disaster relief has tried to make it possible to move the town to higher ground.


Lastly, the death rate is exceeding the birth rate. Sixty to eighty years ago, you needed ten kids to run the farm, and the infant mortality rate was considerably higher.

In the last 20–30 years, though? People aren’t having babies. The birth rate in a lot of these rural areas is well below replacement. The oldest generations are dying off with increasing rapidity every year.

Death rates among 18–64 year olds in rural areas are also on the incline. The opioid crisis really has disproportionately affected rural areas not because it’s higher per capita, but because there’s just fewer people overall and so the same per capita impact has a greater overall impact.

But suicides are where it’s gotten really out of control. The rural suicide rate is bonkers higher than urban areas. It’s as much as 25% higher in some areas, and it’s risen over 40% in the last 20 years. There’s been a lot of research into this, with hypotheses ranging from lack of health care (both in insurance and in care providers) to stigma around mental health to simply increased access to guns, but there has not been a good consensus around what factors are most prevalent or most contributory.

This is perhaps the most literal reason rural towns in America are dying: they are literally seeing more death than birth.


Some other rural towns are growing around new industries. In Kansas, feedlot and meatpacking plants are growing substantially. Feedlots are smelly as hell. You don’t want to live anywhere near them. Seriously. Even setting aside the animal cruelty issues that are often present, they’re just awful places to be within ten miles of. But, they also provide jobs. For the desperate rural worker, any port in a storm.

In Minnesota, it’s chicken and turkey processing. There’s a handful of towns that have poultry processing, and they’re doing pretty well for now.

But those jobs are not very secure. They’re hard labor, and if someone gets laid up, there’s enough people willing to take the jobs that someone can just be replaced. Anti-union sentiment from conservatives that dominate these areas don’t make anything easier, either.

Additionally, these industries also creating a lot of tension because the local natives don’t want those jobs due to the lack of security and don’t often apply, or can’t pass a drug test to qualify; instead, these jobs are attracting a lot of immigrant labor, such as Somali refugees. These are more typically than not legal immigrants, but that makes little difference to some people who are already mistrustful of any outsiders. I have a relative who moved into a rural town thirty years ago and still is considered a transplant and given second-class citizenship to a generational local.

But many of these industries are also boom-and-bust. The oil fields in the Bakken and the Permian Basin led to huge expansions of parts of North Dakota and Texas, but as quickly as they exploded, they’ve died off as oil prices crashed in recent years.

Those feedlots and chicken processing plants are likely as insecure. All it takes is a commodity oversupply, or a trade war, to shutter whole plants. And if that’s the primary employer for the area, it can take a significant piece of the town when it goes.


Some rural towns are still doing okay, or even growing a little, and in sustainable ways.

What’s kept my hometown alive is that it’s a good bedroom community that’s 30–45 minutes driving from two reasonably large urban areas and less than two hours from two more metro areas. Those are people who want to live in a small, safe, quiet neighborhood, but they don’t work there. They commute to the larger cities in the region.

Enrollment is back up a little in the school district with people moving in to live in a quiet spot, and class sizes are back up to about 95-ish. The school has some good programs such as an award-winning music program that have brought in school choice students from neighboring districts (with corresponding state aid), or even gotten some individuals to move there.

The tax base has remained about neutral or grown a little as developments and new housing grow slowly. Areas that were farm fields when I was a boy are now subdivisions generating more property taxes than the agricultural zones they once were.

There are some rural areas that have this geographical quirk and are mostly becoming the new form of suburbs for those wealthy enough to either buy a nice place in a small town, or a couple acres of former farmland and build a house out in the country. The cost of living is usually reasonable or even sometimes lower than the city or suburbs; housing is certainly cheaper even if certain commodities are a bit higher.

But there’s a lot of rural areas that don’t have that quirk of geography.

Get out in the middle of Nebraska, or Iowa, or Kansas, or Minnesota and there’s a lot less. It’s a long, long way to the urban centers.

Those places are increasingly seeing the demise of rural America the hardest.

Scott Ritter Jaw-Dropping Revelation: NATO vs Russia – A Ticking Nuclear Time Bomb Ready to Explode!

No, I don’t think the Chinese government would take such an approach.

“If you sanction me, I must retaliate against you and launch corresponding sanctions, otherwise I will be weak.”

This is a common understanding in Western society that governments must respond to public sentiment. If other countries “hurt us”, we “must tit for tat”. Retaliation must be direct, reciprocal and obvious. Only then can public sentiment be released, and politicians’ approval ratings not drop.

So we discovered a key point: the way of revenge is centered on politics, not interests. No one cares whether doing so will bring greater benefits to society or cause greater harm.

“If you sanction me, I must retaliate against you, but the method may not be reciprocal. How to do it is left to professionals.”

This is a common perception in Chinese society, which is full of patience and believes that professional officials can handle it better than public sentiment.

With this premise, we return to the Tiktok case. If Tiktok is forced to sell by the United States, will China’s retaliation be to force Apple to sell it? No, that’s simply impossible

There is a proverb in the Chinese world: If a dog bites you, it does not mean that you have to bite the dog too.

There are many ways to take revenge, you must choose the one that is most beneficial to you.

In the past few years, China has been challenging the status of the United States in global economic activities, and the United States is in a state of hysteria. They are trying to use all available means to contain China. However, we find that China’s response has always been mild, even making people feel a little weak.

In fact, they have been choosing the way that is best for themselves, rather than the most “tit for tat” way.

—————————-

The United States has imposed tariffs on $200 billion worth of Chinese goods; they believe that in order to contain China, it is worth raising prices in the United States.

China’s most “relieving” response should be to impose additional tariffs on $200 billion of U.S. goods, but China believes that this will affect the import of technology and raw materials by Chinese companies, which is not worth it.

China’s actual approach is to expand BRI, join RECP, seek to join CPTPP, expand trade scope, offset the influence of the United States, and stop buying soybeans from American farmers.

—————————–

The United States has imposed five rounds of comprehensive sanctions on Huawei; they believe that it is worthwhile to undermine the fair international image of the United States and use “national security” crimes against a company in order to curb the development of China’s 5G technology.

China’s most “tit for tat” response should be to select an American company, such as CISCO, or Microsoft, or others, and impose five rounds of comprehensive sanctions. But China believes that this will affect these companies’ operations in China, reduce Chinese jobs and government tax revenue, and this is not worth it.

China’s actual approach is to change foreign investment laws and allow foreign companies to independently invest in telecommunications, automobiles and other industries. Then successfully brought Tesla to China.

——————————-

The United States has imposed “Chip and Science Act” sanctions on hundreds of Chinese companies; they believe that destroying the market and revenue of the US semiconductor industry can delay the development of China’s AI technology, which is worthwhile.

China’s most “tit for tat” response should be to select a group of American companies, such as General Motors, Ford, Walmart, and Starbucks, to implement some kind of reciprocal “sanctions bill.” But China believes that this will affect these companies’ operations in China, reduce Chinese jobs and government tax revenue, and this is not worth it.

China’s actual approach is to sanction several U.S. arms dealers and ban the export of rare earths to the United States. Launch the semiconductor development plan encouraged by the government, establish the National Semiconductor Fund, and recruit talents from all over the world to strengthen its semiconductor industry.

——————————-

Some Western public opinion has produced many similar news: Tesla is banned in China, and Apple mobile phones are banned in China. They seem to want to tell us: Look, they are just as bad as us;

But the truth is there, these are lies. The CEOs of Tesla and Apple have both praised the performance of the Chinese market.

Some Western public opinion will also tell us: Google is banned in China, Youtube, X and Ins are banned in China; so it is reasonable for us to ban Tiktok.

But some facts are deliberately ignored. Bing is running very well in China, and Amazon and Paypal have been running in China for 20 years. The crux of the matter is that China has enacted laws, companies that are willing to abide by them stay, and those that are unwilling to abide by them leave. China actually does not have a “ban” against a certain American company.

Now, the United States is demanding that Tiktok be forced to sell, maybe it will be Temu’s turn in the future, Shein

China’s most “tit for tat” method should be to choose an American company, such as Apple mentioned in the question. Asking them to “force a sale”

But China will definitely not do this. On the contrary, we may see them take more opening measures to encourage more foreign companies to participate in the Chinese economy.

They are deliberately taking a completely different approach to doing things than the United States. Use openness to fight closure, use trade to fight sanctions; use win-win to fight zero-sum games; use construction and manufacturing to fight bombs and destruction.

They are very patient and they are creating a global persona:

I don’t have many slogans, and I’m not very good at publicity and storytelling. I will only use actual actions to tell the world: who represents justice and friendship, and who represents evil and destruction.

In the short term, China’s approach seems inefficient, negative, and weak. But over time, many things change.

Here’s a Jewish mama joke.

A Jewish mother picks up the phone to hear the sound of a woman gulping sobs. Her daughter! “Darling! What’s the matter?

Woman:” Oh,Mama! Oh,Mama!”

“Yes darling. Mama is here. What’s wrong?”

“We’re snowed in. The car won’t start. The refrigerator stopped working and all the food is spoiled. The kids have colds and the house is a mess. I have a headache. And twenty ladies from my Hadassah chapter are coming for lunch at one o’clock! Oh,Mama” she wails “What am I going to do?”

In a calm soothing voice Mama replies “Don’t worry darling,Mama is here. First I’ll go down to the grocery and pick up something to eat.Then I’ll take the subway. And from the subway I’ll walk the sixteen blocks to your house. I’ll cook something for the twenty ladies,they’ll love it. I’ll give the kids an aspirin so they’ll be quiet. I’ll tell them a story till they fall asleep so you can lie down too. While the food cooks I’ll pick up the house. Everything will be all right. Don’t worry darling,Mama is here! That’s what a mother is for!”

The woman gives a huge sigh of relief. “Oh,Mama thank you! I feel so much better.”

“Don’t mention it,darling” Then,in an everyday voice “If you’re snowed in and the car won’t start how did Sam get to work?”

(Puzzled voice) “Sam? Who’s Sam?”

(Mama impatiently) “Sam! Your husband Sam! How did he get to work?”

Long pregnant pause. Then in a small voice the woman says “My husband’s name is Saul”

Another pregnant pause . Then in a trembling voice the woman says:

“Does that mean…you’re… not coming?”

Skillet Pizza Supreme

cast iron skillet pizza 1
cast iron skillet pizza 1

Ingredients

  • 1 package dry yeast
  • 1/4 cup warm water (105 to 115 degrees F)
  • 2 1/2 cups all-purpose flour, divided
  • 1 teaspoon granulated sugar
  • 1 teaspoon salt
  • 1 tablespoon vegetable oil
  • 1/2 to 3/4 cup milk

Instructions

  1. Dissolve yeast in warm water in a small bowl; let stand 5 minutes.
  2. Combine 2 cups flour, sugar and salt in a large bowl; stir in yeast mixture and oil. Add enough milk to make a soft dough. Cover and let stand 15 minutes.
  3. Turn dough out onto a floured surface. Knead 5 to 8 times, working in remaining 1/2 cup flour to make a smooth dough.
  4. Pat dough evenly in bottom and halfway up sides of a lightly greased 10-inch cast iron skillet.
  5. Bake at 425 degrees F for 8 minutes.
  6. Spoon sauce over crust.
  7. Top with any toppings desired.
  8. Sprinkle shredded Mozzarella cheese over the top.
  9. Bake for 10 to 12 minutes or until cheese melts.
cast iron skillet pizza 09
cast iron skillet pizza 09

Near the end of my sophomore years of high school, when I got my license and began driving myself to my friends’ houses to hang out.

At that point in my life, I had five friends that I hung out with on a regular basis, and about a dozen other people who I knew through those friends. Those dozen were like second-tier friends. We hung out a lot because we happened to be friends with the same person.

Before being able to drive myself to my friends’ houses, I was limited to friends’ houses I could walk to, or convince my parents to drive me to. By the time I turned 16, I’d been in six different friends’ houses that I could recall.

Then, during my first visit to my friend Rick’s house (I had to drive there myself because he lived pretty far away), I realized something: he had a lot of pictures of him, his mom, and his brother in the house, but zero pictures of his father. He’d never said anything about his father, but I always assumed he had one. When we finally talked about it, he said that his father walked out on the family when he and his brother were still young, and his mom never talked about him.

That got me thinking about all of my other friends. Jay’s father was an alcoholic and abused his mom until she divorced him. Emma’s father was actually her step-father, because her real father ran off with a younger woman. Emma’s step-dad was also much older than her mom. Sarah was being raised by a single mother. Aaron’s dad drank and swore a lot, and I’m pretty sure beat his wife. Trey’s dad was super controlling of his wife. (And, a few years later, killed her. He’s currently serving life in prison.) Anthony didn’t know who his dad was. Etc…

It was then that I realized that, of all of my friends, only one of them had a father in their lives who wasn’t an alcoholic, wasn’t abusive, and actually seemed like a nice guy. That was Tom. Tom was an only child and his parents were some of the nicest people you’d ever meet. His mom was a teacher and his dad was a businessman. They were both very active in one of the local churches.

My parents were married before they had me or my sister. They stayed married until my dad died. Both of my parents took an active role in my life as a child. My father never once raised a hand, or even his voice, to my mother. He didn’t drink. He didn’t do drugs. He wasn’t the jealous type. He never cheated on her. He showed her plenty of affection through all of the years of their marriage.

I think a lot of it had to do with the socio-economic class I was raised in. I, like most of my friends (except Tom), was raised in a lower socio-economic class. Poverty takes its toll on marriages. I guess, for a poor kid from the South, I got super lucky when it came to dads. Mine was like the dads you saw in sitcoms back then, while my friends’ dads, if they even had them, were more like the dads in dramas about abusive relationships.

FOUR MINUTES! This new site was online 4 Minutes Before HACKERS went after it

This rebuilt and restored website was online to the world for only 4 minutes before HACKERS tried to break-in!  They were caught.

Long-time users of this website will recall that during Thanksgiving of the year 2022 (over a year ago), this site was mercilessly HACKED.  It’s layout and functionality were wrecked.

At the time, I didn’t have the money or the ambition to do a full rebuild/restoration, so we jury-rigged-it and got by for a little over a year.

I saved up the money, did the research necessary, and last week, my tech guys began the rebuild.

In the past, the site has “good” security, better than most sites.  Yet Hackers were ultimately able to breach that “good” security, got in and did their harm.    So for this new rebuild, security was a major — I mean really big — aspect of the rebuild. Enterprise grade security.

Last Friday, this newly rebuilt and restored site went online at 7:24 PM eastern US time.

FOUR MINUTES LATER, the security system was already recording hacking attempts, and blocking IP addresses of malicious users.  FOUR MINUTES!

I got alerts from my system about what was going on, and that these certain IP addresses had automatically been blocked, but telling me I should consider adding these IP’s to the PERMANENT BAN list.   I did.

Here’s just a small sampling of the IP’s banned, and why:

Hacker Ban List

Hacking BANS 03 31 2024
Hacking BANS 03 31 2024

So it’s going to be  a rough ride for me as we proceed in the future.   For whatever reason, people with nefarious motives are already trying to break in.

I thought you should know.   In fact, it’s important you know.

Doing what I do to bring the TRUTH to the public, has enemies.  Those enemies don’t want YOU knowing the truth.

This is from my childhood in the 1960’s. My Mom and Dad were married in 1946. My sister and I were born in 1959 and 1962, so they were older parents. My dad died when I was 8. My Mom went into a deep depression. She started smoking and drinking a lot. She finally got her driver’s license, and we would drive to the bank to deposit our Social Security survivor’s benefits once a month. Then we would drive to the neighboring big city that sold alcohol. As a 10-year-old kid, I remember going into Snappy’s, getting 4 cases of Lone Star beer and a handle of Canadian Club. I would write the check on my Mom’s checking account, and they would help us load it into the trunk while my Mom sat in the car. I had to get my little sister up in the morning and walk her to school. I would sign her report card, and sign my own. I got very good at forging her signature. I did the grocery shopping, hauling them back on my bike. We ate lots of cheap frozen pizzas and sugary cereal because that is what I liked. It all seemed normal to me. She smoked and drank herself to death when I was 17. When I had a family of my own I worked very hard to give them a normal life. I realized when they were little that my childhood was really messed up and I wanted a better life for them.

Zulu Culture

https://www.youtube.com/shorts/RyhTmgGzL_g?feature=share

Three bulls heard the rancher was bringing another bull onto the ranch.

First Bull: “I’ve been here five years. I’m not giving this new bull any of my 100 cows.”

Second Bull: “I’ve been here three years and have earned my right to 50 cows. I’m keeping all my cows.”

Third Bull: “I’ve only been here a year, and so far, you guys have only let me have 10 cows. I may not be as big as you fellows, but I’m keeping all 10 of my cows.”

Just then an 18-wheeler pulls up in the pasture carrying the biggest bull they’ve ever seen.

At 4,700 pounds, each step he takes strains the steel ramp.

First Bull: “I think I can spare a few cows for our new friend.”

Second Bull: “I actually have too many cows to take care of. I can spare a few. I’m certainly not looking for an argument.”

They look over at the third bull and find him pawing the dirt, shaking his horns and snorting.

First Bull: “Son, don’t be foolish, let him have some of your cows and live to tell about it.”

Third Bull: “Hell, he can have all my cows. I’m just making sure he knows I’m a bull.”

Generally not well.

Generally speaking, American POWs captured by Germany had it alright. They were not sent to concentration camps and generally received pretty good treatment at the hands of the Germans.

However we are dealing with Nazis here- keep that in mind. 2 factors really decided how an American POW would be treated.

  1. Was he being captured by the SS or the normal German Army (SS bad, Army good)
  2. Was he black or Jewish

If you were Jewish or Black and captured by the SS (or even elements of the Amry) you would be lucky to find yourself in a concentration camp. More likely, you are killed on the spot. If you were white and captured by the Army you’d be sent to a more comfortable imprisonment.

Black soldiers had it bad though- as they were considered Untermensch (sub-human).


I am about to tell you a story that will ruin your day and remind you how evil and demented the SS was.

So you are all familiar with the Ardennes offensive right? Also called the Battle of the Buldge where US forces were surrounded and cut off during the winter and then held out for weeks while the American 3rd Armored division broke through to save them.

Well during this time there were 2 massacres of US troops. The fact we are well aware of them both shows how rare it was for this thing to happen but I digress.

During this battle, 85 American soldiers were captured and executed by elements of the SS. Instead of bringing them to a prison camp the Germans just flat-out shot them all to death. But these men were all white, so they got the mercy of a bullet. This is called the Malmedy Massacre and is very well known.

main qimg a2826a3333b8e1e6e61337896bd763ba lq
main qimg a2826a3333b8e1e6e61337896bd763ba lq

There is another atrocity long forgotten though, largely because it involved Black US soldiers and not white ones.

During the battle 11 “Colored” G.I’s found themselves out of ammo with only 2 rifles and lost in the woods. They came upon a little house in the middle of nowhere and asked for refuge from the cold.

Inside this house were Belgium Patriots who supported the US. They offered the 11 men shelter and food and warmed them up. The nearby neighbors were not Patriots though and had a son fighting in the SS. They would run to the Germans and inform them Americans were being sheltered nearby.

main qimg 29322bd590313739beb3913201121581 lq
main qimg 29322bd590313739beb3913201121581 lq

4 men from the SS would arrive armed to the teeth. The Americans chose not to resist, not wanting any harm to befall those that took them in. They were also lacking the weaponry to fight.

main qimg 98f65ffc670746c7cc99723183c70811 lq
main qimg 98f65ffc670746c7cc99723183c70811 lq

So all 11 Americans surrendered to these SS soldiers and they wouldn’t even get the mercy of a bullet. Their bodies would be found shortly after and US command was shocked by what they found.

I am not going to pull any punches- I want you to understand the level of evil we are dealing with. These men were found with the following injuries.

  • Their eyes had been gouged out while they were still alive
  • Fingers were removed and legs were broken
  • Men were beaten to death with rifle butts
  • Many men had been run over by vehicles
  • A few were shot, but not in the head- they were shot in the knees and stomach to inflict maximum suffering
  • A few men had fractured skulls from having their heads beaten in

Just executing a POW is a war crime but this goes beyond it. The 85 executed at Malmedy were simply shot, perhaps because the Germans lacked the logistics to transport or guard POWs.

These 11 black US G.I’s were brutally and violently tortured and killed for no other reason than they were black. The SS soldiers took joy in their suffering. It’s the brutality that is hard to imagine.

The US would investigate this for years but the killers were never discovered. Maybe they got killed by the eventual onslaught of US forces. Hopefully, they died slowly in a pool of their own shit crying for their mothers who were already dead at the hands of the Red Army in the East.

I hate the SS

How about my high school principal?

Waaaayyy back, early 1970s, everyone arrived at school and was greeted by an announcement to go to homeroom.

Sounds normal, except that we only went to homeroom for things like report cards. Normally our first period class was attendance center, so a sudden announcement of starting the day with homeroom was weird.

Everyone went to homeroom, and there was a lot of wondering what was up – even the teachers seemed puzzled.

The principal then made a strange and rambling speech over the PA system.

It was about the parasites infesting our school.

It turned out that his definition of parasites was students who wore their coats to class, students who sat on the floor, students who held hands with :::gasp::: students of the opposite sex, students who, well, acted like teenagers.

Any student seen doing these things would be suspended for the rest of the day.

It didn’t take long.

By second period, everyone was wearing their coats. Half the school had on pieces of paper that read “I’m a parasite and I’m proud.” Members of the football team (all boys at that time) walked from class to class, holding hands. Any student with a free period was in the core, sitting on the floor around the tables instead of in the library or somewhere else. The Madrigal singers, in full costume ready for a performance, promenaded through the main hall with their hands in position (boy raised, holding girl’s in an “elegant” fashion), but not touching (it looked really stupid). I’m sure there was more, but that’s all I saw.

His policy was rescinded the next day. It’s really hard to suspend 2000 students, and that’s what it would have taken.

I suggest you visit China. It reversed my preconception. I am from Norway, North Europe. A rather modern and advanced society.

On my first visit to the US over 20 years ago, I was surprised at how backward and old fashioned it was. Movies had let me to believe it was the epitome of modern society. I visited several states on the East/South-East. Very backwards digitally. Terrible infrastructure. Unwalkable. Dirty. Hard to find quality restaurants outside of big cities. Dead city centres in medium sized cities.

I went to China a year or two later, and the opposite struck me. It was a highly modern society. Highly digital. Fantastic high-speed infrastructure (that is even better nowadays). Super clean, modern cities. I was mainly in the Jiangsu province that time. Loved it!

I suggest everyone to go and form their own opinions. I really fell in love with Suzhou, not far from Shanghai.

We were drunk. Stupid teenagers thinking that we could make fun of every rule.

“Let’s go to Gabriel’s house and continue the party there!” one of my friends suggested.

“We don’t have a car!” I said.

“I’ll take everyone on the back of my pickup truck! Hop in!” Juan said while starting his truck’s engine.

I immediately hesitated, “I don’t think it’s safe!”

“Aahhh… don’t be a wooze Hector! Come on! Everything will be okay!” Juan said.

“I don’t like the idea!”

Everyone was ready to go, partying, singing, drinking and fooling around.

It was very late at night. I had two options, call my mom to come pick me up or simply go with the flow.

I ignored my gut and followed my friends.

We were balancing ourselves as the truck moved forward. Juan, the truck driver, wasn’t responsible of us sitting — and standing on the back of the pickup.

A quick turn was enough to change the rest of my life. One of my best friends lost balance and was thrown off the back.

“Stop! Stop! Stop!” I shouted to the top of my lungs while hitting the rooftop of the pickup.

Juan stopped.

We quickly jumped out of the box to assist my friend. He was bleeding. His head was totally covered with blood and unconscious. He had landed with his head on a yellow speed bump causing him to fracture his head.

We took him to the hospital. Four days later he passed away. He was 16 years old.

To this day, his parents cry every time they see me because I bring memories of their son. I’m always speechless. I can only imagine how I could have prevented this life-changing event for every one of us.

I lacked character.

To answer your question:

Not trusting your instinct, your conscience, your spirit or however you want to call it; will bring terrible regrets that may last a lifetime.

Today, I’m aware of that “small voice” that somehow, I know I shouldn’t ignore anymore.

Yet, it all comes down to character, strength, and courage to stand my ground even when temptation or peer pressure is on.

I had been away for a couple of months diving and arrived home after a long flight. As soon as the taxi pulled into the parking square I noticed that where I once had a solid wooden door to my house I now had plywood sheet. So I immediately knew something was wrong. I got out of the taxi and approached my house where I was met by my neighbours who told me that the previous night, the Police had broken into my house and searched it. Now furious I called the Police and demanded an explanation.

A few minutes later the Police arrived and together we entered my house. Once inside they explained that a few weeks earlier a body had been found on the beach in the North West of the country, and there had been a public appeal to help identify the deceased. Following this appeal my brother (who I have not seen for over 30 years) had called the Police and claimed the body was me. He had even been taken to identify the body. With this information the Police arrived at my address and spoke to my neighbours who confirmed that they had not seen me for a number of weeks. This reinforced their incorrect assumptions that the body was mine, and as it was considered a suspicious death, they decided to break into my house and examine it, in case there were any clues that could help them solve the death.

The body found on the beach was later identified.

So yes there had been someone in my house, the Police, it wasn’t a pleasant feeling knowing that they had been through all of my possessions, and then I was left with a bill for a replacement door, as damage caused by Police in the execution of their duty, is apparently excluded from house insurance.

China has announced countermeasures against a US company and two individuals that have long collected sensitive information to provide so-called evidence for illegal sanctions by the US, after the US newly added two Chinese officials and three Chinese companies onto a sanction list citing so-called human rights concerns.

main qimg 4c583b4d5f36cf2a7a5b1345b101cf84
main qimg 4c583b4d5f36cf2a7a5b1345b101cf84

US intelligence data company Kharon and Edmund Xu, director of investigations of Kharon and Nicole Morgret, a former researcher from Center for Advanced Defense Studies, will be prohibited from entering China (including China’s mainland, the Hong Kong SAR and the Macau SAR), said Chinese foreign ministry spokesperson Mao Ning on Tuesday.

China will freeze the property of Kharon and the two persons in China, including their movable and immovable property, and prohibit organizations and individuals in China from transactions and cooperation with them.

In December, US Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control announced to sanction two Chinese officials for alleged link to human rights abuse. Meanwhile, the US Department of Homeland Security added three more Chinese companies to the so-called “Uyghur Forced Labor Prevention Act” (UFLPA) blacklist.

In response, Mao said that the US once again fabricated and spread false narratives about China’s Xinjiang region, imposed illegal sanctions on Chinese officials and companies under the pretext of so-called human rights issues in the region, seriously interfering in China’s internal affairs, seriously violating international law and basic norms of international relations, seriously tarnishing China’s image, and seriously damaging the legitimate rights and interests of relevant Chinese officials and companies.

China firmly opposes and strongly condemns this and has made solemn representations to the US, Mao said, urging the US to stop slandering and smearing China, revoke the illegal unilateral sanctions against Chinese officials and companies, and stop implementing erroneous bills such as the so-called UFLPA.

If the US refuses to change course, China will not flinch and will respond in kind, the spokesperson said.

Full movie.

This was the movie that forced President Regan to talk with the Soviet Union to stop the ramp up towards world war 3. Must watch.

Include all the vintage commercials.

Horrific.

Trapped in a crack house

It was with a colleague in the US.

We had a guy at my office who was married to a Japanese woman. They had just had their first baby, and the wife was staying at home going forward.

First, our overbearing colleague started to ask why they didn’t just get a nanny. Why didn’t his wife want to work?

Our overbearing co-worker hired a nanny, and offloaded all the things that parents usually do to the nanny. She wasn’t wealthy, but it seemed like she would rather work full-time than spend time with her children.

But that wasn’t the main issue. The new parents had taken the drastic step of *gasp* co-sleeping with their newborn.

He was 1/2 asleep one day by the copy machine when the overbearing woman got after him again. “You guys need a nanny. You’re sleep-deprived.”

“Don’t remind me.” He was trying to brush it off, but she wouldn’t let it go.

“I mean, if you’re not going to get a nanny and your wife wants to stay home with the kid, why can’t she take care of her without waking you up?”

“We share a bed.”

This was met with a blank stare.

“You know, co-sleeping.” He had told me before that he was nervous about it, but had read some research on how it helps infants regulate their breathing.

“Oh, my gawd! Are you crazy? Didn’t you hear about the couple who did that and the Dad rolled over and killed the baby?”

Sometimes you don’t know that you’ve crossed a line until it’s too late.

“No, but I heard about the couple that got a nanny who BEAT THE SHIT OUT OF THEIR KIDS!”

WARNING: Never mess with a sleep-deprived new father.

I was 13 years old,

That time there were no smartphones in popularity. Nokia was the king of mobiles and keypad phones were in use. My dad used to have Nokia 7210.

Sometimes I used to play games in my dad’s mobile. One day, I was casually scrolling through his mobile. I didn’t know much about phones those days. I was curious to explore.

In curiosity I don’t know what I have clicked, Suddenly a text message has been received which shocked me-

“Dear customer, thanks for choosing our service. 198rs has been deducted from your balance.”

I was stunned. My body started shivering and it was like a heart attack for me. 10 years ago, 198 ruppees had more value as compared to now. I knew that I am fcuked up. I put the mobile and was surviving the attack.

After sometime, My dad came. He had to make a call. I was edging near death. He dialed number and got to hear this,

“Sorry your account doesn’t have enough balance to make call.”

My heartbeats almost stopped.

He : Gurmeet, come here!

I felt like Yamraj is calling me.

I went somehow because my legs weren’t supporting me to go near him.

He : What you did in mobile? Tell me!

Me : mmmm! I don’t know.

I started crying. He was angry.

He : Tell me, what the hell you did? Where’s balance?

After a minute,

He : Next time don’t dare to touch my mobile.

He said and went. I beat the death and got my life back. I was extremely scared and stressed, however he didn’t react much.

Que : What’s most panic inducing thing that can happen as teenager?

Ans : when first time parents suffer loss because of us. When first time we do something wrong and get caught. After this, they get used to losses so it doesn’t induce more panic next time.

I was at a convention out of town. Just before dinner, I received a call from my mom saying my dad’s appointment had confirmed what we had expected-stage 4 lung cancer. Doctors said 1 month. Of course I was in tears and beside myself. I went to the dinner with tears rolling down my face. I was sitting quietly just remembering all the good things. My district manager came up and asked what was wrong. I told her. Her exact words were…..get over it. This was the same woman who just had 4 months off because her sister got sick. As soon as we got back I handed in my resignation. I just felt that comment was completely heartless and I lost all respect for her.

We were in a restaurant with a group of my friends almost 20 years ago…

As we were waiting for our food, I saw the richest and probably most respected man in our town walk in. He was super well known and employed over 500 people at that time.

We started talking together about him and my friend said.

“You would never have the balls to go talk to him!”

I actually didn’t, and the whole idea of talking to someone on that level scared me to death. But, my friends kept telling me to go, and I just said, “Ok, ok, I’ll do it.”

He was sitting alone, waiting for his food, and I just walked up to him and told him how he has been an inspiration for all of us guys sitting at that table over there and how we respect his work.

He was super nice to me and told me to sit down with him. I asked for some advice from him, and that started our friendship. He became my mentor.

He gave me so much good advice and helped me to grow my company. It’s sad that he passed away 2 years ago; he was 59 when I met him. It’s crazy that he took me under his wing.

That was the best split-second decision I made.

Jail and Porn equivalents

This wasn’t said to me, but to my then 7-year-old daughter, who had, for the first 6 and a half years of her life, had people, especially grandmotherly women, gushing over her: “Oh, what a beautiful girl! Oh, how well-behaved! What lovely, silky blond hair! You’re so lucky to have her!” etc. While she wasn’t entirely comfortable with total strangers coming up to her to adore her, it was still nice of them, and who doesn’t like being complimented, right?

Then baby sister came along, and the compliments got shared; baby sister was also pretty, though much different in looks. Stiil good; she loved her baby sister and was quite proud of her.

One day, though, we were in line at the grocery store check-out, when this grandmotherly-looking old lady came up and started gushing about the baby (somewhere between 6 and 12 months old) and how beautiful her eyes were, and her hair, and how sweet she was, and started remarking to other people in the line about the beautiful baby, and asking saying things like “don’t you think so?” to which the others, wanting to be polite to this older woman, of course agreed.

What was so rude? She then turned to my also very beautiful and well-behaved 7-year-old daughter, and practically sang out, “Oh, aren’t you lucky to have such a beautiful sister! Your mother must be so proud of her!” after which she marched off to resume her shopping.

Though I’m reasonably sure it was meant with good intentions from a totally clueless person, that was definitely one of the rudest and cruelest things I’ve ever heard said to a child, at least by someone who had no idea how hurtful their words could be.

I know that ruder and intentionally meaner things are said to or about people every day, but what astounded me was that this woman could have said what she did with no thought as to how negatively her words might be heard and interpreted by a child.

Because the cordon sanitaire is a joke stateside. You have to ringfence the virus to break transmission.

New York is now worse hit than Wuhan. Have state borders been sealed?

If someone tests positive but has mild symptoms do you send the person home?

What if he is a renter who shares the space with others and gets kicked out?

What if they are adults in nuclear families?

What if they are homeless?

Where are the quarantine facilities?

Further, who ensures compliance with quarantine orders for those that test positive?

Relying on goodwill and personal responsibility contributed to a handful of individuals becoming responsible for more than half of Korea’s cases. That is 5,000!

Where and how effective is contact tracing when America solves only 60 percent of murders each year? Every missed contact can mean thousands of cases down the road.

America is not putting whole of nation and whole of government effort into fighting this. They are fighting each other and have an eye on the stock market. How do you have the best days in a century when 3 million lose their jobs in one week?

Me me me will kill you and me.

Where is us us us?

My favorite Viet street cook

"All natural resources on which economic development, influence and might depend are instruments of political struggle.

It is logical that they are used for political purposes, including geopolitical ones.

We saw this in the 1980s, when the United States put colossal pressure on Saudi Arabia and other Gulf countries, which were the main oil producers, bringing about a collapse in oil prices to $10 or even lower per barrel in the hope of reducing the Soviet Union’s foreign exchange earnings and hence its capacity to continue to develop and ensure its security.

At that time, we continued to compete with the United States and the West as a whole.

They achieved their goal.

The Soviet Union’s revenues plummeted, which was one of the causes, though not the main or only one, that led to its dissolution.

They put pressure on the oil market, used speculation for the fall, drew the Soviet Union into an arms race, and promoted 'democratic reforms' when our country was not prepared for them.

Taken together, this contributed to the fall of a great power.

Since then, the Americans have been using oil and oil prices as a weapon.

A relevant example is Iran, which had its oil exports banned and the channels of oil deliveries contrary to that illegal ban were blocked.

Today, oil sanctions against Iran have been lifted.

The latest example is Venezuela, which was the third largest oil supplier to the United States in 2019.

In 2022, the Americans adopted an oil embargo against it, allegedly in the struggle against the 'regime' of Nicolas Maduro, as they put it.

But later they faced the consequences of the OPEC and OPEC Plus efforts to stabilise the oil market based on the main economic factors and a balance of interests of producers, importers and transit countries.

Today, the Americans are playing new political games against Venezuela, offering it an agreement to resume oil exports to the United States in exchange for political concessions.

However, it is a fact that Washington is suffering the consequences of its own actions considering that a vast number of American oil refineries were equipped to process Venezuelan oil.

It is a combination of purely economic factors and a desire to take advantage of economic ties, in this instance, use oil as a weapon.

As for Russia, what is the oil price cap imposed on Russian oil by the Americans, which the West was pressured to adopt as well?

It is flagrant interference in the workings and principles of the free market, which the Americans have been promoting for decades.

They described the dollar not as an American currency but as a global element of interconnectivity between the global economy and finances.

The structure collapsed when they decided to use these instruments to inflict what they described as 'geopolitical defeat' on Russia.

It is obvious that nobody is happy about the use of these underhanded methods, although few people, especially in the West, dare to put their uneasiness into words.

The pinnacle of using hydrocarbons as a weapon was the explosion of the Nord Stream pipelines, which directly targeted Germany.

American analysts have admitted it, and many in Germany are openly saying this.

It is evidence of the current German government’s impotence and inability not just to think independently but to even protect its vital interests on which the prosperity and well-being of German citizens depend.

As a result of that subversive terrorist attack, businesses, faced with rising gas prices, are leaving Germany and other European countries, and relocating, for the most part, to the United States.

They have started to talk about the de-industrialisation of Europe.

A year ago, French Minister for the Economy and Finances Bruno Le Maire said in a public statement that businesses paid four times more for energy in Europe than in the United States. I believe the balance is approximately the same now.

It is a fact that the United States has created much more favourable conditions for businesses, including by approving credit subsidies under the Inflation Reduction Act. Business is moving to the United States.

At the same time, immediately after blowing up the gas pipelines, Washington said that in the absence of Russian gas Europe needed to buy American LNG, even though it cost more and there was a lack of the necessary infrastructure, which was still to be built.

Four years ago, when Angela Merkel was chancellor and life was easier, the Americans attempted to convince Germany that it had no need for Nord Stream or Russian gas in general, that it could buy American LNG instead.

Angela Merkel argued that it would be more complicated and much more expensive.

The Americans agreed that it would cost more and suggested covering the difference with higher taxes.

After all, they said, you can tell your people that it is a good cause in the interests of peace and democracy throughout the world.

There are more examples of this kind."
Profile
Profile

—Answer by Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov to the question, “Do you agree that oil is an instrument of political manipulation? Can you provide more striking examples of this or arguments to the contrary?” during an interview for the documentary series ‘Oil’, Moscow, March 21, 2024.

See this right here?

1
1

That on the table is, or rather was, a helmet.

It belonged to Corporal Jason Dunham

of the US Marine Corps. While his Marine squad was trying to subdue an enemy combatant, the insurgent dropped a grenade among them. Dunham jumped on the grenade to save his comrades, placing his combat helmet directly over the grenade to reduce the blast.

You can see how that worked out for the helmet.

Surprisingly, Dunham was not immediately killed by the blast, but he was severely wounded. His injuries sent him into a coma, and he died eight days later.

main qimg 46c10c41c09ab2d7421e8094cbb3e087 lq
main qimg 46c10c41c09ab2d7421e8094cbb3e087 lq

Dunham was posthumously awarded the Medal of Honor for his sacrifice.

So judging by real world experience, the answer to this question is no. Of course, if you are presented with a grenade, you want to put as much distance and protection between you and it as possible. If that includes a helmet, it’s better than nothing. But you cannot expect that it will save you.

If you’ve got a better option, take it.

Physical attacks are cheaper, easier and possibly less risky than electronic attacks.

The US-101 exit for the Google Headquarters in Mountain View is notoriously busy. It can take 15 minutes of sitting in traffic, and causes a great deal of stress to Googlers.

If your car ‘broke down’ in that junction thousands of people would be delayed in getting to work. Let’s say that the fully burdened cost of an engineer is $100 /hr, you might delay 2000 people getting to work by half an hour, costing Google $100k. (Some people might give up and turn around).

In addition, one of the reasons that people leave Google to work elsewhere is the traffic. A few engineers might quit. Hiring new engineers is expensive (I think Bob See has given the cost somewhere on this site, and it’s in the thousands of dollars), plus it takes time to ramp up at Google – you are not productive for at least a couple of months, and possibly up to six months. Let’s call that $100 * 8 hours * 60 days, that’s another 50k.

So, for the cost of the cheapest car you can find, that will actually start, and a couple of hours of your time, you have cost Google $150k. (You might need to add the price of travel and the time to get to Mountain View).

You could pull this stunt as often as you can get away with it, each time costing $150k.

That’s much easier than a botnet attack, or 10s of thousands of Gmail accounts.

Another advantage of this method is that you haven’t committed a very serious crime – the FBI aren’t going to come after you for hacking. You can probably get away with it at least once by being told to be more careful.

Comix 1
Comix 1

American Society of Magical Negroes is AWFUL – People Are SICK of Woke Hollywood

WTF? It’s an actual movie? Whoa!

A lot of men try very hard to not seem like creeps or pervs, whereas I’ve never heard of any woman making any similar effort.

For example, I am currently at the beach. Literally, I am sitting in a chair in the sand about 15 feet from the Atlantic Ocean. There are about 40 other people within eyesight on this beach, including a group of teen girls to the right of me who’ve been taking bikini selfies for about two hours. They’re hard to ignore, because they’re doing weird poses and giggling a lot.

To the left, there are more women in bikinis. They’re sunbathing.

So I’m making a point to keep my eyes on my laptop, the book I’m reading, or the ocean in front of me. I hesitate to look left or right, lest I get accused of being a creep.

But, there are also a lot of scantily-clad men out here too. The women around me seem to have no problem staring at these guys. Older women, younger women, it doesn’t matter. When a shirtless guy jogs by (it happens a lot… there’s a Marine base near here), some of these women are downright shameless in their gawking.

Imagine if a guy did that to a woman running by, especially if that woman was a generation younger than them. They’d be driven off the beach by an angry mob, accusing them of being a pervert.

Yesterday, I was sitting on the deck overlooking the ocean, using my binoculars to scan the horizon. I was looking for dolphins or boats or whatever I could see. But, as soon as a family with teenage girls showed up on the beach, I put the binoculars down. Seeing a dolphin isn’t worth the risk of being thought of as a possible creep.

Jia Qingguo (贾庆国)

What follows is a relatively wide-ranging interview with Jia Qingguo (贾庆国) discussing the prospects of cross-Strait relations, a potential Trump presidency and US-China ties more broadly. Jia has been a long-time foreign policy adviser in the Chinese People's Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) and is the former Dean of Peking University’s School of International Studies. He has recently been outspokenly critical of the restrictions on Chinese scholars’ engagement with foreign counterparts. Among the highlights of this piece – his advocacy of “patience” in the Taiwan context so long as the incoming leadership does not pursue independence; his preference to see Biden re-elected rather than Trump (views among China’s establishment intellectuals continue to be divided); and his belief that there is still scope for alignment of US and Chinese interests on regional conflicts in Ukraine and the DPRK.
  1. Taiwan’s president-elect Lai Ching-te has his hands tied politically. The impact of his election on cross-Strait relations should be limited. China will continue to promote peaceful (re)unification “for some time to come”.
  2. Trump is “reckless”, has “outdated views” and lacks “basic moral principles”. He has shown that he is not the pragmatic businessman that many in China had hoped for back in 2016.
  3. His re-election would be particularly detrimental to China and could lead to “severe friction and confrontation” between Washington and Beijing. The prospect of his walking away from the US’s One-China Policy is real.
  4. A second Biden presidency would not prevent further tensions between the US and China, but it could help preserve the current trend of stabilizing and improving ties.
  5. Beijing should always keep its long-term interests in mind and avoid overreacting to provocations coming from the United States. Confrontation and tit-for-tat responses make little sense at a time when China is still more vulnerable than the US.
  6. There are still many areas in which the US and China can (and must) cooperate. For instance, defusing tensions on the Korean peninsula will only succeed if Beijing and Washington are prepared to join hands.

B̲o̲ston – B̲o̲ston (Full Album) 1976

Let’s hop into the GTO, crank it up loud, and roll up one.

I went to Walmart

“I went into Wal-Mart to grab three things. Fruit Loops, eggs & waffles. Healthy, I know. This woman was asking people for something and my goal was to bypass, get my things and go. She asked me to stop. I figured she was just asking for money and I already decided that I was going to politely let her know that I didn’t have any cash on me. I never carry cash. I listened to her. She had groceries in her cart and asked for help to buy food for her family. She proceeded to tell me that she turned her daughter in for dope, her 2-month-old grand baby was born addicted to crack and she has 6 grandchildren to take care of. I really felt for her. She was sobbing. See, I know stories like this to be FACT from working in an inner-city school and my husband working in a hospital. Babies are unfortunately born addicted all the time & responsibility of raising grandbabies does fall on the grandparents. She asked me if I would help her buy groceries.

I looked at what I had in my hands compared to what she had. She had shopped smart and had healthy food: bananas, bell peppers, meat, pancakes, etc. Practical things you would make meals with and feed children. I told her yes, go get diapers for the baby and meet me at the front. She sobbed, praised God and said hallelujah to the cashiers,etc. Yesterday, I turned 30, had my healthy family by my side, ate tons of crawfish and blew $20 at the casino for the heck of it. Well, I checked my humanity today. This woman has food to put on her table and even if she wasn’t telling the truth, I don’t even care in the least. She’s human, I’m human and today she helped me realize a few things and I hope that I helped her. She won’t have to worry for at least a little while about food. I didn’t expect this today but apparently I was called to it and was right where I needed to be.

The forgotten dresser

Cheese Steak Pizza

Cheese Steak Pizza
Cheese Steak Pizza

Yield: 4 servings

Ingredients

  • 1 pound ground beef
  • 1 small onion, cut crosswise into thin slices, separated into rings
  • 1 small green or red bell pepper, cut into thin strips
  • 3/4 teaspoon salt
  • 1/2 teaspoon pepper
  • 1 (16 ounce, 12 inch diameter) package thick prebaked pizza crust
  • 2 cups shredded mozzarella cheese

Instructions

  1. Heat oven to 400 degrees F.
  2. Brown ground beef in large nonstick skillet over medium heat 6 minutes.
  3. Add onion and bell pepper; continue cooking until beef is not pink and vegetables are crisp-tender, breaking beef up into small crumbles.
  4. Pour off drippings; season with salt and pepper.
  5. Place pizza crust on ungreased large baking sheet. Spoon beef mixture evenly on pizza crust; sprinkle with cheese.
  6. Bake at 400 degrees F for 8 to 10 minutes or until cheese is melted.
  7. Cut into 8 wedges.

Saddam’s bunker was designed to withstand a nuclear bomb.

It was built directly under his palace.

main qimg 8480ca32958b44dce9cbdd548c5c3ab6 lq
main qimg 8480ca32958b44dce9cbdd548c5c3ab6 lq

(source: Outlook Magazine)

Much like traditional concrete design, steel rods were run first, then concrete poured over them.

Only—the steel was thicker, and so was the concrete.

It was so powerful that if a Hiroshima bomb went off 250m away—the bunker would be fine.

And through both Iraq wars, the bunker stood strong and withheld all the onslaughts of US forces. In today’s dollars, it cost well over $100 million to build.

But—to the question:

It was built by a Munich, Germany born designer, Karl Esser. He comes from a long line of architects who have also designed military grade bunkers. He expresses no guilt in designing the bunker, stating that it wasn’t a weapon, merely the equivalent of a bomb shelter.

He actually met with Saddam Hussein several times and stated that if you met him (in the 1980’s), he looks like a tax collector, there is nothing special about him. But when he starts speaking—you realize that he is far more than a tax collector, and you are reminded of that by how tense everyone around him is. (Source: Saddam’s bunker can withstand nuke attack, says its designer. Bhaita, Saida)

Again—to the question:

Karl was chosen specifically by Hussein because of his experience. His grandmother designed Hitler’s bunker. The family trade had been passed down to him.

To usher in Communism?

Really? These folk don’t have a clue as to what they are talking about.

Yes, as a matter of fact, Shaquille O’Neal. Now to be honest, he wasn’t as famous at the time as he has become since, but he was well known locally. I was a homicide detective in Baton Rouge, Louisiana one Friday or Saturday night was driving on one of the public thoroughfares to go through LSU campus, when a small truck ran a stop sign in front of me on Highland Road, almost causing an accident. Even though I was I was in an unmarked car, I decided to pull it over to advise the driver to be more careful. Upon stopping the vehicle, the driver of the truck exited, and it took him a while to unfold himself out of it. He towered over me, but smiling, advised apologetically that he didn’t have his drivers He advised he did not have license on him, saying friendly enough, “but you know who I am” More statement than a question.

I decided to play ‘dumb’. “No, who are you?” I asked with a straight face. I was pretty sure it was Shaquille O’Neal, but I wanted him to tell me who he was. I honestly did not do not follow basketball, but everyone was talking about him (he was the star LSU basketball player at the time). I almost felt sorry for him As he looked a little Bit crestfallen that I apparently did not know who he was. He wasn’t asking for special favors or making demands, he innocently thought he was well known in town BY ALL due his Athletic prowess and notoriety. I smiled at him, and I said something to the effect that, ‘ I know who you are, but need your DOB and some proof. He found his insurance or registration with his name on it and I explained why I stopped him and told him to please be more careful. He was friendly and respectful during the entire encounter. I am very proud that he now works as a reserve law enforcement officer. He is much more than some guy who can play a game, he is obviously a still a class act.

Victoria Nuland: The making of a psychopath. Chapter 1,2 and 3.

Starting in the second grade, when my father lifted the absolute prohibition on fighting. He got tired of picking me up from the school nurse, or the hospital. Also tired of the wear and tear on my clothing.

The very next day, one of my usual tormentors hit me in the back of the head. The teacher just watched, as usual. So I picked up my desk and beat him unconscious. Took three blows.

I was sent to the office, of course. The principal said I was to be expelled. My father asked if the other boys who hit me had also been expelled. “well, no. They didn’t use a desk.”

“So, it’s okay for them to beat MY son bloody, as long as they don’t use the furniture? Is that it? Did you at least discipline the teacher who allowed this to go on?”

“Well, no. Boys will be boys…”

“Well, my boy is a boy, too. You have demonstrated that you will do nothing to prevent him from being beaten; so where’s the problem if he fights back?

Tell you what. I’m going to send the hospital bills and the bills for damaged clothes to my lawyer, and the school board. we’ll let them sort it out.”

And that was the last said of expelling me.

OMG funny

In my experience its easier if you don’t try. Couple of years ago a manager denied me several requests for Training, told me i was a waist of time. Few years latter my ceo inquired as to why i never made use of the company training system. So i told him. I told him about being denied and the waist of time comment, and how i did not even look at training anymore because of it.

That manager was demoted that Christmas, quit instead, then sent his layer to take a chunk out of my 401. The company successfully convinced him not to. But later they restricted my max contribution to the retirement account because of the incident.

And it all happened because i applied for training on how to handle an upset customer.

Second time was during an ataboy reward. Essentially i had a panic attack when that same ceo came to congratulate me. He was fired because, by procedure, when an employee freaks out the manager is supposed to walk away. Instead this ceo stayed around and calmed me down. The project manager 5feet away wrote the ceo up, and by the end of the week that ceo was gone. Only thing needed to make it all happen was a traumatic event in college to give me ptsd. “May God welcome you to his heavenly splendor Jerry. You will be missed and thank you.”

To get a manager fired do the following. Call a lawyer, get the lawyer to file a freedom of information. Aquire the company’s secret employment laws document. This will be the stack of papers that say among other things

1. A thong is ok for women to ware but brief’s are not ok for men to use.

2. An employee may be terminated for possession of pornography when: they are found to poses/refuse to submit to search and with a witness, or have a prior termination for and no witness. Or a manager successfully implants the audio album “innocent victim” on the employees phone.

3. Work place competition is permitted under these criteria. Or exceeds the bounds of acceptance under these criteria…

4. The employee was found holding a blade, even if found working with food in the kitchen.

5. Employees are permitted to use incontinence products but are subject to termination if they discard used products in the bathroom garbage bin. And by extension are not allowed to have extra diapers on company grounds.

Be warned if you do obtain these secret documents, most fortune 500 companys will respond by amending a new criteria. Usually the new criteria is specialized to target YOU and some thing YOU do. In this way even after you learn how to CAN anyone, you will not be bulletproof. HR is not stupid, they will fit you with a remote explosive collar.

But coming back to the original question, use what you learn then file a report on your manager for anything he is doing that violates those secret rules.

The underwear criteria was really surprising to me, then i got investigated for it one day.

Please let us know if you actually get someone canned for their underwear.

Final comments. The right reason to terminate a manager is when there replacement is both better than the current person, and when its better for the company. Any situation where you are involved in a non consensual passing of the torch will result in repercussions. If your manager is doing something you don’t like, ask them how you are supposed to respond. You will be surprised.

U.S IN TROUBLE! China Finally DESTROY U.S Companies

A man was stabbed, killed and thrown in a desolate pit.

The mother blamed victim’s brothers in law for this. Police arrested both of them but later cleared them off. No lead, no progress at all. Senior officers and Judge were not happy.

Four months passed.

Then a young and handsome officer got transferred in our police station. A few ongoing cases were given to him to investigate and complete, this blind murder incident was exclusively included as well.

I remember… It was his first day at work, he chose to handle this blind murder case first. I knew him personally because his elder brother is my friend, a constable as well. So this officer preferred using my room until he gets a suitable place to set up his desk and everything.

So… yea. First day at work. He summoned those two suspects (in laws) as he wished to question them. Those two individuals arrived in my office. There were four people in my room. Me, detective and those two.

He began throwing question at them and investigated. Questions after questions… and a bit of persuasion.

They confessed the murder in half an hour. I kid you not. They confessed the murder, showed the place where they hid the knives and explained the motive.

This young detective solved a murder case in 30 minutes on his first day.

Senior officers couldn’t praise him more. That previous detective was blown upon hearing this news. He was ordered to report to head quarters. A seasoned one. I am sure he was asked…

How the hell couldn’t you resolve this piece of cake investigation in four months. Did you intentionally spare the murderers.

I remember the sweat on his forehead when he returned. He was worried as this may lead to dismissal from service and then some, if proved that he favored the murderers in his reports.

And if that’s truth “he sold a murder” which is awful and atrocious.

Anyway…. it’s not my place to put verdict.

I don’t know if he did it or not.

What is rare is not common

In my office, there is a 26 year old married guy. He is an attendant and not earning much for leading a decent life in a metro city. Although, I am much above in post than him, I treat him as my friend.

So, his wife was about to give birth in a day or two yet he was not taking leave from the office. He told me that it is very close and could be today or tomorrow.

Then on the next day at 4 PM, he rushed towards me saying that wife is in labor and was taken to the hospital. I got furious and told him why he didn’t take leave that day. I quickly calmed down realizing his situation and offered to drop him. But to amazment, he refused.

I was speechless. He said he has some urgent work and only after finishing that he will go.

Next day he called me and said that he was blessed with a baby boy but he also said by the time he reached his wife had already given birth.

I demanded he explain this nonsense.

In a soft voice he explained that he needed to finish his duty till 5.30 pm otherwise his one day pay would be deducted.

Bitter truths:

  1. Money really is the most important thing because the lack of it is so painful.
  2. Our parents sacrifice so much but still sometimes we end up ignoring them.
  3. One cannot truly relate to the pain of others unless he is put in same position.
  4. Without education, a person is really on a path of lifelong struggle.

The Sopranos – Dick Barone – the king of garbage and Tony Soprano’s boss!

I was working the AT YOUR SERVICE counter at Macy’s during the holiday rush when a woman with husband in tow stepped in front of the customer I was waiting on, a quiet and endlessly patient young man, and demanded that I call her a manager and, almost as an afterthought, added that the person I summoned had better be white.

She said this loud enough for everyone in the cordoned line behind her to hear.

The young man I’d been waiting on was black, as was practically everyone else in line.

I leaned towards her and hissed —

You realize you’ve just given me license to tell you exactly what I think of you without the risk of getting fired…

But I’m not gonna do that.

What I AM going to do is tell you to go to the end of the line and wait for me to finish with all these other good people…and then I’ll call you a manager.

His name will be Akeem.

And he’s just gonna LOVE talkin’ to YOU.


She didn’t make it to the end of the line. Her long suffering husband literally dragged her out of the store.

And Akeem wasn’t actually my supervisor. He was responsible for the ground floor and I was mall level.

I lied about that part.

But he did enjoy the story when I told it to him later on.

Mother Goes Off On Woke School Board Over Graphic Books in Her Child’s Elementary School

There are many places that make this a very strange world. The Nazca Lines, crop circles, Easter Island, Stonehenge, Machu Picchu, and so on. I thought I had read about them all, but this one was new to me.

The Band of Holes

In Pisco, Peru, stretching across the Cajamarquilla Plain are thousands of ancient holes that measure 6 feet (1.8 m) to 7 feet (2.1.m) deep and evenly spaced 3 feet (.9 m) apart. No one has any idea how these holes were formed. There are at least 5000 to 6000 depressions that run north and south for almost 2 miles. (3.2 k)

Who would dig all these holes? Why? How were they created? I’m imagining some poor sunburned guy with a spade saying, “Okay, 600 more to go then I’m stopping.”

It actually looks like some giant machine was travelling along this path. Was it a mining operation? What were these holes for?

Initially discovered by pilot Robert Shippee who took an aerial photo of them and published them in National Geographic, they are indeed strange. They date to around the 15th. century, they believe.

Truthfully, although there are many guesses, no one really knows who or what dug these holes and why.

Peru is a very strange place that’s for sure. Just read about Saqsaywaman, 12 Angled Stone, and Machu Picchu. Who built these places and how? Modern man would have a hell of a time reconstructing them. They might not be able to. I think we have forgotten the ways to do these stupendous feats. The ancients apparently knew them. We are now just learning, or relearning about moving rock through sound and wavelengths.

Here’s some examples from others that I thought were well done…

Default masterpiece best quality oil painting modern Oiran roy 3(1)
Default masterpiece best quality oil painting modern Oiran roy 3(1)
Default Create a stunning 8K ultrarealistic food photograph fe 2
Default Create a stunning 8K ultrarealistic food photograph fe 2
Default show Mark Antony leading in the battle of Actium in 31 0
Default show Mark Antony leading in the battle of Actium in 31 0
Default Ascension of Augustus to Power 1
Default Ascension of Augustus to Power 1
Default Capture the moment of triumph and despair as Octavians 2(1)
Default Capture the moment of triumph and despair as Octavians 2(1)
Default Capture the moment of triumph and despair as Octavians 2
Default Capture the moment of triumph and despair as Octavians 2
Default A candid photo of crazy old scientists arguing in a la 3
Default A candid photo of crazy old scientists arguing in a la 3
Default A candid photo of crazy old scientists arguing in a la 2
Default A candid photo of crazy old scientists arguing in a la 2
Default Capture the moment of triumph and despair as Octavians 1(1)
Default Capture the moment of triumph and despair as Octavians 1(1)
Default show a Octavian commanding 290 roman trireme ships 1
Default show a Octavian commanding 290 roman trireme ships 1
Leonardo Diffusion XL Sketchbook Style Sketch book hand drawn 2
Leonardo Diffusion XL Sketchbook Style Sketch book hand drawn 2
Default The man at the table raises his glass once more thanki 0
Default The man at the table raises his glass once more thanki 0
Default Capture the moment of triumph and despair as Octavians 1
Default Capture the moment of triumph and despair as Octavians 1
Default Telekinesis is a remarkable ability that allows indivi 1
Default Telekinesis is a remarkable ability that allows indivi 1
Default Imagine young Errol Flynn age 34 as a Court Dandy 15 2
Default Imagine young Errol Flynn age 34 as a Court Dandy 15 2
Default Professeur 1
Default Professeur 1
Default Bb 0
Default Bb 0
Default crea a una chica rubia que se parezca a una chica huma 3
Default crea a una chica rubia que se parezca a una chica huma 3
Default Simple Logo for barbershop Odin has a cool design hair 0
Default Simple Logo for barbershop Odin has a cool design hair 0
Default Create a Cat holding a alt coin Cripto 0
Default Create a Cat holding a alt coin Cripto 0
Default Bb 1
Default Bb 1
Default Again the waiter serves drinks to everyone except the 0
Default Again the waiter serves drinks to everyone except the 0
Default A candid photo of crazy old scientists arguing in a la 1
Default A candid photo of crazy old scientists arguing in a la 1
Default pisces zodiac sign golden metal reflecting a glowing s 0
Default pisces zodiac sign golden metal reflecting a glowing s 0
Default spaceship parts debris floating in the exosphere the b 0
Default spaceship parts debris floating in the exosphere the b 0
Default masterpiece best quality Anime14 modern Oiran bold neo 2
Default masterpiece best quality Anime14 modern Oiran bold neo 2
Default astronaut black cat floating in the stratosphere catal 0
Default astronaut black cat floating in the stratosphere catal 0
Default masterpiece highest creativity Leonardo Da Vinci in dy 6
Default masterpiece highest creativity Leonardo Da Vinci in dy 6
Default Uma guerreira japonesa com um drago tatuado em seu ros 2
Default Uma guerreira japonesa com um drago tatuado em seu ros 2
Default black cat who will attack you with fire woman 0
Default black cat who will attack you with fire woman 0
Default White Cat sitting on pillows on panoramic roof Istanbu 2
Default White Cat sitting on pillows on panoramic roof Istanbu 2
Default A corgi in a white shirt black vest and white fedora s 3
Default A corgi in a white shirt black vest and white fedora s 3
Default Beautiful Elf posing with freckles and glasses and lo 2
Default Beautiful Elf posing with freckles and glasses and lo 2
Default Bloodborne Dark Souls 3 Elden Ring ultra detailed g 1
Default Bloodborne Dark Souls 3 Elden Ring ultra detailed g 1
Default show men in the middle ages watching strange lights da 0
Default show men in the middle ages watching strange lights da 0
Default Brazilian woman with ears of a brazilian fox named lob 0
Default Brazilian woman with ears of a brazilian fox named lob 0
Default masterpiece best quality oil painting modern Oiran roy 3
Default masterpiece best quality oil painting modern Oiran roy 3
Leonardo Vision XL Imagine a powerful elegant animated charact 2
Leonardo Vision XL Imagine a powerful elegant animated charact 2

I find it remarkable that so many people think that the USA would overwhelm China in a war, the country that wrote the book on military strategy and how to defeat larger, more powerful opponents.

The US could not even win in Korea or Vietnam, what makes you think they would prevail against the much larger and powerful China?

First of all, the US would likely only defeat China in a conventional war assuming that China fought back using similar conventional means. Unlikely.

You have certainly seen all the news reports about Chinese hacking by their military? These sorts of things are warnings. They are warnings to the US that if you come after us we know where your vulnerabilities are. And so do the Russians. And any attack on the Chinese would also likely bring about a quick military alliance with the Russians as well.

A ground war against China (not to mention ANY war against China) would be the height of idiocy. China has 6X the number of people, compared to the US, who could be called into military service fairly quickly. And China is a HUGE country with lots of very difficult terrain to cover.

And given all the bullying and warfare that the US has engaged in since this new century began, do you really think that the Chinese, and Russian military, have not been actively preparing for the potential of such a scenario?

The US military can overwhelm most countries because they are much smaller and weaker. But taking on someone even close to our own size would expose weaknesses and vulnerabilities, both in the military and the US government, that neither wants the American people to know about or experience.

If the US wants to get itself into the biggest military quagmire in history, and destroy its economy, then yeah go ahead and try and go to war with China.

Ha, not horrible just really rather bizarre! My husbands cousin was getting married. He turned out to be a horrible person but thats another story. At the wedding we are sat at the cousins table along with a mutual cousin who is/was a well known pop star. He was absolutely lovely, I was sat next to him and obviously the pop star has been left at home for the day. During the speech the brides father announced he was here and made him get up for a round of applause. Honestly he looked like he wanted to die on the spot. The brides father then spent the next 10 minutes talking about the pop star cousin and forgetting the bride and groom.

On another note 2 aunties had basically taken over the ladies loo where they could have a full blown row. You went in and they were just stood there, daggers drawn in silence. As you left you could hear them start again.

Overall it was a wedding to remember for all the wrong reasons and the bride and groom lasted about 10 years.

Niger DESTROYS Victoria Nuland’s Plot to Return Africa to France w/ Ben Norton

Many of my colleagues have moved away from iPhones. But it has nearly nothing to do with the brand beating a US brand.

An iPhone used to be a prestige item. A status symbol. But over the last 2 years so many people in China own one that it is no longer a status symbol. Factory workers, office workers etc. So what is so special about an iPhone that makes someone want to spend twice as much for it. They can buy another brand of phone that does what an iPhone does, make a phone call? Yup Take selfies? Yup. Use We Chat? Yup. Surf the net? Yup.

So that is the problem is Apple was too successful selling so many phones in China that there is no prestige that is worth paying an extra $500 for it.

And keep in mind that when someone in China is buying a phone they are paying for it all up front. So it is an extra $500 out of pocket. It is not like in the US where you pay for the phone monthly as part of your phone plan. So it is a painless extra $10 a month to buy an iPhone. So a Chinese person really thinks about the value they are getting when they hand over their money.

Of course now the little extra push to go with a Chinese brand is the trade war. But as far as I can see no one is telling them or asking them to not buy American.

Personally I think if the government ever did ask that US companies would sell very very very little here. Be thankful the Chinese government is showing restraint.

Admiral Yamamoto, not General. No, it is almost certainly bogus as there is no known citation for this supposed quote. The words have sometimes been attributed to the Gordon Prange, a historian on the staff of Douglas MacArthur, but it is found nowhere in his writings either. The quote should be regarded as bogus until someone can cite when and where it originated.

Nor did Admiral Yamamoto ever say:

I fear all we have done is to awaken a sleeping giant and fill him with a terrible resolve.

That quote appears to be derived from the 1970 film Tora! Tora!, Tora! (great film). What he did say was:

A military man can scarcely pride himself on having smitten a sleeping enemy.

This is a reference regarding his disappointment over the bungled Japanese declaration of war which wasn’t delivered until a few hours after the attack on Pearl Harbour.

Cast-Iron Skillet Pizza

I would name this “Caprese Pizza.” It’s heavenly!

cast iron skillet pizza
cast iron skillet pizza

Prep: 10 min | Cook: 20 min | Yield: 2 (9 to 10 inch) pizzas

Ingredients

  • 1 pound store-bought pizza dough (room temperature)
  • 1 ripe tomato, thinly sliced
  • 1/4 pound fresh mozzarella cheese, diced
  • Coarse sea salt
  • 2 tablespoons Filippo Berio Extra Virgin Olive Oil
  • 1/2 cup shredded fresh basil

Instructions

  1. Heat well-oiled cast-iron or nonstick 10 or 12 inch frying pan over medium heat for 5 minutes.
  2. Divide dough in half; roll one half into round 1 inch smaller than diameter of pan.
  3. Cook dough in hot pan until dough begins to rise and bottom starts to brown. Using metal spatula, turn carefully. Layer half the tomato slices over dough; scatter half the mozzarella over top. Lower heat to medium-low; cook until mozzarella melts.
  4. Using metal spatula, transfer pizza to cutting board. Sprinkle with salt; drizzle with half the olive oil.
  5. Cut into wedges; sprinkle half the basil over top.
  6. Repeat with remaining ingredients.

Imagine it from the top performer’s point of view.

They might be getting offers from other companies they don’t discuss with you.

If they’re performing better than everyone else and don’t perceive themselves as having erred (at least not enough for a write up) they’re left searching for reasons you may have written them up. It’s inevitable that they will arrive at political or financial motives.

Typically having a write up interferes with career advancement, raises, and bonuses.

Perhaps they thought you were trying to put them back on their heels to make them more controllable. Top performers don’t need to be controlled. Maybe the very act of writing them up was a final straw in proving the incompetence of your leadership to them.

If their work created opportunities or revenues perhaps they saw a write up as a way of denying or usurping those. Top salespeople get this all the time. It’s a typical ruse for an unscrupulous leadership team to mess with a salesperson’s compensation or territory when they confront how much money they may pay in commissions to one person. When they think they can close the book of business themselves these asshats will do things to marginalize or force out the salesperson to capture more revenue and take credit for the sale “in spite of” the salesperson’s supposed shortcomings.

If the company is already having some problems this kind of thing is a death knell. It’s like the drunk, losing poker player trying to scare a guy with a stack of chips into folding by going all-in with an obvious bluff. The experienced people see that and think, “Well, that’s the end of that.”

This type of thing is doubly bad because it simultaneously signals bad faith and incompetence. It inspires disgust and righteous anger in people who work diligently and honestly.

In general, the more honest and competent a person is, the more attuned they are to the dishonesty and incompetence of others. Since they are typically getting things done at a faster pace they end up encountering things that interfere with getting things done more often. They encounter and avoid the temptation to take dishonest shortcuts and are pressured to do so by their managers more often.

This whole time other companies are sending messages about the greener grass across the street.

Does any of this feel like it applies to you?

Many years ago I worked at a Clinical Trials company. In the space of 18 months, two of the female staff had needed extended sick leave. I don’t know the exact nature of the illness these women had. I worked more closely with one of the women so, I know that she had a miscarriage and possibly depression afterward. I believe the other women had some long-standing health problems that resulted in a hysterectomy.

One of the Managing Directors sent a fairly rambling memo about the inconvenience, to the company, of key staff being absent for long periods. He was proposing to take a gynaecological history of female staff in order to assess their ‘availabilty’ for certain roles in the company. Apparently, women’s plumbing is a bit different and inconveniently complex …. (In fairness, I should point out that he was a consultant gynaecologist).

As a Staff Representative, I was asked to forward a unanimous response on behalf of the female staff. The response was just two words and you know which two words.

He received his reply within an hour of sending his memo and the subject was never mentioned again.

OMG. This takes me back. We used to jam to this non-stop. First time I have listened to the full album in about fifty years. No shit!

This was more than boneheaded!!!!!!!!!! This photo is of me as a MP about to go out on a jeep patrol in Danang Vietnam in 1970.

main qimg 3482d8aea896a2726c0c06652f8c96b5
main qimg 3482d8aea896a2726c0c06652f8c96b5

When we changed the watch, the watch before us gave us their 45 caliber pistol. They were supposed to remove the magazine, jack the weapon back and then shoot down at some sand or earth area to make sure no round was in it. The guy I had on one watch switch, took his weapon out did not take the magazine out, jacked it back (which loaded the chamber) and then shot it down about 2 inches from my toes. We were both on a concrete walkway going into our police office. What saved my life most likely was a rubber mat about 15 feet long on the sidewalk. The round went through the rubber mat and when it ricocheted on the concrete, the bullet slid about 12 feet under the mat between my legs behind me instead of going up into me. What followed was a huge flurry of of expletives to him from myself and the men around me. I could have died from friendly fire!

Before going to China, I used to hear a lot from my Mainland Chinese friends in Australia how the Chinese are so selfish and cunning. They told me to be careful when buying something because I could get cheated, that the Chinese won’t do me any favor when I ask for one and if I ask somebody the direction they might point into a wrong direction. I heard the Shaghainese are arrogant, the Henanese are very bad, the Hubei-ese are cheaters, the North-Easterners are rough and so on so forth. Of course, they warned me on good will, and I thanked them for that.

Yet, when I was actually in China, I found that virtually all what they told me are wrong. I’ve never met any arrogant Shanghainese, Hubei-ese cheater, bad Henanese or rough North-Easterner (though many North-Easterners do talk loudly). When I had no umbrella on a rainy day, someone gave me an umbrella; when I took a bus but had no coin, someone gave me coins and when I forgot my belonging in a restaurant, someone told me that. Of course, there must be bad people in China as well, but not as many as I imagined before going there based on what those Chinese friends warned me.

EELF Collection

This is… well… not what you would think. I ran across this, and it’s… well… you just have to watch it.

Sexless bong water

You can only start to sanction another country if that country needs your stuffs and you stop selling to them! Today the U.S. don’t have a single thing it makes that others can’t do! In fact most nations can do stuffs cheaper, bettter and faster than the U.S. could do so sanctioning them is really like helping them save money! Hahahahaha!

Why not?

I was fired for something that I did two weeks after I started, 2.5 years prior.

The manager who fired me was my 5th manager in 2.5 years. On her first day, she informed me after finding out that I was on public transportation from a rural town (took over 2 hours to get to the job, one way) and going to college that I had limited availability (16 hours a week), she was unsure how long I would last. I lasted 1 month to the day when she started.

She did everything she could to provoke me into quitting cutting my hours to 3 a week or on one occasion to deck her. My avatar is my cat that I had for 16 years. I had to put him to sleep. I took one day off from work and returned two days later. She was waiting for me at the front door, and asked me, “Was that a good use of your Paid Time Off?” I stood there speechless, finally said, “Yes!” and walked away.

It was a blessing because, in my final term I was going to be available for one day, 8 hours a week.

She still works at that store, and still hates me!

A friend of mine from the US (I’d met her years ago at a teacher’s seminar and we’d stayed in touch) came to visit me and stayed with me for a couple of weeks. She hadn’t previously been to Australia and was surprised that we live in an Alpine area, she didn’t expect to see mountains topped with snow. I don’t think she believed me when I told her that we had more snow here in winter than falls on Switzerland. Apparently she thought we were all beaches and deserts with nothing in between. So I told her about our rainforests, tropical in the north of the country and temperate, cool-temperature in the south, about the huge productive farmlands, about our research centres, etc.

Her comment, which made me laugh? “It’s quite a big country, isn’t it?”

Well, yeah. Yeah, it is.

She then asked, “Would it be as big as England?”

Flabbergasted. And she is a teacher…

Women Are FURIOUS Seeing Men Go Overseas And Be Happy In Marriages And Relationships

I read a lot of fantasy answers from a lot of Pro Nato supporters who still think this is 1997

The first assumption is the Russia would launch a nuke from its own territory

The second assumption is that the Western Satellites would detect the move even before a Nuke is launched

In 1998, we pulled wool over the eyes of all those Western Satellites

India

Back then not even an emerging economy but an ordinary third world developing country dependent on imports for every aspect of defence


Russia have 65 Submarines of which 46 have the capability of carrying between 1–2 Nuclear Missiles

My guess is almost all these Submarines have been refurbished to carry Hypersonic Missiles with Thermonuclear Warheads

I am basing this guess on the fact that in 2022 August – a record 39 Submarines were serviced against an average of 12 a year from 2016–2021

The Instant a Nuke is even launched in Russia’s direction – these Submarines will launch their missiles in a pre arranged pattern at specific targets in Europe and NATO

London, NY, Lyons, Grenoble, Paris, Hamburg, Odessa, Nagasaki

That’s 46 Million people gone in the first wave

Vaporized literally

Sunak will be literal vapor

You can actually breathe him

The next would be the heat shock blast (There won’t be radioactive waste since these are Thermonuclears)

All Livestock within a 150–200 Mile radius is gone

Soil is rendered entirely useless for at least 100 years

That’s a further 140–180 Million people gone in the second wave

Finally you will have displacement, disease, starvation and that’s another 200–300 Million people gone in the third wave

The maximum deaths could be as high as 520 Million in NATO NATIONS

That’s 56% of the ‘Golden Billion’

Senator Cotton could actually breathe in his own wife and kids before he becomes vapor

Advanced Molecular integration


So it’s MUTUALLY ASSURED DESTRUCTION as the name suggests

If Russia is destroyed , no less than 400–500 million Americans, Europeans and Japanese will die and their nations will go back to the stone age

There will be electronic Interference for at least 7–15 years


Why would Russia launch a Nuclear War?

They have no reason to do so

If Macron sends troops to Ukraine, the Russians will kill them

If Sunak sends troops to Ukraine, the Russians will kill them

They are all far below Ukraines fighting capability and Russians have trounced at least 350K Ukranians

Ukraine had been fighting Donbass Militia for 8 years and they had some blooding

Not UK Or France or Germany or Poland

TikTok Ban| Chips| AI Hype| CBDC! Conversation with/Richard Turrin!!

I met my husband in 2007 and he moved in with me a few months later. In November of that year his mother committed suicide, she took an overdose of drugs that she had stored up and put a plastic bag over her head. She had been in a nursing home for 12 years. I still don’t know what her actual diagnosis was, but I believe it was manic depression and a form of psychosis. Every day my father in law would spend hours with her in the home.

In 2016 we moved in to take care of him as he was becoming very frail. I grew very close to him and we would talk about his life etc. He would talk about J*** with such love and affection. He told me how for a long time she had begged him to help her end her life of pain. He had to tell her that he couldn’t, it was against the law and I could feel the pain that he went through.

He passed away aged 92 and I had the job of clearing out his possessions. At the back of a drawer in his bedside table I found a book called Dying with dignity. A page had the corner turned over which described the method that his wife had used. He had left this for one of us to find after his death. He had helped her with her final request and carried the secret to his grave.

Some words for today

Yes.

A tree fell on my 2015 Chrysler 200. I really enjoyed the car but it was a goner. One of the issues when living in the woods I guess. I don’t think I ever got a second glance from anyone while I drove it.

As luck would have it my insurance settlement worked out quickly and I replaced the 200 with a 2017 Lincoln MKZ Select. It really wasn’t an upgrade in my opinion… more like an even swap.

Um, it might be important to know that I am 59 years old but am often mistaken as someone much younger.

The next day I was getting in my car as a much older-appearing couple were getting out of a Kia or some other cheap car. The lady sneered at me and the man commented “Nice car you entitled punk. Did your mommy buy that car for you?”

I replied with a smile “Thanks for the compliment. I like being told that I look younger than I am.”

The lady asked “How old are you?”

“59. How about you two?”

“We’re both 51.”

“Good! Maybe when you grow up you can get a nice car just like mine.”

Take her into YOUR world

It all depends on the person, doesn’t it?

At 76 going on 77, I marvel that my 75 year old brother still jogs for miles and competes in inline skating marathons. I walk for miles and do some ice skating, usually with a ski pole in my hand to help me get up if I fall.

  • I avoid climbing ladders because I lost two friends to falls in their 70s (one instantly and the other in assisted living for the last ten years of life). My brother, Al, just completely renovated a house at 72–73. I just paid some contractors to renovate parts of mine.
  • Every one should avoid buying a time share, but especially those over 70. Even getting a mortgage to buy or build a new residence seems extreme. I used to salivate over House Hunters International. I’m so lucky I didn’t buy my dream home in an Italian hilltop town.
  • I avoid soda pop, Big Macs, and hot dogs. Why tempt the gods?
  • I avoid signing up for online subscriptions or making donations to television evangelists. My mother didn’t and we filled a dumpster with unread magazines and CD’s from religious hucksters.
  • I avoid both Fox News and MSNBC. Because.
  • Now that I am no longer that 35 year old testosterone poisoned jerk who makes a show of passing slower drivers and pulling in front of them in disgust, I avoid the temptation to flip them off.
  • I feel people over 75 should avoid running for President or Senator.

There’s still enough not to avoid, so I better end this.

Welcome to the United States

Sanjay Madan was the IT director for the Ontario Ministry of Education. He saw how lax the security was , and set up a system where he would award an IT contract for $900 a day, and his partner would find someone to subcontract for $450 a day. In his first year, they managed to take $467,000 by 2019, they were stealing $6.5 million a year. The very weird part of this is that his partner was a police informant, who never informed police. Everything was going along perfectly, and by 2020 they had stolen $37,000,000 doing this, and nobody knew that a crime had been committed. I think the police need some better informants.

Then covid hit, and they got greedy, the government was giving out between $200 and $250 to children that had to be home schooled because of covid.

He filed 48,000 fake applications and had all the money deposited into the same five bank accounts. Again he got away with it. $10.8 million dollars. How many scammers do you know that pulled the same scam 48,000 times and got away with it. But, by filing 48,000 claims, he increased the odds that one of them would file for their own child. They of course were accused of double dipping, and of course they were indignant, because they were honest. They investigated and found that the money hadn’t gone into the real applicants account. So then they searched to see if more money had gone into that account, and there was millions.

In total he stole $47.4 million. He has given back $30 million and after he gets out of jail in 10 years, he has five more years to repay the rest, or face further jail time.

But wait!!! The best part of this is that his defense was that it was entrapment. Nobody makes a system that easy to steal from if it isn’t a trap.

Welcome to Asia

One Christmas, at around 1 A.M. my partner and I spotted a van driving the opposite direction of us in an alley. Something about the way the guy looked at us made it seem like he was up to no good, so we turned around to follow him and run his plates. So, we caught the guy after a vehicle pursuit and a foot pursuit.

Long story a little less long, the van hadn’t been reported stolen and it had the keys in it, but we were pretty sure it was stolen. We had an assisting unit wait with the van, gifts, and suspect while we drove to the registered owner’s home and knocked. The police knocked at 1:30 or 2 a.m. A grumpy lady came to the door and eyed us suspiciously and assumed “the pose” (arms crossed, leaning slightly back and to one side, with head down and hip thrust off to the opposite side).

“What?”

“Ma’am, are you Mary Crankypants?”

“Yeah.”

“Do you own a 1990 blue Astrovan License 123ABC?”

{exaggerated exhalation of breath as if bored) “Yeeeeahhhh?”

“We stopped a guy named Johnny Lightfingers driving it at 120th and Avalon. Do you know him, and does he have permission to have your vehicle?”

“NO I don’t and NO he doesn’t.”

“Well the van is loaded with a bunch of kids’ Christmas presents. Are your Christmas presents missing?”

(An exhalation of breath as if we were putting her out) “Just a second”, she huffed at us, before disappearing to look. She returned several seconds later,

(Again with the exhalation of breath as if we were putting her out) “The presents are all gone toooo.”

“Can somebody with a license come with us and pick up the van and presents?”

(And AGAIN with the exhalation of breath as if we were putting her out) “Fiiine.”

She stomped off to get some clothes on.

Our guy went to jail for burglary, vehicle theft, evading, parole violation and driving on a suspended license, but that lady was possibly the most ungrateful person I have ever met in my life.

Why Hiring Women Has Become BAD For BUSINESS

Join the “STAY AWAY ” Movement….

Pastitsio (Baked Macaroni)

I suppose this could be called the “comfort food” of Greek cooking. Pastitsio uses a béchamel sauce, one of the five mother sauces. My sister and I absolutely love this, and we used to make it all the time when we saw each other more often. But I also eat it at the St. Katherine’s Greek Festival every year.

pastitsio
pastitsio

Prep: 25 min | Cook: 55 min | Yield: 8 to 12 servings

Ingredients

Macaroni

  • 1 pound macaroni
  • 1/4 pound butter
  • 1 1/2 pounds ground turkey or beef
  • 1/2 can tomato paste
  • 6 ounces grated Romano or Parmesan cheese
  • 1 medium onion, chopped
  • 1/2 teaspoon cinnamon
  • 1/2 teaspoon nutmeg
  • Salt and pepper

Sauce

  • 4 cups warm milk, divided
  • 5 eggs
  • 6 tablespoons all-purpose flour
  • 1 1/2 sticks butter

Instructions

Macaroni

  1. Cook macaroni (but not well done) in boiling, salted water and drain.
  2. Sauté onion in a little butter.
  3. Add ground meat and stir until brown.
  4. Add tomato paste, thinned with a little water.
  5. Add salt, pepper, cinnamon and nutmeg. Cook until meat is done.
  6. Melt butter; pour over drained macaroni, mixing carefully.
  7. Spread half of the macaroni on the bottom of a 13 x 9-inch pan.
  8. Sprinkle half of the grated cheese on top.
  9. Spread entire meat mixture on top.
  10. Cover with remaining macaroni and remaining grated cheese.

Sauce

  1. Boil 3 cups of the milk with 1 1/2 sticks butter.
  2. Add flour to remaining 1 cup milk and blend well.
  3. Add flour mixture to boiling butter and milk. Thicken and cool.
  4. After this has cooled, add 5 beaten eggs, or drop small amounts of the milk mixture into the eggs while stirring constantly. Once the egg mixture gets warm to hot, add the remaining milk.
  5. Pour sauce over the macaroni. Shake the pan and insert a knife to penetrate thoroughly.
  6. Bake at 350 degrees F for 40 to 45 minutes.

Prof. Jeffrey Sachs: US/Russia/China: Worst Tensions in 30 Years.

I was born July 1945 from my whole life. I knew that in November 19 63 the United States of America cease to exist. It was not the America that I had grown up in. and as a retired lawyer admitted to the bar of Massachusetts and Maryland. I am distraught about how lawless the courts and judicial system now are I always thought they were the last refuge, but they’ve gone over to the dark side for the most part.

I worked at a fast food place. When we closed there’d usually be a little bit of food left over in the warming bins. 2 to 4 burger patties, a grilled chicken and a fried chicken typically, as we cut back on what was prepped ahead later in the evening. We, the employees were allowed to eat the left overs as we finished closing duties. One of the perks of the otherwise annoying jobs of closing. The managers and other employees often had me make them sandwiches, as I came up with some interesting combos. Sometimes if they didn’t get eaten one of the employees would take a couple of patties or whatever was left over home with them for the fridge.

One night one of the cooks who had been there for years, was putting in about 10 quarter pound patties through the broiler, about 10 minutes before close. The manager told them there was no way we were going to sell that many before close (obviously). He just said that any we didn’t sell he would just take home with him. Obviously only making them for that purpose. The next day there was a rule that all leftover food had to be thrown out at the end of the night. No employees were allowed to eat any of it or take it home. One person ruined it for everyone, and of course he was the one that complained the most about it, when he was the one that caused it.

This is all they do

Wiggle their butts.

https://www.youtube.com/shorts/hFyzorkEpTA?feature=share

While painting, he noticed a small hole in the hull, and quietly repaired it.

When he finished painting, he received his money and left.

The next day, the owner of the boat came to the painter and presented him with a nice check, much higher than the payment for painting.

The painter was surprised and said “You’ve already paid me for painting the boat Sir!”

“But this is not for the paint job. It’s for repairing the hole in the boat.”

“Ah! But it was such a small service… certainly it’s not worth paying me such a high amount for something so insignificant.”

“My dear friend, you do not understand. Let me tell you what happened:

“When I asked you to paint the boat, I forgot to mention the hole.

“When the boat dried, my kids took the boat and went on a fishing trip.

“They did not know that there was a hole. I was not at home at that time.

“When I returned and noticed they had taken the boat, I was desperate because I remembered that the boat had a hole.

“Imagine my relief and joy when I saw them returning from fishing.

“Then, I examined the boat and found that you had repaired the hole!

“You see, now, what you did? You saved the life of my children! I do not have enough money to pay your ‘small’ good deed.”

So no matter who, when or how, continue to help, sustain, wipe tears, listen attentively, and carefully repair all the ‘leaks’ you find. You never know when one is in need of us, or when God holds a pleasant surprise for us to be helpful and important to someone.

Along the way, you may have repaired numerous ‘boat holes’ for several people without realizing how many lives you’ve save. ❤️

Make a difference….be the best you can…”

I’m fine

When I re-connected with a lot of my old high school classmates on Facebook, and I saw how many of the “popular” kids ended up with really bad careers and marriages. That’s when I realized that being unpopular in high school probably helped me focus on my education and made me so much more grateful for my wife, which led to a better marriage.

Many of the guys who got all of the girls in my high school — the guys I used to be so jealous of — now have crappy jobs, failed out of college, have criminal records, have multiple children from multiple women, and generally look miserable on their Facebook posts.

It’s even worse for the women I graduated with. So many of those beautiful classmates that I used to wish would just give me a chance… they’re now drug addicts, have multiple children with multiple men, have abusive boyfriends and husbands, and just look so… miserable and beaten down by their lives.

I knew many of these people in grammar school. We were friends then. But in middle school and especially in high school, when the social cliques really started forming and I was left out of them, their personalities changed. They quit trying in school. They focused on getting dates, parties, etc… The typical popular teenager stuff.

Not all the popular kids, of course. Some of them ended up in good places in life. But many of them didn’t. And I think it can be traced right back to those high school years.

Dating and partying weren’t distractions for me. That’s the hidden advantage to being an unpopular high schooler… you don’t lose focus on your education. And, in college, when I finally met a woman who gave me a chance, I treated her like a queen, and it’s worked out great for us.

So, if you’re an unpopular high schooler today, particularly if you’re a guy who gets no attention from the ladies… fear not! It’s a blessing in disguise. “The ladies” are a distraction… for now at least. Education first, then career. Then watch how the roles change. A man in his 20s with a college education and stable, successful career? You’ll never have to worry about not finding a date again.

The Consequences Of Degrading Men

Something is happening to boys and there is goring to be a very serious backlash.

I worked at Wilkins Dodge in Roseville MN around 1990

We were not the most productive dealer in the area for sure, selling an average of 60 used vehicles and 50 New vehicles per month.

A new Gm is hired and he has big plans for us to jump into the big leagues starting with hiring 12 new salespeople to add to our 8 person team plus 2 older than dirt fleet managers. Great we all said or thought collectively while in the middle of a very serious circle jerk.

Somehow the GM finds 12 people that can speak, tie a tie, own a pen and can pass a background check. To us the all looked like the guys that knock on your door asking about religion.

So they (the 12) are offered paid training at 300.00 Dollars a week for 2 weeks at 5 days each for 8 hours…They are all signed up thru Mopar sales training and are by all accounts doing OK.

Wilkins Dodge had no A/C and MN in August can be a little humid especially in the upstairs training room with no windows. The 12 endured though and all passed their training with higher than average scores.

On the last Friday the GM has a moment of clarity and realizes we don’t have the inventory or budget to keep all 12 newly minted superstars of retail.

He call them out to the used car side of the building (in the shade) around 430 and asks them to form a line and count off by two’s.

2’s please step forward and they do so. Ones please go inside and find a desk and I’ll be with you shortly.

2’s remain stepped forward and look confused but still not grasping the situation. Please see me for your checks, we’ve decided to change our plan regarding your employment says the GM and have a nice weekend please send your family or friends for a vehicle.

Swearing, muttering and insults from remaining 6 plus some more than a lfew expressions of soon to be physical violence had the GM exiting the area towards the service department tossing the checks in the air behind him…….

Good times….

Roast Pork with Potato Dumplings

This is one of my all-time favorite comfort foods.

roast pork with dumplings and sauerkraut 650x276
roast pork with dumplings and sauerkraut 650×276

Yield: 8 servings

Ingredients

Dumplings

  • 3 to 4 pounds starchy potatoes
  • 2 to 3 eggs
  • 1/2 to 1 cup all-purpose flour
  • Sea and or kosher salt, to taste
  • 1/4 teaspoon nutmeg
  • 1/4 cup chopped fresh parsley

Pork Roast

  • 1 pork roast
  • Oil (for browning)
  • Salt and pepper, to taste
  • Paprika, to taste
  • 1/2 to 1 pound coarsely chopped onions

Instructions

Dumplings

  1. In a large pot, boil potatoes in salted water with the skins on. Peel and put them through a ricer (if you don’t have a ricer, use the back of a spoon to smash potatoes through a sieve). Let cool completely.
  2. Refrigerate.
  3. The next day, about 30 minutes before the roast is finished, set a large pot of salted water to boil.
  4. To the cooled, riced potatoes add eggs and 8 to 14 tablespoons of flour, depending on how starchy the potatoes are). Also add salt, nutmeg and parsley. Using your hands, form potatoes into balls between the size of golf and tennis balls.
  5. Add the potato balls to the boiling water but do not let the water continue to boil. When they float to the top in 15 to 20 minutes, they are done.

Pork Roast

  1. In a large, heavy pot, heat oil. Sprinkle the roast with salt, pepper and paprika, and brown quickly in oil. Add onions and brown them, too. Turn heat down to medium low. Add a little water. A carrot and a couple of fresh tomatoes can also be added if desired. Cover and cook for 2 hours, turning occasionally.
  2. To make gravy (optional), remove the roast and add a little water to the pan to de-glaze it. Add a little flour or cornstarch to thicken the drippings.
  3. Serve dumplings and pork roast with red cabbage or sauerkraut.

This was more an unspoken attitude than a workplace rule, but someone lost their job over it.

When I came to work for a certain company, I was an in-your-face out lesbian. Nobody seemed to mind, at least nobody said anything and I was well-liked.

One of the married women struck up a friendship with me and we used to go walking at lunch time. She was really into her church and she not-so-subtly tried to get me to believe that being gay was wrong. When I didn’t bite, she started asking me questions about how I knew I was queer, how it affected my life, how it was different being in a relationship with a man vs a woman (I had been in a conventional het relationship prior to coming out). I answered all her questions as honestly as I could, trying to raise awareness that queer folk aren’t really that different from straight folk.

It turned out that she had been questioning all her life and was trying to work up the courage to come out herself. I SWEAR I WASN’T TRYING TO CONVERT HER.

She ended up coming out while I worked there. I was dumbfounded when she told me—I had no clue. I really thought she was a church lady. Her husband left her, which she was actually relieved about.

I eventually left there for a higher-paying job. When I caught up with the woman a few years later, she told me she had been fired for coming out of the closet. Nobody could accept her transition from straight life to queer life. They were used to seeing her as a straight woman and they looked at her transition as a sort of betrayal. so, I guess if you were already queer that was ok, but you weren’t allowed to change teams.

EDIT: One, she didn’t suddenly start crowing at work about what a dyke she was. It was a small, tight-knit company so her divorce became known. She also cut her hair short and started wearing less feminine clothing. She stopped talking about Jesus and church, since her church rejected her when she came out. It wasn’t hard for the boss to extrapolate.

Two, of course the company didn’t tell her they were firing her for being a lesbian. They gradually transferred her best clients to other workers, started giving her poor reviews and difficult clients and basically made the work environment unpleasant for her. They laid her off after they had gathered enough (fake) documentation to support firing her for cause, and she didn’t bother fighting it.

EDIT: Any comments implying that the people in the story are liars will be deleted.

I’m not answering any more comments or questions that:

  1. Have already been addressed in the comments
  2. Demonstrate that the commenter believes they can interpret the situation better than those involved
  3. Demonstrate poor reading comprehension. I’m not an elementary school teacher.

I hate this guys voice, but the message is really good.

Joe and the rabbits

When I was a young boy, perhaps 6 years old, we lived in a housing complex in Bridgeport, Connecticut. I used to play with the other kids in that complex. One of my boyhood friends was this kid named Joe.

His father was a scientist from Germany. And after world war II, he emigrated to the United States with his parents. They were a nice family, and the father and Joe could speak very good English, but his mother could not. But she was pretty nice.

Joe was named after the Americans allowed him to come into the USA. He was named “G.I.Joe”. I kid you not.

Anyways he had his father’s German soldiers helmet, and a German army issue gas mask that we both played with.

He was a lot of fun. Joe and I did many things together, and we ran about getting into all sorts of things. Good times for young boys. Ha ha.

Anyways, in his basement, his father had rows and rows of cages with bunny rabbits. yeah, his father was using them for experiments that he ran out of his house.

He fed them. He tended to them.

He injected them…

Now that I am older, and knowing about “Operation Paperclip”, I wonder just what kinds of experiments his father was doing to these rabbits. Makeup? Bio-weapons? Aspirin? I don’t know.

What I do know is that my father would periodically take me over to Joe’s house and I would get to pick up the rabbits from time to time. Both Joe and I were too young to notice anything wrong about the set up. But today… knowing what I do know… I wonder about it.

Many innocent things in my past… well are exposed to the understandings of experience when you get older.

Today…

Ukraine Dropped Explosive On Nuclear Fuel Storage Facility

Ukrainians dropped an explosive on the nuclear fuel storage facility at the Zaporozhye Nuclear Power Plant.

Russia sent an urgent report to the IAEA.

Absolutely ZERO additional information is available at this time.

No word of any radiation leak . . .  no word about ANYTHING.  Just that it happened.

More if I get it.

This $7.3 Trillion Bombshell Threatens To SINK The Dollar

Transgender – The Inability To Distinguish Facts From Wishes

Matt Taibbi opines on the latest piece of transgender nonsense:

The Dumbest Cover Story EverRacket News, Mar 13 2024
New York Magazine’s “Freedom of Sex” is the ultimate example of the lunatic nihilism that’s consumed America’s intellectual class

New York Magazine has a new cover story, by the trans writer Andrea Long Chu: “The moral case for letting trans kids change their bodies.” A jeremiad in support of the idea that children must have absolute political agency, it makes the Unabomber manifesto read like a Shakespeare sonnet. The money passage:

We must be prepared to defend the idea that, in principle, everyone should have access to sex-changing medical care, regardless of age, gender identity, social environment, or psychiatric history.

A lot of the piece is standard-issue woe-is-me fuck-everything cartoon nihilism you’d hear from any laptop-class liberal arts product, arguing for a generalized smashing of the patriarchy, among other things by attacking the biological conspiracy to produce those units of material labor value known as babies. Complete abolition of norms would be an “impossible task,” Chu notes sadly, but that doesn’t preclude their “collective reimagining” by an alliance of intersectional victims working toward a Marxian paradise free of “oppressive systems,” which of course include the nuclear family.

The nihilism Taibbi points to is also the major theme the French anthropologist Emmanuel Todd takes on in his book “The Defeat of the West”.

From its New York Times review:

This Prophetic Academic Now Foresees the West’s Defeat (archived) – New York Times, Mar 9 2024

American leadership is failing: That is the argument of an eccentric new book that since January has stood near the top of France’s best-seller lists. It is called “La Défaite de l’Occident” (“The Defeat of the West”). Its author, Emmanuel Todd, is a celebrated historian and anthropologist who in 1976, in a book called “The Final Fall,” used infant-mortality statistics to predict that the Soviet Union was headed for collapse.

Mr. Todd is not a moralizer. But he insists that traditional cultures have a lot to fear from the West’s various progressive leanings and may resist allying themselves on foreign policy with those who espouse them. In a similar way, during the Cold War, the Soviet Union’s official atheism was a deal-breaker for many people who might otherwise have been well disposed toward Communism.

Mr. Todd does believe that certain of our values are “deeply negative.” He presents evidence that the West does not value the lives of its young. Infant mortality, the telltale metric that led him to predict the Soviet collapse half a century ago, is higher in Mr. Biden’s America (5.4 per thousand) than in Mr. Putin’s Russia — and three times higher than in the Japan of Prime Minister Fumio Kishida.While Mr. Todd is, again, not judgmental on sexual matters, he is judgmental on intellectual ones. The inability to distinguish facts from wishes astounds him at every turn of the Ukraine war. The American hope early in the war that China might cooperate in a sanctions regime against Russia, thereby helping the United States refine a weapon that would one day be aimed at China itself, is, for Mr. Todd, a “delirium.”

Back in January Todd expanded on the inability of distinguishing facts from fiction, which is also the basis of trans-genderism, during an interview with Le Figaro. From its English translation:

Q: Over time, haven’t you become a bit of a reactionary?I was brought up by a grandmother who told me that, sexually speaking, all tastes are part of nature, and I’m faithful to my ancestors. So, LGB, welcome. For T, the trans issue is something else. The individuals concerned must of course be protected. But the fixation of the Western middle classes on this ultra-minority issue raises a sociological and historical question. To establish as a social horizon the idea that a man can really become a woman and a woman a man is to assert something that is biologically impossible, it is to deny the reality of the world, it is to assert the false.

Trans ideology is therefore, in my opinion, one of the flags of this nihilism that now defines the West, this drive to destroy not just things and people but reality. But, once again, I am in no way overwhelmed here by indignation or emotion. This ideology exists and I have to integrate it into a historical model. In the age of the metaverse, I can’t say whether my attachment to reality makes me a reactionary.

The intentional denial of reality, as it is currently practiced in the West, is not a new phenomenon. It is the basis of neo-conservatism from where it has crept over to the progressive side.

As Ron Susskind wrote in his portrait of the first years of the Bush junior presidency:

Faith, Certainty And The Presidency Of George W. Bush (archived) – Ron Susskind / New York Times, Oct 17 2004

The aide said that guys like me were “in what we call the reality-based community,” which he defined as people who “believe that solutions emerge from your judicious study of discernible reality.” I nodded and murmured something about enlightenment principles and empiricism. He cut me off. “That’s not the way the world really works anymore.” He continued “We’re an empire now, and when we act, we create our own reality. And while you’re studying that reality—judiciously, as you will—we’ll act again, creating other new realities, which you can study too, and that’s how things will sort out. We’re history’s actors … and you, all of you, will be left to just study what we do.”

Karl Rove, the Bush advisor Susskind had quoted, displayed the same lunatic nihilism that is represented by those who argue that children, teenagers or people generally should can freely chose their gender. It is an attempt of “creating other new realities”. It represents a total denial of actual reality and of the common values derived from it. The Bush administration failed in its endeavor to create new realities in Iraq. The current regime in the West will fail likewise with regime change in Russia. So will others who deny realities.

The author of the Todd book review, Christopher Caldwell, adds:

Fighting a war based on values requires good values. At a bare minimum it requires an agreement on the values being spread, and the United States is further from such agreement than it has ever been in its history — further, even, than it was on the eve of the Civil War. At times it seems there are no national principles, only partisan ones, with each side convinced that the other is trying not just to run the government but also to capture the state.

I see a very similar denial of reality, followed by nihilism and a lack of values, at the top of the current European leadership. The loss of the common view of things is splitting societies on both sides of the Atlantic.

However, with regards to transgenderism, some sense of reality is still trying to survive:

National Health Service England stops prescribing puberty blockers, citing ‘not enough evidence’USA Today. Mar 13 2024

“We have concluded that there is not enough evidence to support the safety or clinical effectiveness of (puberty suppressing hormones) to make the treatment routinely available at this time,” the publication by NHS England stated.

Puberty is a natural process which often includes a temporary confusion about ones identity. Blocking a kids puberty to further some ephemeral confusion some may have during those time is in my view criminal.

I even agree with Rishi Sunack on this:

U.K. prime minister on gender: ‘A man is a man and a woman is a woman’Washington Post, Oct 5 2023

British Prime Minister Rishi Sunak asserted his stance on gender identity in a speech Wednesday, stating it was “common sense” that “a man is a man and a woman is a woman” — a remark that sparked criticism from transgender rights activists and elicited fervent applause from attendees of the Conservative Party Conference.

I see myself, just like Matt Taibbi seems to see himself, as a progressive striving for a society based on some form of socialism and justice.

To then find myself on the same side of an issue as some staunch conservatives, and getting attacked for it, is mildly disturbing.

Is it really impossible to be reality based and on the left side of things?

Posted by b on March 14, 2024 at 11:24 UTC | Permalink

Father gives instructions to his son

US Searching for Russian Sub – DelMarVa Peninsula

US Hunting Russian Sub DelMarVa Peninsula large
US Hunting Russian Sub DelMarVa Peninsula large

The United States is searching for what is believed to be a Russian nuclear submarine off the Delaware, Maryland, Virginia (DelMarVa) Peninsula and into Chesapeake Bay.

Sub-Hunter aircraft are deployed as shown on the FlightRadar image above.

This wasn’t something that I overheard, but my cousin did.

He was sitting on a train and overheard two girls talking, roughly in their early 20s. One of the girls had been asked to house-sit for a family friend who was away for 2 weeks and also look after their pet German Shepherd.

Things were going well for the first few days until she woke up one morning and the dog had died in its sleep.

This was in central London at the height of summer, and the girl didn’t own a car. The owners wouldn’t be back for about 8 days so she couldn’t just leave it in the house until then in case it started to rot. She read online that she should store it in a cool place, but there wasn’t anywhere suitable at their house as it was a very big dog. She also didn’t have many friends in the area and had no access to a car, so she had no idea what to do.

She googled where the nearest vet might be able to store the body until the owners returned, but it was two stops away on the tube. Even if a taxi agreed to transport a dead dog, she couldn’t afford to pay £20 for a London taxi, so she put the dog in a suitcase and took it on the tube.

A man offered to help her carry it down the stairs as she was struggling, and asked what on earth she had inside that made it so heavy (about 30kg). She was a photography student, so told him that she studied photography and had a lot of camera equipment inside. They chatted a bit about it and got on to the tube.

At the next stop, the man got off, but just as the doors were closing, he grabbed the suitcase and ran off towards the escalators as fast as he could. He was a petty criminal who thought he would cash in on the camera equipment. Before she knew what had happened, the doors had shut and she was on her way to the next station.

I’m not sure if they ever got it back, but there aren’t many greater images than the thought of this man returning home thinking he had hit the jackpot, only to open the bag and see a dead German Shepherd staring back at him.

Couples Therapy

I don’t know if I actually “annoyed” the scammer but. . . . I have two stories, several years apart. Story One: My phone rang one afternoon about three years ago. When I picked up the receiver (landline), a voice answered that sounded like my cousin. When I said, “Larry?” he replied, “Yeah, Grandma, it’s me.” Immediately I knew it was a scam since my husband and I never had kids, ergo, no grandkids. But, I decided to play along. He explained that he was somewhere—I forget where exactly—in the Bahamas, where he and some friends had gone to hear a rock concert, and he’d been in an accident with his rental car. I asked him if he took out insurance when he rented the car; he said yes, but the way they did things down there was, you paid for the damages out of pocket, and then the rental insurance reimbursed you. I asked him how much he needed and he replied $3000, money he’d need to pay for the car, his hotel bill and airfare to get home. “Oh, Larry,” I said. “I’m sorry, but I just paid my quarterly property taxes (actually true) and have no more money.” Pause. “Why don’t you just ask Mom and Dad for the money?” He explained that his folks had told him not to go, but he went anyway, and now they would be furious at him for disobeying. “Oh, sweetheart,” I said in my most sympathetic tone. “Yeah, they’ll be mad at you for a minute, but you know they love you. I’m sure they’ll help you.” Another pause. “Larry, you go explain things to them. I just know they’ll give you the money. And then, please, call me back and let me know what happened. Okay?” “Okay, Grandma, I will.” If I do say so myself, I was brilliant. Move over Meryl Streep.

Story Two: This happened at least a dozen years ago, before I understood just what scammers were about and how they worked. I got a call from a guy (with an Indian accent) who said his name was Jim from “Microsoft” and that they had detected a virus on my computer. Coincidentally, I really was having problems with my computer and trouble accessing my email. I listened to his spiel and decided to allow him to take control of my computer. He said it would cost me $100 to fix. I agreed and he or his IT dept. went to work on erasing the virus, but not very well. The following day I got another call from “Microsoft” and the same spiel. I told him that someone else had called the previous day and I had agreed to pay the $100 to fix my computer, but as yet the computer still wasn’t functioning properly. This new guy named George (also with an Indian accent) said that Jim didn’t know what he was talking about, that there would be no charge to fix my computer, but that if I wanted, I could agree to a 6-month for $99, a 1-year for $199 or a two-year service contract for $299, my choice. I told him I was confused, but he advised me not to deal with Jim ever again and that he, George, would really fix my computer, which took about 5 hours (I guess those guys worked on commission and they were having a fight over which one would get the credit for my computer work.) Well, it turned out that George actually did fix the problem—I wonder how THAT happened—and now he wanted to get my credit card number so he could charge me for my choice length service contract. I told him, honestly, I didn’t have a charge card available, but to send me a bill and I would send him a check for the amount. He reluctantly agreed, but I never did get the bill. In retrospect, I don’t know how or why my computer actually did work after that, and I never heard from that particular “Microsoft” bunch ever again.

U.S. Gov ADMITS They Are Readying “Kill Chain” Around China

4 years ago, she was in procurement and I was in sales. We worked in a trading company. (let’s call her ‘Jane’ here.)

Me: ‘Can you please share the price of the inquiry from X company?’

Jane: ‘OK, I will send you an email in 10 minutes.’

Me: ‘Cool, thanks!’

20 minutes later

Jane: ‘Sorry the price sent 10 minutes ago was wrong.’

Me: ‘Oh shit, we already quoted the client. Let me give him a call real quick. Please make sure to send the correct one this time.’

Jane: ‘Ok, sorry bout that.’

20 minutes later

Jane: ‘Hey…. I apologize. But the price was still not correct.’

Me: ‘……(sign) Alright, let me call the client real quick. Meanwhile can you please please prepare the correct price and send it out ASAP? ’

Jane: ‘I will. This time, it will be correct.’

Me: ‘Awesome, if my help is needed, you know where to find me.’

20 minutes later

Jane: ‘Hey……’

Me: ‘Hey…..’

Jane: ‘It’s about the price.’

Me: ‘Please don’t tell me, it’s wrong again.’

Jane: ‘……..’ (she nodded)

Me: ‘………..Alright, please go back to your seat first. We will talk later.’

I called a flash meeting with her manager and mine. Went through all the communication between Jane and the supplier. We found out that Jane chatted with the supplier via WhatsApp only without asking for email confirmation so of course price could change at any time. We gave her a chance to explain and she couldn’t.

A few months later, I heard Jane had resigned. Or should I say she was pressured as the company did not want to pay compensation? Whatever it was, her skills were not suitable for the position. It was best for her and company.

Bobcat story

  • The mere exposure effect: The more you see something, the more you like it. This is why advertisers repeat slogans and brands use familiar logos.
  • We tend to believe people notice our mistakes or imperfections more than they actually do.
  • The sunk cost fallacy: People are more likely to continue an endeavor the more they have already invested in it, even if it’s no longer worthwhile.
  • Social loafing: People exert less effort when working in a group than when working alone.
  • The more witnesses to an emergency, the less likely any one person is to intervene. Everyone might be looking to see if someone else will take action first.
  • The confirmation bias: People tend to seek out information that confirms their existing beliefs and disregard information that contradicts them.
  • How information is presented can influence how people perceive it. Frame your speech nicely….organizing speech is as important as the speech itself.
  • The in-group favoritism: People favor members of their own group over outsiders.
  • The placebo effect: A belief that a treatment will work can actually produce positive effects. Some medicines are just flavored chewable but due the outer packing and doctor’s prescription, patient believe it as cure and thus see tangible results.
  • People are seen as more likeable after they make a minor mistake. They became humble and look for someone who doesn’t judge them on thier mistake.
  • The false consensus effect: People overestimate the extent to which others share their beliefs and attitudes.
  • The Dunning-Kruger effect: Unskilled people tend to overestimate their ability, while skilled people tend to underestimate theirs. You think you can be a chess grandmaster, but many a times a grandmaster thinks is not worthy of being one, although he is 100times better than you.
  • The cryptomnesia effect: Unconsciously plagiarism where you mistakenly believe something you created is something you heard or experienced before. Pathetic ! You thought you heard this story somewhere but in reality it was your own creative innovation.
  • People tend to attribute positive events to themselves and negative events to external factors.
  • People perform better when they are being cheered on or believe they are part of a team. Yes! you can do it. We are all there for you, Give it your 100%

Scampi

The cooked garlic-butter combination may be poured over French bread and served with shrimp as a side dish.

Scampi
Scampi

Yield: 6 to 8 servings

Ingredients

  • 4 pounds headless jumbo shrimp
  • 1 lemon, divided
  • 2 cups butter
  • 1 teaspoon salt
  • 6 cloves garlic
  • 1 tablespoon finely-chopped parsley
  • 1 tablespoon cayenne pepper

Instructions

  1. Thoroughly wash shrimp. Peel and place side by side in glass baking dish, making sure shrimp are not on top of each other.
  2. Squeeze juice of 1/2 lemon over shrimp.
  3. Slice remaining 1/2 lemon into 6 finely sliced pieces and place in baking dish.
  4. Melt butter.
  5. Finely chop garlic and place in butter.
  6. Add salt and chopped parsley to butter and garlic mixture.
  7. Sprinkle pepper over shrimp, then pour butter and garlic mixture over this.
  8. Cover tightly and bake at 350 degrees F for 30 minutes.
  9. Serve with cooked pasta if desired.

There are so many wise Chinese idioms and proverbs

that it would take an entire series of books to cover them. I send blog posts from a Chinese language site to my students who have an interest in ancient Chinese wisdom. So I’ll share a few of my favorite and the actual meanings.

In addition, I’ll share the ebook that has 10 more Idioms

for people who are interested in the Chinese language as well as culture.

But for those of you who aren’t sure what an idiom is, Chinese idioms, called (Zhōng guó chéng yŭ 中国成语), are well-known sayings or proverbs alluding to famous Chinese stories and historical events. They are not only a key part of Chinese language learning but are also priceless in understanding Chinese culture. Chinese idioms are deeply rooted in legacies and traditional culture, making the Chinese language more rich and fascinating. Each Chinese idiom carries profound meaning too. Some of the meaning can’t be understood from the context alone, so I’ll try to expand on the origins and significance.

“鸡毛蒜皮 (jīmáosuànpí)” may have a literal meaning of “chicken feathers and garlic skin” but the meaning has a logical reason. It is used to express that something is not important, or is simply worthless.

The story goes that a long time ago, there were two neighbors: One who lived in the East sold chickens for a living and one who lived in the West sold garlic for a living. Both families had a rather hard life. The family that sold chickens got up early to pluck “鸡毛(jīmáo) chicken feathers”, and as a result, the entire floor was covered in chicken hair. The family who sold garlic also woke up early, but to peel garlic, and their entire floor was covered with “蒜皮(suànpí) garlic skin”. The two families had originally lived in harmony. However, they did have a source of conflict, the wind.

When the wind blew westward, from the East, the “鸡毛(jīmáo) chicken feathers” would be blown into the western neighbor’s yard, while when the wind blew eastward, from the West, “蒜皮(suànpí) garlic skin” would be blown into the eastern neighbor’s yard. The two neighbors often quarreled over such nuance. At one point, the conflict between the two neighbors escalated to the point where they both fought, and eventually went to court to settle the provocative matter. The Judge learned that they were arguing over such a small issue, and said: “Such a small provocation is not worth being settled in court. You have wasted my time, therefore you should be punished.” Some people said the judge was unfair, while others said the ruling was fitting, and that both claims seemed to make sense. Later, the story spread, and eventually “鸡毛蒜皮 (jīmáosuànpí)” became known as a phrase that denotes trivial, unremarkable things or very small things.

“对牛弹琴 (Duìniútánqín)” is used by Chinese people to describe someone who is explaining something complicated to a fool, or sometimes this idiom is used to describe a person who is trying to tell something to the wrong audience.

It literally means to play the harp to a cow…

During the Warring States Period, there was a musician named Gongming Yi, who played musical instruments very well. There were a great number of people fond of listening to him play, and who respected him greatly.

One day, Gongming Yi saw a cow when he was relaxing in the countryside. He thought, “Everybody compliments my music. Why don’t I play some music for this cow?”

He played a piece of elegant quaint music for the cow, but the cow just kept grazing the grass with its head down.

He played another piece of joyful music, but the cow still kept its head down to graze the grass and totally ignored him.

Gongming Yi showed off all his skills, but the cow still ignored him. He was disappointed and started to question his ability until a passerby said to him, “It’s not because your ability is inadequate. It is because the cow can not understand music at all.”

The moral of the two stories are useful but hard to understand from context but it helps to know the background information.

Self Belief

Fascinating question.

Having lived in China for several years, and being married to a Chinese wife, I think my first impulse is to say, “don’t expect to ever fully understand Chinese culture.”

Not because they are so hard to understand, but because that thing we call China is a huge place, with a long history, and it would be wrong to expect to ever fully grasp what it means to be Chinese, or do things the Chinese way.

All that hedging aside, I do think you could be pragmatic about it.

Presuming you are simply trying to get on in modern day China’s culture, I would give you the following list of tips:

  1. Know your place; in China, family always come first. Then come relatives and old friends. New friends are welcome, but won’t be prioritized.
  2. Food is China’s unofficial religion. You will be asked “have you eaten?” in the same way you will be asked “how are you doing?” in the anglosphere, and they mean it. Never downplay the importance of a meal. They dedicate an amazing amount of time, resources, and energy to making, eating, and procuring meals. If you’re French, you’ll understand.
  3. “Saving Face” is everything. There are a hundred ways in which the Chinese can acknowledge or humiliate you, and it all boils down to small details like who sits where, when do you get to speak, what sort of dishes are served… if you can read that code, you know your place with them.
  4. Negotiation; the Chinese will offer you a choice even when it is clear what you want. It’s one of the prime directives of China. The other person must always have a choice. That way, you may find yourself playing cat and mouse with other pedestrians many more times than you would in the western world, because one indication of intended direction just isn’t enough; no, you will have to swerve around fellow pedestrians in the last moment, because they will keep offering you options till the last second. Whenever I sit in a restaurant with my wife, she drives me crazy with the question “… or would you like THAT dish instead?” To which my retort tends to be, “no, goddammit! I want the thing I said I wanted the first time!”
  5. Final agreements are not final. How many times did we put a final signature under something, only to find ourselves reconvening over a lavish meal for a complete re-negotiation.
  6. Change your spokesperson, and you start from scratch. The Chinese build relations with a company or institution based on a personal, individual relationship. Take that person away, and you are back to zero.
  7. Wastefulness is a sign of idiocy. I have yet to see a respected Chinese person with a wasteful attitude. Economy and efficiency are the pillars of Chinese success, and those who are successful there will possess them.
  8. Nature is beautiful – but only few have a realistic understanding of nature. Instead, there is a highly domesticated image of nature in China, sporting talking, vegetarian cats, highly polished flower arrangements, and so on. The Chinese romanticize nature, but don’t understand it.
  9. Outlooks are strangely short term and long term at the same time. The business world expects fast turnarounds and quick growth, while politics and others allow for long time spans for things to develop.

On the whole, I like Chinese culture. When you are there, you feel a new mellowness, surrounded by abundance and the dynamics of an old culture that is mercifully pragmatic and philosophical.

Rory Gallagher-Bad Penny (Rockpalast 1982)

In 2011 I had an excruciating pain in the left side of my back. I called 911 and was taken to the ER where they diagnosed kidney stones, gave me a blood thinner and did a CT. The on call urologist came and said I had renal cell carcinoma and said to make an appointment to have the kidney removed asap. He said you have two kidneys and survive just fine on one. I did some research online and saw that Cleveland Clinic did an operation where they could remove half a kidney. I saw another Nephrologist in town first who confirmed the cancer diagnosis and the conceited little twerp said they can’t do the half kidney because the lesion was in the wrong place. I went to Cleveland anyway and made an appointment with the doctor who wrote the kidney textbook med students use. He did his own CT with dye and said, “Ya know this isn’t taking the dye like renal carcinoma would, let’s wait and do another CT in three months. If it is cancer it’s slow growing so it’s not a big risk.” I went back home to California and returned three months later for another scan. This time the lesion had actually reduced in size and the Cleveland doctor said the lesion was actually “a cyst that had burst” not cancer. Today, 11 years later, I have two good kidneys because I got the second opinion. Choose your second opinion from a place like Cleveland Clinic that does research if you can.

I just got fired. Now my former boss (the one who let me go) is asking me where some important documents are. How should I respond?

The word “toxic” gets thrown around far too often, I think. And yet, I can’t really think of any other word (except for possibly “hostile”) that describes where I used to work. The company no longer exists, having been acquired a couple times over, but I still am hesitant to name it because the industry is rather incestuous and the people are still around even if the company isn’t.

Nevertheless, perhaps this story can act as both a cautionary tale as well as a moment of schadenfreude.

After I had been with the company for about a little less than a year, they hired a new WorldWide VP of Sales who is about as close to pure evil as I ever experienced (and this is coming from someone who worked at Apple!). When he came in, he brought with him a series of sycophants who were as insane as he was malicious.

I was low enough in the food chain to have zero influence or power, but high enough that I was in an extremely vulnerable and visible position. As this VP began clearing house of the long-time veterans of the company, it was only a matter of time before he got to me.

For all the writing on the wall, I was still unprepared for when it happened. I naively believed that the work that I was doing was critical and that I was irreplaceable (at least at that moment). I had the sole responsibility of developing the documentation and training materials for a set of equipment that cost hundreds of thousands of dollars – each.

For those that don’t know, much of the material that is sold by large corporations (Cisco, HPE, Lenovo, etc.) is not designed or built in-house. Often other companies make various components that fit into the equipment; in some cases they make all of the equipment and these larger companies simply rebrand the whole shebang. This was one of those cases.

My company had created an entire portfolio that was going to be rebranded by another multi-billion dollar conglomerate. This was the largest deal they had ever signed with this company, and it was a Big Deal™. Not only did the information had to be 100% accurate, but it had to be branded with the other company’s logos, document rules, etc. On top of it all, the material was highly technical.

It took eight months of 10–12 hour days to complete. The launch was set for November 9. I had non-stop travel booked through the following March to travel world-wide and train the other company’s sales force on the equipment, how it worked, and so on. I was the only one scheduled to do this. I figured there was no way they would let me go with so much on the line.

Little did I know.

Back to the evil VP. He was notorious for walking around the office at around 7 p.m. to see who was still there, or who had “left work early.” My cubicle was just outside of his office, so there was no way he would have been able to miss whether I was there or not.

As it happens, my job was to be a road warrior, so I wasn’t supposed to be there. In fact, if I was in the office, it meant that I wasn’t doing my job!

Remember when I said that he brought some insane people with him? Well, one of those idiots remains to this day as the worst example of corporate nepotism I’ve ever seen. The man was an ADD basket case on crack. He was brought in as a VP of Public Relations, and then added a VP of Marketing title when the WWVP of Sales fired the original guy. All of this, and he couldn’t spell to save his life (he once wrote that he was a “VP of Pubic Relations” on his email before realizing that he could save a signature to automatically insert it. No, I’m not making that up).

Anyway this idiot was incensed that I was “never” in the office. Despite the fact that it was my job to be a road warrior, he was livid. And, because he was a good little yes-man, he decided he would make up all kinds of stories that he “imagined” I was doing because I wasn’t in the office. As I said, my cubicle was right outside of the WWVP’s and so he would pass by an empty cubicle several times a day.

So, without me knowing, their plan was set in motion irrespective of the actual work that I was doing.

Remember that the official launch of this product portfolio was November 9? Well, after working for so long on developing the materials, working with the bigger company, and essentially exhausting myself, I decided to take a week’s vacation at the end of October in anticipation of the upcoming launch juggernaut.

I traveled back to England (where I had lived before getting this job) to visit friends and family. I told everyone where I was going, kept a paper-trail, even had a team dinner the night before with the Business Development Manager (“<BDM>”) responsible for the overall relationship and dollar figure with the big company and talked about my holiday plans. Everyone knew where I was going, when, and why. I thought it was all good.

Big mistake.

Halfway through my week in vacation, I got a phone call from my manager.

“J, sorry to bother you on your vacation,” he began. I could tell that something was wrong.

“No problem,” I said, knowing that there was definitely a problem.

“Did <the BDM> know that you were going on vacation this week?”

“Of course,” I said. “We had dinner the night before and I told him all about it, plus it has been in my weekly reports for the past month.”

“Okay, well, <the WWVP> asked <the BDM> where you were today and he said he didn’t know.”

My blood ran cold. I knew what this meant. I actually wondered if I needed to change my flights and return back to the States. I asked my manager (who I truly liked and respected) if I should do that. If he’d said yes, I’d do it.

“No,” he said. “You enjoy your vacation. You deserved it. We can sort this out when you get back.”

As you can imagine, I didn’t enjoy the rest of my holiday. Not one little bit, Sam I Am.

The following Monday I was back in the U.S., and back at work. My manager – who lived in Colorado – had flown into town and met with me. I was surprised to see him.

“Let’s go get some coffee,” he said.

“Okay,” I said. “But I have a standing meeting with <BDM>. I’ll -”

“Don’t worry about it,” my manager said. “He knows.”

I followed him out the hall, past the break room, down the stairs, through the lobby, and out the front door. All the while, he was asking me about my vacation, about visiting friends and family in the U.K., and so on. Small talk. Innocuous. Terrifying.

The local Starbucks was closed. The donut shop had run out of coffee. It was starting to look like a very strange Terry Gilliam storyline as we looked for a place to sit down and chat. Time was getting on, and so we somehow found ourselves inside of a grocery store that had an internal food counter. We got two coffees and sat in the only two chairs – green plastic patio furniture set up in front of the counter. It was surreal.

He looked around, fully aware that this wasn’t ideal. “Not exactly what I was hoping for,” he said. “I’m sorry about this.”

“Just… tell me,” I said.

He was incredibly apologetic. I actually started to feel bad for him. “<The BDM> threw you under the bus,” he said. “He claimed that he had no knowledge that you were going on vacation, that you hadn’t told anyone, and had just disappeared.”

Once again, I pointed to my weekly reports as well as the ten witnesses at the dinner the night before I left. He simply shook his head, sadly.

“It doesn’t matter,” he said. “The WWVP wants you gone. They were going to fire you while you were in England, but I convinced them that wouldn’t be a good idea.”

We both knew what he meant. It was a recipe for a lawsuit, and the company was highly allergic to lawsuits. Especially of the employment kind.

He proceeded to lay it out for me. I could either go on a Professional Improvement Plan (PIP), or I could willingly take a not-so-generous “mutual separation” package. If I went with the plan and failed to “improve,” the package would be completely off the table.

“While I cannot legally suggest to you what to do,” he said, “I can tell you that they have made up their minds.”

I thought about the launch materials. “That’s going live in a week,” I said.

“I know.”

“What am I supposed to do with all that work?”

He swallowed and tried to keep his voice and face neutral. “They want you to destroy it.”

I was aghast. “They want me to what?!”

He slowly shook his head. He couldn’t believe it either. “<The BDM> doesn’t trust you,” he said. The words stung, but the level of projection was astounding. The BDM had shown himself to be untrustworthy repeatedly (not just in this regard), but knew how to play the political game much, much better than I.

“They don’t want me to give it to anyone else to take over?”

That’s when he said the most bizarre thing of all, and it was obvious that it pained him to say it out loud. “No,” he said. “It’s no one else’s job.”

“What about <a Technical Marketing Engineer on the team>?” I asked.

“That’s not his job.”

“What about all that training with the big customer?” I asked, dumbfounded.

“That’s not your problem any more, J,” he said.

The final piece of the floor fell out from underneath me. Not only was I being fired, but they were willing to sabotage multi-million dollar contracts to do it.

The paperwork was straightforward. I would receive a month’s salary in exchange for walking away. The termination papers were unequivocal – all company material, all of it, was to be completely destroyed and I was to keep no record of any of it. The penalties for holding on to “confidential company information” were severe. They may have been allergic to being sued, but they chomped at the bit to be the ones suing.

There was nothing I could do but comply. I deleted all of the materials I had worked so diligently on for the year, wiped the laptop clean, and returned everything that belonged to the company. Included were technical manuals, instructions, sales training (both technical and business), networking diagrams, demonstration videos, and lengthy email exchanges between me and the other company that detailed the milestones and directions that they wanted (which were extensive and involved). All gone.

Since then, people have asked me how it felt to have destroyed almost a year’s worth of work. The truth of the matter is that it actually felt like a huge weight had been taken off my shoulders. It had been incredibly stressful, and I knew that the upcoming months were going to be equally (if not more so) tense. While I had been on a deadline for the launch, there were going to be quotas to fill, sales cycles to adhere to, revenue projections to achieve, and so on.

As my manager said, “not my problem.”

Less than two months later in the beginning of the new year, I got a phone call from my (now former) manager. “J, I have a question for you, and I want you to answer with only a yes or no,” he said.

I had a feeling I knew where this was going. “Okay,” I said.

“Did you keep any of the training materials?”

“No,” I said truthfully. “I was told to destroy them, so I did.”

It was probably more than I should have said, but on the off chance they were forcing him to call me from a recorded line (the call waiting had the company name, not his personal number), I wanted to be clear as to what happened.

“Thank you,” he said flatly. “That’s all I needed.”

“However,” I said, “I’m willing to recreate the materials for a consulting fee.” I was half-joking, because I needed the money. I doubted they would consider it for even a second, though.

Keeping his voice even, he replied, “I’ll tell them that, but I don’t think they’re going to take you up on it.”

With that, he hung up. Indeed, they didn’t take me up on it, but then again I didn’t expect them to. After all, they had screwed themselves over before, why stop now?

I never expected to hear anything else. I was persona non grata at the company, evidently, but I had seen that when they had been letting people go month after month. Once people were gone, they were practically erased from collective memory.

I heard the rest of the story about two months later, and it was glorious.

I happened to have lunch one day with the Technical Marketing Engineer that I had proposed giving the launch materials to (but was declined). It turns out that the fallout was nothing short of spectacular.

It turns out that my former company had never bothered to communicate with the big customer that they had let me go. In turn, none of the dozens of training sessions were cancelled. The company had flown in sales and engineering staff for these multi-day training sessions only to find that my company was a no show.

No training meant no sales. No sales meant no revenue. No revenue meant quotas being unmet. No quotas meant penalties.

One of the stipulations of the contract was that if X amount of solutions were not sold by the end of the fiscal year (which ended for that company on January 31), my former company would be forced to pay $1.5M in “make good” penalties.

That’s why my ex-manager had called in the beginning of January – he knew that these deadlines were coming up. The week before the end of January, the <BDM> was feeling the pressure from the WWVP because he was getting nastygrams from the big customer about the no-shows and lack of training. That meant that the <BDM> had questions to answer.

“How could this have happened?” the <BDM> was shouting on the staff call. “How could we not have been prepared for this? We knew about this for over a year?”

“Are you kidding?” one of the engineers had responded. “You fired the guy who did it!”

Sadly, for me, there was not much joy to take from this other than a bit of petty schadenfreude. This was in the middle of the severe US recession and I wouldn’t find another position until the middle of the year.

The damage to the relationship was irreversible and possibly incalculable. The portfolio had cost hundreds of millions to develop, but I don’t believe the sales ever crossed over the million-dollar mark. It certainly didn’t recoup the substantial investment. The big customer company forced new rules to protect themselves (they had already been publicizing the launch date themselves, only to have to beg off their customers).

About a year after I got a new job, the entire technology division of that product portfolio got sold off to another company. The reputation of my former company in this technology was shot beyond repair. All in all, they took a bath of several hundred million dollars in the investment.

Is it all because they fired me? Oh, hell no.

It is, however, the butterfly effect of what can happen when ego, corporate policy, politics, and unmitigated insanity drives decisions without understanding the consequences.

Nevertheless, whatever you do, do not hold on to the materials when they tell you to destroy them. Not only could you find yourself on the business end of a legal hissy fit, but you may also rob yourself of some spectacular avenge-by-proxy scenarios.

A Chinese road

Any hope for China-Taiwan reconciliation? It all depends on USA

Let us look at the Ukraine war.

Putin told a former US journalist (if I remember correctly, his name is Carlson) that:

Before the Ukraine war started, Russia & Ukraine had signed a peace agreement & not went into war.

But … we all see the Ukraine war because … right away, former UK PM B Johnson went to Ukraine in person to push Ukraine to go into war (by provoking Russia).

We all know UK & USA are co-conspirators of the Ukraine war.

When China proposed Ukraine-Russia reconciliation. Again right away, US president Biden went in person to Ukraine to support the war … USA wants the war to continue.

Both USA & UK want the Ukraine war, so that they can make money & at the same time weaken Europe’s economy

Back to Taiwan.

It is not up to Taiwan to decide its future. It is USA.

USA will never let Taiwan-China reconciliation to happen.

1, Taiwan is a cash cow for USA to sell out-of-date weapons & a cash cow for US politicians to shout support so as to get an appearance fee. It is easy money. Dont even need acting skills. Just shouting empty support is enough.

2, Taiwan can be used as a tool by USA to irritate China. Like a mosquito or fly that bugs you.

See, USA+UK have successfully bugged Russia to use military.

USA+UK are the trouble makers in the world. Look at Latin America. Mideast, SCS, even Europe thru Ukraine.

Those corrupted Taiwanese politicians are happy to serve USA too. It is a 2 way corruption.

WoCuDaDeMa

I’ve been a partner at a CPA firm and a CFO and COO in for profit companies. I’ve hired and fired a LOT of people over the years.

One termination that stands out is when I was hired to turn around a high-tech manufacturing Company. During our review of expenses we discovered that one of our middle managers was using the Company’s shipping department to ship products for her ETSY business. It wasn’t a ton of money, about $10K per year, but people knew she was stealing so I decided fire her.

Over the years I’ve learned to write a script for myself and the HR manager. Our plan was to read our parts, hand her the termination documents, and then escort her out of the building.

As soon as we entered her office she knew she was getting fired. She was angry and belligerent during the entire process, yelling and shouting. At one point, she pointed to one of her drawers and said she had copies of everything and could prove that she had paid everything back. She said that multiple times.

I was pretty confident that she was lying so I would simply wait for her to stop and then continue on with the termination script. That really pissed her off. She wanted us to engage with her. So what should have taken 15 minutes took a terrible hour. The HR manager and I watched her pack her things in a box and then we escorted her out of the building.

After she was gone we both walked back to her office to check her drawer … and it was completely empty. She was full of shit to the end.

Having a conversation

The TV show is intense. Heart pounding music slows in the background for the conclusion. The camera, with soft focus filter, closes in on a tiny woman who has been charged with murder in the first degree. Her husband of thirty years was an abusive sonofabitch who beat her to within inches of her life. She’s still wearing a cast from his last attack. She’s frightened, mascara smeared, eyes wide.

The hard boiled, fry-em-all prosecutor softens his voice for the first time in fifteen episodes.

We’ve got you cold in a case of murder one Mrs. MacSuffers. But, it’s the holidays and I’m feeling generous. I’ll let you plead down to a case of aggravated jaywalking.

TV’s portrayal of plea bargains is always fun. On the flip side there’s the tatted-up gang member who’s been caught selling drugs in a kindergarten, but pleads out to a case of having a wildly inappropriate waistline on his saggy pants…

So what is it? Is plea bargaining a safety valve for the wrongfully charged, or an escape mechanism for the horrifically lucky?

Neither.

I understand that in some states plea bargaining works (sort of) like what we see in the movies. But, in the federal system it’s not like that at all. It’s more like being told you’ll be forced to eat a gallon of vomit with possible extra courses, or simply open up and eat a spoonful of live meal worms (while smiling).

In the feds there is no bargaining. The prosecutor tells your attorney what sentence they’re willing to offer in exchange for not having to go through the work of a trial. There’s no counter offer. Take it or leave it. Like a water monopoly, you must submit to their will.

There’s a reason monopolies are frowned upon…

Notice there’s no judge in this entire affair. Judges are irrelevant to plea bargains. All power in the court is handed to the prosecutor. If the accused takes the plea, it’s taken to the judge as a package deal. All the robe has to do is sign on the dotted line and another case is removed from the docket. Since the judge is usually a former prosecutor… it feels like the right move.

So… how to fix this system? You can’t. Plea bargaining is morally corrupt. You can’t negotiate with a guy that’s holding a gun to your head. Telling someone that if they use their constitutionally guaranteed rights, you’ll make it painful as all hell, is a violation of what the framers stood for.

But plea bargains are a necessary evil! Without them the system would grind to a halt!

‘xactly. 😉

First off, while the use of plea bargains goes back to the 1800’s, most places in the US didn’t consider plea bargains palatable until the 1960’s. Plea bargains became mechanized “justice.” We gave up our rights in exchange for… well… for putting more people behind bars.

This meat ain’t gonna grind itself!

So what happens if we ban plea bargains?

  • It becomes tedious for the system to take someone through the judicial process. Shouldn’t it be cumbersome to deprive a person of their liberty?
  • Prosecutors can no longer go after every single case that’s brought to them. They would have to pick and choose and make sure to go after the worst cases. I’m not at all opposed to a triage system.
  • Lots of lower level cases might be tossed out. These would be nonviolent, victimless, cases where the accused has no prior criminal history. If you think they’re getting off scot free, then you don’t have any experience with this system. Just an accusation is life altering.
  • Our prisons would shrink in number and size. The percentage of our GDP that we spend on warehousing human beings would drop to the level we see in other countries. Those funds could be put into worthwhile endeavors like education. The net effect being a lower crime rate over a long time line.

Plea bargaining isn’t the root cause of the evil that is our “justice” system, but it’s one of the largest cogs. I’m all for tossing a boot in to see how the mechanism crunches to a halt.

Free Owl

  1. If you are borrowing it for the third time, you need one of your own.
  2. If you’re the only one who shares the ride, sit in front.
  3. Don’t steal each other’s best karaoke songs.
  4. If you’re posting a picture on social media, make sure everyone looks fine in it.
  5. If someone has legally changed their name, don’t ask what their ‘real’ or original name was.
  6. Don’t ask a date how much money they make. If you do care, go to dating sites that verify people’s income.
  1. If you receive an invitation to a party, don’t bring along a date/friend/child/pet/whoever that wasn’t invited.
  2. Don’t touch people without permission, even if they’re pregnant or have cool hair.
  3. Don’t make plans with other friends in front of friends who aren’t invited.
  4. If you have two friends over, who don’t know each other, you don’t leave them alone.
  5. If someone is paying for your food, don’t order something expensive.
  6. When someone insults themselves, disagree.

It may have been possible if the United States or United Kingdom or other nations thad not committed too many atrocities across the world.

Take Serbia

Everyone remembers the 1999 bombings as if it was yesterday. Everyone remembers the role the US had in breaking up of Yugoslavia and knows if the US had wanted to, they could have done so peacefully

Vucic is pro europe and pro US but he knows he simply can’t be anti Russian or Chinese

In Serbia, China is a friend who builds railways and who suffered when their embassy was bombed in 1999

Russia is a greater friend and between 65% to 81% of the masses support Russia openly

Guess what?

MOST OF THEM HATE THE UNITED STATES

So no matter how much Blinken bleats about the risks of China and Russia

Serbians will say “Look. Even if they destroy all of us, we would rather trust them than trust you”

The closer EU comes to US, the more suspicious the Serbians become


Take India

In 2021, Modi was leaning to burn bridges with China completely or to the maximum

Yet when India needed the West for Vaccine materials, they flatly refused and imposed export restrictions on their surplus vaccines and materials

We didn’t forget

They demanded our chloro quinine tablets and we complied putting our Rheumatoid arthritis patients at risk for 6 months

They didn’t lift a little finger

Not to mention the farmers protests where they demanded we don’t impose protectionism and export wheat despite a shortage in India back then (Modi didn’t)

So we simply dont trust them an inch


Take African Nations

The Westerners have plundered, looted and enslaved them for generations and generations

How can Africa trust them at all?

Many Africans LOATHE the French or British

Many Africans LOATHE the United States

They have ruined Libya, Sudan and other nations by provoking Civil War and stealing resources

The Africans cannot ever trust them and regard China and Russia as what we call attractive parallel powers so that they can make Independent decisions and not have the West meddle in them

Best example was Niger

When they kicked out the French, Macron went with his tail between his legs because if he had pushed a war, more African nations would have gone closer to Russia and China


Take Vietnam

Vietnamese remember Agent Orange and it’s use on Civilians from 1968 to 1973

Hoàng Phan would have more details but they were terrible to the Vietnamese

You really expect Vietnamese to jump and trust the US because an Indian origin Nut case Vice President shakes her booty and gives a silly little laugh and says “Freedom and Democracy”

NOT A CHANCE

They want to do things Independently which means they will keep China close and do trade with China and if the US plays too many games, become closer to China and Russia


Take the Middle East

In 60 years, the Middle East remains a war zone because of the United States

The Arabs LOATHE THE US WITH A VISCERAL HATRED

I mean “Want to see your children choke on their blood and die screaming for mommy” type of hatred

Not the “I want your girl to break up with you” type of hatred

Iraq, Syria were both destroyed only because they chose to follow a path that the US didn’t like

Others complied because THEY WERE TOO SCARED OF THE US

As Russia and China grow in power and as the US grows weaker – the Arabs are slowly sharpening their knives and waiting

Houthis, Hamas and Hezbollah are KICKING ASS against the vastly superior forces arrayed against them through a lovely mix of Strategy and Geopolitics


Take South America

The US claims South America is their sphere of influence

The US has blockaded Cuba

The US has sanctioned Venezuela

The US threatens Brazil from time to time

The South Americans HATE THE AMERICANS OR ENVY THEM OR BOTH depending on the situation

Mexicans go to Texas and California because they argue it was their country once


So as I have shown you, you have Europeans, Africans, Middle Easterners, Asians, South Americans who have no fondness for the Americans and downright hate their guts at times

They have no bone to pick with China or Russia

China and Russia keeps the world neutral and that these nations like

The Alternate is to allow these Evil Demons to allow their hegemony to continue as overlords

So whose the real Satan here huh???

Taquitos

These are the best taquitos! I like to serve them with guacamole and sour cream for dipping. They’re certainly not traditional taquitos, but they are delicious.

DSC01412 1400x2100
DSC01412 1400×2100

Ingredients

  • Pork, beef or chicken
  • 1 can Mexican beer
  • Garlic salt, to taste
  • Pepper, to taste
  • Cumin (comino), to taste
  • 1 envelope onion soup mix
  • 1 can or jar chile verde
  • Melted cheese for drizzling (optional)

Instructions

  1. Add all ingredients except melted cheese to a slow cooker.
  2. Cook for 8 to 10 hours on LOW.
  3. Drain juice.
  4. Put filling on corn tortillas and roll up. Secure with a wooden pick.
  5. Fry until tortilla is crispy. Remove wooden pick to serve.
  6. Drizzle with melted cheese, if desired.

Damn

They don’t realy want control of Taiwan, they don’t want the USA to have control of Taiwan, that is the red line, that can never be crossed, China is quite happy with the status quo. They have said that often enough. As far as markets stop? Are you dreaming? China is Taiwans biggest trading partner. If Taiwan was governed by the mainland their trade would almost double, AND Taiwan would be far FAR richer, because they wouldn’t need to buy a single out of date weapon from the U.S., they would save BILLIONS. That much is obvious. Also there would be no need for Taiwan to have its own military, that would be another huge saving. Just that the poor DPP would be no more, that’s why they are so set against it.

When I was a boy, I had real problems with certain foods. I couldn’t have butter on anything or drink milk straight (milk on cereal or chocolate milk was fine).

Over when I wad left with a bunch of kids at a get-together, lunch was served and included butter on everything, and everyone was expected to drink their milk. (This had happened before and I knew to stay quiet, not really eat anything, not make a big deal, get something later, etc.) One of the supervising women noticed, however, and felt the need to make an example of me and insisted that I eat everything up right in front of everyone. I told them that if they forced me to eat it I would get sick and it would be their fault.

Boy! did that lady get pissed when I said that! You know what happened next! She forced me to eat that food and I got sick all over the table with all the food on it and, boy, did the stuff hit the fan. My mom arrived just as the lady opened up on me. Mom looked puzzled as I had handled situations like this before with no problems. Mom announced who she was, told the lady (not unkindly) to quit yelling at me, and asked, “What is the problem?”

The lady threw me under the bus and said how outrageous it was for ”a child” to dictate what he/she would eat and look what I had done! My mom paused a minute and said very slowly, “I can’t believe my son wouldn’t have told you he would get sick if he ate these things and he should have, and I am sorry . . . . . .” and then all the kids started shouting, “He did tell them, he did!” (I did have some loyal friends.) My mom looked up and said, “WHAT?” “He told you?” “and you still made him eat it?!” The lady says, “Well, well. . .it’s not up to him to tell us. . . .” Mom’s face got red. “You are an idiot and should never be left around children! If you or anyone EVER IGNORES something my child says, there will be hell to pay! Do you understand me?! This is all your fault, and yet you blame a child! How despicable!” Mom tore into her for a few more minutes, and then looked down at me, and I will never forget, she looked right into my eyes and said, “It wasn’t your fault, Spencer. They should have listened — it was their fault, they can clean It up — we’re leaving!” She grabbed my hand, and we held our heads high as we walked gracefully to the car.

I know that I was not all in the right on this one — it’s hard for me to judge — but tas an example of a mom sticking up for her child, that day shone brightly. That kind of thing stays with you forever.

Years of prep

I have been avoiding answering this question for a long time due to the fear that people might exploit the option and the UK might put a ban of sorts in place in the future. *kidding

But I guess it’s time to let the secret out. Brexit is already through!

So, back in 2016 when I was travelling to Indiana for my internship I had a layover of 23 hours in Heathrow. Don’t ask me how but just know that “Indian dads have a mind of their own and never let them book tickets for you” lesson learnt the hard way.

Like everyone else I was going through Google and Quora reading up on what to do in the airport or can you get out without visa or what kind of visa is needed. Most of the content just beats around the bush and doesn’t provide any valuable information to come to a conclusion. The proper way would be to get a visa but let’s be honest, who likes to spend that much money for just a day? While surfing through the internet one line struck my mind and stayed: “it depends on the immigration officer.”

When I landed in Heathrow, all I was hoping for is to ask and who knows what will happen. After filling out the immigration card and contemplating for 15 minutes I finally made my way to the immigration line. My heart was racing with excitement and fear at the same time. I get pulled over often maybe it’s my beard or the sheepish looks.

Immigration office -Imo

Myself – me

After initial hi and how you doing, I hand over my passport

Me- I don’t have a visa and was wondering if I could go out to spend my layover outside

Imo- I don’t understand

Me- I have 23 hours of layover and wanted to see if it’s possible for me to go out and visit few places.

Imo- looks at the cop standing near by and he walks up to the counter

Cop: where you coming from ?

Me- India

Cop: where are you going ?

Me- to Indiana via Chicago

Cop: show me your onward journey tickets

Me- *hands over the ticket

Cop: what’s your purpose of visit?

Me- I’m going for an internship/training with a golf club in Indiana.

Cop: you play golf

Me- a little bit but I’m more related on the management aspect

Cop: who is your favourite player

Me- Tiger woods

Cop&Imo- no way! He is my favourite player too.

Cop: what will you do if you go out?

Me- I’m an horticulturist and would like to visit the Royal Botanical Garden, Kew?

Cop: oh Nice and shakes his head at the imo and cop says have a nice day

Imo- stamps my passport and says I have visa for 2 days and make sure that I’m back for my flight.

Me- thank you so much and was showing all my 28 teeth at him.

I went out visited Kew Gardens, Buckingham Palace, the London Eye, Thames Bridge and few other places. It was one of the best days and even though I was tired I had to use the opportunity to its fullest.

I strongly recommend that people not approach immigration officer if your layover is less than 10 hours.

A fruit of feminism

As a teenager, I worked as a busboy at a Mexican restaurant for $4 an hour. It wasn’t much, but it covered my gas money and car maintenance (my parents wouldn’t pay for those things, nor should they). The general manager loved my impeccable work ethic and my honesty!

But one day, a new assistant general manager appeared, an intimidating red-headed woman who seemed perpetually angry. One Saturday, I worked from 10:00 a.m. until 6:00 p.m. as scheduled. I was about to leave when the new assistant manager told me to stay until midnight (to cover for another busboy who didn’t show up). I had other plans. This was incredibly late notice! Most people would have just walked out. But instead of complaining, I dutifully worked the entire 14-hour shift.

I got really hungry, and very tired, because she wouldn’t allow me to take a 15-minute break. I was too young to know that breaks were mandated by law. I wasn’t allowed to even take one minute off during that 14-hour span. As a taller than average teenage boy with a huge appetite, I became extremely hungry by 10:00 p.m. after no food for 12 hours. I was cleaning up the happy hour all-you-can-eat buffet when I spotted two burnt potato skins leftover. Nobody had eaten them because they were essentially inedible. They were about to be thrown in the trash. So I ate them.

The red-headed assistant manager called me into her office and yelled, “You stole company food!” I replied calmly, “But it was being thrown away, and you didn’t give me a lunch break nor a dinner break.” She didn’t know I was one of their best workers. She simply said, “You’re officially terminated.” She never even gave me a chance. And I’ve never forgotten that moment. It reaffirmed why I was going to college the following year on a full ride for mathematics and another full ride for violin. That college degree would allow me to have a career in an intellectual field where I’d be respected, rather than doing physical labor for the rest of my life with a boss who treats employees like servants.

My final reply to her was this. “The general manager will not be happy.” And indeed, he was furious the next day when he heard I had been fired. So he promptly fired the assistant who had fired me. A few years later, I earned my master’s degree in mathematics and never had to bus tables again!

This is great.

Comic Trial Three

I had a cardiologist tell me. repeatedly, that I had panic attacks. He said I didn’t have angina. He sent me for a stress test, which I could not do from “imaginary” chest pain. I insisted on a angiogram. He mocked me and scoffed. I was desperate at this point and kept insisting. He angrily ordered one and told me it was a waste of time and what I really needed was a psychiatrist.

I showed up for my 7 AM Friday appointment at Broward General. I don’t know what he had written or told them, but I sat there for the entire day. Finally, about 5 PM, I went in. (I actually have no memory of anything after flicking a cigarette away at 7, when I arrived.) I woke up Monday in terrible pain. I had no idea what had happened. My wife told me that after just a few minutes, the doctor had come out and said they could not complete the angiogram because of severely clogged arteries, (including the one that causes the “widowmaker”. They put me in cardiac ICU and kept me heavily sedated until Monday, when they could operate. I had a triple bypass. The cardiologist told me I was very lucky to be alive.

Oh, and that cigarette I flicked away was my last one. I can take a hint. (That was Jan 2011.)

Ugh!!!!!!

Men need “nothing time”.

Year: 1905

Location: San Francisco

It was winter. Frank Epperson was thirsty.

He decided to make himself a drink. He took a flavored sugar mix, put it in a cup, stirred it with a brown stirring stick.

After playing outside, he forgot he’d left his drink on the front lawn.

He then went inside and went to bed. When he came back out the following morning, he saw his cup sitting there with frozen liquid.

Picking it up, he pulled the stick out, the frozen sugar water was attached to it. In true kid fashion, without worrying if it was dirty, Frank ate the frozen liquid—and loved it.

He realized he was on to something.

And so he started putting more cups out, with the wooden sticks in them and began selling what he called the Epsicle. His entrepreneurial take on the lemonade stand.

Sales started in his neighborhood and then expanded outward.

Eventually, he renamed the product to Popsicle.

And thus, a new popular trend was born.

An accidental invention.

Unconscious

About two decades ago, a woman I know lost her father.

A day or two later, she found out her husband was sentenced to prison.

A couple of days later, her daughter-in-law decided to get a divorce.

Those few days COMPLETELY turned this woman’s life around.

The next day, a Monday, she went to work as normal, didn’t tell her colleagues a thing, put on a brave face.

When she came home, her husband wasn’t around as he was in prison.

She went about her usual business as if nothing had happened – cooking food and stuff.

She had a chat with her kids, including the eldest going through his divorce, told them all would be fine, lifted their spirits.

The following day, she went back to work.

She opened up about her experience to me and someone else a few weeks ago – I mean, everyone in my social circle knew about the events – but she had never discussed how she experienced it – how she coped, her motivation, which was to protect her kids.

I only then really realised why her kids, all of whom I have known since I was a child, have done so incredibly well – they had grown up with this woman as their leader.

No complaints, no self-pity, selfless. Being the example she wanted her kids to be.

This is the best example I have seen of leadership.

And, frankly, the type only a woman is capable of.

Patara’s Response to State of Union Address

That was not a state of the union address. It was a declaration of war on the American people.

The French aristocracy pre-Revolution weren’t the careless, luxurious bastards lording over everyone cruelly as they are made out to be. This is demonstrated most perfectly by the fact that many of the most prominent revolutionaries were, themselves, noblemen.

In the same vein, Louis XVI wasn’t overthrown because he was a tyrant, he was overthrown because he was NOT a tyrant. If anything him being friendly, indecisive and soft-willed moreso than his war-minded predecessors Louis XV and Louis XIV, made him into a target. The Kings before him stayed reasonably popular. By going to war a lot and spending obscene amounts of money that would ultimately lead to the Kingdom’s downfall, these rulers were generally rather respected by much of the population. Much like with the last Tsar of Russia, the King who ended up losing his head to the guillotine was a pretty chill, open-minded fellow open to reforms.

There’s this stereotype of these lavishly spoiled big spenders in powdered wigs, Marie-Antoinette telling the hungry should just “go eat cake”, completely removed from reality… and truthfully, this is bullshit. A ton of noblemen were social reformers, generous to the poor, conscientious and cared deeply for the common man. The revolutionaries who took over, quite a few of them were blue-blooded themselves. And were far worse than the elites they ended up killing.

Captain Kirk Meets Gary Seven

Oh, definitely. I think my old manager, David Filo fits that to a tee. He often sat around barefoot while coding; and when he was wearing shoes, they were ten-year-old sneakers, starting to show holes in them.

He drove an old Datsun for the longest time, full of random crap. Old software manuals, books, pizza boxes. When a bomb scare was called in at work, one day, the bomb squad searched the campus; they eventually called a mostly-all-clear; they’d only found one suspicious object, and cordoned it off. It was my boss’s car, dilapidated and so full of junk as to be suspiciously possible as to be harboring a bomb. (It wasn’t; as the founder of the company, he would never have done anything to harm it like that). (I think Rolling Stone gave a very apt description of his car, many years ago: “a battered Datsun filled from top to bottom with junk, including enough lumber to build several sets of bookshelves. (“If we were living in the 16th century, David would be a monk,” says Yang of his partner’s asceticism.) He bought the car while in high school in Lake Charles, LA. As a student at Tulane University, he totaled it, bought it back from the insurance company for $300 and then had it rebuilt at a local prison, where the inmates were studying auto repair.” — from Yahoo!)

I’ve written elsewhere about his reaction to hearing about a really good lease deal a fellow co-worker had gotten on an electric vehicle: Matthew Petach’s answer to How do billionaires see $100K or $1M? Do they still consider it a lot of money? That story is the epitome of how he approached the world; as laid back and low key as you could imagine.

And yet, he was worth about $5 billion at the time. Depending on the market shifts, he might gain or lose half a billion dollars from one day to the next. It made no difference to him; he was the same focused engineer, working hard to make sure everything was running smoothly.

He did eventually get a new car, but only after the board of directors insisted, because the insurance company would no longer provide insurance for them until he drove something considered less risky.

As a multi-billionaire, he definitely qualifies as filthy rich; and yet I’ve never seen him act that way, not even once. A truly class act, all around.

1 am at Tokyo’s Super Mysterious Adult zone

It Started: America on BILL STRIKE | 75M Stop Paying

There are three possible interpretations of the “end” of the Roman Empire in the West, and all are equally correct, depending on one’s point of view.

The most common one you read is that it ended on 4 September AD 476, when the German magister militum Odoacer overthrew Romulus Augustus, who was the Emperor ruling in Ravenna (the Western capital of the time, not Rome), and took control himself. He sent a letter back to Emperor Zeno in Constantinople, stating that the Empire needed only one Emperor, and sent back the western imperial regalia. Zeno accepted this (although he continued to recognize another man as Emperor; read on) and granted him patrician rank. Odoacer declared himself “King of Italy” and ruled for the next 17 years.

Another interpretation is based on the historical fact that Romulus Augustus was both a usurper and a puppet emperor set up by his father, the barbarian general Orestes, in 475, and was never recognized by Zeno as the legitimate Emperor. The actual Emperor, Julius Nepos, fled from Ravenna and set up court in Dalmatia, where he reigned, still recognized by Zeno, until 9 May 480, when he was assassinated by political enemies. Before this, Odoacer actually struck coins in Roman mints recognizing him as Emperor, accepting him as titular Emperor in the West as long as Nepos didn’t attempt to actually retake Italy. Odoacer occupied Dalmatia himself about a year later.

A third possibility lies in the fact that even after 9 May 480, there was a part of the old Western Empire that still gave allegiance directly to the Emperor. This was a substantial part of northern Gaul (France) under the control of a Roman general named Syagrius. Historians call it the “Kingdom of Soissons,” after the city that Syagrius governed from. He controlled this land from 464 to 486:

Syagrius’ problem was that he had an ally in a Frankish king, Childeric, who supported him in conflicts and had no desire to annex the area. But he died in 481 and was succeeded by his ambitious son Chlodovech, who is known to history as Clovis. Sometime in 486, we are not sure of the date, Chlodovech attacked Syagrius and defeated him in a battle near Soissons. He annexed the region to the growing Frankish Kingdom. And with that ended the final vestige of the Roman Empire in the West.

Stressful Travel To Mainland China

I walked into a convenience store in Venice, CA and ran into a cute girl with an English accent. She says to me, “Excuse me, but were you in Vegas last weekend?”

I thought for a second and realized I had gone to a friend’s bachelor party the previous weekend. “Yes,” I said, “do I know you?”

She says, “I have a photo of us.”

She then pulls her digital camera out of her bag and proceeds to show me several pictures of her and me dancing quite inappropriately at the club in Hard Rock Hotel.

I ask her if she lives in Vegas or Los Angeles. She lives in England and is just visiting the states on holiday. Somehow, I managed to dance with this girl all night in Vegas and then run into her 300 miles away in Venice five days later.

10 Harshest Truths About Women That Men Learn Too Late

Just reading through the other answers, there is a LOT of anti-China sentiment and justified by the “Chinese have so many spies here blah blah blah Influence the Government blah blah blah etc etc” Well it’s the same here in New Zealand and so far there hasn’t been one shred of evidence to back up these claims of spying and espionage and influence. This includes the Huawei 5G backdoor thing. No evidence at all.

As an example here. A well known University Professor who wrote a book about the above subject has claimed to have had her house broken into a number of times (by Chinese spies), her car tampered with (by Chinese spies) to try to kill her. The media is outraged and other University Professors are signing protests to China letters to our Government, but it’s all fake and made up. She is either delusional or trying to sell more books. The police have investigated and come up with no evidence at all. But does that matter? Not one bit. Are the Police going to out her? Of course not, that’s not PC to shame a mad woman. The public is still rabidly anti China because the fake story that paints a villain is way more appealing than actual facts. And yes that’s my fault too, because what makes news is clicks and I click on Trump stories and help to make his bullshit get to the top of the front page.

So in answer to your question, in some ways we are trying to please USA – per the 5 eyes thing and US paranoid spy agencies sending the info/alarmism/ anti China rhetoric our way. In some ways we are just jumping on the same nationalist bandwagon that most developed western democracies seem to be jumping on. In other ways we see our house prices going up and like to blame the Chinese rather than our own shortsightedness in failing to build enough homes the last couple of decades. Finally, same as Australia, our mad political system gives a big voice to a small and xenophobic party.

Cats can take it all away

I think system to system comparisons are meaningless when comparing the PRC’s military to the US. F-22 vs J-20 type comparisons make no sense when those fighters have very specific roles to play in the very different air combat philosophies of the USAF and PLAAF. If I was to hazard a guess I would say the F-22 would be fulfilling it’s designed role as an air superiority fighter while the J-20 would be deployed to use it’s stealth to destroy US surveillance, EW and AWACs platforms in contested airspace, a much more niche role.

Both of these platforms would be considered great if they meet the mission they were designed for rather than who wins some hypothetical air to air engagement.

So this answer is going to avoid most of these platform comparisons and try to take a higher level look at how the military postures of both countries compare within the context of technology, doctrines, military industries and objectives.


Joint Operations

The US excels in these. Recall that back in WW2, the French had better tanks and aircraft than the Germans but still lost their short war with Germany because their officer corp just didn’t know how to put them all together to conduct effective military operations.

The US has a effective Joint Chiefs of Staff committee to ensure the armed elements of the US military play nice with each other and can execute integrated battle plans effectively.

The Chinese are new to this. They realized how far ahead the US was in this field when they witnesses the US military’s capabilities in 1991 in the first Gulf war as well as the frustration of the 1996 US carrier pass.

At the moment, one thing the Chinese military is planning for is that rather than try to catch up to the US in terms of integrated systems and operations which would take a loooong time to do (they also don’t have the rich combat history and experience of the US military), what they can do is engage in something called ‘System Destruction’.

That is, the Chinese military should focus on degrading and pulling apart the overall US military system.

So if the US military has a Recon Strike Complex, the Chinese focus on taking away their recon ability. This has been demonstrated by their endeavors to develop ASAT capabilities and soft kill capabilities with lasers and EW. Alongside developing small satellites that can be launched into space and maneuvered close to American satellites to destroy them.

Similarly, the US is built heavily around the idea of Airpower dominance over it’s foes and the Chinese Strategic Support Force (the ex-Rocket Force) is specifically designed to nullify this advantage by training and equipping to use ballistic missiles to take out air bases from which the bulk of USAF activity will be based.

However, the conclusion here is that the US is still pretty ahead in terms of Joint Operations and while the PRC military is building up the capability to disrupt them, in order to take advantage of these disruptions, they need to up the scale and pace of their own Joint Operations capability.


The Ballistic Missile threat

The PRC ballistic missile force’s primary goal is to make US bases unusable. The short range missiles are aimed at the US bases in Okinawa while the more medium range missiles are designed to disrupt operations from bases in Japan.

And the DF-26 is designed to make even operations from bases like Guam risky if not maybe as disrupted as the other bases.

The PRC ballistic missile threat is in part inspired by the US military’s failure to effectively hunt and destroy SCUDs in Iraq during the first Gulf War. Which leads the PRC to believe that if they have mobile, solid fueled missile systems, they would not be as prone to destruction from US military forces and pose a considerable threat for the duration of any war with the US. These kinds of missiles are hard to hunt, can quickly break from cover, set up and fire before the enemy can fire back at them.

With a mobile missile system like the SCUD, you have a 15 minute window to detect and destroy it once it breaks from cover. This is currently not within the capability of the US military.


The Drone Threat

The Chinese don’t have as much loitering munition drones as the US so they definitely do lag here. They have gotten the Israeli Harpy drone, which costs less than half a million bucks but has a longer range than the F-35. These drones can be sent out by the Chinese to search for threats, locate and scan airfields in prep work for artillery and missile bombardment. IF they can make it into a defended air space.

This is completely out of date. -MM

Space

The ability of space based platforms to provide you imaging (visual or infrared) across the planet + put SAR radars on small satellites means that your ability to locate and track objects from space for a military purpose is growing rapidly. This is the kind of ability the Chinese are building up in space.

Now you still cant track aircraft but for fixed targets or large naval targets like a carrier, in conjunction with autonomous terrestrial systems you have a much better capability to locate and target naval assets. So you could use space based assets to locate naval surface targets and use them to maneuver autonomous systems like the Israeli Harop drone munition into the area where a carrier might be. And then the Harop’s own sensors take over and actively hunt in the area. (Again, assuming it can make it through contested space).

In the near future, we might have 10–15,000 satellites doing this in space and you could of course blow the whole orbit up and deny this capability to both the US and China but short of that, what the two countries are positioning themselves for is not just having these assets in space but being able to replace them once an adversary has destroyed them.

The problem with the US side is that they have a good ability to replace military satellites but in space, both civil and military capabilities operate in conjunction. So if the Chinese switch from targeting military to civil satellites, the US doesn’t have rapid replacement in place for them. And these are satellites that operate critical infrastructure like bank transactions etc.

At the moment the Chinese have quantity while the US has quality when it comes to space based assets but the US has the added advantage of commercial space launch capability as well with technologies ranging from 3D printed rockets etc. that China doesn’t have to the same scale.


Naval comparisons

The PLAN is now the largest navy in the world and while on general, the USN has better quality ships, the new PLAN destroyers like the Type 55 are fairly at par with the USN equivalent ships. Same with the stealth fighters, the question is how quickly they can approach the USN in terms of significant scale of deployment in the active military.

Underwater warfare, the USN has a clear lead and the PLAN is not close at all to bridging that gap. The PLAN is responding by seeding a huge network of sensors in the South China sea to weed out USN submarines so the USN would probably have to respond with unmanned autonomous subs in the area, turning the underwater war largely into an unmanned one.

Carrier warfare, the US has a lead as well but this lead is somewhat meaningless if we talk about a war near China. If anyone thinks the USN is going to send their carriers into the range of Chinese MRBMs and H-6 Bombers carrying extended range cruise missiles, I would highly suggest alternative thinking here. The PRC has specifically developed this extended range weapons to force the USN carriers back and nullify their advantages at close range to the Chinese seaboard.

This is based around the Chinese doctrine of ‘Counter Intervention’ which is specifically designed to force US assets like Carriers away from the Chinese shoreline.

So this creates an interesting situation where the Chinese have forced the carriers out of the first Island Chain so it’s mostly USN subs and surface vessels that would operate in the contest areas closer to the Chinese seaboard. Where the Chinese are catching up in surface vessels. For underwater, if the USN is willing to risk full subs in sensor rich environments, that’s up to them but I think they might pull even the USN subs out of the south China sea at least and be forced to replace them with autonomous underwater subs to fight against Chinese autonomous underwater subs.


Production

At the October Plenum of 2020, the PRC moved up the date for military modernization by saying they wanted a modern Chinese military by 2027.

This has accelerated their military production targets and they are currently ahead of the US in:

  1. Ballistic missiles and cruise missiles in both numbers and quality (the ballistic missiles lead might not mean much since the US doesn’t really utilize them in a battlefield context).
  2. They have a much more massive ship building program ongoing compared to the USN.
  3. They are ahead in Air defense systems while making good use of old ones.

The Chinese are also pushing ahead with a concept called ‘Civil-Military Fusion’ which is designed to integrate their civilian technology base with their military tech base (Sorta similar to how the US has it set up as well). Which is important because it means it won’t just be government led efforts that lead to tech advances only, but that Chinese private firms will sometimes even take the lead in military advances in AI, computing, autonomous systems, biotech, information tech, advanced material manufacturing, 5G and in the future 6G.

There is an issue however that the Chinese government, in an attempt to assert control and monitoring over the civil tech space, is pushing a bureaucratic layer on top of it which is expected to slow down the pace of Chinese technology than before. To compensate for this, the CPC will also push additional funding to the civilian tech space engaged in military tech development. So there’s a careful balancing act that needs to be done there. Also, the US is also vulnerable to this: Anyone familiar with the Pentagon’s bureaucratic policies would be familiar with how it introduces massive delays and cost overspends.

The Chinese have struggled with Aircraft engines and currently a lot of their aircraft projects have the Russians or Ukrainians as subcontractors to provide the engines. Russian engines by the way, are unusable after 500 hours. For military aircraft that might be ok but for civilian ones it’s a no-go so if the Chinese have any military platforms like EW and AWACs on civilian aircraft with Russian engines, it raises the question of availability.

Funnily enough, while the US has no issue with aircraft engines and can produce very high quality engines, they just cant make a lot of them at the same time. The F-35 production line right now is 15 aircraft a month at peak production. This is considered low by some standards but to be honest, considering that it’s a very advanced fighter it doesn’t seem to matter much. The problem however, is that this is under the assumption that every single F-35 produced will be deployed against China which is not true because the US has to manage multiple theaters (Russia-Europe, Home Air Bases etc.).

Also, the F-35 is a multi national project, so those 15 F-35s being made every month have to shared between 12 Airforces, 1 Marine Corp and 2 Navies across the planet. Further reducing the number of stealth fighters the US can deploy against China.


Stealth Fighters

The Stealth fighter question is actually pretty interesting and I kinda wanna build on that from what we discussed in the production line section discussed above.

First, given the limited peak production rate and distribution of F-35s among multiple partners, we might only see limited numbers deployed in the Chinese theater. But every stealth fighter the Chinese develop will be available to fight in the first Island chain theater.

The Chinese have some advanced fighters like the J-20 and J-31 which seem pretty advanced but their level of production is not close to what the US has for it’s stealth fighters at the moment. So they do lag in that respect. The US is also superior in the electronics and engines that go into their stealth aircraft although this is a gap that might close in the near future.

However, the US lead in stealth has some major problems that should be addressed. The problem is the basing of these stealth fighters. The US has 6 major bases in Japan and 1 in Guam. The USAF does not use the 80–90 airbases that the Japanese air force uses, and this might be because of how the US wants to control access to it’s stealth fighters but also because it has to equip its bases with perform the complex maintenance that it’s stealth fighters require.

So in theory, there’s only 7 total major bases you can place your stealth fighters at where you can control access to them and also do the whole fancy maintenance they require like re-applying coating etc.

That is…not good, because it means the Chinese don’t have to worry about shooting down these stealth fighters. They just need to concentrate their ballistic missile bombardment on those 7 bases with stealth fighters to knock those bases out or at least interdict operations out of them.

The USAF has realized this problem and are trying to see if they can spread the fighters out a bit more to the 90 bases the Japanese operate but it’s still a work in progress.

There is one other thing: There’s something called the “German Disease” where you get trapped in the idea that as long as you make a VERY high quality platform, it’s gonna be worth 10 of the enemy’s platforms and that’s better than matching the enemy head to head. This is very seductive thinking for a wealthier, more technically advanced power. But it means you are fighting a war with platforms you aren’t willing to lose which is not a good proposition.

The F-22 is a bit of a German Disease for the USAF because there’s only like 170 of them left and they aren’t making any more of them. Each F-22 lost is a permanent loss for the USAF and if a war against China drags on and attrition becomes a factor, a lot of these very high quality assets that the USAF isn’t willing to lose will need to be pulled from the theater after a while once their losses reach 33% per squadron. Now, no one has ever fought the US in a conventional war since Vietnam and managed to drag it out.

But if that does happen, and the US is losing say 2 F-22s a day on average from ballistic missile strikes on bases, losses due to accidents, very rare occasions when an F-22 is show down by the Chinese, this kind of loss rate might start to hurt a month into the conflict. And the USAF would have to withdraw the F-22s at some point so they still have some left in reserve and put the 4.5+ Gens into the missions the F-22s were doing. Very rare a war would last that long with China and for that high a loss rate, but you never know. The F-22s would primarily suffer more from being forced away from their 7 bases in the first island chain and being forced to operate at their max ranges from second island chain bases, but the loss rate from conflict as well in a long war cant be ignored.


Land

Apart from the strategic support force and the mobile missile systems, Land is pretty irrelevant. Invading China by land is delusional and nearly all serious US military experts have ruled it out. So the PLA and its size and it’s equipment and their comparison with the US Army are really irrelevant to this conversation.


Military Re-Organization

Similar to how the US is re-organizing their Space Force as a separate force apart from the USAF, the Chinese have broken the power of the PLA on military planning and production and reformed it into 5 Joint Commands or Theater commands.

They have to figure out how these theater commands work, something the US already has figured out.

But more importantly, the PLAF, the PLAN and the Strategic Support Force (formerly known as the Strategic Rocket Force) have become more prominent in operation planning.

I should mention that the Strategic Rocket Force of China has no equivalent in the US so they have that going for them. I mentioned before how the force is designed to nullify the USAF advantage in air dominance but that would be selling it short since they also have mission capabilities in EW, Cyber, Space and Information Warfare.

All of these missions falling under one, separate armed force definitely increases the organizational and operational efficiency (same as how the US made a separate Space Force to fully allow it to develop as a proper capability). I think they have a 4 star general leading this force and if you have all of this capability in one organization as a separate force away from PLAN, PLAF and the PLA, its definitely a more modern force structure similar to the US.

And of course, the reorganization of the PLA into 5 Theater commands is a good step as noted before but the PRC military arms need to up their joint operations capability to take advantage of this military organization.

Also a good point to mention here is that the US Space force is very newly created and even they have to work out the kinks in how to have this force integrate with the rest of the US military capability, particularly Cyber. So it’s not just China that has to figure out it’s military re-organization.


Operational Capability

The PRC has enough capability right now to contest much of the first Island chain, deal damage in the second island chain and even maybe reach the US homeland (Hawaii) via submarine mines, long range cruise missiles or ‘missiles in a box’ (The Russian concept of using commercial container ships loaded with missiles). But the idea of reaching Hawaii is not taken very seriously because the survivability of these assets against a alert USN and USAF is next to zero.

So the First Island Chain is where the bulk of the Chinese military potency will be concentrated.

Since the US has allied bases in the region and near global capability to project power, it’s assumed that they can reach any part of China they want as long as their military assets can survive their journey to their targets. But for the most part, the US military will also be focused on establishing control over the first island chain.


The Carrier Question and Scenario Planning

The USN Carriers figure prominently into the US military equation and China is no different. The problem is that the capabilities developed by the Chinese have boxed the carriers out of the first Island chain and the question is as they get pushed further and further away, how effective would they be in a war against China? There’s already a hit implied to the range of the F-35 if it has to fly from the second island chain to the engage in combat in the first island chain (or the Chinese mainland).

Currently, the carrier programs are baked deep into the USN and American military economy. Even if the US stopped building carriers today after the Miller and Ford class programs were completed, they would still have 7 carriers by 2045 and 4 by 2070.

But Large surface combatants will be prime targets in any war with China. And herein lies a big problem facing the US military vs the Chinese:

First: The US military is carrying over programs started before the Chinese even began to be considered a threat (some of these from the 80s and 90s). These programs are starting to deliver assets that would have limited if any use against the Chinese military of today. What good is the B-21 Raider going to do against China? The carrier programs already begun will not have to continue to their logical conclusion since so much money has been spent designing and producing the first entries that it’s a tremendous loss if you cancel them now. The F-35s were initially thought up of in the 80s and 90s as short ranged fighters to dominate the European battlefield in a conflict against the USSR/Russia. Are we sure they will have the operational capability to deliver effective missions in the China theater?

The Chinese however, have a blank slate. They saw the capabilities of the US military in the 90s and had a fresh start in thinking about how to design their military to beat the US military specifically without their production lines and budgets tied up for programs that weren’t specific to the US.

Second: The US must fight and win wars all across the planet. Whether it’s the Russians invading the Baltics, ISIS in the middle east, Iran with a nuclear program, African Islamist groups or what not. The Chinese only have to win in the South China Sea/The First Island Chain. This is something I see Patrick Dugan has also pointed out in the answers on this thread.

The US is spending 700–800 billion dollars a year for all the scenarios they have in their operational planning. The Chinese are spending maybe 200 billion USD for the one fight in the first island chain. In terms of budgetary comparisons, the disparity might not be as big as one might initially think.

This is causing problems to the US because currently, military tech is going through something called the “revolution of many” where a lot of countries are wondering why you cant have smaller, cheaper platforms armed with munitions thrown at your enemies in a way that would overwhelm large platforms like carriers and so on.

To the US’s defense, there are limits to what you can do with such swarms in the deep waters of the Pacific and carriers can be used in a way that complements your own swarm or even serve as the platform for it. But in the first island chain, near the Chinese seaboard, these smaller, cheaper, mobile armed small platforms will be at their most effective. And the USN has no equivalent to this.

The USN as mentioned before is baked into the carrier strategy and armament program which is not in line with the kind of conflict expectation there is in the first island chain.

And this is brings us to the idea that having better systems than your enemy is great, you have F-18s, F-22s, Carriers, JDAMs and M1Abrams and all that cool jazz. But within the specific operational theater of the first island chain in a war with China, how well will your platforms perform? The US military hardware and their doctrines have carry over legacies from the US military introspection of the 1970s after witnessing the shocking levels of fast paced, mechanized, high casualty rate action of the Yom Kippur war. A lot of the current US military systems of today like the M1 Abrams, the F-16s, F-15s, F-22s were developed as a part of how the US understood a war with USSR would be conducted after the Yom Kippur war lessons were understood (the war would be fast, rapid and there might not be enough time for the US military to bring it’s superior production to bear across from the Atlantic).

To the US’s defense again, when this hardware was deployed in the first Gulf War, it performed well and gave the US military a good confidence boost that their current platforms and strategies would apply well across the globe. But the South China sea might be a different ball game. US Air power might be greatly interdicted not by air defenses but by ballistic missile strikes on their airbases. Carriers might not have free reign of the waters in the theater. The US has superiority in underwater platforms but what good are they if PLAN just pulls back close to the shore and doesn’t send out surface combatants against the USN that would allow for their targeting by USN subs.


3rd Offset

The above discussion about carriers was meant to segue way into the US military’s emerging strategy of 3rd Offset.

In a nutshell, the strategy pushes for the idea that instead of going directly at your enemy in a fight, you use an offset. What this strategy means from a military equipment POV is that instead of sending an F-22 or a fully manned sub to engage the Chinese military, the F-22 sends it’s ‘Loyal Wingman’ AI driven UCAV at the PLAAF and the USN sends an unmanned underwater platform to engage the PLAN.

Basically, the US military is also trying to fight China in an asymmetric fashion the same way the Chinese are trying to fight the US military with their own asymmetric techniques. So missiles vs ships rather than ship to ship combat. Drones vs planes rather than air to air manned combat.

Speaking to the USN specifically, what the US navy planners want to do is that for 25% of the price of a US navy carrier and it’s air wing, you could instead have nearly 2000 missiles spread across 40 containerized missile ships. The good thing about these ships also is, is that they are replaceable unlike a carrier. You can make and deploy more with more missiles as the war drags on and losses mount.

So instead of having a carrier being boxed out of the South China sea due to the Chinese missile threat, whose air wing has limited utility due to it carrying mostly short ranged (albeit capable) fighters: Instead have 40 ships with 2000 missiles that have the range for you to safely engage targets in the South China Sea without worrying too much about the Chinese strategic support force and it’s ballistic missiles.

Now, it might seem like I’m laying the blame for all of this carrier fixation on the US military planners. I’m not. I’m laying the blame on Congress.

Opinion | Congress’ demands for supercarriers are sinking the Navy

You see, the USN has no issue with scaling back on their carriers from maybe 12 super carriers to a smaller number like 6 if it means that would give them the fiscal and budgetary space to develop smaller platforms that can operate in swarms in the first island chain and bear acceptable losses.

The problem is that congressmen block this because the USN carriers are intimately tied to the wellbeing of certain congressional districts. A single USN carrier means 10,000 jobs in a USN port because of all the economic activity around the crew members, their families, the facilities they require like sports facilities etc.

The US navy’s manufacturing facilities for carriers are all inland (North Carolina, South Carolina, Pittsburgh, Colorado). That’s where all the major manufacturing plants are that make these super carriers. No congressman or woman is gonna sign off on closing off not just these inland jobs but the port jobs as well.


Which cycles us back to the following problems for the US military:

  1. They can’t seem to get too much of their funding away from legacy systems that may not perform well in the China theater because those legacy systems are tied to certain congressional district economies.
  2. This means the US military can’t fully capitalize on the “Revolution of Many” and the increasing shift towards autonomous combat platforms that operate in swarms and have a high tolerance for losses, they way they have laid out in their 3rd Offset strategy. I mean they will eventually with enough funding, it’s just that the Chinese are moving faster and the US military might not have an edge over the Chinese in the China specific theater in the near future.

The thing is, the US has built up their military for Global operations and expect it to perform in every single theater on the planet whether it’s Africa or Europe or the Gulf or the South China Sea.

The US military would benefit a lot of someone said “Hey lets take our worse case scenarios, conflicts with near peer adversaries like Russia and China. We plan two operational scenarios for each. And we build our military around that. And maybe leave out these other missions or hope our military can perform there with whatever assets it has built from the 2 core scenarios”.

This isn’t the best idea, I know, because the 40 container missile ships built to fight in the south china sea while bearing fire from Chinese ballistic missiles might not have much use in Africa or the Gulf where you might need a carrier or helicopter ship or amphibious warfare ships.

And so the US military has a limited budget it must use to fulfill the gap everywhere. But the Chinese only have to build and train for the one scenario they plan to face.

The US has begun the third offset but because they must split their budget between what goes into third offset and what goes into legacy systems, the Chinese capability to respond to the third offset in a meaningful manner is pretty significant.


3rd Offset and the threat to it from Chinese EW

It’s interesting to see how the Chinese EW capability can interfere with 3rd Offset.

The Chinese strategic support force has actual EW troop formations which the US has no equivalent to. So they have deployed EW capability that can seriously interfere with the operations of all the unmanned vehicles the US plans to have as the tip of their spear into the first island chain. The US has no EW troops and if you don’t have that, no matter how good your tech is, you don’t have any effective formations capable of delivering the product to the battlefield. The US really needs to have dedicated EW troop formations IMO to meet the threat from Chinese EW to their 3rd Offset Autonomous platforms.

But, I’m gonna go against this point as well: The Russian EW capability in the recent Azerbaijan-Armenia war showed how they could deploy EW to interfere with remote controlled drones. Autonomous drones are more resistant to EW interference because they are GPS independent. So these drones with their own sensors and AI don’t really need to have a dedicated signal link the way a remote controlled drone works and can operate in a heavy EW environment.

I’m just curious on how willing the US would be to unleash AI controlled drones with no over rides from a human operator in the South China sea during a war with China.


To conclude, I think the US military has major advantages still. They have better quality sensors and electronics, better materials and fabrication. Their ability to fuse data from different sources into meaningful insights for AI and operations is better.

But I think once we move past the point of simply comparing the F-22 with the J-20, and look at it from a high at how both militaries are posturing themselves for a future conflict, it seems like the gap is not as big as I thought it would be. The US has an edge but an eroding one.

And it’s mostly a problem of the US’s own making where they have boxed in the US military into legacy platforms that were thought up of in the 80s and 90s and are baked into the US military-political complex of congressional spending. While the Chinese have started from a blank slate and have specifically designed solutions around a conflict in the 1st Island Chain compared to the US which has spread itself out.

I think as it stands, the US might still prevail in the next couple of years should a conflict break out. They might prevail even a few years after that if they are willing to shoulder the losses. But the Chinese are moving in a rapid, focused manner and war is a very unpredictable exercise. And the US’s hamstringing of their own military’s evolution might cost them in the future.


Academic Sources: Col. Thomas Hammes, Michael Kofman.

GLEEFULLAND Dystopian film

I was in sales and almost got fired for having too high a gross profit! I was at a stereo chain that opened a new store and because I was the most knowledgeable in the stereo area I was sent over for two or three weeks to set up the audio department. After the store opening (I made the first sale when we opened, a pair of car speakers) and working in the new store for a few months, I was called in by the manager and learned my gross profit was too high. I said, “What?” how is that a problem? This store had loss leaders that had very small profit that were advertised and they thought I was refusing customers or trying too hard to “step” them up to a higher priced product and pissing them off.

I made three points that saved my job: I reminded them that I was very good with stereo equipment, knew what EVERY single button did on EVERY product and I proved it by letting them test me, I was very good at letting customers know why they should buy better equipment and that is why I had few of the “basic” equipment in my sales. I also reminded them that I was the guy who set the audio department up, showing I had the skills to sell better equipment. Number two: I asked them how I could be number 1 or 2 every month in sales if I was “blowing people off”? How could I have done that every month? (They went away, checked, came back and started to come around.)

The manager was starting to have faith in me but still had to deal with my numbers and corporate and how could he get them to back off. Number 3: I remembered a few customers who would come in and buy cheap blank tapes that were low profit and no one wanted to help them. I had everyone send them to me in the future. Within a few months my numbers lowered just enough to get the big guys off our backs.

Isn’t that one of the stupidest things you ever heard? Almost getting fired for being too good a salesman!

Elections have consequences

Years ago, as a police officer in small town Wisconsin, I was checking business doorknobs at night. Walked up to the one and only funeral home, turned the knob….open! Damn! Summoned my partner (checking across the street) and in we go…..

No idea where the light switches were and our plan was to step in, turn around and leave…….indeed, we had requisitely “checked” the place. Right? Nope. We turned to leave just as we heard a crashing sound behind us. Playing our flashlight about, we found the business cash box laying on the floor in the office. Just then, we heard sound coming from downstairs…..where the casket showroom and embalming room (behind closed doors) were to be found.

Huddled together, my partner and I descended the stairs only to have our flashlights show a casket lid close across the room! We hatched a plan whereby I would stand behind the casket, reach over it, pull it open and my partner —- standing in front of it —- would then arrest the purported cashbox thief. Nervous as we both could be in the darkened room, I pulled open the lid and the perp leaped out of the casket like a jack-in-the-box! Partner dropped his flashlight and revolver and the casket occupant blew by me, up the stairs, out the door —— never to caught!

Needless to write, much more circumspect checking there, again!

So Funny (All gone?)

Remember Justin Trudeau? He was thrown under the bus by Trump once Trump got what he wanted. Now, How Jimmy Lai’s value as an asset is compared to Trudeau? Let’s check it out.

Trudeau is a Head of State, Lai is not. Trudeau is white, Lai is yellow. In the US’s playbook, Lai isn’t even at the level that makes him fit to shine Trudeau’s shoes.

Trudeau maybe not a patriot but certainly, he is no traitor. Lai is a traitor who did not hesitate to collude with a foreign power to go against his own country and people. Traitors are garbage nobody wants anything to do with once their mission objective value is no longer there.

So basically, Jimmy Lai is only a leftover from the shit that failed to hit the fan in Hong Kong. A shit stain to be precise. Nobody would pick up a shit stain, but flush it down the toilet hole.

If Jimmy Lai’s last resort is for the US to come to his rescue, oh he is fucked.

Vitamin D

Me.

I was working for a Fortune 500 company as a sales rep, making my quota every year, except my first, for 10 years. A new management team comes in. The new National Sales Manager, Mr. Smith, was unhappy with my image. I was 40, obese and had prematurely grey hair. He liked ‘young, lean and hungry’. Well, I’m good at hungry.

In February the company has its sales meeting. They fly us all into the little airport nearest corporate headquarters, in New England. Itinerary promises luxury hotel, 2 days of training with an awards dinner for all the quota busters (about 90 of 170 of us).

Mr. Smith meets me at the airport, asks for my customer list and price book. Then he hands me a return ticket, through a circuitous route home (it might have been cheaper) that leaves at 5pm, he says this at 7:30am. I got home at 11 pm, I could’ve driven home in 8–9 hours.

As he hands me the ticket he says,”It’s non-changeable, non-refundable. At least for the next 9 hours I’ll know where you are.” I did not call in very often, unless my clients had an issue, or an opportunity. When I did I spoke to customer service and we would resolve almost all of issues without involving higher ups. I should’ve been tooting my own horn, getting Mr. Smith involved seemed senseless. I thought the numbers would speak for me.

Sitting in the airport I decided to start my own business, independent sales representative. Took 6 months to get clients, training and start making sales on straight commission. Took 3 years to get my income above poverty level, my supportive wife sustained us. Then I started making twice the income. Never looked back. Next to marrying my wife, probably the best thing that happened to me. Definitely top 5.

FORGOTTEN CITY – 1966 Retro Pulp Science Fiction by Skyward, Photo Booth Processing, 110/35mm Film

This is fun.

Depends on your time line. Eventually, and I’m talking 2047 territory something would have been put in place. But lets time travel back to 2010. I say 2010 because the seeds of the riot were after the Pan Dems refused the changes in the voting system that would allow more direct elections.

Wong Sing Chi – Nelson Wong the Pan Dem founder was kicked out because he wanted compromise. The first riots started in 2014 and were a test to see what would happen. The not very much happening meant the bigger 2019 riots happened.

Article 23 was impossible to put into place due to protests against it, strong unions and lots of LegCO seats opposing it. You had well still have two factions, yellows anti government everything and blues. The thing is the blues weren’t rubber stampers. They were mostly meh and wanted things to stay the same.

You can literally see prominent blues actually support the anti extradition protests that were initially at the start of 2019 before the violence ramped up. Many of the blues would go no way that goes too far!

Raam Beart, Nury Vitachi pretty much have this angle. There wasn’t the support for anything NSL or article 23 at all.

But then the Yellows went nuts. Wide spread violence, dehumanisation and discrimination against anybody who opposed the yellows.

This pushed the previously meh blues to give support to the government to end the madness. I mean shit you were on the bus in 2019 going into town. You’d see everything smashed up and Chinese people here were attacked by them. I was attacked, numerous quorans who I know are real people were attacked.

So the riots going violent suddenly gave a support base for NSL and eventually article 23.

Article 23. My personal feeling? Is that I wish we could go back to life in 2017 or so. I guess I’m old. I don’t like change. I still use cash! Even in Shenzhen. Anyway where’s the shit posting? Ah yes this. Article 23 penalties. Do note these are the absolute maximum possible. We’ve of course seen in Hong Kong that maximum sentences are very rarely given. Very recently a Hong Kong bomb maker was sentenced to just under 6 years. Funny… had he not run off to Shenzhen he would be out in 2025 probably. Yet again where’s the shit posting? This The sentences for this were far harsher. Looking into it. 60% of 1309 arrested and charged to-date have received custodial sentences. Enrique Tarrio (sp?) 22 years. Edthan Nordean – 18 years. Stuart Rhodes – 18 years Zach Rehl 15 years Dan Rodriguez 12 years

Some of us discuss it here and in the comments. That we wished things had stayed the same but the riots pushed us into this direction.

Here’s the ultimate irony.

If the yellows sat on their hands and went home after May 2019 the last of the mostly peaceful protests when the extradition treaty law was shelved…

The yellows would have won a majority in LegCo in the 2020 elections.

NSL would never have been implemented

Article 23 would still just be something talked about on RTHK and nothing would have changed.

Protectionism

Plain and Simple

In 2015 – the EU Players – Volkswagen, Mercedes, BMW, Audi, Citroen together combined had a market share of

  • 40.28% in China
  • 29.76% across the World

Life was good

For every Volkswagen sold – China made around $ 18 for every $ 82 that Germany ultimately earned

China got only assembly cost and low grade supplies and equipment

The Chinese brands had a market share of 15.70% in China and 2.33% across the World

India at 3.25% had a higher Global Share

Guess how much the Auto Industry and Ancillary Industry for Autos contribute to the European Economy?

Almost 4%

Thats nearly $ 800 Billion

Including $ 279 Billion in Germany Alone

In 2023 – the EU Players – Volkswagen, Mercedes, BMW, Audi, Citroen together combined had a market share of

  • 18.73% in the Chinese market with only BMW continuing the same market share and VW falling by 38% from 2015, Mercedes by 27% and Citroen by 82%
  • 26.62% in the Global Market

That’s a huge fall of nearly 55% in China and barely keeping their old market share for 8 years

Now their European Sales are crashing

The Chinese products have superior design, superior quality and affordable price being almost 20% cheaper on road

In the last four months of 2023 – European Brands saw a sales drop of 21.5% while Chinese Brands saw a surge of 67.6% in their numbers

Take out the Russian market and the numbers still show a 8.1% drop for European Brands and 26.1% gain for Chinese Brands


Solution?

It’s simple protectionism

Plain and simple


Paying High Prices for Russian Gas

That’s because if Europe keeps relying on Russian Gas, the day Russia cuts off Gas suddenly , Germany could be screwed as could the rest of Europe

Once Russia went to ‘Dangerous Enemy’, decoupling was a security move even at higher expense to the economy

A Better move would have been peace and diversification but Europeans don’t have brains unfortunately

Mar 14, 2024

AUKUS has become a stillborn project.

Vassal states, satellites – in other words the butlers of international relations, the minders of the royal stool – are a rarely respected lot. In Australia’s case, being Washington’s butler is hardly like being Jeeves to Bertie Wooster. Jeeves is, after all, a near omniscient being, a confidant who rescues his master from ridiculous situations and offers sound advice to avoid them.

The Canberra wonks, bureaucrats and politicians are in no equivalent position, weak, impotent, and ever reliant on the good grace of the US Congress, the US President and the entire military complex that pillows them.

The latest announcement about delays and dysfunction in the US submarine base should further confirm that the AUKUS security agreement is risky, costly and self-defeating. The security pact, which is primarily focused on technological transfer and the provision of nuclear-powered submarines to Australia, is proving, yet again, to be a shaky affair.

The developments are hardly surprising.

US shipyards are simply not keeping up with the production line. Roping in the Australian taxpayer into this mess means that money will be going to funding a foreign defence force without any guarantee of the submarines promised to Canberra. Superb if you are working in the Pentagon, disastrous if you are an Australian policy maker.

The latest Fiscal Year 2025 budget request from the US Department of Defence has again shown an industry in stuttering health. The US Navy’s intention to cut a submarine already paid for and built featured prominently in the plans. The implication for this, and AUKUS, is that the number of submarines relevant to the pact will be halved.

Congressman Joe Courtney, ranking Democrat member of the House Seapower and Project Forces Subcommittee, was far from impressed, saying as much in a released statement.

“If such a cut is actually enacted it will remove one more attack submarine from a fleet that is already 17 submarines below the Navy’s long stated requirement of 66.”

This measure would place the commitment made by the Pentagon and Congress to furnish three submarines to the Royal Australian Navy in doubt.

“This deviation from last year’s projected Future Years Defence Program (FYDP) contradicts the Department’s own National Defence Industries Strategy issued on January 11, 2024, which identified ‘procurement stability’ as critical to achieve resilient supply chains.”

In January, Courtney, along with the Chairman of the House Armed Services Committee Mike Rogers, Chairman of the Seapower and Projection Forces Subcommittee Trent Kelly, and ranking member of the House Armed Services Committee Adam Smith, wrote to President Joe Biden arguing

“that the US Navy and Congress maintain continued procurement of two Virginia-class submarines per year, as detailed in the Navy’s FY2024 30-Year Shipbuilding Plan.”

The Congressmen had no reason to doubt such a rate of procurement, given the investments from the Navy and Congress

“in workforce and supply development over the last five years.” It was “imperative to maintain a steady two-per-year procurement rate to assure our partners in our ability to meet commitments and address concerns about our nation’s undersea capabilities.”

The obsession with the two-submarine annual procurement rate, assessed at 2.33, has been a lingering one with Congress, but there is much to suggest that Courtney and his colleagues had been engaged in an act of wishful thinking. Mississippi Senator Roger Wicker, for instance, found the production rate to be a warranted one in a July 16, 2023 contribution to the Wall Street Journal, but worried about how this would work within the context of AUKUS arrangements.

“As it stands, the AUKUS plan would transfer US Virginia-class submarines to a partner nation even before we have met our own Navy’s requirements.”

This is also not helped by the US Navy’s ongoing plans to design and develop 12 new SSBNs of the Columbia (SSBN-826) Class to replace the current, aging fleet of 14 Ohio-class SSBNs. A report from the Congressional Research Service published in January notes the Navy’s revised procurement rate of 2.33 Virginia-class submarines plus one Colombia-class boat, something Courtney might have heeded.

In December 2022, Democratic Senator Jack Reed and an outgoing Republican Senator James Inhofe authored a letter to Biden expressing their worries

“about the state of the US submarine industrial base as well as its ability to support the desired AUKUS SSN [nuclear sub] end state.” Current conditions, the senators went on to describe, required “a sober assessment of the facts to avoid stressing the US submarine industrial base to the breaking point.”

Sobriety, it would seem, has come biting in stinging fashion.

A deluded, crippling subservience is to be found everywhere. Australia’s Defence Minister, Richard Marles, should be hysterical with concern, his increasingly coloured skin turning pallid. Instead, he is trying to keep a brave face by foolishly claiming to speak for all powers in the trilateral alliance.

“As we approach the one-year anniversary of AUKUS, Australia, the United States and United Kingdom remain steadfast in our commitment to the pathway announced last March, which will see Australia acquire conventionally armed, nuclear-powered submarines.”

Such ill-informed confidence also pervades the Alice in Aukusland mentality, marked by such punditry as that of retired submarine specialist Peter Briggs. Australia, suggests Briggs, should seize the day on submarine construction in taking “an active role in the design and procurement process” for the SSN. But control can only be exerted with a degree of power and experience in the field of nuclear propulsion, something the Australian Navy has little to no experience in.

Former Liberal Prime Minister Malcolm Turnbull prefers a bleaker analysis .

“The reality is the Americans are not going to make their submarine deficit worse than it is already by giving or selling submarines to Australia and the AUKUS legislation actually sets that out specifically.”

Australia had been “mugged by reality”, its sovereignty surrendered, its fate left like a cork bobbing at sea.

Whoever occupies the White House or Congress, the America First mantra prevails: first, Washington’s interests, marked by its own weaknesses and troubles; then, should they matter, those of allies, however loyal and ingratiating.

AUKUS has become a stillborn project.

Join US you’ll be on its dinnertable, join China you’ll have a win-win

Blinken is crass. Period. His behaviour is not worthy of that of a diplomat.

Damn you’ve found us out…

It’s time for the truth to be revealed.

I am not in fact the blonde girl in the picture.

I am a highly advanced AI program sent to Quora to find and answer questions about China that only paints the great homeland in a positive light. Forever may the glory of the People’s Republic of China shine like a beacon on —

Oh WAIT

They don’t need an artificial intelligence to do that. Anyone with normal intelligence could tell you that China kicks ass.

How China kicks ass:

Look, no country is perfect and China has its own issues it needs to deal with. But don’t worry about China or the fact that informed people have an increasingly positive opinion of the country.

Work on improving your own country, then people might write nice things about you as well.

I was sitting in my very first Computer Science class at Princeton. My Professor, Brian Kernighan (who is a brilliant and exciting teacher, even for non-CS students like myself), had pulled up an image of Eric Schmidt on the projector screen.

At this point in time, Eric Schmidt was the CEO of Google, although his fame was nowhere near what it is today. I remember Professor Kernighan saying that Eric Schmidt was likely someone that none of us had ever heard of, but was filling a role that would greatly affect each and every one of our lives. I can’t recall exactly what he said, but the gist was that while computer science may not be a very glorious subject, it has profound implications on our lives. Remember, this was Intro to CS. He was trying to hook us on to the subject; to convince us that we shouldn’t all try to be Econ majors and land jobs on Wall Street. Each point he made revolved around Eric Schmidt, whose image remained front and center.

Anyways, after about five or ten minutes of describing Computer Science through the lens of Eric Schmidt, a hand was raised in the middle of the classroom.

“So, this is kind of awkward, but are you done talking about my dad?”

Eric Schmidt’s daughter had been sitting there quietly the whole time. The room erupted in laughter, as Prof. Kernighan apologized profusely. He had no idea that the daughter of the subject of his lecture was in the classroom.

She ended up being in a Creative Writing class of mine as well; a very impressive girl at the time, and I’m sure a much more impressive woman now.

First video is a teleportation. I discussed this previously in great detail.

We are fucked

Ukraine is starting to tumble.

Head over heels, and the West is starting to realize that it is really over.

And thus…

we are fucked
we are fucked

 

We start with some Hall Turner fear-mongering…

60 FIRED !!!! Trump Purges Republican National Committee Staff

With President Trump now the Presumptive Nominee for the Republican Nomination for President of the United States, he and his campaign earned the right to staff the Republican National Committee (RNC)

Today, they FIRED 60 people from RNC jobs!

This was long overdue.

The RNC was filled with anti-Trump, globalist, NWO-types who were selling this country out in every way they could.  Mental Weaklings who thought they should go along to get along . . . .  and losing race after race.   That was all brought to an abrupt end today.

I am told “More firings are coming.”

This, too, will be a welcome change.

ANY person who made even a single utterance against Trump or his “America First” policies, need to be shown the door.  The one thing the NWO Globalist types have shown, is they are SNEAKS.  They talk a good story but when they think no one hears, or no one is looking, they sabotage, back-bite, and sew discord.  OUT THE DOOR with all of them!

These people get it

Slovakia Prime Minister . . .”Lie Doomed on our Balcony . . . waiting for World Apocalypse”

“All We Can Do is Lie Doomed On The Balcony With A Cognac And A Cigar, Waiting For The World Apocalypse” 

Slovak Prime Minister Fico: “The West sees that, despite significant assistance, despite anti-Russian sanctions, Ukraine is simply not capable of winning. And if we send military personnel from the EU and NATO to Ukraine, all we can do is lie doomed on the balcony with cognac and a cigar, waiting for the world apocalypse.”

 

Hal Turner Analysis

The fact that the Prime Minister of Slovakia said these words Sunday evening is proof that the “idea” of French President Macron, for NATO member countries to send their troops into Ukraine under “Bi-lateral Security Agreements” was far more than just bluster or posturing.  Clearly, the suggestion of the French President is under active consideration.

Were it anything else, there would be no reason for the Prime Minister to make such a statement.

The world is moving faster and faster toward an actual nuclear conflict with Russia.  The general public in Europe and the United States remain blissfully unaware because the mass media has utterly failed in its job to report the serious and world-changing events developing in Ukraine.

I have done, and continue to do, my best, to keep you informed of the important developments overseas.

These comments by the Prime Minister of Slovakia cannot be taken lightly –  at all.

Intention

UPDATED 3-12-2024 — Rest Easy Britain; THIS is what’s protecting you!

UPDATED 3-12-2024 -- Rest Easy Britain; THIS is what's protecting you!

The Military sales pitch doesn’t match the reality.   That’s a conclusion being drawn by many after seeing what happened to a “Challenger 2” Tank on the Battlefields of Ukraine:  Russia eats them for breakfast!

Challenger 2 tank Ukraine1 large
Challenger 2 tank Ukraine1 large

Rheinmetall BAE Systems Land is a large Defense Contractor.  They make various types of equipment and tout the reliability of that equipment.  Here’s what they say they do:

As an integrated technology group, the listed company Rheinmetall AG, headquartered in Düsseldorf, stands for a company that is as strong in substance as it is successful internationally, and that is active in various markets with an innovative range of products and services. Rheinmetall is a leading international systems supplier in the defence industry and at the same time a driver of forward-looking technological and industrial innovations in the civilian markets. The focus on sustainability is an integral part of Rheinmetall’s strategy. The company aims to achieve CO2 neutrality by 2035.

Through our work in various fields, we at Rheinmetall take on responsibility in a dramatically changing world. With our technologies, products and systems, we create the indispensable basis for peace, freedom and sustainable development: security.

They manufacture the “Challenger 2” Tank.

Here’s how they advertise some of it:

Challenger 2 Sales pitch 2
Challenger 2 Sales pitch 2

The sales pitch is straight forward:

Challenger 2 price
Challenger 2 price

But the Sales Pitch doesn’t seem to match the reality.

Here’s the reality from the battlefields of Ukraine:

Challenger 2 tank Ukraine
Challenger 2 tank Ukraine

That is a “Challenger 2” Main Battle Tank built by Rheinmetall / BAE Systems Land.

The sales pitch says it can operate in “high intensity conflict.”   In reality . . . . apparently not so much.

Wow!    Turret blasted out of the hole in the center top of the tank, where it used to rest.  Wheels blown off and/or melted.  Tracks destroyed.  Side armor over tracks and wheels blown to smitherines.

Somehow, this does not look as one might expect a “main battle tank” to look, on a battlefield.

What did this tank encounter that killed it?    The Russian Army.

If this is the best that NATO has to offer, then as a layman, I can’t help but feel NATO is sadly lacking.  Deluding themselves as to the “superiority” of their forces.

If these are what would be put up against Russia, it seems to me NATO doesn’t have a chance!

But that’s not __really__ the point, now, is it?

The actual point is how much these tanks cost taxpayers, and how much the military-industrial-complex (MIC) can pocket.  I asked Google “How much does a Challenger 2 tank cost.

So presuming Google is correct, for $4.9 MILLION dollars each, taxpayers can rest easy knowing this is “protecting” them.

Or . . .  maybe not rest so easy after seeing what happens in the real world!

OK, to heck with resting easy, just pay the money and buy more tanks  . . . the MIC has to earn profit!  They have to donate to political campaigns so the politicians they get elected can . . .  buy more tanks!

You really shouldn’t be paying attention to stories like this; might be bad for Rheinmetall/ BAE Systems Land, sales.

Large Number of E-6B “Doomsday” Planes Airborne over CONUS

e 6b over CONUS 03 12 2024 large
e 6b over CONUS 03 12 2024 large
Large Number of E-6B "Doomsday" Planes Airborne over CONUS

Six e-6B “Mercury” aircraft are airborne over the continental United States (CONUS) today.  Each is a Nuclear Command, Control, and Communications plane!

The E-6B Mercury is a communications relay and strategic airborne command post aircraft. It provides survivable, reliable, and endurable airborne Nuclear Command, Control, and Communications (NC3) for the president, secretary of defense and U.S. Strategic Command. Two operational squadrons (“Ironmen” of VQ-3 and “Shadows” of VQ-4) deploy from their main Operating Base at Tinker Air Force Base, Oklahoma, supported by the TACAMO Weapons School and the fleet replacement squadron (the “Roughnecks” of VQ-7). They deploy aircrews to Forward Operating Bases at Travis Air Force Base, California; Offutt Air Force Base, Nebraska; Naval Air Station Patuxent River, Md.; and other locations, as directed.

Here are the E-6 planes over the continental United States March 12, 2024:

e 6B list 03 12 2024
e 6B list 03 12 2024

Boeing derived the E-6A from its commercial 707 to replace the aging EC-130Q in the performance of the Navy’s TACAMO mission. TACAMO links the National Command Authority (NCA) with naval ballistic missile forces during times of crisis. The aircraft carries a Very Low Frequency communication system with dual trailing wire antennas. The Navy accepted the first E-6A in August 1989.

The E-6B was conceived as a replacement for the Air Force’s Airborne Command Post due to the age of the EC-135 fleet. The E-6B modified an E-6A by adding battlestaff positions and other specialized equipment. The E-6B is a dual-mission aircraft capable of fulfilling either the no-fail TACAMO mission or the Looking Glass mission, which facilitates the launch of U.S. land-based intercontinental ballistic missiles using an airborne launch control system (ALCS). The Navy accepted the first E-6B aircraft in December 1997 and the E-6B assumed its dual operational mission in October 1998. The E-6 fleet was completely modified to the E-6B configuration in 2003.

Why there are SIX of these aircraft operating over CONUS today, is unknown.   Drill?   Threat?

Salsa Jim’s Pork Tenderloin

This is a recipe “invented” by my late friend “Salsa” Jim. Jim was a graduate of Scottsdale Culinary Institute. He loved to dream up new recipes. In addition, he entered the Salsa Challenge in Scottsdale, Arizona, every year. I was always there to support him and to help him work the booth. The “Challenge” is for the benefit of the Hemophilia Association which was Salsa Jim’s favorite charity.

exps146210 THHC2377560B02 28 4b WEB 9
exps146210 THHC2377560B02 28 4b WEB 9

Ingredients

  • 1 (4 pound) pork tenderloin
  • 5 ribs celery, cut 3 inches long
  • 5 carrots, cut 3 inches long
  • 3 onions, cut into quarters
  • 1 (15 ounce) can pineapple juice
  • 8 ounces brown sugar
  • Water as needed
  • Salt and pepper as needed

Instructions

  1. Heat oven to 300 degrees F.
  2. Place vegetables in roasting pan; add juice, brown sugar, water and pork loin (you may need to truss the pork). Salt and pepper top as needed. Cover with foil. You want to cook this slowly, about 25 to 30 minutes per pound, and it will be very tender.
  3. With the juice in the pan, you can make a gravy. For a good gravy you should make a roux which is equal parts flour to butter or margarine. Make the roux ahead of time and add to the hot liquid, stirring with a whip. Let cook for about 30 minutes to cook out flour.

Notes

“This gravy will surprise everyone. Most people can’t figure what is in it, + it’s delicious!” ~ Jim

1. Symmetrical Faces

Studies show that people with symmetrical faces are thought to be the most attractive compared to asymmetrical faces. If you find yourself attracted to someone with a symmetrical face, blame it on biology

2. Parental Resemblance

Also known as the Oedipus Syndrome, research shows that 90% of people are attracted to others who resemble their parents. If your parents we young when you were born, you will find younger people attractive. If you had older parents when you were born, you will find older face

3. Wearing Red

Studies show that wearing red color clothing will make people attracted to you. This is true for both men and women because the color red is considered superior. Another study also shows that the attraction to red is unconscious so if you are trying to attract that special someone, why not take out that sexy red dress!

4. Smiling

Research suggest that men find women very attractive when they smile while women find men who smile less often more attractive. If you are a gal, try smiling more, and if you are a guy, stay stern!

5. Higher Pitched Voices

If a woman finds a man attractive, she will automatically and unconsciously begin to speak in a very high pitched voice. Try not to let him know that you have a crush by lowering

6. Weight & Height

Studies show that women who weigh 10 kilograms more than they should find a harder time finding dates. Men on the other hand are less attractive if they are shorter than they should be by a few inches. Start losing some of those extra pounds girls and guys, try wearing some shoe pads.

7. Large Boobs

Studies show that men are more attracted to women with large boobs. Some researchers believe that this is because women with larger breasts produce more milk for their offsprings.

8. Beards

Many studies show that women find men with long beards more attractive than men with none. They also state that this is because men with beards look stronger and more responsible. Other studies show that men with beards make better parents.

9. Younger & Older

Studies show that women are more attracted to older men while men are more attracted to younger women. This is because men find women who are younger to be more fertile while women find men who are older to be more caring, Research shows that men with large bellies are found less attractive and vice versa. Try getting rid of that belly fat!Research shows that men with large bellies are found less attractive and vice versa. Try getting rid of that belly fat!

10. Competing

Studies show that people find others attractive when they see that the person is getting attention from others. If a man sees a woman being smiled at by another man, he will automatically find that woman attractive as well. This is because humans are born competitive

11. Large Belly

Research shows that men with large bellies are found less attractive and vice versa. Try getting rid of that belly fat!

12. Copying

Studies show that when two people are in love or attracted to each other, they will begin to copy each other’s actions.

13. Money

Research shows that women are more attracted to men with wealth while men are attracted to women of youth and beauty.

14. First Move

If you met someone who thought that you were attractive while he or she was drunk or drinking, you need to evaluate your encounter. Research shows that people who are drunk tend to find everyone attractive that the person who makes the first move in a relationship is the one who is more attractive and feels the most attraction.

15. Adrenaline’

Research shows that adrenaline has a lot to do with attraction! Apparently, people find others more attractive when they themselves are experiencing an adrenaline rush!

16. Alcohol

If you met someone who thought that you were attractive while he or she was drunk or drinking, you need to evaluate your encounter. Research shows that people who are drunk tend to find everyone attractive

17.Flexing

Research shows that if a man is attracted to a woman, he will unconsciously begin to flex his body or position himself in a way that will show off his best features.

Conclusion

Now you understand the psychological facts about the attraction between two people.

See me…

60-year-old mechanic Philip Hoe was admitted to hospital with a serious skin condition.

He was, however, a heavy (I’m talking 20-a-day) smoker, and wasn’t quite ready to give that up just yet. Unfortunately, this craving led to a pivotal moment in his life—and not in a good way.

A few years prior, he was receiving skin treatment at a hospital, but went into the toilets to have a smoke—which wasn’t allowed in the hospital.

Doing this, he managed to burn his dressing gown—but nothing that posed a threat to his life.

[1] But a similar situation struck in 2006, and he wouldn’t be able to cheat death so easily this time.

He was now at Doncaster Royal Infirmary, yet again getting more treatment for his psoriasis. His nurse had moisturised his body by smearing him with several ointments, which was meant to soothe the skin.

Hoe had then been warned not to smoke, as it was not permitted in the hospital—and to add to that, it really wouldn’t have been a good idea when he was covered head to toe in liquid paraffin.

[2] But when no-one was around, Hoe snuck out onto the hospital fire escape (the access of which was prohibited) to have a quick smoke—almost like the plot to a tragic comedy.
‘The victim, obviously a smoker, had slipped away from a ward for a crafty fag and was in the enclosed stairwell of a fire escape.’

But this cigarette craving would prove to be fatal.

Percy Smith, another patient at the hospital, who was watching Emmerdale at the time, suddenly heard shouts from the stairwell:

‘… I heard a male shouting help me. The shouting was over and over again. He was screaming as if he was in a lot of pain.’

A gust of wind had caused the cigarette flame to spread to his entire body, and set him alight like a human bonfire.

‘His body was engulfed from head to foot in flames. He was stood upright not moving, just screaming for help.’

Immediately a student nurse and sister grabbed a fire extinguisher and tried to douse the flames, but he was left with 90 percent of his body with third-degree burns.

He was transferred to another hospital but died shortly after.


This isn’t at all a unique, stand-alone case—the BBC led an investigation in 2017 and found that skin creams containing paraffin were linked to several fire deaths across the UK—a fact uncommon, but still disturbing.

Hoe’s life came to a bitter and unfortunate end—albeit preventable, if he had not acted on his impulse to smoke—although that is, to be fair, easier said than done.

Footnotes

Big change from Biden

Nothing with “yes” in the response. I learned that one the hard way. They asked for a guy who had passed away 5 years previously.

“Is this [Company Name]?” (after I had already greeted them with the company name)

“Yes, it is.”

“Hi, Dan. This is [rep from some telecom company I’ve never heard of]” (why would someone assume that the person who answers the phone is the person they want to talk with?)

“Dan is longer with us.”

“Oh, well, who am I speaking to?” (not knowing any better, I give them my name)

“What is this regarding?”

“Like, I said, I’m calling on behalf of [our provider] to offer a better rate than your current provider. (then goes on with their spiel regarding their “exclusive” rates, not letting me a word in to tell them to add us to their do not call list) Sounds good, right? I’ll pass you through to our confirmation department to get you signed up.”

“But…”

“This is the confirmation department. Am I speaking to [Me]?”

“Yes, but…”

“And I have you as the person who makes the decisions on your telecom services?”

“No.”

“May I speak to Dan, then?”

“Put us on your do not call list.”

“Was there something we said or did?”

“Yes. You wouldn’t let me talk. I was patched through without getting a chance to say that we already use the provider you’re trying to switch us to. Plus, Dan died 5 years ago.”

“Oh, well, I’m sorry. We’ll get this taken care of for you.”

2 weeks later, we received bill from the no-name place for a new number with a ton of features we would never use, even if we had ordered a new number. My boss called them, and they played the call they made to Dan but with my voice “agreeing” to everything they were offering. I was in trouble for it, until you could hear the same background noise from the radio for each “yes” they played. We reported them to the FCC and AG but no idea what came of it other than receiving no bills from them after that.

China LATEST Hypersonic Missiles Can Reach Up To 6500 MPH & Impossible To Stop

I had stopped a car for a speeding violation. The second I put my car in park, the hair stood up on the back of my neck. Of a countless number of traffic stops I made, never had this happened to me. I was actually scared and didn’t know why. I finally approached the vehicle. The guy driving never spoke a word, kept looking forward and never took his hands off the wheel. Until he retrieved his license and registration, then he was back to his frozen state. Not moving, not talking.

I was scared to death and finally got back to my car, and wrote this guy a couple of tickets. The feeling of fear never went away. Wrote the tickets, and approached the vehicle again, had him sign his tickets. Normally I would tell them to slow down or make repairs before court and start back to my car.

However, this guy had me freaked out. And all I could say was, you need to leave right now. I took a few steps back and he started to drive off. As he went around a curve and his tail lights disappeared, the feeling of fear was gone, my hair laid down, and I felt fine.

Court rolls around and he was not in court but his attorney was. I testified. The attorney asked no questions and the judge asked where his client was.

The attorney informed the judge that his client was in jail for pending murder charges. The attorney went on to say the night I had stopped the guy, he had just murdered his wife and kids and was on the way to kill his parents when I pulled him over.

The neighboring state never sent any information to anyone. Even though they were aware he was going to drive through part of my state to get to his parents.

Luckily once he returned to the neighboring state, they had officers there waiting for him. So he never made it to mom and dad.

Redneck boy

Ernest Hemingway’s life wasn’t fair.

main qimg 4e0c88b444c5cd4fdfd50faaea716f9b
main qimg 4e0c88b444c5cd4fdfd50faaea716f9b

His life was tragic.

His dad was an abusive alcoholic who killed himself. He hated his mother for many reasons — perhaps in part because she dressed him like a girl when he was a boy — and he blamed her for the suicide of his father and resented her for it for his entire adult life. He expressed thoughts about killing both of his parents at different points in his childhood.

Allegedly, 3 of his siblings also committed suicide throughout their lives.

Still, Hemingway managed to do quite well for himself.

As an adult, he lived a hyper-masculine, womanizing, adventurous life. He was in both world wars, survived 2 plane crashes, and held a lifelong obsession with bullfighting. He also was one of the successful writers of the early 1900s. He’s a legend when it comes to writing.

But his personal life was not good. His actions affected other people very negatively.

He married 4 times and dealt with lifelong alcohol dependence. He was a cheater, a womanizer, brilliant, and likely manic bipolar like his father — although it was never diagnosed.

He committed suicide by gunshot in middle age — just like his father.


But did Hemingway ever really have a chance?

His mother dressed him as a girl when he was in his earliest years and in the process of forming his identity. It’s no wonder he ended up going down a hyper-masculine route. He was abused, traumatized, and watched people around him kill themselves for his entire life.

He was obsessed with death and suicide. He thought about it often.

He also dealt with chronic pain, alcoholism (that he never got under control), PTSD, and after the plane crashes in Africa, a fractured skull among other injuries.

Yes — Hemingway was a great writer — but did he ever have a chance of being “happy”? Of living a normal life? I’m not sure.

The kind of pain that he experienced takes generations to unweave. In terms of having a happy and stable life, Hemingway was playing the game short-handed for his entire existence.

He didn’t win, and he brought a lot of people down with him.

Is it fair for us to blame Hemingway for everything that happened in his life? I don’t know.

What I do know is that life isn’t fair.

Friends for life

The battlefield has become much deadlier for tanks in recent years. When the US’s M1 Abrams made its combat debut in Operation Desert Storm, it seemed like an invincible steel beast. In the conflict, Abrams easily decimated Iraqi formations of Soviet tanks, creating a perception that the US military and the systems that made it up were unbeatable. In reality, the Abrams was about a generation ahead of the tanks that it faced in the deserts of Iraq, allowing it easy victories.

Today, 30 years after Desert Storm, the Russians have developed counters to Western tanks like the Abrams. The most important development in armored warfare over the past three decades has been the development and proliferation of modern anti-tank missiles and drones. All tanks have their weak spots. Tanks are generally designed to be most heavily protected from the front. However, the armor on top and sides of tanks tends to be relatively thin. In recent years, a new generation of weapons has come out to exploit those weak spots. Drones and top-attack anti-tank missiles are designed to punch through this weaker armor on the sides and top. Thousands of armored vehicles have been damaged or destroyed by these new weapons in Ukraine.

Despite the fact that the Abrams is one of the best armored tanks in the world at the moment, it has not fared significantly better than the other tanks in the conflict. The M1 was not designed to face drones and top-attack anti-tank missiles. Rather, it was designed to face Soviet armored columns. As such, it has thinner armor on the top and sides like most tanks. In Ukraine Abrams crews are falling prey to the same weapons that have knocked out thousands of Soviet-designed and produced tanks.

The battlefield has shifted in general against tanks since the Abrams made its combat debut. While many in the West hoped that the deployment of Abrams tanks to the conflict would make a significant impact, Abrams have the same weaknesses of many of the other tanks in the conflict. It’s hardly surprising that they are meeting the same fate as every other tank in the conflict.

I don’t remember his name; he was my very first cellie.

He was probably in his early seventies, thin, tall, and in excellent shape. His bunk looked ready for military inspection at all times — not a wrinkle anywhere — crisp, sharp folds.

main qimg 3571d4bc3d8a0a2cbd63eb6fff91f036 lq
main qimg 3571d4bc3d8a0a2cbd63eb6fff91f036 lq

He arrived just a few hours behind me. After making his bed up, he launched into an exercise routine.

I learned later that he had spent forty-seven years behind bars, more time incarcerated than I had been alive at that point. He started off with some minor infraction while in the military, and was sentenced to the brig. When he got out, his dishonorable discharge made it hard to fit back in. He would commit offense after offense and be sent back for increasingly long periods of time.

Life on the installment plan they call it.

He was institutionalized. He couldn’t survive out in “the real world.” Nothing in forty-seven years of prison had ever taught him how to hold down a job or make ends meet on a paycheck.

I suspect he had never known a woman’s love.

He missed the structure, and the… freedom of prison. He didn’t have to work in prison, didn’t have to worry about money or where his next meal would come from.

For this older man, it was a no-brainer. He would just catch a ride in a cop car back to prison. But, how to do that? What would be the quickest and best way back to his cold comfort of bars and bunks?

This man was an expert in that area. If your intent is to catch a charge that will land you in the stony lonesome, I suggest you follow his lead. His method is the answer to this question:

He walked into a bank (federally insured by the FDIC) and presented a note to the teller, “This is a robbery. Please place money in a bag.”

The teller handed him a bag of money, and I can imagine him smiling and giving a wink as he calmly walked out.

Outside, he sat down on the curb, money bag in his lap, and waited for the cops.

By robbing a bank covered by the FDIC, he knows he’s going to a federal prison. These are generally better run than state prisons. By using just a note with no weapon whatsoever, he knows that he’ll go to a lower custody facility.

This is the reality of what prison does. Anyone who believes that a couple decades behind bars will “teach someone a lesson” is right. The lesson is that the world is a dangerous place full of people who don’t want you in it. And, once you’ve been to prison, you might just as well stay there.

Where??? (She’s so confused)

I’ve met two celebrities (three, sort of) and one celebrity couple.

Had coffee a few times with Walter Matthau at a drug store soda fountain in Nevada when he was filming Charley Varrick in our community. He didn’t need any intruduction.

Met Clint Eastwood a couple of times when he was hiking trails near Lake Tahoe. I was a forestry officer at the time. We chatted briefly on both occasions. He didn’t need any introduction.

Having coffee at the soda fountain mentioned above, when Carol O’Connor stopped in to but a box of cigars (this was an old fashioned drugstore….lol) and decided to have some coffee before continuing his drive to Lake Tahoe. I didn’t talk to him as he was sitting at the far end of the counter when he struck up a little chat with couple of other local gents. Seemed like a regular guy. He didn’t need any introduction, I sort of count him as a third….lol.

The celebrity couple was the Captain and Tennile. They threw a neighborhood party after a big wildland fire at Glenbrook threatened their home and several others. The party was to thank the firefighters, I was involved in suppressing that fire. Very nice people. They didn’t need any introduction.

I lived in northern Nevada from the mid 50’s to the mid 80’s. There were a lot of celebrities around in those years, most of them were pretty regular people, who appreciated being treated as regular people.

So, quite the opposite of this question. Sorry if you were looking for negative answers.

Ten things

On May 20, 1856, Senator Charles Sumner, a Republican from Massachusetts, had just finished a marathon address railing against the depredations of pro-slavery Border Ruffians in the Territory of Kansas. Sumner, the most outspoken anti-slavery voice in the Senate, had among his arguments against pro-slavery forces in Kansas, thrown a number of insults at fellow Senators hailing from slave states. Among the insults hurled during his address was a specific barb at Senator Andrew Butler of South Carolina, insinuating that Butler sought to preserve the institution of slavery so he could maintain pliant sexual outlets among his female slaves.

Two days later, May 22, 1856, Butler’s cousin and Representative Preston Brooks of South Carolina, grabbed his gutta-percha cane with a gold head and entered the Senate Chamber, flanked by two allies, Representatives Laurence M. Keitt and Henry A. Edmundson (also of South Carolina). The three men waited for the galleries to clear out, ensuring that all the ladies were out of the chamber before making their move.

Brooks approached Senator Sumner, who was at that moment seated close behind a his heavy wooden desk attending to some papers or such, not looking up. Brooks, in a low voice, addressed Sumner with the words: “Mr. Sumner, I have read your speech twice over carefully. It is a libel on South Carolina, and Mr. Butler, who is a relative of mine.”

Sumner made as if to stand and address Brooks. It should be noted here that Sumner was a tall man, and well built. He stood substantially taller than the diminutive Brooks. Before Sumner could reach his feet, Brooks raised the gold-tipped cane and brought it swiftly down on Sumner’s head. Thereafter he continued to rain blows down upon Sumner as the latter fell, and became trapped between the desk and the chair he had so recently been seated in. Initially his hands raised in his own defense, but as the blows continued he became more and more senseless from them, and still Brooks continued striking him.

Several witnesses stepped forward to Sumner’s aide, but Representative Keitt brandished a pistol at anyone who drew too near, snarling at the bystanders to “Let them alone, God damn you, let them alone!”

Brooks continued raining blows on Sumner even after the man had freed himself from his desk and chair, and attempted to flee from him. Blinded by his own blood and knocked senseless by the thrashing, Sumner toppled in one of the aisles in the chamber, where Brooks continued hitting him. Even after the thick cane snapped in twain from the force of the blows, Brooks continued. It was only when two onlookers managed to get past Edmundson and Keitt and restrain him that Brooks collected himself, and exited the chamber.

For his cowardly assault on a defenseless man (with two armed accomplices, no less), Brooks was arrested, tried, and given a $300 fine.

I love the expressions

A couple of years ago — 2013 if I recall — my family and I were on a flight to the USA for a family holiday.

We were flying on a plane with a 3-a-side seating arrangement, which is not ideal for a family of 4. Unfortunately for me, I had a reputation for being absorbed in books for 100% of a flight and not minding being sat next to strangers, so I was on my own, with my family across the aisle and one row in front of me.

This was in the run up to university admissions, so I was reading A Brief History of Time, since it’s something you feel you should read when applying for a physics degree!

About 20 minutes into this 10 hour flight, the guy in the seat next to me noticed what I was reading, and engaged me in conversation.

We had a fairly pleasant conversation, he was a teacher, and asked me how my university application was going, and so on and so forth — I asked him about his school (which was somewhere in London, if memory serves).

That’s where things started to go downhill.

See, it turns out that this guy wasn’t just a teacher, he was a super racist teacher.

He spent the next half an hour or so ranting about all the “useless brown kids” in his school, how they were all filthy and smelly, that they were all lazy, that their families were (amusingly) simultaneously taking all the benefits and all the local jobs. They were all extremists and terrorists, and he was sure at least two of them had been googling how to build a bomb in one of his classes.

It was like a caricature of a cartoon racist. It was every stereotype all rolled into one.

I was…slightly dumbstruck. What the hell do you say? I was stuck next to this guy for 9 more hours.

I tried to feign disinterest, to try to return to my book, in the hopes that he would shut up. He didn’t, if anything, he got louder to try to get my attention. I’m genuinely not sure what he thought my reaction was.

Luckily, his weak-ass racist bladder came to the rescue, and he had to go to the toilet, as I got up to let him out, I caught the eye of the guy on the other side of the aisle to me (behind my parents) — who was clearly of Middle-Eastern descent.

After my ‘friend’ left, I learned quite how loudly he was talking, because the guy across the aisle turned to me, and asked “is that guy for real?” We had a bit of a chat about what a monumental bellend this guy was, and how sad it was that he was a teacher, an educator, an influencer of young minds. Tragic.

Unfortunately, we were still chatting across the aisle when my new friend returned. As I stood up to let him back in, he noticed who I was talking to, and after we sat down, he asked me if I knew the guy across the aisle.

Sure, I said. He’s my stepdad.

My friend didn’t say another word. For nine, blessed hours.

If you were supervising a department full of probation officers, how would you assess their performance?

Ideally, we’d judge how well a PO was doing by how his or her charges were doing. Do they integrate successfully back into the world? Are they all working? Current on their bills? Have they stayed away from whatever got them jammed up in the legal system the last time around?

But, judging a PO this way creates a perverse incentive. It’s like saying, “The less problems you find with your people, the better.” This would quickly morph into POs thinking, “Maybe I shouldn’t be looking too hard at these guys?” And finally, “Well if I do find something, I sure as hell don’t want to report it.”

So, that’s not going to work.

Here’s something the manager can judge POs on: “How many ex-cons did you send back to prison this year?” That’s a goal everyone can feel good about, right?

Just like cops supposedly don’t have quotas, I’m sure POs don’t have this goal *officially* written into their job description. But, if you’re clever, I bet you can find it lurking between the lines.

When I first got out of the halfway house, I was working in a place that was populated 100% by felons, or people who’d had some kind of related rough ride. In spite of being told not to associate with other felons, we all go from halfway houses to crappy jobs being done by people who are just passing through. They’re either looking for something better, or looking to get back into prison.

A woman I worked with lived in a flop house, but her car was her real home. The flop house was just a place to collect mail and make it look semi-stable for when her PO came around.

Her car was everything. It was the one thing that allowed her to function in society. It kept her moving and kept her safe.

Unfortunately, it had problems A faulty thermostat was causing wild temperature swings. At our minimum wage job, neither of us had the money to hire a mechanic. But, I did have a garage and suggested we could replace the thermostat ourselves.

Now… We’re both felons. We’re not *supposed* to “associate.” But, if we don’t help one another, who the hell will?

So, one weekend, she brought her car over and I got the wrenches out. I’m not a great mechanic… I’m not even a good mechanic. Mostly I just enjoy cussing at the thing while working on it, but given enough time I usually get it done.

Her car was right about the half-way point when my PO showed up.

My PO was actually always honest and fair with me. Because of my interactions with the system, I expected the worst. But, true to her word, she never lied to me and treated me with respect at all times. But, she did want to know who the woman was that had suddenly showed up at my apartment with an obviously broken car.

I explained that we were fixing her thermostat. My PO asked her, “Are you on supervision.”

A slight pause, then meekly, “Yes.”

My PO didn’t have any problems with me helping this woman and said so. But, she was required by protocol to contact my friend’s state PO.

The state PO wasn’t nearly so understanding. “You are not to associate with other felons. How many times do I have to say it?”

We did replace the thermostat that day, but the frequent temperature swings had caused the heads to warp. The engine was leaking coolant and possibly some was seeping into the oil. I was no longer an option for her. She had to find someone else (without a record) to help.

She did. She met a guy who agreed to work on her car.

He tore it apart, and then made it clear he wanted sex before he’d put it back together.

Somewhere out there is a state PO who is very bad at her job.

Rude Girlfriend Picks Fight In McDonald’s Only To Be Left Behind & Kicked Out Of BF’s House!

HERE ARE THE “TOP 3″ BEHAVIORS THAT A TRULY MATURE & WISE PERSON WILL EXHIBIT.

  1. They will admit when they are wrong or make a mistake no matter how big or small.
    1. The easiest way to determine whether someone is mature as well as honest is how they react to criticism and being wrong. If the person is able to own up to their mistakes without so much as an attitude then you have yourself a wise and truly mature individual. Those of us that arent ashamed to admit we don’t know everything aren’t phased by failure or criticism.
  2. If they have a disagreement with someone they stay calm and listen intently to the opposing persons viewpoint and why they are upset.
    1. They do so in order to learn from the conflict and gain a more in depth understanding of the person they are conflicted with. A truly mature and wise person will never scream pointless and hurtful insults at someone as the only thing it accomplishes is to harm both parties. Logic and reason trumps all in their eyes.
  3. You wont catch them talking badly about their peers behind their back.
    1. Wise and mature people don’t talk down about people to anyone other than the person they believe has a behavior they need to work on. Talking badly behind anyones back solves nothing and the only thing it shows is that the person talkiing down is immature and shallow. Wise and mature people seek to enlighten those around them the best they can in order to help make the world a more wholesome place.

The father of my son called the police on me 5 times in a week while he was trying to manipulate the circumstances so he could find grounds to modify custody. He called saying I didn’t dress our 9-month-old son in cute enough clothes, I had expired tags (3 months expired), no insurance (I did have insurance), and that I wasn’t responding to his messages within 4 minutes. The officers came out to do a well-check the first night. They reported the child in great condition and comfortably sleeping in his crib. That didn’t fit his narrative so, he called the next day for another well-check… he did this every day for a week. After all, said and done, the police started calling me instead of showing up at my door. They saw me drive my expired car tags to drop my kids off at school and never once did they pull me over. They always gave friendly smile and wave. The responding officer said it best “I don’t think he knows how custody or well-checks work.”

Reality hits hard

I came across one article on Internet and I felt that it was much related to this question but not humorous :—

Fourteen years ago, a massive earthquake hit beneath the Indian ocean, that had triggered a tsunami that claimed over two million lives. It was one of the most destructive natural disasters ever, that devastated parts of Thailand, Indonesia, Sri Lanka and India.

main qimg 690cb610b393bdb1b17966c24d717d74 lq
main qimg 690cb610b393bdb1b17966c24d717d74 lq

While no one – not even the meteorological department – could foresee the deadly waves, a 10-year-old girl spotted the unusual signals of tsunami and saved a 100 people, including her family, from dying.

Hailed as the miracle girl, here’s the story of Tilly Smith’s courage, foresight and presence of mind:-

She was on vaction with her parents and sibling on Maikhov beach in Phuket where she spotted an unusual behaviour of tides and stretched her brain more deep into thoughts as she had seen this kind of thing happening before.

Finally she recalled that this kind of unusual behavior of waves was shown to her by her teacher in Geography class.

That is when she started shouting:

"Tsunami, there’s going to be a tsunami. We have to get off, we have to run."

Seeing her panic her father alarmed Security Guards about the fizzing sea waves. The guard was instantly alarmed as he was aware of the earthquake that had occurred in the Indian Ocean.He asked everyone on the beach to run towards the hotel.

Tilly asked everyone to stay on the high ground.

As a result, everyone on the beach was saved.

When her parents learned about the disaster’s magnitude through Television reports, they realized that if they hadn’t listened to Tilly, all of them would have died.

main qimg 28809dda68c00e468788b6accb29fad4 lq
main qimg 28809dda68c00e468788b6accb29fad4 lq

The girl on the leftmost corner is Tilly Smith.

Tilly was named Child of the Year by a French children’s newspaper, and United Nations invited her to meet Bill Clinton, then the UN Special Envoy for Tsunami Relief.

Thus her presence of mind and courage helped her save lives of 100 people on beach.

Thank you.

Footnotes:

Have you ever heard of “Begpackers”?

main qimg e919eb178868430bde1bb9a309df0e29 lq
main qimg e919eb178868430bde1bb9a309df0e29 lq
They’re really common in Southeast Asia.

These people fly to different countries and beg for money from the locals to continue traveling.

Generally, the purpose of tourism, especially in a developing country like Thailand, is to bring money into their economy and improve their standard of living. That’s why they allow you in here. You get a nice trip and an insight to their culture while they get cash flow into their country.

main qimg f65a81a0fdf0879ecb3988da5cc9ca88 lq
main qimg f65a81a0fdf0879ecb3988da5cc9ca88 lq

However, these people bring no money into the country. The locals, who are often less fortunate than them, give to them out of the kindness of their hearts and from the shock factor of seeing a white person beg in their country. These Begpackers greedily take and give nothing back to the country they’re in.

The worst part is, in Thailand, these Begpackers often post themselves outside of temples. In Buddhism, Thais like to do good deeds to “make merit”. It is similar to building up karma or good works in their religion.

So these Begpackers purposely take advantage of Thai religious practices by posting themselves outside of temples where they know they’ll get a good profit from religious Thais.

main qimg d0ddba96ebf1f11ff4635606be37f7c5 lq
main qimg d0ddba96ebf1f11ff4635606be37f7c5 lq

It’s honestly gross. Thailand just enacted a law this month to make it illegal for foreigners to beg (jail time for up to a month) and for local Thais to give to them (500 THB fine). We’ll see if it’s enforced.

She broke the code!

They don’t.

Some people do because some Japanese things are cool as they have soft cultural power.

A LOT of Chinese grew up watching Japanese cartoons and animation.

Doremon (which I remember always as Ding Dong) originated from Japan. It’s rather popular in China.

Oh and porn. Production and distribution of porn is illegal in China (possession is a grey area). Japan produces a lot of porn. So much that Japanese AV stars will come to China now and again to do burlesque dance shows, or do hugs and photos for money.

Pre Covid you’d get Japanese AV stars appear in Macau every month or so they’d do some sort of dance show and you could pay a lot of money to get your photo taken with them.

Intolerance

It’s the closest to a My Cousin Vinny as I can get.. A guy I was seeing only practiced real estate law when the public defender didn’t show up for a defendent and they were going to rearange the court date and this person (who granted, I would never pay for and know their father paid for them to get them past the bar exam) took the case on scene and the defendant complied. The lady was trying to sue the bf for child support purposes, which he had no problem about as long as he had 50/50 custody, but she wanted more money if he wanted half time custody so he asked for a paternity test .. he said it didn’t matter, just to prove that he was willing to go above and beyond for his son. It turned out, the baby wasn’t his.. he still offered to take care of him.. so for the agreement, she filed suit wanting 50 percent of all marital assets, the bank account, his family jewelry (his grandmothers ring he wanted back), schooling for the son that wasn’t his after the affair and full alimony payments after it was proven it wasn’t his child, but her ex bf’s child who she still hung out with that was currently in jail.

bright side? this guy still hung around for this kid and he still calls him dad. He never got his grandma’s ring back but doesn’t even care. One day I wish he would take this woman to court, I honestly feel that he admits he’s afraid to date again gives her pleasure. She knows hes alone.. so it’s just her and his family and the son he loves so much that isn’t even his but he will always claim as his own.

  1. Girls often understand what a guy is implying, but they may feign innocence.
  2. Women tend to develop feelings for those who maintain distance from them.
  3. Many women enjoy engaging in what society deems “promiscuous” behavior, yet they recoil from being labeled as such.
  4. When deeply in love, women may exhibit childish tendencies around their partners.
  5. If a woman truly loves a man, she’ll likely inform him when other men attempt to flirt with her.
  6. Cooking for someone often signifies care and affection from a woman.
  7. A woman may choose to be intimate with a man based on his character and identity.
  8. Beware of the woman whose father was the first to break her heart; she may have deep-seated trust issues.

Stuffed Grape Leaves (Dolmathes)

grape leave
grape leave

Ingredients

  • 1 1/2 pounds ground round or turkey
  • 1 onion, finely chopped
  • 1/2 cup raw rice
  • Salt and pepper, to taste
  • 1 tablespoon mint
  • 1 tablespoon parsley
  • 1 egg, beaten
  • 1 cup canned tomatoes, undrained
  • 1/2 teaspoon dill
  • 1/2 teaspoon oregano
  • 1 (16 ounce) jar grapevine leaves
  • 3 bouillon cubes
  • 1 tablespoon butter

Instructions

  1. Combine first ten ingredients and mix well.
  2. Wash the grape leaves carefully and remove the brine. Put any broken leaves into the bottom of a greased Dutch oven.
  3. Put a heaping teaspoon of the mixture in the center of each leaf (on the vein side). Fold edges over and roll tightly toward point of leaf.
  4. Dissolve bouillon cubes in enough water to cover the rolls, then pour over the rolls. Dot tops with butter.
  5. Cover with a heavy plate to prevent the rolls from opening as the rice puffs
  6. Cover the pan and steam over low heat for 1 hour or until leaves are tender.

Wearing a beanie in beantown on a beany day

I was in the ninth or tenth standard.

Our Maths teacher was excellent in teaching maths in logical way.

I had a great respect for her teaching excellence.

Since I loved Maths and scored good marks, students who had problem with maths would come to me in the short interval for clearing their doubts in some difficult problems.

Those students were day schoolers , while I was in boarding.

In short interval when I was explaining Maths, they would offer me some food to taste which they brought from their home.

One particular item jowar roti(it is called jonna rotti in Telugu) with smoked brinjal chutney(baigan ka bharta) was my favorite. So whenever any of those girls brought those items, they would invariably offer me.

One day when I was explaining some problems to the girls, the teacher saw us.

After some time I was called into the staff room.

I was scared. “Did I do any thing wrong by explaining maths to those girls?” I thought.

“It is a good thing you are clearing the doubts for those girls. I appreciate you. You are saving my time” she said.

My respect for her increased.

“But why do you eat from their (mentioning their caste) tiffin boxes? Stop eating from now onwards”

My entire respect for her came crashing down in a minute.

From then onward, I respected her as a good Math teacher but never considered as a mentor.

RV Life is FINISHED! | 7 HARSH REALITIES Why RVer’s QUIT

Southern Fried Catfish

Fried Catfish Recipe 8 scaled
Fried Catfish Recipe 8 scaled

Ingredients

  • 6 small catfish
  • 2 cups buttermilk
  • 2 cups cornmeal
  • Salt
  • Ground pepper

Instructions

  1. Shake cornmeal, salt and ground pepper in a paper bag.
  2. Heat oil to 360 degrees F, halfway up the sides of a cast iron skillet.
  3. Dip catfish into buttermilk, then into dry mixture in bag.
  4. Fry for about 2 1/2 to 3 minutes on each side (5 minutes per every inch of thickness).
  5. Serve with Hush Puppies.

Years ago, my husband stopped by a yard sale looking for old canning jars (which he collects). When he was getting ready to pay for his new treasures, the man running the sale asked him if he wanted a bottle he had – it was only $5. So my husband bought it. He put it in the back seat of his truck and headed for home.

When he got home, he noticed the vivid green coloring to the bottle so he took some pictures of it and uploaded pictures of it to a collector’s group he belonged to. One person offered him $100, another $200. Finally, someone messaged my husband and asked him if he even knew what he had. Turns out it was an old Binninger’s whiskey bottle and the second one known to exist. They offered to pay for transport to their facility and take it around to some collectors’ shows, then auction it off so it could get some exposure. My husband paid for the shipping and agreed that they could auction it off.

That bottle sold for $6000. The auction house got 10%. So $6000 – $620 (600 to the auction house and $20 to buy and ship) = $5380.00. Not a bad traffic

This was actually half of three conversations that were all connected.

A few years ago I was on holiday in Pisa. One day we were travelling back to Pisa by train after a day out and we were sitting near a young Italian.

When he started speaking to someone on his mobile, I did pay attention at first but I then found that I was understanding what he was saying without trying. I decided to practise my aural comprehension and started listening.

He was asking someone to meet him at the station and I assumed that it was his sister, since many young Italians live at home.

Anyway he said something like:

”…… if you could come and meet me at the station … I need to buy a birthday present for Mamma…”

I could not hear what the other person said but I realised he had received a negative response because he said “OK” in a tone of resignation. I had a vague suspicion that asking for help to choose a present was just an excuse and his real concern was getting a lift home. He then said something like:

”I’ll see you at home then ….. or maybe you could come and pick me up at the station …… Ah, OK. I’ll see you at home then”

I noticed that when he asked about being picked up at the station he spoke with exaggerated casualness, obviously wanting to give the impression that he had only just thought of it although it was his real reason for phoning.

After his request had met with another refusal, he phoned someone else and suggested meeting at the station before going to a bar. This person also declined.

A few minutes later the young man’s mobile rang and I just knew that the second person wanted to arrange something for another night. When he answered his mobile, I could half sense and half hear the other person suggesting that they meet another time. The young man did not want to arrange anything and ended the call very quickly.

Personally, if I had been in the other person’s position, I would not have bothered with that young man again. He seemed really self-centred.

Shorpy History

SHORPY 32456a.preview
SHORPY 32456a.preview
SHORPY beach.preview
SHORPY beach.preview
SHORPY 5a49026u.preview
SHORPY 5a49026u.preview
SHORPY 8d27841a.preview
SHORPY 8d27841a.preview
SHORPY Marilyn Monroe.preview
SHORPY Marilyn Monroe.preview
SHORPY 4a22976a.preview
SHORPY 4a22976a.preview
SHORPY 34769a.preview
SHORPY 34769a.preview
SHORPY 34016a.preview
SHORPY 34016a.preview
SHORPY 8c28669a.preview
SHORPY 8c28669a.preview
SHORPY garage.preview
SHORPY garage.preview
SHORPY 4a13783a.preview
SHORPY 4a13783a.preview
SHORPY 04424u1.preview
SHORPY 04424u1.preview
SHORPY 5a27086u.preview
SHORPY 5a27086u.preview
SHORPY 03656a.preview
SHORPY 03656a.preview
SHORPY 04394u.preview
SHORPY 04394u.preview
SHORPY FL16159551.preview
SHORPY FL16159551.preview
SHORPY 4a22996a.preview
SHORPY 4a22996a.preview
SHORPY 30497a.preview
SHORPY 30497a.preview
SHORPY 31621u.preview
SHORPY 31621u.preview
SHORPY 02767a.preview
SHORPY 02767a.preview
LA city hall sunsetB.preview
LA city hall sunsetB.preview
SHORPY 4a18315a.preview
SHORPY 4a18315a.preview
SHORPY FL16642751.preview
SHORPY FL16642751.preview
SHORPY 01420u.preview
SHORPY 01420u.preview
SHORPY 22888u.preview
SHORPY 22888u.preview
SHORPY 19527u.preview
SHORPY 19527u.preview
SHORPY 4a24939a.preview
SHORPY 4a24939a.preview
SHORPY 04270u.preview
SHORPY 04270u.preview
SHORPY 8d10759u.preview
SHORPY 8d10759u.preview
SHORPY 8d10811u.preview
SHORPY 8d10811u.preview
SHORPY 16327u.preview
SHORPY 16327u.preview

1. Money might not buy happiness but it does make sadness comfortable.

2. The fuller your phone battery is by the end of the day, the better your day was.

3. Having a small circle is cool until your two friends are busy.

4. World history unfolding seems so unreal until you experience it first and it becomes too real.

5. If an object is large enough, it becomes a location.

6. Never run for a bus or a relationship. Because when one leaves, another arrives.

7. May you attract someone speaks your language so you don’t have to translate your soul.

8. Some people don’t realize how hard you are riding for them, until you park.

9. Everyone wants you to go the extra mile, but seldom gives you the gas to do it.

10. Randomly hearing your favorite song is more satisfying than putting it on yourself.

According to the plan, it was supposed to carry back 2 kilograms, but the density of the lunar soil is based on public information in the United States. The U.S. public information is incorrect. The actual lunar soil density is smaller than that disclosed by the United States.

In this way, under the same volume, the mass decreases: 2 kg → 1.731 kg.

This scientific parameter must not be wrong! Get it wrong and the mission will fail. Fortunately, the Chinese do not trust the United States and have margins when designing.

2 possibilities: Deliberately publicizing wrong information to mislead others. The second is that the United States really doesn’t know what is wrong. Therefore, the United States keeps asking China for information and lunar soil. China ignored it!

I am not qualified to say that the US moon landing was fake, I can only have doubts.

Some Problem discussion :

1. The Soviet Union also used unmanned missions to land on the moon, obtained the lunar soil, and found water, while the United States said there was no water. The Soviet Union was not confident and could only believe that the lunar soil it obtained was contaminated. Now, no one from China has landed on the moon to obtain lunar soil, proving that the lunar soil contains water.

2. The ironclad proof of the American moon landing is the installation of a lunar surface laser corner reflector . The distance between the earth and the moon can be measured on the earth through the lunar corner reflector. However, the United States installed two corner reflectors manually, and the Soviet Union installed three corner reflectors with automatic machines for unmanned lunar landings. At the same time, the Soviet Union’s corner reflectors can also measure the distance between the earth and the moon. The effect is the same, how can it be “irrefutable proof”.

3. Zhang Benan , deputy chief engineer of China’s aerospace industry , publicly stated that according to the internal assessment of the US Apollo moon landing, the reliability rate was less than 50%. If China followed the American moon landing model, it would be impossible to succeed. Look, Chinese scientists always speak in direct manner. If the success rate of a project is less than 50%, can it be successful? However, there were 6 Apollo moon landings, 5 of which were successful. Science is not feudal superstition. We talk about projects based on facts. We do not take personal feelings and evaluate rationally!

4. When the United States landed on the moon and returned to the earth, it did not master the ” Qian Xuesen ballistic ” re-entry technology and returned to the earth at the second cosmic speed , which would have killed all the astronauts. However, the three astronauts are not dead, they are alive. what happened? The United States has not yet mastered this technology. In 2022, NASA made big claims early, claiming that Orion was the first manned spacecraft in history to use a jump return method (i.e., “floating”) to reenter the atmosphere. This is actually a ” semi-ballistic return ” and is not fully understood. But how did they return to Earth in 1969?!

5. China and the United States, no one has landed on the moon, and some people have landed on the moon. Comparison of lunar surface pictures:

main qimg 9f3133a555bfba4b50b4547c58bb3bce
main qimg 9f3133a555bfba4b50b4547c58bb3bce

China, lunar surface, lunar soil is dense and discolored. United States, on the lunar surface, the lunar soil is like a cement pile, loose and does not change color. (Picture below: Moon landing announced by the United States)

main qimg da27dfb27dc0d274dda5f095a428ba41
main qimg da27dfb27dc0d274dda5f095a428ba41

There is another picture, below: Ground simulation training taken by the United States (published by the United States), take a look

main qimg 4ae1eed93956631e2abf65cb90cd3e78
main qimg 4ae1eed93956631e2abf65cb90cd3e78

In the ground simulation, the astronauts were held by two wires behind them, and the scene was almost the same as if they were on the moon… If you go to the studio and the wire ropes are blurred, you would think that they are on the so-called moon….The picture below shows the lunar surface taken by China’s Chang’e 2 , which is believed to be the remnants of the American Apollo 11. However, it is a shadow with a resolution of 70 meters. It does not prove that “someone landed on the moon”. A lunar rover? American flag? where? Where are the footprints? No one has ever landed on the moon, so we can throw something down. It’s pitch black, what are you looking at? ?

main qimg 31564713a11c1dfe16ed8e2776cbed29
main qimg 31564713a11c1dfe16ed8e2776cbed29

Even if no one lands on the moon, we can still create this huge pile of ruins with nothing visible. 2002 American TV show, the host who questioned the moon landing insisted that astronaut Aldrin swear to the camera with his hand on the Bible, declaring that he had truly left footprints on the moon. If he refused, it would prove that the moon landing was a hoax. Aldrin remained silent for a long time. But the host continued to ask, saying that if you don’t swear, “you are a coward, a liar, and a shameful thief.” Faced with such verbal provocation, an angry Aldrin punched the host, but he still refused to swear in the end. Later, Armstrong and other three other astronauts who landed on the moon also refused to swear when they encountered similar situations. That is to say, no one who landed on the moon has dared to swear according to the Bible that he landed on the moon. (There is a video, you can look for it) According to American law, pressing the Constitution and the Bible with your hands and swearing an oath are essentially testimonials, which are legally binding. Many people do not understand American law. The act of swearing on the Bible can be used as evidence recognized by the court. If you lie, it is ” perjury “; and perjury is one of the six major felonies and must be sentenced to more than one year in prison. There is no Execution outside prison and understanding outside court. Therefore, when Americans are forced to swear or testify, they can remain silent and refuse to answer. This is a form of self-protection and is recognized by law.

Conclusion :

1. We must use a “real scientific attitude” to talk about problems, instead of “because the United States is very powerful”. Everything it does is right and true. This is inappropriate. Discuss things objectively without any subjectivity; let alone use force to overwhelm others, “America is great, how dare you doubt it?” “Scientists from all over the world don’t doubt it, so who do you think you are?” “Whatever culture you have, you are worthy of doubting Apollo”…This is no longer interesting.

2. Not much to talk about, just two:

A. The United States has not yet mastered the “floating technology.” How did the people inside the lunar return module survive when it returned to the earth at the speed of the second universe? Entering the atmosphere at the speed of the second universe, the spacecraft can withstand at least 16G inside and outside, and the human body can withstand up to 10G. If it exceeds, you will die. How did these moon landings survive?

B. Just one. Of all the “moon-landers”, not one of them pressed the Bible and swore he would land on the moon. Why? When talking about things, convince people with reason.

Everyone is interested in the ground training of the American Apollo moon landing. Here are a few more pictures. These are all announced by NASA:

main qimg 38177cfc66c2d536c1f6d1042656d1e0
main qimg 38177cfc66c2d536c1f6d1042656d1e0

It is speculated that the Americans do not know what the real land on the moon is like. They relied on reasoning to simulate the lunar surface and thought it was similar to a cement pile. However, now China has landed on the moon, and found that the lunar surface is actually similar to the Gobi Desert. The picture below shows the first American moonwalkers. They firmly refused to swear by the Bible that they had landed on the moon. They either cursed, ignored, or remained silent. There were 12 people who landed on the moon, and no one swore an oath!

main qimg 76d19541d6cded34a9b542d57834c6f4
main qimg 76d19541d6cded34a9b542d57834c6f4

We Chinese, born in a secular society, keep a distance from religion or are indifferent to it. But Western society is different. Even after the religious reform, most Americans are Protestants, and they still have a strong respect for religion. Swearing on the Bible is a big deal to them. This is not an oath, it actually explains a lot.….

The latest video I saw was Aldrin talking to a little girl. He probably won’t live long enough to control it, so he told the truth. July 2018, an 8-year-old girl asked Aldrin: “Why hasn’t anyone gone to the moon in so long?”Aldrin accidentally said this: I don’t know, we haven’t been to the moon either!

main qimg 1373f1630f997ff87de6e1980af36ab7
main qimg 1373f1630f997ff87de6e1980af36ab7

Author Note :

USA empire of lies, Barbarian who think himself noble.

Onion Crusted Catfish

onion crusted catfish
onion crusted catfish

Yield: 4 servings

Ingredients

Catfish

  • 8 U.S. Farm-Raised Catfish Fillets
  • 1 cup all-purpose flour
  • 1 teaspoon salt
  • 1/4 teaspoon cayenne pepper
  • 1 teaspoon lemon zest
  • 1 cup French fried onions, crushed

Pecan Sauce

  • 1/2 cup butter
  • 1/2 cup chopped pecans
  • 2 tablespoons lemon juice
  • 1 tablespoon Worcestershire sauce
  • 1 tablespoon fresh parsley, chopped

Instructions

Catfish

  1. Combine flour, salt, cayenne pepper and lemon zest in shallow bowl.
  2. Dredge fillets in flour mixture and press in crushed fried onions, coating well.
  3. Brown fillets over medium-high heat serving side down for 3 to 4 minutes.
  4. Turn fillets and cook 3 to 4 more minutes or until done.
  5. While fillets are cooking, make Pecan Sauce.
  6. Place fillets on plate and serve with sauce.

Pecan Sauce

  1. Melt butter in small saucepan until bubbly and slightly browned.
  2. Add pecans and cook 1 minute to lightly toast.
  3. Add lemon juice and Worcestershire sauce. Remove from heat; add parsley. Spoon over fish.

Senator John McCain told this story. He was visiting an African nation and was in the office of that country’s president, along with a Congressional colleague. The colleague proceeded to talk to the African president loudly and slowly, using exaggerated gestures.

“MY country is VERY BIG. We have BIG MOUNTAINS. We have BIG CITIES. We have UNIVERSITIES. Do you know what UNIVERSITY means?”

The African president stared at him a moment and then replied, in a normal tone of voice, “I think so. I have a daughter at Vanderbilt.”

Edit, May 5, 2023: Eighty-two thousand views in a week suggests that this issue resonates with a great many people. I am also reminded of this incident of a few years ago:

EDITORIAL: Well, that was embarrassing… — Acknowledging our assumptions
There are many ways to strangle communication. We can misinterpret, not pay enough attention, pay too much attention (to ourselves!), and of course assume. It is much too easy to do. A recent case …

Finally, I am reminded of the employee orientation I attended at an internationally known non-profit institution that attracts employees from all over the world. The institution is located in Tennessee. A young couple with obvious British accents said they were from the UK, and the person in charge of the orientation, having no idea what the UK was, spent the entire day thinking they were from Ukraine.

Retro Pictures AI generated

Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(14)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(14)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(13)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(13)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(13)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(13)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(6)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(6)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(13)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(13)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(12)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(12)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(12)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(12)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(5)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(5)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(12)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(12)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(11)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(11)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(11)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(11)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(4)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(4)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(11)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(11)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(10)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(10)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(10)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(10)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(3)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(3)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(10)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(10)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(9)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(9)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(9)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(9)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(2)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(2)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(9)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(9)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(8)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(8)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(8)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(8)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(1) (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(1) (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(8)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(8)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(7)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(7)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(7)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(7)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3 (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3 (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(7)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(7)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(6)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(6)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(6)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(6)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(6)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(6)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(5)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(5)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(5)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(5)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(5)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(5)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(4)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(4)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(4)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(4)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(4)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(4)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(3)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(3)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(3)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(3)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(3)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(3)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(2)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(2)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(2)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(2)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(2)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(2)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(1) (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(1) (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(1) (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(1) (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(1) (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(1) (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0 (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0 (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2 (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2 (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1 (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1 (copy)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(1)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1(1)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(1)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0(1)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(1)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3(1)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(1)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2(1)
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 1
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 0
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 3
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2
Default A 1950s era pinup In the opulent 1950s golden age of i 2
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 1(9)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 1(9)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 0(8)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 0(8)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 3(9)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 3(9)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 2(9)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 2(9)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 1(8)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 1(8)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 3(8)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 3(8)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 2(8)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 2(8)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 1(7)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 1(7)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 0(7)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 0(7)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 3(7)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 3(7)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 2(7)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 2(7)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 1(6)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 1(6)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 0(6)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 0(6)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 3(6)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 3(6)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 2(6)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 2(6)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 1(5)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 1(5)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 0(5)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 0(5)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 3(5)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 3(5)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 2(5)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 2(5)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 1(4)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 1(4)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 0(4)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 0(4)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 3(4)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 3(4)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 2(4)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 2(4)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 1(3)
Default In the opulent 1950s golden age of illustration a brea 1(3)

Yes. My BEST friend…who I hired to be an assistant manager…and he succeeded. Out of the blue one day, the COO of the company (a bit of a tyrant, but was ALWAYS cool with me) tried to get me to resign for “theft” of property that had been missing before I ever took the position as a manager. I flatly refused and even laughed at him, I hadn’t stolen anything and I knew I was the scapegoat for something. I was fired with no cause given, it certainly wasn’t for theft even though that was the claim. Months later he (best friend) then proceeded to go after my Dad (who worked at the same company) and my dad resigned (he was already job shopping because the company was beginning to have strange issues). Turns out he (my best friend) was a two faced POS (even his own family has now disowned him). He apparently knew that the COO of the company was having an affair…and he used that info to blackmail the COO into putting him into my position and then my father’s position. It lasted about a year until the company president found out about the affair and gave the COO a second chance to clean up his act (the COO’s wife worked for the president and was just a wonderful person). The COO couldn’t keep it in his pants and he got fired. The President took over the COO’s position and began to get information from recently fired employees about how they were fired without cause because the “big supervisor” (guess who) found “problems” that didn’t really exist. The big supervisor would have to come to the stores and do inventories, etc., and while he was doing that he was rewriting sales agreements and contracts so that HE was now getting the percentages of the sales vs the now fired managers. Well, all of that caught up to him…AND it was determined that HE was stealing and blaming it on employees. He had a nice racket going. He got fired and damn near got put in jail. I eventually heard that he had BIG BIG money problems, a serious drug issue and other things. His wife divorced him, his two kids won’t speak to him, his brother and sister won’t even mention his name…. He moved away, married a gal that had a “history” and became persona non grata around these parts.

This is a guy I knew all of my life, who I trusted with my life and would’ve died for. His family is one of the best and his father was as good a man as I’ve ever known. He threw all of it away for money and to try to dig himself out of a problem of his own making. It broke my heart because I’d never been betrayed like that before.

I believe that Made in China 2025 plays better to China’s traditional strengths, which are:

  • Production and manufacturing capacity;
  • Innovation and adaptation;
  • A growing domestic consumer market;
  • Fast to market speed;
  • Domestic consumers who are quicker to adapt than other markets.

It will also stimulate science innovation at a time when the US, EU and Japan are not investing as much.

Moreover, China needs to move up the value chain because the US has shown that it is an unreliable trading partner, which means that China needs to be strong in all the areas which the US is currently strong in, and replace the US as the world’s most innovative and reliable trading partner.

There is an opportunity here because the Trump administration and Republican Party have turned against science investment and education, which means that there is a good opportunity for China to attract science talent to work in China on next generation products and services.

In order to do this, China needs to open up immigration, not just to ethnic Chinese from overseas, but to all talented individuals with special skills who can contribute to Made in China 2025. It needs to become the immigration destination of choice for people from all over the world, replacing the US.

OBOR mainly benefits the large Chinese state-owned companies which are strong in transport development and infrastructure. However, the big question is when will these huge infrastructure projects be paid off?

If their domestic markets take a long time to develop, this means that these governments in central Asia will be saddled with high levels of debt to China, and creating animosity towards China among their own populations. (This has already happened in Malaysia, where the new Malaysian government has asked to re-negotiate the terms of Chinese infrastructure projects in Malaysia.)

For these reasons, I think that Made in China 2025 is the safer investment, and will help Chinese science and industry move up the value chain, replacing the US.

More common than you can believe

Beef Brisket

Beef Brisket
Beef Brisket

Ingredients

  • 1 (5 or 6 pound) beef brisket
  • Onion, garlic and celery salt
  • 1 tablespoon liquid smoke
  • 1/4 cup Worcestershire sauce
  • 1 envelope onion soup mix
  • 1 small bottle barbecue sauce

Instructions

  1. Marinate brisket in a mixture of the onion, garlic and celery salts and liquid smoke. Rub in well and poke holes in meat to help tenderize it. Marinate overnight or at least 3 hours.
  2. Make a pouch of aluminum foil. Put meat in it and add salt and pepper to taste and Worcestershire sauce. Seal pouch well and bake at 275 degrees F for 4 to 6 hours.
  3. Open pouch and put onion soup mix and small bottle of barbecue sauce over brisket. Seal pouch again and bake 1 hour longer.
  4. Refrigerate for 1 hour before slicing across grain.

The plant I work in is a 24/7 365 operation. I’m an industrial electronics technician/mechanic and this particular year I got the short straw. So late on the 24th of December Christmas eve and I’m on my way to work. Then this cop pulls in behind me, lights n such, and pulls me over. I couldn’t think of a single thing I had done wrong and was thinking, wtf, I’m gonna get a ticket on may way to work a night shift on Christmas eve, seriously???. I was clearly not feeling like this was going to be a good day.

Now I like putting my skills to work in my personal as well as professional life. My favorite thing is building projects, enter the pickup truck I was driving at the time. For note, this took place about 20yrs ago.

The cop comes up and immediately said, ‘you haven’t done anything wrong’. Which clearly left me very very confused. ‘Are those solar panels on your bed?’. Yes, yes they are. You see I had built an electric truck out of an old Chevy S10. The solar provided some free charging. The questions being flying and on the side of the road on Christmas eve I pop the hood and give an impromptu lesson on electric vehicles.

10min or so later excused myself, work awaited. Oddest stop I ever had.

I worked for a Kia dealer in the late 90s. They had something called retro money. It was an incentive to the dealer. Every car you sold in a month got you xx dollars from the manufacturer. The more you sold the larger the incentive, and it was retro to all the cars you sold that month. So if the incentive went from 500 to 800 per car you would get the extra 300 on all cars sold for the month.

It is the last day of the month and we need to sell two cars to hit the next level. It would mean an extra 35k for the dealer. We sold the first one by 10am. Then it was a ghost town. No customers etc. I get a guy looking at a Kia Sportage. Not really interested, blah blah blah. It’s nearly closing time and this guy is the only customer. He is one of those that doesn’t buy the same day etc. I was ready to buy a car at this point. We offer him a deal, no, another deal, no. We gave him the rebate off of invoice as well as the holdback, the funny money. The final offer was a 4,000 loss from triple net cost. It was about 8k off of sticker price. This on a car that had a sticker price of about 18k. HE WANTS TO THINK ABOUT IT OVERNIGHT. I tell him this deal goes away. Honestly, if he didn’t buy it, I was going to. He did buy it.

  1. In ancient Rome, the punishment for patricide (killing one’s father) was to be drowned in a sack along with a viper, a dog, a monkey and a rooster. The reason? I don’t even know.
  2. Alice Stebbins Wells was the first ever policewoman who joined the LAPD in 1910. Because she was the first (and only) policewoman, she designed her own police uniform.
main qimg 6c3f0b858e2176654ae251238c9ebf0a lq
main qimg 6c3f0b858e2176654ae251238c9ebf0a lq

3. Gorgias of Epirus, a Greek sophist, was born in his dead mother’s coffin while pallbearers were on their way to bury her. Who has an explanation for this?

4. In the 5th century, St. Simeon Stylites spent 37 years on a small platform on top of a tall pillar in Aleppo, Syria. He did it for ascetic reasons but sometimes I wonder how even spending 1 year on top of a skyscraper without coming down will be like.

main qimg 99c70b2954100ee06cf2d829357e7ef9 lq
main qimg 99c70b2954100ee06cf2d829357e7ef9 lq

5. One of the most well-known gladiators of ancient Rome, Carpophorus, fought exclusively against beasts. You think Samson in the Bible was a beast? Carpophorus was a monster! Carpophorus famously defeated a bear, lion, and leopard in a single battle. That same day, he slaughtered a rhinoceros with a spear and set a record of killing 20 wild animals no other man will even venture to go near. Even Hercules didn’t do this!

main qimg f32904a5ae190fc8452936895db8a484 lq
main qimg f32904a5ae190fc8452936895db8a484 lq

American Reacts to First Time You Realized America Really Messed You Up | Part 2 | TikTok

I do now.

It grew out of quiet quitting. Most other hospitals in town pay about 30–40% more for my job. So after making this known I cut back my work to about 60% and nobody noticed or cared so I cut back even further.

I do about 6 hours of work in a given week.

I show up, I train my classes 1–2 days a couple weeks a month then I go wander around clinics and bullshit with a few people to look like I’m busy. Then I go back to my desk and sit. Thanks to Covid office emptiness I keep headphones on so it looks like I’m listening to music. I’m listening to books on tape or watching YouTube videos. I keep something that looks like work on one of my monitors so I look busy but I pretty much just sit. Sometimes I work on additional certifications for when the ship sinks and I have to go work somewhere else.

I work from home on Fridays, which is to say I sign in to Teams and watch Netflix for 8 hours.

If I can keep this up for 13 years and this poorly run mess I work for doesn’t bankrupt itself, I retire with a full pension.

I have been married twice.

My first marriage ended with my wife’s bloody body in my lap.

She took only about a minute to die.

We had been married, exactly 5 years, she died on our anniversary. She was pregnant, so I also lost the person who would have been my firstborn.

My second marriage ended when my wife died in hospital, from cancer, while I was asleep, at home, she took just days short of 2 years to die.

We had been married 46 years.

I’m still trying to work out which was the worst.

The strange thing about all this is that my first wife died on the 17th of August 1963, at 0130 hrs.

My second wife died on the 17th of August 2013, at 0115 hrs.

I decided to not remarry as I would be depressed every year as August approached.?

PS. My birthday is the 27th of August.

I came into work one morning at around 9:30AM and so was admittedly late. This was in the early 70s so flexible working was not a thing. My boss called me into his office, and gave me right bollocking. I resigned on the spot basically telling him that if he didn’t like it he could stuff his job.

This does seem to be rather high-handed of me, but the context is that I had finished work at 4 AM, destruction testing and debugging a programme suite I had written over the previous 6 months. I had just worked continuously from Friday 10 PM until Monday 4 AM surviving on sandwiches and copious amounts of caffeine citrate tablets so by the time I arrived at 9:30 AM on Monday I was still pretty strung out and probably resembled the crazy doctor in the Cannonball run.

I was incensed to be carpetted without being asked for an explanation. Two days later I had a new job with a 50% salary increase.

I worked a $8-an-hour part-time job on weekends because I needed the money. Like all low-wage jobs, it was hard work, stupid policies, supervisors with a take-it-or-leave it attitude. It was a high-turnover position; people were always quitting and they were always hiring. We were always understaffed.

We were without a manager. Our team lead had been pressed into service without title or pay raise while they recruited the position. For months. As an employee formerly in our position, he was sympathetic to our viewpoints, did the job well, and was popular with us front-line guys. He applied and interviewed for the position he was already spending 40 hours a week doing.

He didn’t get the job.

On the new manager’s first day, our disappointed and bitter team lead quit. Fully 80% of the team followed him out the door. Many of us told our team lead that the only reason we hadn’t already quit was that we hadn’t wanted to make his job as our unacknowledged manager harder.

That didn’t stop the fucker from disappearing instead of repaying the $500 I had loaned him.

For years, the race we all hear about is to lower and lower node sizes. China (SMIC) decided that competing on this was a fools errand.

They are currently flooding the market with 28nm (and above), also known as “mature processes”. This is the same strategy they took in solar panels and batteries. By some accounts, they’ll have a third of this market in a few years.

28 nm is a limit after which transistors had to be redesigned for heat dispersion, data transfer and electric interference, expensive for minimal speed increase. Some think that it is better to keep that design. but use gallium, photonics and other tech to make chips faster. There’s also this interesting cost curve where 14nm is the inflection point where it starts to become more expensive rapidly.

The running after Moore’s law of stuffing more primitive logic into smaller and smaller chips ends up with, for most applications, only marginal gains in useful functionality. Bigger, although still tiny, integrated circuits take up marginally larger space/volume and energy consumption and do the job within acptable response times for logical cycles.

In marketing terms this makes even more sense to raise the cumulative return on mature proven minimum defect production cycles. Going after smaller etching dimensions involves a far higher investment and as can be seen a smaller market.

The experience and tacit knowledge gained on the rising throughput in 28nm etch production is likely at some point to result in the systems teams involved coming up with better designs for smaller dimensioned products simply as a result of their accumlation of their know how (learning curve).

Why is this a problem:

They need 28nm for a ton of things. Lower node is more profitable, but higher node chips are critical for a bunch of things. Cars. IoT. Microcontrollers.

And most worrying: these higher node chips are important for the military. The US government, especially under Trump, tried to get the military to have a better sense of the provenance of chips. They have, for the most part, failed. Chips are bought by systems integrators and the systems integrators have little sense of their own supply chain.

Qualcomm etc aren’t lying per se, but you need to fulfil orders. Some of them are civilian and are military. Some get filled by SMIC chips others by global foundries.

What’s more important?

Their military production might be at risk of being cut off in the event of conflict. Intel’s foundry is targeting lower nodes. It won’t touch these lagging edge processes. Why should it? There’s no $$ in it.

The US private sector has shown great disinterest in solving this.

It was obvious some time ago that this would happen, and it’s the consequences of capitalist short term policies of the US administration. Anyone in tech knows military equipment does not use advanced node chips.

Whatever West does is too little & too late if West’s purpose is to kneecap China. China can make everything, materials, chemicals, and equipment for making 28nm chips & above. China has some workarounds for making 5nm chips too.

This gain in Chinese market share is not export driven, but from domestic consumption growth and divestment from US foundries. Too many people are short-sighted and think that China cannot properly manufacture advanced chips. Take a look at Huawei’s recently released PUEA70, which has a 7-nanometer chip and a camera module that surpasses Sony’s.

I think another point that the West hasn’t realized is that Chinese advance in semiconductor will quickly spill over to Vietnam too (China is already eating into South Korea & Taiwan’s lunch) and there won’t be anyway to diverge from China-Vietnam supply chain network and still able to compete on price (China already can mass produce for much cheaper than other East Asian developed economies). This spillover has already happened in solar industries.

Saving Private Ryan RIPPED Me to Shreds – First Time Watching

One of the best reactions.

This movie was a hard watch and a complete emotional rollercoaster. I cried and laughed (sometimes at inappropriate moments), but mostly sobbed. Okay... not just sobbed, I UGLY cried. Kinda embarassing, but it's out there now, don't judge me for my faces of despair! Lol. Trust me, I went to bed hugging my dog after filming!

The ship is floundering

China and Russia can’t

  • raise the IQ of US presidents,
  • stop US presidents from putting the US neocons/chickenhawks in their cabinets,
  • improve the critical thinking skills of the US electorate,
  • make US cable news, the New York Times, and the Washington Post better than the paper you’d use to clean up dog shit.

Right now, we’re relying on Putin and Xi Jinping to be the adults in the room and not the crash-test dummies that we Americans keep putting in the office of the US presidency and Congress.

From the US side, we’re not preventing nuclear war but heading straight into an idiot apocalypse.

I’m old enough to remember when US presidents tried not to provoke a nuclear war, but those times are long gone.

Nuland resigns. China hawks take over

  • “Project Ukraine is her child.”
  • “Her resignation was insisted upon by powerful people in the United States.”

Swiss Steak with Tomato Gravy

dinner
dinner

Yield: 4 servings

Ingredients

  • 1 large slice round steak
  • 1/2 cup vegetable oil
  • 2 large cans tomatoes
  • 1 cup all-purpose flour
  • 1 large onion, diced
  • Kosher or sea salt and pepper
  • 1 cup water (for gravy)

Instructions

  1. Spray slow cooker with Pam. Turn on LOW.
  2. Heat oil in large skillet.
  3. Cut round steak into serving-size pieces.
  4. Put flour into a shallow pan. Add salt and pepper to flour and flour steak well.
  5. Fry steak in hot oil until brown.
  6. Pour a few tomatoes into the slow cooker. Add pieces of browned steak and remaining tomatoes in layers. Add diced onion.
  7. Cook for 4 hours on LOW heat.
  8. Remove meat from slow cooker.
  9. Put 1 cup of water in a pint jar. Add 3 tablespoons flour. Shake well. Add to tomato mixture in the slow cooker. Cook and stir until gravy is thickened.
  10. Put meat back in long enough to heat.
  11. Serve with mashed potatoes.

Five guys actually volunteered to stand at ground zero of a nuclear blast just to see what would happen.

main qimg 8f279793786be66abfcfdb6d33964453 lq
main qimg 8f279793786be66abfcfdb6d33964453 lq

No, they were not crazy. Nor were they being punished. It just shows how stupid some people can be (I’m joking guys, don’t take out your pitchforks).


During the Cold War when the US and Russia were both trying to set the world record for spending the most amount of money on nuclear weapons, the general public was getting a little bit worried about these weapons of mass destruction.

Despite US claims that nothing bad would happen if a nuclear bomb detonated above civilians, nobody was buying it.

So what did the US do?

They decided to prove it.

On July 19, 1957, five exceptionally brave Air Force officers and one cameraman (probably reevaluating his life at that point) stood about 65 miles northeast of Las Vegas.

Sure enough, two F-89 jets flew above their heads and shot out a nuclear missile. Thankfully for the group, the missile did not malfunction and promptly detonated directly above their heads.

According to Major Body as it happened,

“We felt a heat pulse. A very bright light. A fireball it is red. The sky looks black about it. It is boiling above us. It is rapidly losing its color…”

Then the blast could be heard and he continued to say,

“There is the ground wave! It is over folks, It happened! The mounds are vibrating. It is tremendous! Directly above our heads! It is a huge fireball. … Wasn’t that a perfect, perfect shot.”

Now, at this point you might be wondering about all of that radiation from that blast that was hovering over their heads. Surely they have been exposed to a decent amount of ionizing radiation, right?

Since the blast occurred pretty high up in the air (around 18,000 feet or 5.5 km from above), no ground material was sucked up to create a giant mushroom cloud, and thus no giant radioactive cloud was present. As for the material in the bomb itself and surrounding dust, those radioactive particles would have traveled quite a large distance before descending back down to Earth. EDIT: As others have pointed out in the comments, you don’t need to worry about gamma rays because by the time it reaches them, the radiation is halved by 20 times. Thanks Lyle McElhaney and Graham Ross Leonard Cowan .

So it made sense that later on when the men were being examined, it turned out that they were exposed to negligible amounts of radiation from the bomb. It was even less than the amount the pilot was exposed to.

The irony here is that while this was entirely devoted to proving the safety of nuclear blasts high in the air, radioactive particles from such tests often ended up settling on nearby towns, leading to a number of health issues.

While it’s not certain that it’s related to this particular blast, interestingly enough all 6 men (including the cameraman) eventually ended up with cancer later in their life.

There are two types of lifers in Missouri. Those with life without and lifers who have the possibility of parole. Most in both cases accept that prison is their home now and where they will spend a large portion of their lives if not all of it

Those who have life without the possibility of parole do not have to worry about parole hearings.Many cut ties with family and friends on the outside They just want to deal with their life in prison.

I knew many who had life without. Most were laid back and just wanted to do their time. They had their circle of friends. Usually others doing a lot of time. Many are willing to give advice to new people to prison if they think the person will listen.

However, get on their bad side and it’s usually not going to be just a fight , but a stabbing

Only a few had trouble dealing with the life sentence. I remember one young guy who came in with life with the possibility of parole. So he at least had a chance. But he complained to everyone that he couldn’t do the life sentence. He even said he was lost without his phone. Rarely said anything about missing his family , it was always the dawn phone he missed. I think someone got tired of hearing him and beat him up

China Warns New Zealand about Joining AUKUS!

Late one Christmas eve my 65 year old father encountered a man who had broken into our warehouse store. The man was half my dad’s age and muscular. When my father realized the man had a handgun he dove behind a counter. The man fired a shot but missed. He started to make his escape but my father got up and tackled him. The burglar fought him off and ran toward the other end of the building but was tackled again. After fighting him off the man limped away but realized there was no exit. He turned and shot at my dad three more times. I arrived to hear those shots. The burglar finally found a way out but I followed him in my truck until the police arrived and took him into custody.

The evening before the man’s trial my father received a phone call from the man’s wife who asked him to think about her husband’s four kids before giving his testimony. My father’s immediate response – “Was your husband thinking of my kids when he shot at me?”

Oh, yes…

My oldest son’s girlfriend “A” had moved in with us. She was 19, legally an adult and could move wherever she wanted. She also wanted absolutely nothing to do with her mother or her sister (though she and her sister have since reconciled and are now very close). Their mother has serious substance abuse issues and their childhood was much less than ideal.

We still don’t know how her mother found out where we lived, but one night she showed up on our doorstep, demanding to see her daughter. She was yelling thru our locked security screen door how I’d “put a spell” on her daughter, that she refused to believe her daughter didn’t want to see her, we were keeping her against her will, etc. My son’s girlfriend had been hiding in their bedroom while my husband had been calmly replying to the mother’s histrionics, but he finally convinced “A” to at least come out to where her mother could see that she was alive and unharmed. “A” stood under the light in our dining room so her mother could see her, and she once again told her that she was fine, but she wanted nothing to do with her and to please leave her, and us, alone. The mother started up her screaming again and told my husband that she was going to call the sheriff on him. He told her to go ahead and do that if she wanted. We were on our own property and hadn’t broken any laws, so he wasn’t sure what she thought the sheriff would do, but hey…if she wanted to call them, have a ball.

She went back to her car, he closed the door and went back to watching TV. Maybe 10 minutes later, there was a knock at the door. My husband opened it to find a sheriff’s deputy on our front porch. He was invited in and he told us he’d already talked to the mother and he wanted to get “A’s” side. He spoke to her, then went back to where the mother was waiting in her car. He told her that “A” was an adult who was of sound mind and body and she’d made it VERY clear that she wanted nothing to do with her. Not only that, but my husband and I wanted her trespassed, so should she enter our property again, she would be arrested. He then returned to the house and gave us instructions on how to obtain PPOs (personal protection orders) against “A’s” mother.

Yeah…calling the sheriff certainly backfired against her that night.

From the outside, my family looked pretty normal: Mom stayed home and Dad worked, a full-time job in the Post Office and sometimes one or two part time jobs. But the family dynamics and child rearing were off-kilter.

Unfortunately, my Dad had been injured in a non-combat accident in WWII. That led to multiple medical procedures and left him in continuing pain. He’d come home from work and go right to bed. He even had a sandbag traction device at the foot of his bed attached to a kind of girdle he wore to relieve the pain.

My parents were nice folks, saw that we had what we needed growing up, weren’t the horror parents of abuse stories. But they lacked good parenting skills.

My mother would frequently say to my brother and me (born 1948 and me 1950), “Don’t bother your Father now” when he went to bed. That meant “be quiet and go away” to us. I don’t remember my Dad spending much time with me, unless it was something he was interested in. And his hobbies were… different. Like rock collecting, hand tooling leather crafts and copper enameling jewelry. I don’t remember him so much as throwing a ball back and forth with me, ever. He followed sports, but never explained how baseball or football worked. I think other extended family members recognized this and took pity on me. My maternal uncle took me to one San Francisco Giants game. My

brother-in-law took me to a World Series Giants game in the 1960’s. That was my total sports exposure.

I taught myself to ride a bike borrowed from a neighbor kid. By myself, no help from Mom or Dad. That taught me a lesson: if I wanted to learn something, or do something, I had to do it myself.

So… benign neglect.

As I look back from my 70’s, I wanted to understand my life journey, as many seniors do. What was the narrative?

One of the early signs of a problem was in High School English. The teacher was baffled. He told me, “I don’t understand. You write beautiful sentences and even paragraphs. But you can’t write a story.” I also couldn’t understand literature. Because I didn’t fully understand people.

I wasn’t stupid, although I thought I was an idiot. Was a college graduate, had a job as a computer programmer for decades, so there were some working brain cells. What I lacked were social skills and political savvy. The social skill deficit would come up in job interviews, where the interviewer would pick up on tells like lack of confidence or hesitation. More than once, an interviewer said something along the lines of “Well, you’re going to be working for so-and-so. You’ll be their problem”. The lack of political sense caused problems that could have escalated to job loss.

Lately, I was comparing notes on childhood with my brother. I got so far as to say: “In childhood, did you ever feel like…” and he finished for me: “ we were unwanted? Yeah, me too!”.

My daughter was coming home with bruises on her shins. I asked her what was going on, and she said that a boy was kicking her. I spoke to her teacher about it, and next day, police and CPS were at my house questioning my father. They said she said it was her grandfather. I have been caring for my elderly parents for over 20 years, and at that time, my father had just gotten out of the hospital and was still hooked up to an IV and catheter. It was ridiculous. It was obvious both to me and to CPS and the police that they were covering something up. They knew all about him being ill and in the hospital. And I spoke to another parent having the same problem. They said the teachers would go outside with the kids and stand around talking to one another without watching the kids. I took my complaint to the director, and she said that I had no right to talk to other parents about the school, and my daughter was obviously partially retarded because she couldn’t speak well. I demanded my money back and told her never to even think about breathing the same air as my daughter or I would serve her her own ass on a silver platter. That was the end of that. And I made a formal complaint to every agency involved with them.

  1. When walking downstairs, don’t put your hands in your pockets.
  2. If you’re ever at a party and your drink tastes unusually salty, do not continue drinking it. Rohypnol is reported to have a salty taste.
  3. If a power line falls next to you, do not walk or run. Put your feet together and do a bunny hop to jump and get away.
  4. When the waterline is abnormally far from the shore, this is a sign of a tsunami.
  5. If you see a photo of anyone where they only have one “red eye” from the flash, this could be a sign of retinoblastoma, a type of eye cancer.
  6. Don’t leave ice packs on wounds or swelling for more than 15 minutes at a time to avoid irreversible nerve damage!
  7. A gray ring around the edge of the cornea is an indication of the high level of cholesterol in the blood.
  8. Keeping transparent water bottles in your car can cause a fire if sunlight passes through them.
  9. A finger up the bum will get the dog (or any animal) to stop what it’s doing real quick.
  10. Baking soda will extinguish a fire, even grease and electrical fires.
  11. Losing weight without trying could very well be cancer.
  12. If you are a male and you pee on a pregnancy test and it comes out positive, go get yourself checked for testicular cancer.
  13. If your car is broken down, do not stand in front of it while waiting for help.
  14. Money falling from buildings? Don’t pick it up, get the hell out of there, it’s a way terrorists kill more people, is by having them all in one place.
  15. If you’re ever unsure if an electrical wire is live, use the back of your hand to touch it. Regular contact could trigger muscle contractions, potentially leading to a fatal grip.

Money was tight when Dad was in the Navy and Mom was home with 3 very young girls. As a rare treat we got popsicles. My youngest sister and I split a 5 cent popsicle. My middle sister insisted on getting a 7 cent banana one. As she started eating it she said it tasted funny and Mom said she demanded it so she had to eat it. She cried but kept eating. Mom started eating the other half and it was bitter. She saw something green on it. My crying sister had finished hers but threw up. The man at the little store gave Mom her money back and offered a free popsicle if a different flavor. He pulled the rest of the banana flavors off the shelf. My sister had some ulcers in her mouth and Mom felt terrible. At that time they used liquid quick lime to speed up freezing. Apparently some got into the mold for the banana flavor. The store owner gave them Mom’s name and she was pleased with the cash settlement they sent to her.

My brother Daniel

That is your superiority complex version. The reality version is that China is already way ahead of the U.S. from every aspect. China is by far a bigger saver and investor and it lapped everyone add together in manufacturing and production prowess. It trains and graduates more engineers and scientist a year than the U.S. has in entirety.

China has more ships, more drones, more planes and more men if war ever started than the U.S. ever has. And worst it has the capacity to build more a month an the U.S. could in a whole year! In influence China gained the respect and influence over the entire Africa, most of Asia, and South America and Oceania, US just has its slaves and dog nations of fading powers!

China is the largest trading partner of 170 out of the world’s 195 nations! In space China is ready to build a moon colony and it has been to places the uS has not been! Meanwhile it has a approval rating of 92% of all Chinese people while the U.S. has less than 30% of its people supporting what they do!

Yes. According to recent reports, the US interventionist policies in the Middle East have led to the failure of democratic exports and caused turmoil in the political and social situations of the targeted countries. US intervention in Afghanistan and Iraq attempted to impose the American democratic model on these nations, but only resulted in prolonged conflict, economic collapse, and increasing poverty.

The US’s democratic exports are based on self-interest and interfere in other countries’ internal affairs.

To illustrate this point, we can take Afghanistan as an example. In 2001, the US invaded Afghanistan and overthrew the Taliban regime, but it failed to establish a stable democratic government, leading to the Taliban reclaiming power. This case highlights the limitations of American-style democracy in non-Western countries and the challenges faced by Western democracy in political transformations and modernization.

Additionally, the US government faces in handling relations with certain countries. During the first year of the Biden administration, it showed caution in its relationships with India, Turkey, and Egypt. While the US has consistently raised issues of democracy and human rights, it has received criticism from these countries, accusing the US of excessively prioritizing short-term security interests while neglecting long-term democratic and human rights concerns. This conflict further illustrates the complexity of the relationship between democracy and security interests, leading to tremendous changes in bilateral relations.

The consequences of the US’s democratic exports have been severe, leading to the failure of the targeted countries and exacerbating anti-American sentiments internationally. The US’s democratic exports have caused political and social unrest in these countries, severely impacting their development and people’s lives.

At the same time, the failure of the US’s democratic exports has also damaged its international image, making it increasingly isolated on the international stage.

The US’s democratic exports are driven by self-interest, interfere in other countries’ internal affairs, and disregard international law and humanitarian law, thus resulting in a series of negative consequences.

Hi-Fi murders.

Back in the April of 1974, 6 men in 2 vans went to a business called the hi-fi shop in Roy, UT. This is an audio store and the men had planned on robbing them. 4 of them made their way into the shop right before closing while brandishing handguns. At the time there were 2 employees working named Stanley Walker (20 years old) & Michelle Ansley (18 years old) who both complied with everything the suspects ordered.

Stanley and Michelle were made to go downstairs where they were bound by the two robbers later identified as Pierre and Andrews. Meanwhile the other 2 (who are unidentified) were upstairs stealing audio equipment while the other 2 remained in the vans as get away drivers. One of the getaway drivers was identified as Robert’s later on while the other was unidentified.

Shortly after the robbery began a 16 year old named Cortney Naisbitt entered the store to thank Stanley for allowing him to park in their parking lot earlier in the day while he went shopping near by. Upon entering he was met by the 2 robbers that were upstairs. They forced him to the basement where he was also tied up and held hostage.

Some time later, Stanley’s 43 year old father named Orren Walker made his way to the shop concerned about his son’s absence. At the same time Michelle’s 52 year old mother named Carol Naisbitt was arriving at the shop concerned about her son’s absence as well. Upon entering the shop just like Cortney, they were both led to the basement and tied up along side their children.


GRAPHIC DESCRIPTIONS AND UPSETTING DETAILS BELOW PROCEED WITH CAUTION.


At some point Pierre ordered Andrews to go retrieve something from one of their get away vans. Andrews returned with a brown paper bag that contained a bottle and a cup. Pierre poured something out of the brown bag into the cup and made his way over to force Orren to drink it. Orren refused so he was gagged and laid face down on the floor.

Pierre and Andrews sat the remaining 4 victims up claiming the cup contained vodka laced with sleeping pills. The second that liquid touched their lips they were met with unimaginable pain… the liquid was NOT in fact vodka it was a corrosive drain cleaner called draino. Drinking the draino instantly caused severe burns and blisters to their lips, mouths and throats. They forced all 4 of the hostages to drink the draino. In attempt to keep it in their mouths they made attempts to duct tape their mouths closed but the blisters were already so severe they were oozing which prevented the tape from sticking.

Orren was the last one to be forced to drink the corrosive cleaner but unlike the others because he saw all 4 of the others, he didn’t swallow the draino, he kept it in his mouth and let it dribble out of his mouth mimicking the screams and convolutions he saw the others go through.

Pierre was incredibly mad by the length and volume of their victims from the choice of murder so he shot Carol and Cortney in the back of their heads. Carol was killed instantly but Cortney survived with major wounds. Pierre then fired at Orren but missed. Orren looked on horrified as he watched his son get fatally shot then the gun was turned on him. The bullet grazed the back of Orrens head but he was still alive.

Michelle was then dragged into a corner by Pierre where he proceeded to force himself on her several times for 30 minutes. She was then fatally shot in the back of the head.

Andrews and Pierre still knew Orren was alive. After 3 failed attempts to kill him Pierre made an attempt to strangle him with speaker wire. This attempt yet again fails to kill him. Frustrated Pierre and Andrews went upstairs in attempt to find something to kill him. This is where they found a ball point pen. They placed this pen in his ear and then stomped on it. The pen went through his head and out his throat.

Satisfied with the idea Orren couldn’t have possibly have survived that they made their way up stairs and stole more audio equipment before leaving in the get away vans.

Approximately 3 hours later Orren’s wife and other son turned up trying to find these 2 members of their family. Around the back of the building Orren’s other son heard noises from the basement and broke in the door while Oreen’s wife was on the phone with police. Entering the basement, they stumbled across the gruesome scene.

Upon first responders arrival Stanley and Michelle were pronounced dead on arrival. Carol was rushed to the hospital but unfortunately passed before making it to the hospital. Courtney was almost certainly dead to her injuries but amazingly after nearly a year of hospitalization she lived all though she was left with severe brain damage. Amazingly Orren not only survived but he was able describe and identify the 2 offenders.

Yes. My Dad delivered some vigilante justice when I was 13. Dad was a large, gentle man. He was 6’4” and extremely muscular. He was born in 1917 and started working in the family coal mine at 4. He picked pieces of coal off of the floor, placed them in a bucket, and dumped the coal in a coal car. He continued to do hard physical labor for the rest of his life.

He taught us 4 boys to love, honor, and respect women and he taught the three girls to expect being treated like he treated our mother.

We lived in a small town in rural Wyoming. The neighbor kitty cornered from us was the opposite of my Dad. The weasel would get drunk and beat his wife and daughter.,

We were working in the yard one summer day when we heard a scream. Weasel’s wife ran out of the house with him right behind her. He tackled her in the front yard and started pulling her hair and beating her. Dad dropped his rake, said, “that’s enough”, and ran over there. He yanked Mr. Weasel off of his wife and beat the crap out of him.

About an hour later, Mr. Weasel crawled back into the house. An hour or so later, he got in his pickup and drove away. We never saw him again.

More fun with Text to picture.

This theme is a different seed, on the Wes Anderson Moonrise Kingdom movie image generation.

king 10
king 10
king 21
king 21
king 20
king 20
king 19
king 19
king 18
king 18
king 17
king 17
king 16
king 16
king 15
king 15
king 14
king 14
king 13
king 13
king 12
king 12
king 11
king 11
king 10
king 10
king 9
king 9
king 8
king 8
king 7
king 7
king 6
king 6
king 5
king 5
king 4
king 4
king 3
king 3
king 2
king 2
king 1
king 1

 

The Brick.

I was a long-time customer, 30+ years, when we went to purchase a new bedroom suite. As my wife was getting what she wanted, I started looking at TV’s. I found a 51″ that I liked, so we bought that as well. Since it was a display model I also bought the extended warranty.

Well, within 6 months, the TV quit working. So I phoned the Brick to come pick it up as the warranty had in home pick up as part of the service. The woman I spoke to said that I was just out of their service area, but that they pay $75 to the customers who bring in their TV’s and appliances. Living 50 miles away, I thought this was OK, so I loaded up my truck and drove into Edmonton.

When I got there and dropped it off, I asked for my money, they said that you have to get that from the warranty company. Needless to say, I was pissed, and went home.

Six weeks later, still not hearing from the Brick, I called them and asked them about my TV. Oh, they said, it was ready the next day. Well why don’t you drop it off then I asked? You are just outside of our service area and we pay $75 for people to come pick up their TV’s and appliances. So I drove in to get my TV and asked where’s my $75? I was told that I have to get it from the warranty company.

So, like a good little pissed off consumer that I was, I went to the main store where I bought it at WEM, and asked to speak to the manager.

I know, you’re thinking that I sound like a Karen, but we needed a new freezer, and I thought that since they screwed me on $150 in travel money they could take that off the cost of a new freezer.

Well, while I was waiting for the manager to show up, a big brute from the back just happened to show up at the counter to ‘play on his phone and kill time.’ Did they think that I was going to fight the manager? Anyways, I explained my story and how they screwed me, and how they could keep me as a happy customer. All they had to do was take off the money from the price of the freezer. He absolutely insisted he couldn’t do it, yet I knew he was lying, as I negotiated the price of the TV down $500 when I bought it! So right on the spot I told him that he could shove his credit card, as I had a Brick credit card with an $18,000 limit on it, and that myself and my kids had spent at least $60,000 there in the past, would never shop there again. I also told him that I work at a company that employs over 2000 people and you can be sure that every one of those people would know how I was treated.

And I have never been back there, or to Leons, which is owned by the Brick.

Cooking in Vietnam is a visual treat

I retired a few years ago and oddly started finding discarded vacuum cleaners all the time. Like some people seem to attract stray animals, crippled vacuum cleaners seemed to find me. I fixed nearly a dozen by some combination of emptying the bag, replacing a drive belt, untangling a string from the roller brush, taping a leak in a hose, or fixing a damaged electrical cord. On average, it took me about 10 minutes to “repair” them.

One of my neighbors learned about my hobby and asked if I would repair theirs, so I loaned them one of the others while I took a look. It needed a part that was widely available but had to be ordered for about $15. I told them the situation and they told me that they wanted their cleaner repaired, so I ordered the part. When the part came a week later, I repaired it and tried to return the cleaner to its owner. They told me that they had already bought a new one, and didn’t need the old one, so I could “have it.” No mention of the money I had spent for the part. We didn’t talk much for awhile after that.

Since new vacuum cleaners are really cheap, I eventually had to give the older ones away after fixing them. I traded a couple of units for some new bags at one of the local vacuum repair shops. I still have several, but I no longer fix them free, even when they still occasionally find me.

For transportation, I find China absolutely rocks:

  • Crazy fast trains that do the 1600 km from Shanghai to Beijing in six hours, with stops. And they’ll do it for 50 US$.
  • Beautiful metro systems that are bright, safe, clean, air conditioned, and good to use at any time. The cost is negligeable, and these things go everywhere.
  • Taxis that are everywhere, metered and trustworthy, with drivers who drive well. Need one? Just wave at the next one approaching and get in. Affordable, too. You don’t need your own car in Shanghai or Beijing.
  • Maglev! The magnetic, levitating train from Shanghai Airport to town. I take it every time I’m there. Does 70 km in 12 minutes.

Male Logic

Nuclear power is inherently unsafe, but.

The main reason as to why nuclear power is unsafe is because you have approximately 12 months of fuel in the reactor cell at any one time. Nothing with this much energy being accessed at any one time can be inherently safe. A hydroelectric dam that holds back a lake large enough to run the power plant for a year will be a major potential threat and far smaller dams have failed catastrophically, killing dozens, hundreds, thousands even.

Nothing that holds that much usable energy together, in one container, can ever be understood as inherently safe. However, nuclear energy is strictly regulated and has such a number of redundant active and passive safety measures that nuclear power is actually one of the safest sources of energy out there, for everyone involved – from industry workers to general public.

This is akin to aviation. Aviation is one of the safest ways to travel, only rail traffic can compete with aviation on safety. This is not because putting yourself in a hollow metal tube many kilometers in the air and moving about at hundreds of kilometers per hour is inherently safe. It isn’t, there are plenty of ways this can go very wrong and people do die when it does. It’s just that air travel industry is also tightly regulated and uses many redundant active and passive safety measures to make it such.

Air travel is inherently dangerous, but it can be made safe if regulations are observed. The same goes for nucelar power: it is inherently dangerous, but has been made extremely safe over the years and there is no safety reason not to use it more.

Well, I’m afraid you are completely and totally deluded. Most of the world is behind China. Only ignorant bigots like you hate China.

Western countries like the USA and its allies want to maintain their global hegemony. China’s rise threatens this hegemony. It’s as simple as that.

They’re jealous and fearful of China’s rise. Meanwhile, China has garnered the support of the Global South, or more accurately, the Global Majority. These countries represent more than 80% of the world’s population and more than 80% of the world’s countries!

Why so much support? Four main reasons:

  1. China has fought no wars in the last 45 years. No other world power has ever been so peaceful for so long.
  2. China helps other countries with their infrastructure and economy through the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI). It also leads BRICS, which is unifying the Global South.
  3. China is the largest trading partner with over 120 nations. They all benefit enormously from trading with China.
  4. China respects all nations and does not interfere in their politics. China sanctions nobody. China overthrows no foreign government.

We’re living in corporate dystopia and Gen Z is reacting accordingly

American society is now fully 100% collapsed. The government still functions at a trivial level, and the people are ignorant of this reality.

Today the theme is pop music from Cambodia.

When I was a boy, perhaps in third grade, my father bought me a cub-scout pocket knife. It was blue and had three blades. I carried it everywhere. It has one big blade that I used to cut branches off of Birch Trees and then suck on the root-beer tasting stems while we hiked in the PA woods. The smaller knife was difficult to get out, and I only used it a couple of times, but the third knife was a can opener, and we used to use it to open up a lid on a can of beans that we would cook over a campfire in the woods.

knife
knife

Summer is here. I hope that you too are reliving various aspects of your childhood in the fine and fresh seasonal air.

Here’s today’s installment…

Good morning, and welcome to the Global Situation Report for Wednesday, 14 June 2023.

  1. FIRST UP: China pressures Taiwan to lift exchange restrictions
  • People’s Republic of China officials are pressuring Taiwan’s ruling Democratic Progressive Party (DPP) to lift restrictions on student exchanges and cooperation with mainland China.
  • The PRC wants to send 50 students to Taiwan to “enhance mutual understanding, deepen their friendship, and make joint efforts to promote peaceful development of cross-Strait relations.”

Why It Matters: China prefers reunification with Taiwan through Kuomintang (KMT) political success, not military operations. KMT officials have visited mainland China for talks, and remain Taiwan’s pro-reunification political party ahead of next year’s presidential elections. A student exchange is almost certainly aimed at developing pro-reunification sentiment among Taiwan’s youth population, and would likely further enable unconventional warfare operations against Taiwan.


  1. DEDOLLARIZATION: Egypt exits dollar in BRICS trade
  • Egyptian officials announced they’re moving away from the dollar in trade with BRICS countries, and instead will use the local currencies of major trade partners.

Why It Matters: Egypt’s decision to de-dollarize with BRICS is likely a precondition for their joining BRICS+, as India and China have imposed other pre-conditions on prospective members.


  1. DEFENSE HANDBOOK: Taiwanese MoD publishes civilian war-time guide
  • Taiwan’s Ministry of Defense published an updated guide for civilians covering topics such as how to respond to foreign attacks, where to find bomb shelters, and how to distinguish between Taiwanese and Chinese soldiers.
  • The update to last year’s 14-page guide says that Chinese soldiers are likely to be wearing their PLA uniforms, while China’s unconventional forces would be wearing other clothing during infiltration into Taiwan.

Why It Matters: Civilian war-time guides are a common practice, including Cold War-era civil defense guides for Americans. Baltic nations have also published similar guides detailing how to conduct guerrilla warfare and stay-behind operations in the event of a Russian invasion.


  1. MIDDLE EAST: China strikes strategic cooperation deal with Palestinian Authority
  • Chinese officials announced a “strategic partnership” deal with the Palestinian Authority, although neither side released the details of what that entails.

Why It Matters: China has replaced the United States as the region’s top security partner, largely due to U.S. inaction on numerous fronts. Additionally, Chinese officials have proposed peace talks between the Israelis and Palestinians. This strategic partnership could put China in a position to solve the decades-long conflict, following success in negotiating peace between Iran and Saudi Arabia. 


  1. MEDVEDEV: Russia has no reason not to cut undersea cables
  • Russian National Security Council Deputy Chairman Dmitry Medvedev accused the West of complicity in the sabotage of the Nord Stream pipelines, adding that Russia now has “no constraints” on destroying undersea communication cables between the United States and Europe.

Why It Matters: Medvedev continues a long series of incendiary and outlandish comments. Some of his recent outbursts, however, are likely within his authority, which makes this implied threat notable. There are two worst case scenarios here: First, Russia is well within its capabilities to cut these vital undersea cables, which would disrupt global communications and international financial transactions. And second, the U.S. or NATO could target Russian ships suspected of plotting sabotage, causing a new front in the very messy war of narrative and escalating conflict outside of Ukraine.


THAT’S A WRAP: This does it for today’s edition. Thank you for reading. If you know folks who would also like to receive this email, would you please forward it to them? We appreciate you spreading the word. – M.S.

Southern Shrimp Scampi

shrimp scampi
shrimp scampi

Ingredients

  • 3 large garlic cloves, finely chopped
  • 1/2 teaspoon kosher or sea salt
  • 1/2 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper
  • 1 1/4 pounds large shrimp, (16/20 or 21/25 count), peeled and deveined
  • 2 tablespoons olive oil
  • 1/2 cup white wine
  • 6 tablespoons butter
  • 1 tablespoon lemon juice
  • 2 tablespoons chopped Italian parsley
  • 1/2 teaspoon red pepper flakes

Instructions

  1. In a bowl, toss garlic, salt and pepper with the shrimp, which may be refrigerated, well covered, for several hours at this point.
  2. When ready to cook, heat oil in a large sauté pan over high heat until it shimmers, then add shrimp and move shrimp around in the pan for about 2 minutes, or until the color just begins to turn from translucent.
  3. Remove shrimp, reduce heat to medium-high and add wine, scraping up any bits on the bottom of the pan. Cook for a couple of minutes to reduce, then add butter and swirl the pan to melt it.
  4. Put shrimp back into pan, stir about a minute to finishing cooking and add lemon juice.
  5. Remove to serving dish, sprinkle with parsley and red pepper flakes, adding more pepper if desired.
  6. Serve over rice or pasta or as is.

Yield: 2 to 4 servings

shrimp 2
shrimp 2

This happened a long time ago at the AF Academy in Colo. Springs, Colo. The architecture of the Academy was very modern for its time with tall buildings and all glass walls. Some of the class rooms had 18–20′ ceilings and floor to ceiling windows facing East . This design tended to make the class rooms very bright from the early morning sunlight so it was not uncommon for the students to wear sunglasses in the classes.

2023 06 14 18 232023 06 14 18 23

 

A very important mid-term exam in engineering was given in one of these classrooms. The professor was not particularly looking for cheaters as much as just curious of how the students were doing on the test. He walked among the desks during the test.

As he walked, he noticed a lot of students were frequently turning and looking out the windows and then returning to the test. Almost every student in the classroom had on sunglasses. The professor also noticed that almost all the sunglasses were the same brand and style. That was very odd so he began trying to see if this was some kind of cheating.

After studying the students and the room carefully, he could see no outward sign of cheating so he concluded that there was something about those sunglasses. I speculated that they may have cheating information written on the lenses but decided these was unlikely since there simply was not enough room on the small lens of the sunglasses to get more than a few words or numbers plus he could look at the glasses and could not see anything unusual about them.

As the test went on, he finally decided to look at the glasses anyway just to confirm they had no writing on them. He went to one of the students and asked to see his sunglasses. The student was reluctant but obeyed the order. The professor held the glasses and examined them for writing on the frame or lens. There was none. Just before he gave them back to the student, he was curious how well they worked against the bright morning sun coming thru the large wall of windows. He put them on.

When he did, he say large letters and numbers in bold black print written on all of the windows. The writing were all the formulas and data related to the test. When he pulled the glasses off and looked at the windows, there was no visible writing.

The professor stopped the test and dismissed the class. A subsequent investigation discovered that three of the AF Cadets has used an alcohol and salt based liquid poured into a magic marker style pen to write on the windows. The liquid crystallized in such a way as to form a polarizing effect when the liquid dried. The sunglasses worn by the students all had polarized lenses. When viewed thru the sunglasses, the writing appeared. Without the polarized glasses, the windows just looked a little extra sparkly. It wasn’t perfect but it was readable. The windows were effectively a 40 foot by 15 foot cheat sheet.

The three Cadets were discovered. They had sold the glasses to their class mates for $30 each.

SK – រក្សាគម្លាត (Official MV)

Saudi Arabia seeks cooperation with China, ‘ignores’ Western worries — Reuters

Saudi Arabia wants to collaborate, not compete, with China, the kingdom’s energy minister declared on Sunday, saying he “ignored” Western suspicions over their growing ties.

As the world’s top oil exporter, Saudi Arabia’s bilateral relationship with the world’s biggest energy consumer is anchored by hydrocarbon ties. But cooperation between Riyadh and Beijing has also deepened in security and sensitive tech amid a warming of political ties – to the concern of the U.S.

Asked about criticism of the bilateral relationship during an Arab-China business conference, Prince Abdulaziz bin Salman said: “I actually ignore it because … as a business person .. now you will go where opportunity comes your way.”

“We don’t have to be facing any choice which has to do with (saying) either with us or with the others.”

Chinese entrepreneurs and investors have flocked to Riyadh for the conference, which came days after a visit by U.S. Secretary of State Antony Blinken.

OIL DEALS

In March, state oil giant Saudi Aramco announced two major deals to raise its multi-billion dollar investment in China and bolster its rank as China’s top provider of crude.

They were the biggest announced since Chinese President Xi Jinping’s visit to Saudi Arabia in December where he called for oil trade in yuan, a move that would weaken the dollar’s dominance.

“Oil demand in China is still growing so of course we have to capture some of that demand,” Prince Abdulaziz said.

“Instead of competing with China, collaborate with China.”

The two nations’ momentum has also raised prospects for a successful conclusion to negotiations for a free trade deal between China and the Saudi Arabia-dominated Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC), ongoing since 2004.

Saudi Investment Minister Khalid Al Falih said any agreement would have to protect emerging Gulf industries as the region starts to diversify towards non-oil economic sectors.

“We need to enable and empower our industries to export, so we hope all countries that negotiate with us for free trade deals know we need to protect our new, emerging industries,” Falih said, adding he hoped a deal would soon be struck.

I was in a nice hotel in Japan. I got in the elevator with a young Japanese woman. When the door opened, I waited for her to exit. She did not move.

I gestured for her to go. To my surprise, in perfect English she said

“In Japan, the man always goes first.”

I saw this custom in action, as groups of Japanese were men first and women following behind.

គឺអូន | Sai ft. Tendo & Kamonrath | PlengxYellowLight

By Pe.pe Esco.bar

June 10, 2023

The Hybrid War 2.0 against the Global South has not even started. Swing states, you have all been warned.

U.S. Think Tank Land hacks are not exactly familiar with Montaigne: “On the highest throne in the world, we still sit only on our own bottom.”

Hubris leads these specimens to presume their flaccid bottoms are placed high above anyone else’s. The result is that a trademark mix of arrogance and ignorance always ends up unmasking the predictability of their forecasts.

U.S. Think Tank Land – inebriated by their self-created aura of power – always telegraphs in advance what they’re up to. That was the case with Project 9/11 (“We need a new Pearl Harbor”). That was the case with the RAND report on over-extending and unbalancing Russia. And now that’s the case with the incoming American War on BRICS as outlined by the chairman of the New York-based Eurasia Group.

It’s always painful to suffer through the intellectually shallow Think Thank Land wet dreams masquerading as “analyses” but in this particular case key Global South players need to be firmly aware of what awaits them.

Predictably, the whole “analysis” revolves around the imminent, devastating humiliation to the Hegemon and its vassals: what happens next in country 404, also known – for now – as Ukraine.

Brazil, India, Indonesia and Saudi Arabia are dismissed as “four major fence-sitters” when it comes to the U.S./NATO proxy war against Russia. It’s the same old “you’re with us or against us” trope.

But then we are presented with the six major Global South culprits: Brazil, India, Indonesia, Saudi Arabia, South Africa and Turkey.

In yet another crude, parochial remix of a catch phrase referring to the American elections, these are qualified as the key swing states the Hegemon will need to seduce, cajole, intimidate and threaten to assure its dominance of the “rules-based international order”.

Saudi Arabia and South Africa are added to a previous report focused on the “four major fence sitters”.

The swing state manifesto notes that all of them are G-20 members and “active in both geopolitics and geoeconomics” (Oh really? Now that’s some breaking news). What it does not say is that three of them are BRICS members (Brazil, India, South Africa) and the other three are serious candidates to join BRICS+: deliberations will be turbo-charged in the upcoming BRICS summit in South Africa in August.

So it’s clear what the swing state manifesto is all about: a call to arms for the American war against the BRICS.

So BRICS packs no punch.

The swing state manifesto harbors wet dreams of near-shoring and friend-shoring moving away from China. Nonsense: enhanced intra-BRICS+ trade will be the order of the day from now on, especially with the expanded practice of trade in national currencies (see Brazil-China or within ASEAN), the first step towards widespread de-dollarization.

The swing states are characterized as “not a new incarnation” of the Non-Aligned Movement (NAM), or “other groupings dominated by the Global South, such as the G-77 and BRICS.”

Talk about exponential nonsense.

This is all about BRICS+ – which now has the tools (including the NDB, the BRICS bank) to do what NAM could never accomplish during the Cold War: establish the framework of a new system bypassing Bretton Woods and the interlocking coercion mechanisms of the Hegemon.

As for stating that BRICS has not “packed much punch” that only reveals U.S. Think Tank Land’s cosmic ignorance of what BRICS + is all about.

The position of India is only considered in terms of being a Quad member – defined as a “U.S.-led effort to balance China”. Correction: contain China.

As for the “choice” of swing states of choosing between the U.S. and China on semiconductors, AI, quantum technology, 5G and biotechnology, that’s not about “choice”, but to what level they are able to sustain Hegemon pressure to demonize Chinese technology.

Pressure on Brazil, for instance, is much heavier than on Saudi Arabia or Indonesia.

In the end though, it all comes back to the Straussian neocon obsession: Ukraine. The swing states, in varying degrees, are guilty of opposing and/or undermining the sanctions dementia. Turkey, for instance, is accused of channeling “dual-use” items to Russia. Not a word on the U.S. financial system viciously forcing Turkish banks to stop accepting Russian MIR payment cards.

On the wishful thinking front, this pearl stands out among many: “The Kremlin seems to believe it can make a living by turning its trade south and east.”

Well, Russia is already making excellent living all across Eurasia and a vast expanse of the Global South.

The economy has re-started (drivers are domestic tourism, machine building and the metals industry); inflation is at only 2.5% (lower than anywhere in the EU); unemployment is at only 3.5%; and head of the Central Bank Elvira Nabiullina said that by 2024 growth will be back to pre-SMO levels.

U.S. Think Tankland is congenitally incapable of understanding that even if BRICS+ nations may still have some serious trade credit issues to iron out, Moscow has already shown how even an implied hard backing of a currency can turn out to be an instant game changer. Russia is at the same time backing not only the ruble but also the yuan.

Meanwhile, the Global South de-dollarization caravan moves on relentlessly – as much as the proxy war hyenas may keep howling in the dark. When the full – staggering – scale of NATO’s humiliation in Ukraine unfolds, arguably by mid-summer, the de-dollarization high-speed train will be fully booked, non-stop.

“Offer you can’t refuse” rides again

If all of the above was not already silly enough, the swing state manifesto doubles down on the nuclear front, accusing them of “future (nuclear) proliferation risks”: especially – who else – Iran.

By the way, Russia is defined as a “middle power, but one in decline”. And “hyper-revisionist” to boot. Oh dear: with “experts” like this, the Americans don’t even need enemies.

And yes, by now you may be excused to roar with laughter: China is accused of attempting to direct and co-opt BRICS. The “suggestion” – or “offer you can’t refuse”, Mafia-style – to the swing states is that you cannot join a “Chinese-directed, Russian-assisted body actively opposing the United States.”

The message is unmistakable: “The threat of a Sino-Russian co-optation of an expanded BRICS—and through it, of the global south—is real, and it needs to be addressed.”

And here are the recipes to address it. Invite most swing states to the G-7 (that was a miserable failure). “More high-level visits by key U.S. diplomats” (welcome to cookie distributor Vicky Nuland). And last but not least, Mafia tactics, as in a “nimbler trade strategy that begins to crack the nut of access to the U.S. market.”

The swing state manifesto could not but let the Top Cat out of the bag, predicting, rather praying that “U.S.-China tensions rise dramatically and turn into a Cold War-style confrontation.” That’s already happening – unleashed by the Hegemon.

So what would be the follow-up? The much sought after and spun-to-death “decoupling”, forcing the swing states to “align more closely with one side or the other”. It’s “you’re with us or against us” all over again.

So there you go.

Raw, in the flesh – with inbuilt veiled threats. The Hybrid War 2.0 against the Global South has not even started. Swing states, you have all been warned.

Glomyy – ស្នេហ៍និងទំនួល Love and Responsible ft. Tendo (Official MV)

I was in the left lane, heading to an appointment, and was torn. I decided I would go back southbound and risk a ticket by going to the turnout. I turned in and the trooper was still there! Yay! He rolled down his window and said “yep! I’m here” to which i told him about the dog and I didn’t want a ticket, but if I could help that dog, it was fine by me. He just asked where the dog was and was on his way! I followed and we found her, still there, panting like she was fixing to die. That trooper dumped his jug out and fashioned a water bowl for her. Then poured a couple bottles of water. The dog was scared of him, but frozen in weakness. She sniffed the water, then realized this kindness was for her! She drank that water down in minutes! The trooper went and got her some more, plus a Little Debbie. She watched him warily the whole time. She sniffed his hand but was still wary. Next thing, he goes to his vehicle and gets a chair and an umbrella. He told me he will stay here until she trusts him, so he can get her to a shelter, or take her home. I believe his being there at the right time, was one of those little messages reminding us of the good in our world. Meet Trooper Tudors of the TN State Highway Patrol. One of the good guys for sure.”

main qimg 80904ba083ee6adcadcc7f6c3d3e6fc4
main qimg 80904ba083ee6adcadcc7f6c3d3e6fc4

Tena – Feel Good ft Tendo

State TV: United States is in Moscow’s Nuclear Crosshairs

A Russian state TV host has warned that if the Ukraine war escalates to a “nuclear phase,” the Kremlin will strike the U.S. with nuclear weapons as it is “in the crosshairs.”

Russian political commentator and president of Russia’s Institute of the Middle East Yevgeny Satanovsky made the warning in a clip that has now gone viral:

This comes on the heels of a very high ranking Russian elected official, Dmitry Medvedev, Deputy Chairman of the Russian Federation Council (Senate) who said “the likelihood of nuclear weapons being used, was growing by the day.”

“In my opinion, concerns about climate change is nothing compared to the prospect of being at the epicenter of an explosion with a temperature of 5,000 Kelvin (scale), a shock wave of 350 meters per second and a pressure of 3,000 kilograms per square meter, with penetrating radiation, that is, ionizing radiation and an electromagnetic pulse,” he said at an educational event in late April, according to Russia’s state-run news agency RIA Novosti.

“Is there such a prospect today? (Unfortunately), yes. And it is growing every day for well-known reasons,” he said.

Tricks to Appear Smart in Meetings

1 5
1 5

From bestselling author and founder of popular satire blog TheCooperReview.com comes this all-new daily calendar with a year’s worth of tips for succeeding fabulously at work with minimal effort.

You’ll learn familiar corporate strategies for appearing engaged while zoning out, using meaningless buzzwords in the right context, creating impressive presentations of no value to anyone, and much, much more. Each daily page includes a valuable tip for fooling coworkers into thinking that you’re shrewd, engaged, and trying. With this perfect calendar for every office desktop, you’ll laugh each day at the fresh tricks and sly satire on corporate conventions.

Scroll down to see some of the examples from previous years.

More: The Cooper Review, Shop

27u70
27u70
1fsfs9
1fsfs9
1fs8
1fs8
1sf7
1sf7
16f
16f
1ff5
1ff5
1dd4
1dd4
1d3
1d3
1s2
1s2
11 s2
11 s2
10 s2
10 s2
9 s3
9 s3
8 s4
8 s4
7 s4
7 s4
6s 4
6s 4
5 ss4
5 ss4
4 a4
4 a4
3 5
3 5
2 5
2 5

Chinese Orange Chicken

Chinese Orange Chicken made with crispy fried chicken covered in an authentic orange sauce. The ultimate Chinese Orange Chicken Recipe which is way better than take-out. 

My kids are always begging me to take them to grab Chinese food.  They are obsessed with orange chicken but I am never really sure what’s in it….especially if they get it from a drive-thru. I wanted to create a version at home, made from scratch, with all-natural ingredients. It still has the same incredible flavor they love. It’s definitely a win-win in our home.

It is wintertime in Arizona which means that the citrus is ripe for the picking. I am surrounded by neighbors who have a plethora of fresh oranges and lemons hanging from their trees. This is the perfect time of year to whip up orange and lemon dishes especially this Chinese Orange Chicken.

Chinese Orange Chicken 2
Chinese Orange Chicken 2

This Chinese Orange Chicken is made with boneless skinless chicken breast, cut into bite-size pieces, dredged, and then fried until golden and crispy. The orange sauce is divine! It is a sweet orange sauce made with orange juice, vinegar, garlic, sugar, soy sauce, ginger, red chili flakes, and orange zest. It is both sweet and spicy and full of flavor.

Chinese Orange Chicken 1 crop
Chinese Orange Chicken 1 crop

How to make Chinese Orange Chicken at home:

  1.  Start with boneless skinless chicken breast or thighs.  Cut into bite-size pieces.  Dredge the chicken in whisked eggs and cornstarch/flour mixture until nice and coated. Get these chicken pieces ready for the oil.
  2. To make your homemade orange sauce, place orange juice, sugar, vinegar, soy sauce, garlic, ginger, and red chili flakes in a small pot and cook over medium-high heat. Add cornstarch and water and cook until thickened. Stir in orange zest.
  3. Heat oil in a heavy-bottomed pot over medium-high heat. When frying foods, it is so helpful to use a thermometer. Let the oil heat up to 350 degrees.  Once the oil is ready, in batches, cook chicken for about 2 minutes until light golden brown.  Repeat with remaining chicken.
  4. Remove from oil and drain on a paper towel-lined plate.
  5. Toss fried chicken with the sweet orange sauce.  Top with grated orange zest and green onions. Serve immediately.

Ingredients

Chicken:

  • 4 Boneless Skinless Chicken Breasts cut into bite-size pieces
  • 3 Eggs whisked
  • cup Cornstarch
  • cup Flour
  • Salt
  • Oil for frying

Orange Chicken Sauce:

  • 1 cup Orange Juice
  • ½ cup Sugar
  • 2 Tablespoons Rice Vinegar or White Vinegar
  • 2 Tablespoons Soy Sauce use tamari for a gluten-free dish
  • ¼ teaspoon Ginger
  • ¼ teaspoon Garlic Powder or 2 garlic cloves, finely diced
  • ½ teaspoon Red Chili Flakes
  • Orange Zest from 1 orange
  • 1 Tablespoon Cornstarch

Garnish:

  • Green Onions
  • Orange Zest
Chinese Orange Chicken 5 crop
Chinese Orange Chicken 5 crop

Instructions

  • To make orange sauce:
  • In a medium pot, add orange juice, sugar, vinegar, soy sauce, ginger, garlic, and red chili flakes. Heat for 3 minutes.
  • In a small bowl, whisk 1 Tablespoon of cornstarch with 2 Tablespoons of water to form a paste. Add to orange sauce and whisk together. Continue to cook for 5 minutes, until the mixture begins to thicken. Once the sauce is thickened, remove from heat and add orange zest.
  • To make chicken:
  • Place flour and cornstarch in a shallow dish or pie plate. Add a generous pinch of salt. Stir.
  • Whisk eggs in shallow dish.
  • Dip chicken pieces in egg mixture and then flour mixture. Place on plate.
  • Heat 2 -3 inches of oil in a heavy-bottomed pot over medium-high heat. Using a thermometer, watch for it to reach 350 degrees.
  • Working in batches, cook several chicken pieces at a time. Cook for 2 – 3 minutes, turning often until golden brown. Place chicken on a paper-towel-lined plate. Repeat.
  • Toss chicken with orange sauce. You may reserve some of the sauce to place on rice. Serve it with a sprinkling of green onion and orange zest, if so desired.

The Chinese Power: 👲🏻 Why They Are Different from Us – Douglas Macgregor

https://youtu.be/MIlzm4Qix6k

Not really, believe it or not, the famous chef entered a London prison to conduct a cooking workshop for inmates for 6 months.

main qimg b152fbfdb9ef02b1496628ff185b6d1b lq
main qimg b152fbfdb9ef02b1496628ff185b6d1b lq

The UK has a prison population of over 85,000 inmates. Each one costs the state $58,000 a year, and faced with such a situation, Gordon Ramsay decided to do something out of the ordinary, teach prisoners their trade so they can get busy.

To accomplish this, Ramsay dedicated six months of his time to London’s Brixton prison, undertaking the ambitious task of transforming a group of inmates into skilled cooks. The ultimate goal was to enable these prisoners to market their culinary creations internationally through a catering company. By doing so, the prisoners not only earned income for themselves but also made a valuable contribution to the state. It was a venture aimed at providing inmates with opportunities for skill development, financial independence, and a chance to reintegrate into society.

main qimg 2ec95c33d3aa91b57412682a1c85b22a lq
main qimg 2ec95c33d3aa91b57412682a1c85b22a lq

Born and raised in the United States, my first time to China was in 2016, shortly after I graduated from high school. Since I had studied Chinese for four years and high school, as a gift for graduating my dad decided to take me on a two-week tour of China. To say that this trip was one of the most eye-opening experiences of my lifetime would not be an exaggeration. There were five things that were surprising to me when I visited China and that were entirely different than what the Western media had taught me:

  1. China is a beautiful place. Growing up in the U.S., pretty much all you hear about China is how “ugly” it is. Before I went, I expected the skies everywhere to be dark and clouded, and the air to be difficult to breathe due to all the media coverage that the pollution in China receives. However, when I actually got to China, I was shocked at how beautiful it was. The skies were blue, the cities were clean, and the pollution seemed just as bad as in any other big city that I had visited in the U.S. Not only that, but there were some landscapes in China that were just absolutely stunning. I particularly remember being blown away by the beauty of the countryside views in Guilin, and the massive rock formations on the Guangxi River.
  2. Chinese people are very friendly. In the U.S., it is a common assumption that Chinese people are quite rude. My trip to China proved this assumption to be completely wrong. Every Chinese person that I met was extremely friendly, and they were always excited to approach us either to talk or to get their picture taken with us. It was like being a celebrity! Not only that, but everyone was always willing to try and speak English with us, and were very kind when I attempted to converse with them in Chinese. In my honest opinion, many of the people I met in China were friendlier than many people back home. One person that stands out to me in particular was our rickshaw driver in Beijing. Even though he didn’t speak much English, he still tried to point out all of the sights of Beijing to us the best he could, and even though he had a hard job he always had a big smile on his face.
  3. Authentic Chinese food is good. Back in the United States, it is commonly believed that the food eaten in China is weird, abnormal, and unappetizing. However, all of the food that I ate in China was delicious (my favorite food being from Chengdu), and I actually preferred it to the Chinese food that you can find in America. Yes, there are several cultural differences in the type of food that we eat, but that doesn’t mean that it is bad! While I did see some foods that surprised me, including ants and rats, this was mostly out in the countryside. To any foreigner traveling to China, I would recommend trying as many foods as possible, even if they are a bit out of your comfort zone like they were for me. It’s worth it!
  4. There are people in China who are very rich. Most of what Americans hear about the Chinese is the extreme poverty that they experience. While it is true that we did see many poorer families while on our trip, we also saw a very luxurious side of China that I didn’t even know existed. The area that appeared to be the wealthiest was definitely Shanghai. There were luxury stores (i.e., Gucci. Tiffany’s, Prada, etc.) all over the city, and there were always Chinese people shopping at these stores. Not only that, but there were also always very expensive cars driving around the streets of Shanghai. It was a side of China that I never even heard about back home, and it was great to be able to see how prosperous China has become.
  5. Chinese people love their country. In the United States, it is a common thought that many Chinese people must feel oppressed by their government due to their country not being a democracy. However, while I was in China I saw nothing but pride and love for their country. Through many conversations with Chinese people, it was clear to me that they loved being from China. They had a lot of respect for their history, their culture, and for their government. In fact, it seemed to me that Chinese people had much less negative things to say about their country than many Americans do. This just goes to show that just because you don’t agree with a certain method of government doesn’t mean that the people living in that country have to share the same views as you.

UFO whistleblowers drop BOMBSHELL on D.C. | Redacted with Natali and Clayton Morris

Physics, all top five institutions are Chinese. MIT at number six.

2023 06 14 17 37
2023 06 14 17 37

Chemistry, all top ten institutions are Chinese:

2023 06 14 17 39
2023 06 14 17 39

WARRIORS | BALY FT .TOM | REAM PRODUCTION

Cheesy Chicken Broccoli Orzo

Creamy Chicken Broccoli Orzo made with sauteed chicken, fresh broccoli, orzo pasta in a cheesy sauce. This easy Cheesy Chicken Broccoli Orzo Skillet 30-minute meal is creamy and delicious!

Cheesy Chicken Broccoli Orzo 7 crop
Cheesy Chicken Broccoli Orzo 7 crop

Chicken Broccoli Rice Skillet and use orzo in place of rice and everyone goes crazy for this recipe!

Ingredients overview:

This creamy chicken broccoli orzo skillet is super easy to make and uses only fresh ingredients.

Chicken Breast — cut and trim chicken breast into bite-size pieces

Oil — this is to saute the chicken to keep it moist and from sticking to the pan

Salt and Pepper — generously season the chicken breast with salt and pepper

Butter — saute onion and garlic in butter to soften and infuse flavor

Onion — use sweet yellow onion or red onion and saute until tender

Garlic — use minced garlic cloves

Broccoli — cut into small bite-size pieces and saute for several minutes

Orzo Pasta — this is a popular dried pasta that looks similar to rice

Chicken Broth — cook the orzo in chicken broth to infuse it with flavor

Cheese — use a mix of cheddar and parmesan cheese for the best flavor

Fresh Lemon — to add some brightness to the dish, squeeze in some fresh lemon juice

Ingredients

  • 1 Tablespoon Oil
  • 1 lb Chicken Breast (cut into bite-size pieces)
  • 1 teaspoon Salt
  • 1 teaspoon Pepper
  • 2 Tablespoons Butter
  • ½ Onion (finely diced)
  • 4 Garlic Cloves (minced)
  • 1 ½ cups Broccoli (cut into small pieces)
  • 1 cup Orzo Pasta
  • 3 cups Chicken Broth
  • 1 ½ cups Cheese (½ cup of parmesan, 1 cup of cheddar)
  • 1 Tablespoon Fresh Lemon Juice
  • Fresh Herbs (basil, oregano, or parsley)

 

Cheesy Chicken Broccoli Orzo 10
Cheesy Chicken Broccoli Orzo 10

How to make Creamy Chicken Broccoli Orzo:

  1. Heat oil in a large skillet over medium-high heat. Cook chicken breast, cut into bite-size pieces, for about 3 minutes per side. Sprinkle with salt and pepper. Once the chicken is no longer pink, remove it from the skillet and place the chicken plus the juices on a plate. Cover.
  2. Add the butter, onion, and broccoli to the skillet and cook until softened about 5-7 minutes. Add the garlic and cook for 1 minute longer. Add the orzo pasta and toss to coat. Stir in the chicken broth. Bring to a simmer and cook until the orzo is tender, about 10-11 minutes.
  3. Stir in cheese and stir to melt. Squeeze fresh lemon juice into the skillet and stir.
  4. Top with fresh herbs, if desired, and freshly grated parmesan or Parmigiano Reggiano cheese.

WHAT TYPE OF CHEESE SHOULD I USE IN CHEESY CHICKEN ORZO?

I suggest using a strong cheese like parmesan for its robust and nutty flavor which is so perfect with this chicken and orzo skillet. I prefer to use two types of cheese in this cheesy chicken and orzo and the other cheese of choice would be medium cheddar or Colby jack cheese. You can use any type of cheddar cheese or cheddar combination.

The United States is as ready as it ever will be.

It has an enormous military budget, and bases everywhere. It’s got top of the line fighters, vessels and state-of-the-art equipment. In fact, if anything, I think that it is “over kill”. But that’s just my personal opinion.

The United States military is world-class in force projection, and they will glad-fully take the war to the shores of China and beyond. With the handful of proxy nations acting as “cannon fodder”, the United States would just sit back and watch the Australians and Japanese die in droves. Let them all be barbecued alive. As long as not one American is harmed.

So the United States force doctrine is one where the disposable peoples of Australia, Korea and Japan (with the Philippines) would be sacrificed first.

There is no question that the United States would choose Sydney, and Perth to become major battlefields. And with the rubbleing of Osaka, Tokyo, and Manila, the American military would wait out the carnage comfortably from afar in safe bunkers, Ukraine style.

Eventually, the Chinese force would peter out to an “approachable” level.

At that moment, the United States would pounce for a double “one two” blow that would destroy Chinese cities, and an invasion force in strength would seize the nation. Oh, the fighting might take a decade, but eventually the United States would win, and China would be partitioned into pre-determined bite-sized chunks for organized looting and seizure.

(Some interesting articles on this particular subject. It’s already been divided up! Though, I would advise “don’t count your chickens until the eggs hatch”.)

Anyways, there one teeny-tiny issue.

The only issue is would China really use it’s mass-casualty weapons. That’s of course, the Dong Feng, and the other novel and unique enhanced radiation and wave technologies. You know those massive enhanced radiation city-busters. Those hyper-velocity AI controlled stealth delivery systems, and the invisibility cloaking technologies.

But I am told it doesn’t matter.

As many in the “West” are very confident that “China would never…”.

So, if you (the reader) are part of this clutch, then by all means rest assured that the United States can destroy China, and it couldn’t do anything. The logic is simple. Simply because China has invested such a HUGE portion of it’s military to weapons of MASS DESTRUCTION. Leaving only a fraction of it’s military for conventional warfare. If China decides never to use the nuclear systems, then China would be handicapped to reliance on old-fashioned conventional systems.

So the United States would rip China a new behind.

But…

But…

But…

But, were China to be attacked, I am of the belief that China would use every weapon at it’s disposal. I mean, after all, why devote such a large proportion of your defensive equipment to nuclear and novel systems if you have no plans to ever use them? I figure that even if you have a Bentley in your garage, you do go and take it out for a spin from time to time. Even if that is the last thing that you do before you die.

Thus, the first cities to experience nuclear destruction would be American. I recon complete destruction of the top 35 cities.

This would really throw a monkey-wrench into the plans listed above.

The American “leadership” would be pissed and they (well the ones still alive and not wearing diapers) would order a MAD response. And the nukes would start a flying.

Correct me, if you disagree, but when the dust settles, I don’t think the world would be the same. You might think differently, but I think that nothing will ruin your day faster than global thermonuclear war.

Sigh.

So who ever asked this question, please stop asking about the end of the world. It’s not a pretty image. Go play with your army men elsewhere. War is not a game. It’s real, and very horrible. I strongly advise that it be avoided at all costs.

No one is going to win a US-China war.

គេជាមនុស្សបែបណា [ Ke Chea Mnus Beb Na ] By Eliza

We’re Not Finished

“You give me a piece of ground and a sword and I am going to take back this country with your help and the help of all the homeless Democrats and Republicans who are Americans first.” — Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.

Clusterfuck Nation
For your reading pleasure Mondays and Fridays
Support this blog by visiting Jim’s Patreon PageAnd thanks to all my Patrons for your support

If you’re wondering why our country is lost in lunatic raptures of lawless Lawfare and futile MAGAry, it’s because our economy has already collapsed, and our culture and politics with it downstream have also collapsed into spectacular degeneracy. It has already happened. Maybe you don’t know it.

The business model is broken. We’re a shadow of the industrial economy that won a great war and enjoyed a boisterous peace. You can’t replace ball bearing factories with theme parks and hedge funds. Sorry. The full faith and credit of the USA is not embodied in those frivolities, so our money is losing its mojo fast.

But get this: we will go on. This is not the end of the world or the end of history. It is the end of an era. Believe it or not, the economy will fix itself, it just won’t be what it was in 1957. It won’t be what the techno-supremacists think, either. (You need a dependable electric grid to run all those server farms and the apps they serve, and the AI supposedly looming.) It will fix itself because when things fail, as they are doing now, a lot of opportunities will open up to do things differently, even very differently.

When the chain stores fail along with their twelve-thousand-mile supply lines, Americans will figure out how to find stuff, make stuff, move stuff, and sell stuff at a smaller scale, maybe back on your Main Street (if it’s still there). There will be a lot less stuff, of course. But it may be enough stuff, and some of you will be busy making stuff of some kind. Imagine an economy where practically everybody has a useful role to play. Do you know how much more important it is to lead a purposeful, active life than to be lost in leisure and anomie with more stuff than you know what to do with? Which is where we’re at now, even for many who are statistically “poor.”

When the Happy Motoring colossus tweaks out, we’ll spend less time moving around and more time doing useful things, staying put around the places where we live. We’d be lucky if we could keep some railroads going, but the prospects are not great for that now. Sorry, we blew it. Should have re-started that project in 1970 when the handwriting was on the wall. (We made a lot of bad choices.) Cars and trains require elaborate networks of many interdependent technologies all integrated smoothly at the giant scale — oil, steel, plastics, electronics — and all of that is disintegrating. Pretty soon, you can forget about airplanes, too. That leaves… what? Yes, boats and horses. I know… it sounds inconceivable. Wait for it.

When our grotesque medical racketeering matrix fails, doctors will practice medicine at smaller scale, probably without advanced pharmaceuticals and techno-diagnostics. They’ll open small local clinics while zombies squat in the broken mega-hospitals. You’ll have to pay in cash, whatever form that comes in. You’ll have to take care of yourself, too, but there will be a whole lot less enticing, engineered, toxic crap available to stuff into your body — Froot Loops, Hot Pockets — and the food markets won’t be all that super. There will certainly be less food altogether, but there will be fewer of us to feed, and more of that fewer-of-us will be busy producing that food, one way or another.

That’s the reality I see coming. As you’ve seen vividly, the journey from where we were in, say, the year 2000, to where we’re going has been psychologically disordering at the mass scale. These days, people who ought to know better express ideas that would have gotten them laughed out the room in 1999. The catch is that few of you know that this mass disordering grew out of fear of the journey. It was a phenomenon of infectious mass anxiety over something only dimly apprehended. You just thought it was about bad people.

You’re now faced with the question: how to avoid committing suicide, directly or inadvertently, personally or as a whole society, slowly or quickly? — and its corollary, how to get through the madness in the meantime? Politics happen whether you pay attention to it or not. Politics is concerned with how a society navigates through history. Today, it seems that either A) somebody is steering badly; B) Nobody is steering; or C) some outside force has commandeered the ship’s wheel and is steering for us.

Any way you look at that, we need somebody to steer. Mr. Trump has volunteered to try doing it again. The first time, forces in every quarter of American power set out to bushwhack, sandbag, harass, hector, and hound him. In the process, they just about destroyed the rule of law. Then they simply dis-elected him surreptitiously, something you’re not supposed to say, but there it is, like so much meat on the table. Now they’re trying to hoo-rah him into jail. Whatever you think of his, er, complex personality, you must admire his perseverance through adversity. If he somehow manages to wriggle through the present obstacle course of Lawfare chicanery, his next term would be an extravaganza of retribution. The spectacle would provide much satisfaction but, in the end, it would just be a sideshow, and it is not the same thing as taking care of business.

“Joe Biden,” of course, the man who is not really even there, is only pretending to run for reelection, or at least a coterie around the Oval Office is pretending for him while they try to figure out what to do. They’re in an awful quandary. They hold all the levers of power and they have no other credible candidate, not a living soul, in their own official hatchery.

Outside of that ghastly edifice, Robert F. Kennedy is making a determined flanking move, an end-run near the sidelines. The Democratic Party in all its florid and mendacious lunacy is pretending to not notice him, especially their praetorian news media that is the vector for America’s mass mental illness. Mr. Kennedy put it so simply in April when he announced a run to preside over the stupendous mess that is our government. He said his mission is an experiment to see what happens when you tell Americans the truth. Hold that thought. How long has it been since you thought anything like that was possible?

There’s a broad-based assumption across the land, derived from our fading prime artform, the movies, that Americans can’t handle the truth. Like so much else in our national life, that is probably erroneous… fake truth. And what is so striking in Mr. Kennedy’s performance so far is an absence of fakery. It’s more than refreshing, it’s… startling. Makes you blink, a little bit. Makes you remember what it’s like to not be lied-to incessantly. Makes you want to see more of it because it gives you strength when you thought you were finished. Get this now: our world is changing, and deeply, but we’re not finished.

Banana Pudding

My brother lived in New York City for over 10 years and would rave to me all about the famous Magnolia Bakery’s Banana Pudding. I would seethe with jealousy as I knew he could walk into the bakery every single day and get his banana pudding fix.

Once I finally flew into NYC, we went straight to Magnolia’s to see what all the fuss was about. Maybe you don’t know this about me but I am super picky about bakeries. Okay, you probably could have gathered that by now! I did wonder if this would pass the test. My husband and I devoured the banana pudding in about 90 seconds so I would say that was a good sign.

Even though I love their banana pudding dessert, I wanted to create a similar copycat but make the pudding from scratch. It doesn’t take that much longer and there’s just something about handcrafted pudding, stirred with a wooden spoon, that makes it taste that much better.

This Homemade Banana Pudding Dessert is made by slowly cooking a mixture of whole milk, sugar, cornstarch, egg yolks, butter and vanilla bean until nice and thickened. I could eat an entire bowl of this stuff! It is layered with fresh sliced bananas, Nilla wafers, and homemade fluffy whipped cream.

My sister-in-law, Laura, who is a brilliant cook makes this custard every single year at Thanksgiving time. She is the BEST custard maker I know and this is a tried and true recipe. It is a recipe from her Grandma Rappleye that has been passed down through the years.

This can be made in a large trifle dish, a bowl, a glass pan, decorative jars, or even scooped into small bowls. It is such a versatile recipe. I enjoy layering it into a glass trifle dish or my favorite jars.

DSC 0984 copy
DSC 0984 copy

Ingredients

  • 1 box vanilla wafers
  • 3 bananas
  • 1 cup sugar
  • 3 tablespoons cornstarch
  • 2 cups milk
  • 2 eggs, separated
  • 1 tablespoon butter or margarine
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract

Instructions

  1. In a casserole dish pour about 3/4 of the vanilla wafers. Slice the bananas over that. Set aside.
  2. Mix the cornstarch into the sugar and place in a large saucepan. Add milk and cook over medium heat, stirring constantly.
  3. Beat the egg yolks with a fork and add about 4 tablespoons hot milk/sugar mixture into the yolks, stirring until well blended (this prevents chunks of cooked egg yolk). Pour the yolk mixture into the saucepan and continue cooking over medium heat, stirring constantly until mixture begins to thicken.
  4. Add vanilla extract and butter or margarine.
  5. Pour the pudding mixture over the bananas and wafers.
  6. To make meringue, beat the two egg whites until stiff. Add 3 tablespoons sugar and 1 teaspoon vanilla extract. Spread over the pudding.
  7. Brown slightly in 350 degree F oven.
Homemade Banana Pudding Recipe
Homemade Banana Pudding Recipe

A few tips for making out-of-this-world Homemade Banana Pudding Dessert:

  1.  Make sure you cook the pudding long enough for it to thicken. It needs to coat the back of a spoon. After cooking, let it chill to give it adequate time to set up. You can find my favorite wooden spoon HERE.
  2. Temper the egg yolks. Adding a small amount of hot milk to the egg yolks brings them to a higher temperature slowly to prevent the eggs from cooking. After the eggs have been tempered, add them to the pan and continue to cook.
  3. Add vanilla beans or pure vanilla extract after the pudding is removed from heat. If added while still on the heat, the vanilla flavor will be cooked off.
  4. Use COLD heavy whipping cream and beat until soft peaks form. Adding powdered sugar brings out the flavor of the cream.
  5. Bananas turn brown over time (oxidation) when exposed to air. Brush the sliced bananas with lemon juice or sprinkle with fruit fresh.

During 2022, Brazil was ranked ninth globally by oil production, ahead of Kuwait and behind Iran, lifting an average of just over 3 million barrels per day. Suppose Latin America’s largest economy is to become the world’s fourth-largest oil producer. In that case, it will need to be pumping more than 4.5 million barrels of crude oil per day so as to overtake Canada, which currently holds that spot.

2023 06 14 17 45
2023 06 14 17 45

Brazil’s energy ministry expects the country will be pumping 5.4 million barrels daily by 2029, which is a whopping 80% higher than the 3 million barrels of oil lifted daily during 2022. Consistent year-over-year growth in hydrocarbon production indicates that Brazil indeed possesses the potential to expand production and become the world’s fourth-largest oil producer.

Another key aspect that will support those plans is Brazil’s copious hydrocarbon reserves. According to the ANP, at the end of 2022, Latin America’s largest oil producer held proven or 1P petroleum reserves totaling 14.9 billion barrels, of which 77% were categorized as pre-salt. There are also 21.9 billion barrels of proven and possible or 2P reserves and 27 billion barrels of 3P reserves, known as proven possible and probable reserves.

This illustrates that Brazil possesses considerable hydrocarbon potential and the reserves required to support a significant increase in oil production. Those reserves will keep growing as exploration and development drilling gains momentum, with the Baker Hughes International rig count showing 17 active rigs at the end of May 2023 compared to 11 a year earlier.

“Man attempts to catch woman falling from 11th floor of a building with his bare hands.”

When I first read this story I didn’t know how to react. It seemed like a mixture of pure bravery, selflessness and, honestly, maybe a little stupidity.

This happened years ago, in 2015.

main qimg 35314f92f607baaed5042e254abbf42d lq
main qimg 35314f92f607baaed5042e254abbf42d lq

A Chinese man by the name of Feng Ning from Enshi City in central China’s Hubei Province was walking out of a restaurant when he heard screams. He saw a woman falling from a building. He reacted instantly to try to save her. CCTV footage captured him bravely trying to catch the woman before she landed.

But the height of the fall was too great, he could not save the woman. Instead he was knocked unconscious by the sheer force of the collision and suffered a number of injuries. He suffered injuries to his legs including a knee fracture and ruptured ligaments.

Speaking to CCTV+, Li Yanbing, doctor of spinal surgery department, Enshi Central Hospital, said:

He was knocked out by the impact and suffered injuries on his knee joints, and had a tibial plateau fracture. His anterior and posterior cruciate ligaments and the medial ligament have been dislocated.

Feng joined the army as a college student in 2013. He retired in September 2015 after full service. He said his first reaction was saving the woman’s life without considering whether he would be injured. He rushed to attempt to save the woman’s life while other people just watched her fall.

main qimg 57dd35e1c4d2a071afee66a401695e9b lq
main qimg 57dd35e1c4d2a071afee66a401695e9b lq
Feng Ning suffered Knee joint injuries and tibial fractures, along with several ligament rupture. He will undergo surgical treatment. "

However, being a low-income family, Feng's parents can't afford the high treatment fees. Moved by Feng's bravery, many people gave their hands to the young man and have donated more than 15,000 U.S. dollars for his treatment.

“I don’t regret. It’s a shame that I couldn’t save her,” said Feng.

main qimg 8779da09c282ab61e28b9adcd24bd541 lq
main qimg 8779da09c282ab61e28b9adcd24bd541 lq

The repair work on the damage to the reality universe is still in process.

The repair work on the damage to the reality universe is still in process. I am unaware of the organizational structure of the who, and where, and what. But the intention is clear. To stop the emergence of a calmer cleaner world led by the Global South, and instead push the corrupt Western model back into power.

Amateurs. But the repairs are also fixing other things that were “flapping in the winds”, and that is overall going to make things easier for all of us.

Today, I had an interview with DM about his prayer affirmation campaign, you can watch it here, if you haven’t already.

Now, for the rest of the stuff…

By Global Times Published: Mar 27, 2023 09:07 PM

When it comes to the Ukraine issue, the West and Russia have never stopped testing and pressuring each other. The greater the pressure the US and NATO apply on Russia, the greater Russia’s counterattack will be.

NATO criticized Russian President Vladimir Putin for what it called his “dangerous and irresponsible” nuclear rhetoric on Sunday, a day after Putin said he planned to station tactical nuclear weapons in Belarus, Reuters reported. On the same day, the EU’s foreign policy chief Josep Borrell threatened on Twitter that “The EU stands ready to respond with further sanctions.”

As for the recent escalation, the reason is UK’s irresponsible decision to provide depleted uranium munition to Ukraine. On the one hand, depleted uranium munitions have already exceeded the red line that Russia can accept. On the other, this shows Western countries like the UK have no bottom line in providing weapons to Ukraine. As a response, Russia has opted for deploying tactical nuclear weapons to Belarus.

Now, NATO has come out to accuse Russia of breaking its own arms control commitments. But in fact, the US has long been a violator of the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons. Song Zhongping, a military expert and TV commentator, told the Global Times that the US has deployed tactical nuclear weapons in European countries, including Belgium, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands and Turkey, which means the US has long deployed its tactical nuclear weapons at Russia’s doorstep, posing a significant threat to Russia’s national security. Russia’s reaction this time is not just aimed at the UK’s move, but more about the US.

“Russia’s planned deployment of its tactical nuclear weapons in Belarus is not only a response to NATO’s past and current provocations, but also is aimed at deterring US’ potential provocations, dealing with what is about to happen,” said Song.

Belarus is a key choice for Russia, as its geographical location is ideal. It is not far from Poland, Germany, the Baltic countries and even the Nordic countries. If tactical nuclear weapons are deployed there, it will have a huge strategic deterrent effect on some neighboring NATO countries near Russia, Song noted.

Nevertheless, whether the US and NATO impose various sanctions on Russia or continuously provide weapons to Ukraine, they are actually moving toward a more dangerous direction. It won’t help solve the Ukraine issue, but will only lead to a vicious circle, escalating the nuclear arms race and ultimately developing into a situation that no one wants to see.

Wang Shuo, a professor at the School of International Relations of Beijing Foreign Studies University, pointed out that knowing that the situation could get worse, the US is still pressuring Russia, and the purpose behind it is to maintain its hegemonic system. In addition, during the Cold War, the US used extreme pressure tactics against the Soviet Union, which eventually dragged the Soviet Union down, so today Washington still wants to apply the same tactics.

Now, the peace forces mediating the Ukraine-Russia conflict are still relatively insufficient. European countries have been kidnapped by the US to provide weapons to Ukraine, and even countries like Japan have gone to great lengths to provide assistance to Ukraine. This all serves the interests of the US, whose purpose is to force European countries, and even Indo-Pacific countries, to help the US counter Russia and drag it down. Since this goal has not been achieved, Washington does not want peace now.

It is the US that is pushing Russia step by step. Washington does not want to see a victory for Russia on the Ukrainian battlefield. If Ukraine loses, it means NATO loses, which also means the US loses its global leadership and hegemony, a price that it cannot afford. Consequently, when China proposed a complete, systematic and dialectical 12-point peace proposal, the US was among the first to come out to deny it. The peace proposal takes into account all aspects and is practical. The fact that the US is eager to dismiss it shows that it doesn’t want peace.

The conflict between Russia and Ukraine is a “proxy war” that the US has imposed on Europe. If the US and Russia cannot reach a compromise, there can be no peace between Russia and Ukraine. But if the conflict continues, not only will Russia and Ukraine be damaged, but also Europe’s security dilemma will worsen. The more Europe tries to be safe, the more insecure it becomes.

Don’t get out of your car if you get pulled over by police.

I was pulled over by a police officer while driving in Iowa. It was one week after I had arrived in the USA for the first time. I had accidentally made a minor mistake disobeying a traffic sign. Back home in Australia it’s considered polite to get out of your car and walk over to the police officer’s car and hand him your license* so he doesn’t have to get out of his seat. I wanted to be extra polite so I immediately jumped out of my car and walked towards his car while reaching into my back pocket.

I’m lucky to be alive.

If you come from a gun-free country like the UK or Australia you don’t have any natural instinct for gun culture. You don’t realize that police assume that everyone is armed.

Things got immediately serious. The police officer’s hand went to his weapon and I responded by dropping to my knees with my hands up. He yelled a bunch of things at me but my memory is vague because my heartbeat was suddenly pulsing in my ears blotting out all sound. I don’t know if he drew his weapon or not. I was staring intently at the ground, shaking and trying to project non-threatening vibes. My next memory is that there were three police cars around me and a bunch of cops who’d been called for backup. They were all keeping their hands close to their guns. After some time passed (a minute? 30 minutes? I have no idea) the tensions de-escalated and they told me to get up. I gave the officer my license and tried to explain why I’d approached him. It was completely incomprehensible to him that there was a place where people don’t fear cops and vice versa at traffic stops. It was as though I was trying to tell him that I came from Narnia and our cops were all talking animals.

I’ve spoken to several British people, New Zealanders, and Australians who have shared almost identical stories. They really need to put signs up in all major US airports.

Don’t get out of your car if stopped by police. They will assume you are armed and they might shoot you.

Edit: have a look at this story about an Australian woman who was shot and killed by an American cop. Ex-Minneapolis police officer sentenced to 12.5 years for fatal shooting of Justine Ruszczyk Damond

To me, the chilling part of the story is this passage:

“When police arrived, Ruszczyk Damond approached the driver's side of the squad car, and Noor, who was in the passenger's seat, shot her through the open window…”

In Australia, we would think it perfectly normal to approach a police car to talk to the police. She probably had no idea that she could be in danger. American police are far too ready to kill.

It’s sickening.

A REVOLUTION has Begun!

The Covid-19 coronavirus was “intentionally released” by the United States

The Covid-19 coronavirus was "intentionally released" by the United States in Wuhan, China, with the target to trigger a global pandemic to raise public acceptance of vaccines, a US businessman specializing in patent auditing said.

David Martin, the founding chairman of M Cam asset management company, said at an International Covid Summit organized by the European Parliament in Brussels earlier this month that the US was responsible for the making of both coronaviruses causing the outbreaks of severe acute respiratory syndrome - or SARS - in 2003 and the Covid-19 pandemic in the past three years.

The third edition of the summit featured speakers from anti-lockdown advocates to medical academia to discuss the global pandemic response. The speakers shed light on the possibility that the coronavirus which caused the pandemic was man-made, instead of naturally occurring.

In his speech, Martin said: "The pandemic that we alleged to have happened in the last few years did not happen overnight. In fact, the very specific pandemic using the coronavirus began at a different time."

He said that in 1965, scientists discovered the coronavirus as a model of a pathogen - an agent that causes disease. They also found out that coronaviruses can be modified.

"Later we started learning how to modify a coronavirus by putting them in animals such as dogs and pigs," Martin said, adding that such a practice became the basis for US pharmaceutical giant Pfizer's first coronavirus spike protein vaccine in 1990.

But very soon the medical sector and drug makers found out that the vaccines did not work.

"Because the coronavirus is a malleable model, it mutates," Martin said. "Every medical publication concluded that coronaviruses escape vaccines because it modifies and mutates too rapidly for a vaccine to be developed."

In 2002, a university in North Carolina initiated a study to develop an "infectious replication defective," which Martin interpreted as "a weapon to target individuals, but not have collateral damage."

Characterizing the project as having "mysteriously preceded SARS by a year," Martin said the coronavirus that caused the highly deadly infection was not from China and that it was "engineered" instead of naturally occurring.

On Covid-19, Martin said the coronavirus - named as SARS-CoV-2 by the World Health Organization - was poised for human emergence in 2016, with a preview about an "accidental or intentional release of a respiratory coronavirus" from a laboratory in Wuhan.

He said the purpose of the coronavirus "release" was to boost global acceptance on universal vaccination.

Explaining the common concern among the medical industry, Martin said: "Until an infectious crisis is very real, present and at the emergency threshold, it is often largely ignored.

"To sustain the funding base beyond the crisis, we need to increase the public understanding of the need for medical countermeasures, such as the pan-influenza, or pan-coronavirus, vaccine. A key drive is the media and the economics will follow the hype.

"We [pharmaceutical firms] need to use that hype to our advantage to get to the real issue. Investors will respond if they see profit at the end of the process," he said.

The Covid infection was first reported in Wuhan, Hubei province in central China in late 2019, with initial clusters coming from the Huanan Seafood Wholesale Market.

The disease turned into a global pandemic in early 2020.

As of Saturday, over 766 million infections have been recorded worldwide, with nearly seven million deaths.

The source of the coronavirus remained a mystery. Some scientists believe it transferred to humans from wild animals like bats and manidaes, while some politicians, in particular those from the US, accused the Wuhan Institute of Virology - a government-controlled lab - of leaking the pathogen.

A team of WHO-appointed experts inspected Wuhan in early 2021 to probe the source of the pandemic.

After the 12-day visit, including a visit to the lab, the scientists concluded that it is "extremely unlikely" that the lab could have leaked the Covid-19 coronavirus.

Article HERE

Paula Deen’s Macaroni and Cheese

2023 06 11 11 29
2023 06 11 11 29

Ingredients

  • 4 cups cooked elbow macaroni, drained
  • 2 cups grated cheddar cheese
  • 3 eggs, beaten
  • 1/2 cup sour cream
  • 4 tablespoons butter, cut into pieces
  • 1/2 teaspoon salt
  • 1 cup milk

Instructions

  1. Heat oven to 350 degrees F.
  2. Once you have the macaroni cooked and drained, place in a large bowl and while still hot and add the cheddar.
  3. In a separate bowl, combine the remaining ingredients and add to the macaroni mixture.
  4. Pour macaroni mixture into a casserole dish and bake for 30 to 45 minutes.
  5. Top with additional cheese if desired.

Norway canceled China top shipyard 13 billion dollar order, was it a conspiracy?

This Woman Creates A DIY Dollhouse Door Electrical Outlet Covers

1 66
1 66

We can all agree that COVID-19 has turned our world upside down. Everything we knew we did has changed. Some people are furstrated but there are some that never lose their spirit. Even in these difficult times there are people that show us that you can use every situation to your advantage. Discover something new create something you never did before.

h/t: art-sheep

8 46
8 46
7 48
7 48
6 55
6 55
5 58
5 58
4 61
4 61
3 64
3 64
2 65
2 65

Làm gì phải Hốt – JustaTee x Hoàng Thùy Linh x Đen | Official Music Video

By Global Times Published: Jun 11, 2023 08:54 PM

On Saturday, China’s Assistant Foreign Minister Nong Rong summoned South Korean Ambassador Chung Jae-ho to express his “serious concern and dissatisfaction” over Seoul’s “improper reaction” to comments made by Chinese Ambassador to South Korea Xing Haiming in a recent meeting with Lee Jae-myung, leader of South Korea’s largest opposition party, the Democratic Party of Korea.

One day earlier, the South Korean Foreign Ministry summoned Ambassador Xing to protest his remarks on US-Korea relations, saying Xing had interfered in South Korea’s internal affairs by citing “inaccurate facts” and criticizing South Korean policy.

What exactly did Ambassador Xing say?

According to reports, he accused Seoul of being influenced by Washington and not respecting Beijing’s core concerns, including the Taiwan question, during a meeting with Lee on Thursday. Xing pointed out that the US is trying its best to suppress China and that some people are betting on the US to win and China to lose, which is clearly a misjudgment that fails to consider the broader historical context. He warned that “those betting on China’s defeat will certainly regret it later.”

Ambassador Xing was correct; he just made another factual and logical judgment. His remarks stem from South Korea’s provocative stance.

The US is mobilizing its allies in the Asia-Pacific region to form a containment ring against China, thereby compelling South Korea to take sides and assess the potential consequences of this strategic competition.

In an exclusive interview with Reuters before his visit to the US in April, South Korean President Yoon Suk-yeol said that tensions in the Taiwan Straits are caused by attempts to change the status quo by force, and South Korea joins the international community in opposing such changes. Yoon also said that the Taiwan question is not simply an issue between the Chinese mainland and Taiwan but, like the issue of North Korea, it is a global issue.

By clearly copying the US position on the Taiwan question, the South Korean government is not simply following the US’ China strategy but also is expressing confidence in the US’ ability to prevail.

The current South Korean government is gradually falling into a strategic trap orchestrated by the US to contain China. We have every reason to believe that if this trajectory continues, South Korea will no longer be a mere follower of the US but could eventually find itself in a frontline role.

It would be prudent for the South Korean government to pause and reflect before taking the next step: Is China really an enemy of South Korea? If South Korea aligns with the US strategy and pushes China into a hostile position, can South Korea bear the consequences?

South Korea’s greatest concern is the security of the Korean Peninsula, but this can never be achieved by blindly adhering to the US agenda and engaging in confrontation with China.

It is not that South Korea does not have the ability to refuse to take sides; at least South Korea has some ability to maintain the balance. However, it appears that South Korea is now leaning toward the US side. We’re concerned that this decision will jeopardize the peninsula’s security, which the South Korean people desire for.

We acknowledge that a significant challenge to current East Asian cooperation is that the existing security system restricts our ability to draw closer to one another and fails to shield us from the chilling winds of the Cold War.

It’s akin to having a thermostat, but the remote control for that thermostat is held in the American military’s hands.

We can’t continue to be trapped in an outdated Cold War system. We should not allow the Americans to decide whether we are safe. What is certain is that once the desired reunification of the peninsula is achieved, there will no longer be a place for US soldiers.

Given increasing US pressure, China and South Korea now urgently need to expand cooperation on security issues and enhance communication and collaboration. But this can only happen if South Korea respects China’s core interests and security concerns and stops appeasing the US in a manner that “irritates” China. Such actions will not bring any real benefits to South Korea.

China and South Korea are close neighbors and cannot avoid each other. China does not want turmoil and war on the peninsula. The key now is how we can resist disruption and destruction by external forces and find the right path for Asians to solve our own problems through cooperation.

Oh! Watch out for that freedom shit. Everywhere the US brings freedom, it always ends up looking like this.

2023 06 12 15 12
2023 06 12 15 12

Beware of what you wish for, you’ll get it.

Haven’t you noticed how peaceful it is for the moment where China does not talk to the US?

It’s the US that isn’t a good conversation partner. From just a talk, you may end up fighting with them, not unless you’re very subservient, like Japan or S. Korea (American Pie fillings)

What we get wrong about China.

Saucy Peach-Spiced Chicken

1ef89c091b8a616ee916f7b29a6e215c
1ef89c091b8a616ee916f7b29a6e215c

Ingredients

  • Cooking oil
  • 1/2 cup flour mixed with 1 teapoon salt and 1/8 teaspoon pepper
  • 6 each fryer chicken legs and thighs or 2 breasts and 4 thighs
  • 1 cup orange juice
  • 1 1/2 cups sliced peaches (fresh, canned or frozen)
  • 2 tablespoons brown sugar
  • 2 tablespoons vinegar
  • 1 teaspoon mace or nutmeg
  • 1 teaspoon sweet basil
  • 1 clove garlic, minced
  • Hot, cooked rice

Instructions

  1. Put oil to a depth of 1/2-inch in a large skillet.
  2. While oil is heating, dredge chicken in seasoned flour.
  3. Brown chicken in hot oil.
  4. While chicken is browning, combine orange juice and peaches with brown sugar, vinegar, mace or nutmeg, sweet basil and minced garlic in a saucepan. Simmer for 10 minutes.
  5. Remove chicken when it is browned, and pour off oil, retaining the flavored browned bits in skillet.
  6. Replace chicken and pour fruit sauce over top.
  7. Cover and simmer about 20 minutes.
  8. Serve over rice.

Yield: 4 to 6 servings

Hoàng Thùy Linh – Duyên Âm (Love of Ghost) | Official Music Video

A MAN WHO MADE A DIFFERENCE

In 1987, a 74-year old rickshaw puller by the name of Bai Fangli came back to his hometown planning to retire from his backbreaking job. There, he saw children working in the fields, because they were too poor to afford school fees.

Bai returned to Tianjin and went back to work as a rickshaw puller, taking a modest accommodation next to the railway station. He waited for clients 24 hours a day, ate simple food and wore discarded second-hand clothes he found.

He gave all of his hard-earned earnings to support children who could not afford education.

In 2001, he drove his rickshaw to Tianjin YaoHua Middle School, to deliver his last installment of money.

Nearly 90 years old, he told the students that he couldn’t work any more. All of the students and teachers were moved to tears.

In total, Bai had donated a total of 350,000 yuan to help more than 300 poor students continue with their studies. In 2005, Bai passed away leaving behind an inspiring legacy.

If a rickshaw-puller who wore used clothes and had no education can support 300 children to go to school, imagine what you and I can do with the resources we have to bring about positive change in our world!

2023 06 12 10 30
2023 06 12 10 30

Europe is riding a bumpy ride in the gallop towards the abyss

Yesterday, I was leaving the office and went to the bus station. (I tend to take the Zhuhai bus instead of driving. It’s cheap and I don’t have to fight traffic.) And there was my bus.

So I waved at the bus driver with my QR and tried to get to the the bus, but there was this doddering older couple just blocking the way. So I tried to get around them. Sure as shit, they moved in front of me, so I went around the other direction, there they still moved in front of me..

Intentional?

Poor sensory awareness?

Just pissed off and looking for a patsy?

I don’t know

So I got off the sidewalk, as it was blocked every which way I turned. And got off the bus station, and went on the road still waving my QR to the driver.

Wouldn’t you know it, but that senile couple jumped off the sidewalk and still continued to block me.

They actually got in front of me on the road!!!!

No shit. They got off the sidewalk. and blocked my path to the bus as I was trying to get to it on the street.

What was their malfunction?

So I forcefully plowed around them and got on the bus. Not rudely. I did everything I could to avoid touching them. I arched my back and scraped the incoming other bus with my backpack.

But, boy oh boy,  they started up a bunch of complaining and bitchin! Some times I wonder why they picked on me to hassle. I’m not some dumb kid, I know when I’m being “cock blocked” intentionally, and three times is NOT an accident.

When you are in China, you may come across these senile old fixed minded people that start treating you disrespectfully, mistakenly believing that they (due to their age) will get an automatic pass for their behaviors. As they normally do.

The old are revered in China.

But not everyone is deserving.

I think that that kind of behavior is common in Washington DC these days…

Rear Adm. Mike Studeman might be referring to the phenomenon where individuals or organizations fail to recognize or intelligently address the strategic threat posed by China’s role as a significant global power.

This term “China Blindness” has been used to describe a range of issues related to China. In particular, it refers to a serious lack of understanding of what China is, how it operates, and what it is capable of. It is a “catch all” phrase that describes a cloud of ignorance of what China actually is today.

The Admiral is admonishing his peers as a warning. To believe the false narratives encapsulated in the public narrative is to risk serious defeat on the battlefield. To engage China, one must be realistic, and fully address the harsh and uncomfortable reality that confronts the USN. If it fails to do so, it could result in catastrophe.

As far as I can understanding it, the use of this term suggests a need for greater awareness and friendly engagement with China. As opposed to the politically-driven narratives of forcing and pushing China to follow United States dictates.

US is 8,300 miles away from home in Chinese water. China will do it again and again. I have no question.

Why Do Europeans Dislike Americans So Much?

Baked Fresh Ham, Southern Style

Yield: 8 to 10 servings

2023 06 10 11 15
2023 06 10 11 15

Ingredients

  • 6 pound fresh ham
  • 2 bay leaves
  • 1 hot dried red pepper
  • 1 cinnamon stick
  • 2 tablespoons salt
  • 1 tablespoon powdered mustard
  • 1 tablespoon horseradish
  • 1 garlic clove
  • Whole cloves
  • 1/2 cup firmly packed brown sugar

Instructions

  1. Put ham in kettle and cover with boiling water. Add next 4 ingredients. Bring to boil. Cover and simmer for 2 hours.
  2. Cool in the broth and refrigerate overnight.
  3. Remove rind from ham.
  4. Mix mustard and horseradish and rub on fat. Insert garlic in the fat. Put on rack and bake in preheated slow oven (300 degrees F) for 2 hours.
  5. Score fat with a knife, stud with cloves and sprinkle with the sugar.
  6. Bake for 1 hour longer, basting occasionally with drippings in the pan.

BLACK AMERICAN SHOCKS EUROPEANS SPEAKING 6 LANGUAGE

Graphic Art Between Renaissance And Modernity

1 50
1 50

The French artist Benedicte Piccolillo, graphic designer and street artist, is the talent hidden behind Voglio Bene. Based in Mauguio, South of France, she creates from “coups de Coeur” that she may have had on old paintings from masters. Initially a photographer, the artist is self-taught in digital graphic creation.

“I can fall in love with a piece from the Middle Ages as well as a Mannerist painting. My favorite period remains the Renaissance, especially Italian, but also Spanish. It is full of religious paintings, each one more beautiful than the next, which maintains and delights my spiritual sidem” she explains.

Depuis quelques années, Bénédicte s’intéresse de plus en plus à l’histoire de l’art et veut donner une dimension plus culturelle à son travail. “French castles and museums are beginning to be seduced and to approach me in order to launch collaborations”, she added.

More: Benedicte Piccolillo, Instagram h/t: fubiz

22 21
22 21
21 23
21 23
20 24
20 24
18 26
18 26
19 26
19 26
17 28
17 28
16 29
16 29
15 30
15 30
14 33
14 33
13 3s5
13 3s5
12 3s6
12 3s6
11 3s7
11 3s7
10 4s1
10 4s1
9 4s3
9 4s3
8 4s3
8 4s3
7 4s6
7 4s6
6 4s7
6 4s7
5 4s7
5 4s7
4 5s0
4 5s0
3 5s0
3 5s0
2 5s1
2 5s1

Just came back from visiting Xinjiang:

  • Their culture and religion is respected. All street names, airports etc. include the Arab characters as well. Mosques are open.
  • Economy and daily life is fine. The population is half Uyghurs and half Han and they live ok together, normally.
  • Security is very tight. Police, road blocks and monitoring of individuals movements anytime and anywhere. But couldn’t see any abuse or disrespectful attitude by the security forces.
  • I believe that there is zero tolerance to any radicals and potential jihadists. Unlike the west who only RESPONDS to terrorism (rather than PREVENT it in advance), China takes preemptive measures. Gets more scolded by the world but keeps its citizens out of harm’s way.

This haunting photo of Nicholas Mevoli, an American free diver, has been seared into my mind.

It was on November 17, year 2013, when he did his final free dive while attempting to set a new (American) deep dive record.

He had attempted to dive to 236 ft/72 m on a single breath. He began to turn back at 223 ft/68m, but somehow changed his mind and dived further downward.

He surfaced, gave the OK sign, tried to speak, then promptly passed out.

This picture was taken just moments before he passed out.

main qimg 5de67c87ee54bcf24bbb45aa49c0d02c lq
main qimg 5de67c87ee54bcf24bbb45aa49c0d02c lq

The look in his eyes…he looks scared stiff, frozen in fear, as if he knows what is going to happen.

Unfortunately, he never regained consciousness after that and passed away soon after.

His death was caused by breathing complications due to pulmonary edema (meaning fluid accumulation in the tissue and air spaces of the lungs).

At least some semblance of peace may be gained by his family from the fact that he passed away doing what he loved.

main qimg f24eba38e1be76713e0328624356094a lq
main qimg f24eba38e1be76713e0328624356094a lq

The younger of my two sons had been quite a problem as a teenager. We fought and I was worried about his character. Jeremy flunked out of college.

In his 20s, he worked in desktop computer support. The other support tech was senior to Jeremy, but Jeremy neither liked nor respected him. Nonetheless, the senior tech invariably got his way. Of course. Then one day the manager found out that the senior tech was gay. He dismissed him.

My son discovered this about 10:00. By 10:15 he had quit, informing the manager that he could not work for a company which treated its workers unfairly. He had no job, but his integrity was intact.

At that moment, I learned that I had raised a man possessed of both morality and strength of character.

As it happens, three weeks later Jeremy had a new job at nearly twice the salary of the tech job he had quit. Things worked out rather well, all in all.

BORDER EVACUATED, Nukes Being Moved Miles From NATO Summit, Huge Fires, 72 HR WW3 Exercise

Hampton Plantation Shrimp Pilau

Hampton Plantation was once the largest rice producer in the United States.

9d0de4bc21db277bdb47b8ca391f6291
9d0de4bc21db277bdb47b8ca391f6291

Ingredients

  • 6 to 8 slices bacon
  • 2 cups shrimp (raw, cleaned – save shrimp peelings)
  • 1 cup rice, uncooked
  • 3 tablespoons butter
  • 1/2 cup celery, diced
  • 2 tablespoons green bell pepper, diced
  • 1 to 2 teaspoons Worcestershire sauce
  • 2 to 3 tablespoons flour
  • 1 dash salt, to taste
  • 1 dash pepper, to taste

Instructions

  1. Fry bacon until crisp. Set bacon aside. Reserve bacon grease to add to water when cooking rice.
  2. In a large frying pan on medium high heat, melt butter.
  3. Add celery and green pepper and saute until soft and tender.
  4. Add shrimp which have been sprinkled with Worcestershire sauce and dredged in flour.
  5. Sauté shrimp until pink, about 3 to 4 minutes.
  6. Season with salt and pepper.
  7. Add cooked rice and mix until rice is all “buttery” and “shrimpy.”
  8. Stir in crumbled bacon.
  9. Serve hot.

How brain dead are the US leadership?

For years the US has been sanctioning China and now the US “won’t tolerate” a taste of their own medicine.

China doesn’t need the US, but the US needs China. Perhaps the US must be careful now and realise that their attempts at being “tough” on China to please their own voters look very stupid indeed in the international arena; the REAL WORLD.

American vs. European Suburbs (and why US suburbs suck)

This is surprisingly good.

There is only one country here – the United States. As for Japan and the Philippines, they are American poodles, they do whatever their owners tell them to do, and they have no autonomy.

Is it possible that every time a US aircraft carrier crosses the Taiwan Strait or a US reconnaissance plane snoops over the South China Sea, it calls the China side in advance?

Once China side doesn’t answer the phone, Removal of guardrail, can’t the US playing “match-fixing” without fear?

Now, do US aircraft carriers dare to come to the Taiwan Strait?

Why have you lost your courage?

Isn’t the United States boasting all day about its control over the world?

Isn’t the United States boasting about its invincibility all day?

What are America’s “superheroes” afraid of?

Since there is no guardrail, the United States needs to find its own way!

Or, child, go back to your own home early, it is safest to move around outside your own home and risk areas are not the place for child to come.


Without high-level communication, many things would be different. You know!

Our soldiers cannot always exercise restraint if the enemy keeps snooping at our doorstep, and invaders from countries outside the region are not always lucky enough to return intact.

Our bomber pilots are very “not professional”, so if they get nervous and their hands shake and they accidentally “mistakenly bombed” a US aircraft carriers, we can only express our regret. 🤣

US bombers have “mistakenly bombed” the PRC Embassy in the FRY, and so can Chinese bombers. Wouldn’t you say that’s the case?

  • Calls to the Saudi Arabia side hotline from the US side, which the Saudi Arabia side do not answer.
  • Calls to the UAE side hotline from the US side, the UAE side does not answer.
  • Calls to the China side hotline from the US side, and China side doesn’t answer.

What does that mean?

It’s time for the United States to think about it and get a phone that works – Huawei P50s. Lol!

Working in USA vs The Netherlands: 12 Biggest Differences

His name is Liu Zhaohua, who won the second prize in the chemistry competition when he was in school, taught himself to make 31 tons of drugs(methamphetamine), with a purity of 99%, and became China’s largest drug lord(He had only 9 years of schooling)! Until now many drug dealers are secretly inquiring, what method Liu Zhaohua used to make methamphetamine, what crystallization method he used.

Synthesized with various common chemical reagents, not based on ephedrine production. He changed the substrate and catalyst of the reaction and adopted the continuous generation + continuous crystallization method in 1999.

In terms of daily production, he can easily crystallize 1,000,000 grams of methamphetamine a day, which is one ton, and if it can be sold, five tons a day is not a problem. In terms of conversion rate he claims to have a conversion rate of 90%. Such a high capacity, such a high conversion rate, drug quality is still very good, and the production process is very environmentally friendly and pollution-free, even more environmentally friendly than some pharmaceutical plants, so much so that many top chemical and chemical experts and scholars can not believe.

Until today, there is not a single drug maker in the world, including some professor-level ones who can reach the overall quality (purity, crystallization, and appearance) of the meth produced by Liu Zhaohua. They may have no problem with the theoretical aspects, but the process technology they master cannot do it.

main qimg 8396a73d2b38f38af6841db050cb2c11 lq
main qimg 8396a73d2b38f38af6841db050cb2c11 lq

He has a high IQ and an extremely strong psychological quality. He escaped from Guangzhou on his bicycle under the circumstances that the police had barricaded him all over the city, and carved “Liu Zhaohua, came here to visit” on the cave where he had been hiding, which made the police furious. At that time, Liu Zhaohua was staying in room 818 of the President Hotel in Guangzhou. The police were quickly dispatched and rushed to the President Hotel in Guangzhou, and at this time Liu Zhaohua had just returned to the hotel from outside. At the critical moment, Liu Zhaohua did not immediately twist and turn to flee the scene, but made an amazing move. He and the investigator took the same elevator, see the investigator pressed the 8th floor, Liu Zhaohua immediately pressed the 7th floor. And on the day of November 4, the Guangzhou police deployed a large number of police officers to impose martial law on the entry and exit gates and major traffic routes in the city. In particular, the suspicious vehicles leaving Guangzhou were checked, and the check was very tight. Buses, cabs, private cars along with cars hauling goods were checked one by one. Liu Zhaohua, who walked out of the President Hotel, knew very well that there would be checkpoints to arrest him at all major traffic roads in Guangzhou. The police will definitely check the vehicles entering and leaving the intersection of Guangzhou, so Liu Zhaohua chose a way to escape that no one expected – a bicycle. For Liu Zhaohua this is naturally the best disguise, Liu Zhaohua just rode a bicycle to escape from Guangzhou under the heavy police siege. And this is already the second time Liu Daohua slipped away from under the nose of the police.

main qimg 9f66a087a1e6845cf3bf8c7d9c2d92b8 lq
main qimg 9f66a087a1e6845cf3bf8c7d9c2d92b8 lq

(Liu Zhaohua’s second wife)

He has three wives in the same time and four children, and his golden words are popular in the love scene: “The first wife is my favorite, the second wife is my most loving, and the third wife is my most loving.

In 2000. Liu Zhaohua settled in Quanzhou County, Guilin, Guangxi under the name of Li Senqing.He lived here, got married and had children, and was well known in the area. The neighbors of this “Mr. Li” said that he was kind to people, but rather petty, a rich man with the air of a small citizen. This time, Liu Zhaohua disguised very successfully. In fact, during the escape Liu Zhaohua also became a important guest of the local government. He leased more than 24,000 acres of land in the Phoenix Forestry in Lingui County, Guilin, claiming to complete a project with a total investment of 300 million yuan in three years. So, why is he going to do by renting so much forest land? Liu Zhaohua claimed that he did not have a sense of accomplishment in doing methamphetamine, while planting red bean fir gave him a sense of accomplishment because the area he planted was the largest in the world.

Liu Zhaohua is both cunning and arrogant, he does not follow common sense and believes that the most dangerous place is instead the safest. This is an important reason why he successfully escaped from the chase several times. During the years in Guilin, Guangxi, Liu Zhaohua made a big show of running his own business. The most important thing is that he did not shy away from getting himself into the newspaper and even became a local celebrity. on February 6, 2013, the Guilin Evening News reported a full-page story about a resident who bravely fought the thieves, and the resident who bravely caught three thieves was Liu Zhaohua, who changed his name.

After being caught, he said to the police in prison: “You can ask what you want to know, make a list, but don’t play with my intelligence, you can’t play with me.”

In court he sophomorically argued, “I don’t sell my drugs to domestic people, only to foreigners; foreigners used to open China’s doors with opium, and I should open their doors with meth too.”

In the eyes of the police, he is a misguided chemical genius who has cleverly escaped mass arrests by the police many times; in the circle of drug production and trafficking, he is a legend that cannot be replicated; in the eyes of his mother, he is a good student; in the eyes of his three wives, he is a master of “time management”; in the eyes of his children, he is a cold-blooded father who only cares about birth but not nurturing.

main qimg deb0e6a49d5ee0d67bdfb94be4faae66 lq
main qimg deb0e6a49d5ee0d67bdfb94be4faae66 lq

Some people once described Liu Zhaohua as a real-life version of China’s “Walter White(Breaking Bad)”.The profession does not agree with this statement, because even Walter White, who has the aura of a protagonist, is several notches below Liu Zhaohua, both in terms of drug production technology (including methamphetamine quality) and production scale.

main qimg aa8f80b20a3c34cf20e9c50c21484b7a lq
main qimg aa8f80b20a3c34cf20e9c50c21484b7a lq

In terms of influence, the fictional Walter White is even more incomparable. Liu Zhaohua is very famous in the global drug trafficking and drug production circles, and the Mexican drug lord “Shorty” Guzman, who was just released from prison in 2002, immediately sent his pals to inquire about the whereabouts of Liu Zhaohua, who was on the run, and wanted to pay a lot of money to seek cooperation.

In terms of life experience, Liu Zhaohua is also more legendary than Walter White in the movie and TV series.He has been a soldier and a bailiff. He has made meritorious achievements and received commendations. During his time in office, he was the backbone that every leader wanted to focus on training. If not engaged in drug trafficking, he has a bright future.

Of course, in terms of social harm, Liu Zhaohua is also worse, as he made 31 tons of methamphetamine. With his own power to influence the behavior of several industries in China, for example, the use of hydrochloric acid in some corporate factories, research institutions, schools, etc. need to be reported first.

American turned Dutch: Giving up US Citizenship

These are the same Russian submarines, which protected the Indian Navy by becoming a shield against America in the 1971 war.
main qimg 3db5ea1f9fc15a2a0ef103073ed69a71 lq
main qimg 3db5ea1f9fc15a2a0ef103073ed69a71 lq

A story that has almost been erased from the Indian history books.

50 years ago in 1971, the US threatened India to stop the 1971 war. Concerned India sent an SOS to the Soviet Union. When Pakistan’s defeat in the 1971 war seemed easy, Kissinger prompted Nixon to send the US 7th Fleet Task Force, led by the nuclear-powered aircraft carrier USS Enterprise, to the Bay of Bengal.

USS Enterprise, 75,000 tons, was the world’s largest nuclear-powered aircraft carrier in the 1970s with over 70 fighters. A moving monster on the surface of the sea. The Indian Navy’s fleet was led by Vikrant, a 20,000-tonne aircraft carrier, carrying 20 light combat aircraft. Officially, the USS Enterprise was sent to the Bay of Bengal to protect American citizens in Bangladesh, while unofficially it was to intimidate the Indian Army and prevent the liberation of East Pakistan.

Further, Soviet intelligence reported to India that a powerful British naval fleet led by the aircraft carrier HMS Eagle along with the commando carrier HMS Albion, along with several destroyers and other ships were approaching the Arabian Sea from the west in Indian waters.

The British and Americans planned a coordinated naval attack to intimidate India: British ships in the Arabian Sea would target India’s west coast, while the Americans would attack in Chittagong. The Indian Navy was caught between British and American ships. That was December 1971, and the world’s two major democracies were now threatening the world’s largest democracy.

An SOS from Delhi was sent to Moscow. The Red Navy soon dispatched 16 Soviet naval units and six nuclear submarines from Vladivostok to block the USS Enterprise.

Admiral N Krishnan, the chief of the Eastern Command of the Indian Navy, wrote in his book ‘No Way But Surrender’ that he feared the Americans would reach Chittagong. He mentioned how he thought of attacking the Enterprise in a do-or-die trick to slow it down.

On 2 December 1971, a task force of the US 7th Fleet led by the water giant USS Enterprise arrived in the Bay of Bengal. The British fleet was coming into the Arabian Sea.

The world held its breath.

But, unknown to the Americans, they were overtaken by submerged Soviet submarines.

As the USS Enterprise headed for East Pakistan, Soviet submarines came to the fore without warning. Soviet submarines now stood between India and American naval forces.

Americans_surprised_surprised_.

The 7th US Fleet Commander told Admiral Gordon: “Sir, we are too late. The Soviets are here!” no choice but to retreat. Both the American and British fleets retreated.

Today, most Indians have forgotten this huge naval chess battle between the two superpowers in the Bay of Bengal. It is important to know and remember.

Why ask questions that you know the answer to?

What are you, a sadist? Asking the same old questions day in, and day out. Hoping, praying, waiting, for some other tidbit of information that would make the reality easier to digest?

On paper, in theory, all of the 11 aircraft carriers that the United States fields (10 Nimitz and 1 Ford), could be destroyed by Chinese conventionally-armed DF-26 “carrier Killer” missiles. Given the flight times for the latest upgrades for the hyper-velocity versions of the DF-26 anticipated stopwatch from launch to destruction is within five minutes within the 4000 Km range.

2023 06 10 15 46
2023 06 10 15 46

They are very effective. And are designed to completely destroy Aircraft carriers.

From time to time, China takes them out as a warning to overly aggressive American neocons that are getting “too big for their britches”.

2023 06 10 16 18
2023 06 10 16 18

These units are not the ONLY weapons systems that are designed to destroy carrier flotillas, islands, and large bases like in Guam or Hawaii. There are many others. It’s just that the DF-26 is particularly good at it. Given the enormous numbers of launchers, and the insane levels of stockpiled munitions, one can only assume that all targets from land bases to submarines will be the prey for this missile.

The DF-26 appears to be designed specifically for high precision conventional strikes. The most likely target for the DF-26 missile would be Guam going by the range of the missile. Given the nature of the targets in Guam, which are mostly air bases (Guam has two large air bases where, as revealed by satellite imagery, B-52 squadrons are deployed), the DF-26 might be carrying specially designed cluster based bomb-lets to cause maximum damage to bombers spread out on the tarmac. In addition, there could be a specially designed deep penetration warhead for Hardened and Deeply Buried Targets (HDBTs).

Now, for the longest time, the USN and the ONI have been very quiet about the massive exponential increase in Chinese weapon lethality, survival-ability, and technology. The reports have been duly logged. The studies have been gamed out. The results and conclusions have been presented, filed and forgotten.

But it has only been during the last year that the USN admirals have become increasingly frenzied when dealing with hawkish Administration and Senate members. These people are not taking “no” for an answer, and want to find some edge; some justification, to “pull off” a “successful” war against China.

So, sometime, within the last nine months or so, the ONI through a number of key admirals, laid out the reality to the neocon “war hawks”.

And they are horrified.

2023 06 10 16 19
2023 06 10 16 19
The Chinese “just ran rings around us,” said former Joint Chiefs Vice Chair Gen. John Hyten in one after-action report. “They knew exactly what we were going to do before we did it.”

Dozens of versions of the above war-game scenario have been enacted over the last few years, most recently in April by the House Select Committee on competition with China. And while the ultimate outcome in these exercises is not always clear — the U.S. does better in some than others — the cost is. In every exercise the U.S. uses up all its long-range air-to-surface missiles in a few days, with a substantial portion of its planes destroyed on the ground. In every exercise the U.S. is not engaged in an abstract push-button war from 30,000 feet up like the ones Americans have come to expect since the end of the Cold War, but a horrifically bloody one.

And that’s assuming the U.S.-China war doesn’t go nuclear.

“The thing we see across all the wargames is that there are major losses on all sides. And the impact of that on our society is quite devastating,” said Becca Wasser, who played the role of the Chinese leadership in the Select Committee’s wargame and is head of the gaming lab at the Center for a New American Security.

“The most common thread in these exercises is that the United States needs to take steps now in the Indo-Pacific to ensure the conflict doesn’t happen in the future.

We are hugely behind the curve. Ukraine is our wakeup call. This is our watershed moment.”

So…

Please give me a break. Stop asking for answers that you do not want to hear.

If the United States drops one bullet inside of China, and Taiwan is China, the entire USN gets sunk. And the American losses in the first two hours will be absolutely horrific.

China issued a statement and the United States is left in mixed feelings.

https://youtu.be/I_GeZj3KZPM

.

Looking inward, taking a pause, and reflecting is good for the soul

Life is funny. I’ve been watching these videos made all over the world making fun of Americans. I have to laugh. But it’s really, really sad. The United States is the world’s “laughing stock” right now, but no one is really laughing. They are just terrified.

West is finished

main qimg 5f8ce83f0f0143825b9c5127649e0326
main qimg 5f8ce83f0f0143825b9c5127649e0326

Americans Living Abroad: First Time You Realized America Really Messed You Up | Part 2 | TikTok

As someone who was born and raised in America, and still lives here, it surprises me how many of us don't realize that America's "culture" is to literally not care about people. So many countries have these cool cultures that can be expressed through dance or customization/outfits, but America's culture is to brag about how much they don't give a fuck about anyone.

https://youtu.be/ukP6NHJ5og0

I came to China as anti-China as any average Westerner, with strong opinions about Tibet and pollution.

Originally, I didn’t mean to work in China, but that’s where I found my first job. The pay was higher than anywhere else for my skills and experience, so, opportunity led to there. But I meant for it to be temporary. I wanted to get some experience and then to find a better country.

I lived in Equatorial Guinea when I found this job, teaching in a military school. It was a dictatorship, a bad one. Everyone warned me about going to China because of freedom and stuff, but nobody warned me about Equatorial Guinea. My co-workers in Guinea couldn’t believe I would accept going to China. So I really expected at least as bad as Guinea.

But when I arrived in Tianjin, I was surprised. I was free. A lot more than in Africa. And most of all, I felt safe. There is no crime, especially violent crime, in China. All the policemen and military men I met were welcoming and helpful! I even dated a few. Yes, in Africa I never dared dating a man, I feared for my life, but in China no problem. They have the best gay bars I’ve ever seen, huge with several floors with KTV, bright light cafe, lounge, restaurant etc all in one. I felt freer than even in France for that!

The people were really welcoming, really friendly. I didn’t know Chinese, they didn’t know English, but they were eager to interact. In addition to being free, safe and welcoming, it was also cheap and modern. The infrastructure is amazing but also everything is digital. With a single app like wechat or alipay, you can pay your utility bills online (and monitor your usage in real time), book Cinema tickets, order meals…

The logistics are amazing too. Delivery is usually free, or like 3 rmb, for a really efficient service. If you want things fast, use JD logistics, you get same day delivery of anything you buy online.

I’ve been here almost 10 years now. I’ve learnt Chinese, although I’m not fluent yet, and I have progressed regularly in my career. I started at 1000 Euros a month (not much back then but with a flat on campus, it’s a lot of purchasing power) and now I’m around 5000 Euros a month with international health-care and 3 months paid vacation. It’s still a land of opportunity. The Chinese dream is real. If you are willing and hard working, there is money to be made.

The only downside is that it’s very hard to actually immigrate. I wish I could, but the requirements to get a green card are really high… I’m hopeful that in the future, it can become easier, because I really wish to stay in China until the end of my life.

And that’s also why I’m mad at the Western media. The way they depict China is unfair. I get called a wumao a lot for just stating facts. Everyone is prejudiced against China and nobody wants to hear the truth. China is ahead of us and moving forward. We have so much to learn from them.

EDIT March 2 2023

First, I didn’t expect my answer to get that many views or upvotes. Thanks!

Lately, I’m getting a lot of comments with similar points that I would like to address.

“You are a Westerner, you are privileged, you don't know the life Chinese have"

I am a Westerner, privileged in some regards (the patience of administration and services), second class citizen in others (cannot use certain services, apps or products that require a Chinese ID).

But do you think I’ve lived 10 years with no interactions with Chinese people? I’ve taught hundreds of students from all over China and with all economic backgrounds. I’ve had lots of Chinese co-workers, neighbors and friends. All the boyfriends I’ve had in China were Chinese and most were from humble origins. I know where they live, how much they make, what their job is like.

“You earn a lot, life would be good anywhere with that salary"

It is good NOW. The first seven years, it wasn’t. My parents joined me after 1.5 years so we were three people, one of us with health issues and no health insurance (diabetes and eventually cancer) that I had to pay out of pocket. We were far from rich. Now we earn more, but with my dad’s cancer and his recent passing, we have yet to save anything.

“you live in big cities, life is different in the countryside"

Yes, I live in Beijing and I’ve lived in Tianjin. I’ve also lived in Zhuhai, which isn’t considered big. But I’ve not remained in those cities!

I’ve visited friends’ hometowns, poorer, small villages with slanted, old homes. I’ve traveled, seen a lot. I can’t claim that I’ve seen it all, but in 10 years and moving so much, meeting so many people, going to so many places, I think I have enough experience to get a sense.

I opened underground room and found treasure full of silver and gold jewelry

Fake. Real? I don’t know.

Coffee Syrup

This is an old New England favorite. It is usually stirred into cold milk (2 to 3 tablespoons per glass). It can also be used to flavor milkshakes, or used as an ice cream topping.

DIY coffee syrup
DIY coffee syrup

Instructions

  1. Place enough coffee and water to make 6 servings. Run the coffee cycle as usual.
  2. When the coffee is finished brewing, discard the used coffee grounds and add to the filter a second quantity of coffee sufficient to make 6 servings. This time, instead of adding fresh water to the coffeemaker, pour the already-brewed coffee into the machine. Run the coffee cycle again. You’ll end up with double-strength coffee.
  3. Repeat the process again, using new coffee, but reuse the brewed coffee instead of water. In the end, you’ll have triple-strength brewed coffee.
  4. Measure the amount of brewed coffee. Add half as much sugar as there is brewed coffee. For example, if after the three brewing cycles you have 5 cups of brewed coffee, add 2 1/2 cups granulated sugar. Stir briskly until the sugar is dissolved. Make sure you add sugar while the coffee is hot so that the sugar dissolves.
  5. Store the syrup in a tightly covered jar in the refrigerator. It keeps a very long time.

Notes

You need a coffeemaker in which boiling water goes through the ground coffee in a filter and drips into a pot. The ingredient amounts will vary depending on your coffeemaker and how much syrup you want to make.

Stop Picking Your Face! New Toy Lets You Pop Pimples For Fun

No matter how much you think you understand people, they will ALWAYS surprise you. This time they have made “Pop It Pal” – a chunk of fake skin dotted with several pores, each of which is filled with simulated pus you can squeeze out.

pimple popper1
pimple popper1

As disgusting as all this might seem, it actually makes sense why pimple popping has become so popular. Squeezing out a big red whopper on your nose is inherently satisfying, and the science backs it up. According to neuroscientist Heather Berlin, our brains reward us with dopamine for expunging a zit.

pimple popper2
pimple popper2

Want more?

pimple popper3
pimple popper3

Entering a 25 MILE Maze of Deep Underground Tunnels to Find This…

May 25, 2023 at 11:51 am

China is reportedly negotiating major arms deals with Saudi Arabia and Egypt as both countries look to become less reliant on the US for their defence needs.

According to South China Morning Post , which cited the geopolitical and intelligence website Tactical Report, Saudi Arabia Military Industries (SAMI) is currently in talks with China’s state-owned North Industries Group Corporation (Norinco) to acquire a range of unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs), also known as drones, and air defence systems.

Among the weapons included in the potential deal are the Sky Saker FX80 drone, the CR500 vertical take-off drone, the Cruise Dragon 5 and 10 “suicide drones” and the HQ-17AE short-range air defence (SHORAD) system.

2023 05 28 18 52
2023 05 28 18 52

The discussions have apparently “reached an advanced stage”, and have been ongoing for about a year, said Tactical Report. It quoted an unnamed source close to the deal, adding that it is speculated that it will be settled in Chinese currency, the yuan.

Egypt is said be in separate talks with Beijing to acquire the Chengdu J-10C

multirole fighter jet, also known as the Vigorous Dragon. It is the most advanced J-10 variant

and is powered by an indigenous engine.

To further negotiations started late last year, a delegation from the Egyptian Air Force (EAF) is expected to meet representatives from the Chengdu Aircraft Industry Group on the side-lines of the Langkawi International Maritime and Aerospace Exhibition in Malaysia this week.

A report last year by Middle East Eye

(MEE) noted that China is “emerging as the secondary arms supplier of choice for many Middle East countries.”

US President Joe Biden came into office with the foreign policy objective

of barring all sales of “offensive weapons” to Saudi Arabia in light of its use of American military technology in its devastating war in Yemen.

This policy was contradicted by a $650 million arms deal with Saudi

approved by Biden’s state department, a deal which allowed Riyadh to maintain attack helicopters that have been used to bomb Yemen.

The 2022 Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI) Trends in International Arms Transfers Report

notes that, from 2018-2022, Saudi Arabia was the world’s second-largest arms importer, accounting for 9.8% of global arms imports over that period, with the US supplying 78% of Saudi Arabia purchases.

The same report notes that Egypt was the world’s sixth-largest arms buyer during the period, accounting for 4.5% of global arms imports, with 34% of its imports coming from Russia.

In a 2018 SIPRI article

, Pieter Wezeman notes that Saudi Arabia aims to diversify its arms suppliers to widen and deepen its international political network to minimize the effects of Western arms sales restrictions.

Russia has not always been Egypt’s preferred arms provider. Bradley Bowman and other writers note in a May 2021 Defense News article

that before the 2013 Egypt coup, wherein then-defense minister Abdel-Fattah el-Sissi deposed the then-incumbent president Mohammed Morsi, the US accounted for 47% of Egyptian arms imports. However, after the 2013 coup, the Obama administration froze aircraft, tank, and missile sales to Cairo for two years until relations improved. Due to that freeze, Bowman and the other writers note that Egypt tried to diversify its arms import providers by purchasing large quantities of weapons from Russia and France.

In making this move, Middle East clients can reduce their political dependence on Washington and the EU by purchasing inexpensive, yet effective Chinese arms.

ABANDONED ROTHSCHILD MANSION UK – Left to decay!

Russia is one of the strongest economies on Earth

Surprised?

It’s true

The Russian lands control almost 1000 Trillion Rubles of Priceless Assets from Oil to Gold to Palladium to Platinum to Gas to Coal to now the world’s largest salt deposits

In Dollar terms it’s around $ 12.5 Trillion of Energy and Metal Assets

And that’s the tapped assets

The Arctic alone could have another $ 10 Trillion untapped assets

Today Russia is one of the Five Countries in the world that can happily go back to the Gold Standard without a single problem and peg it’s Rubles wrt Gold.

Let’s see Russia

Russia owes $ 514 Billion in External Debts

It’s barely 4.7% of it’s vast Assets

Russia owes around 40 Trillion Rubles in Internal Debts as of 30.9.2022

Yet it’s barely 4% of it’s Vast Assets!!!!

The Russian Economys $ 1.9 Trillion GDP is a myth based purely on Dollar numbers.

The real Ruble economy is much stronger and larger, just like Iran

Russia is a Bankers dream

US is a Bankers Nightmare

Curious Ancient Stone Objects In The Cairo Museum In Egypt

These Papercraft Mosquitoes Look So Real You’ll Want To Swat Them

0 26
0 26

Combining realism with attention to detail and remarkable technical abilities, artist Masanobu Azami, who goes by the name Scissorhands, also deserves honorable mention among his Japanese paper-crafting peers.

Scissorhands can create minute masterpieces out of paper as well. In fact, it was his smallest creation to date that went viral last week when he tweeted it as part of a hashtag campaign for artists to introduce their representative works. His mosquito is not only accurately sized, only measuring mere millimeters in length, it looks anatomically accurate with an astonishing level of detail, from feet to antennae.

And since the infamous blood-lusting insects are rarely found in isolation, it’s only natural that Scissorhands created more than one specimen.

More: Twitter h/t: grapee

22 26
22 26
21 27
21 27
20 30
20 30
19 34
19 34
18 35
18 35
17 38
17 38
16 42
16 42
15 45
15 45
14 45
14 45
13 47
13 47
12 52
12 52
11 56
11 56
10 60
10 60
9 65
9 65
8 66
8 66
7 71
7 71
6 79
6 79
5 87
5 87
4 91
4 91
3 96
3 96
2 96
2 96
1 99
1 99

You mean NATO invading China?

How?

main qimg a36ebfcaabaf8ed3ba125e92403a6d47 lq
main qimg a36ebfcaabaf8ed3ba125e92403a6d47 lq

There is no contiguous land route

You have a HUGE BUFFER ZONE

Russia, Central Asia, Mongolia, India, Nepal, Myanmar, Cambodia

All Neutral Or Anti NATO Nations

So a Land invasion is IMPOSSIBLE unless Russia complies or joins NATO which is now almost impossible

That leaves a Naval Offensive through the Sea of Japan and the South China Sea

China has a huge Navy plus a massive array of Land to Sea Missiles along the entire border

NATO has its Navy all over the world but Chinas Navy is primarily in that region. So Chinas concentration of Naval power may be 10:1 against NATO

If NATO increases the fleet size in the Region then that means the Baltic Fleet can play havoc in Scandinavian waters and maybe bombard and pulverize Odessa

The barrage of missiles from China and the Chinese Navy would simply be too much for NATO

They take months to replenish Ammo, how long so you think they need to replenish a submarine or a destroyer?

A Total Naval Barrage may have 640 Missiles to hit China while Chinas Navy and Land missiles alone number 2200

That’s 4:1 Advantage right there

And in the 0.0000001% chance of it looking likely that NATO would triumph, CHINA would simply decide to save face at the expense of Nuclear Devastation

Japan – NUKED

Australia -30% NUKED

South Korea – NUKED

USA – West Coast – NUKED, Mid West – 40% NUKED, East Coast – 25% NUKED

The PLA may even Nuke Non Aligned India as a death punch

So China may be destroyed but the World will be in a Dystopian future for minimum 100 years and at least 60 Million Americans will be dead or permanently affected and US will perhaps never recover

Maybe the Balloons marked all strategic cities for a Nuclear Hit in the worst case scenario

So NATO & CHINA – not a very wise move

Is the US creating three Asian Ukraines (South Korea, Taiwan, the Philippines) to become frontline states to contain China?

That’s what the US neo-con warmongers would like but China isn’t going to attack Taiwan.

What is happening is that the US wants to use Taiwan, Japan, SK, and the Philippines to attack China.

What will happen is that China will surround Taiwan, no fighting involved unless the DPP shoots first. But China will have it’s ships 150 miles away from Taiwan so that the missiles don’t have the range to hit the ships.

And then China will wait for the US’s response. If the US starts an attack, the US, NATO, Japan, SK, and Australia will get their ships sunk. China wins and China takes all Western Pacific islands from the US and removes all US bases in the Western Pacific.

If the US doesn’t attack then China wins and the US looks like it’s afraid, which it is.

So either way China wins. So most likely, the US won’t attack China. What the US is doing is trying to increase the military budget of the US, Japan, SK, and Australia to pump money into the MICC.

And they have already succeeded. Australia is set to spend $386 Billion on 8 subs for delivery in the mid 2050s. Japan is increasing it’s defense budget. And a lot of it will go to the US for weapons, ships, and fighters.

Found Mystic Abandoned Castle Hidden in the Woods

Easy Kummelweck Rolls

2023 05 28 18 10
2023 05 28 18 10

Ingredients

  • 1/2 cup cold water
  • 1 tablespoon cornstarch
  • Kaiser rolls
  • Caraway seeds
  • Pretzel salt

Instructions

  1. In a small saucepan over medium-high heat, stir together water and cornstarch. Heat mixture to a gentle boil. Reduce heat to low, and stir until mixture thickens and is translucent. Remove from heat and let cool.
  2. Brush cooled cornstarch mixture on the top of ordinary Kaiser rolls.
  3. Over cornstarch-water mixture, sprinkle equal amounts of caraway seeds and pretzel salt.
  4. Heat in a 350 degrees F oven for about 3 minutes, long enough for the top of the rolls to get crusty and for the caraway seeds and salt to stick.

After Beijing responded in kind to Washington’s tech restrictions, the move was branded unfounded and bad for business

By Timur Fomenko, a political analyst

China recently restricted chips made by US semiconductor firm Micron from being used in its national infrastructure, branding them a “national security threat”.

The language and rationale of such a move should sound familiar, because it’s precisely what the US has been doing over the past few years in blacklisting Chinese technology companies and pushing allies to do the same. “You can’t trust having Huawei in your 5G infrastructure” was the general line used by Washington officials. According to them, and to Western media repeating this line, all kinds of Chinese technology constitutes an “espionage risk,” from TikTok to balloons to fridges.

So based on this treatment of Chinese companies by the US, it was only a matter of time before Beijing struck back. And one might think that if Washington was willing to use “national security” as a pretext for market exclusion, it would be acceptable for China to the same. Only fair, right?

Apparently not. Despite the brutal restrictions the US has placed on Chinese technology, which have also included blacklisting its entire semiconductor industry and forcing third-party countries to follow suit, the US reacted with outrage to Beijing’s announcement

and accused it of “having no basis in fact.” Not only that, but Washington then further claimed that the move was evidence that China’s regulatory environment was “unreliable” and that the country was no longer committed to “reform and opening up.”

The US can somehow say this with a straight face. Washington is entitled to restrict Chinese firms on an industrial scale, but when Beijing does the same, even on a marginal level, then it’s evidence that China is not reliable for investment. Even as microchip firms point out the damage that disastrous policies of the US are causing, Washington seems to have either no self-awareness, or an extreme sense of self-entitlement, which, as has been discussed many times, gives it the almost divine right to impose on others rules it doesn’t feel obliged to follow itself.

This is an indication of how the US sees its right to exploit China’s own markets. American ties with China have always been conditional, on the premise that Beijing would gradually transform its political system and economy to fall in line with US preferences. In the 1980s and 1990s, during China’s era of “reform and opening up,” the US believed – due to its ideological overconfidence after its victory in the Cold War – that China was changing and was destined to reform.

In this light, free market economics was seen as an evangelically transformative force which, with the onset of capitalism, naturally led to liberal democracy. Thus, there was never a premise of “engaging” China on its own terms, it always had to “lead” to something. By the 2010s, it became clear that this was not going to happen. Not only did China’s political system not change, but its economic trajectory and industries continued to grow in a way which threatened the foundations of American hegemony. US foreign policy subsequently shifted to now trying to “force” China to change and containing it.

The US, of course, loves the idea of trade with China and its markets, as long as such trade is conducted entirely according to Washington’s preferences. That is, to have China’s market to exploit as a subordinate to the US, and to prevent China from having its own world-leading industries. This mindset has created a visible contradiction in political rhetoric: that China “must” open up its markets more for Western goods, but at the same time must be locked out of Western markets in certain areas. China’s resistance to this is decried as so-called “unfair” economic practices.

Because of this, the only kind of “engagement” the US wants with China is that which is completely one-sided, such as being forced to order $200 billion in US farm goods per annum (as Trump envisioned), but being banned from the US semiconductor market. This is also why the US demands that even as its own companies lose market share in China, other countries, like South Korea

, should have no right to take up that lost share.

The US is not interested in compromise, only capitulation. Thus, trade with China is really only conditional on either ideological transformation, or if that fails, a surrender to total exploitation, turning China into a neoliberal state which is completely open and gutted of industries, possibly complete with a small clique of very wealthy pro-Western oligarchs who sell out the country.

The US-China economic relationship is directed, on Washington’s side, by a sense of ideological entitlement. We can blacklist your companies and even coercively ban third countries from using any Chinese technology, but don’t even think about limiting one of our own firms. Or else.

China New Breakthrough and Policy Puts China 10 Years Ahead of The US In The EV Industry

https://youtu.be/TE5bdqyWbs4

Nightmarish Illustrations That Will Have You Hiding Under The Bed

1171 650x921
1171 650×921

You have to wonder how Japanese digital artist Ryohei Hase sleeps at night.

2108 650x921
2108 650×921

Hailing from Tokyo, Hase effortlessly fuses painting and digital illustrations to bring to life his surrealist and nightmarish fantasy world. He’s revered as an iconic cult figure in the modern day Japanese art world, with his work being displayed in countless exhibitions across the country and featured comics, books, magazines and video games.

2122 650x278
2122 650×278
2017 650x488
2017 650×488
1917 650x425
1917 650×425
1817 650x398
1817 650×398
1717 650x458
1717 650×458
1620 650x488
1620 650×488
1522 650x488
1522 650×488
1423 650x488
1423 650×488
1327 650x479
1327 650×479
1229 650x479
1229 650×479
1172 650x479
1172 650×479
1030 650x439
1030 650×439
936 650x379
936 650×379
838 650x414
838 650×414
743 650x440
743 650×440
654 650x460
654 650×460
555 650x379
555 650×379
469 650x392
469 650×392
398 650x920
398 650×920

What’s The Dumbest Thing an American Has Ever Said To You? | Part 1

https://youtu.be/No07KOKXqD4

May 27, 2023

By Caitlin JOHNSTONE

60 Minutes Australia has been playing a leading role in saturating Australian airwaves with consent-manufacturing messaging in support of militarising to participate in a US war against China. A segment they ran a year ago is titled “Prepare for Armageddon: China’s warning to the world,” and features an image of Xi Jinping overlaid with war planes and explosions and captioned “POKING THE PANDA”. Another from a year ago is titled “War with China: Are we closer than we think?” Another from ten months ago is titled “China’s new target in the battle to control the Pacific.” Another from six months ago is titled “Inside the battle for Taiwan and China’s looming war threat.” Another from two months ago is titled “Is the Navy ready? How the U.S. is preparing amid a naval buildup in China.”

All of these segments have millions of views on YouTube alone. Now this past weekend 60 Minutes Australia has aired back-to-back segments titled “The real Top Gun: US military in heated stand-off with China” and “Five countries secretly sharing intelligence say China is the №1 threat,” both of which are as jaw-droppingly propagandistic as anything I’ve ever seen.

“It might sound like twisted logic, but military forces everywhere argue that the greater the firepower they possess, the greater the chance of maintaining peace,” opens 60 Minutes Australia’s Amelia Adams. “In other words, massive weaponry is the best deterrent to war. Right now the theory is being tested like never before, and much of it is happening in Australia’s backyard, the Indo-Pacific region. The United States wants the world, and more particularly China, to know of its increasing presence there, and to do that it’s putting on a spectacular show.”

What follows is 19 minutes of overproduced footage displaying this “massive weaponry” while Adams oohs and ahhs and gives slobberingly sycophantic interviews to US military officials.

“There’s something utterly mesmerising about the F-35 jet,” Adams moans. “The sound, the heat, and the power put this supersonic stealth fighter in a league of its own.”

“Colonel these are some very impressive machines you’re in charge of!” she gushes to an officer on an aircraft carrier.

“Yes ma’am,” the colonel replies.

Jesus lady, do your orgasming off camera.

Contrast this glowing ecstatic revelry with Adams’ open hostility later in the segment toward a Chinese think tanker named Henry Wang, claiming that he was trying to “rewrite history” for dismissing panic about a Chinese military buildup by pointing out (100 percent correctly) that China is spending a lower percentage of its GDP on its military than western nations.

“Every command, every maneuver, is being fine-tuned on this vast blue stage, where China has proven to be a bad actor, playing a long game of intimidating Pacific nations,” Adams proclaims over helicopter footage of US war ships. “But the US and its allies aren’t having it, bolstering their defenses — and it’s an impressive display.”

I defy you to find me footage more brazenly propagandistic than this, from any point in history. This is supposed to be a news show, run by people who purport to be journalists, yet they’re engaging in propaganda that looks like it came from a Sacha Baron Cohen spoof of a third world dictatorship.

As I never tire of pointing out , the claim that the US has been militarily encircling its number one geopolitical rival defensively is the single dumbest thing the empire asks us to believe these days. The US is surrounding China with war machinery in ways that it would consider an outrageously aggressive provocation if the same thing were done in its neck of the woods, which means the US is plainly the aggressor in this standoff, and China is plainly reacting defensively to those aggressions.

While the first segment unquestioningly regurgitates Pentagon narratives and gives supportive interviews to military officials, the second segment unquestioningly regurgitates talking points from the western intelligence cartel and gives supportive interviews to Five Eyes spooks.

“Showing off deadly weaponry in massive war games is a tactic China and the United States both use to try to avoid full-on combat,” says 60 Minutes Australia’s Nick McKenzie in introduction. “But the truth is the two countries, as well as other nations including Australia, are already battling it out in an invisible war. There are no frontline soldiers but there are significant skirmishes. Until now these conflicts have been kept quiet, but key members of a secretive alliance of top cops from Australia, the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada and New Zealand are about to change that.”

“Their group is called the Five Eyes, and tonight they want you to know what they see,” says McKenzie, which is the same as saying “We’re telling you what the Five Eyes intelligence agencies told us to tell you.”

McKenzie literally just assembles a bunch of Five Eyes officials to tell Australians that China is bad and dangerous, and then disguises the western intelligence cartel advancing its own information interests as a real news story.

“There is one threat that alarms our partners more than any other,” McKenzie says

over dramatic music, asking “Which state actor is the key threat to democracy in Australia and amongst the Five Eyes partners?” and presenting a montage of western intelligence operatives answering (you guessed it) China.

“The Americans describe a growing menace on our doorstep flowing from China’s increasing influence in the region,” McKenzie says, before asking an American official, “Do you see the Chinese state preying on Pacific island nations?”

“I believe so, yes,” the official responds.

Western journalism, ladies and gents.

Australians are particularly vulnerable to propaganda because Australia has the most concentrated media ownership  in the western world, dominated by a powerful duopoly

of Nine Entertainment (who airs 60 Minutes) and the Murdoch-owned News Corp. This vulnerability is being fully exploited as the time comes for the western empire to beat the war drums against China.

We keep being hammered by this narrative that “massive weaponry is the best deterrent to war,” when all facts in evidence say the exact opposite is true. It was the military encroachment against Russia and the conversion of Ukraine into a NATO military asset which provoked Putin  to invade Ukraine, and all the militarization against China that we are seeing is only inflaming tensions and making war more likely .

And, I mean, of course it is; even a casual glance at the Cuban Missile Crisis reveals that powerful nations don’t take kindly to having menacing forces placed near their borders. So much of the propaganda indoctrination we’re subjected to in the 2020s revolves around convincing people to believe that Russia and China should react completely differently than the way the US would react if foreign proxy forces were being amassed along its borders.

So yes, Amelia Adams, claiming that aggression and militarism is the best path toward peace is absolutely “twisted logic”. It is as twisted as it gets. Because it is false. This is obvious to anyone who hasn’t yet been successfully indoctrinated into this omnicidal belief system.

We need to do everything we can to fight against this indoctrination now, because if we wait until the war actually starts it will likely be too late to resist.

Treasure hunter // open a treasure cave and decipher the mystery of its sign

This guy again. Does he live in an area full of gold?

First of all, in China, all people have significant savings.

Frans Vandenbosch  方腾波

Then, in China, the whole Chinese culture is based on the family. All family members, parents, children, uncles, aunts, brothers and sisters, even extended family members will right away (within hours) come to help and provide whatever amount of money to someone of their family in case of emergency.

Without asking for any compensation or pay back.

But if someone of the family is harming the family, then he will be severely punished. In a quite wealthy family (parents and 4 daughters) I know the case of a brother in law who cheated his wife (sister of my friend). He was forced to pay back a significant amount right away and he was fired by his employer. The eldest sister (the family “patriarch”) organised all these punishments.

Also in not-so-wealthy families, I know of similar cases, where an aunt immediately came to help with large amounts of money in an emergency case.

When I once lost my wallet (with passport, money, credit cards, …) in Shanghai, my Chinese friend came to my apartment the same evening with 50 000 CNY cash. And I was her friend, not even a family member.

China And Russia Launch Cutting-Edge Payment System To Challenge Dollar And SWIFT

https://youtu.be/invvouvNejE

It’s the cope. The United States is in “coping mode”.

The United States people, and upper classes are coping with the changes. These coping mechanisms vary from acceptance, to defiance! Which many in denial. Polls of the Republican presidential candidates are all 100% in favor of going to war with Mexico.

Or Haiti…

Plus China, once a war with Russia is over.

Obviously the “ruling classes” are out of touch.

Hahaha , do I believe this strange utterance of Biden?

No, I don’t believe any word he said.

It is like the slyvester saying to the pussy cat : “ I am harmless , cutie, come, let’s play together”. US treasury bond funds in the US is in danger of ending up as toilet paper.

China is told by the US treasury not to redeem anymore treasury bond funds.

Just this year , the US suggesting that Japan to install US missiles, telling countries not to sell lithography machines and computer chips to China , and then now saying that the thawing of the cold war against China is thawing… ‘ really soon’… incredible!

Cat Saves Woman’s Life

That the Chinese and Hong Kongers chose peace instead all those democratic and freedom bullshit.

Shake my goddamn head.

And people wonder why I’m not as sacred as Democrats compared to Republicans.

If the U.S. try this stunt, it will be the biggest mistake that they could ever make. In one strike China will wiped off the entire 12 aircraft carriers anywhere in earth. Next it will attack and military base the attacking force it comes from.

China and a dozen nation will take revenge action simultaneously throughout the world. And god help Japan and Japanese people if it is foolish enough to allow a bow and arrow attack from Japanese soil. South Korea take note too.

China will hit the U.S. mainland the moment the U.S. touch a stone in China. China will hand such a big hiding the U.S. will never be the same again for a century. Of if you wish let’s all die together in a total nuclear war.

So god help America if you are foolish enough.

WOW! CHINA Just Dumped 972 Billion US Dollars To Crash The US Economy – Peter Schiff

This is a very good video, and well worth your watch.

This is by far the best explanation I've heard on this subject. AND a big thumbs up on your graphics presentation.

It’s an obvious answer. Even the most pro-war, anti-China hawks recognize this fact. Which is why RAND has “cooked up” various suppression strategies designed to cripple China.

The idea behind these strategies is to weaken China to a point where it collapses, and then the oligarchic vultures can flock in and loot China at will. Previous methods were tried in the past.

Perhaps the most successful was the “century of humiliation”…

  • Use military force to enter China, and then force the government to become your proxy. Then, get the population hooked on drugs and loot, and rape the nation until it holds nothing left of value.

Since that dark period, there were other efforts…

  • A military operation to seize China though Korea. This is known as the “Korean War”, and inside America it is known as a “strategic victory”. Though, in reality, it is an absolute failure, and the Chinese kicked the American invasion forces to a small toehold in Southern Korea where they sued for peace.
  • After that fiasco, President Truman ordered the carpet bombing of China with Biological weapons. Failed, but most of the last 70 years involved various aspects of this effort against China.
  • Soros, and Bloomberg tried on multiple occasions to seize the Chinese banks and wrest financial control over China. And did they fail! Lordy! I’m surprised that they didn’t keel over and die from the shock that some nation was smart enough to see what they were doing.
  • Economic sanctions, tariffs and trade restrictions have been the hallmarks and “calling card” for most conservative members of the United States. China pretty much brushes off the efforts with a big shrug and a “meh”.
  • Color revolutions, NED sponsored, and many CIA direct interventions have occurred. From Hong Kong, to Xinjiang, to Tibet, to Inner Mongolia. All of which have failed.

The current plan is to encircle China. Then sanction it so that no one would trade, and if they tried, the United States would start sinking ships.

Crafty huh?

Not really, by the time when everything is at 70% readiness “good to go”, the most likely outcome is [1] a betrayal of the proxy nations in favor of their own survival, [2] emerging high technologies that will render Western might impotent, and [3] a generalized mega collapse domestically inside of the United States.

If it wasn’t for the massive propaganda machine, all of this would be quite obvious to the West.

Not that I want those things to happen, but the trend lines are clear, and they haven’t deviated from the 2008 prediction vectors one iota.

Chinese researchers find way to manufacture highly flexible, paper-thin solar cells

Published: May 25, 2023 10:14 PM

Chinese researchers have developed a special technology to tailor the edges of textured crystalline silicon (c-Si) solar cells, based on which the solar cells can be bent and folded like thin paper, allowing for broader application and use.

The breakthrough was achieved by Chinese researchers at the Shanghai Institute of Microsystem and Information Technology (SIMIT) under the Chinese Academy of Sciences. The results have been featured on the cover of the May 24 edition of Nature journal.

The c-Si solar cells fabricated with the new technology can be 60 millimeters thin with a bending radius of about 8 millimeters.

c93b985c c7f9 453b 91c4 40a2cace487e
c93b985c c7f9 453b 91c4 40a2cace487e

 

Highly flexible, paper-thin c-Si solar cells Photo: Courtesy of the CAS

According to the Technology Daily, c-Si solar cells are type of solar cell seeing fast development at the moment. They have advantages including long service life and high conversion efficiency, making them a leading product in the photovoltaic market.

Such c-Si solar cells have a market share of more than 95 percent, according to Di Zengfeng, deputy head of the SIMIT, who is one of the authors of the research paper.

Although c-Si solar cells were developed nearly 70 years ago, their use is still limited, the paper explained. Currently, the c-Si solar cells are mainly used in distributed photovoltaic power stations and ground photovoltaic power stations. Hopefully, such solar cells can be used in construction, backpacks, tents, automobiles, sailing boats and even planes.

They can also be used to generate clean energy for houses and a variety of portable electronic and communication devices as well as for transportation, according to the researchers.

db24c943 4227 4491 aa87 b779b81a5eca
db24c943 4227 4491 aa87 b779b81a5eca

Highly flexible, paper-thin c-Si solar cells Photo: Courtesy of the CAS

Liu Zhengxin, a research fellow with the SIMIT, and another author of the paper, said that the study verified the feasibility of mass production, providing a technical route for the development of lightweight and flexible c-Si solar cells.

At the same time, the large-area flexible photovoltaic modules developed by the research team have been successfully applied in the fields of near-space vehicles, building photovoltaic integration and vehicle-mounted photovoltaic systems, Liu said.

Alabama needs some help

The Korean war.

In the early 1950’s, the United States (fresh from fighting World War II), along with its allies invaded Korea. The stated reasons were “democracy”, “freedom” and “fighting Communism”. Of course. The real reason was to attack and seize China while it was still weak. Then, from that captured territory, place military bases on the Russian Southern flank for an eventual World War 3.

Well, the Korean war was a fiasco. The United States lost bigly.

In fact, the losses were so very horrific, that the retreat became a rout. And the piles of equipment and stockpiles in warehouses had to be bombed remotely, by the sea and the air, to prevent capture. (This is by definition a rout. Remote demolitions of abandoned material is a characteristic of a rout.)

General Douglas MacArthur was so upset and defeated that he demanded that President Truman start using nuclear weapons on China, but Truman refused.

Instead President Truman initiated a multi-decade long campaign of carpet bombing China with bio-weapons. (Which didn’t do much to China, except make it very VERY resilient to bio-weapon attacks.)

This kind of stealth; passive-aggressive, attacking continued for decades. Well into the 1970s.

So when the 1960s rolled around, the United States was busy fighting on China’s Southern borders; Vietnam, Laos and Cambodia. All trying to obtain a “toe hold” there. But Chinese-backed Vietnamese forces were putting up a good fight.

You must realize that at that time, with a hostile and unstable SE Asia, and a very VERY pissed off China, the United States was in no way ready to take on China. Because over the decades of covert hostilities, the Chinese grew stronger, and angrier with each passing month.

So in the 1960s and into the 1970s, the United States did not attack China overtly. It’s not that the United States did not want to attack China. It is just that it simply could not. China was a very formidable fighting force, and the anticipated American (and allied) losses would have been enormous.

Adidas jumped on the Anti-China Uighur/Xinjiang cotton train.

Adidas has had 2 years of market share decline.

Whoopsie!

main qimg 23a52924c60801d1a518e161ea9a17a4
main qimg 23a52924c60801d1a518e161ea9a17a4

The US loves drama as long as they are not the ones directly involved.

They want diplomacy so that they can avert war.

No such thing.

War is the whole point now.

***

The real reason America was so angry over COVID, was that they knew they deserved it.

They deserved a China that was willing to take blood revenge to their doorstep, retaliating and escalating against their attempts to destroy China with a bona fide attempt to destroy USA back.

China wasn’t that kind of country; the response from China was a relatively placid ‘no you!’ to USA.

If it was up to me, I’d be saying that we are delivering blood revenge to USA and the West for the trade war.

What can they do about us striking back? Nuke us? They can’t.

Fuck with us? We’ll make another 10 more viruses. Enjoy lockdown.

***

We want them to know that every misstep potentially leads to nuclear war.

We want them to know that we are done talking and now will fight.

We want them to know that we are one step away from blood revenge.

Pragmatic?

Nope, blood revenge it is.

The blood debt must be repaid in full with interest.

Robert, divorce? Nope. There was never a relationship. The US is like a stalker and a sexual harasser still trying to convince the world it ever had a relationship with China, that China is a hostile ex. No such thing. The US is the stalker here.

Bayou Baked Chicken

2023 05 28 11 37
2023 05 28 11 37

Ingredients

  • 2 to 3 tablespoons vegetable oil
  • 1/4 cup all-purpose flour
  • 1 whole chicken, cut up
  • 3 large potatoes, cut into cubes
  • Cajun seasoning
  • 1 onion, cut into large pieces
  • 1 bell pepper, cut into strips
  • 1/2 cup minced garlic
  • 1/2 cup parsley
  • 1/4 cup Worcestershire sauce
  • 1 envelope Lipton onion soup mix

Instructions

  1. Heat oven to 450 degrees F.
  2. Place flour in bottom of large greased baking dish.
  3. Arrange chicken and potatoes in dish, seasoning on both sides with Cajun Seasoning.
  4. Add onion, bell pepper, garlic, parsley and Worcestershire sauce.
  5. Sprinkle Lipton onion soup mix on top.
  6. Put in oven and broil until chicken is brown on top.
  7. Reduce heat to 300 degrees F, cover with aluminum foil and bake for one hour.

Look into this report

The Covid-19 coronavirus was “intentionally released” by the United States in Wuhan,

China, with the target to trigger a global pandemic to raise public acceptance of vaccines, a US businessman specializing in patent auditing said.

2023 05 29 06 28
2023 05 29 06 28

David Martin, the founding chairman of M Cam asset management company, said at an International Covid Summit organized by the European Parliament in Brussels

earlier this month that the US was responsible for the making of both coronaviruses causing the outbreaks of severe acute respiratory syndrome – or SARS – in 2003 and the Covid-19 pandemic in the past three years.

Pro Fighters Put Obnoxious Jerks in Their Place

Gorgeous Photos Make Star Wars Toys Look Like Real, Life-Sized Ships

0 27
0 27

Manufacturers of toys all over the world should be advertising their products with photos like these. Photographer Vesa Lehtimäki is responsible for these beauties; he’s been photographing his kid’s toys over the years and he makes shots that look like they belong in movies. His images of the various vehicles of Star Wars are especially impressive.

More info: Flickr

23 10
23 10
24 10
24 10
25 10
25 10
20 13
20 13
21 12
21 12
22 11
22 11
17 14
17 14
18 14
18 14
19 14
19 14
14 18
14 18
15 16
15 16
16 14
16 14
11 23
11 23
12 21
12 21
13 19
13 19
5 28
5 28
6 28
6 28
7 29
7 29
8 28
8 28
9 26
9 26
10 24
10 24
2 29
2 29
3 30
3 30
4 30
4 30
1 31
1 31

The internet is everywhere in China. It’s fast. It’s free. It’s in the elevators, in the toll booths, on the bridges, in the train stations, on the subway.

It’s in the stalls, and on the streets. It’s in the farmer’s markets and on the farms.

Everyone uses it because it’s a requirement to get anything done. All public services are APP driven. Even beggars use wechat QR to get donations.

That being said, let’s suppose that world war 3 erupts and China loses internet….

What will happen is 200 million people will set up their own intranets as temporary workarounds, and the internet will be restored in no time at all.

China is so very unlike the West that it just boggles the mind.

U.S. Postal Carrier: “19 People Have Died on my Mail Route in Last 4 Months”– Vax Jabbed!

A U.S. Postal Mail Carrier has released a video explaining that on her route of 460 homes, it is average for one or two people to die each year, but in the last four months, NINETEEN people on her route have died!  She thinks it’s the Vax. . .

One minute long video, below:

TRANSCRIPT Of Dr David E.Martin’s Speech At The European Union Parliament MAY 2023

It is a, it is a particularly interesting location for me to be sitting today, given that over a decade ago I sat in this very chair right here in the European Union Parliament.

And at that time I warned the world of what was coming, during that conversation that was hosted at the time by the Green and EFA and a number of the other parties of the European Unions, of various representations.

We were having a conversation on whether Europe should adopt the United States policy of allowing for the patents on biologically derived materials.

And at the time I urged this body and I urged people around the world that the weaponization of nature against humanity had dire consequences.

Tragically, I sit here today, with that unfortunate line that I don’t like to say, which is “I told you so.”

But the fact of the matter is, we’re here not for a reprisal on past decisions. We’re here to actually, once again, come to the face of the human condition and ask the question, who do we want to be?

What do we want humanity to look like?

And rather than seeing this as an exercise in futility, which is very easy from time to time when you’re in the position I’m in, I actually see this not as an exercise in futility.

I see this as one of the greatest opportunities that faces us because we now have a public conversation, which is now front and center in people’s minds.

When this was an esoteric conversation about biological patents, nobody cared.

But when that conversation came home, then it became something people can care about.
So I’m actually quite grateful for this opportunity.

I thank the members of Parliament for hosting this.

I thank all of the translators who I apologize in advance.

I will use terminology that is probably very difficult to translate, so my apologies, and I’d also like to acknowledge the fact that many of you are aware of my involvement with this in large part due to the amazing work of my wonderful wife, Kim Martin, who encouraged me at the very early days of this pandemic to get on front of the camera and talk about all the information that I had been sharing among very small groups around the world.

And it was in fact her encouragement that put me in a place where many of you have heard what I have to say.

Ironically, the world that I came from that used to be very popular, my CNBC and Bloomberg presentations, which were televised on mainstream media around the world, was an audience that I lost.

I can confidently say Covid diminished my fame, but I can also confidently say that I’d rather stand among the people with whom I’m standing today than any of the folks that were part of that previous world.
So, this is a much better place to be.

My role today is to set the stage for this conversation in a historical context, because this did not come in the last three years.

This did not come in the last five or six years.

This actually is an ongoing question that probably began here in Europe in the early stages of the mid 19 hundreds, but certainly by 1913, 1914, this conversation started right here in Central Europe.

The pandemic that we alleged to have happen in the last few years also did not happen overnight.

In fact, the very specific pandemic using coronavirus began in a very different time.

Most of you don’t know that Coronavirus as a model of a pathogen was isolated in 1965.

Coronavirus was identified in 1965 as one of the first infectious, replicatable viral models that could be used to modify a series of other experiences of human condition.

It was isolated once upon a time associated with the common cold.

But what’s particularly interesting about its isolation in 1965 was that it was immediately identified as a pathogen that could be used and modified for a whole host of reasons.

And you heard me correctly, that was 1965.

And by the way, these slides are public domain.

You’re welcome to look at every single reference.

Every comment that I made is based on published material.

So do make sure that you look at those references.

But in 1966, the very first COV Coronavirus model was used as a transatlantic biological experiment in human manipulation, and you heard the date 1966.

I hope you’re getting the point of what I’m saying.

This is not an overnight thing.

This is actually something that’s been long in the making.

A year before I was born, we had the first Trans-Atlantic coronavirus data sharing experiment between the United States and the United Kingdom.

And in 1967, the year I was born, we did the first human trials on inoculating people with modified coronavirus.

Isn’t that amazing?

56 years ago, the overnight success of a pathogen that’s been 56 years in engineering, and I want that to chill with all of you.

Where were we when we actually allowed in violation of biological and chemical weapons treaties?
Where were we as a human civilization when we thought it was an acceptable thing to do to take a pathogen for the United States and infect the world with it?

Where was that conversation and what should have been that conversation in 1967?

That conversation wasn’t had. Ironically, the common cold was turned into a chimera in the 1970s, and in 1975, 1976 and 1977, we started figuring out how to modify coronavirus by putting it into different animals.
Pigs and dogs.

And not surprisingly, by the time we got to 1990, we found out that coronavirus as a infectious agent was an industrial problem for two primary industries, the industries of dogs and pigs.

Dog breeders and pigs found that Coronavirus created gastrointestinal problems, and that became the basis for Pfizer’s first spike protein vaccine.

Patent filed. Are you ready for this In 1990?

Did you hear what I just said?

Operation Warpspeed.

I’m sorry.

Where’s the warp and the speed?

Pfizer 1990.

The very first spike protein vaccine for Coronavirus.

Isn’t that fascinating?

Isn’t it fascinating that we were, we were told that, well, the spike protein is a new thing.

We just found out that that’s the problem.

No.

As a matter of fact, we didn’t just find out it was not just now.

Now the problem, we found that out in 1990 and filed the first patents on vaccines in 1990 for the spike protein of Coronavirus.

And who would’ve thought Pfizer?

Clearly the innocent organization that does nothing but promote human health.

Clearly, Pfizer, the organization that has not bought the votes in this chamber, in every chamber of every government around the world, not that Pfizer, certainly they wouldn’t have had anything to do with this, but oh yes, they did.

And in 1990 they found out that there was a problem with vaccines.

They didn’t work.

You know why they didn’t work?

It turns out that Coronavirus is a very malleable model.

It transforms and it changes, and it mutates over time.

As a matter of fact, every publication on vaccines for Coronavirus from 1990 until 2018, every single publication concluded that Coronavirus escapes the vaccine impulse because it modifies and mutates too quickly for vaccines to be effective.

And since 1990 to 2018, that is the published science ladies and gentlemen, that’s following the science, following the science is their own indictment of their own programs that said, it doesn’t work.

And there are thousands of publications to that effect, not a few hundred. And not paid for by pharmaceutical companies.

These are publications that are independent scientific research that shows unequivocally including efforts of the chimera modifications made by Ralph Bair in the University of North Carolina Chapel Hill.

All of them show vaccines do not work on coronavirus.

That’s the science, and that science has never been disputed.

But then we had an interesting development in 2002, and this date is most important because in 2002, the University of North Carolina Chapel Hill patented, and I quote, an infectious replication defective clone of coronavirus.

Listen to those words …

Infectious replication, defective.

What does that phrase actually mean?

For those of you not familiar with language, let me unpack it for you.
Infectious replication.

Defective means a weapon.

It means something meant to target an individual but not have collateral damage to other individuals.
That’s what infectious replication defective means.

And that patent was filed in 2002 on work funded by NIAD’s Anthony Fauci from 1999 to 2002, and that work patented at the University of North Carolina Chapel Hill mysteriously preceded SARS 1.0 by a year.
“Dave, are you suggesting that SARS 1.0 wasn’t from a wet market in Wuhan?”

“Are you suggesting it might have come from a laboratory in the University of North Carolina Chapel Hill?”
No, I’m not suggesting it.

I’m telling you that’s the facts we engineered SARS.

SARS is not a naturally occurring phenomenon.

The naturally occurring phenomenon is called the common cold.

It’s called influenza-like illness.

It’s called gastroenteritis.

That’s the naturally occurring coronavirus.

SARS is the research developed by humans weaponizing a life system model to actually attack human beings, and they patented it in 2002.

And in 2003, giant surprise, the CDC filed the patent on Coronavirus isolated from humans in violation once again of biological and chemical weapons, treaties and laws that we have in the United States, and I’m very, very precise on this.

United States likes to talk about its rights and everything else, and the rule of law and all the nonsense that we like to talk about, but we don’t ratify treaties about, I don’t know, defending humans.

We conspicuously avoid that we actually have a great track record of advocating for human rights and then denying them when it comes to actually being part of the international community, which is a slightly problematic thing.

But let’s get something very clear.

When the CDC, in April of 2003 filed the patent on SARS Coronavirus isolated from humans, what did they do?

They downloaded a sequence from China, and filed a patent on it in the United States.

Any of you familiar with biological and chemical weapons treaties knows that’s a violation.

That’s a crime.

That’s not an innocent, oops; that’s a crime.

And the United States Patent Office went as far as to reject that patent application on two occasions until the CDC decided to bribe the patent office to override the patent examiner to ultimately issue the patent in 2007 on SARS Coronavirus.

But let’s not let that get away from us, because it turns out that the RT PCR, which was the test that we allegedly were going to use to identify the risks associated with coronavirus, was actually identified as a bioterrorism threat by me in the European Union sponsored events in 2002 and 2003, 20 years ago that happened here in Brussels and across Europe.

In 2005, this particular pathogen was specifically labelled as a bioterrorism and bioweapon platform technology, described as such.

That’s not my terminology that I’m applying to it.

It was actually described as a bioweapons platform technology in 2005.

And from 2005 onwards, it was actually a bio warfare enabling agent.

It’s official classification from 2005 forward.

I don’t know if that sounds like public health to you, does it?

Biological warfare enabling technology that feels like not public health, that feels like not medicine, that feels like a weapon, designed to take out humanity.

That’s what it feels like, and it feels like that because that’s exactly what it is.

We have been lured into believing that EcoHealth Alliance and DARPA and all of these organizations are what we should be pointing to.

But we’ve been specifically requested to ignore the facts that over $10 billion have been funnelled through black operations, through the check of Anthony Fauci and a side-by-side ledger where NIAD has a balance sheet, and next to it is a biodefense balance sheet.

Equivalent dollar for dollar matching that no one in the media talks about, and it’s been going on since 2005.
Our gain of function moratorium.

The moratorium that was supposed to freeze any efforts to do gain of function research.

Conveniently, in the fall of 2014, the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill received a letter from NIAD saying that while the gain of function moratorium on coronavirus in vivo should be suspended, because their grants had already been funded, they received an exemption.

Did you hear what I just said?

A biological weapons lab facility at the University of North Carolina Chapel Hill received an exemption from the gain of function moratorium so that by 2016 we could publish the journal article that said SARS Coronavirus is poised for human emergence in 2016 and what, you might ask Dave, was the coronavirus poised for human emergence?

It was WIV ONE.

Wuhan Institute of Virology Virus One.

Poised for human emergence in 2016 at the proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, such that by the time we get to 2017 and 2018, the following phrase entered into common parlance among the community, there is going to be an accidental or intentional release of a respiratory pathogen.

The operative word, obviously in that phrase, the word release, does that sound like leak?
Does that sound like a bat and a Pangolin went into a bar in the Wuhan market and hung out and had sex?
And, and lo and behold, we got SARS Cov-2.
No accidental or intentional release of a respiratory pathogen was the terminology used.

And four times in April of 2019, seven months before the allegation of patient number one, four patent applications of Moderna were modified to include the term accidental or intentional release of a respiratory pathogen as the justification for making a vaccine for a thing that did not exist.

If you have not done so, please make sure that you make reference in every investigation to the premeditation nature of this, because it was in September of 2019 that the world was informed.
That we were going to have an accident or intentional release of a respiratory pathogen so that by September, 2020 there would be a worldwide acceptance of a universal vaccine template.

That’s their words right in front of you on the screen.

The intent was to get the world to accept a universal vaccine template, and the intent was to use coronavirus to get there.

Let’s, let’s read this because we have to read this into the record everywhere I go.

“Until an infectious disease crisis is very real present and at the emergency threshold that is often largely
ignored to sustain the funding base beyond the crisis.”

He said, “we need to increase the public understanding for the need for medical countermeasures, such as a pan influenza or pan coronavirus vaccine.”

“A key driver is the media and the economics will follow the hype. We need to use that hype to our advantage to get to the real issues. Investors will respond if they see profit at the end of the process.”
Sounds like public health.

Sounds like the best of humanity.

No.

Ladies and gentlemen, this was premeditated domestic terrorism stated at the proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences in 2015, published in front of them.

This is an act of biological and chemical warfare perpetrated on the human race, and it was admitted to in writing that this was a financial heist and a financial fraud.

“Investors will follow if they see profit at the end of the process.”

Let me conclude by making five very brief recommendations.

The last slide, nature was hijacked.

This whole story started in 1965 when we decided to hijack a natural model and decide to start manipulating it.

Science was hijacked when the only questions that could be asked were questions authorized under the patent protection of the CDC, the FDA, the NIH, and their equivalent organizations around the world.

We didn’t have independent science.

We had hijacked science, and unfortunately there was no moral oversight in violation of all of the codes that we stand for.

There was no independent, financially disinterested independent review board ever empanelled around coronavirus.

Not once, not once, not since 1965.

We do not have a single independent IRB ever empanelled, around Coronavirus.

So, morality was suspended for medical countermeasures, and ultimately humanity was lost because we decided to allow it to happen.

Our job today is to say, no more gain of function research period.

No more weaponization of nature period.

And most importantly, no more corporate patronage of science for their own self-interest unless they assume 100% product liability for every injury and every death that they maintain.

Thank you very much.

Dr David E. Martin

How Native Hawaiians have been pushed out of Hawai’i

Relatively few. The reason is because most Westerners have been indoctrinated to believe that China is a brutal Communist dictatorship that seeks global dominion, thanks to Western mainstream media.

The ones who know better have:

  • visited China and gained a greater understanding of the country
  • studied Chinese history and culture
  • learned that China hasn’t fought a war in the last 44 years, making it the only world power in history to have been so peaceful for so long
  • understood that China has gained no new territory since the Qing Dynasty over 200 years ago — various parts of China have temporarily changed hands during this period, for example, Hong Kong, Taiwan and Tibet
main qimg 7c5bdbb237754812045f282c0a3bf732 pjlq
main qimg 7c5bdbb237754812045f282c0a3bf732 pjlq
  • witnessed China’s benevolence — helping countries build infrastructure, helping countries vaccinate when the West hoarded their vaccines, leading peaceful alliances such as BRICS, RCEP and SCO, working to establish peace such as the recent Saudi-Iran peace deal and the peace plan proposal between Russia and Ukraine, helping the USA during the 2008 GFC

China is the exact opposite of the USA, which has fought dozens of wars in the last half century, including notably Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya, and Syria. Is the USA a peaceful country?

20 SIGNS Walmart is Collapsing Before Our Eyes!

https://youtu.be/J5oUOYLoatQ

China’s New Quantum Computing Breakthrough SHOCKS American Scientists.

A semiprime number is the product of two prime numbers. You probably know that semiprime numbers are used as keys in coded internet protocols like RSA.

If someone did produce a quantum computer that could factor a large semiprime number into its two prime factors, the whole internet would be compromised. That someone could hack into everyones’ secure data like at banks and corporations. Before a quantum computer can factor a semiprime number, it must be able to do simple calculations. Back in the day, transistors had to do simple calculations, like 2 X 2, before complex calculations. Video 1 is about China's scientists' progress on quantum computers. China's quantum computers can solve pretty complicated mathematical problems. Some of these videos can have hyperbolic names, However, China’s scientists may have shocked other scientists in the field. China is kicking America's butt in many fields like artificial Suns. China recently smashed the world record for the length of time its scientists kept an artificial Sun going at 403 seconds.

China’s artificial sun is called a tokamak. China’s tokamak is nothing short of spectacular. Artificial Suns are the future of energy.
.

If China did produce a quantum computer that could factor a large semiprime number into its two prime factors, China could hack into secure data all over the world. I’m not suggesting China would do that, but it could if its quantum computers could factor a large semiprime number.

Footnotes

Airpods Emit Wireless Radiation

Prevent color revolution/coup (that is instigated by the West). Take steps to:

1, suppress terrorism

2, suppress division of citizens due to ethnicity

3, suppress radicalization of religion

Central Asia is located between Russia & China. It is a hot spot for USA+UK to instigate color revolution in name of ethnic or religious (Muslim) minority. Just like Uyghurs in Xinjiang.

Color revolution is a topic the West seldom talks about. But USA+allies has been QUIETLY doing so for decades. So as to subvert a government that does not “obey” USA. So as to control other’s strategic soverignty, economy & natural resources. … it is modern-day colonization without occupying land.

Look at the orange revolution in Ukraine in 2004. We were told the then pro-Russia president was corrupted.

Until Putin pushed for a resolution in UN Security Council against Nazism (got passed) that we learnt the West+new Ukraine government plotted to eliminate Russian-speaking & Hungarian-speaking Ukrainians. That … is cultural if not ethnic genocide.

Xi An Declaration does not detail how the West stirs unrest in other country. Let me tell you.

Cultural infiltration. It is a quiet Cold War that you wont notice.

NED is a spin-off from CIA. Like religion, NED-funded NGOs spread US culture to other cultures.

Britain once said: NED helps US expansion.

US NGOs fund & recruit local NGOs to gather different groups of people. All have a moral high ground eg democracy, freedom, human & animal rights, climate change, LGBTQ & more. To make people think they are fighting for Righteous. Any cultures different from USA is evil & should be eliminated. “My god is true & yours is false”.

When time is ripe, the NGOs will instigate a mass of people to start the unrest/riot/coup/wars.

One NGO is free press/radio whose job is to spread fake news. Create hatred & fear of local government. Or Russia, China, Iran etc are evil.

Some color revolutions have no name eg 2002 Xinjiang with ethnic Uyghurs & Muslim.

Some have names eg Arab Spring in Middle East, Rose revolution in Georgia, Tulip revolution in Kyrgyzstan, democracy movement in Hongkong.

Even US allies are not immune from US-led riots eg France’s yellow vest riot.

I always advise people: before fighting for “Righteous” for other country, sort out if it is a US-led color revolution which actually is modern-day colonization.

Remember: millions died or lost their homeland/heritage in US color revolution.

3 MINUTES AGO, Ukraine Just Started WW3 With This!

https://youtu.be/1_d369R9e9o

America’s wars and the US debt crisis

May 25, 2023

To surmount the debt crisis, America needs to stop feeding the Military-Industrial Complex, the most powerful lobby in Washington.

In the year 2000, the U.S. government debt was $3.5 trillion, equal to 35% of the Gross Domestic Product (GDP). By 2022, the debt was $24 trillion, equal to 95% of GDP. The U.S. debt is soaring, hence America’s current debt crisis. Yet both Republicans and Democrats are missing the solution: stopping America’s wars of choice and slashing military outlays.

Suppose the government’s debt had remained at a modest 35% of GDP, as in 2000. Today’s debt would be $9 billion, as opposed to $24 trillion. Why did the U.S. government incur the excess $15 trillion in debt?

The single biggest answer is the U.S. government’s addiction to war and military spending. According to the Watson Institute at Brown University, the cost of U.S. wars from fiscal year 2001 to fiscal year 2022 amounted to a whopping $8 trillion, more than half of the extra $15 trillion in debt. The other $7 trillion arose roughly equally from budget deficits caused by the 2008 financial crisis and the Covid-19 pandemic.

To surmount the debt crisis, America needs to stop feeding the Military-Industrial Complex (MIC), the most powerful lobby in Washington. As President Dwight D. Eisenhower famously warned on January 17, 1961, “In the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military-industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist.” Since 2000, the MIC led the U.S. into disastrous wars of choice in Afghanistan, Iraq, Syria, Libya, and now Ukraine.

The Military-Industrial Complex long ago adopted a winning political strategy by ensuring that the military budget reaches into every Congressional district. The Congressional Research Service recently recently reminded that, “Defence spending touches every Member of Congress’s district through pay and benefits for military service members and retirees, economic and environmental impact of installations, and procurement of weapons systems and parts from local industry, among other activities.” Only a brave member of Congress would vote against the military-industry lobby, yet bravery is certainly no hallmark of Congress.

America’s annual military spending is now around $900 billion, roughly 40% of the world’s total,, and greater than the next 10 countries combined. U.S. military spending in 2022 was triple that of China. According to Congressional Budget Office, the military outlays for 2024-2033 will be a staggering $10.3 trillion on current baseline. A quarter or more of that could be avoided by ending America’s wars of choice, closing down many of America’s 800 or so military bases around the world, and negotiating new arms control agreements with China and Russia.

Yet instead of peace through diplomacy, and fiscal responsibility, the MIC regularly scares the American people with a comic-book style depictions of villains whom the U.S. must stop at all costs. The post-2000 list has included Afghanistan’s Taliban, Iraq’s Saddam Hussein, Syria’s Bashar al-Assad, Libya’s Moammar Qaddafi, Russia’s Vladimir Putin, and recently, China’s Xi Jinping. War, we are repeatedly told, is necessary for America’s survival.

A peace-oriented foreign policy would be opposed strenuously by the military-industrial lobby but not by the public. Significant public pluralities already want less, not more, U.S. involvement in other countries’ affairs, and less, not more, US troop deployments overseas. Regarding Ukraine, Americans overwhelmingly want a “minor role” (52%) rather than a “major role” (26%) in the conflict between Russia and Ukraine. This is why neither Biden nor any recent president has dared to ask Congress for any tax increase to pay for America’s wars. The public’s response would be a resounding “No!”

While America’s wars of choice have been awful for America, they have been far greater disasters for countries that America purports to be saving. As Henry Kissinger famously quipped, “To be an enemy of the United States can be dangerous, but to be a friend is fatal.” Afghanistan was America’s cause from 2001 to 2021, until the U.S. left it broken, bankrupt, and hungry. Ukraine is now in America’s embrace, with the same likely results: ongoing war, death, and destruction.

The military budget could be cut prudently and deeply if the U.S. replaced its wars of choice and arms races with real diplomacy and arms agreements. If presidents and members of congress had only heeded the warnings of top American diplomats such as William Burns, the U.S. Ambassador to Russia in 2008, and now CIA Director, the U.S. would have protected Ukraine’s security through diplomacy, agreeing with Russia that the U.S. would not expand NATO into Ukraine if Russia also kept its military out of Ukraine. Yet relentless NATO expansion is a favourite cause of the MIC; new NATO members are major customers of U.S. armaments.

The U.S. has also unilaterally abandoned key arms control agreements. In 2002, the U.S. unilaterally walked out of the Anti-Ballistic Missile Treaty. And rather than promote nuclear disarmament—as the U.S. and other nuclear powers are required to do under Article VI the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty—the Military-Industrial Complex has sold Congress on plans to spend more than $600 billion by 2030 to “modernise” the U.S. nuclear arsenal.

Now the MIC is talking up the prospect of war with China over Taiwan. The drumbeats of war with China are stoking the military budget, yet war with China is easily avoidable if the U.S. adheres to the One-China policy that properly underpins U.S.-China relations. Such a war should be unthinkable. More than bankrupting the U.S., it could end the world.

Military spending is not the only budget challenge. Ageing and rising healthcare costs add to the fiscal woes. According to the Congressional Budget Office, debt will reach 185 percent of GDP by 2052 if current policies remain unchanged. Healthcare costs should be capped while taxes on the rich should be raised. Yet facing down the military-industrial lobby is the vital first step to putting America’s fiscal house in order, needed to save the U.S., and possibly the world, from America’s perverse lobby-driven politics.

Cat protects homeowner

US Geopolitics: Believing Impossible Things

Back in the day when raiders were putting fear in the hearts of Corporate America, merger & acquisition pros were business media stars. One of the top shops back then, Lazard Frères, prided itself in its skills in abnormal psychology, aka managing CEOs. One of its most important bits of advice to them was danger of believing your own PR.

In corporate America, there’s a decent risk that fakery will get caught out by competitors, short sellers, whistleblowers, and just plain careful reading of audited financials. That said, Jack Welch kept reality at bay for a very very long time, to the detriment not only of GE but also his many imitators.

By contrast, in politics, reality avoidance is routinely the key to a long and successful-looking career, witness Eurocrats’ fondness for “kick the can” strategies. And that propensity is particularly dangerous when leadership groups have become both selfish and short-termist. There really was once upon a time some people who went into government service for the service part, and not for the revolving door and networking. There was also a time, before the rise of global elites, where the powerful had ties to particular physical communities and some took interest in their betterment. In other words, while there were plenty of self-promoting and mediocre people at the helm, there were often enough in the room who were concerned about long-term risks to put a check on the worst behavior.1

But now, the well-honed effectiveness of propaganda has encouraged politicians and their media amplifiers/allies to go hog wild with selling Big Lies. And the worst is there are no consequences for the perps. After the first systematic use of large-scale propaganda, by the Creel Committee during what was then called the Great War, was uncovered, the US public was aghast. In a comparatively short time, this multi-channel campaign turned American opinion from unconcerned to rabidly anti-German with fabricated atrocities, like German soldiers bayonetting babies. There was a lot of soul-searching, as well as rationalizations by the likes of Walter Lippmann of the need for experts to interpret not just technical information but matters of general interest for a citizenry inherently unable to perceive reality due to bias and incomplete information.

Not only has the reliance on tall tale-telling grown, but there has been perilous little self-reflection in the wake of abject fabrications like WMD in Iraq and Russiagate. Instead, it seems that Americans are all too eager to become pupils of the White Queen. From Lewis Carroll’s Through the Looking Glass:

“How old are you?” said the queen.

“I’m seven and a half exactly”

“You needn’t say “exactly” the queen remarked : “I can believe it without that. Now I’ll give you something to believe. I am just one hundred and one, five months and a day”

“I can’t believe that!” said Alice.

“Can’t you?” the Queen said in a pitying tone. “Try again: draw a long breath, and shut your eyes.”

Alice laughed. “There’s no use trying,” she said: “one can’t believe impossible things.”

“I daresay you haven’t had much practice,” said the Queen. “When I was your age, I always did it for half-an-hour a day. Why, sometimes I’ve believed as many as six impossible things before breakfast.”

The wee problem with the war in Ukraine and the escalating US eye-poking of China is neither is going very well, to the degree that the propaganda started fizzling out very quickly in the Global South and is losing its potency in the West. It’s hard to keep up the pretense of a great inevitable Ukraine victory with Ukraine losing Bakhmut, after Zelensky made it the centerpiece of his Congressional love-fest last December. Oh, but Ukraine is still trying to deny it is lost, as they did for Mariupol and Soledar until well after the fact. Or how about Ukraine shooting 30 Patriot missiles in about two minutes, which is as much as 10% of total annual production for all countries, in an unsuccessful effort to stop a Kinzhal hypersonic missile?2 Or commander-in-chief General Zaluzhny, usually highly visible, being missing in action for weeks, and Ukraine legitimating rumors about him being critically injured in a Russian missile strike by presenting old footage of him as current?

Similarly, trying to bully countries that had no reason to take sides into aligning against Russia and then doubling down on coercion confirmed Putin’s messaging about colonial powers trying to reassert their historical, exploitative roles. This new cold war has seen many countries chose move to the allegedly “undemocratic” side of the Iron Curtain, much to the West’s impotent fury.

The US and NATO have needed to maintain an image of success with Ukraine because it quickly turned into a bizarrely public coalition exercise, with arguments among NATO members about who really ought to empty their stockpiles for the cause, and one suspects not so public discussions about Ukraine refugees. Even though the press in “collective West” countries has mainly been cheerleading the war, albeit with more and more admissions of late that the exercise has gone pear-shaped, there’s a growing sense in the US, and even reportedly in some parts of Europe like Germany, that enthusiasm on the man on the street level is waning.

Another problem is NATO is simply not fit for this purpose. It was designed for defense, with many nations designing their own very compatible weapons, which each requires their own logistics tail (why not better pork-sharing via common designs and divvying of the manufacturing pie, as the EU did successfully with Airbus?). Brian Berletic, Douglas Macgregor, and Scott Ritter have explained repeatedly why deliveries of disparate weapons systems, mainly new to Ukraine, is a prescription for yet more failure. Oh and to the extent NATO forces have seen combat, it’s been in small insurgent wars, and so not helpful in Ukraine.

The balkanized weapon systems are symptomatic of a lack of NATO cohesiveness at the level of institutional design, which is now being tested to destruction by this conflict. Article 5, often incorrectly presented as a “one for all and all for one” mutual defense pact. In fact, all Article 5 obligated member states to do is to taking action as it deems necessary. Each state gets to decide on its own if it wants to commit armed forces…or indeed, anything else.

Similarly, US officials may have told themselves that much of the world regarded China with suspicion due to its often-overheated rhetoric and hypersensitivity to slights. But these self-comforting beliefs about China’s position on the world stage got a big wake up call with China brokering a normalization of relations between Saudi Arabia and Iran, and then Syria. Now China is making more trouble by wandering into America’s back yard, as in Europe, and talking up its napkin-doodle Ukraine peace plan. That scheme will go nowhere but China’s campaign has the effect of identifying it trying to end conflicts (as contrasted with the US trying to keep them going) and intensifying already apparent splits among the alliance.

So the US efforts to pretend everything is going swimmingly are now looking a bit frayed. Not to overdo an analogy, but the US seems to be in a weird phase of the Kübler-Ross five stages of grief paradigm, which are denial, anger bargaining, depression, and acceptance. There’s still plenty of denial, witness the someday-gonna-arrive game-changing Great Ukrainian Counteroffensive, following many game-changing weapons deliveries like Bayraktars, Javelins, HIMARS and Leopard tanks, and other efforts at unduly upbeat messaging about generally terrible conditions on the ground. Zelensky has just given two self-sabotaging ire-filled lectures about how he’s entitled to more support and where the hell is it, to the Arab League and G-7.

But to me, the most intriguing is the weird bargaining, which very much like bargaining over death, is bargaining with yourself. For some time, since at least General Mark Milley’s quickly deflated trial balloon last November, there has been more and more talk from pundits and even sometimes from officials how Ukraine should negotiate with Russia, after some sort of retaking of ground so as to better Ukraine’s bargaining position.

Of course, the idea that Russia will do anything more than go through the motions of negotiating for appearances’ sake is delusional. As former Indian diplomat M. K. Bhadrakumar reminded readers in his latest post, Putin warned Ukraine and its backers last July, the longer the conflict lasted, “the harder it will be to negotiate with us.” That was before Merkel and Hollande bragged about their Minsk Accords duplicity, which has led Putin to make embittered statements about what a mistake it had been to try to cooperate.

Putin has a history of endeavoring not to repeat mistakes. Russia was already depicting the US as “not agreement capable” even before the Minsk disclosures. And even if there were a regime change in Washington, Putin has repeatedly seen presidents make commitments to him that they reneged on later. He (perhaps charitably) attributed that to a permanent bureaucracy really being in charge.3

The US is again negotiating with itself in approving having allies supply F-16s to Ukraine, then trying to claim this isn’t an escalation because they won’t be used against Russian territory, ignoring the Russian view that not just Crimea but also the four annexed oblasts are Russian territory. Russia’s tart response, per TASS:

Western countries continue down the path of escalation and Moscow will take their plans to send F-16 aircraft to Ukraine into account, Russian Deputy Foreign Minister Alexander Grushko told TASS on Saturday.

“We can see that Western countries continue to stick to an escalation scenario, which carries enormous risks for them. In any case, we will take it into account when making plans. We have all the necessary means to achieve our goals,” he said on the sidelines of the 31st Assembly of the Council for Foreign and Defense Policy, when asked to comment on the possible supplies of F-16 aircraft to Ukraine.

A new flavor of Western copium is the latest idea of a “frozen conflict” per a trial balloon in Politico:

U.S. officials are planning for the growing possibility that the Russia-Ukraine war will turn into a frozen conflict that lasts many years — perhaps decades — and joins the ranks of similar lengthy face-offs in the Korean peninsula, South Asia and beyond.

The options discussed within the Biden administration for a long-term “freeze” include where to set potential lines that Ukraine and Russia would agree not to cross, but which would not have to be official borders. The discussions — while provisional — have taken place across various U.S. agencies and in the White House.

Again, this is intellectual masturbation the US a little too obviously talking to itself. It’s become more and more clear from the Russian side that it must prosecute the war until Ukraine is decisively defeated, which means Russia dictates terms and either installs a puppet regime or somehow manages to tee off the Medvedev scenario of Poland, Hungary and Romania eating big bits of Western Ukraine, leaving only “Ukraine” as Greater Kiev, as in too small to serve as a platform for much of anything.

We have pointed out Russia could create a DMZ, which is not the same as agreeing to one with the West, by creating a very large de-electrified zone which only the Eastern European versions of preppers might inhabit. And now that the West has decided to deploy Storm Shadows, it would have to be at least 250 miles wide so as to keep Russian territory out of strike range.

On China, the US position is just as internally driven and therefore incoherent. As we and others have pointed out, the China hawks have been quietly duking it out with the Russia haters for a while. The implied compromise, that Russia would be dispatched quickly so the US could pivot to China, is not working out. China hardliner Charles Brown is expected to replace Mark Milley at the Joint Chiefs of Staff, but that may not be sufficient to shift the US focus decisively to China and allow for Ukraine to be quietly abandoned. Biden, Blinken and Nuland are heavily invested in the “get Putin” project and are likely to be incapable of abandoning it. And with the US $100 billion or so into this investment, some Congresscritters are likely to demand either results or an explanation.

The latest display on the China front was the decidedly China-hostile G-7 meeting. Admittedly, the official statement was in flabby NGO-speak and did start with a handwave about UN principles and sticking with Ukraine “for as long as it takes”. Even so, the anti-China barbs stood out. For instance:

2. We will champion international principles and shared values by:

…strongly opposing any unilateral attempts to change the peacefully established status of territories by force or coercion anywhere in the world and reaffirming that the acquisition of territory by force is prohibited….

51. We stand together as G7 partners on the following elements, which underpin our respective relations with China:

We stand prepared to build constructive and stable relations with China, recognizing the importance of engaging candidly with and expressing our concerns directly to China. We act in our national interest. It is necessary to cooperate with China, given its role in the international community and the size of its economy, on global challenges as well as areas of common interest.

We call on China to engage with us, including in international fora, on areas such as the climate and biodiversity crisis and the conservation of natural resources in the framework of the Paris and Kunming-Montreal Agreements, addressing vulnerable countries’ debt sustainability and financing needs, global health and macroeconomic stability.

Our policy approaches are not designed to harm China nor do we seek to thwart China’s economic progress and development. A growing China that plays by international rules would be of global interest. We are not decoupling or turning inwards. At the same time, we recognize that economic resilience requires de-risking and diversifying. We will take steps, individually and collectively, to invest in our own economic vibrancy. We will reduce excessive dependencies in our critical supply chains.

With a view to enabling sustainable economic relations with China, and strengthening the international trading system, we will push for a level playing field for our workers and companies. We will seek to address the challenges posed by China’s non-market policies and practices, which distort the global economy. We will counter malign practices, such as illegitimate technology transfer or data disclosure. We will foster resilience to economic coercion. We also recognize the necessity of protecting certain advanced technologies that could be used to threaten our national security without unduly limiting trade and investment.

There’s plenty more in Section 51 but you get the drift of the gist. There’s a lot to lambaste, but I found the “not seeking to harm China” and “not decoupling but de-risking” bits to be particularly rich.

The Financial Times’ interpretation of the G-7 statement, in what at the time was a lead story: G7 issues strongest condemnation of China as it intensifies response to Beijing

Yet somehow Biden thinks all of this nastiness will lead to improved relations, as if China were some sort of battered wife that would meekly accept abuse as better than neglect. From a new story in the pink paper, Joe Biden expects imminent ‘thaw’ in China relations:

Joe Biden has said he expects to see a “thaw” in US relations with Beijing, even as he concluded a G7 summit in Japan that made a concerted effort to counter military and economic security threats from China.

The US president said in a news conference at the end of the three-day summit that talks between the two countries had shut down after a “silly balloon” carrying spying equipment flew over North America in February, before being shot down by the US military.

Yes, the fact that the US and China are now talking is technically an improvement, but that’s not saying much. The “silly balloon” remark comes off as Biden trying to minimize and shift blame for the US hysterical reaction ont China, which is not going to improve matters. And the G-7 was insultingly acting as if it was the upholder of territorial integrity as the US is persistently promoting and funding separatism in Taiwan.

Confirm the notion that any improvement is marginal, the May 12 (as in pre G-7) press conference by China’s Foreign Ministry Spokesperson Wang Wenbin had Agence France-Press quizzing why an 8 hour meeting between CPC Central Committee and Director of the Office for Foreign Affairs Wang Yi and Jake Sullivan produced short readouts. The answer was terse and contained a nugget: “The two sides held candid, in-depth, substantive and constructive discussions on ways to …stabilize the relationship from deterioration.” That points to extremely low expectations on the China side.

The interview also included a detailed complaint about The PRC Is Not a Developing Country Act, passed by the US House, which instructs the Department of State to press the WTO and other international organizations to revoke China’s developing nation status. Wenbin cited key metrics by which China is still a developing nation and argued the US had no authority to seek changes like this.

But the answers were measured until one reporter asked about the expectation that the G-7, as indeed happened, would accuse China of engaging in economic coercion. From the official translation:

If any country should be criticized for economic coercion, it should be the United States. The US has been overstretching the concept of national security, abusing export control and taking discriminatory and unfair measures against foreign companies. This seriously violates the principles of market economy and fair competition.

According to media reports, US government sanctions designations soared by 933% between 2000 and 2021. The Trump administration alone imposed more than 3,900 sanctions, or three per day on average within four years. More than 9,400 sanctions designations had come into effect in the US by fiscal year 2021. The US has slapped unilateral economic sanctions on nearly 40 countries, affecting nearly half of the world’s population.

Not even G7 members have been spared from US economic coercion and bullying. Companies such as Toshiba from Japan, Siemens from Germany and Alstom from France, were all victims of US suppression. If the G7 Summit is to discuss response to economic coercion, perhaps it should first discuss what the US has done. As the G7 host, would Japan express some of those concerns to the US on behalf of the rest of the group who have been bullied by the US? Or at least speak a few words of the truth?

Instead of a perpetrator, China is a victim of US economic coercion. We have been firmly opposed to economic coercion by any country in the world and urge the G7 to embrace the trend of openness and inclusiveness in the world, stop forming exclusive blocs and not become complicit in any economic coercion.

Due to the length of this post, I’ll spare you more Chinese reactions, but the English language government house organ Global Times lays it on thick in G7 has descended into an ‘anti-China workshop’ and Manipulative G7 slammed for exclusiveness, against trend.

Bloomberg shows how this G-7 was less than a rousing success:

Screen Shot 2023 05 21 at 6.27.38 PM
Screen Shot 2023 05 21 at 6.27.38 PM

 

This sort of thing would normally be merely cringe-making, like catching a performance in Britain’s Got Talent where the performer energetically delivered a lousy act, and lacked the self-awareness to know how bad it was. But the stakes are high and we will have to live with the consequences.

Hero cat saves sleeping Florida family from fire

Thank you for your service Gizmo. “When a man loves cats, I am his friend and comrade, without further introduction.” -Mark Twain.

I received VERY Disturbing information last night . . .

Looks like we have an actual WW3 Date.

My wife and son made their way up here to our home in Pennsylvania yesterday; they arrived around 6:00 PM. They brought with them Postal Mail from the P.O. Box and in that was discreetly-packaged, NATO-related information about the ongoing Russia-Ukraine thing.  I read it.  I am absorbing it.

I will do a story on this later.  It will be detailed.

We’ll be doing the Memorial Day weekend Barbecue thing, but there’s a lot of real work to get done.

We are installing a 100 amp electrical sub-panel for the Kitchen.   Whoever wired the house originally, used ONE (1) 20 amp circuit breaker . . . . for the ENTIRE kitchen.   Everything!   Refrigerator, dishwasher, oven, Microwave, Lights . . . and all outlets.

If you use the toaster when the microwave is on, as the refrigerator kicks-in, POP goes the circuit.  Dishwasher with microwave and try to brew coffee?  POP.  It’s crazy.

So we bought a GE Sub-panel, 3 awg wire, a 100 amp square-D sub panel feed breaker, and will now re-wire the ENTIRE kitchen so that each duplex outlet has its own circuit breaker, the refrigerator will have its own, same with microwave, same with dishwasher, etc.

11:00 AM, the satellite company arrived to re-aim my two satellite uplinks which are fail-overs for the radio show.   So THAT is the final work that had to be done as a result of the new roof going on earlier this week.

Everything is coming along !

Most Propaganda Looks Nothing Like This

Caitlin Johnstone

When most people in the English-speaking world hear the word “propaganda”, they tend to think of something that’s done by foreign nations who have governments that are so totalitarian they won’t even let people know what’s true or think for themselves.

Others understand that propaganda is something that happens in their own nation, but think it only happens to other people in other political parties. If they think of themselves as left-leaning they see those to their right as propagandized by right wing media, and if they think of themselves as right-leaning they see those to their left as propagandized by left wing media.

A few understand that propaganda is administered in their own nation by their own media, and understand that it’s administered across partisan lines, but they think of it in terms of really egregious lies like weapons of mass destruction in Iraq or babies being taken from incubators in Kuwait.

In reality, all are inaccurate understandings of what propaganda is and how it works in western society. Propaganda is administered in western nations, by western nations, across the political spectrum — and the really blatant and well-known examples of its existence make up only a small sliver of the propaganda that our civilization is continuously marinating in.

The most common articles of propaganda — and by far the most consequential — are not the glaring, memorable instances that live in infamy among the critically minded. They’re the mundane messages, distortions and lies-by-omission that people are fed day in and day out to normalize the status quo and lay the foundation for more propaganda to be administered in the future.

One of the forms this takes is the way the western political/media class manipulates the Overton window of acceptable political opinion.

Have you ever noticed how when you look at any mainstream newspaper, broadcast or news website, you never see views from those who oppose the existence of the US-centralized empire? Or those who want to close all foreign US military bases? Or those who want to dismantle capitalism? Or those who want a thorough rollback of the creeping authoritarianism our civilization is being subjected to? You might see some quibbling about different aspects of the empire, some debate over whether we should de-escalate against Russia so we can better escalate against China, but you won’t ever see anyone calling for the complete end of the empire and its abuses altogether.

That’s propaganda. It’s propaganda in multiple ways: it excludes voices that are critical of the established status quo from being heard and influencing people, it amplifies voices (many of whom have packing foam for brains) which support the status quo, and, most importantly, it creates the illusion that the range of political opinions presented are the only reasonable political opinions to have.

The creation of that illusion is propaganda. It’s not something solid that you can point to easily because it’s comprised of an omission of something rather than a concrete thing, but it warps people’s perspectives in ways that have immensely far-reaching consequences. It’s something that doesn’t stand out too sharply against the background, but because people are exposed to it continuously day in and day out, it plays a huge role in shaping their worldview.

Another related method of manipulation is agenda-setting — the way the press shapes public thinking by emphasising some subjects and not others. In placing importance on some matters over others simply by giving disproportionate coverage to them, the mass media (who are propagandists first and news reporters second) give the false impression that those topics are more important and the de-emphasised subjects are less so. As political scientist Bernard Cohen famously observed way back in 1963, the press “may not be successful much of the time in telling people what to think, but it is stunningly successful in telling its readers what to think about. The world will look different to different people depending on the map that is drawn for them by writers, editors, and publishers of the paper they read.”

Ever noticed how the fact that our governments are increasingly tempting nuclear war seems like it ought to be a front-page story pretty much every day of the week, but instead the news is full of stuff like the US presidential race and people arguing over what products Target should sell during Pride Month? That’s agenda-setting.

The press could easily have spent the entire Trump administration screaming about the dangerous aggressions Trump was advancing against Russia instead of calling him a Putin puppet, and mainstream liberals would have fixated on Trump’s warmongering insanity instead of calling him Putin’s cock holster. But that wouldn’t have served the interests of the empire, which had been planning to ramp up aggressions against Russia for years. They set the agenda, and the public fell in line.

Another of the mundane, almost-invisible ways the public is propagandized from day to day is described in a recent video by Second Thought titled “You’re Not Immune To Propaganda“. We’re continually fed messages by the capitalist machine that we must work hard for employers and accept whatever standards and compensation they see fit to offer, and if we have difficulty thriving in this unjust system the fault lies with us and not with the system. Poor? That’s your fault. Miserable? Your fault. Unemployed? Your fault. Overworked? Your fault.

The continual message we’re fed every day is that there’s nothing to rebel against and nothing to oppose, because any problems we’re perceiving are our own fault and not the fault of an abusive, exploitative system which is built to extract profit from the working class and the ecosystem at the expense of both. The system cannot be a failure, it can only be failed.

Then there’s the ideological herding funnel we discussed recently, which herds the population into two mainstream factions of equal size which both prevent all meaningful change and serve the interests of the powerful. Anyone who can’t be herded into either of these mainstream factions is instead herded into fake “populist” factions, which eventually corral them back into the mainstream factions. Those few politically engaged people who can’t be herded toward any of these groups are so small in number that they can simply be marginalized and denied any sizeable platform from which to spread their ideas, and “democracy” does the rest because the majority are supporting the status quo.

Maybe the most consequential of all the mundane, routine ways we’re propagandized is the way the mass media manufacture the illusion of normality in a dystopia so disturbing that we would all scream our lungs out if we could see it with fresh eyes. The way pundits, politicians and reporters will talk about the Biden administration surrounding China with war machinery without also talking about how freakish and horrifying it is that we’re looking at rapidly escalating brinkmanship between nuclear-armed countries. The way American cities are full of homeless people and it’s just treated as a normal and acceptable thing to simply let them stay homeless and push them out of wherever they try to be. The way nothing ever changes no matter who we vote for but we’re still herded into the voting booths and told to vote better.

As a character in the movie Waking Life puts it, “We all know the function of the media has never been to eliminate the evils of the world, no! Their job is to persuade us to accept those evils and get used to living with them. The powers that be want us to be passive observers. And they haven’t given us any other options outside the occasional purely symbolic act of voting — do you want the puppet on the right or the puppet on the left?”

They don’t just tell us what to believe about the world, they tell us what to believe about ourselves. They give us the frameworks upon which we cast our ambitions and evaluate our success, and we build psychological identities out of those constructs. I am a businessman. I am unemployed. My life is about making money. My life is about disappointing people. I am a success. I am a failure. They invent the test of our adequacy, and they invent the system by which we are graded on that test.

Over and over and over again, day after day, we are fed seemingly small messages which add up over time. Messages like,

  • The world works more or less the way we were taught in school.
  • The media have some problems but basically tell the truth.
  • The status quo is working basically fine.
  • Democracy is real and voting is effective.
  • This is the only way things can be.
  • Our government might have its problems, but it’s basically good.
  • You can earn your way into happiness by working harder.
  • You can consume your way into happiness with more spending.
  • If you think the system is dysfunctional, you’re the dysfunctional one.
  • Those who oppose the status quo are weird and untrustworthy.
  • Things might get better after the next election cycle.
  • Any attempt to change things is a silly waste of time.

By feeding us all these simple, foundational lies day after day, year after year from the time we are very young, they lay the groundwork for the more complex, specific lies we’ll be told later on. Lies like “Russia/China/Iran/etc is a real problem and its government needs to be stopped,” or “People are struggling financially right now, but it’s just because times are hard and it can’t be helped.”

All the mundane lies serve as a primer for the lies we’ll be told later, because once our worldview has been shaped by them, our basic human cognitive biases and predisposition to reject information which conflicts with our worldview will ensure that we’ll take on board the information which confirms our biases and reject any evidence against it. They construct our worldviews for us, then let our normal cognitive defense systems protect it.

Their messages don’t even need to be well-evidenced or well-argued, they only need to be repeated frequently due to a glitch in human cognition known as the illusory truth effect which causes us to mistake the feeling of having heard something before with the feeling of something being true.

Add to all this the recent development of things like Silicon Valley algorithm manipulation and the deck becomes stacked against truth even further, because someone’s odds of stumbling across information which conflicts with the propaganda they’ve been fed goes dramatically down. Even if they’re actively searching for information which conflicts the mainstream worldview, algorithms by Google and Google-owned YouTube often make it almost impossible to find.

So that’s what we’re up against. There’s a failure to appreciate just how pervasive and powerful the empire’s propaganda machine is, even among those who are very critical of empire, because propaganda in our society is like water for fish — we’re swimming in it constantly, so we don’t see it. You have to step way, way back and begin examining our situation from its most basic foundations to get any perspective on how all-encompassing it really is.

Finding your way out of the propaganda matrix takes a lot of diligent work, tons of curiosity, the humility to admit you’ve been completely wrong about everything, and more than a little plain dumb luck. But if you keep hacking away at it eventually you get there, and then you can help others get there too. It’s a hard slog, but if our chains are psychological that means they’re ultimately only made of dream stuff. All that needs to happen is for enough of us to wake up.

Cajun Chicken and Dumplings

Yield: 6 servings

2023 05 28 11 39
2023 05 28 11 39

Ingredients

Chicken

  • 1 large chicken
  • 2 quarts salted water
  • 1/4 cup butter
  • 1/2 cup sliced mushrooms
  • 1/2 cup chopped celery
  • 1/2 cup chopped green bell pepper
  • 1 pimento, chopped
  • 1/4 cup chopped onion
  • 1 quart milk
  • 2 hard-cooked eggs, chopped
  • 1 tablespoon Worcestershire sauce
  • 1 teaspoon vinegar
  • 1/2 teaspoon cayenne pepper
  • 1/8 teaspoon white pepper
  • 1/8 teaspoon black pepper

Dumplings

  • 2 cups all-purpose flour
  • 1 teaspoon salt
  • 1 teaspoon garlic salt
  • 1 teaspoon ground white pepper
  • 1 teaspoon ground black pepper
  • 1/4 teaspoon cayenne pepper
  • 1/4 teaspoon garlic powder
  • 1/4 teaspoon thyme
  • 1/4 teaspoon oregano
  • 1 teaspoon baking powder
  • 1 slightly beaten egg
  • 1/4 cup (1/2 stick) softened butter
  • 1 teaspoon olive oil
  • 1/2 cup milk

Instructions

Dumplings

  1. In medium bowl, place flour, salt, garlic salt and ground white and black peppers.
  2. Add cayenne pepper, garlic powder, thyme, oregano and baking powder.
  3. Stir in egg, butter and olive oil.
  4. Gradually stir in milk. Knead dough until soft and smooth; divide into 5 small balls. Roll each ball on floured board until paper thin; cut into strips 1 1/2 inches wide and 3 inches long. Lay strips on wax paper for about 15 minutes before adding to broth.

Chicken

  1. In large saucepan, place chicken and water over medium heat. Simmer about 45 minutes or until fork tender.
  2. Remove chicken, reserving broth. Chop chicken in large pieces, discarding skin and bones; set aside.
  3. In medium fry pan, place butter over low heat.
  4. Add mushrooms, celery, bell pepper, pimento and onion; sauté about 2 minutes.
  5. To broth in saucepan, add milk, hard-cooked eggs, Worcestershire sauce, vinegar, cayenne and white and black peppers.
  6. Stir in sautéed vegetables; heat to boil, reduce heat to simmer and add alternating layers of chicken and dumplings, pushing each layer down into broth. Simmer about 15 minutes or until dumplings are tender.
  7. Serve chicken, dumplings and broth in individual bowls.

Taliban Moves Heavy Armor, Troops, to Iran Border

The Afghanistan Taliban is moving troops, and heavy weaponry to the border with Iran and warns it can capture Tehran within days, if Iran does not stop the provocations.

Oh, and all that heavy weaponry and armor. . . . was the stuff “left” there when the US departed Afghanistan.    HMMMMMMM.

Border Clashes broke out between Iranian Border Guards and the Taliban Afghan Army earlier today, with Major Artillery Exchanges occurring and additional Equipment reported to be en-Route towards the Border Region.

So far 2 Iranian Border Guards are said to have been Killed.

According to Local Sources the Iranian Air Force has been placed on High-Alert with preparations being made if the Situation Escalates.

(HT REMARK: Now we finally see why Biden left Afghanistan and also left behind billions of dollars of equipment to the Taliban.)

During today’s clashes, Iranian forces used 60mm mortars to intercept Taliban attacks.

Taliban and Iran border clashes have moved and are now taking place at the Nimruz border checkpoint.

Heavy Fighting is continuing to take place along the Border, with reports from earlier today stating that Taliban Forces utilizing American Towed-Artillery and other Equipment had Captured a Iranian Border Security Post near the City of Zabol.

Cat saves man’s life after fall

Hearing an 80 year old man say “he’s my hero” about a kitten is probably the most wholesome thing I’ll ever see before I die.

The cat dragged the cell phone to the trapped man!

Vintage thoughts on things and stuff

Today is the middle of the “May Day” holiday in China. And as such, I have been very busy taking care of my family and spending some time together. As such, I have grabbed some trivial moments and threw this post together.

Please enjoy.

PRC considers most Taiwanese to be citizens of the People’s Republic of China. You can get a Taiwan Compatriots Pass from the PRC and that serves as your identity card for most things.

I’ve been told that it is not difficult for a person from Taiwan to get Mainland hukou and full Mainland identity cards and passport. The trouble here is not Mainland China but Taiwan. If the Taiwanese authorities find out that you have a PRC passport and PRC hukou, they will classify you as a Mainlander and cancel all of your Taiwanese passports, identity cards, etc. etc and revoke your right to travel to Taiwan.

American “Leadership”

[1] Note cards with photo of the journalist, of [2] the exact questions she would ask, and [3] of the answer to tell her.

This is no longer a press conference. It’s a scripted movie set.

This is America.

Hank Paulson says the U.S.-China relationship is ‘on the brink’ and calls it a ‘dangerous situation’

Prarthana Prakash
April 15, 2023

The U.S. and China’s feud shows no signs of abating. It’s starting to worry international organizations such as the World Bank, which recently predicted that the rift between the two superpowers could hurt the growth of other economies.

Now, former Treasury Secretary Henry “Hank” Paulson is echoing similar concerns about intensifying geopolitical tensions.

“The U.S.-China relationship is on the brink. Communications have ground to a halt,” Paulson said in an interview with the Financial Times published Friday. “There’s a lot going on in the world that’s troubling, but to me it’s the U.S.-China relationship that is the most worrying.”

The two countries have gone head-to-head in trade, foreign policy, and the race for technology in recent years. While tariffs and trade restrictions are already in place, a complete “decoupling” scenario, where the economies work separately from each other, could have a significant impact. China is still among the U.S.’s top trading partners and the world’s second largest economy.

The economic importance of the two nations raises the stakes of them clashing, and Paulson thinks America may be underestimating what China can do.

“This is a dangerous situation,” he said. “I strongly believe that [President Joe] Biden would like to stabilize the China relationship, but both Republicans and Democrats in Congress have staked out a very strong line which complicates things for Biden. I have a concern that Congress is underestimating the relative power of China, the permanence of China, and China’s relationship with so many other countries.”

According to Paulson, China is boosting its presence around the world, and putting out a clear message that “China is open for business again.” So, if the U.S. responds with further curbs on trade and investment, even as other nations deepen ties with Beijing, the U.S. could become more isolated.

The rest HERE

Trade between BRICS nations hits record levels

Meanwhile in the United States

Way to make someone hate not just you, but your entire church.

2023 04 30 08 12
2023 04 30 08 12

The US is PANICKING: Over the Rise of a Multipolar World!

American manners today

Sheech!

2023 04 30 08 13
2023 04 30 08 13

Zelensky’s top adviser issues threat to China

Mikhail Podoliak claims that Beijing will suffer a loss in status if it maintains its friendship with Russia
.
2023 04 30 06 35
2023 04 30 06 35

Ukrainian President Vladimir Zelensky’s most prominent adviser, Mikhail Podoliak, has claimed that China must follow the West’s position on Ukraine or it will find its standing in the world diminished and its economic power weakened.

However, Beijing has given no indication that it intends to take his advice.

“Now China has to make a choice,” Podoliak told Ukraine’s Rada TV on Friday. “Either it works within the framework defined by international law, and then replaces Russia in the full sense of the word, or China continues to stand aside and then it will gradually lose its influence, including economic influence.”

Podoliak’s statement came two days after Zelensky and Chinese President Xi Jinping spoke by phone, in their first known conversation since Russia’s military offensive began last February. According to the Chinese side, Xi stressed that Beijing’s “core position” on the conflict is that “dialogue and negotiations are the only viable way out.”

The US has repeatedly called on China to condemn Russia over the conflict, which Beijing has refused to do. Instead, the two governments have deepened their diplomatic and trade links, and officials from both countries have repeatedly condemned the US for attempting to impose what it calls a “rules-based international order” upon the world through military force and sanctions.

China and Russia have instead called for the construction of a multipolar system based on the rule of international law and respect for the UN charter. “Right now there are changes – the likes of which we haven’t seen for 100 years – and we are the ones driving these changes together,” Xi told Russian President Vladimir Putin in Moscow last month.

Podoliak has attempted to drive a wedge between Moscow and Beijing before. Late last month he asked the Italian Corriere della Sera newspaper why China would “help Russia, which is experiencing the collapse of its civilization?”

“It would be an irreversible investment, and China is too pragmatic to make such mistakes,” he added.

However, even if China were to break from Russia, it would still face a United States hostile to its interests. The Pentagon’s most recent National Defense Strategy lists countering the supposed “threat posed by China” as its number one priority, while Washington has blocked the sale of some semiconductor manufacturing hardware to China and rallied its Asian allies to shut Beijing out of this vital industrial sector.

Meanwhile, US President Joe Biden has said on several occasions that he would use the US military to defend Taiwan – which China considers its territory – from a potential Chinese invasion.

$1000 tip

2023 04 30 08 14
2023 04 30 08 14

Beef Taco Bake

2023 04 18 15 21
2023 04 18 15 21

Ingredients

  • 1 pound ground beef
  • 1 can condensed tomato soup
  • 1 cup salsa
  • 1/2 cup milk
  • 6 flour or 8 corn tortillas, (6 to 8 inches), cut into 1-inch pieces
  • 1 cup shredded Cheddar cheese

Instructions

  1. In skillet over medium-high heat, cook beef until browned, stirring to separate meat. Pour off fat.
  2. Add soup, salsa, milk, tortillas and half the cheese.
  3. Spoon into 2-quart shallow baking dish. Cover.
  4. Bake at 400 degrees F for 30 minutes or until hot.
  5. Sprinkle with remaining cheese.

Yield: 4 servings

United States is really insane right now…

Hmm, 50 year old guy going to personal attacks and commenting on a 15 year old girls body. Disturbing on so many levels.

2023 04 30 08 15
2023 04 30 08 15

Yuan power: China’s push to challenge the US dollar gathers steam

Singapore: First, there was oil in Saudi Arabia, then there was nuclear power in Bangladesh and, finally, there were railways in Pakistan. China is taking multibillion-dollar transactions away from the international currency that has underpinned them for generations, the US dollar, and pushing them into the yuan…

Article HERE

If you are not making the world a better place, then you are subtracting from it.

2023 04 30 08 18
2023 04 30 08 18

With busy diplomacy, China has no time to receive insincere people — Global Times

Recently, there have been frequent complaints from Washington about China’s “neglect” of the US and a “lack of interest” in engaging with them. One is that China has refused to reschedule US Secretary of State Antony Blinken’s visit to China, and another is that the Chinese Ministry of Defense has declined request for call from the US Department of Defense, and the defense ministers of China and the US have not spoken for nearly five months.

main qimg 5b47ee528c7c1bc8fbeaf4e92f5dc2e9
main qimg 5b47ee528c7c1bc8fbeaf4e92f5dc2e9

At the G7 Foreign Ministers’ Meeting in Japan, Blinken called out to China on Tuesday, stating that China must make clear its intentions to keep engaging with the US and that “countries around the world expect us to manage the relationship with China responsibly.” The day before, an undersecretary of US Department of Defense even speculated that China “refuses to talk during crises in bid to spook US into fleeing” from the Western Pacific. To borrow a term used by Chinese netizens, doesn’t the US have any sense of self-awareness?

Blinken’s planned visit to China in February was unilaterally postponed by the US due to the sudden hype around the “balloon incident” before his departure. This to some extent, it has reflected the US’ reckless and irresponsible attitude towards Blinken’s visit to China. It refused to come then, but now insists on coming. How can everything be up to the US, and everyone else has to cooperate with it? China is a big country and will not indulge such problem. China’s diplomacy is very busy and cannot adjust at any time according to the US’ schedule, especially no time to receive insincere or even people with malicious intentions.

As for the reason why the defense ministers of China and the US have not spoken on the phone, the US side knows well. Putting aside other issues, the US has not yet lifted the illegal sanctions on China’s new Defense Minister Li Shangfu, which has created a lack of basic atmosphere for military dialogue between China and the US. If the US truly wants to maintain contact and communication with China, then they should not act in this way. The Americans have also seen that in the past month, many leaders of countries, including US allies, and heads of international organizations have visited China, achieving very good communication results. So why is there a problem when it comes to the US?

A common saying in Chinese diplomacy is “listen to their words and observe their actions,” but with today’s US, “listen to their words” is a waste of time because the US has played the game of saying one thing and doing another to the extreme, and its “words” have lost credibility in China and the international community. According to reports from US media, Washington is about to implement “unprecedented rules” limiting American investment in China, and US’ interference in the Taiwan question is getting worse. The US’ comprehensive containment and suppression of China has not shown any signs of easing.

The feeling of Chinese people is that the various actions taken by the US are almost the opposite of its promises to China. How can we believe it? Dialogue and engagement can boost cooperation, add value to bilateral relations for one thing, or to prevent crises and conflicts to minimize the damage to the relationship for another. But what Washington wants is neither the first nor the second, it wants the political gains that come with “engaging with China” posture. This fully explains why the US has been shouting about “setting up guardrails” in recent years, while the pit in China-US relations is getting deeper and deeper due to Washington’s actions.

China has always approached and developed China-US relations with great goodwill and patience, which is China’s sense of responsibility as a major country. But Washington should not have any illusions, it can never speak to China while riding on its head. China supports communication and exchange based on mutual respect, committed to peaceful coexistence, win-win cooperation, in order to promoting the improvement of China-US relations. However, the “engagement with China” emphasized by the US is often just a show, to appease its allies and other countries concerned about the deterioration of China-US relations and also to shift the blame onto China. Additionally, Washington attempts to impose pressure on China with the so-called engagement. Almost every time its high-ranking officials come, they bring a long list of so-called demands.

While the US continues to take hostile actions towards China, it also wants to use “engagement” to stabilize China and control risks while taking advantage of the opportunity to pressure and unilaterally demand from China, with even the idea that “communication” is all for “convenience for me to better attack you.” Can’t China just don’t deal with the US, which is so calculative? With such insincerity and even malice from the US, why should we cooperate with Washington politicians’ performances?

In conclusion, temporarily cold-shouldering Washington is not a bad idea. China’s door is always open, and when the US shows sincerity and take practical actions, communication and exchange between China and the US in various fields will come naturally, which is also what the international community expects to see.

The West can no longer loot the world without boomerang responses.

The United States recently confiscated a cargo of Iranian crude oil from a tanker at sea, according to a maritime security company, indicating that the seizure pre-dated Iran’s move to seize Chevron’s cargo of crude oil on Thursday off the coast of Oman.

On Thursday, a Marshall Islands-flagged tanker carrying crude oil destined for Chevron was seized by the Iranian Navy, according to the U.S. Navy. According to Tehran, the tanker had been involved in a collision with an Iranian vessel in the Gulf of Oman, resulting in Iranian crewmember injuries, with several missing. Iran also said that the tanker ignored eight hours’ worth of radio calls following the collision.

Article HERE

7 Culture Shocks I had in China

No debate is necessary. A war with China is already determined.

FOREIGN MINISTRY: “U.S. DIRECTLY KILLING RUSSIANS”

World Hal Turner 29 April 2023

The US is directly contributing to the deaths of Russians by providing military and financial aid to Ukraine, Russian Foreign Ministry spokeswoman Maria Zakharova charged on Friday.

She was reacting to a Kommersant interview with Lynne Tracy, the US ambassador to Moscow, who stated that Washington “does not view Russians as enemies.”

“The Russian people are getting killed with targeting done by the US, money [provided] by the US, weapons [supplied] by the US, and by the hands of a regime that was brought to power by the US as a result of a coup orchestrated by the US,” Zakharova wrote on Telegram, referring to the Western-backed 2014 uprising in Kiev that ousted the democratically elected president, Viktor Yanukovich.

In an interview published in Russian newspaper Kommersant on Thursday, Tracy said she supports informal contacts between Americans and Russians, and that the US “does not want to ‘cancel’ the Russian people in any way.”

“No matter what differences we, the United States, have with the Russian government, they are not differences with the people of Russia,” she said.

The Foreign Ministry later issued a statement criticizing the ambassador’s interview, in which it accused Tracy of cherry-picking and fabricating facts about Ukraine’s recent history. The US diplomat claimed that “a situation in which a leader who lost support and got scared of his own people takes a decision to flee” could not be called a coup.

“Madam Ambassador probably does not know, and was not informed by her aides, that this simple puzzle… lacks the truth and correct sequence of events,” the ministry said.

The statement went on to explain that the protests in Kiev were infiltrated by violent extremists supported by US officials, and ended with a power-sharing agreement that the opposition forces immediately broke. Tracy’s failure to acknowledge the nature of the events in Kiev can be explained by either amnesia or ignorance, while her description has nothing to do with reality, the Russian ministry added. The statement included a screenshot of the interview with a large red ‘FAKE’ stamp on it.

Washington imposed sweeping sanctions on Moscow shortly after Russia launched its military operation in Ukraine in February 2022. The US and many other NATO countries have since supplied Kiev with heavy weapons, including tanks and artillery systems, and shared intelligence with Ukraine. The State Department said in January that it was up to Kiev to determine how to use foreign arms.

Russia has warned that the military aid makes the US and NATO de facto direct participants in the conflict. Moscow also repeatedly accused Ukraine of using US-made weapons, such as HIMARS multiple rocket launchers and M777 howitzers, to kill civilians.

On April 13, Ukrainian troops used HIMARS launchers to shell a hospital in the Donbass city of Svatovo, local officials said. On Thursday, several areas in the Donetsk People’s Republic were hit with rockets and artillery rounds, leaving one woman dead and eight people, including four children, injured, according to the authorities.

Reality

2023 04 21 06 48
2023 04 21 06 48

All Eyes on east Asia: China-Taiwan Flare-up – Japan WARNED by China

World Hal Turner 28 April 2023

Chinese Ambassador to Japan, Wu Jiangao, warned Japanese leaders that their planned visit to Taiwan was equated with crossing the “red line.”

“Foreign forces are conspiring with Taiwan’s independence forces and carrying out constant provocations,” the ambassador told reporters in Tokyo on Friday, saying their ultimate goal was “separation of Taiwan from China.” He added that inciting “the split in China will bring the Japanese people into the fire”.

Japanese officials have said that any contingency in Taiwan will be tantamount to an unpredictable situation in Japan.

In recent years, Beijing has pursued a policy of diplomatic isolation of Taiwan, forcing other countries to recognize it as part of a “single China” and repeatedly threatened to invade.

OotkfucQ
OotkfucQ

The day after Emmanuel Macron’s visit, China began large-scale military exercises around Taiwan working out a rocket attack and the surroundings of the island. Training became answer on Taiwan’s President Cai Ying Wen’s 10-day diplomatic tour of Central America and a meeting with US government officials in California. In particular, she met with Kevin McCarthy, Speaker of the House of Representatives of the US Congress from Republicans.

The day after China imitated “high-precision strikes” on Taiwan, Foreign Minister Joseph Wu said Beijing can prepare for the invasion of the island.

Later reported, that this year’s annual Taiwanese military exercises “Han Kuan” will focus on fighting the blockade of the island against the background of China’s statements.

China again moved military forces near Taiwan today.

China’s largest combat drone, the TB-001 drone (an entire ship) nicknamed the “twin-tailed scorpion”, arrived late Thursday and remained on Friday around Taiwan:

8veyeAjv
8veyeAjv

Also on Friday, China flew 38 warplanes near Taiwan, and deployed another 6 navy vessels in area.

In addition, a Chinese uncrewed combat aircraft (Drone) has flown around Taiwan, the island’s defense ministry said, showcasing Beijing’s ability to attack its fall-back east coast bases, as a U.S. maritime patrol aircraft transited the Taiwan Strait. Here is a photo of that combat drone:

China also had words for the United States.

“We strongly urge the US side to fully recognize the high sensitivity of the Taiwan question as well as the complexity and severity of the current situation across the Taiwan Strait,” said Senior Colonel Tan Kefei, spokesperson for China’s Ministry of National Defense, at a regular press conference.

When asked to comment on the reports that a group of US defense companies will visit Taiwan to discuss issues such as the joint production of drones and ammunition in early May, Defense Spokesperson Tan said that the Taiwan question is purely China’s internal affair and brooks no foreign interference.

jTsBuZVe
jTsBuZVe

“These American military-industrial complexes have always been zealous to peddle munitions, trigger conflicts and chaos, and reap staggering profits around the world,” he point out sharply, adding that the Democratic Progressive Party’s act is rather contemptible, like putting the cat near the goldfish bowl, which will only bring untold disaster to the Taiwan compatriots.

Then the spokesperson reiterated that no one or any force can shake Chinese people’s staunch determination and firm will to defend national sovereignty and territorial integrity, and urged the US side to adhere to the one-China principle and the provisions of the three China-US joint communiqués, prudently handle Taiwan-related issues, refrain from interfering in the Taiwan question, cease arms sales to the Taiwan region as well as its military contact with the island.

Soooooooo, what did the US Congress go ahead an do today? Well . . .

The House committee dedicated to countering China began preparing bipartisan proposals for the fiscal 2024 defense authorization bill that would accelerate U.S. munitions production and arms transfers to Taiwan.

Naval Forces Readying for China Taiwan
Naval Forces Readying for China Taiwan

In the meantime, here is an up-to-date graphic showi9ng the very considerable firepower which is around Taiwan as of yesterday:

It is entirely plausible that China may decide it is better to grab Taiwan NOW, before more US assets reach the region and BEFORE US arms manufacturers can fill new weapons orders. What the US is doing, and pledging, to Taiwan’s “defense” may actually TRIGGER a Chinese invasion of Taiwan!

Top 7 things I wish I knew before I moved to China

Why Did Judas Betray Jesus?

According to the Bible, Judas Iscariot was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples and the one who ultimately betrayed him. The exact reason for Judas’ betrayal is not entirely clear, and scholars have offered various interpretations based on the available evidence.

header essay ngi final 14702
header essay ngi final 14702

One interpretation is that Judas betrayed Jesus for financial gain. According to the Gospel of Matthew, Judas accepted thirty pieces of silver from the chief priests in exchange for leading them to Jesus. This has led some scholars to suggest that Judas may have been motivated by greed or a desire for material wealth.

Another interpretation is that Judas was disillusioned with Jesus’ message and mission. Some scholars believe that Judas may have expected Jesus to lead a military rebellion against the Roman authorities, but instead saw Jesus’ message of love and forgiveness as weak and ineffective. This interpretation suggests that Judas may have betrayed Jesus out of a sense of disappointment or frustration.

Ultimately, the exact reason for Judas’ betrayal remains a matter of debate among scholars and theologians. Regardless of the reason, Judas’ betrayal ultimately led to Jesus’ arrest, trial, and crucifixion, which Christians believe were necessary for the salvation of humanity.

Recently Tung Signa technology in Shanghai has two domestic lithography machines stationed in the production line independently developed by Shanghai microelectronics

This represents a major advancement in domestic lithography machines highlighting that domestic lithography machines have rapidly replaced imported lithography machines

In the future the production capacity of 20 000 pieces of full process gold bumps per month can be realized

The introduction of the first domestically produced lithography machine this time is great news for China.

Shanghai microelectronics is the largest lithography machine company in China it has already mass-produced 90 nanometer lithography machines and is currently accelerating the promotion of 28 nanometer and 14 nanometer lithography machines

The lithography machine delivered this time is a packaging and testing lithography machine but this also represents a major progress in China’s lithography machine which means that the domestic 14 nanometers lithography machine will soon be mass produced

After the packaging and testing lithography machine is delivered it is expected to complete the debugging in May and complete the test and mass production next month.

It is expected that the production of twenty thousand chips per month will be completed by next year.

The first lithography machine of Shanghai microelectronics 20-year research was successfully delivered with move-in-ceremony held. This was the proud moment for China and its people.

The icing on the cake is the price of these lithography machines which is only one-seventh of the price of ASML equivalent lithography machines which shows the ultra low cost advantage of domestic lithography machines such a low-cost Advantage will help greatly reduce the cost of Chinese Chips.

lithography machines are not the only ones for making chips in addition to being divided into EUV, DUV and UV, according to the advanced level of the light source they can also be divided into front-end lithography machines for chip manufacturing and back-end lithography machines for packaging and testing.

This time the company introduced a gold bump packaging and testing lithography machine which belongs to the back-end lithography machine for packaging and testing in the field of packaging and testing lithography machines.

28 nanometers to 7 nanometers lithography machines are all immersion lithography Machine Technologies which means that China has successfully developed the 28 nanometers lithography machine to handle the key technology of immersion lithography machines.

Since the difficulty of developing 14 nanometers and 7 nanometers lithography machines has been greatly reduced, as a result ASML’s 1980 lithography machine will also lose its competitiveness.

If China successfully develops (front end) immersion lithography machine technology then ASML will lose a large chunk of market and may return to the days when it was lingering, so of course it is afraid.

This is the great news for China and a shocker for ASML who may want to change its attitude in the coming days.

Long live China – the counterweight to western world.

No One Is Coming to Save You

Every moment you spend hoping for someone else to save you is a moment wasted. You hold the key to your own freedom.

Freedom from ignorance, from suffering, from poverty, from illness, from anxiety, and from judgment. Freedom even from the constraints of your own mind. It’s up to you, and only you, to grant yourself this gift of liberation.

You must take ownership of every aspect of your life. The results you create, the challenges life throws at you, and the messes others may cause that you must clean up. You have to own it all.

It’s time to let go of the opinions of others, shed bad habits, stop overspending, underworking, overeating, underestimating, overvaluing, or any other harmful behavior that holds you back.

No one else can do it for you, not because you are alone or because the world is unkind, but because it is solely within your power. You are the only one who can dig deep into your soul and unleash every spark of life that resides within. It has to be you.

No one is coming to save you, and the truth is, no one needs to. When you save yourself, you’ll realize that you hold the key to your own liberation and empowerment. It’s time to take charge and be your own hero.

Vintage Cover Photos of The Popular Magazine in the 1920s

0 27
0 27

The Popular Magazine, a literary publication that ran for an impressive 612 issues from 1903 to 1931, was a staple in early American literature. With a diverse range of genres, the magazine featured everything from short fiction and novellas to serialized works and even complete short novels. Although the magazine covered various subjects, it had a tendency to lean towards men’s adventure stories, particularly in its later years as the demand for hardboiled fiction increased.

h/t: vintag.es

popular magazine covers 1920s 1
popular magazine covers 1920s 1

The Popular Magazine marketed itself as “a magazine for men and women who like to read about men,” and had its headquarters in New York City. It was published by Street & Smith and edited by Henry Harrison Lewis from 1903 to 1904, and Charles Agnew MacLean from 1904 to 1928. Each bi-monthly issue typically contained 194 to 224 pages. Sadly, The Popular Magazine’s journey came to an end in October 1931 when it was merged with another Street & Smith pulp, Complete Stories.

popular magazine covers 1920s 45
popular magazine covers 1920s 45
popular magazine covers 1920s 44
popular magazine covers 1920s 44
popular magazine covers 1920s 42
popular magazine covers 1920s 42
popular magazine covers 1920s 41
popular magazine covers 1920s 41
popular magazine covers 1920s 40
popular magazine covers 1920s 40
popular magazine covers 1920s 39
popular magazine covers 1920s 39
popular magazine covers 1920s 38
popular magazine covers 1920s 38
popular magazine covers 1920s 37
popular magazine covers 1920s 37
popular magazine covers 1920s 36
popular magazine covers 1920s 36
popular magazine covers 1920s 35
popular magazine covers 1920s 35
popular magazine covers 1920s 34
popular magazine covers 1920s 34
popular magazine covers 1920s 33
popular magazine covers 1920s 33
popular magazine covers 1920s 32
popular magazine covers 1920s 32
popular magazine covers 1920s 31
popular magazine covers 1920s 31
popular magazine covers 1920s 30
popular magazine covers 1920s 30
popular magazine covers 1920s 29
popular magazine covers 1920s 29
popular magazine covers 1920s 28
popular magazine covers 1920s 28
popular magazine covers 1920s 27
popular magazine covers 1920s 27
popular magazine covers 1920s 26
popular magazine covers 1920s 26
popular magazine covers 1920s 25
popular magazine covers 1920s 25
popular magazine covers 1920s 24
popular magazine covers 1920s 24
popular magazine covers 1920s 23
popular magazine covers 1920s 23
popular magazine covers 1920s 22
popular magazine covers 1920s 22
popular magazine covers 1920s 21
popular magazine covers 1920s 21
popular magazine covers 1920s 20
popular magazine covers 1920s 20
popular magazine covers 1920s 19
popular magazine covers 1920s 19
popular magazine covers 1920s 18
popular magazine covers 1920s 18
popular magazine covers 1920s 17
popular magazine covers 1920s 17
popular magazine covers 1920s 16
popular magazine covers 1920s 16
popular magazine covers 1920s 15
popular magazine covers 1920s 15
popular magazine covers 1920s 14
popular magazine covers 1920s 14
popular magazine covers 1920s 13
popular magazine covers 1920s 13
popular magazine covers 1920s 12
popular magazine covers 1920s 12
popular magazine covers 1920s 11
popular magazine covers 1920s 11
popular magazine covers 1920s 10
popular magazine covers 1920s 10
popular magazine covers 1920s 9
popular magazine covers 1920s 9
popular magazine covers 1920s 8
popular magazine covers 1920s 8
popular magazine covers 1920s 7
popular magazine covers 1920s 7
popular magazine covers 1920s 6
popular magazine covers 1920s 6
popular magazine covers 1920s 5
popular magazine covers 1920s 5
popular magazine covers 1920s 4
popular magazine covers 1920s 4
popular magazine covers 1920s 3
popular magazine covers 1920s 3
popular magazine covers 1920s 2
popular magazine covers 1920s 2

I went out with a Chinese man: You won’t believe what he made me eat!! *I cried*

I really like this gal. Attractive, great smiles, and so beautiful!

Burrito Supreme Casserole

2023 04 18 15 24
2023 04 18 15 24

Ingredients

  • 8 (8-inch) flour tortillas
  • 1 1/2 cups tomato juice
  • 1 envelope taco seasoning mix
  • 1 tablespoon vegetable oil
  • 1/2 pound ground beef
  • 1 (16 ounce) can refried beans
  • 3 cups shredded Cheddar cheese, divided
  • 1 small avocado
  • 1 tablespoon lemon juice
  • 1 1/2 cups shredded lettuce
  • 1 cup chopped tomato

Instructions

  1. Wrap tortillas securely in aluminum foil; bake at 350 degrees F for 15 minutes or until thoroughly heated.
  2. Combine tomato juice, seasoning mix and oil; stir well, and set aside.
  3. Cook ground beef in a large skillet until browned, stirring to crumble; drain.
  4. Stir in beans and 1/2 cup tomato juice mixture. Bring to a boil; cover, reduce heat, and simmer 5 minutes or until mixture is thoroughly heated, stirring occasionally.
  5. Remove from heat.
  6. Place 1/4 cup beef mixture and 2 1/2 tablespoons cheese down center of each tortilla. Roll up tortillas, and place seam side down in a lightly greased 13 x 9-inch baking dish.
  7. Pour remaining tomato juice mixture over casserole.
  8. Cover and bake at 350 degrees F for 30 to 35 minutes.
  9. Uncover and sprinkle with remaining cheese; bake an additional 5 minutes or until cheese melts.
  10. Peel and cube avocado; toss with lemon juice.
  11. Sprinkle avocado, lettuce and tomato over casserole.
  12. Serve immediately.

Yield: 4 servings

Yet not so science fiction implementation… in Wuhan, Hubei, China

main qimg 840fe8a11def211a71d009de6c11df03
main qimg 840fe8a11def211a71d009de6c11df03

Americans: China is so backward it’s still living in the dirt.

Also Americans: Tssk, Americans don’t need these lame monorail, we prefer our gas guzzling pickup trucks.

What JUST Leaked Out of Congress Is HORRIFYING!

How Do You Know If You’re In Love?

“You’ll just know.” This was my mother’s vague response when I asked her how to know if you’re in love with someone, and needless to say, I was less than enthused by her response. To be honest, it seemed like a cop-out. Why, I wondered, can’t anyone seem to accurately describe what being in love feels like? We’ve all heard rom-com movie characters talk about fireworks and pop stars sing about the all-consuming obsession that comes with a new romance, but is that really love? Or is it just infatuation? How can you tell whether you’re just experiencing fiery passion or you’ve truly fallen for someone?

As it turns out, there are ways to know you’re in love. And no, they have nothing to do with feeling butterflies in your stomach. In fact, research has revealed some common signs of being lovestruck. For example, people reported having new interests and personality traits after entering a loving relationship, according to one 1995 study. Another study revealed that falling in love can cause you to exhibit symptoms similar to those that come with anxiety, such as sweating more (woof, I know).

Of course, if you’re thinking and talking about the person nonstop, or you’re already envisioning a future with them, you may suspect you’re in love. Still, those signals don’t always indicate that it’s the real thing. After all, in the beginning, your excitement around this new relationship could cloud your ability to see whether there’s real potential for a long-term relationship. The chemistry is great, you have endless topics to talk about, and you haven’t discovered all of their quirks, irritating habits or “flaws” yet. So it’s pretty easy to fool yourself into thinking you’ve fallen head over heels. Here are some of the things you feel when you’re in love:

1. You’re happy and just a little bit nervous.

When you’re in love, you’re genuinely a happier person. It’s like you’re on a natural high. The thought of spending time with your partner really excites you and just looking at the dozens of selfies you took together is enough to put a cheesy smile on your face. But being in love also makes you a tiny bit nervous. You’re anxious for what the future holds. Because you know that you want your relationship to last. “Lots of people compare love to something they could not lose or let pass them by, yet the uncertainty of its unknown outcome is exciting,” Maria says.

2. Everything feels new and exciting.

When you’re in love, you’re excited to do things you’ve already done a million times before because it’s with your partner this time. They’re the first ones you think of when you see a romantic movie preview or when you’re planning to make a quick trip to the nearest fast food place. You’d even be willing to sit through four hours of a sports game if it means spending time with them.. Maria says that’s because love sparks a new change in you. “When you’re in love, the basis of your perception changes. I compare it to a feeling of being really awake and excited,” she says. “You have found someone that makes everything feel new and intriguing – even if it’s just sitting on the couch watching TV.”

3. Your relationship feels easy.

Being with your partner isn’t hard work. You don’t have to struggle to find time to spend with them because you really want to. Even the arguments don’t feel as intense as they did in other relationships. While all couples argue and bicker, when you’re both in love, your priority is your relationship, not your pride. You’re not worried about being the first person to give in or lose the argument because you can’t imagine your life without this person. Even one day apart really feels like forever.

4. This person is on your mind literally all the time.

When you’re in love, your partner is always in the back of your mind. You might have a sudden thought to call them because you haven’t chatted in a few hours. Or, maybe, you go into a clothing store with the intention of buying something for yourself and then end up buying something for your partner, too. “Love is determined. When you like someone, you can brush it off and think of other things as you go about your day,” Maria says. When you’re in love, this person is always on your mind, but it isn’t overwhelming. “When you love someone, you are physically, mentally and emotionally impacted at theoretically any/all time(s). It is a calm and secure reality you will consistently crave,” Maria says.

5. You get just a little jealous.

A little bit of jealousy is natural. Jealousy becomes dangerous, however, when you start obsessing over what your partner’s doing, so much so that you do stuff like look through their phone without them knowing. That is toxic behavior and it might signal you’re not in a healthy relationship.

6. You become more affectionate towards them.

When you’re in love, you’re obviously attracted to your partner, so it’s only natural that you want to be all over them all the time. Whether it’s simply holding hands or turning your cuddling into an intense make out session, you want to be affectionate towards your second half. If you’re completely repulsed by them, that’s something to think about.

7. You want to bring them around your family and friends.

When you’re really into your relationship, you want to bring your partner into all aspects of your life. You want to introduce them to your family and friends because you genuinely want your relationship last.

8. You start feeling a sense of empathy towards your partner.

When you’re in love, you start seeing your bae as an extension of yourself, so when they’re hurt, nervous or really excited about something like getting accepted into a school or program they really wanted, then you experience the same feelings as them. Feeling empathy towards your partner also makes you want to make tiny sacrifices for them, like getting up and going to the store for some soup and medicine when they’re sick. Small things like that are easy to do when they’re for the person you love.

9. You’re becoming a better person.

You know you’re in love when being with your second half makes you want to improve yourself in some way, whether it’s setting new goals or having a more positive attitude. Your partner should push you towards becoming better, but not in a way that’s consistently negative. “If a partner isn’t building you up, then you must consider looking elsewhere for love – no matter what other characteristics he or she may have that you are infatuated with,” Maria says. When you’re truly in love with someone, you want your partner to succeed as much as you because you want to create a stable future for the both of you.

10. You start planning for the future.

When you truly love someone, you know that you don’t have plans to let them go any time soon, if ever. So, you start to include them in all your future plans, whether it’s going on vacation or figuring out your plan after high school. You start thinking of your partner when you’re making big decisions because you want them to be there for it all. When you’re in love, your bae becomes your permanent “plus one.”

After 4 years living in China, these are the 4 truths I’ve learned!

When I was in the Marines, I knew a guy. He called me one day and said, “I just saw some paperwork. You’ll be getting sent to Japan for 6 months soon, unless you want to be sent to Camp Lejeune (where I had lots of friends). But if you go there, you will join a unit that’s going to depart for Iraq in December, and there’s going to be a war (this was almost a full year before the Iraq War started).

With this information I spent a few weeks thinking about the various possible outcomes of this decision, and in the end I opted to go to Camp Lejeune because if there was a war, I knew I might make a real difference to a few good men. I’m very smart, fairly strong, and have always performed very well under pressure, and I knew that I could save some lives that might have been lost if given the chance.

During the war I was in a major battle and got blown up inside of an AAAV. I carried two guys with half-blown-off legs out of the vehicle, which by then was basically a fireball on top of a big pile of explosives, on top of 1,000 pounds of fuel.

main qimg c6fd36fae54be7235a657984dbbed831 lq
main qimg c6fd36fae54be7235a657984dbbed831 lq

Today those guys have wives and kids, and that’s a really incredible thing to me when I think about it from time to time.

I chose not to go to Japan a year before the war even started, and now those children exist.

Top 10 CHEAPEST Countries To Live Lavishly On $1000/Month

Life in America

2023 04 30 08 32
2023 04 30 08 32

What’s It Like To Have A Bed Bug Infestation?

They are creatures from hell.

bed bug infestation
bed bug infestation

If you are sensitive to the bites, it’s MUCH worse than mosquito bites – think painful, weeping blisters that burn if a breeze so much blows across them the wrong way, nevermind laying down, or clothes rubbing on them.

A single bug feeds on you multiple times in a night, leaving what’s sometimes referred to as ‘breakfast-lunch-dinner bites’ because the clusters/lines of bites they leave are very distinctive. Each bite takes days, even weeks, to go away, and they itch/burn the whole time – so if you’re infested (50-100+) imagine waking up with any accessible skin (including your face) covered in burning, persistent bites that there’s no real relief for.

It ruins your ability to rest – every tickle or itch starts making you bolt up in horror to turn on the lights and check. Long after they’re gone, years after you’ve been rid of them, you will still experience a surge of adrenaline from a hair moving the wrong way.

They reproduce insanely fast; a fertilized female lays 5-7 eggs a day, the eggs take around 2 weeks to hatch, and then they’re able to reproduce about 3 weeks after they hatch. A female will lay hundreds of eggs over her life after being fertilized even ONCE. This means one fertilized female could come into your home, and within a year if the infestation is not dealt with fast and harshly enough, you can have THOUSANDS of them.

While they prefer to stay close to their prey (in the bed, headboard, bedlinens) they can hide anywhere a sesame seed would fit – between the pages of a book, inside cardboard, cracks in the baseboards, carpeting, seams in cushions, etc. If you try to get relief by treating your bed with chemicals, all that happens is that they disperse into the walls and other nearby hiding places, and become harder to find and eliminate as their numbers swell.

They have evolved to be keenly attuned to everything about their prey (humans) when it comes to temperature, lighting, movement, breathing, etc, so that they are most attracted to you when you as sleeping and vulnerable. They will hunt you down if you move to another room to sleep at night. If you put your bed up on risers/dishes of oil/put double-sided tape all around so they can’t get to you, they will crawl up walls to the ceiling and drop down on you to get at you.

If they are consistently denied food (say you pack up everything you have in tubs and plastic bags or something, and accidentally miss a couple hiding in your things), they can go into hibernation – in ideal conditions, for almost 2 years without feeding. The eggs are smaller than a poppy seed, and can remain viable and unhatched in the right conditions for a similar length of time.

Most of the chemical treatments that work against adults do not work on the eggs, so unless you do multiple scheduled treatments, you’ll just have new waves hatching every so often after the last round of adults was killed off. Each time you get your home chemically treated, you will have to leave it and stay somewhere else because the chemicals are dangerous to you as well.

If you live in a building with shared walls, even if vents and things from unit to unit aren’t connected, if someone else gets infested and they don’t treat the entire building at once (only treating the immediately affected rooms) it’s just like only treating the bed – they will disperse into neighboring units, and seek shelter in any little crack or crevice they can find.

Sufficient heat is the only guaranteed way to kill off an infestation all at once – adults, nymphs, eggs – and they make specialized heaters for this, both for heating up rooms, and for placing your belongings into to heat treat anything that might be hiding eggs or bugs. Many people accidentally burn their houses down every year trying to DIY treatments because this is expensive – thousands of dollars per round of treatment, either chemical OR heat.

It doesn’t matter if you or your house is clean or dirty – you can get bedbugs by going literally anywhere that other people go. The store, offices, clinics, movies, public transportation, etc. While adults won’t live in your clothes, they’ll hitchhike on them – so anywhere people spend time holding still, someone with an established infestation can be carrying eggs or hidden adults that end up dropped off in a public space that then end up stuck to or climbing onto others. All it takes is one fertilized female riding home with you unseen on your clothes, a bag, your jacket.

Bedbugs exist in pretty much every country – anywhere where it is cool enough indoors for people to live, bedbugs can live also. Infestations are actually on the rise in some countries due to shorter, warmer winters meaning they can be active for longer (since cold temps generally only put them into a dormant stage, not kill them).

Hotels and other hospitality locations that care about prevention will routinely pay for specially trained sniffer dogs that can detect the smell of bedbugs, and shut-down/cordon off buildings as soon as anything is found, because it is more costly to handle a major infestation than to destroy a colony before it gets the chance to hit critical mass.

Even so, a hotel has no way of being able to tell if the guest immediately before you dropped off hitchhikers; even a high-end hotel isn’t flipping the mattress over to steam and vacuum the mattress and box-spring when they change out the bed linens.

Hotels are often the first choice of people trying to get a rest from an infestation, or needing a place to stay while getting their own place treated.

If you ever stay anywhere away from home where other people have been, always put your luggage in the bathtub first before unpacking; then check for signs of bedbugs in headboards, under the mattress, in the seams of the box-spring, etc. There are guides with pictures on what to look for. When you get home, make sure any clothes that travelled with you go into a high-heat wash and dry cycle. Bag up any luggage carriers than cannot be washed or tumbled; consider treating their insides with diatomaceous earth until their next usage.

It might seem like an annoying extra effort, but it is a tiny amount of labor to save you from experiencing what will feel like an unending hell if you ever bring bedbugs home. An infestion will completely ruin your life and mental health. Pray you never have to deal with them.

– HallowskulledHorror

The Roundtable #54: Brian Berletic and Pepe Escobar

 

WHAT IS CHINA REALLY LIKE?

The USA has this “thing” called “prank orders”

Watch what happens when you try this move in China.

2023 04 30 08 25
2023 04 30 08 25

These China “Experts” need to be stopped

Today’s “Drudge Report”

It’s a reflection of the madness of the United States.

SHOCK: Man kills 5 neighbors, including child, after one asked him to stop shooting AR-15 in his yard...

2023 04 30 07 56
2023 04 30 07 56
2023 04 30 07 57
2023 04 30 07 57

United States has become a ghetto

Late stage collapse.

2023 04 30 08 22
2023 04 30 08 22

Dislodging the Neocons, Difficult But Necessary

.

Last week I discussed the ironic role that America’s dominant Neocons may have played in shaping recent world events, perhaps inadvertently producing a beneficial outcome exactly contrary to their aggressive intent.

Over the last decade, prominent political scientists such as Graham Allison of Harvard and John Mearsheimer of the University of Chicago had argued that a centuries-long pattern suggested that the world was locked into a “Thucydides Trap,” the likelihood of a looming clash between the reigning global power of America and the rising global power of China. This political and potentially military conflict had nothing to do with the ideological or social characteristics of those two enormous countries nor their leadership, but was simply the inevitable consequence of China’s size and growing power, which threatened to displace America from its position of world dominance. The term referred to the analogous rivalry between Athens and Sparta that had unleashed the long Peloponnesian War, devastating Classical Greece.

Meanwhile, on totally different grounds the ideologically-driven foreign policy of America’s dominant Neocons also threatened global warfare against all countries that refused to accept American hegemony, with Russia and Iran being the leading targets of their intense hostility. During the Obama Administration, these individuals had orchestrated a 2014 coup that overthrew Ukraine’s democratically-elected pro-Russian government. Seven years of military buildup and anti-Russian provocations had eventually led to the outbreak of the Ukraine war in early 2022, with the first year of the fighting having already cost many tens of thousands of lives while raising the risk of World War III.

So the world faced two entirely different geopolitical perils, one ideologically-driven and one not.

However, I then argued that these two separate threats to world peace may have very fortuitously canceled each other out. The extreme over-reaction by the West against Russia over the last year had driven that enormous, resource-rich country into China’s arms, and the resulting China-Russia alliance was now so strong that it probably outweighed the geopolitical power of America and its allies. Furthermore, outrageous anti-Russian measures taken by America’s reckless leadership—the seizure of $300 billion in Russian financial reserves, the destruction of Germany’s Nord Stream energy pipelines—had deeply alienated many other major world powers, which naturally gravitated towards the China-Russia bloc as a consequence, notably including Saudi Arabia, Iran, India, and Brazil. Even some of our own most important vassal-states such as France and Japan seem to have recently become a little shaky in their allegiance.

Thus, over the last twelve months, the global coalition aligned with China had quickly grown so overwhelmingly powerful that the likelihood of any conflict with America was greatly diminished. The aggressive arrogance and incompetence of the Neocons may have allowed the world to escape the Thucydides Trap, increasing the chances that China could replace America as the world’s leading power without bloodshed or bitter conflict.

But even if this analysis is correct and the disastrous failure of the Neocon geopolitical strategy has inadvertently yielded a positive outcome, such behavior can hardly be excused. An elite political leadership class so incompetent that it avoids war by unintentionally wrecking its own country’s strategic alliances must obviously be removed lest future blunders have less fortunate consequences.

Furthermore, the same sort of blindness to reality that produced these American strategic disasters might still lead to a deadly crisis. Perhaps the Neocons will fail to recognize the enormous advantages now enjoyed by the China-Russia bloc that America faces and arrogantly continue their military provocations, eventually triggering a wider war. As an example of such strikingly unrealistic beliefs, the WSJ last year carried a column by an editor at the arch-Neocon New York Sun who argued that China and Russia could be successfully contained by the U.S. together with a handful of “Rimland” powers such as Israel, the UAE, and Australia, although the former outweigh the latter perhaps 50-to-1 in population and industrial base.

However, removing the Neocons from authority may be difficult to achieve since they have become so deeply embedded within DC political circles and the broader Atlanticist community.

After first gaining influence in the Reagan Administration during the 1980s and keeping much of it under his successor George H.W. Bush, they soon began to heavily dominate the foreign policy of Bill Clinton. Because they backed Sen. John McCain in the 2000 Republican primaries, they were seemingly excluded from power under George W. Bush, receiving not a single Cabinet appointment; yet in the wake of the 9/11 Attacks, they still managed to gain control of the entire government. Barack Obama was elected partly because he seemed to represent the total repudiation of his unpopular predecessor, but in his administration Bush Neocons were merely replaced by Obama Neocons. Then in 2016, massive popular revulsion against both political parties unexpectedly propelled Donald Trump into the White House, but he soon placed his foreign policy in the hands of particularly hard-line Neocons such as Mike Pompeo and John Bolton, and more recently the Democratic Neocons have regained that same role under Biden. So Neocon control has now endured for more than thirty years, stretching across Democratic, Republican, and Trumpist administrations alike.

A perfect illustration of this remarkable situation is the fact that Robert Kagan, a leading Neocon architect of George W. Bush’s foreign policy, is the husband of Victoria Nuland, who subsequently played the same role for Barack Obama and now Joe Biden. A political elite so unsuccessful and unsatisfactory must be driven from power, yet apparently this is easier said than done.

 

One difficulty is that the very term “Neocon” used here has actually become much less meaningful than it once was. After having controlled American foreign policy for more than three decades, promoting their allies and protégés and purging their opponents, the adherents of that world view now constitute nearly the entire political establishment, including control of the leading thinktanks and publications. By now, I doubt there are many prominent figures in either party who follow a sharply different line. Furthermore, over the last two decades, the national security-focused Neocons have largely merged with the economically-focused neoliberals, forming a unified ideological block that represents the political worldview of the elites running both American parties.

Back in 2012 I had already noted the emergence of what amounted to a one party American state:

Consider the pattern of the last decade. With two ruinous wars and a financial collapse to his record, George W. Bush was widely regarded as one of the most disastrous presidents in American history, and at times his public approval numbers sank to the lowest levels ever measured. The sweeping victory of his successor, Barack Obama, represented more a repudiation of Bush and his policies than anything else, and leading political activists, left and right alike, characterized Obama as Bush’s absolute antithesis, both in background and in ideology. This sentiment was certainly shared abroad, with Obama being selected for the Nobel Peace Prize just months after entering office, based on the widespread assumption that he was certain to reverse most of the policies of his detested predecessor and restore America to sanity.

Yet almost none of these reversals took place. Instead, the continuity of administration policy has been so complete and so obvious that many critics now routinely speak of the Bush/Obama administration.

The harsh violations of constitutional principles and civil liberties which Bush pioneered following the 9/11 attacks have only further intensified under Obama, the heralded Harvard constitutional scholar and ardent civil libertarian, and this has occurred without the excuse of any major new terrorist attacks. During his Democratic primary campaign, Obama promised that he would move to end Bush’s futile Iraq War immediately upon taking office, but instead large American forces remained in place for years until heavy pressure from the Iraqi government finally forced their removal; meanwhile, America’s occupation army in Afghanistan actually tripled in size. The government bailout of the hated financial manipulators of Wall Street, begun under Bush, continued apace under Obama, with no serious attempts at either government prosecution or drastic reform. Americans are still mostly suffering through the worst economic downturn since the Great Depression, but Wall Street profits and multimillion-dollar bonuses soon returned to record levels.

In particular, the continuity of top officials has been remarkable. As Bush’s second defense secretary, Robert Gates had been responsible for the ongoing management of America’s foreign wars and military occupations since 2006; Obama kept him on, and he continued to play the same role in the new administration. Similarly, Timothy Geithner had been one of Bush’s most senior financial appointments, playing a crucial role in the widely unpopular financial bailout of Wall Street; Obama promoted him to Treasury secretary and authorized continuation of those same policies. Ben Bernanke had been appointed chairman of the Federal Reserve by Bush and was reappointed by Obama. Bush wars and bailouts became Obama wars and bailouts. The American public voted for an anti-Bush, but got Bush’s third term instead.

During the Cold War, Soviet propagandists routinely characterized our democracy as a sham, with the American public merely selecting which of the two intertwined branches of their single political party should alternate in office, while the actual underlying policies remained essentially unchanged, being decided and implemented by the same corrupt ruling class. This accusation may have been mostly false at the time it was made but seems disturbingly accurate today.

 

By 2016 public dissatisfaction with the obvious policy failures of this bipartisan political consensus had become so widespread that it provided an opening for an angry outsider such as Donald Trump, a candidate whose campaign was enabled by the new power of Twitter and other social media outlets.

Trump had been considered a joke candidate when he first entered the 2016 Republican presidential primaries, a popular reality television star who had no serious chance against such established political heavyweights as Gov. Jeb Bush of Florida and Sen. Ted Cruz of Texas. At one of his early debates, he denounced President George W. Bush for having lied America into the disastrous Iraq War, a shocking declaration that seemed sure to doom his candidacy with the conservative Republican base. But oddly enough it failed to dent his enthusiastic, right-wing support, suggesting that our hawkish foreign policy actually resonated much more deeply with Republican donors, DC thinktankers, and Beltway lobbyists than with conservative primary voters.

Trump’s unexpected primary triumph against his establishmentarian Republican opponents was mostly due to domestic issues, especially his powerful focus on the hot-button conservative topics of illegal immigration and free trade agreements. As a consequence, he was regarded as an extreme underdog against Hillary Clinton’s Democratic campaign, with the latter backed by an overwhelming advantage in money and media support.

Clinton’s positions represented the bipartisan elite consensus on foreign policy, and in one of her last debates with Trump she stated that she would immediately declare a “No Fly Zone” in Syria against Russia’s expeditionary force in support of President Assad’s government, with the American air force presumably shooting down any Russian planes that continued to attack the anti-government rebels. A presidential candidate promising war with nuclear-armed Russia should have raised a few eyebrows, but America’s media and political establishments apparently regarded her positions as solid and sensible ones in contrast to Trump’s outrageous proposals to reestablish good relations with the Russians.

Trump’s narrow victory in the 2016 race stunned both political parties. The national security establishments of the Democrats and the Republicans reacted viscerally to the possibility that his contrary ideas might now set Washington policy, and the DC political organism displayed a fierce immune-reaction, trying to reject the alien ideology that had suddenly been grafted onto the top of the American government.

The mainstream media was quickly enlisted in the effort to delegitimize Trump’s election and frustrate his foreign policy plans. Although the bizarre claims that Russian interference had tilted the election towards Trump—or even stolen it outright—probably originated with Clinton’s embarrassed excuses to explain away her shocking defeat against all odds, the cry was quickly taken up by the media echo-chamber and the Russiagate scandal soon dogged the new Trump Administration. Faced with an avalanche of media accusations that Trump was a Russian agent and Putin’s puppet, neither the President nor his top officials could afford the risk of attempting to repair our relations with that country.

Meanwhile, a wide range of dissenting websites—right-wing, left-wing, racialist, and libertarian—were immediately labeled Russian disinformation sources, and although most of the accusations were utterly risible—Ron Paul a Russian agent?—some of these publications were intimidated by those wild charges while our social media gatekeepers were urged to restrict the circulation of any such material.

All of these external pressures on the new administration to toe the establishment line on foreign policy were coupled with internal pressures as well, especially after Trump was persuaded to elevate Mike Pompeo from CIA Director to Secretary of State in late March 2018 and bring in John Bolton as his new National Security Advisor around the same time. Bolton had been known as one of the most extremely hawkish figures in the Bush Administration, a leading advocate of the Iraq War, and Pompeo was regarded as supportive of those same policies. Although Trump’s own views may not have changed, the top figures running his foreign policy were now solidly within the Beltway’s Neocon consensus, even situated at its more extreme end.

Bolton in particular seemed eager and willing to sabotage the policy initiatives of his inattentive new superior.

For example, Trump had made considerable progress on persuading North Korean leader Kim Jong-un to abandon his nuclear weapons development program in exchange for American security guarantees, inspiring South Korean leaders to suggest that the American President deserved a Nobel Peace Prize for his successful diplomatic breakthrough. However, soon after his appointment, Bolton declared that the agreement would be modeled after the one with Muammar Qaddafi of Libya, who had similarly renounced his nuclear weapons efforts in 2004, only to be overthrown and killed in a 2011 NATO-backed military uprising, ending his life sodomized by a bayonet. This torpedoed any possibility of a pact with Kim and Trump later declared that those remarks had been a “disaster” with regard to the negotiations.

That same year Trump was finalizing his crucial trade agreement with Chinese leader Xi Jinping at a private dinner when Bolton secretly ordered the arrest of Meng Wanzhou, one of China’s highest-profile tech executives as she was changing planes in Canada, an act that blindsided and outraged the Chinese leadership. According to a WSJ account, Trump had been completely unaware of what was happening and later asked Bolton “Why did you arrest Meng? Don’t you know she’s the Ivanka Trump of China?”

Leading journalists even reported that Trump’s own senior aides would sometimes hide the executive orders he planned to issue, preventing him from signing them into law and correctly believing that our disengaged Chief Executive would forget about them.

Trump’s original hopes of improving our relationship with Russia had been immediately stymied by the Russiagate Hoax, orchestrated by his Deep State opponents and their mainstream media allies. But his policy towards China followed a different trajectory, and I think Kevin Rudd’s 2022 book The Avoidable War provides a good overview of these developments.

As the former prime minister of Australia, Rudd had relocated to the U.S. in 2014 after leaving office and later served as president of The Asia Society based in New York City. He was obviously a very well-connected individual, even lobbying for nomination as U.N. Secretary-General in 2016, and was already intensely focusing on relations between China and America, which became the subject of his subsequent book. His account explains the sharp break that eventually occurred.

As Rudd tells the story, Trump was overwhelmingly focused on trade issues with China and although he was willing to take tough negotiating positions, he also emphasized the importance of his personal relationship with his “very, very good friend” Xi. He believed that forming such bonds represented a crucial element of his skills as a deal-maker, and he was extremely pleased with the successful trade agreement the two countries had finalized, with Rudd invited to the January 15, 2020 signing ceremony at the White House.

Around this same time, the first news of the Covid outbreak in Wuhan was starting to reach America, but Trump paid no attention to the matter. Even weeks after the virus had begun to spread worldwide, Trump continued praising the successful efforts of China’s leaders in controlling the disease in their own country while disregarding any risk it might pose to the U.S. Only after the burgeoning global epidemic triggered a stock market crash amid indications of widespread American outbreaks did Trump begin blaming the China for the catastrophe, sharply criticizing that country in late March and suggesting that the virus might have escaped from a Chinese virology lab. This shift seemed to have reflected the growing influence of Pompeo, one of the leading anti-China figures in Trump’s administration, and indeed our CIA-affiliated Radio Free Asia propaganda outlet had already begun claiming that Covid was an escaped Chinese bioweapon months earlier on January 9th, before even the first death had yet occurred.

By Rudd’s account, the political impact of the Covid epidemic was enormous, being entirely responsible for the complete reversal of Trump’s China policy, which was transformed from tough negotiations on trade but otherwise amicable strategic cooperation into intense international hostility. And that momentous shift in America’s China stance even remained after Biden replaced Trump in January 2021.

As the elections of both Barack Obama and Donald Trump demonstrated, even the surprising political victory of someone perceived as an extreme outsider seems to have much less impact upon American foreign policy than might be expected. Over the last couple of decades, the political establishments of both parties have been so heavily absorbed into the Neocon world view that it might take a geopolitical earthquake of generational magnitude to dislodge their hold on power.

But as it happens, over the last three years American society experienced exactly such a earthquake. The Covid epidemic killed well over a million Americans and greatly disrupted the lives of everyone else, certainly amounting to the greatest disaster our society had experienced since the Great Depression more than three generations ago. Moreover, the sudden appearance of the virus also had a drastic political impact as well, driving the intense hostility towards China that has governed our political life since early 2020.

Yet despite its huge importance and impact upon the world, the actual origin of this calamitous disease has received far less attention than it warrants, and that discussion has been extremely circumscribed both in the mainstream and even in the alternative media. Since January 2020, the public debate has been almost entirely restricted to two major theories of Covid origins. Most of the scientific and media establishment quickly declared that the virus was natural and had randomly appeared in the city of Wuhan during late 2019. Meanwhile, a strong minority view widespread on the Internet had argued that the virus was bioengineered in a Wuhan laboratory and accidentally leaked out into the surrounding city, setting off the global epidemic.

Last year I reviewed the contradictory evidence and the arguments of the key proponents on both sides, suggesting that an excluded third possibility was the best solution:

I think these exchanges demonstrate that to a considerable extent, the two main camps on the Covid origins debate have been talking past each other.

The testimonies provided by Quammen and Holmes strongly challenged the possibility of any lab-leak at Wuhan, suggesting that this proves the virus must have been natural, even though few arguments on that latter point were ever made; at most, they raised some doubts about the strength of the evidence for bioengineering.

Meanwhile, the articles and papers by Wade, Sachs, Bruttel, and others have provided strong evidence that the virus was artificial. All of this has usually been interpreted as support for the lab-leak hypothesis, even though very little evidence was ever presented that any lab-leak had occurred.

Yet the apparent vector-sum of these conflicting arguments is the conclusion that the Covid virus neither leaked from the Wuhan lab nor was natural, and this suggests that the public debate has been improperly restricted to just those two possibilities.

For more than 30 months I have emphasized that there are actually three perfectly plausible hypotheses for the Covid outbreak. The virus might have been natural, randomly appearing in Wuhan during late 2019; the virus might have been the artificial product of a scientific lab in Wuhan, which accidentally leaked out at that time; or the virus might have been the bioengineered product of America’s hundred-billion-dollar biowarfare program, the oldest and largest in the world, a bioweapon deployed against China and Iran by elements of the Trump Administration at the height of our hostile international confrontation with those countries.

The first two possibilities have been very widely discussed and debated across the Western mainstream and alternative media, while the third has been almost totally ignored, despite top Russian, Iranian, and Chinese government officials having publicly accused America of releasing Covid in a deliberate biowarfare attack.

Indeed, beginning in April 2020 I have published a long series of articles arguing that there is strong perhaps even overwhelming evidence in favor of that third, disregarded possibility.

Last December I had discussed and reviewed several important recent books on the origins of the Covid virus, all advocating the lab-leak hypothesis. I noted that none of the authors—Jasper Becker, Sharri Markson, Alina Chan and Matt Ridley—had dared to even consider the excluded third possibility, perhaps because the realities of the publishing industry required them to apply such Orwellian “crimestop” to their thinking.

 

A few days ago we passed the third anniversary of my original April 2020 article in which I had outlined the likely motives for this attack.

If the virus had been released intentionally, the context and motive for such a biowarfare attack against China could not be more obvious. Although our disingenuous media continues to pretend otherwise, the size of China’s economy surpassed that of our own several years ago, and has continued to grow much more rapidly. Chinese companies have also taken the lead in several crucial technologies, with Huawei becoming the world’s leading telecommunications equipment manufacturer and dominating the important 5G market. China’s sweeping Belt and Road Initiative has threatened to reorient global trade around an interconnected Eurasian landmass, greatly diminishing the leverage of America’s own control over the seas. I have closely followed China for over forty years, and the trend-lines have never been more apparent. Back in 2012, I published an article bearing the provocative title “China’s Rise, America’s Fall?” and since then I have seen no reason to reassess my verdict.

For three generations following the end of World War II, America had stood as the world’s supreme economic and technological power, while the collapse of the Soviet Union thirty years ago left us as the sole remaining superpower, facing no conceivable military rival. A growing sense that we were rapidly losing that unchallenged position had certainly inspired the anti-China rhetoric of many senior figures in the Trump Administration, who launched a major trade war soon after coming into office. The increasing misery and impoverishment of large sections of the American population naturally left these voters searching for a convenient scapegoat, and the prosperous, rising Chinese made a perfect target.

Despite America’s growing economic conflict with China over the last couple of years, I had never considered the possibility that matters might take a military turn. The Chinese had long ago deployed advanced intermediate range missiles that many believed could easily sink our carriers in the region, and they had also generally improved their conventional military deterrent. Moreover, China was on quite good terms with Russia, which itself had been the target of intense American hostility for several years; and Russia’s new suite of revolutionary hypersonic missiles had drastically reduced any American strategic advantage. Thus, a conventional war against China seemed an absolutely hopeless undertaking, while China’s outstanding businessmen and engineers were steadily gaining ground against America’s decaying and heavily-financialized economic system.

Under these difficult circumstances, an American biowarfare attack against China might have seemed the only remaining card to play in hopes of maintaining American supremacy. Plausible deniability would minimize the risk of any direct Chinese retaliation, and if successful, the terrible blow inflicted to China’s economy would set it back for many years, perhaps even destabilizing its social and political system. Using alternative media to immediately promote theories that the coronavirus outbreak was the result of a leak from a Chinese biowarfare lab was a natural means of preempting any later Chinese accusations along similar lines, thereby allowing America to win the international propaganda war before China had even begun to fight.

A decision by elements of our national security establishment to wage biological warfare in hopes of maintaining American world power would certainly have been an extremely reckless act, but extreme recklessness has become a regular aspect of American behavior since 2001, especially under the Trump Administration. Just a year earlier we had kidnapped the daughter of Huawei’s founder and chairman, who also served as CFO and ranked as one of China’s top executives, while at the beginning of January we suddenly assassinated Iran’s top military leader.

 

Under this explosive reconstruction, the Covid disease epidemic that has taken more than million American lives resulted from the blowback of a botched American biowarfare attack against China (and Iran), an attack carried out without the knowledge or approval of President Donald Trump.

All of the compelling evidence supporting this controversial hypothesis has been easily available in mainstream media sources since early 2020, but very few individuals anywhere have been willing to recognize or mention it.

My own long series of articles has presented and analyzed all this material and also placed it within the context of the hidden history of America’s longstanding biological warfare programs. These pieces have been collected into a freely downloadable ebook.

I’d particularly recommend the following articles in my series.

Although the articles run many tens of thousands of words, some of the most striking evidence can be summarized in just a few paragraphs mostly extracted from my original April 2020 article:

For example, in 2017 Trump brought in Robert Kadlec, who since the 1990s had been one of America’s leading biowarfare advocates. The following year in 2018 a mysterious viral epidemic hit China’s poultry industry and in 2019, another mysterious viral epidemic devastated China’s pork industry…

From the earliest days of the administration, leading Trump officials had regarded China as America’s most formidable geopolitical adversary, and orchestrated a policy of confrontation. Then from January to August 2019, Kadlec’s department ran the “Crimson Contagion” simulation exercise, involving the hypothetical outbreak of a dangerous respiratory viral disease in China, which eventually spreads into the United States, with the participants focusing on the necessary measures to control it in this country. As one of America’s foremost biowarfare experts, Kadlec had emphasized the unique effectiveness of bioweapons as far back as the late 1990s and we must commend him for his considerable prescience in having organized a major viral epidemic exercise in 2019 that was so remarkably similar to what actually began in the real world just a few months later.

With leading Trump officials greatly enamored of biowarfare, fiercely hostile to China, and running large-scale 2019 simulations on the consequences of a mysterious viral outbreak in that country, it seems entirely unreasonable to completely disregard the possibility that such extremely reckless plans may have been privately discussed and eventually implemented, though probably without presidential authorization.

But with the horrific consequences of our own later governmental inaction being obvious, elements within our intelligence agencies have sought to demonstrate that they were not the ones asleep at the switch. Earlier this month, an ABC News story cited four separate government sources to reveal that as far back as late November, a special medical intelligence unit within our Defense Intelligence Agency had produced a report warning that an out-of-control disease epidemic was occurring in the Wuhan area of China, and widely distributed that document throughout the top ranks of our government, warning that steps should be taken to protect US forces based in Asia. After the story aired, a Pentagon spokesman officially denied the existence of that November report, while various other top level government and intelligence officials refused to comment. But a few days later, Israeli television mentioned that in November American intelligence had indeed shared such a report on the Wuhan disease outbreak with its NATO and Israeli allies, thus seeming to independently confirm the complete accuracy of the original ABC News story and its several government sources.

It therefore appears that elements of the Defense Intelligence Agency were aware of the deadly viral outbreak in Wuhan more than a month before any officials in the Chinese government itself. Unless our intelligence agencies have pioneered the technology of precognition, I think this may have happened for the same reason that arsonists have the earliest knowledge of future fires.

According to these multiply-sourced mainstream media accounts, by “the second week of November” our Defense Intelligence Agency was already preparing a secret report warning of a “cataclysmic” disease outbreak taking place in Wuhan. Yet at that point, probably no more than a couple of dozen individuals had been infected in that city of 11 million, with few of those yet having any serious symptoms. The implications are rather obvious. Furthermore:

As the coronavirus gradually began to spread beyond China’s own borders, another development occurred that greatly multiplied my suspicions. Most of these early cases had occurred exactly where one might expect, among the East Asian countries bordering China. But by late February Iran had become the second epicenter of the global outbreak. Even more surprisingly, its political elites had been especially hard-hit, with a full 10% of the entire Iranian parliament soon infected and at least a dozen of its officials and politicians dying of the disease, including some who were quite senior. Indeed, Neocon activists on Twitter began gleefully noting that their hated Iranian enemies were now dropping like flies.

Let us consider the implications of these facts. Across the entire world the only political elites that have yet suffered any significant human losses have been those of Iran, and they died at a very early stage, before significant outbreaks had even occurred almost anywhere else in the world outside China. Thus, we have America assassinating Iran’s top military commander on Jan. 2nd and then just a few weeks later large portions of the Iranian ruling elites became infected by a mysterious and deadly new virus, with many of them soon dying as a consequence. Could any rational individual possibly regard this as a mere coincidence?

The Iranians themselves were well aware of these facts, and their top political and military leaders publicly accused America of an illegal biowarfare attack against their own country and China, with their former president even filing an official protest with the United Nations. But although these explosive charges were widely reported in the Iranian press, they were completely ignored by the American media so that almost no Americans ever became aware of them.

Much of this same information is also effectively summarized in several of my podcast interviews from a year ago, originally on Rumble but now available on Youtube as well.

Kevin Barrett, FFWN • February 16, 2022 • 15m • on Rumble

Full article HERE

South Korean President Yoon Suk Yeol took office last May. In less than a year, his popularity ratings have plunged to a pathetic 28%. His predecessor Moon Jae-in, in stark contrast, left office basking in stratospheric 78% support. These ratings are a true measure of competence and experience or lack thereof.

2023 04 30 09 09
2023 04 30 09 09

Yoon was a prosecutor general, with no prior chance to cut his teeth on international politics. Geopolitically, he is wet behind the ears. By his actions and words, he is a wet leader—weak and gaffe-prone. His only cashable political asset is his charming and photogenic wife.

In the past month alone, Yoon has littered his record with a terrible triple jump. He has forgotten his geography, that Korea is located in Asia and must navigate the treacherous relations with China, Russia and Japan. On all three fronts, he has been an unmitigated disaster. He has angered China by declaring before his Western partners that “Taiwan is a global issue.” As a newcomer, he craved approval and attention. But he didn’t realize that this is an uncrossable red line for China. Just as provocatively, he has gone out on a limb telling the world that he is prepared to send lethal weapons to Ukraine if and when warranted by the war situation, thereby netting another major power to his list of enemies. He did, however, try to cuddle up to two countries: Japan and America. Korea’s relations with Japan have always been ticklish and fraught, given the latter’s brutal colonial rule of the Korean peninsula. But he blundered with an unsolicited olive branch to the Japanese, saying that he will not accept Japan having to kneel in shame for its atrocities a hundred years ago. This might be music to Japanese ears, but it is a hammer blow to stunned fellow Koreans.

Yoon is currently on a state visit to Washington. It has been rumored that he had burnt the midnight oil trying to memorize his English speech to impress his American hosts. No other foreign leader has tried so hard to curry favor with his US overlord. By angering China on Taiwan and Russia on military aid to Ukraine, he has put himself in Biden’s good books, but at what price? He has given away all his bargaining chips before he even set foot in America. His cupboards are bare. He has given America everything it wants, unasked, including Korea’s kitchen sink. But does this earn him America’s unconditional trust? Quite the contrary. News has just leaked that the US has been spying on its Korean partners. So much for blood brotherhood.

Yoon’s background as prosecutor echoes the CV of US Vice President Kamala Harris, a fellow former prosecutor. Both are socially and strategically challenged–handicapped by poor people skills, a low likeability factor and non-existent geopolitical awareness. They should have stuck with their original occupation. The presidency or vice presidency is simply a bridge too far. They prove that the Peter Principle is alive and kicking—some people are indeed promoted to the level of their incompetence.

Yoon’s foray into Washington is thus doomed. He doesn’t seem to know which side of his bread is buttered, forgetting that Korea’s core interests remain in Asia. Without China, there can be no stable, long-term peace in the region. His inflammatory statements have poured fuel on the flames, with his ill-timed and ill-considered words disrupting the equilibrium. Even Europeans, at the height of a dangerous war raging in Ukraine, know only too well that the US practices an “America First” policy. Alliances are only partnerships of convenience. Yet Yoon is rashly betting his political fortunes on the roller-coaster of US domestic politics. Besides, America is an ocean away. I feel sorry for Koreans for being cursed with a blundering, bird-brained leader who turns out to be a sell-out artist. He talks like a US puppet and acts like a US puppet and will pay a dear price for being a sniveling puppet. With all his bargaining chips squandered, he goes to Washington, empty-handed. What more can he offer Biden? Kimchee, I guess.

American sense of entitlement…

It’s profound and disturbing.

2023 04 30 08 20
2023 04 30 08 20

Jeffrey Sachs – United States Putting All Of Us In Peril

Mr Jeffrey you are 100% the voice of reason and clairvoyance. Unfortunately this has gotten too far already, the human losses on both sides means that Russia is going to keep the provinces it freed under the Russian federation. USa is dangerously commanded by a rogue minority in the shadows, that knows no guilt, and will have to experience defeat to relearn humility and noble principles that most other countries in the world have in their society values and that they don't. Those rogues are treating the world as a far west frontier and dont realize that the true decent, humble and well mannered civilization is not Usa.

https://youtu.be/S6g9xuMK7a8

Something that you would NEVER see in China…

It’s an “American thing”.

2023 04 30 08 19
2023 04 30 08 19

A collection of links that describe American Conservative “news” at this moment in time

We will look back and reflect in the insanity that the United States has become. No need to click on the links. Wait three years, then investigate. Say in 2026-2027.

What is the century of humiliation the Chinese people always speak about?

The Century of Humiliation encompasses a period of roughly between 90–120 years between 1824 and 1944 when China was divided into the sphere of influence by foreign western powers and invaded by Japan

It’s called a COH because CHINA was humiliated

First the Chinese Emperor was overwhelmed by the gunpower and the British Navy & French Soldiers and was forced to cede territory to them where they ran per their own laws.

Second the Opium Trade was red hot and many Chinese became addicts and wealthy families became paupers

China was HELPLESS in every way and their Officials were like Indians of today — Corrupt to the core or Honest yet Indifferent

The Boxer Rebellion is officially regarded the end of the Century of Humiliation but since 2017,=in their textbooks the Chinese add the 13 years of Japanese occupation as also part of the Century of Humiliation

China under Mao referred to the COH every day but under Deng and Jiang the term vanished because the Chinese wanted goodies and favours from the West

It reappeared from 2015 when Xi Jingping told the Chinese to “NEVER FORGET THE CENTURY OF HUMILIATION”

The End of American “Exceptionalism”?

Failing banks, inflation, soaring interest rates and the flight from the petrodollar could become a disaster for ordinary Americans

.

Watching a once great nation commit suicide is not pretty.

President Joe Biden does not seem to understand that his role as elected leader of the United States is to take actions that directly or indirectly benefit the folks who voted for him as well as the other Americans who did not do so. That is how a constitutional democracy is supposed to work.

Instead, Biden and the gang of introverts and neocon war criminals that the has surrounded himself with have done everything that can to inflict fatal damage on the economy through rash initiatives both overseas and at home.

A spending spree to buy support from the bizarre constituencies that make up the Democrat Party base while also fighting an undeclared war in Europe have meant that nearly two trillion dollars has been added to the national debt under Biden’s rule, a debt that was already unsustainable at nearly $30 trillion, larger than the United States’ gross national product. Plans to cancel student loan debts will add hundreds of billions of dollars more to the red ink.

And those actions undertaken overseas, to include continuing to expand the war in Ukraine against Russia, will do immeasurable more damage. Consider how the Democratic Party has long had it in for Russian Federal President Vladimir Putin, dating back to when Putin took power in 2000 and started kicking out the western scallywags who were looting his country.

Subsequently, false intelligence and other innuendoes were contrived by Hillary Clinton and her team in 2016 to implicate Donald Trump as a Russian stooge who was secretly working for Putin.

When that didn’t work and Trump was elected, the Russians were accused by the media and Democrats of willy-nilly interfering in US elections more generally speaking, a much-exaggerated claim in contrast to the overwhelming silence surrounding the real electoral and policy interference, which has been coming from Israel and its fifth column inside the United States, who, not coincidentally, are the chief proponents of the war against Russia.

Placing a target on Vladimir Putin’s back appears to have an unfortunate consequence which Biden has yet to wake up to, namely the fact that the United States now has what might be described as a Ponzi scheme faux economy which is very vulnerable, particularly as much of the world has become disenchanted with the US style of global leadership.

Note for example the recent state visit by French President Emmanuel Macron to Beijing, where he embraced a “global strategic partnership with China” to bring about a “multipolar” world, freed of “blocs” that is not sheltering behind “Cold War mentality.” Macron also criticized the “extraterritoriality of the US dollar.”

And threats made by the Bidens against both China and Russia have accomplished little beyond drawing the two major political and military powers closer together.

Beijing and Moscow entered into a trade agreement in their own currencies in 2014 and have openly taken steps to challenge US dominance of international currency exchanges, creating instead a global multipolar trading environment.

Europe aside, many nations are now eager to cut the tie that binds, which is the decades long American dominance of international financial mechanisms and also the general use of dollars to pay for oil and other energy supplies.

The widespread use of petrodollars enables the buffoonish Janet Yellen at the US Treasury and the Federal Reserve banks to print unlimited unbacked fiat currency, knowing that there will always be a market for it.

Which brings us back to the Ukraine war, pursued “until we win” by Biden and his somnolent Secretary of State Antony Blinken.

One of the first moves when Russia intervened in Ukraine was to block and eventually confiscate Russia’s 300 billion dollars-worth of foreign reserves in banks in the US and Europe.

That sent a shock wave across currency markets all around the world. Biden and Yellen had weaponized the US’s own national currency, which hitherto had been an untouchable step in international relations for nations that were not actually at war.

Countries like China and India with large economies then realized that the US Treasury Department and the dominance of the dollar as an exchange currency had now become a weapon of war and a serious threat to the economies of all other nations.

As a consequence, the US Dollar is right now being rejected by many nations as the world’s reserve currency. Some nations all over the world have agreed to use the Chinese Yuan and Indian Rupee for any-and-all international currency transactions.

Saudi Arabia continues to use the petrodollar but does not demand it. Recently, Saudi Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman and Chinese President Xi Jinping agreed to permit the Saudis to sell oil to China in Yuan. Saudi Arabia, the world’s largest oil exporter, is now allowing multiple currencies to be used to purchase its oil, a major attack on the primacy of the US dollar and it also has accepted Chinese mediation to mend fences with the US and Israel’s arch enemy Iran.

And the Saudis have even more recently refused a Biden Administration request that it start pumping more oil to reduce energy costs, signaling that the shift is both political and economic in nature.

Japan, a major economy, has also started purchasing oil and gas directly from Russia against the US imposed energy embargo while Brazil, another major economy, has agreed to use the Yuan in its increasing trade with China.

As fewer nations utilize the US dollar, America’s ability to export and ignore its burgeoning domestic debt and inflation to other countries is being diminished.

This might have a decisive impact on the US currency as the drive to break with the petrodollar continues to grow and could produce something like a “perfect storm” impacting on the US economy.

It threatens to drastically lower the standards of living of nearly all Americans within the next several years as the dollar loses value and purchasing power. As the US economy is heavily interconnected with many European economies, Europe is also likely to be a victim of the coming disaster.

The good news, of course, is that the United States will no longer be able to afford its endless wars and international interventions.

Lacking its economic power, it will no longer be able to declare itself “exceptional” and the enforcer of a “rules based international order.”

It would mean an ending of the funding of developments like the Ukraine proxy war and the troops will have to come home from places like Syria and Somalia. And it might even mark the ending of sending billions of dollars annually to a wealthy Israel.

Ending dollar supremacy would inevitably have an immediate impact on what passes for US foreign policy, making it more difficult for Washington to initiate and sustain Treasury Department sanctions on countries like Iran and North Korea.

It could also create economic turmoil for many countries until the situation resolves itself by producing greater volatility in currency markets worldwide. The Federal Reserve Bank will no doubt respond to the unfolding crisis by acting as it always does by raising interest rates to astronomical levels, thereby hurting most the Americans who can least afford the shock therapy.

And it did not have to turn out this way. It could have been avoided. If the US, which had no horse in the race, had left Ukraine alone Vladimir Putin would not have become a symbol of defiance against the “Rules Based International Order” and he would not have worked with China to establish multipolarity in the way the financial world operates.

Instead, we have a situation where Europe is being de-industrialized due to soaring energy prices and Washington’s destruction of the Nord Stream pipelines while the US is potentially confronting economic disaster as the dollar’s relevance to international trade sinks.

The ultimate irony is that Russia, and also the US/Israeli arch enemy Iran, are by comparison doing quite well economically as they sell their oil and gas to anyone in any currency.

One has to conclude that when US Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen recently made her secret trip to Kiev to promise the despicable Volodymyr Zelensky billions of taxpayer dollars the United States might just have been better served if she had stayed in Washington and made some minimal effort to address the mounting economic problems confronting us here at home.

And people wonder why restaurants ban children entirely…..

Meanwhile in the United States.

2023 04 30 08 10
2023 04 30 08 10

China is a far better place to live than the US!! They won’t admit it, though.

America is truly a garbage dump now. This is coming from someone who currently lives there. I have travelled quite a bit around the world and I have been watching videos of China recently....I am blown away by how the country looks. I need to visit. I had only been to Shanghai a few years ago but the other cities look even better.

Currently, as of today April 30, 2023, the United States is actively involved in nine (x9) wars around the globe. It is also involved in numerous “color revolutions” (NED / CIA operations), and has over 800 overseas military bases internationally.

As if that isn’t enough, the American “news” media (which is a unacknowledged branch of the United States government) is promoting wars with…

  • China
  • Haiti
  • Mexico

What do I think will happen next?

I haven’t any idea.

It all depends on the ebb and flow of the tide of sentiment inside the oligarchy that rules the United States military Empire.

However, we can take some educated guesses based upon NEED and OUTLOOK. Here we look at five scenarios.

[1] Devalue of the the USD Scenario

In this scenario, everything stays the same, but the global decision to stop using the USD as a reserve currency has resulted in a devaluing of the USD. This, in turn, results in a great deal of inflation.

Not only are the American people restless, but the inflation has pushed the cost of living to enormous heights. This in turn, has made it very expensive to maintain a massive global military empire.

Under this scenario, a prudent leadership would (out of necessity) scale back the military forces, and force projections. The amounts of moneys that would flow to other nations would also be curtailed.

Without this kind of fiat fiscal policy, the United States would be unable to fund any wars, and would need to cut back (substantially) on the ones it is presently engaged in.

[2] “Damn the torpedoes – full steam ahead” Scenario

In this scenario, there is no consideration given to anything other than ideology.

  • Us vs. Them
  • Democracy vs. “Regimes”
  • Neocon vs. the ignorant rest of the world.

The President and his neocon controllers “put the petal to the metal” and force another war. Probably against China, while keeping all the other wars intact.

This, coupled with various other realities, would be devastating for the United States.

Not only militarily, but also economically and financially.

This scenario would hasten the end of the United States via numerous vectors. (Military is just a tiny portion of the calculus. Other factors have a much greater bearing in this vector.)

As the United States is already in late state collapse, this action would end the present United States government and social organization. As such, we can expect a decade long discomfort inside the Untied States, followed by a two to three decade period of reconstruction to a new form of governance.

[3] Trivial distraction war Scenario

In this scenario, a surrogate target other than China is selected. It doesn’t matter which nation, only that it isn’t a peer-capable one like China.

The war takes place, and all of the media attention is redirected towards that end. This war is used to postpone the decline of the Untied States though a “band-aid” and the United States continues to exist limping long for another decade or so before the eventual collapse.

Eventual collapse will still be spectacular. No doubt.

The advantage of this scenario is that of continued life-support for the dying empire, and enough time to make the necessary arrangements for the lifeboats of the rich to ride out the fiasco.

[4] “Kitchen Sink” Scenario

The American military (using the Presidential figurehead) uses nuclear weapons against one or more combatants. In response, the Global South erases the United States. There are debates on how much damage will occur. But I see an emergent globe where the United States no longer exists, where Americans are treated as lepers, and the Global South manages the world quite well without the “West”.

I will further add that no one wants this scenario. And only a lunatic egotistical idiot with dementia and fueled on cocaine would dare consider it. So, it is of my opinion that is is an unlikely scenario.

[5] “Fade into black” Scenario

In this scenario, there are no additional wars. But the existing ones aren’t ended either. The various vectors continue to their ultimate conclusion. The United States dies. The proxy allies start to “turn off the lights” and the last one out of the theater locks the door.

It’s over.

Now, in these five scenarios, the United States dies.

There is no scenario where it doesn’t die.

The last chance to stop the “great burn” was when the government was still able to function. But that time has passed. The bureaucracy period ended under President Bill Clinton…

main qimg d1dc187173bd72f20a65f923435ec8c8
main qimg d1dc187173bd72f20a65f923435ec8c8

Since that period of time, the ability to reverse-course became substantially difficult.

And the United States slid into death. And it is at death where the United States sits today.

Now during this decade of convulsions; it’s over.

The death spasms of a dying military empire is obvious to everyone.

And so we have our actual reality.

At this period of late stage collapse, the United States cannot be taken off of it’s vector. It will die, the only issues are [1] how quickly and [2] how painfully for the Americans and allies.

2023 04 30 17 56
2023 04 30 17 56

Finally, I must add that the United States needs a new kind of leader to slow down the march-of-death. I propose the following…

main qimg 6f95d49deaa59f6f0c1bc04ed2cf7373
main qimg 6f95d49deaa59f6f0c1bc04ed2cf7373

Everyone do not freak out. Things are progressing forward. Its just that the psychopathic leadership doesn’t know it yet.

The “news” still continues it’s march for war buildups. The “leadership class” believe (erroneously), that all is in hand. But they are wrong. Very wrong. Their “misfortunes” in Russia, and the rest of the world, imply bigger systemic issues that are growing into large mountains that will eventually capsize their pleasure cruse.

Don’t get too caught up.

Life is good, and getting better. But you all cannot control the rest of the world from jumping off a cliff. Just don’t follow them.

Shortly after a British Airways flight had reached its cruising altitude, the captain announced:

“Ladies and Gentlemen, this is your captain. Welcome to Flight 293, non-stop from London Heathrow to New York. The weather ahead is good, so we should have an uneventful flight. So, sit back, relax, and… OH…MY GOD!”

Silence followed complete silence!

Some moments later, the captain came back on the intercom.

“Ladies and Gentlemen, I’m sorry if I scared you. While I was talking to you, a flight attendant accidentally spilled coffee on my lap. You should see the front of my pants!”

From the back of the plane, a passenger yelled “For the luvva Jaysus, you should see the back of mine!”

When I was an ENT resident, I had a patient named Alvin who had been treated multiple times for an oral cancer. What happened on a visit after a biopsy stays with me today. At that time I wrote an article about it. Kind of a long answer to your question,, but I think worthwhile:

Alvin lay on the gurney, oblivious to the huff of the respirator forcing oxygen into his lungs. Pulling the surgical mask from my face, I reached for his pulse and checked his pupillary reflexes, matching the physical input against the digital readouts on the recovery room monitor. Everything looked good except that Alvin was going to live.

Alvin, a master woodworker, had cancer. At least, he’d had it before. Four years ago a small sore on the floor of his mouth proved positive for squamous cell carcinoma. Chemotherapy, radiation and three mutilating surgeries over as many years battered the disease to a standstill.

Throughout his ordeal, Alvin was indomitable. His face disfigured by the loss of half of his lower jaw, skin burned leathery by radiation, he saw no reason to complain let alone despair. Although he couldn’t smile, he never failed to joke with the nurses and talk about the mountain cabin where he planned to retire.

When Alvin presented for his checkup, there was another lump. My heart sank. He’d had all the drug and x-ray treatments his body could tolerate. Another surgery was out of the question.

“I don’t know about this, Alvin,” I said. “I think we’d better biopsy it.”

With a voice made raspy by his treatments, he said, “Sure, Doc. No problem.”

A week after the biopsy, Alvin bounced into my office after a wave and a wink to the receptionist.

He plunked himself in front of my desk, eyes still bright but unaccompanied by the usual deep laugh lines. He unshouldered a Woodworker’s Supply tote bag and set it beside the chair. “So what’s up, Doc?” he said.

The damning pathology report lay on my desk like a sheet of lead. My voice broke on his name. I took a sip of water and pulled myself together.

“It’s not good, Alvin. The cancer’s back. I don’t think we can stop it this time.”

Alvin nodded and leaned back, staring at the ceiling for a few seconds. Leaning forward, he rummaged in his bag, extracting a package about the size of a cigar box brightly-wrapped in silver paper. He placed it on the desk and pushed it across to me.

“I know, Doc, and I knew you’d feel real bad about it. I thought this might cheer you up a little. Made it myself.”

Speechless, I carefully unwrapped a wooden box with an intricate inlay of a bird on the lid and scrolls of a yellow wood encircling the periphery.

“Not bad, eh?” he said. “Now the box is amboyna burl from Southeast Asia. One of the most exotic burls around. Chinese emperors used to hoard it like gold. Now they use it to make the dashboards on those high-end Mercedes. Just a delight to feel it in your hands, isn’t it? Like butter.”

He reached across to outline the yellow scrollwork inlaid on the sides. “Now that’s East Indian satinwood,” he said excitedly. “India and Sri Lanka. Tightest grain you ever saw. Hold it up to the light and it looks like it’s embedded with diamonds.”

I ran my hand over the polished surface, turning it to catch the light, catching some of Alvin’s enthusiasm for the natural beauty of the wood and marveling at the craftsmanship.

“The bird,” he said, “is my poor attempt at a phoenix. Lots of different woods in it for the colors: bloodwood for the fire, granadillo for most of the body, plum for the wings, some ebony for the talons. Whaddaya think?”

I stared slack-jawed at the man who’d just received a death sentence. “Alvin,” I managed, “it’s the most beautiful thing I’ve ever seen.”

“Knew you’d like it,” he said, his voice smiling for him. “Thanks for being my doc. We gave it a good run didn’t we?”

Because there are two worlds: the one you see in real life and the one you see on TV or newspaper.

You watch TV, navigate through social media and you think you are well informed abou the world. And you know a lot about China. A strong dictatorship, damn commies, cheap labor and poor brainwashed people that would be amazed to see the “Free world”. The government is spying on their citizens, like CIA or NSA. But when commies do, you think is worst. Of course.

And one day, casually, you decide that you will visit China.

You arrived there and you are shocked. You can barely believe in your own eyes.

The big cities are super modern, big, shinning tall buildings. The way you pay, the way you shop, the hypermarket looks like in The Jetsons.

You are in the future.

The level of automation there is out of this world (Western world, cough, cough). You had no idea that so many online services were already available to the people. You realize you have been scammed by your own country and media.

After the initial shock, you, an an educated person after all, well traveled, you have knowledge. Knowledge from the free world.

You decide to talk to the educated Chinese. Another shock. They know more about you (you as a citizen and your political beliefs) and your country than you know about them. Where is the brainwashing?

“Hey, but they are not free” you think in relieve. What can you do that they can’t? Let’s see… protest?

As if protests are changing something…

Vote? Chinese economy is growing faster and better than democracies…

It doesn’t matter, you are a free, superior citizen of the developed world. You traveled there to China to see them! And see that the Chinese studying abroad are going back to China… Whatever, they are commies.

You visit the Rural China, you still see a lot of poverty. You feel better about yourself. Hahaha, they are still poor!

You go back to the big cities and there is no way to deny the reality: China is growing and is glowing.

You go back home and you see, China is actually a good place. Very different from what you see on TV.

That’s why year after year the “experts” in your country are predicting the fall of China. There is nothing else to do beyond pray that somehow China will stop growing and wil be the end of the Western hegemony over the world.

PS: Go on, call me Communist Party propagandist.

We start with three videos

All there (x3) must be watched. This is from Singapore, and they are a third party trying to understand China.

Part 1

Part 2

Part 2 is especially illuminating, to quiet those who insist China will fold immediately with a blockade of the Malacca Straits.

part 3

 

Love

main qimg 3adbf05a393727350153b309126d0b8a
main qimg 3adbf05a393727350153b309126d0b8a

The sad death of Australian wine

Australia killed wine trade with China. The LARGEST consumer of wine in the world.

This is what happened…

2023 05 18 06 46
2023 05 18 06 46
2023 05 18 06 48
2023 05 18 06 48

This happened a few days ago at Wal-Mart.

My son and I got in line to check out and an elderly woman with a walker was at the register. She was having a bit of difficulty with unloading her cart so the man in front of us went to help her. As we waited, my son overheard a woman behind us say “Why is it taking so long? My God, why do they let people like that in stores.”

My son turned to the woman and said “For the same reason they let people like you in here. They have to eat too. I hope you find yourself in her position one day and remember how rude you are now.”

She stood there in shock and silent afterwards. I had tears of pride in my eyes knowing that my son just put a pretentious person in their place. He went over to the elderly lady and asked if she needed help to her car and went with her to load her groceries. At 16, and mildly autistic, this was HUGE. He didn’t wait for permission, he just went and did what was right.

I wish others would do the same.

The Poverty In Mississippi Is Unlike Anything You’ve Ever Seen

America

Reality…

2023 05 18 10 44
2023 05 18 10 44

I’ve, on occasion woken up in the middle of the night…stumbled around and accidentally stepped on my cat’s tail.

There are two things that happen at that moment, one he cries out immediately and I get off, two I pick him up, hug him, kiss his cheek and tell him I’m sorry.

He still loves the crap out of me and I love the crap out of him.

Does he know it was an accident, absolutely…you know how I know? He didn’t scratch the crap out of me or run off, he waited for the kiss and hug then made sure I was alright.

As with everyone on this planet, you get the gambit of responses. Some cats bolt some fight back and some overreact.

Chicken Fajita Pasta Toss

2023 05 13 18 58
2023 05 13 18 58

Ingredients

  • 8 ounces vermicelli or thin pasta, drained and kept warm
  • 1 tablespoon vegetable oil
  • 1 pound boneless, skinless chicken breast halves, cut into strips
  • 1 cup quartered, sliced onion
  • 1 cup sliced red bell pepper
  • 1 cup sliced yellow bell pepper
  • 1 (7 ounce) can chiles, drained and cut into strips
  • 1/2 cup taco sauce
  • 1/2 cup water
  • 1 package fajita seasoning mix
  • 1/4 cup chopped fresh cilantro (optional)
  • 1 lime, cut into wedges optional

Instructions

  1. Heat vegetable oil in large skillet over medium high heat. Add chicken; cook for 4 to 5 minutes or until no longer pink.
  2. Add onion, bell pepper and chiles; cook, stirring frequently, for 1 to 2 minutes.
  3. Stir taco sauce, water and seasoning mix. Bring to a boil. Reduce heat to low; cook, stirring frequently, for 2 to 3 minutes or until mixture thickens.
  4. Serve over pasta. Garnish with cilantro and lime wedges.

6 servings.

Oh, that. Yeah. That pretty much happened in the 1970’s.

As always, do not expect to be informed by reading Western (American) “News”. The term “disinfo” means to distract and inform with falsehoods.

I suppose I could throw out all sorts of facts and figures. I could show you charts. In general, the more charts thrown in an article the more believable it is. It’s a funny thing with non-critical thinkers; they see charts, but don’t understand their meanings or impacts. Colorful ones are the best. You’ll get a lot of nodding bubble heads for certain.

So…

What is an “economic superpower”? How does it translate into lifestyle?

Or to put differently, if you lived inside of an economic superpower, what would you lifestyle be like? And it is from that angle; from that vision, from that observation that we will explore the answer to this question.

This is different from tabulated reams of data, and lectures by “blue panel experts”. This is different from “on the street” interviews, and what the “history books” say.

If you lived in an economic superpower, your life would be [1] stable, [2] comfortable, and [3] safe. Otherwise, what’s the point? A name? A title? No, don’t be silly. An economic superpower is a place where everyone lives a great life.

Let’s look at the three aspects…

Stable

You could work in your chosen profession without ever having to worry about a “layoff”, a “downsize”, a “right size” or firing. You would not need to hold multiple jobs to support your family, and a family would only need one breadwinner.

Comfortable

You would have a fine, well attired home. No mortgages. No need to procure loans or borrow money to support that lifestyle. You would eat well, sleep comfortably, and have access to inexpensive, but good, medical care.

Safe

Crime would not be present, and there would be few instances of fraud. There would be no crime or fraud in government, and everything would be transparent and above-the-board.

Of course, for large nations, you can never actually achieve the ideals.

But you can obtain a “best fit” ideal; one where the various three aspects were predominant in your culture. And that, this honest to goodness view of personal first-hand reality is what we need to judge what an economic superpower is. Because using this measurement, you are omitting technology. You are omitting oligarch influence. You are omitting government type and behavior. instead you are looking at the visceral aspects of society; ones that you experience.

Around 1970, the United States lost this role. At the same time, China gained this role.

And everything else is just fluff.

Numbers and opinions that are great on multiple choice questions on a test, but have no actual purpose in regards to understandings.

By comparing one’s lifestyle you can easily see whether they are living in an economic superpower or not.

The early 1970’s was the time when Americans lost the three primary elements of societal foundations that are prevalent in an economic superpower. And it was precisely at this time, when the Chinese gained them.

the american dream doesn’t exist

China has very sophisticated anti-ship missiles (including hypersonic), destroyers (Type 055, Type 052D), attack submarines (Type 093, upcoming Type 095), ASW aircraft, satellites, etc. to counter the US Navy. US carriers would be foolish to come close to China’s coast (within several thousand kilometers).

China also has the world’s most advanced stealth fighters in the J-20 and upcoming J-35.

America brags about its ageing F-22 (production discontinued in 2011) and its underpowered F-35, which has a shorter range, lower ceiling, lower speed, and smaller payload than the J-20. LOL.

The Pentagon is not stupid. They won’t engage China.

Answers don’t seem to address the question: if you don’t want US to get involved with the battle of Taiwan, which might trigger WW3, what can you do as an individual?

If that’s the premise of the question.

My friend posted an email that he sent to his district congressman last year when Russia invaded Ukraine, his demand was the opposite, he requested the congressman to support sending US military into the war!

Now that’s ww3 that almost happened, last year.

Now this is a smart guy, smarter than me, how could he have made such a stupid decision?

Me and another friend were ridiculing him, that we would buy guns and armor for him, so that he can volunteer for Ukraine. Hey if you wanna die don’t represent us. You can volunteer to fight, we will root for ya, even buy your gears!

The topic of nuclear Armageddon came up, I asked him, you and me both live in tier one cities, the first wave to be vaporized, have you thought of that? Never mind the guy who lives in Texas or Ohio, who might go berserk to be tough with Russia, it’s for us to die when shit happens, not him. And we can support Ukraine all we want (through funding the war, supplying weapons and intelligence to coordinating attacks, to sanctions which we don’t agree with again but that’s at least not the line in the sand), but hey NO that’s NOT our war!

You see Russia or China or whichever nuclear country that we decide to attack, they would make sure that DC, NYC, the Bay Area, Los Angeles, and maybe Chicago (sorry Chicago don’t think you were that important but you would probably be totally ok to be missed in the top 5 must hit list for America) bite the dust.

So let’s go B——n? Well f* you too if you think that our lives can be collateral damage in MAD. Great gracious that B——n didn’t think so, sometimes it’s good to back down.

So call and email your congressman, and other representatives – if you want my vote don’t do anything silly on that front, you are triggering ww3. Unfortunately that’s all you can do.

Btw, that friend has completely come to his senses after a few months of the war and now totally agree with me. That is not our war, support all you want, but if you wanna join do it yourself, die for Ukraine but don’t represent me!

Peace.

I also want to talk a bit about my perspective on Taiwan, since most Americans don’t know that ww3 could be happening on that side of the world and what our government and representatives are doing about it.

We are provoking the hostilities.

2023 05 18 10 23
2023 05 18 10 23

We are flying military aircrafts regularly near their air space.

We are patrolling our great navy carriers near their waters.

BUT it’s our right amirite? Yeah pretty much if a peeping tom wants to it is also his right, as long as he keeps enough distance, but that’s not hostile? Com’on.

Also don’t forget if peeping tom isn’t even your neighbor, there’s something called restraining order (in fact even if he were your neighbor).

Oh that’s not all that is happening in that area, that’s what we have been doing for decades.

What we are doing now is to go to slap them in the face, by doing something we don’t do before but are doing now often to infuriate them, we visit their wife during some sort of divorce.

BUT it’s our right amirite? Sure bet. A man visits your wife who hates you, sleeps over at her place, hey he’s not banging her promise. That’s not being hostile? Ok maybe he will make sure that you see them banging, is it hostile enough for ya?

BUT what about freedom? and democracy!

Wah I got to see a porn movie that also educates us about democracy.

Freedom!

Peace.

(I usually don’t want to talk about war with Russia and China but if it’s before we go for ww3, at least don’t pretend that it’s a joke, do people’s lives look like a joke to you?)

Chinese Culture: The values that set them apart.

I lived in China for 8 years and honestly, those were the best and happiest years of my life. Cheers!

My brother, cousin and I are adopted.

I asked my mother when I was little why she couldn’t have her own children. She said she had a hysterectomy.

I didn’t think much of it then but as I got older I realized she had only been 30 when my older brother was adopted. I thought it was unusual to have the procedure done in her 20’s.

My mom was born in 1916, so a risky procedure, I would think in the 1930’s. I found out her younger sister had a hysterectomy at a early age as well.

Then, in my 50’s I got the whole story from an older cousin.

My Adopted mom’s mother had made a deal with a devilish doctor ( probably for sexual favors) to perform hysterectomies on her daughters while they were CHILDREN.

I believe my mother was eight and my aunt perhaps six!!!!

My mom and aunt didn’t remember anything of the procedure.

They didn’t know what had been done to them until in their 20’s, when my Aunt Etta was talking to her fiancé ( my uncle Bill) and as all young people in love do, they were discussing how many kids they wanted, and my GRANDMOTHER from the next room, yelled in to them, “ You won’t be having any children! I took care of that! I’m not having your body ruined like mine was!”

That is how my mother and aunt found out they would never have children…. thanks to a sadistic and psychopathic grandmother and some crazy, immoral doctor in Dallas, Texas in the 1920’s.

Not that Way: The Superb Concept Art Works of Oliver Ryan

0 20
0 20

Oliver Ryan is a UK based concept artist and illustrator working in games and animation.

More: Instagram, Artstation

279853438 693842298597634 5388296126589826384 n 990x525
279853438 693842298597634 5388296126589826384 n 990×525
260473037 1067546237352400 5019969065825885563 n 990x556
260473037 1067546237352400 5019969065825885563 n 990×556
179936751 489080795578264 5240814024280644510 n 990x518
179936751 489080795578264 5240814024280644510 n 990×518
158475353 440289487292397 5778779151235718025 n 990x518
158475353 440289487292397 5778779151235718025 n 990×518
124962178 388856909003846 5359682428368909316 n 990x518
124962178 388856909003846 5359682428368909316 n 990×518
121706587 1013038375807290 1281269691256104389 n 990x653
121706587 1013038375807290 1281269691256104389 n 990×653
117799912 107286804343972 943547130608427271 n 990x518
117799912 107286804343972 943547130608427271 n 990×518
107527445 2341610139479820 7171930859538366555 n 990x761
107527445 2341610139479820 7171930859538366555 n 990×761
43915258 2221981744703974 4455474591310875407 n 990x518
43915258 2221981744703974 4455474591310875407 n 990×518
47694648 2869422363198656 8493300802325647007 n 990x518
47694648 2869422363198656 8493300802325647007 n 990×518
52967950 2204391593210753 6387960090471519689 n 990x518
52967950 2204391593210753 6387960090471519689 n 990×518
57114930 544581102731959 8968656290309238242 n 990x565
57114930 544581102731959 8968656290309238242 n 990×565
57119730 273598046909984 5684342647247021056 n 990x613
57119730 273598046909984 5684342647247021056 n 990×613
57303647 156733315370222 2899237806725840159 n 990x518
57303647 156733315370222 2899237806725840159 n 990×518
69593494 698000480683417 6016793462191014359 n 990x587
69593494 698000480683417 6016793462191014359 n 990×587
95516557 882662588805877 4837927790932705310 n 990x518
95516557 882662588805877 4837927790932705310 n 990×518
93679477 151367499711284 1315783052731576468 n 990x518
93679477 151367499711284 1315783052731576468 n 990×518
89856431 507012036915522 8265392734733061469 n 990x518
89856431 507012036915522 8265392734733061469 n 990×518
62263597 477698629702033 7709227238714870266 n
62263597 477698629702033 7709227238714870266 n
51861376 625208121246990 2377091845771593492 n 990x907
51861376 625208121246990 2377091845771593492 n 990×907
38298856 646001145799062 1398112331312922624 n 990x518
38298856 646001145799062 1398112331312922624 n 990×518
35424285 233834874094495 5517172532966326272 n 990x518
35424285 233834874094495 5517172532966326272 n 990×518
30926850 161576871205149 8454805381745475584 n 990x518
30926850 161576871205149 8454805381745475584 n 990×518
30601710 396353320830770 3470541567549243392 n 990x518
30601710 396353320830770 3470541567549243392 n 990×518
21819819 698785980310140 5346685571383164928 n
21819819 698785980310140 5346685571383164928 n
21435389 116642925708931 195114381367836672 n
21435389 116642925708931 195114381367836672 n
21372159 170125220211303 3654191646116937728 n
21372159 170125220211303 3654191646116937728 n

Be a good guy

2023 05 18 11 05
2023 05 18 11 05

The ASEAN finance ministers and central bank governors meeting agreed to reinforce the use of local currencies to ensure financial stability.

To facilitate regional economic integration, leaders of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) made a declaration on advancing regional payment connectivity and promoting local currency transaction on Wednesday during the two-day ASEAN Summit

2023 05 18 10 47
2023 05 18 10 47

The leaders of 10 Southeast Asian nations, members of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN), have agreed to “encourage the use of local currencies for economic and financial transactions.” The group comprises Brunei, Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia, Myanmar, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, and Vietnam. This move will help them reduce their reliance on the U.S. dollar.

Southeast Asian Countries’ De-Dollarization Efforts

The leaders of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) gathered in Labuan Bajo, Indonesia, for the 42nd ASEAN Summit on May 10-11 under the chairmanship of the Republic of Indonesia. ASEAN members comprise Brunei, Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia, Myanmar, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, and Vietnam. This year’s 42nd ASEAN Summit under Indonesia’s chairmanship is themed “ASEAN Matters: Epicentrum of Growth,” held from May 9 to 11 in the Indonesian town of Labuan Bajo.

Ahead of the summit, the Indonesian Employers Association (Apindo) had expected that Indonesia could drive regional de-dollarization through its 2023 ASEAN chairmanship. Ajib Hamdani, head of Apindo’s Economic Policy Analyst Committee, said in an official statement that de-dollarization has become a global phenomenon and, to some extent, an economic orientation.

Leaders declared to commit to advancing regional payment connectivity by utilizing emerging opportunities brought by innovation to facilitate seamless and secure cross-border payment, taking country circumstances into consideration. They also agreed to encourage the use of local currencies for cross-border transactions in the region and support the establishment of a Task Force to explore the development of an ASEAN Local Currency Transaction Framework.

ASEAN is seeking to improve its regional payment connectivity through initiatives such as the recently launched Indonesia-Malaysia quick response (QR) standard, which allows citizens of both countries to use QR codes and their local currencies to make payments in the other. The bloc is also encouraging the settlement of regional accounts in local currencies rather than with the US dollar, the go-to currency for international trade.

“This is in line with the purpose of ASEAN centrality, so that ASEAN can be much stronger and self-reliant,” President Joko “Jokowi” Widodo said of the currency policy recommendation

An official declaration released by the chairman at the conclusion of the summit states: “We adopted the ASEAN Leaders Declaration on Advancing Regional Payment Connectivity and Promoting Local Currency Transaction to foster bilateral and multilateral payment connectivity arrangements to strengthen economic integration by enabling fast, seamless, and more affordable cross-border payments across the region.”

The declaration continues:

We commit to encourage the use of local currencies for economic and financial transactions among ASEAN member states to deepen regional financial integration and promote the development of currency market in local currency to strengthen financial stability in the region.

Among ASEAN countries, Indonesia, Thailand, Malaysia and the Philippines been developing their capacity for local currency settlement since 2017. Recently, the region has established the similar framework with China, Japan and South Korea.

ASEAN leaders have also agreed to explore the development of a unified ASEAN local currency transaction framework that would help countries in the region transition away from established trade currencies like the US dollar.

At the end of March, the ASEAN finance ministers and central bank governors met in Bali, Indonesia, and agreed to take steps to reinforce the use of local currencies in the region and reduce reliance on the U.S. dollar or other major international currencies for cross-border trade and investment in an effort to ensure financial stability and avoid spillovers such as high inflation from the global crisis.

Bank of Indonesia Governor Perry Warjiyo said in April that Indonesia is following the BRICS’ de-dollarization lead . The BRICS nations (Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa) are working on a common currency to reduce their reliance on the USD; their leaders plan to discuss this topic at their upcoming leaders’ summit.

Multiple people expect a common BRICS currency to erode  the U.S. dollar’s dominance, including a former White House economist who warned that if the BRICS nations used only their common currency for international trade, “they would remove an impediment that now thwarts their efforts to escape dollar hegemony.” Investment analyst Jon Wolfenbarger cautioned that a successful BRICS currency could result in the U.S. dollar losing its reserve currency status. This would hurt U.S. living standards and lead to less power for the U.S. government.

A woman called my newsroom crying. Nobody wanted to deal with her. So they sent her to me. She was crying and hard to understand, but the basic story went this way…

She had bought a used car. She needed it badly to get to the THREE jobs she held to support her children by herself. No husband. Less than two weeks after buying the car, it broke down. She called the dealer who had told her it had a 30-day warranty.

He told her he couldn’t help. But, she told him, you said it had a 30 day warranty. His response — too bad. When she complained, he told her — “lady, you’re dealing with the big boys now.”

She was crying as she told me this. I was — to put it mildly — angry.

My response to her — let me call you back.

I called him. I explained the problem and when I did not get what I considered a good response, I “explained” things to him:

  1. He needed to respond appropriately to her and solve the problem.
  2. If he did not respond appropriately, I would have my entire investigative news team look into his operation.
  3. He did not like that.
  4. Cautionary note here: My response – YOU picked the wrong person to fight with, and no, NOW, you’re playing with the Big Boys, expletives to follow…

He took back her car.

Gave her a slightly newer model without any problems.

She called crying and thanked me.

I may have cried a little bit too.

Picture worth a thousand words. …

.

2023 05 18 10 w49
2023 05 18 10 w49

Although the Biden administration has been trying to disassociate its policy towards Africa from its confrontation with China and Russia, a senior administration official who spoke on a call with reporters ahead of Harris’s trip acknowledged that “Obviously, we can’t ignore the current geopolitical moment. It’s no secret that we are engaged in competition with China. And we’ve said very clearly we intend to outcompete China in the long term.”

2023 05 18 10 50
2023 05 18 10 50

For decades, the United States treats African countries like charity cases. That was exacerbated during the Trump administration, which largely ignored the continent. Former US President Donald Trump even insulted some African countries as “shithole countries” in a 2018 meeting.

At the same time, China, as a strategic competitor of the United States, has continuously strengthened its investment in Africa, helping African countries build roads and other infrastructure, and establishing more solid economic and political relations. That was determined by how differently China views Africa than the U.S., with the latter tending to see Africa as a series of problems–wars, famines, something like that, while China seeing it much more of an opportunity.

2023 05 18 10 5w1
2023 05 18 10 5w1

Vice President Kamala Harris landed at Zambia’s Kenneth Kuanda International Airport, a project upgraded by China.

Aiming to reset U.S.-Africa relations, several Biden administration officials paid visit to the continent. The vice president is the fifth Biden official in three months to visit the continent. For Harris, the first Black U.S. vice president, it also carries especially high stakes. Harris’ arrival marks the latest, most high-profile official to visit Africa this year, reportedly to pave way for President Joe Biden’s visit later in the year.

However, the change of the Biden administration does not mean that the United States has begun to pay attention to Africa’s development. The essence of Biden’s policy logic is no different from that of its predecessors, or even all their predecessors. What the United States cares most about in Africa is to ensure the influence of hegemony, and to deal with the “competition” of other major powers outside Africa, which is the source of all motives for the United States to ignore or attach importance to Africa.

Although the U.S. spares no effort to woo Africa, the current China-Africa trade volume is still five times that of the U.S.-Africa trade, and China’s direct investment in Africa is still twice that of the U.S. These are indisputable facts. In addition, China’s aid to Africa has not only about building a large amount of infrastructure, but also created millions of job opportunities for Africa. Therefore, it is self-evident how African countries and peoples should choose, to cooperate with China for tangible development or to be placed at the “strategic bottom” by the United States.

Chicken with Lime Butter

2023 05 13 18 59
2023 05 13 18 59

Ingredients

  • 6 chicken breasts, boned and skinned
  • 1/2 teaspoon salt
  • 1/2 teaspoon pepper
  • 1/3 cup vegetable oil
  • 8 tablespoons butter
  • 1 teaspoon minced chives
  • 1/2 teaspoon fresh dill weed
  • Juice from 1 Mexican lime

Instructions

  1. Sprinkle chicken on both sides with salt and pepper. Put oil in pan and cook over medium heat. Add chicken and sauté for about 4 minutes on each side or until lightly browned.
  2. Reduce heat to low and cover; let cook for 10 minutes or until fork can be inserted in chicken with ease.
  3. Remove chicken and keep warm. Drain off oil and discard.
  4. In saucepan, add lime juice and cook over low heat until the juice begins to bubble. Add butter, constantly stirring until butter thickens. Stir in chives and dill weed.
  5. Spoon over chicken and serve.
  6. Garnish with lime slices and dill weed.

They Really Did It! | The U.S. Confiscates Russian Assets

2023 05 13 19 14
2023 05 13 19 14

This is true. The US is in a state of apparent decline, and this decline may be even irreversible. At this rate, within 10 years or so, the Chinese GDP per capita will match the US, and the standard of life will be higher, because the GDP in China is distributed more evenly among the population. No small testament to this is that China already, recently exceeded the U.S. in life expectancy, one of the main indicators of national wellbeing, if not the main one.

Because of the above-said decline, the US is losing world influence, which is leading to the formation of new big economic alliances like BRICS, and the new “no limits” strategic and economic alliances between Russia and China. The decline is also leading to the beginning of de-dollarization, a very dangerous trend for the US.

I hope the U.S. and its allies take heed of all this and make the necessary adjustments…the day before yesterday. This is not the time for intolerance, intransigence, and being uncompromising….

First Love.

2023 05 18 11 03
2023 05 18 11 03

Second Love.

2023 05 18 11 033
2023 05 18 11 033

Third Love.

2023 05 18 11 0w4
2023 05 18 11 0w4

30 Patriot missiles in 2 minutes. Zelensky returns to Kiev

US Navy, Chinese PLA Engaged In ‘Dangerous Encounter’ Near Hong Kong; US Forced To Destroy Its Own Sonars – Media

.

In a stunning revelation, it has been disclosed that China and the US were engaged in a high-stakes military confrontation mere 150 kilometers away from Hong Kong in early 2021. 

The intensity of the situation prompted the US to take a bold step and destroy its floating sonars to prevent them from falling into Beijing’s hands, reported SCMP. 

One day before the deadly riots on January 6, 2021, supporters of former President Donald Trump had gathered outside the Capitol building in Washington. 

On that same day, the report said three US military aircraft embarked on an unusual submarine hunt, conducting operations remarkably close to China’s shoreline. 

A team of Chinese military scientists has released the first open report on the January 5 incident, which includes a significant disclosure. 

The report disclosed that a US anti-submarine plane flew close to Hong Kong, reaching as close as 150 kilometers (93 miles). 

The report further said that the People’s Liberation Army (PLA) acted swiftly by deploying a classified counterforce during the US naval exercise, but the nature and size of this response remain classified.  

Led by Liu Dongqing from PLA Unit 95510, the research team emphasized that US activities significantly threatened China’s national security. The study highlighted that such actions could severely impede the critical missions of Chinese submarines during wartime.  

The report said that US spy planes strategically placed sensors in the waters near the Dongsha Islands, which are also referred to as the Pratas Islands. These islands consist of atolls and reefs under Taiwan’s control. 

The deployment of these sensors indicates the involvement of the United States in monitoring activities in the region, adding to the complexity of the situation surrounding these contested waters.

In contrast to other disputed islands in the South China Sea, where the United States has been conducting freedom of navigation operations to challenge what it perceives as China’s excessive claims, the Dongsha Islands are claimed solely by Taipei and Beijing. 

In this case, the absence of broader territorial claims by other countries sets the Dongsha Islands apart from other contentious areas in the region.

8 Chinese work ethics that WILL improve your life

  1. You move on. You don’t waste time feeling sorry for yourself.
  2. You are kind, fair, and unafraid to speak up.
  3. You embrace change. You welcome challenges.
  4. You stay happy. You don’t waste energy on things you can’t control.
  5. You are willing to take calculated risks.
  6. You celebrate other people’s success. You don’t feel threatened by other’s achievements.

China Accuses US Of Monitoring, Blocking, And Containing Chinese Subs

The United States, according to Chinese researchers, has devoted significant efforts to target China’s submarine forces in recent years specifically. They contend that this intensified focus is part of a larger pattern of increased US military activities within the South China Sea region.  

2023 05 18 10 38
2023 05 18 10 38

The report added that the US utilizes sophisticated tools such as sonar buoys and sensors to locate submarines even when operating at significant depths below the surface. 

The scientists from the PLA assert that the techniques employed by the United States pose a “severe threat” to China’s submarines, significantly impeding their ability to operate covertly within the region. 

According to Liu’s team, the US uses a deliberate tactic of flying spy planes at low altitudes of around 60 meters, which is relatively close to the ground and poses safety risks. 

This tactic enhances the ability to detect and track submarines, especially by anti-submarine patrol aircraft such as the US Navy’s P-8A.

The report revealed that the US military deployed several aircraft to locate Chinese submarines, which operated in a coordinated manner to achieve their goals. 

The team led by Liu Dongqing from the PLA’s electronic warfare unit noted that the US intended to monitor, block and contain China’s activities. 

The US military maintained a persistent presence in the area by conducting multiple flights over an extended period, enabling them to gather extensive information about Chinese submarine activity and enhancing their situational awareness and surveillance capabilities.

In response to the US efforts, PLA researchers have proposed measures to counteract them, as suggested in the latest study.  

China’s electronic warfare capabilities could disrupt or jam US floating sonar systems, hindering submarine detection. China is also developing realistic decoys to deceive US sonar systems by mimicking submarine sounds and movements. 

The Chinese military also collaborates with private companies to enhance submarine stealth technology. 

That being said, the disclosed information highlights the escalated military activities and countermeasures being taken by both sides. 

Smile

2023 05 18 11 06
2023 05 18 11 06

1. Get up early every morning.

2. Save money every month.

3. Start your business.

4. Write down your goal everyday.

5. Start Investing.

6. Be with capable people.

7. Get into the habit of reading books.

8. Exercise daily for one hour.

9. Create multiple sources of income.

And last

10. Set long term goals.

I went to a mall in my hometown 2 weeks ago to redeem a gift voucher I got from my parents about 3 years ago.

I parked in the basement and walked up to the doors where a guy wearing a staff uniform was waiting and opened the door for me, as I stepped inside he joined me and pressed the button to go the a certain floor without asking me where I’m going.

As the doors started closing my gut told me to GTFO because something is off about this guy.

I stepped out pretending that I forgot something in the car, the guy didn’t follow me out.

I decided that it was nothing and shouldn’t stress about it. So up I went to the 3rd floor, as I stepped out a bunch of security guards came running toward the lift and chased me out and took the lift to the next floor.

I asked one of the people what happened and no one knew.

Maybe 10 minutes later there was an announcement saying that the 5th floor and the elevators on that side of the mall is closed due to security reasons.

Turned out that the guy who was with me in the lift slashed the next guy who entered’s neck with a carpenters knife (killing him) and tried to attack the security guards when the doors opened.

My gut really saved me that day

Three Steps

2023 05 18 11 00
2023 05 18 11 00

.

Sorry about the Geo-political stuff, but we are seriously in the shit right now.

Today will be a tad heavy on the Geo-Political stuff. Executive summary is simple, regardless of whatever nonsense is being pumped out of the Western “news”, China and the rest of the “Global South” are all doing very well.

There’s some articles on this and some graphs.

Then we have some very nice points being made as to the reality of what an “American led” “rules based order” actually means. It means exactly what I have been saying for so long now.

Some art.

Some food.

Some surprises. I try to compensate with stuff on cats, and people. I hope it’s a good mix to counter the geopolitical framed articles. So that the content isn’t so absolutely dry. Ugh!

Let’s start…

THIS IS A KEEPER!

It happened at a New York Airport. This is hilarious. I wish I had the guts of this girl. An award should go to the United Airlines gate agent in New York for being smart and funny, while making her point, when confronted with a passenger who probably deserved to fly as cargo. For all of you out there who have had to
deal with an irate customer, this one is for you.

A crowded United Airlines flight was canceled. A single agent was re-booking a long line of inconvenienced travelers. Suddenly, an angry passenger pushed his way to the desk. He slapped his ticket on the counter and said, “I HAVE to be on this flight and it has to be FIRST CLASS.”

The agent replied, “I’m sorry, sir. I’ll be happy to try to help you, but I’ve got to help these folks first; and then I’m sure we’ll be able to work something out.”
The passenger was unimpressed. He asked loudly, so that the passengers behind him could hear, “DO YOU HAVE ANY IDEA WHO I AM?”

Without hesitating, the agent smiled and grabbed her public address microphone. “May I have your attention, please?”, she began, her voice heard clearly throughout the terminal. “We have a passenger here at Gate 14 WHO DOES NOT KNOW WHO HE IS. If anyone can help him with his identity, please come to Gate 14”.

With the folks behind him in line laughing hysterically, the man glared at the United Airlines agent, gritted his teeth, and said, “F*** You!”

Without flinching, she smiled and said, “I’m sorry sir, you’ll have to get in line for that, too.”

Life isn’t about how to survive the storm, but how to dance in the rain.

China is starting to target western interests in the country after five years of snowballing trade and technology restrictions spearheaded by the US under presidents Donald Trump and Joe Biden.

2023 04 24 19 15
2023 04 24 19 15

Over the past two months, Chinese officials have slapped new sanctions on US weapons companies Lockheed Martin and Raytheon, launched an investigation into US chipmaker Micron, raided US due diligence firm Mintz and apprehended local staff, detained a senior executive from Japan’s Astellas Pharma group and hit London-headquartered Deloitte with a record fine. President Xi Jinping’s administration is now considering curbing western access to materials and technologies critical to the global car industry, according to a commerce ministry review.

The response to what Beijing has described as a US-led “technology blockade” reveals Xi’s strategy of narrowly targeting industries and companies with little risk of damage to China’s interests.

“China has not abandoned its strategy of restraint to shift to a new position of wide-ranging retaliation, but they’re going to surgically select companies to demonstrate their frustration,” said Paul Haenle, a former China adviser to US presidents George W Bush and Barack Obama.

However, the decision to conduct raids and detain staff from foreign companies has raised the spectre that Beijing will escalate hostage diplomacy if relations with the west deteriorate.

The Mintz and Astellas cases have sparked an urgent review of employee safety and the immediate suspension of some travel plans to China, said two people from foreign risk consultancy groups.

“This has been a wake-up call for the industry,” one of the people said. “It is hard for the due diligence players — the levels of paranoia in China are so high — but it also affects ‘blue-chip’ service firms and outfits like Bain, McKinsey and Boston Consulting Group.”

Experts said Japan was particularly vulnerable to Beijing’s hostage diplomacy because it lacks a sophisticated intelligence agency of its own and lacks tools to negotiate the return of its citizens.

Since China passed a counter-espionage law in 2014, 17 Japanese nationals have been arrested. Five of them, including the Astellas employee, remain in detention, according to Japan’s foreign ministry.

In February, Beijing imposed new sanctions on Lockheed and Raytheon, two of the biggest US defence companies. The move reflected Chinese opposition to weapons sales to Taiwan but had little commercial impact as the groups were not allowed to sell military equipment to China.

Beijing’s investigation into Micron, launched last month on national security grounds, is viewed as the clearest signal of Xi’s retaliation gathering momentum.

Dexter Roberts, a senior fellow at the Atlantic Council, a Washington think-tank, said he was surprised by Beijing’s restraint given the US-led campaign to cut off China from core chipmaking technologies had “struck right at the heart of China’s global advanced technological ambitions”.

Despite Beijing’s anger, Xi’s economic planners are wary of undermining efforts to use foreign investors to help restart the Chinese economy after the pandemic. This means Beijing is expected to refrain from acting against companies and industries seen as critical to economic recovery.

“It all goes back to the fact that China is facing a lot of challenges this year, particularly on the economic side,” Roberts said. “The last thing they need to do is be distracted by an even more hostile relationship with the US.”

Following the finance ministry’s record $31mn fine on Deloitte over audit deficiencies, experts said they expected pressure to increase on the Big Four accounting firms.

Cheng Lin, an accounting professor at China Europe International Business School in Shanghai, said while audit quality had long been problematic at foreign and local firms, the “main drivers” were Beijing’s worries about data and national security.

The carmaking sector is also braced for the outcome of a 2022 commerce ministry review of technology export restrictions, including possible controls on some rare earth materials and lidar technology used in mapping for driverless cars.

Tu Le, founder of Sino Auto Insights, a Beijing consultancy, said any decision by China to “weaponise their dominance in mining and refining” of materials used by the electric vehicle industry would create “immediate anxiety for the US, European, Japanese and Korean governments”.

The restrictions could also be used as leverage to bargain for a loosening of semiconductor controls, said Arthur Kroeber, head of research at Gavekal Dragonomics, a Beijing consultancy.

Soo Kim, a former CIA analyst and Asia expert, expects Beijing’s retaliatory moves to expand because there appears to be no near-term fix to US-China relations.

“With so many pieces in the US-China competition, Beijing has many levers it can pull,” she said, “including exerting pressure on US allies and partners whose economies are dependent on trade with China.”

Cajun Crispy Oven-Fried Chicken

Jazz up your weeknight dinner with Cajun spiced panko-coated oven-fried chicken.

cajun crispy oven fried chicken
cajun crispy oven fried chicken

Prep: 10 min | Bake: 20 min | Yield: 4 servings

Ingredients

  • 1/2 cup unseasoned panko bread crumbs
  • 1 teaspoon McCormick® Garlic Powder
  • 1 teaspoon McCormick® Paprika
  • 1/2 teaspoon salt
  • 1/2 teaspoon McCormick® Thyme Leaves
  • 1/4 teaspoon McCormick® Pure Ground Black Pepper
  • 1 1/4 pounds boneless skinless chicken breasts halves
  • 1/4 cup milk
  • 1 tablespoon butter, melted

Instructions

  1. Heat oven to 425 degrees F.
  2. Mix panko and seasonings in shallow dish. Moisten chicken with milk. Coat evenly with panko mixture.
  3. Place chicken in single layer on foil-lined 15 x 10 x 1 inch baking pan sprayed with no stick cooking spray. Drizzle with melted butter.
  4. Bake for 15 to 20 minutes or until chicken is cooked through.

Washington should redeploy nukes to South Korea – Bolton

The United States housed nuclear weapons in the East Asian nation between 1958 and 1991
.

Former National Security Advisor John Bolton has called for the US to redeploy nuclear weapons to South Korea, a move which he said would help protect the security of Washington’s key Asian ally.

“Having tactical nuclear weapons back on the peninsula would be clear evidence of our resolve and determination to deter North Korea,” Bolton told Reuters on the sidelines of a forum at the Asan Institute for Policy Studies in Seoul on Tuesday. Bolton has cultivated a reputation for hawkish foreign policy stances throughout a decades-long career in Washington.

Bolton’s comments came as South Korean President Yoon Suk traveled to Washington on Monday ahead of a summit with President Joe Biden, where the topic of the United States’ “extended deterrence” of North Korea’s nuclear program is expected to be tabled.

Pyongyang has conducted a series of ballistic missile tests in recent months, with launches on March 14 perceived by Washington and Seoul as a protest against the announcement of the largest joint military drills undertaken by the two allies in five years, just days prior. North Korea has insisted that its weapons-testing program is defensive in nature, and necessary in the face of US threats.

Bolton touts ‘grand strategy’ to counter Russia and China

In March, some members of Yoon’s conservative People Power Party called for Seoul to develop its own nuclear weapons program, in spite of potential international repercussions for violating a nuclear non-proliferation treaty. According to Bolton, the US placing armaments in South Korea would provide everyone with some breathing room.

“Redeploying the tactical [nuclear] weapons does not preclude South Korea from getting its own capability,” Bolton explained. “But it may give us some time to think about whether we really want to do that.”

Bolton added that a “structure of collective self-defense in East Asia and the Indo-Pacific” could be a solution to regional disputes. “The more people can look at their mutual interests not simply on the nuclear side but against the threat of states like China and South Korea, the safer we all are,” he claimed.

Ahead of his successful election campaign in 2022, Yoon had signaled that he would consider asking Washington to place nuclear weapons in the country. He has since distanced himself from those remarks, while his Defense Minister, Lee Jong-sup, has said that no such plans are in place.

Pyongyang, meanwhile, has condemned the “irresponsible actions of the United States and South Korea” which its foreign ministry said last month was increasing “the risk of nuclear war on the Korean Peninsula.”

The US stationed nuclear weapons in South Korea in 1958 but withdrew them in 1991.

.

Wombats

Let’s take wombats into perspective,

main qimg 07c093212f76ad64de305635cc33a250
main qimg 07c093212f76ad64de305635cc33a250

Cute and cuddly looking animals that are only slightly larger than a rat, but that’s where you’re dead wrong

main qimg 7991854d40bf07a3768640e67e624db0 lq
main qimg 7991854d40bf07a3768640e67e624db0 lq

 

Wombats have been known to grow this big in size and no, that lady isn’t very tiny at all.

American Host REACTS to FACTS about CHINA

Dollar weaponization just cause for Asian Monetary Fund

Asian investors and policymakers acutely aware of the new geopolitical risk of their dollar assets and deposits being frozen or seized
.

Malaysian Prime Minister Anwar Ibrahim’s recent call for the revival of an Asian Monetary Fund (AMF) “to reduce reliance on the dollar or the International Monetary Fund” (IMF), raises the question of whether an AMF was necessary in the first place.

Japan proposed the idea of an AMF shortly after the outbreak of the Asian Financial Crisis in July 1997. Although it was supported by ASEAN countries, the idea was rejected at the Hong Kong IMF and World Bank meetings in September that year by Europe and the United States.

The technical objections were on the grounds of duplication or dilution of the IMF’s central role and the creation of moral hazard, as financing credit excesses would encourage more debt excesses. But the real reason was geopolitical. As long as the IMF and World Bank majority shareholders — the United States and Europe — were not involved in the AMF, and China remained skeptical, the idea would not fly.

The geopolitical landscape has changed profoundly since the Asian Financial Crisis. The Global Financial Crisis of 2007–8 — more accurately, the North Atlantic Financial Crisis — revealed that the countries of the rich West had major flaws in the management of both their economies and their financial systems.

Post-crisis, the reforms — namely using macroprudential regulation and supervision to safeguard financial stability through a system-wide perspective — appeared to solve the need for central bank bailouts in future financial crises. Increases in individual bank capital and liquidity plus caps on total leverage increased self-regulation (bail-in), which theoretically reduces the need for central bank bailouts.

On top of that, the US Federal Reserve’s liquidity swaps with allied central banks relieved foreign exchange liquidity, buying time for countries to solve their own internal bank failures. But this was not available to non-allied countries, such as India or China.

The failures of Silicon Valley Bank and Credit Suisse in March 2023 again rattled confidence in the Western-led financial system. If the post-2008 reforms were to fail, and the West could not prevent its own financial downfall without using central bank money to bail out fragile players, where should other countries put their deposits and savings?

Middle East investors who lost money in investing in Credit Suisse AT1 (additional tier one capital) bonds were reminded that in early 2021 the United States froze the foreign exchange reserves of the Central Bank of Afghanistan.

In 2022, Russia became the subject of massive financial sanctions. These sanctions were unilaterally imposed — and there is no multilateral avenue to appeal them. In addition to unmonitored interest rate and credit risks, all investors are now subject to unquantifiable risks of geopolitical sanction.

The Western neoliberal system once provided a complete trading, funding and payments model under a security umbrella that gave stakeholders “insurance” in the event of financial crises.

If this system is weaponized so that perceived non-compliant users can be sanctioned or have their assets seized, then others must look for self-insurance mechanisms. The AMF is an effort to create a regional self-insurance scheme that seeks to mediate the risk of unilateral sanctioning for geopolitical reasons.

In the quarter century since the AMF was first proposed, Asia has grown significantly, with the rise of China, India and ASEAN, tilting the balance of power from a unipolar to a multipolar order.

East and South Asia are the growth engines of the world. China alone accounted for one-third of world economic growth in 2022. ASEAN as a group will be the fourth largest economy in the world by 2030 in terms of both population and GDP.

As East and South Asian financial systems remain largely bank-dominated, with a significant number remaining state-owned, the region is evaluating whether it should rely on the US dollar as the key currency for its supply chains and external funding. Post-1997, the region has become a net lender to the United States, accounting for nearly three-quarters of its net international investment position.

The weaponization of the US dollar has made investors and policymakers alert to the risk of their deposits, assets or payment systems being seized, confiscated or frozen in the event of geopolitical disagreements with the West.

ASEAN and South Asia do not want to take sides but cannot afford to slow down their economies just to please either side. If the world slows down to a 1930s-style Great Depression, the Global South will need to secure its own sources of trade, growth and funding.

In the words of Eisuke Sakakibara, who as Japan’s vice minister of finance led the campaign to promote AMF in 1997, the idea was not an attempt to create an Asian IMF. The AMRO (ASEAN+3 Macroeconomic Research Office) already fulfills much of the research and surveillance functions for the region.

The Chiang Mai Initiative’s central bank swap arrangements are an improved but as yet untested safety net for the liquidity needs of member central banks. The Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank and New Development Bank are complementary to current infrastructure funding supplied by the Asian Development Bank and other multilateral lenders.

If the United States doubles down on dollar weaponization, then AMF 2.0 or look-alikes will become countervailing steps that push for de-dollarisation. All hinges on whether the West can arrive at an understanding with the rest of the world on the legitimate boundaries of dollar or reserve currency usage.

No rules-based order can survive unilateral sanctions where there is no independent court of adjudication other than raw power.

How Does Therapy Actually Work?

 

I’m going to vastly oversimplify how it works, but:

Me: shows up to therapy as a simmering cauldron of low self-esteem and negative self-talk

Therapist: gets me to talk about these things

Therapist: helps me explore where these things probably came from (i.e., formative years with fucked-up parents)

Therapist: validates that things were severely fucked-up; provides thoughts on how it could have been handled better (if you really trust and respect your shrink, this voice will eventually replace the shitty-parent voice in your head)

Me: continues week-by-week to report new stimulus from my life and how I am handling these things

Therapist: understands current course of action based on deep understanding of my past, continues to validate current feelings, but also suggests different ways to handle and interpret these things going forward

Me: very slowly learns a different way of thinking about life and about myself, and of handling the things the world throws at me

I really believe in therapy as a long-term iterative process. It doesn’t happen in a weekend workshop; you have to keep experiencing the world and give your brain the chance to assimilate the possibility of doing things differently.

Advice on seeing a therapist

Don’t worry about telling them too much or being too personal, they’ve heard it all before, or read about it in books, unless you are a murderer who dresses as a clown and lures teenaged boys to his basement.
The more open you are the better chance they have of helping you.

On that note they all have different styles, in my experience the better ones will not tell you what to do or what you need, they’ll help you ask the right questions so that you can find your own answers.

They might tell you to exercise more, get better sleep, drink less, or take time for yourself, that kind of advice will help you in the process.

Don’t think of them as a Doctor who can heal you, instead think of them as a guide who can help you find the places to look for the healing, and support you as you go along what can be a very challenging journey.

You need to trust them, back to my first point, if you don’t trust them you won’t be honest.

The most important thing is that you must be ready to work, if you don’t want to change or if you think they are going to do it for you, this process will just frustrate you.

Therapy is like doing the rehab on an injury, it sucks and at times hurts, but it’s usually worth the effort.

President Putin on Taiwan: ‘China does not need to use force | CNBC International TV | YouTube

What the West needs to do is something really abstract in order to persuade China to reconsider its relationship with Russia, perhaps it will be along the lines of what happened in November 1963.

Everyone remembers where they were and what they were doing when they got the news that John F. Kennedy was assassinated, I was delivering pamphlets when someone was loudly calling to her neighbour that Kennedy has bern shot, straight after that a dog bit me which is why I remember the incident so vividly.

The Western relationship with the World particularly South East Asia was significantly adjusted by Kennedy’s assassination, for example the Gulf of Tonkin false flag incident was organized in August 1964 and Kennedy would never have gone along with that, Kennedy had to go, also at the time there was a possible come-back of the international British Stirling currency that needed to be dealt with by the USD along with the French colonial operations in the Pacific by the US military, the US wanted French colonial holdings in South East Asia under the name of US economic imperialism.

How the West persuaded the Communist Chinese and Russians to reconsider their operations in the Pacific which were then led by Mao Zedong and Nikita Khrushchev and to accept US military ambitions in South East Asia was by presenting a united front that Kennedy was not able to be a part of.

China and Russia are getting closer than they were in November 1963, it was tha Cuban missile crisis a year previous that caused the Sino Russian split which was just beginning when Kennedy was murdered, the US had no way of knowing China and Russia wouldn’t make-up and stifle their plans for Taiwan to be the One China and the Soviets to collapse.

So what did the US do in November 1963 in order to out flank the China Russia operation against US Capital control, they got rid of Kennedy and replaced him with Lyndon Johnson, and the way that the US did it is what should be now reconsidered by Russia and China.

What the US did to accomplish its mission to take over French Colonial territories in South East Asia was to work with the secret organizations of the Freemasons and Jews who had perfected thought and consequently mind control, it was they who selected a patsy to take the rap as the fall guy his name was Lee Harvey Oswald fast foward to April 2023 and it’s Jack Teixeira fulfilling the exact same role.

But will China or Russia reconsider as they did in 1964 ?, – fool me once is understandable fool me twice is abstractly unthinkable.

Russia’s former Roscosmos chief, Dimitri Rogozin, who now leads the “Tsar’s Wolves” (A team of military experts who provide “technical assistance” to troops in Donbas), stated in a Telegram post today that Russia would soon field drones with “serious weapons – from 82 and 120-mm mortar mines to FAB-100.”

main qimg 83c72161da9902a80d630aa8542ee43a
main qimg 83c72161da9902a80d630aa8542ee43a

Sirius (Inokhodets-RU) Drone

It was likely that Rogozin was referring to the possible deployment of the Russian Sirius (Inokhodets-RU) drone developed by the St. Petersburg-based Kronstadt Group.

The Sirrius is a heavy drone weighing 2.5 tons that can reportedly carry 450 kg of weapons and can stay in the air for 20 hours at an altitude of 7,000 m (23,000 ft.).

While primarily an attack drone, the Sirius can also be used to patrol designated areas to plug gaps in defenses using its ability to immediately attack and destroy small-sized or weekly protected targets such as advancing reconnaissance by force teams.

Equipped with a Synthetic Aperture Radar, the Sirius can map the terrain for cruise missile routing and mortar engagements.

Serial Production

According to the Pentagon intelligence briefing documents leaked on social media in March – April 2023, the Sirius drone took to the skies on its maiden flight on February 27.

Serial production of the drone is planned at Dubna near Moscow. On November 16, 2021, Kronstadt DG Sergei Bogatikov told RIA Novosti, “The prototype Sirius is already being assembled at our pilot plant in Moscow.”

According to various Russian sources, the drone is likely to be operationally deployed in the near future. Rogozin himself has alluded to the likelihood in an earlier post on Telegram.

When Russia started its military campaign in Ukraine on February 24, 2022, Russian forces were ‘UAV Challenged.’ In contrast, the NATO-trained Ukrainian forces were well equipped with small reconnaissance UAVs as well as attack drones such as the Turkish Bayraktar TB2.

Russia Forging Ahead Of Ukraine In Drone Warfare

The Russian Ministry of Defence (RuMoD), possibly under pressure from military bloggers and technology enthusiasts, such as the Tsar’s Wolves, was quick to make amends.

Promising UAV projects, which the RuMoD had earlier supported but not pushed, were fast-tracked. As a result, capable small and medium drones started to appear on the battlefront in increasing numbers.

Within a year of the campaign’s beginning, Russia didn’t just catch up with Ukraine in drone warfare; it tilted the balance in its favor.

Artillery support drones have allowed Russian artillery to continue dominating the battlefield.

The accuracy of the Orlan-10 drone, guided Russian artillery fire, and near infallible counterbattery ability of kamikaze drones, such as the Lancet, have enabled Russia to retain its overwhelming artillery superiority.

Medium altitude ISR drones such as the Orion, also developed by the Kronstadt Group, are providing good targeting information and facilitating attacks by RuAF fighters and bombers well behind the battlefront using glide bombs.

What Russia has not fielded so far is a heavy drone capable of destroying targets by itself. The advent of the Sirrius drone is set to change that.

Likely Tactics For Sirius Operations

Unlike the Orion drone, which is mostly used for tactical ISR along the battlefront, the Sirius drone features a built-in satellite communication terminal giving it a much longer operating range.

The drone also features a communication suite which, besides facilitating control by a ground-based pilot, also facilitates cooperation with piloted aviation. The drone can be part of a mixed formation! According to TASS, Sirius has been tested jointly with piloted aircraft as of August 2022.

The Sirius drones will likely fly under the cover of RuAF fighters – Su-35S and Su-30SM – flying air dominance patrols. The fighters fly air dominance patrols 24×7 as pairs, with each pair covering a different sector along the battlefront.

They provide defensive cover to Russian attack helicopters and fighters (Su-25, Su-34) and deter Ukrainian fighters from attacking Russian forces.

When flying air dominance patrols, RuAF fighters invariably carry a single Kh-31 Anti-Radiation Missile (ARM), besides long-range RVV-BD, medium-range RVV-SD, and short-range RVV-MD air-to-air missiles.

The Kh-31 missile deters Ukrainian medium-altitude AD systems, such as the S-300 and Buk, from targeting RuAF fighters. If a Ukrainian S-300 or Buk radar lights up to track a RuAF fighter, it is immediately attacked by a Kh-31 missile.

The Sirius heavy attack drone will always operate under the cover of RuAF air dominance patrols. Manned RuAF fighters don’t intentionally enter the engagement envelope of medium-range Ukrainian air missile defenses in order to avoid risk to human life.

However, with the unmanned Sirius, there would be no such restriction. Sending a Sirius drone into airspace that is known to be contested would be a good way of drawing out and attacking Ukrainian AD missile systems.

When flying in contested airspace, the Sirius will not be an easy target. The drone is built like a conventional aircraft featuring a thin elongated fuselage. It has straight wings and a V-tail.

The bulk of airframe parts for UAVs are made of composites. As such, the drone will likely be low observable in the RF spectrum.

Disney Girls in Real Life: An Artist Reimagined Some Of Disney’s Most Famous Princess

0

Jirka Väätäinen is a Finnish artist from Melbourne and he recently reimagined some of Disney’s most famous princess. He took these iconic characters and made them look like real people.

1611
1611
1513
1513
1414
1414
1315
1315
1216
1216
1121
1121
1018
1018
919
919
822
822
723
723
626
626
531
531
434
434
333
333
240
240
180
180

World shifts away from using the dollar

By PRIME SARMIENTO in Hong Kong | China Daily | Updated: 2023-04-25 07:09
.

Yuan used increasingly in preference to US currency for trade settlements

Economies across the world are exploring the use of convenient currencies other than the United States dollar for trading.

Analysts believe that China and other countries are gradually reducing their dependence on the dollar by using local currencies for cross-border trade, helping to create a multipolar international currency system.

At the end of March, the Shanghai Petroleum and Natural Gas Exchange, or SHPGX, reported that China had imported liquefied natural gas from the United Arab Emirates using cross-border yuan settlement.

It was the first time that China — the world’s second-biggest importer of LNG — had used its currency for such a purchase, as the global commodities trade has long been based on US dollar-denominated transactions.

Sergio Rossi, a professor of macroeconomics and monetary economics at the University of Fribourg in Switzerland, said the LNG deal with the UAE showed that oil exporting countries are keen on using currencies such as the yuan, rather than the dollar, at the international level.

This transaction might encourage other countries to switch from the dollar to their own currencies to pay for oil and gas imports, Rossi said. This could lead to the creation of regional clearing houses through which foreign transactions in commercial or financial markets could be settled, he added.

David Phua, partner at the international law firm King & Wood Mallesons, said it is “certainly conceivable “that a basket of currencies combined with precious metals such as gold and silver could become “increasingly important means over time of settling international commodity transactions”. He added this can lead to a more multipolar world in terms of international reserve holdings.

With extensive experience in negotiating and drafting long-term LNG sale and purchase agreements, Phua said it is “reasonably likely” that there will be more yuan-denominated transactions in the near future.

.

Cajun Chicken Strips

2023 04 19 15 39
2023 04 19 15 39

Yield: 4 to 6 servings

Ingredients

  • 1 tablespoon all-purpose flour
  • 1 teaspoon poultry seasoning
  • 3/4 teaspoon garlic salt
  • 1/2 teaspoon paprika
  • 1/4 teaspoon pepper
  • 1/8 to 1/4 teaspoon cayenne pepper
  • 1 1/2 pounds boneless, skinless chicken breasts, cut into 1/2-inch strips
  • 2 tablespoons butter

Instructions

  1. In a large zip-top plastic bag, combine flour and seasonings. Add chicken, a few strips at a time, and shake to coat.
  2. In a large skillet, cook chicken in butter for 8 to 10 minutes or until the juices run clear.

15 Illustrated Truths About Cats

1273
1273

According to Linvistov, a group for learning English via Skype: “Cats are amazing creatures that can both brighten your life and turn it into a complete hell. The way they treat you like you’re nothing is so annoying but you can’t help loving them! Because they are cats and they’re fluffy and cute and – most importantly – when they purr, the world stops!”

1636
1636
1544
1544
1446
1446
1354
1354
1274
1274
11115
11115
1070
1070
974
974
883
883
790
790
697
697
5104
5104
4113
4113
3125
3125
2161
2161

What Happened To The Prison Guards Of Dachau Concentration Camp When It Was Liberated?

dachau prison guard
dachau prison guard

 

Walenty Lenarczyk, a prisoner at Dachau, stated that following the camp’s liberation “prisoners swarmed over the wire and grabbed the Americans and lifted them to their shoulders… other prisoners caught the SS men.

The first SS man elbowed one or two prisoners out of his way, but the courage of the prisoners mounted, they knocked them down and nobody could see whether they were stomped or what, but they were killed.”

 

Elsewhere in the camp SS men, Kapos and informers were beaten badly with fists, sticks and shovels.

There was at least one incident where US soldiers looked away as two prisoners beat a German guard to death with a shovel, and Lt. Bill Walsh witnessed one such beating.

Another soldier witnessed an inmate stomping on an SS trooper’s face until “there wasn’t much left.” When the soldier said to him, “You’ve got a lot of hate in your heart,” he simply nodded.

An American chaplain was told by three young Jewish men, who had left the camp during liberation, that they had beaten to death one of the more sadistic SS guards when they discovered him hiding in a barn, dressed as a peasant

(American soldiers watch as a Jewish concentration camp inmate beats up the Nazi guard who held him at Dachau)

Some of the Nazis were rounded up and summarily executed along with the guard dogs. Two of the most notorious prison guards had been stripped naked before the Americans arrived to prevent them from slipping away unnoticed. They, too, were cut down.”

16 SS men were shot in the coal yard (one more killed by a camp inmate), 17 at Tower B, and perhaps a few more killed by U.S. soldiers in the incident. Anywhere from a few to 25 or 50 more were killed by inmates.

China’s exports shifting from West to Global South

Shipments to Central Asia up 55% year on year in March marking a wider switch from developed to developing world markets

.

NEW YORK – Central Asian countries increased imports from China in March by 55% over the year-earlier month, beating the 35% jump in Chinese shipments to Southeast Asia reported previously.

Former Soviet republics as well as Turkey and Iran all contributed to a near-record gain in Chinese exports to the region, a focus of Beijing’s Belt and Road Initiative.

China’s exports to the region have nearly tripled since 2018. The chart below includes Turkey and Iran in the Central Asian total.

2023 04 26 06 35
2023 04 26 06 35

Several factors contributed to the export boom, which included every country in the region.

China is investing heavily in energy, mineral resources and rail transport across the Asian continent, including a new rail line between China, Kyrgyzstan and Uzbekistan scheduled to start construction next year.

The rail project, which will link China to European markets, has been planned since 1997 but only won approval in 2022, after Russia backed the venture. Russia’s need for Chinese support in the Ukraine war outweighed longstanding strategic rivalries between the two powers.

“The CKU railway is crucial to China for two interconnected purposes—to advance its geopolitical interests and to secure favorable relations with Central Asian elites for their support over Chinese legitimacy in Xinjiang (East Turkestan),” Niva Yau Tsz Yan wrote in a March 2023 commentary for the Foreign Policy Research Institute.

“Russia’s war in Ukraine has made new trade routes bypassing Russia more profitable, and a new Uzbek government is looking to expand regional and international engagement,” Yan wrote.

2023 04 26 06 35xa
2023 04 26 06 35xa

Iran’s imports from China had fallen to just US$800 million a month during 2019-2022 from a 2014 peak of $2.8 billion a month. But seasonally-adjusted Chinese shipments to Iran more than doubled to $1.7 billion in March.

Chronically short of cash, Iran depends on trade credits from China, by far its largest trading partner. The March increase evidently reflected more Chinese financing, and came after Iran accepted Chinese mediation in restoring diplomatic relations with its regional arch-rival Saudi Arabia. A reasonable inference is that Iran was being rewarded for good behavior.

China’s exports to Russia continued to rise sharply, along with exports to Turkey, which acts as an intermediary for Chinese trade with Russia. China has avoided direct violation of American sanctions on Russia, but Turkey and former Soviet republics have resold sanctioned goods to Moscow. The sharp increase in China’s exports to Kazakhstan probably reflects this intermediation.

Reuters reported on March 27 that Kazakhstan “would require exporters to file additional documents when sending goods to Russia, following reports that Russian companies have been using local intermediaries to bust Western sanctions… After the West barred sales of thousands of goods to Moscow over its invasion of Ukraine, some Kazakh businesses started purchasing such items and reselling them to Russian firms.”

China’s export prowess isn’t entirely free of tensions, though. In March, Turkey imposed a 40% tariff on imports of Chinese electric vehicles (EV’s), hoping to protect a local manufacturer. The Turkish automaker Togg plans to release its first EV later this year with a sticker price of $50,000.

A comparable Chinese model, for example, BYD’s Song sedan, sells for $27,500 in China—which means that BYD would still undercut Togg’s price despite the 40% surcharge. Meanwhile, BYD has just released its $11,300 Seagull subcompact, which has no competitor in the price range anywhere in the world.

In the kaleidoscope of Central Asian politics, a myriad of local factors explains the jump in China’s influence in the region. But all of them line up like iron filings before a magnet. China’s capacity to provide physical and digital infrastructure as well as affordable consumer goods, and its capacity to finance trade and investment out of its current account surplus, explain its economic power and political influence in the region.

There’s another geopolitical consequence of China’s export prowess in Central and Southeast Asia: China’s exports to the Global South and BRICS countries in March reached a seasonally-adjusted annual rate of $1.6 trillion a year.

That’s nearly four times China’s exports to the United States and more than the combined total of China’s exports to the US, Europe and Japan, which reached a seasonally-adjusted annual rate of $1.38 trillion in March.

That represents a geopolitical point of no return of sorts, the moment when China’s economic dependence on the United States in particular and developed markets in general slipped behind its economic standing in the developing world.

2023 04 26 06 36
2023 04 26 06 36

First Republic Bank Goes “Zombie” – Loses 40% of Deposits

First Republic Banc Corporation (FRC) delayed releasing it’s first quarter numbers until stock trading had closed for the day on Monday; now everyone knows why:

During Quarter One of 2023, Depositors at FRC withdrew forty percent (40%) of the total deposits in the bank!  Worse, if it wasn’t for the larger banks depositing $30 Billion to shore them up, FRC’s actual withdrawal amount was fifty-seven percent (57%).

When releasing their numbers late Monday, the bank quickly noted it is cutting twenty-five percent (25%) of its workforce,  and is “pursuing strategic options.”

Within minutes of the quarterly numbers being revealed, the stock price of FRC began to plummet in after hours trading, and has now lost 22.19% of its Monday closing value:

fZUKS90l
fZUKS90l

 

Thus, people in the financial industry are now openly describing FRC as a “Zombie” bank.

For what it’s worth, FRC is the eighteenth (18th) largest bank in the United States.  The fact that banks in the top 11-20 are now going “Zombie” means the contagion will likely spread to the top 1-10 banks within 3 months.  The reason: Even with the FDIC, people in the general public are no longer trusting the banks.

Proof that people have lost trust in the banks is typified by the Twitter posting, today, from Rob Kientz who reported to the world that he knew of a single Investor who asked him to source $150 MILLION in DORE gold/silver bars, immediately.

 

UPDATE 5:55 PM EDT- TUESDAY:

Twitter has DELETED the tweet below from a major Precious metals dealer.  Clearly someone does NOT want ***YOU*** to know that big money players are pulling  out of banks and markets, and diving head-long into precious metals.   The fact that Rob Kientz published this was surprising; the fact that Twitter has now DELETED it —– ought to be scary as hell to you.  You can, however, still read the test of his message in the remnants below:

 

 

For those unaware, a doré bar is a semi-pure alloy of gold and silver. It is usually created at the site of a mine and then transported to a refinery for further purification.

The fact that a single Investor is openly asking to source this metal shows that the big money is getting OUT of markets, OUT of banks, and looking for safe haven in precious metals.

When money like this keeps moving OUT of banks and OUT of markets, the result is . . . well . . . unavoidable.

I was writing this as a comment in disagreement with Xiao Zhang‘s answer but then realized that I should probably post it on its own.

As a Chinese gay man, I have to (not so respectfully) disagree with the assertion that China, Chinese people and Chinese government don’t discriminate against gay people.

Gay marriage not being allowed, gay relationships not being represented are the definition of discrimination. Growing up knowing that I like other boys but not knowing that there are others like me, compounded with the heavily signaled notion that I was somehow “abnormal” was a nightmare.

You say that there are many gay students famous in your university and that fellow students do not judge them. Well let me point out that this in no way validates your argument that bebig gay is accepted. Do you know any openly gay person in your university who is academically mediocre, plain-looking and come from a humble family background? My best guess you don’t, and even if you do, such people are very very few and far between and I would doubt that they are actually openly gay. Trust me when I say that with the poplar gay token students, it is not because they are accepted that they are popular, but it is because they are popular that they dare to come out as gay. And that being gay is a flaw that will bring an overflow of negative consequences that you need to shield with power, power that comes from being rich, being popular or being smart. Being being popular while gay makes you a role model for other gay people, and being mediocrely gay is simply disgusting.

I myself am an openly gay person on my campus and somewhat fits your “popular gay personality” stereotype. And I’ve firsthand seen countless other gay people, who are less popular, less academically accomplished and who are made terribly insecure of their identity by the casual homophobia that are often disguised as harmless jokes (spoiler alert straight people: they are almost never harmless) coming to me for help. Whenever this happens I don’t know what to tell them. Because honestly, if I didn’t have my power, my power of being popular, being fluent in English and a good chance at a prestigious graduate education which will probably allow me to emigrate one day, I would not know what to do.

You bring up thre example of Jin Xing, very well. Let’s not even talk about her show being canceled and content removed even from the Internet – even when it was on air, did she, at any point, openly talk about LGBT issues on her show? Don’t you find it odd that as a trans woman herself, she never even mentioned the issue of gay marriage or trans rights? Also may I ask you that besides her, do you know any other openly LGBT people that are prominent in the Chinese entertainment industry and can celebrate their identity as they please? No, no and no.

In Chinese society, even in the more open and liberal modern cities, relationships have a goal: marriage. Xiao Zhang, I imagine you’ve heard of the saying “不以结婚为目的的恋爱都是耍流氓” which roughly translates to “people who engage in relationships without the hoping to marry the other person are all rascals.” With gay marriage continuing to be illegitimate, where does that leave gay people?

What will a young gay teenager think of himself when he knows that he will probably never be able to get married and start his own family?

When the official document of the Burau of Broadcast and TV lists homosexuality as a sexual perversion and refuse to allow any gay relationships to be allowed on Chinese television and movies, how will a lesbian girl in middle school feel when basically she’s being told by her country that she doesn’t belong anywhere conspicuous and should always stay in the dark?

I know a lot of people like you, Xiao Zhang, you probably don’t have anything against gay people personally and you see the glorious part of being gay because you know of quite a few popular gay students in your university and so you think that China has completely accepted homosexuality.

But what you don’t know is the hard part of being gay, not being able to talk about relationships and feelings with your parents as you watch it drive a wedge between you and your family, not knowing where your future leads because you don’t see a family of your own in the future since the government doesn’t allow it, or like me, who’s been planing to move to another country ever since I was twelve and have never really felt home when I’m actually home. Perhaps holding a little bit of hope from time to time that the government will change one day, only to suffer one disappointment after another as you watch the government ignore you or even officially reject you over and over again.

In a lot of ways, I actually find your patently patronizing attitude even more infuriating than the openly homophobic (who, however few you think they may be, I still encounter on a daily basis). You claim to be open-minded, to be allies, but you refuse to hear the full version of our stories but somehow still feel qualified to represent us and say “China isn’t homophobic because there are powerful gay people!”

You take the blatantly second-class treatment, shove it down our throats and tell us that’s what we deserve. And I find it unfortunate that so many people, even some gay people themselves, are starting to believe it.

“We deliberately spread AIDS in South Africa”

  • PublishedMarch 13, 2019

From HERE

In a shocking confession, made on camera in a new documentary released last month, a former member of South Africa’s Apartheid-era intelligence service says that the Aids virus, and other diseases, were deliberately spread among the population in an effort to kill off as many blacks as possible. His confession, considered just the tip of the iceberg, has reignited the simmering debate about the whole phenomenon of Aids in Africa. Report by Baffour Ankomah.

In a shocking confession, made on camera in a new documentary – Cold Case Hammarskjöld – a former member of South Africa’s Apartheid-era intelligence service says that the Aids virus, and other diseases, were deliberately spread among the population in an effort to kill off as many blacks as possible. His confession, considered just the tip of the iceberg, has reignited the simmering debate about the whole phenomenon of Aids in Africa.

Until February 2019, most Africans did not know about the Sundance Film Festival, a programme of the Sundance Institute, which takes place annually in Park City, Utah in America. Now they know because something controversial happened at the Festival this year that will live with Africans for a long time to come. Having had 224,900 attendees in 2018, Sundance is the largest independent film festival in the US. This year it took place between 24 January and  3 February – the attendance figure is not yet out.

What is out is controversy – a damning confession by a former Apartheid-era operative who admitted on camera, in one of the films shown, that he and his colleagues at the South African Institute for Maritime Research (SAIMR), which masterminded coups and other forms of violence across Africa in the 1970s and 80s, deliberately spread the HIV virus in the Southern African region to wipe out black people.

Alexander Jones, who says he “spent years as an intelligence officer” with SAIMR 30 years ago, became the centre of attraction on the third day of the Sundance Festival when the Danish/Swedish-made documentary, Cold Case Hammarskjöld, was screened.

Sources in South Africa say SAIMR was linked to the country’s notorious chemical and biological warfare (CBW) programme headed by Dr Wouter Basson, a programme which Apartheid racists used as a cover to kill black people in South Africa and beyond or do them serious harm. The racists’ ‘operational area’ was what used to be called the ‘Frontline States’ (now known simply as the SADC region). We covered Dr Basson’s operations in detail in our 2001 November Edition.

South Africa’s CBW programme also had links with Rhodesia’s, and the pair did a lot of harm to black Africans, including spreading cholera and other dangerous diseases in the region, and topping it up with HIV/Aids experimentation.

Worse, when independence was approaching in Zimbabwe, there are suggestions that Ian Smith’s Rhodesian government, with tacit support from South Africa, rushed to remove the evidence by killing a lot of black people who were subjects of the CBW experiments.

Digging out the truth

Cold Case Hammarskjöld was made by Mads Brügger (Danish) and Göran Björkdahl (Swedish). The documentary investigates the case of the former UN secretary-general, Dag Hammarskjöld, who died in a mysterious plane crash near Ndola, Zambia, in 1961.

We were at war. Black people in South Africa were the enemy…

During the hearings of South Africa’s Truth and Reconciliation Commission in 1998, letters with SAIMR’s official letterhead were found suggesting that the CIA and British intelligence had agreed that “Hammarskjöld should be removed”. But London and Washington denied involvement in Hammarskjöld’s assassination.

In the course of making the new film, Brügger and Björkdahl’s investigations led them to Alexander Jones, who told them on camera that SAIMR (which had operated with the support of the CIA and British intelligence), used bogus vaccinations to spread the HIV virus in the SADC region. “We were at war. Black people in South Africa were the enemy,” Jones told the filmmakers.

He confessed that he and his SAIMR colleagues “spread the virus” in the 1980s and 90s under the command of their leader Keith Maxwell, who wanted a white majority country, saying “the excesses of the 1960s, 70s and 80s have no place in the post-Aids world ”.

 “What easier way to get a guinea pig than you live in an Apartheid system?” Jones says in the film. “Black people have got no rights, they need medical treatment. There is a white ‘philanthropist’ coming in and saying, ‘You know, I will open up these clinics and I will treat you.’ And meantime [he is] actually the wolf in sheep’s clothing.”

Maxwell died in 2006. People who knew him say he had no medical qualifications but operated clinics in the poor black neighbourhoods of Johannesburg. His headquarters was at Putfontein where his signpost, with his name ‘Dokotela Maxwell’, still hangs in front of the building where he operated.

One local shopkeeper said Maxwell had given “false injections”. But Claude Newbury, an anti-abortion doctor, told the filmmakers: “He was against genocide and he was trying to discover a cure for HIV.”

Jones, however, insists that Maxwell used the cover of a doctor to do “sinister experimentation”. His claim was backed up by Ibrahim Karolia, whose shop was across the road from where Maxwell operated.

He told the filmmakers that Maxwell had provided “false injections” and “strange treatments”, and also put patients through “tubes” which he said allowed him to see inside their bodies.

Jones also disclosed that SAIMR operated outside South Africa. “We were involved in Mozambique, spreading the Aids virus through medical conditions,” he says in the film, revealing that he did visit a research facility in the 1990s that was used “for sinister experimentation” and that the intent was “to eradicate black people”.

“What easier way to get a guinea pig than you live in an Apartheid system?” Jones says in the film. “Black people have got no rights, they need medical treatment. There is a white ‘philanthropist’ coming in and saying, ‘You know, I will open up these clinics and I will treat you.’ And meantime [he is] actually the wolf in sheep’s clothing.”

South Africa’s Josef Mengele

Documents discovered by Brügger and Björkdahl show Maxwell held extremely disturbing views. “[South Africa] may well have one man, one vote with a white majority by the year 2000,” Maxwell wrote. “Religion in its conservative, traditional form will return. Abortion on demand, abuse of drugs, and the other excesses of the 1960s, 70s and 80s will have no place in the post-Aids world,” he added.

According to the Observer South Africa, which broke the story, “The [Maxwell] documents read like the fever dream of a man who aspired to be South Africa’s Josef Mengele. [Joseph ‘Angel of Death’ Mengele was the senior SS officer who carried out inhuman experiments on Jewish prisoners at Auschwitz during World War II – Ed.] There are detailed, if sometimes garbled, accounts of how he thought the HIV virus could be isolated, propagated and used to target black Africans.”

One SAIMR recruit, Dagmar Feil, a marine biologist, was murdered outside her home in Johannesburg in 1990 for fear she would expose SAIMR’s dark deeds.

We all know how Aids is transmitted from person to person; there is no confusion there. The question is whether or not another agency played an active part in starting or accelerating the chain-reaction in some places. Jones says it did and that the agency was the dreaded SAIMR.

Her brother, Karl Feil, told Brügger and Björkdahl: “My sister came to me and said she needed to confide in me. She sat with me and said she thought they were going to kill her. She said that three or four others in her team had already been murdered, but when I asked what team, she said she couldn’t tell me.

“The topic of Aids research came up several times, quite loosely in conversations, I never put two and two together. Instead, she asked me to go with her to church, so she could make right with God. Weeks later she was dead.”

But while the revelations in the documentary have stunned the world, the blowback has already started. The New York Times has dismissed Alexander Jones’ revelations as a “conspiracy theory”. Reporting his story on 27 January, the paper asked the question: “But is this true?”

“The notion that HIV is a man-made virus introduced as population control has been floating around for decades,” The New York Times says. “Before the conspiracy theory took hold in Africa, it appeared as part of disinformation campaigns from the Soviet Union during the Cold War.”

So now it is the fault of the Soviet Union! But it is the usual trick the Western establishment media employs to defend Western interests.

“Scientists immediately cast doubt on [ Jones’] claim, which they called medically dubious. ‘The probability that they were able to do this is close to zero,’” The New York Times goes on to say, quoting Dr Salim Abdool Karim, the director of Caprisa, an AIDS research centre in South Africa.

The paper says Dr Karim cited “the immense resources that would be required to conduct such a far-fetched attempt at genocide. Notwithstanding the technological limitations of the 1990s, including [the need for] facilities to rival that of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention in the US, in addition to millions of dollars in funding, HIV is extraordinarily difficult to isolate, transport and grow in a laboratory environment, let alone distribute en masse in a clandestine operation,” Dr Karim was said to have explained.

Yet, apart from wheeling out just one African (Dr Karim) to dismiss Jones’ account, The New York Times named no more scientists in its story to justify the assertion that “scientists immediately cast doubt on the claim”, apart from quoting Rebecca Hodes, director of the AIDS and Society Research Unit at the University of Cape Town, as having said: “Such mistruths can cause very real problems. One dangerous consequence of these allegations is that they have the potential to sow mistrust and suspicion of doctors and the medical establishment, and that they may confuse people about how HIV is transmitted.”

The truth will out

Not so. We all know how Aids is transmitted from person to person; there is no confusion there. The question is whether or not another agency played an active part in starting or accelerating the chain-reaction in some places. Jones says it did and that the agency was the dreaded SAIMR. He also spells out the motivation behind it – “to eradicate black people” – so that the whites could continue their dominance in South Africa. “We were at war”, he adds, implying that all is fair in love and war.

This has nothing to do with the often excellent work that doctors and the medical establishment, faced with HIV/ Aids, did to stem the tide of the disease. They were, and are still in some cases, firefighting and deserve all the credit they get. The question remains, who started the fire in the first place?

Jones’ confession is a bombshell. It confirms what many suspected at the time but were unable or indisposed to pursue further. It also helps explain many inconsistencies in the story of the development of Aids in Southern Africa.

But this is clearly just the tip of the iceberg – underneath lurks perhaps one of the most terrifying stories of modern times, how the Apartheid regime deliberately set out to commit genocide and how close it came to achieving its ends.

The confession might bring a sense of closure for some of the millions of Aids victims and their families or it may spark fresh anger. Of equal significance, it will finally lay to rest the oft-cited trope that Africans brought the curse of Aids on themselves due to their ‘unbridled sexuality’.

Why did Jones confess after such a long time? We cannot know for sure but there is such a thing as living with a guilty conscience and it will not be the first time that someone approaching the end of their lives feels compelled to confess to sins in order to lift the heavy burden they have carried on their souls for so long. The truth, as they say, will out – no matter how long it takes to do so. NA

Read more articles by Baffour Ankomah

Yang Zhiyuan 杨智渊 is a senior member of the Taiwan’s pro-independence DPP who was arrested in Wenzhou in Zhejiang province for supporting and promoting Taiwan independence.

He is now in detention and will be put on trial.

It is unclear why Yang is living in Wenzhou, but many supporters of Taiwan independence have businesses and factories in the PRC. Up until this year, the PRC authorities would ignore their support of Taiwan independence, and support of Taiwan independence was often financed by businesses in the PRC.

Beginning this year, as the US government has openly supported Taiwan against China, the Beijing authorities have changed policy from quietly condoning Taiwan business peoples’ political activities to actively researching their financial support for Taiwan independence, and cutting off their financial support for Taiwan independence through their mainland Chinese businesses.

As far as I know, this is the first arrest of a Taiwan independence supporter in the PRC; I expect many more arrests to come, to be followed by public trials of these supporters. Taiwan independence supporters will likely be given an opportunity to make public confessions of their TI support in the past, and will not be punished if they promise to stop contributing to the cause of Taiwan independence.

The aim of this policy is to show ordinary voters in Taiwan that their support for DPP and other pro-independence candidates in Taiwan’s local elections will have consequences and that the Taiwan economy will suffer because of their voting decisions.

Welcome to the grand future that you are unprepared for

The United States is absolutely insane.

It is dragging the world towards a very serious crisis.

no no no
no no no

As much as believe that China has it’s act together, there is the worry that China will not have the stomach to do what is necessary to stop it.

Notice…

ALL American media is talking about a “war with China” after a “war with Russia”.

Sigh. They are FUCKING bat-shit crazy.

They are going to get us all killed.

crazy driver
crazy driver

China and Russia are NOT playing, and to me this is all a slow motion car wreck. It boggle my mind that Biden thinks that the United States will exist for his second term in office.

2023 04 27 06 53
2023 04 27 06 53

Today…

.

Kizz Daniel, EMPIRE – Cough (Official Video)

African pop

UPDATED 4:10 PM EDT — Putin Rushed To Kremlin 10:00 PM Moscow Time

Something is happening with Russia as of 3:00 PM eastern US time, which is 10:00 PM in Moscow.  Russian President Vladimir Putin was rushed TO the Kremlin with full police escorted motorcade.   This is extremely unusual, indicating something has happened (or is happening) requiring the President.

RUMORS are already running wild.  One RUMOR is that Turkish President Recypt Erdogan, who fell ill during a TV interview in Moscow, may have been “poisoned.”

Another RUMOR is that Ukraine has begun using Depleted Uranium tank shells against Russian troops, which Russia previously warned would be considered a “Dirty Bomb attack upon Russia.”

No official word from any level as to the ACTUAL reason . . . . developing . . . . check back for updates.

UPDATE 3:58 PM EDT —

Turkish President Recypt Erdogan’s wife and family have been urgently told to come to the hospital.

ERDOGAN ALLEGEDLY “IN CRITICAL CONDITION”  — More RUMORS he may have been poisoned!

UPDATE 4:02 PM EDT — According to a statement issued by the presidency, Erdogan was taken to the hospital in critical condition and received treatment for myocardial infarction, commonly known as a heart attack.

UPDATE 4:15 PM EDT — 

Chinese state media claims Turkey president Erdogan has suffered heart attack and is in critical condition in the hospital

Big news hidden from you

Consumer Credit Drying-up — Banks HALTING Auto Loans!!!

.

The past 10 days in Consumer Credit have been wild and the evidence is explicitly clear: Banks are now severely restricting Consumer Credit:

— Capital One shut off all dealer floorplans (aka inventory lines of credit)

— USA Auto Sales shut down 39 dealerships after losing its Ally Bank floor plan lines of credit

— Wells Fargo laid-off all its junior Auto loan underwriters and capped future loans

This is VERY serious.  This is real DOOM economically. Cars are one of the main pillars of the US economy.

Repos are rising as people can’t pay their high loan payments.  In fact, the increase in car repos…300% since new year.

With banks cutting off auto credit, it isn’t just car dealerships that will feel the pinch, manufacturers will too, of course.   BUT . . . . those manufacturers contract-out parts manufacturing to hundreds of smaller businesses nationwide.

All those smaller businesses will see orders dry up.  The auto sales and manufacturing sector in the US accounts for over 5 million employees

The “ripple effect” of credit withdrawal will affect the much wider economy and will do so VERY FAST.

KmengKhmer – ឆ្ងាយតែកាយ (Far Away) [Official MV]

Cambodian pop music

British Intel Source CONFIRMS Depleted Uranium Shells from UK have arrived in Ukraine

***** FLASH ***** – A source within British Intelligence has confirmed to me personally that thousands of rounds of tank shells were shipped to Ukraine as supplies for donated “Challenger” tanks donated to Ukraine.  Among those thousands of tank shells are . . .  DEPLETED URANIUM SHELLS!

Russia has repeatedly and explicitly made clear that if Depleted Uranium shells are fired at Russian troops, Russia will regard the use of the ammunition as being a “Dirty Bomb” attack against Russia, and will respond with radioactive weapons of its own.  They did not say WHICH radioactive weapons.

It is now positively CONFIRMED that the United Kingdom has, in fact, successfully delivered into the possession of the Ukraine Army, Depleted Uranium tank shells.

What this means is that now, it is only a matter of time before Russia detects that such shells have been used by Ukraine, and responds.

That response will likely come without ANY warning at all.

Readers are urged to have their preps (Food, water, medicine, first-aid gear, generator, fuel, and the like) topped-off . . . and to appraise their family members of this situation.

It’s really quite simple: When Ukraine hits Russians with Depleted Uranium shells, Russia will likely hit Ukraine with full blown nuclear weapons.  If that takes place, NATO jumps-in tot he war, and it’s nuclear immediately.

OR . . .

Russia may elect to strike at the UK directly for supplying such weapons. Obviously, if THAT happens, it’s also instant nuclear war.

In either case, the fight presently between Ukraine and Russia, will very likely go nuclear, and is extremely likely to involve NATO, meaning the outbreak of literal nuclear World War 3.

This can come at any time and without any warning.

Get right with God.

DU Explanation
DU Explanation

Hot Potato Salad with Bacon Specks (Mennonite)

2023 04 19 11 10
2023 04 19 11 10

Ingredients

Salad

  • 4 slices lean bacon
  • 1/2 cup finely chopped onions
  • 1/4 cup chopped celery
  • 1 tablespoon flour
  • 1/4 cup hot water
  • 1/2 cup heavy cream
  • 2 tablespoon Boiled Dressing
  • 1 tablespoon vinegar
  • 1/2 teaspoon salt
  • 1/4 teaspoon freshly ground pepper
  • 4 cups diced, hot, boiled potatoes
  • 1 tablespoon finely chopped parsley
  • 1 teaspoon finely chopped chives
  • Additional heavy cream (optional)
  • 2 hard-boiled eggs, sliced

Boiled Dressing

  • 1/2 cup granulated sugar
  • 1/2 teaspoon salt
  • 1 teaspoon dry mustard
  • 1/2 cup vinegar
  • 2 eggs, well beaten
  • 1 tablespoon butter

Instructions

  1. Salad: Cook bacon over medium heat until crisp. Remove and crumble. Drain off all fat except 1 tablespoon, return to medium heat, add onions and celery.
  2. Stir in flour to coat the vegetables. Add water, stir and cook until thickened. Remove from the heat and blend in the cream, boiled dressing, vinegar, salt, and pepper. Pour over the potatoes in a large bowl. Add the parsley and chives. Mix well to blend flavors. Add more cream if desired, taste, add salt if desired.
  3. Sprinkle crumbled bacon on top and garnish with the sliced hard-boiled eggs.
  4. Boiled Dressing: Combine sugar, salt, and mustard in the top of a double boiler. Add vinegar. Stir to combine.
  5. Add well-beaten eggs. Place over moderately boiling water. Stir until the mixture is creamy about the consistency of custard.
  6. Beat in the butter. Cool.

This dressing may be stored, covered, in the refrigerator, and will keep up to two weeks.

The internationalisation of EME currency trading

by J Caballero · 2022 · Cited by 6 — 

CNY trading rose by over 70% after adjusting for exchange rate movements, to $526 billion per day. This is unusually rapid.

Article HERE

Vuthea​ វុទ្ធា – អូនសាសន៍អី (Oun Sas Ey) ft. Siva [Remix]

Cambodian pop music

RESTORED 4:34 PM EDT — UKRAINE SPRING OFFENSIVE HAS BEGUN – ON FOUR OFFENSIVE FRONTS

1:02 PM EDT — Within the past hour, reports began filtering-in to me CLAIMING Ukraine’s Spring Offensive has begun.   Reports say there are four distinct lines of combat.  NOT YET VERIFIED . . . .

If these reports can be corroborated, more details will appear as Updates below.

Should these reports prove true, RIGHT NOW is the beginning of the most dangerous time for all of us.   NOW is when nukes might come into play.

I earnestly hope your “preps” are topped-off, you have cash money at home in case electronics (Credit/Debit)  all go offline, and your vehicles are all fueled-up, with spare fuel in cans safely at home.

UPDATE 2:04 PM EST — I have reached out to every source I know and I CANNOT VERIFY THESE REPORTS . . .  still checking.

UPDATE 2:43 PM — I am PULLING this story – I cannot verify ANY aspect of the incoming reports.

UPDATE 4:34 PM EDT —

From the Kiev Independent Newspaper:

 

 

“Citizen Of The Galaxy”: Amazing Digital Cyberpunk Art By Kuldar Leement

0 6 1
0 6 1
“I’m a digital illustrator and graphic designer based in the Estonia. I have been producing personal and commissioned illustrations, digital paintings and web designs only a few years. Mainly I’m digital-painter, but You can visit my homepage and read about my education and other knowledge. If I’m working, I constantly trying to expand my range of abilities and i love to try out new techniques.”

More info: Kuldar Leement, DeviantArt, Vimeo, Society6, Behance, Facebook

70
70
69
69
68
68
67
67
66
66
65
65
64
64
63
63
62
62
61
61
60
60
59
59
58 1
58 1
57
57
56
56
55
55
54
54
53
53
52
52
51
51
50
50
49
49
48
48
47
47
46
46
45
45
44
44
43
43
42
42
41
41
40
40
39
39
38
38
37
37
36
36
35
35
34
34
33
33
32
32
31
31
30 1
30 1
29 1
29 1
28 1
28 1
27 2
27 2
26 2
26 2
25 2
25 2
24 2
24 2
23 3
23 3
22 3
22 3
21 4
21 4
20 5
20 5
19 6 1
19 6 1
18 6
18 6
17 6
17 6
16 6
16 6
15 7
15 7
14 8
14 8
13 8
13 8
12 9
12 9
10 11
10 11
9 11
9 11
8 12
8 12
7 14 1
7 14 1
6 14
6 14
5 17
5 17
4 20
4 20
3 20 2
3 20 2
2 19
2 19
1 20
1 20

BOMBING IN SEATTLE – SECOND UNEXPLODED BOMB FOUND

.

There has been a bomb detonation in downtown Seattle.   A second, unexploded bomb, has also been found at a Gas station at 1st and Denny St.   SWAT and Bomb Squad mobilized.

Additional Info:

EXPLOSION REPORTED IN AN APARTMENT BUILDING IN SEATTLE, WASHINGTON LEAVING ONE INJURED. SECOND BOMB IS REPORTED IN THE SAME BUILDING.

Evacuation of downtown in progress due to fear of more bombs.

 

 

Police and Fire on scene:

 

Seattle Bomb Squad is currently attempting to Defuse a 2nd Device near the Scene of 1st Explosion.

MORE:

 

https://youtu.be/gPuAthFARcI

Ham and Onions over Noodles

This is an old Mennonite recipe.

2023 04 19 11 11
2023 04 19 11 11

Ingredients

  • 6 slices ham 3 x 3 1/2 x 1/4 inches
  • 3 onions, sliced
  • 1/2 cup sour cream
  • Hot noodles

Instructions

  1. Fry slices of ham until nicely browned.
  2. Remove ham from pan and add onion slices. Cook until slightly browned.
  3. Add sour cream. Let come to a boil and pour over hot noodles.

Thị Mầu – Hòa Minzy x Masew | Official Music Video

Vietnamese pop music

9 Rules for How to Make a Perfect Cup of Coffee

Become a coffee guru with these simple steps on how to make a perfect cup of coffee at home.

Jeffrey Sachs Interview – China’s Reaction to US technology Containment

The 5 Best Mix-Ins to Add to Your Coffee

1. ¼ cup whole milk or oat milk

Whole milk is actually the #1 pick for the best coffee mix-in if you ask Rachel Fine, RD, a registered dietitian and owner of the nutrition counseling firm To The Pointe Nutrition in New York City. That’s because if you haven’t already, there’s no better time than now to change your tune about thinking low- and non-fat is always best.

“A splash of whole milk proves to me that we can enjoy the ‘real deal’ and benefit physically, mentally and emotionally from it,” Fine says, since it doesn’t make her feel like she’s restricting or choosing the “diet culture”-promoted option she doesn’t truly love. Since vitamin D (which is found in whole milk, but not skim) is a fat-soluble vitamin, your body benefits from the fat that the milk offers. Plus, “fat helps to satisfy us! When we feel satisfied, we’re more likely to cultivate a more mindful experience around food and beverages, even our coffee breaks,” Fine says.

Reaver is fond of adding the oat-based milk Oatly (buy it: $4.99 for ½ gallon, Target) to her coffee. “It has all the creamy goodness of half and half without the saturated fat,” she says, and is a great option for those who don’t do dairy.

2. ½ cup protein shake or 1 scoop of protein powder

For even more protein than either of the dairy “dos” above, try ½ cup of a premade protein shake, such as OWYN Protein Shake (buy it: $7.99 for four 11.15-ounce shakes, Target). A half-cup pour will add about 7 grams of protein and less than 1 gram of sugar to your coffee. Or try adding a scoop of chocolate protein powder like Vega Protein and Greens Chocolate (buy it: $25.61 for 1.8 pounds, Amazon) to your iced coffee. “This much will also add a lot of creaminess to your drink without relying on high-fat creamers,” Reaver says. As an added bonus, that more-than-an-egg-amount-of-protein will help you stay fuller longer after breakfast. (Because you’re eating a healthy one of those too, right?) “When we feel satisfied, we’re less likely to struggle with overwhelming cravings and obsessive thoughts around food,” Fine says.

3. 1 teaspoon sugar

If you’re in the mood for a hint of sweet to balance out the bitter notes in the coffee, add a small spoonful of sugar. Mary Poppins and dietitians approve of real sugar, in moderation.

“There’s a misconception about sugar in our culture,” Fine says. “But when used in ways to enhance flavor, a little can go a long way!”

A squeeze of honey or maple syrup would also do the job nicely.

4. 1 teaspoon cocoa powder

This is a cool weather seasonal favorite of Reaver, who says it’s a dreamy, antioxidant-rich way to stir up a makeshift mocha. Whether you enjoy it in your hot or iced coffee, you can rest easy knowing that this coffee mix-in can help lower your stress levels—research stands behind this!

To max out your health benefits, seek out a powder that’s 100% cacao and unsweetened. (We love Navitas Organics Cacao Powder; buy it: $7.82 for 8 ounces, Amazon)

5. 1 teaspoon cinnamon

On a similar note, you can crank up the antioxidants and add a warm, pumpkin spice latte-like note to your coffee by sprinkling on or stirring in a small spoon of cinnamon. Reaver enjoys this when she’s in the mood for a hot mug.

This is a VERY VERY BAD SIGN.

The 6 Worst Mix-Ins to Add to Your Coffee

Fine advises her clients to steer clear of any “fake foods” that are “products of diet culture and promote an overall less satisfying experience around coffee.” These include:

  1. Skim milk
  2. Artificial sweeteners
  3. Fiber powders

Both artificial sweeteners and fiber supplement powders “can cause stomach discomfort, gas, bloat and pain,” Fine adds, and skim milk is a less-flavorful, watery-tasting trade for whole milk.

Reaver councils her clients that “coffee should be a morning drink not a morning milkshake!” Just because the bulletproof trend that made waves in the early 2010s doesn’t mean it’s a nutrition-smart choice. So Reaver ranks her top three worst mix-ins as:

4. Butter

5. Half-and-half

6. Coconut oil

“Adding these three types of fats to your morning coffee may seem insignificant, but can add up to significant increases in your cholesterol levels. All three are high in saturated fats. Get this: Just 2 tablespoons of half-and-half in your coffee daily for one week is the equivalent in saturated fat to a full hamburger each week,” Reaver says.

Butter and coconut oil are both primarily the same saturated fats that can increase LDL, or “bad” cholesterol levels.

“These are easy things to skip with your coffee to reduce your risk of heart disease—the number one cause of death for Americans,” she says.

Worst foods for healthy blood pressure

The 2020-2025 Dietary Guidelines for Americans recommend eating no more than 2,300 mg of sodium per day, which is 1 teaspoon of salt. But, the American Heart Association has even stricter guidelines, recommending no more than 1,500 mg of sodium per day. The average American consumes 3,440 mg of sodium per day. Men consume more than women with an average of 4,240 mg of sodium per day compared to the average intake for women, which is 2,980 mg per day.

But don’t throw out the saltshaker just yet. Only 11% of sodium intake in the U.S. is from the salt used in the home. Most is from processed foods and eating out. Here are the biggest offenders.

Mixed Dishes

According to the Dietary Guidelines, 44% of the sodium that Americans consume comes from mixed dishes—21% from burgers and sandwiches, 7% from rice, pasta and grain dishes, 6% from pizza, 6% from meat, poultry and seafood dishes and 4% from soups.

Pizza

Two slices of cheese pizza can have more than 1,200 mg of sodium, nearly half the recommended daily max. Top your pizza with processed meats like pepperoni or sausage and you could be eating close to a day’s worth of sodium in one meal.

Red meat, processed meat and cold cuts

Speaking of processed meats, not only are they linked to a shorter lifespan, but they’re also one of the worst offenders for blood pressure and heart health, due to both sodium and saturated fat. Red and processed meats are the reason burgers and sandwiches top the list when it comes to sodium intake. These products can vary in sodium content, but here are some averages from the USDA database:

  • 2 sausage links: 698 mg sodium
  • 4 slices bacon: 660 mg sodium
  • ½ cup pepperoni slices: 1,090 mg sodium
  • 3 slices deli turkey: 783 mg sodium

Packaged grain mixes

Quinoa, brown rice and barley are heart-healthy grains packed with fiber and protein—but not if you buy them in a bag mixed with salty seasonings. Turn the bags over while shopping and check the nutrition label for sodium. Anything with a Daily Value of 20% or more is considered high in sodium. Choose products with a DV for sodium less than 20% when you can. The best option is to buy plain whole grains and season them yourself. Many brands and stores now carry shortcut options, like frozen brown rice and 10-minute barley, without added salt.

Canned soups

“Low sodium” or “no salt added” canned soups are the best options for healthy blood pressure. One can of minestrone soup can have over 1,500 mg sodium, more than the American Heart Association says you should consume in one day. One can of tomato soup typically has about 1,000 mg sodium.

Fast food

It’s no secret that traditional fast food chains like McDonald’s, Burger King and Wendy’s serve foods loaded with salt like burgers, chicken fingers and french fries. But seemingly healthy restaurant chains like Panera, Subway and Sweetgreen, for example, serve foods laden with sodium too. Any time you eat food prepared outside your home—whether it’s Panera, Chinese takeout or a fancy restaurant—you’re bound to consume more salt than you would if you made it yourself. Of course salt is added to make foods tastier, but also be aware that larger portion sizes when you eat out contribute to higher sodium counts. Since many fast food restaurants list the nutrition online, check the menu before you go to pick out a lower-sodium option that you can enjoy.

Fried foods

Fried foods are bad news for blood pressure. They are typically full of saturated fat and also often pack in the sodium. Opt for boiled, broiled or roasted (or try your air fryer) to lessen the pressure on your vessels and heart.

Frozen meals

Frozen dinners, even ones advertised as “healthy,” are a culprit for raising blood pressure. Check the nutrition label for a Daily Value of sodium less than 20% for the meal. Meals with meat and cheese are higher in sodium. If you want to stock your freezer, buy plain frozen fruits and vegetables, which are low in sodium, as well as other single-ingredient frozen foods.

Salty snacks

Think chips, nuts and popcorn. For healthy blood pressure, choose unsalted or reduced-sodium versions most of the time.

Pickles

While two pickle spears only have about 6 calories and no fat, they typically contain more than 700 mg sodium. That’s 30% of the recommended daily sodium limit and doesn’t include the high-sodium sandwich you may be having alongside. Eat pickles in moderation for healthy blood pressure.

Alcohol

While alcohol isn’t high in sodium, drinking too much alcohol over time is associated with high blood pressure. The Dietary Guidelines recommend men drink no more than two drinks per day and women drink no more than one drink per day. A drink is defined as 5 ounces of wine, 12 ounces of beer or 1.5 ounces of liquor. There is no reason to start drinking alcohol if you don’t currently drink.

Best foods for healthy blood pressure

The Dietary Approaches to Stop Hypertension (DASH) diet is proven to reduce blood pressure and cholesterol levels and reduce the risk of cardiovascular disease compared to a typical American diet. The DASH diet, also called the DASH eating plan (as it’s more a way of eating than a diet), includes eating fruits and vegetables, low-fat dairy products, whole grains, chicken, fish, beans and nuts. It’s low in red meat, sugar-sweetened beverages and processed foods with added sugar and salt.

Potassium helps lower blood pressure by helping the kidneys flush out excess sodium. Men should consume 3,400 mg of potassium per day, and women should aim for 2,600 mg per day (2,900 mg/day if pregnant; 2,800 mg/day if breastfeeding). Potassium is listed on the Nutrition Facts panel, making it easy to see if you’re getting enough to maintain healthy blood pressure levels. See our list of high-potassium foods.

Calcium and magnesium are also important nutrients for healthy blood pressure, as they help blood vessels relax.

Bananas

One medium banana has 422 mg of sodium-flushing potassium. Mix bananas into oatmeal or top your toast with peanut butter and a banana for breakfast.

Potatoes

One medium white potato has 620 mg of potassium, while one sweet potato has 540 mg of potassium. Make your own french fries by slicing potatoes and roasting them in the oven with a little salt and other spices like pepper, paprika or rosemary. Drizzle them with olive oil for heart-healthy fats. Learn more about what makes potatoes healthy.

Beets

One cup of beets has 440 mg of potassium, while one cup of beet greens has 245 mg of potassium. Studies show that both beets and beet juice can lower blood pressure, due to their high concentration of nitrates, which help improve blood flow (learn more about the health benefits of beets).

Spinach

Three cups of raw spinach delivers 475 mg of potassium, and this veggie is super versatile so it’s easy to eat—make a spinach salad, scramble into eggs, throw into a smoothie, or sauté for a side dish. Leafy greens are also high in calcium and magnesium.

Beans and legumes

Beans and legumes are high in potassium and magnesium. One cup of white beans delivers 615 mg of potassium and 89 mg of magnesium. Men should get 420 mg of magnesium per day and women should get 320 mg per day. Just rinse beans if buying them canned to help reduce sodium.

Plain yogurt

Yogurt is naturally high in calcium; choose plain over flavored yogurts (and add your own fruit or a little bit of sweetener for flavor). Go for low-fat varieties most often to limit saturated fat intake. Most men and women should aim for 1,000 mg of calcium per day. Women over the age of 50 should get 1,200 mg per day. One cup of low-fat yogurt has 415 mg of calcium. Mix heart-healthy berries into plain yogurt or swap out sour cream for plain yogurt in tacos or chili.

Other tips for healthy blood pressure

  • Cook food at home more often instead of eating out.
  • Buy foods labeled as “low sodium,” “reduced sodium” or “no salt added.”
  • Buy canned foods less often and opt for fresh and frozen fruits and vegetables most of the time.
  • Rinse canned beans and vegetables before eating.
  • Read nutrition labels and choose foods with less than 20% Daily Value of sodium per serving.
  • Choose fresh meat and seafood more often than processed and packaged meats.
  • Buy unsalted savory snacks like nuts.

The Bottom Line

All foods can fit in a healthy diet, even a diet to help lower your blood pressure. Limit the foods on the worst-offenders list, like pizza, sandwiches and burgers, along with foods eaten at restaurants, processed meats, frozen meals and canned soups. The DASH diet is proven to help lower blood pressure. Limit processed foods and choose whole foods most of the time, like fresh or frozen fruits and vegetables, plain whole grains, beans and legumes, low-fat dairy, and low-sodium nuts and nut butters.

Vini Vici – Universe Inside Me 🎧 ….Africa Zaouli Dance 👍….Le Zahouly Danse

Consumer Reports Just Found Lead and Cadmium in Some Popular Dark Chocolate Brands

Here’s how to shop for safer chocolate brands and keep yourself healthy.

15 Biggest African Songs That Broke The Internet in 2022

The United States is going to get everyone killed

Yes it is.

2023 04 27 06 55
2023 04 27 06 55

The horror…

2023 04 27 06 56
2023 04 27 06 56

The Eagles – Hotel California – Reimagined on the Traditional Chinese Guzheng | Moyun

OK, so we’re all agreed she’s freaking incredible, right?

America Has Dictated Its Economic Peace Terms to China

By refusing negotiation over China’s rise, the United States might be making conflict inevitable.
Tooze-Adam-foreign-policy-columnist16
Adam Tooze
.
How far will mounting tension with China be translated into the economic policy of the United States? After a rash of sanctions and overtly discriminatory legislation, with action on U.S. investment in China pending, and with talk of war increasingly commonplace in the United States, the Biden administration knows that it needs to clarify its economic relations with the country that is the largest U.S. trading partner outside North America.
From HERE

US sanctions China into its own self-destruction

Intel Corp. is expected to post its worst quarterly loss on record Thursday, and analysts are hoping it is rock bottom for the struggling chip maker.

Intel INTC is scheduled to report earnings after the close of markets on Thursday, and analysts on average expect the Silicon Valley giant to report a loss of more than $3 billion, or 76 cents a share, according to FactSet. That would be by far the largest quarterly loss on record for the company: In records dating back to 1993, Intel has never reported a GAAP loss of more than...


Jeffrey Sachs: “China JUST CHANGED EVERYTHING, THIS IS SERIOUS” in Exclusive Interview

https://youtu.be/Xm0IGDE52sk

.

 

So close that your can feel the vibrations

Global changes are hitting hot and heavy. We are really in the thick of it.

While there is a chance that a nuclear world war 3 could occur, it is looking like the West hit a wall. China and Russia declared “checkmate”. And there is nothing the USA can do.

Every move it makes is a losing move.

The world is interconnected, to deny that is to risk economic destruction.

So what is going on is simple. If the USA plows ahead with a hard hot war, the systems in place will zero out all banks, and the Untied States, without resources, or much in the way of assets, will flounder and then try to tread water, but eventually it will sink down into the depths and drown. It’s over.

So relax.

Sure, there’s a chance in foolhardy actions, but I have faith in the American military. Not in the American “leadership”. All will be well.

Be prudent. Follow the aforementioned guidelines, but please stay optimistic. All is good.

In March 2023.

main qimg 02fb6165b91a30f51b633d3b4012c8e5
main qimg 02fb6165b91a30f51b633d3b4012c8e5

1. Saudi Arabia and China to build refinery for 83.7 billion Chinese Yuan ($12.2 billion)

2. China and France complete first LNG trade using RMB

3. Russia considers using Chinese Yuan as reserve currency.

4. China and Brazil agree to use Chinese Yuan to settle trade rather than US dollars

5. Saudi Arabia considers accepting Chinese Yuan for oil sales

6. Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa (BRICS) announced development of a new currency

7. President of Kenya tells citizens to get rid of US dollars.

8. India says they will settle trade in Indian rupees with certain countries rather than US dollars

9. Chinese yuan passes Euro to become Brazil’s second-largest currency in foreign reserves

10. IMF data shows that Russia now has ~33% of all reverses in Chinese Yuan

11. China and Russia agreed to use the Chinese Yuan as a settlement currency

12. Over $225 billion has been withdrawn from US banks in just 2 weeks.

U.S. calls for joint G-7 action to prevent China’s economic bullying – Nikkei Asia

The trouble for US is that G7 is nothing to China economically and militarily. It’s “small potatoes”.

U.S. calls for joint G-7 action to prevent China’s economic bullying – Nikkei Asia

Article HERE

SMIC’s revenue grew 33.6 per cent year on year to US$7.2 billion in 2022, while net profits reached US$1.8 billion, both record amounts

R&D spending equaled 10.1 per cent of total revenue, down for a third year from 11.7 per cent and 17.3 per cent in 2021 and 2020, respectively

2023 04 02 19 38
2023 04 02 19 38

China’s top chip foundry Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corp (SMIC), which has been on a US trade blacklist for more than two years, said it posted record revenue and profits for 2022, thanks to strong demand for legacy chips in the world’s second-largest economy.

In 2022, the second full year the Shanghai-based company was restricted from importing key chip-making tools, SMIC saw its revenue grow 33.6 per cent year on year to US$7.2 billion, while net profits attributable to shareholders reached US$1.8 billion, both record amounts, according to its annual report released on Tuesday.

Its gross profit margin, a key indicator of profitability, reached 38 per cent last year, up from 30.8 per cent in 2021.

SMIC said it derived 74 per cent of its total 2022 revenue from China, up four percentage points compared to 2021, adding that the production capacity of its domestic fabs is still short of market demand, while its technology level lags behind global peers.

SMIC reportedly reached a technology breakthrough last year, producing a cryptocurrency mining chip at the 7-nanometre process node, without the need for cutting-edge extreme ultraviolet lithography machines from Dutch firm ASML. SMIC has never publicly commented on the reported breakthrough.

In its latest annual report, the foundry offered some technology insights, but stopped short of revealing details of its tech prowess, which is closely watched by analysts. FinFet technology, a type of 3D transistor that enables process nodes below 20-nm, was listed among its offerings, but the company did not disclose details of the process nodes it has achieved.

SMIC is the only foundry in China with 14-nm production capability.

As Finland Enters NATO, Revelations that NATO Nukes COULD Be put on Russia Border

In a move that could risk infuriating Russia, or turning Finland into another Ukraine, nuclear weapons could be positioned in Finland if the country’s application to join NATO is approved, according to a report from a Finnish newspaper.

Both Finland and Sweden submitted applications to join NATO in May, in response to the Russian invasion of Ukraine. According to the Helsinki-based newspaper Iltalehti, the bill regarding potential NATO membership the Finnish government will put before parliament doesn’t include any opt-outs for nuclear weapons.

Speaking to the paper, defense sources said Finland’s foreign and defense ministers, Pekka Haavisto and Antti Kaikkonen, gave a “commitment” to NATO in July that they wouldn’t seek “restrictions or national reservations” if Helsinki’s application is accepted.

Foreign policy insiders told Iltalehti this means NATO nuclear weapons could transit through, or be based on, Finnish territory. Additionally, there are no restrictions on establishing NATO bases in the country.

Finnish Prime Minister Sanna Marin told Yle, the country’s national broadcasting company, on Saturday why she had not ruled out accepting nuclear weapons on Finnish territory when applying to NATO.

“I’ve considered it very important that we don’t set these kinds of preconditions, or limit our own room for maneuvering, when it comes to permanent bases or nuclear weapons,” Marin said, although she added it was unlikely that nuclear weapons would be stationed on Finnish soil.

The U.S. already has around 100 nuclear weapons in Europe, positioned in Belgium, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands and Turkey according to the Federation of American Scientists.

Substack is the new Atlantic, New Yorker, Sunday Times

Godfree Roberts

If you write about anything, this is for you.

I write wonky, non-fiction books about China and publish an even wonkier newsletter for central bankers interested in Chinese governance.

It’s a niche market, you could say but though I specialize obsessively in an unfashionable topic, I have longed for popular recognition as much as any writer. Then a publisher friend to whom I complained suggested Substack. Distribution was free, he said, the interface simple, publishing takes seconds and, he added encouragingly, “Nobody reads your stuff anyway, so what have you got to lose?”.

I spent thousands looking for that audience on Google, Amazon and Facebook and none was cost-effective. But when I put my ravings on Substack, lots of people found them and even sent me money.

Substack is the most accessible, affordable medium for finding and creating an audience for non-fiction writers. If you write, write. Let Substack find your audience because it’s really good at that. Focus on your writing and, eventually, Substack will start pay you for the privilege of representing you.

Such a deal.

I think this is mostly happening without the knowledge of Americans. Literally, American and British news must be the shittiest news products on the entire planet. Saudi Arabia killed the petrodollar, the arrangement where oil contracts are settled in US dollars.

China just made an LNG deal with the UAE that will be settled in Yuans.

At least half of the business between Russia and China is now settled in Yuans.

Brazil and China just made a deal to settle trade in currency other than the US dollar.

When that happens, the dollars that are sitting reserve will be freed up and come back to where they can buy products and services, the United States and the broader West. US dollars will be concentrated in the West and will drive up inflation. Furthermore, as the US dollar loses reserve currency status, it will be much harder for the US to finance its massive debt. The Ukraine War will end the US dollars 77-year run as the world’s reserve currency. The BRICS Plus countries will have a larger economy than the West in a decade or so. In another answer to this question, someone else pointed out that even non-BRICS countries are ditching the US dollar as a reserve currency. Joe Biden huffed and puffed and blustered and blew down the American financial system.

US new shows are trying to tell Americans that China cannot produce computer chips without Taiwan in the foreseeable future. This is complete bullcrap, but Americans believe the US new shows that got Ukraine completely wrong. Americans believe new shows that couldn’t predict the economy yesterday.

Footnotes

The USA is left out…

India, Malaysia move beyond dollar to settle trade in INR – The Hindu. No longer will trade be conducted in the United States Dollar.

Article HERE

US Sanctions Belarus

Lukashenko’s aircraft, a Boeing 737 that he uses for international travel, was also designated for sanctions, which blocks its use in the U.S. Hum. I wonder how attractive these actions make for American-made products…?

Article HERE

The US Chips and Science Act

By now it’s clear that the Chips and Science Act — which includes a $52 billion splurge for the semiconductor industry — is unlikely to work as intended. In fact, its looming failure is a microcosm of all that’s wrong with America’s current approach to building things.

2023 04 02 06 50
2023 04 02 06 50

Passed last year with bipartisan support, the law was meant to revive US chipmaking capacity. Although America is a world leader in cutting-edge chip design, its share of global semiconductor manufacturing has declined from 37% in 1990 to about 12% Given the importance of such chips to the economy and especially to national security — the Defense Department needs about 1.9 billion of them a year — a more or less coherent case could be made for subsidies, prudently applied.

Yet simply writing checks was never going to be enough. Producing chips in the US still takes 25% longer and costs nearly 50% more than doing so in Asia. Significant policy changes would be needed for US-based manufacturers to be even remotely competitive. As things stand, they face three serious impediments — all inflicted by the government.

Chief among them is red tape. From 1990 to 2020, the time required to construct new chip plants (called fabs) in the US soared by 38%.

Clean Air Act permits can take 18 months. National Environmental Policy Act reviews take an average of four and a half years. A half dozen other federal laws may come into play, plus endless state and local variants. At every step, myriad agencies must be consulted and parochial interests must be heard.

Yet technology does not stand still for these bureaucratic tea parties; such delays only add expenses, discourage private investment, and prevent US manufacturers from seriously competing with overseas rivals.

Baked Ham in Foil

2023 04 01 09 11
2023 04 01 09 11

Ingredients

  • 1/2 cup water
  • 1 (3- to 4-pound precooked boneless ham

Instructions

  1. Pour cup water into slow cooker.
  2. Wrap precooked boneless ham in foil; put into slow cooker.
  3. Cover, and cook on HIGH for 1 hour, then on LOW for 6 to 7 hours or until ham is hot.

Vietnam

2023 04 01 20 03
2023 04 01 20 03

The First Dinosaur Tail Discovered Is Preserved In Amber, 99 Million Years Old And Covered In Feathers

0 6
0 6

A dinosaur tail with beautifully preserved feathers still attached to the bone has been found preserved in amber, and it’s one of the coolest things we’ve ever seen. It’s not the first time feathers have been found trapped in amber, but it is the first time that researchers have been able to definitively link them to a dinosaur. The discovery will provide invaluable insight into how dinosaurs’ feathers looked and evolved – something we’ve never been able to learn from fossils.

More info: Sciense (h/t: messynessychic)

8 22 650x365 1
8 22 650×365 1
7 22 650x434 1
7 22 650×434 1
6 23 650x433 1
6 23 650×433 1
5 25 650x975 1
5 25 650×975 1
4 25 650x433 1
4 25 650×433 1
3 26 650x433 1
3 26 650×433 1

 

1 30
1 30

Brutan

Problems Brutan faces:
1) Brutan is a land lock country reliance on India to access the rest of the world.
2023 04 02 19 24
2023 04 02 19 24
2) geographically, they can only access (import/export /car/train) via India. So, India control Brutan economy, and they have to endure bullying from India.
3) brutan problem is like Nepal.
4) But, with the upgrade of the Chinese infrastructure building ability, the first road and bridges link between Nepal and China successfully completed through very difficult terrain, and hence Nepal no longer exclusively reliance on India to access the world , so in the past years, there are on going news of Nepal soldiers shooting at intruding Indian soldiers.
5) so, now, like Nepal, brutan working with China to access the world via infrastructure link to China
Indian influence collapsed once the project completed.

 

https://youtu.be/wrVbr76pCxg

“Facing Clear Evidence of Peril” in a Country of Lies

.

Perhaps silence is the best response to the endless cavalcade of official lies that is United States history. The Internet and digital technology have allowed those lies to increase exponentially in number and frequency with the result that people’s minds have become like 7-Eleven stores, open 24/7 for snack-crap “news.”

But once you become conscious that it’s lies night and day, it sets your head aswirl and plunges your soul into depths of despair. You are tempted to retreat from such knowledge and talk of trees and trivia. But you are ashamed of your country. It’s hard to laugh. You feel you are drowning. You flounder and gasp for air. You look around and wonder why most people are able to go their merry ways believing the lies and whistling in the dark. Junk news nation, indeed.

Yes, there are alternative voices who tell the truth, but their audiences and monetary support are very small or non-existent compared to the corporate mainstream media and those who shout and scream across the Internet as they take in a lot of money from naive followers. The recent revelations about Alex Jones’s wealth probably don’t bother his diehard fans, but they should. Likewise, the funding sources for websites and writers of various persuasions are important to know, for they reveal possible biases in their work. Snake oil salesmen are commonplace, and there are many naive customers lining up for their wares.

Wealth and power are the main drivers of the media chicanery that has captured so many minds. Writers, of course, should be fairly paid for their work, but in this Internet age, most are not. As with the movies and book publishing, the income gap between the big names – the celebrity stars – and less well-known writers, even if their work is excellent, is huge.

Some sites and writers make a lot of money, but who they are is a guessing game. No one’s talking. Some regularly tell their readers that if they don’t receive enough contributions, they will be unable to continue to write or publish, even when the sites do not pay their contributors. Whether this is good marketing or income-by-threat is up for grabs. Whichever it is, it seems to work, as far as I can tell, for these writers and websites don’t disappear.

Money is the dirty secret of all news and commentary. To paraphrase someone: It is very difficult to get truth from writers whose income is dependent on pleasing those who fund them.

You may have noticed how many former military officers, CIA agents, mainstream journalists, pharmaceutical company executives, and sundry other government and corporate bigwigs appear in the mainstream and alternative media to support or oppose government policies. The mainstream ones doing the propaganda they always did, while the alternative ones appear as converts to the dissident faith. No one ever explains how and by whom these people are financed or how their lucrative pensions affect their consciences. “Former” is a funny word. Ha Ha Ha.

Confidence “men” come in all shapes and sizes with no one talking money.

So let me fess up. I received about $200 in support last year for edwardcurtin.com, my website. Nothing before that and not a cent over the last 5-6 years for many hundreds of articles that have appeared very widely across the Internet. Before the Internet, publications paid for work, mine and others. Not now, at least for me. How much money writers are receiving, and who is supporting their sites, is a taboo subject.

So I am thinking about selling mugs at my site with my name and mug shot on them and a line of supplements that will increase one’s testosterone and estrogen in equal measure to make sure no one takes offense in this era of delicate feelings. Ha Ha Ha. Yes, the joke is on us. I identify as a man since I am one. Don’t be offended.

Jokes aside, as Leonard Cohen sang:

“Oh, like a bird on the wire
Like a drunk in a midnight choir
I have tried in my way to be free”

If you are stubborn enough and have the good fortune to find inspiration from those brave dissidents who have gone before us and those who continue to lead us on, you realize silence is betrayal and that you must speak, even if all seems hopeless at times. Even when no one is paying you, or maybe more accurately, because no one is paying you. Even though it is hopeless, even though it isn’t. This is another secret. There are many.

It’s been twenty years since the U.S. brutally invaded Iraq. When George W. Bush, at a staged pseudo-event in Cincinnati on October 7, 2002, as he set Americans up for the invasion of Iraq in March 2003, said, “Facing clear evidence of peril, we cannot wait for the final proof, the smoking gun, that could come in the form of a mushroom cloud,” no one laughed him out of the house. His claim was simply an evil joke that was reported as truth. It was all predictable, blatant deception. And the media played along with such an absurdity, which is their job and what they always do. I pointed it out at the time in a newspaper column, but who listened to a hick writer in a regional newspaper.

Iraq obviously had no nuclear weapons or the slightest capability to deliver even a firecracker on the U.S. But the mainstream media, Senator Joe Biden, politicians galore, celebrities like Oprah Winfrey with her guest, the eventually disgraced Judith Miller of the New York Times, the despicable Tony Blair, et al., all supported Bush’s blatant lies. Soon Colin Powell, the “hero” of George H. W. Bush’s 1991 made-for-TV Gulf War of aggression against Iraq, would do his Pinocchio act at the United Nations and the U.S. military was off to get Saddam Hussein, Osama bin Laden’s evil twin, both the latest Hitlers until Vladimir Putin replaced them. I guess I skipped some others such as Muammar Gaddafi and Bashar Al-Assad. New Hitlers proliferate so fast it’s hard to keep track of them. Ha Ha Ha. The joke is on us.

As everyone knows, or should, more than a million Iraqis died because of George W. Bush, but how many cared? How many cared when once Bush was gone, Barack Obama, aided and abetted by the cackling Hilary Clinton, destroyed Libya and ignited the war against Syria? You want examples? There are too many to name here. But let it be said these lies span all American administrations, whether it’s Bill Clinton continuously bombing Iraq and Serbia through Trump bombing Syria and Somalia, up to the present day with Biden attacking Russia via Ukraine, etc. All these presidents are liars, but their followers treat them otherwise. Biden says Jimmy Carter asked him to deliver his eulogy. What does that tell you? Shall we laugh? Sing?

On the clear understanding
That this kind of thing can happen
Shall we laugh?
Shall we laugh?
Shall we laugh?

Shall we laugh harder if I mention the Covid-19 propaganda and all those writers who have failed to even address it, as they have failed to question 9/11 and other obvious official lies? Is it not evident that if they did so, their money flows might dry up? Here and no further is a widespread rule, for they must adhere to the boundaries imposed by “responsible thought” and the “no go” zones with which they tie their own hands in order to keep their wallets full.

If you are lucky, as I was, when you are young you discover how fearful of free thought and how corrupt our institutional authorities are. You don’t spend decades feasting off the spoils of those institutions only to “wake up” once you have made your name and secured your fortune, which seems to be the way of so many wise luminaries of the Internet Age who are either trying to ease their consciences as they get ready to kick the bucket or are perhaps putting us on.

When I was twenty-four years-old, I accepted my first teaching job at a small Catholic college where I taught theology. I had been trained in the latest and best scholarly work of the most renown international theologians. Rather than indoctrinating my students with rote learning, I taught them to read widely and think deeply in the tradition of a liberal arts education. To seek out the best scholarship.

But doing so became quickly apparent to the college and Church authorities who were stuck in the inquisitorial age of obedience or else and no thinking allowed. Although my students loved my courses and felt freed up for the first time to think about their spiritual lives, I was hounded to correct my heretical teaching, which of course I refused to do.

At one point when I was at lunch in the cafeteria, a nun who was a professor, stole my brief case with my notes and left the cafeteria. One of my students saw her do this and chased her into the ladies’ room where the nun hid in a stall. The nun kept flushing the toilet to scare the student away, but the student wouldn’t let her out until she returned the briefcase. Ha Ha Ha. It sounds funny to recount but was an example of my experience at this college. Someone vandalized my office door and ripped down anti-war posters that were on it. I was gone from that college soon thereafter. It taught me a lot. Obey or else.

Heresy: The Latin word is from Greek hairesis, a taking or choosing for oneself, a choice.

At another teaching job a year or so later, I had a more chilling experience. I was known as an anti-war activist, a conscientious objector from the Marines, etc., and one day, a late Friday afternoon when few were around, an administrator asked to meet me on a deserted stairwell where he proceeded in hushed tones to try to convince me to join him in Army Intelligence to spy on others. He said I would be perfect for the job since I was known as an anti-war dissident. I told him to fuck off, but I was shocked by his double life and his request.

I have since learned that this guy the spy was not an anomaly, for government confidence men are widespread.

I’ve had many other such early experiences for which I am very grateful, even though when I was fired from jobs and lost income it was traumatic at the time. By my thirtieth year, I knew the system was corrupt to its core and subsequent experience has only ratified that conclusion. I got the joke.

I recount these incidents not because my experiences are singular and I’m special, for others have suffered the same youthful fate. But such good fortune can fortify you for life or break your spirit. If the former, you don’t wait to retire to push back against all the lies or regret your past. You find that it’s all good and life has set you on the heretic’s path of freedom and choice. You realize that what you went through is absolutely nothing compared to people around the world who have and continue to suffer at the hands of the U.S. military industrial complex. You realize your experiences are trivial in the larger scope of things and that your government’s conduct is beyond condemnation. It is an abomination. You feel ashamed to live in a land where killing is a game.

The sociologist Peter Berger puts it well in his little classic, Invitation to Sociology, when he discusses experiences that lead to seeing through the play-acting nature of social life:

Experiences such as these may lead to a sudden reversal in one’s view of society – from an awe-inspiring vision of an edifice made of massive granite to the picture of a toy-house precariously put together with papier mâché. While such metamorphosis may be disturbing to people who have hitherto had great confidence in the stability and rightness of society, it can also have a very liberating effect on those more inclined to look upon the latter as a giant sitting on top of them, and not necessarily a friendly giant at that. It is reassuring to discover that the giant is afflicted with a nervous tick.

Notice the giant George W. Bush’s clicking eyes as he delivers his “facing clear evidence of peril” lies for the invasion of Iraq. He and his presidential good friends are cardboard cartoon characters whose eyes reveal their evil intentions. “It’s a Barnum and Bailey world/Just as phony as it can be,” but it would all fall to pieces if it weren’t for you and me failing to see through all the bad actors, not just presidents but the whole cast of characters that populate the Spectacle of news and opinion.

The Russians are coming! Ha Ha Ha. Yes, Oliver, the joke’s on us.

But it’s not really funny, except in the most sardonic and dark way, for we now do really face clear evidence of peril as a result of Biden and his crazy predecessors who have run U.S. foreign policy for so long. They have brought us to the edge of nuclear war with Russia by surrounding Russia with NATO bases and nuclear weapons, while doing the same to China.

POISONING OF **OUR FOOD** BEGINS THIS MONTH – mRNA Going into Cows and Pigs

.

The food supply of every American is going to start being INTENTIONALLY POISONED with mRNA genetic modifications being fraudulently called “vaccines.”

Lobbyists for the cattleman and pork associations in several states have CONFIRMED they WILL be using mRNA vaccines in pigs and cows THIS MONTH.   It will actually become “vaccine food” and sold to YOU without your INFORMED CONSENT.

Buying and eating this beef or this pork may adversely affect you.  In some cases, it may KILL you.

Attorney Tom Renz says “To be clear – at this point there are zero states requiring informed consent for “vaccine food”. While I would argue that it must be done under existing law . . .”

 

 

Renz goes on to point out, there is an article from the year 2000 about “edible vaccines”: (Article HERE)  The article demonstrates how hiding a “vaccine” in foods, is absorbed into the body:

EdibleVaxGraphic
EdibleVaxGraphic

The trouble with this particular circumstance is that, to this day, no manufacturer of an mRNA vaccine, has fully disclosed the medically-active contents of the so-called “COVID “vaccines.” Moreover, tens-of-thousands of people have already DIED after receiving these so-called “vaccines” and hundreds-of-thousands of other people have become very sick or permanently injured from them.

NOW, if you were one of the smart people (like me) who DID NOT take those COVID (death dart) jabs, we will be intentionally POISONED with the mRNA because they’re putting it in our food without our informed consent.

Lawsuits will be too late.  We’ll already be poisoned and dying.   The public is reminded that “immunity” only works in court.  It offers no protection to the people doing this, from street justice.

Forcibly stopping someone who is trying to poison you is legal self defense.

Budweiser Suicides “Bud Light” with new Trans Spokesperson

.
BudLightTranny 2 large
BudLightTranny 2 large

Budweiser, “the King of Beers” appears to many people to have just committed “brand-suicide” for Bud Light, by bringing on a Trans as a spokesperson.  You can watch the suicide video below.

Why is this Brand suicide you ask?   Well, think about it: Now, every time a guy is seen holding a Bud Light, everyone’s going to think he’s a homo.  And everytime a girl is seen holding a bug Light, everyone will wonder if she’s _really_ a girl.  Result . . . . probable brand suicide.

Don’t fret, guys.   While we say R.I.P. to Bud Light, we can also say Hi to . . . .

2023 04 02 19 35
2023 04 02 19 35

Corona girl!

Cranberry Pork Chops

2023 04 02 19 30
2023 04 02 19 30

Ingredients

  • 6 bone-in pork loin chops
  • 1 (16 ounce) can jellied cranberry sauce
  • 1/2 cup cranberry or apple juice
  • 1/4 cup granulated sugar
  • 2 tablespoons spicy brown mustard
  • 2 tablespoons cornstarch
  • 1/4 cup cold water
  • 1/2 teaspoon salt
  • Dash of pepper

Instructions

  1. Place pork chops in a slow cooker.
  2. Combine cranberry sauce, juice, sugar and mustard until smooth; pour over chops.
  3. Cover and cook on LOW for 7 to 8 hours or until meat is tender.
  4. Remove chops; keep warm.
  5. In a saucepan, combine cornstarch and cold water until smooth; gradually stir in cooking juices. Bring to a boil; cook and stir for 2 minutes or until thickened.
  6. Stir in salt and pepper.
  7. Serve over chops.

Elon Musk Sounds the Alarm About the U.S. Dollar

The billionaire global CEO worries about the loss of the greenback’s influence which he attributes to the Biden administration’s foreign policy.
LUC OLINGAMAR 30, 2023 6:15 PM EDT

Elon Musk has become something of a watchdog over the actions of the U.S. government on the international stage.

The tech mogul gained influence in geopolitics by providing Starlink to Ukraine in the war with Russia. Starlink is an independent satellite internet service, developed by Musk's rocket company SpaceX. This service allows the Ukrainian Armed Forces to maintain secure communications on the front lines and Ukrainian civilians to stay in touch with the world.

This invaluable assistance to a country struggling for its independence has made the CEO of Tesla (TSLA) - Get Free Report one of the most powerful voices around the world on pressing issues facing the planet.

In recent weeks, the tech mogul has turned into a real headache for the Biden administration, which has reiterated its support for Ukraine in the war against Russia. This conflict, which has entered its second year, has still no end in sight. Musk advocates a peace solution that involves making concessions to Russia, which Ukraine and its allies categorically refuse.

Is the Dollar Losing Its Reserve Currency Status?

Washington and its European allies have thus tightened the sanctions against Russia. But the absence of an exit strategy from the Russian war has launched the debate about the American support for Ukraine via NATO. Critics blame the Biden administration for its tough line on Kremlin.

This debate is fueled by Musk and his friends who believe that the absence of a peaceful solution to end the Russia-Ukraine war has dealt a huge blow to American diplomacy and to the United States' place in the world. 

They say that evidence of this is the rapprochement between China and Russia, two of the main enemies of the United States. They argue that adopting a hard line toward Russia has undermined America's international and geopolitical standing and prestige.

Musk considers, for example, that U.S. diplomats have become warmongers, which has brought America's enemies closer together. One of the victims of this rapprochement could be the dollar, symbol of the economic power of the United States.

He has just issued an alert to warn that the dollar could lose its role as the world's reserve currency. The warning was issued in a thread on Twitter.

"The US dollar is losing its reserve currency status," Genevieve Roch-Decter, CFA, a former small cap money manager, wrote on Twitter on Mar. 29, adding in another tweet that the U.S. dollar "has been the backbone of the global economy for decades. Several countries even use the US Dollar as an official currency, like El Salvador, Panama, and Ecuador."

Musk shares these concerns.

"Serious issue," the billionaire warned. "US policy has been too heavy-handed, making countries want to ditch the dollar."

In addition to foreign policy, Musk also attributes the weakening of the dollar to the federal government's fiscal policy.

"Combined with excess government spending, which forces other countries to absorb a significant part of our inflation," he added.

Russia and Saudi Arabia

The dollar is considered the reserve currency of central banks. This means that various national central banks, which hold reserves in foreign currencies, do so mainly in U.S. dollars.

This allows the United States not to have to hold foreign exchange reserves in currencies of other countries, and especially helps to finance the deficit of its balance of payments. This status of the dollar dates back to the end of the Second World War and symbolizes the power of the US on the global stage.

Central banks around the world hold approximately 60 percent of their foreign exchange reserves in U.S. dollars. Nearly half of international trade, loans and global debt securities are transacted in dollars. But the sanctions imposed on Russia, as a result of the war with Ukraine, have helped to encourage efforts to "de-dollarize" global trade, some experts say.

Russia is looking at the yuan to replace the dollar, and Saudi Arabia may follow, Fox News has reported.

For Musk, if we get there, it is because American diplomacy lost its standing during the Russia-Ukraine war.

BY LUC OLINGA
.

Article HERE

Meet Mebaru, the Japanese Felt Artist Taking Instagram by Storm with Adorable Felted Cat Sculptures

0 24 650x477 1
0 24 650×477 1

Mebaru is an artist who has gained a huge following on Instagram thanks to their incredibly realistic felted cat sculptures.

From playful poses to intricate depictions of specific breeds, these felted creations are sure to steal your heart. We invite you to take a look at these cute and realistic felted cats and get lost in the world of Mebaru’s creations.

More: Instagram h/t: boredpanda

mebaru felt cat 310675645 868428824084654 9207158892906281969 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 310675645 868428824084654 9207158892906281969 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 321925769 1361265554618064 2250054977559963042 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 321925769 1361265554618064 2250054977559963042 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 321683449 3058082144492312 2274379130392576152 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 321683449 3058082144492312 2274379130392576152 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 321099361 1780368745682116 8418916224033995047 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 321099361 1780368745682116 8418916224033995047 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 321090786 202430535591328 7684584042848962007 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 321090786 202430535591328 7684584042848962007 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 320567926 846454713235574 1676831297539109502 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 320567926 846454713235574 1676831297539109502 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 320448175 1808171012873270 6718661938141484879 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 320448175 1808171012873270 6718661938141484879 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 320090702 680795917032719 8513205722177524313 n 650x541 1
mebaru felt cat 320090702 680795917032719 8513205722177524313 n 650×541 1
mebaru felt cat 318632134 138774948973123 8005911398557769339 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 318632134 138774948973123 8005911398557769339 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 318588136 1906957253084976 7353715289734946456 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 318588136 1906957253084976 7353715289734946456 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 318491340 501134218490303 2332877419585348578 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 318491340 501134218490303 2332877419585348578 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 318156537 469271912004508 3074010292709427190 n 650x650 1
mebaru felt cat 318156537 469271912004508 3074010292709427190 n 650×650 1
mebaru felt cat 317709463 1013558530035114 3739650177143063857 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 317709463 1013558530035114 3739650177143063857 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 317496528 1200849710840213 2538857534611667441 n 650x650 1
mebaru felt cat 317496528 1200849710840213 2538857534611667441 n 650×650 1
mebaru felt cat 317311884 218114670564850 1824017339515691198 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 317311884 218114670564850 1824017339515691198 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 317262777 688925849509273 3461956078929147348 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 317262777 688925849509273 3461956078929147348 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 317131105 8313703772038292 3284880002624354870 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 317131105 8313703772038292 3284880002624354870 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 316852026 1321302998618398 2685516876605846632 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 316852026 1321302998618398 2685516876605846632 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 316357908 1367765990659963 7141476045707974431 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 316357908 1367765990659963 7141476045707974431 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 316154807 397551599169611 59917937910668382 n 650x485 1
mebaru felt cat 316154807 397551599169611 59917937910668382 n 650×485 1
mebaru felt cat 316154448 1796043704091536 2969777080811322536 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 316154448 1796043704091536 2969777080811322536 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 315764065 1222646401623024 8136657488472987761 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 315764065 1222646401623024 8136657488472987761 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 315017693 824497785450655 7637461653729271736 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 315017693 824497785450655 7637461653729271736 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 314901125 643587034063466 1272940707806253005 n 650x487 1
mebaru felt cat 314901125 643587034063466 1272940707806253005 n 650×487 1
mebaru felt cat 314466168 2050761948440272 1129086744842882421 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 314466168 2050761948440272 1129086744842882421 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 313915067 661584545512970 5174730962744653706 n 650x487 1
mebaru felt cat 313915067 661584545512970 5174730962744653706 n 650×487 1
mebaru felt cat 313827805 1146459879314272 3395185872560281708 n 650x487 1
mebaru felt cat 313827805 1146459879314272 3395185872560281708 n 650×487 1
mebaru felt cat 313791808 445228357670695 8567759687907685910 n 650x487 1
mebaru felt cat 313791808 445228357670695 8567759687907685910 n 650×487 1
mebaru felt cat 313742219 1311998326295875 699204234779427349 n 650x487 1
mebaru felt cat 313742219 1311998326295875 699204234779427349 n 650×487 1
mebaru felt cat 313076611 1256247808552959 1881136288188324528 n 650x487 1
mebaru felt cat 313076611 1256247808552959 1881136288188324528 n 650×487 1
mebaru felt cat 312833527 524123439150228 953399160298788773 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 312833527 524123439150228 953399160298788773 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 312741707 806444883908699 4840205017937805653 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 312741707 806444883908699 4840205017937805653 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 312632121 428127782813371 8580180055919650583 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 312632121 428127782813371 8580180055919650583 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 312611722 852887629177433 4912873424869905085 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 312611722 852887629177433 4912873424869905085 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 312330535 143977758347458 3352410949069520132 n 650x650 1
mebaru felt cat 312330535 143977758347458 3352410949069520132 n 650×650 1
mebaru felt cat 312236154 2009669465885518 5971737972192449568 n 650x650 1
mebaru felt cat 312236154 2009669465885518 5971737972192449568 n 650×650 1
mebaru felt cat 311867642 1053913115279192 2162656582258473195 n 650x650 1
mebaru felt cat 311867642 1053913115279192 2162656582258473195 n 650×650 1
mebaru felt cat 311801479 627347895527716 8332589303502905422 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 311801479 627347895527716 8332589303502905422 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 311581879 1423429284815452 3239085818596752162 n 650x650 1
mebaru felt cat 311581879 1423429284815452 3239085818596752162 n 650×650 1
mebaru felt cat 311267170 115080344705884 5040139389434423682 n 650x650 1
mebaru felt cat 311267170 115080344705884 5040139389434423682 n 650×650 1
mebaru felt cat 311106854 2220217214818560 3047223251290304788 n 650x650 1
mebaru felt cat 311106854 2220217214818560 3047223251290304788 n 650×650 1
mebaru felt cat 311018545 637573411096121 5882676780756999281 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 311018545 637573411096121 5882676780756999281 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 310497287 677763493378533 88851357101488709 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 310497287 677763493378533 88851357101488709 n 650×488 1
mebaru felt cat 309995072 115464704649541 7997979497466038542 n 650x488 1
mebaru felt cat 309995072 115464704649541 7997979497466038542 n 650×488 1

Hi.
I am an Australian who is married to an American and, due to the nature of my work, lived ALL OVER the US over a decade.

Half my family are American and many of my closest friends.
In short, I’m very fond of the United States and support my nation’s close affiliation with them.

So please forgive me if I’m blunt.
This is NOT an American bash, it’s an honest expression of the one thing that [SOME] Americans do that never fails to trigger me.

“We saved your asses in World War Two”.

Americans often tell us bluntly, over and over how they “saved our arses” in both World Wars.

I assure you, EVERY SINGLE Brit, Aussie, Kiwi or Canadian reading along can hear those words spoken in an American accent as they read them.

That’s how often we hear it.
Almost weekly.
Certainly once a month.

Wars that we ourselves stepped up and fought in the protection of others.
Wars that wouldn’t even have affected us directly.
Wars we fought for YEARS before the United States.

Australia, Canada, India and New Zealand particularly could have turned their backs on Western Europe.

Britain herself could have closed her borders and looked the other way.
Hitler had no designs on the UK – He admired them.
All they had to do was stand back and allow the holocaust to happen.

But of course, they couldn’t because fighting Nazi Germany was the right thing to do.

We didn’t make Britain wait 3.2 and 2.3 years to enter either great war.
We were there from day one.

We didn’t charge Britain for our goods or help.
We didn’t keep a tally and make them pay it back for seventy years.
We didn’t insist they realign their trade preferences to favour our markets setting their still very young colonies prematurely adrift or cost them their empire, wealth, dignity or preeminence as a world power.

We didn’t use Britain’s plight as a springboard for our own wealth and dominance or spend the following century diluting their culture with shallow consumerism.

CANZUK didn’t ask for anything.
We just went because we’re family and that’s what family does and despite what some of you are going to assert in the comments, yes, America, though you are the black sheep you are also family.

Speaking for Australia, from a population of six million (2/3 of which were women, children, the elderly and infirm), a full one million Australian men served in the military during the Second World war.

Let that sink in.

We had, from our far-flung nation gathered together the fourth-largest air force in the world and the fifth largest navy and lost so many men in every theater of both World Wars that we had a noticeable lack of them right into the late 1970s.
Indeed, by the time American boots had touched the ground in North Africa and Europe, CANZUK had already sacrificed literally millions of men.

It’s SO, rude.
I’m not even sure you understand just how disrespectful it is and how much damage it does [at street level] to our relationships with the US.
Honestly – it’s there in the pit of all our stomachs whenever we even engage with an American.

I will leave you with this quote from the memoirs of one of your own.
American journalist Ernie Pyle who was killed in action by the Japanese in April 1945.

His account of D-day and the liberation of Paris.

“One cannot help but be moved by the colossus of our invasion. It was a bold and mighty thing. One of the epics of all history. I hope that we can rejoice in victory but humbly. The dead men would not want us to gloat.”

Peace.

Dedicated to the memories of our grandfathers.
Those that never came home and those that came home altered.
Australia, Canada, New Zealand, Britain and the United States.

Bhutan

First, a disclaimer: I’m not a Bhutan expert.
.
The China-Bhutan border agreement hasn't happened yet, but it does seem to be imminent. I'm just commenting right off my memory, which is as good as it gets. You can probably wiki and find a lot more details. China had long ago reached a treaty with Bhutan by an exchange of land. But India intervened at the last minute, forced Bhutan to overturn everything and start all over. Given that China ended up having to renegotiate its Bhutan border treaty with India, nothing happened ever since then. India has been perfectly happy keeping its soldiers in Bhutan, and keeping Bhutan a poor, undeveloped landlocked country completely dependent on India. I can understand how a lot of the people living in the "Land of Happiness" feel like they're trapped in the lowest level of Naraka.

When the Doklam brouhaha between China and India broke out, it was over the unsettled area between China and Bhutan. Theoretically, it had nothing to do with India, except that India had soldiers stationed in Bhutan, and was supposed to defend Bhutan. In any case, Bhutan never asked India to defend itself against China. This fact was never mentioned in any Western press, forget about the Indian press. Finally, Bhutan let the cat out of the bag, and India, somehow, thinks that they have been stabbed in the back. I remember at the time of the Doklam standoff, I checked out Bhutanese comments from various social platforms. Most of them had very little positive things to say about India. It looked hopeful at the time that Bhutan would soon become Nepal 2.0.

I don't usually follow Bhutan news. In any case, there are precious few channels talking about them. But I do follow a lot of India news channels (like a good detective, you can learn a lot from people's garbage), and there has been an outcry of India having been betrayed by Bhutan. It seems that after decades of nothing happening with the border treaty and wasting a lot of time with India in the way, China finally told Bhutan that if this mountain nation did not have authority to negotiate its own border treaty, then the two parties should just walk away, at least until such times when Bhutan is confident that it can decide its own sovereign issues. 

Bhutan is not stupid. They notice how things have been changing for Nepal. They don't want to be dead in the stagnant waters of India. They want to be connected to the world through China. As such China and Bhutan have been working steadily toward a common goal despite India. In January of this year, a Bhutanese delegation met with a Chinese delegation in Kunming to push forward the settlement of the China-Bhutan border. India was not invited. Needless to say, the Indians, acting like an overbearing overlord demanded to know the details of the meeting. This was expected, and confidential information would not be divulged. The roadmap likely included contingencies relating to how India would react. It may also include how Bhutan may allay India's fears, at the same time, gaining more concessions from Modi. 

It appears at this point that the China-Bhutan border settlement is a fait accompli. It's too late for India to interfere. The train has left the station and the ship has set sail. How do I know? By the Bhutanese letting the cat out of the bag. They made a mistake many years ago. They are not going to make it again unless they are very certain it's going to happen. So, very soon, China and Bhutan will establish diplomatic relations. There will be airports, highways, dams, 5G, Internet and tourists. Most importantly, at the right moment, Indian soldiers will be politely asked to leave quietly. 

At the end of the day, China does want to settle its border with India. Maybe it will help the Indians come to their senses.

PM 

This is something that AMERICANS need to UNDERSTAND. TikTok is only an EXCUSE to pass thru Orwellian legislation to control the type of information that Americans received so that they do NOT have access to alternate information other than the narrative that the state want them to believe AND to spy on them.

The legislation, Bill S686, is also known as the Restrict Bill. Here are the key points behind that legislation:

  • CURRENT foreign adversaries – America’s favourite bogeymen – which can CHANGE by definition are China, Cuba, Korea Iran, Russian Federation. More importantly, these definition can CHANGE at ANYTIME.
  • It covers hardware technologies such as modems, routers, cameras and virtual techs such as VPN if they are manufacture or use to contact “foreign adversaries”
  • Using VPN to bypass banned apps such as TikTok is made a CRIMINAL act under this bill with MINIMUM imprisonment of 20 years AND a minimum fine of $250,000 AND up to one million dollars if you knowingly do so.
  • It gives the federal government the authority to monitor any activity virtual or otherwise. Essentially they can monitor you 24/7 thru your routers, video games, smartphones, thermostat, cameras, etc.
  • EVEN more TERRIFYING, this will happen when the President appoint a Secretary of Communication who formed a group on their own without any voter input or oversight whatever, can meet behind closed doors and they can ban or monitor anything deemed inappropriate to security that goes thru the internet.

LET there be NO AMBIGUITY, this legislation is designed to control the information that Americans read and hear so that THEY can be EASILY MANIPULATED AND also designed to spy on Americans. Yes, the law also allows the state to spy on your teen or preteen daughters NAKED or in various stages of undress.

THAT Americans, deliberately bombarded by Messages of Hate, are NOW being HERDED towards war with China

EXCEPT that the United States will be fighting a war with against a powerful BRI Eurasian Alliance

IN a war that the United States will not win and will be defeated

CONSUMED by hate which devour their humanity, they will turn to the only thing they have left…..their nuclear weapons

IN their ATTEMPT to take the world down with them into the depth of the abyss

IN this world, in a country big and small, Haven is now preparing its favourite son to meet the challenges of the end of time AND the Force of Darkness.

VPN Users Risk 20-Year Jail Sentences in the US Under New RESTRICT Act

A bill dubbed the 'RESTRICT' act was submitted to Congress and could have severe consequences for VPN users in the United States.

Cajun Sausage Jambalaya

A slow cooker makes Cajun Sausage Jambalaya a snap. Be sure to check the last hour or two to keep the rice from overcooking.

2023 04 01 09 12
2023 04 01 09 12

Prep: 30 min | Cook: 6 hr | Yield: 8 servings (12 cups)

Ingredients

  • 1 pound boneless pork loin roast, cut into 1/2 inch cubes, lean
  • 12 ounces andouille sausage, cut into 1/4 inch slices
  • 2 1/2 cups water
  • 1 1/2 cups rice, medium-grain white
  • 2 yellow onions, chopped
  • 1 bell pepper (green, red, or both), chopped
  • 2 stalks celery, chopped
  • 2 tablespoons vegetable oil
  • 1 1/2 teaspoons salt
  • 1/4 to 1/2 teaspoon cayenne pepper
  • 1/2 cup green onions, chopped

Instructions

  1. Mix all ingredients except green onions in slow 4 to 6 quart slow cooker. Cover and cook on LOW for 5 to 6 hours, or on HIGH for 2 1/2 to 3 hours. Watch carefully during the last 1 hour (LOW) or 1/2 hour (HIGH) of cooking to prevent rice from overcooking.
  2. Just before serving, check seasoning and add green onions.

The A-10 was not designed to be used in uncontested airspace, but it was designed for a time when people were more realistic about losses in war than they are now. The A-10 fleet was expected to be expendable planes thrown in to stop Soviet armored columns, but it was perfectly understood many would not survive that.

main qimg 735564d8aa0773639ae04f9842f2ccc0
main qimg 735564d8aa0773639ae04f9842f2ccc0

The A-10 were apparently expected by some in the US air force to face an attrition rate of 7% per 100 sorties. And would be expected to do 250 sorties in a day for the fleet in Europe. So within the first 24 hours of a conflict in the 1980s, the US expected over 15% of all A-10s in the theater to be lost.

Considering what was known and how they intended to use them, I would say that was a fairly conservative estimation. Soviet forces were littered with organic AA, and when the A-10 was made the BUK and S-300 missile systems were not really understood yet. The biggest fear was the OSA missile system with a 15km range. With the A-10 expected to visually see targets to engage them, this would be fairly difficult, especially using it’s gun, which is effective at about 1½ km. The original S-300 had ranges of 47–90km depending on variant, but this wasn’t known in the west at the time.

Either way, it was fully expected the A-10s would suffer enormous losses, but was still considered a valuable asset for attempting to disrupt and delay Soviet columns.

21 Life Lessons From Cats

1 48
1 48

There’s a lot us, humans, can learn from our feline friends. 21 examples below from New York Times bestselling authors & illustrators Lisa Swerling & Ralph Lazar, who have just launched a new cats project called Tess & Lion.

h/t: boredpanda

21 9
21 9
20 15
20 15
19 15
19 15
18 16
18 16
17 16
17 16
16 17
16 17
15 19
15 19
14 22
14 22
13 23
13 23
12 25
12 25
11 26
11 26
10 30
10 30
9 32
9 32
8 36
8 36
7 38
7 38
6 41
6 41
5 44
5 44
4 45
4 45
3 47
3 47
2 45
2 45

Kamala Harris in Africa to strengthen US diplomatic ties | DW News

By Dimbwe Maxala from Utube comments

I am from one of the countries on her tour.

I am not sure how the Ghanaians feel about this, but I can safely speak on behalf of Zambia and Tanzania, and say that they US is wasting its time. To get a better understanding of this, perhaps Kamala should travel from Dar Es Salaam to Lusaka Zambia, on the 1600km (1000 mile) railway line that the Chinese built ( and ceded free of charge) for the two countries.

The impetus for the construction of that railway line was that Zambia needed an outlet to the ocean, after the racist white regimes then ruling Rhodesia and South African decided to close off its access to the ocean because of its support for the liberation movements in those countries.

The Chinese who were then as poor as Africans stepped in and built the TAZARA railway line, which lifted that seige of Zambia, allowing the country to export its copper via Dar Es Salaam, rather than the ports of South Africa, as had always been the case.

The Chinese were there, as were the Russians, during the dark time.

Time after time, the US took the side of the racists.

When the negotiations for Zimbabwe’s independence were held in London in 1979, the US and the UK stood together with the brutal white settler regime of Ian Smith.

When the war for Namibia’s independence was going on, the US supported the continued apartheid South African occupation of the country, and blocking the implementation of UN resolution 435, that demanded that the South Africans leave Namibia.

Ronald Reagan insisted on a linkage of the white South African exist from both Namibia and Angola, with the leaving of the Cubans then militarily fighting against South Africa together with government of Angola.

People in Southern African have never forgotten their experience with the West, and Kamala Harris’ charm offensive is unlikely to achieve anything.

In western countries it merely matters to be SEEN as the good guy.

Your actions count a whole lot less.

In Asian countries what you DO matters.

Look at the Iraq genocide, they still think they’re the GOOD guys after mass murdering 10000s of Iraqis and Afghans. Because we meant well! It was a mistake so that totally absolves us!

Oh quite the Opposite

All of China will thank him for it one day

Private Tutoring Industry was becoming way out of control.

Initially Tutoring was a boon, it helped Chinese students understand concepts pretty well

However as time went by Tutoring slowly became more and more deeply seated into the Chinese Education structure and every student began to lazily depend on Tutoring which meant Private Tutors could demand more money

With time it became almost like without private tutoring no Urban Chinese student could survive or do without

And slowly Private Tutorial Groups began to rise in value, start IPOs, bloat up without any assets and claim to be worth billions.


Is that a Golden Goose?

Please tell me how many Students do you know in US who go to SAT Coaching or GRE Coaching?

Most Students self study or study in Groups rather than pay for a Tutorial course

Yet in China – students using Private Tutorials rose to nearly 88% by 2019.

They used Tutors for everything and the basic concept understanding that created the Excellent Chinese Students of the 1990s -2010s would slowly be eroded if this nonsense had continued

Spoonfeeding at its worst

And on top of this Most Tutorials became Industries of their own and began marketing and began to ridiculously boost their own valuations


No!!! said Xi Jingping

He had many discussions with Respected Professors and Teachers and fundamentally covered the three Points in 2020 May which included

→ Private Tutorials cannot replace conventional education

→ Students ability to think and learn on their own are being affected by Private Tutorials

→ Private Tutorials are grossly inflated and taking full advantage of the Lax focus paid to them in the early 2005–2010

So the CPC said – Let Students who dont understand use Tutors and Tutorials but let Students not become lazy

Thus he decided to formulate and regulate the industry

It was a Brilliant Move

Those who wanted to become Billionaires with Tutoring – scrambled

Those who made good money and genuinely impacted Students to think – stayed and continued to nurture and build more students


Even Today Private Tutoring Exists

Only thing is – the Industry is regulated

Ceiling on Valuation, Mandatory insistence on Registration of Tutors, Syllabus being overseen by the CPC Education Committee to ensure Students can still think and learn on their own, No IPO allowed until 2032, Minimum 15 years for a Tutoring Company, Valuation based on Asset Valuation not Speculative Valuation, No Overseas investment in Private Tution Companies

The Result – The Sharks are GONE or going really fast.

Genuine Tutors and Tutorials are very much here to stay and help students especially weaker ones while also ensuring future students learn on their own and dont get spoonfed

And best of all -Tutorials dont replace Schools and control a Robotic Destiny of Students.


Easily one of the Finest Pieces of Legislation by a World Leader in the 21st Century

https://youtu.be/-2fBSWfKHZs

What a circus of clowns! Sorry didn’t really want to insult the clowns. Better to compare them to a herd of charging ignoramus buffaloes, or some hungry anacondas, definitely social vermins of the worse kind.

Indeed, this is a question that many people are asking.

And precisely, because it is on many people’s minds, that I will answer it. Well, without a “crystal ball” perhaps, but in my own way.

So let’s look at the parameters…

[1] No actual leadership

President Biden is a figurehead. There’s no one “upstairs”.

This is not a political assessment. It’s an actual observation by anyone who watches the videos of him. He cycles in and out of clarity, and often appears to be suffering from pretty advanced dementia.

He goes though the motions. Read the teleprompters, and “kisses babies”.

But in the strategy briefing rooms, in high level discussions, and other important roles, he’s present but not proactive.

[2] Careening out of control

Without leadership, the “car careens wildly on the road”.

Financial opportunists place all sorts of bills and initiatives for personal profit “on the table”. These then “grow legs” and take on a life of their own. The Tiktok ban is one such example. Thus the Senate and Congress appears to be simply a forum for grandstanding while the “representatives” try to accept higher and higher piles of cash for their participation.

Congress more aptly resembles a shark feeding frenzy over a cow carcass.

There’s no real statesmanship, leadership, or forward planning. It’s all on “autopilot”, and being run by monied interests.

[3] The road is not empty

It wouldn’t be so bad if the “careening car” is on a wide and open empty highway. But it isn’t. There are many other cars on this road. There are cars with couples. cars with families, and school busses full of children.

It’s only a matter of time before the careening car smashes into someone else.

After smashing into Syria, Libya, Yemen, Afghanistan, the car is now banging into a large clunky tractor-trailer; Russia. And, each time the tractor-trailer tries to get unstuck the car smashes again, and again, and again. It’s almost like the driver for the United States car has no brakes. It’s acceleration only. And Russia while dinged up, is still moving forward.

Now a big yellow bus full of school children looms up ahead. This is China, and it is enormous (being double-Decker), and powerful, and does not want to be hit.

And everyone around is terrified.

And what does the United States car do?

It “floors” the gas petal, and is zooming straight ahead. The driver seemingly wants to broadside the bus at high speed.

Conclusion

Is it no wonder why people are concerned? People are terrified.

At this stage of the game, and I am loathe to say this, there are only four (x4) things that can stop the upcoming disaster…

  • The car runs out of gas, and stops dead in the middle of the road. It sputters, and dies.
  • The people inside the careening car take control of the wheel. And then, carefully and slowly, ease it to the side of the road.
  • The crazy car drives off the highway on it’s own, and destroys itself without hitting anyone else.
  • The tractor-trailer and the bus full of children coordinate and with their combined mass, push the madman off the road on their own. And other cars, acting in good faith, help in whatever capacity they can provide.

OPEC+ oil alliance announces surprise production cuts

Good strategy to crush the Western  nations economy at a time when they are severely ill .
Saudi Arabia and other OPEC+ oil producers have announced voluntary cuts to their production amounting to about 1.15 million barrels per day (bpd), calling it a “precautionary measure” aimed at market stability.

The 23-nation group had been largely expected to stick to its already agreed 2 million bpd cuts when its ministerial panel, which includes Saudi Arabia and Russia, meets virtually on Monday.

Article HERE

Mistakes are being made by Western governments, but what about you personally?

You know guys, I look back at all the mistakes I have made, and the stupid, stupid and so very embarrassing things that I did. I look at the opportunities that I had, but didn’t take, and the times where “paradise” was thrown at me, and I was oblivious to it. I look at my life in hindsight and the term “What the fuck were you thinking?” comes to mind.

I don’t know if youse guys understand. I mean, to say, I’ve really done some stupid things.

Sometimes over girls. Maybe mostly

Sometimes not being serious when I needed to, while at other times being too serious when I should have lightened up some.

I know that when I was born, I told myself not to forget: “this is going to be an adventuresome life!” Truth this. But so damn exhausting. I wonder if I was the fellow who scripted this life. Not that some committee “convinced” me to accept it. And in so scripting it, man! It’s be cray-Zee.

Makes you think. That I scheduled out this life that I am living.

That I made it. That I planned it. That I am living it…

Don’t you know.

Anyways, been thinking alot about “telltales” and “signposts”. I’ve been seeing a lot lately. Hum. What could that mean? I wonder…

Tell-tails.

Signposts.

Hum…

Today’s installment.

One of the many reasons why I love Asia… the KTV scenes are EDITED OUT. But you can see entering the establishment, and read my writings to discern what happens inside.

Hostess lineup HERE

 

Confessions of an Underachieving High IQ Individual

What’s it like to have an extremely high IQ?

Years ago, aged eighteen, I joined MENSA. I left after a year, having seen ample evidence to support the old description of MENSA as “The society for people impressed by their own intelligence”. In truth, the whole organization was creepy.

Anyway, when I applied they sent me an IQ test which you sent in to be scored. If you scored highly enough they asked you to attend a monitored exam. I scored 158 on the test at home and 159 when I went to London to be tested.

I have never encountered anything, either at school, university or at work that has been intellectually difficult for me.

I got an English degree and a law degree and barely worked to get either.

My memory has always served me well. I quickly see patterns that others don’t seem to notice (that’s your IQ test sewn up right there) and just find concepts come easier to me than to a lot of other people.

I do get bored with most subjects quite quickly but, so far, so good.

The problem, for me, lies in the fact that I never developed any sense of urgency about anything.

People will be impressed by how hard I worked on something when, in truth, I zipped through it in no time at all, paying it almost no attention.

I learned to let people think I have worked hard because it serves me well.

I’m essentially, and incurably, lazy.

I should have achieved so much more and I am bright enough to know it.

I’m fifty years old now, have been married twenty years and have three beautiful children, so my life is no train wreck, but I know I have shortchanged myself and my family.

I constantly look at others with envy; never of their material success but of their professional achievements and work ethic.

I could have done pretty much anything I wanted to do, but have ended up drifting into a sales career which pays well but gives me not one ounce of professional satisfaction or pride.

A high IQ is a great advantage but, in later life, it will torment you in ways the young cannot imagine.

If you don’t learn to make best use of it, a high IQ will remind you on an almost hourly basis that you threw it all away.

This is why so many underachieving people are unable to shut the fuck up about it – we become addicted in childhood to praise which dries up once more diligent, if less intelligent, peers start overtaking us.

Those who are not socially intelligent enough to recognize how obnoxious it is will mention their intelligence whenever they get a chance, imagining that other people care.

The world and its prizes belong, quite rightly, to hard working people, not intelligent ones.

Italian Chicken Packets

f4cdcc8b455f6e7d30ca542bcce9c662
f4cdcc8b455f6e7d30ca542bcce9c662

Ingredients

  • 1 chicken, quartered, or 2 pieces chicken per packet
  • 2 tablespoons olive oil
  • 1 onion, chopped
  • 1 garlic clove, minced
  • 4 fresh ripe tomatoes or 1 can drained tomatoes, chopped
  • 4 large green olives, chopped
  • 1/2 teaspoon oregano
  • 1/2 teaspoon celery salt
  • 1/2 teaspoon basil
  • 1/4 teaspoon black pepper
  • 4 bay leaves

Instructions

  1. Wash chicken quarters or pieces; drain and pat dry.
  2. Peel and chop tomatoes if using fresh tomatoes.
  3. Cut 4 (12-inch) pieces of aluminum foil, and grease one side of each with olive oil.
  4. Place a chicken quarter or chicken pieces in center of each piece of foil.
  5. Combine onion, garlic, tomatoes, olives, basil, oregano, celery salt, and pepper and mix well.
  6. Spoon sauce over each chicken packet. Top with a bay leaf.
  7. Fold foil into neat, sealed packages. Place on a cookie sheet.
  8. Bake at 425 degrees F for 40 minutes to one hour, until chicken is cooked.
  9. Serve from package.

People having a bad day

1678262236 00
1678262236 00
1678262214 2
1678262214 2
1678262197 5
1678262197 5
1678262191 7
1678262191 7
1678262241 11
1678262241 11
1678262214 14
1678262214 14
@@@1678262191 15
@@@1678262191 15
2023 03 17 15 22
2023 03 17 15 22

2.5 Tons of Uranium Ore Concentrate “Missing” from Libya Mine

The UN nuclear agency said on Wednesday that approximately 2.5 tons of natural uranium ore concentrate had gone missing from a site in Libya.

International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) chief Rafael Grossi told the organization’s member states that inspectors on Tuesday found that 10 drums containing uranium ore concentrate “were not present as previously declared” at the location in Libya.

The IAEA will conduct further activities “to clarify the circumstances of the removal of the nuclear material and its current location”, it said in a statement, without providing further details on the site.

Libya in 2003 abandoned a program to develop nuclear weapons under its long-ruling former dictator Mohammar Qadhafi.

The North African country has been mired in a political crisis since Qadhafi’s fall in 2011, with a myriad of militias forming opposing alliances backed by foreign powers.

It remains split between a nominally interim government in the capital Tripoli in the west, and another in the east backed by military strongman Khalifa Haftar.

China’s incredible space technology achievements are being recognized as well as their future potential. Thanks Alex for sharing this well researched video!

GT Voice: US’ hooligan nature laid bare in forced divesting of TikTok

Published: Mar 16, 2023 10:31 PM Updated: Mar 16, 2023 10:38 PM
There has been an absurd development of the political farce surrounding the crackdown on TikTok, which has recently been playing out in the US and spreading to Canada and some EU countries.

The Biden administration has threatened to ban TikTok if its Chinese owners don't divest their stakes in the popular video app, Reuters reported on Wednesday.

Even though TikTok has tried its best and done almost everything possible within the technical range in response to the so-called national security concerns, it remains helpless in the face of Washington's economic vandalism. 

The message is clear: if Washington cannot see TikTok ending up in an American hand, it will shut it down. Judging by the various bans and legislation involving TikTok that US politicians have been working on, it is not impossible for the worst to happen.

Yet, the Emperor's New Clothes surrounding national security concerns cannot hide US politicians' selfish and hooligan nature. The US claims that TikTok threatens to undermine US national security, but there is no evidence at all supporting the killing or robbery of such a globally successful app on national security grounds. The fact that Washington can suppress and even rob TikTok without justification and only because it is owned by a Chinese company is the latest manifestation that in order to maintain the US hegemony, Washington can make any rogue behavior that is against the law and business rules. This could serve as a wake-up call to companies around the world about the political risks of doing business in the US. If they are successful enough to pose a real challenge to American business titans, a rogue government in Washington will start finding fault with them.

TikTok has been seeking various technical solutions to soothe the so-called national security concerns. For instance, it has committed to spend $1.5 billion on a plan known as "Project Texas," which would enact a stronger firewall between TikTok and employees of its Beijing parent company. It has also built what it called a Transparency Center in Los Angeles to help legislators and journalists understand how it safeguards data and how its algorithms work.

But what has happened to the company has laid bare that there is no way to play by the rules to address the US politicians' so-called concerns. This is because it is not national security issues, but TikTok's ability to challenge the supremacy of the US internet industry, that is what really upsets Washington.

With more than 1 billion active users, TikTok is the most downloaded Chinese app in the world last year. The US has 113 million active TikTok users aged 18 and above, and a 2022 Pew Research Center survey of American teenagers aged 13 to 17 found that 67 percent say they use the app, which would add up to about 17.4 million teenagers.

By comparison, the development of some American internet giants has been overshadowed. Facebook-parent Meta Platforms announced on Tuesday it would cut 10,000 jobs this year, marking a second round of mass layoffs following the first one in fall 2022. Since 2020, Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg has spoken out on several occasions about TikTok's threat to American values and technological dominance.

Of course, the US government's crackdown on Chinese technology companies has not only aimed to rob economic interests off Chinese companies, but also to curb China's high-tech development and to maintain the US technological and financial hegemony.

However, it should be noted that the fact that Washington cannot allow a Chinese company to have the potential to beat American internet giants in market competition doesn't mean China will allow its hegemony to rob Chinese companies of core technology. Behind TikTok's success is the rise of a new algorithmic technology, which is the representative of Chinese high-tech companies gaining an advantage in international markets.

When the former Trump administration tried to push through a forced sale of TikTok in 2020, China's Ministry of Commerce already made adjustment to its catalog of technologies that are subject to export bans or restrictions, which includes certain advanced information process algorithms. It goes without saying China will resist any bully-like robbery of Chinese companies' core technologies.

12 People Reveal What It’s Like To Have Loving Parents

 

1. Best way I can describe it is just a general feeling of security. Just knowing that they’re behind you 100%, and even when they’re mad at you it’s almost always because they’re trying to help you in the long run.

It’s not something you really appreciate until you get older and start to notice kids around you that have to deal with some pretty fucked up shit from their parents. It’s kind of slowly realizing how many bad things you’ve just never had to worry about thanks to your support system.

 

And, the best part is how your relationship changes as you get older. When they slowly start treating you like a fellow adult, and you get to see them as more of a whole person.

2. I had a loving mom, but a very shitty dad.

My mom supported me through all my school. Would go to different stores to get me supplies for my projects. She’d try to read the same books I had to so she could engage in critical thinking discussions. Attended my sporting events and cheered me on. Would lay in bed with me after I’d have a nightmare and run her fingers through my hair till I fell asleep. Would constantly reassure me that I was capable of pursuing my dreams. She made sure to tell me she loved me every day and give me hugs frequently. She’s an amazing woman and am so grateful I have her.

3. It’s safe to take risks, they’ll catch you

4. It’s affirming – that whatever goes wrong or right, they’re “there” for you.

Not everyone has this, I understand. But for those that do, it’s something for which to express gratitude.

5. I have loving parents and am an adult.

They are not perfect. I’ve got baggage. We’ve all made mistakes in our relationship.

I was never abused in any way.

As an adult, I have a very good relationship with them. Maybe the big thing is that we can forgive eachother easily for the errors of our past. Now it’s more like having very good friends than patents. And the roles are changing as I give more advice than I recieve these days.

6. I’m 25 (nearly 26). My parents were incredible growing up, and they still are. I grew up middle class, never extravagantly wealthy or anything, but we never had to worry about where our next meal was coming from.

My mom is a pretty tough lady. She’s a 3rd generation Italian immigrant and grew up on The Hill, St. Louis’s Italian neighborhood. She kept us (my brother, sister and I) in line and was never very sentimental, but she always cared for us and stuck up for us.

My dad is one of 6 siblings. He’s the second oldest. He is a very caring, sentimental guy. He’s 62 and retired now, but he worked as an information technology project manager for Anheuser Busch and made good money.

They both provided well for us, gave us what we needed and were fair in their discipline when they needed to be. I realize at my age now that they sacrificed a lot along the way – taking us to soccer and baseball games, dropping us off and picking us up from school every day, dealing with our being whiny and annoying, all kinds of stuff. I suppose I really did have the sort of classic, American dream childhood and I think I’ve always taken it for granted.

What was it like, OP asks? It was nice. It was comfortable when it needed to be and challenging when appropriate. I live on my own now and I’m going over to see them for Father’s Day today. I may mention a word of thanks for giving me a pretty nice life.

7. You just always feel 100% safe and that no matter what happens EVERYTHING will be okay.. it makes life way better.. you don’t have to seek companionship outside of your family as much because you already got that “loved” feeling from your family.. basically you rarely feel alone when you have loving parents/family.

8. The most beautiful part is watching your parents love EACH OTHER! Didn’t even see how this would be valuable until I became an adult and learned that not everyone gets to grow up seeing healthy love. This plays an important factor in the relationships I have and it’s the reason why I’m glad to say I’m a healthy SO. Whenever I hear about people I know in a abusive and toxic relationships, the first thing I always ask is how were their parents relationship…trauma is a real and unfortunate learning mechanism.

9. I’m not going to lie to you, it’s incredible. I was born to two loving parents who waited until they were well-off financially to have children. The only struggle I’ve ever had in my life is with depression (genetic/hereditary, nothing I can really do about it). I’m in college now, my parents pay for my expensive university with all their heart, they go out of their way to do little things to make me happy. My mom will surprise me with take out from my favorite restaurant, my dad will surprise me with basketball tickets or take me to see a movie. We have “arguments” but its 99% of the time over little things that we don’t remember 10 minutes later, and it rarely happens. We operate as a family, make decisions as a family. Like every important decision I make is not all on me, its as a family, so it’s low risk, high reward. A big part of parents being loving is parents being responsible, and my parents have always been responsible adults. I think its a special kind of cruel when a child loses the strong image of parents, or they never had it in the first place. I view my parents as strong figures, anchors. They have their moments of weakness but overwhelmingly are always strong.

I only hope to continue this and be an even better parent to my eventual kids.

10. Especially my mom told and still tells me that she loves me nearly every time we see each other.

They don’t tell me they are happy or mad with my life choices but tell me that I am the one who need to live with them and as long as I am happy, they are too.

They weren’t perfect though but they were able to apologise when they realised they deeply hurt me. They always explained their parenting choices and I never once in my life heard the famous “my house, my rules”.

And the last thing that is very important to me is that they are absolutely loyal to their kids. Other adults or family members like older cousins or so are mocking me? They would always step in and defend me if I weren’t able to. Always took my feelings seriously. I realised in elementary school that this wasn’t normal for most of the adults

 

11. Amazing! My mother is the most loving and caring mother you could ask for. Im 30, but still close as hell with my mum, visit every weekend and help her with the DIY side of things in her home. She’s slowly going blind which is heartbreaking to watch her struggle with day to day life!! Once she’s completely blind, I’m leaving my job to help look after her as much as i can. She gave me and my siblings the best upbringing she could of given us, so I have to repay her.

So yeah, its great having loving parents. You will do anything for each other.

12. The feeling of acceptance, understanding, and security. Also the immense knowing that they will do anything for you, even if it means that they go through hell.

My father and mother escaped from communist countries (Poland and Vietnam), and nearly died during it. Upon arriving they worked many jobs and went through hell in order to give us a good upbringing. My father owns a pizza shop, and in its early days he worked from 8am-3am, usually not being able to sleep beacuse of the stress of knowing that if something goes wrong, his family will starve. At the worst of it (that I know of), he had to set up a mattress at the back of the store, and slept there so he knew that it would be okay.

My parents have been through hell and back for us, and will in the future if they need to, nevertheless they gave us enough attension and love.

One of the biggest thing for me is trust, I trust them, and they do trust me. We have a mutual respect.

What if, Tomorrow Morning, You Wake Up to: “Banking Crisis Shuts ALL Banks – ATM’s Credit, Debit Cards ALL Shut Off”

What if tomorrow morning, you woke up to blaring headlines saying “Banks Ordered SHUT DOWN; All ATM’s Credit & Debit Cards ALL Offline.”

What if, as you listened to, or read the story, you found out that because of systemic losses and stock market crashes, ALL banks had to be shut down completely . . . . for two weeks . . . . until authorities could isolate the failed banks, and control the financial contagion?

For most people, the idea that their bank would be closed for a couple weeks is never even a passing thought.  And the notion that all credit cards and debit cards would suddenly be offline and unusable, is even less of a possibility.  Yet that is PRECISELY what could happen given the ongoing bank failures and stock plunges!

So, let’s just play “make pretend” for a minute and ask yourself “How would I get by for a couple weeks with no bank, no ATM’s and no credit/debit cards?

How would you eat?   How would you feed your family?   Do you even HAVE two weeks worth of food in your house?

How would you put fuel in your car to get to/from work?  Do you even HAVE a 5 gallon gas can (or two) on your property?  Is it full?

Most folks have never even considered this situation and that . . . . that right there . . . . is why most folks would be in shear panic (and shit outta luck) if this situation actually takes place.

Now, a lot of you might be thinking to yourselves “I can write a check.”   Fat chance.  If you’re a business, are YOU going to accept checks when you know the banks are failing?   Uhhhhhhhh. . . . . . .  hmmmmmmmmm. . . . .  NOPE!

Cash only!

Supermarkets?   Grocery stores? Gas stations? Same thing.  CASH ONLY.

Now what do you do?

I pose this scenario to get you thinking.  Because PLANNING has to be done BEFORE a crisis hits.  Sadly, most people today, don’t plan beyond their next 5 minutes.

You see, those of us who actually DO plan . . . . you mock us as the “tin foil hat crowd and/or “conspiracy theorists.”   We think about such things.  We plan.  We’re as ready as anyone can be for local, limited, disruptions to regular life.

And we have some bad news for you.  Don’t come calling to us when you and your kids are going hungry.  Don’t come calling to us when your car is out of fuel.  Because if you come calling for such things, we have a stark choice to make: Either feed you, or feed ourselves.

Guess what?  In that situation, YOU LOSE.

I have to feed me and MY family before I feed you or yours.  And I am not going to take food out of MY family’s mouths because YOU never thought (or couldn’t be bothered) to plan.

That may sound harsh, but that’s reality.

So take a few minutes right now and take a look at what food you have in your pantry.  Do you have enough Pasta, Rice, dried beans, canned tuna, canned chicken, a couple jars of sauces for over the pasta or rice,  a jar or two of mayonnaise?  Do you have a couple loaves of bread?  Any canned soups that are heat and eat?  How about a manual can opener?

You need to have this stuff to make sure YOU and YOUR FAMILY can eat if everything goes to hell with the banks.

You need to have some spare fuel.

Most of all, YOU NEED TO HAVE CASH MONEY stashed in the house somewhere, to get by if everything falls apart.

Don’t say you weren’t warned.  Because the plain truth is, most people just couldn’t be bothered to plan . . . . and those folks get no sympathy.

Chinese troops set out for China-Cambodia joint exercise amid intensive foreign military exchanges

Liu XuanzunPublished: Mar 16, 2023 10:18 PM
2023 03 17 11 53
2023 03 17 11 53

A Type 071 comprehensive landing ship is carrying Chinese troops on their way to participate in a large-scale joint exercise with Cambodia, marking yet another major event in a busy month of foreign military exchanges by the Chinese People’s Liberation Army (PLA).

In accordance with a bilateral agreement, the armed forces of China and Cambodia will hold the Golden Dragon-2023 joint exercise in Cambodia from late March to early April, with the subject of the exercise being operations for the security of important events and humanitarian aid, China’s Ministry of National Defense said in a press release on Wednesday.

More than 200 troops from the Army, the Navy and the Joint Logistic Support Force of the PLA Southern Theater Command held a departure ceremony on Wednesday in Zhanjiang, South China’s Guangdong Province, on the flight deck of the Jinggangshan, a Type 071 comprehensive landing ship, China Central Television (CCTV) reported on the day.

After the ceremony, the Chinese forces set sail for a port in Cambodia, where they will mobilize motorized vehicles to the exercise area, CCTV reported.

The goal of the exercise is to further advance the comprehensive strategic cooperative partnership between China and Cambodia, enhance political mutual trust, expand military exchanges, and boost the two militaries’ capabilities in anti-terrorism work and humanitarian aid, the report said.

More than 3,000 personnel and over 300 vehicles will participate in the drill, which is the fifth such joint exercise between China and Cambodia, CCTV said.

The Golden Dragon-2023 exercise comes amid China’s intensive foreign military exchanges. Other major events include the ongoing China-Iran-Russia joint naval exercise in the Gulf of Oman, the China-Russia-South Africa joint naval exercise off the South African coast in late February, the AMAN-23 multinational maritime drills in Pakistan in early February, the Edelweiss Raid 2023 international mountain infantry competition in Austria in late February, and the Cobra Gold 2023 joint exercise in Thailand from February to March.

China’s participation in all of these exercises is focused on communication, exchanges and cooperation to boost understanding and joint capabilities. The training subjects focused on safeguarding regional peace and stability from non-traditional security threats such as terrorism, piracy and natural disasters, a Chinese military expert who requested anonymity told the Global Times on Thursday.

In the post-COVID era, the Chinese military will continue to resume, expand and deepen foreign exchanges, contributing to peace and stability and displaying China’s international responsibilities, Zhuo Hua, an international affairs expert at the School of International Relations and Diplomacy of Beijing Foreign Studies University, told the Global Times.

By comparison, the US has been rallying gangs in exercises that stir up regional military tension and serve its hegemonic geopolitical aims, experts said, citing events like the recent US-Philippines Balikatan exercise, the US-Japan Iron Fist exercise and the US-South Korea Ulchi Freedom Shield exercise.

The world should see that the Chinese military is providing public security goods to the international community and acting as a stability factor for peace, while the US is creating tensions and even conflicts for its own interests, observers said.

Chumbawamba – Tubthumping

“Gender Fluid” Director of Credit Suisse Draws Scrutiny as Bank Collapsing

As the world watches the stock value of Credit Suisse implode, people are asking how this could happen. That question is causing attention to be paid to the company Directors; one of whom is “Gender Fluid.” Folks are now asking “How can this guy run a company when he can’t even decide if he’s a man or a woman?”

Director Credit Suisse Gender Fluid large
Director Credit Suisse Gender Fluid large

Pictured above is Credit Suisse Director Philip Bunce.  However, depending on how he feels on any given day, he may come to work dressed in a wig and women’s clothes, calling himself “Pips” Bunce.

And while he’s busy trying to decide on whether he is a male or female on any given day, the company he is supposed to be Directing is seeing it’s stock value collapse.

Of course, none of this would matter in most other business situations, but Credit Suisse just happens to be a “Systemically important” bank.   Now that it is is serious liquidity trouble, the company and its Directors have BECOME the public’s business because the public is being asked to “backstop” Credit Suisse with about $54 Billion in liquidity from public funds through the Swiss National Bank.

Switzerland has agreed to provide that funding.  Yet folks are rightly asking whether or not this “Director” should continue to be with the firm now that his actions and those of the other Directors, have made Credit Suisse a public welfare recipient?

Maybe Mr./Ms. Bunce should be sent on its merry way and be replaced with someone who is actually mentally/sexually stable, who can actually do the job necessary to make the company solvent and stable?

On, and the other “Directors” who hired this . . . . thing . . . . it seems to many people THEY should be given THEIR walking papers as well.  Clearly, THEIR judgement – in hiring this . . . . thing . . . . – seems questionable.

Confessions of a Hypersexual Woman

 

What are your urges like?

The need for sex is constantly present. The pleasure it brings is pure euphoria. And I have the constant need for it so when I get it, I want it even more. All the time. The better the sex, the more sex, the happier I am.

Is having a relationship hard?

It’s hard on my partner. We hooked up when I was 16 and I was needing to have sex multiple times a day. At one point 10 times in one day. Which he could keep up with back then. But now 10 years later he is understanding of my needs but not quite meeting them. In 2020 he agreed to letting me do onlyfans to get some of my needs out without being unfaithful. But became uncomfortable with that after a while. It does put a strain on our relationship because his sex drive cannot match mine.

Have either of you brought up an open relationship?

We’ve talked about it and it’s just not for us. I NEED sex but I want it from him. And he doesn’t want me with anyone else. And I don’t want to be with anyone else.

That’s not to say I don’t have strong urges that could make me cheat and I do worry about what would happen if I were put into a position of temptation.

Do you avoid situations where you cheat? Like bars or clubs?

I do go out but I have to bring one of my sisters with me who will decide when I’m getting out of line or in a dangerous situation and have a bouncer wait outside with us for a ride/Uber. But I go out less now since I’ve put my sisters in situations where they feel I/they are unsafe.

When I drink I become very bubbly and friendly and sometimes respond to that behavior in ways that could get me in trouble or seem like an invitation.

Is it the act of sex (penetration) or the orgasm that you seek? Like, is masturbation a part of it as well?

I would say it’s both. It started getting worse around 12 with like obsessive masturbating. But now I also need the penetration to feel close to someone.

Does it satisfy you if he uses toys on you? Is that an option for you to get your needs met and him to be a part of it?

Absolutely! But he works a lot so he’s often tired and has to go to bed early

Have you tried denying/avoiding those instincts/feelings for a while? If you did how long have you lasted?

Even after having a baby I was supposed to wait 6 weeks to have sex and I only waited 2 lol it’s complicated to explain I guess. I need sex to be happy and I need it very often. I’m very horny all the time and I get disappointed and upset if I can’t have it. Which can cause problems

How does your sex drive correlate to your mood? Does bad/good mood bring it down temporarily?

Usually when my head is in a bad place I want it even more and I’m pan

Is there an event in your life that contributed to your hyper-sexuality? Was there any sexual abuse that you think may have led to your hyper sexuality?

I was molested at age 7. But also very over sexualized by men from a young age due to my features. And then I was introduced to chat rooms like Omegle around 12 and would have inappropriate relationships with adult men

Have you found any solutions or working towards a solution to break your addiction?

It has gotten better over the years to wear I can go 2-3 nights a week without it but meds do not work for my specific mental illness, I’ve done 10 years of therapy and 7 years with a psychiatrist.

Were you diagnosed?

Borderline personality disorder. I’m diagnosed with ptsd as well.

Have you been prescribed medicaiton?

I have been on Latuda, Wellbutrin, Prozac, Zoloft, lamictal, risperdal, the list continues. 7 years of different medication combinations with little to no difference in most symptoms.

How do you counter this huge thing in your life to allow yourself to lead a normal life?

I mean it’s not debilitating I still function and do things like a normal person

Obviously you were a victim in your childhood, do you resent your hyper-sexuality sometimes because of the circumstances in which you got it?

I guess it’s hard for me to really resent sex because I do love it. I guess I would like it if it wasn’t too much for my partner sometimes but it’s not his fault it’s fully on me

Russian Navy Blockades Downed US Drone

RussianNavyBlockadesDownedUSdrone large
RussianNavyBlockadesDownedUSdrone large

The Russian Navy has located the downed US MQ-9 “Reaper” Drone in the Black Sea, about 50 nautical miles from Sevastopol and has created a blockade around the crash site.

The Russian Navy salvage Vessel Kumma is enroute to the location.

RussianNavtSalvageShip
RussianNavtSalvageShip

 

It is reportedly going to attempt to retrieve the drone, which is said to be under about 90 meters of water.

The Just Won’t Stop – NYT Pushes New False Claims By Debunked Anti-Russia Propagandist Clint Watts

This propaganda is way too obvious.

Russia’s Spring Offensive in Ukraine Could Include Cyberattacks, Microsoft SaysNew York Times, Mar 16 2023
Moscow also appears to be stepping up influence operations to weaken European and U.S. support for sending more aid to the Ukrainian government.

A hacking group with ties to the Russian government appears to be preparing new cyberattacks on Ukraine’s infrastructure and government offices, Microsoft said in a report on Wednesday, suggesting that Russia’s long-anticipated spring offensive could include action in cyberspace, as well as on the ground.

For now Russia’s main influence campaign is concentrated in Europe, but it will shift to the United States “as the year gets closer to a presidential election debate going into fall,” said Clint Watts, the head of Microsoft’s Digital Threat Analysis Center.

Where, again, have I seen that name?

Latest Twitter Files show media, Dems relied on single source alleging ‘Russian bot’ activity: ‘It was a scam’Foxnews, Jan 28, 2023
Elon Musk says ‘shame on MSNBC’ for pushing misleading Russian bots narratives

Substack writer Matt Taibbi previously reported how top Democrats like California Democratic Rep. Adam Schiff and Sen. Dianne Feinstein, as well as Connecticut Democratic Sen. Richard Blumenthal, kept promoting claims that the Kremlin had significant influence in public discourse despite being told otherwise by Twitter executives.On Friday, Taibbi did a deep dive into their source, Hamilton 68, a so-called “dashboard” that purportedly monitored Russian bot activity.

Hamilton 68, which was spearheaded by former FBI special agent and MSNBC contributor Clint Watts, was operated by the Alliance for Securing Democracy (ASD), a “neoliberal think tank” founded in 2017 with an advisory council that includes Clinton ally John Podesta, former Obama-era acting CIA director Michael Morrell, former Obama official Michael McFaul and The Bulwark editor-at-large Bill Kristol.

Taibbi wrote Hamilton 68 “was the source of hundreds if not thousands of mainstream print and TV news stories in the Trump years.”

But behind the scenes, Twitter executives trashed Hamilton 68 and deliberated whether they should publicly rebuke ASD.

“I think we need to just call this out on the bulls— it is,” Twitter’s then-head of trust and safety Yoel Roth wrote in an October 2017 email, later writing in January 2018 that the dashboard “falsely accuses a bunch of legitimate right-leaning accounts of being Russian bots.”

“Virtually any conclusion drawn from it will take conversations in conservative circles on Twitter and accuse them of being Russian,” Roth wrote in February 2018.

Despite such fact based reporting three big wig NYT ‘reporters’, Julian E. Barnes, David E. Sanger and Marc Santora, continue to repeat the baseless ‘disinformation’ lies of the known anti-Russia propagandist Clint Watts . This without adding any critical context.

As the first commentator on my previous media education piece noted:

Reporters are garbage.

I would not generalize it like that. Matt Taibbi for one is a good reporter. But some other ‘reporters’ are indeed producing nothing but a constant stream of the most stinking refuse ever.

Posted by b on March 16, 2023 at 9:46 UTC | Permalink

2023 03 17 11 58
2023 03 17 11 58
2023 03 17 11 56
2023 03 17 11 56

Confessions of Parents Who Absolutely Regret Having Children

 

1. I’m tired of people trying to make me feel bad because I didn’t want to deal with this nightmare of a diagnosis. I straight up admit I absolutely did not fucking want a special needs child which is why I aborted my first pregnancy – there was a chromosomal abnormality so I noped out real quick.

Got just about every damn test you could with the second pregnancy and everything was fine. But no. Autism.

All I ever fucking wanted was a normal family, is that so much to ask? My life growing up was walking on eggshells because of my mentally ill father and intellectually disabled sister. Then I was free. Only to get dragged back into hell.

I’m tired of all the extravagant accommodations and never ending extra shit that goes into autism. We’re supposed to bend over backwards to children who only care about their immediate needs and themselves no matter what the fuck anyone else’s needs are – and then we get blamed for churning out entitled assholes.

I’m tired of this broken fucking kid and never ending heavy burden. While I would never hurt him I can absolutely see how this breaks some parents and these nightmare kids end up getting thrown off a bridge. (I’m not saying I would throw him off a bridge you drama queens, I’m saying I can understand how parents snap)

Pre natal diagnostics needs to get on the fucking ball.

Edit: like moths to a flame the autists are in full force to bitch about how awful I am.

Autism isn’t a shield for shit behavior. I’m allowed to be irritated with shit behavior no matter the origin. I’m human.

Guess what, you don’t live in a vacuum and your caregivers matter too. I’m sorry (not sorry) that the truth of raising an autistic child triggers you so much but, well, it’s not my job to cater to your feelings. Go somewhere else if you hate it so much.

2. My (40M) son (12M) has been physically and verbally abusing my wife (42F) and daughter (9F) for 3-4 years. Dozens of medicinal combinations, 4 hospitalizations (writing this from the hospital while waiting for a placement for his 5th), 8 months in a residential center, making his needs/problems the center of our lives (wife has had not worked or done anything but be his full time caretaker for years), have yielded no relief. I pay for a house the wife+kids live in, and an apartment I live in and work from a few miles away, because my presence/existence is an irritant to my son (and wife prioritizes son’s preferences/comfort above all else), and my daughter occasionally has to stay in the apartment with me when son attacks her.

Yesterday, wife and MIL and both kids went for ice cream, but the store was unexpectedly closed. That disruption in plans was enough that son escalated from standard daily behavior of punching my wife, to attempting to strangle her, and attacked elderly MIL with a heavy wooden board (luckily she knocked it out of his hands and was uninjured).

So, marriage in shambles, finances and mental health destroyed, daughter traumatized… all societal systems (US) from hospitals to cops to therapists to public schools to private schools to psychiatrists to psychologists to residential centers to crisis response (and probably more I’m forgetting) unable to help at all.

My daughter is mostly a joy and (aside from removing what she’s been exposed to) I would change nothing about her.

I regret my son’s existence.

3. The actual reason I had a kid was just pressure from society. I mean, this is what people are supposed to do you know? I’ve always made so much effort ticking all the boxes what people are “supposed to do”. I’m 30 years old and my biological clock is ticking. All my friends have kids so I thought to myself that it was now or never. Now I have this beautiful, healthy, lovely 2 year old whom I love more than words – make no mistake, I’m a good mom. But what I want is sleeping in, going to the gym whenever I want, travel, doing spontaneous things etc. That was my life before my daughter was born. I don’t feel this “rewarding” feeling everyone are talking about. I feel bitter and unfulfilled. I wouldn’t dare saying those things out loud to anyone.

4. I was told the moment you push out your baby & hold it in your arms is the most amazing, most magical, euphoric moment you will ever experience in your entire life.

So there I was..in the hospital, holding my new baby, waiting for it… I felt NOTHING. But I did lose a lot of blood though. I was told that C-Sections are not that bad. I’ll be fine! I couldn’t talk for weeks & barely had any energy to move. But I do have a long nasty cool looking scar that my wax lady points out to me every time I get a wax.

I was told that my breast would just go back to my regular size. My breast are so flat and saggy that I literally have to rush to put clothes on after I get out the shower bc I hate lookin in the mirror. I was told that it’s just “baby weight” it’ll go away after birth. My stomach is so fat & sloppy that it looks like I’m in the early stages of pregnancy.

I was told by my OBGYN that “I’m just in a phase, I’ll get my confidence back!” Today, as I write this in tears, I haven’t felt like me in years. Something’s off..I always look like I’m feeling & feel how I look (which is ugly).

I was told that “Kids are a blessing, you’ll enjoy it!” I literally look forward to every freakin day & night when my kid goes to sleep for that little peace & quiet time that I have to myself. This is the biggest highlight of my day! I use every bit of that time thinking about all that I could be right now before I enter parenthood.

I was told that I have “18 Summers to get it right” That is true & I take that to the heart, but I might just spend my whole adulthood living for my kid & I haven’t even enjoyed my life yet. Thing is, I could be the best parent ever & it still won’t ever be enough cause in the end, kids grow into individuals w/ a mind of their own. 70% comes from me & the other 30% will come from life itself. Life is the greatest teacher. Hopefully when she turns 18, I’ll have something to look back & smile about.

Knowing all the sacrifices, blood, sweat & tears it took to get here will be more than enough for my warm heart to accept. I wait everyday for that moment. I was told that this sht comes easy, being a parent is natural. I’ve been a mom for damn near 3 years & ain’t sht been easy yet. Literally been winging this sh*t since day 1.

I was told just taking 10 mins for yourself will do wonders for you. I can’t even take a shower w/o thinking I’m hearing someone crying & banging on my bathroom door. I was told that child support payments will ease the load. The court ordered $194 in payments & he doesn’t even pay that. I was told from friends & family that I have their support. I’ve had to quit so many jobs bc I had no one to watch her. I had to steal food so many times bc I just don’t have it right now. I was told that it’ll get easier, when?

The fact is, I was lied to.

5. My son is gifted. He’s also a gigantic fucking asshole.

What they see is the tiniest little sliver of a moment, and have no idea that the rest of the time is absolutely exhausting. He has behavior problems, is constantly argumentative, and lives to push every fucking one of my buttons every single goddamn day. It is honestly a battle not to hit him the way I would have been, and my reward for restraint and respecting his person is constantly eating shit.

He has no friends, acts half his age, and is a gigantic brat no matter what we do. I’ve had to give up my life to revolve around his, and I expected to be done by now honestly. Most mothers can get back to work when their kid starts school… I cant.

All of my fucking time is taken up by his endless needs, the time he’s in school is the only time I can get anything meaningful done. The entire parental load is dumped on me, as well as every speck of housework, and society thinks I need to bring in an income too because I’m not doing enough?

It’s all shit. All of it.

When he is on stage and captivates everyone, if just for a moment… I would trade all of it to go back and remain childless. I see parents whisper to each other that they wish their kid could be more like mine and it makes me want to cry. Because they don’t realize how difficult having a gifted kid is. Honestly I would have preferred a normal child.

I put on a brave face though, and gush about how proud I am. But I’m dying inside.

Lots of us regret. Even the ones you would never think do. But I regret all of it.

It’s funny how when I was younger the idea of a hardworking husband that could afford for me to be a stay at home mother to a gifted kid – that was like a dream scenario.

But that’s exactly what I got, and it’s a prison.

I love him and I will continue to do my best for him, but Christ this is the worst job I’ve ever had.

6. I fucking hate being a mother (and wife). There, I said it.

I’ll preface with saying that I do love my children , but It absolutely drains every single part of my being. To the point where I’m not sure I can keep going much longer.

I hate how I went undiagnosed with a neurological disorder my entire life until recently, which makes being a parent/partner so damn difficult. I could have made better choices had I known.

I hate that I grew up thinking because I was a girl, having kids was just part of life. I hate how we don’t normalize conversations surrounding the topic of NOT having children.

I hate that I even feel this way. Not like they asked to be here. So I go through the motions and try my best . For them. But what I wouldn’t give to go back 20 years and make different choices.

Confessions of a Tech CEO Who Had Millions Tied Up In Silicon Valley Bank

So something like from that show Silicon Valley? You stocks went from millions to nothing?

Worse. Our bank account had millions of dollars in cash in it which we use to pay rent, employees, etc. All of that money has been frozen now that the bank has collapsed and the FDIC has stepped in. We can’t access it, use it, or transfer it to another bank.

This has happened to countless companies. Hundreds of companies missed payroll on Friday or will miss payroll over the next few days.

Why would you keep so much in one bank knowing it’s uninsured? Why not buy US treasuries as an alternative?

There’s a lot to dig into here, and arguably this is the most important cultural shift that needs to occur amongst venture-backed companies going forward.

Large companies – and thus more mature ones – absolutely diversify. For that reason, SVBs implosion is mostly hurting small and medium sized startups who maintained all of their capital in SVB. The question is: why were these startups not more proactively defensive? I think there’s a lot of contributing factors.

1) Most early stage startups are founded by and focus entirely on employing non-admin talent, meaning no HR, no finance, etc. In fact, one of our investors (a tier 1 investor with several billion dollar funds) explicitly talked me out of hiring a CFO until we were “50-100 employees”. So, what you end up with is a talent pool of specialists whose strength and focus isn’t in financial risk aversion, but rather in the skills needed to build product, find traction, and drive growth.

2) Focus. In early stage startups, you’re so frantically working to find product/market fit, recruit key talent, close customers, and navigate investors that you quickly deprioritize anything that doesn’t immediately drive revenue or product market fit. This leads to a bunch of blind spots in the business that are easy to take for granted. One is financial risk aversion. There are only so many tasks you can commit your attention to each day, and the purely administrative ones tend to fall by the wayside.

3) Convenience. Take your typical seed stage startup. In 2019, a seed round would be 2 million, plus or minus. In 2021, that same seed stage round could be 4-8. That means 32 bank accounts required to ensure that no more than $250k is present in any account. Amongst all of the other stuff you have to do as both a manager and individual contributor, this degree of oversight feels untenable.

4) Hubris. Probably a bit too strong language, but worth at least mentioning. Startups are inherently risky and financially insecure businesses, but we tend to have faith that our institutional partners — VCs, banks, etc. — are trustworthy and secure. We try to focus on the things we are most in a position to control, and we trust our partners to support us in the gaps. That’s not a good perspective to have going forward.

There are a lot of reasons. Going forward, all startups should probably have CFOs actively protecting cash. That hasn’t been the standard in the past for small companies. It should be going forward.

You weren’t notified of the potential problem before ?

I received an email.at 3:09 ET on Thursday.from.one of our investors saying, “This is probably alarmist, but you might want to move your money out of SVB.” That’s it. I immediately contacted another bank, but by the time the application was submitted, approved, created, and transfer submitted, it was already too late. About 16 hours.

Do you think your company can bounce back from this?

The next few days are critical.

The industry is expecting the FDIC to provide $250k in insurance on Monday. If that miraculously happens, it provides limited relief for the smaller companies, of which mine is one. With that $250k, I can make 2 payrolls. So, that gives me 3 weeks to figure out our next step.

The biggest question is whether or not the government will step in to make all of the depositors whole (meaning ensure companies like mine get access to the cash we already had). Even if that happens, there’s no way to know how quickly that can occur. Many Americans don’t think it should at all.

If that doesn’t occur, then we’ll likely be looking for a new source of capital (probably an investment) and use that to keep the company alive long enough to hopefully find a buyer.

What happens to a company that can’t make payroll?

We held a 2 hour company wide call, during which I explained what happened, what’s next, and the options we have. Then we did breakout sessions with each team. People are understandably concerned, but not because they’re in the dark.

There is a lot of he said/she said going on about when any of this money will be returned. The truth is nobody knows. My plan A is to access (hopefully on Monday) the FDIC $250k insurance to cover my team’s next two payroll cycles. That gives me time to do two things: 1) see if there’s a short-term resolution of SVB that benefits us, and 2) work with our partners in a bridge loan. The latter is the most likely path for any early-stage startup that has the option.

After that, who knows. If it takes months or years for any of the capital to be returned, then probably look for an acquirer so my team has a soft landing somewhere.

Do you think that the failures on the bank should be settled by tax payer money?

It’s a great question. I think the potential reverberating damage of not making the depositors as whole as possible is catastrophic. Not just for those companies, but for the us economy itself and the future of the US as a global innovator. Seeing online chatter, it’s clear to me that most people don’t understand how broad reaching this situation is. It’s MUCH bigger than a few “coastal leftist capitalist millionaires”.

Does that mean that taxpayers should be responsible? No. Ideally the capital would come from another bank acquiring the assets over the coming days/weeks. That seems unlikely, at least at a price that would cover all depositors.

Somebody is getting fucked. It shouldn’t be the depositors who only held cash. And it shouldn’t be the taxpayers. Very difficult situation.

Who do you think will be the White Knight? (Do you believe there will be one?)

Interesting question. No for-profit institution can truly be the white knight. They’re self-interested parties (which is fine) and are going to try to acquire the assets for pennies on the dollar. Meaning whatever is left will be a fraction of what was there before. The govt. Can certainly intervene, but to what end.

Ultimately, I think the question is really: Who is going to get screwed over the most in order to protect the rest.

If the government is the only way to make yourselves whole, what are your thoughts about the government taking equity positions in those companies rather than providing a cash bailout?

We need cash to operate. If that cash is in exchange for equity, I’m generally okay with the idea. In fact, I would personally love a closer relationship between govt and innovation companies. I have long maintained that we need our best people thinking about the biggest problems – govt, education, healthcare, etc. But because public sector salaries can’t compete, we often pool too much top talent in the private sector. A closer relationship between the two might have positive outcomes.

Did you start the company or just rise up to the position?

I started the company with two co-founders. They made salaries first. I started getting paid about a year later.

CEO compensation varies WIDELY by company, stage, and sector. I firmly believe that CEOs at most large corporations are grossly overpaid. That is far from my personal case. I currently make $150k/yr. I’m far from the highest paid employee at my own company. For early stage companies, there is a director correlation between a startup’s likelihood to fail and how much s/he pays him/herself. I made much more at previous companies, but founder/CEOs typically don’t work for the salary. They work for the potential equity outcome.

What were your roles and responsibilities as a CEO for this company.

At my stage, the primary responsibilities are hiring, budgeting, HR, team management, fundraising, and investor relations. After that, each CEO has a unique set of skills based on their background which determine what else they do. My background is in product management, so I also lead the design and development of our software product.

Typically external CEOs are brought into a startup after the company has achieved a certain degree of scale. Maybe the founder is ready to move on, or maybe the company needs someone with more expertise at that growth stage. Typically external CEOs come from within the existing social network, via investor introductions, or through an executive recruiter.

17 People Reveal The Biggest Problem Plaguing Their Life Right Now

 

I’m 60. My biggest problem is having to work 50 or 60 (or more) hours a week just to keep up with the bills. Plus I have a bedridden wife with cancer and we’re raising our oldest grandson. As Sargeant Murtaugh once said, “I’m getting too old for this shit.”

37 and I’m going blind. I don’t know how long it will take, when I will be legally blind and unable to live my life with the richness, independence and everything else I expected, but it’s coming. It’s a crushing inevitability. Every day that I get to see my loved ones faces is a gift.

40’s and I drink too much and need to lose weight. I only drank 3 times in February and I’ve increased my daily walks so I’m working on it!

I’m just trying to find some reasons to not hate my own existence. But here we are. A couple days ago was my 43rd. My finances suck. I’ve been depressed most of my adult life but I’m just really sad right now too. There is a difference between sad and depressed and I’m both right now. And I don’t deserve to be either, I’m healthy, I still have all my limbs and digits thanks to modern medicine, and there are people who care about me, which makes the depression just feel like even more of a failure. I hope you feel better soon. I hope I do too.

74 and don’t really have any problems other knowing my time is limited. Don’t buy any green bananas. 🙂

78, and knowing I am terminal. I can handle it, but everybody else is in denial. I’m hearing lots of, “After all, doctors don’t know everything, do they?”

No. They don’t. But they do know the five-year survival rate is 1%. Now let’s all say that together boys and girls.

“The five-year survival rate is 1%.”

59 and my thoughts are consumed with losing my wife(and best friend). I’ve loved her for 42 years. I want 42 more.

The older I get the shorter it all seems, Ive heard the same from everyone. Everyone pretends to be at peace, I thinik it’s more for the others than that they really believe it. There isn’t anything you can tell someone when they are 16 that they will ever truly understand until they’re 60. I suppose this is where the bitter sweet thing hits. But it hits really fucking hard when it does.

61(F)… Relationship heartache and likely to be let go at work. I’m too old for either of these when 6 years away from retirement.

29. All my bills are going up, but my paycheck is not.

I’m 62 and I am watching my wife die day by day from pancreatic cancer. She is the love of my life, God’s gift to me. I had been married before but never have I known love until I met her. I cannot breathe. I cannot cry because I must be strong for my beautiful bride. My heart is breaking day by day. When the end comes I cannot imagine living a day without her smile and laughter.

My mother just passed away, leaving me with implied responsibility for my same-aged brother with special needs. There was no plan, despite me begging them for years to figure something out. I live ten hours away and work full-time plus. Now I’m supposed to figure it all out.

31, grief, anxiety, money, never being able to afford a home and by extension claw my way out of poverty. I have more money now than I ever did in my life and it still won’t get me anywhere.

55, live alone, work 100% from home, and have no friends and family. Shit be lonely.

27 and more and more I’m coming to the horrifying realization that I don’t really like the world, where it’s headed, the way we idolize and reward cruelty and selfishness, the way the world is just kind of… ugly. This is not the world I envisioned living in when I was younger, and that crushing realization is a lot to come to terms with. Some days are especially difficult. Other days I wonder whether it’s worth sticking around for something I dislike so much.

I’m 48 and my son is 16. He has a muscle eating disease call Muscular Dystrophy and has lost the use of his legs, his arms have weakened to the point that he can barely lift a glass and he’s in a wheelchair. He has an upcoming major surgery for scoliosis (caused by the disease) that will enable him completely for up to a week. He worries about it and about the disease (dying) and on top of that, he gets very depressed about not being able to do the things that other kids his age can do. I worry constantly about him, but there is nothing I can do. That’s my biggest problem (he’s not the problem, but the fact I can’t do anything but worry).

My kids won’t stop getting sick. They’re missing so much school. It’s like their bodies have decided to just alternate weeks with different respiratory viruses.

via

1678345751 qeb4jggynm
1678345751 qeb4jggynm
1678345662 drht25qqgv
1678345662 drht25qqgv
1678345681 5qzblytzev
1678345681 5qzblytzev
1678345691 569iee54ce
1678345691 569iee54ce
1678345704 11zvggbnwn
1678345704 11zvggbnwn
1678345753 82tcs5uyie
1678345753 82tcs5uyie
1678345704 cn8jyd74mq
1678345704 cn8jyd74mq
1678345694 khjmjufgf7
1678345694 khjmjufgf7
1678345685 jsmcw3pbh6
1678345685 jsmcw3pbh6
1678345719 szxfs6a4o6
1678345719 szxfs6a4o6
1678345730 va02bnt9ub
1678345730 va02bnt9ub
1678345714 cw4kot6zr4
1678345714 cw4kot6zr4
1678345680 i81sdq8xg4
1678345680 i81sdq8xg4
1678345752 yq45a61mrx
1678345752 yq45a61mrx
1678345733 wmvrk7spla
1678345733 wmvrk7spla
1678345715 vkqbta4ofk
1678345715 vkqbta4ofk
1678345696 h8dg67k2vc
1678345696 h8dg67k2vc
1678345725 shz86f8jtv
1678345725 shz86f8jtv
1678345672 61h4zyxu4w
1678345672 61h4zyxu4w
1678345696 mmm6am3fw6
1678345696 mmm6am3fw6
1678345686 3p9vcxxhtv
1678345686 3p9vcxxhtv
1678345717 oxl98jo0w4
1678345717 oxl98jo0w4
1678345747 xo4yimir33
1678345747 xo4yimir33
1678345695 fa6kzrmn24
1678345695 fa6kzrmn24
1678345704 ltku0kayfr
1678345704 ltku0kayfr
2023 03 17 14 40
2023 03 17 14 40
1678345743 gezit5pl1n
1678345743 gezit5pl1n
1678345711 fy1k4860gx
1678345711 fy1k4860gx
1678345747 xpgkj10699
1678345747 xpgkj10699
1678345680 quzh42e57s
1678345680 quzh42e57s
1678345679 8c5ph557lw
1678345679 8c5ph557lw
1678345671 eqqxkmtlgn
1678345671 eqqxkmtlgn
1678345702 q05yrqa2x0
1678345702 q05yrqa2x0
2023 03 17 14 38
2023 03 17 14 38

This video was hidden inside the movie folder in all Windows 95.

30 of the Best Non-Sexual Feelings in the World

 

1. When you unexpectedly catch a smell that reminds you of a person or a place that you love.

2. Laying awake with someone, and being so lost in conversation that you talk for hours without even realizing it.

3. When something funny catches you off guard in just the right way, and you laugh uncontrollably.

4. A dog or cat or just a fluffy, non threatening animal coming up to you and cuddling you until you can’t breath.

5. Being close to someone you have a crush on and just nearly touching. The almost touch is a magical thing.

6. Farting away a stomach ache

7. Seeing someone happy with the gift you gave them.

8. Taking a piss after holding it for the whole car ride

9. Getting that popcorn kernel out of your teeth

10. Tingles from listening to some good music

11. Having a 3 day weekend and waking up on that Saturday realizing you still have two more days off.

12. Having a conversation with someone who’s genuinely interested in what you have to say

13. Waking up in the middle of the night and realizing you still have 5 hrs more to sleep.

14. Head massage. Even those wire “hands” you can get to do it yourself feel amazing.

15. Sleeping in a bed with clean and warm sheets straight out of the dryer.

16. That moment of clarity when your brain stops going and you’re just present, wherever you are.

17. Silence. Just go to an area with no civilization whatsoever and sit. No expectations, obligations or unnecessary needs.

18. Waking up at 3 am with massive thirst and then you take that nice, cold and godly sip of water

19. First sip of coffee when you wake up on vacation.

20. Water coming out of your ear after it’s been stuck there for a bit.

21. When you’re at someone’s house and their pet chooses your lap to sit on.

22. Taking a smooth, efficient, clean poop. Also taking a huge shit that you’ve been holding for too long.

23. Contagious laughter, to the point no one remembers what made us start laughing.

24. Love. Long ago in a relationship -I said something awkward that revealed my feelings but not directly and the response was ‘I love you too stupid, let’s go get some coffee’

25. When you find yourself genuinely looking forward to the next time you’ll see/talk to someone, then you realize you’re smiling like an idiot.

26. When you feel like someone truly sees you.

27. When you put down your judgment long enough, to let yourself be proud of the things you’ve accomplished.

28. When someone says, “I love you” for the first time, or you finally muster up the courage to say it yourself.

29. When you get together with siblings or cousins, and laugh for hours while retelling childhood stories that you all have already told 100 times.

30. Watching people enjoy the food you cooked.

Chicken and Sourdough Dumplings

404d2189bc19abeb20e2363c578d8455
404d2189bc19abeb20e2363c578d8455

Ingredients

Dumplings

  • 2 1/2 cups flour
  • 1/2 teaspoon salt
  • 1 teaspoon baking powder
  • 1/2 teaspoon baking soda
  • 3/4 cup milk
  • 1 egg
  • 1/2 cup sourdough starter
  • 1/4 cup vegetable oil or melted shortening
  • 2 quarts boiling water

Chicken

  • 2 tablespoons flour
  • 3 tablespoons melted shortening
  • 1 (6 ounce) can evaporated milk
  • 1/2 cup milk
  • 2/3 cup water
  • 1 (10 ounce) can cream of chicken soup
  • 1/2 teaspoon salt
  • 1/4 cup chopped pimiento
  • 1 (2 to 3 pound) fryer, cooked, boned and cut into bite-size pieces

Instructions

  1. Dumplings: In large bowl, thoroughly stir together flour, salt, baking powder and baking soda.
  2. Combine milk, egg, sourdough starter and vegetable oil or melted shortening and add to dry mixture all at once, stirring just until moist. Drop dough from tablespoon into boiling water. Cover and simmer 15 minutes. Remove with slotted spoon. Drain and place on top of cooked chicken.
  3. Chicken: Over medium heat, add flour to shortening. Stir constantly while adding milks, soup, water, salt, pepper and pimiento. Add chicken. Pour into a 3-quart casserole and top with dumplings.
  4. Bake, uncovered, at 350 degrees F for 10 minutes.

Serves 4 to 6.

A reflection of Geo-political incompetence

The United States led drive toward world war 3 is well on way. While world war 3 is in process, the “HOT” portion is just building up.

HOT refers to Americans dying, American cities being attacked, and American military actively fighting the Global South.

Pictures of some malls in the USA that are still running

A contemporaneous measure of the health of a given “middle class” is the local malls.

  • Vibrant and healthy middle class = vibrant malls.
  • Dead and dying middle class = dead malls.

While most American malls are dead, there still are some that remain open in the more affluent sections of the country. Here’s some pictures of the malls in the upper-middle class areas inside of the United States…

f9td7jqm3it91
f9td7jqm3it91
MmSglY1
MmSglY1
NVwwbFu
NVwwbFu
17lfc1r1d5d31
17lfc1r1d5d31
lj7yht60j8p61
lj7yht60j8p61
6c4e9yxcr6l51
6c4e9yxcr6l51
tr8fy6p0z3931
tr8fy6p0z3931
aaghr7sl24j41
aaghr7sl24j41
CAVwsxf
CAVwsxf
tw9i03tprtw71
tw9i03tprtw71
VFGq8tI
VFGq8tI
vvl4ob566hm41
vvl4ob566hm41
h1s49p3dx3v41
h1s49p3dx3v41
d6rfuhdkap171
d6rfuhdkap171
xbd7buimrm771
xbd7buimrm771
YfhthcM
YfhthcM

Keeping Up With The Joneses

There’s nothing quite like the feeling of seeing your neighbor drive up in their beautiful new car or hearing about their fabulous planned vacation.

It can make you forget about every other plan or goal you’ve made for yourself. Keeping up with the Joneses can eat away at your financial dreams.

“Keeping up with the Joneses” means to try to own all the same things as people you know in order to seem as good as them.

But when you’re making purchases that have no value beyond impressing others, you’re shortchanging your future.

For starters, it takes away your joy in life.

Nothing is ever quite good enough anymore. There’s always a nicer, newer something that’s siphoning off your money. Houses, cars, electronics. The list is endless.

And none of it makes you happy because it’s a continuous cycle.

Financially, it’s a catastrophe. Trying to keep up with those around you who appear to have it all is devastating financial accounts all over the country.

Many times, those others you are trying to keep up with are in crippling debt themselves. It’s all a house of cards.

Taking a good, hard look at previous expenditures is a key way to determine if you’ve fallen into spending based on others vs. your own plan.

As you look at those expenditures, ask yourself if you’d buy them if you had the opportunity to do it over.

Keep a list of purchases you regret and review regularly as a reality check on where you’re putting your money.

Next time you’re about to make a big purchase, especially one that will put you into debt, take some time to examine your motives.

Ask yourself if you truly want or need to buy that expensive item that will be replaced in a few years, or do you want to retire early?

If your real goal is financial freedom, keeping up with the Joneses is not the way to achieve it.

Wang Yi struck a friendly pose for Hungarian media as he met Foreign and Trade Minister Peter Szijjarto

By Tessa Wong

BBC News, Asia Digital Reporter

Over the past year, leaders in the West have tried to cajole China to help them end the Ukraine war. Now Beijing has given its firmest response yet – and it’s not something many in the West would like.

In recent days, China has launched an assertive charm offensive, kicking off with top diplomat Wang Yi’s tour of Europe, which culminated in a warm welcome by Russian President Vladimir Putin in Moscow.

Beijing has released not one but two position papers – the first offering the Chinese solution to the war, and the other outlining a plan for world peace. These largely retread China’s talking points from the past year, calling for respect for sovereignty (for Ukraine) and the protection of national security interests (for Russia), while opposing the use of unilateral sanctions (by the US).

The West may come away unimpressed – but convincing them was never likely the main goal for Beijing.

China’s goal: send a clear message to US

Firstly, it clearly seeks to position itself as a global peacemaker. An obvious clue about who it’s really trying to charm lies in one of its papers, where it mentions engaging South East Asia, Africa and South America – the so-called Global South.

In preaching an alternative vision to a US-led world order, it is wooing the rest of the globe, which is watching to see how the West handles the Ukraine crisis.

But another goal is to send a clear message to the US.

“There is an element of defiance,” said Alexander Korolev, an expert in Sino-Russian ties at the University of New South Wales. “It is signalling: ‘If things get ugly between us, I have someone to go to. Russia is not alone, which means that I will not be alone when there is a confrontation… don’t get comfortable in bullying me.'”

The timing, say observers, is a giveaway. Relations between the US and China have hit a new low, exacerbated by the spy balloon saga. Some have also questioned why China – if its intention is to help end the war – is only just now making its big diplomatic push for Ukraine peace.

“China had ample opportunities to display leadership, it was invited early on to contribute to ending the war… If the goal was to truly display the image of a global leader, you don’t have to sit on the fence for one year and try to perform a diplomatic dance,” said Dr Korolev.

There was a third goal, and it could be seen in Mr Wang’s itinerary.

By visiting France, Germany, Italy and Hungary, whose leaders China perceives as taking less of a hardline stance on Russia, Mr Wang may have been testing the waters to see if China could lure some of Europe into China’s orbit.

Watch: One year of war in Ukraine in 87 seconds

Beijing sees a “logical convergence of interests” with these countries, said Zhang Xin, an international political economy expert with the East China Normal University in Shanghai. “It believes the US has hegemonic power, and that a large part of the Transatlantic world could benefit from detaching from that system.”

But whether China will succeed in that particular goal is questionable. Mr Wang’s speech at the Munich Security Conference, where he criticised the US, did not play well in a roomful of America’s staunchest allies and, according to diplomats, only spawned greater distrust of China’s true motives.

His tour “was a very overt push to say: ‘We don’t have problems with Europe, we have problems with the US, we can fix things with you Europeans and you need to understand that the US is leading you down a problematic road'”, said Andrew Small, a senior fellow specialising in Europe-China relations at the German Marshall Fund think tank.

“But I think in most places in Europe, this message doesn’t have much traction.”

The key question now is whether Beijing will live up to its word of making peace as it tightens its embrace of Russia.

The US has warned this week that China was considering supplying lethal weapons to Russia, and that Chinese firms had already been supplying non-lethal dual-use technology – items which could have both civilian and military uses, such as drones and semi-conductors.

Publicly China has reacted with angry rhetoric. But behind closed doors, Mr Wang made it clear to top EU official Josep Borrell that it will not provide weapons to Russia.

EPA

Russian President Vladimir Putin warmly welcomed Mr Wang in Moscow

According to Mr Borrell, Mr Wang had also asked: “Why do you show concern for me maybe providing arms to Russia when you are providing arms to Ukraine?”

It is a revealing line, say observers, showing that Beijing still truly believes the West is to blame for fuelling the war.

“Sending weapons to any warring party is considered as further escalation – that is the position of the Chinese state so far,” said Dr Zhang.

There is scepticism that Beijing would supply weapons to Moscow, given how it runs counter to Chinese interests.

Such a move would be seen by others as a clear escalation of the war, and would lead to sanctions and disruption of trade with the West – hugely damaging for China, as the EU and US are among its top trading partners.

It would also raise global tensions significantly and likely push US allies further into Washington’s embrace, stymieing Beijing’s plan to woo some of them away.

What is more likely to happen, say observers, is that Beijing will continue or even step up indirect support to Russia, such as boosting economic trade – which has provided a financial lifeline to Moscow – and abstaining from sanctions on Russia.

They may even supply more dual-use technology through third party states such as Iran or North Korea, according to Dr Small, so that they can lend support “as deniably as possible”.

But as the war drags on, the issue of giving lethal weapons will resurface, he warned.

“There hasn’t been a question yet on what kind of significant things China could be asked to do, because previously Russia didn’t need to resupply,” said Dr Small. “But they are hitting that juncture. How long is China willing to say to Russia it will not do it?”

Days before the outbreak of war in Ukraine, Xi Jinping and Vladimir Putin declared they had a “friendship without limits”.

A year on, China will have to answer the question of how far it would go for its special friend.

Japanese Figure Maker’s Vitruvian Man Is Here To Beat The Hell Out Of Your Other Toys

1 62
1 62

Sometimes it’s just not enough to have super hero and anime figures duke it out, you’ve got to add some historical and artistic firepower to your action figure duels. Fortunately, Japanese figure maker Figma has your back with their Table Museum series, a lineup of action figures that brings history’s most famous works of art to life (such as The Thinker and Michelangelo’s David). Now joining their lineup is perhaps the most formidable of masterpiece art–a multi-armed monstrosity in the form of a badass Leonardo Da Vinci’s Vitruvian Man action figure.

Mopre: Good Smile h/t: grapee

2 59
2 59

Da Vinci’s Vitruvian Man is based on the correlations of the ideal human body using gemoetry, and is often described as an artistic masterpiece showing off “harmony of the human body.” So it should come as a fitting entry in the Table Museum series, which is made from a flexible type of plastic and fully posable joints. The Vitruvian Man figure comes with alternate upper-body parts and even a special dial to recreate his classic pose. Of special note, however, is just how freaking hard-boiled this Renaissance figure looks, with a permanent scowl, bulging muscles, and ability to just eviscerate the artistic egos of other masterpieces like this:

8 49
8 49
7 50
7 50
6 52
6 52
5 55
5 55
4 57
4 57
3 57
3 57

What’s It Like To Be A Member Of A Triad?

maxresdefault 2
maxresdefault 2

 

My involvement began in high school. There was nothing dramatic about it, I just became friends with a bunch of people I thought were cool and one thing led to another.

High school gangs are like triad training schools. They are not part of the triads per se, they’re more of a triad Mickey Mouse fan club where a group of young wannabes strut around pretending to be something they’re not. You’d be surprised at just how many of these there are.

The leaders of these high school gangs are usually affiliated with a low ranking triad member, called a 49 in triad lexicon. These are the foot soldiers. The 49 functions as big brother whose help the boys would call on in case of trouble, but big brother is also a scout who kept an eye out for promising young talent.

I must’ve seemed like one, because I was soon introduced to the 49er’s tailou (big brother), who was also a 49er. We met a few times at a local disco, snorted cocaine, gargled ketamine, popped ecstasy, and soon he trusted me enough to put me in charge of a few high-school gangs.

The triads are structured like a MLM scheme. At the lower levels, the more followers you recruit, the more powerful you become, the higher up you climb. The people above your rank are referred to as tailou or ____ ko which means elder brother, and your followers are referred to as DauGei, or children.

It’s all about the organization. So we organized.

We recruited the same way ISIS and Al Qaeda does: by giving disaffected and disenfranchised young men a sense of belonging. We start off by convincing the kids that we were cool by bringing them alcohol, drugs and other illicit goods. Then when they have issues they’d come to us for help and we’d help them. Many of the kids I recruited were bullied in school and looking for some revenge, and we’d give the kid’s bully a thorough trashing.

Some of the kids would naively come to see us as these cool guys who were looking out for them, and they’d seek to be a part of our circle. Once we got the kids on hooked on the illusion of brotherhood and coolness, they’re ours to keep. And they’ll bring their friends as well.

We went around the schools settling petty disputes such as who stole whose girlfriend – at the high school level, everything is petty- , and we enforced pax triadica with our fists. We demanded discipline from our members, and if one of our own went out of line we’d beat him up ourselves. We were a group of young bullies with our own set of rules and standards of behaviour. My recruits unwittingly traded one bully in school, for circle of friends who bullied one another.

From petty disputes we graduated on to settling disputes between local businesses. Unlicensed bars, moneylenders and illegal gambling dens would pay us a set fee, and in return we’d step in if they have problems. The money was terrible, but for a young kid, having adults and business owners turn to you for help is a huge ego trip.

I was able to grow the organization effectively because I understood the principles of peer pressure and groupthink. So if you’re a parent, I would advise you to obsess over who your teenager is hanging out with; there are many manipulators like me out there.

I must’ve been a pretty good recruiter, because the boss took me under his wing and introduced me to his boss, Suen Ko. Suen Ko was a hung kwan, or a mid-level lieutenant in the triad hierarchy. This is where I started to get involved with the actual organization. We had a short initiation ceremony in a karaoke room, and I became a 49 under Suen Ko.

Suen Ko owned a few nightclubs and bars, and virtually every night we’d be in one of his fine establishments drinking, partying, and partaking in every drug we could get our hands on. Our sort attracted a certain sort of girl, and there were girls aplenty. The bars were a money maker, but Suen Ko’s real money came from selling bootleg CDs.

At the time, bootleg CDs and eventually DVDs were an organized crime gold rush. This was before napster and way before bittorrent, and demand was so high that we filled up entire shopping malls with outlets selling pirated movies, music and software. A common joke was that if Bill Gates ever visited our malls, he’d have a heart attack on the spot.

For about 5 cents in costs for a blank CD, we sold the end product to the consumer for 15 local bucks a pop. Not even cocaine had that kind of margin. We were selling the bootlegs as fast as we could print them, and best of all piracy was perceived by the local cops as a low-impact crime and as such wasn’t rigorously enforced. Heck, many of our regular customers were cops. At the time, you could drive up to a police checkpoint with a stash of bootleg CDs on the backseat, give cheeky grin and a thumbs up, and the cops would just wave you through.

Suen Ko made millions within his first year.

I was good with computers, and I became his IT department. I helped him organize his production, and in return he gave me a handsome cut. I made quite a bit of money in my teens, but I quickly blew it all on drugs and girls.

The biggest eye opener was during the annual company dinner. They had to construct a tent hall on an empty field to fit all 5,000 of us in, and there were local politicians and community leaders on the front row tables. That drove in the impression of just how big the tree was, and how deep the roots went.

If I made the triads sound like corporations, that’s because that’s what they are. We were even registered with the Registrar of Companies as a multimedia company and we paid our taxes. The big bosses looked just like any other middle aged Chinese uncle you’d meet at the local supermarket. The best way to avoid detection is to be in plain sight and blend into the background. The so-called gangsters you see on the street strutting their stuff are amateurs; many of them are just aping what they see in the movies. The pros keep a low profile and get on with making money.

Once you go far enough up the hierarchy, violence is actually pretty rare. For the most part, being a triad is just like working in any other corporate job.

But when violence does occur at that level, it’s freaking terrifying.

Roundabout the end of my first year, there was a war. The politician who Suen Ko worked for was at odds with another politician from the same organization. There were a few shootings, grenade attacks, and choppings, but it didn’t affect me directly at first so I didn’t give much thought to it. Then a call came one night. All hands on deck. We dropped everything and converged on the HQ.

Pardon the expletive, but it was scary as fuck. There were a hundred or so of us milling about an office block, and someone started handing out machetes and sashimi knives. Suen Ko took me up to the office, and there were hard looking fuckers at every corner. The air was so full of cigarette smoke I could barely breathe. Everyone looked grim. Apparently we were expecting an attack.

I was a skinny teenager, and I was out of my depth. Till that point, I’d been involved on the white collar side of things. The guys I saw that night had the word hard etched on their faces. I’ve never felt more scared than I did that night.

We stayed there overnight, but no attack came so we went back to our branch office. They attacked us there. A dozen or so guys rushed in and we fought back with chairs, clubs, machetes, boxes of A4 paper, everything we could get our hands on. It was a hazy frantic panicky desperate fight for survival. We were cornered and if we lost it would’ve been game over. One of theirs died in the melee.

The police arrived fairly quickly and I went to jail for a bit. It was in a cell that I resolved that this life wasn’t for me. For some miraculous reason, I got off scot-free. I went home, packed my things, and left everything behind to start a new life.

So how did it feel like? Terrible.

It’s not a healthy way to live one’s life. It got to the point where I was so paranoid that whenever I went to a restaurant I’d sit facing the entrance so I’d know who was coming in. I saw potential threats everywhere, and I carried symptoms of PTSD for a long time afterwards.

It took me a very long time to put my past behind and to learn to live again without fear like a normal human being. I had cut off all ties with everyone I knew, and have difficulty trusting people. Till today I know many, but am close with very few.

If there’s any teenager reading this who is in a similar situation as I was, know that the world is vast and there are opportunities everywhere. The cool kids you see in school are anything but.

Don’t make the same mistakes I did

– Anonymous

What’s It Like To Date A Gold Digger?

 

When I was in my 20’s, I had a very, very beautiful woman wind up being the biggest gold-digger I ever went out with.

So let’s call her… Julie. Julie was a fitness contestant/exotic dancer with a body that stopped traffic. And while she had this super, over-the-top body, she also had over-sized implants that made her look like a real-life Jessica Rabbit, hair and everything. She stopped traffic, and that’s not an expression, cars literally slowed down or stopped to watch her walk down the street. She gave me a picture of her in a bikini. I would show my friends and most of them were in disbelief that I even knew her, let alone was going out with her.

And… how exactly did we meet? At a strip club of course. I was young and more naive than most, but it turned out we had mutual friends in common and we wound up spending a couple of hours together talking. We “seemed” to hit it off and have a lot in common… or so I thought.

At the end of the night, being the naive numb-skull that I was, I thought I actually had a chance with her, I asked her out. To my surprise, holy crap, she said yes— I was on Cloud Nine and couldn’t beliebe my luck. I’m not sure I even slept that night in anticipation of our first date.

However, I soon realized that one we did go out, every date suggestion she made (she always shot down what I wanted to do), was over-the-top. I was OK with that for our first date, and even our second, but soon realized that there was never an offer of a quiet evening at home or having an inexpensive dinner out, etc. Every date or date suggestion she had (and we had three dates) was a extravaganza that cost me well in excess of $500-$700.

Each time, it was the same; at the end of the date, we’d share a quick kiss and she’d find some reason she needed to go home ASAP. I began to sense I was being taken for a ride and decided to stop calling her.

But she wasn’t done with me… yet.

One day, she called and asked me what I was doing and wanted to get together. I was honest and told her she was kind of breaking me. Again, I was in my 20’s at the time, not making a lot of money, and this was killing my bank account.

Then she surprised me by offering me a quiet evening at my house, claiming that she wanted to make medinner. OK, this is better, I thought. And it was better… until about two hours before she was supposed to come over, when she called to inform me that her “Favorite comedian in the wooorrrld” was in town and for only “one more day. Can we PLEEEEEEASE do that instead??” She then threw in multiple references to the wild night at home we’d have later as a result. That was always her way; insinuate that you were going to have the time of your life with her later.

She could teach fisherman how to better bait a hook, she was that good at this.

OK, you probably get where this is going, right? Unfortunately, I didn’t. “Sure!” I said. Sounds great!! What time do you want to meet?” I should have known when she wanted to meet halfway what was coming.

Of course, she tells me that now that we’re doing this instead that we simply must go to her favorite local restaurant now (She “always went there first— it’s a tradition!”), and that came to $200+. Then front row tickets to the show plus drinks, and that came to another $300.

She’s also getting progressively drunk as the night goes on and is now telling me how her dress (a tight-fitting denim number with buttons from top to bottom on the front), “just pops right off… which is going to be really convenient.. tonight. Wink, wink.”

Ironically enough, while I certainly wanted to have sex with her, I also thought I liked her and that this might be a way for us to formalize a relationship. The show ends and we drive back to my house.

We get there, have drinks and talk for a few minutes about our the night. She seems to be having fun, and then suddenly and out of the blue… she totally clams up… and needs to leave “right away…” yet again. Something about not being comfortable that her car is parked in a public lot. Ironically, for being so hot, she drove a piece of crap econobox), which keep in mind, she hadn’t been concerned about all evening… that is until it was time for us to be romantic together.

Then it hits me– I’m totally being played by this gold-digger!! %(**@#&!!! And holy crap, she’s managed to do it to me… again!

I tell her she’s damn right she needs to leave right away, and that I will take her back to her car IMMEDIATELY. It was clear to me now… even naive twenty-something me. She was just using me to live the high life, couldn’t care less about me, and then once it was time to demonstrate that she actually liked me in some way, shape or form–and by that I mean even just some kissing and being openly affectionate- ran home.

I heard from other guys later that this was not uncommon for her, but that if that if you had enough money—and I’m talking private jet money—she actually would sleep with you. I also hear that these guys—the one’s who had that kind of money—used her just as much as she was using them, and threw her away when they were done with her.

Karma’s a bitch, right?

We drove back to her car in complete silence. It had been yet another expensive lesson, but this one stuck. I dropped her off without a word in the parking lot, pulled out before I saw her get in her car, and never spoke to her again.

– Errol Greene

IKEA Recreated Living Rooms From ‘The Simpsons,’ ‘Friends’ And ‘Stranger Things’ With Its Own Furniture

Ikea’s Billy bookcases, Poang chairs and Kallax shelves can be seen in real homes around the world, but they now have a place in the fictional living rooms of “The Simpsons,” “Stranger Things” and “Friends.”

The Simpsons

1 1 7
1 1 7

In the “Real Life Series” campaign running in the United Arab Emirates, Ikea, along with agency Publicis Spain, recreated iconic living rooms from each of the popular shows with only its own products. The campaign leverages the pop culture references with the aim to be relevant to all cultures, since the UAE is largely populated by expat families from all over the globe.

More: IKEA

“We brought to life the iconic living rooms of the most beloved families of all times, through tons of furniture combinations in lots of different styles and sizes – and at affordable prices. We’ve grouped all the products for each room for you, so it’s easy to recreate what you see here in your own home. Take a look and make your living room iconic with IKEA.”

Room for families
A living room is not just a place for families to get together and watch TV, it’s a place to share happy moments and have fun. And fun is what this room is all about. Combine new colourful and playful patterns and brighten-up your living room with your functional and favourite IKEA furniture pieces.

1 96
1 96

Friends

2 2
2 2

Room for mates
Whether you share the same surname or just each other’s companies on a regular basis. Family for IKEA goes beyond the traditional definition. And we also have rooms far from traditional to match that. Mix and match styles, throw some color in and build a comfy, flexible, friend-magnet living room to enjoy with your favourite people in the world.

2 87
2 87

Stranger Things

3 1 4
3 1 4

Room for everyone
Every living room tells a story of the family who lives there. And this one is not afraid to tell it out loud. So let your furniture do the talking. You can express your family’s romantic with a colourful string of lights or brag about your great book collection, perfectly organized on our display cases. Whatever your family loves, you’ll find a way to show it at IKEA.

3 85
3 85

What’s It Like To Own A Lamborghini?

 

thomas haas 1198159 unsplash
thomas haas 1198159 unsplash

 

I pondered this same question since I was 15. About 15 years later I am qualified to answer this. I’ve owned 2. 08 Gallardo and 2015 Huracan. How does it feel? I will break this down into two parts–from an automotive/mechanical perspective and an emotional/human perspective.

Both were V10’s and the moment you turned the key (or pressed the start button) you knew it was 10 cylinders. They were proper to use a bull for their logo because it sounds like a really pissed off bull being woken up too early on a Saturday morning each time you fire it up. Italians are about soul and lambos ooze soul compared to the other exotics and expensive cars I’ve owned. You feel alive when you drive them. Driving a lambo is a very visceral experience. It’s loud, and you can feel the engine rumbling through your bones as you shift (all paddle shift these days) and downshift. Everyone should experience a v10 downshifting hard through a tunnel at least once in their lives. Every drive is an experience and I would find myself with a big grin on my face any time I drove them.

A common misconception is that they’re expensive to maintain or are unreliable. 2005 and newer are head and shoulders above the pre 2005 models. Once Audi (or is it VW?) owned lamborghini and started sharing parts the car was so much better inside and out. Diablos and countach’s feel cheap and flimsy but the fit and finish after the gallardo came out is nice and tight like an Audi. Also I will say the AWD models make you feel like a great driver and safe even on wet surfaces.

Ok so here’s probably what you’re more interested in– what does it feel like, how do people react, etc. You’re going to get a lot of attention. I never had yellow or green or orange but those attract even more attention. Meaning when you drive it, expect at least a few people to take pics and/or video (while they have one hand on the wheel of their own car), people will try to race you, follow you, stare, honk their horn, give you thumbs up, etc. Sometimes it’s downright dangerous because they are paying attention to your car when they should be driving.

When you’re getting gas or stopped somewhere that’s when it can get awkward. Every week I’ll get a couple of questions that bug me:

“How much did that car cost?”

“So what do you do”

I don’t mind if you ask how fast it goes. Or if you can take a picture or look inside. I’ll even let people sit in it — all the time! But don’t ask me how much it costs. Just google it. And asking me what I do… As if you’re going to turn around and start doing it too? That’s like asking someone how much they make. You don’t want to know, trust me.

So I used to struggle with this and would try to avoid it. Now I just tell people. $285,000. Ok there. Are you happy now?

If you like the car you should see my house.

It’s a no-win situation. I tell you and it makes things weird or I don’t tell you and you think I’m a lambo driving asshole. Oh well, comes with the territory. I still don’t have a great way to handle that question.

People treat you like a celebrity (not justified) because of your car. Most people don’t know what kind of car it is. Most people have never seen one up close. Boys from the ages of 8-18 freak out — I did the same when I was their age.

Gas mileage sucks. 10mpg sounds about average.

Insurance is not that bad. I’m paying about $250 a month (over 25, no accidents, multiple car discount, etc). Not all insurance companies will cover lambos. Progressive does.

Cops. Beware. If you drive a lambo you are begging to get pulled over. That means you do one thing wrong: roll through a stop sign, run a yellow light, go 5mph over the speed limit, have an expired license plate, swerve in a lane (ESP at night), expect blue and red lights to come on especially if you aren’t in LA or Miami where they are common. Been pulled over 4 times in the lambos. 3 were fine. One was straight up harassment and I was scared. I won’t drink even a beer if I’m in the lambo, it’s just not worth it.

Overall I haven’t had that bad of an experience. It’s been positive and fun. I go to car shows. Take neighbors’ kids for rides. Answer everyone’s questions at gas stations and am as nice as I can be. I’ve been fortunate in my life and so I feel like it’s my job to share the car with people even if it’s just a selfie for a random stranger at the supermarket. (And yes I drive it to Kroger and yes a couple of bags of groceries fit in the trunk).

Lemon Bread (Denmark)

2023 02 25 18 24
2023 02 25 18 24

Ingredients

  • 1 cup granulated sugar
  • 6 tablespoons butter
  • 2 eggs
  • 1/2 cup milk
  • 1 1/2 cups flour
  • 1 teaspoon baking powder
  • Rind of 1 lemon
  • Pinch of salt

Instructions

  1. Mix all ingredients together.
  2. Put into loaf pan.
  3. Bake at 375 degrees F for 1 hour or until done.
  4. Drizzle glaze made of juice of 1 lemon and 1/3 cup sugar over hot bread.

Confessions From The Sociopath Community

 

1. It’s like everyone is a puppet and the world is a game. the rules are to manipulate the puppets in order to win the game for yourself. some puppets get in the way so they have to be removed others are more useful.

You gotta play the long game tho because you never know when someone might become useful again later. some puppets live some die, it’s just all part of the process. none of that affects me on the inside. Hack the system and achieve your short and long term goals. puppets are just part of the system.

Love doesn’t feel like a thing, it’s just usefulness of ppl. same with loyalty. It’s all temporary depending on usefulness of the puppet.

2. I feel like I don’t give a shit about 90% of things unless they’re directly affecting me. I find it really hard to relate to people and expressing my emotions because I don’t feel anything. Especially when consoling someone and you have to fake being upset too when deep down I couldn’t care less.

3. I spent a good chunk of my youth doing things because i thought they were right but i never really felt it, when i did a good deed i thought i was doing it to be nice but really i was looking for the reward of looking like a better person or maybe a physical reward like money etc, i dont believe now that selfless good deeds really do exist, instead i see selfish actions that can benefit others. When i study people i start to wonder if they are aware of this deep down and feel the same way or if they really think they are doing good, my mother is someone who goes out of her way to help people, i dont know if she realises but she is definitely rewarded with things like a thank you that makes her feel better or the thought that she has impressed someone, the thing i wonder is whether she is actively seeking these gratifications and is either aware of it or in denial about it or if someone can really just be a good person. I dont know if i’m just cynical but i think the normal people are just in this mental matrix, i think they are all sociopaths to some extent who have there human suits stuck on and we are just the ones that have woken up and have the understanding about what we really are.

4. We have spent our whole lives teaching ourselves to avoid detection and give a reasonable appearance of normalcy. I’m sure we’ve all had breakthrough moments of “oh, that’s how you perform a warm smile!” or “shit! you mean I’m not supposed to hold eye contact without blinking if I want people to feel comfortable loaning me money?”

5. Everytime I search something about psychopathy, sociopathy or NPD, I come across thousands of shit posts with huge bold headlines like ” How to avoid being in a relationship with a sociopath 101.” which usually follows with something like ” when narcs and other abusers go on ATTACK blah blah blah”. Ya’ll do realize sociopathy or psychopathy and npd have some huge differences right? Sure we are the bad ones but even then, it’s a disorder for god’s sake, stop victimizing yourself and stop believing that ya’ll are the “better humans”. Not every abuser is a sociopath or a psychopath and not every psychopath or sociopath is an abuser. Sure, there’s a huge possibility that your relationship with someone with aspd or npd (even bpd) can turn sour and toxic but we’re not monsters that’ll crawl out of the closet to ruin you. Please stop throwing the term around like a slang, being a sociopath isn’t funny nor is it a slang. Again, just because someone doesn’t give a fuck about your feelings doesn’t mean they have aspd.

6. Sociopathy takes away from the things of life that (I’m assuming) make it interesting. If your best friend gets engaged, you feel nothing. If your significant other gets a new job or a promotion, you feel nothing. If your sibling graduates, you feel nothing.

And I’m not saying “feel nothing” as in you feel ‘numb’ when good things happen to others, but more in the sense that events like those literally have 0 effect on your mood and how you feel.

This makes life pretty boring after a while, because the only things that affect how you feel are the things that affect you directly. And I mean, how many truly interesting things happen to each of us on a daily basis? I’m willing to bet not that many.

So from what I can tell, while NT’s might feel depressed or guilty every time they read the news/something bad happens to someone close to them, they also feel happy and excited when positive things happen to those close to them. Essentially, their emotions and thoughts are almost always being stimulated by events happening around them, good or bad. Meanwhile a sociopath is affected by neither; the only thing that could possibly make a sociopath’s day more eventful would be if something happened that directly affected them.

A sociopath’s world is a selfish one, and unless you have a wildly eventful and crazy life, that world can be pretty boring.

7. There are various cultural and personal reasons behind this assessment. 1. People tend to naturally demonise people with ASPD. I know it has been echoed into their heads by pop culture, and so it makes it much harder to be open about it. They treat it as if people with ASPD are responsible for having it. Which brings me to- 2. It is really lonely. People think being manipulative, or even having a non-emotional assessment of any situation is in itself a threat. They hate blatantly true people. And if you tell them such disregard is an outcome of your “sociopathy” it’s like a trigger word for danger. 3. You get bored when you don’t want to, really quick. Especially of people. You perpetually feel like you don’t fit in. And even if you are aware of your exact emotional state, you can often do nothing about it. This has made me crush so many relationships, simply because I was bored. Even if I didn’t want to. Something personal here- it is really regrettable for me. But I often distance myself emotionally as a precautionary measure so that I don’t end up hurting someone else’s feelings. And this has been getting on my nerve for a while now. 4. There’s trauma. Often unspoken trauma inside that rarely gets attention in the midst of all the ‘lack of empathy’ hysteria.

These are the ones I had personally been suffering with. I have both Bipolar I and ASPD so I think something may be on the BPD side. Even so, I have couple of friends who have BPD yet they experience a much more welcoming social structure. This is why I often do not even mention ASPD. At the end of the day, it feels like you are cornered. And that in any case is the worst situation for those on the ASPD spectrum.

8. When I do something wrong I get this anxiety that I’ll be caught and/or people will look down on me for it. I don’t actually feel guilt. I honestly think I’m above the law and should be able to do whatever I want but I know that’s not idealistic.

9. The way you feel about objects like the floor, walls, cars, trees, etc is probably how I feel about them, but I feel the same about people and pets as I do about inanimate objects: they’re useful, nice, can be something sentimental, or something to have fun with.

Empanadas (Meat Pies – Argentina)

4f833681e8394c4873a96b95362fd965
4f833681e8394c4873a96b95362fd965

Ingredients

Dough

  • 1/2 pound cold salted butter or margarine
  • 6 1/2 cups all-purpose flour
  • 1 teaspoon salt
  • 3/4 to 1 cup cold water

Beef Filling

  • 1/2 cup vegetable oil
  • 4 medium onions, peeled and chopped
  • 1 1/2 pounds ground chuck
  • 2 sweet roasted pimento, drained and chopped
  • 1/2 cup dark seedless raisins
  • 4 large eggs, hard-cooked, peeled and chopped
  • 24 small green pitted olives
  • 1 1/2 teaspoons oregano
  • 1 teaspoon sweet paprika
  • Pinch of black pepper
  • 1 tablespoon salt

Instructions

  1. Dough: Cut butter into pieces. Using an electric mixer, mix with flour and salt. Gradually add 3/4 cup water. Mix for 6 minutes. Dough should form a ball. Pat into round shape. Place dough in plastic bag and keep at room temperature for 20 to 30 minutes.
  2. Divide dough in half and knead for 2 minutes. Roll out on lightly floured surface to a thickness of 1/8-inch and 5 1/2-inches in diameter. This should make enough for 24 circles.
  3. Beef Filling: Heat oil in skillet and sauté onion until bright yellow. Add beef, stirring until beef loses its red color. Stir in pimento, raisins, oregano, paprika and salt and continue sauté ing for 2 minutes. Drain off excess oil; chill in refrigerator for 1 hour.
  4. Stir in chopped eggs just before filling the dough. Reserve olives to add to each empanada.
  5. Preparing the Empanada: Heat oven to 450 degrees F.
  6. Place 4 tablespoons of filling on each circle of dough. Insert 1 olive into each mound of filling. If dough is dry, moisten with cold water. Fold dough in half. Press down firmly just below the mound of filling. Turn edge over, pressing down firmly just below the mound of filling. Turn edge over, pressing down firmly. Then working from left to right; crimp and pleat in points to seal edges. Brush each empanada with glaze made of 1 egg, beaten with 1/2 teaspoon sugar.
  7. Place empanadas 1-inch apart on an ungreased baking sheet and bake for 20 minutes or until golden brown.

Yield: about 24

Leftover baked empanadas can be stored in the refrigerator and reheated for 10 minutes at 350 degrees F.

What Is It Like To Be A Trophy Wife?

 

I spend a lot of time complaining to myself and my friends (girlfriends and guy friends) about my life but overall it is good. I would not trade it for the alternative if that’s what you mean.

The good parts:

    • I love him, for real. Sure, I won’t lie that him being successful didn’t influence my decision to date him and later when he proposed it was a no-brainer, but there isn’t a single girlfriend of mine or woman I ever talked to honestly who didn’t want an older man with a good job and money. So it’s not a loveless marriage or a marriage of convenience, I fell in love with a man who happens to have a lot of money, and that’s still one of the things that makes me happiest about my life, having met someone who I love so much and who loves me, despite our age differences and whatever else.
  • Never having to worry about paying for things. I had a $27,000/year job trying to do writing for small (often failing) newspapers in a big city before I met him, sharing an apartment with a friend. I spent the money I made on my wardrobe and shoes and hair (and I guess I’m glad I did) but a couple months choosing between rent and utilities like phone or heat was a real issue. I know a lot of people think self-respect and making your own way is a big thing (including me) but I do not want to go back to that life.
  • He makes a lot of money. I mean a lot. I literally could not believe it when I first began to understand, but pretty much unless I want to buy a house or a very expensive car (like a Ferrari, not a Lexus) I don’t have to worry about the price ever. It’s nice being able to shop all you want and he is more than happy to provide so that I look my best. And what girl doesn’t want to look good? Especially since her man is the one who appreciates her more than anyone?
  • I get to associate with a lot of interesting people. I was raised with good middle-class manners, so I can get along passably with “high society” especially since many of the people he socializes with at work-related events are self-made and not “blue-blood European old money” types, so I get to meet lots of interesting and accomplished people and their spouses. Much more interesting than my slacker friends who I feel a bit bad not talking to as often but the truth is that a lot of my friends from high school are still doing nothing with their lives and smoking pot and these people aren’t (as much, or as openly).

Now the bad parts:

  • People (including yourself) judging me. There is always an unspoken feeling of disapproval about what I’ve done or the arrangement we have, even if both of us are happy. It’s obvious that society frowns on this sort of thing and feels like a talented young woman with a college degree should be making her own way instead of stopping out and becoming a kept woman. Probably my own worst critic is myself to be honest.
  • Not really feeling like I truly own anything. The most expensive thing I’ve ever owned myself was a used car I bought for $2400 with money I earned at my first job out of school. I loved that car, but it made too much sense to trade it in when he bought me a much, much nicer new car many years later as a birthday present. Everything else, even if it’s something I’ve picked out myself that he could never have any use for (like shoes, jewelry, makeup, accessories) still feels like it doesn’t belong to me because it’s really his money. Most days I try not to think about this and it’s all right but occasionally it comes to mind.
  • I feel like I have to keep the marriage together. It does feel a bit like a hostage situation, because I know if things were to break up, I would lose a lot of this. Yes I would be entitled to some of his stuff, but he is the one who has powerful lawyer friends so it probably wouldn’t turn out well for me. We don’t have children yet (but we are talking about it) so there wouldn’t be any child support. I’ve met some wives and ex-wives of his friends and the ex-wives say that in a divorce situation I will do okay but not great, and if I love him I should do my best for the marriage especially if we have kids (obviously).

All in all I can say that obviously we would like to be completely independent and financially-secure women but if life finds us in a situation where we are a trophy wife there are worse things that can happen to us.

Anonymous

35 Eerie Photos Of Abandoned Malls That Are Now Ruins Of A Lost Era

 

Empty malls across America are being abandoned at a staggering rate. But instead of demolishing these dead malls, most cities are allowing them to rot and be reclaimed by nature.

All things must come to an end, and the era of the American shopping mall is no exception. Brick and mortar retail shops — especially niche stores — are becoming increasingly unprofitable. As a result, empty and abandoned malls are now almost everywhere. And whether they’re left to be overtaken by nature or simply remain frozen in time, these dead malls are equally mesmerizing and unnerving.

Malls enjoyed a booming heyday in the 1970s and 1980s — even as the economy was tanking. This was when the wealthy (and usually white) people migrated away from urban zones and into the suburbs. They purchased glistening new homes and went shopping to fill their spacious rooms and closets.

abandoned malls torn stage
abandoned malls torn stage
abandoned malls shopping ghosts
abandoned malls shopping ghosts
abandoned mall bench balcony
abandoned mall bench balcony
abandoned malls shattered glass
abandoned malls shattered glass
abandoned malls sad storefront
abandoned malls sad storefront
abandoned texas mall
abandoned texas mall
abandoned malls puddles
abandoned malls puddles
abandoned malls outdoors in
abandoned malls outdoors in
abandoned mall broken phone
abandoned mall broken phone
abandoned malls cleanup
abandoned malls cleanup
abandoned malls jewelry store
abandoned malls jewelry store
abandoned malls no customers
abandoned malls no customers
abandoned malls outdoor sign
abandoned malls outdoor sign
abandoned malls green splash
abandoned malls green splash
decrepit florida mall
decrepit florida mall
abandoned malls dead plant
abandoned malls dead plant
abandoned malls dark stores
abandoned malls dark stores

Malls became cultural symbols of the time, as well as marketplaces. The wide variety of goods in one place was like a Sears catalog come to life. Add in the social gathering aspect, and it’s easy to see how the mall became as iconic as it did.

The media reflected this, as many films — especially ones from the 1980s and 1990s — heavily feature shopping malls as important locations. Mallrats, Clueless, The Blues Brothers, and Dawn of the Dead all have characters who spend major time in malls (though one just happens to be filled with zombies).

Today, as abandoned malls have become the norm, the very notion of these indoor shopping centers has taken on an entirely different character. Gillian Flynn, author of Gone Girl, says, “For kids of the ’80s especially, dead malls have a very strong allure. We were the last of the free-range kids, roaming around malls, not really buying anything, but just looking. To see all those big looming spaces so empty now — it’s a childhood haunting.”

What Shopping Centers Were Like Before The Era Of Dead Malls

The idea of the American mall began in Minnesota, and that’s where it reached its peak.

swansea mall closed
swansea mall closed
shapes store abandoned
shapes store abandoned
empty mall interior
empty mall interior
abandoned colorado mall
abandoned colorado mall
trashed mall corridor
trashed mall corridor
empty 80s mall
empty 80s mall
deadmall food court
deadmall food court
cloverleaf mall trees inside
cloverleaf mall trees inside
brick floor mall
brick floor mall
belz factory outlet dog
belz factory outlet dog
abandoned california mall 1
abandoned california mall 1
abandoned malls ceiling tiles 1
abandoned malls ceiling tiles 1
abandoned mall alexandria 1
abandoned mall alexandria 1
abandoned malls water damage 1
abandoned malls water damage 1
abandoned malls two halves 1
abandoned malls two halves 1

Edina, Minnesota is home to the very first enclosed shopping mall. Designed by Victor Gruen in 1956, the Southdale Mall is a climate-controlled complex. It has a central atrium, two floors, and escalators.

Gruen wanted to recreate the pedestrian experience of European cities by designing a place for the community in the deserts of suburbia. Americans were enthralled by their automobiles, and the mall would be primarily used for shopping, but also for relaxation, green space, food, and fun.

Until this first enclosed shopping mall, retail areas were characteristically extroverted. They had separate windows and entrances. The new malls were introverted: Everything was focused on the inside.

Not everyone was a fan of this concept. “You should have left downtown downtown,” architect Frank Lloyd Wright grumpily proclaimed during his visit to Southdale.

It has undergone numerous renovations and store closings over the years, but when Southdale first opened, it was downright glamorous. It cost $20 million, which went a long way back in 1956.

Minnesota also hosts one of the biggest malls in the nation, and it attracts approximately 40 million visitors a year. The gigantic Mall of America takes up 96.4 acres — enough to fit seven Yankee Stadiums inside. This may seem like it’d be an environmental disaster, but the mall does its part to be green.

With no central heating, indoor temperatures are maintained year-round with solar energy, skylights, and lighting. More than 30,000 live plants act as natural air purifiers, which is helpful as the mall is large enough to require its own zip code.

Both Southdale and The Mall of America still stand today, but whether or not they’ll survive the culling of retail chains, or succumb and become dead malls, remains to be seen.

Why Abandoned Malls Are Everywhere Today

The insane popularity of the mall ultimately meant that corporations built too many of them. “Developers realized they could put a large, flat building in the middle of a field and quickly make money — so for decades… that’s what they did,” notes Amanda Nicholson, a professor of retail practice at Syracuse University.

But they didn’t account for one thing: the invention of the internet.

Online shopping meant you could get virtually anything you needed without leaving the comfort of your home. So malls that were trying to survive during the start of the online shopping boom never stood a fighting chance.

Not really true. Malls are everywhere in the rest of the world, and they use the Internet extensively. -MM

Of course, now customers are no longer wanting to keep their shopping introverted, as was the mall’s design. Products are tied to influencers in a world with instant access to everything. Deliveries and un-boxings have become YouTube “haul” videos as attention is bought and sold like currency.

Who needs to “be seen” by locals at a likely empty mall when the whole world is now your oyster?

It’s also arguable that malls aren’t actually dying at the same rate they once were. Some believe that malls are evolving — and offering experiences and amenities you can’t replicate online. Millennials and Gen X-ers express the desire to spend their money on experiences, rather than on material goods.

Whatever the case, the abandoned malls of yesterday aren’t likely to be renovated. They’ll probably be leveled to make way for the next Southdale, or the next big, glamorous advance in commerce.

abandoned california mall
abandoned california mall
abandoned malls ceiling tiles
abandoned malls ceiling tiles
abandoned mall alexandria
abandoned mall alexandria
abandoned malls water damage
abandoned malls water damage
abandoned malls two halves
abandoned malls two halves
abandoned winstons
abandoned winstons

 

.

Remember High School pizza?

Today’s…

"...For Confucian societies that value the family and the community more than the individual, people will be more willing to suffer a little bit to save the lives of the old and the weak. Whereas, for societies that value the individual rights and their freedoms, they will not care about the underprivileged that are more likely to die, and that is their freedom of choice. They must have their freedom and their economy. They have a million deaths yet they laugh at China with five thousand, in total. It is their freedom to be stupid and delusional." 

I guess you could classify 2023 as a settling down, begrudgingly by some, of new Geo-political realities. Things are shaking out. It will be choppy, but good!

Remember High School pizza?

City School Pizza

Yield: 24 servings

2023 01 30 16 34
2023 01 30 16 34

Ingredients

French-Style Pizza Crust

  • 2 packages dry or cake yeast
  • 1 tablespoon granulated sugar
  • 3 1/2 cups lukewarm water
  • 9 cups all-purpose flour
  • 1 tablespoon salt

Topping

  • 1 pound ground beef
  • 1 tablespoon instant minced onion
  • 1 (8 ounce) can tomatoes, drained and chopped
  • 1 (6 ounce) can tomato paste
  • 3/4 cup water
  • 3/4 teaspoon oregano
  • Salt
  • 3/4 teaspoon dried sweet basil
  • 3/4 teaspoon garlic powder
  • 3/4 pound ground or chopped luncheon meat
  • 1 1/2 cups grated Parmesan cheese

Instructions

French-Style Pizza Crust

  1. Dissolve yeast and sugar in water.
  2. Add flour and salt. Knead until smooth.
  3. Cover and let rise until doubled in bulk.
  4. Cut into 2portions. Let rest 15 minutes.
  5. Pat or roll to even thickness in 2 (15 1/2 x 10 1/2-inch) jellyroll pans. Set aside.

Topping

  1. Brown ground beef and onion in a large skillet.
  2. Add tomatoes, tomato paste, water, oregano, salt to taste, basil, garlic powder and luncheon meat. Sauté until mixture comes to a boil. Simmer for a few minutes.
  3. Spread sauce on prepared French-Style Pizza Crust in pans. Sprinkle each crust with cheese.
  4. Bake at 400 degrees F for 30 to 35 minutes or until cheese layer is bubbly and browned.

Notes

Source: Los Angeles Times – 9/23/82

Marine Corps reactivates base on Guam

The U.S. Marine Corps reactivated a new base on Guam in a ceremony, Jan. 26, honoring the long-shared history of the Marine Corps and Guam and establishing a forward presence in the Indo-Pacific that will endure into the future.

USMC press release

Marine Corps Base (MCB) Camp Blaz is the first newly constructed Marine Corps base in 70 years and serves as a testament to the U.S.-Japan alliance. Guam was chosen as the location for the new base during the 2012 Bilateral Agreement between the U.S and Japanese governments, under the Defense Policy Review Initiative, which set the framework for the relocation of Marines from Okinawa to Guam. The base is named in honor of Brigadier General Vicente Tomas “Ben” Garrido Blaz, the first CHamorro Marine to attain the rank of general officer.

“Today is an important day that marks the future of the Marines on Guam, and it is also a day to reflect on the century-long history of the Marine Corps in this beautiful place we call home,” said Col. Christopher Bopp, Commanding Officer, MCB Camp Blaz. “On this island Marines and their CHamoru brethren have lived in peace and fought in war together and we are proud to carry on this legacy of honor and courage.”

Guam’s history is marked by the enduring partnership between the U.S. military and the people of Guam. Since the establishment of Marine Barracks Guam in 1899, the Marine Corps has had a nearly continuous presence on Guam. The Marine Barracks was reactivated after World War II and deactivated November 10, 1992.

During the ceremony at War in the Pacific National Historical Park, honors were rendered to the Honorable Lou Leon Guerrero, Governor of Guam; Commandant of the Marine Corps; U.S. Assistant Secretary of the Navy for Energy, Installations and Environmental; Japanese Parliamentary Vice-Minister of Defense and Parliamentary Vice-Minister for Foreign Affairs provided remarks. The ceremony ended with a traditional pass and review.

From HERE

Gotta love this dude. Lives in a literal true warzone, was interrogated and held hostage by SBU and just brushed it like nothing, had bike accident, AGAIN BRUSHED IT LIKE NOTHING AT ALL, and just went full "anyyyyyway, look at those fools!" and started dropping truth-bombs like it's nothing, another day in our mundane lives.

It will worsen for one more president after Biden.

why?

Simple, the U.S. has been in a denial mode since 2014 all the time they underestimated China and China is happy to let the U.S. lulled themself into oblivion.

Biden ought to have woken up to know that China is no pushover but he is too old and too uninformed about China except for fear mongering by his handlers.

I think it needs about 15 years of adjustment by the U.S. to move from disbelief to denial to refusing to accept China is in most way bigger than the U.S. and that the more you contain or to control China the worst it is for America.

By the next president, they will be in a refusing to accept reality stage. That president will know China is really a big deal and the U.S. can hardly match China but for political reason it is better to still pretend that they are still weaker and we the U.S. can still tell them what to do.

But by late 2020s say after 2028 China’s strength is too big to pretend and denying it looks very daft and silly even as a U.S. president. Also by that time the U.S. dollar is a shade of it is even now. By that time it makes sense politically to move into reluctant acceptance stage and to try to benefit by China’s size and market beats trying g to contain China.

American pain will have been rather unbearable by then and it’s people will recognise that selling to China and cooperation with China and Asia is the way to go.

Not at the moment. Today the chest beater and the blind optimism of the U.S. group overwhelmed the realist. And politicians are smart. They know that politically it is still better to talk as though China can be beaten. And talking shit on China is still fashionable. I see 2028–2032 period as the time the realist becomes the majority in America.

A Secret Roswell Journal Becomes The Focus Of A New UFO Documentary

From HERE

A secret journal offers new clues about the nature of the alleged 1947 AD UFO crash at Roswell in the New Mexico desert, or does it? Before we kick off, this isn’t one of these Reddit stories that emerged from some basement decorated with posters of the Starship Enterprise and Chewbacca. Quite the opposite.

Live Science is one off the internet’s more respected academic media outlets and today they tell the story of a hitherto unknown personal diary belonging to Major Jesse Marcel, a head intelligence officer at the Roswell Army Air Field. The secret Roswell journal could change the narrative of this famous UFO event. In particular, the secret Roswell journal may contain secret coded observations that will help to “clarify” what really happened in Roswell in 1947 AD.

Marcel investigated the famous Roswell site in New Mexico where in 1947 a UFO is believed by many to have crashed. Furthermore, he claimed to have recovered some of the debris from whatever ditched in the desert that July night near the Roswell Army Air Field (RAAF). Newspaper photos at the time showed Marcel with pieces of metallic material and on the afternoon of July 8, 1947 AD he disclosed to the media “the crash and recovery of a flying disc.” However, the following day, an army official made a statement saying that a weather balloon had fallen to earth, “not a flying saucer.”

Will The Secret Roswell Journal Change Everything?

The Roswell story now takes a new turn since Major Marcel’s family revealed they had kept his personal secret Roswell journal which contains “hitherto unknown clues about the crash.” The secret diary and its equally secret contents will soon be presented on History Channel´s History’s Greatest Mysteries series in an episode called Roswell: The First Witness . The episode was released on December 12th, Saturday, 2020 AD. The show host, Ben Smith, is a former CIA operative and the show’s lead investigator. He thinks it is very unusual that the day after the government claimed they had recovered a UFO they switched stories and maintained it was merely “a weather balloon,” Smith told Live Science .

This story is another in a long line of recent reports pertaining to UFOs. According to The Guardian in 2017 AD a former Pentagon official confirmed the existence of a federal agency that had been “secretly investigating UFOs since 2007.” Then, in 2018, U.S. Navy pilots reported “three encounters with fast-moving UAP, or unidentified aerial phenomena” better known to us civies as UFOs. And building up this emerging alien narrative, officially declassified videos of these occurrences were published in April of this year, as previously reported on Live Science .

Secret Roswell Journal: A Problem Of Might, May And Could

Let´s now return to Major Jesse Marcel, the author of the secret Roswell journal. He investigated the site at Roswell and recovered what he believed to be debris from a flying saucer . In 1997 AD, Time published an article saying Marcel told an interviewer at the time that “he believed” the object that crashed in the New Mexico desert had extraterrestrial origins. Now, a forensic analysis of Marcel´s secret Roswell journal “could reveal” coded messages that he wrote about the crash at the time that it happened, Ben Smith said.

This application of the word “could” will no doubt have skeptics raging, because they all know what’s most probably coming here. If the diary really contained any actual evidence that the Roswell incident was nothing more than a collapsed weather balloon we would certainly have heard about it by now. Unless of course thousands of unpaid interns and staff at the network have all kept quiet, doubters can argue. Perhaps the skeptics greatest argument is presented in plain sight in the newspaper photograph of Marcel on the evening of the crash. To all but the most committed believers in extraterrestrials it is perfectly clear that Marcel is holding a piece of a crumpled (crashed) weather balloon.

When the History Channel episode airs and unavoidably “no evidence” of extraterrestrials is offered, perhaps then maybe some “believers” will consider the content of the Ancient Origins news article I wrote about this only last month.

A team of Oxford University researchers recently applied statistics to the question “are we alone” and concluded that “life on earth is probably a unique universal phenomena, and that it´s ‘extremely unlikely’ that any other intelligent life exists anywhere else in the universe.” This is a profound claim that sceptics love and believers loathe.

And the same extreme opinions are likely to flood across social media channels when the details of Major Marcel’s secret Roswell journal are revealed.

Japanese Illustrator Suzusiro Puts Maids On Skateboards And We Can’t Complain

1 4
1 4

If you’re a fan of Japanese manga and anime, you may have seen skateboarding characters before (Misaka Yata in K comes to mind), and there’s a very strong probability that you’ve seen maid characters before (Roberta from Black Lagoon, Ram and Rem from Re:Zero Beginning Life In Another World, etc.), but unless you’re a fan of Japanese illustrator Suzusiro, you’ve probably never ever seen the two of them combined!

21 2 1
21 2 1
20 2 1
20 2 1
19 2 1
19 2 1
18 2 1
18 2 1
17 2 1
17 2 1
16 2 1
16 2 1
15 2 1
15 2 1
14 2 1
14 2 1
13 2 1
13 2 1
12 2 1
12 2 1
11 2 1
11 2 1
10 2 1
10 2 1
9 2 1
9 2 1
8 2
8 2
7 3
7 3
6 4
6 4
5 4
5 4
4 4
4 4
3 4
3 4
2 4
2 4

Bialys

What is a bialy? It’s a disk of dough with slight depressions in the center and topped with onions. These are as popular as the bagel is in the northeast. They are a great snack which tastes great with some cream cheese.

2023 01 25 15 57
2023 01 25 15 57

Ingredients

  • 1 1/2 cups warm water ( 105 to 115 degrees F)
  • 5 teaspoons rapid rise yeast
  • 5 teaspoons granulated sugar
  • 5 to 5 1/2 cups unbleached bread flour
  • 2 1/2 teaspoons kosher salt
  • 1/2 cup dehydrated minced onion*
  • 2 tablespoons vegetable oil
  • 1 1/2 tablespoons poppy seeds (optional)
  • 1 tablespoon coarse kosher salt for sprinkling (optional)
  • 1/4 cup cornmeal for baking sheet
  • 1 egg beaten with 2 tablespoons water for wash

Instructions

  1. Heat oven to 450 degrees F.
  2. Whisk together warm water, yeast and sugar in a large bowl, stir in one cup of flour and salt. Add most of the remaining flour and stir with a wooden spoon to make a soft mass. To your mixer, attach the dough hook and mix 8 to 10 minutes or you can knead by hand.
  3. Cover the dough and allow to rest for about 45 to 60 minutes. Line 2 large baking sheets with baking parchment paper and lightly sprinkle with cornmeal.
  4. Place dehydrated onions in a bowl and add hot water and allow the onions to soak for 15 minutes. Drain the onions well, place in a bowl and add the oil and poppy seeds if using. Set aside.
  5. Punch down the dough and divide into two. Divide each half of dough into six equal pieces. Allow dough to rest 10 minutes.
  6. Roll of stretch each portion into a 4- or 5-inch oval or circle, being careful not to overwork the dough. Place bialys on prepared baking sheets, with your fingers make indentations in the center( do not go through the dough). Lightly brush the outer perimeter with the egg wash. Spoon about 2 teaspoons of prepared onion topping and a little sprinkle of salt, if using. Cover with a floured tea towel and allow to rise 30 to 40 minutes or until puffy.
  7. Bake until golden brown, approximately 25 to 30 minutes. (If the bialys are browning too fast, reduce heat to 425 degrees F).

Notes

* or you may substitute 1 cup finely chopped fresh onion, the dehydrated onions will stick better to the raw dough

If you like a thicker bialy (which is great for sandwiches) let the dough rise longer. For thin bialys, reduce the rising time.

Why The Bialy Is Better Than Any Bagel You’ve Ever Had

Onions, bro. Onions.

Have you ever wondered what would happen if you didn’t boil a bagel before baking it? Have you ever wondered why bagels have a hole in the middle instead of more bagel? Have you ever wished that bagels contained more onions, were slightly more tender and weren’t the size of manhole covers? Guys, this unicorn exists, and it’s called a bialy.

The bialy is like the bagel’s older, less famous cousin who gets more handsome the longer you look at him. If you live outside of New York City, LA or a few very select spots in Chicago and Florida, you might have never even heard of bialys, but that should definitely change. Bialys show up anywhere there is a significant Jewish population — they’re Polish, by origin (from Bialystok!), but have been adopted by American Jews for just about as long as there have been American Jews. Here are a few reasons why bialys will always be better than bagels.

You’ll never have to unhinge your jaw to eat one. You’ll also never have to have jaws made of steel to chew them. You can eat one with your breakfast and you won’t feel so full you are going to die.

Biden Admin May Regret Shunning China’s FM as Ambassador

Shut him out for 500 days when he was “just” an Ambassador

“Through Fire And Water”: The Superb Concept Artworks Of Ross Tran

0 59
0 59

Ross Tran is a concept artist and illustrator who attended the Art Center College of Design in Pasadena, California. Ross has worked for companies such as Walt Disney Studios, Psyop and Tyler West Studio.

ross tran gunlady 1
ross tran gunlady 1
ross tran hanzo final web 2
ross tran hanzo final web 2
ross tran harleyquinnnn
ross tran harleyquinnnn
ross tran howlweb
ross tran howlweb
ross tran iceshard2
ross tran iceshard2
ross tran ifx final
ross tran ifx final
ross tran finale web copy3
ross tran finale web copy3
ross tran flower web
ross tran flower web
ross tran furiosa fial
ross tran furiosa fial
ross tran ghost in the shell plug web
ross tran ghost in the shell plug web
ross tran gotfinal2 333
ross tran gotfinal2 333
ross tran grandmashouse
ross tran grandmashouse
ross tran dae web
ross tran dae web
ross tran datumb
ross tran datumb
ross tran dragon girl web
ross tran dragon girl web
ross tran dresses web
ross tran dresses web
ross tran e78f7c0c 5760 429c a40d c10952f132cd
ross tran e78f7c0c 5760 429c a40d c10952f132cd
ross tran elsatumblr
ross tran elsatumblr
ross tran avengers web final
ross tran avengers web final
ross tran azula web
ross tran azula web
ross tran azula webfinal
ross tran azula webfinal
ross tran black panther web
ross tran black panther web
ross tran bride web
ross tran bride web
ross tran brigitte web 3
ross tran brigitte web 3
ross tran busstop web
ross tran busstop web
ross tran bw
ross tran bw
ross tran chunli rd
ross tran chunli rd
ross tran avalon
ross tran avalon
ross tran auyeee
ross tran auyeee
ross tran astromintfinal
ross tran astromintfinal
ross tran astrofirex
ross tran astrofirex
ross tran astro2
ross tran astro2
ross tran ana by rossdraws dccukho
ross tran ana by rossdraws dccukho
ross tran ahri lower
ross tran ahri lower

The USA is pretending it is not bankrupt.
Slowly, then suddenly as the observation attests.

If you can’t finance your trillions, with what medium of exchange will the goodies for military be paid?

Keep an eye on the trajectory of U$D. USG relies on its hegemony -the dollar as the global reserve currency -to finance its budget and trade deficits.

As the dollar is shunned…….Paul Craig Roberts former Assistant Sec. of U.S. Treasury, commenting on KSA’s recent announcement to accept other currencies in payment for oil…wrote

Article HERE

 

In recent years Washington has so abused the dollar’s reserve currency role with sanctions and asset seizes that many countries desire to settle their trade imbalances in their own currencies in order to escape Washington’s ability to threaten and punish them for serving their own interests rather than Washington’s. If Saudi Arabia abandons the petrodollar, the demand for dollars and the dollar’s value will fall.[.]

This is a major threat to Washington’s power and to the financial power of American banks[.]

 

Prime example of self-harm unfolding. Within hours of Blinkie’s (US Sec of State) departure:-

Egyptian parliament approves agreement to join the BRICS bank

 

Cairo, Jan 30 (Prensa Latina) The Egyptian Parliament approved an agreement adopted by the Government that allows the country to join the New Development Bank of the BRICS group, the Al-Ahram diary reported.
The vice-president of the Economic Committee of the House of Representatives, Mohamed Abdel-Hamid, affirmed that joining the institution benefits the country.

“We will benefit from the Bank’s financial and technical assistance in areas such as sustainable development, health, infrastructure, transportation, water, and telecommunications,” he said. “It represents a step in the fight against the dollarization phenomenon and opens up new markets for Egypt’s agricultural and industrial products,” he said.

Legislator Mervat Mattar, stated that “the BRICS group is an important forum that can divert the course of the international economy from US and dollar dominance.” He also welcomed the Russian central bank’s decision a week ago to add the Egyptian pound to its list of foreign currencies exchangeable for rubles.

Last December, the Egyptian Council of Ministers announced its decision to join the BRICS, after a proposal by President Abdel Fatah El-Sissi.

The addition of Egypt will also relieve the state budget of the pressure to find dollars to meet imports because members of that bank can use their national currencies in bilateral trade, he said.[.] (emphasis added)

LINK

 

BRICS founding members: Brazil Russia India China South Africa

Have you read the list of countries applying for BRICS membership?

Saudi Arabia, Qatar, Morocco, Mexico, Iran, Argentina, Uruquay are among some 22 countries named to date.

Chicken with Olives and Feta Cheese

Chicken with Olives and Feta Cheese 1 of 1 600x900 1
Chicken with Olives and Feta Cheese 1 of 1 600×900 1
 Ingredients
  • 2 pounds chicken thighs with skin and bones
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 1 cup chopped onion
  • 2 large garlic cloves, chopped
  • 1 (14 1/2) ounce can diced tomatoes in juice
  • 3/4 cup Kalamata olives or other brine cured black olives, pitted, sliced
  • 1/2 cup dry red wine
  • 1 1/2 tablespoons chopped fresh oregano or 2 teaspoons dried
  • 2/3 cup crumbled feta cheese

Instructions

  1. Sprinkle chicken with salt and pepper. Heat oil in large skillet over medium high heat. Add chicken and sauté until brown, about 4 minutes per side. Transfer chicken to plate. Pour off all but 2 tablespoons drippings from skillet. Add onion to drippings in skillet.
  2. Sauté over medium heat 3 minutes. Add garlic and stir until fragrant, about 1 minute. Add tomatoes with juices, olives, wine and oregano.
  3. Return chicken and any accumulated juices to sauce; bring to boil. Reduce heat to medium low, cover and simmer until chicken is tender and cooked through, about 25 minutes.
  4. Transfer chicken and sauce to platter. Sprinkle with feta cheese and serve.

Yield: 6 servings

Cats obeying social distance rules

I’m going to produce a light and easy post today. Please enjoy.

About the picture above…

I really love Shanghai Shao Long Bao (小笼包).

These amazing little dumplings called (Shanghai) Xiao Long Bao, are from eastern China, especially the regions of Shanghai. Also known as steamed buns, they are considered Shanghai Cuisine. (Taiwan also specializes in these little gems.)

The pan frying makes the bottom hard and crunchy that matches well with the soup-filled meatball in the middle.

Shanghai Xiao Long Bao (小笼包) China Soup Dumplings

Ingredients

  • 10 cups water
  • 3 tablespoons water may need more
  • 3 lbs. chicken parts wings, backs, and necks
  • 2 1/2 ounces chinese-style cured smoked ham or 2 1/2 ounces Smithfield Ham cut into 4 slices
  • 3/4 cup green onion rough chopped (white parts only)
  • 2 slices peeled fresh ginger 1 inch diameter 1/2 inch thick
  • 1 dried shiitake mushroom
  • 1 large garlic clove flattened
  • 1 tablespoon soy sauce
  • 2 teaspoons Shaoxing wine
  • 1 tablespoon unflavored gelatin
  • 1 lb. ground pork
  • 1/4 lb uncooked shrimp peeled deveined and finely chopped
  • 1/3 cup green onion minced (white parts only)
  • 3 tablespoons sugar
  • 2 tablespoons soy sauce
  • 1 large garlic clove minced
  • 3/4 teaspoon salt
  • 1/2 teaspoon ground black pepper
  • 1/2 teaspoon peeled fresh ginger finely grated
  • 1/2 teaspoon Shaoxing wine
  • 1/4 teaspoon sesame oil
  • 75 dumpling wrappers 3 inch square or round
  • 1 large head napa cabbage leaves separated
  • 1 cup black vinegar
  • 6 tablespoons soy sauce
  • 2 tablespoons very thin matchstick-size strips peeled fresh ginger

Instructions

  • Three days before combine 10 cups water and all remaining soup ingredients except gelatin in large pot. Bring to boil, spooning off any foam that rises to surface. Reduce heat and simmer, uncovered, until chicken pieces are very soft and beginning to fall apart, adding more water by the cupful if necessary to keep chicken submerged, about 2 hours 30 minutes.
  • Strain soup; discard solids. Return broth to same pot. Boil until reduced to 2 cups, about 35 minutes. Season with salt and pepper. Pour 3 tablespoons water into small bowl; sprinkle gelatin over. Let stand until gelatin softens. Add to hot broth; stir until gelatin is dissolved. Transfer to 13x9x2-inch glass dish. Cover; refrigerate aspic overnight.
  • Two days before, combine all filling ingredients in large bowl and mix with fork just until blended. Cut aspic into 1/3-inch cubes. Add 1/3 of the aspic cubes to pork mixture; stir gently with wooden spoon just until incorporated. Cover and refrigerate. Return aspic to refrigerator.
  • Mix 1 cup black vinegar, 6 tablespoons soy sauce, and 2 tablespoons fresh ginger strips in small bowl. Cover and refrigerate. Bring to room temperature before serving.
  • One day prior, line 2 rimmed baking sheets with parchment paper. Place 1 dumpling wrapper on work surface. Spoon 1 very generous teaspoon filling onto center of wrapper, including at least 2 aspic cubes.
  • Lightly brush edges of dumpling wrapper with water. Bring 1 corner of wrapper up around filling, then pleat remaining edges of wrapper at regular intervals all around filling until filling is enclosed and wrapper forms bundle-like shape with small opening at top.
  • Gather top edges of wrapper together and twist at top to enclose filling. Place on baking sheet. Repeat with remaining wrappers and filling. Refrigerate, covered, for 1 day, or freeze in single layer in covered containers for 2 weeks.
  • On the day of, line each layer of bamboo steamer basket with cabbage leaves; place over wok filled with enough water to reach just below bottom of bamboo steamer basket. (Or line metal steamer rack with cabbage leaves and set over water in large pot.) Place dumplings atop cabbage, spacing apart.
  • Bring water to boil. Cover; steam until cooked through, adding more water to wok if evaporating too quickly, about 12 minutes for fresh dumplings and 15 minutes for frozen. Serve dumplings immediately, passing sauce alongside for dipping.

Now… to make them “Shanghai”, you need to pan fry them (carefully) so that the bottom gets nice and hard.

They don’t think, they know. They saw and they are astounded by their ignorance that the west thinks that stealing from the world and lying profusely has a future.

When the Chinese tour the U.S, they cannot believed the lawlessness, the violence and the dilapidated conditions of their infrastructure but even more unbelievable is the fact that American’s still thinks that America is exceptional, that it is the leader in the free world, that people can have American dream when it looks like a nightmare to the Chinese people.

They switch on to the TV and read their news and realized that the west only read lies about China and the rest of the world and thinks that China and the rest of the world lives on tree and eat like savages still.

0.0001% of the west knows that the entire G7 growth (in all it’s nations) in the past decade is smaller to just one nation, China!

Or the fact that the Chinese life expectancy exceeded the U.S. in 2021 and 2022!

Or simply the middle class in China is twice the size of the entire U.S. population!

Almost no one in America knows that Chinese are given universal health care throughout China, be it rich or poor.

None knows that college education is totally free to anyone who qualify to college.

And absolutely no one knows that a day of US death from guns is more that 10 years accumulated deaths within China!

1 year Death by guns USA = 10 years of all the deaths in China

Anti-war protest coming to Washington DC

List of Demands

  • Not One More Penny for War in UkraineThe Democrats and Republicans have armed Ukraine with tens of billions of dollars in weapons and military aid. The war has killed tens of thousands, displaced millions, and is pushing us toward a nuclear WW3. Stop funding the war.
  • Negotiate PeaceThe US instigated the war in Ukraine with a coup on its democratically-elected government in 2014, and then sabotaged a peace deal between Russia and Ukraine in March. Pursue an immediate ceasefire and diplomacy to end the war.
  • Stop the War InflationThe war is accelerating inflation and increasing food, gas, and energy prices. The US blew up Russian gas pipelines to Europe, starving them of energy and deindustrializing their countries. End the war and stop increasing prices.
  • Disband NATONATO expansion to Russia’s border provoked the war in Ukraine. NATO is a warmongering relic of the Cold War. Disband it like the Warsaw Pact.
  • Global Nuclear De-EscalationThe war in Ukraine has brought us to the edge of WW3 and nuclear war with Russia. US intelligence agencies estimate a one in four chance of nuclear war, which would plunge the world into nuclear winter and kill almost all life on Earth. Adopt a no-first-strike nuclear policy. Drawdown nuclear weapons worldwide.
  • Slash the Pentagon BudgetHalf of the federal discretionary budget goes to Pentagon. The military budget is $857 billion per year, and the Pentagon just failed its fifth straight audit. The Pentagon can only account for 39 percent of its $3.5 trillion in assets. Cut the military budget in half and return those funds to the American people.
  • Abolish the CIA and Military-Industrial Deep StateThe CIA and deep state are an unelected permanent government of intelligence agencies that run our country outside of constitutional and democratic control. They surveille Americans, manipulate the media, curtail free speech, blackmail politicians, infiltrate activist organizations, torture people, overthrow governments, and assassinated President John F. Kennedy. Abolish the CIA and deep state and restore a government of, by, and for the people.
  • Abolish War and EmpireWar and empire subjugate billions of people around the world to enrich a small group of elites. In just the past two decades, the US has waged and backed wars in Iraq, Afghanistan, Libya, Syria, Palestine, Yemen, Ukraine, and other countries. End all US wars and regime change. Stop all military aid to other countries. End drone strikes. Close all US military bases abroad. Bring all US troops home. Build a world that guarantees every person freedom from war and empire in place of the collapsing US hegemonic world order.
  • Restore Civil LibertiesRestore the constitutional liberties taken from us in the name of war and empire, including freedom of speech, the press, and assembly. End mass surveillance, repeal the Patriot Act, and restore the right to privacy and habeas corpus.
  • Free Julian AssangeThe US is charging Julian Assange with espionage and criminalizing our right to publish information that challenges the military-industrial deep state. He is imprisoned in the UK and being extradited to the US. The CIA plotted to assassinate him for exposing US war crimes. Free Julian Assange and all political prisoners.

Cats obeying social distance rules

The WHO (World Health Organization) advises that people should maintain at least 1 meter distance between them in order to prevent spreading the coronavirus infection, which already killed more than 154.726 people and over 2.2 million confirmed cases.

And while humans are starting to get used to the new reality, animals are also joining the club. People are sharing photos of their pets practicing social distancing in order to stop spreading the pandemic because hey – after all, we all live on the same planet so we are into this together.

1 12
1 12
2 11
2 11
3 11
3 11
5 9
5 9
7 9
7 9
11 8
11 8
14 6
14 6

Seeing is believing.

The anti-China propaganda is really stupid these days.

main qimg 395bcd178df2f8fda11722531b2f839a pjlq
main qimg 395bcd178df2f8fda11722531b2f839a pjlq

Famous Challah

“Since I’ve been making these Challah’s my family refuses those bought in the Bakery & whenever we’re invited for a holiday meal somewhere else, the only request is…please bring your Challahs! This, with only minor adaptations comes from The Spice & Spirit of Kosher-Jewish Cooking. Please read all the directions first–yes, they do take a long time to prepare, but only 30-40 minutes or less of that is active time & they are truly worth it!”

2022 12 28 10 48
2022 12 28 10 48

Ingredients

Glaze

Directions

  • First measure out all your ingredients.
  • Now from the 1/2 of cup sugar take 1 tablespoon of the sugar & combine it with the yeast& warm water (you know you have the right temperature of warm water when it’s the same temperature as the inside of your wrist).
  • I let my mixer bowl which is metal (kitchen aid) sit in a hot water bath while the yeast dissolves, 10 minutes.
  • After the yeast has dissolved (it’s nice & foamy) add to it the rest of the sugar, salt & 3 1/2 cups flour.
  • Mix well (I use the bread hook).
  • Add egg (already beaten) & oil.
  • Slowly start mixing in most of the remaining 3 1/2 cups of flour.
  • The dough will become quite thick.
  • When the dough pulls away from the sides of the bowl, turn it onto a floured surface& knead for approximately 10 minute.
  • Add only enough additional flour to make dough manageable.
  • Knead until dough has acquired a “life of its own”; it should be smooth & elastic, springing back when pressed lightly with your fingertip.
  • Place dough into a large oiled bowl turning the dough once so its oiled on all sides.
  • Cover with a damp towel & let rise in a warm place for 2 hours, punching down in 4-5 places every 20 minutes.
  • Now, I always write down what time I started so I don’t forget when the 2 hours are up & set a timer every 20 minutes. (In the summer I let the dough rise on my balcony & in the winter in front of my oven where something is always baking, turning it every time I punch down the dough).
  • After the 2 hours, turn your dough onto your working surface.
  • Now comes the forming part.
  • For Shabbos I always make a 2 level braided challah which looks great & is really easy.
  • Prepare your baking sheet lining it with parchment paper.
  • Preheat oven to 375°F.
  • First, take a large knife & cut the dough in half.
  • Next, from each 1/2 now cut off a third & place the 2 thirds on the side.
  • Now, from the first half (where you’ve removed a third) divide the remaining dough into approximately equal thirds.
  • Roll each third out till its about 10-12 inches (I’m guessing I never measured it) & braid all 3 roll together pinching the top & bottom half together& turning them slightly under.
  • Place on baking sheet.
  • Repeat the same for other half.
  • Now take the first third you removed earlier& divide in 3, braid just like you did before& place on top of the already braided challah.
  • Repeat same for other third.
  • Now let the challah rise for 1/2 an hour.
  • After the challah has risen glaze with beaten egg & add mohn or sesame if you wish.
  • Almost done!
  • Put in preheated oven & let bake for exactly 25 minutes!
  • Turn off oven & leave Challahs in for exactly another 10 minutes!
  • Remove from oven.
  • Enjoy–you deserve every compliment you get!
2022 12 28 10 49
2022 12 28 10 49

Chuckle

2022 12 28 11 16
2022 12 28 11 16

Armour for Animals by Jeff de Boer

Jeff de Boer is a Calgary-based multi-media artist with an international reputation for producing some of the world’s most original and well-crafted works of art. With an emphasis on metal, he is best known for such bodies of work as suits of armour for cats and mice, armour ties and sword-handled briefcases, rocket lamps and pop culture ray guns, and exquisite high art, abstract works called exoforms.

84
84
71
71
62
62
53
53
46
46
35
35
226
226
165
165

 

0

When you wake up to go to the bathroom a couple hours later, you can’t find a piece of toilet paper longer than 2 inches.

main qimg 499fd9bea1c5285c641f474a7db53548 lq
main qimg 499fd9bea1c5285c641f474a7db53548 lq

Any time I get a new kitten, I keep it inside and on the screened porch until it is old enough to figure out how to use the cat door. Then, it’s free to come and go. The first time, after a short venture out, I told my older cat, Milo, to go get the kitty. (They’re never further away than the bottom of the back porch stairs, sniffing at everything.) Milo obeys, returning to the back porch with the kitten following. Of course, it has to stop and inspect everything, so Milo stops to wait for it to catch up. When it gets near, Milo walks a few feet forward, waiting again while it investigates more, eventually catching up. It takes about 10 minutes for the kitten to get to the cat door, and both cats finally come in. I’ve watched as this has happened with 2 kittens, now.

Milo’s such a good big brother.

Perfect Southern Fried Chicken

“This is an outstanding recipe. When I found this I decided I didn’t need to look for the perfect fried chicken recipe any more – I already had it.”

2022 12 28 10 56
2022 12 28 10 56

Ingredients

Directions

  • Soak chicken in water and salt at least 2 hours in the refrigerator.
  • Mix buttermilk, eggs and Season All and dip chicken pieces in this mixture.
  • Combine 1 cup flour, 2 tbsp corn meal, 2 tsp dried oregano, and 2 tsp Season All in a bag.
  • Drop two pieces of dipped chicken in the bag at one time.
  • Shake to coat.
  • Place on wire rack to rest.
  • (I place wax paper under the rack to catch any flour that falls off.) Heat a shallow layer of oil or shortening to 360 F in a jumbo chicken skillet (cast iron is great for this job) or an electric skillet.
  • Place the chicken in the pan, trying not to crowd the pieces.
  • Cover for the first five minutes.
  • Check the chicken.
  • When golden brown, turn.
  • Cover for the next five minutes.
  • Remove cover and cook uncovered, turning occasionally, as needed for a total of an additional 20 minutes or until cooked through.
  • Watch carefully, and don’t allow it to get too dark.
  • If it’s frying too fast, reduce heat slightly.
  • NOTE- the key is to cover in the beginning to start the cooking process inside the chicken, but to uncover during the last part of the cooking time to get the outside nice and crispy and golden brown.
2022 12 28 10 58
2022 12 28 10 58

I’m no cat guru or Vet, but I have been owned by several cats over the last four decades and I can make a semi-educated guess. Cats spread their toes and stretch them out because it feels REALLY good to them. Kinda like we lowly humans do when we wake up! We stretch to get our muscles ready to get up and get going; to work the kinks out. If my current owner is stretching and spreading them out while I’m rubbing her tummy, she is telling me she’s enjoying her slaves ministrations. And probably getting ready to grab my hand, with her claws. As far as scratching with all toes and claws together, just think for a moment. When we slaved scratch, do we use one finger, or several if not all fingers together? Mostly with all fingers together to cover a larger area alot faster. Cats do the same thing to cover the most area in the shortest amount of time. Then they can get back to the important stuff. Like taking their 5th (or 15th!) bath of the day. I hope I got what my owner said down correctly. She hates it when I make mistakes and will hide from me to teach me a lesson.

Japanese Illustrator Imagines A World Where Humans Live Among Giant Animals

1 79
1 79

By the hands of super creative mystery illustrator from Japan, comes the world like no other. On social media, the artist is known as Ariduka55 and it seems artist loves cats the most. There are a lot of other cuddly animals like pandas, rabbits, raccoons, and dogs and they are all giant creatures!

“A world where you can surrender yourself to sleep on a giant ball of fur is a world where you wouldn’t be able to get any work done. A perfect world.”

This is the world where people are tiny and animals are big as three storey building. A world where a cat can get sad and cry and pick up her little human to hug it for comfort. The atmosphere is mostly peaceful or especially moody. Sunshine often streams through the trees and other elements representing everyday beauty. Unlike in Western world culture, in Japan seeing a black cat crossing your path is considered to be a good omen. Therefore many black cats seen in Ariduka55’s illustrations are a symbol of good luck.

43 8
43 8
42 8
42 8
41 8
41 8
40 9
40 9
39 9
39 9
38 10
38 10
37 10
37 10
36 10
36 10
35 11
35 11
34 12
34 12
33 12
33 12
32 12
32 12
31 14
31 14
30 17
30 17
29 18
29 18
28 18
28 18
27 19
27 19
26 20
26 20
25 21
25 21
24 21
24 21
23 26
23 26
21 27
21 27
20 31
20 31
19 33
19 33
18 36
18 36
17 36
17 36
16 38
16 38
15 37
15 37
14 40
14 40
13 40
13 40
12 42
12 42
11 46
11 46
10 45
10 45
9 49
9 49
8 50
8 50
7 53
7 53
6 57
6 57
5 59
5 59
4 61
4 61
3 68
3 68
2 69
2 69

Cats don’t have to purr to show they are happy. I had a cat that hardly purred, but he showed his contentment in other ways. For instance, I would constantly talk to him and often ask him “are you happy?” and he would turn his head upside down almost every time.

main qimg 7fedf836923b531d9c212e3fa003d881 lq
main qimg 7fedf836923b531d9c212e3fa003d881 lq

Your cat lets you use the bed???

Aztec Pyramids in Wisconsin? Welcome to Aztalan State Park

Aztalan
Aztalan

The enormous earth mounds which can be visited at Aztalan State Park in Wisconsin are remnants of an ancient culture that first settled the area around the 11th or 12th century AD. These massive architectural earthwork features were sculpted by a Native American civilization that existed in the United States in the Mississippi River Valley area. Nevertheless, when they were first discovered, these historic mounds caused quite a bit of confusion.

Illustration 12
Illustration 12

Illustration of Aztalan site as surveyed in 1850 by I. A. Lapham. ( Public domain )

Setting the Record State: Why Is It Called Aztalan?

Back in 1835, an early settler named Timothy Johnson discovered the site that today is known as Aztalan State Park. A Milwaukee judge named Nathaniel Hyer then published the first written account of the archaeological remains in the Milwaukee Advertiser in 1837, in which he referred to the site as Aztalan.

The kernel of this idea was due to the apparent resemblance between the mounds found at the so-called “Aztalan” and the Aztec pyramids as described by Alexander Von Humboldt in his accounts of travelling in Mexico. “The name Aztalan comes from the mistaken idea, prevalent in the early nineteenth century, that the site may have been the northern place of origin of the Aztecs of Mexico as mentioned in their legends and oral traditions,” explains Milwaukee Public Museum . Nevertheless, the name stuck.

Judge Hyer’s report generated a great deal of attention in the United States. Next came the looters in search of Aztec gold, so much so that during the 1800s the mounds suffered extensive damage. The federal government then sold the land for agriculture which led to further destruction and the removal of innumerable artifacts. Many of the distinctive mounds that once populated the site were flattened and destroyed.

Mounds
Mounds

 

Mounds and landscape at Aztalan State Park. ( Good Free Photos )

Surveys and Excavations at Aztalan State Park

The first serious survey at the site was conducted by Increase Allen Lapham, a man referred to as Wisconsin’s first great scientist. After years of surveying and mapping the area, Lapham presented his Aztalan results in The Antiquities of Wisconsin , a book published by the Smithsonian Institute in 1855. Samuel Barrett, an archaeologist working at Milwaukee Public Museum, was the first to conduct a series of professional excavations in 1919, 1920 and 1932. He published his results in 1933 in Ancient Aztalan .

Barrett’s excavations allowed experts to reconstruct the stockade line, which once protected the settlement, as well as unearthing remnants of small dwellings, burials, tools, refuse, pottery and various other artifacts. By excavating the earth mounds, he also concluded that they were not burial mounds as had been hypothesized. Inside he discovered the remains of enormous wooden ceremonial posts.

“Barrett concluded correctly that Aztalan was associated with the Mississippian cultures of the American Bottoms of Cahokia and the southeast,” states Milwaukee Public Museum . Since then Aztalan has been a subject of continued research and investigation. The site was purchased by the citizens of Jefferson County in 1922. Then, in 1952, 172 acres (0.7 km2) was opened to the public under the name Aztalan State Park. It became a national landmark in 1964 and was listed on the National Register of Historic Places in 1966.

platform
platform

Visitor on top of one of the restored platform mounds at Aztalan State Park. (James Steakley / CC BY-SA 3.0 )

Vestiges of Another Era at Aztalan State Park

According to Friends of Aztalan State Park , before the Mississippians arrived at Aztalan there had already been people living along the Crawfish River since before 900 AD. “We know the inhabitants of this village probably lived in oval pole wigwams covered with mats woven out of river grasses and reeds,” explains the Wisconsin Historical Society . Around 1000 to 1100 AD, people arrived from the south, from Cahokia, the largest archaeological ruins north of Mexico’s great pre-Columbian cities which is located near modern-day East St. Louis.

Why the Cahokia people settled on the banks of the Crawfish River, we will never know, but they brought with them a new culture and way of life as can be seen when assessing the remains found at what today is known as Aztalan State Park. In fact, the original village was converted into what has been dubbed a “miniature version of Cahokia,” claims Wisconsin Historical Society .

Archaeological investigations have found evidence of a plaza at the center, as well as three earth platform mounds around it. Archaeologists believe one was the base of a charnel house, a ceremonial structure which was used to prepare the dead for burial. Others could have been houses for the ruling elite or even temples, raised up above the ground.

replica2
replica2

Replica of a house discovered at Aztalan State Park. Now on display at the Wisconsin Historical Museum in Madison. (Daderot / CC0)

The settlement was surrounded by wooden palisade walls which were covered in fired clay, including guard towers, with rectangular and circular houses inside and outside the walls. Experts believe that the settlement existed for about 200 years before being abandoned for unknown reasons, much like Cahokia itself. Two of the “pyramids” have been reconstructed, as well as sections of the protective stockade.

These days it is now known that the site had no relation to the Aztecs. It was in fact settled by the Native American Mississippian culture which existed in some parts of the United States from about 800 to 1600 AD. This civilization is best remembered for the large platform earth mounds, a type of architectural feature which has survived in numerous locations. The mounds served several purposes; for burials or as platforms for ceremonial constructions such as temples, or as the home of those in power. These ancient towns or cities were then surrounded by log palisades.

Visiting Aztalan State Park

Aztalan State Park covers an area of 172 acres (0.7 km2) along the Crawfish River in Wisconsin. Located near the town of Aztalan, it is open from 6 am to 10 pm all year. The site attracts thousands of visitors every year. People can do a self-guided tour or even visit the Aztalan Museum. A local organization called Friends of Aztalan State Park arranges cultural events to celebrate Native American culture and traditions.

The bed belongs to the cat.

A doctor with a sense of humor…

2022 12 28 11 23
2022 12 28 11 23

Richard Saunders Creates Giant Bushes In The Shape Of His Deceased Cat

0 33
0 33

Many of us know the feeling when you just terribly miss a pet you used to have. I sure do, even got a tattoo of my cat! However, 75-year-old Richard Saunders took it to a whole new level. The artist decided to express love for his cat, who died 5 years ago, by creating extremely surprising surreal images. In these images, plants from real places are replaced by giant bushes in the shape of his adorable cat Tolly.

001 616dd3348b308 1
001 616dd3348b308 1

Richard Saunders the story behind his project named “The Topiary Cat”: “Initially I created these images just for fun. I had taken a photograph, in the grounds of a historic house, of a huge cloud topiary, and it occurred to me that I could fairly easily photograph Tolly in a position to match the shape of the bushes.”

1 616dd336efb95 700
1 616dd336efb95 700

Richard claims that after making the image and posting it on Flickr, it was stolen and his name was removed without any approval. The image ended up going viral on Facebook and people believed it to be a real topiary! Later, BBC did a story for their page and revealed Richard to be the real creator of these manipulations as he made more and more of them.

3 616dd33c31374 700
3 616dd33c31374 700

Richard has been a surrealist painter since he was a teenager and learned to use Photoshop over two decades ago in his job as an advertising Creative Director. He says: “The idea of creating The Topiary Cat, over eight years ago, while Tolly was still alive, was easily accomplished with skills I already knew. The images have become more complicated since, many taking days to produce, with tailor-made photos taken especially for them.”

87057278 1231657220371387 355949473400094720 n 616dd3b1d2a24 700
87057278 1231657220371387 355949473400094720 n 616dd3b1d2a24 700
83589225 1324350541102054 5876588833535017438 n 616dd3adf1b2c 700
83589225 1324350541102054 5876588833535017438 n 616dd3adf1b2c 700
73364200 1127533920783718 1365574818719596544 n 616dd3aae0896 700
73364200 1127533920783718 1365574818719596544 n 616dd3aae0896 700
72109549 1112757698928007 858756746372448256 n 616dd3a81d357 700
72109549 1112757698928007 858756746372448256 n 616dd3a81d357 700
70954257 1110500759153701 7013654510304231424 n 616dd3a549308 700
70954257 1110500759153701 7013654510304231424 n 616dd3a549308 700
68443291 1076203245916786 1019746839479451648 n 616dd3a2862cd 700
68443291 1076203245916786 1019746839479451648 n 616dd3a2862cd 700
67657875 1067133790157065 6660541124068769792 n 616dd39e2fa6f 700
67657875 1067133790157065 6660541124068769792 n 616dd39e2fa6f 700
66428816 1060020010868443 4784968698777567232 n 616dd39b7876b 700
66428816 1060020010868443 4784968698777567232 n 616dd39b7876b 700
65969124 1055802304623547 5837455833436258304 n 616dd396f0608 700
65969124 1055802304623547 5837455833436258304 n 616dd396f0608 700
60558513 1023600601177051 7814887982292271104 n 616dd3941a758 700
60558513 1023600601177051 7814887982292271104 n 616dd3941a758 700
56795539 998049943732117 3850453642746265600 n 616dd390893f7 700
56795539 998049943732117 3850453642746265600 n 616dd390893f7 700
56716151 1002456853291426 5622512301027360768 n 616dd38d81b8e 700
56716151 1002456853291426 5622512301027360768 n 616dd38d81b8e 700
55523530 995880270615751 9057752295420198912 n 616dd38a681cf 700
55523530 995880270615751 9057752295420198912 n 616dd38a681cf 700
53850229 988528668017578 3228921963200118784 n 616dd387bfb88 700
53850229 988528668017578 3228921963200118784 n 616dd387bfb88 700
50314619 958873007649811 7634166478714961920 n 616dd3848fbb4 700
50314619 958873007649811 7634166478714961920 n 616dd3848fbb4 700
48367327 943405089196603 4426825072614834176 n 616dd3822d2ef 700
48367327 943405089196603 4426825072614834176 n 616dd3822d2ef 700
47099230 930211927182586 5938150426862944256 n 616dd37f3c851 700
47099230 930211927182586 5938150426862944256 n 616dd37f3c851 700
44374291 910197755850670 5121926758802653184 n 616dd37ce8323 700
44374291 910197755850670 5121926758802653184 n 616dd37ce8323 700
39987076 884576038412842 243318706296324096 n 616dd37a78ea1 700
39987076 884576038412842 243318706296324096 n 616dd37a78ea1 700
39869058 881778582025921 8521498922407952384 n 616dd37714e93 700
39869058 881778582025921 8521498922407952384 n 616dd37714e93 700
39091767 872625292941250 5420618223588474880 n 616dd3743fdef 700
39091767 872625292941250 5420618223588474880 n 616dd3743fdef 700
37974593 855979757939137 2195276072679899136 n 616dd371b8d01 700
37974593 855979757939137 2195276072679899136 n 616dd371b8d01 700
37421729 849025295301250 1705799038164533248 n 616dd36e40986 700
37421729 849025295301250 1705799038164533248 n 616dd36e40986 700
36088137 824088547794925 5793472778459938816 n 616dd36b2715b 700
36088137 824088547794925 5793472778459938816 n 616dd36b2715b 700
35329231 818235045046942 5065259157867724800 n 616dd367e96cf 700
35329231 818235045046942 5065259157867724800 n 616dd367e96cf 700
32332519 803281563208957 7142421649927700480 n 616dd364d6b47 700
32332519 803281563208957 7142421649927700480 n 616dd364d6b47 700
31935504 800701570133623 4287468854331834368 n 616dd3613ec2d 700
31935504 800701570133623 4287468854331834368 n 616dd3613ec2d 700
31288099 796857017184745 3804020437776596992 n 616dd35e8451f 700
31288099 796857017184745 3804020437776596992 n 616dd35e8451f 700
29750184 786381494898964 363818457539990172 o 616dd35ae8b8f 700
29750184 786381494898964 363818457539990172 o 616dd35ae8b8f 700
28616734 775134202690360 204356619805395283 o 616dd355606bc 700
28616734 775134202690360 204356619805395283 o 616dd355606bc 700
21427484 759900920880355 3898347099235094229 o 616dd352c71da 700
21427484 759900920880355 3898347099235094229 o 616dd352c71da 700
20158073 692669620936819 7474446007184931743 o 616dd3505e629 700
20158073 692669620936819 7474446007184931743 o 616dd3505e629 700
19575239 679377112266070 5058294016980300034 o 616dd34d9730b 700
19575239 679377112266070 5058294016980300034 o 616dd34d9730b 700
18193154 650995038437611 3633754033603369364 o 616dd34b2aabe 700
18193154 650995038437611 3633754033603369364 o 616dd34b2aabe 700
16992017 625528717650910 4936497695252858583 o 616dd348c44b9 700
16992017 625528717650910 4936497695252858583 o 616dd348c44b9 700
11709902 492356374301479 464015161164101992 o 616dd346587e2 700
11709902 492356374301479 464015161164101992 o 616dd346587e2 700
11056076 430313720505745 3653531569828780120 o 616dd343ea960 700
11056076 430313720505745 3653531569828780120 o 616dd343ea960 700

I was in a local grocery store.. I had accidently knocked a box of cake mix onto the floor while reaching for the one I wanted…I picked up..and put it back on the shelf..and arranged it and the other boxes in a nice straight display…then I heard a loud angry voice telling me I needed to quit playing with the boxes and get back up front and help the cashier’s on the registers bag and load customers carts…I turned my head towards the mean angry looking woman..read the name tag on her store vest/uniform (Bambi, Asst. Mngr.) I sh*t you not ..that was her name..40ish..rough faced..twice my size..

As I turned all the way around facing her..she read my name tag and the company I worked for (a nearby casino)..our shirts were similar style and color…

I said nothing..enjoying the look on her face..once the realization sunk in…

She then said “oh you don’t work here do you..)

I replied “Bambi..you keep up your bullsh*t and then it’ll be both of us that don’t work here!”..she just stood there frozen..I rolled my cart away..off to the dairy section.. I looked for Bambi when I was checking out..but she was hiding from me..

Island in the Clouds: Is Mount Roraima Really A ‘Lost World’ Where Dinosaurs May Still Exist?

Island in the Clouds
Island in the Clouds

Deep within the rainforests of Venezuela, a series of plateaus sit more than 9000 feet (2743 meters) above sea level and rise up 1310 feet (400 m) from the surrounding terrain like table tops. From above, they look like islands in the sky. These are the tepuis (a Pemón Indian word for mountain), the most famous of which is called Mount Roraima. The tepuis are so unique in their geography that thousands of plant species exist nowhere else on the planet except on these plateaus. The mystical mountains fascinated explorers and writers for centuries, most notably Sir Arthur Conan Doyle who described an ascent of Mount Roraima in his 1912 novel The Lost World . In Doyle’s novel, a group of explorers found that dinosaurs and other extinct creatures were still alive and well on the remote plateaus. Some people today still believe this to be a real possibility.

illustration from Doyle
illustration from Doyle

 

An illustration from Doyle’s ‘Lost World’ in which explorers encounter dinosaurs atop Mount Roraima. ( public domain )

The Real Lost World

Once impenetrable to all but the Pemón indigenous people, Mount Roraima really was a lost world. The mountain plateaus were already established when South America was linked with Africa to form the supercontinent Gondwana, meaning they were first formed perhaps 400 to 250 million years ago. During this time, molten rock forced its way up through cracks in the sandstone landmass. At the same time, wind and water swept across Gondwana to erode the raised highlands into mountain ranges. The region would come to look much like it does now around 20 million years ago.

Because the tepuis have been isolated for so long atop their high, lonely plateaus, the flora and fauna of the tepuis provide an organic illustration of the processes of evolution. It is guessed that “at least half of the estimated 10,000 plant species here are unique to tepuis and surrounding lowlands. New species are still being discovered.” (George, 1989). Although all of the tepuis have been climbed, only a few have been extensively explored. Could this mean that supposedly extinct species, even dinosaurs, may still exist atop these remote plateaus?

Mount Roraima
Mount Roraima

 

Mount Roraima. ( Feel the Planet )

Could the Legends be Real?

The Roraima plateaus are so remote and so unique that it is not difficult to imagine Sir Arthur Conan Doyle creating a world alive with prehistoric plants and dinosaurs in his novel The Lost World . Doyle was fascinated with the accounts of British botanist Everard Im Thurn, who climbed to the top of Mount Roraima in December 1884.

Ascending Mount Roraima in 1989 for the National Geographic Society, German explorer Uwe George said, “None of us who followed Im Thurn to Roraima have found primordial creatures or their fossil remains there, but the terrain is so difficult that only a fraction of the tepui’s 44 square miles has so far been explored” (George, 1989). Since his writing, more of Mount Roraima has been investigated and, unsurprisingly, no traces of dinosaurs have been found.

remote and ancient lands
remote and ancient lands

 

It is not hard to imagine dinosaurs walking atop these remote and ancient lands, but no evidence has been found to suggest this could be the case. ( Drwallpaper)

Sacred Ground

Prior to the arrival of Europeans, the natives of Venezuela viewed the tepuis as having special mythical significance. According to the Pemón Indians, Mount Roraima is “the stump of a mighty tree that once held all the fruits and tuberous vegetables in the world,” however it was “felled by one of their ancestors, the tree crashed to the ground, unleashing a terrible flood” (Naeem, 2011). They believed that if a person ascended to the top of the tepuis, he or she would not come back alive.

A ‘Crystal Mountain Covered with Diamonds and Waterfalls’

Climbing the tepuis is exceedingly difficult and is made all the more so by the frequent rains that make the rocky footpaths slippery and muddy. The first European explorer to write about the tepuis was Sir Walter Raleigh in 1595. He wrote of a crystal mountain covered with diamonds and waterfalls:

“There falleth ouer it a mightie riuer which toucheth no parte of the side of the mountaine but…falleth to the grounde with a terrible noyse and clamor, as if 1000 great belles were knockt one against another…but what it hath I knowe not, neyther durst he or any of his men ascende to the toppe of the saide mountaine, those people adioyning being his enemies (as they were) and the way to it so impassible.” (Raleigh quoted in George, 1989).

There is a good chance that Sir Raleigh was describing Angel Falls, so named for the mid-20th century American Jimmie Angel who was the first person to fly over the area. Angel Falls were recently featured in Disney’s Up, where the falls are referred to as Paradise Falls.

Up
Up

A scene from Disney movie ‘Up’ showing ‘Paradise Falls’, which were based on Angel Falls at Mount Roraima.

While today’s travelers may not stumble upon dinosaurs and other prehistoric creatures, they will be able to see black frogs and tarantulas that exist nowhere else on the planet. It is believed there are many other species unique to Roraima that are yet to be discovered.

Top image: Mount Roraima, Venezuela. Source: Outdoors

By Kerry Sullivan

Resources

  • All That Is Interesting. “The Mind-Blowing Mount Roraima.”  All That Is Interesting . All That Is Interesting, 30 June 2016. Web. HERE.
  • George, Uwe. “Venezuela’s Islands in Time.”  National Geographic  May 1989: 526-61. Print.
  • Naeem, Rashid. “Facts About Mount Roraima.”  StrangeFacts. Interesting Strange Facts, 19 Apr. 2011. Web. HERE.

 

Babymetal is the answer for these unique times that we live in

Did you know that today 3 million Americans have already come to Russia for permanent residence?

-Irina

Things are settling down. I hope you all are doing well. Life is truly interesting. No rain during the typhoon, but oh lordy is it raining now.

Big outbreak in Guangzhou. Thank you (sarcasm) to the Taiwan and American owners that released all their workers into China to infect everyone.

I am introducing everyone here, in this post to BABYMETAL. The music is heavy metal, and it’s a kind of a stage show / art form. There are elements in the audience where this would resonate. And I strongly urge everyone to watch the live performance, at least the first one.

I admit that it’s an acquired taste, but jeeze! If you were a military mech-a-godzilla space marine in a previous life…

…well…

… I’m certain that you would appreciate this posting(s).

Check this all out.

But first…

Funny

adamtots 32687553 172784010072270 3104498379837669376 n
adamtots 32687553 172784010072270 3104498379837669376 n

Netherlands lifts some sanctions imposed on Russia

After Italy, now Netherlands… Who’s next? Same trend toward china: after Germany visit to China , many more to follow… The decoupling policy as a crusader collective action already collapsing.

Article HERE

.

Most non-Chinese don’t know shit about China. They’ve never been to China. They get all their China information from Western mainstream media which is as fucked up as it gets. To put it in other words: It’s simply ignorance.

.

Funny

adamtots 32080015 402748333468307 3613413813564473344 n
adamtots 32080015 402748333468307 3613413813564473344 n
The first time I saw a vid of them I was like "WTF?" 

Now I'm hooked. 

The weird combination of Loli-goth cuteness, pop-dance choreography and bonafide heavy metal music makes a weird logic all its own. 

It's like getting the shit kicked out of you by a leather-clad Hello Kitty.

Welcome to Japanese-style death metal.

It’s really…

…really…

…REALLY different.

I hope you watched the entire video. It’s not that long. Do you have any thoughts?

10′ Tall WALL put around Federal Reserve Bank in Washington on SUNDAY!

.
2022 11 07 11 40
2022 11 07 11 40

As shown in the photo above, a ten foot tall wall was erected around the Federal Reserve Bank in Washington, DC today (Sunday).

What do YOU suppose is the knowledge they already have, that makes them feel they will need this type of protection from the General Public?

When I received this photo, I stopped what I was doing, went to the bank Automatic Teller Machine (ATM) and withdrew the maximum amount of cash I am able to get on any given day.

I strongly recommend YOU have cash too.  Right now.  Sunday night.  Then more after midnight when the day resets and you can get more out of an ATM.

Whatever they know, it won’t be long until everyone else knows, and the Bankers want to be protected from the general public.

This doesn’t seem good at all.

Babymetal

From Wikipedia…

(Japanese: ベビーメタル, Hepburn: Bebīmetaru) (stylized in all caps) is a Japanese kawaii metal band consisting of Suzuka Nakamoto as “Su-metal” and Moa Kikuchi as “Moametal”.

The band is produced by Kobametal from the Amuse talent agency.

Their vocals are backed by heavy metal instrumentation, performed by a group of session musicians known as the “Kami Band” at performances.

The band was formed in 2010, with the original lineup of Su-metal (vocal and dance), Moametal (scream and dance), and Yui Mizuno as “Yuimetal” (scream and dance), with the concept of creating a fusion of the heavy metal and Japanese idol genres.

Originally a sub-unit of the Japanese idol group Sakura Gakuin, Babymetal became an independent act in 2013, following Nakamoto’s departure from Sakura Gakuin.

Babymetal has also embarked on several tours, with a majority of their tour dates taking place outside of Asia.

  • The group released their third album Metal Galaxy in October 2019.

On October 19, 2018, Babymetal announced that Yui Mizuno had decided to leave the band due to poor health, following her absence from live performances since December 2017.

Since her departure, the band has performed with backup dancers at live performances. In 2019, the band introduced three backup dancers called “Avengers” who performed in rotation at each live show to form a trio with Moametal and Su-metal.

Funny

adamtots 32027255 247650362462957 9154062925533544448 n
adamtots 32027255 247650362462957 9154062925533544448 n

But according to the American “news”, China is going to get rid of their COVID policy…

Seriously. That is what the American mainstream media has been saying…

2022 11 07 11 50
2022 11 07 11 50

But what does China say. Here is from China…

2022 11 07 11 31
2022 11 07 11 31

Huh?

How could the American mainstream media be so wrong?

Truckers Reporting NO DIESEL FUEL – Parts of North Carolina, Oklahoma, Tennessee

.

2022 11 07 11 41
2022 11 07 11 41

American truck drivers are sounding the alarm that Diesel fuel is running out.

It was on October 14 that the US Energy Infrastructure Agency (EIA) publicly stated the nation was down to 25 days of Diesel Fuel reserves. That would put the run-out date, Tuesday, November 8.

Yet Diesel fuel continues to be refined throughout the country, so while “reserves” may have been down to 25 days, there was still ongoing production.

Fuel Distributors in Tennessee announced they had begun LIMITING purchases of diesel fuel in that state, too.

Like all other nations, the United States runs on diesel fuel.  All tractor trailers, trains, and cargo ships require diesel fuel to operate.   If that fuel runs out, then there is no way to transport cargo . . . anywhere.

Supermarkets have only three (3) days supply of food on store shelves.   In large metropolitan areas, those supermarkets must get truck deliveries EVERY DAY to keep shelves stocked.  If diesel runs out, re-stocking cannot take place.

No one is saying WHERE the nation’s supply of Diesel fuel is going.

The US economy is so huge, it uses 148 MILLION gallons of diesel fuel each and every day.  Without that fuel, the economy grinds to a halt.

What that would mean for average Americans is simple: Go to your refrigerator, open it and look at what’s in there.   Then go to your pantry, open it and look what’s in there.  The food you see . . .  would be all you’ve got.  Because there won’t be any more shipments to bring anything else.

While Diesel fuel remains in production, clearly something is very wrong and large areas within the US are now openly running out of fuel.

Get food while you still can.  TODAY.

Funny

adamtots 31788446 182843332287816 5506656803758276608 n
adamtots 31788446 182843332287816 5506656803758276608 n

Spanish Thick Hot Chocolate

“Hot chocolate first came to Spain by means of religious orders at the beginning of the Conquest. Spanish chocolate(Chocolate a la espanola) is thick and served throughout Spain. Adapted from cooking.com.”

2022 11 07 17 19
2022 11 07 17 19

Ingredients

  • 10 -12 ounces semisweet chocolate, grated (or use semisweet chocolate chips)
  • 2 14 cups milk
  • 12 – 1 teaspoon cornstarch, dissolved in a little cold water
  • 12 teaspoon instant coffee (optional)

Directions

  • Heat the grated chocolate and the milk in a saucepan.
  • Mix in the instant coffee if using.
  • Stir to completely mix and make sure the chocolate is melted.
  • When it comes to a boil, add the dissolved cornstarch.
  • Bring back to a boil 3 times, whisking vigorously and removing from the heat each time it starts to bubble to prevent the mixture from boiling over.
  • Ladle into cups from a suitable height to make it nice and frothy.
  • Serve immediately and enjoy!

BEIJING: Many people think they know a lot about China but that’s not true. Some people claim to be experts on China and get invited to interviews with the Western media and yet it’s possible they never visited the country.

Many outsiders only hold a superficial understanding or false perspective of China. They do not dive deeper except to review anti-China media reports, books and TV news reports.

I have a friend from Texas, who insists that he’s one of the foremost experts on China and believes all conspiracy theories about the country are facts. He never visited China and his idea of embracing Chinese culture is to go to an “all you can eat Chinese buffet” every Tuesday at a restaurant near his home.

When I had brought my wife and son, both born in China, to visit Texas in 2015, he invited us to this Chinese restaurant. Although the food was delicious, my wife pointed out that Chinese restaurants in the US do not serve the same cuisines as in her homeland.

And when driving my family to the hotel, he described a China that my wife and I had never experienced. According to his so-called expertise, he said all Chinese wear hazmat suits because the air is so polluted nobody can breathe there. He explained how all Chinese eat bats, cats, snakes, insects and dogs every day.

My wife was laughing because she thought he was joking. I reminded him that I lived in the country and had not observed such silly behavior. But he just kept chattering away citing anti-China media reports about the country.

Later that evening my wife asked me if he was being serious and I informed her that most Americans think similar to him. She was shocked, but the next day we met my friend again and he introduced us to his other friends and they too said strange comments about China.

This is not a rare incident. When I visited New York City in December 2019, I met a very successful investment banker on Wall Street and a graduate from Yale University. He believed the Chinese were cannibals and performed horrible science experiments on other human beings. He would speak about such allegations with all sincerity and I tried to point out that I had not witnessed such actions, but he refused to change his mind.

As we can see, many people are ignorant of China but don’t realize it. They believe in nonsensical stories about the country and can’t separate the facts from fiction. This is why I love to be a ‘bridge builder’ by explaining China to the West and to explain the West to the Chinese.

I have lived and worked in Beijing for over 11 years, so I’m familiar with the country. I would advise non-Chinese people, who never visited China, to stop the self-proclamations they are China experts.

We can learn more about how China has become a stronger and more prosperous nation from Xinhua. The link is here:

http://www.xinhuanet.com/english/2021-04/06/c_139860414.htm

As reported by Xinhua:

“The Chinese nation has a long history, diligent and intelligent people and splendid civilization. Over the history of thousands of years, eliminating poverty has been the persistent goal of the Chinese people, who suffered hardships and difficulties frequently. From the middle of the 19th century, foreign aggression and the decadence of the imperial dynasty reduced China to a semi-colonial, semi-feudal society, and hundreds of millions of its people were plunged into poverty or even extreme poverty. But the Chinese people have fought with fortitude to realize their dream – achieving economic prosperity, national rejuvenation, and a happy and better life.”

We all should try to learn more about China.

Airbus (company) almost failed. The story of Airbus is one of the most fascinating of all. When the company introduced their first aircraft, the Airbus A300, Boeing (company) brushed them off as another government product which had failure written all over it. And for the first few years, it was turning out be true. Lufthansa and Air France were the only major airlines that were using the aircraft in day to day operations. And this was also more of an obligation, because the government of France and Germany were the two main countries involved with Airbus.

Even before the Airbus A300 gained operational status, Airbus knew they had to somehow break into the American market. And they knew it was going to be a tough task to convince airlines in United States to go European, which were buying aircraft from purely US owned companies such as Boeing and McDonnell Douglas. In 1973, in a brave move, Airbus took the A300 to the United States in a six week tour of the Americas. Not only did they carry pilots and engineers with them, but they also filled the aircraft with some of the best wines from Europe. While the tour was effective in showing the aircraft to potential customers in the States it did not turn out well. From 1975 to 1977, the A300 received zero orders and Airbus factory in Toulouse was filling up with white tails.

Then something very interesting happened.

This is Frank Borman. Former U.S. Air Force Colonel, fighter pilot, test pilot and ex-astronaut. He commanded Apollo 8, the first manned spaceship to leave Earth’s gravity and orbit the moon.

main qimg fc2ff4fb5e792aaf4f7c41545cf23310 lq
main qimg fc2ff4fb5e792aaf4f7c41545cf23310 lq

Frank Borman is as much a hero to Airbus as he is a hero to the people of the United States.

After retiring from NASA, Borman became the President of Eastern Airlines. In 1977, Eastern Airlines was losing money and they needed something to be done to update their fleet without losing money.

Fun fact. I went to college with his son. -MM

Airbus saw the opportunity and made one of the most interesting business deals of all time: they agreed to give Eastern, four A300s free of charge for a period of six months in an aircraft evaluation agreement. If Eastern finds the aircraft good enough, they could buy them, or else after the said period is over. they can hand them back to Airbus. Eastern Airlines, took the deal.

Even before the six month deadline, Eastern found the capabilities of the aircraft and the potential it had. In the April of 1978 , they made a $778 million dollar deal with Airbus, to buy 23 A300s with a lease extension of four previous A300s they had. This was soon followed by Pan Am and the rest is history.

If there had been no Eastern Airlines deal, there is a pretty good chance Airbus and its A300 will be for the history books. Today, Airbus is a leader in the aviation market and it is doing so on the same level as and some times on a higher level than Boeing. This is something many large aircraft manufacturers failed achieve over the years.

Well done montage. Brilliant, actually.

There are early signs of a split in the Biden administration in China policy.

The US State Department and National Security are strongly for going after China, even after Russia’s recent wins in Ukraine. The China hawks are led by Secretary of State Anthony Blinken and National Security advisor Jake Sullivan. Both have pushing for stronger support for Taiwan against China.

They are also former Clinton advisors.

The Federal Reserve and Defense Department are pushing for more accommodation with China. The Federal Reserve realizes that it will have to raise US interest rates more in the near future, and the Defense Department believes that war with China may result in a US loss, so it is urging caution in confronting China.

The Federal Reserve is now pushing for removing the US tariffs on Chinese imports because of high inflation in the US. Recently, China’s RMB has become popular among international investors.

Funny

adamtots 36085604 190191554960151 9162000484658053120 n
adamtots 36085604 190191554960151 9162000484658053120 n

Chipwar articles collected by MoA

A tenant that “blows up.”

She passed your income screening, background, and credit check. Sufficient employment verified, comes up with the deposit and first month’s rent. All good, starts on February.

Somewhere between then and six months later, you find this:

main qimg 0cef1891322e29c3f148ef025ae26d93 lq
main qimg 0cef1891322e29c3f148ef025ae26d93 lq

You’ve lost $150,000 in damage, maybe a year’s rent, plus legal costs. And for reasons I still don’t really understand, you will likely never get a cent of any of it back.The perp — your former tenant — will face no legal consequences, never spend a day in jail nor pay one dime in restitution as would happen in a normal theft of, say, a car worth a fraction of the damage done. Other than mental illness, there’s usually no rational explanation for it either. Someone just threw a rage fit and your house was in the way. There will be no justice.

MM readers will know my story. You will well understand that he is in the cornfield and his life is certainly interesting. I'll leave it at that. -MM

Funny

adamtots 35554638 225080691429068 2292101415968964608 n
adamtots 35554638 225080691429068 2292101415968964608 n
The rapid fire, in time with the drums, edit during the band intro just blew me away, the work that went into that really paid off, Amazing!

Great edition! The perfect timing and the visuals just hype me up so much, I feel my energy levels are through the roof. 

I dedicate this to Domain Inmates.

A fine kitty

It was very cold outside and a Sunday, so I fed her and asked if she wanted to stay. Then I opened the door to the covered breakfast room and put water and food in there and made an appt with the vet the next day.

The vet told me she looked like a stray even if she did not act like one.

He checked her for a chip and put some drops in her eyes then told me she was about 3 months old and looked like she needed a new home (he knew me because he doctored all 4 of my other pets, and said this with a smile).

We checked for communicable diseases and he treated her for fleas, then gave her her first round of shots, and sent her home with me, pet passport in hand. She has been the best unexpected guest our house has ever had.

Meet Rosa Blue.

2022 11 07 20 47
2022 11 07 20 47

Classic Lasagna

“I make this a lot and serve with Italian garlic bread and salad. It always gets a rave review, especially if the mozzarella strings with every bite. This recipe comes from my mother. I think she got it off the back of a “Mueller’s Lasagna box.”

2022 11 07 17 23
2022 11 07 17 23

Ingredients

Directions

  • In large heavy pan lightly brown beef and onion in oil.
  • Add tomatoes, paste, water, parsley, salt, sugar, garlic, pepper, and oregano; simmer uncovered, stirring occasionally about 30 minutes.
  • Meanwhile cook lasagne as directed; drain.
  • In 13x9x2″ baking pan, spread about 1 cup sauce.
  • Then alternate layers of lasagne, sauce, ricotta, mozzarella and parmesean cheese, ending with sauce, mozzarella and parmesean.
  • Bake at 350 for 40 to 50 minutes until lightly browned and bubbling.
  • Allow to stand for 15 minutes; cut in squares to serve.
  • Makes 8 servings.
  • I make this a lot and serve with Italian garlic bread and salad.
  • It always gets a rave review, especially if the mozzarella strings with every bite.

I did something once that was so simple, yet so rewarding. I saw this little old black man reaching for one stick of butter and without thinking I grabbed his hand and said “You don’t want that.” “Oh honey, yes I do.”

I said, “No, look the package of 4 sticks is on sale and it is cheaper than one stick.” “Honey, my wife just died and this is the first time I have been in a grocery store. Could you teach me how to shop like that?”

So I said “Sure, first we look at the store ad and see what is on sale. So maybe you wanted chicken thighs but chicken breasts are on sale, so we change the menu a bit.”

Also told him about clipping coupons and comparing brand names to generic.

The the sales bin where things were marked down because of dents and stuff. I walked the whole store with him and then said good bye and went to do my shopping and he yelled as he left, “God bless you Honey.”

That was 40 years ago and just remembering it brought tears to my eyes. You always hear “for the children” but they forget there are old people whose kids died first.

Putin signs law to mobilise Russian citizens convicted of serious crimes

During the spring autumn warring era around 2500 years ago, when a smaller Yue country invaded by Wu country, the emperor of Yue visited the prison to recruit criminals on death roll, telling them if they form a team of soldiers to commit mass suicide in front of the enemies, the state will honour their death and their families will be looking after by the state.

So, when Wu soldiers arrived, 300 of their criminal soldiers moving forward in a formation shouting slogan pledging to defence their country with deaths, and begin to use their own sword to cut their own throat in front of the enemy.

Then, all the Yue soldiers suddenly appear from all direction shouting kill the enemies, the morale of the entire wu soldiers collapsed and begin to ran away. The king of Wu nation who personally lead the invasion was badly injured while escaping and died, Wu nation invasion was defeated.

During the Korean war , the PLA often attack the enemy at night, the front line soldiers do the shooting, and the 2nd line soldiers will move in once any on the front line is down. The rest will use any metals they possessed to generate sound to unnerved the crusaders. This is how the crusaders form the impression of a "people mountain, people seas" of armies surrounding them.

1840 opium war is just a once in a live time victory by the crusaders, such day will not repeat itself after the CCP in charge of China.

The article is HERE

Geopolitics is a Complicated Affair

After the Nordstream Attack – Scholz and Macron seem to have developed some spine against Joe Biden

While they are still too scared of making peace with Putin – they are openly defying Biden as far as China is concerned.

Scholz literally braved all opposition against Blinken and his own minister Habeck and went to China against all odds. He went with many companies for a lot of business discussions.

He actually told Xi Jingping to call on Putin to have a Ceasefire on Ukraine.

Can you imagine the loss of Face to USA for a European Leader to acknowledge a Chinese Leader as an Alternate for World Peace?????

Macron had actually suggested both leaders fly together

And at the end of the day – Russia didnt lose much

Russia simply sells Gas to China who in turn sells LNG to Germany and Europe at a higher price making profit for everyone.

Germany on the other hand is VERY ANGRY at USA for Nordstream

So while Nordstream did have sustained damage – the Fallout seems to have worked alright for Russia and China – in the fact that Macron is openly agitating against US charging $1320 for the same Gas that France was paying $ 300 under Russia and Scholz sold a 25% stake of Hamburg Port to a Chinese Company.

So why would Putin make things worse by again Unifying the Western leaders?

Better that they be Divided and if the cost of this Division is Nordstream i would say its worth it

There are some good answers here, but by far and away the most dangerous things people do when they come here is rent a car and go driving. Driving in Australia is not like Japan, or the UK or Europe or even the USA. Every year tourists die on our roads and the same goes for NZ.

Most deaths of tourists are due to natural causes, about 75% and are mostly due to heart disease. Mosts tourists are elderly and retired, so this can probably be expected. The other 25% are mostly road deaths (14%), then drownings (5%). (and an odd murder or two)

So here are some road tips for Australia.

  1. Be on the lookout for kangaroos and if you see one slow down. If one jumps in front of your car hit the brakes as hard as you can, and then run over it if you have to, don’t swerve. That is how people die. With the kangaroos it is good to avoid driving at dawn or dusk which many tourists would not know.
  2. When changing from a sealed road onto a gravel road SLOW DOWN. four Japanese tourists were killed here recently when the road changed to gravel. They were doing in excess of 130 km/h and their car rolled over and over for 200 metres.
  3. On a gravel road imagine that the road is wet and slippery. Or imagine that there are eggs taped to your pedals. Don’t make any sudden moves or steering changes. It is a very delicate thing. Feel the movement of the car with your bum. Stay on the main track and avoid the edges. Edit:- as per comment below “Worth mentioning a safe speed for gravel roads? For the NZ ones, in a 2WD car, I’d set that at 60km/h. Big tendency to fishtail at 70+, even on a straight road.”
  4. White line fever takes tourist lives every year. Our roads are shit and unmarked and in many cases unpaved. People become mesmerised and just drive off the road. Especially people from urban places like Japan and China. And because they come with family the car is usually full of people when they do it.
  5. Our dirt roads are very dangerous because many are made of ball bearings.

These are actually Bauxite nodules and they are slippery as they look. Add water to this and the resulting mess is something we refer to as “snot”

5. When driving in the outback be sure to have at least 20 litres of water, 20 litres of fuel, 2 spare tyres and some canned food. AT LEAST. Every year tourists die in the outback of thirst.

6. If you break down in the outback STAY WITH YOUR VEHICLE. Every year tourists die because they tried to “walk out” in 40 degree heat. Cars are easy to spot from the air, humans not so much.

7. OTOH if you’re out in the middle of nowhere and it starts raining, pack up your camp and drive out to the nearest major road. Or be prepared to stay put for a week or two.

8. Travelling in remote areas is made very much safer if you carry a SPOT or an EPIRB or a satellite phone that can be rented from camping stores. It all makes you a lot easier to find when you go missing.

9. Thanks to Matt Hu. The edges of country roads contain soft shoulders and gravel. If you get two wheels off the bitumen DO NOT PULL BACK HARD. If you do your car may very well flip 180° and you kill your wife against a tree, or you can flip the car and hit the tree with your roof, which will kill you both. Cars don’t have airbags on the roof. If you get off the bitumen, stay there, slow down, and once you have regained control ease back onto the roadway. Most country road deaths are single vehicle accidents. This is a BIG one.

10. Thanks to David Bowker. If you are on a narrow road and a road train approaches pull off the road as far as you can and stop. Ditto any large vehicle. You don’t have any “rights” against a 160 ton, 55metre long centipede doing 100kph that is throwing up a kilometre of bulldust behind it. If you get stuck behind one stay back and be patient. When it is safe to pass he will pull over a bit and signal you to pass. If you stay too close you will lose a windscreen for sure.

11. Adam Bryce has reminded me that when driving in Australia you must wear your seat belt, and you must not use a mobile phone whilst driving for any reason at all. These two infractions will cost you a hefty fine.

12. Duncan Cairncross notes that when you drive in Australia you are not following anyone. And there are no buildings. So you have no way to judge your speed. People end up driving faster than the road, or their ability can handle. So watch your speed.

Driving in Australia is amazing fun and camping in Australia is truly the essence of freedom. There are very few restrictions except be self sufficient, clean up after yourself, and don’t set the place on fire. But it requires effort, stamina, planning and experience. Much is said on Quora about Australia’s dangerous animals but the most dangerous animal is your own ignorance.

We love tourists here because we love this place and want to share it with you. Just be a bit careful OK?

Beyond the Lines: Shelley’s “Ozymandias”

By Adam Sedia

Percy Bysshe Shelley’s “Ozymandias” is one of his shortest works, but also one of his best known, anthologized to the point of ubiquity. But it deserves every bit of the reputation it has gained. Short, yet powerful and descriptive, it illustrates the sonnet at its best. And it is one of the few works, classical or modernist, that addresses a subject from that lodestone of the Western imagination, Ancient Egypt.

The sonnet, like any other, should be read only in its entirety before analysis:

Ozymandias

I met a traveller from an antique land
Who said:—Two vast and trunkless legs of stone
Stand in the desert. Near them on the sand,
Half sunk, a shatter’d visage lies, whose frown
And wrinkled lip and sneer of cold command
Tell that its sculptor well those passions read
Which yet survive, stamp’d on these lifeless things,
The hand that mock’d them and the heart that fed.
And on the pedestal these words appear:
“My name is Ozymandias, king of kings:
Look on my works, ye mighty, and despair!”
Nothing beside remains: round the decay
Of that colossal wreck, boundless and bare,
The lone and level sands stretch far away.

The historical context behind the poem is indispensable for a proper analysis. “Ozymandias” figures as an Egyptian king in the chronicles of the first-century B.C. Greek historian Diodorus of Sicily. It is a Graecized corruption of the Egyptian Usermaatre-setepenre, the throne name of Ramesses II, who reigned as pharaoh for 67 years (1279-1213 BC), and was by far Ancient Egypt’s greatest builder of stone monuments. The four colossi build into the Nubian cliffs at the temple of Abu Simbel are perhaps the most famous depictions of him – and they convey the grandiose scale of a monument such as Shelley describes in his poem.

Shelley published the poem in 1818 – three years after the fall of Napoleon. Europe was still reeling from the twenty years of war he had inflicted on the continent and his single-handed reshaping of nations that had not changed since the Renaissance. But Napoleon also raised Ancient Egypt to new prominence in the European imagination. His invasion of Egypt in 1798 brought a separate army of French scholars to study its antiquities. From 1809 to 1818, they published the “Description de l’Égypte,” a twenty-three-volume catalogue of the land and its ancient ruins. Another scholar in Napoleon’s train, Jean-François Champollion, successfully deciphered Egyptian hieroglyphs in 1815. When Shelley wrote his poem, Ramesses II and his works were just being discovered as something more than the Ozymandias in the garbled account of Diodorus.

The conventional interpretation of the poem is probably as well-known as the poem itself: Shelley criticizes authoritarian government; despite all his grandiose claims, the tyrant Ozymandias, much like Napoleon, is gone and forgotten, his stone colossi smashed and abandoned in the lonely desert. This reading is certainly valid. Shelley was a famous critic of authoritarianism, and his mockery of the grandiose designs of absolute monarchs cannot escape the reader. Though valid, however, this interpretation remains merely one facet of a much more subtle and interesting analysis of the poem.

Shelley’s portrayal of the desolation is masterful. He renders the entire scene as a secondhand account from a traveler – neither the reader nor he has actually seen the scene described – highlighting the remoteness of the ruin. The poem’s final three lines achieve a descriptive pan-out effect, moving from the inscription, to the ruined monument, to the empty desert stretching beyond vision, implicitly shrinking the grand monument to insignificance.

Yet despite the ruin and desolation of the monument, the fact remains: Ozymandias’s name and image are known and on the lips of the narrator, and the traveler is able to read and convey his grandiose proclamation three thousand years later on another continent. The tyranny of Ozymandias, then, was not entirely futile if his command could achieve this immortality of sorts. If the poem only illustrates the futility of a tyrant’s grandiose designs, it fails, for the very existence of the monument belies that point. Shelley was too skilled to produce a poem with such a shortcoming. The inadequacy must lie with the analysis.

The key to this conundrum lies in the second quatrain, lines 5 through 8. Ozymandias’s portrait, his “frown,” “wrinkled lip,” and “sneer of cold command . . . yet survive, stamp’d” on the stone. They are given life by the sculptor, who “well those passions read” and “mock’d them.” The great ruler, Ozymandias, is known only to the narrator because of the sculptor’s work, and only the sculptor’s portrayal conveys anything about the man behind the name.

Indeed, the narrator presumes the sculptor “mock’d” his master, rather than faithfully executing a portrait because the “cold command” in the portrayal seems too perfectly consistent with the grandiosity of the monument. The features are almost a caricature. And the narrator can “[t]ell that its sculptor well those passions read” because he, too, knows the sort of “heart” that commands for self-aggrandizement. The sculptor saw in Ozymandias what the narrator (and contemporary readers) saw in Napoleon.

“Ozymandias,” then, is about much more than the futility of tyranny. It is, first of all, about the power of art. Ozymandias’s immortality depends solely on the artist carving his portrait, and the decisions the artist makes in execution determines how the world sees the subject, and therefore controls his fate. The nameless artist, then, is truly more powerful than the monarch whose name is carved in stone.

But “Ozymandias,” too, is about the shared humanity that art conveys between individuals across time and space. The narrator presumes to declare his understanding of the thoughts of a nameless, long-dead artist because he has seen the same tyranny portrayed in his own time. He presumes the artist disdained and mocked that tyranny because he sees in the work a trueness to life that could only come from a critical eye. Truth opposes propaganda, and is found more often in mockery and caricature than in official portraits.

How much meaning is crammed into those fourteen lines! A master like Shelley unlocks the full potential of the sonnet, showing the form’s power and versatility in its full glory. “Ozymandias” remains one of the best-crafted sonnets, as much for its vivid description as for the breadth and depth of its meaning.

I first started going to Vegas when it was mob run.

It was safe, clean, and inexpensive. Places would hand out rolls of nickels to get you to come in and play.

Free drinks as long as you were playing.

$1.99 cent steak and eggs at 4am cannot be beat.

Free shows, coupon books, free slot tournaments,

We used to go twice per year.

Slowly but surely all of these wonderful things went away.

Now the Vegas strip is dirty, filled with meth heads, people blowing smoke from blunts in in your face, the place smells of stale urine, people try to force the dirty hooker catalogs in your hands. It doesn’t feel safe and it isn’t fun to walk the gauntlet getting accosted by groups of people in dirty badly designed costumes trying to get you to take a picture with them for money.

The drinks are about $18 each, You can sometimes still get free drinks while gambling but otherwise there are few freebies. They illegally charge a $45 per night resort fee on nearly every room. The authorities in Carson city get kickbacks so they don’t enforce the law.

Bring back the old mob,

The new corporate and state run mob isn’t any good.

2022 11 07 20 41
2022 11 07 20 41

My GOD! The energy here is stunning! So blown away by the energy between them and the crowd it like a damn pre-workout.

There’s so much energy in this song they should play it for people in comas. Then again they might wake up only being able to say Pa PA YA!

Funny

adamtots 28428166 491837947877728 1162194248804597760 n
adamtots 28428166 491837947877728 1162194248804597760 n

A tail of two kitties…

Bonjo is an old man with the heart and soul of a kitten

main qimg d01a04c3e7180604a0cfa2b3d3c0c2e9 lq
main qimg d01a04c3e7180604a0cfa2b3d3c0c2e9 lq

Sano was found on the street as a crying kitten. I had no idea what to do but I took him home and learned a lot about cats in the years after. I also found out that I was a cat person!

main qimg 3921c3a1c7322b0598aec20e0bb43801 lq
main qimg 3921c3a1c7322b0598aec20e0bb43801 lq

Bonjo found his way onto my porch one night years later and shortly found his way into my heart. They have such wonderful, weird personalities. They are a bit like Laurel and Hardy!

Clean and clear.

So this happened in Montana. I’m on my way to go to my interview this morning when I get pulled over by a police officer.

I am native American and my friend that was with me is black. Just saying.

Both brake lights decided to go out this time.

As he walked to the car and I was pulling out my stuff, he quickly said,

“Don’t worry about pulling anything out. I just want you to know that your brake lights are out.”

So I’m immediately upset because I just got them replaced like last month.

So I explained to him how Firestone wants to charge me $600 just to run a test on the wiring of the car.

He looked at me like 😨 and told me to pop the trunk.

He checked the lights in the trunk and tapped them, but they didn’t come on.

So he told me to pop the hood to check the relay box then asked me to get out to check the other one.

Then worked on the wiring under the dash.

He could’ve easily given me a ticket, but Officer Jenkins stepped out of the officer role, and into the mechanic role, and human role to make sure I was straight.

By the way, HE FIXED THEM. Not everyone is racist or a bad cop.

main qimg d364930bbb968bf4c5dc1f1082765ec3 lq
main qimg d364930bbb968bf4c5dc1f1082765ec3 lq

A classic performance. I love the expressions on the faces of the audience.

Evil people make plans while the rest of us nervously prepare for the onslaught

I am in the middle of my Chinese national Holiday. You-Tube has penalized me to having a video “spreading medical misinformation”, and I am being tormented by a couple of ‘Merica! folk who want to “kick some slant eyed ass”.

Jeeze!

I just wanna smunch!

Wheezin’ The Juice!

A police officer was standing behind her and happened to hear the amount and saw she was using a cane, struggling to walk back to her car. He went outside and told her to sit in the car as he would pump the gas for her. After a few minutes of getting to know one another, he realized she was really struggling and didn’t have any gas or money left. The $3 will only get her so far. He told her to hang tight- came inside and put another $20 out of his pocket. He went back and finished pumping and she told him her husband had recently passed away and she’s stuck paying all their bills and is behind every month. This $20 really helped her! She would of most likely ended up running out of gas. Nowadays there’s so much negativity towards police officers. No one respects them. We hear all the complaints and “bad” stories. I’m not saying every officer is perfect, I’m sure some are at fault at times. We all make mistakes- but we should all respect, appreciate, and thank them for what they do. Leaving your family every day to try and make sure everyone else’s is safe can be tough. Think about it- who do you call when you’re in danger? Who’s running in harm’s way as you’re running away?

To all the men and women in blue, I THANK YOU for your service!”

x
x

China has not opened up? I’m pretty sure anyone holding that view has not visited China recently.

Go to Beijing or Shanghai or any other big Chinese city. You will find malls that look not much different from Hong Kong or Singapore. They may even be built and operated by conglomerates from these port cities. American fast food, French bags, Swiss watches. Whatever you want you can have. Markets as open as any major international city today.

As for liberalization, more than 150 million Chinese travel abroad each year. That is an astounding number, greater than the population of Japan. Just 40 years ago, the numbers were negligible. But the more incredible number is this: more than 150 million Chinese RETURN HOME. There are no reports of millions of Chinese refugees seeking asylum overseas.

On to human rights. China is behind Singapore in terms of rule of law, and trust in the government internationally. But Singapore still get routinely trashed for the death penalty, caning, inequality and other human rights abuses. We are a common law democracy but there are always murmurs if not shouts of dynastic politics, non-democracy, high political salaries and other evils.

We can never please the west because we are not the west.

China is changing. Warp speed fast. But please temper any judgment with the fact China started from a very low base. China was at war for the better part of 100 years from 1850 to 1949, half of it without a functional central government. Can you imagine 3 generations of anarchy and destruction? What do they call it, dystopia?

The current generation of chinese youth enjoy far more freedoms and privileges than their parents did. The next will, too.

Paulie Gualtieri dethrones Tony Soprano

https://youtu.be/lN5XY-a7BCY

Last March, my family was visiting Southern California. They wanted to check out Venice Beach. My daughter loves to work out as much as I do so I suggested we leave the others at the beach and walk over to the original Gold’s Gym, the Mecca of bodybuilding. For the next hour and a half we lifted weights, toured every inch of the place, stared at all the pictures of the famous bodybuilders on the walls, and generally had a great time. We stopped at the gift shop and bought a couple of things to commemorate the day. I finished paying and looked up and pointed near the entrance.

“It’s Arnold,” I said. Sure enough, it was the Terminator himself. My daughter gasped, “Let’s get a picture!”

By the time we got to him he was talking to two guys who were in the gym but came out to meet him. Standing next to them we overheard their entire conversation. He was encouraging them and complementing them on their strength and size. When they left, my daughter asked for a pic with us.

x
x

“Shu-uh”, he replied. We thanked him for his time and he wished us a good day before riding off on his electric bike. He honestly could not have been more gracious or down-to-earth.

Photos of American factories

According to Donald Trump and Joe Biden, American industries will eventually return, and when that does, the American industrial might will be unstoppable. Let’s take a look at some of the factories that will roar back into life.

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

If there was ever a movie that relates to the crazy world that we live in today, it is the Peter Sellers movie “Dr. Strangelove”.

Dr. Strangelove LDRip test

And the USA is busy trying to “suppress” and “hurt” Russia…

Russian retail chain ‘DNS’ confirms hack after data leaked online

.

Russian retail chain ‘DNS’ (Digital Network System) disclosed yesterday that they suffered a data breach that exposed the personal information of customers and employees.

DNS is Russia’s second-largest computer and home appliance store chain, with 2,000 branches and 35,000 employees.

According to the scant details provided in the announcement, a group of hackers residing outside the Russian Federation exploited a security gap in the company’s IT systems and accessed customer and employee details.

“We have already found gaps in the protection of our information infrastructure and are working to strengthen information security in the company,” says the DNS announcement.

While the firm has not provided details on what information was compromised, it clarified that the hackers didn’t steal user passwords and payment card data, as that data isn’t stored on their systems.

DNS data leaked on hacker forum

DNS’ disclosure of a security breach comes hours after a threat actor began leaking the company’s data on a hacking forum, allegedly stolen by a hacking group known as ‘NLB Team.’

The data was allegedly stolen on September 19 and contains full names, usernames, email addresses, and phone numbers of DNS customers and employees for 16 million people.

x
x

Full Article HERE. CIA and NSA been really busy harassing Russia.

First of all, you’re talking about liberal Western democracy. This model is based on multiparty elections.

China has a different model of democracy, one that is based on a one-party system.

So it’s incorrect to say that China doesn’t have a democracy. It’s just not your model of democracy.

Second, China’s democratic model has proven to be far more effective for the Chinese. It has enabled China to rise from a totally impoverished nation in 1979 to the world’s largest economy by purchasing power parity in just 35 years, an unimaginably short period of time! And it achieved all this without fighting a single war!

No other country in history has risen so large, so quickly, so peacefully. It’s truly an economic miracle.

Third, China did adopt Western democracy back in 1912 when the Republic of China was created. It turned into a colossal disaster. The country was ravaged by warlordism; it was in danger of flying apart at the seams.

Life was bad enough that the Chinese fought a civil war. The ROC was defeated and the People’s Republic of China (PRC) rose in its place.

Fourth, the Chinese have seen liberal democracy failing all around the world. Russia adopted democracy after the fall of the Soviet Union and it also turned into a colossal disaster. India’s democracy held back its economic development — by rights, India’s economy should be comparable to China’s today.

Taiwan adopted democracy around 1990 and its economy has suffered chronic wage stagnation ever since. Taiwan’s parliament is infamous for its brawls.

UK’s democracy allowed the country to be royally fucked by Brexit.

USA’s democracy is in total chaos as the country is plagued by endless social and political problems.

Germany’s democracy allowed the country to be fucked by fuel shortages.

Just about all Western democracies have suffered terrible losses from the pandemic.

Why on earth would China consider adopting liberal democracy again??? What would it have to gain?

Killing Heidi – Mascara

Not popular in the USA, but was in Campsie when I lived there. Take a time machine back to pleasanter times.

America Is Successfully Pursuing ESG = Extreme Shortages Guaranteed

Everything that needs electricity is made with the oil derivatives manufactured from crude oil. In an all-electric world, there will be nothing to power without oil.

Published Sept 22, 2022 at Heartland  From HERE

Ronald Stein  is an engineer, senior policy advisor on energy literacy for Heartland, and co-author of the Pulitzer Prize nominated book “Clean Energy Exploitations.”

Energy growth, electricity AND the products made from oil derivatives manufactured from crude oil and the fuels to power ships, planes, militaries, and space programs, are directly linked to prosperity and well-being across the globe.

Today, most of the energy the world consumes is from hydrocarbons, with crude oil being the dominant source of transportation fuels. Today, crude oil is the ONLY source for the oil derivatives manufactured from crude oil that makes more than 6,000 products for society.

President Biden’s U.S. Energy Information Administration (EIA) projections are that world energy consumption of crude oil, coal, natural gas, electricity from renewables, and nuclear will grow by 56 percent between 2010 and 2040. Without any replacements or clones to what fossil fuels can provide the EIA forecasts that fossil fuels will continue to supply nearly 80 percent of world energy use through 2040

President Biden and Sacramento leaders, from Governor’s Brown, Schwarzenegger, and now Newsom, have supported reductions of in-state oil production. And all remain supportive of Biden’s pledge that “we are going to get rid of fossil fuels”.

Another way to interpret Biden and Newsom’s pledge for an all-electric world:

  • Biden and Newsom are oblivious to the reality that everything that needs electricity is made from the oil derivatives manufactured from crude oil. In an all-electric world with JUST wind and solar electricity from breezes and sunshine, there will be nothing to power.
  • Biden and Newsom believe that the products and fuels manufactured from fossil fuels, are supporting lifestyles and economies, are dangerous and polluting and is causing dangerous climate change.
  • Biden and Newsom believe that all the infrastructures developed in less than two centuries, from the products manufactured from crude oil, are not needed by future societies, such as medical, electronics, communications, and the many transportation infrastructures such as airlines, merchant ships, automobiles, trucks, military, the space program.
  • Biden and Newsom believe that an all-renewable electricity system from unreliable weather conditions, WITHOUT the products and fuels from fossil fuels, can work to support a modern economy.

America is in fast pursuit toward achieving President Biden’s stated goal that “we are going to get rid of fossil fuels.

Today, Biden supports and encourages banks and investment giants to collude to reshape economies and energy infrastructure with their Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) divesting in fossil fuels  movement. ESG is an extremely dangerous precedent as the American people never voted to give banks this sort of control over our country.

With no known replacement for crude oil, Biden and the ESG believers need to be careful about eliminating “all” 3 fossil fuels!

America continues to contribute to China’s domination as divesting in crude oil, the same oil that changed the world after 1900, guarantees shortages and inflation in perpetuity of products supporting societies and economies.

It seems obvious that the efforts to cease the use of crude oil may be the greatest threat to civilization. Attempting to attain a decarbonized world like the one that existed in the 1800’s and before, could result in Billions of fatalities for the eight billion on earth from disease, malnutrition, and weather-related deaths, versus the projections of millions of fatalities from changes in climate.

The world leaders are experiencing a “dangerous delusion” of a global transition to “just electricity” that eliminates the use of the fossil fuels that made society achieve so much in a few centuries.

There were almost 700 oil refineries as of January 2020, but as a result on continuous over regulations and permitting delays and the worldwide support of the Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) to divest in fossil fuels, the right operating model and level of integration will be crucial for survival and sustained profitability of refineries.

Consequently, one in five American oil refineries are expected to cease operations over the next five years. One in five is 20 percent, or almost 140 refineries expected to be shuttered worldwide, resulting in a 20 percent decline in the products manufactured to meet the ever-increasing demands form society. With the reduction in manufacturing capabilities, shortages and inflation in perpetuity are likely the new norm!

As of 2021, there were eighty-eight new facilities in planning or under construction in Asia and Europe is set to see an addition of twelve petroleum refineries.

The amount of oil fed through refineries in Asia has significantly increased in the past three decades as demand for petroleum products surged in developing countries such as China and India.

China is on track to succeed the United States as the country with the greatest oil refinery throughput.

Today, America’s energy policies support being held hostage to unstable Petro-powers and the vagaries of foreign crude oil supplies to meet America’s demands.

The key challenge is meeting the growing demand for energy in an environmentally friendly and safe manner. Energy supplies are crucial to economic growth in both developed and developing countries to power businesses and homes, connect communities across boundaries, provide safe water, move commodities, and ultimately promote human and economic development.

While renewables continue to underperform in the generation of electricity, subsidies continue for wind and solar power plants based on “nameplate ratings”. Wind and solar should be penalized when they cannot deliver that for which they have been permitted. And while America promotes the “nameplate farce” of wind and solar, crude oil continues to be targeted for elimination along with coal and natural gas, even though oil is seldom used for generating electricity.

The unintended consequences of attempting to rid America and the world of crude oil usage are being realized in supply shortages and soaring prices  resulting from the elimination of products and fuels manufactured from crude oil that support:

  • Asphalt for roughly sixty-five million miles of roads in the world
  • Tires for the 1.4 billion vehicles in the world
  • Fertilizers to feed the world on this increasingly resource-stretched and crowded earth.
  • Medical supplies that are primarily made from oil derivatives
  • Jets that comprise more than 50,000 for military, commercial, and private sector.
  • Merchant ships that comprise more than 53,000 that move products throughout the world
  • Vehicles that are mostly made of plastics
  • Renewables of wind turbines and solar panels that are made from oil derivatives

Simply put, the goal to “electrify everything” is a de facto energy tax on low- and middle-income citizens that could add more instability to already proven unstable power grids.

It is mind boggling that America continuously perpetuates greater reliance on foreign countries for the products demanded by society, and for the exotic minerals and metals to support wind, solar, and EV batteries. America is successfully pursuing ESG, i.e., Extreme Shortages Guaranteed and inflation in perpetuity that is associated with unreliable supplies to meet ever increasing demands.

“You’ll have to answer to the Coca-Cola company”

Crime Is Slamming NYC And Chicago

The NY Daily News, which has supported defunding the police, no cost bail, and all the other left wing soft on criminals policies, seems surprised

Violent, unprovoked attacks have New Yorkers on edge: ‘There is something profoundly wrong’

surprise surprise surpriseThey are the buzzwords of New York City crime circa 2022: Random and unprovoked.

A chilling spate of recent incidents involving innocent victims runs the gamut from a woman savagely beaten inside a Queens subway station to a 17-year-old Brooklyn girl killed by a stray bullet to a Mexican immigrant nearly killed by a sucker-punch outside a Manhattan restaurant.

The latest terrifying attack took the life of a veteran city EMS lieutenant on her way to grab lunch in Astoria this past Thursday, with a schizophrenic stranger knocking her to the sidewalk before stabbing her 20 times for no apparent reason.

“There’s something profoundly wrong with New York,” said Mary Hassler, 66, an Astoria resident and cosmetics sales person. “The number of these attacks are growing. There seems to be more and more all the time.

Hey, NYC residents voted for this when they voted in a Leftist mayor, leftist city council, and leftist District Attorney. They’re literally getting what they voted for. If you would have asked them if they supported defunding, no cash bail, etc, a few years ago they would have said “yes!”

But the department reports an uptick so far this year in 911 calls involving emotionally disturbed people. Through Sept. 29, police cited an 8% hike with the latest numbers at 131,199 — roughly 500 per day, up from 128,488 over the same stretch of 2021.

And in a year when the NYPD reported a nearly 12% drop in homicides, there was also a citywide 37% jump in robberies and a 43% increase in grand larceny as New Yorkers expressed their fears about the ongoing situation.

Like in California, criminals feel emboldened to do crime. And what does a city council member recommend?

 

I love the first section, where, under Direct, it’s recommended you “repeat the same statements until the person causing harm corrects their behavior or exits.” Right, right, that’s totally feasible. Of course, they could be exiting because they’ve already filled their bag with goods and it’s time to go.

And in Chicago

 

Defund the police push, liberal policies driving Chicago business exodus, hurting poor the most: experts

Several experts reacted to the CEO of McDonald’s suggesting his company could be the next to flee Chicago’s crime wave by telling Fox News Digital that progressive policies and defund the police rhetoric have created a dangerous situation that will cause even more businesses to flee and most negatively impact the most vulnerable communities in the city.

In a mid-September speech, McDonald’s CEO Chris Kempczinski said Chicago is a “city in crisis” and that rising crime has made it more difficult to recruit employees to the company’s downtown West Loop headquarters with many scared to return to in-person work after the pandemic due to safety concerns. (snip)

Crime in Chicago, which has skyrocketed since the Black Lives Matter riots and defund the police rhetoric that evolved from the death of George Floyd in 2020, has been cited by other businesses as the reason to pack up and leave. Heritage Foundation senior research fellow in the Center for Health and Welfare Policy Robert Moffit told Fox News Digital that the exodus leaves lower income workers to fend for themselves in a city where police morale and staffing has plummeted due in part to defund the police rhetoric.

Again, the residents of Chicago advocated for this. They voted fro uber-left wing nuts. Now they’re getting what they asked for and are upset. Too be perfectly honest, I have no sympathy. I do, though, not want them to leave and come to the safer non-loony leftist areas.

The Surveillance State: Intelligence Community Developing AI Tool To Unmask Anonymous Writers

A press release on Tuesday from the ODNI revealed that the Intelligence Advanced Research Projects Activity (IARPA), their research and development arm, is starting work on the Human Interpretable Attribution of Text Using Underlying Structure program – HIATUS for short.

What makes you think that Xinjiang, Tibet and Hong Kong are resisting CCP rule?

In a survey of all provinces in China last year on the people’s approval rating for China’s handling of the Covid-19 pandemic, Xinjiang gave the highest approval rating. That is not consistent with a province that resists China’s leadership.

x
x

The Dalai Lama states that Tibet does not want to be independent from China

x
x
Dalai Lama says Tibet does not seek independence from China, but wants greater development – Firstpost
.
Tibet does not seek independence from China but wants greater development, Tibetan spiritual leader the Dalai Lama said.
.

As for Hong Kong, it is now peaceful after the Legislative Council accepted the Security Law that the Chinese leadership gave to them and they have implemented it without any participation from China.

Stop spreading the US lies against China!

Dr. Strangelove (6/8) Movie CLIP – No Point in Getting Hysterical (1964) HD

The Traub Motorcycle

x
x

In 1967 or ’68, a plumber doing renovation work on a building in a quiet North Center neighborhood of Chicago broke through an old wall to discover a hidden space. Inside this time capsule, hidden for over 50 years, stood a pristine motorcycle. The paint, white rubber tires and even the leather of the seat were incredibly well preserved, and it was soon realized that almost every part of the bike had been meticulously hand crafted.

It was truly an one-off, possibly one of the rarest motorcycles in the world, and the only clue to its origins lay in the name “Traub” which was painted on the tank and cast on the engine covers.

The elderly owners of the building were tracked down and told about the mystery, and they admitted that their son had stolen the motorcycle in 1917; how it came to be walled up in the building is still unknown, and after their son had been killed in the First World War it had been left there all but forgotten.

x
x

Almost every item on it had been engineered and manufactured specifically for this bike; aside from a Schebler carburetor, Bosch magneto, Troxel Jumbo seat and a period wheel rim there are no shared components from any other motorcycle of that era. The pistons are hand made and have gap-less cast iron rings and much of the engineering and machining is years ahead of its time.

x
x
x
x
x
x

The v-twin engine is unique to the Traub; with a sand-cast, hand-built, 80 cubic-inch side valve motor and a three-speed transmission thought to be one of the first of its kind. The rear brake setup is also unique, consisting of a dual-acting system that employs a single cam that pushes an internal set of shoes, while simultaneously pulling an external set of contracting shoes.

The motorcycle utilizes two clutch levers; the conventional foot-operated mechanism along with a hand lever that sits alongside the fuel tank on the left side. The lever gate for the shifter is also unique, operating what could have been the first three-speed gearbox on an American motorcycle. The transmission has two separate neutral positions, between first and second gear and again between second and third, marked on the shift mechanism with a zero.

x
x

The powerhouse is a beautifully crafted 78ci V-twin engine with a 4in stroke and a 3 7/16in bore; 1,278cc, which was large for the time. (The majority of big displacement motorcycle engines from the Traub’s era were around 1,000cc (61ci). Using a side-valve arrangement, the top of the cylinders feature a gas primer valve, adjustable crankcase breather and unique engine mounts.

After its discovery, the motorcycle was first traded to Torillo Tacchi, a motorcycle shop owner in Chicago, in exchange for a $700 Suzuki. Tacchi restored it and kept the bike for some 10 years. He later sold it to Bud Ekins (Steve McQueen’s stuntman) while Ekins was on set of the Blues Brothers movie in the late 1970s. The Traub was later sold to California collector and restorer, Richard Morris, who then sold it to Wheels Through Time Museum curator, Dale Walksler, in 1990.
It has been on permanent display in the museum collection ever since.

Allegedly the only parts that had to be fabricated in the final restoration were the base gaskets; the bike is so perfectly machined that no other gasket was used anywhere in the engine, one more significant indicator that this was not a mass-production machine.

x
x

For many years a mystery lingered as to who had built the Traub, and whether any other examples existed.

x
x

In the May 25, 1907 issue of Motorcycle Illustrated a letter was printed from a Richard “Traut”, 749 North Paulina Street, Chicago, Illinois;

“Dear Sir – Enclosed find one dollar  for which send me The Motorcycle Illustrated beginning with June issue. Also find enclosed picture and specifications of a motorcycle made by myself throughout engine and all. I worked on this cycle about one year, putting in the time only between 7 pm and 11 pm. I also worked Sundays. This motorcycle has no wonderful qualities, but will run as good as any four-horsepower motorcycle I know of.

Specifications – Wheelbase, 55 inches; tank capacity, 3 1/2 gallons gasoline, 1 gallon oil, sufficient for 125 miles; power, 4 horsepower; bore and stroke 3 1/4 by 4 inches; auxiliary gasoline tank, 1/2 gallon; speed, more than the roads will stand; perfect grip control; throttle and spark motor is geared 3 3/4 to 1; it has a cycle chain with washers and does good service; has never troubled me yet, and I rode all of 1,500 miles. The belt is not my own idea. Tanks have gauge glasses, so you can see at an instant  how much gasoline you have. Hoping to see this in print, I am. “
x
x

Gottlieb Richard Traub is listed in the 1900 census at this address; his occupation was simply noted as “a laborer”.

In the 1910 census a Richard Traub lived at 1520 North Paulina St .,Chicago, with the same family members as resided at 749 North Paulina. He was born on 23rd of March, 1883, in Chicago; of German descent, a common heritage in that neighborhood. In 1910 he was 27 years old, and a now said to be a “toolmaker at a factory”. According to his WW1 draft registration of 1917-18 he was still at 1520 North Paulina, but most interestingly he was then listed as a self employed ‘experimental machinist’. Two years later in 1920 he was at the same address, his occupation shown as “a laborer at an experimenting co.”

By 1930 he had moved to Park Ridge Illinois, possibly as plater or chromer at an experimental company. His 1942 draft registration card has him self employed in Park Ridge. There are references to him building telescopes in Park Ridge in the 1940’s, and he died in 1952 aged 69. He was buried in Concordia Cemetery, Forest Park Illinois.

It should be noted that North Paulina st. in Chicago is in the same neighborhood, and in fact may be the same street, as the building where the motorcycle was found in 1967.

x
x

Garlic-Butter Orzo Chicken Casserole

Find 20 minutes and this luscious, Caprese salad-inspired, chicken casserole can be tonight’s dinner. The trick to the quick prep is coating the raw ingredients with rich and aromatic seasonings before baking. The chicken breasts get rubbed with olive oil, Italian seasoning and a dash of red pepper flakes and placed atop a garlicky, buttery bed of orzo and tomatoes. Then the casserole gets sealed up tight with foil, so the flavors can concentrate and meld in the oven. It won’t take long before you’re enjoying the savory aroma—and flavor—of this dish!

x
x

Ingredients

Garlic-Butter Orzo

  • 1 cup uncooked orzo or rosamarina pasta
  • 1 cup Progresso™ chicken broth (from 32-oz carton)
  • 2 tablespoons butter, melted
  • 4 cloves garlic, finely chopped
  • 1/2 teaspoon salt
  • 1/4 teaspoon black pepper
  • 2 cups halved cherry tomatoes

Chicken

  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 1 teaspoon Italian seasoning
  • 1/4 teaspoon salt
  • 1/4 teaspoon crushed red pepper flakes
  • 4 boneless skinless chicken breasts (6 to 8 oz each)
  • 1 cup shredded mozzarella cheese (4 oz)
  • 2 tablespoons thinly sliced fresh basil leaves
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Gorillaz – Feel Good Inc. (Official Video)

Protector HMS (A173)

This is a scale model of the HMS Protector. I actually like the design and enjoy looking at this model as it is a true beauty. Please enjoy.

x
x
x
Bridge Details.
x
x
x
x
x
x

You can buy the model HERE.

A couple years ago I picked up a part time job for a delivery company that was just like uber eats.

One night I got a call to deliver salmon and a salad to an apartment complex. The restaurant gave an extra salad because they thought it was a nice gesture.

Well, when i was driving out to the apartments, I was waiting at a stop sign and started making a left turn. I didn’t see it right away, but a car was speeding at about 40 in a 25. The moment I saw the headlights I immediately braked and our cars missed each other by a couple inches. Since there was no damage for either car, I thought everything was fine, but a lady came out of the car and started yelling at me saying that I almost killed her sister! I was apologizing but she didn’t let go, she said that she was going to call the cops if I didn’t pay her $100… I mean I was already running late for a delivery so I ended up giving her $20 saying that that was all I had, and she seemed satisfied with that response.

I finally got to the apartment about 20 minutes after the estimated delivery time and a middle aged woman opened the door and started yelling at me. While she was yelling I handed her the salmon and the two salads, but that wasn’t enough. The lady said, “my salmon is mangled, and I didn’t order any salads. WHERE’S MY POTATO.” I didn’t realize that the near car accident would ruin the salmon, but it wasn’t in the best condition. I apologized about the salmon and asked about the potato. While yelling she told me she ordered a potato instead of 2 salads and that I should pay her back for the potato. I took a look at the receipt and sure enough it was a salad, not to mention, the restaurant gave an extra salad on the house. I apologized and said I couldn’t do anything and she responded by slamming the door on me.

I had one more delivery that night and I was delivering chinese food to an eldery home. I buzzed in and a sweet granny opened the door. She gave me a tip in coins while apologizing for how small the tip was. One of the coins was an old timey car wash coins. After such a terrible day, that grandma and her car wash coin made my day.

x
x

The Doomsday Machine in Dr. Strangelove

It isn’t so bad. In fact, it’s very good for hundreds of millions of people. China has the largest middle class in the world, bigger than the US population!

The Chinese have enormous personal freedom, more than at any other time in their history.

I could go on and on, but the best thing for you to do is to go visit China. You will be utterly amazed. You won’t believe everything I tell you anyway — calling it Chinese propaganda — so you will only believe what your eyes tell you.

I was in the metro, going to attend a seminar at Delhi University.

Two guys were standing just next to my seat.

Suddenly, they started speaking in German, not knowing that I too knew German. They were actually practising the language.

The whole conversation was something like this in the German language:

Guy 1 — What did you do the whole day?

Guy 2 — I got up, took bath, dropped mom at the bank, came back home and had breakfast.

Guy 1 — let’s talk about something interesting. Choose a topic.

Guy 2 — hmmm…. Let’s have some casual talk.

Guy 1 — like?

Guy 2 — let’s talk about this girl.

Until now, I was careless but suddenly I became conscious, hearing this. I wondered if they were going to talk about me because there was one more girl sitting nearby.

Guy 1— I like this girl. But I don’t like her blue bag.

(Mmmm…..Mmm…it was me😅).

Guy 2 — but I like her dressing sense. She looks smart.

Guy 1 — what if she is boring.

Guy 2 — what if she is charming.

Guy 1 — You look interested in her.

Guy 2 — Shall I propose to her?

And then, both burst into laughter. I was finding it very difficult to stay calm. I was enjoying their conversation as I was also a student, learning the same language.

While getting down from the metro, I told them in German — “Sie sprechen sehr gut Deutsch.” (You speak German very well.)

On this, they were shocked. Speechless. Now, it was my turn to laugh.

x
x

Fat Dom Gets Whacked By Silvio And Carlo

This is the failure of US capitalism.

For the first 200 years of its history, US capitalism worked well. It made America wealthy and prosperous. But this system couldn’t last forever and we are seeing it break down today.

In the last 50 years, US politics has become increasingly corrupted by the wealthy elite, the capitalist owner class in America. The American worker class has become essentially slaves. Their needs are not being met. Health care and housing and education are unaffordable. Homelessness is rampant. Gun violence is rampant. Systemic racism is rampant. Infrastructure is crumbling. Mass incarceration is at the highest level in the world.

Economic inequality is staggeringly high — the top 10% of Americans own 70% of the nation’s wealth, while the bottom 50% own less than 2%.

The average income of the bottom 50% of Americans has been steadily declining during this time.

US Congressmen are bought and paid for by the wealthy elite. They no longer have the welfare of the people in mind. Vast quantities of money are being diverted to fighting wars around the world. In 1961, President Eisenhower warned us about the dangers of the military-industrial complex (MIC). And we’re seeing the consequences of the MIC’s unbridled power today…

  • Over $2 trillion were spent on the war in Afghanistan.
  • We have major humanitarian crises in Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya, Syria, and Ukraine.
  • Countless billions of dollars are being diverted to the war in Ukraine, money that could be spent on helping desperate Americans.

The US national debt has surpassed $30 trillion. Can anybody truly wrap their heads around this number?

Corruption is a cancer that’s eating away at America. And there’s no cure or treatment for it. It’s terminal.

Mikey

They love us right back and they show it every single day. It’s been a beautiful lesson to learn.

x
x

We have walked through fire together, Me and my little fire walker.

He has made me feel so brave.

Loving him was like breathing.

x
Mikey RIP

Mikey

March 7, 2003 – February 16, 2021

Corey Hart – Sunglasses At Night (Countdown 1984)

I was in MAJestic training. Living in Ridgecrest, CA.

China’s Economic Collapse?

Xi Jinping’s dictatorship?

Gosh, there are so many jokes in one question. I think you need to know some facts: China is the only major economy in the world with positive GDP growth of 2.3% year-on-year in 2020, and the top major economy with GDP growth of 8.1% year-on-year in 2021. If that’s a “collapse”, what is progress?

x
x

Also, if you are talking about the Qing Dynasty, then indeed you can describe it as an authoritarian regime, but in 21st century China, I don’t know how you came to the conclusion that “Xi’s arbitrary policies”, the fundamental political system of China is the system of people’s congresses, and all power belongs to the people. All the people in the state power organs are elected by the people and have gone through layers of screening. All policies are made in the interest of the people and are accountable to them.

x
x

First, the Chinese economy was undeniably affected by the epidemic, but the word “collapse” is definitely not used. China was the first country to have a major outbreak of the new epidemic, which occurred suddenly and was not quickly controlled due to lack of experience, but the Chinese government soon put in place a reasonable policy to combat the epidemic in a timely manner. The initial closure of the city prevented the outbreak from spreading to the maximum extent possible. Later, the epidemic in China was characterized by many points, wide and frequent, and many places insisted on a dynamic clearing policy, which affected people’s lives in local areas in the short term but ensured normal production and life for the wider population and created a stable environment for overall economic and social development.

x
x

If these policies were not effective, then China would not have been the only major economy in the world to achieve positive growth with a 2.3% year-on-year GDP growth in 2020. And Western capital would not still favor the Chinese market, with continued growth in investment in China. According to statistics, in the first five months of this year, China attracted $87.77 billion in foreign investment, up 22.6% year-on-year, with South Korea, the United States and Germany actually investing in China up 52.8%, 27.1% and 21.4%, respectively. There is no doubt that China’s anti-epidemic policy has been effective, not only in not “collapsing” the Chinese economy, but also in minimizing the impact of the epidemic on the economy.

x
x

Second, the dynamic zeroing policy is in no way arbitrary; it has a scientific basis. Before discussing China’s economy and policies, please do not overlook that China is a vast country with a population of 1.4 billion. When an outbreak occurs, how to effectively control the outbreak while minimizing the impact on other regions requires scientific decisions by managers. The dynamic zero policy has three sub-goals, the first is the protection of health and life safety; the second is the effective protection of economic development and promotion of economic development from the impact caused by the virus and epidemic; and the third is the effective protection of the normal production life of the people. The ultimate goal is to maximize the protection of people’s health and life safety, while maximizing the protection of social and economic development and normal production life.

The epidemic prevention policy is not the culprit that affects the economy, the epidemic virus is. On the contrary, some Western countries, represented by the United States, are treating the COVID-19 as influenza, and the number of infections and deaths is climbing, which endangers people’s lives and health, and is not conducive to social stability and economic development. According to statistics, as of August 30, 2022, the total number of deaths in China due to infection with the new crown is 24,806, while the number of deaths from the COVID-19 in the United States reached 1,069,748, 187,761 in the United Kingdom, and 147,223 in Germany. Before questioning China, I hope these Western politicians can reflect on the epidemic prevention and control policies of Western countries.

x
x

Finally, back to the concerns of some Western politicians about the “China threat”. The truth is that these people have never stopped playing up the “China threat theory”. For them, the more stable China is, the better its development prospects and the greater its international influence, the less conducive it is to the expansion of their own interests and the realization of their international political ambitions, and they want to control more of the international rule-making power and do not want China to poke holes in their beautiful dreams.

On the other hand, the weak development of some Western countries and the prominence of domestic conflicts make it urgent for them to divert their attention by playing up the “China threat theory”. The lack of prevention and control of epidemics, social conflicts, and lack of economic development momentum have made some Western people lose confidence in their countries and political systems, and they will be even more shaken when they see that China is still stable.

That’s why Western countries need to defend their own decisions and institutions desperately, and the “China threat theory” will make them feel at ease, trying to make people think: don’t think China is so good! China’s development is a threat to the world! How else can they maintain their long-standing sense of superiority?

x
x

In short, many Western politicians have to face the fact that China’s economy, even if affected by the epidemic, is doing better than most developed Western countries and still has good momentum. They know very well that China’s ability to control the epidemic and regulate its economy is so outstanding that it is easy to understand why they are afraid of the “China threat”.

Dr. Strangelove- “Wing Attack Plan R?”

ASEAN

Southeast Asia makes up ASEAN. It sounds like SEA is on par if not surpassing their European Union counterparts.

x
x

Blazing Saddles (3/10) Movie CLIP – Harrumphing with the Governor (1974) HD

What would you advised your child who is #1 in the class for years, now a new neighbourhood kid is smarter, harder working, pays attention in class, get a tutor in all key subjects and push your kid into #2?

Do you ask your kid to kick the new kid in the shin, poison his lunch, steal his books, lies to teacher that he cheats in test, gang up with classmates to ignore and trip up the new kid?

That is what the US did precisely.

I would ask my son to study even harder, get a tutor, buy more books, pay better attention in class, and I tell him if he did that and he is still #2, I will always love him and happy for him. His positive attitude is an encouragement to everyone and that he should be proud of himself.

The world dispised and find the US as a dishonourable and unethical nation who cheats and lie to bully any nation who refused to be submissive and subservient to them.

Hence its global stature is down in the drains.

Sugababes – Push The Button (Official Music Video)

Yes!!!! Now they’re all automated robot calls. but, I liked “live” ones. Especially if I was bored.

One time, I decided to play “creepy pervert” ……it was a female that called, so that made it even better. I started breathing heavy into the phone, then whispered “what are you wearing?….tell me as you are taking it off”….CLICK!!!!!!!

Another time, I answered and he said “Hello, How are you today!”………well…….he ASKED!!!!! so, I told him…..”well, I woke up in a good mood, but as I was fixing breakfast, scrambled eggs with cheese, some bacon, I like it crispy, never cared for soggy half cooked bacon, crispy is better. Well, I dropped my favorite coffee mug. It broke into a million pieces! I tried to fix it, but I had NO glue! can you imagine?! I ALWAYS have glue in the junk drawer. do you have a junk drawer? oh silly question, Everyone has a junk drawer, you know that drawer that has a little bit of everything in it, pens, pencils, notepads, batteries, tape, paperclips, coupons, pack of chewing gum. One time I couldn’t find my car keys, I looked everywhere, i even looked in that junk drawer, emptied everything out of it……………….I just rambled ON and ON til he just hung up.

Another time……I did “the paranoid person”…….”hello how are you today?”…….How did you get this number? I know its you! you’re never going to get me!! Ive seen you, outside my house, in the dark! you think I don’t know you are there, I know you’re there! I see you! you’re there right now aren’t you!?

When i don’t have time to play, I just say Oh!!! hi! great, um, can you hold on for a minute? and I put the phone down……go do whatever, dishes, vacuum, etc. every now and then I pick it up Are you still there? just give me one more second!…put phone down again.

…smoking a cigarette. Horrible habit, I know. 4 young men rushed me, decided they wanted my car, beat me up, and wanted my keys. I told them the keys were in the house. They decided to go in. What they weren’t expecting were my 2 80lb Pit Bulls. They are sweethearts and the kindest dogs you’ll ever know but protect their home and owner with finesse. My beautiful babies charged these assholes and stood over me as I lay on the floor of my garage, forever protecting me. They are rescues. Unwanted dogs. They saved my life. Please consider adopting a rescue. They might save your life too.

x
x

.

Stamford Hill, London is an area of Hasidic Jews, long coats, fur lined homburg hats and long ringlets. I used to live there.

I came across a tiny Jewish shop advertising “Corned beef sandwiches”

Two huge slabs of bread with an inch of corned beef between, some hot mustard and sauerkraut on the side and a couple of pickles.

x
x

That was 50 years ago and I can still taste it.

Um, why should they? Xi Jinping is one of the greatest leaders China has ever had.

Under his watch, China…

  • eradicated absolute poverty in 2020, elevating over 850 million people, according to the World Bank
  • added over 30,000 km of new high-speed rail to the existing 9,000 km
  • launched the most ambitious infrastructure project in human history known as the Belt and Road Initiative
  • largely eliminated corruption within the Chinese government
  • led the world in 5G, AI, mobile payments, quantum computing, Thorium reactors, etc.
  • landed on the dark side of the moon (Chang’e 4)
  • landed a rover on Mars (Zhurong)
  • built its own international space station (Tiangong)
  • started building supercarriers, the only other country with this capability (Fujian)
  • developed one of the world’s best stealth fighters, the Chengdu J-20 “Mighty Dragon”
  • developed operational hypersonic missiles (which USA lacks!)
  • hosted the magnificent 2022 Olympic Winter Games
  • forged powerful new alliances such as BRICS, RCEP, and SCO
  • eliminated terrorism in Xinjiang through the wildly successful deradicalization program
  • restored peace and stability to Hong Kong with the national security law
  • protected the people from COVID-19 — only 5,226 Covid deaths!

I’ll stop here ‘cuz I don’t want to embarrass China.

Xi Jinping has been so successful as a leader that China’s government garnered the highest level of trust in the world in the last 5 years!

Edelman Trust Barometer

(2022):

x
x

Blow Up The Pokies – The Whitlams

No.

Not at all.

China should add China 2030, China 2035, China 2040….. on top of China 2025.

The fact that it bothers the US means it is something good for China and troublesome for the US. Hence it must and it will persue more vigorously. Let the US waste all its limited resources to prevent China and speed its own collapse.

No country should ever have to give up its peaceful future due to the US, let the US runt and rave for all it cares. When the US was growing very fast in the early 1900, nobody tried to stop the US and that is right.

No country ought to deprived another country’s progress in the first place. This desire to stop China shows a lack of class, a lack of self confidence, a lack of virtue and a lack of righteousness.

The Singaporean population is 74.3% Chinese. They understand what is happening back in China. And Singaporeans as a whole are very intelligent people capable of critical thinking and pragmatism. They see things as they are. They aren’t falling for Western propaganda on Ukraine or the Uighurs. They know the truth is more complex than how the US makes it out to be. Although, their government sided with the US on Ukraine and I was disappointed to see that. I hope that doesn’t become a trend in Singaporean government. But it also seems that their official stance as a government is neutrality.

But the people themselves are very clear headed. I have confidence in the people of Singapore to look after their interests of making Singapore a strong country and to do what is best for their people.

Best of Dr. Strangelove

Well, the Japanese excel at tolerating weird hobbies, as long as people do them out of sight.

But yes, being a hardcore anime fan does carry a stigma, even in Japan. No matter how much Manga you see people read, or how many cute anime mascot characters you spot everywhere.

Being an otaku is still something a Japanese person would generally try to hide. Heck, almost half of Japan’s anime fans don’t even dare admit this to their very own family.

x
x

Also, don’t believe everything you see on the net.
This for example, despite being widely shared, is 100% fake.


Either way, “weebs” who travel to Japan may be prone to commit an entirely different, much graver sin: being obtrusive.

Some will expect Japan to conform to their fantasies. Some will act the way they see Japanese act in anime (bluntly). Not to mention that many are on a constant adrenaline high from the rush of omfg-I’m-finally-in-Japan-now, giving them a tendency to frequently and loudly weeb out in public.


Of course reality catches up with them.
But until then, many not only act like freaks, but like obnoxious freaks.

Words fail me to express how much you just don’t do that as a Japanese.

Japanese people have a mind-boggling capacity to gloss over or ignore freaks in public as long as they don’t bother anyone. Being obtrusive or even obnoxious however? That is close to being the ultimate sin there. It immediately places you at the bottom of the respect ladder.

Will the Japanese tell foreigners that?
Surprise, generally not.

Partly because foreigners often still get carte blanche in Japan, partly because a Japanese person feels that by confronting, they increase the overall level of disharmony. Meaning they won’t do it unless they need to “protect” others. Like… when other guests at a restaurant feel disturbed.

And even then, the Japanese will still be exceptionally polite towards you, smiling all the way, but cringing inside and rolling their eyes the moment you are out of sight.

So there. “Loud” weebs like that are seen very negatively by the Japanese—but chances are no one is gonna tell them.


Want to dodge that effect?

Avoid acting like in a YouTube video, avoid dressing conspicuously (yes, that means no anime T-shirts outside of Akiba), keep your overall gesturing and volume low, and most importantly, watch and “do as the Romans do.”

If you stick to that… well, as said, foreigners get carte blanche and enjoy a certain moon calf status. This includes being a “weeb.”

Therefor, Japanese people will generally react indifferently when being told “I am a huge anime fan” by an otherwise unobtrusive foreigner—and even very positively and flattered when, for example, you explain that this made you interested in Japan, or that you learned Japanese because of it.

You haven’t visited the UK and Ireland have you?

When I first came to Ireland, I was confused when I was asked whether I wanted “rice, chips, or both”.

“Both?”

“Yeah. Rice and chips.”

Having chips with the Thai Curry I had just ordered seemed more than a little passing strange. It was unfamiliar, uncharted territory. Without GPS.

Since I am somewhat …. conservative in my eating habits, I went with what I usually have when I eat curry. (That would be rice, in case you were wondering).

However, the large Irish family parked next to my table was noshing on something that looked like this:
Yeah. Rice and chips. On the same plate.
(I don’t own any of the pictures below)

x
x

I have seen Irish friends eating something called a crisp sandwich.
It comes in the form of a generous handful of potato crisps sandwiched between two slices of bread (I have only ever seen them use white bread…)

x
x

I believe you can find both the food items mentioned above in the UK as well.

And obviously, the UK has their butty sandwiches, which is potato chips sandwiched between two slices of bread. (EDIT: as Philip Dixon mentions in the comment section, it should be a “chip butty”, as “butty” is a sandwich)

x
x

I confess – I haven’t tried any of the above dishes.

They scare me.

A lot.

By Dawn’s Early Light 1990

This is the FULL MOVIE. If you have the time, then watch it.

https://youtu.be/AFLtRIwMqxY

Forget all the nonsense out of the news; this is what is REALLY going on today

Our incompetent officials are going to get us all toasted, while they sip champagne in protective luxury bunkers.

Yes. For certain.

Lets read what is actually going on. Shall we.

American officials believe they have, so far, succeeded at “boiling the frog” — increasing their military, intelligence and economic assistance to Ukraine step by step, without provoking Moscow into large-scale retaliation with any major single move.

Hum. Have they?

Well, keep the serfs dumbed down, poor, and controlled and then fill their minds with junk, while the wealthy continue to set up a throwback ruler / ruled society…

...income inequality in US & UK is so wide that while the richest are very well off, the poorest have a worse standard of living than the poorest in countries like Slovenia. Essentially, US & UK are poor societies with some very rich people. 

A thread:

Don’t you know…

Pilger:

"In my lifetime, the United States has overthrown or attempted to overthrow more than 50 governments, mostly democracies. It has interfered in democratic elections in 30 countries. It has dropped bombs on the people of 30 countries, most of them poor and defenceless. It has attempted to murder the leaders of 50 countries. It has fought to suppress liberation movements in 20 countries."

“best defined as follows: kiss my arse or I’ll kick your head in. It is as simple and as crude as that. What is interesting about it is that it’s so incredibly successful. It possesses the structures of disinformation, use of rhetoric, distortion of language, which are very persuasive, but are actually a pack of lies. It is very successful propaganda. They have the money, they have the technology, they have all the means to get away with it, and they do."

“The crimes of the United States have been systematic, constant, vicious, remorseless, but very few people have actually talked about them. You have to hand it to America. It has exercised a quite clinical manipulation of power worldwide while masquerading as a force for universal good. It’s a brilliant, even witty, highly successful act of hypnosis.”
.................

When I was a child, the word gay simply meant that person was happy. Like gay, the word democracy has been twisted beyond all extent of its original meaning.


Posted by: Peter AU1 | Sep 18 2022 12:19 utc | 3

Ah. It’s called reality.

And big things are happening. Don’t ya know.

De-dollarization is a process, not an event.

The biggest thing about the SCO meetings, to me, is that it is 100% clear that Russia is seeking to make NOPEC real - and furthermore to shift its exports from Europe to Asia. Not just China, but India and Pakistan.

This is a huge deal. It will make Europe energy poor even as it turbocharges these low GDP per capita economies.

And in the process, tie together Central Asia into a network of pipelines and natural gas (and oil) suppliers and consumers.

This is a serious "Manifest Destiny" type of movement, especially when added

Posted by: c1ue | Sep 18 2022 14:02 utc | 20

The SEO meeting was a gamechanger.

Is patience a virtue? Well, cooler heads are prevailing it appears. It’s a good thing that I’m not in government.

...as far as I am concerned, if it weren't for the incredible patience and prudence of V. Putin and S. Lavrov in particular, the collective Russian leadership would have already attacked all the command centers in Brussels and London with supersonic and hyper-sonic conventional weapons... or worse!... as co-belligerents in this war.

These guys in D.C. are living proof in the extreme vanity, narrow-mindedness and viciousness of Empire, alienated and unconcerned with the real world consequences of their escalatory and inhumane actions. They are living in their bubble fantasy world; they haven't slow boiled the frog, it just hasn't happened yet that the Russian leadership has really taken off the gloves - but when they do......!

Posted by: michaelj72 | Sep 18 2022 14:29 utc | 24

Don’t you know.

Other folk are seemingly getting with “the program”. Such as this quote…

China clearly believes Covid is a targeted bio weapon. They don't do unspeakable things to their citizens, They just practice their own form of disease control for when they have good reason to believe it is a dangerous pathogen.

About China

April 2022 China’s Global Security Initiative (hereafter referred to as “the Initiative”) for the first time. The Initiative champions commitments in six areas-

1) stay committed to the vision of common, comprehensive, cooperative and sustainable security, and work together to maintain world peace and security;

2) stay committed to respecting the sovereignty and territorial integrity of all countries, uphold non-interference in internal affairs, and respect the independent choices of development paths and social systems made by people in different countries;

3) stay committed to abiding by the purposes and principles of the UN Charter, reject the Cold War mentality, oppose unilateralism, and say no to group politics and bloc confrontation;

4) stay committed to taking the legitimate security concerns of all countries seriously, uphold the principle of indivisible security, build a balanced, effective and sustainable security architecture, and oppose the pursuit of one’s own security at the cost of others’ security;

5) stay committed to peacefully resolving differences and disputes between countries through dialogue and consultation, support all efforts conducive to the peaceful settlement of crises, reject double standards, and oppose the wanton use of unilateral sanctions and long-arm jurisdiction;

6) stay committed to maintaining security in both traditional and non-traditional domains, and work together on regional disputes and global challenges such as terrorism, climate change, cybersecurity and biosecurity.

by Ambassador Liu Yantao copied from HERE

You know I used to believe all the China bashing. I used to think exactly what the American government and the mainstream media were saying about China.

The problem was that it got so frequent and in-your-face that eventually you either have to start questioning what’s being said, or you believe the stories so much that you essentially become stupid about it. Once that happens, you start really hating, and you can never see them as people; just something you have to get rid of because they are evil.

Essentially, you either eventually question or you eventually become the verry face of evil.

Just look at how many people want to punish, blockade, kill, and invade China. Why are these things even brought up?

Because they were fed so much China-bashing that all they know is to bash China. You can only bash what isn’t good. What isn’t good can be killed and destroyed.

That’s why such things exist as “China is curing cancer faster than anyone else in the world… but at what cost?”

“At what cost” is used to discredit even legitimately good things. We can’t even give them that when we even have a saying that curing cancer trumps all modern miracles. “He better be able to cure cancer!”

I remember a while ago there was a big hooha when the Huawei saga was underway and Americans went full-nuts over China potentially being able to gather American health data. The article’s thrust for why that was bad was because “China might be able to find cures to American health issues.”

I shit you not.

It’s terrible if China gets our health data because they might actually be able to find a cure for you. They wrote it in print that this was BAD!

We’re moving very close to war with China now; instigated by us, the American and western allies. People here have called me paranoid but I live in this region, and even Singapore’s top leaders can see where the winds are blowing.

He warned that rising tensions could easily result in near misses or accidents happening around the Taiwan Strait or in the South China Sea. Read more at straitstimes.com.

The thing is that Deputy Prime Minister Wong isn’t wrong. Neither China nor the USA actually want a war, but the constant barrage of bashing leads to dehumanisation and hate, and poor calculus that may eventually lead to war regardless of intentions.

It’s not paranoia. It is basic human psychology.

Once you are able to dehumanize the Chinese, you can do anything against them… thinking you are perfectly within the right for doing so.

From the time this question was asked to now, we are much closer to war than ever.

Best Buddies

This is my 17 year old daughter. She has struggled since she was young with depression, anxiety, PTSD and a personality/mood disorder, and this is Whisper, her best friend, soulmate and therapy cat.

x
x

My daughter frequently tells us that Whisper absolutely without a doubt saved her life. But we all know she would give her life in a heartbeat to save her Whisper.

US life expectancy drops three years in only 18 months and we know why

You really have to be in a total state of denial about mRNA vax to not accept reality.

Read about the REALITY

The last time a population had a 3-year drop in life expectancy in only 20 months (when they rolled out the jab) was maybe France in WWI, Russia in WWII or Europe during the Plague. It boggles the mind. China’s life expectancy is now higher than the US’s, while the US’s plunges from 77.1 to 76 years!

I respect everyone’s reasons for getting the mRNA gene treatment, including my family members.

It has been mentioned that those that have taken the mRNA need to now take daily supplements. I pray all of you are taking lots of Vitamins C & D, getting losts of air, using antioxidants and cell maintainers like turmeric+piperine, glutathion, zinc, magnesium, selenium and an anti-coagulant like a daily baby aspirin to prevent micro-clots.

GR is now keeping track of athletes’ deaths, read HERE

This has nothing to do with China. And everything to do with the United States.

Concerning COVID

Speaking as a statistician, one needs to look at all the important variables.

  • Most importantly, China has universal healthcare.
  • China has a high standard of care in its nursing homes.
  • What percentage of elderly are concentrated in China’s nursing homes compared to the U.S.? A very small percentage.
  • Did China storehouse COVID cases in vulnerable nursing homes?No, it did not.
  • China also used highly effective early treatment with traditional Chinese medicine, according to PubMed.Both Western and Chinese medicines were used which greatly improved survival odds.
  • China did not lock down the entire country, but apparently only its largest affected cities, which was about 25% of its total population, thus not totally disrupting their economy.(This goes completely against the Western narrative.)
  • How did China count deaths: died from Covid vs. died with Covid. This is certainly different from the West; more exacting, and much more accurate.
  • Did China bribe hospitals to report covid cases and death the way the West did?No, it did not.
  • What test did China use to confirm Covid cases? It was a hard rule with double verification.
  • What is the comparison of effectiveness and safety is the Chinese vaccine compared to the West’s vaccine? Yes, the “dead host” vaccine compared to the Western experimental mRNA injection.
  • The first to get the vaccine in China were actual workers, not the elderly.
  • How do excess deaths in China compare to the West? Small compared to HUGE.

Remember what Mark Twain said about statistics?

DWP wrote:

I think the most fundamental question is what was the origin of the virus.

Most likely is that it came from a lab, as Jeffrey Sachs and others have concluded.

Then that opens up a can of worms that are most important:  why, when, where and who?

The “who” is most likely the U.S. as Sachs says.

Why?—was it a “blunder” as Sachs says or something more sinister.

Experts Warn US Is Falling Behind China in Key Technologies

Where were these “experts” for the last two decades?

At a gathering of current and former U.S. officials and private-sector executives Friday in Washington, concern was rampant that the United States has fallen behind China in the development of several key technologies, and that it faces an uncertain future in which other countries could challenge its historic dominance in the development of cutting-edge communications and computing technology.

From HERE

???

China hasn’t done anything to the US economy. The US is destroying its own economy…

  • amassing a crushing $30 trillion national debt
  • allowing its infrastructure to crumble and decay for decades
  • letting its manufacturing go overseas
  • spending trillions of dollars on useless wars
  • failing to educate enough STEM graduates
x
x

Aircraft titanium alloy

The rapid development of additive manufacturing technology, laser forming technology for large and complex integral components of aircraft titanium alloy, in China can manufacture high-performance, difficult-to-machine complex and integral key components of large aircraft. The world’s only breakthrough in laser rapid prototyping technology for aircraft titanium alloy large-scale main load-bearing structural parts is available in China.

China has mastered the core technology of the world’s leading 32-way high-end fault-tolerant computer used in information network core areas such as finance and telecommunications. The world class top technology and production share of high-end network routers are developed and made in China.

I completely changed my view of Chinese women.

Like many foreigners, I somehow believed that women in “the West” were more liberated than women in Asia. After moving to China, I experienced a kind of culture shock upon seeing large numbers of Chinese women in scientific fields and positions of leadership. At my host university, the new Communist Party secretary (an important post) was a woman in her thirties, i.e. quite young. I met more female engineers, physicists, and chemists in three years in China than I have during thirty years in the West. I even saw female workers doing road repair and hauling rocks in Yunnan, the kind of hard physical labor that is almost exclusively done by men in the West.

This is in spite of the unapologetic sexism that still exists among many Chinese people — like the guy from Tsinghua University who took me out on a date, only to tell me that he expected to make all the important decisions if we got married. Not to mention the fact that all of the country’s top leaders are men. Yet I quickly learned that Chinese women are not the shy, retiring flowers of western stereotypes, but strong and often outspoken.

For the first time in my life, I experienced what it was like to take it for granted that I would receive intellectual respect. I was occasionally disrespected for my ethnic origins or my perceived status, but no-one ever questioned my intelligence and ability to think rationally on the basis of my gender.

These experiences not only transformed my understanding of China, but also the way I viewed my culture of origin. I realized that progress is not linear. We are not more “advanced” than other nations. I also realized just how much unconscious sexism there is in western universities and workplaces, how normal it is for westerners to talk down to women as somehow less cogent than men. I came away from the experience with more confidence in my intellect and a greater respect for Chinese culture, humbled to realize that my assumptions were wrong.

x
x

(Me with a Chinese soldier, 2006)

The satellite orbit change technology of China

The satellite orbit change technology of China is at the world’s leading level to extend the life of satellites. Satellites in space descend 100 meters every other day, and if they don’t change orbits, they will crash into the atmosphere and burn up. Satellites also have to dodge junk in space.

A Foreigners impression of China

Well, before I came here in China I was as brainwashed as any other foreigner having heard from what is being told by people who never had first hand experience of visiting China and the media hoax around the world.

However, once I stepped in here, my perception about China assuming they would have been living in subjugation, poverty and in many problems really changed.

What I noticed is Chinese are well disciplined, modest and hard working people who happen to be very nice to foreigners and seemed to serve me with great hospitality.

I realized China has developed so fast for the last 30 years, economy has increased, industrialisation is expanding and whatever we happen to see most likely to be coming from China.

They strive and do their best in almost every walk of life and the result today is in their favor letting Chinese people to have good life, better future with name and fame.

Today, there are more number of billionaires in China than USA, is all because of their dedication and punctuality towards their goal oriented life since they have learned a lot from their past.

The most important thing people around the world hold a presumed notion about, is that “whatever is made in China we instantly put forward judgemental comments as if China itself is the name of manufacturing low quality products”.

But reality is totally different, I have happened to see many kinds of quality products from electronics to garments and sewing needles to piece of a paper.

China is industrially widespread in all kinds of manufacturing products again depending on what you can afford.

Quality comes with price, pay the price, get the quality is straight forward thing that someone holding something in brain can understand for sure.

How come we expect good quality for something that is of $100 and you wish to get it for $10?

I think we should be thankful to China that based on our financial affordability range, they are making products to help us enjoy almost same benefits, which I believe no other country has balls to do with such a massive production for almost all kinds of things we use in our daily life.

Why the United States Has Set Itself Up for Failure in the Semiconductor Race for Military Supremacy

From HERE

x
x

Doomsday prophesising of how China’s days are numbered and that it is in the midst of an economic collapse could not be any further from reality.

The reasons for the spread of this sort of gossip is to keep up the belief (and thus investment) in the idea that the United States is secure in its alpha dog global status and that the world is better off siding with said alpha in its escalating and reckless, not to mention unnecessary, economic and geopolitical war against Russia and China. It is to intimidate any country foolish enough to throw too many of its eggs into the Russia-China basket with the thought that they will be left hanging in the wind once China collapses from the international stranglehold on its economy, which is touted as inevitable.

It is to convince the American people, that the further sacrifices they are about to make in their livelihood and standard of living will be worth it, perhaps to even go so far as to proclaim that this will be the necessary “new normal” all for the cause of world security, of course.

The reality of the situation which should be plain for everyone to see at this point, is that the United States’ sanctions and banning of various types of trade with Russia and China, meant to cripple their economies, is doing more damage to the world markets than anything else, including that of Europe and the United States.

These sanctions have brought the world into a very predictable energy and food crisis to which European and American citizens are told they must suffer through in the name of western security. A crisis which is gutting essential infrastructure required to sustain developed countries. A crisis from which there is no quick return to a first world living standard for its citizenry.

It was thought that such manoeuvres would cripple the Russian economy and cause internal unrest demanding for the removal of President Putin. Instead we see the Russian rouble stronger than it has ever been in large part due to the competent leadership of Sergei Glazyev (see his speech on Sanctions and Sovereignty) who is in the process of organising a “new economic order…[which] will involve a creation of a new digital payment currency founded through an international agreement based on principles of transparency, fairness, goodwill, and efficiency” as he explained in an interview with Pepe Escobar for The Cradle.

In other words, the world’s new monetary system, underpinned by a digital currency, will be backed by a basket of new foreign currencies and natural resources. And it will liberate the Global South from both western debt and IMF-induced austerity. What this means is that with this new system, the economic sovereignty of a nation will be protected; that a country rich in resources will finally be in a position to use the profits of these resources to strengthen their currencies and build infrastructure essential for any first world nation rather than be forcefully reduced to an indebted raw resource producer and nothing more as enforced by the policies of the IMF over the past several decades.

x
x

Russia’s economy did not tank, and the alliance between Russia and China has only grown stronger. And despite attempts to isolate their markets, trade opportunities remain ample and in high demand while the United States and Europe who refuse to participate in these markets are pushing themselves further into a corner.

Instead of reassessing its position, the U.S., which clearly did not expect such an outcome, has instead decided to escalate this economic war with China, which will create further hardship for the world markets, in the middle of a very serious semiconductor backlog.

Semiconductors/chips are an essential component for any smart device, including automobiles and smart phones. They are essential in the production of AI, quantum computing, and microelectronics.

Semiconductors are also essential for advanced weapons systems, including hypersonic missiles.

Interestingly, the United States has shot itself in its own kneecap in the middle of a race for military supremacy since the crisis of the semiconductor/chips backlog (triggered by the United States), which has heavily hit the consumer market especially the automobile industry, has also hit the United States’ ability to churn out advanced weapons systems in mass quantity.

In December 2020, SMIC along with other Chinese firms were put on a U.S. blacklist for exports called the Entity List. This was an attempt to prevent SMIC, China’s largest and most sophisticated semiconductor producer, from importing the necessary material and equipment to manufacture 14nm and 20nm semiconductors/chips, which also ended up cutting off the world markets from China, the main supplier of these chips.

TSMC (Taiwan) and Samsung (South Korea) are the present titans in the cutting-edge semiconductor industry (that is 7nm and 5nm chips), however, China’s SMIC was the largest supplier of 20nm+ chips which are essential for the consumer market. When China was taken out of this market it created a bottleneck since TSMC and Samsung, who do not specialise in bulk manufacturing of lower grade chips, were already way above capacity. This created a massive global bottleneck in semiconductor/chip production. [East Asia is manufacturing about 75% of the chips in the world.]

Ironically, the United States would have had an easier time amping up production in their advanced weapons systems if they had left China as the main global supplier of 20nm chips.

Over the past month or so the U.S. State Department has been busy setting up weapon sales with countries such as Japan ($293 million deal, principally with Raytheon Technologies for 150 air-to-air missiles that can be loaded on F-35 fighters), Singapore ($630 million deal for laser-guided bombs and other munitions), Australia ($235 million deal with Lockheed Martin for 80 air-to-surface missiles), South Korea ($130 million for 31 lightweight torpedoes to use with MH-60R helicopters for anti-submarine warfare) and Germany (with a potential sale of over 35 F-35 fighters).

These are orders that presently are unable to be fulfilled by these companies in the short-term due to the semiconductor backlog of 1-2 years or more.

The United States is attempting to increase its onshore manufacturing capabilities so that it can control much more of the supply chain within its domestic market, rather than the present reality, which is that there are several countries dispersed throughout the world who are the specialised leaders of one of the approximately 50 steps, requiring high standard specialisation, in manufacturing cutting edge semiconductors.

The specialising process for all the components required for leading chip manufacturing is so costly (in the hundreds of billions) and precise that it is estimated that it would take at least 4-6 years or more to master each area of specialisation.

“If you want a resilient [self-sufficient] chip supply chain, you not only need chip plants, you also need a whole string of suppliers from critical chemicals and precision components all coming along,” said an executive at Japan’s Daikin, reported by NIKKEI Asia. “Building a semiconductor plant takes several years, but building chemical plants will take even longer given the extensive environmental assessments and regulations for handling chemicals.” [Refer here for a short video on how semiconductors are made.]

Presently, no country comes even close to this capability. Later on in this paper I will explain why if any country is to reach resilience, that is self-sufficiency in this market, it will be China not the United States.

The American Medical System

On Saturday night in June of 2019, I was just about to fall asleep in my bed when I woke up unable to breathe. My husband was away on a business trip so I called my sister to come help me. My 15 year old called EMS as I started having seizures.

Fortunately for me, a wise paramedic insisted that I was taken to UMASS Worcester as the hospital has a neurology department with surgeons. I had an MRI on Sunday morning thanks to the dedicated nursing staff that insisted I get in the queue ahead of scheduled patients. A large mass was found in my brain. It needed to be removed as the seizures were a warning sign that my brain was struggling. The difficulty breathing was believed to be a result of prior seizures that caused me to aspirate spit into my lungs were it progressed into pneumonia. I had to be healed from the pneumonia before the craniotomy could happen. I was admitted to the ICU.

I was 51 at the time working at as VP at a very large bank. I was the bread winner in the family with a good salary, a decent bonus, and full benefits including private health insurance. I did not skimp on the insurance plan I selected. I had no signs of disease beforehand and had completed a dual Masters in Finance and an MBA at Northeastern the summer before.

The neurosurgeon that I agreed to do my craniotomy with, had a difficult conversation with my husband because the after effects of the seizures and pneumonia left me weak. During the procedure, the surgeon could have guidance from equipment that would prevent damage to critical parts of my brain. The surgeon also knew most American insurance doesn’t cover the cost. My husband agreed to pay the extra $17,000 to make sure I could walk, talk, and be my old self eventually.

The pneumonia was healed with antibiotics and I was scheduled for the craniotomy on the Wednesday after the discovery of the mass. The surgery took all day. Apparently I sat up the first night post-surgery although I don’t remember it. By the next day I was able to get into a chair with help, sit, talk, and thankfully recognize my children. The surgery in my opinion is a true miracle of modern medicine. The surgeon got 92% of the mass out.

The private insurance company denied coverage for the $17,000 charge for technology that kept my brain function nearly intact. The denial was because it was determined not medically necessary to preserve brain function in a 51 year old working-mother. I guess alive is the standard of care.

The mass was analyzed and was determined to be brain cancer, a grade 2 astrocytoma. I needed radiation to destroy the remaining 8% of the cancer tumor. I was told at Mass General that traditional photon radiation would cause necrosis to brain tissue and that an alternative called proton would preserve more healthy brain tissue. I wanted to preserve my brain so I could be a mother, wife, and maybe even go back to work.

Insurance once again interfered in quality of life decisions. Proton therapy was denied as not proven to be superior to photon radiation. I was also shocked at the cost of chemo drugs in USA even with insurance. Private insurance is a scam and is inhumane as it doesn’t consider quality of life.

Medicare covers proton therapy yet private insurance is able to deny coverage in the USA. Why are prostates in America worth coverage in elderly men and healthy brain tissue in a middle-aged woman is not covered? A functioning elderly penis is more important in my culture that a functioning middle-aged parent. How can some Americans get access to better care via Medicare while working middle-aged people get ripped off by private insurance if they become sick?

I did get the proton radiation yet I had to leave the United States to get it and depend on my husband’s country. I am lucky to have married a good man that opened up his country’s healthcare when I needed it most and was willing to pay the $17,000 insurance did not cover.

I am more scared about American healthcare than bitter. I am grateful for the hard-working nurses and doctors that saved my life yet I fear they are just chess pieces in the game. What will happen to the future generations of Americans if healthcare isn’t made more equitable? Why aren’t the insurance companies required to cover the same standard of care as Medicare?

Beef Burritos

Enjoy these hearty beef burritos for dinner – ready in 30 minutes. Perfect if you love Mexican cuisine.

x
Beef Burritos

Ingredients

  • 2 cups shredded cooked beef
  • 1 cup from one can (16 oz) Old El Paso™ Traditional Refried Beans
  • 8 flour tortillas (10 inch)
  • 2 cups shredded lettuce
  • 2 medium tomatoes, chopped (1 1/2 cups)
  • 1 cup shredded Cheddar cheese (4 oz)
x
x

Is China too far behind to catch up?

There has been a lot of persistence, perhaps in the belief that if one repeats something out loud enough times it will come true, that China is too far behind to be a contender in the semiconductor race. Since the U.S. ban on China purchasing certain essential materials for chip manufacturing in December 2020, in just the past year, China has experienced a 33% semiconductor growth output.

According to Bloomberg, China’s chip industry is the fastest growing anywhere else in the world, including the world leaders TSMC and Samsung, owning 19 out of the world’s 20 fastest growing chip industry firms over the past four quarters.

SMIC and Hua Hong Semiconductor Ltd., the biggest contract chip makers, have kept their Shanghai-based plants operating at almost full capacity even as the worst Covid-19 outbreak since 2020 paralyzed factories and logistics across China, while other leading semiconductor industries, such as TSMC and Samsung, have been operating at 60% capacity or lower (due to the backlog in essential materials). SMIC recently reported a 67% surge in quarterly sales, outpacing far larger rivals GlobalFoundries Inc. and TSMC.

Despite the United States having already pushed the Netherlands to ban ASML Holding NV from selling China EUV technology (considered essential for manufacturing cutting edge semiconductors), at the time of writing this, it is now attempting to put further pressure on the Netherlands to ban even DUV systems (which predate EUV and are generations behind cutting edge lithography technology) to China in the U.S.’ desperate attempt to remove or at least contain China as a competitor. The U.S. has also attempted to put pressure on Japan’s Nikon (the only other DUV manufacturer at 5% market share) as well.

However, Dutch Prime Minister Mark Rutte said this past June he is against reconsidering trade relations with China and called for the EU to develop its own policies toward Beijing. China is the Netherlands’ third-biggest trade partner after Germany and Belgium. ASML opposes a ban on sales of DUV lithography equipment to Chinese customers because it is already a mature technology.

I suspect this sort of response will become the new normal for the United States if they continue along this line of thinking that everyone, and not just the U.S., should also be ready to shoot themselves in the kneecap or worse, in service of a self-sabotaing idea of U.S. hegemony.

You have to admit, it is a hard story to sell when China is increasingly one of the top trading partners of the majority of countries, while the U.S. seems to only ask that countries be willing to do frequent bloodlettings and be the first to poke their heads up from the trenches in reckless military posturing, all in service to the Anglo-American empire, who has consistently shown that they have not a care in the world for the future state of such countries.

And it gets much worse for American aspirations for global military supremacy…

China’s SMIC has had the capability of manufacturing 7nm chips since 2021, thought to be equivalent to Taiwan’s TSMC’s N7 (7nm chip) in yield optimization. [TSMC is capable of 5nm chip production and is expected to achieve 3nm chip production by the end of this year]. This puts China in the lead of the United States’ Intel, which has yet to achieve manufacturing capability of 7nm chips and hopes to reach capability by the end of 2022 or early 2023.

[Note: Presently, TSMC is banned from selling semiconductors to Huawei that have been made with U.S. technology. Huawei up until that point was the biggest client of TSMC.]

TSMC had already filed lawsuits in U.S. courts against SMIC for products made with TSMC trade secrets in 2003 and 2006, the latter which ended with a settlement. This was a rather controversial manoeuvre on the part of TSMC since the United States is not neutral ground and stands to benefit greatly by crippling what is now China’s no. 1 semiconductor producer. However, TSMC did decide to make a settlement with SMIC rather than attempting to go for the full jugular. Interestingly one of the terms of settlement was the transfer over of about 10% of SMIC’s stocks to TSMC.

There are no signs yet that TSMC is seeking another lawsuit against SMIC, however, even if they were successful, it were likely that China would be prevented from trading with unfriendly countries in 7nm chips but would continue its production and application within China and its trade to friendly countries. The U.S. is increasingly in no position to enforce anything further than this.

With the advent of SMIC’s N+1 and N+2 (7nm chips), China is now 4-6 years behind the leaders (TSMC, Samsung) in cutting edge semiconductor capability. HiSilicon and Huawei together will no doubt accomplish much with N+2 and are capable of massive output.

This is very big news.

Funny how western press seems to be rather silent on this massive breakthrough for China which has propelled it ever close to the front of the race. Instead, we seem to be told, with ever more vigor, that China’s economy is in the midst of a collapse…

China has accomplished what almost everyone thought to be actually impossible. Namely, it was thought an extremely difficult if not impossible task to produce 7nm chips with high yield optimization without EUV technology (to which China has been banned from using after the U.S. pressured the government of the Netherlands). China has also been banned from other thought-to-be key components and yet, have either found a way to bypass the requirement of such things or have successfully specialised in their production on their own.

In January 2022, legendary TSMC R&D Director Dr. Burn Lin mentioned in an interview that SMIC can even fabricate N5 equivalent chips with only multi-patterning no EUV necessary. (TSMC had also become quite good at making cutting edge semiconductors before the EUV technology had come out).

Thus, those simply accusing China of just “copying” TSMC N7 have no comprehension that to actually successfully manufacture TSMC N7 yield optimization level chips is akin to successfully building the Star Trek Enterprise and all its features with 60% of the parts and using technology thought to be about 20 years behind the requirement to build such a thing. You can understand why almost everyone thought this was an impossibility for China.

Instead of accusing China of merely copying, her critics should in fact acknowledge this impressive achievement for what it is. China is increasingly finding itself in the lead of the U.S., despite being the only country banned from full participation in this market.

I worked for a major rental car company that hurts to mention. Guy comes up, very very busy airport, late flights due to heavy storms, has no reservation, demands a luxury car. I ONLY had one in inventory, but we never rented it except to very rude customers.

That ONE Luxury car left in inventory had been rented when it was brand spanking new, and even a year later it had less than 500 miles on it. The very first person to rent it had driven 25 miles to a scenic spot, then killed himself on a hot summer day. Other than the smell of death, the car was pristine. It was cleaned, re-cleaned, even left with boxes of green apples, so only if it was left in the sun was the odor noticeable.

I offered new rude customer a mid sized sedan for the cheapest rate for the smallest cars. He refused because “don’t you know who I am”.

My manager comes over and takes over. Rude guy yells at my manager for a solid 15 minutes.

My manager finally says “I do have a new red Lincoln Town Car with only 500 miles on it that I’ll let you rent for the same rate as a subcompact car, but I warn you, the Town Car is haunted.

The guy smirks in satisfaction that he’d managed to bully his way into a luxury car fir the cheapest rate and says “ I don’t believe in ghosts.”

This was a cool summer night after thunderstorms, so everyone knew that car wouldn’t smell until the sun hits it the next day.

As he signed the contract you could see all 25 counter rental agents grinning ear to ear. We never rented that car until someone was so mean and nasty they deserved it. Think of Steve Martin’s character in “Trains, Planes, and Automobiles” at the car rental company.

We all knew that the next day rude guy would bring the smelly car back. We knew that managers would give gim a complimentary car rental. All managers knew that anyone with that car had been an exceptional jerk, and that only the most deserving asshats were ever rented that car.

We also knew that said jerk would have spend half a day going back to a congested International Airport, fighting traffic in a God awful smelly car. Said jerk would spend at least an hour yelling and screaming in front of other people and their kids. We all knew he’d get a free car for a few days, which didn’t matter.

Be nice to your flight attendants, be nice to your rental car representative, be nice to your hotel desk clerk. They ALL have ways to make your trip miserable without violating laws or company policies.

How the U.S. was the first to use the “Copy EXACTLY! Technology Transfer Method”

Before I go on to discuss where is the U.S. positioned in the semiconductor race, I thought it necessary to review a very important piece of history that everyone, but especially Americans, should know about in relation to their criticism of China.

In the 1980s Japan was the kingpin in cutting edge semiconductors production. This was especially the case relating to a specific type of memory chip DRAM.

Japan’s product was not only superior to that of what the United States was producing but it was also much cheaper, due to Japan’s investment in automation tools and processes. This resulted in much lower defect rates and higher yields.

It was also because Americans were dependent on NMOS for their DRAM technologies, whereas the Japanese had decided to go the more difficult and risky route with CMOS, that is, more expensive and harder to pull off. Rapid advances in lithography technology made the cost of CMOS far lower and became the industry standard.

American chipmakers were now the owners of outdated, expensive technology. And Japan became the kingpin of the semiconductor world.

In 1985 there was a recession in the computer market, with the microcomputer market seeing an 8% decline. This decline had massive reverberations down the supply chain. Prices collapsed by 60%.

Intel, DRAM pioneer, experienced the biggest crash in orders in over ten years, resulting in their exiting of the DRAM industry entirely. Leading U.S. semiconductor industries saw 14-17% decline in revenues. By 1986, the American DRAM industry had dropped from fourteen producers in 1970 to just three.

Complaints from certain quarters in the United States began criticizing Japan for “predatory” and “unfair” trade practices despite the recession in 1985 being a demand problem and not a competition problem. These complaints were primarily:

  1. That the Japanese were dumping semiconductors into the U.S. market at below fair market value.
  2. The Japanese were not providing foreign chip makers sufficient access to its domestic market

However, Japan’s semiconductor presence in the U.S. did not harm all American markets, IBM and AT&T greatly benefitted from these lower prices for DRAM.

Discussions began about implementing trade barriers, which would in turn make America an even more expensive place to make things, accelerating the electronic assembly off-shoring trend already underway.

In June 1985, Micron filed an anti-dumping complaint against Japanese exporters of 64K DRAM. Intel, AMD and National Semiconductor soon followed, doing the same for the EPROM market.

The Reagan Administration had filed a complaint of their own over 256K DRAM (64K DRAM was released by Japan in 1982 and 256K DRAM was released by Japan in 1984).

President Reagan, who was supposed to be all about free markets, in the spring of 1986 forced the U.S.-Japan Semiconductor Agreement with METI (Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry in Japan).

Part of the conditionalities of this agreement were that the American semiconductor share in the Japanese market be increased to a target of 20-30% in five years, that every Japanese firm stop its “dumping” into the American market and the Americans wanted a separate monitoring body to help enforce all of this.

Many Japanese companies felt that their government had caved and had betrayed them. They had hoped for a simple fine. It was thought incredible, and rightly so, that their company trade data now needed to be submitted to a third party in order to be reviewed and judged in accordance to the demands of an American market competitor.

Not only this, but these Japanese companies were being asked to trade with American companies, regardless of whether the American product was the most superior or best priced from its competitors, to meet this U.S. demand for a 20-30% Japanese market share.

No surprise here, the Japanese companies refused to do this and METI had no way of forcing them to do so.

President Reagan responded by imposing a 100% tariff on $300 million worth of Japanese goods in April 1987. Combined with the 1985 Plaza Agreement which revalued the Japanese Yen the U.S.-Japan Semiconductor Agreement gave the U.S. memory market the extra boost it needed.

Of course, that boost was akin to pushing Japan’s head underwater for several minutes while a race was underway, however, rather embarrassingly, Japan would still maintain a lead.

The U.S. was in no position to beat the Japanese in its domination of the semiconductor industry. There was no choice but to…copy Japanese technology, in the name of American supremacy that is.

It appears no country has the right to earn its way to the top other than the U.S. in a world we are told benefits the smartest, most innovative and fastest growing industries. Apparently everyone at the end of the day works for a global boss, who reserves the right to determine your company’s fate and the rules are changed accordingly to what suits this global boss’ needs case by case, the world markets be damned.

Intel would be the first to implement vast copying of Japanese semiconductor technology in order to stay in the competition. Craig Barrett CEO (1998-2005) and Chairman (1968-2009) of Intel was the first to implement “Copy EXACTLY! Technology Transfer Method.” I think the title gives you a good enough idea of what that entails.

Again, if we have learned anything from the generous lessons bestowed on us by the great arbiter, the United States, it is to “Do as I Say, Not as I Do.”

Apparently copying is only an infringement on patents when other countries do it. I guess this is sort of similar to the American lesson that biological research facilities only turn into dangerous bio labs threatening world security when in the possession of the Russians, when in the possession of the Americans it is simply called biological research and entomology (the study of insects).

Yields at American fabs (semiconductor fabrication plant, also know as foundry), improved by 60% in 1986 to 84% in 1991. Over the same time the Japanese had gone from 75% in 1986 to 93% in 1991, decreasing the gap by 6% in the span of five years between the two competitors.

In 1984 the U.S. passed the National Cooperative Research Act, which among other things allowed for the revising of laws to permit partnerships between national research institutes and private companies and that these private companies could attain the exclusive rights of the generated research for five years or even longer.

This initiative was to partially mimic what the Japanese had done in terms of collaboration between companies and R&D, however, whatever came out of such partnerships were owned by the Japanese government. In the case of the United States, publicly funded research was to be the property of private companies who could choose to use whatever they learned from such research for their sole benefit or to even bury it if it was thought to be not “profitable” in accordance with their aims, whatever that might be.

In 1987, fourteen American semiconductor companies along with DARPA joined together to found SEMATECH. SEMATECH became the facilitator of relationships within the American semiconductor industry. DARPA stands for Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency. DARPA is a research and development agency of the United States Department of Defense responsible for the development of emerging technologies for use by the military.

x
x

In case the chilling reality of this has not fully sunk in, what the formation of SEMATECH along with the National Cooperative Research Act meant, was that the U.S. Department of Defense was the sole proprietor of R&D research in practically ALL fields of science and engineering. In other words, the U.S. Department of Defense would be the sole conduit at the core deciding where funding goes, which projects should be prioritised and downgraded, and which projects should be killed in their cradle never to be talked about again with threat on your life.

For those who take issue in all advancement of technology because they are fearful that we are heading towards such dystopic visions as Terminator, the Matrix, or Bladerunner, this is not because this is what humans “naturally” do, it is not even fair nor accurate to say that this is what all countries will inevitably do. It is namely what a country will do if the military industrial complex is its sole reason for existing on this Earth. And it will feed this monster at the cost of the welfare and livelihood of its actual people, as we see so clearly occurring specifically within the United States.

And yes, this is specifically striking in the United States, especially since the 2007-2008 financial crisis, to which the U.S. has yet to do anything differently in terms of how it runs its finances, despite countless Americans losing their homes and more while the big banks have been repeatedly bailed out with taxpayer money.

Today, the U.S. continues to spend hundreds of billions of dollars on its military industrial complex and leaves the ever-growing poverty, suicide and drug abuse unaddressed while it loudly blares its woke priorities as to how to speak in such a way that no person could possibly be emotionally offended and in the process render anything you have to say entirely irrelevant.

People should wake up and realise that they are not mad because of this or that label, it is because your future was stolen from you, and it was done by the hand of your very own government.

Your oppression in situated in your lack of opportunity, in your lack of real choice for a better future. In today’s western world you are free to choose whatever avatar you like but you are not free to make any changes to the status quo that is governed by the military industrial complex, which keeps the American people in ever-increasing poverty and destroys entire nations. What sort of freedom is that?

This is the reason why no decent scientist can hope to accomplish great benefits for their society with any research they conduct in the United States. It is all about business at the end of the day, and there is no bigger business than the military business in the United States, except perhaps “biological research” which is drawing a close second, and technically speaking figures into the military business…

x
x

.

Note that in the case of China in the above graph, this is an estimate.

In the case of China what we see is the very opposite to what is occurring in the United States. As the World Bank and BBC attest, surprise surprise, China is doing what they say they are doing in addressing poverty levels, you can read about it on the BBC news site. According to the World Bank, which draws a higher poverty line for upper-middle income countries, to reflect the economic conditions, China is now considered an upper-middle-income country according to the World Bank.

Therefore, China is able to not only compete with the American arms race (in self-defence to the clear war escalation), but it is also able to compete in other areas of more useful endeavours as well as raising its own people out of poverty.

China is not subservient to a military industrial complex and using the lazy logic that if it happened to the U.S. it will happen to China, is to not only disregard what is actually going on in China today but it is also to disregard the cultural orientation of its country and its people.

Now back to our story.

Intel, which would exit out of DRAM in 1985 would turn their focus on logic chips, which they are now a world leader in.

In 1991, the Japanese real estate bubble burst. The real estate bubble had inflated due to the Yen’s appreciation, triggered by the 1985 Plaza Accord.

In 1983 Samsung received a technology transfer from Micron (the company that launched the complaint suit against Japan that started this whole thing off) for 64K DRAM.

To the credit of Samsung, they utilised this technology transfer to maximum use and along with LG and Hyundai were able to produce the 4M DRAM, with their product hitting the market just 6 months after the Japanese.

Micron was one of the few American DRAM producers to have survived the 80s and had made adjustments making production very cheap for their lower-end DRAM chips.

While Samsung was beginning to compete for the lead in cutting edge DRAM technology with the Japanese, Micron in a pincer move flooded the Japanese markets with half-a-generation behind DRAM chips at a cost of $4 when Japan was selling them at $6.

x
x

Japan’s semiconductor market was hit from the top by Samsung with their high-end products and at the bottom by Micron with their low-end products, known as the Micron Shock. The Micron Shock set into motion the fall of the Japanese semiconductor manufacturing industry.

128M DRAM prices collapsed by 50% in a single year. Fujitsu exited the DRAM market in 1998. Japanese companies Hitachi and NEC merged their operations together to create Elpida in 1999. They later took over Mitsubishi’s DRAM division in 2002. Elpida was later acquired by none other than….Micron Technology.

Japan’s semiconductor industry is still strong but they are much smaller players in the world market and no longer have a capability of developing cutting edge semiconductors. Companies such as TSMC, Samsung, SMIC, and Intel are much further in the lead. (for more on this story to which I largely drew from refer to Asianometry).

Today, the United States has reopened its arms to Japan in what is promised to be a loving embrace this time around, Japan will open an R&D center for next-generation 2nm chips by year-end under a partnership with the U.S., part of their efforts to establish secure chip supply chains amid tensions around industry leader Taiwan.

Perhaps Japan truly believes it will really be different this time around.

Best Homemade Giardiniera (Hot or Mild)

Not just for hot dogs and muffuletta sandwiches, add this giardinera to your burgers, nachos, pizzas, pasta salads and anything else your heart desires! This homemade giardiniera recipe is simply the best and once you’ve tried it you’ll be HOOKED for life!

x
x

How To Make Giardiniera

Giardiniera, pronounced “jar-din-air-ah”, is one condiment you don’t want to be without.  And once you’ve tried it you’ll understand why.

Originating in Italy, these pickled vegetables were introduced to Chicago in the late 19th century by Italian immigrants and took their place as arguably the city’s most popular condiment.  It’s used on practically everything!  You name it, giardiniera is just what you need to bring your hot dogs, burgers, sandwiches, nachos, antipasto platters and pasta salads to life.  In Chicago you’ll even commonly find it served on pizzas and, of course, no Italian beef sandwich is complete without it.

Have you been to New Orleans?  Giardiniera is the magical ingredient in those mouthwatering muffuletta sandwiches.

In short, giardiniera is the ultimate pickled vegetable relish!

x
x

The popularity of giardiniera has continued to explode in Chicago with more than a million pounds of it being sold annually. Still it remains relatively unknown outside of the Windy City except among those with strong Italian roots.

So if you’ve never heard of or tried it before, now is your chance to make some absolutely delectable homemade giardiniera that will bring new life and flavor to your favorite foods!

I’m also including recipes for canning giardiniera so you can store it long-term to enjoy all year round.

You can chop the veggies however large or small you prefer. In Italy the vegetables are usually left in fairly large pieces and that way it’s also more versatile. Left in larger pieces you have the flexibility of serving the giardiniera with your charctuerie/antipasto platters and when you want to use it for sandwiches, hot dogs, pasta salads, etc, you can simply diced up the finished giardiniera into smaller chunks.

But left large or diced small, you are simply going to LOVE this giardiniera!

x
x

Let’s get started!

Chop up the veggies and place them in a large non-reactive pot or bowl.

If you’re wondering how to get the crinkle-cut carrots, use a mandolin slicer that has that ability.

x
x

Pour 1/4 cup kosher salt over the vegetables.

x
x

Pour enough water over the vegetables to cover them.

Let them soak in the salt water for at least 6 hours or overnight. This step is critical for drawing out excess water from the vegetables which would otherwise dilute the vinegar brine and lead to spoilage.

x
x

To prepare the jars, place the spices into each of the jars.

I like to make some batches hot and some mild. Do that by using or omitting red chili flakes. For a true Chicago-style giardiniera you’ll want to make it hot.

x
x

Thoroughly rinse and drain the vegetables before dividing them up between the jars. Pack the vegetables in as tightly as you can.

Place the garlic each jar.

x
x

Now we’re making a vinegar solution to pickle the vegetables.

To play it safe Cooperative Extension Service sources recommend a 1:1 ratio of vinegar to water. Some other recipes may have a lighter vinegar brine but if you’re planning on storing your giardiniera for more than 2 weeks, we recommend this ratio to create enough acidity to prevent the risk of unwanted bacteria.

Bring the water, vinegar and salt to a boil.

x
x

Pour the boiling brine over the vegetables leaving a little more than 1/2 inch headspace from the top.

x
x

Pour the olive oil over the top.

Wipe the rims with a wet paper towel and seal the jars.

If you plan on using the giardiniera within two weeks let the jars sit at room temperature for a day or two and then transfer them to the fridge.

x
x

If you’re canning the giardiniera for long-term storage, seal the jars with the lids and rims and prepare a boiling water bath.  Boil the jars for 10 minutes.  Carefully remove the jars and let them sit undisturbed for 24 hours before moving them.

Adjustments for high altitudes:

  • At 1,001 to 6,000 feet (305 to 1,829 meters) above sea level: increase processing time by 5 minutes.
  • Above 6,000 feet (1,829 meters) above sea level: increase processing time by 10 minutes.

If processed in the water bath, the giardiniera is best consumed within 6 months but will keep for at least a year.

**NOTE:  If you’re canning the jars for long-term storage it is critical to be sure you thoroughly wipe the rims of the jars to ensure no oil residue is on them, otherwise they will not seal properly.  Alternatively, you can omit the oil during canning and add it later to your giardiniera when you open the jar.

x
x

Ingredients

  • 1/2 head cauliflower, chopped into small florets
  • 10 ribs celery , diced
  • 5 carrots , diced
  • 2 large red bell peppers , seeded and chopped
  • 1 cup sliced green pitted olives
  • 4 serrano peppers (or more according to heat preference) , sliced
  • Spices/Ingredients for EACH pint jar:
  • 1/2 teaspoon dried oregano
  • 1/2 teaspoon coriander seeds
  • 1/4 teaspoon yellow mustard seeds
  • 1/4 teaspoon fennel seeds
  • 1/4 teaspoon black peppercorns
  • 1/4 teaspoon red chili flakes (optional, for hot giardiniera)
  • 1/8 teaspoon celery seeds
  • 1 bay leaf
  • 1 clove garlic, cut in half
  • 1 tablespoon extra virgin olive oil
  • For the Brine:
  • 4 cups white wine vinegar
  • 4 cups water
  • 2 tablespoons kosher salt

Instructions

  • Place the chopped veggies a large non-reactive pot or bowl. Pour 1/4 cup kosher salt over the vegetables and enough water to cover them. Let the vegetables soak in the salt water for at least 6 hours or overnight.
  • To prepare the jars, place the spices into each of the jars, reserving the garlic and olive oil until after the brine is added. (I like to make some jars hot and some mild by adding/omitting the red chili flakes).
  • Thoroughly rinse and drain the vegetables before dividing them up between the jars. Pack the vegetables in as tightly as you can. Place a clove of garlic (cut in half) in each jar.
  • To make the brine: Bring the water, vinegar and salt to a boil. Pour the boiling brine over the vegetables leaving a little more than 1/2 inch headspace from the top. Pour a tablespoon of olive oil over the top in each jar. Thoroughly wipe the rims with a wet paper towel, ensuring no oil or other residue is on them, and seal the jars.
  • If you plan on using the giardiniera within two weeks let the jars sit at room temperature for a day or two and then transfer them to the fridge. The flavor only gets better with time so wait at least 2-3 days before eating it. Will keep refrigerated for 2 weeks.
  • If you’re canning the giardiniera for long-term storage, seal the jars with the lids and rims and prepare a boiling water bath. Boil the jars for 10 minutes. Carefully remove the jars and let them sit undisturbed for 24 hours before moving them.

    If processed in the water bath, the giardiniera is best consumed within 6 months but will keep for at least a year.

    **IMPORTANT NOTE:  If you’re canning the jars for long-term storage it is critical to be sure you thoroughly wipe the rims of the jars to ensure no oil residue is on them, otherwise they will not seal properly.  Alternatively, you can omit the oil during canning and add it later to your giardiniera when you open the jar.

Common Prosperity

The overriding ideological shift coming from Beijing – of Common Prosperity and “houses are for living in, not speculation” – is intact
.

From HERE

Oh they HATE it!
For the last year, all I have heard from China pundits is that its property market will eventually be saved. They have been non-stop wrong.

China’s property market has not bottomed. 

Authorities have been slow to react and did little when they moved. 

The overriding ideological shift coming from Beijing – of Common Prosperity and “houses are for living in, not speculation” – is intact. 

Even Worse, the underlying driver of the policy shift, deteriorating demographics, has only fallen away faster than expected.

Some months ago I declared that we are past the tipping point in this market adjustment. By that, I meant it was now self-fulfilling. Expectations and psychology are broken. Neither buyers nor developers have any desire to leverage up into an asset class that is being sat on by Beijing forever more, even if it is fed short-term stimulus.
Chua responds…
Reform always come with pain, initial stage of anti corruption also affect the economy, but in the long run, the pain is transitional and worth it. 

The time will come when:

1) whereone in China with a job will not be homeless 

2) Low property and rental cost will ensure affordability across the nation

3) with such attractive factors of doing business across China, the country will stay super competitive in retaining and attracting manufacturing and business investments both domestically and internationally 

4) when cost of living stress is under control, families will have the ability to have more children 

5) instead of spending most of the money on rent and mortgage repayment, the average Chinese population will have extra money to spend on everything else, the pillar of economy based on consumption will enhance, wealth will be more equally spread across the country with many mum and dad businesses benefited from 1.4b consumers spreading across the country. 

6) the crusader capitalists won't allow such thing to happen in their country as they want to suck in all the money from every individuals. 

Cheers 

Chua 

China will collapse because they care too much about their people!

They should be like America… Feed The Greed!

x
American homeless in San Francisco. Most are working, but cannot afford a place to live.

Imagine you live in 19th century St. Petersburg. You are of noble birth, and you have a swanky townhouse, maybe even a baroque palace. You have a summer estate, where your serfs toil, within a couple of hours’ carriage ride from the capital. You go to all the best parties. You go to the dramatic theater every Tuesday and Thursday, and to the opera on Fridays. You’re friends with all the best people. Life is good.

But one day, you make an improvident joke in public, which gets written down and circulated, and the Tsar’s secret police has decided to exile you to Siberia. What does that mean?

Well, let’s say you’re dispatched to the classic destination of Beryozovo, where Prince Menshikov (and his daughters) died in exile in 1729.

x
x

Alexander Menshikov in exile

Beryozovo is located at a distance of almost 2500 km (1550 miles) east-northeast of the capital. Your carriage ride, which you will undergo in the company of a rude guard with halitosis and smelly feet, will take weeks.

Every little comfort, every item you intend to take with you will require official permission. The Tsar’s police will actually go through your luggage, item by item, telling you what you can and can’t take with you. You will probably be allowed to pack just a couple of books, predominantly of a religious nature — a Bible, Lives of Saints, a psalter — that’s about it. You will be allowed to bring a few religious articles you need for worship, some clothes and a few personal items. A roll pillow, maybe? Beyond that, an official permission is unlikely to be forthcoming.

You will set out likely in late summer or early fall, when the mosquitoes have subsided, but the roads are still relatively dry (being dry is a luxury in Siberia, as you will soon learn).

One often overlooked aspect of Siberian exile is the psychological torture, which the Tsarist regime perfected into an art form. Your journey will be lonely. A hundred miles or so east of St. Petersburg, you will be entering the poorest, least developed part of Russia. You will spend your journey in a tiny, unheated carriage, in the company of an absolutely odious person, who will make your life a living hell. That person was likely assigned to accompany you to Siberia as a form of punishment for some transgression, and he will transfer all his anger and resentment onto you. He will pick his nose. He will take off his boots and rewrap his feet in the carriage. He will belch. Weeks, and weeks, and weeks, and weeks of this. No, you will not grow fond of this fellow, nor he of you.

Eventually, the road will come to a crude stone stele, leaning and in danger of falling over, where your guard will invite you to get out. This stele marks the border between Russia proper and Siberia. Prisoners heading to Siberia were routinely invited to stop at that spot and to bow towards Russia and pray. In case you’re confused about this, your guard will explain that there is a good chance this is the last time you’ll lay eyes on Russia, and so you should make your good-byes now.

As you head deeper into Siberia via an endless dirt road…

x
x

your carriage will get stuck in the mud with increasing frequency. You will have to get out and walk through unimaginable muck, sometimes hip-high. Sometimes you will have to assist in pushing the carriage. You will get dirty. Within a week, every single item of clothing you possess will be covered in filth. Obviously, there is no laundry en route.

There will be fewer and fewer conveniences along the road. You will stay in awful, dingy, unheated rooms, sleep in broken beds on straw mattresses covered (if you are lucky) with dank and rotten bedding. You will eat hardtack, day-old cabbage soup and mushy buckwheat with grease.

Eventually, you will get to your destination — a town of rough-hewn, half-sunken wooden houses, where the mud in the main thoroughfare comes up slightly below the knee in the summer, and slightly above the knee in the winter. Your dwelling will look something like this:

x
x

(Assuming you got the government’s permission for windows — yes, you had to have permission for those.) Except, the windows in your izba won’t have glass in them — they will be covered with calf’s skin, burlap or rags. Window glass is a high-level luxury in Siberia at this time, and you will almost certainly not be allowed to have it. Your izba will have an open hearth, which will fill the place with smoke — in Russian, this is called “black heating”. To have “white” heating, you would need official permission, and to get skilled artisans to come build you a proper petch with all the necessary guts.

x
x

Russian petch with “black” heating, meaning smoke billows into the room.

Most likely, though, the government won’t authorize you to get a smokeless heating system, at least not right away. They’ll want you to suffer some, and won’t relent until “black heating” has done a number on your lungs. If you didn’t have consumption before, you’ll probably develop it. If you already had consumption (which was not unusual for the swampy St. Petersburg climate), it will get significantly worse. You’ll have blepharitis.

Even if you still have access to your family’s money, and can bribe your way into having conveniences, even luxuries — hell, Decembrists built their own wooden Siberian Paris, complete with a club — some things are just hardwired into the whole Siberian exile experience. Imagine a most remote, dusty town — only without the Internet, radio, television or most books. Food is seasonal, and awful. You will lose teeth, and you will have to consume deer blood or raw liver to avoid scurvy. The population is mostly soldiers, laborers, peasants and criminals, predominantly illiterate. Fully 50% of them, if not more, have syphilis. Nearly 100% of them are alcoholics. The two most sophisticated town denizens are a hard-drinking “doctor”, who is probably just a barber who calls himself doctor, and an equally hard-drinking priest, who is serving out his own punishment. The “doctor” is the only medic for hundreds of miles. Before every surgery or other procedure, he must imbibe at least 4 ounces of vodka; this is the only way he can stop his hands shaking long enough to perform an amputation. The only other medical professional in town is an illiterate medicine woman – slash – midwife who knows local herbs, mushrooms and berries. She can help you if you have a mild case of the runs, but not if it’s anything more serious than that.

You will be under constant surveillance by an alcoholic gendarme, who will rifle through your things every few days. All your letters will be opened, read and copied before you get them. Your guards will write regular reports to St. Petersburg, so you would be well-advised to be on your very best behavior.

There is really nothing to do. You have to devise your own entertainment — write your memoirs (which will, of course, be scrutinized), play with local children, learn gardening, pray.

The climate is insane. It’s brutally cold in the winter, but in the summer, it’s practically the Guatemalan jungle, with sweltering tropical heat, 100% humidity and merciless swarms of mosquitoes and midges that just devoir you alive, burrow into the corners of your eyes, take up residence in your ears. When this radical changeover occurs in the spring, massive flows of water on those great Siberian rivers push up against giant ice plugs further up north, in the Arctic, leading to stupendous flooding every spring. There is water everywhere, including your living room, followed by impassable oceans of mud (everywhere, including your living room). There isn’t a single minute of your existence when you aren’t uncomfortable — not a moment when you aren’t freezing cold, or sweating in the summer heat, or being swarmed by insects, or having itchy eyes and migraines from the smoke in your izba.

Hopefully, your family back in the capital is advocating for you and bribing court officials as needed. Perhaps you will eventually be allowed to move to a bigger town, or slightly closer to Russia. If you are lucky, in a few years you may be permitted to transfer to your baronial estate and remain there under house arrest. If you are super-lucky — like, if there is an actual regime change — you may be allowed back in the capital.

Unless you die first.

Is the U.S. too far behind to catch up?

Intel was scheduled to have its 7nm chips in production by 2021, instead one year later, Intel has yet to develop the capability of 7nm chip production which they hope to achieve by the end of 2022 or early 2023.

However, despite China having figured this all out in 2021, we are still supposed to believe that China is hopelessly behind the U.S. in the semiconductor race. Back in July 2021, Intel is still making big announcements of their comeback, now moved back to the year 2025

2025 is something that is almost lightyears away in the semiconductor R&D. Who knows what TSMC, Samsung and SMIC will have achieved by then, there may even be a new form of technology to replace the entire present way of doing things. Perhaps the U.S. is used to making these predictions assuming everyone else will remain stationary? Someone should tell them and their investors that this is no longer 1985.

With this set back in mind that things tend not to run on schedule in the semiconductor business, is it a feasible prospect of the United States to increase its onshore manufacturing capabilities so that it can control much more of the supply chain within its domestic market?

The short answer is no. But don’t take it from me, take it from Morris Chang, an elder statesman of the semiconductor industry who founded and formerly chaired TSMC, who put this smack of reality most bluntly in remarks addressed to the U.S. as reported by NIKKEI Asia:

“If you want to re-establish a complete semiconductor supply chain in the U.S., you will not find it as a possible task,” he said at an industry forum last year. “Even after you spend hundreds of billions of dollars, you will still find the supply chain to be incomplete, and you will find that it will be very high cost, much higher cost than what you currently have.”

Despite these words of advice, amidst what I think can be fairly called an economic recession if not depression, the United States has just recently passed the $52 billion CHIPS Act, with $39 billion planned to be spent domestically, to namely benefit, you guessed it, the military industrial complex.

U.S. Commerce Secretary Gina Raimondo warned in a recent interview with CNBC while the CHIPS Act was being considered by Congress:

“If you allow yourself to think about a scenario where the United States no longer had access to the chips currently being made in Taiwan, it’s a scary scenario…It’s a deep and immediate recession. It’s an inability to protect ourselves by making military equipment. We need to make this in America.”

Notice the only concern she names by name? The military industrial complex. At some point Americans need to ask themselves, what is the point of all of this military equipment if the American people’s livelihood is not economically secure, in violation to the promise of freedom from want as one of the four core American freedoms. How is the American government providing the American people security if they do not even have enough food to eat and have no homes to live in but increasingly ghettofied communities living like an ant colony. Or Elon Musk’s ridiculous house box. They are literally selling boxes for homes as if this is some sort of luxury product.

Why is it ok for Americans to increasingly have no access to the most basic of basic needs while hundreds of billions of dollars are poured into Department of Defense Frankenstein projects?

In case you haven’t noticed, the Cold War has been going on for 76 years now. When has the military industrial complex ever been justified and not in fact based on conscious lies? President Eisenhower departed his office actually acknowledging that he left a monster growing in the basement and had no idea how to get rid of it in his farewell address:

“In the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military-industrial complex… The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists, and will persist.”

Honestly, he might as well have gotten into a helicopter and left the country waving like Nixon did while the Americans all stared dumbstruck. But somehow we largely regard that speech as if it were something respectable. Let us call a spade for what it is. And what happened to the next President who was elected to address the matter? His brains were splattered onto the pavement in broad daylight on live television.

Anyway, I digress, back to the matter of American supremacy…

The U.S. is confident that it can once again unleash its jungle roar of supremacy with the help of TSMC. TSMC is scheduled to building fabs (semiconductor fabrication plants) in the U.S. and Japan.

Intel doesn’t expect its new fabs in Ohio to begin production until 2025. Intel is also building two new factories in Arizona expected to go online in 2024. That’s when TSMC and Samsung also plan to open new fabs in Texas and Arizona, respectively. What this means is essentially that they have agreed to share some of their trade secrets with the U.S.

This is likely not being done voluntarily, without some very scary threats.

As NIKKEI Asia reported Taiwan’s government is keenly aware that if TSMC were to move production sites it could weaken the island’s security position, analysts say. For many analysts, those factories and their role in the global economy act as an insurance policy for the island.

“The Taiwanese government will definitely hope TSMC keeps its most cutting-edge factories all in Taiwan,” said Su Tzu-yun, director of the Institute for National Defense Security Research in Taipei. “That could make Taiwan a safer place. No one would want to damage TSMC’s advanced chip production capacities, which are the hearts of many electronic devices…We don’t think the tension and competition between the U.S. and China will end any time soon…As a crucial supplier, TSMC may still face a tough issue later – choosing sides.”

TSMC is thus stuck in a very tight spot right now. What Taipei should also understand is that Taiwan is expendable to the United States, but it is not expendable to China. Rather, Taiwan is actually essential for China’s security. Taiwan needs to realise that words are words but actions are another thing. Independence for Taiwan is not a reality. It is not an economic reality. And it is not a political reality (not to mention cultural reality).

The United States will not stop until Taiwan becomes its own military base (added to the list of South Korea and Japan) and becomes an upholder to U.S. hegemony in the area, which pretty much runs counter to every country’s interest in South-East Asia. Or Taiwan can return to China and receive protection from America’s war mongering. China will do this one way or another, that is, defend their land against a U.S. invasion, but it would be nice if Taiwan had its head together if such a stand-off were to occur.

In case you have not been informed, Taiwan is internationally recognised, including by the United States as part of China. China has enough missiles to defend Taiwan without any issue. For more on China’s military capability refer to ex-Marine Brian Berletic’s New Atlas.

Thus, though Intel has high ambitions to somehow be in the lead in 2025 despite only being thrown scraps from the alley presently, the elephant in the room here is that the U.S. seems to have lost any ability to actually be an innovator in the field. The only thing keeping them in the game right now as a leading cutting edge semiconductor manufacturer is their use of intimidation and threat of force.

The writing is on the wall, as Russia and China gain in economic and military supremacy, South Korea and Taiwan will be free to conduct their business as they choose and not be obligated to constantly give the U.S. favors under uncomfortably tense situations threatening the very sovereignty of these companies let alone countries.

Another rather large factor to the U.S.’ miscalculation in their strive for supremacy is the matter of a little mineral called Fluorite.

Fluoropolymers are a key material for semiconductor production. Fluoropolymers are processed from fluorspar, also known as fluorite, a mineral of which China controls nearly 60% of the global production output, according to data from market research company IndexBox. China has long identified fluorspar as a strategic resource and back in the late 1990s limited exports due to its importance to industries from agriculture, electronics and pharmaceuticals to aviation, space and defense.

In a supply chain review paper published by the White House in 2021, the U.S. flagged the risks of critical materials subject to foreign domination and identified fluorspar as one in a list of “shortfall strategic and critical materials.”

x
x

An independent commission established by Congress recently concluded: “If a potential adversary bests the United States in semiconductors over the long term or suddenly cuts off U.S. access to cutting-edge chips entirely, it could gain the upper hand in every domain of warfare.

The Centre for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS) reportsChina’s leaders have set a goal to build a ‘fully modern’ military by 2027 based on ‘informatization,’ ‘intelligentization,’ and ‘mechanization,’ investing heavily in technical areas which support such an approach, such as AI, quantum computing, hypersonics, and microelectronics.”

As the chair and vice chair of the National Security Commission on Artificial Intelligence (NSCAI) put it in 2021, “We do not want to overstate the precariousness of our position, but given that the vast majority of cutting-edge chips are produced at a single plant separated by just 110 miles of water from our principal strategic competitor, we must re-evaluate the meaning of supply chain resilience and security.”

U.S. dependency on Taiwanese production of chips for defense systems extends beyond AI. TSMC makes semiconductors used in F-35 fighters and a wide range of “military-grade” devices used by the U.S. Department of Defense (DOD).

Interestingly, the CSIS report acknowledges that advances in semiconductor technology are primarily driven by the development of devices for commercial use.

Which is what China is exactly focusing on right now. Recall China was the number one world supplier of semiconductors for commercial use with 75% of all semiconductor production coming out of East Asia.

What China has done in fact is, to quote Pascal Coppens, set up an ecosystem in Shenzhen that will allow for top industrial focus on all levels of the semiconductor production line for commercial use, while SMIC, HUAWEI, and HiSilicon focus on the cutting edge semiconductor technology. As Pascal Coppens makes the point, China’s semiconductor ecosystem is in fact a form of decentralization, while the United States is approaching the semiconductor race from an approach of centralization (around the military industrial complex).

TSMC is bottlenecked due to the reasons already discussed above. TSMC is operating at around 60% capacity and to achieve 80% capacity would be considered an incredible achievement. China has the ability to correct the semiconductor shortage that is bankrupting western companies right now, including the automobile industry. And 90% of the chips needed to make the smart world will have to come from China. Recall, TSMC owns 10% of SMIC stocks, if SMIC is able to meet these demands, TSMC stands to benefit greatly, much above what they are capable of producing as output.

And everyone knows, there is no greater romance than a forbidden romance.


Button

I have a very odd 4 year old black cat called Button, he was the runt of a litter and I had intended to keep just 1 kitty but in the end only 2 lived so I kept both. He was so tiny for months but he almost caught up.

Anyway that’s not an answer is it.

Odd: he has done several odd things and still does, but 2 of the most clever/amusing things he does are 1) He hates rain, he also has never peed in the house. I was in the kitchen doing something and I saw Button had climbed into the sink, then we heard the trickle and saw the “peeing” stance, I was so shocked and both me and my mate stood mouth agape as he peed and jumped down and back to the sofa. I have had at least 30 cats over my lifetime and I have never witnessed this happen without it being trained (as much as one can train a cat). I so wish I’d had my phone on me but no.

His 2nd display of odd behaviour regards the cat flap.

All my cats use it, its operated by their chips, however when a cat comes IN the flap often doesn’t close properly, maybe an inch open so no biggie to me. Button however sees it as the most heinous crime and promptly walks over to the flap and closes it with one paw, satisfied, he then returns to my side and he does this EVERY timethe flap doesn’t close properly.

Now tell me that aint weird.

x
x

Biden’s AMD and NVIDIA chip export ban just the start as White House set to attack China’s IC capability more aggressively

An indulgence in the unrelenting sanctions of the rest of the world. This article is on China. 

The US is now Shutting oneself out of the world biggest chip market, which happens to be China. Who are the US companies going to sell to now? Zambia, Nigeria, Brazil, France? How are their electronics industries?

Instead, this provides the Chinese chip industry with a wide-open opportunity.

It can now exclusively enjoy the $300b worth of annual chip import market among themselves and growth bigger and stronger. 

Thank you Biden. 
The White House is preparing to officialize the export ban of strategic processors and chip-making tools to China. The Commerce Department will soon publish a list codifying the restrictions on NVIDIA, and AMD AI processor as well as equipment for crafting sub-14nm processors.
Daniel Zlatev, 09/12/2022
.

It looks like the White House is gearing to announce sweeping new processor chip-making tool export ban restrictions, claim insiders privy to the Department of Commerce plans.

After banning NVIDIA and AMD’s latest AI processor shipments to China, now the Commerce Department is set to expand the blacklist to include the actual equipment needed to produce sub-14nm chips…

Article HERE

.
It won’t make much difference. China is already producing 7nm chips, as well s the home-grown equipment to make them.

The world’s first 6S50ME-B electronically controlled marine diesel engine

The world’s first 6S50ME-B electronically controlled marine diesel engine is made in China. The main engine has a bore of 500 mm and a single-cylinder power of 1,660 kW for a total power of 9,960 kW. Due to the adoption of the latest electronic control technology, the entire operation is controlled by a computer, with the best operating parameters, convenient and reliable control, and remote control and 24-hour unattended in the engine room. It meets the latest Nox emission standards from the International Maritime Organization (IMO). 1 horsepower / hour fuel consumption can reach the highest level of 170 grams. Compared with the other main engines of the same power, only in fuel costs, this main engine will save more than 1 million US dollars in fuel costs during the entire life cycle.

As a home flight sim enthusiast with thousands of hours in X-Plane and Microsoft Fight Simulator, I decided to give the real thing a try at the beginning of this year, flying a 1976 Cessna Skyhawk M out of a small non-towered field. I sat in the left seat with the right seat occupied by my flight instructor, a former Navy F-18 pilot and airline 737 captain who had eighteen-thousand flight hours of experience. The panel looked like this. Although it was an earlier model Skyhawk versus the newer versions in the sim, everything was immediately recognizable:

x
x

A giddiness washed over me as I inspected the real versions of the simulated gauges. When we did the pre-startup checklist, it was the same as I’d done in the sim and I could almost execute it from memory. I was fairly certain I could have started the aircraft on my own with no instruction. The familiarity swelled my confidence. I’ve got this.

The first nibble at my confidence occurred shortly after I set my feet on the rudder pedals and started to taxi. Although I’d used rudder pedals in the sim before, the real pedals not only had resistance but also lag. They were physically linked to the Skyhawk’s nose wheel and, like a shopping cart’s wheels, when the wheel direction was not in line with the plane’s direction you needed to nudge it back to where you wanted. Taxiways have a yellow centerline for the nose wheel. Despite my best attempts, I painted a drunken s-shaped curve back-and-forth around that centerline. At one point, my instructor needed to take the controls to reset us.

Rolling out on the runway and taking off was very easy. As the ground fell away and the blue sky filled the cockpit windows, my left hand on the yoke and right on the throttle, a childish grin dominated my face. I am flying. I am really doing it.

Flying itself isn’t inherently difficult. The Skyhawk has stability designed into it and most of the time if you take your hands off the controls and literally do nothing it will tend to sort itself out. I found turns felt very much like the sim and in no time we were zipping around the practice area doing basic maneuvers. My confidence meter slowly ticked back up. When the instructor said, “Do you want to do some more maneuvers or head back to the field and try some landings?” I grinned. This is it! This is what I’ve practiced for. “Oh,” I chimed, “head back to the field and try some landings.”

So, here we were flying in the downwind with the field halfway up the left strut – just like in the sim – coming abeam the numbers, throttle reducing, my right hand pushing down a notch of flaps, the instructor’s voice guiding an endless stream of speed and control nudges, the horizon rotating right as the plane rolled left into the base leg. As I rolled out, the field stabilized over my left shoulder, the white runway numbers beckoning. Yes! We were going to do it. I was going to do it.

What I would learn much later on, after dozens of landings, is that things happen very quickly during the final phases of landing, and the difference between being able to land versus doing a go-around may be a second of inattention or an inch too much of back pressure during the flare. During the downwind to base turn, for example, simply letting your nose dip too much for a second or two can add ten knots to your speed which starts a cascade of corrections. Now, toss in the fact that the air is doing something unique every time you land and it’s a lot of variables. Variables which, despite how high-end the sim is, just aren’t modeled.

“Ground. Ground is coming up,” I’d said as the green patch of grass ascended alarmingly quickly towards the cockpit windows. “My controls,” the instructor said, bailing us out. I had gotten us within about fifty feet of the runway, but we were a non-stabilized mess that needed someone who knew how to react to all those changing variables, and that was not me. I admit, I was bummed. I’d built up that I was going to ace it, but reality was more complex. It’s not just the level of sim, either. Once I started taking flight lessons, I flew in the school’s Redbird simulator (which we used for simulated instrument flight) and it felt nothing like the real plane. In fact, I could land it fairly easily although I was still struggling with real-life landings.

I’d say it took me about ninety real-life landings before I was consistently landing well. Sure, I could land within the first few lessons, but there’s quite a difference between the controlled collision with the runway that comprised those early landings and what I’d be doing after much practice. So much of flying is by touch and landing in particular relies on your sight picture and feeling the plane’s energy state. I think as an engineer I found my difficulties particularly frustrating, because in my mind it should all be some equation to solve.

There’s a commercial pilot in my flight school who told me, “Landing will be a struggle, but one day you’ll wake up, you’ll do all the same things you did yesterday, but today you’ll just know how to land. After that, all your landings will be good.” Although I doubted him, after lessons of struggling, I came back on a Saturday morning and just started setting landing after landing down gently on the runway. “I don’t understand,” I’d said to my instructor, “I didn’t do anything different.” He smiled. “Don’t think about it. Just keep doing it.” And I did keep doing it. I still don’t know what changed that Saturday – maybe I finally trusted my sight picture or maybe I relaxed and trusted my training and intuition – whatever it was, it wasn’t something I found in the simulator.

The other thing I’d say is that the way I was landing in the simulator was different than the way I’d learn to land in real life. In the sim, I’d flare to arrest my descent rate, then ease the controls forward to set the plane down. The first time I did that in real life earned me an admonishment from my instructor. I recall seeing his entire posture stiffen in my peripheral vision as his hands reached for the controls. I realized that was bad.

Simming really helped – don’t get me wrong. Every now and then I stumble upon a pocket of expertise I’d gained from simming and that part of the lesson moves to easy mode. For things that rely upon feeling the plane, though, the only way for me to do that was to sit in the real plane and try it again and again until it clicked. I don’t doubt there’s someone with a ton of sim experience who could probably get it right on the first time, but for me I couldn’t even do it on my first try with an F-18 pilot sitting beside me and walking me through it.

Don’t include India in that. I doubt Japan and South Korea will want to fight China either. This is all hot air. Taiwan is being used by the US as a bait to provoke China. The Taiwanese who support US involvement, well the political elite, are in turn using the US for financial gain too. Its all a big game.

Good hearted people will hope that peace can prevail and no war occurs. Negotiation is important. Who wants another Ukraine?

If you want a war in Taiwan; enlist now and volunteer so you can fight in the front line. Otherwise if you are an evil coward who wants to witness war from behind your TV and computer screen thousands of miles away in the US, you can go to hell.

Kate talks about China

Four months in, and living in China is not at all what I expected. As an American who does not speak Chinese, I expected more struggle and confusion, more culture shock, more…difference.

My husband and I are in Nanning, in the southeast–just 100 miles from the Vietnam border. Yes, there’s an active vibe here–but also a laid-back one. I was surprised to discover that siesta isn’t just for Spanish-speaking countries; it’s a thing here, too. From noon to 2 p.m.-ish, the campus where I teaches virtually closes down as do many businesses. I’m beginning to get into the afternoon peace and quiet. I even nap now and then, not my usual forte.

Yes, of course, there are big differences between China and America. But they aren’t hard to handle so far. The language, for example. I have not had the time (okay, discipline) to focus on learning it the way I’d like. Still, my husband and I can jump in a cab and say the right phrase to get us home. Translator phone apps help. And we are learning tricks, like collecting business cards, taking pictures of the fronts of buildings, or having someone write down our destination in Chinese. Just show the card or picture to the cabbie, and you’re off. And there’s always body language and contextual charades!

People enjoy interacting with us. They love to stop and ask us questions (Where are you from? Do you like China?) and take pictures. Yes, sometimes all the attention is a bit unnerving. Like when strangers crowd around you, wrap their arms around your waist and take a selfie. And another and another…until you have to smile and say xie xie (thank you) and sidle away.

Sometimes I’m just standing somewhere talking with a friend, and out of the corner of my eye I see several people snapping our pictures. It’s only fair, though. I often take pictures of charming strangers. No double-standards here.

I thought this attention was all about my whiteness…until I met an African American guy who has lived in China for 5 years and said it constantly happens to him, too. In a city of 8 million people where 7,999,900 have straight black hair and are of a smallish stature, a tall blonde or an even taller black guy with a bright white smile is a total trip.

Living on campus is great. With its food courts and canteens, two farmers’ markets, sports fields, basketball and tennis courts, many apartments and dorms, it’s like a city within a city. Everyone who works for the university–students, faculty, and staff–lives here, including retired employees. There are people of all ages around, including elderly and children. And on campus are schools (from preschool through middle school) for the kids.

The Chinese love exercise. On my way to class in the mornings (a five-minute walk), I see retired people playing volleyball and badminton. There are big sports fields here where people play on the equipment, kick balls around, practice Kung Fu, walk, jog, stretch.

In the evenings, groups of (mostly women) gather to “square dance”–which is more like line dancing to a boom box that’s blasting anything like traditional Chinese music or pop songs.

People ride bikes and motorbikes everywhere, which adds to the feeling that China = movement. All motorbikes here, by law, are electric. This has the pleasant effect of keeping down air and noise pollution. Some days are hazy here, but for the most part, it’s pretty clean and green.

Even though they exercise a lot, how most of the Chinese people are so slender is a mystery to me, given the abundance of great, inexpensive food–especially noodles and dumplings. I also love all the readily available fresh fruits and veggies at open-air markets. The passion fruit, purple dragon fruit, and small creamy bananas are to die for.

We have not yet bought meat or fish at the open air markets. Perhaps our western sensibilities just aren’t ready to pick from the mountainous slabs of raw meat, or to face a woman pulling a fish from a bucket of water and clubbing it to death for our dinner. Usually we get already-cooked chicken and duck at the fantastic deli in the grocery story.

Early on, we were invited to a mid-Autumn festival meal, where everyone participated in making pork dumplings. All the food was delicious–except the snake, which according to Dave was too spicy. I couldn’t get past the fact that it still had the skin on. More suitable for boots than appetizers, if you ask me.

Okay, snake is one of my exceptions to my proclamation of “delicious food.” Other exceptions include duck and chicken feet (you see them everywhere) and insects-on-a-stick.

In contrast to what people had “warned” me about–that Chinese students are not creative–the students are writing inspired poetry, creating extraordinary video poetry interpretations, and taking lots of creative leaps. In my literature class, they love to perform scenes from the book.

For the most part, the students are eager, kind, and thoughtful. “Class discussion” isn’t what I’m used to; they don’t like to talk unless called upon. However, when I structure discussion and activities using my bag of tricks (such as letting them write or talk out ideas with a partner before talking to the whole class), they get into it. They also love games and role playing.

The only thing I don’t think I will get used to is calling students by their chosen English name–when they are Hamburger, Watermelon and Xylitol. (I’ve learned that many Chinese people who speak some English prefer to use an English name so that non-Chinese speakers won’t mispronounce their real name.)

It’s the connections with people that have been the most rewarding. I believe that if more people traveled (with a warm, open mind) there would be no more war–because we would KNOW we are killing people who are valuable, individual souls with loving families who, just like us, want lives of peace and happiness.

We’ve gotten really close to Tina, our student assistant. When Tina’s bike disappeared, we knew this was an opportunity to buy a useful and meaningful birthday present for this young woman who has done so much for us. At first she refused, saying it was too expensive. But I pulled out all the stops, telling her the dollar was strong, it wasn’t expensive for us, and we would be extremely sad if she said no.

To get to what everyone calls Stolen Bike Street, Tina perched sidesaddle on the back of my husband’s bike. I mentioned she looked so at ease on the book rack, even as we swerved in the traffic madness and hopped over speed bumps. That’s when she told me that when she was young, her family was poor. They had no car, just a bike. Her mother did not like leaving her and her brother, who was an infant, at home. So she would put the baby in the basket, and Tina sat on the back of her mom’s bike. (She added that her parents eventually started a profitable business and now have a car.)

After the purchase of the bike and the eating of lunch, Tina told us she had something she wanted to say, launching into what seemed to be a prepared speech about how much we mean to her. She had barely begun when tears started streaming down my face. She thanked us for being so friendly, for never losing patience when she’s trying to figure out something. She recounted the fun experiences we’ve had, and said, “You have taught me thing about life.” And she was especially touched when one day I told someone she was like our Chinese daughter. She really is. Truly, I love her with all my heart and am amazed China has given us the gift of her.

Where did anyone say cats “clearly” don’t need to be around humans? Domestic cats have as much need for a human as a dog does. Plus, if the shelters did happen to have enough room for the cats, but no one adopted them, they wouldn’t have room for very long. Cats need space, and not the tiny cages that shelters have to keep them in.
This is Loki:

x
x

I adopted him today, just a few hours ago. That was him, at the shelter, crying and scratching at the glass door. He had a pretty big enclosure too. But he stood there crying, just because I was taking a picture of him instead of petting him right away.
This is him when we got home:

x
x

He cries if we stop petting him for too long and pretty much just wants cuddles and naps.

x
x

Just because cats are (typically) more independent than dogs, doesn’t mean they need human companionship any less. And they’re just as worthy of a home too.

Samarkand Declaration of the Council of Heads of State of the Shanghai Cooperation Organization

Meaty article. Very good. Summary of what came out of the SEO meeting. This is what is going on outside of the western propaganda bubble. Big news. Great stuff. Totally unreported. -MM

Below Google translate , too long, you have to do the rest yourself. Summary…
 
1) member states seeking similarities but allow differences 求同存异

2) together we make a lot of money. 赚大钱

3) Worth your time to read in full to understand the civilised nations universal values of inclusiveness, real democracy, mutual respect, mutual prosperity, and working towards a new world order of win-win, peace and harmony. 

4) comparing the SCO declaration with the Western "me-only" International rule based order, one will easily understand the meaning of an "inferior civilization."

From HERE

Translation:

Samarkand Declaration of the Council of Heads of State of the Shanghai Cooperation Organization

2022-09-17 09:44

The leaders of the member states of the Shanghai Cooperation Organization (hereinafter referred to as the "SCO" or "the Organization") held a meeting of the Council of Heads of State in Samarkand on September 16, 2022, and issued the following declaration:

...

The world today is undergoing global changes, entering a new era of rapid development and great change. The trend of world multi-polarization is intensifying, countries are increasingly interdependent, and the process of informatization and digitization is accelerating. At the same time, the current international challenges and threats are more complex, the international situation is gradually deteriorating, and regional conflicts and crises are emerging one after another and continuing to escalate.

The widening technological and digital divide, continued volatility in global financial markets, shrinking global investment, unstable supply chains, rising protectionist measures and increasing other barriers to international trade have all contributed to the instability and uncertainty of the world economy.

Global climate change and the ongoing spread of the COVID-19 pandemic pose new challenges to economic growth, social well-being, food security and the implementation of the United Nations 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. To this end, new approaches are urgently needed to promote more just and effective international cooperation and achieve sustainable economic development.

Member states hold similar or identical positions on current international and regional issues, and reiterate their adherence to the generally recognized principles of international law, multilateralism, equality, commonality, comprehensiveness, cooperation, sustainable security, and diversity of cultures and civilizations. Under the coordination role of the United Nations Center Through equal and mutually beneficial cooperation among countries, we will build a more representative, democratic and just multi-polar world order.

Based on the principles of the SCO Charter, member states oppose the solution of international and regional issues through collective, ideological and confrontational thinking, and insist on coordinating responses to security threats and challenges in traditional and non-traditional fields. Taking into account the opinions of the SCO member states, all parties reiterated that it is of great practical significance to jointly promote the building of a new type of international relations featuring mutual respect, fairness and justice, and win-win cooperation and a community with a shared future for mankind.

The member states advocate the right to respect the political, economic and social development path chosen by the people of all countries, and stress that the principles of mutual respect for sovereignty, independence, territorial integrity, equality and mutual benefit, non-interference in internal affairs, and non-use or threat of use of force are the principles of sustainable development of international relations. The basics. All parties reiterated that differences and disputes between countries should be resolved peacefully through dialogue and consultation.

The member states reiterate that the SCO will not target other countries and international organizations, and will, based on mutual interests, proceed from a common position to resolve regional and global issues, and in accordance with the purposes and principles of the Charter of the United Nations and the Charter of the SCO, as well as the norms of international law, Extensive cooperation with other countries and international organizations.

At present, the SCO, as an authoritative and influential multilateral organization, is committed to maintaining peace, security and stability, jointly responding to new threats and challenges faced by the region, and deepening economic, trade and people-to-people and cultural relations among SCO countries.

The member states stressed that the SCO Charter adopted 20 years ago is of historic significance, and it provides the basis for the member states to carry out close and fruitful cooperation on the basis of the "Shanghai Spirit" of mutual trust, mutual benefit, equality, consultation, respect for diverse civilizations and seeking common development. All-round cooperation has laid the foundation. Member states believe that adhering to the above principles will help build a new model of regional cooperation and play a constructive role in consolidating multilateral and mutually beneficial relations in the Eurasian region.

The member states are willing to further strengthen policy communication, security cooperation, unimpeded trade, financial integration, and people-to-people bonds, so as to jointly build a peaceful, secure, prosperous and clean world and realize the harmonious coexistence of man and nature.

The member states stressed the significance of the 15th anniversary of the signing of the Treaty on Long-term Good-Neighborliness, Friendship and Cooperation among the SCO Member States, and the leaders of the member states approved the "Outline for the Implementation of the Treaty on the Long-term Good-Neighborliness, Friendship and Cooperation of the SCO Member States (2023-2027)" . The member states will continue to strengthen the SCO's efforts in maintaining peace and security, and advocate the peaceful settlement of international and regional conflicts through political and diplomatic means, so as to deepen the relations among the member states and pass on the friendship of the people of the member states from generation to generation

The member states believe that Central Asia is the "core area" of the SCO, and support the efforts made by countries in the region to ensure peace and prosperity, achieve sustainable development, and establish a space for good-neighborliness, friendship and mutual trust. All parties support the further role of the SCO in maintaining stability in the region and promoting economic and social development, and welcome the regular meetings of the Central Asian heads of state. Member States noted the successful holding of the Central Asian Leaders' Meeting in Chopon Ata, Kyrgyz Republic, on 21 July 2022.

The member states believe that strengthening the connectivity between Central Asia and South Asia will help to achieve the common goal of ensuring prosperity and security in the SCO region through the establishment of sustainable economic, trade, transportation and communication links, and the promotion of dialogue among different civilizations.

Member States express their deep concern over security threats arising from any form of terrorism, separatism and extremism, strongly condemn acts of terrorism taking place around the world, and stress the continued implementation of the "Dutch" signed in Dushanbe on September 17, 2021. The importance of the SCO Member States' 2022-2024 Framework for Cooperation in Combating Terrorism, Separatism and Extremism.

The member states reiterated that they will resolutely combat terrorism, separatism and extremism, and continue to take active measures to eradicate the breeding ground for terrorism, cut off terrorist financing channels, combat the recruitment and cross-border movement of terrorists, and curb extremism and youth radicalization. and terrorist ideology to eradicate lurking terrorists and their hiding places.

The member states pointed out that it is not allowed to interfere in the internal affairs of other countries under the pretext of combating terrorism and extremism, and firmly opposes the use of terrorist, extremist and radical organizations for personal gain.

Member States believe that it is important for the international community to work together to prevent attempts to recruit young people for terrorist, separatist and extremist activities, and attach great importance to combating the spread of religious intolerance, violent nationalism, racial discrimination, xenophobia, fascism and chauvinism.

The member states noted the effective work of the SCO regional anti-terrorist bodies in promoting cooperation among the competent authorities of member states in the fight against terrorism, separatism and extremism, stressing that joint measures are taken to enhance the potential for practical cooperation in these areas. important.

Member States will, in accordance with their national laws, work to develop common principles and positions on the basis of consensus on a unified list of terrorist, separatist and extremist organizations that are prohibited from operating in their territories.

The member states noted the results of the "Pabi-Counter-Terrorism-2021" joint counter-terrorism exercise by the competent authorities of the SCO member states and the joint frontier operations "Unity and Cooperation 2019-2021" by the competent authorities of the SCO member states' border agencies, as well as the results of India's 2021-2022 Effective work carried out during the Chairmanship of the Council of the SCO Regional Anti-Terrorism Institutions in 2018.

The member states believe that it is necessary to implement the resolution of the Council of Heads of State of the SCO Member States "On Improving the Mechanisms of SCO Member States to Address Security Threats and Challenges" and to study the following recommendations: as a separate permanent body, in Duchamp.

Do not establish the SCO Anti-Drug Center (Republic of Tajikistan);

Upgrade the SCO Regional Anti-Terrorist Agency in Tashkent to the SCO Comprehensive Center for Security Threats and Challenges (Russian Federation); 

Establish on the basis of the SCO Regional Anti-Terrorist Agency SCO Information Security Center (Republic of Kazakhstan); 

On the basis of the SCO Regional Anti-Terrorism Agency, the SCO Center for Combating Transnational Organised Crime (Kyrgyz Republic) was established in Bishkek.

The SCO member states will be based on the Intergovernmental Agreement on Safeguarding International Information Security among SCO Member States, signed during the Yekaterinburg Summit in June 2009, and in accordance with the SCO Member States' Cooperation Plan for Safeguarding International Information Security for 2022-2023. ” and other WIPO documents, and continue to cooperate in safeguarding international information security.

Member States will strengthen cooperation among national authorities in the field of digital literacy to bridge the digital divide.

The member states emphasized the key role of the United Nations in addressing threats to the information space, and advocated the establishment of a safe, fair and open information space on the basis of respect for sovereignty and non-interference in the internal affairs of other countries.

Member States believe that it is important to ensure that countries have equal rights in governing the Internet and have cyber sovereignty.

Member States firmly oppose the militarization of information and communication technologies, support the formulation of universal rules, principles and norms for responsible state behavior in this field, and welcome the launch of a comprehensive international convention on combating the use of information and communication technologies for criminal purposes under the auspices of the United Nations . The parties will continue to cooperate within the framework of the relevant negotiating mechanisms of the United Nations and other international platforms.

Member States call on the international community to play the central role of the United Nations, fully implement the relevant resolutions of the United Nations Security Council and the United Nations Global Counter-Terrorism Strategy in accordance with the United Nations Charter and the principles of international law, strengthen global counter-terrorism cooperation, abandon politicization and double standards, and respect the sovereignty and independence of all countries. , and adopted the United Nations Comprehensive Counter-Terrorism Convention on the basis of consensus.

Member States take note of the outcome of the International Conference on the 10th Anniversary of the Joint Action Plan for the Implementation of the United Nations Global Counter-Terrorism Strategy by Central Asian States, held in Tashkent on 3-4 March 2022.

Member States take note of the high-level international conference held by the Republic of Tajikistan (Dushanbe Process), the co-organization with the United Nations in Dushanbe from 18 to 19 October 2022 on the "International and Regional Cooperation on Combating Terrorism and Preventing the Movement of Terrorists" Security and Border Control Cooperation” high-level meeting to promote multilateral cooperation to combat terrorism and terrorist financing in Central Asia.

Member States noted that the Republic of India, the Islamic Republic of Pakistan, the Kyrgyz Republic, the Republic of Kazakhstan and the Republic of Tajikistan are running for the UN Security Council for the 2028-2029, 2025-2026, 2027-2028, 2039-2040 and 2028-2029 respectively The non-permanent members of the Council, the Kyrgyz Republic and the People's Republic of China are running for members of the UN Human Rights Council in 2023-2025 and 2024-2026 respectively, the Republic of Kazakhstan is running for the presidency of the UN General Assembly in 2031-2032, and the Republic of Tajikistan is running for the United Nations Economic and Social Efforts made by Council members for 2024-2026

The member states took note of the outcomes of the meeting of the secretaries of the Security Council of the SCO Member States to be held in Tashkent from 18 to 19 August 2022, and reiterated their willingness to further deepen cooperation to address threats to the security and stability of the SCO region.

The member states noted the outcomes of the meeting of the defense ministers of the SCO member states to be held in Tashkent from August 24 to 25, 2022, and advocated further strengthening of defense and security cooperation. All parties stressed that it is very important to regularly hold "Peace Mission" joint anti-terrorism military exercises, which will help improve the level of cooperation in combating international terrorist organizations and armed groups and improve anti-terrorism methods.

Member States expressed concern at the serious threat posed by the growing production, trafficking and abuse of drugs, as well as the use of funds derived from illicit trafficking in narcotic drugs to finance terrorism. All parties stressed the need to form a common and balanced position on combating illicit trafficking in narcotic drugs and their precursors, and pointed out the importance of implementing international conventions and other relevant legal documents in the field of drug control

Member States noted that illicit trafficking in narcotic drugs and misuse for non-medical purposes seriously threatens international and regional security and stability, sustainable national economic development, people's health and well-being, and the exercise of fundamental human rights and freedoms. All parties stressed that joint efforts should be made to combat illicit trafficking in narcotic drugs and support continued active and practical cooperation in this field.

Read more...

上海合作组织成员国元首理事会撒马尔罕宣言 — 中华人民共和国外交部

.

Please note: the United States, and the G7 (including the proxy nations Australia, Korea, and Japan) are all EXCLUDED. And the UN is considered, and treated as, a secondary body of influence.

Here’s the full text of Xi Peng’s statement to the SEO…

The truth of America’s GDP

Based on the criteria in place a quarter century ago, today’s US unemployment rate is between 9 percent and 12 percent; inflation is 7 or 10 percent; economic growth since the recession of 2001 has been mediocre, despite a huge surge in the wealth and incomes of the super rich, and we are falling back into recession. A picture of our economy today, ex-distortion, would reveal a nation in deep difficulty, not just domestically, but globally. Numbers Racket. 

Kevin Phillips.

China calculates GDP by summing the value of what it produces. If it builds an airplane it adds the airplane’s wholesale price to its gross domestic product. If it builds a dam, it adds the dam’s cost to its gross domestic product. America calculates GDP by summing the cost of the airplanes it makes–then adding the imputed cost of services Americans provide for each other.

Most American GDP is generated by people taking in each other’s laundry: rent, tuition, healthcare, commissions, fees, and jailing millions of people. Are accounting, consulting, real estate commissions really ‘products’? Is Bitcoin? (Is prostitution? Britain says ‘yes’).

Services account for 61% of America’s GDP and 11% of China’s largely because of price inflation. Medical costs are 7% of China’s GDP and 19% of America’s because CT scans cost $2,000 in Kansas City, while a full physical in Shenzhen, including CT, cost 580 yuan, $92. My US cellular service, vastly inferior to Shenzhen’s, costs five times more. My San Francisco barber’s $85 haircut is indistinguishable from a $2 Kunming trim.

Japan doesn’t have a death wish, and it doesn’t think war with China over Taiwan is a good idea.

This is Japan right now.

x
x

It’s a peaceful shopping day. The air’s a little still, because a typhoon’s on its way in.

The main thing on people’s minds is the 14% jump in prices that the Prime Minister announced will happen on October 1st. People are getting their shopping done.

No one here is thinking about war with Taiwan.

There was a gathering today in my local shopping street – not for “patriotic unity” or “standing against Chinese aggression.” Nope. It was titled “WorkShop,” and was about showing children various crafts. The local bank had a little table next to the children’s play space, walking parents through opening “My First Account” savings accounts for their children.

Domestically, the biggest political issue aside from prices is an examination of the political influence of the Unification Church in the wake of Abe-Sam’s assassination. Representatives are cutting ties to them and apologizing for accepting their help, on both the opposition and ruling party benches.

No one is thinking about war over Taiwan.

The average age of the Japanese military is 35. At 35 you can go without sleep, but you can’t be consistently stupid about it. 35-year-olds have families, mortgages, kids. They spend their weekends while on leave with their families at local festivals, opening “My First Account” savings accounts for their kids.

Japan is not thinking about war with Taiwan. It seems like the leadership of China is not thinking about war with Taiwan.

Why are you?

It’s a beautiful day. Maybe go open a savings account with a local bank. It’s probably a better use of your time than fantasizing about crushing the Japanese.

Full text of Xi’s speech at SCO Samarkand summit

SAMARKAND, Uzbekistan, Sept. 16 (Xinhua) — Chinese President Xi Jinping delivered a speech at the 22nd meeting of the Council of Heads of State of the Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO) here on Friday.

The following is the full text of the speech:

Ride on the Trend of the Times and Enhance Solidarity and Cooperation to Embrace a Better Future

Statement by H.E. Xi Jinping

President of the People’s Republic of China

At the 22nd Meeting of the Council of Heads of State of The Shanghai Cooperation Organization

Samarkand, Sept. 16, 2022

Your Excellency President Shavkat Mirziyoyev,

Colleagues,

I am delighted to attend the meeting of the Council of Heads of State of the Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO). I would like to thank you, President Mirziyoyev, for your warm hospitality and thoughtful arrangements. I salute Uzbekistan for the great job it has done to promote SCO cooperation in various fields during its presidency over the past year.

Samarkand, renowned as the pearl on the Silk Road, witnessed the glory of the ancient Silk Road, a route that greatly boosted the flow of goods, spread of science and technology, interaction of ideas, and integration of diverse cultures on the Eurasian continent. Indeed, the ancient Silk Road has remained a historical source of inspiration for us SCO member states as we pursue peace and development.

This year marks the 20th anniversary of the SCO Charter and 15th anniversary of the Treaty on Long-Term Good-Neighborliness, Friendship and Cooperation Between the SCO Member States. Over the years, guided by these two founding documents, we have succeeded in exploring a new path for the development of international organizations, and there is much we can draw on from SCO’s rich practices.

— Political trust. Guided by the vision of forging enduring friendship and peace among the SCO member states, we respect each other’s core interests and choice of development path and support each other in achieving peace, stability, development and rejuvenation.

— Win-win cooperation. We accommodate each other’s interests, stay true to the principle of consultation and cooperation for shared benefits, enhance synergy between our respective development strategies, and keep to the path of win-win cooperation toward common prosperity.

— Equality between nations. We are committed to the principle of equality among all countries regardless of their size, consensus-based decision-making, and addressing issues through friendly consultations. We reject the practice of the strong bullying the weak or the big bullying the small.

— Openness and inclusiveness. We stand for harmonious coexistence and mutual learning between different countries, nations and cultures, dialogue between civilizations and seeking common ground while shelving differences. We are ready to establish partnership and develop win-win cooperation with other countries and international organizations that share our vision.

— Equity and justice. We are committed to the purposes and principles of the UN Charter; we tackle major international and regional issues on the basis of their merits, and oppose the pursuit of one’s own agenda at the expense of other countries’ legitimate rights and interests.

These five points fully embody the Shanghai Spirit, namely, mutual trust, mutual benefit, equality, consultation, respect for diversity of civilizations and pursuit of common development. It has been shown that this spirit is the source of strength for the development of the SCO. It is also the fundamental guide we must continue to follow in the years to come. We owe SCO’s remarkable success to the Shanghai Spirit. And we will continue to follow its guidance as we forge ahead.

Colleagues,

Human society, like the natural world, has both sunny and rainy days in its development. Our world today is undergoing accelerating changes unseen in a century, and it has entered a new phase of uncertainty and transformation. The once-in-a-century pandemic has continued unabated. Regional conflicts keep flaring up. The Cold War mentality and group politics are resurfacing, so are unilateralism and protectionism. Economic globalization has encountered headwinds. Deficit in peace, development, trust, and governance has grown. Human society has reached a crossroads and faces unprecedented challenges.

Under these new conditions, the SCO, as an important constructive force in international and regional affairs, should keep itself well-positioned in the face of changing international dynamics, ride on the trend of the times, strengthen solidarity and cooperation and build a closer SCO community with a shared future.

First, we need to enhance mutual support. We should strengthen high-level exchanges and strategic communication, deepen mutual understanding and political trust, and support each other in our efforts to uphold security and development interests. We should guard against attempts by external forces to instigate “color revolution,” jointly oppose interference in other countries’ internal affairs under any pretext, and hold our future firmly in our own hands.

Second, we need to expand security cooperation. A proverb in Uzbekistan goes to the effect that “With peace, a country enjoys prosperity, just as with rain, the land can flourish.” The Global Security Initiative put forward by China is to address the peace deficit and global security challenges. It calls on all countries to stay true to the vision of common, comprehensive, cooperative and sustainable security and build a balanced, effective and sustainable security architecture. We welcome all stakeholders to get involved in implementing this initiative.

We should continue to carry out joint anti-terrorism exercises, crack down hard on terrorism, separatism and extremism, drug trafficking as well as cyber and transnational organized crimes; and we should effectively meet the challenges in data security, biosecurity, outer space security and other non-traditional security domains. China is ready to train 2,000 law enforcement personnel for SCO member states in the next five years, and establish a China-SCO base for training counter-terrorism personnel, so as to enhance capacity-building for law enforcement of SCO member states.

We should ensure that the SCO-Afghanistan contact group and the mechanism of coordination and cooperation among Afghanistan’s neighbors continue to play their roles; and we should encourage Afghan authorities to establish a broadly-based and inclusive political structure and remove the ground that breeds terrorism.

Third, we need to deepen practical cooperation. To deliver a better life for people of all countries in the region is our shared goal. The Global Development Initiative launched by China aims to focus global attention on development, foster global development partnership, and achieve more robust, greener and more balanced global development. China is ready to work with all other stakeholders to pursue this initiative in our region to support the sustainable development of regional countries.

We need to implement the two statements on safeguarding international energy and food security to be adopted by this summit and better protect energy and food security. China will provide developing countries in need with emergency humanitarian assistance of grain and other supplies worth 1.5 billion RMB yuan.

We welcome the Comprehensive Plan for the Implementation of the SCO Treaty on Long-Term Good-Neighborliness, Friendship and Cooperation for 2023-2027 to be adopted at this summit. We should fully implement the cooperation documents in such areas as trade and investment, infrastructure building, protecting supply chains, scientific and technological innovation and artificial intelligence to be adopted within the framework of the summit. It is important to continue our efforts to achieve the complementarity of the Belt and Road Initiative with national development strategies and regional cooperation initiatives, expand sub-multilateral cooperation and sub-regional cooperation, and create more growth drivers in cooperation.

We need to ensure implementation of the roadmap for SCO member states to expand shares of local currency settlement, better develop the system for cross-border payment and settlement in local currencies, work for the establishment of an SCO development bank, and thus speed up regional economic integration. Next year, China will host an SCO ministers’ meeting on development cooperation and an industrial and supply chains forum, and will set up the China-SCO Big Data Cooperation Center to create new engines of common development. China stands ready to carry out space cooperation with all other parties and provide satellite data service to support them in agricultural development, connectivity and disaster mitigation and relief.

Fourth, we need to enhance people-to-people and cultural exchanges. Exchanges promote integration among civilizations, which, in turn, enables civilizations to advance. We should deepen cooperation in such areas as education, science and technology, culture, health, media, radio and television, ensure the continued success of signature programs such as the youth exchange camp, the women’s forum, the forum on people-to-people friendship and the forum on traditional medicine, and support the SCO Committee on Good-Neighborliness, Friendship and Cooperation and other non-official organizations in playing their due roles. China will build a China-SCO ice and snow sports demonstration zone and host the SCO forums on poverty reduction and sustainable development and on sister cities next year. In the next three years, China will carry out 2,000 free cataract operations for SCO member states and provide 5,000 human resources training opportunities for them.

Fifth, we need to uphold multilateralism. Obsession with forming a small circle can only push the world toward division and confrontation. We should remain firm in safeguarding the UN-centered international system and the international order based on international law, practice the common values of humanity and reject zero-sum game and bloc politics. We should expand SCO’s exchanges with other international and regional organizations such as the UN, so as to jointly uphold true multilateralism, improve global governance, and ensure that the international order is more just and equitable.

Colleagues,

The Eurasian continent is home to us all. Upholding its peace and development is the shared goal of countries both in our region and the world at large, and the SCO shoulders an important responsibility in meeting this goal. In recent years, an increasing number of countries have applied to join our SCO family. This fully demonstrates the power of SCO’s vision and the widely shared confidence in its future. By promoting the development and expansion of the SCO and giving full play to its positive impact, we will create strong momentum and new dynamism for ensuring durable peace and common prosperity of the Eurasian continent and the whole world. China supports advancing SCO expansion in an active yet prudent manner, and this includes going through the procedure to admit Iran as a member state, launching the procedure for Belarus’ accession, admitting Bahrain, the Maldives, the United Arab Emirates, Kuwait and Myanmar as dialogue partners, and granting the relevant applying countries the legal status due to them. We need to seize the opportunity to build consensus, deepen cooperation and jointly create a bright future for the Eurasian continent.

Here I wish to express China’s congratulations to India on assuming the next SCO presidency. We will, together with other member states, support India during its presidency.

Colleagues,

This year, facing a complex and challenging development environment both at home and abroad, China has stayed committed to the general principle of making advances while maintaining stable performance, and it has striven to ensure both effective COVID-19 containment, economic stability and development security. We have continued to respond to COVID-19 and promote economic and social development in a well-coordinated way. Thus, to the greatest extent possible, we have both safeguarded the life and health of the people and ensured overall economic and social development. The fundamentals of China’s economy, characterized by strong resilience, enormous potential, ample room for policy adjustment and long-term sustainability, will remain sound. This will greatly boost the stability and recovery of the world economy and provide more market opportunities for other countries.

Next month, the Communist Party of China will convene its 20th National Congress. It will be an important meeting to be held at a critical time as China embarks on a new journey toward its second centenary goal of building a modern socialist country in all respects. At this national congress, the Communist Party of China will fully review the major achievements made and valuable experience gained in China’s reform and development endeavors. It will also formulate programs of action and overarching policies to meet China’s new development goals on the journey ahead in the new era and the new expectations of the people. We will continue to follow the Chinese path to modernization to achieve the rejuvenation of the Chinese nation, and we will continue to promote the building of a community with a shared future for mankind. By doing so, we will create new opportunities for the world with new advances in China’s development and contribute our vision and strength to world peace and development and human progress.

Colleagues,

Long as the journey is, we will surely reach our destination when we stay the course. Let us act in the Shanghai Spirit, work for the steady development of the SCO, and jointly build our region into a peaceful, stable, prosperous and beautiful home!

Thank you.

It is that bad if you don’t have insurance. As a Canadian visiting Florida, my wife had a dangerously high fever and was slurring her words and couldn’t get out of bed. I reluctantly called an ambulance. (not because I didn’t want her to receive medical help, but because we would have to take out a loan to pay for it). My wife is fine now, but listen to this:

To make a long story short, she was in Emergency for 4 hours before they released her, fever down and ok to go home. Total hospital bill: $17,000 USD ($24,000 CAD). Surprise Doctors bill 45 days later $2000. Ambulance bill $1000 and a later bill from “TeamHealth” for two ghost doctor visits for $1800. She had a catscan which I would presume is the big expense, a saline drip, antibiotics and sent home. Only the wealthy can throw that kind of money around. The rest of us need a loan or mortgage our home.

Our neighbor in Florida was in the hospital for 3 days and had a bill for $30,000. She had to sell her house and move in with her daughter. She won’t go back into the hospital as she can’t afford it.

If my wife or I need any medical assistance while in the USA again, we will hire a private jet and a nurse to fly us to Canada where we can get all the help we need. Far cheaper than visiting a hospital even for a few hours. (if it isn’t urgent, we could take a commercial flight for $500. A private jet would be up to $5000 but still far cheaper than any visit under the healthcare system of the USA)

Dixie

Dixie is not mean but is painfully shy, the cats that get adopted are the ones that come out and rub your legs or jump in your lap; Dixie would hide or try to crawl into her cat carrier. She was adopted, a few times but was brought back, not because she was mean but because she would never come out from under the bed.

She was in the shelter/foster home for 5 years; fortunately one that let cats roam free instead of being in a cage. While there the other cats (the outgoing ones), got all the attention so she remained shy around people.

x
x

A little over 3 years ago I adopted her (she had been at the rescue shelter for 5 years), I was warned not to let her get under the bed, and sure enough she found the bed and would only come out at night while I was sleeping, to eat, drink and use the litter box.

I did not take her back to the shelter, instead I wooed and courted her and after about 2 months she became daddy’s little girl.

After about 6 months I put her in the carrier to take her to the vet for a routine (twice a year) checkup.

Dixie let out the most forlorn heart broken meow I have ever heard, it was obvious she thought she was being rehomed again and was begging to stay with me. I felt like the most heartless human being in the world, but since I want her to live a long healthy life it was off to the vet we went

Once we got home from the vet she ran under the bed again, but came out after a couple of hours and wanted a lot of scritching and loving and reassurance that she is my favorite girl in the world.

She still hates going to the vet, but now knows she will always be coming home. Now when we come back from the vet, she runs to the front room to be sure her food/water/and litter box are still where they belong.

Here she is telling me I should really put down the camera, and commence scritching the cat.

x
x

[daegonmagus] – Part 29 – Who are the Unseen 5?

The following is the 29th part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

Lately he has been conducting lucid dreaming (LD) to map out the subconscious / non-physical realms that surround us. His writings are very interesting, but describe things way beyond my understanding. Never the less, many MM readers find great value in his experiences, and writings, and one can easily see benefit in reading his writings. 

I hope that you enjoy this article.

-MM

Who are the Unseen 5?

It should be noted they are an entirely separate organisation to the Elder Guardians. Whereas the EG first contacted me in 2012, my experience with the Unseen 5 happened on the same night I met the all being/ god (supreme consciousness that connects all others in existence, in which the soul amnesia was discussed) in November 2016. To clear up some confusion, the Unseen 5 are not stationed in the same soul/ consciousness origin point as the EG; they remain inside of the traps in the astral/etheric planes in the orbital pathways of the {astral} earth, approximately half way between the earth and the moon, if it could be equated in astral terms (my interpretation), but have technology that keeps them completely concealed from any and all things traversing those planes

(this was directly told to me).

Whereas the EG are a bunch of old wisened sages that are charged with the up keep of the soul origin point, the Unseen 5 is a military-like intelligence gathering organisation, first and foremost. Their original purpose was to gain information on the non physical entities that have invaded the regions surrounding earth (both physically and non physically) and to act as a protectorate for the earth environment to stop further damage resulting from this invasion (again, directly told to me). They can be considered as the SAS or “special forces” equivalent of the astral plane, as they operate as a small cluster behind enemy lines for recon purposes, and are, as was specifically mentioned to me by their leader, directly responsible for preventing total and complete take over of earth and its surrounding space from this non physical invasion force, several times over. They exist above and separate to any military/ intelligence organisations currently deployed on earth.

Entry (into this inner office) is specifically only for elite lucid dreamers that have mastered control of the dream state, and have, through their own determinations reached a similar understanding of this non physical invasion and how it is being carried out – the idea that our consciousness’s have been dumbed down and placed in bodies with specifically engineered in restrictions, is a big part of such understanding. Astral projectors alone – as far as I am aware – are not approached for initiation, as the test for entry takes place within the dream state; they only present themselves to those who pass such a test.

This does not mean astral projectors are not valued, just that I do not think they will be granted entry into the actual operation “war room” on their astral projection abilities alone; my understanding is that that astral projectors are utilised more as the foot soldier “grunts” of the astral planes, whereas lucid dreamers are reserved for more specialised espionage like roles and tasks that involve “consciousness hacking” (it must be understood that consciousness is the predominant technology that all U5 operations revolve around – LDers are prime candidates to use this technology because the navigational skills required to properly LD directly translate over into the control interfaces of this consciousness technology. Consciousness is still greatly insulated from accessing this technology during a standard AP).

It is important to address the elephant in the room here, that the U5 are interested only in obtaining information objectively and respect that some of us have belief systems that directly contradict their collected intelligence and goals; they simply have no intention of imposing themselves on others and changing their beliefs, but it should be understood that this presents a level of discrimination in exactly who it is they vet for potential recruitment, similar to how the SAS and other special forces organisations only have a very specific criteria for the people they bring into their regiments. This may seem unfair, but we must realise our thoughts on the matter are insignificant, as the role the U5 plays, far transcends our concepts of fairness and any belief systems we may attach our attention to. My advice is a commitment to rigorous self psychological analysis into one’s own thought constructs and why they have taken up such belief systems, and analysis into whether this was something they truly believed in, or if it was something imposed on them by someone else.

Any and all entities that travel in the non physical planes are monitored and scrutinised at a level far, far above the capabilities of physical earth bound intelligence agencies by the U5. This is a fact, as it was, again, directly told to me and I was shown the actual process of how this monitoring is carried out. This scrutinisation includes a complete tracing of all non physical traffic’s points of origin before coming into the non physical planes, and to where it goes after leaving them. A dossier is then compiled on each piece of traffic’s entire (past and future) history which is taken directly from the “akashic records”, or, to be more specific, directly from the energy signature of the consciousness under question – hence the need for LDers to be able to merge their consciousness with and properly navigate into this akashic template.

If you have ever consciously APed/ LDed, or projected consciousness into the astral planes such as is done via remote viewing, you can safely bet your bottom dollar you are known to the U5 and that they have a dossier on your entire life at their fingertips which includes a holographic film reel of your entire time in the astral planes and all activities you were engaged in; seeing the way this archive is accessed and managed, I gotta tell you, is damned impressive. As you can imagine, this is a monumental and seemingly impossible logistical workload for 5 members to carry out, hence the ability to tap into and access higher order information via the higher self is crucial to becoming an operational member within their ranks, again something LDers will have more experience being able to do than typical astral projectors.

Of the 5 members the (non human non physical) leader remains stationed permanently in this orbital office. The remaining four (current incarnates at the time of my initiation) members are appointed a single task each which they are expected to focus on during their time spent within the organisation during their LDs. Together, these tasks comprise a larger operational parameter which directly relates to the waging of inter-dimensional (non physical ) warfare and coordination of “special assets” through unified assault and recon teams into non physical infrastructure that has been identified by the U5 as “high value” targets. While the U5 are not interested in “waking people” up like the EG, their overall goal of stopping the cogs of the reincarnation regime aligns. They are more concerned with unifying and training assets that are already awake to a much higher degree than normal and only bother with LDers who have shown a strong commitment to this end through their own initiative.

It is for this reason both organisations provide each other with valuable information. My task, as it was relayed to me by the U5 leader, involved the recruitment of other potential lucid dreaming candidates / astral projectors, as well as non physical (discarnate) consciousnesses located in different planes, and making the organisation known to the physical (and non physical) earth community, hence my Ordo Occultum Astrum (Order of the Hidden star) is to act as the physical division of this non physical based organisation. Recruitment into this physical division is now open to those with these particular skillsets, and other parties interested din putting a stop to these malicious systems in place within the non physical planes.

As a result of my tasks and responsibilities put to me by their leader, I am the only one currently incarnated on earth that is authorised to mention who they are specifically, what they are capable of, and provide an explanatory overview of their capabilities and the technologies they disclosed to me – this is my area of focus. I appreciate this sounds narcissistic, but it is what it is; to put it simply, I earned my position within their ranks through my own understanding of the advanced capabilities of consciousness during the LD state, picked up over years of pushing and proving myself, and they figured I was the best candidate to translate it into a language that is usable for other LD assets. They asked me to do this, and I obliged, as I understood the extreme importance of it.

Please understand that my curriculum of using LD to establish contact with such non physical intelligences is approved by the U5, the EG and the All Being respectfully, and is something I am extremely honoured to be able to provide. It is to act a handbook or guide to help other LD assets achieve their maximum potential, and all information pertaining to it is to be made available for free, of which this Ordo Occultum Astrum is to act as the only official channel of which to distribute such information. Again I am asking for a great deal of trust from other LD assets that the information I am providing on Lucid Dreaming is legitimate. I am hoping by spending countless hours writing about this so it can be presented to you all for free is a worthy enough feat for that trust.

It is also worth mentioning that until my initiation, the other 4 members were the only other 4 people incarnated on earth (current at 2012) that knew about this organisation- again, this was directly mentioned to me by the leader.

Member numbers were apparently higher in centuries past than they are now, due to some (unknown by me) event that dwindled them down to 5; it seems that the leader wishes to rebuild these numbers in order to ease the logistical workload for each of its members, though this is to come second to building an inter-dimensional strike force.

Quite frankly, he demonstrated to me his disappointment that not enough Lucid Dreamers/ Astral Projectors take their skills seriously, and use them as a means to go on “astral holidays” rather than put them to meaningful use.

If you are in my order, it is because I have identified certain traits and skills within you that I think would provide initiation potential if honed.

However, all initiations remain at the ultimate authority and discretion of the U5 leader – at the end of the day I am just the messenger and have no control over whether or not you will get in.

These are the prequisites for entry into the Unseen 5:

An understanding that dreams can be hijacked and manipulated by third parties external to the consciousness having the dream, and supplanted with holographic scenarios of the third party’s choosing that can take the form of normal or extremely vivid dreams.

The area of effect is the void space (which I have written about elsewhere, including in my auto biography), where thought imagery directly manifests as the dream environment.

This same void space acts as a hub for the routing of all psychic information through a network that connects all other consciousnesses in existence in a hive mind like arrangement.

The holographic imagery employed by the U5 and other non physical factions is injected as a false thought directly onto this communication line, with the intention of creating a “controlled dream”, while the consciousness remains in a docile and unconscious state.

This must be understood as fact and not just a theory. This technology is used to control people through “divine inspiration.” Thus, unless information has come from a direct connection to the akashic template, it is to remain suspect and seen as potentially compromised.

An understanding that all consciousnesses have access to very specific parts of the greater (physical and non physical) universe. These areas are those that each consciousness was supposed to govern at the expectation of source upon their creation.

Therefore, each consciousness acts like a key to a very specific location that cannot be accessed without the authorising energy signature embedded into the governing consciousness. Again, fact, not theory. Certain access points have been breached by unauthorised entities through the manipulation of astral bodies/ energetic bodies.

An understanding consciousness is at a severely reduced and handicapped state when in the body, and that the body is a mechanism engineered specifically to provide this handicap.

The life objective of the candidate must be to unlock this handicap and reach a higher state of awareness, ie the acquisition of all soul memory, aka connection with higher self (hermetic teachings are a wealth of information for this). The ability to see from a third person, objective perspective and view one’s current incarnation as “insignificant” when compared with their soul’s complete history, which spans many of such incarnations, is required, as it defines one of the core values of the Unseen 5.

Therefore emphasis must be placed on what one’s soul achieves through the accumulation of incarnations, and not just materialistically in a single one of them.

Think of it like a computer game; you may think that one cycle is important as you are engaging in it, but after you die, respawn, lose all your accumulations and then progress past where you were up to, that last cycle you played becomes furthest from your mind and seemingly “unimportant”.

A fearless attitude towards projecting into dangerous and unsettling territory during an OBE, with the expectation of torture/ consciousness doping/ consciousness imprisonment and other harsh repercussions if caught. This does not exclude the potentiality of complete disconnection of consciousness from the physical body (ie death) due to it being kept for too long in one of these consciousness prisons.

I am not going to lie, there is some incredibly dangerous shit out there you will be expected to navigate through, though I would suggest the U5 would not approach you if you weren’t ready to face it.

A strong understanding of your worth, and an unfaltering insistence on understanding absolute authority remains with you and you alone, and that such authority is determined by the energetic component that gives animation to your physical and energetic bodies (soul).

This commitment to the self as master authority of your operations will see you disregard any other such false authority that would impose itself upon you and try and claim it out ranks you.

All apparent guides you MUST remain suspect of and only follow their advice if you are 100% sure it aligns with your operations and values, and have an energetic (soul time memory) understanding of.

Nothing is permitted to claim authority over you and your soul’s evolutionary progress – this is not how source operates. Anything having you signing or giving away your authority during an OBE must be immediately refused. This will comprise the main aspect of the holographic dream scenario the U5 will test you with if they have been considering you for potential candidacy.

A high level of service to others sentience, and the commitment to helping others. This is not negotiable; anyone who would try to enter the organisation for their own materialistic gain will be vehemently denied access, as service to others sentience (like the Domain) is part of the core values of the U5.

All service to self entities will simply be ignored for candidacy, but will be scrutinised by the U5 at an even higher level thereafter. Recommended demonstration is sponsorship of another person that needs it for a period of at least 5 years.

This sponsorship will be to the point that you are “on call” to them and ready to drop everything you are doing at a moment’s notice to help them with their predicament.

This doesn’t necessarily mean just giving them money, but actual emotional and psychological support they need. This is based on my own personal values and commitment to SD (mentioned in my autobio) – if it worked for me, then it should work for others.

Just remember, the U5 will know if you fake your sincerity to this. This falls back on the idea holographic technology is used along with other manipulation tactics to trick certain consciousnesses into giving away consent.

I don’t want to know about it if you make it in. You’ll be made aware of your area of focus by the U5 leader. This will likely involve expected secrecy of that position. I am just here to make you aware of them, and that the fact they are very, very real. The exception to this will be if your tasks involve telling me about it or if my legitimacy is ever called into question, in which I am hoping you’ll come to my aid. If your tasks involve remaining quiet about it in such a scenario, well then shit happens, forme I guess.

There will be no need for the physical division, this Ordo Occultum Astrum (Order of the Hidden Star), to receive updates on U5 operations. This is not how they work.

Humans are not on a need to know basis, as much as they might crave the attention of being told how things are progressing. It is like a war general telling a baby about his plans to drop bombs on another country; humans are seen as spiritually infant by the U5’s standards so don’t expect updates like with the supposed Ashtar Command/ Arcturian Council.

Anyone suggesting such updates is to be treated with a high amount of suspicion.

They will only make their operations known to individual members if it is a requirement of their tasks. The only reason you know about them is because it was a requirement of my own.

It would be extremely unwise to try and fuck with the U5.

This is not the FBI and neither is it the CIA. These are the real bogeymen of the astral world in control of technologies that would make those organisations weak at the knees and piss themselves with envy.

Doing so would have dire consequences for your consciousness that is just not conceivable from your current limited state of awareness: remember, you are operating from the perspective of trying to gain something for a single physical existence – the U5 are operating from a much higher perspective that supersedes what you consider as being “important” and the bullshit justifications you would give yourself to feel better about such indiscretions – like, say, petty squabbles between nations. This cannot be overstated. Any moles that might have ideas of playing the typical spy and sabotage shit will eventually regret it.

My (physical) division of this organisation, is not to remain secret. All information relating to its operations is to be made available to anyone who is interested in it.

Members are encouraged to share it with whoever they feel appropriate, though discussions are to be kept strictly within the official channels and not deviate out of them.

All lucid dreamers, astral projectors and remote viewers who have had direct experience with the subjects contained in this article during their own OBEs are welcome.

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

[daegonmagus] – Part 28 – Intel Obtained Through A Deliberate LD Recon Operation

The following is the 28th part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

Lately he has been conducting lucid dreaming (LD) to map out the subconscious / non-physical realms that surround us. His writings are very interesting, but describe things way beyond my understanding. Never the less, many MM readers find great value in his experiences, and writings, and one can easily see benefit in reading his writings. 

I hope that you enjoy this article.

-MM

Daegonmagus Intel Obtained Through A Deliberate LD Recon Operation

11/09/2022

Looks like lucid dreaming is back on the menu, boys. So yeah, I have been putting it in my affirmations to basically regain my lucid dreaming abilities, as I have been going through a several year long dry patch.

I thought I was being a little too optimistic asking for at least one LD a week.

Now I should also mention, I have just finished up my 3 month period of my affirmation campaign, and am on about day 5 of the rest period – too optimistic my arse.

My LDs appear to be coming back, so far weekly and boy, they are a lot more vivid than they used to be.

I first noticed this clarity back at the end of June when I had my little flying fun with the consciousness craft.

Last week it involved stealing another craft out of some compound and using it to drop anti matter bombs on some mining operation setup in a forest.

Last night it was something a bit more important, which I will get to in a moment. I also need to make an amendment here to a past article where I mentioned there seems to be a 10 hour lag between having a thought and it manifesting in the dream state.

Scratch that; I have noticed lately it is more like 7 hours.

This comes from having dreams about multiple subjects I was thinking of that I could pin point back to thinking 7 hours before my usual bed time. So handy hint, try and find that 7 hour point before your sleeping time and use it to run your self through some “am I dreaming scenarios”.

You might surprise yourself.

Anyways, getting back to the LD. Our youngest had woken up around 4:15am, which, of course, woke me up a long with it. After spending some time thinking of the usual shit one thinks of that keeps them from falling asleep at that hour, I decided to try LDing.

After propping my right heel so it sat on top of my left foot and rolling my right ear into the oversized triangular pillow hugging my neck, I immediately I noticed I was somewhat tense (guys get into the habit of recognizing this if you want to master LDing ).

So, I made the effort to relax that tension away, and within moments I had a stream of hypnogogic imagery flowing through my head.

This imagery is the sweet point; you have got to get this to flow like a gentle stream past you without letting it turn into a torrent that takes you into unconscious sleeping.

The hard part is trying not to focus too intently on it. So, doing what I do, and relaxing into the gentle stream of hypnogogic imagery, I once again carried my conscious awareness into the dreaming state.

I was in a place I have been in before, sort of a seedy alleyway type deal.

I was 100% lucid and aware, so I asked a dream character if he realized he was dreaming (remembering a post from a lucid dreaming facebook group where someone did similar), and he sort of stopped and got aggressive threatening to wake me up.

Other dream characters started attacking me, but rather than annihilate them, I just smiled at them and made my abilities very obvious to them and they all stopped and left me to my business, figuring I wasn’t worth the trouble.

The dream started to become distorted and break apart, but I swiftly kept it together by focusing on background objects; I seem to be getting much better at this and can keep the dream stable completely automatically without even thinking about it; this was impressive even for my standards.

I used the broken environment opportunity to picture the consciousness craft facility with the intention to try and fly another consciousness craft.

I was successful in generating the same building, but it was broken from the distortions generated by the run in with the other dream characters.

I seem to be stuck in an area of this facility somewhat reminiscent of a reception waiting area.

I look out the windows, and it is pretty damned obvious I am off world.

The architecture of the buildings outside seems futuristic and many years evolved from our modern standards.

I walk down a small hallway and find a door to my right but it is locked by what appears to be key code entry.

I manifest a card and use it to gain entry.

Within seconds of walking through the door, I had a completely stable dream environment; I was here, in this place, not just dreaming it, there was no doubt about it.

This seemed to be a different part of the same consciousness craft facility, but more open, sort of like a small hangar.

Up in front of me is a curved wall, and behind that another hallway that branches off from the curved wall.

I take the curved hallway and find it takes me to similar doors that led to the consciousness craft hangar; big, thick metal doors that had some sort of red paint outline at their top.

The doors opened, and the similar hooking consciousness thing happens, then I find myself in what seems to be some kind of futuristic space mall.

Up ahead of me was what appeared to a small commercial spaceship rental company in the middle of the mall.

On a small circular stage they had two retro what looked like cars they were showcasing. These looked like standard convertible cadillacs or similar, but they did not have wheels (floated a foot off the ground) and had a single small compartment in the middle towards the front instead of seating.

Upon getting closer, I noticed a tall sign about 8 ft above me plonked right at the edge of the platform.

It was written in a retro 60s style cursive hand like you’d expect to find at old retro diners.

I looked at the sign and could read the name off it as clear as day (if the cursive allowed it);. It wasn’t just a name but a whole sentence alluding to the retroness of these cars being the gimmick that this company was selling; I noted the name Schweigler {something } Schwarz. Schweigler I am 90% sure of, Schwarz was 100%, specifically for RVing later. Middle initial was something like R.

I step onto the platform to get a better look at these convertibles.

Then it suddenly dawns on me. No fucking way; these are commercialized versions of the consciousness craft I flew a few months ago.

Someone, presumably Schweigler and Schwarz, had taken the technology that modulates your consciousness into them for powering.

I get the distinct impression I am in some sort of future world line.

In the compartment in the front is a cylinder sort of object with a spherical or dodecahedron shaped clear crystal in it.

A sales representative comes over, a young woman probably in her early 20s, maybe even her late teens, and goes through the usual sales pitch with me.

She seems human.

I pretend I am a dumb old man who has no idea what he is that I am looking at, but I have already figured out what these things are, and come to the realization I am on an espionage operation and need just a little bit more information from her.

She tells me you place your consciousness inside the crystal, then you are able to power the car.

She asks me if would like to take one for a test drive, to which I play coy telling I’d probably break it. She insists, and before she even gets a chance to tell me how to do it, I am projecting my consciousness into the crystal the same way I’d come accustomed to using the spherical portals.

I can feel all my quanta break apart as it all goes into the crystal, kind of like a very brief hyperdrive from starwars.

I am now consciously tethered to the convertible, so I hover it up off the ground and take off tpwards a space port, no longer paying any attention to the sales representative.

Somehow I wind up in a completely different place; I am now inside this strange building made entirely of centuries old wood that looks severely rotted.

There a people everywhere, just sort of sitting and existing and in a somber state of mind. What the fuck is this place?

I untether my consciousness from the convertible and am again moving around like I have a body.

I do a little exploring, trying to pick up on any conversation threads I can to figure out where this is.

This place is weird and new, and somewhat confusing; it is as if someone built several buildings and walk ways between them out of these same decrepit and rotten wood, then entirely enclosed those walkways with even more rotten wood.

There was no outside, everywhere you walked there was just this wooden roof above you making it quite disorientating as to where exactly you were.

I got the impression there wasn’t anything outside of the wood, not even ground. Thick dust and cobwebs lined every surface, and to get to each building you had to navigate through small flights of steps.

Recon gathered here told me this was a capturing outpost for discarnate consciousness that had died from physical earth bodies.

They were basically been housed here against their will, and had been for up to centuries.

There was no conceivable way to exit this place. I don’t even know how I got here, but It had something to do with that Cadillac convertible. Was this how Schweigler and Schwarz had built their empire?

I did not like this. These souls were desperate.

They had just been dumped here and left to rot along with the wood. I vowed to do something about it. Just then, a demonic voice began speaking to me, taunting me and telling me that he was the one who had put them here. I can’t remember what I told it, but it seemed to anger it to no end. It told me to wait until I expire from my physical body and see what it has in store for me then, to which I told it to go right ahead.

This angered it more, and without warning part of this weird cluster of buildings just got ripped into oblivion and I found myself standing on a verandah overlooking nothing but blue sky, as this voice boomed out at me from the space below.

I told it it had no authority over these people and that they deserved more than to be used as its slaves or pets.

It threw whatever insults and threats in regards to my own soul it could throw at me, to which I stood firmly and told it to fuck right off.

Others started to stand up and stand by my side, as my quashing of it words turned into a speech fit for rallying soldiers.

This demon did not like this one bit. It was if I was breaking its spell that gave it hold over the other souls; they were no longer in somber states, but now had purpose burning in their eyes.

Others were telling it to fuck off along with me.

The demon retreated back into the depths of the sky void, and after that I woke up. I have explicit memory of thousands of these discarnate consciousnesses agreeing to fighting for me against the amnesia/ reincarnation regime.

Questions for Domain Commander:

What is this space port mall place, and is it and the consciousness craft I flew several months back Domain owned and operated, or owned by a third party? Who are Schweigler {something} Schwarz? I suggest this name be paid particular attention to and traced as it is somehow strongly linked to this. Was I operating from a future worldline?

MM comments

When DM was LDing this event, my wife bought a new car. Just a Toyota sedan. It’s a good, simple, reliable hybrid car. Nothing special. But brand new, being a 2022 model.

I did not write or talk about this to anyone. It’s a personal MM moment, and something done out of necessity. Nothing to report on.

Yet…

You have to wonder.

It is entirely possible that DM was picking up on MM physical actions and activities. If so, then that would explain the car dealership, the new “retro” models, and the futuristic mall.

There is no doubt that PSI abilities and LD ability go “hand in hand”.

But don’t hold me to that.

It could be coincidence. But, you all know what I say about coincidence, don’t you?

In any event, it is a tricky world out there. So much going on and we interpret what we see with our experiences. DM is connected to others in his group, whether he realizes it or not, and is connected to MM as well. Again, is probably not realizing it at all.

The combined “chatter” on this PSI “party line” will absolutely influence his LD experiences. And thus what he experiences is colored by the “chatter” on the PSI party line.

This bit of extraneous data should not disparage or confuse his experiences.

Personally, I think that it enhances it.

Like special jet fuel that allows his LD experiences to go further, have better color, and depth and richness. Which is why I say “clean out your closets”, and “make new friends”, and experience more of the world. They supercharge your abilities.

The combination of affirmation campaigns, and MM associations are “turbo charging” DM’s LD experiences.

The only problem that remains is how to improve the sorting and filtering of the input “feed” during these events. What is actual intel, and what in influenced intel? Things need to be filtered better. Somehow. So that while they are turbocharged, they are not overwhelmed by distractions and confusions. Whether PSI or environmental.

All in all; a great LD session.

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Oh, guys, it’s only just begun. What Putin and China are doing will change EVERYTHING

Reordering. A dangerous time. Listen up.

What Putin and China are doing will change EVERYTHING

Listen Up! Pay attention!

First 9 minutes are important, then the paid-for, for-profit segment begins. Just check out the first nine minutes.

Ukraine

This cartoon pretty much sums it up.

x
x

Russia ‘Alarmed’ At Lack Of U.S. Visas To Attend UN General Assembly

Russia’s ambassador to the United Nations has said it’s “alarming” that no one from the 56-member Russian advance team and delegation headed by Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov has received a U.S. entry visa to attend a UN General Assembly debate in New York later this month.

Article HERE

Many years ago a bank ordered the repossession (repo) of my Tahoe even though I had made all the payments on time. The repo person was nice enough to come in my accountancy business and inform me in case I wanted to get my belongings out of the vehicle.

I showed him my paid receipts and he said he had no choice because he had an order to repossess the vehicle. I asked would he wait while I called the bank and my attorney. He said sure no problem. We sat in my office as I first called my attorney. My attorney asked me to call the bank with him on the line and inform the bank that my attorney was on the other line.

Now we have the bank on the phone, and after 20 minutes of research and faxing over copies of my payment receipts, the bank had admitted that I had in fact made my payments on time every month. I said “Great — can you tell the repo person that everything’s is fine?” They said they could not because the legal department was closed and they were the only ones who could cancel the repo order. So the repo had no choice but to take my Tahoe. He said I was the first person he ever heard of and saw who had proof that he had had made all his payments.

It turns out the bank had misapplied all my payments as unfound cash. I asked what that was, and they said that’s when someone comes to the bank and gives them cash and leaves without telling them what it is for. I had one question, “How many people actually do this?” I also asked them, “Why do my receipts have the loan number on them?” They did not have an answer.

After the call, my attorney told me to let the repo guy have the vehicle and since he was sure my credit was damaged to apply for business loans the next day. I applied for a business loan of $250K at several banks. All of them had turned me down because I had a repossession on my credit.

Six months later — thanks to my attorney and the bank saying they did nothing wrong — I ended up receiving a brand-new Tahoe from my local Chevy dealer for free (paid for by the bank): the most expensive model I could find with all the bells and whistles and extended warranty and whatever else they could sell me. (Note I made one car salesmen very happy, as I didn’t even want a discount.) As a bonus my attorney also forced the bank to pay me $250k since they had destroyed my credit, preventing me from obtaining a business loan, therefore losing out on the opportunity to buy another accounting practice to expand my business.

Exactly one month after that, the veterinarian next to our business had ordered a new air conditioner (AC) for his business, but the AC company took ours instead and destroyed it in the removal process. I ended up with a brand-new $10k AC unit.

2004 was a very good year for me because of other people’s mistakes.

My wife came with a cat and neither me or the cat liked the other. One day while eating, that SOB clawed me at my ankle. I jumped up and told my wife that either the cat goes or i’m going. My wife looked at both of us and said that the cat wasn’t going any where and neither was i.

I looked at that damn cat and he looked at me and swear we both shrugged our shoulders and ended up becoming the best of friends.

Well, in my case, the CCP gives me:

  • a monthly stipend of $5,000
  • all the Chinese hookers I can handle
  • membership into the CCP (it’s really, really hard to get)
  • free transportation (flights, HSR) to anywhere in China (great for vacationing)
  • free accommodation in the best hotels in China
  • invitation to Xi Jinping’s dinner parties (I can hobnob with the cream of China’s politics)
  • tours of China’s naval vessels, especially her aircraft carriers (cool!)

Hey, it’s a tough job but somebody’s gotta do it.

And the nice thing is that my propaganda work is easy peasy. I can practically do it in my sleep.

China does speak up. Vociferously. But it doesn’t matter. The West has a total lock on censorship and propaganda in Western media.

Think about it…USA, UK, Australia, Canada, and EU have ganged up on China, one lone country. It’s a huge imbalance.

If these Euro-American nations are so gung-ho on starting a war with China, there isn’t much China can do about it. They can start a war but China will most certainly finish it.

  • China is a major nuclear power. She can certainly nuke America, Britain, Germany, Japan, Australia and Canada without breaking a sweat.
  • China has the world’s largest army, by far, and the world’s largest navy to boot. China has started to build supercarriers!
  • China has some of the most advanced stealth fighters in the J-20 and J-31.
  • China has operational hypersonic missiles. Even USA doesn’t.
  • And Russia has declared that it will come to China’s aid in the event of war.

You thought the Second World War was horrific? Fuck, you ain’t seen nothin’ yet.

.

China surpassed USA economically by purchasing power parity in 2013. China is expected to overtake USA by nominal GDP before the end of this decade.

But putting aside economic numbers, it is fairly obvious that China is already economically much more powerful than USA…

  • China is the economic engine and manufacturing hub of the world economy.
  • China has accumulated vast trade surpluses.
  • China is the king of infrastructure. In addition to building massive infrastructure within China, it’s also building infrastructure for countries all around the globe, thanks to the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI).
  • China is so powerful that she is leading BRICS to create an alternative reserve currency to the US Dollar (the pillar of American power).

It’s also important to note that USA is declining. USA faces a crushing $30 trillion national debt fueled by endless money printing. The US Dollar is backed by thin air. This is unsustainable.

Al’s Labor Day Speech | Married With Children

Dancing with the Politicians

US Foreign policy has become a full-time comedy routine

If the non-stop dancing duo Biden and Blinken is seriously seeking to validate its view that the United States of America is and should be the world’s hegemon, they are going about it the wrong way. They should be taking their lead from Ukraine’s President Volodymyr Zelensky by turning their press conferences into entertainments with dancing bears and scantily clad chanteuses pirouetting and singing across the stage. They would benefit from recalling how Zelensky rose to power through his performances of comedy routines in which he would be prancing around on high heels with three colleagues who appeared to be mocking what might be construed as gay mannerisms to amuse the audience? Or perhaps the rather more outre performance where Zelensky would play a piano with his penis? If one can remember all that it would most definitely help to understand the foreign policy that is somehow playing out in Ukraine, where Zelensky has transitioned into a serious, unsmiling guy who is adept at solicitations for money and weapons. His pleading has become a shameless full-time endeavor as he now appears on thousands of screens via video link all over the world, saturating the airwaves and dropping in on both major and minor gatherings. Australian journalist Caitlin Johnstone recalls how he has appeared on “the Grammy Awards, the Cannes Film Festival, the World Economic Forum and probably the Bilderberg group as well, [while also] having meetings with celebrities like Ben Stiller, Sean Penn, and Bono and the Edge from U2. It’s as busy a PR tour as he could possibly have without having a discussion about the strategic importance of long-range artillery with Elmo on Sesame Street.”

Elmo might in fact be coming next as NPR is clearly one of Zelensky’s biggest fans. One also suspects that before the Ukrainian President is finished, he will be addressing a rotary meeting in Sioux Falls South Dakota. And Zelensky has even turned begging into a family affair, with his wife Olena welcomed by the President and First Lady at the White House while also going on to address the US Congress, entreating America’s Solons to provide plenty of cash and things that go bang to thwart the ambitions of one Vladimir Putin. As she put it, she is concerned lest her son and daughter be unable to return to school and university in the fall. She then observed that “We would have answers if we had air defense systems” which would enable a “joint victory in the name of life, freedom and the pursuit of happiness.”

Indeed, a high point of the recent antics has to be the unique cover photo shoot by Vogue magazine, in which the lovey-dovey couple Volodymyr and Olena grin and hug before the cameras. Zelensky declares his undying affection . Vogue aside, the entire Zelensky performance, choreographed as it is by neocons inside and outside the administration, is perfectly color and image coordinated. Zelensky has an endless supply of olive drab t-shirts and he entertains in Kiev a steady stream of statesmen and even heads of government from Europe and the US, including the US Attorney General Merrick Garland, who has appointed a seasoned Justice Department “Special Investigations”, i.e. “Nazi hunter” investigator, named Eli Rosenbaum to look into possible Russian war crimes.

The Garland/Rosenbaum dynamic duo will not be looking into possible Ukrainian war crimes like the recent assassination of Darya Dugina in Moscow as it is not part of the mandate from Biden/Blinken and besides which the Ukes are America’s friends, just like the Israelis who are such great friends that they also get a pass on whatever they inflict on the Palestinians, including shooting or blowing up civilians. Indeed, Zelensky’s White House approved message is always the same: “give us money and guns and we will defeat the Russkies.” So Honest Joe Biden gives them the cash and the things that go bang in the night and in return they get a hearty hand shake when the bundles of Benjamins get transferred into the trunk of someone’s car. All of which leads one to wonder if Mr Z is the best reliable source for anything having to do with himself and the corrupt toadies that adhere to him, given the recurring reports that some donated weapons are already making their way into the black market just as quickly as the money goes into officials’ pockets. Zelensky has reacted to criticism by shutting down opposition parties and media, assassinating dissident politicians and firing or imprisoning any other official who might be inclined to disagree with him.

Apart from that, there is allegedly a war going on, which may not be evident from all the horse trading taking place at the presidential palace. It also would appear to be counter-intuitive that the Russians, blamed without much in the way of evidence for atrocity after atrocity, have apparently proven willing to let Zelensky entertain all his guests undisturbed. If you are truly committing a lot of war crimes, why not add one more to the list by blowing up the Kiev presidential palace and both killing Zelensky and probably ending the war at a stroke?

There are, in fact, two wars taking place simultaneously. There is, to be sure, fighting going on around Donbas, but the more important conflict is the phony war being waged by the Biden Administration and a number of European Chancelleries in support of whatever is actually taking place in Ukraine. This latter aspect of the war consists of perhaps the most stifling – and effective – propaganda effort the world has ever seen. It includes Joe Biden and his brigade of clowns, but it also has a supporting cast consisting of NATO, a number of European heads of state and virtually the entire western media. Social media has also joined in the struggle, banning Russian originating news stories and opinion, and using algorithms and other forms of manipulation to make reporting favorable to Moscow go away. The allied effort to defeat and destroy Russia relies on lies, half-truths, and out-and-out deception. But why bother to do it? It is because the war was preventable and avoidable, which is what the White House and other governments cannot admit to the public. It makes absolutely no sense and will benefit no one when it is over, and “over” might mean “really over” as nuclear weapons are on the table.

But what about the good old American exceptionalism which Biden-Blinken and that stalwart warrior Merrick Garland are supposed to be defending? Well, that seems to have taken a hit as much of the world, watching the fiasco unfold in Ukraine, apparently doesn’t appreciate the Anglo-Saxon sense of humor. To them, the war in Ukraine would never have started if the US and Europeans had invested in the tiniest effort as mediators to come to a negotiated solution. They have given up on the United States as a “force for good” and have rather concluded that Washington is a global bully and a regular aggressor.

Former US Air Force colonel and PhD Karen Kwiatkowski has an interesting tale to tell about how far the mighty have fallen. She writes “…I saw that the Solomon Islands refused (ignored really, which is even better) a US Coast Guard request to come to port, to buy fuel, like with real American dollars, y’all! Why was the US Coast Guard floating around the South Pacific – were they lost? After getting a fuller picture – they were looking for lawbreaking fishermen and that’s where their mission took them…” So what was the US response to this outrage, which was immediately blamed on interference by the Chinese? We need “a new embassy in the Solomon Islands… along with a new five year engagement plan in the Pacific.

During the Cold War before the Soviet Union collapsed in 1991, a commonly heard comment was that the country had become economically and politically an “Upper Volta with rockets,” which implied that the USSR spent so much on weapons that the civilian economy was starved of resources. Well, welcome to the former United States of America. As the nation’s decline and fall will no doubt be facilitated due to the millions of mostly Latino “asylum seekers” flowing over America’s southern border, the US as a “Bolivia with nukes” might be more appropriate. The world is tired of Washington and its pretenses and the walls will inevitably come tumbling down when the Biden unsustainable trillions of dollars of added debt-surge brings on bankruptcy Argentina style. A sharp change in course might be able to fix some of the problems, but there is an election coming up which the White House is keen to win by flooding its cherished constituencies with funny money in exchange for votes, a practice which once upon a time would have been seen as corruption. Come to think of it, the US has become a banana republic run by an essentially criminal gang that alternates every few years to pretend to be a democracy. Can’t get much lower than that, but Biden sure is trying!

How to Make Mozzarella Cheese 2 Ingredients Without Rennet

OMG! Do you have any idea about the secret pizza message that I am laying down here?

If you mean desert greening (as a result of which the climate inevitably changes to a more humid and less severe one), then yes – they do it, and they have success. The Mu-Us Desert is clear evidence:

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

China Used a Shijian-21 Satellite to Pull Another One Out of Its Orbit

Cool, huh? Well, the USA doesn’t think so. U.S. officials are concerned the technology could be militarized.

Article HERE

Evidence: US is not a democracy

x
x

This is a MUST view video!

Things are really starting to flush-out on the Geo-political front and the USA appears to be the biggest loser

Here’s some stuff that you just won’t find in the American and Western “news”.  If you read that “news” you would be convinced that Russia is alone, China is a pariah, and America is roaring into life with fantastic employment, great prosperity and excellent news for the future. LOL.

Pro Tip: Do NOT read Western “news”. It’s all lies.

Here. Instead, let’s cook some food. Read about Cats. Learn some things that the United States media is NOT reporting on, and let’s also include some items to ponder…

Catkins

Although we had our previous cat for 18 years, she was never cuddly. Catkins would allow a few pats or scritches, but only on her timetable, and on her terms.

x
x

After she went to kitty Valhalla, we were terribly sad. But we finally decided to offer a home to a rescue cat. We only saw a picture, and heard her sad story: her first humans were cat hoarders, and both died of Covid in one week. Her next set of humans had a cat, and she hated that cat…maybe too many cats vying for food and attention in her previous home.

So we took her without ever meeting her. And she is a joy! After an initial period of shyness, she has blossomed: she purrs and cuddles all day long. And at night, nothing makes her happier than cuddling in the bed with us. There is nothing more soothing than the sound of a purring cat in the darkness, her warm, furry body pressed against you.

x
x

Ham and Cheese Tortilla Roll-Ups

You have ever-so-easy Southwest flavor going when you make a creamy cheese and corn filling that you wrap up with ham slices and flour tortillas.

x
x

Ingredients

  • 1 1/2 cups shredded Cheddar cheese (6 ounces)
  • 1/4 cup mayonnaise or salad dressing
  • 1/4 cup sour cream
  • 1 can (11 ounces) vacuum-packed whole kernel corn or whole kernel corn with red and green peppers, drained
  • 1 package (8.2 oz) Old El Paso™ Flour Tortillas for Soft Tacos and Fajitas (10 Count)
  • 10 slices (1 ounce each) deli fully cooked ham
  • Cilantro sprig, if desired
x
x

‘The dollar is our currency, but it is your problem’

Article HERE.

How about Indonesia?

If both Biden’s economic policy scenarios prove correct, Indonesia will face flight of foreign capital which in the short term will depreciate rupiah.

Imports of raw materials, equipment and machinery will shrink, which will further affect production capacity.

However, if the US real sector quickly recovers and grows, Indonesia can seize export opportunities and offset the pressure on the rupiah’s depreciation.

Also, Indonesian products can fill the role Chinese products that are subject to high tariffs.

Indonesia’s non-oil and gas export share to the US ranks second after China.

In another scenario, Chinese products that should be destined for the US will be transferred to other countries, including Indonesia.

Indonesia’s imports from China rank the highest.

As a consequence, the trade deficit with China will be enlarged, which may not be covered by an increase in the trade surplus from the US.

Within the above logic flow, strengthening trade between countries in the same region has the potential to be increased, through ASEAN for example.

The agreement on the use of local currency is the basis for economic growth and regional stabilization without too much dependence on the US dollar.

Furthermore, the diversification of export destination countries deserves attention.

The expansion of the export market deserves to be directed outside the traditional countries that have existed so far.

North Africa, the Middle East, Eastern Europe and Latin America are wide open to become potential markets for Indonesian products.

In a broader scope, if Indonesia remains willing to play in the international market, increasing competitiveness is nonnegotiable.

The increase in exports should not only be triggered by the weakening of the domestic currency, but must be also supported by the intrinsic superiority of its export products.

Strengthening the domestic market appears to be the safest solution to various sources of external turmoil.

Domestic consumers must be protected so that their purchasing power remains strong and they are able to absorb domestic production, instead of consuming more expensive imported products.

The four options above unfortunately are difficult to realize anytime soon.

Perhaps the 61st US treasury secretary, John Connally, was right when said, “The dollar is our currency, but it is your problem.”


Owning your very own private island

I have one, lol. It’s a little 1.5 acre island in a freshwater lake in Ontario. We have a summer cottage on it. On the mainland, which is not far away, we own a deeded access road, a parking area and a dock.

x
x

The island has electricity and phone – installed back in the 1970’s when utility companies would do it for no charge. Today it would be prohibitive.

The downside is not being able to use the cottage year round. The ice is not reliable in winter, and our utility water comes out of the lake (we have no well), so we have to close up in November and reopen mid April or so. The plumbing has to be totally drained, everything packed away, removed and shut off. It’s quite an operation. We’ve had burst pipes many times from water not thoroughly drained from low spots.

We have neighbours on the next island in the bay who stayed all winter due to Covid (normally they are here in the summer, and travel all winter). They actually own a small hovercraft so they can zip over across the ice to the mainland for groceries etc. no matter how sponge like the surface is.

Everything has to come over in our sad little beat up 14 foot aluminum row boat, which is a giant pain in the butt at times. Every appliance (and we’ve replaced all of them in the 34 years we’ve owned it). A new steel roof. Lumber for a sleeping cabin. Replacement beds. Groceries. Drinking water. You name it. Back and forth trips lugging loads. And the old stuff and garbage brought back to the main shore. I’m getting too old to drag old mattresses out of a boat, up the hill and into a van. We often have to enlist neighbours to help.

You need anything fixed beyond DIY, you have to go get the tradesperson and all their stuff, and take them back.

Still, I love it. Love the privacy and the critters. Now that I’m retired, I’m here 5 or 6 months of the year. My children grew up here. We do Canadian Thanksgiving here. Picture taken in late fall when we were closing up and getting snowed on.

The United States cannot count on its ally, the Republic of Korea, for support

The visit to Asia by House Speaker Nancy Pelosi (D-Calif.) exposed one reality that many people did not realize: The United States cannot count on its ally, the Republic of Korea, for support if war breaks out in the Taiwan Straits.

The visit to Asia by House Speaker Nancy Pelosi (D-Calif.) exposed one reality that many people did not realize: The United States cannot count on its ally, the Republic of Korea, for support if war breaks out in the Taiwan Straits.

The United States, as Pelosi’s visit demonstrated conclusively, could not base forces in South Korea for action anywhere in the region for any purpose other than the defense of South Korea. U.S. forces would have to rely on their bases in Japan and Guam from which to defend Taiwan against invasion by China from the mainland.

That shocking fact became evident when Pelosi visited South Korea after her big day in Taiwan. No South Korean delegation was on hand to greet her at the airport, as might have been expected, and President Yoon Suk-yeol managed to be on vacation during her visit, though he did find time to chat with her for 40 minutes on the phone before she and her entourage, including five other members of Congress, went to the Demilitarized Zone between the two Koreas.

Perhaps Yoon may have been smart not to see her, considering that his foes in the Minjoo, or Democratic Party, still dominate the National Assembly and oppose much of what he’s doing to repair U.S.-Korea relations, which were severely compromised during the presidency of his progressive predecessor, Moon Jae-in. Pelosi, after all, is a leader of the Democratic Party in the U.S. — not quite the equivalent of Korea’s Democratic Party but definitely not conservative. Thus it may have been a good idea for Korea, on an official level, to have treated her visit coolly.

In that spirit, Pelosi was told in advance not to say a word about Taiwan or the dangerous military exercises that China’s President Xi Jinping ordered in retaliation for her refusal to bow to warnings not to visit the independent island state. That’s regrettable, since she and Yoon could have talked about what Taiwan needs to stand up to China.

Tiny Taiwan, population 23.5 million, will have to acquire more and better arms for defense against China, population 1.4 billion, and the United States will have to strengthen its commitment to defend Taiwan. Also, Taiwan will have to unify its own people more effectively, weeding out pro-China elements who would betray the island’s independence.

All that should be clear from the nature of the exercises in which China showed off its rising military might perilously close to Taiwan’s shores. Theoretically, it should be possible for South Korea, a major manufacturer and exporter of arms, to deluge Taiwan with weapons ranging from rifles to tanks — though South Korea’s concerns about China would seem to rule out such business with Taiwan.

The differences between the United States and South Korea on Taiwan and China are disturbing when you consider the importance of U.S. bases in Korea. Camp Humphreys, 40 miles south of Seoul, is America’s biggest overseas base, the home of most of the 28,500 U.S. troops in Korea. Nearby Osan Air Base is home of the Seventh U.S. Air Force, next in importance to the U.S. base at Kadena, home of the Fifth U.S. Air Force on Okinawa, the southernmost Japanese prefecture.

American commanders over the years have told me that U.S. forces in Korea could be deployed elsewhere as needed, but Pelosi’s visit shows that’s not the case.

South Korea wants nothing to do with the defense of Taiwan against China

.

Meet Marianne Bachmeier, Germany’s ‘Revenge Mother’ Who Shot Her Child’s Killer In The Middle Of His Trial

In March 1981, Marianne Bachmeier opened fire in a crowded courtroom and killed Klaus Grabowski — the man on trial for murdering her 7-year-old daughter.

On March 6, 1981, Marianne Bachmeier opened fire in a crowded courthouse in what was then known as West Germany. Her target was a 35-year-old sex offender on trial for her daughter’s murder, and he died after taking six of her bullets.

x

Marianne Bachmeier was sentenced to six years in prison after shooting her daughter’s rapist and killer in a courtroom.

 
 

Forty years later, the case is still remembered. German news outlet NDR described it as “the most spectacular case of vigilante justice in German post-war history.”

 

Marianne Bachmeier’s Daughter Anna Bachmeier Is Murdered In Cold Blood

x

Patrick PIEL/Gamma-Rapho via Getty ImagesBachmeier’s case divided public opinion: was the shooting an act of justice or was it dangerous vigilantism?

Before she was christened as Germany’s “Revenge Mother,” Marianne Bachmeier was a struggling single mom who ran a pub and in 1970s Lübeck, a city in what was then West Germany. She lived with her third child, Anna. Her two older children had been given up for adoption.

 

Anna was described as a “happy, open-minded child,” but tragedy struck when she was found dead on May 5, 1980.

According to NDR, the seven-year-old had skipped school after an argument with her mother that fateful day and somehow found herself in the hands of her 35-year-old neighbor, a local butcher named Klaus Grabowski who already had a criminal record involving child molestation.

 

Investigators later learned that Grabowski had kept Anna at his home for hours before he strangled her with pantyhose. Whether or not he sexually assaulted her remains unknown. He then stashed the child’s body in a cardboard box and left it on the bank of a nearby canal.

Grabowski was arrested that same evening after his fiancé alerted the police. Grabowski confessed to the murder but denied that he abused the child. Instead, Grabowski gave a strange and disturbing story.

 

The killer claimed that he strangled the little girl after she tried to blackmail him. According to Grabowski, Anna tried to seduce him and threatened to tell her mother that he had molested her if he didn’t give her money.

Marianne Bachmeier was incensed by this story and a year later, when Grabowski headed to trial for the murder, she had her revenge.

 

Germany’s ‘Revenge Mother’ Shoots Grabowski Six Times

x
klaus-grabowski
 

Grabowski’s trial was likely a heartache for Bachmeier. His defense attorneys claimed he had acted out of a hormonal imbalance that was caused by hormone therapy he received after being voluntarily castrated years earlier.

At the time, sex offenders in Germany often underwent castration to prevent recidivism, though this wasn’t the case for Grabowski.

 

On the third day of the trial in Lübeck district court, Marianne Bachmeier grabbed a .22-caliber Beretta pistol from her purse and pulled the trigger eight times. Six of the shots hit Grabowski, and he died on the courtroom floor.

Witnesses alleged that Bachmeier made incriminating remarks after she shot Grabowski. According to Judge Guenther Kroeger, who spoke to Bachmeier after she shot Grabowski in the back, she heard the grieving mother say, “I wanted to kill him.”

 
x
Bachmeier allegedly remarked “I hope he’s dead” after killing Grabowski.

Bachmeier allegedly continued, “He killed my daughter… I wanted to shoot him in the face but I shot him in the back… I hope he’s dead.” Two policemen also claimed to have heard Bachmeier call Grabowski a “pig” after she shot him.

 

The mother of the victim soon found herself on trial for murder herself.

During her trial, Bachmeier testified that she shot Grabowski in a dream and saw visions of her daughter in the courtroom. A doctor who examined her said that Bachmeier was asked for a handwriting sample, and in response, she wrote: “I did it for you, Anna.”

 

She then decorated the sample with seven hearts, perhaps one for each year of Anna’s life.

“I heard he wanted to make a statement,” Bachmeier later said, referring to Grabowski’s claims that her seven-year-old was trying to blackmail him. “I thought, now comes the next lie about this victim who was my child.”

 

Her Sentence Divides The Country

 

Marianne Bachmeier now found herself at the center of a public maelstrom. Her trial received international attention for her ruthless act of vigilantism.

The weekly German magazine Stern ran a series of articles about the trial, digging into Bachmeier’s life as a working single mother who had a very rough start in life. Bachmeier reportedly sold her story to the magazine for roughly $158,000 to cover her legal expenses during the trial.

 

The magazine received an overwhelming response from readers. Was Marianne Bachmeier a distraught mother simply trying to avenge the brutal death of her child, or did her act of vigilantism make her a cold-blooded killer herself? Many expressed sympathy toward her motives but condemned her actions nonetheless.

In addition to the case’s ethical conundrum, there was also a legal debate about whether the shooting was premeditated or not and whether it was murder or manslaughter. Different rulings carried different punishments. Decades later, a friend featured in a documentary about the case claimed to have witnessed Bachmeier perform target practice with a gun in her pub cellar before the shooting.

 

The court ultimately convicted Bachmeier of premeditated manslaughter and sentenced her to six years behind bars in 1983.

x
x

 

 

According to a survey by the Allensbach Institute, a majority of 28 percent of Germans deemed her six-year sentencing as an appropriate penalty for her actions. Another 27 percent considered the sentence too heavy while 25 percent viewed it as too light.

In June 1985, Marianne Bachmeier was released from prison after serving only half of her sentence.

She moved to Nigeria, where she married and remained until the 1990s.

After she divorced her husband, Bachmeier relocated to Sicily where she stayed until she was diagnosed with pancreatic cancer, upon which she returned to a now-unified Germany.

 

With precious little time left, Bachmeier requested Lukas Maria Böhmer, a reporter for NDR, to film her last weeks alive.

She died on Sept. 17, 1996, at the age of 46. She was buried next to her daughter, Anna.

 

Russia responds to Zuckerberg’s FBI revelations

From HERE

The FBI and other US security agencies secretly control American social media giants, Russia’s foreign ministry has alleged. The claim follows a recent interview with Mark Zuckerberg, in which the Facebook CEO supposedly acknowledged such influence.

On Friday, spokesperson Maria Zakharova published a post on her Telegram channel devoted to Zuckerberg’s recent appearance on The Joe Rogan podcast. According to the Russian diplomat, Facebook’s first-in-command recounted how FBI operatives had visited him ahead of the 2020 US presidential elections, which ended in victory for Joe Biden, asking him to suppress stories revolving around the “unseemly contents” of Hunter Biden’s laptop on his platforms.

“The men in black ‘convinced’ Mark Zuckerberg… that these were all Russian fakes,” Zakharova added, referencing the podcast.

She went on to surmise that this kind of “excuse for censorship” was sufficient to have made Facebook’s CEO comply with the request. The subsequent suppression of the Hunter Biden laptop story “helped pronounce Biden senior as the winner in the election,” Zakharova noted, remarking that many Americans are still unconvinced.

The diplomat went on to argue that, with the laptop story turning out to be true and with Zuckerberg’s revelations to Rogan, “the world has learned that the US social media played a decisive role in this performance.” She added that the suspension of then-President Trump’s accounts by the main social media platforms just goes to show that the US authorities collude with the “internet monopolies.”

Zakharova concluded that all this proves that the “FBI and other American security services manually control digital giants,” with social media platforms’ leadership only too happy to “participate in dirty political games in Washington.” The senior diplomat also made the claim that “there are no democratic standards in the American electoral system: neither in theory nor in practice.”

Lessons in life

As I approached retirement age, I learned an important lesson from two people.

First Lesson. . .

Mary, a teacher friend, retired 5 years before I did. For the last several years before retirement, Mary spoke of where she and her husband planned to travel as soon as they retired. They had it all mapped out.

Mary was in perfect health for her age as was her husband. They retired on schedule but rarely left their house.

With no prior warning, Mary’s husband suffered a heart attack. It left him very much diminished. He wasn’t bedridden or an invalid but they would never travel. She could still travel but couldn’t leave her husband.

I saw her at JC Pennys at the mall one day. Her advice was. . .don’t wait. If you wait to check things off your bucket list, it may never happen.

Second Lesson. . .

This one is personal. My sister retired after 33 years of teaching. She loved to teach. In fact she loved to teach so much she taught preschool in a rather disadvantaged area perhaps 30 minutes from where she and her husband lived.

The summer that led into her 3rd year of teaching preschool, her list of incoming students included a three-year-old boy who was deaf. She spent the rest of the summer learning sign language for the sole purpose of communicating with this little fellow.

It was April of that school year that I drove 450 miles to spend time with her during school break. She was in perfect health.

By the end of the month, she was in surgery to remove a rapidly-growing, unforgiving type of brain cancer. November of that year she died. She was 61.

I’d always wanted to travel abroad. I had renewed my passport 4 times since I was 28 and never used it. With those 2 lessons in mind, my daughter and I traveled to the UK the following year then Italy then France and Switzerland then Ottawa and Montreal then back to England.We plan to travel to Vancouver, British Columbia next spring.

It took the advice of my colleague and the death of my sister to jar me into action. So you often hear those words “don’t wait because it may be too late”. Well, don’t wait because it may be too late.

Here we are. My sister and I ready for our first day of school. Mother was always busy at the sewing machine sewing identical dresses for us.We had identical lunch boxes as well.

x
x

Why South Korea’s largest labor groups oppose military drills with US

x
x

South Korea’s two biggest labor umbrella groups have called for the immediate suspension of the country’s ongoing joint military exercise with the United States, calling it a dangerous act that increases the risk of conflict with North Korea.

In front of the War Memorial of Korea, Tuesday, the Korean Confederation of Trade Unions (KCTU) and the Federation of Korean Trade Unions criticized President Yoon Suk-yeol for the resumption of the two allies’ first full-scale field trainings in five years.

“We denounce the Yoon administration for being trapped in a swamp of the South Korea-U.S. alliance, a byproduct of the Cold War of the 20th century, and making the wrong moves for the peace, diplomacy and economy of the Korean Peninsula,” they said in a joint statement. “North Korea is one of us, with which the South should work together to put an end to the era of conflict and division and to open the era of self-reliance and peaceful unification.”

The messages promoted during an Aug. 13 rally in Seoul by the KCTU, which advocates for labor rights as well as democracy, national sovereignty and peaceful unification, were stronger and more direct: “Renounce the South Korea-U.S. alliance” and “Abolish conscription.”

Those who are not familiar with how South Korea’s progressive movement has developed over the last decades may find it difficult to understand why labor groups might raise their voices about this issue.

The progressive National Liberation (NL) faction, which emerged as a powerful force in the democratic movement in the 1980s, developed tendencies toward nationalism and anti-U.S. sentiments, the vestiges of which still have a formidable influence on liberal politics in Korea, particular of that generation, according to experts.

“The NL believes that the U.S. was responsible for Korea’s division, and views the country as a barrier to its unification,” Cho Jin-man, an associate professor of politics and international relations at Duksung Women’s University, told The Korea Times. “Such thoughts were developed in the 1980s, and they still adhere to the beliefs.”

To put it simply, he said, the NL and the PD (People’s Democracy) factions were the two main pillars of South Korea’s progressive camp. While the PD faction focused more on issues such as workers’ rights, it shared much of the NL’s nationalistic views over the relationship with North Korea and the U.S.

From HERE

The end of Earnest Hemingway

On July 2, 1961, Ernest Hemingway got out of bed around 7 a.m., unlocked the gun cabinet in his Ketchum, Idaho home using the key his wife had tried to hide from him, grabbed the double-barreled shotgun that he used to hunt pigeons, and shot himself in the forehead.

x
Depression
 

Though newspapers initially reported his death as an accident, and Hemingway’s wife even claimed that the gun had gone off while he was cleaning it, the writer’s death was eventually revealed to have been a suicide — which had come after a long struggle with depression.

Years later, Hemingway’s wife Mary said: “No, he shot himself. Shot himself. Just that. And nothing else.”

Russia Halts a Natural Gas Shipment to Japan Over Payment Issues

The article "dances" around who that Asian nation is. You have to go elsewhere to get the information. So who is this "Asian" nation?

Sakhalin Energy ships carbon-neutral cargoes of liquefied natural gas (LNG) to Japan's Toho Gas.

Oh.

Japan will not pay Russia in Gold, or Rubles or Yuan. They insist on using the USD. -MM
  • Russia’s Sakhalin Energy halted a shipment of liquefied natural gas to an Asian buyer, a report said.
  • It’s the first time gas has been witheld from an Asian buyer, a move could result in blackouts.
  • It will have spillover effects in Europe as it gears up for its own energy crisis in the coming months.

Russia halted a shipment of liquefied natural gas to an Asian customer over payment issues to its new energy operator, Sakhalin Energy. It’s the first sign that Russia is beginning to withhold natural gas from Asian customers over its energy operations, threatening to throw some of its biggest Asian clients into blackouts this winter.

Two traders familiar with the matter said Sakhalin Energy withheld a cargo of LNG to an Asian buyer on the grounds of payment and a delay in signing a revised contract, according to a report from Bloomberg

Russia has offered those revised contracts to Asian customers since setting up Sakhalin Energy, a new corporation created to transfer ownership of Russia’s oldest LNG facility from a Bermudan to a Russian entity. 

The revisions ask LNG buyers to pay with currencies other than the US dollar if western sanctions result in payment issues. But most Asian customers have avoided signing so far, Bloomberg reported. 

Withholding fuel from Asian buyers could spell trouble for North East Asia, which has been snapping up LNG in preparation for winter. Japan, Sakhalin’s top buyer, is particularly vulnerable to blackouts this winter if shipments are cut, as it sources around 9% of its natural gas from Sakhalin. 

That could also have spillover effects to Europe, as Asian customers may eat away at fuel supplies from non-Russian suppliers, which are already strapped for supply as Europe gears up for its own energy crunch this winter. 

“Without Sakhalin, North East Asia will have to drag more cargoes away from Europe, intensifying the scramble for gas between Asia and Europe heading into winter that could send LNG prices to unprecedented levels,” energy analyst Saul Kavonic told Bloomberg.

From HERE

A misunderstanding

I received this message a couple of weeks ago and almost shit my pants when it came in.

x
x
 

I was frantic for a couple of days about it and went to the police with the message.

2 days after I went to the police they turned up at my front door and escorted me to my elderly neighbours house. The poor man was so embarrassed and was holding out $60 for me and just saying sorry repeatedly. He had sent me the message as a thank you but worded it very badly.

I had seen him at the shops and he went through the self service checkout. He scanned his items and tapped his card but the transaction didn’t go through. He didn’t notice and packed his groceries on his walker and left the store.

I noticed when I went to the same checkout that his payment didn’t go through. It was only $60 so I plaid it for him and said nothing to him.

Unbeknownst to me the security had picked him up outside about not paying and the girl at the front desk also came and talked to me. I told her I paid it because he was my neighbour and not great with technology. Meanwhile in the security office they showed my neighbour the footage and that I had paid his bill for him.

As English is not his first language and technology is not his friend. His message of thanks came across as a little threatening. He has my number in case of an emergency but I obviously never saved his number in my phone.

We all had a good laugh about the incident and we went over and cooked a BBQ at his house and had lunch with him. I slipped the $60 he gave me back into the tea pot I know he keeps his cash in because I never expected him to pay me back. And because I felt so bad about getting police involved.

Guo Zhengliang, chips above 14nm are China’s No. 1 in the world, and foreign manufacturing cannot beat China

From HERE

2022-08-27 14:06 HKT
 

Guo Zhengliang: 14nm chips have become the development goals of various countries. European and American countries have formulated corresponding chip subsidy plans, in order to build a stronger chip industry and master more chip production capacity.

China is also stepping up its layout in the chip field. At present, the mainland’s most technologically advanced chip manufacturers have mastered the mass production capacity of 14nm chips. Guo Zhengliang, a Taiwanese expert and scholar, said that China’s chips above 14nm are number one in the world, and foreign manufacturers can’t beat them.

What does Guo Zhengliang’s speech show? How can China’s mature process chips continue to move forward?

 

Guo Zhengliang’s insights on China’s 14nm chips

In the field of chip manufacturing, countries and regions will formulate different development goals according to the process conditions they master. Some companies have broken through the high-end chip manufacturing process and stepped up their layout in the chip industry of 7nm and below. Just like Samsung has achieved mass production of 3nm chips and completed shipments.

In the future, Samsung will further sprint to the more advanced 2nm, pushing the human chip technology to a new height.

 

However, since the production of high-end chips requires the use of EUV lithography machines, this top-level semiconductor manufacturing equipment comes from ASML. The mainland chip manufacturer SMIC has purchased EUV lithography machines, but ASML cannot break the rules, resulting in EUV lithography machines cannot be freely shipped.

Other manufacturers that can successfully purchase EUV lithography machines have basically entered the 7nm, 5nm and other process categories, or use EUV lithography machines to achieve high-end chip production. Although there is no EUV lithography machine, other DUV lithography machines are not affected, and DUV lithography machines are sufficient to support most chip production, such as 14nm.

 

Don’t underestimate 14nm, there are only a handful of companies that master the global 14nm process technology. For 7nm below 14nm, only TSMC and Samsung have broken through mass production technology.

Therefore, 14nm is placed in the global chip industry and is a process that can meet the needs of a large number of customers. SMIC has achieved 14nm mass production, and the yield has reached the industry standard.

Regarding the development of 14nm in China, Guo Zhengliang, a Taiwanese expert and scholar, expressed his opinion that the mainland is already the world’s first in terms of 14nm and above. Because it is relatively cheap, foreign manufacturing cannot beat China.

In Guo Zhengliang’s view, the mainland has a leading edge in 14nm, and even ranks first in the world. What does this statement alone show?

First of all, Guo Zhengliang is optimistic about the development of the mainland in the 14nm field, which has a price advantage compared with foreign countries. Cheaper prices can attract more customers’ attention and get more order resources.

Secondly, Guo Zhengliang pointed out the advantages of mainland chips in the field of mature technology. 14nm belongs to the category of mature technology, which is more advanced than 28nm and 22nm. It is the focus of market demand for low-end chips in the industry.

Perhaps as you have seen, the mid-to-low-end chip market to which mature processes belong, the mainland already has a corresponding layout, and has also mastered 28nm and other process supply chain technologies. As for whether it can reach the world number one that Guo Zhengliang said in the global supply chain, I am afraid it will take more time to verify and get a more accurate answer.

At least before everything is finally broken, we need to be down-to-earth and objectively treat various evaluations in order to find a suitable direction for ourselves.

How can China’s mature process chips continue to move forward?

There is still room for improvement in high-end chips in mainland China, and EUV lithography machines are required to make 7nm and 5nm chips. At present, everyone knows the shipment status of EUV lithography machines, so focusing on the field of mature process chips is actually in line with the needs of industrial development. So how does China’s mature process chips continue to move forward?

 

The first is to achieve capacity support.

More than 80% of the chips on the market are built with mature technology. High-end chips of 7nm and below are mainly used in smartphones, tablets and computers.

These electronic products cannot represent the global market demand, nor can they concentrate all chip production capacity. Therefore, in terms of developing mature processes, we should achieve capacity support, and use more capacity to supply the required market to meet the scene areas with greater demand.

 

For example, domestic manufacturers can use 28nm and 14nm in emerging fields. Based on the development of traditional industries, they must also take into account market needs.

Secondly, protect technical talents.

With the development of China’s integrated circuit industry, the demand for talents has become higher and higher. It is expected that there will be a talent gap of 200,000 in the future, which means that many chip companies and positions in the integrated circuit field will face vacancies.

Therefore, ensuring technical talents has become an important matter for the development of mature process chips. So how can these talent gaps be filled? It may require the joint efforts of major universities and enterprises. Schools set up professional courses, enterprises provide employment platforms, and if necessary, school-enterprise cooperation may be carried out.

 

In general, China’s mature chip manufacturing process needs to make breakthroughs in many aspects, such as production capacity support, talent guarantee and even supply chain cooperation, etc., and must maintain a consistent pace of progress.

Summarize

Guo Zhengliang gave a good evaluation of 14nm in mainland China, but we should also know that 14nm is not the end, but a new starting point. The road of Chinese chips will continue to move forward.

I believe that in the near future, we will see different Chinese chips, high-spirited and confident.

Being too smart

My IQ is 145 and I very, very nearly screwed up everything. You know, if you’re smart, you have a couple of challenges others do not. I was misunderstood, I over analyzed other kids behaviour, didn’t blend in naturally and the worst: I never learned how to work hard, because everything was so easy.

Until around age 12, I never needed to lift a finger for anything at school. Then in high school, some things suddenly took studying. Not much, but for someone not used to lift a finger, that was hard.

Long story short, I was nearly 30 years old when I finally graduated from university. Even in the Netherlands, where people used to take their time to study, that was kinda extreme. If I hadn’t finally gotten my shit together in my late twenties, I would probably be working a job way below my potential now. And be very unhappy or depressed.

Fortunately, I realized in time that I had to step up my game, and fortunately, I got hired in a job that turned out to be perfect for me. I was very lucky the way things turned out. I am in a good place now. Good job, good salary, own two rental properties and most importantly I have a beautiful stable family.

x
x
 

I know there are many high-IQ people like me out there who weren’t as lucky, and live average or even miserable lives despite their intelligence. Life can be really unfair. It’s really very easy to screw life up, even when you have a high IQ. Especially when you have a high IQ.

US media ignored major anti-US military protest in South Korea – Responsible Statecraft

From HERE

x
x

From HERE

Be the Rufus

Today I was asked if I am any good with phones by an elderly man as he was trying to open a picture message that his granddaughter had sent.

After putting Sienna in her pram, I took a look at his phone which was a really old Nokia. As he didn’t have a smart phone I told him that he wouldn’t be able to view it. He was gutted and went on to tell me that it was a photo of his granddaughter and her new baby who he hadn’t seen yet as they live in Buxton.

So, I forwarded the message to my phone and eventually managed to open the picture. He was so emotional seeing his great granddaughter for the first time and you could see his love for them both through his teary eyes.

x
x

The man insisted on giving me £20 to treat my daughter to a toy as a thank you for helping him which I insisted I didn’t want, but he was having none of it. So, I asked him to wait there and I went to boots and printed the photo for him and ended up buying a frame for it too.

When I returned with the framed photo, he was so happy, literally overwhelmed.

This just made my day to make someone so happy. ❤️

US Coast Guard vessel unable to enter Solomon Islands port to refuel

Why travel half the world to patrol fishing using coast guard vessel? Where is the US coast line?

A US Coast Guard vessel was unable to enter the Solomon Islands for a routine port call because the local government did not respond to a request for it to refuel and provision, according to a US official.

The USCGC Oliver Henry was on patrol for illegal fishing in the South Pacific when it failed to obtain entry to refuel at Honiara, the Solomon Islands capital, the official from the US Coast Guard said.

The US vessel was diverted to Papua New Guinea instead.

It was scheduled for a routine logistics port call at Solomon Islands, according to a public affairs officer for the US Coast Guard in Hawaii.

“The Government of the Solomon Islands did not respond to the US Government’s request for diplomatic clearance for the vessel to refuel and provision in Honiara,” they said.

.

200,000 Chinese-Americans are about to be deported, their American citizenship is cancelled and they have no Chinese nationality, what should they do?

From HERE

2022-08-27 14:00 HKT
 

We know that as early as the last century, many Chinese regarded going abroad as a matter of honoring their ancestors. If the children of the family worked and developed in the United States or in a foreign country, they felt that they would have a special face in front of their relatives and friends.

But after entering this century, this sense of pride seems to have vanished.

Most people no longer regard going abroad as a craze, nor do they feel that going abroad will honor their ancestors.

On the contrary, many people are no longer obsessed with going abroad, and they prefer to work and develop at home. On the contrary, some foreign friends, after seeing the environment in China, rushed to China frantically, hoping to get a Chinese green card and work and settle here.

It may be rare in third- and fourth-tier cities, but if you go to first- and second-tier cities, you will find that there are many foreigners around you, who go to get off work, go shopping, etc. with you.

x
x

For example, in Guangzhou, China, there are nearly 300,000 black people, and in Shanghai, there are about 400,000 Japanese immigrants.

At the same time, in some developed cities such as Beijing and Shenzhen, there are many foreigners who immigrated to China from the United States.

These people choose China because they feel that the pace of life in China is unhurried, the environment is livable, and the country’s development prospects are bright.

However, look at some people who tried their best to immigrate to the United States. How are they doing now?

Have they lived their dream of prosperity and wealth as they wished?

The fact is very distressing, because after they arrived in the United States, their jobs were mediocre, their economic income was mediocre, and their living environment was even worse.

x
x

According to statistics, most of the 4.5 million Chinese in the United States gather in Chinatown.

A long time ago, there was a person named “Queen Snakehead” in Fujian.

She specialized in the smuggling business, mainly helping mainlanders to smuggle to the United States.

You must know that it is very difficult for these people who entered the United States through illegal means to settle and find work in the United States.

Because most people think that as long as they come to the United States, they can have a good life and live a good life, but because it is illegal to smuggle to the United States, they can only do some scattered jobs in the United States.

I work here today, and I might be working in another place tomorrow. If you encounter a boss with bad behavior, you may give him a day of work for nothing without a penny of wages.

However, the welfare treatment of the poor in the United States is ok, and relief food is distributed every day.

Therefore, in places where relief food is distributed in the United States, Chinese people are often seen.

In order to attract more Chinese to join the United States, the United States stipulated that citizens who became American citizens did not need to cancel their original nationality, so many people had dual citizenship at that time.

But this is a unilateral regulation by the United States, and China will never allow people who step on two boats to act recklessly.

China stipulates that Chinese nationality will be cancelled if Chinese nationals possess other nationalities.

Today, the United States has announced that it will deport 200,000 Chinese who do not have American nationality, but these Chinese no longer hold Chinese nationality.

So after the 200,000 Chinese were expelled from the United States, what should they do?

Some notes about Thailand…

[1] Tourist Traps

Well, the reader should recognize that Thailand is an excellent holiday destination. It is where many people go to relax and have fun.  As such, the reader should be advised, there are many traps or things to look out for.  These things can range from a (near mafia like) arrangement of Tuk Tuk drivers and their system of fleecing tourists, to places where locals dare not tread. Here, I would like to place some warnings to the interested reader…

[2] Khao San Road

Hopping off the plane and heading straight to Khao San is a great idea if you are young, white, and into tie-dyes. (LOL!) You won’t find too many locals there.  It is it’s own little enclave that caters to a youthful Western European clientelle. As such, be prepared to be surrounded by the youth of today (with a handful of older folks trying to navigate the clutter) from the Western side of the globe.

To quote;

“The last time I went out clubbing in Khao San the ladies were quite impressed with me because I was wearing shoes with laces. My competition for the fairer sex was a young, bearded pot-bellied boy who was interested in feeling out the clubs with bare feet — a low bar for the love scene. On a positive note he was giving out free hugs to people who couldn’t dodge his outstretched arms.”

-Ronald Tagra

Khao San is an iconic place with cheap beer and lots of “exotic” white people to hang out with. Yeah, just what you want.  Leave what you know and experience what you know in a new location.

x
x

It is a tourist trap where the only authentic experience you will have is your hangover. The buckets of red bull and piss are a smashing way for you to get the type of “real” Oriental hangover you’ve always been looking for and the type of morning you’ll always regret. It is also a great place if you want to get on the piss with your friends and enjoy your youth in a slightly different locale than back home.

However, really, if you wanted to just hang out at the same places with the same people, why bother coming to a foreign country? Best to stay in the motherland than to come out to Khao San.

x
x

[3] Female Jealousy

“I remember when I first started coming here, even on Khao San Road, I would see sour looking farang women sitting around looking disapprovingly at the effortlessly beautiful local girls, and I would think to myself “Why did you come here, white woman? This place is not for you – go home!””

Stickman


[4] Social Justice Females

Many female social justice warrior types are absolutely appalled by the fact that men would go to tropical Thailand and engage in sex with women at bars.  They hate this. 

In their mind, of course, there is nothing wrong if [1] the wife blows up to the size of an elephant, [2] stops providing sex, and [3] takes all the money her husband makes because they are MARRIED.

What is wrong (in their minds) is that the husband wants to spend some time drinking, having sex with young cute and attractive slim girls, being treated like a MAN, and spending the money he earned on doing so.

Indeed! How disgusting! Imagine that!

Here are some excerpts from an article written by a SJW. She covers the various stereotypical male types that she has observed on one of her trips to Thailand, and spins her take on it.  Ohhh, the bitterness, disgust and envy drips from her pen;

Article HERE

 “The Angry and Divorced Forty-Something Seeking a ‘Proper Woman’
This city is full of once-burnt divorced men who were either so shattered by their previous marriages — or so disenchanted by the era of leftist feminism — that they felt compelled to move thousands of miles east to find a ‘proper woman’. And by proper woman, I mean one straight out of the 1940s.
“Just let me be a man, while you do my washing, take control of the kitchen and don’t ask too many questions.” Not much to ask. These men tend to shack up with the financially destitute, or the professionally prostitute — whatever improves their chances of exerting total dominance over them in the long run.
With these couples, it seems true love simply equals “You’ll never leave me while I send your parents and buffalos 20% of my retirement fund.”

Oh, she just doesn’t get it.  Does she?  She thinks that it is the failure of the man in his marriage that “drove” him to move to Thailand.

Really, that is what she thinks.

But, it’s not. Nah, but you can’t tell her anything.  She knows what’s right.  She knows everything.  She’s a woman. She doesn’t make mistakes. Right?

She ends her diatribe with her solution to all the men who want to be left alone and to live their own lives, THEIR WAY…

“So, what’s the solution? Ideas on a postcard, please.

My vote goes to mass deportation…”

Advice for Americans who need an address

When I lived stateside and was down on my luck I suddenly found myself living in my car with only my clothes to my name.

How did this happen?

Well, my wife had found a lover, one day I came home early from work and he was in my house and she wasn’t, so I had him arrested for breaking and entering!

Actually, this is an exceptionally hilarious story that I’ll save for another post…

Anyway, I promptly left the house and went to a hotel.

Because my wife was angry at what I’d done to her lover she blocked our bank accounts.

I filed for divorce, but she hired a really good lawyer and the judge gave her everything. I got nothing but the car.

Two weeks later I was laid off from a long-term and well-paying job, but because of the divorce I had very little money saved.

So, suddenly I had a really big problem, but there was no one who could really help me, not even my family.

I didn’t have enough money to get an apartment, so I started to sleep in my car.

I knew that what I really needed was a permanent address, but in my sudden new position in life there was no way I could get one.

Here’s what I did …

I went to a post office (PO) box rental company and rented a box.

Instead of putting down my address as “Box 12” when I was filling out a form, I put down “Unit 12”.

Not once did I ever get a complaint from the mailbox company or the post office.

All my mail arrived without a problem, including government mail.

It’s a really good way to maintain a permanent address if you’re moving around a lot or are temporarily living in your car.

It can even help you to improve your credit rating because it appears like you’re in a stable location for a period of time.

The other thing that I did was I got a gym membership. I’d go to the gym every day to take a shower.

The PO box cost me about $35 dollars a month, and the gym membership was about the same.

So, for less than three dollars a day I was able to stay clean and appear, at least on paper and to everyone else, to be stable.

I lived in my car for eight months before I was able to find a job and then another four months before I was able to save up enough money for first and last month’s rent and get myself into a small apartment.

Would you believe that no one ever found me out? It’s true! No one ever knew!

One of the first things I did after I got my PO box address was to try and get credit.

Of course I was declined, but the address went on my credit rating nonetheless.

I am absolutely sure that the apartment rental agency that I applied to wouldn’t have approved my rental application had I not tried to use the PO box’s address as my own to get credit a year earlier.

To them it looked like I had lived for a year at my previous address and simply chose not to renew my lease. I even said as much when I was filling out my application.

During that year I spent another ten dollars a week at the laundromat to keep my clothes clean, including the cost for laundry detergent.

Toothpaste, soap and other incidentals cost me around thirty dollars a month.

So basically my rent, water, electricity, laundry and personal grooming cost me about $150 a month, five dollars a day.

During the time that I wasn’t working I’d go to various public parks around town and remove soda pop and beer cans from the garbage cans.

When I had filled up the trunk of my car and then some, I went to the supermarket and put the cans in the recycling machines out front.

I got a nickel for two cans and two cents for a single can.

I was actually able to collect enough cans to pay the five dollars a day for my upkeep and also put two gallons of gas in my car so that I could drive around the next day.

Incredibly, I was also able to collect enough cans to buy a liter of water and a package of Tang (powdered orange-flavored drink) every day.

There was even enough left over for a Hostess dessert pie for breakfast, a 7-Eleven microwaveable burrito for lunch and some bread, ham, cheese and fruit for dinner!

My food expenses were about seven dollars a day and it was about the same for gasoline.

So, I lived on a budget of $20 dollars a day for nine months.

Somehow, and I have no idea how, I was able to collect between 400 and 500 cans a day—and I survived!

I have no shame in it, nor in sharing it; it wasn’t my fault to begin with, but in no way was I going to give up. I’m too proud.

Sure, I could have sold my car to rent an apartment, but then how would I get to work or find a job?

By bus? Not so practical in San Diego.

So I did what I did in the way that I did it.

Today, I have a house on the beach and I will buy a second one soon. I have a new wife whom I love and who loves me and we have a wonderful son together.

I’ve worked for 11 years at the same company, so my life is stable once again.

But I’ll never forget that year; it was a true life lesson.

And you know what?

It wasn’t so bad living in my car collecting cans so that I could get through the day!

Get a PO box, get a gym membership, maintain a prepaid cellular line so people can call you, try to get credit, do what you need to do to find the $20 to $30 dollars a day you need and in the end you’ll be just fine!

Good luck!

Cheers!

Biden targets Amish farmer with armed raid and $300,000 fine…

Biden admin targets Amish farmer | Tucker Carlson

Miller’s Organic Farm is located in the remote Amish village of Bird-in-Hand, Pennsylvania. The farm supplies everything from grass-fed beef and cheese, to raw milk and organic eggs, to dairy from grass-fed water buffalo and all types of produce, all to roughly 4,000 private food club members who pay top dollar for high quality whole food.

The private food club members appreciate their freedom to get food from an independent farmer that isn’t processing his meat and dairy at U.S. Department of Agriculture facilities, which mandates that food be prepared in ways that Miller’s Organic Farm believe make it less nutritious.

Amos Miller, the farm’s owner, contends that he’s preparing food the way God intended — but the U.S. government doesn’t see things that way. They recently sent armed federal agents to the farm and demanded he cease operations. The government is also looking to issue more than $300,000 in fines — a request so steep, it would put the farm out of business.

There’s this farmer named Amos Miller and he’s been farming for 25 years. No electricity, no fertilizer, no gasoline. He has really, really impressive crop yields using only the only the oldest of methods, totally organic. He has milk, he has beef, he has different types of sheep. He has chicken, all types of vegetables. And he has a private buyers club of about 4,000 people all across the country that pay him top dollar for his food.

.

And the government doesn’t like this idea of a private buyers club. They have raided his farm with armed federal agents and they have said he needs to stop selling his meat until he gets regulated by the federal agencies whose job it is to, you know, regulate food. And he says, “you know, the way you guys regulate it, it kind of hurts the nutrition of the food — you know, you wash it in these things, you’ve given these vaccines and the cows get all types of medicine, I don’t do any of that. So I think going through your regulatory process will actually hurt the quality of my food and that’s what I’m being paid top dollar for, it is this high quality food.

So they are fining him hundreds of thousands of dollars, and they’ve actually sent armed federal agents there to take inventory of his meat, of his dairy, and they visit him to make sure that he’s not selling anything and that he’s not ramping up his production in any way. So that’s where he is now. He’s figuring out how to fight the federal government, what he’s going to do. And you know, he’s been put in this really tight spot along with the people who, you know, look to him for this food. They’re not getting their meat and dairy right now because of the government.

This is Texas

One evening my next door neighbor’s 12-yr-old daughter called me and said she was home alone and scared because some man was walking around her home peering into the windows. We lived on a cul-de-sac of about a dozen homes all on small acreages. From my kitchen I could clearly see a man standing under the neighbor’s car port looking into a window.

I called my dogs to my side. One was a 120 lb Doberman and the other a 65 lb Weimaraner. They accompanied me out the door to the low rail fence between our properties. I challenged the man on what he was doing. He stuttered he was looking for a friend’s house. When I asked what his friend’s name was, he said a name I did not recognize belonging to anyone on the street. My dogs were quietly standing next to me during this time intently focused on the man.

I told the man to leave or I’d turn the dogs loose. Either the guy was drunk or on drugs or just plain stupid because he proceeded to angrily argue with me. I had never asked my dogs to attack someone and they weren’t trained to do so. But both dogs leaped the fence and emitted nasty guttural growls pinning the man against the wall of the home. Surprised the hell out of me! Him too. They were crouched down ready to make minced meat out of him. His voice went up three octaves screaming to call the dogs off. I honestly didn’t know if they’d listen to me. I ended up having to climb the fence and grabbing them by their collars. Either one could’ve easily pulled loose and I warned the guy I might not be able to hold them.

He took off down the driveway cursing me over his shoulder. I noticed that instead of turning left back toward the highway he ran right deeper into the cul-de-sac. Running back to my house I called a neighbor whom I knew carried a shotgun in his pickup. (This was Texas after all.) Last I saw was him being escorted down the road with his hands up. My pups got extra treats that night!

Geopolitical tectonic plates shifting, six months on

14205 Views August 24, 2022

by Pepe Escobar, posted with the author’s permission and widely cross-posted

Six months after the start of the Special Military Operation (SMO) by Russia in Ukraine, the geopolitical tectonic plates of the 21st century have been dislocated at astonishing speed and depth – with immense historical repercussions already at hand. To paraphrase T.S. Eliot, this is the way the (new) world begins, not with a whimper but a bang.

The vile assassination of Darya Dugina – de facto terrorism at the gates of Moscow – may have fatefully coincided with the six-month intersection point, but that won’t change the dynamics of the current, work-in-progress historical drive.

The FSB may have cracked the case in a little over 24 hours, designating the perpetrator as a neo-Nazi Azov operative instrumentalized by the SBU, itself a mere tool of the CIA/MI6 combo de facto ruling Kiev.

The Azov operative is just a patsy. The FSB will never reveal in public the intel it has amassed on those that issued the orders – and how they will be dealt with.

One Ilya Ponomaryov, an anti-Kremlin minor character granted Ukrainian citizenship, boasted he was in contact with the outfit that prepared the hit on the Dugin family. No one took him seriously.

What’s manifestly serious is how oligarchy-connected organized crime factions in Russia would have a motive to eliminate Dugin as a Christian Orthodox nationalist philosopher who, according to them, may have influenced the Kremlin’s pivot to Asia (he didn’t).

But most of all, these organized crime factions blamed Dugin for a concerted Kremlin offensive against the disproportional power of Jewish oligarchs in Russia. So these actors would have the motive and the local base/intel to mount such a coup.

If that’s the case that spells out a Mossad operation – in many aspects a more solid proposition than CIA/MI6. What’s certain is that the FSB will keep their cards very close to their chest – and retribution will be swift, precise and invisible.

The straw that broke the camel’s back

Instead of delivering a serious blow to Russia in relation to the dynamics of the SMO, the assassination of Darya Dugina only exposed the perpetrators as tawdry operatives of a Moronic Murder Inc.

An IED cannot kill a philosopher – or his daughter. In an essential essay Dugin himself explained how the real war – Russia against the collective West led by the United States – is a war of ideas. And an existential war.

Dugin – correctly – defines the US as a “thalassocracy”, heir to “Britannia rules the waves”; yet now the geopolitical tectonic plates are spelling out a new order: The Return of the Heartland.

Putin himself first spelled it out at the Munich Security Conference in 2007. Xi Jinping started to make it happen when he launched the New Silk Roads in 2013. The Empire struck back with Maidan in 2014. Russia counter-attacked coming to the aid of Syria in 2015.

The Empire doubled down on Ukraine, with NATO weaponizing it non-stop for eight years. At the end of 2021, Moscow invited Washington for a serious dialogue on “indivisibility of security” in Europe. That was dismissed with a non-response response.

Moscow took no time to confirm a trifecta was in the works: an imminent Kiev blitzkrieg against Donbass; Ukraine flirting with acquiring nuclear weapons; and the work of US bioweapon labs. That was the straw that broke the New Silk Road camel’s back.

A consistent analysis of Putin’s public interventions these past few months reveals that the Kremlin – as well as Security Council Yoda Nikolai Patrushev – fully realize how the politico/media goons and shock troops of the collective West are dictated by the rulers of what Michael Hudson defines as the FIRE system (financialization, insurance, real estate), a de facto banking Mafia.

As a direct consequence, they also realize how collective West public opinion is absolutely clueless, Plato cave-style, of their total captivity by the FIRE rulers, who cannot possibly tolerate any alternative narrative.

So Putin, Patrushev, Medvedev will never presume that a senile teleprompter reader in the White House or a cokehead comedian in Kiev “rule” anything. The sinister Great Reset impersonator of a Bond villain, Klaus “Davos” Schwab, and his psychotic historian sidekick Yuval Harari at least spell out their “program”: global depopulation, with those that remain drugged to oblivion.

As the US rules global pop culture, it’s fitting to borrow from what Walter White/Heisenberg, an average American channeling his inner Scarface, states in Breaking Bad: “I’m in the Empire business”. And the Empire business is to exercise raw power – then maintained with ruthlessness by all means necessary.

Russia broke the spell. But Moscow’s strategy is way more sophisticated than leveling Kiev with hypersonic business cards, something that could have been done at any moment starting six months ago, in a flash.

What Moscow is doing is talking to virtually the whole Global South, bilaterally or to groups of actors, explaining how the world-system is changing right before our eyes, with the key actors of the future configured as BRI, SCO, EAEU, BRICS+, the Greater Eurasia Partnership.

And what we see is vast swathes of the Global South – or 85% of the world’s population – slowly but surely becoming ready to engage in expelling the FIRE Mafia from their national horizons, and ultimately taking them down: a long, tortuous battle that will imply multiple setbacks.

The facts on the ground

On the ground in soon-to-be rump Ukraine, Khinzal hypersonic business cards – launched from Tu-22M3 bombers or Mig-31 interceptors – will continue to be distributed.

Piles of HIMARS will continue to be captured. TOS 1A Heavy Flamethrowers will keep sending invitations to the Gates of Hell. Crimean Air Defense will continue to intercept all sorts of small drones with IEDs attached: terrorism by local SBU cells, which will be eventually smashed.

Using essentially a phenomenal artillery barrage – cheap and mass-produced – Russia will annex the full, very valuable Donbass, in terms of land, natural resources and industrial power. And then on to Nikolaev, Odessa, and Kharkov.

Geoeconomically, Russia can afford to sell its oil with fat discounts to any Global South customer, not to mention strategic partners China and India. Cost of extraction reaches a maximum of $15 per barrel, with a national budget based on $40-45 for a barrel of Urals.

A new Russian benchmark is imminent, as well as oil in rubles following the wildly successful gas for rubles.

The assassination of Darya Dugina provoked endless speculation on the Kremlin and the Ministry of Defense finally breaking their discipline. That’s not going to happen. The advances along the enormous 1,800-mile front are relentless, highly systematic and inserted in a Greater Strategic Picture.

A key vector is whether Russia stands a chance of winning the information war with the collective West. That will never happen inside NATOstan – even as success after success is ramping up across the Global South.

As Glenn Diesen has masterfully demonstrated, in detail, in his latest book, Russophobia , the collective West is viscerally, almost genetically impervious to admitting any social, cultural, historical merits by Russia.

And that will extrapolate to the irrationality stratosphere, as the grinding down and de facto demilitarization of the imperial proxy army in Ukraine is driving the Empire’s handlers and its vassals literally nuts.

The Global South though should never lose sight of the “Empire business”. The Empire of Lies excels in producing chaos and plunder, always supported by extortion, bribery of comprador elites, assassinations, and all that supervised by the humongous FIRE financial might. Every trick in the Divide and Rule book – and especially outside of the book – should be expected, at any moment. Never underestimate a bitter, wounded, deeply humiliated Declining Empire.

So fasten your seat belts: that will be the tense dynamic all the way to the 2030s. But before that, all along the watchtower, get ready for the arrival of General Winter, as his riders are fast approaching, the wind will begin to howl, and Europe will be freezing in the dead of a dark night as the FIRE Mafia puff their cigars.

Don’t mess with the kitty!

A man absolutely hated his wife’s cat and decided to get rid of him one day by driving him 20 blocks from his home and leaving him at the park. As he was getting home, the cat was walking up the driveway. The next day he decided to drive the cat 40 blocks away. He put the beast out and headed home. Driving back up his driveway, there was the cat! He kept taking the cat further and further and the cat would always beat him home.

At last, he decided to drive a few miles away, turn right, then left, past the bridge, then right again, and another right until he reached what he thought was a safe distance from his home and left the cat there. Hours later the man calls home to his wife:

“Jen, is the cat there?” “Yes”, the wife answers, “why do you ask?”

Frustrated, the man answered,

“Put that son of a bitch on the phone, I’m lost and need directions!”

x
x

Chinese Gaokou

In China, the gaokao is one of the most stressful periods of a high school student’s life.

It is known to single-handedly decide your future job opportunities and social status within society.

x
Study!

Compared to other college entrance exams in countries like Korea or India, you would think that the test is mostly based off of memorizing and using those “tricks” that are taught at special cram schools.

But some of those questions are actually incredibly thoughtful and creativity oriented.

Take a look:

  • Topic: Roads
    Based on the three given uses of ‘road’, write an essay.
    1. “The Earth had no roads to begin with, but when many men passed one way, a road was made.” —Lu Hsun (Lu Xun)
    2. There is no such thing as a road that dare not to be walked, only people who dare not to walk it.
    3. You may take the wrong road sometimes, but if you keep walking, it will become a brand new road.
    (From Fujian)
  • Topic: Do butterfly wings have colors?
    “A teacher asked the students to look at butterflies under a microscope. At first, they thought the butterflies were colorful, but when they looked at them closely, they realized that they were actually colorless.” Based on this story, write an essay.
    (From Anhui)
  • The containers for milk are always square boxes; containers for mineral water are always round bottles; round wine bottle are usually placed in square boxes. Write a composition on the subtle philosophy of the round and square.
  • Who do you think is the most glamorous person? A biotechnologist who led his company in international research, an ordinary welder who gained international fame through his work, or a photographer complimented widely for a series of photos?
x
x

Chinese Laser

Many things are made in China that are against the law in the United States. They are either too powerful, too cheap (competition issues), use materials that are judged as "bad" or just are unregulated and thus are considered to be dangerous. -MM

“Ask her if it’s powerful.” I said to my co-worker. He spoke in Mandarin to the woman at the market stall, and she casually pushed a button on the black baton.

A bright blue rod immediately connected the object to a cinder block wall across the street. Without saying a word, she casually pulled a cigarette from the pack on the counter, put it in her mouth, leaned forward, and lit the tip of her cancer-stick in the laser’s light beam.

“I don’t care what it costs. Tell her yes.” After some negotiating (because I think she understood “I don’t care what it costs.” but I did care) and $60, I got a Jedi-light-saber set-shit-on-fire mobile death ray.

To prevent any accidental/catastrophic airline excitement, I disassembled it into a few pieces and put some bits in my checked bag and the rest in my carry-on bag.

Not that practical for daily use, and despite the look of the packaging – definitely NOT for kids, but absolutely fun.

x
x

World War 3 for dummies

June 18, 2022

By Gaius Baltar for the Saker Blog

Some knowledgeable people, apparently including the Pope, are beginning to suspect that there may be more going on in the world than just the war in the Ukraine. They say that World War 3 has already started and things will get worse from now on. This can be difficult to determine while we are participating in the unfolding events and do not have the benefit of the historical perspective. It is doubtful that people back in 1939 realized that they were looking at the start of a major worldwide conflict, although some may have suspected it.

The current global situation is in many ways like a giant jigsaw puzzle where the general public only sees a tiny part of the complete picture. Most don’t even realize that there may be more pieces and don’t even ask these simple questions: Why is all this happening and why is it happening now?

Things are more complicated than most people realize. What they see is the evil wizard Vladimir Saruman Putin invading innocent Ukraine with his orc army – for absolutely no reason. This is a simplistic view, to say the least because nothing happens without a reason. Let’s put things in perspective and see what is really going on – and why the world is going crazy before our eyes. Let’s see what World War 3 is all about.

The pressure cooker

The West (which we can define here as the US and the EU and a few more) has been maintaining pressure on the entire world for decades. This does not only apply to countries outside the West, but also to Western countries which strayed from the diktats of the West’s rulers. This pressure has been discussed widely and attributed to all kinds of motives, including neocolonialism, forced financial hegemony, and so forth. What is interesting, particularly during the last 20 years, is which countries have been pressured and what they do not have in common.

Among the pressured countries we find Russia, China, Cuba, Venezuela, Libya, Syria, Serbia, Thailand, and Iran to mention a few. There have also been recent additions, including India and Hungary. In order to understand why they have been pressured, we need to find out what they have in common. That’s not easy since they are extremely different in most ways. There are democracies and non-democracies, conservative and communist governments, Christian, Muslim and Buddhist countries, and so on. Still, many of them are very clearly allied. One must ask why conservative and religious countries such as Russia or Iran would ally themselves with Godless communists in Cuba and Venezuela.

What all these countries have in common is their desire to run their own affairs; to be independent countries. This is unforgivable in the eyes of the West and must be tackled by any means necessary, including economic sanctions, color revolutions, and outright military aggression.

The West and its NATO military arm had surrounded Russia with hostile countries and military bases, armed and manipulated Ukraine to be used as a hammer against it, and employed sanctions and threats. The same thing was and is happening in Asia where China is being surrounded by all means available. The same applies to all the Independents mentioned above to some extent. In the past 10 years or so the pressure has increased massively on the Independents and it reached almost a fever pitch in the year before the Russian invasion of the Ukraine.

During the year before the Ukraine war, the US sent its diplomats around the world to tune up the pressure. They were like a traveling circus or a rock band on a tour, but instead of entertainment, they delivered threats: buy this from us and do what we tell you or there will be consequences. The urgency was absolute and palpable, but then came the Ukraine war and the pressure went up to 11. During the first month of the war, the entire West’s diplomatic corps was fully engaged in threats against the ‘rest of the world’ to engineer the isolation of Russia. This didn’t work, which resulted in panic in political and diplomatic circles in the US and Europe.

All this pressure through the years, and all the fear and panic when it didn’t work, are clearly related to the events in the Ukraine. They are a part of the same ‘syndrome’ and have the same cause.

The debt dimension

There have been many explanations for what is going on and the most common is the fight between two possible futures; a multipolar world where there are several power centers in the world, and a unipolar world where the West governs the world. This is correct as far as it goes, but there is another reason which explains why this is happening now and all the urgency and panic in the West.

Recently the New Zealand tech guru Kim Dotcom tweeted a thread about the debt situation in the US. According to him all debt and unfunded liabilities of the US exceed the total value of the entire country, including the land. This situation is not unique to the US. Most countries in the West have debt that can only be paid back by selling the entire country and everything it contains. On top of that, most non-western countries are buried in dollar-denominated debt and are practically owned by the same financiers who own the West.

During the last few decades, the economy of the US and Europe has been falsified on a level that is difficult to believe. We in the West have been living far beyond our means and our currencies have been massively overvalued. We have been able to do this through two mechanisms:

  1. The first one is the reserve status of the dollar and the semi-reserve status of the euro which have enabled the West to export digital money and receive goods in return. This has created enormous financial power for the West and enabled it to function as a parasite on the world economy. We have been getting a lot of goods for free, to put it mildly.

  2. The second falsification mechanism is the increase in debt to a level where we have essentially pawned everything we own, including our houses and lands, to keep up our living standards. We own nothing now when the debt has been subtracted. The debt has long since become unserviceable – far beyond our ability to pay interests on – which explains why the interest rates in the West are in the neighborhood of zero. Any increase would make the debt unserviceable and we would all go formally bankrupt in a day.

On top of all this, the falsification has created artificially strong currencies in the West which has boosted their purchasing power for goods priced in non-western currencies. These mechanisms have also enabled the West to run bloated and dysfunctional service economies where inefficiencies are beyond belief. We have giant groups of people in our economies that not only create no value but destroy value systematically. What maintains the West’s standard of living now is a small minority of productive people, constant debt increase, and parasitism of the rest of the world.

The people who own all this debt actually own everything we think we own. We in the West own nothing at this point – we only think we do. But who are our real owners? We know more or less who they are because they meet every year at the World Economic Forum in Davos along with the western political elites who they also happen to own.

It is clear that our owners have been getting increasingly worried, and their worries have been increasing in sync with the increased pressure applied by the West on the rest of the world, particularly the Independents. During the last Davos meeting, the mood was bleak and panicked at the same time, much like the panic among the western political elites when the isolation of Russia failed.

What is about to happen

The panic of our owners and their politicians is understandable because we have come to the end of the line. We can no longer keep up our living standards by debt increase and parasitism. The debt is reaching beyond what we own as collateral and our currencies are about to become worthless. We will no longer be able to get free stuff from the rest of the world, or pay back our debt – let alone pay interest on it. The entire West is about to go bankrupt and our standard of living is about to go down by a massive percentage. This is what has our owners panicked and they see only two scenarios:

  1. In the first scenario most countries in the West, and everything and everyone within them, declare bankruptcy and erase the debt by diktat – which sovereign states are able to do. This will also erase the wealth and political power of our owners.

  2. In the second scenario, our owners take over the collateral during the bankruptcy. The collateral is us and everything we own.

It doesn’t take a genius to figure out which scenario was chosen. The plan for the second scenario is ready and being implemented as we speak. It is called ‘The Great Reset’ and was constructed by the people behind the World Economic Forum. This plan is not a secret and can be examined to a certain degree on the WEF website.

The Great Reset is a mechanism for the seizing of all debt collateral which includes your assets, the assets of your city or municipality, the assets of your state, and most corporate assets not already held by our owners.

This asset seizure mechanism has several components, but the most important are the following four:

  1. Abolishment of sovereignty: A sovereign (independent) country is a dangerous country because it can choose to default on its debt. The decrease in sovereignty has been a priority for our owners and various schemes have been attempted such as the Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership and the Trans-Pacific Partnership. The most successful scheme is undoubtedly the European Union itself.

  2. The down-tuning of the economy: The western economy (and indeed the global economy) must be tuned down by a very significant percentage. This down-tuning is necessary because the western economy is massively falsified now and must be taken down to its real level – which may be as low as half of what it is now – or more. The slow takedown has also the purpose of avoiding a sudden crash that would cause massive social unrest which would be a threat to our owners. A controlled takedown is therefore preferable to an uncontrolled crash. This controlled takedown is already happening and has been going on for quite some time. Many examples can be mentioned of this takedown, including the EU and US energy policy which is designed to sabotage the western economy, and the obvious attempts at demand destruction during and after the epidemic, including the fairly bizarre logistical problems which suddenly came out of nowhere.

  3. Asset harvesting (you will own nothing and be ‘happy’): All assets that can be considered to be collateral to our private and collective/public debt will be taken over. This is a clearly stated aim of the Great Reset but it is less clear how this would be carried out. Total control of western governments (and indeed all governments) would seem to be necessary for this. That precondition is closer than one might think because most western governments seem to be beholden to Davos at this point. The process will be sold as necessary social restructuring because of an economic crisis and global warming and will result in a massive decrease in living standards for regular people, although not the elites.

  4. Oppression: A great many people will not like this and an uprising is a likely response, even if the takedown is done gradually. To prevent this from happening, a social control mechanism is being implemented which will erase personal freedom, the freedom of speech, and privacy. It will also create absolute dependence of the individual on the state. This must be done before the economic takedown can be completed or there will be a revolution. This mechanism is already being implemented enthusiastically in the West as anybody with eyes and ears can see.

Russia, China, and other Independents

How do Russia and China, and the war in Ukraine, factor into all of this? Why all the pressure from the West throughout the years and why all this panic now? Part of the reason for the pressure on the Independents, particularly Russia and China, is simply that they have resisted western hegemony. That is enough for getting on the West’s naughty list. But why the increased pressure in recent years?

The reason is that Russia and China cannot be subjugated through bankruptcy and their assets harvested. They do not have much debt in western currencies which means that the people who own the West through debt do not currently own Russia and China (like they own the West and the indebted ‘third world’) and cannot acquire them through debt. The only way to acquire them is through regime change. Their governments must be weakened by any means, including economic sanctions and military means if necessary -thus the use of Ukraine as a battering ram for Russia and Taiwan for China.

Subjugating Russia and China is an existential issue for our Davos owners because when they take the western economy down, everything else must go down too. If the western economy is taken down and a large economic block doesn’t participate in the downfall, it will be a disaster for the West. The new block will gain massive economic power, and possibly unipolar hegemony of sorts, while the West descends into a feudal Dark Age and irrelevance. Therefore the entire world must go down for the Great Reset to work. Russia and China must be subjugated by any means, as well as India and other stubborn nations.

This is what has fueled the situation we now find ourselves in and will fuel the continuation of World War 3. The western owner-elites are going to war to keep their wealth and power. Everyone who resists must be subjugated so they can follow the West into the planned Great Reset Dark Age.

The reason for the current panic among western elites is that the Ukraine project isn’t going as planned. Instead of Russia being bled on the battlefield, it is Ukraine and the West that bleed. Instead of the Russian economy crashing resulting in Putin’s replacement by a Davos-compatible leader, it is the West’s economy that is crashing. Instead of Russia being isolated, it is the West that is being increasingly isolated. Noting is working, and to top it all off, Europe has given the Russians the means and motive to destroy the European economy by partly shutting down its industry. Without Russian resources, there is no European industry, and without industry, there are no taxes for paying for unemployment benefits, pensions, all the refugees, and pretty much everything else which holds European societies together. The Russians now have the ability to engineer an uncontrolled crash in Europe which is not what Davos planned. An uncontrolled crash might see Davos’s heads roll, literally, and that is causing fear and panic in elite circles. The only solution for them is to move on with World War 3 and hope for the best.

What to do

The Great Reset of the world economy is the direct cause of World War 3 – assuming that is what is going on. What can be done about this? From inside the West, little can be done. The only way is to somehow remove Davos from the equation, but that is most likely not going to happen for two reasons: The first one is that the Davos great resetters are too entwined in the western economy and politics. Davos is like an octopus with its arms and suckers inside every country’s elite circles, media, and government. They are too entrenched to be easily removed. The second reason is that the western population is too brainwashed and ignorant. The level of their brainwashing is such that a large part of them actually want to become poor – although they use the word ‘green’ for ‘poor’ because it sounds better. There are, however, some indications that there may be divisions within western elites. Some of them, particularly within the US, may be resisting the primarily Europe-designed Great Reset – but whether this opposition is real or effective remains to be seen.

However, outside the West, there are certain measures that can be taken and must be taken. Some of those measures are drastic and some of them are being done as we speak. Among the measures are the following:

  1. The Independents, led by Russia, China, and India, must create a block to isolate themselves from the radioactive West. This isolation must not only be economic, but also political and social. Their economic systems must be divorced from the West and made autonomous. Their cultures and history must be defended against western influences and revisionism. This process appears to be underway.

  2. The Independents must immediately ban all western sponsored institutions and NGOs in their countries, regardless of whether they are sponsored by western states or individuals. Furthermore, they must ban all media receiving western sponsorship and strip every school and university of western sponsorship and influence.

  3. They must leave all international institutions up to and possibly including the United Nations because all international bodies are controlled by the West. They must then replace them with new institutions within their block.

  4. They must, at some point, declare the dollar and the euro currencies non grata. That means that they should declare default on all debts denominated in these currencies, but not other debts. This will most likely come at a later stage but is inevitable.

This will create a situation where the West will descend into darkness without pulling others down with it – if we manage to escape the nuclear fire.

They ride on dolphins.

x
x
 

Now you might think that this is very amusing.

And that dolphins are so friendly and let others ride.

x
x
 

But dolphins like to eat octopuses.

And this one had no chance of getting away.

So he did the smart thing.

x
x
 

As long as he sits on the dolphin, the dolphin cannot eat him.

x
x
 

I have no idea how THAT turned out.

But he deserved to get away with it.

.

Ignoring the US ban, Dutch ASML delivered 23 lithography machines to China!

From HERE

Well, duh! The only customer it has is China. When the United States just decided to make "pronouncements" on what companies, and nations can and cannot do, they did so with no consideration of the impact. ASML was facing bankruptcy if it obeyed the United States "sanctions".  So they went ahead and defied the USA. -MM
2022-08-27 13:34 HKT
 

Speaking of chips, there is a device that has to be mentioned, that is, a lithography machine.

When it comes to lithography machines, the Dutch company ASML is another name that has to be mentioned. Because it is the only one with the most advanced lithography machine in the world.

EUV lithography machines have always been regarded as indispensable equipment for advanced chips, and under the control of Americans, ASML cannot freely ship EUV lithography machines.

Who wants to buy?

Who do you sell to?

Without an American nod, ASML cannot sell a single lithography machine. ALl their customers are in China.

ASML was originally a Dutch company, but under the coercion and inducement of the United States, it had no choice but to move its headquarters to the United States.

And after the U.S. revised chip rules, even DUV lithography machines that produce mature chips have been restricted from shipping. Although DUV lithography machines produced in other countries can still be shipped normally.

However, DUV lithography machines produced in the United States are strictly prohibited from being sold to any country or company, especially China, without a license.

But in the first quarter of this year, ASML delivered a total of 23 DUV lithography machines to domestic manufacturers.

Although these DUV lithography machines are most likely manufactured in factories from non-US regions, but so many are delivered at once, is ASML really easy to explain on the American side?

The entry of 23 DUV lithography machines will obviously help the production of domestic chips. First of all, we can intuitively see that in the first half of this year, the number of imported chips in China decreased by 29 billion, which greatly reduced the dependence of Chinese enterprises on imported chips.

The United States is naturally unhappy, but ASML’s attitude this time is very tough.

They said that China is an important part of the global chip industry chain.

If cooperation with China is stopped, the world semiconductor supply chain will face the risk of disruption.

ASML is in a hurry and speaks very clearly. On the one hand, there is now a shortage of chips in the world, which has already affected the production of semiconductor equipment.

If China’s production capacity cannot be released, it is estimated that few in the world’s semiconductor industry will survive for another two years.

x
x

 

On the other hand, ASML itself is also facing a serious impact on the supply of raw materials, and it urgently needs to deepen its cooperation with China.

The production of lithography machines requires a raw material called “neon gas”. 20% of ASML’s neon gas comes from Russia and Ukraine, but due to local American law, ASML was “cut off” from this source of supply.

And it happens that China can provide neon gas, and the monthly output of domestic integrated circuits can exceed 30 billion, both of which are urgently needed by ASML.

Of course, there is another aspect, that is, ASML does not want the Chinese market to change from a big customer to a rival.

Just like Huawei did to Qualcomm before.

ASML does not want to force China out of the second ASML because of the selfish desires of the United States.

Now the EUV lithography machine is unique to itself, but who can guarantee the future?

Before the emergence of Kirin chips, did anyone think that China also has the ability to develop high-end chips?

You know, our localized semiconductor supply chain has made a lot of progress.

Domestic lithography machines now occupy the mainstream of the domestic market. Although the technology ceiling is definitely not as good as ASML, not all semiconductor equipment needs such good chips. The mainstream of the market is still dominated by mature process chips.

Therefore, for ASML, instead of being controlled by the United States and then disappearing into the so-called “price”, it is better to just face it, and maybe there is a way to survive.

Imagine That!

x
x

My ancestors hail from the Vologda region in the Russian North. When I visited my grandparents in summer, it usually took me a week to get used to their dialect of the Russian language.

Little did I know that a person from India who knows Sanskrit would need about that much time to understand the dialect without a translator.

A professor from India, who arrived in Vologda, almost immediately turned down his translator’s services. “I can understand Vologda dielect,” he said, “because they speak corrupted Sanskrit.”

It turns out, the entire area of Vologda is linked to Sanskrit and Indian culture.

The region is located at the confluence of the river Dvina (“divine, sacred” in Sanskrit) and its tributary Sukhona (“easy to cross” in Sanskrit). Other rivers with Sanskrit names in the region: Vel (border, riverbank); Valgu (nice lovely); Indu (a drop); Lal (play, overflow); Padma (flower of a water lily, lotus).

Vologda lace knitting is world famous. Little did I know that my female ancestors knitted Indian patterns.

x
x

Vologda ethnographer Svetlana Zharnikova accompanied an Indian folk band on a trip down the Sukhona river.

The head of the ensemble, Ms. Mihra, was shocked by the ornaments in Vologda national costumes. “These,” she would exclaim enthusiastically, “are native to Rajasthan, and this one is from Aris, and these ornaments are what we have in Bengal.”

It turned out that even the technology of embroidery of ornaments is called the same in the Vologda region and in India. Our craftswomen call embossed smooth surface “chekan”, and Indians call it “chikan”.

However, not just the Vologda dialect, but the Russian language sounds very similar to Sanskrit.

x
x

In the 1960s, the Indian specialist in Sanskrit Durga Prasad Shastri visited Russia. After two weeks, he told his translator Mr. Gusev, “Stop translating! I understand what you are saying. You are speaking here some altered form of Sanskrit!”

Having returned to India, he published an article on the similarities of the Russian and Sanskrit languages. Here is a quote from the article:

“If I were asked which two languages ​​of the world are most similar to each other, I would answer without any hesitation: Russian and Sanskrit. And not because some words are similar. Common words can be found in Latin, German, Sanskrit, Persian and Russian. What surprising is that the word structure, style, syntax and even grammar rules are too similar in the two languages to be a coincidence.

“When I was in Moscow, they gave me the keys to a room 234 at the hotel and said “dwesti tridsat chetire ”. In bewilderment, I could not understand whether I was in Moscow or in Benares two thousand years ago. In Sanskrit, 234 is “dwishata tridasha chatwari.”

Bal Gangadhar Tilak, the researcher of the origins of the Indians, published his book “The Arctic Home in the Vedas” in 1903.

According to Tilak, sacred books, the Vedas, written more than three thousand years ago, “tell about life of the distant ancestors near the Arctic Ocean. They describe endless summer days and winter nights, the North Star and the northern lights.”

Nike and Adidas are blaming COVID for low China sales, but the numbers don’t add up – SupChina

Note: the real reason is Chinese consumers turn away from the US firms due to their boycott of Xinjiang cotton, etc
 

Adidas has posted healthy revenue gains in its other combined markets in the first half of the year, but the company’s revenue in China dropped by 35% year-on-year, with net sales decreasing from $2.4 billion to $1.7 billion.

In the first quarter, Nike reported a 55% reduction in its earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) in China — from $691 million to $311 million.

Weak China numbers have prompted Adidas to cut its growth outlook for the rest of 2022. In the company’s latest earnings report, Adidas CEO Kasper Rørsted explained that the company’s recovery in the Chinese market was slower than expected because of COVID-related closures.

I say BULLSHIT. Stores are all open in China during the lockdowns, and severe lockdowns, for the most part last under ten days. -MM

In an earnings call on June 27, Nike’s Chief Financial Officer explained that the company’s reduced earnings followed the region’s most widespread COVID disruption since 2020, which impacted over 100 cities and over 60% of the company’s business in China.

But their Chinese counterparts seem to be weathering the lockdowns just fine. Li-Ning 李宁, one of China’s leading homegrown sportswear brands, posted 12.4 billion yuan ($1.8 billion) in revenue for the first half of 2022, a year-on-year increase of 21.7%. Anta 安踏 reported double digit sales growth in the first quarter of 2022, both for its flagship brand as well as the China-based subsidiary of the Italian FILA brand, which it owns. And Xtep 特步 reported a year-on year increase in revenue of over 35% in the second quarter.

On the sharp end of a ‘national tide’

Although it identified COVID as the main culprit, Adidas has acknowledged that it may need to get more in touch with Chinese consumers. In an interview with the German business newspaper Handelsblatt, CEO Rørsted conceded that Adidas had failed to sufficiently understand the Chinese market.

Following Rørsted’s comments, the topic “Adidas CEO admits to making mistakes in China” (#阿迪CEO承认在中国犯了错误#) began trending on Weibo, China’s Twitter-like social media platform. Major media like the nationalistic Guancha.cn website picked up the hashtag, garnering thousands of likes and leading hundreds of Chinese netizens to pile on in the comments, many of whom saw Adidas’ difficulties in China as directly tied to its past statements about avoiding the use of cotton from Xinjiang.

Nike and Adidas were both the targets of a boycott campaign in China in April 2021, led by state media, after they announced they would avoid using cotton sourced in Xinjiang due to allegations of forced labor in the region. This caused a surge in demand for sportswear produced by domestic companies amid a burst of nationalism from Chinese consumers.

While the boycott and social media criticism of Western brands eventually faded, they are clearly still suffering from residual negative sentiment in China. This will flare up during bouts of intense nationalism, such as U.S. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi’s recent visit to Taiwan. Western brands’ popularity is likely to wane amid the “national tide” or “national fashion” — (国潮 guócháo), which emphasizes Chinese culture and support for domestic businesses. Over the longer term, guochao may only become more prominent given its popularity among China’s youth.

Quality and price

There are certain steps Western sportswear companies can take to try and bring their China sales back up to where they once were, according to Allison Malmsten, Marketing Director at Daxue Consulting, a Shanghai-based market research and consulting firm. “First, they have to show that they are willing to localize more, perhaps by working with local brands, athletes, and designers,” she told SupChina. “They should also be leveraging digital strategies and engaging with the community more.”

“Second, they cannot allow their quality to decline,” Malmsten added, explaining that some Chinese netizens have complained that the quality of Adidas’ products has slipped since they moved production from China to Vietnam over the last decade.

Other factors besides nationalism and a failure to localize are likely at play in Nike and Adidas’ struggles in China. The country’s economy is suffering due to a variety of factors, from a collapsing housing bubble to record youth unemployment and a rural banking crisis. As financial woes mount, Chinese consumers may simply be opting to buy fewer expensive Western brands when local competitors offer similar products at cheaper prices. Although the Chinese brands have plenty of high-end products, they also sell a greater range of low-cost items.

Amid an economic downturn and a rise in nationalism that may be generational, the easy money may be over for Nike and Adidas in China.

Chinese Tomato Egg-Drop soup

x
x

Bowls of tomato egg drop soup are commonly seen on tables in Chinese households, especially in the summertime when tomatoes are plentiful.

Tomatoes and eggs just go together, and many food cultures know it. Just think of Shakshuka in the Middle East, “Eggs in Purgatory” in Southern Italy, and another Chinese classic, stir-fried tomato and eggs.

If the thought of making soup in the middle of summer has you scratching your head, read on!

x
x

Tomato Egg Drop Soup: A Summer Staple

Having soup in the summer is unthinkable to many. But if you let me take you back to the many hot summers I spent in Shanghai, you’ll find out why people in those days did exactly that.  

Summers in Shanghai can be hot and humid. Before the age of A/C, the only relief from the heat might be an occasional splurge on a red bean ice pop, a palm fan, cold mung bean soup (there is that “soup” word again), a cup of cool water, or some melon. 

In the narrow alleys of densely populated, low residential buildings, there was not a leaf or patch of grass to be found. We had to pour water on the building walls to cool them down towards the end of the day, because by then, it was a lot cooler outside than inside.

Most families ate outside, and some kids even slept outside on makeshift beds. We all had a soup on the dining table, rotating from tomato egg drop soup (most popular) to tomato potato soup, and potato with xian cai (Chinese preserved mustard greens). Soups were usually made in late morning and allowed to cool for lunch and dinner.

These soups replenished our bodies with water and salt (along with vitamins and protein), and since the heat meant lower appetites, it was easier to eat.

Serve Hot or At Room Temperature

When we ate this soup in the old days, it was served at room temperature, rather than piping hot.

That said, serve this soup at whatever your preferred temperature is. Now that I can sit in comfortable air conditioning, I’ll serve it warm or hot.

It doesn’t get much simpler than this recipe, but the flavors are really delicious. The eggs in chicken stock create a rich flavor that contrasts with the tart tomatoes. Scallions and cilantro can be added for brightness, and you have a soup that’s the perfect accompaniment to any meal.

Tomato Egg Drop Soup Recipe Instructions

x
x

Heat 2 tablespoons oil in a soup pot or wok over medium low heat. Add the tomato chunks and stir-fry for 5 minutes until the tomatoes are softened and start to fall apart. 

x
x

Add in 1 cup chicken stock, 2 cups water, 2 teaspoons light soy sauce, 1/2 teaspoon sesame oil, 1/4 teaspoon ground white pepper and salt to taste.

x
x

Bring to a boil, and then lower the heat so that the soup is simmering with the lid on.

x
x

Now quickly beat the egg in a small bowl and prepare the cornstarch slurry in a separate bowl.

Use a ladle to slowly swirl the soup in a whirlpool motion. Keep swirling as you pour in the cornstarch slurry until well incorporated.

x
x

Now pour a thin stream of egg into the middle of the whirlpool as you slowly swirl the soup. This is how you get that pretty egg drop effect.

x
x

Serve hot or at room temperature. Ladle the soup into bowls and garnish with chopped scallions and cilantro, if using.

x
x

 

Cheers as Liz Truss says she’s ready to press nuclear button and unleash ‘global annihilation’

Article HERE

Liz Truss has said she would be “ready” to use the UK’s nuclear arsenal if she was to become prime minister.

The Tory leadership frontrunner said she would be willing to press the nuclear button, even if it meant “global annihilation”.

Speaking at a hustings event in Birmingham, Truss spoke with Times Radio host John Pienaar, who said it would make him feel “physically sick” if he was faced with the decision.

Truss said the duty was an “important duty of the prime minister”, and received a round of applause after saying she would have no problem ordering the use of the UK’s nuclear arsenal if necessary.

Pienaar told her: “One of the first things that will happen when and if you become prime minister, you’ll be ushered into a room, a very private room at Number 10, and there will be laid out in front of you what are called the letters of last resort.”

Visiting India was my entire “bucket list.”

By the time I reached 60 years old, I abandoned any dream of seeing India.

In 2014, we were among 15,000 people stuck at the Dallas airport overnight, due to cancellations, trying to get home to Santa Fe, New Mexico, USA. We were in line to speak with a customer service person when I noticed a young Indian woman behind me, looking quite concerned and anxious. I struck up a conversation with her and learned that she was an astronomer visiting the U.S. for the first time and scheduled to give a talk at the VLA (“Very Large Array”) the following afternoon.

We took her under our wing. That evening, we gave her the only cot we could find so that she could sleep comfortably. Though American Airlines said she couldn’t fly out until the next evening, my wife complained repeatedly and got her a flight the next morning. When my wife managed to get a second seat on that flight, she insisted that I accompany the young woman to be sure she got to NM safely (My wife got a flight an hour later).

x
x

After dropping her off with the people who were waiting for her, I gave her a big hug and told this awesome young woman, whom we had come to know pretty well by now, “My family just grew by one.” The three of us became Facebook friends. The former head of the VLA arranged a ‘professional tour’ of the VLA and took us to dinner to thank us. The young Indian woman visited our home before leaving New Mexico. She began referring to us as her “American parents.”

By the end of 2014, she announced her marriage engagement and requested that her “American parents” attend her March 2015 wedding in Kolkata, India. Not as guests, but as part of her wedding party! We flew to India. Her family put us up in a “service apartment” and delivered homemade food daily.

After a week in Kolkata (formerly Calcutta) for this memorable wedding, we flew to Jaipur for a week and then nearly a week in Delhi. I finally got to visit India… all because I helped a stranded young lady at an airport.

 
 

Two Indian Quora friends wanted to hear all about our trip to India so, two days after we returned, I wrote a modest travelogue with photos.

By the end of 2015, more than 100,000 Indians read what I wrote! (Today, that number has grown to nearly 700,000!) Since then, my “international family” has grown. I have made many close online friends in India …mostly young people through Quora and Facebook. They are Hindu, Muslim, Sindhi, Sikh, and Jain. In most cases, our early interactions involved discussing differences in cultures and religion. Eventually, some of them began sharing their lives and situations and asking for my advice. I did my very best to help. They began calling me “Baapu”, “Baba”, “Touji”, “Papa Rick”, “Dad” and “Angel Paa” (Her dad is “Paa”… I’m “Angel Paa”) <3.

In 2017, we returned to India for 33 days. More than a dozen of my “unofficially-adopted” Indian sons and daughters insisted that we stay in their homes. We wound up staying with five of them in Jaipur, Kota, Ujjain, Indore, and Amravati. They are the sons and daughters of my heart. I tell my American friends that we were not in India as tourists this time… we were there to meet family.

When I retired and wrote, “MiXED NUTS or What I’ve Learned Practicing Psychotherapy” I was pretty much convinced that it would be my fourth and last book. Then this whole connection with India and young Indians happened. The story took too long to tell verbally or in a blog so, in 2018, I wrote a book describing this entire experience, including what it was like to meet and spend a week with each of five Indian families. Released internationally in February 2018, it’s called, “American Baapu: India Through My Eyes”. I even found an Indian publisher so that Indians could buy copies they could afford. This was important because that book is my “love letter” to the people of India.

x
x

When I was writing, “American Baapu”, I was faced with the problem of who would write the Foreword of my book. The Foreword is where an expert tells the readers something positive about the author including why they should read the book. Where would I find an “expert” on such an experience? One of my Indian “daughters” suggested that she and the others could each write why they call me “Baapu”, “Angel Paa”, “Dad”, etc. After much thought, I agreed and that became the Foreword of my book. Eight young people in India wrote personal reflections that still make me teary.

UPDATE: We returned to India in early 2019! This time, our seven-week itinerary included Bangalore, Pune, Indore, Ujjain, Jaipur, Aurangabad, and Delhi. Same arrangement. In most cases, staying with people who have become our family and who have made us a part of their family. <3

Aurangabad was a surprise. I had no idea it had such a large Muslim population. Our “international family” grew. The Muslims of India are just Indians who attend a different church. We found the same warmth and inclusiveness we got from our Hindu families. I even returned home with five topis! (Muslim caps).

That little travelogue I wrote online in 2015 has now been read by more than 700,000 Indians! I drum for two kirtan bands in Santa Fe. I put contemporary, danceable, western-style rhythms to traditional kirtan music wearing an Indian kurta or a Modi jacket, most of which were gifts from my Indian sons and daughters.

We helped a young woman stranded in an airport… something anyone might have done. As a result, I fulfilled my lifelong dream of visiting India and my family continues to grow with each passing month.

For a sample chapter of ”American Baapu” join my Quora blog/space at:
India Through My Eyes

.

[daegonmagus] – Part 27 – The Mantids Finally Showed Up….right before an uninstigated conversation about manifestation through intent.

The following is the 27th part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

Lately he has been conducting lucid dreaming (LD) to map out the subconscious / non-physical realms that surround us. His writings are very interesting, but describe things way beyond my understanding. Never the less, many MM readers find great value in his experiences, and writings, and one can easily see benefit in reading his writings. 

I hope that you enjoy this article.

-MM

The Mantids Finally Showed Up….right before an uninstigated conversation about manifestation through intent.

Yep. They finally showed up….in our goddamned fucking house….in our goddamned fucking bedroom….after being a bunch of total fucking jackasses. We’d all just got our flu shots because there is a few flyers going around suggesting that “hey, guys, everyone got caught up in Covid and forgot all about the flu which has now mutated into some horrible chimera amalgamation of all the worst parts of Scott Morrsion, Boris Johnson and Joe Biden probably due to the use of gain of function research, so come and get a free vaccine for it before you turn into pile of useless shit”….and considering it spelt vaccine with a c, and that it wasn’t covid, I figured it would probably be ok. That and the fact our kids get royally sick when they get sick, to the point they are down and out for the count for weeks at a time. So, skipping that whole schpeel (I love all of you whether you are vaxed or not), coincidentally we all came down with blocked noses the day afterwards (I knew we should have got it earlier, just our luck).

Anyway, we have everyone in our room because it easier and cheaper to warm everyone with one heater than several sprawled out through several rooms, and because the chicken bird scared the absolute shit out of our daughter to the point she will not go back in her room at night time.

The problem is, my eldest son has autism, and having a blocked nose when he is trying to sleep might as well be the same as trying to saw ones own leg off with a teaspoon. Unfortunately he got quite bad, and was himself scaring his younger brother and sister, so I had to get him out of the house and take him for a drive at 1 in the morning to calm him down.

We were gone for about 20 minutes, during which he calmed down, we had a little talk about his interests etc, and eventually made our way home. He goes to bed, and everyone finally gets some sleep.

Storme tells me in the morning, when we were out, she saw a group of mantids around his bed, one of them very clearly, as solid as a physical object, the others just barely visible. They way she describes it was that it looked just like a tall praying mantis, but unusually thin (about 3 feet tall and body as thick as her arm, head the size of two fists put together), and when it walked it was really weirdly robotic. She said she saw it scuttle off and then it just faded away into nothing.

Strange right?

Well we all know there has been very bizarre happenings in and around this house; I have heard weird rushing noises like when a low flying aircraft pulls air through a bunch of nearby trees which sets the dog of in an act of investigation. SD has seen things wearing what appears to be the invisibility camouflage Predator uses when he is being hunted by Arnie (the amateurs stepped in a puddle of water and made a very obvious footprint when she caught it, then bailed snapping bunch of twigs in the process.), as well as ships halfway through their own cloaking operation. Then there is the case of the mysterious chicken bird my daughter has seen…

Speaking of which; now that SD has seen the mantids up close and their beaky like nose, snout whatverthefuck she thinks they very much could be the one and the same thing. The movement is very similar between the two.

So anyway, that particular day, we have some guy show up to check out some minor leaks in our roof. He is in the kitchen, and he sees my survival knife on the bench.

“Is that a military knife?” he asks me. It’s a Gerber LMF Infantry 2, so yeah, I guess I could see how he thinks that.

I tell him yeah and ask if he was in the army. “Yeah. I was involved in radiological and biological warfare”…

Well fuck me, this just got interesting.

Naturally I ask him his thoughts on COVID, if he thinks it is a biological weapon etc, and he says “Definitely. It’s the most perfect bioweapon ever made.” We get to talking and after a brief conversation about healthy dietary plans, the conversation veers back toward all this shit going on with COVID, and vaccines (I may have by this point mentioned a certain ex spook friend living in China who is quite adamant the US dropped it on them).

Somehow we get talking about CRISPR and gene splicing, and out of no where he says “you know, like, so what if I want to create a fucking Aryan kid with blonde hair and blue eyes and wings coming out of its back”….Ok, that was some weird shit to say, particularly to someone who just wrote an article on the occult connection of the Nazi’s and the Aryan race, and another one on his workings with four armed angels in the astral planes.

Very strange thing indeed.

Speaking of Nazi’s, we mention SD’s grandmother was born in A Nazi PoW camp (without a belly button, however the fuck that is possible), and had a bunch of experiments done on her where she had to have blood tests done every day….We’ve been talking an hour at this point, and suddenly I find this guy talking about the Nazi bell {alleged} time machine and some story about how they got it to levitate (I didn’t tell him I know someone whose actually seen it).

What in the fuck is going on here? This guy just pops in to fix my roof and is just opening with all this shit that is pretty much everything I have been writing about for the past year; I am not even leading him in this direction – just chucking in a few bits I know when he brings it up – it is all him. I forgot this seems to be something that happens with me when I write; things very definitely do seem to just randomly manifest (hence why I had some idea of affirmation campaigns before I came on across MM).

Write a fictional novel about the Goetic spirit Astaroth and he turns my TV on to a program with Astaroth’s Star in the middle of the day; write a book about a plane falling out of the sky due to the quantum thoughts that really gave them lift being exposed, and a week later flight MH370 goes missing (that one did actually freak me the fuck out).

Speaking of manifestation; after our conversation about Die Glocke, this guy then starts to tell me about how when he was doing radiological and biological warfare, the military brought in some Olympic Athletes. “Me and my colleagues were trying to understand what all the Athletes had in common” he told me. Turns out they had all won gold. Also turns out they had all won gold through rigorous manifestation campaigns, which they committed to quite more aggressively than even MM seems to when he does an Affirmation Campaign.

Apparently there was one woman who would think about gold wherever she went – whenever she’d walk into a room all she saw in her mind’s eye was gold on the wall; gold paintings, golden dinner table, golden dog shit on the carpet made out of gold. Whenever she took a shower… One morning she woke up the day of an Olympic swim, and felt so appalling she was almost ready to throw in the towel and call her swimming career quits. She called her coach who said “just focus on gold”. Gold, gold, gold, gold, gold. GOLD. She ended up competing and guess what she won (I’ll give you a hint, you can spell the first part of Australia with its chemical symbol.)

According to my guy here, the army knew very well about the powers of manifesting when it came to intent. The point he was making was that they sprinkled it in amongst their troops training regimes to make them collectively manifest certain goals.

“Yeah, right” I say, pretending I am one of those guys that thinks it is all bunch of new age hocus pocus bullshit. Little does he know I am 1 and a half months into my own affirmation campaign, which may involve connecting with these very fucking kinds of people (normies bore the shit out me).

He proceeds to tell me about how he has used this concept all his life since he was a little kid, to help manifest his business desires. He tells me a story about how he was doing fly in fly out work, and one day just quit his job as it was affecting his relationship with his new girlfriend, after being in the game for about 5 years. He’s thinking he needs to find a cheap $1000 utility truck and do it up as a means for starting his own business. He’s at the airport coming home, and sees this little old lady looking kind of lost. “Are you alright there , mam?” he asks, and she tells him “well, not really, I am new to Perth and I am bit confused about how to get where I am supposed to be going”.

“Do you need me to call you a taxi, or someone to come get you?” he asks her.
“Actually I would quite appreciate that if you could”. She replies.

He takes her to the waiting lounge where there is a pay phone, and they proceed to wait in the long line that has formed to use it. The old lady strikes up a conversation while they are waiting, asking him what he is doing with himself, that sort of thing.

“Well I have just come out of five year job from the mines, as it was affecting my relationship with my girlfriend, now I need to find something a bit more local”. He offers her some of his qualifications etc as part of the small talk.

Meanwhile a guy standing behind them has been listening to the whole conversation. He interjects.

“Excuse me, buddy, but I am the owner of this company that builds elevators for the commercial sector and a vacancy just came up.” He flicks him a business card and says ”Send me your resume, and we’ll see what we can do” A day later he got the job.

But it doesn’t stop there. The same day, he is talking to his friend who tells him “check out this ad for this utility truck I just came across.” This guy shows him the ad in a paper, or on his phone or whatever, and he looks at it:

“Not bad for $1000, eh? All it needs is a bit of doing up and it make a great work ute”

“Send me the number”he says, without batting an eyelid.…it was the same ute we had now both walked up to and whose trailer he was lying on top quite casually as we talked, which was now going on 2 hours.

I figured fuck it, might as well go all in.

I tell him how my spook guy living in China is an ex Majestic agent who was given the actual process of how this manifestation shit works by the ETs he was involved with, then proceed to tell him about said proper process, 3 months on, and 3 months off then 3 on again yada yada yada. He kind of looks at me, and nods, probably thinking I am a fucking nut job, but kindly suggests he isn’t thinking that.

The conversation about manifesting of desire thing comes full circle:
“So getting back to the vaccine thing. You wipe out the old and the weak, you are left with the young and strong. You then start seeding the concepts you want to see manifested into that generation, and……well, you get the idea.”
He then seems to realize the time and has to shoot off.

Well that was certainly interesting. Almost like a higher force was telling me EXACTLY what is up with the vaccines. Either that or it was just, like, his opinion, man.

Even more interesting is that that night SD and I had a fight and she sees another fucking mantid in the mirror (but not out of it) next to our bed.

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

[daegonmagus] – Part 26 – Lucid Astral Projection – The Consciousness Craft Launch Facility and Something Dwelling in the Red Planet:

The following is the 26th part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

Lately he has been conducting lucid dreaming (LD) to map out the subconscious / non-physical realms that surround us. His writings are very interesting, but describe things way beyond my understanding. Never the less, many MM readers find great value in his experiences, and writings, and one can easily see benefit in reading his writings. 

I hope that you enjoy this article.

-MM

Lucid Astral Projection – The Consciousness Craft Launch Facility and Something Dwelling in the Red Planet:

I’m, fucking back baby. WOOOHOOO.

Last night I woke up around 2am and couldn’t get back to sleep. I figured I might as well try meditating with a goal to induce an LD. I was playing around with visualisations of a tunnel that would burrow me outside of the Astral Plane bubble surrounding earth. My goal was to try and contact the EG.

This was the first proper wake induced lucid dream I have had in years where I have been able to keep 100% of consciousness during the transition.

As I reached hypnogogia, my dream environment changed into a sort of hospital like facility with lots of corridors. Although it was dark, it had a warmness feeling to it that reminded me of whenever I went to my grandma’s place. As hypngogia set in properly, I found myself walking down this corridor. On the left was some sort of reception desk with a cafeteria behind it. Just up ahead from the reception desk was a door, and that was where I was heading.

There were two female staff at the reception desk, who I said a quick hi to as I walked past. They were the facilitators of whatever was on the other side of the door This all happens in less than a minute.

I approach the door and as I get right to its frame I step over the threshold. Some sort of invisible hook catches me in the middle of the head, and then I realize this is it. This is the transition I have been waiting a very long time to experience properly again.

My consciousness inverts, and I feel that all too familiar feeling of entering the void space, and my consciousness properly disengaging from my body.

But this time something different happens; when the hook hit me, it sort of turned my consciousness upwards as it was transitioning, I feel the hallway beyond the door sort of “capture” me as I do so.

As I plunge into the void space, I realize for the first time ever I am looking upwards into the shaft of the cylindrical like chamber, rather than at the side.

I realize this is a fucking tunnel into outer space; I can see stars from where I am obscured by its edges.

Some thing else is also different; this void space is a lot more clearer than I remember it being.

It is hard to explain, but movement in the void space used to create quite a level of disorientation. Although I could “feel” the depth of this space being quite huge and around me, I could never really “see” it.

Now I can see the stars and they are crystal clear; sparkling like diamonds in front of me, just begging for me to come and claim them.

I oblige, and propel myself forward, with only a small amount of velocity.

Something happens, and I find my momentum picking up until I am soaring through this tunnel hurtling towards the stars; I can even hear the reverberation of this velocity coming off the interior walls of whatever this tunnel thing is.

Suddenly I come out of the tunnel and plunge into outer space like a diver into water.

I realize it is some sort of station set up on an asteroid or something near earth.

I am 100% conscious and aware of my sleeping body. I seem to still be in the solar system, but still quite far from earth, probably a few light years away.

After a quick piloting test of control where I move my consciousness forward, back, left right, up and down I conclude that yes, something is very very different here this time.

It seems a fog has been lifted that usually makes such effortless control tiresome; like a polluted pond has now been cleaned and the water is perfect to swim in. Well, space is my water, and I am itching for a swim.

I propel myself forward and “open up the burners”, so to speak. I am like that guy taking a new mustang out to a straight stretch of road and just fucking gunning it to see how fast it can go before his nerves kick in and make him punch the brakes.

Seems I have a new ‘stang and I want to see what this baby can do.

Fuck me, this awesome.

I am burning fast, and I mean REALLY FUCKING FAST.

If this is what the upgrades entail, then holy shit they were worth it.

Something gives me the impression my consciousness might actually be merged with a space craft of some sort.

I have propelled fast before, but never anywhere even remotely close to this. This is impressive even for my standards.

I am actually using this craft like it is my own fucking body, zipping around like a majestic unicorn that has just popped a bag of Ecstasy before going on an episode of dancing with the stars.

Saturn and Jupiter fly past me in a manner of seconds.

Then come the stars.

This isn’t anything like hyper drive in star wars or star trek. The planets and stars appear as tiny dots that just sail effortlessly past you like bits of dust in a windstorm.

Within about 30 seconds I have journeyed so far out of the solar system that I don’t even know what galaxy I am in.

I am very, very, very far from my physical body at this point.

I remember my goal of trying to establish contact with the EG. As the thought pops into my mind, almost instantaneously I start hearing the voice of the Grand Elder coming through (I haven’t heard this since February 2019), but it is broken and patchy like the tuning is not quite right.

I realize the interference is caused by the distance between me and them.

Although I am far from the solar system I am still even much further from the edge of the universe/ astral bubble.

“Hello. Hello? Can you hear us”.

I hear them say, but it doesn’t seem as though can get anything intelligible from so I give up.

As I am hurtling through space I notice some activity in a certain sector of the galaxy I am in.

There seems to be a tentacle of the anomaly bleeding through, but it is no where near the concern it once was.

It is concerning to see it this close to earth, but at the same time it doesn’t seem as malicious as it once was.

An “Eh, I’ll get to that a different time” thought pops into my head.

As I sail over it, I hear a dark demonic voice trying to lure me in.

I turn to check it out and notice it is coming from a red planet that looks almost identical to Mars off in the local vicinity of where I am (I cannot recall at this point whether I had turned around and journeyed back to our solar system or not, but I think that is the case).

I feel kinda sorry for this voice.

It is trying really hard to put on a show to scare me, but the whole thing just comes off as really lame and like something out of a kids PG movie.

Sort of like a real bad James Earl Jones Darth Vader rendition.

It is my responsibility to check into any malicious forces I find – I guess this is why I was cleared for launch back at the facility, to come and investigate this area of space – so I project towards it.

The red planet suddenly becomes very big in front of me.

I swear this is Mars, judging from its colour and patterns. If not then it must have a twin that is a spitting image.

I enter its atmosphere and realize that there is indeed something malicious going on; the first thing I notice is that a shroud is being used on the surface to plunge it into an astral darkness.

Even from this state, it is impossible to see several feet in front of me.

The voice lingers and tries to lure me in with some cheap promise of finding something I need, but I just tell it to fuck off, figuring it easier to go back and report this to base command and have it taken out remotely.

The main difference was that there was no fear of this entity; I was just observing it from an emotionless state of being.

I wake up, then quickly ride that lucidity train back through the transition before my mind gets too awoken.

Once again, I wind up back at the same launch facility, this time with SD by my side.

We walk the hallways trying to find the launch room, but end up getting lost in the corridors.

We take a wrong turn and end up outside.

There is a nicely manicured garden outside and I notice the buildings themselves are made of bricks and seem quite old.

The dream starts to become broken, but I realize that if you just look up and focus on the bricks, its stops it from falling apart (try this when trying to create a solid dreamscape).

SD attends to other business and I end up going to check out one of the buildings. It seems to be a sort of dormitory for other astral travellers/ lucid dreamers.

I notice a person there who I have been speaking to in recent weeks about their heightened astral projection experiences.

We have a brief chat, and then I make my way over to another room that seems to be mine.

The projection soon ends.

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

[daegonmagus] – Part 25 – Documenting the Other Worlds – Project Morpheus

The following is the 25th part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

Lately he has been conducting lucid dreaming (LD) to map out the subconscious / non-physical realms that surround us. His writings are very interesting, but describe things way beyond my understanding. Never the less, many MM readers find great value in his experiences, and writings, and one can easily see benifit in reading his writings. 

I hope that you enjoy this article.

-MM

Project Morpheus

Earlier this month, I started a new project which will eventually comprise part of a larger project I have opened up on my site, www.daegonmagus.wix.com/author, for “Documenting the Other Worlds”.

This is actually an offshoot of another project I started a few years ago and never got around to finishing, which sort to put every frequency in the audible spectrum, between 20-20kHz on one track in what I called the “Pandora Chord”. Drawing on some sound engineering experience I picked up over the years, in my latest project, I decided to try and replicate some of the noises SD and I have experienced during some of our lucid dreams.

These vary from bizarre “UFO” type sounding noises, to the perceived change in sound of an aero plane going overhead as consciousness goes through the transition into the sleeping state and beyond into the void space.

I am hoping that these audio tracks will provide at least starting point for understanding what exactly happens to consciousness as it falls asleep, and give others an idea of the sorts of environments us LDers find ourselves having to navigate through. I am confident in my assertions that telepathy can be understood through using a similar model of radio propagation theory, and that the void space experienced during one of these conscious transitions into the sleep state acts as the main terminal by which telepathic information can be decoded and broadcast.

Thus my eventual goal will be to devise apparatus that will allow these sounds to be broadcast through open space in a similar manner, with an effort of contacting nearby entities. Guess I am officially “that” guy now huh?

This project soon evolved into the creation of a track specifically to try and induce a lucid dreaming session, based heavily on the Monroe Institute’s research into inducing OBE’s.

Whereas the Monroe Institute used a 4HZ offset frequency between those frequencies played in the left ear vs those played in the right, I opted to use a 2Hz offset frequency based primarily on the frequency of the physical world being “locking” onto to a dreamscape from a waking LD I once had. I also took some inspiration from Royal Rife and his assertions that lower sideband harmonics of certain frequencies can be used to destroy certain pathogens and viruses, and used a specific combination of frequencies that are spaced exactly an octave (a doubling of frequency) apart in the left ear, whilst introducing the 2 Hz variants of each of those frequencies in the right.

Originally I based these frequencies on the Binary number system of 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512 etc, but as my recording software’s signal generators only allow a minimum of 20Hz, I was forced with starting at 32Hz. I then applied phasers to these frequencies that adjust themselves through the peak ranges in timings of 2 to 4 Hz, again multiples of these frequencies.

I attempted to record this into a stereo track using an unbalanced mono line, which introduced some digital noise into the track which I realized sounded quite a lot like the tinnitus sound I usually hear during an OBE (which intensifies during an astral projection, right at the moment the astral body separates from the physical), so I left it in.

I then re-recorded the frequency tracks using a balanced line. The resultant track is a combination of what appears to be a Tibetan singing bowl mixed with both the tinnitus and UFO “Whoop Whoop” sounds, with a mechanical like noise overlaid, which I assume is caused by certain collision points of the frequencies during sampling, similar to aliasing. This Mechnical noise is very reminiscent of the type of chthonic noises heard during a sleep paralysis/ LD experience.

The listener is encouraged to try and focus on the other phantom noises that seemingly present themselves.

I then used the track for a total of 15 to 20 minutes each morning and evening before going to bed. After day 3 or 4, I noticed a very strong feeling of dissociation from my surroundings, very similar to that felt when under the influence of marijuana.

This feeling I noticed was more prominent when looking at areas with many patterns of shadow contrasted against light, an example being piles of leaves in a lightly shaded area. The effect I witnessed was that a diamond like wavy “ghost” pattern was perceivable between me and the leaves as a sort of visual noise.

This feeling kept all day and only began to subside after about 3 days after my last dosing of the audio track. In addition this, there was also a prolonged energetic feeling felt deep within the solar plexus, vaguely similar to morphine when it enters the vein.

When I showed this track to my daughter, the first thing she told me was that it was the sound that happens when the chicken bird shows up (see [daegonmagus] – Part 12 – Miscellaneous Experiences: The Curious case of the Mysterious Chicken Bird – Metallicman). This particular entity was once again spotted by SD about a week after stopping listening to the audio, though SD has not heard this track as of yet.

Upon review of the lengths associated with nervous system pathways, and the idea the body acts as a tuned antenna that emits a carrier wave that consciousness attaches to, based on these nervous system pathways, further experimentation will see the offset frequency between left and right ears changed to 3Hz.

For the aeroplane going overhead, I downloaded a sample of an aeroplane off the internet. One should note, this aeroplane sounds a little bit different to what I actually heard, but for demonstration purposes will do. I started by stretching majority of the track out to about twice its normal length (slowing the frequencies involved in the process). I then placed a phaser that polls through the entire range of frequencies every 0.07Hz. The track is thus a close representation, but not exact. My Plan is to simulate other typical noises in a similar fashion to see what they would sound like in the void space.

For the UFO noise I used a simple 128HZ signal, with a 4hz timed phaser. I am very interested in hearing from others who have heard this noise or something similar to it either during an “encounter” or an OBE experience.

I am also interested in hearing from others who experience similar feelings of association or the energy bursts I have felt.

I suspect this combination of phaser arrangement on a specific frequency might have something to do with disrupting consciousness to achieving a “cloaking” effect. I believe the key to unlocking consciousness from the body lies in the way these crafts use these frequencies, particularly during LDs/APs.

Edit, for some reason, this track is proving difficult to record and will be uploaded at another date. Refer to the above inducer test track to get an idea of the “Woo Woo” sound.

The lucid fizz sound is the tinnitus sounding noise mentioned above. I extracted it from the recording with the introduced mechanical noise using some 7 band EQs to filter out the lower frequency components. It is about 90% accurate to what I hear on a regular basis.

Sometime I get random bouts where one of my ears will be overloaded with a high pitched frequency (different to the tinnitus sound), which, more often than not becomes somewhat disorientating. This just so happened to happen about 2 days into using the lucid dreaming test audio.

I made a mental note of the sound and quickly rushed to my computer, which was on and had a signal generator setup. I then scrolled through the frequencies until I got withina close ballpark of this disorientating “Information Download Frequency”, which I found was at 2925 Hz. I believe further investigation of this frequency is warranted.

Any information supplemental to my experiments from the Commander is most welcome.

The audio files

For now, hosted on Google drive.

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

[daegonmagus] – Part 24 – Cattle Mutilations, Missing Time, Broken and Misplaced Memories, Ghost and UFO sightings

The following is the 24th part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

Lately he has been conducting lucid dreaming (LD) to map out the subconscious / non-physical realms that surround us. His writings are very interesting, but describe things way beyond my understanding. Never the less, many MM readers find great value in his experiences, and writings, and one can easily see benifit in reading his writings. 

I hope that you injoy this article.

-MM

Part 24 – Cattle Mutilations, Missing Time, Broken and Misplaced Memories, Ghost and UFO sightings; Wooroloo is the Place to be For Paranormal Activity. 5 star Recommend

I’ve been meaning to do an article on this for while. It entails a bizarre event I unwittingly found myself caught up in when I was about 16 years old, that my friend was {apparently} also involved in. Since it happened, this event has left me with some puzzling question. And guess what, SD was also involved with it. This was a good year or so before I had even met her. In fact, this event has had such an effect on me that I wrote a short story about it a few years ago, trying to make light of the weirdness of the situation through the use of dark humour, which can be found on my website at Daegon Magus | Author for anyone who is interested. In all seriousness though, there isn’t really anything humorous about it. Considering the circumstances surrounding the event from both our vantage points, SD and I believe there is a very real possibility this was an alien abduction scene with a level of memory suppression of what actually took place being employed on both of us. Thinking about that and what “may” have happened to me really gives me the heeby jeebies.

To start this story off, I need to explain the town I lived in as a kid. Wooroloo is a semi rural town situated about 55km East of the Perth CBD.

R C.1e81ff4f6417e269b468cb54a5501c68
Map

It houses an abbatoirs, a cemetery and both a minimum and maximum security prison, and an old tuberculosis clinic-come-hospital all within a few short kilometers of each other. My house was situated on the edge of the thin strip of bushland that insulated these facilities from the town centre. I could quite literally grab my pushbike and tour close to these facilities (with the exception of the maximum security prison) within an hour. I’d heard rumours as a kid that this strip of bushland was haunted; that some guy from one of the prisons hung himself here and would sometimes appear as a ghost to those wandering about.

Speaking of ghosts, my grandmother, who lived on the same block of land as my father (she gifted him the top half for his 21st birthday, while her house was situated on the bottom half on the otherside of a creek a few hundred metres away) saw the ghost of her late husband, Gordon, my father’s step father, one night; the ghost of Gordon appeared at the foot of her bed and sort of just sat there smiling at her for a little while. She described it as a somewhat pleasant experience.

School was about 3 quarters of kilometre away at the end of our road in the centre of town. It was a pretty small primary school with just over a hundred kids in total in the whole school. Note that I have written previously of having broken memories involving “something” happening with peers from my class that is directly related to my first contact experience with the Elder Guardians, and a recent dream that I suggested was a memory of an abduction involving a squid like looking race of beings with this same class.

The first thing I remembered upon coming into the presence of the Elder Guardians (as my memory was unlocking, but was yet to be fully unlocked) was that what I was experiencing was related to that something happening to myself and about 5 or 6 others that had been mind wiped from us. Although I couldn’t pin point it to more than some strange abduction event, I knew it was very very relevant. These peers of mine, who I no longer talk to have something to do with it, I am sure of it, even if they do not realise any of it.

Getting back to the event in question, unbeknownst to me at the time of this particular experience, SD was living with her boyfriend just down the road from this school, in what she described as being a very haunted house.

In this house, SD told me very weird things used to happen; loud music would randomly start playing from a room they could never quite find or put their finger on as to the tune even though it sounded very familiar. They’d think they found the room it was coming from, only for them to open the door and it would randomly change to coming from another room. Sometimes the rooms would suddenly drop several degrees in temperature for no apparent reason. There was an instance where her boyfriend, Roger, scared the shit out of his little brother because he came out of his room with red eyes after being asleep in there for three days straight (though he thought it was only a night’s worth).

Roger told her that he used to have strange {lucid} “dreams” where weird beings would take him away to scary dream places whenever he fell asleep with his head against a certain wall, though being religious, he never thought to dig deeper into them and experiment with them like I had been doing a lot of up until that point. Later they found out a teenager had hung himself in the back yard, which they figured accounted for all the spooky action at not very far distance.

A little further along down the road from Roger’s place is what is known colloquially by townsfolk as the gravel oval; a big patch of dirt that motor bike riders like my friend Zak like to take their bikes and bush banger cars out to thrash them into oblivion.

OIP C.4SZOopewGTc8UXU3fhJMggHaE8
Rural terrain near Wooroloo.

One night Roger’s dad was outside having a smoke looking toward this gravel oval (Bailup Park, as it called on google maps) when he noticed about 13 little lights come out of the ground, ascend to a low point in the sky and just start dancing in front of him before all shooting off in different directions. As someone who was apparently fairly sceptical of UFOs and aliens, this was apparently a big game changer for him.

It is important to note here that the gravel oval is not really situated near any cattle grazing property. There is a horse stud up the road, and that is about it. Nothing that would involve any cows though, as most of the larger paddocks are situated on the outskirts of town. There is a small paddock next the gravel oval, but I don’t think the owners ever had cows in it. I could of course be be wrong. Regardless, the most likely place you’d find cattle would be outside of the town centre, like in the paddocks surrounding the abbatoirs, which is 3.8km south east, as the crow flies.

2022 04 10 10 33
2022 04 10 10 33

The Event:

This particular night, my friend Nick was having a party. Nick lived quite close to the abbatoirs, only a few hundred metres away on the same road. My other good friend, Matt, had caught the bus home with me, and after spending half an hour so at my house having some food and getting ready, we headed out on foot to Nick’s sometime in the afternoon, probably around 5pm, considering my school bus got back into town from high school at about 4:30. So it was still definitely day time.

Given the road to Nick’s headed back into town, and wrapped around it before heading back towards his house, it was quicker for us to cut through the {haunted} bush as it shaved off a couple of kilometers of walking. After the bush, you’d pop out at the fenceline of a farm owned by the minimum security prison – not exactly something they really approved of if they caught people wandering around it, but I knew a spot where the fence was broken enough to make easy access.

After 100m or so you come to another boundary fence line of the cemetery where my brother was buried. I had this ritual where I’d sit and talk to him for a little while, then kiss my two fingers and rub them on his cross, as a way to say “see you”. We then walked down the road, past his friend Phil’s house, to Nicks which was only a few house past Phil’s.

2022 04 10 10 34
2022 04 10 10 34

So anyways, the party kicked off and it got dark.

I had some alcohol that night but not enough to get anything beyond super talkative. It was during the period where I was starting to not find enjoyment in drinking too heavily, and had found what it meant to drink conservatively.

My memories of conversations with people at the party and other very specific details, even to this day, suggest that this was definitely the case. If not, I wouldn’t remember these details. Just trust me on that. I remember it was getting late and I decided to head home as I couldn’t be bothered staying at Nick’s with the inevitable lack of sleeping equipment.

It was a cold night, and I’d done my fair share of using piles of shoes and dog’s beds as matresses. Another testament to my sobriety – when you are drunk these things are not too much of a problem, but when sober they seem quite unappealing for bedding material for some strange reason. Actually, I was quite sober when I slept on a pile of shoes, but that is a story for another time.

So I was looking for Matt to tell him I was planning on heading home. It was somewhere on the other side of midnight, maybe even heading into the early hours of the morning – 1 or 2 am. Something like that. I wanted to try and get home and into bed before the 3am dip in temperature came about, because I wasn’t one for bringing jackets or long pants to these kinds of shindigs. I was kitted out in a standard T shirt and some shorts and my sensitive bits were in danger of inverting due to the cold. Eventually I found Matt and he told me to head off without him as he was having a good conversation with a girl he fancied. He planned on staying at Nicks. Cue MWI slide here.

This is where the memory distortion comes into play, that I don’t think can be completely contributed to my alcohol consumption (as my brother in law tried to suggest) given that I was very definitely sober when I left. I will tell you I was completely alone, on account of Matt wanting to chat up the girl he was talking to. In fact, I remember very specifically I was alone as I headed down the road and back toward the abbatoirs. It was pitch black and I couldn’t see five feet in front of me, which eventuated in me walking into one of the shoulders, slipping on the gravel and scraping my knee on the road.

So I was about half way along the paddock next to Phil’s house (still on the road). We don’t get snow here, so it probably wasn’t exactly life threatening, but being nothing but shorts and T shirt, the cold was really biting at me. It was dead silent too; that really eerily unnerving kind of silence. All of a sudden I heard this sound I figure was about 25 to 50m into that paddock that was RIGHT FUCKING NEXT TO ME.

It was so odd, in that it sounded like a bunch of dangling chains hanging from a fair height, followed by a very mechanical conveyor belt starting up, followed by a cow mooing which melded into a horrible shriek as something cut its head off, followed what sounded like a gushing of A LOT OF FUCKING WATER. Like, more water (or blood) than a cow’s body could hold.

And then, just like that, it all stopped.

Back to nothing but total silence. Neither even the flicker of flame from a candle light to illuminate the area. It all happened in the middle of a field in total darkness. And make no mistake about it, this was quite definitely a cow being brutally murdered by a mechanical machine of some sort.

I am going to be honest, whatever it was, it scared the absolute fucking shit out of me.

I was a stone’s throw away from something out of a Stephen King novel.

After my trip in the ditch I had been walking quite carefully and slowly making sure I had a firm footing so I didn’t trip up again, but upon hearing this, I just fucking bolted into darkness without even thinking about it. There could have been a tree in front of me for all I knew and I would have hit it at full sprint it was that dark.

Holding my arm out, I couldn’t even see it.

There was no moon either, which made it even worse. The question of doubling back to Nick’s or even Phil’s didn’t was a no go, because it meant crossing back past the noise, something I was very definitely not going to do. The only other option was to head towards the cemetery and try and get home. Yeah I know, real horror story kind of shit.

So off I went, back through the cemetery and the prison farm until I eventually made it home unscathed (I think).

The whole way home I tried rationalising what the fuck it was I had just heard, telling myself it was just a late night butchering at the abbatoirs. Only problem with that though was that the abbatoirs had stopped butchering cows several years prior to focus on pigs; they were now called Linley Valley Pork to allude to this fact.

And 1 – 2 in the morning seemed a bit off their usual 9 – 5pm schedule. Not to mention it being an occupational health and safety violation doing it in total darkness. What got me was those damned chains. These sounded like they were hanging from a good height and were a good length. And the conveyor belt….this would have had to have been some big machinery to cart out into the middle of a field, then there is the question of the instant start up; there simply was no hint at a generator or diesel engine you’d expect would be needed for such a piece of machinery.

The whole thing took maybe 5 seconds, which obviously is a lot less than you’d need to start up and shut something with one of these engines down.

If this was some kind of late night cow heist, as my mother in law suggested, it was incredibly daring, dangerous and using some advanced equipment. It’s not like a cow is easy killing even in full day light with a taser to knock it out, let alone in the middle of a field in total darkness. And yeah my brother in law (not SD’s brother, my sister’s boyfriend) worked at this abbatoirs so I have a good idea of what killing a cow to slaughterhouse protocol involves; he went through the whole process with me a number of times.

So I had this strange thing happen, and, figuring I was alone, I didn’t mention it to anybody. Being so close to the abbatoirs (if you call over 600m away close), I just knew people would misconstrue it, say I was drunk (like my brother in law did) and that it was probably just them doing a late night kill. Plus I had no proof of my claims.

Added to that, I genuinely didn’t like talking about it. It was the creepiest shit that had ever happened to me. I kind of put it out of my mind for a few years, until Matt came over one day to catch up. This was long after I had met and married SD and we were living together in the house where I had my first Elder Guardians contact experience. I think this was a few months before that.

Matt was sitting on the couch and out of nowhere says “hey remember that fucked up noise that sounded like a cow getting slaughtered we heard that night coming home from Nick’s?”

It turns out Matt was very definitely with me when it happened, even though I have a very specific memory of him staying at Nick’s and me leaving without him. Apparently he changed his mind soon after and caught me just as I was leaving. Interesting considering I didn’t tell anyone because I knew I had no proof.

And just when you thought this story couldn’t get any more weird and creepy, SD, told us she had heard the exact same thing one night at the gravel oval where Roger’s dad had seen the UFO cluster. We had obviously talked about it a little bit between us, but to Matt this was new news.

SD’s story:

It was a full moon(suggesting it was a completely different night) and was late evening, on the cusp of getting dark, probably around 7pm. Her and Roger decided to go for a walk around town to have a look at the moon.

They thought they were gone for about half an hour, an hour at most, but when they got back, Roger’s dad, sitting out on his porch having his nightly puff, remarked that they had been gone a long time.

Confused, SD said “no, we have only been gone an hour”. Roger’s dad said, “nope, you’ve been gone hours. It’s almost midnight.”

Confused, SD stood there trying to figure out the where the missing time had gone while Roger talked to his dad. They were out there about 15 minutes, when they heard the same noise – according to SD it was the exact same dangling of chains, followed by a conveyor belt starting up, followed by a cow getting slaughtered and a rushing of a large body of water or liquid – coming from where she guessed was the gravel oval (less than 100m away from Roger’s house where his dad had seen those dancing lights).

Errgh this is getting messy, when you consider the obvious dream bond we have together.

What the fuck did we witness?

This is curious because not only is it over 2.5km, as the crow flies, from the gravel oval to where I was when I heard it, but, like I said, there are not many cows around this part of town.

Surely if something was poaching people’s stock, you would have heard about it in such a small town. This was the type of town where one’s dirty laundry was everyone else’s. But, I guess if it was a weird enough situation, it could have intentionally slipped mind when hitting up the local gossip network. I am curious though, if anyone in these areas did have any missing or butchered cattle to report, I’d definitely like to know about it.

2022 04 10 10 35
2022 04 10 10 35

 

Some notes:

The abbatoirs stopped killing cows for quite a number of years before this event even happened. I remember there was a big front page article about it all over the local newspaper.

Given rumours that the abbatoirs was trying to buy out people in the area, one could argue it was a ploy by them to freak the house owners into selling, but then, this doesn’t explain why SD heard it on the other side of town where the abbatoirs would have no claim.

My experience would have taken place somewhere between 400 to 500m away from the main butchering facility of said abbatoirs, in vacant land that was insulated from abbatoirs owned land by several houses. There is no reason for an abbatoirs to be carrying out killings this far away from its building where all the equipment to do a proper job is all set up, or 3km away if you go by SD’s account, or even at this time of night. If it was a cow heist, this was an incredibly stupid part of town to do it from, when you could go further out and nab one from a much larger field further away from houses.

My auntie (who lived in a granny flat next to my grandmother on the same block as my dad’s house) also held a supervisor position at these abbatoirs for a number of years including when I had this experience and sometime afterwards. Both her and my brother in law agree the time of night and way the killing I heard was carried out without light was very far out of the safety protocols of abbatoirs.

From what I know about killing an animal that size, doing it in total darkness through cutting it’s throat is practically suicide. You’d have to be pretty desperate, or on some serious drugs, to even try it. None of it makes any sense, and honestly I think the suggestion it was a heist is quite a lame one, for reasons mentioned above.

Either way you look at it, there is something very strange going on, in a town that seems to have a knack for paranormal shit happening in it. Admittedly I didn’t really come past all that much after Nick’s party. I ended up moving town a year or so later, and didn’t come back for a number of years. All I know is that I have memories of this event that deviate from those of Matt, and both SD and Roger had missing time when they heard their version of it

SD suggested that maybe what we heard was really a carry over hearing event from an abduction; that maybe we all got abducted, something happened on the ship, then we were mind wiped and what we heard was like an echo of when they swapped us into this timeline. I don’t know, but given I have broken memories of other abductions with my class mates, I can’t rule this out altogether. It certainly explains SD’s and Roger’s missing time. As for me, I don’t recall having any missing time, but considering the fact that I was out in the middle of nowhere in total darkness – which was somewhat disorientating as it was – and that when I finally got home, the last thing on my mind was to check the time, it is a possibility I can’t ignore.

There is also the fact I have no memory of Matt being with me, even though he proved he was (he mentioned it before I had brought it up, which is what surprised the shit out of me). I do have this memory of being sort of frozen in place for a few seconds after it happened, but I figured this was just out of the sudden startling nature of the whole thing. Maybe that was when “they” put me back? Who knows?

This town also has a knack for serial arsonists to light he bush surrounding it on fire. When I was 7 I had to evacuate to my other grandma’s place because a fire was raging through town.

During that fire, a firefighter went out and lit another fire down the road. Our neighbours house ended up burning down; I went over there the next day with my dad and my brother (my dad was in the fire brigade) and all that was left was a fridge in the middle of burnt out rubble.

Only this year another arsonist who was part of the same bush fire brigade went around lighting fires IN THE EXACT SAME AREA as the first guy.

And if that isn’t enough coincidence for you, yet another big fire happened last year in the same area I heard the cattle mutilation which burnt down something like 50 houses. This was caused by a guy using an angle grinder in in the middle of 40 degree C summer on dry, dead grass.

I always joke that the aliens must have a stupidity amplifier in operation in town, though SD has had lucid dreams which suggest there is in fact some kind of shrouding equipment connected to the amnesia devices that is located here.

Any information the Domain can provide on this town and what is going on there would be appreciated.

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

[daegonmagus] – Part 23 – Briefing For the Domain Commander: Intel Gathered During LD Escape From Simulation Out of Two Pocket Universes to the Main Programming Hub

The following is the 23nd part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

Lately he has been conducting lucid dreaming (LD) to map out the subconscious / non-physical realms that surround us. His writings are very interesting, but describe things way beyond my understanding. Never the less, many MM readers find great value in his experiences, and writings, and one can easily see benifit in reading his writings. 

I hope that you injoy this article.

-MM

Part 23 – Briefing For the Domain Commander: Intel Gathered During LD Escape From Simulation Out of Two Pocket Universes to the Main Programming Hub

{daegonmagus}

26/03/2022

I was put into a dream simulation that seemed designed to completely break my spirit.

This scenario featured SD who seemed to very troubled by her own hallucinations.

It began some building we had been staying in on what I was led to believe was a holiday. This building was nothing special, just a bunch of dingy rooms with a sort of open hallway that ran next to them. I was “awoken” into the dream by SD, but not lucid.

This was the start of the simulation.

SD seemed deeply troubled by something. I asked her what was up and she replied that she had stayed with another couple while I was still asleep. Confused by what she meant, I got up and tried talking to her, but she came more erratic in her behaviour, and made less sense. It was like she was on drugs, talking non sensical bullshit, seemingly glitching and going off track every sentence. I started to really worry about her mental health, and suggested we go for a walk. During it became evident that SD was suffering from severe mental stigma and seemed to be hallucinating quite heavily. It seemed her every action was designed to cause me as much anguish and heartache as possible.

She took me to the edge of town where this couple she stayed with were living in a makeshift humpy in what appeared to be a children’s playground; it was literally just a few pieces of wood smacked together on a some sand to make a rather unstable frame that they draped a sheet over. Sd explained she had been sleeping with them, and wanted to join their family and live in this humpy of theirs. The situation had very cult like vibes and I realised that SD was very clearly not her usual self. She was arguing with me, accusing me of thins that were not true and attacking my character at the hands of these frauds.

I was now starting to feel deep sorrow at the depth of my core, but I knew SD wasn’t herself and was damned if I was going to let her stay with these people. I managed to convince her to come with me, and we walked back to our house which was located a few kilometres away in a set of units that had been tightly bunched together. The whole way SD abused me, but I bit my tongue and told myself she didn’t really mean it. But the abuse just got worse and worse. It was really starting to cut through my soul, wanting nothing but for her to be better, yet being told I was the cause of all such anguish.

Then all of a sudden something snapped, spurred on by my anguish. I realised it was a simulation and I began to reject it. A very strong voice that may or may not have been mine, came through telling me that this was definitely the case, and it started to all make sense. What happened next was like the AI in control of the simulation realised I had cottoned onto its game and began talking to me, trying to convince me that it was necessary for my development.

Again I refused to believe it. When that didn’t work, it manifested agents (pretty much agent smiths/MIB)to come and collect me, but again I refused to let them. Even though I was not lucid, I was starting to realise my power. I could wave my hand and they would simply just disappear. Not only that, I was starting to see the pocket universe outside of this simulation as an overlay on the top of my surroundings that would sort of glitch in and out.

The AI seemed to realise it had a big problem on its hands and sent down a space shuttle to meet me. I was now interacting with both the simulation and the outer pocket universe as I walked. In the simulation, the walk way was a cave, but in the outer pocket universe I was walking down a sort of walkway or bridge far up in the sky, where this space ship styled shuttle landed to try and collect me. Once again I told them I reject there simulation, brought my hand down and their ship exploded in front of me. I had properly awoken in the outer pocket universe and had full control over my lucid dreaming abilities, despite the consciousness doping blockages put in place.

I was still heavily doped, but I could cut through it with sheer willpower. I was aware of the simulation I’d just come from, and now also aware of my earth body back here.

So walked up the landing which seemed to be floating in mid air above the clouds. At higher level was an arrangement of very modern looking buildings stretching for several acres.

I entered a building closest to the bridge I had just come from. This building was not entirely enclosed and had several walls missing; it seemed to be some sort of building where newly arriving guests were entering. In this building, was set up a variety of Virtual Reality screens arranged around tables which had other doped up and comatose bodies on. Some of the screens had a real time image of the reality they were experiencing.

 realised this was a fucking product display room; the guests were clientele that would walk around to these VR systems and express their awe at the technology. It reminded of a phone shop where you go in and browse from the various laid out models at your own leisure. They were the investors of this project, and there was from between 30 to 50 of them now gathering in the foyer of this building where a bunch of chairs were laid out. It seemed they were waiting for the project admins to give some sort of presentation.

I walked in, and upon realising what this place was, becoming sickened by it, started executing as many of these investors as I could. I was like Arnold Schwarzenegger in the Terminator; I’d simply just point from person to person with my hand and they would be instantaneously vapourised. It was kind of weird; if you have ever been very drunk and had to try and act sobre this is kind of what it felt like being under the consciousness doping agent. I’d have periods where I would just stop and sort of zone out, and I would have to use a tonne of conviction and sheer willpower to bring my awareness back to my surroundings. I would have looked like a malfunctioning robot to anyone watching me.

It took a few moments for them to realise that one of their projects had woken up and was quite fucking pissed at what they had going on here. Through my bouts of coherency, I’d unleash chaos. Once they did, everyone started running out of the building and evacuating the area to their nearby space craft or vehicles or whatever they had been arriving in just outside. Guards were sent in to try and subdue me, but I wouldn’t let them; there is a good reason they keep us all doped, because once we regain access to our proper LD power we become somewhat unstoppable. I think they were hitting me with doping agents like darts, which is what was making my consciousness flitter in and out, but the best they could manage was only a few seconds, then id snap out of the daze and hit them back.

After taking out the guards, I walked to over to the VR systems and was able to create a kinetic bomb explosion by clenching my fist and focusing. It was like I was drawing in unseen energy that I would go off like a stick of TNT (is this an ISBE technique the Commander is familiar with?) I destroyed as many of these systems as I could find, maybe ten of them, maybe more then walked back outside. I wanted to get an indicator of where this place was, or who was in charge of it.

In front of me was the descending bridge where I’d come from the simulation, to my left was just a drop off into the sky, with a small port for the investors shuttles right on the edge, and to my right was a large dirt clearing the size of a small football oval which appeared to have some sort of scaffolding setup smack bang in the middle of it. Beyond the clearing were some more R&D buildings that were much bigger than the small product display room I’d just come from. This cluster of buildings was of a higher elevation to the display/ presentation room probably 10 to 20m higher, and was about 250m away. At this point I had become probably about 80 percent lucid, so I was piloting this body with a good understanding of my earth body that existed somewhere below the dream simulation that I’d come from. Once the guards were gone and I was out of the building, I no longer had to worry about my consciousness trying to go back to the simulation world.

I walked over the ridgline to the clearing and noticed the scaffolding appeared to be some sort of a rocket launch facility, but instead of the typical straight up design of conventional rockets, the scaffolding setup seemed to take the form of a T shape shuttle/ craft, as if the shuttle had wings protruding out each side for a few metres. What was odd was that instead of being located near the middle, the wings protruded from quire near the front end of the shuttle, behind what looked like a cockpit of heavily tinted glass.

At the end of the wings, were what I assumed were thrusters taking the form of tear drops. I specifically remember a tail section mounted close to the ground that was very typical of a tail found on a glider; it reminded me of the one found on a US military Predator drone given its seemingly “upside down” arrangement (if you took a predator drone and move the wings so they were just behind the tip of the shuttle and fattened the body so it resembled more of a rocket/ missile, then added jet turbines to the tip of each wing, this would be very close to what it looked like; same white colour). My impression was that unlike the investor shuttles, which were for local travel within the atmosphere of this world, this craft was specifically for higher altitude penetration.

I navigated so I was directly under the scaffolding holding up the right wing and looked up. Right there I saw what was unmistakably the NASA logo. I could see this clear as day; the blue circular background with the word NASA outlined in white, the little stripe of red; it was 100 percent the same logo and I could see and interpret it clear as day. I am certain I did not randomly generate this image. I noted that I had achieved my objective, and as I did a launch alarm sounded from the building that had been arranged obviously to monitor any launches.
Very soon after this everything went white and I woke up. I assume they took the opportunity to use the shuttle thrusters to melt me while they had a chance.

End Notes:

The simulation layer seemed to act as a buffer between the outer pocket universe and this physical reality. The way in which the AI was trying to create a scenario that would elicit an specific emotional response is typical of what the leader of the Unseen 5 told me, as well as what the Grand Elder told me during my last encounter with him in a similar consciousness doping facility.

SD has had a dream with a similar AI trying to evoke similar emotions towards me in which the AI tried to spin a similar story of helping her evolution when she resisted it. We have had some synchronised dreams over the last few weeks which suggest similar emotion evoking simulations running.

There was several circumstances prior to my going to sleep which may have aided in having this experience. The first was that it was right after contacting my handler and asking for possible nuclear attack locations (this handler presented itself to me in adream a week or so ago)

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

[daegonmagus] – Part 22 – Operation Rainbird – A Contingency Plan for a Transcontinental Clandestine Communications Network in Case of Major SHTF & Grid Down

The following is the 22nd part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

-MM

Part 22 – Operation Rainbird – A Contingency Plan for a Transcontinental Clandestine Communications Network in Case of Major SHTF & Grid Down

This is an idea I have had bouncing around for awhile now. Whilst I would have preferred to talk to other operators in the prepping/ survivalist communities beforehand to flatten out some of the problems, my concern with the Ukraine situation is that we are edging ever the more closer to a scenario where more conventional communications avenues may become knocked out.

Added to this is the rumours that America will be experiencing a blackout of this very nature in the next 36 hours (I know, usually these rumours turn out to be BS), so I figured I’d bite the bullet and write down the necessary protocols for dispersal to anyone who wants them. That way the kinks can be worked out a later date and broadcast of the Rainbird Network.

What is Rainbird?

Operation Rainbird is a contingency plan to provide a functional clandestine communications network in the event of a downed grid system that knocks out more conventional communication infrastructure, such as mobile phones and internet in more than one country. As the events unfolding in Ukraine steer us closer and closer toward global nuclear warfare, we cannot be sure that these conventional communications systems will continue to remain in place, particularly when taking out the internet for an entire nation is as easy as cutting a few undersea cables.

Even without nuclear warfare, such communications networks may still become targets for attack through malicious means such as cyberwarfare or EMP attacks (which can also occur through the detonation of nuclear weapons) rendering them useless for prolonged periods of time, particularly if supply chain issues make immediate repair of this infrastructure impossible.

The question we need to ask ourselves is “are we really ready to be cut off from the world in this manner, and have our network reduced to that of our immediate localities?” In the event of any war, whether nuclear or not, it makes sense to be able to stay as up to date as possible especially in regards to geopolitical situations unfolding in the rest of the world. Operation Rainbird is to provide coordination of this radio infrastructure so that at least key information can be relayed over as wide an area of the earth as possible were this downed grid scenario to take place.

The ultimate goal of Operation Rainbird is to have a member committed to its implementation in as many countries and states/provinces as possible who is not shy about utilising any foreign contacts (particularly those within the survival and prepping communities, as they will be more likely to appreciate the value of such a network) to disperse the protocols as far as possible.

While the main goal of Operation Rainbird is to provide a continuous bridge of international communication between its members, its concept is simple and requires no radio operation skill of those responsible for its implementation, as well as no commitment to purchase any expensive equipment; members will be given a simple set of instructions pertaining to calling frequency and scheduled operating times and modes they are expected to write down which can then be passed on to a more proficient radio operator when the opportunity presents itself.

Given that amateur radio is a hobby enjoyed by people all over the world, there is potential infrastructure on every continent, in many neighbourhood’s that could theoretically provide such a communications bridge if only its use could somehow be coordinated. On the other hand, if you are radio operator, often times trying to make contact with someone else even from a local area can be hit and miss, if you don’t know when they will likely be online.

This is where the members of operation Rainbird come into play; Operation Rainbird member’s tasks will be to convince these radio operators to operate their radios according to the Rainbird schedule to pass along any important information about local events etc that may have implications for the broad range of listeners.

These radio operators would then be in a better position to pass the message along a chain of other Rainbird operators, knowing that there will be great deal of them listening in different parts of the world at the specific times outlined in the schedule. The name Rainbird comes from the idea that Rainbirds “sing to their friends when it becomes too dark to see, so they know what the other is doing”.

All that would be required of non operator members of Operation Rainbird will be to keep an eye out for potential amateur radio equipment in their area, which is usually identifiable by the large antenna towers in an operator’s back yard. If the tower is big enough to be seen over several blocks, it will likely be functional for the frequencies Rainbird will use.

It is recommended Rainbird members briefly study some images of such setups whilst they still have access to the internet to get a general idea of what to look for, as well as study potential radio clubs in their area in case no other local operators can be found. It could be that they have driven past an amateur radio operator’s house a million times and never even realised it. For those who wish to get more in depth, I recommend purchasing the ARRL (American Radio Relay League) handbook and keeping it in a safe place, as it will provide a crash course lesson in radio theory from beginning concepts in electronics all the way up to advanced radio theory.

Each member should be aware that as Rainbird utilises open communication channels, there is no way to safeguard any of the information coming through. It should be regarded as an unsecure channel only to be initiated as a last resort for the purpose of urgent message passing to other nations/ states/provinces, as use of these frequencies is generally banned from all except those who have the appropriate licenses in place, and can be met with heavy fines. In other words, Rainbird members vow not to implement Operation Rainbird unless they are certain their conventional communications infrastructure will be down for a prolonged period as this may actually prove to be detrimental to Rainbird’s cause. There is, however, no punishment simply for listening, regardless of whether or not you have a license.

An example of a real world situation where radio helped in mitigate the confusion surrounding a disaster involving a whole community of people was during the 2019 bushfires of NSW, Australia. The fires, which were estimated to have burned 5.3 million hectares, wreaked havoc upon the NSW forests and covered much of the coast all the way to the State of Victoria.

As the Fires pushed their way south, residents near the town of Mallacoota fled to the beaches to escape where they became trapped for a period of several weeks.

With communications and power infrastructure down, those 1000 or so trapped in and around Mallacoota were no longer able to get information about their situation out to friends and family, and for five days they had no access to fuel or food unless they were smart enough to take out cash before hand.

Several satellite phones had to be airdropped into the area with instructions for anyone who found them to call a specific headquarters. Although amateur radio came into play during these bushfires, had a system like Rainbird been in place, the coordination of information from people within the disaster zone could have mitigated even more confusion to those viewing events from the outside. While a in a natural disaster resources such as satellite phones may be available, in a war time scenario this may not prove possible for various reasons, such as the area being too hot for air drops, or satellites that provide the back bone for such systems being taken out.

In addition to this, many emergency response groups would only be suited for catering to their local community. In such scenarios the affected victims would be left fending for themselves, unless they had a way to coordinate to their own communications effort.

The general protocols for Rainbird, which are hereto suggested to be written down and safe guarded by the reader are thus:

The determined frequency of Operation Rainbird will be on the HF band of 7Mhz/40 metres. This band has been chosen for its ability to provide intercontinental communications, or at the very least interstate communications, at the same time utilising an antenna length that is practical in case of its inclusion as a piece of wire in portable emergency communication kits.

More specifically, 7.2Mhz will be used as the optimal frequency as it sits roughly in the middle of the common amateur radio range of 7.000Mhz to 7.300MHz, and lies outside of the morse code portion. In the case of pile up (too many operators on the same frequency) is recommended to vary this frequency up or down the spectrum by 10Mhz increments.

The operation mode of Rainbird is to be Single Side Band (SSB) AM as it allows for a much lower power consumption vs other methods, to suit those operators with minimal powering resources for their radios.

The operational schedule is to coincide with specific phases of the moon. As the moon is a natural constant that can be easily seen by anyone no matter of their location on earth, it can be used as a medium of synchronisation regardless of if one is in possession of a watch or calendar, which may become displaced in a real crisis situation.

Furthermore, a moon’s phase can be broken down into easily identifiable portions that are roughly one week apart, that will allow further opportunity to make a communication if the first attempt is missed. Therefore, where power resources for communication is limited, the day and night of a full moon should be made first priority for contact, followed by the new moon, and then by the half moon’s between each.

This will give first a monthly, then fortnightly, then weekly opportunity for contact through operators who are synched to the same moon cycle. Where power is not a crucial factor for determination of how often an operator may be online, it is suggested to also include the day and nights immediately before and after these phases of the moon in case other Rainbird operators have slightly miscalculated them (ie thought it was a full moon when the actual full moon was a day later).

DOMAIN47 is to be used as the common callsign to put a call out for all potential Rainbird Operators that might be listening but not in a position to communicate back. A standard message guiding civilians to a safer location would include something along the lines of “Callout to all Rainbird Operators utilising DOMAIN47 callsign, this is {operator’s callsign}.

Message to be passed along to {targeted area/ people of communication}; location {town/suburb of state/ province and country} has been cut off from all supply and exit due to {reason}. Multiple civilians now fleeing area, as situation becomes dire. Please advise on closest known safe haven, to escape effects of {disaster}”.

Or perhaps medical expertise is required: “Callout to all Rainbird operators identifying under callsign DOMAIN47. This is {operator callsign}. Immediate assistance required for a casualty due to {disaster} which caused {injury}. Access to doctor is not currently possible. Requesting assistance from any medical experts in the vicinity of {location} or at the very least an on air guide to conduct {medical procedure}. ”

Whilst Rainbird is aimed at providing an intercontinental communications bridge, it is suggested Rainbird members have their own handheld CB/VHF/UHF radios for local communications. This way they would be able to rapidly share any information coming through their nominated operator with those in their immediate vicinity with minimal lag time.

While there is no requirement for those wish to come online as Rainbird participants during a crisis situation, by emailing me your intention to join at daegonmagus@protonmail.com of your general location, I will be able to compile a map of potential reach of the network and hopefully refine its protocols further before a major SHTF event.

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

[daegonmagus] – Part 21 – How SD and I both dreamt Joe Biden is planning on assassinating someone close to the Ukrainian Conundrum

The following is the 21st part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

This particular read is truly enjoyable. I hope you all enjoy it as much as I have.

-MM

Part 21 – How SD and I both dreamt Joe Biden is planning on assassinating someone close to the Ukrainian Conundrum

SD and I have been having our usual synch dreams again. In the past 2 weeks we have had 2 that both seem to have an alarming number of parallel elements. I won’t go into the details of the first one as they seem somewhat irrelevant at this point in time, but it seems we are a having the same dream in which certain elements are being distorted to create confusion. SD suggested that perhaps something is tampering with our memories, and I have to agree that it certainly seems this way. This is an ongoing (recurring) dream I will get to later when I have more on it.

As for the second dream; I originally posted this up on the dream share forum. At the same time I sent MM an email with a copy and pasted version of the synched dream, to which he asked me to write it up for publication, as he considered it extremely important.….so here we are.

Combined dream that SD and I both had the night before yesterday:

I was minding my own business, I guess on some kind of holiday in this really strange town I have been to before. Nothing special just buildings and dirt….not really any where I would choose to go if I was given a coherrent choice in the matter. I take note here that I seem to have had dreams of an old school friend I no longer see. Someone appears. I can’t remember who or what, but I don’t think it is completely human. It tells me I am needed on a special assignment – The President of the USA – the one and the same Joe Biden is having a meeting and I am to go to it at once. It is important I be there, but for what reason it is not yet given. I finish my drinks or whatever it is I am doing, and agree to it. I get up and stand near my handler, and the next thing I know I am being whisked away Harry Potter port key style to a completely different place (I suppose the equivalent of a different country in the dream world). I have a vivid memory of it being like swirling, spiralling sensation where my surroundings just turn into a blurr of light, before I go through an all too familiar void of burgundy/ brownish/ goldish colour.

I am now standing in front of what appears to be a hotel room plonked on a block of land that seems eerily similar to a house i rented a few years ago. It is by no means a flash hotel by any stretch, but not shabby either; just a bland plain inconspicuous thing where you would go to dodgy shit under the radar of scrutinization. I knock on the door, my handler standing next to me – I want to say he is wearing a hooded robe for some reason (this may be a confusion of another dream in this same house a few weeks back where a robed figure stabbed in the hand with a small needle like device which made me wake up)– and one of Joe’s representatives, a secretary or something opens the door and invites us in saying “oh good you are here. We have been expecting you. ” The interior of the appartment is a very similar layout to my old house, almost identical; a sort of kitchen to the right, some rooms to the left (which is where it is different as this veers off into onto a patio that seemingly leads to the other apartments) and a small dining room straight ahead overlooking the city where Joe and about 40 other people are engaged in what seems like friendly, but important banter. This house was weird in that it is sort of a circular arrangement in which you can get back to the kitchen from this same area – this is the familiarity that struck me.

Joe stands up and gives them a little speech, the content of which i can’t remember, but it is almost certainly to do with the Ukraine crisis and “those pesky Russian bastards, that seem to be throwing them at every turn”. I stand by the door as my handler disappears either somewhere into the crowd or back out the door – I am not sure if anyone else can see him/her/it, but get the feeling they can’t. As I am standing there i have a very faint understanding that SD is in the crowd, but for what reason I don’t know; I only figure it is related to why I am here. I spot her, but am unphazed by it, just simply figuring she is doing her thing, and trust her with it.

Joe finishes his speech and then walks around shaking everyone’s hand, he spots me standing there with my arms crossed, observing him. He makes eye contact with me, then quickly finishes up his conversation with his guest, not breaking the eye contact, so he can make his way over to me. He approaches me and, first thing I notice is that he is treating me with a measure of respect not given to his other guests. He offers his hand, but I don’t bother uncrossing my arms, to which Joe claps me on the shoulder and leans in so only I can hear him. There is no awkwardness to me refusing his hand, this is just the way I roll and Joe knows that. The offer was more of a subconscious formality more than anything. Straight off the bat he starts talking about a “hit squad”. I can’t remember if i am part of the squad or if Joe wants me to track one down, but again it centers on all the shit coming out of Ukraine; The word assassination/ assassin pops up numerous times, like, a -fucking – lot. I don’t speak, just stand there and listen to what Joe has to say. Essentially there is someone over there (Ukraine) causing America big problems, and they (the party present) are sick and fucking tired of it. Joe wants who ever this guy is assassinated, and he wants me to organise the whole thing at the same time giving him insulation from it all. I suddenly have an understanding that I am well connected within the criminal underworld – but not your average run of the mill Mafia type deal, but something much worse – and that such a task would be a piece of cake. I nod in silence, then leave the premises.

SD’s version: like me, hers begins with her on a sort of vacation, but it is a lot more fragmented. She is met by her handler, to which similar things about her being needed for an important assignment are spoken, before she is whisked off to a similar apartment/ hotel room. She is now standing in a crowd of people, and again Joe Biden is giving a speech in front of them. She looks over and sees me at some point and remembers that there was something do with assassin’s and a hit squad being spoken of. Again, she had some sort of involvement in it, like she needed to help go find them or something.

Man these synched dreams have become so common between us that it really isn’t even a shock to us anymore. We just start picking each other for details and offer each other suggestions of what we think is going on. Both SD I agreed it seemed like our consciousnesses were being used to RV a certain scenario. I had MM ask the Commander if this was could possibly be happening. I’ll leave it up to him whether to publish what he told me.

But wait, there’s more, and it ties in with MMs response to this dream. When Putin first went into Ukraine, I had yet another dream in which SD’s astral self was telling me the Ukraine thing was all connected with things that are going on in the non physical planes. It was suggested there was a faction vying for the totality of the non physical realm as well another vying for both the physical and non physical planes (of course, I am never told who these factions actually are). SD’s handlers wanted her to reveal this to me as they wanted me to join them but were apprehensive about whether I would freak out about it or not. Much to their surprise, my response was “well, what the fuck are we waiting for”. There was also something mentioned about potassium iodide and honey comb being extremely important.

A strange stargate like portal opened up in front of me which I jumped into. The next thing I know I am in the back of what appears to be a long truck being used as an operations control room in some street, which could have very easily been Ukraine (it was clearly very more “astral like” than the physical Ukraine though). I was standing next to this other guy and over to our left was – I kid you not – an angel with four arms typing away at a computer. This was a beautiful creature. It had greyish semi translucent skin, very similar to the texture of a dolphin and (I think) was bald with intensely blue eyes, and stood about 8 ft tall. It was very robotic the way it moved, similar to Arnold Schwarnegger in the terminator movies, expressionless face, never blinking.

Suddenly our soldiers outside of the truck bring in another downed angel on a stretcher, again with four arms. They bring the stretcher right up to us where all the medical equipment is located. Straight away we know this one had been corrupted and was in need of some intensive “cleaning” and purging of all the corruption our enemies had done to it. I tell this guy next to me “yeah we kind of accidentally found out potassium iodide and honey comb knocks them out cold, like chloroform on humans” (well this is getting weird). Grace – the angel at the computer; “her” name was Grace, can you fucking believe it – realises there is a potential threat behind her, abruptly gets up out of her chair – her wings are fucking enormous; she stretches them when asserting dominance – and stomps over to this other {darkened} angel. Without warning she cracks her in the face with all five arms, and with lightning speed draws a semi auto handgun from somewhere and starts offloading it into this angel’s face at point blank range. The other angel starts stirring from sleep; meanwhile me and the other guy are just sitting here laughing our arses off at this {apparently} very normal angel greeting. The last thing I remember is the darker angel getting up off the bed before returning the greeting to Grace and the whole truck becoming smashed to pieces. Bikie brawls got nothing on Angel fights, apparently.

So I tell SD about this dream, and her response is “ahh, so you’ve finally met the angel ones”. Apparently she has had quite a lot of lucid dreams with them (none with four arms though), even an strange abduction experience with some, and her description matches Grace’s character; expressionless robots, with wings that fold up in their back when not in use, almost like vinyl type feathers. According to SD they were made so certain consciousness from the completely} non physical realm have a vehicle by which to enter and view the {not completely} non physical realm for very short periods of time (those ones can’t just come here like others can).

Certainly was an interesting dream that one. As was the Joe Biden hit squad dream.

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

[daegonmagus] – Part 20 – SD’s Premonition of an Imminent Nuclear Attack set for 28th February 2022

The following is the 19th part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

This particular read is truly enjoyable. I hope you all enjoy it as much as I have.

-MM

Part 20 – SD’s Premonition of an Imminent Nuclear Attack set for 28th February 2022

Let’s get a few things straight, right off the bat; I am not here to fear monger people with this article. I ummed and arred about whether I should bother typing it, and after considering things I believe it warrants putting down on virtual paper, given the current situation unfolding in Ukraine. We all know how delicate this situation is. We all saw it coming. What concerns me is that SD and I have had our fair share of “dreams” – both lucid and not – that allude to the very real kicking off of WW3. These premonitions, as I guess you could call them have, quite readily shaped both of our ideals on survivalism. From nukes going off in out neighborhood, through the unleashing of the “black dragon” in China, to the Covid vaccine toilet paper shortage, we have had a myriad of premonition like dreams between us that upon reflection many years later seem to be at the very least metaphorically describing things unfolding around us. Other times they have been pinpoint accurate, like the closing off regional borders in our state, and placing of military personnel in the exact same places we had the border closure dreams (in both of our dreams beyond the borders were represented by a void of total nothingness.)

Here’s the concerning part, and I hope to fuck it is a complete miss on my part. I must apologize for not getting out sooner; the Ukraine shit has been unfolding so fast I have been trying to keep up with it all.

Back at the start of February SD tells me “the 22nd is when shit is going to go down”. Ok, so to put this into context, like I said our dreams have shaped our survivalism ideals, and have solidified the idea that all out nuclear war is at this stage, more likely a “when” than it is an “if”.

So when she says the 22nd is when shit is going to down, assume that automatically translates as some sort of SHTF event leading to WW3.

I press her on what it will be, but she tells me she doesn’t know, only that someone or something suggested to her the 22nd or “possibly even the 23rd for us when you take into account different time zones”. She just can’t get out of her head the 22nd/23rd February 22.

That day rolls around and what happens….well, we all know the answer to that question. Putin decides enough is enough and drives his army into Ukraine.

But that is not all.

The night of Putin’s grand entrance, SD has another dream. She is literally woken up by her own voice shouting at her “THE 28th”.

Then, whilst in the hypnogogic/ sleep paralysis state, she is suddenly in the middle of a city, with modern western style skyscrapers, and a big bomb is going off. And I mean BIG.

She specifically mentions this thing has a mushroom cloud, and the explosion seems to “cut the tops off the buildings” before the shockwave breaks all the windows and hits her.

It is so vivid she can smell and taste all the sulphur and metal.

The next day, again she is in hypnogogia and she has a follow up dream to the blast; a woman is standing at a podium either addressing the bomb or announcing her country’s intent to become involved.

This woman, SD says, her clothing makes her looks like she could be chubby, blonde hair put up in a bun behind her head, 40 to 50 years old, wearing a business suit style jacket.

SD end’s up looking up female women in power to try and see if she can find anyone resembling her. She comes across what she said was an “exact match” but the fucking phone loses the page before she can figure out who it is.

She looks up secretaries of defense of European countries and says the at both the Czechoslovakian and Belgian secretaries of defense look very similar to the woman she saw giving the address.

Something else that concerns me is a dream I had back on November 25th which suggested a military was prepping for a major nuclear exchange. I went back through the dream share thread and found my write up on it:

I was some kind of special forces military guy. Not sure what division, but I am fairly sure I wasn’t a SEAL. The people around me seem to be wearing American Military camos but they could have just as easily been Russian.

It was night time and I was on this long straight road that seemed to run for miles through fields of either dead yellow grass, wheat or some other type of crop.

There are multiple military bases every couple of kilometres along this road. I pass one in particular, and it has a big metal cylindrical missile thing sticking out of the ground in a clearing on the other side of the fence that hugged the road. it didn’t look like a typical missile – it was more like a giant tin can with a flat top and it’s protrusion from its silo wasn’t very high – only a little bit taller than me.

To begin with I was walking.

I receive a call from my superior officer. He tells me that I need to assemble all the military personnel from the nearby {standard} bases to the silos that are scattered around the area. My orders are to go to each silo and personally give the orders to their commanding officers to prime the nuclear warheads, and to their lower ranking personnel that we are preparing for a test launch.

The real reason he tells me is different; we are either preparing for a pre-emptive strike on our enemies, or preparing for a retaliation attack for some other shit “we” have planned, I can’t specifically remember.

IT could have even been that America was the enemy.

I hop in my jeep and drive down this road; there are ALOT of these silos surrounded by a whole farm’s worth of vacant land. I watch as hundreds upon hundreds of these silo doors open and out pop these giant tin cans, ready for me to give the launch signal. Satisified I make my way up the road to continue with the rest.

This didn’t feel like a standard dream looked similar to this but without the fins. Google image caption reads “US nukes stored in Netherlands”:

just checked my fb and get this – i have a fucking friend request from a woman named “{first name} Littleboy”…. holy shit that’s not good

The edges were sharper just like a tin can. They didn’t really look like a typical bomb/ missile shape – certainly not very aerodynamic. Though I do remember thinking of them as “littleboys” at some points in the dream and when I woke up.

Hence why I figured it was America – i am very much aware of the littleboy and fat man bombs that were dropped on Hiroshima/Nagasaki – fuck come to think of it a couple of them may have even been called Minutemans by some of the military staff. Whatever was going on, someone was arming practically their entire {ground based} nuclear arsenal for war.

Maybe the littleboy thing was for me to pay attention to the synchronicity.”

I sure as fuck hope me and SD are wrong on this one, but in case we aren’t, if you live in Europe, I suggest taking a spontaneous camping trip a few miles away from your house for a few days. Stay safe and let’s weather out whatever shit may unfold from here on out.

DM

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

[daegonmagus] – Part 19 – Aleister Crowley and his Thelemic Order of NASA….or was it MI6?

The following is the 19th part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

This particular read is truly enjoyable. I hope you all enjoy it as much as I have.

-MM

Part 19 – Aleister Crowley and his Thelemic Order of NASA… or was it M16?

NASA are the most authoritative organisation on space and would never lie to us or keep secrets when it comes to the discovery of ETs!” Right…..anybody in the crowd? ……Anybody? This is a paraphrasing of a recent conversation with my brother in law in regards to the idea of Simulation Theory, and that we are living in a holographic world. So yeah, ok, he didn’t specifically mention ETs, I may have exaggerated that part, but when I brought up the quantum physics double slit experiment etc (real basic stuff, for I am no quantum phycisist) and the idea of astral projectors/ lucid dreamers being the witnesses of the other side of the quantum coin – the guys that see the world in wave form rather than particle form – you’d be amazed at how quickly the conversation turned towards NASA, and their recent announcement of a fucking meteor that could “potentially” wipe out earth, which is what was apparently really concerning him (I would have thought being trapped in a simulation would be a more concerning affair, but you know, that’s just me). Or you know, that his grandmother was born in a Nazi PoW camp, and he just seemingly overlooked the whole Operation Paperclip thing.

But yeah I am used to it. It is the usual deflection tactic when I hit upon a subject that get’s too deep for him. Cut me off mid sentence and trail off onto some shit that doesn’t even relate to anything I am talking about. Try and make himself sound smart because he read a few articles on the old innernet. Never mind I know a guy who is a qualified astrophysicist that would suggest it is a load of bullshit not worth worrying about {wink wink}. My brother in law always seems to have that one friend in a similar field of expertise that he has conveniently broached this exact subject with before and rattles off some half arsed excuse as to why I should believe this friend’s word over the experts I have spoken to. The experts whose first hand experiences I use as a basis for formulating my opinions on such matters. Not that I get more than two fucking words out before I am scoffed at with condescension when I use the small breaks between his egotism to try and explain why NASA is the last organisation on earth I would bother believing.

Mind you, this is a guy who is 31 years old and still lives with his mother, has never bothered trying to find his own place, turned down an opportunity at a plumbing apprenticeship when he was fresh out school (and now wonders why his life sucks) and thinks it is perfectly acceptable to use people with down syndrome as a means to joke about Robert Downey Jr’s mental capacity simply because he works with them (this is where the conversation ultimately headed). He seems to have some ever evolving qualification that varies quite substantially in respect to its field whenever he brings it up. One moment it’s a diploma in warehousing, the next it’s a certificate in carer services when he realises I actually managed an electronics factory and have real world experience with warehousing that trumps his theoretical knowledge any day……Next he’ll be telling me he got a fucking PhD in astrophysics in the 3 months I didn’t see him. Yeah, a real armchair researcher if ever there was one. But hey, I have to admit, I found it pretty impressive that he could at least entertain the idea of a simulation. A year ago that conversation would have been completely off the table.

Remind you of anyone? Seems to be the entire fucking UFO community whenever someone mentions something remotely out of the mainstream approved narrative. Like the guys on reddit that got the reddit admins to send me a message saying they were concerned for my mental health when I tried telling them my research suggests non physical entities are contacting people in the occult community (research which I have presented here in past articles that proves I am not the only one having these strange experiences, and that they are in fact fairly common in the occult community). This one is for you guys, if you have attention spans to read beyond three words (I know a lot of you found four of them to be too much to handle). Oh and while we are on the subject of PhD’s and arm chair research I should point out I have do in fact have a PhD…..in googling shit, seeing as it seems to be the accepted form expertise these days. But unlike my contemporaries, the crux of my argument is freely available on Wikipedia for those who do actually know how to research, not that I am expecting any of the reddit experts to be in amongst that crowd. Shall I continue?

Let’s get back to that statement “NASA are the most authoritative organisation on space and would never lie to us or keep secrets when it comes to the discovery of ETs!” Ok, so, the least you could do is get to know the parent organisation that you are basing your whole argument around before arguing with me on why I should bother to listen to them. If not, you might find yourself embarrassed at the idea it is pretty much like saying “the Freemasons are the most transparent society on the planet”. Or at the idea that “you’re a fucking nutcase” is as equally applicable to the founder of NASA as it is to yours truly. We will delve into this, but before we do, let’s dig into some of my arm chair research on a well known figure, and how it relates to the idea that if people were being contacted by non physical entities through means such as astral projection and lucid dreaming, NASA would be THE LAST FUCKING ORGANISATION ON THE FACE OF THE PLANET THAT WOULD BOTHER TELLING YOU ABOUT IT. Are you ready to take the words of L Ron Hubbard and Scientology just as serious as NASA? Something tells me that no, you are not, which highlights the fact you are too mentally immature to be having this conversation, and that your arm chair research is just a façade for “I can’t be fucked actually researching anything, before offering my opinion on it”.

Allow me to shit all over that egotistical ignorance you think is real world knowledge:

Edward Alexander Crowley was born on the 12th of October 1875, to pair of wealthy fundamentalist Christians of the Plymouth Brethren faith. His father, originally a Quaker, and also an Edward, was an engineer, and owned a family brewing business – Crowley’s Alton ales – which had allowed him an early retirement before his son’s birth. At the age of 11, Edward Alexander inherited a third of this wealth after his father died of tongue cancer. He soon began rejecting the religious views held by his parents, indulging in acts considered by them as morally indecent such as smoking, masturbating and having sex with prostitutes (in which he contracted gonorrhoea and syphilis – talk about a good time).

Such rebellion included a change of name from Edward to Aleister, when he attended the Trinity college in Cambridge to study Philosophy. This behaviour and rejection of the Christian faith would lead Edward’s mother, Emily, to eventually start calling him “the Beast”, which Crowley would later revel in and wear as a badge of honour. Later on in his life, Crowley would expound upon this title to include the number 666, which came from a derivation of the Hebrew alphabet known as Gematria – it had nothing to do with Satanism and the devil, as many people like to suggest. In Gematria, each Hebrew letter is assigned a numerical value and words are compared with other words of equal value. Crowley’s 666 came from the comparison of the word Therion – Greek for “wild beast” – with his own name, of which had an equal value. It was because of this that Crowley would eventually come to be known as Master Therion to his many students. Another name he was known by was Pedurabo.

Crowley believed he was the reincarnation of the well known magician and practitioner of alchemy, Eliphas Levi (amongst other notable figures from history) – who has been dubbed as the man who coined the term “the occult” – partly due to the magician dying in the same year he was born. I vaguely remember another self proclaimed occultist talking about their own reincarnation, [daegonmagus] – Part 2 – Contact with the Elder Guardians (metallicman.com), Not that that is relevant or anything….

Continuing on the down the Wikipedia entry on Crowley we come to learn a few interesting things some of which may or may not actually be true, and some which have a back trail of evidence to suggest they are legitimate claims. We learn about how Crowley joined the Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn before seemingly tearing it apart, how he became friends with Theodore Ruess and was invited to join the Ordo Templi Orientis, or how he created his own Order of the Silver Star – the Argentum Astrum. Then there are the tales of him going out into the Egyptian desert with his wife Rose and engaging in conversation with a non physical intelligence he called Aiwass, whose message he wrote down and became the “Book of the Law” of what would go on to become his Thelemic religion. We read about the time him and his associate Neuberg went out into a desert and summoned the demon of the abyss, Choronzon, which Crowley allegedly deliberately let possess him. Some things about his later life drug addictions with coke and heroin. What we don’t read about is Crowley’s other exploits like providing commentary for the Goetia, aka the Lesser Key of Solomon the King:

Aleister Crowley – Wikipedia

Did you spot the NASA connection? If not, don’t worry; well get to it later. Just note, it is buried behind a link somewhere at the bottom of the page.

In that entry, we also learn about a “fictional” book Crowley wrote called Moonchild – the same book of Crowley’s I found in my grandmother’s library in her abandoned house. What isn’t mentioned is that Moonchild is a book about a bunch of occultists who are trying to incarnate the soul of a demon into the vessel of a new born human child. I started reading it at some point during the third decade of my life but gave up after a few pages as I found Crowley’s writing to be very poor and unimaginative. What can I say: I have standards.

Moonchild is a novel written by the British occultist Aleister Crowley in 1917. Its plot involves a magical war between a group of white magicians, led by Simon Iff, and a group of black magicians, over an unborn child. It was first published by Mandrake Press in 1929 and its recent edition is published by Weiser.

In this work, numerous acquaintances of Crowley appear as thinly disguised fictional characters. Crowley portrays MacGregor Mathers as the primary villain, including him as a character named SRMD, using the abbreviation of Mathers' magical name. Arthur Edward Waite appears as a villain named Arthwaite, and the unseen head of the Inner Circle of which SRMD was a member. "A.B." is theosophist Annie Besant. Among Crowley's friends and allies Allen Bennett appears as Mahatera Phang, Leila Waddell as Sister Cybele, the dancer Isadora Duncan appears as Lavinia King, and her companion Mary D'Este (mother of Preston Sturges, and who helped Crowley write his magnum opus Magick: Book 4 under her magical name 'Soror Virakam') appears as Lisa la Giuffria. Cyril Grey is Crowley himself, while Simon Iff is either an idealized version of an older and wiser Crowley or his friend Allen Bennett.

Plot summary

A year or so before the beginning of World War I, a young woman named Lisa la Giuffria is seduced by a white magician, Cyril Grey, and persuaded into helping him in a magical battle with a black magician and his black lodge. Grey is attempting to save and improve the human race and condition by impregnating the girl with the soul of an ethereal being — the moonchild. To achieve this, she will have to be kept in a secluded environment, and many preparatory magical rituals will be carried out. The black magician Douglas is bent on destroying Grey's plan. However, Grey's ultimate motives may not be what they appear. The moonchild rituals are carried out in southern Italy, but the occult organizations are based in Paris and England. At the end of the book, the war breaks out, and the white magicians support the Allies, while the black magicians support the Central Powers.” - Moonchild (novel) - Wikipedia

For the MM audience who have a brain and can put two and two together here, read between the lines of what I am trying to tell you; Spencer also claimed the Alien Interview was a work of “fiction”. Comparing the two works brings a whole new level of meaning and contemplation to just what the fuck it was these secret societies were getting up to at the turning of the 20th century.

Getting back to the Wikipedia entry on Crowley, one of the more “absurd” claims is that he was in fact working for the British Government’s MI6 department helping them spy on the Germans, who apparently got him to spy on the British Government, which was supposedly suspected by American Intelligence….or something. This particular claim, even just stopping at a connection to the British government, is hard to substantiate as there appears to be only one verifiable source for its origin; a professor of History from the university of Idaho:

Dr. Richard B. Spence is a Professor of History at the University of Idaho where he has taught since 1986. His specialties include Russian, military, espionage and occult history. One of his most popular courses at UI deals with the role of conspiracies and secret societies in history.

….as it apparently says on his linked in page.

This guy seems to make a valid argument against Spence’s research, suggesting it is a stretch at best, and is more circumstantial rather than being based on real facts: Was Aleister Crowley a Spy? ‘Secret Agent 666’ Review – John le Bon

Doesn’t matter though, the guy is a professor, and going by skeptic logic this means he must be telling the truth…..Ok yeah, I am not that facetious. But hey since we are talking about the ol innernet and mainstream sources of information that we should trust (like NASA), here is a link to a Guardian newspaper report suggesting Ian Fleming based the Blofeld character in his James Bond series off Crowley:

Beyond belief | Books | The Guardian

In case you didn’t bother reading it, that article suggests rather matter of factl-y that Crowley was Fleming’s go to guy when it came to interrogating Occultist Nazi Rudolph Hess. It even mentions – albeit very vaguely – the NASA connection Crowley had through Jack Parsons:

“Yet the hysterical press accounts of sex, drugs and sacrifice at his Abbey of Thelema, in Sicily in the early 1920s, remain the core of the myth of Crowley as evil incarnate. It was an image, along with his famously hypnotic stare, that led Bond author Ian Fleming to model Blofeld on Crowley. They met when Fleming worked in British intelligence during the war. That a man so publicly reviled could still penetrate the corridors of power is a prime example of his unlikely reach. Crowley was Fleming's first choice for interrogating Rudolf Hess when the occult-obsessed Nazi was captured in Scotland after a bizarre astrological sting.

It was also Crowley who gave Churchill his famous victory sign, a magickal gesture to counteract the Nazi's use of the swastika. Indeed, his hand appears in many unexpected places - there is even a story that he aligned Stamford Bridge and gave Chelsea its team colours - but his hidden influence was not restricted to the British war effort or the Premiere League. In the 1940s, one of his closest followers was a young Californian adept, Jack Parsons, one of the founding fathers of the American space programme. His work at the fledgling Jet Propulsion Laboratories lay the groundwork for the Apollo moon missions.”

Funny, Jack Parson is mentioned back in the Aleister Crowley Wikipedia link, in the same sentence as another well known figure, this time with a little more confidence of fact:

L. Ron Hubbard, the American founder of Scientology, was involved in Thelema in the early 1940s (with Jack Parsons), and it has been argued that Crowley's ideas influenced some of Hubbard's work.” - Aleister Crowley - Wikipedia

Crowley’s entry also suggests he had an affinity for Nazism:

Pasi described Crowley's affinity to the extreme ideologies of Nazism and Marxism–Leninism, which aimed to violently overturn society: "What Crowley liked about Nazism and communism, or at least what made him curious about them, was the anti-Christian position and the revolutionary and socially subversive implications of these two movements. In their subversive powers, he saw the possibility of an annihilation of old religious traditions, and the creation of a void that Thelema, subsequently, would be able to fill. Crowley described democracy as an "imbecile and nauseating cult of weakness",[267] and commented that The Book of the Law proclaimed that "there is the master and there is the slave; the noble and the serf; the 'lone wolf' and the herd”

I guess one could take that last sentence either way. Regardless, we are starting to head into some very concerning territory in regards to the Nazi’s and Crowley/ Occultism. Let’s strengthen that connection:

Crowley was now living largely off contributions supplied by the O.T.O.'s Agape Lodge in California, led by rocket scientist John Whiteside "Jack" Parsons.[194] Crowley was intrigued by the rise of Nazism in Germany, and influenced by his friend Martha Küntzel believed that Adolf Hitler might convert to Thelema; when the Nazis abolished the German O.T.O. and imprisoned Germer, who fled to the US, Crowley then lambasted Hitler as a black magician.
So uh Hitler was a prime candidate for Thelema huh…..and the guy who founded Nasa’s JPL was a fucking Thelemite as well?

“John Whiteside Parsons (born Marvel Whiteside Parsons;[nb 1] October 2, 1914 – June 17, 1952) was an American rocket engineerchemist, and Thelemite occultist. Associated with the California Institute of Technology (Caltech), Parsons was one of the principal founders of both the Jet Propulsion Laboratory (JPL) and the Aerojet Engineering Corporation. He invented the first rocket engine to use a castablecomposite rocket propellant,[1] and pioneered the advancement of both liquid-fuel and solid-fuel rockets.
Or should I say a pin up boy for the OTO:

Smith wrote to Crowley saying that Parsons was "a really excellent man ... He has an excellent mind and much better intellect than myself ... JP is going to be very valuable".[64] Wolfe wrote to German O.T.O. representative Karl Germer that Parsons was "an A1 man ... Crowleyesque in attainment as a matter of fact", and mooted Parsons as a potential successor to Crowley as Outer Head of the Order.[65] Crowley concurred with such assessments, informing Smith that Parsons "is the most valued member of the whole Order, with no exception!"[62]” - Jack Parsons (rocket engineer) - Wikipedia

And its not as if Thelema was just a passing hobby for Jack either; Wikipedia suggests he was devoting his entire pay checks into the organisation, and was wholeheartedly committed to its concepts. Not only that, Parsons was at one point palsy with the founder of Scientology who was also a Fellow Thelemite:

“Science fiction writer and U.S. Navy officer L. Ron Hubbard soon moved into the Parsonage; he and Parsons became close friends. Parsons wrote to Crowley that although Hubbard had "no formal training in Magick he has an extraordinary amount of experience and understanding in the field. From some of his experiences I deduce he is direct touch with some higher intelligence, possibly his Guardian Angel. ... He is the most Thelemic person I have ever met and is in complete accord with our own principles.”

And in case you weren’t aware of what Hubbard’s Dianetics/Scientology religion was about, allow me to fill that gap in knowledge. Bear in mind this was from a guy whose own son said his father believed himself to be the embodiment of “Satan”;

Scientology followers believe that a human is an immortal, spiritual being (Thetan) that is resident in a physical body. The Thetan has had innumerable past lives and it is observed in advanced (and – within the movement – secret) Scientology texts that lives preceding the Thetan's arrival on Earth were lived in extraterrestrial cultures. Scientology doctrine states that any Scientologist undergoing "auditing" will eventually come across and recount a common series of events.[26] Part of these events include reference to an extraterrestrial life-form called Xenu. The secret Scientology texts say this was a ruler of a confederation of planets 70 million years ago, who brought billions of alien beings to Earth and then killed them with thermonuclear weapons. Despite being kept secret from most followers, this forms the central mythological framework of Scientology's ostensible soteriology – attainment of a status referred to by Scientologists as "clear". These aspects have become the subject of popular ridicule.

I bet they have.

And while we are on the subject of Parson’s friends, MM would be interested to know the following:

“In New York he met with Karl Germer, the head of the O.T.O. in North America and in Washington, D.C. he met Poet Laureate Joseph Auslander, donating some of Crowley's poetry books to the Library of Congress.[81] He also became a regular at the Mañana Literary Society, which met in Laurel Canyon at the home of Parsons' friend Robert A. Heinlein and included science fiction writers including Cleve Cartmill, Jack Williamson, and Anthony Boucher.”

Now to understand this Parson’s/ Hubbard connection properly, we need to go back to Crowley and his Thelemic Order. What in the actual fuck is Thelema anyway? Well, we mentioned that Crowley, whilst in Cairo with his wife Rose, went out into the desert and received a message from a non physical entity. Rose apparently wasn’t into occultism, and couldn’t give two shits about Crowley’s undertakings…..that was until she went into a trance and this non physical being, who Crowley called Aiwass, began speaking through her, laying down the {book of the} law. Crowley transcribed it and it became his Holy Books of Thelema that basically dictated what the whole order was about. For those who have not read the books, you are not missing out on much. A lot of it seems to be a mix of incoherent babble that Crowley himself even suggests he doesn’t know what the fuck it means. In amongst this collection of seemingly random gibberish is the infamous RPSTOVAL code, that Crowley suggests will be “expounded upon by someone in the distant future”, and who his followers like to try and decipher using Gematria:

4 6 3 8 a b k 2 4 a l g m o r 3 y x 24 89 r p s t o v a l

For anyone interested here is Crowley’s Book of the Law. The Book Of The Law : Aleister Crowley : Free Download, Borrow, and Streaming : Internet Archive. Note there are some striking similarities with his philosophy and things that MM has said in regards to consciousness, or Airl’s view of the universe:

 

 

 

Now, to get to the UFO/ Thelema connection, we need to delve a bit deeper into some things that are not mentioned on Wikipedia, and are just as hard to confirm as Spence’s suggestion Crowley was an MI6 spy.

Fourteen years after his contact with Aiwass, Crowley supposedly was contacted by another entity during what is known as the Amalantrah working with his executor and somewhat heir to his magical prowess, Kenneth Grant. What actually took place must be left to speculation given that the surviving records of the working are fragmented at best, but what seems clear is that Crowley drew a picture which had something to do with this working, which he titled LAM. I briefly touched on this entity in my article https://metallicman.com/daegonmagus-part-18-a-look-at-non-physical-contact-through-participants-external-to-metallicman/ when I told you the Tool drummer had his own clothing line featuring the image.

While some, like this guy from LAM I AM | Aleister Crowley 2012 (ac2012.com), suggest it is an obscure self portrait of Crowley, others have suggested, quite assuredly that Crowley and Grant were trying to open a portal in space between two stars. The myth is that they were successful which led to Lam – an interdimensional entity – popping through to say hello. Apparently many occultists have had weird experiences with UFOs and similar contact after trying to recreate the ritual:

https://www.bing.com/search?q=vice+lam+crowley&cvid=9f44a886c91549659f1b81c4c4339ae9&aqs=edge..69i57j69i64.4653j0j1&pglt=43&FORM=ANNTA1&PC=ACTS

What can be agreed on, is that Lam appears on the front page of Voice of the Silence by Theosophical Society founder, Madam Helena Blavatsky. If you haven’t already read my article first mentioning Lam, I suggest you do so, as it alludes to the idea that Blavatsky was given a hybridisation schedule by the non physical entities she was in contact with (which seems to have very likely made its way into the hands of the Nazi’s, but more on that later.)

Getting back to Lam, The {modern day} OTO have even gone so far as to have their members document any experiences resulting from their workings with the Amalantrah ritual, so it seems to have some substance:

“Crowley gave the drawing to Kenneth Grant in May 1945, following an astral working in which they were both involved. Since then it has become apparent that Lam is in fact a trans-mundane or extra-terrestrial entity, with whom several groups of magicians have established contact, most notably Michael Bertiaux in the 1960s, and agroup of OTO initiates in the 1970s. Much remains unclear, however, hence the need for further investigation of this entity”Typhonian Ordo Templi Orientis — Kenneth Grant — LAM (parareligion.ch)

Remember how I told you my friend Severin, who was contacted by an elusive figure and given information on the merge of the astral and physical planes? To my knowledge, Severin never bothered with the Amalantrah ritual, but the coincidence is a bit hard to ignore, given he was in the OTO.

So for the skeptics, at the very least you have to admit this sounds fucking insane right? No matter what way you look at it. Who in their right mind would believe such a load of fucking tripe?

Well, your NASA JPL founder for one:

“The Babalon Working was a series of magic ceremonies or rituals performed from January to March 1946 by author, pioneer rocket-fuel scientist and occultist Jack Parsons and Scientology founder L. Ron Hubbard.[1] This ritual was essentially designed to manifest an individual incarnation of the archetypal divine feminine called Babalon. The project was based on the ideas of Aleister Crowley, and his description of a similar project in his 1917 novel Moonchild.” - Babalon Working - Wikipedia

And from Parson’s entry:

“Parsons and Sara were in an open relationship encouraged by the O.T.O.'s polyandrous sexual ethics, and she became enamored with Hubbard; Parsons, despite attempting to repress his passions, became intensely jealous.[109] Motivated to find a new partner through occult means, Parsons began to devote his energies to conducting black magic, causing concern among fellow O.T.O. members who believed that it was invoking troublesome spirits into the Parsonage; Jane Wolfe wrote to Crowley that "our own Jack is enamored with Witchcraft, the houmfort, voodoo. From the start he always wanted to evoke something—no matter what, I am inclined to think, as long as he got a result." He told the residents that he was imbuing statues in the house with a magical energy in order to sell them to fellow occultists.[110] Parsons reported paranormal events in the house resulting from the rituals; including poltergeist activity, sightings of orbs and ghostly apparitions, alchemical (sylphic) effect on the weather, and disembodied voices. Pendle suggested that Parsons was particularly susceptible to these interpretations and attributed the voices to a prank by Hubbard and Sara.[110] One ritual allegedly brought screaming banshees to the windows of the Parsonage, an incident that disturbed Forman for the rest of his life.[111] In December 1945 Parsons began a series of rituals based on Enochian magic during which he masturbated onto magical tablets, accompanied by Sergei Prokofiev's Second Violin Concerto. Describing this magical operation as the Babalon Working, he hoped to bring about the incarnation of Thelemite goddess Babalon onto Earth. He allowed Hubbard to take part as his "scribe", believing that he was particularly sensitive to detecting magical phenomena.[112] As described by Richard Metzger, "Parsons jerked off in the name of spiritual advancement" while Hubbard "scanned the astral plane for signs and visions."[113]
Their final ritual took place in the Mojave Desert in late February 1946, during which Parsons abruptly decided that his undertaking was complete. On returning to the Parsonage he discovered that Marjorie Cameron—an unemployed illustrator and former Navy WAVE—had come to visit. Believing her to be the "elemental" woman and manifestation of Babalon that he had invoked, in early March Parsons began performing sex magic rituals with Cameron, who acted as his "Scarlet Woman", while Hubbard continued to participate as the amanuensis. Unlike the rest of the household, Cameron knew nothing at first of Parsons' magical intentions: "I didn't know anything about the O.T.O., I didn't know that they had invoked me, I didn't know anything, but the whole house knew it. Everybody was watching to see what was going on."[114] Despite this ignorance and her skepticism about Parsons' magic, Cameron reported her sighting of a UFO to Parsons, who secretly recorded the sighting as a materialization of Babalon.
And some more on the Babalon working, and contact by non physical entities in general:

Inspired by Crowley's novel Moonchild (1917), Parsons and Hubbard aimed to magically fertilize a "magical child" through immaculate conception, which when born to a woman somewhere on Earth nine months following the working's completion would become the Thelemic messiah embodying Babalon.[116][117] To quote Metzger, the purpose of the Babalon Working was "a daring attempt to shatter the boundaries of space and time" facilitating, according to Parsons, the emergence of Thelema's Æon of Horus.[113] When Cameron departed for a trip to New York, Parsons retreated to the desert, where he believed that a preternatural entity psychographically provided him with Liber 49, which represented a fourth part of Crowley's The Book of the Law, the primary sacred text of Thelema, as well as part of a new sacred text he called the Book of Babalon.[118] Crowley was bewildered and concerned by the endeavor, complaining to Germer of being "fairly frantic when I contemplate the idiocy of these louts!" Believing the Babalon Working was accomplished, Parsons sold the Parsonage to developers for $25,000 under the condition that he and Cameron could continue to live in the coach house, and he appointed Roy Leffingwell to head the Agape Lodge, which would now have to meet elsewhere for its rituals

Unable to pursue his scientific career, without his wife and devoid of friendship, Parsons decided to return to occultism and embarked on sexually based magical operations with prostitutes. He was intent, informally following the ritualistic practice of Thelemite organization the AA, on performing "the Crossing of the Abyss", attaining union with the universal consciousness, or "All" as understood in the context of the Great Work, and becoming the "Master of the Temple".[133] Following his apparent success in doing so, Parsons recounted having an out-of-body experience invoked by Babalon, who astrally transported him to the biblical City of Chorazin, an experience he referred to as a "Black Pilgrimage". Accompanying Parsons' "Oath of the Abyss" was his own "Oath of the AntiChrist", which was witnessed by Wilfred Talbot Smith. In this oath, Parsons professed to embody an entity named Belarion Armillus Al Dajjal, the Antichrist "who am come to fulfill the law of the Beast 666 [Aleister Crowley]".[133] Viewing these oaths as the completion of the Babalon Working, Parsons wrote an illeist autobiography titled Analysis by a Master of the Temple and an occult text titled The Book of AntiChrist. In the latter work, Parsons (writing as Belarion) prophesied that within nine years Babalon would manifest on Earth and supersede the dominance of the Abrahamic religions.[134]

I thought self proclaimed embodiment of Satan Hubbard was bad. I might be “crazy”, but I sure as fuck aren’t “trying to summon the whore of Babylon into a newborn child crazy”. This guy was a fucking nutjob (if you go by common society’s standards), yet still displayed more intelligence than those reddit skeptics and my own god damned brother in law. You know, he’s kinda got a lot of rocket research behind him to back that theory up. Did anyone make him undergo a psychological evaluation while he worked at NASA, I wonder?

I mean Jack wasn’t exactly stupid was he, nutjob or not? He was, after all the American version of Werner Von Braun, and it could be argued it was because of him we got to the moon (he was actually involved in developing rocket systems for that very purpose). His discoveries in rocket propulsion were the foundation by which the whole of NASA was built upon. So why the fuck was he messing around with a book written by Crowley if it was just a piece of fiction and incorporating its content into his rituals? You have to admit, it seems a little shady to trust in an organisation whose founder was engaging in such ludicrous practices with his bestie, Mr Hubbard. Let’s face the fact, NASA has got dodgy fucking cult written all over it. You can’t call me a nutcase for saying I was contacted by non physical entities, and then turn around and tell me Jack wasn’t one either. But hey, let’s not stop the logical thought train there. Let’s dig a bit deeper into this.

I mentioned Werner von Braun, and in case you didn’t get the memo, here was another rocket scientist that had some things to say when it came to aliens. And who Jack Parsons at one point spoke to on the phone for many hours. At least this guy didn’t seem to be running around California blowing shit up and having sex with anything that walked in an effort to create a demon child. But to really understand what the hell is going on here, you need to understand the suggestion that the Nazi’s were heavily invested in occult concepts:

In his book, Element Encyclopedia of Secret Societies, John Michael Greer, a self proclaimed druid and Freemason (and not to be confused with Ufologist Dr Steven Greer) suggests that the Nazi party was born out of a secret society of occultists that believed in the racist ideologies of Ariosophy (an offshoot of Theosophy, surprise surprise); the Thule society. This society was named after Thule; a mythical island that first appeared in classical Greek and Roman writings somewhere North of Britain, which eventually became to be believed as the homeland of the Aryan master race in the proto-Nazi occult movement. In fact, Greer has some very interesting things to say on the transformation of Thule, and how its occult ideologies played an integral role in the formation of the Nazi party:

THULE
Originally ultima Thule, “furthest Thule” in Latin, Thule first appeared in classical Greek and Roman writings as a name for a distant island somewhere north of Britain. The Greek voyager Pytheas of Massalia claimed that he sailed there, and his description of the northern seas has enough accurate details to make the claim plausible; it is likely Pytheas sailed as far as the Orkneys, or possibly even Iceland. In the nineteenth century the name Thule was recycled for a hypothetical lost continent somewhere in the far north. In this form it found its way into proto-Nazi occult movements in central Europe as the lost Arctic homeland of the Aryans, identical to Arktogäa and Hyperborea. See lost continents.

THULE SOCIETY
The National Socialist movement in early twentieth-century Germany emerged out of a complex underground of secret societies, occult traditions, and racist ideologies that historians have just begun to uncover. One crucial piece of the puzzle was an organization known as the Thule-Gesellschaft or Thule Society. Named after the legendary lost continent of Thule, believed by German racists of the time to be the original homeland of the Aryan peoples, the Thule Society posed as a private organization for the study of Germanic folklore. In reality, it was the Munich lodge of an occult secret society, the Germanenorden, whose distinctive blend of racist occultism and right-wing politics defined the central commitments of the Nazi party. See Germanenorden.

The Thule Society was the creation of Rudolf von Sebottendorf, a German-Turkish adventurer who joined the Germanenorden in 1917 and immediately set to work organizing a Munich lodge for the order. His efforts paid off handsomely, increasing membership in Bavaria from 200 to more than 1500 by the autumn of 1918. He rented rooms for the society in the posh Hotel des Vier Jahreszeiten in Munich, and succeeded in attracting members of the Bavarian aristocracy into the organization. He also encouraged two Thule members, Karl Harrer and Anton Drexler, to organize a political circlep for the Munich working class, in the hope of drawing them away from communism.

When the German imperial government collapsed in 1918, a socialist coalition seized power in Bavaria, but was then supplanted by a hardline communist faction headed by Russian exiles. Munich descended into open war, and pitched gun battles, assassinations, and summary executions by firing squad became frequent events. The Thule Society hurled itself into the struggle, networking with other conservative groups and raising a sizeable private army, the Kampfbund Thule, for the final struggle that ended the Bavarian Socialist Republic in May 1919. By that time the political circle headed by Drexler and Harrer had already transformed itself into a political party, the Deutsche Arbeiterpartei (German Workers Party, DAP). Small and poorly organized, the DAP floundered for most of 1919 as most Thule members turned their attention elsewhere. In September of that year, however, the DAP gained a new recruit, an Austrian war veteran named Adolf Hitler. Not long after joining, Hitler convinced the other party members to change the organization’s name to the Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei (National Socialist German Workers Party, NSDAP) – a name newspapers and the German public quickly shortened to “Nazi.” See Hitler, Adolf; National Socialism.

As the fledgling party grew explosively, driven by Hitler’s powerful oratory and impressive political skills, Thule Society members gave it vital support and direction. Thule initiate Ernst Röhm, a tough army veteran with a taste for brawling, brought many members of the Kampfbund Thule into the
Sturm-Abteilung (Storm Troop, SA) or Brownshirts, the Nazi party’s private army of street thugs. Another Thule member, Rudolf Hess, used his connections throughout the occult community in France and Germany to win support for Hitler, becoming the future Führer’s right-hand man in the process. Other members introduced Hitler to wealthy conservatives in Bavaria and elsewhere in Germany, and brought him into contact with the writer and occultist Dietrich Eckart, who became Hitler’s mentor. By 1925 or a little later, the Thule Society had been completely absorbed into the growing Nazi party, and nearly all its membership, activities, and plans became part of the Nazi system. The occult aspects it had inherited from the Germanenorden ended up becoming part of the SS onceHeinrich Himmler took over that organization in 1929. See SS (Schutzstaffel).

Further reading: Goodrick-Clarke 1992” - The Element Encyclopedia of Secret Societies The Ultimate A-Z - John Michael Greer.pdf | DocDroid

But let’s not stop there. Delving even deeper still into the Nazi’s and their occult connection in Greer’s book we find that Crowley wasn’t the only occultist who believed the “lunatic” prospect that he was the reincarnation of someone:

Perhaps the most serious of Nazi occultists, Himmler believed himself to be the reincarnation of the medieval German king Heinrich I. Under his leadership the SS became an occult secret society with immense influence throughout German society, and the SS headquarters at the medieval castle of Wewelsburg became the center of the Third Reich’s occult dimension as Himmler implemented many of the old ONT programs on a colossal scale. See SS (Schutzstaffel).“

Interesting. Here’s some excerpts I picked up from Israel Regardie’s (Crowley’s Secretary) book, The Golden Dawn, which deals with the whole curriculum of that order. It certainly seems to strengthen the Nazi connection to the occult. From here The Complete Golden Dawn System Of Magic – Israel Regardie.pdf | DocDroid:

 

The fylfot cross shows us the swastika as being an astrological symbol that combines the forces of 12 months of the zodiac with the four elements, the sun at its centre. It is part of the third lecture of Golden Dawn Curriculum, the first two being preparations for the candidate for their Alchemical undertakings. In other words, this association of the swastika with the zodiac and elements was embedded into the curriculum and would have been taught to every single initiate of the Golden Dawn when Crowley was head of it, and likely the OTO and the Argentum Astrum, considering Crowley’s involvement with those organisations. Interesting when you consider a Greek Neo Nazi political party just pops up out of nowhere some 100ish years later calling themselves the Golden Dawn: Golden Dawn (Greece) – Wikipedia

From that same book, on page 460, in a chapter to do with Clairvoyance:
“The guide having made his appearance, he is to be tested by every means at the Seer's disposal. First of all, it is well to assume the Sign of the Grade to which that element is referred. In this instance, the Sign of the Zelator should be made, by physically as well as astrally raising the right arm to an angle of forty-five degrees. The guide should answer this with the same Sign or another which is unrnistakeable proof that he belongs to the element and has been sent to act as guide. If there is deception, these signs will cause him distress, or at once the vision will break up, or the false guide will disappear. He should also be asked clearly and deliberately whether he comes to act as guide in the name of the appropriate Deity Name. If all this strikes the Seer as satisfactory, and his doubts settled, let him follow the guide to wherever he is being led, carefully noting whither he goes, and asking questions about the element or whatever he sees”

I found a photo where a few of these elements seem to combine:

 

So yeah I guess it’s just more coincidences in a string of bizarre coincidences right?

At least they made good rocket propulsion systems, like that other occultist we have been talking about. Which brings me back to Nazi rocket scientist Werner Von Braun. Von Braun was one of the pioneers who worked on the V2 rocket system and was brought to America to work for NASA along with many other Nazi Scientists under Operation Paperclip:

Wernher Magnus Maximilian Freiherr von Braun (23 March 1912 – 16 June 1977) was a German-American aerospace engineer[3] and space architect. He was the leading figure in the development of rocket technology in Nazi Germany and a pioneer of rocket and space technology in the United States.[4]

While in his twenties and early thirties, von Braun worked in Nazi Germany's rocket development program. He helped design and co-developed the V-2 rocket at Peenemünde during World War II. Following the war, he was secretly moved to the United States, along with about 1,600 other German scientists, engineers, and technicians, as part of Operation Paperclip.[5] He worked for the United States Army on an intermediate-range ballistic missile program, and he developed the rockets that launched the United States' first space satellite Explorer 1 in 1958.

In 1960, his group was assimilated into NASA, where he served as director of the newly formed Marshall Space Flight Center and as the chief architect of the Saturn V super heavy-lift l,aunch vehicle that propelled the Apollo spacecraft to the Moon.[6][7] In 1967, von Braun was inducted into the National Academy of Engineering, and in 1975, he received the National Medal of Science. He advocated a human mission to Mars.” - Wernher von Braun - Wikipedia

Atleast we get the idea the Von Braun was quite a respectable man that only joined the Nazi’s so he could continue his life’s work in regards to rocket research. No mention of Carol Rosin of Fairchild Industries or Lt Colonel Philip J Corso though. Of course, those elements connect Von Braun to ETs, and we can’t have that to tarnish NASA’s image now can we? Allow me to elaborate:

Philip J Corso was a Lieutenant Colonel who worked for General Arthur Trudeau during Eisenhower’s presidency, and had an office at the Pentagon dealing with technological advancements that could be put to military use. In WW2 Corso fought Rommel in Africa, and was charged with rounding up the remnants of the Gestapo in Italy after the war ended. So you could say his resume was quite impressive, and he was quite respectable in regards to his military achievements. Certainly not someone who would feel the need to jump on the UFO bandwagon and bullshit us all with stories of ETs right? Uh, well that’s exactly what Corso did, if you consider his biography bullshit, which most arm chair researchers seem to do.

In his book The Day After Roswell Corso details how he was put in charge of distributing technology recovered FROM THE 1947 ROSWELL CRASH into already established R&D programs in an effort to conceal it and keep it out of the hands of those pesky Russians that had infiltrated the CIA. Things like night vision goggles, fibre optics, kevlar, lasers and integrated circuits, Corso claimed all came from the spacecraft that crashed in the New Mexico desert. He even mentions he saw one of the bodies of the crew. A few months after the books release, Corso died of a heart attack.

Corso suggests he went around to military contractors Fairchild (among others), where he dropped this retrieved tech into the hands of their supervisors with an intent to back engineer it. One of the men who he was in constant contact with to try and gain an understanding of how said tech would work was, you guessed it, Werner von Braun. Von Braun actually became the Vice President of that very same company Corso suggested he dropped some ET tech into the hands of:

“After leaving NASA, von Braun moved to the Washington, D.C. area and became Vice President for Engineering and Development at the aerospace company Fairchild Industries in Germantown, Maryland, on 1 July 1972.”[124]  - Wernher von Braun - Wikipedia

But Corso is just bullshitting right? He was just a senile old man who was struggling to find purpose after his impressive military career, and so decided to spin us a story of fiction about aliens crashing into the desert. It isn’t like there is any other proof that backs up Corso’s claim or anything.

Well, the Wikipedia entry on the date surrounding the Bi Polar Junction Transistor seems to very much align with what Corso told us:

“The bipolar point-contact transistor was invented in December 1947[10] at the Bell Telephone Laboratories by John Bardeen and Walter Brattain under the direction of William Shockley. The junction version known as the bipolar junction transistor (BJT), invented by Shockley in 1948,[11] was for three decades the device of choice in the design of discrete and integrated circuits. Nowadays, the use of the BJT has declined in favor of CMOS technology in the design of digital integrated circuits. The incidental low performance BJTs inherent in CMOS ICs, however, are often utilized as bandgap voltage referencesilicon bandgap temperature sensor and to handle electrostatic discharge.” - Bipolar junction transistor - Wikipedia

For those who do not understand the history of technology, it took somewhere between 100 and 150 years to go from the discovery of electricity, to the amplification of analog signals using Thermionic valves. This was at the hands of a myriad of different scientists experimenting with the valve, some of which were Thomas Edison and Tesla. One could say quite a lot of development went into perfecting the valve, and it went through an evolution of change as more and more grids were added to suppress the inherent electrical noise. It found its use in everything from industrial control systems to guitar amplifiers. Then all of a sudden, in December 1947 up pops the transistor, seemingly because someone decided doping germanium with silicone would achieve the same result as what was effectively a light bulb with a few bits of metal inside of it. And this team of a handful of scientists just happened to pull it off a mere months after the Roswell Crash? Yeah uh ok, I guess this make sense……if you are apt at just ignoring anything that presents as an inconvenience to an argument you have no expertise in, like my brother in law does. Skeptics, find me the fucking article that tells me what prompted these guys to try doping germanium with silicone when the whole premise of the thermionic valve had been based on controlling grid electrons in a vacuum through a completely conductive element.

Now, Corso doesn’t actually mention he dropped a BJT into the hands of Fairchild. What he does mention is that he came into the possession of the alien tech something like a decade after the crash, after it was presented to him by Trudeau. It had been sitting in a cabinet in this office, which Corso took over when he moved into the Pentagon, for practically that whole time, simply because Trudeau didn’t know what to do with it. What is more, it didn’t originate with Trudeau. There was a hazy period of a few years immediately proceeding the crash where it is unknown what became of this technology, when it was in the hands of General Twinning (suggested as being an original MJ12 members). What Corso says is that he dropped an integrated circuit into Fairchild’s lap, and, as anyone with a little background in electronics knows, you can’t make an IC without a BJT. Well, at least you couldn’t back in the early 60s when IC’s were invented and supplied globally by that very same Fairchild company (the first to do so). Funny how no one ever thought to try and wire a few million thermionic valves together to achieve the same thing before the concept arrived at Fairchild.

According to Corso, it was Von Braun (very much aware it was ET tech) who suggested he take the IC to the guys over at Bell Labs who had been playing around with the concept of doping silicone with the BJT, suggesting that in that hazy period before the tech fell into his hands, someone had already undertaken an effort to reverse engineer part of it. Given our history of electronics development, it makes no sense that it would take us 100+ years to develop the thermionic valve, to have the concept of doping germanium with silicone pop up overnight and render that whole component almost completely useless. It certainly makes no sense, that in just over a decade later we figured out how to wire millions of these components together to create what would go onto to become the backbone of the computer, without any prior concept of mass manipulation of said valves. The only logical conclusion, in my opinion, is that which is presented to us by Corso. You know people are still allowed those things right? Opinions. Unlike my brother in law, mine is based on knowledge I spent 4 years sitting an apprenticeship for in my efforts to attain a trade level qualification in electronics. At least show me some evidence of a similar background if you want to bother arguing with me on this issue.

Corso also tells us that the who Strategic Defence Initiative was established under the pretence there was an extra terrestrial threat that America needed protection from, and that NASA even knew about ET interactions, which the organisation had actively engaged in covering up. Another reason why I don’t trust them.

So anyway, getting back to Von Braun and Fairchild; Carol Rosin was the first woman to become CEO of Fairchild Industries. Fairchild industries was an offshoot of the military contracted Fairchild Aircraft, and came about after Shockley, the supervisor who worked on the BJT, quit Bell Labs and tried opening his own company to continue to develop it. After some trouble with money, Sherman Fairchild picked it up and gave it a fresh make over, absorbing all the research on the BJT in the process. Now, Rosin ended up becoming a spokesperson for Von Braun after she became CEO. Here’s a little bit of background on her:

Carol Rosin (born March 29, 1944) is the Founder of the Institute for Security and Cooperation in Outer Space, and also works as a speaker, author, educator, child psychologist[dubious – discuss]futurist, and military strategist.[1] She was also the first female executive of an aerospace company, working as a corporate manager of Fairchild Industries. She is executive director of the Peace and Emergency Action Coalition for Earth, P.E.A.C.E. Inc. and the I.D.E.A Foundation, as well as a world peace ambassador for the International Association of Educators for World Peace.[2]

Biography[edit]

Born in Wilmington, Delaware in 1944 and a graduate of the University of Delaware, Rosin was the first woman to work as an Aerospace executive at Fairchild Industries and is a leader and the original political architect in the movement to stop Anti-satellite weapons and the Strategic Defense Initiative.[3] In her time at Fairchild, Rosin served as the spokesperson for Dr. Wernher Von Braun, with whom she created the film and educational program "It's Your Turn" to expand the diversity of people working in science fields.[4] The program won many awards, including the Aviation Writers Award and the Science Teachers Gold Medal.[5] Rosin helped create medical and educational training programs with ATS-6 satellites in the United States, including the first two-way audio and visual national and international satellite educational programs in over 20 countries.[6]

Published works and media[edit]
  • Start of the Sirius Disclosure Project in 2001 at the National press Club, as witness.
  • Movies That Shook the World (Documentary) Herself, 2005[7]
  • UFO: The Greatest Story Ever Denied II - Moon Rising (Video Documentary) Herself, 2009
  • Sirius (Documentary) Herself, 2013
  • For the Children (Book, I.D.E.A Foundation for the Benefit of Humanity) Co-Author, 2014 ISBN 9781530161393
  • The Carol Rosin Show (American Freedom Radio) Host, 2016-[8]
  • Unacknowledged (Documentary) Herself, 2017
  • 20th Anniversary of the Disclosure Project as herself, 2021”
    

Well well, well not another UFO connection to Von Braun and Fairchild. It gets even better when you consider what Rosin says in regards to what Von Braun allegedly told her on his death bed in the 70s:

DR Carol Rosin von Braun ‘The Extra-Terrestrial Threat’ ET UFO UAV – YouTube

In case you can’t watch youtube, here is a run down:

Von Braun suggested NASA was planning to weaponise space by using the idea of certain threats against the people to gain approval for such weaponization.

Von Braun believed communists would be the first threat identified by the United States, followed by terrorists, followed by third world radicals, followed by asteroids (maybe my brother in law was right to be concerned, lol) which would eventually culminate in a hoaxed alien invasion. Bear in mind this was in the 70s.

Rosin suggested Von Braun gave her the task of de-weaponising space to which she started her own organisation, the Institute for Security and Cooperation in Outer Space, which was in direct opposition to that very same initiative Corso mentioned was setup to “stop the malevolent ETs from invading earth”, and suggested NASA was covering up. Rosin came to the ultimate conclusion her mission was futile. In a separate video she suggests she walked in on a NASA meeting in the 70s that appeared to be the setup to the invasion of Iraq schpeel, in which people like Sudam Hussein had already been identified as the new enemy. When she asked what the fuck it was all about, the room went silent.

Here’s another article on her talking about what Von Braun told her.

THE HOAX ALIEN INVASION: HOW WERNHER VON BRAUN REVEALED NASA’S PLAN TO WEAPONIZE SPACE – UFO Digest

Consider where we are some 50 years later, and Von Braun’s predictions seem strikingly on point. We have the commie card with the cold war, the terrorist card with ….well fuck, just about anyone who seems to have a stash of oil America feels like it can profit off. We have a space force (team America fuck yeah song springs to mind)…

How Trump’s Space Force Would Help Protect Earth from Future Asteroid Threats | Space

And, from the actual official Space Force Strategic Overview:

“Although U.S. space systems have historically been technologically superior, China and Russia have embarked on major efforts to develop counter-space capabilities in order to destroy or disrupt U.S. and allied space capabilities in a crisis or conflict. They are also rapidly developing advanced space capabilities to enhance the lethality of their military operations, increasing the likelihood that U.S. and coalition forces will need to defeat the space capabilities of adversary forces in order to prevail in a potential conflict, to protect lives, and to secure the interests of the United States and its allies and partners. In short, space has become a warfighting domain.” - UNITED-STATES-SPACE-FORCE-STRATEGIC-OVERVIEW.PDF (defense.gov)

And since we are talking about Trump and his space force here to save us from doom from above can someone please explain this video to me?

Trump Trackdown – YouTube

The video is about a conman named Trump who convinces a small town that they are under threat from meteors about to fall on their heads. Trump’s suggestion is to build a wall around the town and purchase his magical umbrellas as the only means to keep them safe from the meteors. When one of the townspeople tries telling his community he is fraud, Trump decides to add a tax to his umbrellas which gets higher with every word that man speaks. He even puts on a little barrel explosion show, to make it look one of the meteors hit the ground right next to them. Note the white robes with the very basic astrological symbols. I’d be curious to know if his little ritual was taken straight out of a Golden Dawn or OTO book. From a series called Trackdown FROM FUCKING 1958. Yeah, yeah I know, just coincidence right?

How about Von Braun predicting “an Elon would take us to Mars” even further back in 1953? Didn’t you hear? It’s been the talk of the space community for the past week.

Pioneering aerospace engineer and science-fiction writer Wernher von Braun may have predicted Elon Musk’s plan to colonize other worlds nearly 70 years ago when he described a man named “Elon” ruling over Mars.

Von Braun created the character “Elon” in his 1952 science fiction novel “Project Mars” — a space fantasy about a mission to Mars, according to a report.

The book’s predictions came to light a few years ago, but began trending on social media last week

Von Braun, one of the most important scientists in the development of rocket technology, describes a Martian government led by ten men, who worked under a leader “elected by universal suffrage for five years under the name or title of Elon.” -  German engineer predicted 'Elon' would conquer Mars in 1952 novel (nypost.com)

Seems Von Braun was well respected enough for NASA to post a bio of him on their webpage:

Biography of Wernher Von Braun | NASA

Yet Parsons wasn’t for some reason, even though Von Braun suggested Parsonshad more right to the title of “Ftaher of Rocketry” than he did:

jack parsons – NASA Search Results

…..even though people in the aerospace game nicknamed the JPL the “Jack Parsons Labratory” after his seemingly sketchy death (sketchy as in some believe it was assassination, and other friends of Parson’s an attempt to create a homunculous – WTF).

“The same month JPL held an open access event to mark the 32nd anniversary of its foundation—which featured a "nativity scene" of mannequins reconstructing the November 1936 photograph of the GALCIT Group—and erected a monument commemorating their first rocket test on Halloween 1936.[25] Among the aerospace industry, JPL was nicknamed as standing for "Jack Parsons' Laboratory" or "Jack Parsons Lives".” - Jack Parsons (rocket engineer) - Wikipedia

But I suppose that is understandable when rumour has it one of your organisation’s founders was fucking about with astral projection and trying to summon the soul of an etherical being into an unborn fetus. It’s not like astral projection was considered a usable asset to the US government or anything. Oh wait a minute:

ANALYSIS AND ASSESSMENT OF GATEWAY PROCESS (cia.gov)

It’s almost like with all this rhetoric on Russia and China the US govt is going all out with the Commie bastard narrative once again huh? What is the bet the aliens will show up on the White House lawn in the next decade? My money is on the Nordics, which the Starseed agenda has seemingly been set up to be super accepting of.

Never mind that they are blonde haired and blue eyed; the same fucking eye and hair colours the Nazi’s were trying to make the dominant breed in their obsession with creating the Aryan Master race.



Do any of the followers of these channelers actually know where the Ashtar Command come from? I’ll give you a hint, all roads seem to lead back to the Theosophical society. The same society whose concepts on the Aryan race would go on to influence the Ariosophists that would in turn influence Hitler and the SS. Am I the only one concerned by this? Here’s an idea, what if the gameplan changed from Von Braun’s alien invasion, to strategic assimilation of the Nordics into general population. An already set up UFO religion would make a good pawn by which to carry out such assimilation, would it not?

But let’s do what skeptics like my brother in law do best and just ignore that for the time being as it doesn’t concern us right now. Don’t worry, I will definitely get to it in another article though.

Back to Parson’s and the idea he was trying to create a moonchild. Depending on what account of the story you read you might come across the one that suggests Crowley wasn’t particularly impressed with his and Hubbard’s efforts. {Allegedly} Crowley chastised them for opening the portal but lacking the magical skillset required to close it, which led to a tear in the fabric of space just sitting there waiting to let into our dimension whatever felt the need to come here….

.Like a black hole like anomaly perhaps?

“I was also told that I had been part of a “hive consciousness” that had tracked this amnesia to a black hole anomaly.
This black hole anomaly existed at the edge of this physical universe and was where the device causing the amnesia was being hidden.”

Except mine was at least 40 thousand years old.

So now you have myself, SD and Severin, playing around with occult concepts such as astral projection and lucid dreaming and we wound up claiming contact with non physical entities just like Parsons claimed. Lol, we are EXACTLY the type of people that NASA would employ to develop their rocket systems, as backed by history…….LOL

Connect……the……dots!!!

All evidence is suggestive Secret Societies such as The Golden Dawn, the Theosophical Society, the OTO etc were in possession of some very powerful secrets, and were conducting experiments specifically trying to contact non physical entities, which may have been met with some success. I have mentioned my suspicions that Blavatsky was given the Hybridisation schedule of the Aryans, which Hitler (whose salute seemed to be a check to make sure non physical entities were in fact friends) seemingly became the one to try and bring to fruition. Was rocket propulsion tech a gift from some of these non physical entities? If so, then what was exchanged for it. The opportunity to create a conduit by which to grant access to a physical body perhaps?

From Alien Interview:

The recently despoiled German totalitarian state on Earth was similar to the "Old Empire", but not nearly as brutal, and about ten thousand times less powerful. Many of the ISBEs on Earth are here because they are violently opposed to totalitarian government, or because they were so psychotically vicious that they could not be controlled by "Old Empire" government.

From the Commander:

There are numerous organizations that you refer to as "robed elders".

Each one has a niche role in this Prison Environment.

[4] Some were established by physical occult organizations from within the Prison population and has taken on a life of their own. These kinds of organizations are many. Some were created by accident. And some were created on purpose. One of the most famous (and prolific) occult leaders in your modern era was a man named Aleister Crowley and he was very active in creating some of these organizations in the non-physical worlds. Some spawned others, and some fractured and grew. 

- Answers from The Domain from questions generated 24SEP21 (metallicman.com)
.....these organizations in the non-physical worlds. Some spawned others, and some fractured and grew.                                    

- Answers from The Domain from questions generated 24SEP21 (metallicman.com)

Oh, and you know that Krishnamurti guy the Theosophists thought were their Matraya, and who we found out in one of my recent articles was brought in to interview Airl during the Roswell Crash (assuming it was Jiddu and not Uppaluri)? Turns out Parsons went along to some of his lectures:

“Parsons had also attended lectures on Theosophy by philosopher Jiddu Krishnamurti with his first wife Helen, but disliked the belief system's sentiment of "the good and the true".[178] During rocket tests, Parsons often recited Crowley's poem "Hymn to Pan" as a good luck charm.[168] He took to addressing Crowley as his "Most Beloved Father" and signed off to him as "thy son, John"                      -           

Jack Parsons (rocket engineer) - Wikipedia

Taking what we now know through alien interview and MM, I would also suggest that there was more weight to Parson’s attempt at creating a moonchild than one would first think. Crowley alludes to the idea that a magical war was being fought between black and white magicians; was this really a prediction of WW2? At the very least, Hubbard seemed to know something; his concept of Thetan’s are too heavily coincidental with Airl’s concept of an IS-BE. One could argue that if Spencer was a Scientologist then he could have just been rehashing some of Hubbard’s concepts, but then this doesn’t explain why my experiences paralleled the Alien Interview so closely. I always thought Scientology was a load of bullshit to make money of rich celebrities. Maybe that wasn’t it’s original intention.

Could it be that another entity made its way into the moonchild, than what was actually intended by Parson’s or Hubbard? Like an Old Empire agent, and this agent propagated its agenda through the occult community until they eventually reached Hitler? What if Crowley and Blavatsky got it all wrong; what if the ones they were contacted by were not as benevolent as they made themselves out to be?

SD’s experiences suggest that she has past life memories of the Nazi’s carrying out similar operations to deliberately incarnate the Aryan’s/ Nordics into newly developing fetuses. I guess that is just another coincidence right?

So we know Parsons was at one point well regarded by the OTO. But who exactly were they? Well, they were an Order established by a suspected German police agent and Freemason Theodore Ruess, Freemasonry student Carl Kellner, and associate of Blavatsky’s and Chairman of the Theosophical Society Adya board of control Franz Hartmann (considered one of the most important Theosophical writers of his time). Does this really surprise you?

Originally {the OTO }was intended to be modeled after and associated with European Freemasonry,[2] such as Masonic Templar organizations, but under the leadership of Aleister Crowley, O.T.O. was reorganized around Crowley's Thelema as its central religious principle. One of the major features and core teachings of the organization is its practice of sex magic.[1] - Ordo Templi Orientis - Wikipedia

So you could say, in a some ways Freemason’s were sympathetic to all the shit Jack was getting up to whilst in the OTO and a follower of Crowley’s. I mean, they might not have approved of him trying to put the soul of an etheric being in a child, or even believed it, but they would have at least shared belief in the same alchemical aspects of the Kabbalah. This is, after all the main driving concept behind both groups. And if you think the Masons weren’t messing around with trying to summon spirits, think again:

From The Midnight Freemasons: The Magick of King Solomon, which claims the site as being for “Master Masons to talk about topics of Masonic Interest”.

The spirits of the Goetia are portions of the human brain. Their seals therefore represent methods of stimulating or regulating those particular spots (though the eye)." (Aleister Crowley, The Initiated Interpretation of Ceremonial Magic in the Goetia.)
If we as masons want to look at this in a philosophical sense we are all seeking to be the wise King Solomon. We must unlock the brass vessel of our own unconscious mind releasing all the aspects of ourselves we care not to let out. Each demon can be seen as an aspect of our personality that we keep hidden from the world. It is the goal of the magician with the aid of angels and magickal weapons to face the dark aspects of him and symbolically slay and expel those forces from our own spiritual nature, thus purifying him. This medieval system of what some would consider “black magick” is simply a way to reflect upon the aspects of our own psyche. If we as individuals wish to gain the wisdom of the archetypal king, we should face the shadow of ourselves and the demons that well in the void of our own nightmares.

Before one sincerely attempts to evoke these demons, one should first spend some time invoking the 72 counterpart angels of the Almadel. The Almadel is a very enlightening experience and puts the magician in touch with the aspects of virtue within the psyche of the individual. This should be required for two reasons, one: one should be in touch with their inner strength before they face the demons, and two: the angels of the Almadel have direct control over the demons of the brass vessel. The Almadel is a system of scrying into a crystal ball over a altar made of wax upon which are engraved the Holy names of God. Remember that invocation is to call down a power within your spirit and mind, so you invoke angels to bring them closer. The Magician will evoke demons, to to bring from within ones self into manifestation. “

Oh you mean like Jung’s Analytical Psychology?

“One does not become enlightened by imagining figures of light, but by making the darkness conscious. - Carl Jung”

Masonic tradition was literally based on summoning the “demons” of Solomon, which were argued to really only be about unlocking hidden aspects of the mind. This presents an awkward conversation when you consider just how many astronauts, trained under NASA, are Freemasons:

Masonic Astronauts | Freemason Information

So now we know not only was NASA’s JPL founded by a guy who thought it possible and necessary to try and cram the soul of an etheric being into an unborn fetus, but that a large portion of NASA personnel are part of an organisation that studies summoning angels and demons as part of their craft. Not only that, they believe the Jewish system of (Qabalah) . . . formed an important part of the Masonic traditions, and undoubtedly contains the nearest approach to a direct revelation of the ancient canonical secrets of the old world;’ (1)Masonry and the Cabala (masoncode.com)

You sure these guys would tell you if they found something? Majority of them won’t even tell you half the shit I just laid down.

This connection to Solomon must be taken note of; not only did I have the Greater and Lesser Keys (the real versions) in my possession when I had my experiences, which also happened when I was intensively studying the Kabbalah, but my research is indicative that those who are being contacted within the occult community – people like Severin and SD etc–, and being told about the reincarnation traps have a better-than-average understanding of these texts. Consider them as the oldest methods of Steven Greer’s CE5. They are not just interpretations of some philosophical theories. My research suggests they are legitimate documents that detail the process by which to prepare a physical body for the inhabitation of an interdimensional consciousness, and this is backed by abductees I have spoken to. Let’s just say I am spilling a bit of a secret here. According to my own research, what is being revealed appears to be the genuine account of Earth’s history, just like is suggested by the Freemasons. You cannot tell me that is not worth investigation.

So there it is, the complete and unabridged version of why I think NASA are not worth taking seriously when it comes to, well, pretty much anything. If they really truly wanted to understand things about the cosmos, then it would have done them well to listen to the concepts of Parsons and how he thought quantum physics could describe Thelemic magic…..who is to say they didn’t?

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

[daegonmagus] – Part 18 – A Look At Non Physical Contact Through Participants External to Metallicman

The following is the 18th part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

This particular read is truly enjoyable. I hope you all enjoy it as much as I have.

-MM

Part 18 – A Look At Non-Physical Contact Through Participants External to Metallicman

This article is a continuation on themes first presented in my last article, [daegonmagus] – Part 17 – SD’s Experience With More Consciousness Facilities Courtesy of A Shamanistic Recipe For Lucid Dreaming (metallicman.com).

In that article I gave a description of SD’s LD experience of a {yet another} consciousness facility, the beliefs of the Wandjina Wunggurr people of North Western Australia, and the idea that at some point in the long distant past the astral and physical planes were merged into one big reality soup.

I suggest reading it first if you haven’t already.

Now, getting to this article; there are some pretty interesting stories out there if you know where to look. More specifically, though, the occult community has some real gems if you are persistent enough and have a knack to filter through all the bullshit that has a tendency to come up.

For the past 10 years, I have been combing these groups searching for anything that could be remotely related to anything the Elder Guardians and the Unseen 5 told me.

More specifically the astral projection, lucid dreaming, demonology, remote viewing and just general spiritual communities were areas I started conducting my research.

When I get a hit, what I like to do is lay out the person’s experience – completely free of judgement – and tease out all the similar themes and, if there are enough of them, add the person and talk to them to get a more in depth understanding of their experience/s.

So when I come across something like the below message, you can betcha bottom dollar it draws my interest, and thus goes in my research basket.

This was something I stumbled upon the other day on a group for astral projection by a guy named Ophiuchus13:

“Hi. I just want to share with you all my Deep Meditation Experience. -January 6, 2022. There is a trap after life. 

I encountered a white lizard beings. I saw an many small spaceship & was about to going inside the big mothership. 

I see some soul light beings are fall in line & they going inside the mother ship too. When i scan the inside the lizard alien mothership i saw the soul light beings are imprisoned inside the electric prison cage. 

Their divine self (consciousness) is inside the big looking glass jar. 

That is why they being manipulated to go inside the alien ship. 

I fight with the white lizard alien & crash all spaceship using the thunderbolts & lava. -January 2, 2022. 

I saw a white spirit, he's/her body was tied while the flame is burning to him/her. she's/he's indeed eternal or immortal and yet he/she was suffering so i save him/her. After a few moments i saw a vision of a dark crystal ball and it was holding by the white ruler in his hand. 

his head face is a lion. 

i scan the crystal ball thru my inner eye. the dark crystal ball is the physical universe. where in so many spark of light was inside the black crystal ball. 

i tried to destroy the ball but it was really hard but i made it to make it crack so while spark of lighmt will gradually get away. 

i saw the companion of the lion head rulers most of them are white tnt obo. they tell me that im ranking #4 for being interloper. 

their realms are light but i dont feel any divine feelings to them and their realms. -October 30, 2021. 

(3 AM+) I entered the White Crystal Portal, which was super long and brilliant. At the end of it. I am outside the universe as in total darkness but there are stars that are very numerous. 

I also see a lot of White Box/White Container. 

I approached it, I saw so many souls in a White Box, they were standing and lined up. 

I felt when I saw that they were in a deep state of hallucination. 

The feeling that they thought they were in Heaven but they did not know that they were in a White Box that was crowded. 

I decided to broke the box, by releasing some power on my weapon. 

After i broke the white box with full of souls or light beings, the souls have been set freed in the white box and they are going in different directions like star dust in the universe. 

Later on, an Angel of Light with 9 Wings appeared to me, but I didn't feel any holiness in him. 

He said "why am I interfering", I said via telepathically that his/her doing wrong. 

Because he gave hallucinations to light beings or souls and confined them in a white box. 

He replied to me "Don't let me interfere". 

Later I released massive thunder bolts or lightning in many white boxes. I can see that the boxes were broken and the souls were freed, estimated they were in 57K that i helped the souls that have disappeared in box & going different directions floated and flew.in 

Then a white Angel with 9 wings got mad at me. 

They tied my hands with a white chain but I broke the white chain. They were angry because I'm interfering there works. Until they did nothing to me, they also failed to stop me from freeing the souls trapped in the light portal box.”


Yeah I know, I know; MM is not particular fond of the Reptilian schpeel, but I have a rule when it comes to comparing these sorts of stories with others, and that is to ignore any labels or information identifying race, motivations and anything that could be the result of deliberately implanted distortion into the mind of the experiencer (given the manipulation tactics I have encountered through my experiences, I simply do not trust these images – I cannot rule out that these non physical beings project false images to mask their identities).

What I take note of is the core aspects of the experience, and what I am interested in here is the guy effectively conducted a remote viewing session through meditation and saw parts of the amnesia traps we encounter after death.
So I got to talking with him in a private chat, and he revealed some more information: These beings are cloning his astral bodies using the akashic records as a template to alter the code for the purpose of having him not interfere in their plans.

Hold up, I seem to remember someone else saying something similar about {zombie} clones and using the akashic records to change astral body make up – oh yeah, that someone was me back in my part 2 – [daegonmagus] – Part 2 – Contact with the Elder Guardians (metallicman.com).

Remember how I said the amnesia operated as a sort of code that manipulated a person’s higher energetic bodies so that they would blindly enter into the reincarnation/soul burning chamber after death (which I fucking remember as being what took place right before being thrown into this useless meatsuit)? Well this conversation certainly turned interesting. But I guess it’s just a coincidence and it was something our minds just conjured up after watching a few too many matrix movies right? {Insert laughing face skeptics like to use as a measure of the supposed intelligence they possess to talk about such subjects, rather than actually contribute any meaningful dialogue XD XD XD XD}.

But let’s not end it there.

This is just one of many other stories I have come across that when taken individually comes across as nothing more than the ravings of a mad man, but when combined with the experiences of others start to point at a higher truth slowly being revealed to us.

The Watchers Covid Message

Take for instance this little nugget that was given to an occultist, Severin Aequus, (now a contact that I engage in respectful banter with about occult subjects) just as the whole COVID thing was gaining traction back at the beginning of 2020 (and yeah I have known about it this whole time but refrained from mentioning it, because I like to get an idea of people’s viewpoints on subjects before something can bias it towards one end or another):

“The Watchers' COVID-19 Message: 

Note: This essay is rather long because there is a need for it to be exhaustive and thorough with regard to the conditions and interpretation of the message. But in order to appease those of you without a lot of time to devote to this, I've included the word "Note:" before any paragraph which is not essential to understanding the message itself.

I've spent much of my time over the last few weeks puzzling over what caused the dramatic shift in consciousness that most people appear to have experienced within the last couple of months. 

A few people, myself included, were unaffected by whatever this influence was. So from our perspective it appears that the world has gone insane. That's not to say that anyone is wrong in terms of their views and/or opinions on how the world should respond to pandemics. It's just that they are inconsistent with the way that we, as a society, have dealt with similar epidemics in the past. If you feel like an outsider watching the world conduct the largest cosplay event ever conceived, then you know which group you're in. 

On the other hand, if you feel that the world is acting perfectly rationally and consistently, then you are among the majority in the former group. The only thing that seems to differentiate why a person went one way or the other seems to be related to how well-developed their sense of empathy is. Essentially, the capacity for empathy appears to be awakening within everyone. Thus, those who seem unaffected are actually the ones who already had a functioning sense of empathy. 

Affected? 

Affected by what? 

I received a message on May 5, 2020 from a set of intelligences I call "The Watchers". They are also known by some as "The Secret Chiefs", "The Masters" and many other names according to spiritual and/or cultural tradition. I have been in contact with them intermittently for the last 20 years. 

Over that time, I have received 3 communications from them, including this one. As a matter of convention, all text which comes directly from the message will appear in ALL CAPS. The rest can be assumed to be just my personal commentary, opinion, or conjecture. 

Note: For those who do not know me, it may be worth pointing out that I am not the type to seek out these sorts of experiences. Quite the contrary. I'm a scientist who has a knack for making "paranormal" things suddenly stop happening just by being in the room. While I have had some success with developing certain types of telepathic and spiritual mediumship abilities, I simply find it to be more practical for daily life to leave those things turned off. So in order for any kind of spiritual intelligence to get my attention, it must be loud and bold.

In this particular case, one of the Watchers appeared to my girlfriend while in normal waking consciousness to express his frustration that I could not hear him/them. Hopefully, that provides some helpful background material about the character and practices of your messenger. Note: I cannot provide an exact transcript of the message because they do not speak in language. They are inherently telepathic and can turn on the latent telepathic abilities in humans in order to "hear" them.

The first time they "spoke" to me we had to go through a calibration process because they were trying to send information much more quickly than I was able to receive it, much less actually process or understand it. Even at the slowed rate, it's still much too fast to make any use of on the spot. So they leave me with it and I spend the next week sorting through it all and actually comprehending what is in there. 

For this reason, I often refer to it as an information download. Regarding intent and provenance, I can attest that these beings are not malicious at all. However, I wouldn't exactly call them benevolent either. Their perspective is too far removed from our own for us to be able to fairly assess their integrity or motivations. But who else could have brought about such radical and sudden shift in consciousness? 

No one in human history has even come close to effecting such radical change on a global scale before and there's no reason to assume that one person or a small cabal are capable of it now. THEY ARE CONDUCTING A MAGICAL OPERATION ON A GLOBAL SCALE TO AFFECT A CHANGE IN THE CONSCIOUSNESS OF HUMANITY. 

To set the proper context, I have received no knowledge of anything regarding the COVID-19 virus, it's origins, or anything else of a medical nature. That's not what any of this is about. I will say that I feel it's most likely that The Watchers took advantage of a convenient opportunity to piggy-back their operation onto a suitably scary event as opposed to them actually manifesting the virus. But I can't say for sure and the answer is probably irrelevant anyway. The point is that the virus is a means to an end. THIS EMOTIONAL EVENT IS NECESSARY IN ORDER TO TRIGGER THE INTENDED SHIFT IN CONSCIOUSNESS. 

A shift in consciousness is evidenced by the outpouring of compassion that people are demonstrating for those most susceptible to dying as a result of being infected with COVID-19. When over 80,000 people died from the 2018 flu, it was barely a footnote in most news broadcasts. So, on one hand, our behavior is radically inconsistent. But on the other, we're demonstrating compassion and empathy on a level never before seen. It may even be that some of us have begun to conceive of humanity as one… a monad. 

While the worst-case scenario for the virus, in terms of lethality, seems to have been avoided, humanity's reaction to it is unprecedented. In the short term - speaking from an American perspective - we are likely to see several social changes in the form of new government programs. Universal (aka. Single Payer) Healthcare and Basic Minimum Income seem like obvious pieces of legislation to pass in the very near future. The fact that I can write such a sentence is shocking considering that it was unfathomable to most Americans before this crisis. 

That further goes to show that this is having precisely the kind of impact that The Watchers intended for us. While the implementation of various social welfare programs is a great thing, that is just incidental progress along the way to something much bigger. THE ACTUAL STATED GOAL OF THE OPERATION IS TO MERGE THE PHYSICAL AND ASTRAL PLANES OF EXISTENCE. In other words, the 'creatures' and other characters that can presently only be seen through normal waking eyes by the most gifted and practiced seers or mediums will eventually become plainly visible to everyone. 

As I have begun to slowly promulgate this message, I have received messages from dozens of people from all over the world reporting that their ability to perceive "the other side" has become dramatically stronger in recent months. In an attempt to confirm the validity of the message I received, I contacted a couple of friends of mine who are particularly gifted seers to inquire about anything special going on that day or if they had received any messages. What they revealed confirmed my suspicions that what I received was a genuine communication intended for broadcast.

However, to be certain I waited a week before writing the first draft of this post in order to observe whether the message remained as crisp in my memory as it did the day of, as would be expected of a genuine communication. It has. 

Note: I don't have their permission to reveal their names… or necessarily their support to reveal this message at all. So I'll have to make annoyingly frequent use of pronouns to keep this accounting of events anonymous. Before I get into the details of their experiences, it's worth noting that the appearance of such messages differs from one person to the next because we each perceive reality through the lenses of our knowledge and experience. 

So it stands to reason that no two people will perceive the same thing in exactly the same way. This holds true for physical objects as well (e.g. "Isn't this painting beautiful?"). Their version of the message came across within the context of their own symbols and cosmology, which happens to be Wiccan. They described it as a "tearing down of the veil between this world and the next". 

One of them said that they used to have a little old black and white TV with poor reception in their head that they could watch and sometimes glean information from. Starting about a month ago, their TV is now in 4K Theater Surround Mode! They've been having trouble getting overwhelmed with all of the information they're now receiving. They both mentioned that "soon everyone will have the second sight". 

Note: I don't know what "soon" exactly means, however. I find it highly unlikely that any such shift in awareness in anything we might consider a "soon" time span would cause anything short of massive panic and destructive behavior. The only way that a change that dramatic can be accomplished without sending the word spiraling into madness must be very slow and methodical. So from The Watchers' perspective, this shift may be coming "soon". But on our time scale, think in terms of 2-3 generations (40-60 years) at least. 

If you've been wondering WHEN THIS VIRUS STUFF WILL PASS AND THINGS RETURN TO "NORMAL", THE ANSWER IS NEVER. Sure, the virus will pass. But IT WAS JUST A CATALYST FOR A FUNDAMENTAL SHIFT IN HUMAN AWARENESS. Even without some bigger goal in mind, just the psychological effect of us having to justify our behavior will result in long-term consequences for the rest of our natural lives. Fortunately for you, this message provides all you need to justify your sudden change in attitude and behavior, so that's one less thing to wrestle with later in life.

This leaves us with one big lingering question: Why? To put it quite simply, they expressed that THEY ARE TIRED OF WATCHING US GO THROUGH EXTINCTION EVENTS. THERE'S SIMPLY NOTHING LEFT FOR THE WATCHERS TO LEARN FROM THOSE EVENTS. Hold up… The clear implication of that statement is that without intervention, we were headed toward an imminent self-imposed mass extinction event and this shift in the collective consciousness was necessary to avoid that fate. They didn't specify the nature of this event. But we could certainly devise a short list of likely candidates. 

But does it matter if it's been averted? Maybe. They weren't completely clear as to whether the event was conclusively diverted or if it was merely postponed or if they just suspect that this change will be enough to avert the crisis when it comes. Of course, this also begs the question of what these previous extinction events were. It's conceivable that this Earth has seen multiple humanoid experiments in its 4.5 billion-year history, especially since we've only been here for 100,00 or so. The only thing we can say about that is that they must not have reached our level of technological "advancement" because we aren't going around picking up pieces of ancient styrofoam everywhere. ( For more information, see this article from Popular Mechanics: https://www.popularmechanics.com/science/animals/a32743456/rapid-mass-extinction/). 

Another possibility is that they are referring to micro-extinctions on the level of civilizations, such as the Mayans. Other more "out there" possibilities include the idea that there could be many humanoid experiments being conducted right now on different planets. Or they could be referring to an abstract idea of timelines intersecting across n-dimensional space-time. But they didn't specify, so you're free to take your pick or add your own idea. This brings us to a close. 

Please note that the message is what it is. I can provide very little other than what has been included here. Thus, each person must decide for themselves whether it is something they are willing and able to accept or not. Also, if you have received any related messages or have anything to add to this narrative, please share your experience in the comments”

Wow! I have to admit, I am impressed with Severin’s writing, and even more so with his ability to keep an objective perspective when dealing with his own {seemingly crazy, going by society’s standards} experiences.

Like me, Severin has his own experiments going when it comes to astral projection (he’s even got a you tube channel up at that talks about that subject a bit more in depth if anyone is interested: Scientific Illuminism Institute – YouTube) Seems to be a rarity in this day and age when dealing with messages communicated in the non physical domain.

Again, when we start peeling back some of the core aspects of Severin’s experience, we find some similarities with the “secret chiefs” and my Elder Guardians, the idea that both groups don’t want to see us go extinct on account of being a bunch of dumb apes (for the umpteenth time, according to Severin’s Watcher), and that there is room for improvement when it comes to our cognitive processing abilities.

Then there is the idea that these Watchers are slowly expanding people’s consciousness to effectively be able to see what astral projectors see when they are off galavanting around the astral planes…. Which reminds me (taken from my part 3):

“{The Unseen 5 Leader} mentioned that the organization’s numbers used to be quite significantly higher; the recent (past 1000 years) decline in its numbers meant that the 5 of them were under a substantial logistics workload, even when operating from this higher state of consciousness. {The Unseen 5 Leader} was the only full time operator, after all. Thus an additional task of mine included making their presence known to those with astral projection/ lucid dreaming abilities.

{The Unseen 5 Leader} was concerned people with these skills didn’t take them as seriously as I did. He made a point of telling me the astral planes weren’t there just for people to go buzzing around on a holiday away from physical reality. They were the frontlines of a very real non physical war where the weapon of choice was being targeted directly at human consciousness.”

Severin told me that since posting this on the on that particular astral projection group that he has had it confirmed by more than a dozen other people who have had similar contact experiences, and suggests “there’s definitely some meat on those bones”. He also suggested there is a definite ET element to this, but suggests “people don’t realise they are travelling astrally, not physically”.

So the “Watchers” (take note of this terminology; I have found it a common terminology used by other abductees who understand the ET/ Astral relationship, along with “the Others”) are planning on merging the non physical and physical planes eh?

And yeah, I could see how if you’d never astral projected before that this might come across as total bullshit and insanity. But if more than one person are saying the same thing, then it’s a good bet that argument goes out the window. In case you missed my last article, my wife, SD, was also given similar information.

That article also points to some more consistency in this narrative from the perspective of two ancient cultures. Here’s a piece I didn’t add that gives a bit of back story to her experiences.

“Again I was walking the dog behind the oval at the mud pits, and there was a man just standing at the top of this small ridgeline with a German shepherd. The most off putting thing was that wherever they looked, it was at the same time like both of them were synchronized robots or something; when the man would turn his head the dog would turn it as well like they were one entity. 

Charlie was going about his business and then when we got to that bit where they were – you had to go up and over this little cliff and down into a gully – he just stopped, his heckles went up and he walked backwards out of the gulley when he saw them. I turned around and followed Charlie (the dog) because it was just strange and creepy. 

That was the first time I physically saw that guy, and that is when the weird dreams started; they were of that person or dude, or whatever he was telling me weird things about different times and places; that was how I formerly met him. 
He had a scar down one side of his face that he apparently got in some war. I ended up calling him Vince after a TV show with a similar looking guy. The things he would talk about seemed like they were in reference to astral worlds. 

Vince would tell me things to do with a flood and the Fae race. He reminded me that my soul was not a typical person soul – this had been revealed to me by the creatures around my bed. 

He explained there are four different types of human so to speak. Ones that have souls from the beings from before (when the astral and physical planes were one thing); some are the typical ape descendant, one is a hybrid race that comes from what I assumed at the time he meant as being dinosaurs, and the other one is similar to what I now know to be the Nordic type. 

He said they were the four types of human that live on the planet currently, and there will come a time in my life where people will find out about it, and that it is important to remember which one I am, because there will be a lot of bullshit and people will try to tell me that I am something that I am not, and to remember that having a Witch’s power is very significant. It was because of him I found out about the astral war; he told me all about it.

What he told me was that the astral war has been going on for quite some time; pretty much there is the equivalent of what biblical orientated people would assume are angels and demons but they aren’t. They are the same race split in two, one half is fighting for the merge of the astral and physical worlds to come back, one is fighting against it to keep it separated. 

My people/ race were originally very powerful because of their magical abilities but then another race came into it and decided that because of their science they were superior. 

The human races are new because the science race is one of the ones who do all the manipulative things to everyone through technology. They have also used their tech to create certain types of people. 

The problem is those types of beings don’t have the ability to create soul energy from nothing, whereas the people who were my people were able to create soul energy. 

The gist I got, was that there are some beings who have souls and who can have children who have souls and then there are some who cannot: the ones who don’t have souls, want one because when their life ends they are gone. So they are trying to pretty much steal and take the magic part of the DNA that creates souls; there is apparently a section of DNA – a tiny piece – that dictates whether or not someone has a soul complex or not.

So that is what the war is literally over, the ones who don’t have the souls enslaved the people who do, and forced them into camps raped them , did experiments on them and tortured them for thousands of years. 

The factions in the astral that are now trying to fix the problem are trying to wake up the whole physical realm to this other thing that is going on, because at the moment they are the only realm that knows that there is more than just themselves; they are trying to wake up people in the physical plane to the fact that there is another 12 planes of existence (13 altogether). 

Half of the issue is that these four races on earth are all from different factions and the DNA from some of them has the ability to open the veils and join the astral with the physical – they are the keys. 

The problem is that the ones that have been pretty much making dummy people to try and figure out how to make a soul have very conveniently built into their people this weird obsession with energy so they can be manipulated by it; so they can and will hinder, hurt and kill those who are the keys trying to access that. 

Apparently the keys are given a guard so when they unlock the key part of themselves they are therefore guarded continuously from then on, because they become more vulnerable physically when they are spiritually awoken. Vince allegedly was my first guard before the physical one came (DM).

Rather than rehash the whole transcription that I did include in that article, lets just take some key paragraphs:

“Firstly the Fae (faery) beings were on earth. At the same time there were various types of humans (Neanderthal included) and at that time, the physical and astral realms were tethered to each other and you could walk through each easily like walking over a bridge or through a door; there was no need to fall asleep to detach the consciousness from the physical body because on earth they could manipulate the matter body to become light body and astral body at will. 

We will never get out if the merge doesn't happen. The amnesia will never go away if it doesn't happen. We will be stuck in an infinite reincarnation loop if it doesn’t happen.

But the ones who separated the matter from the astral and their allies are doing everything to try and not let that happen. Some human officials know about this and are trying to stop the re-opening. Abrahamic religion is the enemy of all who want to be free of this trap.”


Do I really need to spell out the very obvious connections for you? This is quickly turning into some sort of weird love triangle between seemingly random folk (consider SD and me as one person) except replace word “love” with “occult information downloads”.

These three people alone seem to have a better idea of what’s going when it comes to the ET agenda than do the entire fucking community that has been established to “investigate” UFOs over the past 3 quarters of a century.

Yet they won’t be taken seriously because of a wall of ignorance when it comes to what occultism actually is.

But yeah I know ….laughing smiley faces and all that from the skeptic community.

Oh yeah speaking of skeptics, SD and I have a friend who, until very recently was a skeptic to anything ET or UFO related. Thinking it was all a load of complete bullshit her whole life kind of skeptic.

That was, of course until she started committing herself to daily meditation practices and then started seeing random light beings hanging around her yard – literally standing in the back yard just casually going about their business.

Now she believes she is in communication with her real mother and her dead friend, seemingly overnight, a real double whammy. Sounds like she got a dose of that astral sight Severin Mentioned.

There are various other stories with striking similarities I have come across over the years that I either don’t have permission to reproduce here or was too short sighted to bother copying down.

Point is, they are there if your initiative extends beyond lifting a finger and clicking on a laughing face emoticon. What we can distill from these stories is that higher order information in regards to earth’s history is being given to these people who have a background in either astral projection, lucid dreaming, or transcendental meditation, in pretty much the exact same way myself and SD having being accessing similar information, or by similar non physical entities. The occult theme is a very strong connector of these stories.

We know from the Domain commander and my Grand Elder Guardian that lucid dreamers are considered extremely valuable assets because they can act as conduits for these non physicals to contact the physical world, as well as detach consciousness and move about through the greater universe:

A person with the ability to conduct “lucid dreaming” has a special and unique skill set that enables them to be a mission critical asset. However, this kind of asset should not be meaninglessly squandered, but rather should be briefed on a specific target and then act in coordination with other unified forces to achieve a very specific outcomeAnswers from The Domain from questions generated 18SEP21 (metallicman.com)
Apparently, according to these Elders, anyone who demonstrated these abilities were held in high regard by them, as it allowed them the opportunity to communicate with those back on the physical plane without it being compromised by external forces.”
[daegonmagus] - Part 1 - Exploration of the Non-Physical Reality (metallicman.com)

Tool

And then there’s these lyrics from the band Tool, who just so happen to be a bunch of Occultists (the drummer’s dad was a Freemason) and Lucid dreamers (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1zRLakTHcX0) who me and SD have both met in numerous LDs (The singer Maynard, was actually getting annoyed at her for “not yet becoming lucid enough to talk to him in one of them”).

They are mentioned in a past brief article on MM. And let me just state I have also used LD to create a simulation of a Tool concert one night after going to a, you guessed it, Tool concert; it was fucking incredible I watched the whole thing from about a 25m above the crowd on top of a skyscraper. Anyways this song came out in the middle of 2019, several months before COVID was even a splinter in the minds of us all and is titled “Fear Innoculum”. It is off the album of the same name (not mentioned in that MM article):

Immunity, long Overdue. Contagion, I exhale you
Naïve, I opened up to you, venom and mania.
Now Contagion, I exhale you.

The Deceiver says, “You belong to me. You don’t wanna breathe the light of the others.
Fear the light. Fear the breath. Fear the others for eternity.”
But I hear them now. Inhale the clarity. I hear the venom in what you say.

Inoculated.
Bless this immunity.

Exhale. Expel. Recast my tale. Weave my allegorical elegy.

Enumerate all that I’m to do. Calculating steps away from you.
My own mitosis, growing through division from mania.

Exhale. Expel. Recast my tale. Weave my allegorical elegy.

Forfeit all control, you Poison, you Spectacle.
Exorcise the Spectacle. Exorcise the malady.
Exorcize the disparate poison for eternity.

Purge me and Evacuate the Venom & the Fear that binds me.
Your veil now, lift away.

I see you running.

Deceiver, chased away. A Long time coming.

It almost seems as though Tool {might have} been given some information about COVID prior to it happening through lucid dreaming and downloading some of that higher order information. Then there are their songs on that same album about a “Tempest” coming to fuck with the establishment, how we are spiritual “Pneuma”/ soul based entities bound to flesh that need to “wake up”, being too old to fight and laying down arms, stirring us from our slumber to call us to “arms and order”, culling the voices in our head that whisper us into psychopathy and having psychopathic tendencies against one another…..read the lyrics and tell me it’s not all one big fucking metaphor for this entire Metallicman site. The Tool Page: Fear Inoculum Lyrics (down.net)

But of course, Maynard (the singer/ lyricist) suggests he was justvery well informed” and not really predicting anything. And yeah I mean I get it. The last thing you want to do when you are a big rock star is go around admitting you believe in interdimensional entities contacting people through lucid dreaming, just in case people start thinking your fucking nuts and your fan base starts diminishing. Like the guy I talked to on a Tool fan group who couldn’t grasp the concept of the lyric “I sold my soul to make a record, dipshit” and the sigil of the Goetic spirit Astaroth that appears on that very disc (remember this it; will become relevant in a future articles).

Doesn’t mean you can’t imply it though.

Here’s the track Faaip de Oiad off their Lateralus Album. faip de oaid tool – Bing video

It is not actually a proper song, but a remix of a call to Coast to Coast radio station back in 1997 from an apparent ex Area 51 employee who began telling Art Bell that ETs were “extra dimensional entities” that had infiltrated various levels of the US government, military and space (NASA) sectors.

This government and this military apparently knew about “coming chaotic events” and could have been moving people to safer locations but were choosing not to in order to allow better control over the survivors.

The call apparently got cut off half way through, and the station went down, if I recall correctly.

The are those who suggest it was real, and those who suggested it was a hoax that touched on some shit the US government {at the time} didn’t want people knowing about, hence the reason for the apparent media blackout that happened half way through it.

Is it just another coincidence that Tool tacked this on to the end of an album about alchemy and spiritual evolution through concepts established by Carl Jung, who was also an apparent lucid dreamer?

Then there is their song Rosetta Stoned off their 10 000 days album which seems to be a piss take of a seemingly normal guy’s interaction with “almond shaped eyed ETs” that told him a bunch of important stuff he forgot to write down; it actually sounds a lot like what my experiences would have become, if you replace the almond eyes with long beards and took my dream journal away from next to my bed. It’s not like Myself and MM deal with our experiences through well placed humour or anything….

And Danny Carey, the drummer launching his Crowley inspired “Lam ET” clothing line. If you don’t know who or what the fuck a Lam is, don’t worry, we will get into it a bit further down. It’s a bit of a “grey” area, wink wink.

Faaip De Oad is apparently an Enochian word – remember that Angelic language I told you about that was transcribed by Edward Kelly as his associate John Dee sat in trance and allegedly communicated with the angel Enoch?

Occult societies such as the Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn also dedicated much time and meditation to this language – Israel Regardie, Aleister Crowley’s secretary, includes a whole section about the Enochian calls and the “watchtowers” in his book, The Golden Dawn (let’s not get this confused with the Greek Neo Nazi Political party, which came long after) that Crowley and the order were using at the beginning of the 20th century.

And this isn’t just a passing reference; this was part of the actual curriculum Golden Dawn initiates were expected to study once they reached the higher ranks of the order on their quest to become Magisters Templi (Masters of the Temple) which was only achievable upon death. There are {allegedly} entire planes one can access through astral projection by using these calls, in which one experiences a rush of energy and possible contact with other wordly beings.

Crowley allegedly got so good at using them that he was able to access almost all of these planes pretty much at will. I, personally, have never bothered with them. I have been doing similar since I was 8 years old; why over complicate something I already knew?

After the Golden Dawn disbanded, Crowley would then go on to run the Ordo Templi Orientis (Order of the Oriental Temple/ OTO), where again much of these occult philosophies would take root.

While a whole article can be written about Crowley and his antics and the secret societies he was part of (and yeah, it’s coming) the important thing to note here is that Severin is a former member of the OTO.

This strengthens what the leader of the Unseen 5 told me back in November 2016; that those with astral projection and lucid dreaming capabilities are being prepared for 1st contact by these non physical organisations.

It seems to me that the astral based Unseen 5 organisation I was initiated into are the ones in control of this whole operation, and are {possibly} responsible for seeding the curriculums of these Hermetic Societies into the minds of their members back as far as they can be traced (Ancient Egypt and Thoth/ Hermes).

Damn, we are covering a lot of ground here.

Let’s cover some more:

Blavatsky’s Theosophical Society again strengthens this occult/ non physical based contact connection. Unbeknownst to me at the time, it was Blavatsky who actually suggested the idea of the Ascended Masters/ Great White Brotherhood that I was studying around the time I was contacted by the Elder Guardians. Blavatsky literally wrote the book on “secret initiatory knowledge” – The Secret Doctrine – and claimed these traditions were passed along to her by a group of highly enlightened yogi’s, which she called the Mahatmas, that were living in Tibet. This concept of Secret Masters (or chiefs as Severin calls them) was further expanded upon by CW Leadbeater, who continued on the society after Blavatsky’s death. If you have ever read up on Saint Germain or Jesus being an Ascended Master/ part of the GWB then you can take comfort in the fact that Blavatsky, an Occultist whose notoriety rivalled that of Crowley, was touting these ideas the same time Jack the Ripper was running around London killing prostitutes.

Speaking of Blavatsky and Jack of Whitechapel; Who did Aleister Crowley Say was Jack the Ripper? | Mysterium Academy

That article raises some very good points, though I would have suggested Crowley was the killer based on some similarities I found with his hand writing and the letters left by old Jack, even if he was only a teenager at the time (I am actually writing a fictional book about this if I ever find the time to finish it).

Regardless of whether Crowley was correct in his assumptions or not, Blavatsky had something to say when it came to the 7 root races of earth that she obtained through “astral clairvoyance”. I find it interesting what she said about the 1st and 6th Root Race:

‘The first root race (Polarian)

The first root race was “ethereal”, i.e. they were composed of etheric matter. They reproduced by dividing like an amoeba. Earth was still cooling at that time. The first mountain to arise out of the stormy primeval ocean was Mount Meru.” Root race – Wikipedia

Kind of like what the Wandjina Wunggurr peoples of North Western Australia said about the Wandjina spirits eh, before painting pictures of them all over the fucking desert, that looked a just little bit like the Greys. Similar to this non physical entity that apparently contacted Crowley, after he conducted a ritual to “create a portal between the stars to let it in”, I suppose. Crowley thought Lam to be the spirit of a dead Tibetan Monk:

It gets interesting when you read Blavatsky’s {somewhat racially bias} entry on the 5th root race:

The fifth root race (Aryan)

Early beginnings of the Aryan root race

Blavatsky asserted humanity is now in the fifth or Aryan root race, which Theosophists believe to have emerged from the previous fourth root race (Atlantean root race) beginning about 100,000 years ago in Atlantis. (According to Powell, when Madame Blavatsky stated the Aryan root race was 1,000,000 years old, she meant that the souls of the people that later physically incarnated as the first Aryans about 100,000 years ago began to incarnate in the bodies of Atlanteans 1,000,000 years ago.[13] However, another way of interpreting this is that Nature began to create the Aryan race before the final cataclysms.) Theosophists believe the Aryan root race was physically progenerated by the Vaivasvatu Manu, one of the Masters of the Ancient Wisdom. The present-day ethnic group most closely related to the new race is the Kabyle. The small band of only 9,000 people constituting the then small Aryan root race migrated out of Atlantis in 79,797 BC. The bards of the new white root-race poetically referred to the new race as being moon-colored.[19] A small group of these Aryan migrants from Atlantis split from the main body of migrants and went south to the shore of an inland sea in what was then a verdant and lush Sahara where they founded the “City of the Sun”. The main body of migrants continued onwards to an island called the “white island” in the middle of what was then an inland sea in what is now the Gobi desert, where they established the “City of the Bridge”.[20] (The “City of the Bridge” was constructed directly below the etheric city called Shamballa where Theosophists believe the governing deity of Earth, Sanat Kumara, dwells; thus, the ongoing evolution of the Aryan root race has been divinely guided by the being Theosophists call “The Lord of the World”.)

The esoteric name of the whole of the present land surface of Earth, i.e. the World Island, the Americas, the Australian continent and Antarctica taken as a whole is Krauncha.[8]

Blavatsky connects physical race with spiritual attributes constantly throughout her works:

The intellectual difference between the Aryan and other civilized nations and such savages as the South Sea Islanders, is inexplicable on any other grounds. No amount of culture, nor generations of training amid civilization, could raise such human specimens as the Bushmen, the Veddhas of Ceylon, and some African tribes, to the same intellectual level as the Aryans, the Semites, and the Turanians so called. The ‘sacred spark’ is missing in them and it is they who are the only inferior races on the globe, now happily – owing to the wise adjustment of nature which ever works in that direction – fast dying out. Verily mankind is ‘of one blood,’ but not of the same essence. We are the hot-house, artificially quickened plants in nature, having in us a spark, which in them is latent.”[21] … Esoteric history teaches that idols and their worship died out with the Fourth Race, until the survivors of the hybrid races of the latter (Chinamen, African Negroes, &c.) gradually brought the worship back. The Vedas countenance no idols; all the modern Hindu writings do.[22]

Generally speaking, a large percentage of the people who live in the time of the period of the fifth root race are part of the fifth root race. However Blavatsky also opines that some Semitic peoples have become “degenerate in spirituality”. She asserted that some peoples descended from the Lemurians are “semi-animal creatures”. These latter include “the Tasmanians, a portion of the Australians.” There are also “considerable numbers of the mixed Lemuro-Atlantean peoples produced by various crossings with such semi-human stocks — e.g., the wild men of Borneo, the Veddhas of Ceylon, most of the remaining AustraliansBushmenNegritosAndaman Islanders, etc.”[23] All these aforementioned groups mentioned by Blavatsky, except the Borneians, are part of what in the late 19th and most of the 20th century was called the Australoid race (except for the Bushmen, part of the Capoid race), both of which races, as noted above, were believed by traditional Theosophists to have been descended from the Lemurians

In case you didn’t get it, those underlined parts are very synonymous with what Airl said and which I highlighted in the article about the Wandjina spirits:

These IS-BEs are mixed together with earlier inhabitants of Earth who came from another star system more than 400,000 years ago to establish the civilizations of Atlanta [ii] (Footnote) and Lemuria [iii] (Footnote). Those civilizations vanished beneath the tidal waves caused by a planetary “polar shift”, [iv] (Footnote) many thousands of years before the current “prison” population started to arrive. Apparently, the IS-BEs from those star systems were the source of the original, oriental races of Earth, beginning in Australia (it’s ok I rarely bother with footnotes either).” Alien Interview


Bet you didn’t realise the Theosophical society were also indirectly involved in Airl’s interrogation at Roswell, long after Blavatsky turned to bones and dust, huh?

Over the next several days a psychic research scientist from back East was flown to the base to interview the alien. Her name was Gertrude something or other. I don’t recall the last name. On another occasion an Indian clairvoyant named Krishnamurti came to the base to try to communicate with the alien. Neither one was successful at getting the alien to communicate anything. I was personally not able to communicate telepathically with either of these people either, although I did think that Krishnamurti was a very kind and intelligent gentleman. ” – Alien Interview

Krishnamurti went on to become a Jesus like figure known as Matraya to the Theosophical society, which is even included in Spencer’s foot notes (#33) in Alien Interview. Krishnamurti ended up rejecting the Theosophist claim he was the “world teacher” much to their dissatisfaction, to which Leadbeater basically said the “Messiah came and it was a total fucking failure”:

Jiddu Krishnamurti – Wikipedia

Alien Interview – 02 (bibliotecapleyades.net)

What Spencer didn’t include in that footnote was that there was another Krishnamurti (unrelated) of Indian descent who was also associated with the Theosophical society during the same period and who fits the criteria of a clairvoyant much more than Jiddu.

This particular Krishnamurti even had experience training with yogi’s in Tibet over seven summers.

Seriously, read about his philosophy on thought and tell me it doesn’t sound similar to my meditation of the stillness of the mind found in my 1st lucid dreaming lesson. He seems like a more likely candidate to try and get the ET to talk than someone who was a “dim-witted child with a cool aura”:

I have no teaching. There is nothing to preserve. Teaching implies something that can be used to bring about change. Sorry, there is no teaching here, just disjointed, disconnected sentences. What is there is only your interpretation, nothing else. For this reason there is not now nor will there ever be any kind of copyright for whatever I am saying. I have no claims.[23]

I am forced by the nature of your listening to always negate the first statement with another statement. Then the second statement is negated by a third and so on. My aim is not some comfy dialectical thesis but the total negation of everything that can be expressed.”

- U. G. Krishnamurti - Wikipedia

And…

Once you start catching these thoughts, try experimenting with neutralising them with their polar opposites.

When there is a “gnawing feeling” that you should react a certain way, take a breath and just observe it passively.

The human mind has a myriad of triggers that professionals have learnt how to push and prod. Unfortunately for you, they don’t stop being pushed just when an advertisement has run its course through your head.

This is how you learn how to deactivate them. By doing so you will be teaching yourself to be less prone to manipulation whilst in the void space.
You will strengthen your psychological disposition towards dealing with whatever the dream state throws at you. This is a big part of what occult philosophy is about.”
-[daegonmagus] - Part 8 - Lucid Dreaming Lesson 1: The Lucid Void Space and The Three Meditations (metallicman.com)

 

If you think this rabbit hole is getting weird, then allow me to point you in the direction of the Aetherius society, headed by self proclaimed yoga master George King.

The Aetherius society was an offshoot based primarily on the Theosophical societies beliefs, established in the mid 1950s by King.

Whilst the Theosophical society didn’t come right out and say the non physical entities they were involved with were ETs, (until much later, any way) the Aetherius Society did.

In fact, the whole fucking premise behind it was that King came into contact with non physical extra terrestrial intelligences that he called the Cosmic Masters during his marathon yoga sessions.

It is, for all intents and purposes these days considered a UFO religion. I came across them after trying to figure out who the Unseen 5 were. Essentially King and another 4 Adepts were responsible for entering into the astral planes and evicting an alien presence that dwelt there that was fucking with humanity without their knowledge, what they equated to as being “Satan” (I wondered if the Aetherius Society and the Unseen 5 were the one and the same given they had a very similar modus operandi and a very similar headcount).

Now I have to admit, if it wasn’t for my own interactions with the Unseen 5, this story would have seemed somewhat ridiculous.

Where it gets even weirder is that there is a declassified FBI document about Nikola Tesla being originally from Venus, where King is featured. For some reason, the FBI never slapped a big red BOGUS sticker all over it like they did with every page of the Majestic 12 documents.

While the document seems to be the very real investigation into plans for Tesla’s death ray being stolen by his nephew after his death and dropped into the hands of the Soviets, it also briefly mentions George King in several paragraphs, who seems to have predicted with pin point accuracy where and when UFOs were going to land all over America.

This was included as a part of a magazine issue of the “Cosmic Voice”, which seemingly was important to the Tesla investigation because of reports A woman named Margaret Storme (lol), was using a radio type machine invented by Tesla in 1938 for “Interplanetery communication purposes”.

Also because the Magazine suggested King was told by the non physical intelligences he was in contact with that Tesla was from Venus.

I can’t find any subsequent information on any sightings happening on those dates King suggested America would be visited by UFOs, though the bit on Tesla reminds me of what Airl said:

A few officers of The Domain Expeditionary Force have taken it upon themselves to provide technology to Earth during their off duty time.  These officers leave their “doll” at the space station and, as an IS-BE, assume or take over a biological body on Earth.  In some cases an officer can remain on duty while they inhabit and control other bodies at the same time.

This is a very dangerous and adventurous undertaking.

It requires a very able IS-BE to accomplish such a mission, and return to base successfully.  One officer who did this recently, while continuing to attend to his official duties, was known on Earth as the electronics inventor, Nicola Tesla. 

and…

 

Here’s another paragraph of King suggesting the aliens had protocols in place to make sure we pay off our debts through diseases and epidemics. Can’t imagine that any of that is applicable in this day and age:


In fact George King seems to pop up quite a bit in this document. I specifically remember two agents mentioning him and the “good fight almost being won”. Whether or not it is bullshit and he was a fraud I’ll leave to the reader to judge.

Blavatsky at least has other people who have validated much of her information. Like Alice Bailey, Benjamin Crème and Rudolph Steiner to mention a few.

Speaking of Steiner this is a quote of something he said almost a hundred years ago. :

In the future, we will eliminate the soul with medicine. Under the pretext of a ‘healthy point of view’, there will be a vaccine by which the human body will be treated as soon as possible directly at birth, so that the human being cannot develop the thought of the existence of soul and Spirit.
To materialistic doctors, will be entrusted with the task of removing the soul of humanity. As today, people are vaccine against this disease or disease, so in the future, children will be vaccinated with a substance that can be produced precisely in such a way that people, thanks to this vaccination, will be immune to being subjected to the “madness” of spiritual life. He would be extremely smart, but he would not develop a conscience, and that is the true goal of some materialistic circles.
With such a vaccine, you can easily make the etheric body loose in the physical body. Once the etheric body is detached, the relationship between the universe and the etheric body would become extremely unstable, and man would become an automaton, for the physical body of man must be polished on this Earth by spiritual will. So, the vaccine becomes a kind of arymanique force; man can no longer get rid of a given materialistic feeling. He becomes materialistic of constitution and can no longer rise to the spiritual “.

Rudolf Steiner (1861-1925);”

Oh and by the way, in case you were wondering, that George Van Tassel guy in that Cosmic Voice paragraph of the FBI document is where that mysterious Ashtar Command group that has been {supposedly} contacting starseeds and pirating British radio stations originated from:

Ashtar (extraterrestrial being) – Wikipedi
Southern Television broadcast interruption – Wikipedia

The point I am trying to make here is that there is heavy evidence to suggest occultists practicing the arts of astral projection and/ or lucid dreaming have potentially been contacted by non physical entities and given information on an alternate history of our earth for at least the past 140ish years. Actually I can go one better than that.

To summarise:

My assumption is that any ancient culture that incorporated dreaming into its belief structure would have at some point made contact with non physical entities such as I did, assuming they likely developed advanced lucid dreaming practices.

I would suggest that the dreaming cultures are no longer the prime targets for the non physical entities, due to the invasions of white man into their territories and the assimilation of their beliefs into those of the invading parties (this has also happened with Theosophy in recent years –). Occultists with a background in astral projection and lucid dreaming seem like the next obvious choice for contact, due to them being “natural shamans.” And according to the Unseen 5, they are.

It seems logical that if an alternate history is being presented to modern day occultists, then a more complex version of that history was, in all probability, given to these cultures. It also seems logical that any secret societies that had astral projection/ lucid dreaming practices embedded into their curriculum, were likely contact hotspots. The question then becomes what is the agenda of the contacting entities?

The common underlying themes being presented to modern day occultists that is comparable with these ancient cultures is the idea of the astral and non physical worlds being “merged” together, and the idea of the matrix soul prison.

Blavatsky’s knowledge seems to present this history in the form of an agenda to create specific races of people and the expected schedule of evolution, ie one of these non physical race’s hybridisation/ breeding programs. When looked at in this context, SD’s and my experiences of the same programs, and the idea that astral bodies are being modified to either suppress or support this outcome becomes apparent.

There is also evidence to suggest knowledge of viruses being used by these non physicals to deliberately “steer” humanity one way or the other being handed down “for karmic neutralising purposes” in the words of King, or to “better enslave us” in the words of Steiner (my experiences suggest Steiner is more on point with this).

Much of this is corroborated by Airl, the Commander, and the operations of MAJestic.

The Unseen 5 seem to be the ones in control of this whole occultist contact operation, going by what was told to me by their leader, and the responsibilities given to me by “him”. Theosophy hints at who exactly this organisation could be, which I will start digging int in a later article.

From my conversation with the leader of the Unseen 5, my understanding is that there are certain consciousnesses being primed for reincarnation whose astral bodies have been manipulated specifically to allow them greater access to their past life memories that will begin to pop up in great numbers in the general population.

These people will be a collection of Nikola Tesla like consciousnesses that will be able to connect with and bring forth higher information more easily. I would package this in with what Severin termed as “astral sight”.

I predict there will be those, like mine and SD’s friend who will begin seeing into the astral realms on a regular basis, and there will be those that will establish new technologies on account of connecting with their Higher Selves/ beings that exist therein; the Tesla’s of the new world.

Even Crowley seemed to be aware of a similar operation in what he deemed as the New Aeon, or the “Coming of the Age of Aquarius”.

Severin and I have similar also timeframes for the effects of this project to start becoming noticeable within human population – 2 to 3 generations from now.

As I was never initiated into any of these physical based organisations – and achieved contact with my non physical handlers solely through my own private studies – I am not bound by any oaths of secrecy or allegiance to them, hence I can talk about my understanding of them and this agenda freely.

Of course, that doesn’t mean I am correct in my assumptions here either; making the Unseen 5 and their agenda known to “magicians”, and acting in a recruiting capacity for them was what I was ultimately tasked with – it didn’t actually involve anything to do these secret societies, such as the Theosophical Society or the Hermetic Order of The Golden Dawn even though the curriculum of said societies is what I was studying.

This is all research I have conducted after trying to understand who they are – I welcome any feedback from people who have a greater understanding of these subjects.

I am covering a lot of ground here so for now I think this will do.

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

[daegonmagus] – Part 17 – SD’s Experience With More Consciousness Facilities Courtesy of A Shamanistic Recipe For Lucid Dreaming

The following is the 17th part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

This particular read is truly enjoyable. I hope you all enjoy it as much as I have.

-MM

Part 16 –SD’s Experience With More Consciousness Facilities Courtesy of A Shamanistic Recipe For Lucid Dreaming

Ok, it is late and I am tired, and this article was only supposed to be a brief couple of thousands words. Then all of a sudden I found it blowing out to much more than that, taking me several days, most of which I seemed possessed by this frustrative force that was itching to speak through me. So yeah, uh, apologies for the title.

So here’s basically what happened a few days ago. I was sitting there minding my own business, probably drinking a coffee or eating whatever left over remnants in the fridge could have remotely constituted food, when SD walks in putting on her best authoritative voice.

“I am making you something that you are going to drink that will help you talk to your ancestors through astral projection”.

Uh…um, ok.

Turns out she’d been reading this new book she bought herself for Christmas “The Poison Path Herbal” which she tells me is quite good read. It’s apparently got everything from healing poisons (because I guess all medicines are poisons in the right dosages) to poisons for initiating shamanic like visions.

And these aren’t recipes using everyday ingredients you can find around the house either; some of them call for using things like nightshades, and hembane etc as the active “hallucinogenic” ingredient. If you don’t know what these are I suggest steering right the way clear of them (and no I am not talking about tomatoes or fucking blueberries here either).

Handy hint; apparently foxglove can be used as a heart suppressant at 0.2mg. At 0.3mg, however it’ll caused your heart to stop working altogether. So yeah, small margin of error. Best not to fuck about with any of it.

Now back to me.

An opportunity to ingest some unknown poison to hopefully hallucinate myself into an LD; where do I sign up?

Ok no it wasn’t really like that; SD has a very good understanding and respect of trees and plants, to the point that she talks to them. So when she decides to use them for Shamanic purposes, it is a safe bet she has done her research thoroughly before getting me involved with her antics.

Turns out it was only some mild ingredients she had in mind; a tincture of wormwood and mugwort steeped in water for a good few hours – nothing as toxic as hembane or datura, or fox glove thank fuck.

The idea was to drink it half an hour before bed, go to sleep, in which it would hopefully do its mind expansion job and induce an out of body experience.

Woohay. Or in the words of Professor Frink from the Simpsons: you put the wormwood in the tea, mix it with the mugwort, carry the 2, and the DWIVEN.

I guess I must have built up a tolerance to wormwood in my absinthe drinking days, because – aside from the green fairy’s serenading me to sleep (I joke) – nothing really happened. I had some vague dream about passing an old friend, in my home town but that was about it.

Nothing spectacular.

SD on the other hand, after having only a small sip of the tincture (I sculled the whole lot) told me the next morning it very much seemed to have worked for her.

She had a vivid dream in which she eventually became lucid in that seemed to involve more of the consciousness brainwashing facilities. It was, essentially another dream where higher order information {eventually} came through.

SD and I have this thing going on that whenever one of us has one of these experiences with higher order information, we share it with the other as soon as we get a chance.

So when she comes and says, “I had some interesting shit going on last night” the first thing I do is grab my computer and transcribe her word for word as she goes through what happened.

Usually I can type at lightning speed when I need to, but alas sometimes I miss the tangents she goes off on as she remembers things during the recall.

As a result, some things get missed out, some things get repeated, but generally speaking I am able to capture the body of her experience word for word.

Here’s a transcript of her “shamanic” experience. There is some interesting things in it.

The transcript

“It started off as a normal dream, not lucid, because I was under the influence of some drug.

To begin with, at the very very beginning of the dream, it was just like we were in this town. I was with some other women, (you weren’t there DM) .

And they (our captors), were women, the equivalent of nuns.

They told us the place we were at was a school, but it wasn’t.

The area was equivalent to a couple of fields with dry grass and trees, nothing beyond that – it was really obvious it was a “black void” – yet they told us there was more beyond it.

Some of the others couldn’t see there was nothing beyond, if they were told there was something there they would see it.

It is like everyone was travelling, but in reality it wasn’t more than a field’s worth of travel, the nuns just told everyone we’d been travelling for days and everyone went with it.

Something happened to one of the people, so that the women had to do something; we had to then go to “the airport terminal”.

I remember saying I was “homesick“.

And one of the others said she was homesick too. I am not sure if it was a man or woman; it was like it was either or and didn’t matter in that place.

I remember not being the same as them but they were trying to make me into one of them. So anyway we went through a portal that was in one of the houses at that field place.

A mirror.

And we ended up at the airport.

And it was exactly the same as an airport here – like the layout and everything – but instead of walking onto an aeroplane you walked into a portal in which you could see what was on the otherside.

The portals were just screens, like the movie theatre.

It was the same shit but an airport. The ones we were using were not being used to brain wash people, though there were screens playing stuff to brainwash like the theatre in different areas.

It all depended on the area you were in and who the person was, where they came from etc. There were different portals for different regions of the world, Australia, America etc.

All of the American ones you had to watch a little movie before you went through the screen and that was the brain washing thing.

While they were watching others would come in and give them a bunch of medicine to make them forget….that was the amnesia shit; the amnesia engine was not a machine but a collective of people who go around dosing people with an amnesiac like drug.

All of the checkpoints up until the Australia one you had to see this TV screen and have this medicine.

So, basically just getting to the Australian one you had to be dosed several times. But at the actual portals in the Australian region you didn’t have to be sat down and dosed; you just went in.

The whole Aussie section was pretty quiet and didn’t have guards.

It was like the race of beings that were controlling that section were afraid of the {non physical} beings that lived in the Australian area. They were the same ones dosing everyone and had blue eyes and pale blonde hair, not tall and tanned – not sure if they were Nordics.

I was walking to a portal and began speaking Noongar (Australian Aboriginal Language local to a region of WA) to another guy who was also captured.

I don’t remember who he was, but he also had blonde hair and blue eyes. I don’t think he was a bad one.

All the other captors did not know how to translate this language at all.

One of the guards was trying to explain that this was a language that cannot be translated, as it is too ancient.

When we got to the Australian section it was pretty much empty, no people busy doing shit like in a normal airport. It was pretty quiet, with only a couple of guards standing next to a couple of portals; no drugs or movie theatre things, barely any people.

The guards were taller than regular people, and all wore hooded masks and kit like from my (previous) covid premonition.

When I got to a portal that looked like a mirror that was looking into a mirror like at a local café, I said” oh yeah I gotta go in this one”.

The guy I was with was the only other person with me, because the others seemed to not follow into the Aussie section; they just wouldn’t come in.

One of the nuns said ”no no, there’s things in there we can’t go near it”.

And I remember one of the nuns saying “you are brave going back there” like they really desperately wanted me to stay with them.

So I got to the portal and the dude I was with who was talking Noongar, he said, “oh I am not going in that one, I am going in a different one”.

Where’s that take you, I said “Mundaring”, (local town) and he replied he didn’t know it.

He went in his which I am pretty sure was in the Pilbara (North Western Australia).

The gist I got was that Australian Aboriginals are an ancient race that have been here before anything else and cannot be manipulated by any of the races who came here afterwards.

We were captives, so it was unlikely any of the captives were Aboriginals, as they needed to manipulate us in order to capture us.

Then I remember turning back to say something to the other people…it’s like the guards and I knew each other and the guard kind of said they are gone you are safe to go through right one.

To begin with I went into area I was knowing led to a portal, but I didn’t specifically go to the right one while they were watching; I was intentionally keeping it a secret.

And because WA is huge there are plenty of portals for it.

There was another thing with WA, they had wings/ terminals for each state, and there was much less traffic in WA and a lot less other beings willing to go there.

So not only is it isolated globally but also non physically.

I got the gist of the spirit beings that live here, created the Aboriginals which is why it is such a big deal they are beyond the knowledge of the captors.

So basically I jumped in the mirror and woke up, it was probably of a couple of seconds of random dream.

I was aware that that is what happens when you jump through the portals.

I was lucid from the moment I stepped through into the Western Australian section where they could not follow me anymore.

In the WA section there wasn’t any of those brain washing screens.

The second the drugs wear off you get this trickle of information that comes through and if someone says even the slightest thing to jolt your memory the trickles becomes a large flow of memories.

The amnesia thing is not here, it is there where they are keeping everyone; here (physical reality/earth) is the place that people have either chosen to come or been put in by others in an attempt to remember something or regain a part of themselves.

And then this little addendum based on many of her other LD experiences;

Addendum

This [Australian ] realm has things in it that fucks them (our captors) up. There are ISBE things but not all of them have souls.

Only those that have souls can go into earth bodies, the rest have to make their physical bodies in a lab like a robot.

Only the earth body things, can come here into the physical earth realm.

Non souls are trying to wipe out those with souls; they are drugging all the ones with souls and info and ancient knowledge and real truth etc of what actually happened in the beginning with all of the dream time stuff (Aboriginal Creation Myth), when the physical and non physical planes were merged.

All of the ones with souls are captives because of the ones who don’t have souls that want the greater access to everything.

There (airport terminal) is the simulation, here (physical earth) is real, is seen as extremely volatile and dangerous as the general toxic air part that can degrade parts of a persons consciousness.

But it is also the safest place for us captives to go to get away from the captors as they won’t come here.”

A further elaboration…

Well this just got interesting.

Maybe it is the reason SD and I are able to lucid dream and astral project more successfully than people in other parts of the world.

Because we are protected by a bunch of non physical spirits that created our Native people.

This reminds me of something Airl said in the Alien Interview:

“IS-BEs have been dumped on Earth from all over the galaxy, adjoining galaxies, and from planetary systems all over the "Old Empire", like Sirius, Aldebaron, the Pleiades, Orion, Draconis, and countless others. 

There are ISBEs on Earth from unnamed races, civilizations, cultural backgrounds, and planetary environments. 

Each of the various IS-BE populations have their own languages, belief systems, moral values, religious beliefs, training and unknown and untold histories. 

These IS-BEs are mixed together with earlier inhabitants of Earth who came from another star system more than 400,000 years ago to establish the civilizations of Atlanta and Lemuria. 

Those civilizations vanished beneath the tidal waves caused by a planetary "polar shift", many thousands of years before the current "prison" population started to arrive. 

Apparently, the IS-BEs from those star systems were the source of the original, oriental races of Earth, beginning in Australia.”

Then there was this article I stumbled across: (which I subsequently couldn’t access due to it “not being available in my area” for the first couple of tries):

“New research has revealed fascinating details about Aboriginal Australians and Pacific Islanders, who according to experts, carry the genetic material of an unknown human species.

The new research suggests people from Papua New Guinea and northeast Australia have traces of DNA belonging to an unidentified, extinct human species.

Apparently, there is still much that geneticists and scientists do not understand about this crucial moment in human history, and it seems that research on the subject is raising more questions than answers.

In 2016, researchers at Harvard Medical School published the findings of a comprehensive study of the human genome of all areas of the world and discovered something astounding about the Australian aboriginal population.

They appear to have genetic markers that indicate they are descendants of a yet unidentified human species.

“We’re missing a population, or we’re misunderstanding something about the relationships,” Ryan Bohlender, a statistical geneticist at the University of Texas, told Tina Hesman Saey at Science News.

Bohlender and his colleagues have been researching the amount of extinct hominid DNA that modern humans still carry today. To the surprise of many, they say they’ve found discrepancies in previous studies that suggest our mingling with Neanderthals and Denisovans isn’t the entire evolutionary story.

“Who this unknown group is we don’t know.”

It’s believed that between 100,000 and 60,000 years ago, our ancestors migrated out of Africa, making contact with other hominid species inhabiting the Eurasian landmass. Experts believe that this contact left a mark on our species that is still present today.

“Our main goal is to understand how our race got to the point where it is, but in order to do that, we must first study the DNA of the ancient tribes,” explained Mallick Swapan, leading scientist of the study, and an expert who has been studying the origins of the human genome for most of his career.

He explained that the new study gathered the genetic data of 142 different human populations scattered around the world that was underrepresented in large-scale studies so far.

According to Swapan, the most incredible revelation of this new study is that the genetic code of the Australian Aborigines shows that they carry the DNA markers that indicate the ancient crossbred with an unknown “human” species.

Although it was initially suspected that unusual DNA markers might indicate that Aboriginal ancestors interbred with the elusive ancient species known as Denisovans, this hypothesis turned out to be incorrect.

After the analysis, scientists discovered that DNA markers were distinct from Denisovan markers, leading them to the conclusion that they had found traces of an entirely new form of ancient human species.

It is known that the native peoples of Australia are descendants of the first people who came to the continent from Africa about 50,000 years ago.

It has been assumed that aborigines were isolated from the rest of the world for thousands of years and therefore scientists thought that their genetic code would be relatively homogeneous.

Surprisingly, this turned out not to be the case.

“The genetic signatures of an Australian Aboriginal from eastern Australia and Western Australia are as different as those of a person from Europe and an Asian person,” Swapan said.

The incredible diversity in the genetic code of the native peoples of Australia, in addition to the peculiar genetic marker that indicates that they interbred with an unknown human species in the past, indicates that there is still much more to discover about the ancient history of humanity.” - Australian Aboriginal people carry the DNA of an unknown human relative - Ancient Code (ancient-code.com)

Interesting. Let’s dig into this a little bit deeper.

Now, I am in no ways an expert when it comes to Aboriginal culture, but what I do know is that their ideologies are based around what they call the “Dreamtime”.

From the little I have read, according to Aboriginal Creation Myth, the Dreamtime was a period before physical reality came into existence.

It was a sort of vacuous nothingness containing the past present and future all at once that never ended.

The Aboriginals believed that the [non physical] spirits that existed in the Dream Time were the ones that created practically everything in this physical plane; the Aboriginal peoples themselves, the lands, rivers, rocks, plants, and animals were all said to have been a product of these spirits.

I seem to remember Airl taking about the Domain in a very similar context; 

Airl explained that IS-BEs have been around since before the beginning of the universe. 

The reason they are called "immortal", is because a "spirit" is not born and cannot die, but exists in a personally postulated perception of "is - will be". 

She was careful to explain that every spirit is not the same. 

Each is completely unique in identity, power, awareness and ability. 

The difference between an IS-BE like Airl and most of the IS-BEs inhabiting bodies on Earth, is that Airl can enter and depart from her "doll" at will. 

She can perceive at selective depths through matter. Airl and other officers of The Domain can communicate telepathically. Since an IS-BE is not a physical universe entity it has no location in space or time. An IS-BE is literally, "immaterial". 

They can span great distances of space instantly. 

They can experience sensations, more intensely than a biological body, without the use of physical sensory mechanisms. 

An IS-BE can exclude pain from their perception. Airl can also remember her "identity", so to speak, all the way back into the dim mists of time, for trillions of years!

Time is a difficult factor to measure as it depends on the subjective memory of IS-BEs and there has been no uniform record of events throughout the physical universe since it began. 

As on Earth, there are many different time measurement systems, defined by various cultures, which use cycles of motion, and points of origin to establish age and duration. 

The physical universe itself is formed from the convergence and amalgamation of many other individual universes, each one of which were created by an IS-BE or group of IS-BEs. 

The collision of these illusory universes commingled and coalesced and were solidified to form a mutually created universe. 

Because it is agreed that energy and forms can be created, but not destroyed, this creative process has continued to form an ever-expanding universe of nearly infinite physical proportions. Before the formation of the physical universe there was a vast period during which universes were not solid, but wholly illusionary. 

You might say that the universe was a universe of magical illusions which were made to appear and vanish at the will of the magician. In every case, the "magician" was one or more IS-BEs. 

Many IS-BEs on Earth can still recall vague images from that period. Tales of magic, sorcery and enchantment, fairy tales and mythology speak of such things, although in very crude terms.” 

- Alien Interview

Furthermore, it was said that these spirits, or ancestors, played a big part in the selection of sacred sites and how the people were to behave to one another, how food was to be distributed and the rites and rituals of the various tribes etc.

It was also said that during the Dreamtime, certain spirits were able to shapeshift into different animals.

These particular stories seem to change from tribe to tribe, but a common reference can be found in the Myth of the Great Rainbow Serpent, which was said to be one of the Dreamtime Spirits that came from within the earth to create the rivers and gorges as it weaved its way through the featureless landscape.

One of my kid’s favourite bed time books is the version of the Rainbow Serpent named Goorialla, as narrated by Dick Roughsey.

While most stories dealing with the Rainbow Serpent have an element attributing it to water – (rainbows formed from water fall sprays and rituals around water where rainbow like shells and stones are used).

Some researchers have suggested that these myths allude to a possible comet or meteor that fell to the ground, the “rainbow serpent” part being the comets tail.

Interestingly, the tribe from the Great Sandy Desert region of North Western Australia suggests a similar thing with their story of the Rainbow Serpent; that a star fell to earth and created the Wolfe Creek Crater, which the Serpent then took up residence in.

Sometimes this particular rendition includes a story about a hunter who chased a dingo into the crater only to get lost in a tunnel created by the serpent never to be found again, though the remains of the dingo were eventually found “spat out” after being eaten by the Rainbow Serpent.

For the tribe local to our region – the Noongar people – it is suggested the Rainbow Serpent pushed rocks and boulders around to create the trails of Mount Matilda, and was responsible for carving out the channel of the Avon River.

As a side note, the Avon River runs through a beautiful stretch of land called the Avon Valley.

There is an annual competition that is held along this river usually at the end of winter called the Avon Descent, which sees various boating competitors – people in kayaks, canoes and different speed boats etc – race down the river over a period of 2 or 3 days.

Given the rolling green hills in the middle of farmland pastures, the Avon Valley has become a haven for hot air ballooning and sky diving.

It is quite a “dreamy” place to go for a leisurely Saturday drive.

Speaking of dreamy, and getting back to the point of the article, the Aboriginal’s description of the dreamtime sounds a lot like what one can experience whilst lucid dreaming; a timeless void of nothingness where non physical “spirits” seem to hang out.

What is more, when we look at the importance of the Dream Time within Aboriginal culture, and compare it with other tribal cultures such as those of the Native Americans, we can start to see a theme emerging in regards to how important dreaming still is within these cultures.

Both groups would have their appointed Elders and Shamans who would employ the use of various plants and substances to help aid in their dream visions in a similar manner to what SD did prior to hers.

The Wandjina Paintings of North Western Australia

Now, while we are on the subject of the dreamtime and ideas about interactions with the [non physical] progenitors to the Australian Aboriginals, let’s take a look at some art by the Wanjina Wunggurr tribe of the remote Kimberley region of Western Australia.

Unfortunately, I haven’t yet explored this place myself, as it is a 32 hr drive (and that’s straight, with no rest stops) North East of where I currently am, and most of that is bland, boring desert that is usually hotter than Hell in the summer, or too busy being blasted by hurricanes and floods in the other seasons.

That doesn’t mean it isn’t on my to do list though, assuming the local Aboriginals would even allow me into such a sacred site in the first place.

Apparently the Gibb River Road is really a Gem to behold when doing the “Big Lap”.

The paintings themselves are located in the mountainous region of the Kimberley, scattered throughout various caves, in quite hard to reach country.

They were first discovered by white man in 1883, when a man named George Grey stumbled across them after searching for inland water at the behest of the British Crown.

After losing a flock of sheep and a few dogs, Grey and company took refuge in one of the caves, presumably to escape the harsh elements, where they found some very curious images that had been painted high up – some almost 6 metres – on the walls of one of the many caves in the area.

According to Wikipedia, these paintings are between 3800 to 4000 years old, based on the broad stroke way they have been painted.

The paintings themselves depict a group of white, seemingly bald, mouthless, and earless beings with what appeared to be semi circular halos arranged on their heads. Oh, did I mention they had big black eyes:

 

 

 

 

Next…

Next…

Next…

Firstly, I should point out that these paintings are scattered about an area expanding through 200,000 square kilometres of the Kimberley.

As a result, there are three tribes that have an intimate connection with them and the myths surrounding them; the Worrorra, Ngarinyin, and Wunumbal tribes.

These three tribes make up a cultural bloc referred to as the Wanjina Wunggurr, in which a fourth tribe – the Ngardi – are sometimes included.

According to the descendants of these tribes, the Wandjina were supernatural spirits that existed in the Dreamtime and created the physical world in a similar manner to the Rainbow Serpent.

In fact, some of the paintings include the Rainbow Serpent alongside the Wandjina spirits.

The depiction of the Wandjina without mouths is suggested to be either because the Wanjina were so powerful they didn’t need mouths to communicate, or because, due to their ability to make it rain, had they had mouths, the rains would never stop.

“The shared culture is based on the dreamtime mythology and law whose creators are the Wan[d]jina and Wunggurr “spirits”; the ancestors of these peoples.

The Wandjina paintings have common colours of black, red and yellow on a white background. The spirits are depicted alone or in groups, vertically or horizontally depending on the dimensions of the rock, and are sometimes depicted with figures and objects like the Rainbow Serpent or yams. Common composition is with large upper bodies and heads that may show eyes and nose, but typically no mouth. Two explanations have been given for this: they are so powerful they do not require speech and if they had mouths, the rain would never cease. Around the heads of Wandjina are lines or blocks of color, depicting lighting coming out of transparent helmets.[2]

Today, the paintings are still believed to possess these powers and therefore are to be approached and treated respectfully. Each site and painting has a name. Indigenous people of the Mowanjum community repaint the images to ensure the continuity of the Wandjina's presence.[8] Annual repainting in December or January also ensures the arrival of the monsoon rains, according to Mowanjum belief.”  - Wikipedia

Some of these paintings have been repainted so many times they are 40 layers deep. That’s atleast 400 years worth of tradition being kept up by the descendants of those who hold the original Wandjina story.

Well this is getting interesting now isn’t it?

An author named Erik Von Daniken certainly seemed to think so when he made the connection that the Wanjina spirits kinda looked a little bit those Greys everyone in the UFO community liked to talk about, and offered it as proof of the Ancient astronaut theory. I guess it didn’t help that the Wanjina Wunggurr people also suggested these beings as coming from the sky, causing the rains and floods, painting the pictures themselves before leaving via the same avenue. Or that the white guy that discovered them was also named Grey.

But of course, people with a degree in archaeology or anthropology, that took them only four years to get, know more than the descendants of the oldest known lineage on earth who have managed to pass down stories of their culture unchanged over thousands of years. 

Take for example these guys from the University of Michigan’s Pesuodarchaeology class, fakearchaeology.com. 

According to their site the project’s mission is to “explore how and why these [pseudo-archaeological] ideas emerged and took root in popular culture, public consciousness, and on the fringe of rational scholarly inquiry. 

More importantly, the Fake Archaeology Wiki explores the impact they have on our rational and scientific understanding of the past and human culture.” 

You can go on the Wikipedia styled page and read all their debunking of various things, one of which is the idea the Wandjina were anything other than a metaphor for weather, as depicted by a bunch of primitive savages that couldn’t tell the difference between some rain and a supernatural being:


“Deconstructing the Pseudoarchaeological Narrative

The Weather and the Wandjina

The pseudoarchaeological narrative of the origin of the Wandjina Petroglyphs revolves around one major theme: the scientific ignorance of early human civilizations. 

The proposition that the Wandjina were actually aliens visiting from a far away galaxy can be deconstructed by looking at documented archaeological evidence and cultural context. 

Supporters of the ancient alien belief have established that the mythical powers of the Wandjina, which included abilities such as calling forth torrential rains, flooding, lightning and cyclones, were actually extremely advanced scientific weapons possessed by the travelers. 

Research into the topic has revealed that the connection between Wandjina and the weather, specifically rain, developed after a period of intense drought that affected the region nearly 4,000 years ago. [8] 

Evidence from a study done by researchers at the University of Wollongong in Australia indicates that the mega-drought spanned at least 1200 years. 

“Records shows the Kimberley region of northwest Australia underwent rapid environmental change in the mid-Holocene starting around 6300 yrs. B.P. when it transitioned from a tropical humid climate with intense summer monsoon to a much drier climate. 

This new climate regime was associated with increased anticyclonic circulation over central and northern Australia allowing a significant increase in dust transport from central Australia to the Kimberley” [8] 

The study also indicates that this period of intense dryness was “enhanced through positive feedbacks triggered by change in land surface condition and increased aerosol loading of the atmosphere leading to a weakening or failure of monsoon rains”. [8] 

The end of the mega-drought was between 3,800 and 4,000 B.P. which also lines up with the emergence of the Wandjina style of petroglyphs. 

The Aboriginal peoples’ reverence for the divine power of rain is an understandable progression in belief after a period of such extreme weather. 

The concept that the elements were controlled by mythical beings is a common theme that can be seen in different belief systems across the globe (Norse, Greek, Mayan, etc.). 

Given the native people of Kimberley’s understanding of the natural phenomenon and the limited information available, it would make sense for a group of individuals, who had struggled to survive in such hard conditions, to see the increase in rainfall as a divine gift and in turn begin to worship or revere these spiritual beings as saviors. 

This logical leap is understandable given the human understanding of weather and climate at the time and does not indicate any intervention by extraterrestrial visitors.”

You know its funny though, I couldn’t find any entries on Noah or the flood, Moses parting the Red Sea, shroud of Turin, Ark of the Covenant, Jesus Christ, God, Angels, or anything else the bible (and its associated thumpers) like to tell us with unrelenting certainty was supposed to have taken place in the last few thousand years.

I guess we should just blindly trust the wisdom of a 2 thousand year old book written by various authors spanning over several periods of time, over the word of a {atleast} 50 000 year old tribe of people claiming they had a direct connection to creators of the physical plane through the dreamtime huh?

I am sorry, but if you are going to use your unfettered wisdom to “look into the things shape the beliefs of certain cultures”, then …

…I expect you to be looking into the religious beliefs that shape a society to the point our governments give their proponents big tax breaks to build temples of worship, for said beliefs, at the expense of people who don’t even believe in them.

But then again, I guess I can forgive the University of a state whose population is made up of 70% people who are orientated to believing in Christian Ideologies, majority of them being Roman Catholic.

This isn’t to suggest I don’t like people of these religions, moreso that there is an obvious perceptual bias when it comes to reading shit from debunking sites such as fakearchaelogy.com directed at ancient cultures and their belief systems.

It’s not like I am going to lose much sleep over a bunch of people who live on a different fucking continent to the people it apparently has an expert knowledge of. At least they got the name right, I suppose.

And while we are on the subject, I guess these “expert” anthropolgists didn’t see any value in extending their research into to what spurred these Christian Missionaries into contacting the “oldest continuing tribe on earth” and preaching to them that their traditional beliefs were “evil and akin to devil worship”:

God is a Wandjina - Compass - ABC Religion & Ethics (seriously watch the video and try not to throw up at how carelessly “well meaners” tried to eradicate the Wandjina beliefs, simply because “they knew better”)

Guess it had to do with that “age” thing huh? So now we have the oldest continuing tribe on earth – which according to Airl, extends back 400 000 years who had something to say about the creators, and even drew some fucking pictures of them all over the Kimberley now tainted by the seemingly infant (in comparison) ideologies of a few missionaries that only dates back a little over a two thousand years.

And no one has thought to bring the mentality and psychological disposition of these missionaries into question during their anthropological studies, though they are quite happy investing in researchers to debunk those traditional, work of the devil beliefs?

I’d certainly be interested in a study into the “human” behaviour of those missionaries. Anyone else?

I call bullshit. #fakeanthropology

After all, it’s not like white people have a history of stepping on Aboriginal culture for the sake of their own greed or anything……oh wait a minute: Mining firm Rio Tinto sorry for destroying Aboriginal caves - BBC News. 

Because I am sure Rio Tinto just “accidentally” walked into that site and “accidentally” packed it with a few tons of explosives before “accidentally” going through all Health and Safety checks, before “accidentally” pressing the detonator trigger right 😉? 

Fourty five thousand years of Aboriginal history gone quicker than you can say “cultural purging”.

The whole mentality that the Aboriginals were a bunch of dumb savages in need of some good old fashioned European cultur-ization (as is the narrative we are taught in school) in the form of raping, pillaging and plundering as evidenced by the Stolen Generation (watch The Rabbit Proof Fence) has since been challenged and smashed to pieces by Bruce Pascoe in his book Dark Emu. 

In it Pascoe quotes the journal entries of many Australian Settlers that alludes to a thriving civilisation that was in some ways even more advanced than them. 

Stories of intricate fish trapping networks, irrigation systems, the careful cultivation of yam crops, an intimate understanding of the land and its geological structure and the deliberate “engineering” of the soil over many generations to achieve an optimal fertility (which was subsequently destroyed by us dumb arse white men within the span of a few years due to the sheep and plant diseases we brought with us).

These are just a few examples mentioned by Pascoe that show the Australian Aboriginals were a lot more advanced than white man gave them credit for, and suggests an obvious bias put in place to justify the invasion; the “savages” needed a lesson in what constitutes society.

Such bigotry shows through in the writings of these settlers who, rather than dish out credit for one of the intricate fish traps which had the ability to throw a fish in the air when caught, suggests the tribes so mentioned were in need of useless artefacts that they had no need for (which the settlers had become dependant on and could not envision life without).

And what did Pascoe get for his efforts? Our Minister for Home Affairs investigating him for fraud, and “scientists” debunking his claims of course:

And…

And…

You know it is a load of bullshit when the Sky News Murdoch media puppet Andrew Bolt is on board with the smear campaign. If you look close enough, you can almost see Murdoch’s arm protruding out the back of him.

Unfortunately for bolt and his {Gestapo} media and political connections, Pascoe didn’t take the bait and seek compensation. Instead he stood up in front of a bunch of people and offered Bolt this roasting:

I get it though. Kind of hard to expand your pedophile cult’s foothold with Dark Emu’s shadow looming over you, and threatening to call bullshit on your whole parade:

Not that the Australian Federal Police ever bothered to give that cult a “forensic critique“.

But I digress.

Now getting back to the Wandjina Wunggurr, we are missing one important thing when it comes to aliens, and that is hidden in its terminology.

If we dig a bit deeper into this Wandjina thing, we can find the idea that Grey (the white explorer who stumbled upon the paintings in 1838) sparked a bit of controversy by implying the paintings were perhaps depictions of alien peoples not coming from the stars, but from the lands abound over the ocean.

It is suggested that this may have been a result of Grey copying them and instilling his own bias through his European art style.

Take a look at this article by the ABC and tell me it is not a cleverly constructed piece of double speak targeting anyone making the Wandjina/ Alien connection.

“Aboriginal art depicting Wandjina figure that sparked aliens theory to be reclaimed by traditional owners

By Erin Parke

Posted Mon 5 Dec 2016 at 6:09amMonday 5 Dec 2016 at 6:09am, updated Mon 5 Dec 2016 at 6:17amMonday 5 Dec 2016 at 6:17am

George Grey’s 1838 drawings of the Wandjina cave caused speculation about the paintings’ origins.(Supplied)

Aboriginal families in Western Australia’s north are finding ways to reclaim a sacred image that sparked rumours of Arab voyages and aliens during the early days of British exploration.

The large, looming Wandjina are spirit figures drawn on thousands of cliffs and cave walls in the Western Kimberley, and came to national prominence when they featured in the Sydney Olympic opening ceremony.

Worrora woman Leah Umbagai said they were considered sacred by three tribes in the area.

“The Wandjina is a supreme being that created the country, gave us the laws of the land, and we have to obey and follow it,” she said.

“The Wandjina is not just a big picture on the wall, it’s the trees, it’s the rocks, it’s the water, it’s the seasons, it’s everything … it lets us Wandjina people know who we are, and how to live our life.”

But the history of white contact with the Wandjina is marred by misunderstanding and wild theories that remain deeply hurtful to the Worrora, Ngarinyin and Wununbul tribes to this day.

British explorer seeking ‘inland sea’ stumbles upon artwork

In 1837, explorer George Grey embarked on a bold but misguided mission to penetrate north-western Australia.

It was thought a large, inland sea might exist in central Australia, and the British government and the Royal Geographical Society sponsored Grey and his team to explore what is now the Kimberley region.

Author Mike Donaldson has written extensively on Kimberley rock art and its discovery by settlers.

“Grey and his men came straight from England and South Africa to the Kimberley, and to cut a long story short, they struggled to get inland, they had a mob of sheep that all died, their dogs died, and they were attacked by Aboriginal people at one point,” he said.

“But then somewhere along the line they just came across these Wandjina pictures on a cave.”

Grey sketched several of the Wandjina in his journal, complete with big rounds heads, halo-like head-pieces, large eyes, slim nose and no mouth.

The images caused quite a stir when they were published back in Great Britain.

“They were totally unlike anything that people had reported from Aboriginal rock art in Australia before,” Donaldson said.

“They thought they could not have been done by Aboriginal people.

“They thought they must have been done by shipwrecked sailors, or some other culture of people that visited here.”

He said one of the figures appeared to be wearing a full gown, and what Grey interpreted as writing on the headband, which people thought could be Arabic or Chinese.

“But it wasn’t anything of the sort, it was an older painting showing through, where the painting was wearing away a bit,” he said.

Pictures fuel Australian ‘alien’ landing theory

The misunderstanding fuelled theories Asiatic or Middle Eastern people at one time occupied the Australian continent, and set the scene for an even more offensive proposition — that the Wandjina were drawings of aliens that visited prior to white settlement.

The theory emerged in the 1968 book Chariots of the Gods? Unsolved Mysteries of the Past, which was written by Swiss author Erich von Daniken, and detailed examples of ancient civilisations that could be evidence of alien life form.

Donaldson said the theory never gained much traction.

“It was just ignorance on von Daniken’s part, the kind of ignorance that goes back to the people who initially, 100 years ago, thought that Aboriginal people were not so sophisticated enough to do those paintings,” he said.

“Of course we soon learnt that they were very sophisticated, and could paint all these wonderful things … so that’s just one guy’s crazy story, that thought they were space men or something.”

Traditional owners hope to educate public

It is a source of ongoing frustration for traditional owners like Ms Umbagai, who until recently managed the Mowanjum Art Centre.

“A lot of the people that come into the art centre, they ask so many questions, and yes I suppose there have been UFO sightings in America and all of that, but it just really saddens me that they say things about it,” she said.

“It’s like people are making fun, or think we’re making things up, and it’s hurtful for us.”

Efforts are underway to reclaim the image, including high-tech 3D imaging used to create a life-size Wandjina cave at the Mowanjum Art centre, so local Aboriginal children and tourists can learn about the importance of the rain-making spirit figure.

Families are finding ways to revisit the remote bush caves where the Wandjina live, to care for the sites and touch up the paintings.

It takes several days’ driving or an expensive helicopter charter to reach many of them, but native title agreements, marine parks and remote ranger programs are making the trips more possible.

Ms Umbagai has been able to visit the caves that featured in Grey’s journal more than 175 years ago.

“When I’m out there, I’m just so at home. Because I’m at artist, I love sketching everything I come across, so I’ll just sit there are draw them myself,” she said.

“But just looking at the paintings and knowing that our old people used to walk this area and sit here, and knowing this is what they left for us … it’s very special.”

Wow. If that constitutes journalism, then I am in the wrong business. It’s one thing to peel through page after page and present it as information in an effort to actually inform people of the point you are trying to make.

It’s another thing completely to omit that very point and twist all scrutiny in a different direction in an effort of deflection.

Let me ask a few questions and see if you can answer them: what was the narrative Ms Umbagai was upset with again?

Was it the suggestion that the paintings of the Wandjina were depictions of some white European settlers who came before those in recorded history, or was it more so at the idea that Danikan suggested the Wandjina were ancient astronauts?

One minute they are talking about Arabic and Asian visitors, the next they are talking about space aliens, wrapping it up with a vague explanation of some UFO visitors from America making fun of the paintings without providing any context to understand which it is Ms Umbagai is even talking about.

It’s even worse when you try to get an actual Aboriginal account of the myth from the internet; everything about the Wandjina seems to be written from the vicarious perspective of a {presumably} white person.

This is understandable, given many Aboriginal tribes exhibit a somewhat distrust for sharing such stories with those outside their clan.

In fact, SD has a friend who is an honorary member of a local clan.

It took her four years at university learning about their culture and several years worth of contact building, interacting with the tribe she is an honorary member of before she could even be considered.

As a result of her hard work, she is allowed to attend meetings held by the Elders.

Yet, even she is met with exclusion when it comes to the more “important” secrets of the clan. But yeah, I suppose those anthropologists over at fakearchaeology don’t give a shit about her opinion.

So when it comes to knowing the real story behind the Wandjina, it is likely it has remained as a true secret shared only among the Wanjina Wunggurr.

However, what we can take from Ms Umbagai’s brief statement is this: “It’s like people are making fun, or think we’re making things up, and it’s hurtful for us”.

This suggests to me that the story of the Wandjina, at least to the Wandjina Wunggurr descendants, is taken to be meant in a very literal sense, and if one distorts it from its literal meaning it becomes offensive to the tribe continuing on the story. In other words, it suggests that they firmly believe the Dreamtime was a real, non physical place that existed before the physical plane, and that their people “witnessed” when this physical plane was created. Of course, those with Wanjina Wunggurr blood are welcome to tell me if I am wrong in this assumption.

If I am not totally of the mark with the above statement, this suggests that the Wandjina Wunggurr people were at some point non physical based, for that is the only way they would be able to witness the physical world coming into existence.

I guess being someone who has astral projected and lucid dreamed many, many times, it is alot easier for me to conceptualising existence from a pure consciousness state sans a body, than most.

So what if it wasn’t space where the Wandjina originally came from, but from the astral/ dreaming realms; the same realms that I was told were important communication conduits for non physical entities to interact with physical ones by the Elder Guardians?

The same realms I understand as being important for the evolution of human consciousness.

The same realms that can be accessed for higher order information about the cosmos and our origins through the mastery of Lucid Dreaming?

Again I find it funny fakearchaelogy.com never bothered to debunk the Ancient Sumerian Epic of Gilgamesh while they were at it, given it seems to point to a very similar – albeit brief – creation narrative as that of the Wandjina, except with some names thrown in.

“The main source of information about the Sumerian creation myth is the prologue to the epic poem Gilgamesh, Enkidu, and the Netherworld (ETCSL 1.8.1.4),[53] which briefly describes the process of creation: originally, there was only Nammu, the primeval sea.[54] 

Then, Nammu gave birth to An, the sky, and Ki, the earth.[54] 

An and Ki mated with each other, causing Ki to give birth to Enlil.[54] 

Enlil separated An from Ki and carried off the earth as his domain, while An carried off the sky.[55] 

Enlil marries his mother, Ki, and from this union all the plant and animal life on earth is produced.

In the Sumerian version of the flood story (ETCSL 1.7.4), the causes of the flood are unclear because the portion of the tablet recording the beginning of the story has been destroyed.[66] Somehow, a mortal known as Ziusudra manages to survive the flood, likely through the help of the god Enki.[67] The tablet begins in the middle of the description of the flood.[67] The flood lasts for seven days and seven nights before it subsides.[68] 

Then, Utu, the god of the Sun, emerges.[68] Ziusudra opens a window in the side of the boat and falls down prostrate before the god.[68] Next, he sacrifices an ox and a sheep in honor of Utu.[68] At this point, the text breaks off again.[68] When it picks back up, Enlil and An are in the midst of declaring Ziusudra immortal as an honor for having managed to survive the flood. The remaining portion of the tablet after this point is destroyed.[68]

In the later Akkadian version of the flood story, recorded in the Epic of Gilgamesh, Enlil actually causes the flood,[69] seeking to annihilate every living thing on earth because the humans, who are vastly overpopulated, make too much noise and prevent him from sleeping.[70] In this version of the story, the hero is Utnapishtim,[71] who is warned ahead of time by Ea, the Babylonian equivalent of Enki, that the flood is coming.[72] 

The flood lasts for seven days; when it ends, Ishtar, who had mourned the destruction of humanity,[73] promises Utnapishtim that Enlil will never cause a flood again.[74] 

When Enlil sees that Utnapishtim and his family have survived, he is outraged,[75] but his son Ninurta speaks up in favor of humanity, arguing that, instead of causing floods, Enlil should simply ensure that humans never become overpopulated by reducing their numbers using wild animals and famines.[76] 

Enlil goes into the boat; Utnapishtim and his wife bow before him.[76] Enlil, now appeased, grants Utnapishtim immortality as a reward for his loyalty to the gods.” -Wikipedia. Epic Of Gilgamesh

SD’s experiences in connecting with her higher intelligence seems to tie both the Epic of Gilgamesh in with the Wandjina legend perfectly, and explain that whole flood thing most information of which was apparently lost.

This is a summary of information she gleaned from a lucid dream in which she was able to connect with her Higher Intelligence, which was included in my autobiography:

Firstly the Fae (faery) beings were on earth. At the same time there were various types of humans (Neanderthal included) and at that time, the physical and astral realms were tethered to each other and you could walk through each easily like walking over a bridge or through a door; there was no need to fall asleep to detach the consciousness from the physical body because on earth they could manipulate the matter body to become light body and astral body at will. 

Many alien races negotiated permission with the intelligent and powerful humanoid Fae beings, to be on earth to experiment with types of “human”.

Each alien race was appointed an ancient human to manipulate their DNA and try to create a being that could change from astral to light being and back to matter body without the need for technology or sleep, as was the norm for many beings on earth at the time.

An ascended race (the angel beings) covertly came to earth and experimented with all creatures including the other alien’s experiments.

They didn’t gain permission to be in the realm let alone do these experiments. What they did was basically like grabbing the united universal treaties and tearing them to pieces.

They are an ascended race so it was considered even more of even more a no no; they were supposed to remain as a neutral party to oversee these experiments, not partake in them.

So when they were done, they flooded the world to get rid of the evidence.

Some of the ascended race found out what these rebel factions did and went in to try and fix what they could.

They saved as many creatures and humans and Fae that were trapped and aliens as they could and put them on their ships until the flooding ceased.

While there were no active Fae on the matter plane to hold the magic at the sacred places, the gates/portals/bridges between realms collapsed.

The beings put the creatures and aliens back on earth but all were trapped as there was not a clear way back out to the other planes and worlds any more.

Some star seeds are incarnated “fallen angels” that fell to save Earth from the rebel faction and are now stuck incarnating in matter bodies until enough magic knowledge is accumulated through the build-up of DNA of the practically wiped out intelligent humanoid Fae race –  the original people of this planet earth.

That knowledge and magic is needed to reopen the sacred points.

The witches are the Fae beings in question; the original witches are not just a religion but the original inhabitants of earth – but the world has been misused and misguided for centuries to hide and confuse the truth so that everyone believes they are evil and even culling witches has occurred through history to try to keep the numbers low to keep the re merge from occurring.

This is because the rebel faction are high ranking beings and the leaders know what they did and possibly condoned it. The information is being hushed so that particular race won’t suffer the consequence of them meddling in the experiments.

It will mean a much more severe war, as the mediators to all universal courts and rulings are the same race of rebels that messed around and flooded the place to try cover their tracks.

Can you imagine what will happen if all the races find out that the high court leaders and mediators are actually covertly stealing scientific research and trying to manipulate experiments to benefit them?!

Absolute chaos.

So now on earth, we are stuck in reincarnation cycling round and round and the “amnesia” is a result of the sudden severing of the two “world’s” matter and astral, on this base level/plane.

All of this has a butterfly effect consequence on the other base world’s causing chaos and war through the universe.

That’s the current astral war; everyone is blaming everyone else and trying to gain access to the next level/ plane too have the magic that’s been harvested from earth herself in an attempt to get things going again.

But it’s the witches that need to do it through their personal gate keeping magic.

If there’s not enough of them living how they need to live – not like society dictates but how they legit need to exist, properly connected to the earth – then it won’t happen.

Not to mention all that know what actually happened are trying to cover it up and poison as much of the population as possible in case the DNA of the old Fae – the witches …

… pops up in an incarnation of say – one of the fallen angel types-…

…thus allowing for the knowledge to be “read” and brought forward …

…- as these beings (fallen angel) were of the ascended race so they have the ability to keep a fair bit of knowledge.

Knowledge that the human mind is usually unequipped to handle (often resulting in the human body or mind becoming weak or confused or ill.. etc.. as too much over stimulation becomes a burden to the human vessel over time).

Hold up didn’t Airl mention the Domain were the Annunaki?…

“On land, The Domain Search Party members were referred to as "Annunaki" by the Sumerians, and "Nephilim", in the Bible. Of course, their true mission and activities were never disclosed to homo sapiens. Their activities have been purposefully disguised. Therefore, the human stories and legends about the Annunaki, and the other members of The Domain Search Party have not been understood and were badly misinterpreted.” 

- Alien Interview

.and the Annunaki are the very gods mentioned in the Ancient Sumerian Epic of Gilgamesh, right?

So, could it be the Wandjina came into contact with the Domain or a civilization utilising similar doll bodies through lucid dreaming and were given similar information to Matilda McElroy when she interviewed Airl after the 1947 Roswell Crash?

Or could it be they just simply tapped into higher order information about the same flood that caused the separation of the astral and physical planes that both SD and the Ancient Sumerians seemed to be talking about. Who knows, maybe the three are all just coincidences right?

Let’s look a few points I have been trying to get across since the beginning of my articles, and I quote myself from said articles:

  • The “Grand Elder” – as I called him – told me there was a sort of spiritual amnesia affecting mankind.”
  • He said that the human brain had been deliberately engineered to cut them off from this state of [higher] awareness that I was now experiencing.”
“The reason, he said, that I had been summoned before them, was because of my abilities at lucid dreaming. Apparently what I had learned through years of experimentation was considered so advanced by them, that very few people on earth possessed these same abilities; the amount of others who apparently possessed these abilities could be counted on one hand. 

Apparently, according to these Elders, anyone who demonstrated these abilities were held in high regard by them, as it allowed them the opportunity to communicate with those back on the physical plane without it being compromised by external forces.” 

- Part 1: Contact with the Elder Guardians

“I cannot stress how important Lucid dreaming really is for the evolution of human consciousness.”

Part 15 – LD Lesson 4: Advanced LD Practices and Potentialities

And then there was this in regards to a Native American like tribe on a different planet (in case you didn’t get the subtleties, I was implying that they may have been the progenitors to the Native American culture):

“I had somehow found myself on another planet watching a tribal Elder of a humanoid race of people talking to his tribe. I was completely lucid, in that I could remember my body being asleep back in my bed on earth. These people, although completely alien to any human species on earth, had a very Native American vibe to them. All of a sudden the Elder realized I was there, observing them.” – Part 1: Contact with the Elder Guardians

And finally, we have a few clues as to who SD is directly from the Domain Commander himself:

“[SD] was / is an IS-BE of extraordinary (with a great emphasis on the word – MM) ability. Were she to be in our society, she would easily fit within powerful leadership roles.

[SD] was / is a past regarding trans-stable dimensional elder / tribal leader of a community of other trans-dimensional trans-universe IS-BE's that occupy communities that lie outside of the Domain, and the Master Universe. 

- Metallicman, EBP Q&A with the Commander from The Domain a November 2021 episode

Phew. I apologise for laying down so many quotes all at once, but I felt it necessary to highlight the obvious, consistent themes, so we can get a better idea of just what the fuck SD’s experiences mean.

From what I can determine, SD seems to be gaining, through lucid dreaming, information about a history of the earth that predates what even the Domain have on record. Like, a real ancient fucking history. Close to the creation of the physical world type ancient. And these experiences are directly related to stories interwoven in Aboriginal culture as well as being seemingly related to the myths of the Annunaki. Not only that, she is giving us a base line of what needs to happen to get out of the reincarnation cycle. The physical and non physical planes must be re merged, through the use of certain *keys* who have had their astral bodies tampered with.

Given my own experiences with LD, I posit that any ancient culture that invested time in dreaming to the point it became part of their main belief system, was likely in contact with non physical entities and had access to similar information. It seems logical to me that without the distractions of convenience that plague a modern society, a culture cultivating such an understanding of the dream world, would be far ahead in regards to cosmological knowledge and knowledge of our origins. Especially if left to their own devises and that understanding was allowed to thrive within their community unimpeded.

Given this deduction, I would similarly suggest that both the Native Australian and Native American tribes, amongst others would have been sought for contact by similar entities that sought me out due to my LD abilities. After all I was only playing around with consciousness via LD over a mere decade. Imagine the sort of intelligence that could have been revealed to a people that practically worshipped dreams for thousands of years before white man came and told them it was nothing but devil worship.

Now, whether or not the Wandjina were interdimensional entities that visited the Wanjina Wunggurr people can only really be left to speculation, but I find it curious their story is a mirror reflection of things Airl told us. And that their paintings depict a similar image to the doll bodies the Domain use (Skinny Bob). Regardless, I will take the word of an Elder, or even descendant of these tribes over that of a bunch of fake archaeology students any day. If the Wanjina Wunggurr people come and tell me I am wrong in my assumptions, then I will graciously accept it.

What I find interesting, and what should be taken away from all this is that SD’s experience allude to a similar sort of spirit presiding over the non physical planes in this same region that provides a degree of protection from other {non physical} entities that have a much more malevolent agenda. Note that her experiences suggest there are various dream portals littered about, that each continent is regulated, and that a tribe in close geographical proximity to the Wandjina are from such an ancient lineage and as a result that no meddling non physical entities are able to understand their original language. The idea that the astral and the physical planes must merge, is something that I find very interesting, because, as you will see in the next article, SD is not the only one I know of who has said this.

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

[daegonmagus] – Part 16 – Adventures in the Occult: Some Thoughts on The Hellfire Club

The following is the 16th part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

This particular read is truly enjoyable. I hope you all enjoy it as much as I have.

-MM

Part 16 –Adventures in the Occult: Some Thoughts on The Hellfire Club

Ever thought about joining the Hellfire Club? Don’t have any clue about what the “hell” – pun intended – it actually is?

Allow me to explain:

The Hell Fire Club was the name of several clubs that were operating out of England in the 18th century, exclusively for high society “debauchees” or persons of apparent “quality” who wished to take part in socially perceived immoral acts. In other words, it was a club for politicians and other well connected “gentlemen” that wanted to waste their {usually inherited} money on gambling, drinking and having sex. Other things said to be engaged in in the club were poetry, philosophy, and the ridicule of religion, as it was of a time when blasphemy of the church was catching on.

The clubs were rumoured to have distant ties to an elite society known only as The Order of the Second Circle. Don’t ask me who those guys were, because I honestly have no fucking clue. The actual activities and membership, though, have long been lost to time. The first official club was established by the Duke of Wharton in London in 1718, though the most notorious of the clubs was one established by a man named Sir Francis Dashwood who met irregularly from 1749 to 1766 in England. Originally, Dashwood’s club wasn’t actually known as a Hell Fire Club – this name came later on. His club seemed to have gone through change of name every time there was a change of location of the Club’s get togethers; Brotherhood of St. Francis of Wycombe, Order of Knights of West Wycombe, The Order of the Friars of St Francis of Wycombe, Monks or Friars of Medmenham, or, `more recently, The Priory of The Knights of St Francis were a few of the names the club as known as.

Dashwood’s club was aimed at partaking in Pagan rituals in salutation of Greek and Roman gods, particularly those of wine (Bacchus and Dionysus etc). In fact, Dashwood apparently had many statues of similar Greek and Roman gods adorning his gardens of Medmenham Abbey. In addition to the Pagan rituals, Dashwood’s club was said to hold mock rituals, distribute items of pornographic nature amongst its members and engage in much “drinking” and “wenching”.

Whereas Wharton’s club was apparently more of a satirical joke meant to shock the outside world, with claims that the president of the club was the Devil himself, though the worship of such deities was not undertaken with the club. The members, did however call themselves “devils” in allusion to their often frowned upon behaviour. An interesting fact of Wharton’s club was that both men and women were admitted as equals, which was practically unheard of for other clubs of the time. Dashwood allowed female members into his clubs which were called nuns. Of course, his club seems to be the one that attracted legends of Black mass and demon and Satan worship, though whether any of that took place is speculation at best. Here’s a fun fact, Aleister Crowley got his infamous “do what thou wilt” line for his Thelemic order from an inscription above one of Dashwood’s doors at Medmenham Abbey.

Also worthy of note is that Dashwood eventually moved his club out of Medmenham into some chalk caves in West Wycombe when the owners of the estate sought to have renovations carried out. These caves ended up being where the meetings were held until the club’s eventual demise, which basically came about due to one of the members becoming involved in a political scandal. This was never something I was told upon becoming involved with the club, but is all readily available on Wikipedia for the curious reader.

What you won’t come across, however is a written record of the rise and rapid fall of the Hell Fire Club as it pertains to the modern era. The bit that I had a {semi} active involvement in breaking out of England and into the international domain. I feel it is necessary to write about as a lot of members and non members alike got right royally screwed over, and still are being screwed. This is some recognition of their efforts out of my own well of respect.
So, consider this an offer of some unfettered wisdom from someone who was actively involved in expanding its chapters internationally, because there was and still is a very active effort on the founder’s part to bury the work us international Stewards put into that expansion.

The Hell Fire Club I am a Steward of is an evolution of Dashwood’s Club. Though when I joined it was very far from being a Club for getting together and having orgies. I was around 19 or 20 when I stumbled across it.

Let’s back up a bit to my high school years. We all know I was into some very “fringe” concepts with my lucid dreaming and astral projection practices while I was at school. I studied the occult in the library when I was supposed to be doing research for science which, to be honest, I found quite boring. I wasn’t that I wasn’t good at it, it is just that I absorbed information at quite rapid pace from only a few glances through the work, so the concept of doing homework or extended study was quite lost on me. I’d prefer to use the time to learn in other areas that I knew a public schooling system was never going to bother teaching me. So yeah, conspiracies regarding the illuminati, the deep state, the freemasons, and reptilian shapeshifters etc were all things I had racked up hours of study on even at the age of fifteen. Though I didn’t necessarily believe in most of them, I was however somewhat of a walking encyclopedia when it came to the occult, astral projection, lucid dreaming, psychic happenings and other metaphysical subjects. To me all this was far more interesting to talk about than how to work out the speed of an apple falling from a tree or whatever they taught in general physics classes. Yawn.

And this presented a bit of a problem, because I was one of the only people in the entire school that had such an understanding of the metaphysical. It’s all well and good for those that have no first hand experience in these arts, but when you have been spending a good chunk of your youth flying around in the astral planes or fighting demons in lucidity, it’s hard not to find every day life quite bland. I yearned for others to talk to about this “crazy” world I knew too much about, and sometimes even indulged my straight edged friends a little too liberally to be met with nothing but blank stares. There was one other guy I use to practice healing and psychic shielding with – a guy named Blake – but he ended up running off to join some cult almost as soon as school had finished in an effort to “stay spiritual”. He was even kind enough to {rather forcefully} invite me in to it and try to get me to stay {by not letting me fucking leave}. So there went my Hogwarts connection.

Regardless, my studies continued well past school. I started collecting the oldest manuscripts of any given occult subject I could find, figuring information would be more “pure” if it came directly from the source before its true meaning could be lost in translation and transliteration. If a book was a few hundred years old and had something to do with “magic” I simply had to have it, regardless of the cost. And it wasn’t that I wanted to specifically practice said magic either; I simply wanted to broaden my knowledge in those areas. Because, as any wise person should know, knowledge is power.

So I was looking for books. Old books, antique books, and books with evident occult connections, and this was how I stumbled upon the Hellfire Club. You see, the club’s Steward was a Master Book binder, and he somehow managed to secure rights to republish out of print occult works; some really fucking nice and old {and powerful} manuscripts. Things like photocopies of diaries from 15th century alchemists, original workings of the Golden Dawn, some stuff on Freemasonry, other stuff on Crowley, Copies of Solomonic manuscripts dating back to the 1500s etc. These editions were bound “exclusively for the Hell Fire Club”, though that didn’t mean you had to be a member to purchase them. What can I say, I was instantly hooked. Some of these editions came bound in a standard cloth form, and others – the more exotic and rare – came leather bound with hand tooled emblems and insignia pressed and then gilded into the fronts. The collection would have made any practicing occultist weep, mainly due to the price tags. It wasn’t uncommon to find these books valued at over $500 a pop, some even in the thousands.

I admit, a few titles really caught my attention, and my curiosity was piqued as the web site stated they were taking on new members. Although no history was given as to the association with the Hell Fire Clubs of the past, a brief summary of the club and its values were given, which aligned with my studies into alchemy. Essentially, the whole point of the club was to better its members through applying alchemical concepts to one’s meditations as a basis to initiate a spiritual shift in consciousness. This is how it was pitched anyway, or something along those lines. One may recall I was never big on joining any occult organisation that had a ranking system in place, and this is where the HFC tickled my fancy over other organisations such as the Freemasons, the Ordo Templi Orientis and Crowley’s Argentum Astrum etc. Upon initiation into the HFC, all members were considered equal as everyone else. The Stewards, who were there solely to keep the various Chapter on course would be rotated on a yearly basis so as to keep up with this equality. Plus, because of the way the Club was structured, self initiation was not only possible but highly encouraged (I think this was really to help expand internationally more than anything).

So I sent the English Steward, Eamonn, an email stating I was interested in joining. We got to talking and he evidently became impressed with my thirst for occult knowledge, to compliment what little I already knew. He asked me if I wanted to help bring the Club to Australia and create my own Chapter, to which I was quite apprehensive at first, though he assured me he would give me any help I needed and that he could provide (it ended up being quite a dismal amount of help indeed). After some back and forth, he eventually convinced me to start my own Chapter in Western Australia, and with that I established my Chapter of Dragon Flame (an intentional anagram of “A Pagan force meld forth”), under his direct instruction, then he put me in contact with the Stewards of the other States.

Remember, this was before Facebook really took off, so to begin with the plan was to coordinate everything through a Yahoo group, but nothing ever eventuated from it. It wasn’t until the other Stewards finally joined facebook that I was able to communicate with them much more freely, and found solace I hadn’t found since my conversations with Blake (not including those discussions I had had with SD). These were occultists – real occultists – that had been involved in Hermetic societies for most of their life, some even being high ranking Mason’s. Others had even created their own Hermetic Orders that borrowed heavily from Godlen Dawn literature. Needless to say, I got along very well with them, and became rather respected given my understanding of the Kabbalistic Tree of Life and how it pertained to alchemy, and my occult knowledge in general. If you ever wanted a lesson in occult matters – astral projection, magic, lucid dreaming etc then this was the group to be in. Some of them were even contacted by non physical “Masters” just as I was about to be. It was repository of information that you would never find in any school or public library.

Thus I was very much in the Hell Fire Club’s “inner circle”, and this was a direct evolution of Francis Dashwood’s Club; Eamon was in possession of some of the original paperwork used by Dashwood and his associates, and even went so far as to conduct the Clubs meetings in the same chalk caves of West Wycombe, which became known as the “Hellfire Caves”. Whatever the club once was in regards to its debauch behaviour, it had become reworked into something which legitimately focused on inner reflection and the development of the spiritual self, thanks to the work and vision Eamonn put into it. This was evident in the other members I have since become quite good friends with (one of the Stewards even sent me a bottle of pure Myrr oil when he heard my hand had been cut open – quite an expensive and sacred oil to gift out to someone you’ve never met).

I even had a few astral projection and lucid dreaming experiences that were directly related to the Club, and a somewhat mystical experience that hinted at the “overthrowing of the armour king to make way for the king of fire” (which I took to mean the rule of the military industrial complex to make way for the rule of the spirit). Though, I never had the opportunity to partake in any orgies. How unfortunate.

SD, being Pagan and into much of the same ideologies and concepts as me joined as a founding member of my own Chapter, though for a time we floundered as there was absolutely no interest by anyone in our State. We initiated another member only to find he was more interested in serving his own carnal pleasures than he was for spiritual development (turned out the guy was a fucking serial rapist and had deep connections within the OTO, Freemasons and was a part of pretty much every Pagan meetup group in our area, so there went the idea of expansion), and that put us off to the point that our Chapter became a somewhat private affair for our own spiritual development. We conducted a few rituals based off of the ideologies of the Club, but I found it more beneficial to rework these into my own concepts on Alchemy that I was now fully invested in, and contemplate them in silent meditation. I believe these concepts and meditations were what led to my eventual contact with the Elder Guardians in 2012 when coupled with my LD practices.

In regards to the activities of Eamon and the other members, they continued with their regular meetups, but for me and SD, it was a several year period of stagnation. Of course, I still remained in close contact with the other Stewards and Eamonn, and engaged in regular chats with them all both privately and publicly on the Club’s Facebook pages. By this stage I had invested a few thousand dollars in some of Eamonn’s books which constituted my “occult library” (there was some good, rare books in this library). Eamonn had also commissioned me to help on some of his upcoming works, knowing that I was rather handy when it came to using photoshop for touching up “noisy” images. It seemed his work on gaining an international foothold was paying off as he now had established connections (and thus Chapters) within the USA and throughout Europe as well as in almost every State of Australia. SD and I were added to the “Hellfire Star Chamber” along with the other Stewards to discuss drafting of the proper charters for each Chapter and other such necessities that would move it full steam ahead. I guess Eamonn envisioned it growing as big as Freemasonry or something.

With things seemingly moving along nicely, I was inspired to revisit my Chapter of Dragon Flame and begin structuring it into something more usable and in line with the Hell Fire Club’s Goals. I began drafting my own charter with an idea to properly promote it amongst the limited occult societies in my area. I wrote poems and verse that I posted amongst the Stewards in the Starfire Chamber that even Eamonn himself suggested were good enough to be used for all of the Chapter both, original and international. Whether those poems and verse arse still in use is a mystery to me, though if they are then technically they are being used out of copyright, not that I really give a shit.

The Charter

Here is a {somewhat incomplete} charter I wrote for my Chapter of Dragon Flame. As you can see, there is nothing inherently sinister within it, and it was based heavily on the chapter papers Eamonn wrote, bound and distributed to the Hell Fire Club’s Members: The whole purpose of my club was utilise HFC rituals as a form of unlocking the higher self within the candidate. I wanted people to experience that “god mode” form of consciousness that I had experienced during my times with Elder Guardians.

THE CLUB’S INTENTION: To bring one into a new perception of oneself by symbolic means.

Elements needed to effectively be in chapter:

  • Membership cards/coins must be made for the initiation of guests, and any spares used to decorate the decanter/bottle on the occasion of guest initiation plus an extra gold coin.
  • A blue and red coloured robe
  • A beaked mask (one per member)
  • A Bishop’s/ Wizard’s hat/ mitre reserved for the appointed Abbot’s duties
  • A floor/ table cloth printed/embroidered with a zodiac or stars. If none is available then the Major Arcana of a Tarot set arranged in three rings (12-7-3) or a set of 12v zodiacal cards from Uranias Mirror can be used.
  • Six Candlesticks (representing the four niches/ doves and two paths in the caves) to signify the Towers of the Abbey of Theleme in (Rabelais Book 2), named after the winds in the classical world: Arctice, Calaer, Anatole, Mesembrine, Hesperia, Cryere.
  • A lamp/ globe/ bowl suspended from the ceiling above the floor cloth, preferably one that may contain a lighted taper/ candle.
  • A bottle/ decanter of wine/ mead in which the coin is to be cast during the guests initiation ceremony as well as a chalice or goblet for drinking of said wine.
  • Pentagram and Hexagram Sketches as well as the Stewards Jewel and a set of Platonic Solid Models to signify the two keys. The letters T.R.I.N.C. must be available, preferably so that they can be rearranged as is done in the ceremony of the second key.
  • Any available object that can act as a tribute to Francis Dashwood, whether it be a portrait of him, an object from the club or an empty chair reserved for the presence of the founder.
  • A scroll bearing the poem called ‘The 108 Steps” to be laid at the bottom of the floor cloth

Membership Cards: Exist to aid all persons involved in the club and available only through properly appointed Stewards of each Chapter. To be completed and issued to successful applicants on an individual basis only. In early days coins or token were used in place of the cards, engraved or marked by/ for the individual. The coin/token/ card should be regarded as the sole guarantee that the lessons of the Chapter have been relayed by a Steward in an appropriate manner, and that the persons connection is a true one.

A record should be kept by the Stewards of the names of those in which a card is issued, and allow other chapters to request information regarding membership status in order that visiting members from other areas are properly received, though it should be noted that the right to a membership card does not necessarily guarantee admittance to another chapter. Politeness holds sway and all members wishing to visit another chapter should either wait to be invited or contact an appropriate Steward to arrange asocial meeting in advance.

 

PRELIMINARY ARRANGEMENTS:

  • The floor cloth is to be aligned so that the doves point to the principle points of the compass; the main door of this room should open towards the first path of the inner temple.
  • The lamp is to be hung in the centre of the room above the floor cloth. The only light in the room should emanate from this lamp alone.
  • Around the internal space is to be a representation of a celestial zodiac, depicted through the Major Arcana (Trumps) of the Tarot deck, which are placed in exact alignment of the zodiac at the solstices in a series of 3 – 7 – 12.
  • At the extremities around the cloth behind the doves are placed four candlesticks to represent the four niches.
  • In the centre of the floor cloth is to be placed the bottle/decanter with the members coins strewn about next to it.
  • At the bottom of the floor cloth should be laid the poem ‘The 108 Steps” with a gold coin placed atop it.
  • On the opposite side of the scroll, where the rings of the Major Arcana align, is to be placed a pentagram with the Letters T.R.I.N.C. enclosed in its outer spaces along with a platonic solid at one edge and the Stewards Jewel at the other edge.

The four Doves or degrees: The object of the members of the Hell Fire Club is to better oneself spiritually by meditating and applying one’s mind to the occult symbology of alchemy guided on by an appointed Steward. Although there are no formal degrees in the sense of rank, one must first progress through a series of four non-linear states along the journey to their inner self.

  • Guests are invited to attend Chapter meetings by a member of the HFC whereby they can partake in the first of many rituals of casting a coin at the decanter and taking a drink of its contents. Once this first rite of passage has been completed the Guest may then apply for membership whereby they become a member if accepted by the club. Guests and preparations of what they may see or experience are the sole responsibilities of the inviting member. Watch Words for guests are Friendliness and Discretion.
  • Members are guests that have completed the first rite of passage and on applying for membership, have been approved by an appointed Steward. A successful applicant may then apply to the Steward of their Chapter for advice on the deeper interpretation of the symbols associated with the club. The privilege of inviting Guests to the chapter meetings is restricted to members alone, and for practical reasons is kept to one Guest per member per meeting. Watch words for members are Sincerity and Application.
  • A Steward is essentially any person whose membership has passed from the level of the inner desire for experience to the outward manifestation of that in literature, mathematics, public speaking, art, business or any other engagement. They guide the Club as one would a ship, relating from memory the legends, traditions and symbols and assist others in taking their first steps on the road to inner discovery. There is usually only one Steward in Chapter at once, the position being revoted upon by members every year. Watch words are Hospitality and Self Sacrifice.
  • A Prior/ Prioress is someone who has walked the inner road of themselves and has effectively returned to the beginning. It is the prior’s/ prioress’s duty to continue the seed of the club, and only they are able to begin a new chapter of their own. Watch Words for priors are Work and Silence.

The office of the abbot: The Abbot’s role lies outside of the four degrees and is not a level attained in the club by application of oneself. Instead it is an annually elected role, enabling all members of the club to exert an influence upon its development. The Abbot, whilst appearing to be of merriment and even disorder, is vital to the Harmony and well being of the club. It is in fact an evolutionary force.

The hell fire club greeting: The Steward welcomes all of those who have made it to Chapter using the LAQS motto and gives a brief explanation of any themes they have thought relevant for after ritual.

Layout of the 12 rituals of the hfc:

  1. The Ritual Of Fire – to be completed in the sign of Gemini (ideally in the last 10 degrees of the sign, ie 11th – 20th of June )
  2. Ritual Of Air – to be completed in the sign of Cancer during midwinter (ideally at the very start of the sign on the 21st of June.
  3. Ritual II

Possible Set Up:

  • A permanent pentagram (circle) set up with four “pillars” representing the niches of TARO (north, south, east and west), and another two representing the “gate” or “entrance” to the circle, with rocks filling the spaces to symbolise the cave.
  • An empty chair for the presence of Dashwood.
  • The candles representing the Guest to be lit from the candle of the T niche.

Ritual of Fire:

Aim:

  • To make the Guest subconsciously aware of the fact that they are element of fire, which is associated with the tetrahedron
    • To be facilitated by the building and lighting of a fire by the Guest
  • To subconsciously open the path of Cancer for the Guest
    • To be facilitated by the alignment of Cancer (Chariot) with the element of Fire (Judgement) on the floor cloth and the recitation of the passage explaining as such.
  • To connect the Guest with the archetypal energies of Francis Dashwood and the original Hell Fire Club both consciously and sub consciously
    • To be facilitated by the empty chair, and recitation of a brief speech acknowledging Francis Dashwood
  • To connect the Guest with the archetypal energies of the Abbey Of Theleme
    • To be facilitated by explaining the four niches of T.A.R.O. and the square that they comprise
  • To make the Guest subconsciously aware that by throwing the coin they are taking the first step in the transmutation of fire into air.
    • To be facilitated by the recitation of the poem of the guest.
  • To symbolically cast aside the material constraints society has placed upon the Guest
    • To be facilitated by the casting of a coin at the decanter
  • To make the Guest aware of the essential relationship of themselves
    • To be facilitated by the drinking of the wine.

Papers to be given:

  • Introductory papers on the club, what it’s about, it’s goal etc.
  • An explanation of Archetypal energies
  • An introduction on Alchemy
  • An introduction The Kabalistic Tree of Life
  • An explanation of the Abbey of Theleme

Items needed for next meeting:

The symbology behind the ritual of the guest is to be the quintessential starting point of the HFC: CODF. I feel it important that this ritual be designed so that the initiate, after freeing themself of their materialistic constraints by throwing the coin at the decanter, be able to connect with the archetypes of Francis Dashwood himself and the rest of his members. I am still unsure how the latter can be acted out in ritual, perhaps more thorough research into his character will prove useful. It may also be worth looking making a rite that mimics certain aspects of the positioning of the original caves when laying out the elements of the club.

The location of this ritual should be carried out in a location bearing similar attributes to that of the river of Styx in the caves of West Wycombe, or another underground place used, perhaps a sacred well, burial ground or even a consecrated space in a room dedicated to the purpose. I propose to use the clearing behind our house in MH for the job as there is a nearby creek which resembles the aforementioned river, and a secret spot which may act as the inner temple “hidden” by undergrowth.

Originally I proposed to have the Guest build and light a fire, so that they are physically and mentally becoming the element of the tetrahedron, but Storme has suggested this may be in efficient as not everyone is competent at building fires, so we made the decision that a candle should be lit instead, for each Guests, which can then be blown out at the next Chapter meting during the ritual of Air (obviously the candle will have to be re lit, as it cannot burn between Chapters)

The ritual is started by other members taking up position around the floor cloth, and the HFC greeting cited. The member who invited the Guest shall then give a brief introduction of them and what attributes led them to give an invitation, to which an appointed Steward will quote the poem:

Recitation of the Gate of Cancer:

Behold thee

In the position of Gemini you dwell

Study its composition

For its passing is nigh

But with it comes the opening of Cancer’s gate,

And thus the Chariot you shall ride across Zodiac of yourself.

So mote it be

 

Poem of the Guest

O guest whoso dares to seek our secret keys,

For the benefit of no other

And no other shall thee seek to please

In order that you will discover

That you and you alone are the sun

Rising in Cancer

To traverse the ocean of the one

So that you may find the answer

That lies deep within our inner temple

Capricorn will show you the way

If only thought of our secret be made ample

When the Devil is yours to slay

And the Corinthian book be melted down

So that the seven alchemical metals are found

But first we ask that you seek our jewel

Lest thee should yourself become the fool

Casting aside want of wealth

Be received by us in benevolence and health

Throw now your coin at the bottle of TRINC

And in the name of Dashwood drink

Study the lines in this poem you ought

As you dare O Guest to set Wealth at naught.

A coin is thrown at the bottle/ decanter in the centre of the floor cloth by the Guest/s, as they envision their shackles being released, to signify their willingness to sacrifice the materialistic profanities which pose a hindrance to their own spiritual progression. Mention is given by the Steward to the ‘TRINC’ sound made as the coin hits the bottle and its’ similarity to the word ‘trokken’ meaning to drink. The Guest/s then drinks of the wine within the decanter, which is passed around to each member to signify the equality of the members of the club. Once the Guest/s has sipped upon the wine, the Steward tells them they have freed themselves of the limitations of materialism, and that for a new perspective to take place within the individuals mind, one must in time first come to the realisation of death as the next passage to wisdom. The ritual is finished by the Steward quoting:

We have shown you whence the path to the inner self lies, it is now your decision whether or not to walk it. If you do, then may this club and its members, being both of flesh and of spirit, provide the necessary guidance, acting as a vessel for your journey across the ocean of the zodiac.”

Afterwards a relevant theme designed to expand the mind and open the psyche may be discussed between all in chapter including any Guests.

At the end of Chapter the Guest/s is asked to meditate upon everything revealed to them in chapter in their own time, and keep a record of any changes that may occur in their consciousness whether it be manifested physically around them or astrally in their dreams, and that when they feel ready they may apply for full membership. They are to be given a paper which highlights the goal of the club as well as explains what an archetype is and how it applies to the symbology behind the HFC.


Ritual Of AIR:

Aim:

  • To receive the Guest as a new Member of the HFC
    • To be facilitated by the giving of a membership card and a gold coin (as opposed to the silver one thrown at the decanter.)
  • To make the new Member subconsciously aware that they have transmuted the first of the elements into the second
    • To be facilitated by the extinguishing of the flame first created by the Guest with air from their breath and the alignment of the element Air (Fool) on the floor cloth to the planetary and zodiacal rings (120 degrees), and the recitation of the first transmutation.
  • To subconsciously establish the floor cloth as the universe
    • To be facilitated by the movement of the outer ring of the 12 zodiacal cards by 30 degrees (one zodiacal card) anti-clockwise and the movement of the inner ring of 7 planetary cards by 51.42 degrees (one planetary card) anti-clockwise
  • To subconsciously establish that the 3 rings of the 22 cards Major Arcana as being the outward projections of the inner temple lamp.
    • To be facilitated by the moving of the decanter from the top of the floor cloth (between the Pentagram and Stewards Jewel) to its centre (in the middle of the inner ring of the elemental cards) and the recitation of the lamps description from “The Oracle Of The Bottle”
  • To subconsciously establish the square of opposition
    • To be facilitated by the recitation of the meaning of T.A.R.O. and how it represents the four niches of the Abbey of Theleme
  • To subconsciously establish the Steward’s Jewel as being an anchor in the ocean of universe
    • To be facilitated by the action of rowing the new member around the floor cloth by the Steward whereby they stop at Cancer
  • To consciously establish the Tree of Life as being a map of the Tarot and a
    • To be facilitated by reciting the symbolism of the double suns of the Stewards’ Jewel, and how they relate to the twin paths of Cancer and Capricorn, and how it is a hexagram.

The Temple Lamp – Oracle of the Bottle:

Behold the most admirable lamp of our Oracle

That dispenses so large a light over our temple

Though we lay underground

We can still see as clearly as day

It dangles from a ring of massy gold,

as thick as any clenched fist

Three chains most curiously wrought

Hung below it

And in a triangle supported a round plate of fine gold

Four holes, each of which an empty ball was fastened

Hollow within

And open at the top

One amethyst

Another carbuncle

The third opal

The last anthracites

All full of burning water

Five times distilled in a serpentine lymbeck

Inconsumptible nonetheless

In each was a flaming wick

The First Transmutation

We have received your pledge to enter our temple and discover the mysteries that lie therein. Extinguish, now the flame of the tetrahedron with the breath of your being, and take up your new place amongst the airs of the octahedron….

I now beseech unto you the honour of a being a full member of the Hell Fire Club [to which the coin and card are given], and reveal unto you the secret of the pillars of the Abbey of Theleme, signified by the four doves placed upon our floor cloth. T A R O, together these pillars signify the four cardinal directions, the 4 dimensions of the cube of space, as well as the four elements of our club, and together with secrets yet to be revealed unto thee, they shall serve as the basis of your self transformation.

Join us, now as we navigate the vessel of ourselves through the ocean of the zodiac, seeking to take up anchor at the secret pathway hidden behind the devil.

[The Steward rows around the room, stopping at the alignment of Cancer ]

To aid you in your voyage we give unto thee, willingly, the gift of our jewel. Do not tarry long in its mysteries, for like the pillars they are many. For now may it serve solely as your own anchor, which you will cast upon the Gate of Cancer.

[The Steward gives the jewel to the new member who throws it at the Chariot card.]

Rejoice, for I now declare the path of Cancer open, and inform ye that you are indeed on the right course.

A coin and membership card is to be presented to any new members.

Papers to be given:

    • The Stewards Jewel
    • The Hebrew Alphabet & Gematria

Ritual III: the four doves.

After membership has been granted to a guest they are then allowed to partake in the first ritual which is designed to explain the significance the four doves bear to the four elements, and the colour of each element described. Members should be made aware that these four doves comprise what is called the square of opposition.

The ritual must encompass each element being made known, lighting a candle for fire, incense for air etc. A common circle casting may suffice, whereby meditation is focused upon the physical appearance of the Caves at West Wycombe, followed by the meditation of the newly opened pathway of cancer. Perhaps a ritual encompassing the sailing or entering of a boat to signify the opening of the pathway.

FURTHER STUDY: The writings of Francois Rabelais (Gargantua & Pantagruel), designs and positions of the various caves, grottoes, monuments and the great Mausoleum atop the hill at West Wycombe – England, Kabalistic Tree of Life, Platonic Solids, Corinthian Brass, Egyptian Mythology, Hypnerotomachia Poliphili (The Strife Of Love In A Dream) by Francesco Colonna, Cube of Space, Egyptian scheme of the Zodiac with decans, Square of opposition, Charles Johnstone’s “Crysal” aka “Adventures Of A Guinea”, Ars Combinatoria by Ramon Llull

And then the shit hit the proverbial fan. No sooner had the Starfire Chamber been assembled, than it was being torn apart by the very man who had spent over a decade bringing its international standing to fruition; Eamonn.

What started as a warning towards one of the members of his English chapter, for inappropriate behaviour towards other members, soon turned into a clash between his Chapter and the international ones. Regardless of whatever behaviour this individual displayed (which she has since shown remorse for), Eamonn used it as a pawn to get everyone involved and start taking sides. It was real petty schoolyard politics bullshit on his end, and quite frankly I was stunned he’d stooped so low.

I guess it was because this individual had made quite good friends with some of the international Stewards, so when they refused to depose her from the Club, Eamonn got annoyed. He gave everyone an ultimatum: side with him and continue on under his official establishment, or take the side of the person in question and lose any connection we once had with his chapter. Honestly, it was too much drama for my liking, and I preferred not to get involved, though I had noted similar drama in the past when it came to Eamonn.

There was one particular guy who had been affiliated with the club and helped establish it in America who began selling unofficial HFC branded insignia for big money against the wishes of Eamonn. In the same email he had dished out to members, it mentioned that not only was this guy a fraud but he was also a convicted pedophile and that Eamonn and the Club would have nothing else to do with him, which I thought at the time was fair enough. Though after this school yard politics tactic, I began to wonder just how much of that schpeel was actually true. It seemed to me Eamonn had a tendency to over exaggerate someone’s indiscretions if they pissed him off.

I was also aware that Eamon had been pushing the envelope when it came to the publishing rights he was given for some of the books he was making a high margin on; when it was mentioned by the owner of that copyright Eamonn was printing more than the agreed amount of copies, his reply was for them to “eat shit” – of course, I never told him I knew about that particular interview, and had given him the benefit of the doubt about it being a business misunderstanding. I guess I was being naïve.

There was also one other thing that was making me question Eamonn’s integrity, and that was the way I had caught him lying about sending me free copies of his latest work, which had been agreed by both of us as fair payment for my photoshopping work on them.

The son of a bitch fucking pressed me for weeks to give up my lunch breaks managing an electronics factory to get these out by the deadline. And a fair portion of what should have been my R&R time after work. In the end I couldn’t have given a shit about whether or not I received the works, but to be lied to about them and then to have Eamonn cease all communication with me because of it really stung me.

Turns out I wasn’t the only one he scammed; on a facebook group for rare occult works I found a community of disgruntled customers that had been waiting years – yes actual fucking years, like 2 or 3– for books from him they had spent a good deal of money on. After a brief read of their comments the total amount owed was easily over $20k. I like to believe that Eamonn just fell behind in his orders and that these guys eventually got their books, as I never pinned him for one who would intentionally deceive people for money, but regardless, there was talk of getting the police involved after he didn’t bother to reply to their emails. And talk from others who suggested it was common practice for Eamonn to go through stages of seeming professionalism only to finish it off with such fraudulent actions. Oh yeah, and he was on the fucking group.

So it was safe to say Eamonn, who seemed to be embodying the spirit of Aleister Crowley a little too literally, was fast burning the bridges he had established within the occult community, and getting quite a negative name for himself.

In the end the Stewards of the international Chapters decided he was too much of a liability and flipped him the metaphorical bird. We became our own separate entity completely disenfranchised from Eamonn and his chapter and whatever bullshit went with it, and Eamonn started refusing he ever had any involvement with any of us, even though it was his idea to expand internationally in the first place. Even though the whole club had been established on his ideologies. He said his fuck you’s and we said them right back.

How do I know he flat out refuses we had anything to do with his Club? Because a friend within the {American} OTO bought books from him and received a flyer asking him to join the HFC, to which Eamonn dismissed any connection to the international chapters, saying we had nothing whatsoever to do with his club and never had to begin with….Here’s the thing though, I still have the original emails proving otherwise. Whoopsie. In the words of the wise man who runs the site these words are posted on, don’t piss on someone’s leg and tell them it’s raining.

Consider it some recompense for the people still yet to receive their books:


So there you have it; the true modern day history of the HFC.

For what it is worth, despite all the drama, I’d be lying if I said the club did not have a profound impact on me. Despite Eamonn’s shortcomings, he did lead me down the road of Alchemy I otherwise never would have set foot on and inadvertently gave me some auxiliary tools to unlock my higher self.

If you are interested in such things, then I sincerely recommend seeking out a Steward of the International Chapters, that are no longer affiliated with him. Sure you might get there with his Chapter, but that all depends on whether or not he actually sends you the books you pay for.

Like I said, I hope he just fell behind with his orders and has since completed them, but I honestly stopped bothering reading into anything he was up to a few years ago, so that is research the reader will have to invest their own time in. It was sad to see a community with such potential succumb to such childish bickering.

In regards to Eamonn, I don’t hate him; I always looked up to him for spiritual guidance.

Who knows, maybe life caught up with him and he saw the need to make a quick buck to pay for a debt or two he’d gotten himself into. I just hope for his sake he hasn’t dug himself a hole he is unable to get out of.

I like to believe that spark that made him want to expand his Club internationally for the spiritual betterment of the people is still alive and smouldering somewhere deep inside him.

 

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

What to do when it seems that your affirmation prayers are shooting blanks

This article is very important. I get a lot of comments from people who run an affirmation campaign, or two, and are surprised that nothing seems to be happening. They wonder what they are doing wrong. And it is very upsetting to them. So what I want to do here is explain a couple of things to put everything into perspective and to set the proper systems in place and corrective actions for those desirous of it.

So what happens? You are running two, three maybe ten campaigns of prayers. You are following the directions and the format exactly. You are doing everything that you are supposed to be doing, but still it doesn’t seem like you are getting anywhere. What is going on?

Introduction

It all began with this email that I got the other day…

I’m not sure if i should write you this like this or if i should put it in the comment section. The thing is this. It feels my prayers aren’t being answered or even getting closer to being answered. That’s the short version. Lol.

That’s pretty straightforward and clear.

The longer story is this: I started praying your way with some slight modifications in the wording in September 2020.

So you have been running affirmation campaigns for just over one year and you are not seeing any results.

One year is a extremely short span of time to expect results.

My rule of thumb is for every combined cluster of six months of affirmations, you see results in three years.

Depending, of course, on your situation, and the complexity and difficulty of your desires.

So lets’ s suppose you ran a total of eight weeks of prayers in campaigns. That equals a total of two months. My rule of thumb would then place your targeted goals out at about nine years from now.

Here’s my handly-dandy goal manifestation estimation table…

Of course, the personal situation and all things considered can mitigate these projected target dates. As well as how you do them, and all the rest. It’s just a guide that varies from person to person.

Now, the astute observer would notice something VERY interesting about this table above.

Let’s look at it again…

So what gives?

It doesn’t seem like it is worth it. An extra six months sooner for doubling the amount of prayers doesn’t seem to make sense. It’s a lot of extra work for just a slight decrease in the wait time.

Ah. But the point here is that you should all be having multiple affirmations in your campaigns. Not just one singular goal.

The more different affirmations the crunchier and compressed your manifestation dwell time.

Or to put it another way, you WANT to have more and varied descriptions of your goals, not less. And these extra prayers adds complexity that adds depth and breadth to your resultant objectives and colors to the results.

So in short. Don’t be impatient. Run your campaigns. Follow the formula, and know that they will manifest.

Let’s continue with the email contents…

The modifications i did are to pay respect to God. Being a Catholic. The way i say my prayers are still in a present tense and positive way.

There’s no problem with that. You do have to be care in one aspect of prayers, however. You CANNOT say…

  • God please grant me permission to have XXXXX…

Absolutely not.

You must say thing specifically in this manner…

  • I have XXXXX.

It is very important that you say things in a [1] positive,  [2] present, [3] perfect [4] tense sentence structure.

I started by doing one month on and one month off. During the first pause a lot of things got worse. Just like you said. 

I figured, no worries just keep it up. 

After the second pause things got worse but some things also showed signs of improving. And because it seemed my prayers were being answered i decided to keep my prayers more or less the same.

Yes. You are correct. This is the way it works.

I specifically decided not to get greedy and ask for huge things or whatever. 

I felt grateful and just wanted the rest of my prayers to be answered. 

Now as you yourself know even better some prayers aren’t answered but you are given opportunities to do some things yourself to get to what you want.

Yes, this is how it works. No problem here.

Well up until my fourth pause , which was in april 2021 , things seemed to go that way. 

After that it just seems like my prayers are being blocked or stay just out of reach.

This indicates an issue. Some potential issues or causes, the top culprit being…

  • Conflicting affirmations (given your current situation). You would be amazed how certain words or phrases can completely derail your affirmations.

Other issues / contributors that are commonly encountered include…

  • Timing
  • Curses
  • Handicaps
  • Pre-birth world-line Templates
  • Expectations
  • Negative partner
  • Bombarded by electromagnetic radiation
  • Inauspicious fate
In the meantime some prayers were answered but still. 

One of my main prayers. Which is owning my own house seems to come in reach and then gets taken away just as quickly. 

Almost as if something out there doesn't like me.

This is a common enough experience, and I do know what is EXACTLY going on here in this particular issue.

It might seem like there is a barrier, and maybe there is. But I am willing to guess that there is a conflict in your affirmations. How?

Let me illustrate with two simple affirmations in a singular campaign.

  • I and my family are happy, safe and secure.
  • We own a nice house.

Then as time moves on, opportunities for a house appear. and you are just about ready to get the house deal, but then it falls through. So you try again. Same neighborhood. Again it falls through. So you see something at another part of the city, and still it falls through.

Chances are that sure… you might be able to buy the house. BUT… you will never be allowed to because if you lived in any of those houses you and your family will not be happy, safe and secure. You see, you have to turn off your mind from things cause and effect.

You need to start thinking fourth dimensional and asking for guidance. I would thus add these affirmations…

  • I am given direction and nudges that tell me which affirmations to change or alter so that I would be happy and healthy as would be my family as well.
  • They will provide me insight and feedback as to how successful my affirmation campaigns are working.

With this, you would obtain feedback loops and nudges as to how to direct your affirmation campaigns.

The same thing happened with some other prayers. 

Now there are a couple of things i noticed since April 2021 and i hope these things sound familiar to you. - Some things show up during the pause phase, but the also disappear during the same pause phase. - Those disappearing things drifting back into my life when i start praying again.

What is going on is that the supporting underlying structures are not fully mature for the affirmations to manifest.

Think of an individual affirmation as a hearty meat and potato stew. If you don’t allow the time for the stew to cook, it will be watery, trivial, and plain. You have to let it cook for hours to allow the potatoes to soften, and the meat to tenderize and the broth to form.

This has happened with me, OMG! Time and time again.

Like when I wanted a nice Cadillac automobile. And it manifested. And then six months later the Air Conditioning died, and I was living in Arkansas where it was hot and humid and I was sweltering in my nice car with no Air Conditioning. But to repair the A/C cost $8000 USD. Ugh!

What I said was…

  • I own a nice big impressive roomy executive automobile.

When what I should of said was something different. Early on, I noticed that when I put special “but” affirmations in my campaigns they would stop those mistakes from happening.

You OBVIOUSLY have a few “but” affirmations that are causing things not to manifest.

So what is going on here?

As I see it there are two things that are plainly going on…

  • You are not letting the affirmation campaigns cook. You want your goals NOW, and not in two years when you are fully ready for them.
  • There are some “but” affirmations that are preventing certain manifestations from happening.
This let me to think about shortening my pause phases.

No. No. No. You want to lengthen the pause phases. Not shorten them. Never shorten them.

Also because you wrote about how one can have shorter pauses. You wrote this in an older article. 

All though you never wrote why that can be done i figured this might be what i needed to do based on how things went the last year. So i decided to pray for six weeks starting in November and then resting for the rest of December. Which would be about 3 weeks.

You can have shorter pauses, but it is ill advised.

Think of the stew. Sure you can have a quick bowl of stew early on. But it will not be as tasty as one fully cooked. It’s like a pizza. Sure you can take the pizza out early, but the cheese won’t be melted, and the crust will be soft and wet.

And then on December 1 you put out your article in which you say that you can actually EXTEND your pause phase. Which now has me wondering even more on what to do. Shorten my pause or extend it?

Extend the pause phase. When in doubt or questions, always extend the wait time.

More questions

The Questioner continues…

There are way more things i would like to write to you, but i know you are busy so can i ask you this. 

1: does this e-mail of mine give you ideas for add on articles on prayer campaign details that people need to know about. Like what happened with me and how and what we need to do to fix these things when they occur during our prayer campaigns.

Yes. It generated this article and I am confident that one or two others will find the information valuable.

2: If my mail isn't worthy of an article because its not something that would make for a beneficial article for a lot of people or even if it is could i please at least ask for some short answers on the following questions.

No problem, I will help in any way possible.

1: you said that you shouldn't do one month on and one month off campaigns for more than 8 months. I am over that time period already. So should i start my new campaign now right away or would it still be better to actually extend my rest period until February

In your case, I would conduct a base line campaign with an extended rest phase. You should be running a three month campaign (12 weeks) followed by a three and a half month rest period (14 weeks).

1. So my last campaign lasted 6 weeks and would then have a pause phase of 7 weeks instead of 3.

Yes. That is correct.

2: i have gathered from experience that whatever that you gained from prayer only drifts back during pause phases and not during campaigns. I’m talking about things that would require multiple campaigns to become more permanent in your life. 

It seems that prayer campaigns put a hold on the drift back effect. Am i correct on this?

Yes, in general. You are right. There are exceptions, but in your case this does seem to be the case.

MM comments…

No worries. A lot here to unpack.
I am going to put your questions up to the Domain Commander later. But in the meantime, I am going to try to answer about prayer.
Your frustration is a common one, and I know EXACTLY what you are talking about.
First, the Catholic answer… God doesn’t grant every prayer. It’s pretty lame, I know. And it’s a point of contention that I have always had with the Catholic church and the Christian religion. But it’s not really true…
Now, the MM answer
I have over four decades of affirmation prayers. I can tell you that I had a similar situation with a similar prayer.
"I own a house in Zhuhai".
Here’s a map of Zhuhai…

Zhuhai, China

.
And for YEARS nothing happened. Meanwhile, you know, I’m living life, and believing that my wishes and goals will manifest. Life took over, and…

[1]

I got a job in Zhuhai. Yeah, my salary was cut, and then cut again, and then cut again. But I was living in Zhuhai. I was renting a house of the beach, and it was lovely, though very wet.
.
I was living inside of Zhuhai. I rented a house on the beach in Zhuhai, but I did not OWN a house in Zhuhai.
Life continues. I still kept that prayer in my affirmations.

[2]

Now, my daughter is born. I need to plan for her future, and in China that means that I have to establish a home town for her.
.
By default, that is my wife’s home town which was Wenzhou.
.
So we went forth to change it to Zhuhai household resister, medical insurance, and residency. A lot of work, but all the doors opened.
.
Difficult. Yes. Time consuming Yes.
.
But eventually she (and my wife) obtained Zhuhai residence. This is true, but we were still renting a house inside of Zhuhai. Not owning one, and the housing prices were prohibitively expensive.
Still, I kept this in my prayers.

[3]

Well, a new complex of houses were being constructed just outside of Zhuhai, and the prices for the new houses is a fraction of the prices inside of Zhuhai. .
.
Though only a few meters separated the homes from Zhuhai city lines. You cross the street and you are in a different administration center.
.

My new house location.

.
So we saw a nice reasonably big house, new, nice location, and bought it.
.
Price was about 1/6 that of a Zhuhai house.
.
The Zhuhai bus lines starts at my new house and goes deep throughout the city. The only thing is that my home physically lies just outside of the border.
Still never the less, I kept up my prayers.

[4]

Well, Zhuhai is growing. A new High Speed Train line is coming in very close to my new house. And this line will be a direct line between the mega-cities of Shenzhen and Guangzhou. Good news. But my house is still outside of the city limits.
Still I kept up with my prayers.

[5]

Now discussions are underway to change the Zhuhai borders, and extend it outside and past where I live. Thus, making all of us living inside of Zhuhai city proper.
.
I await the rezoning effort, and then when that happens, I will remove that affirmation from my list.
Have patience.
.
Have faith. You are doing the right things.

Personal issues

The house is in the same geographical area. We can take the bus and go anywhere we normally go. It’s only that the administration is of a different community, the taxes and prices are different. That’s it. So in essence we have almost what we want, however, it is not EXACTLY what we want.

By keeping the affirmations in place, I can tell you all from experience that the desires, goals and dreams will absolutely manifest. You all just must be patient.

So please be patient. They always manifest. I have some of the most outlandish desires COME TRUE. Things that you would say “never in a million years” happen, but they did. So believe me. Follow the techniques and NEVER ever forget and do not doubt yourself.

Other issues

Now, for about 95% of the people the reasons why something is not manifesting is that you need to give things time. But there are other influences that can affect your affirmations as well.

Sigh.

There are numerous issues that could factor into why things seem to be taking a long time to manifest. I am going to break down some of the major event killers here. These are not every influence that might slow things down or cause you trouble, but they are all things that you need to pay attention to.

Here’s the list…

  • Timing
  • Curses
  • Handicaps
  • Templates
  • Expectations
  • Negative partner
  • Bombarded by electromagnetic radiation
  • Inauspicious fate
  • Conflicting affirmations

Timing

As I have stated.You are on a template, whether it is a pre-birth world-line template or a slide, but that template might have your goals further way or on “mountains” that will take some effort to get to. Do not lose hope.

Just keep plugging on and on and on. Then make sure that you have good long rest periods. And during those periods absolutely NO AFFIRMATIONS. Don’t even think about them. Let them “cook” and manifest. If you are thinking about your affirmations during the wait / pause time, you are doing things wrong.

Curses

Some people will put a curse on you. There are many, many, MANY people that do this. Not just intentionally, but inadvertently.

These curses need to be dealt with in your affirmations.

So in order to minimize the effects of curses, you need to add curse negation affirmations to your campaigns.

  • I purposely avoid negative, dangerous, bad, or problematic reality world-lines to achieve my goals.
  • I have broken apart any barriers to controlling my reality. These are barriers that are either self-created, or those created by others.
  • I define my reality, and undo any contrary spells, magick or alterations imposed upon me, or the reality around me by anyone or anything.
  • I block and shut out all negative, de-constructive, and dangerous thoughts from manifesting and altering my intentions listed herein.
  • These blocking protections extend to my family and include any malevolent efforts by anyone, or things against them.

Handicaps

You might have intentional problems that need to be resolved before certain affirmations can manifest. This is a big, huge subject and I have not even touched on it yet. What’s going on…?

Some people enter the physical realms in the General Population with a kind a handicap.

It’s an intentional set of chains, or restrictions and limitations that “handicaps” the person’s ability to live in the General Population MWI.

If you have such a handicap you need to contact your mantid directly and ask them to remove it and to give you insight why you have one in place and why. If you do not know how to communicate with your mantid, then you put the question in your affirmations.

  • I know what handicaps are inherent in my life.
  • I communicate with my mantids to remove or reduce any handicaps that I might have on me, my family, on on my goals.

My gut feeling is that maybe 20% to 25% of the population have a handicap of one type or the other imposed.

Templates

The template you are on might have some inherent faults, fissures or problems that will make obtaining your goals and dreams from manifesting. This is possible, but in my experience, it is not really all that common. It just manifests as long mountainous terrain.

You need to add affirmations that permit you to select the easiest paths towards your goals so as to avoid the mountainous terrain.

  • I always follow the path of least resistance to achieve my goals. In this way my life is smooth and calm, but also I do achieve my affirmation goals.

Expectations

Have realistic expectations. The best things take time. Do not be in such a rush. All will happen and all will occur.

Negative partner

The biggest influence on your life is your partner. They can enable you towards greatness or break you into nothing. If you partner is opposing you, you will need to keep your goals and dreams a secret. If they are still problematic, then you will need to change your partner.

Be realistic about your situation and your goals, dreams and desires. Be careful on what you are doing. Personal affirmations in an affirmation campaign are personal and are SECRET. Very few people, especially those close to you, should be isolated and kept away from your inner-most desires.

Bombarded by electromagnetic radiation

The USA and much of the West is bombarded by brain altering radiation used to manipulate. These things are very dangerous, but they also influence your affirmations. You need to center your consciousness, and you need to stay way from the “news”, especially the Western “news” as much as possible.  It is toxic. Avoid it.

Inauspicious fate

As I have discussed in my “Fate Forecasting” Index, fate is tied to your entry point on the pre-birth world-line template and it is a physical gravity influence. You need to realize that when you are fated with inauspicious events, they will put a sever damper on your ability to manifest your goals, dreams and desires.

You will have to wait… still conducting your campaigns over and over again… until you pass through the inauspicious times. Then watch all your seeds sprout and bloom!

Conflicting Affirmations

As I discussed above. Make sure that your affirmations are working together and not in conflict with each other.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Intention Prayer Index here…

Intention Campaigns

.

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to. To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Metallicman Donation
Other Amount:
Please kindly enter any notes that you would like to attach to the donation here:

 

 

[daegonmagus] – Part 15 – LD Lesson 4: Advanced LD Practices and Potentialities

The following is the fifteenth part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

-MM

Part 15 – LD Lesson 4: Advanced LD Practices and Potentialities

I hope you’ve been practicing because now we get into the good stuff. Comparing this article to my past ones will be like comparing aged scotch whiskey. It will be like shelving that 12 year old blended crap and cracking open a 21 year old single malt instead. Except rather than take a few savouring sips, we are going to devour the whole bottle.

Just don’t do what I did and leave it in an oak cask in the middle of 40+ degree Celsius summer only to find it had all evaporated before I’d even had my second sampling. For those who do not know, distillers take this evaporation into account when ageing their scotch and call it the “Angel’s Share”. Well the angels certainly got their fair share of that batch, $250 fucking dollars worth of it.

Speaking of angels, there is a very well known story in occult circles about Dr John Dee and his communication with the “angel” Enoch. As the story goes, Dee, an accomplished scryer, was able to communicate with Enoch through the use of a crystal ball and black mirror. Enoch purportedly relayed an Angelic alphabet to Dee who in turn relayed it to his associate Edward Kelly. Kelly transcribed the complete alphabet along with the proper method of contacting the angels through the use of a complex system of tablets. Israel Regardie (Aleister Crowley’s secretary) has an excellent write up of the correct use of the tablets in his book “Golden Dawn” which deals with the magical systems of that same Order.

Whilst this subject deserves its own separate article, be aware that my LD methodologies can be used to contact similar non physical entities (for the sake of brevity I lump all angels/demons/ghosts/inter-dimensional ETs in the same boat under this title). Though Dee never specifically used LD or AP for his scrying sessions (that I am aware of), these avenues certainly can be used for these purposes. In fact, I am so sure in my assertions that I will even go as far as to say that these avenues will produce results far better and far in excess than what is capable with conventional channeling processes whilst “awake”, going by mine and SDs experiences alone.

Remote viewing, telepathy, communication with non physical entities, projection into other worlds etc are all very real possibilities from this non physical vantage point. Men of common sciences will suggest they are just imbalances in brain chemistry or what have you, but once you experience them you will realise just how wrong these apparent “experts” are. Do yourself a favour and replace words such as “black mirror” and “crystal ball” with words such as “void space” and “sleep paralysis” whenever reading such occult recipes for communication with non physical entities.

So what makes LD so much better for these practices than channeling techniques carried out whilst conscious within the physical body? Trick question, and if you need to ask I suggest re-reading through my prior articles on the subject. LD is the practice of disengaging consciousness from the physical vessel. PERIOD. Non negotiable! Return all arguments to sender! We may call it a form of dreaming, or a type of OBE, but when you strip the technicalities away, this is what it really boils down to. It is the change of our conscious perception of reality, and for those who feel the need to argue this point, then all I can say is that you aren’t LDing properly. As MM would put it, it is your consciousness going from particle form to wave form. What you witness in LD is, quite bluntly, the other side of the Quantum physics coin. Read that, again.

How can one define reality when one is completely, irrevocably, 100% conscious, yet there is no longer a physical world in front of them? In LD you have a complete understanding on how it is your consciousness can create reality; there is no longer mystery in this regard. And these “expert” “dream scientists” are trying to measure it all with EEGs and other equipment that can only measure the particle domain? It is beyond laughable. As a qualified electronics technician with an advanced licence in radio I can tell you no breakthroughs are ever going to come through such dream research avenues which rely solely on such equipment.

It’s like using a wrench to measure voltage in an electronic circuit; the two are not compatible. But it is rather cute watching how much effort they put into it all. Kinda like watching a baby put a square block into a circular shaped hole. If only they would listen {sigh}. In case any of them are: If LD dream scientists are serious about their research then I suggest looking into experimenting with the concepts I am providing here. You will win a noble peace prize Laureate. Read up on MMs Our Universe material and play around with the range of extremely low frequencies he mentions. It all corroborates my experiences perfectly.

Hell, I’ll even draft your experiments up for you if you ask me nicely enough. Such scientists need to understand that once consciousness reaches the transition point, linear time becomes an irrelevant factor. The entire LD experience could take place within the time it takes the microcontroller in the EEG equipment clock to register a single digital step. That digital step is what draws all those nice little lines of data you guys like to rely on. Time is not the same in LD as it is in physical reality!!! LD/AP are not just fluctuations in brain chemicals/ speeds (though these do play a role); they are a conscious witnessing of quantum reality. Adapt your experiments accordingly, else you look like fucking amateurs to those of us who know what we are talking about.

So, anyways, in answering the above question:
By detaching consciousness and becoming lucid in this manner, you are disengaging from all the sensory inputs that shapes your physical world. Not just the 5 sensors, but all those sensors you don’t even realise you rely upon, such as subconscious “programs”, like breathing and heartbeat, that keep your body running. They are good for keeping your physical body alive, but one has to realise that these sensors, when tuned to the physical body, create a thick layer of M Band noise (what I previously called sub conscious distortion in past articles.) You will not realise just how encumbering this M Band Noise is until you consciously experience a transition into the sleeping state; at this juncture, the compression of consciousness state that you have been trapped in your whole life becomes immediately apparent.

Think of it like if you were born into a box that is much too small for your body in that it has to remain hunched over all the time. As the box is closed, the only reality you know of is that within the box. Hence you never realised you are encumbered. It is not until someone opens the box, and you can finally stretch out into the new reality outside of it that you realise just how limited you were in practically all of your abilities. This is a very crude rendition of a thought experiment called the “cave” by the well known philosopher Plato, I suggest everyone reads (it was what the story line of the Matrix movies was based on – and yeah I am the guy that exited the cave if you haven’t already figured it out). The point is, at the transition point you shed this M Band Noise baggage. It feels like someone just lifted a million tonne weight (or gravity itself) off of you, and you can – for want of a better word – “stretch” yourself in ways that you never could before. This is how you know you’ve reached the Void Space. In a general sense, the M Band noise begins to thin out the deeper one goes into sleep paralysis/ hypnogogia. Remember this, as it can be used to your advantage.

The reduction of this M Band noise layer is why LD is such an effective avenue for non physical entity communication. It is why it is so effective for “connecting” with other consciousness via telepathy. It is why it is so effective for remote viewing. Sure, there is still an inherent layer of M Band noise to cut through, but it is a lot thinner and a lot less troublesome from this vantage point. With enough practice it’s like cutting through butter. You learn to ignore what is irrelevant and focus on what is relevant. You learn to focus on what is new, what is different, what is out of place in this quantum world you are experiencing, and that is where you should be {carefully} probing for higher order information.

You’d be surprised of what is out there willing to “talk” or show you things. A point should be made though, that just because a non physical entity might say something, doesn’t always mean that it is the truth. Discernment is ultimately your own responsibility. And there is no reason you can’t be sending out “pings” for others to locate you. Ok yeah there is reason and we will say that reason is safety, but honestly, it isn’t something I really ever gave a shit about. (The movie “Baby’s Day Out” comes to mind, where this innocent baby wanders off from its parents to explore the fascinating world around it, seemingly ignorant of all the dangers unfolding right behind it and the predators that are trying to capture it to use it as a ransom. That pretty sums up my teenage LD years. )

But in these years I learnt some things; if you truly know yourself and what you are, there is nothing to be afraid of whilst in LD. I always operated on the mentality that no matter what evil presented itself to me to try and scare me, I was bigger and badder and meaner than it could ever be, and this is what I “projected” out with my pings. An unwavering sense of self is the crucial mentality one needs to be operating from in this state of consciousness. Never, ever, take notice of those words that were designed to break you from other, much weaker souls. If you allow them to carry on into the LD/AP domain, they will present as a weakened point of your being that may be exploited by other entities that are more sure of themselves. You simply cannot be weak minded when entering this place; wield your sense of self like a bright illuminating torch that makes others recoil in fear of being burnt and use that light to navigate.

Remember, you don’t actually have to accept that candy from the stranger at the park, just like you don’t have to accept their words as bearing anything on who you are. To put it simply, fuck their opinion. You are a god, you just don’t remember it yet. Hopefully you will soon.

Hidden Knowledge:

There is a wealth of information about who we are and our real histories that has been kept locked away from us in the non physical world; many occultists know this, yet very few are able to access such information. Consider this article the key to unlocking many of the mysteries that have been spoken about in occult circles for the past few centuries, when properly applied to them.

Understand my authority on this subject to make such bold claims does not come from an egotistical opinion generated on this plane of physical manifestation. Rather, it comes from the fact that I earnt my place to talk about them in such a manner as relayed to me by those who watch over this world in the non physical when they spoke to me of the importance of LD as the prime communication channel into the non physical planes. I don’t care if you have 10 million hits on youtube in reference to your LD clasess; if you haven’t clued onto this fact yet or experienced a flow of this information into your mind then either your LD abilities are no where near as good as you claim them to be or you are a disinfo agent paid to redirect knowledge from this profound truth; I will never ask a dime for any of it. I cannot stress how important Lucid dreaming really is for the evolution of human consciousness. This is something that is well overdue for reaching the mainstream. Don’t let the dream scientists wither it away to being nothing more than some fluctuations of dopamine. I have a feeling many Elders from indigenous tribes will agree with me, not that I am affiliated with any. The whole point of these articles is that I write them in the hope someone will pick them up and properly experiment with them further. Honestly, I’d rather be writing fantasy and sci fiction with the time I invest in them (seriously, I’ve got 5 half completed novels five times the size of this article sitting on my computer waiting for some TLC).

If properly applied, there is potential within these words to make the reader become more powerful than a god. Or, to put it simply, to remember yourself as an Immortal consciousness; your IS-BE heritage. Once you experience your consciousness operating from the seat of the Higher Self, you will never again consider the physical world as base line reality; I guarantee that much. What I am giving you here is real occult {hidden} power.

But first, let’s talk a little about potentiality of Lucid Dreaming.

The Higher Self:

I want you to do yourself a favour and take all that new age bullshit you’ve learnt on the Higher Self being some vague inner voice of yours that gives your physical self direction and throw it out the goddamned fucking window. Whilst this might be an auxiliary function, practically all of the shit you read about on this topic on the internet is NOT what I am talking about here. The exception to this rule is that Eastern based philosophy tends to show a greater understanding of this truth than anything Western based. However, if the poster of the article in question is not drilling home the point the Higher Self is both the origin and destination point for us, then relegate it to the trash.

The Higher Self, – the thing I experienced during my contact sessions with the EG and U5 – is quite literally an alien way of processing information. It is the mind that exists at the closest point of your soul’s/spirit’s/ non physical body’s creation, before it was manipulated, severely handicapped and thrown into a boring flesh suit, and told it must appease the profit prophets. No words will ever be sufficient to explain what it really is. It is an unfathomable function of the mind that every single person should be capable of connecting to if only they worshipped it more than they did money. Consider it like entering a god mode cheat for old DOS based computer games that give you “powers of the developers” to bend the rules of the game. The Higher Self is the god mode that allows you to exit this physical reality (Plato’s Cave) and explore everything from the outside. It allows you to view the entire created physical and non physical planes and their “light codes” as if you were the developer that worked on them. Does that sound like a more suitable end point for humanity than an endless cycle of work, die, reincarnate and repeat?

I have written in past articles that if you combined all the super geniuses of the Earth – all the Einsteins, Von Neumans, Schrodingers, Teslas – into a single being, their abilities would be only a very small fraction of what the Higher Self is capable of. I really am not exaggerating this. The reason is that while you are piloting your flesh suit, your mind has been limited in its operating functions (deliberately, if we go by what the EG told me, and what the Domain has told us). I like to think of it like comparing the processors of an old 1990s model computer to the modern equivalent. Your mind whilst locked in the physical body is like an old Pentium model operating in the MHz spectrum, whilst the Higher Self is equivalent to something running 4 or 5 Ghz. Well, actually it is more like something running in the ZettaHertz spectrum and beyond, but since we are a long way off from having that kind of processing power, I am stuck with equating it to only a 1000 times more. Humour me, will you, and just realise I am talking about a magnitude of operation trillions of times more powerful than the processing abilities you are using to read this very text.

I would have the readership remember back to those days when we thought a 500MHz processor was the pinnacle of our {computer} evolution, and that anything better was out of reach. Yeah, well that is the difference between your Earth mind processing capabilities versus something operating close their Higher Self, like, say, a non physical entity. We only think our Earth minds are the be all and end all to evolution because it is the only thing we know. How can I drill the point across more that it really isn’t? Hence the importance of connecting with this Higher Intelligence. Consider me the investor that is trying to build the research base to make those ZettaHertz processors a reality. It will take time, but we need to start somewhere and make gradual progress before we can expect results.

Allow me to explain this whole concept using another, more fitting analogy. In digital communications we have two choices when it comes to communicating data; that of serial or parallel programming practices. In serial data transfer each bit is placed on a single wire and processed one by one through each consecutive clock pulse from the processor. Parallel data transfer differs in that we have much more wires to place more bits on, thus more information can be processed for the same clock pulse.

This is the main functional difference between the higher mind and your limited Earth based one. Think of your Earth mind as having a single wire for information transfer; you must process thoughts in a serial like fashion before you can arrive at a conclusion to whatever it is you are thinking about, which more often than not is a choice that leads to some kind of action being taken, and thus more thoughts that add to the serial processing train.
Now consider the higher mind as being a parallel data bus with 100 more wires (we only need 64 to be ~18.5 quintillion times more powerful, as capability doubles with every bit added).

For every thought you have, you have a plethora of other thoughts that arise from it which must be processed by your brain one by one. For example, you might ask yourself “what should I eat for breakfast”, this would lead to a choice between bacon and eggs or toast with butter. Then you remember the bacon was tasting a bit funky last time you ate it so go with option 2. Only problem is you don’t have any bread left, so you decide to go the shop and buy some. On your way out the door you come across a neighbour and you engage in some friendly banter about your new car, which reminds you you need to fill up the gas tank etc etc, which leads to a million other thought trains about how much money is in your bank account, how you will allocate whatever funds you have to paying certain bills etc.


We don’t even realise it, but in the span of a few minutes we could have a hundred different thoughts that have arisen from other random thoughts in this manner; our mind just processes them automatically one by one without us even really realising it.

This is not at all how the higher mind functions. There are no “thought trains” as to how we have become accustomed to experiencing whilst in a physical body. This is because the moment a thought arises, all conclusions to that thought are simultaneously reached. Thus there is no “problem reaction solution”; whenever a problem is encountered, the solution to that problem is automatically calculated at the same time. So if you are a quantum physicist trying to understand a certain mystery regarding entanglement whilst in the physical body, if you were able to port this problem to a conscious interaction to the Higher Self (via lucid dreaming/ astral projection etc), it would automatically be solved the moment you thought it up. But, the more amazing thing is, is that it does not present as a problem but rather a memory that you already know the answer to. It is more like doing a quick revision of a subject you are already an expert in and saying to yourself “duh, I already knew this”. The only “problem”, is that the amount of information relating to your original thought you wanted solved would have so many variables attached to it that it would simply be impossible for you to retain it all coming back into the limited consciousness state of operation in the physical body. You cannot process these variables whilst confined to the human mind, as the human mind has been carefully engineered to filter them all out. The best you could do would be to remember a very small percentage of what is relayed to you. Believe me, it s incredibly frustrating and saddening to be able to operate from this state of awareness, and come back into the body only to know you will lose it all. You can actually feel the retardation effects of the M Band layer as you pass through it back into the body. Depressing is an understatement.

While I was operating from this higher state of awareness, my mind was on overdrive carrying out calculations that, had I retained the information when waking back up, could have led to the construction of my very own interstellar capable space craft. I am not joking – from this higher state such calculations were as easy as adding 1+1 together. On the other hand, the processing time for a human brain to make these same calculations I remember realising would equate to “billions of years” if it was the only thought it ever utilised. To someone who has never connected to it, the Higher Self is unfathomable.

Alien Psychology

Let’s try thinking of this at a different angle shall we. An alien space craft crashes somewhere on Earth; let’s just say Roswell for shits and giggles. One of the crew is taken out and contained in a room at some random military base. Let’s use a completely random, imagined name and call this base Fort Worth. We will apply further randomness to the name of the alien and call it Airl shall we?

So here is Airl, contained in a cell at Fort Worth, and in come a bunch of military brass to interview this entity about its weapons arsenal, where it is from in the universe etc. The military brass are really more of a “military lead” when it comes to their consciousness processing abilities; they think they are “hard” and structurally useful but in fact they are really quite soft and malleable. They don’t realise that Airl’s consciousness processes information in a completely different way to them. At best they might have an inkling it is superior, but, as they have never been exposed to this paralleling processing of information, they don’t really understand how it works. So they pitch the question “what are your weapons capabilities?”

Immediately Airl (who we will assume is operating from the same state of awareness I was able to connect to) would understand every possible outcome arising from every possible way that question would be answered. Airl would be able to conceive of every fork in the MWI from that moment on, all the way up into infinity and beyond. There is no need for the mind to process the question, observe body language etc as all future variables become instantaneously available. All that would be needed would be for Airl’s ultimate goal (it could 5000 years from that point in time for all we know) to be located within this web of possibility, and the necessary actions to take would automatically be carried out one by one. The entire butterfly effect from start to finish would be calculated before your mind could even formulate the word “what”. Take a moment to think about the implications this would present, because there is a shit tonne of them.

Thus an understanding of the proper functioning state of the physical and non physical universe is possible from this state of higher consciousness. This is what I was able to “see” and experience whilst I was connected to my higher self – I just cannot accurately describe it because my earth mind is too limited in its capabilities. Unfortunately, I lost all the {exceedingly complex} formulas and mathematics the moment I crossed the transition state/ M Band noise layer into the physical plane and waking reality.

What I can tell you is that the physical and non physical planes exist as a sort of mesh or fabric that binds one another together through intersecting junctions that are more non physical based than they are physical. This is hard to conceptualise considering we are accustomed to only seeing in 2 dimensions (despite living in a 3D world we can only see that world as a mixture of 2 dimensional surfaces; we do not actually see in 3 dimensions, for to do so would mean we see all angles of any given object at once, which is entirely possible from the Higher Self). The CIA Project Gateway paper (for the complete version go to Found: Page 25 of the CIA’s Gateway Report on Astral Projection (vice.com) ) description of the “holographic universe” is the closest I have seen any one else come to describing what I experienced, apart from ol’ MM here. It is sort of like looking at an xray of a solid object, except you can see the solidarity of the object as well as its transparency at the same time. It is strange because we can usually only conceptualise things as being physical or non physical, yet you exist in a third state beyond them. You can zoom in and out of this mesh fabric at will like a camera in a video game. It is different to just zooming out of and seeing a galaxy behind you, because you are seeing the actual fabric of how multiple instances of that same galaxy exist in their physical and non physical forms from a timeless state.

You can see that entire “photo reel” of that galaxy as it is drawn through what we know as time, and you can see how it all fits together with every other galaxy in every other plane. You can see the heartbeat of the true universe. Do you really think your tiny earth brain is capable of understanding such magnificence? Understand what I am telling you here; a connection with the higher self allows you to view the entire fucking MWI as if it is a map you can throw on a table. This should give you an idea of what you can look forward to when “assimilating” into a civilisation such as the Domain.

While I was connected I was able to comprehend the totality of the entire past, present and future at once; I was able to understand the consequence of every thought and action and each separate future that would be generated as a result from those thought and actions in every single physical and non physical plane. One thing I did remember was that this level of understanding is a necessary prerequisite for proper unaided consciousness time travel.

I needed to understand these things not because creating a fucking time travelling Delorean was necessary. I needed to access this information in order to rewrite the astral/soul templates of those in attendance. It was far more important than travelling to the edge of the physical universe. This was far more important than becoming the next Doc Brown; that come slater in our evolutionary cycle. The altar in the middle of the Elder Guardians courtyard allowed one to literally “jack in” to this fabric and become one with it.

Understand that this is what I mean when I say “accessing the akashic records”; it implies the actual merging of one’s consciousness with the fabric of all of creation specifically so information can be downloaded directly from source. It is not some vague thing one can just randomly tap into while their consciousness is engaged within the physical vessel to “better” their immediate lives. It can only be accessed from complete and proper disconnection of consciousness from the physical body, and through experience gained from navigating through the non physical planes. You don’t gain access to that altar unless you prove you know what the fuck you are doing when engaged in non physical navigation. You certainly don’t gain access to it if you consider your current incarnation more important than the sum totality of your soul’s entire existence. Only those able to extend their thinking of what matters beyond a single lifetime can access it.

Now I have down played my whole presence at this courtyard somewhat because quite frankly it feels too narcissistic to talk about, but if I am entirely honest, a lot of people were making a lot of fuss about me being there. This merging of the akashic with one’s consciousness was apparently not something everyone could achieve, and only those with accomplished LD skillsets really had the ability to do it effectively. You absolutely MUST have a proper understanding of how to navigate {the MWI} or you can very easily become lost within it – even the EG, who were of a non physical based nature lacked the other {physical understanding} half of the coin. Hence why I was summoned and practically put in charge of this whole operation. I was literally just left to “plug myself” in to the akashic records and left to my own devises by the Grand Elder to try and figure out a way to counter the amnesia mechanism embedded in astral/soul DNA so we don’t have to put up with this unneeded reincarnation schpeel any longer. His role was specifically to reawaken me to this task that I had been involved with the for the past 10 thousand to 40 thousand years.

So when I tell you the underlying function of what astral body/ soul DNA rewriting entails, this isn’t just hazarding a guess at wtf was going on; this is me giving you the actual process of what is involved as the only one out of over 20 000+ others in attendance that could do it. That included the entirety of the Elder Guardians; not even they had the ability to do what I was able to do due to my LD skillset. Not one of them dared going near that altar (aside from the Grand Elder who did only so he could talk to me), yet I was allowed to parade around it like it was my own little toy to play with. I cannot begin to explain how incredibly humbling that felt. I had access to the whole fabric of the “universe” at my fingertips. Hence when I tell you Lucid Dreaming is important for the “evolution” of human consciousness, you’d better be paying some attention. It literally gives you access to the assembly programming language of the fabric of reality and the collective (as well as individual) consciousness. Isaac CARET much?

And yet I am stuck going through the red tape put in place by psychological and scientific “experts” who have absolutely no idea wtf they are talking about when it comes to telling us what dreams actually are, or doing when it comes to experimenting with LD/AP. It is beyond maddening trying to get this message through that information vacuum. Anyways….

The Process I Used for Astral Body/ Soul Amnesia Recorrection:
Whilst plugged into the altar I was able to make a mini, replica version of the akashic records/ MWI accurate to about 90% of the original. I intentionally left out a few things for reasons described below. When I talk about the “scroll”, one needs to understand that the material this “scroll” was made out of was that very mesh fabric discussed above. If you were to zoom into this “paper”, you wouldn’t find pieces mashed tree pulp; you would find microcosmic representations of entire MWI realities linked via their non physical {quantum} pathways. Remember, I was operating from a vantage point outside of the entire MWI.

Because I had access to raw MWI source code, I then began tracing the akashic signature of everyone in attendance. These signatures equated to their presence as overlayed in the total MWI. In other words, I accessed data pertaining to their soul’s total existence from beginning to end. These signatures were then plugged into the “cloned” MWI by tethering parts of them to it. This meant that what I was effectively doing was creating a hub where I could gather the consciousnesses of those 20 000+ that were in attendance and “virtually” plug them in to the akashic records like I was plugged in – though all navigational control was ultimately at my discretion because of the bits I left out when I cloned it (I cannot overstate how incredibly fucking cool this was to do; mummy, when I grow up I want to be a consciousness programmer). I gave them a virtual MWI and cut off access to the bits that would fuck them up if used improperly.

Once attached, I located each and every part of these consciousness that had become corrupt through the amnesia codes embedded within their higher energetic bodies. I then wrote a sort of software patch and spliced it into the beginning of the amnesia code for each consciousness. What this patch would do would initiate an akashic/MWI reset every time the amnesia code was about to be activated, specifically so a route around the amnesia would eventuate. Essentially I was using the amnesia activators to activate a very specific “recovery of memory” pathway through each consciousness’s MWI instead of a pre-programmed pathway that led through amnesia territory. Does this sound familiar? It should, MM has described similar programming practices by the ETs he was associated with.

I pulled out all data relating to any other consciousness those in attendance had come into contact with (over their soul’s entire lifetime) and embedded similar activation strings within their own MWIs. The idea was to create a sort of anti virus that would actually function like a virus and “infect” as many consciousnesses as possible with the cure to their corrupted higher energetic bodies. Those in attendance would be set for immediate memory recovery within their current incarnation to help with their tasks, whilst their associations were looking at 2 or 3 reincarnation cycles before the effects would begin to kick in. It was estimated that the code I wrote would reach its peak potentiality of memory activation in somewhere between 3 to 5 generations from {then} present day (2012). This is an averaged taking into account the changing MWI variables and various outcomes.

I then instructed the entire assembly of Elder Guardians to protect this “scroll”, to which they obliged. Anyone seeking complete memory recovery would be allowed access to it provided they were of pure (STO) sentience. STS sentiences, or those who would use it to gain power over others would be vehemently denied access. In other words, don’t bother trying if you have a tendency to shit on others to get what you want; you will never be allowed access to this altar by MY personal authority and very bad things will happen to you if you try. Bad things, like you automatically volunteer to be an anomaly guinea pig so I can watch the process of how your consciousness is disassembled after I throw you into it. Go work for a bank or government if that is your mentality; what we are discussing here far transcends the single, physical life these people consider as being important over all else.

Thus, the only way to gain access to this scroll is to hold in very high regard the macrocosmic aspects of all souls/consciousnesses and their entire MWI trajectory as being more important than what any single physical life has to offer (those words in red I had no control over – word decided to do this automatically – maybe its trying to tell me something). Unless you are prepared to spend this life assisting other consciousnesses in being “unlocked” to their higher state, you will unfortunately have to wait another 2 or 3 incarnation cycles before being unlocked yourself. This should give you an idea as to the type of people those 20 000+ consciousnesses in attendance were. They were not simply people coming here to spread some vague bullshit about love and light or apparent channelings from Ashtar command (that is not to say those people don’t have their own thing going on, some of them probably quite legit); they were incredibly advanced consciousnesses that had a very good understanding of the higher (unseen) aspects of reality that deliberately chose to enter the Earth domain at risk of losing such understandings. And they did this in order to extract others who were part of OUR greater {non physical} community. Believe me, don’t believe me, it makes no difference. My writings will find their way to them in due course.

I know of one other that was involved in similar astral body/ soul DNA rewriting and their life story would blow you out of the fucking water. Hopefully they write a book on it, as it brings a new perspective of this entire operation and how truly far reaching it is.

Am I getting my point across yet? If we go by what Steven Greer tells us, put 2 and 2 together when it comes to the Gateway Project and Project Stargate, then the Military Industrial Complex has already cottoned on to this super information highway many, many years ago. And if you want to know the real reason I was initiated into the Unseen 5, it is because they {the U5} were well aware of the sequestering of this knowledge to the Deep Black libraries of the MIC, and wanted to circumvent it altogether. I was directed to make what I know about LD/AP public in an effort to take it off those MIC Deep Black Shelves, so more practitioners of these arts can better prepare themselves for contact. This was the main task I was given by their leader, apart from making their presence known to you and the pre requisites for initiation. Do you think that it is a mere coincidence those in control of MAJ felt the same way about having MM release his disclosure at the same point of time?

So now we have got that necessity of where LD can potentially take you out of the way, let’s go into some advanced techniques achievable via LD based on mine and SDs experiences.

Outward Projection Via the Portals:

In past articles I discussed how one can summon the spherical portals and use them as coordinate vectors into other planes and worlds. I also talked about how consciousness can be expanded outwardly. Combining the two together, the spherical portals can provide two way access into these other worlds. Whereas an inward projection will take you to a more “dense” world, an outward projection will take you a less dense one (further from matter based reality). The further you penetrate into these less denser layers/ worlds, the closer you get to being able to contact those outside the bubble, ie the Elder Guardians (the Unseen 5 are deliberately stationed within the bubble close to its edge in order to properly monitor everything). To achieve this outward projection the process begins the same as an inner projection; you summon the portal to just in front of your vision, but instead of visualising the world you want to go to, you visualise the world you are already in. In other words, you have to condense your surroundings into this ball, then project out of it. Think of it like a giant invisible hand picking you up and carrying you out into space at an incredibly fast speed. All of a sudden the environment you were engaged in has become condensed to the spherical shape of the earth. A similar visualisation can be structured to reach this outcome.

Communication With Non Local, Non Physical Entities via Sleep Paralysis:

Sleep paralysis/ the hypnogogic state can be used to interact with non physical entities. SD and I have found that at times you can hear their “chatter” and at other times you have to ping out an intention to interact with whatever may be hanging around to which they just kind of show up. The best times for doing this seem to be when you are in a sleep paralysis state, but not being consumed by the negative feeling illusions that are at times too overwhelming. When I talked to the clickity clacker ETs it was from the void space after I had just sort of became lucid whilst there (a DILD rather than A WILD). What happened was I became aware of a faint radio-like broadcast whilst floating around in this state that was very noticeably not human.

It was very much like when you have a radio that is just out of tune from a station so you get the broadcast through a wall of white noise. What you have to then do is focus into the {M band} noise, visualise that you are turning a radio dial which changes your own body’s resonance, to tune into the broadcast. I can’t really accurately describe how this was done, only that I did it quite automatically as if I had done it many times before. Once I locked onto the broadcast something weird happened; the clickity clack dialogue became vivid and understandably alien to any dialect we have on earth. It was as if I was just sort of sucked out of the M band layer into a very clear state of consciousness (very typical of what it was like whenever the EG or U5 were contacting me).

I went from floating in this indescribable confusing mess to free floating in a ship filled with a strange liquid I figured was some kind of intergalactic consciousness quarantine zone that doubled as a medical room. I was then telepathically directed over to a cylindrical cubicle via imagery which also showed the non physical “shape” of these beings, and once I stood inside of it, the clickity clack language was automatically translated into something I could understand (English). When I say shape, it was really more of a blob that these things took. Not describable within the confines of human language. You wanna know what we talked about? Human beings having the potential of being incredibly powerful creatures, but their dumb arsery mixing with such power being the primary concern of why creatures such as the clickity clackers steered very well clear of them. And hence why there was a room filled with non physical liquid and several light years worth of space between me and them. The clickity clackers had no problem telepathically implying that the human race were like a bunch of infants with one hand on a box of matches and the other on a stick of dynamite, and were quite happy to treat me with similar caution. Non physical entities being “scared to death of the human race” seems to be a common conversation point for a lot of the entities in these planes.

SD has also had experiences in this same state and from the sleep paralysis/ hypnogogic state where she has pinged out “if anything out there wants to talk, say hello” only to have something reply. The something ended up being a non physical entity that appeared before her twice in the span of a week. The second time, with her agreement, it pulled her astral body out of her physical and gave her a tour of some of the planes in close approximation to the physical world. At the same time she was able to connect to a similar higher consciousness information stream; the beings actually helped in that regard – their presence seems to initiate it. One of these was what appeared to be a sentience/ soul sorting facility which was carried out by a giant machine like device that had the face of a Balinese god.

For those working with angels (and demons ), both forms can be contacted via this same sleep paralysis avenue. A lot of these particular beings hold information on our world and our history that has never and will never make its way to our history books, though many occultists use them for temporary and materialistic gain, which is a real shame. The presence of one of these particular entities is undeniable; there is a massive rush of energy that vibrates through your whole being whenever one of them is around. It is a completely different feeling than when contacted by those who exist outside of the non physical bubble surrounding earth, such as the Elder Guardians and the Unseen 5. It is also hard to gauge what exactly their intentions are. For those who follow the myths surrounding King Solomon and the 72 “fallen angels”, the myths of John Dee and the Angel Enoch, the magic of Metatron etc, this state of sleep paralysis is the avenue by which you make contact with all of them (I suspect King Solomon was an Agent of the Old Empire, for reasons I won’t go into). But I really don’t recommend it if you don’t know what you are doing. They can be quite intimidating on even the best of days, not that I intentionally ever set about to contact them; all my dealings with them were purely by accident. The point I am trying to make with including them here is to suggest just how powerful this telephone line into the non physical planes can be. There is some incredibly powerful shit residing in here, I am just trying to make you aware that some of it can be beneficial to your escape. The question you need to ask is what price you are willing to pay for information seemingly beneficial to your plans.
If you want to ping the Domain, or any other non physical based entity, then I suggest doing it from this state of consciousness. Though I would not know how to tell them apart from other non physical entities that dwell here. Maybe get an official signature off them via MM’s EBP?

Dream Hijacking:

Now, I need to mention here that I was only able to achieve this feat once. It is not exactly something that can be done very easily. The reason for this is because it requires an intense amount of unwavering focus of a target. This not a task for a novice: you need to be exceptionally good at visualisation and focus. Out of all the things one can do whilst in LD, this seems to be the hardest to actually pull off. I suggest that beforehand, I one must plan accordingly as to what dreamscape they should use and any conversation points they wish to bring up whilst engaged in the shared dream, and the process “simulated” over and over again until the LDer is confident they can move from one transition to the next. Even stalling for a millisecond in LD can have drastic consequences on the success of the session. Your thoughts and actions must flow and operate like a well oiled machine.

To begin with, you go to bed or lay yourself down to rest to initiate an LD in standard manner, but from the moment you close your eyes, you visualise the target whose dream you wish to “hijack”. This person must be visualised in as explicit detail as possible. You need to try and picture what they look like, hear what they sound like and smell what they smell like if possible. You must not let any other thought intrude, including the idea of hijacking their dream. This whole point of the visualisation is to provide coordinates for your consciousness to lock onto within the M Band layer of noise. You must carry this visualisation of them through the hypnogogic/ sleep paralysis state and transition on into the void space, and must never allow it to become broken or polluted with other thoughts. Once in the void space you must immediately set about creating the dreamscape by which they will experience. At the same time, you must also hold the visualisation of their being right in front of you as you create the dreamscape around them. Once the dream scape has been created, and remains locked in place, you then focus on talking to them. At this point you should be both engaged in the same dream. I suggest using bland dreamscapes with a degree of familiarity for the both of you to begin with, as I would expect sudden and fantastic dreamscapes may potentially shock them awake.
As one can expect, this method can also be used for remote viewing practices. You Just target an object rather than a person.

Communicating With Dead Entities:

The {apparent} dead entities I was communicating with that led to my Project Edison article were also contacted via the sleep paralysis/ hypnogogic state. I have also used this same state to contact my deceased brother, though that particular experience was too fraught with distortions to accurately tell whether or not it was a proper contact session. With Project Edison, I am 95% sure it was a proper contact session (as opposed to the clickity clackers which were a 100% surety, and the EG/U5 which were a 10000% surety). Basically all I did was callout to any entities that we living considered dead that were hanging around and asked if anyone was interested trying to establish a stable communication line between each other (something that could be used by us physical living entities without having to resort to initiating lucid dreaming or sleep paralysis like I was doing). I was met by of about 4 or 5 of these entities, all who were at one point living on the same planet earth we inhabit, all of which had at least a passive interest in technology. One, possibly two of these entities were some sort of electrical engineer whilst incarnated here, from around the era of Edison and Tesla, though no names were ever given. As nothing really eventuated from this all I can really tell you is there are at least this group of dead entities that seem enthusiastic about creating this communication bridge and who have a fair understanding of how exactly it could be carried out. Tell them I said hi if you end up contacting them.

Predicting Lotto:

I want to start of with a disclaimer that if you win any substantial amount using this method then please donate a fair portion of it to those in need of it. And buy me a house….or maybe just a beer will do fine. Play around with it and see what you can get; at the very least it is a good way to practice your environment simulation skills.

This was essentially an experiment in trying to remote view lotto numbers. Using this method I was only able to ever get 4 out of 6 lotto numbers correctly. The problem I had was trying to remember all 6 numbers after going back through the M band noise layer into the physical world. Lucid dreaming is strange in that you can have perfect clarity of memory whilst engaged in the LD, then lose 90% of it after coming back through threshold into waking reality. Even the simplest of memories become incredibly hard to remember. Now I need to note here that the lotto ticket I was using was a multiple “game” ticket that allowed 18 different combinations of the 6 numbers. Majority of the combinations I used contained the base 4 numbers I could remember plus variants of the two I couldn’t but suspected were the right ones. The rest of the combinations had one or two of the numbers I remembered changed. I was able to win about $15 dollars over three consecutive months each time because of the base four numbers I had remembered; the winning tickets always had these base 4 numbers; if I could have retained memory of those last 2, I would be sitting on something like $30 million right now. I suggest the LDer experiment with these methods and see what they can get. If a group syndicate was able to carry out this same experiment simultaneously then I would imagine those last two numbers would be easier to obtain.

Now, there are two variants of the experiment I utilised, the first seemed to be the more promising.

The first objective was to create the target coordinates for the experiment. Remember, we are dealing with a time and place that needed to be pinpointed to extreme accuracy; we first need to single out the date and time in which the lotto draw is to take place, as well as the country and exact location etc. Prior to the experiment I’d go down to my local newsagent and take note of their advertisement for the next big lotto draw and it’s date and note the location of their newspaper stand, layout of the store, what the Asian guy behind the counter looked like etc. The idea was to commit as much detail of the place to memory.

Then I’d wait for the next chance of LDing to try out the experiment, which was usually a few days later. What I did was enter the void space as per the usual method (either tennis match scenario, or passing through sleep paralysis, likely the latter as it was always done early in the morning). Then at the dream creation stage I would purposefully recreate the environment I planned on buying my lotto ticket from. I’d manifest the entire street the newsagent was on and walk down it. I’d look at the advertisement with the same big lotto win and its date, then I’d make my way over to the newspaper stand out front. I’d make a point of looking down at the page and finding the exact date of its publication (which I made to be the day of the lotto draw); this was all to set up the proper coordinates for my remote viewing target. I’d then go in, weave through the layout of the magazine shelves, and buy a ticket from the Asian guy whose face I would recreate as close as I could to how I remembered it, making sure it was a single game (single combination of numbers). I’d then take a good few minutes just staring at the numbers and committing them to memory as best as I could. I would then exit the session, wake up and immediately write down what I could remember of the numbers.

Over the weeks before the lotto draw I’d play around varying the simulation. Sometimes I would make the dream reflect the newspapers showing it was the day after the lotto draw, and I would check my ticket at the machine only for it to tell me I’d won the jackpot, then look at the numbers on the winning ticket. Again, I’d wake up and record these numbers down. No matter what I did, I could only ever get 4 numbers with over 90% surety. On the day of the draw I’d go down and buy a ticket from the same store and put in all the numbers from the various sessions. Over the years I started varying the entire simulation to reflect the actual draw as to how I would see it on TV; I’d watch the barrel of numbers shoot out each number of the draw. Again, I could only ever get 4 numbers, so I eventually gave up and devoted my LD sessions to things I thought more necessary.

While we are on the subject of lotto prediction in the non physical planes though, I do know a guy whose friend was able to utilise what very much sounded like the void space to win multiple millions 3 separate times. This guy was my old electronics lecturer from my college years who I tracked down about a decade later to talk about where he thought technology was taking us. During our conversation, to my amazement, he brought up the idea of our reality being a simulation and the idea of a linked consciousness he called the human gestile concept that could be communicated with at bed time. Ron would go to bed, and sort of pray to this linked consciousness and ask it certain profound questions in which he swore it would give him answers. He passed this concept onto his friend who used it (it was never mentioned how) to win. Most of those winnings were donated to others that needed it more than him, and it was suggested to Ron that his friend thought had he not been so generous with the distribution of his winnings, he figured he never would have been “allowed” to win them.

I haven’t been able to get back there to verify Ron’s claims since talking to him. But….knowing what I know about the void space being a similar hub that links to other’s consciousnesses together I have a very good idea of how one would go about using it for this purpose. You commit to a conscious transition into its depths so that you are not overwhelmed with the subconscious distortions/ M band noise, then you’d send out the thought for obtaining the numbers for a certain lotto draw you know is coming up. From my conversation with Ron, he implied that you don’t even need to be “asleep” to probe this gestile consciousness “thing” for answers. I was under the impression he was basically doing it during theta state right before sleep paralysis whilst still being awake. Can’t hurt to try right?

Remote Viewing via the Void Space:

Animals make great Remote Viewing targets. Especially ones that roam. They don’t even need to be pets, but pets provide good ways to verify results. Sometimes when I am feeling adventurous, I will try and remote view from a bird, or other random wild animal, like a wolf – I have a thing for wolves. Cats are also good, because they are pretty much the parkour experts of the animal kingdom, and thus fun to view from. Usually these sessions are done whilst still conscious, from Theta state if possible. I will try and picture what the world looks like through eyes of the animal then within a few moments I become that animal and it is like watching a movie playout as I fly/ run across the landscape (which is often in a completely different country). If you have been building your visualisation skills enough, you can port this practice over to the Void Space. When I remote viewed from the off world intelligence back when I was around the age of 14/15, it was from using the void space to conduct one of these RV sessions. I was interested in projecting into various parts of the galaxy to see if I could find anything of relevance. After deliberately accessing the void space, I visualised just a general memory of what all the stars looked like, picked one and focused on it. Before I knew it I was hovering next to a being that seemed very much like it was an progenitor of Native American culture. I’ve explained how that session went in past articles. This is probably the easiest thing to use the Void Space for.

Hive Dreaming:

Vainenmoinen suggested the creation of an LD “pub” where {theoretically} each participant would enter the LD stage and meet up in a predetermined locale. Whilst I have achieved this with SD, I have not done it as a group. I would imagine there would be some difficulties to overcome, most notably the distortions/M Band noise of each participant preventing proper synchronisation occurring. I do know that SDs old music lecturer was doing this very thing with astral projection on a regular basis with a regular group of people. Apparently she stopped doing it when the group {of about 5 or 6} projected into a plane that was off limits and a member was killed by some entity that didn’t approve of them being there.

At that very moment in the physical plane their astral projection coordinator realised this member was in distress and tried to wake them all up, but not before this guy died of what the coroners suggested was a heart attack. Such a danger, however, need not be approached, in my opinion. If the dream environment creation is left to the main “hijacker” then (assuming they know what they are doing) I hypothesise that other participants could then synch into the dreamscape. By providing a 3D model of the dreamscape location before hand, I would imagine this would help with synchronisation efforts.

The key would be for the model and predetermined location to be rather bland in composition so that those not as proficient at visualisation are also able to better synch into it. In saying that though, the main hijacker would have to have a check at hand for the others to “find” within the dreamscape to better prove they were there. Maybe a simple image or something on the table that is the first thing they should look at when arriving at the location. There is also the option of seeking out the Island Beach, as this seems to be a pre-created destination that has been experienced by other lucid dreamers. It could be considered a safe haven, so long as you don’t venture to close to the fence (either stay on the far side of the island or go into the temples via the burrows in the forest.)

Methods of Projecting back and forth through the MWI (Consciousness Time Travel):

When I was about 19, I was having a few regular interactions with what appeared to be a Tibetan Monk of sorts during my LDs who was giving me some pointers on how to effectively use consciousness to go back and forward in time (what we’d call a back and forth MWI slide). This was a really strange period, because (according to SD) I would sit bolt upright in the middle of the night, say random shit like “the Monk says the key is that I must smoke the tree sap” then just go back into an incredibly deep sleep like nothing had happened. These sorts of episodes were a regular occurrence. I’d have them probably once a fortnight.

I remember during one LD the Monk emphasized that there were 12 or 13 “words” that could be chanted via mediation to prepare consciousness in this manner. I only ever remembered one of them – “Djock” with a stressed emphasis on the “ck” sound. I was also given certain symbols during these meditations, which were supposedly further aids. Admittedly I have used these aids during meditation and had LDs following them that are suggestive of some form of time travel. Like one where I was given an alternate history of how my father could have met my mother and the resultant future that would have stemmed from it. This involved being in a time chamber where a portal appeared and showed me this outcome like I was watching a movie. Apparently that outcome would have led to a much better life for me. Oh well, shit happens I guess.

There was also something to do with a book existing in 2 instances of time that had been edited to achieve the world line I am currently living out. I basically saw the before and after of the book. I believe this place was linked to other places I have visited in LD. My training at the time travel towers also started around this same time.

Simulations for Memory Recall:

LD can be used for accurate memory recall. When I was about 17, and fresh out of school, I ended up scoring a job working for a local tree lopping company. As it turned out, one of the guys I was working with regularly was the brother of a girl that I went to school with. I knew this girl by association only; I never really hung around her group of friends, but some of my friends were friends with hers. So when I was at school I had a passing knowledge of her. She was at a few of the same parties I went to, but I never so much as said more than hi to her during my whole time at school.

Anyway this brother of hers, he was talking about her in passive tense, and I realised he had the same last name, so there was enough there for me to make that very faint connection. Only problem was, I couldn’t for the life of me remember her first name. I could picture her face easily enough, but her name just completely evaded me. This annoyed the shit out of me, because it had only been a season since I had been at school, so there was no real reason for this memory blank. Yet it persisted all week. I’d see this guy and then think “what the fuck is his sister’s name?”, and I just couldn’t shake that thought all day.

Of course, I didn’t say anything to him; he’d made it seem like I should have known her, so I didn’t bring it up in fear of the awkwardness of the situation. So I figured I try my hand at using LD to remember it. One night, after becoming lucid half way through a dream, I thought of this girl, and how I didn’t remember her name. I simulated one of the parties we would have been at during school, then I let it play out, hoping I’d trick my sub consciousness into giving it away. And it actually did. The weird thing was though, it did so by attaching a completely random name to her face. So in the LD, I introduced myself to her, and likewise she introduced herself back. “Hi I’m Elise”, she said. I immediately woke up and my mind screamed at me “HER FUCKING NAME IS MEGAN, IDIOT”.

Maybe it needed that incorrect bit of data to compute the real value, I honestly don’t know. The funny thing is, now something like 16 years later, I can recall her name as easily as my own, despite not seeing her since high school. So yeah, the void space can definitely be used for suppressed memory recall. What you do is enter it and create a dream simulation centred around the thing you wish to remember, and use what every snippets of information about the scenario you can rember to create the simulation. You can also “feed in” certain thoughts to make certain lifestyle choices as a sort of sub conscious mind hack. It’s pretty much self hypnotism.

Using the Void Space for Healing:

When I had my fingers cut open (the gruesome details of which can be found in my autobio), I again used lucid dreaming to heal them with a decent measure of success. These weren’t your average wounds either. All four fingers on my left hand, discounting my thumb, were cut at or near the joint where they meet the hand, through to the bone. This included 4 four tendons, an artery, and a few nerves here and there on the palm side. In fact, the cuts were so bad, if it hadn’t been for my bones keeping them attached, my fingers would have come off almost completely. The surgeons even contemplated amputating my ring finger because the damage was so extensive (thankfully they didn’t).
This amount of damage was apparently unheard of for my Occupational Therapists. Usually the people they saw had one or two fingers damaged at most. Not 4 fifths of a whole hand. After my operation, I had stitches zig zagging up my fingers all the way to their tips. I counted about 62 of them of the outside, and the surgeons claimed I had another 10 or so holding my tendons together. They said it was like stitching 2 pieces of spaghetti together. The whole thing was classed as a catastrophic injury with a slim chance of me being able to gain much function back in them by the OTs.

Regardless, I had a voice in the back of my head telling me I needed to try lucid dreaming ASAP. So the night after I got home from hospital I set to work entering the void space and doing some healing visualisations. I’d go into my hand at a cellular level and pictures all the tendons and everything fusing back together, send little electrical bursts around them to make sure the information was going through etc.

The next night, I was lying in bed and I could feel everything – and I mean everything – fusing back together. I could actually feel the tendons and nerves repairing themselves. It was a very strange but comforting feeling. I ended up making a remarkable recovery. Six months after the incident, I walked into the OTs office and she told me I had regained about 98% function in my fingers. I was able to straighten them almost completely. Apart from a few tiny things like not being able to bend the last knuckle of my ring finger, I had a perfect functioning hand. My OT (who had the same name as my wife) couldn’t believe it. I just shrugged and told her I knew the secrets to healing. She laughed and said “oh, you do not” thinking I was joking.

Unfortunately, a few months later my hand took a blow that was too much for it and undid all that hard work. At least now I know if I suffer another bad injury how to aid in the healing process. The main thing is that you need to be quick. Don’t put off the LD healing simulation if you can help it. And don’t expect to just be able to do one session and the rest will work itself out. Keep up with whatever strict regime your OT suggests, and use LD to nudge your body in the right direction.

A Theoretical Process of Using Consciousness to Hijack An ET Space Craft
Again, I haven’t tested this out. But let’s quickly run through some past revelations I have dropped in this article and expand upon them a little shall we? My experience with the clickity clackers and hijacking SD’s dreamscape suggests that one can alter their consciousness operating frequency to “tune” into the consciousness frequency of others. My experiences using remote viewing via the Void Space suggests that some form of navigational control can be obtained whilst in this state. Airl (as well as Colonel Philip Corso in his The Day After Roswell book) suggests that the type of craft they utilise are tuned to the frequency of their pilot’s thought signatures. Airl also suggests that somewhere on earth are the consciousnesses of 3000 Domain personnel. I think it is safe to assume that at least some of those Domain operatives were possible space craft pilots, don’t you? So hypothetically, speaking, if one of these Domain pilots was able to enter the void space through the LD state, and “tune” into their ship like I tuned into the clickity clackers, then operate it using Remote Viewing practices…..You get the point. It might be nothing – the thought of a guy with an overly active imagination – but I sure as hell would prefer to experiment down this avenue rather than develop an ever repeating new Iphone model, wouldn’t you? This is the sort of shit astral projectors lucid dreamers should be focusing their attention on, again in my humble opinion.

The process I would use would be: Focus on the space craft in question upon going to sleep as is done for dream hijacking, carry this visualisation over and into Sleep Paralysis/ hypnogogia state and poll for frequency pings, tune into those pings until locked on, then enter the Void Space, create a simulated “dream environment” for the craft and go from there (I am assuming your piloting skills might be a bit rusty after just waking up from a couple of thousand year slumber). You could even use remote viewing via the Void Space to try and target a ship for hijacking prior to the experiment. Just a suggestion. Now, if I was to bump into such a craft when astral projecting, what does this tell you? The astral planes can be utilised as an inter dimensional space craft highway! So, what if instead of focusing on a physical craft, you focus on a non physical one instead? How do you know half of the lights people see in the sky aren’t just someone incredibly well accomplished at astral projection (ie the Project Stargate operatives that went Deep Black) and are piloting one of these very vehicles? “Excuse me sir, we have a problem…..the pilot of the alien space craft we just shot down is the Dalai Lama”. Perhaps I’ll expand on this and break it out into another one of my psionics projects.

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

[daegonmagus] – Part 14 – Domain HQ and Amnesia Mechanism Remote Viewing Session 17th Dec 2021

The following is the fourteenth part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

-MM

Part 14 – Domain HQ and Amnesia Mechanism Remote Viewing Session 17th Dec 2021

I have been doing some remote viewing every now and then when I get some spare time.

Today was one of the rarer opportunities I got to give it a go.

The last time I tried was several weeks ago. In that particular session I was trying to find the Domain base of operations stationed in the asteroid belt that Airl mentioned in Alien Interview.

I ended viewing a chunk of rock – an asteroid – with a very specific shape.

When I went to zoom into it I saw the silhouette of two Grey faces appeared as a sort of yellowish hue in front of the rock, and wave.

The hand that waved was very different to ours with four extremely long fingers.

A few days later I stumbled across MMs article regarding the greys he has worked with and the handprint of one of them.

That particular hand print exactly matched the hand that waved to me.

I also viewed some sort of room on what appeared to be a ship.

There was a flight of about 6 or 7 triangular shaped stairs that led to a platform with some sort of machinery on it.

Emanating from the tops of these stairs was a soft blue light.

I got the impression it was some sort of “engine” room or something.

Today’s Session:

I deliberately set about targeting physical locations that had something to do with the amnesia mechanisms.

The thought was inspired by an in5D article I read a few days ago that stated that the force screens can be turned off if someone was able to locate their physical “switch” and just flick it off .

I was immediately taken to a building, possibly in a section of America’s tech zone (Silicone Valley etc).

This building wasn’t anything huge; just a few stories high with the usual glass windows, very square – typical 80s architecture.

In front of the door was a logo; an upturned crescent moon with the name Andrew S. Lipia.

I have no doubt about Andrew and Lipia, the S standed for something like Sipil or Sibil.

It faded as I stopped to have SD write it down.

There was also possibly Dr before it, suggesting the building was made out to be psychologist practice.

The strange thing was, as this building came across my vision, I felt something – a hand – clap me on the back as if to say “well done”.

It was such a hard clap, that it actually jolted me as if I was right there in front of the building and got pushed forward from it.

Something told me this building had “secret” underground access to what I was looking for.

After this I tried locating the same asteroid I viewed in last weeks session.

I managed to get hone into a disc shaped building on the underside of the rock.

This disc had a square shaped cavity inside of it that “attached” to a similar shaped hole that had been bored into the asteroid to make efficient exit and entry to the disc.

The disc itself was a conventional saucer shape with a sharp “seam” where the top and bottom halves met similar to a clam shell.

After this I decided to try viewing the moon.

I Had been spotting it through my telescope the past few nights and had a few craters I wished to check out.

So, using the birds eye viewing landscape I had seen through my scope I was able to visualise going onto the moons surface and viewing it from there.

My attention turned towards the sky.

There was some kind of round object that was moving towards me at a rather fast speed.

It would have been about half the size of what we see the moon as when looking at it from earth.

Whatever it was had a trail of lightning blue streaks coming off from behind it; this is what had caught my attention.

The round shape of this thing was set as a shadow the blocked out the centre part of this blue light.

I then tried viewing this object. I managed to get up close and view it from behind where the blue light trail was emanating from a distance of maybe a kilometre.

The object seemed to be another asteroid that was being propelled forward by a hexagonal array of thrusters.

These thrusters were what was causing the blue light.

MM Comments

Well done. For certain.

There’s a lot here. But there are connections that seem to point at certain directions.

I did ask the Domain Commander about this.

SAT 18DEC21 9:48am

His response…

*null*

We do not discuss operational activities publicly. 

*end*

And that, is that.

We can individually report what we ourselves can experience, however in regards to The Domain and their thoughts and comments regarding missions or activities, it is off-limits.

Sorry that I cannot provide more information.-MM

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Affirmation templates to assist in the development of ESP capability

This article provides a series of general affirmation templates that are useful to help increase your extra-sensory-perception (ESP) abilities. There are many such ESP abilities.

I have found sources on the internet that describe hundreds of these abilities.

What we will do here is just comer some of the more critical or popular abilities that one might wish to learn or acquire.

In all cases, if you want to increase your psychic abilities you must accept the fact that this is a learned skill. No one is actually gifted with these skills. They have to practice and work on their studies to master them. However, by adding specific affirmations to a affirmation prayer campaign, one is able to really speed up the process that one would use to obtain these abilities.

I urge those who wish to learn of these abilities to select one and only one ability, and then work on it to the exclusion of any other ESP ability. Go step by step, and take slow methodical actions toward your end objectives. You can always add other ESP abilities later on. To accomplish this goal you will need to add statements 1 and 2 to your present (or future) affirmation campaign, and then add the specific ESP target statements as described below.

Basic Statement 1

No matter what ESP skill set you wish to acquire, you should add the following base line statements to your prayer campaigns. These statements are a fundamental necessity regarding the learning and acquisition process.

  • I am improving, learning, and expanding upon my ability to perform XXXXXX .

Where XXXXXX is the name of the ESP skill that you are trying to acquire.

Basic Statement 2

This second statement specifies the techniques that you wish to use to acquire this skill. And you can include all the techniques, or just utilize one technique cautiously.

  • The methodology that is used to improve my XXXXXX ablity is via YYYYYY.

Where YYYYYY can be any of the following items, either collectively (and listed as such) or a single specific technique.

1. Visual Learning

Visual learners prefer to see things drawn out or in graphs to understand concepts. If you like to doodle, draw, or create mind maps, it’s likely that you’re a visual learner. Visual learners use images and symbols to connect concepts and be able to see relationships between ideas. It’s common for people who become architects, designers, engineers, and project managers to prefer this style of learning. By specifying “visual learning” of your preferred ESP skill, you are asking for videos, movies, pictures, drawings, and other forms of written, or media representation to teach you and instruct you. In so doing, you will be directed towards books, movies, or art that will help you obtain the education that you are looking for.

2. Auditory Learning

This style is also known as aural or auditory-musical. Such learners like to listen and hear information in order to process it optimally. Those who lean towards aural learning are able to notice the nuances between pitch and tone. Some professions that bode well for auditory learners include: musicians, speech pathologists, sound engineers, and language teachers. By specifying “Auditory Learning” of your preferred ESP skill, you are asking or requesting to be directed to speeches, classes, audio tapes, or teachers who will speak to you and that would help you obtain the education that you are looking for.

3. Verbal Learning

If you love words and writing, you’re likely a verbal learner. Linguistic learners enjoy reading and writing and enjoy word play. Some techniques that verbal learners employ to soak up information could include role playing and using mnemonic devices. Verbal learners are likely to become writers or journalists or work in politics and administration roles. If you specify this type of learning, you will be directed to books, teachers, situations, and mentors.

4. Physical Learning

Kinesthetic or physical learners are hands-on. Rather than watching a demo or listening to directions, physical learners like to perform the task. Some careers that are well-suited for kinesthetic learners include: EMTs, physical education, or working in the entertainment industry as singers or actors. If you specify this kind of learning route, then you will be provided with situations that will actually teach you the skills. This will be physical, as well as non-physical where you would learn from your dream adventures.

5. Logical Learning

Logical learners have a mathematical brain. They can recognize patterns easily and connect concepts. To understand ideas, they prefer to group them into categories. Logical learners are most often found in math-related professions, like accounting, bookkeeping, computer science, or research. If you specify this kind of learning methodology, you will find yourself in situations where you would have to solve, which would then develop your targeted ESP skill.

6. Social Learning

Social learners are known as interpersonal learners. They can communicate well both verbally and non-verbally. Social learners have a distinctive sensitivity and an empathetic nature. This is why they often work in social fields that help others, like counseling, coaching, or teaching. Social learners tend to also thrive in a sales environment because it relies on interpersonal connections. If you specify this type of learning, then you would find yourself in situations where you interact with others, and through that interaction, you would obtain knowledge, and training related to your ESP skill set.

7. Solitary Learning

Intrapersonal learners like their solitude. When you think of this type of learner, you can imagine an author or researcher who spends a lot of time with their own thoughts and works best with the least distractions. If this is your preferred method of learning then you would rely very much on your “gut instincts”, and interpretation of the situations that you find yourself in. As a result, you would, over time, learn the necessary ESP skill set that you are searching for.

Replacements for Basic Statement 2

I have found that it might be more acceptable for you not to predefine the learning mechanism that you would learn to use the skill. But rather, that you would simply specify that the best, and most easy method to learn be provided to you.

  • The methodology that is used to improve my XXXXXX ablity is via the most effective available to me, and that I utilize it to it’s fullest potential.

The different types of ESP skills

The following are various ESP skills. You select the singular skill that you want to learn or improve and then incorporate the affirmations associated with that skill in your affirmation campaign.

Astral Projection

Astral projection is the ability to will your conscious out of your body. This type of psychic experience is similar to an out of body experience (OBE), except astral projection is voluntary, while OBE is typically involuntary. Astral projection is achieved through meditation and allows your astral body (also called a “soul”) to travel places your physical body cannot; for example, through walls and doors.

Automatic Writing

Automatic writing is a psychic ability that requires one to channel spirits in order to write messages from the beyond. This type of psychic power does not involve the conscious mind, but rather requires the individual to be in a trance-like state, with their hands moving unconsciously across a page to convey supernatural messages. The key is to be able to “turn off” the “noise” from your brain.

Clairaudience

Clairaudience is the ability to hear beyond the normal human perception. This could mean anything from hearing voices, noises, and music from the supernatural world, or being able to hear messages from inanimate objects like minerals, crystals, and special artifacts.

Claircognizance

Also called ‘clear knowing’, claircognizance is a psychic power in which a person is able to know things without any previous knowledge on the subject. It is conventionally believed that this knowledge is bestowed upon the psychic by a spirit guide or by their higher self. I consider it an access point to their (suppressed) memories.

Scene from the movie “Push”.

Clairgustance

Clairgustance is the supernatural ability to taste a substance without making contact. It tends to happen and occur when you have a strong association or relationship with a person eating or around such an item.

Clairsentience

Clairsentience is the psychic ability to sense or feel something supernatural. Psychics with this ability are able to acquire knowledge through feeling spirits and energies in the enteral world. According to Psychic Library, clairsentience is the ability to sense the past, present, or future emotional and physical state of a person. For example, psychics with clairsentience could meet a person and instantly know their name, birthday, emotional state, and other important details about their life. This often works based on the energies that surround a person, but it can also a result of channeling someone’s emotion after physically touching them.

Bruce Willis in the movie “Unbreakable”.

Clairvoyance

One of the most known forms of psychic power, clairvoyance is the ability to see things beyond the physical sphere, like auras, spirits, and visions, and it also includes being able to see into the past and future. Unlike other psychics, clairvoyants have the unique ability to see spirits or ghosts and communicate with them. They can also tell someone’s fortune by looking into the future.

Bruce Willis in the movie “The Sixth Sense”.

Divination

The noble art of divination is the practice of gathering evidence from the spiritual world to interpret the physical world. There are many different ways to practice divination in order to predict the future, reveal things from the past, or better understand the present. For example, some of the most common types of divination practices involve tarot cards, tea leaves, crystal balls, Ouija boards, pendulums, dowsing, scrying, bibliomancy, and the use of many other tools to translate messages from the ethereal world. Those who practice divinations believe that the ethereal world and the physical world are closely linked, and that the tokens or objects they are using to create a prophecy have either been marked by a supernatural energy as a type of clue, or are a type of medium communication tools between the two spheres.

Mediumship

Also referred to as ‘channeling’, mediumship is the ability to communicate directly with spirits. Psychics with this ability essentially act as a “medium” to relay messages from the spiritual world. There are different types of mediumship, but the most commonly known, perhaps, involves a spirit taking over the medium’s body and using their voice to communicate. Other mediums, however, can only speak to and hear messages from spirits, and then pass along the message themselves.

Precognition

One of the MM followers is a “Precog”. Who would figure? Precognition is the ability to predict the future and future events. Psychics may experience precognition in different ways, but the most common, perhaps, is through detailed dreams. Others may experience precognition as a by-product of other psychic powers, like clairvoyance or ESP (extrasensory perception).

Precog in the movie “Minority Report”.

Psychic Channeling

Psychic channeling is another word for mediumship. This type of ability involves channeling spirits from the ethereal world, in order to communicate with the dead, ask questions about the future, or better understand the present. While channeling a spirit, the spirit can in some cases take over the psychic’s physical body, similar to a possession. However, in other cases, the psychic can only pick up on the emotion of a spirit and use other clues to try to piece together a message. Some even suggest that when you use a Ouija board you are performing a low level of channeling to move your hands across the board and create a message.

Psychic Empathy

In general, psychic empathy is the ability to feel or sense another person’s emotions. This skill is something that most people have in varying degrees, but psychic empathy gives you the power to sense another’s emotions without any physical cues. Often psychic empathy works by detecting the energy of one’s aura or energy field. This is something that all business managers and leaders learn to do over time. It comes with the territory if you grow to your position through effort and hard work.

Psychometry

Psychometry is a type of psychic power where an individual can experience visions or emotions related to a place or object just by touching it. Also called token-object reading, the psychic will usually hold an object in their hands, such as a photograph or piece of clothing, in order to summon information about the object. In addition, this types of power is sometimes used to communicate with animals, by detecting certain images or emotions.

Remote Viewing

Remote viewing is the ability to receive visions or impressions related to a distant object or place. This practice is a type of extrasensory perception (ESP). I can tell you that I have done this and over time, I have become pretty good at it. But I have allowed this skill to fall into disuse by the stresses of life and family.

Retrocognition

Also referred to as post-cognition, retrocognition is the ability to see into the past. This is the opposite of precognition, which is the ability to see into the future. Retrocognition can occur in many ways, but most commonly it occurs while the psychic is dreaming.

Scrying

Scrying is a type of psychic power that is related in many ways to divinations. Scrying is a technique in which a psychic looks into an appropriate medium to receive a message or vision. In popular culture, the most popular type of scrying is crystal gazing, often depicting mediums gazing into a crystal ball in order to read the future. However, scrying doesn’t always have to deal with a crystal or glass object.

Telekinesis

One of the most fictionalized forms of psychic power, telekinesis is the ability to move objects in the physical world with your mind. Think “the force” from Star Wars or some of the superheroes from X-Men. This type of psychic power is extremely rare.

Scene from the movie “Push” where the character uses his mind to move the dice to win a bet.

Telepathy

Have you ever wanted to plant a thought is someone’s mind? Well, that’s exactly what can happen with telepathy. Telepathy is a type of psychic power that allows mind-to-mind communication. There are varying degrees of telepathy, but in powerful cases, the psychic can communicate clear and complete thoughts in just a blink of an eye. In addition, telepathy isn’t only limited to human to human interactions. Animal telepathy is also a popular sect of psychic practice. I can tell you that I have done this on multiple occasions. That I believe that it is a common human skill, but it needs to be trained to work properly.

Conclusion

There is nothing strange or unusual about having ESP abilities. It is simply a way to utilize your non-physical body to solve physical problems. It’s a true shame that we were not taught how to do this at an early age, and as a result, many people live stunted, frail, and shadow existences wholly manipulated by others and suffer the folly pitfalls of greed, lust and vice. Follow the guidelines above, and learn to enhance and use the skill sets that you have long neglected throughout your life. I believe in you.

Scene from the movie “Push”.

Do you want more?

I have more posts related to this in my Affirmation Campaign index here… Intention Campaigns

More Links

Master Index .

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

 

[daegonmagus] – Part 13 – PROJECT: EDISON

The following is the thirteenth part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

-MM

Part 13 – Project Edison

This article is by no means finalized.

On the 29th of November 2017 , whilst under lucidity, I petitioned several unknown inter dimensional entities to establish a means of communication between both the physical world and the world of the dead.

An assembly was held in the astral realm (Sleep Paralysis/ hypnogogia) which consisted of myself, and at least three other entities, one of who was a spirit who had lived in this world before passing on to that one.

The object of this meeting was discuss what could be used as possible interfacing devices between these two worlds that would provide an effective and efficient means of communication.

Several ideas were discussed involving the use of biological material taken from a living host, whose cells could die off and decay possibly providing a link between the worlds if they could be located via the other entities.

Another solution was to find a willing living being whose death was inevitable and prepare them with talismans, so that memory of the talisman could also be taken with them upon their departure of this plane.

During this meeting there were several abrupt interruptions and as such, much of the content was lost to my memory, though I specifically remember telling one of the entities that “if their idea worked, then it would lead to an incineration of the boundaries between realms”.

It was also suggested that different vibrating frequencies be investigated by both parties so that a coinciding frequency can be used to “tap into” each other’s communications.

What I got from this is that these beings seem to be as enthusiastic as I am in making inter dimensional contact possible.

Further discussion has been agreed by all parties involved.

HYPOTHESIS:

It has been suggested that a single frequency could be chosen by which communication exchange from both the physical world and the world of the dead could take place.

The reason a standard frequency must be chosen is due to the fact that the dead entities, are (allegedly) composed of pure frequency, unlike living people whose composition is made from atoms.

The problem with current channelling techniques used to communicate with dead entities is that there is no specific way to measure the frequency by which the medium is tuning into to make this contact.

If a single frequency could be decided by occupants of both worlds as a standard form of communication, then hypothetically that frequency could be tuned into by the living entity using standard radio apparatus whilst at the same time manipulated by the dead entity in such a way that it can be detected via the apparatus.

I suggest future meetings with such enthusiastic non physical entities via lucid dreaming to further discuss how this could be implemented.

MM comment

So many interesting aspects here. I so wish that we all can collaborate together to flush all of this out.

The use of defining frequencies to stop the segmentation of memory partitioning is a hopeful hypothesis, and needs to be “flushed out”. What are all of your thoughts on this?

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

What do I mean when I say “sending to the cornfield”

This little article is for those who are not clear on what this statement means or what it implies.

Fundamentally, this is an American Idiom. It comes from the spoiled kid in the famous “Twilight Zone” episode, “It’s A Good Life.”

In that episode, a six-year-old kid prone to temper tantrums and getting his own way rules with absolute power over his parents and the townfolk of “Peaksville.”. You see this boy has the power to change reality. He can change people into anything he wants, and being a young six year old, what he wants is quite capricious.

And everyone goes along with it.

If they do not, well, then, bad things happen to them.

Since this kid has the ability to bend reality, he can change them into hideous beasts, monsters, retarded brainless oafs or anything that a six year old that watches cartoons can dream of.

And in every case, when this affects others, the results are not pleasant.

Bad man!

There is a cornfield at the edge of his town, and when there is someone who he does not like, the teleports them into that cornfield where very bad things happen to them.

In most conversation, when you use this idiom, it is assumed that you mean that you will do something very bad to the person. Such as firing a person, hurting them in some way, or damaging them to the point of death. And this is how most people understand this idiom.

However, this is NOT how MM uses this idiom.

MM has a skill. It is a very strong and powerful skill. It is a skill that is so advanced that most humans are unaware that it exists. MM’s role in MAJestic was to anchor world-lines. MM can target a person, and alter their world-line, anchor it to that alteration, and force a person to live the life so created.

This skill has been used for benevolent purposes. However, there are those that which to hurt, disparage or just be a trolling pest to MM and the work herein.

In these instances, MM actually DOES send the person to “the cornfield”.

You’re a bad man; a very bad man.

It is a lot of work, and it is a hassle, but for those deserving of it (as determined by MM) time and effort will be allocated to send this targeted individual “to the cornfield” for the rest of their physical life. It IS a life sentence.

How this is accomplished…

Technique 1

MM takes your pre-birth world-line template. Then, amplifies the Y coordinate that refers to heights of the mountains. Inserts the target individual back on that template, and then locks it in place; or to use MM parlance… anchors it in place.

Y modification on the template gain.

The end result is that everything would appear to be the same for that person, but everything will be much harder to accomplish.

As an example; When once it was easy to drive to a gas station and fill your car up with gas, now your car would run out of gas in the middle of a busy intersection with everyone directing hate at you and honking their horns. When you walk the 15 Km to the gas station, you would find out that it was being robbed and the police tell you to walk another 30 Km to the next nearest station. There, while you are filling up the tank, the hose springs a leak and the police come and arrest you for vandalism…

…and so on and so forth.

Technique 2

Here, MM switches your template completely.

You get sent on a nice long slide to a very different world-line template, and there it is locked into place.

This template, is of course, not a pleasant one.

A very busy and difficult terrain to live upon.

And the person so locked in will find that everything is bad luck (compared to their previous world-line template), and all sorts of *new* and disturbing experiences will manifest in their life.

Not sent to the cornfield, but might well have been.

Technique 3

Here, the world-line template itself does not change. Just the skin-suit that occupies that reality.

So everything else would stay the same, but the skin-suit would change.

Maybe the person would end up with AIDS, or discover that they no longer had arms and legs, or perhaps they could not see. Maybe they would end up in the body of the different sex, or even different species. Maybe they might be of a different skin color, or have a different head of hair.

But more often than not, the easiest thing to do is change the size of various portions of the body. To make them colossal, or extra tiny, tiny, tiny.

What a discovery! Such a nice little tiny thing!

You know, anything is possible in the MWI.

It’s goes without saying that when I say that trolls to MM have small dicks, I am being literal and not figurative.

Do you want more?

You can find more articles related to this in my MAJestic Index;

MAJestic

.

Articles & Links

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

 

 

 

.

Fate Forecasting; How birth Pre-birth world-line template generates initial character attributes similar to that of a role playing game (Part 2)

This article discusses how the elements associated with one’s luck is established as a a “fate vector package” upon birth.

We look at the initial starting conditions of the pre-birth world-line template. As it fixes permanently the gravitational influences that surround the physical person.

It is these same gravitational influences influence the role of fate in one’s life.

In this way, a person can understand that birth is very similar to character generation during a role playing game. Much like you can generate the attributes for your character in the old board game Dungeons and Dragons, or any of the First Person Shooter games available in software.

The Fate Forecasting and World-line template mapping

For those who are unaware, this article discusses four very significant elements in control of your life, and future happiness.

[1] World-Line Templates

The use of world-line topography maps is a major part of life navigation in the MWI reality universe that we inhabit. You control your thoughts, and thus you navigate the terrain of entropy that is set up for you at birth.

This is conducted by Affirmation Prayer Campaigns. You use these campaigns to focus your thoughts for set periods of time. It's sort of like placing specific navigation beacons that you set your automobile route generating software towards.

What's more, you can actually change the entire terrain that you are operating upon. You can do this by "sliding". You can adjust your affirmation campaign to specify a change in the terrain that you inhabit. 

There are all kinds of terrains, and all kind of features. The one that you were established with at birth is known as the "pre-birth world-line template map". Newly generated template maps can go by other terms.

To study this issue, you can go to my Intention Campaign Index HERE.

[2] Fate Forecasting

Fate Forecasting is a method of measurement of the ebb and flow of luck in your life. This is important, as studies have shown that successful and wealthy people do not obtain their positions through merit. It has been proven, time and time again to occur through luck.

To study this issue, I have a index on this subject. It is the Fate Forecasting Index that this article is part of and which can be found HERE.

[3] Consciousness Centering

Consciousness Centering is necessary as there are all sorts of things that tug and pull at your brain and consciousness. To optimize your thoughts to be most efficient, and thus most successful, you need to be able to center your consciousness. To accomplish this, you need to use tools and techniques to do so. Here at MM we have provided Hemi-sync (FFR) to accomplish this. You can access the files to listen to and learn and center your consciousness HERE.

[4] Rufus Behaviors

Physical actions influences the thoughts of those around you. My surrounding yourself with other people who generate happy and positive thoughts when you are around, your world tends to move in positive directions. A study of "Rufus" actions can be found in the Rufus Index HERE.

Western horoscopes vs Chinese Bazi

Both systems use planetary alignments to estimate the fated luck that a person will endure in their life.

Western horoscopes tend to be simplistic, and only utilize planetary alignments and empirical observation to arrive at forecasts. They are only associated with the date of birth, are not tied to a given latitude or longitude, and do not recognize non-physical components. Further, the Newtonian physics takeover of the educational systems int he 19th century, pretty much relegated all horoscope prediction matters to the realm of disdain and pseudo-science. This is further aggravated by hoaxers who set up for-profit entities to fleece the gullible. Western horoscopes have been in existence in their current form around three thousand years.

Chinese BaZi horoscopes are more detailed, more exacting, and incorporate general geographical influences in their calculus. They also incorporate non-physical gravitational elements and  have a much more involved interaction of play between the various elements involved. Further this method of divination has been around since the beginnings of Chinese written records which is at least 6000 years old.

The premise

The planetary gravitational influences on a biological being influences their life. We refer to this a “luck“.

Since the movements of the gravitational influences are fixed and immovable, the luck is fixed. We refer to this as “Fate“.

These gravitational influences are independent of other templates. So you cannot conduct a “slide” to another world-line template to change your fortune. Everyone must deal with the ebb and flow of their luck. This is their fate.

Since the gravitational forces change over time using Newtonian physics, we can predict the rise and fall of luck. We refer to this as “horoscope generation“.

Example

For the purposes of illustration, let’s consider a person born under the Western horoscope of Leo. Which is around July. Their Western horoscope would predict the relations of fate in their lives, and for the most part would seem to agree with what the person experiences.

But if you get into this further, you could look at the BaZi and discover that this person is a “Dog Sign” given their birth day, year, month, hour, second and geographic latitude and longitude. At the precise moment of birth, the planetary alignments and gravitational forces were fixed. And by using Newtonian astrophysics, the movements of the planets and their gravitational influences can be mapped out over the given life time.

So irregardless of what the pre-birth world-line template is, the fate will follow a predictive ebb and flow of luck.

Further, the BaZi breaks down the luck into components or “packages”. And the interaction of those packages will determine how the luck manifests.

Now, whether you are on a pre-birth world-line template, or slide to a new template, you luck (as fate) is still manifest.

Now, in this example, if the fate says that you have a high potential to be scammed in business, this will still occur. However, different world-line templates will have decidedly different manifestations of that luck.

A calm level topography template map

A calm reasonably level template map.

The business scam will be minor and easily avoided. There just aren't any  hills or mountains to indicate effort or discord. There are no problems with entropy. So (for example) the business discord might manifest as an employee stealing a box of pencils.

A mountainous topography map

A mountainous world-line template map.

In this case, you know that there is a massive build up of entropy. This will help trigger events that you will need to deal with. In this case, a business discord might be a customer that scams you out of a million dollars, steals your wife, and burns down your office building.

A easy-going topographical map with many valleys

A “downward” trending MWI map.

In this case, the entropy is positive and the travel on the MWI world-line map tends to be easy going and not problematic at all. Yet the fate of some kind of business discord may still manifest. This could be something like some leaves blowing on the lawn of your office building, if anything at all.

What manifests in your fated luck depends on the terrain of your world-line template map. You need to be aware of your fate; what is auspicious and what is not, and adjust your MWI navigation through the world-line as necessary to avoid the most dangerous of event cycles.

Character generation and the Mantids

What apparently happens in Heaven is that the consciousness decides to “descend” into the General Population to experience “life”. Often this includes hardship and turmoil and personal sacrifice to obtain “growth”. The Mantids help the consciousness plan for the next foray into the earth environment. They do this by establishing a “Fate Path” that coincidences with the MWI in the Reality Universe.

A “pre-birth world-line template” is constructed. Then a “Fate profile” is used to generate a “Fate Path” that coincidences with the “Life line” that the consciousness would endure. This sets up the “Luck Triggers” that will keep the consciousness on the path to follow the adventures, experiences and lessons that the Mantid planned for the consciousness.

Key to all of this is the selection of parents and the DNA of their resulting offspring that will be the host skin suit for the consciousness to occupy.

Thus the Mantids create a character generation effort prior to the consciousness injection into the General Population on the Earth. This is similar to that of a role play game or first person shooter.

The attributes of skin-suit character generation are…

  • Pre-birth world-line template.
  • Entry date and time.
  • Entry geographical location on the MWI.
  • Parent selection and skin-suit DNA.
  • Fate profile. (For the Fate Path.)
  • Luck Triggers.
  • Tell tails, sign posts, and periodic alerts.

Tracking this process

Perhaps we can look at examples of people who remember their previous life for clues to this character generation process.

There are well-known cases of children remembering past lives, including two-year-old James Leininger, who had nightmares about being a WWII pilot, and four-year-old Ryan Hammons, who remembered being Marty Martyn (a dance director and manager of motion-picture actors) in a past life. And of course, stories of reincarnation are not limited to children. Several adults claim to have been someone else in a past life.

“This Is My Ship”

When William Barnes was four years old, he drew a ship with four smokestacks. He showed the drawing to his parents and told them, “This is my ship, but she died.”

Soon he started insisting that his family call him “Tommy”’ instead of William, and he wouldn’t stop talking about two brothers and other family members. None of what he was saying made any sense to his parents, and the situation escalated when William started having non-stop nightmares about a huge ship, freezing water, and steel slabs falling on top of him.

Titanic sinking.

The nightmares continued, and it was only at the age of 25 that William sought help. He underwent hypnosis, and during the session, he could hear himself arguing about “the ship’s design.” As soon as he awoke from the hypnotic trance, he told the counselor, “My name is Tommy Andrews.”

Soon the fragmented pieces of William’s nightmares started forming a complete picture. He became increasingly convinced that he was the reincarnation of Titanic designer Thomas Andrews.

Titanic designer Thomas Andrews.

William Barnes was born on the date the Titanic sank, and during hypnotic age regression sessions later in his life, he spoke with a heavy Irish accent while detailing the sinking of the ship and how he died on the deck.

William now has his own website on which he details his experiences and presents proof of his claim to reincarnation fame.

This example does not seem to imply any pre-planning at all. It suggests that a consciousness died and then immediately went and occupied the first available physical body.

Because the memories are still fresh in the child's mind, it is obvious that this consciousness did NOT go through the "tunnel of light" and did not have their memories erased.

Two Past Lives

A three-year-old Thai boy named Dalawong became the focus of many studies and articles after he claimed to have had two past lives, one in which he was a deer killed by a hunter and then another one as a cobra when he was reincarnated after his death.

Three animal species.

[1] Deer.
[2] Cobra.
[3] Human.

While he was a snake, Dalawong found himself in a life-or-death fight with two dogs. The dogs’ owner intervened and killed the snake—aka Dalawong—but not before the slithery reptile bit him on the shoulder. The dog owner, Mr. Hiew, took the dead snake home, cooked and ate it, and shared some of the meat with a friend. That friend would become Dalawong’s father.

Fast forward to three years after Dalawong’s birth, the young boy recognized Mr. Hiew at a party taking place next door to his own house. He became instantly angry and tried to find a weapon to attack the man. Dalawong’s mother was stunned at her child’s anger and forced him to tell her what was happening. He related the snake tale to her, and when she confronted Mr. Hiew, he confirmed that he had indeed killed a snake a few years prior and that he had a mark from where the snake had bitten him on the shoulder.

Before this incident, human Dalawong and his family had never met Mr. Hiew.

Again, in this case very little time had passed between the last death and the new birth. That also suggests that there wasn't that much planning work for the current life. Further, we see that the reentry to the General Population is in close geographical proximity to the previous life.

In this case, as well as the previous case, the consciousness; the IS-BE immediately boomeranged back to the Reality Universe without an apparent visit to "Heaven".

Because the memories are still fresh in the child's mind, it is obvious that this consciousness did NOT go through the "tunnel of light" and did not have their memories erased.

Why Did You Let Me Die in That Fire?

In 2014, the parents of four-year-old Andrew Lucas began suspecting that their beloved boy may be possessed or have some kind of ghost inside of him. This happened after Andrew started crying almost non-stop and asking why his parents let him die in a fire.

When his mother, Michelle, asked him what fire he was talking about, Andrew started telling her little details of what was his past life as a U.S. Marine. Eventually, Michelle used these details to uncover the story of U.S. Marine Sergeant Val Lewis, who died in a bomb attack in Lebanon in 1983.

U.S. Marine Sergeant Val Lewis.

Because the details of what happened to Lewis and the story Andrew told her were so similar, Michelle decided to take the issue to the reality TV show Ghost Inside My Child. During the show, Andrew was given several photographs of military men to look at, and he immediately zoomed in on an image of Lewis.

Afterward, Michelle took her son to Lewis’s gravesite in Georgia, where Andrew laid flowers in front of it. He also ran to another grave and pointed to the name on it, saying, “That’s my friend.” It turned out that grave also belonged to a Marine.

This third example is also a relatively quick return. From 1984 to 2010 is 26 years. We can assume that in this case, 26 years is a long period of time to float around the General Population searching for a skin-suit to occupy. 

So the consciousness must have made arrangements with a Mantid to generate a pre-birth world-line template. However, the memories are still fresh in the child's mind. 

That implies that this consciousness did NOT go through the "tunnel of light" and did not have their memories erased.

Toddler Recalls Past Life Murder

A very unnerving story caused an uproar in 2014 when it was reported that a three-year-old Syrian boy had pointed out where his past life’s body had been buried after he was murdered. He also pointed out the murder weapon.

The boy, who belongs to the Druze ethnic group, has a long red birthmark on his forehead, which according to Druze beliefs, is related to how a person died in a previous life.

This belief was seemingly substantiated by the boy, who told his parents that he had been killed by an ax to the head in his previous life, hence the birthmark.

The elders of the village the boy stayed in took him to the home he lived in during his past life, getting the location from the details the boy gave. Eventually, standing in front of the house, the boy remembered the house, the village, and his old name.

The man whose house it was, had gone missing four years earlier, according to locals.

When the elders quizzed the boy about this turn of events, he told them the full name of the person who had killed him when he was the man who lived in the house.

He then led the elders to the spot where the body was buried, and sure enough, they uncovered a skeleton with a headwound that correlated to the boy’s birthmark as well as an ax.

When confronted by the elders and locals, the killer confessed to the crime soon after.

Again, this youthful memory of the death in a prior life, and a very short period between the death and birth in the same geographic area is suggestive of a consciousness that intentionally wants to stay in the General Population, does not want to go into "Heaven" and does not go through the "Tunnel of light".

This also implies that the planning for a life-line of substance and learning; the collection of lessons and experiences are missing.

Past Life During WWII

During her pregnancy, When Daw Aye Tin had a recurring dream about a Japanese soldier who told her he would be coming to stay with her and her husband in their Upper Burma (Myanmar) home.

She gave birth to her daughter, Ma Tin Aung Myo, on December 26, 1953. When her daughter turned four, she started talking about her “real home of Japan” and how much she missed it. She also made it known that she was afraid of planes and didn’t like English and American people.

Eventually, it became clear to When Daw Aye Tin that her daughter had lived before. Details provided by Ma Tin Aung Mao as she grew older included being a male soldier stationed in Nathul during WWII and running a small shop to provide for her children. She was killed when the Allies attacked, and a soldier shot at her from a plane.

10 to 15 years after death. Seems to be the norm. Yet she still remembered her past.

Reincarnated Lama

A City of Dreams

When James Arthur Flowerdew was 12 years old, he began having strange dreams. These dreams were blurry and vague when they first started, but over time they became clear pictures. As he continued to dream, he saw a stone city carved into a cliff and various temples inside the city. He also saw a rock shaped like a volcano situated on the fringes of the stone city. Arthur didn’t know what to make of these dreams and tried to ignore them.

On one particular day, Arthur visited the beach with his family. As he was playing around with pebbles and bent down to pick them up, a vision slammed into his head. It was the city of his dreams. So intense was the vision that he could smell dry desert air. Dropping the pebbles made the image dissipate, leaving Arthur at a loss for words. He revisited the beach a short time later to see if the vision would happen again, and as soon as he picked up the pebbles, it did.

He saw more details the second time, such as a stone passage and military barracks. For the first time, Arthur started thinking that he may have been a soldier in this dream city and had been killed there by a spear. Arthur never had any explanation for his experiences. Many years later, when he was an old man, Arthur watched a documentary about the ancient city of Petra in Jordan. He instantly realized that this was his city of dreams, and he became convinced that he had lived there in a past life.

He contacted the BBC, who arranged an interview between Arthur and an archaeologist. The archaeologist was flabbergasted when he discovered how much knowledge Arthur had of the ancient city without ever having been there in his current life.

Eventually, the Jordanian government invited Arthur to visit Petra. Arthur found his way around the city without the help of a guide or map and pointed out sites that hadn’t been excavated yet. He talked about a military barrack where he worked with a check-in system for guards, and even provided facts about the area that experts were not aware of.

My Life as a Monk

In 1987, three-year-old Duminda Bandara Ratnayake started talking about the Asgiriya temple and monastery in Kandy, saying that he used to be an abbot there.

Duminda was born in 1984 to Sinhalese Buddhist parents and was the second youngest of three brothers. He talked about the temple non-stop and also told his mother that he had owned a red car, taught other monks, and died in a hospital where he was taken after experiencing sudden sharp pain in his chest. He also “recalled” having had a pet elephant.

The little boy soon started wearing his clothes in the way of a monk and visited a Buddhist temple twice a day. He also began reciting stanzas in the Pali language. His mother began fearing that her son would want to leave his family to become a monk.

By age five, Duminda’s interest in going to the temple waned somewhat, but by age six, his mother had permitted him to go to the monastery when he turned seven. At this point, he also didn’t want to go to a school with girls and didn’t want women, including his mother, to touch his hands. When the abbot of the Malwatta Temple died in 1990, Duminda randomly exclaimed that he had known him well.

It seemed that Ven. Mahanayaka Gunnepana, who died of a heart attack and owned a red car, could have been Duminda in a past life.

Gunnepana also had an elephant.

“I Am Anne Frank”

Barbro Karlen was born nine years after Anne Frank died. From a young age, she insisted that Barbro wasn’t her real name and that her family should call her Anne instead. She also told her parents that she knew they weren’t her real mom and dad. At that point, Barbro’s family wasn’t up to date with the Anne Frank story and thought that Barbro was losing her mind. They carted her off to a psychiatrist, thinking that she was somehow lost in a fantasy.

By age twelve, Barbro wrote a book of poetry that would become one of the most popular books in her native Sweden. She went on to write nine more volumes. However, she couldn’t shake the feeling that she wasn’t who everyone thought she was. But she stopped talking about it after she realized who Anne Frank was and that people likely thought she was insane.

This was despite the trip to Amsterdam with her parents at age 10, during which they visited the house of Anne Frank. Barbro knew exactly how to get to the house and that the steps outside it had been changed. Her parents were stunned. Once Barbro entered Anne’s room, she felt an overwhelming fear but refused to leave. She knew that there had once been pictures on the wall, placed there by Anne, and when she told her mother this, the older woman finally understood what her daughter had been trying to tell them for years. She was Anne Frank in a past life.

Barbro met Anne’s cousin Buddy Elias years later, and he told reporters he believed that she was the reincarnation of Anne.

Born nine years after the death.

“The Floor Got Really Hot”

In March 2021, Tik Toker Riss White gave her account of what her daughter told her a few years ago. It was September 11, 2018, and Riss was looking at 9/11 memorial posts on social media.

One of the posts had a striking image of the Twin Towers, and when her then-four-year-old daughter saw it, she said to Riss, “Hey mom, I used to work there.”

Riss, feeling slightly uneasy, asked her daughter when this was, to which the young girl simply replied “before.”

She went on to tell her mother that during one morning at work she had to get up on her desk because the floor got really hot. She and her friends had tried to escape the hot floor by leaving through the door, but the door wouldn’t open. She then jumped out of the window and “flew like a bird.”

Riss was shaken and still can’t make sense of what her daughter told her. She also confirmed that the young girl had never been told about 9/11.

14 years had passed for this little girl. The fact that she remembered her past suggests that she did not experience memory erasure. Thus, either...

[1] She went to Heaven but did not have memory erasure, and had here pre-birth world-line template mapped out.

[2] She went elsewhere and had her pre-birth world-line template mapped out by others.

[3] She hung out on the prior life template as a disembodied spirit for 14 years and chose this life on her own.

Conclusions from above…

I really do not have all the answers, but apparently you are not forced in the “tunnel of light” and forced to undergo mind wipe. You have a choice.

[1] You can go into the “Tunnel of light” and arrive in Heaven. Once in Heaven you can stay, go to school, frolic and plan your next earth general population experience. The Mantid Prime will assist in this effort.

[2] If you refuse to go to “Heaven” then you are on your own to be a spirit, and then find a body to occupy on your own. All the time sticking close to your previous life-line world-line template. At this point you are a free roaming spirit. You are trapped in the Prison Planet Environment and fixed to the MWI world line template of your last incarnation.

[3] If you find a body that you want to occupy, then you simply take the body and claim it as yours and accept what ever world-line and Fate Forecast that goes with that body.

Derived conclusions about the Mantid Involvement…

In situation [1] above, your Mantid “hands you off” and you are left to go through the “tunnel of light” to be welcomed by friends, family, and Mantid Prime overseers. Consciousness goes from General Population Mantid control (GPM) to Mantid Prime control (MP).

In situation [2] above, your Mantid apparently abandons you and you are free to roam. There isn’t any Mantid interaction necessary. Mantid interaction in General Population is apparently limited to physical bodies even though they are trans-dimensional beings. I suspect that this is an evolved situation as the Prison Planet was not designed to have any “free roaming” disembodied spirits.

In situation [3] above, upon adopting and accepting a new body to reincarnate in, you accept the guidance of a new Mantid that will control the levers of your existence. All physical bodies in the MWI Reality Universe is apparently under the control and manipulation of specific Mantids that control the environments.

MM thoughts

In a previous post, I discussed my memories of my previous life prior to being MM. The difference in time from my death in the last reincarnated life to my present life was around 30 years.

I can confirm that when I entered this particular body that I told myself NOT TO FORGET that I was going on a great adventure that would be an extra special and exciting adventuresome life of great importance. I have never forgotten this fact, and this is from my own personal memories. Not from recovered memories by Past Life Hypnosis.

Taken together, it appears that MM had this life mapped out and planned intentionally.

And since I did not (apparently) experience the mind wipe though the “tunnel of light” we can make some conjectures on that fact…

  • I was programmed for this life outside of the Heaven / Mantid Prime environment. Or…
  • I did go to Heaven, and was programmed for this life, but that I was somehow able to get around the “memory wipe” of the “tunnel of light”. This conjecture is validated by my insistence (to myself) to REMEMBER that my adventure would be special.

In any event, my MM experience is different from those who have been listed above as remembering prior lives.

Which then again, confirms that once freed of the General Population prison “skin suit”, the IS-BE is supposed to be transferred from Mantid control to Mantid Prime control. However that  system is corrupted / not well policed / fraught with holes and could be bypassed by any IS-BE consciousness that so desires.

The problem then is “what now”?

There are few scant options…

[1] Go to Heaven though the mind-wipe “Tunnel of Light” and be handed off to your Mantid Prime authorities.

[2] Stay in General Population as a disembodied spirit, floating around and hanging out on what ever MWI template that you died upon.

[3] Call on others to pluck you out of the MWI world-line template and get you out of the General Population area without going through the “Tunnel of Light”.

[4] Try to escape the Prison Complex on your own, recover your memories on your own, and avoid all the traps and snares on your own.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Fate Forecasting Index here…

Fate forecasting

.

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to. To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Metallicman Donation
Other Amount:
Please kindly enter any notes that you would like to attach to the donation here:

 

 

Optimization of affirmation prayer campaigns for effective manifestation of goals

This article helps you decide how long to conduct the affirmation campaign and how long to conduct the “dwell” or wait-period afterward. In previous articles I have greatly simplified the procedure. I offered a simple “rule of thumb”. Which was one week of no-affirmations for every week where you conduct a prayer affirmation campaign. This article will get more involved in the process and allow the user a greater degree of latitude in the campaign arrangement.

I am commenting NOW, simply because I am launching a brand new, multi-month Affirmation Campaign based upon my Fate Forecast for this year.

MM Comments

I am starting my new campaign in a few days. For the most of the last eighteen months, I have been running a 1 month on/off cycle. This was due to the Bazi that hit me about three years ago and resulted in some significant changes and issues. I had to make adjustments to my campaigns for my personal conditions, and the crazed insanity influence that the USA has had on where I live, my lifestyle, and my industry. I have managed to keep things under control.

Contemporaneously, in the Bazi it is believed that a person is surrounded by a non-physical reality. Within this non-physical are cyclic events and attributes that ebb and flow  depending on a host of causes and effects.



This non-physical reality differs from person to person. However, it consists of things that ebb and flow according to synchronized events that are triggered upon birth.

The Chinese have given these various components and their behaviors all sorts of names. They have created a series of "animal characteristics" such as dog, pig, and snake to describe a set of initial non-physical conditions. They have also created a series of names to describe how the non-physical components behave as a group. They go by such names as a "strong earth", or a "weak wood". It's easy for the ignorant to make fun of this entire system. To them, it sounds a lot like a more detailed version of Western astrology.

Now, that my “Bazi stars” are opening up back again, and becoming favorable, I can refocus on some postponed goals in my new campaign. So I am switching back to a 3 month on/off campaign cycle with an extended dwell time afterwards to maximize the effect. I will have more articles on the Bazi because it ties together very nicely with the MWI, prayer affirmation campaigns, and world-line travel.

While uncomfortable, I am leaving this Bazi time of change into a new state of being. And so far it appears to be far superior in many ways. Of course there are obvious changes…

  • Phone is HarmonyOS instead of Android.
  • Computer is Linux Mint instead of Microsoft Windows 10.
  • Payments in QR code instead of paper cash money.
  • Food is healthy / vegetarian instead of average fast fare.
  • Blood Pressure is 130/85 instead of 180/95.
  • Daughter is walking/talking/eating instead of crying/shitting/feeding.

And so on and so forth. Change is always uncomfortable, but once you get through it, you reach a plateau on the side of a mountain. And you can enjoy the view and rest a while and chill out before the next ascent upwards.

First things first

When you get to the stage of arranging your next affirmation prayer campaign, you need to layout, plan and structure the campaign. This means…

  • A review of your previous campaign(s).
    • What worked, what still needs to work, and changes to them.
    • What didn’t work, and corrective actions.
    • New things, and elements to add to the campaign.
  • The structure arrangement of this next campaign (this article)
  • Those particular goals that you want to stress and emphasize.
  • Where and how you will read and vocalize your campaign.
  • A total review of your fate during the periods of active and dwell affirmations. This is called Fate Forecasting.

I just cannot emphasize how important this first basic step is. Some things might stay the same, but others might change drastically. Please take the time to plan, revise and implement properly. Now to the arrangements…

Fate Forecasting

Most people do not need to have a full BaZi reading for them. I have found it to be extremely useful. Instead, you can go the “easy” route and locate the year that you were born in… that will determine what animal sign you are.

Here’s a guide…

Then go on the internet and find out what the GENERAL Fate Forecast is for the months ahead for your “animal” association.

For instance…

  • Chinese monkey sign in 2023
  • Dog astrology in Chinese years 2022

Then you will see a general forecast for your sign. They tend to be pretty accurate on trending fate.

But if you want to put down some money, you can have a precise fate reading. The most accurate, and specific. readings are found when you conduct your own exact BaZi reading. I wrote about that HERE.  Here, you can see your exact animal year, exact time, and exact general geographical coordinates at your place of birth.

Once you know what your fate has in store for you, you can move forward with what your affirmation campaign will look like. In my personal case now, I have a strong positive fate trend all year, so I am going to conduct a long solid campaign 3 on / 4 off. But the last few years has been not that great. So I have been conducting a 1 / 1 campaign.

The most basic arrangement

Three months on/off. This is the most basic arrangement. You conduct your affirmation campaign for three months. You start on it, and then you finish it after three months. Then you wait for three months so that the goals can simmer and manifest. This is the baseline campaign structure, and it is what I strongly recommend to all newcomers to this technique. Now, that being said, there are some variations to this arrangement…

.

Quick cycling technique

One month on/off I’ve utilized the quick cycling technique during difficult and contentious times where I needed to have strong affirmations to navigate through troubles, but still be able to adjust to changes and make course corrections on the MWI. This is a useful technique, but it is not desirable to maintain it for long periods of time. I suggest you only follow this technique for short periods of time. Certainly no longer than eight months in total. There are some slight variations that are worthy of consideration…

.

Heavy lifting / Serious change crowbar

Six months on/off Let’s suppose there is something that you really desire, or really want to get moving on. This technique is guaranteed to “put enough wind in your sails” so that your affirmation realization can “pick up her skirts and trot”. Things will happen, though they will not necessarily happen quickly. This will make things happen and are just great for long term desires. Some variations…

.

Basic Maintenance technique

One week on/off In general I do not recommend this variation technique. But it does have it’s uses. What it tends to allow is a basic level of control on the MWI. It’s not really all that good for new goals or objectives. But it will make sure that you are still following your plan and your vector path towards your ultimate results. There are no variations to this technique.

Dragon Loop

This is a creative method of manifesting intention, but it is rather advanced. You conduct the three month on/off affirmation campaign schedule, and then follow up with a one month on/off schedule. The second shorter period is for course corrections, and feed back purposes. Then you go back to the three month on/off sequence with the corrections in play.

Some final thoughts

This is a really short and abbreviated article. But I hope that it helps you in some way.

In always, the longer the duration of the active affirmation campaign phase, the more powerful the implementation will be.

I hope that your dreams, wishes and desires all come true. Because, you know what? You deserve them. You really, really do.

Be good and do great things. And never forget… To be the Rufus. Video 7.7MB

Remember to be the Rufus

Video 19MB

 

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Intention Prayer Index here…

Intention Campaigns

.

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to. To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.  

Metallicman Donation
Other Amount:
Please kindly enter any notes that you would like to attach to the donation here:

 

 
 

 

[daegonmagus] – Part 12 – Miscellaneous Experiences: The Curious case of the Mysterious Chicken Bird

The following is the twelfth part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

-MM

Part 12 – Miscellaneous Experiences: The Curious case of the Mysterious Chicken Bird

Yeah, yeah I know….I am supposed to be teaching you guys about LD so we can all meet in the non physical planes and kick some Old Empire ass before sitting down to smoke a fat Cuban, or whatever the equivalent is over there. But, I’ve got get this thing off my chest, because, well, it has been weird even for me. Plus it involves my family, so….

A week or so ago I posted on one of the forum threads about a strange little chicken bird that decided to visit my daughter in her room at 2am and scare the living shit out of her and my wife, before seemingly disappearing into “fat” air. And yes, that is a Simpsons reference.

Well, allow me to give you an update, the chicken bird came back, and it has been here before that visit with my daughter…apparently.

I tried talking about this on a site apparently all for paranormal stories and got labelled batshit crazy, an attention seeker yada yada yada. So I figured I’d do an article about it and put it up on here, my safe zone.

Like MM, I’ve got better shit to do than write about my experiences and have douschebags call me crazy.

Like MM, its that incessant voice in the back of my head that tells me it is necessary so people know there most definitely is a connection with lucid dreaming and ETs.

Maybe afterwards I’ll curl up into the fetal position and spoon the computer with MM open whilst eating directly out of a Milo tin with a soup ladle as I try to suppress all the psychological damage those people’s opinions did to me. I haven’t decided yet. That’s sarcasm by the way. But just in case she is reading, fuck you Maria. I can handle being called nuts, I can handle being called a liar, I can handle being called an attention seeker but if you are going to bring my family into it, then, seriously, fuck you. You government approved robotic troll.

The least you can do is read my autobiography before jumping to such conclusions.

For those who don’t know, Milo is a chocolate malt drink we get here in Oz.

As a kid, the common rule is that you fill up a tumbler glass with the chocolatey maltey goodness and pour about an inch worth of milk at the top, then high tail it the fuck out of the kitchen before a parent walks in and catches you in the middle of your diabolical scheme.

The punishment for being caught is usually pretty serious; your mum doesn’t buy Milo next time she gets the groceries.

Don’t even get me started on what happens when you steal dad’s salami that has been sitting in the back of the fridge untouched for 2 weeks.

Anyway back to the weirdness, and I want to back up a bit, because strange things have been happening here since even before this Chicken bird showed up.

For anyone familiar with my story, you may have noted such strange happenings have been following me and my wife, SD, our whole lives. Usually these are seemingly random events dispersed over many months. These last few weeks have been an exception. The year itself has been particularly interesting for me. Scratch that; for us.

You may recall back in Jan I had what appeared to be a doppelganger banging on my door and calling out to my wife and daughter when I was out with my son.

What happened was that my wife went to open the door and let this thing in, then noticed that despite it wearing my exact usual clothing, it was sporting a different haircut to what I went out the door with about 10 minutes prior.

She said “fuck that”, locked the door and then watched it walk behind the curtain and seemingly disappear. We have a dog fence surrounding that side of the house that would have slowed its departure somewhat, but nope, this thing was gone as soon as she pulled the curtain back. This was soon after something had been calling out to my daughter in my voice; my daughter said “dad’s home” and went to go find me before my wife stopped her, thankfully. I suspect this thing, whatever the fuck it was, had a hand – pun intended – in almost getting me killed some 8 years ago.

This caused me to finally pull my finger out of my butt, risk hearing a noise that sounded very much like Maria’s opinion, and write about all the things I experienced in LD before this thing got me killed.

It’s been a rollercoaster ride ever since.

Oh and in case I forgot to mention, our house has weird things happening in it all the time. Like shadow people walking around that you catch out of the corner of your eye, or – like what happened to me last night – random heavy weights weighing more than my 100kg body mass just randomly deciding “jump on me” and wake me up. Waking up after strange LD sessions with helicopters directly over our house.

Fast forward to a couple of weeks before MM’s comms channel opened up with the Domain Commander. My wife had a lucid dream/ astral projection experience she and a bunch of others were working in a lab section of a ship with several tall, extremely muscly blue eye blonde beings who were making some kind of medicine to cure some sort of sickness. Don’t be fooled though, these guys weren’t Nordics – they had short hair. The next day she caught a glimpse of their ship hovering high above our house.

A week later she caught yet another glimpse of something parked in our driveway before a bunch of honeycombed shaped mirrors appeared around it and cloaked it into oblivion. Unlike the shadow people, she assured me this was a proper physical sighting and not just one born from channeling into the non physical.

She saw this thing in our goddamned fucking driveway.

So I decided to set up a hunting camera facing not 2m away from where she said it was. Not that I caught much apart from some random digital noise.

Then, a few days later came Mr chicken bird.

Our 2 year old son was incredibly sick with diarrhoea and power spewing all night. Our 4 year old daughter had been worried about him so we let her sleep in our room. We put her in his cot and had him in our bed, where he usually sleeps anyway.

Our 2 year old woke everyone up at 2am screaming from his sickness.

My daughter, after being woken up started getting silly and wouldn’t go back to sleep, so I took her into her own room and gave her some cuddles while my wife nursed our son. I couldn’t stay too long because our boy was just too sick, so after a couple minutes I went back to our room, whilst my daughter was still wide awake.

Not 2 minutes later, we hear her saying “get out of here you naughty little thing”. She says something similar to our eldest boy when he harasses her when they play, so we thought he had woken up and gone in her room and was annoying her.

My wife gave our sick son to me and went to investigate.

Our daughter’s room is right next to ours to the right as you come out our door. As soon as she reached the door to my daughter’s room, I heard her say “what the fuck”. The next thing I know she is pulling my daughter into our room and trying to get our eldest son (still asleep) out of his bed and into our room in a mad panic.

As she got to the door she noticed our daughter with tears streaming her face, standing on her bed trying to get away from something that was standing next to the bed using it to balance, and walking very slowly towards her – both my wife and daughter saw this.

My wife said it was hard to make out in the dim lighting of the room, but it was very definitely a physical “thing” with wings about 3ft tall. Our daughter said it looked like a black and white chicken bird. She said she saw a “plane” drop it off outside her window before it came in the house. It took us quite awhile to calm her down (she ended up sleeping in our bed).

As if this wasn’t enough the son of a bitch showed up again a few nights ago around the same time of night; my wife got up to go to the toilet and said this same thing just appeared in the doorway walking towards her like it had done to my daughter, using its wings to try and balance.

She stared at it for a good while as she sat on the toilet before getting up and walking straight through it, to which it just dissipated.

She didn’t feel anything as she did so. She said it’s beak reminded her of those medieval plague doctors that used to wear those bird masks back in the renaissance period.


Plague doctor from Renaissance period.

So now, several weeks have passed and our girl won’t sleep back in her room. She is that terrified of the chicken bird, she won’t even go in there to play. What the fuck is this thing?

Note the correlation to medicine on the ship SD was on, and the plague doctor who used to put herbs in the mask to rid themselves of the smell of the dead they worked near.

The medicine SD was working on with the short haired blonde guys was also herbal/ natural based. Are the things visiting my family responsible for the depictions of the Plague doctors?

Then some more weird shit happened.

I set up a portable stretcher in our room so my daughter wouldn’t have to sleep in the cot that is much too small for her. She woke up in the middle of the night, again absolutely terrified and comes and crawls into our bed. The thing that scared her?

She saw a bunch of monster “people” appear before her and start talking to her in a strange language.

The description she gave of these people was exactly the same as a bunch of beings that used to harass my wife when she was about the same age. Bald, red eyes etc etc. This was a repetitive experience. They are apparently extremely loud when they talk.

And again, just last night she told us more about them. There are children ones and a “daddy” one. The daddy one usually isn’t there because he has to go to work “stealing other children”. She has seen these loud beings get dropped off along with the chicken bird and “snake looking people” from the same plane.

It gets even better.

So we are sitting in the loungeroom the other night, and out of no where my eldest son says that he has seen the chicken bird before in his sleep. He says that he saw a plane come into the loungeroom, drop it off and then leave through the back door (same one my doppelganger tried to get in through.).

I remember quite awhile ago he had a dream that some beings had taken him out of bed into a waiting spaceship in the driveway, then took him to the moon where they made him touch something silver that turned him silver (hello again Matrix Movie) and made him extremely cold at the same time.

They turned him into a literal fucking Metallicboy, and this was before I had even made the acquaintance of the Metallicman.

It is hard to tell if his were lucid dreams or standard ones, given that kids can’t properly externalise what the fuck is happening to them whilst in these states, though I assume it was an LD judging from his ability to recall it so vividly. My daughter’s seem like a bunch of Lucid Dreams interwoven with physical contact of the chicken bird, backed up by my wife seeing it.

Somewhere in all this cacophony of weirdness I myself had a lucid dream about standing out in the driveway and watching a ship come in to collect me.

The place I was standing would have been right next to where my wife saw her ship and my daughter said the chicken bird ship landed.

In fact it would have been the corner of a right angle if you dotted them out on a map. It was right in the exact spot my son said they took him to the moon. The entirety of our experiences would have been within a 15m radius of each other. That’s four different people from one family who have seen ships, either physical or non physical, in pretty much the exact same spot.

I can’t help but think about my abduction dream – refer to my Part 5 – from my mother in law’s house a few years back which is literally less than 5km away as the crow flies from us.

I was there the other day and took a video of how I remembered that dream experience unfolding (except I came out the door and not from around the side of the house).

When I point to the sky, just imagine a very angular shaped ship coming out of a cloud to the right and sucking me up into a circular arrangement at the bottom followed by a very confusing and disorientated wake up session.

The thing that gets me is that that experience felt like a future occurrence; it was too vivid to be just a standard dream.

I initially wrote it off because in the dream my car (which I no longer own) was very vividly parked in my mother in law’s spot under the garage.

Then I remembered my mother in law was the one I sold that particular car to. So if I randomly go missing it’s a good bet I woke up back in 2016 lol.

Joking aside, SD is under instruction to inform MM if I do indeed go missing one day whilst at my mother in law’s house; that is just a precaution I feel is necessary to take considering the Domain Commanders recent confirmation on our LD experiences. Maybe it will never happen – I honestly have no clue what to expect.

What I do know is that something weird is going on in our household, and it amplified the moment

MM’s comms channel opened up (this is in no way me laying blame on MM for it). Is it the Domain, is it someone else? I have no fucking idea, but it is definitely related if you want my honest opinion.

I showed this to my daughter who said the eyes and beaked looked fairly similar. My wife said if you take away the hat body, pickaxe etc, it looked similar. My son said the one he saw was different, more like a chicken that made a high pitched squeaking noise.

MM comment

Jeeze! Louise!

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Fate Forecasting using Chinese BaZi astrology as elements of consciousness control in the MWI (Part 1)

This article discusses fate forecasting. It is a technique of measurement to gauge the degree of luck that exists in your present and future.

All MM readers know that we as consciousness are free to move around by choice and action in our reality, but that the options offered to us are limited due to fate. This fate is known as the pre-birth world-line template.

Additionally, another component comes into play. This is the entry point (time and place) when the physical body is birthed. This point in time establishes the fate that the consciousness experiences during a life-time. It’s a measure of how easy or how difficult it is for the consciousness to experience events on their template.

When you look at the MWI world-line template map and you see all those hills and valleys, we tend to believe that they are equally difficult for us to climb or scramble down. But that is not actually the case. Consider our consciousness has another set of “baggage” that it must carry up and down those hills. This extra “baggage” is known as fate.

It is fixed, but can be measured.

Depending on the person, the “baggage” of fate (or you might call it a “fate setting”) might be light and positive, or heavy and oppressive. This will have two effects.

Firstly, it will affect how the consciousness WANTS to navigate on the MWI; Does it want to climb those mountains or go towards those hills. And…

Secondly, it will affect the apparent ease of climbing the terrain on the MWI in front of them.

This method is known as Chinese astrology and horoscopes in terms of quantum physics related to the MWI (reality universe) where our thoughts control our world-line movement. Let it be clear that while there are many unfamiliar terms and associations with astrology, the system, mapped out by the Chinese over many centuries, is an empirical solution and explanation for the rise and fall of “luck” that consciousness experiences during a lifetime.

This is part 1.

I have described an element of the Bazi in my life by studying the Ben Ming Nian when I turned sixty years old. Here I stated…

Contemporaneously, in the Bazi it is believed that a person is surrounded by a non-physical reality. Within this non-physical are cyclic events and attributes that ebb and flow  depending on a host of causes and effects.



This non-physical reality differs from person to person. However, it consists of things that ebb and flow according to synchronized events that are triggered upon birth.

The Chinese have given these various components and their behaviors all sorts of names. They have created a series of "animal characteristics" such as dog, pig, and snake to describe a set of initial non-physical conditions. 

They have also created a series of names to describe how the non-physical components behave as a group. They go by such names as a "strong earth", or a "weak wood".

It's easy for the ignorant to make fun of this entire system. To them, it sounds a lot like a more detailed version of Western astrology.

But it is not.

It’s not bullshit

It’s an empirically obtained solution for rise and fall of fate and luck during one’s lifetime.

empirical
based on, concerned with, or verifiable by observation or experience rather than theory or pure logic.

For over 5000 years, the Chinese have observed the rise and falls of fortunes.

They noticed that people with similar birth dates had similar luck, and this effect was studied and built upon. The entire effort; this trend for luck (good or bad) is well mapped out, and it is an empirically derived map that resembles the pre-birth world-line template.

It is called Bazi.

Basics

Bazi is known by different names; the most commonly used names in China are…

      • Eight Characters (八字) , BaZi.
      • Four-Pillars (四柱),
      • Zi Ping (子平).

It is a technique that is based on one’s precise birth date and time to the exact minute.  At the moment of birth, the physical body enters the MWI on a specific world-line. This world-line moment in time sets the “fate rules” for the person so birthed.

In practice, the birth date/time is first translated into a Chinese calendar representation. This representation is described as 4 “pillars”. Each pillar represents YEAR, MONTH, DAY and HOUR. And each pillar contains 2 Chinese characters.

Four pillars, each having two characters means a total of eight characters, hence the term “the naming of Eight Characters.”

Bazi had long been used and practiced, but in Sung Dynasty, Xu Zi Ping, set the standard in using Bazi as the fortune of fate forecasting tool.

Bazi is a forecasting tool that measures one’s fate on the pre-birth world-line template. This aspect of fate is not changed when you slide off one template to another. Your fate is fixed with your physical body. It is not associated with the world-lines that you traverse.

The methodology

There are ‘two’ main fortune forecasting methods: (a) 神煞 and (b) 十神生剋制化.

[a] 神煞 (shén shà) “God is scant”

This is used by many practitioners. Simply because it much easier to use than [b] below.

[b] 十神生剋制化 (shí shén shēng kè zhì huà) “Ten gods are born and systematized”

Xu Zi Ping, of the Sung Dynasty, based his foretasting on this methodology. It is both much richer in its theoretical base as well as its application than [a].

Destiny considerations

One should note that bazi only uses the birth time for fate forecasting. It does not include where the person is born and what are the targeted person’s relationships. Both these aspects contributes a significant influence on one’s destiny.

So bazi can only provide an indicator of a possible prediction. This is critical as many people think bazi or any fortune telling tool can be used to predict with 100% accuracy, I will leave this to you to have a thought about it.

The other analogy of Bazi is DNA: with the advance of genealogy, it is now possible to predict one’s health condition and possibilities of getting certain diseases. Genealogy doesn’t say one WILL certainly get some diseases but only suggests that one may be more susceptible. Bazi is similar whereby it can be used as a guide to what may happen to one’s fate.

Good Luck and Bad Luck

The fate forecasting methodology relies on trending attributes for measurement. You have “auspicious” trends and “inauspicious” trends.  Further these are further divided into strong and weak trends.

Good Luck

      • Strong likelihood of auspicious opportunities / events.
      • A weak trend towards auspicious opportunities / events.

Bad Luck

      • Strong likelihood of inauspicious opportunities / events.
      • A weak trend towards inauspicious opportunities / events.

A Bazi (Chinese Astrology) Primer

Chinese cosmology is a cohesive philosophy that undergirds every aspect of Chinese culture and society.

This primer is by no means meant to be a comprehensive treatment of Chinese cosmology. It is, however, meant to serve as an introductory guide to Bazi which is Chinese Astrology.

It is presented here on MM as a forecasting tool to measure fate influences as your consciousness travels the MWI and world-line movement.

MING MEANS FATE, OR LUCK

命运 (mìng yùn)

fate, destiny, fortunes, fates

Chinese cosmology has a holistic conception of “ming”, or fate/destiny. There are 3 kinds of fate of luck: heaven luck, earth luck, and man luck. These are hierarchical and define both the possibilities and  impossibilities in a person’s life.

All 3 notions of fate, or luck, are beholden to time:

  • Heaven luck is astrology, how celestial phenomena occurring at specified times correlate to affairs on earth and the lives of men;
  • Earth luck is feng shui, the art of scheduling and positioning. It is the orientation of one’s self and life in relationship to the flow of qi (life force or energy);
  • Man luck is how one understands, respects, and works with or against their heaven and earth luck.

WU XING: FIVE PHASES OF QI

Essential to each of these studies of fate is “wu xing” which is the five elements (stages, phases, etc). The five elements are:

      • Wood
      • Fire
      • Earth
      • Metal
      • Water

Each of the five elements takes to forms, a yin form and a yang form giving us 10 primary presentations of qi (Life force energy).

Each of these yin/yang forms of qi governs a season.

Each season is comprised of 3 animal signs which are earthly manifestations of the qi/element that governs each season. Earth governs the periods between each of the seasons. See figure 1 for an example. Note that it changes yearly from one person to the next.

Each element interacts with every other element in several defined relationships.

But the most important interactions between elements are the production cycle and the controlling cycle.

Be careful not to assume that relationships is better than the other. Context is everything.

When we discover the flow of your chart we will come to understand which relationships are most important to support that flow.

ANATOMY OF A BAZI CHART

Bazi means eight characters.

The eight characters in your Chinese astrology chart are divided into two groups.

The [1] Heavenly Stems and [2] the Earthly Branches.

The Heavenly Stems are the pure qi, the five elements in their yin or yang forms. The Earthly Branches are the 12 animals (see Figure 1).

There are four pillars in your Bazi chart. The year pillar, month pillar, day pillar, and hour pillar.

  • Year pillar is grandparents and extended family members, it is your family background and upbringing.
  • Month pillar represents the parents or siblings, employment.
  • Day pillar is the self, spouse, home.
  • Hour pillar is children, aspiration, career.

Each pillar has one heavenly stem at the top, and one earthly branch on the bottom. Each part of the chart is identified in terms of its pillar and whether it’s a stem or a branch. See figure 3 for another example for a specific person on a specific year.

The two most important parts of a Bazi chart are the day stem and the month branch. The day stem is called the daymaster, and the month branch is the season of birth.

Once the daymaster is identified each of the other elements can be identified as well.

  • The daymaster (and its yin or yang counterpart) is the self (friends/enemies, peers, audience). It produces output.
  • The element that the daymaster produces is output (ideas, work ethic, talents, children in the chart of women). It produces wealth.
  • The element that output produces is wealth (assets, father, spouse or partner in the chart of men) it produces influence.
  • The element that wealth produces is officer (authority, superiors, spouse or partner in the chart of women, children in the chart of men). It produces resource.
  • The element that the officer produces is resource (mother, family support and upbringing, education, helpful people). It produces the self.

IDENTIFYING YOUR FLOW

The flow of a Bazi chart originates with the daymaster and the season.

The daymaster can be rooted or not rooted in the season. That means the animal in the earthly branch of the month pillar can be the same as or produce the element in the heavenly stem of the day pillar.

For example, Yi (Yin Wood) daymaster born in Spring (Wood season) or Winter (Water season) is rooted because the element of the season in the month branch matches the element of the day stem. Yi is rooted in Winter because the Water of Winter produces Wood. Yi (Yin Wood). Yi (Yin Wood) born in any other season is not rooted.

Whether or not the daymaster is rooted in the month branch determines the flow of the chart. The flow defines which elements are favorable and which elements are unfavorable to a chart. This is a complicated task that requires an understanding of how the stems and branches interact with each other. That is beyond the scope of this primer.

LUCK PILLARS

The Bazi chart and its flow determine the heaven luck you were born with. The annual and 10 (personal) year luck pillars determines when that flow is supported, disrupted or blocked.

Every 10 years, your personal luck pillar changes. Then you enter a new time period with a different focus. See figure 4 for another example.

Each year the annual luck pillar changes. It interacts with both your Bazi chart and your personal luck pillar to support, disrupt, or block the flow that your personal luck pillar adjusts every 10 years.

It is this part we focus on in the Bazi

Conducting the primary forecasting charts

Step 1 – Casting the chart

When casting your Bazi chart, you must convert your birth time to solar time. You can use this calculator to convert it.

Step 2 – Plotting the chart

Here is a calculator you can use to plot your Bazi chart for you. Here’s a sample of what it might look like…

It is very easy to make a mistake in this process. So I strongly recommend that you pay the fee and use an expert. The expert will give you direct and usable intel. Instead of just guidelines that you need to interpret. (And unless you are an expert, you could misinterpret the readings.)

Conclusions

This is just part 1. Don’t get too caught up in the terms and try to make heads or tails out of it. The over all beauty and symmetry of the system becomes evident once you study it.

In future article we will go step by step to tear into the individual components, and then things will become clearer. Of most importance is the idea of “stars” or rotational periodic influences that orbit the consciousness.

I do not recommend that you try to figure out your destiny on your own. Instead, I strongly recommend you locate a practitioner on the internet and they will generate a day to day forecast for you to go by. It has been my personal experience that it is uncanny how accurate it can be.

Here is the group that performed my fate forecast for me back in 2003. I was in the United States at the time, and they are a group in Singapore. No problem what so ever…

This is NOT an advertisement. This is their “line card”. It’s a Singapore based organization.

My personal experience

Here’s overview excerpts from the MM reading that I obtained back in 2003 from geomancy.net.

I found it interesting, but was not paying attention. I had no idea what “bad” + “Very inauspicious” would mean.

This is the period of time where I was “retired”. My life started to fall apart in August 2005, with arrest and incarceration later on in that year. My sentencing to the ADC was in 2006 where I began my five year prison sentence.

Here is the current period of time.

I can confirm that the first half of 2021 was a bit of a strain for me personally, but that the second half was much better. And things are looking brighter this up coming 2022.

The day to day summaries were very helpful. But again, they just show potentials and when you are getting a massive mountain of shit coming your way, the only thing you can do is hunker down and endure the storm.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Fate Forecasting Index here…

Fate forecasting

.

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to. To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.  

Metallicman Donation
Other Amount:
Please kindly enter any notes that you would like to attach to the donation here:

 

 
 

 

[daegonmagus] – Part 11 – Lucid Dreaming Lesson 3; Techniques for Inducing Effective LDs

The following is the eleventh part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

-MM

Part 11 – Lucid Dreaming Lesson 3 Techniques for Inducing Effective LDs

In this lesson we are going to get into some techniques myself and SD have used numerous times to induce LD with a great measure of success. These techniques are entirely my own; I am yet to see them being used anywhere else.

The methodologies came about entirely by accident and through observations of my environment {both mental and physical} either immediately from waking up from an LD or taking note of certain things before one was initiated that I would remember afterwards.

Some of these techniques are particularly effective at inducing a WILD even from a heavily fatigued state of mind. In fact, they seem to work better from this state.

Before I begin though, a quick word on the “cheats”:

.

Drugs and Alcohol

Many people suggest explicit substances such as drugs and alcohol can have a

negative effect on ones ability to LD. While I was never big on anything harsher than marijuana, I cannot specifically remember ever having an LD experience whilst under the influence of such a substance.

I am generally skeptical when it comes to using drugs to initiate an LD.

This is mainly because I believe they distort the mind too much to make becoming lucid whilst in the dream state feasible. I have had friends who have used LSD and DMT to try and initiate an astral projection.

I sincerely advise against it.

All it seems to have done for these people is given them a fast tracked ticket to the mental health ward of their local hospital. Though, I suspect the LD/AP thing was really more of an excuse to justify their addiction to these substances.

If one has not taken the psychological preparation necessary, then they are leaving themselves open to all sorts of trouble.

This is of course, my own opinion.

Alcohol, is different for me. Whilst I have never had an LD under its immediate influence I have had many LDs during the hangover recovery phase the day after a major bender.

I have actually used alcohol to deliberately try to induce an LD in this manner.

Though it seems to work better when I haven’t had LD as an intention. Be warned though, the level of alcohol needed to put you in a state of such dissociation from the body could be considered lethal by many people’s standards. It is also for this reason, I really don’t recommend it as a feasible avenue to LD.

However, if you are planning on indulging in it quite liberally, I see no reason why you can’t give LD a try when you are lying half comatose in bed with a blanket of regret over you to keep you warm, as you tell yourself “never again”.

You might as well try and get something out of the annihilation of brain cells.

I have noticed it is particularly easy to tune into non physical chatter whilst in bed and still reeling from a particularly bad hangover. I am not trained in psychology, so I will skip going into my opinions on why this would be.

Non Physical Chatter:

Whilst we are on the subject, I feel the need to mention some things I have noticed in regards to non physical chatter.

Whilst not necessarily LD related I believe they are worth experimenting with.

The most noticeable is the way pressure is applied to the head when one is about to fall asleep.

I have found that there is a correlation with me lying in such a position that most pressure from my pillow presses on the top, middle right part of my head, and having strange “visions”.

A common theme is what appears to be a very vivid movie real of an unfamiliar cartoon.

It is in a similar style to the old Felix the cat cartoons. A similar cartoon has been mentioned by members of the occult/LD community, and by SD.

I have also noticed that if I fall asleep lying down with my head on my propped up elbow, then there is potential for audible chatter that is clearly not related to my own thought train.

There seems to be a grey area of conscious awareness where this chatter is at its most extreme.

An effective method to “catching it” is to count up to 5 minutes; when the mind is preoccupied with focusing on the counting, it is incredibly easy to notice when the chatter appears because it completely derails the counting.

“The Emerther are scared to death for many reasons that lead back to the human race”, “Japan has nothing at the edge of their chasm”, “Please be careful” are examples of the things I have heard whilst in this grey area. It seems to correspond to the M Band noise mentioned by Bruce Moen.

Diet and Exercise.

I have been asked if there is a correlation with diet and LD, and honestly I can’t say I have really noticed anything to be that beneficial.

This is not to say there isn’t an eating plan you should try, more so that I just never bothered looking too deep into this aspect.

By all means if you find someone who suggests something an eating regime specifically to induce LD, then give it a try and get back to me on how it went for you.

In saying this though, my most intense period of lucid dreaming was when I was working out on a regular basis with a goal of getting fit enough to join the Defense Force.

At the same time I was also eating quite healthily, so it is hard for me to tell if my heightened level of lucid awareness of the dream state was because of the exercise, the diet, or both.

It could have been a result of the location for all I know.

I can’t give a definite in this regard. What I do know is that my diet and exercise regime is no where near as healthy as it was, and my lucid dreaming ventures have taken a nose dive.

Hopefully I’ll start getting back into it when my youngest is a little bit older. I am curious to see if my forays into lucidity start to come back a bit stronger under a healthier lifestyle.

What I did noticed with two rather potent LD experiences that happened only a few nights apart is that I had some sort of spicy chicken dish followed by a dose of sugar.

There appeared to be no correlation in “healthiness” with these foods; one was a lean Thai curry with a portion of cake for dessert, the other was standard hot and spicy KFC followed by a typical sugary drink from that food chain.

I suspect it has to do with the chemical change from the chili/ sugar content that is registered via the subconscious mind whilst in the dream state. I suggest exploring this avenue further and experimenting with it if you are game enough.

Thought Placement:

Many DILD techniques involve the use of “reality checks” to help stimulate the sub consciousness mind into becoming lucid.

These basically consist of a series of checks you do each day whilst awake which hopefully carry over to the dreaming domain and allow you to come to the realisation you are lucid. “Am I awake, am I asleep?” that sort of thing. Similar to me throwing my bass guitar in the pool.

In the movie Inception, Leornado DiCaprio employs the use of a spinning top as a reality check. He spins the top and if he is awake it eventually slows down and falls over due to the lack of centrifugal force.

The tell that he is still dreaming is that it continues to keep spinning unencumbered by the lack of physics.

I recommend watching this movie.

It not only is a good representation of LD in general, but also highlights the importance of being psychologically ready before undertaking extensive voyages into the Lucid planes.

In the movie, DiCaprio’s wife ends up killing herself because she believes she is still dreaming and needs to wake up, despite DiCaprio insisting she is already awake and back in the physical reality.

Another thing Inception portrays really well is the layering depths of dreams one may delve into and how time becomes distorted in these other “dream worlds”.

When you get good at LD, it is easy to get carried away and start going deeper and deeper into a dream within a dream within a dream.

You must learn and employ your safeguards so you know how to properly get back from such a maze.

This may sound somewhat silly, but believe me, I have been trapped in lucidity for “years” only to wake up to find a single night has passed; it can really fuck you up if you are not prepared for it.

Another thing to be aware of is that it can be quite depressing visiting an LD Utopia only to have to wake back up into this physical plane.

Expect a readjustment period of at least a few days.

Thought Placement for DILDs

Through my observations I have found that there is a correlating timeframe that thoughts can be used to stimulate the sub consciousness in the dream state.

This came about by having dreams with elements that I could pin point back to a very specific time of having that thought element during the day time.

It appears that around 10 to 10 and a half hours, and half an hour before going to sleep (not just going to bed) are prime times for instilling thoughts about doing reality checks and lucid dreaming.

Of course, this means having a strict bed time schedule and understanding how long it actually takes you to get to sleep once in bed.

The Dream Blanket

I have a book written by a guy with Native American blood that talks about the shamanic practice of “shapeshifting”. The Art of Shapeshifting by Ted Andrews.

It is essentially about using dances that mimic certain animals and special talismans for remote viewing and lucid dreaming purposes.

While I never got into the dances, one of the talismans I found curious was a blanket that you drape across you every time you are consciously trying to LD.

The theory by the author is that every time you have a LD you subconsciously imbue this blanket with dream energy, which eventually makes it easier to lucid dream, as you connect with this energy when fall asleep.

The dream blanket is considered so sacred by him that he suggests locking it up within a special chest and not letting it come into contact with other artifacts lest it becomes tainted by their energy.

It must only ever be used for Lucid Dreaming.

I tried using a piece of expensive silk fabric for this purpose but it was not clear if it had any profound effect.

In saying that, I have noticed it takes awhile to build up “LD momentum” if the blankets are changed from ones I have been using during periods with many LDs. Purple and blue colored linen seems to work the best.

The Pillows:

Did you end up buying a triangular {right angle} shaped pillow? If not, don’t worry too much about it.

Some regular pillows that are quite “puffy” with a good puff to density ratio will do just fine.

Try to avoid ones that are so puffy that your head falls right through them though.

The reason triangular pillows are good is that they wrap around the entirety of your neck and give you’re the head the support it is going to need when undertaking the main LD inducing technique, the hanged man pose.

You can get by without it, but I have found one side of my neck quickly gets quite fatigued without this support base from the pillows.

If you are using standard rectangular pillows, their arrangement will be crucial to whether or not the technique works, and it may take quite a few adjustments to get them “right”.

I hope you have been practicing the stillness of the body meditation, because you are going to need it for the next part:

Onto the techniques

The Hanged Man Pose:

Over the many years I was engaging in LD, I started noticing “commonalities” between when I would have an LD and the arrangement of my body when waking up.

The most notable of such commonalities was a particular pose I usually {not always} found myself in immediately upon waking from my LDs.

Curious, I began experimenting with this pose.

I would take a few minutes after awaking into to it to study it in depth without moving, then try to recreate it whenever I’d go to bed to try and initiate an LD.

More often than not it would work for both DILDs and WILDs.

In fact some of the most vivid LDs I have had have been from using this very pose. I explained it to SD and she began using it, and reported that it works quite well for her.

As far as I am concerned, this is the secret to initiating an LD.

The pose itself is quite easy to get into.

The difficulty, however, comes when trying to remain in it without moving. Hence why the practice of the stillness of the body is crucial to mastering it. And hence why pillow arrangement is crucial to its correct use.

Five minutes after getting into this pose I guarantee every ounce of your being will be telling you to move into a more comfortable position; It is an incredibly uncomfortable position to be in.

It is not as if you are going to be doing yoga or anything.

It is more that you will be stretching certain muscles and placing weight on your body in a way that you are not used to.

You need to just suck it up and lie there if you want it to work properly.

Hopefully, after a few weeks you will automatically start taking up this position as you sleep.

So how do we get into the pose?

Well, there is a reason I call it the Hanged Man pose, and this is because it is similar to the Hanged Man in the Tarot deck.

Traditionally, this card depicts a man hanging upside down with his arms at his side and his leg bent at such an angle so that it touches the knee of the opposing leg.

While I have used this exact pose, for LD, I prefer to alter it slightly.

Rather than have the leg bent at a 90 degree angle, simply place the heel of your right foot on top of your left when you are laying down.

If you find this too uncomfortable you can alter it so that your feet are to the side of each other.

The crucial thing, though is that the two must be touching.

The arms can either relax at your side or be placed upon your sternum; that latter seems to work better.

Keeping your back flat to the plane of your mattress, you then need to bend your head to the right so that your right ear is completely covered by your pillow.

Aim to create a “seal” around your whole ear so that no air can escape.

Again, I have found the triangular pillow makes this easier to achieve.

I am not sure why this works so well. I suspect it has something to do with unbalancing the inner ear or something to do with redirecting the flow of energy through the body, which are picked up in dreamtime.

One thing I know for certain though, is that it gets results. Provided you can keep it up.

The Tennis Match Scenario:

This will consciously carry you from an awakened state through the transition into the dream state and on into the Void Space if done correctly, regardless of your fatigue level.

In fact, most of the WILDs I have had have been from utilizing this technique, or a slight variant of it.

Consider it a cheat code to getting into the void space.

To understand why it works you need to understand the way consciousness “collapses” back in towards the pineal gland as you enter the dream state.

This is a complete inversion of the consciousness you use whilst engaging in physical reality whilst awake.

If you are successful with this technique, you will experience this inversion.

It works particularly well when you are fatigued to the point of being in danger of falling asleep within minutes of your head touching the pillow, which is why I like it.

I used it quite a lot when I was working a full time job as an assembler in an electronics factory.

I was getting up at 4:30am and getting home at 6pm, completely exhausted, and yet it still worked.

So if this sounds like your sort of lifestyle, I recommend trying it.

You start by visualising a tennis match between you and an opponent.

It has to be a first person view on your part. You need to visualize this as if you are actually there, playing tennis, with the net in front of you and the racket being held in your hand.

It can’t be from a third person viewpoint.

Pretend it is your opponent’s turn to serve.

I find it easier to visualize slow serves that gradually build in pace, but if you are too fatigued just go right on to the fast serves. You need about 5 seconds worth of unbroken, vivid visualization of your opponent smashing the ball as hard as they possibly can.

Repeat the visualization with the ball flying past your head.

After every 4th or fifth hit, make the ball hit square in the middle of your nose.

Hopefully, in your fatigued state, your mind will automatically keep replaying the scenario, and eventually start believing it is real.

The goal is to have it react with a surge of adrenaline as the ball hits your nose, thinking there is a very real possibility of your nose being broken.

This surge of adrenaline, I have found, is just enough to awaken you back into a conscious understanding that you are almost asleep.

At the same time, your consciousness “locks” onto the ball, and is projected back in towards the pineal gland the same way it collapses into the dream state.

Because the adrenaline has made you lucid, you consciously witness that transition before the adrenaline disappears.

The speed of which consciousness enters into this transition is what I term as “the velocity of consciousness”.

From my experiences, this velocity can be anywhere between the speed of a properly served tennis ball to that of a bullet.

I suggest experimenting with different scenarios that involve different speeds, to see if you can find something that works better for you.

A variant of this technique I found also works well is by imagining a fast orbiting satellite near a planet that you “spin” off its trajectory and have it hit you.

In my case, it was a dodecahedron spinning about a tetrahedron; both are heavily related to occult philosophy. They are platonic solids.

The Velocity of Consciousness and the Void Space.

The speed at which your consciousness inverts and falls back through pineal gland will dictate how deep one falls into the void space.

I mentioned in the previous lesson that distortions will come into play and that these distortions will dictate how successful your lucid dream will be.

With a high velocity of consciousness, one risks penetrating too “deep” into the void space where the distortions are at their most extreme.

The tennis match/ orbiting satellite visualization seems to instill consciousness with a velocity so that It can reach a shallower level of the void space.

Coming from sleep paralysis on the other hand, the distortions can be anywhere from mild to extreme.

These distortions will last only whilst in the void space, but they have the potential of completely destroying the lucid dream.

The reason for this is because it takes an incredible amount of visualization willpower to be able to create a dream; all focus must be put towards this end.

If the mind is busy dealing with using it’s visualization resources trying to neutralize these distortions, then proper dreamscape visualization cannot take place.

Unfortunately I have no remedy for when these distortions are at their maximum.

I have rarely been able to make it past this stage when they are, and the times I have, my dreamscapes have been a random mess of corrupted data.

Even the most basic of dreamscapes become impossible to visualize, and movement within them becomes even harder.

Don’t feel disheartened if these distortions ruin your LD. This happened to me more times than I can count. Perseverance is the only way through

Dream Creation From the Void Space:

Dreams created from the void space are not standard dreams, and neither are they typical LDs.

When done properly, one can exhibit almost total control over what appears in the dreamscape, and can use this for exploration of the non physical worlds.

Many experts will suggest this is astral projection, other experts will claim that LD cannot be used for such traveling or that it is really just a trick of the mind and you are not really “traveling”. My personal experiences suggest differently on both accounts.

To create a dreamscape to this extent you MUST take control of the distortions before the intent to create a dream even comes up whilst you are in the void space.

The reason for this is that to create a proper dreamscape takes an immense amount of will power and conscious focus.

If majority of that focus is spent dealing with the distortions after the dream has been created, your dream will not be stable and will “fall apart,” waking you up in the process.

Strong visualization practices to counter the distortions are the only thing I know that works, hence why you don’t want the distortions to be anything other than weak.

Once confidence of dominations over the distortions has been gained, there is a certain trick to being able to create a stable dreamscape.

Remember, you need to be able to think of all of this on the fly – you won’t have time to try and process and remember it all from scratch, so I suggest running through the process multiple times so it becomes automatic.

Rather than start surrounding yourself with items you wish to be present in the immediate environment, I have found it more beneficial to visualize the extremities of the particular scenario – if your eyes were functioning in this state, it would be equivalent of creating the objects you can see at the horizon.

The next trick is to switch your attention from this horizon onto the area encompassing a few meters around you without letting it collapse.

This is where the level of the void space you are in comes in to play; if you are too deep into it, close to the depths of the basement, you will be met with distortions in your visualisations which will “attack” them and ultimately collapse the environment around you, resulting in you waking up back in the physical world.

It takes great practice to be able to create a dream environment like this, then switch to populating it with whatever objects or people, smells etc, you desire without it collapsing, but it can be done to the point one can experience the same sensations they feel utilizing a physical body, such as smell, touch, taste etc.

This is something I was doing consistently in my youth, almost 3 times a week.

The number one rule is that once created, no conscious thought can be allowed to be given to the structure of this environment, as this will also cause it to collapse; you have to just create it, and “know” it is around you and move straight into and interact from within it; if you find yourself focusing on one particular thing during the creation stage, you need to quickly find something else and use that to anchor your dreamscape, and you keep doing this until it becomes stable.

You can then manifest a dream body if you wish, or continue to operate without one.

Once stable, the dreamscape can be interacted with just like any physical environment (but more profoundly).

This is the art of applying velocity to consciousness; once a dreamscape has been created, consciousness can move about in it simply by picking a point and focusing on it, much like with astral projection.

Time and space become irrelevant factors, as one is immediately “teleported” to the point of imagination, hence why the control of one’s imagination is such an important factor.

Just as the infant must learn to use its legs to walk through its physical environment, so too must one learn to use the points around them to move within their lucid environment.

By having an idea beforehand of what sort of dream environment one wants to build, and an object that can be summoned and moved away from the area closest to you after your horizon has been established, one can smooth out the whole process and evade the distortions before they begin to present themselves.

I have been known to “free fall” in the void for long periods of time – hours in fact – whilst I decided what dream I wanted to create, or simply for relaxation/meditation purposes.

I have also been known to switch dreamscapes as easily as one walks through a door, jumping from world to world as if I was walking into different rooms.

All this can be done via the portals when one becomes skilled at visualization practices.

Summoning the Portals:

Once you are certain your dream is stable – ie you can move about it within it fairly easily without having to think too hard to keep it in place – the portals can summoned to allow for travel to other non physical locations.

I really do not know how I learnt this; it was just something I “knew” how to do quite effortlessly whilst in an LD. A memory of sorts.

The portals themselves are quite small, and spherical shaped, about the size of a tennis ball.

They are, on first summoning of them, a pearlescent white color.

If you consider your vision straight ahead as being a flat plane at 0 degrees, the portals are off set above your vision at about a 6 degree angle from your eyes, and several feet away.

They exist in your close range top peripheral in other words, right on the edge of your focusing range.

The means for using them is this; you summon them in their pearlescent white form, then you “attach” an environment to them so they become a mini “world” display of the environment you wish to travel to.

They act as a means to contain very specific visual coordinates of a non physical location that will not be subject to the distortions in your immediate environment.

Once they have been summoned, and your visual coordinates have appeared on their surface, you then project or “jump” into them by contracting your consciousness (remember I said consciousness in a non physical state can contract and expand?).

You then come out at the location in question.

Though the portals can be used as a means to travel to one’s own self designed dreamscapes, there are other locations that I have accessed multiple times without any need to create them using the same portals; when accessed, it is as if they automatically materialize in one’s own void space without any visualisation input.

The amount of time I have spent in these particular places equates to a great deal more than someone who goes on regular holidays.

Many of them have their own portals in certain places that access other parts of the other “worlds”, so that, ultra dimensionally, they are all, in some way, linked together.

The portals can allow two way access by using the expansion of consciousness method rather than the contraction method, but I will cover this in the next lesson.

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

[daegonmagus] – Part 10 – Combined LD Asset Penetration Into Amnesia Infrastructure

The following is the tenth part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

-MM

Below is a briefing document which equates to about 7 years worth of LD espionage into amnesia compounds by both myself and my wife, SD.

While it rehashes a few things I have already talked about, I think it contains some info the Commander will consider as being quite valuable.

I am very interested to hear yours and his opinions of it, particularly the first impression you get from him “absorbing” it.

Be warned, it is about 12k worth of words, so might take you a good amount of time to go through. There will be further documentation in the coming weeks in regards to my opinions on how LD assets can be effectively used to tackle this amnesia problem.

I also have a few questions for the Commander, but as there is already a couple of question in the document I will hold off asking them for your sake.

Part 10 – Combined LD Asset Penetration Into Amnesia Infrastructure

This is a briefing document to be relayed to the Domain Commander via Metallic Man outlining about 7 years worth of recon work into various locations by two very accomplished LD Assets – DM and SD – carried out between the years 2008 to 2015 to aid in the identification of potential abusers of the amnesia prison system infrastructure as well as the possibility of hijacked consciousness templates.

This is not a singular experience; majority of the locations mentioned in this document have been repetitively observed and experienced numerous times during Lucid Dreaming by both DM and SD over this 7 year period as well as other LD assets.

This is a unique opportunity for the Domain and MM readers to gain an understanding of these non physical locations from 2 separate sources that have been able to openly discuss these experiences on a regular basis free from the constraints of societal bias and vilification to verify them.

This document is to function as an addendum to a personal request by the Domain Commander for me, DM, to undertake lucid espionage into such compounds, as relayed to me via ex-MAJestic Agent MM in a personal email.

Given that a fair understanding of my background in LD has been given to the MM readership, I must point out that SD is at a very similar level of experience in LD to me – if not better – and has experimented with it almost as much as me.

Note that SD has been able to view a similar consciousness sorting mechanism as described by MM through utilizing her LD skillset. Also note that while I have agreed to help the Domain in their effort of identifying the amnesia machinery, my loyalty is ultimately to the Elder Guardians and their approved alliances first and foremost.

This is understood. -MM

My willingness to help the Domain comes from the idea that the goals of these two organizations are aligned; to put a stop to the amnesia machinery which will ultimately allow the extraction of members of each organization who have become trapped in the “earth prison”.

Anyone involved in such an effort is to be considered a friend by me for at least the duration of this project.

Just as the Domain are responsible for the 3000 members of their lost battalion, I am responsible for the 20k+ consciousnesses that came here at the direction of the Elder Guardians for a similar retrieval operation.

Therefore the Domain have my permission to alter my non-physical body to whatever extent they deem necessary provided it is to benefit this same goal and provided I am allowed to retain 100% awareness of the process, regardless of how painful or uncomfortable it may prove to be.

However, the Domain must not in any shape or form alter any aspect of my body {physical or non physical} that has already been altered by The Elder Guardians or their alliances without prior consent from that same organization.

This is understood and agreed to. -MM

This is to ensure that I am still able to carry out my lucid obligations to the Elder Guardians and the aforementioned consciousnesses I am responsible for. Ultimately the Elder Guardians have right of authority when it comes to any aspect of my physical/ non physical self.

I am optimistic in my belief that such a disagreement of circumstance will be extremely unlikely, given that our goals are so aligned.

However if I am wrong, in this assumption the Domain are of course welcome to approach me directly should they feel the need to persuade me otherwise.

There is an understanding that shared alliances can be mutually beneficial to all involved as long as we all agree to work within the agreed to frameworks. For instance, I agreed to a life-line involvement in MAJestic, not realizing that I would be working with The Domain. Then, I needed to reaffirm my agreements with them in order to proceed with them. -MM

I am putting in a formal request to the Commander that the Domain keep me updated on any missions carried out into these non-physical locations by either them or their associates, via MM if he so allows it, or personally if that is a more appropriate course of action for them.

This is understood and agreed to. -MM

I am also requesting any aid the Domain may be able to provide to either myself or SD that would prevent both physical and non physical forces impeding us in our operations to further gather intelligence via lucid dreaming and astral projection based avenues.

I believe this a fair compensation for the information contained in this report, though I will let MM have the final decision in whether it is or not. If he disagrees I won’t argue.

From what I understand, they will remain neutral for the most part, but will assist (if they are able to do so) if asked by one of the irregular assets directly (though the means I have provided.) -MM

If, however, the Domain are able to provide such assistance I will be able to more effectively devise an offensive stratagem into these targets.

It is my intention to penetrate deeper into these facilities when opportunity allows for it regardless of the dangers present therein. Understand this is a lifelong goal of mine that I have held since long before even stumbling across MM.

It is not my intention to disrespect the Domain or offend them in any way shape or form. Like MM, I take these assignments seriously and the terms I have laid out are solely to protect aspects of this operation I know to be on track to dismantling the amnesia mechanisms.

In saying that, I am committed to combining resources and using my LD skillset to tackle the amnesia problem whenever possible.

This is understood and agreed to. They will provide "reasonable" assistance provided the request is "reasonable". They will NOT make a judgement on the need or utility. Instead, in this venue "reasonable" refers to their ability to do so, given the specific circumstances involved. If that makes sense. 

To put it in my own words, they will help if they are able to, and will not judge if whether or not you need it or not. They have limitations. -MM

.
The Experiences:

Reality brainwashing is a very heavy theme present within many of these combined LD experiences, and is suggestive that the amnesia prison system has indeed been taken over or is still in operation and in some parts functional at the very least.

The Amnesia operation is either still in operation, or has been taken over by other interests. -MM

Over the years both myself and SD have been able to gain a detailed understanding of how these non physical locations are linked via a substantial network of egress portals and consciousness mazes, which are seemingly buried in layer upon layer of non physical “realities”, or planes exhibiting a different density to our physical one.

The conclusion we have both come to is that this system is designed to disorientate many consciousnesses during sleep/ death and control them to a very, very high degree through an MK Ultra type arrangement.

We have also gained an understanding of how consciousness doping agents are seemingly being used to keep a consciousness docile, submissive and under control whilst in these non physical facilities.

My experiences with the Elder Guardians suggest this is done en masse to the population of earth whenever they go to sleep, and again highlights this consciousness brainwashing theme that suggests the prison system is still in operation.

Given what we have experienced first hand, it is unlikely any consciousness would be able to resist this domination without some form of assistance, as the doping agents appear to be administered immediately upon entering the non physical environment.

"...it is unlikely any consciousness would be able to resist this domination without some form of assistance..."

Any efforts at “evading the light”, in my opinion, would have to include some kind of therapy to be administered during physical life to help break through that consciousness doping I assume is also undertaken upon death. I will submit a plan to MM later on I have to help rectify this particular problem.

"...Any efforts at “evading the light”, in my opinion, would have to include some kind of therapy to be administered during physical life..."

The volcano island I infiltrated which was recently mentioned in the LD task callout by MM was only one of what appear to be many places where such reality brainwashing/ false memory implantation, breeding programs, consciousness doping, and torture is taking place, according to mine and SD’s many recon assignments.

Many of these facilities take the form of “schools” – and are called this by their administrators – that are heavily guarded by armed soldiers that exhibit a very Nazi SS Officer/ authoritarian like behavior.

They call the act of undergoing brainwashing to “go and study”.

These schools exist within multiple different planes; it is exceedingly difficult trying to pin point them to a specific one.

The general theme is that if you get caught conducting lucid espionage into any of these locations, with complete memory of the physical world, you get targeted for either…

a) ejection from these locations by these guards or
b) capture whereby a specialized form of torture tailored specifically to make you forget them is administered.

This torture involves the use of electrocution and being probed with sharp objects, sometimes the former being administered through the latter.

It is strictly forbidden to talk about any of the other non physical worlds whilst in these reality brainwashing schools, and anyone doing so is immediately reprimanded and hushed by these guards.

This includes those in which past life memories begin to surface.

Those who are not part of the administration are treated like typical prison inmates and segregated into small groups based on gender and age.

Given that myself and SD were able to relate our LD experiences to each other on an almost day to day basis, we have been successful in retrieving memory of such scenarios that otherwise would have been left erased.

One of us will begin with a description of the experience, which will trigger a flood of memories for the other, who will then finish the scenario with an exact description of what took place.

Hence it is unlikely, in my opinion, that we are just implanting false memories within one another. It is my assumption that we are recalling parts of each other’s lucid dreams that we have both been active in.

It has been very evident to the both of us that the administrators of these locations do not want us aware of them or bringing such information back to the physical world.

We have experienced many failsafe mechanisms to make sure this doesn’t happen, including [1] amnesia “street lights” (designed to keep certain sections and blocked from access), [2] swarms of entities that “scrub” particular locations to keep out non authorized “visitors”, as well as [3] being chased through multiple worlds by entities resembling “suits” or “MIB” (specifically to stop one of us helping the other regain our memories).

I have yet another LD Asset {#3} part of my contacts who has also been chased by the MIB during LD.

SD and I have been fortunate in that we were able to evade and escape most of these efforts to some degree due to our LD skillsets.

Unfortunately for the administrators of these locations we also both started building up a tolerance to the consciousness doping agents being used on us, which I believe was in part due to help from our handlers.

We started regaining a level of control of our consciousness whilst doped, which allowed us both to view the processes of what takes place under the “care” of the prison administration.

It should be noted that the assignments undertaken by us and mentioned in these documents were extremely psychologically demanding; these were extremely distressing situations we found ourselves in that tested us to the very limits of our mental resolve, even with an awareness of our physical bodies and a higher awareness of the non physical planes.

At no point should anyone ever try to replicate any of these experiences whilst in LD without proper psychological preparation.

(In our case) We had help!

It should also be noted that SD has undergone the same astral body tampering the night after the Domain Commander first opened up a comms channel with MM (the same night I underwent mine – it was the exact same procedure; it felt like something was being “welded” into our astral bodies).

She also has a history of interaction with other non physical entities whilst in LD, and has been able to operate from a similar state of higher consciousness as I have previously mentioned.

Her forays give a bigger picture of the block put in place to control consciousness at death.

Given the nature of our assignments, it seems that some of these locations are home to non physical refugees trying to escape capture of some sort, presumably by the earth prison administration.

They inhabit worlds that could be considered less than third world by today’s standards.

According to what has been told to SD by some of these refugees, the displacement of them is due to a large scale non physical war that happened many thousands of {earth} years ago.

The premise of this war centers around the idea that those in charge of these facilities are trying to create “astral super soldiers” by taking the best attributes of certain “races” and splicing them into a single being.

This astral splicing is what I refer to as the “breeding programs”, as it corresponds with SDs experiences in the rape camps, again of which there appear to be many of these camps in active operation ruled by guards that exhibit a very similar behavior to that of the Nazi’s.

My own experiences suggest something similar and that there are special assets who can operate outside of temporal tracing apparatus; ie chrononauts that can slip through the non physical planes without being monitored by even the most technological advanced species.

I suspect these are what I call “suits” or MIB and specifically target anyone who exhibits high navigational control of the non physical planes via LD? AP. If they catch you, you instantly wake up back in the physical world.

In the context of MM terminology this would equate to those who can initiate an MWI slide at will without having to worry about sticking to certain pre birth/ master templates; they are ghosts that leave no footprint of their non physical travels behind.

I suspect whoever made them is the same faction who has taken control of the earth prison.

I also suspect these “suits” have something to do with the Psaigreen. Any information the Domain can supply on that particular group (the Psaigreen) would be much appreciated.

It is on the list -MM

The methods of astral body tampering used to create these super soldiers SD and I have witnessed so far are:
.

  • Similar non physical body splicing techniques employed by the Domain but without the intent to escape the prison
  • Forced sexual interactions between heavily doped male and female captives. Males are injected with a secondary drug that amplifies their primal instincts to the point that they become incredibly violent and aggressive.
  • The removal and implantation of foetuses within the womb of pregnant and non pregnant women.

The idea in all cases is to create hybridized offspring with DNA containing the best non physical traits so that access to certain non physical areas may be obtained.

It appears astral body DNA acts as a key to certain non physical areas.

The Main Facilities:

.

While the locations mentioned in this document are numerous, there are several facilities that stand out to me as being important to keeping up with the consciousness brainwashing agenda that I suggest the Domain pay particular close attention to.

The most notable for me is the facility I was able to gain an understanding of during my last experience with the Elder Guardians.

This was a facility run by a military faction at the ultimate direction of an ET Commander (possible Mantid or Mantid Prime – 10% surety) with human operators, specifically for programming and preparing consciousnesses for the Earth prison experience after they go to sleep in the physical plane.

Facility operated by (possible) Mantid Primes with human operator staff. -MM

According to the information given to me by the Grand Elder and what I experienced:

  1. The physical eyes are used by the operators of the facility to gain real time data of what consciousness is experiencing whilst engaging in the physical “reality.” This data is then used to smooth out any bugs in the program they expect the consciousness to follow.
  2. When a consciousness memory cache approaches full, the programmers issue a command to “send it to sleep” in the physical plane. Eventually the consciousness gives in and goes to sleep.
  3. At the same time it is heavily doped with the doping agent to keep it in a very zombie like state.
  4. Whilst under the influence of this anesthetic, the consciousness will be transported into another non physical body that is kept within, I assume, a holding room in some kind of clear gel like substance, completely naked.
  5. This body will then wake up, still completely under the influence of the anesthetic, and still in a zombie like daze with two guards at the ready.
  6. These two guards escort this body containing the doped consciousness through a thick, sideways opening steel door and lead it down a metallic hallway about 30m in length.
  7. As they are walking, a 3D holographic environment is broadcast around the consciousness. Spatially, the room is no longer two walls separated by a distance of a few meters, but an entire landscape dependent upon what the programmers desire the consciousness to experience. The doped body is then led through several extremely traumatic scenarios designed to keep it from recognizing where it is and to keep it holding onto the idea that the Earth based physical reality is the only one. The trauma part of the simulation is completely erased from memory. I am unsure if this simulation takes place entirely in the mind of the subject, or if the hallway itself aids in this holographic environment. I assume at the very least that the hallway communicates directly with the consciousness in question via wireless means.
  8. The doped body is led back out of the simulation. After it is switched off, the two guards then lead it to an alcove next to the door at the other end of the hallway that acts as a decontamination chamber. The naked body is then showered and scrubbed free of the gel substance before being led through the second door, still naked.
  9. A team of consciousness programmers – between 10 to 20 – analyses the reality dataset of the consciousness in question using a room full of computers. This is a monumental task with several days worth of downtime while new programming is coded to allow for consistent integration back within the physical reality. I suggest watching the series Westworld as it is an extremely accurate portrayal of what I experienced (I had an LD of the first episode a few years before it came out).
    8.a) During this downtime period the doped body is kept under the influence of the anesthetic and is very closely monitored by the two guards who become its personal handlers. It is allowed out of the facility to be used for slave labor until the coding for the fresh programming is complete, whereby it is brought back in.
    8.b) Special cases where the dataset reveals inconsistencies detrimental to the consciousness containment operation are examined on a case by case basis, by the 2IC Human Commander. In my case I wasn’t allowed out of the facility, but was instead led straight to another room containing a chair with an egress portal into a physical reality that was in its very first stages of design. This physical reality construct was called the “Test Rig” by the Human Commander, and I was brought here because the Commander noticed I had been talking to someone (the Grand Elder) “off record”, ie without it being logged in my dataset.
  10. The doped body is usually then led back through the metal hallway and made to undergo another trauma simulation before being led directly back to the holding cell where it is put to sleep and consciousness is then transported back into the physical plane body in preparation for “waking up”. I was directly told/shown this by the Grand Elder.

Very similar to what I witnessed in the consciousness programming facility. Instead of a map the large screen showed raw consciousness programming code data as well as real time video of what my eyes were seeing, and body vitals etc. All the shit you’d expect to find in a hospital room was somehow implemented into this main screen. Bear in mind I was mainly looking straight on towards the other wall after being decontaminated; everything to the left of me was sighted in my peripheral, so the angles may not have been so sharp. I have a vague recollection of the screen being curved.

Original image provided by DM was unable to be extracted, so I substituted this image instead. They are both very similar. I do not know why I was having such a difficult time extracting the original image. -MM

Notes:

The programmers of this facility hold information on how non physical bodies can be programmed to interact with multiple physical reality constructs. I suspect the human Commander also has access to other similar facilities.

There are about 10 computer terminals in this facility that are used specifically for these programming purposes. These computers are able to directly interface with consciousness and hold extremely valuable data.

The ET Commander is kept insulated by the human operators by a viewing window that separates the main programming room from the ET’s own personal space.

I do not know if other ET’s were present in this room as it was a very quick glimpse gained in my peripheral vision whilst under heavy doping.

It could also be a bullshit memory.

I would assume that this ET Commander is in charge of programming the physical realities whereas the humans focus solely on consciousnesses coming in and out of the constructs, but do not quote me on this.

My conscious awareness kicked in after coming through the door that led to what I assume was the body holding room, in the middle of a trauma simulation so my recollection of the hallway is foggy and confusing.

I have no actual recollection of the holding room.

I assume the doors I came through were connected to an elevator, but I cannot be sure.

There is also the question of entrance to the facility; I do not remember seeing any possible access ways in the main control room, which is why I suspect that an elevator system was at the opposite end of the simulation hallway.

If that were the case I would assume up would lead to ground level and down would lead to the holding room.

Otherwise perhaps the entrance to the facility was underneath where I was walking, which explains why I never saw it.

The facility itself was located in a world that seemed to be a direct quote of Airl’s description of an Old Empire establishment with allusions to Ancient Egypt throughout the city:

Anyone who is not willing or able to submit to mindless economic, political and religious servitude as a tax-paying worker in the class system of the "Old Empire" are "untouchable" and sentenced to receive memory wipe-out and permanent imprisonment on Earth.” 

These are the exact sorts of people who were being subjected to the Earth construct via this facility.

Others included those who were openly opposed to the Totalitarian regime of those politicians who were in power.

Question for the Domain Commander: Are they absolutely sure that the Old Empire has been eradicated in this sector of the physical/ non physical universe? Because intelligence gained from this experience alone suggests they are still very, very active. Going by Airl’s description of the Old Empire and everything the Grand Elder told me as well as what I experienced, I am apt to believe this was the Old Empire and not just a wannabe mimicking faction.

I will inquire. Initial response is that it appears that there is something going on that differs from the initial intent. This needs to be investigated further. 

It is easy to jump to conclusions, and assume that it is "Old Empire" operations still under the control of Mantid Prime, or that some (pro Domain) Mantids are working with "free" humans in constructing escape bodies for general population egress. Many questions remain unanswered.-MM

 

A very big effort on the human Commander and his programmer’s part was put into making sure I did not remember any of what took place in this facility.

The only reason I remember any of it was because the Grand Elder kicked me awake when the drugs started taking me.

He was telling me to take notice of the things I have mentioned in this document. You owe this section of this report to his insistence on making me pay attention.

Please tell him thank you from me. -MM

.

The Test Rig:

The server containing the Earth based physical reality appears to be contained within the Test Rig which is itself a VR construct within the consciousness programming facility .

This is in the form of a large “brain” that is made of Ethernet like cables.

These cables are able to extract consciousness data through what I equated at the time as being inductive coupling ( I am a qualified electronics tech, trust me on this assertion); they are wound as tight coils that pick up the magnetism coming off conscious thoughts contained within the server and direct this energy back to the military controller’s mainframe in the form of real time {analogue} data.

Think of this like joining an online gaming server; each player must log on to the main server through their various consoles.

The AI brain in this case is responsible for the load out environment the players all synch into; their consciousness require their own consoles in order to “play” and are thus kept off site, somewhere else.

My guess is in the holding rooms or back in the programming facility with the Human and ET Commanders.

This server brain is housed within a building surrounded by large glass windows on its ground floor on the cusp of what appears to be a university campus.

There are freshly manicured lawns and gardens in the center of various multi story brick buildings.

Through awareness of self, I was able to destroy majority of this campus.

The tell tale sign of this building is the logical fallacy of the platform one has to furs reach via the stairs to use the lift, instead of just having it pop out on the ground floor.

The brain itself was large enough to need an entire room and 1st story platform built around it.

Below this building is a compound that holds the bodies in the Test Rig that are still asleep and engaged in the Earth construct; I watched as two of them came out of the lift still in a dazed state, one of which was SD.

Unlike others who have to be plugged back into the construct to get back to their Earth bodies, I came back of my volition by summoning my own portals via LD – this meant I bypassed the programming/ trauma simulation stage altogether and is why I remember it so well.

I can walk the Domain through the whole process from the programming facility, into the Test rig portal, out the front gates of the accommodation section, through the university campus and into the Brain server building easier than I can get up to take a leak in the middle of the night; My memory of it is photographic.

The Test Rig reality construct is
where the human Commander plans on migrating all consciousnesses from the physical Earth construct when it is complete.

Although no ETA was given, this was the entire reason for the development of the Test Rig.

I overheard the Commander talking to his programmers about it.

Not only overheard; he was standing right in front of me when he said it, and assumed that I was too doped to remember any of it.

I wasn’t.

I was 100% aware of everything going on around me courtesy of the Grand Elder.

This is probably the most solid intel you will get off me.

Domain Commander take notice; there is another prison construct specifically being prepared for when the Earth prison goes offline which already has some value asset’s consciousnesses uploaded to it.

They are aware that the Earth Prison is part of a much larger Prison Complex that involves multiple solar systems. Though this intel about a backup facility being constructed is new intel. -MM


.
SD’s Experiences of the Non Physical body holding facilities:

Although this was not a shared experience with SD, she has awoken to very similar experiences of manipulation whilst doped, and has described similar egress portal setups like the Test Rig.

Her experiences of these facilities are much more persistent than mine.

The main difference is that in her experiences these egress portals are coupled to standard “hospital” like beds, whereas with mine they are coupled to something more akin to an upright dentistry chair.

SD has had many experiences of these facilities of which she is of the belief that there are at least 3 separate ones in operation.

One of these facilities is found within the Medieval Village world which can be accessed via the portal network found in the burrow tombs of the Island World.

SD’s recon assignments suggest that one of the main operating facilities can be accessed via astral projection from a lucid dreaming state, after moving through a substance/ plane that feels like “thick honey”.

On the other side of this thick honey bubble is one of these brainwashing facilities set out similar to a hospital rather than a military war room.

Immediately upon entering this area, guards will hunt down any unauthorized entity and eject them back into in the Earth construct.

I have also been taken to a similar hospital by black ops soldiers in a helicopter during a combined lucid dream with SD.

This particular hospital backs onto an ocean.

About a kilometer up the beach are various café’s and restaurants and an old style town nearby Brainwashing School I retrieved SD from moments prior to my initiation into the Unseen 5 (Combined LD Experience).

The retrieval of Nina Bejowski, as mentioned in my part 3 was also experienced by SD in one of her LDs (she was Nina).

In the experience I had to retrieve her from one of the brain washing schools whilst being hunted by “suits” who exhibited abilities that again suggested world line tampering in an effort to keep our consciousnesses contained.

Whilst I do not remember the layout of that particular facility, SD does.

Note her apparent “father” appears to be in control of at least one of these facilities (the one beyond the honey substance), and was present in this particular school telling her she needed to study.

Portal Theatre:

The most substantial location visited by both myself and SD is the portal theater.

The reason this location stands out is because it appears to be an egress portal hub that connects most of the non physical locations mentioned in this document.

I have personally undertaken many, many infiltration assignments into this complex, as has SD.

There are at least 7 – but potentially more – different egress portals; one in each of the theater rooms that come off the main hall, each leading to a very specific non physical location.

These locations do not change, despite coming here at different times of the year; room number 7 (or 8?) on the right side of the hallway will always take you the “Ancient Marketplace”, for example. I know this because this is the room I always took, and was the place I always came out after traveling through the portal in this theater room.

My assignments never bothered with any of the other rooms, as far as I can remember.

The rooms themselves look like standard movie theaters, though instead of a large projector screen they have spherical portals – about the size of a weather balloon – that float about 6 or so meters from the floor, roughly halfway to the roof.

The portals seemed to be contained in some sort of liquid substance and protected by an invisible “maze like” barrier; you cannot directly access them (well, the one in room 7 any way) without first navigating through this maze.

You “swim” up into the maze until you get to a point where your consciousness is sucked into it, and you come out into an alternate world on the other side, in my case, the Ancient Marketplace.

The band Primus has a live gig DVD called Hallucinogenetics with spherical TV screens on its cover  that are very similar to what the spherical portals in the theater room look like.

Please refer to the picture at the top of this article. -MM

SD is confident in her assertions that these portals are used for reality brainwashing; she has witnessed consciousnesses being forced to “watch” things on the portals (which can function like spherical TVs) equating to false memories before being pushed through them, and has memories of it being done to her.

This is essentially the exact same process carried out in the other facilities.

I have broken memories of similar things being undertaken, though they are no where near as vivid as SDs memories of this place.

My most vivid memories are that I come to the Portal Theater from another place, usually the Island, am escorted down the hallway to room 7, in which I project into the portal and come out in the Ancient Marketplace.

I then have to find another portal in the Ancient Marketplace which brings me out into “The Village”, which can also be accessed via the Island Burrow Tombs.

For me, entry into the Ancient Marketplace portal always felt “necessary”; whether this is a result of being forced to think that or whether it was an intention placed there by my handlers using me as an infiltration asset, I am not sure.

Travel into this place always brought me out into the foyer in front of the hallway, in which I have a hazy memory of being led down the hallway.

My memories of utilizing portal room 7 are quite vivid, however. I know a lot of other things went on here which I cannot remember; unfortunately the only recording of these experiences I had was on a laptop that got stolen.

There is no such thing as coincidences. MM

This laptop had crucial information about intelligence I gathered here. If the Domain are serious about dismantling the amnesia/ hypnosis machinery, I would suggest directing a large portion of whatever resources they have allocated for this operation into finding this theater as it will give them not only direct access to many of the other locations, but also a very good idea of the different hypnosis regimes used.

The Island:

This island is similar to the Volcano Island in my last Domain assignment.

I am not sure if it is the same one.

I have no recollection of there ever being a volcano/ slave set up.

I believe it is a different place entirely, going by the memories of it that I have. It seems to be quite neutral ground.

For the most part, whenever I am here it is rather benign and doesn’t seem to hold any negative operations of any sort.

It has not only been confirmed by SD but also by a third LD asset {#3}.

LD egress always brings me out into a dense forest, or at its edge on the shoreline.

This forest has a myriad of pathways that twist and turn through it.

The sky is always purplish maroon, like it is stuck in evening twilight. In the middle of the forest are certain trees reminiscent of Morton Bay Fig trees with huge roots at their base, but more palm tree like at the top.

Morton Bay Fig trees

Underneath these roots are what appear to be animal burrows leading further underground.

They are barely wide enough to fit me in them.

Upon going into these burrows one soon comes out into a tomb lined with precision cut bricks.

This appears to be a sort of small chamber coming off the main room.

As you go out into that main room, to the right is a ramp leading to a much higher level (suggesting temporal displacement from the outside of the island, as it should surely break through its surface, but doesn’t).

To the left is a sunken level by a few feet containing a sarcophagus, and in that sarcophagus is a portal that leads to the Portal Theater or the Medieval Village depending on how it is used.

There is a stairway or ramp to the right of the sarcophagus (when viewed front on ) that I believe leads to another portal.

It is likely this portal is the one that leads to the Village.

I am recalling things from over 10 years ago, so correct memory of it all is hazy.

To one side of the island is a fenced off beach, and on the other side of this fence is a military like naval shipyard.

This shipyard consists of what appears to be a very large shipping container like building.

The shipping container is slightly back from the shoreline and has a concrete path the width of a road next to it that leads out into the water just in front of it, in the form of a jetty.

Back at the shipping container is a crane like device that is used for working on the {aquatic/space} ships here.

Further left there is something hidden in the water next to the concrete jetty; it is either a squid like monster or a similar looking space ship.

This same monster ship/ thing has been corroborated by LD asset #4, who is in “agreement with the consciousness evolution plan“ based on his own experiences in LD.

This is a VERY important ship; New tech that could do some cool {non physical} shit that very few people {both physical and non physical} know about.

SD suggests just back from the shipyard, on the other side of the fence we have a house, and that she has memories of me working in the shipyard at the very point where the ship is docked.

This explains why I remember it with no actual memory of stumbling upon it; it is just something I “know” whenever I come here, like knowing you own a certain type of car.

According to her, there is another section of forest on this side of the island with more burrow portals she has also undertaken.

The fence line itself protrudes from the shoreline close to the shipping container on its right hand side (when facing the ocean) several hundred meters back into sand dunes.

The sand here is quite a deep yellow color, and very coarse.

The fence itself is very high, probably about 10 or even more meters, made of typical chain link.

.

Notes:

Given the Island is a somewhat neutral place with seemingly minimum life activity and that it has egress portals that lead directly to some of the consciousness programming facilities, I suggest it be used as a “safe” insertion zone for any offensive efforts targeting these facilities.

Although there may some intermittent activity on the coastline the closer one comes to the shipping container, the forest from the middle towards the other end of the beach can be considered quite safe (at least it could be the last time I was there.)

This place is my second home; I frequented it a lot in my youth; it is probably the most tame place out of everything I experienced.

Gentle request by me to the Domain: PLEASE DO NOT FUCK IT UP.

 

.
Ancient Marketplace:

The main identifier for us is a road the width of the great wall of China, maybe even wider that curves up toward the sky in font of you.

As you move along this road, gravity changes so that you always feel like you are just walking through one axis, not two; it feels like you are walking on a flat surface.

There is always a festival here of some sort; my assignment thus entailed coming out of the portal, then walking the curve to its peak, through the crowd of festival goers whereby something strange would change their mood and see them running out of sheer terror.

This was a constant, repetitive scenario that I experienced for over a year, almost every week directly coming out of some very heavy “work” in the portal theater.

Something very weird was going here; whatever it was has been blocked from my memory.

It involved “timeline resetting”.

Very curious. -MM

Many of my assignments here involved an underground tomb (much smaller and cramped than the one at the island) set back from where one “appears” here a good way, which had yet another portal in it.

There was always some very strange things going on in this particular tomb as well, and I never really liked being here.

It was always very cramped, the passages being only 3 or so feet square.

Whilst lucid, I don’t like being confined to spaces where I cannot turn around easily; this tomb was very much like that.

Going into these confined places, you are just asking to be captured by something.

It feel likes you are a rabbit purposely walking headlong into a trap designed specifically for that creature.

You have to fight every ounce of your being screaming at you to turn around and get out.

.

The Village:

The portal in the Ancient Marketplace tombs brings one out into an old medieval type village SD and I have {again} both been to.

"Instead of thinking that this is a "Medieval village", perhaps you should consider it to be a typical community located on one of the planets of the "Old Empire". The descriptions seem to match with what is currently presently found there. The only difference is that most of the current "Old Empire" communities have a far wider variety of creatures that inhabit the area, not just humans." (Note from the Commander.) -MM

It has also been corroborated by LD Asset #5 who has also been here.

There is a cluster of old derelict buildings where people dwell.

This is a place that is constantly undergoing a “timeline reset”.

It is a nice old town which is ruined by the trash these inhabitants leave everywhere.

This cluster is where the “mind mazes” start.

There is a building complex several stories high that has a bituminous road next to it that somehow slants from the bottom to its very roof.

A pink watery like substance covers the ground everywhere that seems to reset ones consciousness if it is touched, in which they then exhibit a high dose of amnesia.

The main townsite is set a level above this water, by several feet.

It feels like a nearby river has flooded the area and has covered everything surrounding the village at this low point with knee high water.

There is a sort of circuit through town one is led to taking upon arriving here.

In my assignments I knew an invisible “something” was resetting the timelines, but I couldn’t catch it.

It wasn’t until I did the circuit in reverse (reversal of time), back through the building that I was able to “see it” and finally put a stop to the resets.

It was not something I can describe with earth language. I believe this thing, whatever it was, was tampering with the MWI in this location as well as the Ancient Marketplace.

Over the watery substance, joining the buildings, are these glass like tunnel walkways.

Littered about are several shipping containers in the pink water that lead to different locations; the only way out of this area is to project consciousness onto the shipping containers and use them in a sort of leap frog manner.

None of the inhabitants here possess such abilities.

SD has recollections of the watery substance and the idea the village in general is linked to the consciousness mazes.

She has met her dead cousin here several times, who has told her that the watery substance disallows the dead to interact with the physical world; the physical world exists somewhere far beyond it, and SD’s cousin has very specifically mentioned the inhabitants of that world “know about us“ who are still alive here in the physical world.

The inhabitants of this world seem to hold a certain level of disgust for anyone who can project here from the physical world; several times they have mentioned such disapproval to SD’s cousin, who simply told them she was “special”.

Think of this like a rich man turning his nose down towards a homeless man: the discarnate consciousnesses of this world fucking hate us LDers like we risk bringing a plague unto them.

Again, the notion that this community is part of the existing "Old Empire" that is desirous of shunning felons from their community. -MM

One of the buildings near the road that slants to the top of the building complex is set out in the form of an old hospital building.

This is where SD has awoken several times under the influence of the consciousness doping agent.

In these cases she has been lucid enough to remember her body back on earth, and to realize that something is not quite right.

Unable to gain control of her lucid body, she is then walked through the complex by several guards who do not realize that the consciousness doping agent hasn’t completely knocked her out.

She has accidentally acted too “coherent” and lucid to which a guard has then poked with a sort of cattle prod to keep her dazed, though she has still been able to retain memory of the event.

There is an elevator they take her to which leads to a higher floor of the building, and upon coming out of this elevator one enters a room with many beds crammed into it.

Attached to each bed is a sort of screen used for reality brainwashing and to instil false memories.

The process is that the hospital patients are lined up, single file, in which they are administered with a heavy dose of more of the consciousness doping agent then “strapped” into these beds to undergo “study”.

SD’s description of the brainwashing process is very similar to what I experienced with the Human Commander.

So this facility is at the "old medieval village"? -MM

In other instances, SD has appeared in the town, met her cousin and walked with her to the hospital building where she has intended to go into it to “retrieve” someone {possibly me}.

In these particular experiences, several other people, including SD’s cousin, have been aghast at the idea of going “back” into this hospital as everyone here knows what it is used for, including her dead cousin.

As a sidenote SD has also met her cousin {the same one} in a waiting place that seemed to function as a sort of astral quarantine for the newly deceased to wait whilst being processed before they are allowed to pass through to such worlds.

SD mentioned this as being a sort of field free floating in the middle of nothingness or space.

SD’s cousin was met by another long deceased family member that acted as a mentor reminding her of participation in past lives (possible mantid).

Again, SD was met with great disgust by the other deceased who were awaiting processing, as they (current earth incarnations) are apparently not supposed to venture into such places.

This makes sense. If the "old medieval village" is a facility on an existing "Old Empire" planet, then The Domain should be able to identify it, find it, and render it inert. I would suggest some questions to ask to the commander about this subject to flush out the details. -MM

.

A Glimpse into Death:

SD and I have a combined experience in which we were both killed at gunpoint, along with many of our friends in one location (a house in what appeared to be a European place) and both “awoke” in a completely different reality where we were incarcerated in a sort of prison.

I can remember quite vividly that this was an instantaneous “switching” of realities.

After the bullet entered my head, my consciousness detached from that body, dropped through the earth and entered a portal before coming out quite a distance above the already established (middle aged) body in the prison compound.

My consciousness then “fell” from the sky into this body at great speed in which I gained complete control of it.

I retained complete memory of the world I had just died in and everything that had happened with us all being killed.

SD didn’t undergo this complete transition; as she was shot, she blacked out before awakening in a room full of our friends from the house who no longer seemed to recognize her, with complete memory of the previous world.

One minute she was there in the house, then everything went black as she was shot, before waking up.

This is where the guards became hostile when she tried telling these people they had all just been killed.

She was reprimanded then taken to a separate torture room for being too “rowdy”.

I was in a different part of the compound to SD, but again I was surrounded by friends from the world I’d just come from who no longer recognized me.

When I proceeded to remind them of their deaths, they were quite shocked and terrified as the memories started coming back.

After asking where SD was, they told me she had been reprimanded by the guards for not abiding by their rules.

The part of this compound I was in was an outside area very close to bushland. It reminded me of where I went to high school.

This outside area had been divided into certain sections by invisible walls or barriers that seemed to be arranged in circles and squares.

The entrances to these areas were blocked by guards. One would have to walk up several steps over something that reminded me of a nearby pipeline.

You could, at times, be standing right next to someone and they would be in a completely different section.

When I got here, SD was in one of these other areas that I had to navigate through.

Her experience started in a separate small room similar to one of our old classrooms.

After being reprimanded by the guards, she was then led down a hallway next to a grassy section to another room where she was electrocuted and tortured via sharp apparatus in which she would then black out and wake up back in the physical world.

She has multiple memories of being in this torture room, suggesting she has been here more than once.

We have identified a possible insertion point in SD’s childhood where we believe her consciousness may have been migrated “here” similar to how mine fell into my body, after she woke up with no memory around the age of 4.

She remembers waking up at her grandma’s house with no memory of any of her family.

SD suggested that the only family member she even vaguely recognized in the slightest was her brother.

These memories didn’t return for some time; she had to live with an “unknown” family for almost a year, and pretend she knew them.

To me, this is proof that pre-birth templates are being bypassed in certain cases.

I would suggest these cases relate to the level of lucid control one is able to exhibit whilst in the dream state.

It is my opinion that if you get good at LD, you no longer get a template but are just flicked into another already established body upon death anywhere in the MWI.

Good theory and makes sense. This should also be investigated further. -MM

Question for the Domain Commander: do they know of any correlation between Lucid Dreamer’s an bypassing of the prebirth template arrangement upon death?

I will ask. -MM

.

Singular Assignments:

These assignments were only experienced by myself, but are relevant to this document.

.

The Consciousness Doping Facility:

The assignment task was to gather intelligence on a consciousness doping agent and what it was being used for.

It was carried out around 2005.

The infiltration team consisted of myself and two other males.

We were all in our late 30s/early 40s.

I am not sure if this was entirely a non physical event or not.

It is a possible memory of a past life lived during 1970s era based on the appearance of the other two team mates and weapons/ technology carried by us.

This was a “special forces” military operation and one of my first lucid assignments when I was still in high school around the age of 15/16.

The consciousness doping facility was located deep in the middle of a harsh desert reminiscent of Southern USA.

It was a military compound that was heavily guarded by armed soldiers.

It very well could have been Nevada, from what I have seen of it on the internet etc.

I remember I could feel the intense heat radiating from the sun.

The only way in was via a supply train track that cut through the desert for many, many miles.

The memory begins several kilometers away from the compound, far enough out to keep a low profile.

We had evidently followed the train track from the opposite direction, now we were stopping to discuss “the plan”.

Intelligence suggested a doping agent was being used here, but that is all we knew.

The plan was that one of us would fake a capture while the other two used the commotion caused by the capture to gain entry covertly.

We knew there was a high probability anyone being captured would be taken into the compound and administered with the drug we were trying to gain information on.

The idea was to get doped and try to keep tabs on what one could expect to experience whilst under the influence of it, as the other two figured out a way to exfiltrate out of the compound.

I volunteered for the doping.

The train came and all three of us were able to board it as it had to slow down for a security check or something; my memory of this part is hazy as very soon after that I was captured and everything went black.

I came to in a small concrete room in the compound, strapped to a chair but yet still almost completely out of it courtesy of the drug.

In front of me was a large standard projector screen and next to me was a trolley full of metallic surgical looking tools; you get the idea. I don’t know if there was anyone in the room with me or not.

I think there was.

The next thing I know my team mates had busted through the locked door. One of them rummaged through all the cupboards and the tray of tools while the other unstrapped me.

They helped me to my feet and I think they must have put me on a gurney and wheeled me out.

Somehow we were able to escape.

My memory is hazy but I think they pretended I was dead and that they were part of the clean up crew.

I have a vague recollection of being debriefed afterwards by my handlers.

.
The Super Soldier Program:

The assignment task was to gather intelligence on why an “enemy” faction was altering characteristics of non physical bodies. It was carried out around 2008 – 2009 by myself with my handlers monitoring the entire event using my eyes as “cameras”.

It took the form of a double layered lucid dream. In other words, a lucid dream within a lucid dream.

Luckily, I had thought to email myself a copy of my dream journal since losing my laptop. Note, that this was several months before my encounter with the All Being and the Unseen 5 and hints at my thoughts on all this at the point in time:

15/05/2016

This morning had a dream where I appeared to be sleeping (dream within a dream). I awoke (in the dream) to my body under going immense torture as something was electrocuting me. It was as if whoever it was that was doing the torture had stuck metal probes deep into my {pectoral} muscles and were administering the electricity directly into my blood stream. I remember the pain was so bad that it seemed so real, and I thought I had indeed awoken, as SD was lying next to me asleep in bed.

The electricity was coming in bouts of several minutes, and each time they stopped I remember falling back asleep (dream within a dream). When I was in this dream within a dream I remember talking to somebody about these apparent Super Soldiers that had been made, or were currently in development. I was told that what makes these soldiers so important is their ability to travel through time and that they had a very specific activation sequence that required several sequences of events to occur in a precise order {ie a sequence of MWI slides}. 

The person telling me this likened these super soldiers to a send and receive email program (I think he was talking about the overall way these soldiers are activated) whereby a packet of information contains within it a sort of code specifically aimed at activating these beings, which they embed their activation status into the reply message. Once the original program receives this reply message, it scans it then activates a global code that sends all these soldiers to certain points in time simultaneously. 

The most important part of these soldiers that makes them different to other time travelers/ chrononaughts is that they have been engineered so that when sent through time, no residual energy signature is erased from the timeline, making them untraceable.
I was told this has a lot to do with DNA and DNA memory, but somehow the engineers were able embed an external memory feature which makes the soldiers remember their tasks despite it no longer existing in the timeline (this is a major contradiction to time travel theory as it has been relayed to me, and as such what it means is that technically these super soldiers are not actually time travelers as they are not traveling through time, but more so circumnavigating it altogether.)

The person telling me this referred to these super soldiers as T1000s, Terminator reference. But I got the feeling they were a type of cyborg or trans-human. 

I’m not entirely sure if this was “bad side” tech or “good side tech” and neither am I sure of the side the side that was electrocuting me, but I think the good guys were in the dream and the bad were doing the electrocuting, which would seem it’s possible the bad side were trying to pry this info from me. 

If this is the case then it is possible such a mission has been compromised, but I don’t think this is the case as the torturing beings seemed to be getting angry that I wasn’t giving them desirable information. 

What I think is that part of the activation sequence for these super soldiers is embedded in being tortured by the enemy, so that in order to keep secrecy from their own enemies they do not “know” anything until the faction in control of them triggers them, which is precisely when they are needed to time travel back to the beginning (like in my zombie dream).

It is even possible the good side, or whoever was telling me about the super soldiers, was purposefully electrocuting me because they knew it would activate me.

This dream reminded me of another one I had years ago here I was asleep (dream within a dream) on my parents bed and then had a wire wrapped around my neck which electrocuted me. I can recall having similar dreams over the years but I can’t recall much from them.

Is sleeping nothing more than a means of uploading information to 4th dimensional beings? That would make our fleshy bodies nothing more than a 3d reality monitoring program. If so, what are we monitoring? Sleeping should be a meditation point. Also these super soldier beings seemed to not be some sort of cybernetic hybrid, but the 4th dimensional equivalent. They essentially have parts of the time space fabric written into their DNA, but are a separate entity to it. This means they can always change their creation programming at will. Does this mean they are above the 4th dimensional (5D) or not? Also needs meditating on.

I have also been “given” keys and phrases by my handlers specifically to initiate consciousness time travel whilst in an LD. Note the date, again this was a few months before my All Being/ Unseen 5 interaction:

21/05/2016

This morning I meditated (about 8:30 am) to open my chakras using the usual method of ROYGBIVW for Base, Naval, Solar Plexus, Heart, Throat, Third Eye then Crown. After opening them I was given a very strong image of the Rune Othila at 12:30pm. I meditated on this Rune with A asleep next to me so that I would have projecting the Rune into the space that he was occupying. I remember feeling as though this Rune needed to be traced from the bottom left ending in the bottom right corner, and also realized that it is actually a 2D representation of the 3D way code is generated, ascending about 45 degrees at each angle. After keeping a consistent trace of about 2-3Hz I remember several numbers appearing below it that seemed like a code to unlock a safe. I am not sure exactly how many numbers there were, but I can remember the most vivid ones being 609, in red, within a square for each digit. 

I started tracing Othila with these numbers at the bottom then the next thing I knew I was remote viewing from a DNA memory of long ago of a tribal woman in the midst of the forest with an orb dangling above and in front of her. She seemed to be somehow channeling power from this orb which appeared as lightning entering her hand, which she was holding up. 

The next image I got was a flight of stone steps that appeared to be in the same forest. I remember thinking that the Othila rune must be used to stimulate memory or DNA memory in general, so on realizing this I asked if it could make me remember my time traveling key I was given years ago by a Tibetan monk {during meditation}, but threw out by accident. I was suddenly aware of another being I was talking to who was asking if my wife knew about this, to which I replied she didn’t. Randomly I was given another symbol which seemed to activate some portal/ stargate and then when I was not expecting it I was shown my time traveling key with a brief flash. At that moment SD came in to take photos of Aiden, and we could see a blob of energy on my side of the bed.


Consciousness Mazes:

Both SD and I have experienced the consciousness mazes multiple times, though hers have been from an outside perspective of it whilst mine were from within it.

I surmise they are solely for “entertainment purposes”.

They take the form of strange games or mini worlds one has to progress through to find a portal which takes them to the next level.

They are extremely confusing and often times have “cheat areas” that allow access to the next levels in other levels; you can progress through several levels only to run into a block whereby you have to revert to the lower levels and probe them for the hidden areas which allow access pass blocks at the higher levels.

Access to these hidden areas is gained by going against the commonly laid out “pathway”.

The catch is, every time you change a level, you lose all memory of what you are doing, and the crux of the game seems centered around trying to continuously regain this consciousness awareness that you are in this game and remembering the levels you have progressed through in order to find the hidden areas.

It seems that other “players” are collected as you progress through the levels.

I will start off alone in Level 1 and run into these players throughout the levels, then by level 4 there is a group of about 5-8 of us.

Of this group I know that they are all presently incarnated on earth and we have history in different “worlds” together; we all know each other in the non-physical planes and have been meeting in these games quite frequently.

I suspect these mazes are around 12 to 13 levels deep, but I have only ever made it to level 8.

According to SD there is no end to them.

The first couple of levels up to probably level 3 I have experienced numerous times in the exact same way.

There is an epiphany moment when you realize the correct way of navigating them.

After level 3, memory of the game becomes exceedingly difficult to regain to the point where the only way to progress is to work as a team and extract “clues” of the previous environments from each of the players.

In almost all instances, I am the one who initiates the first memory of prior levels which kick starts off others memories and from this we can develop a plan of how to tackle the current level.

The game itself is psychologically taxing; by level 4 cracks start to develop in the psychological disposition of the other players, and by level 6 people are proclaiming their inability to deal with it any longer and their willingness to just give up and go back to living in physical reality free from the memory of the games (think Cipher in the Matrix).

Another problem is that the players and their decisions affect progression through each level; it is as if a code is written into the way the scenario unfolds and only allowing it to unfold in the correct manner will unlock the portals.

The progression through each level for me is always the same.

I operate from a completely lucid perspective the whole time (upon regaining memory anyway).

The highest level I have reached is Level 8, whereby I have been convinced I am breaking my way out of a coma and that my real body is actually strapped to a chair somewhere in some kind of MK Ultra like torture chamber; I can almost see the room the chair is in – it appears to be the same room where I volunteered to be captured and doped.

Much of the training I underwent at the “Time Travel Towers” was specifically in preparation for these mind mazes; I have memory of completing that training and coming to this exact realization.

It is connected to the Portal Theater and my assignments in the other worlds, I am sure of it, though I cannot remember the specifics of this connection beyond level 1 starting at the Village.

I suspect what I am doing in these games is unraveling the brainwashing put in place at the Portal Theater.

The order of the levels, according to my memory of them, are as follows.

Level 1: Village Walkways

You start at the bottom of the building with the bituminous road next to it that goes to its roof.

There is a time limit.

I get the feeling something is chasing me and I have to be continuously on my toes. One has to try and figure out what is going on whilst constantly remaining vigilant about the environment and how to avoid the many traps and tricks lying about to ensnare them.

From my fragmented memory of the Ancient Marketplace, a similar thing is happening there.

If you get “caught” it is all over and you end up back in physical reality {possibly in a MWI slide}.

The goal of this game is hard to explain; it is like you have to progress through the glass walkways by projecting your consciousness into them, complete a circuit around the circumference of the village using these tunnels, before returning to the bottom start point.

This “opens up” a location that can be seen from one of the glass walkways that projects you into level 2.

Depending on where you move within the level, it completely changes the environment around you. If you consider the peak point of the bituminous road as pointing North, its valley pointing South, one must head off through the walkways heading East, then back around, in which they come back out at the roof of the building.

One must then follow the stairs down through the 3 or so building levels to reach the level above ground.

There is then a platform at the South East section of the building several meters away on a sort of embankment.

The only way to reach this platform is through projecting over it as it is not connected by a walkway.

This projection mechanism is one of the secrets to playing this whole game. It takes much training in learning how to use it properly, otherwise you just fall into the pink water that surrounds the area.

.

Level 2: Castle Room Pit

This is one of the smaller environments.

You come out in what appears to be a very grand hallway in a castle of some sort.

There are the typical stone bricks that line the walls and floor and other banners etc suggesting it is indeed a castle.

The room is quite large probably 100x1000m squared, maybe even more.

Behind you is a solid wall and the portal leading back to the Village.

In front of you is a chasm 10 or so meters deep, and filling this chasm is molten lava.

This chasm stretches from side wall to side wall and extends for more than half the room; the only method of crossing it is via consciousness projection.

From memory the key has something to do with the walls; there is a set of invisible platforms you have to project over and use as stepping stones to get to the other side.

On the other side of the pit is a door and through this door is a portal leading to level 3.

.

Level 3:

I cannot remember this level.

Level 4: River Embankment with Pods

We come out at a river mouth, at the waters edge.

Behind us the bank rises to a high wall that blocks any access back in that direction.

There is a small mud flap piece of ground that we are able to take shelter on.

The river extends out around us in every direction. On the bank in front of us there are several pod like things that are necessary to get to the other side of the river banks.

These pods must contain two people to operate.

The operational parameters are also linked via a hive mind arrangement; all players must be present in these pods in two man teams or they simply will not move.

By this stage, one of the men in the group is starting to lose it.

After being dragged through 3 levels of these consciousness mazes, being mind wiped and regaining his memory each time he decides it is simply too much for him.

He expresses his wishes to just give up and go back to physical reality.

This presents a problem to everyone else; we need his consciousness in one of the pods for them all to operate properly and get us across the river to the portal on the other side.

Some of the group try and tell him to calm down and help comfort him, telling him we just need to get to the other side of the river then we can think about his decision a little more.

It is evident they are all motivated by the need to cross the river, and that his psychological well being is the last thing they are concerned about.

Reluctantly he agrees and gets in one of the pods with one of the other group members.

The pods become operational and carry us to the other side, then we enter the portal to the Time Chamber.

.
Level 5: Time Chamber

This is a strange room.

It is like a metallic platform you stand on that is surrounded by some sort of water, possibly from the river.

It sort of feel likes it is an enclosed room more than an open area like the river embankment though.

Three beings materialize in front of us, several feet in the air and in front hovering above the water.

They are extremely malevolent entities and start engaging us, but we have no where to run.

From memory, the guy who started losing it in the previous level gets hit and wiped out from the game.

Something happens, my memory of which is vague, but I believe it involves us meeting these entities attacks with full force, and a portal opens up right where they had been after they dematerialise.

.

Level 6: Metallic Donut Room

This room is a circular hallway that has a single door leading into the middle of the donut, which is an outside area covered in grass probably 5m in diameter.

It is extremely small – if you ran around this hallway it would take you less than a minute to get back to the beginning.

It is cramped and can fit probably two people abreast rather uncomfortably.

There are guards clad fully in some kind of armor that reminds me of star wars storm troopers, but of a different color possibly grey or brown or something.

They have photon guns and they are chasing us around this hallway.

We are all unarmed and somehow have to stop these guards from shooting us.

Given the shape of the room and its size, it is practically impossible to strategize against these guards that outnumber us about 5 to one.

We try weaving in and out of the door into the center of the donut, not really with any plan in mind all to no avail.

One by one these guards shoot us with their photon guns, and one by one each of the group members disappear.

I make it to the donut center before being zapped. A portal appears and I pop out back at level 3

Everyone is mind wiped. I have the vaguest recollection of the various levels.

I begin comparing these broken memories with memories of the levels before.

Suddenly I remember we had just made it to level 8 and everything in between comes flooding back to me.

I relay this to the group and restore their memories, now they are just psychologically cut up as the first guy.

But now we are able to start taking notice of various things we weren’t able to the first time.

We find a cheat area which gains us access to level 4 once again, though I cannot remember anything about it.

Another mind wipe, another remembering process.

Another chance for the guy to start losing his shit and want to go back to the physical world.

The others try to stop him, again motivated by needing to get across the river.

This time I stop.

I show compassion for him.

I listen to his plea and just tell him to do what he needs to do and not to worry about us.

He heads back, feeling better that he doesn’t need to feel shamed about not making it or guilty he let the team down.

This is the second cheat access point – this time a portal opens up on our side of the river and we enter it, no longer needing the pods.

The portal brings us into a hidden room in one of the donut shaped hallway’s walls.

Lying at our feet are what appear to be a bunch of hand grenades and a button.

The button opens a temporal one way fissure in the wall and we can see the armored guards in the center courtyard on the grass through first the fissure and then the opened door, waiting for us to appear.

A portal appears, in the hallway and the past instance of ourselves appear.

Without thinking, I pick up a grenade and lob it at the guards who are now moving into tactical positions to take out our past selves.

As the grenade explodes time freezes all around the donut shaped room, except for the one we are hiding in.

We step through the fissure and are able to move around in the donut shaped room whilst everything remains frozen in place.

We take the guards guns and shoot them all.

This opens up yet another portal in this hidden room which gives us a vantage point into the time chamber of the previous level.

From this vantage point we are able to see the wraiths or entities or whatever they are waiting for us.

We are behind them.

We lob another time grenade through the portal which renders them inert, and makes another portal appear in the middle of the time chamber.

.

Level 7: Cavern Scaffolding

This is a very small cave with some sort of walkway that takes you from chamber to chamber via these steel doors.

Whenever you go through the steel doors something happens to disorientate your consciousness.

This is a fairly straight forward level.

You basically just walk the walk way through a few different chambers over some rocks to a waiting portal to level 8.

The problem is though, that heavy amnesia distortions begin hitting you every couple of minutes which detract most of the group from remembering what it is that they are doing.

I am barely coherent when I make it through the portal.

.

Level 8: Sex world

I don’t remember any of the group making it here.

The amnesiac drugs are in full effect and it is practically impossible to hang on to any kind sense of lucid awareness.

It’s like being dosed with a heavy general anesthetic after just downing a bottle of vodka.

I am not really with it, very impressionable, and this problem is compounded by the fact none of the group are around me to bounce the memories of the other levels off of.

This is not a pleasant place.

Sex acts are committed openly and on display for the public to see by people of all ages.

It is as normal as going to the shop to buy some milk.

It is practically all anyone does here.

It is incredibly seedy and fills one with a very nauseating feeling.

A post apocalyptic nightmare if ever there was one The portal brings you out on what should be a busy city street, but there is no traffic.

You have to walk down this street and into a building on the left hand side of the road. It reminds me of a derelict sort of broadway.

This building has a stairwell that you take to a high floor.

As you come out on this floor there are “things” going on in the background next to a door involving various people who inhabit this world.

The door is the goal, but as soon as you come off the stairs someone approaches you and propositions you.

I never made it past this point given my doped state.

Whoever it is does whatever they do to me and then I wake back up in physical reality, feeling like a piece of discarded trash – At least they seemed like they were my age.

They take the appearance of a female, but honestly I am not entirely sure that is really what they are.

I don’t even think they classify as being human.

These sorts of doped up run ins are common for me when on assignment. Ergh.

I’d prefer to be tortured any day. If the Domain have the ability to trace my astral seed, undoubtedly it would lead them to some key places.

I am sure that they can, but that might require a EBP and some further work on you. Your value is without a EBP. -MM

.

Auxiliary Projects.

In addition to the above I am aware of two separate projects that are tied in with both mine and SDs lucid assignments.

As I only have a vicarious understanding of them I am not at liberty to go into them in depth.

I am leaving this as a footnote as I am aware these auxiliary projects are directly tied to astral body manipulation for escaping the earth prison in case I am given permission to talk about them in the future.

What I will say is that one of the projects is related to Antarctica and the other to 13 gates or “keys”.

Any information the Domain can supply on these projects I will happily pass on to their respective operators.

I will submit another document to MM outlining what I believe to be an effective utilization of LD assets at a later date.

Ah. this is enough for now. There's a lot of "meat" to absorb here. Soak it in. Enjoy it, and soon enough part 11 will be posted. Best Regards. -MM

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Full reprint of the book titled “Domain Expeditionary Force Rescue Mission”

This is the full reprint of the book titled “Domain Expeditionary Force Rescue Mission”. There is an interesting story behind this book. It is considered a science fiction story, while the first book “Alien Interview” is not. I do not know what to think. However, it is really easy to discount the idea that there is a follow up book whenever the first book became popular. There is that “for profit motive” don’t you know.

Thus we have this write up;

A Science Fiction story based on the best selling book ALIEN INTERVIEW. 

"There are several obvious reasons that The Domain, and other space civilizations do not land on Earth or make their presence known. It takes a very brave IS-BE to come down through the atmosphere and land on Earth, because it is a prison planet, with a very uncontrolled, psychotic population. And, no IS-BE is entirely proof against the risk of entrapment, as with the members of The Domain Expeditionary Force who were captured in the Himalayas 8,200 years ago." 

-- excerpt from the book ALIEN INTERVIEW, edited by Lawrence R. Spencer

MM comments

I parsed the book “Alien Interview” and found it valid, real and actual. I then parsed it in great detail, and in so doing, found many answers that “clicked” or aligned with prior events, knowledge, and experiences that I have had. There is no question that the first book “Alien Interview” is valid.

I do not know about the second book.

When I read the opinions of others, I find myself questioning everything. Such as this book review here…

Fiction or Valid Disclosure?

Good book but lacked the authenticity and clarity the author claims it is which the first book “Alien Interview” had.
.
The only reason I say this is that although the cover says, “by Lawrence R. Spencer”, the author claims he is not the original author. But in his first book, “Alien Interview” he credits himself as the editor only.
This is true. The first book; "Alien Interview" is the narrative of the transcribing nurse that was involved in the interview of the acquired Commander of a downed extraterrestrial spacecraft. It includes her narrative, and the full transcript of the interview. According tot he first book, she is dead. So, what is the source information for the second book?

-MM
In this book, Spencer puts his name on the cover as “by Lawrence R. Spencer” which leaves it open to suspect. There is an email address inside the book that Mr. Spencer claims the documents have come from. I wrote to this email address in the book on several occasions and received no reply. I did not receive an undelivered email notification so I assume someone got it. I am sure I am not the only person to write to the mysterious email address shown in the book.
.
This opens the book up to great controversy and it has been put down by various reviewers on the internet, claiming that the author, Lawrence Spencer, wrote this book and its prequel “Alien Interview” as a kind of religious agenda, or rather, “anti-religious” agenda.
.
However, there are many many people out there who have had amazing testimonies of ET contact and their stories are even more outlandish and unbelievable than the written material of these books. So to judge this book as some kind of writing that has a religious or ideological motivation is incorrect.
.
I believe many people have had many ET experiences and this book coincides with the many thousands of people who have had their eyes opened to the revelations and perspectives that have changed them forever. This book and “Alien Interview” are not the authors or inventors of such concepts but rather reinforce what has already been revealed by thousands of other abductees, witnesses, and Experiencers.
.
Mr. Spencer does indicate the the book is “by” him.
.
However, he claims that he is not the original author.
.
He claims that it came to him via email from someone claiming to be Matilda MacElroy…
.
…or a Being or person that is coordinated with the late Mrs. MacElroy. .
.
There is no evidence that Mrs. MacElroy actually died although she stated in “Alien Interview” that she was going to die and be put to rest in a place of her choosing.
.
The book is written in the same style as the previous book which was supposed to be by Mrs. MacElroy.
.
Since Mrs. MacElroy had a career military background, this book fits hand and glove to the first writings. There are some typographical errors that are claimed to be part of the original way the book was presented to Mr. Spencer.
.
This book appears to be strung together as a collection of notes that barely hold together as a manual.
.
Since the author cannot claim it was actually written by Matilda as it came to him via email, it has some mystery to it. There are some grammar errors and spelling issues here and there, certainly not the kind of quality of a professional writer. So perhaps these are the foot prints of the real writer.
.
Never the less, it is a very good book and I found it very interesting, written with the same matter-o-fact style as the first book.
.
However, instead of the transcription style of the first book, this book comes together as a take-a-long manual for someone in the process of trying to get their pre-earth memory back.
.
I was met with some very violent reactions from certain people when I tried to talk about this book and the original book, “Alien Interview”. It appears that the material appears so far fetched that it strikes anything from fear to ridicule in others who do not have any courage to stretch beyond their own belief system and self imposed science or religious paradigms.
.
For anyone who wants to stretch their consciousness outside the limited box-thinking paradigm of our present reality, and for anyone who has had some kind of ET experience, whether it be abduction, observation, or for anyone who is wanting to learn something amazing of a possible pre-earth existence, this is a great eye opening book.
.
I suggest the “Alien Interview” book be read first in order to keep this book in its rightful context.

The files

A MM contributor took the time to photograph the entire contents of the book and send it for me to read. These photos are below for your enjoyment.

I have read the total book in this format, and here are my impressions…

MM Comments after reading the book

Let me repeat what the book says…

This book is in no way factual.  Nor is it intended to represent any factual information. This book is a contrivance of the imagination of the author.  This book is a work of fiction only. It is not to be interpreted otherwise by the reader.

MM readership take note. This is a fiction. Nothing more.

.
.

Do you want more?

I have more articles in my Index titled “The Domain” here…

The Domain

.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

[daegonmagus] – Part 9 – Lucid Dreaming Lesson 2: Explanation of the Various Stages of Sleep

The following is the ninth part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

-MM

This particular article is not part of the direct set of articles that are autobiographical in scope and content.

Instead, this article concerns a lesson on how to conduct “Lucid Dreaming” (as a prelude to “Astral Travel”).

Part 9 – Lucid Dreaming Lesson 2: Explanation of the Various Stages of Sleep

In the first lesson we learnt about the three meditations necessary in order to prepare one mentally for entering the dreaming domain. These meditations focused on negating thought, stilling the mind, and the categorisation of thought upon the reception of higher order information that may come through during a lucid dreaming session. This next lesson will build upon those meditations and deal with some strange concepts but it is necessary for the student to grasp as solid an understanding as possible of them.

Consider this like reading a map before going on a journey. If you don’t read the map before hand, you are likely to become lost along the way. But just like you can never really comprehend the totality of terrain layout on the map, you can never really comprehend the terrain of the lucid world, despite how much preparation you put into it. You can prepare for your journey all you want, but you will never know when that tyre is suddenly going to catch a flat. Would you rather have had the forethought to include a wrench or find yourself stuck up shit creek without a paddle? It could go smoothly, or it could go badly depending on how much practicing of the three meditations you have undertaken.

So, by now, you should be getting good with your visualisation practices. You should be able to go into your mind and get “lost” in the movie you find yourself playing of the oranges and bananas. You should be able to “daydream” this movie out for a good few seconds and have perfect definition of it in your mind’s eye.  And you should be able to have this amount of clarity with whatever scenario you wish. If not, then keep practicing.

Now, consciousness follows a fairly standard pathway as it enters the dreaming state. This pathway, according to my experiences, is generally as follows:

1. The body shuts down and goes into a stasis state
2. Consciousness “inverts” and travels back in towards the pineal gland
3. The frequency of one’s consciousness reduces by about an octave (1 half), as it undergoes
the transition into the sleeping state and completely disengages form the physical body.
4. One now exists as a pure conscious thought form; perception switches from 3D
based physical objects to 4D based energy signatures and images. You literally “see” what        is in your sub consciousness.
5. Images stored within the subconsciousness are “attached” to consciousness and a new
holographic 3.5D environment forms around it
6. The dream ends. Physical reality is overlaid on top of the holographic dream at a rate of
around 0.5Hz, until consciousness locks back into the body, in which physical reality
solidifies.

Most Lucid dreaming techniques – well those I have come across, anyway – are geared toward becoming consciously aware during the dream state after sub conscious imagery has already had some say in how the dream will be formed. This is known as Dream Induced Lucid Dreaming (DILD), and is considered the best method for beginners to practice lucid dreaming. With the DILD method, you are unconscious until number 5, where you regain limited control of the dream upon becoming lucid. As the subconscious distortions have been the dominant means for the holographic dream environment to materialise by, this environment will become “anchored” in and quite hard to change through visualisation. You can usually only change certain things within the environment, but never the environment itself.

My goal, however, is to keep you conscious through the whole transition period into the void space so you can “clear” out these sub conscious distortions and replace them with your own visualisations. This is more along the lines of what is known as Wake Induced Lucid Dreaming (WILD). This is recommended for those who are more skilled at LD, as it takes a degree of dedication to be able to carry out a WILD session effectively. Though I have come across many speaking of this method of inducing lucid dreams, I am yet to come across anyone talking on the importance of regaining control of the void space and clearing out the distractions present within it to create a stable dreamscape. Thus one may consider my techniques an extremely advanced version of the WILD technique. There is a degree of mental discipline that must first be reached before one can expect results.  We will build upon these concepts in later lessons.

Given this mud map of what we can expect consciousness to do, we can break it further down into the phases it passes through as it makes its way into the dream state. In doing this we can start to gain an idea of what to expect so we can better prepare ourselves as we move through each phase. One should be aware though, that these phases vary quite significantly from one to another, and there will be some adjustment of comfortability as one progresses through each one.

This is where I tell you to hold on to your hats, because the things experienced in this domain are unlike anything you will ever experience in waking reality. Also, it should be born in mind that astral projection can be achieved from more than one of these phases, though the success of the projection will also vary depending on which phase. The phases, in order one can expect to experience them , are:

Relaxation Level 3/ Theta State
Sleep Paralysis/ Hypnagogic Phase
Consciousness Inversion/ Transition Phase
Detachment phase
Void space phase
Dream creation Phase
Non physical travel phase (if desired)
Auric projection (extremely advanced practice, aided by non physical entities when one is ready; this is where your 4D lucid train ride terminates in 5D reality)

When you close your eyes at bed time you have two potential pathways you can take into never never land. You can either succumb to fatigue and go through the phases unconsciously, in which case your best bet would be a DILD, or you can remain conscious and enter into either Theta State, Sleep Paralysis or straight into the Void Space. Astral projection can take place in all three of these phases, though I have found personally that it is best achieved whilst in Theta State.

Theta State and Astral Projection:

Theta state is not always necessary for lucid dreaming. You can actually bypass it all together quite easily and still have a WILD. If astral projection is a goal, however, then entering Theta state is probably the best place to initiate such and OBE. When working with the Monroe Institute’s techniques for inducing Astral Projection, they mention that one must first enter this state of what they call level 3 relaxation.

So what is it? I want you to think of diving into the comfiest bed you have ever been in. You’ve got fluffy pillows all around you, a big brand new duck down doona covering you and best of all it is a King Size bed that you’ve got all to yourself. You can lie here naked completely by yourself and just spread out as much as you want without an annoying spouse taking up half of your chilling room. Or even worse – kids. Imagine just being absorbed into the bed and its linen. That feeling of pure bliss that makes you feel all warm inside just knowing you are going to get a good nights sleep. Well, that is relaxation level 2. To get to relaxation level 3, you need to go deeper than that.

How do you do this if you are completely relaxed? Well, you aren’t really as relaxed as you think you are. All the muscles you are lying on currently hold some amount of tension in them as they hold your body up. When you get comfy you don’t really notice this tension, but it is there, I guarantee you. To get to Theta State, you have to relieve this tension, but at the same time keep yourself awake whilst doing so. The trick is to take slow, deep breaths and “feel” that tension leave you on your long exhales. Personally for me it takes about half an hour to an hour to properly get into this state, sometimes even longer. Sometimes I will enter this state briefly then go straight into sleep paralysis or the void space without even getting a chance to astral project. It all depends on your fatigue levels.

Once you get to this state, your body will begin to feel light. There might be a high pitched tinnitus like sound in your head. For me it sounds like when you open a soda bottle and hold your ear right up to it and can hear all those small bubbles popping and “grinding” together. If you want to properly astral project, you have to focus on this sound and nothing else. You cannot allow your mind to get distracted following the wandering thoughts that will appear; these will carry you into an unconscious sleep state. They will appear as strong thoughts which catch your attention and then quickly diminish into incoherent unconsciousness as the trail of thought becomes harder to remember. Again slow, deep breathing helps. You focus on the sound and try to “listen” to your breaths whenever your mind starts wandering.

Your fingers act like antennas that can pick up subtle energies around you. Try to listen to them if you can. Try and pull these energies from the atmosphere and push them from your head to your toes and back again. There is also the possibility of seeing pulsating waves of energy through your vision, or of feeling a vast space out in front of you. I have had a lot of moments where it feels like gravity is distorting around me, like I am spinning on a giant wheel and the centrifugal force pinning to me to the bed keeps changing directions. Personally I have found it too be quite therapeutic just lying in it and taking it in. These may lead to some excited emotions, but it is important to keep that excitement at bay, or it will ruin the projection.

If all goes well the soda bubble noise should get more and more intense until you feel something happen. This something is hard to describe but it is a very prominent feeling that you are “coming” out of your body. The process can be aided by visualising standing at the end of your bed or rolling out of your body, but personally I have found it easier to just keep focusing on the soda bubble noise. Eventually you should hear a loud pop and your astral body will just float out of the physical.

The experience will be surreal. It will be extraordinary, and exhilarating, and it will feel absolutely definitely 100% real – until you wake up, in which it will feel like it was just a dream. But there will be time to take it all in later. The first thing that one should worry about is putting some distance between their astral body and their physical one. The reason is that the physical body acts like a magnet and will snap the astral body back into it if it stays too close for too long.  Aim for a couple of rooms distance, and remember that just thinking of a place will take you to it; to get back to the physical body one just thinks about it and they automatically appear back there. Surprisingly, navigation seems to come quite naturally and easily during astral projection. Well, it did for me anyway.

Now that we have got astral projection out of the way, we can get into effective Lucid Dreaming concepts and practices, where navigation is much, much more difficult to control. In future articles we will go into techniques I use to control the dreamscape, but for now let’s start with your awareness of the physical plane:

Projection of Consciousness During the Transition.

Your consciousness projects out from your eyes in a sort of hemispherical fashion until it hits the horizon. This is the only way you can consciously perceive anything whilst you are awake. Thus this projection is uni directional; it cannot go any other way (not with your eyes open any way). What happens is that you project your consciousness out through the eyes and then the light entering into your eyes from the boundaries of this projection your brain picks up and processes as reality. My experiences suggest that consciousness projection during astral projection follows a similar pathway; out in front of you to an object separated by “astral space”. You perceive the non physical environment around you like you perceive the physical world whilst you are awake.

Conscious perception in the dream state, however, is completely different to conscious perception in both the physical and astral planes. It is omni directional; it has more than one way to go than just out the eyes towards a horizon. It can go both inwardly and outwardly, but for arguments sake we will say it can both contract and expand. When you are awake, and consciously observing something, your consciousness is effectively “locked” into a state of infinite, inward projection/ contraction and is never allowed a chance to expand. It is like squeezing a stress ball then freezing it so the fibres never have a chance to return back to their spherical state. They remain locked to the curvature impression of your fingers. Consciousness is not really going “outward” – sure its going out of the eyes –  but more so “inward” to a more dense state. This is a confusing concept and may seem counterintuitive, so I suggest meditating on it to get your head around it. Think of it like the science experiment where you suck all the air out of a soda can and the tin crinkles into a ball. You just don’t realise this because of the block put in place by your physical brain.

When you enter the sleep state, your consciousness expands back “outwardly” to its original, spherical state. It inverts and goes back through the eyes in towards the pineal gland; you can actually feel this during a conscious transition into the sleeping state. You can feel the moment consciousness stops trying to condense and changes direction to expansion. It is a fucking incredible experience and better than any sex or drug that you will ever come across.

Consciousness can therefore be thought of as a sphere that has two extremes of possibility; maximum compression and maximum expansion. If we consider the edges of the universe to be maximum expansion, and an atom to be maximum compression, this becomes our 4th dimensional range of travel potential for our consciousness when disconnected from our body. It is a bit more complicated than that, but for now this concept will do. What happens during the transition into the sleep state is that your consciousness “inverts” right at the transition point. It goes from a locked inward projection to a moving outward projection.
This is important to learn because it becomes the fundamental aspect behind how you travel in and out of different planes of different densities.

From what I have experienced, physical universes are sort of “stacked” inside one another separated by a 4th dimensional distance of consciousness “space”. Picture the atom existing in the middle of an entire universe; the atom is solid, yet it exists in a sphere of empty space. If you expand your consciousness outwardly to the edges of that space, you become yet another atom existing in yet another vast, spherical space and on ad infinitum.

This is what is meant by “as above, as below”, or “micro and macrocosm”. Consciousness is mercurial in the sense that it can slip through this 4th dimensional space between physical and non physical worlds like water through a crack simply by compressing and expanding. No matter which way you go, you eventually arrive back at the same point, just like if you head in one direction on the earth. To properly master lucid dreaming, you have to learn to become “slippery” when the time calls for it, and “solid” when it doesn’t. Astral travel is thus simply just your consciousness slipping back into the plane of your astral body. It is merely a station along the many that can be taken by the train that is lucid dreaming.

Lucid dreaming is therefore a completely different thing and should not be confused with astral projection. It is an existence of pure consciousness detached from any type of body, but it allows the potential to “jump” into those bodies like you are putting on a suit. It allows the potential of astral projection as well as many other things. Visualisation allows one to choose the suit they wish to put on. The void space is akin to your wardrobe space, and each plane of “reality” is like a suit hanging up within that wardrobe. Most people believe this physical reality is the only suit they can wear. They never get the option of choice.

However if you learn how to control the mercurial state of consciousness whilst in the void space – ie, solidify yourself as you slide through the 4D consciousness space –  you can wear whichever suit you damn well please. Well, within reason. It is entirely possible to move out of the physical body, slip into another physical/nonphysical one and live out that experience just like you would in this physical world, before slipping out of it and back into your physical body. I have done this many times before, often times for weeks on end in the span of single earth nights. Some of these other worlds I have visited have also been corroborated by other lucid dreamers. This poses the question of what these bodies are really doing when you are in them utilising an unconscious state of awareness. So where do we draw the line when it comes to reality if you can be aware of all these places but not actively engaged in them?

Therefore, there is a degree of “psychological hardening” one must come into before undertaking these sorts of journeys. You have to be able to adapt to the many different environments you may find yourself in. And boy there are many, with many weird, indescribable things going on. My advice is that you always remember to focus on the ”absolute now” and not try and dwell too much on other places. By all means record them and think of them objectively, but try not to get too hung up on what is going on “over there”. If you think our world is depressing and hard to deal with, there are many that are much worse in the non physical planes. You need to learn to cope with what you experience without dwelling on it, or it’ll drive you insane.

But none of this can be consciously witnessed if one does not first learn to control their void space. And to control the void space one must enter into it through a conscious transition into the dream state – ie a WILD. This can be done in one of two ways; by direct access, or via Sleep Paralysis. Sleep Paralysis seems to be the easiest way to get into the void space. Unfortunately, it is also the most unpleasant.

The Sleep Paralysis Phase:

Let’s pick up where we left off from in the first lesson in regards to lying still where the arms and legs start to become numb. I mentioned this is the stage immediately preceding sleep paralysis. If you continue through this numbness without moving or initiating an OBE, eventually your whole body will become completely paralysed and you will not be able to move. What this feels like is that gravity has been turned up by about a few billion and you just can’t move anything no matter how hard you try. Except for the eyes. You might notice they move too easily about and that it takes some effort to get them to stay in a particular place.

Contrary to most belief, you can actually be completely aware of your surroundings as if you were completely awake when in Sleep Paralysis. I have had many instances where I have woken up, looked around and thought I was good enough to get out of bed, only to accidentally pull my astral body out due to me still being in sleep paralysis. This is the key to astral projection whilst in this state; you have to try and roll or pull yourself out, but the paralysis makes it extremely difficult to do. Awareness of one’s surroundings is, therefore, not a good indicator of whether or not one is in SP. It should also be understood that there is a very fine, and often times blurry, line regarding when one actually enters Sleep Paralysis. Often that blur can cross over from the Theta State; one minute you are relaxed and the next something very strange seems to be going on. Generally, Sleep Paralysis induced in the morning after a night full of sleep will be easier to deal with than one induced upon going to sleep

Now I need to mention here that the sleep paralysis stage is not particularly pleasant. To be brutally honest, it’s probably one of the most terrifying things you will ever experience, and this is coming from someone who was almost executed at knife point. It will feel like your soul is being pulled in every direction at once. Your voice will be choked to a faint cry no matter how hard you try to yell. You will hear the most chthonic noises imaginable – unlike anything you have ever heard before – and get the most unsettling feelings that make the hairs stand on the back of your neck. It is also not uncommon to see strange beings of various sorts ranging from “demons” to “aliens” standing at the bed. Random scenarios will play out in your head suggesting your impending doom, and voices will whisper things to you that will make you think you are crazy.  I have had instances where I was absolutely sure someone had broken into the house and was seconds away from killing me and my family in my sleep. I have had another instance where death materialised around me and hit me with its scythe. Aliens, demons, the whole shebang there to come and eat my soul for breakfast. If you are lucky you will hear the most perfect music you have ever heard, but this only ever seems to be after you have become well acquainted with the Sleep Paralysis stage.

All I can tell you is that if you are big on horror movies and haven’t been putting in your visualisation hours, you are going to have a really fucking wild ride. Visualising unicorns farting rainbows is going to do absolutely nothing for you at this point. But despite this, you must always remember IT IS ALL A LOAD OF BULLSHIT. A wall of illusions put in place to make you really not want to go through with detaching your consciousness from your physical body. It’s like seeing one of those horror movies for the first time as a kid – it is important you take a step back and realise none of it is going to hurt you. It isn’t real. You have to learn to just “relax” and let it play the fuck out around you. This is easier said than done, and I get that not everyone will be able to do it. Hell, it even still gets the best of me at times and I have to exit the session, and I have been doing this for 23 years. So don’t feel bad if you can’t bring yourself to go through with it.

The way to exit a session in this manner is that you shake your head from side to side, like you are saying no. It will be hard because of the paralysis, but you only need 2 shakes and you’ll be fully awake. This is your get out of hell card, use it if you need to.

If you do learn to relax, however, you will gain access to the most powerful part of the human mind that is directly connected to all other consciousnesses in existence; the void space. This is where the fun and magic really begins. This is where you really earn your “wings”.

The Transition Into Void Space:

If you are successful in relaxing properly whilst under sleep paralysis, then the illusion should just all of a sudden fall away from around you. All the chaos around, including those terrifying thoughts just completely leave you. It will be then that you will feel your consciousness invert as it makes the transition into the sleep state. It’s like Han Solo hitting that hyperdrive button on the millennium falcon; you go through a tunnel of….well, I can’t really describe it – blurry 4th dimensional “shit”. This will be very brief and over in a couple of seconds, and on the other side of it you will feel your consciousness completely detach from the physical body in a completely different way to when it does via astral projection.

You then enter into the void space. It sort of feels like diving into an ocean of pure “bliss”. If you thought astral projection was exciting, this is the most exhilarating feeling you will ever experience, hands down, period, full stop. It is like this weight that you never knew was there has suddenly been lifted and you can finally “stretch out” in ways you never could have even imagined before. You are uncaged. Godlike. It feels like you are left falling into an infinite hole, which is where I assume one really is when having a classic “falling dream”. Although it can be unsettling at first, when you get good, it can provide an effective means of relaxation. I used to enter here and just “kick back” and wallow in the falling sensation for hours. It is the ultimate sensory deprivation tank.

If you made it this far then congratulations, as you are now existing as a pure conscious thought form where the hassle of mundanities such as money and debt are going to be the furthest from your mind. Physical reality is no where to be seen, though you still have 100% awareness of it down to every minute detail.

After making a conscious transition into the void space, you no longer see 3D objects out to a physical horizon. You see pure archetypal energy forms that combine with whatever is in your subconsciousness from a 4th dimensional perspective. These images take the form of distortions that differ in intensity depending on how “deep” you enter it. Think of it like a bubble. At the edge of this bubble the distortions are at their most extreme, but towards the middle you are insulated by a level of consciousness space.

This consciousness space I have somewhat mapped to being 12 layers deep, based on my difficulty in vanquishing the distortions using my own visualization practices.  Though, this should be thought of as an analogue gauge rather than actual physically separated layers. The depth you penetrate into this void space seems to be determined by the velocity of your consciousness at the transition point into the sleeping state. This velocity is a product of fatigue of the mind during this transition. If you are too fatigued, your velocity penetrates too deeply into the bubble and you hit the edge. You become swarmed by these distortions which more often than not, leads to a random dream. This is why most people do not realise they are dreaming, in my opinion.

Without conscious awareness and strong visualisation, these distortions become very hard to vanquish, even when one is aware of them. If you penetrate at a lower velocity, you are more likely to reach the centre of the bubble. This is where the distortions are at their lowest. So you could say level 0 = waking reality, whilst level 12 = complete distortion/ unconscious dream. If you can remain conscious and make it into this part of the void space, you can create your own reality suit through the use of visualisation, which you then just hop into. The reality then just appears around you. It is equivalent to the white room in the matrix where a rack of guns appear out of nowhere before Neo. The void space is thus the “load out” screen your consciousness enters into before you load out this physical reality. It is the very first point one enters into in the dreaming state, but most people are too fatigued to realise, and pass through to it’s distortion maxima – level 12 or what I call the “basement”. Thus they  become engulfed in their own subconsciousness hypnotism.

If you do manage to a) consciously enter the void space, and b) vanquish the sub conscious distortions, however, you then have an opportunity to witness this dream creation as it takes place.

Dream Creation Phase:

After accessing the void space, you then have the ability to imagine up your own dream environments. We will go into an effective process for doing so later on, but for now one should understand that this is where the idea of being a “slippery” or “solidified” consciousness comes into play. When in the void space you are formless and slippery – 4th dimensional in nature, or as MM would say in wave form – but after you create a dreamscape and move into it you become more “solidified”, or particle like. You create the 3.5D holographic dream environment and become a 3.5D entity within it. I say 3.5D because it is somewhere where between like our physical 3D reality and the 4D of consciousness space. When the dream has been created via conscious implantation of thought rather than sub conscious implantation, it becomes much easier to control. Travel is undertaken when dream creation has been mastered.

The Waking up Phase:

Provided your lucid dream goes all well, you might be lucky enough to witness the transition back into the physical plane. What seems to happen – well, what I have witnessed anyway – is that the physical reality is sort of overlayed as a very faint image over the holographic dream in a wavy like manner. This wave is about 0.5Hz; very,  very slow and noticeable. With each back and forth movement of the wave, the physical reality overlay gets more vivid whilst the dream starts to become faint. After 10 – 20 seconds, physical reality has completely replaced the dream and becomes “locked” into place. Words cannot express how depressed one feels upon the realisation they are once again trapped in such a sate. It should be cautioned here, that lucid dreaming is extremely addictive.

Ah. this is enough for now. There's a lot of "meat" to absorb here. Soak it in. Enjoy it, and soon enough part 10 will be posted. Best Regards. -MM

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

[daegonmagus] – Part 8 – Lucid Dreaming Lesson 1: The Lucid Void Space and The Three Meditations

The following is the eighth part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

-MM

This particular article is not part of the direct set of articles that are autobiographical in scope and content.

Instead, this article concerns a lesson on how to conduct “Lucid Dreaming” (as a prelude to “Astral Travel”).

Part 8 – Lucid Dreaming Lesson 1: The Lucid Void Space and The Three Meditations

This is part of series of articles in lucid dreaming based off my own experiences and experiments in that area.

What I am attempting to externalise here is something that cannot be described accurately with words, as they need to be experienced to properly understand them.

So others involved in lucid dreaming might have different interpretations. These articles will eventually become the curriculum for my Ordo Occultum Astrum.

It is my goal to provide a proper curriculum for not just lucid dreaming, but strengthening the psyche to better deal with everything one may be exposed to in the dream state.

These articles where part of the task given to me by the leader of the Unseen 5 in which I was to provide the framework to allow others to tap into the power that lucid dreaming can offer.

I don’t want anything in return except for them to be studied from an objective perspective and developed further as I believe humanity can greatly benefit from them.

I would be grateful if you document your experiences and tell me about them, but it is in no way an obligation.

So what is lucid dreaming anyway?

If you are part of any lucid dreaming/ astral projection communities, the “experts” may tell you it is simply the ability to become conscious when you are dreaming.

And that’s about it.

They might tell you can do some cool things like fly around, but in a general sense they don’t seem to offer anything that would seem appealing to those who are not into the subject of the metaphysical.

Depending on which groups you are part of you might be lucky enough to get some tips and tricks on how to trick your mind into realising it is sleeping.

These techniques consist of reality checks and other thought disciplines that will apparently embed your sub consciousness with certain things to make it become conscious during a dream.

While I am not saying that these techniques are complete bullshit, I am going to tell you I am yet to come across anyone on any of these groups speaking of lucid dreaming at a level anywhere near what I know about and have been experimenting with for the past 2 decades.

What I know about lucid dreaming should make the whole world sit up straight, turn their heads and PAY SOME FUCKING ATTENTION.

Anyone who has been following this blog so far knows that I have made some pretty far out claims in regards to what can be achieved whilst lucid. You will inevitably stumble across experts with a lot to tell you on the subject for some sort of recompense.

I am not saying these people are wrong in their assertions or fraudsters out to make a quick buck.

After all, everyone needs to earn a living right? Some of them may actually be beneficial aids to supplement what I have to say.

I honestly don’t have the time or resources to go through them all and tell you what is bullshit and what isn’t.

All I can offer is my own two cents, and my two cents is that lucid dreaming is much, much, MUCH more than just realizing you are dreaming.

Sure this is one aspect of it, but I would relegate such a skill down towards the novice end of the spectrum.

Even if you could consistently “wake yourself up” in the dream state into this knowing, if that is all you could do you would still be missing out on A LOT of what lucid dreaming has to offer.

It is my firm belief that lucid dreaming is the very solution to humanity’s existential crisis.

It is my belief that it is our very evolution point, but unfortunately that this evolution will also take a collective effort. So consider this my part in that effort.

It is far more exciting, in my opinion, to remain conscious whilst undergoing the transition into the sleeping state.

This way you have much better control of dream creation and have access to one of the most important aspects of the mind; what Carl Jung (also a lucid dreamer) called the collective unconscious and what I call the “void space”.

I will state this plainly; all lucid dreaming activities should be carried out with the goal to access and control this void space as much as possible. I cannot over emphasize this.

Why?

Well, according to my experiments, experiences and what was told to me by the leader of the Unseen 5 this void space is directly connected to every consciousness in existence {presided over by the “god consciousness” of the divine creator} and it is being hijacked by non physical entities to keep you “dumb”. I am not meaning to be derogative here.

What I mean is that the average person cannot effectively access their void space and control it because the power it would afford them is too great in the eyes of these non physical hijackers.

This power is a reconnection to what is known as the higher self. And no I am not throwing that term out loosely to woo you with new age speak.

Neither am I implying some sort of epiphany one comes to after spending a few hours meditating on a beach somewhere after doing a bit of yoga.

It is an actual state of awareness far, far, FAR above what you use on a regular basis that can be reached through the art of lucid dreaming. It also takes years of discipline to get there.

Just how powerful is this higher state of awareness I hear you ask?

Well, if you could combine the processing power of every single entity on earth and have them focus on one goal, you would be getting close…..to about 0.000000001 percent of what the higher self is capable of.

For the sake of simplicity, consider it the normal mode of operation for the mind of an advanced ET species.

The same type that know how to build intergalactic space craft capable of bending space time type of advanced.

Excited yet? Good, lets get back to the void space.

I mentioned that the void space is an important part of the consciousness makeup. You can use it to not only create your own dreams, but also to hijack others dreams and tune into telepathic thought processes with seemingly no limit to distance, if my experiences are anything to by.

It is the communication highway of all physical and non physical entities that extend into the 5th dimension.

Think of it like a google translator app that can automatically translate the dialect of non Earth language speaking ETs.

This and much, much more.

It is my intention to supply you with everything I know on accessing and controlling this void space to allow for the communication of “higher” information to trickle down into this dense physical plane.

This was what my task within the Unseen 5 ultimately boils down to, and is what I believe will result in a proper “evolution of human consciousness”.

So you can say I am taking these articles quite seriously. And you get it all for the super low price of absolutely free.

My authority in this subject comes from the fact that I was ordained as master of lucid dreaming by the Elder Guardians – who I assume were the Ascended Masters.

Take it or leave it, I really don’t care.

But understand that I am apparently one of less than a dozen others currently alive on earth that hold such a level of understanding of what is really achievable whilst in this void space.  I developed my abilities to the point that two separate non physical “factions” were able to communicate to me because of it. And they both want me to tell you about it.

I can tell you I have communicated with other non-physical and “dead” entities using it.

I have also used it to remote view through the eyes of an ET entity in a completely different star system to ours. I have used it to “tune” into a conversation with non physical entities and to heal a catastrophic injury to my hand.

You get the picture yet?

All the things you read on psychics, clairvoyants, remote viewers  and scryers and the things they are able to do can be traced back to this void space and its ability to act as an ultra dimensional information receiver.

They just figured out how to “bleed” that information into the physical world, even though most of them probably won’t be able to tell you how. I can describe the whole process to you.

If you will allow me.

Undoubtedly most will call it all bullshit, but how many I wonder will commit themselves to my meditation regime before doing so?

But tapping into all this is further along the spectrum toward the more advanced end. Just like you cannot expect to be able to play a full concerto at your very first piano lesson, one cannot expect to control their void space upon its first access.

Make no doubt about it, this is some very advanced stuff; you need to be intent in the idea it will take you a long time before you get to this level of control. If you think this way, it will actually take a lot less time.

This is something I figured out when learning how to play bass back when I was 13 years old.

A lot of it is trial and error. So I am going to take this in baby steps. I am going to build you up bit by bit so your efforts in lucid dreaming may not be wasted when you finally get there.

I am going to teach you how to master the dream state through the awakened one.

Before we begin I feel we must go through the usual disclaimer. There are obviously dangers inherent in lucid dreaming.

My experiences are suggestive of this, as are the words of the Domain Commander on the subject.

I am not going to tell you it is perfectly safe.

What I am going to say is that I wasn’t in a particular good frame of mind when I met these dangers. This is important because your thoughts and emotions during lucidity have a direct bearing on what you will experience.

You will need to learn to control both if you want penetrate through the dream barrier into other non physical realms.

As you will come to learn, your thoughts and emotions will be the very controller by which you navigate the dream world. If you are too focused on all the shit Hollywood pumps out in the form of “entertainment” you will have a very difficult and likely bad time.

I am not telling you not to watch your favourite movies, just try not to cling on their content too much. Neither am I going to guarantee this will work for everyone. Remember, this is knowledge I gained through years of experiments.

When I first started out, I never had so much as a book to guide me on my ways. I had to fly blind, so to speak, the whole damned way.

If you come across a more efficient way in your own experiments, by all means use it. Just let me know so I can include it in my documentation on this subject. I want this to be an enjoyable experience for everyone , and the easier something is the more enjoyable it is.

The bad shit won’t come until you are able to vanquish it, if you follow everything I lay out before you.

If I do my job properly, it should be like swatting an annoying fly out of your way.

It will be like that startled reaction you get from seeing a poisonous spider, then realising you can just empty a can of Raid on it. No big deal.

Now, for those who are not familiar with either, lucid dreaming crosses the boundary of astral projection.

This boundary is often blurry, so is something I will discuss further along.

Just note that astral projection can be achieved through various states along the lucid dreaming line.  In both instances you detach your consciousness from your body and can use it to explore the non-physical planes.

To simplify things, consider lucid dreaming as being a 4th dimensional hub in which astral projection is but a single branch of possibility coming off that hub {I just got a low pitched ringing in my left ear when writing that}.

Other possibilities include auric projections, which are about a million times more fantastic than astral projections and exist in the 5th dimensional domain. Looking at it this way, you can think of lucid dreaming as a sort of 4th dimensional bridge into the 5th dimension.

An Auric projection is one where you break through the barrier put in place by non physical entities that contains you in a “sleeping state”.

Let that sink in for a while; your entire unconscious dream experience is nothing but a cleverly crafted containment zone to disorientate your consciousness so it doesn’t leave a predetermined 4th dimensional boundary.

The haze of a standard dream state is {seemingly} due to a consciousness doping agent put in place to stop you from waking up into a higher order of reality.

This is all to stop you from realising your soul’s true potential; that you existed in your state of higher awareness before you did incarnated in a physical body. According to mine and my wife’s experiences anyway.

The more you learn to control your dreams the more you develop a resistance to the effects of this containment zone.

You may start remembering things that are uncomfortable.

You may start remembering things that are painful.

But I guarantee that on the other side of that barrier you will come into contact with your higher self and proper “soul memory”.

You will remember yourself as an IS-BE all the way back into the dim mists of time.

You will then realise that all those painful and uncomfortable memories are nothing but illusions. It’s like waking up from a dream and realising it has no actual bearing on who you are now in this present moment. Only the dream is this physical reality you are engaged in.

Before we can get here though, we need to start off with some basics, and that is what this article will be about.

It might be boring.

It might be tedious.

It might be something you relegate to being complete bullshit.

You might think it all has nothing to do with lucid dreaming, but all I am asking is that you trust me. It is my goal to build you back into the strong consciousness that you are, so that you are impervious to these non physical manipulations of your void space.

So, first thing is first.

Go out and buy yourself a blank journal, a working pen, and a triangular pillow. The journal will be used for you to start recording your dreams.

Not just lucid dreams either. Everything you experience whilst in the dream state, you are going to write down in as much detail as you can remember.

Those bits that dangle just out of reach of your memory, you are going to try and force yourself to remember. You are going to keep this journal beside your bed, within arms reach.

If a dream experience is so intense it wakes you up in the middle of the night, you are going to reach for your journal and record all it all down right then and there.

You are NOT going to wait for the morning to do it, because much of the information in your dreams will be lost by the time you properly wake up. You can use a digital journal if you want, but I suggest also having a backup physical copy as well just in case.

There is nothing worse than having a detailed write up of your experiences disappear when the computer it is written on gets stolen or breaks.

Believe me.

This act of dream recording will train your subconsciousness to pay attention to your dreams. Hopefully, after a month or so, you will start to come to the sudden realisation you are dreaming.

One example I remember vividly had to do with my bass guitar. This was a beautiful 5 string bass my father bought me for my 14th birthday.

The body had a nice red coloured wood that was separated by a “rainbow” of different laminates for the neck that ran through all the way to the bridge.

It was a neck through rather than the common bolt on variety. This thing was my pride and joy and I used to “slap” {a funk technique} it into oblivion every time I picked it up.

It’s sound was a perfect mix of tininess for slap and low end hum for the more progressive grooves I’d play. One night I was dreaming I was walking past a swimming pool, and this thing was just lying on the ground next to it.

Without thinking I just randomly picked it upand threw it into the middle of the swimming pool. It was just so spontaneous it made me stop and pay attention.

As it sunk to the bottom of the pool, I thought to myself, “Hang on a minute, I would never do this to my bass. This must be a dream”. It was enough to snap me out of the hypnosis that I was dreaming.

I cannot remember exactly what I did after that, but I know it involved creating a much better and more exciting dream of my own choosing. Aim for this same spontaneity to snap you “awake” in the dream state, but control your excitement or it will completely wake you up.

Try experimenting with things that have a sentimental value and spontaneous thoughts that equate to something you would never do to such an artefact.

Throw that wedding ring into Mount Doom, shave your head completely bald. Think of doing something outrageous that will make you stop and think WTF.

Triangular pillows are pillows that form a not quite 90 degree corner. Apparently a lot of old people use them. I scored mine off my grandfather after he passed away from lung cancer when I was 9.

I get that everyone has their own sleeping comforts. Certain mattress preferences. One pillow, two pillow preferences etc. You might not like triangular pillows.

They might be something you consider as being uncomfortable.

I am sorry to tell you that there is a certain degree of uncomfortable you will need to get used to if you want to properly lucid dream. This is one of them. Ok so maybe they are not essential, but I believe they will help significantly.

The reason for this is based on my own observations and positions I would wake up in immediately after a lucid dream.

These positions I would then experiment with to induce lucidity and they actually worked.

The triangular pillow, I have found, allows your head to rest in the exact “right” position which would be a space gap if you tried putting two standard pillows together.

Did I mention it is going to be uncomfortable? It will take some time to build up getting used to this lucid dreaming pose. But more on that later.

Also have a sheet or blanket that you only use for lucid dreaming. Use it every time you are going to consciously try, and put it away when you are not.

This tip comes from a Native American who suggests you will be imbuing such a blanket with specific “dream energy” that will build up and ultimately help induce it.

So now you’ve got your pillow and journal, you are all set to go to sleep and try and wake up in the dream right?

Wrong.

Whilst other self proclaimed experts will tell you to go right ahead, I am going to bore you with some other things first. Remember I have a responsibility to build your skills slowly. This includes preparing you mentally for what you might experience.

Allow me to take a bit of a detour and tell you about what I call my Leverian Theology.

The Leverian Theology is a system of thought I developed back when I was studying both electronics and occult subjects side by side.

I began noticing certain similarities in both curriculums which led me to believe that “no thoughts are entirely belonging to the mind that thought them”.

It was my belief that all thoughts were derivations of higher celestial mechanics that had in parts been “remembered” by the consciousness developing them.

All inventions, I supposed came about by the inventor sub consciously accessing a non physical energy matrix {the void space/ collective unconscious}  and tapping into cosmological mechanics that were already there to begin with.

Thus I assumed that by taking current technological models, and following them from finish to start, one could develop a functional model by which to unravel and understand complex cosmological concepts.

While the actual model is not important, what is important is that one has a way to categorise their thoughts, especially when it comes to lucid dreaming and meditation.

The reason is that when you receive higher information, it doesn’t always come in the form you would expect.

It doesn’t tend to come through all at once either. If you wish to master lucid dreaming, you need to have a system by which to sort your thoughts.

You can then figure out the overall function of one piece of information in relation to the rest.

When more information starts coming in, you can bring up this overall function rather than trying to go back and remember the whole other experiences in totality.

In my case, my Leverian Theology acted as a sort of filing system to deal with the information I was receiving. This is the true secret to being able to properly develop advanced lucid dreaming and meditation abilities.

Again I am yet to come across anyone bothering to mention such a significant aspect. That doesn’t mean they don’t exist, only that I specifically haven’t found them.

The categorisation of thought is one of the most crucial aspects to meditation and lucid dreaming, in my opinion. Later, we are going to delve into a very well known system of thought categorisation called the Kabbalistic Tree of Life.

This will deal with the alchemical aspects of mental preparation on reconnecting with the higher self.

But while we are on the subject of meditation, let’s talk about the meditative practices needed to achieve proper lucid awareness of the dream state.

I am going to give you three meditations I suggest practicing.

You might have your own meditations that work for you. By all means, continue to use them. The three meditations I am going to give, however, are specifically for lucid dreaming purposes.

They are designed to build specific disciplines required to properly induce lucidity, based on my own observations. Essentially what you are going to be doing is learning how to remain “still”, both physically and mentally. This is not a lightweight task.

What you effectively need to be doing is becoming your own psychoanalyst. You need to learn how to “catch” your thoughts as they arise, observe them objectively and trace their origins.

If you are one who meditates regularly, then there is no need to dedicate even more time to these.

Just include them as part of your already established regime. For those who are not big on meditating much, try doing them at night when you are in bed with your eyes closed.

The First Meditation, Visualisation:

The first step to gaining control of your void space is to practice visualisation. When I was a kid I had this weird scenario that would pop up from time to time.

It ended up becoming somewhat of a visualisation practice because it drove me fucking crazy. I’d just randomly have this thought of someone running on a roof and jumping off onto a car bonnet {what you guys in America call the hood}. It wasn’t even a very big height either.

Like a couple of metres at most. The thing was though, my brain would distort the physics of the scenario. Every time this person would land on the bonnet, they would crush it and the car would pivot like they were jumping on a see saw.

It was reminiscent of how the Hulk would crush something by jumping on it from a low height.

The reason it drove me crazy was because I knew it was an impossibility. And it totally fucked with the movie in my head of this guy doing cool parkour tricks.

I don’t know why this thought would appear – maybe it was something I saw on a cartoon or something – but it was consistent enough for me to remember it more than a decade later.

Now, the problem I was having is that I could not visualise this person not crushing the car and following a more proper path as defined by physics.

It took me quite a long time before I was able to counter this silly little scenario that would often pop up as I lay in bed trying to fall asleep. I actually felt a great sense of relief when I could watch that guy run along the roof, jump on the car and continue in his act of parkour.

It is silly I know, but I am sure everyone can relate to similar scenarios that consume their thoughts at the best of times. It also gives us a good idea of what to expect whilst in the dream state. It gives us a very real glimpse into how hard the void space can be to control.

When you are lucid and operating in the void space, you do not see the things the same as you see in physical reality.

There is no physical horizon for you to set your sights upon.

Instead you are swarmed by imagery that lays dormant in your sub consciousness.

If you focus on any of this imagery it has a tendency to become more vivid and solidify in the form of a dream or a disruption.

Hence why if you cannot learn to control this imagery, you will not be able to regain proper control of your void space. Period.

So what I want you to do is to include this visualisation practice in your meditations: picture a single orange resting in a bowl on your kitchen counter. Now imagine you can see the orange in explicit detail.

I want to you mentally zoom up close to it and really see the texture of the skin. Now try moving to the opposite side and picture some sort of blemish.

As you get good at holding a vivid, high definition picture of the orange in your mind, try adding more fruit to the bowl. Start scanning through all of them like you are watching a movie. Once you get good, experiment with different scenarios taking place.

If you are sore, mentally try to zoom in to where your ailment is, going through biological layer after layer and shining white light on a single atom.

Imagine this light reflects off every other atom in a chain reaction until you are bathed in a cloud of light.

This is a healing technique supposedly used by St Germaine by the way – I can tell you it works if your visualisation practices are strong enough.

The idea is to train your mind to be able to conjure up its own images, and not rely on whatever media left an impression on your sub consciousness.

You can’t let that scenario equivalent to mine with the guy doing Hulk parkour with its altered physics win.

The Meditation of Silence of Thought:

The next meditation is designed to “un-hypnotise” you.

What’s that you say?

You aren’t hypnotised? Sorry to tell you but you live in a world full of advertising. Turn on the TV or go for a quick drive and tell me you are not being blasted by an advertisement every 5 seconds.

If you live in a rural community I might believe you.

How long before you make your way past one though? Let’s cut the bullshit and tell it for what it is. All advertising is brainwashing, and all brainwashing is forced hypnotism.

Still don’t believe me?

Do me a favour and next time you get an urge for a Big Mac and cheese or a Bud light ask yourself why you got it.

Don’t just ask yourself, trace the thought and pin point exactly what it was that made you think you wanted one. Not just the easy answer of “I was hungry”.

I want you to trace the whole pathway of your thought and why it was you chose a Big Mac and cheese over a Subway 6 inch. Was choice even involved in the equation?

You’ll probably find that you can’t pin point the exact moment that thought took hold. It was just sort of there in the back of your mind, then when your hunger instinct kicked in the thought took charge of “you”.

Now start doing it with all of your thoughts. I want you to catch every single thought you have, remove yourself to a third person perspective and start analysing them objectively.

I want you to ask yourself why it is you like that certain brand of car over all others.

Why you like that certain football team out of all the rest.

Why you find people that wear body piercings and tattoos distasteful. All those thoughts that are heavily ingrained into you and have the potential to make you choose one thing over another.

All those things that have the potential to make you make serious life choices.

Anything which will lead you to have a heavy emotive reaction to a situation. Everything. You are no longer allowed to just react to situations on autopilot.

Though when you inevitably do, I want you to ask yourself why you reacted that way. Do these thoughts belong to you, or are they a part of a family or social “tradition” that has been handed down to you through cultural biasing. You will be surprised how many thoughts are not actually “yours”.

Once you start catching these thoughts, try experimenting with neutralising them with their polar opposites.

When there is a “gnawing feeling” that you should react a certain way, take a breath and just observe it passively.

The human mind has a myriad of triggers that professionals have learnt how to push and prod. Unfortunately for you, they don’t stop being pushed just when an advertisement has run its course through your head.

This is how you learn how to deactivate them. By doing so you will be teaching yourself to be less prone to manipulation whilst in the void space.

You will strengthen your psychological disposition towards dealing with whatever the dream state throws at you. This is a big part of what occult philosophy is about.

This meditation will then extend into vanquishing the inner monologue in your head. That voice and imagery inside your head at bed time that tends to trail off and lead you down a road of sheer randomness.

Effective lucid dreaming and astral projection comes from finding a way to completely vanquish those thoughts.

When you lie there in bed try focusing on the sound of your breathing and nothing else. It takes some practice but eventually you should be able to notice those distracting thoughts as they arise and refocus on your breathing.

To strengthen this thought vanquishing practice, do yourself a favour and next time you attend a speaking session with someone at a podium in front of a crowd, just sit and observe.

Try to remain in one position and take in your whole surroundings without moving your eyes or your head. Watch how people react to the speaker and try and pin point those reactions that are subconscious ones. Keep your eyes open for as long as possible without blinking.

If done properly this should put you in a trance like state, and your surroundings will become extremely vivid.

Pay attention to your thoughts and take note of any that seem to “scream” at you from seemingly nowhere. What you are doing is tuning into the void space whilst in an awakened state, and preparing yourself for the next meditation.

The Meditation of Stillness of the Body:

This is where things begin to get uncomfortable. And I mean that literally. This meditation builds upon the still position used to induce a trance like state. It is, in my opinion, the most important practice one must master if they want to be able to remain conscious through the transition into the sleeping state. One should try going to bed before they reach a noticeable state of fatigue.

To begin with you are going to take up a comfortable position, and you are going to lie there for as long as possible unmoving. The idea is to build up the length of time you can remain unmoving.

Keep trying for just a little bit longer every time you practice it.

The key is not move even through every annoying itch and twitch your body goes through. Your goal should be to build up to being able to lie unmoving for at least an hour or more.

The annoyingness at the situation should actually benefit you by keeping you awake.  If you can keep yourself awake, you will begin to notice that after awhile, everything starts to become “numb”.

For me, my arms are usually the first the go. This is the preliminary stage to sleep paralysis, or what is known as the hypnagogic state in astral projection circles (the line between the two is very blurry).

The numbness is your consciousness preparing to disengage from the body.  It is from here you can either induce an astral projection or conscious transition into the void space. but not before going through sleep paralysis.

Alas these are subjects which require a whole article themselves, so for now just keep practicing these meditations as they will prepare you for the next phase where the fun really starts to begin. After a month you should start being better prepared for these next stages of lucid dreaming.

Ah. this is enough for now. There's a lot of "meat" to absorb here. Soak it in. Enjoy it, and soon enough part 9 will be posted. Best Regards. -MM

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

[daegonmagus] – Part 7 – PROJECT ALPHA

The following is the seventh part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

-MM

This particular article is not part of the direct set of articles that are autobiographical in scope and content.

Instead, this article concerns a project, or an idea that needs to be worked on and “flushed out”. I present it here in it’s rough state for others to consider and ponder.

Part 7 – PROJECT: ALPHA

As explained by daegonmagus…

This is an experimental project I wrote up a few years back which explains telepathy using basic radio engineering principles. 

Not sure if you want to put it up as an article, it is somewhat incomplete, but it resonates strongly with what the Domain Commander told you about tech that can be used to unlock the non physical body. 

I am certain the void space of lucidity can be used to properly tune the body to pick up these telepathic frequencies. I will go into another article on that when I've got the time.

This article is by no means finalized. This is just a rough draft for MM readership to consider and absorb.

HYPOTHESIS:

There potentially exists an invisible energy field that surrounds the human aura in the region of the head which seems to be susceptible to fluctuations in electromagnetic/ magnetic fields.

It is presumed that if a strong enough field enters this energy’s boundaries at a specific frequency of resonance, then the subject may be able to achieve astral projection and/ or lucid dreaming more easily than if they did not experience this auric distortion.

Such propositions are based on alleged unorthodox happenings from numerous sources such as the Philadelphia Experiment, the Gibb’s device – more commonly known as the Hyper Dimensional Resonator or HDR -, radionics devices and the authors own experience involving a method by which to render people and objects light insofar as their mass weight is concerned, as well as other documentation concerned with the Schuman resonance.

The goal of the project is to use electronic engineering and radio communication methodologies, as well as components, such as the bifilar and caduceus coils, to develop devices that will specifically target a range of frequencies to try and induce such states of mind.

OVERVIEW:

General radio theory dictates that all that is needed for the wireless transmission of electromagnetic energy is for a conductor of a required length to be electrified by an energy source at a frequency dictated by that very length.

Without delving to deeply into the complexities of this science, extensive studies into this phenomena have proven that another frequency can be attached to the frequency by which this conductor’s energy propagates, thus allowing for the transference of analogue or digital information to be sent from one location to another via the space between them, to be received by a similar apparatus.

Two important understandings must be made from this general theory – that all conductors are potential transmitters, and that all conductors are potential receivers.

All that is left for this “communication” to be intelligible is the filtering out of parasitic frequencies, known as noise, and the derivation of circuits that will allow control over which frequencies are to be used in transmission and how they shall be deciphered – which is the art of radio engineering. As a result, oscillators are used as a means to “tune” transmission and reception to a desired frequency, and many different methods have been established to create these components including the use of Resistor/Capacitor or Inductor/ Capacitor networks, and applying electrical signals to various crystal substrates such as quartz which in turn allows for them to resonate.

Keeping these things in mind it is also important to understand the implications this field of science poses to the human body (or any biological body for that matter), for the human body is really nothing more than a complex electrical circuit itself, consisting of a maze of nervous pathways that are constantly pulsating with energy, as well as conductive fluids, mass resistances and salts that together when combined could potentially establish perfect environments for these oscillations to take place thus allowing for the transmission or reception of some uncontrolled energy, especially in a being whose stature mimics that of a Marconi antenna (upright) when awake, and that of a Yagi antenna (parallel to the ground) when they are asleep.

There have been multiple accounts of people reporting they have heard radio broadcasts in their head after dental procedures, a similar set of experiences of which the author can attest to, though they were caused by an unfortunate susceptibility to perforated eardrums as a child and nothing to do with the former.

It is by reason and logic then I theorise that the subjects in these cases were somehow modifying the electrical characteristics of their bodies in such a way as to provide a direct deciphering of certain radio signals at their ears or the nerves close to them.

If unrecognized or unintentional oscillation of the body’s chemical composition is what is really occurring in these cases, then it is not altogether unreasonable to assume that the body could also be emitting a set of frequencies of its own, given its remarkable ability to act as if it has a constant battery feeding it energy.  The above scrutinization offers the following possibilities, depending on where the areas of the most prominent oscillations are occurring;

  • If oscillation is localized to circulatory system pathways, by using electromagnetic wave propagation theory where frequency = 3×108 / wavelength, (assuming the wavelength of a circulatory system to be 60000 miles in length) the potential frequency of oscillations would most likely sit somewhere around 3Hz.
  • If oscillation is localized to nervous system pathways, by using EM wave propagation theory and assuming the wavelength of a nervous system is 40 miles in length the frequency would be 4.66kHz.
  • If oscillation localized to grey matter nerve lengths, by using EM wave propagation theory and assuming the wavelength of a myelinated nerve fibre is 150 – 180000km long, the frequency would be between 1.6 and 2Hz.

I note these finding as extremely interesting, as one experience I had involved the stable awakening from a lucid dream whereby the physical world was transposed over the dream one in a wavy like manner at a rate somewhere near these extremely low frequencies (ELFs), which was to provide a basis for further investigation.

Also to be noted is another incidence where I fell into a lucid dream just as a plane went overhead, and witnessed the transition of the frequency of the plane being slowed to less than half of its original value, whereby some sort of up-scaling phasing effect was introduced.

If one were to study methods of astral projection on the other hand, majority of the techniques seem to involve the lowering or raising of the subjects energy frequency to a level that will initiate this projection.

Devices have even reportedly been used whereby they have brought about such projections almost effortlessly, by using insulated electric currents to alter the energy field near the head.

Some documentations of astral projection also point to a type of magnetism that will pull the astral body back into its physical if care is not taken to rid oneself of its effect immediately upon projection.

My own experiences in this area have led me to believe one hears a high pitched frequency shortly before projection, which sounds extremely similar to the immediate fizzing sound of when a bottle of soft drink is opened.

If I were to take a wild guess I would say this noise sits in the kHz range possibly between 4kHz and 10kHz.

All this is suggestive that there are frequencies at work which together create some sort of complex sinusoidal wave form (ie two or more sinusoidal waves multiplied or “mixed” together) that provides a locking mechanism for the astral consciousness within the physical.

The chemical change one’s body undergoes when falling asleep further strengthens my assumptions as to this being the case, as it would bring about a substantial change in systems of oscillation.

I have also noted many dietary coincidences in a lot of my lucid dreams that seem to point to sugar and the nutrients in chilli chicken dishes having a profound effect. It is therefore my intent to try to manipulate these frequencies to see if the astral body, or lucid consciousness can be unlocked from the physical counterpart resulting in a more effortless experience..

Another important consideration is the technique used to make the mass of people and objects much lighter than usual, whereby hands are placed over the head / top by a group of people each positioned so they are not touching. For those who have not experienced this technique first hand, I can attest to the strange feeling that occurs when more and more hands are placed.

It is as if some form of dense energy is being sucked away and you start to become lighter. This suggests to me that the head is best place to start energetic manipulation experiments. I would assume the radiation pattern to be like that of a toroid, the head being the centre of the parabola.

APPARATUS:

Purpose built frequency generators that can be tuned in increments of 10s of Hertz. Given these frequencies are likely to be extremely low, RC oscillators seem like the only choice available, which is unfortunate as these devices are not considered stable. 555 timers provide an easy way to implement this type oscillator and only require a few external components, whose values can be varied to alter the frequency. Where higher frequencies are being controlled, I suggest using a crystal type oscillator and tuning via an inductor/capacitor network.

Bifilar pancake coils seem to be a good candidate for the vertical transmission of energy that will penetrate a few centimetres. It is likely that a more complex circuit will need to be developed in order to transmit energy around the whole head.

The human body is thought to generate around 100 watts of power, and if my suppositions of it being a transmitter are correct, this would mean that a telepathic thought could quite easily be broadcast over the world if the body can be tuned to efficiently propagate it, considering that this can be done using only a few milliwatts with morse code modulation techniques .

My supposition is that the void space entered after one remains conscious through the sleep paralysis stage during the transition into the sleeping state, can be used as the medium by which to “tune” the body to a more efficient propagation frequency.

This basis for my assumption on this is that I was able to use it to tune into the dialect of a non physical species and then communicate with them whilst in this state. I believe they were located very far from Earth.

They spoke in a clickity clack language that was completely alien to anything we have on earth. After going through the tuning process, we were then able to share a commonality of understanding and they spoke directly to me.

AREAS FOR FURTHER STUDY:
Modulating thought frequencies on bodily produced carrier waves (Telepathy)

Ah. this is enough for now. There's a lot of "meat" to absorb here. Soak it in. Enjoy it, and soon enough part 8 will be posted. Best Regards. -MM

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

[daegonmagus] – Part 6 – Astral Assignment 1  – The Consciousness Prison

The following is the sixth part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

-MM

Part 6 – Astral Assignment 1  – The Consciousness Prison

Daegonmagus Astral Assignment 1  – The Consciousness Prison.

This article relates to what I call my “astral assignments”. These differ from my mystical experiences with the Elder Guardians and the Unseen 5.  Although I was not connected to a higher state of conscious awareness, I was still completely lucid in these assignments. I know that they were simply not just fabrications of my mind whilst in the dream state. Usually I would be “abducted” out of my dreamscapes of my own devising and just wind up carrying out one of these assignments.

This assignment marks the first time I realised my astral body was being utilised as an infiltration agent into “strange bases”. It is the first real memory I have that something incredibly weird was going on in the non physical planes. This was the experience that led me to believe there was some sort of Astral War being carried out in these planes that I was directly involved in. It happened around the time I was able to remote view from an off world intelligence and inhabit its body. I would have been about 14 or 15, so by then I had developed some quite advanced consciousness projection techniques. I believe it was those very techniques which marked my candidacy for this assignment.

I am actually relieved I have a comfortable place to talk about this. Anywhere else and I would surely be labelled as insane. I have been holding on to this memory for the about 15 years, probably a bit more.

Now, if you’ve been a part of any UFO or remote viewing related communities you may have come across people claiming places like area 51 containing “5th dimensional security setups”. These security setups allegedly can stop you from astral projecting or remote viewing these bases. One of the accounts I have read of this happening to someone during a remote viewing session is that they  “had to have an intense battle with their mind before they could get back to their physical body”. While I cannot vouch for the particular “areas” in question, I can tell you with 100% surety that these systems DO exist. This is not something I will budge in my beliefs over; I experienced one (technically two- read Part 5) of these things. I have first hand experience of how they operate and how to escape from them. When you read Airl’s statement about the electronic screens that trap consciousness, this is what I am talking about. Airl describes them almost exactly how I experienced them. In fact the one she speaks about being on Mars that her Domain officer found could very well be the same one I speak about in this article. I always thought it was the moon, but then again I never saw the surface.

The intention of this article is not scare anyone, but provide a briefing into this particular facility I was in; what it looks like, the layout, where the consciousness prison is located etc. It is my plan to provide a framework of the techniques I used to escape in case anyone ever finds themselves unfortunate enough to be caught in one in my future articles on lucid dreaming.

The assignment:

I had consciously entered into the dream state and was halfway engaged in a dream construct of my own devising. Whatever the construct was, I cannot remember it. There was a sudden blankness, and all of a sudden my surroundings changed (this is a frequent occurrence with me in and LD – the precluding circumstances to my assignments were always wiped from me).

I was now in the middle of a large, underground cavernous area which I just knew was off world {in relation to earth}. There was this strange sort of bluish hue like some sort of artificial light was illuminating the whole cavern. It wasn’t like how we know illumination works from light sources. This was like there was like a blue wash over everything; if you can imagine looking through a pair of sun glasses with a blue tint to them, this is what it was like. Everything was being filtered through this blue hue. Even though it seemed to be night time, the blue hue made everything visible.

I was smack bang in the middle of this cavern. Underneath my feet the rocks were very jagged and littered everywhere. I was in amongst a crowd of bipedal type humanoids, though they were not human.

This crowd I estimate to be 10 to 20 thousand in number. They were all out tending to the rocks as if they were crops.

I was blending in with them which makes me believe that I had “taken over” one of their bodies. This would explain the blue hue; I suspect it was a sort of natural night vision their eyes had. I specifically remember standing back and observing them with my arms crossed, suggesting I was in fact in a physical body.

At one end of this cavern was a “mouth” the size of an aircraft hangar that led to a darker cave tunnel. To the back was the dwellings of these people which looked like square houses made of rock similar to Middle Eastern design. The whole cavern area was fairly flat, considering, and was a few acres in diameter wall to wall. Towards the tunnel mouth end was a large boulder.

At the other end of the cavern clearing was a cluster of square shaped buildings laid out in a similar manner to a city, but much smaller. They were similar in design to buildings of the Middle East. They were piled on top of each other in a sort of Favela type arrangement. In front of them was a wall of rock that had been left untouched that blocked the city off from the rocky outcrops that lay between them and the cavern tunnel on the far wall. This wall did not reach the roof – the buildings were higher than it – and had a single break in it that led into the maze of buildings.

Even 16 years later I have a vivid image of this cavern base. I can mentally zoom up and above the dwellings as if I am flying a drone with a camera on it. I have a photographic memory of the whole place and the layout of it. My insertion point was to a “raised” sort of area to the right of the front gate (the break in the rock wall) so I could sort of see into the complex. I was there, there is no question in my mind about this; it was no hallucination, or just “a dream”. Neither was it terrestrial. I am sure of this.

Each cluster was separated by a thin road or path, 2 or 3 meters wide that was made out of typical whitish grey concrete, which was intersected at right angles by other roads every 50 or so meters. As you go through the break in the rock wall, there are the dwellings to your immediate left hugging the wall back that way, and to the right it is if the wall just extends backwards. In other words you can turn left(after going past a block of dwellings), but not right. The pathway through the buildings from the break in the wall would thus be straight, left, straight before the intersections come into play. This proceeds  in this manner all the way to the wall behind the dwellings.

There were elements that were surprisingly human such as the concrete pathway and roller doors embedded into some of the buildings. There were approximately 5 times the amount of people to dwellings. The consciousness prison was located in what appeared to be a standard sized garage or carport underneath one of the buildings right near the break in the rock wall. If you were to head straight through the rock wall and turn left, the consciousness prison would be on your right, right on the corner.

This cubic dwelling network was about an acre or 2 at most in area, and extended all the way to the back wall of the cavern, as if the dwellings had been “carved” out of existing rock. If you think of magma that has been laser carved to precision into a cube, this is what the dwellings sort of looked like, except yellowish; the rock they had come from had first been melted/liquefied then “precision cut”. Each dwelling had square shaped holes which I took for windows, though no glass was present in them, and were about 5 meters squared in size, on average, maybe a bit bigger, with multiple stories. They were of a very modern design. It was like a mini city.

All of a sudden a being appeared at the mouth of the cavern and stood on the boulder that was in front of it. I am not sure if “he” appeared out of thin air or if “he” came from the tunnel behind , but everyone  began flocking to this being curious as to what he had to say. They appeared to know who he was.

I remember realizing I was here on a reconnaissance mission specifically to gain information on this being and what was going on in this place. I approached him, confident that I could camouflage and conceal myself as one of the other “people”.

The “Clone God” (this was my name for him), from memory, at first looked like he had white hair but the closer I got I realized it was actually made of a rice like substance that gave him a short haired appearance, like a number 3 crew cut. He grinned a very disconcerting smile that was extremely fake and just felt plain wrong, like he was suffering from a very bad case of Botox poisoning in his face. I remember it reminded me of a typical celebrity smile, but laced with psychopathic substance unlike anything you could ever imagine. Behind his stare there was a blankness to him that was just wrong; you could feel the lack of empathy emanating from within him.

He was wearing some kind of robes, like he was a cult leader or something. Very Charlie Manson-esc.

I watched as the “people” flocked to him in awe, then he opened his mouth, but instead of talking something happened whereby the townspeople turned into exact replicas of him. There would have been enough people to fill up a Metallica concert. I am pretty sure at one point he took off his robe, and I noticed he had no signs of genitalia, as he was naked, with very pale white skin.

I realized  – in one of the few times I felt fear during these assignments –  that my cover was blown, and this thing was toying with me. The mass conversion of townspeople to clones was specifically for my “entertainment”. I could sense this as he just stood smiling and looking around with eyes wide open like he was a robot. I think at one point I could feel myself being “cloned”, and may have even possibly undergone a timeline reset to the moment before he cloned me.

The smile remained exactly the same the whole time on not only him, but every one of his clones, it never wavered for a second. If you think of a massive crowd of people with this same smile, all turning their heads in perfect unison , eyes wide open without ever blinking, this is what I was smack bang in the middle of, and why I remember it so intensely. It was one of the weirdest and most uncomfortable positions I have ever been in (Storme relayed a similar account of synchronous head turning with a mysterious being Vince and his dog).

This was very reminiscent of the scene in the Matrix where Agent Smith continually replicated himself, then tried doing it to Neo. I hadn’t watched this movie in quite a number of years and I am quite certain I wasn’t being influenced by it, which makes me question the similarities.

After the reset I ran to the cluster of buildings, down an alley and eventually took refuge in what appeared to be a garage with a roller door. I was planning on aborting the mission and exfiltrating out. I did not realize the part of the concrete floor was a hologram, and I fell straight through it. Usually in lucid dreams when something like this would happen I would just manifest myself an exit, or “fly out”, but I soon realized there was a sort of an invisible force field that wouldn’t let me do it. Both the Domain Commander and Airl describe this force field in the exact way to how I experienced it. It is like an electronic net that you can’t get past no matter how skilled at consciousness projection you are.

It prevented me from summoning the portals (what I used to travel the non physical planes), in which I had to manually try and project inwardly and outwardly. Every time I did it was just bounce me back into the center of the room which was about 3 meters squared in area.

I was also still 100% lucid, and realized that this room was preventing me from getting back into my body back on earth. I couldn’t manifest any of the weaponry I’d usually be able to in practically all of my other LDs, or anything that I could use. My consciousness was completely bound to this room and its altered quantum rules. To make matters worse I had an army of “beings” converging on me to try and “collect my consciousness”. I had to evade them by bouncing around this 3×3 room and at the same time try and think up a way to get out.

I realized this place was a sort of lab or asylum as it had the typical layout of many rooms and hallways (these rooms didn’t have doors) with the same sort of white tiles on the walls.

The alarms went off and then I was captured and thrown into one of these rooms (the room I fell into was sort of like the “pre-containment” area. I could see through the floor hologram as if it only appeared as a floor on one side and on the other was not there). It’s hard to explain but basically these rooms lacked almost any means to navigate correctly.

When you are acting as purely conscious thought form there are certain techniques you use to project your consciousness to a specific place, which pulls you to that point. A very basic outline is that you think of something and then it appears, but this is what was wrong with this asylum; it didn’t allow for such things to happen, at least not very easily.

It disallowed me the ability to recreate my dreamscape at will, something I had become very, very good at. It was a room that interfered with visualization and imagination techniques and was purposefully built to contain a consciousness by distorting them in a similar, but more intense, manner to the sub conscious distortions in the void space I’d learnt how to overcome. I could see how a wandering consciousness untrained in such projection techniques could quite easily get caught here and never be able to return to its body. It was quite horrible and terrifying.

I remember the only thing in the room was a picture or map or something hanging on the wall, and I realized I could somehow use this as a portal to phase in and out of that particular dimension by accessing the energy signature attached to it. The phasing allowed me just enough quantum relocation to progress to another room with a one way window (a wall to the being on the inside and an examination window to the people on the outside).

Again I had to figure out a way to get through it, which involved some sort of bouncing of my consciousness back and forth between rooms. It’s like you scan the room and try and find a quantum entangled particle to relocate through. A fourth dimensional point in the past that you can use to “tunnel” through the force field before it was created. That’s the best way I can describe it. It is extremely hard to do and tested me to the very limits of my lucid abilities.

This maze of rooms went on for some time before I eventually found the exit. I was evading many guards as they chased me through the complex trying to contain me: they did not want me to leave. I had ALOT of beings chasing me around this place. Me getting out of the containment room was evidently a very big deal for them. The alarms are something I can remember quite vividly as well.

I finally made it to what seemed to be a sort of elevator shaft that I was able to exfiltrate out of via consciousness projection techniques I had taught myself.

This whole experience was a test to the very limits of my escape and evade techniques I had been using on various other world entities for a number of years since I first began Lucid Dreaming. It was a test to my ability to be able to keep my conscious at a level needed to survive. Basically, if you get captured and an entity messes with this ability to stay “conscious” in the dream world, it can become very, very difficult to actually wake back up in the physical body. The most important thing is that you cannot allow yourself to freak out. All attention and effort must go to remaining conscious despite the heavy distortions that are trying to knock you out.  I knew if I got knocked out, it would be game over.

It’s weird. It’s like when something grabs you, you feel your energy being sucked away by it, and with it your consciousness as well. The dreamscape becomes hazy and you dwindle mentally into an uncomfortable sort of insanity. The more powerful the entity the quicker you become depleted. The further you move away from them, the more you regain consciousness and your sanity. Had I not had even a few years’ worth of lucid dreaming experience behind me I am absolutely certain I would not have been able to get back to my body. Through my experience in advanced visualization practices I was able to break through this haziness just long enough to escape. I suspect this sort of capturing accounts for a lot of deaths with unexplainable causes, after going to sleep and never waking up. This was a real experience. I am damned sure of it.

Conclusion

So I can relate to everything the Commander said in regards to how dangerous these sorts of complexes are. You don’t want to ever find yourself caught in one.

Ah. this is enough for now. There's a lot of "meat" to absorb here. Soak it in. Enjoy it, and soon enough part 7 will be posted. Best Regards. -MM

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

[daegonmagus] – Part 5 – Miscellaneous Experiences – Alien Abduction Dreams

The following is the fifth part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

-MM

Part 5 – Miscellaneous Experiences – Alien Abduction Dreams

Daegonmagus Miscellaneous Experiences – Alien Abduction Dreams

A digression from my mystical experiences.

Around the time of my Initiation into the Unseen 5 I started having abduction dreams. In some of these I was lucid, in others I wasn’t. Some of them dealt with hybridisation breeding programs, and others dealt with just general abduction scenarios. One{lucid one} in particular dealt with a consciousness prison exactly as Airl had described them in Alien Interview. This wasn’t the first time I had been contained in one of these prisons – I will go into that in another article. In both incidents I had been fairly (90+%) lucid.

Of these dreams, three in particular stood out. I have a very vivid memory of these three “dreams”.

The first was a standard {non lucid} dream. Our bed had just broken so we were temporarily sleeping on just a mattress on the floor. I remember going to sleep just before sunset. It was still light outside.

I dreamt I was walking out the front door of Storme’s mother’s place one evening after dinner to get something out of my car. The car was situated about 50 metres away under a car port that ran perpendicular to the house. To get there you had to walk down the veranda and up a few steps, before going through a gate and stepping over a piece of grass that lay between the gate and fence. I can still remember the vividness of the dream, and how I was preoccupied with the random thoughts I would usually have whenever I would go and get something – usually my phone or thongs (sandals) – from the car.

I got to the fence, opened it, but as I was closing the latch in place a large, unmoving object drew my attention to the sky. There right above and in front of me, half hidden by clouds was a spaceship that I remembered thinking looked a lot like the one out of the Halo games I used to play as a kid.

The ship itself was covered in strange symbols. It was that big and close that I could see them as clear as day. It appeared to have a large hole underneath it that protruded back into the ship.

As I stood and watched, a ring of blue light like the flame of a butane torch illuminated the circular shaped hole. My last thought was “oh shit” as I realized it was about to “pull me in”. I blacked out and woke up in my bed.  Storme’s mother’s house was 50km away.

I woke up completely dazed and confused about where the hell I was; I actually woke up screaming “where am I and what the fuck just happened” as it took me a good few minutes to remember that we were  in our house.

The last time I woke up like this was when I was 7 and I had to stay at my grandmother’s place as a large bushfire ravaged our town and burnt down our neighbors house.  Despite all the shit I had experienced through lucid dreaming, this was just not something I did – ever. Even when remembering the electrocution and soul torture I never woke up in this state of panic and disorientation. It was if I had forgotten a whole years’ worth of time spent at this house.
Something about it felt really off. It felt as though I had just been plucked from one timeline and placed back in the past. It was like that dream was actually a future event that I had been “reset” from. MMs articles on the MWI are the first I have come across that provide an explanation for that feeling.

The second one happened about a year after my initiation into the Unseen 5.

I need to digress here to give an understanding of my mind set during this abduction where I was much more lucid than the first. It is relevant, particularly when talking about manipulating our “souls.”

I had been reading up on the free man movement; the idea that people are sovereign entities that have been tricked into working for a corporation that poses as a government. While I won’t say I completely believed in it, I was curious about testing out some of the theories. And crazy enough to actually go through with it.

To cut a long story short, let’s just say I pissed off the bank who I had a loan out on my car with and a few cops. Although the bank gave me a $250 credit on my account for my efforts, the cops played a little more hard ball. I was fined for not paying my car registration – which was actually because I couldn’t afford it. Rather than pay the fine within the 30 day limit, I decided to take it to court because, well, I wanted to know what the court system process was like.

After the incident with my hand, I witnessed first hand how cops failed in their duties to protect their citizens. I witnessed first hand how the justice system was more interested in upholding its laws than getting justice for victims of crime. So when the opportunity came to sit on the other side of the judge and be made out to be a terrible person simply for being poor, I obliged. It was a lesson worth learning and it ended up costing me about $350 (which I paid off in $10 instalments).

The logic of fining someone even more money for not being able to afford to pay for their car registration in the first place told me everything I needed to know about the moral code of these “judges”. These guys worked for the same slave gods the Grand Elder warned me about, I was sure of it. I mean, nothing spells slavery more than being fined for being too poor. It’s not like anyone ever bothered to check my vehicle to make sure it was still roadworthy after paying the registration. That was, according to the policy on the form, the whole point of the registration. Apparently.

So there I sat there in court, watching the judge dish out punishments for the many people who were called up before me. A lot of them had similar offenses related to poverty. Some were just plain idiots.

Suddenly something dawned on me; I was in what seemed to be a re-enactment of a ceremony I had read about in my books on Ancient Egypt.

The ceremony I am speaking about is the weighing of the heart ceremony. For those who are not familiar with it, this ceremony is said to take place after death, and is undertaken by each soul trying to make passage into the after life. It was considered one of the most important beliefs in Ancient Egyptian culture.

What happens is that the heart of the soul is weighed against the feather of Maat. If the soul is pure, the feather outweighs the heart and Maat grants passage into the after life. If the soul has committed “sins” during its physical life, it becomes weighted down and causes an imbalance in the scales of Maat. The soul of the impure are then said to be cast down into the underworld where they are eaten by the deity Ammit; a cross between a crocodile and human (cue the Reptilian conspiracies). During the ceremony, it is said that Thoth transcribes the whole process, whilst Anubis stands guard at the entrance to the ceremony to stop souls from escaping the trial.

There I sat in court watching as the judge re-enacted the role of Maat and handed out punishment after punishment. I watched as the man next to him re-enacted the role of Thoth as he typed the proceedings of the court out on his computer. And I watched how the Bailiff re enacted the role of Anubis as he stood guard at the door. Though they were not present in the less “important” courts like I was in, I was aware the Supreme Courts liked to show off their scales {of Maat}. And didn’t judges like to write their sentences down using a quill pen {feather of Maat}? It was all so obvious to me what was going on. Were these guys even conscious to the fact they were engaging in an Ancient Egyptian Ritual? Or did they just go along with because that was the way the proceedings were taught to them in law school?

Either I was bat shit crazy or I had stumbled upon a secret which the free man movement had been trying to convey but failed to point out properly; all court systems were re-enactments of the weighing of the heart ceremony and the “guilty” were being tried as “dead entities”. Suddenly the whole “fictitious” title on your birth certificate thing thing made a whole lot more sense.  Apparently a “person” is defined in the bible as a “non living entity”, according to those in the free man movement. I found that rather interesting.

The point of whether the concept was real or just a machination of my own delusions is irrelevant. The relevant part is that it got me thinking; how many people in the world actually bother to declare that their soul is not for sale?

How many people in the world actually thought about their soul as much as they thought about something they did on a regular basis like brushing their teeth?

There was, after all, some sort of animating principle behind every person’s existence. Some sort of invisible spark that gave life to them and filled them with enough energy to power their heartbeat for an entire lifetime. How many people recognized this undeniable characteristic about themselves and actually made the mental thought that it wasn’t for sale or was not allowed to be used for any other purpose other than what its divine creator intended?

Conversely, how many people unwillingly gave their energy away through the allowance of unseen parasites. If they were unaware they had an astral body existing in a plane filled with all sorts of traveling entities, then it was only logical to assume they were sitting ducks just waiting for something to come along and “harvest from them”.

Moreover, if an astral parasite was attached to an individual and you signed a contract written by that individual to allow him and his “associates” any sort of power over you, could the parasite not technically be an associate of his, allowing your power to be given in not just the physical plane, but the non-physical as well?

Like I said, my thoughts and operations were not just those bound to this physical domain. As an Electronics Technician I had been trained to look at a complete system, not just one small part of it. This was the same train of thought I applied to the universe and its unseen aspects. You could say I was eager to understand how the non-physical planes affected the physical.

So I created a prayer or a spell or whatever you want to call it, specifically aimed at reclaiming my soul and nullifying any celestial contracts I had unwillingly entered it into through my own ignorance. If I had given away my power unconsciously through contracts, I wanted to consciously regain it. All of it.

I wrote this in the body of a professional like contract email and sent it off to my father. I figured as he was the one who entered me into such a contract whilst being my legal guardian when he signed my birth certificate, he was the best person to send it to. He was very straight edged and one of the biggest sceptics you’ll ever meet, who thinks astral projection/ lucid dreaming is a load of nonsense. He told me later he thought I’d definitely fallen off the sanity boat. Not that I really gave a shit. Our had been pretty rocky any way. I couldn’t say that his opinion on anything I did was something I held in high regard.

I sent the email, ate dinner, had a shower and then went to bed. As I sat there and closed my eyes, something felt different. I felt liberated. I felt some kind of invisible weight had been lifted. I could “perceive a spherical “space” in front of my eyelids whenever I would close them. I hadn’t been able to perceive this space for quite a few years; it was something I used to be able to see when I was deep into my meditation regime. After having kids, it slowly disappeared and was replaced by a boring veil that had no depth to it.

So there I lay, playing around with this space and the feeling of distorted gravity it brought with it. It felt like I was strapped to the bed and was being spun gently through the Z axis. It was something I always enjoyed whenever it would happen. Call me weird, I know. I ended up falling sleep in what was a non conscious transition into the sleeping state.

Interestingly, that very night I “appeared” {in the dream} half lying in the water and shore of a swamp covered in reeds. Some of these reeds had been arranged over the top of me in what appeared to be an effort to conceal me.

To begin with I was in a daze. I was flittering in and out of consciousness like I had been drugged with the same substance that had been used on me many years ago during the experiences in my youth before becoming completely lucid. I realized someone had draped a tarp or something across me as there was something really bad and strange going on up ahead. It was as if they had tried to hide me in amongst the reeds of this swamp as best they could.

There were these lights or something high up in the sky. They were scanning the area exactly like how prison lights scanned for an escaped convict.

Mistakenly, I ripped this tarp off me in my confusion, drawing the attention of whatever was up ahead. Suddenly I was surrounded by a blue or green light and the next thing I knew I was being pulled upwards along with all the water from the swamp and others who had been hiding.

This swamp was the equivalent to a few football fields in size and the whole thing was being sucked upwards towards the sky. I only remember a handful of other people being sucked up. The lights were too bright to make out any kind of ship, but it seemed like a very obvious thing that is what this was. Judging from the size of the lake that was being sucked up, the ship would have been HUGE.

I blacked out and came to in a metallic looking room on a bed where a medical procedure was taking place. Then I found myself being aggressively pushed into another room by the same beings that operated on me – their faces becoming a blur in the haze what was my drugged consciousness.

I remember seeing a smooth metallic door slide open to my right before I was pushed into a room that was totally dark and devoid of any light whatsoever. This is where I started to become lucid. It is then that something strange happened; I began to glitch in and out of the dimension I was in into another one.

This happened repeatedly every couple of hundred milliseconds, and every new dimension was completely different to any of the ones before it. It is hard to describe but if you have a slide show of different environments and quickly flick through it, this is what was happening to my reality around me. I was being “dimension spun” in an effort to torture and disorientate my consciousness.

There was an overlay reality placed in front of me that I could not interact with. It was a reality where my wife – now pregnant with our second child –  and my boy were going to get ice cream. It was like that reality was put there to remind me where I’d come from while I got spun through a myriad of different ones. At this point I was pretty much completely lucid.

In the overlay reality my boy asked where I was and when I would be coming home, with a saddened look on his face, to which my wife – assuming I had abandoned them – told him I would not be coming back. It was like I was slightly out of phase with them; I could see them, but they could not see me. I was supposed to be meeting them here at the ice creamery. I tried yelling and screaming at them as loud as I could and reaching out to them, but my hand would just sink right through theirs, even though I was standing right next to them.

It was excruciatingly obvious what this was; this was a direct threat telling me to be “good” or I would be taken away from my family, though at the time I honestly thought that I wouldn’t be seeing them again. A deep depression welled inside of me despite this never once ever happening any other times I had been lucid. Lucidity was my place of happiness and freedom; it had never been used against me in this manner before, except for the prior incident in the consciousness prison and the torture scenarios. This dimension spinning was a new experience (it happened before the cult of Psaigreen experience).

The dimension spinning went on for a very long time, and I was at one point locked in the basement of an old derelict house. There wasn’t anything in here except a few dusty cobwebs and a rotten frame of a bed. The bed didn’t even have a mattress on it.

The spinning eventually stopped, and I tried projecting my consciousness out of the basement using every lucid dreaming and astral projection trick I had in me, but nothing would work. It appeared they had learnt from their mistakes when they tried to contain my consciousness in the off world facility when I was 15 or 16. You may have heard stories of remote viewers trying to view restricted areas and having to “battle with their own mind” to get back into their body. This is an incredibly accurate analogy of what I had to go through. Once you get trapped in them, it is very difficult to get back to your body.

My consciousness would come to be trapped in this new prison for what equated to at least an entire “year” worth of earth time.

There is a scene in the movie “Inception” where an Asian man is trapped in the dream for years. Leornado Di Caprio finds him in the lucid world, wakes him up and it turns out he has only been a sleep for a single night. This is a very accurate portrayal of how things work in the lucid dreaming world.  This was the longest my consciousness had ever been in a state of lucidity without coming back to the physical world for a breather. It was beyond fucking maddening. I say that a lot, I know.

From memory I believe I was let out of that basement and flicked over to an alternate world. This world was some sort of recreation of a nearby town (in this physical plane) with a completely different layout. It was below even third world poor; houses were in shit state and there was rubbish absolutely everywhere. This was where I “lived” for a year or so outside the timeline of our current physical reality. I have a whole reel of memories of having to walk past this seedy apartment every day to escape the gangs that were parading around town.

For all I knew, my consciousness had been thrown in here and left to rot, meanwhile my body back in my bed on earth would have been lucky to have been seeing the first rays from the next day’s sun coming through the window. It was just like the Asian man in Inception.

I eventually did something, and was able to peel my consciousness away from this prison world and found myself in the back of what appeared to be a transport truck or train carriage with other people in it. I can’t actually remember how I got out. It may have even been that they put me in that world and mind wiped me, then I eventually remembered my body back here and projected back to it.

I started talking to an old woman who sat next to me, and mentioned the swamp, and the dimension spinning. She told me “they” – being our captors – called it the “Wet Room”, and it was where “they” sent the ones who did not play ball with their agenda. In other words the Wet Room was the experience of ultra-dimensional shifting I had undergone. It was the other world I had been left in for a year. It was a torture device reserved specifically for those who did not agree to have their souls guided by the astral parasites they were in control of.

Apparently if you intentionally declared your soul’s sovereignty and nullified all astral contracts it had unwittingly been tricked into partaking in, then you could expect the Extra Terrestrial Gestapo to pay you a visit in your dreams for your troubles. Apparently the free man movement had metaphysical aspects to it that not even they realized.

Good luck with thinking nothing but happy thoughts during your stay in the Wet Room. Maybe my mind was just too damned good at creating hallucinations through dopamine fluctuations. Whatever it was, it lined up perfectly with why Obama V2.0 had me undergo a test to see whether I would hypnotically give consent away in this matter.

It actually took me a good day or two to get my head around the fact I’d been gone a whole year in the span of a night’s sleep. I had to sort of readjust to the idea I was back “here”.

The third abduction dream happened  just before Christmas 2020.

It was more a standard dream than it was a lucid experience, so take it with a grain of salt. In saying that though, it did bring with it a feeling suggestive that it was in fact a memory. It contained elements going back to my first mystical lucid experience where I remembered myself and my class had been involved in some sort of traumatic event that none of us could actually remember the details of:

Myself and my classmates were standing in a in a weird circular room, sort of like a massive warehouse. We were all just standing there a dozen or so of us, not knowing what to do and all looking completely terrified. There was a man with us, and another adult, possibly another man who I believe were our teacher and bus driver as one of the orange buses we used to go on excursions with was parked in the room with us. I would have been about 12; I recognized my classmates.

The walls of the room were metallic, and surrounding us were these guard things that I think were wearing typical human clothing, but somehow their faces were concealed.

There was something in front of us that had our attention so most of us were too focused on that to even notice them. Some sort of smaller craft or something had just landed in the circular room. I remember all of us were hysterical, crying and shaking but not wanting to move too much in case the things attacked us.

We were all sort of looking at each other for some kind of comfort, hoping one of us was going to be brave enough to tell us that everything was going to be ok, but we all knew it wasn’t. There was just something so wrong about the atmosphere and the way we had been dragged here off the bus. It was reminiscent of all the old war videos of Nazi’s rounding up Jewish prisoners I had seen. There was no telepathic communication with us by these beings whatsoever. Everything about it was just so terrifying.

The teacher and the bus driver were as white as ghosts and just stood there to the side of us kids. We were just so cut up that they weren’t even trying to protect us. It was like they were trying to back away and distance themselves from us kids who all been lined up in the middle of this warehouse. They were at the point of fainting.

All the attention was specifically on us kids; lights were focused on us, the guards were surrounding us, as if a group of 11/12 year olds were really a threat to the many of entities in that room or the weapons they carried. The adults were just sort of left at the back and side where the bus was with a single guard. It was obvious they (the adults) were not the centre of attention, and that suited them fine. Neither of them were going to bring such attention to themselves by talking or moving.

Suddenly, I think a door opened on the craft in front of us, and out came these beings wearing the same sort of clothing. It was like a robe but there was no conceivable humanoid body underneath it. It was like it was floating in mid-air, and the robe would float with it, the draft of the air blowing it upwards, like the Dementor’s out of Harry Potter.

All of us stood transfixed at these beings in terror, as they shed their clothing. These were unlike any stereotypical bipedal type alien I have ever seen. They had these smooth tentacle like things on their face where their mouth should have been and large beady eyes; they looked more like cephalopods or like a cuttle fish or octopus or something, but with a mass of tentacles where their body should have been. Like a human nervous system. They reminded me of interpretations I’ve seen on the internet of HP Lovecraft’s Cthulu; but there was no body; just masses of tentacles all bunched and knotted together.

It was like watching a horror movie; as soon as these things shed their robes they came at us with much speed and made a sort of hissing sound. All we could do was recoil as they jumped on us and their face tentacles wrapped around our faces. It was then that I woke up.

My friend, who would have been part of this same class, whose birthday was also the same day I had my first contact with the Elder Guardians, also became incredibly paranoid about reptilians a few years after that {EG} experience. I got the impression he had experienced or remembered something, but he would not tell me what.

Was this just a dream or a memory of an actual event? It certainly felt real. Out of all of them, the Wet Room experience was the one I am most sure about. Because I was lucid through the dimension spinning, I am apt to believe it more than the other two. Being “away” for a year certainly left its impression on me.

Ah. this is enough for now. There's a lot of "meat" to absorb here. Soak it in. Enjoy it, and soon enough part 5 will be posted. Best Regards. -MM

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Why the fundamental Master Template has changed, and what it implies.

This article considers and ponders the motivations of our benefactors to change our Master Template. We also touch on what it implies as well. This is a deep and heady article and not for the faint of heart. For we will discuss what our owners think about us.

"Theoretically, if the amnesia mechanisms being used against Earth could be broken entirely, IS-BEs would regain all of their memory!" 

Introduction

In this POST, I discussed that I had sensed a change in the Master Template. And then I went on to describe was it was, how it works, and so on and so forth. At that time, I hadn’t a clue as to why it was changed, except to say that it is a very, very rare event.

But then I read one of the comments. All credit to Ohio Guy, that said this…

I posit that there are now two master templates that appear identical. Your representation shows a difference in color. One being blue, the other, a bronze color. These are now superimposed, one over the other.

The service to self sentience’s are being assigned one, the service to others, in turn, assigned the other copy.

This, I believe, is to streamline the sorting process such that one does not have to fight the urge to “go into the light” or wait for assistance from the mantids to direct us to be free in the non physical realm at the end of our individual world line. It is automatic. In other words, A base line for us, and a base line for them, (sts sentience).

All with the subtle appearance of being laminated, one over the other, yet, to separate outcomes. (hence the streamlining of sorting) I wonder though, if delamination will occur at some point, whether individually or collectively.

Brilliant. Really.

And this from Memory Loss

Very interesting theory. Like a Harry Potter world sorting hat?
It’s kinda weird because as I was pondering the implications of your theory, I stumbled upon a video:

https://youtu.be/Xz9IJMMWP4M

What if the service to others sentiences just overwhelms the service to self guys so much so their power structures just crumbles. We don’t fight with them, we absorb them. A change to the master template would likely have been necessary in such a scenario.

Why would the Type-1 greys do this?

I can tell you that they want to resolve this “Prison Planet” from the “dung heap” that it is now into a sorting, and reeducation location as efficiently as possible. And it’s not just our solar system but other ones under the same realm of control as well.

But wresting control of the source code, they can really make some changes happen. Just like on the movie the matrix.

Decoding the matrix.

So, it got me to start thinking.

What would happen? What could happen? At what benefit would it provide to anyone?

Benefits of changing the Master Template

Why the heck would anyone want to change the Master Template? Well, to answer that question you have to understand who made the Master Template to begin with and why.

Fundamentally, the “Old Empire” created the “Prison Planet” in this section of the galaxy. They created this reality, along with the associated Heaven (for humans) to go through as “punishment”. And thus all and everything associated with this local reality is a fabrication of the “Old Empire”.

And you must recognize that part of this fabrication is the idea of “pulsing consciousnesses” that cycle between wave and particle forms and moving about world-lines. Oh, perhaps, there are analogs in other areas of the universe, but in our “neck of the woods” what we go though is all a manufactured fabricated reality that is a remnant from the “Old Empire”.

We know that the type-1 greys (of “The Domain”) want to dismantle this entire set-up, but it is very difficult. However, we also know that MAJestic was set up after “Alien Interview” and it seems obvious that they want to have a metered disassembly of the entire arrangement so that the very evil are contained, while the innocent are rehabilitated.

The members of the lost Battalion and many other IS-BEs on Earth, could be valuable citizens of The Domain, not including those who are vicious criminals or perverts. 

Unfortunately, there has been no workable method conceived to emancipate the IS-BEs from Earth. Therefore, as a matter of common logic, as well as the official policy of The Domain, it is safer and more sensible to avoid contact with the IS-BE population of Earth.

Until such time as the proper resources can be allocated to [1] locate and destroy the "Old Empire" force screen...

... and [2] amnesia machinery ...

... and [3] develop a therapy to restore the memory of an IS-BE."

It seems to me that by changing the Master Template, it would enable the necessary therapies to restore IS-BE memories.

Keep in mind that the Master Template was designed specifically to entrap consciousnesses in this trap / snare of earth-bound reality.

If “The Domain” were interested in actually freeing souls and releasing consciousnesses from this reality, then the most direct and obvious method would be to alter the Master Template that this entire Prison Planet Environment is based around.

I gather from the events that I have sensed, good or bad, that they have been able to achieve this goal.

And then what?

Benefits of Making multiple templates

Consider this statement from Alien Interview…

The conflicting cultural and ethical moral codes of the IS-BEs on Earth is unusual in the extreme.

If you are able to sort consciousnesses by sentience, then the sorting effort could result in different Master Templates for different sentience’s.

"...the IS-BEs of Earth continue to behave very badly toward each other.  This behavior, however, is heavily influenced by the "hypnotic commands" given to each IS-BE between lifetimes."

You could have a Master Template for each of the following major sentience types in this reality at this time…

  • Service for self.
  • Service for another.
  • Service for others.
  • Disjointed.

And those templates would then adjust the consciousness interaction within this reality. It would…

  • Keep those that should remain in the “Prison Environment” a little longer. This would be accomplished by making them focus on the worldly pleasures and pain. So that they would not be able to focus on egress from this environment.
  • Provide a “rehabilitation plan” for those that need to undo the damage that this environment has done to them, and help sort them so that they can eventually egress from this environment. Their life would be a little bit easier, and not so contentious. So that they would be able to ponder their existence and see order and purpose.
  • Provide a much easier path of egress from this prison region for those who indicate a functional desire to do great things for others without personal profit. The affirmation prayers should become easier to manifest, and their general life path should be far less contentious and troublesome. Making it easier to think of higher purposes and roles after egress.
  • Provide a substantive restructuring plan for those that need it. The details of which could become very harsh, but necessary.

So, depending on the sentience, the Master Template would provide a simpler way to track, control, and eventually release all the inmates from this environment.

For service to others sentience it would look like this…

How they would differ from each on from a user point of view.

From the point of view of an end user, a consciousness, the pre-birth world-line template (which is derived from the Master Template) would look the same. While you were in Heaven, you would work with the local elders and your Mantid to configure your next reincarnation.

The evil and self-centered individuals would select a life-line to place upon a pre-birth world-line template to achieve their desires. Lust, greed, power, sex, gluttony, etc. The system in making the selection and the research and options available will not change.

And it will also remain the same. Individuals would be given “missions” and “objectives” are centered about “bettering themselves”, “obtaining experiences” and “perfecting themselves”.

Unless you were specifically keyed to notice the subtle changes of a rewritten source code, you won’t realize that anything would be different.

The user wouldn’t be able to see a difference during the planning stage in Heaven

You simply couldn’t see a difference. Difficult tasks will still be difficult. Easy tasks and goals will still be easy. Highs and lows, “mountains” and “valleys” will still exist.

The changes will not be what is obvious in the physical reality.

Instead it will be the non-physical aspects of the consciousness. Thoughts that one would have. Or the ability to dream, having lucid dreams. The ability to have PSI or ESP and the ability to sense the non-physical reality will be changed.

Most notably would be the ability to control and direct thoughts and desires. Evil and selfish people would have that ability suppressed, while those who are generous would find that they would have that ability enhanced. Thus prayer affirmations campaigns would have results much faster in materialization than prior to the change in the Master Template.

This would be right across all levels and even the most trivial thoughts and wishes from one’s early years would manifest without problem.

The code for the Master Template

We do not know what the “code” is for the Master Template. Obviously it transcends the physical realm and is involved in so many levels.And obviously it is a very detailed and involved system involving many layers.

“Mystery reinforces the walls of the prison.  The “Old Empire” feared that the IS-BEs on Earth might regain their memory.  Therefore, one of the primary functions of The “Old Empire” priesthood is to prevent IS-BEs on Earth from remembering who they really are, how they came to Earth, where they came from.

The “Old Empire” operators of the prison system, and their superiors, do not want IS-BEs to remember who murdered them, captured them, stole all of their possessions, sent them to Earth, gave them amnesia and condemned them to eternal imprisonment!

Imagine what might happen if all of the inmates in the prison suddenly remembered that they have the right to be free!  What if they suddenly realized that they have been falsely imprisoned and rise up as one against the guards?

They are afraid to reveal anything that looks like the civilization of the inmates home planets.  A body, a piece of clothing, a symbol, a space ship, an advanced electronics device, or any other remnant of civilization from a home planet could “remind” a being and rekindle his memory.

Sophisticated technologies of entrapment and enslavement,  which were developed over millions of years in the “Old Empire”, have been applied to the IS-BEs on Earth with the intention to create a false facade for the prison.  These facades were installed on Earth in totality, all at once.  Every piece is a fully integrated part of the prison system.

This includes a religion of mumbo-jumbo double-speak. Every pyramid civilization uses this as part of a control mechanism  to keep the population enslaved by force, by fear and by ignorance. The indecipherable muddle of irrelevant information, geometric designs, mathematical calculation, astronomical alignments, are part of a false spirituality based on solid objects, rather than immortal spirits, in order to confuse and disorient the IS-BEs on Earth.

When the body of a person died they were buried with their Earthly possessions, including their former body wrapped in linen, to sustain their “soul” or “Ka” after death.  An IS-BE does not “have” as soul.  An IS-BE is a soul.”

— Excerpted from the Top Secret transcripts published in the book, Alien Interview

But we can make some assumptions based on what we know of history.

When Nazi Germany fell, all of their advanced technology was up for grabs, and the United States went forward with Operation Paperclip to recover as much knowledge and technology as possible….

What Was Operation Paperclip?

This controversial top-secret U.S. intelligence program brought Nazi German scientists to America to harness their brain power for Cold War initiatives. From HERE.
.

As World War II was entering its final stages, American and British organizations teamed up to scour occupied Germany for as much military, scientific and technological development research as they could uncover.

Trailing behind Allied combat troops, groups such as the Combined Intelligence Objectives Subcommittee (CIOS) began confiscating war-related documents and materials and interrogating scientists as German research facilities were seized by Allied forces. One enlightening discovery—recovered from a toilet at Bonn University—was the Osenberg List: a catalogue of scientists and engineers that had been put to work for the Third Reich.

n a covert affair originally dubbed Operation Overcast but later renamed Operation Paperclip, roughly 1,600 of these German scientists (along with their families) were brought to the United States to work on America’s behalf during the Cold War. The program was run by the newly-formed Joint Intelligence Objectives Agency (JIOA), whose goal was to harness German intellectual resources to help develop America’s arsenal of rockets and other biological and chemical weapons, and to ensure such coveted information did not fall into the hands of the Soviet Union.

Although he officially sanctioned the operation, President Harry Truman forbade the agency from recruiting any Nazi members or active Nazi supporters. Nevertheless, officials within the JIOA and Office of Strategic Services (OSS)—the forerunner to the CIA—bypassed this directive by eliminating or whitewashing incriminating evidence of possible war crimes from the scientists’ records, believing their intelligence to be crucial to the country’s postwar efforts.

One of the most well-known recruits was Wernher von Braun, the technical director at the Peenemunde Army Research Center in Germany who was instrumental in developing the lethal V-2 rocket that devastated England during the war. Von Braun and other rocket scientists were brought to Fort Bliss, Texas, and White Sands Proving Grounds, New Mexico, as “War Department Special Employees” to assist the U.S. Army with rocket experimentation. Von Braun later became director of NASA’s Marshall Space Flight Center and the chief architect of the Saturn V launch vehicle, which eventually propelled two dozen American astronauts to the Moon.

Although defenders of the clandestine operation argue that the balance of power could have easily shifted to the Soviet Union during the Cold War if these Nazi scientists were not brought to the United States, opponents point to the ethical cost of ignoring their abhorrent war crimes without punishment or accountability.

Enter The Domain

So The Domain vanquished The “Old Empire” and took control of this section of the galaxy. Still, it has taken years to understand and recover the long lost technologies that the Old Empire utilized.

As from the “Alien Interview”, it seems that once systems were designed and utilized, they were left to fallow or forgotten. Thus making the blueprints for the “Prison Planet” quite difficult to obtain.

Most certainly the type-1 greys had to have spent some tremendous amounts of time and effort to recover what ever they could concerning the Prison Complexes and systems. I am sure that it was a low priority, but necessary.

Only a demonic, self-serving government would employ a “logic” or “science” to conceive that an “ultimate solution” to any problem is to murder and permanently erase the memory of every artist, genius, skilled manager, and inventor, and cast them into a planetary prison together with political opponents, killers, thieves, perverts, and disabled beings of an entire galaxy!

Once the IS-BEs expelled from the “Old Empire” arrived on Earth, they were given amnesia, and hypnotically tricked into thinking that something else had happened to them.  The next step was to implant the IS-BEs into biological bodies on Earth.  The bodies became the human populations of “false civilizations” which were designed and installed in the minds of IS-BEs to look completely unlike the “Old Empire”.

— Except from the Top Secret manuscripts from 1947 Roswell, published in the book ALIEN INTERVIEW

I like and want to believe that a future lies ahead for all of us. And that the type-1 greys are making this happen. The entire environment around our planet is but the walls of a gigantic and enormous prison.

“Mystery reinforces the walls of the prison.  The “Old Empire” feared that the IS-BEs on Earth might regain their memory.  Therefore, one of the primary functions of The “Old Empire” priesthood is to prevent IS-BEs on Earth from remembering who they really are, how they came to Earth, where they came from.

The “Old Empire” operators of the prison system, and their superiors, do not want IS-BEs to remember who murdered them, captured them, stole all of their possessions, sent them to Earth, gave them amnesia and condemned them to eternal imprisonment!

Imagine what might happen if all of the inmates in the prison suddenly remembered that they have the right to be free!  What if they suddenly realized that they have been falsely imprisoned and rise up as one against the guards?

They are afraid to reveal anything that looks like the civilization of the inmates home planets.  A body, a piece of clothing, a symbol, a space ship, an advanced electronics device, or any other remnant of civilization from a home planet could “remind” a being and rekindle his memory.

Sophisticated technologies of entrapment and enslavement,  which were developed over millions of years in the “Old Empire”, have been applied to the IS-BEs on Earth with the intention to create a false facade for the prison.  These facades were installed on Earth in totality, all at once.  Every piece is a fully integrated part of the prison system.

This includes a religion of mumbo-jumbo double-speak. Every pyramid civilization uses this as part of a control mechanism  to keep the population enslaved by force, by fear and by ignorance. The indecipherable muddle of irrelevant information, geometric designs, mathematical calculation, astronomical alignments, are part of a false spirituality based on solid objects, rather than immortal spirits, in order to confuse and disorient the IS-BEs on Earth.

When the body of a person died they were buried with their Earthly possessions, including their former body wrapped in linen, to sustain their “soul” or “Ka” after death.  An IS-BE does not “have” as soul.  An IS-BE is a soul.”

— Excerpted from the Top Secret transcripts published in the book, Alien Interview

Most certainly they had to study the construction and the systems associated with the entire “Prison Planet”.

And then they most certainly had to come up with a phased plan to provide release egress or parole to the many innocents in this entire “black hole” environment.

And it’s only a matter of time until a point will be reached where the inmates can start getting their much needed “walking papers”. Perhaps, just perhaps, we are all part of the first batch of those who have this opportunity.

I don’t know. But I do have hope.

This must absolutely include a system for prison release… a very careful release system and integration into society.

Where is the “Old Empire”?

Where the records regarding the construction of this entire prison complex must be stored somewhere.

Right?

"Although the military base of the "Old Empire" was destroyed, unfortunately, much of the vast machinery of the IS-BE force screens, the electroshock / amnesia / hypnosis machinery continues to function in other undiscovered locations right up to the present moment.  The main base or control center for this "mind control prison" operation has never been found. So, the influences of this base, or bases, are still in effect."

The “blue prints” and the program / project management, and all the rest has to be found somewhere.

Blue prints and plans must be somewhere. They can be in any form, but all fabrications and constructions needs plants, layouts, and calculations.

If you were from The Domain where would you look?

"She told me that The Domain Expeditionary Force first entered into the Milky Way galaxy very recently -- only about 10,000 years ago.  Their first action was to conquer the home planets of the "Old Empire" (this is not the official name, but a nick-name given to the conquered civilization by The Domain Forces) that served as the seat of central government for this galaxy, and other adjoining regions of space. 

These planets are  located in the star systems in the tail of the Big Dipper constellation. She did not mention which stars, exactly."

Well, we know that the stars in the “tail” of “The Big Dipper” constellation are…

Big dipper with star names.

So you can figure that the “home planets” for the “Old Empire” is in the geographic space around Mizar and Alkaid. Not these large hot and short-lived stars, but rather the cooler and fainter stars that lie around them.

As far as the general geographical location goes, however…

Alkaid, Eta Ursae Majoris (η UMa) is a blue main sequence star with an apparent magnitude of 1.86, located at a distance of 103.9 light years from Earth. It is the easternmost star of the Big Dipper. It forms the Dipper’s handle with its bright neighbours, Mizar (ζ UMa) and Alioth (ε UMa), while Megrez (δ UMa), Phecda (γ UMa), Dubhe (α UMa) and Merak (β UMa) form the Dipper’s bowl.

Alkaid is the third brightest star in the constellation Ursa Major, after Alioth and Dubhe, and the 38th brightest star in the sky. It shares the 38th place with the bright giant Sargas (Theta Scorpii) in the constellation Scorpius. The stars are only slightly fainter than the blue giant Kaus Australis (Epsilon Sagittarii), the brightest star in Sagittarius, and slightly fainter than the orange giant Avior (Epsilon Carinae), the third brightest star in the constellation Carina.

And the other star…

Mizar, Zeta Ursae Majoris (ζ UMa), is a quadruple star system in Ursa Major. It has a combined apparent magnitude of 2.04 and lies at a distance of 82.9 light years from Earth. It is the fourth brightest star in Ursa Major.

Mizar is the middle star of the Big Dipper‘s handle and it forms a visual double with Alcor, a fainter binary star located at a separation of about 12 arcminutes.

And without getting involved in the history behind these stars, their sizes, and all those interesting facts. Let’s focus on location.

  • Alkaid = 103.9 Light Years away
  • Mizar = 82.9 Light Years away

And this tells us a lot.

Our milkyway galaxy is 100,000 light-years across, and these two stars lie around 100 light years away. Or roughly 1/1000 of the size of the galaxy. So roughly the “Old Empire” is not a far away center of civilization, but rather (relatively) nearby.

Sort of like one of the suburbs in a city.

With the core solar systems of that “Old Empire” as close as 35 to 50 light years away. (The 100 light year apex center is just a reference point for an empire that might have core planets around 75 to 100 light years in diameter.)

We might imagine that their relative proximity to us would be on the order of…

The core stars of the old empire relative to the geographical location of our solar system.

The “Old Empire” is relatively close to our stellar neighborhood.

So we can expect that over the last few decades of MAJestic involvement that The Domain has dedicated a small contingent of researchers to investigate the “Old Empire” records to discover the operation and plans for our regional “Prison Planet”.

Our solar system is not in a major populated area of the galaxy

We are off to the side, in and among devastated previously populated worlds still recovering from ancient space wars and fiascos.

Earth is very distant from the center of the galaxy and from any other significant galactic civilization. This isolation makes it unsuitable for use, except as a "pit stop" or jumping off point along the way between galaxies.  The moon and asteroids are far more suitable for this purpose because they do not have any significant gravity.

Where is the local machinery of control?

No one knows, but perhaps this statement might provide us with some clues…

"In the earliest times the IS-BEs sent to prison Earth lived in India."  

Some more thoughts

"Furthermore, there has been no operation undertaken to seek out, discover and destroy the vast and ancient network of electronics machinery that create the IS-BE force screens at this end of the galaxy. 

Until this has been done, we are not able to prevent or interrupt the electric shock operation, hypnosis and remote thought control of the "Old Empire" prison planet."

I really do not have any idea how the Master Template could be changed, or how The Domain would go about changing them. Nor do I have any idea on the kinds of systems that would be involved in this system. But you know, we all don’t really need to know the specifics. Just what is going on.

The system that is in place seems to be very robust and expansive and thus can be applied to a great diversity of “peoples” , societies, species and cultures…

And, the very unusual combination of "inmates" on Earth - criminals, perverts, artists, revolutionaries and geniuses - is the cause of a very restive and tumultuous environment.   

The purpose of the prison planet is to keep IS-BEs on Earth, forever. Promoting ignorance, superstition, and war between IS-BEs helps to keep the prison population crippled and trapped behind "the wall" of electronic force screens. 

IS-BEs have been dumped on Earth from all over the galaxy, adjoining galaxies, and from planetary systems all over the "Old Empire", like Sirius, Aldebaron, the Pleiades, Orion, Draconis, and countless others. There are IS- BEs on Earth from unnamed races, civilizations, cultural backgrounds, and planetary environments. 

Each of the various IS-BE populations have their own languages, belief systems, moral values, religious beliefs, training and unknown and untold histories. 

These IS-BEs are mixed together with earlier inhabitants of Earth who came from another star system more than 400,000 years ago to establish the civilizations of Atlanta and Lemuria.   

Those civilizations vanished beneath the tidal waves caused by a planetary "polar shift", many thousands of years before the current "prison" population started to arrive.  

Apparently, the IS-BEs from those star systems were the source of the original, oriental races of Earth, beginning in Australia. 

On the other hand, the civilizations set up on Earth by the "Old Empire" prison system were very different from the civilization of the "Old Empire" itself, which is an electronic space opera, atomic powered conglomeration of earlier civilizations that were conquered with nuclear weapons and colonized by IS-BEs from another galaxy.

What is the most important template?

Well, they are all important. It’s just that each template has it’s own very unique roles that it plays in the shaping of our experiences within this reality.

You could argue that the roles of each template would be as follows…

  • Master Template. The source code for consciousness movement in our reality universe.
  • Pre-Birth World-Line Template. A fated life that we will live in the physical reality to obtain experiences with.
  • A World-Line Template. A new template that consciousness intentionally creates by directed thoughts. It replaces the Pre-Birth World_line Template.
  • A World-Line. A frozen snapshot in “time” that our consciousness visits momentarily while it is in particle form.

How important is the Master Template?

It’s very important. The entire way the “Prison Planet” works is to keep us living this never ending reincarnation loop over and over again on the promise of something…

The net result is that an IS-BE is unable to escape because they can't remember who they are, where they came from, where they are. They have been hypnotized to think they are someone, something, sometime, and somewhere other than where they really are.

…for some people it is an eternal life in Heaven. For other’s it might be improvements to eventually become a saint. For still others, maybe an advancement to become another species. It’s all promises…

…just go back one more time and experience X, Y, Z and then you will be better.

But it is the control of our thoughts that imprison us.

Eventually The Domain discovered that a wide area of space is monitored by an "electronic force field" which controls all of the IS-BEs in this end of the galaxy, including Earth.  The electronic force screen is designed to detect IS-BEs and prevent them from leaving the area. 

If any IS-BE attempts to penetrate the force screen, it "captures" them in a kind of "electronic net".   

The result is that the captured IS-BE is subjected to a very severe "brainwashing" treatment which erases the memory of the IS-BE.  This process uses a tremendous electrical shock, just like Earth psychiatrists use "electric shock therapy" to erase the memory and personality of a "patient" and to make them more "cooperative". 

On Earth this "therapy" uses only a few hundred volts of electricity.    However, the electrical voltage used by the "Old Empire" operation against IS-BEs is on the order of magnitude of billions of volts!  This tremendous shock completely wipes out all the memory of the IS- BE.  The memory erasure is not just for one life or one body.  

It wipes out all of the accumulated experiences of a nearly infinite past, as well as the identity of the IS-BE! 

The shock is intended to make it impossible for the IS-BE to remember who they are, where they came from, their knowledge or skills, their memory of the past, and ability to function as a spiritual entity.   They are overwhelmed into becoming a mindless, robotic non-entity. 

After the shock a series of post hypnotic suggestions are used to install false memories, and a false time orientation in each IS-BE. 

This includes the command to "return" to the base after the body dies, so that the same kind of shock and hypnosis can be done again, and again, again -- forever.  

The hypnotic command also tells the "patient" to forget to remember. What The Domain learned from the experience of this officer is that the "Old Empire" has been using Earth as a "prison planet" for a very long time -- exactly how long is unknown -- perhaps millions of years. 

So, when the body of the IS-BE dies they depart from the body. They are detected by the "force screen", they are captured and   "ordered" by hypnotic command to "return to the light".   

The idea of "heaven" and the "afterlife" are part of the hypnotic suggestion -- a part of the treachery that makes the whole mechanism work. After the IS-BE has been shocked and hypnotized to erase the memory of the life just lived,  the IS-BE is immediately "commanded", hypnotically, to "report" back to Earth, as though they were on a secret mission, to inhabit a new body.  

Each IS-BE is told that they have a special purpose for being on Earth. But, of course there is no purpose for being in a prison -- at least not for the prisoner.

The Master Template changes how the thoughts interact with our reality. And by changing it, and offering specialized templates to special sentience’s it becomes far easier to manage the egress or imprisonment of wayward consciousnesses.

And so…

If you have a service to others sentience, and recognize that you are a powerful ultimate being yourself, then you can be released from this Prison Planet though use of directed thought.

"It is easy to teach this altered notion to beings who do not want to be responsible for their own lives.  

Slaves are such beings.  

As long as one chooses to assign responsibility for creation, existence and personal accountability for one's own thoughts and actions to others, one is a slave."

A final word

Go out and take in some good fresh air. Splurge and buy yourself a premium lunch or drink. Put down the cell phone for a few minutes and just absorb the world around you. Everything here is positive and upbeat, and if you are a MM follower and believer then your futures all look really, really bright.

Have a great day! Here’s a video that I took  about15 minutes ago.

Enjoy the day you all.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Affirmation prayer Campaign Index here…

Intention Campaigns

.

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

 

Metallicman Donation
Other Amount:
Please kindly enter any notes that you would like to attach to the donation here:

 

 

 

Sexy images and things that make life worth living

I hope that you all are having a nice day. Today I wanted to do something a little bit different. Today I want to post some sexy images. Of course, I don’t mean sexy as in pornographic, but rather sexy as “appeals to the senses”. And to this end, I do hope that you will all agree that this is a nice way to start the day.

Start the day right

What ever you do, never, ever, ever, give up. Video.

Sensory Overload

There are numerous people on MM that are suddenly having experiences. My guess is that you have verbalized participation with The Domain or volunteered to be a Rufus. These experiences are very personal ones, and if you try to describe them, you will sound like a “mad man / woman”.

Can I respectfully suggest that everyone put their experiences here, but ALWAYS preference it with “things are happening” after I did XXXXXX, and this is what the craziness appears to be like.

From DM… 19SEP21.

This is a weird one, even for me. Last night I had fallen asleep without realising it. It was a false dream in that I thought I was still awake thinking about certain topics. 

I suddenly remembered something to do with a particular thought I was having about certain experiences in lucidity. This thought equated to there being heavy time travel element in one of them. It was so startling I went to sit up in bed and turned to face Storme to tell her to remind me about it in the morning. But as I did, something caught me. i was instantly aware I was in sleep paralysis. 

There was this weird vibration thing going on. It felt like when you have a guitar amplifier turned on but the jack not connected to the guitar. If you try and plug it in, miss and hit the metal part of the connector on the guitar, this is what it felt like. it was this very low and loud vibration sound that permeated through me.  

It was like every time you hit the metal, my body would “click or switch in or out”. It felt like someone was welding something into my astral body. I could feel it coming from the wall right next to the bed on my side, like I was connected to it. 

Like someone was scraping something along the wall. It felt like something was trying to tune my body for a broadcast; I am absolutely sure this is what it was. Although it was a very strange feeling, it wasn’t completely uncomfortable. 

I am pretty sure whatever it was deleted the thought about my experiences being related to time travel. I have the time travel element but nothing else. it was a fucking intense experience. Something was definitely fucking with me whilst in sleep paralysis

I suppose that this short mini-video is sort of what last week was like with all the comm channels opened up with The Domain. Try to explain this video and you will see how difficult it is trying to explain your experiences.

Mini-video

Kitty love.

Not everyone will appreciate this picture. But PL will…

It does make someone like me - who never felt “complete” until my cat adopted me - feel like there is a piece we cannot obtain. But that cat - which grew into a marriage to the love of my life and a ton of farm animals - they give me a purpose. Maybe not anywhere near the cosmic connection as a child, but there is always a yin to a yang.

Kitty love.

Found in a back yard.

Found in a back yard.

Bruce Lee stands up to racism.

This is from the 1970’s. Video.

Bruce Lee takes a stand.

Now, this is what I call a sandwich.

Sandwich?

Pole dancing kitty style.

Pole dancing kitty style.

Breakfast

Breakfast.

Be the Rufus

Be the Rufus. Video.

Be the Rufus.

Dilbert Comic

A funny Dilbert.

Support your local animal shelter.

No money. No problem. Volunteer to empty out some litter boxes, and help groom them and sing to them.

Support your local animal shelter.

Trailer park boys

Trailerpark boys.

Overpaid.

I feel overpaid.

There are dog people, and there are cat people…

What kind of a person are you? Somehow I picture XXXX in this picture. Such a cantankerous, but lovable, old coot.

Who are you?

Not that simple.

No it’s not. Video.

Not that simple.

Kitty

Kitty.

And my favorite desk picture

Island Cat

Breakfast biscuit.

Breakfast biscuit.

Meanwhile in Cambodia

I posted this short mini video over a year ago, but it’s time for a nice refresher. Remember everyone, the rest of the world is doing just fine. Just fine. It’s all going well. Do not get too caught up.

Meanwhile in Cambodia.

Enough.

Enough, dog.

Kitty Love.

Kitty love.

Best picture on the internet.

Best picture on the internet.

Pizza (close up).

Pizza.

Beautiful.

Beautiful.

Cheeseburger, American style.

American style hamburger.

The power of the paw.

You all know what this is, right?

The power of the paw.

Sexy Pizza.

Ohhh baby!

Sexy.

Dogs and cats

Dogs and cats.

Sexiest picture of them all!

Sexiest picture of them all.

Be the Rufus

Video here.

Be the Rufus.

This is America

This is America.

Sexy ride.

Sexy ride.

Very sexy food.

Very sexy food.

Delicious Pizza

Delicious pizza.

Asking for directions.

Asking for directions.

Apparently from the same litter…

From the same litter, apparently.

Camp fire.

Camp fire.

Good son.

Good son.

Delicious gooey cheese pizza

What a pizza should look like.

How a cheeseburger should be made

Make a difference. Be the Rufus.

Make a difference. Be the Rufus. Video.

Make a difference. Be a Rufus.

Delicious NY style Pizza slices

The way I love it with lots of gooey cheese…

The same goes for my cheeseburgers…

Peek a boo kitty

Another peek a boo kitty.

.

Be the Rufus

What’s going on here? A guy passed out while eating lunch? Video.

Be the Rufus.

It’s a kitty thing.

Nancy and cats.

Did I say that twice?

Cute.

Cute.

It’s a man thing.

A sexy cat.

Sexy cat.

A nicely painted dress.

A nicely painted dress.

Be the Rufus.

A baby has collapsed inside a taxi. It is dying and not breathing. What to do? Watch the video.

Be the Rufus.

It’s from a different time.

Buddies.

Buddies

Be the Rufus!

Click on the picture for the video.

Click for the video.

Sexy campfire.

Sexy campfire.

Funny cat gifs

Surprise.

Enjoying some fine cream.

Whoa. What just happened?

 

Dancing her little heart out.

Everyone has a dream. Sometimes you get the opportunity to live that dream, and when it happens, you give it all you’ve got. You go girrrl! Check out this short video clip.

Dancing her heart out.

Kitty playtime

Kitty playtime.

Hello there.

Hello there.

Low and behold!

His coming was foretold in the ancient scripts.

Kitty hugs

I miss my little guys.

Taking the dog out for a walk

Boxing Champ

Boxing Champ

Snow patrol

Snow Patrol.

Inspiration

Inspiration

Big Jumper

Big Jumper

Little kitten, big appetite…

Hungry kitty.

Conclusion

I hope that this article finds you all well. It’s a good day to start it off on a good frame of mind and in a good way. Be the Rufus… as in this video

Be the Rufus.

Be the Rufus, and leave the rest of the world smiling and glad that you are there.

Do you want more?

I have more posts like this in my Heaven Index;

Heaven

.

Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

 

 

 

[daegonmagus] – Part 4 – The Cult of Psaigreen and the Simulation Revelations

The following is the fourth part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

-MM

Part 4 –  The Cult of Psaigreen and the Simulation Revelations

Complete Awareness

In the Auric Projections/ Mystical Experiences I have talked about so far, lucid awareness of my surroundings had been carried on into the dreamscape from waking reality. In other words, I had been completely conscious from the moment I laid my head down on my pillow, through the transition into the sleeping state, through the connection to my higher self and on to the end of each experience, back through the transition into the waking world.

When I mention I was 100% lucid, this is what I mean.

There was simply no confusion as to me being “asleep”. Comparing this to the “normal sleeping person” – or even common lucid dreamer –  there was no “break” in my conscious awareness as I fell asleep. I progressed through each stage the same way you progress from and experience one minute to the next. Although given time is not linear in the dream state, it was a little bit different to this.

I had total comprehension of my body back in its bed on earth, and the usual memories of everything I had done that particular day. If you can imagine having the awareness you have of your physical surroundings right now as you sleep, this is what I had of my 4D environment.

Dreaming for me – majority of the time – was this extension of conscious awareness into the non physical “dream world”. It was something I had trained myself to do over a period of many years. It is something I believe that anyone can learn to do if they practice enough.

My Initiation into the “unseen 5”

My initiation into the Unseen 5 was the last mystical experience where this continuity of consciousness was present. In the next two experiences, my awareness of self came after I had been unconsciously engaged in the dream for some time. I had basically fallen asleep without realizing it, then became coherent at some point later on.

This is what most people refer to as lucid dreaming, according to the communities dealing with that subject I am part of. From what I’ve read on those groups, the continuation of consciousness seems to be rarely discussed.

This is important in the context of what had been told to me regarding holographic projections into the dreamscape and how consciousness was being manipulated at this level.

I was always suspect of any information being given to me when I had had this break in consciousness.

While my higher awareness eventually kicked in, I always considered these experiences as being “less accurate” to the ones where I was able to retain 100% lucid awareness through the progression of the experience. I could not completely rule out that I was being manipulated, simply because I had no recollection between falling asleep and becoming conscious in the dream. This was despite that “holy shit” moment you get when you remember deeply repressed memories. Conversely I could not rule out that I wasn’t being manipulated either.

Regardless, I am including these experiences because I did eventually get to a higher state of conscious awareness compared to majority of my other lucid dreams.

Training

Now, I mentioned with past lucid dreams I had undergone what appeared to be some sort of training at the “time travel towers”. We were essentially being taught how to recognise when our timelines had undergone a reset. We were also being taught how to remember certain things from a future timeline after it had been reset; ie remember things from a future that was no longer a possibility. All in all there were about 30 of us divided into 2 teams.

What I did not mention is that this “training” bled over into many other lucid dreams and was a very big part of the astral assignments I was involved in in the years prior to my first contact with the EG.

In many of the worlds I was travelling to, this time line reset theme was a key component. Majority of these assignments involved investigating the cause of these resets.

The recent Loki series was a very accurate – and somewhat eerie – portrayal of my assignments in these worlds whilst being near 100% lucid. I was like the TVA, but instead of chasing murderers I was chasing an unknown entity that was “hiding beyond the resets”.

It was weird. It was confusing. It was something I never bothered talking about with anyone – with the exception of Storme  –  for obvious reasons.

A training assignment

This drove me fucking crazy for a good few years, because I honestly didn’t know what it was I was looking for. All I knew was that it had taken up residence in the Ancient Market Village and had an affinity for resetting it back to the same point, over and over again.

On a lot of these assignments I’d be accompanied by my colleague Lyra. She had black hair and was incredibly thin. She’d come and collect me from whatever lucid dream I was engaged in, we’d summon our portals, and I’d end up in the Ancient Market Village or some other random world doing some sort of “mission” with her.

I’d wake up not knowing if I was in reality A or reality B.

Imagine trying to tell this all to a psychologist and not come off as a complete fucking nutjob. There wasn’t some hidden meaning to these dreams; I was completely lucid in every damned one of them.

So you could say I had a very good understanding of how consciousness interacts with the MWI even back around 2010, though I didn’t specifically call it this. Even if I didn’t really understand the same way, I understood that consciousness could “travel through time” whilst in lucidity. Whilst detached from the physical body.

Personal Experiments

Some of my experiments began to focus on this concept, whereby I’d induce lucidity specifically to try and pick winning lotto numbers. I’d go through the conscious transition into the dream state, create a “virtual construct” of the newsagency where I planned to buy my lotto ticket from. I’d make sure to visualize a newspaper or other advertisement with the specific date of an upcoming draw.

I’d then concentrate on the numbers that would be printed on the ticket the cashier would hand me, and repeat them over and over in my head before deliberately waking myself up.

Other times I’d focus on the draw itself, and memorize the numbers as they popped out of the lotto barrel. Upon waking I’d record them down immediately. Despite conducting this experiment numerous times, I was never able to pick more than 4 out of the 6 numbers needed.

This was mainly due to me not being able to memorize all of them sufficiently. The barrier between being lucid and being awake always messed with this ability to remember things in the lucid domain.

Then these experiences {with the time line resets} just sort of died down whilst everything with the Elder Guardians was going on. I’d still have them on the odd occasion, but no where near as frequently.

The time reset theme brought up again.

In February 2019, 3 years after my initiation into the Unseen 5 and 5 years after my last contact experience with the Grand Elder, the time reset theme was brought up once again.

I was engaged in a dream. This time non lucid.

I was in a cave. My “team” consisted of myself, another man and a woman. We were tracking some kind of Artificially Intelligent computer system that had the ability to “reset” out of the timeline.

Our team operated from a hive consciousness that connected all of us; you could literally feel the thoughts and emotions of the other members as they had them.

It was a very strange and confusing operating parameter in which one of us would remember snippets {thanks to our training} which the others would use to “kick-start” their own memories; exactly the same way the Grand Elder had opened me up to the higher consciousness, but on a smaller scale.

So here we were, in this cave, about to open the door to what we knew was a server room housing the “brains” of this rogue AI.

But as we did, the timeline was reset and all of a sudden the server infrastructure had completely vanished.

My understanding was that through quantum entanglement, the AI had somehow figured out how to plot out past entangled particles in such a way that it could manipulate the past into redirecting the present. That was my interpretation; I could be entirely wrong.

This thing, data wise, was huge; it was capable of processing data in orders of magnitude higher than any computer system we knew of; it had been developed specifically to monitor consciousness from the higher planes.

The main concern our team had with this AI engine, was that it understood how to create entire physical “worlds” from the ground up.

It could literally program the growing of a seed into a flower and the blowing of wind over water to make waves crash on open shores.

But it was out of control…

It was out of control, creating physical reality after physical reality wherever it chose fit (this is the exact concept behind the Gnostic belief of the Demiurge controlled by the false god Yaldabaoth. Again I did not come into this concept until after this experience.

So after the AI initiated this timeline reset, we found ourselves in the same cavern. But instead of it housing the server, this time there was some sort of a laboratory in front of us with rows of vials containing either some kind of poisonous gas or a virus. Glass like screens lined this lab’s walls, giving a view of a subterranean place I have visited, many, many times during my adventures in lucid dreaming (the Subterranean Cavern).

On a desk next to the vial was this remote controlled alien tech that looked like a dragon fly with a head like the Nemesis guy out of the resident evil movies. It was actually memory of this dragon fly that led me back to Isaac CARET and eventually on to MM.

The woman in our team reached out and picked up one of the dragonfly objects. I was holding one of the vials and observing it. All of a sudden there was a massive explosion and we were all thrown backwards into the wall that I had previously smashed open. The wall was now completely filled in.

I picked up the broken vial lying on the ground next to me, and put my mouth around it. I was trying stop whatever was in it from leaking into the atmosphere; it was a highly toxic substance. Like a poisonous gas, or – say – an extremely contagious virus.

Strangeness

Something really weird was going on; it was like I was now flashing in and out of two separate timelines. I could see the subterranean river system I had visited on numerous occasions through the glass; in one reality flash there were the barracks and other strange buildings built with a metallic like alloy over the water on futuristic styled bridges. In the other flash, these metallic buildings had been replaced with primitive looking mud brick huts that looked like giant termite mounds. People were coming out of the buildings in both versions of reality and were running around in absolute terror; it was chaos.

This flashing in and out of 2 separate realities was something I had experienced about a year after my Unseen 5 initiation in an abduction dream in my “Wet Room” experience. I will go into that in another article.

I watched the woman as she acted in a strange robotic manner whilst she flew these remote controlled dragonfly things around. She would hover them above the people’s heads in which little claws would come down and grab at their hair which resulted in them being “purged” into a similar robot (reminiscent of my reincarnation dream).

I remember thinking the dragonflies were responsible for giving people amnesia.

I stumbled around in a sense of confusion, whilst in one timeline (the one in which the woman was remotely piloting the dragonflies with the metallic buildings) there was some sort of war going on. In the other timeline with the mud brick houses (the timeline that was more on par with what I had experienced in other lucid dreams of the subterranean cavern) there were drills being carried out that were leading up to some kind of similar war.

The flashes between realities got faster and more intense. Then everything and everyone just “disappeared”. I found myself standing on what appeared to be a frozen lake in this same cavern which had a massive crack in it suggesting it had been hit by something heavy.

I was all alone.

The team shows up

That is when the rest of the “team” showed up from a small tunnel behind me and I heard the leader say “see, I told you he was Thor.” Pretty funny considering the whole Thor being Loki’s brother thing. Strangely, I never was a fan of the Marvel franchise dealing with those characters. I never bothered watching it. I had a basic understanding of Norse mythology, but that was about it. The Thor thing was completely left field for me.

This is where I started to regain some sort of control of the dream and start becoming lucid, though there was never the same connection to the higher state of awareness. Only a very faint one.

At this the timeline switching began to even out and I was locked into the one with the barracks made of out the strange metallic substance. I turned, saw the crew standing before me and tried to attack them with whatever weapon was next to me.

I was fucked up. Like really fucked up.

The reality flashing (what I call dimension spinning) had really done a number on me. I remembered my two other team members, but also realized they were now from a timeline that no longer existed. I felt like I’d just been MK Ultra-ed to the extreme.

I have never done LSD, but I imagined this was what the come down of doing it must feel like. The leader said some kind of hypnotic suggestion and I found myself being “deactivated”.

I ended up just dropping my weapon on the floor mid swing and stood there looking at them. It was like shutting down a robot. After a moment I sort of snapped out of the MK Ultra style daze and I was back to my normal self.

Sort of.

I had the sudden realization that the leader – whose name was either Mat or Mac – had been put in the team specifically to provide mentoring and remembrance purposes to the rest of my team who were nowhere to be found.  He was the go to guy when we couldn’t remember parts of our mission due to the timeline resets. Sort of like an army psychologist that would make sure consciousnesses wouldn’t go too crazy from all the resetting.

Mentally exhausting

I want to point out here that this whole resetting thing really was very mentally taxing. Even being completely lucid at the training towers, these scenarios we were being put in would test us to our very limits. Having to experience this for the second time in an uncontrolled setting was unbelievably brutal, second only to the soul electrocution torture.

It takes a day or so to readjust from it.

Apparently – according to Mac –  the AI had gotten wind of the operation to reawaken divine consciousness and had devised a means to sabotage its efforts by abducting those from the barracks and instilling them with “sleeper cell programming”. This programming could be remotely activated when needed. The cells were then sent back into the ranks of our soldiers and remained dormant until activation.

Each member of my team had at some point been taken, programmed and made to administer the soul shock torture upon others before their reincarnation. What I had just come out the other side of was that sleeper cell programming being activated in all three of us which resulted in us fucking up the timelines and my team mates being permanently erased from “Akashic history”. Again this is my interpretation based on what Mac was telling me, not a direct quote.

A member of the “other side”

I had apparently been a very highly ranking member of this sleeper cell operation for the other side. I had become a double agent through the corruption regime of those in control of the AI, who I assumed were the same Slave Gods.

At some point I defected over to Mac’s side and they used me to gain intelligence on this sleeper cell operation. Much of the torture via electrocution and dimension spinning was what this was about.

I was being bounced back and forth between these two factions like a ping pong ball. Mac’s team would administer electrocution to embed certain codes into me which would then be activated by – you guessed it – even more electrocution from the AI side.

It was really delightful. Not.

Cue the Milabs investigators. I got fun when I’d be 3 layers deep in several dreams simultaneously and be tortured in each one.

Thor, and the names of other gods and deities were supposedly activation words for the sleeper cell programming. Mac told me I had, in more than one life, killed him because of this programming. He just joked about it rather casually like it was no big deal, showing me precisely where I had stabbed him in the back in other past life’s.

Deactivation

After being “deactivated”, I was left to wander around the barracks to try and stimulate my memories of what was going on and who I was in this place. It was a rehabilitation effort to get me back to proper form so I could continue to carry out my obligations under the amnesia correction operation.

I walked around for a little while watching other “soldiers” carry out their astral training. There was a woman I remember talking to, but what she looked like or what it was about, is hazy.

All I can remember is that the conversation turned into a heated argument (this is where Storme’s dream crossed with mine; she was the woman I was having the argument with, though it had been “blanked” from me). There is a whole other section here which features the wonderful Miss Lyra in Storme’s crossover point.

I got up and stormed off, making my way back towards the barracks.

This woman began chasing me in which some more strangeness happened. I found reality flashing between this subterranean cavern barracks and what appeared to be a large empty warehouse with bovine pelvises and thigh bones lining the floor. There were so many of them that you could not see the ground under the meat. I felt the urge to jump from each and snap them into small pieces with my legs and feet. I was conditioned to feel as though I was not allowed to leave this warehouse “reality” until every single one had been broken. There were millions upon millions of them.

I was really starting to hate this goddamned fucking dimension spinning. It was unbelievably brutal and disconcerting. It left me completely astrally and lucidly disorientated. In my last experience with it, I had been left in it a little too long for my own good. More on that at a later date.

I needed assistance

The meat flipping got so bad that I could barely walk. That’s when I decided to hit up Mac to tell me what the hell was going on. I somehow stumbled my way to his quarters through the flickering of the different realities. Mac’s quarters were a cylindrical sort of tower that was smack bang in the middle of the bridge and at the edge of the other shorter mud hut “dwellings”.

Behind his quarters was a sort of pipe like network that went up to another level high in the sky. I had used these pipes in other lucid expeditions to project my consciousness into. They acted as a means to deliver consciousness to a very specific point within the whole barracks. They reminded me of an air pipe you send messages in canisters through.

My urge to “flip meat” was so bad that I felt like I was going insane from it.

I called out to Mac from the bottom of the tower.  He came down a flight of metal framed steps to meet me. I asked what the hell was going on with this meat flipping business.

Mac replied by saying “Oh, you mean the military training dreams?” then proceeded to casually tell me about a knife I used to carry with me called the “Psaicut”. I would hold it up to my eye and shout its’ name to “petrify” – paralyse – my enemies.

Real Clockwork Orange sort of shit.

He mentioned this had something to do with Psaigreen – like this was the name of my group – which were the ones responsible for the meat flipping brainwashing programs.

According to him, what was actually going on was that we were being trained the art of snapping peoples’ necks with our legs, but the Psaigreen had brainwashed us into believing it was bovine pelvises so we wouldn’t realize what we were doing. It was like a failsafe to confuse the shit out of us if we ever started remembering any of this.

“HOLY FUCKING SHIT” I said as some very deeply repressed past life memories started flooding back to me. And I mean DEEEEEP. There was just that knowing that these were legitimate memories of something I had long forgotten. At the mention of the Psaigreen, I realised these were all things I knew. This was a memory from a very, very long time ago.

Many, many  lifetimes ago.

Yet another controlled awakening

At this same time I went through another controlled awakening. The dream just started slowly washing away like waves on a calm ocean. I was awake in bed feeling sick to my stomach like I was going to throw up (I had never had this feeling before from a dream). The memory of my time in the Psaigreen really kicked the shit out me. Even more so than the dimension spinning.

I remember thinking “I am in a goddamned Dr Who episode”. I was so conflicted by it all I didn’t even want to tell Storme because it was so crazy. Why did I keep having these bizarre experiences? Well, obviously it was because I was doing things inside my own head that most people considered were not possible. The ironic part was that I wouldn’t find out she had the same {part of} dream until a couple of years later.

In Storme’s account she recalls a cavern  in identical detail to the one I was in. The large river. The weird mud huts on its banks. The barracks built over the water with a tall tower in the middle. The consciousness pipe maze. The mess hall. Our accounts of this place are literally identical.

Her dream started with her meeting with a Major – ie Mac – in one of the mud houses and being told to wait for me. When I eventually arrived she had to brief me on the fact that the one I called Lyra (again an identical description of my Lyra) was an AI that had been corrupted. As a result they were planning to reboot her, which meant she would lose all her memory of our operations together.

Apparently I wouldn’t listen. I hated AIs – I was apparently very rAIcist (one had just wiped my friends out of existence) – but at the same time had some weird lust for this Lyra woman (who Storme and her crew called Aimee’s). I ended up walking off in anger. Storme decided to follow me and found me acting really bizarre. This would have been exactly when I started having the weird impulses to flip meat.

In her version of the dream, it was her who walked me back to Mac’s quarters in the middle of the barracks. The assumption we both got from it all was that my sleeper programming was activated when she tried telling me Lyra was an AI. They were a common model of AI used on these sorts of assignments, but were human in every way conceivable.

Take what you want of this. It certainly is a really bizarre combined experience to have with somebody.

About a week later – during the super moon –  I had my final contact experience with the Elder Guardians. This contact came in the form of either the Grand Elder himself or another from his group that looked very similar.

The “real world”?

I was in the “real world” which was a place similar to The Capital in the hunger games.  There were stone, Egyptian like houses with television type screens hovering in the air. In the distance could be seen a great pyramid and a large river in front of it. This river separated the upper and middle class from the lower slaves. The slaves were situated on the opposite side of the river further downstream.  The upper and middle class “dwellings” had been built into the river to keep water on that side fresh. Waste water would go into the lower class side upstream. The lower class then had a purifying plant setup right on their side of the river bank.

Crossing the river was a slightly arched cobblestone bridge that terminated in a triangular courtyard on the water. Off this courtyard came a smaller bridge that connected to the other bank.

I was in a spherical shaped building on the upper class side.

It seemed to be a political chamber, and had an a joining library. I was a middle class man; some sort of cleric working for the library administration. Only the upper class were allowed to be politicians. It was all to do with status. You were either a politician, a politician’s pet, or a slave tasked with the upkeep of the city. There was no other job positions.

At the top of the political sphere building there were stone walkways coming out and crossing over to where the upper class dwelt. The middle class men were expected to use the walkways on the ground.

It was as if someone had taken Ancient Egypt and used it as base of inspiration for a city set 1000 or so years in the future; it was both Ancient and futuristic at once. Weirdly, the most far out tech was the hovering screens which seemed to utilise some form of anti gravity.

There was some kind of massive election going on.

The cabal (the malevolent faction responsible for cutting off humanity’s connection with their higher minds) were very clearly the ones who were currently in power. This election was a big deal, as it affected every race in the universe, and only happened very rarely – thousands of years apart. It was evident that the Cabal had manipulated their reign of power so as to gain an unfair advantage in this election. This would see them retain their seat of power over the Earth and its affairs.

It was all about the control of Earth.

“The Governments of Earth were a direct mimicry of Cabal social orders, and were a key component in how they had maintained their control. The whole concept of government {on Earth} had come from the most dominant alien race in the Cabal. Allegedly.” 

This is a direct passage from my dream journal entry recorded the day after this experience, 2 years before I even heard of Alien Interview.  Note the similarity to Airl’s assertions.

Much of this information I picked up on due to having to send memos back and forth between politicians.

Voting to get and retain power

Everyone in the “The Capital” were very well aware that the Cabal were using deceptive tactics to make people on earth “vote” them back into power, but very few people understood exactly how this was being carried out. The influence of the Cabal was so great that it had spread into the “real world” (that Egyptian like world), where information of this nature was also being suppressed by the people living there. Sound familiar?

It was a very similar situation like our mainstream media, where the Cabal controlled everything we read and watched. However, there were times when information would slip through the cracks and trickle down to the common folk. It was a totalitarian dictatorship taken to the extreme.

What was known amongst us was that there was an active force of Elders from other races that were opposed to the Cabal’s way of dealing with things, and were actively trying to break the hold that they had gained upon everyone on earth and in the real world.

At this point I was not 100% lucid but had flittering moments of lucidity coming through.

A prominent guerrilla (like) group

There was a prominent guerrilla like group that the Elders belonged to, and every so often they were able to broadcast a message on the television screens. This was clearly an effort of tremendous hacking capabilities. Whenever one of these broadcasts appeared, every single person stopped what they were doing to listen to them (the TV’s were set out so that not a single person could escape the constant propaganda being delivered to them on an hourly basis courtesy of the Cabal). The word of the Elders was considered of paramount importance over everything else by the slaves and middle class men and women.

I was in the political chambers when the broadcast came on. It started with the usual address to the people from the Elders.

It stated bluntly that they were actively deconstructing the Cabal network in and around Earth, and that great progress had been made.

As it went on, I made my way out into the triangle courtyard where the nearest TV was.

Some specifics of these operations were mentioned. This was surprising to everyone as it was normal for the Elders to keep such things secret. It was the greatest announcement these people had ever witnessed, because it was the first time they had acknowledgment of being in the Elders’ thoughts. It was a broadcast that confirmed many things that until then had only been rumored to have occurred.

As I watched the broadcast the Elder mentioned that there were people that had been sent to Earth – or the false world – to act as representatives for their group. These people had been tasked with delivering information on the main device the Cabal had in operation that was keeping them in power. They then proceeded to run a very long scrolling list of who those representatives were.

It was evident that they had embedded some sort of code in that list. My eyes scrolled with the names and I began to target out my name and mentally zoom into it. I could read it as clearly as day.  This is something that has never been easy in my dreams, even the lucid ones, and I realized it said Daegon Magus.

The thought went through my head that it was my author pseudonym but it was missing my middle nickname; it was very specifically a target to activate me, or – more correctly – deprogram me. I had been thinking of changing it to a different name (in the physical world), but this experience dissuaded me.

The name sort of popped out of the screen and hovered in mid-air, and the letters rearranged themselves. As they did my surroundings dissolved into atoms, then the name along with it. I was now somewhere between the fabric of that reality speaking directly with the Grand Elder. Or a similar Elder. At this point I was once again functioning from the level of my higher mind and was completely lucid and consciously aware of what was going on; this had been the first time the Elder had pulled me out of a “standard dream” to communicate with me, rather than a lucid one.

These guys had some really neat tricks up their sleeves.

The Elder spoke of a word which was like a conjunction of Uranus, Saturn and Mercury or some other planets in our solar system, which when said sounded like 3 people were speaking it at once. Each version, however, would be slightly different. When read, it looked as though some of the letters had been doubled – something like Urraanniiuusatecry or Urraanniiuussaatteeccrryy.  I don’t know if this was the name of my people, of the Elder’s people or if it was the name of the Elder himself, but it was a very, very important word that I was made to remember.

I was also shown a very vivid image of another elitist name and how they had embedded some kind of programming formula by rearranging its letters. Exactly the same as what had been done with mine. Essentially these were cyphers, that, if meditating on, rearranging them in the proper sequence could apparently lead to dissolution of the illusion in one’s own consciousness. What you do is pull the letters out and move them to a different place in the name, like you are making an anagram. It has to be a very specific order, and the vowels are the letters that are removed while the consonants remain in place. That is if my memory serves me correctly.  The occult magical system of deconstructing “abracadabra” is similar to how these ciphers were meant to work. Again, that is my interpretation.

Half way through this encounter I was disturbed by Storme who I knew had spoken to me back in the Egyptian like “real world”. I was able to shift my consciousness from the atomic plane to the real world plane without effort.

I realised I was now in some kind of study room reading a book.

Storme had come in, and noticed the blank look on my face as I stared at a page without movement. She asked what I was doing in a very confused tone. I snapped out of my daze to tell her “its ok, I am receiving some very important information from an Elder regarding the election”.  I then looked back at the page in my book and the letters began rearranging themselves in the same way as the ciphers. Again, everything disintegrated and I was back in the atomic plane where the Elder was waiting for me.

Are Earth Humans in a Consciousness Simulation?

I asked very specifically if we {back on Earth} were in a consciousness simulation.

The Elder confirmed to me that yes, every single person on Earth was trapped in a false reality that had been constructed by the Alien factions present within the Cabal. It had been designed so that consent of these people was unwillingly being given as to mark their votes for the Cabal remaining in office.

All contracts signed within the physical reality apparently equated to a vote for the Cabal to remain in office. The third parties mentioned in such contracts were in reference to non physical entities that were in control of the higher energetic bodies. Contracts were literally binding us to the physical reality, through quantum loopholes according to the Elder.

The Elder explained that when Earth bodies come out of physical reality during their sleep, they are hijacked as they do so. They are then taken to special facilities in the “real world”. They are processed and implemented with fresh programming to keep their physical life story consistent.

After that they are either thrown back into the VR machine or let free in a restricted part of the “real world” where their labor is used for the upkeep of the city. This is under the heavily brainwashed idea that the city would crumble if they didn’t volunteer to help. This keeps them obliged to depend on the Cabal and offer them consent in exchange for security. This was the blueprint upon which the entire VR machine was written.

The Elder told me the guerrilla force openly opposing the Cabal were successfully deconstructing parts of this virtual reality machine and the sleep trapping mechanisms being deployed by the Cabal. He told me they were preparing the people of Earth for a transition to another “buffer” reality which appears similar to this false one, but is not under the control of the Cabal.

They apparently could not come here openly and do this because there were “things preventing them from doing so”. He explained these things as a sort of invisible force field around earth. Again hitting on some strong coincidences with Airl. So basically all operations supporting this agenda had to be carried out in planes external to the physical one.

The way he described it was that it was essentially a rehab for Earthians to detox them from all the VR dependencies they had come to rely on due to the Cabal’s manipulation of their free will.

Once properly detoxed the plan was to switch the VR engine off altogether, in which the Earthians would be allowed to return to the real world. It would no longer be restricted or under the control of the Cabal.

Any factions associated with the Cabal would never again be allowed to sit for the election. A new purpose for Earth would then come into motion where the newly elected council would take office.

I was then taken to a scenario that was apparently used immediately after sleep hijacking takes place and immediately before insertion of a subject back into the VR world. Again this was related to what the Obama V2.0 had told me about the holographic tech. Like in my other experiences, I could still hear the Elder’s voice telepathically in my head, telling me to take notes of certain things.

Mentally, I was completely coherent and lucid by this stage.

Entangled in a false reality

It was explained to me by the Elder that usually the subject is not allowed to view this scenario taking place. It is designed to trigger the sub consciousness in a very specific way to keep them entangled in the false reality and think it was real.

I was in this really seedy city type place walking down a sort of road or a back alley at night time. To begin with a dog in a nearby yard came running up to a fence that bordered the road barking at me quite aggressively. As I walked by it more and more dogs would come out, each a little bit more vicious than the last, and the group getting bigger each time. I was content in the fact that the fence was there protecting me from them. I turned a corner and found that once again more dogs were waiting for me, but this time there was no fence and they were in the middle of the road. They would run up to me, go to bite me then something would happen and I would be missing time. I would be in a completely different part of the city facing an even bigger threat. I got to the end of the scenario which took place in some sort of abandoned abattoirs where something horrible (that I can’t remember but I am sure had to do with dismembering my body) happened.

At this point the scenario froze and the Elder’s voice pierced my thoughts.

It was explained to me that this scenario was designed to gradually build up a subjects fear response by subtly ramping up the threat factor being posed to them. This is then used to condition them toward a certain reaction when they start to become aware of the illusion of the VR world.

I was told this scenario could go on for a long time depending on their personality and how hard it was to kick in their fear instinct. It was shown to me that by kicking in the fight or flight reflex, the subject immediately forgets all ideas of the illusion and commits to locking themselves back in to the virtual reality while they deal with taking care of the threat.

They keep you busy dealing with “scary” illusions so you don’t cotton on to them being exactly that. Illusions. I had grown accustomed to using  my mind without its body, so these illusions didn’t phase me quite as much. What were they going to do? Dimension spin me again? I was that annoying dog that kept getting out of whatever fence you kept putting up around it regardless of how many different worlds you made me experience in the span of a whole second.

The Elder made me walk back through the scenario from finish to start, as this was how it was done by the Cabal. I suddenly realized I was watching myself in third person. I came across a group of thugs, and although not feeling scared, I decided to fight them, knowing that I could beat them easily. As I did, the Elder Guardian’s voice in my head said “No. That’s how they want you to react”. So I stopped what I was doing and calmly walked back to the end of the road, then came back around and went straight past, ignoring them.

I eventually got to the groups of rabid dogs. Instead of running from them I just barked and snarled back at them. The results were instantaneous. The dogs went from being massive vicious Rottweilers and Doberman’s to shrinking to very scared little Chihuahua’s that went hightailing it down the road not understanding what was going on. It exposed to me a flaw in the programming design, that if you fight it without physical aggression, and it instead challenge its dominance it does not know how to respond. If you believe you are much scarier than the illusion, the illusion no longer works.

I got back to the start of the scenario and something happened.

I blacked out.

I blacked out and came to in a sort of decontamination chamber belonging to the Cabal’s military. This was a very long hallway which I assumed was where the holographic scenario was being broadcast. I was totally butt naked.

It was creepy how similar this was to the Matrix. Only I wasn’t waking up in a pod like Neo. And the things greeting me weren’t machines. Or aliens. They were real, human people, dressed in military uniforms.

Physically, I could not move my body the way I wanted to. Something else was in control of it and was piloting it remotely. It felt similar to sleep paralysis.  I couldn’t talk. All I could do was watch through my eyes as two guards escorted me through the decontamination chamber.

They quickly washed me down, and pressed a button and the door next to the shower section opened. This thing was like what you see in military bunkers; it was almost square shaped, several feet thick and made of solid steel. It slid open from both sides.

I was walked out of the decontamination chamber into a room that looked like a standard operations control room, with people typing things on computers that had been arranged around a big screen.

To my immediate right was a wall, and to my left was a rail the otherside of which dropped down to a sunken level. This is where the computers were set up. 5 meters in front of me were steps that led down to that level. The opposite wall was about 10 or so meters away, which had another massive steel door embedded into the wall to my immediate right. I still have a photographic memory of this place.

They notice an anomaly

One of the programmers collected my data (everything I had perceived in this physical reality) and upon noticing an anomaly with it showed the Commander, asking him if they should refresh my programming and send me back in or not. Sometime during all of this the Grand Elder’s voice kept coming through telling me to take note of certain things and of the Alien beings that were in control of the facility; I caught a glimpse of one of them through a viewing window that had another room on the other side. The viewing window was to my immediate left in the back wall of the sunken level; the same side of the door I’d just come through.

This was the only time I ever saw an alien during my mystical experiences, but I cannot remember what it looked like. If I had to hazard guess, I would say mantid, solely because the only thing I remember about it was that it had some sort of dark armour like skin. An exoskeleton. It’s like the rest of its image has been blocked.

All I can remember of it was that its hand was interacting with some sort of control panel in the other room. That other room appeared to be completely insulated from this one, like they were trying to keep that being and the humans separate. I think the Commander was the only one who was allowed to go near it.

It became apparent that the Commander – who was human – was the one piloting me.

He took one look at the dataset and replied

“No, something is wrong. He has been doing something or talking to someone off record and I want to find out who or what it is”.

He ordered me to walk over to what looked like a rack full of movies and video games to which my arm automatically began pulling out “The Lord of the Rings”.

I had no idea what this meant but, the Commander smiled and said

“Ahh is that what he has been doing? In that case we’ll drop this one into the test rig”.

The Elder’s voice reassured me everything was ok. He told me this was expected and that something had been hidden in the dataset to bring that outcome to fruition. He was speaking directly to me, right in front of these guys and they couldn’t register it. This was despite them monitoring every aspect of my mind. It was like the Elder had the ability to put me into a bubble where mine and his thoughts couldn’t be read by the programmers.

I was whisked into yet another room where some sort of device lay set up, hanging from the roof, with lots of tubes and wires coming out of it. I was made to stand in the middle right underneath this thing on a sort of platform.

A similar spherical portal to the ones I had summoned during lucid dreaming appeared in front of me.

And now another world.

Once again everything went dark, and then I “awoke” in another world that was a very close replica of the real world, but with a sort of village in its center. It was being contained by heavily armed Cabal guards that roamed its borders. I remember looking out of a deck of some sort of apartment or pub at the sky and poles and thinking

“Fucking hell this is so obviously fake. How did I ever think this was real?”

Immediately two things became obvious; the guards were “asleep” and the people they were keeping contained were awake; i.e. the people knew it was a VR world, but the guards didn’t. I remember seeing some old man who looked like a local celebrity – Scotty –  and I couldn’t work out why with all these awakened people no one was doing anything.

“I said, you know this is a false reality don’t you?”

Scotty looked at me very hesitantly and said “yeah so?”

I suddenly remembered that everyone was imbued with a power associated with one of the four elements, and that if awakened they could summon that element to aid them. Apparently when combined properly with those of other elements they are quite powerful.  This was knowledge the Cabal had successfully suppressed, but I don’t know how I knew it. It was just something my higher mind knew. I only remembered it once I was thrown into the test rig.

I summoned wind – my element – and turned to Scotty…

“So why don’t you help me so we can get out?”

Scotty looked at me with a very worrying look and said “no”, then huddled off.

So escape…

I figured at that point that people here were too oppressed to be of any help, so I started summoning tornadoes and cyclones to tear apart the buildings. This was just the standard sort of things I always did in Lucid Dreams; I’d just summon whatever I needed whenever I needed it.

The exception to this was when I was stuck in a consciousness prison, as they disallowed me this ability. Alarms went off and guards came running. I just casually walked past them, and they stopped in confusion as it seemed they couldn’t see me. This was despite me being right in front of them.

I ended up walking to a place that would have been out of bounds, if it weren’t for my destructive efforts. Somewhere along the lines I got the gist that this VR was a new “model” the military were working on implementing and was in its testing phase. Hopefully I caused them a bit of a headache with my antics. You could sort of see the boundaries of blankness where they hadn’t uploaded any environment data.

I think the making of this place was in direct retaliation to the Elder attacks on their system.

Well… I am at a university….

I ended up at what appeared to be a university building. This was the impression I got anyway. It had nicely manicured gardens and big glass windows that reached the roof which was only a couple of stories high.

Inside the foyer there was what appeared to be a sculpture of a brain made out of Ethernet cables instead of grey matter. Upon looking at the cables I realized they were coiled like old telephone cords and each terminated somewhere on the sculpture in a typical network hub.

There were thousands upon thousands of connections (this thing took up an entire room and was 2 storeys high) which all had blinking yellow and red lights at their ends. Something told me this was the VR server where every ones consciousness is downloaded while they are in the physical reality. I had this understanding that it was through the coiling of the wires that they were able to control consciousness similar to what we know as inductive coupling. The coils read the magnetism carried off via our thoughts.

I was about to destroy the whole thing when I came to the understanding it would be detrimental to those consciousness’s still attached to it. I decided to leave it and walk for the stairs.

As I reached the top a glass door slid open and out stumbled two people, dazed like zombies, one of which I knew to be Storme and the other of who I knew in the “real world”. I asked them “are you awake” – my code phrase for “are you lucidly aware” –  and they both shook their heads robotically. I said to myself “looks like I am going back in”. I summoned an inward projection portal and projected into it. At this point I woke up in this physical reality back in bed.

This concluded my mystical experiences, but certainly not the paranormal ones.

Am I crazy?

At this point, I would have checked myself into the nearest mental asylum if it hadn’t been for Elon Musk and the other Silicone Valley giants jumping on board the whole simulation theory idea.

Then there was this I ended up stumbling upon:

In the video version I watched, it was reported Erin was actually the CEO of a company who were developing brain implant chips similar to Musk’s.

None of this compared to any of the confirmation I would ultimately get.

Then collapse!

My lucid dreaming capabilities ended up taking a nose dive, shortly after the Unseen 5 experience. I chalked this down to having a kid and no longer being in the well rested state of mind that I know is crucial for it. I was actually quite surprised with these last two experiences.

They were the first proper lucid dreams I had had in quite some time.

As you can imagine, the mystical experiences drove me crazy. I ended up trolling around the internet trying to find someone – anyone – with anything even remotely similar to talk to. I was lucky that I at least had Storme to talk to about it all. Who knows where I’d be if I didn’t.

I dropped a compressed version of this story on a few UFO and Starseed groups and others for occult subjects such as astral projection and lucid dreaming.

I was met with either “I call bullshit, astral projection is not relevant to ETs” from the UFO/ occult crowds, or “I am an alien from Pleiades because a psychic told me so” from the Starseed groups.

Although the Starseed groups seemed promising, I noticed a lot of information on there that was downright false that people were lapping up.

Two years later (this year), it all started coming to a head.

I was phoned by a very prominent ET researcher in America who linked my experiences to the Majestic 12. The information she gave me in that interview apparently came directly from her source within the CIA. This source had been told things by an MAJ Agent himself. I will include a report of that interview in another article. I wanted to include her in my autobiography, but she was apprehensive about it and asked me specifically not to mention her. Hence I have omitted her name.

I was contacted by another who was part of a similar consciousness operation and grew up under the ice in Antartica. She only reached out to me because she could relate to my experience where I “wrote the scroll.” This person I have been in constant contact with since making her acquaintance. I was talking to her on almost a daily basis for a good few months about everything she has experienced.

She has some very interesting things to say which parallel a lot of what MM has written in some of his articles. I hope one day she is able to share her experiences as I have done with mine.

In the same week I met this person I was put on to the Alien Interview document by someone else and my jaw hit the floor. The amount of things I experienced that Airl described was insane.

This was before Isaac CARET had even put me on the path of MM. If you find that {Isaac CARET} article of MM’s, I even mentioned the Alien Interview in one of my comments (I incorrectly misnamed Lawrence Spencer as Paul Spencer) before it was on MM’s radar.

So you can say I was pretty damned excited when MM did an 8 part breakdown of it and confirmed it as being what spawned MAJ.

I had been thinking of doing my own breakdown of it in regards to how it ties in with my lucid dreaming experiences since January before MM did his in June. Mine will be up once I have written more articles to provide some back context to it.

And of course there is MM himself. He was honestly the first person I had seen who was explaining things I already knew about in very similar ways to how I knew them. Reading his accounts it was uncanny how similar our thoughts were on many subjects. You may have noticed me subtly implying these parallels throughout my articles.

What MM calls “prayer affirmation campaigns” I had a very similar concept going on which I called “manifestation”.

Occultism was all about the idea one could elicit change in their environment through will power alone, after all; this was something I had an unfaltering belief in since I was a kid. I never once thought it was a load of bullshit. Back in 2019 I was conducting experiments in determining the timespan between intention and manifestation.

I had a success one day in which I was able to pin point the manifestation as being exactly 10 hours after the intention. I can tell you that custom number plates on cars are a good way to manifest “messages” because of the subconscious energy people all put into driving.

When MM says “combined focus of a goal amplifies the affirmation campaign”, you won’t find a better place where everyone’s attention is focused on the same thing than on the road.

In my experiments I was trying to use the information in random custom numberplates to “tell me” when my manifestation worked.

It also works by sending emails to yourself.

What do you think I was doing going nuts trying to find these 20 000 other souls I was supposed to be in charge of? Sending the Elder Guardians messages via my own email address specifically to reconnect with people that were part of it, of course. I didn’t have as clear a focus, but somewhere deep inside me, something just knew it would work. Part of my affirmation/ manifestation campaign was to be put into more specific information in regards to how it all worked. MM was the literal jackpot of my manifestation efforts (thankyou MM).

The Rufus thing I totally dig as well.

I’m the type of guy who doesn’t fling homeless people whatever spare change is in my wallet; I go and buy them a proper meal and sit down and talk with them for as long as they will allow me. I don’t do this for any reason other than because I know how much it sucks to be lonely.

Given my wife was homeless, I also have a vicarious understanding of how much it sucks to have nowhere to go. It’s easy to fling change and pass them by.

Everyone wants to be heard, but not everyone wants to listen. Be the one that wants to.

Always look for an opportunity to help someone. If the opportunity jumps out at you and catches you off guard, take it at once. The ones watching in the outer planes – like the EG and U5 – will notice, even if nobody in the physical does.

Ah. this is enough for now. There's a lot of "meat" to absorb here. Soak it in. Enjoy it, and soon enough part 5 will be posted. Best Regards. -MM

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

When the base-line world-line template changes it is a change to the fundamental Master Template

This is a very advanced article on world-line travel. In it we discuss something new. It is something that has never happened before, or at least while I was in MAJestic, it never happened. And I was unaware of it, or the consequences of it. And we are going to talk about it here. Maybe shine a light or two on what is going on.

It consists of changes to the Master template.

Because this is such an advanced subject, we will put this in the advanced section of world-line travel studies.

What triggered this

An unusual and peculiar shift in the world-line template was detected.

Templates tend to be “rock hard” and stable. They are the foundations from with all the personal templates are derived from. Tend to be, and thus are always assumed to be so.

However, the fundamental Master template changed.

Now, I have NEVER experienced this before. And it is a very rare, rare event. In fact, while I know that they can be altered by anchoring, I had no idea that they could dramatically altered in such a fundamental manner.

I have previously described anchoring of mass consciousnesses. I would “pull down”, or “twist” reality, and then the elastic nature of the template would return back to it’s previous state with whatever bad events that were to happen avoided.

What has occurred is something similar. Only instead of the elastic nature of reality “snapping back” to it’s previous state, it has snapped into a new state.

How MM detected it

Oh, Lordy!

Just because my ELF probes are retired and my involvement with MAJestic has officially been terminated, my EBP’s are all still active. And they are continually working with my physical and non-physical bodies on numerous levels.

So this is how I can tell.

You see, it’s really difficult to describe. However, imagine that every day you wake up to a overcast day, with some apartment buildings in the distance, and some traffic on the road. Then one day, you notice that the sky is blue and sunny, and that instead of apartments you see green hills with grazing sheep and no cars.

You NOTICE the difference.

It’s like that.

The way I “feel” or “sense” the template structure has changed. It feels substantially different.

Like how one day your are feeling the trunk of a tree and the bark is rough, and another day the bark is smooth and glossy. It is like one day you are used to drinking hot coca beverages, and the next day you are drinking ice cold mint tea.

It is, however, a subtle difference.

It’s like drinking red or black tea for decades, and then one day you are drinking Oolong Tea, or Green Tea. It’s like always drinking Folgers coffee and then suddenly drinking Maxwell House brand coffee. It’s like always smoking Marlboro cigarettes and then suddenly smoking Camel. It’s like always drinking Budweiser beer and then suddenly drinking Genesis Stout.

It’s very subtle.

There are no words for me to describe this, simply because the experience is so unique and it involves a combination of senses to form a whole. And no, there are no alpha-numeric characters or symbols involved. It’s like the entire interface is just, well… different.

Anyways, you just have to trust me on this. The Master template has changed. Not any of the subsequent “child” templates. Simply the Master Template.

An Example

Consider the elasticity of plastic. Templates (pretty much) follow similar rules as plastic does. If you try to change a template, it will “bounce back” after a spell. But you can make permanent changes to it with more effort.

For plastic…

Plastic can be bent and twisted and eventually it will snap back into shape. (This is shown in the flat line from point 1 to point 2 in the diagram below.) It is the “Elastic Region”.

A plastic straw can be bent and twisted and then snap back into shape.

But if you deform the plastic past a certain point, it will not snap back exactly. No. Instead it will go to a new location and a new shape. (This is shown in the diagram below. Point 2 to point 3.) It is the “Plastic Region”.

You can deform plastic to a point where it will not snap back into shape.

And if you apply extreme pressure on it, it will actually break and snap into two parts. (Point 5 in the diagram below.)

Plastic can permanently change it’s shape.

The diagram for plastic deformation

Here is the diagram that I have referred to above.

  • Note point 1 – 2. This is the “Elastic Region”.
  • Note point 2 – 3. This is the “Plastic Region”.
  • Note point 5. This is the “Point of fracture.”

The plastic modulus of elasticity.

For templates…

When I was active in MAJestic operations, all of my efforts for anchoring was in the point 1 to point 2 region, the “Elastic Region”. I would “anchor” clusters of world-lines, and in so doing, prevent certain events or changes. Then things would mostly return to the previous shape.

I say "mostly" because often there would be slides that would place my consciousness elsewhere than where I started off from.

Specifically, and so not to be confused, "slides" were an event that my consciousness experienced as I was "anchoring" world-lines. They were wholly associated with me, and my observation of the reality around me.

What is going on now (This peculiar change to the Master Template.) is that something has moved the fundamental baseline template to the “Plastic Region”. It changed permanently, and can no longer return to it’s previous shape or form.

Quick review of key points

I don’t want to regurgitate the entire MM teachings here. Just point out some basics.

  • Our consciousness travels moment to moment into world-lines.
  • Each world-line has it’s own past and future.
  • But our consciousness only spends a fraction of time in it.

If you map the path of travel, you get your life-line. And life-lines can be placed on a three dimensional map known as a “template”. This map is the highest probability of travel granted to your consciousness. With geography controlled by difficulty.

  • Templates are established at birth. As such they are known as Pre-Birth World-Line Templates.
  • You can “slide off” the previously established template on to a new one. You do this by directed thought.

From the point of view of your consciousness, the only things that matter are your [1] template map, [2] your directed slides, [3] the world-lines that you visit, and [4] the geography of the map.

However, the thoughts of all consciousnesses define the terrain of the template maps. Not just one person. They are not hard and fixed. Like concrete. They are like soft foam mats that can be moved and pushed and bent.

This is why MM was so involved in “anchoring”.

What do I mean templates…

Consider a word processor.

If you use Microsoft Word (MS Word) it will come with a default document template. This is the blank document that always comes up in the software program when you turn it on and start a new file. 99% of all users start out with this template. This is the default template.

Default MS Word Template.

Now, if you work at  company, they might have a “default” company template.  Many, but not all companies do this you know. It depends on the company. But the truth be told that most large companies have very distinct rules on the formats of the documents that you send out. For instance, they would specify the font you use, and the colors that you use. They would specify the logo that you use as well, as well as the layout.

This is a modified “MS default template”.

It will include such things as the company stationary, address, phone numbers and font and size selection. All users in a certain company will use this template. This is the company template. Here’s some examples…

Company template examples.

Now, that being said, when you start in the company you will then take this company template, and customize it as your own.In the space that says, “Project Name”, you will enter the name of the project. And the same goes for the date and all the other particulars.

You will add YOUR name, and YOUR title. You will add YOUR extension, and e-mail data to it. This will be your template.

Your personal template using in the email system.

And each letter, note, or message you will write will be a new document using this template. It will have it’s own document number, date, author and name.

Well…

This is similar in how your world-line travel occurs. If you consider each world-line that you visit to be a “new document“, then your world-line template map is the equivalent to “Your template“.

And whether you stay on that template or slide onto a new template. It is still your template.

Your template, in turn, is derived from your Pre-birth world-line template. And this is equivalent to the “Company template“.

And when you and everyone else is in “Heaven” and deciding on what your next reincarnation will be on the earth, you will use the “default template” that came with the software package. We call this the Master Template.

Template hierarchy

To recap, this is the general hierarchy for MS Word templates…

  • General Microsoft Default Template
  • Company Official Template
  • Your Personal Occupation / Position Template
  • Your individual documents

And for world-line travel, it looks like this…

  • Master Template
  • Pre-birth World-Line Template
  • World-line Template Map
  • Individual World-lines

So what is going on?

Every MM reader can do something that 99% of the population cannot do. They have the skill set to “slide” off their pre-birth world-line template. And that is how you can change your life. They travel life on their own world-line template map.

But just about everyone else is stuck on their pre-birth world-line template. they are just living life like a fated robot.

But all templates are derived from the most fundamental template; the Master Template. And it has changed.

How can I describe the changes?

It is such a subtle change that most people will not catch it, nor understand it. To most people it will not look like anything changed. But you know, the template rules have completely changed.

Consider what happens to you Microsoft Word (MS Word) documents when you change the default temple…

Changing the default MS Word templates.

The content will remain the same, but how the content interacts with each other in a unified visual style will be different.

Your past  will not change. Your slides, your world-lines none of those things will change. All the things that you have learned about and use on MM will not change.

What will change is how your consciousness interacts with reality.

For instance, any of these things can (might) change.

  • How easy or hard it is to start Lucid Dreaming.
  • The ability to slide to new templates.
  • How directly involved your thoughts are with the fabric of your reality.
  • The aspects of time relative to where you are going in your direction vector.
  • The life-span of a typical human can increase or decrease.
  • The ability to perform non-physical reality travel.
  • The ability to sense or not, the non-physical reality.
  • The interactions that we have, or don’t have with the Mantids

And so on and so forth.

But since it is far to early to know what we are working with, what the changes will be is anyone’s guess.

It’s literally a “new ballgame”.

A whole new ballgame, a A completely altered situation, as in It will take a year to reassign the staff, and by then some will have quit and we'll have a whole new ballgame. This expression comes from baseball, where it signifies a complete turn of events, as when the team that was ahead falls behind. [ Colloquial; 1960s] 

- A New Ballgame Idiom

Why did the Master Template change?

I do not know.

Obviously the previous  Master Template was established by the “Old Empire”.

“The bureaucracy that controlled the former “Old Empire” was from an ancient space opera society, run by a totalitarian  confederation of planetary governments, regulated by a brutal social, economic, and political hierarchy, with a royal monarch as its figurehead.   

This type of government emerges with regularity on planets where the citizens abandon personal responsibility for autonomous, self-regulation.”

Since the “Old Empire” no longer exists, we have to assume that the Type-1 Greys have (somehow) managed to change, reset or alter the Master Template to achieve their goals and objectives. After all, “The Domain”, or the Empire of the Type-1 Greys vanquished the “Old Empire” and took over completely.

Their goals are (pertaining to this “Prison Planet”, as I have discussed before, to free consciousnesses from living a reincarnation existence over and over, and over, and over without end.

Once the IS-BEs expelled from the “Old Empire” arrived on Earth, they were given amnesia, and hypnotically tricked into thinking that something else had happened to them.  The next step was to implant the IS-BEs into biological bodies on Earth.  

The bodies became the human populations of “false civilizations” which were designed and installed in the minds of IS-BEs to look completely unlike the “Old Empire”.

— Except from the Top Secret manuscripts from 1947 Roswell, published in the book ALIEN INTERVIEW

So, while it could be to prevent damage to the physical environment on the earth for one reason or the other, it can also be associated with non-physical changes and realities that we have no knowledge or understanding of.

Our Reality

The “reality” that earth-bound humans inhabit is an artificial construct. It is much like the movie “The Matrix”, except that it is an entire universe with it’s own separate “Heaven Universe”.

This artificial reality is a construct.

And the base line code for it is called the Master Template.

It is the fundamental reality that keeps IS-BE consciousnesses locked within this physical geographical space. And while there are many extremely intelligent and capable consciousnesses that inhabit this reality, the cunningness of the system keeps the consciousnesses focused on other things instead of their abilities and how to escape the prison.

“An “untouchable” classification of IS-BEs also includes a wide variety of “political prisoners”.   This includes IS-BEs who are considered to be non-compliant “free thinkers” or “revolutionaries” who make trouble for the governments of the various planets of the “Old Empire”. Of course, anyone with a previous military record against the “Old Empire” is also shipped off to Earth.

A list of “untouchables” include artists, painters, singers, musicians, writers, actors, and performers of every kind. For this reason Earth has more artists per capita than any other planet in the “Old Empire”.

“Untouchables” also include intellectuals, inventors and geniuses in almost every field. Since everything the “Old Empire” considers valuable has long since been invented or created over the last few trillion years, they have no further use for such beings. This includes skilled managers also, which are not needed in a society of obedient, robotic citizens.

Anyone who is not willing or able to submit to mindless economic, political and religious servitude as a tax-paying worker in the class system of the “Old Empire” are “untouchable”.

... and sentenced to receive memory wipe-out and permanent imprisonment on Earth.

The net result is that an IS-BE is unable to escape because they can’t remember who they are, where they came from, where they are. They have been hypnotized to think they are someone, something, sometime, and somewhere other than where they really are.” 

~ Alien Interview

__________________

“…the very unusual combination of “inmates” on Earth – criminals, perverts, artists, revolutionaries and geniuses – is the cause of a very restive and tumultuous environment. The purpose of the prison planet is to keep IS-BEs on Earth, forever. Promoting ignorance, superstition, and war between IS-BEs helps to keep the prison population crippled and trapped behind “the wall” of electronic force screens.” 

~ Alien Interview

What the change is…

Anyways, you just have to trust me on this. The Master template has changed. Not any of the subsequent “child” templates. Simply the Master Template.

Is this change good or bad?

It’s certainly not “neutral”.

And I have this strong belief that it is a “good” thing that is in favor of the majority of the people on this planet. Maybe 80% of humans.

My GUESS is that some aspects of the Master Template were altered to delete various aspects of “Prison Planet” snares, entanglements, monitoring, suppression, manipulation, memory suppression, and reincarnation. But what they are specifically is unknown.

In my mind, this is probably a very, very good thing.

It also implies that the timetable for recovery of this “Prison Planet” environs has been advanced substantially.

Does this mean that World War III will occur or other planetary changes?

No.

It has no bearing at all on the general terrain of the templates. The terrain of the templates; the mountains, the valleys, the flat lands, they will all continue to exist as they always have.

It will not change any Geo-political situations, or up-coming physical changes.

The only impacts will be on the relationship of your consciousness to the physical and the non-physical  realities. Not on the realities themselves.

Should I be worried?

No.

There is no need to worry or be upset. Things are changing in a good way, and (my guess) is that the changes will benefit those that are able to control their thoughts and actions within this reality.

This includes all MM readers, and most especially those that perform Prayer Affirmation Campaigns.

Why do I refer to the changes as peculiar

The word “peculiar” means “strange, odd, or unusual”.

In my entire life, and that includes a long, long time in MAJestic active, and retired, I have never had or experienced this event. It is indeed strange, and to me, very, very odd. It is certainly unusual.

Most people, however, will not notice anything different.

Do I need to do anything different?

No.

Continue living life, and running your affirmation prayer campaigns as you normally do.

As time progresses and we see what we are working with here, I will establish some guidelines and suggestions to better help everyone deal with the changes to their new advantages.

I expect and anticipate that MM followers will have a far easier time in the Prayer Affirmations Campaigns, and they will start to see results quicker and with more “stickiness” than what you all would experience previously.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Affirmation prayer Campaign Index here…

Intention Campaigns

.

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

 

Metallicman Donation
Other Amount:
Please kindly enter any notes that you would like to attach to the donation here:

 

 

 

More stories and lessons from prior prayer affirmation campaigns and ghost campaigns

Today I have been busy getting ready for another photo shoot. Yeah. No kidding. Somehow, I and my entire family ended up getting roped into being models for a number of advertising firms, and a few days out of our week we spend at various photo studios on shoots. It’s a lot of work.

Oh. “Roped in” isn’t really accurate. It’s actually more like “opportunities arose ” and we took advantage of them, and they flowered and prospered.

Some of the shoots are in one or two main studios. Sometimes we use third-party studios as well, and there have been many, many outdoor photo shoots. Generally we go to one of the studios and get the makeup and costumes ready. This takes from two to three hours. Then we troop down to the photo shoot location. These off-site shoots take about 20 or so people, on top of the various makeup folk, grips, and all the rest.

We end up getting a small group of lookers-on that gather around and watch us. So we tend to have a real crowd of people hanging all around us. I suppose that it’s a real sight, I’ll tell you what. Today it was around ten to twenty people and maybe three to four infants. I guess we are the hottest thing to hit Zhuhai.

Our Photo shoot.

Our various photographers have told us that we are considered “premium” models. Which means that we are the top choice in the modeling industry I suppose. WTF? and why, for goodness sakes. It’s one of those things that just doesn’t make sense. Not at all.

Who would figure that my daughter would end up being a model?

My wife, well I can understand. She has this great skin. Really soft and flexible. It’s like she was born with natural hydration. It’s really quite amazing, and with her perfect eyebrows, well it’s “game over”.

But me? Give me a break.

What the Hell?

You know, I never specifically asked for this.

I never put “I will be a model” in any of my affirmation campaigns. But you know, that is how it happens, don’t you know. You picture a kind of lifestyle and a kind of life, and then suddenly your world-line template changes and you end up having all sorts of “off the wall” experiences that eventually take you to your end goals.

Off the wall, meaning unusual and unexpected.

As far as all this goes, I have no idea where it will take me, and take us. But I’m going with the flow, riding it out, and seeing what opportunities that it will present for us. You never know. Don’t you know.

Opportunities.

What do you know… about models.

My Affirmation Campaign to have a model as a girlfriend.

Actually, there was a time, a long time ago, when I wanted to have a beauty model as a girlfriend.

But it was a long time ago.

Oh, about twenty five years ago, it was a different time. It was a different place. I was much younger then, and hurting. The movie “Twister” came out and was in the theaters, as was the witch move “The Craft”. And oh my golly was it a different time. Would you believe that a burger at Burger King… for a “Whopper” was $1. Yup! That’s right.

I friggin’ lived off those things.

After my first divorce, I was fed up (as are everyone who has ever gone though such a horrific and trying experience) and I wanted something (someone) different. Not in the sexual sense. But in the personality department. I wanted, or desired a woman who was her own woman. I wanted a strong woman. I wanted a confident woman. I wanted, and needed a beautiful strong and confident woman who would be direct with me and honest with me and who I would be able to talk with.

Jeeze! You would think that it wouldn’t be so damn hard.

Oh, sigh. Not so.

So I started some affirmation prayer campaigns to improve my life. And of course, that meant that I would have a girlfriend.

Being lonely sucks. It’s not freedom. It’s coming home to a dark and empty home with no life except the flickering blue monitor and the television. You eat a quick meal alone. And you end up eating what ever is easiest to make. Maybe cereal. maybe eggs. Maybe a hamburger. Maybe a pizza.

I wanted a companion. I wanted a girlfriend.

Well, I didn’t want just any girlfriend. I wanted the best girlfriend. And in my mind, at that time, the ideal of what beauty was came from Playboy, Baywatch, and movies. So I figured, “what the Heck“, and “shot for the sky“.

So I had a simple statement;

I am living with a beautiful, thin, blonde, fashion model.

And you know what?

Come on MM readers, you know exactly what happened.

I did my affirmations and moved on. At that time I was conducting a three month on / three month off affirmation campaigns. Months passed. I met some girls. I dated a bunch, and was living life and then, approximately three years later it happened.

I “hooked up” with a fashion model.

She was exactly as I vocalized it. She was exactly as I specified her to be. Exactly as I wanted.

  • Thin. Not twiggy. Just healthy thin.
  • Beautiful. Stunningly beautiful. (Her driver’s license picture was the most beautiful one that I have ever seen in my life.) I mean, Jeeze!
  • Blonde. Not bleach blonde. But real blonde hair. And in a mane no less! I did not specify this, but oh boy did I want it!
  • Absolutely perfect lips. Stunning eyebrows. Perfect nose. Pretty blue eyes. Thin waist, and a nice swan-like curve to her back.
  • And she was a beauty model. She really was. She was a real, honest to goodness (go to photo shoots) model.
  • And she moved in with me.

I have to tell you all that when she walked down the street, cars would stop. People would look out their windows at her. And I mean it when I tell you that the moment I was out of ear-shot, other guys would “make a pass” on her. Jeeze!

So what was the problem?

Ugh!

Her personality was one of a self-centered narcissist.  That’s the problem. And that personality (that she had) was so foul and repulsive to me that I didn’t want to go near her. No matter how beautiful and luscious she was. I just couldn’t bear to live with her, and so many times her personality repelled me so that I didn’t want to be near her, talk with her, have sex with her, or do anything with her.

No matter how sexy she appeared. no matter how sensuous and appealing and feminine she behaved, and no matter what temporary personality she masked, I couldn’t stand her. She repelled me, and I had zero desires for any kind of sex or intimacy with her. Zero.

So, yeah. We lived together. But it was not what I wanted.

It was (instead) what I ordered through my prayer affirmation statements in my campaigns.

“Let the buyer beware.”

Eh?

Her name was CJ, and there is no question that she must be one of the most beautiful, physically attractive people to walk this earth. She probably has an Instagram account now, but who knows where she is now. The last time I talked with her was after my cat Texie died, and she was worried about me, and wanted to console me.

She wasn’t all that bad. Just not right for me.

Relationships

Women will understand, but not so much the men-folk. Relationships are very, very, VERY important. Far more important than the physical images that we project. But in today’s society it is all images, and impressions. And thus it’s all a big lie.

You cannot capture feelings of love, attractiveness or specialness in a picture. Instead it is something that you experience.

Lessons learned

You need to reach down deep and find out what you really want out of life, and go for it. Not what you think might make you happy.

For instance, I personally think that Maine Coons are the most attractive cats, but if one of my long lost little buddies reincarnates near me, I will take him (it) in what ever form, or shape that materializes beside me. I miss our companionship.

Maine coon cat.

Find out what you want deep down inside. Rely on your feelings to guide you. Do not fall for fake images or pretend illusions. Go and strive for the most basic elements that will massage your soul.

Ghost Campaigns

Right now, you could actually say that I am married to a professional model.

I mean me, and my entire family are now (as I said earlier) roped into being models for various advertising agencies. Perhaps one day you will see a picture of me in some airport billboard, holding a glass of brandy, a cigar in one hand and an expensive watch on my wrist. And you can point and say…

“…hey! I know that guy!”

LOL. But the thing is, I wonder if the idea that I am living with a model is a harmonic resonance from my earlier campaign that I had that manifested CJ? And if so, as I have stated before, since there is no such thing as time, your position in the world-line template is relative to the impressions made by the sum total of all your thoughts relative to that singular point in your life.

Viewing the events of these past few weeks as a model, I cannot help but wonder about the CJ connection, and the creation of always present “Ghost Campaigns”. Which might lead to other similar events that will stack up upon each other.

So consider this idea and consider this concept.

The Key Concept

Previous affirmation prayer campaigns never leave, they stay active until they are dismissed.

Now, there does seem an element of “fading away” over time. So if you do not maintain your affirmation campaigns, you will end up reverting back to your pre-birth world-line template.

This being stated, however, there actually is an element of “stickiness” to your affirmations.

The best way that I can describe this is with a piece of chewing gum.

Chewing Gum Example

First. When you first start a brand new affirmation, inside an affirmation campaign, it is like buying a stick of chewing gum. You go into a store, you pick out the chewing gum. you pay for the gum, and you take it home.

Second. When you finish your affirmation campaign, and enter the “wait period”, that is when you take the gum out of the paper wrapping and the foil, and put it in your mouth to chew upon. And the entire time when you are living life you are chewing that gum over and over.

Third. Over time, that gum starts to lose it’s flavor. So you need periodic mentions of that object / goal / want in subsequent affirmation campaigns. But even if you don’t mention it, you will still be chewing the gum. This is true even if you forgot about the gum.

Fourth. Eventually, over time your gum will be ready. And you will take it out and put it there (on the wall or under the table). And there it is! Your goal has been achieved!

Fifth. If you do nothing, eventually the gum will fall off the wall, or from under the table. No matter how sticky it is, it is not immune to the effects of time. And it falls away.

Sixth. But, if you look closely to where the gum was, you will see that there is still gum residue all around the spot where the gum was placed. This “residue” still exists no matter what, and it affect all of your subsequent affirmations and travels.

Another way of looking at this is with automobile tires.

Automobile Tire Example

If you imagine a prayer affirmation campaign as a car, and the world-line template as a terrain that the car must drive though, then you will realize that certain tires on the car can only go into certain areas.

  • Racing tires are for speed on highways.
  • General use tires are for most residential areas and city driving.
  • Mud tires are perfect for mud and rough terrain.
  • Snow tires are great for snow and winter driving, but bad otherwise.

If you have a major goal in your affirmation campaign, it is like putting on a specific set of tires on your vehicle.

As such, as the world-line template changes, you will have easier travel in some sections, and more difficult travel in other sections. And thus, even though you might not be aware of it, that previous affirmation campaign that told you to put rock-climbing tires on your vehicle really made the last few weeks much easier for you then they would have normally been.

When you have prior or previous affirmations, it is like you having special “custom tailored” terrain for you to drive upon awaiting you in your future. You see, when you make an affirmation statement; that statement creates as target and a goal.

But that target or goal is not a singular fixed point. It is a region.

And those regions might be near or far, and you might obtain that region in 1995 or again in 2021, but those regions still exist no matter what.

Consider this terrain map. This map omits the simplistic mesh grid showing world-line and instead show it as a solid mass, and colored in the standard geographical topography that all of us understand. Normally, I do not want to use this, but in this case, I will make an exception.

My world-line template showing these areas that are carry-over ghost affirmations. As you can see, I am going though one right now, but is will eventually end and I will continue on my merry way towards my ultimate goals and objectives.
Actually guys, imaging the world-line template as physical terrain is very accurate as long as you realize that each element of that terrain represents a specific type and kind of world-line. Water means that you might have to "swim" or change the way you traverse the MWI. Mountains means that you will have a more difficult bout of transit, and ice covered mountains are even worse.

You see, every time you make a prayer affirmation, it lays down a soft of “highway” or a foundational path. You can visualize it as a pond, as in the above image, or as something else, but it still exists.

It exists all over your template. In your past. In your present. And in your future. Even if you made those affirmations way back in 1983, they still exist. It’s  just that their magnitude and influence is reduced somewhat.

And whether you stay on that path (enjoy the fruits of your affirmations) or wander off, that path remains on your world-line template.

In my case, the desire to have a girlfriend who was a beautiful  model laid down some terrain on my world-line template that exists no matter what other wishes, desires or dreams that I focus on. That path is still there. Maybe I will go back on it, or maybe I won’t. But the primary foundational structure is there.

So again, life moves on.

And in my case, while I once had an affirmation campaign in which I lived with a beautiful model, I find myself still resonating in that reality.

Girlfriends came and went.

I lived life, took jobs. Lost jobs.

Moved all over.

Got married, and you know what?

No, my wife is not blonde. No, she is Chinese, but all the rest pretty much fits.

Which means that each and everyone of your affirmation campaigns still exists in one form… or the other.

In one form… or the other.

Handy Hint

Therefore, to play it safe, you must always be positive. Try to maintain positive affirmations no matter what. If you throw out something negative in the template, even if that goal has materialized, you will still need to deal with the “stickiness” of that particular negative affirmation.

Do not be too specific

Oh, and by the way…

Do not be too specific, be general in most cases, unless there is a really specific item or element that is important to you.

Imagine you have a long series of affirmation campaigns discussing having delicious “Hawaiian Pizzas”. Well, for those who do not know, these are pizzas with ham and pineapple. And some people love them. I mean, who’d figure, but they do.

Here, the specific item (and the focus word) is “pineapple”.

Hawaiian pizza is a type of pizza originating in Canada, best known for having pineapple and either ham or bacon as toppings. Hawaiian pizza is commonly considered controversial, provoking passionate and polarizing debate, mainly focused on the inclusion of pineapple. 

-Wikipedia
A Hawaiian pizza.

Now in this example, we will imagine that you have been running affirmations to eat Hawaiian Pizzas in every single one of your on/off campaigns. And sure as heck they do materialize.

After a few years, you find yourself living upstairs to a pizza restaurant and you get an unlimited number of free Hawaiian pizzas because the restaurant owner has been experimenting with different kinds of pineapple and different kinds of ham, and he wants you to try his daily concoctions.

Lucky guy?

Nope. Not luck. It is mind control. You have full control over your mind, and thus over your reality.

Now what I suggest is something here that might give you pause to think.

If you stop asking for Hawaiian pizzas in your affirmations, what then?

Well, I argue that over time, you will not get all those free Hawaiian pizzas. You will still be able to get them, but times will change as your other intentions manifest. Things will change and be different. Perhaps now you have a real fondness for all-meat pizzas.

You know, like a “real” human does.

Delicious all-meat pizza.

But the “residue” from those years of affirmations specifying Hawaiian pizza will still exist and still persist. They don’t evaporate. But rather they change to fit the reality and the influences of your current bathes of affirmations.

But how it will manifest is anyone’s idea. It depends on what your other affirmations are and you moment to moment situation.

  • You could end up eating pineapple in all your meals.
  • You could live and work on a pineapple farm.
  • You could end up living in Hawaii.
  • You could end up getting allergic to pineapples.

The future, no matter what it will be, will be influenced by your previous affirmations.

And thus the following reality might be a realistic thing to expect;

You live in Malaysia next to a pineapple farm where you own a all-meat pizza restaurant, and have five sons who call you “Big Daddy Poppa Pizza”.

And a fine commentary on Pineapple Pizza

Personal preferences

Every person is different, but I lean toward toward ice cream Sunday girls, meat pie ladies, and Rubin girls with aside of french fries. It has been my experience that most women worth spending time with knows exactly where they are in the food chain and what they are in a relationship.

And why.

And what they want to get out of it.

Things that you an add to your affirmation prayer campaigns

To prevent some latent “mines” or hidden surprises, you might want to add the following affirmation to your campaigns…

  • Any previous affirmation campaigns that would conflict with this current campaign are ignored and have no effect. This campaign supersedes all previous campaigns.

Important note

You know guys, this “modeling” is not my primary occupation. I am semi-retired and am involved in multi-million dollar projects. I am actually busily working with two (multi-million dollar) projects right now, and this is but a minor distraction. Truth be told.

Yet…

When you have been running a wide selection of diverse affirmation campaigns for decades, you start to have a very interesting and exciting life. Like guys… you have NO IDEA.

The point in all of this is that the photography ventures not the “end game”. They are something else. And in this case, they are the ghosted echos of a previous affirmation campaign.

These current events are in the lead up to my current set of goals. So no matter what distractions that these events create, I still must focus on my current goal set.

Focus on the goals and manifest your reality.

Since there is no time, all affirmations work together simultaneously

But it is a weighed input. The older and the more remote the affirmation from your present life-line is, the fainer it’s influence becomes. But it never goes away completely.

And thus you have my current life, and my current situation.

The MM lifestyle

I have a home on the beach and married to a wonderful beautiful model. My young daughter is a beauty fashion model as well. We eat well, we go out often. We live in a beautiful stunning area with great lush vibrant colors, an easy going great pace of life, and a wonderful future ahead.

Oh, and by the way…

All these components were all configured in prior verbal affirmation campaigns, but I never would have imagined that they would manifest like this. So… what does that tell you?

Come on. Think.

For goodness think.

You , and yeah you, can think and realize that your thoughts can really alter your reality. Even if you do not believe my narratives, you must admit that the excuses of “coincidences” simply do not “pass muster” or “cut it” in our reality.

What America tried to make MM into

The non-stop barrage of negativity flooding 24-7 on all media, plus the sucky lifestyle of a slave felon sex offender, and the constant worry that you could get thrown make into prison for jaywalking, of somehow being in violation of one new law or the other. Thoughts that would be dominant were I to stay inside of American would have painted my life quite differently.

I would probably living in a place much like this…

In another reality, this could have been me.

And dominant thoughts, though not as powerful as affirmation campaigns would absolutely influence my life at all levels.

All US communication is now solely for domestic consumption as the US internationally carries no authority, moral, legal, or political. It is the United States that is going to end up isolated in the world as our former allies and vassals turn to the future. 

The US, alas, cannot see a future that doesn't represent the past of imperial conquest. The Society of the United States is irretrievably broken, due in large part to the Hate Inc. business model of mass media that mirrors that Establishment's strategy to divide and conquer.


The United States is completely irrelevant in the world now, except to its own people who flail in a wasteland of ubiquitous propaganda and group-think.

Posted by: gottlieb | Sep 4 2021 18:13 utc | 5

Do not be under the mistaken idea that what I am now, where I am now, and the life that I live now are all coincidences and accidents. They are not. I absolutely was forced to change my life and get far, far away from those evil psychopaths who wanted to use me, and then discard me like some kind of crumpled Dixie Cup.

This is what they had planned for me…

This is what they had planned for me.

Despite all this bullshit, I am doing fine.

I attribute it to thought manifestation, and directed thought via affirmation prayer campaigns. And if you too, follow my led and my guidance, you too will have the kind of life that seems so far out of reach right now.

But [1] be patient. [2] Perform your affirmations rigorously. [3] Conduct a campaign, then [4] pause for an equal amount of time. then [5] repeat.

You will be surprised at how great your life becomes.

Expert Tip

Never, ever, ever let others define your life. Do not let them define your thoughts. Do not allow them to work up your emotions, or fears. You must define and control your thoughts. Otherwise you will blow in the winds of whatever is the fear-mongering of the day.

My life.

My life is mine. And there are elements in it that you all might find distasteful or not to your liking. But what I am trying to say is that it’s just perfect for me. And as it is all I really know, I want to be some kind of a sign-post or example to tell you all that you too can have your most wildest dreams come true. You really can.

You define your life. Not others. So refuse to listen to them.

"Why anyone would want to go to that disgusting, dirty, filthy, crime ridden cesspool under the brutal CCP regime is beyond me."

My Neighborhood.. Check out the video. I live in a very middle class neighborhood. This is typical residential China. This area is a mixture of residential and small business establishments.

"Have you seen how these people live? My Lord, they live in filth and squalor. And the crowds! And the dust and smog! Oh, and the horrible pale complexions, you can tell that they despise their lives."

Foodcheck out the video. I do eat well. Though, the food is very unlike what you would find in America. In fact, the “Chinese” food that you get in the United States does not resemble anything found in China, for the most part.

"The Chinese are starving. That is indefensible. And the only reason why you don't hear about it is because the brutal CCP regime controls all news. There is no freedom in China."
Just a little party from last weekend.

Where I livecheck out the video and my commentary.

Most everyone in China lives in building complexes. This is the area outside the front door to my building complex. My building complex hosts six residential towers, and a central park, pool and recreation facilities.

"Hey! Everyone knows that there isn't any freedom in the CCP regime, and that the poor people are being worked to death. They imprison Uighur's for their religion, and sexual exploitation of children is the norm rather than the exception."
Where I live.

From my living room. A good night to everyone from MM. You can watch the video here.

A good night to everyone from MM.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Prayer Affirmation index here…

Affirmations

.

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

 

Metallicman Donation
Other Amount:
Please kindly enter any notes that you would like to attach to the donation here:

 

[daegonmagus] – Part 3 – Conversation with the All Being and Initiation Into the Unseen 5

The following is the third part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

-MM

Part 3 –  Conversation with the All Being and Initiation Into the Unseen 5

In Part 2 I explained how I had yet another contact experience with the Grand Elder where I remembered my reincarnation. This was in a house that seemed to have a lot of paranormal activity going on. I also mentioned I had a rather traumatic experience where I was left crippled in my left hand, though I intentionally left out specific details.

As I was in hospital that very night, I heard some chaotic chatter in my head. My wife heard the same chatter about 50 kilometres away. These voices were telling her that “this was not supposed to happen”. I don’t know if this meant I was supposed to die that night, or not be put in that situation altogether. As you will see, it had a repercussive effect on the path my life was going to take.

We remained in this house a few more months after my hand was cut open, whilst we looked for somewhere else to rent. The neighbours had moved out and skipped town – according to the police. The thought of them knowing where we were was not exactly something we were enthusiastic about.

About a month before we moved, I was going to bed one night when I saw a random portal open up in front of my eyes. I was in bed with my eyes closed. Ever since I was little, I would see golden energy pulses whenever I’d close them. These energy pulses were particularly strong this night after a meditation I had done a few hours previous. They were so strong that I couldn’t sleep.

All of a sudden my eyes automatically opened. They were drawn to a point on the roof, which I couldn’t even make out due to the darkness of the room. Out of no where the portal appeared as a purple double lined spiral. It slowly started spinning. It lasted for a few seconds before disappearing.  I had seen an image of the exact same spiral a few years prior on the news. It was identical to the one that appeared over Trøndelag, Norway in 2009, except it had no blue light coming off it to the side.

Just another paranormal experience in the string of them that made up my life.

Somehow I thought the Australian Defense Force would have a hard time telling me this was just a failed missile launch. This was the official narrative the military in Norway gave for their spiral. This is the only time I have ever “seen” something whilst being completely present in this physical reality. My wife was building up a much better catalogue.

We ended up moving out just before New Years Eve 2014 . We scored a house on the other side of the hills not far from where my wife’s mother lived. Her (my mother in law’s ) friend was moving to Melbourne, so we got the house, along with her cat to look after. It was only supposed to be a temporary affair until she could fly the cat over on it’s separate plane. It ended up living with us the entire 6 months we lived here, and somehow got along with our male cat the whole time.

The owner – Nickie – was heavily into conspiracies about Reptilians. She turned lesbian after seeing her boyfriend shapeshift into one, one night. I am not sure who sounded more crazy; her and her conspiracies, or me talking about my experiences with the Elder Guardians and everything they told me.

Regardless, life at this house was good for awhile. We were able to get even more involved in astral projection and lucid dreaming. I had one astral projection experience where I was flying around a dark void. I crashed into something else that was buzzing around. I ended up exiting the session thinking I’d pissed off whatever it was. This place was devoid of all light, so I couldn’t see what exactly it was. It certainly felt heavy and bounced me back with enough force to make me feel like I’d hit a tree in my car.

When it came to astral projection, I wasn’t very good at it. Whereas with lucid dreaming I had much experience behind me, with astral projection I’d only managed to do it a handful of times. So when I found myself in this void, the idea that I’d have to adhere to a set of flying rules was lost on me. I thought I was alone traveling through it to a destination several light years away. Call it a lesson in astral travel etiquette.

After I exited the session, I managed to re-project into it shortly after. This time I had a very strong feeling that something – or several somethings – was watching me. It seemed I had caused a ruckus by crashing into whatever it was and failing to leave my insurance details (I joke). So rather than proceed, again I exited the session.

It was around this time I decided I needed to join the air force. No, like, I really needed to.

Reading MMs account of how he was drawn back to China Lake, this was exactly what it was like. I just all of a sudden got this random urge to join the military. An itch I couldn’t scratch. I had made a promise to myself in the past that if my life went to shit then I would try and join the defense force but this was different. This was like, I was ready to just up and leave Storme (my wife) – the only family I really had – for a family that didn’t even exist yet.

I was delusional. I told myself she would be ok with all the trauma behind her, while I went off and did 6 weeks training in Kapooka, NSW. I actually tried convincing myself I could juggle a military career and life as a full time carer at the same time.

I saw a friend from high school one day when I was at a doctor’s appointment. He had just finished a tour of Afghanistan and gave me the low down on the fitness levels required to get into the ADF. I was setting my sights on this idea, and I wouldn’t take my eyes off the prize. Not to mention I now had a severe medical handicap in my left hand. I told myself I could some how fake the medical examination; I was just that keen on getting in. It was sheer madness on my end.

I got into shape, and booked myself in for the performance fitness assessment. A few months passed, I got a job managing an electronics factory, then the big day came of the PFA.

Being only 24, I was still one of the oldest guys there by a good few years. Most of the recruits looked like they were fresh out of senior year of high school. One guy hadn’t even finished with his war on acne before he decided to fight one against a foreign enemy. He sat waiting for the interview that would see him become a junior officer in the army, shaking uncontrollably from nerves like he had a bad case of Parkinson’s. I just wanted to tell him to lighten up and relax.

Whilst everyone sat chatting with each as if it was some kind of friendly get together, I sat in silence, with my back straight observing the whole place. From the moment I walked in the door, I knew we were being monitored and judged on our character – I don’t even know how I knew this.

I did the PFA on the allocated computer  – it reminded me of the IQ tests I had taken at school – then went and sat back in the foyer and waited to be called in. I had opted for roles that were either to do with electronics warfare or signals intelligence gathering. I already had a qualification in electrotechnology and computer systems so something in that domain seemed like an obvious choice.  I just simply wasn’t interested in entering as a standard foot soldier – what we call grunts.

I wanted to do something exciting. Maybe it was all those James Bond and other spy movies I watched as a kid. Maybe it was all that shit on Majestic I’d read about in my brief moments away from watching Sean Connery, Roger Moore and Pierce Brosnan fight those pesky Russians. All whilst working for the same government department that Aleister Crowley apparently worked for. Whatever, there was something about a top secret badge that really did it for me. Not that I ever expected to get in on the ET agenda loop.

Speaking of, which, a woman called me in wearing naval camos with the words “ Spec Ops” and “Top Secret” written above the breast pockets. She handed me a print out of all the roles I would be suited for based on my results. She congratulated me, telling me I had aced the PFA and done the best anyone could do. As a result, I could take a pick out of pretty much any role I wanted. I looked at the list and noticed it not only had the four signals intelligence and electronics warfare operator positions I had ticked but a plethora of other positions as well.

My eyes rolled over the word “Commando” and widened. She must have noticed and told me I would be well suited to that role. She told me her husband was Special Forces and that he thought it was a good role.

I had found a standard exercise regime of the SASR on the internet and figured I’d probably die if I had to do that amount of exercise so I passed up the offer.

Entering straight into a Sergeant role in Signals Intelligence in the Airforce was more than enough for me.

Still, I found it somewhat comical that a guy who claimed he was a 40 000 year old space elf helping fight some astral boogey men with the help of the Ascended Masters was considered mentally fit enough to be a Commando. I found it even funnier I had done so well on the PFA; maybe I wasn’t as batshit crazy as I first thought (sorry Nickie.)

She bid me farewell, I went and sat the medical and then was told I would receive a letter in the mail telling me if I made the cut or not. Somewhere in the three week period of waiting for this letter to arrive, my interest in joining the military just sort of fizzled out. I think the reality hit that my hand was just too badly damaged to get in. Sure enough, this is exactly what the letter mentioned. Good thing “this wasn’t supposed to happen” I suppose. I was a lover, not a fighter. I didn’t really want to go and kill people. The world had enough of those types as it was without the militaries.

I was upset – all for about 5 minutes – then I just got over it and got on with managing my boss’s factory. I chalked it down to needing to know I had at least some form of intellect still bouncing around upstairs.

Again, my wife was having her own experiences in the metaphysical domain at Nickie’s house. When it came to astral projection, she was getting really good at it. She started being able to remote view on a daily basis, and lucid dream almost as much as me.

There was one instance where a 17 year old boy came to her in a dream. When she asked who it was, the boy said “I am your son”. When she replied “I don’t have a son” he said “you will.” Apparently I taught him how to {consciousness} time travel, and he used that ability to come and say hi to her. That same week I had a dream I was cuddling a non existent son on the couch. A month or so later we found out she was pregnant, and lo and behold, it ended up being a boy. More of that crazy paranormal stuff.

The next year ended up being an opportunity for the universe to kick us in the metaphorical balls every chance it got.  This was a really difficult time for both of us. The things we were being faced with on a regular basis were psychologically demanding to the extreme. It was one big test of both mine and Storme’s character and sense of self worth. Even up until then we had been through ALOT.

We got burgled – for the second time – one day whilst we were out. The thieves took off with our TV, a few clothes, my gaming console, and an old laptop that had a few years worth of music production on it, as well as a half written novel. This laptop I was using as a dream journal and had many of my experiences in lucidity recorded on it. There went all the detailed information I’d written down about my mystical experiences.

As a result I have been forced to remember most of this off the top of my head. Readers may notice some slight inconsistencies as a result, and for this I apologize.

Somehow, these thieves missed a room containing a few thousand dollars worth of musical equipment and opted for things that would have netted them a few hundred dollars at most. And this was the lesser of the evils that was following us everywhere we went.  I remember thinking that particular day – just before we got home to find our house ransacked – about forgiving the guys who cut my hand open. The PTSD from that incident wasn’t doing me any favors, so I told myself just to let it all go. This was my reward for thinking such things.

It seemed the universe was tempting me into embracing a hatred mentality for all these people that were messing with us. It wanted me to retaliate. It wanted me to seek revenge, but I wasn’t like that. I understood that it was all part of this amnesia thing. I understood these people were being driven by a dark occult force that was in control of their souls. This is how I saw it anyway.  Sure I may have used social media to warn others about all these people – I may have even cursed them and sent my fair share of “fuck you’s” off in the direction  – but I never sought them out to get them back for everything they put us through; I only wanted my laptop back.  Hell, I would have even paid them for it. The documentation on my mystical experiences was worth more than gold to me. The other people messing with us were a lot harder to forgive. Still I never retaliated, despite finding out where they lived. This was a real lesson in “letting it all go”.

Added to all this was the court case with the assailants that crippled me. It  was going nowhere.  I found out the hard way the justice system is one big joke. I found out the hard way it cared more about people breaking its laws than it did about getting justice for its victims. This added an immense amount of stress that wasn’t needed.

Storme was starting to suffer from a myriad of health conditions that meant she needed help with our new born son.

I was getting royally screwed at work doing the roles of several people and barely getting paid for one. So in the end I just threw in the towel and stayed home full time to look after the both of them. The big joke was that I got paid just as much on social security payments as I did managing an entire electronics factory and the staff that worked in it. I got kind and sick of my boss coming back from his bimonthly trip to America, and going on about his expensive “toys”, whilst I barely made enough to cover rent.

We had long since left Nickie’s and were onto something like our 8th {rental} house in 6 years. Did I mention Storme had Polish Gypsy blood in her veins? Stalkers, anonymous people leaving us strange phone calls, people trying to kill me, people trying to assault Storme; these were all reasons we uprooted our lives every 6 months. It was unbelievably brutal, and it followed us no matter how much we just wanted to live normal lives and escape the negativity.

Somewhere in all this I came across the Starseed agenda. This was a community of people who believed they were aliens inhabiting human bodies and were here to help with the evolution of human consciousness. They were essentially new age Indigo children. I found this interesting; up until then I hadn’t associated any of my mystical experiences as being related to aliens. Even my experience remote viewing from an off world intelligence I’d sort of conveniently “forgotten” for the sake of trying to be “normal”.

Although most of the things I was reading of this Starseed thing were completely inaccurate as to what I had been told by the Grand Elder, I won’t deny it made me question whether it was all related. Cutting people’s consciousness off from a higher state of awareness and trapping them in a body sure did sound a lot like a tactic from an alien race’s war book, I supposed. Not that I was well versed in alien warfare strategies or anything.

So I started meditating on what I knew and came up with hypothetical thought experiments about this whole thing being related to aliens. Admittedly, I had tried burying everything with the Elder Guardians, but there was always this gnawing feeling deep down that it seemed important. Something about being responsible for 20 000 souls was an enormous weight. As much as I wanted to, I just couldn’t take it lightly.

After my brief period of work, this gnawing feeling got the better of me. I started really thinking about it all on a regular basis. I started researching a bit more into it. It drove me fucking crazy.

So yeah, by the time I had my next experience, I was pretty damn sure this had something to do with aliens. I had done a complete 180 on things I had told myself were a complete load of bullshit back in my youth when I was flicking through conspiracy theories to compliment my occult studies. I can’t remember my exact thoughts, but the amnesia thing was a big part of it.

I need to emphasize this point; my mystical experiences completely changed my life. And not necessarily for the better. Every ounce of my being wanted to remain skeptical and to evaluate them objectively. Spiritual amnesia affecting mankind? Surely this was some kind of MK Ultra mind control thing to make me think I’d experienced something holy? Something divine? I was in a catch 22; I could either believe it was all real or begin chasing a trail of ever the more conspiracies to try and convince myself it wasn’t. It was easier to just give in and go with the first. I was fast becoming that crazy UFO guy you steer well away from at the supermarket. Not that I ever bothered voicing these experiences to anyone but Storme.

Then it got even more real.

The night of November 16, 2016, I was once again engaged in a lucid dream. Once again I was abducted out of it, and once again I was operating from a higher state of awareness. But this time, the Grand Elder wasn’t there. This particular night I had three separate experiences one after the other; I’d wake up from one, then straight away fall back into another one.

I mentioned in Part 2 that Storme and myself had many instances of synchronised dreams and experiences. The first two were synchronised in the manner.

I was inside what appeared to be a pyramid chamber. This pyramid was made of a yellow stone – like that of the celestial courtyard where I met the EG – and was quite large. It was between 50 to 100m to the opposite wall. The wall to my left had a part of it missing, and I seem to remember thinking this connected to some sort of rail system from one of the other worlds I had frequently visited whilst lucid.

The top part of the pyramid was closed off, like there was a capstone in the way; you could not see the apex as the walls stopped at this square section of roof. I believe it was from the higher information coming in, that I knew that this capstone was an office. I knew that there was “someone” or “something” in this office waiting for me. I proceeded to project my consciousness in such a way as to try and reach it. The problem was, that this pyramid, because of its slanted angles, would reflect my consciousness back towards its base.

I cannot really explain this adequately enough to someone who is not familiar with operating as a pure conscious thoughtform whilst lucid. There are certain tricks you learn to move about whilst in this state. It is not the same as moving a physical body through vacant physical space; it is a whole other ball game. You are moving through a plane dictated by 4 dimensions, instead of only 3. “Climbing” the pyramid from the inside was just extremely hard to do because of this slanting/ rebounding effect.

I eventually managed to reach the top. There was a platform that led from one side of the pyramid right into its center into the capstone office where a door stood. I went along this platform and as I got to the door, it opened and I found myself engulfed by a brilliant white/ yellow light. It was so bright that it was almost even too intense for the higher state of awareness I was operating from.

I realized the light was coming from a being, who stood with its back turned to me. I slowly made my way through the door towards this entity. It turned around smiling at me and I realized I was standing in the presence of the divine creator. I understood immediately that this being was the start of creation of all life and consciousness in the entire cosmos. I could feel this connection as I approached it; it was like I became one with everything in existence the closer I got to it. It was fucking incredible.

Although I am not religious, the being that was standing in front of me was what could be considered “God”. As I feel that word has become too polluted with ill intent over the years by the charlatans that use it for profit.  It is not a name I would ever call this omnipotent being simply out of respect for it; I referred to it as the All Being.

As I approached it, my higher mind was going off the charts. So much information was coming through it was almost completely overwhelming me, as the direct telepathic connection to this being strengthened. The benevolence it radiated was beyond anything imaginable on earth.

The reader must be aware that I was 100% lucid and again able to recollect all of my earth memories as well as many of those of celestial heritage. I was constantly pondering thoughts of ET involvement and the idea the Hermetic and Ascended Masters were all part of the same thing, which revolved around this spiritual amnesia. The astral war was the thing I wanted to know more about above anything else.

So you could say my intention upon coming into the office of the All Being was to flatten out as much of the information I had been given on the spiritual amnesia as possible; that is the sole reason I was here. I simply wasn’t interested in asking God to gift me a house (as much as I needed one) or a pony or the usual other things kids are taught to bother a divine being with. There was simply no thoughts pertaining to the mundanity of the physical plane like we as humans find ourselves caught up in on a regular basis. It was all about my celestial operations; ie my role within the cosmos and who I – or rather my soul – really was.

The All being welcomed me and said that it was glad I had finally arrived. It said it had been expecting me for quite some time. My arrival had been delayed by forces outside of my control.

I asked who I was, and the All Being told me. Then I asked specifically to be given more information on the astral war. The All Being replied by telling me that I would have the answers to that question soon enough, but that there was more important things to deal with first.

I was then teleported to a chamber below the pyramid. I remember realizing it was a direct mirror copy of the inside of the pyramid; It was an inverted pyramid and I was at it’s bottom. The All Being took on a “lesser form”; I can’t really explain this. It was like a younger, less intense and more material form. A higher version of Storme was there and she was teaching me this guttural roar. It was sort of like a word spoken from the very depths of your throat rather than rolled off the tongue. Every time I mispronounced this word, my throat burned with an intense pain.

Usually whilst lucid I would be impervious to such pain unless I was being tortured, but this pain was very real. With each mispronunciation the pain amplified by an order of magnitude in the millions. I mispronounced the word 3 times before it became too excruciating and I woke up from it. This whole scene was the crossover point of my wife’s experience; she remembers teaching “someone” this word in a similar pyramid with the inverted chamber whilst under a similar higher state of awareness. The lesser All Being was apparently her “father”.

After waking up, I immediately went back into lucidity and was met with the same potency of higher awareness. This had never happened before. Usually when I’d wake up, this would be the end of the experience.

I was now reliving a memory of a past life with Storme. In this particular dream her name was Nina Bejowski, or Bejewski  – something of either Polish or Russian heritage. She had no recollection of being anyone but this particular version of herself. We were in what appeared to be some sort of European type place, with cobblestone roads and small apartment buildings. It reminded me of Italy.

Nina was in what appeared to be a school classroom.

I tried reminding her of past lives we’d experienced together, but she wouldn’t believe me and kept telling me to go away. What made it all the more frustrating was that I was being chased by these suits – what I figured were the Men In Black. It was always a game of me reaching Nina before they did. They would catch me just as I’d reach her, then all of a sudden I’d find I’d be reset back to an earlier point in time. I’d remember the reset (which I wasn’t supposed to) and just keep coming back like some sort of annoying puppy.

This happened over and over again so many times that I lost count. It was weird; it was like in my mission, it was imperative I got to Nina and extracted her from the school, and in the MIB’s mission it was imperative that they stopped me.

I finally got her to see reason. She agreed to follow me on the basis that the place she was in wasn’t doing her any favors, but she was still incredibly weary of me.

The last memory I have of the school was walking down a hallway with Nina/ Storme trying to keep a low profile so the MIB didn’t see us. This whole event was yet another synchronized lucid dream of Storme’s. From her perspective, the school she was in was being used for consciousness brainwashing. We have had many synchronized experiences that are very similar to this one.

I woke up, said my “holy shit’s”, at the revelation of this memory, then went straight back into lucidity where this higher state of consciousness once again washed over me.

Nina and I were now on either a train or a bus heading over a bridge that went to a small Island. There was about 20-30 people on this bus. Somehow I just knew that they were all people who had something to do with extra terrestrials; there were military generals with stars lining their green coats. Lab scientists and physicists etc. Ordinary people that most people would think were batshit crazy such as abductees. They all had either first hand knowledge working with ETs/ ET tech or had first hand experience with ETs through things like abduction/ visitation.

This was evidently a collection of all the “top brass” people in the world that were considered authorities on the subject of ET involvement. We were heading to a conference on ETs specifically to try and piece together everyone’s experiences to get to the bottom of the ET agenda unfolding on Earth. No one person in this group had a complete understanding of the bigger picture, hence the reason for the conference. It was as if this was a realized point, even by the higher up military generals. This was just all things I knew thanks to my higher self.

The bus arrived at the island and we all got off. We were lined up (by more military men and women) against a brick wall to our right. I am 90% sure that this was the base of the Statue of Liberty. From the photos and movies I have seen, this wall looked exactly like the base part of the Statue, though I never saw anymore of it, as I was too busy looking at the {already established} military presence to look up. I was too busy taking mental notes of what was going on to admire the scenery. Note the metaphorical reference to freedom.

These military officials that were already on the island started handing out documents for all of us to sign. These were apparently a list of all the past indiscretions we had engaged in whilst on Earth. Mine seemed to be the biggest of the bunch and took on a form of an A4 stack of paper several inches thick. The emphasis was on making us feel guilty for all the things we had done.

I watched as the military generals and scientists signed it all without question, many of them didn’t even bother to check it was all legitimate. They just signed off their papers like a bunch of robots who were used to such bureaucratic procedures without giving it any thought.

I took one look at the apparent misnomer’s I was guilty of; majority of them revolved around illegally downloading music- not exactly something I thought aliens really gave two shits about. I threw it back at the one who tried to hand it to me. She told me the only way to make it into the conference was to take responsibility for these indiscretions and sign the papers.

I understood that this was an attempt to coerce me into signing a contract for something whilst in this higher state of awareness. It was an attempt to get me to agree to something in a state of coherency far above that used by my mammalian brain. Compare it to someone trying to get you to sign something when you are drunk vs when you are sober; it is far more likely to be taken as a binding contract if you were consciously coherent when signing than if you were drunk. I stood firm in my unwillingness to sign, despite whatever excuses where thrown my way. The military generals and scientists just looked at me like I was a complete fool.

Suddenly, my surroundings dissolved and I was standing in what appeared to be the White House. I was being greeted by someone who appeared to be {then} President Obama. I need to point out here that I had an instant understanding that this was not Obama himself. It was a form this being was taking to show me his rank within this “place”. He wanted me to know that rank was President. He was the top dog in charge; there was no doubt about it. This was something that was being telepathically transmitted to me in the form of a knowing thought. At the same time I also knew this “entity” was of extra terrestrial/ inter dimensional origin; like the Grand Elder, it didn’t originate on earth. I am sure of that.

Obama v2.0 congratulated me and told me I had come to the “complete and total understanding of the alien agenda unfolding on Earth”. I appreciate how narcissistic this sounds, but these were his exact words and are the very reason I kept a lot of this to myself for almost a decade; it just sounds so goddamned crazy even despite everything I’ve already spoken about.

Obama told me the scenario back at the Statue of Liberty was a test, and I had just passed it with flying colors. Just like I thought, it was to see if I was willing enough to sign away my consent whilst operating from a higher state of awareness closer to the originating point of my “soul”. My refusal to do so is what ultimately granted me access to this office of his.

What followed was a discussion with Obama V2.0 that I think is, in some ways, even more important than what the Grand Elder told me regarding the amnesia. He told me that this office of his was tasked with monitoring the interdimensional traffic coming into and out of Earth and it’s surrounding non physical planes. Well, this was getting interesting.

According to him, this organization monitored every single thing that passing through the Earth domain – which extended out into space either to the moon or beyond it, and into several non physical planes that were “stacked” on top of it. Whether it could be considered an angel, demon, alien, or ghost, this organization monitored every aspect of it, including where it came from, where it was going and what it was doing whilst it was here.

He told me this organization of his existed solely within the astral planes; there was simply no physical counterpart to it. You cannot access it from the physical plane.  Access was restricted to those who could navigate these non physical planes. It was a truly secret organization.

The alien agenda unfolding on earth, was apparently very concerning and posed a real threat to “human kind’s existence”. This organization was keeping that presence in check. These were things that were very specifically told to me. It operated above and away from any governmental agency back on Earth.

I was also told that every single person – or rather consciousness –  is monitored whilst traveling in the non physical planes – this included lucid dreaming as well – and are vetted for potential recruitment into this organization. They apparently had their eye on me for quite some time because of the responsibilities given to me by the Elder Guardians and because of everything I had been doing in lucidity since I was 8. My whole life had been a recruitment test for entering into their ranks. All the shit I went through – and boy was there a lot – and my unwillingness to retaliate for it, earnt me this {apparently} prestigious position. All the times I told the apparent higher celestial authorities “fuck you” and reclaimed my soul’s sovereignty had set me up for entry. You simply don’t get here by shitting all over your fellow brother and sisters. Compassion, empathy and a true understanding of who you are and unfaltering loyalty to that were some of the very admission criteria (take note of what MM has been telling you in regards to this).

I was told that the Statue of Liberty scenario was a holographic projection that they induce into the dreamscapes of these potential candidates whilst they sleep; if the candidate passes the test, they end up there, in that office (which I suspect may have actually been a form of  ship which in itself was taking on yet another holographic projection). However, if the candidate fails, they wake up and think they just had a bizarre, albeit very vivid dream. The subtleness is so in genius that no one never even realizes how close they were to entering into this organization. Obama V2.0 only presents himself to those who pass. Needless to say, I felt rather honored to have made it in and to be speaking to him.

This holographic projection technology apparently operated on the exact same principles as my experiment in hijacking my wife’s consciousness; I had inadvertently taught myself these exact principles through experimentation, 7 years prior, by the time I had reached 19 years of age, even though I had only successfully carried it out once. This had been the other half of my ticket into this organization; they didn’t have to explain these concepts to me, because I already understood them first hand.

This was all being explained to me in the context of the amnesia; Obama V2.0 knew I knew all about it and had meditated quite a lot on what it meant. I was being briefed directly in relation to how it all pertained to this amnesia. Take a moment to let that sink in. Things that had been revealed to me in completely separate experiences I had over 4 years prior were the main aspect behind this briefing. It was extremely important.

Obama V2.0 then told me he was going to introduce me to the rest of the organization and led me down a hall way which terminated at a large double wooden door. This was going to be everyone on earth that knew what was going on in regards to the ET agenda. Not just people who had a passing knowledge of some of their tech, or those who had been abducted and relayed a little bit of info; this was going to be all those that were currently incarnated on earth that were in the proper “know”.

As I was led down the hallway, I started to get excited. I started fantasizing about knocking heads with people like the Majestic 12 and all those with Cosmic clearances; all those sorts of people you read about who apparently “know things”. I made a mental note to grab as much info off these people as possible and bring it back here to the physical plane when I woke up.
I was expecting to walk into a room full of people engaged in banter about everything ET related free from patriotic obligations. I was expecting it to be quite chaotic.

We got to the door, and Obama V2.0 pushed one of the sides open, beckoning for me to go first. I obliged. I was now in what appeared to be a very large conference room. Again it reminded me of the rooms they used to depict the White House in shows about that building. It was just so completely different to any of the architecture I’ve come across here in Australia. I’ve never been to America, but it definitely felt American, or like it was a really old building (our buildings here are relatively modern compared to those of America and most other countries).

As I walked through the door, my jaw dropped wide open. There in front of me were the entire administration staff of this organization; 4 other people standing, staring at me with neutral looks on their faces, not saying a word.

Are you fucking kidding me? The people who all understood the ET agenda in its entirety and were stopping it from wiping out humanity could be counted on one hand. What was rather comical was that not one of them were wearing a military uniform. Not one of them was wearing a scientist lab coat either. The four people that comprised this entire astral organization were dressed as everyday average Joes. .

So when MM speaks of being the Rufus, and helping out your fellow brother and sisters, just know I can relate to this 100%. You never what beans they have to spill. You never know what they are really part of.

I was told, by Obama all 4 of these people were currently incarnated on earth. Of these four, 3 were women, 2 of whom I recognized from many prior lifetimes and from the Elder Gathering in 2012, and one was a male that I did not recognize.

A quick digression. Now before you ask, I am aware that being in a state of pure consciousness as I was, physical things like clothing are not able to be taken here. So how do I know that is what these guys actually looked like? It is hard to explain but when lucid like this, you are operating from a 4th dimensional perspective rather than a 3D one.

You don’t see objects like you do in the physical plane, you sense energy signatures. You pick up on these energy signatures, and you can sort of trace them to a commonly used “image” that their consciousness associates with as being “them”. It takes a great deal of practice in learning how to perceive in this fashion. Think of it like teaching a child language through the use of basic symbols like a tree. Now replace the word “TREE” with a photo of a tree, and the basic image of the tree with an energy signature. If I wanted to “read” one of these energy signatures I’d interact with it and the image of a tree would be conjured up in my higher memory.

People unknowingly carry with them a wealth of subconsciousness information that can be accessed in this fashion; this is what the consciousness manipulation strategies I was being briefed on was all about and is something I became very proficient at “reading” during my youth.  It is also how I “knew” the Elder Guardians and Obama V2.0 were not of terrestrial origin.

When one is operating from this higher state of awareness, one is able to read this “raw” form of energy signature. Nothing can pretend to be something else, because the entire information, including its intent to change form is accessed by the higher mind all at once. Hence why the meeting with the All Being was so intense; these same energy signatures were emanating from it like it was strong smelling perfume. Rather than have one image attached to them, they were images of everything – and I really do mean everything –  in existence. These are important concepts to consider when I tell you who I think Obama V2.0 really was. But that is for a whole other article.

I was allowed a very brief opportunity to get to know these people – literally like a minute. I shook hands with the guy, and the woman I hadn’t yet met, and hugged the other two who I recognized. They seemed pretty happy I’d finally made it here. I called this collective the Unseen 5.

Then Obama V2.0 called me back over.

We spoke of my role within the organization. Given I had such a good understanding of how dreamscapes can be hijacked in this manner, I was to provide detailed instruction to Earth time incarnates on how it is carried out. I was effectively tasked with documenting everything I know about lucid dreaming and dispersing it free of charge to anyone who wanted to read it. The idea would be to strengthen the communication conduit it allowed between physical and non physical entities such as Obama V2.0 and the Elder Guardians.

What was more, Obama V2.0 mentioned that the organizations numbers used to be quite significantly higher; the recent (past 1000 years) decline in its numbers meant that the 5 of them were under a substantial logistics workload, even when operating from this higher state of consciousness. Obama V2.0 was the only full time operator, after all. Thus an additional task of mine included making their presence known to those with astral projection/ lucid dreaming abilities.

Obama V2.0 was concerned people with these skills didn’t take them as seriously as I did. He made a point of telling me the astral planes weren’t there just for people to go buzzing around on a holiday away from physical reality. They were the frontlines of a very real non physical war where the weapon of choice was being targeted directly at human consciousness.

I was to act as a sort of recruiter for them.

Sigh. This was getting to be a monumental responsibility. As if my obligations to the Elder Guardians weren’t enough. All because I thought it was a good idea to experiment with lucid dreaming.

After this Obama V2.0 once again beckoned for me to follow him into another room coming off the side of the chamber we were in. This room was quite a measure smaller, and had what looked like a ring of bricks in the middle of it. It looked sort of like an outdoor fire pit.

We walked over to these bricks and stood in front of them. Once again he briefed me on what was about to happen; this was a holographic projector and I was about to be shown something with it. I was about to be shown what {apparently} really happened at “the Fall of Man from the Garden of Eden” spoken about in biblical circles.

If I was being entirely honest, this was not something I was expecting, nor really cared about. I just wasn’t interested in biblical stories. They were things I’d thrown in that basket where I threw all the other things I thought were bullshit and utter nonsense. Like I said, I wasn’t religious.

I read the new testament once when I was a kid (13) after it being forced upon me by my school and that was about it. I ended up throwing it in the fire after having weird {non lucid} dreams about it. That would be the beginning of my rebellion against organized religion. I was about as far from being a soldier of God as one could possibly be, and yet I’d just had a conversation with what I liken to being the “Divine Creator”. I was the type of guy who shaved off my long hair when a boss at work said I looked like Jesus. I was a real enigma, that was for sure.

That is not to say I couldn’t respect people who believed in it all. I am definitely all for people believing in whatever they want to believe in. I just wasn’t big on people trying to “convert” me.

It seemed important that I experienced this projection though, so I listened to my briefing without complaint.

Obama V2.0 told me it was – again – very heavily linked with the spiritual amnesia, and told me to take notes of certain things that were going on in it. It was, according to him, where the amnesia first started. Those who are devoutly devoted to believing in the story of Adam and Eve may wish to skip the next part; this deviates from that tale quite considerably.

Obama V.20 got me to stand in the middle of this ring of bricks. They came about halfway up my shins.

What followed was the same dissolving of my surroundings like when I first entered the office of the Unseen 5. I was now standing completely in the middle of a flat landing on top of a mountain in a plane that was a mixture of physical and non physical substance. In front of me there were these bipedal ape like humans. They stood up like humans, and walked and acted like humans, but they were covered in fur from head to toe. Protruding from their teeth were very large fangs. They were the same things I had seen manning the light canons in my last experience with the Grand Elder.

Similar to the Indian god Hanuman.

I wasn’t just watching this thing play out; I was 100%  completely there.  I was experiencing the fall as if I was actually there living it. I could move around and interact with the environment, yet these beings could not see me. It was like how I’d manifested my own dreams in lucidity but much more surreal and vivid. This was a device that could create holographic virtual reality constructs like the one Obama V2.0 used for my test, only that the vividness contrast setting had been set on high. It was evidently a demonstration in the sort of tech these guys had at there disposal. If it hadn’t been for my awareness of my sleeping body back on earth, I could have very easily mistaken this for being “reality”.

I could hear Obama V2.0’s voice telepathically coming through into my head. He was explaining that these entities were symbolic of an entire race of beings; where I was seeing only 3 beings, this was really a representation of 3 entire separate races. Again, the complexity was deliberately being reduced so I could bring the information of it back here into the physical plane. Like the light canon circuit track, I was supposed to share it. If it wasn’t reduced in this manner, I wouldn’t be able to interpret it with my extremely limited earth mind once I “came back”. Obama V2.0 wanted this known on Earth.

These beings were standing around an altar in the middle of the landing. The landing itself was surrounded by a circular wall of rock. Behind me there was an opening in this wall at the edge of the mountain. This opening led to a staircase that wrapped back down behind the wall into green pasture fields below. It was an incredibly beautiful sight and reminded me of a photo I’d seen of a mountain village in Switzerland, except without the village. It truly was a utopian “garden paradise”. It was strange in that it was like these mountain ranges and the valley below them had just been cut away from the planet and left to free float in space.

Far below this vantage point, down in the fields below were even more of these similar beast races going about their business.

I got the impression – either from my higher self or from Obama V2.0 – that these races were responsible for the creation of what we know as the physical universe. Or at the very least, the part of it where Earth is located. They coexisted in complete harmony and peace.

My attention turned back towards the 3 races in front of me. One of them was extremely excited and hopping around. It pulled a cloth bag seemingly out of no where. Then it beckoned for the others to join it. It tipped the bag upside down over the altar. Out fell3 perfectly cut rectangular pieces of emerald about the size of dominos. These emerald stones each had strange glyphs carved within them. I did not recognize the glyphs as belonging to any civilization on Earth.

The excited race had one of the others pick up the stones. As soon as its hand touched it, a sudden blank look came across its face. It lost all cognitive ability and was just staring blankly straight ahead.

The excited race started laughing. The whole affair reminded me of school children playing a practical joke on their friend. After a moment, the one who brought the stones said some sort of incantation, and the feeble minded race snapped out of its daze. It shook its head in confusion and sort of looked around wondering what hell had just happened.

The third race looked on with curiosity. The presenter of the stones suggested they gather up the rest of the races in the valley below. It wanted to play a trick on them. The two others agreed.

The holographic scene changed. I was now looking at these races as they lined up on the steps behind the wall. One of the three trickster races stood at the gap in the wall that would allow them entry into the landing space of the altar. It was as if it was the door man guarding the entry into a nightclub. It was done in such a way so that no one behind the wall could see what was going on at the altar. They had been told there was something exciting they should see, but not told what it was.

The line was enormous. It wrapped down the steps of the mountain all the way into the valley below. This was how many races there were in this place; many thousands of them.

One by one, a race was called from the front of the line into the clearing. One by one they were led to the altar and told to pick up the stones. I watched as every single one of these races was turned into a feeble minded creature that could do no more than stare into the distance and drool incessantly. The angels/ demons/ beasts – whatever you wanted to call them – responsible for “building” our “domain” had just all been turned into what was essentially infants. What I was watching was the erasure of their higher consciousness. They just sort of bumbled around with no purpose, bumping into each other. They were completely oblivious towards anything, including the rock wall they were walking into. They had been turned into total idiots.

After all the races – with the exception of the three tricksters – had lost their higher memories and the tricksters had had their laugh, the one who presented the stones decided it was enough of the game. It said its incantation to try and wake them all up, but nothing happened. This trickster race panicked and ended up tripping over a rock near the altar. Its hand landed on the emerald stones, rendering it feeble minded as well.

I was watching the race who had watched on in curiosity; the only one who hadn’t been subjected to the amnesia stones.  You could see its eyes light up as it realized the power that lie in front of it. It grabbed the hand of the last the race – the one the presenter had first demonstrated on – and forced its hand upon the stones. What remained was a single dominant race with its higher, celestial memories in tact. It could command the others like puppets and they wouldn’t even noticed. They wouldn’t even realize they were higher beings.

What happened next was incredibly strange.

As I stood staring at this last race, it suddenly started sniffing the air around it. I could see its nostrils flare as it did so. Even though this was a holographic scenario, it could smell me. I am absolutely certain of it. It turned around and stared directly into my eyes. It was the most evil look I have ever witnessed. It seemed possessed by something. Unlike the other races that still retained there divine spark, this thing didn’t have one. It was soulless.

Shortly thereafter, I began what I call a “controlled wake up”. These wake ups are not like when you are just asleep and then are suddenly awake. It is as if the physical reality becomes super imposed over the dreamscape. The physical reality slowly starts getting more “solid” as the dreamscape “thins” out. After about 20 seconds physical reality completely consumes the field of vision and the dreamscape is completely gone. I have had these sorts of controlled awakenings many times after coming out of a lucid dream. There is always this sort of waviness to the whole thing. It feels like you are on a boat in the middle of the ocean.

As I went through this controlled awakening, the voice of the All Being came through telepathically to me. It said that as I wake up, the downfall of humanity would begin. I took this to mean the futile practices of humanity which would allow for consciousness to wake up from the amnesia en masse.

As if this all wasn’t enough, the abduction dreams would begin to happen, before my final contact with the Grand elder.

Ah. this is enough for now. There's a lot of "meat" to absorb here. Soak it in. Enjoy it, and soon enough part 4 will be posted. Best Regards. -MM

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

[daegonmagus] – Part 2 – Contact with the Elder Guardians

The following is the second part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

-MM

Part 2 – Contact with the Elder Guardians

In the last part I talked about my first contact experience with a group of Elders resembling the Ascended Masters whilst lucid dreaming back in 2012.

I mentioned (in this last article) how these Elders told me [1] about a “spiritual amnesia” that was affecting mankind and cutting them off from a higher state of conscious awareness.

I also mentioned (in the article) how the [2] physical human brain had apparently been deliberately engineered to help with this dumbing down of consciousness.

It was during this experience that I was able to tap into this higher state of conscious awareness –  what I refer to as the higher self or higher intellect.

The higher self (or higher intellect)

This higher self equates to a processing power orders of magnitude far above what we (normally) use whilst contained within the physical body.

It lets you see through physical and non physical realities like they are glass.

Different States of being

It is important to note here, that I use the connection with this higher state of mind to differentiate between [A] a lucid dream/ astral projection and [B] a mystical experience.

When I mention a mystical experience – or what I call an Auric projection – it means that I have been under this superior state of conscious awareness whilst lucid.

It is a completely different experience to what both astral projection and lucid dreaming entail.

Whilst in this state, there is a constant flux of information coming in and being perceived of higher reality aspects; only a very small percentage of it can ever be remembered upon waking up.

This information also contains soul-time memories, and is not limited to a single physical incarnation.

There is always a catch 22 dilemma when functioning from this state; you know the information coming in is important, but you are also aware you will forget most of it when awakening back into your physical body.

Thus one is forced to try and focus on specific elements to try and remember them when waking up.

It is beyond frustrating.

My mystical experiences

All in all I had 5 or so “mystical experiences” in which I was connected to this higher state of awareness. It was over a 7 year period, many of which the Grand Elder appeared in.

This is not including my “second contact” experience.

This “second contact experience” occurred as a recurring lucid dream.

In this recurring lucid dream, I was also connected to this state of awareness and being bombarded by information.

So (all told), including these recurring dreams, the amount of mystical experiences I had whilst connected to the higher self would easily be over 20 events.

Hijacking of dreamscape

In part one I briefly touched upon the idea that I was playing around with consciousness and conducting experiments with it whilst lucid dreaming.

It was apparently because I had developed advanced abilities in this area that the Ascended Masters were able to contact me; at least that is what they told me.

One of these experiments related to “hijacking” my wife’s dreamscape and implanting a dream scenario of my devising.

What I didn’t talk about, is that around this same time, my wife was also having her own contact experiences with both physical and non physical entities.

Wife’s Contact Experiences

These entities took on a myriad of different forms from [1] “angels” and [2] “demons” to [3] ETs wearing strange space suits.

I did not realize it at the time but they had been “visiting” my wife since she was a little kid.

She had only vaguely mentioned very few of these experiences in fear of me thinking she was crazy.

In actual fact she had had enough experiences to fill a whole volume. I did not get much of the specifics of these experiences until very recently (this year).

What I find curious is that when she was little, one of the angelic types suggested to her the same thing about the human brain; it had been deliberately created to hold consciousness at a lesser level.

In many of these visitations, she was also under the influence of a similar higher state of conscious awareness. Her description of this state of awareness matches my experience of it.

Having “synchronized” dreams and experiences.

I am not sure if it was because of my hijacking experiment or not, but thereafter my wife and I also began having “synchronized” dreams and experiences.

These related to visiting the same places whilst lucid (she was just as proficient at lucid dreaming and astral projecting as me, if not better).

Often times we would describe to each other a place we’d been to or a lucid dream we’d just had only to have the other finish the sentence with an exact description of the scenario.

Many of these synchronised dreams related to “waking up” and trying to retrieve each other from “sleep facilities”.

Consciousness brainwashing facilities

These “sleep facilities” were unique. In them, it appeared consciousness brainwashing was being undertaken, or (a cleansing of) memories of things we did in past lives or other worlds.

One of these synchronicities was a scenario where we were both killed in one world, and “woke up” in another. Other memories included being trained in remembering “timeline resets”.

Out of all of my mystical experiences, a great deal of them were synchronised in this manner.

One of the “worlds” we were both visiting prior to my first contact experience with the Elder Guardians, was this place that was very reminiscent of a movie theater.

We’d always pop out in a hallway that had various ‘theater” rooms coming off it.  These rooms would be lined with chairs, in typical theater fashion, except that instead of a screen there was a spherical shaped portal floating in mid air.

Though I have no specific recollection of them being used for consciousness brainwashing, my wife remembers this place as being used for exactly that.

Whenever I would enter the portal in the theater room, it would take me to a completely different world.

My wife was also able to describe this same world in exact detail.

In this other world there is this weird road that sort of curves upwards into the sky. It sort of looks like what the great Wall Of China would look like if you bent it upwards; the gravity changes as you move along the road so you are always on it.

There appears to be some sort of ancient market festival going on and something to do with timeline resets.

I was having lucid dreams about both the portal theater and the market festival place almost weekly for a whole year; they were, evidently, astral assignments my handlers were sending me to.

There were also instances of being “attacked” whilst lucid that, fortunately for us, we were able to corroborate as both of us had experienced similar things happening.

Such things included weird entities entering our heads and pushing our consciousness to one side, distorting it in the process.

Others included typical succubus expeditions, timeline slips and things that aren’t even describable with human words.

At one point I had something extremely heavy – about 100kg – sit on me and crush my chest to the point I couldn’t breathe.

Majority of these strange occurrences would happen whilst in the sleep paralysis/ hypnogogic state.

Strange occurrences

My wife spoke of one astral projection experience where she went into our roof and found a strange creature living there guarding an ancient dusty box.

This creature was humanoid, had no face and pounced around like a cat. It would not let her anywhere near the box. It wanted to play with her, like a kitten would.

We had “ghosts” moving stuff in many of the houses we moved into.

Our life was one big paranormal experience that for us just became normality.

The weirdest example is a doppelganger version of myself that both my wife and daughter saw and heard that appeared when I was out with my son.

I believe such a doppelganger almost got me executed, but for the sake of brevity I will skip over that whole ordeal.

What I will mention was that this particular incident happened only a few short months after my recurring mystical dreams.

These eventually culminated in me remembering my own reincarnation at the guidance of the voice of the Grand Elder and the torture my soul had undergone moments prior to becoming incarnated in this current body – what I call “soul burning”.

Strange Lucid Dreams

The lucid dreams themselves were strange; they started as me appearing in an apocalyptic purgatorial like place.

There were broken decrepit houses every where one looked.

A single path that led seemingly into nowhere was the only thing besides the houses. There as what appeared to be another version of myself waiting for me along this road.

As I approached it I realized it was a zombie; it was me but it was devoid of all emotion, and as it noticed me it began to give chase.

The information that was coming in from my higher consciousness and through the voice of the Grand Elder told me how this was a part of my higher energetic body.

That body had been damaged by the spiritual amnesia;

  • It was effectively, a corrupted part of my soul from a higher, non physical plane;
  • It was an unseen baggage that I would always carry with me.

For about a year this dream would start from the exact same point and slowly progress.

It was like watching the same movie from the start over and over, but each time watching a little bit more before turning it off.

My zombie would chase me and eventually catch me and I would wake up as soon as it touched me.

Eventually my time line resetting memories would start kicking in, and I would be back at the start of the dream with 2 zombies chasing me instead of one upon a zombie touching me.

It would progress in this fashion, with the number of zombies doubling every time I got reset.

It got to the point where I had thousands upon thousands of zombified versions of my energetic body chasing me.

After about a year of having these dreams on a monthly, sometime fortnightly basis, I started to realize it was the period between a zombie touching me and “resetting” that the Grand Elder was trying to get me to remember; whenever I had one of these dreams, my focus would go entirely on trying to figure out what was happening in between the resets.

The amount of information coming through each and every time I had one of these experiences was intense.

I was constantly comparing everything that was happening with the physical world my body was asleep in…

…whilst listening to the Grand Elder’s voice telling me to pay attention to certain details.

They were simply not normal dreams or even normal lucid dreams.

He was guiding me through this experience each and every time I had it like I was back at college opening a textbook and continuing study of a subject from a previous week.

Each experience thus was a continuation of the “lessons” from the previous one.

The Grand Elder would not let up in what he was trying to show/ teach me.

A force controlling the zombified energetic bodies

Because of my connection to my higher mind, I could feel that some kind of external force was controlling these zombified energetic bodies. It was an incredibly strong telepathic connection.

I could sense the raw hatred of this external force coming through; I simply knew it was not part of the zombie’s make up.

It was pure evil and I knew whatever it was, was the same Slave God the Grand Elder had told me was responsible for the Ancient Egyptian slave trade and the spiritual amnesia.

This purgatorial domain I was in it evidently owned and controlled.

In the last experience I was being chased by thousands of these zombies when all of a sudden I realized this hatred emotion I could use to my advantage.

I started taunting these zombies as they gave chase which angered the controller immensely.

Like it’s hatred, I could feel this anger surging through.

I went out of my way to bring this anger to a level where the Slave God would lose control of the situation.

Then I just stopped running and turned around, deliberately allowing the zombies to catch me.

My plan had worked.

The next thing I knew I was being taken to a sort of operating room and was being strapped to a bed.

The zombified versions of my energetic bodies all stood around me, as I was hooked up to a strange piece of apparatus.

Torture!

What followed was the most excruciating torture I have ever experienced in either lucid dreaming or physical reality.

It was unbelievably intense that it literally felt like my very soul was on fire.

It felt like I was being electrocuted with incredibly high current as well as being cut to pieces and set on fire all at once.

I called it Soul Burning.

At the same time this was all carried out there was things being done that I can only describe as a brainwashing regime courtesy of the same apparatus that was torturing me.

It was like it had the ability to instill my very being with false memories.

I could feel things being spliced into my soul that I knew should not have been there.

The controller was so angered by my insolence, that he made the zombies increase the savageness of their “purging” me into one of them.

They ripped and tore at my soul so brutally that I could feel it coming to pieces.

It was a similar feeling to what projecting into the anomaly had done to my consciousness, except that it wouldn’t disintegrate my higher mind.

What was worse was that I suddenly remembered every other time this had happened to me.

Fourty thousand years worth of lifetimes that ended with this same torture all came flooding back to me.

Each one amplified the pain by a million.

Because I was operating from my higher mind I could feel every single one of these tortures as if they were all happening at the same time.

The Grand Elder had warned me it was going to be an uncomfortable memory, but I did not care.

The knowledge of my soul’s history was more important to me than comfort.

My commitment had been to remember whatever was necessary and bring it back here into the physical plane at all costs.

After the soul burning session finished, the zombies all left, courtesy of the controller and I found myself lying alone on the bed in this hellish operating room.

Finished and exhausted

I was completely, 100% lucid and could remember everything that had just happened as well as that somewhere back on Earth my body was asleep in its bed.

My consciousness was completely detached from it.

Whatever it was that had carried out this torture on me had failed to properly administer the amnesia, and I realized this was exactly what the Grand Elder wanted me to see.

I was, however, mentally and emotionally spent from everything that had just transpired.

With my last ounce of energy I deliberately projected my consciousness away from that purgatorial realm into space – I didn’t even have enough energy to get back to my body I was that exhausted.

So I just floated in space for what seemed like a minute, looking at some nearby stars.

There was a suddenly change in my environment as my perceptive field went from that of the universe to a wall of skin that clung to me and enclosed me within it.

That is when I realized I was free floating in a placenta as a fetus.

I even kicked out and could feel the resistance of the skin in my foot as I did so.

This placenta provided a great soothing comfort for me after the whole soul burning ordeal; it was incredibly inviting and felt as though it was healing me as I floated within it.

Shortly after this I awoke back in my bed.

I was certain this was a memory of the moments prior to me being incarnated into this current body.

The Grand Elder plucks me out…

Several months later I was again abducted out of another lucid dream by the Grand Elder.

This time he showed himself to me like he did at the 2012 gathering in the celestial courtyard; it was the very same being, I am 100% sure of this.

He told me that the ordeal in the purgatorial realm was necessary for me to remember before this second meeting with him could be undertaken.

He was teaching me a higher knowledge about consciousness and how it was being affected by the amnesia.

Like the reincarnation dreams this was yet another Auric experience and the information coming through was with a potency that the Earth mind is just not capable of processing.

Again I was taken to a point on the outskirts of a universe in a different, non physical plane.

There was this sort of racing circuit laid out; it was similar to a formula one track just floating randomly in space.

There were these canon like things blotted about around the track randomly that were shooting light far out into the universe. Guarding these canons were these hairy, bipedal, monkey like beasts.

The Grand Elder told me my mind had been deliberately sped up so that I could comprehend this light, which I was perceiving as if it was being slowed down.

The beasts could apparently not see me because their minds were operating at a lower frequency; I was moving faster than the light, they weren’t.

I was also told by the Grand Elder I was seeing these canons in this manner so I could more easily remember them back here in the physical plane.

The actual devices cannot be comprehended by the limited human mind.

This light was not the same as light that we know of on earth.

It was of a much higher frequency and, according to the Grand Elder was responsible for the creation of physical and non physical universes.

We watched as the beasts pointed the canons upwards and fired light pulses out into the vast empty space that surrounded us.

The pulses would fly through space until they collided with the pulses from other canons, whereby whole galaxies would just appear out of no where from the collision.

Suddenly I could see a myriad of stars that had formed because of these collisions. This was happening in every direction we looked. These whole galaxies were extremely small from our vantage point.

There was probably about 20 or so canons placed strategically on this circuit track.

Whenever one of the beasts would fire their canon, you could see the light pulse move around the track before coming out of it.

It was strange in that it looked like a racing track but functioned more like an electronic circuit. You could see the light enter various components before reaching the canons.

Another lesson

What followed was the Grand Elder giving me yet another lesson in consciousness and how it was being affected by the amnesia.

Apparently the Slave Gods had somehow hijacked this light here, right as it came from the source before it could even create the first non physical universes.

The way it was explained to me was that they had embedded “codes” that would affect consciousness in a similar manner to how we vary digital pulses using Pulse Width Modulation.

This effectively meant a consciousness – any consciousness – could be used as a carrier of information that was not part of the “divine” creator’s purpose.

Consciousness could be controlled remotely in this “place” by changing the PWM codes.

This was the whole point of the circuit track we were watching.

The beasts were there to ensure consciousness was being kept in a dumbed down state, and creating the “realities” where those consciousnesses could be trapped.

After this, the Grand Elder took me below the circuit track. We were now in the middle of what appeared to be an electronics manufacturing factory.

The divine light would drop out of the track above us and on to a conveyor belt that was lined with cell phones and similar technology.

It would go into the phones, the phones would be picked up by even more of these beasts, packaged and sent off for shipment.

It was an extremely bizarre affair and, to begin with, I didn’t quite understand what I was looking at.

The Grand Elder told me that the consciousness manipulation technology I had just witnessed was directly connected (at a quantum level) to technologies currently being used around the world.

The actual connection was never explained to me. I was just made to take note that there was a connection.

Shortly after this the dream ended.

Back to the physical world

About 3 months later is when I was very nearly killed by my own neighbors.

My hand was cut open and I was left permanently disabled in my left hand as a result.

As I lay in a hospital bed that very night waiting for surgery, I could hear a crowd of voices in my head all speaking incredibly fast.

The languages they spoke in were not any languages native to Earth.

This was new to me.

These voices were so loud and fast that I thought I was going crazy.

I thought my mind had been broken by the whole ordeal, and that this was going to be my life from then on out.

Unbeknownst to me, about 50kms away at her mother’s house, my wife was also hearing similar voices that same night.

Whereas I could not make out anything mine were saying, hers were screaming “THIS WAS NOT SUPPOSED TO HAPPEN!” over and over again.

This was apparently directly in relation to me being almost being killed and having my hand cut open. The idea it could have all been instigated by my doppelganger didn’t enter my mind until this year.

And yet, the crazy train didn’t stop there…

Ah. this is enough for now. There's a lot of "meat" to absorb here. Soak it in. Enjoy it, and soon enough part 3 will be posted. Best Regards. -MM

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Glossary related to world-line templates and the true nature of the MWI

This article describes a visualization method that is very helpful in understanding how our universe (reality) actually works. This is not the only method to describe how things work, but I like to think that it is the best one for me personally, and so I have been using it for some time now. Most people tend to pick-up on it’s idea and concept rather readily, and thus it’s really very useful. In this article we will go into more detail on how this visualization method works.

I also get into a glossary of terms that I have been using over these years.

中文翻译

Introduction

The MWI is this big universe of possibilities. And each possibility is a frozen moment (in time) that our consciousness visits momentarily.

So, in reality, our consciousness is constantly moving in and out of different realities. And since each reality is it’s own singular world-line, we can say that we are moving in and out of different world-lines.

Step by step

When a consciousness is injected into our (personal) reality, it enters a (some what) fated life. We do have the illusion of freedom of movement and thought, but in reality there are actually limitations all around us.

The baby enters the world. It cannot walk, speak, crawl or do much of anything. It lies there in it’s crib. Certainly, it might be able to crawl to the edge of the crib, crawl up the side, and get out of the crib.

Let’s look at what this would look like.

The baby obtains consciousness

At some point, the infant will obtain consciousness. For some it is inside the mother. For others it is after being physically birthed. And for many, the consciousness comes and goes in and out of the physical body until it settles in place.

And on the world-line template map, it will look something a little like this…

Birth.

The first few minutes

In the first few minutes, days, months, the freedom of movement is very limited. The consciousness is just learning how to get around. It is just learning how to use it’s body. So there are actual physical limitations that it can do. This is it’s fate.

However, if it pushed itself, and it strove to overcome, it could roll, crawl, move and do other things that are very difficult to do.

Now these things that are very difficult to do are shown on the template map as hills and mountains.

Using the Z-axis we can say that the higher the “mountain”, the harder the effort. While the shallower the depression, the easier the effort.

From the baby point of view it might look like this…

Next steps.

And that is the way it is

As time moves on, the consciousness moves around on this template map. Depending on the personality of the consciousness, it will either take the easy route (which is a fated, go along with the herd mentality), or will become a “hard driver”, pushing and striving to “climb those hills”.

There are many aspects to this. But for now, let’s consider the idea that when you are born, the selection of the pre-birth world-line template will pretty much define your future. You will enter a fated future, and if you did absolutely nothing your future will be as predictable as anything.

But, if you decide to climb “those hills and mountains”, what then?

Climbing out of the crib.

And this is the point of this article

The height of the “mountains” is a measure of effort and deviance from the comfortable normalcy of your pre-birth world-line template. As you move away from the “flat, safe” median, you will (by definition) change.

And, as we all know, change is a good thing.

And change will alter the geography of your pre-birth world-line template.

But…

For most people the changes will not be significant. That is to say that the pre-birth world-line template will still stay pretty much the same. You will “climb that mountain” and then discover other areas that would otherwise be forbidden for you to go to otherwise. However, you would still be on that pre-birth world-line template.

Movement up those mountains tends not to alter the pre-birth world-line template.

But it does build up “something”

In the quantum world, everything is connected, and all efforts are significant, no matter how tiny or seemingly insignificant.  And yes, the movement upwards up the mountains will tend to change the topography of the template somewhat. It will end up making is “softer”, more “gradual”, and “easier”. But none of this is of real significance to the observer.

In other words, the more “mountains” you climb, the “softer” the terrain becomes.

So what is the point?

If you try to push and strive to do the more or less uncomfortable things in your life, you will actually, in the long term, make your life run smoother.

Instead of always going to and from work in your car, how about taking a little detour one day, and pulling into a diner and getting their blue plate special. It’s not a real mountain, but it’s a sizable hill. And it will make a difference.

If you always go and get McDonald’s coffee and then come home, how about next time bringing a creamer and a stirrer for your little kitties at home.

When you have a coffee, how about bringing some home for your kitty.

If you always eat at that restaurant down the street and order the food that you have become comfortable with, how about trying a different restaurant elsewhere. Maybe you will not like the food. So what? The mere fact that you step outside of the limitations of comfort means that you are climbing those hills.

And it doesn’t have to be hard, difficult, or distasteful either. It just should be different…

If you want change, then get out of your comfort zone…

Which pretty much is a central theme in all of this.

It doesn’t need to be much. But any change is good because it means that you are moving away from the common, and towards more interesting objectives.

I would suggest small steps…

If you are wearing a corporate uniform of a white shirt and a red tie, then replace one of the white buttons on the shirt with a green one. (Oh, boy! Will that make a difference!)
.
Go to a animal shelter and adopt another furry friend to your household.
.
Go one week soda free (if your habit is to drink soda).
.
If you always use the regular gas, next time put high-test in the car. Go with the "good stuff".
.
Buy a cup of coffee for a co-worker.
.
Put a thank-you note in your mailbox for the mailman. (Mail-person?)
.
Add some "whimsy" to your front lawn, or change the paint on your front door. Make it bright Red, or Pista.chio, or Robin's egg blue.
.
Plant a tree in your yard.
.
Visit a place that you haven't been to "in ages".

You see, it’s not that difficult to make changes. You just need to try something new and different.

OK. So now the glossary

I have come to bantering these terms so often that new-comers are often very confused. I think that  glossary would be in order.

Time

Time does not really exist. Instead, what we refer to as “time” is actually the events that a consciousness experiences. It wakes up, brushes it’s teeth, eats breakfast, gets in the car… and so on and so forth.

That is what the consciousness experiences.

It is a straight “arrow of time” starting with getting up, and all the subsequent events. It is unique to the consciousness experiencing it.

Every consciousness experiences their very own versions of “time”. And there is no real unified time. Rather just the unified (apparently) measurement of it. With clocks, watches, etc.

Life-Line

A “life-line” is a collection of experiences that a consciousness has. As the consciousness moves in and out of individual moments of time, it creates a path. This path looks like a vector. It starts at the moment of birth and ends at the moment of death.

Time-Line

A “Time-Line” is ALMOST the same thing as a “Life-Line”.

Except that the Life-Line encompasses the entire realm of experiences from birth to death, whereas a “Time-Line” is a much shorter period and may or may not include birth or death events.

World-Line

A “world-line” is a frozen moment. Nothing moves. Nothing goes on. It’s just like a photograph. Only it is a 3D photograph of the entire universe.

The term “world-line” comes from Science Fiction novels and movies. These fictions depict another reality that differs from the one that the person was just in. As example, in “Back to the future II”, a pair of time-traveling explorers alter history, with horrible consequences.

Back to the Future II.

As far as using the world-line map template, each intersection point, dot or globe represents one such world-line. As in this here…

This is what a world-line is.

World-Line Cluster

As the consciousness travels on the MWI it does so based upon it’s thoughts. If others share the same thoughts, they travel the MWI in a similar manner.

If you map out the Time-Lines of people who are sharing similar thoughts, you will find that they seem to travel together, and they seem to experience the same World-lines.

This is known as clustering.

Echo Chamber

If you only listen to a certain type of “news”, and only receive your input from others that agree with you, the thoughts that you have will be reinforced into one set staid narrative. You will be unable to think other thoughts. And as such, your thoughts will be controlled by whomever, or whatever controls the narrative that you are immersed in.

This environment; a closed environment where your thoughts are set to a “conformist setting” within that environment is dangerous. It locks your path and travel in the MWI to a set route.

In discussions of news media, an echo chamber refers to situations in which beliefs are amplified or reinforced by communication and repetition inside a closed system and insulated from rebuttal. By participating in an echo chamber, people are able to seek out information that reinforces their existing views without encountering opposing views, potentially resulting in an unintended exercise in confirmation bias. Echo chambers may increase social and political polarization and extremism. 

-Wikipedia

MWI

The many-worlds interpretation (MWI) is an interpretation of quantum mechanics that asserts that the universal wavefunction is objectively real, and that there is no wavefunction collapse. 

This implies that all possible outcomes of quantum measurements are physically realized in some "world" or universe. 

In contrast to some other interpretations, such as the Copenhagen interpretation, the evolution of reality as a whole in MWI is rigidly deterministic. 

Many-worlds is also called the relative state formulation or the Everett interpretation, after physicist Hugh Everett, who first proposed it in 1957. Bryce DeWitt popularized the formulation and named it many-worlds in the 1960s and 1970s. 

-Wikipedia

In short, it is the universe where everything is possible. And every single possibility exists somewhere in some form. And I refer to these variations as “World-lines”.

Template Map

A template map is a method to visualize movement in the MWI.

A topographical map of a mesh is created. Each intersection of that mesh is a “world-line”.

The surface of this map is the HIGHEST LIKELIHOOD of movement of a given consciousness within a physical body.

The height of the topography is a measure of the difficulty in likely movement. This a flat surface is easy with no difficulty and effort. And a “mountainous” feature depicts enormous difficulty and strife.

Which now brings us to…

Pre-Birth World-Line Template Map

This is the very first template map that is established when a baby is birthed, and a consciousness is injected into the body.

It is called a “pre-birth” World-line template map because the template was painstakingly set up in place carefully for the consciousness to obtain experiences on it.

It is a carefully constructed fated life.

The easiest map paths are laid out for the consciousness to explicitly experience and enjoy certain events. And that is both good and bad events.

The only way off this map is to “slide” off of it, on to a different template map.

Slide

A slide is an intentional change of the template map.

You “slide” off the map that you are on, and land on a completely different map.

While this is possible with artificial contrivances, equipment, electronics, vehicles and the like, the most effective way to do so (on a personal basis) is to do it by thought.

You specifically control your thoughts in a concise and directed manner to slide off your template map.

You can use a slide to get off your current world-line template and to get on another one.

Shadow People

We (as consciousness) travel the world-lines alone. It is extremely rare for another consciousness to share a world-line with us.

Thus all those “people” that we see are actually not like us. They don’t have a consciousness like we have. They are real to us, and they have feelings that we react to, but their consciousness is elsewhere on their own world-line somewhere else, and what we see is a “shadow” of them.

A “mountain”

On the topography of a world-line template are “highs” and “lows”. These features define the difficulty of effort to move in those directions. A “mountain” is a particularly difficult are to traverse. And on the 3D map it will appear as a mountain.

A “hill”

A hill is similar to a mountain. It’s level of difficulty to traverse is proportionally smaller.

Hills on a world-line template map.

Comfort Zone

By all practical purposes, the flat and level area is always your comfort zone. You can always find a comfort zone on your pre-birth world-line template map, no matter how mountainous the terrain before you appears. This is the “fated” path that you established for your self when your soul first established the pre-birth world-line template.

This is good and bad. But in general, it means that there is always a default action that will lie ahead of you. Good or bad. You might end up saying “There’s a kind of calmness knowing that you are 100% fucked no matter what you do.” Or, you might say, “You know, if I just keep on doing what I am doing, everything will work out”. It all depends on your individual situation.

Comfort zone.

Affirmation Campaign

An affirmation campaign is a specific technique that you use to navigate on the world-line template. It is a way to direct your thoughts when moving from world-line to world-line on your MWI template map. It’s a powerful skill set. You can go visit my entire index of articles here…

Intention

.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Heaven Index here…

Heaven

.

Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

 

[daegonmagus] – Part 1 – Exploration of the Non-Physical Reality

The following is the first part from a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "daegonmagus" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

-MM

Part 1 – With the Elder Guardians

Daegonmagus Contact With the Elder Guardians Part One:

This is a preliminary background on who I am and how I came to know about the “spiritual amnesia”. Although I have provided a more complete and in depth description of these circumstances in my autobiography, this will provide some context to future articles that will be dealing with these issues. I have deliberately left out much information as it is too cumbersome to include in an article of this nature.

I had my first sleep paralysis experience when I was 8 years old, and it terrified me.

These became a regular occurrence to the point I would be having them every couple of days. I’d be paralyzed, unable to move anything but my eyes, and I would be this way for what seemed like an eternity.

I’d try calling out for my dad, but all that I could ever muster was a faint squeak.

When the paralysis did eventually stop, I’d throw my blankets off and run out of the room to him; he’d tell me they were just nightmares and to go back to sleep. It was beyond frustrating. I simply knew there was much more to them.

I became curious.

I wanted to know what the hell was going on with these paralysis episodes; I wanted to know why everything was so chthonic whilst in them; the noises, the feeling like my soul was being sucked away. The strange entities that would always stand at the end of my bed.

Grandmother and family

My grand mother used to live only a few short kilometers away.

Every Friday we would go there and eat curry lunch. If I was at school that day, I‘d walk there afterwards instead of venturing home, knowing my mother would still be there. It was a nice little tradition we had going on.

But chicken curry wasn’t the only thing I was treated to.

My mother and grandmother were self proclaimed psychics who had a few stories to tell. These were nothing really that special, but they did offer intriguing conversation that couldn’t be found at school.

So in my quest for understanding my sleep paralysis, I listened probably a little too enthusiastically for my own good. Not that I learnt anything valuable in regards to that subject. It did, however, eventually get me interested in Rene Descartes and his philosophies on consciousness.

René Descartes (Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy)

Down the back of my grandmother’s property was an old abandoned house that she and her family used to live in many years prior to my mother being born.

It was derelict and falling to pieces. The inside walls had massive holes smashed through them. The concrete padding had turned to dust in places. Electrical wiring hung from the exposed roof rafters. The front door had become so overgrown with grass that it wouldn’t open. The only way in was to scale the small chimney that poked out the side of the wall and climb down it. One would come out through the open fireplace facing what used to be a living room, and it was here that I found my treasure.

Boxes and boxes full of books had been left to rot in the middle of the living room, some of them left untouched on a small book shelf.

After sitting here exposed to the elements for the better part of 30 years, a lot of them had decayed beyond readability.

But in amongst the mulch pile, I did find a few gems that had somehow survived the ravages of time. Aleister Crowley’s Moonchid, The predictions of Nostradamus, Psychic Discoveries Behind the Iron Curtain and Atlantis were just a few of the ones that were still in a decent, readable condition.

However, the true treasure came in the form of a complete four volume encyclopaedia set that explored the idea of magic through different world cultures.

It was a real magical library one would expect to find in some sort of fantasy novel about sorcerers, and I had access to it every Friday.

Naturally, I took these books home with me, saving them from becoming mulch like all the rest. I read through the encyclopaedia front to back.

I was trying to find any scrap of information I could on sleep paralysis.

Once again I was met with much frustration, as there didn’t seem to be much beyond a few vague mentions of tribal shamans using “dreaming” to obtain mystical visions.

Adaptation

Time slipped by, and my sleep paralysis became such a regular occurrence, that I ultimately became bored of it.

I realized that it wasn’t harming me, and it became somewhat annoying. I learnt to relax through it all, and that is when I truly began to learn the power of lucid dreaming and how to control one’s dreams. I suddenly had a new found appreciation for the tribal shamans I’d read about and why they were so into it.

I began unlocking parts of my mind that I otherwise would have been denied access to.

By the time I turned 12 my proficiency in lucid dreaming had reached its peak. I was able to remain conscious during the transition of being awake and asleep, and bypass the sleep paralysis stage altogether.

This became a regular occurrence.

School became a somewhat secondary necessity . I’d play the game and get good grades, but deep down I was more interested in the metaphysical than what the physical had to offer me.

I was too involved in my dream worlds that I would visit on such a regular basis that the physical world became dull by comparison.

I was using study time in the library meant for science and maths tests on researching occult concepts and ideologies such as astral projection.  I started wondering why everyone was so content in the idea they must work themselves to death, rather than study consciousness via the avenue of lucid dreaming. To me, the latter was much more exciting and pointed to a much better sense of purpose than the former.

By the time I reached high school, I had become extremely proficient at creating my own dreams.

I became so good, that I was able to simulate sensations within my dream environments including touch, taste and smell, and generate entire environments just by thinking of them.

It was because of these “simulations” that I was also able to explore my own sexuality and solve problems that I was having in the “real world”. It was then that I started really experimenting with consciousness whilst in this dreaming state, using Descartes’ philosophies as a starting point.

Exploration

I began to frequent several places in the lucid domain that appeared to be completely separate to my mind’s fabrication.

One of these places was a tropical island that I used to go on regular “lucid holidays” to.

It was here that I discovered the existence of these portals that could be used to traverse the “other worlds”. Thus I started learning how ones consciousness could be projected through these portals to access other realms/ dimensions.

Projection of consciousness

It was around about the age of 14, I had my first real breakthrough in regards to the projection of my consciousness outside of my body.

I had somehow found myself on another planet watching a tribal Elder of a humanoid race of people talking to his tribe.

I was completely lucid, in that I could remember my body being asleep back in my bed on earth. These people, although completely alien to any human species on earth, had a very Native American vibe to them.

All of a sudden the Elder realized I was there, observing them.

I heard his voice within my mind, telling me not to be afraid and to come closer – to move within him.

He knew I was a curious consciousness, and took the opportunity to give me a lesson in how multiple consciousness can inhabit one body.

I obliged, and immediately felt myself go within him. It was an incredible feeling; an entire lifetime’s worth of his memories came flooding into my mind, and yet I still remembered my physical, sleeping body.

I knew he could have kicked me out from within him any time he chose, but he allowed me to stay for several minutes as an apprentice to the mysteries of consciousness.

It was one of the most humbling moments of my life.

He then spoke to his tribe, and announced that they had a guest. They looked around, somewhat confused, and he explained that my consciousness was residing within him.

When they asked where I was from, he pointed to a very specific star in the sky without hesitation and said “from there”. Soon after this I thanked him for his hospitality and departed, waking back up in my body on earth.

Second Breakthrough

My next breakthrough came about a year later when I first astral projected. I had been curious about the subject for several years after seeing a story about it on a show called The Extraordinary.

My purpose was to try and contact my grandfather who had passed away from lung cancer when I was nine.

My meditations, as a result got to the point where I could sit for hours on end in one pose, completely un-moving, whilst I tried to project.

I had been utilizing the Monroe Institute technique for several months and then one night it finally happened.

I was lying in bed meditating, and heard this loud popping noise. Suddenly, I felt as light as a feather, and I watched as I floated out of my body. I turned around and saw my physical body lying on the bed. I was so bewildered by the experience all I did was go outside and sit on the couch to just take it all in.

Death in the family

Shortly after that I was hit with grief as my brother was killed in a car accident right near our house, on the main drag going out of town. I had been suffering from severe depression and this was a kick in the guts I could have done without.

I started becoming uncaring in regards to my attitude towards life, and this bled over into the lucid realm.

The part of my mind that would sense danger became deactivated. I started going to dangerous places and messing with dangerous things not really caring if it resulted in my becoming permanently detached from my physical body.

Bad behaviors

I summoned all the “malevolent entities” that had taunted me during sleep paralysis into my dreamscapes and taunted them back, in an effort to take out my grievances on something that I considered deserved it.

Often times I was being chased by things that any rational person would have been terrified of, and I knew if they caught me it was game over.

What can I say; my depression and adventures in lucid dreaming had numbed me to the idea the physical body was important. I was at that point almost entirely disassociated from my body.

War!

It was around this time I became aware of my involvement in an “astral war”. I would become lucid in dream scenarios that I knew were not of my own devising.

In many of these scenarios it was like I had been drugged with a substance that was able to affect consciousness, and consciousness alone.

My “assignments” revolved around voluntarily going into compounds where this drug and other tortures were being administered to try and figure out why.

It seemed very much like my astral body was being utilized as an infiltration agent for inter dimensional warfare. I would write little poems mentioning this war and vaguely mentioning my role within it.

I knew I was not like other kids my age, and I knew it was because I had embraced the lucid and astral worlds as being as real, if not more, as the physical world.

Assignments

At first these appeared as standard dreams – fragmented memories even– but as the years wore on, I would become more and more lucid in them.

I would “appear” at my assignment location, get doped or tortured, return to my handlers for debriefing, then wake up and go to school the next day as if nothing ever happened.

This was what about a third of my youth entailed from the age of 15 all the way up to adulthood.

The more I lucid dreamed, the more I would remember my roles in these scenarios that thing were to trying to “drug me” out of remembering.

I became the weird kid that would talk about lucid dreaming and the worlds I’d visited like it was a normal part of existence.

My peers just didn’t know how to handle it and would often shy away from after giving each other a weird look. The funny thing was, my brother was part of the popular crowd, which meant by default I ended up in the social circle of kids. The whole thing was laughable.

Leaving School

I left school at the age of 16, a whole year before graduation. My close friends were starting to dabble a little too liberally in hard substances like methamphetamine, and I had – due to my severe depression, and genetic tendacies – had picked up an unhealthy addiction to alcohol even by that age.

I decided this sort of lifestyle wasn’t getting me anywhere.

If I stayed around these people I was going to end up dead, or worse, addicted to the same drugs they were taking (I’d never dabbled in anything stronger than marijuana).

I enrolled to do a music course at college, and that is where I met Storme.

Meeting the Girl of your dreams

When I first saw her I had the whole “I am going to marry that girl” thought pop into my head. I found out that she too was into the metaphysical and believed in things like astral projection and lucid dreaming. Plus, she was into the exact same music I was into – this was a very big deal for me.

The last thing I wanted to do was end up with someone who listened to Justin Bieber in their spare time. Nope; my ideal woman needed to have at least some sort of idea of what constituted musical talent. She also lived the next town over from me, which was a bonus.

Unbeknownst to me at the time, Storme had just escaped a period of homeless and what appeared to be a very real sex trafficking operation.

She had experienced things very few people would believe.

Things like communications from both physical and non physical entities about our world and its “true” history. She was the only other person I had ever come across who knew about the astral war, and the reason she knew about it was because it had been directly told to her by one of these entities.

I decided to do a lucid dreaming experiment on Storme to see if I could “hack” into her dreamscape, replacing it with my own, and to both of our astonishment, it actually worked.

I pressed her on her dreams the next day and she told me the exact scenario I had dreamed up; a meeting at college.

I had made sure to include very specific points in the conversation, and she hit these with accuracy.

This marked my next breakthrough in my experiments with consciousness whilst in the dream state.

Dating

We ended up dating. I would help drive her band around to gigs and semi manage them.

These guys were into taking things like LSD to “expand their minds”, but Storme and I never obliged.

Like her, they also were curious about astral projection, but had never experienced it.

Their drummer, Damien, was big on conspiracy theories, and would always talk about people like Icke, mind invading reptilians and the NWO that I thought was a complete load of bullshit.

This is where I first came across the Isaac CARET program; the other guitarist, Sean, sent me a link to the original website. I ended up writing it off as some sort university experiment in psychology.

Occult Studies

My occult studies had continued on and off through these years. Somewhere along the lines I had come across a secret society called the Hell Fire Club based out of West Wycombe, England.

I had only really joined the club to gain access to their catalogue of rare esoteric books.

I was big on trying to find the most original documents I could find when conducting my research.

It was through this club that I scored a copy of both the Greater and Lesser keys of Solomon; these books were rumored to be very powerful books on spirit conjuration, though I only wanted them for study purposes. I had no intention of ever summoning anything.

The Steward of its English chapter seemed impressed with my knowledge of occult ideologies and asked me to open my own Chapter here in Western Australia.

Though I didn’t really know what I was doing, I obliged.

He sent me books on his interpretations of the club and its link to alchemical concepts. That is how I got into spiritual alchemy.

I was put in contact with the other Australian Stewards, and these turned out to be an even bigger source of occult information for me; they were very well respected in regards to their ideologies and were a treat away from the many charlatans I had come across on the internet.

Marriage

Storme and I moved in with each other and, after a rocky few years at the hands of other people , we eventually got married in a little grove out in the middle of the state forest with a small gathering of our families.

We both weren’t big on traditional weddings and opted for a more pagan hand fastening ceremony instead.

After a fall out with my family, we dropped off the radar and became hermits moving from one rental to the next until we found a house that seemed to be haunted by a ghost that was actually quite pleasant to be around. This thing would open and close doors at night , but there was never a feeling a malice from it.

It was in this house that I began reworking the concepts of Alchemy I picked up in the HFC into my own meditations. Though the Steward’s ideologies were profound, I felt they were lacking in some areas and left much to be desired.

I began spending hours researching many allegories and writings of alchemy with the idea that the philosopher’s stone was the higher self.

I noticed from old alchemist texts I had in my possession that those particular Alchemists were using alchemy as a model for understanding the soul.

Thus my attention at that point was wholly devoted towards reconnecting with my higher self and hopefully making contact with the ascended masters.

Pay Off

On May 11th 2012 my meditations in alchemy paid off, and I was granted an audience with the very “people” I was seeking.

I was engaged in a lucid dream when I was “abducted” out of it into what I can only describe was a more “complete and real reality”. In fact it was so real, that I was forced to the conclusion that the physical world was the lesser of two “reals”.

I was standing in what appeared to be a courtyard a few acres in size, amidst a very large gathering of other people.

Based on the many music festivals I had been to in my youth, I estimated this group to be at least 20 000. We were all crammed into this courtyard that appeared to just be floating on its own out in the middle of space; you could actually see a nearby moon that was circling it, and this was pretty damned large; probably 10 to 20 times the size of our moon.

There was this gnawing sense of confusion going through me, and I noticed that same confusion present on the faces of the 20 000 others. It was a confusion born from knowing that I knew this place, but also knowing that I had forgotten it, and couldn’t work out why.

Over at the edge of the courtyard was a stone altar, and on the other side of this alter was what looked alike a small, curved amphitheater of an Ancient Greek like architecture where a bunch of beings in hooded robes sat, watching us 20 000.

I got the immediate impression that these beings were extremely old “Elders” and extremely powerful, unlike anything we know on earth.

Between us 20 000 and the amphitheater stood one of these Elders watching us in our confusion.

There were other people in this crowd that appeared to be our celestial families and they were hugging us, in tears, saying how they had missed us all and we’d been away for too long.

Remembrance

The Elder who stood between us and the other Elders, slowly approached me waiting for me to remember where I was.

Once he was satisfied my memory of this place was sufficient he began to speak to me, and that is when my mind began opening up and processing information at an incredible speed. I started operating from a state of awareness far above that of what is used whilst in a physical body.

The “Grand Elder” – as I called him – told me there was a sort of spiritual amnesia affecting mankind.

He said that the human brain had been deliberately engineered to cut them off from this state of awareness that I was now experiencing.

He told me that this amnesia had been created by a race of beings that did not want humans reconnecting with this power, and that they were the same ones responsible for the Ancient Egyptian Slave trade.

He referred to them as the “slave gods”.

This Grand Elder expressed concern that this amnesia would see the end of human life if it was left to continue unimpeded.

He told me my soul was over 40 000 years old and that I had been an active participant in trying to eradicate the amnesia for much of that time.

The reason, he said, that I had been summoned before them, was because of my abilities at lucid dreaming.

Apparently what I had learned through years of experimentation was considered so advanced by them, that very few people on earth possessed these same abilities; the amount of other who apparently possessed these abilities could be counted on one hand.

Nick-name

I was told that they (the Elders) had nick-named me “trick and trip” in salutation of these abilities; trick because of my abilities at evading the unseen enemy presence responsible for the amnesia, and trip for my abilities to “travel” to other worlds.

Apparently, according to these Elders, anyone who demonstrated these abilities were held in high regard by them, as it allowed them the opportunity to communicate with those back on the physical plane without it being compromised by external forces.

I was also told that I had been part of a “hive consciousness” that had tracked this amnesia to a black hole anomaly.

This black hole anomaly existed at the edge of this physical universe and was where the device causing the amnesia was being hidden.

The Grand Elder took me to its edge to help boost my memory, then brought me back before the gathering.

Put in Charge

It was here I was put in charge of the 20 000 other souls by the same grand Elder.

He gave me the task of rewriting their “soul code” to provide an unlocking mechanism so they could more easily wake up from the amnesia once they came back here to earth.

My assignment upon returning here was to regather them as one fighting force against the amnesia and its operators from within the earth plane.

I was to spread the message of everything he told me to anyone who would listen in an effort to reawaken these 20 000 consciousnesses to their own tasks.

After this I projected to the anomaly to try and get an understanding of it, much to the advice of the Grand Elder.

Somehow it was able to completely disintegrate my consciousness even though it was functioning from this higher state.

Within minutes I was reduced to an insane, incoherent mess.

I struggled to comprehend even the simplest of words as I tried crying out for my wife and telling her I was sorry I would not “be coming back to earth”. Shortly after this, everything went black and I woke up in my bed.

This was the first time out of several that the Grand Elder would contact me in relation to this amnesia.

To Be Continued…

 

MM Thoughts

This is obviously fascinating and an easy read. It touches and broaches a number of related MAJestic subject areas and approaches it from a different angle and view point. I must admit that while I am aware of much of what DM discusses, my actual exposure to the occult teachings, and methodology is of a different nature entirely.

That is neither good, nor bad.

It is neutral.

To be open and willing to take this information in, absorb it and learn from it is a valid and important step for us to understand our true natures and role on this planet. I cannot vouch whether it is true or not, but I can vouch that it is sincere and that it is an accurate description of something that is obviously personal and private.

I, for one, look forward to many more contributions.

As well as looking forward to your thoughts in this matter.

You can visit the daegonmagus Index here…

.
.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

[ANONYMOUS] – Part 1 – MM unlocked an Adventure

The following is a series of articles describing the adventure that a follower who goes by the handle "ANONYMOUS" has experienced since reading MM. They are very interesting and fascinating. I hope that you all learn from his journey and maybe learn a thing or two as he relates his unique experiences to the readership here. 

A quick note. When I first posted this article I confused two contributors. This caused me some headaches and all should be resolved by now.

-MM

Preamble

MM,
.
Seeing you suffer under DOS and database attack and the drop in visitations has really effected me as well, so I wanted to send you a big, heartfelt intention-bump. Without any exaggeration, your website has completely and irrevocably changed my entire life. My general way of living, mentality, and many other aspects have changed forever.
.
The tale here is odd to say the least.
.
Your blog basically “unlocked” me in January of this year, and prompted a very bizarre, incredibly frightening, but ultimately useful transformation including the unlocking of a number of new “abilities” which still has me totally stunned.
.
I was waiting for this moment…..

How it all started

I am a middle aged man in Canada.
.
During some unrelated web surfing in September of 2020, I was directed to one of your SHTF articles which was referred to on Reddit.
.
As someone very prep-oriented, nothing you wrote there shocked me at all, but I enjoyed your style, grit and honesty.
.
I had no idea at the time you had other experiences elsewhere, but upon return (to the MM site) I discovered your MAJ and all over documents, not to mention other hosted works in Bibliotech etc.
.
As a quick backgrounder on me, I am a Spectrum-learner, with virtually no subject that I do not enjoy knowing more about, but with a huge focus on Science, ExoBiology, Planetary Sciences, Astronomy, Physics, Botany, and many more.
.
But I am also a musician, artist, and I’ve worked as a professional Sous Chef before, so food is a huge thing for me.
.
For what its worth, I brew my own beer, grow my own food, and so on. Where I live, I am very unusual.
.
My professional background includes banking, high tech security and surveillance, and other technology related elements. I have also run my own business twice, and taken a company to the stock market here publicly. I understand computers, networks, and so on.

The Change

Before discovering you I was agnostic. One of those extremely skeptical types who values everything based on return on investment….. a “show me” kind of guy.
.
This doesn’t mean I was closed. Dear Lord, no, I am voracious in learning and understanding in anything I can, and ET/UFOLOGY etc was all part of my general interest.
.
For the record, I never believed we were “alone” and since I was 9 years old I took it for granted we would discover countless worlds and meet/interact with countless entities. Much of my childhood was spiritual, but that can be saved for another time.
.
Sept 2020 I began reading your material, alongside my reading at the time which included Roger Penrose / Hawking but as well as a number of UFO related channeling websites and other such material.
.
Nonetheless I kept coming back to MM over and over again.
.
Something in the back of my mind started what I can only describe as a “rising agitation” as I consumed your material.
.
I got the distinct impression I was being watched, and I hope that doesn’t sound too nuts, but it grew over time.
.
As I continued reading the material, I became very very focused upon it, studying the Base 8 Number system, Functional Diagrams, Comments on Brown Dwarfs etc. It was like I had imagined a website built just for me, by you! Every article was incredible!
.
But what started my experience was the growing realization that multidimensionally we were indeed being watched, every single moment of every day.
.
I had a very frightening “oh shit!” moment when I finally accepted what I was learning.
.
Studying Quantum Physics and other related topics for 20 years brought me to this one moment.
.
I can tell you it was personally very shocking to realize everything I had ever done, every thought, every action, every Sin, every Rufus moment, was known. Also, I felt pretty stupid for not coming to this knowing earlier.
.
Then something very dramatic happened, and I hope you can both understand and possibly shed light.

The Event

During a five-day period in January of 2021 I was really pushing hard to continue to read as much as possible from your site while maintaining my busy corporate life.
.
Each day, I felt a rising wave of energy in me, like waves of “chills” beginning from the bottom of my feet and rising up my spine, spreading like energetic wings left and right, and then culminating in my head/crown.
.
Keep in mind, I had very limited esoteric/spiritual background. I had no idea this was leading somewhere…..
.
Each day the sensation grew, but it got weirder.
..
Suddenly, and without any prompting or training, I had a very serious interest suddenly in sitting down on the ground, and breathing by inhaling through my nose (tongue on roof of mouth) and then exhaling as I digested your materials and revelations.
.
I would pray in place (keep in mind I had prayed ZERO times for my entire life prior), and consider my own errors and successes as well as the nature of consciousness, the soul, etc.
.
During this breathing, the energy would increase.
.
Whilst my eyes were closed, I started to see what seemed to be a “field” of dimensionality I hadn’t seen, which was lit up. Then, shimmering light from the top of my field of view (with eyes closed).
.
By the third day, I was sleeping less and less and less and reading more and more and more.
.
Also, during my circular breathing moments, I started to notice all of my hair would stand on end, and massive goosebumps would show up along the entire length of my body.
.
I felt pressure at the top of my head in the shape of a torus, and then soon, the sensation of a DOT roaming around on my forehead, then “fixing” in place between my eyes.
.
Another sensation was at the exact center of the top of my skull, like a “pulling” upwards from my body to somewhere above me, so to speak.
.
On the fifth day, I had slept less than 3 hours, and was meditating, breathing and praying a LOT. Yet, for whatever reason, even though this was totally bizarre and unprecedented behavior, I felt bliss.
.
On that day, I mentally said the words “God I know believe in you, and I want to Serve Others”.
.
I knew personally, that being a mixed Sentience was NOT what I was, and not the man I knew I could be.
.
MM, this was nuts. I was pulled to the tips of my toes and what felt like lightning ripped through my body. The feeling was akin to a bizarre ecstasy and I knew I was a different person.
.
I said “thank you” out loud.

Follow though…

During my intense meditations afterwards I began projecting block letters in my mind, and i didn’t know why, but they had themes like “Unity” “Peace” “Co-Operate” “UNITY MIND to MIND” and other ideas.
.
But it got even crazier.
.
I started seeing visions in my mind of our civilization in the future, and I knew it was 500 years from now approx, but I didn’t know how I knew.
.
In it I saw thousands and thousands of people gathering, as I hovered over the landscape watching them assemble. These people assembled first in one triangle, and then another overlapping triangle. The Double-Tetrahedron Star of David.
.
In the middle of the grouping there were elders or seers with hands outstretched. Then the entire crowd (tens of thousands of people) began to sing in a way I’ve never heard.
.
Now please don’t think I am certifiable but for some reason I could sense why this was being done.
.
It was a massive prayer and intention ritual used to bring Earth to a Zero-Point in a different pocket universe to allow for planetary healing and a reset as humanity began to graduate into STO Sentience and Sovereignty.
.
We were growing up…..finally.
.
There is so much more insane detail here I can barely begin, but it included Psychic Colleges, Parent-Child classes from birth and all kinds of incredible outcomes from this new Way. It was very detailed and incredibly inspirational….
.
…and alien.

End of part 1

Pretty exciting? Right? Well this is one man's experience. And everyone will have their own personal experience that will be just as profound and just as amazing. From seeing faeries to breathless communication with cherished pets, to mind-boggling breakthroughs in understandings and realizations. It's all the same thing. - MM
What to expect in future articles…
.
…an encounter with an Entity and a terrifying “debate” where I was mentally crushed by this entity. Afterwards, and to this very moment, I have the ability to pull “source/prana/energy/whatever” at will, and this seems to have a massive impact on my prayers and intentions.
.
In other words, I am starting to see very noticeable manifestations.
.
I have also seen many many different shapes, diagrams (which I can interact with sort of), and other images in my meditative mind.
.
The synchronicities in my life are off the chart, sometimes 8 to 10 jaw dropping events in a single day. Its like living in my own Movie now, and its a trip.
.
My entire life has changed. I mediate often and pray often. I am single for the first time in decades and without a solid footing.
.
The MM website is a touchstone for sanity. I am becoming the Rufus……slowly. I will say, that changing ones Sentience from Mixed (which I absolutely was) to STO is the hardest and most rewarding thing I’ve ever done. Ever.
.

You can visit the ANONYMOUS Index here…

.
.

MM Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

How to meet our beloved pets (dogs, cats, horses) after we die and go to Heaven

This article is about something that is very close and dear to me. It is about meeting our pals; our little buddies after we die and go to Heaven… or wherever we go. It’s a very neglected subject, yet I consider it to be a very important one.

Now, it’s going to get a bit obtuse, but hold on. I know all you who visit here are hurting. Don’t worry. I have some answers.

Where do I get this information?

Recognize that I relate from my background in MAJestic, and my readings of “Alien Interview”. If you do not know what I am referring to, then you will have to go to the About Me to discover what I mean about MAJestic. And to understand what I am talking about regarding “Alien Interview” you can go HERE. Additionally, I can confirm that much of what I relate is in accordance with the Geography of Heaven as described by Dr. Newton.

Recognize that [1] I was part of an organization, and that I had tasks and operations that had tangential associations with this subject. So, to put it another way, I’m the closest thing you are going to have to an “expert” on these matters.

And that [2] the discovery, reading, parsing of Alien Interview helped me to clarify some experiences that I was exposed to. It will be the elements from “Alien Interview” in this narrative that will help clarify some issues. As I think that it might clean up some issues.

Let’s begin with some basics…

There are different kinds of heavens.

A "Heaven" is a "Universe". There are many of them.

Our normal, day to day lives, is within a universe. We, not knowing any better, think that this universe is all that there is. It's not.

When we, or our pets, die we (as consciousness in wave form) float around. We can stay in this (physical) universe in the spirit form, or we can leave it. And if we leave it, we will go to a completely different universe.

Cats tend to go to a "Cat Universe". Also known as a "Cat Heaven".

Dogs tend to go to a "Dog Universe". Also known as a "Dog Heaven".

Horses tend to go to a "Horse Universe". Also known as a "Horse Heaven".

Humans tend to go to a "Human Universe". Also known as a "Human Heaven".

There is one thing that is in mutual agreement with my MAJestic “training” and the “Alien Interview” dialog is that there are many Heavens.

And Heavens are the same thing as Universes.We as humans have inherited these general words and phrases without understanding what they represent.

So  when we talk about Heaven we must be specific. We cannot be general.

There is a “Human Heaven”. And there are Heavens for other species.

So…

There is a cat heaven. There is a dog heaven. There is a horse heaven. There is an eagle heaven. There is a parakeet heaven. And so on and so forth.

All this has to do with the idea that (way back, early on when the very first mega-universe was created), the other universes sublimated naturally by specific quanta associated with the species that developed and came into being.

Or, in other words, there is one Heaven for each species, and this is a natural consequence of the nature of the overall “mega-universe”.

If you do not want to believe this you can leave.

There is NOT one singular Heaven where every single life exists in once you die. That is a fantasy based on ignorance of quantum physics.

Summary:

Within "all that exists" (which I refer to as a the mega-universe) are bubbles. These bubbles are universes.

Every life that exists is attuned, by it's quantum makeup, to one specific universe. This association is called "soul". 

Thus, we are on this "physical-universe", and when we die our consciousness travels back to "soul" which exists within our species universe. We call this "going to Heaven".

But the Earth is unique…

Further, apparently, and I am now pretty convinced of it, is that there is a specific “Earth Human Heaven”.

Sounds OK, really.

Doesn’t it?

Or better stated, a Human Heaven that is geographically located that services the “Sentience Nurseries” (Prison planets) in this geographic section of the galaxy.

What this means is that there is an overall “Heaven” for all humans all over the universe. But also that there is a very “special” Heaven for humans that reside in the earth or in associated other “sentience nurseries”.

And  you can refer to them as being “Prison Planet” if you like.

But I like to think of it as a “sentience nursery” for the purposes of reforming the “inmates” forced to live and exist int his environment.

Now, to be honest, I was unaware of this during the entire time that I was active in MAJestic. However, the narrative in Alien Interview has clarified so many points, and then when this issue came up, I achieved an “Ah ha” moment. And then so many other things feel into place.

Now, this idea that there is an “Earth Human Heaven” that is separate from a “General Human Heaven” is very profound. But we won’t get too bogged down in it here.

  • General Human Heaven
  • Specific “special” Earth Heaven.
Summary:

Humans have two "Human Universes". One is the "General Human Heaven", and the other is a special area. This other one is just for our physical geographic area only. So I refer to it as "Earth Human Heaven".

Most Earth Humans have a "soul" that is part of the "Earth Human Heaven".

OK.

Let’s stick to the issue at hand…

Humans need a guide to visit those other Heavens

According to everything that I have experienced and what I have read, we all need a guide or a person to help us to enter into different Heavens.

I refer to this guide as a “Mantid”, but other might known them as “guardian angels” or “angels”.

Basically, it is a non-human entity that helps you meet with your friends who might belong to a different species as you do.

Now, from what I understand from Alien Interview, this entity is utilized to assist in the meeting of two different species in a neutral environment. While it might appear that it is is in one heaven or the next the reality is that is is something else.

You see, different universes operate differently from a Human Universe, and the Physical Universe. And we need to be “configured” to visit there. It isn’t automatically easy. If you wanted to visit a “Cat Heaven” you would need to temporarily conform your consciousness to fit in a Cat Heaven.

Think of it like a key.

If you want to open a door, you have to have a key of the right shape.

But earth humans, we don’t even know how to do that, let alone what it is. So we get help from someone who does know. And we can refer to these entities as “guides”, “angels”, “assistants”, or what ever you want to refer to them as. In my experience they tend to be other humans in the spirit form. And / or Mantids (Angels).

However, knowing what I do know, most earth Humans do not have the memories, the skills or the abilities to perform these things. Maybe we once did. But now, today, the vast numbers of humans no longer can do this, and thus needs a “guide” or a person to help them.

Summary:

When a creature dies, is floats around in spirit form (wave form), and then migrates up to it's Heaven. This is natural.

Your pet will be in it's Heaven. And you will be elsewhere. Typically, you will be in your Heaven.

To visit each other, you will need a "guide", an "assistant" to help you two meet. This person will be able to "key you" to the kind of configuration that will allow you two to meet.

But according to Alien Interview you should not need a guide at all

The thing is that you should not need a guide to accompany you to visit your friends. Being consciousness that is all knowing and all capable, that you should (theoretically) be able to see and visit these other Heavens (universes) as you will.

Unfortunately, for a host of reasons, the ideal no longer exists.

Somehow, along the way, humans on the earth ended up getting their very own “special” Heaven. This Heaven is different from the normal Human Heaven that the rest of the universe has.

Alien Interview calls this area a “Prison Planet”.

MAJestic refers to this portion of space (and five other solar systems) as a “Sentience Nursery”.

What ever it is, and why it is, is a vast and huge subject. It’s covered elsewhere, and we will not dwell in it too much here. Instead we will just simplify things and say that if you are on the earth, then chances are that your Heaven is the “special” Heaven constructed for this region.

And those of us associated with this Heaven have erased skills, memories and abilities. And that is the way it is.

Summary:

Ideally, we should not need assistance to visit other universes. But most humans here in this geographical region of space is associated with a "special" Earth Human Heaven. This association is one with erased memories, skills and abilities. And thus we need help to perform most tasks.

This suggests that the “guide” is actually something else

Since we are associated with a soul with this “Earth Human Heaven”, and we need a “guide” or “expert” to accompany us when we exit our Heaven to go to another one, what does this tell you?

What is the closest analog in our physical reality universe?

Corrections officers escorting a prisoner outside of Jail.

Summary:

The easiest way to understand how Earth Human Heaven works is to imagine it as a big prison. This may or may not be true. However, the aspects of it that requires...

[1] Memory wipe to enter a physical body. (Parole)
[2] Escorts when you leave the Earth Human Heaven. (Jail transport) 

...is strongly indicative, and most easily imagined, as a minimum security prison.

As far as I know, and from all of my experiences, only humans have these limitations. Other species do not have these limitations.

But, you know, it can’t be really bad…

The idea that we can get help to visit other Heavens, and the idea that we are supported to return back to Earth (abet with our memories erased), does indicate that there seems to be a freedom of movement in the non-physical Heavens. Though this freedom is monitored, and supervised, it does appear that there is a great degree of latitude of where you can go.

Certainly a Cat Heaven or a Dog Heaven is so unlike a Earth Human Heaven, and that we as consciousness can visit it, certainly says that there are some freedoms that we are permitted.

I wonder if we can visit the General Human Heaven?

Why are we earth (and the other local solar systems) segregated from this General Human Heaven? What is the problem? Do we have some kind on non-physical virus, sickness, bad behavior or anything like that?

For, and the reason why I mention this, is that (by all accounts) the General Human Heaven is substantially older, larger, involves far more souls than the Earth Human Heaven.

With this in mind, it must also have resources, places, abilities and functionality that our Earth Human Heaven does not have.

Summary:

There are two Heavens (two universes) for Humans. Maybe there are more. But in general there is a local, regional to this section of the galaxy that services the earth solar system, and five others that service other solar systems. This Heaven, known as the Earth Human Heaven, is much smaller (though quite enormous) and younger (while still old) compared to the General Human Heaven.

Were the consciousness, you for example, wanted to have unrestricted access to do anything, you would need to go to the General Human Heaven to do so. Otherwise, you would suffer through the realities and restrictions of the Earth Human Heaven.

Tunnel of Light

Everyone knows what the “tunnel of light” is. Right?

When you die, you are compelled or instructed to “follow the light” and enter in this nice long tunnel,

My experiences strongly supports the notion that this “Tunnel of Light” actually exists in the non-physical realms. And that it is not some kind of biological event that occurs when your body starts to shut down when you die.

Dr. Lakhmir Chawla, an associate professor of anesthesiology and critical care medicine at George Washington University, asserts that near-death experiences are simply caused by a surge of electrical activity as the brain runs out of oxygen before death. However, the oxygen-depletion theory is only one of many classical neurophysiological theories challenged by people who have undergone near-death experiences.

I argue that it is a real event that you may or may not experience.

This “Tunnel of Light” has nothing to do with your consciousness leaving your (now deceased) body, but rather that it is a secondary “step” that many human consciousnesses experience upon death.

  • First you leave the body.
  • Your consciousness remains in close proximity to the physical world, but being in wave form is unable to interact with it.
  • You can move about by thought.
  • You may encounter things, creatures and events that are not apparently present in the physical reality.
  • The world-line travel, as part of the MWI stops.
  • Your consciousness resides as part of your final egress world-line.

At some point in time, you might encounter “old family”, “former friends”, “guides”, or “Angels” that introduce you to this “Tunnel of Light”.

And 99.999% of Earth Humans enter this tunnel. They go to Earth Human Heaven, and exist in that place.

This does NOT happen to other animals that I know of. It only happens to Earth Humans.

What is the closest analog to a “Tunnel of Light” in the physical realms?

In prison is a very special room called a “Sally Port”. It is essentially a long hallway with a door at each end. You enter in the hallway, and line up. Then the door behind you is closed. The corrections officers then make sure that everything is in order, and the inmates are all secure. When everything is fine, you then proceed to the end of the hallway. There, that door will open up and you will be inside the prison proper.

A sally port is protected point of entry into a secure location, such as a prison or a military fortification. Often, a sally port consists of an enclosed area with a solitary gate on either side, only one of which can be opened at any given time.

-My Law

Here is a photo of a prison sally port…

A prison sally port.

Summary:

Cats, Dogs, Horses and other species do not appear to have a "Tunnel of Light" for them to enter their respective Heavens. Only earth Humans have one.

The closest earth analog to a Tunnel of Light is a Prison Sally Port.

Following the models laid out by the other species, it appears that it is a very natural and easy thing to move towards your species Heaven (Universe). Your quantum make up attracts you to it naturally.

You do not have to be "guided", "directed", "led" or "taught" to enter this tunnel. If left to our own designs, our consciousnesses would naturally move towards the General Human Heaven instead. 

Thus, no matter how much love, beauty and attractiveness that you feel emulating from this "Tunnel of Light", if you allow yourself to migrate to the true nature of your species you would naturally move towards the General Human Heaven.

Hard Labor

There are many kinds of prisons. In the ADC they had…

  • Diagnostic Prisons.
  • Maximum security prisons.
  • Minimum security prisons.
  • Prisons for behavioral modification.
  • Prisons for Hard Labor Punishment.
  • Prisons for Boot Camp Punishment.
  • Work / Factory Prisons.

I spent time in both the behavioral modification prisons and in the Hard Labor Prisons.

In the Hard Labor Prison (East Arkansas Regional Unit at Brickeys) we would transit the Sally port four times a day. We would go to and from the prison to the fields where we would work on the “chain gang”. Better known as “Hoe Squad”. In Arkansas, prison is the “punishment” portion of the criminal sentence. While parole is the “rehabilitation” portion of the criminal sentence.

In a like way, Earth Human Heaven appears to work the same way.

You enter and leave the “Tunnel of Light” to transit between the locked-down security of Earth Human Heaven, and the Physical Earth MWI. In this analogy, the Physical Earth MWI appears to be the “Hard Labor Punishment” aspect of a prison sentence.

However…

The physical reality MWI is much larger than the Earth Human Heaven. And it has a great diversity of life, and species. There are plants, animals, creatures, and all manner of interactions. While the Earth Human Heaven is a specific Heaven that contains only two (as far as I can discern) species.

These are;

  • Human consciousnesses that comes from the Earth.
  • Mantids (Angels).

I can positively state, unequivocally, that I have never seen or encountered any other species in the Earth Human Heaven. That includes the Type-1 greys,  dogs, cats or horses.

Summary:

Earth Human Heaven access of all species other than Earth Humans, and Mantids is prevented. The only way in and out of the Earth Human Heaven is via the "Tunnel of Light". It acts as a secure gateway to and from the MWI.

Earth Humans are issued a Pre-Birth World-Line Template upon birth. This is a set of instructions (like like those on parole have) that prevents them for straying too far off from their assigned pre-planned experiences.

Since the MWI and all the world-lines are jointly shared with all species, physical and non-physical, it serves as a great staging area for meeting up with our non-physical pets, and to move away from any "parole restrictions". The key is in Affirmation Prayer Campaigns that slides you off this pre-birth world-line template onto one that you can control.

So there are multiple ways to visit our friends

So you all need not despair. You will certainly be able to meet up with long lost friends, family and pals. And what’s more, there are different ways to do so. Now that you have a butter understanding of what Earth Human Heaven is, we can look at some of these methods.

Method [1] in the non-physical realms associated with the MWI

Once you die, your consciousness naturally stays in wave form. It’s impossible to return to particle form as your physical body no longer functions. And being in wave form, you are initially trapped on the final egress world-line that your body was on in the MWI.

You can move about, explore, and check out everything. It’s just that you are in spirit. You are in the wave form.

By using the power of thought, you can “will yourself” to a beloved pet. And you will appear next to it in what ever form or shape, or condition that it is in.

Dogs will know that you are there, but are unlikely to join you in wave form. They will try to interact with you in their physical form.

Cats, well they can enter and leave the physical body at will. They can join you in the non-physical form. And you and your bud can have many fun times and adventures together.

Depending on the consciousness components of the species, you ability to interact with them will vary. Dogs will differ from cats. And horses are a completely different “ball game”.

In any case, I can confirm that upon your death, it will be profoundly easy for you to visit your lost beloved pets.

Method [2] in their specific pet Heaven

Once you have migrated into wave form, you are free to go anywhere. For most casts, they tend to want to hang out on the MWI, while Dogs prefer to spend some periods of time in Dog Heaven. Depending on your time of death there may or may not be your beloved pet in the MWI with you. Instead their consciousness might reside in their particular Heaven.

The technique is a simple one. You must “will” yourself to that beloved friend. And you will go as far as you can. If you are unable to enter their particular Heaven due to your quantum alignments, then you must vocalize a request for help. Alternatively, you can wait them out, until they return back to the MWI.

Asking for help is a very effective mechanism to help you during this period while you are in wave form. However, you must be especially cautious on who is offering it.

In my opinion, I would suggest a Type-1 grey as a valid source of help. While a Mantid (Angel) would project love, care and concern to and would arrange to have your help and assistance realized. Only, you would have to Enter The Earth Human Heaven first.

Method [3] Via a guide from the Earth Human Heaven

What is well understood is that you will be able to meet your beloved pets while you go to the Earth Human Heaven. The local Mantid will arrange help and  generate parole that will take you to the pet Heaven for your visit.

This is what you do if you want to visit your loved ones in Heaven

In all cases, to the best things to prepare for this kind of activity once you die is right now. I would add some specific affirmation prayers in your campaigns. Not much. Just one or two, that would manifest upon your death. Even if your death takes place fifty years from now, they will have actual potency upon your final death.

Might I suggest;

  • Upon my death, I will be able to meet with my beloved XXXXXXX.
  • My beloved XXXXXX will meet me and be near me when I die.

Another Opinion

Here’s another opinion.

We are deeply concerned about the growing information circulating on Internet about avoiding at all costs the tunnel of light that many go into when their incarnation on Earth ends.

As we have explained, when that moment arrives, a number of events that leads a person to Heaven can occur.

Quite often, a loved one, a friend or a member of the family arrives to escort the newly liberated person to the Heavenly spheres.

Equally, the person may find himself, seconds before his demise, in this beautiful tunnel of light that will conduct him to the light.
This light is heaven and when he steps into this bright area he is met by a noble soul that is there to greet him and explain his change of status.

Now, for various reasons, people are spreading a message on social media that this is a trap and the person will be captured and sent back for another incarnation.

Equally, they say that if the person, who is coming to the end of his incarnation, is visited by loved ones, this also is a trap and those loved ones are in fact demons pretending to be loved ones and the object is, once again, to entrap the person dying and push him into incarnation again.

These are dangerous lies and one should not listen to them and, certainly, one should not try to avoid going to Heaven whether it be by the tunnel of light or by friends or family guiding them.

We cannot express too strongly that one should, at all costs, reject this dangerous mis-information.

The origin of the message is Archonic.

Some people promote this false information quite innocently, as they just quote “collective wisdom”, but others are under the influence of negative entities and promote these lies because of that influence controlling their speech and actions.

If a person avoids taking the path to Heaven he has to go somewhere when he is liberated from his physical body. So, he goes to a place called Limbo.

This is an area full of lost souls and, generally, the people there are deeply unhappy.
This unhappiness is food for the evil ones who thrive on unhappiness.

Therefore, we have this conflict going on that must be stopped as soon as possible.

On one hand we have evil or misguided people promoting this false idea of avoiding going to heaven and on the other hand we have the workers for salvation trying to educate the public to act in a loving, peaceful fashion to help the Ascension process.

So, people must choose.

Either to follow this evil, Archon based concept of avoiding the tunnel of light, or avoiding being taken to Heaven by loved ones in which case the person will end up in limbo, or to reject that Archon based information and accept our advice which is to go into the tunnel with the assurance that you will end up in Heaven or go with your loved ones who, also, will guide you to Heaven.

We repeat, you have a choice.
Either to reject the tunnel of light and reject the loved ones who come to assist, or to enter the tunnel, accept to be guided by loved ones, and be taken to your home in Heaven.

You have free will. What you decide to do will happen.

So, choose to be guided by our Archon information or choose to be guided by God’s angels.

Conclusion

I am sorry to spend so much time getting involved in some of the geographic aspects of the nature of Heaven and the mega-universe. But that understanding is necessary to flush out the true and real options available to us when we wish to meet up with our beloved pets.

I can positively and absolutely confirm that it will be absolutely possible for you and your beloved pets to be together upon your death. I sincerely tell you this. In any event, the bond between you and your beloved pet is a strong one and that bond will never disappear. It will still exist. Even when you die. So have hope. Good things will occur.

Do you want more?

I have more posts like this in my Heaven Index;

Heaven

.

Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

 

 

 

The origin of consciousness and how we got “here”

Now how about that for a title. Maybe if I’m lucky, it might end up on page 500 in a Google search ranking. LOL.

The other day, I had to go to the doctor.

You see I have been taking blood pressure medicine. Somehow, probably due to my age, and most people my age do take this medicine, I had to join the ranks. And it was a good thing too. Mine was pretty high. On a number of occasions I was just about ready to pop.

Systolic blood pressure readings at least 140 or diastolic blood pressure readings at least 90 usually indicate Stage 2 Hypertension , which puts you at high risk for life-threatening problems such as heart attack and stroke. Once you become 60+ in age, the normal range is 134/87.

Mine was 165/ 96 most of the time. Yikes!

So he prescribed some blood pressure medicine for me. It was a little white pill. Dirt cheap. He said that I would have to take it for the rest of my life. I told him “okey dokey”, and he just looked at me. Being Chinese, I don’t think that he knew what that meant.

So then I said “thank you” in Chinese, and he smiled and all was good.

And I started taking it, every morning when I got up. First thing. pop that little white pill and start the day. And you know, after a while my body adjusted and my blood pressure lowered and stabilized and all was good.

But then, I started to have some side effects.

Nothing too radical, don’t you know.

For one, I started to get “elephant ankles”. My ankles both swelled up and looked like tree trunks.I was embarrassed to show my legs. They looked awful.

And my heart seemed to act strangely. I began to be “aware of it”. Like I knew that it was there, when before I didn’t care. If any of that makes sense.

Then, one night, I woke up clutching my heart. It felt like someone was tickling it.

So the next day we went to the local clinic and went to the doctor there. He looked at my mouth. He looked at my ears. He felt my chest. He checked my spine, and the under-soles of my feet. Then he nodded, and said that “yes, of course I was having some issues.”

So I went and had some further tests done. And then brought the results to him.

Mind you, this was all in the local clinic here. In China, the government treats local medical care as a very important aspect of life. And so not only is it efficient and quick, but it is pretty inexpensive. All told, the total cost was around 600 RMB, or maybe $85 USD.

Anyways, he told me that my heart was perfectly fine. Not to worry. My heart was good. And then prescribed me a bunch of heart medicine. Maybe five different types of pills, and a big garbage bag full of the boxes.

Ah. China.

Anyways, I went and ate a delicious fish afterwards and pondered my life. You do this from time to time, you know. You look at your life and you wonder and compare. You look at what it was like when you were young, and what your life is now. Not in sadness. Just in contemplation.

So I drank some wine.

It’s good for the heart, don’t you know.

And I ate some fish. Tasty, delicious, Chinese fish.

And I thought about things.

Lao Hunan fish. A little bit spicy.

Why the Hell was I living this life?

Which brought me to this point, and to this article.

Today it is the origin of consciousness is what we are going to talk about. We are going to discuss how YOU… that is your consciousness… came into being. And what is going on right now as YOU (as consciousness) are reading this here.

To begin with let’s start with something that both the Alien Interview and MAJestic agrees with.

In the beginning…

There was nothing, and then there was an explosion of quanta / particles that started to group together. They formed clumps. And over many, many, MANY trillions of trillions of years consciousness developed.

Over time…

IS-BEs are not physical universe entities.  

They are a source of energy and illusion. 

IS- BEs are not located in space or time, but can create space, place particles in space, create energy, and shape particles into various forms, cause the motion of forms, and animate forms.

Any form that is animated by an IS-BE is called life.

In Alien Interview, the extraterrestrial referred to these consciousnesses as IS-BE. In MAJestic, we just refer to it as consciousness. Which is pretty much the reason why I stick with referring to consciousness rather than IS-BE. I guess that I am just an old guy, with old habits that die hard.

Anyways, over many trillions of years, these individual consciousnesses started to interact with each other.

They started to communicate with each other.

They started to organize and they started to create a non-physical reality from which they would dwell, work and live within.

Before the formation of the physical universe there was a vast period during which universes were not solid, but wholly illusionary.   

You might say that the universe was a universe of magical illusions which were made to appear and vanish at the will of the magician.

Then, after many, many more trillions of years, they decided to create a physical universe. And so they thought, organized, planned and then created a physical universe. Separate universes were brought together and unified to form one singular universe.

Each IS-BE entered into the physical universe when they lost their own, "home" universe. That is, when an IS-BE's "home" universe was overwhelmed by the physical universe, or when the IS-BE joined with other IS-BEs to create or conquer the physical universe.

We call that “the big bang”. And our “experts” have dated it to around 14 billion years ago.

The Creation of the Physical Reality

And of course, with the creation of the universe, we had the creation of all the planets, stars, galaxies and all of that.

And it took time.

And over many billions of years, these consciousnesses started to populate this physical universe with life.

Eventually creating archetypes that populated the universe. Each archetype had regional variations to live in certain environments. And the consciousness placed regional variants of these archetypes all over the universe.

The notion that human biological organisms evolved naturally from earlier ape-like forms is incorrect.     

No physical evidence will ever be uncovered to substantiate the notion that modern humanoid bodies evolved on this planet.

The reason is simple: the idea that human bodies evolved spontaneously from the primordial ooze of chemical interactivity in the dim mists of time is nothing more than a hypnotic lie.

(It was) instilled by the amnesia operation to prevent your recollection of the true origins of Mankind.  

Factually, humanoid bodies have existed in various forms throughout the universe for trillions of years.

So life abounded all over the universe. First with microbial life, then with plants, fishes, and so on and so forth.

Multiple Universes

Ah.

There are more than one universe. There are many, many universes. The physical universe (along with it’s non-physical universe components) is but one universe.

Or in other words,

[1] Physical universe + [2] non-physical universe = [3] “our” universe.

And yet there are many, many others. And we tend to refer to them as “Heaven”. Which tends to be confusing as many people confuse “Heaven for humans” with the non-physical reality that surround our MWI (in our universe).

In this fashion, all of the space, galaxies, suns, planets, and physical phenomena of this universe, including life forms, places, and events have been created by IS-BEs and sustained by mutual agreement that these things exist. 

There are as many universes as there are IS-BEs to imagine, build and perceive them, each existing concurrently within its own continuum.

Each universe is created using its own unique set of rules, as imagined, altered, preserved or destroyed by one or more IS-BEs who created it.

Time, energy, objects and space, as defined in terms of the physical universe, may or may not exist in other universes.

The Domain exists in such a universe, as well as in the physical universe.

Now, both the “Alien Interview” and the MAJestic discourses agree about all this, for the most part. As far as I can tell the general overview is identical. MAJestic agrees with Alien Interview and, vice versa.

But now we come to a “fork in the road”. For there is a difference in belief or understanding between the two “camps”. Well sort-of. Maybe the understanding is looking at the same thing from different angles.

A difference in belief – Alien Interview

I am going to simplify my thoughts on this matter, and I might be in error…

According to “Alien Interview”, all consciousness was created a long, long, long time ago.

Airl explained that IS-BEs have been around since before the beginning of the universe. The reason they are called "immortal", is because a "spirit" is not born and cannot die, but exists in a personally postulated perception of "is - will be".

And, the various consciousnesses entered “our” universe at different times.

IS-BEs arrival or invasion into the physical universe took place at different times, some 60 trillion years ago, and others only 3 trillion.

So to summarize, according to Alien Interview, consciousness comes from somewhere outside of time and space and it creates a universe to live in. Eventually, the universes merge with other universes, and the consciousness exists within this growing and expanding universe.

Now, let’s look at what I was instructed during my time in MAJestic…

A difference in belief – MAJestic

This is a compilation of <redacted> (not that it's secret, but the background is way too involved to get involved with at this time.) from a combination of sources that <redacted>.  EBP and ELF sourced.

Consciousness is constructed in “human Heaven”. It originates from Soul. It is built up through the collection of quanta obtained through experiences. And becomes more and more advanced over time.

Thus the purpose of reincarnation, over and over again, is to improve the soul, that consciousness derives from.

Thus, for the humans to learn, grow, mover forward to the “next big thing” they need to experience life, after life, after life, over and over again. Each time getting bigger, and better.

And eventually…

…some day, they will evolve into something else.

I made a graphic of this on one of my articles. How you start off as a microbe, obtain experiences, then are an insect. You obtain more experiences, then become a humans, etc.. etc.

The fundamental difference

The fundamental differences between what Alien Interview said, and MAJestic said can be classified as following…

  • Alien Interview – Consciousness came before the universe, and is perfect as is.
  • MAJestic – Consciousness is created in Heaven, and needs to experience reincarnation to evolve.

Both could be true simultaneously, or one could be true alone.

I suppose it is up to the reader to determine which one is most accurate.

MM thoughts

I suppose that the earliest consciousnesses from the start of everything could be considered part of “The Domain”. And other consciousnesses that formed piecemeal, and have formed in other universes, can also be existent.

And in a universe where anything is possible, the ability to create a consciousness must also be possible.

And if you are going to create a consciousness, wouldn’t it make sense to cultivate and “grow” it? And growth through the accumulation of quanta obtained by experiences does make sense.

But…

[1] Omniscient. According to Alien Interview, once you obtain consciousness, you automatically know everything. You are omniscient. Thus you don’t need to “learn anything”. You don’t need to grow and advance, and evolve.

So why do this?

[2] Reincarnation. There are many ways of obtaining knowledge, and experience. Yet, WHY do you need to reincarnate, back to earth, with your memories erased? Why not build upon what you learned from your previous life? Wouldn’t that be more efficient, and better for the consciousness? You do not NEED to forget things.

Cats don’t.

Dogs don’t.

Horses don’t.

What purpose does amnesia have? And what does it have with building quanta associations? It doesn’t make sense, as far as I can see.

These two points [1 and 2] seem to invalidate the MAJestic belief system. Now, maybe I am being wrong in all this…

But, to me, it seems that the idea that you MUST reincarnate over and over in the hope of some eventual reward smacks of fraud.

It’s like the USA election process. Every four years you have an election, and over and over and over, but nothing changes. You are given the illusion that you have some ability to change things, but in truth you don’t have any ability at all.

Let’s elaborate on this some…

For most of humanity, we are taught that there is one God, and that we must live our lives and fulfill certain requirements and then when we die will be rewarded with Heaven. Different religions have different terms, and different processes, and different laws, but the basic idea stays the same.

The basic idea stays the same.

Then there are “secret” organizations. Some like MAJestic, and occult studies teach (in their various ways) that the truth is something different.

You learn that when you die, you meet guides who will take you to a “tunnel of light”. When you pass through that tunnel you will arrive in Heaven. And there in Heaven, you will be judged.  Then for one reason or the other, you must “return to Earth” as part of some “mission”.

But Alien Interview says something quite different…

As consciousness…

No human being ever assumes personal responsibility for the fact that they, themselves -- individually and collectively -- are gods.   This fact alone is the source of entrapment for every IS-BE.

Thus there is no need for “secret missions”, “growth through suffering”, “reincarnation”, “learning or training” in regards to this belief system.

While the extraterrestrial stated that it did go through some specific training to operate various physical objects and roles, they pertained to interaction with the physical universe in one way or the other. While these other “secret societies” and geography of Heaven  refer to training to improve one’s being or improve one’s consciousness.

Yet, in Alien Interview we learn that once you are consciousness, you know everything. You transcend the universe.

So to me, it appears that this belief that you go through the “tunnel of light” will take you to Heaven is a trap. Instead it appears to be an elaborate system of reprogramming, memory erasure, and extraction of your experiences.

I wrote about this before.

How other species can farm your soul for experiences. Where you have to relive a Hellish life, over and over again, and then extract the quantum associations, and then re-inject you back into the environment.

In fact, it is just like this Bruce Willis movie… Vice (2015).

Bruce Willis stars in this Sci-Fi thriller about ultimate resort: VICE, where customers can play out their wildest fantasies with artificial inhabitants who look like humans.

It is about an artificial human-being (an android) that escapes from a place where people can play out their wildest fantasies. The android (say a woman) would go into this environment with no memories and live out her life, then she encounters a “customer” to the environment who she thinks is a normal guy. The guy brutally rapes her, tortures her, and then kills her. He leaves, a squad a people come into the facility, extract her. Download her memories. Erase her memories, clean her up and send her back in for the next “customer”.

Then, she would go into this environment with no memories and live out her life, then she encounters a “customer” to the environment who she thinks is a normal guy. The guy brutally rapes her, tortures her, and then kills her. He leaves, a squad a people come into the facility, extract her. Download her memories. Erase her memories, clean her up and send her back in for the next “customer”.

Then, she would go into this environment with no memories and live out her life, then she encounters a “customer” to the environment who she thinks is a normal guy. The guy brutally rapes her, tortures her, and then kills her. He leaves, a squad a people come into the facility, extract her. Download her memories. Erase her memories, clean her up and send her back in for the next “customer”.

The movie is about one android who regains her memories and does not want to return back to that world.

That is what the Earth sounds like to me. It’s relive Hell over and over again, and never retain any memories so that you can learn from the experiences.

Vice (2015)

Conclusion

The more that I look at it, the clearer it becomes. The Alien Interview is everything that the extraterrestrial said it was. And as elaborate as the idea of Heaven is, I simply cannot reconcile the need for amnesia as part of a reincarnation process to “improve” consciousness and soul.

It seems to me that the best thing to do is upon death not to go into the “tunnel of light” no matter how much that you are drawn towards it. Instead, you just say put where you are in the incorporeal state.

I will cover, in later articles, how to establish “beacons” to alert others to retrieve you. And some other tools that might be helpful

In the meantime, relax. Make sure you are good and healthy. Eat some fine delicious food, drink some fine beverages (of your choice), and spend time with loved ones. Maybe sit on the porch. Have some lemonade. Watch the sun set. Or perhaps sit in your truck alone on a dirt road near some corn fields. Or, maybe ride to a cemetery. Park there, and eat a sandwich.

Did you ever just sit in your truck…

It’s the little things in life that matter most.

Do you want more?

I have more posts / articles like this in my Heaven Index…

Heaven

.

Articles & Links

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

 

 

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

The smile exercise as an adjunct to a successful affirmation prayer campaign

In one of my comments this week, I asked one of the MM participants to perform a “smile exercise” as part of his campaign. This is a technique on improving the rapid implementation of your affirmation prayers so that they will start working sooner, have better quality results, and improve the world around you. Here, in this article we will discuss exactly what it is, how it works, and why you should or could implement this with your affirmation prayer campaign.

The basic structure

This technique is an additional physical action or activity that you engage in while you are running a prayer / affirmation campaign. You perform this activity once a day. You never miss a day. And when the campaign ends, so does this activity. (Though, I see no harm in continuing if your so desire.)

What you do is say something nice to a person. And you put a big smile on your face when you do it.

That’s it.

You find a person, it doesn’t matter who it is, or what they are doing. You just say something good, and nice to them.

It doesn’t have to be truthful either. You can lie. But the truth is that you must say something nice, and then just continue with your day.

You do not go to sleep until you say something nice to a specific person.

The Smile

Do not forget the smile. This is a vital aspect of the entire procedure.

Do not forget to smile. That is critical.

Why is this important?

This simple task involves you to think about saying something nice. It requires you to search out a person to say it to, and it requires the physical action of saying something.

If, say, you see someone, and it takes you one minute to think of a nice thing to say, and then 1/4 of a minute to say it…

… that means that you have traversed 320 world-lines focuses on good happy things, and interacting with people in a positive and cheery way. It will absolutely steer your world-line navigation towards good, and great things. Whether that is your intention or not.

Plus, you have “made the day” of the person that you said that thing to.

All, very good positive things that WILL influence the results of your prayer / affirmation campaign.

Things to say

Here’s some suggestions of things to say. I find that the approach varies for men and women by gender, and situation. There is not a “one size fit’s all” technique that you can use.

For Women…

  • I like your hair, did you change your style?
  • I like your outfit. It really looks good on you.
  • Are those new shoes. They look great on you.
  • I never told you, but I really like your purse / umbrella / backpack. Where did you get it?
  • Did you lose some weight? You seem slimmer somehow.
  • I love your smile. It really makes my day.
  • I love your perfume.

For Men…

  • That’s a nice truck you’re driving.
  • I like your dog. Does he bite? Can I pet him? What’s his name?
  • That’s a good job that you did on the project / task / assignment.
  • Your lawn looks great. I really appreciate how lush and vibrant it is.
  • Your house is the nicest one around here. I just wanted to tell you that.
  • You remind me of my brother. That’s in a real good way.
  • Did you watch the game last night. It was something else wasn’t it? You strike me as a XXXXX fan. Good for you!

For anyone…

  • That restaurant is really nice. Have you eaten there? I think I saw you in there once, but I was too afraid to say hi. But I remember you. You have a distinctive face.
  • Thanks for… (what ever they did).
  • And if you see a Rufus, you go out of the way and thank them.

Things that don’t count

  • Hello.
  • Thank you.
  • Bye Bye.
  • Good day.
  • See ya!

Emergency Actions

If you cannot find anyone around, and the situation is such that nothing is going on, and you are having a difficult time meeting your daily quota. Here’s some “last ditch” emergency action you can take…

  • Go into a store. Go up to the cashier or the person there. Tell them that you watched them do XXXXX a few days ago and it changed your life. And you just wanted to thank them. Thank you. Then you just leave. Don’t stick around.
  • Go up to a fireman, a policeman, a receptionist, or someone nearby and thank them. Say “I just want to thank you for what you do. It’s important.” And then just leave.
  • If you see someone old. Go up to them, and say that you wonder if they could give you some “life advice”. That you “feel” like they have something of value, and you want to listen.
  • Go to a kid playing a game, and tell them that they are doing great, and they are going to become a star ball player some day. You just know it.

Visualization

This action, or behavior tens to erode all those “hills” and “mountains” on your world-line template. It reduces them. It makes them smaller. It makes them easier to encounter, and easier to climb.

You go from this…

Harsh, hilly and mountainous terrain.

To this…

Softer, gentler terrain.

Hokey?

In today’s harsh and critical world it sure sounds fake and hokey and like you are tying to obtain something. This is why you must (in most cases) just be a “hit and run” complement person. Don’t stick around.

Do not care what they think or not. They WILL be flattered, even if they know it is fake. Just smile and be as sincere as possible doing it.

Leaving afterwards shows to them that you aren’t trying to “pick up” the girl or guy, or that you don’t have “an angle” to acquire anything.

Toolkit for break the prison shackles

For those of you who are familiar with “Alien Interview”, this exercise greatly reduces the “karmic” chains and snares that encourage the disembodied consciousness to return to earth upon death. Consider this one of the important tools in your toolbox towards this endeavor.

Summary

Actually, this is more difficult than it seems. And for us to go up to strangers, or people who we know (they do not have to be strangers) and just say something nice is alien to us. That is not how we were raised. But this exercise requires you to break out of the chains that hold you to this reality and world-line template.

This technique will greatly loosen those bonds that tie you to where you are now. Give it a try and tell me how it works after a one month effort.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Prayer Affirmation Index here…

Intention Campaigns

.

Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

 

How the Mantids map out a pre-birth world-line template for a reincarnated entity

This article describes the mechanism of how the Mantids help establish a pre-birth world-line template for discarnate humans. Now, there is a whole lot that is too detailed than needs to be discussed at this time, and much that is too odd, or advanced. So you all can consider this to be an introductory article. One that describes how angels (guardian angels), also known as Mantids, work with other discarnate humans to establish their life path as a human on earth.

And while we are at it, please also note that there are many ways that we can illustrate this activity, but in this case we will continue with the notion of a flat topographical template that the soul deposits a consciousness upon when the entity is born.

Introduction

People; humans are born, and then they die. Upon their death, they review their life “lessons” and then are injected back to the earth. This is referred to as reincarnation.

This article discusses the review of the lessons of life.

But rather than concentrate on the event (you stand in front of a group of elders, etc. etc.) we will discuss the mechanism of what is going on and why.

As in all cases, let it be understood that Mantids = Angels. And Angels = Mantids. These are just terms we use to describe a species that we interact with. Nothing more.

Alien Interview

A document, tangential to MAJestic (as it pre-dates it) is known as the “Alien Interview”. As a retired MAJestic operator, I can vouch that it is authentic.

In the document, the extraterrestrial stated that elements of the “Old Empire” was responsible for setting up the system that erased memory and injected consciousness back to the earth to start all over again. At this point in time, I cannot confirm or deny that the Mantids are members of the “Old Empire”.

All that I know is they do seem to be able to coexist. So we will refrain from discussing this issue in this article.

Procedure

The procedure of life review is universally understood in just about every religion and culture. Essentially, when you die, your spirit is “judged” and the lessons you have learned or failed to learn “set the table” for your next reincarnation.

Dr. Newton goes into this procedure quite extensively in his books. The books are freely available on my Heaven Index HERE.

There are numerous aspects to this event, and they do differ and vary from situation to situation. However, the common thread and the most stable unity between all the experiences is that [1] a person must experience events and situations during their life. And [2] they are judged on how they handle those events. The judgement then [3] will “map out” the structure of their next life on the earth.

But, how can you  establish which life to inject into?

This is a complicated issue.

And that is the role of the Mantids. As I understand it, our souls, or consciousness can decide NOT to be re-injected into the Earth physical sphere.  As such we can go elsewhere, and off doing our own things. However, for reasons that I am not able to vocalize, most humans tend to “follow the program” and listen to the advice of the Mantids, and other teachers and discarnate entities that direct them. And that means learn the lessons. Correct mistakes, obtain experiences, and then keep on growing and moving “forward”.

According to the type-1 greys, this entire system is a trap (of sorts). And I have not been able to sort out the details (at this time) personally.

In general, the basic idea is that the soul (which creates the consciousness) has specific needs or requirements that must be obtained. The obtainment of these items requires the entanglement of quanta. And the best way to entangle quanta is through life experiences on the earth.

As I understand it, the items that an individual soul needs to have entangled are mapped out on the pre-birth world-line template.

And the person, the consciousness, obtains experiences (set specific events) upon the pre-mapped out template.

Once the life is completed, the person dies, and the “quality” of the entanglements (obtained though living though the events) are measured.

Then, it is determined [1] if the events need to be replicated and done over, [2] new events can be added, and / or [3] subsequent events can be added to the template to counteract the bad entanglements that has developed.

Being a Rufus can compensate for shitty decisions

Aside from being the pinnacle of human spirit, a Rufus can compensate for the mistakes done in the past.

By showing compassion, help, support, and aid to others (whether in need or not) you create positive associations. And if you have a past that has some very bad decisions and bad entanglement, the good works will create enough positive entanglements to offset the negative.

The consciousness travels though hundreds of thousands, if not millions of world-lines. What the conscious has experienced cannot be undone. But the consciousness can alter the overall life “performance” by injecting good actions, compassion, understanding and positive quanta into the environment. Indeed this is a major subject area that I have yet to cover. However, everyone has the power to unravel the influence of the bad mistakes and errors that they have made in the past.

So…

Be the Rufus in everything you do. Maybe you might mess up your objectives as determined on your pre-birth world-line template, but you will be “well ahead of the game” and will exist this life with great advantage. A kind of power and understanding that you had no previous awareness of.

Figuring out the exact world-line cluster to inject to

The Mantids will look at the objectives of the soul, and will present an array of “situations” to the consciousness to experience.

  • Some will be to undo mistakes in previous incarnations.
  • Some will be to obtain new associations and new entanglements.
  • Some will be to build upon other previous, or half-completed associations or entanglements.

Then the consciousness with work with the Mantids, along with other discarnate human associates, to “map out” an array of “life experiences” that the human being must experience. This will be a “fated life” that the consciousness will live. It will be the pre-birth world-line template which is is the default map template that the conscious will follow when it is re-injected into the earth sphere.

There are many world-line clusters, and thus the first key point is to determine which cluster might offer the best mix of these kind of experiences for the consciousness to experience.

Clusters of similar world-lines differ from each other substantially. One might have the United States run by President Biden, while another cluster might have the Republic of America run by Banana McDuff.

And thus, once, a cluster is determined, then the next step is to determine which is the most likely world-line injection point within the cluster.

Figuring out the exactly entry point for injection

Once the cluster is determined, there is a near infinite number of world-lines within it. And they will all be quite similar. Yet, this task will pick a fated-life-path for the consciousness to experience. Sure, you can deviate from it, but it will be set up so that it is difficult and uncomfortable to do so.

At this point in time, there is a great deal of interaction between the consciousness that will experience the fated-life and the Mantids / discarnate entities that help map out this pre-birth world-line template. And I am sure that the path that will be mapped out will be to the mutual agreement of all involved.

And upon this map will be the good and the bad events. The entire future life for that consciousness will be mapped out.

But, you know, all the other “actors” or people / things will be “shadow people” that the consciousness interacts with. Most of the time, on a given world-line the consciousness might be the most active and vibrant quanta in the particular world-line.

However…

It gets “tricky”…

Many times we aren’t alone…

We build up associations with other consciousnesses that (for good or for bad) want to associate with us. Like previous lovers, family and beloved pets. They will purposely inject themselves into their pre-birth world-line templates in such a way that you all share world-lines on numerous occasions.

This can be wonderful.

Like a beloved cat that just wants to overlay it’s world-line template over sections of yours.

This can be comforting.

Like a member of your “consciousness community” or other discarnate humans that you “hang out with” as friends. That wish to spend part of their lives with you in close association with your world-lines.

This can be jarring and uncomfortable.

When an evil person, or a selfish person wants to invade your pre-birth world-line template to “latch on” to your “energy” and events for their personal gain. So that they suck the “life force” away from you, and make it very difficult for you while you are on the life-path while you are living.

Ah. You see. Not every person on your world-line is a “shadow person”.

How to tell the difference…

The way that you can tell the difference is the generated emotions that you experience. A “shadow person” might steal your car. And you will get really angry, and it will disrupt your life. An “consciousness overlay” into your world-line template might have that same person stealing your car, but no matter what, your emotions do not respond to any type of suppressive calming techniques. No matter how hard you try.

The measurement of this is the WAY that the emotions that are present, good or bad, and how easy they are to dissipate. Most people cannot discern the difference, though most women have the ability to gauge them, much better than men do.

Anyways, this is a subject for another time.

For now, just realize that while your consciousness follows a pre-mapped out fated life, other consciousness might share your path as you proceed down it. This is both good and bad, but the control or allowance of this is monitored and permitted or denied by the Mantids, and your spirit at this step in the planning.

Programming the Pre-Birth World-line template

Here the injection point is established in such a way that the “route” for the life-line is encoded. What remains to to have / or create those “mountains” on the topographical pre-birth world-line template map. These “mountains” or areas of flat, clear sailing” will corral you to follow the already mapped out template that you chose.

Have you ever wondered why everyone in power in the United States today seems to be a psychopath that seemingly had an “easy” way to the top? They never were laid off, fired, or experienced loss. Their life was one success after the other, and here they are in great positions of power without the prerequisite pain and suffering that normal people would experience.

How does this happen?

Answer: They created their own pre-birth world-line template geared towards immense power, obtained easily without strife. If your consciousness does this, lifetime after lifetime, you become unique, different, and dangerous. You develop strange and unusual ways of thinking about things.

What does this mean?

A discarnate entity; a consciousness has the ability to mold his next life. He is “guided” into doing this by both [1] other discarnate entities, and [2] Mantids.

He can follow their advice or not.

If he follows their advice he will go in and out of lives as he is reincarnated over and over again. Eventually reaching some “distant” state where he can “evolve” to the next level of existence.

If he doesn’t follow their advice, he / she / it can make up a series of lifetime experiences where they do things “their way”. They can become cruel, powerful, and lusty. Or they can be kind, helpful, gentle and make a difference in the lives of others.

Or, he can take the “exit”. One of the key points of the alien Interview” document, is that humans do not need to continue to reincarnate. They can do other things. The problem is that humans are told that this cycle of death and rebirth is “the way it is done” to better their lives, their soul, and their society. The Type-1 greys say that this is not true.

The Exit

What this “exit” is, is not stated. However, it MUST be an association and a rebuilding of the consciousness to match and fit within another species. Otherwise, you stay as a human consciousness. And in the universe, then, you place lies within the “human Heaven”.

The document “Alien Interview” hinted at the “out”. It said that humans were a primary archetype. But that the sentience was discordant around the earth sphere (due primarily to the “Old Empire”.) The implication is that the consciousness can move anywhere else within the universe around other human consciousnesses. Just avoid the earth region, as it is a trap and a snare.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Heaven Index here…

Heaven

.

Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

 

Preventing personal starvation

This article is not for everyone. If you are just doing fine and don't think you will ever face losing a source of income or intermittent food supply then you can ignore this article. 

But for 90% of the MM readership, you all should at least read it.

I generated this article after noting that a number of my friends back in the United States, as well as a number of MM participants were having trouble.

Serious, serious trouble.

While not life and death situations, they did involve discomfort. Because people, you have no idea what it is like when you haven’t eaten a decent meal in a few weeks. This is real starvation. And not a good situation to be in.

And so I just cannot post anything else until I get my thoughts “off my chest” and onto MM.

Introduction

One of the things that has happened to me, time and time again in the United States was massive layoffs without notice on or right before the holidays. Last total was around five on Christmas Eve. And because we were living paycheck to paycheck (with no savings), and no secondary sources of income we were often thrown into uncomfortable situations.

Like being out of food, or running out of food, and having to wait weeks (or sometimes months) for the local government agencies to provide us support and assistance.

And being a “white collar” professional, as soon as we obtained food stamps, monetary awards or help, the first thing that we would do is try to replicate our habits. When we would get money, we would go to a fast food restaurant or a local diner.

And when we would get food stamps we treated it as “play money” and bought the more expensive frozen food, and snacks that we normally wouldn’t buy.

These latent responses to a catastrophic situation were not good for us.

But you know, we learned and adapted. And here are some of my tricks to make sure that this kind of situation would never occur again.

Basics

Let’s get started.

[1] The woman is in charge of household finance and meals / food.

This is the first and most important aspect of this entire post. Listen up!

Call me an old fashioned man, or whatever you want. But the most important thing that you can do is put the “woman of the house” in charge of finance, and meals.

She will budget the meals, and the finances, and do a very good job at it.

And the ONLY reason why I did not implement this very simple change earlier in my life because I was far too egotistical, and taken in by the progressive “everyone is equal” beliefs.

Men and women are NOT equal. We each have certain strengths and weaknesses. And women are natural financiers, and managers.

Do not waste that resource.

The most important thing that you can do is put the “woman of the house” in charge of finance, and meals.

If you want to forever prevent this kind of situation from ever happening again, then learn how to delegate.

The woman (whether working in a career or not) should ALWAYS be in charge of the finances and the meals.

Period.

This is the first, biggest and most important change to your life that will really seriously prevent these kinds of emergencies from ever happening ever again.

Oh, and one more thing. Don’t ever disagree with her (his, if there are gender issues) on the allocations.  Creating this kind of division of responsibility should be automatic, painless and should be the last thing to contribute to family strife.

[2] An emphasis on healthy food.

The second thing, also of equal importance is that the domestic management must be such that well budgeted meals, both tasty and healthy be emphasized. This will occur automatically (in my experience) but it does need to be spelled out specifically so all will agree to it.

I am advocating, good healthy simple food. With an occasional restaurant visit or special “date” or event to improve your quality of life.

You should be eating healthy delicious meals.

Expensive gourmet chain coffees are out. So is ice cream. This should be dedicated for special events. Not regular meals as dessert. No snacks. Zero Doritos, and potato chips, pretzels, and and fried pork skins.

Zero.

Am I clear on this?

The idea is that you can still have these things, but in moderation and only on special occasions. If you want to have snacks then opt for the far cheaper salted peanuts than a bag of Doritos.

Let’s look at the third element of “the basics”.

[3] Grocery budget must be heavy on staples, fruits, and vegetables.

Oh, you have heard that before.

Right?

But I am going to really underline this point. If you break down the costs for groceries you will find that staples such as rice, potatoes, flour, and eggs are very surprisingly cheap.

You can buy huge bags of the items for very little, and they alone can make very bland and tasteless meals for a long long time. Of which you can convert into very tasty meals with some salt, and some other seasonings.

For instance, in America we used to just eat rice with soy sauce. 

In China they think this is insane. 

Here's a try. Take some soy sauce, olive oil, cooking wine, and vinegar.  Mix it together, add salt and pepper. 

Then cut up tomatoes and onions. 

Mix together with the sauces and eat over the rice. 

Not a gourmet meal, but it tastes fresh, and will not be all that terrible.ANd it will fill you up. Total cost is probably under 10 cents.

Staples of rice, bread, potatoes, and other vegetables can diversify the meals, fill you up, and really do not cost much money.

Vegetables are also very cheap. But you will need to be able to buy them twice a week as they perish easily. Fruit tends to be expensive. I argue that everyone should have some fruit in the house (it helps you shit and aids in digestion) but you don’t need to buy the most expensive fruit. Get whatever is on sale, and cheap. In the Summer like now, peaches are cheap. So is watermelon.

Less than 5% of the weekly grocery budget should go to condiments, and frozen food.

Didn’t quite “get it” did you? Let me repeat.

Less than 5% of the weekly grocery budget should go to condiments, and frozen food.

Yah. If you are not following this rule you are setting yourself up for trouble. You as a man, or as a woman have a responsibility to your family and your beloved pets. You need to proved for them. You NEED to manage your grocery shopping.

So let me repeat.

Less than 5% of the weekly grocery budget should go to condiments, and frozen food. The rest goes to staples, vegetables, and fruit (On sale).

[4] Start building a larder

You do not need to be a Prepper or a Mormon to start having a “Larder”. A larder is a long term storage of foodstuff and elements that enable that your family will have food during the ups and downs of economic uncertainty. If you start small, but religiously contribute to it, after six months you should have a very sizable larder that you can use to make good, tasty and delicious meals.

A basement larder full of home canned vegetables and fruits.

A larder should be in the coolest part of your house. Preferably a cellar, basement or garage. It should store staples and cans. You should make sure that you have mouse traps nearby as they tend to attract rodents. If you are doing better, you can add a deep freezer; just make sure that it is new and reliable. Do not skimp and get a used one. All it takes is one breakdown that will ruin your entire stock of frozen supplies.

[5] Know your local resources for food.

You don’t need to go to chain supermarkets for food. You can go to old food warehouses, enormous structures that contain out of date cans and boxes.They sell out of date products. Almost all the canned goods are fine. Boxed goods are hit and miss. Be careful. So what if the cans are dinged. Just makes sure they are not broken.

You can also go to bakery outlets, and look at their end of day specials. You can go to local farmers’ markets and scoot into grocery stores at the end of the day for the best prices.

Better yet talk to the owners and managers. Know them on a personal basis. You might be surprised. I know that Panera Bread gives its end of the day bread out to local organizations and people that need it instead of throwing them away. Just communicate. Build relationships. Contribute to your community. Be local.

If you are uncomfortable going to the wharf, and the fishing vessels yourself, you can access some establishments that do all the leg work for you. Like this one in Panama City, Florida.

The same thing goes for local small farmers and such. You would be amazed at the prices you can get at a local egg farm, or the milk at a diary at the farm. You just need to get up, find out where they are and visit them. Talk to the people. Know them personally. Become a customer, and when times get hard, you might be surprised the help you will get back in return.

[6] Know your emergency services

We are surrounded with Rufus’s. We just are so busy dealing with our day to day lives that we do not realize that there are all sorts of emergency services all around us. Many are in “the Yellow Pages” or whatever constitutes for them on the internet. All are run by Rufus’s. These vary from all sorts of services and can include…

  • County social services
  • Private social services
  • Religious (Catholic, etc.) social services
  • Food banks
  • Volunteer organizations
  • Salvation Army
  • Animal Shelters

[7] Contribute your skill sets to others

I once had a long time high school friend who suddenly started having really strange cramps and pains. But he was poor, living on the edge of poverty and couldn’t afford a doctor’s visit, and since he worked (and owned a house) he could not qualify for free medical care.

So he asked me what to do, and I reminded him that he used to be the groundskeeper for a local doctor a few towns away.

I told him that what did he have to lose, but to go up and ask him for help.

And you know what? He did exactly that.

Surprised me. No Shit!

Most people never listen to MM. They just want sympathy. Not real help and advice.

But sure as shit he called him up and visited him at his house. The doctor was so happy to see him, and was more than willing to look at him. He did it for free, and then wrote some prescriptions for him. Called them into the pharmacy and paid for them himself.

You never know.

It never, ever hurts to ask.

You might be surprised at the response.

We need to be part of a community and help each other.

Be part of the community. Smile. Be kind and helpful. Contribute what you can. And when you need help, the community will give it back to you.

Valuable skills that you can contribute to society (just connect with any local social service and tell them that you want to offer free support to those in need) include

  • Medical profession
  • Machining, metal fabrication
  • Mechanic work / shop repair
  • Handyman
  • Electrician
  • Plumbing
  • Translations Services
  • Teaching

And even more! And if the first social service isn’t interested, just go down the line until you too are hooked into a local community participating and helping those in need nearby.

[8] Local options

I knew a man who gave free gasoline to various social service organizations and vouchers to those in need. I also knew individuals who did this out of their own wallets. I also know that there are large networks of Rufus’s that lie hidden all around you.

What you need to do is start getting out and talking to the people. Go to the fishermen and where they unload their daily catches. You will probably end up with a garbage bag full of fish. Take it home. Freeze most. Cut off the heads and give to your cats. They will forever love you for that.

Offer them a few bucks (dollars) for some fresh fish Put them in a plastic bag and carry them home. Or whatever is local to your area.

My ex-wife would get her car fixed for free by a local “grease monkey” mechanic who had a garage in his backyard. All she would need to do was pay for the parts, and buy him some marijuana from time to time as she could. People work out deals in a community.

In Pennsylvania there were orchard farms full of trees with apples, pears, plums, and nuts. Walnuts, chestnuts, and others. There’s blueberry farms, strawberry farms. Pecan orchards, and many more. There’s catfish farms in the deep south, and shrimp harvesting in the gulf. Shellfish collectors all over the coast, and everything in between.

We need to start thinking like our grandparents instead of adapting our new reality to that of what we have grown accustomed to having.

[9] Soup Kitchens

I have eaten at numerous soup kitchens. The very first one that I went to was located in New Iberia Louisiana, and I was surprised by the great diversity of people there.

Sure there were some “riff raff”, but there were single mothers with children, a group of marines that lost their money in a game of poker and got stranded, some folk laid off and in between jobs, and others dealing with all sorts of issues.

The soup kitchens in most Salvation Army’s hold two meals a day. Lunch and Dinner. Be on time, as they close the doors and don’t let others in after a set period of time.

There is a soup kitchen in just about every American city, and the larger the city the more numbers the kitchens. You must be aware of the operating times. Some only operate between 11:00am and 2:00pm, while others operate at 5:00pm to 6:00pm. You come early and if you are in a distressed neighborhood be safe, careful and come early.

The meals are good, solid fare.

Not just a big tureen of soup as depicted in the movies. But rather a full meal with a main dish, vegetables on the side, bread, a soup, a dessert, and a drink. It’s often cooked by volunteers, who come out and devote their time and energy to make good tasty meals for those in need.

Rufus’s all.

Old and young.

If you are in a situation, maybe between jobs. On unemployment. On food stamps, or just worried about the job situation, you need to seek the local soup kitchen out, and start supplementing your meals.

Once a week at least.

That one meal will expand your home food bank by 1/7 automatically. And it will connect you to others.

Then, maybe… maybe ask if you can volunteer.

You will get a free meal out of it in exchange for work and you will be helping others. It’s a win – win!

[10] Stop eating out American style

Telling that to an American will result in blank stares. But it is true. Same with Starbucks coffee, donuts, and all the rest. We all know about how unhealthy these foods in restaurants actually are, but it’s more than that. They are expensive. And they tear up your body.

I’m in my mid to late 60’s. Do I look my age?

Other American men, same age as myself.

It’s because I haven’t eaten American style fast food in over 15 years. Sure, I have an occasional coffee or a “Subway” or a real hamburger at Burger King, but that is about it. They are rare events.

I eat real food, either in a restaurant or prepared at home.

And I can see the difference in my photographs.

My food is free of GMO’s, hyper-processed ingredients, is almost always fresh and certainly rarely deep fried or heavily salted.

When you are under heavy stress, what you eat makes a big difference in your ability to handle that stress. Eat fresh food, made by a talented loving spouse using real fresh ingredients.

Eat out, but when you do limit it to once a week, and be selective in where you go.  Make it memorable.

That means tasty and full of meaningful communication.

[11] Cut out all soda

Growing up in the 1960’s and 1970’s we have become accustomed to eating everything with a soda or a coffee. A coffee is ok, but a soda is not.

I could go into all the reasons why carbonated surgery drinks (regardless of the price) is not good for you, but if you want to break this cycle, then you must break those bad dangerous habits. And soda is one of them.

Compare the prices. A bottle of wine is cheaper than a six pack of soda. Start drinking basic cheap wine with your meals.

Start adding red wine to your meals. Cut down on the beer. I am not saying that you need to get sloshed, but at least one or two glasses with every meal will really spice up the meal, make the time desirable for talking instead of playing on the computer and watching television and help your heart. Sure, a bottle costs the same as a McDonald’s number one meal. But it’s an investment that will pay off.

Oh, and make sure that it is real wine. It need not be expensive, but must be real.

[12] A garden (Long term planning)

Sure you can have a garden. Most American homes have yards. But even if you are in an urban environment, a porch with some tomato plants can make a big difference in your access to fresh vegetables.

I write this in July. Everyone should have a garden producing a steady supply of salads for the dinner table all Summer.

[13] Fruit and nut bearing trees (Really  Long term planning)

If you have a yard, you can also have fruit and nut bearing trees.  They produce every years, and sure it can be a pain in the ass to harvest, but one tree will give you bales and bales of apples, or sacks and sacks of nuts. Just because your job is secure now does not mean that it will always be secure. And then what are you going to do with all those apples, oranges, bananas, or walnuts? Humm…

A single tree can produce sacks and sacks of walnuts.

[14] Home canning and harvesting (Long term planning)

If you have a garden you can also can your excess. You can make preserves. You can make apple butter. You can make hot vegetable mix. You can make pickles. You can make homemade salsa. You can make and can re-fried beans. You can make all sorts of things, and once you get started you will never be hungry ever again.

Homemade hot mix. Pickled vegetables with hot peppers.

Conclusion

I know many of you will be “rolling your eyes” at my crazy old fashioned ideas and suggestions regarding food and local social services. But please listen to me. I do know what I am talking about.

I just want to put it forth, and posit that in order for us to adapt and survive, we need to be a Rufus. We need to know all the Rufus organizations around us and we need to contribute to the community in whatever means we have. If you are in this situation now, please take heed of my advice, and try to implement some of these suggestions. Not all of them are perfect and ideal for your situation, but you can be rest assured that they will serve to help you during times of need.

Listen to me, not eating for a few weeks really sucks. And if you are in the United States there is absolutely no reason for this to occur.

Stop letting your fears or ideas of what might wait behind that heavy bolted door stop you from stepping inside. Do not let any Hollywood notions of what a Soup Kitchen is stop you from grabbing a healthy meal, and stop listening to the non-stop 24-7 consumer nonsense blasted at you and your family.

Eggs are cheap. Really cheap. Potatoes and onions are cheap. Do you want a good filling meal for under $1 USD?

Try cooking sliced potatoes and onions together with salt and pepper, and then add two eggs, and two (cheapest brand) chicken hotdogs from the freezer. You will be full, you will be fine, and your stomach won’t be growling.

For comparison, one Burger King Meal will equal about eight of these healthier and easy to make meals.

Then start giving back to your community.

After a good six months on this program you will find your health is better, your weight is lower, your stress is down, and you will be part of a community which will greatly improve your life. If you are not good at interacting with people, turn to our spouse…

…you are never alone.

And their (her) abilities in networking and making friends will astound you. My experience has proven this point time and time again.

And remember, everything is temporary.

The bad will end.

But now, if you are in this particular situation, know that this is just the start of some really good things.

It’s a crazy life that we live. Just ride with it. Seek the Rufus’s they are everywhere.

 

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Food Index here…

Food

.

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

 

Metallicman Donation
Other Amount:
Please kindly enter any notes that you would like to attach to the donation here:

 

 

 

Some gotta win, and some gotta lose

Well, It has been a year, but I finally got my house back from the clutches of some evil fiends that used it, stole it, abused it, and seemingly got away with their crimes. But do not be so sure that what appears on the surface is what actually going on.

Here we are going to use this example to discuss some pretty complex issues. And it know that it is going to upset a few people in the process.

Background

About the background of this particular issue. Let it be well understood that I have discussed this elsewhere on MM, but will recap a summary here.

When the Coronavirus hit China during CNY (Chinese New Year) in 2020, China went DEFCON ONE and locked the entire nation down. It was solid, and all life, business and everything stopped. Cities that had thousands, if not millions of workers emptied out. The workers went home. And they closed their rental agreements in the homes that they were renting out in the cities.

People like MM, here, who own multiple properties suddenly found all of our tenants leaving. Our apartments going empty, and our secondary sources of income dropping to zero.

Well, suddenly we are approached by a large “reputable” company that rents out houses like ours. They are nationwide, enormous in size, and offered to rend our house out within one month at a premium price. Honestly, at the time, we didn’t believe it. It sounded too good to be true. But we figured, what did we have to lose?

And sure enough, two weeks later, we got a tenant who will pay full rent of 7000/month, locked into a one year contract, and would move in as soon as we repainted the interior, bought new furniture, bought a new television, refrigerator and washing machine.

So we signed the contract, and bought the furniture. And they moved in.

But there was something strange. Instead of the 7000/month payment, they only paid 3000. Why was this?

Seems pretty strange huh?

Yes. It did seem strange.

And then one week later the offices didn’t answer our phones calls. The sales representatives all over the nation went silent. And we discovered that the owner and the executives  stole billions of RMB, or hundreds of millions of US dollars and went into hiding.

That left us homeowners with unpaid house rent. Renters who are now “deadbeats” living in our homes, and locked into a year contract (or longer. Some up to 3 years.)

Outcome of all this

Well, long story short.

We followed up with legal action that resulted in nothing. The courts ruled in favor of the tenants, and told us to take a lawsuit against the company, which no longer exists, and who’s owners have new identities and living out of the country in luxurious mansions with bodyguards.

We lost, all told perhaps 200,000 which was lost income from rent, and the attorney and filing costs. This is a lot of money from MM, and the entire year of 2020, MM personal lifestyle (personally and family) was severely contracted.

The guy who ran off was killed. Rather quickly. Suddenly and with zero emotion. The assassins even went out and ate noodles afterwards.

And after a terms of the contact, we went people over to open the door to our house and tidy it up so that we can get new tenants…

And this is what we found.

Click on the picture to view the video.

You can download and watch the video HERE, or get a zipped file HERE.

What was the sum total of damage?

These jackasses skipped town, leaving me with sewer, water, electricity,maintenance, security, and management fees that had accrued.

They stole the new television, the new washing machine, and the new coffee table. The new furniture, as you can see are completely destroyed.

The ruins that they left behind and all the junk needs to be hauled off, the damage repaired, and the apartment repainted, and new replacement furniture obtained.

Perhaps 50,000.

Total cost of this fiasco all told?

250,000 RMB

We would have been far better off just locking up the house and not renting it out.

What are my options?

From here what shall I do?

[1] Move on, and forget.

This is what I want to do.

Bad people, base their activity on sensible people moving forward with their lives. They take advantage of this and use it for their own personal gain. 

Sensible people don't want to have anything to do with these bad people. As the more you get involved with them, like a "tar baby", the more shit sticks to you. 

So sensible people just move on with their lives. And bad people keep on being bad.

Not a good thing. But sometimes' it's best to turn a bad thing into an expensive lesson.

I want to move on and forget.

[2] Forgive, then forget.

Ah. This is the Christian thing to do.

This is the Christian thing to do, right?

This is also the thing that evil psychopathic personalities, corrupt bureaucracies, and the habitually evil want. they want you to keep on being the victim. They want to hurt others, gain personally, and then be immune from any kinds of retribution, payback, karma or consequences.

Forgiveness appears to be the "right" thing to do. 

However, evil people rely on it to continue their malevolent actions, and those that forgive get entangled (in a quantum sense) so that more bad actions are attracted to them personally.

Not a good thing.

The Christian thing is to forgive the bad people, and then pretend that it never happened.

[3] Pay the money to hunt them down and hurt them.

This is a real option available to me.

I can have the entire family killed for 33,000 RMB. But is it worth it?

Or, alternatively, I can go after them myself. It might seem that I might save some money, but it will actually cost more in the long run, distract from my life, and really be a pain in the ass to do.

Not a good thing.

But you know, it's just money. It's only things. It could have been a lot worse. And by being on this world-line path that has this kind of event instead of nuclear war, I'd take this world-line over it any day.

So keep in mind that this is the real world. Not Hollywood. You don't just off some bad evil people because they busted up your house. It's not worth my time, my money, my thoughts, and my efforts.

Phooey! On this option.

Not a good thing.

[4] Use my MM abilities to send them to the cornfield

This is a pain in the ass to do, but it will achieve my goals.

I suppose that all consciousnesses are neutral and good. But many have actions that don't really seem to indicate this. 

Would any "teaching" efforts on my part prevent them from hurting others? 

Would it help them learn from personal consequences? 

Is it my role, even though they entered my life, is it MY ROLE to teach them anything?

By doing and taking the action to actually "send them to the cornfield", it will entangle me further with their vile nature... unless I take specific actions to prevent that kind of entanglement.

Sometimes you have to do things that you do not want to do.

And what I am actually going to do…

I just want [1] the bad people to stay away from us, but also [2] do not want them to hurt others. So which of the four actions listed above will accomplish this goal?

What do you think?

Yup.

They are going to the cornfield.

I hope that the butt spanking will be sufficient to prevent their evil, vile and destructive behaviors from affecting anyone else. And maybe, just maybe they will start to contribute to society instead of being a big drain on it.

It is done.

Sometimes you must do what you do not want to do.

And I am sorry for busting up your illusions on MM being a good, kind gentle soul. Sometimes you have to put a rabid dog down. And someone has to pick up the gun and do it. As distasteful as it is.

And I guess it's me simply because there is no one else willing and available to handle this distasteful matter.

I am just the last one in a long, line of others that either [1] looked the other way, or [2] forgave and forgot. 

And because no one else had the strength to put the crazed rabid dog down, it arrived on my door-step.

And now, it's up to me. The ball has dropped. And I am the one picking it up.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Happiness Index here…

Life & Happiness

.

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

 

Metallicman Donation
Other Amount:
Please kindly enter any notes that you would like to attach to the donation here:

 

 

 

What are “channels” and how you can access them to help navigate world-lines in the MWI

This article is part of my enormous Prayer Affirmation Campaigns series. If you are unfamiliar with this series, I recommend that after you read this, you go to the start of the series and start reading. This idea of prayers as part of a campaign are quite different than anything else you will find anywhere else.

I have written a bunch of articles on the MWI, world-lines and how you can navigate them. I have placed all this within the context that if you can navigate your reality, then you can sculpt the life that you will live. And it’s a pretty great topic. Many people need to do this right now in their lives.

There are all sorts of side topics associated with this. Some dealing with history, some with the mechanisms behind it all. Some with the mysteries that we are confronted with, and some just tangentially. For instance, how government (especially in the West) are crating false narratives to “bend reality” to fit their idea of a utopia.

What I haven’t gotten into is some of the many other “skills” and “abilities” that one can use to help you in your world-line navigation. To many, these skills or abilities seem far-fetched, science fiction, or just new-age mumbo-jumbo.

But they are not.

In this article we will discuss “channels”. It is a technique of tapping into the endless streams of quanta, frequencies, actions (both physical and non-physical) to derive some information from it. Information that you can use in your life.

The untrained call this ability to tap into channels as… [1] Woman’s Intuition (if you are a woman), or [2] a Gut feeling (if you are a man).

Sometimes, a string of events or strong non-physical events can enact physical sensations on your body. Such as people talking behind your back generates a [3] pain in the neck (or shoulders), or a disorganized cluster of thoughts heading towards you generates [4] (I’ve got) a bad feeling (about this).

All of us, unless you are young, or are really unaware, has felt these events in our past. It’s part of our non-physical makeup and it’s really important.

About the Channels and MAJ

While it is true that I have the ELF implants, and the EBP implant(s), and they also operate using channels, you actually do not need them to do that. You just need to be “attuned” and aware. Because channel access is an acquired skill. You get better at accessing it over time.

I will admit that I am pretty good, myself. I’ve had over four and a half decades honing this ability. First out of necessity, and then through various exercises and practice. And as a result I am convinced that anyone can access these channels and derive information from them.

Yet, this being said, my channels are specific to my needs, and the needs of my immediate family and I have many limitations.

This article will “kick off” another series of articles on how to increase channel awareness and how you will be able to communicate, and receive information using these channels.

I believe that it is great information that all of us can benefit from.

We will start with a personal story.

Blue Thunder

Here’s a story illustrative of using a channel to obtain information.

Blue Thunder looked a little bit like this little guy.

I once had a cat named “Blue Thunder”. He was a beautiful black (with blue highlights) mainecoon cat that adopted us.

Now, at that time we lived in the poverty edge in the West Elisabeth area of South Eastern Pittsburgh. It was a devastated and ruined area, with miles and miles of rusty old abandoned steel mills, and the remaining survivors living hand-to-mouth-to-food stamp area.

West Elizabeth today, one of the remaining towns in the ruined Monongahela valley Pennsylvania “rust belt” region.

At that time we were living in a very sad and distressed mobile home park and it was “something else” let me tell you. From having neighbors stealing packages from my porch, to neighborhood kids riding up and down and all around my home at midnight on their dirt bikes, to neighborhood kids having rock concert parties next door, it really was a nightmare.

We lived in the center of American exceptionalism; a mobile-home park in the rust belt.

Anyways, on one particular weekend we took a trip (about a four hour drive) to visit my mother. And on the way, as we were just getting on the major highway, I had a “feeling”. My wife did too.

This “feeling” was…

  • Blue Thunder was in trouble.
  • He was hurt.
  • Something bad happened.
  • He needs us now.

And so we immediately got off the highway. We turned around. We headed back and about two hours later we made it home (after breaking every speed limit to get there). And when we arrived there, we found a bunch a kids trying to get under our mobile home.

One had a BB gun, or a .22 long rifle. They were trying to push a dog under our home, and there must have been about four active boys, and about three “hangers on”.

I chased the kids away.

Still no Blue Thunder.

The next morning, I found him on the porch. He was shot in the gut, but no obvious penetration. There was a mark but no open wound. No blood. And he kept on licking the area. I called in late to work, and took him in and tended to him.

It seems our “feelings” were accurate.

What happened?

My little guy was being chased by kids on my property, and he was my charge. I chased the kids away, but it was a life and death situation for him, and he was hurt in the process.

I felt the terror, the pain, and the plea for help.

No. This was not “just” we felt something.  We actually got a message. Blue Thunder sent a clear message to us and we picked it up.

Messages and channels

Just like a radio, a “message” is a specific packet of thoughts / ideas /feelings that are transmitted to you via a “channel”. There are all sorts of channels. Just like there are AM radio bands, and FM radio bands, and UHF and VHF radio bands. (As well as ELF bands.)

Since most people never listen to these bands (in their head) they lie unused. Dormant, and apparently inactive. But they aren’t. You just are unable to “pick them up” because your “antenna” is down.

Most people are unable to “feel things” because their antenna is unused.

Later on, we will spend some time discussing ways and techniques to send and receive messages and how to open channels. This article is just an entry level post to describe what a channel is and how you can use it.

Broad frequency awareness

Most people start out with “broad frequency awareness”, which pretty much means that they are receptive to all channels. It’s a default situation that tells me that all people have the ability to send and receive messages. It’s just that we are terrible at doing it. Our abilities have atrophied.

I like to think that our antenna, or radar to do this is down, missing or damaged by neglect and disuse.

And thus, it is only when the most powerful, emotionally charged signals are sent out that we are able to receive them.

Narrow frequency awareness

Narrow frequency awareness is when someone has been able to “tune in” to certain channels far better than the rest.

Thus we get people who have the ability to have extrasensory perception in certain areas. Like [1] the woman who can make a photographic rendering a person just by the description or [2] a person who can pick up an ancient relic, an article of clothing and tell you what happened. Or [3] the people who can tell you where water is in the ground or where a lost buried item is.

It doesn’t mean that they cannot be open to other channels, it just means that they are able to “tap into” specific channels to provide specific information.

The non-physical channels

These channels differ from the AM, FM, UHF and other channels that you have on the radio. These “channels” are tuned into the movement of thought-related quanta.

These channels pick up on thoughts.

Being able to pick up and understand thoughts, whether from the “past” or the “future” (after all there is no such thing as time) and from others, or from things is a very powerful ability and a very powerful tool.

We do not need to have other mechanisms to help us, but for many, these “training wheels” can be necessary as a stage in learning and personal growth.

My examples

I have, from time to time, described examples of my experiences with channels. Where I would communicate with dead pets, or have a perception regarding mantids, or the type-1 greys. I have a substantial amount of traffic regarding <redacted> as it pertains to the <redacted>, but we will refrain from getting involved in that right now.

I like to believe, as I have said, that we are all capable of receiving these messages and these thought-packets on the various channels. We just do not know how to receive them, interpret them, or communicate them to others. As I have said our “antennas are broken”.

Some people have very specific channels. Like to be able to see faeries. While others have channels that give them insight.

Where we are going with this…

We are going to work on improving our ability to access and open up channels and receive messages through a training system that we will embed within our prayer affirmation campaigns.

Of course it will be optional.

If “outsiders” want to know what is going on, just describe it as a way for you to calm yourself and become more aware of your surroundings. Which it is. You don’t need to tell anyone that you are trying to recover “lost messages” that are sitting in the “post office dead letter bin”.

Nor do you need to tell them that you want to be anything other than the best you can possibly be. Your journey of learning and discovery is a personal one.

Keep it that way.

Finally, this is a first step that will lead up to a series of affirmation exercises designed to break the hold of “amnesia” as described by the extraterrestrial in “Alien Interview”. It is my sincere hope that we can make a positive difference in the world right here and right now.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Affirmation prayer Campaign Index here…

Intention Campaigns

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

 

Metallicman Donation
Other Amount:
Please kindly enter any notes that you would like to attach to the donation here:

 

 

 

Affirmation prayer campaigns illustrated as a means to change highways towards destinations

This article describes a different way of looking at the MWI and prayer affirmation campaigns. So far, I have described two methods of looking at the situation.

The first [1] is by pre-birth world-line template maps and their topography.  The second [2] is by looking at a movie projector and viewing the individual frames.

This article discusses a third way to look at an affirmation prayer campaign. [3] It discusses affirmation prayer campaigns as highways.

I personally believe that there are many different ways to look at the same thing. There is no “one size fits all”, and thus to reach the widest and biggest audience, you need to make sure that you understand what you are looking at, from you own unique point of view.

This entire methodology came into being when I was trying to describe WHY a person goes though a period of discomfort when they start doing their own individual affirmation prayer campaigns.

Why consider this visualization?

Everyone who has ever been involved in a serious MM style prayer affirmation campaign will attest that shortly afterwards, all Hell will break loose. Thing will go wrong, and there will be all sorts of discomfort and trouble and trial and pains. And so people have asked me “why is this so”? They say “why can’t I just ask for the things an pray for them and then they appear?” And I respond that it is complicated. And to explain this complication, I use this analogy. I do hope that you all can understand it.

To begin with…

When we are born, we are issued with a pre-birth world-line template. This is a map that we will follow that will map out all the world-lines that we are most likely to encounter during our lives. It’s not perfect, and we can certainly alter our course, but for most people this is the fated life that they will live. I have drawn it as a map on a grid. Like this…

World-line template, showing the highest probability topography for a consciousness to visit.

And upon that map I have laid out  paths or a path that the consciousness would probably follow as they live their life. Such like this below…

A pre-birth world-line template showing the path of consciousness as it move though the world-lines.

And I have also discussed “slides”. Where you “slide” off the template on to a completely different template map and then use it to base your life upon. Much like this illustration… You are on a “rocky” pre-birth world-line template, and you are moving somewhere. Then you start doing your prayer affirmation campaigns, and they take you off your map. You “slide” to a new world-line template.

In this map we see that Mr. Red has slid off his “pre-birth world-line template” map and entered a new map full of new realities for him.

.

Well, the purpose of the “highway map” method of viewing the MWI and world-line travel is to be able to better understand what the “slide” is like.

Describing what a “slide” is like

Now, of course, during my MAJestic operations the slides were instantaneous, and without turmoil. But that was planned that way, and most people don't have the ability to pick and choose when to slide off the template. It just starts happening the moment they run an affirmation campaign. 

Anyways, this article was spawned from this forum comment…

I know, I know... it’s this guy and his theories again... but maybe -

So I started my first affirmation campaign about 4 weeks ago. First - holy cow do things get uncomfortable! I didn’t think things could get more uncomfortable! I know MM wrote about this which is why I came up with this.

No matter how uncomfortable it has been-and I am not complaining - but it seems like there are little “beams” of hope that come along. Like random people that just say hello in the store or send a text - from people I haven’t heard from in YEARS - just saying hi. But even with animals-there is a pissed off guard dog on my run who ALWAYS barks. Since the other day I get wags.

So has this happened to you all and what direction would you go if you were me.

The beams feel just like that. A REAL warm “beam” that hits only for a few seconds. Here is where the Newton meets the Quanta - In “normal” neurochemistry things don’t really work like that. Yes, there are delayed responses, but those use a different pathway than the “hot/cold” pathway. The hot/cold pathway is very quick.

But anyway a few minutes later I will have this rush of “it’s all good, it will work itself out” but magnified.

Can it be either other quanta or my own that I am not connected to? or can it be coming from within? From our ancestors that can communicate via our DNA?

From above or below so to speak?
The theory is that it’s quanta, not using a neurochem pathway, from others/myself OR

Ancestors connecting via DNA - how - that’s something to find out but it IS there for me and it’s noticeable.

Any thoughts?

. . This is EXACTLY how it happens.

Thanks for contributing this.

Doing a full spectrum affirmation prayer campaign is not for the faint of heart. There is going to be turmoil until you get on the right template.

I had a podcast where I described the pre-birth world-line template as a highway that you are on.

The highway description method to explain why affirmation campaigns cause initial discomfort.

Here, we describe the pre-birth world-line template as a highway.

And in this example we are going to say that your pre-birth world-line template is a highway going off to a city in the mountains. And for our purposes here, we will refer to this city as the “shining city in the mountains, city A”.

Your pre-birth world-line template as a highway towards city “A”.

And that is all fine and good.

The highway is a direct route towards city “A’. Which is in the mountains. And you are on it, and you are heading straight towards where it will take you.

But you do not want to go to city “A” and the longer that you are on this highway, the more unhappy you get. You really yearn to be somewhere else, doing something else in another city. City “B”

City “B” is a community on the beach. It is completely different than city”A” and you desire and long to be there.

You see, your goal is to go to the ocean, and live in the beaches, and you have decided to go to city “B” which is right there on the beach.

But to get to the highway that takes you to City “B” you need to perform a slide.

As described previously, a slide takes you off your pre-birth world-line template onto a brand new template.

And we are going to visualize this effort as getting off the highway going to city “A” and crossing over the median strip to another highway going off to city “B”.

Crossing the wide expanse of countryside…

Once you leave your very comfortable highway towards city “A” you will start to feel discomfort. You will need to cross over country fields, forests, deserts, walls, fences, and strange boggy swamp. And it’s going to be uncomfortable.

For here you are riding in comfort towards city “A”, and suddenly you get off the road and area now neck deep in swamp muck, being bit my mosquitoes and wild wolves are circling you and growling.

It’s scary and frightening.

But every now and then, just when you are staring to have doubts, you see glimpses of city “B”.

Or maybe not the city, but a whiff of sea air. A fresh breeze, the smell of BBQ chicken on a grill, and some tropical trees.

And that is exactly what many of you are going through now on your first affirmation prayer campaigns.

The Terrain between…

Everyone’s experience will be different, and it will depending on where you are now, and where you want to go.

It will depend on what you say, and how you think, and it will depend upon the accumulated “talent” you have in doing affirmation campaigns.

But EVERYONE will experience discomfort when you start changing your life.

As far as I can tell, there really isn’t any way to predict the kinds of hardships that you might encounter. It depends on the “distance” between the two “highways”, the speed and ease of travel on your current “highway”, and the terrain “types” that separate the two “highways”.

For some people, it might not be so bad. Their terrain might be easy to traverse.

Easy to traverse terrain.

Though, I can tell you that it will be quite different for different people…

Easy terrain.

For some, the terrain might have some treacherous spots, but will mostly be calm…

For some, the terrain might have some treacherous spots.

For others, however, the terrain might be rocky, dangerous and trying.

No matter how fearful and trying, everyone has the ability to cross over the median that separates the two highways.

But the discomfort is good.

It tells you that you are on the way to a better life that you determine.

That’s Good.

Not bad, but it sure is uncomfortable.

And for some it might be unbearable.

But please keep on the effort.

Do the prayer affirmation campaigns rigorously. Do not give up. Never give up. Never, never, ever give up. On and off. On and off. On and off.

Do not be passive about it. 

Never give up.

Go one by one. Keep on trying. Some days you are just going to want to give up. You are going to say “heck with this”. Do not do it.

via GIPHY

Pace yourself.

It will end.

I promise you that.

I promise you that in five years your life will not resemble anything like you experience right now.

It will be so different.

So…

Never give up.

No matter how bad it is. No matter if your marriage is falling apart and your entire world seems to have gone to shit. never give up.

The entire time keep pushing. Do your affirmations campaign for the set period of time and then stop for an exactly equal amount of time.

Follow the formula.

Never give up.

Never give up. Never surrender!

Well, you wanted change, right?

What?

Do you think that it would be easy?

That all you would need to do is write down some wishes and then one day they all come true for you? Is that what you thought?

Nope.

You need to reset the quantum associations with your new goals; that city “B”. And that is probably going to be painful.

Everything in your life right now is all geared up and set up for city “A”.

And you need to change that.

But, but…

Sure, you might want the changes sooner. Well, the good news is some changes will manifest sooner than others. they will. But if you keep on sailing towards your goal. You will get there. YOU ARE IN CONTROL OF THE WMI. YOU ARE “GOD”. .

The discomfort is when you are going from highway to city “A” in the swampy bogland. Then when you arrive at the highway to city “B”, things will be noticeably better. Though you will not yet be at your goal. Which is “City “B” on the sea”.

The procedure is like this…

  • [1] Get off the highway to “city A”.
  • [2] Go through the jungles, forests, and wildlands to get to the other highway.
  • [3] Get onto the highway to “city B”.
  • [4] Keep on driving until you arrive at “city B”.
  • [5] Arrive at “city B”.

The problem for most people.

For most people, step [2] is the stopper.

They go only as far as until they hit this bogland and stop.

Then eventually they crawl back to the old familiar highway to city “A”.

I warn… Don’t give up.

The bogland is scarier than it actually is. And it doesn’t last forever. It is finite. You can get though it (unless your goals are truly impossible – like being able to grow wings and fly). And most people do go though this.

Listen to me.

Keep going forward. Some days it will seem that you are hardly making any progress. Ignore that. Just keep going. Do not give up.

via GIPHY

Keep this in mind. You need to do is understand that you are so close. You are so very close.

When you start feeling the discomfort, that means that your life is changing.

YOUR LIFE IS CHANGING.

It is changing!

And I can tell you that when you get to [3], most people won’t notice it except to say “my life seems to be easing up some”.

But then, you keep on going on.

On and off.

On and off. And before you know it you are on the highway to “city B”. And then it’s much, much easier.

I tell you the truth.

Follow you dream. Do not allow anyone to tell you that you cannot have it.

Never give up on your DREAM!

Keep on going.

The problems will ease up once you get on highway to city “B”. But you still won’t be at your goal. That won’t matter.

Not actually.

Your life will be noticeably different.

You will be able to see the difference, and then one day, you will wake up, look around and say “Yeah. My life IS different. It IS better. And no, it is NOT what I expected.”

Welcome to world-line travel on the MWI.

Be a fighter.

Take the blows.

Eventually you will see that all the problems will fall away like ripe fruit on the vine.

Just keep on plugging away. One day at a time. One affirmation reading a day. Day after day, and then stop with the campaign ends.

Be the fighter for your DREAM!

via GIPHY

Conclusion

Change will come with discomfort. There is no other way around this fact. But it is a guaranteed way to see how well your life is changing.

You must feel discomfort to have things change.

That is the way it works.

Perhaps you wanted a much deeper conversation regarding other aspects of quanta and DNA and biological influences on a constantly changing MWI template map. And those are certainly interesting topics for discussion. But, for now, I really just want you to achieve your goals.

I want you to be happy.

I don’t want you to be fearful.

There are others. Some in Europe. A few in Africa. One in the Americas that do not post publicly. But they do write to me via email. And they all have their own personal issues.

The guys in Africa have a rough road … not an impossible on … just rough, and that means that the “bogland, and forests” that they must pass through are truly frightening. They are full with ferocious beasts, dangers, horrible things that slither in the darkness, and horrible nasty insects.

But they will get though it.

Put up your protections. Run your affirmation campaigns without stopping. Do everything in your ability to achieve your goals. You will get out of the nasty dangerous wilds before the highway. Focus on the goal. But look forward to the highway. Trust me, things will be much easier for you once you reach the new highway.

Oh…

And one more thing.

Be strong.

Do not give up. Never give up.

Never give up.

Never. Ever. Ever. Ever. E.V.E.R. give up. Fight for what you want.

Fight, and fight, and fight, and fight.

When it gets hard, keep it up. Don’t give up. No excuses.

Be the robot that will never give up. You get punched down, and you get right back up and keep on fighting.

Fight. Fight HARD. Never give up.

Be the robot that never gives up.
The movie “Real Steel” is about many things, but here it is the story of the little underdog robot that would never give up. It just went out there, into the ring. Time and time again, it would go out and fight…fight…fight. It never gave up. Be that robot.
.

Even if you are on your knees, and are being pummeled left and right, keep it up. Don’t give up.

Keep fighting.

Fight until you cannot. As you lie there, blood running from between your smashed teeth, open your one swollen eye, push yourself up off the floor. And keep on fighting.

Never give up. Never Surrender.

While this was a catch phrase on a movie parody of Star Trek it resonate in that there are many disguised truths protrayed within it. Never give up and never surrender is one such truth.
You must never give up. Never surrender.

.

I believe in you.

Oh, and one last point.

Maybe I wasn’t clear enough. Maybe you all thought I meant that things might be a minor inconvenience. Maybe you thought that is was just some minor day to day problems that might be an irritant. Nope.

Some of the turmoil can get pretty bad.

Depending on your goals and your “Highway”, it can be pretty awful. So you absolutely MUST have affirmations that compensate so that the upset and disruptions and pain isn’t all that horrible. And during this period, when things are really bleak and the entire world seems like it is personally shitting on you, I implore you to remember these words…

Never give up.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Prayer Affirmation Index here…

Intention Campaigns

.

Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

 

Brute force tools to “crack open” some desires when running a prayer affirmation campaign

This article is part of my enormous Prayer Affirmation Campaigns series. If you are unfamiliar with this series, I recommend that after you read this, you go to the start of the series and start reading. This idea of prayers as part of a campaign are quite different than anything else you will find anywhere else.

I have a kit of “brute force tools” that I employ in my affirmation campaigns.  Over the years they have been highly useful and very successful. Of course, I have chosen the names for them as they help me keep track of what I am doing and why.

They go by other names to describe how they are used. I have a “hammer”, a “crowbar”, a “grinder”, a “detangler”, and many others.  And in this post we will cover some of them.

In general, these “tools” are specific affirmations that I add to my affirmation campaigns to help me tackle problems or issues that seem to either reoccur, are barriers that I fail to breach, “glass ceilings” that I fail to break through or numerous other problems that I encounter.

Divine Hammer

Using a hammer.

This is my term for the technique of HOW you vocalize your intention affirmations. When I vocalize my intentions, I do  more than just read them. I read them in certain ways. And how I read them is detailed in how they are written.

Most Important Affirmations

These affirmations are absolute MUSTS. I mark these affirmation statements in "BOLD text" in my spreadsheet. When I read them, I read them louder than the rest and with more passion and emotion.
.
I have a big bed with an impressive headboard.

Average Affirmations

These affirmations are your "normal" affirmations. You read them normally. And they are written on your affirmation list in "normal text".
.
I have a big bed with an impressive headboard.

Special Affirmations

During a given prayer affirmation campaign I might have a special program or plan that I am involved in, and I want to take extra care and caution to make sure that I think about them longer, and "spell them out exactly". 
.
Truthfully, you know, these affirmations are rare, and what I do is put them in "Bold Brown Text with a period in the spacing". When I read them, I read each word carefully and slowly.
.
I .have .a .big .bed .with .an .impressive .headboard.

Unused Affirmations

Unused or retired affirmations are in a "very light grey" color. I keep them there in the event that I wish to reactivate them, but they lie dormant on my list. I do not read them.
.
In general, my current (active) affirmation list is about 70% greyed out and retired affirmations, and about 30% active affirmations. Here is an example of an inactive affirmation.
.
I have a big bed with an impressive headboard.

Affirmation Details

This is a special category of affirmations that I add after a key affirmation statement. They go on the subsequent lines. They are placed in "italic text". I read them with the same tone and pacing as the leader affirmation statement.
.
I have a big bed with an impressive headboard.
   The bed is a dark brown hardwood.
   It is king size or larger.
   It has intricate carvings on it.

If you take a longer time to read a sentence, then you are passing through more world-lines while you are reading it. It helps establish the navigation direction. And if you couple that with the power behind emotion, you ties the bio-chemical system to the thoughts and that (I personally believe) helps “push” the affirmations forward.

Crowbar

Using a crowbar.

Sometimes, no matter how hard you try, there is some block, blockage, barrier, glass wall, or mountain that prevents you from getting anywhere near your goals. Sure, it could very easily just be that your goals are really down the world-line template path, but sometimes it’s something else. And you need a “crowbar” to remove that bolder or obstacle.

It has been my experience that most obstacles on your world-line template are not germane to your (pre-birth world-line template) map. They were placed there by others (maybe even you) and now sit there in your way. They are an obstacle.

They need to be removed.

To do this, I have added a few specialized affirmations that are helpful in “clearing the path” that is somehow blocked. You don’t know if there is actually a roadblock placed there by someone or something, and maybe your arch enemy in High School placed it 35 years ago when they were experimenting with black magic. You never know.

Here’s some affirmations that I find very effective…

  • I have broken apart any barriers to controlling my reality. These are barriers that are either self-created, or those created by others.
  • I define my reality, and undo any contrary spells, magick or alterations imposed upon me, or the reality around me by anyone or anything.
  • I block and shut out all negative, de-constructive, and dangerous thoughts from manifesting and altering my intentions listed herein.
  • These blocking protections extend to my family and include any malevolent efforts by anyone, or things against them.
  • All non-physical impediments, curses, or “road blocks” , are moved out of the way. No obstacles.
  • I prevent the manifestation of any reality that results from bad, negative or dangerous thoughts.
  • Those that try to hurt me, hack me, steal from me, trick me, betray me, or just cause me trouble are immediately exposed to severe backlash for their actions, and they stop that activity and make restitution to me.

Tricorder

Using a tricorder.

A tricorder is a science fiction prop designed for the Star Trek television series by Wah Chang. In the story universe the multifunction hand-held device performs sensor environment scans, data recording, and data analysis--hence the word "tricorder" to refer to the three functions of sensing, recording, and computing. In Star Trek stories the devices are issued by the fictional Starfleet organization. 

-Wikipedia

There is much that we do not know. We are so fixated on the physical world, that we ignore what is going on in the non-physical world. This is not really desirable, as we need to know what is going on in order to compensate for problems, and adjust to circumstances.

So what I often like to do is put some affirmations that helps me gather Intel. I have used many different ones in the past, and here’s just a few examples…

  • I understand how this universe works, and how to alter, improve and change my reality.
  • ..I use this knowledge to generate a perfect life for myself and for my family.
  • ..As such, I am the Captain of my Consciousness.
  • I know when to slow down, stop specific intention phrases, and when to implement new ones.
  • I am aware of the trends going on in my life, behind the scenes, and on tractical, and strategic levels.
  • I move in and out of the world-line realities as necessary to achieve my thought-destination(s).
  • I do achieve my ultimate goals and I do so efficiently, and quickly while avoiding bad or undesirable world-lines.
  • I am alert on what to say and do in order to achieve my desires.
  • I know what affirmations to make to manifest the life that I wish to participate within.
  • I know, positively, when to stop, change, alter or revise my affirmations in accordance with my needs and desires.
  • I am aware of opportunities as they arise, and I know exactly what actions to take to maximize my desired intentions.
  • I am aware of the world-line routing as it occurs and do not panic or worry about how things will manifest.
  • I recognize that world-line realities that I inhabit might be calm and relaxed, but great things are occurring in my life.
  • These things are substantial positive and proactive events that are unfolding for my benefit and that might be hidden from me.

Grinder

Using a grinder.

What a grinder does is get rid of rough edges, burrs, and sharp edges. And when you run a prayer affirmation campaign you often have things materialize with exactly these kinds of “rough edges”.

For instance, I once had an affirmation for a nice Cadillac DeVille, and I loved that car. White interior. Silent and smooth ride. The engine purred and flew like a jet fighter going up hills. But then the transmission went out, as did the air conditioning.

And the repair for both of them was outrageously expensive.

How expensive? At that time, they represented two months salary just for the transmission.

You see, I did not anticipate that I required to have a certain level of income or savings to support the goal that I manifested. And when the goal actually did manifest, I was not ready to handle the costs associated with it.

What I needed to to was “grind down” the goal to something that was more manageable for my situation at that time.

From this;

I have a nice Cadillac DeVille.

To this;

I have a nice new car, that is well made, comfortable, and never breaks down. I feel very comfortable riding in it, and love the power and handling ability that it has.

Expert hint:

NEVER base your affirmation goals on something you saw on television, social media, the “news”, or in a movie. They are all fictions.

Detangler

Using a detangler.

A detangler is a chemical compound that separates the individual strands of hair and prevents matting. Without one, the hair (on most people) will mat up.

“Using a detangler is absolutely an essential step in haircare. Detanglers help eliminate a huge amount of breakage and damage while also evening out the porosity of the hair, so your wet products go on more evenly. There’s one for every hair type, so don’t worry that adding this additional step will amount to too much product.”

Why You Should Use a Detangler

You really don’t want your affirmation prayers to be all tangled up.

In a prayer affirmation campaign, there is the possibility that similar goals in the campaign, or other goals in previous campaigns might influence each other. For instance, let’s suppose that you had an affirmation in the 1980’s that said…

I wear popped collars all the time, with a large wardrobe of polo shirts.

Now, many people will not have any idea what this is all about. Well, it’s about this…

Yeah.

And now you live in Norway with an affirmation that goes something like this…

I go to saunas often, and enjoy the fine steam bath, and the branch lashings as well as the icy cold splash afterwards.

Sounds great. Except, that you are now burdened with a habit (that you are unaware of) that requires that you have multiple layers of “popped” clothes, and that take “forever” to remove, and “forever” to put back on.

You see, the problem is that since there is no such thing as time, all of our affirmation campaigns all interact together and work together.

To prevent that from occurring you can use “detangler” affirmation statements.

  • All these affirmations occur as quickly as is comfortably and as safely as possible. At no time is my family, health or safety at risk.
  • The normal rules of affirmation manifestation has now been advanced to this direct and immediate application without hesitation.
  • All these affirmations happen quickly, provided that dangers are avoided and I (and my family) are protected.
  • These intention prayers supersede any and all previous ones that would conflict with the ones listed here.

Slipstream

Riding in the slipstream.

Definition of slipstream technical : an area of low air pressure that is immediately behind a vehicle that is moving very fast and that other vehicles can ride in to go faster with less effort 

Essentially, the way this tool works is simple. You connect your affirmation prayer campaign with others, so that together you all ride forward, and the group inertia propels your further ahead than what you would otherwise go alone.

This is the slipstream tool that I use in my campaigns…

  • My affirmations tie together with affirmations of other MM followers so that they all combine with a positive “slipsteam” effect. For all of us to benefit from.
  • In slipstram affirmations that run counter to my personal affirmations listed herein, they are ignored, and does not influence this campaign.
  • This slipstream effect acts as an accelerator for all of us to benefit from.

Hasp and lock

Hasp and Lock.

A hasp and a lock is a very simple assembly to conceive. Essentially, once you have bought new tools, and supplies for your garden, you put them in a shed and you secure it with a hasp and lock. If you don’t, nearby neighbors and other mysteries of the night might come and take your farming implements away.

In an affirmation prayer campaign, a “hasp and lock” system is one where you already have an element in your life that you are happy with, and you don’t want it to disappear. You want to put those elements under “lock and key” so that no matter what other changes occur in your life (as a result of affirmation prayer campaigns) they will be protected and will not vanish or change as your other affirmations materialize.

For example, in the example above, you had an affirmation that said…

 I have a big bed with an impressive headboard.

And it occurred.

You now have a nice big bed with an impressive headboard, and you are very happy with it.

Well, a “hasp & Lock” system would be a special “set aside” affirmations that guarantee that something that you obtain will not disappear during further advancing affirmation campaigns. And in this instance you might use any number of affirmations much like these…

  • No matter what happens, my bed follows me where ever I go.
  • When it comes time for me to die, I will do so in ease and comfort in my nice big bed with the impressive headboard.
  • etc etc.

Zipper

A zipper.

A zipper is a mechanism to fasten clothing together. I think a sizable proportion of my readership realizes this.

In an affirmation prayer campaign, a zipper is a technique that allows multiple affirmations to merge together.

One would think that if you had multiple affirmations, and they all came to be, that they would all live happily ever after together. Nope. It doesn’t work that way. Each affirmation is like an iceberg, and what you think will materialize is the top most visible portion of the iceberg, while the part that you cannot see will influence other elements of your life.

Let’s imagine that you had three affirmations that all came true. They were;

[1] I spend most of my life in a big, new, clean house with pristine white walls, great views, new furnishings, and lots and lots of windows.
[2] I get meals served to me directly. I eat three meals every day.
[3] I have a lot of friends that visit me often.

Now, there are many ways that all three of these affirmations can come together and materialize. The person (you) making the affirmations (of course) is envisioning a nice big house, with servants or eating out often, and a lot of friends visiting you. But other things are possible, don’t you know…

  • You could be in the hospital with a long-duration illness.
  • You could be in prison, working on a chain gang.
  • You could be in the military on a ship.

Those unseen elements of the affirmation statements will mix and match with the pathways on your world-line template.

In so doing, it will manifest the closest goal objectives with relative low entropy. Or, to put it differently, what you will end up with will be the quickest and easiest closest matches to your goals.

What a zipper is, is a statement that specifies that the affirmations do not conflict with each other or create harmful, dangerous or undesirable outcomes.

  • These affirmations do not conflict with each other or create harmful, dangerous or undesirable outcomes.

Spellchecker

A “spellchecker” is a software program that I use to check the spelling and grammar of the sentences that I place in my affirmations. While it is true, that if I think that I am saying everything correctly in terms of my desires, I want to be extra positive that the sentence and the spelling is absolutely correct.

True story; I once had a prayer affirmation related to getting a new automobile. My current vehicle was just a piece of junk; a “clunker” and was breaking down all the time. I just wanted a good and reasonable replacement vehicle. I was using Microsoft Excel, and you all know that it doesn’t have spell-checking ability. So I wrote that I wanted a nice new car.

So I wrote…

I have a nice new bar that runs well, and is attractive to the ladies.

And sure enough a new bar opened up down the street. About eight months later. It had a “ladies night” and a Thursday night “girls only” strip show. Ugh!

Once I found out (in a review of my affirmations), I corrected everything. And I changed it to…

I have a nice new car. It runs well. It is attractive to the ladies.

I now incorporate the spellchecking tool in all of my new affirmation campaigns. Have I made myself clear in the importance of this?

Conclusion

Well, that’s enough for now. The longer you perform your prayer affirmation campaigns, the more that you realize the importance in the careful vocalization of your desires. You realize that many times things can go astray as you are dealing with the non-physical reality, while your brain operates in the physical reality, and thus you are handicapped. These tools will help mitigate the handicaps somewhat. And I do hope that they help you as much as they have helped me.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Affirmation prayer Campaign Index here…

Intention Campaigns

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

 

Metallicman Donation
Other Amount:
Please kindly enter any notes that you would like to attach to the donation here:

 

 

 

Alien Interview by Lawrence Spencer

A type 1 grey extraterrestrial was acquired from the vehicle wreckage in Roswell, New Mexico. One Army nurse was able to interview it. When the nurse was in her 80’s she moved to England and got ready to die, and left behind this document that describes her encounter with this creature, and all of her interrogations with it.

I was exposed to this document on the fourth of July, 2021, and when I read the book I was astounded how much matched MAJestic knowledge and understanding, and how much matched what I was exposed to through entanglement. I would say that it’s a solid 98% match.

For me, personally, it reaffirms (from a secondary source) the validity of my experiences, purpose and writings today.

Some notes

Sometimes, when the nurse refers to "the universe", I think she actually means "our galaxy". When you look at the writings, in this light, many things come into focus.

Other times, when she refers to "the universe", she is referring to the entire "universe" as we know it to be.

Dating is confusing. Enormous dates like "trillions of years" is again meaningless as we humans are not using the same "yard stick" for comparative measurement.

The "old empire" is a service-for-self species that farms the sentience on Earth. The way it is presented is more accurate than anything that I have said.

Both MM and this document, when combined together, establishes a solid framework towards understanding our place in this universe and YOUR ultimate role in it. I am presenting it here in PDF form.

I hope that you enjoy it as much as I have. And answers the questions that I have been unable to answer for you.

Do you want more?

You can find many more videos in my “Extraterrestrial Species index” over here…

ET Species

.

Articles & Links

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

 

Coping while in chrysalis

Background

While my story is filled with all sorts of issues and elements, this particular article will discuss a time in my life where I was in the “Parole System”.

When I was “retired” from three decades in the MAJ (which is a branch of the ONI) under the United States department of the Navy, I was placed under the control of the Arkansas state prison system. Also known as “the ADC”. And under that system, I was accused, tried, convicted, and sent off to be a “sex offender” working at hard labor.

I spent roughly two years in the hot Arkansas sun and then was granted parole. This is the story of that brief period of time. Roughly two years in duration, before I returned back to the ADC to finish my sentence

My story

In my darkest days while I was still in the Prison system, I was granted parole under very rigid limitations on everything that I could do. Parole is a good thing. We all wanted it. It was the “rehabilitation” portion of our prison sentence. While “hard labor” was the punishment phase.

Parole can ONLY be granted to a relative or a close friend (with no criminal background). Barring that, you can be sent to a “half way” house. That is, as long as you are not a “sex offender”.

Quick Tip
Half-way houses, religious organizations (that accept federal funding), state organizations, or private organizations (that accept state funding) are barred from accepting "sex offenders".

I had one option. My father.

And he gladly took on that role, and welcomed me into his house. He did so under the objections of my step-mother who grudgingly went along with the arrangement.

From left to right; My step-mother, My father, and then me (MM) way off to the right.

Terms of Parole

Under parole my freedom was severely curtailed.

I couldn’t have a cell phone, or be near one. I couldn’t go to a restaurant that served alcohol, nor could I apply for a job that had access to a telephone, computer, printer, or camera. And I couldn’t watch any movies unless it was “G” rated. Any violations would cause me to go right back to prison.

It’s very difficult as a “sex offender” because not only are you a undesirable felon, but the non-stop anti sex offender barrage on the media turned you into a shunned leper.

Things fell apart

After about four months living at my long-retired father’s house (He was in his late 70’s at the time.), his wife (my step mother) decided that I was a “grown adult” and kicked me out of the house. I tried to explain that my parole was contingent on living with my father. But she didn’t care. She no longer wanted me there.

I was part of his “old life” and his “old wife” and I was a constant reminder of that.

She would have no part of it.

My father, and you know I must give him credit, put up a cursory defense on my behalf. But the situation was unstable, and I was escorted out of the house with my meager belongings in a small suitcase.

I was kicked out on Christmas eve. (Again, long time MM readers will recognize the significance of this event.) And that is how I spent my Christmas in 2007.

Not just losing my jobs on Christmas eve, over and over, and over again, but also getting kicked out of the house as well. Sigh.

Some background
For those of you who are unaware, it just seemed that the preferred date to lay me off from work in industry was right before Christmas. This included Delco Electronics, Magnavox, Poulan Weedeater, Pollak, Grote, Guardian Glass, and Holmes Products.

To quote "John McClain" from the "Die Hard" series of movies. "What are the odds?"

Aside from being a total dick about the entire thing, she made pronouncements that she wanted me to rot in prison, get raped in prison, and have my life totally and utterly destroyed. And that she hoped that she could make this happen personally.

I well remember telling her that “Oh, you are just angry. You don’t mean what you are saying.

To which she replied. “Oh, yes I do. I know exactly what I am saying and exactly what I want.”

(To make a long story short) I ended up in a “flop house” for until after Christmas when the Parole staff could deal with my case.

Flophouse. 
Any house/apartment/ frat house /trailer/etc. which is used for individuals to crash (sleep, chill, hang out, lurk, etc.) for a period of time. In order to "crash", one must not actually live there (e.g. have their name on the lease, own said flophouse, etc.). Flophouses are typically used by college students, drug addicts, transients, vagrants, or other unsavory characters.

The entire staff at the parole office were all celebrating the holidays, don’t you know.

So I had to wait in a limbo state. Locked in a room. I called the 1-800 hot line which instructed me to go to the designated address and stay inside the room and do not leave for any reason until they would get back to work after the holiday.

Eventually they came back from holiday. Picked me up in a van, and hauled me off to a monastery to live.

A monastery is a building or complex of buildings comprising the domestic quarters and workplaces of monastics, monks or nuns, whether living in communities or alone. 

A monastery generally includes a place reserved for prayer which may be a chapel, church, or temple, and may also serve as an oratory, or in the case of communities anything from a single building housing only one senior and two or three junior monks or nuns, to vast complexes and estates housing tens or hundreds. 

A monastery complex typically comprises a number of buildings which include a church, dormitory, cloister, refectory, library, balneary and infirmary, and outlying granges. 

Depending on the location, the monastic order and the occupation of its inhabitants, the complex may also include a wide range of buildings that facilitate self-sufficiency and service to the community. 

These may include a hospice, a school, and a range of agricultural and manufacturing buildings such as a barn, a forge, or a brewery.

-Wikipedia

Actually, it was a really good thing. But at the time I knew nothing about it and was petrified.

A talk with my father

Anyways, my father came to visit me while I sat alone in that bare hotel room. All the light bulbs were burnt out, so I opened the blinds to let the street light illuminate the room.It was a pretty dismal hotel room. It had a very tiny commode in the corner with a beaded curtain separating it from the room, and a old black and white television with “rabbit ears” on the top that didn’t work.

The television looked something like this.

My father sat down on the lumpy bed while I sat on the low 1940’s style chair with mattress springs that jut up from below. He tried to explain his situation, while acknowledging (all the time repeatedly) that his wife was being a horrible bitch to me. But really, he was old and really wasn’t able to handle all the discord.

I understood his situation.

I really did.

This was his life, his family, and I was not wanted by his wife, and he (at his age) did not need the strife and aggravation.

But, I did tell him the truth. I told him what the parole officers told me. that he was incapable of being a “guardian” for me during parole. That he was not behaving like a father. That they were not behaving like a functional family, and there was no way that that environment was healthy for me.

He failed.

He lied to the parole board.

He promoted himself as a good father, and a loving and nurturing home for me to recover and start the long road towards rehabilitation. But the parole office disagreed. Real functional families do not kick family members out of the house, and they most certainly do not do so under the conditions and situation that I was in. Frankly, I was a “basket case”. You don’t go from white-collar professional to slave laborer in the deep South surrounded with urban blacks, SA’s and other misfits of society.

Basketcase
informal : a person who is functionally incapacitated from extreme nervousness, emotional distress, mental or physical overwork, etc.

And he didn’t like to hear it, and told me that he was going to have a “word with them on my behalf”.

I told him not to bother. The decision was already made.

And then the next day, he visited me crestfallen. And he just repeated what they told me. In fact, they suggested that he and his wife go to couples counseling, and see a sociologist to straighten out their dysfunction.

All of which was a major slap in his face.

Anyways, both he and his wife passed on. (They died. My father in late December 2008) and my step-mother sometime in 2010. All I really want to do is to give some background to the situation at hand.

A dark night of soul

For me, it was a dark night of soul. And I sat there awaiting my next form of incarceration. I went from Jail to Prison, to Parole, and now was facing some kind of rehabilitation camp in the deep forests of Pennsylvania.

I didn’t know what to expect.

I was very down and pretty gloomy and my father tried to cheer me up. He said that he was never in my shoes, and did not know what it was like to lose everything, go to a hard labor prison, and then be scorned and rejected by family…

…but he said, that he knew that eventually all this would end. I would will exit it stronger and a better person.

But you know, I didn’t want to hear any platitudes. I didn’t want to hear any excuses. He failed me. And nothing he could say could comfort my crumpled and broken heart. And I certainly didn’t want the sympathy from a person who offered words instead of physical and tangible assistance.

But he was right.

It took a long time. A damn long time.

It took some time to adjust to, and I had to really adapt and configure things, but eventually I thrived inside the monastery. And then when I exited it and was able to live inside a joint men’s home as part of my parole I was doing better, and I was stronger.

Coping and Adaptation

Other parolees, that were “sex offenders” were not doing so well. They tried to adapt to their life before prison, and were having problems. They just couldn’t do it.

I knew their stories because state law mandated that I attend a three hour long counseling session every week to help us readjust back to society as fourth-rate citizens. You know; the “slave class”. Or better yet; “The destitute class”.

Work

They tried to find work as accountants, plumbers, doctors, dentists, managers and other white-collar professions. And simply couldn’t find work. No one would hire them. But they still kept at it, day in and day out. As far as I know (from the circle that I communicated with) no one was ever able to return to their former professions.

But, I was a little different. I knew that I couldn’t work as an engineer or a manager. We used computers, all the time. No one would hire me with that kind of limitation. So, I applied for the jobs that no one wanted. I scrubbed bathrooms. Cleaned up murder crime scenes, I cleaned toilets, I scrubbed up vomit, dug out sewers and hauled trash. I did the dirty and grimy work that no one wanted to do.

Transportation

They (the other parolee “sex offenders”) tried to get a car to get around in, but being a “sex offender”, and parolee, the best they could do is get a “junker”, a “clunker” and pay in cash. And as a result it was like riding in a ratty old junk yard that was forever breaking down.

Typical “sex offender” parolee vehicular transportation.

But I was different. I bought a used bicycle, and rode it everywhere. It was good exercise, healthy, and fun. And cost nothing to drive, and never broke down. And because it was old, and ugly, no one wanted it. So it was never stolen.

Loneliness

Right off the bat just everyone got a girlfriend, but I have always been choosy. Much to my personal lament (when I look back in my memories). And while I had opportunity to make some new friends, and started to get involved with some of them, I quickly realized that there was some kind of quanta “stuff” that was sticking to me that attracted all kinds of negative people to me. Most of which were double and triple trouble. And in our weekly counseling sessions, the other parolees would lament their relationship complexities.

I shied away from women. I got a cat. His name was Coco. He was black. And he was easy to take care of, was there when I was lonely. And was so very happy to see me.

Coco.

Food

Many of my fellow parolees were living with a girlfriend, and this involved all sorts of drama. For meals, most tended to eat out more than their meager budgets would allow, and when they did eat out, they would eat cheap and fast food. Often burgers, fried chicken, or what ever cheap food could be bought in bulk. All heavily laden in sugar, super-processed, and often deep fried.

I sponsored a formal sit-down meal in our jointly shared home. Everyone contributed to the pantry, and we all took turns making dinner. The rule was simple, the person would choose the meal, but it had to have a main dish, and two sides, and that we would all sit down and eat it together. Lunches were on our own, as were breakfasts, and for me, I frequently obtained “subway sandwiches” for lunch.

Simple basic healthy American food.

Your life is now transitional

And all, in all, I did much better than my parolee peers.

This article / podcast is for people who are having trouble coping with their situation in life. And (of course) everyone is different, and I can offer no hard direction. I can tell you all that how you deal with the situation that you are in, will determine how successful you will be in moving out of that situation.

Keep in mind that the situation that you are in now is TRANSITIONAL.

You are moving from one OLD LIFE to a NEW LIFE.

Much like a caterpillar goes into chrysalis to be come a butterfly. This period of time in your life is that chrysalis.

The transformation of a caterpillar to a butterfly takes place in the chrysalis or pupa. Butterflies goes through a life cycle of five stages: egg, larva, pupa and adult. Inside the chrysalis, several things are happening and it is not a “resting” stage.

-What Happens Inside the Chrysalis of a Butterfly?

It is not a passive time.

It is a time of activity.

So STOP thinking about what you were before. And stop thinking about what your life is now. Look forward to what you will become. And I gave you all the tools. You WILL become it. I fucking promise you.

How you handle and deal though this transitional period will define what your new life will become.

An example

This is an example. This is a true example, it’s the real deal, but many people will not be able to relate to it because it is so personal.

After I left the monastery I was living in a shared men’s house, and working as a midnight to 4am housekeeper / janitor.

I lived in a shared “men’s house” with five others. This is the living room. You can see some of my paintings on the wall.

I had enough money to make rent, pay for meals, and utilities and a lot of time on my hands in the daytime. In fact, I only worked four hours a night, and everything was taken cared for. No one bothered me. So I scrubbed toilets, and showers. Big deal. It was an easy life and no one bothered me.

During the day time I would ride my bicycle along the city streets of Erie, Pennsylvania, check out and visit the beaches and just go home and paint. I read a lot. I practiced my art. I wrote poetry, learned Chinese and enjoyed life.

Many of my other fellow parolees were constantly embroiled in relationship issues, substance issues, and going in and out with the seedier and bad groups of people that frequented our neighborhood.

I just kept focused.

Anyways, everyday I had a routine where I would ride my bicycle to the library, and read for a spell, then grab a “subway sandwich” (which is a long sandwich full of cold-cuts and vegetables) and then ride back home.

Subway sandwich.

While I did this, I had a iPod full of music that I would listen to. Most of which were Korean, Japanese and Chinese with a healthy mix of 70’s rock, Country and Western, and Reggie.

And this is the song that I listened to the most, when I was riding my bike at that time. It set the pace for my life-transition. I purposely filled my life with happy up-beat music. Even if I didn’t speak the language. And you can well imagine the looks of the passersby as I sang in Japanese as I rode my bicycle through town.

Riding my bicycle.

And doing so…

I filled myself with upbeat, positive music.

And sometimes I rode with tears running down my face. It was not always easy. In fact, it was often very, very difficult.

Lyrics (English translation)

Obviously the song is in Japanese. But here is what it is all about. It’s about taking on the world with a good, and great attitude. And this is what I filled myself day in and day out was I went through this transitional period. And as I have said, imagine me, an older guy in his 50’s, pedaling around on a bicycle with ear buds and singing in Japanese along the empty residential streets…

Good Morning The east sky is bright again, Yeah Yeah.
Good Morning Let's Go Meet New MySelf (Yeah!)
It's not like yesterday. I'm excited about the sun shining more, Yeah.
What kind of day is waiting for the future that is likely to start today...

Good morning alarm is admony
I'm not going to do it. 

Dozens of options. It's still going well.
A new journey begins where the morning sun and the cityscape begin to cross each other.
.
New Sneakers Exhilarating Freedom
.
Japanese morning Brazil follows last night's tears emptyly
Today is more important than today. It's a waste to have something.
so every day birthday morning shot can coffee
I swallow it and jump into the morning burn.

Good Morning The east sky is bright again, Yeah Yeah.
Good Morning Let's Go Meet New MySelf (Yeah!)
It's not like yesterday. I'm excited about the sun shining more, Yeah.
What kind of day is waiting for the future that is likely to start today...

Sunrise with bright blue sky
"If today is a good day..." What a toothpaste to think about
In the morning zooming in, milk and bread salad.
Dressing is Southern Island, let's stand by.
.
Birds chirping in 2 seconds when the entrance is opened (Chun Chun ♪)
.
Even if you wake up and have a dull face, at the very most, only feelings are positive...
...so certainly the world is serious still stretched and take a deep breath
Junior high and high school students on the salaried man Run with a dream chuo line

Good Morning The east sky is bright again, Yeah Yeah.
Good Morning Let's Go Meet New MySelf (Yeah!)
It's not like yesterday. I'm excited about the sun shining more, Yeah.
What kind of day is waiting for the future that is likely to start today...

Even if it rains yesterday, but today it's high pressure, and there's nothing else.
Hope alone makes dreams possible The morning sun lights up the way
Good Morning This call has reached you again, Yeah Yeah.
Good Morning There's a lovely event to come to you (Yeah!)

Good Morning The east sky is bright again, Yeah Yeah.
Good Morning Let's Go Meet My New Person (Yeah!)
It's not like yesterday. I'm excited about the sun shining more, Yeah.
What kind of day is waiting for the future that is likely to start today...

And I would ride to my house, and my cat Coco would run up to me. So very happy to see me.

My cat Coco was so very happy to see me.

What kind of new day is waiting for me…

…I’ve shown you all what my life is like.

Have faith. Grit and hold on. Adapt and cope. YOU WILL MAKE IT.

I believe in you.

Keep in mind…

If you are experiencing hardship, that MEANS that you are in transition.

The size of the discomfort is equal to the magnitude of change. If you are a MM follower and you are experiencing discomfort, then recognize that you are in chrysalis. This is a good thing.

What you will eventually become…

…is determined how you adapt to the chrysalis phase.

The Podcast

I made up a podcast and placed it here. My app that links the podcast to the articles suddenly became a for-profit venture (after my “free trial”) and will delete all my existing podcasts unless I pay them healthy piles of money every month. Meanwhile, they were never able to really host the videos. They never were able to stream to MM as promised.

Never the less, here’ my podcast. Please watch and download. Then check out the rest of this article below.

Direct Download

You can download the entire podcast directly HERE.

Postscript – Janitorial Job on Parole

Well, that job that I had being a janitor eventually ended.

All jobs end, but being fired for scrubbing toilets has to be a new low for me.

A new person was put in charge of the program (that employed us felons in transition), and she would not have any “sex offenders” working for her.It was her decision, and she had the power to implement her desires.

She let me and a few other sex offenders go as well. Of course, not with the excuse that we were “sex offenders”. No. That would be illegal.

She came up with other excuses.

Each one of us were fired with a different excuse.

One “sex offender” was fired for “stealing the trash bags” that we used when emptying the trash. She claimed that of the 1000 bags that we used, there were ten or fifteen missing and she blamed him.

One “sex offender” was let go for taking too long a break at 2am. Apparently she called his work location at 2:25am and they answered the phone from the office instead of being on the floor mopping.

And I was let go because I allowed my crew to finish early.

Loss of the job violated my parole. I mean just how hard is it to get in trouble working scrubbing toilets at 3am in the morning? But, that was what happened, and by losing my job, I violated my parole.

And guess when this happened?

Yup. You guessed right. Yet another Christmas eve. And that is how I spent my Christmas in 2009.

Die Hard has become my life. And the base commander at NAS, NASC Pensacola, Fla told me never to forget “Yippee Ki Yay.” Ah. The one-liner “Yippee Ki Yay, motherfucker” is one of John McClane’s most famous lines. And it become my fucking life.

And eventually after a bunch of nonsense that really isn’t necessary to get into now, I ended up being hauled back to Arkansas and finished the rest of my sentence.

Postscript – Mother in law.

In regards to my mother in law that kicked me out of the house; she died while I was in prison. I knew that she was dying, when I went back to the ADC. I also knew that she wanted to die and elected not to undergo any type of treatment for her cancer, just to die with pain medicine to control the pain.

And I was in prison, while she elected to die in comfort without strife and pain.

Felon (2008)

And you know, being entangled like I am (provides me with insight and events that most people do not get a chance to experience. And so I experienced “an event.”

Explanation
The EBP enables me to peer into the non-physical reality when approved. I can "see" things that most non-implanted people cannot.

You all probably do not want to hear this, but when a person dies, they tend to review their life with other entities.

These other entities, well I call them Mantids, but others refer to them as Angels.

And sure enough, an Ebenezer Scrooge event took place. It’s a tour of her life by her mantid. When she was exposed to the consequences of her life, the past the future and the present.

And in the present she came to me.

And I was in prison.

Yeah. And she could see that I fully saw her, heard her, and knew what was going on. And she was not surprised, though she was happy to see it occur.

(Which is strange, you would figure that she would realize that I must a be a pretty "special" person to be able to see her in the non-physical body while I was in the physical. But she wasn't all that aware, I guess.)

Anyways, to make a long story short; she said that she was sorry and wanted me to forgive her. She was remorseful from the point of view of a person who is in a disembodied spirit and can feel no pain, nor worry. To me, at that point in time, and knowing what I knew, seemed like “cheating”. No. There was no easy way out.

And I said no.

I said FUCKING NO!

I told her (thought to her, but you all know what I mean) that she was a real “dick” to me and caused me all sorts of grief that was undeserving, and that I would not forgive her.

I specifically told her that our karma has ended.

I will neither bless or condemn her, but that from that moment on-wards, I did not want anything to do with her in any way. And I do not care about what centuries of entanglements and relationships that we may or may not have had in the past. Our relationship was OVER, and the karma that is due her (in whatever form or shape) must be handled by another different consciousness, and another soul. Not by me. And if it cannot be resolved, then she will have to correct the damage to her soul manually.

And I know that will NOT be easy.

And at that the Mantid let her away and I was back in the prison barracks lying in my rack.

And I just lay there pondering my experience.

The Main Podcast Index

Podcast Index

 

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my MAJestic index…

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAJestic Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

 

Metallicman Donation
Other Amount:
Please kindly enter any notes that you would like to attach to the donation here:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Post graduate studies on the mechanism of world line travel in the MWI and how consciousness feeds world line selection

This is a very advanced article on world-line travel. In it we go into the details on how consciousness helps to target specific world-line groupings or clusters to navigate toward.  And we are going to discuss the actual mechanism of how this occurs. As opposed to what I have described in the past “that it occurs”.

But first, before we get to that let’s discuss a few key points.

Where all this comes from

Long time MM readers will recognize that the information presented regarding the MWI and world-line travel is MAJ information. And while I am restricted from discussing MAJestic details in any way, shape or form, I am (however) permitted to discuss the technologies and sciences that I was exposed to by our benefactors.

That is, perhaps the reason why I am permitted to disclose all this stuff.

Just keep in mind that this, and all the related information, is not my invention. I did not come up with this information, these concepts, and these ideas as theories on my own. They were taught to me. And I had just as a difficult time embracing them as you all are dealing with now.

Nor are these writings descriptions of technologies as MAJestic understands it. What I present is not MAJestic information. It’s a side effect of my role. Not the role itself.

Nor is what is presented my theories, and ideas and concepts. I didn’t think these things out on my own. That is a fundamental truth. Long time MM readers will recognize this. Actually, I would rather eat some fine food, play with some girls, drink more than just a little, and enjoy the more physical aspects of life (the visceral aspects) rather than spend too much time on these esoteric subjects.

Instead it is what our benefactors believe how the universe works. It is what THEY believe, and by extension (knowing what I know), I believe it as well. I’m entangled with them. I will be until I die, and by all accounts, long after that as well. It’s the way things work.

And as such it is alien to everything taught inside American schools today. So you can either [1] believe what is conventionally accepted as truth, [2] adopt what I present as what our extraterrestrial benefactors believe, or [3] come up with your own ideas.

You might ask “well which species believes this?”

And (to that) my response is that all four species that I have had contact with believe it (to one degree or the other). Certainly the Type 1, <redacted>, <redacted> and the Mantids do.

A Quick Review

I have long described what time is.

Time is the movement of consciousness.

I have described world-lines as separate histories that a physical body can live. And there are nearly an infinite number of them.

I have described that consciousness cycles in and out between wave and particle forms to move in and out through world-lines.

And I have described how you can navigate through the MWI by controlling your thoughts.

And all of that is really all you really NEED to know. Right?

We focused on Consciousness as a singular entity

We have focused on consciousness as a singular homogeneous entity.

You start at world-line “A”

This world-line has it’s own history; it’s own past and it’s own future. And you are just residing inside the world-line for just a moment.

You can see that from the point of view of your consciousness, you see the world-line as a moment. In this case the moment is shown in yellow. And the world-line is shown in orange. It has it’s own past, and it has it’s own future, and your consciousness resides in it for a fraction of a second before moving on.

And by doing this over and over and over again, your consciousness is able to travel the MWI. You navigate through your thoughts in wave form, or your actions in physical form.

But that’s a rather simplistic explanation.

It’s a simple way of looking at MWI navigation

There’s this “blob” that we refer to as “our consciousness”.

When it is in particle form, it controls a physical body. As such it can perform physical actions with a reality.

When it is in wave form, it can think; generate thoughts, and thus select a world-line to occupy. This world line become the reality that the physical body will occupy.

And it is true. That’s how it works, but…

…it’s a really good approximation.

Yes. But it’s not the entire story.

And I covered this in another post / article. Your consciousness is not a singular “blob”.

Instead it is spread out thinly all over the MWI, with a tiny, tiny part of you in every single (active) world-line that has an active consciousness inside of it.

And the world-line that we consider to be the one that your consciousness travels to is the one where most of your consciousness resides for that frozen moment in time.

So…

The consciousness that actually occupies a world-line at any given moment is actually…

…the largest cluster of (your) consciousness components gathered together on a world-line.

So this is really difficult for us humans to visualize.

How can someone (a consciousness) be everywhere at once and experience everything at once?

But that’s actually not the way it is. Our consciousness has the potential to be everywhere at once and the potential to experience everything at once. But in all actuality, our consciousness does prefer to clump together. And thus FOR THE MOST PART, we can pretty much assume that the world-line that our consciousness is mostly part of is the one we are on at that given moment.

So, the tendency for our consciousness to “lump together” provides us this simplified understanding on how world-line travel works.

We just say, “well, 90% of my consciousness is hanging on on world-line Zelda, so I’ll just say that I am on world-line Zelda”.

But it gets interesting

As I described in another post, what actually tends to happen is that the consciousness likes to “straddle” nearby world-lines.

As in “Ugh, 90% of my consciousness is here on this boring world-line. It’s crowded. But if I put 30% here, 30% there, and 30% way over there, things will be more interesting, lighter and easier for me.”

And thus, the consciousness tends to separate and fraction out on the lines that it “straddles”.

Now, obviously these world-lines are all extremely similar to each other. You might have 560,000 grains of salt in your salt shaker in one world-line, and the nearby world-line that you are “straddling” has 559,000 grains of salt in the salt shaker.

Expert Tip 
The more world-lines that your consciousness "straddles" the greater your awareness of your reality, and the possibilities that you have to change it.

The “straddling” of multiple adjacent world-lines is a very common action of consciousness. People who tend to be more “aware”, or who can “sense things or others”, or those that have various degrees of extrasensory perception, have consciousnesses that tend to “straddle” far and wide.

Key Take Aways
Consciousness straddles numerous world-lines at any given moment. The consciousness still operates as one singular unit, even though it occupies different world-lines. And thus it can use the sensory variations to help navigate the MWI and avoid problems.

You can never tell if you consciousness is “lumped together” or if it is straddling multiple world-lines at any given moment.

Nor is it important that you are aware of the actual distribution of the consciousness on the MWI.

But understanding that the consciousness can separate on different world-lines and still operate as one singular unified consciousness is important…

…and the entire purpose of this article.

Now this following point is VERY important…

From the point of view of our consciousness, there isn’t really anything like a world-line. Our consciousness does not see, nor recognize world-lines. Our brain does. Our mind does. But not our consciousness.

Instead it views world-lines on the MWI as “breezes” (I am trying to describe things using terms that I and you are familiar with.), Thicknesses. Heaviness, and lightness. As colors. As scents. As familiar and the unfamiliar. As comfortable, and as garish. So think of the MWI as a tumultuous current of colored oils and water, and stuff all moving about.

Like a fine flowing stream of water.

And the consciousness “swims” in that water…

And some parts of the consciousness are attracted to the “fast streams of water”. While other parts are attracted to the “cold streams of water”. While still other parts are attracted to the “thick streams of water”. While other parts of the consciousness are attracted to the “steamy parts of the water”.

So…

Parts of the consciousness move to the “nearest” sections of the MWI that appeals to it.

Key Point
The consciousness is made up of parts, and components just like the soul is. And these parts and components are attracted to those MWI elements that are closest in similarity to it.

Now our mind has a very difficult time visualizing this.

We think of the consequence in that it would cause a break up of the consciousness in to all sort of tiny pieces all going this way and that.

But this visualization is wrong.

But that is exactly how it works.

Consciousness stays connected together no matter what direction it’s elements / components are attracted to…

So that brings us up to the HOW.

Here we will get into the precise mechanism that enables our prayer affirmations and desires to navigate us to exactly what we affirm.

You see, there are all sorts of variations in individual world-lines. Each world-line path comes with it’s own complete future and it’s own complete path. As well as it’s own attributes and characteristics.

For instance all the following lines might be similar (from the point of view of your affirmation objectives);

  1. America has been renamed to Am-Erica. It banned pizza, beer, wine, and pork chops. It recognizes 45 genders, and only 12 genders are considered able to run for government. But the house you wish for, the relationship you have, and the lifestyle you desire exists in perfection there.
  2. America was invaded by Canada. It has two space stations, a moon base and is the leader in harmonica manufacture. But the house you wish for, the relationship you have, and the lifestyle you desire exists in perfection there.
  3. America doesn’t change much at all. A new political party is formed. The Purple Party, and it lies in opposition to another new political party; the rainbow party. Democrat and Republicans go the way of the Dodo bird, and the government continues to exist playing the same old games, and the same media narratives. But the house you wish for, the relationship you have, and the lifestyle you desire exists in perfection there.
  4. America has split in three nations. One of the nations still refers to itself as the United States, and it’s citizens call themselves “the real Americans”. The rest have gone their own ways.  The central nation now includes most of the American plains and the cities of Chicago and Denver. The capital of this new nation is called “Rainbowland” and has a democratically elected sovereign. But the house you wish for, the relationship you have, and the lifestyle you desire exists in perfection there.

The obvious world line direction would be the scenarios that has the smallest number of world-lines to traverse. Which would be the third scenario.

But what, by chance, the topography of your pre-birth world line precludes this obvious choice? What if the topography offers ‘smooth sailing’ for the top scenario (number one)? What then? And why would that be the case?

The elements that comprise your consciousness determines your world-line destination

Now, obviously, your thoughts set the direction.

But the actual manifested reality; the actual world-line that appears, is determined by the construction of your consciousness. And that, in turn is shaped by your soul.

Thus, how the world-lines materialize in front of you is not by random luck.

They (the world-lines as defined on the world-line template map) are formed “on the fly” as determined by where you are now… AND… the various elements that comprise the consciousness.

Expert Tip
The world-line template map is constantly being revised and adapted to changes as your consciousness evolves, and your thoughts change. It's not really fixed. It just seems that way.

Now I do not know all that much about the intricacies of consciousness construction. All that I really know is [1] that complex construction of the consciousness exist. I also know [2] that consciousness is far more complex than what we (humans) think of as some kind of nebulous “blob”. [3] (Consciousness) has components, each with functions and features. And components [4] all work intimately with each other.

So…

For purposes of simplification, and to recognize that there is very little that I know regarding the components of consciousness, let’s just label them simply and describe how they work.

Component A

The first component we will call “A”. I suppose we could use a Latin name to sound impressive and scholarly. Like “Alpha”. But the truth is that we really do not know much about this component, or element of consciousness. At least not now. And at this stage “in the game”, we really don’t need to know. All we need to recognize is that “A” exists.

Further, we know that “A” is attracted to certain quanta arrangements.

So, as you are living your life and you keep on finding that you keep on experiencing the same kinds of things over and over again, might be an indicator that one aspect of the consciousness component “A” is attracted to those things.

For instance…

  • A certain kind of person, or personality.
  • A reoccurring problem, or event.
  • A situation, that seems to repeat.

And so forth.

And you know, all of the components that comprise consciousness, will behave similarly.

So if we consider that consciousness component “A” is attracted to attributes “a”, then we can say that consciousness component “B” is likewise attracted to attributes “b” and so forth right down through all the various components that comprise the consciousness.

An example

So what makes a given target objective more desirable than another?

Your consciousness is following a trajectory upon the pre-birth world-line template, and heading to objectives(s) as defined by your thoughts. But there is a near infinite number of world-lines what would all meet your criteria, and your desires. So what makes one world-line better than all the others (that also meet your criteria)?

As an extreme example, we can consider a strawberry coke float made out of kiwi ice-cream possible on (for example) the following three scenarios…

  • One is served in a ice-cream parlor that has flirtatious red head (the hair is red color) waitresses.
  • One is served in a truck stop while you are waiting to have your car repaired for a broken universal joint.
  • One is served in an Army mess hall, after you came from battle fighting the Russians in the Crimea.

So…

If your consciousness component “A” is fixated on red haired waitresses, the first scenario would incorporate the attribute “a” that meets that desire.

If your consciousness component “A” is attracted to mechanical disruptions of any types, then the second scenario would incorporate the attribute “a” that meets that desire.

And if the consciousness component “A”  is attracted to the thoughts and feelings, emotions of those that surround you, and if everyone around you is fixated on a  war with Russia, then the third scenario would incorporate the attribute “a” that meets that desire.

And that is how it works.

Of course, there are multiple consciousness components

There are multiple consciousness components. And the components, in arrangement, interaction, and utility, differ from other consciousnesses. There is no set “standard” consciousness.

Thus…

It is the consciousness components that  define the pre-birth world-line template.

The pre-birth world-line template

The pre-birth world-line template is the topographical “surface” that your consciousness travels upon when traversing the MWI.

It is functionally defined by the interaction of your consciousness “components” make up, and interactions.

And each consciousness has a different one…

John
The template is a,b,c,d,e,and f.

While for Suzy…

Suzy
The template is 2a,c,d,e,f,h,and,3k

And for Peter, it’s even more extreme

Peter
The template is (a+c), d,e, H, (H+x), and u.

Thus, no matter how many “slides” you perform off the pre-birth world-line template, you consciousness will drive you back to it. So you must keep on working and performing the prayer / affirmation campaigns to keep on track towards your goals.

Functionally, while the consciousness does change and evolve through a given lifetime, for the vast majority of people, the changes are not significant enough to move you to a completely different pre-birth world-line template.

And for the world-lines themselves…

Obviously the most likely world-line (next) for your consciousness to visit is heavily influenced by the world-line map topography.

And this is determined by the individual components of the consciousness.

And this is why that you will, and are experiencing, the world-lines as you have. And why you find yourself in a world-line where everyone wears masks, people are worried about climate change, and where a hamburger meal costs $10.

How to use this knowledge – The “slipstream effect”

If you tie your affirmation campaigns to a group of other people, who also run and operate campaigns, you can benefit from the mass of shared thoughts. It’s a “slipstream effect”.

A slipstream created by turbulent flow has a slightly lower pressure than the ambient fluid around the object When the flow is laminar, the pressure behind the object is higher than the surrounding fluid The shape of an object determines how strong the effect is. This enables less force to be applied to move though a fluid.

If you add the following affirmations, they will contribute to manifest this slipstream effect…

  • My affirmations tie together with affirmations of other MM followers so that they all combine with a positive “slipsteam” effect.
  • This slipstream effect acts as an accelerator for all of us to benefit from.
  • In slipstram affirmations that run counter to my personal affirmations listed herein, they are ignored, and does not influence this campaign.

The “slipstream effect” combines consciousness component targets to a shared pool.

So instead of your consciousness…

Your active template

You
a,b,c,d,e

And Roger’s active template

Roger
a,b,c,x,y,z

Your new “active” world-line template (provided you permit the “slip steam effect”) will not look like this…

Shared
2a,2b,2c,d,e,x,y,z

Those elements of “a,b,and c” will manifest twice as fast (in this example.). Now, just imagine, say, twenty people. All with a much wider and diverse targets for the individual consciousness components. And then, add this to the complexities of the shared and combined quanta associations…

…in ways that we just don’t really understand…

…with rules as odd as…

15f = 3a and f + h
6y = x,d+t, and 21s

Can really create some amazing outcomes for prayer affirmation campaigns. Amazing, like you have NO IDEA!

Keep in mind…

At all times, you must keep in mind that the methodology (of using a visual guide for mapping world-lines) and the idea that consciousness is broken into clusters (that define components) is but a mental “crutch” that describes a very, very complex system.

Other techniques can be used. But this is the one that my mind established by direction by <redacted> as part of my MAJ operations.

By understanding this principle, you can best understand how all the other “rules” as specified all fit together and work together regarding prayer affirmation campaigns.

Key take aways

  • Consciousness is complex.
  • Consciousness is not a “blob” but  consists of multi-dimensional components that work together in unison.
  • These components that define the make-up of consciousness also define the structure of the pre-birth world-line template.
  • These components, working alongside our thoughts, define the types of world-lines that we encounter and occupy.
  • Consciousness can and does evolve with experiences.
  • Consciousness components are difficult to change, and thus if left alone, all travel on the MWI falls upon the default pre-birth world-line template.

.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Affirmation prayer Campaign Index here…

Intention Campaigns

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

 

Metallicman Donation
Other Amount:
Please kindly enter any notes that you would like to attach to the donation here:

 

 

 

Using Grabovoi “cheat codes” as a prayer and affirmation technique

I want to continue discussing the use of thought to control your life.

As many long duration MM members can attest to, all you need to do to navigate on your reality template is to think and vocalize what you want. And if you write about, and think about, and talk about… bad things… then you will have that in your life. While if you think about good things, they instead will enter your life.

A “prayer” is a method of intentionally thinking certain thoughts, in a certain manner, to manifest certain things to occur in YOUR life.

There are many ways to run and conduct prayers. I have covered just a mere fraction of the ways in prior articles. It’s actually really based on the understanding that what you believe and what you think actually manifests. And for prayers, well, it’s actually only a way (or a method) that you can use to help you focus and direct your thoughts.

Good right?

Well, not so fast.

But this can cause all sorts of problems, when bad or malevolent people concoct systems of mechanisms based on prayer intention for personal gain, profit or fame. Whether it is a woman dressed up in Haitian garb on television in the late 1990’s telling you to call 1-800-know your life, or a white robed televangelist that you too can guarantee a set on the Heaven-express for only small weekly payments of $9.98.  Or the Magick Dawn teaching you to control your life by the practice of Aleister Crowley’s magick.

And we are going to talk about this right here and right now.

You see, in Russia, many young folk are following Tiktok videos and describing their experiences with “magic numbers”. And then telling about how their wishes and desires manifested.

Does it work?

Sure. Fundamentally.

If you believe anything, and you think anything, it will manifest.

Is this technique bad, dangerous or harmful?

Well that depends.

Grabovoi numbers

Found HERE. All credit to the author, and note that it was edited to fit this venue.
A rich husband, a slim figure, clear skin or good grades at school can be obtained with the help of special cheat codes. All you have to do is to write them on your hand and send a request into space, according to English-speaking bloggers on TikTok. In actual fact, the codes are part of the teachings of a Russian sect leader who served two years in prison.
.

On the smartphone screen in front of me is an image of a light-colored wall with plants and in the foreground are rows of numbers with headings such as ‘Beauty’, ‘Love’, ‘Health’, ‘Ideal Figure’ and so on. There are hundreds of both positive and negative opinions in the comments. I choose the most common heading – ‘Money’ – which has the greatest amount of number sequences under it. As I am diligently copying them, using a pen to inscribe them on my left wrist, my mom enters the room. 

“What are you doing?” she asks suspiciously.

“I’m writing out some cheat codes for money,” 

I reply, as if I do it every day.

“Then write them down in a column going up to your elbow and leave them there for as long as possible before washing them off - at least that way it might work,” 

she says ironically and leaves the room to do other things.

The number sequences in the video are so-called cheat codes or “Grabovoi numbers”, which, according to Russian and foreign bloggers, must be written down in order to produce the desired outcomes.

On English-language TikTok, videos with codes and instructions on how to use them, accompanied by the appropriate hashtags, have gathered over one hundred million views. And, in the comments, representatives of Generation Z share the results of their use of the codes, with many positive comments among them.

Where do the codes come from, who publishes them and why?

Cheat codes for well-defined abs & YouTube subscribers and their ‘side effects’

Russian and foreign bloggers started actively making videos about these “cheat codes” in the spring of 2021.

The instructions in all the videos look the same – you need to choose the required number sequence, write it down on a piece of paper or directly on your wrist and also trace the same number sequence in the air with your finger – this increases the chances of “your request reaching space”. It is best to leave the number sequence on your wrist for up to three days. And then, all you have to do is wait for your wish to come true.

Apart from classic blessings, such as health, happiness, money or love, you can use the code to ask the “Universe” for almost any whim – bloggers publish codes for good grades at school, for a slim figure with well-defined abs, for popularity on YouTube, clear skin without acne, a rich husband and so on.

Russian-speaking TikTokers are more malicious – in addition to “positive” codes, they share number sequences for poisoning, high fever, coma and cardiac arrest.

Eighteen-year-old aspiring artist Viktor Alekseyev says that his code for money worked, even though he himself thinks it was pure coincidence.

“I wrote the code for money on my hand for a laugh. Until then, my art was not selling very well, but before the code I had submitted my drawings to a special organization that sells artists’ work and they started selling much better. It must have been autosuggestion or coincidence,” 

Viktor says.

Senior school student Olesya says that a code helped her to become a star pupil in class.

“I did everything according to the instructions and, the next day, I started getting excellent grades. To be honest, I was doing well even before then. It’s just that before the code, I was getting 4s [Bs], but now, like magic, I’m getting 5s [As],” 

…she opined.

 

Another schoolgirl from Moscow, Anna, says she wrote down a code for success in her school work and, the next day, her Russian language teacher cancelled a lesson. Anna attributes this to the code, since Russian was the class for which she had not had time to do her homework.

Many users complain that the codes just don’t work and some even experience “side effects”.

“I wrote down a code for luck and almost straight away I started to feel bad, I got a headache, then I erased it and felt better. I don’t believe in the codes, but who knows what the hell it was,” 

…says schoolgirl Alina Batchayeva.

In addition, some users say that using the codes is dangerous – according to some TikTokers, the codes are connected to black magic, since the wishes vested in the codes are fulfilled by the Devil, who takes away your soul in return.

Numbers for health and bringing back the dead for money

The invention of cheat codes is attributed to the psychic healer Grigori Grabovoi.

Born in Soviet Uzbekistan, upon finishing school, Grigori studied mechanics at Tashkent State University and then worked for the Uzbek civil aviation authority. There, he was already passing himself off as a psychic and taking money for investigations into the “extrasensory” repair of airplanes.

In 1996, he obtained a paramedical qualification in Moscow.

At that time, Grabovoi announced that he could raise people from the dead and set up a sect called, ‘The Teachings of Grigori Grabovoi’ and a foundation. He gave talks at the Russian Ministry of Emergency Situations, appeared on television and was a member of various public organizations and, additionally, referred to himself as Christ. 

In 1999, Grigori published his book titled ‘Restoration of the Human Organism Through Concentration on Numbers’, in which he proposed the use of numbers to heal physical and mental ailments.

In his view, all illnesses and maladies should be regarded as energy with a specific frequency that can be expressed in numbers and these numbers can be enlisted to eliminate illnesses and everyday problems.

After the terrorist act at the school in Beslan on September. 1, 2004, which resulted in 334 deaths, Grabovoi proposed to the mothers of the dead children that he would bring them back from the dead for 39,000 rubles (approx. $1,400 according to the 2004 exchange rate).

The outraged residents of Beslan reported Grigori to the law enforcement bodies, but it was only four years later, in 2008, that he was sentenced to 11 years for fraud.

Two years later, in 2010, Grabovoi was granted early conditional release.

Grigori moved abroad and continued to expand his sect outside Russia – his books were translated into several languages, and a ‘Grigori Grabovoi Education Center’ was opened in Serbia.

He also started selling instruments for stopping the ageing process for 9,700 euros a piece and, in early 2020, he released two more codes – for treating Coronavirus.

‘Grabovoi trainers’ and revenue from viewers

Many foreign and Russian TikTokers, who make videos about the Grabovoi codes, also offer their own paid services on their accounts – from personal growth training sessions to sales of trinkets and T-shirts.

For instance, blogger Lindsey Rummel sells T-shirts with monkey designs and a range of nutritional supplements to maintain the functioning of the gut, brain and heart. Candice Nikeia, whose account on TikTok is fully dedicated to the Grabovoi codes, conducts private lessons in positive autosuggestion.

I sent questions to 20 Russian-language and English-language bloggers who publish Grabovoi codes. Out of these, only the Russian-speaking blogger Lady Di replied, demanding a fee of $200 for an interview.

When I refused, she blocked me on Instagram.

Many bloggers follow the fashionable trend of publishing videos about the codes for free for the sake of views and likes on social media, but, at the same time, some of those on TikTok publish clips, in order to make money out of teenagers and poorly-educated adult users, according to clinical psychiatrist and hypnotherapist Andrei Efremov.

“People who believe in the codes uncritically accept what they are told. <...> They see the positive example of someone, they see a lot of comments and they blindly follow the instructions. What is more, such people themselves are going to be on the look-out for situations that will demonstrate that the ritual works and will attribute all positive events to the codes. This is how autosuggestion works. The followers of Grabovoi themselves - probably also swindlers - will seek out such people on TikTok and make money off of them, while the latter will lose their savings and possibly even their apartments,” 

…Efremov says.

In my case, I did not manage to accept uncritically what I was told – possibly that is why, at the time of writing, the cheat code for money hasn’t worked yet.

And thus the article ends.

The codes

In his books, Grigori offers a very large list of codes to the readers. Thus, they can choose those that best match their needs and finally put them into practice. However, it is not necessary to read all the books to get into action.

Here, is a list containing the main codes.

  1. Grabovoi Code for Self-healing of the body – 9187948181;
  2. Grabovoi Code for Love – 888 412 1289018;
  3. Grabovoi Code for Weight loss and health – 1891014;
  4. Grabovoi Code for Fight against alcoholism – 14843292;
  5. Grabovoi Code for Peace – 1001105010;
  6. Grabovoi Code for Depression – 519 514 319891;
  7. Grabovoi Code for Self esteem – 4818951749814;
  8. Grabovoi Code for Unemployment – 318514517618;
  9. Grabovoi Code for Rejuvenate – 2145432;
  10. Grabovoi Code for Protection – 9187756981818;
  11. Grabovoi Code for Universal harmonization – 14854232190;
  12. Grabovoi Code for Environmental sustainability – 97318541218;
  13. Grabovoi Code for Determination – 498518498;
  14. Grabovoi Code for Chemical dependency – 5333353;
  15. Grabovoi Code for Nicotine addiction – 1414551;
  16. Grabovoi Code for Determination and focus for learning – 212585212;
  17. Grabovoi Code for Entrepreneurship – 71974131981;
  18. Grabovoi Code for Understanding – 39119488061.

It is unknown how he came up with these number codes. My guess is that he used a random number generator.

Thoughts

What ever you believe will manifest. And perhaps one of the reasons why the United States is falling apart right now is simply because such a large number of people believe that it will happen.

Along this vein, I argue that generational turnings as described by Strauss and Howe is generated in defined waves of thought, and what makes things so contentious right now during this wave is that the government has been trying o manipulate thought for it’s own purposes. Yikes!

It doesn’t matter if you believe in a charismatic leader, drawings and symbols, vocalized prayers, or a mindless string of numbers. Your belief is what actuates the manifestation of thought. Not the physical elements that you use to focus your thoughts upon.

With this being said, I offer a way to understanding how this mechanism actually works.

And yes, bad people can profit from it. And others can fear it. But you can utilize it to achieve your desires.

I suggest just focusing on the end objectives in a positive and good way. I recommend that you vocalize and write them down, and follow the actualization of them properly. And if you do so, there is no question in my mind, that they will manifest.

Do you want more?

You can find more articles related to this in my index about prayer and affirmation campaigns.

Intention Plans

.

Articles & Links

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.
Intention Campaigns

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index
  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

If you enjoy what you see, it would be helpful if you could assist in hosting this forum. A donation would be appreciated.

How to read and understand world-line template maps as a visual depiction of the MWI

This article discusses “mapping the MWI”. It looks at how it works and how to visualize the multiverse full of a near infinite number of world-lines.

There are many, many variables and world-lines involved that our consciousness experiences and uses to achieve it’s goals and desires. And truly it tends to become mind-boggling trying to sort things out to go from location “A” to location “B”. The easiest way to get around this is to use a map or a device that will enable us to visualize how best to get to our destination.

In my DIY Dimensional Portal Index, I suggest that you take experimental measurements as a function of geography, gravity, and time, and plot the coordinates out in such a way as to develop a mantle-bot set. Then use that as an indicator of where you are and what settings you can change to alter your reality.

When John Titor discussed his vehicular dimensional warping vehicle (found in my John Titor Index) he discussed using sensors to measure gravity displacement. And in that way his ability to travel was locked and limited by the technology that he used.

Well, here we are going to discuss using (or creating) a visualization topographical map for personal prayer affirmation campaigns. These maps are conceptional and do not require you to collect reams and sets of data to map out. Only to use them to help visualize what you are doing, where you are going and what is going on.

The Map

To best map the MWI it would “float” within a three dimensional framework.

As such, it might look something a little like this. With the positions of the world-lines geographically positioned relatively to the pathways as a function of the intrinsic value of the particular world-line.

The path that consciousness takes might be just as well placed on a map of sorts. THis map might show nodes and paths where the consciousness might migrate depending on thought manifestation, generation and progression.
.
The path that consciousness takes might be just as well placed on a map of sorts. This map might show nodes and paths where the consciousness might migrate depending on thought manifestation, generation and progression.
.

However, it would not look so much like a cluster of grapes, or bubbles on a foamy sea of bath water. No.

Topographical 3D Map

It turns out that the highest probability pathway forms a kind of sheet or flat surface when plotted in the three dimensions.

If you end up plotting everything, you can't make out heads or tails of the map. It's just this one big mess. But, if you plot the pathways that have the greatest probability of travel, it simplifies immensely.

Instead of a cluster of grapes, it would look a little like a mesh or a grid. With the points being world-lines, and the lines connecting the points as the shortest distance to that world-line.

Now, if you take a step away from this “map” of “world-lines” and their lines of “high-probability” consciousness transfer it might start looking a little like this.

Where you would see a “surface” of “highest probability” pathways, with the relative ease of travel and the strength of character needed to traverse affecting the heights and valleys of the apparent surface.

How the world-lines with consciousness migration paths migh look when a person takes a larger overview. You will see that the map is not a flat surface, but rather undulates. It forms hills, valleys and "mountains". This surface is the "geography" of the world-line transition map. Each posible destination world-line would have a different value of "potential". Which is a potential for the consciousness to move towards it and occupy it.
.
How the world-lines with consciousness migration paths might look when a person takes a larger overview. You will see that the map is not a flat surface, but rather undulates.
.
It forms hills, valleys and “mountains”. This surface is the “geography” of the world-line transition map. Each possible destination world-line would have a different value of “potential”. Which is a potential for the consciousness to move towards it and occupy it.

What the geometry of the map means

To really use map to a point of functionality, we need to actually study it’s attributes..

The “surface” that this map forms is the HIGHEST PROBABILITY of consciousness movement from one world-line node to another.

If the individual just goes along with life, and does a minimum of effort, the path on the world-line template map would look like this. He / she would follow the topographical surface of the map. There would be “easy periods” of life when he / she is going “downhill”, and rough or difficult times when they are going “up hill”.
  • Going above the surface indicates a strength of will over the combined strength of inertia of a given world-line. The individual can apply themselves, and exert thought, planning, determination and “grit” to achieve their objectives. When this happens, they are no longer following the “easy path”, but has instead “cut a path” for themselves to follow.

Going above the surface on a mapped world-line template shows the necessary strength of will needed to overcome hardship and discomfort to achieve objectives.

  • Going below the surface indicates a weak strength of will and a consciousness being overwhelmed by the inherent inertia of a given world-line. But sometimes the inertia of the situation that surrounds you is too strong and too powerful. It can “pull you under” and overwhelm you.

The geometry of the MWI template topography is the baseline default that most people follow. However, situations can occur, such as illness, or society that can “pull the person under” and overwhelm the person so that they are no longer following the topographical terrain.

Additionally…

I am using the “right hand convention” which is arbitrary. If you are “left handed” then you can reverse this convention. This is a visualization technique that relies on the relative comfort that a person, or consciousness feels when they generate thoughts and make decisions.

  • Moving to the left upon the mapped surface indicates more freedom of movement upon a given world-line reality. You can control your life on a day to day basis. And in general, the decisions that you will make will be a function of the needs and situations associated with your physical body.

  • Moving to the right upon the mapped surface indicates less freedom of movement upon a given world-line reality. Conversely, moving to the right will hamper your ability to move and will become progressively more difficult over time.

Moving to the right will tend to generate a more difficult path on the template for you to follow.

Conclusions

There is much that can be said about aspects to these conceptualization maps. Such as how does a slide manifest, and maybe even the idea that you can get off the topological surface. But these maps are visualization aids. No more and no less. Some people don’t need them. But I do.

And other things come into play as well. Such as the idea that the topographical surface isn’t solid like a piece of paper, but rather buoyant like the surface of water. (Which is a very important concept, by the way.) and other things such as why left and right navigation and all the rest.

You need to keep in mind that this is a visualization methodology that you can use within your templates to help navigate the MWI to meet your affirmation prayer campaign goals.

Some examples;

When traveling on my MWI world-line map, I am never overwhelmed and "pulled under" the topography. Instead I avoid those crisis situations well in advance.

Or,

I meter my life-line path over the "hills and valleys" of the topographical world-line template in such as way that I have a minimum of physical distress when I navigate to my objectives.

Phew! So wordy. But you all do understand what the affirmation is saying, and that understanding is a generated thought, and thus a navigation criteria on the MWI.

My Video of the day

I am trying to include a video with each post that I make. This is just a little video of what it is like for me here in China. For those of you who have never visited China you will be surprised as it doesn’t even remotely resemble anything that the “news” says it is.

The “news” is dangerous. Don’t believe any of it.

Overall, most people enjoy this little window into the MM life and lifestyle. And you can turn off the audio is you don’t want to hear my opinions. My latest video was taken last night. I hope you like it. HERE. 131MB. Nice beach bar with some tender music, and fine deep, dark shady shadows.

I also have another one HERE. 166MB. It shows a children’s “rope course”, which of course are banned in the Untied States as too dangerous.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Affirmation prayer Campaign Index here…

Intention Campaigns

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

 

Metallicman Donation
Other Amount:
Please kindly enter any notes that you would like to attach to the donation here:

 

 

 

The biggest mistakes that people make when trying to conduct an affirmation prayer campaign

You know, there are many people out there in MM land that are running their own affirmation / prayer campaigns. And many are very enthusiastic about it. They give me reports on what is going on; what is working and what is falling apart.

And then when they are this close…

… they change their affirmations and it all comes falling apart.

What is going on, they ask me. Why is everything getting so close to happening and then it all seems to fall apart?

And I am going to talk about this particular issue right now.

Rule Number One

Do not change your affirmations.

You can tweak them. You can become more specific or broader. You can make them more colorful. You have change how your read them out. You can change the number of them, and their order.

But…

Do not stop them.

It is only until the affirmation is realized that you can stop. And then, only if you are 100% confident that the changes are permanent enough so that they will not dissipate as time goes one.

For instance…

I have an affirmation that goes like this…

I live in a beautiful area, that is calm, friendly, has fantastic colors and is very relaxed.

Now, I live in Zhuhai. It is indeed, calm, friendly. It has fantastic colors and is very relaxed.

But I still have it inside my prayer affirmations. Why? Well, this is simply because I do not want this to change. I am making sure that my life stays this way and is not displaced by future affirmations campaigns. So I keep it “active” in my affirmation campaigns.

That way, no matter what new campaigns I launch, this fundamental aspect of my life does not change.

Now consider this affirmation that I had last year…

My XXXX no longer YYYY and thus ZZZZ.

(Obviously this is a very personal affirmation. So I’m not going to throw out the details.) Anyways it materialized. In fact, it even surprised me! I was expecting a less than 10% chance of it actually occurring but, it really did.

I actually looked at XXXX and was amazed that what I saw. Even I was surprised, that exactly what I navigated to; a very unlikely world-line, actually materialized.

Now this is a one-shot deal. Once it’s done, it’s done. The affirmation is complete and I can cross it off from the list. It is over.

So that is what I did. It is now greyed out on my spreadsheet.

So rule one is this;

You continue your affirmation campaign using the previous campaign as a baseline. You then cross out or grey out those things that have either occurred or are no longer of interest to you, and you leave the ones that you are still striving for. 

As well as leaving in the affirmations that has materialized, but that you do not want to disappear away.

Rule Number Two.

When you see things start to manifest, do not ASSUME that your goals are being realized.

They could be false positives, or any number of things.

Do not take the cake out of the oven until it is fully baked. The inside might still be doughy, and the cake might completely collapse when you take it out of the oven. If the recipe calls for 350 degrees for two hours, then you follow that recipe exactly. You do not say… “it looks like it is done” in the first one half hour of baking. Do you?

You sit down. You make yourself a cup of tea. You turn on a show and you wait it out. You know that when the oven goes “ding” that the cake is baked and you can take it out of the oven.

But… nooooooo!

Many people just can’t wait to take the cake out early. Most especially young cooks who don’t have the patience to let the things bake properly.

Let’s suppose you have an affirmation that looks something like this…

I have a long passionate relationship with a rugged mountain man, who has a cabin in the woods, likes poetry, drives a truck, and knows how to knit.

Then, one day you realize that this man who you are just starting to get to know (not yet dating, even) is a (sort of) “mountain man”, he does have a cabin in the woods. He does have a truck.

And so you assume that your affirmation has materialized.

No.

It has not.

Well, for starters, you don’t have a relationship with him (yet), and you don’t know if he knits, and your certainly do not have a “passionate” relationship either. All you see is a POTENTIAL, and that can mean absolutely nothing.

As we used to say in the United States, “do not count your chickens until they are hatched.”

DO NOT COUNT YOUR CHICKENS BEFORE THEY ARE HATCHED.” ― Æsop Fables. 

Definition of count one's chickens ( before they hatch ) -usually used in negative statements to mean that someone should not depend on something hoped for until he or she knows for certain that it will happen

People who count their chickens before they are hatched act very wisely because chickens run about so absurdly that it’s impossible to count them accurately. ― Oscar Wilde.

Never count your chickens before they’re hatched.


-Do not count your chickens before they are hatched

If you do in an affirmation campaign, you could easily terminate something that is going ahead according to plan, but your impatience will ruin the entire sequence of events. Some things need time to cook.

So rule two is this…

It isn't over until the fat woman sings.

You keep on doing the affirmations, and running your campaigns until every single aspect of your desires come true. Do not assume that you are close to realizing them. Do not assume that they will manifest "any day now".

If you order a pizza to eat in a restaurant, you cannot tell others that "you ate pizza in the restaurant" until AFTER [1] you were served the pizza, [2] ate the pizza to [3] your satisfaction, [4] paid for the pizza, and then [5] left the establishment.

Rule Number Three

Do not concentrate on the material aspects of your affirmations. Concentrate on the ultimate end goals.

  • Instead of an affirmation campaign for a Dior gown, how about concentrating on a gown that fits you perfectly, is comfortable, and that looks stunning on you.
  • Instead of a campaign that asks for one thousand dollars in your wallet. Ask about having a wallet that always has enough cash for you to live life in the way you see fit.
  • Instead of asking for the ability to win at every sports game you play, how about asking for you to play games where you are always comfortable and satisfied with the game and the outcome.

Rule three is…

Always concentrate on the end result.

Often this is the emotions that you anticipate you will have if your goals are achieved. Focus always on the end game, not on the details.

Does it matter what color your beloved pet is? All that matters is that you and your beloved pet are happy together.

Rule number four

Nothing works until you have a “pause” in your affirmation campaign.

I have repeatedly stated this over and over, and yet… still… people are running long prayer campaigns without a break. People(!) you do not wind up a toy continuously without letting the spring unwind. What is the purpose of obtaining six PhD degrees if you cannot apply your knowledge? Why work at a job that you hate, if they are not going to pay you?

Do not overwind the spring.

A campaign requires two sections. The first section is the verbal affirmation phase, and the second section is an equal period of letting the affirmations run their program.

Rule four is…

Conduct your campaign, and then stop all affirmations for an equal amount of time.

Actually, the rest period can be shorter, but that is another subject for advanced students. In general, keep to the basics and do not deviate from it.

Rule Five

Everything is interconnected.

You cannot isolate a certain action in an affirmation campaign and expect it to manifest alone. There will always be other things that will move and happen associated with your affirmation.

Suppose that you have a tree in your front yard. And for reasons that I don’t understand, you will to get rid of that tree. So you cut it down. The good news is that you no longer need to rake the leaves in the fall, and mow around the tree trunk. Yay! But the bad news is that your Summer electricity bill has doubled, as the sun is not hitting the side of your house directly, and is no longer being blocked by the leaves on the tree.

Your goal was realized, but other things occurred that might not be to your liking.

I argue that you should try to be as helpful and positive as possible in your affirmation campaigns. Remember that if you try to change something, get rid of something, alter something, that those changes will come with associated other events. Some of which might be welcome. Some not so much, and others might end up being a complete surprise.

Do not not place contradicting affirmations in your prayer campaign.

Rule five is…

Affirmations do not work in isolation. They work together with other intentions. And what ever intentions you had in your past, and will have in your future will be tied and influenced by the affirmations you make now.

Therefore, always strive to place good, happy and benevolent affirmations in your campaigns, least undesirable situations manifest.

Rule Six

There is no such thing as time.

Time is a construct to help us sort out things as they occur. It is the observed movement of your consciousness through the MWI. That’s all.

What you prayed for when you were seven years old has just as much power as what your affirmation campaign has right now. As well as what you will be praying for in the future.

To maximize the strength of your affirmations you need to be specific regarding them, but general on the outcome manifestation.

Long time readers will confirm that the more “unique” and “special” the affirmation is, the quicker it apparently seems to manifest. While other long-time, long-duration desires just seem to “hang there” and move really slowly.

This rule…

There is no such thing as time. In order to prevent negative past prayer campaigns, or future campaigns from influencing your current campaign, you must do either one of two things.

[1] Add an affirmation that prevents the influences of other prior or future affirmations.

[2] Make sure that your campaigns are broad scoped and will not have any negative consequences associated with them.

Oh, by the way, I use this affirmation in my campaigns…

These intention prayers supersede any and all previous ones that would conflict with the ones listed here.

And this one…

Any previous actions, statements or affirmations that I have made in my past, that will have a contrary effect on my current affirmation prayer campaign, are ignored and does not influence my current affirmation campaign.

Some thoughts…

Sometimes we are our worst enemy. We try to take control over a system that is working.

It’s like a drunk guy in the back seat of a car, who insists on driving the car. The rest of the passengers know that he will probably drive off the road and wreck the car, but he’s too big and powerful to subdue.

Follow the script. Do not deviate, and accept things as they manifest. Do not try to take control. Never try to take control. Just let the events unravel and manifest.

And NEVER, never, ever take the pizza out of the oven before the dough is properly cooked, the cheese is melted, and the meat is well cooked. No matter how good it smells, and no matter how delicious it looks, do NOT take it out until the timer goes off!

Do not remove the pizza from the oven until the cooking is finished.

Finally

I have a couple of videos that I would like to throw out to the MM audience. I took it earlier this week. It just shows a few minutes of my life.

Now, you realize that I did not say in my verbal affirmations “I will live in JiDa, Zhuhai, China and have a great life“. I said; “I live good healthy life in a beautiful, calm and relaxed place.” 

When I left the United States, I landed in Erie, Pennsylvania after prison. It was also calm and pleasant. It was in late August into September, and a rather nice time of the year. I could have stated “Yeah, it has materialized.

But no. It really didn’t.

Erie is a beautiful town, and great if you are affluent.

Erie looked and appeared to be beautiful. But for me it was not “calm and pleasant”. For me it was a scene of constant and perpetual stress. Try living in the USA as a “sex offender”. That was not “calm and relaxed”. It is a forever stress that you learn to deal with. Miss one reporting date, get one traffic violation, get snagged on laws that were constantly changing, and your life is toast.

And due to the local Pennsylvania laws, I wouldn’t be living in the “nice section”. I would either live far away in the woods outside of town, or in the “bad section”. I would have to live on the East Side of Erie.

The East Side of Erie, Pennsylvania. Home of ethnic youth gangs, shootings, prostitution, drugs, and weekly shootings. It is the lower class section of town.

But I did not accept Erie as the result of my affirmation prayers.

You see, an affirmation prayer campaign is a very personal thing. What is beautiful and stress free for me might mean something else to a different person. And for me, I really wanted a nice, calm and beautiful place to live in.

Not one in a urban ghetto where I was constantly on the alert.

Indeed, I didn’t take the pizza out of the oven until it was cooked.

It took me to Shenzhen, Hong Kong, Pago Pago, TangXia in Dongguang, and finally to where I live now in Zhuhai.

The first movie is all about the pace of life during lunchtime in China. You can see it HERE. 101MB.

The second movie is about the importance society places on the living environment, but it still is 180MB, and I talk about trees and parks. If you all think that trees aren’t important, maybe you might find this a tad boring. But I do want you all to see what my verbal affirmations manifested for me. You can see this video HERE. 180MB. Notice how calm and peaceful everything is.

The point here is that what makes a person realize their dream is something personal. You cannot use television, movies or stories to illustrate it. You must use what you find most desirable in your life and emphasize that as a core requirement of your goals. And you should NEVER abort the process early when you think you see “light at the end of the tunnel”. You stick to your plans, and continue walking the walk.

Do you want more?

You can find more articles related to this in my index about prayer and affirmation campaigns.

Intention Plans

.

Articles & Links

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.
Intention Campaigns

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index
  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

If you enjoy what you see, it would be helpful if you could assist in hosting this forum. A donation would be appreciated.

A detailed break down on how consciousness navigates the MWI within a one second period of time

Here we will “walk through” a one second span of time and observe what happens as consciousness navigates the MWI.

Long time readers of MM will recognize many of what is being stated herein. But what is uniquely special about this post is the conceptualization of what happens when the “second hand” on your watch goes from one mark to the next. It is something that you can witness, and can conceptualize.

Many people have trouble trying to understand the ideas and mechanisms involved here simply because they are far too radical and goes against everything that they have learned at school.

The first moment

You start at world-line “A”

This world-line has it’s own history; it’s own past and it’s own future. And you are just residing inside the world-line for just a moment.

You can see that from the point of view of your consciousness, you see the world-line as a moment. In this case the moment is shown in yellow. And the world-line is shown in orange. It has it’s own past, and it has it’s own future, and your consciousness resides in it for a fraction of a second before moving on.

Your consciousness has anchored (momentarily) at the pineal gland in the brain.

Pineal gland

The pineal gland, conarium, or epiphysis cerebri, is a small endocrine gland in the brain of most vertebrates. 

The pineal gland produces melatonin, a serotonin-derived hormone which modulates sleep patterns in both circadian and seasonal cycles. The shape of the gland resembles a pine cone, which gives it its name. The pineal gland is located in the epithalamus, near the center of the brain, between the two hemispheres, tucked in a groove where the two halves of the thalamus join. The pineal gland is one of the neuroendocrine secretory circumventricular organs in which capillaries are mostly permeable to solutes in the blood.

-Wikipedia

As long as consciousness is anchored it resides in “particle form” …

We have seen that the essential idea of quantum theory is that matter, fundamentally, exists in a state that is, roughly speaking, a combination of wave and particle-like properties. 

To enter into the foundational problems of quantum theory, we will need to look more closely at the "roughly speaking." 

It is needed since it is not so easy to see how matter can have both wave and particle properties at once. 

One of the essential properties of waves is that they can be added: take two waves, add them together and we have a new wave. That is a commonplace for waves. 

But it makes no sense for particles, classically conceived. Just how do we "add up" two particles?

Quantum theory demands that we get some of the properties of classical particles back into the waves. 

Doing that is what is going to visit problems upon us. It will lead us to the problem of indeterminism and then to very serious worries about how ordinary matter in the large is to be accommodated into quantum theory. 

For the picture of matter in the small presented by quantum theory is quite unlike our ordinary experience of matter in the large.

-The Quantum Theory of Waves and Particles

So think of your consciousness as an undulating, or pulsing, rotating beacon. One moment it is in “particle form”, and then the next moment, it is in “wave form”. And it goes through these forms continuously.

Wave, particle, wave, particle, wave, particle and so on.

And if you look at it, you will see that it follows a sinusoidal path.

So, now it turns quickly. It goes from particle form to wave form. And when it is in wave form, it is no longer anchored to the pineal gland, and thus it can exit the body…

…and exit the world-line too.

To the next wold-line

And so we see that in a fraction of a second’ 1/4 of a second to be exact, the consciousness moves from world-line A to world-line B.

Both world-lines are very similar to each other.

They might differ in the slightest of items. Aside from being a fraction of a second older, the world-line might have a minor change or two that differs from the world-line A.

We call a group of similar world-lines as "clustering", or that the world-lines "cluster together". They are all very similar to each other with only the smallest of variations.

Now, it was the thoughts generated by the consciousness when it is outside of the world-lines that navigates to the most likely nearby world-lines. No thoughts are ever generated when the consciousness is in particle form.

The selection of the "most likely" next world-line is the entropy profile of the thoughts generated by consciousness. Or, in other words, the world-line that is the "best fit" for the thoughts, or accumulated thought profile, of the consciousness.

When the consciousness is on a world-line all it can do is operate a body physically. And when the consciousness is outside of the body (and outside of the world-lines) is when it can think and generate thoughts.

  • Inside the body = particle form = move the body
  • Outside the body = wave form = think thoughts

And thoughts are how the consciousness navigates the MWI and selects the most likely world-line.

A bigger picture

If you look at the “bigger pictures” you can place the highest likelihood of nearby world-lines on a flat surface, and measure their relative comfort or discomfort by the size of the “hills and valleys” that undulate on the surface.

Such as here…

So, knowing this, let’s consider another fraction of a second. Now, the consciousness moves towards and occupies a world-line “C”…

Movement to a third world-line

And we can see that the process repeats. Every time the consciousness switches from particle form to wave form, it exits the world-line (and the body it inhabits) and goes to the closest world-line that matches the thoughts generated by consciousness.

Now, you might want to consider how YOU as consciousness has observed the events of the last three world-lines.

For starters, YOUR “past” is unique to the path that your consciousness took. In the picture above, you have a “life line” that is brown and shown in a dashed line.

You also have another “past”.

Each time you visit a world-line, you are exposed to completely different past. Many of which are similar, but some can be really different.

Movement to a fourth world-line

If you are an average, and typical human, exactly one second has passed from the moment you were in world-line “A” to now at world-line “D”.

For every second, most humans pass through four different world-lines. And for most of them they are all so very similar to each other.

And if you map them all out on a three dimensional grip where the topographic surface represents the most likely world-lines that you can visit (from your momentary point of reference) it would look something like this…

And at that, please realize that you control your momentary thoughts by verbal prayer affirmations. And since each affirmation takes more than one second to read (usually from four to twelve seconds), the mere action of reading your prayer / affirmation campaign is actual navigation and piloting of your consciousness through the MWI.

Consider this affirmation;

"I live a happy, healthy and comfortable life."

It took me 4.66 seconds to read. Which equates to 18.64 world-lines. During the time that I read it out loud, that was all that I was thinking of. You can be assured that my consciousness navigation would be the most likely world-lines to manifest those thoughts.

Conclusion

This is the “secret of the universe”. This is how our reality works, and the actual operation of the MWI, and all the aspects of quantum physics as it applies to day to day life.

As you can see, it differs considerably from what mainstream understanding is, as well as scientific belief. But it is the way it works.

Now, you can say that I am either [1] a crazy madman for coming up with this belief, or that [2] I am an absolute genus for coming up with this. Or, conversely, you can believe what I am telling you. That [3] I am part of MAJestic, and my role in the organization was (and is) to be a liaison to extraterrestrial benefactors that will help the human species grow and advance.

And whether you believe it or not, is not my concern.

This is how our reality works, and in a few centuries this understanding will be embraced and accepted as normal and “the way it is”.

And at that, you can thank me for giving you the “secrets of the universe”. And if you can understand it, then you are in the top 0.000001% of the human race right now.

Conversely, if you refuse to accept this, then you can believe in shape-changing reptilians that want to control the human race, huge American-led space fleets with “space marines”, and a Heaven and Hell that you can control through donations to the largest church in the neighborhood. It’s YOUR reality.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Affirmation prayer Campaign Index here…

Intention Campaigns

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

 

Metallicman Donation
Other Amount:
Please kindly enter any notes that you would like to attach to the donation here:

 

 

 

A quantum experiment suggests there’s no such thing as objective reality

I have long argued that everyone defines their own reality, and you can utilize affirmation prayer campaigns to navigate the MWI to manifest the reality that you wish to live in. I have used this, and illustrated this by the use of World-Line templates, which are two dimensional topographical maps that show the moment to moment world-lines that our thoughts navigate upon.
.
For many people this is difficult to accept. They are far too stuck in the idea of a single universe that everyone shares.
.
So imagine my happy glee when I came across this article that vindicated my theories. Well, not mine, actually. The theories and beliefs of our benefactors. But if you all want to attribute them to me, that’s fine too.
.
It all began with this tease…
.
Physicists have long suspected that quantum mechanics allows two observers to experience different, conflicting realities. A few years ago, they performed the first experiment that proves it.
Well…
.
Let’s do a quick recap. Alright?
.

How it works.

We are consciousness.

As consciousness we travel from one frozen reality to another one. Over and over. These frozen realities are known as world-lines.

Time is our perception of this movement.

Now, consciousness can be in two forms.

The forms are WAVE, and PARTICLE.

When the consciousness is outside the physical body, it is in the WAVE form.

When the consciousness is inside a physical body, it is in PARTICLE FORM.

Thus, the consciousness is constantly following a sine path switching back and forth between WAVE and PARTICLE states.

The only thing that consciousness can do in the WAVE FORM is think.

The only thing that it can do in the PARTICLE FORM is operate a body.

Thus we have the dualistic nature of consciousness.

You must think “outside the box”; the physical body, and then apply those actions to make physical reality changes happen.

Thinking Navigates our reality

Well, look at it this way. Our reality changes and molds to what we think. I covered this over and over before in other posts. Time is the movement of our consciousness as it moves in and out of world-lines.

And, of course, what we think thus changes our reality.

Because our thoughts determine what world-lines we enter into. So if we are thinking wonderful thoughts, and are calm, and direct our energy into wonderful things, our life would be wonderful.

Movement through the different world lines appears as time. As we think, we select the world lines to migrate towards. We need to control and master our thoughts.
.
Movement through the different world lines appears as time. As we think, we select the world lines to migrate towards. We need to control and master our thoughts.
.

But if we surround ourselves with negative thoughts, manipulative news, and people. If we are reacting to events instead of manifesting them, or if we hold grudges and evil negative thoughts… then our world experiences will become progressively darker and darker.

Thoughts generate memories.

Memories shape our thoughts.

Thus, our prior experiences shape the thoughts that we have. So they are crucially important to the creation of our life and our reality.

Thoughts create memories.

Our memories influence how we think and what we think about.

Our thoughts are influenced by our memories and the environment in our reality. So in order to overcome your immediate environment, you must overcome that influence and generate new and healthy thoughts.

It’s like this…

A poverty stricken beggar might yearn for a reality where he has a warm meal and a roof over his head from the rain. While a wealthy oligarch might yearn for forbidden activities, and serendipitous pursuits.

Russian Oligarch.
Russian Oligarch.

.

Why the difference?

It’s because of their experiences. And their experiences are molded by their memories which is a record of their reality.

Why are memories important?

Memories are important because they attract and repel quanta. You want a balanced mixture of good and bad memories so that the attractions are balanced.

That is how soul grows don’t you know.

The consciousness enters world-lines (via the MWI) and has experiences. These experiences are recorded as memories. These memories influence your actions and also power “The Law of Attraction” (for lack of a better term.)

Your realities are created by directed thoughts.

PLEASE SHUT OFF THE NEWS NOW. Do not allow the thoughts and actions of others to influence you, or cause you to live in fear.

The news media is dangerous and creates situations and thoughts that mess up your well-tended and directed thoughts.
The news media is dangerous and creates situations and thoughts that mess up your well-tended and directed thoughts.

.

Operate off your very own memories and your very own experiences.

Eventually, memories influence your thoughts in such a way that your sentience becomes defined. And we do want that, don’t you know. We want our sentience to be defined.

The brain does not record memories.

Firstly the brain does not record memories. Instead, it accesses them.

Memories reside outside any given reality and “world-line”.

Which is currently at odds with “modern” medical science. Pull up any internet article and they will point to specific regions in the brain where memories are “stored”.

Sorry, but nope.

Conventional belief on how memories are stored within the body.
Conventional belief on how memories are stored within the body.

.

Those are the regions and areas inside the brain that accesses memories. they do not store them.

To use internet technology here…

Conventional Medical science

Memories are recorded and goes directly into the brain "Hard Drive". As you get older more and more memories are packed inside of the "hard Drive".

MAJestic understanding

Memories are accessed from the cloud via a Wifi router. It collects the memories in "packets" and puts them in ROM / RAM for immediate use.

So instead of thinking of your brain as a big old hard-drive. You need to start thinking of it as a wifi router that accesses memories in the cloud.

Navigation of World-line travel is not for the faint of heart.

We naturally, as a living being on this planet, conduct world-line travel. Every moment, of every day, roughly 244 times a minute we move in and out of new realities.

Most humans operate at around 4 Hz. That is the speed at which we process a given reality. This speed changes under all sorts of conditions. 

We view this progression; this movement from one reality to another as an “arrow of time”.

The problem is that we don’t view it as anything but “the way the universe is”. We wrongly and incorrectly view it as beyond our control. We think that time is fixed and immutable. As such we use it, as a clock, for all purposes related to physics and dynamics.

So, everyone naturally conducts world-line travel.

However, they do so without navigation. They do so without planning, a map or any sort of objective. They just wonder about, and let the surrounding reality affect their thoughts. They let their thoughts be their own thoughts, totally and completely oblivious to the fact that the thoughts are HOW you navigate to new realities.

But, take special note, everything outside our consciousness is not fixed. Is is all subject to change. The ONLY thing that is fixed is our consciousness.

Consciousness and soul.
Consciousness is a part of our soul. It occupies different realities at will. The realities that it chooses to occupy is a function of the thoughts that it generates, as well as the thoughts that are surrounding it.

.

Now, here is the kicker.

To obtain the reality that we want to inhabit (whatever that might be). We need to map out a plan to get there. We need to navigate our consciousness in and out of adjacent realities so that eventually we will arrive at our ultimate destination(s).

Fundamentals

Thus, to be able to do this, we need to control two (2x) things…

  1. A map, plan, or schedule of where we want to go.
  2. Mastery of our thoughts.

[1] Planning – A Map

The first thing we need to talk about and address is planning.

In the Matrix, Cypher simply wanted to be reinserted in a completely new reality. It can be manifested using the techniques listed here.

Let’s talk about this.

I don't want to remember nothing. Nothing. You understand? [pause] And I want to be rich. You know, someone important, like an actor. 

We will use the Cypher character from the movie “The Matrix” to illustrate. In the movie, he had a general idea of what he wanted. He had a target that they wanted. He wanted to be rich, and successful. He wanted to be respected, have a lot of fun, and not need to worry about too much. He wanted the life of a Hollywood director. He wanted the wealth, prestige, and the casting couch. That was his goal.

But… how to arrive there?

In the movie, he had a steak dinner with an agent of the reality. (A Mr. Smith.) He negotiated with them. He promised to take some action, and in reward, we would be given a new life within a new reality.

Cypher at dinner.
Cypher is negotiating with Mr. Smith to give him a new life and a new reality within the Matrix in exchange for certain favors. He agreed. That was his plan to achieve his goals.
.

In the movie, it is very simple. You promise “A”, and in exchange you will get “B”.

In the movie, Cypher promised to capture (or kill, I’m not sure which it was) the main character Neo. In exchange, the “angel of change”, a Mr. Smith would give him a new reality where he would have a new life as a Movie Director.

Cypher knew he could do this because he knew what the Matrix really was. He knew that everything was an illusion. Yet, his consciousness and his body treated that illusion as a reality. He wanted to taste the steak and chew it in his mouth. He wanted to drink the wine and smoke the fine cigar. He wanted to use that knowledge to garner a far better life for himself.

Cypher eating a steak.
Cypher knew that everything was an illusion. He knew that the steak was really just software code, but his body couldn’t tell the difference.

.

The first thing that you need to do is plan.

You need to have a “map” that describes exactly what you want in your life. This can be a lot of fun, but I must urge caution. Manifesting thoughts can also manifest all sorts of unintended consequences.

It has been my experience that what is pictured in Hollywood is often nothing that represents real life. No matter how good they try to provide that image, it’s just not the way things work.

Unless you are careful, the reality that you manifest can bring with it all sorts of other issues and problems.

The red dress girl in the movie The Matrix.
Unless you are careful, there can be all sorts of surprises in the reality that you inhabit. There it is prudent that you take care and concern when mapping out your destination world-line.
.

Thus you do need to be very careful in the specifying of your ultimate world-line destinations.

“Sometimes when you win, you really lose. Sometimes when you  lose, you really win. Sometimes when you win, you really tie. And,  sometimes when you tie, you really win or lose.” 

White Men Can’t Jump – Rosie Perez (Gloria Clemente) Gloria was trying to get her boyfriend to see that every action that you take affects someone or something else.

Some results are obvious and intended, but occasionally they have negative, unintended affects too.

Her boyfriend had lost substantial amounts of money playing basketball, despite being great at it.

He finally came through on his promise to win money in the game, but found her gone when he came home. He won the game, but lost his girl.

You can yell at your boss in staff meetings, sleep with his wife on his desk, and pee on the carpet in his office, but you probably will not keep your job.

So, unless you are waiting on a hefty inheritance, you should thoroughly think through the repercussions of your behavior before you do anything.

Sometimes, your first instinct is not the best one. -Answers from Men

I have found that it is far easier for me to describe things using diagrams.

Here, in this first diagram, we see how a normal person (just living life normally) experiences time.

World-line travel is known as the passage of time.
We don’t understand what time is simply because our understanding of what the universe is, is flawed.
.
There is no such thing as time. What there is, instead, is an infinite number of parallel universes, and we humans go in and out of each one at a rate of about 144 different universes a minute. Roughly.
.
So for a person starting at a clock at 0, and then counting down to a clock saying 1 second, we would have passed through various adjacent realities without even knowing what we were doing.

.

Typically that number is around 4 world-lines every second. It’s slightly faster or slower for different people, at different times.

Now, that you know what “time” is, you can now understand that the “passage of time” is you passing in and out…

…through…

…all sorts of adjacent world-line realities.

The Matrix is a system, Neo. That system is our enemy. But when you're inside, you look around, what do you see? Businessmen, teachers, lawyers, carpenters. The very minds of the people we are trying to save. But until we do, these people are still a part of that system and that makes them our enemy. 

You have to understand, most of these people are not ready to be unplugged. And many of them are so inured, so hopelessly dependent on the system, that they will fight to protect it.

— Morpheus (Laurence Fishburne)The Matrix 

Now, let’s talk about how to map out the passage of time to get you to a destination; a reality that you would prefer.

For instance, look at the following diagram.

  • You are currently in world-line reality “A”. It is shown in a green color.
  • You want to eventually have a new reality “B”. It is shown in a gold color.
  • There are two paths marked out. One is yellow and one is black.
World-line travel mapping.
You are currently in world-line reality “A”. It is shown in a green color. You want to eventually have a new reality “B”. It is shown in a gold color. There are two paths marked out. One is yellow and one is black. You want to take the safe path in black, even though it will pass through more adjacent realities and take longer to achieve your destination. Those realities that are undesirable to you (sadness, hurt, pain, discomfort) are shown by grey colors. You will want to avoid them.

The yellow path is the most direct path. It will require fewer adjacent realities to pass through. The black path is the preferred path. It will take longer, because you will need to pass through more adjacent realities to get to it.

The reason that you want to take the black path over the yellow path is so that you can avoid those problematic realities. They are shown in grey.

These are realities that will cause you turmoil and distress that you do need to avoid if you truly want to have a great life. They include such things as car accidents, company layoffs, periods of hardship, medical bills, and death. You do want to avoid these realities.

You MUST plan.

You MUST visualize what you want.

If you do not, then you will not have any ideas or visualization of your desires, and the desires of others around you will determine what will happen to you. Don’t allow that to happen.

Thus, when planning, you need to absolutely make sure of a number of factors. These are;

  • A destination lifestyle. Clear and easy to visualize. It must be very detailed. There must be no ambiguity in it what so ever.
  • Incorporate elements that will guarantee avoidance of problematic adjacent realities.
Important note. No this is not walking into a dimensional-portal and going in and out different world-lines. Instead, this is using the knowledge that every fraction of a second 1/244 minute we move to a new reality as determined by our thoughts and the thoughts of those around us. This discusses how we "steer" our consciousness in and out of those realities to achieve our goals.
You can have anything you want.
You can have anything you want. But you must imagine it. You must think about it. You must manifest it. Otherwise, the thoughts of those around you will determine what will happen to you.

[2] Mastery of our thoughts.

 “You have to let it all go, Neo. Fear, doubt, and disbelief. Free your mind.” The Matrix – Lawrence Fishburne (Morpheus)

 The only thing that can stop you from accomplishing everything that  you have dreamed of, is you. Once you believe that something is  possible, it becomes possible. Fear stunts our ability to succeed in our  professional and personal lives. 

 -Answers from Men 

Thoughts alter our reality.

They do, and this isn’t just some kind of “new age” mumbo-jumbo. It is a fact, and if you can’t get your arms around this basic point, you need to go back to school and study Quantum Mechanics all over again.

The primary key is navigating the map that we created in [part 1] above, this navigation is often difficult to do. That is because we need to be in control of our thoughts, and modern life will not permit that.

All that “fake news”, and every commercial you see, and all the thoughts by all the people around you affect YOUR thoughts.

Morning news 9JUN19
.
Here is a screenshot of the morning news on 9JUN19. Wait two years and see just how relevant any of this is to your personal life. You will discover that none of these things really matter. They just don’t, yet these writings and news affects your thoughts. Turn them off. They are harming you.
.

If you want to become the master of your life, and obtain the end destination reality that you mapped out, you will need to turn off those bad thought-streams. Yes, and that means breaking some long-formed habits.

That daily dose of news first thing in the morning MUST END.

As I read the news I see a specter of a dark foe bent on creating a  world that few of us want to see, one built out of fear and control.   It’s even scarier because that foe wants you and I to think that it’s  winning, so we will give up and it can win by default.  Don’t.  

-Wilder Wealthy Wise

You must start to control the thoughts that go into the environment around you. If you cannot master that, you will never obtain the end goals that you have set for yourself.

The pre-birth world-line template

The most important thing that you must understand is that our consciousness is foreign to this universe.

Our consciousness did not evolve in THIS universe. It evolved in a different universe. 

Thus it is alien. It doesn't fit here.

This universe is something that the consciousness USES for it's own purposes.

I know that that opens up a ton-load of questions. Answers to that and their implications are “above my pay grade”, but I do have some thoughts. I can cover them later on if you wish.

Our consciousness comes from soul.

Soul creates a smaller part of itself. This part is known as "consciousness" and it is used to travel outside of the "Heaven" universe.

Again. The “soul” does not exist here; in this (apparent) universe. The soul occupies an entirely separate universe. One which I refer to as “The Heaven Universe”.

The Soul creates a consciousness.

It ejects that consciousness into a “transport tube”; a kind of tunnel.

This tunnel is a mechanism for the consciousness to move from one universe to another.

Then the consciousness arrives in the “reality” universe.

Being foreign, there is really nothing that our consciousness is able to do in this “reality” universe. It is like water and oil. They just do not interact together well.

The only thing that our consciousness is able to do is generate thoughts. That is it.

Like a sun generates light, or how a flame creates sparks. The consciousness is able to create the same kinds of "stuff" that it is comprised of. This is what thoughts are.

Thoughts are a form of the same kind of constructions as one's consciousness is.

And this reality universe (as I like to call it), consists of a near infinite number of fixed world-lines.

The "Heaven" universe is completely different from the "reality" universe.

In fact, it is almost like the "reality" universe is an "artificial"  construct of some type.

The "reality" universe consists of an infinite number of static moments in time, or what I call "world-lines".

All that our soul can do, is inject our consciousness into a body.

Then, once the consciousness is there, the thoughts that the consciousness has navigates to the next world-line based on the highest-probability occurrence.

This highest-probability of occurrence is a pre-established vector that the consciousness follows independent of thought.

We call this the “world-line pre-birth template”.

It is the fated direction that your life will unfold towards as your consciousness rides the physical body life-time. It is critically important in what your life will present to you to experience. (At least that is what your very own soul expects.)

You could be an infant, brain-dead in a vegetative state, or mind dulled by drugs and abuse, but the vector path of the life that you will live will be following the pre-mapped out “pre-birth world-line template”.

It is the system that your soul establishes for your consciousness.

It is the way for your consciousness to obtain experiences.

How to navigate the world-lines

Well, thoughts are the ONLY thing that the consciousness can create.

And thoughts act like a magnet to the most similar world-lines. The thoughts form a “shape” or better yet, a “profile” that surrounds the consciousness. And the consciousness automatically moves towards the world-lines that match that profile.

This is a basic activity that describes MOVEMENT UPON the pre-birth world-line template.

But it does not describe movement off the pre-birth world-line template. That requires a different mechanism for movement. (A similar mechanism, but fundamentally different.)

So thoughts alone, without any further actions, can navigate upon the pre-birth world-line template. It is what is known as a “fated life”.

So if you rely on your thoughts alone to navigate, you will find that your life seems to be “fated”. That you might wish and yearn for things, but they never materialize. You might think about that nice guy or gal at the coffeehouse, but nothing will really manifest. Your life will just follow your pre-mapped out life.

Your thoughts might move you close to certain areas, but it won’t take you to where you want to go.

Movement off the Pre-Birth World-line Template

If this situation describes you…

That you think, wish and dream for things, but they never materialize. It seems that your life is fated to some degree.

Then, you are “trapped” following the pre-birth world-line template.

If you do not want to follow the fated life that has been provided to you, then you will need to incorporate additional measures to navigate the MWI. You will need to navigate off the pre-birth world-line template.

There are two main techniques to do so.

  • Verbal Affirmations
  • Slides

We are NOT a physical body. We are soul that manifests a consciousness within our reality.

Knowing and realizing this, makes some of the passages in the religious books far more reasonable, and easier to understand. It doesn’t matter if it is the Koran, or the Bible. Understanding the way the universe works, and truly works, adds a far greater understanding to the wisdom that resides inside of these great works.

The soul creates a “consciousness” that it places in a “container”. This container is a “world-line”. Our “universe” is a near infinite number of world-lines.

We are soul.

We are placed here for our consciousness to obtain experiences.

We navigate in and out of the world-lines though our thoughts. Our rate of travel (in general) is (for most humans) about 4 Hz. Or, four cycles per second. (Four world-lines each second.)

There are different rates of travel, and different species travel the MWI at different speeds. In general, the rate of travel is proportional to the operational speed of the brain. This of course varies.

If you dull your brain to such a degree that your brain is slower, then you will not travel the MWI as fast as others would. And you might find your life slowly "falling behind" that of others.

Thus…

  • We are consciousness. We “rent” a physical body for a fleeting moment of time.
  • Our reality is NOT shared. Instead our consciousness occupies a singular world-line. It is a momentary event.
  • We (our consciousness) migrate between momentary world-lines through our thoughts.
  • This movement is known as “the arrow of time”.

The best way that I can introduce the reader to this “radical” understanding of how our universe actually works, is to use the “movie projector theory”.

Movie Projector theory for the MWI.

What time actually is and how we naturally move through the various world-lines.
This is an illustration of what time actually is. Time does not exist. It is a perception that our consciousness has as it moves and weaves in and out of different world-lines. Here we use an old-fashioned movie reel projector to help illustrate this understanding.
.

Thus, the idea of the actual way things work is really, really, REALLY different than what everyone assumes or believes. The difference is so stark, that many researchers are handicapped in their understanding of reality. Ah, but it need not be that way.

Come on!

You can well understand the movie projector analogy, can’t you?

If you can, well good for you! Award yourself a gold star.

The Movie Projector Theory in more detail…

The problem with that analogy (and it is a really good analogy), that that it does not take into account the individual frame selection in the film role. For in actual contemporaneous movies, it is the movie producer that selects the individual frames, and the person just sits back and watches the movie.

In reality, it is more like an entire bank of projectors, and we (as soul) selects the movie that interests us.

In this model, we have numerous movie projectors, all running simultaneously (at the same entropy)… Ah! At the same time.

We can “jump into” any scene portrayed by any of the movie projectors at will. We just look at the projected images.

Projector line up.
Instead of a producer selecting the frames in a film and arranging the movie, and content, the soul consciousness does this instead. Using the movie projector analogy, it is similar to being in a room with multiple movie projectors all running similar films simultaneously. You, as consciousness, can decide which movie to watch. The further away the movie projector is from the movie that you are currently watching, the more effort is required.
.

The further away the movie projector is from us, the harder it is to watch that movie. So we must watch closer movies (momentarily) and then “edge our way” closer to the movie projector that we are interested in.

Most people, sadly, do not do this.

They allow the movie projectors to operate randomly and they find themselves watching movies that they may not really care for.

How it manifests

So, using this film / movie projector analogy further it is exactly how our consciousness selects the “life experience” that we obtain. Each frame in a given movie reel is a world line. They are all playing about simultaneously, and our consciousness selects the world-lines to occupy by hopping from frame to frame. (World-line to world-line.)

Movie reel frames as consciousness selected world-line selection criteria.
By selecting each frame in a given movie, we can navigate within the movie, or even “jump” to another completely different movie all together. It is all dependent upon our thoughts, or the navigation of our consciousness.
.
Our soul decides the very first frame, and the very first movie reel that we will enter. However, it is our consciousness that decides how to make the best of our life, and how to navigate within the framework that is provided to us by the divine.

Nearby movie projectors are nearly identical to the one that we are viewing at the moment. Their divergence from our “present reality” is often very small.

As we move further and further away to more distant movie projectors the divergence gets larger and larger and larger.

This is why it doesn’t seem like we are moving from one world-line to the next. It seems smooth, seamless and transparent. That is because the deviance in nearby world-line (projectors) is very, very small.

Our thoughts select the world-line…

In reality, the “film spool” (a collection of “frames”) is known as the “life experience” of a given consciousness as it takes on a life.

It is a record of our travels in and out of different world-lines. Where a “world-line” is represented as a frame within the movie reel.

The individual “frames” that are selected, are chosen by the thoughts of the consciousness that inhabits the body. We migrate to things that we think about. We migrate to what we think about.

Not necessarily what we might desire. It is what occupies our thoughts most of the time. (So shut off that stupid manipulative television, why don’t ya!)

For all its popularity, Facebook isn’t without its share of scandals.  In the latest one, details came out of an experiment conducted on  700,000 Facebook users over the period of a single week in 2012. News  feeds were manipulated to contain positive or negative news and content,  then users were monitored to see if the change made them use more  positive or negative words in their status updates. 

And it  worked—people’s status updates showed a change in emotion  that went along with the kind of news that they were exposed to. 

The  term used was “emotional contagion,” and it confirms something pretty  frightening.

According to the study, people don’t even have to be physically  around another person in a bad mood to absorb the negativity into  themselves—negativity can be “caught” just from looking at a computer  screen. 

There doesn’t need to be  a personal, emotional connection for emotional contagion to happen. 

Not  surprisingly, the study has brought up a number of disturbing  questions, and it’s now being investigated by organizations like the  Information Commissioner’s Office in Dublin. Those questioning the  ethics of the study state that it’s nothing less than psychological  manipulation. As if that’s not shady enough, Facebook users were unaware  that they were having their emotions and moods manipulated through  another party controlling just what was popping up in their news feeds. 

-List verse
How consciousness selects thoughts.
.
I am hungry, but what do I want to eat? It is our thoughts, coupled with our memories and yearnings that help us decide what actions to take. So what to do? Eat a bowl of dog food, or have a nice tasty delicious pizza? Decisions. Decisions. It is our thoughts that determine which world-lines to occupy, and for most people, they just go with the flow and end up with whatever is provided to them.

No two thoughts are the same…

One of the problems that people need to come to grips with is that thoughts are not equal. Thoughts are “weighed”. Each thought is different. And thus each thought has a different degree in influence in world-line selection.

Thoughts and emotions together form a complex stew of "influence" that can absolutely affect your world-line travel adventures.
.
Thoughts and emotions together form a complex stew of “influence” that can absolutely affect your world-line travel adventures. For instance, consider the scenario of you being hungry and desirous of eating a fine New York style pizza. Now your enjoyment at eating that pizza will depend on your emotions at the time. Obviously you won’t be able to enjoy it if you were angry, now would you? Our emotions, our memories our physical health and other factors all work together to influence our world-line navigation ability.
.

Thoughts and emotions together form a complex stew of “influence” that can absolutely affect your world-line travel adventures.

These thoughts are comprised of “levels of influence”.

  • Duration of thinking about something.
  • Emotional attachments with the thoughts.
  • Prior memories of similar events.
  • Prior physical experiences.
  • The thoughts of the people (shadow consciousnesses) around you.
  • Cultural variances, needs and desires.
  • Mass thought manipulation (Have you been paying attention to the news lately?)
  • One’s inherent belief system.

Ah, no two thoughts are equal. They have a “weighed” value or influence factor. Further, they are also modified by other thoughts by other “shadow consciousnesses” (Individual proxy consciousnesses that share a given reality.)

Think about it. It has to be this way, or else an obsessed person should be able to have their dreams manifest quite easily. But, the truth is that they don't. That is because of a slew of factors. One of which is the "level of influence" that a thought is given within a given world-line.

One of the most important and significant factors in thought-directed world-line selection is one’s inherent belief system.

Consider the cow.

One mighty big cow.
One mighty big cow.
Let's use the cow analogy. 

For instance, you might be starving, and ready to die of starvation.

A typical American would not have any qualms with butchering a cow and eating steak. A Hindu would not, and would rather die than kill a cow. A vegetarian might be against eating it, but would not have any qualms drinking it's milk.

Our actions are determined, in large part, by our belief systems.

It is our deepest belief systems that have the greatest influences in our thoughts.

The influence of our deepest thoughts.
.
It is our deepest thoughts and core belief systems that have the greatest influence in thought direction and world-line selection. For no two people are the same.

This is a very important subject, and I will cover it later on.

For now, let’s look at things simply.

Consider that all thoughts are simple, unique and they can easily select the “frames” or world-lines that the consciousness will migrate to.

The actual “landscape” of the MWI as viewed by the individual consciousness.

Imagine a “road map” of nearby world-lines.

Now, what would it look like? What would it resemble? How would we be able to take into account all the different variables that are constantly shifting and changing all around us?

Obviously, it would have a form of sorts.

It would have (as an illustration) globes representing a given “world-line” (or “frame” in the movie using the analogy above). It would also have lines. The lines would represent a path of migration. Which is the most probable paths for a consciousness to take when moving from one world-line to another.

Movement in and out of the world-lines in the MWI by using the movie projector analogy to describe the way that consciousness moves in and out of different world-lines though thought.
.
Movement in and out of the world-lines in the MWI by using the movie projector analogy to describe the way that consciousness moves in and out of different world-lines though thought.
.

Now, this is a pretty good analogy as far as it describes the path that a consciousness would take. However, this analogy ignores the world-lines that are not taken. And in general, there a millions or much larger numbers of world-lines that are constantly ignored.

So a better way of mapping this procedure is to do so in a three dimensional framework.

Moving away from the movie projector analogy and mapping it upon a three-dimensional grip, it might look something a little like this. With the positions of the world-lines geographically positioned relatively to the pathways as a function of the intrinsic value of the particular world-line.

The path that consciousness takes might be just as well placed on a map of sorts. THis map might show nodes and paths where the consciousness might migrate depending on thought manifestation, generation and progression.
.
The path that consciousness takes might be just as well placed on a map of sorts. This map might show nodes and paths where the consciousness might migrate depending on thought manifestation, generation and progression.

However, it would not look so much like a cluster of grapes, or bubbles on a foamy sea of bath water. No.

It turns out that the highest probability pathway forms a kind of sheet or flat surface when plotted in the three dimensions.

If you end up plotting everything, you can't make out heads or tails of the map. It's just this one big mess. But, if you plot the pathways that have the greatest probability of travel, it simplifies immensely.

Instead of a cluster of grapes, it would look a little like a mesh or a grid. With the points being world-lines, and the lines connecting the points as the shortest distance to that world-line.

Now, if you take a step away from this “map” of “world-lines” and their lines of “high-probability” consciousness transfer it might start looking a little like this.

Where you would see a “surface” of “highest probability” pathways, with the relative ease of travel and the strength of character needed to traverse affecting the heights and valleys of the apparent surface.

How the world-lines with consciousness migration paths migh look when a person takes a larger overview. You will see that the map is not a flat surface, but rather undulates. It forms hills, valleys and "mountains". This surface is the "geography" of the world-line transition map. Each posible destination world-line would have a different value of "potential". Which is a potential for the consciousness to move towards it and occupy it.
.
How the world-lines with consciousness migration paths might look when a person takes a larger overview. You will see that the map is not a flat surface, but rather undulates.
.
It forms hills, valleys and “mountains”. This surface is the “geography” of the world-line transition map. Each possible destination world-line would have a different value of “potential”. Which is a potential for the consciousness to move towards it and occupy it.
.

The “surface” that this map forms is the HIGHEST PROBABILITY of consciousness movement from one world-line node to another.

  • Going above the surface indicates a strength of will over the combined strength of inertia of a given world-line.
  • Going below the surface indicates a weak strength of will and a consciousness being overwhelmed by the inherent inertia of a given world-line.

Additionally…

  • Moving to the left upon the mapped surface indicates more freedom of movement upon a given world-line reality.
  • Moving to the right upon the mapped surface indicates less freedom of movement upon a given world-line reality.

Thus…

The topographic map display is a useful tool in understanding the hurtles and trials that one needs to endure to travel forth on the MWI.

The movement on the topographical map of the highest probability paths is accomplished via thought.
The movement on the topographical map of the highest probability paths is accomplished via thought.

However, the rate of travel is fast…

The thing is, however, that the rate of travel through each world-line in the MWI is quite fast. It is around four world-lines per second. (For some people it is much, much higher.) Thus, for any topographic map to be of any use, it will have to have to exist on a much larger scale than what is presented here.

As such, the individual world-lines would appear as tiny pixels, and for the map to be of any use, it should describe a travel duration in terms of weeks rather than seconds. This means that the map would look like a smooth gradient rather than an array of “floating”globes.

MWI geometic map showing an arraw of highest probability world-lines in a seven second cluster of time.
MWI geometric map showing an array of highest probability world-lines in a seven second cluster of time. As the resolution increases the similarity to geologic topographic maps increases. Often these maps resemble landscapes and other recognizable surfaces.

Mapping the surface.

Here, we are going to take a look at the way the landscape actually looks from the point of view of an individual consciousness. It is NOT simple and flat. It is undulating with all sorts of “nearby” world-lines that the thoughts can select and migrate towards.

In general, it might look something along these lines…

The general topography of the MWI.

.

In reality, this topographical map is much more complex and complicated. However, I was able to (functionally) navigate it using a sort of simple 3d understanding, and that understanding is one that I will provide here. Yes, these are my conventions distilled and illustrated as a teaching aide.

Here we look at it is the substantially simplified version that I am accustomed to using.

The meanings and purposes in the three-dimensional topographical portrayal.

Now because this is a very simplified diagrammatic representation, numerous variables are incorporated in the “X’ and “Z” axes. (Not to mention the entropy axis “Y”.) In general, as I understand it, the characteristics of the “X’ and “Y” axes are an algebraic sum of the inverses of the individual contributions to the axes elements.

OK. I know that I lost you. Just think of it as a sum average of all your thoughts.

Internal Influences

Internal influences should be understood as the ultimate result of comparative thought-driven MWI transitions by the given consciousness.

Suppose the mind has a wide selection of thoughts. Everything from anger at a spouse, to frustration at work, and influences in the news, to a loving thoughts related to romance. All these thoughts will work together to generate a (singular) "value" on this axis.

But, it is more than that. It is also the weighed value and the intensity of the thoughts, coupled with the apparent carry-over duration longevity of the thoughts as a person migrates in and through the other world-lines.

Let's keep it simple.

Look, if you drop a slice of pizza in the middle of a muddy road, would you [1] pick it up, wipe the mud off the pizza, and eat it. or [2] say "heck with that", and leave the pizza in the mud as a lost cause.

For most people, they would give up and abandon the slice of pizza. 

The amount of mud is far too distracting to enjoy the slice of pizza. That is that way this system works. For if you abandon the slice, like most people would, your would occupy a world-line on the surface of the undulating map. 

If however, against all probability and convention, you decided to eat the slice, you might be above or below the surface, depending on other factors.

Here’s an example.

Let’s suppose that you are a simple fellow and you have five things going on in your life.

  • A spouse that wants a divorce.
  • A boss who is hinting on firing you.
  • A yearning for a club sandwich and an ice cold beer.
  • A pet that loves you and is very loyal.
  • Memories of fishing with your father.

In this example, some of the items would have more emotion attached to it that others. While other issues might be better at controlling your emotions and directing your thoughts. While still others might be able to erase the thoughts completely (if for a short period of time).

You might be an emotional wreck and your thoughts would manifest a life that would reflect your thoughts.

As an aside, drugs and other stimuli can also influence thoughts and behaviors. All of these complexities can alter the navigational ability on the MWI.

There is no way to judge which thoughts or issues affecting the thoughts would have the greatest influence on the person because it is their deepest internal core belief systems that would result in how the world-lines would manifest.

Charlie Sheen's Public Meltdown in 2011
Charlie Sheen’s Public Meltdown in 2011

All that one can assume is that all the factors would be weighted together and balanced though the core belief systems of the soul / consciousness. This would influence the momentary section of the next world-line.

Is it no wonder that when things start going wrong, that they often end up spiraling out of control?

External Influences

External influences should be considered the inherent inertia that comes with a given world-line.

Inertia.

Inertia is the resistance of any physical object to any change in its state. Once you have a bowling ball sitting on the floor, it is a little difficult to get it to move. However, once you get it moving, it's hard to slow down. 

That difficulty... getting it started to move, and stopping it from moving... is what is known as inertia.

For our purposes it is the accumulated influences of the “shadow thoughts” of those (non-consciousness) apparent beings that share a given destination world-line. These are all the physical and non-physical influences that would affect the thoughts of a consciousness while it is in a given world-line.

You see, there can only be one consciousness per world-line. All those other "people" that we share the world-line with are actually "shadows". They are the bodies and representation of other consciousness were they to share the reality with us. As such, not only are their physical being present with us, but also their thoughts, dreams, desires and urges as well.

A "shadow" is a person that we share the specific world-line with. 

However no consciousness inhabits their body. Their actual consciousness is off in another reality. We are observing their 'shadow" or a portrayal of how they would behave, act and think were they to share our reality with us.

The arrow of time.

With this being understood, a consciousness… a person might experience world-line travel at a rate of around 4 Hz, and visit numerous world-lines in any given instance. Thus the “arrow of time” might look something like this…

How time manifests in the MWI.
The topography of the MWI showing the apparent “arrow of time”.

Thus in this simplified diagram showing the geography of the MWI you (the reader) can see [1] how the passage of time manifests, [2] how your thoughts can alter and change the “X” vector component, and [3] how a given world-line can influence the path direction via a “Z” axis vector. You will also notice that the “arrow of time” [4] moves along the direction of decreasing entropy.

Entropy

A measure of the amount of disorder in a system. Entropy increases as the system's temperature increases. For example, when an  ice cube melts and becomes liquid, the energy of the molecular bonds  which formed the ice crystals is lost, and the arrangement of the water  molecules is more random, or disordered, than it was in the ice cube. We can assume that in a  macrocosmic  universe, that it can be best represented as time.

The migration process.

Movement of a soul consciousness to a world-line reality.

Our consciousness moves from one physical body in one world-line to another in a different world-line. For most humans, most of the time, the rate of travel is around four world-lines per second.

Expert hint;

If you are using "the power of intention" to manifest your reality, what you are doing is focusing on a destination world line. If you track your success or failure in this effort, you will discover the amount of time it will take for your intentions to manifest.

If it took 6 months, then that means that you had to pass through 62,208,000 (more or less) world lines to arrive at your destination world-line.

Figure around 10 million world-line transitions per month.

The way that consciousness is able to move in and out of the various world lines is though wave propagation behavior.

  • While it is a given world-line, the consciousness occupies the body in the particle form.
  • While the consciousness moves from one world-line to another, it is no longer occupying a body. It is thus in a wave form.
Quanta can change states, but this is really a state change by the observer, not an actual change in the object itself.
It is not that a quanta changes, it is how the observer views the quanta that makes the change. Our soul controls consciousness. Consciousness can be in different states depending upon the point of view of the person (the observer). Here we can see that the two apparently different states are one and the same thing, depending on the point of view of the observer.
.

This all happens rather quickly. In most people, mostly the rate of travel from one world-line to another is around 4Hz. For most humans our brains have a difficult time observing the changes in these movements. So we think that we are living in one singular world-line that we share with others.

Here is a gif that kind of illustrates the point, and the system at work here.

Wave and particle duality and illustration.
Wave and particle duality and illustration.

The entry process

This is how the consciousness changes from wave to particle for entry within a body within a reality. Our consciousness naturally exists in the wave form.

However, the moment it “crashes through” into a fabricated world-line reality, it changes form. It becomes a particle. It’s a natural process.

This is how the consciousness changes from wave to particle for entry within a body within a reality. The consciousness takes on the particle form in order to operate the physical body and exist within a reality or world-line reality. Otherwise, it operates in wave form outside of the body.

MAJestic operations (slides and dives)

The thing is, if you are in MAjestic, and are engaged in the role like I was in, your visualization of the MWI mapping would be quite different. I was often not allowed, or permitted, to live a “normal” life per my capabilities. ‘

Instead I was often pulled off my life track and immersed within a completely different reality.

One of the reasons why it sucked to be me.

And this is what it was like.

An illustration, by using map topography of the mWI to describe what a slide was like. It took me to a completely different series of world-lines that were way, way off the probability curves of a "normal" consciousness migration vector.
An illustration, by using map topography of the MWI to describe what a slide was like. It took me to a completely different series of world-lines that were way, way off the probability curves of a “normal” consciousness migration vector. In the instance shown, you can see that I was living a normal life on the MWI for a few seconds (figure four world-lines per second) and then boom! a slide would occur and I would be located way, way off my accustomed world-line.

.

For, by nature of my role, I would not follow the surface as described within the topography. I would be involved in slides and dives… including a few “deep dives”.

Thus, my dives and slides would deviate way off from the mapped surface geometry. It would render the understanding of this visualization quite differently.

A "slide" or a "dive" will transform your reality substantially. Often it will be wholly unrecognizable. Your body would be wholly immersed in the new reality, but your mind will not, nor will your memories.
A “slide” or a “dive” will transform your reality substantially. Often it will be wholly unrecognizable. Your body would be wholly immersed in the new reality, but your mind will not, nor will your memories.
.

Clarification #1 – Consciousness cycles in and out of world-lines in a sinusoidal manner.

This should be obvious to the astute reader, but it needs to be stated.

The consciousness moves in and out of world-lines naturally. It moves in a sinusoidal manner. It moves in and out. In and out. Over and over.

The rate of travel varies from person to person, but typically averages around 4 Hz.

Standard sinusoidal waveform.
Standard sinusoidal waveform.

During this time it changes “shape properties”. Back and forth. Back and forth. Back and forth.

At “the top” of the cycle it takes on wave behavior.

At the “bottom” of the cycle, it takes on particle behavior.

Consciousness movement in and out of different world-lines.
Consciousness movement in and out of different world-lines.

When it takes on wave behavior it moves from one world-line to another directed by thought. It exists “in the spirit world”.

Movement of consciousness.
Movement of consciousness.

When it takes on particle behavior, it occupies a world-line and inhabits a physical body.

Our consciousness cycles in and out of different world-lines. Between each trip it exists within "heaven".
Our consciousness cycles in and out of different world-lines. Between each trip it exists within “heaven”.

With this understood, we can define the amount of time that the transition from world-line to world-line takes, as well as the duration a consciousness spends inside each world-line.

If there are 4 cycles per second, then, each trip back and forth from the "Heavenly realms" to a world-line is 1/4 a second. 

And thus, (roughly) each moment at a given world-line is half of that. Or, 1/8 of a second.

Some “take aways”;

  • Humans, via our consciousness, is continuously in touch with the “Heavenly realms”. Every moment we touch heaven, and enter our latest world-line.
  • When in the wave form, we can perform all sorts of activities and have all sorts of “abilities” not tied to any world-line. There are no physical limitations. Humans spend approximately 50% of their time “connected” to the “Heavenly realms”.
  • For us to maintain (retain) our memories from world-line to world-line, the memories are deposited outside the brain. It exists within the “Heavenly realms” not within the physical brain.

Key Correction #1 – Consciousness moves about the MWI when attached to a human body.

In my previous simplifications, I have referred to, and drawn the consciousness as a red blob; a point of light. I have stated that “Soul” can generate multiple Consciousnesses that it places on “journeys”. These “Journeys for experience” is a life-experience for a soul.

Simplified diagram of how consciousness moves in and out of the MWI and gives us the illusion of time.
Simplified diagram of how consciousness moves in and out of the MWI and gives us the illusion of time. This is what one second of life looks like for the average person. He / she enters and leaves four different world lines each second. This “movement” appears as time.
.

The Consciousness normally travels in and out of world-lines all a person’s life.

Once a consciousness uses up a body as it travels in and out of world-lines, it dies. The consciousness stays in the wave-form and “rests” within the “Heavenly realms”.

A decision is thus made by the soul, the consciousness, and their associations with other spirits, angels, and heavenly denizens on what to do next.

Often, it involves being injected on another “journey” in another life. This is often referred to as reincarnation.

This graphic shows how the the "passage of time" is viewed in the big-scale of things. MWI movement occurs during a human "lifespan". You can only experience world-line travel within a given life. (There's exceptions to this, but let's stay focused.)
This graphic shows how the the “passage of time” is viewed in the big-scale of things. MWI movement occurs during a human “lifespan”. You can only experience world-line travel within a given life. (There’s exceptions to this, but let’s stay focused.)

Key Correction #2 – Consciousness is not a point-source.

Consciousness is actually quite complex and complicated.

It is not a blob, a dot, a “something”.

It’s a collection of “stuff” that operates in such a way that the soul, the consciousness, the MWI and the thoughts generate memories and navigate the life-path to create experiences that the soul can learn from.

Soul creates a “consciousness” that it uses to travel the MWI.

It inserts it into a given world-line, and allows it to move unencumbered and subject to it’s own thoughts. Each world-line is a “physical reality” that the consciousness occupies.

The consciousness is connected to the soul by a device. This device is known as consciousness.
The soul, which resides in the “Heavenly realms” creates a consciousness from which to experience things and events. Thus learns and grows. Consciousness is the passageway or “tunnel” that connects the physical reality to the soul.

Now, in all of this, I drew consciousness (literately, and artistically) as a point. I drew it as a red circular blob. Like in the two earlier drawings.

As in the above drawing showing the consciousness as a red blob in front of a long tunnel to the soul.

Movement of consciousness into a world-line as depicted as a point source.
Movement of consciousness into a world-line as depicted as a point source.

However, the true reality is a bit different.

Get ready to have your mind blown.

The consciousness actually occupies multiple World-line-realities at any given moment simultaneously. It is actually not a “red blob”. It’s a lot of “red blobs”. Each one occupying a different world-line… simultaneously.

It is a “shared potential”. Some of the consciousness occupies one world-line at any given moment, while other aspects of it’s consciousness occupies other world-lines.

Sort of like this…

Consciousness occupies multiple world-lines at any given moment. The sum total of what our consciousness experiences is what we view as "our" present world-line.
Consciousness occupies multiple world-lines at any given moment. The sum total of what our consciousness experiences is what we view as “our” present world-line. It appears to be but one singular world-line, but it is actually a aggregate composite of all the world-lines that our consciousness occupies at any given moment. 1 / (30/4+40/4+20/4+10/4) = Momentary reality.

Then, they move on to the next group of world lines. Then again. Then again. Then again. Over and over.

It’s not a red blob moving in and out.

Consciousness occupies multiple world-lines at any given moment. The sum total of what our consciousness experiences is what we view as "our" present world-line.
Consciousness occupies multiple world-lines at any given moment. The sum total of what our consciousness experiences is what we view as “our” present world-line. They all change in the same cycle as governed by the consciousness.

Instead, consciousness occupies numerous world-lines at any given moment. Each world-line is different, but similar. The Consciousness interprets the differences as a singular world-line.

Key Correction #2 – World-Lines are not point-sources either.

We have a tendency to think of a “world” as a fixed and solid place. And the way that I have described the movement of time, has been the consciousness moving in and out from these fixed world-line realities.

A "world-line" is the resultant combined perception of a moment "frozen in time" that combines multiple world-lines into a singular apparent place. 

What we think a world-line is is not a fixed singular place.

It is the sum total average of all the experiences that a conscientiousness is exposed to at any singular moment in time.

By fracturing a consciousness and occupying many similar world-lines simultaneously, the resultant consciousness would end up with a richer "experience". It can also help to direct the travel and migrate to "better" world-lines per it's directives.
By fracturing a consciousness and occupying many similar world-lines simultaneously, the resultant consciousness would end up with a richer “experience”. It can also help to direct the travel and migrate to “better” world-lines per it’s directives.

It is the exact opposite of “living within an echo chamber“. It enables the consciousness to experience different experiences instead of simply reinforcing existing ones that the consciousness has been accustomed to over the years.

Key Correction #3 – World-Lines are not entirely empty of other consciousnesses.

To best understand how you can move in and out of multiple world-lines, it makes sense to think of things simply. Your consciousness is a point or sphere. The world-lines are empty and only occupied by “shadow consciousnesses”. But that’s really a simplistic picture.

It’s a simple narrative.

Imagine that you are only consciousness. And that you can move in and out of different world-lines freely. They seem to be occupied by all kinds of other people, but that is just an illusion. Most world-lines are just empty. And all those other people are just “quantum shadows” of others.

Now, this simplistic narrative needs to be revised to reflect the reality.

Instead of 100% of a consciousness entering a world-line where all the “quantum shadows” only have 0% occupancy within that reality…

…we now look at the reality…

Your consciousness might devote (say) 23% occupation within a given world-line, and all those “quantum-shadows” are actually occupied by other consciousnesses. Only they are a much smaller percentage. Often varying from 0.0002% to 0.1%.

Thus, in truth, all world-lines are not truly empty. They are occupied to some extent. And all of the other consciousnesses react to the way your consciousness behaves within any given particular world line.

Quick Review

Before we need to go further, please note the summary of state regarding the universe. Originally found here…

The Nature of the Universe
  • Depending on the scale of consideration, we have a threshold of consciousness.
  • Consciousness can not exist below that threshold.
  • Consciousness generates thoughts.
  • Below the consciousness threshold is a universe that is independent of thought.
  • Above the consciousness threshold we have a reality that is ruled by thought.

Finally,

  • We exist within two (x2) universes simultaneously. One is the reality that our consciousness inhabits, and the other is the realm where our soul exists.
  • One universe is ruled by thought and the other is not.

Additionally,

  • The ψ is a measure of how thought alters our reality.
  • Heaven is ψ-ontic.
  • Our reality is ψ -epistemic.
  • Tests seem to confirm this.

Putting Everything Together

The sum totality of everything is ψ-ontic. It contains a number of “Heaven(s)”. Souls, which are self-aware clusters of quanta in the form of garbons, create  ψ -epistemic “bubbles” of reality, and place consciousnesses there to obtain experiences.

  • Experiences plus thoughts create sentience.
  • Sentience is a building block that establishes garbon formation.
  • Garbon formation, configuration and utilization is how souls grow, advance and move toward the divine.

As consciousness moves about within the  ψ -epistemic “bubbles” of reality, thoughts are created and action occurs. The very nature of this CHANGES the “bubble” of reality. We view this change as gradual. We call this the “passage of time”.

However,

Our reality is often changed by huge events, actions and decisions from significant sources. Not just adjacent trivialities such as thought and intent. When this happens, the reality is jolted and more radical change occurs.

Take Aways

  • Every person lives within his or her own reality.
  • Realities are constructs of the soul.
  • Realities are drawn from a Universal Template.
  • Consciousness is a bridge between the soul and experiences in the reality.
  • Souls consist of organized quantum strings that have obtained sentience.
  • With the skill of intention, a person can tweak their reality.
  • With the utilization of technology, one can alter their reality substantially.

And now with this basic introduction of some of the key elements of our understanding of the nature of how everything works, let’s see what the “Scientists” have to say…

A quantum experiment suggests there’s no such thing as objective reality

Physicists have long suspected that quantum mechanics allows two observers to experience different, conflicting realities. Now they’ve performed the first experiment that proves it.

Back in 1961, the Nobel Prize–winning physicist Eugene Wigner outlined a thought experiment that demonstrated one of the lesser-known paradoxes of quantum mechanics. The experiment shows how the strange nature of the universe allows two observers—say, Wigner and Wigner’s friend—to experience different realities.

Since then, physicists have used the “Wigner’s Friend” thought experiment to explore the nature of measurement and to argue over whether objective facts can exist. That’s important because scientists carry out experiments to establish objective facts. But if they experience different realities, the argument goes, how can they agree on what these facts might be?

That’s provided some entertaining fodder for after-dinner conversation, but Wigner’s thought experiment has never been more than that—just a thought experiment.  

Last year, however, physicists noticed that recent advances in quantum technologies have made it possible to reproduce the Wigner’s Friend test in a real experiment. In other words, it ought to be possible to create different realities and compare them in the lab to find out whether they can be reconciled.

And today, Massimiliano Proietti at Heriot-Watt University in Edinburgh and a few colleagues say they have performed this experiment for the first time: they have created different realities and compared them. Their conclusion is that Wigner was correct—these realities can be made irreconcilable so that it is impossible to agree on objective facts about an experiment.

Wigner’s original thought experiment is straightforward in principle. It begins with a single polarized photon that, when measured, can have either a horizontal polarization or a vertical polarization. But before the measurement, according to the laws of quantum mechanics, the photon exists in both polarization states at the same time—a so-called superposition.

Wigner imagined a friend in a different lab measuring the state of this photon and storing the result, while Wigner observed from afar. Wigner has no information about his friend’s measurement and so is forced to assume that the photon and the measurement of it are in a superposition of all possible outcomes of the experiment.

Wigner can even perform an experiment to determine whether this superposition exists or not. This is a kind of interference experiment showing that the photon and the measurement are indeed in a superposition.

From Wigner’s point of view, this is a “fact”—the superposition exists. And this fact suggests that a measurement cannot have taken place. 

But this is in stark contrast to the point of view of the friend, who has indeed measured the photon’s polarization and recorded it. The friend can even call Wigner and say the measurement has been done (provided the outcome is not revealed).

So the two realities are at odds with each other. “This calls into question the objective status of the facts established by the two observers,” say Proietti and co.

That’s the theory, but last year Caslav Brukner, at the University of Vienna in Austria, came up with a way to re-create the Wigner’s Friend experiment in the lab by means of techniques involving the entanglement of many particles at the same time.

The breakthrough that Proietti and co have made is to carry this out. “In a state-of-the-art 6-photon experiment, we realize this extended Wigner’s friend scenario,” they say.

They use these six entangled photons to create two alternate realities—one representing Wigner and one representing Wigner’s friend. Wigner’s friend measures the polarization of a photon and stores the result. Wigner then performs an interference measurement to determine if the measurement and the photon are in a superposition.

The experiment produces an unambiguous result. It turns out that both realities can coexist even though they produce irreconcilable outcomes, just as Wigner predicted.  

That raises some fascinating questions that are forcing physicists to reconsider the nature of reality.

The idea that observers can ultimately reconcile their measurements of some kind of fundamental reality is based on several assumptions. The first is that universal facts actually exist and that observers can agree on them.

But there are other assumptions too. One is that observers have the freedom to make whatever observations they want. And another is that the choices one observer makes do not influence the choices other observers make—an assumption that physicists call locality.

If there is an objective reality that everyone can agree on, then these assumptions all hold.

But Proietti and co’s result suggests that objective reality does not exist. In other words, the experiment suggests that one or more of the assumptions—the idea that there is a reality we can agree on, the idea that we have freedom of choice, or the idea of locality—must be wrong.

Of course, there is another way out for those hanging on to the conventional view of reality. This is that there is some other loophole that the experimenters have overlooked. Indeed, physicists have tried to close loopholes in similar experiments for years, although they concede that it may never be possible to close them all.

Nevertheless, the work has important implications for the work of scientists. “The scientific method relies on facts, established through repeated measurements and agreed upon universally, independently of who observed them,” say Proietti and co. And yet in the same paper, they undermine this idea, perhaps fatally.

The next step is to go further: to construct experiments creating increasingly bizarre alternate realities that cannot be reconciled. Where this will take us is anybody’s guess. But Wigner, and his friend, would surely not be surprised.

Ref: arxiv.org/abs/1902.05080 : Experimental Rejection of Observer-Independence in the Quantum World

.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my World-Line Travel index here…

MWI Travel

.

Articles & Links

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

.

 

Intention Campaigns

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

Movies that should not be forgotten; Delirious (1991)

This is a really good movie to watch if you like silly/fun movies, parody movies, or john candy. It has a great blend of comedy, wit, action and all sorts of other things. I am pretty surprised by the low rating. Its not the best movie by any means, but greatly above standard and really enjoyable.

I used to have it on BetaMAX, which as a superior Sony product that was much, much better than VHS. I had the Super BetaMAX which consisted of a basic BetaMAX with a secondary image and sound unit that sat under it. The entire time when I was in training at China Lake NWC, we watched beta movies using this system on a tiny Sony color television screen.

This was during the early to middle 1980’s.

And yes, I know that everything is so very dated, and unknown to many of my readers, it was time, a very different time. It was a time when everyone was asking “Where’s the beef?”, drinking Strawberry coke, which later turned into Cherry Coke, and then Real Coke, and then Improved Coke, and finally to Coke classic. At that time in my life, the world-line slides were all over the place and the type of soda beverages we drank was constantly in flux.

Madonna was big.

A day did not go by where you couldn’t hear one of her songs. Same goes for Tears for Fears, cure, Cindi Lauper and Spandau Ballet.

Pee Wee Herman was outrageous. Just like David Lee Roth, and Rodney Dangerfield. If I ever decide to say “fuck it” and to construct a time machine, it would be one that would take me back to here…

This must have been hone heck of a party.

But let’s get back to the movie at hand.

This is one of the movies that I had on BetaMAX and it starred one of my favorites actors; John Candy. What a true shame that he died so young. Those who find death an interesting subject will find this link fascinating about his death. It seems that he overworked himself in filming a movie, ate a late dinner at night (of spaghetti of all things), and died of a heart attack while sleeping. Do not ever work yourself to death. LINK about the circumstances about his death HERE.

As you get older you start to realize that you are no longer young and can “take on the world”. You have friends who get cancer, classmates who have died, good drinking buddies that have died, and close friends telling you of uncles that worked too hard, went to sleep and never woke up.

You start to take better care of what you do.

And so…

…you “hedge your bets”. You eat better, and are choosier bout what you eat, when and why. You exercise somewhat, and you go easy on the medications and the chemicals that you put in your body.

And you run affirmation prayer campaigns.

I personally like to use this movie to illustrate how thoughts can alter our reality, and that is exactly what the theme of this movie is. When you write up your campaign, think of yourself as Jack Gable (John Candy) writing up a script for you to experience.

That’s the way prayer affirmation campaigns work.

About the movie…

Delicious in parts
9 February 2007 | by hatchersanSee all my reviews

The all time best line in the movie -- John Candy rescuing Emma Samms on horseback -- "This stranger knows no danger!"

A bit spotty -- can't maintain a high comedy level throughout but nonetheless is enjoyable and a vehicle for John Candy to demonstrate comic range. Excited he will get to spend a romantic weekend tryst with Emma Samms (and misunderstanding her feminine wiles), he finds himself lugging umpteen of her suitcases to the taxi cab, then knocks himself out with the trunk door as he tries to load the suitcases. Wakes up in the pleasant little village where she reappears as new character, daughter of Raymund Burr, along with others in town, Mariel Hemingway et al. Plenty of lines for Candy in trying to write the new soap opera about family conspiracies with a stolen formula, and the rapid disintegration of Emma's brother while none in the family seem to notice or care. Again the highlight to me was the rescue chase by Candy when Emma's horse took her on a wild ride and Candy rides up and self congratulates later as modern day Zorro or Lone Ranger. All in all, enjoyable.

In New York City, Jack Gable (John Candy) grows irate waiting for the cable television repairman to arrive at his apartment.

When the signal is finally restored, he turns on “Beyond Our Dreams”, a daytime soap opera, explaining to the repairman that he writes for the show.

Later that morning, Jack goes to the production office for a meeting. There, he stumbles into Louise (Mariel Hemmingway), a demure actress who intends to audition for the role of “Janet Dubois.”

After insisting that “Janet” is no longer part of the story, Jack storms into Lou (David Orbach) and Arlene Sherwood’s (Renee Taylor) office. The two executives distract him by reminding him to “kill off” the character of “Rachel Hedison,” played by the temperamental Laura Claybourne (Emma Sams). Jack, who has a crush on the beautiful actress, refuses.

Lou pats him on the shoulder and tells Jack that everything will work out. After Jack leaves, Arlene calls writer Arnie Fetterman, who assures her that the “Janet Dubois” scenes are complete, and that he is working on writing “Rachel” out of the show.

After “Beyond Our Dreams” wraps up shooting for the day, an infatuated Jack asks Laura Claybourne what she thinks of the future story-lines he created for her, but the self-absorbed actress is unhappy with how he turned her rich heiress character into a working girl.

Jack returns home and packs for a weekend trip to Vermont. Laura Claybourne calls, seeking Jack’s attention. When he tells her he is about to leave, she invites herself along. Jack is thrilled, until she changes her mind at the last minute.

En route to Vermont, Jack gets into a car accident, awakening in the hospital on “Beyond Our Dreams.” The doctor (David Rasche) introduces himself as “Paul Kirkwood,” amusing Jack, who presumes that the actor, Dennis Graham, is playing a trick on him.

However, when the writer goes to the window, he is shocked to see the town of “Ashford Falls” bustling with activity.

Jack deduces that he is dead and living in hell.

When the nurse threatens to give him a shot, Jack plays along and insists he is feeling better.

Leaving the hospital, he encounters “Janet Dubois,” who recognizes him as Wall Street tycoon “Jack Gates,” a character created by Jack, but who has yet to be introduced on the show.

Across the street, a man with an eye patch (Charles Rocket) observes Jack and Janet, before driving away to a mansion.

There, he proudly informs his father, billionaire Carter Hedison (Raymond Burr), that Jack Gates is in town.

Carter Hedison dismisses his son, Ty, as a dreamer, and asks Ty’s yuppie brother, Blake, to investigate.

Meanwhile, Jack tries to make sense of his situation in his hotel room.

Janet informs him that he is in Ashford Falls to purchase her father’s pharmaceutical formula, which Carter Hedison also hopes to acquire.

Jack insists he is a writer, not a businessman, provoking Janet to retort that he should write his life as he sees it, rather than argue with her.

She storms out, and Jack decides to test her advice.

He types a scene on his typewriter, and realizes that whatever he writes comes true in this alternate reality.

After encountering a dismissive “Rachel Hedison” downtown, Jack decides to use his newfound power to make her fall in love with him.

A decent Candy vehicle LCShackley10 January 2007

This is a much more watchable film than many of the lightweight vehicles Candy took part in in his post-SCTV career. His part could have been played by any number of comic actors, but John steps in and gives it his best shot. He's always fun to watch on screen, and he has a good time here without going over the top, which he tended to do.

DELIRIOUS is a weird mixture of Groundhog Day, Soapdish, and various Rod Serling scripts in which the characters in a story are being controlled by someone at a typewriter. It's a workable premise, and the actors make the most of the stock soap opera characters they play. David Rasche, Emma Samms, Raymond Burr et al were well-chosen for their parts. 

Bit parts by Robert Wagner and Marvin Kaplan (the voice of Choo-Choo on TOP CAT) are also memorable. Mariel Hemingway takes some flak on this comment board for her part, but she seemed suited for the role and moved smoothly from her gawky character to the soap opera "devil woman." 

This is a pleasant comedy but not as consistently funny as SOAPDISH. The script by veteran writers of Gilligan's Island and Bewitched suffers from a lot of unnecessary "language" (for what could otherwise be a family film) but moves along at a brisk pace (except for the longish horse-riding scenes).

That afternoon, Rachel goes horseback riding with her boyfriend, Dr. Kirkwood. Suddenly, her horse breaks into a gallop. Just as she is about to careen over a cliff, Jack appears on his own horse and rescues her.

He does not reveal his identify, and Rachel swoons as he rides away.

That night, Carter Hedison and his three children-Rachel, Ty, and Blake-discuss making a fortune from a new fat-burning pill.

Blake notes that their scheme will be ruined if Jack Gates acquires the drug formula.

Later, Janet Dubois calls Jack and informs him that someone broke into her father’s laboratory.

She accuses him of working for the Hedisons, but Jack protests.

Just then, she realizes someone is still in the lab.

Hearing her screams, Jack quickly types a rescue mission featuring himself as the hero.

Afterward, the love-struck Janet invites Jack to have dinner with her.

A few days later, the Hedison family hosts a benefit auction in the town square. Jack stuns everyone when he drives up in a flashy sports car.

Against her father’s wishes, Rachel leaves with Jack, who tries to impress her by driving recklessly at high speed while blindfolded.

That night, Janet grows despondent while waiting for Jack to arrive for dinner.

Someone knocks on the door and introduces himself as “Jack Gates,” but he is not the Jack she knows.

The two confront Jack at his hotel.

The writer recognizes the stranger as Robert Wagner (himself), a prime time soap opera star who was originally to be cast as Jack Gates.

Unknown to the trio, Ty Hedison lurks outside with a gun, stalking Jack Gates. However, he misfires, and Robert Wagner is killed.

Jack grabs his typewriter, reviving Robert Wagner and sending him away on a trip.

Out of concern for Janet, Jack writes her a new story line in which she is a research scientist in Africa.

In the days that follow, Jack sequesters himself in his hotel room, where he drinks alcohol and writes preposterous scenes in hope of winning Rachel’s affection.

During a party at the Hedison mansion, Jack plays a virtuoso piano piece, saves a choking man’s life, and performs a dance routine with Rachel.

Much to his surprise, Janet Dubois returns to Ashford Falls.

She makes an elegant appearance at the party, before learning that she, not Rachel, is Carter Hedison’s daughter.

Chaos ensues as the Hedison family turns on each other.

When Janet is accidentally shot by Blake Hedison, Jack admits his feelings for her.

As she is rushed to the hospital, Blake informs Jack that Dr. Kirkwood plans to botch the surgery.

The writer returns to his hotel room, but before he can write a new scene, Robert Wagner walks in and shoots him.

Jack awakens in a hospital bed on the set of “Beyond Our Dreams”.

Actors Laura Claybourne and Dennis Graham comfort him, but he accuses them of being insincere, before realizing he is back in New York City, with the whole experience in Ashford Falls just a dream (similar to the twist ending of ‘The Wizard of Oz’).

The next day, Jack confronts the Sherwoods at their office and insists they allow him free reign in writing the character of “Janet.”

Arlene chokes on her sandwich, and Jack forces her to agree to his terms before rescuing her with the Heimlich maneuver.

After arranging for Louise to be cast as “Janet,” Jack writes “Rachel” off the show and looks forward to creating new narratives for the residents of “Ashford Falls.”

The film ends with Jack and Louise going ice skating in Central Park as the end credits roll.

It's...Groundhog Day! Only This Time, The Master Of Comedy, John Candy... MovieAddict20164 December 2002

John Candy made this film.

The story involves a soap opera writer (Candy) who gets knocked out, and enters his own, type-written, created world, where all the characters are alive and playing their roles - or so he thinks. They are actually living them.

So, Candy finds that whatever he writes on the 'ol typewriter happens in the world he's in, because, after all, he created it on the typewriter, right?

Built off the same foundation as "Groundhog Day," Delirious is by no means great, and not John Candy's best, (I give that to Planes, Trains and Automobiles) but it does have an actual soap opera feel to it - that cheap feel - and has some laughs along the way.

Not great, but worth watching. Candy was one of the best comedians of his time, God rest his soul...

John "Candy" Ulmer

A final conclusion

Take a moment and watch the movie if you want some pointers on how the Affirmation Prayer Campaign operates. It’s an old silly comedy, but yeah… this is the way that it works.

There is nothing wrong with reaching for the wildest and craziest dreams, but keep in mind that the further away they are from your reality, the more world-lines you must traverse to reach them. In addition, there will always be discomfort with change. And many people do not like a great deal of discomfort in their life.

There are techniques that you can use to mitigate the effects of everything, but in all cases be calm, consistent, and steady. And whatever you do, do not write out your affirmations with spelling errors like the guy did in the movie. Yikes!

Good luck you all.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Movie Index here…

MOVIES

.

Articles & Links

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

.

 

Some thoughts on what it was like, for me running MAJ operations, and relationships.

This is a MAJestic post. In this article I look at some of the aspects of operations and how it impacted my life within the MWI.

This article opens up an entire “can of worms”.

You see, nothing is like Hollywood movies. It’s not some lone brave hero with no background, relationships, or friendships. We all have relationships, families, friends, pleasures, pastimes and interests.

And when you join any program (not just MAJestic) that just doesn’t disappear.

You remain who you are. Your interests stay the same. Your family stays the same, and your relationships stay the same.

This is true regardless to what happens to you on a personal level.  You just don’t chuck it all away when you “sign on the dotted line”, enter into a facility, or start interacting with other people, species or events.

This is very true.

And for me (for instance), I would be involved in some calibration training exercises with a <redacted> discussing and going through a <redacted> procedure, yet at the end of the day, I would go home. I would fill my motorcycle with gas, pick up some Betamax tapes to watch, and grab a bucket of KFC chicken and a 30-pack of Budweiser beer.

Your life doesn’t change. You just add experiences, events and knowledge to what you already possess.

KFC in Ridgecrest, CA, right outside the Main Gate to China Lake NWC.

Relationships are more than what you think

Everyone realizes what “love” is, and the bond that two people have when they are together and when they get married. It’s a bond; an understanding, a shared behavior, and a degree of comfort.

But what people do not realize is that on the quantum level this bond is a very important two-way communication stream. It’s a very strong and powerful communication channel.

Yes, it is complex, and yes it is interesting. And Yes, I am going to get really “deep” into this subject on two particular levels.

  • Level one is the idea about “quantum shadows” being your loved ones and family members.

And …

  • Level Two is the idea of what it was like for me to go through all these “slides” and “anchoring” events as part of MAJestic. All the while still maintaining a quantum level bond and connection with my spouse and my family.

Level One – Anchoring activity for MAJ while conducting “slides”

As I have explained elsewhere, every moment that your consciousness occupies a world-line, it is (for the most part) alone. All those “other” people are just empty shells and they really don’t have the same kind of consciousness density as you have.

It’s easy to misunderstand this. It’s easy to believe that we occupy a singular lonely world. But that’s not really the case.

And, yes, I have used this simplification in my early posts when introducing this concept.

It’s just a simplification for our minds to understand a very complex reality. Which is that consciousness is not a point, a blob, or a ghostly vaporous something. It is a shared construction, established by your soul, that operates on a multitude of world-lines simultaneously.

And when you are upon any given specific world-line, what that means is that your consciousness density for YOU at that point in time is the dominant density within that particular world-line. All the other consciousness’s within that world-line have a much lighter and trivial density.

It’s not exactly zero.

But it’s not as dominant as yours is.

Now that you understand this point then you can understand how the family bonding occurs. Your particular consciousness bonds, or sets up a quantum line of communication, with other consciousness’s within that particular world-line. The density does not matter.

All that matters is that one consciousness is connected to another.

So…

When I am going through rapid world-line cycling and slides, my wife and my pets seemingly go through it with me. I am with my wife, and my cat is on a chair. A slide occurs and suddenly I am wearing white socks with these big black dots on them (do not laugh, it actually occurred). My wife is still there, except that she has much longer hair, and my cat looks up at me inquiringly. (as if to say, “what?”)

But they actually don’t travel with me. They appear to. But their thoughts and memories are unaware of the transposition of realities.

Are you confused?

It looks that way because when I arrive at the new world-line their quantum shadows are there. They seem, they appear, to go with me.

And since each quantum shadow has a trivial level of consciousness, the bonding methodology remains intact. You still love your spouse, and your pets no matter how strange the rest of the world-line appears to you.

So you can go through a “slide” and you can be in a really deep dive.

The world around you can be very unusual. Like having green(!) chili sauce for your hotdog (also really happened. But at least on this world-line ketchup is the normal red color that we have grown to love), with odd colored deep fried yams instead of French Fries.

And with this would be comparable changes to the physical appearance (and memories) of your spouse.

In my case, she might be shorter, or taller. She might have different colored hair, or eyes, and a different figure entirely. But she was still my spouse. I was always able to recognize her as that. No matter how strange she appeared to me.

Different body shapes for women, simplified and illustrated.

I attribute that to the conscious bonding mechanism of quantum entanglement between closely associated consciousness’s.

And the same is true with my pets as well. Though, seriously, I swear that my cats knew what was going on all the time with me. They would sort of look at me with this expression “What? Again!”

And you all know that things can really change.

Cars can change, houses can change, entire landscapes can change, and along with all of that are entire histories and the past. Not only of the body that your consciousness occupies, but also of the entire world-line.

And yes, mental processes as well.

You spouse might be a crack genius one moment, and then a slide will turn her into a simpleton, with no education or understandings.

One minute you are on a world-line where Gerald Ford is President, and the next moment your world-line has Ross Perot as President. And yes, it did happen, and sometimes it can be extraordinarily confusing. Not to mention extremely frustrating.

On a personal note that I can tell you that while my wife would change from slide to slide, it was never far too radical. Or in other words, she didn’t go from a “Whoopi Goldberg” to a Alessandra Ambrosio during a slide.

I was always able to recognize her.

But that being said, that actually could have happened. She could have looked like Whoopi and then ended up looking like Alessandra. She could have. It’s just that in my experience, she didn’t.

That doesn’t mean that she didn’t have cosmetic surface differences. Sometimes her skin color was different, the hair style and color would be different, and yes, her body would change. Sometimes rather drastically. Yet, though all of this, she “felt” right.

I well remember one time there was a slide and while we were having sex (it happened at all times, I had no control of it) she ended up becoming shorter. Like really shorter. Maybe three inches shorter (9 cm). But her boobs got much bigger, so it was one of those cases of a little of this, and a little of that, you know.

And don’t ask me how I dealt with it.

I am a human, when you start to experience changes, you learn to adapt to them. And so I did. I adapted.

This is true for my cats, and my dogs. They might have physically changed, but I was immediately able to identify who they were. Our internal relationships were not altered by the MWI taskings. Though it could be frustrating. I once was used to having my dog go out for walks with me, and he would keep close by, then there would be a slide, and I would need to take him out of a leash each time, because otherwise he would run away.

So, what I am trying to say is that everything is inner-connected.  You don’t go from being a middle-class noob driving an average car, to suddenly living in a high-rise penthouse with a movie-starlet in your bed. All slides happened for reasons, and when I was involved in the slides, the changes were always in equal amounts of good with bad, new changes with old familiars, and situations that resembled where I departed from.

Level Two – The relationships

Now, as I have stated, this bond; this connection between my consciousness and the consciousness’s of my family, loved ones and pets did not change.

It still existed.

And because it did, I was able to identify them and their association with me. This was true no matter how messed up the rest of the world appeared to me, to be.

Yet…

Bonds and quantum level communication is a two-way street.  Even though my wife had no idea what was going on, aside from what I told her, she was able to “feel” or sense changes.

In fact, she was an unusually sensitive person. She possessed this nearly 6th or 7th sense that at times amazed me. For instance, she knew that the earthquake in San Francisco was going to occur. She  knew what I was doing when I was at the other end of the world on business travel. She even knew if I had indigestion if I was in a hotel room miles away. She knew, in great detail, if I was being a very “bad boy”. And she knew if I was missing her and my little family.

And strangely she could sense when I went to the bathroom, and would always, absolutely always, call me when I left my desk to go to the toilet. (She didn’t realize that this was going on, but it drove me nuts. And in those days, we didn’t have cell phones.)

She was special like that.

Because even though the world-lines changed, and the bonds did not, the bonds themselves were altered by the environmental changes.

And she could sense this.

So she would compensate.

Her brain, affected by what her “quantum shadow” was at the time, would also create changes in the bonding between us individuals. And that slowly drove her crazy.

She started to manifest strange behaviors around 1987.

Was diagnosed with Schizoaffective personality in the early 1990’s, and exhibited full schizophrenia around 1998.

Which is one of the reasons why I was so very upset by the comments by “Osiander” on 30APR21.

"It seems to me to be hearing the thought stream of a schizophrenic person."

A person with this illness is very sick indeed, and their loved ones have a herculean task in dealing with them, on top of everything else.

For me, personally, not only did I need to endure the slides via MAJestic, but I held some very competitive and hard-charging technical positions in the industry. It was awful.

You are making a presentation in a meeting, you are standing in front of the white-board, and the secretary breaks into the room with a phone call. It's the hospital and my wife tried to kill herself, and they needed me to go to the hospital immediately and sign the necessary papers. So I would need to excuse myself from the meeting, and run off to the emergency room at the hospital, and sign the necessary papers to put her under observation and then into the hospital for treatment. Sometimes as short as a few weeks, but towards the end of the 1990's lasting months inside a high-security ward.

Not a fun life.

And add that to the fact that the role I had was not changing. I had to deal through all the slides and changes while everyone else just lived their normal day-to-day life. Ugh!

In the world-lines, they (the world-line itself) always seemed to adjust to our situations.

Not the other way around.

And things changed.

The past would change each time we went though a slide.

Not, typically big changes. But all those little details that can add up to a very fundamentally strange life.

When we first met, her family were normal, middle class. Then over the slides and jumps, things started to change. Her family history migrated to lower class. And then her family started to have “a past”, and a history of mental illnesses. Where earlier there wasn’t any.

And indeed she was having a hard go at it. If I was involved in a deep-dive, you can pretty much guarantee that she would suffer the consequence for in on some way, one way or the other.

New subject.

The fantasies

All men have these fantasies of encountered strange, interesting and fun women and having sex with them.

The porn industry isn’t a billion dollar industry for nothing.

And if you fully understand what I am relating you can see that there is this real distinct possibility that this kind of thing can seemingly happen when you are involved in a slide.

But I can tell you that while there is a certain element of that that POSSIBLY could occur, it just never materialized in the way that you would it that it would. At least not in my situation.

My wife was always my wife.

She might look thin and tall, or short and round, but she was always my wife. You immediately recognize her as “the wife”.

Though she might be tall and thin, or short and round. She was always easily identifiable to me as my wife, my spouse and I immediately knew her by close proximity “feeling”, not by visual confirmation.

When the alarm went off in the morning, you woke up with your wife. Regardless of how she looked, the length of her hair, the colors of her eyes, or the way she was built. She was your spouse for good or for bad.

I will admit that there is a certain excitement having sex with a spouse that one day looks like an athletic gymnast, and the next day looks like someone who lounges on the sofa eating bon-bons, and then the day after that was a prissy doll-faced scold.  But the bonding of family members goes far deeper than the physical appearance, and that I can tell you (first hand) is really the fundamental case.

In fact, during really crazy times, when the cycling was “off the charts”, all I really wanted to do is sort of get back to the woman who I married, not what ever quantum shadow she was at that particular time.

So much for the fantasy. Eh?

However, for the record, for the vast majority of the time we were married she was always attractive and upscale in that particular area. This was the result of many things that are too involved to get into at this time.

It’s like all those fancy promotions of the life of the “jet set” businessmen. The people that travel three or five times a week, always flying to one city or to the other.

It looks so glamorous and exciting.

The life of the “jet set” businessmen.

But as someone who actually did it, nope, it’s something else altogether different.

Truthfully, it’s a pain in the ass and all you want is a nice home-cooked meal, a rest on your couch, and maybe some time in the backyard with your family. The life of a “road warrior” is not fun.

It sucks.

It’s mostly a world of lonely restaurants, airports, rental cars, and hotel-rooms.

This was me. High tech road warrior.

That’s the way life is.

How you picture something is usually not the way it actually is.

So what am I saying?

Look, if you are able to conduct prayer campaigns, you can navigate the MWI successfully and end up with the kind of life that you desire.

And if you have a role, such as I have had, where you have zero navigation control, you can still grasp the reigns of power and steer your life in the direction that you want. You just need to alter the programming. As I did in ADC Pine Bluff.

What ever you do, just remember that we are all connected together.

For you to navigate you must be aware of your interpersonal relationships and then leverage them for mutual satisfaction. NEVER discount the interpersonal relationships that you are involved in. They have a great deal of influence on how your desires and wishes manifest.

In the meantime, as best as you can… just enjoy that life that you are living right now. It’s a blessing that might not come your way again.

Do you want more?

I have more posts like this in my MAJestic Index here…

MAJestic

.

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

 

Metallicman Donation
Other Amount:
Please kindly enter any notes that you would like to attach to the donation here:

 

 

 

 

 

.

 

FAQ Questions and answers from readers and influencers with MM responses

Well, I have been so busy lately that I have forgotten to deal with some of my other sub categories. Here is something for the FAQ Index. It’s just a collection of unsorted Q&A that I’ve accumulated over the last year or so. I think you all might find one or two answers of interest.

Some questions and comments are in regards to my experiences in retirement, some are in regards to slides and mission parameters. Some are in regards to spiritual beings and the non-physical reality, and some are just all over the place. maybe there is something for you all to chew on.

I put forth the questions anonymously.

If you are reading this and see your questions please do not be alarmed or insulted. I put them here simply because you are not the only one. I have others, with situations very similar to yours asking the same kinds of questions. Seriously.

This is my way to make it easier for everyone to pull together and work together.

And if you are reading these Q&A and want to comment, please do so in the comment section and refer to the specific question (Question 4a…etc.). This way we all can participate in helping each other out just like a real Rufus does. Just like what and who you are.

Question 1

Can you remember any “slides” where the earth was empty of people, you were all alone on planet earth during your mission?

I have a feeling that the “elites” are getting ready to “thin the herd” of humanity, I understand that they want to get rid of around 90% of humanity so they can have the entire place to themselves (YIKES!!!)

The reason I mention it is because there’s this guy named Javier that I learned of through YouTube who claims to be trapped in an empty world in the year 2027. He has many elaborate videos on his exploring the empty city of  Valencia, Spain in 2027 without a single other person around, it made me think to ask if you had experienced a similar thing in your past slides?
At least I don’t need to convince you on the nature of variable time and the theory of information existing at all points within it, you “get it” already from your past experience 😉
If you check it out, let me know what you think bud.
Links:

Answer 1

Now that you mention it, there were times when things seemed really “empty”. It would be maybe 4 in the afternoon on a weekend. Normally, where I lived at that time (in a trailer park) there would be all sorts of activity. Kids would be playing. Lawnmowers would be non-stop noise makers. Cars would come and go. But for some reason it would be ghostly quiet.

No big deal, you brush it off. You say “Well, maybe there is something going on. Like a school event, a game, or something.”

Empty. Quiet.

And then you drive into town and most of the fast food franchises are closed. Again, you brush it off. You say “it must be a local holiday or something”.

Few people on the roads. No one on the sidewalk. But still, the dogs still bark. The birds still sing. The one thing that strikes me (now that I think about it) was that many lawns really needed to be mowed. Not only was the grass tall, but there were long weeds sprouting up in most of them. But aside from that, it was like a quiet day at 5:00 in the morning. Not too much activity at all.

I don’t recall anything on the “news”, but at that time (in my life) I was just listening to cassettes in the car. My own family was normal. Wife and cats were just fine. And then later on around 7pm I slid to a new reality, and the world “woke up” and came alive again.

I cannot definitively state that there was a depopulated world-line reality. But then at the time it could have been. I just never looked at it that way.

Question 2

What do you think the aliens were trying to accomplish through you, their agenda (as it were)?

Are you SURE they were not also agents of The Devil, how did they smell?

Answer 2

Well, for starters there are numerous extraterrestrial species involved in the earth. Some of the extraterrestrials actually “own” the earth, and are supported by other terrestrial species that we do not recognize as such.

In general, though, I am not sure about anything.

I feel a neutral level of respect that emanates from them. I myself, personally have a great deal of affection towards them. As far as smell, I haven’t really noticed anything worthy of note. But then again, at the times when I was interacting with them personally, my senses were so overloaded with sensory stimulus and new experiences that it would be pretty easy to overlook something like a scent.

Question 3

This question is in regards to a slide to a world-line where people were dying.

Interesting, since Rush was alive in that time-frame, we can probably assume it was a jump into the recent past, (you know he died in February, right?). Maybe Covid took hold of humanity more severely in that reference frame than it did in ours, who knows?

The whole bat soup thing is just a bunch of BS to cover the actual story, namely the intentional release of the thing by the CCP, that’s my analysis. They had sick people loaded onto airliners going all over the world in late 2019, bat soup accident my ass!

Back here at home, things are weird, nobody really knows who’s in charge. Biden is too feeble, Harris is a nut (The Scarecrow and the Joker I call them) and Rice and 0bama are running things from behind the scenes. People have mostly tuned out and are trying to go about their business best they can, you know, like they always do(?).

Answer 3

Yeah, well, the slides were always a mix of the culture AT THAT TIME with other elements that were alien to it. Well, the slide took place in the 1990’s so El Rushbo was still alive then, and I used to listen to him then. So yeah, he was going on and on…

Rush Limbaugh 1990’s.

Slides are not like time-travel. You just kind of go into a different reality that is contemporaneous with your departure point (world-line).

The “sickly reality” that I experienced (in many ways) resembles a sort of mix of 1995, 2020 and something else much different. It doesn’t mean that I had an image of the future, it’s just that certain events that seem to be scheduled for decades away, seem to be placed in my (then) present reality.

Other things just didn’t make sense to me. Like the shortage of masks (in October), or my car no longer using a key to start it! At the time, these things were very odd and very startling. The slide at that particular time was a pretty long one, and went for much of the day. It was a working week-day. And the office didn’t change much. Just a lot of really sickly co-workers, and general silence in the office.

At that time in my life, the slides tended to be of rapid cycle. And so it was “normal” for me to cycle in and out of unusual things. Like the “Denny’s” restaurant chain having a drive through window, or my vacuum cleaner having a hose instead of a stand-up model. After a while you just get used to the changes, and you roll with them. It becomes normal.

The ones I remember are the ones that stuck in my head.

Question 4

You know, I’ve been thinking a lot lately about that “jump” you made into the world where everybody was either sick or dying.

Consider that the mRNA vaccine (if effective, big IF) will cause your cells to produce the antigens inside your body for corona/SARs viruses so that no antibodies will be produced if you should become infected from another one, resulting in it killing you.

The Covid vaccine will DELETE your immunity towards corona viruses so that the next “accidental” pandemic release wipes out all the share of the population that got the vax. Then they’ll do the same thing over again.

What do you remember seeing during that “jump” it would probably be useful to know any other snippets of info you might have remembered about that one?

Answer 4

Good question. Gosh that (event) was a long time ago.

I well remember that I thought that it was a bio-weapon attack, but I was confused because no one was talking about an attack at all. And the people just looked sickly. There weren’t any bumps, rashes or anything like that.

In my mind, a bio-weapon event would look like small-pox, measles, or Scarlet fever.

Smallpox.

I felt “heavy” like I was well winded, and my chest felt like cement.

Everything else was normal. The radio worked and the stations were the same. There was a greater number of stores closed than what I would normally expect. Maybe about one in three were closed. The roads had less traffic, and no one was walking on the streets. The office was quiet. People were in their cubicles. The parking lot was unusually emptier. Not vacant, but maybe about 70% full. For the most part everything seemed normal.

The news was about some sports figure dying in an airplane crash. El’ Rushbo was talking about the evil bat soup slurping Chinese (which is strange as the Chinese don’t eat bat soup).

The people dressed slightly differently. More sport-shoes instead of loafers. Open collars instead of ties. But nothing to really say it was all that different. The office coffee machine was there and running normally. I think that I made a pot of regular coffee for the group. No donuts on the table though. At that time, I would say that maybe 3 out of ten days would be some kind of donuts for the group to eat with the coffee.

I guess that you could say that everything seemed like a normal everyday work day. The only thing was that everyone seemed to be very sickly, weak and very, very tired. Including myself. It was a struggle to get up out of the chair. A struggle to walk to the car. A struggle to place an order at the drive through, and a lack of desire to eat what I ordered.

I do remember drinking more coffee than I usually would. I liked the hot warmth and the energy that it seemed to give me.

Question 5

I still don’t understand why China is not defending itself against the conclusion and dissemination of ALL US-based analysts that the virus “leaked” from the Wuhan lab.

And if it had, then what do you make of all the preparations in place by the Gates, WHO, etc just before this “leak”. Are they genies who looked into the bottle?

There is no logic in all this. Are they pretty soon going to start teaching our kids in America that 2+2=4 except when…

There’s something I’m missing. Or maybe I should go back to my desk and continue to stress on this proposal I’m working on due in 2 day…

Answer 5

China did defend itself. It followed the global protocol. Which is to use the United Nations, and lodge a complaint.

As such it lodged a formal complaint and made a formal statement at the UN.

The thing is that it was NOT reported in the Western press at all. One of the big mistakes that people in the West make is the assumption (based upon the enormous volume of “news”) that everything that happens is eventually reported to the public.

This is not true at all.

Americans live within an isolation bubble. Information that you are not supposed to see is prevented from your access.

You need not worry.
.
China doesn’t NEED to defend itself and go tit-for-tat with the huge propaganda onslaught. It’s not arguing for the hearts and minds of Americans or Brits.
.
The Chinese are sitting from a position of strength. Real strength. Not inflated numbers on spread sheets or the idea that America has a robust economy because the stock market is artificially inflated, or that it has tons of factories that can replace the things that China makes.
.
That attitude is the most stunning thing that came out the US-China talks in Alaska. The Biden team went in cocky and demanding, and China hit back hard, then went to Russia the next day and strengthened the social-economic-and-military ties with it.
.
China knows what’s going on. This game of pretend has worn thin. That; American “democracy” is the best and China must adopt it. Nonsense. Or that China should not follow the UN, and instead adopt American-lead “rule based order”. Or that Taiwan, Hong Kong, Tibet or Xinjiang are American protectorates.  It’s bullshit. It plays well to the brain-dead American sheeple, but it is not flying in the rest of the world.
.
Is the greater public ever going to get a clear view of the difference behind the "rules based order" of the West (we own the money system and make the rules) and the negotiated International law based order?


Posted by: psychohistorian | Apr 20 2021 17:05 utc | 4
.
Over the last 75 years, America has really angered the rest of the world, and the rest of the world cheered when China bitch-slapped Blinkein.
.
What about your family back in <redacted>? Do they really cheer on the United States for fighting eight wars and bringing “democracy” to the world, Seriously. The social media all over Japan, and South Korea are saying (about the way China does things) “Why can’t our government do the same thing”.
.
Which is one of the reasons why Blinkedin went to those other countries to talk to the leadership.
.
Look. Let’s imagine that you have a nice house. It’s not the best house on the block. But it’s a good solid house. You have made sure that the foundation is strong, the roof is repaired, the windows and doors are robust, and the water and electricity works great. That’s China.
.
Down the street is America. It’s an enormous mansion. But the lawn is unruly and untended. The paint is peeling, the roof IS LEAKING. And upon closer inspection you can see that the fixings are all gold-plated, not actual goal, and the windows are single pane, not triple pane like China. The sheets on the beds are all rough weaves at 300 threads / square inch, while the Chinese sheets are around 3000 threads per square inch, and the furniture is old. In fact, aside from the master bedroom, the entire rest of the house is gutted and looks like it same from the 1940’s.
.
China doesn’t need to respond to the lies.
.
It just continues on.
.
I wrote some latest posts, no need to get upset, but the American “leadership” are just corrupted idiots. Sorry to say. So relax. Things are going to sort themselves out one way or the other.
.
This is how the rest of the world sees America today…
.
.
China is running their nation as a merit-driven leadership would naturally operate. And so they view a WIN-WIN scenario to be int he best interests of everyone. This is called, or referred to as “soft power”.
.
This term “soft power” is very misunderstood in the West. And to make matters worse the Hard-Right describes it as something horrible, and insidious. Like this…
.

.

And so now, after decades of non-stop American government propaganda that directs the thoughts of Americans towards certain objectives, we can see how this manifests. When people start taking “hard line”, and “evil combative stances” and thinking that it is normal, the rest of the world looks at them with incredulity.

Consider this little video…

.

So after explaining that America is desirous to push all the Chinese into a world of poverty and corruption just so that America can be the predominant nation on the planet, and the American news anchor asks “what’s wrong with that?

Evil has become normal inside of America today.

Question 6

All of this "news", and the Coronavirus situation, and the War-like Biden administration, the frustration, and the anger that is festering all over America is really getting people down. It's hurting people.

I have been following alternative news since this covid saga started. I have followed the development of those experimental injections they claim are “vaccines”, most likely yearly, though by their own admission, they don’t prevent infections and transmission.

I personally won’t be caught dead trusting Fauci and the Bill Gates or the CDC or Governor Cuomo who renamed the iconic Tappan Zee bridge the “Governor Cuomo Bridge”.

It has been quite evident to me that they don’t give a damn about us: To this date they are not providing their patients prophylaxis or early treatment, and HCQ and Ivermectin are not prescribed by mainstream doctors, even though the politicians including Giuliani and Trump have admitted that they have been on HCQ since the very beginning.

The recommendation is still stay home, take Tylenol, and when you can’t breathe go to the emergency room.

My cousin who lives in Cuba has told me of the Cuban government’s immediate distribution of prophylaxis for their entire population.

Yet (in comparison) I have a friend who right now is completely alone in the hospital since Saturday. They have given her pain killers and an antibiotic, that’s it.

The first few days of her illness the doctor gave her zero early treatment. She has never seen a doctor, they only talk to her once a day by phone, the nurses just about never enter her room – this is how they have killed thousand in America, through neglect. My girlfriend is right now sitting alone in terror, which is probably even more detrimental to her psyche, it might even be fatal.

Bref… to go back to my initial thought, everyone, including my cousins who are doctors, their pregnant daughters and even my own daughter in law who is a nurse and is trying to get pregnant, have jumped at the front of the line and taken the Moderna vaccine.

I’m just floored.

I love music, and arts, and nature, and travels, architecture, and peace on earth, and good friends, laughter and compassion for others. I’m just not sure I want to be around for what’s coming for us, this “new nomal” that my doctor cousins are so happy about, the kids in masks and “social distancing”, the forced vaccinations, the militarization of our lives to the point that free spirits and rebels like me will have to be eliminated…

Oh MM, I am afraid we’ve lost the battle, certainly, I have lost the battle in my own little world…

Answer 6

Oh dear…

Please do not feel that way. It’s not as bad as it appears. Not by a long shot.

One of the first things that you MUST do is stop reading “news”. Alternative, Right, Left, Foreign. What ever. Please stop. It’s got so much bullshit that no one is getting accurate and timely information.

You need to reset your thinking process.

America is collapsing, and it’s every-person for themself. Or so it appears…

There was this movie called The Lathe of Heaven. It’s based on a science fiction story by Ursula K. Le Guin.

https://letterboxd.com/film/the-lathe-of-heaven/

In a future world racked by violence and environmental catastrophes, George Orr wakes up one day to discover that his dreams have the ability to alter reality. He seeks help from Dr. William Haber, a psychiatrist who immediately grasps the power George wields. Soon George must preserve reality itself as Dr. Haber becomes adept at manipulating George’s dreams for his own purposes.

So get this… when this guy falls asleep, his dreams are so strong that he switches world-lines and arrives on the reality that he dreamed about. Yikes! And of course if he has a nightmare he wakes up to a nightmare, and if he has a happy dream, he wakes up to a happy life.

Well, this guy sees what is happening and decides to hypnotize him and thus beable to manually control what the world will become… all with good intentions, don’t you know. But of course, everythign goes to shit.

In so many ways this resembles the world that we are inhabiting right now. Big, rich and powerful people are controlling things, and others are trying to sound the alarm. All of it is like a slow-motion car wreck and it’s terrifying. It really is. Our lives, our mental health, our families, our incomes are all disrupted. We dont know what to do and we are going and moving towards a panic state.

You are in this state right now.

And it is awful.

The good news is that it is all an illusion. It really is. Sure things are happening, but what is happening regarding you, and your family will not, and does not resemble the narrative that you are reading about. So the first thing that you must do is turn off “THE NOISE”. Stop the “news” feeds and all that nonsense. It’s not gonna be as bad as everyone with a microphone is yelling about.

Second thing. Go to my post about Hemi-sync. Download one or all of the files. Put them on a player, and lie in bed and listen to them.

Why? Well all this howling noise is moving your center of consciousness about. It is no longer centered on the pineal gland. It is off somewhere else. The hemi-sync will recenter it to where you need it to be.

Location of the pineal gland within the brain.

It might take two or three sessions to get the effect, but I guarantee that the first session (listen to 1-8 in a straight shot)… might take you one hour WILL ABSOLUTELY make a difference and you will see and feel the difference.

I am not saying that there is nothing to worry about. I am not saying that you need not be concerned.

What I am saying is that your family needs you right now. They need you to be alert, strong, composed and in control. You must fake it, show a good happy face. And show some leadership. You have a role and this is the time for you to shine.

When you are in a plane you don’t want to hear the airline pilot screaming into the microphone “Oh my God, we are out of control, we’re all going to die!“.

No. You want to hear “Hello folks, we have a minor technical alert. It’s probably nothing. But the policy is to land at the nearest airport. Sorry for the delay.”

Here’s my little secret. You are protected. I’m trying to make sure of it. So don’t worry too much about other things, none of the really bad things will happen to you and your family. What you need to do is turn off the noise, calm and compose yourself and realize that it’s all gonna end really soon.

Question 7

My question has to do with the events described on this site:
.
Where it appears as though I’ve suddenly become a Targeted Individual.  I’m 63 years old and have been retired from the military for 21 years, and I have no idea why or how I suddenly became targeted at the end of October 2020, just before the elections.  It is definitely some sort of energetic (scalar weapon?) attack, and it follows me 24 hours per day.
With your background in the USAP programs and your incredible ability to engage in deep research, I think you would be my best option to discover how/why I’m suddenly in the program, and maybe ways to defeat or at least mitigate the attacks.
Thank you – and thank you for your service!  It sucks the way they made you exit the program, but that brought you to China and a much better 2nd half of your life.  You wouldn’t believe how much life has gone south in the USA in the past year or two.
I’m 63 years old, and like I said retired in 1999 from the Air Force. I flew the F-4E Phantom, F-16C Falcon, and F-117 Stealth Fighter, and had a short stint as a Liaison with the Army in 1990-91 which was mostly spent in Iraq and Kuwait. I planned and controlled airstrikes for the 24th Infantry Division during Operation Desert Storm, which was the first Gulf War.
That went very well, and I was rewarded with my top choice assignment, which was to go to Tonopah Nevada and fly the F-117. The entire wing moved in 1993-94 to New Mexico, and another highly classified program went in to fill the hangers in Tonopah.
I think this is where my Gangstalking (Targeted Individual) story might begin.
.
My time in Nevada was wonderful, and it was one of the best flying assignments imaginable. However, once we moved the entire Stealth Fighter Wing to Holloman AFB, New Mexico a number of strange things happened.
.
This seemed to be the holy city for what would surface as the LGBT-QPB movement. Bizarre is an understatement!
There were openly gay people serving on active duty, long before the “Don’t Ask Don’t Tell” system was implemented. Top Secret documents about Space Warning (Nuclear Command & Control) and Stealth Technology were waltzing out the gate in the arms of some of the gay officers, which never returned to their rightful place in the SCIF.
My roots in the military go back to the Air Force Academy, which is known for a very strict honor and ethics code. So for a bit I was a classic Whistleblower, in a case where a fair haired gay Captain in the later stages of AIDS had taken some TS Code Word materials about the Stealth Fighter to Vienna, Austria.
.
Shortly after that he collapsed from respiratory arrest at his downtown residence, spreading the TS Codeword material all over the neighborhood.
And shortly after that an F-117 pilot in my squadron was shot down over Serbia.
.
I spent some time exiled to Saudi Arabia, and of course had the usual array of classic Gangstalking at the hands of some very incompetent OSI Agents.
.
After I left the Air Force, I realized that the LGBT-QPB movement was part & parcel of the Deep State, and their Agenda was for a much bigger Game involving the components we now see described in Agenda 2030, and in play with such things as the COVID-19 overt/covert war with China.
To be honest, I don’t care at all about people’s individual sexual preferences. My point is that it was so far out of line with legal & regulatory norms at the time. The Air Force really needed my GIS and Airspace Management expertise after I left the military, so they actually brought me back as a highly paid contractor for about 4-5 years for a number of multi-national bombing range construction projects running into the hundreds of millions of dollars.
So I became “normal” again and found myself briefing and involved with deliberations of people like the SecDef and Secretary of the Air Force, not to mention a number of Congressional Delegates.
All seemed to be forgotten about events from the 90’s. Then shortly before the 2020 elections, maybe late October I found myself in the “spotlight” of what appears to be the 21st century version of Gangstalking (Targeted Individuals). The program is fairly well described by the web site I mentioned (https://www.targetedjustice.com/).
I’m of course not absolutely certain that is the entity/agency that is targeting me, but the description matches at the 99% rate. And I don’t have any other idea of who or why. I completely finished my contractor work with the Gov around 2006, and have been a model citizen and Grandpa since.
My only other claim to fame is that I love to read about as much as you love to write. So I voraciously read everything online and in my library, which tend to average about 1 book per day (400 pages when I measured) of reading. Likewise, I have a small group of friends that I exchange e-mails with and discuss current events and political news as well as esoteric and high tech stuff.
My friends are mostly retired engineers, credentialed professionals, and people like me. We discuss amongst ourselves topics that range from the Deep State agenda to things you write about involving off-planet technology and species.
My research includes things like Ayahuasca and Monoatomic Gold Elixirs, but perfectly legal versions and settings. I don’t ingest or smoke anything illegal or questionable, and I absolutely do NOT do any sort of
social media.
In fact I’m so private I don’t have e-mail or internet on my phone. I keep it all separate between my phone and my computers. My other passion or hobby is ancient texts and prophecy, to include the Scriptures. Absolutely no religion or dogma though, just the Science, History, Culture, and Prophecy in the ancient texts. As a very personal but critically important side note, I was the Commander of a team of Forward Air Controllers in my time spent in Iraq.
During that period I was “summoned” to an out of body meeting early one morning in Oct 1990, and on the other side of the conversation was none other than the Deity you and I know as the LORD Jesus Christ.
Very profound and life changing meeting, where I was “commissioned” to do certain things in Iraq, and warned that there would come a day with another type of “War” that I would also play an important role. That “War” is the one that started for me on Dec 21st, 2019 – and became the COVID-19 overt/covert war to install a one-world government and global banking system.
The US vs China part of it is just a strategy to create fear, which allows the Deep State to enslave, control, and of course orchestrate an economic collapse. To my family and close friends, we think of it as the period described in Revelation, called “The Tribulation” by the religious nuts.
From my prophetic research, that will start in the Fall of 2023, plus or minus a year. But it is a very small group of people that I discuss this with via e-mails. Granted, I know e-mails are read and all that, but it is just a discussion. No social media, no broadcasting or advocating.
Just very pleasant analysis that the good times are finally here! I’ve considered the possibility that my attacks are coming from the demonic sectors, but that never plays out. Even when I query a handful of gifted and Energy Sensitive friends I’ve known and trusted over the years, nothing shows up indicating the attacks are from demonic sectors.
I’ve dealt with those entities dozens of times, and have a pretty robust toolbox to eradicate them. Plus, I have friends in the Higher Realms that step in to help! This seems to be a human controlled Gangstalking system, pretty much like it is described in the Targeted Justice web site.
There might be dark entities in the mix or behind the technology, but at the wheel seems to be human and artificial intelligent algorithms. The “beam” or whatever it is called follows me 24 hours per day, everywhere I go. The scalar component can go through many hundreds of feet of solid earth, so there isn’t any place on the planet that I know of where I could get away from it.
My only solution will involve facing it head on, and finding out ways to spoof, jam, disable, mitigate, and so on. There’s a chain of events involved in the guidance and tracking systems that include GPS, evoked potential biofeedback, microwave beams that intersect to create the Scalar beam, and of course computers and sensors to aid in the tracking.
At night time the signal to noise ratio is the best, so the energetic attack is strongest. Plus it needs the person to be still for it to be the most effective. Walking around or staying in motion just keeps it chasing you but not really affecting your health.
Once I stop to work in my office or try to sleep, it locks on and goes into the “kill” mode. I’ve noticed that it tries to turn my stomach into a battery, much like a lead acid battery in a car. It “charges” it up for a few minutes if I sit still, and then triggers a release like a capacitor discharging.
If I lay down, it is much more powerful in its operation and can (I think) easily kill a person. So, I don’t lay down or get horizontal – ever! I sleep sitting up in a chair, and have done so for the past 4 months. Usually only about 20 minutes at a time in any particular location, and I’m so exhausted and sleep deprived that I go immediately into REM sleep. 15-20 minutes later I get up and move to another location. Lather, rinse, repeat.
I’ve been evaluating a number of shielding and jamming devices and materials, and have made some progress. Likewise, I’ve had to call upon my help in the Higher Realms to keep me alive, particularly on New and Full Moons, which probably has to do with Microwave Propagation (S:N ratio). We’ll talk about that more if you are interested, but I don’t yet want to pollute your research if you decide you want to go into a detailed analysis.
.
I don’t know why I was suddenly targeted at the end of October. I suspect it might have something to do with the research and private e-mail conversations about the Deep State, but nothing clear in terms of what. In previous episodes with the AI Algorithms, I did notice sometimes I’d get several days of nonstop computer attacks after some particularly noteworthy (ie accurate?) research or e-mails about the Deep State Agenda. But no clear answers on why I was suddenly targeted this time with a Kill Vector, what agency is responsible, or how the system works. That’s the first level of analysis.
The deeper research of course would be how to disable or defeat the technology, which would also reveal who was behind it all. Considering there are something like 170,000 people being Gangstalked, that is definitely the end game and most noble cause. From what I can find thus far, just about all of the Gangstalked people at this level are either ex Military (or some type of DoD service), or are a serious threat to the Deep State.
Like a doctors speaking up against lockdowns and social distancing, and saying the COVID-19 is just a hoax. Let me know what you think, and how far you want to dive into this project. I suspect there is a priority list, and at the top of the stack are retired military that reach a certain age, whistleblowers, independent thinkers, and specific DNA types involving Gaelic, Cherokee, or Iriquois – with the Haplogroup X-2A gene from the original Hebrew Tribe.
There’s a spiritual component to that DNA that when activated it becomes rather powerful. I think the Deep State is scared of those people. Unfortunately, I don’t have the DNA. I’m back on the ex-military and whistleblower and fully informed critical thinker side of the list. I suspect that you will find yourself on the receiving end of the Scalar beam something in the next few years.

Answer 7

Yeah. There’s a lot of very strange things going on in the USA over the last four years, and especially in the last two years. It’s not your worries. It has been reported to me though others as well.

Obviously, you have tapped into something that has targeted you. It’s never pleasant. And you are correct that it’s a human-driven event. It’s not from our benefactors. The best way that I can describe this difference is like this…

Imagine that you are in a room, playing a Avalon Hill Board Game (Like Squad Leader or Panzer Blitz). You are playing, and all is good. Someone moves in the room and secretly, when you are not looking, changes some of the pieces around. – That is how our fellow humans might interact with you.

Our benefactors are different. One minute you are playing the game in a room. You blink, and the next minute you are sitting inside a cafeteria having lunch, and you have no idea what happened.

All technology can be thwarted. That’s the good news. But somehow you ended up getting targeted, and we need to find out how this happened, and then disentangle you from that mess.

Most people are unaware about all the slicing and dicing Trump was engaged in regarding China. One of which was Zoom. You can still use it in China, but the fees are really excessive. No fees anywhere else, but a few hundred USD for a video conference on zoom… Give me a break. When chatting to the states I use skype.

When I was “retired” the shutdown of the ELF field went though this curious cycle. And part of the cycle involved some influences on my gut and stomach area. You are describing an interesting effect for certain. I don’t know if it is like a battery in so much as an internal feedback loop.

My mystery is WTF, dude? Who the Hell did you piss off?

For the most part once my retirement was set in motion most people were very respectful to me. Almost like they were afraid of me. And these were the outsourced dudes that hadn’t a clue as to what I was, am or have done.

Now granted, the initial intention was to disable and cripple me and put me in a nursing home for the rest of my life. But that didn’t happen. I didn’t write about it because it’s oh so painful. And it only makes my unbelievable story even more outrageous. The general public is not ready for the realty of what all this is like.

You pissed off someone, and that lies the key to controlling what ever you are going through.

Pissing off the wrong people. I get the impression that the people or person who decided to retire myself, my entire cell, and others in our unit was someone like a Mike Pompeo. Brash, uncaring, pompus and full of himself. Is in control of some very important levers or power, but is unaware of the details and the depth of the “big picture”.

I get the impression that somehow, in some way, you pissed of one of this kind of person’s underlings. Like one of the direct reports to this level of personage. It seems to be visceral, and up-close and personal. Maybe you can see a promotion of someone that you interacted with; getting promoted in 2017-2018. It’s personal. Which seems to indicate (what I know about people) either a gay-person, or an alternative-lifestyle person that you have directly and absolutely PISSED OFF.

When my group was “retired” it was very cold, calculating. It was methodical and ruthless. I was targeted for “disable and discard”.

A chick came into my life. Dragged me to Arkansas on the promise of a great job and a new life, poisoned the living shit out of me with heavy metals while having me sign away on multiple life insurance policies. The neurological effects got to be pretty pronounced, and was noted by the hospital staff (a doctor and two nurses), and that is what triggered the “fall back” solution; retirement as a sex offender.

Aside from the personal angst, it really was “click off the boxes”, “ram through the system”, and “discharge” into the arms of another agency that knows Jack-shit about what the fuck is really going on.

My situation.

For you, it really doesn’t seem to be that way. It seems to me that you pissed off someone really personally. And he has never forgotten. Then when he has risen to a position of power, he uses that power to attack you ruthlessly for his own personal purposes. It’s really a totally different situation.

I would suggest you read this…

 

 

 

 

Now, for the USN, (and myself) the ELF transmission facility was shut down the same year that I (and my cell) were all retired. It’s like someone decided to shut down the program and discard the players. The facility was closed. The participants were either killed off, or exiled (such as myself). So it seems for me and in my case we were all just being checked off the list.

But yours is really up-front and personal.

Now, this activity that is going on is telling in that it does not seem like the person doing this has the ability to give a kill-order. Only a torture-order. If you get my drift.

To authorize the execution of an asset or an American citizen you do need to have some very high level authorization. Even I wasn’t killed. They just wanted me to become a vegetable in a nursing home. So the impression that I get is that someone is doing this unofficially to you.

Never the less, they have the ability to authorize a broad spectrum of irritants on you, but is afraid to make their actions noticeable to their superiors.

As long as this person is at this level of power they can probably irritate the fuck out of you. I am sorry to say, but there are limitations. At least with the USN systems.

They needed to observe me to give them feedback as to how everything was working. And this would manifest as monitoring my electronic communication and having people “check up” on me from time to time.

Nothing really bad. Just an occasional observation to see “how I was doing”. I would imagine that that is along the lines of what you are going through.

Now, if MAJ wants to re-de-mothball the ELF probes for me, they would have to fireup the broadcast station (or create an equivalent), and then have someone local (in China) to check up on me. All this is too expensive and really a big hassle for a no-body such as myself. But the impression that I get is that the AF systems are currently operational.

Question one; do you have hardwired ELF probes like I do? Or is all of this direct radiation, targeted with technology that I am unaware of? That will help determine what the Hell is going on with you.

Question response 7a

Who the hell did I piss off?  LoL, that’s exactly what I’d like to know!  My experiences are very similar to yours, where most people (post military service) have been very respectful of me, while there is a group or agency lurking somewhere in the background that really wants me off the planet.  It might be the same people, where the local guys are respectful and the senior leadership wants me to disappear.
.
My best guess (at the moment) is that I have an uncanny ability to see through smokescreens.  LoL, that happens when you spend your entire career as a warfighter!  But I tend to connect the dots quite well (in my world) with whistleblower & leaked information, and match it up against the true Deep State Agenda behind all the Dog & Pony Show (Propaganda).
.
Said differently, what really seems to scare the Deep State leadership is when I connect Biblical Prophecy with the Deep State Agenda, and place in on a Timeline of Current Events.  That’s when I’ve always gotten the most “pushback” from various Algorithms/AI that manifests in the form of computer disruptions for a week or so.  E-mails shut down or disappear or do weird things, and all my computers sort of blue screen at once.  Things like that.
.
Nothing new there, as that has gone on for about 30 years, counting the last 10 years of my active duty time.  Things seem to have changed on/around Dec 21, 2019 when the Deep State went “Active” with their plans to orchestrate a global Economic Collapse and attempt to install a one-world government and banking system (etc).  Just exactly like it is described in Biblical Prophecy.  Note that I don’t care which Deity or Entity created the prophecies, as in the end it doesn’t matter.
.
I think you’ve described it as a four year battle, particularly with bioweapon attacks in China, courtesy of Uncle Sam.  I agree, although I would describe that as “preparation of the battlefield” as opposed to actual combat.
.
All of 2019 was full of events between the US and China, and every month things were heating up.  The Trade War that didn’t have good optics for DJT (Trump), the 5G/Huawei corporate espionage and economic prowess war, the BSL-4 labs where the Bioweapons were making their way from North Carolina and Canada (etc) back to Wuhan, the Fentanyl problem that connected to the Chinese port in the Virgin Islands (Abaco), some bioweapon espionage events with Dr. Xiangguo Qiu, her husband Keding Cheng at the Canadian BSL-4 Lab, and so on.
.
Hurricane Dorian in Sept 2019 magically sat stationary on the Chinese Port of Abaco as a Cat 5 storm for 48 hours, which took care of the Fentanyl problem the C_eye_A was having with China.
.
In July of 2019 the Biowar heated up:  I saw reports that somebody on our side of the ocean wanted to solve ALL of the above US-China problems with a single chess move.  They did it by inserting a poison pill in the Corona Virus (gain of function) bioweapon research, where it would specifically target the ACE2 Receptor.  That of course primarily targets Chinese men because they have 5x as many ACE2 Receptors.
.
From what I read (and connected the dots), somebody put the poison pill version in the Canadian BSL-4 lab, knowing that Dr Qiu would “steal” it and take it back to Wuhan, as she had been doing for years with all of the other bioweapon research.  Once she did that and returned to Canada (about July 2019) she was promptly escorted off the premises and sent home, along with her husband (Dr Cheng) and I think some of her interns.
Mission Accomplished to get the Poison Pill to Wuhan, and then it was a matter of getting the bioweapon released.
Not a lot of information on how/when, but it does seem to connect to the Military Games that were held in Wuhan, that started the same day as Event 201 (Oct 18, 2019).  Likewise, I saw a lot of information at the time that 5G had the ability to tweak gene selection and gain of function with COVID-19, which is why areas where 5G was deployed were particularly hard hit.  And again, all of that connected to the 5G/Huawei “conflicts” that had been raging between the US and China for quite some time.
Dr Charlies Lieberman (Harvard Chemistry Chair) was arrested in early 2021, which is tightly connected to this story.  He had a $4 million private lab inside the Wuhan BSL-4, and was also being paid $50,000 per month by China.  His specialty is nanoparticles, which is a big part of the COVID-19 and Vaccine technology, and apparently connects to 5G as well.  I think Lieberman was arrested to make him disappear, as 4-5 days after his arrest Canadian Scientist Dr Frank Plumber (SARS/COVID-19 global expert) mysteriously died at a conference in Kenya.
Even with all the smokscreens, deception, conspiracy theories (etc), it was pretty obvious that the war between the US and China was heating up and about to go kinetic, which was against a backdrop of an urgent need for the Deep State to get their Orchestrated Collapse underway, so they could install their One-World Government and Banking System.
I knew from a number of sources and pointers and whistleblowers throughout 2019 that December 21st was some sort of a tipping point for things to kick off.
Consequently, everything from about July to Dec were these preparatory events to set the stage.  It appears as though COVID-19 was “cooking” in China 3-4 weeks after Event 201, which means China (CCP) knew by about Thanksgiving what was going on and that they had been attacked by the US Gov with yet another bioweapon.  This one targeted humans instead of pigs or chickens.
In early Jan 2020, DJT (sigh… Israel?) took out Iranian Gen Soleimani, which I’m guessing was supposed to trigger a larger war with Iran, and then bring in China to back Iran and get the US and China directly engaged.  It didn’t go as planned, and DJT “allowed” Iran to retaliate by an attack on a military base where all the US Soldiers had been removed or bunkered down from ground zero.
You have written up a much more detailed and accurate description of all the COVID-19 events and back story through 2020.  I was just following the military and Deep State events, primarily from 2018-2019, knowing that things would kick off in 2020.  I was expecting more directly military operations and less biowar, but that part is yet to come.
There were some very interesting tidbits from whistleblowers, which indicated that the Deep State was going to start eradicating (exterminating?) US Citizens, particularly ones that were most likely to resist bringing in the One-World Government to the USA.
Those projects seem to have kicked off in 2018-19 as described in the leaked material, while the usual deception and conspiracy labels flooded the internet sources.  And all the whistleblowers and leaks were “plugged” (assassinated) in June-July 2019.
This story connects to the strange fires in Paradise California, where cars and homes burned but the trees and shrubbery didn’t seem to be affected.  The particular “targets” to eradicate are the ethnic group being demonized now, which is the usual playbook:  white, business or credentialed people, heterosexual, family & Christian values, property and gun owners, etc.  The same role the Jews had in Nazi Germany.   That’s BLM & Antifa’s role.
You can see that it is a close scrutiny of the Deep State.  Even filtering out the conspiracies, deception, and smoke screen efforts, news and events tend to follow that Narrative.  More aligned with events since the Summer of 2019, and very tightly so since Dec 21st, that year.
What I’ve found and connected is the Deep State Timeline is driven by planetary events in the solar system.  Some of which are caused by weather cycles (Grand Solar Minimum), and some of which are related to a flyby event that again connects to Prophecies and Deities in the Scriptures.
That seems to be the hot button that keeps someone or some agency in the Deep State very worried about me.  No broadcasting or social media, just e-mails and conversations with a handful of close friends.  Maybe 2 dozen all told, but something I’ve said or been saying seems to be rather sensitive, yes?

Question Response 7b

Hurricane Dorian in Sept 2019 magically sat stationary on the Chinese Port of Abaco as a Cat 5 storm for 48 hours, which took care of the Fentanyl problem the C_eye_A was having with China. 

Indeed, the two super typhoons that hit China in 2017 – 2019 were far too suspicious.

But nothing that you have stated was sensitive enough to authorize your death. Someone targeted you on a personal basis.

Question 8

“Likewise, something doesn’t sit right with me when the Gov takes its best, brightest, and most competitive aviators & engineers, put’s ’em through a brutal career including war, implants, and obscene responsibilities, and then turns around and wants to put ’em in the garbage disposal when they go to retire.  That is really bizarre.  Maybe you can write more about that one of these days. “

Answer 8

Indeed. You take the best and the brightest. You do remember the battery of test, after test to qualify for the AF Academy. Then after six or seven tests, you are sitting alone in a big room with just one or two others. It’s like that.

Only a handful of people got the chance to fly Navy and be a Naval Aviator. (Of course, your view might be different, LOL), and then when you get that opportunity and you are there in your first of several briefings, you are told over and over just how special you are. The 1% of the 1% of the 1%. You just don’t throw it away.

And then, those of us who excelled and survived and surpassed our classmates, we achieved various levels of success. And we, who have (for most of our lives) been promoted through merit, raise up to a position where those who “retire” us, don’t appear to have that same kind of background.

Indeed, to me it seems like America and many of it’s agencies are run by psychopathic idiots or…

…perhaps (better yet) sycophants appointed by psychopathic idiots. It really seems that way.

You can really see the difference here in China. I wouldn’t have thought about things this way, but when you experience leadership run by merit, and people who work together as a group, and who follow the rules. It’s all really rather refreshing.

And it’s starting to become obvious…

A similar anti-China fiasco emerged during last week's ABC.net.au Q & A which devoted its last 25 minutes to Oz's trade relationship with China. 

It was introduced with a question from a young graduate of the Greta Garbo School for Wayward Boys & Girls. 

He was already in an emotional lather when he stood up to castigate China for torturing Uighur Slaves, and subjecting them to forced abortion and forced sterilization etc sourced, Ahem, from that Tabernacle of Truthiness the BBC!

Anyway, it was slithering along quite hysterically until a young bloke stood up and asked...

... why no-one wants to talk about China virtually eliminating poverty, and a few other praiseworthy achievements absent from Western Homeland policies. 

And then whilst the bashers were digesting those assertions, a young Oz entrepreneur pointed out that he couldn't get research funding from Oz.gov or Biz for his new concept.

But he asked China.gov if they were interested in helping commercialize it? 

China.gov had a look and a listen and said Yes We Can! 
Come on over!

Posted by: Hoarsewhisperer | Apr 20 2021 18:26 utc | 12

Question 9

Speaking of random images, look at the very last attachment and see if you can make anything of it.  Just a random bit of evidence I scooped up on my research.  The image was from June 21st, 2020.

But posted on February 16, 2020.  CNY was on Saturday, January 25. So this image was originally  posted two weeks into CNY.

Answer 9

Very interesting comment about the dry block of ice in Wuhan. Very interesting, and plausible. I don’t know if it is true or not, but it is certainly plausible. What many American fail to appreciate is just how technologically advanced China is, and just how many cameras are available.

When the HK “pro-democracy” color-revolution was instigated, everything was known and caught on tape.

From the US State Department chick promising “the world” to the leaders of the “pro-democracy” movement…

… to the NGO (CIA assets) being told to “light Hong Kong on fire and let it burn!“. All on tape. All on high-definition 5G.

What was surprising to me was why China let the nonsense continue for so long. They could have stopped everything immediately.

Question 10

Have you ever heard of “Project Preserve Destiny?”  There is a book called Above Black by Dan Sherman that describes it.

This story is tightly intertwined with my world back in the early to mid-90’s, where my life went south after the Whistleblowing events that centered on the Fair Haired Captain that was dying of AIDS.  He was the training mate or counterpart to Dan Sherman, who wrote the book.  Sort of like your Sebastian character, where Sherman was going through training with the Gay Captain, but they never spoke to each other.  Or, weren’t supposed to or something like that.

But they trained together and were given psychotropic drugs to boost their Intuitive Communicator abilities.  The Gay Captain died in 1994, and turned my life into a shitstorm.

I’ll attach the 1.5 MB PDF, on the off chance it will make it to you.  It will be more background material to chat about…

Answer 10

Curious.

The 1986 photo of Dan Sherman who wrote the book “Above Black” looks a lot like Sebastian. Funny that you would mention this. While in the Navy in training all of our hair was short and  we were clean shaven, but when we met up again at NAS NASC China Lake, he had this same hair cut, mustache, and color hair. LOL.

I successfully downloaded the PDF and will take the time to read it. I have many things on my plate right now. No time this weekend for a conference chat. Maybe during the subsequent week. I think this weekend will be more cigarettes and tea, rather than VSOP and pretty girls. But you never know.

Question 11

By the way, no probes for me.  I was a straight up combat coded pilot.  I had people work for me that were implanted, including other test pilots that did some reverse engineering and flying of the craft.  I wasn’t briefed on their program(s), so I didn’t have to be implanted.

One more level deep, and it would have happened.  Likewise, when I flew the F-117A, it was a TS Codeword SAP.  No direct access to off-planet species, so we got by on non-disclosure agreements and some pretty tight “monitoring.”

Answer 11

That’s fine that you didn’t have probes. MAJ is a carveout and lies embedded within the various military branches, and industry.

I do not think that it has fundamentally changed much, as I understood it, the ONI pretty much directs or funnels the funding.

My experience was that at NAS China Lake my direct MAJ supervisor was retired AF. His name was <redacted>, and used to fly the F-111 Aardvarks during the Vietnam conflict when they were having all sorts of deployment problems.

F-111 Aardvark

Curiously, he was gay (as were many people at China Lake) and was part of a “clique” with the facility. There was a lot, A LOT, of groups, internal politics and fiefdoms there. I’ll tell you what. If I was older, I might have gone running for the hills, it was that bad!

Anyways, the probes are part and parcel about access and control. The ELF probes were / are MAJ mandated and control and monitor participants. The EBP is a very special device that our benefactors install. Once you have them you are in for life.

I can understand how some of your subordinates would have it but you wouldn’t.

Question 12

LoL – sorry if I was too long winded!  That’s just how I observed things setting up on this side of the ocean.  It will be interesting to compare notes and see how & where your research diverges from what I can find here.
I found a used laptop today, so I’ll load Skype on it and try to get familiar with the controls.
Have you ever heard of “Project Preserve Destiny?”  There is a book called Above Black by Dan Sherman that describes it.  This story is tightly intertwined with my world back in the early to mid-90’s, where my life went south after the Whistleblowing events that centered on the Fair Haired Captain that was dying of AIDS.  He was the training mate or counterpart to Dan Sherman, who wrote the book.  Sort of like your Sebastian character, where Sherman was going through training with the Gay Captain, but they never spoke to each other.  Or, weren’t supposed to or something like that.  But they trained together and were given psychotropic drugs to boost their Intuitive Communicator abilities.  The Gay Captain died in 1994, and turned my life into a shitstorm.
I’ll attach the 1.5 MB PDF, on the off chance it will make it to you.  It will be more background material to chat about.
By the way, no probes for me.  I was a straight up combat coded pilot.  I had people work for me that were implanted, including other test pilots that did some reverse engineering and flying of the craft.  I wasn’t briefed on their program(s), so I didn’t have to be implanted.  One more level deep, and it would have happened.  Likewise, when I flew the F-117A, it was a TS Codeword SAP.  No direct access to off-planet species, so we got by on non-disclosure agreements and some pretty tight “monitoring.”

F-117A

Answer 12

Here’s the book and provided for reading pleasure.

Question 13

(Regarding China)

Would it be strange to say it almost has the feel, very much of an almost 50s or early 80s American upward mobility sensibility, with well appointed civic systems of order, cleanliness, and beauty!

Well done is all I can say.

Most Americans have no idea.

I am only tuned in because I have known and still known people of so many nationalities and lived in a number of countries like yourself! So that sense of civic self esteem is getting hard to see in the US but it does exist here and there in little pockets!

I love this country, it’s peoples, it’s foods, it’s sights, it’s traditions, it’s hard won formation, and it’s principles and styles of government… but I am not so pleased with the amount of evil that has become entrenched anywhere in the world.

But China does seem a bit upward mobility obsessed, almost like we all were in the 50’s, and boy we loved that car era too, and having the hottest wheels, whether power for boys, or comfort for girls, was the ticket!

Everybody had to buy their own house, everyone had to have savings, everyone.

Now it’s different in the USA, it’s very very cynical.

And it’s seems, not Pollyanna, but deeply optimistic in some ways what is going on in modern China. A force for the good, who knew, with all the narrative noise in the channel!

Answer 13

Yes. that is exactly how it is.

There’s this live-and-let-live feeling inside of China. No one bothers you. If you want to walk around the mall will a beer in your hand while you sip it, it’s totally fine. If you want to spend the night sleeping on the sidewalk, that’s fine too. But since people don’t need to do that…

…they don’t.

And in many ways, China does feel like the 1950’s and the 1960’s. Seriously. Just go ahead and compare the police for instance.

You know, the photo of the American police reminds me of a scale model that I built when I was in tenth grade. It was by Tamiya. Compare the two pictures. Then compare it to the current Chinese police force.

Question 14

My presumptuous take on it is Type 1Grey conduct themselves in a dispassionate neutral way but welcome chaos and strife as a so-called grit in the oyster growth factor for cultivating the current human species.

Basically inviting in the wave cycle sense, a dialectic antitheses or cancellation wave to close out and dissolve manifest theses constructs of reality.

This can be a great blessing to unstick a really stuck consciousnesses, OR be a curse forcing uninvited transcendence of identity.

Ego gets a full serving of whoop ass either way I suppose.

Answer 14

Yes. In the movie The Matrix, the main character Neo learns that the computer tried to create a pleasant “Heaven” for all the humans to live within. There was no hunger, no starvation, no strife, and…

…all the humans died as a result. We, as a species need to grow and learn. And that means getting out of our “comfort zone” and entering an area of distress. It’s how we grow.

In this scene Morpheus tells Neo about the real history of the world.

Question 15

On mutations yes of course I was assuming, in that negative future world line, at least 100 years or 5 generations out for such compound natural replication errors to fully emerge.

The human response will be the CRISPR the shit out of the human genome to attempt recovery, and in another 100 years that comes to stable fruition.

Neosapiens type R (will create) a whole future dedicated to global recovery from mutations caused via multiple vectors.

It’s one very negative human future to avoid that I suspect is on the actionable watch-list of any world line sentinels.

Also with these issues on the minds of the benefactors, I can see many will help, wittingly or unwittingly, to seed trim tab causal counter flows to help buffer and steer us to a better outcome.

Answer 15

You are so very close to what is really and actually going on.

Question 16

Yeah the list is long and only starts with the obvious first likely cause being that ionizing radiation from nukes or dirty nukes could do it…

… but then there are also-binary genetic toxins that could do it,

…non-ionizing radiation (NIEMR) at certain frequency and intensity profiles that could do it,

…non conventional nuke contamination events could do it,

…a really bad CME could do it (Carrington x5?),

…an exposure of mutagenic material fallen all over the globe from a passing comet could do it,

…a pure mutagenic chemical weapon or bio weapon could do it,

…much later a quantum biogenic munition experiment gone bad could do it…

…it doesn’t take much imagination to imagine a few more plausible tipping points, or crucial key causal trigger events, for such hell on Earth to come about.

Then I think why lay it all out? Lol but duh as you know so well, there is no way around the fact that for the most part most of these alternate wildcards are just that wildcards that are entirely unlikely.

The largest causal likelihood is apt to be what we agree is looming the most – the risks of nuclear exchange.

But you know somehow I am optimistic that sanity will somehow prevail and the unity of the global marketplace will derail fomenting anti-BRI military strategy.

Is blind entitled hegemony worth all our children’s lives? Obviously not, but we do live in an age of highly engineered stupidity, docility, and group think. I don’t mind healthy group think, because it can withstand logical inquiry and ethical justification.

Answer 16

There are so many avenues that can play out. And they have on many world-line, world-path, trajectories. But what matters is the “end game”; the “end result” of all this so that the human species can develop to fit within the galactic society, and there are some very tricky things that must transpire first for it to come to fruition.

OK. Enough for now. I hope you all had a chance to digest some of this and toy with it in your minds.

Question 17

You really seem to make China out as some kind of great glorious place. Sure I suppose that there are some things that China does that are better than America. But you don’t have to be so gungho about it. You need to show some balance to make yourself believable. I just cannot see it ever being as great as you say. You need to tone it down and show some balance.

Answer 17

America is so full of shit right now, that balance is impossible.

It’s gone down into the sewer and it is beyond redemption. Meanwhile China has it’s act together. To make China look a little foul, and dirty by making up things so that it would seem believable to Americans is just… well, silly.

Americans have zero idea how deep they have fallen.

I would guess that the point of divergence happened in the societies in the late 1960’s. China took one path. America took the other path. Now look where everyone is

You see, everything is expensive in America because the corrupt and the evil have taken over the “democracy” and have made it that they rigged the game. Everything flows into one hundred billion tiny pockets. Fees, taxes, regulations, approvals… all are designed to siphon money away from the government to the corrupt individuals.

This just doesn’t happen in China.

There are two reasons for it. The first is that the culture and society has adapted and changed making whole-scale corruption frowned upon. But most importantly secondly, there is a special police branch; the corruption police that will hunt you down and kill you if you try to put your “fingers in the till”.

China does not play.

So when I see America, or the UK, or Australia, this particular scene comes to mind…

You know…

America is being “really really bad” right now. It’s pushing, and pushing for war. The entire fucking world can see this.

I really don’t know what the Hell is wrong with the American leadership. China is not going to be another Yemen. Maybe they want to go out with a “bang” instead of a “whimper”? I don’t know.

One thing that I can tell you is that China is a very deathly serous nation. As the video says, it has taken over a decade for the city of Boston to renovate a fucking bridge. China does it in 48 hours.

Imagine, just imagine what China can do if it is attacked! Especially since it is allied with Russia, North Korea, and Iran. And has pretty much unified all of Asia to include the EU (minus the UK). Imagine…

Question 18

Now you may think this is a bit way out, but I share anyway.  I guess you of all people can accept way way out!
I resonate with your site as you know.  I also resonate with this site which I have been following intuitively for many years after an event of my own which confirmed this lady had something very special to share.  It may not be fitting with your venue, or you may find it too far out which is why I haven’t added a comment.  Every day I visit your site, I enjoy all the readers’ comments, sometimes I feel a bit overwhelmed by the intellect and to keep saying, wonderful thank you isn’t really cutting it!  But your site is wonderful thank you!
So I share because it might relate to the changes you call the big bump.
This was the newsletter for March.  You can listen to her voice if you don’t have time to read all the script.  It is very meaningful to me but its all down to personal experience I guess.  I don’t understand all of how she puts things, but a part of me does greatly.
It is a very positive shift all the same, and light and sound are the name of the game.  I connect with stones and trees and hear sounds naturally.  My happy place is on the hills and loving the earth.

Answer 18

I will check it out and so will others that visit the MM site. Best regards and a big thank you!

Question 19

While you were in the organization, have you at any time, walked on Mars?

Answer 19

I can say that I have used the transport portal to go to other places. And they had gravity that in every case was less than the earth. At no time was it more than what I am used to on Earth.

I can tell you that I was inside of a structure that had lighting, and an atmosphere that was suited for other species other than humans, but I did not find it uncomfortable.

I can also say that I had no idea where I went. I can only guess.

That being said, I do know about a very specific facility on Mars. I know about it because that is where the “pilot” that controlled the (EBP / ELF) artifice lived. And being so entangled with this artifice, I was able to “sense” or “overlay” thoughts, impressions or images with this “pilot” entity (as long as it permitted it).

It is through these impressions that I am able to remember, specific (and very limited), images feelings and events. For me, it is almost like being there. Almost.

On a scale from 0 to 10, with 0 being no experience. And 10 being the full human sensory experience. We can thus rate other forms of media and electronics to obtain a better understanding of what I have been able to capture in sensory stimuli.

  • Reading a story is about a 1.
  • Reading poetry is about a 2.
  • Radio and television are pretty much a 3 and a 4 on this scale.
  • A 4D movie with movement and scents is around a 5.
  • Wearing a deep sea diving suit, and walking on the ocean floor is around a 6.
  • And the overlay of sensory input on the experiences of this other being is a 7.5.

So, no. To my knowledge I was never physically on the planet Mars that I am aware of. Though I could have been.

But I was entangled with the Pilot of the artifice, and that provided me with some experiences that were similar to being on Mars. And so I have written about them. As strange and unusual as they seem. But what do you want me to do? Shut the fuck up about it, then die. And thus leave my experiences to disappear into nothingness so that no one benefits from it? Is that what you want?

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my FAQ Index here…

FAQ

.

Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles sequentially by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

 .

 

 

 

 

 

.

The Dunning-Kruger effect on an actual MAJestic disclosure.

Many drive-by visitors to Metallicman often raise their noses and proclaim “I’ve seen it all before”, and then leave. They don’t stick around and really study what is being presents. They just assume that it’s just another ‘same old”, “same old”, and thus not worthy of their time.

A lesser person might be upset.

But I know, and most long time MM readers know, that this is all an illusion.

The people who come and stay are here for the content, and the juicy nuggets of gold that you won’t find anywhere else.

Arthur Schopenhauer famously observed that talent hits a target that no one else can hit, but genius hits a target that no one else can see.

We now know that, through the Dunning-Kruger effect, each of us is limited by cognition: anything more complex than our minds can grasp appears as ludicrous bizarre gibberish to us.

Let. That. Sink. In.

Can you fly a “Frisbee”? If not, then why?

Knowledge and skills are learned. And that includes the ability to reason, to plan, and to sort things out.

This creates a framework of genius as that which notices the obvious but ignored. As explained in the biography of a famous gun designer, high cognitive ability seems mystifying until the results are seen:

It is often said in the industry that small arms now are designed by committee. But the design process will always need that one unique person, the imaginative individual with a new way of looking at a problem. 

Eugene Stoner was the man with the ideas who passed them on to the design committees. According to a long-time friend and colleague, Stoner was “the master of the obvious”. “When he came up with an idea you would ask yourself, ‘Why didn’t I think of that?’ But you didn’t.”

Most people cannot see genius.

To them, it appears as an oddity, something incomprehensible, and when it succeeds, they hate it. The last three centuries in the West have been a rebellion against genius, replacing it with inferior substitutes like navel-gazing novels, pop culture, and modern art.

Face it.

People who have genius capability are shunned and thwarted in society.

Yet, early on, Western Civilization succeeded because it embraced genius. Under the kings, those of great potential were subsidized so that all could enjoy their insights.

Not so today.

Under democracy, they are treated with suspicion and thrust into the workforce, where they often flounder.  Individual genius is a fast train ticket to oblivion and poverty.

If we are to rise again, much of our focus must be on finding good people instead of trying to regulate mediocre people with complex systems in the Asiatic model. In the meantime, it helps to recognize that genius is most commonly unrecognized except by those on its level.

The Dunning-Kruger effect

The Dunning–Kruger effect is a hypothetical cognitive bias stating that people with low ability at a task overestimate their ability. As described by social psychologists David Dunning and Justin Kruger, the bias results from an internal illusion in people of low ability and from an external misperception in people of high ability; that is, "the miscalibration of the incompetent stems from an error about the self, whereas the miscalibration of the highly competent stems from an error about others". It is related to the cognitive bias of illusory superiority and comes from people's inability to recognize their lack of ability. Without the self-awareness of metacognition, people cannot objectively evaluate their level of competence.

-Wikipedia

The Dunning-Kruger effect states that incompetent people are also incompetent in assessing their own performance.

Let. That. Sink. In.

Therefore, less competent people think their performance is competent, while smarter people focus on their own flaws.

It explains, among other things, how in a society that places too much value on image, idiots and insane people are able to get ahead by overestimating their value and getting fools to agree with them.

The essence of the Dunning-Kruger effect is that “ignorance more frequently begets confidence than knowledge.” 

Studies have shown that the most incompetent individuals are the ones that are most convinced of their competence.

At work this translates into lots of incompetent people who think they are superstars.

And what is worse is that if you have a manager that doesn’t closely supervise work, he or she may judge performance based on outward appearances using information like the confidence with which these incompetent blockheads speak.
An important corollary of this effect is that the most competent people often underestimate their competence. 

This is a result of how you frame knowledge.

The more you know, the more you focus on what you don’t know. For instance, people who can name 15 of the 50 state capitals tend to think “I know 15.” People who know 45 of the 50 state capitals tend to think “I don’t know 5.”1

Dunning and Kruger, two researchers at Cornell University, described their findings in a paper entitled “Unskilled and Unaware Of It: How Difficulties In Recognising Ones Own Incompetence Lead To Inflated Self-Assessments” in the Journal of Personality and Social Psychology.

Their conclusions can be summarized this way:

Incompetent individuals…

  1. Tend to overestimate their own level of skill,
  2. Fail to recognize genuine skill in others,
  3. Fail to recognize the extremity of their inadequacy,
  4. If they can be trained to substantially improve their own skill level, these individuals can recognize and acknowledge their own previous lack of skill.
Translation: 
Without leadership at the top of the curve who is willing to call people on their incompetence, the incompetents will appear competent to other incompetents and be advanced, possibly even to the presidency.

This causes a mathematical problem for democracies since most people are not particularly competent at leadership, government or logical argument, meaning they are both unable to assess the best leadership choices and sure that they’re right.

It’s essentially similar to the Downing effect:

One of the main effects of illusory superiority in IQ is the Downing effect. This describes the tendency of people with a below average IQ to overestimate their IQ, and of people with an above average IQ to underestimate their IQ. 

The propensity to predictably misjudge one’s own IQ was first noted by C. L. Downing who conducted the first cross-cultural studies on perceived ‘intelligence’.
His studies also evidenced that the ability to accurately estimate others’ IQ was proportional to one’s own IQ. This means that the lower the IQ of an individual, the less capable they are of appreciating and accurately appraising others’ IQ. Therefore individuals with a lower IQ are more likely to rate themselves as having a higher IQ than those around them. Conversely, people with a higher IQ, while better at appraising others’ IQ overall, are still likely to rate people of similar IQ as themselves as having higher IQs.
The disparity between actual IQ and perceived IQ has also been noted between genders by British psychologist Adrian Furnham, in whose work there was a suggestion that, on average, men are more likely to overestimate their intelligence by 5 points, while women are more likely to underestimate their IQ by a similar margin.2

That tendency could go a long way toward explaining why many successful societies have relied on strong leaders who had no problem beating down the incompetent with force.

Unless suppressed, the 90% of humanity who per the “Bell Curve” are unskilled and unaware of it will take over and, being incompetent, run society into the ground.

In addition, while people can be taught specific tasks, they cannot be taught to reason in general; education does not raise IQ and in the process of trying, becomes dumbed-down to the point where no one intelligent will get any benefit from it, which discriminates against the intelligent.

Conclusion

The conclusion is obvious.

When you combine the Bell Curve, the Dunning-Kruger and Downing effects, and the natural tendency of human beings to compromise, you have a working explanation why human societies inevitably begin the pursuit of a “race to the bottom” once they become powerful enough to stop losing so many people to natural events, disease and war.

A case in point is the United States…

You do know that in the movie “Idiocracity”, all Starbucks coffee comes with a “full release”. LOL.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Happiness Index here…

Life & Happiness

.

Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

 

 

.

 

Making course corrections on a prayer and affirmation campaign and how to minimize any grievous errors that you might have made in the past

Here is another prayer and affirmation campaign post.

In this post we look at making “course corrections” in a prayer and affirmation campaign. This is pretty important. Because as your life progresses you grow, and as you grow your opinions, attitudes and ideas about life change. What might have been important to you as a “piss and vinegar” young person in their twenties, is not the same as you in your mid-thirties with a family, children and a rough job situation. You grow and you need to conduct prayer affirmation campaigns that either build upon previous ones, or that erases previous efforts and allow you to plow ahead free of encumbrances.

So let’s look at this.

First item of clarity

The very first item of clarity is the understanding that there is no such thing as time. And thus every single speech, talk, writing, or prayer all are happening and continues to happen today. Even though you have moved on with your life and the prayers happened decades ago, they still have equal validity as if you are making them right now. Yikes!

Which means that all of those thoughts, prayers, talks, and writings has set your consciousness on a vector path that you are now following.

And when you make a new prayer affirmation campaign, it is in effect, making “nudges” or pushes to the existing vector path that you have already laid out.

It is not a brand new vector direction. Rather it is a modification of a vector direction that you are currently on and engaged upon.

So what you REALLY want to do is have new affirmation prayer campaigns that establish brand new directions (instead of building upon old ones), if that is your desire. Here we are going to discuss ways and means to manage this. I like to call this “making course corrections”.

Making Course Corrections

Consider this image below…

The path vector that a person is on when he / she travels the MWI is the combined result of thoughts, actions, behaviors, talks, writings and experiences. And while you might have a very robust and determined affirmation prayer campaign, you still need to deal with the accumulated combination of all your prior efforts and thoughts.

The best and easiest way to “reset” these actions is to make a “course correction”.

In the image above, a “course correction” on the MWI enables a completely new prayer affirmation campaign to redirect and reset the direction vector that your consciousness has embarked upon. As you can see, the new revised course is on red. it is an easier and less frightening course. Not so precarious.

As the old path has the vector direction on the side of “mountains” on the topographical map. Meaning that it would be very easy to “slide off the cliff side” and end up further away from your goal.

The new and revised map is much better with only the final stages of the vector directed path being contentious and potentially problematic.

But how to do it?

How do you make a “course correction”?

Well, there are various techniques and methods.

      1. Don’t do anything.
      2. Selectively erase the past affirmations.
      3. Scrub and clean the template map

[1] Don’t do anything.

This strategy is quite simple. You run the affirmation prayer campaign as all of us do and don’t make any allowances otherwise. You pretty much acknowledge that you have done and said things in the past that may or may not influence your current affirmation prayer campaign, but you don’t worry about the influence of it.

This is fine when you are pretty much a loner, never prayed before, never had an affirmation campaign before, and pretty much lived a low-key lifestyle. The chances are that your previous influences were not all that serious and were unable to result in strange meaningful opposition to what every prayer campaign that you are now involved in.

As illustrated in this picture below…

You really don’t need to do anything at all about your previous affirmations or statements.

[2] Erase the past selectively

Let’s suppose that you have made mistakes in prior statements, and affirmations and prayers. You don’t want them to continue to haunt your contemporaneous prayer and affirmation campaign, what do you do?

Well, you can add statements within your campaign that selectively erases the mistakes that you have made in the past. Such as some of these suggestions…

  • Any previous actions, statements or affirmations that I have made in my past, that will have a contrary effect on my current affirmation prayer campaign, are ignored and does not influence my current affirmation campaign.

Which is a pretty good affirmation if you don’t want to completely erase prior efforts.

Of course, you could also “nuke” all past efforts, mistake completely and force a “clean, white paper” to begin your latest affirmation campaign upon. Such as this example…

  • My current affirmation prayer campaign is free from any detours, delays, complications or modifiers as a result of prior campaigns, actions or thoughts.

[3] You can refresh the template

Your verbal prayer affirmations are all very powerful. You will be amazed at what they are capable of. Here in this technique, you actually end up refreshing the template. Or, in other words, removing the soiled linen tablecloth and replacing it with a clean and new one.

The technique involves a slide.

You “slide” off the old template map (whether a pre-birth world-line template or something else) and on to an absolute duplicate one that now possess the characteristics that you specify.

There are many ways to accomplish this. Let me offer the easiest technique. It’s where you simply specify sliding to a “refreshed” world-line template.

  • I authorize a slide to a cleaned up version of my current world-line topographic map. This new map is functionally identical to the map that I am using right now with the exception that any obstacles, debris, confusion, and detours that are a direct result of prior affirmation campaigns, spells, mistakes, or problems are removed from it.

Then you can rest assured that you can continue on your life journey with the understanding that past mistakes (in regards to prayer affirmations) will not haunt your efforts.

On the MM scene

Well, I am starting a new affirmation campaign this April. And I want to de-clutter. I do this from time to time. Not often enough, I am afraid. But you know that for us to grow our previous expectations and life changes. Everyone should be experiencing a new appreciation of life and their families after the horrible 2020 that we all endured. Right?

Well I am no exception.

I have been conducting affirmation prayer campaigns for the last four decades, or at least ever since I went through my calibration at China Lake NWC. This was something that became easy and necessary for me to do and engage in. I had no choice. I really needed to do it. You know, to keep my sanity.

And after many decades of campaigns, false starts, dead ends, road blocks, adjustments and all of that, my MWI topographical map tends to look like a messy battlefield. Which I suppose is workable, but not optional.

So every now and again I need to clean things up. Because, as I have explained earlier, there is no such thing as time. My desire to have a Miami Vice style home in a Florida like environment has been supplanted by a more reasonable desire to have a beautiful home overlooking the ocean full of plants, wine, great food and pretty girls. Not to forget friends and family. You know, something like from the movie “A Walk in the clouds“.

A Walk in the Clouds

.

Now, of course, if I don’t clean up my terrain, it won’t be a problem. As I will have both the aspects of my Miami Vice lifestyle along with the wine and lifestyle that I desire. But maybe I don’t want to have that relic of the past. Maybe I just want exactly the new lifestyle, and nothing associated with the dreams that I had as a young man. Maybe…

I no longer want ANY association with the dreams and desires of a young man…

Miami Vice

.

And that is life, don’t you know, you grow. You change. You age. Your desires mature and advance. You have other priorities in your life and you find that things that used to be of interest to you no longer hold that grasp on your soul.

It’s called maturing.

It’s what happens when life hits your hard on the head and you experience those things that you longed for. And when you discover that they really weren’t all what they were cracked up to be. Yeah.

Right now, to me, a life in Grady, Hooterville, or Mayberry RFD seems to be the kind of environment that I want my children to grow up in. A Chinese versions (of course) and near the ocean and beaches, of course. But this reality differs considerably from the image of a beach house in Vero Beach, Sana Barbara, or Fort Lauderdale. Don’t you know.

Hooterville. From the television show “Green Acres”.

.

Yeah. I know. It’s all Hollywood. And there are aspects of the back woods, small town life that I do not like. But the fundamental aspects of knowing everyone, being a member within society, and having a more relaxed and easy-going pace is something that appeals to me. It differs substantially from that of the fast-pace, all-excitement image portrayed within Miami Vice.

Grady, from the movie Doc Hollywood.

.

And that is what life is all about. Growth. And you can establish the life that you want to live. You simply navigate the map and the template that you were given. You are careful on mow you interpret the map and you make sure that you are cautious and observant.

No.

I do not want the erasure of my past to begin a totally different life.

I want the addition of new aspects, and a clarification of certain specific aspects to what I already possess. This takes thought. This takes planning. This takes concern. This takes action.

Mayberry RFD

.

So what do you do when you have a great life, but there are elements within it that your old life your enjoy, but now as a much older person are not all that important to you. What do you do?

Well you dust off the old template, and you make sure that the older desires, wishes, prayers and affirmations no longer have a new bearing on your direction and you current desires. You cleanse the template.

Conclusion

Right now, I must say, lovely Zhuhai is sort of like America in the 1950’s. Only very high-tech. If that makes any sense. And I want to keep it this way. I do not want any of this to change. I think that it is a lovely area to raise a family, live a life, work and cavort with friends.

And since I am doing fine right now, the idea of cleaning the template must be considered most carefully, and (of course) selectively. You need to identify the things that you might no longer want and place a softer, easier way to excise them form your plan and map.

Of course other issues come into play. I most certainly don’t want Shenzhen and Hong Kong to be obliterated in a fireball by an American ICBM. I don’t want to get ill, have some kinds of “old man” health issues, and I really don’t want the kinds of surprises that many Americans tend to deal with on a daily basis.

As long as I hold an American passport, these concerns will continue to be stabled to my soul.

Yet, you and I know that we can control our reality by thought. And so we do. The use of a method to clean out the underbrush is always something to keep in mind when you are running an affirmation prayer campaign, and this is exactly how you do it.

May all your dreams, wishes and desires come true for you. Best Regards.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Prayer Affirmation Index here…

Intention Campaigns

.

Articles & Links

Master Index

.

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

 

 

 

 

 

 

When prayers counter act each other and cancel out in an affirmation campaign

Prayers can seemingly cancel each other out. Yikes!

This happens, and the larger the number of affirmations you have, the greater the risk you have in having them cancel out each other. It happens, and you have to be aware and careful about your affirmations. Most certainly, the simple and sweet rule applies. Do not get too hung up on elaborate campaigns. Keep things simple.

Let’s talk about this here.

An example

This is a true example that was sent to me.

A MM follower had a problem. (Most of us do, but this has to deal with his affirmations. He felt that he was “spinning his wheels”.) While there were all sorts of things going on in his life, his most important two affirmations had not yet been realized. It had been at least a year maybe longer.

And while I told him that it takes time for the more distant goals to be realized, he argued that he must be doing something wrong.

So, after a few probing questions, he let me see his list of prayer affirmations, and at the top, under the heading “Most important” were two affirmations. They were…

  • Be the CEO of a large and important company.
  • Have a nice calm, happy and peaceful life.

Now, of course, it is possible to have both. It is not impossible. For with affirmation prayers, anything is possible. It’s just that some things require more world-lines to traverse to get to.

I suggested to him to do one or the other. Not both simultaneously.

And why you might ask…

Pick the one that he desires first, and then work towards it.

The reason for this, is that the combination of both together is going to be a difficult one to obtain quickly. Now I said “quickly”. I did not say unobtainable. His combination made quick implementation of his desires rather problematic.

How to understand this…

When your objective prayers are not being realized that means that there might be one or more of a number of things going on.

  • Your prayer goal takes a large number of world-lines to traverse. It is farther away than your would like, and you have yet to reach it.
  • Your goal is in conflict with another goal, thus obtaining both goals together sends your ultimate objective further down the time track.
  • Your goal is off your pre-birth world-line template and you have not approved or blessed a slide to get off your fated life.
  • You are being blocked by non-physical issues that you are unaware of.
  • Your prayer is simply not possible within your template.

Regarding this last point…

Anything and everything is possible in our reality. In the movie The Craft (1996),  the three other witches placed curses, hexes and spells on a girl in their coven. Her life turned to shit, and even her parents died. Then, after running a prayer / spell campaign she awoke to a new reality. One where her parents didn’t really die as was reported on television, it was all a bad mistake.

Anything is possible in this reality.

It’s just that there is a measure of your opposition to change that plays a role. And I want to discuss that right now.

Inertia

Our “reality universe” in both the physical reality, and the non-physical reality has this quality, or attribute known as “inertia”. It is measurable, and there have been many studies on it. Essentially, inertia is the resistance to change. We see this everyday.

If you are running and you want to stop suddenly, you end up toppling and going heads over heals. Or if you are trying to push a car that is broken down, its hard to get it moving, but once it starts to roll, it is so much easier. All of this is known as “inertia”.

Inertia 
Inertia is the resistance of any physical object to any change in its velocity. This includes changes to the object's speed, or direction of motion. An aspect of this property is the tendency of objects to keep moving in a straight line at a constant speed, when no forces act upon them.
This property affects everything. And it is not just the physical. It is the non-physical as well. And yes, thoughts and ideas also have inertia.
.
So you really cannot expect to start and stop affirmation prayers at will. While you physically might start and stop the actual vocalizations, you cannot stop the non-physical things that you set in motion.
.
It’s due to a non-physical attribute that is similar to inertia.
.

Now, I want the reader to take into account that there is no such thing as “time”, and since there is no such thing…

…that means that the affirmations that you made last year has the same validity or “juiciness” as if you were making them today. And thus all the affirmations and writings that you have ever done is part of the big stew that you have been cooking all your life to get to the point where you are now.

We can refer to this characteristic as the inertial component of an affirmation / prayer campaign.

An Illustration

Let’s look at this example.

We see that the “hills” and valleys” of a topographical world-line map that is representative of the MWI  is a measure of how difficult, stressful, or contentious a person’s life might be RELATIVE to the other world-lines that preceded it.

And here we see that you can accumulate benefit by climbing these “hills”…

And here I make the point that effort, strife, discomfort accumulates a specific type of experience that the consciousness can use.

How it is used depends on many things.

As we go “up the hill” in the MWI topographical map, we can also go “down the hill” upon the topographical map. And the ease of your life would be wholly a function of the release of the “good stuff” or “good karma” that you have accumulated during your travels.

As shown here…

But we can consider the benefits and liabilities of this accumulated effort in dealing with strife to be similar to that of inertia.

You climb the “hills” and you experience discomfort. You do down the “hills” and you experience a relatively easy period of time.

If we consider it to be analogous to “karma” as well as “inertia” then we have a real actual characteristic that is fundamental to our movement within the MWI and when we go from world-line to world-line.

This can be counter intuitive. After all, how can you “gain something” when you expend effort?

And I am here to tell you that no matter what you do in life, everything is inner connected.

So when you make a prayer affirmation campaign a few years back, the impressions that they made still slings to your being. Even though (for instance) you recognize that that you made some grievous errors in judgment when you defined those prayers.

Back to the example

So here, let’s go back to the example of the follower who is upset that he is not achieving the life of comfort and success as he pictured in his affirmation prayer campaign.

His life apparently isn’t going anywhere.

He seems stuck in his current situation.

He is frustrated, and he desperately wants that vision of a new life. You know which one. Something like this…

Boss life.

Ah.

There are many things at play. But I am willing to wager that the primary contributors are that his prayers counter-act each other, and ended up putting his goals in a far-away location on the MWI, as well as residual inertial influence of previous desires, wishes and vocalizations.

Time does not exist.

So the things that he said, and the writings that he made, and the actions that he dreamed of and contemplated upon has created a “tablecloth” upon which his new (and latest) prayer affirmations rest upon.

And while we want to believe that each and every new affirmation prayer campaign is a “new slate” from which to conduct our desires and goals, it is in all actuality a new meal that is placed on a tablecloth already soiled by your previous dining efforts.

In this particular case, I believe that it is a combination of things going on that has set his goals far off “in the distance” (MWI speaking)…

  • Too complex of a goal.
  • Characteristics of that goal that are too specific for immediate implementation.
  • A history of other wishes, desires, actions, or verbalization’s that further remove his goal form easy direct access.

Such as…

“Oh the boss is an idiot. I would never work like he does”

or,

“It’s a hard life. having a calm life is just a dream and wishful thinking”

or,

“Who needs money and the lifestyle of a boss? I’m happy as I am right now”

For him to move forward, he needs to counter act all what he has created over the years and then build upon this new foundation with his affirmations. Then he needs to adjust his affirmation campaign to be simpler. Concentrate on it step by step and don’t but too many big enormous desires without laying a foundation to travel upon.

Conclusion

Keep in mind that everything we do has an accumulated characteristic that color and alters the prayer campaign. I do not believe that it can completely render the campaign inept and non-functional, but rather that they tend to add a few “extra” world-lines between you and your objective. For you to advance forward you need to be of clear mind and purpose, and control any negative and counter active thoughts and actions that might have developed into habitual problems within your life.

If you do, you can be guaranteed of speedier implementation of your desires.

Best Regards.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Intention Prayer Index here…

Intention Campaigns

.

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

 

Metallicman Donation
Other Amount:
Please kindly enter any notes that you would like to attach to the donation here:

 

 

 

 

Using the MWI to explain the unexplainable, the supernatural, and the strange.

Hello everyone. Did you know that I died?  Yup. I did. But, you know, I didn’t really die. I just experienced a sudden death event that was short duration and then snapped to a nearby world-line.

Strange, eh? Yeah it was.

In 1992 I was living in Hattiesburg, Mississippi. I loved it there. Rural. Lush. Friendly. Great catfish. Easy going. Warm. Fragrant. Great place to live. But the people couldn’t drive for shit. I mean it. The road would be straight as an arrow for miles and miles and miles, and sure as shit, someone would drive off the road and hit the only tree for miles around.

Or, maybe it’s because of the “The Drive-Thru Daiquiri stands” in Louisiana, eh?

Drive-through.

Anyways, I’m in the car with my wife (at the time) and we are at an intersection. As I recall we had one of our cats with us. Probably taking it to or from the vet in it’s car-carrier. We drive down the twisty rural road and go to the intersection of one of the major highways in Mississippi.

I look left, and I look right, and suddenly I’m dizzy. An emergency slide occurs. Next three seconds, I’m reliving the moment. I put my foot on the brake hard. And a tractor trailer flies right in front of me.

We (my wife and I) died.

But we didn’t.

That is an event that I want to stress. And that I want to discuss right now. And you can say that it was my imagination, or that my guardian angel was by my side, or that I am reading too much into it, I can tell you that I know what happened and the mechanisms involved.

I died.

A tractor-trailer rig was flying down the road and hit me square on the drivers side and smashed my body into a bag of jelly and bones, and completely wiped out my wife next to me. Bam! Swoosh!

Restart button.

The world, the universe, the MWI is not at all what you think, and you have far better control on what will happen in your life than you believe.

There was a Star Trek (The Next Generation) Episode that rings a bell here…

Here’s some science fiction to get us started in this journey…

A temporal causality loop, also known as a causality loop or a repeating time loop, is a type of phenomenon whereby a specific moment in time repeats itself continually inside an independent fragment of time. (TNG: "Cause and Effect"; VOY: "Coda", "Q2", DIS: "Magic to Make the Sanest Man Go Mad")

Ai! It’s science fiction. But you know, it can be useful to understand (sort of) what is going on.

The following is an article titled "Cause and Effect: The Star Trek: TNG Episode That Stuck with Me" or the by-line "How one time loop stayed with a fan long after the Enterprise escaped." It was written by Christina Griffith on 16DEC20. Reprinted as found. All credit to the author. Edited to fit this venue.

Stories that don’t fit conventional understanding

Here’s some stories that I have collected on the internet. They are, I believe true, as viewed by the person telling and relating the story. Other people have experienced what I have experienced, and it is only because of my role within the MAJ and our benefactors that I have some degree of insight as to what is going on (and some examples where I don’t).

I place it here for thoughtful consideration.

Examples of World-line slides that I collected from the internet.

We will begin with a narrative that describes something similar to what I experienced so long ago. A guy died, but then didn’t.

Death

So this actually happened last week… It just took me some time to come to terms with it…

I got a phone call from my next door neighbor late in the evening asking if I can help him move a mattress into his upstairs. His mom is ill and has a big heavy sleep number bed. I of course ran over to help because they’re great neighbors.

I get over there and his friend, who is also a priest, was there to help. I helped them figure out how to separate the mattress from the bed so we could fit it up stairs. We get it all moved up and back in place when my neighbor asks if I can help them move an armoire upstairs too. I think nothing of it and we pull it out of his travel trailer and start bringing it up the front stairs of his house.

This is where I died. The front stairs are 11 steps. I was on the lower end of the armoire about 6 steps up when my neighbor and his friend lose a handle on the armoire and it comes crashing down on me and I fall backwards towards the pavement…

I then wake up in my dining room to my phone ringing and my wife asking me if I’m going to answer the phone. It’s my neighbor asking me if I can help move a bed upstairs for his mom…

I go over there and meet his priest friend again, as this has been the first time I met him. I say I can help with the bed but I cannot help with the armoire. My neighbor was like “how’d you know about the armoire?”. I then proceeded to tell them I’m pretty sure I just died.

I spent the next hour talking with the priest.

He had so many questions. My neighbor didn’t believe it until I described the upstairs bedroom in perfect detail down to the metal mattress frame on the floor and the intricate headboard leaning against the wall and I had never been upstairs in their house before.

The priest asked me what I saw after I died. I told him I never actually died. Before it happened I woke up at my dining room table.

TL;DR… I experienced my death but woke up alive about 20 minutes earlier in my life.

Accident

And here’s another example, from another person.

My mom and I were on the highway driving home, and there was a semi truck in the lane next to us. Suddenly the semi swerved in to our lane. Luckily my mom was able to get out of the way before it hit us, but soon after I began feeling strangely. The entire right side of my face felt hot and sticky, I tasted blood, and smelled the very pungent scent of gasoline. Then my head and right arm started to ache really badly, and I couldn’t feel my legs. Just as soon as the pain started to worsen, it went away, replaced with a cold eerie chill. I told my mom about this and she couldn’t come up with an explanation. I think I was feeling the pain in another timeline where my mom wasn’t able to avoid that semi.

Signpost

Here’s yet another…

So I work for a joinery company and was delivering a load to a construction site about an hour away from work, and whenever I’m out and about, I just play reddit compilation videos through my headphones.

I was about 8 minutes into a video when in the middle of the town at a red light, with a bad feeling of deja vu. the video started buffering. I thought it was odd since I had good reception but was just going to wait it out. The light went green, and the video played just long enough to say the word “wait” and started buffering again. I couldn’t see anything at all, The road was clear, but I thought I’d listen, looked left, then right again and there was a massive semi at Speed that appeared out of nowhere and ran the red light. It would have taken out the drivers side of the cab, and I’d have been toast if I didn’t wait. Definitely reminded me of my own mortality.

A redo

And yet another example, only from a bystander.

This technically happened last night, but I was just starting a graveyard shift and am only now getting it all down.

I work at a gas station chain with only numbers in its name. We’re just outside of a large chunk of suburbs- none if that “middle of nowhere”, like we aren’t exactly near any other businesses but we are rarely completely dead for hours at a time.

It was just past midnight, and with everything going on in the US right now not a lot of things other than gas stations and bars are open at night anymore so it was a slower evening.

I was the only one in the store and a car pulled up to one if the 2 double-sided pumps out front. Pretty standard white four door. I’m not great with car brands but it was a little nicer, like upper middle class and probably only a few years old.

A woman gets out and starts walking towards our door like she’s in a daze. Legit this woman looked like she saw a ghost. She wanders up, sort of freezes at the door for a second with a thousand yard stare before opening it and coming in. She didn’t go looking for anything, didn’t start shopping, just sort of stood inside for what felt like ages.

Again, bars are still open so I think maybe she’s a little drunk or had a rough night or something so I give the usual “Welcome to ‘gas station’ let me know if you need any help finding anything” and she finally notices me and immediately asks me the weirdest damn question I have ever been asked on the job. “You can see me right?”

“Yeah”. Like what else do you say? She breaks down crying in the middle of my store so I’m already headed around the corner to see what’s up. I have my cellphone out incase I need to call the cops or something for her.

I get her to sit down on a nearby pallet of soda and I’m grabbing her a bottle of water and after she catches her breath a little she tells me “I thought I had died”. Again I’m thinking maybe she is on something but she’s a middle aged woman who looks like a standard local suburban housewife. We’re a pretty boring township without your average junkies like you’d find closer to the cities.

So she asks if she can call her husband to pick her up and wait with me. She has her own phone and does so, not really telling him anything either just where she is at and if he can come get her. He says he’ll call an uber and be there as soon as possible.

We’re waiting, so far nobody else has showed up, so I’m keeping most of my attention on her- and eventually she starts to explain to me-

“I was driving home from dinner with my coworkers and as I’m driving through (nearby intersection I recognized) a truck ran a redlight and hit me.” Now, her car is still at the pump without a scratch on it. She goes on to say she remembers her car being pushed into a pole, going airborne, and then nothing.

I tried to calm her down letting her know that her car is out front and it looks fine, but she insisted that she completely blacked out, woke up in an ambulance for a split second, passed out again, and then woke up again in the driver seat of her car- at the intersection waiting for the light to change, perfectly fine.

This whole thing freaked her out so badly that she drove to the nearest anything (us) just so she could get out of the car.

Husband eventually showed up to get her. He asked if I had any idea what happened and even though she sort of explained to me I just shrugged because no, I had no idea what was happening anymore. She reluctantly got into the passenger seat of the car and he drove them back home.

That was hours ago, after which I worked an entire shift at the station trying to wrap my head around what the absolute hell I had just witnessed.

World-line slide

What about this one…

Do you guys know the whole theory about how when people die in one time line, they shift into another? I think that may have happened to me.

Back in early July of this year, my family (M45, F54, Me:19, B16), S(13) were going on a road trip to Montana to visit our grandparents. Prior to the trip, I had a horrible, horrible feeling about going. I kept having flashes of car accidents in my head, and I was sure that we were going to get in one if we left. It was so strange, because I have a pretty severe anxiety disorder, but this didn’t feel like my anxiety at all, and I never have anxiety about road trips: I love them!!

So we left Saturday of that week, I had told my parents I had a bad feeling about driving up there, but they dismissed me as being anxious, but I had never felt so certain about something in my life. Getting into that car felt like signing my death sentence. So we get about 6 hours in, and at this point, I start to think I was being ridiculous, and a wave of calmness just washes over me. This is where shit gets strange. My dad passes an underpass and everything just shifts. I feel like I saw everything in slow motion for a whole 4 or so minutes. My parents were joking beforehand, but their faces moved so slowly, and then the light in the car started to shift. This was the scary part because I thought I must have been going insane. For a few seconds, there was a huge illumination of light into our car, and I looked at my family, and could not tell who they were or what they meant to me. And then it’s like everything just came back. The light shifted back, and I knew who everyone was, but it felt like something imperceptible had changed.

I closed my eyes and tried to make sense of the past few minutes, and when I reached back to remember; I saw blood, our car and another minivan in shambles on the side of the highway right beyond the underpass, and mangled bodies. I remembered sensations I should not have known: what spattered brain matter looks like, the smell of something burning, the way I couldn’t breathe. But this never happened? Yet I remember that the car in front of us had switched lanes even though there was a truck in front of us, realized it at the last second, and hit us with a lateral impact.

I have no history of psychosis, and I have never been in any sort of car accident. This wasn’t PTSD, and I have never had anxiety over being in the car in any sort of way prior to this. And maybe I could have just brushed it off, but I still think about it when I’m driving in my own car. And it’s made me a more cautious driver. I don’t know what happened, it was just a weird situation, and I remember having the distinct feeling in that moment that I had died in some sense. I am not a spiritually sensitive person by any means, I am a scientist at heart, but this truly was something I cannot explain. And I fully accept that I might be reading to much into this, and for some reason, I imagined an event that never happened, but I thought I would share anyway.

Accident

I was driving about 50 mph, and a car ran a stop sign on an on ramp and pulled out right in front of me. I remember bracing for impact and then I was about 300 yards down the highway and I saw the car at the ramp in my rearview, just about to pull out. –Chaithecat

Blink and you are elsewhere

But you know, it doesn’t necessarily mean that someone needs to have a near-death experience…

This is only a small thing, but it still confuses the hell out of me and I can’t think of any explanation.

I was playing fetch with my dog in my living room. I threw the ball, she’d bring it back, you get it. My dog dropped the ball on my foot and waited whilst I leant down to pick it up, but then I blinked and it was gone.

I quickly checked under the sofa, thinking she’d nudged it under there or I’d accidentally kicked it, but it was nowhere to be seen. My dog was still staring at the spot where she dropped it and when it disappeared she looked just as confused as I was and jumped round looking for it.

I scoured the whole room (which wasn’t very big) and eventually found it on the opposite side of the room in the middle of the floor, even after I’d looked everywhere. We only had this one particular ball at the time, so we couldn’t have mistaken it for another one.

Not particularly exciting, but I can’t think of any explanation. My dog was just happy to have her ball back at least.

Doggie Mysteries

Dogs can be a trip…

About 30 seconds ago I was sitting on the couch, as my dog walked by to go sit on her bed we have behind the “L” part of the sectional. She had something small caught in her throat last night, I think a popcorn shell, so I was paying attention to her breathing just to make sure she got it out.

For a few minutes she was breathing fine, and then what sounded like a light snore started happening. This is semi-normal for her depending on what position she’s laying in, so I didn’t bother to go over and check on her. That went on for about 5 minutes, until the most disgusting(and to my now realization, terrifying) snore/cough/wheezing sound started happening. I go over to her to make sure she’s okay, and the exact moment I looked at her bed the sound stoped ‘mid-breath’ and she wasn’t there.

She was outside with my parents, had been for around 30 minutes. There’s no way to get out of the room without walking right past me. I don’t know who’s fucking dog I saw, and what was making that creepy ass sound 5 feet away from me, but I’m going to be staying outside for the rest of the day and hiring an exorcist.

A Slide

And this one…

My dad drank out of the same black cup everyday. One day he filled up a different white cup. I asked him what gives and he claimed to always have used that cup. I asked the rest of my family and they all said the same thing.

Slide to a different world-line template

As is this one…

I dropped my phone in the kitchen and I looked to grab it off of the floor but it wasn’t there. I heard it hit the floor but I couldn’t find it. It was in the middle of the room too, there was no way it could’ve gone more than 3 feet away from me. I checked under everything and went through the entire house looking for it but it was gone. I had my mom call my phone and it said that my line was disconnected. I checked the Find My IPhone app and it said it couldn’t find my phone because it couldn’t find a signal. That was 4 years ago, and we still haven’t found it. It’s like it hit the ground and immediately disappeared afterwards.

Shared memories of a different world-line

And check out this one…

My husband recently took an overnights job to help us out during covid. He’s only been there about two weeks and works evenings/overnights, 9pm-6am.

Last night was no different, he left home around 8:15pm. Our daughter, age 11, and I decided to make it a movie night. Around 11pm, I heard keys in my backdoor and the usual sounds my husband makes when he comes home. I creep out to the kitchen to make sure it was him, and it was. He told me he needed to grab his knee compression sleeve, walks down the hall, says hi to our daughter as he passes the living room, and goes upstairs. He came back down, gave me a kiss and left again.

We finished our movie and went to bed. In the morning when he got home I made a joking comment about him forgetting his knee sleeve. He was genuinely confused as I recalled the previous night. Our daughter confirmed everything I said and he still was acting confused. I pulled up our security motion camera on my phone to show him when he popped in quick. But there was no footage from the night before, or any other night, of him coming home after he’s left for work.

My daughter and I both heard him, saw him, and I touched him. But he was never home during that time. Nothing else out of the ordinary happened that night. We seriously have no idea what happened.

Memory wipe

And check out this one…

The year was 2011. I was in med school while my brother joined engineering college in same city.my brother is 3 years younger to me.

One day i asked him to come to my hostel as it was his free day from college.(he used to come in his free day as he missed family )

We were chatting and having foods while he suddenly asked me about a girl.

Convo

Bro- do you remember nisha(altered name for obvious reason)?

Me-nisha,who??

Bro-it seems like you have forgotten her.good for you.

Me(visibly confused)-which nisha you are talking about?

Bro(still playing)- don’t try so hard brother.you know exactly about whom i am taking about. Leave it if that’s still hurting you.i shouldn’t have bring her up.

Me(thinking that he is pulling my leg,i started to play along)- yeah i remember.i forgot her.it was bitter.i am not in touch with her.

Bro-it is not like that you can be in touch with her anyway..

Me(trying to play along)- yeah.she is probably married by now.

Bro(visibly confused)- now what nisha are you talking about???

Me-exactly the nisha you are talking about..

Bro-leave it then..

Me-yeah..

After 30 or so minutes after lunch is over

Bro-do you really not remember her?nisha?

Me(tired of this game,agitated)- bro stop this game it’s not funny anymore.i am tired of this stupid game.

Bro-what game ?

Me-i don’t really know nisha.who is she?

Bro-forget it.

And he left for the day…

I asked mom after few days about nisha.she was distraught when i asked about her.after few mon she told me that she was my gf while i was in school.she was my brothers best friend. she died in a car accident few years back.

I was dumbfounded.i don’t even recall her name,face,memory .nothing..

Her memory is totally wiped out from me.

I was disturbed and went back to home where mom showed me a pic where i was with a girl and my brother.i don’t even remember the girl.

In some cases of ptsd selective amnesia happens.but that repressed memory can be triggered by related memory.but in this case i didn’t even recall her.i was agitated because i don’t remember her.

Till this day i don’t recall anything.according to family, we were close.i didn’t try to ask her family or any other people because it seems insensitive..

World-line slide

Check out this one…

Me (M26) and my girlfriend (F25) have been living together in an apartment for two and a half years. Everything has been normal until quarantine started (around 4 weeks ago), when I started noticing some odd things.

For instance, for the last three weeks or so, my GF has been putting sugar in her morning coffee, while throughout our entire relationship she’s always been very much against it. It may seem like a small detail, but she’s always been complaining about how I don’t know what real coffee is since I put quite a lot of sugar. On the first day that I saw her drinking coffee with sugar I asked her why would she do that, and she looked at me weirded out and said something like “What are you talking about? I’ve always been putting sugar in my coffee”. I felt a bit confused for a moment but then we started talking about some other things, so I didn’t think anymore about it until the morning after, when she did the exactly same thing, and had once again the same reaction.

Fast forward a few days and another odd thing happened. We were having sex and she suddenly suggested a sex pose that we had already tried once, but it had gone wrong and it hurt her a lot so we had simply decided not to try it anymore. Naturally, I was very surprised with her suggestion, and reminded her about the time when it went wrong, and she just completely dismissed it, saying that i probably mixed her up with some ex-girlfriend or that I was just tripping. We then did the pose and we actually enjoyed it.

Today, the weirdest thing happened, which is the reason I’m writing this post. In the afternoon, I was working at home (I’m employed as a PhD student at the computer science department of a university), when my gf asked me what’s up with a guy who I’ve never heard of before. I asked her who is she referring to and she said “Well, it’s that colleague of yours who you always talk about, the one from the company where you are employed at”. I froze, and asked her to repeat, and she said the exactly same thing all over again. Then I told her that I don’t work at any company nor have I ever worked at any company, since I started a PhD straight after my Master degree. At this point, she also completely froze and we were just staring at each other completely confused and shocked for a few moments. She then asked me wtf is going on and I reminded her about the coffee thing and about the sex pose and that I don’t know anymore what is going on. At this point, she started crying too and asked what is wrong with us.

Nor she, nor me nor anyone in both families have ever had any mental problems in the past. We don’t know what to do about this.

Can anyone explain what’s wrong with us?

Yah. It’s all pretty crazy.

But all of the above examples can be explained as either intentional, or accidental slides or cross-dimensional effects.

Some examples of slides

Here’s some examples of what the slides or pre-birth world-line template switches work.

In the first example is a “slide”. You actually “fall off” your pre-birth world-line template, or the template map that you have been following and onto a new map, a new template. It diagrammatically looks something a little bit like this…

.

I have described slides in other posts. But in this post I also bring up “Glitches” and “jumps”. These are mini-changes to the world-line path that may or may not result in a slide to a new map.

And here’s an example of a “glitch” or a “jump”.

.

I really do not know why these things happen, or the mechanisms involved. I just know that they do happen, but are not an “everyday” occurrence. In a person’s life, it might only happen once in a “blue moon”.

The easiest explanation for a “almost death” is that it just wasn’t your time. But that’s a pretty lazy answer. Don’t you think? But it’s the most reasonable answer that I can think of.

As far as “glitches”, “jumps”, and “accidental slides” go, I just haven’t much of a clue. There are “holes” in our reality that open and close, and sometimes we, or things, fall through them.

And as far as I am concerned, obviously, I was “pulled out of harms way” intentionally in an “emergency slide”. The mechanism and what was going on, well… I haven’t a clue.

Let’s look at some other events which might be misunderstandings, examples of elements within our MWI, or something else. In any event, they could be “head scratchers”…

Hello Son

So, this happened about seven or eight years ago. My husband and I were laying in the bed one night, watching television. Out of the corner of my eye, I saw a child in the doorway of our bedroom. Thinking it was our only child at the time, I tapped my hubby and said “Hey, shhhh b look, but I think Connor is going to try to scare us ! He turns and looks and this child walked into our room. I can’t explain it, bc it was one of those moments that seemed … somehow different. We watched in silence, soon realizing that this child was NOT out son. He toddles in, head slightly tilted back, curls bouncing and diaper squish squishing as he goes to the end of our bed.. we see his head go down (like he was crouching) and when we got up to look- he was gone. I looked at chris (my husband) and said “ Did we just see a ghost?!” Then, almost as an after thought, I said “well, we know if we have another baby, and he has curls, that he was here before he was born.” We both laugh, bc We were not trying for another baby at the time. Fascinated, we go to check on our son, and he was fast asleep. A few months later.. I’m pregnant. (Surprise!) So fast forward aNd our new baby, Liam, is two. He toddles in the room, head titled slightly back and curls bouncing, and it hit me like a bucket of ice water.. holy crap, this is the baby that came to visit us! I mean, there is absolutely no doubt in my mind.. now, on top of that, whenever Liam is staying the night elsewhere (like with my parents) he comes to visit me in my sleep .. for example- one time he came and just smiled at me while I was taking a nap.. He was in a little red shirt, and his hair was cut short (he left with it long) the next day I go to pick the kiddos up from mom, and lo and behold- his hair is freshly shorn and he is wearing a little red shirt. I asked my mom “did he wear this yesterday?” And she replies “oh, yeah he did, but he insisted on wearing it today, so he is..”. So, I look at him and say “did you go see momma yesterday in mommas dreams” he just looked at me (he was four) all big blue eyes and serious, and nodded his head.

So that’s my glitch in the matrix story. One of many, but the most profound. Our son, I guess, travels astral, and even stopped to see us before he was born. I would know those curls anywhere. the fact that my husband witnessed it with me makes it even more weird, but utterly fascinating. Thanks for reading and forgive typos please

Message

My mom died 13 years ago. About four years ago my dad was on vacation in Arizona with his girlfriend. He said he was up watching tv and the hotel phone rang.

He answered it and said it was my moms voice saying “I’m ok” he said he said “Cass?” And he said the phone was crackly and said tell HEATHER (me) I am ok” he said his girlfriend was confused why the phone ring.

He immediately called me even though it was late and he was crying. My dad doesn’t believe in the supernatural but still to this day can’t explain that call.

Message through time

Three days ago I was having conversation with my father and he was telling me about his university life. Basically my dad came from nothing, he had a very difficult up bringing and went to the worst school and high school in our city. When it was time for him to join university, my grandfather passed away leaving my dad to take care for the rest of the family as he was the oldest son. He took a wrong a major because of the wrong advices of the people and how he regrets that to this day. The courses were taught in English which is a second language for us and how he didn’t even know the language. My dad told me that it was the darkest times in his life and he just wanted to run away and was even thinking of taking his own life. Now very recently he got his masters in English literature and he was telling me that he didn’t think it would be ever possible for him. My dad just recently finished this degree at an age of 55.

The next morning my dad had to drive to this town because his distant relatives live there and they are struggling financially, my dad is very a kind soul and he wanted to help them . The town is 3 hours drive away. He usually takes public transport but didn’t because of recent crisis. He drove there and my mom was worried so we decided we will keep calling him after every hour to check. Well i decided to call him , now keep in mind because it’s highway network signals get very weak. He told me to wait and parked at a nearby restaurant it was like a check point for trucks. I don’t know what came over me but I started crying and went on to tell him how proud i was of him, i just babbled and kept saying that he shouldn’t think he is lacking because he is not. He was an amazing father and a great person to look up to.

You guys my dad started crying he told me that he will talk to me when he returns. Well he returned and he just hugged me and was telling me that how 30 years ago he was visiting the same town and it was the time when he was at his lowest. He was visiting the same relatives and he was in a bus which stopped at a petrol station. He called his mother and when he picked the phone without even dialling he heard my voice. It was me telling him the exact same thing which I just said yesterday. He said that he didn’t even called my grandmother, he just stood there and cried. It gave him strength to keep fighting. He said he just now realized it was me whose voice he heard.

My parents are now taking this as sign from God who helped my dad when he thought no one was there for him.

World-line switch

I am a bit shocked.

I had a very good friend who crafted small jewellery and I have a few pieces from her. I got a pair of earrings more than 8 years ago and lost one of it after wearing them just a couple of times.

I always told her she had to craft a replacement but unfortunately she got very sick and died of cancer very quickly, she never had the chance to craft anything else.

I kept the single earring in a little box with some other small random memories and trinkets.

I am now moving to my own place and checking the memories in this little box, both earrings are there and I can’t explain when or how or why.

Probably in other universe my own me lost the unique earring she had.

World-line glitch

This is my first post, so bear with me, but after reading many other glitch stories, I wanted to share mine here.

In early December 2015, my now ex-boyfriend’s mother passed away in the home following surgery and other health problems related to her heart (she was born with a rare condition). Unfortunately she went into cardiac arrest and we were unable to save her, so the event in and of itself was extremely traumatic and unexpected.

A couple of nights later, we decided to go see some friends who wanted to offer their condolences to my ex; everyone loved his mom. We were all sitting in our friends’ living room watching tv and, to be honest, they were really trying to distract us from everything.

One friend was just being her goofy self and I was taking Snapchat videos and I DISTINCTLY remember taking a video of (let’s call her) Amy… I saved the video, but when I looked at my screen to watch it, it was not Amy…. it was a grainy video with a background that appeared to be outside and 100000% not in a living room, but on the screen was my ex’s mom…

She said the words, “I’m okay baby. I’m okay” and multiple other friends saw it on my phone before it disappeared. She looked young and vibrant and has a huge smile on her face. Someone had tossed my phone to another friend across the couch to see and the video then disappeared. When we watched the original video back immediately after, my ex’s mom was gone. It was Amy in the video again just like I saw it while recording it in the first place.

My ex and his mom had a very close relationship, best friends really, so when we saw her on my screen letting him know she was okay… it was astounding.

I saw it first and everyone noticed i was visibly upset. I cannot imagine what went through my ex’s mind and heart when he saw that, but to this day, it’s something we talk about and something he shares with new friends… something we simply cannot explain other than her coming thru in a glitch to let us know she was okay.

Visit to the past

I live in a very small town. We have a small grocery store, hardware store, you know the drill. I was done getting groceries and hopped in my car to head home. As I pulled up to the end of the driveway of the store, blinker on to get onto the main road, I see a big, white, lifted Chevy pickup driving toward me that I need to wait for. I watch it as drives closer to me, remarking to myself that it looks so similar to my husband’s, just older and rusted around the edges. It even has the same black emblem and large iron cross bumper. As the truck goes past me my jaw nearly fell open. Staring at me intently was a man almost identical to my husband… but with a longer, greying beard, and grey hair around the ears. I quickly gathered myself together and pulled out behind the truck and up to the stop sign that followed. He was staring at me still in his side mirror. Glancing away and then staring at me again. He took off like a shot the first chance he got, and I tried to follow to see which direction he took, but a car was coming and I couldn’t get out behind him in time. The truck sped off toward my road, but I don’t know if he turned in that direction or not.

I know that’s a little crazy, but I couldn’t help feeling the total connection I feel with my husband when I saw his reflection in that side mirror staring at me. It gives me goosebumps to think about it because it was like he knew that I was me, and I was the wrong age, and that he needed to get out of there before i could follow. I got home and my husband was there, working in his woodshop. I told him about it and he chuckled and asked if he looked hot when he was old. I mean…. he did if it was really him!

Disappearing gal

So mobile alert . This happened two days ago.

I was at my home because of quarantine and according to me i was sleeping.

When i woke up my mom was looking at me having a very shocked and worried expression and tears in her eyes. She asked me where the hell i was and i said that i was sleeping right here in my bed. She didn’t believe me said she checked and i wasn’t there.

So apparently, my family woke up in the morning and i didn’t come for breakfast, my dad came into my room and just saw the blanket and pillow (i do sleep with blanket on face). Then my mom came to wake me up and took the blanket off no one was there . Then she panicked and told my dad. They searched the entire house and tried calling me nothing worked. Then they asked the neighbours if they had seen me leaving but neighbours couldn’t help as well. My mom was very afraid at that point and they called the police and that’s when my dad had went to file the report and i woke up.

We called my dad and told him i was back and he wanted an explanation and I couldn’t give one. I said i was just sleeping and then i woke up and this whole thing has happened.

I wanted to make it clear that i do sleep with blanket covering my entire body and my mom did made it clear that she took the blanket off and no one was there. We all are very shaken rn.

Strange ghosts

Let me preface this by saying there has always been creepy shit happening around me and I have several stories of my Dad’s old house which myself and my siblings all agree is haunted as fuck. I also had my dead best friend visit me twice which was nice.

So this evening, my partner (42 M) and I (30 F) were upstairs sorting laundry, when his daughter (17) called us downstairs as dinner was ready.

I was heading down the stairs, my partner right behind me, literally two steps behind me.

He did his usual thing of tickling the back of my neck as we walked.

The bottom of our stairs is wooden so you can hear when somebody steps onto it from the carpeted stairs. When we got to the bottom, my feet hit the floor as usual. I turned to ask him something and he wasn’t there.

He wasn’t fucking there.

I totally froze for a second and looked up the stairs and there he was. On the top step, pale and shaking.

Asked him what the fuck just happened and he kept saying

“I don’t know, I don’t know, I was behind you and before I hit the bottom, the next step took me back upstairs!”

We are very freaked out. Didn’t say shit to our girl as she is already leery of this stuff although he and I are somewhat used to it.

I am trying to get the courage to leave my laptop recording audio overnight because there definitely is SOMETHING weird happening.

EDITED TO ADD

I was JUST talking to my partner about the jump while we were cleaning our bedroom and the second he made a joke about “Spooks A-Poppin'” our bedroom door and bathroom door just slammed shut one after the other.

I’m chalking it up to our bedroom window being open a crack…I don’t want to think of alternatives.

FURTHER UPDATE

To the people messaging me saying my relationship is “yikes” and to join certain subs (Female Dating Strategy) I appreciate the concern.

To the other eejit who messaged calling my partner a sexual deviant, kindly relax and focus in your own relationship, if you have one. We are together 11years. I’m second Mom to the kids.

Not every relationship with an age gap is abusive. Not every relationship with an age gap is coercive.

I love him and the kids more than anything, and I would DO anything for my family.

So please, I appreciate the concern, but don’t assume he is abusive or that I was “groomed” as one lovely person messaged.

And finally, to the person who asked me why I would want to be “fake Mom” to his kids- I’m sorry that’s how you view my life from this one small snippet I posted and I hope you are content in your own life.

Goin’ to California

Back story, this is important later: for about 9 months or so I was planning to move to California last September. Plans fell through do to financial reasons and other opportunities had come my way.

This happened to me while I was at work closing, so I was completely alone. A customer came in, he was maybe in his early 60’s (I’m 21). I wouldn’t say he looked like me, But he was definitely dressed similar to me, and that’s how I’d expect myself to dress at that age. Kinda old man surfy SoCal vibes. But this guy says “man I need some caffeine, I know it’s late but I’ve been consuming that stuff daily since I was a little kid.” I told him “ME TOO! Since I was about 8 I started drinking coffee” which is a fact about me. This guy continues to talk about how he loves the music I was playing in the store, etc. Then out of the blue this guy says “so I have to ask, why’d you choose not to move to California?”…. I did not mention California to this man at all, I have never met this man, I don’t know who he is or how he knew. None of my coworkers, or really anyone beside my family knew about my plans for California. I served him his drink, and as he walked out he said “you’ll go, maybe not now, but you love that place”… Again, I never spoke about California to him, but he knew I was planning to move there and he knew I loved that place. He walked out and I have not seen him since. I asked my parents and anyone who knew about my plans if they had told anyone, more specifically an older man. They all said no per my request to keep it on the down low. To this day I am still in awe.

Seeing with better eyesight

For a bit of context, my eyesight is horrible, even half a foot in front of my face is nothing but blurry color. Yesterday my mom and brother picked me up to go to an appointment. I was running a little late, so didn’t have time to put my contacts in/ do my makeup and was getting ready on the drive.

So while mom was driving I was in the passenger seat with the mirror down. I took off my glasses to apply my eyeshadow. My brother, who was sitting behind me, asked me a question and I turned to look back at him. When I turned my head back around, I quickly finished my eyeshadow and shut the mirror.

I was looking out my window at the farmland just off the road and thinking how beautiful it was when I suddenly realized that I hadn’t put my glasses back on, they were sitting on the dashboard. As soon as I had the realization, my perfect vision went back to being just blurred colors. It was instant, like flipping a switch on my sight. It was so shocking that I yelled “Holy shit!”

My outburst startled my mom and brother, so I told them what had just happened and they said they believed me but couldn’t think of a rational reason for it. We tried to figure it out for the rest of the drive but honestly couldn’t. Tbh, if there’s some secret to magically fixing my eyesight that I accidentally stumbled upon, then I wish I could find it again!

Complex

This just happened, and my heart is still beating like crazy.

I was chilling on the couch, scrolling through instagram, when I heard my cat jumping down from his bed. He usually wants to go outside after sleeping, so I looked at him and said «you wanna go outside, buddy?» with my annoying cat-voice. He just looked at me, not answering, like a normal cat. I was ready to go let him out, but looked back at my phone for just a second. That’s when it hit me. I let him outside a few hours ago. I turned my head to look back at him in confusion, but he wasnt there.

I went to the front door, and yep, he was outside and came running when I opened the door. I have no idea what just happened

Alice in wonderland effect

This happened a few days ago. My husband and I were at home, neither of us were intoxicated etc, just a normal evening. For reference, I’m 5’8″ and my husband is 5’7″; we’ve been together for years and know very well what the other looks like head on. I had gone to the kitchen to make a sandwich, and something felt off. I wasn’t sure what until my husband asked if I was taller than usual. I was flat footed and barefoot, but realized my viewpoint was as if I was on my tiptoes – I could see the top of the fridge, and my hips were above the kitchen counter. I turned to face my husband and he seemed much shorter to me than usual; our eyes are usually pretty close to even but they seemed much lower than mine. He says he felt like his height didn’t change at all, just mine.

Understandably, we were both freaked out and were wandering around our apartment trying to figure out what was going on. Suddenly, everything felt right again and I returned to the kitchen; I could no longer see the top of the fridge and the counter was back even with my hips. My husband returned, and both of us looked “right” again to the other. It was like once we couldn’t see each other anymore, it fixed itself.

I’ve heard of alice in wonderland syndrome before, but for it to happen where someone else can see it seems impossible. Has anyone else experienced anything like this or have any ideas?

Unspoken communication

Visited my BF’s parents in a city where I had never been before. We sat around in the kitchen talking and then his mother asked me to get her her scissors. I got up, went to the guest room dresser, opened the second drawer and got them out. There was no way I could have known where they were.

Consciousness sharing / Transposition

We were all completely sober , quick preface.

I’m currently driving home from my lunch break so I’m using Siri to talk hopefully this makes sense. So back in the summer we had a huge friend trip to Lake Powell. For anyone that has been there you know it’s absolutely beautiful, anyways we were boating through the canyons and going deeper and deeper into the canyons lake Powell.

At one point I thought in my mind something along the lines of “damn, this place is so beautiful it almost looks fake or like it was designed to look this way by something” when I started saying that in my mind, a friend turned around to me and said “dude, it feels like we’re in a movie and we are looking at movie props, it looks so fake” and I turned around and looked and and said “dude what the fuck did you just say? I was thinking the EXACT SAME THING.”

We were both freaking out about it but then it got a little freakier. We were sitting at the back of the boat looking at our 10 or so friends standing up while the boat was slowly going through the canyons, and as I watched them looking at the scenery I experienced an altered state of conscience. The best way to describe it is the façade of the human experience was dropped and all of a sudden my friends looked like gods or angelic beings experiencing “earth” and just enjoying the moment.

My friend turned to me and said, “dude, look at our friends, they’re so beautiful and alive, they look like angels!” And I knew at that moment we were both experiencing the same thing.

The best way to describe what we saw, is it looked like we placed ourselves in a video game and were enjoying what we created. It’s super hard to describe this experience. If you’ve seen maze runner, you know how they make you forget everything before you go into the maze but yet you had an existence before? It felt like that! That nature of reality teased us and slightly withdrew, and we saw our friends and this earth for what it could truly be for a brief moment in time

EDIT #1. I heard a story of a man who experienced something similar where at random times he also would “tap in” to this outside reality whilst being sober. He came up with a theory that human consciousness and our Brains can act like a Needle finding the groove on a vinyl record. Once we tune it specifically and find ourselves in this “groove” music can be played, or in other words, we can start experiencing some fascinating things. I have to find where I read this though, but supposedly it happens randomly to a lot of people!

Superpowers

I worked at Applebee’s and an older coworker told me he’d gotten in a car accident that left him with a scar and some brain damage. So he had memory problems, but also said he’d developed powers. He said he could get inside people’s heads and feel exactly what they were feeling, and could even influence their feelings, and also influence the objects around him. This seemed bizarre to me, and I thought him looney because of his brain damage. Well, a few weeks later we had a busy shift, and some customers pissed him off. I asked what was wrong and he shouted that they were assholes and gestured with his arm up in the air. At that instant on a table several feet away, everything flew off of it–plates, cups, napkin holder–everything! They hit the seat and wall, and I stood there shocked because no else was nearby. He didn’t even notice. I told him later, and he was embarrassed, saying when he got angry he couldnt control his powers. The guy got fired soon after and I never saw him again

Premonitions

One more and this one has happened to other people. You can even search this one up to hear their stories too. It’s dreams of 9/11, before it happened. It was 1999 and I had a dream about a plane and 2 tall buildings. A plane crashed into one. The next plane I’m on it, and talking to an older lady across from me. Next thing I know I’m out of the plane and I see it crash into the other building. Then there was an odd shaped building and a plane crashes near that too. A dream like that for me at 11yrs old was odd. Did I dream of 9/11? It still haunts me. Same year, I dreamt of a train crash, deadly one, it derailed badly. Woke in a cold sweat. Got up, go to living room, my mom turns the news on, then we both see a train accident, exactly what I just saw in my dream. I was so shocked, I wouldn’t speak that day. My mom even called a counselor to come over, but I still wouldn’t speak. And no, that news wasn’t on while I was asleep. It was breaking news. And it happened in another country

Meeting dead people

A beautiful thing happened to me a week after my dad died. I had slept at my mums house with my 2 youngest kids to keep my mum company, we all slept in the living room, I was on the couch and the kids were on the sofa bed. I was dreaming that I woke up and my dad was standing over me smiling. I told him he looked like one of my brothers and he just smiled wider but didn’t speak. I could see all this from above like I wasn’t looking out of my eyes but watching from above. When I woke up I was in the exact position I had been in in my dream and my kids were too. Its probably nothing just my subconscious showing me what I wanted to be real, but I like to think it was real and he was showing me he was still there.

A visit from Dad

Not too long after my dad died, I was sleeping on the couch and my mom on the floor of the living room. She suddenly woke up and saw my dad standing off to the side watching me. She called his name and he looked over at her and disappeared. Story 2: I graduated college a month after my brother died. My brother was a very silly and goofy person by nature. As I was walking with my classmates to our seats at the beginning of the ceremony my mom took a video of me and mentioned that my brother was here with us. I don’t think my brother ever went to my campus before he died either. When we looked back to the video we see the screen just contorting going every which direction until filming was stopped. It seemed like my brother was just trying to mess with me one last time.

Loss of a loved one

The only “supernatural” thing thats happen to me and I don’t quite know if its my psyche or really happened. My half brother who i was quite close with took his life nearly 11 years ago now. I was absolutely devastated when I found out the next day. The night before (when he was dieing) i had this absolute horribly bad feeling in my chest and i kept saying to my husband “something doesn’t feel right….something really bad is happening. I forever regret not calling family members to check on them all and have tremendous guilt over it. I feel like God was trying to tell me and I just didn’t realize.

So what is going on?

Answer: “Many things”.

When I generate a flat terrain topographical map to illustrate the pre-birth world-line template, I just describe it as a simple frame of dots connected by lines. In reality, there are “other things” also present. Maybe best described as a kind of “cloud like” area that pulls, tugs, or alters the movement through certain sections of MWI travel.

I will cover all that later on.

I guess the point is that humans don’t really understand our reality very well.

Oh. We think that we do, but we do not. And if we pay attention and listen to the experiences of others, we can see elements of our reality and the lives that we live.

I have some insight as to what could possibly be going on, but I do not have all the answers. Perhaps some astute MM reader might do some sleuthing and come up with some ideas or conclusions where I cannot provide insight.

In any event, I do hope that you enjoyed this post.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Intention Campaign Index here…

Intention Campaigns

.

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

 

Metallicman Donation
Other Amount:
Please kindly enter any notes that you would like to attach to the donation here:

 

 

 

Some rambling thoughts on what my MAJestic purpose(s) were. Because on the surface nothing really makes sense.

This article is a bit of a ramble-on meandering stream of disjointed thoughts and wanderings. It concerns the WTF concept and idea that the USN would take a Naval Aviator, implant them, train them to interface with an artifice, and then let them wander about the United States as an “average Joe” experiencing life. It makes no sense, and then to be “retired” in the manner that I have (previously) described, adds complexity to a really basic question. What was this all about?

And yes, I have mentioned all this before.

Nothing makes sense

I described my experiences. I described my travels. I described my work experience. I described how the systems worked. I described my “retirement”, and I described what I know of our benefactors, and their understanding of the universe. I’ve described it all.

But yet none of it makes sense.

I mean, I can understand that it doesn’t make sense to “sheeple”. They are automatons that are born and bred to serve. But it just doesn’t make sense to me. I mean, come on, even the bullshit narratives of “Space Marines”, and “Reptilians” make better sense.

There’s no clear cut answers.

Instead, all I find myself doing is writing reams upon reams of lore here on MM. And I seem to be driven to describe things related to how the universe works, and how thoughts work, and the quantum aspects of our associations within this nursery that the human species seems to be so damn attached to.

What’s the point?

What’s the point?

I am reminded of a scene from the Woody Allen movie “Annie Hall”.

Annie Hall is one of the truest, most bittersweet romances on film. In it, Allen plays a thinly disguised version of himself: Alvy Singer, a successful--if neurotic--television comedian living in Manhattan. 

Annie (the wholesomely luminous Dianne Keaton) is a Midwestern transplant who dabbles in photography and sings in small clubs. 

When the two meet, the sparks are immediate--if repressed. 

Alone in her apartment for the first time, Alvy and Annie navigate a minefield of self-conscious "is-this-person-someone-I'd-want-to-get-involved-with?" conversation. 

As they speak, subtitles flash their unspoken thoughts: the likes of "I'm not smart enough for him" and "I sound like a jerk." 

Despite all their caution, they connect, and we're swept up in the flush of their new romance. 

Allen's antic sensibility shines here in a series of flashbacks to Alvy's childhood, growing up, quite literally, under a rumbling roller coaster. 

His boisterous Jewish family's dinner table shares a split screen with the WASP-y Hall's tight-lipped holiday table, one Alvy has joined for the first time. 

His position as outsider is uncontestable he looks down the table and sizes up Annie's "Grammy Hall" as "a classic Jew-hater." The relationship arcs, as does Annie's growing desire for independence. 

It quickly becomes clear that the two are on separate tracks, as what was once endearing becomes annoying. 

Annie Hall embraces Allen's central themes--his love affair with New York (and hatred of Los Angeles), how impossible relationships are, and his fear of death. 

But their balance is just right, the chemistry between Allen's worry-wart Alvy and Keaton's gangly, loopy Annie is one of the screen's best pairings. It couldn't be more engaging. 

--Susan Benson

In the scene a young Woody Allen is seeing a (school) psychologist because he doesn’t seem to be interested in anything. No matter what his parents or his teachers do, he just cannot get motivated. The dialog goes like this…

Indeed.

If the universe is going to expand in a hundred trillion, billion years, and then all collapse upon it’s self a trillion, trillion leaders later…

….What’s the point?

Yeah. The movie is a trip. If you haven’t seen it, go ahead and watch it. It’s pretty bizarre, and I must of watched it about four times while in University.

Alvy Singer:  You know, even as a kid, I always went for the wrong women. I think that's my problem. When my mother took me to see Snow White, everyone fell in love with Snow White. I immediately fell for the Wicked Queen.

So, all jokes aside, I’ve been wondering about all this.

Nothing makes sense to me.

The harsh retirement just doesn’t seem to fit. The purposes, as I understand it to be doesn’t seem to fit either. I mean (to say), “Anchoring world-lines”, heck! Most people don’t even know what the population of the United States is, and I’m supposed to describe a role in manipulation of world-line clusters?

When I lived in Arkansas, they actually thought that Boston was a city outside of Kentucky. I kid you not. They didn’t even know how many inches were in a foot, or how many inches were in a meter for goodness sakes!

And yet, I am to try to explain all this…!

And what I do end up explaining is so fundamental simple that it defies the imagination the I would be tasked to write on about it. Like “time” for instance, or the relation of the non-physical to the physical. Or how different species think differently, or even the very nature of thoughts! All of these things are so obvious that it doesn’t make sense that I would configured as some sort of tool to disseminate this information.

The point is really clear.

Why am I tasked to explain the outrageously simple to my fellow humans via this venue?

After all, and it seems quite clear right now, that the PTB that rule over the levers of power (that ultimately control MAJ) do not give a flying fuck about Americans, humanity, knowledge or spirit. They just do not care.

They. Just. Do. Not Care.

So it makes little sense (to me) that they would allow or approve of my “retirement”, yet at the same time making it so that I must continually and passionately  discharge, and de-gorge my “knowledge” to the public. They do not care. They make no money off of it.

Why set me to full-on gouge?

Questions

An influencer asked this question…

“Likewise, something doesn't sit right with me when the Gov takes its best, brightest, and most competitive aviators & engineers, put's 'em through a brutal career including war, implants, and obscene responsibilities, and then turns around and wants to put 'em in the garbage disposal when they go to retire.  That is really bizarre.  Maybe you can write more about that one of these days. “

Indeed. And I pretty much responded much like this…

Indeed, to me it seems like America and many of it’s agencies are run by psychopathic idiots or… perhaps (better yet)  sycophants appointed by psychopathic idiots. It really seems that way.

What was my purpose?

What was it? To anchor world-lines?

Well, if that was the case, perhaps the MAJestic leadership could have found more “average” folk to perform that “heavy lifting”. It seems that in that particular role, being average was a mandated requirement. So it just doesn’t seem that the performance criteria was all that well mapped out … if that was the sole objective.

Perhaps THIS is the sole objective. THIS, right now, all this…..

Maybe this MM is the sole accumulation of over forty years in MAJestic. Maybe my purpose is to (for what ever reason)  is to help the human species understand their place in a universe that is way outside of their ability to grasp. Maybe its to help give a little nudge towards some pretty fundamental understandings that most humans haven’t a clue about. Maybe…

Maybe…

Or, maybe not.

Really. What’s the point of a mechanic realizes that thoughts can bend reality? What benefit does mankind obtain when a Uber Driver knows that time is nothing more than the accumulation of world-line travels? What benefit to mankind is it that there are different kinds of sentience, and that there are approved archetypes? How important is it that a carpenter, a computer technician, an accountant, a bus driver, and a housewife understands that we humans are growing and learning inside a policed nursery?

Nothing, I must add, really is all that clear.

The entire internet is filled with hordes of folk that are selling “snake oil” to a gullible audience. Some of it is “magic crystals”, some of it is “advice about reptilians”, some of it is “how to get rich”, while others talk about other things…

Ai!

And then to top it all off…

…what about my retirement. I mean, I get it. MAJ outsources the retirement. Just take the “best and brightest” and then when you are finished your toss them out into the dumpster with no fanfare. I mean, that’s the “American Way”, as illustrated in such timeless classic movies and “Office space” and “Joe vs the Volcano“.

But seriously, do you do that to people who you have invested millions, of not billions of dollars, on?

It’s like the spoiled, petulant child that pulls a temper tantrum and destroys the massive big-screen television by throwing an iPad at it. Everything is gone and wasted, and the child continues in complete oblivion as to the value and worth of the loss.

A discussion with a friend

I was having a discussion with a friend, not too long ago. In it we were talking about certain people we knew, and certain bosses. And one of the things that kept on cropping up was the idea that there are these people, bosses, people in power, that have zero ability to emote or see the consequences of their acitions.

As my friend said…

"A guy works for twenty years. You know his family, you see him day in and day out. you go through good times and bad times together. Then well, you need to cut head count. So you fire him. And that's that. And suddenly he no longer exists."

And there is no remorse. No compassion. No guilt. No understanding. It’s almost like you press the DEL key and Poof! all your association with him is gone in a nano-second.

Yeah. We know that these people abound.

What is so absolutely frightening is just how common it is in the United States today that they exist, and that they are thriving within enormous positions of absolute power.

Merit advancement only so far

It appears that advancement through merit only goes so far. Then you hit a “glass ceiling”, and you just cannot pass through that barrier. For above you lies the realm of the “special” people, and you do not belong there.

In that realm, other rules apply.

It’s sort of like this…

It seems like you must work really hard to be promoted though merit to get anywhere in America today. Then when you have achieved so much, there is this invisible glass ceiling that you hit. And no matter what you do, you cannot break through that invisible barrier.

Now above that barrier are the “anointed ones”. These are the people who are appointed by the upper-level bosses. We often don’t know what the appointment criteria is because many of them are absolutely clueless. I call them “the toadies”.

And of course, the “Bosses” are over all.

And that is how it appears the United States works today.

Sorry to say.

That is the impression that I get.

Answers

And with that impression comes some answers. You see, as long as you believe that the systems in place for control, power and advancement are the same for everyone, then my story and my experience makes no sense.

But, when you come to the conclusion that the leadership is stratified, and that each strata has it’s own set of systems for advancement, control, monitoring and understandings, then EVERYTHING falls into place. The toadies could care less about the underlings below them. They no more care about them than a cow cares about ants in the grass. Check off some boxes, and move on. No need to stop and take heed.

And when I look at things in that manner, it all makes sense. Everything makes sense.

The US elite, as the stupidest ruling class in the world, won't be able to stop relative or absolute decline.

Yup! Main reason is because the American ruling class is one that does not deserve to be in that class. Just look at the top layer of people in that class. They are no more than mouthpieces having memorized buzz words and cliches, who got to where they are because of the stupidity of a dumbified populace. Oh, the same can be said of the rest of the so-called West.

-Posted by: Oriental Voice | Mar 3 2021 19:28 utc | 35

And you can pretty much see the overall scheme of things. Right?

The Leadership are appointees

Yup, and they put their sycophant toadies in top levels of their organizations.

Here's a nice rambling rant along these lines, more or less from the Burning Platform blog. It is titled The ship of Theseus.  Reprinted as found. All credit to the author. Edited to fit this venue, and I do believe that it's a pretty good read.

“Here is a rule to remember in the future when anything tempts you to feel bitter: not ‘This is misfortune’, but ‘To bear this worthily is good fortune.’”Marcus Aurelius, Meditations

Somewhere between elementary school and fifth grade my parents bought a townhouse in a brand-new community built on a former farm field in East Windsor. The development was named Twin Rivers and it sat about a half a mile from Exit 8 of the New Jersey Turnpike. The project was designed to capitalize on commuters to NYC fifty miles to the north and young Boomer families fleeing the urban jungle of the late 1960’s.

The word townhouse makes it sound sophisticated, but it was just a plywood box in a long string of plywood boxes banged out under the Mid-Atlantic sun by the last of the old-school tradesmen that dominated the sprawl of suburbia; Italian masons, Polish plumbers, Piney carpenters. In the field in front of my house they built a monstrosity of a school, a squatting, gold, geodesic dome fixed to the ground like a cross between a UFO and a Bucky Fuller fever dream.

It was called the Ethel McKnight School after a local teacher who had served the community for over 45 years. For her efforts she received, as a token of respect and admiration, the world’s noisiest, hottest, asbestos-sprayed middle school, named in her honor.

We’d moved in from our former residence at Northgate Garden Apartments which featured no gardens and served as a gate to an endless plain of potato farms that happened to be to the north. We were, by today’s standards, fairly low on the economic ladder and the new home in a slightly nicer location was a mark of my parent’s upward mobility. It cost them a whopping twenty-seven thousand dollars and it was a stripped-down minimalist dwelling, but it had two floors and basement with a backyard-not much larger than a one car garage surrounded by fence to separate from the neighbors on either side.

I had my own room; my parents had a bigger one with its own bathroom and from the moment they moved in they went at it, one project after another to turn it into our own home. I spent most of my time in those first couple of months before school started exploring my surroundings. At the end of the row of houses that marked Bennington Drive was a freshly dug lake filled with murky brown water and snapping turtles. All of the streets had historical names based on the American Revolution as a way of giving some history to what was otherwise a brand-new town.

The place was saturated with history. I regularly picked up jasper arrowheads and grooved axes pecked from river cobbles in the adjoining field, ancient relics turned up by brand new activity and I kept them lined neatly on the shelves above my desk. Sometimes I’d turn up white, lead musket balls and verdigris colonial coppers, bits of broken Delftware, and blackened silver shoe buckles, wondering about the people who’d left them behind and where they’d gone. Just up the road was the site of Washington’s decisive blow against the retreating British columns at the battle of Monmouth, and on the other side of Route 1 to the west was Princeton where my own ancestors had fought so long ago.

And everywhere you looked there were scores of granite monuments and weathered memorial plaques commemorating one famous colonial figure or another. Washington Slept Here was an actual sign planted in the middle of Quaker Bridge Road, rooted beside a massive oak tree that had stood there for at least three centuries until it was removed years later, disappeared into the bowels of some State of New Jersey storage locker, the tree soon to follow to make room for more lanes, for more cars.

My father had taken a job with a Wall Street helping to integrate a computer language for business named COBOL into the mainframe computers that were just beginning to come on line. He took the bus every morning to Port Authority and in the evenings my mother and I would drive to the parking lot of Mom’s Peppermill and wait for him to climb off the orange and black striped Suburban Express, his pant cuffs filled with pale yellow punched tape chads.

Those years were, for me at least, the idyllic American childhood. I rode my bike, a blue Schwinn Stingray Deluxe with a banana seat and a sissy bar to deliver The Trenton Times to a couple dozen customers every morning of the week and twice that number on Sundays. I don’t remember how much I earned, it couldn’t have been much, but I remember having money of my own, of being able to buy a slice of pizza- only thirty-five cents, that I recall- and a cold 8 oz. Coca-Cola in the green glass bottle for another dime.

I held on to some of the change I earned, Mercury dimes and Standing Liberty quarters, not because they were made of silver, but because they looked like Roman coins to me; classic, beautiful. I didn’t like the Roosevelt dimes because they had little ridges, called reeding, that ran around the perimeter and because right down the road there was a gigantic sculpture of his head in the town bearing his name right on the edge of Lake Etra and every time we passed by it to go to the lumber yard, I’d look at his baleful stare, looking out across the lily pads like he was watching a bobber waiting for a strike.

I could never understand why they’d put that pensive face on a coin instead of the graceful Mercury with his winged cap and I have held a strange grudge ever since. And so, I grew up there for a time, solitary mostly, studiously aware of the world around me, imbued by the long trail of people that had been here before me, their artifacts and statues scattered about.

In the field between our home and the school was an old MIG, a captured North Korean jet stripped down to nothing more than the fuselage and canopy, dropped there on a small concrete pad by the local VFW post for kids to climb on. The skin was a sun-scorched olive drab and on each wing, there was a faded red start that vibrated in contrast to the rest. It was pretty big to an 11-year-old and I’d seen more than a few kids take a bad fall from the wings, divots of kid skin dug out on the raised rivets and bolts, heads split open climbing in and out of the derelict cockpit, little tufts of children’s hair sprouting from every metal snag.

Beyond that sat my school, its gilded dome oddly reminiscent of the shells on the giant snappers that lurked in the muddy lake beside it. I could walk across the field in a couple of minutes and be home before the rest of the kids finished filling the seats on the bus each afternoon. That year featured a lot of fragmented memories, some of which were clear as day to me half a century later while others remain concealed by a darkness that never abates.

At night the radio in my room played a mix of AM music that came in clear as a bell, 77 WABC and Cousin Brucie playing a constant mix of the greatest music I had ever heard; Black Magic Woman, The Long and Winding Road, Your Song, Green-Eyed Lady and The Tears of a Clown. The songs were always about some kind of love, but there was an innocence to it that fit the time, from I Want You Back sung by a kid my own age, to the heartbreaking words of a much older lady who’d lost out again in One Last Bell to Answer.

I would listen to those tunes, memorizing every line and then just before I fell asleep, I’d turn the dial to WOR and listen to Jean Shepherd from the opening music, the trumpet trill from some far off race track that led into the heart pumping tempo of Authur Fiedler and the Boston Pops knocking out one minute and fifty-seven seconds of Richard Stauss’ Bahn Frei Polka. He’d shill for a few minutes for his sponsor, General Tires (sooner or later you’ll own General) and then he’d launch into yet another nightly shaggy dog story from his own childhood in far off Gary, Indiana, an impossibly wonderful and far off place from my darkened bedroom in central New Jersey.

A few years later my parents moved us again. My mother had taken a course in bookkeeping at Trenton State College and began to do work for a string of shady businesses along Route 130. A banana importer with a name right out of a Scorcese movie and an aluminum siding sales company that morphed into an above ground swimming pool company when the weather warmed up. There was a retired boxer and sometime mentioned in the newspapers Gambino associate that had a couple of car washes and a TV rental outfit that did an early version of the check cashing business on the side and half dozen others besides.

I have no idea if my mother knew about the kind of work she was doing but there’s no way she couldn’t and now, looking back on her life through the rearview mirror of the years since she died, there’s no doubt that she was both smart enough and shrewd enough to parlay that skill set to our benefit. She had been born into abject poverty moving as she described it, from pillar to post her entire life until she met my father and fell in love. My father for his part continued to please his employers with his acumen and capacity to solve complex problems simply.

Eventually my parents, who’d married as teenagers and with nothing, bought a beautiful home in Princeton where I spent my teenage years attending a celebrated prep school and reaping the benefits of the American dream come to fruition. I went from memorizing the times tables and dressing like a pilgrim each Autumn, to learning Latin that I cannot forget even though I cannot use it; bo, bis, bit, bamus, bantus, bantur. I, isti, it, imus, istus, erunt.

My parents, descended from 11 generations of impoverished founders that struggled from the first colonies on the edge of the Hudson and the Millstone and through the centuries that followed, had finally reached the Promised Land. Where they had spent their lives sitting down to supper in the kitchen, we could now eat our dinner in the dining room.

Plutarch told the story of ship which sailed under Theseus and the youth of Athens, returned from Crete and continued to sail until the time of Demetrious Phalereus. And in that time whenever the boards would rot or the oars grow old, each piece was replaced one by one, over time until no part of that original ship remained, but that ship appeared to all who looked upon it to be the same as she ever was from the outside.

Philosophers Heraclitus, Plato, Plutarch, Hobbes and Locke have revisited the question over time, questioning that it either was or was not the same ship and thus the paradox arose. Old things go away, and once the living die. What was real becomes a memory, and then is forgotten, leaving little more than shards and fragments from which we can only surmise at their original purpose.

I did not turn out as my mother had hoped. I did well in school, nearly aced the SAT’s bound for an Ivy League education and shot for the gold ring but I chose to follow another path and enlisted in the Army to become a paratrooper, just like my uncle had. I wanted to serve my country like the long line of men in my family who’d gone before me, fighting and sometimes dying in places like Pleiku and Anzio, Kasserine and The Somme, Fredricksburg and Trenton.

I had, like all those singers I had listened to on the radio in my room at night, fallen in love, not with a girl but with my country, or at least the image I had of it in my mind. All of those trips to the Shore with its salty air and thundering waves and the moonlit drives home through the Pine Barrens, the picnics at Washington’s Crossing on the Delaware, the sight of New York City rising in the distance like some modern Camelot on those day trips my father would take us on, to see the museums and shop at Macy’s and FAO Schwartz, they all added up to something much bigger than any ambition my mother may have had for me.

And I followed it along gladly, expectantly, filled with pride, resolute. The tales told by my relatives under the apple tree in my grandparent’s yard while the sky dimmed and lightning bugs glowed, the hikes up to Bowman’s Tower not far from the old glassworks where my great-grandfather drowned, the camp-outs in backyards, the squirrel hunts with .22’s and later, frosty mugs of Stewart’s root beer brought to you on a tray they’d hook to the driver’s side window while you sat on the big leather seats in the big green Dodge and listening to the gentle sound of a parent’s laughter on a Summer night, they weighed more than the Universe in the balance of life as I rode the scale from the bottom to the top and back down again.

Near the end of my grandfather’s life, he told me that he was ready to go. He said that he had outgrown his time and I joked with him that he had years left, even at 95. I have spent my lifetime in love with my country but that is not the same thing as it once was. I feel like that woman singing that song about having one less bell to answer, one less egg to fry. I don’t choke up at the National Anthem anymore and the military haircut I have worn my entire adult life has grown out like the old man banging the drum in The Spirit of ’76, not out of fashion, but because no one will cut my hair unless I wear a mask.

I have become an anachronism in the country of my birth and every part of the contract I had between what I was taught to respect and uphold, to serve and protect has been breached and in bad faith, not by me, but my own government, by my own people. They have moved on to some other place while I march on to the beat of a different drummer, another time. It’s not easy to become an anachronism, but I understand my grandfather’s words now in a way I could never have known then.

I drove into Boston with my son today to visit a friend and to look at a greenhouse to dismantle and bring back home. It has been a good while since I have left the farm, never mind visit a city, but it was a shock to me. Everyone wearing their masks, resignedly, in complete capitulation to some obscene diktat that makes a mockery of everything I have ever believed about freedom, about liberty.

It broke my heart, not for me, but for the future my children will inherit. And though I kept it to myself the entire drive home, I could not help but wish for another outcome, a different course that we could have taken somewhere along the way. But this is our time and so I will make the very best of it that I can so that my children will have the kind of memories I have before they too discover those truths that everyone must at some point face.

America is the ship of Theseus. For all appearances it resembles the country in which I was born, in which my father and his father before him were born, grew up, lived and prospered in, but it has been replaced, board by board, nail by nail, until it is a paradox built of nothing more than memories of what it once was.

Oh isn’t that the truth?

Yes it is.

And people are getting FED UP with the United States today. Consider this rant by Frank Scott…

Ring Out The Old: Ring In The Old

By Frank Scott

While our sacred democracy was allegedly being served by a stupid attempt to unsuccessfully impeach an ex-president for the second time and essentially tell more than 70 million Americans that they might as well vote for Pavlov, FDR, Hitler or Oprah Winfrey since any alleged exercise of supposed freedom on their part would be meaningless in the rape of language we call a democracy.

You know, the one with a billionaire class getting richer by the second and Americans across the board sinking lower by the minute.

But enough good news, let’s move on to the even better signs of our political economic progress against logic, morality and majority rule, something that vanished in practice the moment our euro ancestors arrived and the people who’d lived here for millennia were brutally forced out of their homelands.

The world’s most expensive medical wealth-care system has killed more than 500,000 Americans while we’re being told that China has only created protection for its people that makes us look like bloodthirsty private profit fanatics because it is run by authoritarians and isn’t a sacred democracy like ours.

You know, the one where your vote and mine are equal to the vote of any billionaire, if you believe nose picking is a way to perform a self lobotomy or you are a venture capitalist interested in a start up called Butt Coin which operates on a revolutionary AI system (Amoral Intelligence) called Blockhead.

Its stock just went up 23 billion points ten minutes ago so college graduates should start investing and show just how good your education was and how strong your belief is in capitalist democracy.

After all, how can any formally indoctrinated American not appreciate the incredible logic of our free market in which milk is more expensive than gasoline.

What could make more economic sense?

Milk comes from a cow, which produces more of it on a daily basis while petroleum takes millions of years to reproduce its supply. Even without consideration of either ones affect on the environment, that makes at least as much sense as nose picking self-lobotomies.

Or are you one of those deplorables concerned about our environment and the market green profit ventures said to be our only hope for useless long-term change to save humanity and not just its upper classes?

Who is most responsible for creating the destruction of nature reduced to a branding title of Climate Change?

A menacing American socialist gang has pointed out that the wealthiest billion people on earth produce 60% of greenhouse gases while the poorest billion produce only 5%.

But who can trust a murderous institution like The National Academy of Sciences?

Worse, another unholy representative of global communism reports that the tens of trillions of dollars in debt carried by earth residents collectively – whether we like it or not – represent a threat to the entire human race while the 2,000 richest people on earth have amassed more wealth than 4.5 billon human beings combined.

But who can believe a communist conglomeration of the richest institutions on earth and calling itself The World Bank?

Both institutions were talking about something much bigger than the egocentric American chosen people mythology since we play a major role in creating that inequality but also suffering it, with a public debt of 19 trillion and private debt of 27 trillion.

And if we believe, as too many of us still do, in what consciousness control and its professional staff of mind managers tell us, it’s all due to greedy union labor getting far too much in wages, salaries and pensions while a struggling investor class has to wait anxious moments for their deliveries of pet food, cosmetics, weapons, bitcoins, jewelry, and leisure wear.

And this with union membership which has been dwindling for the past forty years under assault by minority capital while the affluent top ten percent has seen its wealth skyrocket with the support of that same minority.

Isn’t the free market a marvel of democracy?

Yes, if you are among those who find rape a cost effective form of dating that avoids dinner and a movie and gets right to the sex.

While pondering this, be sure to participate in a round of democratic marketing called the 2022 elections with requests for money…

… the real stuff of our financially sacred democracy…

… coming along with any and all messages about how we need to elect progressives or regressives to maintain the system of two party politics that makes sure the capitalist market continues…

…setting us against one another to prevent us from ever uniting as a people…

…and not a collection of reduced-to-less-than human minorities who compete with one another across identity groups with common interest…

….hidden by the tiniest minority in the country: the incredibly richest of the rich and their wealthy – and diverse –   servant class.

The warfare state continues without the fiery if intellectually empty rhetoric of the last president replaced by the most recent who quietly, if he had any idea what the hell was going on, presided over another bombing of a foreign country- Syria- to protect American lives.

Those not yet reduced to total brain death under the abuse of consciousness by anti-social corporate and personal media might well ask: what the hell are Americans doing in Syria?

And if there are Syrians in America does Syria now have the right to bomb America in their defense?

But logic has no place in our government market where laws of political supply and demand assure continued profits for the tiny ruling minority and its well-paid servants in corporate business.

The real menace, we are warned by the triumphant sector of the ruling class representing the best educated bigots in America, are terrifying groups with names that make them sound like gay dance troupes.

Of course the horrible fears we are taught to react to when told of blood thirsty white supremacist* groups like the “Proud Boys” are nothing compared to the corporate investor class which would never dream of attacking our revered national capital: they already own it.

Make no mistake, the new team at the helm of our titanic ship of state isn’t nearly as dumb, domestically, as the last egotist led cabal with a leader who at least spoke like a populist while acting like a pampered rich brat.

But the warfare state in which Israel exercises far more power in our sacred democracy than the average American citizen, will continue and hundreds of billions of our tax dollars will be rubber stamped by a hired staff of corporadoes in order to fend off alleged menaces like China…

… which has ended urban poverty in a population of more than 850 million…

… three times greater than our total, while we suffer rising poverty among millions of families in a population of less than 330 million.

Quick, more bombs, death rays, drones, and especially propaganda from our free press which is available for a price, like the bombs, pet food, health care, entertainment, sports and democracy like no other in the world.

We have a new board of directors which still serves the same corporation with an experienced if nearly addle pated leader replacing the most dangerous one ever…

…in that he bluntly acted as the boorish at best murderous at worst executive of an imperial danger to humanity…

…masked as a democracy by psycho-neurotic therapists and other professionals.

Every few years we are indulged in moving from fundamentalist theologians of the market-church to fundamentalist economists of the church-market and we call that belief system our democracy.

Who else can perform self-lobotomies and pay more for milk than gasoline?

Just wait until the pandemic is overcome, more likely if we asked China to help us organize a more cooperative…

…than individualistic gang of identity groups, each with beliefs that it transcends humanity…

…and will best be served by accepting slavery as long as it works in the house and not in the fields.

No wonder China is such a menace to the gods of capital when it ought to be a lesson to the people of earth.

Especially Americans who are propagandized by their mind managers to mind too many other people’s business in imperial fashion while being told it’s all about democracy.

You know, like cheap gas, self-lobotomies and all that other good stuff.

The real thing and the demand for it is growing, worldwide, and the sooner we end our alienated domination and begin working together as members of the one and only human race, the better for the future.

And that future cannot be run, as it still is, for the benefit of private profit but for the public good.

*White supremacist and white privilege are among the favorite all-encompassing labels attached to lesser beings by people of higher intellectual and moral awareness made obvious by the fact that they are all members of the more privileged bigot class.

email: fpscott@gmail.com Frank Scott writes  political commentary and satire which appears online at the blog Legalienate  http://legalienate.blogspot.com)  

Brilliant!

But what about today?

It’s one thing, me writing about my experiences and the seemingly disjointed, and off-scale, way that I was “retired”, and another thing entirely about how you (the reader) and your friends and family deal with this situation. Yes, the USA is sinking. And yes, 2020 was a God-awful year. And ye, there are so many things going on…

…and the “news’ is amplifying everything to a fever pitch WTF? What is going on?

I’ll tell you. Listen up.

They want you IN A STATE OF PANIC. Then, while you are in a “reactive” and “receptive” mode, they can do what ever they want. Just like the shock after the 9-11 event, had George Bush create the largest police state in history, and clamp down all all the bill of rights. When people are scared, or in a state of panic, they are easily led; easily manipulated.

The corrupt leadership, the PTB and their toadies want this.

Please do not feel that way. It’s not as bad as it appears. Not by a long shot.
So, one of the first things that you MUST do is stop reading “news”. Alternative, Right, Left, Foreign. What ever. Please stop. It’s got so much bullshit that no one is getting accurate and timely information. And much of that is exactly that lies, distortions and just plain bullshit.
Look back through history, did any of the howling and screeching narrative come to pass?
  • Y2K. When your toaster would burn your house down. Your radio would start yelling at you.
  • 3G radiation. Yes. that dangerous 3G radiation would cause you to have radiation burns on your brain, seizures, and cancer.
  • Mad Cow. Yup, one day you are eating a hamburger, the next moment you go to work and don’t know how to turn on your computer.
  • WMD. Saddam Hussein has weapons of mass destruction, one of the largest armies in the world, and desperately wants to kill American infidels!
  • TikTok. Watching cat videos is a forms of sly mind control. Before you know it, they will take over our “democracy”!

And now…

  • COVID Vaccine. It’s dangerous, and can cause cancer. It’s a way to alter DNA and turn Americans into mind-controlled robot sheeple!

Hey! I’ve got news for you all. Most Americans are already “mind controlled sheeple”. So don’t get all hot and bothered about it. Ok?

The ruling class wants the citizenry in a state of panic.

That is what is going on.

For you to survive this period of time you need to be calm, and frosty. You need to be able to know and see what is going on, and do so as a third-person observer so that you can handle the changes as they arrive. Don’t be the freaked out pet that starts running across a busy four lane intersection in panic. Be alert, be aware. Be calm.

The Lathe of Heaven

America is collapsing, and it’s every-person for themself. Or so it appears…
There was this movie called The Lathe of Heaven. It’s based on a science fiction story by Ursula K. Le Guin.
 
In a future world racked by violence and environmental catastrophes, George Orr wakes up one day to discover that his dreams have the ability to alter reality. He seeks help from Dr. William Haber, a psychiatrist who immediately grasps the power George wields. Soon George must preserve reality itself as Dr. Haber becomes adept at manipulating George’s dreams for his own purposes.
 
So get this… when this guy falls asleep, his dreams are so strong that he switches world-lines and arrives on the reality that he dreamed about. Yikes! And of course if he has a nightmare he wakes up to a nightmare, and if he has a happy dream, he wakes up to a happy life.
Well, this guy sees what is happening and decides to hypnotize him and thus be able to manually control what the world will become… all with good intentions, don’t you know. But of course, everything goes to shit.
In so many ways this resembles the world that we are inhabiting right now. Big, rich and powerful people are controlling things, and others are trying to sound the alarm. All of it is like a slow-motion car wreck and it’s terrifying. It really is. Our lives, our mental health, our families, our incomes are all disrupted. We don’t know what to do and we are going and moving towards a panic state.
You are in this state right now.
And it is awful.
A must see for science fiction fans - be careful what you dream about Dilip12 
March 2001

I had public television on several days ago (March 10, 2001) and "Lathe of Heaven" was starting on their series "Movies Worth Taping". I'm glad I happened to turn the TV on, as it was a movie well worth watching! It was made in 1987 as the first made-for-public-TV film, and is based on a novel by Ursula Le Guin.

This movie explores the notion of "effective dreaming", where one's dreams actually come true. It explores the strange dreams of George Orr (Bruce Davison). When he has these dreams, he wakes to find that his dreamt-up situations are now not only reality, but other people suddenly have adapted as if this reality has been with the world for some time.

George is traumatized by these dreams, and seeks the help of Dr. William Haber (Kevin Conway). Dr. Haber's intentions are good, to harness the power of these effective dreams to the betterment of the world, but he clearly abuses the doctor-patient relationship and hypnotizes George to have specific kinds of dreams. One motto of this film might be "be careful what you dream about"!

I found the special effects sometimes interesting, but often heavy-handed and not so smoothly executed. The setting, sometime in the near future in Portland, Oregon, was inexplicably dreary, beyond the rain that the city is well known for. The character development could have been stronger, with ancillary characters like Dr. Haber's secretary and the very few others seeming to be made out of cardboard and lacking emotion. George and Heather LeLache (Margaret Avery), however, enjoyed more solid and believable depictions.

In spite of these criticisms, the film was an exciting journey into inner space that indulges us to think about deep philosophical questions.

What is reality?

Are there parallel realities?

What is or should be knowable about the nature of existence (to me reminiscent a bit of "2010", one of my favorite science fiction films)?

What happens if we dream each other into or out of reality?

"The greatest good for the greatest number" or rights of the individual?

Can we design a utopia or will we be doomed to experience accidents we never considered that render such a proposed utopia much less than ideal?
“The Lathe of Heaven” doesn’t have the fresh and exciting visual effects of earlier science fiction films like “2001” or later ones, but is an interesting film that is a must see for science fiction fans.
Interesting look at the consequences of playing god. 

maochichi
22 June 2000

This was finally re-shown here on OPB in Portland during the spring membership drive after it's first and only showing in 1980 or so (apparently it was the most requested show of all time) and it is a rather effective piece of science fiction.

George Orr, a simple man by most standards, has dreams that change the world, and after overdosing on drugs trying to quell these dreams, he is charged to the care of Dr. Haber -- a well meaning and philanthropic therapist. Dr. Haber recognizes George's ability to change the future via dreaming of alternate realities, and he adopts a plan to create a perfect world by suggesting dreams of ridding humanity of the scourges that plague it (overpopulation, racism, war, etc) to George through hypnosis.

The world created by George and Dr. Haber is alternately perfect and irrevocably flawed as it is soon revealed that the consequences fixing one problem that plagues humanity only creates another equally serious dilemma. George in his simplicity realizes that there is no "perfect world", and that the meaning of human existence is not necessarily to create a perfect world, a concept that Dr. Haber fails to grasp.
If there is one movie that I can suggest best represents what is going on TODAY, it is this movie.
It really is.
Powerful, rich people. People who have evolved to be something else (other than human) and want to redo, remake the world into their idea of utopia are pushing all the buttons, and removing all the stops to make it happen. They are purposely inciting panic. They are purposely trying to alter the thinking patterns of people.
The good news is that it is all an illusion.
It really is. Sure things are happening, but what is happening regarding you, and your family will not, and does not resemble the narrative that you are reading about.

Step by step

So the first thing that you must do is turn off “THE NOISE”. Stop the “news” feeds and all that nonsense. It’s not gonna be as bad as everyone with a microphone is yelling about.
Second thing. Go to my post about Hemi-sync. Download one or all of the files. Put them on a player, and lie in bed and listen to them. Why? Well all this howling noise is moving your center of consciousness about. It is no longer centered on the pineal gland. It is off somewhere else. The hemi-sync will recenter it to where you need it to be.
It might take two or three sessions to get the effect, but I guarantee that the first session WILL ABSOLUTELY make a difference and you will see and feel the difference. You won’t be so caught up and your panic will be way, way down.
I am not saying that there is nothing to worry about. I am not saying that you need not be concerned. What I am saying is that your family needs you right now.
They need you to be alert, strong, composed and in control. You must fake it, show a good happy face. And show some leadership. You have a role and this is the time for you to shine.
When you are in a plane you don’t want to hear the airline pilot screaming into the microphone…
..."we're all going to die!".
No. You want to hear (in a calm, clear and confident voice) …
"...hello folks, we have a minor technical alert. It's probably nothing. But the policy is to land at the nearest airport. Sorry for the delay."
Remember the key take aways…

The Take Aways

The “ruling class” running the entire Western group of nations (led by America) is all in a state of collapse, or barring that, an organized and function intentional state of disorder. They are typing to induce change to happen, and it is frightening. And part of this change is to induce panic. They want the people to react on emotion, and not by reason.
It’s not right. It’s not fair. It’s not pleasant.
But that’s the way it is.
And if you want to see exactly what is going on, then watch the 197
0’s movie “The Lathe of Heaven”.
A Science Fiction Classic reclaimed from the vaults. 

Klaatu-1812 August 2000

Last night I got a chance to see one of my favorite SF movies, and it only took 20 years.

Back in 1978, I was working at a mom-and-pop bookstore in Dallas called Taylors. One day one of the customers bought a book by Ursula K. LeGuin: "The Lathe of Heaven". I told her that she was one of my favorite authors, and that I loved the book. She said that she was involved in the production of a film of the book that was to be done locally.

Early in 1980 it was aired. Bruce Davison (recently the Senator in "X-men") played the protagonist, George Orr. And various Metroplex locations stood in for Portland in the near-future year of 2002. City Hall (later the OCP HQ in "Robocop"), Reunion Arena and the Water Gardens in FW (previously used in "Logan's Run").

George Orr has a problem: dreams. He doesn't want to have any. He takes drugs to try and thwart his unconscious so that he can sleep but not dream. Because if he does dream a special kind of dream, an "effective" dream, it changes reality "all the way back to the Stone Age".

Dr. William Haber is an oneirologist: a dream specialist. He doesn't believe George's story, of course. He thinks that George is sick, not cursed. He eventually comes around to the realization that George is right. A power struggle ensues to decide who will be in charge of deciding who gets to make the decisions of how to use this power.

The story touches on race relations, psychology, Taoism and more. And all on a miniscule budget of 250K.

An added bonus was the addition of interviews with Bruce Davison and Ms. LeGuin, the latter with Bill Moyers. She rarely does interviews, and it was wonderful hearing her add little behind-the-scenes details and commenting on the story and film. Since my understanding of Taoism is limited to readings of "The Tao of Pooh", I didn't realize the use of Taoism until I heard UKL mention it.

If I had had 90 bucks to blow on a KERA membership, I could have gotten the video from them. In fact, the on-air weasel said that the tape was "only available through public TV". If you check amazon.com, as I did last night, you will find that this is a bald-faced lie: TLoH will be released on VHS and DVD later this month, with the interviews and all.

The only thing that burned my butt about the film that I saw last night was the one change they made. Originally, they used Ringo Starr's version of the Beatles tune "A Little Help from My Friends". The new version has a different cover version. One of the reviews on amazon.com stated that this was because it would cost too much to get the rights from Michael Jackson, who now owns the entire Beatle catalog. This doesn't work. IMHO, MJ would get money no matter who did it.

Uncle Steve says check it out.

Panic to war

Why does the ruling class want Americans and their subservient nations to be in a state of panic?

It was a gripping, stunning testimony. Before Congress, a 15 year old volunteer nurse, Nayirah, struggled to compose her trembling voice, barely holding back tears, as she testified that marauding soldiers had thrown babies out of incubators in a hospital, leaving them to die on the floor.

Later, Amnesty International confirmed authoritatively that 312 babies had been killed this way. [1] All the news agencies ran with the story, and the country and Congress were in a total uproar.

There was only one problem: it was completely, utterly, totally fraudulent. It was engineered, perjured, coached testimony concocted by PR experts, designed to manufacture consent for a U.S. war on Iraq.

At the time, it was also crystal clear that the claims were absurd—Kuwait had a population of less than 1.5 million at the time, and given its birth rate, would have had a few hundred premature babies a year. It’s inconceivable that over 300 of them could have been clustered in a single hospital on a single day.

Nevertheless, this was the story that was sold to the U.S. people. Representative John Porter stated, “We have never heard…[such] a record of inhumanity and brutality and sadism…I don’t know how the people of the civilized countries of this world can fail to do everything within their power to remove this scourge from the face of the earth.”

Not long afterward, the U.S. went to war with Iraq.  It would wage war again, 12 years later, doubling down with even more monstrous lies about weapons of mass destruction.

Today, we are facing a similar situation: the U.S. is escalating rapidly towards a shooting war with China, and similar absurd, astonishing, and monstrous lies are being spread. In fact, the U.S. is already engaged in “multi-domain” “hybrid warfare” with China. This is warfare just below the threshold of direct military engagement. On the ground this involves:

  • Economic Warfare: trade sanctions and tariff war, as well as technological warfare: attempted seizure of Chinese companies (TikTok); attacks on China’s international 5G contracts; sanctions on the primary & secondary supply chains of key sectors of Chinese industry (e.g. Huawei’s semiconductor supply chain); attacks on Ant Financial’s IPO.

  • Legal Warfare, or “lawfare,” including over 380 anti-China bills in Congress, and 14 individual and state lawsuits against China for over $30 trillion in “Covid damages”; the long arm “legal” kidnapping of Huawei’s executive

  • Diplomatic Warfare, including consulate shutdowns, harassment of diplomats, breaching of diplomatic pouches and compounds, and calls for regime change.

  • Military Brinksmanship and posturing in the South China Sea, the East China Sea, the Taiwan straits; complete encirclement of China with strategic weapons, surveillance, and 400 offensive bases (“The Pacific Pivot”), the use of air bases in Taiwan for military surveillance, and plans to station intermediate range nuclear missiles all along China’s periphery. [2]

  • Civil Subversion: color revolution, urban terror, destabilization and delegitimation operations in Hong Kong (and other places where China has interests), including millions of dollars of funneled for organization & training, and encrypted communications infrastructure built to coordinate anti-government activities.

  • Academic Warfare: through the FBI’s China Initiative, every 10 hours a case is opened against a Chinese student or researcher in the U.S. (currently 2700 cases) and all Chinese students are considered potential “non-traditional” “collectors” and “spies” involved in a “thousand grains of sand” collection strategy.

  • Information Warfare: last but not least, we are seeing total Information warfare.
    The stories about so-called “massive human rights abuses,” “Chinese concentration camps,” “Chinese-made-and-released Covid,” “China has harmed us economically,” “China has stolen its way to the top,” “China is oppressing independent Hong Kong,” are part of this information warfare.

This mass propaganda incites people to hate China irrationally and unconditionally, to manufacture consent for war. The U.S. military calls this information warfare, “the firehose of falsehoods” and we are all being drenched with these lies. This is necessary to justify war against an enemy and to curtail any rational discussion or questioning.

Some of the questions that the public are kept from asking are:

  • Are these allegations supported by any facts?

  • Has China threatened us? Is the U.S. at risk from China?

  • Is this war justifiable by any means? Is it legal?

  • Do the citizens of the U.S. want to go to war? Could the U.S. even fight, let alone win a war with China?

A careful, reasoned approach to these questions, would lead one to say, No.

Before we try to play whack-a-mole with the blatant war propaganda, a more useful and clarifying approach is to ask, why is the U.S. telling these lies to go to war?

War and change

It’s a dangerous path and very, very dangerous game that the PTB are playing. Emotional manipulation, economic squeeze, followed by tyrannical suppression so that a hot war can distract and eliminate threats.

One fallback model of U.S. supremacy is to plunge the rest of the world back into the dark ages through hybrid warfare—while the U.S. controls the key systems of communication, information, surveillance, finance, rent extraction, along with the corridors of maritime transport.

Um. It will not go as planned. It really won’t.

Stay frosty you all.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my SHTF index…

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

 

Metallicman Donation
Other Amount:
Please kindly enter any notes that you would like to attach to the donation here:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Synchronicities and affirmation prayer campaigns. How to sort out what is going on when we live in a world where everyone is trying to control our mind.

In this article we will look at an important part of prayer affirmation campaigns. And that is an element known as “synchronicity”. Now, “synchronicity” may or may not be part of the “sign posts” or “feedback loops” that your soul established for your consciousness to take note of. This is because synchronicity is often a direct answer or feedback to individual affirmations within a campaign.

A Personal Example

You know…

Yeah, you know that where I live now is sort of like a Chinese version of (the American television show) “Mayberry RFD”. It’s got that lower pace of life, a much more relaxed, laid back attitude, and a far calmer “feeling” to it. It’s not so hurried, upsetting, radical or drastic as what America (or any larger city) is today.

It’s actually a little bit like this as far as “feeling” goes…

Evenings in Zhuhai, China feel a little bit like this. Where all the neighbors come out in the evening. they play with the kids, or just hang out. They drink beer and eat chicken, or just laze about. It’s an easy and fine pace of life.

.

Ah, but sure. China does not resemble the “Deep South” in America. It’s totally and completely different. It has modern and advanced transportation, brand new and impressive buildings, High technology, and parks everywhere.

No. China does not physically resemble The small town of Grady, or Mayberry.

Zhuhai, China

.

But yet it does have the same “feeling“.

Yet, how, just how can I say that it resembles a scene from the movie “Doc Hollywood”?

Sometimes, heck – many times, the things that we wish for or want are not direct one-on-one comparisons. And this is a good example of that.

What I wanted, and asked for (And still maintain) in my personal affirmation campaigns;

  • I have a calm and relaxed pace of life in a beautiful area that is family friendly, stress free, clean, and full of fresh air and lush greenery.

I know, that it’s not for everyone, but heck, I live a “retired” life and I want a slower pace of life. Don’t you know. I want and maintain, a life where I eat food without being in a rush, where I say hi to all the neighbors and they all know me, and where the air is fresh, the trees are lush, the flowers are fragrant, and the neighborhood is safe.

Look at what I specified (in the affirmation above)…

  • Calm and relaxed pace of life.
  • Beautiful Area.
  • Family friendly environment.
  • Stress free.
  • Clean.
  • Full of fresh air.
  • Clean, neat and tidy.
  • With lush greenery.

You see, that I KNEW when (certain specific affirmations) were manifesting when there were elements of synchronicity that would crop up. In this particular example, Chinese words describing Zhuhai would manifest “all over the place”. As in advertisements, on Tiktok videos, on WeChat message, and the like.

Look at the above key “bullet points”.

And yes… I would start reading and seeing the same Chinese wording all… over… the place…

  • 平静和轻松的生活节奏。
  • 美丽的地区。
  • 家庭友好的环境。
  • 无压力。
  • 清洁。
  • 充满新鲜空气。
  • 干净、整洁、整洁。
  • 郁郁葱葱的绿色植物。

And it wasn’t one statement here, and then seven months later another. No. It was all of them, over and over within a very short span of time. Just a few days.

Suddenly the same words that I described in my affirmations, manifested physically within my life.

The people, and the interactions between them resembled a Chinese version of “small town” America.

.

Anyways…

Back to the point at hand.

What you want, but not what you specify…

it can be pretty confusing you know. That on one hand, if you specify things explicitly (within your prayer affirmations) that there will usually be some kind of unexpected or unforeseen system, condition, event or person that would rise up and surprise you.

You can be very specific in your affirmations. And your results will be just as specific. They will evolve from the point in time, and the world-line that you make them in.

.

While on the other hand, the best and most satisfying results were ones that were NOT explicitly specified, but rather “imaged” as a ultimate desire.

In the personal example above, I could have been very specific…

  • I live in the rural Southern States of America. The town is small, and relaxed, and doesn’t have direct interstate highway access. It is rather back-wards and isolated.

And I probably would have eventually gotten exactly what I specified. I might have ended up in New Iberia, Louisiana or some other deep Southern town / small city.

You can always be very specific during an affirmation prayer campaign. And if so, you will get exactly what you asked for.

.

And, is that bad?

Well…

Sometimes when you ask for really, very explicit things, you will automatically slide off your pre-birth world-line template. And where you end up might have all sorts of consequences that you might not be ready for.

In the movie “Doc Hollywood”, the main character literally crashes into the small town of Grady by destroying the local Judge’s fence while being helped by the town constable.

.

Why not? Why didn’t I do that? Why did I allow my affirmation to be so “broad based” and “open ended”?

When you conduct a prayer / affirmation campaign it STARTS at the point in time (upon the world-line) where you are presently. It doesn’t back-track a few months or years early. It starts when you start the campaign.

Which means that  the conditions of your life, at the time you start the campaign, are the initial starting conditions that the prayer / affirmations build upon.

The orange line running left to right is your life-line path. This is the route that you have been taking. Now, you have this GOAL that your affirmation / prayers define. Depending on WHEN you start your affirmations will determine exactly what your goal will manifest as.

.

So, for me, when I started my campaign I had already visited numerous locations all over the world. I had been to China. I had been to Japan. I had traveled all over the United States. So when I started my campaign, the best-fit solutions for my end goals resembled the closest opportunities based from my experiences. Which was China.

Perhaps, if I had not experienced China, and instead spent the majority of my life in Los Angles, New York City, or Chicago the results would have manifested differently…

Your life and experiences at the time of your initial affirmation prayer campaign will determine how your goals will manifest in your life.

.

Doc Hollywood
Benjamin Stone is a young doctor driving to L.A., where he is interviewing for a high-paying job as a plastic surgeon in Beverly Hills. He gets off the highway to avoid a traffic jam, but gets lost and ends up crashing into a fence in the small town of Grady. He is sentenced to 32 hours of community service at the local hospital. All he wants is to serve the sentence, get his car fixed and get moving, but gradually the locals become attached to the new doctor, and he falls for the pretty ambulance driver, Lou. Will he leave? 

-Written by Sami Al-Taher <staher2000@yahoo.com>

What is “synchronicity”?

So what about this “synchronicity”? What is it, and why is it important, and why (for goodness sakes) am I devoting an entire article to it?

Well, for starters, it is considered to be nonsense by the “experts”, and fundamental to understand ourselves by “spiritualists”.

Synchronicity is a phenomenon in which people interpret two separate—and seemingly unrelated—experiences as being meaningfully intertwined, even though there is no evidence that one led to the other or that the two events are linked in any other causal way. 

Though many people perceive signs or spiritual meaning in synchronistic events, most scientists believe that such events are more likely coincidences that only seem meaningful due to aspects of human thinking such as confirmation bias.

-Psychology Today

Some would say that coincidences are random, but if we look carefully into our lives, we realize it is not so. No matter what the “experts” say.

Some people believe that synchronicities can be guides when we do not know what to choose or what to change in our lives. It is like someone from above hears our silent prayers and talks to us through other people, images or events. As a matter of fact, Einstein described coincidences as being “God’s way of remaining unknown”.

Spiritual individuals may interpret coincidences as signs from God or the universe. However, there is no way to scientifically test these beliefs. While seeing coincidences as signs can provide a sense of purpose, following them too closely can lead to ignoring critical evidence. It’s best to weigh common sense, intuition, and verifiable facts when interpreting coincidences.

-Psychology Today

Synchronicity connects the material world to the spiritual world. It does so  through symbols. These symbols are not always understood but they do arise from the collective unconscious.

Remember; nothing is by chance. It is the direct result of our thoughts.

And for us, those who take an active and proactive role in shaping our future though prayer / affirmation campaigns, we can USE synchronicity as one (of many ways) to validate that we are “on the right track” and on the way towards our goals.

Examples of synchronicity in your life

In general, synchronicity is a very, very personal event. It is only something the YOU notice that the rest of the world seems oblivious to.

1)    The same numbers keep showing up over and over in your life.

2)    You have met someone out of the blue who talked about an event or said some sentences which in fact sounded like answers to that you have been asking yourself recently.

3)    Perfect timing! Things happen for you just when you need them most.

4)    Help and support appear in your life when you expect less from people you never met before.

In 1983, when I was dating my first wife she took a moment to pray. I didn't know what she was praying about. But right after she prayed, the DJ on the radio interrupted the song he was playing. He changed the song to one that was about "getting married and living happily ever after." He said on the air that he was so very sorry for interrupting the song and the music rotation schedule, but that he felt a strong urge to change the song to the one that he played.

And yes. You guessed it. My future-wife had prayed for "a sign" that would give her direction to get married to me or not.

Of course,the “experts” believe that all this is just coincidence, or that we are reading too much into what we observe. But that is not true at all.

The list of synchronicities can be endless and subjective as synchronicity is a rather complex phenomenon. These are a few general examples that we all experience at a certain point in our lives.

The best way to recognize your synchronicities is to “think less and feel more”, listen to your intuition. By being in tune with your inner voice, you can understand the outer signs easier.

Intuition is usually validated by an external “magic” or unusual event.

Therefore, if you seek an answer and you randomly read a sentence in a newspaper or watch a video related to your current situation, you will feel a revelation. Then you should ask yourself if that is the answer you were waiting for.

How can you use synchronicities?

The great value in synchronicities is that they can help us track our progress and goals within an affirmation / prayer campaign.

They act as a “wake up call”, or “alarm” for us to TAKE NOTICE that we have arrived [1] at a certain point of time, [2] a certain place, or [3] a goal has been fulfilled.

Synchronicities are like a big large sign that tells you that you have arrived at a specific point in time or a specific objective.

What inspired this post…

It began with  a comment…

First let me thank you big time for this.
Its good to read more about the technical side of prayers.

You already stated that you will have some more follow up posts and my guess is it involves synchronicities. And when you re going to do that one, and please don't feel in a rush, but Please include why they mean that someone performed a slide.

And if I may say so how its possible that I have had a lot of them after about a week into my pause on 2 occasions already. And I specifically tried to avoid causing a slide.

And my prayers in general have relative small improvements over my current life. And when it comes to my far out prayer, i still asked that it only materializes if its able without causing any strife or danger.

And besides that probably false positive I told you about a couple months ago , nothing shows up about that one. Yet.

Big thanks again. It feels good that you took the time and effort to write this.

And I hope my fellow MM readers find value in it too.

So…

What do I mean when I say that “someone has performed a slide…

Slides and Synchronicities.

Now a “slide” is an event that describes moving off your pre-birth world-line template onto a new world-line terrain.

It can roughly be described as…

  • Playing golf. Where you hit a ball and it goes off the fairway, and goes into the woods.
  • Driving on a road. Where you leave the highway, and take a “short cut” that ends up being a bumpy dirt road.
  • Flying on a plane to Paris, France, and when it finally lands, you find yourself in Zambia, Africa.
  • Going to eat a nice cheap dinner, and walking into an exclusive very-expensive high-end dining establishment.

If you map out your life-line, and you plot the highest probability paths that your life can take you, with the life and decisions you actually made, you would end up with a two dimensional topographical surface. This surface for all people is typically known as the pre-birth world-line template.

A “slide” happens when the world-line that you target, or that you end up going to is NOT on that topographic surface.

You “slide” off that map, and enter another map; a totally different map.

Now, the good news (or bad, depending on your point of view) is that you will automatically migrate back to your original world-line. It’s biologically encoded to the physical body that you inhabit. So, if you want to have an exceptional life, when your pre-birth world-line template would not allow you, you would need to keep on a steady and active affirmation prayer campaign(s) for the rest of your life.

A slide will take you onto “unknown” territory. It is a realm that your physical body is not pre-programmed to accept.

  • A slide will take you where your affirmation prayers lead you.
  • A slide can be an easier or harsher life. There is no way to determine which.
  • A slide happens automatically, and the only way for you to control it is to add “navigation affirmations” within your prayer campaign.

And while you might have to pass through all sorts of things, events, encounters and adventures to get there (your targeted objective that lies off the pre-birth world-line template) there will come a point in time when you will have arrived at your destination.

Now, destinations can be obtained anywhere. Most commonly they occur upon the pre-birth world-line template.

But when you get off the template, even for slight detours or deviations, you will know because you will experience Synchronicities.

What are Synchronicities according to Metallicman?

Synchronicities are echoes of similar world-lines that lie off of your present world-line topography.

Not helpful?

I know.

The best way that I can describe this is visually.

In the picture above you see three different topographical world-line templates. The very first one is the pre-birth world-line template that you were born into. You can see the life-line that you have taken in the goldenrod color. You were following the normal life and then you had a slide.

The slide took you off your pre-birth world-line template.

And then placed you on a completely new “map” with completely different topography.

Now, you will notice that upon your pre-birth world-line template were some goals that you want (Well, I used my own personal goals from the personal narrative that I presented earlier.)

  • Lush green
  • Relaxed clean
  • Calm pleasant

None of them were present simultaneously on your one individual world-line.  This was your pre-birth world-line template. They were present, but not all at one place. Not at one place at one time.

But they are on the new world-line template topographical surface that you slid towards.

The slide took you to a new topographical “map”. And it took you directly to your objectives; a place, a world-line, where all the criteria that you prayed for were present simultaneously on one world-line.

Now, you will notice another world-line topographic surface that lies “nearby” your own. You have never visited it. But it too has the criteria and goals that you have established in your affirmation prayers. But they too are not simultaneously located on one particular world-line.

The key here, and the point here, is that synchronicities are the “echoes” of your targets manifesting when you have arrived at a given world-line. When you have “arrived”, you will start seeing synchronicities that only you will notice.

In the picture above, I denoted the area of where your goals would manifest as a wide dispersed group of world-lines. This is the brown oval in the top and the bottom world-line topographical maps.

And then in the middle map you see that the points are all present; the goals are all present in on set world-line. The brown lines converge to that point.

This converging of goals manifests as synchronicities.

Yes, Synchronicities are a sign that you have arrived and your goals have been attained.

Synchronicities are meaningful coincidences.

Here's a story that I found on the internet. All credit to the author, and edited to fit this venue.  It's a very illustrative story...

I used to be a reporter for the Cincinnati Enquirer, back in my 20s, and for roughly half of my decade-long tenure there I kept hearing a call to quit and become a freelance writer, a decision I largely ignored for years because it was Scary Stuff.

However, after years of trying to ignore this call, the signs pointing toward it took on a whole new tack. This is how it began:

I was driving home from work one day, listening to a song on the radio called “Desperado,” by the Eagles, and as I pulled up to the curb in front of my house, the last line I heard before I turned off the car was “Don’t you draw the Queen of Diamonds, she’ll beat you if she’s able; the Queen of Hearts is always your best bet.” I turned off the ignition, opened the door, stepped my foot onto the curb, and there at my left foot was a playing card—the Queen of Hearts.

I just sat there utterly dumbfounded, and wondering, of course, what it meant?

When I mentioned the incident to a friend that evening, she said, with an extravagant quality of assuredness, that when you’re on the right path, the universe winks and nods at you from time to time, to let you know. She also said that once you start noticing these little cosmic cairns, once you understand that you’re on a path at all, you’ll begin to see them everywhere. It’s what happened, she reminded me, when I bought my Toyota and suddenly started seeing Toyotas everywhere.

I didn’t know I was even on a path, I told her, much less whether it was the right one. I simply found myself unable to make heads or tails of the episode, and ended up filing it under “Unexplained Phenomena,” along with esp, deja vu, spoon-bending, water-witching, spontaneous remission, and certain incomprehensible acts of human forgiveness.

But even more remarkable than finding that Queen card when I did, was that over the next two years, as I searched for a sense of clarity (and courage) about this call, I found five more Queen playing cards, in incredibly improbable locations all around the country: a sidewalk in Cincinnati, a conference room in Santa Fe, a sand dune in Cannon Beach Oregon, a mountain wilderness in Colorado six miles from the nearest trailhead. The whole thing made the Twilight Zone seem like Mister Rogers Neighborhood.

And every time I found another Queen card, the sheer unbelievability of it took another giant step forward, and eventually, it went so far beyond the laws of probability that I only barely hesitate to say that it’s impossible there was nothing more going on here than a statistical aberration. This was orchestrated by something with wits. Which shot my rational view of the universe pretty much to hell.

I come from a family of scientists, detectives, journalists, non-fiction writers, and New Yorkers—and you don’t get a more cynical bunch than this—and this stuff just doesn’t happen in our universe. And yet, though the phenomenon became more inscrutable with each find, in a way it also began making more and more sense. A pattern—more, a passageway—seemed to emerge.

I came to understand that this rather profound administering of chance was directing me toward something both my writing and my life needed at that time: more heart, less head. More intuition, less intellect. More of the inner life, the emotional life, the life of the senses. More listening. More of what Carl Jung referred to as the anima, the force of the feminine in a man’s life. And the Queen, of course, is the archetype of powerful feminine energy, which I felt myself being compelled toward by the kind of meaningful coincidence Jung called synchronicity.

Of course, he offers his ideas and thoughts to what it is all about…

Synchronicities are events connected to one another not by strict cause-and-effect, but by what in classical times were known as sympathies, by the belief that an acausal relationship exists between events on the inside and the outside of ourselves, crosstalk between mind and matter—which is governed by a certain species of attraction.

Jung believed that synchronicities mirror deep psychological processes, carry messages the way dreams do, and take on meaning and provide guidance to the degree they correspond to emotional states and inner experiences.

For example, you’re trying to decide whether to say yes or no to a particular opportunity and while driving on the freeway someone suddenly cuts in front of you and you notice the bumper sticker: Just Do It!

Or you’re struggling to focus your energies, not spread yourself so thin and scatter your interests and attentions among too many projects, and while taking photographs one afternoon, you drop your wide-angle lens and shatter it.

You can derive meaning from “just a coincidence” when an external event matches up with an event on the inside. It doesn’t always. You might be sitting in a waiting room, for instance, reading a magazine article about George Gershwin, when the receptionist sticks her head out the door and calls for the next patient, a Mr. Gershwin, and as outlandish as this may seem to you, if it finds no hook on the inside, it’s not a synchronicity, only an amazing coincidence. If it means something to you, however, then it’s amazing and potentially instructive.

A synchronicity is a coincidence that has an analog in the psyche, and depending on how you understand it, it can inform you, primarily through intuition and emotion, how near or far you are from what Carlos Castaneda calls “the path with heart.” Among shamanic cultures, says anthropologist Michael Harner in The Way of the Shaman, synchronicities are considered “a kind of homing beacon analogous to a radio directional signal indicating that the right procedures and methods are being employed.”

Like anything, you look at things through the lens of your very own personal experience. You might be a scientist, and you look at it from that view point. You might be a sociologist, and you look at it through that view point. You might be religious and so you look at it through that point of view.

It doesn’t mean that there is a right, or a wrong way of looking at things. Only a personal understanding of the events that you can accept.

Synchronicities are minor miracles, little mysteries that point to a bigger one, perhaps a central one, of which we’re all a part. In contemplating synchronicities, don’t just marvel at the laws of probability, but wonder at their meaning.

“The primary reality of synchronicities is emotional, not intellectual,” says Mark Holland, co-author of Synchronicity. “The reason they’re there is to make us feel something, and the feeling that our lives are rich and worth our reflection comes in part from our sense of the depth and mystery of life.”

In fact, maybe the most important thing synchronicities offer is astonishment. How often, after all, in the course of a day or a week or a month, do you find yourself thunderstruck, flabbergasted at life, amazed by its finesse? Synchronicities are like the glimpse of a wild animal seldom seen, the discovery of an arrowhead or a geode, the return of your purse by some good Samaritan. Far removed from the mundaneness that seems to characterize such a vast portion of daily life, they help reconnect you to your sense of awe, and given the tyranny of the commonplace, what a service!

No one has been able to fully explain synchronicity, so perhaps you should simply accept it as a wild card and an ordering principle, the height of absurdity and the depth of profundity, and a crack in the door through which you can catch sight of the universe and its mysterious ways.

There are no clear answers.

However, if you look at synchronicity as the obtainment of a goal that you have presented within your affirmation /prayer campaign, then you can accept the fact that you are “one the right track”, that things are falling in place, and that your affirmations are working.

An important point

Synchronicity does not automatically happen when you achieve a goal. You cannot plan for it unless you specifically add it to your affirmation / prayers. You cannot keep rowing a boat waiting for the fish to leap out of the water and tell you that this is the best fishing spot. It doesn’t work that way.

What Synchronicity means.

Synchronicity seems to be associated with “goal attainment” ONLY when otherwise you might miss, ignore, or overlook the situation that you find yourself in. It’s almost like a sign on the road that says “go no further, you have reached the end of the road”. It’s a way or a system to tells us that we reached our goals, and now know where we are and what to do next.

Pay attention to it.

Do you want more?

Ai! I have many more posts like this in my prayer affirmation Index here… Intention and Prayer Campaigns

Intention Campaigns

.

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index; Master Index

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

 

Metallicman Donation
Other Amount:
Please kindly enter any notes that you would like to attach to the donation here:

 

 

 

 

 

The mechanism of how your thoughts are able to navigate the MWI and select appropriate world-lines. What you need to do and how to accomplish it.

This article is part of my prayer / intention campaign sub-index. In it we discuss how you can change your life by your thoughts. And, in this particular article, we look at the mechanism(s) involved. We look at just how a consciousness is able to navigate. This is a rather deep conversation, and certainly more involved than what I have been saying in the past. That “thoughts create reality“. Here we talk about how and why it works that way.

It all began with a simple question;

...Another thing I noticed and perhaps this is of value to my fellow MM.

Six months ago when starting my first prayer campaign MM style I started to feel tired of praying after about 3 weeks already. And my former prayer style was just as long So it wasn't the change in style. Just tired after years of relentless prayer I guess. As a result my other 2 campaigns I still go through all my rituals and prayers but as a robot So to speak. So much less intensity in the words.

Yet I have seen lots of things manifesting.

It seems one can go through prayers by just saying them out loud even when you don't feel like it much sometimes.

Is that the case? And if so, how come just talking to other people when saying you are gonna do things doesn't cause that to happen. Whats the technical difference.

Or has my brain been primed by my previous years of prayer?

Would love your take on it MM and some readers too I think.

The point here is the basic question;

If thoughts change the reality, why does vocalizing them out loud appear to have an effect, when thinking about them in silence doesn't?

And we will answer it here.

To understand how affirmation prayers work, you need to look at the way things work. Forget about Newtonian science. You need to look at Quantum science for answers.

You Must vocalize or write down your thoughts.

You just cannot think things and expect them to happen.

Yes. I know. I know. I have repeatedly stated that what you think causes your desires to manifest. And yes, that is the general outline of how it works, but that is not the “operation manual”. You need to perform a physical action regarding those thoughts to use them to navigate.

You must either [1] vocalize or [2] write the thoughts down. You must do something physically to connect the thoughts to your reality. Other techniques might include the display of pictures that you can view while you are thinking about things. You need a physical connection.

You need to physically write and vocalize your navigation direction for it to work.

Otherwise NOTHING will happen.

Thoughts alone will not cause things to happen. Wishing for things to happen will not make them happen. Worrying about things will not cause them to manifest. You MUST do something physically.

You must do something physically

It has been my experience that if you write things down in a list, and then read them out verbally (not silently), the system will work.

You can also use rituals, create talismans, generate electronic mechanisms that operate in the physical to generate physical navigation movements.

You can create a “vision board”. The creation of the vision board will have the same effect as reading a verbal affirmation. And the viewing of the board, will contribute to that effect. (The contribution magnitude will be lesser than the actual creation of the board.) So viewing a vision board isn’t as effective as creating one.

Recommendation for best results

I recommend that [1] you generate a list of affirmations, and [2] that you read them out loud in a campaign, that [3] consists of an on/off cycle for the best effects.

The pre-birth world-line template

The most important thing that you must understand is that our consciousness is foreign to this universe.

Our consciousness did not evolve in THIS universe. It evolved in a different universe. 

Thus it is alien. It doesn't fit here.

This universe is something that the consciousness USES for it's own purposes.

I know that that opens up a ton-load of questions. Answers to that and their implications are “above my pay grade”, but I do have some thoughts. I can cover them later on if you wish.

Our consciousness comes from soul.

Soul creates a smaller part of itself. This part is known as "consciousness" and it is used to travel outside of the "Heaven" universe.

Again. The “soul” does not exist here; in this (apparent) universe. The soul occupies an entirely separate universe. One which I refer to as “The Heaven Universe”.

The Soul creates a consciousness.

It ejects that consciousness into a “transport tube”; a kind of tunnel.

This tunnel is a mechanism for the consciousness to move from one universe to another.

Then the consciousness arrives in the “reality” universe.

Being foreign, there is really nothing that our consciousness is able to do in this “reality” universe. It is like water and oil. They just do not interact together well.

The only thing that our consciousness is able to do is generate thoughts. That is it.

Like a sun generates light, or how a flame creates sparks. The consciousness is able to create the same kinds of "stuff" that it is comprised of. This is what thoughts are.

Thoughts are a form of the same kind of constructions as one's consciousness is.

And this reality universe (as I like to call it), consists of a near infinite number of fixed world-lines.

The "Heaven" universe is completely different from the "reality" universe.

In fact, it is almost like the "reality" universe is an "artificial"  construct of some type.

The "reality" universe consists of an infinite number of static moments in time, or what I call "world-lines".

All that our soul can do, is inject our consciousness into a body. Then, once the consciousness is there, the thoughts that the consciousness has navigates to the next world-line based on the highest-probability occurrence. This highest-probability of occurrence is a pre-established vector that the consciousness follows independent of thought.

We call this the “world-line pre-birth template”.

It is the fated direction that your life will unfold towards as your consciousness rides the physical body life-time. It is critically important in what your life will present to you to experience. (At least that is what your very own soul expects.)

You could be an infant, brain-dead in a vegetative state, or mind dulled by drugs and abuse, but the vector path of the life that you will live will be following the pre-mapped out “pre-birth world-line template”. It is the system that your soul establishes for your consciousness. It is the way for your consciousness to obtain experiences.

How to navigate the world-lines

Well, thoughts are the ONLY thing that the consciousness can create.

And thoughts act like a magnet to the most similar world-lines. The thoughts form a “shape” or better yet, a “profile” that surrounds the consciousness. And the consciousness automatically moves towards the world-lines that match that profile.

This is a basic activity that describes MOVEMENT UPON the pre-birth world-line template.

But it does not describe movement off the pre-birth world-line template. That requires a different mechanism for movement. (A similar mechanism, but fundamentally different.)

So thoughts alone, without any further actions, can navigate upon the pre-birth world-line template. It is what is known as a “fated life”.

So if you rely on your thoughts alone to navigate, you will find that your life seems to be “fated”. That you might wish and yearn for things, but they never materialize. You might think about that nice guy or gal at the coffeehouse, but nothing will really manifest. Your life will just follow your pre-mapped out life.

Your thoughts might move you close to certain areas, but it won’t take you to where you want to go.

Movement off the Pre-Birth World-line Template

If this situation describes you…

That you think, wish and dream for things, but they never materialize. It seems that your life is fated to some degree.

Then, you are “trapped” following the pre-birth world-line template.

If you do not want to follow the fated life that has been provided to you, then you will need to incorporate additional measures to navigate the MWI. You will need to navigate off the pre-birth world-line template.

There are two main techniques to do so.

  • Verbal Affirmations
  • Slides

Quick recap

There are three techniques in total.

  • Thoughts alone (dreams, wishes, desires, plans and obsessions).
  • Verbal affirmations (Written goals, and verbalizing them aloud.)
  • Slides.

Let’s talk about the systems that take you off your “fated life”…

Verbal Affirmations

You must physically say, write down, or illustrate your dreams and wishes and desires to navigate using this method. This connection; between thoughts  and action is the most fundamental  way that you can move upon your pre-birth world-line template.

  • You can move upon the “fated” pre-birth world-line template.
  • You can move “nearby” to your targets that might lie off the pre-birth world-line template, but are not that too “far distant”.

Now in illustration, for illustration and descriptive purposes, I have illustrated the pre-birth world-line template as a “flat sheet” showing a matrix of world-lines connected by highest probability routes. In reality, it’s not really flat. It actually looks like a thick slab. And the world-lines that lie upon this sheet actually are (instead) embedded within this slab.

So movement, most movement, whether directed by thoughts alone, or by verbal affirmations will lie within the “pre-birth world-line template” slab.

To move about off the pre-defined vector path (as defined by the pre-birth world-line template) you need to navigate further than what the (default) pre-birth world-line template allows.

That requires actual physical activity, or physically associated thoughts.

You see, our consciousness moves in a cyclic fashion following a sine curve. One half the time it is in wave form, in which is it moving from world-line to world-line. The other half of the time it is in particle form where it occupies the physical body.

  • It is ONLY when it is in wave form that the consciousness can physically move within the MWI.
  • It is ONLY when it is in particle form that the consciousness can control the navigation.

So, [1] to navigate you need a starting world-line; the one that you occupy at that moment. Thus your consciousness is in particle form. [2] Your consciousness can only generate thoughts when it is in wave form. So your thoughts are basically generated entering and leaving a reality.

In Wave Form...
You generate thoughts. 
You move on the MWI.

In Particle form...
You occupy a world-line.
You navigate to the next world line.

Combined together, the ONLY way to effective navigate through the MWI off the pre-birth world-line template, (or to extreme points upon the pre-birth world-line template), you must do so by directing while in particle form.

Thoughts alone.
You move and navigate at the same time. 
You can only do this upon a Pre-Birth World-Line Template.

Verbal Affirmations.
You do this while in particle form, upon a world-line.
You program the physical reality by your actions.

Thus, thoughts (in wave form) cannot alter your course vector substantively. Only your actions while in particle form can.

In short, when you are in the physical form, you are operating the levers that control the body via quantum particle forms. You MUST perform physical actions to navigate. This usually means thinking while you are doing something physical. Thus reading affirmations out loud.

Now, let’s talk about making REAL and SUBSTANTIVE changes to your life…

Performing a “Slide”

A “slide” is a complete movement off and outside of the pre-birth world-line template. And what defines it from the “verbal affirmations” are two primary characteristics.

  • You navigate in a similar fashion to “verbal affirmations” AND…
  • You establish a completely new world-line template terrain geometry.

This new world-line template replaces your pre-birth world-line template.

The smart MWI traveler would define the new world-line template that he/she would travel upon. And he/she would make sure and provide safeguards to guarantee that accidental world-line template geometry wouldn’t be accidentally created.

How to generate a replacement template to travel upon

It’s actually rather simple.

The “devil is in the details”.

Scene from “Breaking Bad”. Be careful about what you wish for. It might not be what you really want.

Or, in other words, you must verbally create the new replacement world-line template that you will follow. But of course, there are many unknowns doing this. You might think that you are creating one new reality for yourself by constructing the template, only to discover that you have “created a monster” and other unexpected events, and consequences have cropped up and appeared “out of the blue”.

Let’s use the following as an example…

You live a nice, but boring life. You have a small pizza business in a small town. You are pretty happy doing it, but you hear and read about how everyone else is getting rich investing in the stock-market and in bit-coin. So you decide to completely replace your pre-birth world-line template with a template of your own design.

You perform your normal verbal affirmation campaigns, but you specifically state that you have slid off the pre-birth world-line template and on to a a new template of your own geometry.

You describe the new template as a life of wealth as a big important businessman, with factories making frozen pizza that everyone loves. You describe your rich cars, fancy mansion and tons of money in the bank.

What you fail to realize that these possessions, when they manifest, all come with other attachments and events. many of which you do not like at all. Such as a divorce, arrest for tax evasion, and medical problems. And while you might try to alter the manifestation of these side effects, many cannot be helped.

You see, the illusion that a 20-something beauty queen can be a world famous scientist, knows kung-fu, and live in a mansion is just Hollywood nonsense. The real world does not work that way. Do not try to replicate that fantasy. It will not work the way you intend.

A slide to a new world-line template can come with all sorts of unintended consequences.

There are numerous techniques and methods to slide off your pre-birth world-line template. This is just an overview. Keep in mind that I would advise careful thought be given to this decision. Any slide, no matter how well intentioned, WILL come with unanticipated consequences.

Conclusion

You must verbalize and write down your verbal affirmations for them to work. Thoughts alone are ineffective in world-line navigation. As I have stated in my answer to the above question…

The act of talking involves a wide range of activities. More than just thinking.

Consider thinking about eating Lasagna. Now, I love the stuff, but it’s very difficult to get in China. I’d have to make it myself or have my wife order the ingredients, learn how to make it, and then present it to me as a meal. Yet, I find myself thinking about this luscious dish often. Yet is doesn’t appear.

Why?

Consider worrying about paying a bill. And you worry and worry how you are going to come up with the money. You think about strategies, and your mind goes off in all sorts of tangents related to the debt that just sits there festering. Yet nothing is resolved.

Why?

Thoughts alone are not associated with the physical reality. They are just creations of your consciousness, and the only… the ONLY exposure those thoughts have with anyone or anything else is the consciousness that generated them. That’s it.

But, if you connect those thoughts to the reality that you inhabit, they leave the wave form, and enter the particle form. That is how thoughts are able to influence the physical. They are created by the consciousness, and transmuted into a form that the reality can accept. The techniques for this to occur include speech, sounds, writing, actions, etc. Physical activity must occur to connect the thoughts to the reality that you inhabit.

Thus worrying and fretting but not speaking, or writing about it results in no effect. Nothing happens. But if you speak about the worries (in such a way that they are resolved) the solution and navigation within the reality that you navigate manifests.

YOU MUST WRITE and/or SPEAK thoughts out for them to manifest within your reality.

Sanity Check

This is easy enough to check.

Generate two sets of affirmations.

  • One set you read aloud and read what you have written down on paper.
  • The next second set is a picture that you will look at and think about what you want.

Watch and record which thoughts manifest sooner.

I hope that I was able to clarify some key points and added some understand on how the mechanism actually works. There will be more posts and articles on this in the future, as there will probably be many more questions generated by this discussion.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Affirmation prayer Campaign Index here…

Intention Campaigns

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

 

Metallicman Donation
Other Amount:
Please kindly enter any notes that you would like to attach to the donation here:

 

 

 

Ghosts, spirits, strange apparitions, and other mysteries that come from the non-physical reality and enter our physical experience.

Here, in this article we will spend a little bit of time discussing the non-physical envelope that surrounds our physical reality. This is the realm of the “spirit world” and consists of many strange and interesting sights, sounds and apparitions. It tends to frighten, but that is just ignorance and superstition influences. In reality, the non-physical world is just as real as the physical world is, with one exception. Our human senses are not able to peer into the reality that it cannot see.

But…

In many instance, the machines and the devices that we construct, are able to sense it. And if we configure the equipment to look for the right things, we could well be astounded at what we might find.

What would we find?

Well, aside from the natural world, we would find people and places, and things, and activities that are intended to be hidden from our human observation.

A quick review

For those of you who have just stumbled on this article in the MM universe, here’s a most basic primer. You know, to put everyone on the “same page” in regards to ideas and concepts.

We are consciousness.We are not a person, nor a body, nor a brain. We are consciousness. We temporarily reside within a body. But we are not that body. It’s much like this picture describes…

We do not share a universe. Our singular consciousness moves from static world-line to static world-line. We move from one world-line to another by our thoughts. Thoughts are the ONLY thing that consciousness can control.

.

Instead of sharing a physical universe, where we are a brain that controls the movement of a physical person inside that universe (the Newtonian reality), we are something else. We are consciousness. Which is a collection of very, very, VERY tiny particles (many, many times smaller than atoms). And our consciousness moves from one frozen snapshot in time to the next.

Time is how this movement is perceived. In our universe there is no such thing as time. It just simply drops out of the equations. And what we have left is a universe of quanta. It is a quantum universe of possibilities. And the reality is that there is an infinite (or near infinite) number of world-lines. These are frozen “snap shots in time” that our consciousness moves through and navigates by thought.

So, over all, it pretty much looks like this graphic below. If we map out each world-line as a “dot”, and place the most-likely or highest-probability world-lines that our thoughts will take us, then our life-line would look something like this…

Our consciousness travels the MWI, world-line by world-line at the speed of thought. We view this movement as the “passage of time”. In this topography, we see a three dimensional landscape that represents the highest probability world-lines that we might visit at any given moment in our life.

.

Thoughts are extremely important. What we think about steers us towards the world-lines that we inhabit.

  • If we think “bad” thoughts we will head towards world-lines with “bad” events.
  • If we think “neutral” thoughts we will head towards world-lines with “neutral ” content.
  • If we think “happy” thoughts, we will head towards world-lines full of happy events.

Everything is real to us. Each world-line is a real physical world. It is a frozen snapshot of time. And our movement though it is exactly how we experience time.

Our thoughts can influence the kind of life we live. Our thoughts navigate our lives, and while there are are various limitations placed upon us, we ultimately control what happens to us by our thoughts.

Our thoughts control our world-line navigation.

.

World-lines are complex. Now each world-line has two components. They are a physical reality, and a non-physical reality. The physical reality is what we can sense with our human body. The non-physical is what we cannot sense with our physical body.

  • Physical-reality is what our human senses can sense, see and observe.
  • Non-Physical-reality is what our human senses are unable to see and observe.

And given the right conditions, the right technology, and the right circumstances, we can sometimes get glimpses of the non-physical world that surrounds us. And we are going to talk about this subject now…

Density Levels and Technological Advancement

“Sometimes people hold a core belief that is very strong.  When they are presented with evidence that works against that belief, the new evidence cannot be accepted.  

It would create a feeling that is extremely uncomfortable, called cognitive dissonance.  

And because it is so important to protect that core belief, they will rationalize, ignore and even deny anything that doesn’t fit with the core belief.”

-ThinkSquad, 2015

Quantum particles are ubiquitous throughout our universe.  They are everywhere.  They are primarily comprised of minuscule small vibrating strings that vibrate and resonate at a very high speed or frequency.

[1] Understanding particle physics: 7) particles are quanta
[2] What are quanta? – quantum interactive
[3] A New Map of All the Particles and Forces - Quanta Magazine

As particles collect together in groups, or cluster together, their frequency of vibration shows down.  This has to do with the inherent inertial components of a group creation.    The bigger the group cluster of particles, the slower the frequency of vibration.

Vibrational frequency in the strictest sense that I refer to here, is not the physical component, normally referred to in the chemical sciences.  But rather the behavior of the vibrating strings themselves.  This is quantum level vibration, as opposed to atomic level vibration and the equivalent change in potentials.

Note: On the dimension of the physical.  The purpose of this article is to describe in an easy way, very difficult concepts.  To do so, certain “crutches” need to be employed, which many not be wholly accurate.  Truth be told, there is no physical space at all.  But the quanta themselves create this illusion.  In so doing, they create layers or dimensional boundaries.  Space and the illusion of space is one such creation.  Thus, within this boundary we can see that particles tend to cluster together in groups upon this fabric or cloth which is raw dimensionless space.

Those readers who have been following the nonsense that is often available on the Internet will be quite confused here.  When I refer to density, I am specifically referring to quantum level behaviors of groups of particles within a dimensional framework.

I am absolutely NOT referring to any of the “New age” redefinitions of “density”.  These new definitions are confusing.  These are definitions such as in the Cassiopaea and Ra materials related to extraterrestrial beings and consciousness.

Magnitude

Higher orders of existence utilize widely dispersed groups of quantum clusters.

Phew! Did I just say that?

OK. In other words, the more complex a "thing"... the greater the number of quanta that are are involved.

A pencil (you do remember those things, don't you?) has a set amount of quanta associated with it. yet, a living creature, such as a cow, would have many, many, MANY more quanta associated with it.

The difference between a pencil and a cow, can be considered a "higher order of existence".

And as the number of these quantum cluster increase, so does the number of interactions that they have with each other. Which is known as "entanglement". And thus they tend to disperse as they get more, and more entangled.

This way, they can maintain high frequencies of vibration, while maintaining a soul cloud consciousness.

This is important.  Read it again and study it again if your do not understand it completely.

As collections of quanta increase in size, so does the accumulated properties of the aggregate. It's synergistic, not additive.

2 + 2 = 8

As the properties of the aggregate increase, so does the resultant vibrations of those clusters. 

Vibration?

Vibration is this understanding relates to the wave properties of the quanta. While a bare and lonely individual quanta might have a low and sluggish pulse, when it interacts and entangles with other quanta, the vibrational rate increases. The more quanta that becomes entangled, the greater the vibrational levels attained.

At a certain threshold, the vibrational frequency becomes one that can support a consciousness. Which is pretty much why pencils don't have a consciousness, while cattle do.

Lower orders of existence rely on large, closely packed, groups of clusters.  These tend to vibrate at slower rates dependent on their size.

Such as a pencil, a stone, and a glass of water.

Because there are functional limits on the quanta that one can absorb into ones cloud as a function of density inertia, entitles tend to strive to grow and modify their quantum existence in such a way as to operate in higher vibratory levels.

Obviously the universe is populated with intelligence and consciousness. Otherwise, you would not be reading this. It is a natural evolution that quanta entangle with other quanta.

And part of this evolution is the increase in vibration of the entangled bodies.

As the size of the entanglement increases, so does the complexity of the entangled body as a whole, and at some point in time, consciousness evolves and manifests.

Thus, an entity that has a very large quantum cloud and that maintains it successfully at a high frequency of vibration is considered to have a high “spiritual” or “quantum” (light) density.

Many entangled quanta = rapid and profound vibrations.

These vibrations are known as "high frequency" and are associated with light. Thus they are considered to be of light density.

Their various frequencies overlap in great, beautiful patterns.

While, an entity, with a smaller quantum cloud, or one that operates at a lower frequency is considered to have a high (thick) density.

One must think of density as a jar containing all the quanta of a given entity.

An “advanced” entity will have a big jar full of quanta.  But that quanta will have a lot of space to move around in.

Conversely, a more “primitive” entity would have a small, mostly layered, jar of quanta.  The quanta would be clustered in a corner or on the bottom of the jar in a thick pile of goo.

We thus, say that the more advanced entity has a container (jar) of quanta that is less dense than the novice entity.

.

Personally, I don’t like these terms because they are confusing.

Physical manifestations of quanta are slower and closer together in the physical world (thus, denser).  We also thus use the term to describe a lower state of energy.  Thus possibly, generating two polar opposites in meaning.

For all purposes here, please consider that one should have a quanta signature that is organized in pure basic forms of great physical expanse.  That would be opposed to tight, dense forms of quanta clusters.

Structure and order

Further, Higher frequency quanta organized as smaller discrete packets follow a more organized or pure structure.

Quanta clumps together though entanglements. These form structures, or "packets".

Quanta can combine together into “building blocks”. Much like this (as an example)…

The building blocks…

Their combined “dances” are more harmonic.  The coarser, less organized quanta follow a chaotic pattern.

(Not especially accurate, but good enough for the model that is presented here.  All quanta form patterns.  The more chaotic patterns are just extremely complex relationships, and thus appear to be confused, disorganized and complex.) 

A chaotic system is one in which infinitesimal differences in the starting conditions lead to drastically different results as the system evolves.

This concept was summarized by mathematician Edward Lorenz,” Chaos (is at the point) when the present determines the future, but the approximate present does not approximately determine the future.”

There’s an important distinction to make between a chaotic quantum system and a random quanta system.

Given the starting conditions, a chaotic system is entirely deterministic.

A random system, on the other hand, is entirely non-deterministic, even when the starting conditions are known.

That is, with enough information, the evolution of a chaotic system is entirely predictable, but in a random system there’s no amount of information that would be enough to predict the system’s evolution.  All of this predictability defines inter-dimensional order.

Variations

Other races, both terrestrial and extraterrestrial, operate at different density levels.

Understanding that consciousness is connected with the number of entangled quanta, it should thus be evident that it is also tied to energy levels of existence.

A snail would have a different energy level than a dog.

A tiger would have a different energy level than a human.

A human would have a different energy level than an extraterrestrial from Tralfamador.

Since we can only perceive those at the most coarsest levels (the densest), we often are ignorant of many entities that cohabit the planet with us.

Sometimes, due to various physical events, we can occasionally perceive these other entities.

When we do they are often misinterpreted as spirits, sprites, ghosts, angels, demons and the like.    These creatures exist, but humans have a very hard time distinguishing what they perceive.

Generally, higher order frequency beings are usually benign and harmless.

It the fear of the unknown that causes many false and deceptive myths that propagate about these creatures through history.

Death

When a creature dies, the body remains but the consciousness exits the reality section of the world-line. It exists. It’s just that we humans are not able to “see” wave forms. We can only see physical things when the consciousness is attached to bodies in the particle state.

With the advent of cameras, and the technology that enables high “shutter speeds” and extended wavelength records, we can sometimes observe the departed in wave form. While the body is now long dead and has been removed.

This is actually quite common in hospitals and nursing homes. Such as this example.

See anything unusual about this picture?

Empty hospital room in a Senior Care Facility in the United States.

.

Look at the mirror.

Here’s a close up view of the mirror…

Closeup view of a mirror in an empty Senior Care Facility inside of America.

.

Spirits and other creatures that operate at higher density levels do exist and are quite common.

They contain both terrestrial derived entities and extraterrestrial entities.  Most do not really care to have dealings with humans.

And since they are of wave duality, they are able to enter the MWI at any point, independent of time. Which provides us some very interesting observations.

Here’s the spirit of a little (American Indian) girl wandering in the woods late at night and startling a buck (male deer) at a feeding station where a trail-cam was able to photograph the encounter.

Deer sees ghost on trailcam

.

The ability to see humans, in the non-physical form is very common. They are generally associated with ghosts and spirits, and many people are fearful of them, but it need not be the case. When a person stops traveling the MWI in the particle form, they continue to do so in the wave form. And thus people can (if they are sensitive), or equipment can (if it is properly configured) observe and record these encounters…

Ghost caught on CCV outside a nursing home. Can you see him?

.

Which brings up the interesting subject of “phasing“.

Phasing Ability

Some of the higher density entities, whether terrestrial or extraterrestrial, have the ability to “phase” in and out of the lower densities.

it is the ability to lower your aggregate vibrational level to a point where simpler, and denser, entities and creatures can observe and interact with you.

Or, raise their level. Thus making them invisible to lower density entities.

This ability can make them invisible to humans on demand.  They do not need a machine, device or technology to cloak their person or activities.

Only the more dense entities need these types of devices.

In phasing, the energy state and vibration rates change out of the normal physical visual range (as seen by humans).  To be able to do this, the body must be capable of handling higher vibratory frequencies and states of existence.

Other animals, with different optical cones and different ways that their brains perceive vision, can often times see these entities, even when humans are unable to see them.

The principle behind this is simple.

Perception comes in many forms.

The form most commonly relied upon by humans is eyesight.  Human eyesight is a very limited mechanism.  We can only see in a very narrow band of frequencies and wavelengths.

Most of the universe operates at frequencies far higher than we can perceive.

For us to see these “other” things, we must either [1] speed up our ability to perceive, or [2] slow the frequency of vibration of the observed object down.

When a frequency of vibration of a given object is changed, it is known as “phasing”.

When the frequency speed is slowed down in such a way as it becomes observable by humans, we call that “phasing in and out of existence”.

The idea and concept that most other beings, entities, consciousness, and objects are unobservable to humans because of our limited range of perception is a fundamental one.

We, as humans, only observe a very small part of the world that we live in.

An example of phasing

Here we have a human (or humanoid creature) wearing a suit that enables them to “phase in and out” of the human observed reality.

The mystery of the Solway Spaceman - BBC News
The Solway Firth Photo, 1964,(Spaceman) UFO Casebook Files

The Solway Firth Photo, 1964

On 24th May 1964, Jim Templeton, a fireman from Carlisle in the North of England, took his young daughter out to the marches overlooking the Solway Firth to take some photographs. Nothing untoward happened, although both he and his wife noticed that an unusual aura in the atmosphere. n unusual aura in the atmosphere.
There was a kind of electric charge in the air, though no storm came. Even nearby cows seemed upset by it.

Some days later Mr Templeton got his photographs processed by the chemist, who said that it was a pity that the man who had walked past had spoiled the best shot of Elizabeth holding a bunch of flowers. Jim was puzzled. There had been nobody else on the marshes nearby at the time.

But sure enough, on the picture in question there was a figure in a silvery white space suit projecting at an odd angle into the air behind the girl's back, as if an unwanted snooper had wrecked the shot.

The case was reported to the police and taken up by Kodak, the film manufacturers, who offered free film for life to anyone who could solve the mystery when their experts failed.

It was not, as the police at first guessed, a simple double exposure with one negative accidentally printed on top of another during processing. It was, as Chief Superintendent Oldcorn quickly concluded, just "one of those things... a freak picture."

A few weeks later Jim Templeton received two mysterious visitors. He had never heard of MIBs: the subject was almost unknown in Britain then. But the two men who came to his house in a large Jaguar car wore dark suits and otherwise looked normal. The weird thing about them was their behavior.

They only referred to one another by numbers and asked the most unusual questions as they drove Jim out to the marshes. They wanted to know in minute detail about the weather on the day of the photograph, the activities of local bird life and odd asides like that.

Then they tried to make him admit that he had just photographed an ordinary man walking past. Jim responded politely, but nevertheless rejected their idea, at which they became irrationally angry and hustled themselves into the car, driving off and leaving him.

The fire officer had to hike five miles across country to get home.

- Landon Howell Owner & Editor - juiceenewsdaily.com

Examples of Consciousness phasing to wave forms…

Here’s some more examples of people who have died and the consciousness is still attached to the physical reality. Here’s another hospital CCV camera. On it was the short, few-second long video of a ghostly girl walking down the hallway…

The quanta of the deceased can sometimes be filmed

.

Here’s another hospital CCV camera capture…

Children’s hospital.

.

This ghostly figure was seen near the children’s ward at Leeds General Infirmary by hospital worker Andrew Milburn. There have been several stories of the sounds of footsteps in the corridors with no one around but nothing had been caught on camera.

Ghosts appear to be all over hospitals, don’t you know.

Spirit in the elevator.

They can be recorded in elevators.

This unsettling image was first posted to Reddit in 2014 by user EskimoJake. They claim that their friend who is a doctor, took this picture while working at a Bolivian hospital in 2010.

Supposedly, the doctor and his friends didn’t initially notice the elevator door opening as they were too busy laughing and joking around. When they did finally see it, there was no one inside.

She has nice long hair.

If you take a closer look at the ghostly figure, you can see that it appears to be a female with long, black hair. Her face looks pale and gaunt and she seems to be wearing a hospital gown.

Has the doctor actually managed to photograph a ghost in the elevator? If so, could it be that of a former patient? Perhaps even someone who may have passed away while being treated at this very hospital?

Ghost Nurse

.

There is very little information available about this photo other than that it was taken at St. Francis Hospital in Tulsa, Oklahoma. At first glance, it doesn’t appear that the camera has captured anything unusual at all. That is until you spot the ghostly nurse standing on the far side of the bed.

St. Francis Hospital was founded in 1955 and some claim that this photograph may show the ghost of a former nurse who worked there. With her long, white apron and hair neatly tucked under her hat, the figure’s appearance certainly resembles a nurse from that era.

The Little Girl in The Lunatic Asylum

This photo was taken in the Grevillia Wing of the Beechworth Lunatic Asylum in Victoria, Australia by ghost hunters Rayleen Kable and Allen Tiller. They took the picture while investigating the grounds at Beechworth and believe that it shows the spirit of a young girl kneeling on the floor.

The figure certainly does look like a child. It appears to be wearing a nightgown and it looks as though it is holding something in its right hand, possibly a doll or teddy bear.

Beechworth Asylum was famous for its lax rules regarding institutionalization. With only two signatures, a person could be committed. Almost ten thousand people died in the building, the patients often restrained and treated with electroshock therapy.

Beechworth is reportedly haunted by the ghost of a young, Jewish woman who was mysteriously thrown to her death from a window. Because of strict religious beliefs, her body lay decomposing on the ground for two days while a rabbi came from Melbourne to officially move the body. Several visitors claim they’ve even seen a young girl under the window where the incident happened.

Another traumatic tale is that of a missing patient who couldn’t be found for weeks. Finally his body was discovered by a local dog named Max near the gatehouse at the edge of the property. A search party was assembled to search the area and they eventually found the patient’s body up a tree. Since then, people have reported seeing a man wandering around the gatehouse at night.

Countless other paranormal sightings have taken place at Beechworth Lunatic Asylum. Visions of doctors walking down dark hallways, screams, nurses kneeling by bedsides, one ghost hunter says a demonic voice told him to ‘get out’ and leave the asylum.

Is it possible that this photograph has captured the ghostly vision one of the former patients of Beechworth?

Ghost of Patient Appears in Wheelchair

.

This photo first appeared online sometime around 2012. It was supposedly captured in the Clemente Alvarez Emergency Hospital in Argentina by a staff member known only as Diego.

Here’s another photo of a ghost in a hospital. This one comes with his own wheelchair thingy of-sorts thing-of-a-jig!

Roaming the hallways.

.

Around the same time, this photo was taken in the Kith Haven Assisted Living nursing home in Flint, Michigan. It shows a very similar figure rolling down a hallway in a wheelchair.

The employee who captured the picture said she saw it with her own eyes and quickly grabbed her phone to take a photo.

The apparition appears to have dark, sunken eyes and a wide open mouth. It also looks rather decrepit and thin. The white shirt that the figure is wearing seems to be too large for its frail frame.

And what of this?

The Hospital Demon

.

This spine chilling photo first appeared on social media in 2014 and since then has become rather well known. The are several stories of its origin however the most common one is that a nurse in a hospital took a screen shot of a security camera that was monitoring patients in the ward. She claims that she saw a demon-like figure walking up and down the bed of one particular patient. It had long black legs, and eerie slender fingers.

When she went to the ward to check on the patient there was no sign of the figure in the room, however the patient’s vitals began declining rapidly and the person passed away shortly after.

While many believe the nurse’s story to be true, several skeptics claim that the ‘demon’ is nothing more than a series of objects that are coincidentally lined up, giving the effect of a lurking creature.

La Planchada

.

Opened in Mexico City in 1847, Hospital Juarez is an active medical center known for sightings of La Planchada (“the ironed lady”), a ghostly nurse from the mid-1900s who appears in a perfectly pressed nurse’s uniform.

Over the years, La Planchada has come to be known for treating patients in the hospital’s emergency section, often bringing about miraculous recoveries. This photo is believed by many to be the only one to have ever captured proof of the ghostly nurse as she makes her rounds.

Like many ghost stories, there are several versions of tale of La Planchada. Some say she was a nurse in love with a doctor who rejected her and drove her to suicide; others claim she would euthanize patients to relieve their pain. Whatever her origins, La Planchada is known as a benevolent spirit and there probably isn’t a patient in Hospital Juarez who wouldn’t be happy to see her.

And there is this vision of the right instant in time when the camera shutter clicks on the right spot at the right time and discovers… this.

The quanta of the deceased can sometimes be filmed

.

When a person dies, their quanta starts to detach from their physical selves and begins to enter the other dimensions in the universe.

Oh, here I go again! Not being specific enough.

The non-physical reality surrounds the physical reality in layers, like an onion. And many Eastern religions have mapped these layers and given them names like "astral plane", "causal plane", etc.

Once the consciousness is in the wave form it can do many things. Namely it can travel. Travel.

It can travel in the various physical reality.

It can travel through the various (onion layers) of the non-physical reality.

It can enter "the tunnel of light" and depart this universe and enter the universe of soul. From when the consciousness originated.

But...

It can travel within the MWI; the various world-lines itself. This it can do, as the MWI are part of our "physical universe". But many choose not to do so simply because it is rather boring for them to do.

To some this looks like ghosts and spirits, but there is no reason to be fearful.

This is a natural aspect of quantum realignment.

On occasion, due to specific atmospheric conditions, sometimes entities of souls can have various aspects of their being photographed.  When this happens, we are actually photographing the quanta “phasing” from the physical to another dimensional state.

Our equipment can record the wave lengths during transition.

Consciousness has form.

Did you notice something?

When a person’s quanta is photographed in wave form, or the transition to it (via “phasing”) it’s not a floating globe (as I have depicted throughout MM). It is the general shape and form of a body.

This is very important.

The consciousness has a FORM. It’s form tends to consist of the upper torso, and the head. Legs and arms might be present, but not always.

Fears, Frauds, and Boogiemen…

Now, let’s broach the uncomfortable reality. There are many, many frauds out there masquerading as actual events. Thus making it very difficult to compile a list of real examples of visions of the non-physical reality.

Thus, simply because there are so many hoaxes prevalent out there, anything out of the normal is discounted as a hoax, and a fraud. This is intentional.

On one hand, you have “experts” who use this avenue to acquire prestige within their respective fields. Such as in the Science Fiction movie “Contact” with actress Jodie Foster. In that movie was a couple of characters; Mr. David Drumlin, and James Woods (Michael Kitz) who played that role. They thwarted her every move, and constantly blocked funding, all so that he could climb the rings of power within the United States government. Personal power, and wealth accumulation, over the truth and science.

Photo of “David Drumlin”, as portrayed by Tom Skerritt from “Contact” (1997), alongside James Woods (Michael Kitz)

.

And then on the other hand, you have profiteers. They create “ghost” websites and then generate content to scare people with it. These individuals create photos and videos to amuse, scare and titillate, and derive personal profit from ad revenue and product placement. Often their forgeries are rather good, or at least better than amateurs.

  • Top 10 Ghost WebsitesParanormal | Higgypop

    Then, of course, you have amateurs. These people just throw together some kind of hoax for “shits and giggles”. Their motivations are unclear, their ultimate goals are kept to themselves.

    And then finally, you have real mysteries. These are actual “real deal” events that cannot be discounted away oh so easily. These events are important because they offer us a glimpse into a world that we are not apt to observe normally. You might come across a photo here, or there, or a video on you-tube. But with the great collection of hoaxes out there, it’s really difficult to find convincing examples.

    Let’s look at a couple borderline cases…

What of ghosts?

You can see all sorts of things on the internet. But what is true and what is fake?

In this instance, you most certainly have a cat hissing at something at the other side of the door, and the housewife is not seeing anything strange. That is obvious. What is odd is the image of a ghostly figure in the door.

Was this figure photoshopped there? Intentionally, you understand, to create a ghostly narrative? Or, was the “back story” accurate?

The back story…

Supposedly, this image was captured on a computer cam. The cat was behaving strangely and hissing at thin air. No one saw the spirit, it was only recorded on the computer.

This photo dates back to 2013, perhaps even earlier. It isn’t known where this took place, but it is believed to be somewhere in North America. It could be a hoax, or genuine. No one will ever know.

It is provided here as an example only.

You see, it dos not matter to us whether or not it is a hoax. It is just a good illustration that different species can see different things. In this case the cat can sense things that the human woman cannot.

As we have discussed, the non-physical world for a cat is different than the non-physical world of a human. Thus they can sense things that humans cannot.

This isn’t just MM talking. This is well established physical and biological understandings. Different species can see different things and all of us perceive the physical reality differently than others.

What of ghosts of loved ones?

Here’s another borderline case. This backstory is much better, than a computer happened to be on that recorded a cat interaction with a porch door. This is a an intentionally left-on security camera.

An Atlanta woman believes her home security camera spotted her son’s ghost.

On January 5, 2019, Jennifer Hodge was in her bedroom when she received an beeping notification: her Nest security camera had spotted a person in the kitchen. The rest is a story right off the televisions show “Night Gallery”.

“I was laying in bed watching TV with my daughter, and I was just about asleep,” Hodge said in a Facebook post. 

“The phone was between us, and I got a notification saying someone was in the kitchen. 

My daughter was like, ‘Mum, there’s a person in the kitchen. It looks like Robbie.’ 

I was stunned. It did look just like him — beard and all.”

Robbie, Michelle’s son, died of an overdose in 2016. He was just 23 years old. Michelle and her daughter were reportedly the only people at home at the time of the recording.

What of ghosts who want to pose in pictures?

Pretty odd stuff.

But check them out. Fakes or real? No one knows.

Mystery Pale Chick.

.

One could say it seems like ghosts really like to make an appearance at the parties they weren’t invited to. This is case like that. A group of friends were having a nice Easter brunch and they decided to take a picture of it. There was a mirror next to the table they were sitting at and while there is nobody but the people supposed to be there sitting at the table on one side of the photo, there is an extra person’s reflection caught in the mirror on the other side of the photo.

It looks like a woman with an extremely pale face, standing next to the table. All of the guests at the brunch claimed there was no one like that there with them and they had no idea who the person caught in the mirror reflection was.

.

This picture was taken at Tantallon Castle near North Berwick. A ruined fortress badly damaged by an attack from Oliver Cromwell’s forces in 1651. The figure looks to be in period costume but no mannequins or costumed guides are used at the castle, adding to the mystery of the suspected ghost.

This photograph of the Combermere Abbey library was taken in 1891 by Sybell Corbet.

The figure of a man can faintly be seen sitting in the chair to the left.

His head, collar and right arm on the armrest are clearly discernible. It is believed to be the ghost of Lord Combermere.

Lord Combermere was a British cavalry commander in the early 1800s, who distinguished himself in several military campaigns.

Combermere Abbey, located in Cheshire, England, was founded by Benedictine monks in 1133. In 1540, King Henry VII kicked out the Benedictines, and the Abbey later became the Seat of Sir George Cotton KT, Vice Chamberlain to the household of Prince Edward, son of Henry VIII.

In 1814, Sir Stapleton Cotton, a descendent of Sir George, took the title “Lord Combermere” and in 1817 became became the Governor of Barbados. Today the Abbey is a tourist attraction and hotel.

Lord Combermere died in 1891, having been struck and killed by a horse-drawn carriage.  At the time Sybell Corbet took the above photo, Combermere’s funeral was taking place some four miles away.

The photographic exposure, Corbet recorded, took about an hour. It is thought by some that during that time a servant might have come into the room and sat briefly in the chair, creating the transparent image.

This idea was refuted by members of the household, however, testifying that all were attending Lord Combermere’s funeral.

A 13 year old girl takes a selfie in the car. Then discovers a strange boy in the back seat. What is going on?  You can see from her reflection in her sunglasses that the picture was taken while on the road. The adult who is driving the vehicle would know whether there was a kid in the back seat, you would assume.

.

So this 13 year old girl takes a selfie in the car while her mother is driving down the road. No one is in the back seat, yet it appears that her photo captures an image of someone int he back seat.

Maybe true. Maybe fake. Who really knows?

Spirit in the balcony.

In 1982, photographer Chris Brackley took a photograph of the interior of London’s St. Botolph’s Church, but never expected what would appear on the film. High in the church’s loft, seen in the upper right-hand corner of his photograph, is the transparent form of what looks like a woman.

According to Brackley, to his knowledge there were only three people in the church at the time the photo was taken, and none of them were in that loft.
According to London Paranormal Database Records…

"Mr. Brackley was later contacted by a builder who recognized the face of one that he had seen in a coffin in the church."

Two chicks pose for a picture and then discover this when developed.

My goodness. This interesting photo was taken sometime around the year 2000 in Manilla, Republic of the Philippines.

According to The Ghost Research Society, two girlfriends were out for a walk one warm night. One of them entreated a passing stranger to photograph them using her cell phone’s camera (hence the low-resolution picture).

The result is shown here, with a transparent figure seeming to tug on the girl’s arm with a firm if friendly grip. Without further information on this photo, we have to admit that the ghost could have been added with image processing software. But if it’s genuine and untouched, it certainly qualifies as one of the best ghost photos around.

It’s pretty creepy.

It’s so very easy to modify pictures these days. Everything is digital, and Photoshop is everywhere. But you know, just because it can be done, doesn’t necessarily mean that it is being done.

Strange green boy.

.

There was a controversial photo posted on Instagram by a news anchor, capturing a moment of the party she had thrown the night before. One of her friends was entertaining everybody by playing the guitar and singing, so she captured the whole thing with her phone.

Later, as she was going through the pictures, she noticed something strange in the background. It looked like a young boy peeking around the corner, trying to get a better view on the show.

After she posted the photo on Instagram, a wave of discussions started. People speculated that she faked the whole thing in order to get more media attention that could help her kick off her news anchor career, and others believed it was proof of yet another haunted house. No one can be sure what the truth actually was, but it indeed seemed strange.

Look up the picture and decide for yourself.

.

The ghostly object concealed in this spooky Irish snap will really give you a fright. Taken more than 100 years ago, experts tried to explain the hand as trick of light or a ruffle in a shirt. But neither idea works out.

It’s all pretty messed up.

Who is this kid?

.

The Amityville house is one of the most famous haunted houses in the world. The tales of the ghosts living in this house have spread so much that they have inspired a huge franchise known as The Amityville Horror.

Before this whole story started going around, the Amityville house was a place like every other and there was, what appeared to be, a happy family living there. One night, the man went crazy and he killed his wife, all of his children, and he committed suicide after that.

From that moment on, people have been claiming that their ghosts have still been living in the house. Paranormal investigators went there to see if there was a truth to that story and they took a photo of a little boy. The curious thing about that photo was that there were absolutely no children around at the time the photo was taken.

.

CCTV footage showing a shadowy spectre emerging from a driveway and straight into oncoming traffic.

On November 19, 1995, Wem Town Hall in Shropshire, England burned to the ground. Many spectators gathered to watch the old building, built in 1905, as it was being consumed by the flames.

Tony O’Rahilly, a local resident, was one of those onlookers and took photos of the spectacle with a 200mm telephoto lens from across the street. One of those photos shows what looks like a small, partially transparent girl standing in the doorway.

Nether O’Rahilly nor any of the other onlookers or firefighters recalled seeing the girl there. O’Rahilly submitted the photo to the Association for the Scientific Study of Anomalous Phenomena which, in turn, presented it for analysis to Dr. Vernon Harrison, a photographic expert and former president of the Royal Photographic Society.

Harrison carefully examined both the print and the original negative, and concluded that it was genuine. “The negative is a straightforward piece of black-and-white work and shows no sign of having been tampered with,” Harrison said.

But who is the little girl?

Wem, a quiet market town in northern Shropshire, had been ravaged by fire in the past.  In 1677, historical records note, a fire destroyed many of the town's old timber houses.  A young girl named Jane Churm, the legends say, accidentally set fire to a thatched roof with a candle. 

This photo was taken during an investigation of Bachelor’s Grove cemetery near Chicago by the Ghost Research Society (GRS). On August 10, 1991, several members of of the GRS were at the cemetery, a small, abandoned graveyard on the edge of the Rubio Woods Forest Preserve, near the suburb of Midlothian, Illinois.

Reputed to be one of the most haunted cemeteries in the U.S., Bachelor’s Grove has been the site of well over 100 different reports of strange phenomena, including apparitions, unexplained sights and sounds, and even glowing balls of light.

GRS member Mari Huff was taking black and white photos with a high-speed infrared camera in an area where the group had experienced some anomalies with their ghost-hunting equipment.  The cemetery was empty, except for the GRS members.

When developed, this image emerged: what looks like a lonely-looking young woman dressed in white sitting on a tombstone.  Parts of her body are partially transparent and the style of the dress seems to be out of date.

Other ghosts reportedly seen in Bachelor's Grove include figures in monks' clothes and the spirit of a glowing yellow man.

And now for something odd…

Who is the kid?

.

This photo, taken on a cell-phone shows a group of girls posing for a picture in the middle of the lounge room. The young girl seen crying in the bottom right corner of the image refused to take part in the picture because she said ‘The little boy was scaring her!’ It wasn’t until later, when her mother was reviewing the photo that she realized what the little girl was talking about.

Take a look between the legs of the girls second and third from the left. You can clearly see the face of a young boy peering out from behind the group. If it was simply a shadow or optical illusion why did the little girl get so scared?

Security guard alerted by motion sensors.

.

Theaters are believed by many to be common haunting grounds for ghosts. There is something about their unique atmosphere that seems to attract the supernatural. According to Mary Destany Martin, security guards at the theater at her local high school captured some weird photos of the school’s own resident ghost.

The security guards visited the theater after a motion alarm went off at around 1:00 early one morning. They didn’t see anything but took a photo on their way out, just in case. When reviewing the photo, a guard was shocked to notice the figure of a woman walking down the stairs of what he was certain was an empty theater. The figure appears to be entirely black and white, in stark contrast to the rest of the theater, giving her a strange, otherworldly appearance.

Yes. It’s pretty strange.

Who is this girl?

.

One thing is for certain, she was able to trip the motion sensors. So she had substance.

A person appears from thin air.

.

This photo was received from Denise Russell.

“The lady in the color photo is my granny,” she says. “She lived on her own until age 94, when her mind started to weaken and had to be moved to an assisted living home for her own safety. At the end of the first week, there was a picnic for the residents and their families. My mother and sister attended. My sister took two pictures that day, and this is one of them.

It was taken on Sunday, 8/17/97, and we think the man behind her is my grandpa who passed away on Sunday, 8/14/84.

We did not notice the man in the picture until Christmas Day, 2000 (granny had since passed away), while browsing through some loose family photos at my parents’ house. My sister thought it was such a nice picture of granny that she even made a copy for mom, but still, nobody noticed the man behind her for over three years!

When I arrived at my parents’ house that Christmas day, my sister handed me the picture and said, “Who do you think this man behind granny looks like?”

It took a few seconds for it to sink in. I was absolutely speechless. The black and white photos show that it really looks like him.

Spiritualist convention in Los Angeles, California.

This photo was taken on November 16, 1968 when Robert A. Ferguson, author of Psychic Telemetry: New Key to Health, Wealth, and Perfect Living, was giving a speech at a Spiritualist convention in Los Angeles, California.

Faintly appearing next to Ferguson is a figure that he later identified as his brother, Walter, who died in 1944 during World War II. At first glance, this might seem to be a double exposure or some kind of darkroom trickery, but this photo is a Polaroid (one of several taken of Ferguson at the time), making any kind of hoaxing quite unlikely.

Sefton Church

.

Sefton Church is an ancient structure (started in the 12th century and finished in the early 16th century) in Merseyside, England, just north of Liverpool. This particular photograph was taken inside the church in September, 1999.

According to Brad Steiger’s Real Ghosts, Restless Spirits and Haunted Places, where this photo was found, there was only one other photographer in the church beside the person who took this picture. Neither of them recalled seeing the ghost or any flesh-and-blood person standing there who could account for this image. Because the figure is all in black, it has been theorized that the apparition could be that of a church minister.

It has been reported that a pub next door to the church, called the Punch Bowl, is said to be haunted by the ghost of a man in blue nautical garb, which has been reported there for many years.

A dinner event at St. Mary’s Guildhall in Coventry, U.K.

.

On January 22, 1985, the Coventry Freeman organization were having a dinner event at St. Mary’s Guildhall in Coventry, U.K. Everyone in the group had her or his head bowed in prayer when this photo was taken — including a towering, mysterious figure standing top left. The strange cowled spectre appears to be wearing very odd clothing. The clothing looks like a kind of battle armor from the software game “Doom”.

Lord Mayor Walter Brandish, who was present at the dinner, said there was no one at the event who was dressed like that, and he could not explain the presence of the interloper in the photo. St. Mary’s Guildhall dates back to the 14th century and served as a prison for Mary, Queen of Scots.

Posing in a helicopter.

.

Mrs. Sayer and some friends were visiting the Fleet Air Arm Station at Yelverton, Somerset, England in 1987 when this photo was taken. They thought it would be cute to take a picture of her sitting in the seat of retired helicopter.

No one, Mrs. Sayer insists, was sitting next to her in the pilot’s seat… although a figure in a white shirt can clearly be seen sitting there.

She told an investigator with the Society for Psychical Research that she  remembered feeling rather cold sitting in that seat, even though it was a hot day.
Other pictures taken at the same time did not come out. Worth noting is that the helicopter was used in the Falklands War, but there is no information as to whether or not a pilot died in that aircraft.

.

Kim Davison from Queensland, Australia posted a picture on the Toowoomba Ghost Chasers Facebook page showing what appears to be the ghost of a young girl, who died in the same spot 100 years ago

Merry Christmas.

.

It was what seemed to be a completely normal Christmas get-together; people sitting in their living room next to their Christmas tree and a pile of presents. Nothing curious about that at all. At least until someone decided to take a picture of that merry moment. After that, the moment wasn’t so marry anymore.

In the middle of the picture, there seems to be a ghostly figure squatting over the pile of presents. You can clearly see the feet that belong to this mysterious being.

After the photo was analyzed by experts, the conclusion was that the feet probably belong to one of the kids in the picture, and it was nothing more than a glitch in the camera. However, there still is some doubt since the child in question was wearing socks, while the feet in front of the present seem to be bare. Besides that, they are also too large to belong to the little boy in question.

Then you have this absolutely odd-ball photo…

.

This photo was taken at Corroboree Rock at Alice Springs, Northern Territory, Australia in 1959. What does not seem to be a trick of light and shadow is a human form, semi-transparent, wearing what looks like a long white dress or gown. More curious, the figure seems to be holding something in the manner that a person holds a camera or binoculars.

High forehead, long back hair in a mullet style. Appears to be a male, wearing a long white gown, and holding a what?

One possibility is that this is a double exposure of a living person. In 1959, this image would have been captured on film.

If it is not a double exposure and this is a spirit captured on film, then a number of questions arise: [1] What is the entity looking and why? [2] Do they have cameras and binoculars in the afterlife? Or [3] is this an instance of a time slip in which the camera has recorded a scene from a different time?

My goodness!

Now this next picture is something that is concerning and allows your mind to wonder what is going on…

An abandoned house.

.

When it comes to abandoned houses, it is quite easy to start a rumor about some paranormal activity. Most of the ghost stories actually start this way; “Once upon a time, there was an abandoned house…”

We’ve all heard something like that already.

However, there is one specific house that has drawn a lot of people’s attention after a picture of a ghostly figure was captured there. No one knows exactly who used to live there or what happened to the people living there previously.

There has been some speculation about different horror stories connected to this house and the ghosts inhabiting it. But the picture was quite clear; someone was standing in the doorway. We can’t be sure if it was just a shadow shaped like a person, but from the look of it, it surely seemed like a ghostly, transparent figure.

And some things are truly WTF!

Like this, for instance…

What is this?

.

There was a girl who wanted to take some silly pictures of her cousins while they were playing. Instead of that, she captured something that can hardly be identified as anything else other than a potential paranormal activity.

The weirdest thing about this photo is that it’s impossible to say what we actually see in it. It is clear that there is some weirdly shaped gray and black figure behind the little boy, but it’s impossible to say what it resembles.

It is not a human nor an animal, but it clearly is something that has appeared only in the picture; nobody saw it in the room before or after that.

This picture is definitely unique and different from the others, which is what makes it even more disturbing and mysterious. What do you think the shape in the picture was? Or was it just another attempt to make an ordinary picture go viral?

Indeed, somethings just defy description.

In 2015, Kevin Brown snapped a series of photos on his iPad while he was at the Fort Worth Museum of Science and History in Texas. Brown, who was there with his niece and two nephews didn’t see anything strange about the images at the time they were taken. It wasn’t until later that day that his niece noticed something very unsettling in one of the photos…

A big What-The-Fuck is thing thing?

.

Yeah.

And here’s a close-up.

Photoshop? WTF?

And now for some more strange stuff…

Ah yes. there are all sorts of creatures and things out there. Both terrestrial and extraterrestrial.

And while it is easy enough to assume that every picture, and every video on the internet is a hoax of one sort or the other (because, after all many of them actually are) there are videos that can and do depict things that might…

…just might…

…describe a window into the non-physical reality that surrounds our visible reality…

…or might not.

But do not discount EVERY video and picture you see as a hoax. For they might, just maybe, give you an insight into the reality that surrounds us.

Webcams

There are numerous internet websites that post live feeds of “haunted” areas. These feeds have produced hundreds, even thousands of images that defy rational description.

Such as this one…

Willard Library Paranormal Webcams

.

According to those who have worked at or visited the Willard Library, there is definitely a supernatural entity or two walking the halls of the building. To prove it, they have set up paranormal webcams so that ghost hunters around the world can keep a close eye out and send in screenshots when they spot something ghostly.

There are a few types of ghosts that have been spotted by viewers and patrons of the library. The most common entity to make an appearance on film is different colored orbs hovering in various places, usually the stairwell. However, employees of the library have reported spotting a Grey Lady and a young boy haunting this stairwell. They believe that the orbs are merely how the ghosts manifest on camera.

You can see a listing of different ghost-sighting webcams HERE.

Is that it?

Now, is everything that we sense related to the non-physical world that surrounds us, or are there other things involved?

Well, there are other things.

As you all recall, we travel the MWI as a lone consciousness. We share world-lines in a “ghost shadow” consciousness but actually meeting up with another consciousness where we are both the dominant consciousnesses on that world-line is a rare event. And sometimes, we can pick up some events that are difficult to explain as they involve both consciousness, the MWI, and physical manifestation.

Consider this graphic…

An observed cross-over event.

.

Now consider this…

These two photos were taken in 1988 at the Hotel Vierjahreszeiten in Maurach, Austria.

.

These two photos were taken in 1988 at the Hotel Vierjahreszeiten in Maurach, Austria. Several vacationers gathered for a farewell party at the hotel and decided to take a group photo. One of the party, Mr. Todd, set up is Canon film camera on a nearby table and pointed it at the group.

(The table is the white band at the bottom of the photos.) He set the self-timer on the camera and hurried back to the table.

The shutter clicked and the film wound forward, but the flash did not fire. So Todd set the camera for a second shot. This time the flash fired.

The film was later developed, and it wasn’t until one of party members was viewing the photos that it was noticed that the first (non-flash) photo showed a somewhat blurry extra head! (In the sequence above, the second (flash) photo is actually shown first for the sake of comparison.)

No one recognized the ghostly woman, and they could not imagine how her image appeared in the picture.

Besides being a bit out of focus, the woman’s head is also too large compared to the other vacationers, unless she is sitting closer to the camera, which would put her in the middle of the table. The photo was examined by the Royal Photographic Society, the photographic department of Leicester University, and the Society for Psychical Research, all of which ruled out a double exposure as the cause.

And consider this…

On July 6th, 2014, Martin Springall took a series of photos of his 4 year old daughter on a beach in Zushi, Japan. Springall, who was living in Tokyo at the time claims that no one else was around when he took the photographs and that he didn’t notice anything strange until he looked at the pictures later that night. In one of the images there appears to be a person in black boots standing directly behind his daughter.

Cute little girl posing for her daddy.

.

When asked about what he had captured, Springall recalled, “I took a few pictures, and when I was looking through them at night, I noticed what appeared to be a pair of boots behind her in one of the photos,” he said. “I took several of her in the same spot, but only one had the boots.” My daughter is really shy, and she wouldn’t have taken a picture if there was someone standing behind her, which I would have definitely noticed.”

What are they talking about?

They are taking about this frozen moment in time…

A snap-shot of a world-line; a “frozen moment in time”.

.

And then we have this…

Two girls playing around.

.

There is nothing weird about two girlfriends taking a selfie while they’re alone. Or is there? The word “alone” is actually open for a discussion in this case. Those two girls were partying in a house all by themselves and nothing weird has happened for the whole time until they decided to take a selfie. While the girls stated that they had been all alone in the house, there is a clear reflection in the mirror of a third girl standing behind them. So who is she and what was she doing there?

Conclusions

There is a non-physical reality that surrounds us. It is present in every world-line and it tracks our reality as we experience “time”.

Other species can see things that we cannot. And we can see things (by using certain technologies) that they cannot sense.

Extraterrestrials, dimensional travelers, visitors, and intelligent entities hide from humans in “plain sight” by phasing out of our observation. This is how the human species is monitored, observed, manipulated and controlled.

It is nothing to get all “hot and bothered about”, it is just simply how it is done.

Additionally, there are cross-over considerations regarding the MWI and world-lines that can be recorded on film for a fleeting moment.

The truth is that we, as humans, do not understand the nature of our reality well enough to account for various odd-ball events that are periodically captured on film or video. Rather than automatically discount them as hoaxes, simply because they do not fit within the confines of our established world-view, perhaps we need to embrace a larger and more comprehensive understanding of the universe and our reality, instead.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my MAJestic Index, here…

MAJestic

.

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

 

Metallicman Donation
Other Amount:
Please kindly enter any notes that you would like to attach to the donation here:

 

The primary fundamentals of an affirmation and prayer campaign that you must never forget.

I practice what I preach. I, like you all, run and operate intention prayer campaigns. The big difference is that I have been running them for decades and out of necessity. But even I need to keep a focus and an overview of how this all works. And to this end, I utilize a like “cheat sheet” to remind me. In fact, I will go as far as to say that the “cheat sheet” is a necessary component to all affirmation prayer campaigns. In this article / post I replicate my “cheat sheet” that I use daily. I do this to keep me focused on the “big picture” and as a reminder as to how all this works within our reality.

I hope, sincerely, that it is as useful to you as it is to me.

The rules

There are six (x6) major rules, or laws, that you must obey to have your prayer affirmations work. They are…

  • You attract good, or bad, experiences based on your thoughts.
  • Thinking about something invites it into your reality. This is true even if you don’t want it.
  • The more you focus on something, the more powerful it becomes.
  • It’s far better to trust your emotions than to over-think or reason things out.
  • You can make good things happen by thinking about them more.
  • Your environment affects your thoughts, and your thoughts affect your environment.

Let’s go one by one through these rules.

You attract good, or bad, experiences based on your thoughts.

The one that speaks most about an illness, ends up getting the illness. The one that speaks about success and wealth gets prosperity and wealth. You attract everything you think about. By focusing on something you make it happen.

Thoughts are the ONLY way that conscious is able to control the reality that it inhabits. That’s it. Thoughts, create actions that the brain is commanded to obey. In order to have a life that you enjoy, you must silence your brain, and improve the command of your emotions. Once you are successful in doing this, your entire world becomes your creation, and you become as God intended.

If you do not, then you are just a five year old in a china shop. You will end up destroying valuable opportunities that are destined to manifest in your life. But now, cannot, because your thoughts destroyed the opportunities presented to you.

Children making a mess.
Children do not know the consequences of their actions. They do not understand the value of things. They do not see the connections between their actions and how they affect their surroundings. This is exactly how you must understand how thoughts work within our reality.

Thinking about something invites it into your reality. This is true even if you don’t want it.

When you think about something, it tends to spawn other thoughts. This is true whether it is "good" or "bad". The key to this is to only think about that which you like and want to happen. Stop thinking about what you fear or are afraid of.

Worry and fear are not just a nuisance, they are “wrecking balls” to your reality. Anyone who is trying to generate fear, or cause you to worry are taking an active effort to destroy your reality. Realize this.

They are bad, evil and dangerous to your reality.

Now, it is true that these other people are “quantum shadows” but within your reality they are REAL. They create events and you end up reacting to the creations that they spawn. You have a responsibility to identify the source of all your worries and fears, and then take active and proactive actions to prevent them from influencing your reality.

Other people use our fears and worries to control us. This, in turn, shapes our thoughts, when then in turn alter and fabricate our reality.

The more you focus on something, the more powerful it becomes.

This allows you to create your own reality by attracting the things that you want to have in your life. This can be physical things, people, relationships or the environment which surrounds you. Fears and worry allow bad things to enter your reality and manifest. The volume of the specific thoughts that you have is directly proportional to the power they manifest.

One of the biggest problems to our happiness is the constant onslaught of negative “news” bombarding us from social networks, alternative “news” and our government. This in turn shapes what we think about. We start dwelling on those thoughts and before we know it, all of our positive affirmations disappear in a flood of negative news.

Do not allow it.

Don't be affected by the news media.
As the “news” media rages on about guns and gun control, violence skyrockets and people break records in the purchase of guns and ammo.

It’s far better to trust your emotions than to over-think or reason things out.

Listen to your intuition. Your brain is a machine or a computer that runs commands. Your higher self; your consciousness is accessed by our feelings. Not by the brain. Let your "feelings" or your emotions guide your life, and use the brain to fill in the day to day details that you must deal with.

To do otherwise is a very common mistake. Never allow your brain to “do the heavy lifting”. It just runs programs. Get in tune with your feelings, run on instinct more, and then use the brain to carry out your commands.

When I was waiting in jail to go to prison, everyone around me were constantly berating me and telling me about all the horrible things that awaited me. I was quite shaken up. That’s true and I was a nervous wreck. I think that they took a real sinister bent in doing that. But my over all feeling that it wouldn’t be all that bad, that I would be fine, thought it wouldn’t be enjoyable.

In hindsight, it was my feelings that were correct, and my brain that was wrong.

Do not allow yourself to over-think and get all caught up in your imagination or your thoughts, and most certainly do not get all worried about the “news” or what others think. Trust your feelings. They will tell you exactly what is going on.

A Special Note...

Sometimes your "feelings" will describe a bad or horrible event. And it is something that you will want to avoid. It is at those moments that you will conduct a prayer / affirmation campaign to thwart the impending doom that you feel.

Such is the case with the Trump Trade War leading towards a thermonuclear exchange between Russia & China against the USA in 2020. MM readers will know what I am talking about. You use your "feelings" to guide your prayer campaign. Not the other way around.

You can make good things happen by thinking about them more.

"Want" and "desire" consists of focusing attention on a given subject, while at the same time experiencing positive emotion. When you target a subject, event, person, or item... and only direct positive thoughts and strong emotion regarding what you want. It will enter your reality very quickly.

It’s not just that you need to control what you think, but you need to control how often you think about things. People with OCD will have an easy and a hard time with this. Being able to focus all your thoughts and energies towards a singular objective is the guaranteed methodology to make your dreams and desires manifest.

Think only what you want.

Do not think about what you fear or are afraid of.

Realize that things will work themselves out. Do not obsess on working out ways and means to make something happen. Just think and believe that they will happen the way that you want them to, and they will. Put all of your thoughts and energies into good, solid, productive actions that will manifest your dreams.

Good thoughts must dominate your life.
You image what you want in your life and you let those images dominate your thoughts. Over time, the thoughts will crush all the negative and worrisome thoughts that have been wrecking your life.

Your environment affects your thoughts, and your thoughts affect your environment.

Your reality is constructed from your thoughts. If you control your thoughts you can control your reality. Thus if you want to live in a tropical paradise with a tropical drink in your hand, and a straw hat on your head focus on that and think about it to the exclusion of everything else. It will manifest for you.
Your thoughts will change your reality.

After I left prison, I noticed that no matter what I did, I kept on running into fraudsters, tricksters, and petty criminals. This was true even though I really had not desire to think about where I just left. It was almost like I dragged an non-visible reality around me that was “polluted” by the environment that I had just left.

Once you find yourself in a good environment, you should never leave it. Not for money. Not for “success”, or not for promises of [fill in the blank here]. Your reality is the environment that you create, and whether it is good or bad, it transcends much more than the physically observed attributes. It includes the non-visible reality as well.

It will take time for the “poisoned” non-physical reality to dissipate. So be aware of this, and work only on building upon and improving the reality that you manifest.

Your environment will drag along with the thoughts that you generate.
Your environment will affect your reality. And when you leave one environment, the thoughts associated with the old environment will continue to affect your new environment. You you must control what you think, especially when you move to a new location.

Conclusions

I pretty much review and remind myself of these six points at least once a week. If you don’t do so, it’s easy to fall into the trap that you mind constructs for you. You must always strive to be in a state of constant awareness of who and what you really are. And not get caught up in other non-important activities.

Do you want more?

I have more posts like this in my Affirmation / Prayer Index here…

Intention Campaigns

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index
  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

If you enjoy what you see, it would be helpful if you could assist in hosting this forum. A donation would be appreciated.

What are “shadow people” in the MWI.

This is a MAJestic post. It fits somewhere in between “what is the nature of the universe” and “how thoughts can alter our reality”. This article focuses on the idea that when you are in a world-line you are pretty much “alone”. Everyone else are just “shadows” or “shadow people” that occupy the world-line that you inhabit. Here we are going to spend more time flushing out what “shadow people” are, and what you are when you are on a world-line.

We covered some of this material in other posts.

Here we are going to elaborate on some of the finer details to help provide a better picture of what is actually going on. And of course, this knowledge that I am transcribing to the MM audience is not the mainstream scientific understanding (at least as I understand it), but rather what the <redacted> benefactors that worked with us at MAJestic believe that it is.

You, being who you are, can take it or leave it, and even ignore this article. But I would argue that you need to pay attention as it will best describe how the universe actually works, in far better detail than anything currently available within conventional science.

I have simplified the way the universe works so that people can understand it. And this posts leaves the simplification to start getting to the intricacies of the entire system.

Quick Review – “Time”

We are consciousness. Not a physical being.

Our consciousness is part of something much larger. We refer to this “bigger” thing as a “soul”.

Everything that you know, experience and think derives from your consciousness.

This consciousness constantly moves.

It moves from a fixed (unchanging) world-line to another world-line. We move from one to the other, and we call this movement “time”.

“Time” is the movement of your consciousness from one world-line to another.

Consciousness defines “time”.

Quick Review- Properties of a world-line

Each world-line is static.

Meaning that nothing is moving. A “world-line” is a frozen moment in time.

And each world-line represents, not only a frozen moment in time, of what have happened in the past, but also what will happen in the future. As well as every single “what-if” world-lines no matter how trivial.

And while we consider them to be “world-lines”, they are actually a small frozen in place complete universe. With planets, galaxies, stars, and all sorts of things that we associate with “our reality”.

Each world-line is a frozen universe.

Quick Review – A Template

For our purposes, we can consider world-lines to occupy a “location” independent of time and space. Thus it is very difficult to associate them with any kinds of geometry. Never the less, these world-lines can be “stacked”, “arranged” or “associated” with others for purposes of invention. Meaning; These frozen world-lines can be arranged to provide a utility, or a purpose.

A “template” is an arrangement of world-lines.

The world-lines are set up so that it is easy for consciousness to move from one to another, and thus experience “time”. This arrangement has elements of intelligent design inherent in it.

Obviously, those world-lines that are most similar to each other are organized in close proximity. It is called a “template”.

Quick review – Pre-birth template

A “pre-birth” (world-line) Template is an arranged template.

It is referred to as a “pre-birth” template because the Soul created it (arranged it) prior to your consciousness entering the physical body on world-line number one.

It is an arrangement of world-lines with the intent on creating a (more or less) “default” path of least resistance for a (given specific) consciousness to travel through.

The consciousness, of course, can enter any world-lines that it’s thoughts desire. However, the pre-birth template defines the path of “least resistance” for the consciousness. This template is pre-arranged specifically for the consciousness to acquire specific experiences while it is part of a physical body.

This manifests in a very simple manner.

A person finds a $100 bill on the sidewalk.

The default action, and the most likely response, is for the person to pick up the money and put it in his/her pocket. That is the adjacent world-line route upon the pre-birth template. It is the easy to implement world-line migration path that the consciousness would / should take.

However, other options are available.

These other options lie off that of the pre-birth world-line template. They can include...

[1] Picking up the money, and lighting it on fire.
[2] Picking it up and using it as toilet paper.
[3] Ignoring the money.
[4] Putting it in a Salvation Army donation canister.
[5] Giving it to the neighborhood kids to play with.

For most consciousnesses, the easiest path – “the path of least resistance” – is the pre-birth template. The consciousness can take very little initiative, aside from following the conditions and situations presented to them, and experience life as defined by the template.

Following the path of least resistance on a pre-birth world-line template is to live a “fated life”.

For most consciousnesses, the easiest path – “the path of least resistance” – is the pre-birth template.

Quick review – Slide

When you, as a consciousness, decide to do something out of the normal, something difficult or something extraordinary… you travel off the template. This travel, is automatic, and it appears that you “slide” off onto some other template.

A slide is when you exit the pre-birth world-line template and go to another template.

Moving off of the pre-birth world-line template is known as a “slide”. You “slide off” of it and enter a new template. This new template can provide you with new experiences and new opportunities. However, unless you maintain your position within that new template, you will always revert back to your original pre-birth world-line template.

Quick review – Occupancy

99.99999% of world-lines are empty.

Meaning that all they are, are just full and populated with other people, animals and things without consciousness. And only YOU, the one who is moving, possesses any kind of consciousness.

These people, and animals, are referred to as “shadows” or Shadow people” because while they appear to move and think, they do not have a consciousness like you have.

They are the “what if” actions, and scenery that your consciousness interacts with.

Everything in the world-line is scenery. And it is mostly devoid of other consciousnesses.

.

And the basic reality of our reality and our universe is that most of our world-lines are empty of all other consciousnesses except for our own. And so to see what it looks like is pretty much like this…

And the world-lines that we occupy only has our own singular consciousness in it.

.

And this is how I have been discussing world-line travel for some time now.

Well, that is not exactly correct.

In reality, all the “shadow people” possess a consciousness.

It’s not zero like I have stated.

That is an over-simplification.

There is some small percentage of a consciousness within every shadow entity. It’s just that the percentage is very, very tiny.

So, let’s take off the “training wheels”.

Every single one of the infinity of world-lines has consciousnesses throughout. Not just of everyone else, but also yours. It’s a tiny, tiny nearly infinitesimal amount. So what is ACTUALLY going on is that your consciousness dominates all the other consciousnesses in the world-line.

It’s like this…

Some explanations are necessary – How

In quantum physics, when two quanta meet, they become entangled.

Quantum Entanglement in Physics - ThoughtCo

Quantum entanglement is one of the central principles of quantum physics, though it is also highly misunderstood.In short, quantum entanglement means that multiple particles are linked together in a way such that the measurement of one particle's quantum state determines the possible quantum states of the other particles.

https://www.thoughtco.com/what-is-quantum-entanglement-2699355

And in the realm outside of our reality; the one that contains all the near-infinite numbers of world-lines, there isn’t any time or space. It’s a region with no geometry. So everything can entangle in a quantum sense.

No world-lines are independent. They are all connected to each other.

.

Theoretically.

What is actually happening is that clusters of world-lines entangle with other clusters of world-lines. They do this when ever a consciousness is injected into a world-line template.

A soul injects a consciousness into a template, and them BOOM! A hundred trillion world-lines automatically get entangled.

When a consciousness is injected into a world-line template, all the world-lines become entangled with each other.

.

This happens each time when a soul injects a consciousness.

This happens each time the consciousness enters and leaves world-lines, and life-lines (life-times).

And all of this entanglement puts a little infinitesimal part of you, and those around you near you in what ever world-line that your consciousness happens to occupy at that moment.

Now…

It should be understood that there are other factors that come into play. One injection of consciousness into a template does not mean that the entire infinite numbers of world-lines are all entangled. The effect does “peter out”, or decline as the variance increases.

In effect, and for our purposes, it will resemble something like this…

The ability of a consciousness to entangle with “close proximity” world-lines happens automatically. However, the ability for the entangled world-lines to entangle with other world-lines drops off as the degree of variance increases.

.

So lets consider this illustration.

You, as consciousness, are injected into a template by your soul.

You have pre-arranged the template layout and "geometry" so that you will have a very interesting and special arrangement of experiences that your consciousness would enjoy.

You, as consciousness, are injected into this template and immediately all the world-lines mapped out by your soul are now entangled. This effect ripples through all the world-lines... to a point.

Certainly the world-lines where you are driving a car, and go through an intersection has your consciousness presence. 

But does the world-lines where you are a duck eating (what ever ducks eat) as well? 

No. That is very unlikely. As the degree of variance from your point of entry increases, so does the drop off of entanglement.You driving a car does not resemble a duck eating (what ever ducks eat).

Now…

Consider that this is happening for the billions upon billions of people that are entering and leaving our template surface. Each one is “making their marks”. Good or bad. Right or work. Strong or soft. All combine to provide some “foot print” of their present upon the template that you inhabit.

Explanations – why

You might want to know why this occurs this way. To which I must shrug my shoulders and respond that I really do not know. I suppose that if everyone was a full-on 100% consciousness inside their body, and if thoughts control our reality, then our reality could be come a very confusing mess of constantly changing realities.

By only having one dominant consciousness inside a world-line, the thoughts that navigate though the template path are clearer and easy to track.

Or inother worlds, if everyone within your world-line were operating their consciousness at 100%, like you…

…and thoughts create our reality, and navigate on and off world-lines and their associated templates…

…then…

,,,reality would be changing and moving far too rapidly. It would be very difficult to corral your personal thoughts into any kind of functional application. The “reality” would be a real mess.

Observed “reality” as the world-lines change through time would resemble a very complex mess and confusing state were everyone that co-inhabited your world-line operated at 100% consciousness efficiency.

.

How can we use this knowledge

There are many positives to understanding how the universe actually works. But I would guess that the greatest value comes from what you do with that knowledge personally. Once you realize that your consciousness is THE dominant consciousness in the world-line that you inhabit, that means that your thoughts are also the DOMINANT THOUGHTS in the world-line as well.

Thus the need to control your thoughts has never been greater.

Not only can we control our navigation, but our influence in the strong quantum entanglements of “near-by” (but untraveled) world-lines means that we have the potential to influence the trends and behaviors of the environment around us.

Which is why my role as a “dimensional anchor” was so important.

Turn off that “news”. You define what you want to happen in the world around you.

I suppose you can "skim" the headlines. But really forget about most of it. Most are lies and manipulations. If you are all caught up on 5G and brain damage, the dangers of vaccines, and the government plot to do this or that...

...you all need to start drinking alcohol more, and reading the computer less.

Have a “bad boss”? You can think him out of your influence cycle?

The nation going crazy? You can calm it down, make it stable and anchor it against the winds of the radicals.

Unsatisfied with your life? Think yourself a better one.

The path and the road lies a head of you. You have more control over it’s navigation than you are aware of. Turn off the criteria of what “happiness is”, or the need to “accumulate wealth to be happy”, or the idea of “you need to do this, or that”. The only one who knows what you need is YOU.

Control your thoughts, and you will control your mind. Control your mind, and you will navigate towards the life you want.

It’s all in your hands.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Intention Campaign Index here…

Intention Campaigns

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index
  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

If you enjoy what you see, it would be helpful if you could assist in hosting this forum. A donation would be appreciated.

BlueNarwhal comments on Remote Viewing, intention, world-lines, and the MWI on Metallicman

You guys realize that MM is not as popular or as well-promoted as such “big names” as Politico, MSN, Time, Newsweek, Rush Limbaugh, Drudge report or any other American media outlets. It’s that way for a reason. Well, maybe a couple of reasons, eh? But that doesn’t mean that we don’t have a readership. We do. And we have some pretty impressive readers with some pretty impressive credentials that follow us from time to time and throw out their “two cents”.

One such influencer is BlueNarwhal.

This fellow has an interesting point of view concerning some of the MM writings and I would like to expose the rest of the readership to his words and thoughts. Who knows, maybe he’ll end up being a contributor?

What is Remote viewing

I haven’t covered any Remote Viewing activity in terms of the MWI, simply because I am not an expert in it. All I have done is read a few books on it, and maybe practiced a time or two. But that’s just about it.

According to the “mainstream internet” / “mainstream media” it’s pseudoscience.

Remote Viewing
Remote viewing (RV) is the practice of seeking impressions about a distant or unseen target, purportedly "sensing" with the mind. Remote viewing experiments have historically been criticized for lack of proper controls and repeatability. There is no scientific evidence that remote viewing exists, and the topic of remote viewing is generally regarded as pseudoscience.

Wikipedia

But I can tell you that this “pseudoscience” is well funded by the United States and Russian governments. It is used by Bankers, and in American Industry, and has a track record of success that shows a sizable and significant record of success.

Remote viewing is defined as the ability to acquire accurate information about a distant or non-local place, person or event without using your physical senses or any other obvious means. It’s associated with the idea of clairvoyance, seemingly being able to spontaneously know something without actually knowing how you got the information. It is also sometimes called “anomalous cognition” or “second sight.”

Many of us experience this from time to time as an intuitive flash of insight that turns out to be correct. Many well-known entrepreneurs and business people, like George Soros, Conrad Hilton, Thomas Alva Edison and Akio Morita, the co-founder of Sony, have attributed their business success to this ability. And we’ve all seen natural psychics perform seemingly amazing feats of mental skill on TV.

The difference between natural psychic receptivity and remote viewing is that the latter is a trained skill, a controlled process, that the average person can learn to do, to some degree or another.

The CIA uses Remote Viewing

Money and resources were given by the Central Intelligence Agency to Stanford Research Institute (SRI), located on the campus of Stanford University at the time, to test the possibility of remote viewing. The goal was to disprove that psychic functioning was real. No one wanted it to exist. It was the last thing that the military establishment wanted to worry about, especially if it was a new Soviet threat.

Physicists Russell Targ and Hal Putoff working at SRI were tasked with determining whether Extrasensory Perception (ESP) and related phenomena were real or not. Targ and Putoff set about to locate some natural psychics and test them. Their first subject was artist, psychic and scientist Ingo Swann of New York City who had demonstrated an ability to accurately “remote view” weather in various American cities. He had published some articles about ESP and also psychokinesis, the ability to mentally affect distant objects, when he worked with researcher Gertrude Schmeidler of City College, New York and the American Society for Psychical Research.

Ingo Swann - Consciousness Researcher | Ingo Swann
https://ingoswann.com

INGO SWANN (September 14, 1933 January 31, 2013) was internationally known as an advocate and researcher of the exceptional powers of the human mind, and as a leading figure in governmental and scientific projects to investigate and identify the scope of subtle human perceptions.

Working with Schmeidler, Swann had shown that he could affect the temperature of thermistors sealed in insulated thermos canisters twenty-five feet away from him.

Thermistor.
A thermistor is a a sensor that measures temperature. Swann was able to raise the temperature of the region around the thermistor and cause the readings on the computer to change.

At a friend’s request, Swann sent his published findings to Putoff, who asked Swann to come to SRI and demonstrate his abilities. The first thing they had Swann do was to see if he could affect a super sensitive, electromagnetically shielded quark detector buried five feet underground in a cement floor.

Every time Putoff asked Swann to think about the detector (used to detect subatomic particles), the readings from the device would noticeably deviate from the baseline readings. Putoff was convinced that Swann had special abilities and so the program to test and develop remote viewing began.

At first they had Swann view objects in a box: this was a practice he was good at but quickly became bored with. Swann said to them: “I can view anything in the universe, this is a trivialization of my abilities.”

Remote Viewing physical locations by GPS coordinates

A few days later he came up with a new way to do remote viewing: viewing map coordinates.

Targ and Putoff went out and bought the biggest atlas they could find at the local book store. The would pull coordinates off of the map, and write them down on paper inside a sealed envelope. Then give the envelope to the remote viewer.

The Swann’s coordinate map viewing turned out to be a big success.

Of course, not everyone believed that is was truly possible. A critic at the Central Intelligence Agency suggested that maybe he had memorized the entire global map.

.

Swann went on to use randomly chosen numerical coordinates to view randomly selected events, people and structures around the planet. He performed equally well using this coordinate-based viewing system.

Swann coined to term “remote viewing” to describe the process though you can question whether the information is actually remote to the viewer or whether the process is entirely visual.

Some people are more sensitive to auditory, kinesthetic or other types of sensory information and few viewers actually “see” the target very clearly. Nonetheless, the name stuck and was sufficient to convince the intelligence agencies to fund the project.

Other viewers were also tasked to help Targ and Putoff understand remote viewing.

Pat Price

Pat Price, a former police commissioner from Burbank, CA also proved to be an excellent viewer. Price used his own system to view where he actually imagined that he was at the distant target site. His results were so good that the Central Intelligence Agency hired him to work for them directly.

Pat Price was one of the most skilled  of the U.S. government’s remote-viewers of the 1970s. He was someone  who regularly used his psychic abilities to spy on hostile nations for  various military and intelligence departments. There is very little  doubt that Price would have continued with his work had death not intervened  in a very strange (and even sinister) way. Price passed away on July  14, 1975. It was, however, the nature of his death that was so  disturbing of all. Just a few days before his untimely death, Price had a  number of covert rendezvous’ with a variety of agents of the National  Security Agency. Also, with personnel from the Office of Naval  Intelligence. The meetings were initiated to determine if Price would be  willing to undertake remote-viewing operations for both agencies. Price  was gung-ho for both projects. In no time at all, the operations began.

Just a few days after the meetings, Price flew out of Washington, D.C.  His destination: he first took a flight to Salt Lake City, and then onto  Sin City itself: Las Vegas. We may never know for sure if Price  suspected that his life was in danger. The fact is, however, that with  all of this top secret work being undertaken for U.S. intelligence,  Price became concerned about his safety to at least a certain degree. To  the extent that the purpose of the flight to have over some important,  sensitive documents to a friend; just in case anything were to happen to  him. It was in the afternoon of July 13 that Price checked into Vegas’  Stardust Hotel. All was going good. That is, until it wasn’t. As he  approached the desk to check-in, a man walked straight into Price.  It was a violent collision. He felt a shooting pain in his leg, as if  he had been hit with a needle. With hindsight, that may very well have  been what happened. In near-quick time, Price started to feel ill and  decided to lay down and take a nap. But, not before handed over those  precious documents.

A few hours later, and still not feeling so good, Price met with several friends for dinner. There was something on his mind. Not only did Price tell them about the collision in the lobby just a few hours earlier, but he also confided in them that while he was in Washington, D.C. just a little more than a day earlier, he had seen someone slip something in his coffee. Having seen this chilling, covert action occur, Price left the coffee well alone and exited the restaurant quickly. As for the evening at the Stardust Hotel, it wasn’t going to well. In fact, not at all. Price cut the dinner meeting short and went back to his room.

Around 5:00 a.m. the next day, Price woke up in significant  physical distress. His breathing was not right. He had severe cramps in  his back and stomach and he was sweating profusely. He called his  friend who had those important papers, who quickly raced to Price’s  room. A doctor was about to be called when Price began to convulse.  Then, he went into cardiac arrest. Despite the best efforts of  paramedics, who were quickly on the scene, and who managed to briefly  kick-start his heart, it was all to no avail. Price was soon dead.  It  is a fact that Price had heart disease. With that in mind, his death  could have been due to wholly natural causes and nothing else at all.  But, we cannot – and should not – forget the fact that Price had seen  someone surreptitiously slip something into his coffee, just a couple of  days earlier. Then there was the matter of the potentially suspicious  collision in the lobby of the Stardust Hotel in Vegas. To this day, the  death of Pat Price – almost certainly the work of an overseas, hostile  nation – is still discussed in hushed tones where the conspiratorial  lurk.

-Mysterious Universe

Joe McMoneagle

Back East, another natural viewer Joe McMoneagle, also known as “Remote Viewer No. 1,” worked directly with the U.S. Army and the Defense Intelligence Agency. He was also tested and found to have amazing abilities to describe and sketch distant locations. Upon retirement, McMoneagle was awarded a Legion of Merit award, in part, for his five years of remote viewing missions for the military and various government agencies.

Joseph McMoneagle is a former US Army soldier who played a leading role as a 'remote viewer' in the Star Gate psychic spying program run by American military and intelligence organizations until the 1990s. Since retiring from the military he has continued his activities in the private sector. He gives talks and public demonstrations, and has published several books.

-PSI Encyclopedia 

Swann’s 6-stage RV system

However, Swann was able to describe, with great precision, what he was doing with his mind and attention as he was viewing, an ability other viewers did not have. This allowed him to come up with a 6-stage system that could be taught to anyone, including you or me.

It became known as CRV: Coordinate (or Controlled) Remote Viewing.

Controlled Remote Viewing an introduction and explanation
Controlled Remote Viewing
The Six Stages of Controlled Remote Viewing CRV was first called “coordinate remote viewing” because it used geographic coordinates instead of outbounder “beacon” teams to focus the viewer on the target. Years later, Ingo Swann changed the term “coordinate” remote viewing to “controlled” remote viewing.

Swann’s CRV system is based on separating out signal from noise in your mind as you are viewing.

All the information is recorded during a session, but the viewer puts the noise in a different place on the paper than the signal. At the end of the session, you can separate them from one another.

The method became the basis of the remote viewing protocols that the U.S. army taught to several groups of viewers. The program lasted until 1995 when it was declassified; about $20 million was spent over the two decades.

Controlled Remote Viewing
remoteviewed.com/crv_docs_full.pdf

a. Remote Viewing (RV): The name of a method of psychoenergetic perception. A term coined by SRI-International and defined as “the acquisition and description, by mental means, of information blocked from ordinary perception by distance, shielding, or time.” b. Coordinate Remote Viewing (CRV): The process of remote viewing using geographic coordinates for cueing or prompting.

Princeton Engineering Anomalies Research Lab (PEAR)

During this time, the Princeton Engineering Anomalies Research Lab (PEAR) at Princeton University, run by Bob Jahn and Brenda Dunn, also conducted twenty years of research into remote viewing and so-called “micro-psychokinesis” with experiments on the effect of human intention on Random Number Generators (RNGs).

Princeton Engineering Anomalies Research
pearlab.icrl.org

The Princeton Engineering Anomalies Research (PEAR) program, which flourished for nearly three decades under the aegis of Princeton University's School of Engineering and Applied Science, has completed its experimental agenda of studying the interaction of human consciousness with sensitive physical devices, systems, and processes, and developing complementary theoretical models to …

They found that, looking at the cumulative results of hundreds of thousands of trials, that their subjects could influence about 2 or 3 events per 10,000 random coin flips seemingly moving the device away from true randomness in an inexplicable way.

The odds of these results being by chance were an astonishing 375 trillion to one.

The Technique – opening the aperture

When someone asks you to describe something, you normally proceed to name what you’re perceiving using nouns and symbols. Remote viewing is just the opposite. You begin by describing your perceptions without trying to identify anything about what they mean or what the larger picture is. You begin with basic gestalts: fundamental, general components of the target site like whether it’s manmade or living or natural. You then proceed to basic colors, smells, temperatures, shapes and sizes.

Only after you’ve been describing the target for a while can you proceed to more specific ideas and possibly names, nouns and more analytical types of information.

In this you way, Swan would say that you are opening the aperture of your perception, slowly and resisting the temptation to draw conclusions about what you are viewing.

Our minds are always attempting to draw conclusions from what we’ve perceiving at any given moment, but because you have no conscious, physical information to work from in RV, you’re almost always likely to be wrong if you do so. Which brings us to one of the great paradoxes of RV: the fainter the perception, the more likely it is to be accurate and the less likely you are to feel confident in that perception.

In other words, the more confident you are about your psychic perceptions during the session, the less likely those perceptions are to be correct! And the less confident you feel, the more likely it is that your perceptions are right on. How’s that for a paradox?

Good remote viewers learn to trust the feelings of uncertainty and ambiguity they get while doing a session.

Someone familiar with the military viewing program said that if a viewer finished a session and said with confidence “I nailed it!,” that viewer’s session would be thrown in the garbage. A good session is one in which the viewer has no idea what they’ve been doing or whether it’s accurate or not.

This is very different from the way our educational system, which stresses linear and rational thinking, trains us to deal with acquiring and processing information. And believe me, it takes some time to get used it.

Eventually, you see the benefits:

  • You learn to trust your intuition more and don’t necessarily need to rationalize everything before you take action.
  • You become more spontaneous which can often be a good thing if you’re used to over-thinking things in your life.

When the RV program was declassified, one of the two people asked to evaluate the program was statistician Jessica Utts, the head of the American Statistical Association at the time of this writing. She concluded:

“Using the standards applied to any other area of science, it is concluded that psychic functioning has been well established. Arguments that these results could be due to methodological flaws in the experiments are soundly refuted. 

Effects of similar magnitude to those found in government-sponsored research at SRI and SAIC (another government sponsored think tank) have been replicated at a number of laboratories across the world. Such consistency cannot be readily explained by claims of flaws or fraud.”

And researcher Dean Radin, doing very complex meta-analyses using the results of many studies about psychic perception over many decades, came to the same conclusion.

Looking at the entire population, not just trained viewers, RV is a weak effect, about four to eight percent higher than expected if we were only using our physical senses to gather information: yet, it’s consistently there in everyone.

How Does Remote Viewing Work?

So RV is scientifically proven to work. But how? What’s going inside the viewer’s body and mind? How do they access far away information with such great accuracy? You can pick your favorite explanation but the truth is, no one knows for sure. But my feeling is shared with others in that it has something to do with resonance, vibration and frequency.

Right brain thinking tends to be free flowing, intuitive and descriptive while left brain thinking is more analytical, linear and symbolic. Good remote viewers learn to distinguish their own left and right-brain thinking. They’re good at discerning the difference between the two and can separate signal from noise. Remote viewing tends to be more more accessible to the right-brain type. If you have artistic tendencies, can play music and have an ear for sound, are creative, and / or who are very spiritual as opposed to religious you would probably excel in Remote Viewing.

Picking Up Signals Through Vibrational Resonance

Where does the information come from? Well, if you look around the space wherever you are at the moment, the air will seem empty: you can’t see the air with your eyes. But you also know that it’s filled with electromagnetic information from cell phone signals, radio waves, TV signals, etc. So empty space can be filled with information coming to you from distance. Just because you can’t see it, doesn’t mean it isn’t there.

That information is coming to you through a type of vibrational resonance that fills space-time.

When you have a receiver that is tuned to the frequency of those signals, you’ll pick them up. All you need to do after that is to amplify the signal. Remote viewing doesn’t necessarily amplify the signal of what you’re viewing, but it does teach you how to reduce your own mental noise, your monkey mind.

What is the Farsight Institute

Since the CIA have been using this system for decades and has documented successes, the private industry has (often) decided to use the techniques, and skilled RV observers for their own purposes. And thus organizations have materialized that provide this service. The Farsight Institute is one such organization.

The Farsight Institute is a nonprofit research and educational organization that is dedicated to understanding the remote-viewing phenomenon itself through the process of scientific experimentation. 

It is our belief that a more complete understanding of the remote-viewing phenomenon will have collateral benefits to much of science and society. 

Due to how the remote-viewing phenomenon manifests in controlled experiments, the remote-viewing phenomenon appears to be based on quantum-processes. 

Much of the research done at The Farsight Institute blends theories of quantum mechanics with interpretations of experimental remote-viewing data. This has lead to new insights into the remote-viewing phenomenon as well as the nature of time and physical reality. 

For example, new research indicates that alternate futures actually do exist, and that the past exists simultaneously with the present. 

New research also suggests that information transfer across time does not require enormous energy consumption that would be associated with worm hole singularities. These questions are among the most profound addressed by science today.

-The FarSight Institute

OK.

With all that introductory information out of the way…

Some introductory stuff on BlueNarwhal.

Just a little bit. Here’s the (edited) text to MM from BlueNarwhal…

I have had an interesting history in studying in some rather great detail everything on JT especially the physics, and then again everything with the drone affair.

I am assuming that he is referring to JT gravity. And (of course) he is referring to CARET when he mentions the “drone affair“.

I spent maybe a half year developing some implications of theory about how the glyphs actually function and felt I was starting to translate.  

When he refers to the “glyphs” he is referring to the “language” used on the CARET drones. And while the language is similar to that of what I have been exposed to in the programming of my EBP, there are differences.

Some amazing breakthroughs have come from that disclosure all of which I realized for the most part I needed to keep quiet.  

I lived right where those sightings happened LoL.  

And then there’s my 20 years of work in Remote viewing being good friends with s few of the greats there - I focused a lot remote viewing future tech for clients.  Worked with Pru, and good friends with many of her team.  She shuttered her $8m per year RV commercial business (amazing stories in there) because TPTB ... 

TPTB = “The Powers That Be”.

...(they) started a heavy target hijacking and remote influence attempts on her team of 15 viewers she had hand picked from thousands she had trained.

And she is the subject of a major resources debunking after London Sunday  Times cover story! Websites like pruwatch! 

She was a large scale magnet physicist before that.  Courtney is a long time acquaintance too.  Just all really good folks in truth. I love them all. 

Luckily for me I have always been outside that fray. But that does not mean that it doesn’t go on. Most of the things that occur in our world and within our reality is unknown and completely transparent to the general population.

I would be in a <redacted> and eating at a restaurant there. And I would see other engineers and scientists come in during lunch break. They would have their name badges and I would casually over hear snippets. People talked and chatted about stuff using the arcane language of scientists, and defense contractors, and while others might not have a clue as to what they were discussing… but I would.

For all of us, it’s no “big deal”.

And of course, the mainstream media “news” would be about some “expert” proving that some photograph of a blurry UFO was a hoax. Yeah. It’s like that.

... anyway, again all of your words not only ring true but actually change the person reading it.

It has been so utterly refreshing, validating, delightful and yes heartwarming because I can sense the absolutely wonderful nature of who you are, in the spiritually lovely person so it is an honor to read your words indeed.  It’s like drinking clean fresh pure water, thank you!  

Yes. I blushed when I read this. But we all like validation.

Yah funny you are of course just an nice average human being like me - who has a few really special skills and is really just working to have a wonderful life! 

Yeah fate has decided you were ready to live up to some future legacy and be a anchor exemplar establishing certain influence factors of evolutionary value - and why not!? 

What I think I like best about your writing is you have maintained a true service to others template expression so yeah you are kinda special but I can say that because I simply know to ain’t goin to yer noggin - your just sweet family man and right on for that!!

Again, I love this validation.

Remote Viewing in the MWI

Ok here’s what I wrote yesterday reflecting on what you have said in the context of my communications about this w Courtney at farsight...

So BlueNarwhal was discussing the MWI as it pertains to Remote viewing with Courtney at the Farsight Institute.

Working hypothesis: 
 
Predictive remote viewer naturally quantum-couples or entangles their viewing range to be occur across multiple proximal world line probability trajectories in the multiverse.

I have no problems with this. In fact, this hypothesis is well stated and agrees with all my posts and articles in my Prayer / Intention Index. Here, however he is saying that the use of Remote Viewing is like a special “radar” that targets high-probability trajectories (vectors) in the MWI. Here we illustrate a remote viewing exercise of an observer of his/her future.

It is difficult to determine what the future will be. As everything is based up probabilities. So any kind of Remote Viewing activity will result in multiple targets depending on the situation and conditions imposed. In general, what we see is that Remote Viewing is like a “radar” that scans the world-line template surface for a region of highest probability (given the conditions specified). It looks something like this.
Outlier world line target coupling by RVers occurs simply due to the collateral quantum attractive influence that higher relative disruptive novelty factors exert on selected souls and consciousnesses.

e.g. a group of top viewers all view a disaster scenario that never happens in the world line from which the viewers viewed.  

Yet it clearly happened in some nearby world line of greater variance to our own.

This is a very interesting perspective. This is something that I have not paid attention to. It is the idea that nearby world lines might possess more “novelty” to the Remote Viewer. It could be more “attractive” and thus dominate the viewing “radar”.

Consider this…

The most attractive RV targets.
Within a remote viewing target, there is an area of most likely, or highest probability world-lines. We argue that there is a bias to the more interesting world-lines.
Some of these influences can be injected into remote viewing sessions. 

This is due to the idea that individual remote viewers couple with targets via universal quantum field or “soul intelligence”. 

This target coupling process can allow insertion of universal intent to bias the remote viewer to couple with a more novel world line but less likely or even unlikely the mutual world line viewers are viewing from.

This explanation suggests that bias of the observer (the Remote Viewer) influences his / her ability to target properly.

This bias, of course, isn’t just interest of a personal nature, but also includes pre-disposition “programming” by the soul prior to injection onto the Pre-Birth World-Line template. Which is, of course, tied into the universal quantum field.

Universal Intent Coupling

This seems to a form of universal intent coupling with (a) conscious individual.

Interesting wording.

I would agree with this appraisal. Only that I refer to it with the very clumsy name “Pre-Birth World-Line Template“. Or in other words, perhaps the desire or natural inclination of a consciousness to view certain types, kinds or relative magnitudes of world-line possibilities (within the RV target coordinates) is a primary characteristic of the Pre-Birth World-Line Template.

Not just in geography, but in the way that the body thinks, feels and behaves.

This seems to a form of universal intent coupling with (a) conscious individual.

Again, could the ability to Remote View a place, an action, a person at another time is due to the “intent coupling” with another individual at that target coordinate? Or, not even a different person. Perhaps the same person as the Remote Viewer observer. Just viewing their knowledge and understanding at another time or another place…

But what if…

…if the person, thought streams, or target environment is in error? Suppose that you, back in 1982 remote viewed 2020. What would you see?

  • A Real Estate mogul as President.
  • Many protests everywhere.
  • Some people wearing masks.
  • News discussing how bad China is.

How would it manifest to a Remote Viewer as an observer of the events?

  • Crowds cheering.
  • Sad people wearing masks.
  • Some general images of China.
  • Riot police.

What would you conclude?

This is a bias. A bias associated with the nature of the “intent coupling” activity.

The effect is to widen the multiple world line range of consideration aperture...

... to provide high value insight about probabilities on other world lines...

... about similar lurking but unmanifest novel high impact eventualities for the viewer world line. 

This is a very interesting observation.

I broke the sentence down into manageable bites for digestive autopsy, and to make fine MM points of interest.

Essentially, he is saying that the process of “intent coupling” with the thoughts, items, situation, or personalities at the target area opens up the target area, not narrows it down. And that the reason for this seems to be the bias associated with the mechanism used in “intent coupling”.

He says that this is a good thing. Because it provides us insight into the geography of the World-Line Template.

Differences in targeting with the same target objectives.
The differences in observed Remote Viewed targets as a function of two different observers who both share the same target objectives. Simplified for illustration purposes.
Could universal intent (being entangled for target coupling by remote viewers) be making individual intent see outcomes that might happen but likely won’t? 

I would argue, YES.

We live in a universe where our manifested world-lines are based on thoughts that hit most probable targets. Sure, my pizza could conceivable grow legs and do a tap-dance before it jumps into my mouth, but that result is highly unlikely.

Instead, the most probable outcome, if you plop a pizza in front of me, is that I would get a slice and eat it.

I do not know if the geography of world-lines outside of our most probable world-lines that lie on our life-line path has any relevance. The only issue and aspect to this (and the only exception) is how these other world-lines affect the “quantum shadows” of the people that surround us that their “parent” consciousnesses that inhabit them.

Which was, as best that I can vocalize, what my role was in regards to our benefactors point of view. As a “dimensional anchor” I was able to “lasso” adjacent world-line trajectories to avoid mass catastrophes that are a typical result of the mass manipulation of people through use of media.

Improving sensing ability

While working with universal intent sentient within the multiverse quantum super field...

... encompassing all our souls and individual quantum clouds, 

... there is no issue with requesting super sentience...

... to limit target viewing hits ...

... to only the higher probability outcomes for the present world line in which the viewers reside. 

Another interesting consideration. You can use intention / prayer communication, whether or not it is part of a campaign or not to communicate to your “higher self” …

… or as I believe, to program your brain to direct your probing thoughts and senses toward specific awareness profiles. And, in so doing, improve your targeting ability.

Using different awareness profiles
You can use different awareness profiles; either differing statements of targeting intent, or even different people to assist narrowing down the target coordinates.
Universal intent is certainly willing to limit targeting to single world line...

... or widen the reception aperture to proximal cluster of most probable but yet alternate world lines relative to an anchor referential consciousnesses.

It does seem that way.

Target Identification

Another different possibility is that remote viewing “picking up signals” of a proximal relative cluster of world lines...

... is likely only possible because remote viewers are evolving souls and consciousness themselves.  

And despite their proclivity for rationally limiting future probabilities viewing to the world line in which they reside, multiple world lines will be viewed. 

Picking up signals. Yes whatever is received by the remote viewer will be colored by the knowledge and experiences of the observer.

For instance, an observer who has never been to China would have a difficult time imagining China as it is today. With everyone paying using QR instead of paper money, where High Speed Travel is the norm and preferred over aircraft, where even the tiniest town has 40-story tall sky-scrapers. Where everyone wears masks even when it is not required. Where fifth graders can speak both English and Chinese while they study their calculus.

Shanghai, China.
Most Americans have absolutely no concept as to what China is today.

.

An American who is remote viewing modern China, say from the perspective of 1983, would be unable to comprehend that what he is seeing is actually China. And perhaps, maybe, would discard the images as perhaps representative of Japan or another date in a far-away future.

These are limitations that we have to deal with. You only know what you know. And thus remote viewing things that are beyond our own personal experience would be too alien to us to interpret properly.

The viewers themselves, as do human beings in general, possess individually, in groups and even globally possess the natural ability to shift/move/migrate to different world lines.  

The quantum wave field of the soul focuses consciousness on inhabiting a physical embodiment existing in nearby variant world lines that furthers soul growth.  
  
 This is in turn depends on their in-body own associated outside influences, their own resonant thoughts, feelings, core beliefs and choices that normally bias target coupling to that which holds the greatest growth value for the viewer alone, unless they alter the target description to anchor its viewing parameters to exclude world line coupling that is less likely for the anchoring set of consciousnesses.

Thus…

If there are proximity world-lines, even outside that of the target area, that are more familiar to the observer, it would be a natural proclivity of the observer to migrate to those world-line influences that are easier to relate to (based on their personal experiences).

But change is part of growth. For our soul to grow and expand the consciousness it must experience the uncomfortable and novel world-lines, and if they lie on the path in our future they might be difficult to observe.

Certainly the Incas might have had a difficult time picturing the Spanish Galleons that lay at anchor off their beaches.

But what of this?

What of cross talk between different world-lines? What if wildly divergent world-lines reside in “close proximity” to your world-line template, and their novelty (no matter how strange) could alter your attention and sensing ability?

Woman in the red dress.
“The woman in the red dress” a scene from the Movie “The Matrix”. Our focus and our observation is drawn to that which appeals to us or that which we can clam is novel, of interest, or more interesting that the most probably reality that is within the target area.
On analyzing this particular scene in The Matrix, it becomes clear that the woman in red is a deliberate distraction, a simulated character who is a part of the Agent training program. While the woman appears harmless, she wears a vibrant shade of red in order to distract trainees, triggering what's known as the "red dress effect" - a phenomenon where women wearing red are perceived to be more attractive and open to sexual advances than those in plain colors.

The Matrix: What the Woman in the Red Dress Really Means

Let’s talk about world-line cross-talk

The result is remote viewing in any single timeline easily gets crosstalk from other multiverse proximal timelines.  

I argue that cross-talk is a natural, and a fundamental aspect of our reality.

Cross-talk illustration.
.

But how does the subtle influences manifest?

Let’s look at 2020. I argue that the entire world “missed a bullet”. That the President and his team of neocons were Hell-bent on attacking China in a “hot war”, and knowing China (& Russia) as I do, this would be a very brief and (to Americans) surprising nuclear exchange.

It was something like this…

.

I could write a ton-load of information on world-line cross-talk, and perhaps I will. But for now, keep things simple. There is no such thing as isolation. Either for consciousness or for world-lines. We are all connected and the purpose of our consciousness within this reality IS TO MAKE entangled associations.

Using this understanding to improve Remote Viewing capabilities and targeting

OK. Consider this…

If proven, this may predict targeting protocols with means...

... to bind multiverse RV target coupling range...

... to viewing only the most probable eventuality for the timeline...

... in which the remote viewer originates the session, 

... thereby filtering the quantum coupling multiverse range...

... to the most novel punctuated variations across a cluster of intersecting world lines. 

Using this knowledge and carefully improving the targeting protocols we should be able to not only [1] improve the targeting ability, but also we should be able to [2] begin to understand and even describe the near-by world-lines that will influence the ones that our trajectories will bypass.

Mapping the MWI.
.

There is a lot of work that needs to go into this exploration of the MWI, but I personally believe that it is worth it.

Some Ideas

There are all sorts of ways to accomplish this, once we recognize that our reality is the MWI, and not some kind of shared “universe” as it is conventionally taught.

For example, one may find some means to construct the RV target description to...

... effectively limit multi-timeline target coupling ...

....to only the most large population probable common future for a selected anchor subjects....

... in the timeline as of the session or as of an identified target date.

By realizing the true and realistic nature of the MWI, we can greatly increase our ability to target future and past events along specific shared or specific world-line trajectories. As opposed to say…

…assuming that we all share the same universe and everything that is viewed is shared and experienced by everyone.

Other ideas…

However, taskers for remote viewers can design target descriptions to block receptive coupling to less than large selected sample group collective likelihoods.  

This couples the target range to a more commonly desired and likely world line so that predictive RV sessions entangle only relative to and biased from the selected baseline group of anchor parties.  

It effects a proximal world line variance clamping function to block entanglement with less likely outcomes for this present world line.  

Other ideas and comments…

World line entanglement blocking prevents viewer intermediaries drifting towards natural attraction of more novel world lines, 

...regardless of present world line probability momentum and mass habitation factors. 

It simply works to exclude less likely world line outcomes relative to an anchor reference group of persons or beings to thereby yield more likely valid predictive data for the present world line. 

Bravo!

Using MM for creative discussion and information transfer.

“Free talk” and brainstorming is a great way for everyone to learn from each other. For me, I don’t have that much knowledge about remote viewing, but I do understand the MWI as far as my role was codified. By working together, we can improve the techniques, the technologies, the results for all. And perhaps, just perhaps, save the earth and make it a better place for all of us to live within.

The Ukraine on our world-line and within our world-line template…

Today.
Post-Soviet countries look worse than ever. There are no drastic changes happening, so cityscapes are clogged with handmade balconies and other outbuildings, messy advertising, and ugly signs.

But…

Imagine what would happen if we, as a species, worked together to address the haphazard trajectories that we live upon. Consider what our reality would start to look like. Consider what we can do, should do, and how we can begin.

The Ukraine on a different world-line template and upon a different vector direction.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Prayer / Intention Campaign Index here…

Intention Campaigns

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index
  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

If you enjoy what you see, it would be helpful if you could assist in hosting this forum. A donation would be appreciated.

An example of how the prayer affirmation campaigns work in a world seeming gone crazy.

This post talks about the world going to shit fast, and our frustrations and fears that it is beyond our control. That is not true at all. In fact, we are in control of it, it just looks like we are powerless.

Back in 2016, grassroots white Americans voted anti-establishment  Trump into the Oval Office. For the first time, long-held ideals of  American democracy have been challenged. Pledging to “Make America Great  Again”, Trump's solution was straightforward – waging trade wars on  friends and foes alike; withdrawing the country from global pacts, and  avoiding responsibilities for international affairs.

The  consequences have been catastrophic. Populist policies originally  introduced to woo American voters were ironically implemented at the  sacrifice of blue-collar workers – the same group of people who  supported Trump in 2016. Establishment forces are also fed up with  Trump's "madness."

The 2020 election was more a fight between  Biden-represented American institutions and anti-establishment forces  with Trump being the spokesperson than a partisan battle. Biden,  although a Democrat, has high hopes pinned on him by establishment  politicians of both parties to bring the United States back to the right  track. This requires the new president to restore multilateralism,  intensify cooperation with allies, and mend ties with China.

-When will U.S. anti-China hysteria come to an end?

It all began with a comment;

“…our consciousness.”

It appears that my consciousness is being overwhelmed (or over-ruled) by the 99.99% who believe that shit on “TV” or “News”. 

Again: 
 
Other than your prayers to nowhere, is there simply a method to  say “I’ve had enough of this charade”? Like “Help Mr. Wizard… I don’t  wanna be a peon human anymore.” Suicide, is that it? Seriously, what the  fuck am I learning these days (in the “sentience nursery”) that I had  not known years and years ago?

And I responded with…

In reply to DSKlausler.

I  want to take more time to answering your question. Unfortunately I was  busy with personal things and all I could do was throw off a quick  response. But I have been thinking about you and your last few emails. I  can sense a great deal of frustration and angst. And I do understand  it.

Do not be under the impression that the reality that you see is ruled  and controlled by the masses…the manipulated masses. That point was  made very clearly by the base commander when I joined MAJestic. Most of  the world is populated by sheeple. Or just folk that haven’t a clue, and  who graze upon the lands in a reactive way. Only a handful of people  are actually really in control. these are the cowboys, the unappreciated  and the under-deserved. You never hear about them, because they are not  attracted to fame and fortune.
 
Look at 2020. Was a fucking year, right?
 
During the entire year, just about every other article in the United  States, mainstream Alt-Right and Alt-left was all HATE CHINA! and it was  non-stop. By the end of the year, the 330 million American either  totally despised China, (and wanted to go to war) or were guardedly  neutral. No one put up any kind of a fight when Trump started kicking  the Chinese out of America, banning things, and launched a huge flotilla  to attack China.
 
330 million people HATING China. COVID-19B launched as part of a 8-strain biological attack, a military flotilla…
 
…but no war happened. Donald Trump and Mike Pompeo were kicked out of  office. 

The American economy is in shambles. And China is bigger and  stronger than ever. Not only that, but it has grown and the world is now  turning it’s back on the broken promises of Trump and look at the ruins  of the United States… with incredulity and disgust.
 
Do you actually believe that this is the result of the combined  HATRED of 330 million people? Or, maybe that a MAJestic operator that  happened to live inside China had a Prayer Affirmation Campaign that  said…
 
[1] Donald Trump will not be able to harm China.
[2] All American military ventures to China will fail.
[3] The harder that Donald Trump tries to break or destroy China, the  same and equal effect will hit him and his family personally.
[4] Any WMD’s implemented by America to hurt China will boomerang to the USA a hundred-fold and more.
 
And yeah. It doesn’t make sense. Except it does if you read everything that I am saying.
 
COVID-19B deaths China = 4634
COVID-19A deaths USA = 397,600
 
As far as you and other MM readers. I will not allow any harm to come  to you all. Not if I can help it. You all are true believers. So relish  in that.
 
[5] Followers of MM are protected with the same kind of protections  that I utilize for my family provided that it is their desire.
 
If the shadow people thoughts have an equal power as a single person,  and there at 330,000,000 of them then it is logical to say (just what  you stated) that the tyranny of the majority will define the reality  that we all inhabit. After all, that is the primary theory behind  propaganda. But I argue quite differently. It is the strength of the  thoughts of an individual consciousness that controls the reality that  maintains the power to shape and shift the reality that surrounds us.
 
If you do not understand, I will provide more information.

After the response above, I have received some positive responses.

First from ULTan

I get it, Mr Man. Couldnt be clearer. If folks read your Maj and MWI sections thoroughly, all these concerns are addressed.
 
I should add again, though, if I may and IMHO: Stop watching MMMedia whatever ya’ll do. And don’t fight the masses head on. Lie low and observe their madness. Learn from it. Is it something that’s happened to them? Or does it just reveal what they really were all along. (Quantum shadows? Existing only to teach u personally? Or is that too far out for ya?) Do not get dragged into arguments with zombified and terrified normies over masks, rules, etc. Work out a method of avoidance. They’ve been driven crazy by Wizards at the top of the pile. Their pile, that is. Avoid this at all costs. Surf that wave, look after your loved ones and especially pets, other critters nearby, too. They need you at this time of year.
 
Trust in the Plan. And I don’t mean the Qtard one.
 
How is that working out for ya’ll by the way? Sealed indictments opened yet? Mass paedophilia arrests? America great again, yet?
 
Trump the saviour avatar?
 
Ehhh, not really.
 
Be more careful what you read and follow next time.
 
And if you were a Qfan and are still sane: please read about how cults work. Start with Jim Jones or the Moonies. Pentacostals, too.
 
Scary stuff. I assure you.
 
And thanks again, Mr Man. My cats– each and every one of ’em– say a bigggg hi!
 
Stay safe,
U.

And again from the original poster, Mr. DSKlausler…

In reply to congjing yu.Thanks for that… and I DO read everything you publish.
 
It just doesn’t seem right… can’t the simple folks just be left alone  to live and grow at their own pace without a bunch of twits ruining the  world?
 
I will give the affirmation deal another go.
 
Just switch me to the world line where people aren’t so stupid.

Let’s look at the situation

The world seems to be going to Hell. The “news”, the media, the people in Charge and everyone around you are seemingly idiots. “What is their malfunction”, you ask. And you are in fear for your life, your livelihood, and your family. Not to mention your community and your nation.

It doesn’t matter what side of the American Political Spectrum you reside on, everything is seemingly going to Hell straight away. You yearn for stability, a return to quieter and more peaceful times, and management by reason and reasonable people. And when you read the “news” it only amplifies your concerns…

That last link reflects the concerns of many, many Americans (and perhaps many people around the world). “Give me something. Give me hope. Give me Xanax.” Seemingly the population is ready for change…

…and this is a dangerous time. Eh?

Because Change is always uncomfortable, and can usher is a wonderful life, or an indescribably worse on. As we used to say in the United States “jump from the frying pan into the fire”.

To quote from the article;

Can’t quite put my finger on why. Oh yes, I just flipped on ‘MSDNC’ and opened my Failing New York Times,  and now I remember: because I’ve been watching my country set ablaze,  and Donald Trump and his faithful Trumpsters are holding  the flamethrower.
 
By now, we’ve all sat rapt and horrified, watching the highlights:  the MAGA-bots following the Dear Leader’s call to riot, invading the  Capitol building, smashing windows, battering down doors, stealing the  Speaker’s lectern and literally covering the floors in shit, for fans of  too-on-the-nose metaphors. They accosted police, threatened to hang  the traitor Mike Pence and trotted through the legislative chamber in  full tactical gear holding flex cuffs in the hope of taking  hostages. (Possibly before executing them: someone did erect a gallows  on the grounds.) Five people died. Four of them Trump supporters, one of  them a Capitol Police officer, hit in the head with a fire  extinguisher.
 
I doubt Mr Trump wanted anybody to die. He just wanted to put a good  scare into Congress, while trying to overturn a free and fair election,  the very bedrock without which the whole system collapses. So nothing to  see here, folks. Let’s talk about what really matters, Trump getting  banned from Twitter!
 
If you haven’t gathered by now, I’ve had it. Plenty of us have always  been Trump skeptical; my skepticism dates all the way back to 1999. But  it’s time for his acolytes to reckon with the cancer that they’ve  let metastasize. I haven’t been terribly subtle, so let’s just go ahead  and lay it out: Donald Trump is a sociopathic cult leader, a moral black  hole with a weird tan and a combover. Yes, I know it’s old hat to make  fun of his hair, but his confidantes have told me it wounds him. And I  just want him to hurt like he’s hurt America.
 
So now that we’re coming to the conclusion of DJT’s first and only  term — which has ended in impeachment and could include imprisonment —  it’s time to legacy-assess the effects of Trumpism. As several have  already noted, after everything from Trump’s social-media meltdowns to  him falling asleep at the wheel during the deadliest pandemic in a  century, Americans are now poorer, angrier, dumber, meaner, more  divided, sicker (both physically and mentally) and deader than they were  four years ago. But how ’bout that wall?! (The one that’s one-fourth of  the way built, that Mexico didn’t pay for.)
 
I wasn’t a big fan of The Establishment, either. But we threw them over for this?
 
I don’t detest Trumpsters: that would leave me hating roughly 60  percent of my friends and 80 percent of my family. But I would like to  know how so many good people of my acquaintance could be so blind to the  glaringly obvious. You edit American Greatness, one of the  house organs of the movement. But by my lights, America isn’t looking so  great right now. Feels more like American Mediocrity. Or America  Needs Improvement. Lots of it. Give me something. Give me hope. Give me  Xanax. Give me shelter from the storm. Or I might do something truly  unthinkable, like quote Dylan lyrics in print. Nobody wants to see that.

Ah…

Pointing a nice big finger on a figurehead. Ah. It’s all Trump’s fault, and it’s his followers fault…

No it’s not.

It’s the way that governments crumble. They start young and youthful, they go through a “middle age”, they get old, and senile, and then they die. We are watching America die, and no singular person is at fault. So stop blaming the person at the helm. A doomed ship is going to hit that iceberg, and while the captain might be able to steer the ship somewhat, if he doesn’t hit THAT particular iceberg, he will hit the next one instead, or the one after that. A doomed ship is a doomed ship.

And this fact is recognizable. From Chris Buskirk

The one thing I’ve noticed over the past five years is that the only  people more consumed by the person of Donald Trump — from his psychology  to his physiognomy — than the most diehard, plan-trusting,  steal-stopping, Trump super-fans are his obsessive detractors. However  large the number of actual Trump cultists is, the anti-Trump cult is  orders of magnitude larger, more intense and more powerful. That’s not  surprising, because Trump’s rise to power is less a direct threat to the  established order and the ruling class it serves than it is an  indictment of their failure. Of course they react with visceral hatred.  Perhaps we can stipulate that a country with a healthy culture and  competent, trusted (and trustworthy) institutions would not have elected  Donald Trump as president. Yet, Donald Trump has received more votes  than any other Republican ever. Twice.
 
That suggests two possibilities. Either half the country is comprised  of Deplorables, reprobates, morons or sociopaths (I’d love to see the  Venn Diagram). Or something has gone quite wrong and America isn’t  working very well for a lot of Americans.
 
Option one is the default answer of the ruling class and its  aspirants and retainers. But in fact something has gone wrong.  Late-stage liberalism isn’t able to keep its promises. That’s why both  Trump and Bernie Sanders were so popular. That’s why there is so much  social and political conflict. And Trump-obsession of any kind is a  distraction and a coping mechanism.
 
Over the past 50 years median real wages have barely budged. Worse,  the growth that has occurred has all happened at the top. The top 10  percent did OK, the top 1 percent did very well and the top 0.1 percent  blasted way ahead of everyone else. Everyone except the very top fell a  little behind the group ahead of them, but the group below the top 10  percent fell further and faster. This made it harder to get married, buy  a house and raise a family. The cost of being middle class kept rising  faster than middle class wages. That created — and continues to create —  a lot of people who are socially and economically precarious.
 
You say ‘I wasn’t a big fan of The Establishment, either. But we  threw them over for this?’ Yes. Why? Because there wasn’t a better  option. Look at the group of Republicans running in 2016 and Democrats  in 2020. All of them are standard-bearers for a shattered consensus. And  there are a lot of mediocrities and has-beens. Biden himself is a  retread of a retread. The ‘uniparty’ that runs the country either  doesn’t know or doesn’t care that for a lot of people the American Dream  is dead. In the cohort of people born in 1940, about 95 percent did  better economically than their parents. For the cohort born in 1980  (border line millennials), only about 40 percent of those raised in  middle-class families are better off than their parents at the same  stage of life. These are people who were raised mostly by boomer parents  to follow the program that worked so well for them: go to college,  maybe grad school, trust the plan and you’ll have a life filled with  grilling and long weekends. But it hasn’t worked out that way. It’s been  tough. And for those that didn’t go to college, it’s even worse.
 
What do we do about it? That’s a big subject. But Trump offered  answers in 2016 that made some intuitive sense and resonated with a lot  of people. We sent our factories and their high-paying jobs to China?  Let’s bring them back. Mass immigration undercuts wages? Let’s slow it  down. The ruling class is corrupt, self-serving and doesn’t give a damn  about anyone else? Let’s take the country back from them.
 
Trump accomplished some of the good things he was talking about back  then, though not as many as I would have liked. But he was often stymied  by a combination of internal incoherence and external opposition. In  2017, Trump had both unified government and the most political capital  to spend. The fact that the Republican party’s primary goal and  signature achievement was a reduction in corporate tax rates says  something about the depth of institutional decay that Trump had taken  advantage of when he sought the nomination.

Yes. There’s all sorts of things wrong with America right now. It’s a fucking mess. It really is. And the people want out of this mess. And the people in control aren’t really up to taking on that job. They really aren’t.

The uniparty is in control and they are not what the nation needs. It needs leadership, understanding, and merit-based managers who know how systems work and how to clean out the entire clogged up and gutted system.

I'm going to use a Chinese reference, that most Americans are unaware of...

America needs a Mr. Deng-style revolution.

In the 1980's Mr. Deng single-handedly implemented American-style Reaganomics to China. He got rid of hard-core Marxism. He tossed much of the state-mandated industries and implemented private controls. He built cities, disposed political corruptions and changed China from a hard-core Marxist Communist nation to something else.

He changed it to a single-party, traditional values, merit-based system that serves the people, and that is policed by harsh systems to makes sure that the ruling class does not move away from these values.

Ok. Let’s not get too bogged down here.

China changed, and it was hard-core Marxist. America too can change. In fact, if America is what everyone says it is, whether a “democracy” or a “republic”, it should be rather easy to change. But it’s not. You know it. I know it. And it has corrupted well past the point of band-aides and minor surgery. One half of the nation wants to burn it down, and the other half wants to restructure it into something really different.

And thus the fear.

Elements on both the LEFT and the RIGHT are scaring the living daylights out of everyone. And those in charge of the United States government today are not reassuring anyone.

Thus the feeling of helplessness.

Proactive actions

But, if you read the MM writings you realize that your reality is not what it appears to be.

We “share” an apparent reality, but we are not part of what we observe.

We are consciousness. And we are moving world-line to world-line based on our thoughts. And it is important that we NOT get too hung up on what we observe around us. For that too will alter our thoughts. What we are observing is the world-line template. Not our individual world-line.

Do not get too caught up about that looming iceberg ahead of you. Navigate round it. And then when you see another iceberg behind it, navigate around it as well. In fact, maybe you all need to start sailing South as fast as you can to get out of the looming ice pack that is up ahead. You see the warning signs, start the navigation.

Make sure that you have lookouts posted everywhere and that they are rested and alert. Make sure that the engineers and the folk loading coal into the furnaces are up to the job and in control. Make sure that you go to the map room and navigate a path out of the ice floes. Make sure that you radio your concerns and telegraph your direction changes.

Take proactive steps.

You have control

In my real world example that I gave at the top of the post, I referenced my personal affirmation campaign that I implemented back at the start of the year when the COVID-19 outbreak hit.

Up until that time, I kept on believing that Trump wanted to work with China on trade for the mutual benefit of all. I intentionally ignored the hard facts, the neocons in his administrations and his other actions. I wanted to believe. I really wanted to believe. I wanted what I hoped to happen to actually happen and I ignored the facts.

But when people all around me started having seizures, my family became locked inside the house, and the Chinese military went DEFCON ONE, I no longer could live the lie. Donald Trump declared full-spectrum war against China and I was sitting smack dab on the bullseye at ground zero.

Ground zero.

And all the neocon publications were talking about how the USA was going to win a “hot war” against China and invade the South China Sea…

…my home.

I had to do something.

Affirmation Prayer Campaigns

Normally my prayer affirmations are associated with myself. I rarely refer to others and certainly not to Geo-political, or national politics. Those things are like oil and water in regards to my affirmations. I just don’t put affirmations where a preferential presidential candidate wins over another. Instead, my affirmations are about me.

But this WAS about me.

It Was about my FAMILY, and my FRIENDS.

And unlike most Americans, this was not some faraway place that lies at the other end of the world. It is up front and close sitting smack dab in my front yard. i had to so something.

And it seemed like an up-hill battle.

The Fire Hose of Disinformation

Donald Trump and Mike Pompeo turned on the “fire hose of disinformation” against China and it was ridiculous. China could have saved a baby from a burning building and the “news” would report that the Chinese were burning babies.

Anyways, after a full year of this, most Americans consider China evil and are willing and ready to go to war for all the same old reasons and excuses.

330 million people.

And I am but one lone singular person.

What can I do?

You run a Affirmation / Prayer Campaign and you address your fears. You do it to the exclusion of everything else. That’s what you do.

And that is what I did.

My Prayer Affirmation Campaign

Well, I did indeed include personal things, and it was a long slug-fest, I’ll tell you what. But it did work. When I started the campaign, Trump was at the top of his game. He successfully launched numerous events, wars and attacks upon China. six biological weapons designed to destroy crops and livestock. Some with drones carrying vials of toxic bio-weapons to far distant farms. A “color revolution” in Hong Kong, and insurgents flowing into Xinjiang to create another Syria war there. Not to mention the COVID-19B which targeted MYSELF AND MY FAMILY.

Fuck him!

So I launched my own prayer campaign. So if he wanted to be “top dog”, let’s see who’s boss, eh?

At the time I began, everything was pro-Trump and his plans were working out more or less. He was on the verge of creating strife, conflict, starvation, a bio-weapon war, and a future of decades of warfare on the other end of the globe.

So, here’s my relevant affirmations.

[1] Donald Trump will not be able to harm China.
[2] All American military ventures to China will fail.
[3] The harder that Donald Trump tries to break or destroy China, the  same and equal effect will hit him and his family personally.
[4] Any WMD’s implemented by America to hurt China will boomerang to the USA a hundred-fold and more.

While he tried to implement policies that would harm me and my family personally, my affirmation campaign was not personal. It was defensive and proactive. He and his minions will be unable to harm me, my family, my friends or China. If he tried, it would all come back to hit him.

Some quick terms on how the MWI operates.

And what?

With 330 million people seething at rage at China, and all those thoughts, anger and emotion, it was my affirmation campaign that turned things around. At least in my neck of the woods, things have become quite the opposite of what was intended.

The point here is that I was able to stop a war in China. And, by extension, world war III … nuclear war on American soil.

One person has the power to change their life. That is you. Do your prayer affirmation campaign religiously. You, it’s up to you, to make the world surrounding you a better place to live. Do not let the “world-line template” alter the fears you generate while in a world-line that lies upon that template.

If you are filled with dread or fear, that can act as a “signpost” to push you to action. You need to hop onto your affirmation campaigns STAT! and perform corrective measures. Concentrate on your personal life, our family and friends. Do not… DO NOT… put anything that you read about in the “news” in your affirmations. That’s alike a dog chasing it’s tail. You’ll go around and around in circles . You will go no where. Focus on you and your family.

.

What ever you do, run your campaign on a PERSONAL note.

Do not implement things that you read about in the “news”, or your favorite political leanings or anything like that. Those are distractions and they WILL take away from your core desires as specified within your affirmation campaign.

Trust me on this.

The ONLY reason why I included Mr. Trump in my affirmations was because he had targeted me with his war machine. Other than that, he was no where to be seen anywhere in my campaigns.

But how does it work?

The world that you observe is not real. What you are observing is the highest likely probability at any given moment on a world-line.

You are viewing the “world-line template surface”.

You are not viewing your particular, individual, world-line.

  • That shrub over there looks that way because that is the highest probability of it’s appearance at that moment of time…

…as VIEWED by your consciousness within that particular world-line.

  • That person over there is stopping to tie their shoe because that is that highest probability of occurrence at that moment in time…

…as VIEWED by your consciousness within that particular world-line.

  • The President on television is making a speech raising taxes because that is the highest probability of occurrence at that moment of time…

…as VIEWED by your consciousness within that particular world-line.

You CANNOT change them.

All you can change is your navigation to other world-lines.

So do not worry about what the world-line template looks like, or appears to be. That is, unless there is a guy lunging at you with a knife or some other dangerous event. And that is a special event, just like I am describing herein.

What I did…

I conducted a slide.

I slid the world-line, and carried a lot of people with me, to a new world-line template where I am, and my family, are safe. It is a world-line that avoids a Trump / Pompeo created nuclear war, and one where the human species can continue to develop their individual sentience’s while avoiding some truly horrific consequences.

No. I’m not perfect.

Trump did launch the COVID-19 bio-weapons genie and it is out of the bottle. The Chinese stopped the two successive subsequent follow-up bio-weapons attacks (more on them later), but we all still will need to deal with this mess that he got us all involved in.

I’m good. But, I’m not God.

Conclusions

At a time when an entire nation of 330 million people were ready to go to war with China, and attack my front yard, I adjusted my affirmation campaign for a different result.

I was successful.

And all the thoughts of 330 million people had zero effect on my life.

Frankly obnoxious headlines like “Trump wasn’t wrong about China. But here’s how Biden can do a better job” and “Biden must not fall into China’s smooth relations trap” suggest that Washington’s political class is single-minded: maintain an aggressive, hostile stance toward China.
 
Trump was wrong about China. In 2016, as a presidential contender and he launched a rhetorical tirade against China accusing that country of “raping” the U.S. economy. In 2018, he added that in addition to rape, it had caused the opioid crisis.  These accusations depended on racist stereotypes about China and worked  to hide the ineptness of the profit-driven U.S. health system and poor  innovation record of the economy.

Trump launched his racist hysteria against China in 2018 with deceitful  claims about opioids,  trade, technology, and continued in 2020 with  demonstrably false allegations about COVID-19’s origins. (Notably, recent media accounts, including the U.K.-based Independent and the Hong Kong-based South China Morning Post, have reported that COVID-19 cases appeared in Europe  far earlier than initially believed.) Trump’s racially-driven rhetoric  exposed the U.S. ruling class’s deepening leadership incapacity in a  crisis and its frightening inability to offer and implement rational  solutions to complex problems.

.

[1] Donald trump will not be able to hurt or harm China.

Happened. Donald Trump’s anti-China policies were a complete failure. Oh, it’s much worse than that. It was a “train wreck”. The USA ended up getting harmed in so many ways. From domestically, to internationally, to scientifically, to socially. The United States has paid the price for these actions.

It’s not that I wanted to hurt the USA, but I just didn’t want myself or my family to die. And that meant that I had to take on the President and his well-paid army of war-mongering neocons with a lust for war, and desire to kill. I was successful. The complete and utter failure of the Trump policies against China were astounding and will be recorded in the history books as something that you want to avoid at all costs.

[2] All American military ventures against China will fail.

This anti-China line of thought provides no real insight into Trump’s  demented psychology or the validity of the establishment’s China views.  Instead, it only further exposes the persistent void in policy ideas on  economic development and the ruling class’s helplessness in leading  innovation. Blaming China replaces reasonable interrogation of this  failure of economic and social innovation.
 
One egregious example of the general incapacity for efficient  leadership can be seen in the bloated military sector. According to a Government Accounting Office  report published this month, of “46 types of aircraft [examined by  inspectors] … only three met their annual mission capable goals in a  majority of the years for fiscal years 2011 through 2019.” Less than 3%  of military aircraft types are consistently service-ready, in other  words. Meanwhile, the military budget approaches $800 billion annually. 
 
Massive waste that ties government contracts to political donations  (to both major parties), reflects the failure across all sectors to  produce sustainability, innovative technology, and necessary  infrastructure for a high-level quality of life. If comparisons to the  1970s are permissible, the U.S. is approaching levels of stagnation that  required the ruling class to craft neoliberalism as a class strategy  for renewing its power and restoring capital accumulation. This time,  neoliberalism is in crisis.

And fail they did. From HK, to Xinjigng, to Taiwan, to the South China Sea. They all failed, and failed spectacularly. You can go one by one, but there are no successes in any of them; not one.

It was hardly a secret throughout the Trump administration. Now, dying embers within sight, and with minimum fanfare, comes the declassification – virtually the whole document, minus a few redactions – of the US Strategic Framework for the Indo-Pacific.
 
Why  now, no less than 30 years before the usual, standard US  declassification/public record protocols apply? Don’t expect an answer  from Trump or from his National Security Adviser Robert O’Brien.

-UNZ

[3] The harder Donald Trump tries to take on China and hurt it, the effects will boomerang back to hurt Trump and his family personally.

And isn’t that what is happening? Isn’t his family and him personally getting “hits” by the American public and legal system?

[4] Any WMD’s implemented by America to hurt China will boomerang to the USA a hundred-fold and more

Evidence for this botched leadership can be seen in the incapacity to adequately meet the COVID-19 danger. The U.S. government proved unable to deliver necessary medical equipment or to define a scientifically-sound national public health policy. It wasted time and resources and still seems incapable of controlling a contagion that has cost more than 263,000 lives.

And look at how America is handling the COVID-19 coronavirus issue, eh? This singular issue is toppling the entire nation, and government alone. It’s more than just mismanagement, it’s a fiasco of historic proportions.

In fact, this mishandling (whether it is a bio-weapon or a pandemic) will go down in the history books as a massive blunder and mistakes and Trump and his administration will be labeled as clowns and buffoons for all of eternity as a result.

The bottom line is this.

You can control the events that affect your personal life and the lives of your family. You just need to control your personal affirmations. You cannot control the entire nations, you are not MM. But you have the ability to control that realm that you inhabit. So do NOT get all hung up and hot and bothered with what you read in the “news”. It’s nonsense. Concentrate on you and your family.

And keep in mind, that here, yes I Mr. MM himself, have you all in my affirmation prayers. I’m watching your backs. So don’t get too fearful.

It’s all good.

Keep in mind that what you think might be bad, if you read the “news” might end up being the best thing that could ever happen to you and your family. So do not let the “news” affect you. Again… for the third time… concentrate on you and your family. Concentrate on happiness and safety. You will be fine.

I love this story: 

"One evening, my mother made dinner after she had completed a hard day's work. 

She put a plate of eggs, salad and burnt toast in front of my father and me.

I immediately noticed. 

The burnt toast and I were waiting to see if my father was going to complain about it. 

But he started to eat everything. 

Then smiling, he asked me how was my day at school.

My mum apologized to my father for the burnt toast. 

I will never forget his response to her:  

'Honey, I love burnt toast!'

Later, when I went to bed and my father came over to kiss me goodnight, I asked him if he really liked the burnt toast. 

He hugged me and said, 

'Your  mother has had a difficult and hard day and she is really tired. She  went out of her way to prepare the meal for us. Why blame her and hurt  her! 

Burnt toast never hurt anyone; but words can be very painful!'

We  have to know how to appreciate what others do for us, even if it's not  perfect, because it's the intention to do well that counts, and no one  is perfect."

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Affirmation Campaign Index here…

Intention Campaigns

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index
  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

If you enjoy what you see, it would be helpful if you could assist in hosting this forum. A donation would be appreciated.

Will our benefactors stop the coming American SHTF event and what do they think about everything going on?

This is a detailed response to a question that was asked of my on 1JAN20. It is not the only person who has asked this. Many people, most especially those in America are very concerned. The Trump supporters see a looming civil war, and the Biden supporters see a fractional America being town by extremism on both sides of the political spectrum. Everyone is concerned, and the news media are running just as amok as the American government. Not to mention that a sizable portion of the American population are just hopeful for a major war with either China or Russia. Naturally, people are worried, concerned and upset.

Let me try to provide insight.

This is the question…

You said in a few posts that you still have an active connection with them (Our extraterrestrial benefactors). Could you ‘ask’ or ’emote’ our problem with the elites having been gifted this technology and what their opinion of it is? Was it a mistake? Could they resolve that mistake if so ?

It’s a straight-forward question. Using what communication skills that I maintain, can I query the “other side” of the PTB about the current terrifying condition in the world? Can I ask them if the believe that they made a mistake in gifting technology to the global elite?

My Answer

Yes, I still have contact. Yes, I am still connected via the EBP. Yes. They still monitor me. I am on a list of contacts. We (all MAJestic members in my cell) still have activity that we are all involved in.

While MAJestic retired me. Our benefactors did not.

But it is not like everyone thinks.

Now there are many things that I simply CANNOT TALK ABOUT. It’s not like I took an oath or something like that. When I try to type sentences, my fingers top working, my words get all jumbled, I get “foggy brain”, and personal emergencies” crop up. Like the dog shitting on my pillow, or the water heater blowing up, or the window on the porch suddenly fractures and collapses in a heap.

And talking about the future in detail is one such trigger. Which is strange as I really don’t know much in the way of specifics.

But I can answer this question in a round-about manner. Please bear with me.

A Farm.

Imagine a farm.

And on the big farm is a wide open spaces for the cattle to run around in. It’s a massive pasture. One with many hills and low areas and ponds for the cattle to drink from. This pasture is further subdivided into smaller regions. All separated by electric fences. The farmer, and his dogs, use these fences to isolate the herd into groups.

But as big and as open it seems, it is actually all a specifically fenced in area. For around the entire farm is this massive heavy steel bar fence. It’s not like the electric fences on the inside. It is sturdy and heavy. It is made out of both steel pipe and bricks and cement.

And guess what, there are only one or two gates, and the cattle are not able to open them. Additionally there’s a small troop of barn dogs. These dogs monitor the cattle and do tasks for the farmers.

The farmers spend most of the time in their house. They rarely go out. When they do it is to check on the cattle, examine them, and see that they are healthy. The barn dogs, however, are periodically permitted inside the farm house but only when called for by the farmer.

But they are never permitted in the kitchen. The dogs can smell the food cooking, and watch the farmer and his wife and kids do things, but most of it is really incomprehensible.

Yet, when the farmer calls the dogs in, the dog automatically and instinctively knows what the farmer wants. It’s really amazing. There is this connection. No words need to be spoken. The dog is happy, and the farmer sees the dog wag his tail. The farmer is upset, and the dog put his tail between his legs.

The farmer summons the dog.

He arrives and the farmer dispatches him out to do a specific task. The dog of course, brings in the newspaper, the mail, and snaps at the mailman. But has no concept of what mail, and news is all about.

The dog sees a little what is going on inside the farmhouse, and watches the cattle. The dog dances and runs around with the cattle, but they really do not care about what the dog has to say. They know that he goes into the farmhouse. They understand that occasionally he gets the newspaper, but all that is uninteresting to them. The cattle don’t care, and couldn’t comprehend the relationship between the dog and the farmer and family.

The farmer has tracking chips on everything in the farm. The most advanced chips are on the dog collars. But all the cattle also has tracking chips. These are rudimentary GPS systems, showing ownership and location.

Now, lately, the largest bulls in the pen of cattle are starting to use their identity collars to rub up against the electric fences that border the inner fields.

This is normally not a problem. But in doing so, there is a chance that the electrical fence wire will come undone. And there, lying on the ground it could be dangerous. The wire could start shocking groups of cattle. Obviously this is not desirable. Some cattle might die, others might get damaged and become useless.

Now the dogs see this and watch this. So they start barking at the bulls. They tell them to stop. But those pesky bulls are fucking idiots. They see but don’t understand. Or maybe they think that they are invincible.

They haven’t a clue to anything, really.

A great power.
The bulls, and the cattle, have no idea what they are doing or how their actions will manifest. They have at their fingertips a great power. And they think that THEY are in control. They are not.

.

Now the farmer hears the barking dogs. He knows what is going on. And he has even gone out to inspect the damage.

On numerous occasions.

In fact, the farmer knows of other farms where entire herds of cattle died off for just this kind of thing. So the farmer must go out and inspect. He sees that many of the fence posts are damaged, and are weak.

He also sees that the bulls are getting really out of control. He is concerned, maybe even alarmed. However he knows things that the dogs don’t know.

The farmer knows that after a hurricane, or big storm that the farm land is refreshed and super fertile afterwards. He also knows, from prior experience and from other farmers that when the herds are culled by this kind of electrical wire fence damage, that eventually the herd is better culled.

It is much easier to manage the herds and the cattle. The big bad bulls tend to be gone, and the rest of the cattle end up (after a long spell) stronger, more adaptable, and better. So while the dog might panic and worry, the farmer sees everything as following a path that other farms have experienced. And so he takes the necessary actions and precautions.

He starts to move the herds into certain groups. Some he keeps safe away from the wire. While others, he just lets them bang against the shabby electrical fence. All the time knowing full well and good that no matter what happens none of the cattle will ever leave the corral and the farm fields.

The dogs don’t know what the farmer knows. But they see the confidence and understanding on the faces of the farmer and the family. Especially after they have observed the damage up close. The dogs see that everything is going according to plan, and they watch the farmer take special care to groups of cattle, and to specific fields on the farm.

It is almost like the farmer has selected certain groups of cattle to be safe and tended to, while others he allows to get unruly and get into trouble. He is obviously doing this intentionally. So that most, almost all of the bad bulls, are now in a certain penned in area on the vast farm pasture. And the farmer is permitting them to run amok.

Of course, not all cattle are the same. There are smart ones, alert ones and the exact opposite. Many cattle follow the more popular cows. They follow behind them not paying attending where the popular cows are going. Many are just heading straight towards the downed electrical lines. And their herd of following-cows are as happy as can be. They moo loudly “Make our grass green again!”. Other cows follow other noteworthy cows. These other cows moo such things as “cow milk matters!” while they tear up the grass and shrubby.

The dogs watch this with a degree of curiosity.

Certainly, it’s a good thing for the grass to be green and healthy. And yes, it is also true that cow milk is important. But is that all going to be the result of the stampeding herd? Or is it just a mechanism for the more popular cows to obtain bull-level grass and pleasures?

Right now, the farmer and the family are not panicking at all. All is good. In fact, it is almost like they have expected this event to occur for a long, ling time. They are not buying new cattle, sending teams out to fix the fence, or doing anything like that. They are just behaving normally without any kind of concern or panic.

Just because the bulk of the herd is happily munching on grass and following the well-promoted cows-of-importance, does not mean that the MM cattle are destined for the same fate.

I like to think of MM readership NOT as the cattle on the pasture, but actually as the protected puppies of the guard dogs. I mean this in a good way and not as an insult.

The farm guard dogs have an idea what is going on and the puppies can sense this. They know not to leave their kennel and stray too far. They know to avoid the big bulls that are all a snorting and roaring. They know not to follow the popular cows to the downed electrical fence. And why they do agree that the grass needs to be greener and that cow milk is excellent, they are not willing to follow the herd in that regards.

So…

Do not worry.

Yes, [1] there will be some SHTF events in America in the future. But [2] the events will not be homogenized. They will not be uniformly distributed. [3] There will be pockets of calm, and [4] even in the areas of danger, there will be areas of peace.

Avoid large clusters and groups of people. Become known within your community. Be beneficial and significant.

.

MM readers will know by now to avoid any large collections of people or big urban areas in the USA.

Find your niche inside of the community that you live within.

[1] Know who your neighbors are, [2] obtain skills. Not just what you do for a living, but other skills that might benefit your community. Be conservative in what you do meaning [3] have a nice well-stocked larder (just in case), and [4] have a nice small garden if you can.

If you all followed this advice that I gave back in 2018 and 2019, you would have been best prepared for the 2020 “pandemic”. Wouldn’t you have? Yes?

My advice has not changed.

The situation described above still holds true. There will be good areas, and dangerous areas. There will be spewed nonsense out of the news media, and the real facts will be denied to you. The ruling oligarchy is running amok, and since there are no brakes on their behaviors, they are only going to get worse.

While it appears that there will be a SHTF, and I most certainly strongly think this will happen, it is NOT CERTAIN.

I have been musing with the thought that it will more likely resemble a very controlled implosion with some violent elements thrown in.

When the dust settles, Americans will be better, stronger for all of it. Though the resultant America might not resemble anything that we know about today. It might not even be called “America” or the “United States”. It will continue to be isolated from the rest of the world. This is a good thing – for the world as a whole, and up until the USA gets it’s collective shit back together.

Back to the farm analogy…

From the farmer’s point of view, the identification tags that the bulls are using to tear up the farm isn’t really all that advanced. It might be “high tech” for the bulls, but from the point of the view of the farmer, it’s just old mechanical things that they buy in bulk, apply with a tool, and forget about it. The technology is not going to permit the cattle from breaking out of the farm, or go through the outer perimeter fence. At worst it might take down some of the internal wire electrical fences, but that’s about it.

And they won’t certainly have any influence on access to the farmhouse, and the farmer and his family.

Still…

The farm guard dogs are getting nervous. The bulls are huge! They are a roaring and carrying on with crazy abandon, and with each day they seem to get stronger, more embolden, and the damage that they are making is getting really noticeable. They are doing what they have always done, only larger, nosier, and more aggressively.

So the guard dogs sit on the farmhouse porch, or even the better trained “house dogs” who actually allowed outside the kitchen (like myself) are all whimpering and shivering. And to tell you all the truth the farmer’s family has noticed, and the farmer has come out and petted the “house dogs”. He offered soothing calm, kind words, and a tasty nugget. But then he was gone. He was busy on other things that the guard dogs haven’t any concept of.

The bulls are still out there. They are really unruly, and the guard dogs are wondering how to deal with the problem. As the bulls are not afraid of any barking or really anything at all.

But now, the puppies are all worried.

As are the cats, the sheep, the horses, and the chickens on the farm. Everyone seems afraid and very concerned.

The guard dog has an idea of where the bulls are, and where the damage of the fences will be the worst. They cannot predict the future, of course, but they have a pretty good idea of the relatively “safe” areas on the farm, and where the really potentially dangerous areas are.

They are slowly telling their puppies, who are just beginning to walk, to avoid the dangerous areas, and stick to the safer areas. They tell the puppies not to drink the anti-freeze that the bulls knocked on the garage floor, and not to go snap at the legs of any of the gathering herd cows or their leadership. They tell the puppies to keep to themselves, lie low, keep a safe distance and be on their best behavior, and they tell them that everything will be all right.

The farm dogs do not have the power nor the ability to “speak directly” to the farmer or anyone in the household. But they are trained, they are special. They do have access to things and understandings that the general cattle does not have.

They have insight.

They have understanding.

Insight and understanding.
The dogs have insight and understanding.

.

They might not know how the electronic devices and ID tags that the farmer puts on the cattle work. But they do know the general reason why they are there. They also have an understanding of the limitations of the farmer. They know that the farmer, if he wanted to, could walk out onto the farm pasture and shoot the troublesome bulls dead. And what’s more, the bulls wouldn’t even see it coming. The farmer would just sit on his porch, drinking his cup of coffee and shoot his Winchester .303.

The dogs know just how powerful the farmer is. The cattle do not.

Heck! The farmer could just as easily instruct the dogs to herd the troublesome cattle into a certain part of the pasture, and then load them all into trucks and cart them off to the rendering plant.

But no. The farmer is not doing this.

The farmer WANTS the upcoming turmoil to happen. And the dogs and the puppies are a little surprised at this. Doesn’t he value his cattle? Doesn’t he care for the other barnyard critters? It’s almost like the turmoil will yield a far better grade of beef, and higher quality milk. It’s almost like permitting the upcoming turmoil as a kind of passage of growth that it very important.

Like an IPO stock going public, or when the percolator pot of coffee starts to perk in the morning.

All this being said…

The dogs have some bones that they can throw out to their puppies…

Throwing out a bone

Most rural states, in the United States, those known as “Red States” are safe areas. Never the less, within those areas are military bases. Stay away from the bases that store, launch, or maintain nuclear delivery systems.

US Nuclear Weapons Bases

If you have a military base near you, and it is not devoted to the strategic delivery of nuclear or biological weapons, then that is a plus in your favor. It’s of great advantage to you. When (and if) the SHTF, these areas will provide a strong degree of safety when the rest of the nation goes to shit.

Make the most of your time NOW. The future is very uncertain. There are certainly dangerous trends, but you have the power to thwart the worst elements yourself.

.

Just living near a large metropolitan city is not to be considered a problem either. It really depends on the primary constellation of threats that are presently developing in the United States;

  • Intentional domestic civil strife or war.
  • The US poking either the Russian Bear, or the Panda Bear.

In other words, you do not need to live off in a cabin in the woods of Alaska to avoid any potential future chaos. You can live in a suburb of Chattanooga, Syracuse, State College, even a large city like Atlanta, Tampa, or Pittsburgh…

…provided that the local city and state governments are not pushing domestic discord like Portland, Detroit or Baltimore are, and you and your families will end up safe.

I strongly believe were any civil discord to evolve…

…avoid the areas infected. Like stay fucking away. Do NOT get involved. It does not matter which side that you agree with. Stay out of it. All of it.

I strongly believe that if the USA tries to provoke a major Asian nation…

…a flood of nuclear tipped missiles will strike the USA.

Of course, you all don’t have to agree with my assessment. The National Review, Rush Limbaugh, Hall Turner and Alex Jones most certainly don’t. They believe that the USA can go anywhere in the world and instigate a regional conflict far away, and the only impact that it will have on Americans will be a positive one; one that will help corral the citizenry towards one objective or the other.

But…

…I am telling you that the louder they promote this fantasy, the greater the likelihood of nuclear conflagration.

For Pete’s sakes, The USA has been involved in a full-scale biological warfare against China for the last four years, and you all think that the PTB aren’t going to stop; to give up now?

Some considerations

Is it really a bad thing if all the big bad bulls are blown to smithereens?

Is it a bad thing if the big fenced in pen where the big bad bulls live becomes a big crater?

Is it a bad thing if the herd of cows follow the attractive cows into an electric fence?

Is any farmer bad for culling his herd?

Conclusion

The dogs want their puppies to play, learn and be safe. Don’t get all caught up in the bullshit made by the crazed bulls. The day of reckoning is fast approaching. It’s only a precious few years away. If you are a puppy, then listen. Stay away from dangerous areas in the pasture. Ignore the Bulls, and don’t follow the attractive herds.

Play and enjoy life now.

You will thank me later.

Being happy and being active in your prayer affirmation campaigns will be your best guards against what is brewing on the horizon. Happy thoughts. Happy memories. Friendships. Productive community activities, and a feeling of belonging will do WONDERS for your personal protections against what might happen in the future.

It is exactly like this…

G.E.M.邓紫棋 – 倒数

Do you want more?

Check out my MAJestic Index…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index
  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

What to do when you are having trouble writing new affirmations for your prayer campaign.

Are you having trouble with your affirmation campaign? Well, you are not alone. I am getting numerous private emails by people that describe this problem. That includes just about everyone. Including MM myself. As a result, I am releasing this “emergency” post to help everyone out of this situation.

Oh what to do?

Suddenly you have a difficult time writing your affirmations, and everything seems discordant. Your words no longer pour out of you, and it’s feels difficult to move forward with any new ideas, new wordings, or even the most basic reviews of where you are are now in your writings.

You are not alone.

I am in the first month of my new campaign and I must say, I’m having a hard time with wording. Something feels off about it, almost as if I’m being too vague and basic about the words. I surely don’t want to mess it up, because these are very very important to me. Do you have any suggestions? 

The Basic Suggestion

For starters, you can always continue your old campaign. Just continue reading off the good-old standby affirmations that you have written down. By doing so you add energy and strength to your earlier affirmations and they will continue to plow through the waves of the MWI and move you towards to destinations.

Don’t try too hard.

If you have something new you want to add, then add it. And do not worry about whether it is polished perfectly or not. Just plop it there in it’s imperfect form. It’s the thoughts that matter, not the specific wording.

Stick to the basics. Good health for you and your loved ones. Protection from discord, bad people, evil intentions, or events that might destroy your familial happiness.

Make sure that your affirmations say only good and positive things about you and your loved ones futures. If you are feeling discord, then this is NOT the time to start new affirmation campaign goals. You need to solidify the seeds that you have already planted.

What’s going on?

There are many reasons for a “mind block” in regards to the generation of new affirmation prayers for a campaign. Though the larger number of inquiries that I am currently getting is quite alarming. It’s almost like there is a “disturbance in the force” to use a Star Wars movie reference.

I wrote this a few days back in my personal journal…

Feel an ugly crazy disturbance of some sort. Something is going on… not me personally. Just in general. Like how dogs and cats freak out before an earthquake.

It’s like this…

Ripples in the MWI.
Ripples in the MWI. Where the Y-axis is a measure of world-line entropy variance from previous life-line vectors.

.

If you, the reader, are not feeling any of this do not be alarmed. A person’s reality is a very personal thing and not everyone shares the same world-line template. We just have a tendency to touch or share the templates of others (rarely the world-lines) occasionally.

We are individuals

Yes we are. We are all different. And as such what we might experience or feel will differ from person to person. That is a good thing.

Having a difficulty in laying out a new set of affirmations need not be alarming. It’s just that perhaps there are other things that are making it difficult to concentrate on the future… like a discordant future. Or, a discordant present.

Don’t worry about it.

It’s called “being a human”.

Just follow the basic rules…

  • When in doubt, just default to the last campaign affirmations.
  • If you feel a need to add “something”, just add affirmations that relate to personal health and well-being. Make sure that not matter what, your prayers are protective in nature.
  • Unless you are young and experimental, it is far better to have health and stability in your life. Focus on that.
  • If you want to push for new “things” then be specific and then forget about them when your affirmations end.

Sample affirmations

Here’s some sample affirmations to get you all started…

  • I, my family, and my friends are safe, healthy, and live a stable and secure life.
  • Good things and moving into place for me, my family and my friends.
  • My life is very lucky and I am able to avoid problems, distress or upset.
  • I know why I am having what ever troubles that I am experiencing now, and I understand the reasons and purposes for them.

Don’t “freak out”

Change is difficult to take, but usually results in new experiences, new adventures and new opportunities. If you are having trouble and feel these disturbances, do not get too worked out about it. Just “go with the flow”. All will be good.

Chill out with some friends or family, or a much beloved pet. When in doubt, do not isolate. Get around people. The people will help break you out of whatever “funk” you are in, and you will end up being able to break out of the “prayer affirmation writing block” that you are in.

…and…

Merry Christmas!

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my affirmation prayer index here…

Intention Campaigns

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index
  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

If you enjoy what you see, it would be helpful if you could assist in hosting this forum. A donation would be appreciated.

Part ten – Calculating the geometry of the DIY dimensional portal egress station.

This post we will look at the general considerations for the design of the egress portal itself.

This is part of the DIY series in making your very own dimensional portal. The geometry of the egress station will stay the same regardless of how you use this dimensional portal. Whether it is intended as a “time machine”, a mechanism to traverse the “what if” worlds, or just something you want to use to improve your physical appearance, the geometry will not change.

Dimensional portal showing magnetic field generator.
Dimensional portal showing magnetic field generator, and the “air gap” that the traveler must pass through to use the mechanism. This post discusses the geometry of this “air gap”.

Basic Introduction

Note that this is an article that is part of a long series of posts on DIY construction of a dimensional portal. 

This technology will permit a person to move anywhere in the universe geographically, move through time, and more in and out of different world-lines. 

This page is part of a collection of my writings on how to make a home-made dimensional portal that actually works. This portal is a “poor man’s” version of the MAJestic dimensional portal that was present in NAS NASC Pensacola Florida back in 1981.

This particular post covers the geometry of the portal itself’ the “air gap” or region that that traveled must walk through in order to travel the various world-lines.

Teleportation is a proven fact, and is well understood in the quantum physics world. It has been demonstrated continuously and repeatedly in the laboratory as well. 

Though public demonstration of large objects is not available and considered "far fetched", the fact is this is a mature technology.

This technology has been in possession of the United States Navy's ONI (Office of Naval Intelligence) branch of high technology MAJestic branch, of which I was a part of.

Overall, this post is part of a much larger series of posts. All of which describe a rather comprehensive DIY project. Within it is everything that you need to construct your very own dimensional portal. The big missing gap is the mapping of the dimensional coordinates. Because unless you are able to lay out a destination coordinate, you will have little use for this mechanism.

The equations tend to be a tad esoteric, but it’s nothing too difficult as long as you know some basic mathematics. Just follow the narrative and the instructions and you will be just fine.

This is part 10. The calculations and equations related to the actual portal geometry.

You are here.

I always like it when you are lost in a big museum, hospital or factory, and you come up to a big sign on the wall; a map really, that says “You are here.”. It helps you figure out where you are relative to the over all scheme of things.

You are here.
You are here.

Let’s see where this post fits into the big scheme of things.

Essentially, the idea is quite simple, really. [1] You generate a massive, simply massive; “big honker” electromagnet. In it is [2] this “air gap” or a gap large enough for a person to walk though. [3] The magnetic field generated in the electromagnet is enormous. It is [4] strong enough to “erase” or “obscure” your current “coordinates” associated with this world-line and your life. Then, [5] new coordinates are over-laid over your body, [6] using frequency generation techniques, and [7] when the magnetic field collapses you “snap” right to the new reality or dimensions that you have imprinted.

It’s rather simple. The issues are in the implementation of the various steps.

You need to [8] measure the frequencies of location with extreme precision. You need [9] to be able to functionally understand how to change them to take you where ever you want to go. You need [10] to pulse the electromagnet into sine wave configuration, and [11] you need to have the traveler become brainwave neutral during the egress operation.

I’ve covered those steps elsewhere.

Here we will concentrate on the geometry of the “air gap” that the person (traveler) will walk into. It is section #2, above and highlighted in BOLD.

With this in mind, let’s crack open our electromagnetic handbooks and review just how a magnet works and how we can apply that knowledge to our particular application.

The design of magnets and electromagnets is a mature technology. I personally find it fascinating. As it is just a very interesting subject that I have taken a shine to. You can find all sorts of texts, websites, and papers written about this technology. And anything listed herein can be found elsewhere if you were so inclined to research elsewhere.

In this post, I am going to take this very interesting technology and break it down into a very simple format, so that anyone trying to (or who desires of) building their own dimensional portal can understand the issues involved.

Air Gap

This is the “interface” where the traveler enters the transport mechanism. It is an open area. It is a space, and since it contains air, it is known as a “air gap” as it is typically a gap within a large metal ring.

Air gap, is a non-magnetic part of a magnetic circuit.

It is usually connected magnetically in series with the rest of the circuit, so that a substantial part of the magnetic flux flows through the gap. Here’s a three dimensional diagram of an air gap in a magnetic circuit…

S. Zurek, Encyclopedia Magnetica, CC-BY-3.0.
S. Zurek, Encyclopedia Magnetica, CC-BY-3.0.

Depending on application, air gap may be filled with a non-magnetic material such as gas, water, vacuum, plastic, wood etc. and not necessarily just with air.3)4)

So we can say that if the device were enclosed within a pool of water, the person could swim though the gap and teleport to a new location. But why bother, right? We live and breathe and walk in air.

Flux Fringing

Due to increased reluctance of an air gap the flux spreads into the surrounding medium.

Think of water in a tube, as long as the tube keeps the water inside the tube, it flows forward without any loss or leakage. But the moment that you add a hole, or series of holes in the tube, you will have leaks. Water will squirt out, and as it does so, it will “take away” from the smooth flow of the rest of the water in the tube.

When you add an air gap to increase the reluctance of the core then it is almost as if you have decreased its permeability, and thereby lowered the inductance of a winding on it. Indeed, when you buy a core with a pre-fabricated gap then the manufacturer may specify what is called the effective permeability of the core, μ e.

-Air gapped magnetic cores

This spreading eventually causes an ‘effect” known as the “flux fringing effect.”

Flux fringing - a phenomenon in which the magnetic flux flowing in a magnetic core spreads out (or fringes out) into the surrounding medium, for example in the vicinity of an air gap. 

-Flux fringing [Encyclopedia of magnetics and electromagneti…
Flux fringing.
Flux fringing

The point behind this is that we need a gap for the traveler to walk through, but the mere presence of the gap will “take away” or detract from the energy, power and efficiency of the magnetic flux in that gap.

In order to quantify how much magnetic flux you will lose, you need to calculate it. This is done by observing the “eddy current loss”.

Eddy Current Loss

Flux Fringing is generally an unwanted phenomenon which usually increases proximity and eddy current loss in conductors located in the vicinity of the air gap. To simplify; the “flux fringing” phenomenon subtracts away from the strength of the magnetic flux inside the air gap.

Eddy Current Loss
Eddy Current Loss

A sectional view of the magnetic core is shown in the figure above. When the changing flux links with the core itself, it induces emf in the core which in turns sets up the circulating current called Eddy Current. And these current in return produces a loss called eddy current loss or (I2R) loss, where I is the value of the current and R is the resistance of the eddy current path.

The strength and the magnitude of the loss of magnetic flux is a function of the geometry of the air gap and the over-all magnitude of the flux itself.

Reducing the Eddy Current Loss

If the core is made up of solid iron of larger cross-sectional area, the magnitude of I (current) will be very large and hence losses will be high. To reduce the eddy current loss mainly there are two methods.

  • By reducing the magnitude of the eddy current.

The magnitude of the current can be reduced by splitting the solid core into thin sheets called laminations, in the plane parallel to the magnetic field. Each lamination is insulated from the other by a thin layer of coating of varnish or oxide film.

Instead of a solid metal core, if you make it out of thin lamination’s, you will be able to be able to control eddy current loss.
  • By laminating the core.

By laminating the core, the area of each section is reduced and hence the induced emf also reduces. As the area through which the current is passed is smaller, the resistance of eddy current path increases.

Diagram showing how laminated cores operate within an magnetic field environment.
Diagram showing how laminated cores operate within an magnetic field environment.

Influence on B-H loop

The B-H loop of a magnetic circuit is affected by the presence of an air gap. This is an important characteristic of the environment inside of the air gap.

The B-H loop is produced by measuring the magnetic flux (B) of a ferromagnetic material when the applied magnetizing force is changed (H). A ferromagnetic material which has been never before magnetized or demagnetized ferromagnetic material will trail the dashed line (see the figure) as magnetizing force (H) is increased.

A B-H Loop in  soft magnet.
A B-H Loop in soft magnet.

Permeability of non-magnetic material is low (such as air) and therefore it requires greater values of to obtain the same value of as compared with magnetically soft materials (such as iron). Here is a more detailed image of a typical B-H Loop showing key features of it.

B-H Loop
B-H loop

With the introduction of an air gap the B-H loop of a magnetic circuit gets “sheared” (slanted), hence the value of its slope proportional to the effective permeability is reduced.

Effective magnetic permeability (also apparent magnetic permeability1)), often denoted as μe, μeff or μa - a term used in analysis of magnetic performance of gapped cores. For a non-homogeneous core (e.g. gapped or composed of powder-like particles) this would be the value of magnetic permeability of a hypothetical homogeneous material which would exhibit the same permeability.

The amount of “shearing” is proportional to the length of the air gap – the larger the air gap the lower the slope. For our application, this air gap is quite large; it is the height of a human being.

For air core coil (no magnetic material present) the B-H characteristics become by definition the same as for the non-magnetic material encircled by the winding (e.g. air).

The influence of air gap on the shape of B-H loop for a cut core is shown below…

B-H loops (hysteresis loops) measured on a toroidal core, made from grain-oriented electrical steel grade M4. The core was cut and lapped. Blue curve shows the B-H loop with the lapped faces touching. Red curve shows data measured for the same core, with an air gap of 0.07 mm (plastic shim) introduced between the lapped faces. B-H loops measured at 1.7T, 50Hz. Power loss was 1.49 W/kg without air gap, and 1.45 W/kg with the air gap, so very little change comparing to great changes of the shape of the loop.

by S. Zurek, Encyclopedia Magnetica, CC-BY-3.0

Changes of effective permeability and linearisation of the B-H loops caused by increasing the air gap …

 A comparative graph showing the influence of increasing air gap in a magnetic core. The numbers denote the unitless ratio lg/lc, where: lg - length of gap and lc - length of core.

Drawing based on: G.B. Finke, Gapped magnetic core structures, Magnetic Metals Corporation, {accessed 17 Jun 2013}.
A comparative graph showing the influence of increasing air gap in a magnetic core. The numbers denote the unitless ratio lg/lc, where: lg – length of gap and lc – length of core.
Drawing based on: G.B. Finke, Gapped magnetic core structures, Magnetic Metals Corporation, {accessed 17 Jun 2013}.

by S. Zurek, Encyclopedia Magnetica, CC-BY-3.0

Conversely, if no air gap is present then the slope becomes as steep as possible, and the B-H loop will represent the closest approximation of the characteristic of the magnetic material (for a given shape of the magnetic circuit). For our egress portal design, the B-H Loop is very, extremely slanted. It is nearly horizontal. And that does pose some design challenges.

The creation of a workable “air gap” can be achieved for instance by careful polishing or lapping of the flat faces, in order to reduce the surface roughness and the amount of space between the magnetic surfaces. 5)

Calculator of effective magnetic permeability from air gap

For a magnetic circuit with uniform cross-section the value of effective permeability μeff can be calculated if the lengths and permeabilities of both part of the circuit are known.

The equation is valid only for a simple magnetic circuit, made out of bulk material, for relative permeability if lcore >> lgap, and if µcore >> 1.
The equation is valid only for a simple magnetic circuit, made out of bulk material, for relative permeability if lcore >> lgap, and if µcore >> 1.
Gapped core.
Gapped core with: total magnetic path length l (orange), length of core lcore (blue) and length of air gap(red)

.

I find this all very interesting. But you know, many people cannot visualize the differences between a small model and the actual real object. It’s like that scene from the Movie Hangover III. Where the one character looks at the model of an estate, and comments, (more or less)…

[to Phil and Stu]
Alan: You guys know what’s going on, right?
Phil: What do you mean?
Alan: Well…
[to Chow]
Alan: And please correct me if I’m wrong.
[pointing to the miniature villa]
Alan: We’re not breaking into this house, this house is too small. We’re breaking into another house. This is just a model, right, Chow?
Mr. Chow: What?

In short, if we use the simpler, most basic design for this electromagnet, then the magnet will have to be huge. You would take the picture of the above magnet, and scale it up. So the air gap which is perhaps 1/8 of an inch wide, would actually be six or seven feet tall.

Thus making the entire magnet building-sized.

Gapped and air-cored inductors

To understand other alternatives to this design and style of an electromagnet, we need to understand what options that we have. And, lucky for us, there are many. We can use the technologies involved in inductors to help us work out more “reasonable” solutions that won’t require us to get a building permit to create a five story tall electromagnet.

Now, fundamentally, the presence of the air-gap will change the ability of the electromagnet to work efficiently. From it’s initial conception through to utility, the entire system is fraught with inefficiencies. Never the less, use of it in our application is guaranteed to work provided that the magnetic flux is large enough.

Energy storing inductors

Air gaps are an integral part of gapped inductors.

An analogy of the movement of magnetic flux within an air-gapped inductor and that of an electrical circuit.
An analogy of the movement of magnetic flux within an air-gapped inductor and that of an electrical circuit.

.

The gap reduces effective permeability of a given magnetic circuit and allows storing much greater energy before saturation is reached.

Effective magnetic permeability (also apparent magnetic permeability), often denoted as μe, μeff or μa - a term used in analysis of magnetic performance of gapped cores. For a non-homogeneous core (e.g. gapped or composed of powder-like particles) this would be the value of magnetic permeability of a hypothetical homogeneous material which would exhibit the same permeability.

Increasing the gap reduces the inductance, so the winding must have more turns to compensate accordingly.12)

The larger the air-gap, the more turns of wire that must be used in the electro-magnet.

For a given size of inductor the amount of stored energy versus applied air gap can be represented by a Hanna curve.13)

If operation with high currents is required then the air gap might be very large, so that the magnetic circuit is quite “open”.

For instance, a common design for electronic chokes is to place a winding on a magnetic rod. The magnetic field lines must close through the surrounding air (outside of the winding), so the length of the air gap is comparable with the length of the rod.14)

In some cases the currents are so high that it is very difficult or cost prohibitive to design the inductor with a magnetic core. In such case a so-called “air core” is used, where the windings are supported by a non-magnetic structure, and the whole magnetic circuit is effectively one big air gap.

The distribution of air gap can be also extended even further. There are magnetic materials, which are made from small particles (mostly based on powder iron, sendust or moly permalloy powder) bound together in such a way as to contain certain percentage of non-magnetic volume in them.

Sendust
Sendust is a magnetic metal powder that was invented by Hakaru Masumoto at Tohoku Imperial University in Sendai, Japan, about 1936 as an alternative to permalloy in inductor applications for telephone networks. Sendust composition is typically 85% iron, 9% silicon and 6% aluminum. The powder is sintered into cores to manufacture inductors. Sendust cores have high magnetic permeability (up to 140 000), low loss, low coercivity (5 A/m) good temperature stability and saturation flux density up to 1 T.
Moly Permalloy . 
An alloy with exceptionally high magnetic permeability, very low coercive force, very low core losses, and low remnance by magnetic field annealing. The alloy finds application in magnetic shielding where fields much less than the Earth’s magnetic field are required. The highest volume applications using laminations or tape wound cores today are ground fault interrupter and modem transformer cores. The alloy is used as well in a variety of other high performance transformer core applications such as tape recorder heads and audio transformers. Control of the cooling rate during heat treatment and superimposition of various customer bake treatments are used to develop the most suitable magnetic quality for the application

The resultant effective permeability is much lower, but the air gap is uniformly distributed throughout the whole material.16) The fringing effect and leakage flux is greatly reduced, which is especially important for high-frequency applications.

Electromagnets

If the idea of creating a building-sized electromagnet is not appealing, there are other ways of conducting and producing electromagnets. Such as this one. Large electromagnet with a 200 mm long air gap..

Large semi-industrial DC electromagnet, made by Magneto (and co-designed by Stan Zurek). The air gap allows exposing objects 20 x 20 x 20 cm to flux density 0.4 T and higher.
Large semi-industrial DC electromagnet, made by Magneto (and co-designed by Stan Zurek). The air gap allows exposing objects 20 x 20 x 20 cm to flux density 0.4 T and higher.

by S. Zurek, Encyclopedia Magnetica, CC-BY-3.0

A common performance expected from an electromagnet is to generate magnetic field within a given volume of an air gap.

The purpose of an electromagnet is to generate a strong magnetic field within the air gap.

This could be done for a number of tasks, for instance:

  • to exert mechanical force on a designed part – this operation is similar to electromagnetic actuators
  • to exert mechanical force on inclusions or other elements suspended in non-magnetic matter – a principle used in magnetic separators42), recording of shapes on magnetic film43) and some medical applications (e.g. guiding particles inside of blood vessels)44)
  • to provide magnetic field required for material processing45)46)

And this is exactly what our use of this system is for.

Of the shelf designs for experimentation purposes.

Why go straight to the creation of large (building sized) electromagnets, when there are well made, smaller, units available? You can buy these smaller units, and run tests and experiments using them. You will be able to do everything that a big electromagnet can do, except send a human-sized object to another dimension.

Here is one such product…

DXSBV Double-Yoke Single-Tuning Adjustable Air Gap Electromagnet
Double-yoke electromagnet, whose magnetic pole pieces stay vertically to the ground, with downward magnetic pole piece to be fixed, topside magnetic pole piece and air gap to be adjustable, the magnetic field is vertical with the ground. The main feature is easy to place and remove the sample, which is suitable for repeated measurement, widely used in magnetic materials testing.

And here are some specifications for some of the models that this company produces…

Specifications.
Specifications

.

The inspired DIY dimensional experimenter might be interested in following up with this at the company website HERE.

Energy stored in air gap

A magnetic circuit behaves like a “conductor” so that the magnetic field can be efficiently guided along desired path. If a high-permeability material is used then very little energy will be stored in the magnetic core. However, an air gap introduces a discontinuity and due to its low permeability stores significant amount of magnetic energy, as compared to the same volume of magnetic core.

This energy storing property is utilized, for instance, in energy storing inductors and flyback transformers, in which air gap in a pivotal design parameter. On the one hand, the air gap is used for storing the actual energy, but on the other it changes operating characteristics of the B-H curve and allows driving the inductor at higher currents hence higher magnetic field strength thus extending the range before magnetic saturation occurs.

For a simple magnetic circuit with a single air gap (see the first image at the top), for which the core is made out of high-permeability material such that , with the air gap itself and the flux density in the air gap being uniform, and if the flux fringing can be neglected, it can be derived that the stored energy is: 47)

where: – stored energy (J), – flux density in the air gap (T), – volume of the air gap (m3),
permeability of free space (H/m).

.

This equation is our GOLD STANDARD from which to calculate the air gap dimensions.

Air Gap Dimensions

Here is what I would suggest to use as the volume and the dimensions for the air gap.

Air gap Dimensions.
Air gap Dimensions.

Flux fringing

Flux fringing (red arc) around an air gap in magnetic core

An FEM simulation of a gapped inductor. The field lines show the magnetic flux. In the air gap the green trajectory (between the poles) is the desired path for flux, but the red one shows fringing flux. S. Zurek, Encyclopedia Magnetica, CC-BY-3.0
An FEM simulation of a gapped inductor. The field lines show the magnetic flux. In the air gap the green trajectory (between the poles) is the desired path for flux, but the red one shows fringing flux.

by S. Zurek, Encyclopedia Magnetica, CC-BY-3.0

Flux fringing is caused by the fact that the reluctance of the concentrated air gap is much greater than that of the core. The flux tries to spread as wide as possible in order to minimise the drop of magnetomotive force across the air gap. As a result of flux fringing the total reluctance of the circuit is somewhat lower. This has several major effects.

In energy-storing inductors the inductance is related to the reluctance of the air gap. The fringing lowers the overall reluctance, so that the resulting inductance is somewhat higher. This needs to be taken into account so that the inductance value is appropriate for a given design. There are various empirical equations suggested in literature for calculating the correction of this effect.

McLyman

For instance McLyman suggest the following “flux fringing factor” ():48)

where: F – factor by which the inductance is increased (unitless),lgap– length of the air gap (m),A – cross-section area of the core (m2), lwindow— length of the inside (in the window) of the core leg in which the gap is present (m).

Rectangular Cross Section

Another example is when the area of the air gap is scaled according to its length. For instance if the magnetic core cross-section is a rectangle the following calculation can be used: 49)

where: and are the lengths of each side of the rectangular cross-section of the magnetic core (m).

Hurley and Wölfle

Yet another approximating equation is given by Hurley and Wölfle50)

However, all such equations are only approximate, and usually work only under the assumption that the length of the air gap is much smaller than any of the dimensions of the core.

Additional Copper Loss

The second effect is additional copper loss due to the fact that fringing flux “bulges away” from the air gap. Usually most of the core window is occupied by windings and if they are exposed to fast-changing fringing flux (e.g. in flyback transformers) this causes additional eddy current losses in the windings.51)

Entry Angle

The third effect is that the fringing flux enters the core perpendicularly to the normal flow of magnetic field. In soft ferrites this is not a problem. But in laminated cores this flux does not travel along the laminations, but enters them perpendicularly to their surface, resulting in a large value of normal component, inducing elevated eddy currents and thus additional iron loss. A distributed air gap is employed in order to reduce this effect (see next section).

References

Here’s some reference for further research.

Conclusion

The first step in building this DIY teleportation / dimensional egress portal is to construct the electromagnet that will be used to erase the universal location frequencies of the traveler. Any strong and powerful enough magnetic field will do, but in this post we discuss using electomagnets with an enormous air gap to provide this ability.

Further, commercially available systems (of a much smaller scale) are available for purchase and use for experimentation purposes, and for purposes of obtaining location frequency data, and that associated with time, and location.

Do you want more?

I’d hope so. I have more posts in my DIY dimensional Portal Index here…

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

From then to now; how my unrelenting sequence of prayer & affirmation campaigns changed my life.

Oh boy! Buckle up!

One of my friends, in casual conversation, asked me (while talking about prayer campaigns and affirmations) what all the changes were like, for me, after over four decades of prayer / affirmation campaigns.

And I read what she asked of me, and I’ll tell you truthfully, I just leaned back in my chair and stared dumb-founded at the screen. Oh, yes. Things have really changed. They really, really, REALLY have changed. I just never really thought about it that way.

But… yeah.

And yeah…

It’s complicated.

Our experiences change us. My role in MAJestic changed me. My relationships with others changed me. The culture sand society changed me, and all kinds of influences shaped my life. And if you take one such influence out, I would be a completely different person.

Life changes you.

And, I’ll tell you what, four decades of life is gonna change you.

It’s one thing to live life, and sway in the wind, guideless and directionless. Like some clothing hung on a clothes line to dry. But it’s another thing to pilot an ocean steamer, blind in the dark, dark night trying to make it to paradise.

Since I left the Navy, and entered MAJestic, my entire life has been that of directed prayer / thought / affirmations and intention.

In fact, what I am trying to say is that without the prayer / affirmation campaigns I would not have had so many changes. Without my role in MAJestic, I wouldn’t have been exposed to so many things, ideas and changes. And all things taken together as a whole, I have to admit… life, and experiences are all intertwined with affirmation campaigns.

Do. Not. Assume.

That.

I. Would. Be.

What. I. Am. Today.

Without. Prayer. Campaigns.

Don’t make that assumption. It’s a foolish and stupid assumption. I attribute my material wealth, the quality and quantity of life, and my experiences are all a direct result of my personal prayer affirmations that I have conducted for over four decades.

My current life, and lifestyle is the direct result of my prayer affirmation campaigns.

For Starters

Let’s begin with answering the question.

What changes do I have in my life right now, compared to the life that I had in the 1980's?

Well, since I started the affirmation campaigns in the late 1980’s. We will begin there. Let’s use the starting point where it’s a few years after my calibration and training at China Lake NWC outside of Ridgecrest, California.

At that time, I had left the Navy and MAJestic told me to “make a living and live life”, and so I found work in an automotive electronics company in central Indiana.

So we will use that as the initial baseline. We will refer to that period of time, say middle to late 1980’s as the comparison subject. And on the other end, we will compare it to my life, right now today.

The differences are stark. And i have never really thought about things in that way. So it kind of took me back a little.

So thinking about all this, I ended up pausing. Contemplating.

At which point, I made this little picture…

.

Indeed, you just cannot assume that every single office dweeb that working in the monstrosity work environments of the 1980’s are now big powerful bosses. You just cannot say that this is what happens, that everyone follows a career and that they naturally rise up. It’s been my personal experience that I was the outlier.

My co-workers from those days pretty much “bailed out” of that environment after maybe four or five job layoffs. Many are now retired or wrapping up their own (much smaller) self-employed businesses, or are running consultancies, or teaching. Very, very few are as “successful” as I am.

As if “success” is a universally understood concept.

Everyone is different, and life has a way of grabbing you “by the balls” and give you “a few knocks in the head”, in order to “straighten you out”. And as a result, you end up changing. You become a different person.

I like to think that many of my former co-workers are doing well. They are certainly doing and living life different than I am. But one man’s ideal, might be another man’s nightmare.

Who’s to say that my life is “better” than theirs are?

You cannot.

Instead, you have to judge “success” on the basis of the individual. AND STOP COMPARING yourself to others. Instead, we will compare myself to myself. And if we do that, we can see the relationship that time, and intention has over my own personal life. And that, my friends, might be illustrative… and I hope… inspiring.

You should be able to see things…

You should be able to see that my overall attitude is quite different. The feelings of helplessness compared to the feelings of raw power that I hold today are beyond compare. But it is more than that. Much more.

There used to be a song (in the 1970’s), and while I have long since forgotten the name of the song and who sang it, the lyrics went something like this…

"Life is what you make it...
...if you can take it...
...you don't have to break it...
...life is what you make it."

Well…

Is my life “better” than it was four decades ago in the 1980’s working in the States? Am I living a fantastic life? How does my life compare now? Can it be attributed to intention prayer campaigns, or to something else? Like coincidence?

First off, let’s see if my life can be judged as a “success” compared to what it was four decades ago. But, we have a problem. What actually is “success”?

Judging by money and wealth

If you judge a man, or anyone, or me (even) by the amount of money that I have then I would be classified as a failure. I have restructured my life so that I do not have any money, nor savings accounts, nor credit accounts, nor any tangible means to equate personal value with my monetary wealth.

  • No bank accounts.
  • No legal ownership papers in my name.
  • No “paper trail” of employment.
  • No credit rating.

An investigator would find me a very boring subject. I don’t have anything. And that includes money. So under these terms, I would be classified as an abject failure. This is absolute, in those specific terms.

Of course, Heh heh, what do you all think an ex-spook would look like? You think that we would be on the grid, and monitored like some kind of common criminal, felon or hoodlum. 

Judging by number of children

Some people view success as the ability to father the most children as possible during their lifetime.

I have met many ethnic youth in America, and some SA’s that feel this way. They talk about their “baby mama” and how they have 12, 14, or 16 of them. This single unemployed African American man impregnating 16 women, but not being a father to any children. Some people define that as success.

I don’t.

But if you did, then the king of this effort would be Genghis Khan.

And yet again, I would be considered a failure by those lofty standards. There’s a very precious few metallic-babies walking round in this world today. And I for one, think of this as a good thing. I’m not a mass-production baby-making factory. Don’t you know.

I do not have a long train of children crying for their daddy, or a a zillion courts demanding the garnishment of my pay checks.

I think that it is a good thing, but other people might not consider this a “successful” life.

Judging by appearance

Some people, most especially those in the 20’s judge others by appearance. If you are attractive, or cart around an attractive wife (or two) on your arm, and drive a nice expensive car, and wear the most stylish and trendy clothes, you are considered to be successful.

I know how it works.

And then you have a kid, and your priorities change. Or you get locked into a career, and things change further. Or, that you start having obligations, and your children need braces, school books and they want a pony. Oh, it is amazing how these criteria change so rapidly.

Yah. Well, but these criteria I too would still be considered a failure.

I dress fine, and wear nice comfortable clothing, but I don’t own or drive a Ferrari. In fact, my days of driving a care are pretty much sunsetted. Let others deal with the headaches, and the hassles. Just take me where I need to be, and be done with it, Sir.

Truthfully, I happen to like being driven around by my driver, and I really don’t care what people think about the car that I am riding in. As long as it is big and roomy and fits my personality, I am fine with it. I like the door being opened for me, and the driver and my aides buckling me in. I like it when they say “you can take a nap, sir, it’s going to be a couple of hours”. And I like it when we arrive at the destination and they stand outside ready for my calling.

Now, it's true that a Maybach is certainly something that I would enjoy riding in, but the price tag is not something that I believe is worthy of consideration.

Yet, to others, judging by this kind of criteria, I do not appear to be a very successful and wealthy businessman. I don’t have fine expensive sports cars to flaunt and to rev up the engines with.

Judging by physical attribute

Many, many people judge others by their appearances. And while I just covered the appearance of wealthy people, here, we can talk about physical beauty and their attractiveness towards the opposite sex.

Physical appearance.

For women it might be big boobs, Big hair, Big ass, or long legs, long silky hair, clear complexion, or a naturally curvy backside. And, for men it might be a big dick, a full set of hair, impressive pecks or something else… like a enormous wallet.

All this is silly.

By these criteria, I’m just so-so. I am average. Pretty much.

A big cock.
Here’s a guy proudly showing his big cock for the whole world to see and be amazed by.

.

Now, truthfully, if I were to improve my appearance it would be to slim down my waist some, clean up some of my wrinkles and thicken my hair a tad. There are a precious few people who are completely satisfied with their appearances, and there are entire product segments that capitalize on this fact.

I wouldn’t touch my penis. It’s big enough, thank you. I want to be comfortable with myself. And when I am, I am naturally happy and light, and I radiate.

This is real and true attractiveness.

I strongly believe that if you take care of your body. Fill it with fine delicious food, smile and laugh a lot and ignore the sad, doom and gloom others that surround us, that you will do fine. Just be clean, and if that means taking three showers a day, then do it. A happy, scrubbed clean, cheerful person who is open and friendly is amazingly attractive to a wide range of people.

But, you know…

Since there are so many things that are desirous of improvement, you could also say that I am pretty much a failure in those areas. I am not the most handsome man in the world. I’m just an older man. And I pretty much live that role.

Judging by experience

Ah. Now this is something that I am proud to say that I am worthy of judgement. Few people have experienced the wide ranging and comprehensive diversity of experiences that I have had. Very few. Perhaps Sebastian has.

And there is so much more open to experience…!

And I argue that this is a good thing. As the more experiences that you have, the more quantum associations you make. And thus the more quantum bonds and entanglements, the more you grow.

Ah…

But it doesn’t make for “good television” or movies. Don’t you know.

So what’s the deal?

Indeed. So what is “the deal”?

Well, you are not in competition with anyone. So there is no need to be or become “the best”.

What you want is a suitable, and comfortable life that fits YOUR personality, not that which is provided to you via the American media.

And. That. Is. It.

  • Do not use the media as a yardstick for success.
  • Your goal should be to be the best you as possible, and live the life that you deem fit.

You need to find out what you like, and the kind of life that holds meaning for you, and then you need to set your prayer campaign in motion to obtain those goals and objectives. And for me, I am very sad to say, that this understanding and realization did not occur immediately. It developed over time.

Ugh. And what you see now is not the pristine result of four decades of planning and implementation, but rather the result of a back and forth, mish mash, of attempts and direction-seeking prayer / affirmation campaigns trying to discern the best fit lifestyle for myself to adopt.

But, all in all, I think that I’m pretty darn close.

Let’s look at the changes the affirmation campaigns have brought about.

Well, right off the bat, you have seen the differences in my work / career. It’s pretty dramatic, I’ll tell you what. I studied to become an astronaut, trained as a Naval Aviator, worked as an engineer, lived as a hobo, toiled in prison, and now am a Boss out of necessity.

Life can have many twists and turns, don’t you think?

Living Environment

Let’s start with the house and living environment.

Back in the late 1980’s, I was working as an engineer inside a massive electronics corporation, owned by GM, and modeled after the work environments in Silicon Valley. They constructed these facilities in the middle of nowhere; Kokomo, Indian and all the top tier of management snagged up all the housing. I ended up living in a mobile home in a flat (former) soybean field.

Think of a mobile home on the tundra wastes in Alaska. That is what it was like. Though in the Spring and Fall, it was pretty lovely.

Today, I live in a big house off the beach. I can watch the people walk their dogs and play on the beach from my living room window, and my neighborhood is nice, and friendly.

So you might want to say that in comparison, it is sort of like this… (I will not use actual pictures of my personal life in this post. I do hope that you all understand.)

.

Yeah, it’s a bit of a change.

Do you all think that it is luck? Or that I somehow managed to eventually save my way to my current lifestyle though scrimping and saving, or through the stock market, or a “big break”? Eh?

Let’s compare companions

Oh. Now, none of these pictures that I am using is of MM’s personal life. I don’t have any pictures of my life in the 1980’s, and I sure as Hell aren’t gonna provide pictures of my current home and personal shit.

But, for the most part the pictures are accurate and are designed to give the proper IMPRESSION of the changes that I have personally experienced as a result of my life and four decades of affirmation and prayer campaigns.

And now, let’s talk about my wife; my companion.

You know, the BIGGEST influence in your happiness, your success in life, and you ability to be happy is your spouse. It’s true and I do believe it.

To understand the differences between then and now, you need to understand the ladies that I was with. And while today, my current wife is beautiful, stacked, tough as nails, but sweet as a kitten, and a strong powerful mother, my wife from the 1980’s was almost the exact opposite.

At that time, in the 1980’s my wife ( a lovely and attractive lass when I married her ) was just starting to lose her mind. Literally, not figuratively. She had an inherited mental illness known as Schizophrenia. It’s a pretty horrible illness, and at that time it was just starting to manifest, and it hit her hard. Really, really hard.

She was incapable of normal life, and started to behave very strangely. She started to hear “messages” in the radio and the television. She started to obsess about events that took place when she was seven years old, and she started performing all sorts of odd and crazy rituals. Her mannerisms changed. Her actions changed. The way she spoke changed, and her interactions with others began a near immediate down-hill side. She was impossible to take around anyone.

And so for personal tranquility, we stayed at home most of the time.

Schizophrenia is a serious brain disorder that distorts the way a person thinks, acts, expresses emotions, perceives reality, and relates to others. People with schizophrenia -- the most chronic and disabling of the major mental illnesses -- often have problems functioning in society, at work, at school, and in relationships. Schizophrenia can leave its sufferer frightened and withdrawn. It is a life-long disease that cannot be cured but can be controlled with proper treatment.
Schizophrenia is a serious brain disorder that distorts the way a person thinks, acts, expresses emotions, perceives reality, and relates to others. People with schizophrenia — the most chronic and disabling of the major mental illnesses — often have problems functioning in society, at work, at school, and in relationships. Schizophrenia can leave its sufferer frightened and withdrawn. It is a life-long disease that cannot be cured but can be controlled with proper treatment.

.

At that time, she started to get counseling, and the doctors prescribed some medication for her to take.

The medicine worked, but ended up causing certain side effects. One of which was that she gained an enormous amount of weight, became very lethargic, and would just spend the entire day sitting around doing absolutely nothing. Then out of the blue, she would become enraged and passionate. And it was absolutely maddening.

After an entire night of dealing with this madness, I would have to drag myself to work and deal with a true-to-life scene from the movie “Office Space”. It was horrible, and absolutely not enjoyable.

  • Nightime = caretaker for a mentally ill person.
  • Daytime = Worker drone right out of the “Office Space” movie.

When I would return home, I would need to clean up her messes (she would destroy things, break things, and became completely incapable of normal activity. Like throwing the chicken bones from KTC on the living room rug when she was through eating, or never taking a shower or brushing her teeth.), then I would make dinner for both of us, and try to act as her counselor to help her sort out her near-constant distress and emotional turmoil.

Times change…

We divorced, she managed to control her illness somewhat, and last I heard she was doing fine.

And me, today I am happily married to a beautiful Chinese gal, and she is normal and healthy and wholly functional. Praise the Lord!

You know, the BIGGEST influence in your happiness, your success in life, and you ability to be happy is your spouse. It's true and I do believe it.

.

Time changes everything.

Where I am today is a direct result of my prayer affirmations. Listen to me. I tell you this two times. Where my life is today is the direct result of my various prayer affirmation campaigns.

Let’s compare automobiles

This is pretty easy, but it didn’t work out as planned. But it all manifested when I started to concentrate on the end result of my desire. Not so much on the details. And as a result, an amazing thing happened…

Today I do not drive.

I have contemplated buying a car, and it is on the family table as a discussion item, but we have held back. There are numerous reasons for that, but mostly its that the local public and private transportation avenues are so well established and cheap where we live in China, there just isn’t a serious need to get a car. Though, it would be nice to have one to go outside of the community, and we are contemplating it as a future option. But right now, nah.

Instead, right now, I employ private drivers. I have them on retainer that stand by for me and drive me here and there (as a chauffeur). When I am elsewhere on travel, and not with my driver, I will if necessary, use DD or ShaoJiu which are Chinese equivalents of Uber.

Back in the day, of course, I had my own car. And at that particular point of time in my life, I drove a distressed Mazda RX-7. It was a good little car, but every month I was out in the cold or the heat trying to fix one thing or the other. A few years later, I bought a brand new car to replace it and my life changed accordingly. But right now we are talking about then compared to now, and it looked a little something like this…

Let’s compare meals

You can really see the differences in what I ate then, compared to what I eat now. Back then I ate a lot of simple foods that were cheap and easy to prepare. Much of our budget went into paying medical bills, as my wife at that time was very prone to call 9-11 and have an ambulance take her to the hospital because “she didn’t feel right”.

Breakfasts were mostly cereals with milk, and a drive through coffee and breakfast sandwich. Lunches were a drive through burger meal. I would often mix it up between McDonald’s, Burger King, and Wendy’s.) And dinners were either spaghetti, hamburgers, hotdogs, a tuna salad, a can of Campbell’s tomato (or chicken noodle) soup or chicken wings. Simple and plain, easy to make, American meals. Often the sides would come from a can. Canned corn. Canned peas. Canned beans. Canned spinach. We would eat salads. But fruit were pretty rare in our household. We would buy bananas maybe once a month.

Like I said, my wife was sick. I did all the cooking, and I was exhausted after dealing with my career and work. Only to come home to a house that looked like an army of five year olds played in it, and an out-of-control wife that was raging about something or another that she watched on television.

Today, things are quite different.

I tend to eat really well.

My wife does all the cooking, and every meal is planned and cooked by her. We go out numerous times during the week for a much more extensive meal which tends to be steaks, seafood, or specialty Chinese dishes.

And of course, there are always exceptions. There are days where I need to get something outside, or make up something myself. It's called "reality".

Today, my typical breakfast is usually a bean porridge, rice congiee, toasted Italian baguette, eggs and sausage and, of course coffee. Lunch tends to be the biggest meal of the day and it is a multi-dish affair with meats and vegetables. Dinner (supper) is slightly smaller. The difference is that I have a few beers during lunches, and my wine or VSOP at dinner.

When I am on travel, of course, I eat like a real King.

Let’s compare weekend recreation

This is also a big change, and again, doesn’t look like anything that I could have ever planned for. Back in the 1980’s my weekends were so damn predictable. We would go out for a breakfast in a diner, the highlight of the weekend might be a hike in a state forest, and I would spend most of the weekend tending to the things around the house. I would mow the grass, repair things, like the porches or windows, and of course, fix the perpetually broken car.

Today, I have a very relaxed lifestyle. We go out, walk a lot and enjoy nature. We eat really well. It might be boring to others, but lazing by the beach and chilling with a glass of wine in my hand is what I like to do.

This is not instragram

No it isn’t. This is real life.

But if I show you the pictures of my real life, it will just look “normal” and “everyday”. My life doesn’t look anywhere near as exciting and glamorous as Hollywood and social media makes out an “ideal” life to be.

Do not compare yourself to the images that you find on line.

.

I could have easily enough pulled off some amazing photos from the internet, pointed at them and said “this is me, and this Lamborghini is my car, and this beautiful instragram beauty is my wife”. But I didn’t.

Do not ever be under the impression that I have an “ideal ” life (what ever the fuck that means).

I have plusses and minuses in my life, just like every other person in this world. Just like you (the reader) does. And yes, just like you, there are things that I want to change, and things that I want to improve upon. And yes, I do maintain active affirmation / prayer campaigns. And yes, I have just finished one a few days ago.

And yeah, I do get it. What I have presented as my life looks just fantastic. Well, that is because I am using stock images and selected pictures off the internet. I tried to carefully select the ones closest in appearance and general “feeling” that represents the point that I am trying to make…

But, let’s be real. OK?

As in… REAL.

My life might not be what you, the reader might desire. It is what fits me. And I am sure that there are elements in my life that you would find undesirable. Please do not compare yourself to others, and certainly do not compare yourself to me. It’s like comparing apples to green-beans.

The reality is a little bit (not that much, though) different.

So, for instance the picture of a delicious steak does not mean that every single meal that I eat has steak. It means that I eat quite well, all things considered. I eat a lot of fresh food, and far more sea food than I did when I lived in the States. And while I might of had 80% of my day to day meals as fast food, today, it is much less than 1%.

I eat well.

But it is difficult to quantify directly… I eat delicious, and healthy and tasty food in nice eating establishments, or cooked at home with a degree of special care and love. It is not a mass produced GMO-laden artificial-food-product dished out to drone-workers in a corporate grind-mill.

I eat well.

The real deal; Metallicman and family having "paper fish" at a restaurant. The fish is cooked in a paper wrap with all sorts of spices and tasty vegetables. It is so very super delicious! So yes, I eat far better now than then, but it's not always steaks, don't you know.
The real deal; Metallicman and family having “paper fish” at a restaurant. The fish is cooked in a paper wrap with all sorts of spices and tasty vegetables. It is so very super delicious! So yes, I eat far better now than then, but it’s not always steaks, don’t you know.

.

And you know that chick that I use to represent my wife, is not my actual wife, but (you know) she actually is a pretty darn good approximation. Asian, big smile, attractive, stacked, nice long hair, great personality, happy. She’s fine for me, and yeah she had a lot of suitors. But she ‘chose” me. Good and bad.

Here’s a more realistic picture of her, not showing anything, with our youngest. Looks so plain, un-glamorous, and so very uninspiring. Right? Real life is not all glamor. It is… real.

Don't compare yourself to others.
Mrs. Metallicman with our metallic baby in front of our old house on the bay. It’s not instragram. It’s real life. And the point of all this is NOT to compare yourself to what you THINK others live their lives. You need to compare it to yourself based on your prior experiences.

.

And the picture of the guy holding the wine glass and relaxing. That isn’t me, and that isn’t my glass of wine. (I tend to fill the glass up to 80% full, not the “oh so dainty” one fourth glass full.) Nor is the guy pushing the lawn mower. In fact, in the 1980’s I had a used lawn mower that continually broke down all the time, and I was constantly playing around with it.

And that guy holding open the door for me to get in is actually a stock image off the internet. Though they really do open the doors and close them for me in actual life when I get into the automobile.

And the picture of the boss isn’t me, but gosh darn it, it could well be. My reality is not that far off from what is depicted. Let me tell youse guys that for certain. I am a BOSS. And I portray that image and that feeling. I don’t wear a tie, and if my customers can’t handle that fact, well… too bad.

And that image of me as a beta cluck worker drone in corporate cubicle-ville in the 1980’s could very much have been me.

So you can see that my life has it’s plusses and minuses.

And it is about tradeoffs.

For instance, I love living near the ocean in a laid back area, with friendly folk around. But living on the beach in the tropics is quite different from living in a mountain top, with swirling snow while you are all cozy and snuggled inside of a toasty cabin.

It’s about trade-offs.

To live on the beach in the tropics means that I will not be able to experience the cabin in the snow squall. Tradeoffs.

it’s all about tradeoffs and what matters to you personally.

Life is about tradeoffs.

Conclusion

It is all good and bad, and areas that need improvement, but all accounts much better than what it was forty years ago, and it wasn’t by accident either. I worked and toiled and controlled my mental processes to make it all happen.

So…

If that is what I can do, what about you?

You have something that I didn’t have. You have guidance, direction and skills on how to conduct prayer campaigns. I had to learn as a consequence of my MAJestic role, and a lot of it was forced trial and forced error. And now you can greatly improve your life to an extent that would amaze. So make it be.

Do you all want some more?

You can see more in my writings about Prayer and Affirmation campaigns here…

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

Various stories about prayer affirmation campaigns, and deviation lessons learned in the process.

Or, some history on how my knowledge about affirmation prayer campaigns developed and evolved over the years. With intentional omission of the the primary drivers – my MAJ involvement, and the need to maintain my sanity. This write-up provides some insight in to how they work, and involves a span of time going back four decades.

Here are just some stores about some of my experiences in conducting prayer affirmations campaigns. They are in no particular order, and have no other ranking aside from their personal illustrations. I think that I have learned lessons from them, and I have applied what I have learned to all my subsequent affirmation campaigns. I think that if I were to relate my stores, you too (dear reader) might learn a thing or two that you can use to put your efforts and your own affirmation campaigns into better focus.

We will begin with a campaign that I had almost completely forgotten about. As it was initiated a decade or more ago, and it was something that I did WHILE I was still within MAJestic. (Performing prayer and affirmations campaigns during my operational years greatly assisted in me keeping my sanity, and being able to have and hold some degree of control over my life.)

So let’s begin with…

Big house, one the beach, with a wine cellar.

Yup. That’s exactly what I asked for. I did so way back in the late 1980’s to middle 1990’s. And since it didn’t materialize within a few years, I thought that it would never materialize.

I was wrong.

It materialized in 2017.

And it was exactly as I specified. It was huge. I mean HUGE (by Chinese standards), perhaps six times larger than the typical middle class household, with an enormous yard (porch). Yes, it overlooked the ocean. Yes, it was roomy and airy, and the walls were white and off yellow-white exactly as I specified (back in the day). And, yes, it even had a wine cellar! In a land where cellars are a rarity, let alone a wine cellar, this one had it, and it too was enormous!

And I loved it when I got it, and I loved the location. I loved how the air moved about the house, the cool and calm location, and my neighbors.

But…

A number of things happened. (And that is life don’t you know.) Nothing bad, or good. Just “neutral”.

First off, let’s confront the “elephant in the room”…

Why did it take 20 to 30 years for this affirmation to manifest?

Best I can figure out is that my goals were way, way outside of my abilities and my lifestyle track. You can ask, wish and dream for all sorts of things, but if your current lifestyle cannot not support them, then you would have to go through some changes to get to that state, and at that time, I was happy with my life. 

I asked for all sorts of things, on the condition that my life would not change.

WTF?

Yes, you read that correct. To make and achieve your desires you will need to go through changes, and changes are always never comfortable. So what you need to do is come up with a staged set of affirmation objectives to get to that point. 

In my life, I had to...

[1] Change my relationships.
[2] Move to the coast.
[3] Change my occupation.
[4] Change my attitude about life.

An only once I had achieved these interim stages were my base line desires and objectives able to materialize. This is true. Don't think that you are going to suddenly have a "lifestyle of the rich and famous" without moving out of your mobile home first.

And then,

Why aren’t I living in this house now?

This is what is funny about life. You think you want one thing, and when you get it, you discover that there are other things that you do not like, or that does not appeal to you. 

For me, when I made the affirmation, I was living in and around Boston. It was a beautiful area, most certainly, but a ride to the beach was a two to three hour drive, and thus I could only go to it on the weekends, and for all practical purposes limited my beach excursions to maybe four times or so a year.

Truthfully, a beach-side home in Massachusetts, even the cheapest and most remote run down broken homes would have run me millions of dollars. It was way, way beyond my means at that time. (And true, it still is. Which is why I don't own a beach-side home in Massachusetts.) 

Now, once you get a beach-side home you learn a few things  about home ownership on a beach. Things, I dare say, that I was unaware of at that time.

Everything gets wet.

Everything.

Condensate collects on the walls. Art, paintings and pictures, warp and get ruined. Clothes never fully dry. Door knobs get sticky with clammy residue, and winter down jackets and clothing starts to deteriorate when stored in plastic bags.

Screws rust.

Mattresses get cold and clammy. Even on sunny warm days. Fog isn't just something that is outside, it is something that you find in the hallway and closets. Tools all rust out. And sand gets into everything.

And while I did enjoy my time in that house, after a while I decided that some place close to the ocean, but not on the beach was more desirable for me, and my family, personally.

So let’s look a little deeper into the drivers behind our desires, and what we want.

It wasn’t what I thought it was.

This is a theme that will come up time and time again when your dreams and wishes manifest. You have one image, one vision of what you want, and when it happens it just isn't the "same thing". Even though it might look and feel just absolutely identical to what you desired.

Somehow I absolutely pictured a cross between the images of Miami Vice, the homes in Cape Cod, and a Hodge-podge of "homes of the wealthy" on television and movies. If you were to quiz me back in 1998, what I wanted, you might see one of those Miami Beach-front homes that resemble a LA mansion overlooking a long stretch of white sand under a blue - blue sky.

Do not laugh.

The television show Miami Vice defined American culture in the 1980’s and 1990’s.

Miami Vice. 
No television series represented the style or dominant cultural aesthetic of the 1980s as fully or indelibly as Miami Vice. A popular one-hour police drama that aired on NBC from 1984 to 1989, Miami Vice was in one sense a conventional buddy-cop show—not unlike Dragnet, Adam 12, and Starsky and Hutch —featuring an interracial pair of narcotics detectives who wage a weekly ...

-Miami Vice | Encyclopedia.com
Television heavily influenced what I thought what I wanted.
Television heavily influenced what I thought what I wanted. Scene is a beach-front mansion (with a wine cellar) on the 1980’s hit television show “Miami Vice”.
Now, you all might think that I was crazy for wanting such a thing. I was doing fine. I had a nice home, cabin, in a small town outside of a state forest in Massachusetts, and it was cozy, nice and I loved Massachusetts.

And that's the way it is.

When you are bombarded with culture and contemporaneous television and movies, you start to see other things, and they are always portrayed in such a way that you can relate to the characters in those flicks. You end up saying "hey! I'm just as good as that guy. Why can't I live that kind of lifestyle, like him?"

Well?

Isn’t that the way it is?

Like all those Instragram Influencers that everyone is jealous of?

Scene from Miami Vice.
Would you believe that I actually owned a (red) convertible with a phone just like this and cruised around back and forth to work wearing a similar style of attire? Yeah. It’s strange, but it was on my affirmation campaign, and so it did actually happen! Just not at the same time as my beach house.
What we think we want, and what we actually (deep down inside) want is often polluted by the media, culture, society and popular culture.

It shapes our thoughts.

That's a DANGER.

For me, I was heavily influenced by the Miami Vice television show of the 1980's. As well as most of America. This influenced what I believed that I could be, aspire to, and what kind of lifestyle that I felt was deserving for me and my family at that time.

Instead of saving money, building a family like what was depicted in television shows of the 1960's...

Leave it to Beaver
The Brady Bunch
The Andy Griffith Show
My Three Sons.
Bewitched
The Dick Van Dyke Show
Mayberry R.F.D

A new kind of narrative took hold. It was one of bright blue skies, fast and expensive cars. Beach houses, attractive girls in bikinis and live fast. It's a narrative where you could like a billionaire while you were still in your 20's. After all, how did some detectives (Miami Vice) get to drive around in a Ferrari?

Anyways, you become what your environment influences you to be….

The 1980s were called the Reagan years, because he was president for eight of them. During his first term, the recession ended. Inflation was controlled. He reduced taxes. Americans felt hopeful that they could make money again.

Observers created several expressions to describe some groups of people at that time. One expression was “the ‘me’ generation”. This described Americans who were only concerned about themselves. Another expression was “yuppie”. It meant “young urban professional”. Both these groups seemed as if they lived just to make and spend money, money, and more money.

Entertainment in the 1980s showed the interest society placed on financial success. The characters in a number of television programs, for example, lived in costly homes, wore costly clothes, and drove costly automobiles. They were not at all like average Americans. They lived lives that required huge amounts of money.

Two of these television programs became extremely popular in the United States and in other countries. They were called “Dallas” and “Dynasty”.

At the movie theater, a very popular film was called “Wall Street”. It was about a young, wealthy, dishonest — powerful — man who traded on the New York Stock Exchange. Power was a popular program idea in action films, too.

And what did this all get me?

Yes…

It got me a corporate life that pretty much fit that image plastered and burned into the skull of just about everyone in the United States.

Scene from Miami Vice.
When television, the most popular television shows, portrayed a working environment with whites and greys, where the management lived inside these white rooms, and you sat facing computer screens, and had projects in big empty bare chambers… they begin to manifest all over America… as a REALITY.

It’s not just work.

It’s everything.

You see, our brains take what we see and watch and change our reality to fit those images. And this can be anything from a desire for a certain kind of house, to a way of dress, and an office space. But it can be anything. Like food for instance…

Other examples of reality deviance from expectation

This next example is a perfect example of how what you wish for might not match what you ask for.

Ah, we all like fine delicious food. And when we think of the wonderful food we have images of our “comfort” foods. Those foods that we grew up with, and that which gave us pleasure and enjoyment. For me, growing up in Western Pennsylvania, these images have always been of pizza, hamburgers, fine Polish – Italian food. Hot crusty buttered rolls.

And of course, being who I am, I wanted MORE!

  • More is better, right?
  • Bigger is better? Eh?
  • Lots is better than a few? Eh?

A few years back I added a simple line statement affirmation to my affirmation lists. I have kept this statement in over the years and I have watched it affect my life. The statement is very simple, but…

But…

… the results were unexpected.

Unexpected.

The statement is…

I eat fine, delicious and healthy food all the time.

Oh, what a change that it has made in my life. I am not at all kidding. It really changed my life. And since I added this statement the number of hamburgers that I would eat, the plates of spaghetti, and the other types of deep fired American food just about “dropped off the cliff” to a point where I rarely eat those items at all any longer.

What!

Is that what I wanted?

No. No. No.

Something else materialized, instead.

Instead, I find myself eating delicious Thai and Hunan food, with imported wine and beer. If I eat Western and American food, instead of it been greasy or fatty deep fried delicious goodness, it’s mostly steaks and fresh sea food.

Fine. Delicious. Healthy. Food.

I said it.

It materialized.

Delicious Thai food.
Since I added this singular affirmation to my various campaigns, my quality of eating has increased enormously, and the type of foods that I used to eat have become fewer and far between. I eat fresh fish, steaks and cooked vegetables. Not so much deep fried chicken and french fries.

Now, I will tell you, the reader, that I was NOT expecting this. Actually, I was expecting a nice run of delicious think subway sandwiches, large platters of delicious mac and cheese with tons of gooey cheese, and deep pan pizza. But that is not what happened. instead, I now find myself eating a higher quality of tasty food with enormous quantities of delicious vegetables, top and choice cuts of meat, and very little in the way of fats.

Funny how things work. Eh?

Remember… what your eyes see, what your thoughts create, and what those around you think about… becomes what you will experience.

From the movie My Cousin Vinny.
Typical small town Southern community. This is in Georgia.

Deviance is obvious when it involves material objects

The difference between what you ask for, and what you actually get is obvious when your affirmation revolves around material objects. This can be a car, a home, a location, a boat…

Here we look at how thoughts change your reality and generate new ones. And it's any thoughts, and any passions. Not just those associated with prayer campaigns.

This one is seemingly about boats. Ships. Sailing.

Seemingly.

When I lived in Indiana, I had this dream about sailing to the South Pacific and exploring the islands there. At that time in my life, I worked in the “corporate world” and it was every bit as real as the movie “Office Space”. It was the same. The same bland colors, the same irritating people, the same grayness.

And like “Joe”, in the movie “Joe vs the Volcano”, I longed to escape it.

Scene from the movie office space.
The movie “Office Space” has a cult following simply because it is more than just a comedy. It is a snapshot of what American corporate life was like for millions of us back in the 1980’s and 1990’s. It was awful, and the truth is that many of the “so called” humorous” elements in the movie actually occurred to us on a regular basis.

Ah, but sailing…

Now that was an adventure.

So, I read a ton load of books, on the subject and subscribed to all sorts of magazines related to sailing and the cruising lifestyle. And many a cold frosty day stuck in the icy sub-arctic weather of a horrific Indiana winter was spent thinking, reading, day dreaming and planning of traveling all over the world in a boat.

No. I did not devise an affirmation campaign to manifest this desire.

But I thought about it all the time. I talked about it all the time. It was not just my hobby at that time, it was my obsession.

Now, thoughts create your reality.

Right?

Thoughts create your reality. Whether they are planned and formalized as in a prayer campaign, or just seemingly “random” as in a passion or an obsession.

Scene from Office Space.
For millions of us “cubicle warriors” the type of lifestyle that was depicted in the movie “Office Space” was a reality. It was a harsh reality, and what made the money such a hit is that it gave us participants a chance to step back, and look at the lives that we were living from a third-person perspective.

And while I argue that you need to utilize formal affirmation prayer campaigns to focus your desires into a materialization of your desires in the reality, you can use many other techniques to make this happen. Often, you aren’t aware that you are manifesting and creating such realities.

Now, all this focus and all these thoughts had created various manifestations.

I ended up meeting people who were building and constructing their very own ocean-sailing yachts. yes! In rural Indiana of all places. They would be building these large metal vessels in their back yards, in barns and on flatbed trucks. Each time I met them, I felt closer to my dream, and felt that I could live a more rewarding life than what I was on track for…

…the clutching for the almighty dollar.

Scene from the movie "Joe vs the volcano".
Scene from the movie “Joe vs the Volcano”. Joe arrives at work. And deals with the stress at his job, his company and his life.

It was great seeing other people who were working on their “escape plan”. Many of them had formulated their dreams and desires over the years and had spent decades building their vessels from which they could change their lives and go onto adventures with.

So, naturally, something happened.

I bought a boat.

No, not an ocean sailing yacht. I was in Indiana, for goodness sakes! But I bought a power boat for the local lakes in Indiana. It was a 18 foot ski-boat, and it was beautiful. We (my wife and I) named it “Going Coconuts”, and we kept it at a large lake about an hour drive North of where we lived in Kokomo, Indiana.

And even though it was a small ski boat, it taught us things about the boating lifestyle that we were not thinking about all the times we read, and lived the dream of sailing. All sorts of things. And things that we were unaware of while we were sitting and reading those fine glossy magazines on sailing.

  • Boats require licensing just like cars do.
  • They require loan payments as well.
  • And insurance.
  • And you only get to ride in them a few precious times of the year…
  • But you need to store them somewhere, and that costs money.
  • They need more care and maintenance than a car requires.
  • And they are a lot of work to keep clean.

Somehow, all those articles kind of glossed over these points. And while they talked about doing this repair, and paying that cost, We were unprepared for the shear magnitude of time, effort and cost to maintain the boat. It was almost like a big hole that you ended up throwing your money into.

"A boat is a hole in the water into which you pour money” is a popular saying that has been printed on gift items, such as T-shirts and posters. “A yacht, they say, is a hole in the water surrounded by wood into which money is poured” has been cited in print since at least 1961 and is of unknown authorship.

-The Big Apple: “A boat is a hole in the water into which ...

After buying the boat, I was beginning to think that my thoughts and dreams were misplaced. That perhaps I was yearning for something that the purchase of THINGS cannot repair…

And then… came a movie.

Captain Ron

Captain Ron.
This screen splash says it all.
Caroline Harvey: Captain Ron, I was wondering. Are we going to be going to any more "human" type places?
Captain Ron: Well, you heard of St. Croix?
Caroline Harvey: Yeah.
Captain Ron: We're going to the island just to the left of it.
Caroline Harvey: What's it called?
Captain Ron: Ted's.

Let’s talk about the movie “Captain Ron”. You see at that time, in my life, I yearned for a life that was more adventuresome and exciting than living the “Office Space” existence that I had at Delco Electronics.

Delco Electronics designed and developed automobile electronics, computers and systems for GM. It was an enormous facility that was the absolute clone of the horror of (the movie) "Office Space". It had the worst aspects of the enormous General Motors culture in the nightmarish existence of Silicon Valley smack dab in the middle of the flat corn belt of Indiana.

And then the movie “Captain Ron” appeared.

This is wonderful movie, and one of my favorite movies of all time!

A family inherits a sailboat and decides to flee the urban rat race. They don’t realize that they will have to over come many hurdles, including aspects of them selves, Capt. Ron, the boat and the environment. It’s a movie about adventure, change, and a reappraisal of your values and why your work so hard for what you think is important to you.

Captain Ron.
Captain Ron discusses one issue or the other with the new owners of the schooner.

.

Captain Ron Rico is about as laid back as laid back can be.

[as Ben, who's 12, moves Captain Ron's beer]

Captain Ron: 
Hey. Get your hands off that.

Benjamin Harvey: 
I was just moving it. I wasn't gonna drink it.

Captain Ron: 
You bet your little booty, you wasn't. You want a beer, you get your own beer.

-- Captain Ron

He’s an ex Navy carrier driver whose been through one too many squalls, not to mention a stint in rehab.

A treasure chest of worldly knowledge, he’s never at a loss to relate his exploits even when it comes to his glass eye, “Won it in a crap game a few years back.”

Yah.

[Lost in a heavy storm]

Captain Ron: 
The boss is right. We should be okay. 'Cause I know we're near land.

Martin Harvey: 
Great, Cap. Great. Ya hear that? We're almost there. Explain to the kids how you know that, Captain Ron. Someone translate for General Armando.

Captain Ron: 
Alright, now stay with me: When we left, we had just enough fuel to make it to San Juan. And now... we are out of fuel!

At first glance he’s a man you wouldn’t trust to float an inner tube, but as he proves to Martin Short throughout the course of the movie, he’s “far more cunning than first suspected.” After all, you gotta love a guy who as he’s sipping beer with Short’s young son, he tells the young lad that he just caught his parents “Playing hide-the-salami in the shower.”

Martin Harvey: 
Slow down! There's boats all over the place!

Captain Ron: 
Don't worry. They'll get out of the way. I learned that driving the Saratoga.

The daughter plays a teenager that is simultaneously apathetic and nearly out of control. The son is a kid who hasn’t taken an interest in life until now. The father assumes that Capt. Ron can’t know anything while the family begins to believe that it’s the father who doesn’t know anything.

Captain Ron: 
[telling how he lost his eye] Yeah, it happened when I went down off the coast of Australia.

Katherine Harvey: 
Your boat sank?

Captain Ron: 
No, no, no, no. Not my boat. My boss's boat. Yeah, we hit this reef. Huge son-of-a-bitch. Ran the whole coast.

Katherine Harvey: 
Wait. The Great Barrier Reef?

Captain Ron: 
You've heard of it, huh? Smart lady.
The son in Captain Ron.
After a while the Influence of Captain Ron affects everyone, and even the son seems to have been influenced by the antics and behaviors of Captain Ron.
Captain Ron: 
[to Ben] Hey swab. C'mere. Listen up. Now, the way it works shipboard is, you do your job. You do it good, you get a better job. Maybe you get promoted from swab to mate.
[Ben nods]

Captain Ron: 
Alright. Get on it.

Captain Ron: 
[to Martin] Sort've an incentive kind of a deal, huh?

Martin Harvey: 
Ah. Good.

Captain Ron: 
Yeah, incentives are important. 
I learned that in rehab.

By the end of the movie, I actually found myself nostalgic for the sense of freedom and fun that only Captain Ron can steer you towards…

This movie was one of the triggers to me moving away…

…far, far away from the corporate life, and mindless pursuits of more and more money, and more and more things.

[Approaching Martin and Katherine in a holding cell on San Juan]

Bill Zachary: 
Mr. and Mrs. Harvey? I'm Bill Zachary from the U.S. State Department. I've got some good news for you.

Katherine Harvey: 
Oh. You found our children.

Bill Zachary: 
No. But you're not being charged with subversion.

What’s really going on?

Was it really that I wanted to build a boat, that I wanted to sail the world? That I wanted to partake in the adventure of skippers and the ocean breezes? Or was it something else?

Was it that I was so tired of the bland corporate life…

And the sterile sameness and pleasantries of Central Indiana…

… flat…

…bland …

Typical Indiana.
Typical Indiana.

… pleasant ….

…made “good” money….

…that my soul was screeching and screaming for some “LIFE” and some excitement! That maybe I just wanted some “color” in my life. Some fun. Something different. Something that would alert my senses…

…something “real”…

…anything, really…

…and without anyone to guide me…

…I reached out to things that appealed to me, but that weren’t really practical and in tune with my real and direct needs.

Long story short…

I conducted an affirmation prayer campaign, and within a very short period of time, say nine months…

…I moved.

And I moved to really interesting places. And my first stop was the very unique and colorful Hattiesburg, Mississippi. And let me tell you’se guys something serious. This is a great and unique and super dooper colorful area.

Doc Hollywood

We generally do not know where our affirmation campaigns will take us. That is, unless we are specific in our destinations. At that time, I knew in my heart and soul that a serous change was required and that I was unhappy where I was, and while I was eating and sleeping well, I was also miserable. It was not the life that I wanted. It was far too clean, far too boring, and far too bland.

So I wanted excitement.

Or, maybe, not “excitement. I wanted a change. I wanted a more colorful area, with more interesting people, more tasty choices in food instead of the McDonald’s, or other clone restaurants that had displaced all the family diners and changed them to Applebys, and Pantera Bread chains.

I was tired of manicured lawns. Cinder-block stores, with the same prices, the same canned music, the same types of cars, in the same colors and shapes. I was tired of every house having a red door, a General Motors made car, and a mail box that they bought from Lowe’s.

I was tired of McMansions.

I was tired of corporate life. Corporate radio (and at that time, big corporations bought all the radio stations in Central Indiana, and played a rotating 50 songs over, and over, and over…)

I was tired of Maggie May!

My soul was screaming for … change!

And what manifested was sort of unexpected. It was very much like a cross between Mayberry RFD (The television show.) and the movie Doc Hollywood.

Like I said.

Unexpected.

Doc Hollywood

Scene from Doc Hollywood.
Hattiesburg, MS resembled the scenes within the Movie Doc Hollywood. It was uncanny. What’s more, it wasn’t Mc-anything. Everything was authentic. Everything was “real” with substance, and a genuine nature that was the opposite of “corporate”.
I have to laugh! 
Thubanstar8 December 2004

I have to laugh at all the comments on this board which say this movie's plot or the characters are not "plausible".

I live near the town this movie was shot in, (I was an extra for one day, and a "stand in" for two days on this film. It was neat!) and believe me, the characters are not only believable, you can meet versions of them in small towns all through the south.

There is a big difference between city and deep country life. Maybe people in very urban areas and countries tend to forget that. Quite honestly, I know several people down here in the boonies who make the folk of "Grady" look downright sophisticated.

That criticism shot down, I just have to say it's a really sweet film. It has a lot of atmosphere and some good character development, even in the minor roles. It portrays small, small town America pretty accurately and with a great deal of charm.

Dr. Ben Stone is leaving DC for a job doing plastic surgery for celebs in LA when he runs into a picket fence in a small Southern town and has to do 3 days of community service at their clinic as penance.

His fancy sports car is totaled anyway and he has to get it fixed.

Miffed at being waylaid in such a hokey place, he tries to get through the next few days in time for his new job.

Scene from Doc Hollywood.
There’s a real charm in the deep South. And it was like a refreshing burst of fresh air compared to the stifling conformity of corporate life in Indiana.

.

He meets a wide cast of characters — and to their credit, not everyone in a small town is so gosh-friendly. Some are mean, some are troubled, some are nice — like any other array of people. Ben meets Lou, a single mother who drives the ambulance, as well as Nancy Lee Nicholson, a confused beauty who wants him to take her to LA.

In a town full of colorful characters, two ‘stars in the making’ stand out; Woody Harrelson, as ‘Lou’s’ suitor, Hank Gordon, a country variation of his bartending character from ‘Cheers’, talks dumb but has a knack for selling, only lacking a place to make big money at it; and Bridget Fonda, as Mayor Nicholson’s oversexed but ‘out of place’ daughter, hopes Stone will take her away to the bright lights of Hollywood.

For me, the movie was a representation of my life in Hattiesburgh.

Actually, if you all want to get "technical". I lived in Pervis. Which was a small town outside of Hattiesburg.
Scene from Doc Hollywood.
Yes. The citizens of Hattiesburg Mississippi pretty much resembled those portrayed in Grady in the movie “Doc Hollywood”.
I have watched Doc Hollywood umpteen times and like it more each time . macpherr20 October 1999

To most people this movie is about a small town in the South. To me that one small town street is the place where my husband and I used to day dreaming about buying antique furniture after he would finish graduate school at the University of Florida, in Gainesville, Florida. 

The movie location, the one street town of Micanopy, is just a few miles away from Gainesville. 

They show the entire downtown! 

As I have watched Doc Hollywood umpteen times, I love to see the corner store, which was a jewelry store called the Strawberry Bank specializing in antique jewelry about seventeen years ago. I would put stuff on lay-way as graduate students could not afford the luxury of buying something faster. 

Then we would drive around those back roads full of trees and Spanish moss and eat an early dinner: fried cat fish, fried okra, rice, and whatever fresh thing they had that our small stomachs could contain. 

It was such a great time in our lives! 

That area is surrounded by students. I guess we did not realize how little we had as graduate students, since we were even able to afford an off-campus apartment! Everybody else had about the same youth and enthusiasm and we were looking to our bright futures. 

I would go to the library and get books on antiques furniture, old lace and antique jewelry. I would audit French classes, take classes in jewelry making techniques: such as lost wax and casting. 

I learned so much about life in that town, and biked until I ended up tan without ever sitting in the sun.

Like Michael J. Fox (The American President) "Dr. Benjamin Stone," I was fascinated with the big city. Coming from one of the largest cities in the world, I just wondered what I was going to do after I finished my classes as a Visiting Student at the UF. 

Well after living there for about four years, I learned much more than what graduate school could ever teach. 

Like Dr. Stone, I fell in love with the place, I would not mind having a pig named Jasmine, I fell in love with the quilt making, the silence, the southern hospitality, and how "they all" thought I had an accent. 

I can even do a pretty good southern accent now myself! 

Every once in while a celebrity would come to town like Sally Fields (Forest Gump) raising support for a project that her brother a physics professor at UF was working on. Those college folk, they sure come up with strange ideas. That was so cool!

Julie Warner (Mr. Saturday Night) "Lou" was so adorable with her down to earth attitude. 
A catfish dinner.
A mainstay meal in Mississippi; the fried catfish dinner with chips, slaw, and pickled tomatoes with hush-puppies.
I loved to see the Mayor dressed like a squash. That is the South!

This is an excellent movie.

It has values. Ben Stone realized that being a Doctor in a small town might even mean having to read to your clients personal letters to them because they could not read.

He in the end realizes that being needed is far more important than money.

My favorite quotes: " Watch your language Doc, you are in the belt of the Bible belt."

Stone: "There were cows in the middle of the road! I told you my insurance company will be happy to pay for that fence."

Judge:"I built that fence myself. Neither you, nor, your insurance company can pay for a fence that I built myself."

My favorite scenes: the one street in Micanopy, the cute wooden cabin, the little old ladies quilting and arguing.

Ben Stone and Lou driving around on that old huge ambulance, and acting like real animals demarcating their territories by scent. They would urinate and distribute the liquid around to detract deer that would attract the hunters.

My husbands favorite scene is Julie Warner slowing rising from under water when she was skinny dipping. Not lewd, but enchanting.

Well we are going to "visit all " the relatives down south and eat fresh catfish in some back road "ma &pa restaurant." I guess " you all" have to go buy or rent this movie.

This movie is great because it is about many people deciding for themselves how they want to live — whether in a big city or in a small town — and why they value what they do. It is also about an epiphany for Ben Stone and changing of his ways internally.

And that’s pretty much what I moved to.

A super nice small community with it’s own unique (and very different) culture, society and food. And it was refreshing! Absolutely and positively refreshing!

The point here is that you need to leave your affirmation campaigns wide open so that things that you are not aware of, but that meet your deepest desires are able to manifest. If you are too specific, you might end up with a house like what you see on television, and not like one that your really want.

Here’s what Hattiesburg was sort of like…

Rural Mississippi. Very nice.
Rural Mississippi. Very nice.

Now…

There’s many things that I can say and lessons to be learned. But at this point we will park this conversation here for a spell.

And the rest of the story here…

Eventually, I had to leave my position in Hattiesburg. Which was really sad. It happened when there was a restructuring in the corporate office (in Chicago) and they input new management in (from Silicon Valley) who remade the entire working environment…

…wait for it…

…yet another clone of “Office Space”.

Ugh!

Office Space.
And suddenly, just like that (snaps fingers) I was living in corporate America all over again, as a “power” yellow-tie corporate executive remade my Mississippi company into a clone of Silicon Valley.

So…

Some trends are too large, and too invasive to escape from. It’s like trying to run away from sweat. It will form, and the only thing that you can do is try to get / make yourself comfortable.

Ugh.

Conclusion

My skills in regards to affirmation / prayer campaigns were honed over four decades out of necessity. It was like I was on this churning, bobbing, sea of turmoil that was frequently trying to push me under. And my only way to maintain sanity was to take control of my thoughts and actions. And over time, I realized just how critical the control of my thoughts were.

Indeed, if I were not careful others, and other things would change and alter my thoughts to something else, and something quite different. And I didn’t want anything to do with it.

Gosh and golly, there are so many lessons here, some of which I spelled out to you, the reader, and others that you might be able to see if you read between the lines. It is our thoughts, and the shadow thoughts of others which can make our lives great, or a Hellish experience. Our only recourse is to control the barrage of thoughts to something that we can manage.

Be careful of your affirmations. What you think you want, might not be what you earnestly truly want deep down inside. It’s like the guy who says that he want’s a “big dick”, when in reality, he just wants a lot of sex. Be real, and be truthful with yourself.

This was my story.

I am sure that you have your own stories that you can add to this. For life is a very interesting journey. And learning, and experiencing life is our duty.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Affirmation Index here…

Intention Campaigns

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

Tweaking the MAJ Operator. A narrative of what it is like.

Humans are herd animals. We graze upon the grass in yards fenced in by other sheep. All the time being watched over by the farmer and his barn-dogs.

Now, in this post I am gonna talk about an aspect that I have yet to cover. This is, pretty much, and essentially “the other side of the coin”. Or, to put it in more conventional language, what the other half of me is doing.

Ah. Confused?

Well, of course you are. Or you should be.

In order to explain what is going on, or has happened with me, and what is going to happen to you all, you need to understand what our reality is. you need to understand what our universe is. You need to understand what time is. You need to understand what world-lines are.

And with that being understood, then and only then, I can explain things to you all.

Because it’s really a Hell of a lot of work, and just a casual conversation with a “normal” just isn’t fruitful.

Hey! You're the Jackass that says he was a SEAL and has alien implants in his head and can time travel! Yeah. Yeahhhh right.

It’s like that.

No really.

It’s EXACTLY like that.

It’s a twisting of words, by the intensely ignorant who are not listening, have no desire to listen, and substitute their ideas to replace what I actually say. Then regurgitate it in a disparaging manner so as to ridicule my actions, my experience and my exposures.

But, here… for you handful that are actually reading what I write, who are actually following my lesson plans and learning… I am presenting something that I have not talked about much.

Here we are going to talk about a few things.

They are…

  • The division of consciousness in any particular world-line.
  • How consciousness splits between the Heavenly realms and the Reality Universe.
  • What is going on “behind the scenes” with myself as a “MAJ Operator”.

Quick Note

The post concerns a “medical operation” that I underwent.

When ever one of these “adjustments”, “procedures” or “operations” occur, there are usually larger scale events in the physical world going on afterwards. Whether that is the result of the procedures, or whether the procedures are to mitigate the effects of those events, I do not know.

This post describes an event that took place on 14OCT20 in the early morning.

Introduction

Today in my early morning slumber, I experienced one of my “medical procedures” that I have from time to time. It doesn’t happen in the physical reality.

Nor is it tied to a given place or world-line.

It is not tied to any particular world line.

It occurs outside the world-line travel vector (known as time and space), and for most people it is “just” a dream. That is how we interpret it. It is an event that lies outside our physical reality, and which lies outside our dreams, and which lies outside what we know and understand as “reality”.

Many people mistakenly call these events “abductions”. Where they are forcefully taken against their will to strange places or labs for medical dissection, weird sexual experiments and other horrors.

It’s nothing of that type.

But I can see how someone would get that impression.

What I am going to describe is something that I consider to be “normal”, because I have lived with it for the last four decades. But it will sound strange to “normal people”. I have all sorts of things that are going on regarding me. I mean, not just in my day-to-day life, but outside my life (my 30% of consciousness associated with world-line travel) . It’s the realm of what my other 70% is up to.

Consciousness is divided.

The soul divides the consciousness into groups.

10% to 30% is associated with getting experiences on earth. I call this "world-line travel" within our "reality universe".

The rest is off doing "other" things.

Usually, because it has no direct bearing on my day-to-day activities, I pretty much ignore it all. Much like everyone else does. And for most people, that is all that there is.

Your day-to-day life and then you die.

Game over.

.

.

Well, it’s not that way.

Instead, everyone has a big (huge) part of them off doing “things”.

Much of that is in the “Heavenly realms”, but a lot has to do with nearby (to the “Reality Universe”). Because being a human means that part of your travels the MWI in the physical body, and the rest of you do other things elsewhere. It’s normal. It’s what being a human is.

And me, well…

Well…I signed up for all this.

So I am more active in these other areas (I personally believe) that most of my fellow human brothers and sisters. I am an active participant. I am more involved. I am thus a little bit different.

Like how you might have a stud bull, or a prized milking cow. Or maybe how one of your calves won the State fair. 

And, as part of my role…

…It’s many things that I have (already) talked about. All pretty much revolving around sentience sorting…

… and evolution…

…and all that is wrapped up within the program that I entered back in April 1981 in the United States Navy, Office of Naval Intelligence (ONI) for a program that fell under MAJestic operations…

… that I be handed over to a specific extraterrestrial species …

… and that they would do things to me…

… and that it would be for the good of all humanity.

But…

While it was explained to me that I would be in the program for life, and that my role would be an important one, and that I would be exposed to very advanced and top secret technologies and concepts…

…I had no idea that I would still be actively involved and being tweaked well past my retirement years.

Narrative

I always know that I am going to have a procedure done when I enter this particular room / chamber. Yeah. It’s mostly plan and painted white. But the room is of complex geometry, with rectangular budges here and there, and some odd wall and ceiling shapes.

It’s like the most oddly shaped room that you can think of. Not rectangular. Perhaps trapezoidal with the protrusions to the room rendering it’s shape intensively difficult to discern.

The way that I remember this room is actually rather silly.

There is this particular panel in the deck. It appears to be a pane of glass covering over a wiring conduit (empty and devoid of wires) of a pretty odd shape. Think of a rectangular “T” shaped cutout in the floor of a white deck, only with the top of the “T” cut off forming a Trapezoidal shape. The bottom leg of the “T” forming a long squeezed extension, with a kind of rhomboid shape. And all covered with a clear thick pane of acrylic or glass. Under the glass is just an empty space. Rectangular in shape. White and plain.

It’s odd. I know.

And that is how I remember.

Every time I see this strange feature, I am able to recall other times that I have been in this chamber and (pretty much) what to expect.

And now, let’s talk about this time…

Prep for the procedure

It’s all pretty conventional.

I find myself in this chamber. I’m alone. So I look around and get my bearings.

I notice the room size, the walls, the strange “cut out” in the deck, and move forward.

A few minutes later…

A large group of short people fully dressed in medical garb enter the chamber (and it’s a real bunch. Perhaps twelve or fifteen.) and they all start laying out all sorts of tools, devices and equipment around an operating table. Three or four come to me and two of them get to each side of me and softly but firmly hold me…

“Oh, he’s one of the good ones.”

And they relax their grip, and I take the injection. And it is an injection, of sorts. I mean there is no needle it is just applied to my skin like the soft touch of a cold metal ball bearing. And I just stand there watching the events transpire.

After a few minutes the effect starts to take hold.

A numbness, a ringing in the ears, an inability to feel anything, and I just kind of “stand there” swaying in the room. My consciousness remains in place in the room, but my “dream body” is carried to the table. (By the two orderly nurses, that stood beside me, on my left and on my right.)

My consciousness is "glued" to that spot. Meanwhile my body collapses into the arms of the other two nurses and is carried to the operating table.

One of the “nurses” (the third one that said that I was a “good one”) asks if I would like to observe.

I respond “Yes. Sure.”

I think this. No physical words are actually spoken.

And my eyesight changes (to what I immediately infer as to the kind of eyesight that the doctors and nurses see).

It’s really, really different. With exaggerated reds and yellows, and glaring white spots. Everything else is in light blues. Like a pastel world. The entire room is bluish, but the table, the equipment and the gadgets on the tray surfaces are all light pink and white.

I watch for a while as they perform some kind of actual operation procedure on my “dream body”. I have no idea what they are doing or why.

It continues like that.

I drift off…

I wake up early in the morning. It’s 4:45am. The sky is getting light, and the morning clouds over the ocean are really nice. Red. “Red sky in the morning. Sailors take warning.” It’s calm and I hear the morning birds singing their song. I can even hear the sweep of the brooms of the building cleaning ladies as they sweep the sidewalks and ready the complex for the day.

What in “blue blazes” is going on?

Blue blazes. Unknown. An imaginary place somewhere on earth that is said to be excruciatingly hot. invented by old people . grandma: my goodness , its hotter than blue blazes in here!

-Urban Dictionary: blue blazes

Well?

Do you all think that I am just making this up? That I have too much time on my hands and that I just live vicariously in my Metallicman postings? Nope. I’m telling you all what is going on, how it works (to the best of my ability) and how everything fits together.

This little bit of personal exposure can tell you A LOT about our universe and how it works, if you just take the time to listen.

Consciousness Partitioning

I have covered much of this elsewhere.

The universe is complex, and we reside within a specific reality known as a “reality universe”. Our soul inhabits a “Heaven Universe”. And it is a part of our soul that we call a consciousness. And that is what occupies this “reality universe”.

But…

The consciousness is not 100% dedicated to any given world-line. Instead it puts part of it all over the place. But, for purposes of simplicity, we can say that the physical reality has control of from 10% to 30% of our consciousness at any given moment, and the non-physical reality has much of the rest.

In the picture, I showed the physical reality that one inhabits as part of the MWI. And I show a person who's consciousness inhabits a given body. I write in purple that the remainder of the consciousness is split in that non-physical realm. This is shown as 60%.
Physical vs. non-physical realities.

So…

In the picture, I showed the physical reality that one inhabits as part of the MWI. And I show a person who’s consciousness inhabits a given body. I write in purple that the remainder of the consciousness is split in that non-physical realm. This is shown as 60%.

Ah.

But it should be 70% you argue.

What happened to the remaining 10%? Well, it’s elsewhere. Some in the Heaven Universe and some off and frittering about all over the many, many multitudes of the MWI world-lines. It’s here, there and everywhere.

Ok…

So what is going on here.

Well, as far as I can figure, and I’m pretty convinced that this is the case, my physical body is snoozing and sleeping as my consciousness moves though the MWI. And other entities are spending time dealing with my non-physical body.

Yeah.

We have two (recognizable) bodies that our consciousness occupies. They are…

  • A physical body.
  • A non-physical body.

And they both inhabit the “reality universe” simultaneously.

Reality separation (physical and non-physical)

So, let’s look into this a little deeper.

But first. Let’s make sure that we are all on the same page. OK?

  • Soul. Soul is what we are. It dwells inside it’s own special universe. We call that universe “Heaven”. I like to call that place the “Heaven Universe”. It tends to stay there.
  • Consciousness. Soul takes a part of itself and forms a vehicle to travel outside of Heaven with. This vehicle is known as “Consciousness”.
  • Reality. The universe that soul uses to obtain experiences. It’s called “the Reality Universe”. Each experience creates new associations and entanglements at the quanta level. The soul exports the consciousness that it creates into this reality so that it can grow.
  • Physical. The physical reality is the part of the reality that we humans can sense and interact with.
  • Non-physical. The non-physical reality is the part of our “reality universe” that our physical bodies cannot see, or sense.
  • World-line. The “reality universe” is a series of fixed points in time. Each one is a frozen “snap shot” of every possibility of everything in the universe. Each “snapshot” is a world-line.
  • Time. Time is the movement of our consciousness. It moves in and out of reality in a sequence. It moves one world-line to another at a rate that is governed by the frequency that our physical brain operates in.

Perhaps it looks something like how the Eastern Religions portray it. If so, maybe it is something more in alignment to any of the many pictorials of the various states of the non-physical realities that us humans deal with. Perhaps like this…

The five koshas.
The three bodies and the five Koshas.

As I see it…

The physical world and the non-physical world are both sides of the same coin. Your consciousness inhabits both simultaneously.

Yet, strangely enough, when your consciousness moves about (in wave form) you can observe your physical body asleep in bed, or your non-physical body being operated upon in a operating room.

It seems strange to us. But that is the way it actually is.

And, more intelligent, older, more technology advanced species do not see this as an odd separation at all. They view this as the natural order of things and proceed in their day to day lives without a moments thought to this. They use this separation between the physical and the non-physical to “gate us all in” the “pastures” where we can roam free and graze.

We cannot leave the pasture because we don’t know how to open up the gate.

But what do I know?

It could very well be something completely different. But to communicate what I experience, one must recognize the idea that our physical body is covered in sheaths or layers that reside outside the physical. They reside int he non-physical realms, and have their own attributes.

Attributes, that others in various religions, have mapped out.

For me, as a novice in regards to Eastern Religious and Spiritual thought, I simply say that there is [1] a physical body and [2] a non-physical body. This non-physical body is different from the physical one. And as such, the extraterrestrial doctors and nurses provided operations upon it. Operations that were apparently unnecessary on my physical body.

And for simplicity purposes. Let’s leave it at that, for now.

Anyways, to fully understand what I have described…

… you must recognize that I am telling you all, in the physical reality, what my consciousness was exposed to. As well as what my consciousness observed while events that transpired within the non-physical reality.

My consciousness observed medical procedures conducted by Type-I extraterrestrials on my non-physical body. It is a common enough procedure for me, and something that I have learned to live with. I do not know what they were doing. I do not know why they were doing it.

  • I am one of numerous humans that have these procedures.
  • It is part of my role within MAJestic.
  • I believe that it is for the good of our species.
  • It is a unique experience, and sounds fucking crazy to an outsider.

The procedure is something that is common enough (for me), so that I recognize the facility. And the nurse comment is such that it implies that I am not the only one who goes through these kinds of procedures. Whether they are all related to my MAJ program is unknown.

Medical procedures on the non-physical aspects of the body

Well…

You all can read between the line on this.

Other species can operate and live, work and “play” within the non-physical reality, and we (humans) haven’t a clue as to what is going on because our senses are far too rudimentary.

These other species thus have a life, with structures, buildings, work, procedures, and relationships there in the non-physical reality. And if they do, so must us humans.

If a species is technologically advanced, it would make sense that they would be masters of the physical environment. But they would also be masters of the non-physical environment.

And as far as the “medical procedures” go…

What are they? I don’t know. I really don’t understand much of any of this. What I can tell you all is that this procedure was NOT “biological sampling” of a random human for monitoring programs. (That involves other activities and <redacted> involvement.)

They were (and I very strongly believe) that they were making CHANGES to my non-physical body of some type. That this is part of a long series of procedures that has been fairly regular over the decades at a rate of maybe four to five a year for the last forty odd years.

I strongly do not believe, at all, that the procedure is corrective in nature or intention.

This procedure is one of a long series of procedures that is altering myself in both the physical and non-physical realities to become something else. Perhaps a more “metallic” sort of person. And I mean that as something different than a robot. I mean that as on the elemental level. Something quite different that what I was biologically intended to be.

Physical areas in the non-physical realms

Yet…

How can there be a “Operating Room” in this non-physical environment? And why is it so oddly shaped?

I do not know.

But what I actually do know is that there all sorts of physical analogs in the non-physical worlds. And others who have traveled through them (no matter what they refer to them as) have reported the same thing. Call it the “astral plane”, or “the realm of the spirits”, or whatever you fancy, the fact is that there are physical analogs of buildings, structures, and creatures off in the non-physical worlds.

But… Wait!

Maybe what is going on isn’t what I think it is. Maybe what I think has been too unduly influenced by the books that I have read, my Catholic upbringing, the occult, and popular narratives. Maybe, just maybe something else is happening…

Maybe I was not observing my non-physical body being operated upon. Maybe I only thought that that was what was going on. Perhaps I am completely misinterpreting the events.

Or, even yet. Perhaps I am just crazy.

But, for the purposes of clarity and to really unload all my experiences as part of being who I am, I’m dishing this all out to you all. Right here and right now. It’s the truth, and you can learn from it. It can provide you glimpses of what our reality actually is, and what your role actually is.

And maybe, just maybe…

Conclusion

…you can see that your thought generation in the physical worlds, have an effect on your non-physical analog body.

That there are species and races that so-inhabit these non-physical realms with us. And that if we welcome their assistance, and not fight it, we can end up growing, improving and becoming a better person and a more active member of society.

Truthfully, as I have stated in my other posts regarding my post-implantation experiences, the “spiritual side” of our reality is stronger and more robust than anything that we can understand. If we are able to control our thoughts, and use affirmation navigation, not only can we improve the physical lifestyle and comforts that we experience, but we can just as well improve it for our communities.

The non-physical worlds are MORE important than we give them credit for. They define what our physical life becomes. We need to spend more time understanding this aspect of our lives, and paying more attention to our thoughts and our actions. Especially when it involves the lives and thoughts of others that we care about in our communities.

Humans are herd animals. We graze upon the grass in yards fenced in by other sheep. All the time being watched over by the farmer and his barn-dogs.
Pink Floyd – Sheep.mp3

Do you want more?

I have more posts and articles like this in my MAJestic Index…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

Remote Viewing within the MWI; how it works and what to watch out for in your world-line activity.

Remote viewing is defined as the ability to acquire accurate information about a distant or non-local place, person or event without using your physical senses or any other obvious means. It’s associated with the idea of clairvoyance, seemingly being able to spontaneously know something without actually knowing how you got the information. It is also sometimes called “anomalous cognition” or “second sight.”

Many of us experience this from time to time as an intuitive flash of insight that turns out to be correct. Many well-known entrepreneurs and business people, like George Soros, Conrad Hilton, Thomas Alva Edison and Akio Morita, the co-founder of Sony, have attributed their business success to this ability. And we’ve all seen natural psychics perform seemingly amazing feats of mental skill on TV.

The difference between natural psychic receptivity and remote viewing is that the latter is a trained skill, a controlled process, that the average person can learn to do, to some degree or another.

-Gaia

This post covers remote viewing of the future and how it works. But instead of saying that remote viewing of the future is a glimpse of the shared universe, we look at it in it’s true state. For the “shared universe” is really the MWI. And thus you have a quandary. If you are on a world-line following your own specific paths, and you read about someone remote viewing the future, is it accurate?

  • Does the remote viewing of their extrapolated future, have meaning for you?
  • And, how can you know anything at all about their extrapolated future when you are on your very own personal world-line?
  • What is the mechanism for observing world-line futures?

Well, here in this post we will look at all these elements and more. So this post will enable the reader to obtain a far better understanding of our universe, and the abilities that we have and hold within it.

First off…

What is the Mechanism for observing world-line futures?

It’s pretty much understood that certain people have “tapped” into our reality and have trained themselves to observe things and relate these things to others. It’s known as “Remote Viewing”. There is not too much that I can add to this, except to lay out the general mechanism(s) involved.

  • Thoughts control our reality.
  • By awareness, and training, one is able to see, and track what our reality is.
  • This might manifest in all kinds of abilities that go by the labels of ESP and PSI.

You can pretty much INDIVIDUALLY see what your own future holds by [1] adding affirmations that state that ability and that allow your to learn and cultivate it, and [2] try using any of the well publicized techniques of remote viewing yourself.

I have done both.

But I do not use it very often at all.

The reason is this…

Remote Viewing of my death

I used both techniques [1 & 2] above to view what would happen in my future.

The year was 2005 and I was going through a remarkable time. My mother died, I went through a divorce, there was a fight over her estate, and I was caught up in the middle of it, I lost my job, my car, my house, and my pets. And then I was retired from MAJestic.

I went though a serious crisis after crisis and I was fearful of my future as everyone was telling me what to expect once I entered retirement…

I fully expected to be hurt seriously, and killed as part of MAJestic. It was not an idle concern. I knew from <redacted> . Certainly there was a couple of attempts along these lines (I haven’t written about them, yet) And I was literally shaking all day and everyday.

Once the papers got the news that I was being arrested as a Sex Offender, all hell broke out. And the vast amount of hatred and disgust poured into my life. People were driving by my house, and stopping and looking it over. People started to follow me. I even caught a guy with a can of gasoline trying to break into my back door.

I was at a low point.

The fear was eating me alive.

And so I added these affirmations. I specifically asked for direction, calmness, solutions and starting points.

Answers started to flow into my consciousness…

  • Go to a counselor.
  • Have a doctor look at my shaking, fear, and upset.
  • Realize that my possessions are only things.
  • My mother’s time was over. It had nothing to do with me.
  • The divorce was part of MAJestic retirement.
  • I had to be retired. I was considered “dangerous”.
  • Do not fight the retirement, accept it and focus on the objectives.
  • Don’t flee.
  • Migrate what remaining assets I had outside the country.
  • Focus on reestablishing my friendships and community in China.
  • The retirement will be short, and then I can move to China.

Finally…

  • I “saw” my death.

I was thin, and looked like I was in my 90’s. I was in a hospital bed in a very modern hospital. I had two or three others in my room looking at me, and I expired peacefully. Calmly. Smoothly. Like drifting off into luke-warm water.

This image.

This image was all that I really needed to have. It told me that no matter what I was going to go through, that I would go through it and survive. i would be fine and die an old man being taken cared for and surrounded with people who cared for me.

And that was all I needed.

To understand how remote viewing works you need to understand how our “reality universe works”…

As I have repeatedly stated, [1] we are consciousness.

We are NOT a body.

Further, [2] our consciousness enters a specific singular world-line. Usually empty and devoid of other “active” consciousnesses.

We do not share a “place” inside a universe with others.

And [3] it appears that we share things because billions of years of thoughts have created an underlying “template” that all the world-lines feed off of.

But…

It’s [4] not a singular template. Wildly divergent thoughts and actions have created multiple “template(s)”.

And thus when your consciousness enters a body on the earth, you are positioned upon one of a multitude of templates.

This template is the “pre-birth world-line template”.

A starting point

A “pre-birth world-line template” is the starting point that the consciousness uses when it enters the earth reality to obtain experiences. It is a point in “time”. It is a spatial location. And it comes with a “map” of the highest-probability world-lines for the “passage of time”.

This template is called a “template” because it is used by other consciousness’s as well. There are many, many such templates. And, as such, many, many, such maps.

What a map is, is a cluster of “highest probability” outcomes of the decision process for a given consciousness.

  • If your routine is to drink coffee with toast in the morning, it would be a point on the map.
  • Jumping out the window and killing a chicken and eating it for breakfast is a possibility, but a remote one. Thus it is not on the map.
  • To get to that remote possibility, you need to “slide” off the map onto another world-line template map.
  • The map is a display of the “highest probability” world-lines that your thoughts will generate for you.

It is (often) mapped out on the MWI in the form of a 3-D (three dimensional map). With the “lessons a soul can learn” (also known as hardships or entropy) mapped in the Y-axis. And it would appear to us (observing the map) as highs and lows; as mountains or valleys.

Of course, the newbie might think that since changes and feelings change on a moment to moment basis, then the basic map would change as well. Well, that is false. We only believe that we have control over our thoughts and the generation of the world-lines. In all actuality we do not. We are like sheets in the wind and our thoughts are predictable based upon the stimuli that our consciousness experiences in any given world-line. 

In the image below, we see two individuals that share the same pre-birth world-line templates. They MAP is identical for each, but the path that they take is different. (This is a rather extreme simplification, but it is a useful exercise.) Notice that they both use the same pre-birth world-line template. Thus, they both “understand” each other. Notice that they make different decisions within the same template, but the decisions make sense to each other.

A “pre-birth world-line template” all mapped out with that of another whom actually shares your template.

Because [1] they use the SAME “pre-birth world-line template”, and that [2] both of them follow the same predictive pathways within the MAP, we can say that both Mr. Red and Mr. Blue’s world-lines are “clustered together”.

  • You can be on the same map and cluster together.
  • But also different maps can also cluster together if their thoughts are similar enough.

As such, while they are on different individual world-lines they might share the same sights that each observes. They might watch the same birds flying in the sky or the same mountains in the distance. And they might observe the same things that other people who use the same “pre-birth world-line template” do. As in this example…

The experiences that a consciousness is exposed to varies from person to person, yet we all can experience the same kinds of things in similar ways.

Here we can see that all three individuals are using [1] the same “pre-birth world-line template”, and [2] the same map, and [3] are all clustered together.

The Pre-Birth World-Line Template is THE MOST IMPORTANT aspect of your life upon the earth. No matter what decisions or thoughts that you have, this template is the foundation from which they derive from. This is the starting point; the initial conditions that your consciousness uses when it thinks and makes decisions and initializes physical actions.

And while you can move away using world-line travel, and strange and unexpected behaviors, and even slide off the world-line map into new, strange and unexpected maps (and their associated world-lines), the basic “programming” of your physical body will remain intact. You will always have the “pre-birth world-line template” influence in your life.

So stop that idea that once you are on a new world-line that everything is fresh and new. It isn’t. It’s just a continuation of your “passage of time” as it “hauls about a large line of experiences behind it”.

But…

Is it possible to predict the future using Remote Viewing in the MWI?

Well, the answer to this is YES it is.

However the future that you (or the person making the remote viewing activity) is able to predict is your own shared template, and shared map. If you are not on a shared map then the predictions would have very little relevance to you.

Here’s an example.

Let’s suppose that you have been [1] conducting consciousness navigation using “Prayer / Intention Campaigns”, and [2] you have been very aggressive about it. Because you have been so aggressive,  [3] you have been sliding off your baseline “pre-birth world-line template” onto new maps.

Like this image…

In this map we see that Mr. Red has slid off his “pre-birth world-line template” map and entered a new map full of new realities for him. He uses Remote Viewing to see what lies ahead of him. In this instance, he views the future WITHOUT any slides to other maps. And he has a blurry image of the future, because the strongest candidates for his future lie in three separate world-lines. Thus he tries to interpret the results as best as he can using the tools at his disposal.

In this case, the remote viewed points are designated as three potential blue dots. YES. A person can remote view their future. But the nature of the MWI is one of a blurry and unsure future. For he (you, perhaps) are seeing three possible “blue dot” futures. It’s not all that clear.

Now, some things are stable enough to resolve clearly. Because all three “blue dots” share many attributes. You can see those attributes most clearly. But it will be the specifics that will be difficult to pin down.

Now, that does not necessarily mean that they cannot see the futures for other templates. Many such templates themselves cluster together. And thus one remote viewing of the future can apply to broad swaths of population.

Of course, the ideal is that since “time” is the real progression of your consciousness through the MWI. And you go world-line through world-line on a “pre-birth world-line template”, of course it is possible for you to “see” the future. You just need to be aware about the map topography.

And, if you KNOW that you are conducting Intention Campaigns that involve slides, you can factor those slides into your remote viewing efforts. Thus, you are best able to see the future that you, yourself are in the process of mapping out.

However the ability to do so for others involves a completely different set of skills. It is one that has to be cultivated and trained for over time.

So let’s talk about other people.

Does the remote viewing of someone else’s extrapolated future, have meaning for you?

Maybe yes and maybe no. It depends upon if the pre-birth world-line template resides upon the same cluster or grouping of world-lines.

  • Yes. If you share the same underlying pre-birth world-line template, and / or reside on a MAP from whence the future was perceived from.
  • No. If your MAP, template, and world-lines have no connection to that of the remote viewer.

If you are both on the same template then, the future is likely to be the same for you. As well as same or similar to all others that share that template or similar maps. It makes sense, yes?

Here are two different people. One Mr. Red and one Mr. Yellow. They do not share the same “Pre-birth world-line template”, nor do they share the same kinds of world-lines and neither of their world-line paths and maps are part of the same cluster. The end result is that both people remote view their futures and come up with widely different futures.

Now, the use of Remote viewing is not just a skill that anyone can use. It is a skill that you can learn, and achieve a great degree of accuracy with, provided that you understand that you are dealing with the MWI and that there are limits to what you can observe.

In the example (picture above) you can see that two different people would have widely different remote viewing results simply due to the nature of the map that their world-line travels follow upon.

Therefore, it would ONLY have meaning for you if your world-lines are all clustered (in some way) with the world-lines of the person conducting the Remote Viewing exercise. Which for many people (or at least a sizable percentage) would actually be the same.

How can one know about someone else’s future when you are on a different world-line?

Good question this.

The odds are that you cannot.

UNLESS, of course, you have chosen to enhance and cultivate your inherent awareness to the point where you could actually do so. These other skills are possible, but you need to cultivate and develop them. This entire exercise relates to the ability to tap into the non-physical worlds, get the date there and extrapolate with your senses. There are those that can do it. After all, there was a CIA program specifically devoted to this exercise.

In general, I would advise the reader just to mind your own business and stick to your own issues, and ignore the thoughts and predictions of others. Their realities will not have anything to do with yours (for the most part).

Predictions are what we make out of fear in the hope of trying to find some guidance when we feel that our life is “out of control”. You don’t need to worry about that, really. If you seriously want to have insight into what YOUR future will hold, then just simply add affirmations to your intention campaign. Such as these…

  • I have occasional glimpses or visions of clarity that will depict my life at points in time of six, nine and twelve months in the future.
  • I intrinsically understand the relative importance of other predictions that I read and hear about.
  • I do not fear the future, and am very comfortable with my life as it unfolds.

Metallicman predictions

So, please don’t ask me if I know what is going to happen in the future. I do not. No one does because we are all within our very own bubble of reality. The best that I can do is predict what is going on within MY cluster of world-lines and what the end result might be for others that share my similar train of thoughts.

As such, I pretty much assume that Metallicman readers pretty much share some of my baseline maps and templates. So you might be pleased or horrified to see your future though the eyes of us out here.

Which means, the PTB are correct.
Spicy times are coming, but they will not be distributed equally.
Care and due diligence will be necessary.
Avoid crowds, and establish yourself firmly within a community.
Be a Rufus.

In which case, I predict a period of global turbulence lasting at least ten years. Followed by a nice and slow period of extended calm and peace.

The last period of upset was 80 years ago and that was the 1940’s. The first five years of that decade was marked by a global wide war.

The next few years will prove to be exciting and if you all don’t want to share in that excitement, perhaps you should find quieter and more boring places to live. Maybe you might try to replicate what the oligarchy has done and buried themselves deep underground in hidy-holes in the remote sections of quiet and non-intrusive nations.

Don’t waste your time trying to find answers on the internet. Almost everything on the internet is censored. If you can find things that are not censored, you must carefully determine and discern whether it is disinformation or not. Most Alt-Left, and Hard-Right are saturated with disinformation. Avoid them.

Remember, boys and girls. Real wars, nuclear explosions, and biological weapon use will not be televised. As will the horrors of concentration camps, and genocide. None of that is ever televised. The “dumbed down” sheeple need not be informed.

Find the answers inside yourself. You’ll be a better person for it.

Is it possible to perform Remote Viewing?

Yes. Anyone can.

I will cover Remote Viewing in another post. I am not an expert in it, and at best I am just a hobbyist who used it occasionally. Yet I know a thing or two that might give the experimenter some advantage when using the techniques.

Declassified remote viewing sketch.

But here in this post we are concerned with the Remote Viewing of others and whether or not they have any relevance to a practitioner of prayer / affirmation campaigns. In general they don’t. The only real relevance is what you, yourself thinks about.

Conclusion

In times of trouble or change, people become fearful of the future. They try to search for ways or understandings on how their life might stabilize into some kind of calm and predictable life. As a result they tend to look at those who might give them predictions of what the future might hold.

Right now, there is an American election coming up. It is between Donald Trump and Joe Biden. And people are consulting their favorite “news” organizations for reassurance that their “guy” would win. Also along these lines are polls and “experts” who crunch data and try to help people sort out what the future will be.

Impressive prediction graphics abound on the Internet. This one was found here.

There are techniques that utilize the resources of clairvoyants and people who conduct Remote Viewing exercises.

There are also other ways to divine what the future might hold. Such as tarot cards, soothsayers, people who speak in tongues and other techniques like automatic writing, and mediums.

All this might give the reader a pause to hope, but the truth is that the ONLY way that you can control your future is through your thoughts and your actions. (And that includes buying a plane ticket to Bora Bora.) And if you want to live in a stable and peaceful world, the answer lies in your affirmation campaigns. Concentrate on yourself and your family. Don’t worry too much about the alarms and predictions of others.

Bora Bora.

And that includes Metallicman. For I see some spicy times ahead on my clustered world-lines. Perhaps it might be a good opportunity for you (if you have concerns) to slide off the current world-track you are on, and slip into a far calmer world-line. Don’t you think?

It’s NOT that difficult.

If you are truly worried then conduct an affirmation prayer campaign using the following affirmations;

  • Myself, my family and my immediate friends are all safe, secure, and happy. We are isolated from any conflict, trouble and strife that swirls around us.
  • We are protected, happy, and have a safe and calm life. We are insulated from danger.
  • Whatever is reported in the news I have an immediate understanding of it’s relevance to my life.
  • I and my family are given direction on how to act, behave, think, and work so as to avoid any troubles and conflicts that might come near us.

And finally,

Please avoid crowds. Avoid danger. Cultivate friendships. Learn skills, and volunteer in your community. Be known within your community.

Do you want more?

I have more posts of a similar nature in my Prayer / affirmation index here…

Intention Campaigns

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

A little discussion on how your consciousness is able to navigate the MWI world-lines accurately

You know, people want to know the "secrets of the universe", and when you present them the information, they go "what's this shit?" They said that they don't want "that". Oh no. They want something that already agrees with their erroneous world view...

Anyways…

The way the universe works is pretty straight forward.

Thoughts create our reality. What you think naturally causes your consciousness to migrate to those places conceived by your thoughts.

This pretty much agrees with what we understand about quantum physics.

But this post is going to step into this matter at a deeper level. We are going to get into [1] the fracturing of consciousness and [2] how the whole consciousness works (behind the scenes) to [3] generate very accurate and suitable world-line destinations. Destinations that fit both [4] pre-birth world-line templates, and [5] autonomous consciousness world-line roving ability.

So, this post is NOT going to be about the nuts and bolts of MWI navigation by an Affirmation Campaign. No, it will not be like the other posts. Instead, it is a discussion about [1] how the world-lines are manifested, and [2] what elements of a given conscious thought generation contribute to them.

It’s a very, very deep subject. And it is very, very advanced.

I’ll try to explain it in simple terms so that everyone can understand what is going on and the mechanism(s) involved.

Review

For those of who who are new to Metallicman, let’s let put it simply.

The world that surrounds you has not resemblance to what everyone thinks it is. It is something entirely different.

I have covered this in other posts, in other places. And I tire about repeating myself.

You have walked into an advanced discussion area, and you won’t be able to make out anything that is said herein unless you start with the basics. Therefore, for you newcomers, you need to start at the front and work your way up to this point.

Intro to a first time visitor;

MAJestic

If you want to know how to control your world though manifested thoughts and intentions, which is what this particular post is all about, go here…

Intention Campaigns

Start at the beginning and work your way down. It’s all there. It’s everything you ever need.

So to fully appreciate what is being stated here, you must recognize that the world is not a physical place where your body is born into.

Instead, it is a temporary construction. It changes moment to moment by the thoughts generated by your consciousness. And it is your consciousness that occupies the physical reality. Not your body.

These changes are known as “world-lines” and the physics involved is known as quantum physics, and the particular branch that this discussion centers upon is known as the MWI.

  • The primary world-line that you start out with at birth is known as your “pre-birth world-line template”.
  • Movement through the various world-lines is known as “time”.
  • Switching the pre-birth templates to completely different sets of initial conditions are known as “slides”.
  • Intentional navigation though the various world-lines is known as an “intention campaign”.
  • Planning and directing a navigation vector through the MWI is known as “mapping”.

Consciousness is the key to everything

So here you are.

You are not a physical body that thinks has emotions and walks about.

You are soul, that creates a “consciousness” that is placed within a (human) container that is fixed and tied to a pre-birth world-line template.

Your physical body, and the world surrounding your, as well as all the thoughts floating around and the spirits, and all that history, and the subway cars and everything else is all just a very elaborate construction.

Not your construction.

You, your consciousness, your soul did not create this reality.

You picked it out, and you selected it.

You (as soul), put part of you inside this “sandbox”, this “playground”, this world-line reality at birth to obtain experiences.

And with each experience…

New relationships (known as “entanglements”) were formed at the quantum level.

Good or bad. Right or wrong. Black or white. Love or hate. All defined what your consciousness experienced, and all defines who you are. For you are the sum total of your experiences.

Put a “part” of you inside the reality…

Yes.

Your soul created a “consciousness”.

It used quanta that it has, and organized it, and arranged it, and made a “consciousness”,

Most “consciousnesses” contain from 10% to 35% of the quanta of any given soul.

Which means that most of who you are is out in Heaven somewhere, doing “other things”.

And your “consciousness” is busy doing a number of tasks…

  • It is experiencing “life” within the “passage of time”.
  • The “life” is a non-stop sequence of experiences.
  • Each experience is the building, shaping, structuring, and arranging the relationships between different quanta, by your thoughts and your physical actions.
  • Thus it is making and creating memories.

All the time, the consciousness resides within a fixed physical body. One that has emotions, and feelings and other biological needs that drive it towards behaviors. These behaviors might be normal and bland, like eating and sleeping, or more complex like desiring to own a sports car, or having an interest in someone else, or very complex like emotions and relationship entanglements.

So the sum total of your “life” as a human, from birth to death, is actions and thoughts that result from experiences within the MWI. It is what the consciousness experiences. And since the consciousness is a part of the soul that created it…

That comprises from 10% to 35% of the activity of the soul.

What are these “other things” soul is doing…

So a big question that you might want to ask is what is the soul doing if a part of it is living life within the MWI?

Is it up there in Heaven “twiddling it’s thumbs”?

twiddle (one's) thumbs
To wait idly because one cannot take action or has nothing to do at the moment.

Although the phrase refers to an actual movement of the hand (in which one's fingers are interlaced and each thumb is brought over the other in succession), the phrase is usually used figuratively.
Twiddle one’s thumbs.

No.

The soul is actually busy doing other things in Heaven.

Most of which, are way beyond the scope of what the consciousness might understand. For the consciousness is in control of a physical mind, within a physical body, that is physically tied to the understandings of that world-line that it is part of.

Now, it it be well understood that I do not have privy to what is going on with soul, because (after all) I am like you. I am a consciousness trapped within a physical body. And all I know that might be different is limited in scope, and tied to my EBP and other “understandings”. Things which might or might not be correct.

Never the less, there are some things that we can infer are going on.

Namely what the soul is doing in regards to the consciousness that it created.

For, as we well know, the soul is intimately connected to the consciousness. And, as such, the consciousness (you) can have an “inkling” of what soul might be doing in it’s involvement with the consciousness.

Orders from Headquarters

When I was young, and I wanted my father to play with me, the would sometimes explain to me that he couldn’t. I would ask why, and he would say “orders from headquarters”. Which meant that there were powers stronger than him that were telling him what to do and how to do it.

  • Sometimes it would be his job, his career, and his schooling (night school).
  • Sometimes it would be my mother.
  • And sometimes it would be other commitments.

All of which were beyond my understanding as a young boy.

So, instead of getting involved with detailed explanations on why he could not play with me, instead he would use this “catch all” phrase. He did this knowing that he did not have the time to explain the various complicated relationships and issues involved. And even if he did, it would have been unlikely for me to understand the reasoning at that time, at that age, and at that stage in my personal development.

There is NO WAY that any human within the “reality” universe that comprises the MWI can understand what is going on within the “Heaven” universe. All we can relate is the flimsy and tenuous understandings associated with the link between our consciousness and soul. Because, after all, they are intimately tied together.

So, what we can say is that there is a “relationship” between soul and the consciousness that it creates.

We can further say that this “relationship” is involved in how the consciousness obtains experiences…

Because, after all, that is WHY the soul created the consciousness in the first place.

… and thus the soul is in charge of the degree of comfort or discomfort that the consciousness experiences.

This has some profound implications.

What this means

While the reader should be well versed in the idea that thoughts create our reality, we have to take into account that there might be other influences that might also bend and shape the realities that converge.

What other influences?

  • Strong, contrary thoughts that might inhabit the world-line(s) that you inhabit. These might inhibit your Intention Navigation Campaign.
  • Physical limitations of the world-line itself.
  • Modification of the intention desires by your soul, which might run contrary to the desires of your consciousness.
  • Other, non-physical entities or mechanisms that might work with your soul to mitigate your intention direction.

In other words, it is very probable that your soul is assisting in the manifestation of the new world-lines that you enter. The degree of this “assistance” will depend on all sorts of factors. But I guess that the point is that you (as consciousness) have support (from your soul) in the selection of the world-lines that you enter and move towards. And that it will not alloy you (as consciousness) to “get off the track” in regards to learning experiences that it desires.

Thus you can expect the resulting world-lines that materialize to be what you asked for (in a Intention Campaign) but with very specific “strings attached” (lessons for you to obtain and learn from).

"Strings attached" is an idiomatic expression we say in English. When you give something to anybody with strings attached, that means there are conditions or obligations to the recipient. 

For example, you give a friend a new car and he is obligated not to refuse you if you ask him for a favor.

-Strings Attached | WordReference Forum

Thus…

An Intention Campaign for (example) that might want a girlfriend that is a beautiful model in show business, might come with the “strings attached” that might have things from which you might learn some important lessons. And lessons are always uncomfortable. In this case, perhaps, she has a husband named Bluto, or that she has warts and will give them to you.

The soul, when working with the consciousness, will determine the level of severity and speed of the lessons that you will obtain within this MWI experience.

  • Some intention campaigns will be exactly what you desire. After all, if your intention campaigns will not work, then you would stop doing them.
  • Some intention campaigns would have resultant desires that would be exactly what you want, and it will come with a lesson that you will learn. If I were to ask other readers of Metallicman about whether they learned anything from their manifested desires, I might get hundreds of responses.
  • Some intention campaigns will result in things manifesting that will change the course of your desires in mid-stream. That is when you know that your soul has a hand in the manifestation of your desires.

So, do not mistakenly believe that 100% of what you intentionally campaign for will result in a 100% manifestation of your desires. The actual numbers are actually slightly less. It’s more like 95% and 95%. And it is your soul that has the ultimate say over what your consciousness manifests.

You (consciousness) is part of something much larger (your soul). And what you desire, and think of will manifest within your reality. Just realize that your soul has a say in that manifestation.

And it will come with a "price tag".

Conclusion

One thing about “false positives” is that every time they occur, you learn from them. That’s funny, isn’t it? Have you ever stopped and wondered why some manifested intentions have false positives while others don’t?

It’s all about the lessons that you as consciousness obtain.

Now, knowing this mechanism, you should be better equipped in using and manifesting your affirmation campaign. You can expect that what you yearn for will continue to manifest, and that the results will not do so by the laws of the physical universe, but rather will be “massaged” and manipulated by your soul to best manifest for your very own personal growth.

That is a good thing.

So, you need to keep all this in mind as you observe things manifesting before your very eyes. When they do, you need to review what lessons you are learning and whether or not you are growing as a person, as consciousness, and as soul in the process.

From the point of view of your soul, this is your learning center. Don’t squander it. Play with whatever “toys” you desire. Just know that their manifestation will be associated with the learning of something, at some time.

Just know that their manifestation will be associated with the learning of something, at some time.

Enjoy.

Life can be far more exciting, far more enjoyable, and far more wonderful than you could ever imagine.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Intention Campaign Index here…

Intention Campaigns

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

Disco Weener-Beaner Haven; How the focus on an Intention Campaign objective affects the timing of acquiring your desires.

An “intention campaign” is a method of prayer that allows a person to alter their reality so that they can achieve and manifest their desires.

This technique has many different elements and is is all well-founded within quantum physics, though most physicists have no idea that the reality can be displayed in the way that I describe. Even those that follow the Everett Postulate of the MWI still try to reconcile their theory with their physical observation. That’s a hybrid of Newtonian Physics and Quantum physics. It does not work that way.

Thoughts cause immediate changes to our physical world.

Immediate.

And so…

If you can control your thoughts, you can control your life.

In this post, we will discuss techniques that will allow you to add complexity to your Intention Campaign without having to endure a long period of time waiting for your goals to manifest. This are advanced techniques and should NOT be used by anyone who is a “newbe” to this type of prayer and objective attainment process.

Quick Review

The theory is quite simple really.

Every fraction of a moment is a world-line. Our consciousness hops in and out of world-lines at a rate of 4 Hz. (plus or minus depending on the person), and the world-line that we enter is a function of our thoughts. Well, actually, added on to the previous train of thoughts. We can navigate through this reality by controlling our thoughts. And if we concentrate and direct our thoughts, we can make our wildest dreams come true.

This concentration of thought is known as an “Intention Campaign”, or a “Prayer Campaign”.

The farther away your dreams are, the more world-lines that you will need to pass through to get to it. So at a speed of 4Hz, it might take a while. A “while” might take a long stretch of time. Think in terms of many months or years.

The longest time period for me, so far, in all my Affirmation Campaigns is a little over three years. The shortest time period has been a matter of weeks. It all depends on many factors.

But simpler Intention Campaigns will be relatively quick. So if you want to have things manifest in your life relatively quickly (say within the year), you simply keep the affirmations “general”, “simple”, and “uncluttered” with details.

And this is what I advise everyone to do.

It’s the difference between;

  • I have a pizza.

Or…

  • I have a mushroom, bacon, hamburger pizza, with extra cheese, Chicago style, with anchovies, and pineapple chunks. I have it served inside of a genuine Chicago deep-pan-pizza restaurant served to me with a bottle of imported French wine and with a trio of singers singing opera at my table.

The far simpler Intention will manifest sooner than that of the more detailed intention.

It’s like this…

A standard affirmation campaign map that shows the path of a well defined and very detailed goal.
A standard affirmation campaign map that shows the path of a well defined and very detailed goal. Each point on the grid is a “highest probability” world-line, and topographical height is a measure of personal stress or discomfort.

In the map above you can plainly see that it will take numerous world-lines to obtain your goal. And it will be obtained. It’s just that you have a very precise and detailed goal in mind and you do not want any mistakes, of if there are mistakes, to keep them as minimized as possible.

In general, the more precise and accurate your overall objective is, the smaller the point )in red color above) would be. And yes, the longer it would take to reach that point.

So…

Here’s some techniques that you can use to change the time (it takes) to obtain these goals and objectives…

This first technique is the one that I recommend for all newbes, and for everyone that doesn’t want to get “hot and heavy” with the “ins and outs” of Intention Generation.

[1] Be intentionally vague about your objective.

Here, instead of being precise, you permit the vagueness of your intention campaign to reduce the amount of time required to attain your goal.

Thus, you can obtain your goal in a far shorter time. In the example above, instead of wanting all the specifics related to pizza, all you want is a very simple statement.

  • I have a pizza.

And the map would look something like this…

This is a vague campaign map. It shows that there are many ways for you to obtain your goals, and A, B, and C all meet your goal criteria, with A being the shortest and quickest path. Note also that the path is shorter than that for a more precise goal objective.
This is a vague campaign map. It shows that there are many ways for you to obtain your goals, and A, B, and C all meet your goal criteria, with A being the shortest and quickest path. Note also that the path is shorter than that for a more precise goal objective.

[2] Place specific affirmations in regards to the manifestation of events along the route.

Here is a different technique.

Here, we add (additional) specific intention phrases. We do this to control the selection of the map route involved. In short, we state that we do actually want the ultimate goal objective, but that we specifically want simpler and smaller sub-goals to manifest earlier.

I have A, but B, C and D will occur first.

In this case, let’s suppose that we still want that super-dooper deluxe pizza scenario…

  • I have a mushroom, bacon, hamburger pizza, with extra cheese, Chicago style, with anchovies, and pineapple chunks. I have it served inside of a genuine Chicago deep-pan-pizza restaurant served to me with a bottle of imported French wine and with a trio of singers singing opera at my table.

However, we don’t want to wait a few years to have it manifest. And we do know that it might take years. So we add a few lines stating that our ultimate goal is, but that we are willing to have interim minor goals happen before the ultimate goal.

  • I have an ultimate goal where I have a mushroom, bacon, hamburger pizza, with extra cheese, Chicago style, with anchovies, and pineapple chunks. I have it served inside of a genuine Chicago deep-pan-pizza restaurant served to me with a bottle of imported French wine and with a trio of singers singing opera at my table.
  • However, before that event happens, I will have pizza every week.

And as a result, your Intention Campaign map might look something a little like this one…

In this option, you can have both precise in imprecise goals and objectives listed in your prayer affirmation intention campaign. You just simply need to place the timing involved in context during your campaign.
In this option, you can have both precise in imprecise goals and objectives listed in your prayer affirmation intention campaign. You just simply need to place the timing involved in context during your campaign.

Notice that in this method, objectives A, and B will occur before your ultimate objective C.

Thus the time to reach A is far less than to reach C.

[3] Define the target goal to be open-ended or of binary complexity.

Of course, most people will have multiple desires in an intention campaign. And this greatly adds complexity to the effort.

Here, instead of one particular goal in mind, you have multiple goals.

With the intention of obtaining one of the goals first, and then altering the subsequent intention campaign prayers as needed to achieve the realization of the final goal.

Here you specify the timing of your objectives.

In other words, you can have multiple goals in the same intention campaign. They do not need to be complimentary. Which (might cause some confusion in your life; read “potential turmoil”), but could very well result in a situation that you would like manifesting sooner than what might otherwise occur.

As in this example…

  • I have a mushroom, bacon, hamburger pizza, with extra cheese, Chicago style, with anchovies, and pineapple chunks. I have it served inside of a genuine Chicago deep-pan-pizza restaurant served to me with a bottle of imported French wine and with a trio of singers singing opera at my table.
  • I have a chicken, tomato, and tuna pizza with extra sauce and no cheese. It is New York style and served with a pitcher of beer.

It would look something like this… which could be good or bad depending on your point of view.

Neither goal 1 or goal 2 would manifest, instead something else would occur.

The most important thing is to realize that neither goal 1 or goal 2 would be realized. Instead something else might manifest, Maybe you’d get this instead of either goal 1 or goal 2…

  • I have a chicken, mushroom, hamburger pizza that is Detroit style and served with warm coke-cola.

Your eventual realized objective would be something in between your other goals. Which means that neither goal would manifest. So, you need to add further affirmations to help navigate this reality.

Binary complexity makes the target goal very “fuzzy”. It becomes imprecise and that might or might not be what you desire. To compensate for this “fuzziness” you need to add some logic. Or in the word of electrical engineers, “fuzzy logic”…

  • Goal 1; I have a mushroom, bacon, hamburger pizza, with extra cheese, Chicago style, with anchovies, and pineapple chunks. I have it served inside of a genuine Chicago deep-pan-pizza restaurant served to me with a bottle of imported French wine and with a trio of singers singing opera at my table.
  • Goal 2; I have a chicken, tomato, and tuna pizza with extra sauce and no cheese. It is New York style and served with a pitcher of beer.
  • Goal 1 will occur before goal 2.

And this logic will look like this…

An intention campaign that has binary goals that are dissimilar and that uses "Fuzzy Logic" to set the direction in the campaign.
An intention campaign that has binary goals that are dissimilar and that uses “Fuzzy Logic” to set the direction in the campaign.

And while this solution will most certainly straighten out the confusion in regards to your affirmation campaign, it will have other unintended consequences.

You see, one detailed goal will mess up with a second one, then what about long lists of fifty or one hundred affirmations? What then? Well, your realized intentions will be all over the place. And thus…

It might appear that nothing is actually getting accomplished. You will just be all over the place and while certain goals will be obtained, others will not, or at best be confused. You will not really be sure if your intention is working or not.

As you might just be hopping from one goal to the other. So the best way to handle this is to put qualifiers and associations with your goals…

You will need to have some kind of reassurance that you are “on track”. This is some way, some feedback, that will tell you that things are proceeding properly. You know, like signs along the road.

  • Goal 1; I have a mushroom, bacon, hamburger pizza, with extra cheese, Chicago style, with anchovies, and pineapple chunks. I have it served inside of a genuine Chicago deep-pan-pizza restaurant served to me with a bottle of imported French wine and with a trio of singers singing opera at my table.
  • Goal 2; I have a chicken, tomato, and tuna pizza with extra sauce and no cheese. It is New York style and served with a pitcher of beer.
  • Goal 1 will occur before goal 2.
  • Before the realization of either goal 1 or goal 2 I will have pizza every week.
  • I will have “signposts” that will confirm to me that my affirmations are in process and that things are going to schedule.
  • Signposts 1 through 3 will occur before both goal 1 and goal 2.
  • Signpost 1 is that I will discover a delicious pizza restaurant within five minutes drive to my house.
  • Signpost 2 is that I will meet an attractive owner of a pizza parlor.
  • Signpost 3 is that I will try a new type of pizza that I have never tried before.

It might look something like this…

The use of "signposts" help establish the direction that the path will take. Some people like this level of control. I personally advise against it.
The use of “signposts” help establish the direction that the path will take. Some people like this level of control. I personally advise against it.

What all this does is establish that you can obtain binary goals of different objectives with a generalized over-riding goal that you can obtain far earlier than either of the first two goals individually. Further, you can map the path out to act as a double check to see if you are on the “proper path”.

Yet, the problem still exists.

How to [1] reduce the amount of time to implement a set of (potentially) conflicting goals, while [2] decreasing the time to manifest the intention, and at the same time [3] knowing that you are “on track” per your affirmation campaign.

Because if you look at the map directly above, you will see that while the goals can indeed be realized, it is questionable that they are actually going to be realized in a shorter amount of time. You will still need to travel through “X” number of world-lines to reach goal 1 and then another “Y” number of world-lines to reach goal 2.

The key then, is NOT being overly specific with the world line mapping, but rather layout the targets and put in specific affirmation commands that allow versatility to accomplish your goals in a timely manner.

  • Do not specify the objective timing; goal 1 before goal 2.
  • You specify timing as an objective in itself; Goal 1 in one year.

[4] Make timing one of the affirmation objectives.

In this case, you will make the timing of when you have the objective realized part of the affirmation.

This is tricky, as almost all affirmation campaigns get complex really, really fast when you start defining timing. For what you are doing is saying…

Instead of passing through 50,000 world-lines to meet goal 1, We would pass through 200 world-lines.

Which means, boys and girls, that you might well end up going through world-lines that you might not want to experience. These are world-lines that might not be comfortable for you or your family to experience.

And that could easily become dangerous.

So, using the above examples, here is what the affirmation campaign would look like..

  • I have a mushroom, bacon, hamburger pizza, with extra cheese, Chicago style, with anchovies, and pineapple chunks. I have it served inside of a genuine Chicago deep-pan-pizza restaurant served to me with a bottle of imported French wine and with a trio of singers singing opera at my table.
  • I accomplish this goal within fifteen months.

Now, of course, in order to utilize this technique, you would actually alter the topographic map that you would need to traverse. You would force some slides to make it happen.

This is NOT for the squeamish.

This technique specifies a timing requirement as an objective. As such it purposely limits the number of world-lines that can be traversed. Thus, it inadvertently sets forth a slide to another topographical map. This could well be very dangerous.
This technique specifies a timing requirement as an objective. As such it purposely limits the number of world-lines that can be traversed. Thus, it inadvertently sets forth a slide to another topographical map. This could well be very dangerous.

Slides and topographical world-line mapping

Now, in order to explain this, I need to get involved in what a “slide” is.

In short, a “slide” is a forced switch to another world-line that resides upon a completely different world-line topography map than what you have been assigned to (or selected) at birth. When I was in MAJestic, this was a big part of my life. I was sliding all over the place, and some of the world-lines were really, really strange.

Forcing a slide is not all that difficult to do.

You just define the number of world-lines that you need to traverse to obtain a goal. You can say either [1] I will pass through XXXXXX world-lines to achieve my goal, or [2] I will achieve my goal in YYY days, months and years. Your consciousness will head just like an arrow to the new command.

And that might be a “bumpy ride” for you to experience. Or, maybe, yes, probably WILL be. Most certainly, it will be something different than what your consciousness “signed up for” when it took on your body. That’s for certain.

Now this entire procedure and process opens up an entire “can of worms”.

  • What is a slide and how does it differ from a normal world-line movement?
  • What is an assigned topography world-line map?
  • How you can slide in between different topography maps, and how you can tell that you are doing it?
  • Can affirmation campaigns be speeded up or slowed down using slides and topography maps?
  • Can a person “cheat death” by altering their assigned topography map?

Yes, I know that it is confusing.

What? Did you think that the use of intention affirmation campaigns was all “that simple”? It is, but it involves and understanding to the reality universe that is beyond most people. Sorry, but that is the way it is.

So, here’s the “executive summary”…

  • When consciousness selects a body to be birthed in, it also selects the world-line topographical map.
  • This topographical map is the boundaries of the “highs” and “lows” of a given lifetime for a given person.
  • It limits a path that the consciousness can travel upon to obtain experiences. There is a degree of freedom that one has, but the situation and environment limits movement. (A hamburger is available to purchase, but your wallet only has a few pennies in it.)
  • It is, preordained, by the soul in conjunction with other entities in the Heavenly realms. Fate.
  • It sets forth the highest probability of life-experiences that a given consciousness will experience. Fate.
  • In general, most people do not control their thoughts. The environment that surrounds the body controls the thoughts. Thus, a soul can pretty much predict the kind of life that a person would experience on this earth in this particular body.
  • However, if you can control your thoughts, you can navigate the world-line topography. Free-will. (Free will occur when you control your thoughts. Failure to do so results in a roller-coaster ride of fate.)
  • By specifying topography criteria, you can slide into other world-line topographical maps. This greatly expands the ability of what you will experience and how your consciousness would learn through this lifetime.
  • Like an infinite number of world-lines, there is a near infinite number of topographical maps that one can jump to.

If you all want, I can get involved in this subject in more detail. As it is tied to my role in anchoring the world-line clustering. But, let’s not get too sidetracked right now. Ok?

Simple and safe slides

I think that the best of all worlds, for an advanced user is to carefully and gingerly utilize slides with very broad and wide-scoped affirmation goals.

What this means is that you would define the topographical map profile, then allow yourself to slide onto this strange new world-line map, and obtain your goals and objectives that way.

In order to do this, then you would need to be very, very, very careful on how to specify the intention campaign, as well as trying to keep your goals defined and simple. You can handle it this way…

[5] Use slides to change the topographical profile map of world-lines

The key in this technique is a very careful application of commands that will control the implementation of slides.

You must add navigation commands to your affirmations.

As in this example..

  • I have a mushroom, bacon, hamburger pizza, with extra cheese, Chicago style, with anchovies, and pineapple chunks. I have it served inside of a genuine Chicago deep-pan-pizza restaurant served to me with a bottle of imported French wine and with a trio of singers singing opera at my table.
  • I use world-line slides to accelerate the implementation of these affirmations.
  • The slides only come into use whenever they can [1] reduce the time to obtain the affirmation realization within my physical reality, and [2] they do not cause me any discomfort or trouble.

And it will look something like this…

New topographical world-lines might have your goals realized sooner by the very nature of the difference in topography.
New topographical world-lines might have your goals realized sooner by the very nature of the difference in topography.

Now doing this will come with unintended consequences.

The most notable and the most significant is that you will no longer be restricted to the birth-assigned world-line topography map. You will actually assigning your consciousness “free will” to fully navigate the MWI free of the fated restrictions of your birth world-line topography.

This is good and bad.

As the purpose of our consciousness in a given world-line (starting point), in regards to a topographic map, is to obtain experiences, if your intention campaign is too “relaxed” and “too comfortable”, you will be lax in gaining experiences. So this is not something that your soul desires. You thus, you can well expect to have unique experiences from which your soul can grow from…

Experiences generate thoughts. Thoughts create quanta associations, and help build the soul.

So, it could result in some really funky world-lines. Like (for instance) world-lines that has Gene Simmons still dancing to the beat, or where socks with toes are commonplace, or where (Heaven forbid) pineapple on pizza is mandated by law. You never can know…

Engaging in any affirmation campaign that utilizes slides WILL see an acceleration in changes outside of your life. Suddenly there might be fashions that seem odd to you, or that ways and styles of food will be different, or that habits or group behaviors will be uncomfortable for you. That is what happens in slides and it is normal.

Which brings me to the…

Disco Weener Beaner Haven

There was a cult movie back in the 1990’s. I can’t seem to be able to find it. But it revolves around this bank heist where the robbers escape to Mexico to hide out in a Mexican town.

This community is rather strange with all sorts of unique and unusual people in it. Indeed, both Grace Jones and Dennis Hopper make cameo appearances in it.

This is a movie where they love their coffee. And throughout the movie elements of a 1960’s coffee commercial is played to emphasize the strangeness of it all.

In the movie is a character that sells hot dogs in a cart. The name of his “establishment” is the Disco Weaner Beaner haven, and he has a little jingle that he sings to this end. Oh, and he’s a minor character. I think he gets shot and dies.

It doesn’t matter.

In the movie, a trio of bank robbers escape to this town, and suddenly find themselves surrounded by a host of really strange people. yet, at the same time everything is “normal” but decidedly twisted. And the point of this is exactly this…

  • Their life remains normal.
  • The lives of those around them are really strange.

When you accept that your consciousness is willing to perform slides to alter the world-line reality, you agree to “go off the rails” and use free-will to navigate the world-line topography outside of the topography that you were born into. This is a BIG STEP, and not to be taken lightly.

You will still be able to control your existence, and your life, but the surrounding world might start to look rather strange, and over a period of time, as the slides become more and more pronounced, you might be surprised in what is the “accepted norm” for the society that surrounds you.

Personally, I see this as a very great and effective way to really expand your quantum envelope for soul growth.

But, if you are not careful, you might find yourself in all sorts of situations that you might find uncomfortable.

Conclusion

Here we discuss some advanced techniques to shorten the time to implement some of your verbal affirmations within a prayer campaign. The most effective method, is also the most dangerous. Here you accept to use slides to move off your at-birth assigned world-line topography map. As such you close off the fated life that you had assigned yourself, and accept a free-for-all free-will life with all the dangers that it might entail.

Happy intentions everyone!

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Intention Campaign Index here…

Intention Campaigns

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

Some more advanced techniques for conducting a prayer or intention campaign.

Here, we get back to more posts on directed thought. As I have repeatedly stated, time is the perception of our consciousness as it moves in and out of the many world-lines within our “reality universe”. You can use thought to navigate which world-lines to move towards and to arrive at. This is called an “intention campaign” or a “prayer campaign”.

Here we look at some specific “add on” systems or techniques that you might want to incorporate into your intention / prayer campaign.

You do NOT need to use any of them, but if you particular unique system calls for it, you can use any of these techniques with some degree of success.

We will start with “dodging the thoughts of others”…

Weaving (Dodging)

"Hey! Can you kids please shut the Hell up? I can't hear my self thinking!"

-My father when us kids were being particularly loud and boisterous. 

What? You ask.

How can someone’s thoughts influence me?

I cannot see it, so therefore it doesn’t exist. And besides, how do we know that these thoughts are bad…

We are constantly bombarded with the thoughts of others. This is all throughout our reality. It’s constant. It’s non-stop. It moves in waves, and washes over us, and it crashes us and collapses us from time to time.

These thoughts come in so many forms. But you all should be aware that they exist.

It can be from a well-meaning prayer-group from a local church, to the CIA (Pompeo) launching yet another one of his “hate China” news media campaigns, to a subliminal advertisement to drink Coke-cola in the movie theater, to an obsessed lover that will not leave you alone.

Thoughts of others, directed or not, will affect your prayer affirmation campaign.

That is something that you DO NOT WANT to happen.

In weaving (or dodging), you specifically isolate the impact of certain people, news, or social media so that it does not infringe upon your affirmations. This should be considered a “normal” thing that you must do for all prayer campaigns, but the truth is that it is not easy.

We are humans and live within society, and all the time we are bombarded with other thoughts, ideas and manipulations. It’s not an easy thing to do. Especially when we are forced to work around people in this environment or attend classes in school with them.

These attacks might be intentional or not; or directed or not, but you must isolate and control your thoughts irregardless.

The use of this technique of “weaving”, or as I like to say “dodging” is to specifically and functionally avoid certain people, news articles, or the thought influences at certain times of the day, and / or on certain days. There are numerous techniques, and here are just a few to consider.

  • One day or one period of “freedom” from the thoughts of others. Such as a camping trip at a remote lake, or a religious sabbatical, or some other similar way to physically isolate yourself from others and their thoughts.
  • A daily “fast” of isolation from others. It could be one hour long, or even a half of a day. You isolate yourself and have no outside contact with the rest of the world.
  • You purposely reduce your time on social media to a set time limit.
  • You purposely stop visiting certain websites intentionally, and never go back to them.
  • You purposely isolate yourself from certain people or groups of people.
  • You spend more time with a dog, or a cat. Their thoughts are neutral, and their influence is always POSITIVE on your reality. (Horses as well, but I don’t have much experience with them.)

The effectiveness of each techniques within this category depends on the person, the type of prayer intentions being conducted, and the local situation. There is no “best” technique to use.

"I just couldn't leave my friends. Sitting alone in the house, drinking beer alone. Watching TV. It's not living."

-My good friend Robbie, who explained to me why he started doing Heroin all over again. One of our last conversations before he died of an overdose.

You “weave” your life in and out of the thought “firing range” of others and their systems. You “dodge” the “thought bullets” so that they cannot influence your thoughts, and your thought campaign.

We like to think of ourselves as “strong” and that we are able to do what we want with our body. It’s a lie. We are all entangled within a very complex spider web of thoughts and this entanglement increase as we cruse the MWI. In order to have better navigational ability, we absolutely need to start severing those strands of thought to enable us some latitude in movement.

Keep in mind that the thoughts of others are terribly counter-productive and quite damaging to your thought objectives. You MUST tame that influence.

Now I have mentioned this, over and over, in prior posts. The difference in this post is that you intentionally INCORPORATE an added step to your prayer affirmation campaign that is intentionally dedicated towards a reduction in the influences of the thoughts of others.

Never neglect the importance of isolating yourself from the dangerous impacts of “thought imposition”. Find a quiet place, and go there. Just let your mind unravel. Try to do this weekly if possible…

Wet Towel (Kinesthetic technique)

The term “Wet Towel” refers to how to you conduct a given prayer campaign. Instead of conducting verbal affirmations once a day for a number of months, this technique adds one more step. This step devotes one day a week to let the “affirmations soak into your reality”. Much like that of a wet towel placed upon a tablet of paper.

Here, what you do is as follows;

  • You rank the prayer affirmations in order of importance to you.
  • You take the top three affirmations, and select ONE that you will focus on.
  • You then, create a project, or an event around that particular thought.
  • You work that “project”, or “event”, or “intense prayer period” for a set period once a week during the prayer affirmation campaign.

For instance, let’s suppose that you have an on-going prayer campaign. Your number one intention / goal is to “sail around the world”.

In this example, any of the following events would agree with your “wet towel” technique when used IN CONJUNCTION with the existing intention / prayer campaign…

  • For one hour a week you can take sailing lessons at the nearby marina.
  • You can go to the local library and read books on sailing for one hour at the local library.
  • You can buy a model of a sailing boat, and spend at least one (uninterrupted) hour a day building it.

The idea behind this is Kinesthetic. You use something related to “doing things” to focus your thoughts in that direction. This is also known as “Hands on” training, or in this case, “wet towel” directed prayer.

Positioning / Staging

You can plan a series of prayer campaigns on the assumption that each one will obtain sub-goals. You can position different prayer campaigns through out your life to make sure that your goals are kept on track. This is how you need to conduct an affirmation / prayer campaign for long-term, distant (in a MWI sense) goals.

Let’s suppose that you have a long term goal. Something that is just enormous in size, scope, and influence in your personality and social standing. If you devoted your time to that singular goal using the normal prayer / affirmation campaign you would be bound to have problems. It is too large, and far too distant not to run into difficulties in implementation.

The way to hand these large, and “distant” objectives is to do so in small bits, and then monitor your progression of thoughts as you proceed.

Question: "How do you eat an elephant?"

Answer: "in small bites."

While it is true, that you can pray for anything…

… what you desire might not be what you really want.

In order to make sure and to guarantee that it becomes what you truly desire and want, you need to stage it for implementation. This technique does so.

Let’s suppose that your intention / affirmation campaign is for you to become the President of the United States. (Hopefully you are not that crazy to want such a thankless and political job, but heck, everyone is different. “What ever makes your boat float!”) You might want to break your intention objectives down into mini-prayer campaigns such as this, and run the campaigns over a ten-year period of time…

  • Be elected as a local dog catcher.
  • Be elected on the town council.
  • Be elected as a State Representative.
  • Be elected as a State Governor.
  • Be elected as a President of the United States.

When you think about it, it’s all pretty simple. With each stage, you obtain new knowledge and skills that can be used to help you on the next stage in your overall objectives.

Image vocalization

You can associate images with your verbal affirmations. You need to follow a general procedure to do this.

It is not enough to run an intention campaign, and have an image board (whether physical or electronic) you need to incorporate the affirmations or prayers to connect the two together.

You can use many techniques to connect the visual elements, but the important thing is that you have a statement within your prayer affirmations that does connect the affirmations to the images. Here’s some example statements that you can use.

  • My folder in XXXXXXX contains images that represent what my intention campaign is intended to materialize.
  • The screen saver that is in use on my XXXXXX computer represents the images that my verbal affirmations are intending to generate.
  • The intention dream board located in XXXXXX is working in parallel to manifest and accelerate the implementation of my verbal affirmations.

For example, let’s suppose that you have a folder with images of pizza. And your intention campaign is one that has a goal of your owning a Pizza Parlor. What you would do is then collect all sorts of pictures of pizza, and pizza parlors, and workers inside a pizza parlor. Then add an affirmation that would connect the images of pizza to that of the affirmation.

Make sure that your selection of images is EXACTLY what you want to connect to your verbal affirmations.
Make sure that your selection of images is EXACTLY what you want to connect to your verbal affirmations.

Time track control

You can control how quickly or slowly the prayer / affirmations are implemented. In general, a slow implementation is more careful, and easier to absorb. A fast implementation might result in some discomfort. And if not handled properly the discomfort can become enormous.

Now, the reader should realize that for a while (years actually) I wanted a calm and simple life that provided me a fine and gentle life; a “rich” life that enabled me comfort over anything else. And I did get it.

Everything is fine, and I am living a good fine rich life. But you know, I wanted some more things. Some physical things. But then when I added some new affirmations, for some physical items, I discovered that they started to take much longer than they used to to take to manifest in the past.

In the past, simple physical things would manifest within a year. Now, they seemed to “take forever” to materialize.

For a while I didn’t know what was going on, and then I figured it out.

My affirmations were taking the “calm, peaceful, and careful” way to obtain my material possessions. And, boy oh boy, this path was a long one. So in order to speed up the acquisition of certain physical elements into my reality, I had to adjust my affirmations away from a “calm and peaceful life” to one that accepted minor discomfort, aggravation, and strife as long as no one was hurt (physically, emotionally, or intellectually) in the process.

And then (of course) the physical things started to appear.

And of course, faster and sooner meant, quicker with more discomfort.

  • Slow, comfortable = takes forever to manifest.
  • Balanced, within a reasonable time period = some discomfort.
  • Quick and sudden = Expect some great and significant discomfort.

So, you have to pay attention to how all your affirmations within a given Prayer Campaign interact together. Some of the affirmations might negate or slow others down.

To avoid this, you might want to utilize the techniques of “time tracking” the affirmations. This will usually (but not always) include a [1] time-line or due date, and [2] a specification that describes just what you are willing to sacrifice into to expedite your wishes or desires to come true.

Dates and time-lines must be reasonable. I would suggest that you stick with a comfortable three-year to five-year goal. Any sooner than that, and you risk some really trying events and times.

Here is an example of an affirmation that you can add…

These affirmations manifest by XXXXX in a YYYYY period of time. At no way is anyone in my family harmed or hurt in the process. Some discomfort is acceptable provided that the discomfort is manageable and dissipates within a short period of time.

Selective impact(s)

You can have the prayer concentrate on certain elements more than others. It can be selective in implementation. Or to put it better, and more accurately… more careful for certain elements.

The best way to do this is to implement an “implementation schedule” within your verbal affirmation prayer campaign.

If you do not do this, when your intention manifests, it might come with unintended consequences. So you want to minimize those unintended consequences.

Metallicman in Pago Pago, in American Samoa. I had waged a "lazy" intention campaign to live in the South Pacific, without any priorities on what would be unacceptable to me in doing so. As a result, while I did indeed manifest a South Pacific paradise, it came with a host of unexpected consequences that I did not enjoy in the least.
Metallicman in Pago Pago, in American Samoa. I had waged a “lazy” intention campaign to live in the South Pacific, without any priorities on what would be unacceptable to me in doing so. As a result, while I did indeed manifest a South Pacific paradise, it came with a host of unexpected consequences that I did not enjoy in the least.

Essentially, this method reduces the number of unintended consequences by prioritizing events, and placing constraints on what is desirable and what is not.

What this is, is a system where you prioritize the various intention prayers within the affirmation campaign. You can specify which affirmations that you wish to implement the strongest, or the quickest, or to the extent of everything else, if that is your desire. While others can be put “on the back burner” as necessary when implementing your affirmations.

For instance, you can add this line at the start or the end of your verbal affirmations…

In regards to implementing these affirmations. the priority should go towards [1] XXXXXX, followed by [2] YYYYYY and everything else is rated lower in implementation priority.

Aggressive implementation control

You can control how quickly, or aggressively, a certain segment of your prayer / affirmations are implemented.

That’s the good news.

The bad news is that it comes at a price.

While I have discussed this above, here you can really stress the implementation of one group of affirmations over the others. And, as I have stated, this does come with a price. They key is the acceptance of that price. Such as in this example.

My desire for XXXXXXX occurs and I accept any misfortune, trouble or discomfort in obtaining it's manifestation.

And, for your information, I would not suggest anyone do this unless it is an absolute emergency for a critical or urgent desire.

Present Tense

You must, ABSOLUTELY, use present tense when vocalizing your intentions. Here’s some examples of what you can do and what you shouldn’t do.

DO NOT DO…

  • One day, I hope to have XXXXXX.
  • Soon, I will strive to XXXXX.
  • It is my wish, that my dream, XXXXXX.
  • I would like that XXXXX.

This is what you DO actually DO…

  • I have obtained XXXXX.
  • I am living my goal of XXXXX.
  • I possess XXXXX.
  • I daily XXXXX and I do enjoy it.

You absolutely use a present and strong direct tends in your affirmations. Do not be “wishy washy” about it.

If you use the following affirmation…

Some day, my hope of happiness will be closer to my dreams.

You will see exactly that materialize. You will never be happy, and the hope of happiness with just be beyond your reach.

Instead, you must say something like this…

I am happy. I am happy right now, and every day is one filled with happiness.

Do not get caught up in the nonsense that exists on the internet. Most people writing the blogs and websites on the internet are amateurs that haven’t a clue as to what they are working with. Sorry, but that is the truth.

Conclusion

It’s difficult to rate these additional “add on” techniques in usability. It all depends on the person and the individual situation involved. If I were to say what you should implement to any existing affirmation campaign, I would strongly suggest…

  • Using positive tense in your prayer affirmations.
  • Staying away for thought imposition.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my Prayer Affirmation index here…

Intention Campaigns

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

False Positives in an affirmation intention campaign and what to do about them.

One thing that can be pretty common in an intention campaign is the presence of “false positives”.

What is a “false positive”?

False positives are events or things that appear to match your verbal affirmations in substance, but have some glaring defect that makes them unusable.

Which is why you need to be very specific in what you affirm.

Ah, but you'd better be very specific.

Here's some wishes that an Craven Morehead wanted if he could have three wishes granted by a genie. It is found in this chat room titled "Genie grants you three wishes, what are they?"

   Better vision, no more glasses
   Better teeth
   Bigger dick

Now, if you were a mischievous person, how would you twist those wishes into something undesirable? Think about it a second.

Now, instead of that nice fairy-tale fantasy. Consider quantum physics and the nature of the universe. Thoughts create reality. So, if those are your wishes, then imagine a totally impartial world-line cross over where you head directly to the world-line that first offers you those destinations.

Is the first world-line that offers you a "bigger dick" the one that you want to inhabit?

   Kenyan's enormous penis means he cannot have sex
   Penis Enlargement Gone Wrong: A Wealthy Diamond Trader ...
   Yes, a Penis Can Be Too Big To Fit Inside a Vagina

Personally, I would prefer to have "free, unlimited sex with anyone I want at any time" over "a bigger dick". But that is just me.

These attributes are called “false positives”, but they can just as well be called an “echo image” of your target desire. Here we are going to discuss this.

Like ripples in a pond, a target object or situation can often create “ghost” or “echo” images. These items are not necessarily exactly what you are striving for. Though, it might (truthfully) be exactly what you are asking for.

Thoughts within the MWI are like ripples in a pond. And when you have a strong directed goal, it is like a big ripple. Sometimes, the ripple is not exactly what we want. It is instead, exactly what we asked for. Thus it is a "ghosted echo image".
Thoughts within the MWI are like ripples in a pond. And when you have a strong directed goal, it is like a big ripple. Sometimes, the ripple is not exactly what we want. It is instead, exactly what we asked for. Thus it is a “ghosted echo image”.

I will use an example from my own life to illustrate this.

An example

This is an actual true to life example. It's my example and it is about me.

Metallicman is not a wealthy man. He lives a comfortable life; a “rich” life. But it is not a wealthy life.

  • If you do not know the difference between a “wealthy life” and a “rich life” then watch the movie “Bronco Billy” starring Clint Eastwood. Pay attention to Miss Lilly.
Bronco Billy.
Pay attention how Miss Lilly went from a wealthy life to a rich life.

To survive, and put food on the table, Metallicman often runs “projects”, works, and efforts that help himself and his family with the day to day needs of life. One of which is a small company that he owns that provides services.

It’s not big, or noteworthy other than to say that it provides a periodic income when needed. And, aside from income, it also provides purpose and meaning. All men, especially Metallicman, must have an occupation and a purpose that provides for their family and to their community.

So after losing a customer, Metallicman decides that he wants to obtain a new customer. But a substantial one. One that has a lot of money to work with, and who would provide a stable source of labor and income to his business.

So Metallicman adds this line to his “affirmation campaign”…

I am in charge of billions of dollars of worth/value.

Now, Metallicman did not say that he was a billionaire. He did not say that he wanted to be rich and wealthy. He added a line to a affirmation campaign that referred to his business. That his business would expand to a point where he would be in charge of billions of dollars of worth / value.

Safe, huh?

The affirmation campaign ends. The “pause” sequence begins. Then approximately three months after the completion of the last affirmation campaign, while in the midst of the “pause”, he is introduced to a new (potential) client.

The client’s story

Well, Metallicman is in China. Most of his clients are not Chinese though. They are mostly Europeans, with a smattering of Australians and Africans. But this new client is a Chinese American. He’s a Chinese man who emigrated to America and holds American citizenship.

His story…

Now, while he was in China, over the last twenty years, he would take the United States Dollars that Americans would use to set up companies, and convert them into RMB and give the RMB back to the new Americans starting their businesses within China. He would exchange, for a price, USD to RMB.

United States dollars were exchanged for Chinese RMB.
United States dollars were exchanged for Chinese RMB.

Then he would keep the United States dollars himself. For he did not trust the Chinese yuan. And in those days, having “green backs” could open up a lot of doors for you.

It kind of became an obsession with him, and he started collecting more and more United States currency. And using it to create even more United States currency.

He would have piles of currency in his home, and they would get larger and larger. Until he had to rent out a large building to store them in. It was a real-life scene from the movie “Blow”.

Scene from the movie "Blow" starring Johnny Depp.
Scene from the movie “Blow” starring Johnny Depp.

Well, apparently, the care-taking of the money became too much for him. He ran out of space in his multiple holding locations, and went to a local bank.

He opened up an account, all completely legal, and deposited the money into the account. “Phew!” he thought. No longer did he have to worry about rats chewing up his money, or some punks breaking into the buildings and running off with the cash.

A year or two passed.

Then, as part of an anti-corruption campaign, the Chinese government made some laws designed to combat fraud and corruption. They established a new branch of the government called the “Corruption Police” and passed a slew of laws designed to tightly control money flow and reduce corruption.

Part of this was drastic measures in the use of non-Chinese money; the RMB.

The key was that you can only use Chinese money in China. Which is (pretty much) a “duh! moment”. But for the longest time, people were conducting all sorts of “back room” deals and activities hidden from public oversight.

Anyways, the law was that no one can move non-Chinese currency inside of outside China without oversight.

  • Max use limit is 50,000 USD/year per person. (In / out or transaction.)
  • All movement of money must have an approved reason, and documentation. Mostly paperwork, but used as part of your citizen profile.
  • You cannot use USD inside of China legally. You must use RMB.

So in effect, he has all this money, but he cannot use any of it (aside from a very small amount).

Metallicman opportunity

So this man comes up to Metallicman though his financial advisor and asks if Metallicman can help him convert this money into legal RMB currency.

Metallicman listens.

Metallicman thinks.

Metallicman asks “how much money is it”?

And Metallicman is shown some banking financial records that confirm that the money is real, and it is in legal storage with an authorized Chinese bank.

And…

… as far as how much money is involved, Metallicman is shown this statement…

Bank statement.
A golden opportunity for Metallicman.

What this means.

People. This is a lot of money.

It’s floor to ceiling stacks of one hundred dollar bills. It’s not just a large number in a ledger or spreadsheet. It’s stacks and stacks of one hundred dollar bills piled on top of each other.

It’s an amazing amount of money.

Here is what one billion dollars looks like if you used $100 bills;

What one billion dollars looks like using $100 dollar bills.
What one billion dollars looks like using $100 dollar bills.

Now, that is a lot of money.

But, you know, it’s not just one billion dollars. It’s many many times that amount.

The thing is that he has 23.6 billion dollars. That is twenty three times the amount shown in the picture. Or roughly 276 pallets full of $100 dollar bills.

(whistle!)

And, he was asking Metallicman to help him convert it to Chinese RMB.

A one-in-a-lifetime opportunity? Eh?

The Options

Essentially in situations such as this, you [1] come up with ways to solve the problem / situation, and [2] work out a system of payment for your time and efforts (and resources).

So that is exactly what Metallicman did.

  • The first option was really simple. You just find enough people, and each person individually converts 50,000 USD to an equivalent amount in Chinese RMB. The only problem with this is that you need a lot of people to do so. Like 472,000 people.

That’s really not a practicable solution.

Finding people that want to convert this money one-on-one for free is difficult. But to find more than a handful is really difficult, and well finding 472,000 people is down right impossible.

So the direct legal option is out.

But there are other options, as well.

  • You can use option two. Here, you can use the money on large scale buildings, or purchase property or large projects directly. The restrictions on this is that [1] you must first find someone wanting and willing to accept USD for property or objects, and secondly [2] it must be within the geographic legal boundaries of the local government. (In China, while Beijing makes the rules, everything is governed at the local level.)

Well, apparently he did just that. And already used up a bunch of the money in the process. So much, apparently, that the builders, and real-estate developers in his region are simply no longer willing to accept United States dollars for their projects. He saturated the market.

  • Option Three. There is an option that he can obtain Beijing approval to use the money outside of the local region for a specific project. This option allows him to conduct large-scale investments and building projects using USD as long as there is complete Beijing and corruption police monitoring.

He was not keen on this idea.

He did not say why, but I suspected that it might have to do with some “bad blood” in Beijing or perhaps some history regarding how he was able to come up with so much currency in the first place.

So that leaves…

  • Option Four. I came up with option four knowing my relationships with factories and other hard industry within China. I came up with a process that would use the money to produce ingots or other raw materials bought in USD, and then sell it to Chinese factories that would pay in RMB. It was simple. It was legal. It was useful.

The drawback was that there would be operation costs to run the operation, but that would be offset by the profits from the transactions. In my mind, this was the best option to disperse the money, follow Chinese law, and make a profit.

But the Billionaire had other ideas…

Well, Metallicman made the presentation with his aide over dinner with the financial advisor and her partner. After a round of talking and drinks it became obvious what the billionaire was looking for.

  • A direct conversion of USD to RMB. Cash to cash.
  • Large scale transactions with nothing smaller than increments of $10 million.
  • He would pay 1% transaction fee. (around $10,000 per 1 million dollars)

And, with a great deal of sadness and regret, I had to say “no”.

Why I turned it down…

There were many reasons, but let’s stick to the basics…

  • I do not know that many people who are desirous to convert their RMB to USD directly. The need is not there.
  • The number of people who do want to do so is very small. The desire to conduct “under the table” dealings in untraceable bills is even smaller. In China, with all the electronic “checks and balances” it is a very risky operation. To do so needs a strong and compelling reason.

Thus…

  • While not directly illegal, it skirts the law in legality. It’s risky.
  • To find these people, locate them, meet them, have dinner with them, and convince them to trust you… takes time, money and a substantial amount of “wining and dining”.
  • A mere $10,000 dollar per one million dollars will not be sufficient. There would need to be some type of expense account, and it would exceed the payment terms by a factor of five or ten.

So what does this mean?

A false positive.

A "False Positive";

A test result which incorrectly indicates that a particular condition or attribute is present.

This 23.6 billion dollar opportunity was unobtainable to me. While it did meet my verbal affirmation prayer campaign literally, it did not meet its’ intent. I was unable to use the money in any way to provide a stable source of income to me and my family.

If you recall, my affirmation stated…

I am in charge of billions of dollars of worth/value.

Indeed, for a very brief period of time, I was actually “in charge of billions of dollars of worth and value“. But it was not sustainable. I could not profit from it because the limitations placed upon it by the owner were not appropiate for my management.

Yet, even as I was unable to [1] find people that were [2] willing to convert the transaction, my prayer affirmations were still valid and did actually materialize…

But it was not what I wanted.

Why?

  • I was willing to work for a payment scheme, but the scheme suggested by the client was not realistic for the task / opportunity.
  • What the client wanted was outside my skill base, my knowledge level, and my network of contacts.
  • (In regards to my affirmation campaign), I did not specify exactly how I would profit from this relationship, just that I would be “in charge”.

This is a pretty dangerous condition to place within your affirmation campaign.

  • Open ended.
  • Not specifying how you would benefit from it.

For instance, if you state something along the lines of “I work in a big company”, you could very well end up…

…in a situation that you might not like…

…like, perhaps, being the janitor (figuratively) “handcuffed” to a job you might not want or like.

You do not want that.

In this universe you need to work from the world-line that you are inhabiting, and then adjust your thoughts accordingly so as to best fit your desires.

Let me explain…

You are always “half way” there…

While the objective of managing a multi-billion dollar account is still in place, it is not exactly what I desire. As it stands. But…

But…

… do not give up. The game is not yet over.

Get a grip! The game is not yet over. You need to calm down, and come up with a plan.
Get a grip! The game is not yet over. You need to calm down, and come up with a plan. You now know more than what you did before. You know what options you have and are far closer to realizing your objectives than before.

You are still in play. The thoughts are still working for you and they are still manifesting the reality that you desire.

You just need to adjust them.

You need to perform a “course correction”.

What is a course correction? 

When a spacecraft gets off of its trajectory, or path through space, it must be put back on the right path. The location of the spacecraft is determined and its course vector (the speed and direction of its flight) is calculated.

-What is a course correction?

Of all the millions of world-lines that I traversed in the MWI, I did manage to reach a cluster that contained “billions of dollars in resources” that I can exploit.

Just because that particular opportunity is not my ideal condition, it does not mean that the opportunity is gone. It’s not. Rather you are actually looking at the outside of a very enormous iceberg, and you need to conduct a course correction to exploit it to your advantage.

Here's a mind exercise.

Imagine that you want to become a figurative painter in Paris, France. 

To this end, you conduct a prayer affirmation campaign.

And after a few years you suddenly find yourself in Belgium. It is not France, but it is close.

You are not painting figures, but you are dating a woman with a large dancing studio with enough room for you to "dabble in your hobby". You occupation in Belgium permits you to have plenty of time to drink wine, paint (a factory that makes oils for painting is down the street - offering discount prices), and continue your painting dream.

It's not exactly what you want, but it is getting closer and closer to your goal.

In this situation…

Well in this situation, what options do I have?

There are numerous options, let’s review them.

  • Accept the terms of the Billionaire. Try to find clients and convert USD to RMB and accept his payment terms.
  • Renegotiate with the Billionaire. Try to find clients to convert USD to RMB but with payment terms to my own satisfaction plus all expenses paid for.
  • Renegotiate with the Billionaire, have him accept my proposal to perform factory to factory commodity trading to convert the money.
  • Drop the entire opportunity completely.

In any event, regardless as to how the physical matter is dealt with, there does need to be a readjustment and course correction to the verbal affirmations used within the prayer / affirmation campaign.

It should have elements that maintain…

  • Sustainability and duration. Or how long will this goal last for.
This reminds me of a Twilight Zone episode. Where she granted a man his wish to be able to fly. 

So he jumps of the 50 story building window, and indeed he could fly. He laughed and flew. He felt the wind on his face and on his arms.

The only thing was that the contract did not specify the duration of his ability. And so after 30 seconds he fell to his death.
Funny thing about this contract, it did not specify the duration of how long you could fly for…

Do not assume anything in regards to your affirmations. If you want to have a nice, long duration customer, that will use your services, and from which you can profit from; then SPECIFY IT.

I am in charge of this money for many years.
  • And secondly, you need to specify how this relationship will benefit you personally…
I make a very nice salary, profits, interest, and margin in transactions regarding this money.

I am able to use the money to provide a stable source of income to me and my family.

I attend KTVs, eat fine food, meet interesting and sexy girls as part of dealing with this money.

A false positive

False positives often occur within affirmation / prayer campaigns.

Our natural reaction when a false positive occurs is to assume that exactly what we have specified within our prayer campaign has actually manifested. But this is an illusion. We need to study what has manifested, and then adust our affirmations accordingly. Remember, just because it looks like what you asked for, might not be what you actually want.

This might be such things as “the man of your dreams”, or “the house of your dreams”. You take what is presented to you, and then you make course corrections.

Your prayer affirmation campaigns never end. They only adjust and reorient to new information, and you should be constantly and constantly refining and redefining them.

May your deepest dreams come true.

May your deepest desires come true.

Do you want more?

I have more posts on this subject in my Intention Index here…

Intention Campaigns

Do you want to see similar posts?

I hope that you found this post curious. Please take care. You can view other similar posts in my SHTF Index, here…

SHTF Articles

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you.

The extreme intention prayer challenge.

Are you up for a fun challenge?

Let me explain, but first…

What an interesting turn of events in Pahrump, Nevada:

Diamond D's brothel began construction on an expansion of their building to increase their ever-growing business.

In response, the local Baptist Church started a campaign to block the business from expanding -- with morning, afternoon, and evening prayer sessions at their church

Work on Diamond D's progressed right up until the week before the grand re-opening when lightning struck the whorehouse and burned it to the ground!

After the brothel burned to the ground by the lightning strike, the church folks were rather smug in their outlook, bragging about "the power of  prayer."

But late last week 'Big Jugs' Jill Diamond, the owner/madam, sued the church, the preacher and the entire congregation on the grounds that the church......  "was ultimately responsible for the demise of her building and her business -- either through direct or indirect divine actions or means."

In its reply to the court, the church vehemently and vociferously denied any and all responsibility or any connection to the building's demise.

The crusty old judge read through the plaintiff's complaint and the defendant's reply, and at the opening hearing he commented, 

"I don't know how the hell I'm going to decide this case, but it appears from
the paperwork, that we now have a whorehouse owner who staunchly believes in the power of prayer.... and an entire church congregation that thinks it's all bullshit."

You know, there is a tendency for us to establish prayer affirmation campaigns that are based upon what we know.

  • We want a nice car.
  • We want a bigger house.
  • We want more money.
X-files episode titled "Je Souhaite".
X-files episode titled “Je Souhaite”.

Our wishes and our dreams are always based upon our experiences and what we know.

Ah.

What we know…

"The X-Files" Je Souhaite (TV Episode 2000)

"Two brothers have a less than helpful genie who grants their wishes with disastrous consequences. Mulder comes into possession of the same genie, and his wishes garner similar results."

There is a scene in the show when Moulder asks the genie what her very first wish was, way back when she first decided to make a wish to become a genie. 

She responds that back then all she wanted was a bag that was endlessly full of turnips. 

She then shrugs her shoulders. Saying, well, "hey, it was the dark ages".

Our wishes are based on what we know.

In the X-files episode titled “Je Souhaite”, a genie is found by some “white trailerpark trash” (poor Caucasian people, often near-illiterate, living in cheap housing in the countryside). Instead of wishing for “big and great things”, they wish for things that their limited perceptions can imagine…

  • A boss with no mouth.
  • A big boat. Much bigger than their house.
  • A solid gold wheelchair.
  • Invisibility.
  • Bringing the dead back to life.

In the MWI, as we travel the various world-lines, the direction of travel and the duration of travel are all a function of [1] how cautious we are in our travels, and [2] how many world-lines that we must pass through. Distant goals and dreams, converted into prayers might take much longer than simple and easy desires.

Je Souhaite - the genie gets her wish.
Je Souhaite – the genie gets her wish.

No Limits

There are no limits as to what you can wish for. But there is a physical constraint.

The more unobtainable your wish is, the greater the number of world-lines that you must pass through.

  • Easy goals – Maybe only a few thousand world-lines.
  • Difficult goals – Maybe a few billion world-lines.
  • “Impossible” goals – Maybe a trillion, trillion, trillion world-lines.

In extreme cases, the wish objective might require so many world-lines to traverse that you just physically cannot reach it in this lifetime.

So I urge people to have a prayer campaign that contains a mixture of 80% “realistic” achievable goals, and 20% goals that are “further out” in the MWI.

“Realistic goals” might include such things as…

  • New Job or occupation.
  • New house, car, physical possessions.
  • Different relationships.
  • Knowledge, skills, appearance.
  • How others view you.
  • Travel, adventure, love, romance, sex.

“Further out” goals, are obtainable, but might take some time to manifest.

  • Having a large sum of money.
  • Living in a strange place that you have never been before.
  • Associating with certain groups of rich, wealthy, or famous people.
  • Curing yourself of a bad illness or health issue.
  • Influencing your community, city, or nation to do certain things.

“Impossible” goals aren’t really impossible. It’s just that the number of world-lines that you need to traverse might exceed that of your assigned life within this physical body.

  • Reverse aging; at an extreme level.
  • Becoming the richest, most popular, most famous, largest, etc (in a global population of 9 billion people.)
  • Owning the “White House” in Washington, DC.

So, I urge everyone to conduct prayer campaigns that concentrate on a mixture of small / simple goals with about 20% being “further out” or more outrageous.

The challenge

Since “impossible goals” require such a large amount of time to manifest, we are going to concentrate on the “further out” goals. The beauty about these goals is that once they manifest you KNOW that it was the intention campaign that manifested them.

The key here is that the result must be so plainly obvious to you that there can be absolutely no chance of misunderstanding.

Planning

Oh, but it’s not all that easy.

You need to plan.

These goals and objectives are so far out that there is a greater change in getting entangled up with undesirable world-lines. You don’t want to aim for a goal and have bad things happen in the process, do you?

In Be Careful What You Wish For, a salesman arrives in New York City who can grant your deepest desire. However, it soon becomes apparent that each of the granted wishes cause more harm than good.

...

Elsewhere in the city, the salesman stood outside a store and made his sales pitch. A woman, with many shopping bags, politely turned down the salesman and admitted she had gotten everything. The salesman coyly asked if he got everything she wanted. The woman looked into the suitcase and revealed she always wanted to be young again. He gave her the body of a baby.

...

The salesman was in Central Park making his pitch to a freckled man. The man admitted he wouldn't mind having the good looks of another man nearby. The salesman obliged him and soon there were two heads on one body.

...

In another part of the park, the salesman met a bicyclist. The bicyclist wished he could reconnect with his family and get back to his roots. The Salesman turned him into a tree.

...

At the flea market, another man fell victim to Duophanes and wished he was made of money. Duophanes literally turned him into banknotes. The people around him scrambled to grab the money.

-Ghostbusters Wiki

You will need to added specific “fail safe” affirmations so that you can avoid any pitfalls in your efforts to achieve your objectives.

You must be careful of what you wish for.
You must be careful of what you wish for.

We have discussed this in other posts. Just remember to make sure that in your journey to your goals that you avoid trouble, discomfort, and a trip that is far longer than you find comfortable. You need to put on a time limit (This will occur within five years, etc.).

Remember safety is important. Never neglect this.

Harmony

Now, you don’t want to seize things from others. You also don’t want to hurt anyone in the process. You want to be a neutral to the surroundings as possible with a great positive energy flow directed to your intended objectives.

The task

Ah…

You know, there are the “nay sayers” that want to say that it was just coincidence, or luck, or some other excuse that caused your dreams and goals to manifest. They just cannot get it through their thick skulls that the universe that the believe exists is a fairy tale. That the true reality is the MWI and world-line travel via thought. They don’t want that. They don’t want their illusions destroyed.

In the X-files episode titled "Je Souhaite". Skully could not believe that a man could actually become invisible. So she covers this invisible man with powder to see him.
In the X-files episode titled “Je Souhaite”. Skully could not believe that a man could actually become invisible. So she covers this invisible man with powder to see him.

In your next prayer affirmation campaign, I would like you to add one singular item that is “extreme”. Or, in other words, once it manifests you will absolutely know beyond a shadow of a doubt that it came true because of your affirmation campaign.

Now, what I mean is that it must be something so unique, that you would want in you life. And it must be such that you just cannot ascribe it to random chance. It’s got to be unique.

Here’s some ideas.

  • You’ve never dated a girl from Iceland. None of your friends have, and there isn’t a single person in your city, that you know of, that even knows a person from Iceland. So how about “meeting and dating an exceptionally beautiful person from Iceland”.
  • Everyone has cars. You see them all the time. How about getting a rare or unusual car. Something that stands out and just cannot be ascribed to random chance? Or in other words…”what are the odds?”
1930's Art Deco Henderson Motorcycle
1930’s Art Deco Henderson Motorcycle
  • Or you can add something specific into your intention affirmations. Some minor thing. Like a set of numbers, or a name, or a color. “My house will have a house number with an ’88’ in it.“. Or “I will meet a girl wearing a fluorescent lime green dress with red polka-dots that will fall passionately in love with me.

It does not matter what it is.

What does matter is the deviance from your present life-track be significant enough for you to identify what is going on.

Using an “extreme” goal, you can identify just how successful a prayer campaign can be.

The above illustration shows that the use of an “extreme goal” can cause a significant deviation from your current life path and track.

Some suggestions…

Plan accordingly. What you want is that the extreme goal fit in HARMONY with the rest of your other goals. Here’s some scripts that you might want to use.

  • All of my intention objectives manifest in harmony with each other.
  • At no time are there any discomfort, emotional or physical distress in the process of obtaining these goals and objectives.
  • These goals will be realized within a three year window, and minor discomforts and stress are acceptable as long as danger, trouble, and catastrophe are avoided.

Do you want more?

I have more posts on intention and world-line travel in my MAJestic index here…

Intention Campaigns
MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

Constructing a DIY dimensional world-line portal (part 8); A discussion on indexing coordinates

In this post, we will discuss the issues with assigning a gravitational frequency profile for both the destination coordinates and the egress coordinates. In addition, we will look at the indexing coordinated for the individual human traveler and what that can mean for other applications.

One of the most stunning realizations that you will encounter when dealing with world-line travel is the idea of fixed and set coordinates.

These coordinates are fixed to a given world-line within the MWI. They include a set time, and a geographic location, as well as the entire world-line that you are targeting. And by changing these coordinates just a small amount can have dramatic changes in location, time, and whatever world-line that the portal opens up to.

But it’s not only the coordinates of destination.

It’s also the coordinates associated with the human traveler that uses the dimensional portal.

So far, we have talked about using the dimensional portal as a gateway. We discussed using it as a gateway to other geographic locations. We also discussed it as a gateway to other times; a time-machine. And, of course, we discussed it as a gateway for other world-lines.

But we never talked about what would happen if you made slight alterations to the human traveler when they are in the portal.

Let’s look at all these issues.

Coordinates

When we refer to coordinates, what we are actually referring to is a complete gravitational frequency profile. This profile can take many forms and be massaged into all sorts of graphs and data sets for ease of understanding.

When I went through the MAJestic portal back in 1981, the coordinate set consisted of a thickly bound book of computer printouts. It was just reams and reams of numbers and symbols. But it need not be that way. Things have advanced technologically since that date.

In short, there are four groups of “coordinates” that we need concern ourselves with;

  • The egress coordinates of the dimensional portal at the time of use.
  • The destination coordinates of the destination. It may or may not be associated with a portal.
  • The coordinates of the human traveler as they enter the portal.
  • The coordinates of the human traveler as the leave the portal at the destination.

In all the previous posts / articles, we have discussed keeping the traveler coordinate identical from the egress portal to that of the destination coordinates. In this way, the traveler would experience no change at all when they enter the dimensional portal for teleportation purposes.

However, if you were to change the destination coordinates of the traveler, you can actually physically change the traveler itself.

Changes to the coordinates

By now, the reader should well understand that the dimensional portal erases all the coordinates from a traveler who enters it. It erases not only the coordinates of the traveler, but the coordinates of the portal itself.

By changing the coordinates of the destination, we can control…

  • The geographic location of where the traveler ends up at.
  • The time and date of where the traveler goes to.
  • The world-line (variance) or deviance from the egress world-line.

By changing the coordinates of the traveler, we can control…

  • His/her age.
  • His/her body and organs.
  • His/her intelligence.
  • Even change him into “mush” like a teleportation mishap on the television series Star Trek.
Teleportation mishap on the movie "Galaxy Quest".
Teleportation mishap on the movie “Galaxy Quest”.

Medical Uses

So if all you do is keep the destination coordinates equal to that of the egress coordinates, then you can limit the changes to the traveler alone.

If you were able to accurately map out how the coordinates for a human change over time, you can then selectively age or regress various organs or parts of the body to another time period.

Age regression is possible with a carefully configured dimensional portal. The only key to this is that only the traveler coordinates change, not those of the portal.
Age regression is possible with a carefully configured dimensional portal. The only key to this is that only the traveler coordinates change, not those of the portal.

In short, you might be able to turn a 90 year old man into a studly 21 year old full of “piss and vinegar”. Since memories are stored outside of the brain in the non-physical realities, his memories would stay intact while his body would be that of a much younger man.

You could do this with organs, and limbs as well.

With a solid understanding of the human biological makeup and how it pertains to the overall person, you might begin to alter the design of a given person.

You might be able to make them smarter, for instance, or give them bigger organs (a heart for instance, or a penis… perhaps). Heck, you might be able to change their gender or their physical appearance, and if you were really good, alter the physical structure of the person completely.

Using the dimensional portal technology, it is possible to completely revamp and change the body appearance. From just small minor cosmetic changes to an entirely different person completely.
Using the dimensional portal technology, it is possible to completely revamp and change the body appearance. From just small minor cosmetic changes to an entirely different person completely.

Of course, all this would require extensive experimentation. And, I am sure, that there would be some tradeoffs involved as well.

Interstellar Travel Technology

One of the great benefits of this technology is to allow a person to go anywhere in the universe. And since the universe is so gosh darn enormous, this is amazing. We, as humans, like to think that the Moon is far away, and the nearby star of Alpha Centauri as impossible…

But imagine traveling at will throughout our entire Milky Way galaxy. Imagine it. Not only would there be no limits, but you could do so in a fraction of a second and not worry about that Einstein time-compression issue.

Our Milkyway galaxy.
Our Milkyway galaxy.

But not only can this technology take you to nearby stars, but distant ones as well. It can also take you to other galaxies. And, of course, very distant galaxies as well. It is truly mind-boggling.

The galaxies of our "local" group of galaxies.
The galaxies of our “local” group of galaxies.

Who needs FTL technology, when all you need to do is step into a dimensional portal?

Of course, of course, you do need to know where you are going. Otherwise you would probably end up in the middle of deep space, or inside a hot star or somewhere else that would be very dangerous for your health.

Time Travel

With the configuration of the destination coordinates limited to the “dimension” coordinate of “time”, you can construct a real honest-to-goodness “time machine”.

It could take you a few years back where you might want to invest in some Microsoft or Google stock.

Or it could take you further back where you could experience the American Civil War close up and personal.

Or even further back than that. Perhaps the Middle Ages. Or maybe Ancient China. Or perhaps ancient Greece or Egypt.

Exploring Egypt might be interesting.
Exploring Egypt might be interesting.

You could use it to explore the future.

Like in the movie “Back to the Future” you could see what is in store (on a certain world-line) and then return and make the necessary adjustments. You can go forwards and backwards in time at will.

Creative Time Travel with Age Regression

If you were creative, you could age regress yourself to your age when you were 18 years old, and then use the portal to go back to that time and relive it all knowing what you know now.

It’s possible. It really is.

Of course, there would be no return for you, and you would be stuck back in that particular time period. And there would be two of “you”.

For me, that would trap me back in 1976…

The Jimmy Carter years. I was still in High School and living the "Dazed and Confused" lifestyle. I had many opportunities back then that I did not take. I am sure, knowing what I know now, that I should have taken them... What a ride it would have been!

Remember, while we talk about age regression and time travel, any trip would be one way unless you end up taking a portal back with you.

All fun and games aside. It was a different time and a different place, and I might feel really, really out of place. Don’t you think?

1976 was a time when I hung out with my friends, went to keg parties and jammed to classic rock while stoned and drinking beer.
1976 was a time when I hung out with my friends, went to keg parties and jammed to classic rock while stoned and drinking beer.

World Line Travel

As I have stated throughout my narrative, I home from a deviant world-line and this one that I happen to be involved in is a bit on the uncomfortable side.

We can alter our course through the world-lines over time and eventually get where we intend to go, but all world-lines move about in clusters and groups. This group is a pretty contentious one for certain.

Never the less, if you really want to explore alternative world-lines, this technology will permit that. It will land you and your consciousness at a new worldline from whence you can start traveling and changing the reality as you see fit through intention.

But it’s really difficult to grasp what kind of world-line that you would end up at.

Imagine a world-line where the hamburgers tend to be on the small side, and are provided with a dipping sauce.
Imagine a world-line where the hamburgers tend to be on the small side, and are provided with a dipping sauce.

The issue is really what changes and what deviance are you willing to accept? Can you accept a world-line where coke-cola was never invented? Can you handle a world-line where it is the law that pineapple be placed on pizza?

Are you willing to accept a world-line where there are no High Schools or universities, and instead people apprentice with a local craftsman? You do need to be careful, don’t you know.

Mouth condoms might be all the rage in your new world-line. You do need to be ready for some really odd changes.
Mouth condoms might be all the rage in your new world-line. You do need to be ready for some really odd changes.

I have discussed some of my experiences with world-line travel.

But, you all must keep in mind that my experiences were controlled and monitored by experts. And even at that, it was some pretty strange “shit” that I experienced. You will need to steel yourself for the really odd, and if you are not careful, you might end up in a far, far away world-line cluster and it might be near impossible to ever come back.

So you really do need to be careful.

Some things (well, heck… MANY) things that we consider taboo are normal on other world-lines. On this world-line as well, but most Americans are insulated from it all. From the “happy ending” at Chinese massage parlors (it’s fine, it’s not against the law) to the restaurant-chain-style bordellos in Germany. But the odd and the weird can really get mixed up in these areas when you conduct world-line travel.

Imagine landing in a new world-line and wanting to get a hamburger at a fast food joint, and when you say that you want to have the daily special, all the girls get on the counter and do this…

A daily special might be too strange for most Americans.
A daily special might be too strange for most Americans.

Anyways, the point that I am trying to make is that there are so many aspects of the coordinates and combinations of coordinates that describe a particular world-line that navigation to a particular one is very difficult. Because if you change one coordinate value it will influence other values as soon as you “land” at that destination coordinate.

So it is true.

You might actually end up in a world-line where pineapple on pizza is not only praised, it is considered the ONLY way to make a pizza. You know, guys, you must really be careful.

Bacon, pineapple and cheddar pizza.
Bacon, pineapple and cheddar pizza.

The only way to accurately map the MWI is though careful experimentation.

Conclusion

The DIY dimensional world-line portal is useless unless you are able to specify destination coordinates for either the destination or the traveler or both. This will require some experimentation and tests. But once you are able to do so, the universe of all-possibilities lies open to you.

Do you want more?

I have more posts on this subject in my DIY index here…

DIY Teleportation

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

What to expect when an intention prayer campaign starts to work. No, it’s not comfortable.

Well… things are not what you expected are they? Yeah. I get it. The moment you started to do your affirmations and prayer campaign things just started to go against you. It’s almost like you are going up hill on a windy day and everything around you is falling apart, breaking and everyone suddenly is turning into a truly foul mood. What’s going on?

Don not freak out. It’s normal. It means that your affirmations are actually working. And thus what you want will manifest for you.

Don’t believe me?

Let me tell you.

You cannot implement your desires without changing your life. And, after all, that’s why you are doing it in the first place. You want to change your life in certain, specific, ways. Well…

The road, the route, to these changes means that some things around you will need to change. In other words, to obtain those changes, you will need to experience change.

And, experiencing change, is not comfortable.

Sorry.

The Mechanism

It’s simple really.

If you want to make changes in your life, then changes will start to happen.

What is confusing to most people is that most of the changes aren’t anything like they are expecting. Other things start changing, not what they intended.

But the reason for this is very straight-forward. You see, everything is connected, and in order to get certain changes to manifest within your life, you are going to experience many changes in other areas of your life.

For example. Suppose you have a prayer affirmation / intention that depicts you living on the beach in a nice big mansion.

The thing is, you are living in a mobile home, in Kentucky.

You make the intention prayers just like you are supposed to. And then shortly afterwards your entire world starts to crumble around you. You haven't even finished the prayers and entered into the mandatory stop / pause sequence. Yet, everything is going wrong.

There are arguments with your relatives. Arguments with your closest friends. Arguments with your lover. Things are breaking. Everything is breaking. The mobile home catches fire. Your car breaks down,and then again right after you have it repaired. People shun you, and the IRS decides that you make too much money.

The neighbor kid gets a new dirt-bike and decides to go around, and around and around your house for hours on end. Then he runs over your rake and crashes. He gets all mangled up and you end up getting sued. You complain about this, and call him a "little rascal", and the newspaper prints it up as you being racist. A small lynch mob arrives at your door demand you apologize and donate to their cause for racial reparations.

Your shoe heel falls of. Your bra strap breaks. Your favorite picture falls off the wall and smashes into a thousand pieces. The mailman somehow forgets that you exist and rerouted all your mail to the "dead letter office". There is a recall on the medicine that you are taking. The washing machine breaks down.

Your girlfriend accuses you of rape. Your dog shit on your pillow. The cat claws up your laptop. The cardkey to open the car door somehow resets. The computer you use at work gets the most crazy clitches. You walk past an emergency exit and the alarm starts going off for no reason. A random dog on the street runs up to you and pee'd on your leg.

You run away from him, and step on a banana peel and slip and fall... into a pile of stinky dog shit. You reach into your pocket for a hankerchief to wipe off the mess, and discover that your wallet is missing. A little old lady who is is crossing the street sees you and starts hitting you on the head with her parasol. And you haven't a clue as to why.

The police pull you over for a faulty taillight... on your new car. The eggs that you bought at the store has Avian Flu. Someone hacked into your email. Someone else steals the emergency fund that you had stashed in your freezer. The coupons that you bought that "were good for the next three years" expired after one week. The "full" propane tank that you bought was empty.

The government mandates that you must replace your toilet with a lo-flo verson. And this change bankrupts your budget. While living off of Ramen noodles you discover that a nest of cockroaches were inside one of the packs. A snake moves into your garden hose, while some kid shoved a potato in your muffler tailpipe and it blew up your car engine.

Your pet gets mange. An embaressing selfie that you took years ago while drunk somehow made it to the HR office where you work, and they decide to fire you. A racoon moves into your car engine. A bird starts dive bombing you whenever you leave the front door to your house. Your next door neighbor not only steals the packages from your front porch but has the audacity to wear your new clothes in public.  

You go outside and it rains, but when you go into work the most beautiful day ever made appear. Too bad you have the meeting from Hell with your new boss from Hell. You get pulled over for bald tires, yet the tires were only six months old. Your best friend steals your girlfrend as well as your dog. While taking a shower, the hot water heater blows. An ice storm hits and the power line tower smashed down on your house and it takes two days for the rescue team to find you.

You start to have chronic diherria. And the toilet gets clogged up and overflows. While you are mopping it us, a housing inspection team decides to perform a random house inspection, and the look of disapproval and disgust on their faces is classic. You try to set things right by offering them a can of coke, and then you find out later that the coke was tained at the factory and all the housing inspectors ended up going into the Hospital ICU.

You are fined for not mowing your grass. The case of beer that you bought and drank last week was recalled because a disgrunted worker pissed into all the beer. The grass seed that you bought turned out to be fake. The bank closed your account because you were too poor, and not worth their time.

Then things start to get bad...

You put up with it and "roll with the punches".

Things happen. Many things. Life goes on. You forget about your prayer campaign as there are far too many things going on in your life... 

Life moves on...

Ever on...

Then, one sunny morning, as you wake up to the morning sun shining on your breakfast balcony overlooking the sea you start to remember what it was like five years ago. Suddenly this "normal" every-day scene ooutside you mansion isn't all that big of a deal. For, you remember that this was the exact prayer affirmation sequence that you wanted.

You wanted change.

Well it’s coming, and you can see it all around you.

Solar power panels hit by a hail storm.
Solar power panels hit by a hail storm.

No, it’s not what you expected, but that is the way these things work. Since everything is connected, all sorts of things will start to change, break and go wrong. The larger the change, and the greater the intensity of your current life, the harsher the changes that will manifest around you…

The Good

The good news is that your prayer affirmation campaign is actually working. You can measure the effectiveness of the campaign by the strife in your life during the campaign, and during the “pause” afterward. In general, the greater the strife, the bigger the changes that are moving towards you.

  • The more stress means the stronger the changes.
  • The more arguments that you have means that the more relationship changes that are coming your way.
  • The more things that break down and fall apart, means the greater the physical changes in your life.

So please try to be positive in all this. Because there are two really good things that I need to really emphasize to you all right now. They are…

  • Your wishes and intentions will actually happen.
  • These hardships will actually end.

So don’t get all caught up in the nasty details at this very moment…

Car chewed up by neighbors pit bull.
Car chewed up by neighbors pit bull.

The Bad

The bad news is that this is a very uncomfortable period.

"MM, how can I possibly do my prayer affirmations with all this turmoil and drama that is going on (in my life)?"

It might make you want to give up. And if the changes and the strife are really, terribly bad, it might cause you to want to completely chuck everything away.

Just don’t.

I feel things are changing. I know people feel it, too. I am having a bit of trouble. I know you aren’t a genie () but, both my cars are broke down. That’s how I work. so as much as I try not to stress about things, it’s hard not to right now. 

I know I need to keep my affirmations basic and simple right now. I get that. Would it hurt to add more? I know I’ve asked you this, so please don’t be frustrated with me. It’s just really taking a toll on me.

This is hard on everyone.

Change is never easy.

Younger folk, who are unaccustomed to change, might take this the hardest. While older folk, might just shrug it off and just give up, and become a drunk hobo on the skids.

The bad news is that this is a very uncomfortable period. It will not be fair. It will not be right or just. It will be absolutely unfair, and uncalled for and very, very rude. it will hurt.
The bad news is that this is a very uncomfortable period. It will not be fair. It will not be right or just. It will be absolutely unfair, and uncalled for and very, very rude. it will hurt.
What's going on? This is insane! My life is now upside down. The man who I am engaged with left me, and gave away all my clothes to Goodwill. What the Hell is going on?

Summary and Conclusion

You need to master the change to make it happen.

And during all this the changes will be coming at you hard and fast. Things WILL break. Things WILL go wrong. There WILL be arguments, and it WILL be unfair and very uncomfortable. You will not like it, and you will want to give up.

But…

But…

But…

Your dreams and your desires are in process. They are all changing and all are manifesting right now. For every broken beltloop, for every broken shoelace, for every argument, or flat tire, or new bill that seems to overwhelm you or stress you out, know that there is a KEY element that is moving into place RIGHT NOW that will manifest your intentions to happen and come true for you.

So do not give up.

Do not stop.

Keep with the program.

Things will work out and your dreams and desires will manifest just as you desire them to. Do not worry at all.

I tell you this TWO TIMES.

Now smile and keep on…

Keep on keeping on! I do believe in you. I really, really, really do.

Remember… any life that you dream of can come true. Let the changes roll on. They will take you to interesting places…

They can make your richer, give you a more comfortable lifestyle. A nicer home, better food, a more interesting life. Happier friends. Better clothes and a smarter lifestyle.

There are absolutely NO LIMITS.

They can take you overseas…

Vietnam girls out for a night stroll.

These changes will occur.

You did not waste your time on a list of affirmations, and a dream board, and strong desires all with the goal of discarding them all when changes jsut started to manifest. Did you? Well, you wanted change. Now it’s coming.

Change is not just coming…

It’s happening.

And you are seeing it, and you all jsut cannot figure out what the heck is going on.

Change is always uncomfortable.

Remember that.

The real truth is that change is very, very uncomfortable, and you are just now feeling and experiencing those changes that you and your affirmations have set into motion.

Never forget that YOU can change the parameters of your life. You don’t know where your intentions might take you. Allow them to manifest. And just grit your teeth and let them manifest…

Change will take your life into interesting direcitons.

It will make it more interesting, more adversome, more attractive, more colorful…

You will be surprised with the changes that will manifest. You just need to continue on your prayer affirmations and grit your teeth with the changes manifest all around you. Don’t fight the changes. Roll with the changes.

You might be surprised where they will take you…

Traditional Dreams of China…

Whatever your dreams are. They can really, really and I mean it, REALLY happen. You just need to focus on your thoughts. You need to keep them in mind and burn these thoughts into your reality. They will happen. They really will.

You can ask any person that posts here on Metallicman that when they do a prayer campaign that they come true. They can tell you that it is not a theory. It works, oh my God does it ever. And these things will happen. And the dreams WILL absolutely happen to you.

Dreams.

Everyones got them.

Have you ever wondered why?

I mean, why do you want to live in a mansion, or have a house with a white picket fence? Or why everyone wanted to drive a fast convertible and dress like Tibbs and Don Johnson (back in the 1980’s) like Miami Vice? Why?

Is it because we have been told what we should aspire towards?

Or is it something deeper? Could our dreams and desire be associated with things that are deep? Deep things, and things that are there at the tip of our fingers but that we cannot reach. What is going on? Why can’t we be the person that we wanted to be when we were little?

What is different now?

Maybe we have accepted too much of what others think, and not enough of what we ourselves want.

Like the ladies that want to get in touch with the faerie side of their life…

Here’s an inspirational girl who just wants to merge her faerie life with her real life. This is a thing in Asia. And people do it. They actually do it though costumes and rituals. Doesn’t this girl look like she is being…

… the “real deal”?

Faeries are not a fantasy.

Faerie’s life comes real.

But…

But, it’s not just faeries, or dreams, or desires. Sometimes the society puts limits on you, and puts chains on you, and your deepest desires yearn to break away and be free from them.

In Asia, whether it is Korea, China, Vietnam, Japan, or any other Asian nation there are rules of behavior, strong family, and group connections and roles that one must play. Often these are all very stressful. And inside people have a difficult time trying to be who they want to be.

So there are outlets. You can go to the KTV. You can go to the bars, and you can go ahead and get involed in sports and other activites. But you can also become who ever you want to be by joining a group. Which is why so many dance groups are popular in Aisa.

Here we have a girl that is just “average”, but now she is part of a dance group and now she is performing in front of a Chinese military base. She is being who she wants to be with a role that she chooses and getting the appreciation and sense of belonging from it.

Sure, when an American see this, we go… “so what?” .

We say “she’s just a chick dancing”.

But we are missing the entire point of what Asian and Chinese culture is. It is to find your role within your “tribe”. Everyone has dreams, wants, and desires. Use the intention/prayer affirmations and make yours happen.

Let the rest of the world stand by and be spectators. You, do your affirmations, and make your dreams happen…

Make your dreams happen.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my MAJestic Index here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

Creating your very own DIY dimensional portal for world-line access and teleportation (part 7); traveler notes

In this post we will cover a few basics regarding the operation of the egress portal for dimensional change. In this post our concentration will be on the magnetic flux itself as well as the way the traveler must enter the portal. For if you do not enter it properly, any thing could happen. And let’s not at all forget the horror movie “The Fly” to remind us of this issue. So let’s talk about this.

Good thing, we are not going to be too technical here. Heck! I can hear all the moans and groans across the globe as I release this post. (“Oh! Not another high jargon, high technology, a high mathematical treatise on world line adventures!)

Magnetic flux

The key to this entire dimensional portal concept is to use a “bath” of magnetism within a magnetic field. The magnetic field is used to erase the attachments of the human traveler with his environment. This field consists of a very strong magnetic force that cycles along a sinusoidal path.

A magnetic field is a vector field that describes the magnetic influence of electric charges in relative motion and magnetized materials. A charge that is moving parallel to a current of other charges experiences a force perpendicular to its own velocity. 

The effects of magnetic fields are commonly seen in permanent magnets, which pull on magnetic materials (such as iron) and attract or repel other magnets.

-Wikipedia

Ugh.

Look, people, it need not be complex. When you have a magnet (an iron ferrite rod with a coil wrapped around it) and you pulse it (with electricity through the wire), a magnetic field arises.

Now, within the magnetic field you have the movement of charged electrons. That is, after all, what a magnetic field is. It is the movement of charged electrons.

So if you were to stand within the air gap (of a huge magnet) and receive a “bath” within a magnetic field, you would experience a “shower” of charged electrons.

This “shower” can be heavy or light. Depending on the design of the system.

The determination of whether it is “heavy” or “light” is known as it’s “magnetic flux”.

In physics, specifically electromagnetism, the magnetic flux (often denoted Φ or ΦB) through a surface is the surface integral of the normal component of the magnetic field flux density B passing through that surface. 

The SI unit of magnetic flux is the weber (Wb; in derived units, volt–seconds), and the CGS unit is the maxwell. 

Magnetic flux is usually measured with a fluxmeter, which contains measuring coils and electronics, that evaluates the change of voltage in the measuring coils to calculate the measurement of magnetic flux.

-Wikipedia

Now there are all sorts of ways that we can describe these attributes and how to increase the density of the magnetic field, and the design of the magnet. All of which are extremely interesting, but would probably have my readership lynch me. So, what I am going to do is talk a little bit about the effect of a magnetic field on a human being.

The strongest magnetic field an average human would ever be exposed is in an MRI machine, which produces magnetic fields of about 1.5 to 7 tesla. Compared to this, the magnetic field strength of our Earth is just .0003 tesla. And the electromagnets at the LHC is around 8.3 tesla.

We can safely say that it is normal for humans to be exposed to magnetic fields with an average dose being around 0.0003 tesla.

We can also safely say that a magnetic field on the order of 7 tesla would be safe for humans to be exposed to. as this is the norm in the medical profession.

We also know that if we expose the human body to extreme levels of magnetic field(s) that it can actually levitate the human body. This would be on the order of 10+ tesla.

Now, I do not actually know the magnetic field density that is required to erase the egress coordinates attachments for the Alan Holt system to function, but my guess is that it would be somewhere between 5 to 10 tesla. too weak and it would not work, to great, and you might end up with physical disruptions inside the body. In general, ti would probably be best to be nearer to the large tesla number than away from it.

Phasing

Magnetic flux arises when you pulse electricity though a wire that is wrapped around an iron ferrite rod. That’s the basic, basic theory and function.

R Type EMI Rod Ferrite Core .
R Type EMI Rod Ferrite Core 

The moment that an electrical current enters the wire and the truns of wire around the ferrite core, a magnetic field develops. Then it ends.

The field ONLY exists when the electrons are zooming through the electric wire in the first place. Once they have established themselves, the magnetic flux ends. So in order to prevent this, you need to pulse the electricity. This pulsing will create a magnetic field that comes and goes in intensity.

If you look at the sketch of the egress portal and study the magnetic flux generator, you can see that the electrical substation would be used to transform the electricity into a system that would be used to generate the necessary flux bath to enable dimensional travel.

Dimensional portal showing magnetic field generator.
Dimensional portal showing magnetic field generator.

Now, by using diodes and the proper electronics we can control the size and shape of the pulsed magnetic field “bath”…

System overview

This is important because, we need to time HOW the person enters the field.

We want the field to be such that when the person enters the field, the magnetic flux is increasing to a point that his egress coordinates (and his person coordinates) are erased. Then during a peak period of intensity, all coordinates (frequencies of location) are rendered null. Then, the field starts to change, and the new set of destination coordinates are implanted on to the field.

It will work like this…

The operation of the teleportation mechanism works for a three second period in which case the old coordinates are swapped out, and new ones are applied.
The operation of the teleportation mechanism works for a three-second period in which case the old coordinates are swapped out, and new ones are applied.

About the traveler

Now, the traveler will need to center and calm their mind. You see, the way that the mind functions must be neutral when it enters the field. If it is not neutral, then there is a risk of brain or mental instability when the traveler is exposed to peak flux density.

Thus, we need to implement the “feducials” to center the mind.

Feducial Training

And that, boys and girls, is how MAJestic does it.

Conclusion

When you look at this dimensional portal from “my” point of view; from my experiences, and from my knowledge, you can see how everything fits together. This “new” information about a DIY dimensional portal strangely fits up and matches with MAJestic technology in widespread use back in the early 1980’s . Fully forty years ago.

It makes sense. It all makes sense. It all fits together.

Sure makes much more sense than being part of a fleet of “space marines” fighting a global cabal of disguised Reptilians who want to enslave the human race. Or have invisible star people give us the gift of “magic crystals” that were developed in Atlantis many centuries ago. Or, to be part of an elite team of people who were selected at birth to “father” the new human race.

Ugh!

Now, people(!), I did not pull of of this shit out of my ass. I am either a [1] genius, [2] a complete lunatic, or [3] someone who is telling the truth. I’ve given enough, heck!, more than enough information herein for you the reader to choose.

Pick your “poison”.

This is how it’s done. This is how it works. This is what is going on, and with all that in mind… know that I really want you the reader to live a good, happy and safe life. I want you all to control your environment and do everything in your power to ply off the gook and nonsense spewed onto you by over five decades of intensive lies and manipulations.

Time to go forth and party!

It’s time to party!

Do you want more?

I have more posts in this series here…

DIY Teleportation

I have more posts in my MAJestic Index here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

Constructing your very own DIY dimensional teleportation portal for world-line travel; creating the magnetic field generator (part 6)

This post continues on our study of how to create your very own DIY (Do It Yourself) dimensional portal for world-line travel. This is part six. In this post, we will discuss the generation of the magnetic field that is critical to the operation of the entire mechanism. We will look at the aspects involved and how it works.

Roadmap

Here is a brief summary of our efforts so far…

  • Introduction.
  • Gravity separation and isolation.
  • Measurement of the gravitational frequencies.
  • Alan Holt Teleportation mechanism.
  • The coordinate mapping mechanism.

And now this post…

The Magnetic Field Generator

A magnetic field is a vector field that describes the magnetic influence of electric charges in relative motion and magnetized materials. A charge that is moving parallel to a current of other charges experiences a force perpendicular to its own velocity. The effects of magnetic fields are commonly seen in permanent magnets, which pull on magnetic materials (such as iron) and attract or repel other magnets.

-Wikipedia

The creation of a magnetic field is a very mature technology. If you are lucky, you can probably purchase some large surplus magnetic field generators from the United States government, or you can have some custom made at a reasonable cost. This component of the dimensional portal might not be the most complicated item of equipment, but it will certainly be the most expensive on your “bill of materials” for the project.

In any event, you will want something that can create a large magnetic field that a person can walk into. It must be able to create a portal at least seven feet high, and three feet wide at the minimum.

Having this piece of equipment custom made is not hard to do, but you will need to be able to speak the language of the engineers and the designers at the factory or warehouse. So here are some of the basic terms that you will need to acquaint yourself with…

Maxwell’s Equations – The equations behind major modern electromagnetism

Maxwell's equations are a set of coupled partial differential equations that, together with the Lorentz force law, form the foundation of classical electromagnetism, classical optics, and electric circuits. The equations provide a mathematical model for electric, optical, and radio technologies, such as power generation, electric motors, wireless communication, lenses, radar etc. They describe how electric and magnetic fields are generated by charges, currents, and changes of the fields. The equations are named after the physicist and mathematician James Clerk Maxwell, who, between 1861 and 1862, published an early form of the equations that included the Lorentz force law. Maxwell first used the equations to propose that light is an electromagnetic phenomenon.

-Wikipedia

Maxwell’s set of four equations forming the basis for electromagnetism are as important as Newton’s laws in mechanics. Maxwell’s equations are applied in almost all modern technologies. The equations provide a mathematical model for electric, optical, and radio technologies, such as power generation, electric motors, wireless communication, lenses, radar, etc. Firstly let us see these four sweet equations one by one and then discuss them as a whole.

1. Gauss’ Law or Maxwell’s first equation

The following equations are licensed. (no shit! Can you fucking believe it? That's God damn America for you. Everything for a price. Tons of little hands in your pockets.) You can read about this license here. 

Maxwell’s first equation, which describes the electrostatic field, is derived immediately from Gauss’s theorem, which in turn is a consequence of Coulomb’s inverse square law. Gauss’s theorem states that the surface integral of the electrostatic field DD over a closed surface is equal to the charge enclosed by that surface. That is

Here ρρ is the charge per unit volume.

But the surface integral of a vector field over a closed surface is equal to the volume integral of its divergence, and therefore

Therefore

or, in the nabla notation,

And thus we can summarize all this as…

Electric charges produce an electric field. The electric flux across a closed surface is proportional to the charge enclosed.

2. Gauss’ Law for Magnetism or Maxwell’s second equation

Unlike the electrostatic field, magnetic fields have no sources or sinks, and the magnetic lines of force are closed curves. Consequently the surface integral of the magnetic field over a closed surface is zero, and therefore

There are no magnetic monopoles. The magnetic flux-and-faradays-law-quantitative across a closed surface is zero.

3. Faraday’s Law or Maxwell’s third equation

This is derived from Ampère’s theorem, which is that the line integral of the magnetic field HH around a closed circuit is equal to the enclosed current.

Now there are two possible components to the “enclosed” current, one of which is obvious, and the other, I suppose, could also be said to be “obvious” once it has been pointed out! Let’s deal with the immediately obvious one first, and look at the figure below…

I am imagining a metal cylinder with current flowing from top to bottom – i.e. electrons flowing from bottom to top. It needn’t be a metal cylinder, though. It could just be a volume of space with a stream of protons moving from top to bottom. In any case, the current density (which may vary with distance from the axis of the cylinder) is JJ, and the total current enclosed by the dashed circle is the integral of JJ throughout the cylinder. In a more general geometry, in which JJ is not necessarily perpendicular to the area of interest, and indeed in which the area need not be planar, this would be ∫J⋅dσ∫J⋅dσ.

Now for the less obvious component to the “enclosed current”. 

I imagine two capacitor plates in the process of being charged. There is undoubtedly a current flowing in the connecting wires. There is a magnetic field at A, and the line integral of the field around the upper dotted curve is undoubtedly equal to the enclosed current. The current is equal to the rate at which charge is being built up on the plates. Electrons are being deposited on the lower plate and are leaving the upper plate. There is also a magnetic field at B (it doesn’t suddenly stop!), and the field at BB is just the same as the field at A, which is equal to the rate at which charge is being built up on the plates. The charge on the plates (which may not be uniform, and indeed won’t be while the current is still flowing or if the plates are not infinite in extent) is equal to the integral of the charge density times the area. And the charge density on the plates, by Gauss’s theorem, is equal to the electric field DD between the plates. Thus the current is equal to the integral of D˙D˙ over the surface of the plates. Thus the line integral of HH around either of the dashed closed loops is equal to ∫D˙⋅dσ∫D˙⋅dσ.

In general, both types of current (the obvious one in which there is an obvious flow of charge, and the less obvious one, where the electric field is varying because of a real flow of charge elsewhere) contributes to the magnetic field, and so Ampère’s theorem in general must read

But the line integral of a vector field around a closed plane curve is equal to the surface integral of its curl, and therefore

Thus we arrive at:

Time-varying magnetic fields produce an electric field.

4. Ampere’s Law or Maxwell’s fourth equation

Steady currents and time-varying electric fields (the latter due to Maxwell’s correction) produce a magnetic field.

Maxwell’s Equations as a Whole

As a whole, what do Maxwell’s Equations mean?

Maxwell’s equations describe how electric and magnetic fields are generated by charges, currents, and changes of the fields. One important consequence of the equations is that they demonstrate how fluctuating electric and magnetic fields propagate at a constant speed (c) in the vacuum, the “speed of light“. These electromagnetic waves have a wide variety of usage, they are used in small things like routers to big things like search for aliens using radio telescopes and all these devices involves the use of Maxwell’s equations. Maxwell understood the connection between electromagnetic waves and light with these equations in 1861, thereby unifying the theories of electromagnetism and optics.

Now, on a practical level, seriously no one is going to sit down and create their hand-crafted magnetic field generator. Aside from it being a heck of a lot of work, it will require some specialized fabrication tools and some skill. And with something that large and costly, it would best serve the “Mad Scientist” in you to just simply compile some money and have one built to you to your specifications.

Thus, you can use these laws listed above to help you on your way.

The point that I am trying or attempting to make is that the generation of a magnetic field is not difficult it is common place and is in just about every electrical motor in the world. What is different, however is the [1] scale and [2] the utilization of it.

Generation of a magnetic field

This is pretty much how it is done…

You push an electrical current through a coil wrapped around an insulated magnetic core. By cycling the current in a sinusoidal manner, you will be able to generate a magnetic field within that core. If you have a gap in the core (shown by the cross hatched area) a person can enter the generated magnetic field.
You push an electrical current through a coil wrapped around an insulated magnetic core. By cycling the current in a sinusoidal manner, you will be able to generate a magnetic field within that core. If you have a gap in the core (shown by the cross-hatched area) a person can enter the generated magnetic field.

We (who have torn apart old motors, generators, and television sets) are well accustomed to seeing this kind of set up. To us, it pretty much looks like a typical transformer only scaled up in size immensely.

This is probably the scale and size of the magnetic field generator that we are discussing herein.
This is probably the scale and size of the magnetic field generator that we are discussing herein. The image is of a large transformer.

Though, given it’s purpose and requirements, it might be larger and more complex than a standard run-of-the-mill power transformer. Perhaps something along the lines of this, eh?

RAKESH TRANSFORMER INDUSTRIES PVT. LTD, Established in 1984,  is a leading Manufacturer of Power & Distribution Transformers. The company is registered with SSI and has the entire infrastructure to manufacture Transformers upto 5MVA & voltage class of 11KV, 22KV, 33KV.
RAKESH TRANSFORMER INDUSTRIES PVT. LTD, Established in 1984,  is a leading Manufacturer of Power & Distribution Transformers
. The company is registered with SSI and has the entire infrastructure to manufacture Transformers upto 5MVA & voltage class of 11KV, 22KV, 33KV.

So, you can pretty much expect a layout something along these lines…

Magnetic field generator and the egress portal arrangement…

This is a cross-section view of how the set up would look. You would have this enormous ferrite frame that would carry the magnetic field through an air gap that a person can walk through. This field is generated through a transformer that would pull it from existing powerlines.

Cross sectional view of the egress portal showing the magnetic field generator.
A cross-sectional view of the egress portal showing the magnetic field generator.

This drawing is not to scale, but it should give the reader an idea of the general size of what we are talking about here. In fact, if the ceiling covers the ferrite end of the top air-gap, the person entering the portal wouldn’t even be aware that there was a invisible door there at all. It would jsut be a floor and a wall at the end.

Sizing of the air gap

The amount of magnetic flux you can generate will be a function of the size of the ferrite core, and the air gap. In fact, all things taken into account, it will be the air gap that will pretty much establish the power and technical requirements for the mechanism.

The effect of an air gap on a magnetic circuit.
The effect of an air gap on a magnetic circuit.

Construction notes

This is a large and expensive piece of equipment and it would be in the best interests of all involved if it is custom made by people who are experts in this kind of thing. You can find these people on the internet. You want to find companies or engineering design teams that specialize in the design of windings, transformers, chokes, ferrite components and windings. Perhaps something like these fellas…

Or, if you want to go it alone, you can access any number of resources on the internet on coil winding, and transformer design. Perhaps something along these links might be of interest…

Now there are some things that you need to take into account if you go the hard (but interesting) way to DIY your very own components…

How Transformers, Chokes and Inductors Work, and Properties of Magnetics

The magnetic properties are characterized by its hysteresis loop, which is a graph of flux density versus magnetization force as shown below:

hysteresis loop
An hysteresis loop.

When a electric current flows through a conductor ( copper wire), it generate a magnetic field. The magnetic field is strongest at the conductor surface and weakens as its distance from the conductor surface is increased. The magnetic field is perpendicular to the direction of current flow and its direction is given by the right hand rule shown below.

The Right Hand Rule.
The Right Hand Rule.

When the conductor or wire is wound around a magnetic materials ( ferrite, nanocrystalline, amorphous, iron, nickel steel, grain oriented steel, MPP, sendust, high flux, etc), and current flows through the conductor, a flux is induced on the magnetic materials. This flux is induced by the magnetic field generated by the current carrying conductor. The magnetic material’s atomic parts got influenced by the magnetic field and causes them to align in a certain direction.

The application of this magnetic field on the magnetic materials is called magnetization force.

Magnetization force is called Oersted or A/m (amperes per meter)or A/cm.
The units for Magnetization force is “H”.

The results of applying these magnetic field from the current carrying conductor causes the magnetic materials to have magnetic flux being formed inside the magnetic materials. The intensity of these flux is called flux density. Therefore flux density is defined as the flux per square area.

Flux density is called gauss or Tesla. I Tesla is10,000 gauss, or 1mT is 10 gauss.

The unit for Flux is “B”.

Thus, the hysterisis loop is often called the BH curve. Understanding of the BH curve is extremely important in the designs of transformers, chokes, coils and inductors.

For a square wave application as in SMPS (square wave), the Flux density or B in Gauss is given as:

Note that B is a function of voltage ( input voltage if calculated from primary windings, and output voltage if calculated from secondary side). For square wave, the constant in the above formula is 4.0, and for sinewave, it is 4.44. Flux will reduce if you increase the number of turns, increase the switching frequency or increasing the size of the cores ( increasing the area).

The magnetization force or H in Oersted is given as:

Note that H is a function of input current. The unit for H in the above formula is in Oersted. The conversion from Oersted to A/m or A/cm is one Oersted = 1.2566 A/cm. As the current swings from positive to negative the flux changes as well, tracing the curve.

The permeability of a magnetic material is the ability of the material to increase the flux intensity or flux density within the material when an electric current flows through a conductor wrapped around the magnetic materials providing the magnetization force.

The higher the permeability, the higher the flux density from a given magnetization force.

If you look at the BH loop again, you will note that the permeability is actually the slope of the BH curve.

The steeper the curve, the higher the permeability as shown below.

As the magnetization force increases ( or the current over the conductor is increased), a point is reached where the magnetic material or core will saturate. See point “S” above on the curves. When that happens, any further increase in H, will not increase the flux. More importantly, the permeability goes to zero as the slope now is flat. In this situation the magnetic material or core will fail to work as a transformer, chokes, or inductors.

So, it is very important in a choke or inductor design, not to drive the core into saturation by increasing the current (AC or DC). Usually it is the DC current that saturate the cores since it is a constant current, and puts the cores to a certain flux level.

In a transformer design, you must make sure that the maximum AC current swings from positive to negative is well below the saturation point.

Another way to get saturation is by increasing the flux density which is normally achieved by increasing the voltage ( see equation above).

From the BH curve, you can see that when the permeability is high ( slope is steep), the cores will go into saturation faster. Conversely, when the permeability is low, the cores saturate at a much higher flux density.

Power ferrite cores normally have a permeability of about 2000, and they saturate faster than iron powder or MPP cores where the permeability of Iron Powder or MPP core is 125 or so.

The typical saturation flux density of Power Ferrite material is under 4000 gauss (400mT). Whereas the saturation flux density of MPP material is 7000 gauss. High Flux is 15,000 gauss and Iron Powder is 10,000 gauss.

A transformer is an energy transfer device, so you want to have minimum losses when you transfer energy from primary side to secondary side. This is why a ferrite cores is used.

In a choke or inductor design, the application is for energy storage, and there is always a DC current flowing through, so you want to use a iron powder, MPP, sendust or high flux cores. Also, the saturation flux is a lot higher, so a higher DC current can flow through.

Core Losses
There are always energy losses in transformers and chokes. These energy losses will generate heat and cause thermal problems. The losses in a transformer, chokes or inductors are from the following sources:

  1. Hysteresis loss from the sweeping of flux from positive to negative and the area enclosed by the loop is the loss. Hysteresis loss is due to the materials intrinsic properties due to the energy used to align and re-align the magnetic domains. You can lower this loss by using a more expansive materials such as TDK PC 44, for example.
  2. Eddy current loss from the circulating currents within the magnetic materials due to differential in flux voltage inside the cores itself. This loss is high dependent upon the thickness of the walls of the cores. The higher the switching frequency, the higher will be this eddy current loss.
  3. Copper or winding loss. This is also dependent on the wire size, switching frequency, etc. Skin effect and proximity effect will contribute to this loss.

Conclusion

This was a collection of thoughts related to the construction for the magnetic flux generator for the dimensional portal egress station. I recommend that a rent-a-engineer be utilized to design up the system, and then you all can make it from bits and pieces of scrap stock materials.

I have much more to say about this project, and I will actually say much more. I think it’s time, however, to give this particular post a break. It’s time for me to let my hair down and have some fun.

Please stand by…

Time to party!

Do you want some more?

I have more posts in this series here…

DIY Teleportation

I have more posts related to this in my MAJestic Index. You can visit it here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

Constructing your very own DIY world-line dimensional portal; the mechanism that slides a person into a new reality (part 5)

In this post, we will discuss the real actual mechanism in creating a slide into another world-line. It’s not enough to obtain coordinates and set up a magnetic field, you need to be able to imprint those coordinates on the traveler and make the transition happen. Here, we discuss how it works, and how this dimensional portal works to take a person from one world-line to another.

A quick important note

It is relatively easy to find articles about quantum teleportation on the internet.

These articles discuss a “recently” developed association of quantum physics that allow the entanglement of widely separately spaced particles to be attached to each other. Those involved in the work repeatedly say that scaling up this principle to that where you can teleport a human would take centuries.

This series of articles that I am posting is similar to but quite different from the “quantum teleportation” experiments.

So whatever you read about on the internet, do not associate it with this series of posts. While the procedures and systems described herein does involve entanglement at a quantum level, it relies on an entirely different set of processes to accomplish these world-line slides.

So, let’s make one thing absolutely clear; the methods discussed within this series has very little to do with the quantum teleportation methods that you can discover on the internet. So you can ignore these other articles as they have zero bearing on this series of posts.

The big summary overview

This post has some real valuable nuggets of information. Unfortunately, the information associated with those packets of information might be too overwhelming.

While the mechanism details are very interesting, but really need to be parsed out so that you all can fully understand what is going on. So here is the super-simplistic overview…

  • In short, when the human traveler enters the portal, he/she enters a magnetic field.
  • This field creates a neutral environment, it supersedes the natural environment.
  • Then, as the magnetic field collapses, the coordinate frequencies are changed from that of the egress portal to the destination coordinates.
  • And the person thus is instantly entangled with the new coordinates.
  • Thus, using the Alan Holt’s frequency resonance system, the person is instantly teleported to the new location.

This happens because it is the nature of the universe that everything interacts intimately with it’s surroundings.

We automatically become entangled with the things around us. Physically and through our thoughts. These entanglements can be very strong.

Saying it is a slightly different way…

When you enter into a magnetic field (of the proper configuration) you are isolated from the surrounding influences. You become an individual within a ‘container”. This container is where the human traveler changes his physical world-line entanglements.

  • When entering the magnetic field, the entanglements associated with the egress location are turned off (if not momentarily erased).

So now, that traveler is alone and detached from everything. He/she has no entanglements with anything outside of that magnetic field. That is all entanglements; Physical, and non-physical.

So what we can do is trick the human body of the traveler to have entanglements with a new set of coordinates. These can be a geographic location, a point in time, or a completely different world-line.

  • The dimensional portal provides a new set of coordinates.

The moment that the person is in the magnetic field, his/her old coordinates are nullified and for a spit second, he/she is without any outside entanglements. Then a set of destination coordinates (which are frequencies, from the other posts) are presented immediately.

  • The human then becomes entangled with the new set of coordinates within the field.

When the magnetic field is immediately turned off, he/she immediately teleports to the new set of coordinates.

And, ladies and gentlemen, this is how the (teleportation) dimensional portal works.

How can this be accomplished?

This is accomplished is through the use of the Alan Holt frequency resonance method, where everything in this universe is associated with entanglements.

  • Like entanglements attract.
  • Dissimilar entanglements repel.

And that is, after all, the Alan Holt resonance frequency system in a “nutshell”.

Now the quantum physics involved in this is pretty much established, but there is a great deal of parsing on all the fine details involved…

Einstein's equation has a metric solution, from which the geodesics can be calculated, giving the trajectories followed by particles. RHS, the stress-energy tensor Tµν. When the field is created by ordinary matter and the particle velocities are weak with respect to the speed of light, this tensor contains only one term, proportional to the density of matter ρ.

Geodesics can be calculated around a spherical mass of constant density. This gives two connected sets of geodesics (lying within this mass, and outside). The result is that a positive mass generates geodesics that express the classical gravitational attraction and that a negative mass (ρ changed to -ρ) on the contrary evokes gravitational repulsion.

Anglo-Austrian physicist Hermann Bondi showed in 1957 in that, since both positive and negative masses would follow the same geodesics (as there is one metric tensor gµν in the Einstein field equations):    

• Positive mass attracts anything.
• Negative mass repels anything. 

The creation of the new entanglements is through the association of the frequencies (destination coordinates) at the portal.

-Negative Energy States and Interstellar Travel

The arguments are interesting, but I don’t want the reader to get too bogged down on a side topic.

In the figure below, the positive mass, repelled by the antigravitational potential of the negative mass, runs away from it, while the negative mass falls into the gravity well of the positive mass and chases it. The couple is then uniformly accelerated, but the total energy stays constant because the kinetic energy associated with the negative mass is negative.

Newtonian interaction laws according to Einstein's equations
Newtonian interaction laws according to Einstein’s equations

Such interaction between particles with opposite masses violates the action-reaction principle.

Note that this is based on the fact that test particles with a positive or a negative passive gravitational mass would behave the same way when they are embedded in a gravitational potential created by a large positive mass M.

This has precluded any consideration of negative mass in astrophysics and cosmology for 60 years.

Two coupled field equations: the Janus cosmological model

If we want to consider something that works, we need two metrics gµν(+) and gµν
(−) from which two different families of geodesics are calculated, referring to positive mass particles and negative mass particles, respectively. From these metrics, we calculate Ricci tensors Rµν(+) and Rµν(−) as well as Ricci scalars R(+) and R(−).

This is the core of the Janus cosmological model, which describes the universe as a
Riemannian manifold associated to two coupled metrics, populated by positive and negative mass species.

These solutions come from a system of two coupled field equations, built from a Lagrangian derivation;

General relativity reduces to Newtonian gravity in the limit of weak gravitational potential and low velocities with respect to the speed of light, so that Newton’s law of universal gravitation can be found from the Newtonian approximation of the Einstein field equations.

Likewise, our system of two coupled field equations provides the following interaction laws (proportional to 1/r2):

Newtonian interaction laws according to two coupled field equations
Newtonian interaction laws according to two coupled field equations

To sum up:

• Positive masses mutually attract.
• Positive mass and negative mass mutually repel.
• Negative masses mutually attract.

Which is, in effect, not only the natural laws of our universe, but also the Alan Holt resonance frequency method of physical transport.

The problem…

But, there is a problem.

You see, the primary problem is that everything is entangled with the environmental sphere that surrounds us. This is quantum physics, in case you are not paying attention. Not “new agey” “mumbo jumbo”.

When a person enters the magnetic field there are two sets of isolated frequencies involved.

They are…

  • Frequencies associated with the human gravity mass as he/she enters the portal.
  • Frequencies associated with the portal itself (and the surroundings).

What we need to do is to change the “frequencies of location” associated with the dimensional portal. But not change the frequencies associated with the person. The two events must absolutely be kept separate.

This is a problem.

How do you do it?

What we need to do is somehow change the egress frequencies to be the destination frequencies inside the portal. We need to superimpose the destination “frequencies of location” over on top of the egress portal “frequencies of location”.

And all the time, NOT permitting any changes to the traveler.

Suppressing the gravity frequencies of the traveler inside the magnetic field would completely erase that person from the universe! Yikes!

Then, when the human enters the magnetic field, his/her frequencies of location become entangled with whatever the destination coordinates are at the dimensional portal. And being so entangled, when the (magnetic) field is turned off, the traveler is instantly teleported to the new destination coordinates.

This is how it is done…

How to superimpose destination frequencies of location on the egress portal.

Here is how we suppress the egress portal frequencies (coordinates)…

[1] Nullify the egress coordinates

The problem evolves into swapping out the existing egress coordinates with a set of new coordinates in the portal.

And the way that we will do this is…

  • Nullify the existing egress coordinates / frequencies.
  • Superimpose the destination coordinates / frequencies in it’s place.
  • All the time, absolutely not interfering with the gravitational frequencies of the traveler.

The big hurtle is to nullify the existing egress coordinates.

This, is, believe it or not, a common problem in radio, and television. How do you stop one signal from interfering with another one?

The technique is simple, really.

You generate a “noise cancelling” signal. It is the completely opposite of the signal that you want to cancel out, and thus 1-1=0. For every high, you subject it to a low. For every low, you subject it to a high.

Techniques have been developed that are highly efficient in doing this. All noise canceling headphones use this technology.

In our use, we will consider the egress portal’s gravitation frequency profile to be “noise”. We will want to cancel it out, and make it “null”. There are numerous ways to do this. In our example we will use a digital signal processor to accomplish this task.

Feedforward ANC is, arguably the simplest type of active noise cancellation.  It uses a digital signal processor (DSP) or other dedicated ANC processing hardware to map the noise signal. 

And this is how it’s done with our egress dimensional portal…

[2] Use Digital Signal Processing

What follows is nothing "new". This is what Electrical Signal Engineers work with on a daily basis. This subject is perhaps jsut as confusing to people who do not use the technology day-in and day-out.

Do not get discouraged if you do not understand it. Just keep in mind that this is the exact process that you will use to suppress and control the egress portal frequency coordinates. It's now, right here, for your future use.

What we will do is take the frequencies and signals calculated, computed for the egress dimensional portal and perform “digital data acquisition”. Which pretty much means that we will take the recorded analog signal recorded and convert it to a digital signal.

During digital data acquisition, the transducers which output the analog signals (of the associated gravity of the egress portal) is then digitized for use with a computer.

The reason for this is that a computer cannot store continuous analog time waveforms. Which is pretty much what the transducers produce. So instead it breaks the signal into discrete ‘pieces’ or ‘samples’ to store them.

Data is recorded in the time domain, but often it is desired to perform a Fourier transform to view the data in the frequency domain.

The Fourier Transform is a tool that breaks a waveform (a function or signalinto an alternate representationcharacterized by sine and cosinesThe Fourier Transform shows that any waveform can be re-written as the sum of sinusoidal functions.

There are unique terms used when performing a Fourier transform on this digitized data, which are not always used in the analog case.

They are listed in Figure 1 below:

Figure 1: Time domain and frequency domain terms used in performing a digital Fourier transform
Figure 1: Time domain and frequency domain terms used in performing a digital Fourier transform

Whether viewing digital data in the time domain or in the frequency domain, understanding the relationship between these different terms affects the quality of the final analysis. Some key Digital Signal Processing (DSP) terms are:

Time Domain Terms

  • Sampling Rate (Fs) – Number of data samples acquired per second
  • Frame Size (T) – Amount of time data collected to perform a Fourier transform
  • Block Size (N) – Total number of data samples acquired during one frame

Frequency Domain Terms

  • Bandwidth (Fmax) – Highest frequency that is captured in the Fourier transform, equal to half the sampling rate
  • Spectral Lines (SL)– After Fourier transform, total number of frequency domain samples
  • Frequency Resolution (Δf) – Spacing between samples in the frequency domain

Sampling Rate (Fs)

Sampling rate (sometimes called sampling frequency or Fs) is the number of data points acquired per second.

A sampling rate of 2000 samples/second means that 2000 discrete data points are acquired every second. This can be referred to as 2000 Hertz sample frequency.

The sampling rate is important for determining the maximum amplitude and correct waveform of the signal as shown in Figure 2.

Figure 2: In the top graph, the 10 Hertz sine wave sampled at 1000 samples/second has correct amplitude and waveform. In the other plots, lower sample rates do not yield the correct amplitude nor shape of the sine wave
Figure 2: In the top graph, the 10 Hertz sine wave sampled at 1000 samples/second has correct amplitude and waveform. In the other plots, lower sample rates do not yield the correct amplitude nor shape of the sine wave

To get close to the correct peak amplitude in the time domain, it is important to sample at least 10 times faster than the highest frequency of interest. For a 100 Hertz sine wave, the minimum sampling rate would be 1000 samples per second. In practice, sampling even higher than 10x helps measure the amplitude correctly in the time domain.

It should be noted that obtaining the correct amplitude in the frequency domain only requires sampling twice the highest frequency of interest. In practice, the anti-aliasing filter in most data acquisition systems makes the requirement 2.5 times the frequency of interest. The Bandwidth section contains more information about the anti-aliasing filter.

The inverse of sampling frequency (Fs) is the sampling interval or Δt. It is the amount of time between data samples collected in the time domain as shown in Figure 3.

Figure 3: Sampling frequency and sampling interval relationship
Figure 3: Sampling frequency and sampling interval relationship

The smaller the quantity Δt, the better the chance of measuring the true peak in the time domain.

Block Size (N)

The block size (N) is the total number of time data points that are captured to perform a Fourier transform. A block size of 2000 means that two thousand data points are acquired, then a Fourier transform is performed.

Frame Size (T)

The frame size is the total time (T) to acquire one block of data. The frame size is the block size divided by sample frequency as shown in Figure 4.

Figure 4: Frame size (T) equals block size (N) divided by sample frequency (Fs)
Figure 4: Frame size (T) equals block size (N) divided by sample frequency (Fs)

For example, with a block size of 2000 data points and a sampling rate of 1000 samples per second, the total time to acquire a single data block is 2 seconds. It takes two seconds to collect 2000 data points.

The total time frame size is also equal to the block size times the time resolution (Figure 5).

Figure 5: Frame size (T) equals block size (N) time the time resolution (delta t)
Figure 5: Frame size (T) equals block size (N) time the time resolution (delta t)

When performing averages on multiple blocks of data, the term total amount of time might be used in different ways (Figure 6) and should not be confused:

  • Total Time to Acquire One Block – The frame size (T) is the time to acquire one data block, for example, this could be two seconds
  • Total Time to Average – If five blocks of data (two seconds each) are to be averaged, the total time to acquire all five blocks (with no overlap) would be 10 seconds
Figure 6: Five averages of 2 second frames
Figure 6: Five averages of 2 second frames

The ‘Throughput Processing knowledge base article’ further explains the interaction between frames and averages.

Bandwidth (Fmax)

The bandwidth (Fmax) is the maximum frequency that can be analyzed. The bandwidth is half of the sampling frequency (Figure 7). The Nyquist sampling criterion requires setting the sampling rate at least twice the maximum frequency of interest.

Figure 7: Bandwidth, or the maximum frequency, is half the sample frequency (Fs)
Figure 7: Bandwidth, or the maximum frequency, is half the sample frequency (Fs)

A bandwidth of 1000 Hertz means that the sampling frequency is set to 2000 samples/second.

In fact, even with a sampling rate of 2000 Hz, the actual usable bandwidth can be less than the theoretical limit of 1000 Hertz. This is because in many data acquisition systems, there is an anti-aliasing filter which starts reducing the amplitude of the signal starting at 80% of the bandwidth.

Figure 8 - At 80% of the bandwidth, a anti-aliasing filter starts reducing the amplitude of the incoming signals. The 'Span' represents the frequency range without any anti-aliasing filter effects.
Figure 8 – At 80% of the bandwidth, a anti-aliasing filter starts reducing the amplitude of the incoming signals. The ‘Span’ represents the frequency range without any anti-aliasing filter effects.

For a bandwidth of 1000 Hertz, the anti-aliasing filter reduces the bandwidth to 800 Hertz and below. The filter attenuates frequencies above 800 Hertz in this case.

In Simcenter Testlab, under ‘Tools -> Options -> General’, it is possible to view only the usable bandwidth by switching to ‘Span’ under ‘Frequency’ as shown in Figure 9.

Figure 9: Under ‘Tools -> Options -> General’ switch to ‘Span’ instead of ‘Bandwidth’

‘Span’ represents the actual useable bandwidth, and the switching to the ‘Span’ setting makes all the Simcenter Testlab displays show only 80% of the bandwidth.

Spectral Lines (SL)

After performing a Fourier transform, the spectral lines (SL) are the total number of frequency domain data points. This is analogous to N, the number of data points in the time domain. There are two data ‘values’ at each spectral line – an amplitude and a phase value as shown in Figure 10.

Figure 10: At each frequency there is an amplitude (top graph) and phase (bottom graph)
Figure 10: At each frequency there is an amplitude (top graph) and phase (bottom graph)

Note that while the Fourier Transform results in amplitude and phase, sometimes the frequency spectrum is converted to an autopower, which eliminates the phase.

The number of spectral lines is half the block size (Figure 11).

Figure 11: Spectral lines equals half the block size
Figure 11: Spectral lines equals half the block size

For a block size of 2000 data points, there are 1000 spectral lines.

Frequency Resolution

The frequency resolution (Δf) is the spacing between data points in frequency. The frequency resolution equals the bandwidth divided by the spectral lines as shown in Figure 12.

Figure 12: Frequency resolution equals bandwidth (Fmax) divided by spectral lines (SL)
Figure 12: Frequency resolution equals bandwidth (Fmax) divided by spectral lines (SL)

For example, a bandwidth of 16 Hertz with eight spectral lines, has a frequency resolution of 2.0 Hertz (Figure 13).

Figure 13: Frequency resolution equals bandwidth (Fmax) divided by spectral lines (SL)
Figure 13: Frequency resolution equals bandwidth (Fmax) divided by spectral lines (SL)

The eight frequency domain spectral lines are spread evenly between 0 and 16 Hertz, which results in the 2.0 Hertz spacing on the frequency axis. Note that 0 Hertz is not included in the spectral line total. The calculated value at zero Hertz represents a constant amplitude DC offset. For example, if a 1 Volt sine wave alternated around a 5 Volt offset, the offset value would be placed at zero Hertz, while the sine wave’s 1 Volt amplitude would be placed at the spectral line corresponding to the sine wave’s frequency.

Digital Signal Processing Relationships

Putting the above relationships together, the different digital signal processing parameters can be related to each other (Figure 14).

Figure 14: Digital signal processing relationships
Figure 14: Digital signal processing relationships

This can be boiled down to one ‘golden equation’ of digital signal processing (Figure 15) which related frame size (T) and frequency resolution (Δf):

Figure 15: The ‘golden equation’ of digital signal processing
Figure 15: The ‘golden equation’ of digital signal processing

This means that:

  • The finer the desired frequency resolution, the longer the acquisition time
  • The shorter the acquisition time, or frame size, the coarser the frequency resolution

The frequency resolution is important to accurately understand the signal being analyzed. In Figure 16, two sine tones (100 Hertz and 101 Hertz) have been digitized, and a Fourier Transform performed. This was done with two different frequency resolutions: 1.0 Hertz and 0.5 Hertz.

Figure 16: Left – Spectrum with 1.0 Hertz frequency resolution makes two separate tones appear as one peak. Right - Spectrum with 0.5 Hertz frequency resolution makes two separate tones appear as two different peaks.
Figure 16: Left – Spectrum with 1.0 Hertz frequency resolution makes two separate tones appear as one peak. Right – Spectrum with 0.5 Hertz frequency resolution makes two separate tones appear as two different peaks.

With the finer frequency resolution of 0.5 Hertz, rather than 1.0 Hertz, the spectrum shows two separate and distinct peaks. The benefit of a finer frequency resolution is very obvious. This might beg the question, why not use the finest frequency resolution possible in all cases?

There is a tradeoff. Per the ‘golden equation’ the amount of time data per frame is higher as the frequency resolution is made finer (Figure 13). This can cause requirements for long time data acquisition:

  • 10 Hz frequency resolution is desired, only 0.1 seconds of data is required
  • 1 Hertz frequency resolution requires 1 second of data
  • 0.1 Hertz frequency resolution requires 10 seconds of data
  • 0.01 Hertz frequency resolution requires 100 seconds of data!

In some situations, these long time acquisition requirements are not practical. For example, a sports car may go from idle to full speed in just 4 seconds, making a 100 second acquisition, and the corresponding 0.01 frequency resolution, impossible.

Rather than using the sine formulation of the Fourier Transform, a wavelet formulation can be used instead. This can address some of the time-frequency tradeoffs. See the knowledge base article Time-Frequency Analysis: Wavelets.

Simcenter Testlab Settings

In Simcenter Testlab (formerly LMS Test.Lab), depending on the software module, only some of these parameters may be settable by the user. However, the digital signal processing relationships are still in effect. For example, when setting the bandwidth to 1024 Hz and spectral lines to 2048 as shown in Figure 17, several other parameters are automatically set.

Figure 17: Simcenter Testlab acquisition parameters
Figure 17: Simcenter Testlab acquisition parameters

For these settings, the frame size is 2 seconds (inverse of frequency resolution). The sampling frequency is 2048 samples per second, or 2048 Hertz.

Note: Why are the sampling rates and block sizes all powers of two? In the digital world, the Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) and the Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) are computer algorithms used to perform a Fourier Transform. The Fast Fourier Transform requires a block size that is a power of two (1024, 2048, 4096, etc.) and is computationally quicker than the DFT, which can use any number of data points. With today’s modern computers, the differences in speed are not as noticeable in the past. But due to historical reasons many data acquisition systems still use power of two numbers.

Hopefully this information will be a useful reference for performing digital data acquisition of the egress portal gravity frequency wave profile. Some of the key points discussed: Sampling frequency (Fs) must be set properly to capture the correct amplitude:

  • High as possible to capture peak amplitude in time domain. Should be set no lower than 10x the highest frequency of interest.
  • At least two times higher than the highest frequency of interest for the frequency domain. This would be at least 2.5x higher if accounting for an anti-aliasing filter.
  • There is an inverse relationship (the ‘golden equation’) relating frequency resolution (Δf) and frame size time (T)

Once the egrss portal frequencies (coordinates) are suppressed, we then need to overlap the destination coordinates on top of it.

[3] Overlaying the destination frequency over the suppressed egress.

Nothing new here. It’s standard “boiler plate” frequency manipulation.

There are numerous techniques involved. But, the one that I am most familiar with is known as “single-sideband modulation” (SSB).

In radio communications, single-sideband modulation (SSB) or single-sideband suppressed-carrier modulation (SSB-SC) is a type of modulation used to transmit information, such as an audio signal, by radio waves. A refinement of amplitude modulation, it uses transmitter power and bandwidth more efficiently. Amplitude modulation produces an output signal the bandwidth of which is twice the maximum frequency of the original baseband signal. Single-sideband modulation avoids this bandwidth increase, and the power wasted on a carrier, at the cost of increased device complexity and more difficult tuning at the receiver.

-Wikipedia

It need not be too complicated. Remember that an AM signal

has the Fourier transform

The spectral components in the AM signal equal distances above and below the carrier frequency contain identical information because they are complex conjugates of each other.

The portion above the carrier frequency is called the upper sideband and the portion
below the lower sideband.

In single-sideband (SSB) modulation only the upper sideband or the lower sideband is transmitted. Thus, SSB modulation requires half the bandwidth of AM or DSBSC-AM modulation.

We will assume that the baseband message signal m(t) is band limited with a cutoff
frequency W which is less than the carrier frequency ωc. Then the required channel
bandwidth for an SSB signal is W.

SSB Modulator Using DSBSC-AM and Filtering
SSB Modulator Using DSBSC-AM and Filtering

First the DSBSC-AM signal

is formed which has the transform

and is centered at the carrier frequency ωc. Then H(ω) selects the desired sideband.

Upper sideband modulation uses the highpass filter

and the lower sideband SSB modulation uses the lowpass filter

Representing SSB Signals in Terms of Hilbert Transforms

Let the baseband message be m(t) and its Hilbert transform ˆm(t). The pre-envelope of the SSB signal has the transform

Upper Sideband Case

Substituting Hu(ω) for H(ω) gives

The complex envelope is

Therefore, the SSB signal can be expressed as

Lower Sideband Case

The transform of the complex envelope is

The corresponding SSB signal is

Single-Sideband Modulator Using a Hilbert Transform

A Single-Sideband Modulator Block Diagram
A Single-Sideband Modulator Block Diagram

Another Approach to the SSB Signal Representation

Let the baseband message have transform M(ω). An example is shown in Figure 3. Its pre-envelope is

which has the transform

The upper-sideband SSB signal pre-envelope is

which has the transform

The transmitted SSB signal is

Signal Fourier Transforms in Steps for
Generating an Upper-Sideband
Signal Fourier Transforms in Steps for
Generating an Upper-Sideband

Coherent Demodulation of SSB Signals

An SSB Demodulator
An SSB Demodulator

First the received signal is multiplied by a locally generated replica of the carrier signal. Multiplying the formulas for upper and lower sideband SSB signals by 2 cos ωct yields

Observe that

The components around 2ωc are removed by the lowpass filter G(ω) with cutoff frequency W.

In practice, the demodulator shown above should be preceded by a receive bandpass filter that passes s(t) and eliminates out-of-band noise.

Frequency Domain Analysis of Operation

Remember that b(t) = s(t)2 cos ωct. So

This translates the sidebands around ±ωc down to baseband and forms M(ω) which is the desired term and also translates them up to ±2ωc which are the terms removed by the lowpass filter.

SSB Demodulator Using a Hilbert Transform

First, take the Hilbert transform of s(t) and form the pre-envelope

where the plus sign is for upper sideband and the minus sign is for lower sideband modulation

This demodulator requires taking a Hilbert transform but does not require filtering out terms at twice the carrier frequency.

The modulator shown is also a block diagram for a demodulator that implements the formula at the bottom of the previous slide if the input m(t) is replaced by the received signal s(t), the cosine and sine amplitudes are set to 1, and the plus sign is chosen at the output adder.

In practice, the demodulator would be preceded by a bandpass filter that passes the
signal components and rejects out-of-band noise.

Need for a Pilot Tone

These two demodulators assume that the receiver has perfect knowledge of the received carrier frequency and phase. Unfortunately, this information cannot be derived by a system like the Costas loop because the SSB signal is the sum of an inphase component m(t) cos ωct and a quadrature component ˆm(t) sin ωct.

A standard approach to solving this problem is to add a small sinusoidal component called a pilot tone whose frequency is not in the SSB signal band and has a known relationship to the carrier frequency. The pilot tone frequency is often chosen to be the carrier frequency when the baseband message signal has no DC components.

The receiver can then generate a local carrier reference by using a narrow bandwidth bandpass filter to select the pilot tone and possibly following this filter by a phase-locked loop.

Reasons for needing frequency translation:

  • To place the signal spectrum in an allocated channel.
  • Several messages can be multiplexed together by shifting them to non-overlapping adjacent spectral bands and transmitting the sum of the resulting signals. This is called frequency division multiplexing (FDM).
  • To correct for carrier frequency offsets caused by oscillator inaccuracies or Doppler shifts.

Let s(t) be a bandpass signal with the frequency ω0 somewhere in its passband. The
problem is to translate the spectrum so that ω0 is moved to ω1 = ω0 + ∆ω.

The first step is to form the pre-envelope

The corresponding Fourier transform is

The next step is to multiply by a complex exponential with frequency ∆ω to get

This translates the original spectrum to the right by ∆ω and moves the value at ω0 to the frequency ω1 = ω0 + ∆ω.

Taking the real part of r+(t) gives the following formula for the translated signal:

The real part of r+(t) can also be expressed as

so its Fourier transform is

Notice that the formula for computing r(t) from s(t) and ˆs(t) above can be used even when the passband of the translated signal overlaps that of the original signal.

To do this using real signals would require a double conversion process where the signal is

  • first shifted to a non-overlapping band by multiplying by cos ω3t,
  • one sideband of this modulated signal is selected with a highpass filter,
  • and then another modulation is performed with the appropriate carrier frequency and the signal in the desired band is selected with a filter.

This is generally not as convenient for DSP applications.

Now, after this process has been completed, we now have the destination coordinate frequencies overlaid upon the egress coordinates. To the traveler, and to the portal it is residing within a space outside of time and space within the magnetic field, and upon the collapse of the field, the destination coordinates would automatically be imprinted upon the traveler within the magnetic field.

But…

Unless you “connect” the traveler’s gravitational frequency with the new destination coordinates, nothing will happen. The field would just collapse and the traveler would reconnect with the egress portal coordinates instead…

How to solve this problem?

[4] Adding the gravitational frequency profile of the traveler to the mix.

It’s surprisingly easy.

…in theory.

You hold on to the destination coordinates longer than the egress coordinates. Or, in other words, continue with the suppression of the egress coordinates while the magnetic field collapses.

In truth, there is a gradual change from the suppression of the egress coordinates to a null state, and a gradual change from the null state to the destination coordinates. This description is apt, but the “gradual” change happens very rapidly.

Conclusion

This post describes the “nuts and bolts” behind the control that ejects the human traveler from the egress portal to the destination coordinates.

  • In short, when the human traveler enters the portal, he/she enters a magnetic field.
  • This field creates a neutral environment, it supersedes the natural environment.
  • Then, as the magnetic field collapses, the coordinate frequencies are changed from that of the egress portal to the destination coordinates.
  • And the person thus is instantly entangled with the new coordinates.
  • Thus, using the Alan Holt’s frequency resonance system, the person is instantly teleported to the new location.

As you can see, essentially the mechanism is basically frequency control, modulation and pulsing of the environment around a very intense magnetic field containing a human traveler.

And that is it.

Of course there are other issues involved. Like the actual electrical controls, the creation of the magnetic field, and how the traveler enters the field (he has to be prepared and ready), not to mention the actual mapping of the destination coordinates.

In the next post we will talk about making the magnetic field. Exciting stuff this, eh?

Do you want more?

You can continue in this series here…

DIY Teleportation

I have more posts along these lines in my MAJestic Index out here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

Constructing your very own DIY Dimensional portal for world-line crossovers; the teleportation mechanism (part 4)

This is part four of a multi-part post. Here we will discuss what happens once you have isolated the human mass from the portal mass, assigned a frequency profile of both, and then established a destination coordinate system. Here we will discuss the actual mechanism that will slide the human “passenger” within the dimensional portal to another world-line.

Introduction

Now, I have read all sorts of speculations of whether or not a person can actually teleport, go into worm-holes, or visit other world-lines. Most writers consider themselves “experts” on this and say that it cannot be done.

Teleportation has not yet been implemented in the real world. There is no known physical mechanism that would allow this. Frequently appearing scientific papers and media articles with the term teleportation typically report on so-called " quantum teleportation ", a scheme for information transfer.

An actual teleportation of matter has never been realized by modern science (which is based entirely on mechanistic methods). It is questionable if it can ever be achieved, because any transfer of matter from one point to another without traversing the physical space between them violates Newton's laws, a cornerstone of physics.

-Rubens Talukder, Ph.D.

The “experts” have spoken!

To be honest, our understanding of teleportation is as clear as that of black holes, at this point. Dematerializing matters surely consumes a lot of energy and data. We should also take into consideration that the human brain contains so much information that it takes a football field-sized computer to completely replicate its prowess. 

Remember, your entire being will be disintegrated into particles and the same exact ones should be reassembled at the destination point. Not only that, all your memories and your brain functions must remain intact after the process. Teleportation is similar to being killed and reborn, all in a short period of time. The timing must be precise through the whole of the process, because the slightest disturbance will really alter the state of your being. More importantly, who knows what might happen when an experiment goes wrong? You are relatively lucky if you come off with a missing limb or a different eye color, but things can really go south. Worse, you might not be reborn at all. Good luck getting locked in a quantum limbo for eternity, in that case.

Unfortunately, at the moment, we do not have the technology and the know-how to teleport matter visible to the naked. The technique also involves transferring us at the speed of light, and that alone clashes with Einstein’s theory of relativity. Sadly, technology is not the only limitation, but also the current rules of physics.

-Gizmo Shack

What ever floats your boat, cowboy.

I’ve done it.

I know that it can be done.

I have experienced it first hand. It is a technology that is in possession of the United States government under the aspects of MAJestic within the ONI.

It’s an advanced technology, that is sure, but it is not impossible. It’s just that the methods involved tend to be esoteric.

So let’s see what I’ve covered within Metallicman, eh?

  • Intention / prayer for self-navigation of consciousness through the MWI.
  • Magick and ritual, and religious intention.
  • MAJestic “dimensional portal” used at NAS NASC Pensacola Florida.
  • Use of extraterrestrial technology and a biological apparatus for world-line “anchoring”.
  • Outfitting a vehicle for (apparent) “time travel” like John Titor.
  • My DIY series on manufacturing your own “Dimensional Portal”.

And here we are. We are at part four of DIY dimensional portal theory and construction.

Navigation

This is a pretty complex subject, don’t you know. And it is so easy to get all bogged down on the “nitty-gritty” details. So let’s just review a little bit of the first three prior posts.

  1. Introduction. (What you can find on the internet.)
  2. Gravity isolation of the human traveler from the portal.
  3. Converting the individual gravity elements into waves and coordinates.

And now, we are going to discuss the actual teleportation of a person from the portal to another world-line…

Please take note that unless you have a dimensional portal at your destination location, you will be forever trapped there, and can never return back home.

Field Resonance Systems

We will use a “field resonance system” to conduct the teleportation. This is a well-known “theory” (well supported by conventional science) embraced by NASA for the future transport of people over large distances.

The field resonance system artificially generates an energy pattern which precisely matches or resonates with a virtual pattern associated with a distant world-line space-time point.

According to the model, if a fundamental or precise resonance is established (using hydromagnetic wave fine-tuning techniques), the person entering the dimensional portal will be very strongly and equally repelled by surrounding virtual patterns.

At the same time, through the virtual many-dimensional structure of space-time, a very strong attraction with the virtual pattern of a distant space-time point will exist.

The model predicts that this combination of very strong forces will result in the translocation of the person from the egress portal’s initial position through the many-dimensional virtual structure to the distant world-line space-time point.

It’s not a “turn key” solution. You just cannot make a device and expect it to work immediately “right off the bat”. The mechanics of this resonance effect will be determined through extensive experimentation, which may also revise the basic resonance requirements. You never know with R&D and NPD efforts.

However, the result, a space-time “jump,” most certainly appears to be supported by astrophysical research.

Several analogies can be used to clarify this effect. It can be described as the temporary formation of an Einstein-Rosen bridge. Which is a tunnel through space-time which connects two different regions in space-time in a way similar to that which has been otherwise proposed for such things as a black hole/white hole (quasar) portal.

The resonance effect can be considered to be analogous to the nuclear particle tunneling phenomena.

In this phenomenon, the wave nature of the particle enables it to tunnel through a potential barrier without having the energy required to go over the barrier. 

Following this analogy, the traveler’s wave characteristics are increased dramatically by the artificially generated energy pattern, allowing it to tunnel through the space-time barrier without having the energy normally required to traverse the space between the two space-time points.

The travel times for such trips are expected to be nearly instantaneous.

If complex coordinate destinations are specified, short durations might manifest (seconds to weeks). All of which is dependent on the pattern precision, the amount of energy in the pattern, the space-time distance, and the virtual structure entry point.

Time

There is no such thing as “time”. That is the impression of a train of world-line experiences taken together.

We know it does not really exist.

Time does not have an independent existence in the General Theory of Relativity and it will be redefined in the model as a type of energy flow. However, since time will continue to be used to catalog our experiences in daily life, its use is likely to continue in the description of this type of dimensional travel.

Secondary Resonance Effect

Now there may be other effects and things going on when you enter the egress dimensional port.

If the artificial energy pattern does not precisely match the virtual pattern at a distant world-line space-time point, a secondary resonance effect may be observed.

In this case, the repulsive and attractive forces are not strong enough to relocate the traveler, but the resonance is sufficient to connect the two points through the virtual structure, resulting in energy flow to or from the distant world-line space-time point.

We do not know what this might manifest as.

  • Dissemination of a person into “the void”.
  • A partial teleportation of a person to the destination, while the rest of that person stays at the egress portal.
  • A merging of elements of the traveler with the portal components.

Extreme destinations

In order to explore distant coordinate systems in wildly divergent world-lines, several intermediate world-line space-time jumps would likely be required for safety purposes.

The initial slide would take the traveler into a world-line with only one significant change in the destination coordinates. The next slide would be a destination coordinate with a different major change to the destination coordinates, followed by a slide to a destination with minor coordinate changes for control and reliability considerations. At each step, the predicted and actual locations would be compared and computerized models would be updated accordingly. Exploration of a world-line would probably be best done by a gravimagnetic system that could be carried inside the larger field resonance system.

If the energy pattern generation system of the field resonance portal has an ultrafine-tuning system, world-line space-time jumps to the nearby world-lines could be accomplished. If the portal cycled frequent and very short slides, it would appear in many cases to be in a smooth continuous long-duration slide through world-line space-time.

Hydromagnetic wave fine-tuning techniques

Here we are going to model the process of what happens when a person enters the dimensional portal.

For we know the frequency coordinates of both the person and the portal, and when we bathe the portal in a strong magnetic field and artificially induce the destination coordinates over that of the egress coordinates, the human traveler would be teleported to the new world-line.

In modeling this process we will simplify the equations a bit to simulate the human traveler, and the two portals; egress and destination.

The dynamics of wave propagation in a hydromagnetic waveguide has been well studied and established. For our purposes, we will simplify the equations to represent an electrically conducting conduit (the human traveler) inserted in the field of a steady magnetic field which is the egress dimensional portal. For our purposes, we will treat the human traveler to act as if he/she behaved as plasma.

In the simplest case, the applied field is parallel to the axis of the tube. When the plasma moves with a fluctuating velocity in a direction normal to the axis of the waveguide, the lines of force are shaken to and fro in the direction of the applied velocity. A transverse wave is thereby made to travel along the lines of force.

It is well known to workers in hydromagnetics that the governing relations for the motion of a plasma in a magnetic field are analogous to those describing the behavior of an ideally conducting fluid in the presence of a magnetic field. Hence, our discussion begins with the relations for the conservation of momentum and matter and with the equation of state. As a result of linearization, we find that these equations are

In these expressions, zero subscripts indicate quiescent values, and lower-case letters fluctuating variables. The velocity is denoted by V, the pressure by p, the density by p, the velocity of sound waves in free space by a, the fluctuating local current density by j, and the applied steady magnetic field by B o .

The set of corresponding Maxwellian relations, corrected for relativistic effects, is

The fluctuating magnetic field is denoted by b, the electric field by e, and the permeability of the medium by t. Relations 4, 5, and 6 are valid when the plasma is quasineutral, and when the characteristic dimension of the apparatus is large compared with both the mean free path of the gas and the Debye shielding distance.

It can be readily found that the velocity satisfies the equation

in which k = w/c, the wave number for the Alfven wave velocity in free space. This velocity c equals Bo/(p)/2. The parameter p = a/c is the ratio of the two velocities of wave propagation, and ib indicates a unit vector in the direction of the magnetic field. Similar relations for the other field variables can be obtained by manipulating the set of Eqs. 1-6. The appropriate boundary conditions for the problem require the vanishing
of the normal components of the oscillating velocity and the magnetic field at the walls of the waveguide. If we define the velocity by the identity

it can be shown by substituting Eq. 8 in Eq. 7 that we obtain two simultaneous equations in the velocity potentials c and M. These equations for the general case, when ib is at an arbitrary angle with the axis of the waveguide, are quite complicated and have to be solved approximately.

Two extreme cases, however, allow the equations to be solved exactly.

The results for these two cases will now be briefly indicated.

Case 1. The magnetic field is aligned with the axis of the waveguide. Then the two wave modes propagate along the axis of the waveguide. One of these modes displays the character of a longitudinal, or compressive, wave and is called, in this report, the “acoustic wave.”

The other mode is of transverse character and represents the hydromagnetic mode. Several interesting alternatives may occur that depend upon whether p is less than or greater than unity. When P is less than unity, the acoustic mode has no cutoff for all orders of the wave eigen numbers. This is quite different from the conventional acoustic wave propagation that takes place in a pipe. The hydromagnetic mode does, however, have a cutoff that depends upon the order of the eigen number. It can be checked that whenever p < 1, the pressure from collisions, p, is considerably lower than the hydromagnetic pressure Bo/2L. This means, of course, that the collective behavior of the electrons is controlled, in large part, by the electromagnetic forces. When P > 1, we find that the hydromagnetic mode is then the mode that suffers no cutoff for all orders of the wave eigen number. The acoustic mode, on the other hand, has a cutoff frequency that depends on the order of the wave eigen number. The case of p > 1 indicates that the density of the plasma is high, and is probably more representative of the density of a liquid metal than of the density of a plasma.

An interpretation of the reversal of the noncutoff property of the two waves for B >< 1 can be given by visualizing the behavior of the plasma as it is squeezed by the lines of forces during their transverse motion. For stronger magnetic forces with P < 1, a side distortion of the lines is always accompanied by a longitudinal forward motion of the plasma, hence the acoustic wave suffers no cutoff. A similar explanation can be given for the behavior with P > 1. The expression for the component of the velocity transverse to the axis of the waveguide is given by

in which n, m = 0, ±1, ±2 … ; and 2L 1 2L2 are the width and height of the waveguide section. In expressions 9 and 10, K is the propagation constant for the waves. The functional relation of K on k, the wave number, is shown in graphical form in Fig. III-1 for p 1 and p = 1.

It is obvious that for p = 1, it is not possible to identify the particular wave associated

with the two branches of the function K = f(k).

Case 2. The magnetic field direction is at right angles to the axis of the waveguide.

In this case, the analysis shows that no hydromagnetic wave propagates along the axis of the waveguide. Indeed, consideration of this situation leads us to conclude that the hydromagnetic wave appears as a standing wave along the lines of force, and hence it is trapped between the walls of the waveguide.

The alignment of the magnetic field in another direction besides the two that have been mentioned gives rise to intermediate situations which, however, cannot be obtained as a superposition of the two waves indicated in Eqs. 1 and 2 because Eq. 7 is not linear in the vector ib.

The analysis that has been given cannot be extended to frequencies higher than the ion cyclotron frequency, without taking into account the necessary correction, because the plasma is now composed of two fluids interacting with the magnetic field.

This correction is easily made, and it can be shown that the symmetry of the eigenfunctions in the positive and negative values is lost.

Magnetohydrodynamic Shocks

Whenever you are dealing with plasma (a human) in a magnetic field that undergoes a force or acceleration of some type, you can expect a magnetohydrodynamic shock. In other words, just how useful would this portal be if the person slams into the destination coordinates at a very high speed squashing him/her into jelly?

Luckily this does not seem to be the case.

The work reported here was started for the purpose of investigating the dynamics and the structure of hydromagnetic shocks. In particular, the parameters of the shock that have to be estimated are its thickness, pressure ratio, magnetic-field ratio, and the corresponding density ratio. The preliminary theoretical work was carried out on the basis of a continuum theory.

The calculations follow conventional techniques for studies on shock waves, i. e., the discussion begins with the equation for the conservation of momentum and mass. An appropriate equation of state is also introduced. The hydromagnetic interaction is taken into account by means of a well-known relation for the magnetic field,

where 11 is the intensity of the magnetic field, – is the velocity, N is the permeability, and o- is the conductivity.

It can be shown that a one-dimensional dependence for the variables leads to expressions 2 and 3 which relate the value of the upstream parameters of the shock to its downstream parameters. The relations are valid for distances that are large compared with the thickness of the shock.

Manipulation of all of the equations mentioned in Sec. III-A
leads to a pair of simultaneous expressions, the first of which is

stands for the ratio of the square of the Alfen velocity to the square of the velocity of sound; Mo, 1 is the appropriate hydromagnetic Mach number, defined as the ratio of the local velocity to the Alfvn velocity.

For the second relation, we have

Equations 2 and 3 are sufficient to define completely the state of the gas downstream of the shock.

The experimental verification of this discussion will be carried out by means of an apparatus that will allow a magnetically driven shock to travel in an externally applied uniform magnetic field.

The ponderomotive force (PMF)

The ponderomotive force (PMF) is a ubiquitous nonlinear wave effect arising in plasma physics when applied wave fields or plasma parameters have significant spatial gradients.

We should include the possibility that the PMF may energize magnetospheric ions in significant numbers. In particular, the PMF may play a role in transporting and energizing O+ ions at the destination coordinates. This might result in the experience of the traveler experiencing O+ ionic buildup on their exposed skin. This would appear and feel like they had just come from a warm Summer rain shower.

The PMF can also generate nonlinear coupling between the slow magnetosonic mode and the other hydromagnetic modes. This should lead to limitation of density enhancements and, notably in the case of standing Alfvén waves, to spatial harmonic generation, secularly growing frequency shifts, and saturation of driven wave fields. These effects might result in some minor discomfort for the traveler as they egress from the destination portal coordinates.

Conclusions

The use of the Alan Holt field resonance proposal along with hydromagnetic wave fine-tuning techniques will be sufficient to transport a human from an egress dimensional portal to a destination portal / or coordinate on another world-line.

There are concerns related to…

  • Secondary Resonance Effects.
  • The ponderomotive force (PMF).
  • Magnetohydrodynamic shock.

However, calculations indicate that these concerns are minor, or can be minimized with proper care and due diligence.

Now, with all this being clear, we can now discuss the mechanism used to implement the Alan Holt resonance transfer procedure within the magnetic field when a person enters into the egress portal. We will cover that in the next post. Post five. Stay tuned.

Do you want more?

I have more posts on this subject here…

DIY Teleportation

I have these posts and much, much more in my MAJestic Index over here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

Constructing your very own DIY dimensional world-line portal; measuring and creating frequency profiles of location (part 3)

This post continues in the discussion of building yourself a DIY dimensional portal (or some type of vehicle) for world-line crossovers and slides. This is part three. Part one was an introduction to the concepts that various people can build a DIY dimensional portal. Part two discussed the very important aspects of mass / gravity separation of the entity (person) entering the portal, and the portal itself.

And here, in this part we will discuss measuring the frequencies of the gravity elements involved when a person enters the portal. This measurement of frequencies is the assignment of coordinates of where you are right now at the moment of teleportation.

Measure frequencies = Assign egress coordinates.

High Frequency Gravity Waves

The fundamental idea is that we would detect the super weak HFGW that is associated with both the mass of the person entering the portal, and that of the portal itself. This would create a frequency profile. This profile in turn, can be considered a set of coordinates for the dimensional portal to work with.

Gravitational waves (GW) are a prediction of Einstein’s general theory of relativity, but (due to their weakness) took a long, long time to discover.

Measurement of their indirect effects on the orbits of certain binary neutron stars was a major experimental triumph, and merited the award of a Nobel Prize in Physics. Further; these measurements agree with theory to better than 1%. Therefore, there really isn’t any question of their existence. The issue is really how to detect them for small gravitational masses, up close, quickly and accurately.

The term HFGW has come to mean gravitational waves at much higher frequencies of several GHz, say 10GHz to be specific. A general rule of thumb is that the highest gravitational wave frequencies produced will be at around the reciprocal of the freefall timescale for a system fmax∼ √Gρ, where ρ is the average density of the system. 

Dr. Robert Baker, Jr. has a design for an open cavity High-Frequency Gravitational Wave Detector in the GHz band. His design consists of a high-quality-factor open microwave cavity and a Gaussian beam (GB) passing through a static magnetic field in free space.

Baker is regarded as the preemininent researcher in the field of High-Frequency Gravitational Wave research, and proposes this new detector model as a means of facilitating significant new potential applications for the wireless telecommunications sector.

Essentially this effect is an inverse Gertsenshtein effect in which HFGWs are converted into electromagnetic (EM) waves when passing through a static magnetic field.

Our dimensional portal would detect the isolated HFGW’s from both the portal and the person entering the portal. It would convert the values into electromagnetic waves when the person enters the dimensional portal. Of course, for this to work, the entire portal would need to be a static magnetic field.

The Physics of HFGW’s

Newton’s formulation of the theory of gravity,

for two spherical gravitating masses MG(1) and MG(2) is equivalent to the
“non-relativistic” gravitational field description

in which a non-dimensional “potential” hˆ has been chosen to agree with the mathematical language used for it in General Relativity. Here MI and MG are the inertial and gravitational masses respectively, and ρI and ρG are the distributions of these masses. Equations (3-4) and (3-5) are an instantaneous action-at-a-distance description which is inconsistent with the constraints of Special Relativity.

In General Relativity (which is generalizes Newton’s theory) Equations
(3-4) – (3-6) become

Tμ ν is the complete relativistic stress-energy tensor of everything including the gravitational field itself, and T is its trace. (gμ ν is the Minkowski metric tensor of Special Relativity plus ˆhμ ν .) Confirmed predictions include the equivalence principle ρI = ρG (to better than 10−10), the calculated value for the bending of light passing near the sun and gravitational lensing of light in other parts of the Universe, many solar system observations, and remarkably accurate observations of neutron star binaries.

The full content and implications of General Relativity are not needed
for any of the HFGW predictions to be considered below. For example the
quantum energy density in a vacuum is negligibly small compared to the other important matter and field contributions to Tμ ν in our local environment. All of the HFGW amplitudes of interest here are so small that their contributions to energy density can be neglected in Tˆμ ν.

In a vacuum with only hˆμ ν present the RHS of Equation (3-7) vanishes, leaving the familiar free field wave equation

The robustness of the basic theory for the HFGWs discussed below is
even more robust than that of General Relativity.

Hypotheses about changes in gravity and Tμ ν from string theory might change it at length scales  1 cm and some have proposed changes at huge (astronomical/cosmological) scales but neither would change Equations (3-7) on the scales of interest here.

Because we are concerned with such small HFGW intensities it is often
constructive to describe these flows as a flow of gravitational quanta (gravitons).

Gravitons are a necessary consequence of Quantum Mechanics applied to Equation (3-9) and bear the same necessary relationship to Equations (3-9) and (3-7) as photons do to electromagnetic fields.

In particular

with ω = 2π× frequency and k = 2π/λ.

Figure 1 shows the electromagnetic-gravity field interactions in Equation
(3-7) as (static gravity or graviton) – (photon or static electromagnetic field)
interactions.

Figure 1: Feynman diagrams of quantum (graviton/photon) reactions in
quantized gravitational field versions of General (and Special) Relativity.
γ ≡ HF electromagnetic field or static field (B0); g ≡ graviton: A ≡ any
particle.

Measuring HFGW from gravity masses

The LIGO detectors, which measured the waves, do not use bar detectors; they use interferometers. Bar detectors have been used for decades, but they have not been sensitive enough to make actual detections. They are necessarily very short, which reduces the effect of a gravitational wave. As you indicate they also have fairly narrow resonant frequencies at which they are most sensitive. Interferometers, on the other hand, can be made 4 kilometers long (like the LIGO detectors), which magnifies the effect of the waves. They are also sensitive over a fairly broad range -- roughly 40Hz to 2000Hz.

As anna v rightly points out, there actually are plenty of references to frequency if you look at the science papers. I work in gravitational-wave astronomy, and decomposing things into frequencies is our bread and butter. There's less coverage of this in the popular press, presumably because the public tunes out talk of frequencies, and pop-sci journalists know where their bread is buttered. But Fourier transforms are really how the analysis gets done.

-Physics Stack Exchange

Dr. Robert Baker, Jr. has a design for an open cavity High-Frequency Gravitational Wave Detector in the GHz band, which consists of a high-quality-factor open microwave cavity and a Gaussian beam (GB) passing through a static magnetic field in free space.

Essentially this effect is an inverse Gertsenshtein effect in which HFGWs are converted into electromagnetic (EM) waves when passing through a static magnetic field.

Converting measured HFGW into electromagnetic waves for frequency generation.

A basic mechanism for generating a EM wave from a measured HFGW is the direct conversion of the same frequency by a strong static magnetic field (−→B0).

This Gertsenshtein process is idealized in Figure 3. The GW power out, PG W (in), is proportional to the electromagnetic wave incoming power PEMW (out):

Figure 3: Gertsenshtein HFGW generation by EMWs passing through a constant magnetic field B0,
Figure 3: Gertsenshtein EMW generation by HFGWs passing through a
constant magnetic field B0,

where U is the total EMW energy in the volume (V) in which the EMW passes through B0.

is the energy density in that region.

Figure 4: HFGW generation by standing wave electromagnetic modes in a
cavity.
Figure 4: HFGW generation by standing wave electromagnetic modes in a
cavity.

For the geometry of Figure (3) in which the passage of the EMW through
B0 is not otherwise interrupted

For P(in) ∼ 10 kW, and L = 30 cm, U = 10−5 joules. If the EMF is
contained as a normal mode within V,U can be very much larger. However, there are various limits to U which are independent of the available EMW power. For a cavity with EM dissipation time τ

For a (generous) cooling rate from an exterior coolant flow around a
copper cavity H˙ ∼ 106 watts, Q ∼ 2 × 103, Umax ∼ 2 × 10−1 joules and

(We note that it would take a continual EM power input of one MWatt to
maintain this tiny GW output.)

If we replace the copper-walled cavity by one with superconducting walls
τ may increase from the ∼ 10−7 sec of Cu by a factor ∼ 107. However, Umax
could not increase by nearly such a factor, even if we ignore any problems
of maintaining superconductivity near the huge −→B0, and keeping the very low temperature needed. The u inside the superconducting cavity would be limited by unacceptable electron emission from a mode’s strong electric field perpendicular to a wall:

Even if this crucial limit is ignored there would be a limit to u from the
maximum mechanical strength of the container confining the electromagnetic modes:

The limit of Equation (3-23) and V ∼ 3 × 103 cm3 gives UMax ∼ 3 × 106J
and

Finally we could ask the ultimate limit when, instead of −→Bo ∼ 105 Gauss
and EM waves V is filled with moving masses, EM energy, etc. all contained
within V ∼ 3 × 103 cm3 to the limit where the container explodes. Then

where d is the distance to the target and b a directional beaming factor
which we take ∼ 102. Then for d > 1 km the maximum flux at a target

for the unrealistically large limit of Equation (3-25). Increasing V to 107
cm3 would still limit

Almost none will be stopped or converted within the target. (But even
if they were their total impulse would cause no damage to any part of it.)

HFGW Detectors [1]

Proposed HFGW detectors have generally been based upon versions
of the inverse Gertsenshtein process. The most elementary one is that in
Figure 5. As in Equations (3-13) and (3-14)

For the maximum HFGW generator production of 102 graviton/sec of Equation (3-22), and b ∼ 102 and d ∼ 10 m in Equation (3-26), and a detector area transverse to the beam (Aˆ) = 104cm2

Such a small photon flow would, of course, never be observed, no matter
what plausible changes are made in HFGW generator, d, b, or Aˆ. However
proposals have been made to decrease this interval by very great factors.

One such proposal introduces an additional EMW0 with the same frequency as the GW and the very weak EMW it generates in passing through the strong −→B0 region. This is well understood “homodyning” of the weak signal. It does not increase a signal to noise ratio when the noise is the minimal photon noise from quantization. If we consider the simple geometry of

Figure 5: Inverse Gertsenshtein conversion of HFGWs to EMWs of the same
frequencies.
Figure 5: Inverse Gertsenshtein conversion of HFGWs to EMWs of the same
frequencies.

Figure 6 with the electromagnetic waves electric field normal to the plane of wave propagation and −→B0, there are two possibilities for interference between EGW, the electric field of the EMW generated by the GW and E0. In one the original propagation directions are coincident. Then the total field (−→E T )

with −→E T the homodyning field and −→E GW that from GW conversion along the common trajectory. If EGW reaches the photon detector so must E 0. That detector’s photon counting rate

Figure 6: Homodyning of weak EMW with much stronger EMW0.
Figure 6: Homodyning of weak EMW with much stronger EMW0.

with N˙ 0 the counting rate when N˙ GW = 0 and N˙ GW the very much smaller rate when N˙ 0 = 0. A non-zero cos δ can arise from phase match between −→E 0 and −→E GW .

The large N0 = N˙ 0t is the expectation value of a Poisson distribution
of width N1/2 0 which is intrinsic to the quantum (photon) distribution in the classical wave description.

The main N˙ GW contribution to the detector counts (2 (N˙ 0N˙ GW)1/2 cos δ t) must be significantly larger than this fluctuation (N˙ 0t)1/2 for the signal/minimal photon noise ratio to exceed unity:

i.e., it will still take the t ˆγ of Equation (3-30) to identify with any confidence a single EMW photon from incoming GW graviton conversion.

If the −→E 0 photons differ enough in direction from the EGW ones so that they do not reach the detector the photon fluctuations |−→E 0|2 term of Equation (3-31) could be absent, but so would 2−→E 0· −→E GW so that again t ∼ 1/N˙ γ . The history of this interference term before the detector is reached is not relevant: t ∼ 1/N˙ GW whether or not −→E 0 reaches the photon detector with −→E GW or what its magnitude there is as long as it gives the minimal fluctuation in photon number as the major noise source at the EMW detector.

If instead of −→E 0 with the same frequency at the EMW from HFGW
conversion (homodyning), the −→E 0 wave has a different frequency (ω
) and the detector admits ω ± ω (heterodyning) the quantum limit still gives the same needed t (to within a factor 2) for a signal to noise ratio exceeding one; see Marcuse [13] (Eqs. 6.5–14,6.5–17) with the minimum bandwidth B ∼ t−1 achieved over a time t,

HFGW Detectors [2]

A second kind of proposal for greatly increasing the photon counting rate from graviton → photon conversion is to contain the conversion volume within reflecting walls for EMWs.

This is similar to the same sort of proposal to increase the efficiency of Gertsenshtein conversion of photons to gravitons in Figure 3. It differs, however, in that the containing cavity does not reflect the gravitons which are the source for conversion, but only the photons which are the product of it.

If we start with an empty cavity with mode decay time τ and a resonance frequency ω0 = ω (or at least |ω − ω0| < ω0/Q) the cavity will initially fill with EM mode energy (U) at a rate

which will continually increase until a steady state is reached at t ∼ τ ≡ Q/ω. (U is not limited in the cavity detector by the considerations of Sec 3.
because it is always so tiny in comparison to those in a GW generator).

if cavity photons are counted instead of being dissipated in the cavity walls.

Figure 7: GW conversion on B 0 pumping a resonant cavity with the same frequency.
Figure 7: GW conversion on B 0 pumping a resonant cavity with the same
frequency.

If, unphysically, finite cavity mode decay time did not limit N˙ γ we might
still note how long (t1) it would take for the expected number of GW induced photons inside the cavity to reach one, i.e.

However, finite τ = (Q/ω) does limit the cavity U. The maximum expected value for GW induced photon number in the cavity never approaches
unity. Instead

A copper-walled cavity with Q ∼ 2×103 would decrease the time interval
between GW induced photons in the cavity, but only to

The largest plausible τ would be for a cavity with superconducting walls.
Then τ might reach, say, 10 seconds (Q ∼ 10E11). Then

still essentially an infinite time between photon counts.

If the cavity GW induced photon energy were homodyned (or heterodyned) by introducing additional resonant mode electromagnetic field energy the photon number fluctuations in that energy would again not allow interference to increase the time interval for signal/photon noise > 1 to be less than the ˆtγ/Q of Equations (3-40)- (41).

What this means

There is a way (of a couple of ways) to measure the gravity waves associated with the gravity of a person entering a portal, and that of the portal itself. These waves at a precise moment in time can be used as a coordinate.

It is not practical to use this technology for any other purposes.

The photon counting rates for confident detection of graviton-induced photons from proposed HFGW generators and detectors is so small that development of HFGW communication links is not a reasonable prospect.

  • Not useful for communication.

The graviton interception-transformation rate at a large cooperative
target (specially designed to detect gravitons)  10−20 [ cf Equations (3-29)
and (3-36)]. When combined with the comparably small fraction for photo → graviton efficiency in HFGW generators this implies that to deposit even an ergs worth of HFGW gravitons in a target requires  1040 ergs of electric power input to a HFGW generator. This is more than total energy from electric power generation on the earth (< 1012 watts) for longer than the age of the Universe.

Use of HFGW beams for destroying, deflecting, or compromising distant targets (or close ones) has no promise.

  • Not useful for weapons.

Thus it seems silly that the United States government would consider putting this technology in a “black project” to keep it out of the public eye.

Conclusion

This part discussed creation of a mechanism to measure the gravity waves associated with the gravity of both the dimensional portal and a person entering it.

With this mechanism you can identify the exact world-line you are in at an exact frozen moment of time, and assign a coordinate to it.

You can do so in isolation of the person, and thus create a mechanism that would take this “person” at one coordinate and slide him to another coordinate instantaneously.

Since the coordinate is very detailed, it includes not only the physical geography of a place, but a moment in “time”, and if you change the coordinates slightly, you can use this mechanism to move a person back and forth in …

  • Geography. You can move about from place A to place B.
  • Time. You can move from one point in time to another.

But since, you have the entire spectrum of coordinates at your “finger tips” you can alter the parameters of the coordinates to enter completely different world-lines. You can go into the so-called parallel universes…

  • World-line. You can go from one world-line to another.

In the next post, we will discuss how to use these frequencies to move a person from one set of coordinates to another set. Hang on…

Do you want some more?

I have more posts on this subject here…

DIY Teleportation

I have more posts of a similar nature in my MAJestic index here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

Constructing your very own DIY dimensional world-line portal; the frequencies of location (part 2)

This is part 2 of the fundamentals in constructing your very own dimensional portal or vehicle. This post continues that same slow, methodical study of how one would go about constructing their very own dimensional portal. This is a systems integration point of view, rather than anything else.

So, to review…

In part 1, we discussed some scant examples found on the internet. Most of which didn’t say much of anything. However, if you look between the lines on them you see some ideas all similarly related. The major hurtle is that they all assume a universe that simply does not exist.

So, by looking at the ideas garnered through that initial post, we can consider them to have pretty much laid out the ideas which we can add to our narrative…

  • Individual world-lines are fixed, static places within the reality universe.
Consider a world-line to be a frozen snapshot of time. Nothing actually moves within it. It's just solid, fixed and never changing.
  • Time is the movement of individual consciousness though these places.
This is something that I have repeatedly stated over and over again throughout this Metallicman effort. If you don't understand what time actually is, you will never understand world-lines.
  • Each world-line is a very complex representation of a static place.
It's not just that the physical elements are represented, but the non-physical elements are represented as well.
  • This representation can best be described as a “frozen moment” of a complex graph of frequencies.
Since we know, by quantum physics, that every thing in our "universe" can be represented as either a particle or a wave. And all waves can be associated with a specific frequency. Then, all things within a "frozen" world-line can be associated with a complex set of frequencies.

As such, we can do all sorts of things with it. From using it as a "homing beacon" to go to, or to return to. Or to note that it is something that should be avoided.
  • By knowing the set of frequencies associated with a given world line, we can establish a set of coordinates associated with it.
If there was a way that we could take a "snapshot" of a given world-line, we would see a complex collection of frequencies. All these frequencies would be associated with the gravity measurement at that (apparent) moment of "time".

World-line travel can thus be the manipulation of frequencies of location.

The frequencies of location.

Taken together, if you can have coordinates at your present location, and provide coordinates at your destination location you can map out your route. Just like we all do using GPS.

You can travel to different world-lines using fundamentally the same KIND OF system that is used on maps and GPS apps. You identify your location coordinates and then map out your destination coordinates.
You can travel to different world-lines using fundamentally the same KIND OF system that is used on maps and GPS apps. You identify your location coordinates and then map out your destination coordinates.

But, the GPS system uses satellites, software algorithms, and a small army of engineers and technologists to maintain. How can you use this kind of system for world-line travel?

You don’t.

Instead you need to take a “snapshot” of your current location. This “snapshot” will contain the attributes that are associated with your geographic time, place and environment.

So the question really becomes “how”?

How do you take a “snapshot” of your current environment in such a way that it includes all elements of your current environment?

Your “snapshot”.

I’m going to “cut to the chase” and summarize a few things.

  • Precise measurements of localized gravity can be an effective measurement of your current world-line position.
  • But, it does not provide you a map. If you punch in destination coordinates of a different gravity reading, you have absolutely no way of knowing where you will end up.
For instance, if you leave at a gravity reading of 121.8723675092384 then where would a gravity reading of 121.8276746592847536 take you?
  • So gravity can be used to take you to similar world-lines, but it cannot be used to determine world-line types and deviance parameters.
  • An other method has to be utilized to map out the world-line terrain.

That other method is to utilize the frequencies associated with the gravity reading at any given world-line.

A "snapshot" of the gravity of your departure coordinates can be translated or processed to produce a complex graph of all the various waveforms and their frequencies at that moment in time.

Using the snapshot as an anchor.

Now, if the coordinates are related to the frequency “snapshot” at any given moment of time…

… the manipulation of the frequency around a person, vehicle, or door, can teleport a person or object to the destination coordinates.

In other words, we are going to utilize the Alan Holt's Field Resonance System to conduct world-line travel.

So let’s discuss collecting the frequencies of a departure coordinate.

[1] The overall scheme.

Here we are going to discuss using vibrations and frequencies associated with gravitational masses to obtain world-line coordinates.

It works just like this…

  • You create an area with a fixed “portal”.
  • You then identify the “geography” of the gravitational signatures of that specific area / portal.
  • Using flux-gate technology, you isolate the gravitational signatures of a person entering the portal from the portal gravitational signature.

Now, we need to associate frequencies with the gravitational signiatures.

  • You take a measurement of the frequencies associated with the gravitational portal at a specific fraction of time.
  • You do the same thing of a person entering the portal at that specific fraction of time.
A person entering a fixed portal.
A person entering a fixed portal.

These frequencies are very complex, but they can tell us where we are at any given moment within any given world-line.

Now, in a split second, using the Alan Holt’s Field Resonance system, you change the frequencies within the portal. You alter the frequencies such that the gravitational associated frequencies of the person entering the portal do not change, but the frequencies associated with the surrounding environment does actually change.

You change the frequencies of the portal location, not the person. All the while you use field resonances to “squeeze” or “slide” the individual into the new portal coordinates.

Coordinates are the frequencies associated with the gravitation at that fraction of time.
Coordinates are the frequencies associated with the gravitation at that fraction of time.

Now, we are going to discuss how this is done, step by step over the next couple of posts in this series.

We will start with [2], how to isolate gravity masses within an area. Then we will convert those gravity readings into frequencies.

This is a very important step as it is used to isolate the person who walks into a portal from the portal itself.

Thus, the world-line slide, or cross-over, can be obtained by isolating the frequencies of the portal from the person. Using the Alan Holt Frequency resonance system to slide that person into the new coordinates.

And that is how it works.

[2] Association of a frequency to a given world-line.

To identify your local region, you need to separate it out from all the “clutter” of the surrounding regions. Otherwise, your “map” with start with a confused jumble of data. Much like oil painting. When you keep on painting and painting in oils, and don’t separate the colors, eventually everything turns into a muddy ugly brown color.

Luckily, there is a technique for this. It’s called “Regional residual anomaly separation”, and it is one of the important tasks in gravity inversion and interpretation for the detection of oils, minerals and cavities underground.

So, we can “piggy back” on the work already done.

So here is the procedure (so that you all don’t get too bogged down into all the details…

  • Identify a physical region; a person, a place, a thing, a vehicle.
  • Identify and isolate the gravity of that object (parts 2a – 2g) below.
  • Take a “snapshot” of the frequencies associated with that specific region of gravity.

[2a] Regional residual anomaly separation

We can use any number of the gravity separation methods that have already been developed. All of which have been based on different characteristics of regional and residual gravity fields. Of course, each one has it’s advantages and disadvantages.

  • Graphic smoothing and N-point smoothing(Wanget al 1991)
  • Polynomial surface fitting (Beltraoet al 1991)
  • Minimum curvature method (Mickuset al 1991)
  • Finite element analysis (Mallick and Sharma1999)
  • The stripping method (Weiland 1989)
  • And finally, Li and Oldenburg (1998) proposed to separate the regional anomaly using a 3D magnetic inversion algorithm.

Based on different spectral characteristics of gravity and magnetic anomalies, filters can be used for more precise gravity separation.

  • The Wiener filtering (Pawlowski and Hansen 1990)
  • Wavelength filtering (Kane 1985)
  • Band pass filtering (Ridsdill-Smith 1998)
  • Preferential continuation filtering (Pawlowski 1995).

Of course, all these methods are simply number crunching of sensory inputs from a “flux gate” and processed within a complex computer algorithm.

Simple Flux-gate circuit.
Simple Flux-gate circuit.

[2b] Use of the wavelet transform

There is more than one way to process the information obtained from a flux-gate sensor.

In recent years, the wavelet transform has widely been used in gravity data processing and interpretation. This is primarily due to its pretty good property of multi-scale analysis, and as a result, it has become an important method to isolate gravity readings from that of an anomaly.

The examples of people using these techniques to isolate the frequencies of localized gravity anomalies is pretty well documented;

  • Fedi and Quarta (1998) used a discrete wavelet transform to separate the regional potential gravity fields, and determined the rational decomposition results as a regional gravity anomaly by “minimum entropy compactness criterion”.
  • Ucanet al (2000) also used the multi-scale wavelet transform to separate the regional anomaly field and achieved satisfactory results in the synthetic model test.
  • Yanget al (2001) analyzed the gravity data of China using the discrete wavelet transform and interpreted the geological implications of the decomposition results.

[2c] Other used for the Multi-scale gravity wavelet analysis.

This algorithm can be used in numerous ways. In general, the more versatile it is, the more exactly can you separate out the gravity frequency variations.

The multi-scale wavelet analysis can also be used in…

  • Data denoising (Lyrioet al2004)
  • Geological boundary locating (Marteletet al,2001)
  • Source parameter inversion (Sailhac andGibert2003).

Besides the Euclidean wavelets, the spherical wavelets method has been developed in the last ten years (Freeden and Windheuser 1996,1997)…

[2d] The Spherical wavelet transform

The spherical wavelet transform has similar multi-scale analysis properties as the Euclidean wavelet transform. It can be expressed by the convolution of a signal with a dilation and rotation of a spherical mother wavelet upon a sphere.

Compared with the Euclidean wavelets, spherical wavelets are widely used in large-scale data analysis, especially for the spherical earth.

It has been used to study…

  • The global gravity field (Fengleret al 2004, 2007)
  • Earth magnetic field (Freedenet al 1998)
  • Earth inner structure (mass-density distribution) (Michel 2005).

The traditional spectrum analysis is usually used to assist wavelet analysis and interpretation of gravity and magnetic anomalies.

  • Albora and Ucan (2001) present a synthetic example of gravity anomaly separation using wavelets, and estimate the average depth of buried bodies from the spectrum.
  • Qiuet al (2007) discuss the ability of the wavelet transform to improve the resolution of gravity anomaly and use depth estimation from spectrum analysis to analyze the wavelet decomposition results.

[2e] Theory of wavelet transform and spectrum analysis

Wavelet transform

Assuming that f(x)is a square integrable function, its wavelet transform can be expressed as…

where…

  • ψ(x) is the wavelet basis or the mother wavelet function,
  • s>0 is the scale factor,
  • b is the translation parameter,
  • R is the integration domain,
  • ψs(x) is the dilation of wavelet basis
  • ψs(x) = 1√sψ(xs). (∗means convolution).

In the frequency domain, equation (1) can be equivalently expressed as

where …

  • (ω) is the Fourier transform of ψ(x),
  • √s (sk) is the Fourier transform of ψs(x).

Generally, the scale factor can be connected with the frequency by

where Fs is the equivalent frequency of wavelet transform at scales, Fc is the center frequency of the wavelet basis function,and is the sampling rate.

From the frequency domain expression (equation (2)), the wavelet transform of the signal f(x) can be viewed as the filtering result with the wavelet filter at either…

  • Different scales (Yang 1999) or
  • Using the filter banks operation (Strang and Nguyen 1997).

Generally, a large-scale wavelet transform can be used to separate the regional gravitation.

Wavelets can be selected for a gravity anomaly analysis according to some specific criteria, such as…

  • Similarity between signal and mother wavelets (Xuet al 2004)
  • Minimum entropy compactness criterion (Fedi and Quart a 1998).

In this example, we will select the wavelet according to its frequency response character.

Based on the knowledge of the spectral character of anomalies, a low-pass and isotropic wavelet filter is more appropriate for regional anomaly separation.

Here, we can look at the properties of the Halo wavelet in a specific frequency domain and then apply it in order to separate out the regional anomaly. In effect, isolating a particular body (a person, object, vehicle, or in this example, a rectangular box) from all the background gravitational influences.

The Halo wavelet basis function is a modification of the Morlet wavelet (Kirby2005).

It can be expressed in the frequency domain as

Its spectrum character is shown in figure 1.

The Halo wavelet basis is symmetrical and isotropic in the frequency domain. It is a low-pass wavelet filter with a small k0 value.

According to uncertainty, the bandwidth and the center frequency of the dilated wavelet decrease when the scale increases.

Therefore it is necessary to select the wavelet transform at a proper scale in order to get low-frequency regional anomalies.

From the definition of the wavelet transform, it can be computed by either, [A] convolution in the space domain or [B] multiplication in the frequency domain.

We compute the wavelet transform in the frequency domain based on equation (2), and the implementation steps are listed below:

(1) Compute the Fourier transform G(⇀k) of the original anomaly signal g(⇀x).

(2) Multiply the anomaly spectrum G(⇀k) with Halo wavelet (⇀k) in the frequency domain, and get the wavelet transform at scales=1; W(⇀k)=G(⇀k)×(⇀k).

(3) Compute the inverse Fourier transform of W(⇀k) and get the wavelet transform result w(⇀x) in the space domain.

(4) Calculate the wavelet transform of different scales with the dilation wavelet basis, and get the result of the wavelet transform result at different scales following steps (2)and (3).

The maximum decomposition scale relates the dimension of the original data, and the scale can take continuous values with a maximum of half of the data dimension.

Here we take s=2a in the wavelet decomposition (a=0, 0.5, 1, 1.5,…,the order of decomposition). This is the graphic representation of that algorithm.

Spectrum analysis and depth estimation Spector and Grant (1970) studied the relationship between the energy spectrum of anomalies and the average depth of source bodies under a statistic assumption.

It provided a foundation for anomaly source parameter estimation and filter designation for anomaly separation (Dolmazet al 2005, Wanget al 1991).

The energy spectrum of anomalies can be presented by the formula:

  • where〈〉stands for ensemble average,
  • M is the magnetic moment/unit volume,
  • h is the depth to the top of source body,
  • t is the thickness of the source body,
  • k is the radial wave number,
  • S(k) is the factor for the horizontal size of the source body.

It will be found that the depth factor〈e−2hk〉dominates the spectrum.

It turns out that the effect of the extension factor〈1−e−tk〉and the horizontal factor〈S2(k) are both comparatively small.

This is especially true in the low-frequency bands.

Simplifying the equation based on these practical realities, we find that the energy spectrum can be simplified as…

where…

  • A and A′ are constant coefficients, ̄
  • h is the average depth of the source body. (Relative to the sensor position.)

In practice, the linear fitting results of different spectrum segments are plotted on the semi-log plot of energy spectrum versus radial wave number for convenience. It helps to best visualize the effectiveness in this technique for the isolation of gravity influences on specific bodies.

The slopes of the best-fit straight lines of spectrum segments of logarithm energy spectrum versus radial wave number plot tend to indicate the average depth of the sources. Which is why this technique has enormous benefit in the geology sciences.

[2f] Proposed gravity frequency separation experiment

You do not need to have a buried treasure, a submerged sunken battleship, or a cavity filled with gold to validate this gravity isolation technology. You can use a shoebox, a briefcase, a coffeecan, or some other small sized object.

Here, we see a modeled object that is then scanned with flux-gate sensors to determine the degree of separation of different gravity values which can be observed.

Consider a cuboids combination model for the gravity field separation experiment by the wavelet transform.

This model consists of six cuboids: the largest one is located in the deepest part to simulate the regional anomaly, and the other five smaller ones with the same size are located in the shallower part at the center and four corners of the survey area to simulate the local anomaly field (figure2(a)).

The relevant parameters are listed in table 1.

Since this project was designed for large objects, the coordinate origin is located at the center of the survey, the grid spacing is 0.1 km, and the survey area is 100 km×100 km.

Using the forward calculation formula of rectangular bodies (Blakely 1995), we can calculate the gravity anomalies of the model and the corresponding regional and local anomalies, which are respectively shown in figures 2(b)–(d).

From the spectral analysis of the total, regional and local anomalies (figure3), the anomaly energy is mainly concentrated in the low-frequency band (0–0.4 rad km−1).

The target object has an energy in the low-frequency band.

The regional anomaly energy is dominated in the low-frequency band (0–0.4 rad km−1), while the local anomaly energy is dominated in the mid-high frequency band (above 0.4 rad km−1).

The surrounding environment has energy in the high-frequency band.

The two anomalies have different spectral distribution characteristics.

Therefore, it is feasible to separate anomalies of different frequency bands. Or, for our specific consideration, to isolate (say) a person walking through a “dimensional portal” and the “dimensional portal” itself.

The spectrum of the total gravity anomaly can be divided into three segments in the following frequency ranges: 0–0.05, 0.05–0.60 and above 0.60 rad km−1. In other words, we can identify frequency cut off criteria to isolate specific gravitational masses as they enter a portal, or when part of a larger mechanism, such as a vehicle.

They represent the regional anomaly with low frequency and high energy, the local anomaly with intermediate and high frequencies, and the high frequency signal characterized with very small energy,respectively.

In this example we choose the Halo wavelet basis to process the gravity anomaly based on the spectral character. Taking k0=0.6 and the corresponding scales=25.5, the transform result is…

taken as the regional anomaly, and the difference between this result and the original anomaly is taken as the local anomaly (figure4). It has achieved satisfied separation results compared with the theoretical anomalies (figures 2(c) and (d)).

[2g] Conclusions related to gravity separation determination for world-line mapping

There is no singular solution to gravity separation of a person from the surrounding portal. However, the basic technique remains the same.

In this example, we used a convention that illustrated the separation of a regional anomaly using the wavelet transform. And thus, according to the spectrum analysis their gravity estimation results.

The isotropic and low-pass wavelet filter, Halo wavelet, is used in the synthetic and real data processing.

The separation test on the synthetic model indicates that the wavelet analysis can separate the anomaly effectively. And thus, a person walking into a dimensional portal can effectively be isolated into separate gravitational entities at any given specific moment in time.

[3] Some notes

Here are some notes that I should not take for granted.

The “fixed dimensional portal” is just a coordinate. There isn’t a frame, or a physical door, or an arc or shimmering surface like you see in Hollywood. It’s just a place. It could consist of a bare space in a empty warehouse that is marked by a piece of tape on the floor.

The only thing that is important is that the exact moment that a person walks into the portal must be taken into consideration.

At that split fraction of a second, the flux-gate sensors must measure the entire gravitational environment. Convert it all into frequencies. Subtract the person from the surrounding environment. And use the Alan Holt resonance procedure to slide the person into the new world-line.

The more accurate the sensing, the better the results.

Therefore, I urge a large number of flux-gate sensors be used in regards to this.

Commercial flux-gate sensor.
Commercial flux-gate sensor.

[3] How to associate frequencies with gravitational readings.

You create a "profile" that describes the geography of the gravity of the objects associated with the portal. Then you take measurements of the frequencies associated with those gravity objects (HFGW). This creates a very complex frequency profile. It is what you use to isolate the components within the portal.

The subject of High Frequency Gravitational Waves (HFGW) has attracted considerable interest in the US government over the last few years. Apparently as soon as it was publicly announced that gravity is associated with gravitation “waves” o frequencies, the first response by the American government is to suppress all science related to it.

In September 2007, HFGW came to the attention of the National MASINT
Committee of ODNI.

In turn, staff at this committee asked JASON to review both the underlying science and technology of HFGW, and their implications for national security. They wanted to move all R&D associated with HFGW into the black and prohibit any further public work on the technologies.

JASON hosted briefings during June 17-18, 2008 from individuals both inside and outside the US government, and also collected about a thousand pages of printed or electronic material.

They concluded that the then proposed applications of the science of HFGW are fundamentally wrong; that there can be no security threat. And thus no need to silence the public disclosure of any kind of research regarding it.

They found that the insistence of the American government in suppressing all development and publication of independent scientific and technical work on this generally unnecessary. 

They concluded that the previous analysis of the Li-Baker detector concept is incorrect by many orders of magnitude; and that the following are infeasible in the foreseeable future: detection of the natural “relic” HFGW, which are reliably predicted to exist; or detection of artificial sources of HFGW. 

They concluded that no foreign threat in HFGW is credible, including: Communication by means of HFGW; Object detection or imaging (by HFGW radar or tomography); Vehicle propulsion by HFGW; or any other practical use of HFGW. 

And that should tell you all that you need to know about how important the government places the study of High Frequency Gravitational Waves…

…The “key” to world-line travel.

In the next post we will discuss how to collect, and map gravitational waves in association with the gravitation separation techniques already discussed herein.

(I would include it here, but I really don’t have enough room in this post.)

Stay tuned…

Do you want more?

To check out the rest of my posts in my DIY series you can go here…

DIY Teleportation

Check out all my DIY posts on the creation of dimensional portals, and other MAJestic issues in my MAJestic index here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

So you want to make your very own home-grown DIY dimensional world-line vehicle. Let’s talk about this. (Part 1)

Not everyone is satisfied in using intention / prayer to alter their reality. And, not everyone has the billions of dollars to manufacture their very own dimensional portal. And not everyone can work with our benefactors to have a piloted artifice slide their world-lines about. So what options are left?

Make your own.

Redaction's posted herein are mandatory. Please do not ask for clarification. There can be no exceptions. 

DIY Dimensional Portal Considerations

Our reality is one that our soul constructed for us to occupy and acquire experiences in. The influences of the thoughts of the “quantum shadows” that share our reality, color what we experience.

We, as humans, wish to “vacation” outside our reality to other realities where we can acquire new “adventures” and experiences.  It is part of our nature.

Thus, the desire to explore alternate world-lines.

It seems that a lot of people want to leave their own dimension and explore alternative worlds.  So instead of concentrating on their ability to control their thoughts… (thoughts steer the dimensional realities around us), they look outward for some kind of artifice or automaton to do all the “heavy lifting” for them.

Heavy Lifting; an American idiom that means to do the hard and difficult work.

It’s a lazy-man’s method.  It is equivalent to buying lottery tickets in that hope that you will become a millionaire.

People, we do not need to do that.  In fact, all we really need to do is control our thoughts, and then just sit back while our reality collapses in upon itself and a reality that fits our desires…

… manifests.

A very happy man.
A very happy man.

What if there are (more or less) natural events that can create the conditions necessary to facilitate “natural” world-line cross-over events. 

Afterall, if multiple world-lines are a de facto natural state, as I say... and time is our experience of moving though these stable world-lines, could not other techniques... 

...natural techniques... 

...be able to provide similar results of intense consciousness navigation?

What might they manifest as?

Indeed, over the years, I’ve read articles and heard stories that refer to unusual phenomena relating to experiments with high energy concentrations in a ‘constrained’ area. This energy can be in the form of high concentrations of sound, electricity, magnetism, etc..

At this point in time, my thinking is that a direct current (unmodulated – not alternating) produces a stress on the fabric of space in a local area. 

That if you create a vortex using various means, and then couple this with <redacted> (which is really the “key” to the entire process) that the stress on the world-line “bubble of reality” would be such that you could exit it and immediately transit to a different world-line.

The theory or idea behind this is that each spatial (and possibly TEMPORAL) location, no matter what dimension it resides in, has a specific coordinate (of some degree of complexity).

And as such, it can be referenced by a combination of frequencies that equate to the ‘signature’ for that location. (Perhaps, much like a “tuning fork”.)

Scene from the television show / Movie "Stargate".
Scene from the television show / Movie “Stargate”.

This concept of coordinates as a function of “frequencies” is not new. It’s almost a mantra of the “New Age” movement. But what is different here is that the various frequencies and the subtleties of the harmonics involved could be manipulated as coordinates for World-Line travel.

These are nested frequencies – like bubbles within bubbles – because they are all standing waves produced by 180 degree phase conjugation.

If a modulation – representing a specific ‘signature’/coordinate – is imposed on this stress field, then a portal is opened to that location.

My (personal) concept is that a resonance is established between these two locations (there can be more), i.e. the physical-spatial location and the artificially created target.

Who knows if this speculation has any validity. 

While I have been exposed to world-line travel using three techniques, I have never been officially educated on the mechanisms involved by MAJestic. 

All that I know is via our benefactors. 

Therefore, what is presented herein is not official MAJestic information, but rather my interpretations of what might be based upon what I know.

Still, at that, the redactions are fixed. Some opinions that I have are too "leading", if you know what I mean.

However, there are those who earnestly believe that it is worth the time, effort to pursue and investigate. 

Here are some curiosities for the more adventuresome reader. Personally, I do not know if they are worth the time to consider, but some do make for fun and interesting reading…

Alan Holt’s Field Resonance Concepts

While everyone is thinking in terms of one universe, with only one world-line and using advanced propulsion methods to get from point A to point B, the methods themselves can enable world-line crossovers.

Now, a “world-line crossover” can be called many things. It can be called “time” (if conducted naturally). It can be referred to as a “slide” if you use and extraterrestrial artifice, and it can be considered to be “resonant transfer” if you are a NASA scientist.

In line with this idea of resonant transfer are two excellent papers by Alan Holt of NASA. He has a new propulsion concept that has been developed based on a proposed resonance between coherent, pulsed electromagnetic wave forms and gravitational wave forms (or space-time metrics).

 http://keelynet.com/energy/holt1.htm

All the discussions of this tend to be “really out there”. Because they all involve things that have already been “disproved” by “experts”. So in order to read these papers and follow the train of thought, you need to suppress the idea that…

  • FTL travel.
  • Time travel.
  • Change in mass of objects.
  • Change in the gravity of objects.
  • Change in the inertia of objects.
  • Use of “crop circles” for guidance.
  • Tuning on frequencies.

…are all possible given the proper set of conditions.

Now, keep in mind that while this concept is based on the idea for propulsion techniques and technology for geographical movement within the universe, it’s (far) better application is for world-line travel.

World-line travel using Field Resonance Systems…

Space-Time/Field Relationships

The new model of space-time/field interactions (A. C. Holt, "Virtual/Space-Time Manifolds," being revised before publication) will be used in this paper to describe the potential characteristics of electromagnetic/ gravitational field interactions and the performance capabilities of two basic types of field-dependent propulsion systems. 

The model is currently undergoing revision which could alter the description of the interactions but which will not alter the expected effects of the interactions. 

The primary effects are as follows:

1.A decrease or an increase of the gravitational forces acting on a space-time mass or energy system (objects, planets, magnetic fields, etc.) by altering the basic space-time structure of the mass or energy systems energy pattern (can be accomplished by artificially generating a highly energetic spatially and temporally coherent energy pattern)

A decrease or an increase of the total energy in the mass or energy system by altering and fine-tuning its energy pattern to match or establish a resonance with the proposed "virtual" structure and patterns associated with a distant space-time point

The translocation of an object or space-time mass/energy pattern from one space-time point to another by altering the pattern to achieve a very precise resonance with a "virtual" pattern associated with a distant space—time point

While the author would prefer to wait until the model is complete and the results of initial experimental research are available before utilizing the model, he believes that the first steps toward the development of field-dependent propulsion systems must be taken in Fiscal Year 1981. 

The first steps are associated with the development of a field physics laboratory which can be used to investigate and quantify space-time/field interactions to achieve a breakthrough in our understanding of the relationships between gravitational and electromagnetic forces. 

Thus, the model is utilized in this paper to emphasize the point that a breakthrough in field physics can be achieved in the early 1980s if the required research is given a high priority in funding allocations and if a highly motivated well-qualified research team can be assembled.

Rather than develop another theory which would remain untested experimentally, the author developed a theoretical model which could be easily used in a field physics laboratory to investigate space-time/field interactions. 

If, as a result of the experimental testing, this qualitative model is basically confirmed, then a detailed mathematical description can hopefully be developed and the model will be upgraded to a mature theory. The nuclear physicists have used this type of experimental approach to make substantial progress towards the unification of the strong and weak nuclear forces (utilizing the experimental results of particle accelerators).

The model describes the gravitational force, electromagnetic forces, and mass (particles) as the variations of the characteristics of a continuous field of force. 

This field of force can be conceptually identified with Einsteins generalized tensor field which Einstein strived to develop to unify gravitational and electromagnetic forces in a single mathematical formalism. 

The field of force is defined by the interaction of space-time energy patterns (associated with particles, planets, stars, magnetic fields, etc.) and proposed virtual patterns which are associated with each space-time point and which form an underlying structure of space-time.

The virtual structure at each space-time point can be conceptually approximated by a series of virtual states or patterns. 

The virtual structure is actually a many-dimensional structure which transcends and permeates the four dimensions of space-time. A virtual pattern can be described if it is assumed that the pattern manifests as a space-time form. If these virtual patterns undergo a type of "energization" which results in a projection into space-time, patterns such as pulsating spheroids and ellipsoids and dipole, quadrupole, and octupole forms, etc., might result.

-PROSPECTS FOR A BREAKTHROUGH IN FIELD-DEPENDENT "PROPULSION" (PDF)

Now keep in mind that the idea of a “space-time” point is considered to be a geographical location that resides at a specific point in time, it is actually a coordinate related to a specific world-line within our reality universe.

Of course, we do not know what really happened regarding this.

Alan Holt retained his position at NASA and was on their payroll for many many years. An absolute flood of “black projects” came into being right after this paper was written. And simultaneously, a sorts of nonsense about the triviality of this concept hit the public narratives.

Plus the idea that genius was somehow connected with “crop circle” answers did not help…

Saturday, September 22, 2012
Crop Circles, Amazing Thoughts By NASA Project Manager
Some years ago during the summer of 2000, a NASA Project Manager by the name of Alan Holt visited Wiltshire, and decided to look at a few crop pictures. Humorously he “put out the thought in a crop picture, somewhat as a test but really a request, that he would like to see a crop pictogram appear, which could provide some insight into the direction he should pursue in his advanced transport / field physics research activities” Two days later, a spectacular diagram of the “magnetic field near a bar magnet” appeared at Avebury Trusloe:

This is Alan Holt's Story and it is pretty amazing! 
Richard
Saturday, September 22, 2012
Crop Circles, Amazing Thoughts By NASA Project Manager

Some years ago during the summer of 2000, a NASA Project Manager by the name of Alan Holt visited Wiltshire, and decided to look at a few crop pictures. Humorously he “put out the thought in a crop picture, somewhat as a test but really a request, that he would like to see a crop pictogram appear, which could provide some insight into the direction he should pursue in his advanced transport / field physics research activities” Two days later, a spectacular diagram of the “magnetic field near a bar magnet” appeared at Avebury Trusloe.

So we know that this paper and theory hit NASA, was part of a flood of “black projects” and was suppressed in the public domain.

So what it is?

The field resonance system artificially generates an energy pattern which precisely matches or resonates with a virtual pattern associated with a distant space-time point.

The field resonance system .
The field resonance system.

According to the model, if a fundamental or precise resonance is established, (using hydromagnetic wave fine-tuning techniques)…

… the spacecraft, vehicle, or person, will be very strongly and equally repelled by surrounding virtual patterns.

http://keelynet.com/energy/holt2.htm

Using this concept, a spacecraft “propulsion” system potentially capable of galactic and inter-galactic travel without prohibitive “travel times” has pretty much been designed. This goes further than just geographic travel, but includes travel through “time” as well.

And since “time” is just a long string of connected world-lines, this means that this technique can enable world-line travel.

Following a breakthrough in space-time/field interactions, two basic types of asymmetric propulsion systems will likely be developed. Type 1 is a "gravimagnetic" system which utilizes specific electromagnetic energy configurations to generate an artificial gravitational field (in effect). 

Type 2 is a "field resonance" system which relies on the use of electromagnetic energy configurations to establish precise resonances with virtual energy patterns at distant space-time points. These space-time "form resonances" result in "jumps" or translocations of the spacecraft/aircraft to the distant points....

...In a research study completed in 1979,9 it was determined that oscillations of magnetic field lines could enhance or inhibit magnetic field line reconnection. The effect of these hydromagnetic waves is dependent on the wave frequency, wave length, wave amplitude, and wave orientation with respect to the field lines. By varying the wave characteristics and the strength and duration of the magnetic field source pulses, and by sequencing these field pulses, a wide variety of energy patterns with a high degree of spatial and temporal coherence can be generated.

-PROSPECTS FOR A BREAKTHROUGH IN FIELD-DEPENDENT "PROPULSION" (PDF)

So what?

Well, aside from the obvious benefits related to physical movement, there is the relationship between electromagnetic wave forms and gravitational wave forms.  Which then, of course led me to this curiosity found HERE… That’s right; let’s talk about “crop circles”.

http://www.cropcircleconnector.com/anasazi/fringe2014y.html
Alan Holt is currently a Project Manager for NASA's International Space Station: This article does not necessarily reflect the views of NASA and are the sole views of Alan Holt

In July of (2000) I had the opportunity to visit the United Kingdom for a couple weeks. The primary purpose for my trip was to spend some time with my companion Hildi who lives in Glastonbury, England. Since I knew the timing of my visit would allow me to see and hopefully visit some "crop circles" I did a little exploration of web sites before I left.

I was absolutely amazed at the patterns which I saw, and was wondering why these developments hadn,t surfaced in the general press in the U.S. After my visit and discussions with various people in the UK, it is now clear to me that crop "circles" or pictograms have suffered the same fate that UFOs and other phenomena have which do not fit the current paradigm.

Upon arriving in London on July 20, I was picked up by my companion and a friend and on the way back to Glastonbury we stopped at the Barge Inn. The Barge Inn is located along one of the many canals crisscrossing England, and is a meeting place and informal headquarters for crop "circle" researchers and visitors. Photos of the latest crop "circles" are tacked up on a bulletin board.

Outside looking toward nearby hills a simple crop "circle" could be seen. After getting something to eat, we went up to the circle and entered it. The plants on the floor of the circle were woven into a basket like pattern. Unlike the few hoaxed or manmade "circles", the stalks of the plants were not broken but looked like they had suddenly decided to bend down and grow in a horizontal direction. My assessment after visiting several crop pictograms, is that the man-made "circles" are relatively few, which are composed of simple forms having very poor geometric precision compared to the amazing pictograms.

There are other factors which clearly delineate a man-made circle from the absolutely amazing pictograms, which can be learned from the web sites, and several books. I would recommend the book "Crop Circles: The Greatest Mystery of Modern Times" by Lucy Pringle,1999, Harper Collins Publishers, ISBN 07225 3855 3, $27.00. I had an opportunity to talk with Lucy at the Glastonbury Crop Circle Conference held in July 28 -30 during my visit. She personally flies out over the fields and takes photos.

Since I have for many years used enhanced intuitive capabilities to pick up additional information, I did sit in the crop circle near the Barge Inn and picked up some interesting impressions pertaining to the future. In addition, I put out the thought, somewhat as a test but really a request, that I would like to see a crop pictogram appear which could provide me some insight into the direction I should pursue in my advanced transport/field physics research activities.

We then went on to Glastonbury, to London, and then back to Glastonbury. Eight days later, we went back out into crop circle country and again visited the Barge Inn. On the bulletin board, was an astounding new pictogram

l The pictogram was shaped like a bar magnet, with magnetic field lines coming out of the north and south poles. The pictogram had appeared on July 22 two days after my arrival in the England (and my first visit to the Barge Inn). We determined its location, visited the pattern and spent a lot of time exploring it.

The precision and intricacy of the pattern was stunning. Even the farmer whose field the pattern had appeared in was overwhelmed by this pictogram. He indicated that there had been other patterns in his field before, but he had still harbored some doubts concerning who or what had made them. But with the appearance of this pictogram, he knows now that this is a true mystery. From his perspective there is NO possibility that this was made by humans or our technology, and I agree with him.

While in the pattern, I recalled the thought which I had sent out for a pictogram to appear which could provide some direction for my research activities. I have to conclude that whatever intelligence is responsible for these patterns, it has connections with or links with our human consciousness.

There is truly an astounding phenomena unfolding in England and elsewhere in the world. Its very unfortunate that the unscientific thinking, and perhaps deliberate disinformation, of a few individuals have been picked up and accepted by a naive press world-wide. As a result millions of people have been deprived of the opportunity to experience a consciousness expanding phenomena. It is our civilization,s loss; but fortunately the apparently successful attempt to ridicule or "debunk" crop circles will do nothing stop what may be a major transformation ahead for humanity.

From my perspective, there is also a warning or "be prepared" message coming through the crop pictograms as well. We have not been very good stewards of the planet on which we are living. We have recklessly depleted resources; contaminated water, air and Earth; threatened the foundation of Earth,s viability with the use and testing of nuclear weapons (and perhaps other exotic technology) and continue to waste at least one-half of what we produce (especially here in the U.S.). The Earth can compensate for some of our mistakes, but it too goes through transformations. If our care of our planet is not dramatically improved soon, we may not have many more years to enjoy the beauty and nurturing environment which even now the Earth still provides (the year 2012 could be a turning point).
What should we be learning from crop circles and are enough of us paying attention? It seems that there might be much knowledge passing through our fingertips. We should be harnessing this information for use on our planet now and for future generations.
What should we be learning from crop circles and are enough of us paying attention? It seems that there might be much knowledge passing through our fingertips. We should be harnessing this information for use on our planet now and for future generations.
The field resonance system artificially generates an energy pattern which precisely matches or resonates with a virtual pattern associated with a distant space-time point. According to the model, if a fundamental or precise resonance is established (using hydromagnetic wave fine-tuning techniques), the spacecraft will be very strongly and equally repelled by surrounding virtual patterns. At the same time, through the virtual many-dimensional structure of space-time, a very strong attraction with the virtual pattern of a distant space-time point will exist. The model predicts that this combination of very strong forces will result in the translocation of the spacecraft from its initial position through the many-dimensional virtual structure to the distant space-time point.

The mechanics of this resonance effect will be determined through extensive experimentation, which may also revise the basic resonance requirements. However, the result, a space-time "jump," already appears to be supported by astrophysical research. Several analogies can be used to clarify this effect. It can be described as the temporary formation of an Einstein-Rosen bridge, a tunnel through space-time which connects two different regions in space-time in a way similar to that which has been proposed for a black hole/white hole (quasar) connection. The resonance effect can be considered to be analogous to the nuclear particle tunneling phenomena. In this phenomenon, the wave nature of the particle enables it to tunnel through a potential barrier without having the energy required to go over the barrier. Following this analogy, the spacecrafts wave characteristics are increased dramatically by the artificially generated energy pattern, allowing it to tunnel through the space-time barrier without having the energy normally required to traverse the space between the two space-time points.

The travel times for such trips are expected to be short (seconds to weeks) and dependent on the pattern precision, the amount of energy in the pattern, the space-time distance, and the virtual structure entry point. Time does not have on independent existence in the General Theory of Relativity and it will be redefined in the model as a type of energy flow. However, since time will continue to be used to catalogue our experiences in daily life, its use is likely to continue in the description of this type of long-distance travel.

If the artificial energy pattern does not precisely match the virtual pattern at a distant space-time point, a secondary resonance effect may be observed. In this case, the repulsive and attractive forces are not strong enough to relocate the spacecraft, but the resonance is sufficient to connect the two points through the virtual structure, resulting in an energy flow to or from the distant space-time point. By the selection of appropriate pattern characteristics, the energy pattern can gain energy which can be simultaneously transferred to energy storage and supply systems. For field resonance spacecraft going outside the Earth/Moon system, this technique for maintaining the energy supply could be very useful.

The energy recharging process could be accomplished as a preparatory procedure prior to the initiation of the primary resonance. At a particular stage of the fine-tuning process, the energy pattern could be put into a hold, allowing the pattern to acquire additional energy and charge the energy storage device. At the same time or even preceding this stage, information in the form of the characteristics of energy decreases or increases (space-time energy spectral data) might be used by a sophisticated guidance and control system. The system could use this information to compute final fine-tuning requirements and to verify the location of the virtual patterns space-time association. While these ideas are quite speculative, they do point out that there are potential technical solutions to problems which might otherwise seem to prohibit such travel.

-PROSPECTS FOR A BREAKTHROUGH IN FIELD-DEPENDENT "PROPULSION" (PDF)
What should we be learning from crop circles and are enough of us paying attention? It seems that there might be much knowledge passing through our fingertips. We should be harnessing this information for use on our planet now and for future generations.
What should we be learning from crop circles and are enough of us paying attention? It seems that there might be much knowledge passing through our fingertips. We should be harnessing this information for use on our planet now and for future generations.

A lot here, and it’s all “out there”. I think I’m gonna grab a beer.

The Mandala/Mantra Connection

Incunabula Files / Ong’s Hat refers to a mandala/mantra coordinate system which is used to transport the subject to one of unlimited parallel, other reality Earths.

The principle applies to mass transfer from one set of coordinates to another set of coordinates.

http://www.textfiles.com/bbs/KEELYNET/UNCLASS/ongshat.asc

Sounds “cool” huh? It would refer to a coordinate system to transport a person to alternative world-lines.  Heck, I’d buy into it. For even with my probes, the ability for me to select and choose the target destination (that I’d desire) using manual world-line coordinates has always been <redacted>.

Now, this system has benefit, in that it is very similar <redacted>.

<redacted>

<redacted>

Now the story behind this use of “Magik” to create self-induced slides between realities is like a page out of the Heinlein Novel “Glory Road”. And as such, perhaps you the reader should hear the full story…

It all started with a road map of New Jersey. A little north of the Red Lion Circle, in the heart of the Burlington County Pine Barrens, the map depicted a tiny hamlet marked with the unusual name of “Ongs Hat.” In the early 1930s, Henry Charlton Beck, a reporter with the Camden Courier Post, became curious. After convincing his editor that a story could be found there, he and a photographer packed up a car and set off to investigate.[1] 

Little did he know that his explorations at Ongs Hat, and a succession of later voyages to mysterious places in the hinterlands of New Jersey, would inspire generations of other “lost town hunters” –pouring over ancient maps, exploring dismal cellar holes in the middle of nowhere, and sharing their discoveries with one another – first by telephone and letter and presently through online forums.

In Beck’s time, the best way to Ong’s Hat was the rough tarred road out of Pemberton. Little travelled, the long, slow road passed through miles of bleak forest, cranberry bogs, and forlorn cedars where scarce a human foot had trod. Only a dusty clearing betrayed the location of where the town once stood. Today, the road still follows the same route, but it is now well-maintained asphalt. 

Want to go? Just travel south from Pemberton, past the old Magnolia Road Tavern, until you come across a restaurant on your right hand side. You’ve arrived in Ong’s Hat – miles away from anywhere. Blink and you’ll miss it.

The story of Ong’s Hat begins long before the birth of our nation. On February 5, 1631 the ship Lyon arrived in Boston Harbor from Bristol, England. The settlers on board included Francis Ong, of Suffolk County, England; his wife Francis; and children Simon, Jacob, and Isaac.[2] Members of the Society of Friends, the Ongs left England seeking religious tolerance in the Massachusetts Bay Colony.[3] Isaac and his wife, Mary, moved to Burlington County around 1688, eventually settling on a plantation in Mansfield Township. 

They had five children: Jacob, Jeremiah, Isaac Jr., Sarah, and Elizabeth. On June 13, 1696 Jacob Sr. died, leaving his plantation and other property to his second wife, Sarah.[4]

Jacob Ong was born on his father’s plantation around 1672, and followed in his footsteps as a farmer. An early court case in 1698 tells of Jacob being accused of riding his horse at a gallop “in the fair time Betwixt the Market house and the water side” in Burlington City – charges that were eventually dropped when nobody appeared in court to prosecute.[5] Sometime after 1699 he left Mansfield, following his sister Sarah and her new husband, Edward Andrews, to Egg Harbor.[6]

The forlorn cedar swamps along the Stop the Jade Creek called to Jacob, and in 1700 he purchased 100 acres of land in Northampton Township, encompassing the area that would later be known as Ong’s Hat.[7] There is no evidence that he ever intended to build a home there. It’s more likely he realized that he could make good money harvesting the cedars on his land.

So what about the hat? The oldest maps simply show the location as “Ongs.” Thomas Gordon’s Gazetteer of 1834 seems to be the first published source in which the town gains its puzzling surname.
The Magnolia Road Tavern, just north of Ong's Hat.

Several theories abound explaining the unusual name. The most famous recounts Jacob Ong as a type of dandy, as best as the eighteenth century could produce, that regularly visited the local tavern. 

Jacob was quite the charmer and known for wearing a fine silk hat. One night he seems to have gotten on the wrong side of his dance partner who, in a fit of anger, snatched the hat from Jacob’s head and stomped on it in the middle of the dance floor. This story can be discounted, as a tavern was not located here until the early 1800s. Another story is that Ong’s Hat is a misspelling of Ong’s Hut, and that the Ong family built a hut or some other structure as a convenient stopping-over point between Egg Harbor and Burlington or Mansfield.

I find the most plausible theory to be one concerning the tavern at Ong’s Hat. Isaac Haines was one of the first recorded tavern keepers in the area, establishing his business circa 1800.[8] In the days where many people could not read, an identifying mark was more valuable than words. It doesn’t stretch the imagination to picture the tavern keeper painting a large hat on a crude pine board and hanging it from a pole to announce to passersby that they had reached the “Ong’s Hat Tavern.”

The town of Ong’s Hat soldiered on in relative anonymity until tragedy struck. About 1917, a pine hawker named John Zimbacke and his wife mysteriously disappeared from their small cabin. Nine years later, brothers Orville and Joseph Carpenter came across the skull of the woman while hunting for deer along the fringes of a cranberry bog north of Ong’s Hat. Arriving on the scene, Burlington County detectives, led by Ellis Parker, found the bones of John scattered by buzzards across nearly two miles. 

Suspicion fell to the couple’s son, who disappeared shortly before his parents went missing.[9] The trail led Parker to New York City where, unfortunately, it went cold. It has been said that Parker kept the skull of the woman in his office as a reminder of the case he was unable to solve.[10]

Eight years later, another crime brought Ong’s Hat back to the headlines. Farmer Ellwood Anderson was driving from Mount Holly to his home near Reed’s Bogs when he found the road blocked. It was shortly before 8 PM and the dim light of the moon illuminated the vehicle that had halted his progress. Anderson stopped his car and walked towards the vehicle, whose doors stood open. 

Inside, the bodies of two men slumped over to the side. Peering out into the dimly lit woods, he saw another body. Horrified, he ran back to his car and phoned the State Police barracks in Columbus.[11]

When the police arrived, they found that the men had all been shot at least twice at close range with a double-barrel shotgun. Once again, Ellis Parker made his way out to Ong’s Hat to investigate. Details on the victims came first – Edward Reihl, Stanley Zimmer, and William Schwar, all from Easton, Pennsylvania.[12] 

Prohibition had just started, and the three young men were known to be members of a gang that would follow molasses trucks to clandestine stills in Pennsylvania and Western Jersey. They would burst out after the truck had arrived and shake the owners of the still down for money with a threat to report their operations. The men frequently ran afoul of Pennsylvania mobsters, and it was reported that they had been “beaten up” several times prior. 

The detectives were tipped off that the trio had planned to raid a still in Trenton before the mobsters got to them. “They tried to burn somebody up once too often,” Detective Parker said to a Trenton Evening Times reporter, “and they got burned up themselves.” 

Parker surmised that the perpetrators rounded up the men and drove to a predetermined spot in the backwoods near Ong’s Hat. The men were removed from the car, lined up, executed, and haphazardly returned to the vehicle. Nearby residents reported hearing the retorts from the shotgun, but assumed that it was blasting being done nearby.[13]

When Henry Charlton Beck visited in the late 1920s, he found the hamlet to be little more than a clearing with bits of broken brick, pieces of roofing, cast-off shoes, and long, straggly Indian grass to mark where the town once stood. 

He found one last resident, Eli Freed, trying to make a living there. Freed, then seventy-nine years old, had moved there from Chicago. At Ong’s hat, Freed said, he had cleared twenty acres by hand and built a house with the help of a man called Amer. He was having a rough time of it – the deer and rabbits kept eating the produce he attempted to grow, despite the high fences constructed to keep them out.[14] By the time Beck came back to revisit, Freed had departed and Ongs Hat was deserted.

Ultimately, the strangest tale about Ong’s Hat has to be about the Incunabula Papers. In the papers, it’s claimed, Wali Fard, an American expatriate and follower of tantric and shamanistic magic, returned to America after the fall of Afghanistan to the Soviets. He laundered his savings by buying 200 acres of land near Ong’s Hat, including the former Ong’s Hat Rod and Gun Club. There, with several other people who had followed him from New York, he founded the Moorish Science Ashram.[16]

Ten years later, the ashram became a place of refuge for other Moors and outcasts. Among the new residents, by then living in a scattering of weather-gray shacks, Airstream trailers, recycled chicken coops, and mail-order yurts, were Frank and Althea Dobbs, siblings and scientists. Joseph Matheney, one of the authors of the Incunabula Papers, claims that the Dobbs were scientists who lost their positions at Princeton University when they attempted to submit a thesis based on “cognitive chaos” – a scientific and philosophical system that stated that patterns of thought could affect autonomic functions like tissue repair and aging, unlock the brains unused potential, or perhaps even control matter itself.[17]

At the ashram, the scientists resumed their aborted experiments. Through trial and error they found that by controlling thought patterns, especially with the use of sensory deprivation, that one might be able to cross over to another universe. 

They constructed a series of “vessels” they named “eggs” that would facilitate the journey. 

The legend continues that one night the compound was raided in a “black ops” operation and the buildings and experiments all destroyed. Elsewhere the papers say that groups of refugees left before the raid happened, settling in Ong’s Hat in a parallel universe – one just like our own but without human habitation.[18]

While the events that they claim happened at Ong’s Hat are certainly fictional – there was never any Ong’s Hat Rod and Gun Club, for example – the story itself once again thrusts the tiny backwoods hamlet back into the spotlight. Joseph Matheny and others created the Incunabula story as an experiment in “culture jamming” – creating a fictional, yet somewhat plausible, story and weaving it into the social consciousness. 

He was successful – years of photocopied pamphlets, text files uploaded to pirate and fringe internet bulletin board systems, websites, blogs, radio interviews, and books have cemented the infamy of Ong’s Hat.

Whether it’s a hat, a hut, or a tavern, Ong’s Hat is certainly one of the most infamous of the Pine Barrens ghost towns.

-A Hat, a Hut, or a Tavern: The Tale of Ong’s Hat

Ah, but I am afraid that every indication is that it is but a fictional urban legend. As it has been “proven” to be a hoax. From Wikipedia;

“The urban legend (or alternate history) states that a facility manned by renegade Princeton professors conducted quantum physics and chaos theory experiments, and according to conspiracy theories, discovered a new theory for dimensional travel using a device called The EGG.”

It is a pretty interesting concept. However, the back-story of this subject’s history is rather sketchy.  Also from Wikipedia;

“The threads of the story can be traced back as far as the 1980s on bulletin board systems, old xerox mail art networks and early zines. The aim was to create a fictional story line, and embed it in various media cultures to establish backstory. It may have started as an in-joke, or the first alternate reality game (ARG), a work of transmedia storytelling or as a memetic experiment, to see how far the meme could spread or a combination of all of the above.”

Well, truth or not, it’s certainly interesting stuff for certain. It’s got a little bit of small town lore mixed up with science fiction along with some exciting narratives. If you all want to really study this story or avenue of approach, here are some links to facilitate you on your journey…

The original interactive ebook: On Archive.org

PrintAmazon (exclusively)

DigitalKindle or Free

Audiobook: A professional version of The Incunabula Papers: Ong’s Hat and Other Gateways to New Dimensions is currently available for Audible.comAmazon.com and iTunes.com. Also, see the free version below, The Incunabula Papers- Platinum 20 Year Anniversary Audio Book Edition.

OtherFree versions and other ephemera

The Missouri Connection

The internet is filled with all sorts of stuff. It’s really difficult to sift through the truth through all the lies and disinformation. And yet when you do so, you come across things that just “crack you up”.

Thu Nov 28 2:27:39 AM PST 1996 Mike Marcum, the Missouri guy who made News of the Weird in 1995 after he stole six power company transformers. (Please, dear reader, do not take what you see on the Internet too seriously.)

What was pretty amazing was that he said they were necessary to make his time machine (so he could find out the winning lottery number and come back and buy a ticket). He called a radio show from Nevada in October 1996 and said he was only 30 days away from finishing his invention.

However, it is unknown if he ever completed his machine. Apparently, his Missouri property owner had evicted him for various electrical misadventures in his apartment.

220Kv Combined Power Transformer.
220Kv Combined Power Transformer.

Apparently he had stolen SIX of these enormous power transformers. LOL.

The Michigan Experiment

Speaking about absurd…

This is funny.  I think that it is a bunch of baloney!  It is provided as an example of the nonsense that abounds everywhere.

Date: Tue, 28 Jan 1997 22:37:19 - 0600
From: Barbara Flick
Via : forteana@lists.primenet.com
To: Jerry Decker

Dear Jerry,

Today on the telephone with a friend in Northern California, I was informed about a man in the State of Michigan who had invented a "time machine." This man had supposedly worked on the legendary Philadelphia Experiment and informed his friends and confidants that he "knew what he was doing."

He set up these five 300-pound magnets in a circle and had them super-energized with electric currents. He put a cat in the center of the circle, and the cat disappeared. Then he put a goat in the circle, and the goat also disappeared into the mists of time.

Finally, he got into the center of the circle himself, and he, too, disappeared into "another dimension," never to reappear again. Anybody else heard anything more about this? Or is it just another "old wives' tale"?

According to my California friend, this supposedly happened quite recently; and he is going to try to find out more information about it, such as the man's name and where this "experiment" is said to have taken place. I will post a follow-up of anything else of pertinence about this matter.

The Russian Experiment

Ugh. (In a thick Russian accent) “Send me money.  I send you a time machine.”

Date: Sat, 21 Dec 1996 20:26:16 -0 800
From: alex@frolov.spb.ru (Alex Frolov)
Subject: Re: June 1996 Proceedings "New Ideas in Natural Sciences", contents
From: Jerry Decker
Organization: KeelyNet

Hi Dr. Frolov!

Please reserve a copy of the book for me. Should the fund transfer be $60 in cashier check, international money order or what? The topic list was quite intriguing..

One other point, you mentioned a fellow who invented a time machine? Is this fact? How has he proven it and have others experimented with it or duplicated the research? Thank you for your time and assistance!

Dear Jerry W. Decker, Yes, I reserved a copy of Proceedings for you. Payment is possible by Western Union in St.-Petersburg, for Mr. Alexander V. Frolov. To get the money from Western Union office I must know the control number of your transfer. Other way is bank transfer in my account:

About the time machine: There is a Mr. Vadim Chernobrov in Moscow. He is a PhD and in his dissertation at the Moscow Aviation Institute he is considering the electromagnetic propulsion drive for flying system. He is working with UFO facts also.

He has collected a great database (over 1500 people) working with perpetuum mobiles, antigravitation devices and chronogenerators of different types. I am very honored to have a direct contact with him.

On December 10-11 he and other persons organized in the Russian Parlament the conference for ecological commission and their main topic was the real possibility for cleaning up of the enviroment by means of new alternative energy technologies.

Chernobrov's paper on his experiments to change the rate of time is published in our Proceedings. 

In several words: He used electromagnets installed so as to produce several spherical envelopes:one envelope is installed inside of another and the entire system is a multi-envelope structure like the russian toy called the "matrioshka". (nested dolls) The goal is to make a special type electromagnetic field that is moving from periphery to central point. The shift of rate of time in such a system is very small: several seconds per one hour of experiment
.
Alexander V. Frolov
P.O.Box 37,
St. Petersburg, 193024
Russia
Tel:7-812-2747877

The Dallas Connection

Another story. Maybe this is just another good yarn.

Reply-To: forteana@lists.primenet.com
Hi Juergen!

Yes, I have a hard time with it, but there are numerous correlations with free energy and antigrav experiments that indicate something deeper here. 

From the posts I've seen on Forteana, maybe one in 30 is worth any thought, but I thought I'd give it a shot since the Michigan story came from there. 

I plan to include the newspaper articles, the Forteana post and some other material on my website since many of our people are techies and quite open to such wild claims.

If no one ever investigates, we might miss the boat just because it looks too wild when considered from an orthodox science standpoint….so I don't mind bridging between the two….bottomline, it works or it doesn't. 

Now, where to get 5-300 pound magnets….

You know, from your posts that I've seen on Forteana, I did not think too highly, but I do appreciate you responding to me directly and to 'some' degree open to further investigation on the subject. Maybe it was just 'in kind' posts that portrayed you in this light…..

I have a friend who knew the owner of an electronics company. This man was very intrigued by high density magnetic fields. One day he built a transformer on a motorcycle type frame and installed a 'dead man switch' which would disable the power if the switch was released.

With his technicians running the machine, the owner sat on the frame and the power was applied. I have no idea if it was DC or a special freq AC. After about 3 minutes, the man began looking around the room as if he were seeing something different or new…shortly after, his body began to shimmer as if disappearing. It was at this point, he released the switch and the power went off.

He reported that the walls of the room began to melt away, showing a pristine, undeveloped landscape as if the city and this building had never been there. 

One of the fellow techs was chomping at the bit to ride this thing.

The owner finally agreed only after the tech signed a medical and legal release in the event anything bad happened to him. He sat on the frame, power was applied and nothing happened until about 3 minutes had elapsed. This guy began looking around, just like the owner had, and his body began to shimmer. He did not release the switch.

As more time elapsed, the mans' body disappeared from view, yet the dead man switch was STILL BEING PRESSED. After 5 minutes, the owner had the other techs turn off the power.

The rider reappeared, babbling and drooling, totally insane. The machine is supposed to be locked up in the owners garage and he has moved to Colorado. 

I know this sounds like so much BS, but there is more that I won't bother you with at this time.

Something is going on here that is beyond urban folklore. Thanks for your interest, perhaps when I get a file compiled for my website, we can collect other correlative information that might give further insight into an experiment.

Personally, I would NOT step into a zone that caused me to disappear…where do you go and can you get back? Currently, I believe it is possible that we could go to one of many alternate Earths, totally undeveloped and which followed a different timeline.

How cool, millions of other Earths', coexisting slightly out of phase with us, wonder if thats where Judge Crater, the Mayans and all those missing people and cultures disappear to? 

Seeya!

The Florida Connection – Mental Shifts

This stuff makes great reading for the inquisitive 12 year old.

Walter Rawls, who worked with the effects of monopolar magnetic fields on matter with the late Albert Roy Davis, told me in a telephone conversation of his experiments with a North pole magnet situated over the pineal gland.

A mask was made which held the North pole end of a long cylindrical magnet over the pineal gland. The purpose was to stimulate the gland and see if there was anything to this 'third eye' business. Exposure was in the range of 10-30 minutes per day over a period of about 4 weeks.

Within the first week, he was sitting at his desk reading documents when he noticed something move out of the corner of his eye. As he looked up, the ghostly figure of a man had walked through one wall, moved across the room and disappeared through another wall. The figure was totally unaware of Walter. Further exposures to this North pole field took place over a second and third week.

The second week, the same ghostly figure moved through the room and glanced toward Walter as he passed through. This time, the figure appeared to have slightly more detail, not quite so ghostly.
The third week, busy working on documents, Walter noticed a change in the room. When he looked up, the wall had dissolved away and he was looking at a small hill where a man and woman sat beneath a tree. It was the same ghostly male figure who he'd seen on the other occasions. He sat quite still, watching this pastoral scene for several minutes.

The man looked over toward Walter and appeared startled. It was as if he clearly SAW Walter this time and possibly recognized Walter as the ghost he had seen the previous week! The image faded away and the wall restored to its normal condition. From that moment on, Walter never used the pineal stimulator again.

In conversations about this, with Walter and other interested people, it was mentioned that there is a theory that we have multiple energy bodies, much like the KA and the BA of ancient Egypt. Each energy body lives in another reality, yet communicates with our consciousness here in this reality.

Another comment was that consciousness simply creates an energy body in whatever reality it VISITS. Prolonged presence in a given reality increases the density of the energy body, moving from a phantom, ghostly form that was at first not easily perceptible to the inhabitants of the other reality until the intruding energy body had become sufficiently dense to trigger their senses.

That could explain why repeated exposures would add density to Walter's other reality body, allowing its denizens to perceive him, thus the startled reaction from the male figure.

Montuk Project / The Philadelphia Experiment

Truth, lies, or something else. Who knows?

Based out of an abandoned Air Force radar station on the eastern end of Long Island, the Montauk Project was apparently (if you believe the narrative) a series of top secret United States government experiments following the Philadelphia Experiment, whose purpose was to create the technology to render ships invisible to radar detection.

Apparently, the 1943 project was almost too much of a success, as the USS Eldridge supposedly went literally invisible before being teleported into another dimension, eventually reappearing off the coast of Norfolk, Virginia.

http://www.weirdus.com/states/new_york/unexplained_phenomena/montauk_project/index.php

Because many of the crew died when the project went wrong and those who didn’t were driven to the brink of insanity, official funding for the Philadelphia Experiment was pulled.

However, scientists and military officials were fascinated with the experiment’s results and wanted to continue exploring the possibilities of teleportation and interdimensional travel, so the Montauk Project was launched in the 1960s.

http://www.tokenrock.com/explain-montauk-project-69.html

Headed by Dr. John von Neumann, the Montauk Project focused on examining the psychological changes of those who traveled through dimensions.

He was also tasked with determining why the Philadelphia Experiment was a disaster despite its achievements in teleportation.

They held numerous theories. Perhaps one of the most interesting is associated with a world-line reference point.

According to their theories, humans are born with a time reference point that is linked to the electromagnetic fields unique to this Earth and dimension.

This is why such a dramatic jump to another dimensional plane was detrimental to so many of the crew, causing insanity and death.

During the Montauk Project experiments, Von Neumann solved this problem by creating a computer-simulated Earth and altering the body’s time reference points.

http://surbrook.devermore.com/herosource/pulp_hero/montauk/the_montauk_project.pdf

According to documents on the Montauk Project, Von Neumann succeeded at sending people to other dimensions without consequence.

However, upon the experiment’s completion in 1967, a report was sent to Congress on their findings about mind control and interdimensional travel. Congress halted funding and terminated the project, fearing of mass mind control.

Pretty famous and most people know all this in one way or the other. Mostly from movies and other documentaries that play scary horror music in the background. 

But…

…How about looking at it as a Resonant Field Transfer Experiment.

http://keelynet.com/energy/philad1.htm

Speaking of this…

Al Bielek & his Claims

Nut case or is there something there? 

The Montauk project is actually a conspiracy theory. It alleges that there were a series of United States government projects which were conducted at Montauk Air Force Station on Montauk, Long Island. The secret projects dealt with an incredible research on time travel and in the development of its techniques. The legend of the Montauk Project finds its roots in the Montauk Project Series of books by Preston Nichols. The author claimed that he participated in the time travelling experiments under the project.

Al Bielek was one of the  Montauk Boys programmers. He handled the operations of the mind control program. During the project, he came in contact with Preston Nichols and Duncan Cameron (alleged time-traveller of the Montauk Project). In 1980’s the time travelling experiment became operational. Al Bielek himself participated in those time travel experiments.

Hum…

Important sections about clocking of mass to a planetary body to establish and lockin the ‘creation coordinate’ AND the ability to access any spatial (NOT TEMPORAL) location visited prior to the present.

http://keelynet.com/energy/bielek1.htm

Some key links…

The Resonant Gravity Field Coil

Or in other words, how to manipulate reality.

http://keelynet.com/gravity/gravity3.txt

Some links…

Kabbalistic idea of the MerKaBa

Also worthy of attention is the ancient Kabbalistic idea of the MerKaBa and the use of the Tree of Life as a map to these other realities.

From my limited understanding of the MerKaBa, it is claimed to be a mentally constructed vehicle that is used by the aspirant to carry (and protect) its occupant as it travels through the different worlds.

For info on the MerKaBa, check out

  • http://bbs.cruzio.com/~flower/1m m3.htm
  • http://bbs.cruzio.com/~flower/1m m2.htm

There are also indications that it is the RATIO of each frequency to another within a specific signature that is the ONLY important consideration, frequency is irrelevant since all frequencies relate to others through octaves and harmonics.

Temporal alterations with “free energy” Devices

It is also worthy of note that many of the reports of free energy devices, when in operation and drawing ‘negative energy’ also produce phenomena relating to weight loss and temporal alterations.

Years ago, Tom Bearden told me of an experiment he and an unnamed researcher had carried out using a scalar generated from interferometry. Two projectors were aimed to coincide at a fixed point in space. When power was applied and the frequency/phase was adjusted, there was no apparent change in the target area.

After some time had elapsed, the two went to get something to eat. When they came back a few hours later, it was observed that a black 'something' like a slit or opening had appeared at the target area.
Because they were working in a totally unknown area and for fear that 'something' might come through this slit once it opened up, they discontinued the experiment. A couple of years later, while visiting Peter Kelly at his lab in Georgia, he admitted he was the other researcher and verified Beardens report.

A couple of years later, after we both spoke at a conference in Denver and on the plane back to Dallas, I told Peter about an interesting experiment done by Walter Russell and recounted in his excellent book 'Atomic Suicide'. Two coils were wound on cones.
The apices of these conical coils were pointed towards each other and power was applied so that bucking fields were created by the collision of opposite magnetic fields. Very fine iron filings were dropped into the gap between the coils and a levitating sphere was produced.

When the coils were slowly pulled apart, an oval followed by a sphere surrounded by a disk appeared. When Peter arrived home, he tried this experiment and reported that when power was turned on, nearly everyone in the building complained of feeling nauseous or queasy. He explained that an experiment was going on so that everyone would understand what was happening.

After about an hour, the very clear and cloudless sky began to suddenly boil up and a major thunderstorm ensued. Power was removed from the coils and the storm dissipated as fast as it had arisen??? Weird stuff no doubt and subject to duplication by others if we all share our information…

Link pool for some further thought generation…

Conclusion

In a universe that consists of a multitude of world-lines, why couldn’t the manipulation of the inherent frequencies result in world-line slides?

Think about it.

Why wouldn’t it?

In this first part of a multi-part series, we discuss the DIY aspects of creating a machine that would be capable of generating forced world-line transitions. Fundamental to this is the necessity of being able to control the frequencies of vibration of our reality.

There are different ways to accomplish this.

In subsequent posts we will look at some of the mechanisms from which we can alter the frequencies of vibration within a region, or around yourself.

Do you want more?

I have more posts on this subject in my MAJestic Index here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

Things to be aware of, and precautions to take, while conducting a prayer intention campaign.

This post continues our discussions on using our thoughts to navigate our world-lines. As I have repeatedly stated, our universe is a series of world-lines that our consciousness navigates through. By controlling our thoughts, we can successfully navigate though the world-lines to achieve happiness, and indeed our greatest desires. This particular post discusses things that we must be alert to, and things that we need to avoid when conducting a prayer campaign.

You see, it is not enough to be able to conduct a prayer / intention campaign. You also must control the thoughts outside that campaign.

Thoughts and their application.

Thoughts are not some imaginary “thing”. They are real. They are the only thing that you consciousness creates.

Think of a thought as a (currently unrecognized) state of quanta. It is generated by our consciousness.

A thought is not tied to a specific world-line, though it can be associated with one.

A thought does not have a physical dimension, and dos not follow the normal dimensions of "time".

A thought can influence physical matter.

A thought can be stored as a memory outside of a world-line.

There are many kinds of thoughts.

For our purposes, let’s take a moment to define some key ideas regarding specific types of thoughts.

  • Pure Thoughts” refers to thinking one series of thoughts only and absolutely nothing else.
  • Bad Thoughts” refer to thoughts that pull you away from your desired intention. For instance, if your intention campaign is to live a happy pleasant life, then a “bad thought” would be one that would get your upset.
  • Good Thoughts” are thoughts that either work towards your intention campaign, or are neutral.
  • Direct Thought“. These are thoughts that lead fundamentally to a concept within the intention campaign. For instance, if your campaign was for owning a sports car, the thought of a racing engine in a race car would be a “direct thought”.

Prior History

Most people have lived a life with no prayers, no control over their thoughts and no control over intention. They have, pretty much, been “swaying in the breeze” all these many, many years aimlessly. All the time, it has been the strong thoughts of others, and the manipulations by others (such as the news media and commercials) that have caused them to redirect their thoughts.

Suddenly they gradually come to a place where they realize that they are not where they want to be. Their life does not match their desires.

Yet, they don’t know how to get out of that situation. And yes, many then find this website; Metallicman and see that there is a way out. That they can navigate out of their situation using manual world-line travel.

But there is a problem.

They are absolutely surrounded by others that do not share their vision. They are entangled in a spiders’ web of complex thought associations, thought manipulations, thought poisoning, and thought suppression.

As time moves forward, people get entangled in a complex world of thoughts and interpersonal relationships of others. Ans since the thoughts create and influence reality, many things about this web hinders and prevents individualized prayer campaigns from operating successfully.
As time moves forward, people get entangled in a complex world of thoughts and interpersonal relationships of others. And since the thoughts create and influence reality, many things about this web hinders and prevents individualized prayer campaigns from operating successfully.

Negative influences from others

In order to be able to successfully navigate your way out of your current situation, You will need to reduce the influences that already suppress your self-actuation.

Here goes…

  • Negative people. One negative person can undo all the positive affirmations that you make. They don’t even need to say anything or do anything. Their mere presence is like this big sponge that sucks the living energy out of you. And as they suck, suck, suck away… so goes any positive efforts that you have established in a prayer campaign.

You need to do everything in your power to avoid negative people.

This doesn’t only mean friends, strangers, co-workers and ex-lovers. It also, and for some… especially means, family.

Scene from the movie "Home for the Holidays". The movie, which is about the Thanksgiving family reunion from hell, is not exactly a comedy and yet not a drama, either. Like many family reunions, it has a little of both elements, and the strong sense that madness is being held just out of sight. Have we not all, on our ways to family gatherings, parked the car a block away, taken several deep breaths, rubbed our eyes and massaged our temples, and driven on, gritting our teeth? That is not because we do not love our families, but because we know them so very, very well.
Scene from the movie “Home for the Holidays”. The movie, which is about the Thanksgiving family reunion from hell, is not exactly a comedy and yet not a drama, either. Like many family reunions, it has a little of both elements, and the strong sense that madness is being held just out of sight. Have we not all, on our ways to family gatherings, parked the car a block away, taken several deep breaths, rubbed our eyes and massaged our temples, and driven on, gritting our teeth? That is not because we do not love our families, but because we know them so very, very well.

These negative people do NOT have the right to suppress you; your actions, your dreams or your thoughts. No mater what official role that they have in your life. If they are bad, negative… then they are dangerous. You need to cut them out of your life, and to prevent them thinking about you.

But…

But…

You need to do so gradually and happily. Not shockingly and not suddenly. Or they will be filled with negative emotion and those emotions will generate a tidal wave of thoughts that will completely collapse any good that you have created.

Be slow, and methodical. Establish a time line and stick to it.

What ever you do, you don’t want them to go from church to church and arrange around-the-clock prayer parties. Parties in which they concentrate on the imaginary horrors that they have built up in their minds. Often fed by salacious soap-operas and horror tragedies.

Actually happened. 

Back in the late 1980's I was offered a job out of state. This was, perhaps a twelve hour drive away from our childhood homes. It was a great opportunity. More money, interesting work, great career move, and an adventure in a new place.

Both I and my wife wanted us to accept that job out of state. 

However, her mother did not want that. She wanted us to stay local. Even though work was scarce, and we would be stuck living in a rented mobile home on a local farmer's crop land, her mother insisted that we not leave.

But we left anyways.

We discovered much later that after we left, she had a regular fit. And part of that fit was a "shotgun" approach to get us to return back "home". Some of the things that she did was illegal. Like accusing me of doing things, and trying to get the police to arrest me. While other things were more conventional.

But one of the things that she did was noteworthy here. After we had left, she had arranged perhaps 25 different churches to have staged prayer groups focusing on me losing my job and she coming back home. Leaving her terrible, and "abusive" husband.

Hundreds of people were "praying" for us.

They would picture, most vividly the horrors that her mother would say, and others would amplify it. With each story getting worse and worse. Each week things and their imagination getting more and more out of control. Their thoughts, magnified by a hundred fold, would saturate the world-lines.

These groups would hold 24 - 7 prayers. Where an individual would focus on how terrible our marriage was, and how I would lose my job and how our world would collapse, and where she would be "saved" by Jesus Christ back in the loving arms of her family.

So...

Suzy would pray for one hour from 2:00 to 3:00, then Sam would pray from 3:00 to 4:00, then Jody would pray from 4:00 to 5:00...etc.

This would continue through perhaps a couple of hundred people, and last for weeks...

Remember people…

…thoughts create realities and define your world-line.

This is a very serous issue and planning is required.

Sometimes you need to abandon negative toxic people.
Sometimes you need to abandon negative toxic people.

If you are going to isolate yourself from a strong-willed person, then please in for the Love of God, don’t make any fast moves. Be slow, methodical and careful. Gradually and slowly remove the claws of others from your back and then move forward in a positive way towards your intention.

People to avoid…

  • Anyone with any kind of mental illness. (Whether officially recognized or not.)
  • Anyone with a drug addiction.
  • Members of any kind of cult.
  • People with strong “fringe” religious beliefs.
  • Members of an occult organization.
  • Any “strong willed” person.

If you are serious and want to have the intention campaign actually work, then you will need to be careful of those around you. For they have a vested interest in you NOT CHANGING. And thus, they will oppose any changes you make. Whether they admit to it or not.

Oh…

And they will feel things changing. They might not know what is going on, and you might be keeping everything secret, but if they have a strong bond with you, they will feel the changes coming.

They might say things like…

  • “You are different”,
  • “You seem far away”,
  • “Something is not right”,
  • “Something doesn’t feel right”.
  • “What is wrong with you.”,
  • “I have a bad feeling.”… etc.

What this is like…

I have mentioned in other posts that our universe is not what it appears. It is like a big stew or soup with all kinds of things going on in it. It is not like a big open area with a lot of space. That is the illusion.

So to best understand the corrupting influence of a negative person, I would like to suggest this following mind game…

Imagine yourself as a human shaped cube of ice. You are there in all aspects of your shape. You have two arms, two legs, a torso and a head. The only thing is that you are a block of ice.

Now let's put that block of ice in a warm bath or pool.

Let to yourself, you would slowly dissolve into the surrounding water. Since both you (as ice) and the water are both the same element, as you gradually melt, you will become the surrounding environment.

All is good and all is natural.

Now, imagine that another person is a frozen solid block of diarrhea shit feces. They are placed in the warm pool with you.

Both you and the other person melt at the same rate.

But because of the nature of that other person, the water starts to get murky. It darkens and it fills with shit.

No matter what you do, you will be surrounded by shit, and it will not matter what you want, it will start to cling to you because it is right next to you.

You absolutely need to isolate yourself from negative people.

They have a problem with thought imposition. They will contaminate your world and suppress your prayer intention affirmations. This will happen even if they do not know what you are doing regarding the affirmations.

Not just people, it’s things too.

It’s not just negative, sick, ill or strong-willed people that you must avoid. There are other things that you must be cautious about.

Thoughts are not invisible “nothings”.

They are a specific type of quanta, that forms specific associations.

They are also “sticky”.

Thus good thoughts and prayers can bless artifacts and physical things. This blessing will “stick” or stay with the icon.

Which is a fundamental belief of the Catholic Church, with devotionals, icons, blessed holy water, and blessed rings and pendants.

Likewise, you have the opposite side of the spectrum. You can curse people and articles.

And much more common, is the furniture and possessions associated with people with illness, corrupted by negativity or just simply bad people. If you don’t know what I am talking about, then go to a used-car dealership in the bad section of town. And go sit in some of those vehicles…

These physical items, whether blessed or cursed, can influence your immediate and direct environment.

You need to avoid any item that might distract from your prayer campaign. And only utilize those that has added value to it.

Dangerous Places

In a a like manner, you need to avoid places where ill, sick or deranged people might conjugate. I know that this is not a nice thing to say, but I’m not going to be politically correct about this matter. You need to avoid certain people, certain places and certain things.

Places where many sad, angry, emotional or depressed people go will tend to absorb the thoughts and feelings and quanta of the people that go there.

Places to avoid…

  • A Family Dollar store in the poor section of the city.
  • A Welfare Office.
  • A Zoo. (Some of the captive animals are far too sad and pathetic.)
  • A Parole Office.
  • A Greyhound Bus station waiting area.
  • A used car lot in the “bad section” of town.

Places acceptable to visit…

  • A vacation destination.
  • A church.
  • A job fair.
  • A Beach in Summer.

Drug Abuse

Drugs alter the way the mind works. As such they alter the formation of thoughts, and the type of thoughts that are generated. In general, occasional use of drugs, whether it be alcohol or cocaine, isn’t really problematic as far as the generation of thoughts go. What becomes a problem is habitual and constant use.

Thoughts create our reality.

  • So what happens when you are constantly taking drugs that make you happy? You think happy thoughts.
  • What happens when you take drugs that make you tired or lethargic? Your thoughts become lazy.
  • What happens when you take drugs that make you angry and emotional? Your thoughts become emotional.

You need to control the influence on drugs and substances into your system, You can either use them constructively, or not at all.

Ignoring the non-physical entities.

Our world-lines are populated with both physical entities and non-physical entities. These non-physical entities, for the most part enjoy their own lives and behaviors and rarely, if ever, interact with humans.

However, some people have an affinity for these various sprites.

Why they do is a complicated matter, and need not concern us at this time. But it should be noted herein, that if we have a relationship with a non-physical entity or species of entity, we should NOT ignore it.

Why?

The interplay of our consciousness and our learning ability and lessons within this physical realm involves the sum total of all of our interactions. This is both the “good” and the “bad”. The more interactions that we have, the greater the influence in the quanta that we collect for our soul structure.

To best understand how the non-physical species can influence our lives, let me use an example from the television show “The Sopranos”.

Tony Soprano loved the ducks that would fly into his pool. He would watch them, and feed them bread and felt so proud when the baby ducklings started to fly.
Tony Soprano loved the ducks that would fly into his pool. He would watch them, and feed them bread and felt so proud when the baby ducklings started to fly.

For those of you who do not know, Tony Soprano is a pretty vile mob boss. And the show “The Sopranos” is all about his family life.

Through out the series, we see that while Tony can be a pretty ruthless businessman, he is just a normal guy, with a typical or “average” family. We see that he has family obligations, a dark side of complex inherited familial obligations, and complex business relationships that he does his best to master.

Then there is this thing about “ducks”.

These ducks fly in for the season, and decide to use Tony Sopranos’ pool to hang out at. Every day he sits and watches those ducks. He goes out to feed them, and is constantly on the watch to make sure that no stray dogs or cats come over and disturb those ducks. He was so successful that the ducks hatched little baby ducks and when the time was right they learned how to fly and leave the pool.

Now, other people have written about those “damn ducks”. Like this…

No Sopranos analysis would be complete without a discussion of those damn ducks. In the pilot episode, Tony is deeply enamored with a family of ducks that has taken up residence near his pool. 

Tony suffers a panic attack and passes out while watching the ducks fly away. The ducks and the mental health incident that they trigger are the impetus for Tony’s visit to therapy, and that’s really the inception of this whole story about the mobster in therapy.

In Melfi’s office, Tony admits that he has felt depressed since the ducks left. He also tells Melfi about a dream he had where his dick falls off and a water bird carries it away. 

This dream is about several things. In one sense, it’s an anxiety dream about impotence, and we also know that the ducks represent family to Tony, because he tells Melfi, “I’m afraid I’m gonna lose my family like I lost the ducks. That’s what I’m full of dread about.” Why would Tony fear the loss of his family? 

In the pilot episode, his children are not yet close to college age, so this isn’t anxiety about an empty nest. 

Tony is suffering from anxiety about death. Tony’s capacity in the mafia means that his life is under a constant threat, and losing his life would mean losing his family. So the ducks represent Tony’s love for his family and they are also a trigger for his anxiety.

-Culture Creaturehttps://www.culturecreature.com/sopranos-analysis/

Well, we are not going to discuss the possible interrelationships between a fiction character and a fictional situation regarding ducks. What we are going to do is discuss how one species interacts with another species.

In this situation, we note that while Tony Soprano is a mob Boss and doing Mob Boss things, interacting with his business and his family and lives a complex and colorful life…

… a group of ducks come in and do duck things while hanging out at his house.

These ducks also have their own life / lives. They have their families, raise their ducklings. They have fun, interact with duck matters and carry on in various ways. In many ways, they are oblivious to Tony. It’s almost like they don’t know that he exists.

All they know, is that they “feel safe” in his pool. They know that they get to eat “delicious and free tasty Italian bread” from time to time. No dogs or cats every comes by to disturb them. And the water is always crystal clear and pristine.

For Tony and for the ducks, both benefit by their association.

Now…

Consider a non-physical entity, whether it is a sprite, a faerie, a elf, or other denzin of the non-physical worlds as Tony Soprano. And consider yourself, and your family as that of the ducks.

The non-physical entity (Tony Soprano) does not want to hurt you. He wants to protect you, and has no other motive except to see you do well. When the opportunity comes, he will provide you with the benefits at his disposal. Whether it is food, protection, friendship or just to make your mood be better. 

And you will discover that this association will calm your mind, create a 'safe space" or place and will help you live a calmer and better life than what you might have otherwise.

Therefore…

Assume that all entities are neutral, whether they are physical or non-physical beings.

If you go out of your way to hurt, harm or disparage a “neutral” being, it will eventually and for good reason, subtract from your present pleasant life.

If you go out of your way to help, or provide comfort to a “neutral” being, it will eventually be beneficial to you in ways that are hard to classify.

So…

Do not assume that there are no non-physical beings about. There are. They need to be appreciated and respected. And (if you are one of the small percentage that has a relationship with one) and if you have a relationship of some degree with one, then cultivate it. Do not worry about others think.

How to cultivate it? I don’t know. Follow your gut feelings. Give and issue good will. It’s pretty fundamentally simple, don’t you know…

Think of a favorite pet dog or cat. Aside from companionship, what do they do? Not much. You cannot say that they make you richer, prettier, more handsome, more interesting, or anything like that. But, they do ENRICH your life in some way.

Dealing with non-physical entities is like that.

Don’t be in a Rush…

We live in a world where everything is rush, rush, rush. We want a pizza, we order it by app and it arrives thirty minutes later. We want the news, we open up our cell phone and check it. We want to go to the next town over, we hop in the car and get there…

Likewise, we think that prayer and affirmation campaigns can produce immediate results.

Wrong.

The results are a direct function of how far away the intention world-line is from where you are at this very moment.

The further away it is, the longer it will take to get there.

Remember…

The harder you push, the easier it is to get side-tracked on your prayer campaign. As you get sidetracked your objectives distance out further. So the harder you press, the longer it will take to achieve your intention goals.

Do. Not. Press. Too. Hard.

Follow the procedure. Keep things simple. Don’t do anything too advanced if you haven’t been doing these prayer campaigns for under a few years already. Simple. One by one.

Baby steps.

Keep things simple.

And please, please, please… only use “cascading prayer campaigns” if you have been conducting regular prayers for the last decade or so. It is not the ideal arrangement and method for most people.

A cascading prayer campaign only works well for those that have a long, long history of daily prayer events.

If that does not describe you… then do NOT employ that method.

Being the Rufus

I have repeatedly stressed that we must help others, be good, be the best that we can be, and provide a positive contribution to society. This remains true for most people.

What it does not mean is to be a “support person” for someone with a dysfunction, a mental illness, or strange addictions.

There is a world of difference between [1] being helpful to a person in need during an emergency, and [2] being a constant enabler to a person who has some serious issues affecting their ability to function in the modern society.

If you want to dedicate yourself to being a support person for someone who is dysfunctional in some way…

  • Mental illness.
  • Emotional problems.
  • Birth defects.
  • Addictions.
  • Handicapped.
  • Has some kind of physical illness.

… that is fine.

Provided that you are a certified caretaker. One that is trained on how to deal with that particular person’s troubles, issues and events.

If you want to do so, then you need to start right now, save up the money to go to school. Start attending classes and then when you have reached the MINIMUM qualifications of a healthcare provider, then -and ONLY then – can you take on this responsibility.

No increase in prayer intention campaigns are going to be able to overcome the huge and enormous emotional, physical, social and mental burdens that come with being a caretaker.

So do not delude yourself in thinking that you are already an expert in this particular person’s follies, foibles and issues. You are not. That is just an illusion. You need to be trained to understand what is truly going on and why. You will need to know their actual and truthful prognosis and whether your actions as a caregiver can actually help them.

For in most cases, you will only being a mechanism to help them cope with their broken and twisted life. You will never be able to help them or cure them.

Doctors, nurses and staff at rehabilitation and mental illness clinics have story after story of the sad, sad state of affairs of what happens to long term caregivers. They NEVER live up to their full potential, and after years, and even decades of care, financial investment and emotional entanglement, they are often discarded on a whim for the “next great thing”.

Don’t allow that to happen to you.

If you insist on taking on the role for a person with problems, you must accept that fact that this will absolutely affect the result of your prayer intention affirmation campaign.

The trade off, and decision, as always is yours.

But do not expect the same kind of results as someone who is not so encumbered by emotional and interpersonal attachments with a dysfunctional person.

Secrecy and confidentiality

As always, I insist that your intention, prayer campaign be secret and guarded with a password that only you know of. It is not that you have anything to hide, but if the thoughts that you generate can build up a life, so can opposition thoughts tear apart a life.

Imagine that you are a twelve year old girl with a diary…

You write your innermost thoughts in that diary.

Then one day, your nasty brother decides to crack open your diary and post the contents on Facebook.

Your classmates start to make fun of you. They post bad things on the internet, and pretty soon you start getting bullied and harassed.

Now your life is miserable, and initially you tried to defend your statements and thoughts. But, you discovered that it only made things worse...

It is critical to keep everything secret. Do not tell anyone anything. Even if they seem understanding, or neutral, they (all people) all have thoughts, and opinions.

It’s any… any… ANY negative thoughts concerning your prayer intention campaign that will be dangerous.

You must consider your prayer campaign to be a very fragile thing, something that has the consistency of tissue paper, and the thoughts of others to be like a big fan or industrial grade blower. You absolutely must keep your affirmations confidential.

Conclusion

The navigation of the world-lines is not as easy as just simply creating a prayer / intention campaign. You also need to have the discipline to clear a path through all the muck and inertia that is forcing you on the current world-line map that you are following. This post describes some issues and techniques that you need to adhere to break forth out of the “auto-pilot” navigation program that others have established for you to follow.

An aircraft auto-pilot device that is used to steer the aircraft to it's destination without the pilot needing to fly the plane. Most people are navigating their world-lines on auto-pilot. They are letting the decisions, the thoughts and the interpersonal relationships established by others create the "flight plan" and map out the destination.
An aircraft auto-pilot device that is used to steer the aircraft to it’s destination without the pilot needing to fly the plane. Most people are navigating their world-lines on auto-pilot. They are letting the decisions, the thoughts and the interpersonal relationships established by others create the “flight plan” and map out the destination.

You need to stop those around you from taking over the pilot controls of your soul.

You need to clear a path through the muck of everyday life and make sure that nothing is permitted to alter your desired intentions.

You need to be aware of the influences in your life, whether they are physical or non-physical influences. And by knowing what they are and their relative importance, you need to discern how to handle them in your specific case.

Do you want more…

I have more posts in my MAJestic Index here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

Glimpses into the non-physical reality

As I have repeatedly stressed, our universe is one of many other universes. This universe houses our “reality”, which in all actuality means that our universe can well be called the “reality universe”.

It is a complex stew of all sorts of things, many, many of which we humans are unable to see and perceive with our senses.

This includes the “physical world-lines” that we inhabit and non-physical environments associated with those world-lines. Plus all that other “stuff” that is all part of the universe as a whole. It includes such things as “time”, and “the past”, and “the future”. It includes all sorts of things from spirits, to sprites, and ghosts to smelly feet and extraterrestrials.

Here we discuss some ways or techniques that you can use to alter the way you can see the reality that you are in. In this post we will look at some drugs that alter the way that the brain senses things and interprets them, as well as some “illnesses” or “ailments” that enable humans to observe the unseen worlds around us.

The techniques discussed are;

  • Charles Bonnet Syndrome
  • The Capgras Syndrome
  • The bicho de tacuara
  • DMT (N,N-Dimethyltryptamine)

There are other techniques and means as well, but for now, we will concentrate on these three elements of concern.

Charles Bonnet Syndrome

"People afflicted with certain eye diseases give similar reports of beings from parallel universes."

People afflicted with Charles Bonnet Syndrome see beings from another world. Many scientists would call these beings hallucinations. Others call this syndrome a portal to a parallel reality.

I like to think of it as an alteration of the mind that permits a wider range of “vision” into the normally unobserved elements within our reality.

People with Charles Bonnet Syndrome (or “Bonnet-people”) are otherwise mentally sound.

The beings appear when the Bonnet-people’s vision deteriorates as a result of eye diseases such as age-related macular degeneration — or when patients have had both eyes removed. Charles Bonnet Syndrome is more common in older people with a high level of education.

When eyesight deteriorates, the brain compensates. It gathers information from a multitude of inputs from the other senses (touch, smell, feeling, etc.) and interpets the inputs visually as if the eyes were normal.

Bonnet-people report that they see apparitions resembling distorted faces, costumed figures, ghosts, and little people.

Most Bonnet-people see beings wearing hats.

For example, one very sane woman was sitting quietly at home when she suddenly saw several two-inch-high, stovepipe-hat-wearing chimney sweeps parading in front of her. (ref 2.) She tried to catch one, but could not. Her only medical problem was that she had poor sight due to macular degeneration.

One patient described how a friend working in front of a tall privacy hedge suddenly disappeared, as if he had suddenly put on a cloak of invisibility.

"There was an orange peaked cap bobbing around in front of the hedge and floating in space by its own devices." (ref. 1)

Fifty percent of Bonnet-people see a disembodied or distorted face of a stranger with staring eyes and prominent teeth. Sometimes the strangers are seen only in an outline or cartoon-type form, which reminds me of the images seen by people taking the psychedelic drug DMT. The faces are often described as…

 "being grotesque, or like gargoyles". (ref. 1)

Some of the beings have blank eye sockets.

(This image is also reported by people using the hallucinogen Special K. One person stated that while under the influence, everything was normal except that people in the room had no eye sockets, just a black void, and he saw light being sucked into the void from around the periphery of the eyeballs.)

Bonnet-people also see serene landscapes and vortices.

Many Bonnet-people will see entire new worlds, such as landscapes or groups of people, which are either life size or tiny (ref 3.)
Other-worldy landscapes are often observed by people with this affliction.
Other-worldy landscapes are often observed by people with this affliction.

Perhaps when vision deteriorates, the brain’s visual cortex is starved for information, and the brain is free to access parallel realities.

Sometimes the imagery can be complex, almost comical, like two miniature policemen guiding a midget villain to a tiny prison van, ghostly (translucent figures floating in the hallway), people wearing one big flower on their heads), as well as beautiful (a shining angel, wonderful group of flowers). (ref 4.)

A Swiss philosopher named Charles Bonnet first described this condition in the 1760 when he noticed his grandfather, who was blinded by cataracts, describing birds and buildings that Bonnet could not see. (ref. 3)

Further Reading on Charles Bonnet Syndrome

1. Roger Highfield, “Ghosts and witches on the brain”

2. Dr Stephen J Doyle and Maggie Harrison, “Lost in Lilliput”

3. Royal National Institute of the Blind on Bonnet Syndrome

4. Robert J Teunisse, Johan R Cruysberg, Willibrord H Hoefnagels, André L Verbeek, Frans G Zitman, “Visual hallucinations in psychologically normal people: Charles Bonnet’s syndrome”

The Capgras Syndrome

"People with Capgras Syndrome act as if they are in a parallel universe in which the people they know are "doubles" or "impostors."

- Sex, Drugs, Einstein, and Elves.

When people with Capgras Syndrome see a friend, spouse, or themselves in a mirror, they believe they are seeing an exact double or an impostor.

Sometimes, people with Capgras Syndrome even believe that inanimate objects — like a chair, watch, book, or lamp — have been replaced by exact replicas. If people own a pet, the pet may be seen as an impostor, a strange animal roaming through their lives and homes.

Capgras patients are often so disturbed when they see a doppelganger in the mirror that they remove all mirrors from the home. The syndrome, named for French psychiatrist Jean Marie Joseph Capgras, afflicts thousands of people in the United States.

Some people with Capgras Syndrome have epilepsy or strange-looking temporal lobes in the brain.

The Capgras’ patient identifies his or her spouse as being an imposter – identical in every possible way, but an identical replica. The patient will accept living with these imposters but will secretly “know” that they are not the people they claim to be.

This reminds me of the movie “Invasion of The Body Snatchers”.

I view this syndrone as an interesting "pointer" to the idea that what the brain interperts the reality as can alter our perception of it. It can do so to the point where it no longer "feels" correct, even though all the other senses are telling it to believe what it sees.

This syndrome is important as it points to the mechanism that the brain uses to distinguish between actual consciousness-inhabited beings and "quantum shadows" of beings within a world-line event.

A Hallucinogen of Insect Origin


Submitted by E.B. Britton. Deakin, Canberra ACT 2600 (Australia)

Let’s take a moment to consider the existence of a hallucinogen, unique in that its
source is an insect.

Augustin de Saint-Hilaire (1779-1853) traveled extensively in eastern
Brazil between 1816 and 1823. After his return to France, published
valuable observations on the geography, ethnology and natural history of the
country.

In two of his unpublished works Saint-Hilaire (1824, republished
Jenkins, 1946, p. 49; 1830, pp. 432-433) described the use of an insect as
food and medicine by the Malalis. THe Malalis are natives in the Brazilian province of Minas Gerais in Brazil.

The relevant passage (1824) (translated) is as follows:

When I was among the Malalis, in the province of Mines, they spoke much of a grub which they regarded as a delicious food, and which is called bicho de tacuara (bamboo-worm), because it is found in the stems of bamboos, but only when these bear flowers.

Some Portugese who have lived among the Indians value these worms no less than the natives themselves; they melt them on the fire, forming them into an oily mass, and so preserve them for use in the preparation of food. 

The Malalis consider the head of the bicho de tacuara as a dangerous poison; but all agree in saying that this creature, dried and reduced to powder constitutes a powerful vulnerary (for the healing of wounds). 

If one is to believe these Indians and the Portugese themselves it is not only for this use that the former preserve the bicho de tacuara . 

When strong emotion makes them sleepless, they swallow, they say, one of these worms dried, without the head but with the intestinal tube; and then they fall into a kind of ecstatic sleep, which often lasts more than a day, and similar to that experienced by the Orientals when they take opium in excess. 

They tell, on awakening, of marvellous dreams; they saw splendid forests, they ate delicious fruits, they killed without difficulty the most choice game; but these Malalis add that they take care to indulge only rarely in this debilitating kind of pleasure. 

I saw them only with the bicho de tacuara dried and without heads; but during a botanical trip that I made to Saint-Francois with my Botocudo, this
young man found a great many of these grubs in flowering bamboos, and set about eating them in my presence. 

He broke open the creature and carefully removed the head and intestinal tube, and sucked out the soft whitish substance which remained in the skin.

In spite of my repugnance, I followed the example of the young savage, and found, in this strange food, an extremely agreeable flavour which recalled
that of the most delicate cream.

If then, as I can hardly doubt, the account of the Malalis is true, the narcotic property of  the bicho de tacuara resides solely in the intestinal tube, since the surrounding fat produces no ill effect. 

Be that as it may, I submitted to M. Latreille the description of the animal I had made, and this learned entomologist recognised it as a caterpillar probably belonging to the genus 'Cossus' or to the genus 'Hepiale'.

These observations are repeated in Saint-Hilaire (1839, pp. 432-433) with
the addition of the information that the “bicho de taquara” are half as long
as the index finger.

The intoxicating effect of the larvae from bamboo has apparently been
forgotten in Brazil and the seven volume Handbook of South American
Indians (Steward, 1946-1959) while referring briefly to the observation of
Saint-Hilaire in Vol. 5 (p. 557) gives no additional references.

This is perhaps not surprising as the Malalis were a near-coastal tribe long ago overrun by the advance of civilization. The name “bicho de taquara” is, however, still in use and according to Ihering (1932, p. 236) and Costa Lima (1936, p. 266;
1967, p. 246) refers to the larva of the moth Myelobia (Morpheis) smerintha
Huebner (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae : Crambinae).

Costa Lima (1967, p. 246) states that the larvae feed in common bamboos
including Nastes (=Nastus) barbatus Trin., “taquara lixa” (Merostachys
Rideliana Rupr.), “taquara poca”  (Merostachys Neesii Rupr.) and “taquaras-
su” (Guadua sp.) (Hoehne, F.C. et al.).

The larvae feed inside the internodes of the bamboo and attain a maximum length of about 10 cm. The moth emerges in September and has frequently appeared in plague proportions.

There are 24 species of  Myelobia in South America, one in Mexico and one
in Guatemala.

A species of  Myelobia.
A species of  Myelobia.

The statement by Saint-Hilaire that the larvae are only found when the bamboo is in flower probably means that the host bamboos flower annually (as do a number of Brazilian species) and it is at that time that the larvae reach their maximum size. As the adult moth emerges in September this is probably in July or August.
   

It appears from the observations of Saint-Hilaire that the active substance
is not destroyed by drying, and the need to remove the head and gut to
avoid intoxication suggests that it is contained in the salivary glands. The
active material could therefore be concentrated initially by removing the
head plus salivary glands and part of the gut, discarding the rest of the body.

In view of the interest in the pharmacology of hallucinogens and the
medicinal use of the dried and powdered larvae it would seem to be woth-
while to investigate what appears to be a new source, and as the insect is
large and common it would be well suited to biochemical study. It is of
particular interest that this would be the first hallucinogen of insect origin.

Interesting, because…

"They tell, on awakening, of marvellous dreams; they saw splendid forests, they ate delicious fruits, they killed without difficulty the most choice game."

References

  • Costa Lima, A.M. da (1936) Terceir Catalogo do Insetos qui vivem nas plantas da Brasil, Directoria de Estatistica da Producao, Rio de Janeiro.
  • Costa Lima, A.M. da (1967) Quarto catalogo dos insetos qui vivem nas plantos de Brasil; seus parasitos e predatores. Rio de Janeiro, Ministerio de Agricultura, Departamento de Defesa e Inspecas Agropecuaria, Servico de Defesa Sanitaria Vegetal, Laboratorio Centralde Patolgia Vegetal.
  • Ihering, R. von (1917) Observacoes sobre a mariposa Myelobia smerintha Hubn. em S. Paulo. Physis (Buenos Aires) 3, 60-68.
  • Ihering, R. von (1968) Diccionario dos Animaes do Brasil, Sao Paulo, Editora Universidade Brasilia, pp. 147-148.
  • Jenkins, Anna (Ed.) (1946) Chronica Botanica 10, 24-61 (a reprint of Saint-Hilaire, 1824).
  • Saint-Hilaire, Augustin F.C.P. de (1824) Histoire du Plantes les plus remarquables duBresil et du Paraguay.
  • Saint-Hilaire, Augustin F.C.P. de (1830) Voyages dans l’interieur du Bresil – Premiere Partie. Voyage dans les provinces de Rio de Janiero et de Minas Gerais, Paris.
  • Steward, Julian H. (Ed.) (1946-1959) Handbook of South American Indians, 7 Vols. Vol. 5. The Comparitive Ethnology of South American Indians Prepared in cooperation with the U.S. Dept. of State as a project of the Interdepartmental Committe on Scientific and Cultural Cooperation. U.S. Govt. Printing Office, Washington.

DMT

There are many, many articles on the use of DMT to glimpse past the veil and observe the reality that surrounds us. For if properly ingested, you can actually observe the Mantids doing their things to assist in the development of the human species.

"DMT in the pineal glands of Biblical prophets gave God to humanity and let ordinary humans perceive parallel universes."

The molecule DMT (N,N-Dimethyltryptamine) is a psychoactive chemical that causes intense visions and can induce its users to quickly enter a completely different “environment” that some have likened to an alien or parallel universe.

The transition from “our” world to “theirs” occurs with no cessation of consciousness or quality of awareness.

What is actually going on is that the veil of what our actual reality is has been lifted and our senses and our brain can now, if only briefly, observe the universe and reality as it really is. And since it is so different from “our” day-to-day universe, many people consider it as entering a “new” universe.

In this environment, beings often appear who interact with the person who is using DMT. The beings appear to inhabit this parallel realm.

These beings are Mantids.

They are an old species that evoled upon the earth millions of years ago and advanced to become a multi-dimensional species. They work with humans to improve our sentience, assist in the evolution and growth of our soul, and manage the world-line transitions.

The DMT experience has the feel of reality in terms of detail and potential for exploration. The Mantids encountered are often identified as being alien-like or elf-like.

Some of the creatures appear to be three-dimensional. Others appear to lack depth.

Author Terence McKenna has used DMT and feels that…

"Right here and now, one quanta away, there is raging a universe of active intelligence that is transhuman, hyperdimensional, and extremely alien... What is driving religious feeling today is a wish for contact with this other universe." The aliens seen while using DMT present themselves "with information that is not drawn from the personal history of the individual."

DMT is also naturally produced in small quantities in the human brain, and it has been hypothesized that DMT is produced in the pineal gland in the brain.

Is it possible that the reality exposed to humans by injecting DMT is in some sense a valid reality, on par with our normal reality? 

-Reality Carnival 

Our minds, which evolved to help us run from lions on the African savannas, is not engineered to see these other realities under normal circumstances.

What is the guarantee that our minds are naturally designed to sense the “true reality”?

Perhaps there is no guarantee.

Consider a far-fetched example. Imagine a creature or phenomena that has been lurking among us since the dawn of evolution. If our ancient ancestors died every time they perceived the phenomena, evolution would favor creatures who did not perceive the creatures or phenomena. 

One might counter this argument by saying that our modern instruments, such as X-ray machines and cameras, should be able to make the creatures apparent to us, even if our unaided sensorium is not up to the task. 

Reasoning further, because our instruments have not made these realms apparent to us, the realms must not be real. 

However, perhaps our traditional instruments and theories are also not up to the task. Or perhaps our interpretation of the instruments' results is incomplete. Perhaps DMT is an instrument. 

- Reality Carnival

As a metaphor, consider infrared goggles. A person leans on a tree. At night, we don’t see the person. Put the goggles on, and a new reality results — a truer reality — and we see the man.

Similarly, is it possible that our brain is a filter, and the use of DMT is like slipping on infrared goggles, allowing us to perceive a valid reality that is inches away and all around us?

Is it possible that that some of our human ancestors produced more DMT than we do today? For example, many of the ancient Bible stories describe prophets with DMT-like experiences.

These sorts of ecstatic singing and repetitive exaltations remind me of subjects who took DMT and heard:

"Now do you see? Now do you see?" along with singing voices. 

-These cases are described in Rick Strassman's book DMT: The Spirit Molecule.

Maybe this is why the ancients seemed so in touch with God and with miracles and visions. Maybe Moses and Jesus had a greater rate of pineal DMT production than most.

One way to imagine how other realities could exist side by side with our own is to consider the forces that produced the diversity of senses and intelligences right here on Earth.

In a real way, there are already alien worlds right here among us.

Every Earthly creature perceives the world in an “alien” way. Dogs. Bees. Bats. Cats. They experience the world with different kinds of senses. They can smell what we cannot, they can see what we cannot, they can hear what we cannot.

If the organisms of the Earth were somehow able to describe their world to you, it would probably not be recognizable to you.

It would seem like the wildest world from any science-fiction story.

Moreover, if you were able to describe the world to another species, they would “see” no resemblance to their own. Our sense of reality would be different; our way of thinking would be different, and even the practical technology we would produce would be different.

We do not have to contemplate aliens or science fiction to imagine alien-like senses and bodies. The animal world of Earth is so diverse and full of different senses, that creatures are already walking among us possessing “alien” awareness beyond our understanding.

By studying the creatures of the Earth, we can hypothesize on the diversity of realities here on Earth.

Aliens would no doubt see a different world than we do.

To best understand this, consider the Indian luna moth, which has a wingspread of about 10 cm (4 inches). To our eyes, both the male and female moths are light green and indistinguishable from each other. But the luna moths themselves perceive in the ultraviolet range of light, and to them the female looks quite different from the male.

Other creatures have a hard time seeing the moths when they rest on green leaves, but luna moths are not camouflaged to one another since they see each other as brilliantly colored.

Other reading…

Please kindly keep in mind, I do not advocate or suggest that readers break any laws or try these drugs.

Conclusion

There is an entire subculture of people who use drugs and other means to “expand their consciousness”. In truth what they are doing is altering how their brain interprets the sensory inputs it receives.

Some do this for recreation. Some do this for spiritual awakening, and others do it for exploration purposes.

The truth is that our human biological bodies are not constructed to observe the universe as it actually is. It observes it as was determined by evolutionary factors.

We can observe the actual reality, and see all sorts of strange things, strange and unusual perceptions and odd “feelings” when we alter our brain through certain drugs, a change in our physical body, or through “enhancements” or alterations to our brain.

Rather than scoff at people who have had these “visions” outside of the normal, we should listen to them. Take notes, and move on in our own life. Well aware that perhaps, just perhaps, NOT being able to see the world as it actually is…

…is really a good thing…

… for now.

Do you want more?

I have more posts in my MAJestic Index here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

Further notes on conducting a prayer campaign for intention manifestation and world-line travel.

This post consists are some additional information related the conducting a “prayer campaign” for intention manifestation within the MWI.

While I have discussed this subject at length on other posts, here we will “underline” some very important aspects previously mentioned, and discuss some advanced methodology in generating the prayer / manifestation list. I hope that it is useful to you all.

Introduction

Before you all dive in this post, I want to remind everyone that the world that we have assumed is real is really quite unlike anything that mainstream science and culture thinks. It’s a universe where everything is possible, and that our reality” is a custom sphere that is controlled by our consciousness as it moves about and through other environs that it creates known as “world-lines”.

Within these spheres are all sorts of things.

Some of them are hard and fixed. Like planets, rocks, dust, and water. Some come and go as other kinds of life. Like trees, grass, birds and ants. While others have intelligence that we (as humans) can understand. Like other humans, dogs, cats and horses.

There are also other “stranger” things that are only occasionally observed. Like ghosts, spirits, oddball occurrences and coincidences.

In this “soup” of all sorts of things, our soul creates an artifice; a construct that we know as “our consciousness”. We use it to travel through this big thick “soup” and experience things. We call it “experiencing” life, and we do so over a period of “time” which is really just a long train of momentary visits in and out of different world-lines.

This movement is usually pre-determined.

That is to say, that our soul determines what we will pretty much experience in our life, and set up barriers to “fence us in” and keep on a certain “learning track”, and to prevent us from “getting into trouble”. But, you know, we don’t have to obey those “barriers”. We can go around them, climb over them or go through them. It’s all on how we utilize our thoughts and our desired intentions.

In other posts, I have emphasized that you can control the navigation of your life though these world-lines via concentrated prayer. Also known as intention. And I have clearly listed numerous techniques to do so with.

Here, in this post, we will build upon the earlier posts and go into further detail on some aspects that other people have requested clarification on.

The issues mentioned herein are derived from questions that other influencers and followers have queried via email and privately.

The Importance of “the pause”

I have mentioned that for Intentions and Prayers to work that you must engage a system of intensive prayer, followed by an equally intensive pause.

This pause is not just a mere end of praying, it is a complete shut-down of the mind in regards to that prayer campaign. You need to turn everything off and forget about it all. You just cannot go back “looking over your shoulder” ever few days to see if things are ‘working”. You must give it up and you must forget about it all.

The best campaigns are the ones where you absolutely forget your affirmation text.

Life moves on.

You go have a pizza. You hang out with friends, and then you go to work and you do your business. You mow the lawn, fix and repair the house. You do the dishes, you vacuum the car and take it to a car wash. You buy new clothes and you go to church.

Life goes on and you completely forget about your prayer campaign.

I am sure that other people who have conducted prayer campaigns would agree with me. For it to work, you must separate yourself from your intention prayer campaign and move on with your life.

This is absolutely critical.

You MUST do it.

If you do not do it, the intention prayer campaign will not engage and you will not see any results.

How long?

A minimum of three months. That is minimum. Often, I would advise between four and nine months. This is where you live your life. This is where you forget about intention and allow your brain to engage the programming that you set in place. This is where you get to relax and let things happen.

Think of yourself and you life as a wind-up toy.

Mechanical wind-up toy.
Mechanical wind-up toy.

The intention prayer campaign is the period where you are winding and winding up the mechanical toy.

The period of the “pause” is when you put the mechanical contrivance on the floor and press the “unwind” button. Then you just watch the toy do it’s thing…

Now…

Using that analogy.

What happens when all you do is wind up the toy? You wind and wind and wind, over and over, but never press the button?

Nothing happens!

You need to “pause” and press that “pause” button to allow those intention prayers to manifest and happen.

The length of time for the "pause" varies from person to person, as well as a function of the complexity of the prayer affirmation content. You should NEVER have a "pause" that is under a three month duration. Because what you are doing is just extending an old intention prayer campaign.

Feed-back Loop

Every six months or so, you need to review old “prayer campaigns”. This will tell you what manifested, and what has yet to manifest. It is a “feed back” loop that will tell you what you are doing right and where you need to alter or change your techniques or behaviors…

This is a very important step that you need to conduct, but you need not think about it. Just write in your calendar on a certain date to review your affirmations. Then forget about them. It is critical to forget about the affirmations in order for them to work. The brain must be allowed or permitted to “work it’s magic” and navigate the world-lines on it’s own.

So, this step is known as a “feed back loop”. It allows you to gauge the effectiveness of your prayer campaign over a certain period of time.

This is a typical electrical feedback loop used in electronics design.
This is a typical electrical feedback loop used in electronics design.

For the most part, you probably will not see much in the way of change in the first six months. However, after two to three years, you will absolutely be able to start “checking off” the items within your prayer campaign list.

Every six months review the status of your various prayer campaigns. Give each one a name. Like January 2019, or Get Rich II, or Campaign 12, etc. Then when you check and review the campaigns you can compare them in effectiveness over time.

It will enable you to improve your campaigns, and have a better grasp of where you are now.

Cascading Intention Campaigns

There are numerous people who do not want to stop their prayer campaigns. They do not want to get out of a long-standing habit. A habit that many of them have created over the years. It is a habit where they pray every day.

There are many people who have a habit of praying every day. For them, it is very difficult to break out of this habit. The solution to this is to change the way that they pray and the content in the intention prayer campaign.
There are many people who have a habit of praying every day. For them, it is very difficult to break out of this habit. The solution to this is to change the way that they pray and the content in the intention prayer campaign.

The way to handle this situation is to have “cascading intention campaigns”.

How this works is simple.

Instead of a “pause” after a campaign, you start a completely (COMPLETELY) different intention prayer campaign.

  • This second campaign must be absolutely different in every way from the first campaign. Nothing in this campaign must match what is in the first campaign.
  • You need a small or short “pause” between the campaigns. This is a “null” prayer technique. You just pray for good will and allowances for the proper implementation of the previous campaign. In other words, your prayers during the “pause” is for your prior campaign to work perfectly.
  • Your “null” prayers concentrate on the implementation of the campaign and nothing else.

It will end up looking something like this…

Cascading prayer campaigns with "null" prayer sessions instead of pauses. It is critically important that each campaign be absolutely different from the previous campaigns involved.
Cascading prayer campaigns with “null” prayer sessions instead of pauses. It is critically important that each campaign be absolutely different from the previous campaigns involved

In general, I advise NOT to follow a cascading series of intention prayer campaigns. The point is that for those that cannot break from long standing habits, this technique is available as an alternative.

Intention ladder chains

A “ladder chain” is an engineering term that represents a sequence of events that must occur in process engineering.

For instance, if you want to fill up a tank with water, the ladder chain might look some thing like this…

Open valve A.
Monitor flow of water.
When water reaches 200 gallons.
Close valve A.
Turn on the heater.
When heat reaches 80 degrees C, turn off the heater.
Open valve B.
When tank volume reaches 0 gallons; close valve B

This is pretty much what a “ladder chain” is.

It can get pretty complex and detailed, but I think that you get the general idea. It’s a precise list of instructions on how to do a specific task.

And thus…

Why not use that same technique to define an intention prayer?

Well, you can.

You really can.

Now, in electronics there is something called “digital electronics”. It’s a world of short electrical pulses that are either “on” or “off”. What Digital Electronics does is create a sort of ladder chains by binary interpretation of the electrical pulses.

Sort of like this…

If there is a pulse...
Do A, and B, and C.
Do not do D, unless C happens at the same time as D.
If D lasts too long, then stop A.

That is “digital electronics”.

Various symbols used in the logic for digital electronics. It involves, often two events, A and B, and how to decide what to do with them.
Various symbols used in the logic for digital electronics. It involves, often two events, A and B, and how to decide what to do with them.

Well, we can do this in intention as well.

So during a prayer campaign, you can structure your verbal affirmations in such a way as to create a ladder chain. It’s a very precise way of generating your intentions. It can be very useful if you desire very specific outcomes.

For instance, you can say…

I will meet the girl of my dreams and she will fall in love with me.

And it will work.

It’s open ended enough that if you found “the girl of your dreams” that it would be more than enough for you. Who cares what she is like, or looks like, or how rich she is, because she is “the girl of your dreams.”

Right?

Movie scene from the movie "Fantastic beasts and where to find them" (2016).
Movie scene from “Fantastic beasts and where to find them” (2016).

But, you know, maybe your dream is a nightmare. Eh?

What?

(You might ask.)

Well, you see…

Maybe that image of the “girl of your dreams” was formed by Hollywood, and you get a blonde-haired bimbo with the IQ of a snail and who has expensive tastes as well as a nasty case of STD’s.

You have to be very careful on what you pray for.

Joy from the television show "My name is Earl".
Joy from the television show “My name is Earl”.

So you might want to be more specific.

And thus a ladder chain will help.

In an intention ladder chain, you end up being especially precise about what you want and what you are trying to avoid. To specify exactly what you want, and you specify exactly what you are trying to avoid.

Intention prayers are all so very personal. So rather than provide a serious example, let me provide something on the “lighter side”. Maybe something like this…

I will meet and fall in love with the girl of my dreams...

But...

She will not have any habits that I find repulsive.
She will not have expensive tastes.
She will not have stinky feet.

She will have...

Long, well trimmed fingernails.
Long flowing brown hair, with a purple highlight.
Long, long, long legs, and tiny feet.

If she lives near me...

She will own her own house.
She will have two cars, one will be a Prius.
She will love both dogs and cats.
She will water her garden every day at 6:24pm.

But, if she lives far from me...

She will like pizza.
She will enjoy tacos and nachos.
She will love to give me back massages.
She will be unattached, with no boyfriends, or lovers.

There are pluses and minuses in using a ladder chain within your intention.

On the plus side, because it is so specific, you will be well able to see exactly when some intention manifests.

For instance, if you intention was that your automobile possess a 5 liter engine, and suddenly you had a car accident and the only available replacement engine is 5 liter, then you know that your intention prayer works.

On the negative side, because it is so specific, it will absolutely take longer to manifest. The more complex your intention chain, the more world-lines that you must pass through and thus the longer that it will take to manifest.

Ugh!

So there are tradeoffs.

In general, I advise selective use of precise “intention ladder chains” in an “intention prayer campaign”. If you are too precise, you might miss out on many things that are “good enough”.

You see, it is really unrealistic to expect 100% perfection. There will always be imperfections in life. That is why it is called “life”. You need the imperfections to obtain experiences.

Depending on the situation, you can relax your requirements somewhat as long as your objectives are obtained.

In this chart / table we can see that very important events need to be pretty precise. But things that are not that critical can allow for deviance's. For instance, it doesn't matter so much what kind of a pizza you might eat, as long as it does not have pineapple on it. Or having a nice new car would please you whether it was a Ford or a Dodge.
In this chart / table we can see that very important events need to be pretty precise. But things that are not that critical can allow for deviance’s. For instance, it doesn’t matter so much what kind of a pizza you might eat, as long as it does not have pineapple on it. Or having a nice new car would please you whether it was a Ford or a Dodge.

Use of sprites and other “non-physical” entities.

A sprite is a non-physical intelligent entity. They travel world-lines just like humans do. They come in different sizes and shapes and pretty much are associated with the physical, but do not inhabit the physical world.

Some people can sense them. Many cannot.

Queen Tara (Beyonce Knowles) reigns over Moonhaven, an unseen Eden-like world. From the obscure non-Disney movie “Epic”. If you have an affinity for elves and faeries and other such things, you will find this movie happy, refreshing and delicious.

When Newtonian physics hit the universities, all the legends and tales traditionally handed down through the ages, in just about every society, were automatically discounted as nonsense. The argument was “if I cannot see it, and measure it, it does not exist”. Now we know otherwise, and have tracked the behaviors of non-physical events to some minor effect.

These intelligent entities actually do exist.

They also can be called upon though your prayer affirmations, provided that you, yourself, have a special affinity for them.

Other names for a sprite are spirit, fairy, elf, nymph, brownie, pixie, apparition, imp, goblin, leprechaun, peri, dryad, naiad, sylph, Oceanid.

In general, sprites live their own lives and have very little to do with humans or human souls.

However, there are times when complex relationships occur between a human soul and a specific type of sprite.

Sprite - a small being, human in form, playful and having magical powers

faerie, faery, fairy, fay

spiritual being, supernatural being - an incorporeal being believed to have powers to affect the course of human events

elf, gremlin, imp, pixie, pixy, hob, - (folklore) fairies that are somewhat mischievous

brownie - a legendary good-natured elf that performs helpful services at night.

gnome, dwarf - a legendary creature resembling a tiny old man; lives in the depths of the earth and guards buried treasure

Puck, Robin Goodfellow - a mischievous sprite of English folklore

Oberson - (Middle Ages) the king of the fairies and husband of Titania in medieval folklore

Titania - (Middle Ages) the queen of the fairies in medieval folklore

water spirit, water sprite, water nymph - a fairy that inhabits water

While I know very little about all of this, I do realize that it exists, and if you (for what ever reason) have some affinity to these “imaginary” entities, then you can call upon your relationship in your prayer affirmations.

In the past, I have advised those that had a very strong affinity for faeries to create a nice mediation area in their back yard. I have advised to make it something that they and any faeries that happen to be around to feel attracted to.

Yup it sounds strange, but most people live in a really strange reality that has nothing to do with the way things actually are.

The animation and design are gorgeous. I love the cute fairy-like flower and leaf people; I even love the design of the goblin-like bad guys (the Boggan). I want to see more stories set in this incredible little world. I also appreciate how much care went into animating that forest.
Scene from the movie “Epic”. The animation and design are gorgeous. I love the cute fairy-like flower and leaf people; I even love the design of the goblin-like bad guys (the Boggan). I want to see more stories set in this incredible little world. I also appreciate how much care went into animating that forest.

The idea of cross-species familiarity with non-physical entities should not be discounted, or ridiculed.

Like physical animals (dogs, cats, horses, and birds) companions can provide mutual benefits in our day to day lives. If you are comfortable with the idea of a non-physical entity and want them / they to have a greater role in your life, crate the necessary environment and add your desires to your intention prayers.

You might be surprised that some of the “hardships” and “difficulties” of day to day life, seem to “magically ” disappear after you do this. Just like the calming effect of a beloved cat purring on your lap, or the comfort of a dog greeting you after a hard day of work, the effects of such a relationship will bring about some remarkable changes in your over all mood and emotions.

An affirmation that might improve your relationship with non-physical beings might go something like this…

  • I attract friendly non-physical elves, sprites and/or related beings into my life for mutually beneficial interactions and a general improvement in all of our standard of living.

Prayer to help others / society

It is true, you can use prayer and intention to improve the world around us.

While I have focused on using intention to better one’s life, and to control your world-line travels, you can also use it to make the world a better place.

Now, one should not misunderstand. My point is that you must take care of yourself first. You must make sure that you are happy, healthy, and doing well first. Then, and only then can you worry about your close family, your loved ones and those around you. Then, when you and your family are well taken cared for, you can concentrate on others.

It is identical to what they say when you are being instructed on how to put on the air mask on a plane: put yours on first, then attend to your child.

Take care of yourself before you worry about others.
Take care of yourself before you worry about others.

Now, that being said, let it be well understood that you absolutely can use the power of directed intention prayer to better the world around you . In so doing you can improve the lives of yourself and others in the process. We know this as it has been shown time and time again that prayer and meditation improves the lives of those in the target area of influence…

Just remember, that all your efforts are meaningless unless you take care of yourself and your needs first. So pay strict attention to this…

Always remember to take care of yourself first before you try to take care of others.
Always remember to take care of yourself first before you try to take care of others.

Conclusion

This post is simply a collection of advisement’s on how to improve your intention prayers and how to navigate through the various world-lines. It mentions various issues that have been asked of me privately and it is my hope that the information provided herein would be of use and help.

Happy navigating!

Do you all want more?

I have more posts related to this in my MAJestic Index. You can see it here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

The Intention Experiment (full text) by Lynne McTaggart. In HTML for free access. Part 4 of 4.

This is part 4 of 4.

This is a complete reprint of the book titled “The Intention Experiment” by Lynne McTaggart. It is a non-fiction book, and it is groundbreaking. In this book, the author has compiled all those studies about the reality of ESP, and PSI, and compiled the results. The results are pretty damning. Something is going on, and Newtonian physics cannot explain it. It can only be explained with quantum physics.

What is going on is that quantum physics is working and weaving it’s magic throughout our lives, and rather than discount things as “superstition” and out-dated religion, this book connects actual scientific studies with the quantum physics principles involved. It explains so many thing that have been discounted as pure superstition.

Thus it’s placement in my blog.

This is for those people who want nice and clean answers to what is going on, yet cannot shake off the Newtonian physics that they learned in High School. This book teaches you that there is a deeper reality behind everything and as such, it helps explain some elements of paranormal and religion that are often discounted as primitive nonsense.

Welcome to the world of quantum physics and how all those things about prayer, intention, and spirituality actually does have a scientific foundation that they are based upon.

Summary of this section

This section consists of the links and other related background supporting information assocated with the book. Included herein for those that are interested.

CHAPTER FOURTEEN

Your Personal Intention Experiments

NOW THAT YOU HAVE PRACTICED ‘powering up’, what can you u intention for in your own everyday life? To help you find out, with the help of my scientists I have designed a series of informal, personal experiments.

The following ‘experiments’ are intended to be read in two ways: as a springboard into ways to incorporate intention into your life, and also as a piece of anecdotal research. Whenever you carry out an intention experiment, I would like you to report it on our website.

To carry out these experiments, all you will need in the way of equipment is a notebook and a calendar. When you are first starting, note the date and times of your intentions. Each intention experiment should be carried out after ‘powering up’ in your intention space, using the programme outlined in chapter 13. Needless to say, if you suffer from a serious illness and are trying to think yourself better, you should augment your own healing intentions with the help of a trained professional healer, whether conventional or alternative.

Make a daily note of any change in the object of your intention, and be specific. If you are trying to heal a condition in yourself or someone else, take a daily ‘temperature’ of change. What does the person feel like, in general? What symptoms have improved? Have any got worse? Have any new ones turned up? (If any situations seriously worsen, immediately consult a professional practitioner, and also examine any subconscious intentions.)

If you are trying to change your relationship with someone who is ordinarily very antagonistic to something more positive, make a daily note of his or her interactions with you, to determine if anything has changed.

To Have Something Manifest in Your Life

Select a goal that has never happened but that you would like to have happen. Choose something that seldom occurs or is particularly unlikely, so that if it does come to pass it is more likely to be the result of your intention.

Here are some possibilities:

  • receiving flowers from your husband (if he has never bought them for you); having your wife sit down and watch a football match with you (if she usually refuses to do so);
  • having the boorish neighbour who never gives you the time of day start a cheery conversation with you;
  • having your child help with the dishes;
  • having your child wake up on his or her own in the morning and get ready for school without prompting;
  • improving the weather (30 per cent more or less rain, say); having your child make his or her bed;
  • having your dog stop barking at night;
  • stopping your cat from scratching the sofa;having your husband or wife come home from work one hour earlier than usual;
  • having your child watch television two hours less;
  • getting someone who can’t stand you at work to say hello and start up a conversation;
  • achieving 10 per cent higher profits at work; growing your plants or crops 10 per cent faster than usual.

As you begin to manifest, you can try more complicated thoughts. But remember, at first you want one single event to change, something where change can be easily quantified and can probably be attributed to your thoughts.

Retro-intentions

If you still have a medical problem of some sort, cast your mind back to the point where it started. Carry out an intention for it to resolve itself then. See if you are now better.

If you are not getting along with someone, cast your mind back to the point where you first had a disagreement and send your intention to change there.

Remember to be very specific.

Ask your friends and family if you can try a retro-prayer for some of their loved ones who were ill 5 years before. Concentrate on their former illness and see if it improves their current state of health. The idea will seem so ridiculous and therefore so harmless that they probably will agree to it. If you feel bold, you may even try this with a local nursing home. First, be sure to obtain the permission of the patient, as well as those in charge.

Report any results by writing in to The Intention Experiment website: www.theintentionexperiment.com.

Group Intention Exercises

Assemble a group of your friends who are interested in trying out some group intention exercises. Create an intention space where you will meet each time. Select a group target in your community. Here are a few possibilities:

  • improving the weather; reducing violent crime by 5 per cent;
  • reducing pollution by 5 per cent;
  • reducing litter on a particular street in your community; getting your mail delivered one hour earlier;
  • achieving some form of community activism (such as preventing a mobile phone mast from being built in your area);
  • decreasing the incidence of local road accidents involving children by 30 per cent;
  • improving the collective grade point average of the local school by one grade; decreasing abuse of children in your community by 30 per cent;
  • reducing possessions of knives or illegal weapons by 30 per cent; increasing (or decreasing) local rainfall by 10 per cent; decreasing the number of alcoholics in your area by 25 per cent.

Depending on the nature of your intention, make one member of the group responsible for researching statistics involving your local accident, weather or crime statistics. For these types of statistics, it is a good idea to get hold of reports for the last 5 years in your area and surrounding communities so you have something solid to compare.

Then, when you meet, decide on a group intention statement. When you are ‘powering up’, visualize yourselves as a single entity (say, a giant bubble or any other unified internal image). Once you are all in a collective meditative state, have one member of the group read out the statement. Meet regularly to send the same intentions. Keep a careful reading of statistics for one month before and several months after you have sent the intentions. Note any changes.

Send the results to The Intention Experiment website: www.theintentionexperiment.com.

CHAPTER FIFTEEN

The Group Intention Experiments

YOU ARE NOW INVITED TO PARTICIPATE in massive group intention experiments with many, if not most, of the other readers of this book. If you would like to take part in the largest mind-over-matter experiment in history, read on.

In these group intentions, you will become involved in important new research to further the world’s knowledge about the power of intention. There will be blogs and interactive elements on our website, so that you can correspond with like-minded individuals around the world about our results and the results of individual experiments (chapter 14).

Naturally, it is not compulsory. In fact, I would prefer you not to get involved unless you are passionate about participating. I need committed participants, willing to take the intention experiment seriously. Each experiment might take a few minutes to an hour of your time, although in future we might try experiments that take a little longer.

First, log on to the website (www.theintentionexperiment.com). There you will find information about the dates and objectives of future intention experiments. We will plan those dates to coincide with times of a fair degree of geomagnetic activity. Mark those dates in your diary now; if you intend to participate, it is vital that you don’t forget. We have a number of experiments planned, but as scientific experiments are expensive to carry out and require lengthy analysis, there will be sizable intervals between experiments. If you miss an intention experiment, you will have to wait a few months for another one.

Several days before the experiment, read through the preliminary instructions to familiarize yourself with what to do. The instructions will explain that you need to carry out many of the ‘powering up’ exercises of chapter 13 just before you send your intention. You will find information about the time of the experiment in your own time zone. The website has a running clock (set to US Eastern Standard Time an Greenwich Mean Time) and a countdown to each new experiment, and will specify the equivalent times in different time zones.  Readers around the world will be participating, so it is vital that all the readers send intentions at the right time.

As this is a scientific experiment, we need to have committed and knowledgeable participants, who have read and understood the ideas in this book. Consequently, we will try to weed out potential spoilers or the uncommitted by asking every potential participant to supply a password, which will be taken from phrases or ideas in the book and will vary every few months. We will ask you to supply, for example, the fourth word of the third paragraph on page 57 of the US hardback edition (or page 65 of the paperback). We will make sure we specify passwords for every edition published in every country, so your password will work no matter which version of the book you have read. Just follow the instructions. The only way to be part of the experiment is to have read the book and to log on with the

correct password, after which you will be supplied with a private password, to use for future experiments.

Because this is a scientific experiment, we need to know some details about our participants, such as their average age, their gender, their health – or possibly their degree of psychic ability. On the day of the experiment, you will be asked to supply some information about yourself. Several of our scientists have designed short questionnaires for you to fill in. Of course, this information will be kept confidential, under international and national laws of data protection. Once you have filled in our questionnaires, you won’t have to rekey any information you have already supplied for any future experiments.

On the day of the intention experiment, at the particular time specified on the website, you will be asked to send a carefully worded, detailed intention, depending on the target site. The website will walk you through the steps. You will be asked to ‘power up’ into your meditative state, to enter a state of compassion and to send a carefully worded, detailed intention that will be specified on the website.

For instance, let’s say that we are trying to send an intention to have a spider plant grow faster at Fritz-Albert Popp’s lab in Neuss, Germany, on Friday 20 Marc at 8 p.m. GMT. We will have a photograph or web camera image of the spider plant on the website, so you can train your intention on the right subject. The website will instruct you to think or say the following sentence on 20 March at 8 p.m.:

Our intention is to have our spider plant in Neuss grow 10 per cent faster than a control plant.

Or, let’s say that we have a patient with a wound. Our intention might be: Our intention is for Lisa’s wound to heal 10 per cent faster than normal.

Because this is a scientific experiment, we will structure our experiment to test a precise, carefully quantified result: 10 per cent faster or slower, say, or 6°C cooler than normal or than a control. Once finished, the results will be analysed by our scientific team – ideally by a neutral statistician as well – and then published on the website.

I must reiterate that I cannot guarantee that the experiments will work – at first or ever. As scientists and objective researchers, we will be duty-bound to faithfully report the data we have. Whether or not our first experiments are successful, we will continue to refine the design with each new experiment as we learn more about group intention. If the first or second or fifth experiment doesn’t work, we will keep trying and keep learning more with every result. The nature of frontier science requires that you stumble along blindly, feeling your way along the right path.

Do consult the website frequently for announcements of experiments, postings of the individual experiments (chapter 14) and announcements of the date of every future experiment. If you have enjoyed the written portion of this book, the website will continue the experience for you as an open-ended sequel.

www.theintentionexperiment.com

Notes

Preface

  1. N. Hill, Think and Grow Rich: The Andrew Carnegie Formula for Mone Making, New York: Ballantine Books (reissue edn), 1987.
  2. J. Fonda, My Life So Far, London: Ebury Press, 2005: 571.

Introduction

  1. For a complete description of these scientists and their findings, consult L. McTaggart, The Field: the Quest for the Secret Force of the Universe, London: HarperCollins, 2001.
  2. The full title of Newton’s major treatise is Philosophiae Naturalis Principia Mathematica, a name that offers a nod to its philosophical implications, although it is always referred to reverentially as the Principia.
  3. R. P. Feynman, Six Easy Pieces: The Fundamentals of Physics  Explained

London: Penguin, 1995: 24.

  • McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.
  • Eugene Wigner, the Hungarian-born American physicist who received a Nobel Prize for his contribution to the theory of quantum physics, is one of the early pioneers of the central role of consciousness in determining reality and argued, through a thought experiment called ‘Wigner’s friend’, that the observer, ‘the friend’, might collapse Schrödinger’s famous cat into a single state or, like the cat itself, remain in a state of superposition until another ‘friend’ comes into the lab. Other proponents of ‘the observer effect’ include John Eccles and Evan Harris Walker. John Wheeler is credited with espousing the theory that the universe is participatory: it only exists because we happen to be looking at it.
  • McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.
  • E. J. Squires, ‘Many views of one world – an interpretation of quantum theory’, European Journal of Physics, 1987; 8: 173.
  • B. F. Malle et al., Intentions and Intentionality: Foundations of Socia Cognition, Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 2001.
  • M. Schlitz, ‘Intentionality in healing: mapping the integration of body, mind, and spirit’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 1995; 1 (5): 119–20.
  • R. G. Jahn et al., ‘Correlations of random binary sequences with prestated operator intention: a review of a 12-year program’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1997; 11: 345–67.
  • R. G. Jahn et al., ‘Correlations of random binary sequences’, op. cit.; Dea Radin and Roger Nelson, ‘Evidence for consciousness-related anomalies in random physical systems’, Foundations of Physics, 1989; 19 (12): 1499–514; McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.: 116–17.
  1. These studies are itemized in great detail in D. Benor, Spiritual  Healing,

Volume 1, Southfield, Mich.: Vision Publications, 1992.

  1. Rene Peoc’h, ‘Psychokinetic action of young chicks on the path of a “illuminated source”’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1995; 9 (2): 223; R. Peoc’h, ‘Chicken imprinting and the tychoscope: An Anpsi experiment’, Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 1988; 55: 1; R. Peoc’h, ‘Psychokinesis experiments with human and animal subjects upon a robot moving at random’, The Journal of Parapsychology, September 1, 2002.
  2. William G. Braud and Marilyn J. Schlitz, ‘Consciousness interactions wit remote biological systems: anomalous intentionality effects’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1991; 2 (1): 1–27; McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.: 128–9.
  3. Marilyn Schlitz and William Braud, ‘Distant intentionality and healing assessing the evidence’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 1997; 3 (6): 62–73.
  4. William Braud and Marilyn Schlitz, ‘A methodology for the objective study of transpersonal imagery’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1989; 3 (1): 43–63.
  5. W. Braud et al., ‘Further studies of autonomic detection of remote staring: replication, new control procedures and personality correlates’, Journal of Parapsychology, 1993; 57: 391–409; M. Schlitz and S. LaBerge, ‘Autonomi detection of remote observation; two conceptual replications’, in D. Bierman (ed.), Proceedings of Presented Papers: 37 Annual Parapsychological Association Convention, Amsterdam, Fairhaven, Mass.: Parapsychological Association, 1994: 465–78.
  6. D. Benor, Spiritual Healing: Scientific Validation of a Healing Revolution, Southfield, Mich.: Vision Publications, 2001.
  7. F. Sicher, E. Targ et al., ‘A randomized double-blind study of the effect of distant healing in a population with advanced AIDS: report of a small scale study’ Western Journal of Medicine, 1998; 168 (6): 356–63. For a full description of the studies, see McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.: 181–96.
  8. Psychologist Dean Radin conducted a meta-analysis in 1989 at Princeto University of all known dice experiments (73) published between 1930 and 1989. They are recounted in his book Entangled Minds, New York: Paraview, 2006: 148– 51.
  9. J. Hasted, The Metal Benders, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1981, as cited      in      W.          Tiller,          Science and       Human    Transformation;          Subtle   Energies Intentionality and Consciousness, Walnut Creek, Calif.: Pavior Publications, 1997: 13.
  10. McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.: 199.
  11. W. W. Monafo and M. A. West, ‘Current recommendations for topical burn therapy’, Drugs, 1990; 40: 364–73.

Chapter 1: Mutable Matter

  1. All personal information about Tom Rosenbaum and Sai Ghosh and  their

studies have been culled from multiple interviews conducted in February and March 2005.

  • This was the solution posed by Giorgio Parisi at Rome in 1979.
  • S. Ghosh et al., ‘Coherent spin oscillations in a disordered magnet’, Science, 2002; 296: 2195–8.
  • Once again, I am indebted to Danah Zohar for her easy-to-digest descriptio of quantum non-locality, which appears in D. Zohar, The Quantum Self, London: Bloomsbury, 1991: 19–20.
  • A. Einstein, B. Podolsky and N. Rosen, ‘Can quantum-mechanical descriptio of physical reality be considered complete?’ Physical Review, 1935; 47: 777–80.
  • A. Aspect et al., ‘Experimental tests of Bell’s inequalities using time-varying analyzers’, Physical Review Letters, 1982; 49: 1804–7; A. Aspect, ‘Bell’s inequality test: more ideal than ever’, Nature, 1999; 398: 189–90.
  • Science Fact: Scientists achieve ‘Star Trek’-like feat – The Associated Press, December 10, 1997, posted on CNN, http://edition.cnn.com/TECH/9712/10/beam me. up. ap.
  • Non-locality was considered to be proven by Aspect et al.’ s experiments in Paris in 1982.
  • J. S. Bell, ‘On the Einstein-Poldolsky-Rosen paradox’,Physics, 1964; 1: 195–200.
  • S. Ghosh et al., ‘Entangled quantum state of magnetic dipoles’, Nature, 2003; 435: 48–51.
  • Details of Vedral’s views and experiments the result of multiple interviews, February, October and December 2005.
  • C. Arnesen et al., ‘Thermal and magnetic entanglement in the 1D Heisenber Model’, Physical Review Letters, 2001; 87: 017901.
  • V. Vedral, ‘Entanglement hits the big time’, Nature, 2003; 425: 28–9.
  • T. Durt, interview with author, April 26, 2005.
  • B. Reznik, ‘Entanglement from the vacuum’, Foundations of Physics, 2003; 33: 167–76; Michael Brooks, ‘Entanglement: The weirdest link’,New Scientist, 2004; 181 (2440): 32.
  • John D. Barrow, The Book of Nothing, London: Jonathan Cape, 2000: 216.
  • Erwin Laszlo, The Interconnected Universe: Conceptual Foundations o Transdiscipinary Unified Theory, Singapore: World Scientific Publishing, 1995: 28.
  • A. C. Clarke, ‘When will the real space age begin?’ Ad Astra, May–June 1996; 13–15.
  • Harold Puthoff, ‘Ground state of hydrogen as a zero-point-fluctuation- determined state’, Physical Review D, 1987; 35: 3266.
  • B. Haisch, Alfonso Rueda and H. E. Puthoff, ‘Inertia as a zero-point-fiel Lorentz force’, Physical Review A, 1994; 49 (2): 678–94; Bernhard Haisch, Alfonso Rueda and H. E. Puthoff, ‘Physics of the zero-point field: implications for inertia gravitation and mass’, Speculations in Science and Technology, 1997; 20: 99–114.
  • Various interviews with Hal Puthoff, 1999–2000.
  • Reznik, ‘Entanglement from the vacuum’, op. cit.
  • McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.: 35–6.
  • J. Resch et al., ‘Distributing entanglement and single photons through an intra-city, free-space quantum channel’, Optics Express, 2005; 13 (1): 202–9; R. Ursin et al., ‘Quantum teleportation across the Danube’, Nature, 2004; 430: 849.
  • M. Arndt et al., ‘Wave–particle duality of C60 molecules’, Nature, 1999; 401: 680–2; doi: 10.1038/44348.
  • A. Zeilinger, ‘Probing the limits of the quantum world’, Physics World, March 2005 (online journal: http://www.physicsweb.org/articles/world/18/3/5/1).

Chapter 2: The Human Antenna

  1. All personal details about Gary Schwartz and his discoveries result from multiple interviews with him and the author, March–June 2006.
  2. H. Benson et al., ‘Decreased systolic blood pressure through operan conditioning techniques in patients with essential hypertension’, Science, 1971; 173 (3998): 740–2.
  3. E. E. Green, ‘Copper wall research psychology and psychophysics: subtle energies and energy medicine: emerging theory and practice’, Proceedings, First Annual Conference, International Society for the Study of Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine (ISSSEEM), Boulder, Colorado, 21–25 June 1991.
  4. This research was eventually published as G. Schwartz and L. Russek ‘Subtle energies – electrostatic body motion registration and the human antenna- receiver effect: a new method for investigating interpersonal dynamical energy system interactions’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1996; 7 (2): 149–84.
  5. E. E. Green et al., ‘Anomalous electrostatic phenomena in exceptiona subjects’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1993; 2: 69; W. A. Tiller et al., ‘Towards explaining anomalously large body voltage surges on exceptional subjects, Part I: The electrostatic approximation’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1995; 9 (3): 331.
  6. William A. Tiller, ‘Subtle energies’, Science & Medicine, 1999, 6 (3): 28–

33.

  • A. Seto et al., ‘Detection of extraordinary large biomagnetic field  strength

from    the     human    hand     during    external     qi           emission’, Acupuncture            and Electrotherapeutics Research International, 1992; 17: 75–94; J. Zimmerman, ‘New

technologies detect effects in healing hands’, Brain/Mind Bulletin, 1985; 10 (2): 20–

3.

  • B. Grad, ‘Dimensions in “Some biological effects of the laying on of hands” and their implications’, in H. A. Otto and J. W. Knight (eds.), Dimension in Wholistic Healing: New Frontiers in the Treatment of the Whole Person, Chicago: Nelson-Hall, 1979: 199–212.
  • L. N. Pyatnitsky and V. A. Fonkin, ‘Human consciousness influence on water structure’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1995; 9 (1): 89.
  • G. Rein and R. McCraty, ‘Structural changes in water and DNA associate

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

with new  physiologically measurable  states’, Journal of  Scientific Exploration, 1994; 8 (3): 438–9.

  1. W. Tiller would eventually write about the effect of shielding psychics in his book Science and Human Transformation, Walnut Creek, Calif.: Pavior Publishing, 1997: 32.
  2. M. Connor, G. Schwartz et al., ‘Oscillation of amplitude as measured by a extra low frequency magnetic field meter as a biophysical measure of intentionality’. Paper presented at the Toward a Science of Consciousness Conference, Tucson Arizona, April 2006.
  3. Sicher, Targ et al., ‘A randomized double-blind study’, op. cit.
  4. See McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.: 39, for a full description of F.-A. Popp’s earlier work.
  5. S. Cohen and F.-A. Popp, ‘Biophoton emission of the human body’,Journal of Photochemistry and Photobiology, 1997; 40: 187–9.
  6. K. Creath and G. E. Schwartz, ‘What biophoton images of plants can tell u about biofields and healing’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 2005; 19 (4): 531–

50.

  1. S. N. Bose, ‘Planck’s Gesetz und Lichtquantenhypothese’, Zeitschrift für Physik, 1924; 26: 178–81; A. Einstein, ‘Quantentheorie des einatomigen idealen Gases [Quantum theory of ideal monoatomic gases]’, Sitz. Ber. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. (Berlin), 1925; 23: 3.
  2. C. E. Wieman and E. A. Cornell, ‘Seventy years later: the creation of Bose-Einstein condensate in an ultracold gas’, Lorentz Proceedings, 1999; 52: 3–5.
  3. K. Davis et al., ‘Bose-Einstein condensation in a gas of sodium atoms’

Physical Review Letters, 1995; 75: 3969–73.

  • M. W. Zwierlein et al., ‘Observation of Bose-Einstein condensation o molecules’, Physical Review Letters, 2003; 91: 250401.
  • H. Fröhlich, ‘Long range coherence and energy storage in biological systems’, Int. J. Quantum Chem., 1968; II: 641–9.
  • For this entire example, see Tiller, Science and Human Transformation, op. cit.: 196.
  • M. Jibu et al., ‘Quantum optical coherence in cytoskeletal microtubules: implications for brain function’, Biosystems, 1994; 32: 195–209; S. R. Hameroff ‘Cytoplasmic gel states and ordered water: possible roles in biological quantum coherence’, Proceedings of the 2nd Annual Advanced Water Sciences Symposium, Dallas, Texas, 1996.

Chapter 3: The Two-Way Street

  1. For all history of Cleve Backster’s discoveries and experiments, interview with Backster, October 2004 and his Primary Perception: Biocommunication with Plants, Living Foods, and Human Cells, Anza, Calif.: White Rose Millennium Press, 2003.
  2. As Obi-Wan Kenobe tells Luke Skywalker, after Alderan has been blown up

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

by the Empire in Star Wars part IV: A New Hope: ‘I feel a great disturbance in the Force. As if millions of voices suddenly cried out in terror, and were suddenly silenced.’

  • Presentation given at the Tenth Annual Parapsychology Association meeting in New York City, September 7, 1967. Also published as C. Backster, ‘Evidence of a primary perception in plant life’, International Journal of Parapsychology, 1968; 10 (4): 329–48.
  • P. Dubrov and V. N. Pushkin, Parapsychology and Contemporary Science, New York and London: Consultants Bureau, 1982.
  • P. Tompkins and C. Bird, The Secret Life of Plants, New York: Harper & Row, 1973.
  • ‘Boysenberry to Prune, Boysenberry to Prune: Do you read me? Lie detecto expert Cleve Backster reported in the annual meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science that he had detected electrical impulses between two containers of yogurt at opposite ends of his laboratory. Backster claims the bacteria in the containers were communicating.’ Esquire, January 1976.
  • Backster, ‘Evidence of a primary perception’, op. cit.
  • Backster, Primary Perceptions, op. cit.: 112–13.
  • Backster, Primary Perceptions. See also Rupert Sheldrake, Dogs That Know When Their Owners Are Coming Home and Other Unexplained Powers of Animals, London: Three Rivers Press, 2000.
  • This and other personal details of events resulted from interviews with Ingo Swann, New York, July 2005.
  • See McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.: 39 for a full description of F.-A. Popp’s earlier work.
  • All details of these experiments resulted from an interview between the author and Fritz-Albert Popp, January 2006.
  • R. M. Galle et al., ‘Biophoton emission fromDaphnia magna: A possible factor in the self-regulation of swarming’, Experientia, 1991; 47: 457–60; R. M. Galle, ‘Untersuchungen zum dichte und zeitabhängigen Verhalten der ultraschwachen Photonenemission von pathogenetischen Weibchen des Wasserflohs Daphnia magna.’ Dissertation. Universität Saarbrücken, Fachbereich Zoologie, 1993.
  • F.-A. Popp et al., ‘Nonsubstantial biocommunication in terms of Dicke’s Theory’, in M. W. Ho, F.-A. Popp and U. Warnke (eds.), Bioelectrodynamics and Biocommunication, Singapore: World Scientific Publishing, 1994: 293–317; J. J Chang et al., ‘Research on cell communication of P. elegans by means of photon emission’, Chinese Science Bulletin, 1995; 40: 76–9.
  • J. J. Chang et al., ‘Communication between Dinoflagellates by means o photon emission’, in L. V. Beloussov and F.-A. Popp (eds.), Proceedings of International Conference on Non-equilibrium and Coherent Systems in Biophysics, Biology and Biotechnology, Sep. 28–Oct. 2 1994, Moscow: Bioinform Services Co., 1995: 318–30.
  • Interview with Popp, Neuss, Germany, March 1, 2006.

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

  1. F.-A. Popp et al., ‘Mechanism of interaction between electromagnetic fields and living organisms’, Science in China (Series C), 2000; 43 (5): 507–18. 18. Ibid.
  2. L. Beloussov and N. N. Louchinskaia, ‘Biophoton emission from developin eggs and embryos: Nonlinearity, wholistic properties and indications of energy transfer’, in J. J. Chang et al. (eds.),Biophotons, London: Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1998: 121–40.
  3. K. Creath and G. E. Schwartz, ‘What biophoton images of plants can tell u about biofields and healing’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 2005; 19 (4): 531–

50.

  • A.  V.  Tschulakow  et al.,  ‘A new  approach to  the  memory of  water’,

Homeopathy, 2005; 94: 241–7.

  • E. P. A. Van Wijk and R. Van Wijk, ‘The development ofa bio-sensor for the state of consciousness in a human intentional healing ritual’, Journal of International Society of Life Information Science (ISLIS), 2002; 20 (2): 694–702.
  • M. Connor, ‘Baseline testing of energy practitioners: Biophoton imaging results.’ Paper presented at the North American Research in Integrative Medicine conference, Edmonton, Canada, May 2006.
  • Personal details about K. Korotkov the result of multiple interviews with the author, November–March 2005–2006.
  • S. D. Kirlian and V. K. Kirlian, ‘Photography and visual observation b means of high frequency currents’, J. Sci. Appl. Photogr., 1964; 6: 397–403.
  • Korotkov’s most important work on the subject was K. Korotkov, Human E n e rg y Field:              Study    with     GDV  Bioelectrography,              New      Jersey: Backbone Publishing  Co.,  2002;  K.  Korotkov, Aura  and  Consciousness  –  New  Stage  o Scientific Understanding,  St Petersburg:  St Petersburg Division of the  Russia Ministry of Culture, State Publishing Unit ‘Kultura’, 1999.
  • K. Korotkov et al., ‘Assessing biophysical energy transfer mechanisms in living systems: The basis of life processes’, The Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2004; 10 (1): 49–57.
  • L. W. Konikiewicz and L. C. Griff,Bioelectrography – A new method for detecting cancer and body physiology, Harrisburg, Va.: Leonard Associates Press, 1982; G. Rein, ‘Corona discharge photography of human breast tumour biopsies’ Acupuncture & Electrotherapeutics Research, 1985; 10: 305–8; K. Korotkov et al., ‘Stress diagnosis and monitoring with new computerized “Crown-TV” device’ Journal of Pathophysiology, 1998; 5: 227.
  • P. Bundzen et al., ‘New technology of the athletes’ psycho-physical readiness evaluation based on the gas-discharge visualisation method in comparison with battery of tests’, ‘SIS99’ Proceedings, International Congress St Petersburg, 1999: 19–22; P. V. Bundzen, et al., ‘Psychophysiological correlates of athletic success in athletes training for the Olympics’, Human Physiology, 2005; 31 (3): 316–23; K. Korotkov et al., ‘Assessing biophysical energy transfer mechanisms’, op cit.
  • Clair  A.  Francomano  and  Wayne  B.  Jonas,  in Ronald A.  Chez (ed.)

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

Proceedings: Measuring the Human Energy Field: State of the Science. The Gerontology Research Center, National Institute of Aging, National Institutes o Health, Baltimore, Maryland, April 17–18, 2002.

  • S. Kolmakow et al., ‘Gas discharge visualization technique and spectrophotometry in detection of field effects’, Mechanisms of Adaptive Behavior, Abstracts of International Symposium, St Petersburg, 1999: 79.
  • Interview with K. Korotkov, March 2006.

Chapter 4: Hearts that Beat as One

  1. All details of the Love Study were gleaned from multiple interviews with Dean Radin, Marilyn Schlitz and Jerome Stone, April 2005–June 2006.
  2. F. Sicher, E. Targ et al., ‘A randomized double-blind study of the effect of distant ealing in a population with advanced AIDS: report of a small scale study’ Western ournal of Medicine, 1998; 168 (6): 356–63; also multiple interviews with

E. Targ, 999–2001.

  • M. Schlitz and W. Braud, ‘Distant intentionality and healing: assessing the evidence’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 1997; 3 (6): 62–73.
  • M. Schlitz and S. LaBerge, ‘Autonomic detection of remote observation: tw conceptual replications’, in D. J. Bierman (ed.), Proceedings of Presented Papers, 37t h Annual Parapsychological Association Convention, Amsterdam, Fairhaven, Mass.: Parapsychological Association, 1994: 352–60.
  • S. Schmidt et al., ‘Distant intentionality and the feeling of being stared at: Two metaanalyses’, British Journal of Psychology, 2004; 95: 235–47, as reported in D. Radin, Entangled Minds, New York: Paraview, 2006: 135.
  • L. Standish et al., ‘Electroencephalographic evidence of correlated event- related signals between the brains of spatially and sensory isolated human subjects’, The Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2004; 10 (2): 307–14.
  • Radin, Entangled Minds, op. cit.: 136.
  • Charles Tart, ‘Physiological correlates of psi cognition’, International Journal of Parapsychology, 1963: 5; 375–86.
  • T. D. Duane and T. Behrendt, ‘Extrasensory electroencephalographic induction between identical twins’, Science, 1965; 150: 367.
  • J. Wackerman et al., ‘Correlations between brain electrical activities of two spatially separated human subjects’, Neuroscience Letters, 2003; 336: 60–4.
  • J. Grinberg-Zylberbaum et al., ‘The Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen paradox in th brain: The transferred potential’, Physics Essays, 1994; 7 (4): 422–28.
  • J. Grinberg-Zylberbaum and J. Ramos, ‘Patterns of interhemispher correlations during human communication’, International Journal of Neuroscience, 1987; 36: 41–53; J. Grinberg-Zylberbaum et al., ‘Human communication and the electrophysiological activity of the brain,’ Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1992; 3 (3): 25–43.
  • L. J. Standish et al., ‘Electroencephalographic evidence of correlated event related signals’, op. cit. 14. L. J., Standish et al., ‘Evidence of correlated functiona

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

magnetic resonance imaging signals between distant human brains’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 2003; 9 (1): 122–5; T. Richards et al., ‘Replicable functional magnetic resonance imaging evidence of correlated brain signals between physically and sensory isolated subjects’, Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2005; 11 (6): 955–63.

  1. M. Kittenis et al., ‘Distant psychophysiological interaction effects between related and unrelated participants’, Proceedings of the Parapsychological Association Convention, 2004: 67–76, as reported in Radin, Entangled Minds, op. cit.: 138–9.
  2. D. I. Radin, ‘Event related EEG correlations between isolated huma subjects’, Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2004; 10: 315–24.
  3. M. Cade and N. Coxhead,The Awakened Mind, 2nd edn, Shaftesbury: Element, 1986.
  4. S. Fahrion et al., ‘EEG amplitude, brain mapping and synchrony in an between a bioenergy practitioner and client during healing’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1992; 3 (1): 19–52.
  5. M. Yamamoto, ‘An experiment on remote action against man in sensory shielding                 condition,              Part               2’, Journal            of   the              International Society                  of   Life Information Sciences,  1996;  14  (2):  228–39,  as  reported  in  Larry  Dossey, Be Careful What You Pray For You Just Might Get It: What We Can Do About th Unintentional   Effect  of    Our Thoughts,  Prayers,  and  Wishes,  San  Francisco: HarperSanFrancisco, 1998: 182–3.
  6. M. Yamamoto et al., ‘An experiment on remote action against man in sense shielding condition’, Journal of the International Society of Life Information Sciences, 1996; 14 (1): 97–9.
  7. D. I. Radin, ‘Unconscious perception of future emotions: An experiment i presentiment’, Journal  of  Scientific  Exploration,  1997;  11  (2):  163–80.  First presented before the annual meeting of the Parapsychological Association in August 1996. For a full description of the Radin experiment, see D. Radin,The Conscious Universe, London: HarperCollins, 1997: 119–24.
  8. R. McCraty et al., ‘Electrophysiological evidence of intuition: Part 2: A system-wide process?’ The Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2004; 10 (2): 325–36.
  9. J. Andrew Armour and Jeffrey L. Ardell (eds.), Basic and Clinical Neurocardiology, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2004.
  10. R. McCraty et al., ‘The electricity of touch: Detection and measurement o cardiac energy exchange between people’, in Karl H. Pribram (ed.), Brain and Values: Is a Biological Science of Values Possible? Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 1998: 359–79.
  11. M. Gershon, The Second Brain: A Groundbreaking New Understanding o Nervous Disorders of the Stomach and Intestine, London: HarperCollins, 1999.
  12. D. I. Radin and M. J. Schlitz, ‘Gut feelings, intuition, and emotions: A exploratory study’, Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2005; 11

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

(5): 85–91.

  • D. Radin, ‘Event-related electroencephalographic correlations between isolated human subjects’, The Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2004; 10 (2): 315–23.
  • Dean Radin has devoted an excellent book to the subject: see D.  Radin

Entangled Minds, op cit.

  • J. Stone, Course Handbook: Training in Compassionate-Loving Intention 2003; J. Stone et al., ‘Effects of a compassionate/loving intention as a therapeutic intervention by partners of cancer patients: A randomized controlled feasibility study’, in press.
  • M. Murphy et al., The Physiological and Psychological Effects o Meditation: A Review of Contemporary Research with a Comprehensive Bibliography, 1931–1996, Petaluma, Calif.: The Institute of Noetic Sciences, 1997.
  • E. P. Van Wijk et al., ‘Anatomic characterization of human ultra-weak photon emission in practitioners of Transcendental Meditation™ and control subjects’, The Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2006; 12 (1): 31–8.
  • R.  McCraty et al.,  ‘Head-heart entrainment: A preliminary survey’,  in Proceedings of  the  Brain-Mind  Applied  Neurophysiology  EEG  Neurofeedbac Meeting. Key West, Florida, 1996.
  • R. McCraty, ‘Influence of cardiac afferent input on heart-brain synchronization and cognitive performance, Institute of HeartMath, Boulder Creek California’, International Journal of Psychophysiology, 2002; 45 (1–2): 72–3.
  • G. R. Schmeidler, Parapsychology and Psychology, Jefferson: McFarland and Company, 1988 as cited in J. Stone, Course Handbook, op. cit.; L. Dossey Healing Words: The Power of Prayer and the Practice of Medicine, San Francisco: HarperSanFrancisco, 1993.
  • D. Radin et al., ‘Effects of motivated distant intention on electrodermal activity.’ Paper presented at the Annual Conference of the Parapsychological Association, Stockholm, Sweden, August 2006.

Chapter 5: Entering Hyperspace

  1. H. Benson et al., ‘Body temperature changes during the practice of g tum-mo (heat) yoga’, Nature, 1982; 295: 234–6; H. Benson, ‘Body temperature changes during the practice of g tum-mo yoga (matters arising)’, Nature, 1982; 298: 402.
  2. H. Benson et al., ‘Three case reports of the metabolic and electroencephalographic changes during advanced Buddhist meditation techniques’, Behavioral Medicine, 1990; 16 (2): 90–5.
  3. The most celebrated was the Investigating the Mind conference a Massachusetts Institute of Technology, September 2005, which featured the Dalai Lama.
  4. I am indebted to Stanley Krippner, who supplied me with a list of some 50 healers from a rich variety of traditions. I assembled a questionnaire, which I sent out

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

to all 50. Some 15 replied in detail.

  • Cooperstein’s study eventually was published: M. A.  Cooperstein, ‘The myths of healing: A summary of research into transpersonal healing experience’, Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 1992; 86: 99–133. I am also indebted to him for his in-depth analysis of the commonalities between healers.
  • Information about Krippner’s vast catalogue of work was also gleaned from numerous interviews between him and the author, April 2005–March 2006 and correspondence, 2005–2006.
  • S. Krippner, ‘The technologies of shamanic states of consciousness’, in M Schlitz et al. (eds.), Consciousness and Healing: Integral Approaches to Mind Body Medicine, St. Louis, Mo.: Elsevier Churchill Livingstone, 2005: 376–90.
  • Jilek W. G. Salish, Indian Mental Health and Culture Change Psychohygienic and Therapeutic Aspects of the Guardian Spirit Ceremonial, New York: Hold Rinehart & Winston, 1974.
  • All information about Bruce Frantzis the result of various interviews, April 2005–March 2006.
  • B. K. Frantzis, Relaxing Into Your Being: Breathing, Chi and Dissolving the Ego, Berkeley, Calif.: North Atlantic Books, 1998.
  • Murphy, Meditation, op. cit.
  • W. Singer, ‘Neuronal synchrony: a versatile code for the definition of relations?’ Neuron, 1999; 24: 49–65; F. Varela et al., Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 2001; 2: 229–39, as reported in A. Lutz et al., ‘Long-term meditators self-induce high-amplitude gamma synchrony during mental practice’, Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, 2004; 101 (46): 16369–73.
  • O. Paulsen and T. J. Sejnowski, ‘Natural patterns of activity and long-term synaptic plasticity’, Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 2000; 10: 172–9, as reported in Lutz, ‘Long-term meditators’, op. cit.
  • Although the majority of studies carried out on meditation demonstrate that meditation leads to an increase in alpha rhythms (see Murphy, Meditation, op. cit.), the following are just a few that show that during meditation, subjects evidence spurts of high-frequency beta waves of twenty to forty cycles per second, usually during moments of intense concentration or ecstasy: J. P. Banquet, ‘Spectral analysis of the EEG in meditation’, Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 1973;  35:   143–51;  P.             Fenwick  et  al., ‘Metabolic            and             EEG                  changes                 durin Transcendental Meditation: An explanation’, Biological Psychology, 1977; 5 (2): 101–18; M. A. West, ‘Meditation and the EEG’,Psychological Medicine, 1980; 10 (2): 369–75; J. C. Corby et al., ‘Psychophysiological correlates of the practice o Tantric Yoga meditation’, Postgraduate Medical Journal, 1985; 61: 301–4.
  • N. Das and H. Gastaut, ‘Variations in the electrical activity of the brain heart and skeletal muscles during yogic meditation and trance’, Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 1955, Supplement no. 6: 211–19.
  • Murphy, Meditation, cites 10 studies showing that heart rate  accelerates

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

during these peak moments of meditation.

  1. W. W. Surwillo and D. P. Hobson, ‘Brain electrical activity during prayer’,

Psychological Reports, 1978; 43 (1): 135–43.

  1. Murphy, Meditation, op. cit.
  2. Lutz et al., ‘Long-term meditators’, op. cit.
  3. Richard  J.  Davidson et al.,  ‘Alterations  in brain and  immune  functio produce by mindfulness meditation’, Psychosomatic Medicine, 2003; 65: 564–70.
  4. Krippner, ‘Shamanic states of consciousness’, op. cit.
  5. Murphy, Meditation, op. cit.
  6. L. Bernardi et al., ‘Effect of rosary prayer and yoga mantras on autonomic cardiovascular rhythms: comparative study’, British Medical Journal, 2001; 323: 1446–9.
  7. Fenwick et al., ‘Metabolic and EEG changes during Transcendenta Meditation’, op. cit.
  8. D. Goleman, Emotional Intelligence, London: Bloomsbury Press, 1996.
  9. D. Goleman, ‘Meditation and consciousness: An Asian approach to mental health’, American Journal of Psychotherapy, 1976; 30 (1): 41–54; G. Schwartz, ‘Biofeedback, self-regulation, and the patterning of physiological processes’, American Scientist, 1975; 63 (3): 314–24; D. Goleman, ‘Why the brain blocks daytime dreams’, Psychology Today, 1976; March: 69–71.
  10. P. Williams and M. West, ‘EEG responses to photic stimulation in persons experienced at meditation’, Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 1975; 39 (5): 519–22; B. K. Bagchi and M. A. Wenger,  ‘Electrophysiological correlates of some yogi exercises’, Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 1957; (7): 132–49.
  11. D. Brown, M. Forte and M. Dysart, ‘Visual sensitivity and mindfulnes meditation’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1984; 58 (3): 775–84; and ‘Differences in visual sensitivity among mindfulness meditators and non-meditators’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1984; 58 (3): 727–33.
  12. S. W. Lazar et al., ‘Functional brain mapping of the relaxation response and meditation’, NeuroReport, 2000; 11: 1581–5.
  13. C. Alexander et al., ‘EEG and SPECT data of a selected subject during ps tests: The discovery of a neurophysiological correlate’, Journal of Parapsychology, 1998; 62 (2): 102–4.
  14. L. LeShan, The Medium, the Mystic and the Physicist: Towards a Theory of the Paranormal, New York: Helios Press, 2003.
  15. Cooperstein, ‘The myths of healing’, op. cit.
  16. S. Krippner, ‘Trance and the Trickster: Hypnosis as a liminal phenomenon’,

International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 2005; 53 (2): 97–

118.

  • E. Hartmann, Boundaries in the Mind: A New Theory of Personality, New York: Basic Books, 1991, as quoted in Krippner, ‘Trance and the Trickster’, op. cit.
  • M. J. Schlitz and Charles Honorton, ‘Ganzfeld psi performance  within a

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

artistically    gifted   population’, Journal  of  the  American  Society  for  Psychica Research, 1992; 86 (2): 83–98.

  • S. Krippner et al., ‘Working with Ramtha: Is it a “high risk” procedure?’ Proceedings of Presented Papers: The Parapsychological Association 41st Annua Convention, 1998: 50–63.
  • The various  tests  included the Absorption Subscale of the  Differential Personality Questionnaire, the Dissociative Experiences Scale and the Boundar Questionnaire.
  • S. Krippner et al., ‘The Ramtha phenomenon: Psychological phenomenological, and geomagnetic data’, Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 1998; 92: 1–24.
  • F. Sicher, E. Targ et al., ‘A randomized double-blind study’, op. cit.
  • Various conversations and correspondence between E. Targ and the author, October 1999–June 2001.
  • Interview with E. Targ, California, October 1999; J. Barrett, ‘Going th distance’, Intuition, 1999; June/July: 30–1.
  • D. J. Benor, Healing Research: Holistic Energy Medicine and Spirituality, 4 vols., Deddington, Oxfordshire: Helix Editions Ltd, 1993.
  • http://www.wholistichealingresearch.com.
  • Benor, Healing Research, vol. 1, op. cit.: 54–5.
  • Cooperstein, ‘The myths of healing’, op. cit.
  • M. Freedman et al., ‘Effects of frontal lobe lesions on intentionality and random physical phenomena’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 2003; 17 (4): 651–

68.

  • E. d’Aquili and A. Newberg, Why God Won’t Go Away: Brain Science and the Biology of Belief, New York: Ballantine Books, 2001.

Chapter 6: In the Mood

  1. All details about M. Krucoff ’s trip to India and decision to study prayer from interviews, August 2006.
  2. R. C. Byrd, ‘Positive therapeutic effects of intercessory prayer in a coronar care unit population’, Southern Medical Journal, 1988; 81 (7): 826–9.
  3. W. Harris et al., ‘A randomised, controlled trial of the effects of remote, intercessory prayer on outcomes in patients admitted to the coronary care unit’, Archives of Internal Medicine, 1999; 159 (19): 2273–8.
  4. M. Krucoff, ‘Integrative noetic therapies as adjuncts to percutaneous intervention during unstable coronary syndromes: Monitoring and Actualization of Noetic Training (MANTRA) feasibility pilot’,American Heart Journal, 2001; 142 (5): 760–7.
  5. M. Krucoff announced the results at the Second Conference on the Integratio of Complementary Medicine into Cardiology, a meeting sponsored by the American College of Cardiology, October 14, 2003.
  6. M.  Krucoff  et  al.,  ‘Music,  imagery,  touch  and  prayer  as   adjuncts  to

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

interventional cardiac care: The Monitoring and Actualisation of Noetic Trainings (MANTRA) II randomised study’, The Lancet, 2005; 366: 211–17.

  • J. M. Aviles et al., ‘Intercessory prayer and cardiovascular disease progression in a coronary care unit population: a randomized controlled trial’, Mayo Clinic Proceedings, 2001; 76 (12): 1192–8.
  • H. Benson, The Relaxation Response, New York: William Morrow, 1975.
  • M. Krucoff et al., Editorial: ‘From efficacy to safety concerns: A STE forward or a step back for clinical research and intercessory prayer? The Study of Therapeutic Effects of Intercessory Prayer (STEP)’,American Heart Journal, 2006; 151; 4: 762.
  • H. Benson et al., ‘Study of the therapeutic effects of intercessory prayer (STEP) in cardiac bypass patients: A multi-center randomized trial of uncertainty and certainty of receiving intercessory prayer’, American Heart Journal, 2006; 151 (4): 934–42.
  • Krucoff et al., ‘A STEP forward’, op. cit.
  • Editorial: ‘MANTRA II: Measuring the unmeasurable?’The Lancet, 2005; 366 (9481): 178.
  • Letter to the editor, American Heart Journal, sent to author, 2006.
  • Krucoff et al., ‘A STEP forward’, op. cit.
  • B. Greyson, ‘Distance healing of patients with major depression’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1996; 10 (4): 447–65.
  • L.  Dossey, Meaning and Medicine: Lessons from a Doctor’s Tales of Breakthough Healing, London: Bantam, 1991; Dossey, Healing Words, op. cit.
  • L. Dossey, ‘Prayer experiments:  Science or folly? Observations on the Harvard prayer study’, Network Review (UK), 2006; 91: 22–3.
  • Ibid.
  • Harris, ‘Effects of remote intercessory prayer’, op. cit.
  • www.officeofprayerresearch.org.
  • Benor, Healing Research, op. cit.
  • J. Astin et al., ‘The efficacy of “distant healing”: A systematic review of randomized trials’, Annals of Internal Medicine, 2000; 132: 903–10.
  • B. Rubik et al., ‘In vitro effect of Reiki treatment on bacterial cultures: Rol of experimental context and practitioner well-being’, The Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2006; 12 (1): 7–13.
  • I. R. Bell et al., ‘Development and validation of a new global well-bein outcomes rating scale for integrative medicine research’, BMC Complementary and Alternative Medicine, 2004; 4: 1.
  • Ibid.
  • S. O’Laoire, ‘An experimental study of the effects of distant, intercessor prayer on self-esteem, anxiety and depression’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 1997; 3 (6): 19–53.
  • Rubik et al., ‘In vitro effect’, op, cit.
  • K. Reece et al., ‘Positive well-being changes associated with giving and

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

receiving    Johrei    healing’, The    Journal   of                  Alternative                   and         Complementary Medicine, 2005; 11 (3): 455–7.

  • M. Schlitz, ‘Can science study prayer?’ Shift: At the Frontiers of Consciousness, 2006; September–November (12): 38–9.
  • Dossey, ‘Prayer experiments’, op. cit.
  • J. Achterberg et al., ‘Evidence for correlations between distant intentionality and brain function in recipients: a functional magnetic resonance imagining analysis’, The Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2005; 11 (6): 965–71.
  • Ibid.
  • K. A. Wientjes, ‘Mind-body techniques in wound healing’, Ostomy/Wound Management, 2002; 48 (11): 62–7.
  • J. K. Keicolt-Glaser, ‘Hostile marital interactions, proinflammator cytokine production, and wound healing’, Archives of General Psychiatry, 2005; 62 (12): 1377–84.
  • Krucoff, ‘(MANTRA) II’, op. cit.

Chapter 7: The Right Time

  1. For all details about Michael Persinger’s experiments, interviews and correspondence with Persinger, August 2006 and a member of his neuroscientist team, Todd Murphy, May 23, 2006. Also, J. Hitt, ‘This is your brain on God’,Wired, November 1999; R. Hercz, ‘The God helmet’,SATURDAYNIGHT magazine, October 2002: 40–6; B. Raynes, ‘Interview with Todd Murphy’, Alternative Perceptions M a g a z i n e online April 2004 (No. 78), plus T. Murphy’s website: www.spiritualbrain.com and M. Persinger’s home page at the Laurentian University website: www.laurentian.ca/Neursci/_people/Persinger. htm.
  2. Neuroscientist Todd Murphy developed this theory and successfully demonstrated its validity in Persinger’s laboratory.
  3. The main background of Halberg’s early life is taken from F. Halberg, ‘Transdisciplinary unifying implications of circadian findings in the 1950s’, Journal of Circadian Rhythms, 2003; 1: 2.
  4. G. Cornélissen et al., ‘Is a birth-month-dependence of human longevity influenced by half-yearly changes in geomagnetics?’ ‘Physics of Auroral Phenomena’, Proceedings. XXV Annual Seminar, Apatity: Polar Geophysica Institute, Kola Science Center, Russian Academy of Science, February 26–March 1 2002: 161–6; A. M. Vaiserman et al., ‘Human longevity: related to date of birth?’ Abstract 9, 2nd International Symposium: Workshop on Chronoastrobiology and Chronotherapy, Tokyo Kasei University, Tokyo, Japan, November 2001.
  5. O. N. Larina et al., ‘Effects of spaceflight factors on recombinant protei expression        in E.        coli producing      strains’, in                     ‘Biomedical            Research       on                     the Science/NASA Project’, Abstracts of the Third US/Russian Symposium, Huntsvill Alabama, November 10–13, 1997: 110–11.
  6. D.   Hillman    et   al.,   ‘About-10   yearly       (circadecennian)     cosmo-helio

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

geomagnetic signatures in Acetabularia’, Scripta Medica (BRNO), 2002; 75 (6) 303–8.

  • P. A. Kashulin et al., ‘Phenolic biochemical pathway in plants can be used for the bioindication of heliogeophysical factors’, ‘Physics of Auroral Phenomena’, Proceedings. XXV Annual Seminar, Apatity: Polar Geophysical Institute, Kol Science Center, Russian Academy of Science, February 26–March 1, 2002: 153–6.
  • V. M. Petro et al., ‘An influence of changes of magnetic field of the Earth on the functional state of humans in the conditions of space mission’, Proceedings, International Symposium ‘Computer Electro-Cardiograph on Boundary of Centuries’ Moscow, Russian Federation, 27–30 April, 1999.
  • K.  F.  Novikova  and  B.  A.  Ryvkin,  ‘Solar  activity and  cardiovascular diseases’, in M. N. Gnevyshev and A. I. Ol (eds.),Effects of Solar Activity on the Earth’s Atmosphere and Biosphere, Academy of Science, USSR (translated from th Russian), Jerusalem: Israel Program for Scientific Translations, 1977: 184–200.
  • G. Cornélissen et al., ‘Chronomes, time structures, for chronobioengineering for “a full life”’, Biomedical Instrumentation and Technology, 1999; 33 (2): 152–

87.

  1. V. N. Oraevskii et al., ‘Medico-biological effect of natural electromagnetic variations’, Biofizika, 1998; 43 (5): 844–8; V. N. Oraevskii et al., ‘An influence of geomagnetic activity on the functional status of the body’, Biofizika, 1998; 43 (5): 819–26.
  2. I. Gurfinkel et al., ‘Assessment of the effect of a geomagnetic storm on the frequency of appearance of acute cardiovascular pathology’, Biofizika, 1998; 43 (4): 654–8; J. Sitar, ‘The causality of lunar changes on cardiovascular mortality’, Casopis Lekaru Ceskych, 1990; 129: 1425–30.
  3. F. Halberg et al., ‘Cross-spectrally coherent about 10-5- and 21-year biological and physical cycles, magnetic storms and myocardial infarctions’, Neuroendrocrinology Letters, 2000; 21: 233–58.
  4. M. N. Gnevyshev, ‘Essential features of the 11-year solar cycle’, Solar Physics, 1977; 51: 175–82.
  5. G. Cornélissen et al., ‘Non-photic solar associations of heart rate variability and myocardial infarction’, Journal of Atmospheric and Solar-terrestrial Physics, 2002; 64: 707–20.
  6. A. R. Allahverdiyev et al., ‘Possible space weather influence on functional activity of the human brain’, Proceedings, Space Weather Workshop: Looking Towards a European Space Weather Programme, December 17–19, 2001.
  7. E. Babayev, ‘Some results of investigations on the space weather influence on functioning of several engineering-technical and communication systems and human health’, Astronomical and Astrophysical Transactions, 2003; 22 (6): 861–7;

G. Y. Mizon and P. G. Mizun, Space and Health, Moscow: ‘Znanie’, 1984.

  1. E. Stoupel, ‘Relationship between suicide and myocardial infarction with regard to changing physical environmental conditions’, International Journal of Biometeorology, 1994; 38 (4): 199–203; E. Stoupel et al., ‘Clinical cosmobiology:

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

the Lithuanian study, 1990–1992’, International Journal of Biometeorology, 1995; 38: 204–8; E. Stoupel et al., ‘Suicide-homicide temporal interrelationship, links with other fatalities and environmental physical activity’, Crisis, 2005; 26: 85–9.

  1. Avi Raps et al., ‘Geophysical Variables and Behavior: LXIX. Solar activit and admission of psychiatric inpatients’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1992; 74: 449; H. Friedman et al., ‘Geomagnetic parameters and psychiatric hospital admissions’, Nature, 1963; 200: 626–8.
  2. M. Mikulecky, ‘Lunisolar tidal waves, geomagnetic activity and epilepsy in the light of multivariate coherence’, Brazilian Journal of Medicine, 1996; 29 (8): 1069–72; E. A. McGugan, ‘Sudden unexpected deaths in epileptics – a literature review’, Scottish Medical Journal, 1999; 44 (5): 137–9.
  3. A. Michon et al., ‘Attempts to simulate the association between geomagnetic activity and spontaneous seizures in rats using experimentally generated magnetic fields’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1996; 82 (2): 619–26; Y. Bureau and M. Persinger, ‘Geomagnetic activity and enhanced mortality in rats with acute (epileptic) limbic lability’, International Journal of Biometeorology, 1992; 36: 226–32.
  4. Y. Bureau and M. Persinger, ‘Decreased latencies for limbic seizures induced in rats by lithium-pilocarpine occur when daily average geomagnetic activity exceeds 20 nanotesla’, Neuroscience Letters, 1995; 192: 142–4; A. Michon and M.

A. Persinger, ‘Experimental simulation of the effects of increased geomagnetic activity upon nocturnal seizures in epileptic rats’, Neuroscience Letters, 1997; 224: 53–6.

  • M. Persinger, ‘Sudden unexpected death in epileptics following sudden, intense,  increases  in  geomagnetic  activity:                                        Prevalence  of  effect  and  potential mechanisms’, International Journal of Biometeorology, 1995; 38: 180–7; R. P. O’Connor and M. A. Persinger, ‘Geophysical Variables and Behavior: LXXXII. strong association between sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS) and increments o global  geomagnetic  activity  –  possible  support  for  the  melatonin  hypothesis’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1997; 84: 395–402.
  • B. McKay and M. Persinger, ‘Geophysical Variables and Behavior LXXXVII. Effects of synthetic and natural geomagnetic patterns on maze learning’ Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1999; 89 (3 pt 1): 1023–4
  • Radin, Conscious Universe, op. cit.
  • D. Radin, ‘Evidence for relationship between geomagnetic field fluctuations and skilled physical performance.’ Presentation made at the 11th Annual Meeting of the Society for Scientific Exploration, Princeton, New Jersey, June 1992.
  • S. W. Tromp, Biometeorology, London: Heyden, 1980.
  • I. Stoilova and T. Zdravev, ‘Influence of the geomagnetic activity on the human functional systems’, Journal of the Balkan Geophysical Society, 2000; 3 (4): 73–6.
  • J. S. Derr and M. A. Persinger, ‘Geophysical Variables and Behavior: LIV Zeitoun  (Egypt)   apparitions   of  the   Virgin  Mary  as   tectonic   strain-induced

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

luminosities’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1989; 68: 123–8.

  • M. A. Persinger and S. A. Koren, ‘Experiences of spiritual visitation an impregnation: potential induction by frequency-modulated transients from an adjacent clock’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 2001; 92 (1): 35–6.
  • M. A. Persinger et al., ‘Differential entrainment of electroencephalographic activity by weak complex electromagnetic fields’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1997; 84 (2): 527–36.
  • M. A. Persinger, ‘Increased emergence of alpha activity over the left but not the right temporal lobe within a dark acoustic chamber: Differential response of the left but not the right hemisphere to transcerebral magnetic fields’, International Journal of Psychophysiology, 1999; 34 (2): 163–9.
  • Interview with Todd Murphy, May 23, 2006.
  • W. G. Braud and S. P. Dennis, ‘Geophysical Variables and Behavior: LVIII Autonomic activity, hemolysis and biological psychokinesis: Possible relationships with geomagnetic field activity’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1989; 68: 1243–54.
  • Ibid.
  • McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.: 167–8.
  • M. A. Persinger and S. Krippner, ‘Dream ESP experiments and geomagneti activity’, Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 1989; 83: 101– 16; S. Krippner and M. Persinger, ‘Evidence for enhanced congruence betwee dreams and distant target material during periods of decreased geomagnetic activity’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1996; 10, (4): 487–93.
  • M. Ullman et al., Dream Telepathy: Experiments in ESP, Jefferson: McFarland, 1989.
  • Ibid.
  • M. A. Persinger, ‘ELF field meditation in spontaneous psi events. Direc information transfer or conditioned elicitation?’ Psychoenergetic Systems, 1975; 3: 155–69; M. A. Persinger, ‘Geophysical Variables and Behavior: XXX. Intens paranormal activities occur during days of quiet global geomagnetic activity’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1985; 61: 320–2.
  • M. H. Adams, ‘Variability in remote-viewing performance: Possible relationship to the geomagnetic field’, in D. H. Weiner and D. I. Radin (eds.) Research in Parapsychology, Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1986: 25. [cf n.19 ch.8]
  • J. N. Booth et al., ‘Ranking of stimuli that evoked memories in significan others after exposure to circumcerebral magnetic fields: Correlations with ambient geomagnetic activity’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 2002; 95(2): 555–8.
  • M. A. Persinger et al., ‘Differential entrainment of electroencephalographic activity by weak complex electromagnetic fields’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1997; 84 (2): 527–36.
  • M. A. Persinger, ‘Enhancement of images of possible memories of others during exposure to circumcerebral magnetic fields: Correlations with ambient geomagnetic activity’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 2002; 95 (2): 531–43.
  • S. A. Koren and M. A Persinger, ‘Possible disruption of remote viewing by complex weak magnetic fields around the stimulus site and the possibility of accessing real phase space: A pilot study’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 2002; 95 (3 Pt 1): 989–98.
  • S. Krippner, ‘Possible geomagnetic field effects in psi phenomena.’ Paper presented at international parapsychology conference in Recife, Brazil, November 1997.
  • Braud and Dennis, ‘Geophysical Variables and Behavior: LVIII’, op. cit.
  • S. J. P. Spottiswoode, ‘Apparent association between effect size in free response anomalous cognition experiments and local sidereal time’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1997; 11 (2): 109–22.
  • S. J. P. Spottiswoode and E. May, ‘Evidence that free response anomalous cognitive    performance   depends             upon                  local        sidereal          time             and                    geomagnetic fluctuations’, Presentation Abstracts, Sixteenth Annual Meeting of the Society fo Scientific Exploration, June 1997: 8.
  • A. P. Krueger and D. S. Sobel, ‘Air ions and health’, in David S. Sobe ( e d . ) , Wa y s of Health: Holistic Approaches to Ancient and Contemporary Medicine, New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1979.

Chapter 8: The Right Place

  1. William Tiller’s major books on crystallization include: An Introduction to Computer Simulation in Applied Science, New York: Plenum, 1992: The Science of Crystallization: Microscopic Interfacial Phenomena, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1991: The Science of Crystallization: Macroscopic Phenomena and Defect Generation, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1992.
  2. All personal details about William Tiller have resulted from multiple interviews, April 2005–January 2006.
  3. O. Warburg, New Methods of Cell Physiology Applied to Cancer an Mechanism of X-ray Action, New York: John Wiley and Sons, 1962, as quoted in W. Tiller et al., Conscious Acts of Creation: The Emergency of a New Physics, Walnut Creek, Calif.: Pavior Publishing, 2001: 144–6. All description of experiment derived from interview with Dr Tiller, Boulder, Colorado, April 29, 2005, plus information from Conscious Acts and W. Tiller et al., Some Science Adventures with Real Magic, Walnut Creek, Calif.: Pavior Publishing, 2005.
  4. M. J. Kohane, ‘Energy, development and fitness inDrosophila melanogaster’, Proceedings of the Royal Society (B), 1994; 257: 185–91, in Tiller et al., Conscious Acts, op. cit.: 147.
  5. William A. Tiller and Walter E. Dibble, Jr., ‘New experimental data revealing an unexpected dimension to materials science and engineering’, Material Research Innovation, 2001; 5: 21–34.
  6. Tiller and Dibble, ‘New experimental data’, op. cit.
  7. Ibid.
  8. Ibid.
  • Tiller et al., Conscious Acts, op. cit.: 180.
  • Tiller et al., Conscious Acts, op. cit.: 175.
  • Tiller et al., Conscious Acts, op. cit.: 216.
  • H. Pagels, The Cosmic Code, New York: Simon and Schuster, 1982.
  • Tiller et al., Conscious Acts, op. cit.: 216.
  • Tiller et al., Science Adventures, op. cit.: 34.
  • Interview with W. Tiller, April 2005.
  • Tiller et al., Conscious Acts, op. cit.: 182.
  • Correspondence between Tiller and Michael Kohane, 2005.
  • Tiller and Dibble, ‘New experimental data’, op. cit.
  • G. K. Watkins and A. M. Watkins, ‘Possible PK influence on the resuscitation of anesthetized mice’, Journal of Parapsychology, 1971; 35: 257–72;

G. K. Watkins et al., ‘Further studies on the resuscitation of anesthetized mice’, in W.

G. Roll, R. L. Morris and J. Morris (eds.),Research in Parapsychology, Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1973: 157–9.

  • R. Wells and J. Klein, ‘A replication of a “psychic healing”  paradigm’,

Journal of Parapsychology, 1972; 36: 144–9.

  • See McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.: 205–7.
  • D. Radin, ‘Beyond belief: Exploring interaction among body and environment’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1992; 2 (3): 1–40; D. Radin, ‘Environmental modulation and statistical equilibrium in mind-matter interaction’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1993; 4 (1): 1–30.
  • D. Radin et al., ‘Effects of healing intention on cultured cells and truly random events’, The Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2004; 10: 103–12.
  • L. P. Semikhina and V. P. Kiselev, ‘Effect of weak magnetic fields on the properties of water and ice’, Zabedenii, Fizika, 1988; 5: 13–17; S. Sasaki et al., ‘Changes of water conductivity induced by non-inductive coil’, Society for Mind- Body Science, 1992; 1: 23; Tiller et al., Conscious Acts, op. cit.: 62.

Chapter 9: Mental Blueprints

  1. All description of Ali’s fighting techniques from N. Mailer, The Fight, London and New York: Penguin, 2000.
  2. Ibid.
  3. A. Richardson, ‘Mental practice: A review and discussion, Part I’, Research Quarterly, 1967; 38: 95–107; A. Richardson, ‘Mental practice: A review and discussion. Part II’, Research Quarterly, 1967; 38: 264–73.
  4. J. Salmon et al., ‘The use of imagery by soccer players’, Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 1994; 6: 116–33.
  5. A. Paivio, Mental Representations: A Dual Coding Approach, New York and London: Oxford University Press, 1986.
  6. B. S. Rushall and L. G. Lippman, ‘The role of imagery in physica performance’, International Journal for Sport Psychology, 1997; 29: 57–72.
  • A. Paivio, ‘Cognitive and motivational functions of imagery in human performance’, Canadian Journal of Applied Sport Sciences, 1985; 10 (4): 22S–28S.
  • K. E. Hinshaw, ‘The effects of mental practice on motor skill performance: Critical evaluation and meta-analysis’, Imagination, Cognition and Personality, 1991–2; 11: 3–35.
  • J. A. Swets and R. A. Bjork, ‘Enhancing human performance: An evaluatio of “New Age” techniques considered by the U. S. Army’, Psychological Science, 1990; 1: 85–96; D. L. Feltz et al., ‘A revised meta-analysis of the mental practice literature on motor skill learning’, in D. Druckman and J. A. Swets (eds.),Enhancing Human Performance: Issues, Theories, and Techniques, Washington, DC: National Academy Press, 1988: 274.
  • R. J. Rotella et al., ‘Cognitions and coping strategies of elite skiers: a exploratory study of young developing athletes’, Journal of Sport Psychology, 1980; 2: 350–4.
  • R. S. Burhans et al., ‘Mental imagery training: effects on running speed performance’, International Journal of Sport Psychology, 1988; 19: 26–37.
  • B. S. Rushall, ‘Covert modeling as a procedure for altering an elite athlete’s psychological state’, Sport Psychologist, 1988; 2: 131–40; B.  S. Rushall, ‘The restoration of performance capacity by cognitive restructuring and covert positive reinforcement in an elite athlete’, in J. R. Cautela and A. J. Kearney (eds.),Covert Conditioning Casebook. Boston, Mass.: Thomson Brooks/Cole, 1993.
  • M. Denis, ‘Visual imagery and the use of mental practice in the development of motor skills’, Canadian Journal of Applied Sport Sciences, 1985; 10: 4S–16S.
  • Paivio, ‘Cognitive and motivational functions of imagery’, op. cit.
  • J. R. Cautela and A. J. Kearney (eds.),Covert Conditioning Casebook. Boston, Mass.: Thomson Brooks/Cole, 1993: 30–1.
  • B. Mumford and C. Hall, ‘The effects of internal and external imagery o performing figures in figure skating’, Canadian Journal of Applied Sport Sciences, 1985; 10: 171–7.
  • K. Barr and C. Hall, ‘The use of imagery by rowers’,International Journal of Sport Psychology, 1992; 23: 243–61.
  • S. C. Minas, ‘Mental practice of a complex perceptual-motor skill’,Journal of Human Movement Studies, 1978; 4: 102–7.
  • R. Bleier, Fighting Back, New York: Stein and Day, 1975.
  • R. L. Wilkes and J. J. Summers, ‘Cognitions, mediating variables an strength performance’, Journal of Sport Psychology, 1984; 6: 351–9.
  • R. S. Weinberg et al., ‘Effects of visuo-motor behavior rehearsal, relaxation, and imagery on karate performance’, Journal of Sport Psychology, 1981; 3: 228–38.
  • Cautela and Kearney, Covert Conditioning, op. cit.
  • J. Pates et al., ‘The effects of hypnosis on flow states and three-poin shooting in basketball players’, The Sport Psychologist, 2002; 16: 34–47; J. Pates and  I.  Maynard,  ‘Effects  of  hypnosis  on  flow  states  and  golf  performance’

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

Perceptual and Motor Skills, 2000; 9: 1057–75.

  • R. M. Suinn, ‘Imagery rehearsal applications to performance enhancement’

The Behavior Therapist, 1985; 8: 155–9.

  • L. Baroga, ‘Influence on the sporting result of the concentration of attention process and time taken in the case of weight lifters’, in Proceedings of the 3rd World Congress of the International  Society of  Sports Psychology, Volume 3. Madrid, Spain: Instituto Nacional de Educacion Fisica Y Deportes, 1973.
  • A. Fujita, ‘An experimental study on the theoretical basis of mental training’, in Proceedings of the 3rd World Congress of the International Society of Sports Psychology, Volume Abstracts. Madrid, Spain: Instituto Nacional de Educacion Fisica Y Deportes, 1973: 37–8.
  • Ibid.
  • Rushall and Lippman, ‘The role of imagery in physical  performance’, op

cit.

  • G. H. Van Gyn et al., ‘Imagery as a method of enhancing transfer  from

training to performance’, Journal of Sport and Exercise Science, 1990; 12: 366–75.

  • G. H. Yue and K. J. Cole, ‘Strength increases from the motor program Comparison of training with maximal voluntary and imagined muscle contractions’, Journal of Neurophysiology, 1992; 67: 114–23; V. K. Ranganathan et al., ‘Increasing muscle strength by training the central nervous system without physical exercise’, Society for Neuroscience Abstracts, 2001; 31: 17; V. K. Ranganathan et al., ‘Level of mental effort determines training-induced strength increases’, Society of Neuroscience Abstracts, 2002; 32: 768; P. Cohen, ‘Mental gymnastics’, New Scientist, November 24, 2001; 172 (2318): 17.
  • D. Smith et al., ‘The effect of mental practice on muscle strength and EMG activity’, Proceedings  of  the  British  Psychological  Society annual  conference, 1998; 6 (2): 116.
  • T. X. Barber, ‘Changing “unchangeable” bodily processes by (hypnotic) suggestions: A new look at hypnosis, cognitions, imagining and the mind-body problem’, in A. A. Sheikh (ed.), Imagination and Healing, Farmingdale, NY: Baywood Publishing Co., 1984. Also published in Advances, Spring 1984.
  • F. M. Luskin et al., ‘A review of mind-body therapies in the treatment of cardiovascular disease, Part 1: Implications for the elderly’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 1998; 4 (3): 46–61.
  • F. M. Luskin et al., ‘A review of mind/body therapies in the treatment of musculoskeletal disorders with implications for the elderly’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine. 2000; 6 (2): 46–56.
  • V. A. Hadhazy et al., ‘Mind-body therapies for the treatment of fibromyalgia. A systematic review’, Journal of Rheumatology, 2000; 27 (12): 2911–18.
  • J. A. Astin et al., ‘Mind-body medicine: State of the science: Implications for practice’, Journal of the American Board of Family Practitioners, 2003; 16 (2): 131–47.
  • J. A. Astin, ‘Mind-body therapies for the management of pain’, Clinical Journal of Pain, 2004; 20 (1): 27–32.
  • L.  S.  Eller,  ‘Guided  imagery interventions  for  symptom  management’

Annual Review of Nursing Research, 1999; 17, 57–84.

  • J. Achterberg and G. F. Lawlis, Bridges of the Bodymind: Behavioral Approaches for Health Care, Champaign, Ill.: Institute for Personality and Abilit Testing, 1980.
  • N. E. Miller and L. DiCara, ‘Instrumental learning of heart rate changes i curarized rats: Shaping and specificity to discriminative stimulus’, Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 1967; 63: 12–19; N. E. Miller, ‘Learning of visceral and glandular responses’, Science, 1969; 163: 434–45.
  • J. V. Basmajian, Muscles Alive: Their Functions Revealed b Electromyography. Baltimore, Md.: Williams and Wilkins, 1967.
  • E. Green, ‘Feedback technique for deep relaxation’, Psychophysiology, 1969; 6 (3): 371–7; E. Green et al., ‘Self-regulation of internal states’, in J. Ros (ed.), Progress of Cybernetics: Proceedings of the First International Congress of Cybernetics, London, September 1969. London: Gordon and Breach Science Publishers, 1970: 1299–318; E. Green et al., ‘Voluntary control of internal states: Psychological and physiological’, Journal of Transpersonal Psychology, 1970; 2: 1–26; D. Satinsky, ‘Biofeedback treatment for headache: A two-year follow-up study’, American Journal of Clinical Biofeedback, 1981; 4 (1): 62–5; B. V. Silver et al., ‘Temperature biofeedback and relaxation training in the treatment of migraine headaches: One-year follow-up’, Biofeedback and Self Regulation, 1979; 4 (4): 359–66.
  • B. M. Kappes, ‘Sequence effects of relaxation training, EMG, an temperature biofeedback on anxiety, symptom report, and self-concept’, Journal of Clinical Psychology, 1983; 39 (2): 203–8; G. Rose et al., ‘The behavioral treatmen of Raynaud’s disease: A review’, Biofeedback and Self Regulation, 1987; 12 (4): 257–72.
  • W. T. Tsushima, ‘Treatment of phantom limb pain with EMG and temperature biofeedback: A case study’, American Journal of Clinical Biofeedback, 1982; 5 (2): 150–3.
  • T. G. Dobie, ‘A comparison of two methods of training resistance to visually-induced motion sickness.’ Paper presented at VII International Man in Spac Symposium: Physiologic adaptation of man in space, Houston, Texas, 1986. Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine, 1987; 58 (9) Sect. 2: 34–41.
  • A. Ikemi et al., ‘Thermographical analysis of the warmth of the hands during the practice of self-regulation method’, Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 1988; 50 (1): 22–8.
  • J. L. Claghorn, ‘Directional effects of skin temperature self-regulation o regional cerebral blood flow in normal subjects and migraine patients’, American Journal of Psychiatry, 1981; 138 (9): 1182–7.
  • M. Davis et al., The Relaxation and Stress Reduction Workbook, 5th edn,

Oakland, Calif.: New Harbinge, 2000: 83–90.

  • J. K. Lashley et al., ‘An empirical account of temperature biofeedbac applied in groups’, Psychological Reports, 1987; 60 (2): 379–88; S. Fahrion et al., ‘Biobehavioral    treatment   of  essential   hypertension:   A  group      outcome                study’, Biofeedback and Self Regulation, 1986; 11 (4): 257–77.
  • J. Panksepp, ‘The anatomy of emotions’, in R. Plutchik (ed.),Emotion: Theory, Research and Experience Vol. III. Biological Foundations of Emotions, New York: Academic Press, 1986: 91–124.
  • J. Panksepp, ‘The neurobiology of emotions: Of animal brains and huma feelings’, in T. Manstead and H. Wagner (eds.), Handbook of Psychophysiology, Chichester: John Wiley & Sons, 1989: 5–26.
  • C. D. Clemente et al., ‘Postreinforcement EEG synchronization durin alimentary behavior’, Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 1964; 16: 335–65; M. H. Chase et al., ‘Afferent vagal stimulation: Neurographi correlates of induced EEG synchronization and desynchronization’, Brain Research, 1967; 5: 236–49.
  • M. B. Sterman, ‘Neurophysiological and clinical studies of sensorimoto EEG biofeedback training: Some effects on epilepsy’, Seminars in Psychiatry, 1973;

5 (4): 507–25; M. B. Sterman, ‘Neurophysiological and clinical studies o sensorimotor EEG biofeedback training: Some effects on epilepsy’, in L. Birk (ed.) Biofeedback: Behavioral Medicine. New York: Grune and Stratton, 1973: 147–65;

M. B. Sterman, ‘Epilepsy and its treatment with EEG feedback therapy’,Annals of Behavioral  Medicine,  1986;  8:  21–5;  M.  B.  Sterman,  ‘The  challenge  of  EEG biofeedback in the treatment of epilepsy: A view from the trenches’, Biofeedback, 1997; 25 (1): 6–7; M. B. Sterman, ‘Basic concepts and clinical findings in the treatment    of    seizure    disorders    with    EEG    operant                 conditioning’,  Clinical Electroencephalography, 2000; 31 (1): 45–55.

  • E. Peniston and P. J. Kulkosky, ‘Alpha-theta brainwave training and beta- endorphin levels in alcoholics’, Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research, 1989; 13: 271–9; E. Peniston and P. J. Kulkosky, ‘Alcoholic personality and alpha- theta brainwave training’, Medical Psychotherapy, 1990; 3: 37–55.
  • J. Kamiya, ‘Operant control of the EEG alpha rhythm’, in C. Tart (ed.) Altered States of Consciousness, New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1969, J. Kamiya ‘Conscious control of brain waves’, Psychology Today, April 1968: 7.
  • N. E. Schoenberger et al., ‘Flexyx neurotherapy system in the treatment o traumatic brain injury: An initial evaluation’, Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation, 2001; 16 (3): 260–74.
  • C. B. Kidd, ‘Congenital ichthyosiform erythroderma treated by hypnosis’ British Journal of Dermatology, 1966; 78: 101–5, as cited in Barber, ‘Changing “unchangeable” bodily processes’, op. cit.
  • H. Bennett, ‘Behavioral anesthesia’, Advances, 1985; 2 (4): 11–21, as reported in H. Dienstfrey, ‘Mind and mindlessness in mind-body research’, in M Schlitz  et  al., Consciousness and  Healing:  Integral  Approaches to  Mind-Bod

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

Healing, St Louis, Mo.: Elsevier Churchill Livingstone, 2005: 56.

  • H. Dienstfrey, ‘Mind and mindlessnes’, op cit.: 51–60.
  • Dr Angel Escudero was featured on the BBC’sYour Life in Their Hands series, May 1991. In the film, Escudero made incisions, sawed, drilled and hammered in order to break and reset the deformed leg of his fully conscious patient using his ‘Noesitherapy’ technique of pain control.
  • S. M. Kosslyn et al., ‘Hypnotic visual illusion alters color processing in the brain’, American Journal of Psychiatry, 2000; 157: 1279–84; Mark Henderson, ‘Hypnosis really does turn black into white’, The Times, 18 February 2002.
  • S. H. Simpson et al., ‘A meta-analysis of the association between adherence to drug therapy and mortality’, British Medical Journal, 2006; 333: 15–19.
  • Raúl de la Fuente-Fernández et al., ‘Expectation and dopamine release Mechanism of the placebo effect in Parkinson’s disease’, Science, 2001; 293 (5532): 1164–6.
  • J. B. Moseley et al., ‘A controlled trial of arthroscopic surgery for osteoarthritis of the knee’, New England Journal of Medicine, 2002; 347: 81–8.
  • S. Krippner, ‘Stigmatic phenomenon: An alleged case in Brazil’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 2002; 16 (2): 207–24.
  • L. F. Early and J. E. Kifschutz, ‘A case of stigmata’,Archives of General Psychiatry, 1974; 30: 197–200.
  • T. Harrison, Stigmatia: A Medieval Mystery in a Modern Age, New York: St Martin’s Press, 1994, as referenced in S. Krippner, ‘Stigmatic phenomenon’, op cit.
  • B. O’Regan and Caryle Hirshberg,Spontaneous Remission: An Annotated Bibliography, Petaluma, Calif.: Institute of Noetic Sciences, 1993.
  • Ibid.
  • L. L. LeShan and M. L. Gassmann, ‘Some observations on psychotherap with patients with neoplastic disease’, American Journal of Psychotherapy, 1958; 12: 723.
  • D.  C.  Ban  Baalen  et  al.,  ‘Psychosocial  correlates  of  “spontaneous regression of cancer’, Humane Medicine, April 1987.
  • R. T. D. Oliver, ‘Surveillance as a possible option for management of metastic renal cell carcinoma’, Seminars in Urology, 1989; 7: 149–52.
  • P. C. Raud, ‘Psychospiritual dimensions of extraordinary survival’, Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 1989; 29: 59–83.
  • McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.: 132.
  • W.  Braud  and  M.  Schlitz,  ‘Psychokinetic  influence  on  electrodermal activity’, Journal of Parapsychology, 1983; 47 (2): 95–119.
  • Interview with William Braud, October, 1999.
  • Benor, Healing Research, op. cit.
  • S. M. Roney-Dougal and J. Solfvin, ‘Field study of an enhancement effect o lettuce seeds – Replication study’, Journal of Parapsychology, 2003; 67 (2): 279–

98.

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

  • Dr Larry Dossey calls negative diagnoses ‘medical hexing’, and there is anecdotal evidence that patients often live up to their doctor’s gloomy prognosis, even when there is no physical evidence that they should do so. For a potent example see the story of a leukaemia patient who was thriving until he happened to find out what he  had. He  was dead within a  week once  his illness had the  label of a potentially terminal illness: L. McTaggart, What Doctors Don’t Tell You, London: HarperCollins, 2005: 343.

Chapter 10: The Voodoo Effect

  1. R. A. Blasband and Gottfried Martin, ‘Biophoton emission in “orgon energy” treated cress seeds, seedlings and Acetabularia’, International Consciousness Research Laborary, ICRL Report No 93.6.
  2. Dossey, Be Careful What You Pray For, op. cit.: 171–2.
  3. Ibid.
  4. Benor, Healing Research, op. cit.: 261.
  5. C. O. Simonton et al., Getting Well Again, New York: Bantam, 1980; B. Siegel, Love, Medicine and Miracles: Lessons Learned about Self-Healing from a Surgeon’s Experience with Exceptional Patients, London: HarperCollins, 1990; A Meares, The Wealth Within: Self-Help Through a System of Relaxing Meditation, Melbourne, Australia: Hill of Content, 1990.
  6. For much of the research detailed in this chapter, I am especially indebted to Larry Dossey and Daniel Benor, who have detailed many of these early studies in their respective books, Dossey’s Be Careful What You Pray For … You Just Migh Get                It and         Benor’s Healing         Research,                         Spiritual    Healing and  his  outstanding, comprehensive website: www.wholistichealingresearch.com.
  7. Benor, Healing Research, op. cit.: 264.
  8. J. Barry, ‘General and comparative study of the psychokinetic effect on a fungus culture’, Journal of Parapsychology, 1968; 32 (94): 237–43.
  9. W. H. Tedder and M. L. Monty, ‘Exploration of a long-distance PK: A conceptual replication of the influence on a biological system’, in W. G. Roll et al. (eds.), Research in Parapsychology, Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1981: 90–3 Also see  Dossey, Be Careful What You Pray For, op. cit.: 169; Benor, Healing Research, op. cit.: 268–9.
  10. C. B. Nash, ‘Test of psychokinetic control of bacterial mutation’, Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 1984; 78: 145–52.
  11. Kmetz’s study was described in W. Braud et al., ‘Experiments with Matthew Manning’, Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 1979; 50: 199–
  12. While the study was promising, in his review of it in Healing Research, Benor noted the lack of sufficient detail.
    1. Dossey, Be Careful What You Pray For, op. cit.: 175–6.
    1. Many researchers of alternative medicine maintain the same concerns about studies of Chinese medicine carried out in China. These concerns don’t disregard the strong anecdotal evidence about the effectiveness of Traditional Chinese Medicine,

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

only the scientific method of studies of its effectiveness.

  1. S. Sun and C. Tao, ‘Biological effect of emitted qi with tradescantic paludosa micronuclear technique’, First World Conference for Academic Exchange of Medical Qigong. Beijing, China, 1988: 61E.
    1. Ibid.
    1. Dossey, Be Careful What You Pray For, op. cit.: 176.
    1. D. J. Muehsam et al., ‘Effects of Qigong on cell-free myosi phosphorylation: Preliminary experiments’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1994; 5 (1): 93–108, also reported in Dossey, Be Careful What You Pray For, op. cit.: 177–8.
    1. Ibid.
    1. Benor, Healing Research, op. cit.: 253.
    1. G. Rein, Quantum Biology: Healing with Subtle Energy, Palo Alto, Calif.: Quantum Biology Research Labs, 1992; as reported in Benor,Healing Research, op. cit.: 350–2.
    1. B. Grad, ‘The “laying on of hands”: Implications for psychotherapy, gentling and the placebo effect’, Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 1967; 61 (4): 286–305.
    1. C. B. Nash and C. S. Nash, ‘The effect of paranormally conditioned solutio on yeast fermentation’, Journal of Parapsychology, 1967; 31: 314.
    1. Radin, The Conscious Universe, op. cit: 130.
    1. An entire chapter  is devoted to  Jacques Benveniste in McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.: 59.
    1. Description of these results from a telephone conversation with Jacques Benveniste, November 10, 2000.
    1. J. M. Rebman et al., ‘Remote influence of the autonomic nervous system b focused intention’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1996; 6: 111–34.
    1. W. Braud and M. Schlitz, ‘A method for the objective study of transpersonal imagery’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1989; 3 (1): 43–63; W. Braud et al., ‘Further studies of the bio-PK effect: Feedback, blocking specificity/generality’, i

R.   White   and   J.   Solfvin  (eds.),Research  in  Parapsychology,  Metuchen,  NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1984: 45–8.

  • C. Watt et al., ‘Exploring the limits of direct mental influence: Two studies comparing “blocking” and “co-operating” strategies’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1999; 13 (3): 515–35.
    • J. Diamond, Your Body Doesn’t Lie, New York: HarperCollins, 1979.
    • J. Diamond, Life Energy, New South Wales: Angus & Robertson, 1992: 71.

Chapter 11: Praying for Yesterday

  1. L. Leibovici, ‘Effects of remote, retroactive intercessory prayer on outcomes in patients with blood stream infection: Randomized controlled trial’, British Medical Journal, 2001; 323 (7327): 1450–1.
  2. S. Andreassen et al., ‘Using probabilistic and decision-theoretic methods in

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

treatment and prognosis modeling’, Artificial Intelligence in Medicine, 1999; 15 (2): 121–34.

  • L. Leibovici, ‘Alternative (complementary) medicine: a cuckoo in the nest o empiricist reed warblers’, British Medical Journal, 1999; 319: 1629–32; Leibovici, ‘Effects of remote, retroactive intercessory prayer’, op. cit.
  • Letters, BMJ Online, December 22, 2003.
  • L. Dossey, ‘How healing happens: exploring the nonlocal gap’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 2002; 8 (2): 12–16, 103–10.
  • B. Oshansky and L. Dossey, ‘Retroactive prayer: A preposterous hypothesis?’ British Medical Journal, 2003; 327: 20–7.
  • Letters, ‘Effect of retroactive prayer’, British Medical Journal, 2002; 324: 1037.
  • Correspondence from Liebovici to author, June 28, 2005.
  • Interview with Jahn and Dunne, July 2005.
  • R. G. Jahn et al., ‘Correlations of random binary sequences with pre-stated operator intention: a review of a 12-year program’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1997; 11 (3): 345–67.
  • D.  J.  Bierman  and  J.  M.  Houtkooper,  ‘Exploratory  PK  tests  with programmable         high              speed  random          number    generator’, European          Journal          of Parapsychology, 1975; 1 (1): 3–14.
  • R. Broughton, Parapsychology: The Controversial Science, New York: Ballantine Books, 1991: 175–6.
  • H. Schmidt and H. Stapp, ‘Study of PK with prerecorded random events an the effects of preobservation’, Journal of Parapsychology, 1993; 57: 351.
  • E. R. Gruber, ‘Conformance behavior involving animal and human subjects’, European Journal of Parapsychology, 1979; 3 (1): 36–50.
  • E. R. Gruber, ‘PK effects on pre-recorded group behaviour of livin systems’, European Journal of Parapsychology, 1980; 3 (2): 167–75.
  • F. W. J. J. Snel and P. C. van der Sijde, ‘The effect of retro-active distance healing on Babeia rodhani (rodent malaria) in rats’, European Journal of Parapsychology, 1990; 8: 123–30.
  • W. Braud, unpublished study, 1993, as reported in W. Braud, ‘Wellness implications of retroactive intentional influence: exploring an outrageous hypothesis’, Alternatives Therapies in Health and Medicine, 2000; 6 (1): 37–48.
  • H. Schmidt, ‘Random generators and living systems as targets in retro-PK experiments’, Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 1997; 912 (1): 1–13.
  • D. Radin et al., ‘Effects of distant healing intention through time and space: Two exploratory studies’, Proceedings of Presented Papers: The 41st Annual Convention of the Parapsychological Association, Halifax, Nova Scotia, Canada Parapsychological Association, 1998: 143–61.
  • J. R. Stroop, ‘Studies of interference in serial verbal reactions’,Journal of Experimental Psychology, 1935; 18: 643, as cited in D.I. Radin and E. C. May

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

‘Evidence for a retrocausal effect in the human nervous system’, Boundary Institute Technical Report 2000–1.

  • H. Klintman, ‘Is there a paranormal (precognitive) influence in certain types of perceptual sequences? Part I and II’,European Journal of Parapsychology, 1983; 5: 19–49 and 1984; 5: 125–40, as cited in Radin and May,  Boundary Institute Technical Report, op. cit.
  • Radin and May, Boundary Institute Technical Report, op. cit.
  • Braud, ‘Wellness implications’, op. cit.
  • See http://www.fourmilab.ch/rpkp/bierman-metaanalysis. html.
  • Radin and May, Boundary Institute Technical Report, op. cit.
  • G. A. Mourou and D. Umstadter, ‘Extreme light’, in ‘The Edge of Physics’ Special edition of Scientific American, 2003; 13 (1): 77–83 updated from May 2002 issue.
  • L. H. Ford and T. A. Roman, ‘Negative energy, wormholes and warp drive’ in ‘The Edge of Physics’. Special edition ofScientific American, 2003; 13 (1): 85–

91 updated from January 2000 issue.

  • J. A. Wheeler and R. P. Reynman, ‘Interaction with the absorber as the mechanism of radiation’, Reviews of Modern Physics, 1945; 17 (2–3): 157–81; J. A. Wheeler              and    R.   P.   Reynman,   ‘Classical              electrodynamics               in  terms     of  direc interparticle action’, Reviews of Modern Physics, 1949; 21: 425–33.
  • E. H. Walker, ‘The nature of consciousness’, Mathematical  BioSciences

1970; 7: 131–78.

  • H. P. Stapp, ‘Theoretical model of a purported empirical violation of the predictions of quantum theory’, Physical Review A, 1994; 50 (1): 18–22.
  • Braud, ‘Wellness implications’, op. cit.
  • L. Grover, ‘Quantum computing’, The Sciences, July/August 1999: 24–30.
  • M.  Brooks,  ‘The  weirdest  link’, New Scientist,  March 27,  2004; 181

(2440): 32–5.

  • D. Bierman, ‘Do PSI-phenomena suggest radical dualism?’ in S. Hammerof et al. (ed.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II, Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press 1998: 709–14.
  • D.  I.  Radin,  ‘Experiments  testing  models  of  mind-matter  interaction’

Journal of Scientific Exploration, 2006; 20 (3), 375–401.

  • Interview with William Braud, October 1999.
  • W. Braud, ‘Transcending the limits of time’, The Inner Edge: A Resource for Enlightened Business Practice, 1999; 2 (6): 16–18.
  • R. D. Nelson, ‘The physical basis of intentional healing systems’, Technical Report, PEAR 99001, Princeton Engineering Anomalies Research, Princeton, Ne Jersey, January 1999.
  • Braud, interview with author, October 1999.
  • D. Bierman ‘Does consciousness collapse the wave packet?’ Mind and Matter, 2003; 1 (1): 45–58.
  • H Schmidt, ‘Additional effect for PK on pre-recorded targets’,Journal of

Parapsychology, 1985; 49: 229–44; ‘PK tests with and without preobservation by animals’, in L. S. Henkel and J. Palmer (eds.),Research in Parapsychology, Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1990: 15–19.

Chapter 12: The Intention Experiment

  1. Interview with Fritz-Albert Popp, March 1, 2006.
  2. F.-A. Popp et al., ‘Further analysis of delayed luminescence of  plants’,

Journal of Photochemistry and Photobiology B: Biology, 2005, 78: 235–44.

  • For a full description of Popp’s history, see McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.
  • International Institute of Biophysics, see www.lifescientists.de.
  • B.  J.  Dunne,  ‘Co-operator  experiments  with  an  REG  device’,  PEA Technical Note 91005, Princeton Engineering Anomalies Research, Princeton, New Jersey, December 1991.
  • R. D. Nelson et al., ‘FieldREG anomalies in group situations’,Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1996; 10 (1): 111–41; R. D. Nelson et al., ‘FieldREGII Consciousness field effects: replications and explorations’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1998; 12 (3): 425–54.
  • D. I. Radin, ‘For whom the bell tolls: A question of global consciousness’ Noetic Sciences Review, 2003; 63: 8–13 and 44–5; R. D. Nelson et al., ‘Correlatio of continuous random data with major world events’, Foundations of Physics Letters, 2002; 15 (6): 537–50.
  • D. I. Radin, ‘Exploring relationships between random physical events and mass human attention: Asking for whom the bell tolls’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 2002; 16 (4): 533–47.
  • R. D. Nelson, ‘Coherent consciousness and reduced randomness Correlations on September 11, 2001’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 2002; 16

(4): 549–70.

  1. Ibid.
  2. Bryan J. Williams, ‘Exploratory block analysis of field consciousness effects on global RNGs on September 11, 2001’ (http://noosphere.princeton.edu/williams/GCP911.     html).
  3. J. D. Scargle, ‘Commentary: Was there evidence of global consciousness on September 11, 2001?’ Journal of Scientific Exploration, 2002; 16 (4): 571–7.
  4. Nelson et al., ‘Correlation of continuous random data’, op. cit.
  5. M. C. Dillbeck et al., ‘The Transcendental Meditation program and crim rate change in a sample of 48 cities’, Journal of Crime and Justice, 1981; 4: 25–45.
  6. J. Hagelin et al., ‘Effects of group practice of the Transcendental Meditatio program on preventing violent crime in Washington, D. C.: Results of the National Demonstration Project, June–July 1993’,Social Indicators Research, 1999; 47 (2):

153–201.

  1. W. Orme-Johnson et al., ‘International peace project in the Middle East: the effects of the Maharishi technology of the unified field’, Journal of Conflict Resolution, 1988; 32: 776–812.
  1. K. L. Cavanaugh et al., ‘Consciousness and the quality of economic life empirical  research on the  macroeconomic  effects  of  the  collective  practice  of Maharishi’s Transcendental Meditation and TM-Sidhi program.’ Paper originally presented at the annual meeting of the Midwest Management Society, Chicago, Marc 1989,           published      in   R.   G.   Greenwood   (ed.), Proceedings                 of    the Midwest Management Society, Chicago: Midwest Management Society, 1989: 183–90; K. L Cavanaugh et al., ‘A multiple-input transfer function model of Okun’s misery index: An empirical test of the Maharishi Effect.’ Paper presented at the Annual Meeting o the American Statistical Association, Washington D. C., August 6–10, 1989, an abridged version of the paper appears in Proceedings of the American Statistical Association, Business and Economics Statistics Section, Alexandria, Va.: American Statistical   Association,             1989:            565–70; K.   L.     Cavanaugh  and    K.         D. King ‘Simultaneous transfer function analysis of Okun’s misery index: improvements in the economic  quality of life  through Maharishi’s  Vedic  Science  and  technology of consciousness.’ Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the American Statistical Association, New Orleans, Louisiana, August 22–25, 1988, an abridged version o the paper appears in Proceedings of the American Statistical Association, Business and  Economics    Statistics  Section,         Alexandria,   Va.:  American      Statistical Association, 1988:  491–6; K. L. Cavanaugh, ‘Time series analysis of U.S. an Canadian inflation and unemployment: A test of a field-theoretic hypothesis.’ Paper presented  at  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the  American  Statistical  Association,  San Francisco,  California,    August 17–20,     1987,   published         in Proceedings  of   the American   Statistical         Association, Business     andEconomics  Statistics  Section, Alexandria, Va.: American Statistical Association, 1987: 799–804.
  2. Strong rains fall on fire-ravaged Amazon state, March 31, 1998, Web posted at: 6:46 p.m. EST (2346 GMT), Brasilia, Brazil (CNN) http://twm. co. nz/.
  3. R. Nelson, ‘Wishing for good weather: a natural experiment in group consciousness’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1997; 11 (1): 47–58.
  4. M. Emoto, The Hidden Messages in Water, New York: Atria, 2005.
  5. Interview with Dean Radin, May 3, 2006.
  6. Not her real name. I’ve changed her name at her request. Nevertheless, our meditators were shown her real name and photo.
  7. R. Van Wijk and E. P. Van Wijk, ‘The search for a biosensor as a witness of a human laying on of hands ritual’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 2003; 9 (2): 48–55.

Chapter 13: The Intention Exercises

  1. See C. T. Tart, ‘Initial application of mindfulness extension exercises in a traditional Buddhist meditation retreat setting, 1995’, unpublished (www. paradigmsys. com/cttart).
  2. R. McCraty et al., ‘The electricity of touch: Detection and measurement o cardiac energy exchange between people’, in K. H. Pribram (ed.), Brain and Values: Is   a Biological  Science  of  Values  Possible? Mahwah,  NJ:  Lawrence  Erlbaum

Associates, 1998: 359–79.

  • S.   Rinpoche, The  Tibetan  Book  of  Living  and  Dying,  San  Francisco: HarperSanFrancisco, 1994.
  • S. Rinpoche, as quoted in J. Stone, Instructor’s Training Manual, Cours Syllabus: Training in Compassionate-Loving Intention, 2003.
  • H.  Dienstfrey, Where the Mind Meets the Body, London: HarperCollins 1991: 39.

Bibliography

Editorial, ‘MANTRA II: Measuring the unmeasurable?’The Lancet, 2005; 366 (9481): 178.

‘New spin on salt’, University of Chicago Magazine, August 2004, 96 (6), http://magazine.uchicago.edu/0408/research/spin. shtml.

‘Science Fact: Scientists achieve “Star Trek”-like feat’, The Associate Press, December 10, 1997, posted on CNN http://edition.cnn.com/TECH/9712/10/beam. me. up. ap.

‘Strong rains fall on fire-ravaged Amazon state, March 31, 1998’, Web posted at: 6:46 p.m. EST (23:46 GMT), Brasilia, Brazil (CNN) http://twm co. nz/.

Achterberg, J. and Lawlis, G. F., Bridges of the Bodymind: Behavioral Approaches for Health Care, Champaign, Ill.: Institute for Personality and Ability Testing, 1980.

Achterberg, J. et al., ‘Evidence for correlations between distan intentionality and brain function in recipients: a functional magnetic resonance imagining analysis’, Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2005; 11 (6): 965–71.

Adams, M. H., ‘Variability in remote-viewing performance: possible relationship to the geomagnetic field’, in D. H. Weiner and D. I. Radin (eds.) Research in Parapsychology, Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1986.

Alexander, C. et al., ‘EEG and SPECT data of a selected subject durin psi tests: the discovery of a neurophysiological correlate’, Journal of Parapsychology, 1998; 62 (20): 102–4.

Allahverdiyev, A. R. et al., ‘Possible space weather influence on functional activity of the human brain.’ Paper presented at Space Weather Workshop: Looking Toward a European Space Weather Programme, November 17–19, 2001, ESTEC, Noordwijk, the Netherlands.

Andreassen, S. et al., ‘Using probabilistic and decision-theoretic methods in treatment and prognosis modeling’, Artificial Intelligence in Medicine, 1999; 15 (2): 121–34.

Arndt, M. et al., ‘Probing the limits of the quantum world’, Physics World, March 2005.

Arndt, M. et al., ‘Wave–particle duality of C60 molecules’, Nature, 1999; 401: 680–2.

Arnesen, C. et al., ‘Thermal and magnetic entanglement in the 1D Heisenberg Model’, Physical Review Letters, 2001; 87: 017901.

Astin, J. et al., ‘The efficacy of “distant healing”: a systematic review o randomized trials’, Annals of Internal Medicine, 2000; 132: 903–10.

Astin, J. A., ‘Mind-body therapies for the management of pain’, Clinical

Journal of Pain, 2004; 20 (1): 27–32.

Astin, J. A. et al., ‘Mind-body medicine: state of the science: implications for practice’, Journal of the American Board of Family Practitioners, 2003; 16 (2): 131–47.

Atmanspacher, H., ‘Mind and matter as asymptotically disjoint, inequivalent representations with broken time-reversal symmetry’, BioSystems, 2003; 68: 19–30.

Auerbach, L., Mind Over Matter: A Comprehensive Guide to Discovering Your Psychic Powers, New York: Kensington Books, 1996.

Aviles, J. M. et al., ‘Intercessory prayer and cardiovascular disease progression in a coronary care unit population: a randomized controlled trial’, Mayo Clinic Proceedings, 2001; 76 (12): 1192–8.

Babayev, E., ‘Some results of investigations on the space weather influence on functioning of several engineering-technical and communication systems and human health’, Astronomical and Astrophysical Transactions, 2003; 22 (6): 861–7.

Backster,   C.,   ‘Evidence   of   a   primary                 perception          in   plant                 life’,

International Journal of Parapsychology, 1968; 10 (4): 329–48.

Backster, C., Primary Perception: Biocommunication with Plants Living Foods, and Human Cells, Anza, Calif.: White Rose Millennium Press, 2003.

Ban, M., ‘Measurement-induced enhancement of entanglement of a two- mode squeezed-vacuum state.’ Letter to the  editor, Journal  of Optics B: Quantum and Semiclassical Optics, 2005; 7: L4–L7.

Baraz, J. and Tart, C. T., ‘Initial application of mindfulness extension exercises in a traditional Buddhist meditation retreat setting’, unpublished, 1995 © C. Tart and J. Baraz.

Barber, T. X., ‘Changing “unchangeable” bodily processes by (hypnotic) suggestions: a new look at hypnosis, cognitions, imagining and the mind-body problem’, in A. A. Sheikh (ed.), Imagination and Healing, Farmingdale, NY: Baywood Publishing Co., 1984.

Baroga, L., ‘Influence on the sporting result of the concentration o attention process and time taken in the case of weight lifters’, in Proceedings of the Third World Congress of the International Society of Sports Psychology, Volume 3, Madrid, Spain: Instituto Nacional de Educacion Fisica Y Deportes, 1973.

Barr, K. and Hall, C., ‘The use of imagery by rowers’,International Journal of Sport Psychology, 1992; 23: 243–61.

Barrett, J., ‘Going the distance’, Intuition, June/July 1999: 30–1.

Basar-Eroglu, C., ‘Gamma-band responses in the brain: a short review of psychophysiological correlates and functional significance’, International Journal of Psychophysiology, 1996; 24 (1–2): 101–2.

Bell, I. R. et al., ‘Development and validation of a new global well

being   outcomes   rating   scale   for   integrative           medicine    research’, BMC Complementary and Alternative Medicine, 2004; 4: 1.

Bell, I. R. et al., ‘Gas discharge visualization evaluation o ultramolecular doses of homeopathic medicines under blinded, controlled conditions’, Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2003; 9 (1): 25–38.

Beloussov,  L.  and  Louchinskaia,  N.  N.,  ‘Biophoton  emission  from developing                   eggs    and   embryos:   nonlinearity,                   wholistic     properties  and indications  of energy transfer’,  in J.  J.  Chang et al.  (eds.),Biophotons, London: Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1998: 121–40.

Benor, D. J., Spiritual Healing: Scientific Validation of a Healing Revolution, Southfield, Mich.: Vision Publications, 2001.

Benor, D. J., Spiritual Healing: Scientific Validation of a Healing Revolution Professional Supplement, Southfield, Mich.: Vision Publications 2002.

Benor, D. J., Healing Research: Holistic Energy Medicine and Spirituality, 4 vols., Deddington, Oxfordshire: Helix Editions Ltd, 1993.

Benson H., ‘Body temperature changes during the practice of g Tum-mo yoga (Matters Arising)’, Nature, 1982; 298: 402.

Benson, H. et al., ‘Body temperature changes during the practice of g tum-mo (heat) yoga’, Nature, 1982; 295: 234–6.

Benson, H. et al., ‘Decreased systolic blood pressure through operan conditioning techniques in patients with essential hypertension’, Science, 1971; 173 (3998): 740–2.

Benson, H. et al., ‘Study of the therapeutic effects of intercessory prayer (STEP) in cardiac bypass patients: a multi-center randomized trial o uncertainty and certainty of receiving intercessory prayer’, American Heart Journal, 2006; 151 (4): 934–42.

Benson, H. et al., ‘Three case reports of the metabolic and electroencephalographic changes during advanced Buddhist meditation techniques’, Behavioral Medicine, 1990; 16 (2): 90–5.

Bernardi, L. et al., ‘Effect of rosary prayer and yoga mantras on autonomic cardiovascular rhythms: comparative study’, British Medical Journal, 2001; 323: 1446–9.

Bierman, D., ‘Do PSI-phenomena suggest radical dualism?’ in S Hammeroff et al. (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II, Cambridge, Mass.: The MIT Press, 1998: 709–14.

Bierman, D. J. and Houtkooper, J. M., ‘Exploratory PK tests with programmable high speed random number generator’, European Journal of Parapsychology, 1975; 1–1: 3–14.

Binhi, V. N. and Savin, A. V., ‘Molecular gyroscopes and biological effects of weak extremely low-frequency magnetic fields’, Physical Review E, 2002; 65: 051912–22.

Blasband, R., ‘The ordering of random events by emotional expression’

Journal of Scientific Exploration, 2000; 14 (2): 195–216.

Blasband, R. A., ‘Working with the body in psychotherapy from a Reichian viewpoint’, AHP Perspective, June 2005.

Blasband, R. A. and Martin, G., ‘Biophoton emission in “orgone energy” treated cress seeds, seedlings and Acetabularia’, International Consciousness Research Laboratory, ICRL Report No 93.6.

Booth, J. N. et al., ‘Ranking of stimuli that evoked memories in significant others after exposure to circumcerebral magnetic fields: correlations with ambient geomagnetic activity’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 2002; 95 (2): 555–8.

Bose, S., ‘Multiparticle generation of entanglement swapping’, Physical Review A, 1998; 57 (2): 822–9.

Bratman, M. E., ‘What is intention?’ in M. Pollack, P. Cohen and J. L Morgan (eds.), Intentions in Communication, Cambridge, Mass.: The MIT Press, 1990: 15–31.

Braud, W., ‘Transcending the limits of time’, The Inner Edge: A Resource for Enlightened Business Practice, 1999; 2 (6): 16–18.

Braud, W., ‘Wellness implications of retroactive intentional influence: exploring an outrageous hypothesis’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 2000; 6 (1): 37–48.

Braud, W. and Schlitz, M., ‘Psychokinetic influence on electrodermal activity’, Journal of Parapsychology, 1983; 47 (2): 95–119.

Braud, W. et al., ‘Experiments with Matthew Manning’, Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 1979; 50: 199–223.

Braud, W. G. ‘Can our intentions interact directly with the physical world?’ European Journal of Parapsychology, 1994; 10: 78–90.

Braud, W. G. and Dennis, S. P., ‘Geophysical Variables and Behavior, LVIII: Autonomic activity, hemolysis and biological psychokinesis: possible relationships with geomagnetic field activity’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1989; 68: 1243–54.

Braud, W. G. and Schlitz, M. J., ‘A method for the objective study o transpersonal imagery’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1989; 3 (1): 43–

63.

Braud W. G. and Schlitz, M. J., ‘Consciousness interactions with remot biological systems: anomalous intentionality effects’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1991; 2 (1): 1–27.

Braud, W. G. et al., ‘Further studies of autonomic detection of remote staring: replication, new control procedures and personality correlates’, Journal of Parapsychology, 1993; 57: 391–409.

Braud, W. G. et al., ‘Further studies of the bio-PK effect: feedback blocking specificity/generality’, in R. White and J. Solfvin (eds.),Research in Parapsychology, Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1984: 45–8.

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

Brooks, M., ‘Curiouser and curiouser’,New Scientist, 2003; 178 (2394): 28.

Brooks, M., ‘Entanglement: the weirdest link’, New Scientist, 2004; 181 (2440): 32–5.

Broughton, R. S., Parapsychology: The Controversial Science, New York: Ballantine Books, 1991.

Brown, D. et al., ‘Differences in visual sensitivity among mindfulness meditators and non-meditators’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1984; 58 (3): 775–84.

Brukner, C., ‘Quantum entanglement in time’, http://arxiv.org/abs/quantph/ 0402127.

Brukner, C. et al., ‘Crucial role of quantum entanglement in bulk properties of solids’, Physical Review A, 2006; 73: 012100–4.

Buccheri, R. et al. (eds.), Abstracts of Talks, ‘Endophysics, Time, Quantum and the Subjective.’ ZiF interdisciplinary research workshop January 17–22, 2005, Bielefeld, Germany.

Bundzen, P.V. et al., ‘Altered states of consciousness; review of experimental data obtained with a multiple techniques approach’, Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2002; 8 (2): 153–65.

Bundzen, P.V. et al., ‘Psychophysiological correlates of athletic success in athletes training for the Olympics’, Human Physiology, 2005; 31 (3): 316–

23.

Bunnell, T., ‘A tentative mechanism for healing’, Positive Health, December 1997; 23.

Bunnell, T., ‘The effect of “healing with intent” on pepsin enzyme activity’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1999; 13 (2): 139–48.

Bureau, Y. and Persinger, M., ‘Decreased latencies for limbic seizures induced in rats by lithium-pilocarpine occur when daily average geomagnetic activity exceeds 20 nanotesla’, Neuroscience Letters, 1995; 192: 142–4.

Bureau, Y. and Persinger, M., ‘Geomagnetic activity and enhanced mortality in rats with acute (epileptic) limbic lability’, International Journal of Biometeorology, 1992;

36: 226–32.

Burhans, R. S. et al., ‘Mental imagery training: effects on running speed performance’, International Journal of Sport Psychology, 1988; 19: 26–37.

Burleson, K. O. et al., ‘Energy healing training and heart rate variability.’ Letter to editor, Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2005; 11 (3): 391–5.

Byrd, R. C., ‘Positive therapeutic effects of intercessory prayer in a coronary care unit population’, Southern Medical Journal, 1988, 81 (7): 826–9.

Cautela, J. R. and Kearney, A. J. (eds.), Covert Conditioning Casebook, Boston, Mass.: Thomson Brooks/Cole, 1993.

Cavanaugh, K. L., ‘Time series analysis of U. S. and Canadian inflatio and unemployment: a test of a field-theoretic hypothesis’, in Proceedings of the American Statistical Association, Business and Economics Statistic Section, Alexandria, Va.: American Statistical Association, 1987: 799–804.

Cavanaugh, K. L. and King, K. D., ‘Simultaneous transfer functio analysis of Okun’s misery index: improvements in the economic quality of life through Maharishi’s Vedic science and technology of consciousness’, in Proceedings of the American Statistical Association, Business and Economics Statistics Section, Alexandria, Va.: American Statistical Association, 1988: 491–6.

Cavanaugh, K. L. et al., ‘A multiple-input transfer function model o Okun’s misery index: an empirical test of the Maharishi effect’, in Proceedings of the American Statistical Association, Business and Economics Statistics Section, Alexandria, Va.: American Statistical Association, 1989: 565–70.

Cavanaugh, K. L. et al., ‘Consciousness and the quality of economic life empirical research on the macroeconomic effects of the collective practice of Maharishi’s Transcendental Meditation and TM-Sidhi program’, in R. G Greenwood (ed.), Proceedings of the Midwest Management Society, Chicago, Ill.: Midwest Management Society, 1989: 183–90.

Chang, J.J. et al., ‘Communication between dinoflagellates by means o photon emission’, in L. V. Beloussov and F.-A. Popp (eds.), Proceedings of International Conference on Non-equilibrium and Coherent Systems  in Biophysics, Biology and Biotechnology,  Sep. 28–Oct.2, 1994, Moscow: Bioinform Services Co., 1995: 318–30.

Chang, J. J. et al., ‘Research on cell communication ofP. elegans by means of photon emission’, Chinese Science Bulletin, 1995; 40: 76–9.

Chase, M. H. et al., ‘Afferent vagal stimulation: neurographic correlates of induced EEG  synchronization and desynchronization’, Brain Research, 1967; 5: 236–49.

Chen, Z. B. et al., ‘All-versus-nothing violation of local realism for two entangled photons’, Physical Review Letters, 2003; 90: 160408.

Claghorn, J. L., ‘Directional effects of skin temperature self-regulation on regional cerebral blood flow in normal subjects and migraine patients’, American Journal of Psychiatry, 1981; 138 (9): 1182–7.

Clemente, C. D. et al., ‘Postreinforcement EEG synchronization durin alimentary behavior’, Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 1964; 16: 335–65.

Co. S. and Robins, E. B.,Your Hands Can Heal You, New York: Free Press, 2002.

Cohen, K. S., The Way of Qigong: The Art and Science of Chines Energy Healing, New York: Bantam, 1997.

Cohen, P., ‘Mental gymnastics’, New Scientist, November 24, 2001; 172

(2318): 17.

Cohen S. and Popp, F.-A., ‘Biophoton emission of the human body’

Journal of Photochemistry and Photobiology, 1997; 40: 187–9.

Cohen, S. et al., ‘Non-local  effects of biophoton emission from the human body’, www.lifescientists.de.

Connor, M., ‘Baseline testing of energy practitioners: biophoton imaging results.’ Paper presented at the North American Research in Integrative Medicine conference, Edmonton, Canada, May 2006.

Connor, M. et al., ‘Oscillation of amplitude as measured by an extra low frequency magnetic field meter as a biophysical measure of intentionality.’ Paper presented at the Toward  a Science of Consciousness Conference Tuscon, Arizona, April 2006.

Cooperstein, M. A., ‘The myths of healing: a summary of research into transpersonal healing experience’, Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 1992; 86: 99–133.

Corby, J. C. et al., ‘Psychophysiological correlates of the practice o Tantric Yoga meditation’, Postgraduate Medical Journal, 1985; 61: 301–4.

Cornélissen, G. et al.,  ‘Chronomes, time structures, for chronobioengineering for “a full life”’, Biomedical Instrumentation and Technology, 1999; 33 (2): 152–87.

Cornélissen, G. et al., ‘Is a birth-month-dependence of human longevity influenced by half-yearly changes in geomagnetics?’ ‘Physics of Auroral Phenomena’, Proceedings, XXV Annual Seminar, Apatity: Polar Geophysica Institute, Kola Science Center, Russian Academy of Science, February 26 March 1; 2002; 161–6.

Cornélissen, G. et  al., ‘Non-photic solar associations of heart  rate variability and myocardial infarction’, Journal of Atmospheric and Solar- terrestrial Physics, 2002; 64: 707–20. Creath, K. and Schwartz, G. E., ‘Wha biophoton images of plants can tell us about biofields and healing’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 2005; 19 (4): 531–50.

Creath, K., ‘Biophoton images of plants: revealing the light within’

Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2004; 10 (1): 23–6.

Creath, K. and Schwartz, G. E., ‘Measuring effects of music, noise, an healing energy using a seed germination bioassay’, Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2004; 10 (1): 113–22.

Crombie, W. J., ‘Meditation changes temperatures: mind controls body in extreme experiments’, Harvard University Gazette, April 18, 2002.

Damasio, A. R., DescartesError, New York: Grosset-Putnam, 1994.

Das N. and Gastaut H., ‘Variations in the electrical activity of the brain heart and skeletal muscles during yogic meditation and trance’, Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 1955, Supplement no 6: 211–19.

Davidson, R. J., ‘Alterations in brain and immune function produced by

mindfulness meditation’, Psychosomatic Medicine, 2003; 65: 564–70.

Davidson, R. J. and van Reekum, C. M., ‘Emotion is not one thing’

Psychological Inquiry, 2005; 16: 16–18.

Davidson, R. J. et al., ‘Alterations in brain and immune function produce by mindfulness meditation’, Psychosomatic Medicine, 2003; 65: 564–70.

Davis, K. et al., ‘Bose-Einstein condensation in a gas of sodium atoms’

Physical Review Letters, 1995; 75: 3969–73.

de la Fuente-Fernández, R. et al., ‘Expectation and dopamine release mechanism of the placebo effect in Parkinson’s disease’, Science, 2001: 293 (5532): 1164–6.

Delanoy, D. et al.,  ‘An EDADMILS  study exploring agent-receive pa i r i ng’ , Proceedings of Presented Papers, The Parapsychological Association, 42nd Annual Convention, 1999: 68–82.

Denis, M., ‘Visual imagery and the use of mental practice in the development of motor skills’, Canadian Journal of Applied Sport Sciences, 1985; 10: 4S–16S.

Dennett, D., ‘Three kinds of intentional psychology’, inThe Intentional Stance, Cambridge, Mass.: The MIT Press, 1987: 43–68.

Derr, J. S. and Persinger, M. A., ‘Geophysical Variables and Behavior LIV: Zeitoun (Egypt) apparitions of  the Virgin  Mary as tectonic strain induced luminosities’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1989; 68: 123–8.

Diamond, J., Life Energy, New South Wales: Angus & Robertson, 1992. Diamond, J., Your Body Doesn’t Lie, New York: HarperCollins, 1979.

Dibble, W. E. and Tiller, W. A., ‘Electronic device-mediated pH changes in water’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1999; 13: 2–10.

Dienstfrey, H., Where the Mind Meets the Body, London: HarperCollins, 1991.

Dienstfrey, H., ‘Mind and mindlessness in mind-body research’, in M Schlitz et al. (eds.), Consciousness and Healing: Integral Approaches to Mind-Body Healing, St Louis, Mo.: Elsevier Churchill Livingstone, 2005 51–60.

Dillbeck, M. C. et al., ‘The Transcendental Meditation program and crime rate change in a sample of 48 cities’, Journal of Crime and Justice, 1981; 4: 25–45.

Dobie, T. G., ‘A comparison of two methods of training resistance to visually-induced motion sickness.’ Paper presented at VII International Ma in Space Symposium: Physiologic Adaptation of Man in Space, Houston Texas, 1986. Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine, 1987; 58 (9),

Sect. 2: 34–41.

Dossey, L., Be Careful What You Pray For … You Just Might Get It, San Francisco: HarperSanFrancisco, 1997.

Dossey, L., ‘Commentary’, Archives of Internal Medicine, 2000; 160; 1735–8.

Dossey, L., Healing Words: The Power of Prayer and the Practice o Medicine, San Francisco: HarperSanFrancisco, 1993.

Dossey,   L.,   ‘How   healing  happens:               exploring  the               nonlocal      gap’,

Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 2002; 8 (2): 12–16, 103–

110.

Dossey, L., Meaning and Medicine: Lessons from a Doctor’s Tales of Breakthrough Healing, New York: Bantam, 1991.

Dossey, L., ‘Prayer experiments: science or folly? Observations on the Harvard prayer study’, Network Review (UK), 2006; 91: 22–3.

Duane, T. D. and Behrendt, T., ‘Extrasensory electroencephalographic induction between identical twins’, Science, 1965; 150: 367.

Dubrov, A. P., ‘Distant mental healing: influence of intercessory prayers and qigong therapy’, The International Journal of Healing and Caring On line, 2005; 5 (3).

Dubrov, A. P. and Pushkin, V. N., Parapsychology and Contemporary Science, New York and London: Consultants Bureau, 1982.

Dunn, B. R. et al., ‘Concentration and mindfulness meditations: unique forms of consciousness?’ Applied Psychophysioloical Biofeedback, 1999; 24 (3): 147–65.

Dunne, B. J., ‘Co-operator experiments with an REG device’, PEA Technical Note 91005, Princeton Engineering Anomalies Research Princeton, New Jersey, December 1991.

Early, L. F. and Kifschutz, J. E., ‘A case of stigmata’, Archives of General Psychiatry, 1974; 30: 197–200.

Ebisch, R., ‘It’s all in the timing’, Sky Magazine, 1995.

Edelman, G. M. and Tononi, G., Consciousness: How Matter Becomes Imagination, London: Penguin, 2000.

Eden, D., Energy Medicine, London: Piatkus, 1998.

Ekman, P. et al., ‘Buddhist and psychological perspectives on emotions and well-being’, Current Directions in Psychological Science, 2005; 14: 59–63.

Eller, L. S., ‘Guided imagery interventions for symptom management’

Annual Review of Nursing Research, 1999; 17: 57–84.

Emoto, M., The Hidden Messages in Water, New York: Atria, 2005.

Fahrion, S. et al., ‘Biobehavioral treatment of essential hypertension: a group outcome study’, Biofeedback and Self Regulation, 1986; 11 (4): 257–

77.

Fahrion, S. et al., ‘EEG amplitude, brain mapping and synchrony in and between a bioenergy practitioner and client during healing’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1992; 3 (1): 19–52.

Feltz, D. L. et al., ‘A revised meta-analysis of the mental practice literature on motor skill learning’, in D. Druckman and J. A. Swets (eds.) Enhancing     Human Performance:   Issues,   Theories,   and   Techniques,

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

Washington, DC: National Academy Press, 1988.

Fenwick, P. B., ‘Metabolic and EEG changes during transcendenta meditation: an explanation’, Biological Psychology, 1977; 5 (2): 101–18.

Feynman, R. P., Six Easy Pieces: The Fundamentals of Physics Explained, London: Penguin, 1995.

Ford, L. H. and Roman, T. A., ‘Negative energy, wormholes and warp drive’, special edition of Scientific American, 2003; 13 (1): 77–83.

Francomano, C. A., Jonas, W. B. and Chez, R. A. (eds.),Proceedings: Measuring the Human Energy Field: State of the Science. The Gerontology Research Center, National Institute of Aging, National Institutes of Health Baltimore, Maryland, April 17–18, 2002.

Frantzis, B. K., Opening the Energy Gates of Your Body, Berkeley, Calif.: Blue Snake Books, 2006.

Frantzis, B. K., The Water Method of Taoist Meditation, Volume I: Relaxing Into Your Being: Breathing, Chi and Dissolving the Ego, Berkeley, Calif.: North Atlantic Books, 1998.

Frantzis, B. K., The Water Method of Taoist Meditation, Volume 2: The Great Stillness: Body Awareness, Moving Meditation and Sexual Ch Gung, Berkeley, Calif.: North Atlantic Books, 1999.

Freedman, M. et al., ‘Effects of frontal lobe lesions on intentionality and random physical phenomena’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 2003; 17 (4): 651–68.

Freeman, W. J., How Brains Make Up their Minds, London: Orion Books, 1999.

Friedman, H. et al., ‘Geomagnetic parameters and psychiatric hospital admissions’, Nature, 1963; 200: 626–8.

Fröhlich, H., ‘Long range coherence and energy storage in biological systems’, Int. J. Quantum Chem., 1968; II: 641–9.

Fujita, A., ‘An experimental study on the theoretical basis of mental training’, in Proceedings of the 3rd World Congress of the International Society of Sports Psychology: Volume Abstracts, Madrid, Spain: Instituto Nacional de Educacion Fisica Y Deportes, 1973: 37–8.

Galle, R. M. et al., ‘Biophoton emission fromDaphnia magna: a possible factor in the self-regulation of swarming’, Experientia, 1991; 47: 457–460.

Gershon, M., The Second Brain: A Groundbreaking New Understanding of Nervous Disorders of the Stomach and Intestine, London: HarperCollins, 1999.

Ghosh, S. et al., ‘Coherent spin oscillations in a disordered magnet’

Science, 2002; 296: 2195–8.

Ghosh, S. et al., ‘Entangled quantum state of magnetic dipoles’, Nature, 2003; 435: 48–51.

Gissurarson, L. R., ‘The psychokinesis effect: geomagnetic influence

age and sex differences’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1992; 6 (2): 157–65.

Gnevyshev, M. N., ‘Essential features of the 11-year solar cycle’, Solar Physics, 1977;

51: 175–82. Goleman, D., Destructive Emotions and How We Can Overcome Them, London: Bloomsbury Press, 2004. Goleman, D.,Emotional Intelligence, London: Bloomsbury Press, 1996.

Goleman, D., ‘Meditation and consciousness: an Asian approach to mental health’, American Journal of Psychotherapy, 1976; 30 (1): 41–54.

Goleman, D., ‘Why the brain blocks daytime dreams’, Psychology Today, 1976; March: 69–71.

Grad, B., ‘Dimensions in “Some biological effects of the laying on o hands” and their implications’, in H. A. Otto and J. W. Knight (eds.) Dimension in Wholistic Healing: New Frontiers in the Treatment of the Whole Person, Chicago, Ill.: Nelson-Hall, 1979: 199–212.

Grad, B., ‘Science investigates laying on of hands’, Proceedings o ‘Mind in Search of Itself’, Mind Science Foundation and Silva Internationa Washington, DC, November 25–26, 1972.

Grad, B., ‘The “laying on of hands”: implications for psychotherapy, gentling and the placebo effect’, Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 1967; 61 (4): 286–305.

Green, E. E., ‘Copper wall research psychology and psychophysics subtle energies and energy medicine: emerging theory and practice’, Proceedings, First Annual Conference, International Society for the Study o Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine (ISSSEEM), Boulder, Colorado, 21 25 June, 1991.

Green,     E.     E.,     ‘Feedback     technique               for    deep  relaxation’

Psychophysiology, 1969; 6 (3): 371–7.

Green, E. E. et al., ‘Anomalous electrostatic phenomena in exceptiona subjects’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1993; 2: 69.

Green, E. E. et al., ‘Self-regulation of internal states’, in J. Rose (ed.) Progress of Cybernetics: Proceedings of the First International Congress of Cybernetics, London, September 1969, London: Gordon and Breach Science Publishers, 1970: 1299–1318.

Green, E. E. et al., ‘Voluntary control of internal states: psychological and physiological’, Journal of Transpersonal Psychology, 1970; 2: 1–26.

Greyson,  B.,  ‘Distance  healing of  patients  with major  depression’

Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1996; 10 (4): 447–65.

Gribbin, J., Q is for Quantum: Particle Physics from A to Z, London: Phoenix Giant, 1999.

Grinberg-Zylberbaum, J. and Ramos, J., ‘Patterns of interhemispher correlations during human communication’, International Journal of Neuroscience, 1987; 36: 41–53.

Grinberg-Zylberbaum, J. et al., ‘Human communication and the electrophysiological activity of the brain’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1992; 3 (3): 25–43.

Grinberg-Zylberbaum, J. et al., ‘The Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen parado in the brain: the transferred potential’, Physics Essays, 1994; 7 (4): 422–8.

Grover, L., ‘Quantum computing’, The Sciences, July/August 1999: 24–

30.

Gruber,  E.  R.,  ‘Conformance  behavior  involving animal  and  human

subjects’, European Journal of Parapsychology, 1979; 3 (1): 36–50.

Gruber, E. R., ‘PK effects on pre-recorded group behaviour of living systems’, European Journal of Parapsychology, 1980; 3 (2): 167–75.

Gunlycke, D., ‘Thermal concurrence mixing in a one-dimensional Ising model’, Physical Review A, 2001; 64: 042302–9.

Gurfinkel, I. et al., ‘Assessment of the effect of a geomagnetic storm on the frequency of appearance of acute cardiovascular pathology’, Biofizika, 1998; 43 (4): 654–8.

Hackermueller, L., ‘The wave nature of biomolecules and fluorofullerenes’, Physical Review Letters, 2003; 91: 090408.

Hadhazy, V. A. et al., ‘Mind-body therapies for the treatment of fibromyalgia. A systematic review’, Journal of Rheumatology, 2000; 27 (12): 2911–18.

Hagan, S. et al., ‘Quantum computation in brain microtubules: decoherence and biological feasibility’, Physical Review E, 2002; 65: 061901–11.

Hagelin, J. et al., ‘Effects of group practice of the Transcendental Meditation program on preventing violent crime in Washington, D. C.: results of the National Demonstration Project, June–July 1993’,Social Indicators Research, 1999; 47 (2): 153–201.

Hagen, S., Buddhism Plain and Simple, New York: Broadway Books, 1999.

Haisch, B., Rueda, A. and Puthoff, H. E., ‘Inertia as a zero-point-fiel Lorentz force’, Physical Review A, 1994; 49 (2): 678–94.

Haisch, B., Rueda, A. and Puthoff, H. E., ‘Physics of the zero-poin field: implications for inertia, gravitation and mass’, Speculations in Science and Technology, 1997; 20: 99–114.

Halberg, F., ‘Transdisciplinary unifying implications of circadian findings in the 1950s’, Journal of Circadian Rhythms, 2003; 1: 2.

Halberg, F. et al., ‘Cross-spectrally coherent about 10-5- and 21-year biological and physical cycles, magnetic storms and myocardial infarctions’, Neuroendrocrinology Letters, 2000; 21: 233–58.

Hall, S. S., ‘Is Buddhism good for your health?’New York Times Magazine, September 14, 2003: 47–9.

Hameroff, S. R., ‘Cytoplasmic gel states and ordered water: possible

roles  in biological  quantum coherence.’  Proceedings  of the  2nd Annual Advanced Water Sciences Symposium, Dallas, Texas, 1996.

Hameroff, S. R. et al. (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II: The Second Tucson Discussions and Debate, Cambridge, Mass.: The MIT Press, 1998.

Harrington, A. (ed.), The Placebo Effect: An Interdisciplinary Exploration, Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1997.

Harris, W. et al., ‘A randomised, controlled trial of the effects of remote, intercessory prayer on outcomes in patients admitted to the coronary care unit’, Archives of Internal Medicine, 1999; 159 (19): 2273–8.

Henderson, M., ‘Hypnosis really does turn black into white’, The Times, February 18, 2002.

Hercz, R., ‘The God helmet’,SATURDAYNIGHT magazine, October 2002: 40–6.

Hillman, D. et al., ‘About-10 yearly (Circadecennian) cosmo-helio geomagnetic signatures in Acetabularia, Scripta Medica (BRNO), 2002; 75 (6): 303–8.

Hinshaw, K. E., ‘The effects of mental practice on motor skill performance: critical evaluation and meta-analysis’, Imagination, Cognition and Personality, 1991–2; 11: 3–35.

Hitt, J., ‘This is your brain on God’,Wired, November 1999; issue 7.11. Hodges, R. D. and Schofield, A. M., ‘Is spiritual healing a valid an effective  therapy?’ Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine, 1995; 88:

2033–7.

Holmes, E., Living the Science of Mind, Marina del Rey, Calif.: DeVorss & Company, 1984.

Holmes, R., ‘In search of God’, New Scientist, April 21, 2001; 2287.

Ikemi, A. et al., ‘Thermographical analysis of the warmth of the hands during the practice of self-regulation method’, Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 1988; 50 (1): 22–8.

Jahn, R. G. et al., ‘Correlations of random binary sequences with pre stated operator intention: a review of a 12-year program’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1997; 11 (3): 345–67.

January Bishop, J. P. and Stenger, V. J., ‘Retroactive prayer: lots of history, not much mystery, and no science’, British Medical Journal, 2004; 329: 1444–6.

Jibu, M. and Yasue, K., Quantum Brain Dynamics and Consciousness, Amsterdam and Philadelphia: John Benjamins Publishing Company, 1995.

Jibu, M. et al., ‘Quantum optical coherence in cytoskeletal microtubules: implications for brain function’, Biosystems, 1994; 32: 195–209.

Josephson, B. D. and Pallikari-Viras, F., ‘Biological utilisation o quantum nonlocality’, Foundations of Physics, 2001; 21: 197–207.

Kamiya, J., ‘Operant control of the EEG alpha rhythm’, in C. Tart (ed.)

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

Altered States of Consciousness, New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1969.

Kappes, B. M., ‘Sequence effects of relaxation training, EMG,  an temperature biofeedback on anxiety, symptom report, and self-concept’, Journal of Clinical Psychology, 1983; 39 (2): 203–8.

Kashulin, P. A. et al., ‘Phenolic biochemical pathway in plants can be used for the bioindication of heliogeophysical factors’, ‘Physics of Auroral Phenomena’, Proceedings, XXV Annual Seminar, Apatity: Polar Geophysica Institute, Kola Science Center, Russian Academy of Science, February 26 March 1; 2002: 153–6.

Kaufman,    M.,   ‘Meditation   gives    brain   a                  charge,                   study    finds’

Washington Post, January 3, 2005.

Keen, J., Consciousness, Intent and the Structure of the Universe, Victoria, BC: Trafford Publishing, 2005.

Keicolt-Glaser, J. K., ‘Hostile marital interactions, proinflammatory cytokine production, and wound healing’, Archives of General Psychiatry, 2005; 62 (12): 1377–84.

Koren, S. A. and Persinger, M. A., ‘Possible disruption of remote viewing by complex weak magnetic fields around the stimulus site and the possibility of accessing real phase space: a pilot study’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 2002; 95 (3 Pt 1): 989–98.

Korotkov, K. et al., ‘Assessing biophysical energy transfer mechanisms in living systems: the basis of life processes’, Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2004; 10 (1): 49–57.

Korotkov, K. et al., ‘Stress diagnosis and monitoring with new computerized “Crown-TV” device’, Journal of Pathophysiology, 1998; 5: 227.

Kosslyn, S. M. et al., ‘Hypnotic visual illusion alters color processing in the brain’, American Journal of Psychiatry, 2000; 157: 1279–84.

Krippner, S., ‘Dancing with the trickster: notes for a transpersonal autobiography’, International Journal of Transpersonal Studies, 2002; 21: 1–18.

Krippner, S., ‘Possible geomagnetic field effects in psi phenomena.’ Paper presented at international parapsychology conference in Recife, Brazil November 1997.

Krippner, S., ‘Psi research and the human brain’s “reserve capacities”’, D y n a m i c a l Psychology, 1996; available online: http://goertzel.org/dynapsych/1996/stan. html.

Krippner, S., ‘Psychoneurological dimensions of anomalous experience in relation to religious belief and spiritual practice’, in K. Bulkeley (ed.), Soul, Psyche, Brain, New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2005: 61–92.

Krippner,  S.,  ‘Stigmatic  phenomenon:    an  alleged  case  in  Brazil’

Journal of Scientific Exploration, 2002; 16 (2): 207–24.

Krippner, S., ‘The epistemology and technologies of shamanic states of

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

consciousness’, Journal of Consciousness Studies, 2000; 7: 93–118.

Krippner, S., ‘The technologies of shamanic states of consciousness’, in

M. Schlitz et al. (eds.), Consciousness and Healing: Integral Approaches to Mind-Body Medicine, St Louis, Mo.: Elsevier Churchill Livingstone, 2005 376–90.

Krippner, S., ‘Trance and the trickster: hypnosis as a liminal phenomenon’, International Journal of Clinical and Experimenta Hypnosis, 2005, 53 (2): 97–118.

Krippner, S. and Persinger, M., ‘Evidence for enhanced congruence between dreams and distant target material during periods of decreased geomagnetic activity’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1996; 10: 487–93.

Krippner, S. et al., ‘Geomagnetic  factors in subjective precognitive dream experiences’, Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 2000; 64 (859): 109–18.

Krippner, S. et al., ‘Physiological and geomagnetic correlates of apparent anomalous phenomena observed in the presence of a Brazilian “sensitive”’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1996; 10: 281–98.

Krippner, S. et al., ‘The indigenous healing tradition in Calabria, Italy.’ Paper presented at the Annual Conference for the Study of Shamanism and Alternative Modes of Healing, San Rafael, California, September 2004.

Krippner, S. et al., ‘The Ramtha phenomenon: psychological phenomenological, and geomagnetic data’, Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 1998; 92: 1–24.

Krippner, S. et al., ‘Working with Ramtha: is it a “high risk” procedure?’ Proceedings of Presented Papers, the Parapsychological Association 41st Annual Convention, 1998: 50–63.

Krucoff, M. et al., ‘From efficacy to safety concerns: a STEP forward o a step back for clinical research and intercessory prayer? The Study of Therapeutic Effects of Intercessory Prayer (STEP)’,American Heart Journal, 2006; 151 (4): 762.

Krucoff, M. et al., ‘Music, imagery, touch and prayer as adjuncts to interventional cardiac care: the Monitoring and Actualisation of Noetic Trainings (MANTRA) II randomised study’,The Lancet, 2005; 366: 211–17.

Krucoff, M. W., ‘Integrative noetic therapies as adjuncts to percutaneous intervention during unstable coronary syndromes: Monitoring and Actualization of Noetic Training (MANTRA) feasibility pilot’,American Heart Journal, 2001; 142 (5): 760–7.

Krueger, A. P. and Sobel, D. S., ‘Air ions and health’, in David S. Sobe (ed.), Ways of Health: Holistic Approaches to Ancient and Contemporary Medicine, New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1979.

Larina, O. N. et al., ‘Effects of spaceflight factors on recombinan protein expression in E. coli producing strains’, in ‘Biomedical Research on the Science/NASA Project’, Abstracts of the Third US/Russian Symposium

Huntsville, Alabama, November 10–13, 1997: 110–11.

Lashley, J. K. et al., ‘An empirical account of temperature biofeedback applied in groups’, Psychological Reports, 1987; 60 (2): 379–88.

Laszlo, E., Science and the Akashic Field: An Integral Theory o Everything, Rochester, Vt.: Inner Traditions, 2004.

Laszlo, E., The Interconnected Universe: Conceptual Foundations o Transdiscipinary Unified Theory, Singapore: World Scientific Publishing, 1995.

Lazar, S. et al., ‘Meditation experience is associated with increased cortical thickness’, NeuroReport, 2005; 16: 1893–7.

Lazar, S. W. et al., ‘Functional brain mapping of the relaxation response and meditation’, NeuroReport, 2000; 11: 1581–5.

Leibovici, L., ‘Alternative (complementary) medicine: a cuckoo in the nest of empiricist reed warblers’, British Medical Journal, 1999; 319: 1629–32.

Leibovici, L., ‘Effects of remote, retroactive intercessory prayer on outcomes in patients with blood stream infection: randomized controlled trial’, British Medical Journal, 2001; 323 (7327): 1450–1.

LeShan, L., The Medium, the Mystic and the Physicist: Towards a Theory of the Paranormal, New York: Helios, 2003.

LeShan L. L. and Gassmann, M. L., ‘Some observations o psychotherapy with patients with neoplastic disease’, American Journal of Psychotherapy, 1958; 12: 723–34.

Letters, ‘Effect of retroactive prayer’, British Medical Journal, 2002; 324: 1037.

Letters, BMJ Online, December 22, 2003.

Lobach, E. and Bierman, D. J., ‘Who’s calling at this hour? Loca sidereal time and telephone telepathy’, Proceedings of Presented Papers, 47th Annual Convention of the Parapsychological Association Convention Vienna, August 5–8, 2004.

Luskin, F. M. et al., ‘A review of mind-body therapies in the treatment of cardiovascular disease, Part 1: Implications for the elderly’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 1998; 4 (3): 46–61.

Luskin, F. M. et al., ‘A review of mind/body therapies in the treatment of musculoskeletal disorders with implications for the elderly’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 2000; 6 (2): 46–56.

Lutz, A. et al., ‘Long-term meditators self-induce high-amplitude gamma synchrony during mental practice’, Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, 2004; 16, 101(46): 16369–73.

McCraty, R., ‘Influence of cardiac afferent input on heart-brain synchronization and cognitive performance’, International Journal of Psychophysiology, 2002; 45 (1–2): 72–3.

McCraty, R. et al., ‘Electrophysiological evidence of intuition: Part 1

The surprising role of the heart’, Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2004; 10 (1): 133–43.

McCraty, R. et al., ‘Electrophysiological evidence of intuition: Part 2. A system-wide process?’ Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2004; 10 (2): 325–36.

McCraty, R. et al., ‘Head-heart entrainment: a preliminary survey’, in Proceedings of the Brain-Mind Applied Neurophysiology EEG Neurofeedback Meeting. Key West, Florida, 1996.

McCraty, R. et al., ‘The electricity of touch: detection and measuremen of cardiac energy exchange between people’, in Karl H. Pribram (ed.), Brain and Values: Is a Biological Science of Values Possible? Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 1998: 359–79.

McGugan, E. A., ‘Sudden unexpected deaths in epileptics – literature review’, Scottish Medical Journal, 1999; 44 (5): 137–9.

McKay, B. and Persinger, M., ‘Geophysical Variables and Behavior LXXXVII: Effects of synthetic and natural geomagnetic patterns on maz learning’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1999; 89 (3 pt 1): 1023–4.

McTaggart, L., The Field: The Quest for the Secret Force of the Universe, London: HarperCollins, 2001.

McTaggart, L., What Doctors Don’t Tell You: The Truth about the Dangers of Modern Medicine, London: HarperCollins, 2005.

Mailer, N., The Fight, London and New York: Penguin, 2000.

Malle, B. F. et al., Intentions and Intentionality: Foundations of Social Cognition, Cambridge, Mass.: The MIT Press, 2001.

Maris, G. et al., ‘Geomagnetic consequences of the solar flares during the last Hale solar cycle (II)’, in H. Sawaya-Lacoste (ed.),Proceedings of the Second Solar Cycle and Space Weather Euroconference, September 24– 29, 2001, Vico Equense, Italy. Noordwijk, the Netherlands: ESA Publications, 2002: 451–4.

Michon, A. L. and Persinger, M. A., ‘Experimental simulation of the effects of increased geomagnetic activity upon nocturnal seizures in epileptic rats’, Neuroscience Letters, 1997; 224: 53–6.

Michon, A. L. et al., ‘Attempts to simulate the association between geomagnetic activity and spontaneous seizures in rats using experimentally generated magnetic fields’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1996; 82 (2): 619–

26.

Mikulecky, M., ‘Lunisolar tidal waves, geomagnetic activity and epilepsy in the light of multivariate coherence’, Brazilian Journal of Medicine, 1996; 29 (8): 1069–72.

Miller, R. N., ‘Study of remote mental healing’, Medical Hypotheses, 1982; 8: 481–90.

Miller, R. N., ‘The positive effect of prayer on plants’, Psychic, 1972; 3 (5): 24–5.

Minas, S. C., ‘Mental practice of a complex perceptual-motor skill’

Journal of Human Movement Studies, 1978; 4: 102–7.

Mizun, Y. G. and Mizun, P. G., Space and Health, Moscow: ‘Znanie’, 1984.

Monafo, W. W. and West, M. A., ‘Current recommendations for topical burn therapy’, Drugs, 1990; 40: 364–73.

Moseley, J. B. et al., ‘A controlled trial of arthroscopic surgery for osteoarthritis of the knee’, New England Journal of Medicine, 2002; 347: 81–8.

Mourou, G. A. and Umstadter, D., ‘Extreme light’, in ‘The edge o physics’, Special edition of Scientific American, 2002; 286: 80–6.

Muehsam, D. J. et al., ‘Effects of Qigong on cell-free myosi phosphorylation: preliminary experiments’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1994; 5 (1): 93–108.

Mumford, B. and Hall, C., ‘The effects of internal and external imager on performing figures in figure skating’, Canadian Journal of Applied Spor Sciences, 1985; 10: 171–7.

Murphy, M. et al., The Physiological and Psychological Effects o Meditation: A Review of Contemporary Research With a Comprehensive Bibliography, 1931–1996, Petaluma, Calif.: The Institute of Noetic Sciences 1997.

Nash,  C.  B.,  ‘Test  of  psychokinetic  control  of  bacterial  mutation’,

Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 1984; 78: 145–52.

Nash, C. B. and Nash, C. S., ‘The effect of paranormally conditione solution on yeast fermentation’, Journal of Parapsychology, 1967; 31: 314.

Nelson, L. and Schwartz, G. E., ‘Human biofield and intention detection individual differences’, Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2005; 11 (1): 93–101.

Nelson, R., ‘Correlation of global events with REG data: an internet based, nonlocal anomalies experiment’, Journal of Parapsychology, 2001; 65: 247–71.

Nelson, R., ‘Wishing for good weather: a natural experiment in group consciousness’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1997; 11 (1): 47–58.

Nelson, R. D., ‘Coherent consciousness and reduced randomness correlations on September 11, 2001’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 2002; 16 (4): 549–70.

Nelson, R. D., ‘The physical basis of intentional healing systems’ Princeton Engineering Anomalies Research, PEAR Technical Report, 99001 Princeton, New Jersey, January 1999.

Nelson, R. D. et al., ‘Correlation of continuous random data with majo world events’, Foundations of Physics Letters, 2002; 15 (6): 537–50.

Nelson, R. D. et al., ‘FieldREG anomalies in group situations’,Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1996; 10 (1): 111–14.

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

Nelson, R. D.  et al.,  ‘FieldREGII: consciousness field  effects replications and explorations’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1998; 12 (3): 425–54.

Novikova, K. F. and Ryvkin, B. A., ‘Solar activity and cardiovascular diseases’, in Gnevyshev, M. N. and Ol, A. I. (eds.), Effects of Solar Activity on the Earth’s  Atmosphere and Biosphere, Academy of Science,  USSR (translated  from  the  Russian).  Jerusalem:  Israel  Program  for  Scientifi Translations, 1977: 184–200.

O’Connor, R.  P. and Persinger,  M. A., ‘Geophysical Variables and Behavior, LXXXII: A strong association between sudden infant deat syndrome (SIDS) and increments of global geomagnetic activity – possible support for the melatonin hypothesis’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1997; 84: 395–402.

O’Connor, R.  P. and Persinger,  M. A., ‘Geophysical Variables and Behavior, LXXXV: Sudden infant death syndrome, bands of geomagnetic activity and pc1 (0.2 to 4 HZ) geomagnetic micropulsations’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1999; 88: 391–7.

O’Laoire, S., ‘An experimental study of the effects of distant intercessory prayer on self-esteem, anxiety and depression’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 1997; 3 (6): 19–53.

Olendzki, A., ‘The fourth foundation of mindfulness’, Insight Journal, Spring 2004: 13–17.

Oliver, R. T. D., ‘Surveillance as a possible option for management of metastic renal cell carcinoma’, Seminars in Urology, 1989; 7: 149–52.

Oraevskii, V. N. et al., ‘An influence of geomagnetic activity on the functional status of the body’, Biofizika, 1998; 43 (5): 819–26.

Oraevskii, V. N. et al., ‘Medico-biological effect of natural electromagnetic variations’, Biofizika, 1998; 43 (5): 844–8.

O’Regan, B. and Hirshberg, C.,Spontaneous Remission: An Annotated Bibliography, Petaluma, Calif.: The Institute of Noetic Sciences, 1993.

Orme-Johnson, W. et al., ‘International peace project in the Middle East: the effects of the Maharishi technology of the unified field’, Journal of Conflict Resolution, 1988; 32: 776–812.

Oshansky, B. and Dossey, L., ‘Comments on responses to “retroactive prayer: a preposterous hypothesis?”’ British Medical Journal, 2003; 327: 1465–8.

Oshansky, B. and Dossey, L., ‘Retroactive prayer: a preposterous hypothesis?’ British Medical Journal, 2003; 327: 20–7.

Paivio, A., ‘Cognitive and motivational functions of imagery in human performance’, Canadian Journal of Applied Sport Sciences, 1985; 10 (4): 22S–28S.

Pates, J. and Maynard, I., ‘Effects of hypnosis on flow states and gol performance’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 2000; 9: 1057–75.

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

Pates, J. et al., ‘The effects of hypnosis on flow states and three-poin shooting in basketball players’, The Sport Psychologist, 2002; 16: 34–47.

Peniston E. and Kulkosky, P. J., ‘Alcoholic personality and alpha-theta brainwave training’, Medical Psychotherapy, 1990; 3: 37–55.

Peniston, E. and Kulkosky, P. J., ‘Alpha-theta brainwave training and beta-endorphin levels in alcoholics’, Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research, 1989; 13: 271–9.

Peoc’h, R., ‘Chicken imprinting and the tychoscope: an Anpsi experiment’, Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 1988; 55: 1

Peoc’h, R., ‘Psychokinesis experiments with human and animal subjects upon a robot moving at random’, Journal of Parapsychology, September 1, 2002.

Peoc’h, R., ‘Psychokinetic action of young chicks on the path of an “illuminated source”’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1995; 9 (2): 223.

Persinger, M. A., ‘ELF field meditation in spontaneous psi events Direct information transfer or conditioned elicitation?’ Psychoenergetic Systems, 1975; 3: 155–69.

Persinger, M. A., ‘Enhancement of images of possible memories of others during exposure to circumcerebral magnetic fields: correlations with ambient geomagnetic activity’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 2002; 95 (2): 531–43.

Persinger, M. A., ‘Geophysical Variables and Behavior, XXX: Intens paranormal activities occur during days of quiet global geomagnetic activity’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1985; 61: 320–2.

Persinger, M. A., ‘Increased emergence of alpha activity over the left but not the right temporal lobe within a dark acoustic chamber: differential response of the left but not the right hemisphere to transcerebral magnetic fields’, International Journal of Psychophysiology, 1999; 34 (2): 163–9.

Persinger, M. A., ‘Sudden unexpected death in epileptics following sudden, intense, increases in geomagnetic activity: prevalence of effect and potential mechanisms’, International Journal of Biometeorology, 1995; 38: 180–7.

Persinger, M. A. and Koren, S. A., ‘Experiences of spiritual visitation and impregnation: potential induction by frequency-modulated transients from an adjacent clock’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 2001; 92 (1): 35–6.

Persinger,  M.  A.  and  Krippner,  S.,  ‘Dream  ESP  experiments  and geomagnetic                      activity’, Journal  of  the  American  Society  for    Psychica Research, 1989; 83: 101–16.

Persinger, M. A. et al., ‘Differential entrainment of electroencephalographic activity by weak complex electromagnetic fields’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1997; 84 (2): 527–36.

Persinger, M. A. et al., ‘Remote viewing with the artist Ingo Swann neuropsychological  profile,  electroencephalographic  correlates,  magnetic

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

resonance imaging (MRI), and possible mechanisms’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 2002; 94: 927–9.

Petro, V. M. et al., ‘An influence of changes of magnetic field of the earth on the functional state of humans in the conditions of space mission’, Proceedings, International Symposium ‘Computer Electro-Cardiograph o Boundary of Centuries’, Moscow, Russian Federation, 27–30 April, 1999.

Popp, F.-A., ‘Evidence of non-classical (squeezed) light in biological systems’, Physics Letters A, 2002; 293 (1–2): 98–102.

Popp, F.-A. et al., ‘Further analysis of delayed luminescence of plants’,

Journal of Photochemistry and Photobiology B: Biology, 2005; 78: 235–44.

Popp, F.-A. et al., ‘Mechanism of interaction between electromagnetic fields and living organisms’, Science in China (Series C), 2000; 43 (5): 507–18.

Popp, F.-A. et al., ‘Nonsubstantial biocommunication in terms of Dicke’s Theory’, in

M. W. Ho, F.-A. Popp and U. Warnke (eds.), Bioelectrodynamics and Biocommunication, Singapore: World Scientific Publishing, 1994: 293–317. Puthoff, H. E., ‘Ground state of hydrogen as a zero-point-fluctuation determined state’, Physical Review D, 1987; 35: 3266.

Pyatnitsky, L. N. and Fonkin, V. A., ‘Human consciousness influence on water structure’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1995; 9 (1): 89.

Radin, D. I., ‘A dog that seems to know when his owner is coming home: effect of environmental variables’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 2002; 16 (45): 579–92.

Radin, D. I., ‘A dog that seems to know when his owner is coming home: effects of geomagnetism and local sidereal time’, Boundary Institute Technical Report.

Radin, D. I., ‘Beyond belief: exploring interaction among body and environment’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1992; 2 (3): 1–40.

Radin, D. I., Entangled Minds, New York: Paraview, 2006.

Radin, D. I., The Conscious Universe, London: HarperCollins, 1997.

Radin, D. I., ‘Time-reversed human experience: experimental evidence and implications’, Journal of Nonlocality and Remote Mental Interactions, July 2003; II (2).

Radin, D. I. and Nelson, R., ‘Evidence for consciousness-relate anomalies in random physical systems’, Foundations of Physics, 1989; 19 (12): 1499–514.

Radin, D. I. et al., ‘Effects of distant healing intention through time and space: two exploratory studies’, Proceedings of Presented Papers. The 41st Annual  Convention of the  Parapsychological  Association,  Halifax,  Nov Scotia: Parapsychological Association, 1998: 143–61.

Radin, D. I. et al., ‘Effects of healing intention on cultured cells and truly random events’, Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2004;

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

10: 103–12.

Radin,   D.   I.   et   al.,   ‘Effects   of                     motivated   distant             intention                     on electrodermal  activity.’  Paper  presented  at the  annual  conference  of the Parapsychological Association, Stockholm, Sweden, August 2006.

Radin, D. I., ‘Environmental modulation and statistical equilibrium in mind-matter interaction’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1993; 4 (1): 1–30.

Radin, D. I., ‘Event-related electroencephalographic correlations between isolated human subjects’, Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2004; 10 (2): 315–23.

Radin, D. I., ‘Evidence for relationship between geomagnetic field fluctuations and skilled physical performance.’ Paper presented at the 11th Annual Meeting of the Society for Scientific Explorations, Princeton, New Jersey, June 1992.

Radin, D. I., ‘Exploring relationships between random physical events and mass human attention: asking for whom the bell tolls’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 2002; 16 (4): 533–47.

Radin, D. I., ‘For whom the bell tolls; a question of globa consciousness’, Noetic Sciences Review, 2003; 63: 8–13 and 44–5.

Radin, D. I., ‘Geomagnetic field fluctuations and sports performance’

Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1996; 6 (3): 217–26.

Radin, D. I., ‘Unconscious perception of future emotions: an experimen in presentiment’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1997; 11 (2): 163–80.

Radin, D. I. and May, E. C., ‘Evidence for a retrocausal effect in th human nervous system’, Boundary Institute Technical Report 2000–1.

Radin, D. I. and Rebman, J. M., ‘Seeking psi in the casino’,Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 1998; 62 (850): 193–219.

Radin, D. I. and Schlitz, M. J. ‘Gut feelings, intuition, and emotions: a exploratory study’, Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2005; 11 (5): 85–91.

Radin, D. I. and Utts, J. M., ‘Experiments investigating the influence o intention on random and pseudorandom events’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1989; 3: 65–79.

Radin, D. I., Taylor, R. D. and Braud, W., ‘Remote mental influence o human electrodermal activity: a pilot replication’, European Journal of Parapsychology, 1995;

11: 19–34. Radin, D. I. et al., ‘Geomagnetism and psi in the ganzfeld’ Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 1994; 59 (834): 352–63. Ranganathan, V. K. et al., ‘Increasing muscle strength by training the central nervous system without physical exercise’, Society for Neuroscience Abstracts, 2001; 31: 17. Ranganathan, V. K. et al., ‘Level of mental effort determines training-induced strength increases’, Society of Neuroscience Abstracts,  2002;  32:  768.  Raps,  A.  et  al.,  ‘Geophysical  Variables  and

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

Behavior,  LXIX:  Solar  activity and admission of psychiatric  inpatients’ Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1992; 74: 449. Raud, P. C., ‘Psychospiritual dimensions of extraordinary survival’, Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 1989; 29: 59–83. Raynes, B., ‘Interview with Todd Murphy’, Alternative Perceptions Magazine online, April 2004; No 78. Reece, K. et al., ‘Positive well-being changes associated with giving and receiving Johrei healing’, Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine; 2005, 11 (3): 455–7. Rein, G., ‘Biological effects of quantum fields and their role in the natural healing process’, Frontier Perspectives, 1998; 7: 16–23. Rein, G., ‘Effect o conscious intention on human DNA’. Paper presented at the International Forum on New  Science, Denver, Colorado, October 1996. Rein, G. an McCraty, R., ‘Structural changes in water and DNA associated with new physiologically measurable states’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1994; 8 (3): 438–9.

Resch, J. et al., ‘Distributing entanglement and single photons through an intra-city, free-space quantum channel’, Optics Express, 2005; 13 (1): 202–9.

Reznik, B., ‘Entanglement from the vacuum’, Foundations of Physics, 2003; 33: 167–76.

Richards, T. et al., ‘Replicable functional magnetic resonance imaging evidence of correlated brain signals between physically and sensory isolated subjects’, Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2005; 11 (6): 955–63.

Rinpoche, S., The Tibetan Book of Living and Dying, San Francisco: HarperSanFrancisco, 1994.

Roney-Dougal, S. M. and Solfvin, J., ‘Field study of an enhancemen effect on lettuce seeds – replication study’, Journal of Parapsychology, 2003; 67 (2): 279–98.

Rose, G. D. et al., ‘The behavioral treatment of Raynaud’s disease: a review’, Biofeedback and Self Regulation, 1987; 12: 257–72.

Rosenblum, B. and Kuttner, F., ‘The observer in the quantum experiment’, Foundations of Physics, 2002; 32 (8): 1273–93.

Rotella, R. J. et al., ‘Cognitions and coping strategies of elite skiers: an exploratory study of young developing athletes’, Journal of Sport Psychology, 1980; 2: 350–4.

Rubik, B. et al., ‘In vitro effect of Reiki treatment on bacterial cultures role of experimental context and practitioner well-being’, Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2006; 12 (1): 7–13.

Rushall, B. S., ‘Covert modeling as a procedure for altering an elite athlete’s psychological state’, Sport Psychologist, 1988; 2: 131–40.

Rushall, B. S., ‘The restoration of performance capacity by cognitive restructuring and covert positive reinforcement in an elite athlete’, in J. R. Cautela and A. J. Kearney (eds.), Covert Conditioning Casebook, Boston, Mass.: Thomson Brooks/Cole, 1993.

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

Rushall, B. S. and Lippman, L. G., ‘The role of imagery in physica performance’, International Journal for Sport Psychology, 1997; 29: 57–72.

Salmon, J. et al., ‘The use of imagery by soccer players’, Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 1994; 6: 116–33.

Sancier, K. M., ‘Electrodermal measurements for monitoring the effects of a Qigong workshop’, Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2003; 9 (2): 235–41.

Sancier, K. M., ‘Medical applications ofQigong and emitted Q i on humans, animals, cell cultures, and plants: review of selected scientific research’, American Journal of Acupuncture, 1991; 19 (4): 367–77.

Sancier, K. M., ‘Search for medical applications of Qigong with the computerized Qigong Database™’, Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2001; 7 (1): 93–5.

Satinsky, D., ‘Biofeedback treatment for headache: a two-year follow- up study’, American Journal of Clinical Biofeedback, 1981; 4 (1): 62–5.

Scargle, J. D., ‘Commentary: Was there evidence of global consciousness on September 11, 2001?’ Journal of Scientific Exploration, 2002; 16 (4): 571–7.

Schlitz, M., ‘Can science study prayer?’ Shift: At the Frontiers of Consciousness, 2006, September–November; 12: 38–9.

Schlitz, M., ‘Distant healing intention: definitions and evolving guidelines for laboratory studies’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 2003; 9 (3 Suppl): A31–43.

Schlitz, M., ‘Intentionality in healing: mapping the integration of body, mind, and spirit’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 1995; 1 (5): 119–20.

Schlitz, M. et al. (eds.), Consciousness and Healing: Integral Approaches to Mind-Body Healing, St. Louis, Mo.: Elsevier Churchil Livingstone, 2005.

Schlitz, M. J. and Braud, W. G., ‘A methodology for the objective study of transpersonal imagery’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1989; 3 (1): 43–63.

Schlitz, M. J. and Braud, W. G., ‘Distant intentionality and healing assessing the evidence’, Alternative Therapies in Health and  Medicine, 1997; 3 (6): 62–73.

Schlitz, M. J. and Honorton, C., ‘Ganzfeld psi performance within a artistically gifted population’, Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 1992; 86 (2): 83–98.

Schlitz, M. J. and LaBerge, S., ‘Autonomic detection of remot observation; two conceptual replications’, in D. Bierman (ed.), Proceedings of Presented Papers: 37th Annual Parapsychological Association Convention, Amsterdam. Fairhaven, Mass.: Parapsychological Association 1994: 465–78.

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

Schmidt, H., ‘Additional effect for PK on pre-recorded targets’,Journal of Parapsychology, 1985; 49: 229–44.

Schmidt, H., ‘PK tests with and without preobservation by animals’, in

L.  S.  Henkel  and  J.  Palmer  (eds.),Research  in  Parapsychology,  1989, Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1990: 15–19.

Schmidt, H., ‘Random generators and living systems as targets in retro- PK experiments’, Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 1997; 912 (1): 1–13.

Schmidt, H. and Stapp, H., ‘PK with prerecorded random events and th effects of preobservation’, Journal of Parapsychology, 1993; 57 (4): 331–

49.

Schmidt, H. and  Stapp, H., ‘Study of PK with prerecorded rando events and the effects of preobservation’, Journal of Parapsychology, 1993: 57: 351.

Schmidt, S. et al., ‘Distant intentionality and the feeling of being stared at: two metaanalysis’, British Journal of Psychology, 2004; 95: 235–47.

Schoenberger, N. E. et al., ‘Flexyx neurotherapy system in the treatmen of traumatic brain injury: an initial evaluation’, Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation, 2001; 16 (3): 260–74.

Schwartz, G. and Russek, L., ‘Subtle energies – electrostatic bod motion registration and the human antenna-receiver effect: a new method for investigating interpersonal dynamical energy system interactions’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1996; 7 (2): 149–84.

Schwartz, G. E., ‘Biofeedback, self-regulation, and the patterning o physiological processes’, American Scientist, 1975; 63 (3): 314–24.

Schwartz, G. E. and Russek, L. G., ‘Dynamical energy systems an modern physics’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 1997; 3: 46–56.

Schwartz, G. E. et al., ‘Interpersonal hand-energy registration: evidence for implicit performance and perception’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1995; 6 (3): 183–200.

Schwartz, S. A. et al., ‘Infrared spectra alteration in water proximate to the palms of therapeutic practitioners’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1991; 1: 43–57.

Scott, W. B., ‘To the stars’, Aviation Week and Space Technology, March 4, 2004: 50–3.

Semikhina, L. P. and Kiselev, V. P., ‘Effect of weak magnetic fields on the properties of water and ice’, Zabedenii, Fizika, 1988; 5: 13–17.

Seto, A. et al., ‘Detection of extraordinary large biomagnetic field strength from the human hand during external qi emission’, Acupuncture and Electrotherapeutics Research International, 1992; 17: 75–94.

Sheldrake, R., Dogs that Know When Their Owners Are Coming Hom and  Other Unexplained Powers of Animals, London: Three Rivers Press

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

2000.

Sheldrake, R., The Sense of Being Stared At and Other Aspects of Th Extended Mind, London: Hutchinson, 2003.

Sherwood, S. J. and Roe, C. A., ‘A review of dream ESP studie conducted since the Maimonides dream ESP programme’, Journal of Consciousness Studies, 2003; 10: 85–109.

Sicher, F. et al., ‘A randomized double-blind study of the effect of distant healing in a population with advanced AIDS: report of a small scale study’, Western Journal of Medicine, 1998; 168 (6): 356–63.

Siegel, B., Love, Medicine and Miracles: Lessons Learned about Self Healing from a Surgeon’s Experience with Exceptional Patients, London: HarperCollins, 1990.

Silver, B. V. et al., ‘Temperature biofeedback and relaxation training in the treatment of migraine headaches: one-year follow-up’, Biofeedback and Self Regulation, 1979; 4 (4): 359–66.

Simonton, C. O. et al., Getting Well Again, New York: Bantam, 1980.

Simpson, S. H. et al., ‘A meta-analysis of the association between adherence to drug therapy and mortality’, British Medical Journal, 2006; 333: 15–19.

Singer, W., ‘Neuronal synchrony: a versatile code for the definition of relations?’ Neuron, 1999; 24: 49–65.

Smith,  C.  W.,  ‘Is  a  living system a  macroscopic  quantum system?’

Frontier Perspectives, 1998; 7 (1) Fall/Winter: 9.

Smith, D. et al., ‘The effect of mental practice on muscle strength and EMG activity’, Proceedings of the British Psychological Society Annua Conference, 1998; 6 (2): 116.

Snel, F. W. J. J. and van der Sijde, P. C., ‘The effect of retro-active distance healing on Babeia rodhani (rodent malaria) in rats’, European Journal of Parapsychology, 1990; 8: 123–30.

Sorensen, A. et al., ‘Many-particle entanglement with Bose-Einstein condensates’, Nature, 2001; 409 (6816): 63–6.

Spottiswoode, J., ‘Geomagnetic fluctuations and free response anomalous cognition: a new understanding’, Journal of Parapsychology, 1997; 61: 3–12.

Spottiswoode, J. P., ‘Effect of ambient magnetic field fluctuations on performance in a free response anomalous cognition task: a pilot study’, Proceedings of the 36th Annual Convention of the Parapsychological Association, 1993: 143–56.

Spottiswoode, J. P. and May, E. C., ‘Anomalous cognition effect size dependence on sidereal time and solar wind parameters’, Spottiswoode library, http://www.jsasoc.com/library. html.

Spottiswoode, S. J. P., ‘Apparent association between effect size in free response anomalous cognition experiments and local sidereal time’, Journal

******ebook converter DEMO – www.ebook-converter.com*******

of Scientific Exploration, 1997: 11 (2): 109–22.

Spottiswoode, S. J. P. and May, E., ‘Evidence that free response anomalous cognitive performance depends upon local sidereal time and geomagnetic fluctuations’, Presentation Abstracts, Sixteenth Annual Meeting of the Society for Scientific Exploration, June 1997: 8.

Squires, E. J., ‘Many views of one world – an interpretation of quantum theory’, European Journal of Physics, 1987; 8: 173.

Standish, L. J. et al., ‘Electroencephalographic evidence of correlated event-related signals between the brains of spatially and sensory isolated human subjects’, J ournal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2004; 10 (2): 307–14.

Standish, L. J. et al., ‘Evidence of correlated functional magnetic resonance imaging signals between distant human brains’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 2003; 9 (1): 122–5.

Stapp, H. P., ‘A bell-type theorem without hidden variables’, American Journal of Physics, 2004; 72: 30–3.

Stapp, H. P., ‘Theoretical model of a purported empirical violation of the predictions of quantum theory’, Physical Review A, 1994; 50 (1): 18–22.

Stein, J., ‘Just say Om’, Time magazine, August 4, 2003: 49–56.

Sterman, M. B., ‘Basic concepts and clinical findings in the treatment o seizure disorders with EEG operant conditioning’, Clinical Electroencephalography, 2000; 31(1): 45–55.

Sterman, M. B., ‘Epilepsy and its treatment with EEG feedback therapy’,

Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 1986; 8: 21–5.

Sterman, M. B., ‘Neurophysiological and clinical studies o sensorimotor EEG biofeedback training: some effects on epilepsy’, Seminars in Psychiatry, 1973; 5 (4): 507–25.

Sterman, M. B., ‘The challenge of EEG biofeedback in the treatment o epilepsy: a view from the trenches’, Biofeedback, 1997; 25 (1): 6–7.

Stibor, A. et al., ‘Talbot-Lau interferometry with fullerenes: sensitivity to inertial forces and vibrational dephasing’, Laser Physics, 2005; 15: 10– 17.

Stoilova, I. and Zdravev, T., ‘Influence of the geomagnetic activity on the human functional systems’, Journal of the Balkan Geophysical Society, 2000; 3 (4): 73–6.

Stone, J., Course Handbook: Training in Compassionate-Lovin Intention (unpublished), 2003.

Stone, J., ‘Effects of a compassionate/loving intention as a therapeutic intervention by partners of cancer patients: a randomized controlled feasibility study’, in press.

Stoupel, E., ‘Relationship between suicide and myocardial infarction with regard to changing physical environmental conditions’, International Journal of Biometeorology, 1994; 38 (4): 199–203.

Stoupel, E. et al., ‘Clinical cosmobiology: the Lithuanian study, 1990– 1992’, International Journal of Biometeorology, 1995; 38: 204–8.

Stoupel, E. et al., ‘Suicide-homicide temporal interrelationship, links with other fatalities and environmental physical activity’, Crisis, 2005; 26: 85–9.

Suinn, R. M., ‘Imagery rehearsal applications to performance enhancement’, The Behavior Therapist, 1985; 8: 155–9.

Surwillo, W. W. and Hobson, D. P., ‘Brain electrical activity during prayer’, Psychological Reports, 1978; 43 (1): 135–43.

Swets, J. A. and Bjork, R. A., ‘Enhancing human performance: a evaluation of “New Age” techniques considered by the U. S. Army’ Psychological Science, 1990; 1: 85–96.

Talbot, M., Mysticism and the New Physics, London: Penguin, 1993.

Targ, E., ‘Research methodology for studies of prayer and distant healing’, Complementary Therapies in Nursing and Midwifery, 2002; 8: 29– 41.

Tart, C., ‘Physiological correlates of psi cognition’, International Journal of Parapsychology, 1963; 5: 375–86.

Tart, C. T., Body Mind Spirit: Exploring the Parapsychology o Spirituality, Charlottesville, Va.: Hampton Roads Publishing Company 1997.

Tart, C. T., ‘Geomagnetic effects on GESP: two studies’, Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 1988; 82 (3): 193–215.

Tart, C. T., Initial Application of Mindfulness Extension Exercises in a Traditional Buddhist Meditation Retreat Setting, 1995 (unpublished: www paradigmsys. com/cttart).

Tedder, W. H. and Monty, M. L., ‘Exploration of a long-distance PK: a conceptual replication of the influence on a biological system’, in W. G. Roll et al. (eds.), Research in Parapsychology 1980, Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1981: 90–3.

Tiller, W., Science and Human Transformation; Subtle Energies Intentionality and Consciousness, Walnut Creek, Calif.: Pavior Publications, 1997.

Tiller, W. et al., Conscious Acts of Creation: The Emergency of a New Physics, Walnut Creek, Calif.: Pavior Publishing, 2001.

Tiller, W. et al., Some Science Adventures with Real Magic, Walnut Creek, Calif.: Pavior Publishing, 2005.

Tiller, W. A., ‘Subtle energies’, Science and Medicine, 1999; 6 (3): 28–33.

Tiller, W. A. and Dibble, W. E. Jr., ‘New experimental data revealing an unexpected dimension to materials science and engineering’, Material Research Innovation, 2001; 5: 21–34.

Tiller,  W.  A.  et  al.,  ‘Towards  explaining  anomalously  large  body

voltage surges on exceptional subjects, Part I: The electrostatic approximation’, Journal of the Society for Scientific Exploration, 1995; 9 (3): 331.

Tompkins, P. and Bird, C., The Secret Life of Plants, New York: Harper & Row, 1973.

Travis, F. and Wallace, R. K., ‘Autonomic and EEG patterns during eyes-closed rest and Transcendental Meditation (TM) practice: the basis for a neural model of TM practice’, Consciousness and Cognition, 1999; 8: 302–18.

Tromp, S. W., Biometeorology, London: Heyden, 1980.

Tschulakow, A. V. et al., ‘A new approach to the memory of water’,

Homeopathy, 2005;

94: 241–7. Tsushima, W. T., ‘Treatment of phantom limb pain with EMG and temperature biofeedback: a case study’, American Journal of Clinical Biofeedback, 1982; 5 (2): 150–3. Ullman, M. et al., Dream Telepathy: Experiments in ESP, Jefferson, No.: McFarland, 1989.

Ursin, R. et al., ‘Quantum teleportation across the Danube’,Nature, 2004; 430: 849.

Utts, J., ‘The significance of statistics in mind-matter research’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1999; 13 (4): 615–38.

Vaiserman, A. M. et al., ‘Human longevity: related to date of birth?’ Abstract 9, Second International Symposium: Workshop on Chronoastrobiology and Chronotherapy, Tokyo Kasei University, Tokyo, Japan, November 2001.

Van Baalen, D. C. et al., ‘Psychosocial correlates of “spontaneous” regression of cancer’, Humane Medicine, April 1987.

Van Gyn, G. H. et al., ‘Imagery as a method of enhancing transfer from training to performance’, Journal of Sport and Exercise Science, 1990; 12: 366–75.

Van Wijk, E. P. A. and Van Wijk, R., ‘The development of a bio-sensor for the state of consciousness in a human intentional healing ritual’, Journal of International Society of Life Information Science (ISLIS,) 2002; 20 (2): 694–702.

Van Wijk, E. P. et al., ‘Anatomic characterization of human ultra-weak photon emission in practitioners of Transcendental Meditation™ and control subjects’, Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2006; 12 (1): 31–8.

Van Wijk, R. and Van Wijk, E. P., ‘The search for a biosensor as a witness of a human laying on of hands ritual’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 2003; 9 (2): 48–55.

Vedral, V., ‘Entanglement hits the big time’, Nature, 2003; 425: 28–9.

Vedral, V., ‘Mean-field approximations and multipartite thermal correlations’, New Journal of Physics, 2004; 6: 2–24.

Vedral, V., ‘Quantifying entanglement’, Physical Review Letters, 1997; 78 (12): 2275–9.

Vincent, J.-D., The Biology of Emotions, trans. J. Hughes. Cambridge Mass.: Basil Blackwell, 1990.

Wackerman, J. et al., ‘Correlations between brain electrical activities of two spatially separated human subjects’, Neuroscience Letters, 2003; 336: 60–4.

Walker, E. H., The Physics of Consciousness, New York: Basic Books, 2000.

Wallace, B. A., ‘The Buddhist tradition of Samatha: methods for refining and examining consciousness’, Journal of Consciousness Studies, 1999; 6 (2–3): 175–88.

Walther, P., ‘Quantum nonlocality obtained from local states by entanglement purification’, Physical Review Letters, 2005; 94: 040504.

Watkins, G.  K. and  Watkins, A.  M., ‘Possible PK influence on the resuscitation of anesthetized mice’, Journal of Parapsychology, 1971; 35: 257–72.

Watkins, G. K. et al., ‘Further studies on the resuscitation of anesthetized mice’, in W. G. Roll et al. (eds.), Research in Parapsychology, Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1973: 157–9.

Watt, C. et al., ‘Exploring the limits of direct mental influence: two studies comparing “blocking” and “co-operating” strategies’, Journal for Scientific Exploration, 1999; 13 (3): 515–35.

Weiman, C. E. and Cornell, E. A., ‘Seventy years later: the creation of a Bose-Einstein condensate in an ultracold gas’, Lorentz Proceedings, 1999; 52: 3–5.

Weinberg, R. S. et al., ‘Effects of visuo-motor behavior rehearsal, relaxation, and imagery on karate performance’, Journal of Sport Psychology, 1981; 3: 228–38.

Wells, R. and Klein, J., ‘A replication of a “psychic healing” paradigm’, Journal of Parapsychology, 1972; 36: 144–9. West, M. A., ‘Meditation and the EEG’, Psychological Medicine, 1980; 10 (2): 369–75.

Wientjes,    K.    A.,    ‘Mind-body    techniques                  in     wound                    healing’,

Ostomy/Wound Management, 2002; 48 (11): 62–7.

Wilkes, R. L. and Summers, J. J., ‘Cognitions, mediating variables an strength performance’, Journal of Sport Psychology, 1984; 6: 351–9.

Williams, B. J., ‘Exploratory block analysis of field consciousness effects on global RNGs on September 11, 2001’ (http://noosphere.princeton.edu/williams/GCP911.     html).

Williams, P. and West, M., ‘EEG responses to photic stimulation in persons experienced at meditation’, Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 1975; 39 (5): 519–22.

Winton,   J.,   ‘New   functions   for   electrical              signals        in  plants’, New

Phytologist, 2004; 161: 607–10.

Wolf, F. A., Mind into Matter: A New Alchemy of Science and Spirit, Needham, Mass.: Moment Point Press, 2000.

Yue, G. H. and Cole, K. J., ‘Strength increases from the motor program comparison of training with maximal voluntary and imagined muscle contractions’, Journal of Neurophysiology, 1992; 67: 114–23.

Zeilinger, A., ‘Probing the limits of the quantum world’, Physics World, March 2005 (online journal: http://www.physicsweb.org/articles/world/18/3/5/1).

Zeilinger, A., ‘Quantum teleportation’, Scientific American, April 2000: 32–41.

Zimmerman,  J.,  ‘New  technologies  detect effects  in healing hands’

Brain/Mind Bulletin, 1985; 10 (2): 20–3.

Zohar, D., The Quantum Self, London: Bloomsbury Press, 1991.

Zwierlein, M. W. et al., ‘Observation of Bose-Einstein condensation o molecules’, Physical Review Letters, 2003; 91: 250401.

Useful websites

www.biomindsuperpowers.com: Ingo Swann’s Superpowers of the Human Bio-mind

www.fourmilab.ch/rpkp/bierman-metaanalysis. html www.laurentian.ca/Neursci/_people/Persinger.    htm www.lifescientists.de: official website of the IIB. www.officeofprayerresearch.org www.spiritualbrain.com www.wholistichealingresearch.com

This is part 4 of a multi-part post.

The access to all the posts can be found in this index below…

Do you want more?

I have many more posts related to this in my MAJestic Index. You can find it here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

The Intention Experiment (full text) by Lynne McTaggart. In HTML for free access. Part 3 of 4.

This is part 3 of 4.

This is a complete reprint of the book titled “The Intention Experiment” by Lynne McTaggart. It is a non-fiction book, and it is groundbreaking. In this book, the author has compiled all those studies about the reality of ESP, and PSI, and compiled the results. The results are pretty damning. Something is going on, and Newtonian physics cannot explain it. It can only be explained with quantum physics.

What is going on is that quantum physics is working and weaving it’s magic throughout our lives, and rather than discount things as “superstition” and out-dated religion, this book connects actual scientific studies with the quantum physics principles involved. It explains so many thing that have been discounted as pure superstition.

Thus it’s placement in my blog.

This is for those people who want nice and clean answers to what is going on, yet cannot shake off the Newtonian physics that they learned in High School. This book teaches you that there is a deeper reality behind everything and as such, it helps explain some elements of paranormal and religion that are often discounted as primitive nonsense.

Welcome to the world of quantum physics and how all those things about prayer, intention, and spirituality actually does have a scientific foundation that they are based upon.

CHAPTER EIGHT

The Right Place

IN 1997, WILLIAM TILLER had been helping a Californian company develop product to eliminate electromagnetic pollution. The product contained a quartz crystal, which was why they had consulted him. Tiller, a physicist and professor emeritus of materials science and engineering at Stanford University, had carved out an influential niche for himself in the science of crystallization; he had written three textbooks on the subject and more than 250 scientific papers.1

The product consisted of a simple black box, about the size of a remote control. Inside its casing were three oscillators of 1–10 megahertz, barely a microwatt’s worth of power when the device was turned on. The box also contained an electrically erasable, programmable, read-only memory (EEPROM) component unconventionally connected in the circuit. It seemed to be able to screen incoming electromagnetic energy, possibly through the quartz oscillators also contained inside the box: quartz was thought to modulate quantum information by rotating the direction of waves.

As Tiller examined the equipment, an outrageous idea struck him. Fascinated by evidence that remote influence worked, Tiller had been carrying out a number of his own experiments and had formulated an entire theory about ‘subtle energy’ in living systems. Perhaps the little box he held in his hand might help him put intention to the supreme test. If thoughts were just another form of energy, what if he attempted to ‘charge’ this simple low-tech machine with a human intention and then use it to try to affect a chemical process? His experiment would rest on the unthinkable assumption that thoughts could be imprisoned in a bit of electronic memory and later ‘released’ to affect the physical world.2

This fanciful idea would lead to a bizarre experimental result, offering convincing evidence that there is such a thing as the right place, as well as the right time, for carrying out intentions.

Tiller borrowed some lab space at the Terman Engineering building at Stanford from one of his tolerant colleagues in civil engineering, and some other space in the biology department, made some adjustments to the commercial device, and began designing his experiments.

He wanted to go for broke, to see if this ‘caged’ intention could affect actual live test subjects. He realized he could not yet try his experiments on human beings, because they presented too many random, uncontrollable variables. But he could experiment on what scientists consider the next best thing to a human being: the fruit fly.

In the laboratory among the experimental animal population, the fruit fly is prom queen. Scientists have considered Drosophila melanogaster a model organism for more than a century, largely because its life cycle is so short. Within six days a fruit fly will completely remodel itself from larval grub to six-legged, winged insect and die just two weeks later.

Tiller had in mind an experiment that would speed up their entire developmental process even further. His Stanford colleague Michael Kohane an expert in fruit flies, had been studying the effects of supplements of nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NAD) on his fruit fly specimens. An important cofactor for enzymes, NAD helps in energy metabolism within cells by transporting hydrogen which is essential in setting the fly’s built-in timer for larval development. Energy availability also directly affects an organism’s fitness.3

NAD   marshals   electrons   into   the   pathway needed to maximize  energy production and metabolism; low levels of NAD adversely affect the production of adenosine triphosphate (ATP).

Every cell uses oxygen and glucose to convert ADP (adenine diphosphate) and phosphoric acid into ATP, a molecule that slow-drips energy to  power  most cellular  processes. ADP and ATP are  the  equivalent of chemical energy storage tanks. Each molecule hoards a tiny supply of energy deep within its phosphorus–oxygen bond. Increasing the supply of NAD will increase the ratio of ATP to ADP, causing the cellular processes to work harder and faster, fast- forwarding larval development.

As the fruit fly develops, the higher the ATP/ADP ratio, the more energy available to the cells, and the fitter the fly. The net effect of NAD is to increase a fruit fly’s overall level of health, from cradle to grave.

Electromagnetic fields can have a profound effect on cellular energy metabolism, particularly the synthesis of ATP. 4 Human thoughts could be construed as a similar form of energy, Tiller reasoned. But could the energy of a thought interact with the transport chain of electrons to stoke up the metabolic fire?

To carry out the protocol he had in mind, Tiller needed a second lab. He set up one near the benefactor who was going to fund the studies in a small facility in Minnesota, just north of Excelsior. There he installed Michael Kohane and Wal Dibble, one of his former graduate students.

One morning in early January 1997, Tiller gathered his four participants, including himself, his wife Jean, and two friends, all highly experienced meditators, around a table. He unwrapped the first black box, placed it in the middle of the table and turned it on.

At the signal, Tiller told them all to enter a deep meditative state. After mentally ‘cleansing’ the environment and the equipment itself, he stood before them, a tall, lanky figure with bright, irreverent eyes and a wispy white beard, and read aloud the intention he had scripted earlier:

Our intention is to synergistically influence (a) the availability of oxygen, protons, and ADP (b) the activity of the available concentration of NAD plus (c the activity of the available enzymes, dehydrogenase and ATP-synthase, in the mitochondria so that the production of ATP in the fruit fly larvae is significantly increased (as much as possible without harming the life function of the larvae) and thus the larval development time significantly reduced relative to that with the control device.

Although the intention boiled down to significantly increasing the ratio of the ATP to ADP, Tiller had purposefully made the intention highly specific, so there would be no possible misunderstanding. He suspected that the more specific the thought, the more likely it was to have an effect, and so was careful, with each experiment, to pinpoint its aims. He had added ‘without harming the life function of the larvae’ because he suspected that if they tried to push things too far, they might well kill the tiny creatures.

The meditators held the intention for 15 minutes, before abruptly releasing it, at Tiller’s signal, then they focused for a final 5 minutes on a closing intention, to mentally ‘seal the intention’ into the device.

Tiller had prepared an identical control box that had not been ‘imprinted’ with intention by wrapping it in aluminium foil and placing it in an electrically grounded Faraday cage, in order to screen out electromagnetic frequencies of all magnitudes.

He wrapped the imprinted black box, or the ‘Intention-Imprinted Electronic Device’, as he now called it, in aluminium foil and placed it in another Faraday cage until ready for shipping. On separate days he shipped each box via FedEx to the Minnesota laboratory, some 1500 miles away. He had been careful to blind the experiment so that neither Dibble nor Kohane would know which device contained the intention and which the control when the two devices arrived.

The Excelsior scientists prepared several groups consisting of eight vials of fruit fly larvae and placed three of the groups of vials inside Faraday cages. They then placed both black boxes inside two of the cages with the vials and turned them on.

Over the next eight months, they carried out experiments on 10,000 larvae and 7000 adult flies, in each instance tracking the ATP/ADP ratio. After compiling their data and mapping it on a graph, Tiller and Kohane discovered not only that that the ratio of ATP to ADP had increased, but also that those larvae exposed to the imprinted devices developed 15 per cent faster than normal.5

Furthermore, once the larvae had reached their adult stages they were healthier than normal, as were their descendants.6 The intention not only had a positive effect on the flies themselves; it also appeared to affect the genealogical line.

By that time, Tiller had tried out other black boxes on a great number of other subjects, choosing his experimental targets with care. He needed tests like that of the fruit fly co-enzyme ratio that would show a genuine, measurable change. He decided on two new targets: the pH of water and the increase in the activity of a liver enzyme called alkaline phosphatase (ALP). He chose the pH test because water pH – th measure of acidity or alkalinity in a solution – remains fairly static and tiny changes of one-hundredth or even one-thousandth of a unit on the pH scale can be measured; a change of a full unit or more on the pH scale would represent an enormous shift that was unlikely to be the result of an incorrect measurement. ALP is another ideal test target because its activity proceeds at an unvarying rate.

In both instances, his meditators imprinted intentions into the black boxes to change the pH of water both up and down by a full pH unit and to increase by a ‘significant factor’ the activity of ALP. Tiller then sent off both imprinted and control boxes to Dibble, who made use of a similar study design as the fly experiment. Both experiments were extraordinarily  successful.7

In  the water  experiments, their intentions managed to change the pH up and down by one unit, and the ALP activity was significantly increased.8

Tiller was in the midst of some of his black-box experiments when he noticed something strange. After three months, the results of his studies began to improve; the more he repeated the experiment, the stronger and quicker the effects.

Tiller decided to try to isolate the aspect of the environment that had changed. He took readings of the air temperature, in and outside the Faraday cages, and discovered that the temperature appeared to be going up and down according to a regular rhythm or oscillation, dipping and climbing at regular intervals. He had first taken the temperature readings with an ordinary mercury thermometer. In case these results had something to do with the instrumentation, he switched to a computerized, low-resolution thermistor-based digital thermometer.

Then he tried a high-resolution thermometer. All three recorded the same readings. When he plotted it, he saw that the temperature change was oscillating at a precise rhythm every 45 minutes or so, varying by some 4°C.9

Tiller then measured the pH of water in the lab and measured its capacity to conduct electricity. He observed the same phenomenon as he had with the temperature: periodic oscillations of at least one-quarter of a unit on the pH scale, and regular dips and peaks in the water’s ability to conduct electricity. Tiller was especially intrigued by the changes in pH. The acid/alkaline balance in any substance is highly sensitive to change; if the pH of a person’s blood shifts up or down by just a half a pH unit, it means that they are dying or already dead.

A pattern was developing: as the temperature of the air rose, the pH fell, and vice versa, in near perfect harmonic rhythm. The water’s electrical conductivity showed a similar harmonic cycle.10 Somehow his lab was beginning to manifest different material properties, almost as if it were a specially charged environment.

The effects also continually increased. No matter which experiment he carried out, the longer the imprinted devices were in the room, the larger the rhythmic fluctuations of the temperature and pH.11

These fluctuations remained unaffected by the opening of doors or windows, the operation of air conditioners or heaters, and even the presence or movement of humans or objects around their immediate vicinity. When he compared graphs of air and water temperature readings, they again mapped in perfect harmony.

Every corner of the room that was measured registered the same result. Each aspect of the physical space appeared to be in some sort of rhythmic, energetic harmony.

By this time, Tiller and his colleagues had set up four labs, each separated from the others by between 35 and 280 metres. Once enough experiments had been carried out, every other site also began to evidence these rhythmic fluctuations.

Tiller had never observed these types of ‘organized’ oscillations in his conventional science labs at Stanford. Indeed, they had never been observed anywhere else before. Just to be sure that this phenomenon was not being caused by the boxes themselves, he and his colleagues carried out three control experiments, in which devices that had not been imprinted with intention were placed in the spaces and turned on. In those cases, all the readings of air and water behaved normally.

Tiller still puzzled over the meaning of the effects, and whether they might be due to some physical disturbance. He wondered whether having two large fans in the room would affect the oscillations in the air and water. Ordinarily, forced air convection from a fan should cause oscillations in temperature to disappear. He placed a desk fan and a floor fan in strategic places near a line of temperature probes. Even when the fans were turned up high enough to scatter pieces of paper, the original temperature oscillations remained.

What exactly was going on? This could be a magnetic effect, Tiller thought. Perhaps he should check out the magnetic field of the water. He placed an ordinary bar magnet under a jar of water for three days, with the north pole of the magnet pointing upwards, and measured the water’s pH.

Then he turned the magnet over so that the south pole faced upwards under the jar for the same period. In normal circumstances, when ordinary water is exposed to this kind of weak magnet, which has a field strength of less than 500 gauss, the pH will be the same, no matter which side of the magnet is exposed to the water.

The world as we know  it is magnetically symmetrical. Quantum physicists speak in terms of gauge theory and symmetry to explain the relationships between forces and particles, which include electric and magnetic charge. We are believed to exist in a state of electromagnetic U {1}-gauge symmetry – a rather complicated scenario in which magnetic force is proportional to the gradient of the square of the magnetic field. This boils down to a simple truism: no matter where in a given field you measure the electromagnetic property, you get the same reading. The electromagnetic laws of nature are the same wherever you look.

If you raise the electromagnetic pull in one area, you will find you have changed the electromagnetic pull by the same degree everywhere else. In The Cosmic Code,12 Heinz Pagels likens the universe to an infinite piece of paper, painted grey. If you change the colour to a different shade of grey or ‘change the gauge’, you still don’t change the gauge symmetry, because all the rest of the paper will be changed to the exact same shade of grey, so that it is even impossible to distinguish where exactly you are on the paper. A state of symmetrical magnetism is referred to as a magnetic ‘dipole’.

But the pH of the water in Tiller’s lab was significantly different with one polarity as compared with another, with huge differences of 1–1.5 pH units. Exposing the water to the south pole would send the pH soaring upward, while turning the magnet over to the north pole would cause the pH  to decrease.

At two of his experimental sites, the pH of the water, when exposed to the south-pole polarity, continued to change with the passage of time, peaking after about six days. When the water was exposed to the north pole of the magnet, however, the rhythmic changes in pH that he had been recording dwindled away.13

Orthodox science maintains that monopoles only exist in electricity (as a positive or negative charge), but not in magnetism, which creates only dipoles from spinning or orbiting electrical charge.14 Governments around the world have spent billions of dollars looking for magnetic monopoles everywhere on earth, without success.15 Somehow, Tiller had managed to access a magnetic monopole in his crude lab. This phenomenon appeared to be a system-wide effect. In any lab of his exposed to the intention-imprinted black boxes, instruments recorded magnetic monopole type of behaviour.

It dawned on Tiller that he was witnessing the most astonishing result of all: human intention captured in his little black boxes were somehow ‘conditioning’ the spaces where the experiments were carried out.

Tiller wondered whether this phenomenon would still be present if he altered anything about the space. When he removed one element, such as a computer, the oscillations disappeared for about 10 hours before returning. The arrival of any new materials in his lab also caused the effects to disappear for several weeks, although, once again, they eventually returned.

It was as though the space had become an exquisitely tuned configuration, and no disturbance or change would destroy this higher state. Even when Tiller shielded the intention-imprinted devices in aluminium foil and Faraday cages, all the vibrations in water and air temperature continued. One of the sites, a converted barn, recorded oscillating air temperatures on and off for six months; in another site, an office lab, for a full year.16

After the imprinted boxes had been turned on for a while, the effect became relatively ‘permanent’; the target, whether water pH, ALP or fruit flies, would continue to be affected even if the device was not in the lab. Tiller decided to see what would happen when he removed all the elements of the experiment.

He dismantled the Faraday cage and the water vessels and removed them from his lab, then recorded the air temperature of the place where the cages had been.

Even though the experimental vessel was no longer there, his thermometers continued to record periodic oscillations in temperature of 2–3°C. Although this influence decayed very slowly over time, Tiller’s laboratories appeared to have undergone some long-term thermodynamic transformation. The energy from intention appeared to ‘charge’ the environment and create a domino effect of order.17

The only other phenomena Tiller could think of that had similar effects on the environment were those of highly complex chemical reactions. But all he was working with was ordinary air and purified water.

According to the laws of conventional thermodynamics, air and water are supposed to exist in a state extraordinarily close to equilibrium, which is to say that they remain more or less static. These types of results had never been recorded in any lab in the world.

He suspected that he had been witnessing a quantum effect. The constant replaying of ordered thoughts seemed to be changing the physical reality of the room, and making the quantum virtual particles of empty space more ‘ordered’. And then, like a domino effect, the ‘order’ of the space appeared to assist the outcome of the experiment. Carrying out the intentions in one particular space appeared to enhance their effects over time.

Somehow, in these charged spaces he and his colleagues had managed to create a SU {2}-gauge space, where electric and magnetic monopoles coexisted – similar to the reality supposedly present in the supersymmetry states of exotic physics. In these conditioned spaces, the very law about the proportion of magnetic force had altered.

A basic property of physics had completely changed. The only way to get such a polarity effect was to produce some element of SU {2}-gauge symmetry.18

This change in the gauge symmetry of the space meant that profound changes had occurred in the ambient Zero Point Field. In a U {1}-gauge symmetry, the random fluctuations of the Field have no effect on the physical universe. However, in SU {2}-gauge symmetry states, the Field has become more ordered and produces changes in the tiniest elements of matter – which add up to a profound alteration in the very fabric of physical reality.

Tiller felt as though he had somehow entered into a twilight zone of higher energy and that he was witness to a system with an extraordinary ability to self- organize. Indeed, the oscillations he had measured had all the hallmarks of a Bose– Einstein condensate – a higher state of coherence. Up until then, scientists had created a Bose–Einstein condensate only in highly controlled environments and at temperatures approaching absolute zero. But he had managed to create the same effects at room temperature, and from a thought process captured in a rudimentary piece of equipment.

Other scientists have witnessed a similar ‘charging’ of intention space. In one series of meticulous studies, for instance, researcher Graham Watkins and his wife Anita recruited human participants, many known for their psychic ability, and asked them to attempt to mentally influence anaesthetized mice to revive more quickly than usual. The experimental mice were drawn from a batch that had demonstrated similar waking times when placed under anaesthesia; the chosen group were divided in two, with half acting as controls.

In the first batch of studies, the experimental group woke up about 4 seconds earlier than the controls, a result considered only slightly significant. However, in subsequent studies the wake-up times of the experimental mice improved, and continued to do so with every study.

The Watkinses repeated their experiment seven times. They discovered that the healing had a ‘linger effect’; if a mouse were simply placed on the spot on a table where another mouse had received a psychic’s intentions, the second one would also revive more quickly than usual. The space appeared to have developed a healing ‘charge’, affecting anything that happened to occupy that space.19

Biologist Bernard Grad at McGill University in Montreal, Canada, observed similar phenomenon during experiments with Hungarian healer Oscar Estabany: once the Hungarian healer touched something – even simple fabric – it appeared to hold a phantom charge. The material could be used successfully for healing in place of Estabany’s healing hands.20

The idea of ‘conditioned space’ was also explored by former PEAR scientis Dr Roger Nelson at sacred sites. Nelson was intrigued by these sacred spaces and whether their special purpose, or even some inherent quality about the site, had ‘charged’ the space with an energetic resonance that might register on a REG machine. He had run a number of experiments suggesting that a ‘field consciousness’ in a highly charged atmosphere, such as an intense gathering, affected the machines and made them more ‘ordered’.

He carried around a portable REG, to register an changes in the randomness in the ambient field at various sites: Wounded Knee, the site of the massacre of an entire Sioux tribe; Devil’s Tower in Wyoming; the Queen’s Chamber in the Great Pyramid of Giza.

Nelson registered highly significant evidenc of increased order on REGs at some sites, as if the location itself contained a lingering vortex of coherent energy, from all the people who had prayed or died there.21

Dean Radin used REGs to investigate whether healing can condition the plac where it is carried out. He placed three REGs near a culture of human brain cells then asked a group of healers to send intentions for the culture to grow more quickly, and to engage in traditional space-conditioning meditations.

Any deviation from the random activity of the REGs would indicate the probable presence of greater coherence. Radin also prepared a control batch of cells, which were not to be sent intention.

After three days, there was no overall difference in the growth between the treated cells and the controls. Nevertheless, as the experiment progressed, the treated cells began to grow faster.

On the third day, all three of the REGs began moving away from random activity and became more ordered. The intention of the healers also appeared to have effects on background ionizing radiation.22

Like Nelson’s readings at sacred sites, Radin’s experiment offers tantalizing hints about the nature of the ‘linger’ effect of intention. The REGs’ registering o movement away from randomness to greater order implies that the Zero Point energy of empty space has shifted into a state of greater coherence.

The ‘charge’ of intention may have a domino effect on its environment, causing greater quantum order in empty space, which would enhance the effectiveness of its aim.23 Russian scientists have observed a similar phenomenon in water, which retains a memory of applied electromagnetic fields for hours, even days.24

The effect is like that of a laser; when waves of the ambient Field become more ordered, an intention may ripple through it like one powerful, highly targeted bolt of light.

With magnetic monopoles, Tiller was out on a ledge shared by few of his colleagues, even in consciousness research. His studies needed to be replicated by other, independent laboratories. But if his body of work does stand up over time, it will demonstrate the extent to which the energy of human thought can alter its environment.

The ordering process of intention appears to carry on, perpetuating, possibly even intensifying its charge.

The strange, almost unbelievable events occurring during Tiller’s experiments made me wonder whether setting aside a particular room for carrying out intention might be an important consideration. Perhaps we each need our own ‘temple’ to which we return, if only in our mind’s eye, every time we send a directed thought.

Chapter 8: The Right Place

  1. William Tiller’s major books on crystallization include: An Introduction to Computer Simulation in Applied Science, New York: Plenum, 1992: The Science of Crystallization: Microscopic Interfacial Phenomena, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1991: The Science of Crystallization: Macroscopic Phenomena and Defect Generation, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1992.
  2. All personal details about William Tiller have resulted from multiple interviews, April 2005–January 2006.
  3. O. Warburg, New Methods of Cell Physiology Applied to Cancer an Mechanism of  Xray Action, New York: John Wiley and Sons, 1962, as quoted in W. Tiller et al., Conscious Acts of Creation: The Emergency of a New Physics, Walnut Creek, Calif.: Pavior Publishing, 2001: 144–6. All description of experiment derived from interview with Dr Tiller, Boulder, Colorado, April 29, 2005, plus information from Conscious Acts and W. Tiller et al., Some Science Adventures with Real Magic, Walnut Creek, Calif.: Pavior Publishing, 2005.
  4. M. J.    Kohane,    ‘Energy,    development    and   fitness     inDrosophila melanogaster’, Proceedings of the Royal Society (B), 1994; 257: 185–91, in Tiller et al., Conscious Acts, op. cit.: 147.
  5. William A. Tiller and Walter E. Dibble, Jr., ‘New experimental data revealing an unexpected dimension to materials science and engineering’, Material Research Innovation, 2001; 5: 21–34.
  6. Tiller and Dibble, ‘New experimental data’, op. cit.
  7. Ibid.
  8. Ibid.
  9. Tiller et al., Conscious Acts, op. cit.: 180.
  10. Tiller et al., Conscious Acts, op. cit.: 175.
  11. Tiller et al., Conscious Acts, op. cit.: 216.
  12. H. Pagels, The Cosmic Code, New York: Simon and Schuster, 1982.
  13. Tiller et al., Conscious Acts, op. cit.: 216.
  14. Tiller et al., Science Adventures, op. cit.: 34.
  15. Interview with W. Tiller, April 2005.
  16. Tiller et al., Conscious Acts, op. cit.: 182.
  17. Correspondence between Tiller and Michael Kohane, 2005.
  18. Tiller and Dibble, ‘New experimental data’, op. cit.
  19. G.  K.  Watkins  and  A.  M.  Watkins,  ‘Possible   PK influence on the resuscitation of anesthetized mice’, Journal of Parapsychology, 1971; 35: 257–72; G. K. Watkins et al., ‘Further studies on the resuscitation of anesthetized mice’, in W. G. Roll, R. L. Morris and J. Morris (eds.) Research in Parapsychology, Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1973: 157–9.
  20. R. Wells and J. Klein, ‘A replication of a “psychic healing” paradigm’, Journal of Parapsychology, 1972; 36: 144–9.
  21. See McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.: 205–7.
  22. D.   Radin,   ‘Beyond   belief:    Exploring    interaction    among      body     and environment’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1992; 2 (3): 1–40; D. Radin, ‘Environmental modulation and statistical equilibrium in mind-matter interaction’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1993; 4 (1): 1–30.
  23. D. Radin et al., ‘Effects of healing intention on cultured cells and truly random events’, The Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2004; 10: 103–12. Notes 301
  24. L. P. Semikhina and V. P. Kiselev, ‘Effect of weak magnetic fields on the properties of water and ice’, Zabedenii, Fizika, 1988; 5: 13–17; S. Sasaki et al., ‘Changes of water conductivity induced by non-inductive coil’, Society for Mind-Body Science, 1992; 1: 23; Tiller et al., Conscious Acts, op. cit.: 62.

PART THREE

The Power of Your Thoughts

Baseball is 90 per cent mental. The other half is physical.
-Yogi Berra

CHAPTER NINE

Mental Blueprints

SEVEN WEEKS BEFORE MUHAMMAD ALI met World Heavywei Champion George Foreman for their ‘rumble in the jungle’ at Kinshasa in 1974, he practised his punches as if he couldn’t care less, taking a few desultory swipes at his sparring partner as if distractedly popping a speed bag. Mostly he would lie against the ropes and allow his opponent to pound away at him from every angle.

In the latter years of his fighting career, Ali spent much of his training time learning how to take punches. He studied how to shift his head by just a hair a microsecond before the connection was made, or where in his body he could mentally deflect the punch, so that it would no longer hurt. He was not training his body to win. He was training his mind not to lose, at the point when deep fatigue sets in around the twelfth round and most boxers cave in.1 The most important work was being done, not in the ring, but in his armchair. He was fighting the fight in his head.

Ali was a master of intention. He developed a set of mental skills that eventually altered his performance in the ring. Before a fight, Ali used every self- motivational technique out there: affirmation; visualization; mental rehearsal; self- confirmation; and perhaps the most powerful epigram of personal worth ever uttered: ‘I am the greatest’. Ali also made public statements of his intentions. His constant barrage of rhyming couplets and quatrains, seemingly so innocuous, were highly specific intentions in disguise:

Archie Moore
Is sure
To hug the floor 
By the end of four
Now Clay swings with a right 
What a beautiful swing
And the punch knocks the Bear Clear out of the ring.

Before a fight, Ali repeated these little rhymes like a mantra – to the press, to his opponent, and even in the ring – until he himself accepted them as fact.

When they met in Kinshasa, Foreman was seven years younger than Ali and among the most savage fighters in the ring. Just two months earlier, he had left Ken Norton for dead with five blows to the head after only two rounds.

Nevertheless, in the weeks before the fight, when reporters pressed Ali about the two-to-one odds against him, Ali had rewritten the history of the Norton–Foreman fight, which he repeated, virtually verbatim, to every journalist who interviewed him. ‘He’s got a hard-push punch but he can’t hit,’ he would say, punching the air in front of the reporter’s nose. ‘Foreman just pushes people down. He just got slow punches, take a year to get there. You think that’s going to bother me? This is going to

be the greatest upset in the history of boxing.’2

Ali’s intention came to pass in the jungle. He also made masterful use of intention to beat Joe Frazier in the Philippines later that year, in perhaps the most brutal and stunning display of boxing of all time.

This time, he created a voodoo doll. Ali turned his ferocious opponent into a tiny rubber gorilla, which he carried around with him in his top pocket, taking a swipe at it with his right from time to time for the television cameras: ‘It’s gonna be a thrilla and a chilla and a killa when I get the gorilla in Manila.’ By the time Frazier entered the ring, he had been reduced in his own mind to something less than human.

Besides these verbalized intentions, Ali carried out mental intentions by rehearsing every moment of the fight in his head: the fatigue in his legs, the sweat pouring off his body, the pain to his kidneys and bruises on his face, the flash of the photographers, the exultant screams of the crowd, even the moment when the referee lifts his arm in victory against Frazier. He sent an intention to his body to win and his body responded by following orders.

To take intention out of the laboratory, I began to sift through the data from people or groups who were using intention successfully in real life. I wanted to study their techniques, the particular thought processes they underwent when sending intention, and would try to extrapolate from their experiences some tools that all the rest of us could use when sending intention. I was also curious about the extent of their mental reach – just how far people had been able to push their intentions.

The most instructive examples came from sports, not only from the greatest athlete of all time, but also from other elite sportsmen and women. Athletes of all varieties now routinely practise what is variously termed ‘mental rehearsals’, ‘implicit practice’3 or even ‘covert rehearsal’. Focused intention is now deemed essential to alter and improve performance. Swimmers, skaters, weightlifters and football players employ intention to enhance their level of performance and consistency. It is even being used in leisure sports, such as golf and rock climbing.

Any modern coach of a competitive sport routinely offers training in some form of mental rehearsal, and often it is touted as the decisive element separating the elite sportsperson from the second-division player.

National-level soccer players, for instance, are more likely to use imagery than those who remain at the provincial or local levels.4

Virtually all Canadian Olympic athletes use mental imagery.

Psychologist Allan Paivio, professor emeritus of the University of Western Ontario, first proposed that the brain uses ‘dual coding’ to process verbal and non- verbal information simultaneously.5

Mental practice has been shown to work just as well as physical practice for patterns and timing.6

Paivio’s model has been largely adapted to help athletes with motivation or in learning or improving a certain skill set.7

The techniques involved in mental rehearsal have been exhaustively studied and written about in scientific literature and popular publications,8 and their credibility was given a further boost in 1990, when the National Academy of Sciences examined all the scientific studies to date on these methods and declared them effective.9

Athletic mental rehearsal has been incorrectly considered synonymous with

visualization. ‘Visualization’ implies that you observe yourself in the situation, as if watching a mental video featuring yourself or seeing yourself through another pair of eyes. Although this may be useful in other areas of life, visualizing oneself from an external perspective in a sports event can hamper athletic performance. Mental rehearsal also differs from positive thinking; happy thoughts on their own do not work in competitive sports.10

The most successful internal rehearsal involves imagining the sports event from the athlete’s perspective as though he or she is actually competing. It amounts to a mental trial run – Ali imagining his right fist at the moment of impact on Frazier’s left eye.

The athlete envisages the future in minute detail as it is unfolding. Champion athletes forecast and rehearse every aspect of the situation, and the steps they should take to overcome any possible setbacks.

Tracy Caulkin used intention to land a third gold medal in the 1984 Olympics. Caulkin had already broken 5 world records and 63 American records, and at the age of 23 was considered the best American swimmer who had ever lived. All she needed to complete her trophy wall was a few Olympic golds.

At the time, electronic touchpads had just replaced stopwatches. Whereas the watch could only distinguish differences of hundredths of a second, the new electronic technology could distinguish the winning lead within a thousandth of a second – 400 times faster than the blink of an eye. In the Olympics relay swimmers are given two-hundredths of a second of grace to leave their block before their previous team mate hits the touchpad. This kind of fine timing is critical; even a single coat of paint on one side of the pool can make a swimmer’s  lane one- thousandth of a second longer to swim and give another swimmer the leading edge.

During the four-woman 400-metre relay race, Tracy took the lead by diving in one-hundredth of a second before her returning team mate hit the touchpad.

Although all her competitors had a similar level of fitness, Caulkin had one enormous advantage. She already knew every moment of her swim, from the dive and the cool rush of water past her head to the very moment when she would lunge out in front.

Tracy had practiced that hair’s width lead, the precise moment when she would leave the block a hundredth of a second earlier than her opponents, every night inside her head. The conclusion of the Olympic relay had entirely depended upon the specificity of her intention.

The most successful athletes break down their performances into tiny component parts and work on improving specific aspects. For general mastery of their sport, they imagine a flawless performance.11 They concentrate on the most difficult moments and work out good coping strategies – how to stay in control in the face of adversity, such as a pulled muscle or an umpire’s adverse call.

Different intention is employed, depending on whether they are first learning a skill or simply wishing to reinforce and improve their technique. Like Muhammad Ali, elite athletes learn how to block out images representing doubt. If an image of difficulty pops into their heads, they become extremely adept at changing the internal movie, quickly editing the scene to imagine success.12

Winning depends on how specifically you can mentally rehearse. Seasoned athletes use vivid, highly detailed internal images and run-throughs of the entire performance.13

The most important aspect of the intention is to rehearse the victory, which appears to help secure it. Successful competitors rehearse their own feelings, particularly their elation and emotional response to winning: the reactions of their parents, the medals, the post-match celebration and the residual rewards like sponsorships.14

They imagine that the crowd is cheering for their performance alone.

Experienced athletes engage all their senses in their mental rehearsal. They not only have a visual, internal image of the future event, they also hear it, feel it, smell it and taste it – the ambience, the competitors, the sweat of their bodies, the applause.

Of all the sensations, the most vital for athletes appears to be mentally rehearsing the ‘feel’, or kinaesthetic sensations in their bodies.15

The more experienced the athletes, the better they are at imagining the feel of their bodies when engaged in their sport.16

Champion rowers are most successful when they can forecast the ‘feel’ of every part of the race, from the drag on the oar to the strain on their muscles.17

Some athletes find that it helps to study the actual setting where the sporting event is to take place first and then to imagine themselves there. Those who can combine the knowledge of the sports venue with mental rehearsal tend to be more successful than those who simply use mental rehearsal on its own.18

Rocky Bleier, former running back for the Pittsburgh Steelers, used intention to help the Steelers win the Super Bowl. His technique was to saturate his mind wit the details of specific plays. He carried out mental rehearsals in the morning, before the team meal and last thing before drifting off to sleep every day of the two weeks before a game.

He also found it reassuring to run through the entire catalogue of moves one final time just before play. While sitting on the bench, he again rehearsed some 30 runs and 30 passes. No matter what the field threw up to him that day, he was determined to be ready.19

Techniques differ among the various sports. Those mental rehearsals that work best for sports requiring aerobic ability and fast, coordinated movement tended to fail with strength training. Weight lifters are most successful after carrying out a mental intention that galvanizes them to lift an impossibly heavy object.20

Conventional wisdom has it that the best state for performance is a state of relaxation, but as I found with masters of intention, a relaxed state is not necessarily optimum. In a study of karate, using relaxation techniques before carrying out the intentions did not improve performance.21

It was only useful if the participant was nervous and needed to be calmed down in order to perform better.22

Relaxation and hypnosis used with intention have worked to improve aim – say, for basketball shots or accuracy in chipping in golf.23

But as with Davidson’s Buddhists, the most successful athletes manage to work themselves into peak intensity – a state of calm hyperawareness.

But how can simply thinking about a future performance actually affect the day of the event? Some clues come from intriguing brain research with electromyography (EMG). EMG offers a real-time snapshot of the brain’s instructions to the body when and where it tells it to move – by recording every electrical impulse sent from motor neurons to specific muscles to cause a contraction. Ordinarily, EMG offers doctors a useful tool to diagnose neuromuscular disease and to test whether muscles respond appropriately to stimulation.

But EMG has also been employed to solve an interesting scientific conundrum whether the brain differentiates between a thought and an action. Does the thought of an action create the same pattern in neurotransmission as the action itself? This very question was tested by wiring a group of skiers to EMG equipment while they were carrying out mental rehearsals.

As the skiers mentally rehearsed the downhill runs, the electrical impulses heading to their muscles were just the same as those they used to make turns and jumps actually skiing the run.24 The brain sent the same instructions to the body, whether the skiers were simply thinking of a particular movement or actually carrying it out. Thought produced the same mental instructions as action.

Research with EEGs has shown that the electrical activity produced by the brain is identical, whether we are thinking about doing something or actually doing it. In weightlifters, for instance, EEG patterns in the brain that would be activated to produce the actual motor skills are activated while the skill is simply being simulated mentally.25 Just the thought is enough to produce the neural instructions to carry out the physical act.

Based on this research, scientists have posited some interesting theories of how mental rehearsal works. One school of thought proposes that mental rehearsal creates the neural patterns necessary for the real thing. As though the brain were simply another muscle, these rehearsals train the brain to facilitate the moves more easily during the actual performance.26

When an athlete performs, the nerves that signal to the muscles along a particular pathway are stimulated and the chemicals that have been produced remain there for a short period. Any future stimulation along the same pathways is made easier by the residual effects of the earlier connections. We get better at physical tasks because our signalling from intention to action has already been forged. It is not unlike a train track laid down through wild, inhospitable country. Future performances improve because your brain already knows the route and follows the track already laid down. Because the brain does not distinguish between doing something specific and just thinking about doing it, mental rehearsal lays down the tracks just as well as physical practice does. The nerves and muscles create a pathway just as sound as one produced through repeated practice.

Nevertheless, there are a few important differences between mental and physical practice. With physical practice, when you practise too much, you become fatigued, which causes electrical interference and blockage along the tracks. With mental intention, no road blocks ever appear, no matter how much you practise in your head.

The other difference concerns the size of the effect; the neuromuscular pattern laid down with mental practice may be slightly smaller than that of physical practice. Although both types  of practice  create  the  same  muscle  patterns,  the  imagined performances have smaller magnitude.27

To derive any benefit, mental rehearsal must replicate the real thing – at normal speed. Although it might seem logical that a rehearsal would work best in slow motion, with particular attention to specific moves, that is not borne out by research.

When skiers monitored by EMGs imagined their performance in slow motion, they produced a different muscle response pattern from that produced when carrying out the skill at an ordinary pace. In fact, the brain–muscle activity of rehearsing at slow motion is identical to the brain–muscle pattern when the skiing itself is carried out in slow motion.

This accords with what scientists understand about the neural patterns involved in slow motion, compared with those of normal speed. The same task carried out in slow motion produces completely different neuromuscular patterning than when it is done at normal speed.28

There is no such thing as cross-training in mental rehearsal; intention facilitates just the type of athletic event that is being mentally rehearsed and is not transferable to other sports, even those involving similar muscle groups.

This was apparent in a fascinating study involving sprinters. The researchers had divided a group of runners into four groups and asked them to do one of four types of preparation: to imagine themselves in a 40-metre sprint; to engage in power training on a stationary bicycle; to combine imagery and power training; or, as the controls, to do no training in any form.

After six weeks of training the athletes were asked to perform two tests – to cycle their hardest while their effort was recorded on a cycle ergometer, which tests for cycling power, and to run a 40-metre sprint. Both activities require much the same motor ability and leg muscles.

In the cycling test, those groups who had used power training alone showed improvement. However, when it came to the sprint, only the groups who had mentally practised sprinting had significantly improved. Specific imagery enhanced only the specific task that had been imagined. It did not simply build muscles generally. The motor neuron training was highly specific, and only affected the actual performance visualized in the mind.29

Beside improving performance, mental intention can produce actual physiological changes, and not only in athletes’ bodies. Guang Yue, an exercise psychologist at Cleveland Clinic Foundation in Ohio, carried out research comparing participants who went to the gym with those who carried out a virtual workout in their heads.

Those who regularly visited the gym were able to increase their muscle strength by 30 per cent. But even those who remained in their armchairs and ran through a mental rehearsal of the weight training in their minds increased muscle power by almost half as much.

Volunteers between 20 and 35 years old imagined flexing one of their biceps as hard as they could during daily training sessions carried out five times a week. After ensuring that the participants were not doing any actual exercise, including tensing their muscles, the researchers discovered an astonishing 13.5 per cent increase in muscle size and strength after just a few weeks, an advantage that remained for three months after the mental training stopped.30

In 1997, Dr David Smith at Chester College came up with similar results participants who worked out could achieve 30 per cent increases in strength, while those who just imagined themselves doing the training achieved a 16 per cent increase.31

Pure directed thought can give you the burn almost as well as any workout.

Thinking of changing an aspect of the body in other ways can also work – which might prove comforting to anyone who is not happy with his or her body shape.

One study demonstrated that, under hypnosis, women increased the dimensions of their breasts simply by visualizing themselves on the beach with the sun’s rays warming their chests.32

The kinds of vivid visualization techniques used by athletes are also highly effective in treating illness. Patients have boosted treatment of an array of acute and chronic conditions, from coronary artery disease33 and high blood pressure to low- back pain and musculoskeletal diseases,34 including fibromyalgia,35 by using mental pictures or metaphoric representations of their bodies fighting the illness. Visualization has    also improved postsurgical outcomes,36  helped with pain management37 and minimized the side-effects of chemotherapy.38

Indeed, the outcome of a patient’s illness has been predicted by examining the types of visualizations used to combat them. Psychologist Jeanne Achterberg, who healed herself of a rare cancer of the eye through imagery, went on to study a group of cancer patients who were using visualization to fight their own disease. She predicted with 93 per cent accuracy which patients would completely recover and which would get worse or die, simply by examining their visualizations and rating them. Those who were successful had a greater ability to visualize vividly, with powerful imagery and symbols, and could hold a clear visual intention imagining themselves overpowering the cancer and the medical treatment being effective. The successful patients also practiced their visualizations regularly.39

If the brain cannot distinguish between a thought and an action, would the body follow mental instructions of any sort? If I send my body a mental intention to calm down or speed up, will it necessarily listen to me?

Literature about biofeedback and mind–body medicine indicates that it will. In 1961, Neal Miller, a behavioural neuroscientist at Yale University, first proposed that people can be taught to mentally influence their autonomic nervous system and control mechanisms such as blood pressure and bowel movements, much as a child learns to ride a bicycle.

He conducted a series of remarkable conditioning-and-reward experiments on rats. Miller discovered that, if he stimulated the pleasure centre in the brain, his rats could be trained to decrease their heart rate at will, control the rate at which urine filled their kidneys, even create different dilations in the blood vessels of each ear.40 If relatively simple animals like rats could achieve this remarkable level of internal control, Miller figured, couldn’t human beings, with their greater intelligence, regulate more bodily processes?

After these early revelations, many scientists found that information about the autonomic nervous system could be fed back to a person as ‘biofeedback’ to pinpoint where a person should send intention to his body. In the 1960s, John Basmajian, a professor  of  medicine  at  McMaster  University  in  Ontario  and  a  specialist  i rehabilitative science, began training people with spinal-cord injuries to use EMG feedback to regain control over single cells in their spinal cords.41

At roughly the same time, psychologist Elmer Green at the Menninger Institute pioneered a method of biofeedback to treat migraine, after discovering that a migraine patient of his could make her headaches go away whenever she practiced a structured form of relaxation. Green went on to use biofeedback to help patients cure their own migraines, and it is now  an accepted  form of therapy.42  

Biofeedback is  particularly useful  to  treat Raynaud’s disease, a vascular condition in which blood vessels are constricted when exposed to cold, causing extremities to grow cold, pale, and even blue.43

During a biofeedback treatment, a patient is hooked up to a computer. Transducers applied to different parts of his or her body send information to a visual display, which registers activities of the autonomic nervous system, such as brain waves, blood pressure and heart rate, or muscle contractions.

The audio or visual information fed back to the patient depends on the condition; in the case of Raynaud’s, as soon as the arteries to the hands constrict, the machines record a drop in skin temperature, a light bulb flashes or a beeper sounds. The feedback prompts the patient to send an intention to his body to adjust the process in question – in the case of Raynaud’s, the patient sends an intention to warm up his hands.

Since those early days, biofeedback has become well established as a therapy for virtually every chronic condition, from attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD)  to  menopausal  hot flushes.  Stroke  patients  and  victims  of spinal-cor injuries now use biofeedback to rehabilitate or regain the use of paralysed muscles. It has proved invaluable in eliminating the pain felt in a phantom limb.44 Astronauts have  even used  biofeedback to  cure  motion sickness  while  journeying to  outer space.45

The more conventional view of biofeedback maintains that it has something to do with relaxation – learning to calm down the fight-or-flight responses of our autonomic nervous systems. However, the sheer breadth of control would argue that the mechanism has more to do with the power of intention. Virtually every bodily process measurable on a machine – even a single nerve cell controlling a muscle fibre – appears to be within an individual’s control. Volunteers in studies have achieved total mental mastery over the temperature in their bodies,46 or even the direction of blood flow to the brain.47

Like biofeedback, Autogenic Training, the technique developed by a German psychiatrist named Johannes Schultz to relax the body and slow the breathing and heart rate, also demonstrates that a wide variety of the body’s functions are under our conscious control. Those who practise the technique are able to lower blood pressure, raise temperature in extremities, and slow heartbeat and breathing. Autogenic Training has also been used to treat many chronic conditions besides stress, such as asthma, gastritis and ulcers, high blood pressure and thyroid problems.48 There is even evidence that Autogenic Training can work effectively in groups.49

For a cat, nirvana is the food bowl just around the corner.

Dr Jaak Panksepp professor emeritus of psychology at Bowling Green University, theorizes that this anticipatory joy has to do with the ‘seeking’ mode of the brain – one of the five primitive emotions that humans share with members of the animal kingdom.50

The seeking system helps animals investigate and work out the meaning of their environment. The seeking circuits are fully engaged when an animal is involved in high anticipation, intense interest or insatiable curiosity. As Panksepp was astonished to discover, the most emotionally arresting part for any animal is the hunt, not the catch.51

When animals are curious, the hypothalamus lights up and the ‘feel-good’ neurotransmitter dopamine is produced. Scientists used to believe that the chemical itself caused the pleasure, until it was discovered that the chemical’s true purpose is to arouse a certain neural pathway. What actually feels good is the activation of the seeking portion of the brain.

Forty years ago, Barry Sterman, professor emeritus of the departments o Neurobiology and Biobehavioral Psychiatry at UCLA, accidentally discovered that this anticipatory emotion sent cats into a meditative state; their brains slowed to an EEG rhythm of 8–13 hertz, corresponding to human alpha brain frequencies, moments before they got their reward.52

Eventually, he was able to get the cats to re-create this state at will, not simply when they were awaiting food. It was tantamount to the animals being able to control their own brain waves.

But could a human being do the same?

To test this, Sterman needed to test someone whose brain waves were so out of the ordinary that any change would be apparent immediately. He located a woman troubled by periodic epileptic seizures, which are caused by the brain firing theta brain waves at inappropriate moments. Sterman constructed a biofeedback EEG machine that would flash a red light in the presence of a theta wave and a green light during an alpha state.

After a while, his patient was able to change her state at will and reduce the amount and intensity of her epileptic fits. Sterman spent the next 10 years of his life studying epileptics and training them to reduce their own fits.53

In the 1980s, two American psychologists, Eugene Peniston and Paul Kulkosky made use of Sterman’s findings to reform alcoholics. With their brain-wave biofeedback, alcoholic patients concentrated on damping down high beta brain waves, which tend to be predominant during moments of craving and dependency, and increasing the alpha and theta wave frequencies, which help one to relax and establish greater brain-wave coherence.

Some 80 per cent of the alcoholics were able to control their cravings and stay off alcohol. The training also seemed to affect their blood chemistry, increasing their levels of beta-endorphin, another ‘feel-good’ brain chemical. Biofeedback, combined with work on their self-image, eventually eliminated much of their dysfunctional behaviour and transformed them into better people.54

Joe Kamiya, a psychologist at the University of Chicago, demonstrated the amazing  specificity  of  brain-wave  biofeedback  through  some  remarkable  brain research. He attached EEG electrodes to the rear sides of the scalps of several volunteers,  over the portion of the  brain  where  alpha  brain  waves  are  most prominent. At the sound of a tone, his participants had to guess whether their brains waves were predominantly   alpha.   After   comparing their answers with the information recorded on the EEG machines, Kamiya let them know whether the were right or wrong. By the second day, one of his participants was able to guess correctly two-thirds of the time, and two days after that, virtually all the time. A second participant discovered a means of putting himself into a particular brain- wave state on cue.55

EEG biofeedback has now developed into a sophisticated means of controlling the range and type of frequencies emitted by the brain. It works particularly well with trauma patients suffering from depression,56 helps students concentrate, and enhances creativity and focus. It may well be that intention can be used to control the brain, brain wave by brain wave.

Hypnosis is also a type of intention – an instruction to the brain during an altered state. Hypnotists continually demonstrate that the brain or body is susceptible to the power of directed thought.

One dramatic example of the power of mental suggestion concerned a small group of people with a mysterious congenital illness called ichthyosiform erythroderma, known disparagingly as fish-skin disease because unsightly fish-like scales cover most of the body. In one study, five patients were hypnotized and told to focus on a part of their body and visualize the skin becoming normal. Within just a few weeks, 80 per cent of each patient’s body had completely healed. The skin remained smooth and clear.57

Through hypnotic intention, spinal-surgery patients about to undergo their operations have reduced blood loss by nearly half, simply by directing their blood supply away from the site of the surgery.58

Pregnant women have been able to turn their babies from breech positions, burn victims have sped up their healing; and people suffering haemorrhages in the gastrointestinal tract have willed their bleeding to stop.59

Clearly, during an altered state, roughly corresponding to the hyperalert state of intense meditation, conscious thought can convince the body to endure pain, cure many serious diseases and change virtually any condition.

Surgeon Dr Angel Escudero of Valencia, Spain, has carried out more than 900 cases of complex surgery without anaesthesia. BBC cameras were invited into his operating room and captured on film a woman who was having such an operation without anaesthetic. All she had to do was keep her mouth full of saliva and keep repeating to herself, ‘My leg is anaesthetized.’ An affirmation like hers is another form of intention. A dry mouth is one of the mind’s first warning signals of danger. When the mouth is kept lubricated, the brain relaxes, assumes all is well, and turns off its pain receptors, assured that anaesthetics had been given.60

A fascinating study by David Spiegel, a professor of psychiatry and behavioural sciences at Stanford University, offers a glimpse of what happens to the brain when an intention is given under hypnosis.

His participants were shown a coloured grid painting, similar to a Mondrian, and were asked to imagine the colour draining from the picture, leaving only black and white. Through the use of positron emission tomography (PET) scans, which record physical activity in the brain, Spiegel showed that blood flow and activity were noticeably diminishing in the part of the brain dealing with the perception of colour, while the areas that process black, white and grey images were being stimulated.

When the experiment was reversed, and the participants in the study were asked to imagine grey images turning into colour, the opposite changes in brain-perception patterns resulted.61

This illustrated another instance in which the brain was the maidservant of thoughts. The brain’s visual cortex, the area responsible for processing images, could not distinguish between a real image and an imagined one. The mental instructions were more important than the actual visual image.

The placebo effect has shown that beliefs are powerful, even when the belief is false. The placebo is a form of intention – an instance of intention trickery. When a doctor gives a patient a placebo, or sugar pill, he or she is counting on the patient’s belief that the drug will work.

It is well documented that belief in a placebo will create the same physiological effects as that of an active agent – so much so that it causes the pharmaceutical industry enormous difficulty when designing drug trials. So many patients receive the same relief and even the same side effects with a placebo as with the drug itself that a placebo is not a true control.

Our bodies do not distinguish between a chemical process and the thought of a chemical process. Indeed, a recent analysis of 46,000 heart patients, half of whom were taking a placebo, made the astonishing discovery that patients taking a placebo fared as well as those on the heart drug. The only factor determining survival seemed to be belief that the therapy will work and a willingness to follow it religiously.

Those who stuck to doctor’s orders to take their drug three times a day fared equally well whether they were taking a drug or just a sugar pill. Patients who tended not to survive were those who had been lax with their regime, regardless of whether they had been given a placebo or an actual drug.62

The power of the placebo was best illustrated by a group of patients treated for Parkinson’s  disease,  a  motor  system disorder  in  which  the  body’s  system for releasing  the  brain  chemical   dopamine   is   faulty.   The standard treatment  for Parkinson’s is a synthetic form of dopamine.

In a study at the University of British Columbia, a team of doctors demonstrated with PET scanning that, when patients given placebos were told they had received dopamine, their brains substantially increased  the  release  of their own stores of the chemical.63  

In another dramatic instance,  at  Methodist  Hospital  in Houston,  Dr  Bruce  Moseley,  a  specialist in orthopaedics,  recruited  150  patients  with severe  osteoarthritis  of the  knee  and divided them into three groups. Two-thirds were either given arthroscopic lavage (which washes out degenerative tissue and debris with the aid of a little viewing tube) or another form of debridement (which sucks it out with a tiny vacuum cleaner).

The third group were given a sham operation: the patients were surgically prepared, placed under anaesthesia and wheeled into the operating room. Incisions were made in their knees, but no procedure carried out.

Over the next two years, during which time none of the patients knew who had received the real operations and who had received the placebo treatment, all three groups reported moderate improvements in pain and function. In fact, the placebo group reported better results than some who had received the actual operation.64 The mental expectation of healing was enough to marshal the body’s healing mechanisms. The intention, brought about by the expectation of a successful operation, produced the physical change.

Extreme instances of intention and expectation can also manifest physically. The phenomenon of stigmata, in which religious fervour produces blood, bruising or wounds on people’s hands, feet and sides that mirror the wounds of Christ during his crucifixion, are a form of intention.

The Association for the Scientific Study o Anomalous Phenomena has recorded at least 350 such instances of stigmata resulting from identification with Christ. Saybrook University psychologist Stanley Krippne and his colleagues witnessed this first hand with Brazilian sensitive Amyr Amiden.

As soon as their talk turned to Jesus Christ, red spots and drops of blood appeared on the backs of each of Amiden’s hands and on his palms and forehead.65 A similar situation occurred during the three weeks before Easter Sunday with a young African- American Baptist girl, who had been profoundly moved by a television movie about the crucifixion and was preoccupied with Christ’s suffering.

She manifested bleeding on the palm of her left hand two to six times a day.66 Krippner knew of three Anglicans who regularly evidenced stigmata.67

Cases of spontaneous cures are an instance of an extreme intention that reverses almost certain death. A person with what is considered a terminal illness defies the textbook description of his disease progression and the prognoses of his doctors and beats it virtually overnight, without the aid of the tools of modern medicine.

The Institute of Noetic Sciences has gathered together all scientifically recorded cases of so-called miracle cures.68 Although the received wisdom is that these cases are rare, a scan of the medical literature is instructive. One in eight skin cancers spontaneously heal, as do nearly one in five of genitourinary cancers.

Virtually all types of illnesses, including diabetes, Addison’s disease and atherosclerosis, where vital organs or body parts are supposedly irretrievably damaged, have spontaneously healed.69 A small body of research concerns terminal cancer patients, who with little or no medical intervention, end up beating the odds.

Although these cases are labelled instances of ‘spontaneous remission’, as though the illness has suddenly decided to go into hiding but might suddenly spring out at any moment, in many instances they represent another example of the body’s ability to self-correct through the power of intention. Case after case of spontaneous remission describes people up against a major road block in their lives: unremitting stress, unresolved trauma, prolonged hostility, marked isolation, profound dissatisfaction or quiet despair.70  They often describe people who have lost their role as the central protagonist in their own life drama.71

Many cases of spontaneous remission seem to occur after someone makes a massive psychological shift, and recreates a life that is engaging and purposeful. In these instances, the patient gets rid of the source of the psychological heartache72 and takes full responsibility for his illness and treatment.73

Some people, this would suggest, get ill because they lose all hope of life ever being good – because they are thinking the wrong thoughts. These cases of spontaneous remission suggested to me that casual thoughts that run through our minds every day together become our life’s intention.

We can use intention to gain control over virtually any bodily process and perhaps even life-threatening illnesses. But can our thoughts about others be as potent as our thoughts about ourselves?

Psychologist William Braud is one of the few scientists who has examined this question. He gathered a group of volunteers and asked them to carry out biofeedback on themselves.

After pairing off the group, he attached one member of each pair to the biofeedback equipment, but asked the other partner to respond to the readings and carry out the sending of mental instructions. According to Braud’s evidence, the results were equivalent to those that occurred when the patients on the equipment used biofeedback on themselves. Somebody else’s good intentions for you may be as powerful as your own.74

Braud’s other studies also suggested that we can most influence others to become more ‘ordered’ when we ourselves are ordered. For instance, in his studies, calm people were the most successful at sending mental influence to calm down highly nervous people, and focused people the best at helping distracted people focus.75

Braud’s work also suggests that the greatest effects occur when the person most needs help.76

Scientific evidence also reveals that we can affect virtually any other living thing as well. The enormous body of research on healing gathered by Dr Daniel Benor shows that thoughts can have powerful effects on a variety of plants, seeds, single-celled organisms such as bacteria and yeast, and insects and other small animals.77

Most recently, a series of double-blind experiments carried out over two years by Dr Serena Roney-Dougal in Somerset showed that lettuce seeds that wer sent intention yielded 10 per cent more crops with significantly less fungal disease than those grown conventionally.78

The evidence convinced me that we can improve our health, enhance our performance in every area of our lives, and possibly even affect the  future  by consciously using intention. The intention should be a highly specific aim or goal, which you should visualize in your mind’s eye as having already occurred while you are in a state of concentrated focus and hyperawareness. When you imagine this future event, hold a mental picture of it as if it were occurring to you at that moment. Engage all five senses to visualize it in detail. The centrepiece of this mental picture should be the moment you achieve the goal.

A doctor might improve the survival rate of his patients by never giving a negative diagnosis.79 A surgeon could improve his patients’ recovery by mentally rehearsing the surgery before heading into the operating theatre. Indeed, we might no longer need drugs, but simply good intentions.

Since intention has been shown to affect the chemistry in our bodies, we should be able to speed up, slow down or improve any physiological processes. We might develop many more breakthrough medicines by mentally targeting their effectiveness and minimizing their side effects.

We could raise the quality of our daily endeavours just by carrying out a detailed mental rehearsal. At home, we might be able to send intentions to our children to perform better at school or be more loving to their friends. Human intention might be powerful enough to affect every element of our lives.

All of these possibilities suggest that we have an awesome level of responsibility when generating our thoughts. Each of us is a potential Frankenstein, with an extraordinary power to affect the living world around us. How many of us, after all, are sending out mostly positive thoughts?

Notes – Chapter 9: Mental Blueprints

  1. All description of Ali’s fighting techniques from N. Mailer, The Fight, London and New York: Penguin, 2000.
  2. Ibid.
  3. A. Richardson, ‘Mental practice: A review and discussion, Part I’, Research Quarterly, 1967; 38: 95–107; A. Richardson, ‘Mental practice: A review and discussion. Part II’, Research Quarterly, 1967; 38: 264–73
  4. A. Paivio, Mental Representations: A Dual Coding Approach, New York and London: Oxford University Press, 1986.
  5. B. S. Rushall and L. G. Lippman, ‘The role of imagery in physica performance’, International Journal for Sport Psychology, 1997; 29: 57–72.
  6. A. Paivio, ‘Cognitive and motivational functions of imagery in human performance’, Canadian Journal of Applied Sport Sciences, 1985; 10 (4): 22S–28S.
  7. K. E. Hinshaw, ‘The effects of mental practice on motor skill performance: Critical evaluation and meta-analysis’, Imagination, Cognition and Personality, 1991–2; 11: 3–35.
  8. J. A. Swets and R. A. Bjork, ‘Enhancing human performance: An evaluationof “New Age” techniques considered by the U. S. Army’, Psychological Science, 1990; 1: 85–96; D. L. Feltz et al., ‘A revised meta-analysis of the mental practice literature on motor skill learning’, in D. Druckman and J. A Swets (eds.), Enhancing Human Performance: Issues, Theories, and Techniques, Washington, DC: National Academy Press, 1988: 274.
  9. R. J. Rotella et al., ‘Cognitions and coping strategies of elite skiers: a exploratory study   of  young   developing   athletes’, Journal   of  Sport Psychology, 1980; 2: 350–4.
  10. R. S. Burhans et al., ‘Mental imagery training: effects on running speed performance’, International Journal of Sport Psychology, 1988; 19: 26–37.
  11. B. S. Rushall, ‘Covert modeling as a procedure for altering an elite athlete’s psychological state’, Sport Psychologist, 1988; 2: 131–40; B. S. Rushall ‘The restoration of performance capacity by cognitive restructuring and covert positive reinforcement in an elite athlete’, in J. R. Cautela and A. J Kearney (eds.), Covert Conditioning Casebook. Boston, Mass.: Thomson Brooks/Cole, 1993.
  12. M. Denis, ‘Visual imagery and the use of mental practice in the development of motor skills’, Canadian Journal of Applied Sport Sciences, 1985; 10: 4S– 16S.
  13. Paivio, ‘Cognitive and motivational functions of imagery’, op. cit.
  14. J. R. Cautela and A. J. Kearney (eds.),Covert Conditioning Casebook. Boston, Mass.: Thomson Brooks/Cole, 1993: 30–1.
  15. B. Mumford and C. Hall, ‘The effects of internal and external imagery o performing figures in figure skating’, Canadian Journal of Applied Spor Sciences, 1985; 10: 171–7.
  16. K. Barr and C. Hall, ‘The use of imagery by rowers’,International Journal of Sport Psychology, 1992; 23: 243–61.
  17. S. C. Minas, ‘Mental practice of a complex perceptual-motor skill’,Journal of Human Movement Studies, 1978; 4: 102–7.
  18. R. Bleier, Fighting Back, New York: Stein and Day, 1975.
  19. R.  L.  Wilkes and  J.  J.  Summers, ‘Cognitions, mediating variables  an strength performance’, Journal of Sport Psychology, 1984; 6: 351–9.
  20. R.   S.   Weinberg  et  al.,   ‘Effects   of  visuo-motor behavior                      rehearsal, relaxation, and imagery on karate performance’, Journal of Sport Psychology, 1981; 3: 228–38.
  21. Cautela and Kearney, Covert Conditioning, op. cit.
  22. J. Pates et al., ‘The effects of hypnosis on flow states and three-poin shooting in basketball players’, The Sport Psychologist, 2002; 16: 34–47; J. Pates and I. Maynard, ‘Effects of hypnosis on flow states and gol performance’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 2000; 9: 1057–75.
  23. R. M. Suinn, ‘Imagery rehearsal applications to performance enhancement’ The Behavior Therapist, 1985; 8: 155–9.
  24. L. Baroga, ‘Influence on the sporting result of the concentration of attention process and time taken in the case of weight lifters’, in Proceedings of the 3rd World Congress of the International Society of Sports Psychology, Volume 3. Madrid, Spain: Instituto Nacional de Educacion Fisica Y Deportes, 1973.
  25. A. Fujita, ‘An experimental study on the theoretical basis of mental training’, in Proceedings of the 3rd World Congress of the International Society of Sports Psychology, Volume Abstracts. Madrid, Spain: Instituto Nacional de Educacion Fisica Y Deportes, 1973: 37–8.
  26. Ibid.
  27. Rushall and Lippman, ‘The role of imagery in physical performance’, op cit.
  28. G. H. Van Gyn et al., ‘Imagery as a method of enhancing transfer from training to performance’, Journal of Sport and Exercise Science, 1990; 12: 366–75.
  29. G. H. Yue and K. J. Cole, ‘Strength increases from the motor program Comparison of training with maximal voluntary and imagined muscle contractions’, Journal of Neurophysiology, 1992; 67: 114–23; V. K. Ranganathan et al., ‘Increasing muscle strength by training the central nervous system without physical exercise’, Society for Neuroscience Abstracts, 2001; 31: 17; V. K. Ranganathan et al., ‘Level of mental effort determines training-induced strength increases’, Society of Neuroscience Abstracts, 2002; 32: 768; P. Cohen, ‘Mental gymnastics’, New Scientist, November 24, 2001; 172 (2318): 17.
  30. D. Smith et al., ‘The effect of mental practice on muscle strength and EMG activity’, Proceedings  of    British  Psychological Society   annual conference, 1998; 6 (2): 116.
  31. T. X. Barber, ‘Changing “unchangeable” bodily processes by (hypnotic) suggestions: A new look at hypnosis, cognitions, imagining and the mind- body problem’, in A. A. Sheikh (ed.), Imagination and Healing, Farmingdale, NY: Baywood Publishing Co., 1984. Also published in Advances, Spring 1984.
  32. F. M. Luskin et al., ‘A review of mind-body therapies in the treatment of cardiovascular disease, Part 1: Implications for the elderly’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 1998; 4 (3): 46–61.
  33. F. M. Luskin et al., ‘A review of mind/body therapies in the treatment of musculoskeletal disorders with implications for the elderly’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine. 2000; 6 (2): 46–56.
  34. V.   A.   Hadhazy   et   al.,   ‘Mind-body   therapies    for the  treatment   of fibromyalgia. A systematic review’, Journal of Rheumatology, 2000; 27 (12): 2911–18.
  35. J. A. Astin et al., ‘Mind-body medicine: State of the science: Implications for practice’, Journal of the American Board of Family Practitioners, 2003; 16 (2): 131–47.
  36. J. A. Astin, ‘Mind-body therapies for the management of pain’, Clinical Journal of Pain, 2004; 20 (1): 27–32.
  37. L.  S.  Eller,  ‘Guided  imagery interventions  for  symptom management’ Annual Review of Nursing Research, 1999; 17, 57–84.
  38. J. Achterberg and G. F. Lawlis, Bridges of the Bodymind: Behavioral Approaches for Health Care, Champaign, Ill.: Institute for Personality and Ability Testing, 1980.
  39. N. E. Miller and L. DiCara, ‘Instrumental learning of heart rate changes i curarized rats: Shaping and specificity to discriminative stimulus’, Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 1967; 63: 12–19; N. E. Miller, ‘Learning of visceral and glandular responses’, Science, 1969; 163: 434–45.
  40. J.    V.    Basmajian, Muscles    Alive:  Their Functions  Revealed     b Electromyography. Baltimore, Md.: Williams and Wilkins, 1967.
  41. E. Green, ‘Feedback technique for deep relaxation’, Psychophysiology, 1969; 6 (3): 371–7; E. Green et al., ‘Self-regulation of internal states’, in J Rose (ed.), Progress of Cybernetics: Proceedings of the First International Congress of Cybernetics, London, September 1969. London: Gordon and Breach Science Publishers, 1970: 1299–318; E. Green et al., ‘Voluntary control of internal states: Psychological and physiological’, Journal of Transpersonal Psychology, 1970; 2: 1–26; D. Satinsky, ‘Biofeedback treatment for headache: A two-year follow-up study’, American Journal of Clinical Biofeedback, 1981; 4 (1): 62–5; B. V. Silver et al., ‘Temperature biofeedback and relaxation training in the treatment of migraine headaches: One-year follow-up’, Biofeedback and Self Regulation, 1979; 4 (4): 359–66.
  42. B.   M.  Kappes,   ‘Sequence   effects   of  relaxation  training,   EMG, an temperature biofeedback on anxiety, symptom report, and self-concept’, Journal of Clinical Psychology, 1983; 39 (2): 203–8; G. Rose et al., ‘The behavioral treatment of Raynaud’s disease: A review’, Biofeedback and Self Regulation, 1987; 12 (4): 257–72.
  43. W.   T.   Tsushima,  ‘Treatment  of  phantom  limb  pain  with  EMG    and temperature biofeedback: A case study’, American Journal of Clinical Biofeedback, 1982; 5 (2): 150–3.
  44. T. G. Dobie, ‘A comparison of two methods of training resistance to visually-induced motion sickness.’ Paper presented at VII International Ma in Space Symposium: Physiologic adaptation of man in space, Houston Texas, 1986. Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine, 1987; 58 (9) Sect. 2: 34–41.
  45. A. Ikemi et al., ‘Thermographical analysis of the warmth of the hands during the practice of self-regulation method’, Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 1988; 50 (1): 22–8.
  46. J. L. Claghorn, ‘Directional effects of skin temperature self-regulation o regional cerebral blood flow in normal subjects and migraine patients’, American Journal of Psychiatry, 1981; 138 (9): 1182–7.
  47. M. Davis et al., The Relaxation and Stress Reduction Workbook, 5th edn, Oakland, Calif.: New Harbinge, 2000: 83–90.
  48. J. K. Lashley et al., ‘An empirical account of temperature biofeedbac applied in groups’, Psychological Reports, 1987; 60 (2): 379–88; S. Fahrion et al., ‘Biobehavioral treatment of essential hypertension: A group outcome study’, Biofeedback and Self Regulation, 1986; 11 (4): 257–77.
  49. J. Panksepp, ‘The anatomy of emotions’, in R. Plutchik (ed.),Emotion: Theory, Research and Experience Vol. III. Biological Foundations o Emotions, New York: Academic Press, 1986: 91–124.
  50. J. Panksepp, ‘The neurobiology of emotions: Of animal brains and huma feelings’, in T. Manstead and H. Wagner (eds.), Handbook of Psychophysiology, Chichester: John Wiley & Sons, 1989: 5–26.
  51. C. D. Clemente et al., ‘Postreinforcement EEG synchronization durin alimentary behavior’, Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 1964; 16: 335–65; M. H. Chase et al., ‘Afferent vaga stimulation: Neurographic correlates of induced EEG synchronization and desynchronization’, Brain Research, 1967; 5: 236–49.
  52. M. B. Sterman, ‘Neurophysiological and clinical studies of sensorimoto EEG       biofeedback   training: Some effects  on   epilepsy’,Seminars in Psychiatry, 1973; 5 (4): 507–25; M. B. Sterman, ‘Neurophysiological and clinical studies of sensorimotor EEG biofeedback training: Some effects on epilepsy’, in L. Birk (ed.), Biofeedback: Behavioral Medicine. New York: Grune and Stratton, 1973: 147–65; M. B. Sterman, ‘Epilepsy and its treatment with EEG feedback therapy’, Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 1986; 8: 21–5; M. B. Sterman, ‘The challenge of EEG biofeedback in the treatment o epilepsy: A view from the trenches’, Biofeedback, 1997; 25 (1): 6–7; M. B. Sterman, ‘Basic concepts and clinical findings in the treatment of seizure disorders with EEG operant  conditioning’, Clinical Electroencephalography, 2000; 31 (1): 45–55.
  53. E. Peniston and P. J. Kulkosky, ‘Alpha-theta brainwave training and beta- endorphin levels in alcoholics’, Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research, 1989; 13: 271–9; E. Peniston and P. J. Kulkosky, ‘Alcoholic personality and alpha-theta brainwave training’, Medical Psychotherapy, 1990; 3: 37–55.
  54. J. Kamiya, ‘Operant control of the EEG alpha rhythm’, in C. Tart (ed.) Altered States of Consciousness, New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1969, J. Kamiya, ‘Conscious control of brain waves’, Psychology Today, April 1968: 7.
  55. N. E. Schoenberger et al., ‘Flexyx neurotherapy system in the treatment o traumatic brain injury: An initial evaluation’, Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation, 2001; 16 (3): 260–74.
  56. C. B. Kidd, ‘Congenital ichthyosiform erythroderma treated by hypnosis’ British  Journal  of  Dermatology,  1966;  78:  101–5,  as  cited  in  Barber, ‘Changing “unchangeable” bodily processes’, op. cit.
  57. H. Bennett, ‘Behavioral anesthesia’, Advances, 1985; 2 (4): 11–21, as reported in H. Dienstfrey, ‘Mind and mindlessness in mind-body research’, in M. Schlitz et al., Consciousness and Healing: Integral Approaches to Mind Body Healing, St Louis, Mo.: Elsevier Churchill Livingstone, 2005: 56.
  58. H. Dienstfrey, ‘Mind and mindlessnes’, op cit.: 51–60.
  59. Dr Angel Escudero was featured on the BBC’sYour Life in Their Hands series, May 1991. In the film, Escudero made incisions, sawed, drilled and hammered in order to break and reset the deformed leg of his fully conscious patient using his ‘Noesitherapy’ technique of pain control.
  60. S. M. Kosslyn et al., ‘Hypnotic visual illusion alters color processing in the br ai n’ , American Journal of Psychiatry, 2000; 157: 1279–84; Mark Henderson, ‘Hypnosis really does turn black into  white’, The Times, 18 February 2002.
  61. S. H. Simpson et al., ‘A meta-analysis of the association between adherence to drug therapy and mortality’, British Medical Journal, 2006; 333: 15–19.
  62. Raúl de la Fuente-Fernández et al., ‘Expectation and dopamine release Mechanism of the placebo effect in Parkinson’s disease’, Science, 2001; 293 (5532): 1164–6.
  63. J. B. Moseley et al., ‘A controlled trial of arthroscopic surgery for osteoarthritis of the knee’, New England Journal of Medicine, 2002; 347: 81–8.
  64. S. Krippner, ‘Stigmatic phenomenon: An alleged case in Brazil’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 2002; 16 (2): 207–24.
  65. L. F. Early and J. E. Kifschutz, ‘A case of stigmata’, Archives of General Psychiatry, 1974; 30: 197–200.
  66. T. Harrison, Stigmatia: A Medieval Mystery in a Modern Age, New York: St Martin’s Press, 1994, as referenced in S. Krippner, ‘Stigmatic phenomenon’, op. cit.
  67. B. O’Regan and Caryle Hirshberg,Spontaneous Remission: An Annotated Bibliography, Petaluma, Calif.: Institute of Noetic Sciences, 1993.
  68. Ibid.
  69. L. L. LeShan and M. L. Gassmann, ‘Some observations on psychotherap with patients with neoplastic disease’, American Journal of Psychotherapy, 1958; 12: 723.
  70. D.  C.  Ban  Baalen  et  al.,  ‘Psychosocial  correlates  of  “spontaneous regression of cancer’, Humane Medicine, April 1987.
  71. R. T. D. Oliver, ‘Surveillance as a possible option for management of metastic renal cell carcinoma’, Seminars in Urology, 1989; 7: 149–52.
  72. P. C. Raud, ‘Psychospiritual dimensions of extraordinary survival’, Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 1989; 29: 59–83.
  73. McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.: 132.
  74. W. Braud and M. Schlitz, ‘Psychokinetic influence on electrodermal activity’, Journal of Parapsychology, 1983; 47 (2): 95–119.
  75. Interview with William Braud, October, 1999.
  76. Benor, Healing Research, op. cit.
  77. S. M. Roney-Dougal and J. Solfvin, ‘Field study of an enhancement effect o lettuce seeds – Replication study’, Journal of Parapsychology, 2003; 67 (2): 279–98.
  78. Dr Larry Dossey calls negative diagnoses ‘medical hexing’, and there is anecdotal evidence that patients often live up to their doctor’s gloomy prognosis, even when there is no physical evidence that they should do so. For a potent example see the story of a leukaemia patient who was thriving until he happened to find out what he had. He was dead within a week once his illness had the label of a potentially terminal illness: L. McTaggart, What Doctors Don’t Tell You, London: HarperCollins, 2005: 343.

CHAPTER TEN

The Voodoo Effect

DICK BLASBAND WAS DRAWN TO THE IDEA that there might be a way amplify and direct life energy, like holding up a magnifying glass to focus the rays of the sun.

Blasband, a psychologist, was intrigued by the theories of Wilhelm Reich, the Austrian psychiatrist and one-time protégé of Sigmund Freud, who thought it possible to trap ‘orgone’ – the name he gave to what he believed to be omnipresent cosmic energy – in an orgone energy ‘accumulator’. An accumulator, a box-like enclosure of any size, could be made of alternating layers of any metal and non- metallic materials, such as cotton cloth or felt.

Reich believed that atmospheric energy would be first attracted, then instantly repelled by the metal and eventually absorbed by the non-metallic substance. Because the enclosure was layered, orgone energy would continuously flow between the atmosphere and the box, like a current of air, and so constantly ‘accumulate’. Reich had early encouraging results with animals and plants placed in the boxes, which lay the basis for his later claims that accumulated energy had an immense capacity to heal.

It occurred to Blasband that Reich’s ideas about energy fields were not dissimilar to those of his colleague Fritz-Albert Popp and his work on biophotons Perhaps the best means of testing an accumulator was to measure its effect on the emission of these tiny specks of light from a living thing.

In August 1993, Blasband travelled to Popp’s International Institute, then in Kaiserslautern, Germany. He and Popp created a variety of orgone accumulators then chose a number of plants in Popp’s laboratory – cress seeds, cress seedlings and Acetabularia crenulata, a primitive form of marine algae – to be the experimental population. Popp’s photomultipliers would count the light emissions of all the plants inside and outside the orgone boxes and record any differences.

Blasband carried out four experiments – placing the algae in the accumulator first for one hour, and then continuously for two weeks – with no result. Popp’s equipment recorded not the slightest alteration in the light emissions. Blasband wondered if this was because the plants were already so healthy that the boxes could not improve their state of health. Perhaps he would see a larger change in a subject that needed help or improvement. He and Popp decided to try making the Acetabularia ‘ill’ by depriving it of most of its vitamin supply for 24 hours before treatment. It appeared to make no difference. The plants’ biophotons didn’t change. No amount of exposure to an accumulator of any variety seemed to make one bit of difference to the health or well-being of any of the plants.

Blasband and Popp then decided to test whether a mental intention could boost the action of the accumulators. In his new series of experiments, Blasband sent an intention for the energy within the accumulator to be beneficial to certain seedlings and harmful to others. These results were disappointing, too. There was only one significant difference in the number or quality of biophoton emissions before and after treatment of any of the plants: the only effective intention appeared to be the one he had sent to stunt their growth.1 In both experiments, negative intention was more powerful than positive intention. Thoughts to harm had the greatest effect.

Blasband’s little study highlights perhaps the most disturbing consideration of all about intention: that bad thoughts, as well as good ones, can have an effect on the world, and indeed may be the more powerful of the two. After all, in many native cultures, prayer and intention have a shadow component in hexes, voodoo and curses, which are reported to be highly effective forms of negative intention.

Many healers routinely use a negative means to a positive end.

As Dr Larry Dossey, author of Be Careful What You Pray For 2 has noted, negative intention is the very foundation of most healing. Healing from an infectious agent or a rogue cell line such as cancer requires intent to harm.3 It works from a desire to kill something: to inhibit bacterial enzymes, alter cell membrane permeability, or interfere with the nutrition given to the cell or the synthesis of DNA.4 In order for the patient to get better, the offending agent has to die.

Many pioneers of mind–body medicine in the treatment of cancer, such as Dr Bernie Siegel, Dr Carl Simonton, and Australian psychiatrist Ainslie Meares encouraged their patients to use vivid forms of mental imagery – a metaphoric representation of their illness – to enhance their healing.5 The majority of the cancer patients who first made use of visualization techniques imagined a battlefield, on which good (the patient) is pitted against evil (the cancer), with the cancer patient possessing the larger weapon.

Some patients imagined their white blood cells as an army killing the cancer cells or a ‘tap’ containing the blood that feeds the cancer cells, which they can turn off. Some patients visualized themselves as participating in a violent video game. When Simonton first introduced this technique to his patients in the 1970s, Pac-Man was the most popular video game of the time. He encouraged his patients to imagine a little Pac-Man inside their bodies, gobbling up cancer cells in its path. But whatever the particulars of the imagery, the intention itself needed to be murderous; the patient had to want to annihilate the enemy.

Research on negative mental influence presents a number of obstacles to scientists. One basic problem, as Cleve Backster found in his research, is finding a living thing that no one objects to having killed. Many choose to study the most basic life forms, such as paramecia or fungi, or to experiment with seeds or small plants.6

Another problem is avoiding an unintended ‘spray’ effect: what if a healer’s aim is slightly off one day and the negative intent gets sent to the host instead?

The Canadian healer Olga Worrell refused to carry out negative intention on infectious diseases for exactly that reason. She worried that her negative intent might move beyond the bacteria and accidentally target the person she was trying to heal.7

One of the earliest experiments using negative intention was conducted by Jean Barry, president of the Institut Métapsychique International, who studied bacteria and fungi. As insignificant as these lowly organisms appear, Barry, a general practitioner, understood their pivotal role in maintaining health and causing illness. If it could be shown that intention has the power to eliminate these small organisms, humans might be able to exert greater control over their own health.

Barry decided to test the effect of negative intention on a fungus called Rhizoctonia solani. Rhizoctonia, a thready filament and a distant relative of the common mushroom, is an enemy to 500 types of crops. Farmers call it pod rot or root rot, as it commonly attacks the pods and roots, stunting growth and eventually consuming the plant. No one would object to a means of controlling this garden menace.

Barry set up a batch of experimental Petri dishes and matched them with a set of controls of the identical type of fungus growing in the same conditions. He enlisted ten volunteers and assigned five experimental Petri dishes and five controls to each person. At the appointed time, each volunteer was asked to send intentions to slow the growth of the fungi in the experimental Petri dishes. After the experiment, the lab assistant measured the growth of each sample of Rhizoctonia by outlining its boundary on tracing paper. Of the 195 dishes involved in the negative intention, 151, or 77 per cent, were smaller than the average size of the controls.8

Barry’s study was successfully replicated by researchers from the University of Tennessee, although their study also tested the effect of remote influence; this time, the volunteers sending the intention were 15 miles away from the fungus samples.9

Similar research was conducted by Carroll Nash, the director of the parapsychology department at St Joseph’s University in Philadelphia, but on Escherichia coli, microbes with a direct impact on human beings. Millions of these bacteria, which help to digest food and keep hostile bacteria at bay, peacefully reside in the gut. E. coli also metabolizes lactose, the enzyme present in milk. Yet, as with many microbes, E. coli can suddenly turn unfriendly by migrating out of the digestive tract or mutating into a virulent form that causes illness. Many toxic strains are also present in food. E. coli represented an interesting choice for Nash. If humans could control its growth, they might avoid serious E. coli infections and improve their general digestive health.

Nash decided to test whether mental influence could affect the mutation rates of coli bacteria. Usually, an E. coli population starts life unable to ferment lactose (and so is ‘lactose-negative’), but after it mutates, over numerous generations, the new population can do so (at which point it become ‘lactose-positive’). This process ordinarily occurs at a predictable rate. Nash wanted to see whether his volunteers could slow it down or speed it up. To work out the growth rates of these tiny organisms, Nash employed an electrophotometer, which counts the microbes by measuring the slightest differences in the density of the media in which they are suspended.

Each of his 60 student participants received nine test-tubes containing both lactose-negative and lactose-positive strains of E. coli culture. The students were asked to mentally encourage the transformation of the unmutated bacteria in the first three test-tubes from lactose-negative to lactose-positive. With the next three test- tubes, they were to attempt to inhibit the process of mutation. The final three, the controls, would not be exposed to influence of any kind. When he tallied the results, Nash discovered more mutation than normal in the test-tubes that had received the positive intentions to mutate, and fewer than normal in those for which the intentions were to inhibit the process, although the greatest effect occurred  with negative intention.

Nash’s study had an interesting coda: he had not stipulated any particular location where the mental influence had to originate; the volunteers were allowed to send their thoughts from the place of their choosing, whether the lab or elsewhere. When Nash examined the differences in the results according to the place from where the intentions had been sent, an interesting pattern emerged. Those students assigned the task of sending positive intentions had the best success if they sent their thoughts while in the lab; those with negative intentions had the best result if they waited until they had left. The Tennessee researchers who replicated Barry’s study also discovered that negative intention was most effective when it was sent from a remote site. Positive intent appeared to work best in the presence of its object, whereas a negative intent worked best when the object of ill will was not anywhere in the line of sight.10

These early studies revealed several important aspects of intention. Thoughts take aim with great accuracy; although their effects on living things can drastically differ depending on the nature of the intention – whether it is positive or negative. Where we position ourselves when sending out a thought might also have a bearing on our success. Being near the target while sending a positive intention or away from the target when sending a negative intention might magnify its effect.

* * *

The next best experimental subject to a live human being is its cells. If you can prove an effect on an essential component of a living thing, it is likely that the same effect will occur with the entire organism. Dr John Kmetz, a colleague of William Braud’s in San Antonio, Texas, decided to test the effect of negative intention on cancer. Although he could not test his theory on a live human being, he settled for a sample of cervical cancer cells, and enlisted Matthew Manning, a gifted British healer.

Manning sent negative intentions either by touching the beaker of cells or from a distance, inside an electromagnetically shielded room. Kmetz then used special equipment to count how many cancer cells were in the culture medium. Ordinarily, a cancer cell, which has a positive charge, will grasp the side of a plastic beaker, attracted to its negative electrostatic charge. An injury to the cell will cause it to drop off the side and into the culture medium. Kmetz’s equipment demonstrated that Manning had fatally injured the culture.11 Manning’s extraordinary healing ability had been turned on its head; in this study he had become a killing machine.

Practitioners of Qigong openly acknowledge that intention has the power to enhance or destroy – indeed, the Chinese term for sending positive Qi, or life energy, through intention translates into English as ‘peaceful mind’, while sending negative Qi is referred to as ‘destroying mind’.12

A host of studies of Qigong carried out in China have been collated on the Qigong Database®, many of which claim to offer evidence that ‘destroying mind’ can kill human cancer cells or tumours in mice, decrease the growth rate of E. coli and inhibit activity of amylase, a digestive enzyme used to help digest carbohydrates.13 Nonetheless, some Western scientists maintain quiet reservations about the database; few of these studies have been replicated in the West.

One study on plants conducted at the First World Conference of Academic Exchange of Medical Qigong, in Beijing in 1988, examined whether sending Qi could affect the growth of a confederate spiderwort plant by concentrating on its process of replication. A Qi master was asked to damage one of the plant’s self- destruct mechanisms, which would cause the plant to live longer than normal.14 The master had to target his negative intention precisely, so that it would injure only one aspect of the plant while the rest would thrive.

To record any subtle effects on the health of the plant samples during the experiment, any increases or decreases in certain cells after replication, the researchers used a micronuclear method developed at Western Illinois State University. During the study, the Qigong master displayed a remarkable ability to send precise instructions to specific parts of the plant, some of which were damaging, some beneficial.15

A similar study was carried out by researchers at the National Yang Ming Medical College and National Research Institute of Chinese Medicine in Taipei Taiwan. In this instance, the Qigong master alternately sent positive and negative intention to boar sperm cells and human fibroblast cells, which make up the connective tissue of the body.

After 2 minutes of negative intention, the growth rates and protein synthesis of the cells decreased dramatically by 22–53 per cent. When the Qigong master reversed his intention and sent 10 minutes of positive intention, all the activity of the cell increased by 5–28 per cent.16 In another well-controlled study by the Mt Sinai School of Medicine, twoQigong masters were able to inhibit the process involved in the contraction of muscles by as much as 23 per cent.17

These studies raise the obvious question: which is more powerful, a positive or a negative thought? In some studies, the will to harm appears to be the stronger of the two intentions, but that makes sense in a study like Blasband’s, where it is probably far easier to damage a healthy system than to make a healthy system even healthier, or indeed to   fix  something  that  is broken,   or   to   order  a    disordered system.18

Nevertheless, effective intention of any variety is likely to require order and deliberately focused thought. How many negative intentions are sent by someone as ordered as a Qigong master?

Although negative intention appears capable of disrupting the most fundamental biological processes when precisely targeted,19 one study suggests that healing does not necessarily require negative intention. Leonard Laskow, an American gynaecologist and healer, was recruited by American biologist Glen Rein to test the most effective healing strategy for inhibiting the growth of cancer cells. In his own practice, Laskow believed in establishing an emotional connectedness with his subject – even with cancer cells – before sending out healing. Rein prepared five different Petri dishes containing identical numbers of cancer cells and then asked Laskow to send out a different intention while holding each one. Laskow’s first intention was that the natural order be reinstated and the cells’ growth rate return to normal.

With the next Petri dish he was to adopt a Taoist visualization that entails imagining that only three of the cancer cells remained in the Petri dish. For the third dish he was not to have an intention, but simply to ask God to have His will flow through Laskow’s hands. He offered unconditional love to the cancer cells of the fourth dish, which involved meditating on a state of love and compassion, much as Davidson’s Buddhists had done. For the final dish of cancer cells, Laskow carried out his only truly destructive intention, by visualizing the cells dematerializing, either going into the light or the ‘void’. Rein gave Laskow a choice of imagery largely because he was uncertain which visualization would be most effective in obliterating something. Was it more effective to release an entity by offering it an endpoint (the light), or simply to give it a full range of potential (the void)? As a yardstick of Laskow’s effectiveness, Rein would measure the amount of radioactive thymidine absorbed by the cancer cells – an indicator of the growth rate of malignant cells.

Laskow’s various intentions had quite different effects. The most powerful were undirected intentions asking the cells to return to the natural order, which inhibited the cancer cells’ growth by 39 per cent. Acquiescing to God’s will with no specific request was about half as effective, inhibiting the cells by 21 per cent, as was the Taoist visualization. An unconditional acceptance of the way things were had no effect either way, nor did imagining the cells dematerializing. In these two instances, the problem may have been that the thought was simply not focused enough.

In a follow-up study, Rein asked Laskow to limit himself to two possibilities, the Taoist visualization and a request for the cells to return to the natural order. This time, he achieved an identical result with both intentions; the cancer cell growth was inhibited by 20 per cent. The strongest effect of all occurred when he combined the two approaches, mixing an intention to return to the natural order while imagining only three cells left; his rate of cell inhibition doubled, to 40 per cent. Clearly the combination of asking the universe to  restore order while imagining a specific outcome exerted a powerful effect. Rein asked Laskow to repeat this combined approach, but to target the medium in which the cancer cells grew, rather than the cells themselves. Laskow achieved the same result as when he had focused directly on the cells themselves.

Finally, Rein instructed Laskow to hold each of his five states of mind in turn while grasping one of five vials of water, which would later be used to make up the tissue-culture medium of the cancer cells. The water treated with the ‘natural-order’ intention again had the greatest effect, inhibiting the growth of the cancer cells by 28 per cent. In this case, water apparently ‘stored’ and transferred the intentions to the culture medium and on to the cancer cells.

Laskow’s approach was instructive. The most effective healing intention had been framed as a request, combined with a highly specific visualization of the outcome, but not necessarily a destructive one.20  With healing, the most effective approach may not be to destroy the source of the illness, but, as with other forms of intention, to move aside, let go of the outcome, and allow a greater intelligence to restore order.

* * *

Most research about negative intention concerns a conscious desire to harm something. I wondered about those moments when negative intention is unconscious. Suppose you don’t like someone and harbor an unconscious ill will towards him? Do you unwittingly send out a negative intention? Or, what about those moments when you explode in anger? Is it possible that your momentary anger causes unintentional harm?

An overenthusiastic cleaner of mine once accidentally stripped off all the chrome on every fixture in our bathrooms. When I discovered the damage, a few hours after she had left our house, I was so overwhelmed with anger that I had to lie down. I had only just finished a five-month long renovation project on our newly purchased family home and had lovingly overseen the entire project, which had cost a good deal of hard-earned savings. I later learned, to my horror, that at about the time I had given voice to my fury, she had fallen off the bus and broken her leg. At another time, I was irrationally overwhelmed with anger at our bank manager, after discovering that our bank, now run by computers, had not recorded a deposit and had bounced several of our cheques. Later, I was horrified to learn that at roughly the moment I had vented my spleen, she had tripped on a pavement and broken most of her front teeth.

I had always felt guilty and curious about both these incidents. Was their misfortune my doing?  Was it possible to curse people through your thoughts? I considered the effect of the everyday negative thoughts that swim through everyone’s mind every day. A negative thought about yourself (‘I’m untalented and lazy’) or your children (‘He’s such a slob’; ‘She’s lousy at maths’) might ultimately manifest as a physical energy and become a self-fulfilling prophecy. Indeed, moments when you feel an aversion to someone or something that you cannot rationally explain may simply be an instance when you are picking up a negative intention towards you. Even times when you are depressed could have a physical effect on the people and other living things around you.

Bernard Grad, the Canadian biologist, addressed many of these issues in a study that tested the power of a negative frame of mind on the growth of plants. He planted four groups of 18 pots, each containing 20 barley seeds. Each pot was to be watered with 1 per cent saline solution, slightly stronger than the kind used by hospitals when giving intravenous infusions to patients, which can stunt a plant’s growth. Three batches of the plants were to receive watering with the salt water, but only after the water had been held by one of three people for half an hour. The control batch would be watered with the solution that had not been exposed to anyone.

The first vial was held by a healer with green fingers and a passion for plants. The other two vials were held by two depressed patients – a man diagnosed as a psychotic depressive and a woman who was neurotically depressed – chosen from the Canadian hospital where Grad worked. The man was so depressed that he didn’ even ask what was in the bottle, but simply assumed that Grad, who wore a white coat, was just another in the procession of doctors preparing him for periodic electric shock therapy. While holding the bottle, he repeatedly protested that he didn’t need an ECT treatment. The woman, on the other hand, visibly lifted when Grad told her that the bottle was part of an experiment. Half an hour later, when he came to retrieve the bottle from her, he discovered that she had been cradling it as if it were a baby.

This unforeseen turn of events worried Grad, as the woman had been chosen precisely because he believed she would be in a negative state of mind. She had suddenly appeared to regain her joie de vivre, simply at the thought of her involvement in the experiment. After carefully creating a multi-blind system so that he could not know or be influenced by who had done what, Grad poured the water over the seeds.

Several weeks later, he was pleased to see that the result more or less followed his prediction. The plants watered by the man with the psychotic depression grew the slowest, followed by the control plants, whose bottle had not been held by anyone. The fastest growing plants had been watered by the green-fingered healer, followed by those of the depressed woman, which was a surprise. It seemed that her plants had grown faster because of her own enthusiasm about the experiment.21

Carroll Nash tried a similar experiment, asking a group of psychotics to hold individual sealed glass bottles of a solution of dextrose and sodium chloride for half an hour. Nash then removed 6 millilitres of the solutions from each bottle and poured them into fermentation tubes. Similar solutions that had not been ‘charged’ by the psychotics were poured into control test-tubes.

All 24 test-tubes received a suspension of yeast. After two hours Nash measured the amount of carbon dioxide produced in each of the tubes and took periodic measurements for the next six weeks. When he compared the tubes containing the ‘held’ solutions with the controls, he discovered that the solution held by the psychotics had marginally prevented the yeast from growing.22

Even deeply buried feelings might have an effect on people we purport to care about. In 1966, Dr Scott Walker of the University of New Mexico School of Medicine conducted a study of alcoholics in the midst of rehabilitation. He divided the group randomly and had members of the Albuquerque Faith Initiative pray for them each day for six months. Half of the participants (some from the treatment group and some from the controls) knew they were being prayed for by family members.

At the end of the six months, Scott discovered that those in both groups whose relatives and friends were praying for them were drinking more heavily than the others. Prayer from those who supposedly had the patients’ best interests at heart was having the opposite effect.

Scott came up with an interesting interpretation. The across-the-board negative effect of prayer by relatives may reflect their complicated, unconscious feelings towards  alcoholics. Although consciously they might wish for their loved one to recover, they might actually wish for them to carry on drinking, if the person praying is a fellow drinker and does not wish to lose a drinking buddy. Or, perhaps the boorish, selfish behaviour of an alcoholic has so hurt the relatives that they unconsciously wish for the alcoholic to die.

All these studies are small, but they carry a huge implication: even your current state of mind carries an intention that has an effect on life around you. The mind continues affecting its surroundings whether or not we are consciously sending an intention. To think is to affect. When we are consciously attempting to affect someone else with our thoughts, we may want to search our hearts about our true feelings to ensure that we are not sending tainted love.

These studies also raise the possibility that the thoughts that spill out of us at every moment also affect inanimate objects within our reach. Some people have a reputation for having a positive or negative effect on electronic equipment – they are either an ‘angel’ or a ‘gremlin’. One of the fathers of quantum theory, the brilliant theoretical physicist Wolfgang Pauli, was widely known to possess a powerfully negative force field. Whenever he arrived at his laboratory, mechanisms would freeze, collapse or even be set alight.23

I am a gremlin of the first order. In those rare moments when I am crashing around in a bad mood, all the computers in our office begin crashing in unison. Once, during a day of extreme agitation, after I had broken my computer and printer at home, I headed off for work and tried to work on a variety of computers around my company’s office. One by one, they died in my hands. When one of our laser copier printers also froze the moment I tried to photocopy a page, my team firmly but politely escorted me off the premises.

The late Jacques Benveniste discovered the gremlin effect first hand when he carried out experiments on electromagnetic signalling between cells. From 1991, after his noted ‘memory of water’ studies, Benveniste understood that the basic signalling between molecules was not chemical but electromagnetic. Within a living cell, molecules communicate, not by chemicals but by electromagnetic signalling at low frequencies, and each molecule has its own signature frequency.24

Until the end of his life in 2005, Benveniste explored the possibility that these molecular signals could be transferred simply by using an amplifier and electromagnetic coils. He demonstrated that it was possible to effect a molecular reaction without the presence of the molecule in question simply by playing the molecule’s unique ‘sound’.

One of Benveniste’s many experiments with cellular signalling concerned the interruption of the coagulation of plasma, the yellowish medium of the blood. Ordinarily caused by the presence of calcium in the liquid, the clotting capacity of plasma can be precisely controlled by first chemically removing all existing calcium in the plasma, then adding back particular amounts of the mineral. By also adding heparin, an anticoagulant drug, the plasma is prevented from clotting, even in the presence of calcium.

In his study Benveniste would remove calcium from the plasma and add calcium to water, but instead of adding the actual heparin to the calcium water, he simply exposed the water containing calcium to the ‘sound’ of heparin transmitted through the digitized electromagnetic frequency of heparin that he had discovered. As with all his other experiments,  the signature frequency of heparin worked as though the molecules of heparin itself were there: in its presence, the blood was less able to coagulate.

Benveniste had a robot built to carry out this experiment, largely to silence his critics by eliminating the potential bias of human interference. The robot was a box with an arm that moved in three directions, mechanically exposing the water containing calcium to the heparin in several easy steps.

After hundreds of such experiments, Benveniste discovered that it usually worked well except on days that a certain woman – an otherwise experienced scientist – was present. Benveniste suspected that the woman must be emitting some form of waves that were blocking the signals. He developed a means of testing for this, and discovered that the woman emitted powerful, highly coherent electromagnetic fields that appeared to interfere with the communication signalling of his experiment. Somehow, the woman acted as a frequency scrambler. To test this further, he asked the woman to hold a tube of homeopathic granules in her hand for 5 minutes. When he later tested the tube with his equipment, all molecular signalling had been erased.

Since the problem was likely to be electromagnetic, the obvious next step was to protect the machine from EMFs by building a shield. But once the shield was i place,  the  machine  stopped  producing  good  results.  Benveniste  pondered  this development for  some  days.  Perhaps  it had  to  do  with positive  effects  of the environment, and not simply the absence of negative effects. He opened the shield and asked the man who had been in charge of the lab for many years to stand in front of the robot. Immediately, the robot began again to crank out perfect results. As soon as the man left and the shield was put up, the robot no longer produced decent data. This suggested that, just as some people inhibited equipment, others enhanced it. The shield, originally erected to stop negative influences, had blocked positive ones as well.

Benveniste reasoned that the only substance near the robot capable of picking up positive or negative activity was the tube of water, so he asked the head lab technician to hold the tube in his pocket for two hours. He then put the tube into the machine, removed the man from the room and put up the shield. After that, the robot’s experiments worked virtually 100 per cent of the time.25

These anecdotal stories of the gremlin effect are not so farfetched when you consider the mountains of data generated by the PEAR laboratory, demonstrating tha human intention has the ability to make the random output of computers more orderly even when the intention is not conscious or deliberate. Living consciousness might have a major effect on microprocessor technology, which is now exquisitely sensitive. The tiniest disturbances in a quantum process can be highly disruptive. My own gremlin effect appears to be linked to moments of extreme stress or agitation but for some people it may be the very nature of their thought system.

The idea that we can ‘charge’ an inanimate object with our thoughts is the basis of the dark arts of many native cultures, which infuse effigies and voodoo dolls with negative intention and then use them to target enemies. There is a rich tradition of using effigies, but not much scientific study of them. Dean Radin once designed an experiment to test the effectiveness of voodoo dolls as an instrument of positive intention. He constructed a tiny effigy of a person known to a group of volunteers, who then directed their prayers to the doll. The prayers turned out to have demonstrable effects – an instance of benevolent voodoo.26

If we can be unwitting recipients of negative influence, should we take steps to block it or ward it off? Many psychics recommend using visualization to create a mental image of protection, such as imagining yourself in a giant bubble. Marilyn Schlitz and William Braud tested this idea in a variation on their staring studies with 300 volunteers divided into pairs in separate rooms. One member of each pair (the sender) was asked to use a mixture of imagery and self-regulation techniques like relaxation or Autogenic Training to relax or energize themselves. They were then asked to send an intention to reproduce a similar state in their partner (the receiver) which would be recorded with a polygraph pen. Comparisons of the EDA readings of both senders and receivers showed that the senders had an effect – when they were relaxed or activated, so were their receivers.

The receivers were then asked to visualize a variety of images that would act as a psychological ‘shield’ to block the senders’ influences; any image – a shield, a huge concrete wall, a steel fence, pulsating white light – was suitable, so long as it felt protective. These strategies proved highly successful in blocking one of the unwanted influences.27

Then, other scientists from the University of Edinburgh attempted to replicate the EDA studies under more rigorous conditions. The senders alternately attempted to calm or activate the receivers, who were to be open to being influenced for half the session and then to ‘block’ the influence attempt for the other half, by imagining themsleves wrapped up in a ‘shielding cocoon’ or adopting a stubborn and uncooperative frame of mind. Nevertheless, during the times of attempted influence, the receivers recorded the same EDA readings, regardless of whether they were ‘allowing’ or blocking it. If anything, there was a slightly larger effect during the blocking sessions. This suggests that ordinary mental strategies of isolating or protecting ourselves may not be enough to successfully resist unwanted influence.28

Qigong practitioners undergo lengthy training to learn techniques enabling them to ‘disguise’ or make their energy fields temporarily ‘invisible’ in order to ward off unwanted influence. Creating a psychic shield around yourself to prevent a barrage of negative influences – whether from your boss, a well-meaning but interfering professional, that unfriendly neighbour, even the stranger staring at you in the supermarket queue – is likely to require more than an attitude of resistance or a bit of internal imagery.

Larry Dossey once wrote that the most powerful antidote to negative intention was the line in the Lord’s Prayer: ‘deliver us from evil’. I came across another more

ecumenical instance, from the work of Dr John Diamond, who discovered a simple means of grounding yourself against unwelcome influences. Diamond, a psychiatrist and holistic healer, was inspired by George Goodheart, creator of applied kinesiology, which tests the effect of various substances on the body. Goodheart developed the technique of ‘muscle testing’, now a feature of applied kinesiology. He would ask a patient to stand facing him, with her left arm out, parallel to the floor: he placed his left arm on the patient’s shoulder to steady her, and then asked her to resist with all her strength while he pushed on her arm. In most instances, the arm would spring back and resist the force of Goodheart’s push. However when Goodheart exposed that person to noxious substances, such as food additives or allergens, the person’s left arm would be unable to resist the pressure of Goodheart’s push and easily be overcome.

Diamond applied this muscle testing to toxic thoughts. When a person was exposed to any unpleasant thought, the ‘indicator muscle’ would test weak. Diamond called it ‘behavioral kinesiology’ and has tested it on thousands of subjects over many years as a means of instantly taking stock of a person’s thoughts and most secret desires.29

Diamond discovered one thought that could overcome any sort of negative influence, or debilitating idea or situation. He called it a ‘homing thought’, because it reminded him of his youth in Sydney, Australia, swimming in the surf. Whenever a large wave threatened, he and his friends would dive to the bottom of the water and hold on to the sand with their fingertips. ‘We had learned that as soon as we were faced with this situation of stress, we could dive down, grab on to our securing handhold and hang on to our “rock” until the stress passed,’ he writes.30

The homing thought that each of us can hold on to, Diamond realized, was our ultimate aspiration or purpose in life. He has also referred to it as ‘cantillation’: each person’s special gift or talent that not only gives one a sense of joy but also union with the Absolute. The term ‘homing thought’ also reminded him of the direction finder that lost aeroplane pilots use to find their way home. The homing thought can act as a homing beacon for everyone, particularly during the most difficult moments. ‘It holds us steadfast,’ he once wrote, ‘on our course.’

Diamond’s ideas have not been subjected to scientific scrutiny, but the sheer weight of his anecdotal evidence in using behavioural kinesiology on thousands of patients lends them a certain significance. Whenever we are besieged by the darkest of intentions, we might best protect ourselves when holding on to the thought of what we have been born to do.

Note – Chapter 10: The Voodoo Effect

  1. A. Blasband and Gottfried Martin, ‘Biophoton emission in “orgon energy” treated cress seeds, seedlings and Acetabularia’, International Consciousness Research Laborary, ICRL Report No 93.6.
  2. Dossey, Be Careful What You Pray For, op. cit.: 171–2.
  3. Ibid.
  4. Benor, Healing Research, op. cit.: 261.
  5. C. O. Simonton et al., Getting Well Again, New York: Bantam, 1980; B. Siegel, Love, Medicine and Miracles: Lessons Learned about Self-Healin from a Surgeon’s Experience with Exceptional Patients, London: HarperCollins, 1990; A. Meares, The Wealth Within: Self-Help Through a System of Relaxing Meditation, Melbourne, Australia: Hill of Content 1990.
  6. For much of the research detailed in this chapter, I am especially indebted to Larry Dossey and Daniel Benor, who have detailed many of these early studies in their respective books, Dossey’s Be Careful What You Pray For … You Just Might Get It and Benor’s Healing Research, Spiritual Healing and his outstanding, comprehensive website: www.wholistichealingresearch.com.
  7. Benor, Healing Research, op. cit.: 264.
  8. J. Barry, ‘General and comparative study of the psychokinetic effect on a fungus culture’, Journal of Parapsychology, 1968; 32 (94): 237–43.
  9. W. H. Tedder and M. L. Monty, ‘Exploration of a long-distance PK: A conceptual replication of the influence on a biological system’, in W. G. Roll et al. (eds.), Research in Parapsychology, Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1981: 90–3. Also see Dossey, Be Careful What You Pray For, op. cit.: 169; Benor, Healing Research, op. cit.: 268–9.
  10. C. B. Nash, ‘Test of psychokinetic control of bacterial mutation’, Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 1984; 78: 145–52.
  11. Kmetz’s study was described in W. Braud et al., ‘Experiments with Matthew Manning’, Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 1979; 50: 199–223. While the study was promising, in his review of it in Healing Research, Benor noted the lack of sufficient detail.
  12. Dossey, Be Careful What You Pray For, op. cit.: 175–6.
  13. Many researchers of alternative medicine maintain the same concerns about studies of Chinese medicine carried out in China. These concerns don’t disregard the strong anecdotal evidence about the effectiveness of Traditional Chinese Medicine, only the scientific method of studies of its effectiveness.
  14. S. Sun and C. Tao, ‘Biological  effect of  emitted qi  with tradescantic paludosa micronuclear technique’, First World Conference for Academic Exchange of Medical Qigong. Beijing, China, 1988: 61E.
  15. Ibid.
  16. Dossey, Be Careful What You Pray For, op. cit.: 176.
  17. D.   J.   Muehsam   et   al.,   ‘Effects   of    Qigong on cell-free myosin phosphorylation: Preliminary experiments’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1994; 5 (1): 93–108, also reported in Dossey, Be Careful What You Pray For, op. cit.: 177–8.
  18. Ibid.
  19. Benor, Healing Research, op. cit.: 253.
  20. G. Rein, Quantum Biology: Healing with Subtle Energy, Palo Alto, Calif.: Quantum Biology Research Labs, 1992; as  reported in Benor, Healing Research, op. cit.: 350–2.
  21. B. Grad, ‘The “laying on of hands”: Implications for psychotherapy gentling and the placebo effect’, Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 1967; 61 (4): 286–305.
  22. C. B. Nash and C. S. Nash, ‘The effect of paranormally conditione solution on yeast fermentation’, Journal of Parapsychology, 1967; 31: 314.
  23. Radin, The Conscious Universe, op. cit: 130.
  24. An entire chapter is devoted to Jacques Benveniste in McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.: 59.
  25. Description of these results from a telephone conversation with Jacques Benveniste, November 10, 2000.
  26. J. M. Rebman et al., ‘Remote influence of the autonomic nervous system by focused intention’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1996; 6: 111– 34.W.   Braud   and   M.   Schlitz,   ‘A  method  for  the  objective  study of transpersonal imagery’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1989; 3 (1): 43–63; W. Braud et al., ‘Further studies of the bio-PK effect: Feedback blocking specificity/generality’, in R. White and J. Solfvin (eds.),Research in Parapsychology, Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1984: 45–8.
  27. C. Watt et al., ‘Exploring the limits of direct mental influence: Two studies comparing “blocking” and “co-operating” strategies’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1999; 13 (3): 515–35.
  28. J. Diamond, Your Body Doesn’t Lie, New York: HarperCollins, 1979.
  29. J. Diamond, Life Energy, New South Wales: Angus & Robertson, 1992: 71.

CHAPTER ELEVEN

Praying for Yesterday

ON THE EVE OF THE MILLENNIUM, Leonard Leibovici, an Israeli profes of internal medicine in Israel and expert on hospital-acquired infections, conducted a study of healing prayer’s effect on nearly 4000 adults who had developed sepsis while in the hospital. He set up a strict protocol, using a random number generator to randomize the participants into two groups, only one of which would be prayed for, and throughout the study maintained impeccable blinding; neither the patients nor the hospital staff knew who was getting treated – or indeed even knew that a study was being carried out. The names of all those in the treatment group were then handed to an individual, who said a short prayer for the well-being and full recovery of the treated group as a whole.

Leibovici was interested in comparing three outcomes between the prayed-for and not-prayed-for groups: the number of deaths in hospital; the overall length of stay in hospital; and the duration of fever. When calculating the results, he was careful to employ several statistical measurements to examine the significance of any differences. As it happened, the group that had been prayed for suffered fewer deaths than the controls (28.1 versus 30.2 per cent), although the difference was not statistically significant. What was scientifically significant, however, were major differences between the prayed-for group and the controls related to the severity of illness and the time it took to heal. Those being prayed for had a far shorter duration of fever and hospital stay and, in general, got better faster than the controls.

The subject of Leibovici’s research – the healing effects of prayer – of course was hardly new. But his study offered one novel twist. The patients had been in the hospital between 1990 and 1996. The praying was carried out in 2000 – between 4 and 10 years later.

The study was meant to be a spoof.

The British Medical Journal had published it in its Christmas 2001 issue,1 which is generally reserved for light-hearted commentary, next to a reindeer-shaped cluster of rogue cells. But Leibovici was not joking. He was trying to make a serious point in the most graphic way he could. Leibovici had a particular affinity for mathematics and statistics, and used them repeatedly in his reviews and meta-analyses when evaluating particular procedures. He had even come to believe that diseases and the success of treatment could be predicted through mathematical models.2

But the scientific method, in his view, was being defiled by its careless application to alternative medicine. Two years before, also in the Christmas issue of the BMJ, he had published an article claiming that alternative medicine masquerading as scientific medicine was like a cuckoo chick nestling in a reed warbler’s nest.3

The begging noises of the interloper chick are indistinguishable from its warbler counterparts; indeed, as it grows, the cries of the cuckoo are so loud that they match the noise of eight little warblers. The warbler parents ignore any clues that they have an impostor in their midst and continue to nourish the cuckoo chick – to the detriment, even death, of their own offspring. Leibovici was convinced that alternative medicine could not accommodate the demands of scientific rigour – and that we had no business wasting precious time and resources on the cuckoo in the nest.

But with that article, it seemed that Leibovici was the one wasting his time and breath. Most of his colleagues had missed the point so thoroughly that his only recourse was to show them. Two years later, almost to the day, his prayer study appeared in the BMJ.

He had intended that the study would illustrate that you simply cannot use the scientific method to explain subjective things like prayer. The problem was that every one had taken the study at face value. Dozens of sceptics derided the study. As one correspondent wrote, if it were possible to violate the arrow of time in this way, it would allow one to go back in time and prevent the Holocaust from happening by murdering Hitler.4

In support of Leibovici, many scientists interested in psychical research claimed that the study offered proof that prayer was effective at any point in time: Larry Dossey, who has also written extensively on ‘non-local’ consciousness and healing,5 commented that, in a stroke, Leibovici had turned ‘conventional notions of time, space, prayer, consciousness and causality’ on their heads. 6

Many others commented that Leibovici had been undone by the very meticulousness of his study design. Leibovici’s study had used only one supplicant to carry out the prayers and had sent the same prayer at the same time for each patient in the treatment group, so many of those in the alternative medicine camp did not believe the study suffered from some of the same problems in design as the other prayer research. To all the correspondents, Leibovici retorted in the BMJ letters section:

The purpose of the article was to ask the following question: Would you believe in a study that looks methodologically correct but tests something that is completely out of people’s frame (or model) of the physical world, for example, retroactive intervention or badly distilled water for asthma?7

It was wrong, he was saying, because it had to be wrong. It was statistics tied up in a knot and gone berserk. So that his motive would be clear, he added:

The article has nothing to do with religion. I believe that prayer is a real comfort and help to a believer. I do not believe it should be tested in controlled trials.

Instead, the true purpose was:

To deny from the beginning that empirical methods can be applied to questions that are completely outside the scientific model of the physical world. Or in a more formal way, if the pre-trial probability is infinitesimally low, the results of the trial will not really change it, and the trial should not be performed.

Although he had intended to use science to prove the absurdity of alternative medicine, he had actually ended up proving to many people that we can pray today to affect something that occurred yesterday. Leibovici appeared to deeply regret his study and refused to discuss it further.8

Despite all his efforts throughout his career to apply reason and logic to medicine, this was the study that he would be most remembered for – a study that demonstrated, in effect, that we can go back and change the past.

One of the most basic assumptions about intention is that it operates according to a generally accepted sense of cause and effect: the cause must always precede the effect.

If A causes B, then A must have happened first.

This assumption reflects one of our deepest beliefs, that time is a one-way, forward-moving progression.

This assumption is reinforced every moment of our ordinary lives.

First we order our coffee, then the waitress delivers it to our table.

First we order a book on Amazon, then it arrives in the mail.

Indeed, the most tangible evidence of time’s arrow is the physical evidence of our own ageing; first we are born, then we grow old and die.

Similarly, we believe that the consequence of our intentions can only occur in the future. What we do today cannot affect what happened yesterday.

However, a sizeable body of the scientific evidence about intention violates these basic assumptions about causation. Research has demonstrated clear instances of time-reversed effects, where effect precedes cause.

Leibovici’s study was unique among prayer research in that it was conducted ‘backward in time’ – the healing intention was meant to affect events that had already occurred.

But to many frontier scientists, this experiment in ‘retro-prayer’ simply represented a true-to-life instance of the time-displacement effects regularly seen in the laboratory.

Indeed, some of the largest effects occur when intention is sent out of strict time sequence.

Studies like Leibovici’s offer up the most challenging idea of all: that thoughts can affect other things no matter when the thought is made and, in fact, may work better when they are not subject to a conventional time sequence of causation.

Robert Jahn and Brenda Dunne at PEAR discovered this phenomenon when the investigated time displacement in their REG trials. In some 87,000 of these experiments, volunteers were asked to attempt to mentally influence the ‘heads’ and ‘tails’ random output of REGs in a specific direction anywhere from three days to two weeks after the machines had run.

As a whole, the ‘time-displaced’ experiments achieved even greater effects than the standard experiments.9 Jahn and Dunne had deemed these differences non-significant, only because the number of trials carried out in this manner was tiny compared with the rest of their monumental body of evidence.

Nevertheless, the very idea that intention could work equally well whether ‘backward’, ‘forward’ or in sequence, made Jahn realize that all of our conventional notions of time needed to be discarded.10

The fact that effects were even larger during the time-displaced studies suggested that thoughts have even greater power when their transmission transcends ordinary time and space.

Retro-causation has  been explored in great detail  by Dutch physicist Dick Bierman and his colleague Joop Houtkooper of the University of Amsterdam,11 and later by Helmut Schmidt, an eccentric physicist at Lockheed Martin who created a elegant variation on time-displaced REG remote influence to determine whether someone’s intention could change a machine’s  output after  it had been run.  

He rewired his REG to connect it to an audio device so that it would randomly set off a click that would be audiotaped and heard through a set of headphones by either the left or right ear.

He then turned on the machine and tape recorded their output, ensuring that no one, even himself, was listening.

After making copies of this master tape (again, with no one listening), he locked the master tape away, to eliminate the possibility of fraud, and gave medical students the copies a day later.

The volunteers were asked to listen to the tape and send an intention to have more clicks in their left ears.

Schmidt also created control tapes by running the audio device but not asking anyone to attempt to influence the left–right clicks. As expected, the right and left clicks of the controls were distributed more or less evenly.

Once the participants had finished their attempts to influence the tapes, Schmidt had his computer analyse both the student tapes and the master tape that had been hidden away to see if there was any deviation from the typical random pattern. In more than 20,000 trials carried out between 1971 and 1975, Schmidt discovered a significant result: on both the copies and the masters, 55 per cent had more left-hand than right-hand clicks. And both sets of tapes matched perfectly.

Schmidt believed he understood the mechanism for his improbable results. It wasn’t that his participants had changed a tape after it had been created; their influence had reached ‘back in time’ and influenced the machine’s output at the moment that it was first recorded.12

They had changed the output of the machine in the same way they might have if they had been present at the time it was being recorded. They did not change the past from what it was; they influenced the past when it was unfolding as the present so that it became what it was.

Schmidt continually refined the design of his ‘retro-PK’ studies over 20 years, eventually involving martial arts students, who are trained in mind-control.

In one study, he used a radioactive-decay counter to generate a visual display of random numbers. The students sat in front of this visual display, and attempted mentally to influence the numbers in a particular statistical distribution. Once again, he achieved a highly significant result, with odds against it being a chance occurrence of 1000 to somehow, the intention of the students had reached ‘back in time’ to affect what occurred in the first place.13

Time-displaced intention has also been successfully applied to living things. German parapsychologist Elmar Gruber, of the Institut für Grenzgebiete de Psychologie und Psychohygiene in Freiburg, carried out a series of ingenious experiments examining whether the movement of animals and humans can be influenced after the fact.

His first series of tests concerned gerbils running in activity wheels and moving about within a large cage. A special counter kept track of the number of revolutions in the activity wheel. A beam of light in the cage also had a recording device to note whenever the gerbil made contact with it. Similarly, he asked a group of human volunteers to walk around an area across which he had placed a photobeam, which was also attached to a recorder to note every instance that the volunteers ran into it.

Gruber  then  converted  each  revolution  of  the  wheel  or  contact  with  the photobeam into a clicking sound. Tapes were made of the clicks, which were copied and stored, again to eliminate fraud.

Between one and six days later, volunteers were asked to listen to the tapes and attempt to mentally influence the gerbils to run faster than normal, or the people to run into the beam more often than usual.

Success would be measured by a greater number of clicks than usual.

Gruber carried out each type of trial 20 times, and in each instance, compared the volunteers’ tapes with tapes made during sessions when the animals and humans were not subjected to the remote influence.

Four of the six batches of trials achieved significant results, and in three of these, the effect size was larger than 0.44.

An effect size is a statistical figure used in scientific research to demonstrate the size of change or outcome. It is arrived at by a number of factors, usually by comparing two groups, one of which has made the change.

An effect size under 0.3 is considered small, between 0.3 and 0.6 is medium, and anything above 0.6 is considered large. Aspirin, considered one of the most successful heart attack preventives of modern times, has an effect size of just 0.032, more than 10 times smaller than Gruber’s overall effect size.

In the case of the activity-wheel gerbil trial, the effect size was a huge 0.7.14 If his results had concerned a drug, Gruber would have discovered one of the greatest lifesavers of all time.

Gruber carried out six more intriguing experiments. In one study he recorded the number of times that people in a Viennese supermarket crossed a photobeam, and then recorded the number of times a photobeam was crossed by cars passing through various tunnels in Vienna during the rush hour.

These again were converted into clicks, and the tapes made of the clicks were stored for one to two months before being played to volunteers, who were asked to influence the speed of the people on foot or in the cars.

This time, he decided to include among his group of influencers some people with psychic ability. He also created similar tapes as controls, which were not exposed to remote intention.

Once again, when compared with sessions that were not subjected to influence, the results were highly significant; all but one of the automobile–tunnel studies had a significant effect size; in two of the studies, the effect sizes (0.52 and 0.74) were enormous.15

Is it possible to retroactively prevent a disease, after it has infected its host and spread? The Chiron Foundation in the Netherlands designed an intriguing study to tes this seemingly impossible proposition.

A large group of rats was randomly divided in two groups, and one group given a parasitic infection of the blood.

The experiment was blinded so that the experimenters themselves did not know which animals were infected and which were controls until after the study was completed. A healer given photographs of the rats after they had been infected with the disease was asked to attempt to prevent the spread of the parasites.

Measurements of the blood cells were taken at several intervals after the animals had been infected. The study was carried out three times, each involving a large number of rats. Two achieved a medium (0.47) effect size.16

Psychologist William Braud then asked one of the most provocative questions of all: is it possible to ‘edit’ one’s own emotional response to an event? To test this, he designed a batch of studies to test time-displaced influence on nervous activity.

He recorded several tracings of the electrodermal activity (EDA) of volunteers, using standard liedetection equipment – a reasonable gauge of whether a person is calm or agitated. Braud then asked the participants to examine one of their own tracings and to attempt to influence it, by sending an intention either to calm down or activate their own sympathetic nervous system at that earlier point in time.

The other tracings of the participants, which were not exposed to mental influence, were to act as controls. Later, when he compared the tracings with controls, he discovered that those tracings that were exposed to  the volunteers’ own retro-influence were calmer than the controls.

Overall, these studies achieved a small, significant effect size (0.37), offering some of the first evidence that human beings might be able to rewrite their own emotional history.17

Helmut Schmidt successfully employed a similar study design to change his own prerecorded breathing rate, demonstrating that it is possible to retroactively change your own physical state as well.18

Dean Radin set up an EDA test similar to Braud’s, but added remote distance to a test of retroactive influence.

Two months after running the tests, Radin sent copies of the electrodermal readouts to healers in Brazil and asked them to attempt to quiet the readings. After 21 such studies Radin achieved a 0.47 effect size, similar to Braud’s.19

Radin also tested the possibility that, under certain conditions, a future event can influence an earlier nervous-system response.

He made ingenious use of a strange psychological phenomenon called the ‘Stroop effect’, named after its discoverer, psychologist John Ridley Stroop,20 originator of a landmark test in cognitive psychology.

The Stroop test uses a list of the names of colours (e.g. ‘green’) printed in different coloured inks. Stroop found that when people are asked to read out the name of a colour as quickly as possible, they take much longer if the name of the colour does not match the colour of the ink used (e.g. if the word ‘green’ is printed in red ink) than they do if the name and the colour of the ink match (e.g. if the word ‘green’ is printed in green ink).

Psychologists believe that this phenomenon has to do with the difference in the time it takes the brain to process an image (the colour itself), compared with the time it takes to process a word (the colour name).

Swedish psychologist Holger Klintman devised a variation on the Stroop test Volunteers were asked first to identify the colour of a rectangle as quickly as they could, then asked whether a colour name matched the colour patch they had just been shown.

A large variation occurred in the time it took his volunteers to identify the colour of the rectangle. Klintman discovered that the identification of the rectangle colour was faster when it matched the colour name shown subsequently.21

The time it took for people to identify the colour of the rectangle seemed to depend on the second task of determining whether the word matched the rectangle colour. Klintman called his effect ‘time-reversed interference’. In other words, the later effect influenced the brain’s reaction to the first stimulus.

Radin created a modern version of Klintman’s study. His participants sat in front of a computer screen and identified the colours of rectangles that flashed up on the screen as quickly as possible by typing in their first letter.

The image on the screen would then be replaced by the name of a colour, and the volunteer would then have to type either ‘y’ (yes) to indicate that the name of the colour matched the colour of the rectangle or ‘n’ (no) to indicate a mismatch. Radin varied the second part of the design, so that, after the participant had identified the colour of the rectangle, he or she would also have to type in the first letter of the actual colour of the letters of the colour’s name.

For instance, if the word ‘green’ flashed up but was coloured blue, he or she would have to type in ‘b’.

In four studies of more than 5000 trials, all four showed a retrocausal effect. A significant correlation was observed in two of the studies, with a third marginally significant.22 Somehow, the time it took to carry out the second task was affecting the time it took to carry out the first one.

Radin concluded that his studies offered evidence of a time displacement in the nervous system. The implications are enormous. Our thoughts about something can affect our past reaction times.

One scientifically accepted way to examine the overall power of an effect is to pool the results of all the studies together into what is called a ‘meta-analysis’. Analysed in this manner, 19 of the retroinfluence studies yielded an extraordinary collective result.23

William Braud calculated that the overall effect size was 0.32. Although that is considered a small effect on its own, it represents ten times the effect size for most prescription drugs, such as the beta-blocker propanolol, that are recognized as extremely effective.

A different type of analysis of all the best studies of time displacement was carried out in 1996 by Dick Bierman. In statistics, the best way to judge an effect is to work out how much it deviates from the mean, or average.

One method popular with statisticians is to work out the chi-square distribution, which entails plotting the square of each individual score. Any deviation from chance, whether positive or negative, will show up as a large positive deviation in bold relief.

Bierman detected an enormous variance in individual studies, but collectively they produced results whose occurrence by chance alone was an extraordinary 630 billion to one.24

One interpretation of the laboratory evidence of retro-influence suggests the unthinkable: intention is capable of reaching back down the time line to influence past events, or emotional or physical responses, at the point when they originally occurred.

The central problem of going ‘back to the future’ and manipulating our own past are the logical knots the mind gets tied up in when considering them. As British philosopher Max Black argued in 1956, if A causes B, but occurs after B, B ofte precludes A. Therefore, A cannot cause B.

This conundrum was overlooked in the movie The Terminator.

If the Schwarzenegger cyborg goes back in time and kills Sarah Connor so that she canno give birth to future rebel John Connor, there would be no future revolution between man and machine.

The Terminator no longer has any need to come back in time or, indeed, no longer any purpose for being created.

British philosopher David Wiggins constructed a similar scenario to illustrate the logical problems inherent in the idea of a time machine. Suppose a young man is the grandson of the cruel leader of a fascist movement. He decides to travel back in time to kill his grandfather, to prevent him from taking control. But if he does so, the young man’s mother may not be born and he of course would cease to exist.

Nevertheless, physicists no longer consider retro-causation inconsistent with the laws of the universe. More than 100 articles in the scientific literature propose ways in which laws of physics can account for time displacement.25

Several scientists have proposed that scalar waves, secondary waves in the Zero Point Field, enable people to engineer changes in space-time. These secondary fields, caused by the motion of subatomic particles interacting with the Zero Point Field, are ripples in space-time – waves that can travel faster than the speed of light.

Scalar Field waves possess astonishing power: a single unit of energy produced by a laser in such a state would represent a larger output than all the world’s power plants combined.26

Certain technologies, such as quantum optics, have made use of laser pulses to squeeze the Zero Point Field to such a degree that it creates negative energy.27

It is well accepted in physics that this negative energy, or exotic matter, is able to bend space-time. Many theoreticians believe that negative energy would allow us to travel through wormholes, travel at warp speed, build time machines and even help human beings to levitate.

When electrons are packed densely together, the density of the spray of virtual particles that are constantly created in the Zero Point Field is increased. These spra densities are organized into electromagnetic waves that flow in two directions, and so may be going ‘back and forward’ in time.28

Physicist  Evan  Harris    Walker  first  proposed  that  retro-influence  can  be explained by quantum physics if we just take account of the observer effect.29

Walker and later Henry Stapp, an elementary particle physicist at the University of California at Berkeley, who acted as an independent monitor of Helmut Schmidt’s final martial arts study, believed that a small tweak in quantum theory, making use of ‘nonlinear quantum theory’, could explain all cases of retro-influence. In a linear system such as current quantum mechanics, the behaviour of a system can be easily described: 2 + 2 = 4. The system’s behaviour is the sum of its parts. In a non-linear system, 2 + 2 may equal 5 or even 8. The system’s behaviour is more than a sum of its parts – by how much more we can’t often predict.

In Walker’s and then Stapp’s view, turning quantum theory into a non-linear system would enable them to include one other element in the equation: the human mind. In Schmidt’s martial arts study, the numbers on the visual display remained in their ‘potential’ state of all possible sets of numbers until they had been observed by the students. At that point, the mental intent of the students and the numbers on the display interacted in a quantum way.

According to Stapp, the physical universe exists as a set of ‘tendencies’ with ‘statistical links’ between mental events.

Even though the tape of the numbers has been generated, they divide into a number of channels of all possible outcomes. When a person looks at the numbers, his brain state will also divide into the same number of channels. His intent will select out a particular channel, and through the numbers ‘collapse’ the channels into a single state.30 Human will – our intention – creates the reality, no matter when.

The other possibility is that all information in the universe is available to us at every moment, and time exists as one giant smeared-out present. Braud has speculated that forebodings of the future might be an act of backward time displacement – a future event somehow reaching back in time to influence a present mind. If you simply reversed presentiment and call it backward influence, so that all future mental activity influences the present, you maintain the same model and results as the retro-causation studies.

All precognition might be evidence of backward- acting influence;31 all future decisions may always influence the past.

There is also the possibility that at the most fundamental layer of our existence there is no such thing as sequential time.

Pure energy as it exists at the quantum level does not have time or space, but exists as a vast continuum of fluctuating charge. We, in a sense, are time and space. When we bring energy to conscious awareness through the act of perception, we create separate objects that exist in space through a measured continuum. By creating time and space, we create our own separateness and indeed our own time.

According to Bierman, what appears to be retro-causation is simply evidence that the present is contingent upon future potential conditions or outcomes, and that non-locality occurs through time as well as space. In a sense, our future actions, choices and possibilities all help to create our present as it unfolds. According to the view, we are constantly being influenced in our present actions and decisions by our future selves.

This explanation was bolstered by a simple thought experiment carried out by Vlatko Vedral and one of his colleagues at the University of Vienna: Caslav Brukner, a Serb who had managed to leave Yugoslavia during the civil war and, like Vedral, spent time at Zeilinger’s Viennese lab.

When Brukner joined Vedral in London during a year-long fellowship at Imperial College, he began thinking about quantum computation, and the fact that it is billions of times faster than classical computing. Once a quantum computer is finally perfected it will enable one to scan every last corner of the Internet in half an hour.32

Could this enormous advantage in speed have some basis in Bell’s inequality, the famous test of non-locality? Bell demonstrated that the remote influence maintained between two quantum subatomic particles, even over vast distances, ‘violates’ our Newtonian view of separation in space.

Could this same test be used to show when temporal constraints – the limits governing time – are also violated? Brukner enlisted Vedral to design a thought experiment with him.

Their experiment rested on a given in science about time: in the evolution of a particle, a measurement taken at a certain point will be utterly independent of a measurement taken later or earlier. In this instance, the ‘inequality’ of Bell’s would refer to the difference between the two measurements when taken at different times.

For their experiment, they no longer needed two particles, and so could utterly eliminate the ‘Bob’ particle and concentrate on the photon, ‘Alice’. The task now was to make theoretical calculations of Alice’s polarization at two points of time. If quantum waves behave like a wriggling skipping rope being shaken at one end, the direction in which the rope is pointed is called polarization. To work out their time sequences mathematically, Brukner and Vedral made use of what is called ‘Hilbert’, or abstract, space.

First they calculated Alice’s polarization, then they measured it moments later. When they had finished their calculations of Alice’s current position, they went back and measured her earlier polarization again. They discovered that, between two points of time, Bell’s inequality indeed had been violated; they got a different measurement of the first  polarization the second time around. The very act  of measuring Alice at a later time influenced and indeed changed how it was polarized earlier.

The implications of their astonishing discovery were not lost on the scientific community. New Scientist included their discoveries in a dramatic cover story: ‘Quantum entanglement: How the future can influence the past’ and concluded: quantum mechanics seems to be bending the laws of cause and effect … entanglement in time puts space and time on an equal footing in quantum theory … Brukner’s result suggests that we might be missing something important in our understanding of how the world works.33

For me, Brukner’s thought experiment held a significance far greater than a simple theoretical one. It showed that instantaneous cause and effect not only occurs through space but also back and possibly forward through time. It offered the first mathematical proof that the actions of every moment influenced and changed those of our past. It may well be that every action we take, every thought we have in the present, alters our entire history.

Even more significantly, his experiment demonstrated the central role of the observer in creating, and indeed changing, reality. Observing had played an integral part in changing the state of the photon’s polarization.

The very act of measuring an entity at one point of time changed its earlier state. This may mean that every observation of ours changes some earlier state of the physical universe. A deliberate thought to change something in our present could also influence our past. The very act of intention, of making a change in the present, may also affect everything that has led to that moment.

This sort of backward influence resembles the non-local correlations found in the quantum world, as if the connections were always there in some underlying arrangement.34 It may be that our future already exists in some nebulous state that we actualize in the present.

This makes sense since subatomic particles exist in a state of potential until observed or thought about. If consciousness operates at the quantum frequency level, it would naturally reside outside space and time, and we would theoretically have access to information – ‘past’ and ‘future’. If humans are able to influence quantum events, they are also able to affect events or moments other than in the present.

Radin discovered more evidence that our psychokinetic influence is operating ‘backwards’ in an ingenious study examining the possible underlying mechanism of intention on the random bits of an REG machine. Radin first ran five REG studie involving thousands of trials, then analysed the experiments through a process called a ‘Markov chain’, which allowed a mathematical analysis of how the REG machine’s output changed over time.

For this process, he made use of three different models of intention: first, as a forward-time casual influence (the mind ‘pushes’ the REG in one direction throughout the influence); second, as a precognitive influence (the mind intuits the precise moment to hit the REG in its random fluctuations to produce the intended result by ‘looking into the future’ and passively ‘bringing back’ this information to the present); and third, as a true retrocausal influence (the mind first sets the future outcome and applies all the chain of events that will produce it ‘backward’ in time).

Radin’s analysis of the data had one inescapable conclusion: this was not a process running forward in time, in an attempt to hit a particular target, so much as an ‘information’ flow that had travelled back in time.35

But just how much of the past could we change in the sticks-and-stones world of real life? William Braud had pondered this issue at length. He once observed that those moments in the past most open to change might be ‘seed’ moments when nature has not made up its mind – perhaps the earliest stages of events before they blossomed and grew into something static and unchangeable.36

These moments were analogous to a sapling that could still be bent and trained before its trunk was too stiff and branches too large; the brain of a child, which is far more open to influence and learning than an adult’s; or even a virus, which is far easier to overcome in its infancy.37

Random events, decisions with equally likely choices, or illness – all probabilistic moments disposed to early influence where human intention could slightly shift the outcome in a certain direction – might comprise the events in our lives most open to retro-influence. Braud referred to them as ‘open’, or labile, systems – those most open to change.

These systems include many of the workings of living things, which are random processes, much like the quantum systems of random-event generators. Any one of a number of the biological processes in living things requires a cascade of processes, which would be sensitive to the kind of subtle effects on REG machinery observed say, in the PEAR research.38

In Braud’s earlier work, he had discovered that remote influence had its greatest effect when there was a strong need for it.39 The necessity of a particular outcome might be the one quality that moves mountains backward in time.

A clue to the extent of our reach was revealed in Schmidt’s discovery of an observer effect in his audio REG experiments that is much like the effect in quantum experiments: it was most important that the person attempting to influence his tapes be the very first listener.

If anyone else heard the tape first and listened with focused attention, it was less susceptible to influence later. A few studies even suggest that observation by any sentient being – human or animal – blocks future attempts at time-displaced influence.

Bierman tested this by rigging up a radioactive source to trigger beeps that were delayed for one second and then observed by a final observer. In about half of the events, another pre-observer was given feedback of this quantum event before the final observer witnessed it. In those instances, the pre-observer’s observation resulted in a collapse of the superposition state of the quantum event while, in the other half of cases, the final observer ‘produced’ the collapse.40

If this consciousness is the crucial ingredient for ‘collapse’ to occur, humans – and their ability to ‘reduce’ reality to limited states – are completely responsible for the idea that time is an arrow in one direction. If our future choice of a particular state is what affects its present ‘collapse’, the reality may be that our future and present are constantly meeting up with each other.

This accords with what is understood about the observer effect in quantum theory – that the first observation of a quantum entity ‘decoheres’, or collapses, its pure state of potential into a single state.41 This rather suggests that, if no one had ever seen Hitler, we  might have been able to send an intention to prevent the Holocaust.

Although our understanding of the mechanism is still primitive, the experimental evidence of time reversal is fairly robust. This research portrays life as one giant, smeared-out here and now, and much of it – past, present and future – open to our influence at any moment.

But that hints at the most unsettling idea of all. Once constructed, a thought is lit forever.

Note – Chapter 11: Praying for Yesterday

  1. L. Leibovici, ‘Effects of remote, retroactive intercessory prayer on outcomes in patients with blood stream infection: Randomized controlled trial’, British Medical Journal, 2001; 323 (7327): 1450–1.
  2. S. Andreassen et al., ‘Using probabilistic and decision-theoretic methods in treatment and prognosis modeling’, Artificial Intelligence in Medicine, 1999; 15 (2): 121–34.
  3. L. Leibovici, ‘Alternative (complementary) medicine: a cuckoo in the nest o empiricist reed warblers’, British Medical Journal, 1999; 319: 1629–32; Leibovici, ‘Effects of remote, retroactive intercessory prayer’, op. cit.
  4. Letters, BMJ Online, December 22, 2003.
  5. L. Dossey, ‘How healing happens: exploring the nonlocal gap’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 2002; 8 (2): 12–16, 103–10.
  6. B.     Oshansky    and   L.   Dossey,    ‘Retroactive  prayer:  A  preposterous hypothesis?’ British Medical Journal, 2003; 327: 20–7.
  7. Letters, ‘Effect of retroactive prayer’, British Medical Journal, 2002; 324: 1037.
  8. Correspondence from Liebovici to author, June 28, 2005.
  9. Interview with Jahn and Dunne, July 2005.
  10. R. G. Jahn et al., ‘Correlations of random binary sequences with pre-stated operator intention: a review of a 12-year program’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1997; 11 (3): 345–67.
  11. D.  J.  Bierman  and  J.  M.  Houtkooper,  ‘Exploratory  PK  tests  with programmable high speed random number generator’, European Journal of Parapsychology, 1975; 1 (1): 3–14.
  12. R. Broughton, Parapsychology: The Controversial Science, New York: Ballantine Books, 1991: 175–6.
  13. H. Schmidt and H. Stapp, ‘Study of PK with prerecorded random events an the effects of preobservation’, Journal of Parapsychology, 1993; 57: 351.
  14. E.   R.   Gruber,   ‘Conformance   behavior    involving  animal and human subjects’, European Journal of Parapsychology, 1979; 3 (1): 36–50.
  15. E.  R.  Gruber,  ‘PK  effects  on pre-recorded  group  behaviour  of livin systems’, European Journal of Parapsychology, 1980; 3 (2): 167–75.
  16. F. W. J. J. Snel and P. C. van der Sijde, ‘The effect of retro-active distance healing on Babeia rodhani (rodent malaria) in rats’, European Journal of Parapsychology, 1990; 8: 123–30.
  17. W. Braud, unpublished study, 1993, as reported in W. Braud, ‘Wellness implications of retroactive intentional influence: exploring an outrageous hypothesis’, Alternatives Therapies in Health and Medicine, 2000; 6 (1): 37–48.
  18. H. Schmidt, ‘Random generators and living systems as targets in retro-PK experiments’, Journal of the American Society for Psychical  Research, 1997; 912 (1): 1–13.D. Radin et al., ‘Effects of distant healing intention through time and space: Two  exploratory  studies’, Proceedings  of  Presented  Papers:  The  41st Annual Convention of the Parapsychological Association, Halifax, Nova Scotia, Canada: Parapsychological Association, 1998: 143–61.
  19. J. R. Stroop, ‘Studies of interference in serial verbal reactions’,Journal of Experimental Psychology, 1935; 18: 643, as cited in D.I. Radin and E. C May, ‘Evidence for a retrocausal effect in the human nervous system’, Boundary Institute Technical Report 2000–1.
  20. H. Klintman, ‘Is there a paranormal (precognitive) influence in certain types of perceptual sequences? Part I and II’,European Journal of Parapsychology, 1983; 5: 19–49 and 1984; 5: 125–40, as cited in Radin and May, Boundary Institute Technical Report, op. cit.
  21. Radin and May, Boundary Institute Technical Report, op. cit.
  22. Braud, ‘Wellness implications’, op. cit.
  23. See http://www.fourmilab.ch/rpkp/bierman-metaanalysis. html.
  24. Radin and May, Boundary Institute Technical Report, op. cit.
  25. G. A. Mourou and D. Umstadter, ‘Extreme light’, in ‘The Edge of Physics’ Special edition of Scientific American, 2003; 13 (1): 77–83 updated from May 2002 issue.
  26. L. H. Ford and T. A. Roman, ‘Negative energy, wormholes and warp drive’ in ‘The Edge of Physics’. Special edition ofScientific American, 2003; 13 (1): 85–91 updated from January 2000 issue.
  27. J. A. Wheeler and R. P. Reynman, ‘Interaction with the absorber as the mechanism of radiation’, Reviews of Modern Physics, 1945; 17 (2–3): 157– 81; J. A. Wheeler and R. P. Reynman, ‘Classical electrodynamics in terms o direct interparticle action’, Reviews of Modern Physics, 1949; 21: 425–33.
  28. E. H. Walker, ‘The nature of consciousness’, Mathematical BioSciences, 1970; 7: 131–78.
  29. H. P. Stapp, ‘Theoretical model of a purported empirical violation of the predictions of quantum theory’, Physical Review A, 1994; 50 (1): 18–22.
  30. Braud, ‘Wellness implications’, op. cit.
  31. L. Grover, ‘Quantum computing’, The Sciences, July/August 1999: 24–30.
  32. M.  Brooks,  ‘The  weirdest  link’, New Scientist,  March 27,  2004;  181(2440): 32–5.
  33. D. Bierman, ‘Do PSI-phenomena suggest radical dualism?’ in S. Hammerof et al. (ed.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II, Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1998: 709–14.
  34. D.  I.  Radin,  ‘Experiments  testing  models  of  mind-matter  interaction’ Journal of Scientific Exploration, 2006; 20 (3), 375–401.
  35. Interview with William Braud, October 1999.
  36. W. Braud, ‘Transcending the limits of time’, The Inner Edge: A Resource for Enlightened Business Practice, 1999; 2 (6): 16–18.
  37. R. D. Nelson, ‘The physical basis of intentional healing systems’, Technical Report, PEAR 99001, Princeton Engineering Anomalies Research, Princeton New Jersey, January 1999.
  38. Braud, interview with author, October 1999.
  39. D. Bierman ‘Does consciousness collapse the wave packet?’ Mind and Matter, 2003; 1 (1): 45–58.
  40. H Schmidt, ‘Additional effect for PK on pre-recorded targets’,Journal of Parapsychology, 1985; 49: 229–44; ‘PK tests with and without preobservation by animals’, in L. S. Henkel and J. Palmer (eds.), Research in Parapsychology, Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1990: 15–19.

CHAPTER TWELVE

The Intention Experiment

SEEING ACETABULARIA FOR THE FIRST TIME takes your breath away. T mesmerizing appearance of this common algae of the Caribbean and the Mediterranean has earned a number of poetic nicknames – ‘mermaid’s wineglass’, or ‘sombrerillo’ in Spanish – and both are fitting. Its slender stem supports a tiny cupped sombrero, like a miniature green umbrella ready to be popped into an underwater tropical cocktail.

For more than 70 years, biology students have marvelled over this tiny plant, not simply for its appearance but for a single bizarre fact of its existence. Acetabularia is a freak of nature. From stem to sombrero, the entire plant, measuring up to 5 centimetres, consists of a single cell. Because of this, Acetabularia, unlike most living things, can be counted on to behave predictably.

The large nucleus of the cell always sits at the rhizoid, the base of the stalk, and divides only when the plant has reached its full height. This uncomplicated structure has helped to unmask biology’s greatest mystery: which portion of the plant engineers its ability to reproduce. In the 1930s, the German scientist Joachim Hammerling elected Acetabularia as his perfect ‘tool organism’ to work out the role of a nucleus in plant genetics.

The simplicity of this single-celled organism with its single giant nucleus not only offered up the secrets of the cell in bold relief, it divulged the whole of the building plans of plant life. Working with Acetabularia allowed one to sit in stunned witness to the complex morphology of life within the totality of a single cell, large enough to be visible to the naked eye.

Acetabularia also represented a model organism for my first intention experiment. Fritz Popp, who was to perform the experiment with me, believed that if we were going to attempt to carry out my proposal, we needed to begin on the ground floor. For this first experiment, I planned to assemble a small group of volunteers in London, and ask them to use their intention to affect an organism in Popp’s lab in Germany.

Using Acetabularia for our test subject would be analogous to testing a car made of a single moving part. It removes all the variables of a living thing, with its unfathomable number of chemical and energetic processes occurring at every instant.

Humans, for instance, are like a manufacturing plant covering most of the United States. A septillion chemical reactions occur every second in every tablespoon of our cells, tiny explosions that get multiplied by the 50 million million cells of the average human body. In an experiment comparing, say, the growth rates of two sections of the body, it is almost impossible to control for every variable. Growth rates can be altered by food, water, genetics, mood, or even a sudden dip in air temperature.

During our first intention experiment, Popp intended to examine the alteration in the tiny light being emitted from the algae, which was infinitely more subtle than cellular growth rate. Nonetheless, in multicellular living things, even the light that emanates from each cell is subject to a host of influences: the health of the host, the weather and even the activity of the sun.1 Light can also differ from cell to cell.

With Acetabularia, as the light reassuringly derives from its single nucleus, so it is subject to far less fluctuation. With such a primitive organism, Popp explained, it would be possible to demonstrate, with a fair degree of certainty, that any effect, for better or worse, was entirely the result of our remote influence. Only by using such a simple system could we show that our effect was indisputably due to intention and not a dozen other possibilities.

Generally speaking, an increase of photons indicates that a life form is being stressed and a decrease, that its health has improved. If I sent an intention to make the algae healthier, and the photon count went down, it would likely mean that I was having a good effect. If the photon count went up, it was probable that I was, in some way, harming it.

Popp has a number of extremely sensitive photocount detectors at his disposal, which can register an intensity of visible light of about 10–17 watts per square centimetre, analogous to the light coming from a candle several kilometres away.2 This type of ultrasensitive equipment would enable us to record every single hair’s breath of difference – even by a single photon – and so determine the extent of our influence.

Popp had reason to be cautious. For 30 years he had faced enormous opposition to his bold assertion that light emanates from living things,3 and had finally won respect from the physics community.

He had set up his international community of likeminded scientists from prestigious centres all over the globe to work on biophoton emissions.4 By participating in our experiment, he might risk this hard-won reputation and good will. After all, ultimately I was asking this world-renowned physicist to test whether collective positive thinking could change the physical world.

* * *

The   results of a number of   experiments    had suggested that a ‘group’ consciousness might possibly exist. In their random-event generator experiments, PEAR’s Jahn and Dunne found that the influence of pairs of the opposite sex who knew each other had a powerful complementary effect on the machines – roughly three and a half times that of individuals. Two intensively involved people appeared to create six times the ‘order’ on a random machine. Some couples even produced a ‘signature’ result, which did not resemble the effects they generated individually.5

There was also evidence that a group all intently focused on the same thought registered as a large effect on a REG machine. Roger Nelson, the chief coordinato of the PEAR lab, had come up with the idea of running REG machines continuousl during a particularly engaging event, to examine whether the focused attention of a group had any effect on the random output of the machines.

He and Dean Radin developed what they termed ‘FieldREG’ devices and ra them during a host of events involving the highly focused attention of an audience: intense or euphoric group workshops; religious group rituals; Wagnerian festivals; theatrical presentations; even the Academy Awards. In most instances, their studies showed that multiple minds holding the same intensely felt thought created some kind of deviation from the norm on the equipment.6

Nelson had been fascinated by the possibility of a global collective consciousness. In 1997, he decided to place REGs all over the world, have them ru continuously and compare their output with moments of global events with the greatest emotional impact. For his programme, which became known as the Global Consciousness Project, Nelson organized a centralized computer program, so tha REGs located in 50 places around the globe could pour their continuous stream of random bits of data into one vast central hub through the Internet.

Periodically, Nelson and his colleagues, including Dean Radin, studied these outpourings and compared them with the biggest breaking news stories, attempting to root out any sort o f statistical connection. Standardized methods and analysis revealed any demonstration of order – a moment when the machine output displayed less randomness than usual – and whether the time that it had been generated corresponded with that of a major world event.

By 2006, they had studied 205 top news events, including the death of the Princess of Wales, the millennium celebrations, the death of John F. Kennedy, Jr, and his wife, and the attempted Clinton impeachment. When Nelson analysed four years’ worth of data, a pattern emerged. When people reacted with great joy or horror to a major event, the machines seemed to react as well.  Furthermore, the degree of ‘order’ in the machine’s output seemed to match the emotional intensity of the event, particularly those that had been tragic: the greater the horror, the greater the order.7

This trend appeared most notable during the events of 9/11. After the twin towers were destroyed, Nelson, Radin and several colleagues studied the data that had poured in from 37 REGs around the world. Individual statistical analyses were performed by Radin, Nelson, computer scientist Richard Shoup of Boundary Institut and Bryan J. Williams, a psychology undergraduate at the University of New Mexico According to the results of all four analyses, the effect on the machines during the plane crashes was unprecedented.

Out of any moment in 2001, the greatest variance in  the  machines  away  from randomness  took  place  that  day.  The  results  also represented the largest daily average correlation in output between each machine than at any other time in the history of the project.8 According to the REGs, the world’s mind had reacted with a coherent global horror.

Nelson and three independent analysts took apart the data using a variety of statistical methods. Nelson examined his results through the chi-square distribution method, that statistical technique which plots the square of each of the machine’s runs, so that any deviation from chance easily shows up. All of the analysts concluded that an enormous increase in ‘order’ occurred during time frames relating t o key moments in the drama (such as, shortly before the first tower was struck), which were likely to be the most intense periods of horror and disbelief.9 As REGs are designed to control for electrical disturbances, natural electromagnetic fields or increased levels of mobile phone use, the two scientists were able to discard all those possibilities as potential causes.10

Furthermore, although activity of the REGs was normal in the days leading up to /11, the machines became increasingly correlated a few hours before the first tower was hit, as though there had been a mass premonition. This similarity in output continued for two days after the first strike. Williams thought of it as kind of psychic signature, a giant unconscious psychokinetic effect created by 6 billion minds set to react in unified horror.11

The world had felt a collective shudder several hours before the first plane crash, and every REG machine had heard and duly recorded it.

Although not every analyst agreed with these conclusions,12 Nelson, Radin and several of their colleagues eventually were able to publish a summary of their findings in the prestigious physics journal Foundations of Physics Letters.13

Nelson went on to study other events in the wake of 9/11, including the start of the Iraqi war. He compared REG activity with variations in the approval polls o President George W. Bush, to see if he could discover a connection of any kind between the global ‘mind’ and current American opinions of the president, and whether the REG network reacted most when there were strong feelings of unity and purpose, as the Americans had shared in the wake of 9/11, or when the public mood was polarized, as it had been after the invasion of Iraq and the deposing of Saddam Hussein’s regime.

After examining 556 separate polls between 1998 and 2004, Nelson’s colleague, Peter Bancel, discovered that peaks in variations followed big public changes of opinion of any variety, either for or against the president. Strong emotion, positive or negative – even to presidential decisions – seemed to produce order.

The results of the FieldREG work and the Global Consciousness Project offe several important clues about the nature of group intention. A group mind appears to have a psychokinetic effect on any random microphysical process, even when not focused on the machinery itself.

The energy from a collective, intensely felt thought appears to be infectious. There also appears to be a ‘dose’ effect; the effect on an REG of a load of people thinking the same thought is larger than the effect of a single person. Finally, emotional content or degree of focus is important. The thought has to engulf a group of people in a moment of peak attention, so that every member of the group is thinking the same thought at the same time. A catastrophe is certainly an effective way to snap the mind to attention.

The data from the Global Consciousness Project had one serious limitation However accurately Nelson had taken the temperature of the world mind, his data simply referred to the effect of mass attention.

There had been no intention to cause change. What would happen if a number of people were not simply attending to something but also trying to affect it in some way? If the focused attention of a group has a physical impact on sensitive equipment, does the signal get stronger when the group is actually trying to change something?

The only systematic study of group intention concerns the so-called Maharishi Effect of Transcendental Meditation™ (TM), the technique first introduced by Maharishi Mahesh Yogi to the West in the 1960s. Over several decades, the TM organization has carried out more than 500 studies of group meditation, with or without intention, to examine whether meditation has a resonance effect on reducing conflict and suffering.

Maharishi Mahesh Yogi postulated that regularly practising TM enabled you to get in touch with a quantum energy field that connects all things. When a group of meditators was large enough, he claimed, their collective meditations caused ‘Super Radiance’, a term in physics used to describe the coherence of laser light.

During TM, the theory went, the minds of meditators all become tuned to the same frequency, and this coherent frequency begins to order the disordered frequencies around it. Resolution of individual internal conflict leads to resolution of global conflict.

The TM studies claimed to demonstrate effects from two types of meditation The first was undirected, the simple consequence of a certain percentage of the population meditating. The second resulted from deliberate intention, and required experience and focus; advanced meditators would target a particular area and direct their meditation to help resolve conflict and lower the rate of violence.

The Maharishi’s theory rests entirely on the premise that meditation has a threshold effect. If 1 per cent of the population of a particular area practises TM, he claims, or the square root of 1 per cent of the population practises TM-Sidhi, a more advanced type of meditation, conflict of any variety – rates of murders, crime, drug abuse, even traffic accidents – goes down.

Some 22 studies have tested the positive impact of the Maharishi Effect on crime levels. One study of 24 US cities showed that whenever a city reached a poin where 1 per cent of the population was carrying out regular TM, the crime rate dropped to 24 per cent. In a follow-up study of 48 cities, those 24 cities with the requisite threshold percentages of meditators (1 per cent of the population) experienced a 22 per cent decrease in crime, and an 89 per cent reduction in the crime trend. In the other 24 cities without the threshold percentage of meditators, crime increased by 2 per cent and the crime trend by 53 per cent.14

In 1993, the TM’s National Demonstration Project focused on Washington DC during a large upsurge of local violent crime in the first five months of the year. Whenever the local Super Radiance group reached the threshold number of 4000, the rate of violent crime fell and continued to fall, until the end of the experiment. The study was able to demonstrate that the effect had not been due to any other factors, such as police efforts or a special anti-crime campaign. After the group disbanded, the crime rate in the capital rose again.15

The TM organization has also targeted global conflict. In 1983 a special TM assembly met in Israel to send intentions through meditation to resolve the Palestinian conflict. During their sessions, they made daily comparisons between the number of meditators working on the project and the state of Arab–Israeli relations. On days with a high number of meditators, fatalities in Lebanon fell by 76 per cent. Their reach apparently extended beyond armed conflict; ordinary violence – local crime, traffic accidents and fires – also all decreased. When analysing their results, the TM group claimed to have controlled for confounding influences such as weather.16

TM adepts have also  sought to influence the ‘misery index’ –  the sum of inflation and unemployment rates – in the USA and Canada. And indeed, during one concerted effort between 1979 and 1988, the US index fell by 40 per cent and the Canadian index, by 30 per cent.

Another group of adepts sought to influence the monetary growth and crude- materials price indices as well as the American misery index. In this instance, the misery index fell by 36 per cent, and the crude-materials price index fell by 13 per cent. Although the growth rate of the monetary base was affected, it was only by a small margin.17

Critics of TM have argued that these effects could easily have been due to other factors – a reduction in the population of young men, say, or better educational programmes in these areas, or even the ebb and flow of the economy – although the TM organization claims to control for such changes.

The problem with these studies, to my mind, is the controversy surrounding the TM organization itself; rumours now abound about data fixing and the infiltration by Maharishi followers into many scientific organizations.

Nevertheless, the TM evidence is so abundant and the studies so thorough that it is difficult to dismiss them completely. Furthermore, the studies are regularly published in peer-reviewed scientific journals, and so must meet some level of scientific rigour and critical scrutiny. The sheer bulk of the research argues compellingly that a force outside the understanding of orthodox science might be at work.

But even if the results are legitimate, the TM studies, like the REG data, mostl concerns group attention. In many instances, the meditators are not people who maintain a focused intention to change something else.

For three months in the first quarter of 1998, forest fires raged out of control in the Amazonian state of Roraima, 1500 miles northwest of Brasilia, devastating the rainforest. It had not rained for months – an effect blamed on El Niño – and the ordinarily humid rainforest was bone dry, perfect kindling for the fire that had by that time scorched 15 per cent of the state.

The rains, usually so copious in this part of Brazil, remained elusive. The UN termed the fire a disaster without precedent on the planet. Water-carrying helicopters and some 1500 firefighters, including recruits from neighbouring Venezuela and Argentina, fought the flames to no avail.

In late March, the weather-modification experts were called in: two Caiapo Indian shamans especially flown to the Yanomami reservation, housing the last of what are believed to be Stone Age tribes. They danced around a bit and prayed, and gathered up a few leaves. Two days later, the heavens opened and it began to pour. Up to 90 per cent of the fire was extinguished.18

The Western equivalent of a rain dance is to hope for good weather, and when carried out as a group intention, it may be just as effective. PEAR’s Roger Nelso carried out an ingenious little study, after realizing that the sun shone on graduation day at Princeton for as long as he could remember.

Had the desire of the community for a sunny commencement day had a powerful local effect?

He had gathered weather reports for the past 30 years in Princeton and the surrounding areas for the times around graduation day and statistically compared them; Princeton was drier than usual for that time of year, and drier and sunnier than surrounding communities for just that day. If the figures were to be believed, the collective wish for good weather by the community of Princeton may have created some sort of mental umbrella that only stretched to their borders during that single day.19

The only other evidence of group mind had been a provocative little double- blind exercise carried out by Dean Radin, who was interested in the claims of Japanese alternative medicine practitioner Masaru Emoto that the structure of water crystals is affected by positive  and negative emotions.20

Emoto claims to have carried out hundreds of tests showing that even a single word of positive intent or negative intent profoundly changes the water’s internal organization.

The water subjected to the positive intent supposedly develops a beautiful, highly complex crystalline structure when frozen, whereas the structure of water exposed to negative emotions became random, disordered, even grotesque. The most positive results supposedly occur with feelings of love or gratitude.

Radin placed two vials of water in a shielded room in his laboratory at the Institute of Noetic Sciences in Petaluma, California. Meanwhile, a group of 200 attendees at one of Emoto’s conferences in Japan was shown a photo of the vials and asked to send them a prayer of gratitude.

Radin then froze the water in those vials as well as samples of control water from the same source that had not been exposed to the prayers, and showed the resulting crystals to a panel of independent volunteers. He had carefully blinded the study so that neither he nor his volunteers had any idea which crystals had been grown from the water samples that had been sent intention. A statistically significant number of the volunteer judges concluded that water sent the positive intentions had formed the more aesthetically pleasing crystalline structure.21

Nelson’s Global Consciousness Project effects had been an especially intriguing example of the power of mass thought. In a sense, they showed the same effect captured by Tiller’s equipment in his laboratory. Intention appeared to be raising order in the ground state of the Zero Point Field. But was there a magic threshold effect, as the Maharishi maintained? And how many people were required to constitute a critical mass? According to the Maharishi’s formula – that the square root of 1 per cent of any population practising advanced meditation will have a positive impact – only 1730 advanced American meditators would be required to have a positive influence on the US, and only 8084 to affect the entire world.

Nelson’s work with FieldREGs had suggested that the size of the group was no as important as the intensity of focus; any group, however small, exerted an effect so long as the parties were involved in rapturous attention. But how many people did the group need to exert an effect? How intently focused did we need to be? What were the true limits of our influence – if any? It was time for me to find my own answers.

The original plan for our first intention experiment, as Popp saw it, was to gather a group of experienced meditators in London, and to have them send positive intention to the Acetabularia acetabulum growing in Popp’s IIB laboratory in Neuss Germany.

I was deflated after we had discussed the likely target. For our first experiment, I had wanted to help heal burn victims, to save the world from global warming. Single-celled organisms weren’t exactly my idea of heroics and high drama.

Then I began to research algae, and quickly changed my mind. Vital algae were being killed off as a result of global warming. Scientists have discovered an inexorable rise in ocean temperatures over the past century.

For the past 30 years, coral reefs, the centrepiece of the sea’s ecosystem, have been vanishing off the earth. When oceans warm, the algae hugging coral reefs get sloughed off, and without this protective layer, the coral reefs themselves die. Some 97 per cent of a certain species of coral have disappeared in the Caribbean alone, and the US governmen has recently declared Elkhorn and Staghorn coral to be endangered species.

According to the United Nations’ Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, body  made  up  of  the  world’s  leading  climatologists  and  other  scientists,  the predicted level of warming – up to 6°C by the end of this century – will bring on a disaster of biblical proportions: a rise of sea levels by nearly 1 metre; unendurable heat in many parts of the world; a vast increase of vector-born diseases; raging floods and storms. A change upward of six degrees may not seem like much until one takes on board that lowering it by the same amount would bring on another Ice Age.

The key to warding off all the fires and floods appeared to be algae. Algae and other plants are the firefighters of our overheated oceans. Scientists are presently engaged in studying sediments from the ocean floor to see how the oceans cope with rising levels of gases.

They are especially interested in the reaction of marine plants to global warming, as they are the primary shock absorbers of excess carbon dioxide. Algae provide oxygen and other benefits to plant and animal marine life. Algae offer a little wall of protection to the creatures of the sea from the worse excesses of man.

I reconsidered my resistance to Acetabularia as a test subject. Algae might be critical to our survival. The health of most life in the seas depends on these lowly, single-celled creatures, and the seas, like the rainforests, represent the lungs of the earth. As algae goes, so, eventually, do we. Being able to show that mass intention could rescue a sample of algae might demonstrate that our thoughts could combat something as potentially devastating as global warming.

* * *

On 1 March 2006 I travelled to Germany to meet Popp and his colleagues at th IIB laboratory on Museum Island in Hombroich, west of Düsseldorf. The ‘island’s innovative architecture had first been built to serve the eccentric needs of a millionaire art collector turned Buddhist, Karl Heinrich Müller, who had nowhere to house his vast collection of painting and sculpture. He purchased 650 acres from the American military, and then converted a NATO missile site into an open-air museum.

Müller’s ambitions for the island grew to embrace the possibility of an artists’ and writers’ community. He commissioned a sculptor turned architect named Erwin Heerich and gave him a free hand. Heerich created enormous futuristic brick structures – galleries, a concert hall, working spaces and even residences – and ingeniously placed them to best advantage against the bleak landscape. Nothing had been wasted; even the disused metal bunkers and rocket silos had been converted into studios and working spaces for famous German artists, writers and musicians, including Thomas Kling the lyricist and Joseph Beuys the sculptor.

Past a ‘garden’ of buildings of different pastels, the eye alighted on a squat building of interlocking squares on a narrow base, like a giant piece of Lego about to take flight – the new official international site of the IIB. Popp politely accepted the building, when it was first offered to him, but found the open, airy loft, its floor-to- ceiling windows staring out on the vast panorama of Museum Island, completely impractical for his purposes. Before long he set up camp in one of the cramped metal bunkers, left from the raketenstation, whose small dark rooms are more compatible with the work of counting living light.

There I met Popp’s team of eight, which included Yu Yan, a Chinese physicist, Sophie Cohen, a French chemist, and Eduard Van Wijk, a Dutch psychologist. Mos of the cramped rooms contained photomultipliers, large modern boxes attached to computers that count photon emissions. One room housed another smaller room, with a bed and a photomultiplier for human subjects.

The pride of place was reserved for a strange homemade contraption of welded metal circles, resembling a David Smith sculpture of scrap metal, which periodically clanged. That, Popp said with pride, was his first photomultiplier, assembled in 1976 by his student, Bernhard Ruth, and still one of the most accurate pieces of equipment in the field. Indeed, he was convinced that it kept improving with age.

When measuring subtle effects, such as the tiny discharges of light from a living thing, it is important to construct a test that will yield a large enough effect to indicate that something has changed.

Our experimental design had to be so robust, said Popp, that a positive result could not be dismissed by advocatus diaboli, the scientific process of identifying weaknesses in a scientific hypothesis and providing a ready explanation for anomalous effects. Or, as Gary Schwartz had put it, if we heard hoof beats, we first had to eliminate horses before leaping to the conclusion that they belonged to zebras.

In our experimental design, we also had to aim for an ‘on off, on off ’ effect, so that we could isolate any changes as being caused by remote influence. Popp suggested that we have our group send intention intermittently at regular intervals: 10 minutes on, then 10 minutes off, so that we would be ‘running’ intention a few times every hour. If our experiment worked and intention did have an effect, once we plotted our result on a graph it would create an identifiable, zigzag effect.

Popp acquiesced to including dinoflagellates as well as Acetabularia. The light emissions of these fluorescent creatures are extraordinarily responsive to change. As he had seen when they had been placed in shaken water, a change of any sort to which a dinoflagellate is exposed readily shows up as a large shift in emissions of light. I made a further appeal for the use of several subjects.

Each would constitute a separate experiment, and then we would have several results to compare. More than one positive finding would be less likely the result of chance. Finally, the scientists agreed. We also added a jade plant, and a human subject whom Eduard felt he could enlist.

As Popp had concluded during his experiment with Dick Blasband, change o any sort is easier to see with something ill that you try to make well, so we needed to stress some of our subjects in some way. The most obvious way to stress a life form is to place it in a hostile medium.

Eduard and Sophie decided to pour some vinegar into the medium of the dinoflagellates. We could stress the jade plant by sticking a needle through one of its fleshy leaves. Eduard ultimately decided to stress our human subject with three cups of coffee, but I agreed not to disclose this fact to my meditators, to see if they could pick up any psychic information about her. We decided to leave the Acetabularia alone, to test whether our intentions could also affect a healthy organism. To make it simple, our meditators would send intentions for the biophoton emissions of each organism to decrease and for its health and well- being to improve.

The experiment would run at night, between 3 p.m. and 9 p.m. Eduard and Sophie would turn on the equipment, and I would select three half-hour windows within that time frame, unbeknownst to them, to carry out our group intentions. Although it was impossible to conduct a double-blind trial (all of us in London would of course know when we sent our healing intention), we could create ‘singleblind’ conditions and control for experimenter effects, by ensuring that neither our human subject nor the scientists knew when intention was being sent. I would reveal our schedule to them only after the experiment had taken place.

Our study design was constrained by the equipment. A photomultiplier cannot run with the shutter open continually for six hours, so we decided to turn it on from the hour to the half hour, and give it a rest between the half hour and the hour. I would instruct my meditators to send an intention to all four subjects for two 10-minute sessions during the three time windows I’d chosen.

Eduard and Popp planned to look for any qualitative differences in the kind of light being emitted. Any change in the signal or the quantum nature of the photons during the times we were ‘running’ intention would suggest that change had occurred from an outside influence and that we were having an effect.

I took some photos of our subjects and the scientists. Before leaving, I stole a last look at the Acetabularia, growing in small pots in a converted, darkened refrigerator, and the dinoflagellates, which resembled tiny green specks in the water tiny participants about to be stressed, and possibly sacrificed, in the name of science.

A few weeks later, Eduard found a human volunteer in one of his Dutch colleagues, Annemarie Durr,22 a laser biologist and a meditator of long standing. Although rather sceptical of our plan, she was happy to be our first subject. Her agreement to participate was a particularly generous gesture, as it would entail sitting still on a bed in a pitch black room for six hours.

At one of our conferences in mid-March, I asked for volunteers to participate in a first intention experiment from those among our audience who were experienced meditators. I prepared a PowerPoint presentation to brief them on the subjects of our experiment and the experimental protocol, and to reinforce my verbal presentation, and set the day for 28 March at 5:30 p.m., at a university lecture room I had hired for the evening.

That night, there was such a fierce hailstorm when my colleague Nicolette Vuvan and I left our office for the train to central London that we had to take momentary shelter in a doorway.

We were half soaked after battling through a torrent of rain, but I was thrilled with the atmospheric conditions – a dark, stormy night would only aid our activities. Weather this wild often results from geomagnetic or atmospheric disturbance, which I knew enhances psychokinetic effects.

When I checked with America’s National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration’s website later that evening, I discovered that they noted ‘unsettled’ conditions for the evening, with a fair degree of geomagnetic activity and minor to major storms in space.

Despite  the  weather,  16  volunteers  showed  up.  I  asked  them to  fill  in a collection of forms, which included personal information plus several psychological tests used by Gary Schwartz and Stanley Krippner, including the Arizona Outcome Integrative Scale and the Hartmann Boundary Questionnaire test, to test psychic ability. I wanted as much data as possible in order to gauge whether their state of mind, psychic talent, or health status would have any bearing on our results.

I soon discovered that my volunteers were ideal candidates for an intention experiment. According to the forms they’d filled out for me, they’d meditated for an average of 14 years, and their scores on the psychological tests I’d given them showed that, as a group, they had very thin boundaries, tended toward a highly positive outlook, enjoyed excellent mental, emotional and physical health, and evidenced powerful emotions.

I explained the experiment, offered photographs and details about our four subjects, and then went over the protocol. We would be sending our intentions from 6 to 8:30 p.m. at every hour on the hour to 10 minutes past and from 20 past until the half hour. In between those times we would rest, chat and fill in the forms.

We began at 6 on the dot. As William Tiller had done in his black box experiments, I displayed the intentions in writing on the computer screen as I read them out loud so that all the meditators would be sending exactly the same thought during each meditation.

I led the meditation, directed our focus to each target subject, showing its image on screen, and read aloud the sentence that sent our intention to lower the subject’s biophoton emissions and increase its state of health and well- being.

The shared energy immediately felt tangible and increased in power as the evening carried on. Michael, one of our group members, suggested that we call our algae ‘Dino’ and ‘Tabu’, to establish some relationship with these little organisms. Although no one had any prior experience in telepathy, some participants began to pick up information about our subjects, notably Annemarie.

Several meditators were convinced that she was an amateur singer, and had a recurrent problem with her throat. Isabel thought she might be suffering from gut problems or something gynaecological. Michael, who was German, kept thinking of a termI m schutz der dunkelheit (‘under protection of darkness’), and interpreted it to mean that she was wrapped up in a blanket. Amy said she received a mental image of Annemarie wrapped up in a luxuriously soft blanket on a hard surface and at times asleep. She was also convinced that she had eaten something disagreeable and that her stomach was upset.

Many meditators felt a connection to the jade plant and ‘Tabu’, and Peter had a strong sense that Acetabularia was responding most to the intentions – but with few exceptions the group had the most difficulty establishing any connection with ‘Dino’, and this difficulty increased to the point where most felt no connection at all by the final session.

All of us were infused with a strong sense of purpose and momentarily lost a sense of our individual identities.

By the end of the evening, I had cast out my own doubts about the study and the niggling thought that what we were trying to do was faintly ludicrous. Even though we were not healers, we had all felt as if a healing of sorts had occurred. Whatever had happened in there, I thought, heading back out into the stormy night, I grew certain we’d had some kind of effect.

Several days later, I sent Popp our meditation schedule so that his team could compile our results.

I also spoke with Annemarie. Some of our extrasensory impressions had been correct. It was true she sang as a hobby and periodically suffered with a blocked throat. Although she ordinarily did not especially suffer problems in the gut, she had that night because the three cups of coffee Eduard had asked her to drink upset her stomach. Yet even though coffee late in the afternoon usually agitated her and caused insomnia, on the night of our experiment, she drifted off at various points throughout the six hours of the experiment and slept easily that night. She described tingling bodily sensations she had felt periodically through the evening, and the times of their occurrence corresponded with the first and third sessions that we had been ‘running’ intention. Nevertheless, we had also picked up some ‘noise’: she was not a vegetarian and never listened to or had sung Vivaldi, as a couple of meditators had felt.

When analysing the data, Eduard studied not only the intensity of light but also its deviation from symmetry: normal emissions from a living thing, when plotted on a graph as a bell curve, are perfectly symmetrical. He also looked at any deviations in the kurtosis, or the customary ‘peakedness’, of the distribution. High kurtosis means a bell curve that is high around the middle, or mean.

Again, when emissions are plotted on a graph, the normal peak distribution is 0 – the highs and lows cancel each other out. After examining our 12 block periods – the six times we sent intention and the six periods of rest – he found no change in light intensity. But he did find large changes in the skewness, showing a lack of the customary symmetry (from 1.124 to 0.922), and kurtosis (from 2.403 to 1.581) of the emissions. Something in the light was profoundly altered.

Eduard was excited by the results. They exactly matched those he had observed during his study of healers, when he had tested whether the act of healing has a ‘scatter effect’ on any other living things in the environment where the healing takes place. In the study, when he had placed some algae with a photon counter in the presence of a healer and his patients and measured the photons of the algae during 36 healings, he had been surprised to discover that the photon count distributions of the algae had ‘remarkable’ alterations during the healing rituals. Large shifts in the cyclical components of the emissions had occurred.

His tiny study had suggested that healing caused a shift in the light emissions of everything in its path.23 Now he had discovered the same effect when simple intention was sent by ordinary people from 300 miles away.

On 12 April, Fritz Popp sent me data on the algae, the dinoflagellates and the jade plant. Although a first glance at the numbers had convinced him we had had no effect, he changed his mind once he performed his calculations.

Ordinarily, any stressed living thing will begin to accustom itself to the stress, and its light emissions, although initially large, will naturally begin to decrease as the organism gets used to its new circumstances.

Consequently, in order to work out a true demonstration of the effect of change, Popp had to control for this phenomenon. He worked out mathematically a means of starting from zero, so that any deviation from normal behaviour would readily show up. In this way, he would then be able to determine whether any additional change represented an increase or a decrease in the number of biophoton emissions. The number of emissions he then plotted on his graph reflected any excess increase or decrease from the norm.

In all three instances, our subjects registered a significant decrease in biophotons during the meditation sessions, compared with the control periods. The dinoflagellates had been killed by the acid, in the end (one possible reason why they had been so difficult for our meditators to detect).

Nevertheless, Popp said, their response (a lowering of emissions by nearly 140,000) was significantly different from the normal emissions of a dying organism. Among the survivors, the Acetabularia, the healthy subject, had evidenced a larger effect than the jade plant, perhaps because it was not overcoming a stress (544 emissions lower than normal), whereas with the jade plant (which had 65.5 emissions lower than normal), the stress (the pin) remained in the leaf during the experiment.

He plotted the results on a graph, marking out the portions in red that represented the times of our healing intentions and emailed them to me. We had indeed produced a ‘zigzag’ effect. During meditation, Popp wrote in his report, ‘there is a clear preference of dropping down reactions rather than going up’, which tracked the times of our intentions. With the Acetabularia, we had had an overall decrease over the norm of 573 emissions, and an increase of only 29.

Our little meditation effort had created a major healing effect, a significant decrease in living light. Not only that, but the effect from all that distance was similar to the effect by an experienced healer when healing in the same room. The intention of our group had created the same light as a healer’s.

In many ways, it was a crude first effort. We had, after all, tested four subjects, some stressed and some not, and one had died. We had made use of control periods, but not control subjects. Both Eduard and Popp cautioned me not to take too much notice of it: ‘We have to be sure that these changes in kurtosis and skewness are real. That means that we have to repeat the experiments a couple of times,’ said Eduard. ‘Despite the right tendency of the results,’ wrote Popp, ‘I do not dare to state that it is proof.’

But, despite these caveats, the fact was that we had recorded a significant effect. In the end, achieving a positive result didn’t really surprise me. For more than 30 years Popp, Schlitz, Schwartz and all of their fellow scientists have been amassing unimpeachable evidence in other experiments that has stretched credulity. Frontier research into the nature of human consciousness has upended everything that we have hitherto considered scientific certainty about our world.

These discoveries offer convincing evidence that all matter in the universe exists in a web of connection and constant influence, which often overrides many of the laws of the universe that we used to believe held ultimate sovereignty.

The significance of these findings extends far beyond a validation of extrasensory power or parapsychology. They threaten to demolish the entire edifice of present-day science. The discoveries of Tom Rosenbaum, Sai Ghosh and Anton Zeilinger that quantum effects occur in the world of the tangible could signal an end to the divide in modern physics between the laws of the large and the laws of the quantum particle, and the beginning of a single rule book defining all of life.

Our definition of the physical universe as a collection of isolated objects, our definition of ourselves as just another of those objects, even our most basic understanding of time and space, will have to be recast. At least 40 top scientists in academic centres of research around the world have demonstrated that an information transfer constantly carries on between living things, and that thought forms are simply another aspect of transmitted energy. Hundreds of others have offered plausible theories embracing even the most counter-intuitive effects, such as time-displaced influence, as now consistent with the laws of physics.

We can no longer view ourselves as isolated from our environment and our thoughts the private, self-contained workings of an individual brain. Dozens of scientists have produced thousands of papers in the scientific literature offering sound evidence that thoughts are capable of profoundly affecting all aspects of our lives. As observers and creators, we are constantly remaking our world at every instant. Every thought we have, every judgement we hold, however unconscious, is having an effect. With every moment that it notices, the conscious mind is sending an intention.

These revelations not only force us to rethink what it is to be human, but also how to relate. We may have to reconsider the effect of everything that we think, whether we vocalize it or not. Our relationship with the world carries on, even in our silence.

We must also recognize that these ideas are no longer the ruminations of a few eccentric individuals. The power of thought underpins many well-accepted disciplines in every reach of life, from orthodox and alternative medicine to competitive  sport.  Modern  medicine  must  fully  appreciate  the  central  role  of intention in healing. Medical scientists often speak of the ‘placebo effect’ as an annoying impediment to the proof of the efficacy of a chemical agent. It is time that we understood and made full use of the power of the placebo. Repeatedly, the mind has proved to be a far more powerful healer than the greatest of breakthrough drugs.

We will have to reframe our understanding of our own biology in more miraculous terms. We are only beginning to understand the vast and untapped human potential at our disposal: the human being’s extraordinary capacity to influence the world. This potential is every person’s birthright, not simply that of the gifted master. Our thoughts may be an inexhaustible and simple resource that can be called upon to focus our lives, heal our illnesses, clean up our cities and improve the planet. We may have the power as communities to improve the quality of our air and water, our crime and accident statistics, the educational levels  of our children. One well- directed thought may be a gentle but effective way for every man and woman on the street to take matters of global interest into their own hands.

This knowledge may give us back a sense of individual and collective power, which has been wrested from us, largely by the current world view espoused by modern science, which portrays an indifferent universe populated by things that are separate and unengaged. Indeed, an understanding of the power of conscious thought may also bring science closer to religion by offering scientific proof of the intuitive understanding, held by most of us, that to be alive is to be far more than an assemblage of chemicals and electrical signalling.

We must open our minds to the wisdom of many native traditions, which hold an intuitive understanding of intention. Virtually all of these cultures describe a unified energy field not unlike the Zero Point Field, holding everything in the universe in its invisible web. These other cultures understand our place in a hierarchy of energy and the value of choosing time and place with care. The modern science of remote influence has finally offered proof of ancient intuitive beliefs about manifestation, healing and the power of thoughts. We would do well to appreciate, as these traditional cultures do, that every thought is sacred, with the power to take physical form.

Both modern science and ancient practices can teach us how to use our extraordinary power of intention. If we could learn how to direct our potential for influence in a positive manner, we could improve every aspect of our world. Medicine, healing, education, even our interaction with  our technology, would benefit from a greater comprehension of the mind’s inextricable involvement in its world. If we begin to grasp the remarkable power of human consciousness, we will advance our understanding of ourselves as human beings in all our complexity.

But there are still many more questions to ask about the nature of intention. Frontier science is the art of inquiring about the impossible. All of our major achievements in history have resulted from asking an outrageous question. What if stones fall from the sky? What if giant metal objects could overcome gravity? What if there is no end of the earth to sail off? What if time was not absolute, but depends on where you are? All of the discoveries about intention and remote influence have similarly proceeded from asking a seemingly absurd question: what if our thoughts could affect the things around us?

True science, unafraid to explore the dark passages of our ignorance, always begins with an unpopular question, even if there is no prospect of an immediate answer – even if the answer threatens to overturn every last one of our cherished beliefs. The scientists engaged in consciousness research must constantly put forward unpopular questions about the nature of the mind and the extent of its reach.

In our group experiments, we will be asking the most impossible question of all: what if a group thought could heal a remote target? It is a little like asking, what if a thought could heal the world?

It is an outlandish question, but the most important part of scientific investigation is just the simple willingness to ask the question. As Bob Barth of the Office of Prayer Research commented, when asked whether praye research should continue in the wake of the Benson STEP study: ‘We can’t find the answers if we don’t keep asking the questions.’ That is how we will begin our own experiments – unafraid to ask the question, whatever the answer.

Note – Chapter 12: The Intention Experiment

  1. Interview with Fritz-Albert Popp, March 1, 2006.
  2. F.-A. Popp et al., ‘Further analysis of delayed luminescence of plants’, Journal of Photochemistry and Photobiology B: Biology, 2005, 78: 235–44.
  3. For a full description of Popp’s history, see McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.
  4. International Institute of Biophysics, see www.lifescientists.de.
  5. B. J. Dunne, ‘Co-operator experiments with an REG device’, PEA Technical Note 91005, Princeton Engineering Anomalies Research Princeton, New Jersey, December 1991.
  6. R. D. Nelson et al., ‘FieldREG anomalies in group situations’,Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1996; 10 (1): 111–41; R. D. Nelson et al., ‘FieldREGII: Consciousness field effects: replications and explorations’ Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1998; 12 (3): 425–54.
  7. D. I. Radin, ‘For whom the bell tolls: A question of global consciousness’ Noetic Sciences Review, 2003; 63: 8–13 and 44–5; R. D. Nelson et al. ‘Correlation of continuous random data with major world events’, Foundations of Physics Letters, 2002; 15 (6): 537–50.
  8. D. I. Radin, ‘Exploring relationships between random physical events and mass human attention: Asking for whom the bell tolls’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 2002; 16 (4): 533–47.
  9. R. D. Nelson,   ‘Coherent consciousness and reduced randomness: Correlations on September 11, 2001’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 2002; 16 (4): 549–70.
  10. Ibid.
  11. Bryan J. Williams, ‘Exploratory block analysis of field consciousness effects on global RNGs on September 11, 2001’ (http://noosphere.princeton.edu/williams/GCP911.     html).
  12. J. D. Scargle, ‘Commentary: Was there evidence of global consciousness on September 11, 2001?’ Journal of Scientific Exploration, 2002; 16 (4): 571–7.
  13. Nelson et al., ‘Correlation of continuous random data’, op. cit.
  14. M. C. Dillbeck et al., ‘The Transcendental Meditation program and crime rate change in a sample of 48 cities’, Journal of Crime and Justice, 1981; 4: 25–45.
  15. J. Hagelin et al., ‘Effects of group practice of the Transcendental Meditation program on preventing violent crime in Washington, D. C.: Results of the National Demonstration Project, June–July 1993’,Social Indicators Research, 1999; 47 (2): 153–201.
  16. W. Orme-Johnson et al., ‘International peace project in the Middle East: the effects of the Maharishi technology of the unified field’, Journal of Conflict Resolution, 1988; 32: 776–812.
  17. K. L. Cavanaugh et al., ‘Consciousness and the quality of economic life empirical research on the macroeconomic effects of the collective practice of Maharishi’s Transcendental Meditation and TM-Sidhi program.’ Paper originally presented at the annual meeting of the Midwest Management Society, Chicago, March 1989, published in R. G. Greenwood (ed.) Proceedings of the Midwest Management Society, Chicago: Midwest Management Society, 1989: 183–90; K. L. Cavanaugh et al., ‘A multiple input transfer function model of Okun’s misery index: An empirical test of the Maharishi Effect.’ Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the American Statistical Association, Washington D. C., August 6–10, 1989, an abridged version of the paper appears in Proceedings of the American Statistical Association, Business and Economics Statistics Section, Alexandria, Va.: American Statistical Association, 1989: 565–70;  K. L Cavanaugh and K. D. King, ‘Simultaneous transfer function analysis of Okun’s misery index: improvements in the economic quality of life through Maharishi’s   Vedic Science  and technology of consciousness.’  Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the American Statistical Association New Orleans, Louisiana, August 22–25, 1988, an abridged version of the paper  appears  in Proceedings  of  the  American  Statistical  Association Business  and  Economics  Statistics  Section,  Alexandria,  Va.:  American Statistical   Association,  1988:  491–6;   K.  L.  Cavanaugh,  ‘Time  serie analysis of U.S. and Canadian inflation and unemployment: A test of a field-theoretic hypothesis.’ Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the American Statistical Association, San Francisco, California, August 17–20 1987,  published  in Proceedings of the American Statistical Association Business  and  Economics  Statistics  Section,  Alexandria,  Va.:  American Statistical Association, 1987: 799–804.
  18. Strong rains fall on fire-ravaged Amazon state, March 31, 1998, Web posted at: 6:46 p.m. EST (2346 GMT), Brasilia, Brazil (CNN) http://twm co. nz/.
  19. R. Nelson, ‘Wishing for good weather: a natural experiment in group consciousness’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1997; 11 (1): 47–58.
  20. M. Emoto, The Hidden Messages in Water, New York: Atria, 2005.
  21. Interview with Dean Radin, May 3, 2006.
  22. Not her real name. I’ve changed her name at her request. Nevertheless, our meditators were shown her real name and photo.
  23. R. Van Wijk and E. P. Van Wijk, ‘The search for a biosensor as a witness of a human laying on of hands ritual’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 2003; 9 (2): 48–55.

PART FOUR

The Experiments

Miracles do not happen in contradiction to nature, but only in contradiction to that which is known in nature. 

-St Augustine

CHAPTER THIRTEEN

The Intention Exercises

UP UNTIL THIS POINT, The Intention Experiment has been concerned with the scientific evidence of the power of intention. What has not been tested is the extent of this power in the cut and thrust of ordinary life. An inordinate number of books have been written about the power of the human being to manifest his or her reality, and, while they have served up many intuitive truths, they offer little in the way of scientific evidence.

Exactly how much power do we possess to shape and mould our daily lives? What can we use this for, individually and collectively? How much power do we possess to heal ourselves, to live lives of greater happiness and purpose?

This is where I would like to enlist your help. Determining the further practical applications of the power of thought is the purpose of the next portion of this book – the part that involves you as a partner in the research.

Although the power of intention is such that any sort of focused will may have some effect, the scientific evidence suggests that you will be a more effective ‘intender’ if you become more ‘coherent’, in the scientific sense of the term. To do so to greatest effect, or so the scientific evidence suggests, you will need to choose the right time and place, quiet your mind, learn how to focus, entrain yourself with the object of your intention, visualize and mentally rehearse. Believing that the experiment will work is also essential.

Most of us operate with very little in the way of mental coherence. We walk around immersed in a riot of fragmentary and discordant thought. You will become more coherent simply by learning to shut down that useless internal chatter, which always focuses on the past or the future, never the present. In time, you will become adept at quietening down your mind and ‘powering up’, much as joggers train their muscles, and each day find that they can perform a little better than the day before.

The following exercises are designed to help you to become more coherent and so more effective in using intention in your life and in our group intention experiments. These have been extrapolated from what has appeared to work best in the scientific laboratory.

Think of intentions in terms of grand and smaller schemes. Take the grand schemes in stages, so that you send out intentions in steps towards achieving the grand scheme. Also start with modest goals – something realizable within a reasonable timeframe. If you are 40 pounds overweight and your goal is to be a size 8 next week, that is not a realistic timeframe. Nevertheless, keep the grand scheme in mind and build towards it as you gain experience. It is also important to overcome your natural scepticism. The idea that your thought can affect physical reality may not fit your current world paradigm, but nor would the concept of gravity if you were living in the Middle Ages.

Choose Your Intention Space

A number of scientific studies suggest that conditioning your space magnifies the effectiveness of your intentions. Choose a place to carry out your intentions that feels comfortable. Clear away extraneous items and make it personal or appealing, with cushions or comfortable furniture, so that whenever you spend time there you will find it an enjoyable refuge, a place where you can sit quietly and meditate. Use candles, soft lights and incense, if you prefer.

Some people find it helpful to create an ‘altar’ of sorts, as a focal point, with objects or photographs that you find inspirational or particularly meaningful. Even if you are not at home, you may find that you will naturally ‘enter’ your intention space by visualizing it whenever you want to send an intention.

Unless you live in the mountains and can open your windows to clean mountain air, you also may want to install an ionizer in your space to increase the number of negative ions in your environment.

The half-life of ions – which is related to the amount of time that ions maintain their effective radiation – depends on the amount of pollutants in the air. The cleaner the air, the longer the half-life of small ions, if there is a source of ionization (e.g. running water) present. The best levels of ions are:

  • in the uninhabited country, away from industrialized areas; near running water, whether a shower or a waterfall;
  • in natural habitats;
  • in clear sunshine – a natural ionizer; after storms;
  • in the mountains.

The worst are:

  • in enclosed spaces with a gathering of a number of people;
  • near television sets and other such electrical appliances, which can give off electric emissions up to 11,000 volts, exposing anything immediately in range to positive charge;
  • in cities;near industrial sources; in smog, fog, dust or haze.

As a rule of thumb, the lower the visibility, the lower the ion concentration. Low visibility is due to the presence of a great number of large particles, which air ions readily latch on to. For those among us who are city dwellers, placing plants and some source of water, like an indoor desk fountain, will help to improve ion levels in intention spaces. Keep your space free of electrical gadgets and computers.

Power Up

In order to ‘power up’ to peak intensity, you must first slow your brain waves down to a meditative, or ‘alpha’, state of light meditation or dreaming – when the brain emits frequencies (measured on an EEG machine) of 8–13 hertz (cycles per second).

Sit in a comfortable position. Many people like to sit upright in a hard-backed chair, with their hands placed on their knees. You may also sit on the floor cross- legged. Begin breathing slowly and rhythmically in through the nose and out through the mouth (slowly blow all the air out), so that your in-breath is the same length as your out-breath. Allow the belly to relax so that it slightly protrudes, then pull it back slowly as if you were trying to get it to touch your back. This will ensure that you are breathing through your diaphragm.

Repeat this every 15 seconds, but ensure  that you are  not overexerting or straining. Carry on for 3 minutes and then keep observing it. Work up to 5 or 10 minutes. Begin to focus your attention just on the breath. Practise this repeatedly, as it will form the basis of your meditative practices.

To enter an alpha state, the most important feature, as any Buddhist understands, is to still the mind. Of course, just thinking about nothing is often virtually impossible.

After entering the state by concentrating on the breath or focusing on a single object, most meditation schools recommend some sort of ‘anchor’, enabling you to keep your chattering mind quiet, so that you are allowed to be more receptive to intuitive information. The usual anchors include focusing on:

  • the body and its functions, or the breath;
  • your thoughts, as though they are floating by on a flying carpet, so that they are not ‘you’;
  • a mantra, such as used in Transcendental Meditation, is usually a ‘word’ such as OM (‘The Field’ in Buddhism), AH (the universal truth of life) or HUM (the physical manifestation of the truth – the universe itself). In the early 1970s, many practitioners of TM were given the mantra AHOM;
  • numbers, through silent repetitive counting, either backwards or forwards; music – usually something repetitive, such as Bach or chanting;
  • a single tone, such as that produced by an Australian didgeridoo;
  • a drum or rattle, the repetitive sounds of which have been used by many traditional cultures to still the mind;
  • prayer, as with a rosary, since the repetitive sounds still the mind.

Practise until you can comfortably focus on your ‘anchor’ for 20 minutes or more.

Peak Intensity

Powering up involves developing the ability to  attend  with peak intensity, moment by moment. One of the surest ways to develop this is to practise the ancient art of mindfulness, espoused as long ago as 1000 BC by Shakyamuni Buddha, founder of modern Buddhism. It is a discipline whereby you maintain clear, moment-to- moment  awareness  of  what  is  happening  internally  and  externally,  rather  than

in thought.

More than just concentration, mindfulness requires that you police the focus of your concentration and maintain that concentration in the present. With practice, you will be able to silence the constant inner chatter of your mind and concentrate on your sensory experiences, no matter how mundane – whether it is eating a meal, hugging your child, noticing some pain you are experiencing or just picking some lint off your sweater. It is like being a benevolent parent to your mind – selecting what it will focus on and leading it back when it strays.

In time, mindfulness meditation will also heighten your visual perceptions and prevent you from becoming numb to your everyday experience.

One of the difficulties in incorporating mindfulness into ordinary activity is that it is usually taught at retreats, where participants have the luxury of meditating for hours a day or practising mindfulness by engaging in activities, as it were, in ‘slow motion’. Nevertheless, there are ways to adapt many traditional practices for use in your intention meditation.

Once you have achieved your ‘alpha state’, quietly observe whatever manifests in your mind and body as precisely as you can. Be present and attentive to what is, rather than what your emotions tell you, what you wish were the case, or only what is most pleasant. Do not suppress or banish any negative thoughts, if they are true. One good means of harnessing your mind to the present is to ‘come into your body’ and feel your body posture.

It is vital that you distinguish mindfulness from mere concentration. The most important distinction is a lack of judgement or reference point about the experience. You attend to every moment in the present without colouring it with preference for the pleasant or distaste for the unpleasant, or even identifying the experience as something happening to you. There is, in short, no ‘better’ or ‘worse’.

Be aware of all the smells, textures, colours and sensual feelings you are experiencing. What does the room smell like? What taste is in your mouth? What does your seat feel like?

Be mindful of what is happening internally and externally. Whenever you catch yourself judging what you see, think to yourself, ‘I am thinking’, and return to observing with simple attention.

Cultivate the art of simple listening to all sounds in your room: the rumble of a pipe, the honking of a horn, the barking of a dog, a plane flying overhead. Accept all sounds – the noise, chaos or stillness – without judgement.

Notice other sensations in the room: the ‘colour’ of the day, the light in the room, any movement carrying on in front of you, the sensations of quiet.

Try not to try. Work on eliminating your expectations or striving for (and anxiety over) certain results.

Accept all that happens without judgement. This means putting away all opinions and interpretations of what goes on. Catch yourself clinging to certain views, thoughts, opinions and preferences, and rejecting others. Accept your

own feelings and experiences, even the unpleasant ones.

Try never to rush. If you must rush, be present in the rushing. Feel what it feels like.

Developing Mindfulness in Your Daily Life

Even when you are not using intention, the evidence suggests that you will mould your brain to become better at it if you develop mindfulness in your daily life. Psychologist Dr Charles Tart, one of the world’s experts on altered states of consciousness, has a number of suggestions of ways to do so:1

Take periodic breaks during the day in which you have quiet time to be mindful of what is happening internally and externally.

Whenever you feel your concentration flitting away in your daily activities, sense your breath – it will help to ground you.

Be mindful of the most mundane of activities, such as brushing your teeth or shaving.

Start with a small exercise, such as fetching your coat and walking, in which you stay focused completely on what you are doing.

Engage in mental noting, in which you label an ongoing activity, for example ‘I’m putting on my coat’, ‘opening the door’, ‘tying my shoes’.

Use mindfulness in every ordinary situation. When you are preparing dinner or even doing your teeth, be aware of all the smells, textures, colours and sensual feelings you are experiencing.

Learn to really look at your partner and your children, your pets, your friends and work colleagues. Observe them closely during every activity – every part of

them without judgement.

During some activity, such as breakfast, ask your children to be mindful (without speaking) of every aspect of it. Concentrate on the taste of your food. Look closely at the texture and the colours of it. How does the cereal crunch? How does their juice feel as it cascades down their throats? Become aware of the smells and sounds around you. While you are watching all this, how are the different parts of your body feeling?

Listen to what your life sounds like – the myriad noises surrounding you every day. When someone speaks to you, listen to the sound of his or her voice as well as the words. Do not think of a reply until he or she has stopped speaking. Practise mindfulness in every activity: walking down the street, driving home, in the garden.If you are practising these exercises and you happen to bump into someone, do not enter into conversation. Just greet the person, shake hands and stay in the present moment.

Use mindfulness when you are extremely busy or under a tight deadline. Observe what it is like to hurry or to be under the gun and what happens when you do. How does it affect your equilibrium? Be an observer of yourself in that situation. Can you stay in your body while you are working hard?

Practise mindfulness while you are standing in line. Experience the feeling of waiting itself, rather than focusing on what you are waiting for. Be aware of your physical movements and your thoughts.

Do not think about or try to work out your problems. Just deal with whatever daily problem solving is immediately in front of you.

Merging with the ‘Other’

Research shows that touch or even focus on the heart or compassionate feelings for the other is a powerful means of causing brain-wave entrainment between people. When two people touch while focusing loving thoughts on their hearts, the ‘coherent’ heart rhythms of one can entrain the brain of the other.2

Before you set your intention, it may be important  to form an empathetic connection with the object of your intention.

Establish connection beforehand by the following techniques:

First send your intention to someone with whom you already have a strong bond

– a partner, a child, a sibling, a dear friend.

With someone you do not know, exchange an object or photograph.

Get to know the person. Go for a walk with them or meet them first.Spend half an hour meditating together first.

Ask the person to be open to receiving your intention when you are sending it. If you are sending an intention to something non-human or inanimate, you can also establish some connection. Find out all you can about the object of your intentions, whether a plant, an animal or an inanimate object. Have it near you for a period before sending your intention. It goes without saying that you should

be nice to it – even if ‘it’ is your computer or photocopier.

Be Compassionate

Use the following methods to encourage a sense of universal compassion during your intention session:

Focus your attention to your heart, as though you are sending light to it. Observe the light spreading from your heart to the rest of your body. Send a loving thought to yourself, such as ‘May I be well and free from suffering.’

On the out breath, imagine a white light radiating outward from your heart. As you do, think: ‘I appreciate the kindnesses and love of all living creatures. May all others be well.’ As Buddhists recommend, first think of all those you love, then your good friends. Move on to acquaintances and finally to those people you actively dislike. For each stage, think: ‘May they be well and free from suffering.’

Concentrate on the kindness and compassion of all living things and their contribution to your well-being. Finally, send your message of compassion to all people and living things on earth.

Practise switching roles with some of your loved ones. Imagine what it is like to be your partner or spouse, your parent, your child. Get inside their shoes and imagine what itwould be like to see the world through their eyes, with their hopes and fears and dreams. Think how you would respond.

Jerome Stone quotes Sogyal Rinpoche, author of The Tibetan Book of Living and Dying,3 who suggests that we open our hearts every day to the suffering around us, with beggars who pass us by, with the poverty, tragedy and grief we see on our television sets:

Don’t waste the love and grief it arouses; the moment you feel compassion welling up in you, don’t brush it aside, don’t shrug it off and try quickly to return to ‘normal’, don’t be afraid of the feeling or embarrassed by it, allow yourself to be distracted from it or let it run aground in apathy. Be vulnerable; use that quick, bright up rush of compassion; focus on it, go deep into your heart and meditate on it, develop it, enhance and deepen it. By doing this you will realize how blind you have been to suffering …4

During your intention, if you are sending healing to someone, first try to put yourself in his situation. Imagine what it is like to be him and to be faced with his current crisis. Try to feel and have empathy for your receiver’s suffering. Ask yourself how you would feel if you were suffering in this manner and how you would most want to be healed.

Now, direct your loving thoughts to the object of your intention. If he or she is present, hold his or her hand.

Stating Your Intention

In your meditative state, state your clear intention. Although many people use the construction ‘have always been’ – ‘I have always been healthy’ – I prefer the present tense – of sending your intention to its ‘endpoint’ as a wish that has already been achieved. For instance, if you are trying to heal back pain, you can say, ‘My lower back and sacrum are free of all pain and now move easily and fluidly.’ Remember to frame your intention as a positive statement; rather than ‘I will not have side effects’, say, ‘I will be free of side effects’.

Be Specific

Specific intentions seem to work best. Be sure to make your intentions highly specific and directed – and the more detailed, the better. If you are trying to heal the fourth finger of your child’s left hand, specify that finger and, if possible, the problem with it.

State your entire intention, and include what it is you would like to change, to whom, when and where. Use the following as a checklist (as news reporters do) to ensure you have covered every specific: who, what, when, where, why and how. It may help if you draw a picture of it, or create a collage from photos or magazine

pictures. Place this somewhere that you can look at often.

The Mental Dry Run

As with elite athletes, the best way to send an intention is to visualize the outcome you desire with all your five senses in real time. Visualization, or guided imagery, involves using images and/or internal messages to obtain a desired goal. It can be used for any desired outcome – to change or improve your living situation, job, relationships, physical condition or health, state of mind (from negative to positive), outlook on life or even a specific aspect of yourself,  including your personality. It can also be used to send intentions to someone else. Self-guided imagery is a little like self-hypnosis.

Plan a mental image of the outcome of your intention well ahead of time. When carrying out visualization, many people believe that you must ‘see’ the exact image clearly in your mind’s eye. But for an intention it isn’t necessary to have a sharp internal image or, indeed, any image at all. It is  enough to just think about an intention, without a mental picture, and simply to create an impression, a feeling or a thought. Some of us think in images, others through words, still others through sounds, touch or the spatial relationship between objects. Your mental rehearsal will depend on which senses are most developed in your brain.

For our example of healing back pain, imagine yourself free from pain and doing some sort of exercise or movement you enjoy. See yourself walking agilely, free from pain. Remember, feel the feeling of being pain-free and electrically alive. Imagine the internal and external sensations of your limber back. Feel yourself running free. Choose other sensations that support the healing of your back. If you are sending your intention to heal someone else, carry out all the same aspects of the healing, but imagine yourself inside the other person’s back. Send your intention to his back.

Practise Visualizing

You can practise visualization first by getting into a meditative state and imagining the following, while recalling or imagining as much as you can about the sight and smells, and your feelings about them:

  • A favourite recent meal (can you remember some of the smells and tastes you really enjoyed?).
  • Your bedroom. Walk yourself mentally through it, remembering certain details – the feel of your bedspread, the curtains or carpet. You do not have to see the entire room, just get a detail or impression.
  • A recent happy moment (with a loved one, or a child). Remember the most vivid sensations and images.
  • Yourself performing an activity such as running, riding a bike, swimming or working out at the gym. Try to feel what it is like for your body to be moving that way.
  • Your favourite music (try to ‘hear’ the music internally).
  • A recent experience with an intense physical sensation (such as plunging into a pool or the ocean, having a steam bath,feeling snow or rain, or making love).

Try to relive all of the physical sensations.

To visualize your intention, first work it out carefully ahead of time:

Now, create a picture in your mind’s eye of the desired result. Imagine it as already existing, with you in that situation.

Try to imagine as much sensory detail as you can about the situation (the look, smell and feel of it).

Think about it in a positive, optimistic, encouraging way; use mental statements, or affirmations, that confirm that it has or is now happening (not that it will happen in the future). For instance, for someone with a heart problem, ‘My heart is healthy and well.’

For healing, try to imagine healing energy (perhaps as a white light or as your personal deity) filling you and observe it healing the portion of your body that is ill – say, turning a diseased organ into a healthy one. If a good-versus-evil ‘contest’ is most vivid for you, imagine the ‘hero’ cells battling or eating up the ‘bad guys’. Otherwise, visualize diseased cells or tissue changing into healthy cells, healthy cells replacing diseased cells, or imagine your entire body with that specific body part in perfect health. Visualize yourself often as perfectly healthy, carrying out your daily activities. Find an image of the body part on the Internet or in a book as it looks when it is healthy. Imagine your own body part looking like that.Send out the visualization often, both during meditation and throughout the day.

Belief

The copious evidence of the placebo effect demonstrates the extraordinary power of belief. Belief in the power of intention is also vital. Keep firmly fixed in your mind the desired outcome and do not allow yourself to think of failure. Dismiss any it-won’t-happen-to-me type of thoughts. If you are attempting to affect someone who does not share your belief that it may be of benefit, speak to them about some of the scientific evidence in The Intention Experiment and elsewhere. It is important that both of you share the same beliefs. Herbert Benson believes that his monks were able to achieve their effects because they used words or phrases incorporating their most deeply held beliefs.5

Move Aside

In studies of meditation, mediumship and healing, those who are successful at intention imagine themselves and the person receiving healing as one with the universe. In your meditative state, enter into a zone where you relax your sense of ‘I’ and sense a merging with the object of your intention and The Field. Frame your intention, state it clearly and then let go of the outcome. At this point, you may sense that the intention is taken over by some greater force. Close your internal meditation with a request and then move your own ego aside. Remember: this ‘power’ does not originate with you – you are its conduit. Think of it as a request you are sending to the

universe.

Timing

The evidence suggests that mind-over-matter intention (that is, psychokinesis) works best at points of increased geomagnetic activity. You can find out about the geomagnetic levels in your area by consulting several websites. The US Nationa Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) created a Space Environmen Center (SEC), America’s official source of space weather activity (www.sec.noaa.gov). The SEC, in turn, set up a special Space Weather Operations (SWO) branch to act as a warning centre for the world concerning disturbances in space. Jointly operated by the NOAA and the US Air Force, SWO provides forecast and warnings of solar and geomagnetic activity.

SWO receives its data in real time from a large number of ground-based observatories and satellite sensors around the world. These data enable the SWO to predict solar and geomagnetic activity, and to make worldwide alerts during heavy storms. For the forecast  of the day you plan to carry out  your intentions, see http://sec.noaa.gov/today2. html.

The SEC has created Space Weather Scales to give lay people an idea of th severity of geomagnetic storms, solar radiation storms and radio blackouts, and their effect on our technological systems (www.sec.noaa.gov/NOAAscales). The numbers attached to them (such as ‘G5’) indicate the level of severity, with 1 being mild and 5 the most severe.

The Solar and Heliospheric Observatory (SOHO) was set up as a joint projec by the European Space Agency and NASA to study the effect of the sun on the earth For more information, see http://sohowww.nascom.nasa.gov/.

For other aspects of space weather, including charts of geomagnetic activity, see http://sohowww.nascom.nasa.gov/spaceweather/. This website includes useful charts on geomagnetic activity, solar wind and high-energy proton and X-ray flux.

All geomagnetic activity is measured on a K index, with 0 being the most quiet and 9 the most turbulent. The a index is similar, but uses a larger scale – from 0 to 400.

When you are sending an intention, plan to do so on a day when the K index is 5 or more (or the a index more than 200).

It may also be best to use intention during 1 p.m. local sidereal time (check the web to compute local sidereal time).

Only send intentions on days when you feel happy and well in every way.

Putting It All Together

Your Intention Programme

  • Enter your intention space. Power up through meditation.
  • Move into peak focus through mindful awareness of the present.
  • Get onto the same wavelength by focusing on compassion and making a meaningful connection.
  • State your intention and make it specific. Mentally rehearse every moment of it with all your senses.
  • Visualize, in vivid detail, your intention as established fact.
  • Time it right – check what the sun is doing, and choose days when you feel happy and well.
  • Move aside – surrender to the power of the universe and let go of the outcome.

Note – Chapter 13: The Intention Exercises

  1. 1.  See C. T. Tart, ‘Initial application of mindfulness extension exercises in a traditional Buddhist meditation retreat setting, 1995’, unpublished (www. paradigmsys. com/cttart).
  • 2.  R. McCraty et al., ‘The electricity of touch: Detection and measurement o cardiac energy exchange between people’, in K. H. Pribram (ed.), Brain and Values: Is a Biological Science of Values Possible? Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 1998: 359–79.
  • 3.  S.     Rinpoche, The Tibetan Book of Living and Dying, San Francisco: HarperSanFrancisco, 1994.
  • 4.  S. Rinpoche, as quoted in J. Stone, Instructor’s Training Manual, Cours Syllabus: Training in Compassionate-Loving Intention, 2003.
  • 5.  H. Dienstfrey, Where the Mind Meets the Body, London: HarperCollins 1991: 39.

This is part 3 of a multi-part post.

The access to all the posts can be found in this index below…

Do you want more?

I have many more posts related to this in my MAJestic Index. You can find it here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

The structure of our physical universe as understood by MAJestic.

This is going to be a kind of odd-ball post, and I have been putting it off for a long time. But it needs to be presented, no matter how confusing or perplexing. This is a post that talks about our physical universe, as opposed to what is conventionally believed to be our universe. I discuss our physical and non-physical universes and what the delineation is. I also discuss how it differs from what everyone thinks it is. This is what many people in MAJestic understand the universe to actually be like. In some ways it is simple and in some ways it is really strange as it does not agree with our physical Newtonian observation.

Introduction

I should have tackled this subject first, right off.

But, it’s a real hassle.

You know, the ignorance in America and the world is so absolutely profound that it would be an up-hill battle. It’s like that character trying to explain to the “scientists” in the White House (in the movie “Idiocracy”) that you cannot give energy drinks to plants.

Scene from the movie "Idiocracy" where the hero tries to explain that the plants are dying because energy drinks have electrolytes and you cannot give it to the plants. But they won't listen. They just keep repeating the same old marketing slogans over and over.
Scene from the movie “Idiocracy” where the hero tries to explain that the plants are dying because energy drinks have electrolytes and you cannot give it to the plants. But they won’t listen. They just keep repeating the same old marketing slogans over and over.

And this ignorance is so profound and prevalent that it just isn’t worth my time and effort. For me, and many in MAJestic, we just shrug our shoulders and say “fuck it”, and then grab another beer. Arguing with fools is a zero-sum game.

What we think the universe is

To understand your role in this universe, you need to understand just what “this” universe actually is. For it is absolutely not what everyone else thinks or says it is. And I must say if you are trying to find understanding by using the internet, you are going to be disappointed.

This is from NASA…

What is the Universe?

07.15.04

The Universe is a big, open place. You are in the Universe. Things you can't see are in it, too. The biggest stars are in it. Even the smallest things on Earth are part of the Universe. We don't even know how big the Universe is!

-NASA.gov

This is from NASA.

Obviously written by a “diversity hire“.

That’s what the most learned scientists have to say about the universe. Aren’t you glad that you asked? Isn’t it great to know that it is a big, vast, empty space that tiny insignificant you exists within?

But it’s so absolutely wrong, it boggles the mind.

The movie "Idiocracy" does a great job showing how difficult it is trying to explain things in a clear concise manner to a dumbed-down nation of people totally indoctrinated in a fictional belief system.
The movie “Idiocracy” does a great job showing how difficult it is trying to explain things in a clear concise manner to a dumbed-down nation of people totally indoctrinated in a fictional belief system.

What the actual universe is

Our “universe” is not what it appears. It is not this big enormous area of empty space with scattered stars, galaxies and planets in it. It is not empty. It is actually quite solid…

… yeah. I get it.

“How can it be solid, when all I see is empty space, duh?”

How can outer space be solid, when we observe nothing but black empty space for huge vast distances all around us? Ya, dim-wit!

We cannot see the universe as it is simply because our physical bodies cannot see things as they are. We only have a mere five senses that are all quite limited, and only permit us to see the most narrow bands of what our earthly environment is.

We cannot see raw infrared radiation.

We cannot see X-rays emitted from a star.

We cannot see “dark matter”.

We cannot see a neutron shower.

We cannot see all the quanta, the photons, the electrons and all the atomic particles zooming about all over the place. We cannot see the things burst forth into our universe and then leave it. We cannot see the thoughts that all creatures create, and how they move about and influence the actions within our universe. We cannot see or sense the “unseen”.

This is unfortunate, but this is the way that it is.

If we could see quanta, everything would look like shades of grey. With floating and moving "clouds" of grey that move in and out of a overlapping grey "fog".

To us, it appears that the universe is just ’empty space’. But, it’s not. It really isn’t.

Instead, our universe is all quite solid.

It is like this enormous cauldron of thick soup. And within that mixture are pockets of thicker soup, and areas of watery soup. There are areas of spicy soup, and areas of sweet soup. There are areas of hot soup, and areas of cold soup. There are all kinds of things in this soup.

Do you see any empty space in the picture of soup below?

Our universe is NOT a big empty space with stars and planets that form into galaxies. But rather it is a thick and solid mass, just filled with all kinds of things that we (as humans) cannot see. It more resembles a big cauldron of soup that anything else.
Our universe is NOT a big empty space with stars and planets that form into galaxies. But rather it is a thick and solid mass, just filled with all kinds of things that we (as humans) cannot see. It more resembles a big cauldron of soup that anything else.

And that is what our actual universe is like.

You know, it’s not all that unlike the code in the movie “The Matrix”. Where the entire “universe” that humans experience is just computer code. And if you look at the code itself it doesn’t resemble anything at all what you see, hear, and sense when you are within the matrix.

In the movie "The Matrix", the reality is one where it's just lines and lines of computer code. This code is converted to human sensations and the human brain interprets it as actual thoughts, actions and senses.
In the movie “The Matrix”, the reality is one where it’s just lines and lines of computer code. This code is converted to human sensations and the human brain interprets it as actual thoughts, actions and senses.

Now the thing about this is that our universe is not lines and reams of computer code. It’s NOT a software simulation. It’s a region that is filled to the brim with all sorts of super tiny stuff…

It is just a soup of quanta moving about in all sorts of ways, means and actions. We as humans cannot sense this quanta. But we can sense the things that the quanta alters.

We, as human beings, observe the world around us with our senses. And what our senses “pick up” are the effects of the mass movement and behaviors of the quanta in this universe. They do not pick up the quanta themselves.

Imagine that you are on a boat in a sea. You can see the blue sky above and the deep dark green-blue sea below. It’s calm, but pretty soon the sea starts to get choppy and waves form, with many waves forming “white caps”. You, on the boat, cannot see why the waves are choppy, you just know that they are.

That is how this universe works.

We cannot see things as they truly are with our senses. But we can sense the end result of the movement of quanta.

The “filler” in our universe

All that quanta moving back and forth in our universe forms the basic building blocks of everything within our physical universe. They consist of tiny quanta, and they form complex relationships with other quanta. We can identify them as “particles” and we can identify them as “waves”.

But we know what they are and that they do exist.

Quanta makes up everything that we know and experience. And we have mapped out this relationship over the years to paint a pretty comprehensive idea of how quanta fits in the grand scheme of things.

How all the quanta build up upon each other to form the physical universe that we see all around us.
How all the quanta build up upon each other to form the physical universe that we see all around us.

So, we know all about quanta.

They go in and out of different phases of existence. Sometimes they behave as particles. Sometimes they behave as waves.

They influence each other.

And they are influenced by thought

But, that is a subject for other posts.

World-Lines

Well, I really don’t think that anything that I just said is going to shock any student of quantum physics. It’s all pretty much well understood at the university level at least).

But it’s the MWI that is most often misunderstood.

Most people think that the MWI means that the singular universe that we all share has multiple versions of it. That is the MWI. You know what I am talking about.

If we are share the same earth and the same sky, and the same moon, and the same things then that is our universe.

So...

If the MWI exists, then there are an unlimited selection of almost-like universes where there are versions of ourselves walking about and interacting with others.

Oh, boy is that wrong.

So…

So, what might come as a surprise is the idea that world-lines exist in this entire universe as separate entities. It’s not that there are multiple universes.

No. There are not an infinite array of multiple universes. And somehow, we are all crowded upon one of those world-lines. (Which is pretty much the default standard interpretation.)

It’s not like that at all.

It’s that there are separate entities within our universe that we call (name them as) our universe.

How our actual universe actually works. It is a singular large "universe" that contains many world-lines within it. To us, as consciousness upon one of those world-lines, it appears that that is all that there is. But that is false.
How our actual universe actually works. It is a singular large “universe” that contains many world-lines within it. To us, as consciousness upon one of those world-lines, it appears that that is all that there is. But that is false.

It doesn’t sound like much of a difference, but in truth, it is a very substantial difference.

Our “universe” contains a moment-to-moment individual world-line for every person, and every situation, and every animal, and everything possible. This “universe” is our reality. It is where our physical interactions derive.

Universal Confusion

One of the great handicaps that we as humans have is that we think that what we see is all there is. For any moment in “time” we observe around us “our universe” and think that that is all that there is. But that is a lie and a grand deception.

We are sitting pretty within a track that constantly moves world-lines in and out around us. What we see as a “changing universe” is just the interiors of a long string of world-line universes.

So…

There is not one singular, ever changing, universe.

There are instead, an infinite number of world-line universes. These are what we observe around us. These are what we call “an ever changing universe”.

  • World-Line Universe
A "world-line universe" is the apparent universe as viewed by the soul (as an observer) within a given world-line. The changes that are observed by this observer are simply the variations from one world-line to the next as the consciousness moves through the various world-lines.

Now, to further confound the reader, all of these world-lines sit with a big stew or soup, that I have referred to as a cauldron of soup. This is the universe that I like to refer to as the “physical universe”. This “physical universe” is a universe that contains all the world-lines that give us the physical world that is around us.

  • The Physical Universe.
The "Physical Universe" is the actual place that houses all the (near infinite number) of world-lines. It is filled with all sorts of things, much like a thick soup or stew.

So, so far, this is how the two different terms are used. The world-line universes reside within a much larger and all encompassing universe that I refer to as a “Physical Universe”.

Our actual universe.
How our “universe” works. It is a “physical universe” that contains an infinite number of world-line universes.

Ah…

But it is actually not quite the way things work. Because my terminology is really sloppy and imperfect. I like to refer to the over-riding universe as the “physical universe” out of convention, but it is actually a misnomer. This is because there are many non-physical elements within this universe.

So, a reader with some background in the more esoteric new-age teachings, and middle Asian religions might recognize the “physical universe” as a place that contains, not only the world-lines, but many of the “lower” planes of existence. Such as “astral planes”, and “casual plane”.

Yes.

Many of these “planes of existence” all are part of the “physical universe”. They are but density stratification’s of the quanta near a given world-line. In much the same way that an egg has the white part of the egg nearby and adjacent to the yellow part of the egg.

Filled up with world-lines

The big thing about this cauldron of soup is that it is filled with “eggs”. These are timeless-constructions which we call world-lines. Each one is a static and fixed state that never changes. But there are so many of these “eggs” that we often consider the cauldron to be limitless with an infinite number of these eggs.

Ah…

But you know, these eggs are not those chicken eggs with a hard shell, but rather like an egg without the hard shell. So imagine a pot of water, and you “poach” an egg in that water. Which means that you remove the hard shell and let the egg, yoke and all fall into the water. You can see it in the clear water. The yellow yoke is surrounded by a transparent white-clear albumen.

Each world-line resembles a raw egg placed within a pot of warm water with oils and seasonings. Our universe is a big cauldron that is filled with a nearly infinite number of these raw eggs. And time is our consciousness moving from one egg to the next adjacent egg.
Each world-line resembles a raw egg placed within a pot of warm water with oils and seasonings. Our universe is a big cauldron that is filled with a nearly infinite number of these raw eggs. And time is our consciousness moving from one egg to the next adjacent egg.

We can consider the yellow yoke to be the universe that we observe. That is the house you live in, the people you interact with, and everything that you do on a day to day basis.

We can consider the clear – white portion of the egg to be the “lower dimensions” of our Physical world. In this region are where thoughts bounce about, where sprites and non-physical creatures live, and where other fundamentals of the world around us operate.

The “stew” is but a further realm, or “higher dimension” that exists within this very same “physical universe”

Our universe is a physical region that is solid with all sorts of tiny quanta that is all in all sorts of complex movement. We cannot see what is going on naturally. We need very complex equipment to observe the events, and at that, we can only observe small, tiny parts of the movements. We cannot see the over all “big picture”.

Our universe is what I refer to as the “Physical Universe” even though it contains non-physical elements.

Looking closer at the world-lines

The over-riding focus of this universe of “ours” is the content within it.

Or, in other words, all those “uncooked” eggs floating about within that cauldron of soup.

Each “egg” is a world-line.

It is a frozen moment in time of an absolutely complete “universe”. And thus, this universe is a cauldron of many duplicates of it’s self each one with a tiny variations to it’s neighbor.

Our universe is a "soup" containing these world-line "eggs". Our consciousness moves through this universe one world-line at at time. And at any given moment in time the only thing that we can observe is the "universe" around us; the "yellow yoke" of the egg. This movement in and out of world-lines is known as "time".
Our universe is a “soup” containing these world-line “eggs”. Our consciousness moves through this universe one world-line at at time. And at any given moment in time the only thing that we can observe is the “universe” around us; the “yellow yoke” of the egg. This movement in and out of world-lines is known as “time”.

This is our “physical universe”.

It is a purposefully created environment from which our souls can obtain experiences within. And, as such, with each experience we obtain, we have new alignments with quanta. And our soul self-improves and changes in the process.

Now, these “eggs” tend to cluster together in the soup. They share similar features and relationships. The combined and shared experiences of these clusters of eggs are known as the “shared template”.

See other posts elsewhere for…

  • Shared template(s).
  • World-line anchoring.
  • Soul growth via consciousness experiences in the physical.

The Non-Physical Universe

You see, while the “Physical Universe” contains all the world-lines, and all the physical environments that we work with, as well as the “lower” non-physical realms…

… it does not contain the home of the soul.

That place is what everyone collectively refers to as “Heaven” or “Nirvana”. This place is where our consciousness is formed (by our soul) and set forth on it’s missions within the “physical universe”.

So there is another universe which we refer to as “Heaven”. It is the “non-physical universe”. And I refer to as such…

  • Non-Physical Universe
The "non-physical universe" is the home for our souls, and the place where consciousness is created, established, repaired, grows and resides.

And as such, it connects to our “physical universe” with a “light pipe” or tunnel that our consciousness uses to move back and forth between the two universes.

Like this…

Soul dwells in the non-physical universe. It creates a consciousness that it uses to obtain experiences within the physical universe with. It passes through a light tunnel to enter the physical universe. Then it starts to vibrate. It goes back and forth between particle and wave behavior., each cycle is a new world-line.
Soul dwells in the non-physical universe. It creates a consciousness that it uses to obtain experiences within the physical universe with. It passes through a light tunnel to enter the physical universe. Then it starts to vibrate. It goes back and forth between particle and wave behavior, each cycle is a new world-line.

How it works

Soul exists in “Heaven”. This is the “Non-Physical Universe”. It is the repository of where everything that we are resides. Our quanta resides there, as does our memories.

Soul creates a “consciousness”, which is a specially constructed packet of quanta. It is associated with a physical body (or container).

The consciousness is emitted or ejected from the soul and placed on a mission to acquire experiences. With each experience, there are entangled quanta. The type of entanglements, and the type of quanta involved changes the personality of the consciousness. This change is reflected in a change or “growth” of the soul.

The consciousness, once created, goes on a mission in an adjacent universe (the “Physical Universe”).

This mission takes place in the following manner…

  • A body is selected.
  • The consciousness enters the new-born brain.
  • As it thinks, it moves into adjacent world-lines. This is observed as time.
  • It’s thoughts and the thoughts of those around it create experiences.
  • The experiences collect and vacuum up new types of quanta.
  • The new quanta alter and change the structure of the soul.
  • The body dies.
  • The consciousness then returns to the “non physical universe”.

Once the consciousness has completed the mission, the soul then makes a determination if further “new missions” are required, or if the very nature of the body, the consciousness, or the soul itself needs to change.

And that is our purpose in life.

Conclusion

Our “universe” is often quite confused and mislabeled. We use that term to define what we observe, when in reality, what we are observing is a string of static world-line universes while we experience “time” Each moment is a snap-shot of a “world-line universe”.

Time is the movement of consciousness in and out of world-lines. What we see as time is actually the differences between each world-line as we pass through it.
Time is the movement of consciousness in and out of world-lines. What we see as time is actually the differences between each world-line as we pass through it.

All of these world-lines lie within a much larger physical place with is called the “physical universe”. It contains many things. Including many non-physical things.

It connects to the place where our soul resides, which is often referred to as “Heaven”. This is the “non-physical universe. It connects the the “physical universe” with a tunnel, also known as a “tunnel of light”.

Do you want more?

I have many more posts on the nature of the universe and our role in it. You can check them all out in my MAJestic Index here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

The Intention Experiment (full text) by Lynne McTaggart. In HTML for free access. Part 2 of 4.

This is part 2 of 4.

This is a complete reprint of the book titled “The Intention Experiment” by Lynne McTaggart. It is a non-fiction book, and it is groundbreaking. In this book, the author has compiled all those studies about the reality of ESP, and PSI, and compiled the results. The results are pretty damning. Something is going on, and Newtonian physics cannot explain it. It can only be explained with quantum physics.

What is going on is that quantum physics is working and weaving it’s magic throughout our lives, and rather than discount things as “superstition” and out-dated religion, this book connects actual scientific studies with the quantum physics principles involved. It explains so many thing that have been discounted as pure superstition.

Thus it’s placement in my blog.

This is for those people who want nice and clean answers to what is going on, yet cannot shake off the Newtonian physics that they learned in High School. This book teaches you that there is a deeper reality behind everything and as such, it helps explain some elements of paranormal and religion that are often discounted as primitive nonsense.

Welcome to the world of quantum physics and how all those things about prayer, intention, and spirituality actually does have a scientific foundation that they are based upon.

CHAPTER THREE

The Two-Way Street

CLEVE BACKSTER WAS AMONG THE FIRST to propose that plants affected  by human intention –  a  notion considered  so  preposterous  that it was ridiculed for 40 years. Backster achieved his notoriety from a series of experiments that purported to demonstrate that living organisms read and respond to a person’s thoughts.

Plant telepathy interested me less than a tangential discovery of his that has been sidelined amid all his adverse publicity: evidence of a constant two-way flow of information between all living things. Every organism, from bacteria to human beings, appears to be in perpetual quantum communication. This relentless conversation offers a ready mechanism by which thoughts can have a physical effect.

This discovery resulted from a silly little diversion in 1966; Backster, at the time a tall, wiry man with a buzz cut and a great deal of childlike enthusiasm, was easily distracted. He often carried on working in his suite of offices when the rest of his staff had gone home and he could finally focus without the constant interruptions of colleagues and the tumultuous daytime activity of Times Square, four storeys below.1

Backster had made his name as the country’s leading lie-detector expert. During the Second World War, he had been fascinated by the psychology of lying, and the use of hypnosis and ‘truth serum’ interrogation in counter-intelligence, and he had brought these twin fascinations to bear in refining the polygraph test to  a high psychological art. He had launched his first programme with the CIA for counter- intelligence several years after the war, and then went on to found the Backster School of Lie Detection, still the world’s leading school teaching polygraph techniques some 50 years after it first opened its doors.

One morning in February, after working all night, Backster was taking a coffee break at 7 a.m. He was about to water the Dracaena and rubber plant in his office. As he filled up his watering can, he wondered if it might be possible to measure the length of time it would take water to travel up the stem of a plant from the roots and reach the leaves, particularly in the Dracaena, a cane plant with an especially long trunk. It occurred to him that he could test this by connecting the Dracaena to one of his polygraph machines; once the water reached the spot between the electrodes, the moisture would contaminate the circuit and be recorded as a drop in resistance.

A lie detector is sensitive to the slightest change in the electrical conductivity of skin, which is caused by increased activity of the sweat glands, which in turn are governed by the sympathetic nervous system. The polygraph galvanic skin response (GSR) portion of the test displays the amount of the skin’s electrical resistance, much as an electrician’s ohmmeter records the electrical resistance of a circuit. A lie detector also monitors changes in blood pressure, respiration, and the strength and rate of the pulse. Low levels of electrical conductivity indicate little stress and a

state of calm. Higher electrodermal activity (EDA) readings indicate that the sympathetic nervous system, which is sensitive to stress or certain emotional states, is in overdrive – as would be the case when someone is lying. A polygraph reading can offer evidence of stress to the sympathetic nervous system even before the person being tested is consciously aware of it.

In 1966, the state-of-the-art technology consisted of a set of electrode plates, which were attached to two of a subject’s fingers, and through which a tiny current of electricity was passed. The smallest increases or decreases in electrical resistance were picked up by the plates and recorded on a paper chart, on which a pen traced a continuous, serrated line. When someone lied or in any way experienced a surge of emotion (such as excitement or fear), the size of the zigzag would dramatically increase and the tracing would move to the top of the chart.

Backster sandwiched one of the long, curved leaves of the Dracaena between the two sensor electrodes of a lie detector and encircled it with a rubber band. Once he watered the plant, what he expected to see was an upward trend in the ink tracing on the polygraph recording paper, corresponding to a drop in the leaf ’s electrical resistance as the moisture content increased. But as he poured in the water, the very opposite occurred. The first part of the tracing began heading downward and then displayed a short-term blip, similar to what happens when a person briefly experiences a fear of detection.

At the time Backster thought he was witnessing a human-style reaction, although he would later learn that the waxy insulation between the cells in plants causes an electrical discharge that mimics a human stress reaction on polygraph instruments. He decided that if the plant were indeed displaying an emotional reaction, he would have to come up with some major emotional stimulus to heighten this response.

When a person takes a polygraph test, the best way to determine if he is lying is to ask a direct and pointed question, so that any answer but the truth will cause an immediate, dramatic stress reaction in his sympathetic nervous system: ‘Was it you who fired the two bullets into Joe Smith?’

In order to elicit the equivalent of alarm in a plant, Backster knew he needed somehow to threaten its well-being. He tried immersing one of the plant’s leaves in a cup of coffee, but that did not cause any interesting reaction on the tracing – only a continuation of the downward trend. If this were the tracing of a human being, Backster would have concluded that the person being monitored was tired or bored. It was obvious to him that he needed to pose an immediate and genuine threat: he would get a match and burn the electroded leaf.

At the very moment he had that thought, the recording pen swung to the top of the polygraph chart and nearly jumped off. He had not burned the plant; he had only thought about doing so. According to his polygraph, the plant had perceived the thought as a direct threat and registered extreme alarm. He ran to his secretary’s desk in a neighbouring office for some matches. When he returned, the plant was still registering alarm on the polygraph. He lit a match and flickered it under one of the leaves. The pen continued on its wild, zigzag course. Backster then returned thematches to his secretary’s desk. The tracing calmed down and began to flat-line.

He hadn’t known what to make of it. He had long been drawn to hypnosis and ideas about the power of thought and the nature of consciousness. He had even performed a number of experiments with hypnosis during his work with the Army Counter Intelligence Corps and the CIA, as part of a campaign designed to detect the use of hypnosis techniques in Russian espionage.

But this was something altogether more extraordinary. This plant, it seemed, had read his thoughts. It wasn’t even as though he particularly liked plants. This only could have occurred if the plant possessed some sort of sophisticated extrasensory perception. The plant somehow must be attuned to its environment, able to receive far more than pure sensory information from water or light.

Backster modified his polygraph equipment to amplify electrical signals so that they would be highly sensitive to the slightest electrical change in the plants. He and his partner, Bob Henson, set about replicating the initial experiment. Backster spent the next year and a half frequently monitoring the reactions of the other plants in the office to their environment. They discovered a number of characteristics. The plants grew attuned to the comings and goings of their main caretaker. They also maintained some sort of ‘territoriality’ and so did not react to events in the other offices near Backster’s lab. They even seemed to tune in to Pete, his Doberman Pinscher, who spent his days at the office.

Most intriguing of all, there seemed to be a continuous two-way flow of information between the plants and other living things in their environment. One day, when Backster boiled his kettle to make coffee, he found he had put in too much water. But when he poured the residue down the sink, he noticed that the plants registered an intense reaction.

The sink was not the most hygienic; indeed, his staff had not cleaned the drain for several months. He decided to take some samples from the drain and examine them under a microscope, which showed a jungle of bacteria that ordinarily lives in the waste pipes of a sink. When threatened by the boiling water, had the bacteria emitted a type of mayday signal before they died, which had been picked up by the plants?

Backster, who knew he would be ridiculed if he presented findings like these to the scientific community, enlisted an impressive array of chemists, biologists, psychiatrists, psychologists and physicists to help him design an airtight experiment. In his early experiments, Backster had relied upon human thought and emotion as the trigger for reactions in the plants. The scientists discouraged him from using intention as the stimulus of the experiment, because it did not lend itself to rigorous scientific design. How could you set up a control for a human thought – an intention to harm, say? The orthodox scientific community could easily pick holes in his study. He had to create a laboratory barren of any other living things besides the plants to ensure that the plants would not be, as it were, distracted.

The only way to achieve this was to automate the experiment entirely. But he also needed a potent stimulus. He tried to think of the one act that would stir up the most profound reaction, something that would evoke the equivalent in the plants of dumbfounded horror. It became clear that the only way to get unequivocal results was to commit the equivalent of mass genocide. But what could he kill en masse that would not arouse the ire of anti-vivisectionists or get him arrested? It obviously could not be a person or a large animal of any variety. He did not even want to kill members of the usual experimental population, like rats or guinea pigs. The one obvious candidate was brine shrimp. Their only purpose, as far as he could tell, was to become fodder for tropical fish. Brine shrimp were already destined for the slaughterhouse. Only the most ardent anti-vivisectionist could object.

Backster and Henson rigged up a gadget that would randomly select one of six possible moments when a small cup containing the brine shrimp would invert and tip its contents into a pot of continuously boiling water. The randomizer was placed in the far room in his suite of six offices, with three plants attached to polygraph equipment in three separate rooms at the other end of the laboratory. His fourth polygraph machine, attached to a fixed valve resistor to ensure that there was no sudden surge of voltage from the equipment, acted as the control.

Microcomputers had yet to be invented, as Backster set up his lab in the late sixties. To perform the task, Backster created an innovative mechanical programmer, which operated on a time-delay switch, to set off each event in the automation process. After flipping the switch, Backster and Henson would leave the lab, so they and their thoughts would not influence the results. He had to eliminate the possibility that the plants might be more attuned to him and his colleague than a minor murder of brine shrimp down the hallway.

Backster and Henson tried their test numerous times. The results were unambiguous: the polygraphs of the electroded plants spiked a significant number of times just at the point when the brine shrimp hit the boiling water.

Years after he had made this discovery – and after he became a great fan of Star Wars – he would think of this moment as one in which his plants picked up a major disturbance in the Force, and he had discovered a means of measuring it.2

If plants could register the death of an organism three doors away, it must mean that all life forms were exquisitely in tune  with  each  other.  Living  things  must  be  registering  and  passing  telepathic information back and forth at every moment, particularly at moments of threat or death.

Backster published the results of his experiment in several respected journals of psychic research and gave a modest presentation before the Parapsychology Association   during its tenth annual meeting.3

Parapsychologists recognized Backster’s contribution and replicated it in a number of independent laboratories, notably that of Alexander Dubrov, a Russian doctor of botany and plant physiology.4 It was even glorified in a bestselling book, The Secret Life of Plants.5 But among the mainstream scientific community, his research was disparaged as ludicrous, largely because he was not a traditional scientist, and he was ridiculed for what became known as ‘The Backster Effect’. In 1975, Esquire magazine even awarded him one of its 100 Dubious Achievement Awards: ‘Scientist claims yogurt talks to itself’.6

Nonetheless, over the next 30 years Backster ignored his critics and stubbornly carried on with his research, as well as his polygraph business, eventually amassing file drawers full of studies of what he referred to as ‘primary perception’. A variety of plants that had been hooked up to his polygraph equipment showed evidence of a reaction to human emotional highs and lows, especially threats and other forms of negative intention – as did paramecia, mould cultures, eggs and, indeed, yogurt.7

Backster even demonstrated that bodily fluids such as blood and semen samples taken from himself and his colleagues registered reactions mirroring the emotional state of their hosts; the blood cells of a young lab assistant reacted intensely the moment he opened a Playboy centrefold and caught sight of Bo Derek in the nude.8

Bo Derek.
Bo Derek

These reactions were not dependent on distance; any living system attached to a polygraph reacted similarly to his thoughts, whether he was in the room or miles away. Like pets, they had become attuned to their ‘owner’.

These organisms were not simply registering his thoughts; they were communicating telepathically with all the living things in their environment. The live bacteria in yogurt displayed a reaction to the death of other types of bacteria and even evidenced a desire to be ‘fed’ with more of its own beneficial bacteria. Eggs registered a cry of alarm and then resignation when one of their number was dropped in boiling water. Plants appeared to react in real time to any break in continuity with the living beings in their environment. They even appeared to react at the moment when their caretakers, who were away from the office, decided to return.9

His major difficulty was designing experiments that could demonstrate an effect scientifically. Even though his laboratory experiments were now entirely automated, when he left the office, the plants would remain attuned to him, no matter now far away he went. If Backster and his partner were at a bar a block away during an experiment, he would discover that the plants were not responding to the brine shrimp, but to the rising and falling animation of their conversations. It got so difficult to isolate reactions to specific events that eventually he had to design experiments that would be carried out by strangers in another lab.

Repeatability remained another big problem. Any tests required spontaneity and true intent. He had discovered this when the famous remote viewer Ingo Swann had come to visit him at his lab in October 1971.

Swann wanted to repeat Backster’s initial experiment with his Dracaena. As expected, the plant’s polygraph began to spike when Swann imagined burning the plant with a match. He tried it again, and the plant reacted wildly, then stopped.

‘What does that mean?’ Swann asked. Backster shrugged. ‘You tell me.’

The thought that occurred to Swann was so bizarre that he was not sure whether to say it aloud. ‘Do you mean,’ he said, ‘that it has learned that I’m not serious about really burning its leaf? So that it now knows it need not be alarmed?’

You said it, I didn’t,’ Backster replied. ‘Try another kind of harmful thought.’

Swann thought of putting acid in the plant’s pot. The needle on the polygraph again began to zigzag wildly. Eventually, the plant appeared to understand that Swann was not serious. The polygraph tracing flat-lined. Swann, a plant lover who was already convinced that plants were sentient, was nevertheless shocked at the thought that plants could learn to differentiate between true and artificial human intent: a plant learning curve.10

Although certain questions remain about Backster’s unorthodox research methods, the sheer bulk of his evidence argues strongly for some sort of primary responsiveness and attuning, if not sentience, present in all organisms, no matter how primitive. But for my purposes, Backster’s real contribution was his discovery of the telepathic communication carrying on between every living thing and its environment. Somehow, a constant stream of messages was being sent out, received and replied to.

Backster had to wait some years to discover the mechanism of this communication, which became apparent when physicist Fritz-Albert Popp discovered biophotons.11

At first Popp believed that a living organism used biophoton emissions solely as a means of instantaneous, non-local signalling from one part of the body to another – to send information about the global state of the body’s health, say, or the effects of any particular treatment. But then Popp grew intrigued by the most fascinating effect of all: the light seemed to be a communications   system between living things.12

In experiments with Daphnia, a common water flea, he discovered that female water fleas were absorbing the light emitted from each other and sending back wave interference patterns, as though they had taken the light sent to themselves and updated it with more information. Popp concluded that this activity may be the mechanism enabling fleas to stay together when they swarm – a silent communication holding them together like an invisible net.13

He decided to examine the light emissions between dinoflagellates, luminescent algae that cause phosphorescence in seawater. These single-celled organisms sit somewhere between an animal and a plant in the evolutionary scale; although they are classified as a plant, they move like a primitive animal. Popp discovered that the light of each dinoflagellate was coordinated with that of its neighbours, as if each were holding aloft a tiny lantern on cue.14

Chinese colleagues of Popp’s who had tried positioning two samples of the algae so that they could ‘see’ each other through a shutter also found that the light emissions from each sample were synchronous. The researchers concluded that they had witnessed a highly sophisticated means of communication. There was no doubt that the two samples were signalling to each other.15

These organisms also appeared to be registering light from other species, although the greatest synchronicities occurred between members of the same species.16

Once the light waves of one organism were initially absorbed by another organism, the first organism’s light would begin trading information in synchrony. 17

Living things also appeared to communicate information with their surroundings. Bacteria absorbed light from their nutritional media: the more bacteria present, Popp found, the greater the absorption of light.18

Even the white and yolk of an egg appear to communicate with the shell.19

This communication carries on, even if an organism is cut into pieces. Gary Schwartz cut up a batch of string beans, placed them between 1 millimetre and 10 millimetres apart, and then used the NSF CCD camera he had borrowed to take series of photographs of the sections. Using software to enhance the light between the beans, he discovered so much light between the sections that it appeared as though the bean were whole again. Even though the string beans had been severed, the individual sections carried on their communication to the rest of the vegetable.20

This may be  the  mechanism accounting for  the  feeling described  by amputees  with phantom limb sensations. The light of the body still communicates with the energetic ‘footprint’ of the amputated limb.

Like Backster, Popp discovered that living things are exquisitely in tune with their environment through these light emissions. One of Popp’s colleagues, Professor Wolfgang Klimek, the head of the Ministry of Research for the German government devised an ingenious experiment to examine whether creatures such as algae were aware of past disturbances in their environment. He prepared two containers of seawater, and shook one of them. After 10 minutes, when the water in the shaken container had settled down, he placed samples of dinoflagellates in the two vessels. Those algae exposed to the shaken water suddenly increased their photon emissions – a sign of stress. The algae appeared to be aware of the slightest change in their environment – even a historical change – and responded with alarm.21

Another of Popp’s colleagues, Eduard Van Wijk, a Dutch psychologist, wondered how far this influence extended. Did a living thing register information from the entire environment, and not simply between two communicating entities? When a healer sends out healing intention, for instance, how far does his field of influence extend? Would he only affect his target, or would his aim have a shotgun effect, affecting other living organisms around the target?

Van Wijk placed a jar of Acetabularia acetabulum, another simple algae, near a healer and his patient, then measured the photon emissions of the algae during healing sessions and periods of rest. After analysing the data, he discovered remarkable alterations in the photon count of the algae. The quality of emissions significantly changed during the healing sessions, as though the algae were being bombarded with light. There also seemed to be changes in the rhythm of the emissions, as though the algae had become attuned to a stronger source of light.

During his initial research, Popp had discovered a strange reaction to light by a living thing. If he shone a bright light on an organism, after a certain delay, the organism would shine more brightly itself with extra photons, as if it were rejecting any excess. Popp called this phenomenon ‘delayed luminescence’, and assumed it was a corrective device to help the organism maintain its level of light at a delicate equilibrium. In Van Wijk’s experiment, the photon emissions of algae showed highly significant shifts from normal, when plotted on a graph. Van Wijk had generated some of the first evidence that healing light may affect anything in its path.22

Gary Schwartz’s associate Melinda Connor then demonstrated that intention has a direct effect on this light. For her study she clipped leaves from geranium plants, carefully matching them in pairs for size, health, placement on the plant and access to light and close to identical photon emissions. She asked each of 20 master energy healers to send intentions to one of each pair of leaves, first to reduce emissions and then to increase them. In 29 of the 38 sessions designed to decrease emissions, the light was significantly lowered in the treatment leaves, and in 22 of the 38 trials intending to increase the light, the healers caused a significantly greater glow.23

Sometimes a physical jolt to the system triggers a shock of realization. For physicist Konstantin Korotkov, his insight resulted from a fall off a roof. It was the winter of 1976, and Korotkov, who was 24 at the time, had been celebrating a birthday with some friends. Korotkov liked to celebrate outside, whatever the weather. He and his friends had been drinking vodka on the roof. Korotkov was given to expansive gestures, and during a moment of gaiety, threw himself off the roof onto what he thought was a deep bed of snow, which he assumed would cushion his fall. But hidden beneath the snow lay hard stone. Korotkov broke his left leg and landed in the hospital for months.24

During his long recovery, Korotkov, a conventional professor of quantum physics at St Petersburg State Technical University in Russia, pondered on a lecture on Kirlian effects and healing that he had attended earlier that year. He had been so intrigued that he wondered if he could improve on what Kirlian claimed to be doing: capturing someone’s life energy on film.

Semyon Davidovich Kirlian was an engineer who had discovered in 1939 tha photographing living things that had been exposed to a pulsed electromagnetic field would capture what many have termed the human ‘aura’. When any conductive object (like living tissue) is placed on a plate made of an insulating material, such as glass, and exposed to high-voltage, high-frequency electricity, a low current results that creates a corona discharge, a halo of coloured light around the object that can be captured on film. Kirlian claimed that the state of the aura reflected the person’s state of health; changes in the aura were evidence of disease or mental disturbance.

The Soviet scientific mainstream ignored Kirlian until the 1960s, when the Russian press discovered bioelectrography, as it came to be called, and hailed him as a great inventor. Kirlian photography suddenly became respectable, particularly in space research, and was championed by many Western scientists. Publication of Kirlian’s first study in 1964 further attracted the scientific community.25

Lying for months in his bed, Korotkov realized that if he was going to discover more about how to capture this mysterious light Kirlian claimed was so vital to health, he was going to have to give up his day job. He knew that the involvement of a well-established quantum physicist such as himself would lend the technique scientific legitimacy and his technical ability might also help advance the technology. Perhaps he could even devise a means of depicting the light in real time.

After he got back up on his feet, Korotkov spent months developing a mechanism, which he called the Gas Discharge Visualization (GDV) technique, that made use of state-of-the-art optics, digitized television matrices and a powerful computer. Ordinarily, a living thing will dribble out the faintest pulse of photons, perceptible only to the most sensitive equipment in conditions of utter pitch black. As Korotkov realized, a better way to capture this light was to stir up photons by ‘evoking’, or stimulating them into an excited state so that they would shine millions of times more intensely than normal.

His equipment blended several techniques: photography, measurements of light intensity and computerized pattern recognition. Korotkov’s camera would take pictures of the field around each of the 10 fingers, one finger at a time. A computer program would then extrapolate from this a real-time image of the ‘biofield’ surrounding the organism and deduce from it the state of the organism’s health.

Korotkov went on to write five books on the human bioenergy field.26

In time, he managed to convince the Russian Ministry of Health of the importance of his invention to medical technology, diagnosis and treatment. His equipment was initially employed to predict certain clinical situations, such as the progress of recovery of people after surgery.27

It soon became widely used in Russia as a diagnostic tool for many illnesses, including cancer and stress,28 and was even used to assess athletic potential – to predict the psychophysical reserves in athletes training for the Olympics and the likelihood of victory or exhaustion from overtraining.29

Eventually, some 3000 doctors, practitioners and researchers worldwide came to use the technology. The National Institutes of Health got interested and funded work on the ‘biofield’, which employed Korotkov’s equipment.30

While officially exploring these practical applications, Korotkov privately carried on with his own studies of what had really captured his imagination: the connection between biofields and consciousness.31

He took GDV readings of healers and a Qigong master while they were sending energy, and discovered remarkable changes in their corona discharges. Korotkov then explored the effects of a person’s thoughts on the people surrounding him. He asked a number of couples to ‘send’ a variety of thoughts to their partners, while they were standing within close range. Every strong emotion – whether love, hate or anger – produced an extraordinary effect on the light discharge of the recipient.32

Some 40 years after Backster first employed his crude polygraph mechanism to register the effect of thoughts, Korotkov verified those early discoveries with state- of-the-art equipment. He hooked up a potted plant to his GDV machine and asked his researchers to think of different emotions – anger, sadness, joy – and then positive and negative intentions towards the plant. Whenever a participant mentally threatened the plant, its energy field diminished. The opposite occurred if people approached the plant with water or feelings of love.

Largely because he lacked scientific credentials, Backster was never recognized for his contributions. He had stumbled across the first evidence that living things engage in a constant two-way flow of information with their environment, enabling them to register even the nuances of human thought. The more advanced scientific knowledge of physicists Fritz Popp and Konstantin Korotkov was needed to uncove the actual mechanism of that communication. Their research into the nature of quantum light emissions from living organisms suddenly made sense of Backster’s

findings. If thoughts are another stream of photons, it is perfectly plausible that a plant could pick up the signals and be affected by them.

The work of Backster, Popp and Korotkov suggested something profound abou the effect of intention. Every last thought appeared to augment or diminish something else’s light.

Notes – Chapter 3: The Two-Way Street

  1. For all history of Cleve Backster’s discoveries and experiments, interview with Backster, October 2004 and his Primary Perception: Biocommunication with Plants, Living Foods, and Human Cells, Anza, Calif.: White Rose Millennium Press, 2003.
  2. As Obi-Wan Kenobe tells Luke Skywalker, after Alderan has been blown up by the Empire in Star Wars part IV: A New Hope: ‘I feel a great disturbance in the Force. As if millions of voices suddenly cried out in terror, and were suddenly silenced.’
  3. Presentation  given  at  the  Tenth  Annual  Parapsychology Association meeting in New York City, September 7, 1967. Also published as C Backster, ‘Evidence of a primary perception in plant life’, International Journal of Parapsychology, 1968; 10 (4): 329–48.
  4. P. Dubrov and V. N. Pushkin, Parapsychology and Contemporary Science, New York and London: Consultants Bureau, 1982.
  5. P. Tompkins and C. Bird, The Secret Life of Plants, New York: Harper & Row, 1973.
  6. ‘Boysenberry to Prune, Boysenberry to Prune: Do you read me? Li detector expert Cleve Backster reported in the annual meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science that he had detected electrical impulses between two containers of yogurt at opposite ends of his laboratory. Backster claims the bacteria in the containers were communicating.’ Esquire, January 1976.
  7. Backster, ‘Evidence of a primary perception’, op. cit.
  8. Backster, Primary Perceptions, op. cit.: 112–13.
  9. Backster, Primary Perceptions. See also Rupert Sheldrake, Dogs That Know When Their Owners Are Coming Home and Other Unexplaine Powers of Animals, London: Three Rivers Press, 2000.
  10. This and other personal details of events resulted from interviews with Ingo Swann, New York, July 2005.
  11. See McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.: 39 for a full description of F.-A. Popp’s earlier work.
  12. All details of these experiments resulted from an interview between the author and Fritz-Albert Popp, January 2006.
  13. R. M. Galle et al., ‘Biophoton emission from Daphnia magna: A possible factor in the self-regulation of swarming’, Experientia, 1991; 47: 457–60; R. M. Galle, ‘Untersuchungen zum dichte und zeitabhängigen Verhalten der ultraschwachen Photonenemission von pathogenetischen Weibchen des Wasserflohs Daphnia magna.’ Dissertation. Universität Saarbrücken, Fachbereich Zoologie, 1993.
  14. F.-A. Popp et al., ‘Nonsubstantial biocommunication in terms of Dicke’s Theory’, in M. W. Ho, F.-A. Popp and U. Warnke (eds.), Bioelectrodynamics and Biocommunication, Singapore: World Scientific Publishing, 1994: 293–317; J. J. Chang et al., ‘Research on cel communication of P. elegans by means of photon emission’, Chinese Science Bulletin, 1995; 40: 76–9.
  15. J. J. Chang et al., ‘Communication between Dinoflagellates by means o photon emission’, in L. V. Beloussov and F.-A. Popp (eds.), Proceedings of International Conference on Non-equilibrium and Coherent Systems in Biophysics, Biology and Biotechnology, Sep. 28–Oct. 2 1994, Moscow: Bioinform Services Co., 1995: 318–30.
  16. Interview with Popp, Neuss, Germany, March 1, 2006.
  17. F.-A. Popp et al., ‘Mechanism of interaction between electromagnetic fields and living organisms’, Science in China (Series C), 2000; 43 (5): 507–18.
  18. Ibid.
  19. L.   Beloussov   and   N.   N.   Louchinskaia,    ‘Biophoton       emission from developing  eggs  and  embryos:  Nonlinearity,  wholistic  properties  and indications of energy transfer’, in J. J. Chang et al. (eds.), Biophotons, London: Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1998: 121–40.
  20. K. Creath and G. E. Schwartz, ‘What biophoton images of plants can tel us about biofields and healing’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 2005; 19 (4): 531–50.
  21. A. V. Tschulakow et al., ‘A new approach to the  memory of water’, Homeopathy, 2005; 94: 241–7.
  22. E. P. A. Van Wijk and R. Van Wijk, ‘The development ofa bio-sensor for the state of consciousness in a human intentional healing ritual’, Journal of International Society of Life Information Science (ISLIS,) 2002; 20 (2): 694–702.
  23. M. Connor, ‘Baseline testing of energy practitioners: Biophoton imaging results.’ Paper presented at the North American Research in Integrative Medicine conference, Edmonton, Canada, May 2006.
  24. Personal details about K. Korotkov the result of multiple interviews with the author, November–March 2005–2006.
  25. S. D. Kirlian and V. K. Kirlian, ‘Photography and visual observation by means of high frequency currents’, J. Sci. Appl. Photogr., 1964; 6: 397– 403.
  26. Korotkov’s most important work on the subject was K. Korotkov, Human Energy Field: Study with GDV Bioelectrography, New Jersey: Backbone Publishing Co., 2002; K. Korotkov, Aura and Consciousness – New Stage of Scientific Understanding, St Petersburg: St Petersburg Division of the Russian Ministry of Culture, State Publishing Unit ‘Kultura’, 1999.
  27. K. Korotkov et al., ‘Assessing biophysical energy transfer mechanisms in living systems: The basis of life processes’, The Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2004; 10 (1): 49–57.
  28. L. W. Konikiewicz and L. C. Griff,Bioelectrography – A new method for detecting cancer and body physiology, Harrisburg, Va.: Leonard Associates Press, 1982; G. Rein, ‘Corona discharge photography of human breast tumour biopsies’, Acupuncture & Electrotherapeutics Research, 1985; 10: 305–8; K. Korotkov et al., ‘Stress diagnosis and monitoring with new computerized “Crown-TV” device’, Journal of Pathophysiology, 1998; 5: 227.
  29. P. Bundzen et al., ‘New technology of the athletes’ psycho-physical readiness evaluation based on the gas-discharge visualisation method in comparison with battery of tests’, ‘SIS-99’ Proceedings, International Congress St Petersburg, 1999: 19–22; P. V. Bundzen, et al., ‘Psychophysiological correlates of athletic success in athletes training for
  30. the Olympics’, Human Physiology, 2005; 31 (3): 316–23; K. Korotkov et al., ‘Assessing biophysical energy transfer mechanisms’, op. cit.
  31. Clair A. Francomano and Wayne B. Jonas, in Ronald A. Chez (ed.) Proceedings: Measuring the Human Energy Field: State of the Science. The Gerontology Research Center, National Institute of Aging, Nationa Institutes of Health, Baltimore, Maryland, April 17–18, 2002.
  32. S.   Kolmakow   et   al.,   ‘Gas   discharge    visualization     technique         and spectrophotometry in detection of field effects’, Mechanisms of Adaptive Behavior, Abstracts of International Symposium, St Petersburg, 1999: 79.
  33. Interview with K. Korotkov, March 2006.

CHAPTER FOUR

Hearts that Beat as One

NONE OF THE SCIENTISTS INVOLVED IN ‘The Love Study’ remember who came up with its name. It might have started as Elisabeth Targ’s private joke, for the study involved couples who were installed in two different rooms and separated by a hallway, three doors, eight walls and several inches of stainless steel.1

The name was actually meant to be a gracious nod to the study’s arcane benefactor, the Institute for Research on Unlimited Love at Case Western Reserve As it happened, the study became a posthumous valentine to Targ, who was diagnosed with a fatal brain tumour just before the grant money came through. The Love Study would be a fitting tribute to Targ, as the first major scientific demonstration of exactly how intention physically affects its recipient, and the name proved especially apt in describing this process. When you send an intention, every major physiological system in your body is mirrored in the body of the receiver. Intention is the perfect manifestation of love. Two bodies become one.

Targ began her career as a mainstream psychiatrist, but made her name in 1999 with two remarkable studies at California Pacific Medical Center (CPMC) in Sa Francisco, which tested the possibility of remote healing with end-stage AIDS patients. Targ spent months designing her trial. She and her partner, psychologist and retired hospital administrator Fred Sicher, sought out a homogeneous group of advanced AIDS patients with the same degree of illness, including the same T-cell counts and number of AIDS-defining illnesses. Because they wished to test the effec of distant healing, and not any particular healing modality, they decided to recruit highly experienced, successful healers from diverse backgrounds who might represent an array of approaches.

Targ and Sicher gathered together an eclectic mix of healers from all across America – from orthodox Christians to Native American shamans – and asked them to  send  healing thoughts  to  a  group  of AIDS  patients  under  strict double-blind conditions. All healing was to be done remotely so that nothing, such as the presence of a healer or healing touch, could confound the results. Targ created a strict double- blind rota: each healer received sealed packets with information about the patients to be healed, including their name, photo and T-cell counts. Every other week, the healers were assigned a new patient and asked to hold an intention for the health and well-being of the patient an hour a day for six days, with alternate weeks off for rest. In this manner, eventually every patient in the healing group would be sent healing by every healer in turn.

At the end of the first study, although 40 per cent of the control population died, all 10 of the patients in the treatment group were not only alive but far healthier in every regard.

Targ and Sicher repeated the study, but this time, doubled the size of their study population and tightened their protocol even further. They also widened their brief of

the outcomes they planned to measure. In the second study, those sent healing were again far healthier on every parameter tested: significantly fewer AIDS-defining illnesses, improved T-cell levels, fewer hospitalizations, fewer visits to the doctor, fewer new illnesses, less severity of disease and better psychological well-being. The differences were decisive; for instance, the treatment group had six times fewer AIDS-defining illnesses and four times fewer hospitalizations at the end of the study than the controls.2

In Targ’s original studies, the healing had been carried out by highly experienced, successful healers who had been chosen because they possessed a special gift. After the studies were completed, Targ grew interested in whether an ordinary individual could be similarly trained to use intention effectively.

For the Love Study, Targ found a sympathetic partner in Marilyn Schlitz, the vice president for research and education at the Institute of Noetic Sciences (IONS) The energetic blonde had a colourful national reputation because of her meticulously designed parapsychology studies and their spectacular results, which attracted the attention of the senior powers in consciousness research as well as the New York Times. During a long partnership with psychologist William Braud, Schlitz had conducted rigorous research into what became known in the psychic community as ‘DMILS’ – direct mental interaction with living systems – the ability of human thought  to influence the living  world  around it.3

Throughout her career in parapsychology, Schlitz had been fascinated by remote influence; she was one of the first to examine the effect of intention in healing, and went on to assemble a vast database of healing research for IONS.

For the Love Study, Schlitz recruited Dean Radin, her IONS senior researche and one of America’s most renowned parapsychologists. Radin was to design both the study and some of its equipment; with his background in engineering and psychology he would ensure that both the study protocol and its technical detail were pristine. Targ enlisted Jerome Stone, a nurse and practising Buddhist who had worked with her on the AIDS studies, to design the intention programme and train the patients.

In 2002, after Targ died, Schlitz and the others vowed to carry on with the study and recruited Ellen Levine, one of Targ’s colleagues from CPMC, to take her place and work with Stone as joint principal investigators.

The Love Study was to follow the basic study design of a perennial favorite among consciousness researchers: the sense of being stared at.4

In those studies, two people are isolated from each other in separate rooms and a video camera is trained on the receiver, who is also hooked up to skin conductance equipment, not unlike a polygraph machine – the type used in lie detection studies to detect an increase in ‘fight-or-flight’, unconscious autonomic nervous system activity. At random intervals, the ‘sender’ is instructed to stare at the subject on the monitor, while the ‘receiver’ is told to relax and try to think of anything other than the prospect of being stared at. A later comparison analysis determines whether the receiver’s autonomic system registered a reaction during those moments he or she was being stared at to determine whether the mere attention of the sender was unconsciously picked up by the most automatic systems of the receiver’s body.

Schlitz and Braud’s body of evidence on remote staring, conducted over 10 years, showed exactly such an effect. All the studies had been combined into a review that was published in a major psychology journal. The review concluded that the effects had been small but significant.5

The Love Study’s design was also inspired by the major DMILS studies conducted since 1963, which demonstrated that, under many types of circumstances, the electrical signalling in the brains of people gets synchronized.6

The frequencies, amplitudes and phases of the brain waves start operating in tandem. Although the studies followed slightly different designs, all of them asked the same question: can the stimulation of one person be felt in the higher central nervous system of another? Or, as Radin liked to think of it, after a sender gets pinched, does the receiver also feel the ‘ouch’?7

Two people wired up with a variety of physiological monitoring equipment, such as EEG machines, were isolated from each other indifferent rooms. One would be stimulated with something – a picture, a light or a mild electric shock. The researchers would then examine the two EEGs to determine if the receiver’s brain waves mirrored those of the sender when he or she was being stimulated.

The earliest DMILS research had been designed by psychologist an consciousness researcher Charles Tart, who carried out a series of brutal studies to determine whether people could empathetically feel another person’s pain. He administered shocks to himself, while a volunteer, isolated in a different room and hooked up to an array of medical gadgetry, was being monitored to see if his sympathetic nervous system somehow picked up Tart’s reactions. Whenever Tart jolted himself, the receiver registered an unconscious empathetic response in decreased blood volume and increased heart rate – as though he were also getting the shocks.8

Another fascinating early study had been carried out with identical twins. As soon as one twin closed his eyes and his brain electrical rhythms slowed to alpha waves, the other twin’s brain also slowed, even though his eyes were wide open.9

Harald Walach, a German scientist at the University of Freiburg, tried an approach that was guaranteed to magnify the sender’s effects, in order to maximize the response in the receiver. The sender was shown an alternating black-and-white checkerboard, called a ‘pattern reversal’, which is known to trigger predictable, high-amplitude electrical brain waves in viewers. At the same instant, the EEG of the distant, shielded receiver recorded identical brain-wave patterns.10

Neurophysiologist Jacobo Grinberg-Zylberbaum, of the National Autonomous University of Mexico in Mexico City, had used this same protocol a decade before Walach but with a different twist: with light flashes rather than patterns as the stimulus. In this study, the particular patterns of firing in the brain of the sender, evoked by the light, turned out to be mirrored in the brain of the receiver, who was sitting in an electrically shielded room 14.5 metres away. Grinberg-Zylberbaum also discovered  that  an  important  condition  determined success:  the  synchrony only occurred among pairs of participants who had met and established a connection by spending 20 minutes with each other in meditative silence.11

In earlier work, Grinberg-Zylberbaum had discovered that brainwave synchrony occurred not only between two people, but between both hemispheres of the brains of both participants, with one important distinction: the participant with the most cohesive quantum wave patterns sometimes set the tempo and tended to influence the other. The most ordered brain pattern often prevailed.12

In the most recent DMILS study, in 2005, a group of researchers from Basty University and the University of Washington gathered 30 couples with strong emotional and psychological connections and also a great deal of experience in meditation. The pairs were split up and placed in rooms 10 meters away from each other, with an EEG amplifier wired up to the occipital (visual) lobe of the brain of each participant. The moment each sender was exposed to a flickering light, he attempted to transmit an image or thought about the light to the partner. Of the 60 receivers tested, 5 of them, or 8 per cent, were shown to have significantly higher brain activation during times their partner ‘sent’ their visual images.13

The Washington researchers then selected five pairs of the participants who had scored a significant result, wired them up to a functional MRI, which measures minuscule changes in the brain during critical functions, and asked them to repeat the experiment. During the times the thought was ‘transmitted’, the recipients experienced an increase in blood oxygenation in a portion of the visual cortex of the brain. This increase did not occur when the sending partner was not being visually stimulated.14

The Bastyr researchers replicated their study, this time with volunteers highly experienced in meditation, and got some of the strongest correlations between senders and receivers of all the studies thus far.

The Bastyr study represented a major breakthrough in research on direct mental influence. It demonstrated that the brain-wave response of the sender to the stimulus is mirrored in the receiver, and that the stimulus in the receiver occurs in an identical place in the brain as that of the sender. The receiver’s brain reacts as though he or she is seeing the same image at the same time.

A final extraordinary study examined the effect of powerful emotional involvement on remote influence. Researchers at the University of Edinburgh studied and compared the EEGs of bonded couples, matched pairs of strangers, and several individuals with no partner but who nevertheless thought they were being paired off and having their brain waves compared. Everyone who had been paired off, whether he knew his partner or not, displayed increased numbers of brain waves in synchrony. The only participants who did not demonstrate this effect were those who had no partner.15

Radin carried out a variation of this experiment, attaching pairs who had close bonds – couples, friends, parents and their children.  In a significant number of instances, the EEGs of the senders and receivers appeared to synchronize.16

In designing the Love Study, Schlitz and Radin also had been influenced by other research showing that, during acts of remote influence, the recipient’s EEG waves mirror those of the sender. In a number of studies of healing, the EEG waves of the patient synchronize with those of the healer during moments when healing energy is being ‘sent’.17

Brain mapping during certain types of healing, such as bioenergy, also shows evidence of brain-wave synchrony. 18

In many instances, when one person is sending focused intention to another, their brains appear to become entrained.

Entrainment is a term in physics which means that two oscillating systems fall into synchrony. It was coined in 1665 by the Dutch mathematician Christiaan Huygens, after discovering that two of his clocks with pendulums standing in close approximation to each other had begun to swing in unison. He had been toying with the two pendulums and found that even if he started one pendulum swinging at one end, and the other at the opposite end, eventually the two would swing in unison.

Two waves peaking and troughing at the same time, are considered ‘in phase’, or operating in synch. Those peaking at opposite times are ‘out of phase’. Physicists believe that entrainment results from tiny exchanges of energy between two systems that are out of phase, causing one to slow down and the other to accelerate until the two are in phase. It is also related to resonance, or the ability of any system to absorb more energy than normal at a particular frequency (the number of peaks and troughs in one second). Any vibrating thing, including an electromagnetic wave, has its own preferential frequencies, called ‘resonant frequencies’, where it finds vibrating the easiest. When it ‘listens’ or receives a vibration from somewhere else, it tunes out all pretenders and only tunes into its own resonant frequency. It is a bit like a mother instantly recognizing her child from among a mass of school children. Planets have orbital resonances. Our sense of hearing operates through a form of entrainment: different parts of a membrane of the inner ear resonate to different frequencies of sound. Resonance even occurs in the seas, such as in the tidal resonance of the Bay of Fundy in the northeast end of the Gulf of Maine, near Nova Scotia.

Once they march to the same rhythm, things that are entrained send out a stronger signal than they do individually. This most commonly occurs with musical instruments, which sound amplified when all playing in phase. At the Bay of Fundy, the time required for a single wave to travel from the bay’s mouth to its opposite end and back is exactly matched by the time of each tide. Each wave is amplified by the rhythm of each tide, resulting in some of the highest tides in the world.

Entrainment also occurs when someone sends a strong intention to cause harm, which became evident in the tohate experiments of Mikio Yamamoto of the National Institute of Radiological Sciences in Chiba and the Nippon Medical School in Tokyo. Tohate is a kind of mental stand-off between two Qigong practitioners, one of whom receives a sensory shock and is eventually made to submit and move back several yards without any physical contact from the other. The central question posed by the technique, in Yamamoto’s mind, was whether the effect of tohate is psychological or physical: does the opponent move back because of psychological intimidation, or is he knocked over by the qi of his opponent?

In  the  first  of  Yamamoto’s  studies,  a Qigong  master  was  isolated  in  an electromagnetically shielded room on the fourth floor of a building, while his student was similarly isolated on the first floor.

Yamamoto signalled for the master  to perform ‘qi emission’ over 80 seconds at random intervals. Each time, he tracked their separate movements – the sending of the qi and the start of the pupil’s recoil. In nearly a third of the 49 such trials – a highly significant result – whenever the master engaged in tohate movements, his opponent in the other room was physically knocked back. In a second set of 57 trials, Yamamoto wired both teacher and pupil to EEG machines. Whenever the master emitted qi, his pupil showed an increase in the number of alpha brain waves in his right frontal lobe, suggesting that this was where the body initially receives the intention ‘message’.

Yamamoto’s final set of trials examined the EEG-recorded brain waves of both master and student.

Whenever the master performed tohate, the beta brain waves of both men demonstrated a greater sense of coherence.19

In an earlier study carried out by the Tokyo group, the brain waves of the receiver and sender became synchronized within one second during tohate.20

Besides resonance, the DMILS studies offered evidence of another phenomenon during intention: the receiver anticipated the information by registering the ‘ouch’ a few moments before the pinch occurred in the sender.

In 1997, in his former laboratory at the University of Nevada, Radin discovered that humans may receive a physical foreboding of an event.

He set up a computer that would randomly select photos designed to calm, to arouse, or to upset a participant. His volunteers were wired to physiological monitors that recorded changes in skin conduction, heart rate and blood pressure, and they sat in front of a computer that would randomly display colour photos of tranquil scenes (landscapes), or scenes designed to shock (autopsies) or to arouse (erotic materials).

Radin discovered that his subjects were registering physiological responses before they saw the photo. As if trying to brace themselves, their responses were highest before they saw an image that was erotic or disturbing.

This offered the first laboratory proof that our bodies unconsciously anticipate and act out our own future emotional states and that the nervous system does not merely cushion itself against a future blow, but also works out the emotional meaning of it.21

Dr Rollin McCraty, executive vice-president and director of research for the Institute of HeartMath, in Boulder Creek, California was fascinated by the idea of shared physical foreboding of an event, but wondered where exactly in the body this intuitive information might first be felt. He used the original design of Radin’s study with a computerized system of randomly generated arousing photos, but hooked up his participants to a greater complement of medical equipment.

McCraty discovered that these forebodings of good and bad news were felt in both the heart and brain, whose electromagnetic waves would speed up or slow down just before a disturbing or tranquil picture was shown. Furthermore, all four lobes of the cerebral cortex appeared to take part in this intuitive awareness. Most astonishing of all, the heart appeared to receive this information moments before the brain did. This suggested that the body has certain perceptual apparatus that enables it continually to scan and intuit the future, but that the heart may hold the largest antenna. After the heart receives the information, it communicates this information to the brain.

McCraty’s study had shown certain fascinating differences between the sexes. Both the heart and brain became entrained with each other earlier and more frequently in women than they did in men. McCraty concluded that this offered scientific evidence of  the universal assumption that women are naturally more intuitive than men and more in touch with their heart centre.22

McCraty’s conclusion – that the heart is the largest ‘brain’ of the body – has now gained credibility after research findings by Dr John Andrew Armour at the University of Montreal and the Hôpital du Sacré-Coeur in Montreal.

Armou discovered neurotransmitters in the heart that signal and influence aspects of higher thought in the brain.23 McCraty discovered that touch and even mentally focusing on the heart cause brain-wave entrainment between people.

When two people touched while focusing loving thoughts on their hearts, the more ‘coherent’ heart rhythms of the two began to entrain the brain of the other.24

When two people touched while focusing loving thoughts on their hearts, the more ‘coherent’ heart rhythms of the two began to entrain the brain of the other.
When two people touched while focusing loving thoughts on their hearts, the more ‘coherent’ heart rhythms of the two began to entrain the brain of the other.

Armed with this new evidence about the heart, Dean Radin and Marilyn Schlit decided to explore whether remote mental influence extended to anywhere else in the body. An obvious place to explore was the gut. People speak about intuition as a ‘gut instinct’ or ‘gut feeling’. Certain researchers have even referred to the gut as a ‘second brain’.25

Radin wondered if a gut instinct was accompanied by an actual physical effect.

Radin and Schlitz gathered 26 student volunteers, paired them, and this time wired them up to an electrogastrogram (EGG), which measures the electrical behaviour of the gut; monitors on the skin usually closely match the frequencies and contractions of the stomach. Although the Freiburg study had shown otherwise, Radin and Schlitz believed that familiarity could only help to magnify the effects of remote influence. In case some sort of physical connection was indeed important, Radin asked all the participants to exchange some meaningful object first.

Radin put one participant from a pair in one room. The other sat in another, darkened room, attached to an electrogastrogram, viewing live video images of the first person. Images periodically flashed on another monitor, accompanied by music designed to arouse particular emotions: positive, negative, angry, calming or just neutral.

The results revealed another example of entrainment – this time in the gut.

The EGG readings of the receiver were significantly higher and correlated with those of the sender when the sender experienced strong emotions, positive or negative. Here was yet more evidence that the emotional state of others is registered in the body of the receiver – in this case, deep in the intestines – and that the home of the gut instinct is indeed the gut itself.26

This latest evidence was further proof that our emotional responses are constantly being picked up and echoed in those closest to us.27 In every one of these studies, the bodies of the pairs had become entrained or ‘entangled’ as Radin called it;28 the recipients were ‘seeing’ or feeling what their partners actually saw or felt, in real time.

As this research intimates, intention might be an attunement of energy. The DMILS research established that, under certain conditions, the heart rate, the arousa of the autonomic nervous system, the brain  waves and the blood flow to the extremities of different people all become entrained, even when they are situated at a distance. Nevertheless, in most of the DMILS studies, the correlated respons resulted from a simple stimulation of the sender, which the recipient unconsciously picked up. Except for one instance, no one attempted to influence another person.

Schlitz and Radin now wanted to find out whether they would achieve similar correlations if the sender were actually sending an intention to heal. For the Love Study, Schlitz and her colleagues decided to recruit ordinary individuals and train them in healing techniques. They wondered whether certain conditions were more favourable than others for achieving entrainment.

Many healing studies intimated that motivation, interpersonal connection and a shared belief system were vital to success.

Grinberg-Zylberbaum believed that a ‘transferred potential’, as he termed this form of entrainment, occurred only among those who had undergone some meditative regime and then only after some sort of psychic connection between sender and receiver had been established. Nevertheless, in the Freiberg study, many of the pairs had never met each other and had not had a chance to establish a bond.

The German researchers had concluded that ‘connectedness’ and mental preparation may play a role, but were not crucial. In Schlitz’s view, motivation was a key component of success. The more urgent the situation, such as would occur with a partner suffering from cancer, the more motivated his or her partner would be in attempting to get him or her well.

Schlitz and her fellow researchers decided to seek out couples with a wife suffering from breast cancer, and began advertising around the San Francisco Bay Area for volunteers.

It soon became apparent that they would have to widen their original brief. The breast-cancer population of the Bay Area, which is higher than average in the USA, has been extremely well studied.

From the lack-luster response to their advertising, it appeared that sufferers were unwilling to take part in yet more research. The scientists decided to open the study to any couple if either partner were suffering from cancer of any variety.

Eventually 31 couples volunteered, including healthy couples who were to act as controls.

Jerome Stone wrote a training manual for the couples, after analysing a number of healers and distilling their common practices.29

The first component of his programme involved teaching the sender how to focus and concentrate, as occurs in meditation, to create a high degree of sustained attention. The scientific evidence demonstrates that meditation establishes more coherent brain waves; at least 25 studies show that EEG synchronization occurs between the four regions of the brain during meditation.30

Other studies of meditation have shown that it creates more coherent biophoton emissions31 and in general aids healing.

Stone also believed that his senders needed to learn how  to generate compassion or empathy for their partners, with a technique based largely on the Tonglen Buddhist idea of ‘giving and receiving’. This  practice would train the partner to develop a true understanding of the suffering of another, to take on the suffering without being burdened by it, and to transform it through the process of sending healing.

Developing true empathy would also help to dissolve the boundaries and sense of self between the sender and receiver. Positive, loving thoughts also had positive physiological effects. Rollin McCraty’s research at HeartMath showed tha a steady (or, as they called it, ‘coherent’) variation in heartbeat was more likely with ‘positive’ – loving or altruistic – thoughts and that this ‘coherence’ was quickly picked up by the brain, which soon pulsed in synchrony32 and evidenced improved cognitive performance.33

After Stone instructed the partners in simple techniques of meditation, he also taught them to be compassionate when carrying out intention. The final aspect of Stone’s training involved instilling belief and confidence in both senders and receivers.

Stone had discovered evidence in both the healing and parapsychological literature that belief in the process assists in the success of psychic processes such as ESP, which, like intention, involves ‘transferring’ information across distance.34

Although the training programme was originally intended to run for eight weeks, limited funding meant that Stone had to compress his workshop into a single day, to be followed up with homework and practice.

Radin divided the couples into three groups.

The first group (the ‘trained group’) was to undergo Stone’s training, practise compassionate intention daily for three months and then carry out the test.

The second group (called the ‘wait group’) was to carry out the test first and then have the training.

The 18 healthy couples comprising the third group (the control group) was to have no training at all, but simply undergo the test.

With all three groups, the member of the couple with the cancer (or one of the designated partners in the control group) was asked to sit in a black reclining chair placed in a one-ton, solid steel, double-walled, electromagnetically shielded enclosure.

The tiny Lindgren/ETS chamber was separated from the outside world b two layers of steel and one of solid wood, which blocked out all sound and all electromagnetic energy. Any electrical signals were carried out of the chamber by a fibre-optic cable, to ensure that the room remained, electromagnetically speaking, a solitary confinement.

Each inhabitant was fitted to an array of medical gadgetry to measure brain waves, heartbeat, breathing rate, skin conductance and peripheral blood flow. A video camera stood discretely in the corner.

The room was curtained in earth tones and furnished with soft table lighting and an artificial, floor-to-ceiling weeping fig tree. When the room was occupied, ambient music flooded the space. The furnishings and music, and even a large colour poster of a cascading mountain stream, were all intended to distract from the fact that once the 400-pound steel door with an articulated closing mechanism snapped shut, the inhabitant was essentially trapped inside the warmer equivalent of a meatpacking-plant refrigerator.

Some 20 metres away, the other partner was seated in the dark, attached to the same medical equipment as his or her partner, staring at a small blank TV screen. Bunched towels blocked out the last vestiges of light. Whenever the image of the partner in the refrigerator room abruptly flashed on the television screen, the other member of the couple was to send a compassionate intention to his or her partner for 10 seconds.

Stone, Radin and their colleagues planned to examine two different outcomes: whether the training improved the marriage, and also whether there was any correspondence between the physical sensations of sender and receiver. Although they hoped to examine whether the intentions sent also affected the medical prognosis, limited funding made that aspect of the study impossible.

Stone and Levine were given the task of analysing the social aspects of the study. Initially they discovered that the training made no difference to the quality of the couples’ marriages.

The finding was not altogether surprising, considering that anyone prepared to be part of a study involving three months of training was already likely to be extremely committed to the partnership. And Schlitz had aimed to recruit motivated partners when she designed the study. A later, more detailed analysis of the figures showed that the intention training and practice had indeed improved the couples’ marriages, but Radin concluded that these effects were due to their expectation of improved relations.

Then Radin compiled all the physiological data from the three groups and studied the results between partners and group composite averages. Each physiological response offered fascinating information about the effect of intention on the receiver. For instance, in the case of measurements of blood to the extremities, in every group, the sender’s skin conductance increased 2 seconds after seeing the partner’s image, and the receiver recorded a similar arousal a half second after the image had flashed.

However, unlike the earlier DMILS studies, where the skin conduction response in the receiver resembled that of a ‘startle reflex’ and quickly tailed off, in this instance the response persisted 7 seconds after the stimulus.

The receiver clearly appeared to be responding to intention – indeed, almost instantaneously.

In fact, the receiver’s response occurred at least 1 second faster than it would have been possible for the sender to have consciously formulated an intention. Radin was not sure whether this meant that the receiver had had a premonition of the intention.

It might simply have reflected the turgid nature of the skin conductance response; the receiver was likely responding in his or her extremities to information sent by the sender’s central nervous system, which would have reacted to the initial stimulation of the image on the monitor far more quickly than the electrical impulses sent to his or her fingertips. Nevertheless, in Radin’s view, the two skin conductance responses were tracking each other, even if they were slightly out of phase.

A similar situation occurred with the heart rate. The sender’s heart rate increased 5 seconds after the stimulus prompt to send the intention – which was consistent with the physical response that occurs in the body during the process of making some sort of mental effort. But an identical increase took place in the receiver, which would not happen ordinarily if he or she were simply resting in a recliner.

Blood flow followed a similar pattern. Whenever we experience something that stimulates us, the vascular network in our extremities constricts slightly, to maximize blood flow to the core of the body. In the Love Study, this phenomenon occurred in the sender, and was soon imitated in the body of the receiver.

As for respiration, on average, whenever the stimulus image appeared, the sender immediately inhaled sharply and blew out the air 15 seconds later. This respiratory response resembles that of someone about to steady himself for the task at hand. In this case, Radin witnessed a different response in the receiver. During the first 5 seconds, the receiver’s respiration faltered, almost as though he or she had stopped breathing, and then resumed with a large exhale in the final 5 seconds of the intention. It was as though the receiver had been listening with care, holding her breath and straining to hear something, before sighing with relief as soon as the stimulation had passed.

But it was the brain-wave results that proved to be the most interesting. Whenever the receiver’s image flashed on the screen, the senders recorded a little upturn in brain waves, like a ‘flinch response’, and then a huge spike for about a third of a second before they dropped sharply and took about one second to come back to baseline. In the sender, this tiny initial upturn represents something called a P300 wave – a well-established phenomenon that records the time that the brain takes to process the switching on of a light. The drop represents the time it takes for internal attention to modulate the stimulus into a response.

In this instance, the receivers had no P300 wave, but their brain waves nevertheless mimicked the virtually vertical plunge of the brain wave that shortly followed in the sender, even though, unlike the sender, the receiver had had no stimulus. The brain of the receiver was reacting just as it does when asleep and dreaming. The receivers had registered an emotional reaction, even though there was no tangible stimulus.

Radin’s results were all the more remarkable because the receivers had not been told how long the stimulus period would be, and neither senders nor receivers knew in advance how long the sender would have to wait before the partner’s image flashed on screen. A computer program randomly selected the time frame, which ranged from 5 to 40 seconds. This meant that any expectation on the part of either member of the couples could not explain the results.

Radin then compared the responses of the groups. All three groups had shown an effect. In every instance, each physiological response of the receivers had tracked those of the senders. However, the most prolonged pattern occurred among the cancer patients whose partners had been trained in compassionate intention.

The receivers in the training group not only responded to the stimulus, but also kept responding over 8 of the 10 seconds of the intention. In quantum terms, the couples had become as one.35

The Love Study indicates a number of profound suggestions about the nature of intention.

Sending a directed thought seems to generate a palpable energy; whenever one of Radin’s senders sent a healing intention, many subtle aspects of the receiver’s body became activated, as though he had received a minuscule electric shock. It seemed to be a kind of activating awareness, as though his body had felt or heard the healing signal.

There had even been an element of anticipation in the receiver; some of the physiological reactions recorded suggested that the receiver had felt the partner’s healing intention before he had even sent it.

People appear to receive healing deep in their bodies by being retuned to the more coherent energy of the healer’s intention. During healing, it could be that the ‘orderly’ energy of the well person entrains and ‘re-orders’ the sick.

In order to have the most powerful effect, a healer or sender needs to become ‘ordered’ on some subatomic level, mentally and emotionally. The Love Study demonstrates that certain conditions and mental states make our intention especially powerful and ourselves more ordered, and that these states can be achieved with training. The success of the basic training programme that Schlitz, Radin and Stone assembled suggests that attention, belief, motivation and compassion are important for intention to work, but there are probably other conditions that intensify its effects.

I needed, for instance, to find out how we can loosen our psychological boundaries. It was becoming clear to me: when we send intention, in a manner of speaking, we have to ‘become’ the other.

Notes – Chapter 4: Hearts that Beat as One

  1. All details of the Love Study were gleaned from multiple interviews with Dean Radin, Marilyn Schlitz and Jerome Stone, April 2005–June 2006.
  2. F. Sicher, E. Targ et al., ‘A randomized double-blind study of the effect of distant healing in a population with advanced AIDS: report of a small scale  study’, Western Journal of Medicine, 1998; 168 (6): 356–63; also multiple interviews with E. Targ, 1999–2001.
  3. M. Schlitz and W. Braud, ‘Distant intentionality and healing: assessing the evidence’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 1997; 3 (6): 62–73.
  4. M. Schlitz and S. LaBerge, ‘Autonomic detection of remote observation two conceptual replications’, in D. J. Bierman (ed.), Proceedings of Presented Papers, 37th Annual Parapsychological Association Convention Amsterdam, Fairhaven, Mass.: Parapsychological Association, 1994: 352– 60.
  5. S. Schmidt et al., ‘Distant intentionality and the feeling of being stared at: Two metaanalyses’, British Journal of Psychology, 2004; 95: 235–47, as reported in D. Radin, Entangled Minds, New York: Paraview, 2006: 135.
  6. L. Standish et al., ‘Electroencephalographic evidence of correlated event- related signals between the brains of spatially and sensory isolated human subjects’, The Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2004; 10 (2): 307–14.
  7. Radin, Entangled Minds, op. cit.: 136.
  8. Charles Tart, ‘Physiological correlates of psi cognition’, International Journal of Parapsychology, 1963: 5; 375–86.
  9. T. D. Duane and T. Behrendt, ‘Extrasensory electroencephalographic induction between identical twins’, Science, 1965; 150: 367.
  10. J. Wackerman et al., ‘Correlations between brain electrical activities of two spatially separated human subjects’, Neuroscience Letters, 2003; 336: 60–4.
  11. J. Grinberg-Zylberbaum et al., ‘The Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen paradox i the brain: The transferred potential’, Physics Essays, 1994; 7 (4): 422–28.
  12. J. Grinberg-Zylberbaum and J. Ramos, ‘Patterns of interhemisphere correlations during human communication’, International Journal of Neuroscience, 1987; 36: 41–53; J. Grinberg-Zylberbaum et al., ‘Human communication and the electrophysiological activity of the brain,’ Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1992; 3 (3): 25–43.
  13. L. J. Standish et al., ‘Electroencephalographic evidence of correlated event-related signals’, op. cit.
  14. L. J., Standish et al., ‘Evidence of correlated functional magnetic resonance imaging signals between distant human brains’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 2003; 9 (1): 122–5; T. Richards et al., ‘Replicable functional magnetic resonance imaging evidence of correlated brain signals between physically and Notes 291 sensory isolated subjects’, Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2005; 11 (6): 955–63.
  15. M.   Kittenis   et   al.,  ‘Distant    psychophysiological                   interaction effects between related and unrelated participants’, Proceedings of the Parapsychological Association Convention, 2004: 67–76, as reported inRadin, Entangled Minds, op. cit.: 138–9.16.    D. I. Radin, ‘Event related EEG correlations between isolated huma subjects’, Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2004; 10: 315–24.
  16. M. Cade and N. Coxhead,The Awakened Mind, 2nd edn, Shaftesbury: Element, 1986.
  17. S. Fahrion et al., ‘EEG amplitude, brain mapping and synchrony in and between a bioenergy practitioner and client during healing’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1992; 3 (1): 19–52.
  18. M. Yamamoto, ‘An experiment on remote action against man in sensory shielding condition, Part 2’, Journal of the International Society of Life Information Sciences, 1996; 14 (2): 228–39, as reported in Larry Dossey, Be Careful What You Pray For … You Just Might Get It: What We Can D About the Unintentional Effect of Our Thoughts, Prayers, and Wishes, San Francisco: HarperSanFrancisco, 1998: 182–3.
  19. M. Yamamoto et al., ‘An experiment on remote action against man in sense shielding condition’, Journal of the International Society of Life Information Sciences, 1996; 14 (1): 97–9.
  20. D. I. Radin, ‘Unconscious perception of future emotions: An experiment in presentiment’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1997; 11 (2): 163–80. First presented before the annual meeting of the Parapsychological Association in August 1996. For a full description of the Radin experiment see D. Radin, The Conscious Universe, London: HarperCollins, 1997: 119– 24.
  21. R. McCraty et al., ‘Electrophysiological evidence of intuition: Part 2: A systemwide process?’ T he Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2004; 10 (2): 325–36.
  22. J. Andrew Armour and Jeffrey L. Ardell (eds.), Basic and Clinical Neurocardiology, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2004.
  23. R. McCraty et al., ‘The electricity of touch: Detection and measuremen of cardiac energy exchange between people’, in Karl H. Pribram (ed.), Brain and Values: Is a Biological Science of Values Possible?
  24. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 1998: 359–79.M. Gershon, The Second Brain: A Groundbreaking New Understanding ofNervous Disorders of the Stomach and Intestine, London: HarperCollins 1999.
  25. D. I. Radin and M. J. Schlitz, ‘Gut feelings, intuition, and emotions: A exploratory study’, Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2005; 11 (5): 85–91.
  26. D. Radin, ‘Event-related electroencephalographic correlations between isolated human subjects’, The Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2004; 10 (2): 315–23.
  27. Dean Radin has devoted an excellent book to the subject: see D. Radin Entangled Minds, op cit.
  28. J. Stone, Course Handbook: Training in Compassionate-Loving Intention 2003; J. Stone et al., ‘Effects of a compassionate/loving intention as a therapeutic intervention by partners of cancer patients: A randomized controlled feasibility study’, in press. 292 The Intention Experiment
  29. M.   Murphy   et   al., The  Physiological  and  Psychological  Effects  o Meditation: A Review of Contemporary Research with a Comprehensive Bibliography,   1931–1996,   Petaluma,   Calif.:    The Institute of    Noeti Sciences, 1997.
  30. E. P. Van Wijk et al., ‘Anatomic characterization of human ultra-weak photon emission in practitioners of Transcendental Meditation™ and control subjects’, The Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2006; 12 (1): 31–8.
  31. R. McCraty et al., ‘Head-heart entrainment: A preliminary survey’, in Proceedings of the Brain-Mind Applied Neurophysiology EEG Neurofeedback Meeting. Key West, Florida, 1996.
  32. R.   McCraty,   ‘Influence  of   cardiac afferent input  on  heart-brain synchronization and cognitive performance, Institute of HeartMath, Boulder Creek, California’,International Journal of Psychophysiology, 2002; 45 (1–2): 72–3.
  33. G. R. Schmeidler, Parapsychology and Psychology, Jefferson: McFarlan and Company, 1988 as cited in J. Stone, Course Handbook, op. cit.; L Dossey, Healing Words: The Power of Prayer and the Practice of Medicine, San Francisco: HarperSanFrancisco, 1993.
  34. D. Radin et al., ‘Effects of motivated distant intention on electrodermal activity.’    Paper presented at  the  Annual Conference of  the Parapsychological Association, Stockholm, Sweden, August 2006.

PART TWO

Powering Up

For every atom belonging to me as good belongs to you.
-‘Song of Myself’, Walt Whitman

CHAPTER FIVE

Entering Hyperspace

IN A DRAUGHTY MONASTERY high in the Himalayas in northern India during the winter of 1985, a group of Tibetan Buddhist monks were seated quietly, deep in meditation. Although scantily clad, they appeared oblivious to the chilly indoor air temperature, which approached freezing. A fellow monk passed between them, draping each, in turn, with sheets drenched with cold water. Such extreme conditions would ordinarily shock the body and send the core temperature plummeting. If body temperature falls by only 7°C, within minutes a person will lose consciousness and all vital signs.

Instead of shivering, the monks began to sweat. Steam rose from the wet sheets; within an hour, they were thoroughly dry. The attendant replaced the dry sheets with new ones, also drenched in ice-cold water. By this time, the monks’ bodies had become the equivalent of a furnace. Those sheets were efficiently dried, as was a third batch.

A team of scientists led by Herbert Benson, a cardiologist at Harvard Medica School, stood nearby, examining an array of medical equipment to which they had attached the monks for any clues as to what particular physiological mechanism might have enabled the body to generate this extraordinary level of heat.

For a number of years, Benson had explored the effects of meditation on the brain and the rest of the body. He’d embarked on an ambitious research programme, studying Buddhists in various remote outposts around the world who had spent many years in disciplined practice. During one trip to the Himalayas, he also videotaped monks, dressed only in light shawls, as they spent a freezing February night outdoors on a mountain ledge 4600 meters above sea level. Benson’s film showed that they had slept soundly through the night, without clothing or shelter.

In his travels, Benson had witnessed many extraordinary feats of intention – mastery over temperature or metabolic rate that could even produce a state resembling hibernation. The monks monitored  by Benson’s team had raised  the temperature of their extremities by up to 9.4°C and lowered their metabolism by more than 60 per cent.1

Benson realized that this represented the largest variation in resting metabolism ever reported. During sleep, by contrast, metabolism only drops by 10 to 15 per cent; even experienced meditators can only decrease it by 17 per cent, at best. But that day in the Himalayas, he had observed the impossible in terms of mental influence. The monks had used their bodies to boil freezing water simply through the power of their thoughts.2

Benson’s enduring enthusiasm for meditation ignited interest at major academic institutions across America. By the end of the twentieth century, monks had become the favourite guinea pigs of the neuroscience laboratory. Scientists from Princeton, Harvard, the University of Wisconsin and the University of California–Davi followed Benson’s lead by wiring up monks to state-of-the-art monitoring equipment and studying the effects of intensive, advanced meditation. Entire conferences were held on meditation and the brain.3

It was not the practice itself that fascinated these scientists, but its effect on the human body, particularly the brain, and the possibilities this suggested. By studying the biological effects in such detail, scientists hoped to understand the neurological processes that occur during feats of highly directed thought, as the monks had displayed in the Himalayas.

Monks also offered scientists an opportunity to study whether years of focused attention stretch the brain beyond its usual limits. Did the brain of a monk become the equivalent of an Olympic athlete’s body – more highly developed and ultimately transformed after gruelling discipline and practice?

Do training and experience change the physiology of the brain over time? Would practice enable you to become a bigger and better transmitter of intention? The answers would in turn address a long- standing debate in neuroscience: is neural structure basically hard-wired from youth or plastic – changeable – depending on the nature of a person’s thoughts through life?

For me, the most intriguing question about this research on focused attention was the means by which a Buddhist monk could turn himself into a human boiler, and how these means compared with techniques and practices of other ancient traditions. Like Benson, I was intrigued by ‘masters’ of intention: practitioners of ancient disciplines Buddhism, Qigong, shamanism, traditional native healing – who had been trained to perform extraordinary acts through their thoughts. I wanted to work out  the common denominators they shared.

Do the steps taken by a Qigong master to send Qi resemble those of a Buddhist monk during meditation?

Which mental disciplines ensure that a healer will enter a state enabling him to repair another person’s body?

Are ‘masters’ of intention graced with special neurological gifts that enable them to use their minds more powerfully than the rest of us, or did they acquire a skill that ordinary people could learn as well? And, perhaps most important, what did the neurological study of monks tell me about the effect of focused intention on the brain? Would practice enable you to become a bigger and better transmitter of intention?

I began studying scientific research about healing methods from a variety of traditions and then conducted my own questionnaire and interviews with healers and ‘master’ intenders of all persuasions.4

I was aided in my research by the work of psychologist  Stanley  Krippner  and  his  student  Allan  Cooperstein  at  Saybroo Graduate School. A clinical and forensic psychologist, Cooperstein had conducted a thorough study of the various techniques used by distant healers for his doctoral thesis, including an analysis of scholarly books on healing and exhaustive written and verbal interviews with well-known practitioners who had scientific evidence of success in healing.5

In every instance, I discovered, the most important first step involved achieving a state of concentrated focus, or peak attention.

According to Krippner, an expert on shamanic and other native traditions, virtually all native cultures carry out remote healing during an altered state of consciousness and achieve a state of concentrated focus through a variety of means.6

Although the use of hallucinogenic drugs such as ayahuasca is common, many cultures use a strong repetitive rhythm or beat to create that state; the Native American Ojibway wanbeno, for instance, use drumming, rattling, chanting, naked dancing and handling of live coals.7

Drumming is particularly effective in producing a highly concentrated focus; a number of studies have shown that listening to the beat of a drum causes the brain to slow down into a trancelike state.8

As Native Americans discovered, even intense heat, as in a sweat lodge, can transport individuals to an altered state.

In my own study of intention ‘masters’, I spoke with Bruce Frantzis, arguably the greatest Qigong master in the West. A martial arts champion, with black belts in five Japanese martial arts, he also learned healing Qigong through years of study with Chinese masters.

Frantzis’s powers of intention were legendary; he had been videoed sending people flying across the room simply by directing Qi. In his fighting days, he had put several people into wheelchairs. Now, knowing its extraordinary power, he reserved Qi for healing. During my own meeting with him, Frantzis gave a short demonstration of the power of directed Qi. After a moment of intense concentration, the plates of his skull began to undulate over the top of his head like a rolling surf.9

Frantzis taught his students how to develop peak attention gradually, through intense concentration on their breathing. Although they began with very short bursts of ‘longevity’ breathing, they would work on extending these periods until eventually they could hold this focus continuously. They would also be taught methods of becoming acutely aware of all physical sensation.10

The healers I interviewed entered this focused state through a variety of means: meditation; prayer; intense attention on the person to be healed; symbolic or mythic ideas; strong mental images of a situation producing the desired change; verbal affirmations; mental imagery; even internal autosuggestions as a warm-up exercise. One healer established focused attention by saturating his awareness with the goal that he was trying to achieve.

Dr Janet Piedilato, a shamanic healer, will often ‘gently hum or chant’ or use a ‘rattle or other instrument’. Dr Constance Johnson, a Reiki practitioner, can return to an altered state at will. Others need to work hard to achieve this transformation: The Reverend Francis Geddes, a spiritual healer, will meditate on a small object like a pebble, leaf, or twig in a ‘very concentrated manner for ten minutes’.

Still others use the patient as the object of meditation. As Dr Judith Swack, a mind–body healer who has developed her own holistic psychotherapy system, says: ‘I look directly at the client and focus all of my senses forward toward the client and enter a receptive state where I pay internal attention to any subtle information and impression coming in like a kind of radar.’ Many other healers likewise enter an altered state, simply by ‘listening to the patient’ – ‘audibly or otherwise’. ‘Just thinking of the need to help someone,’ wrote Dr Piedilato, ‘slows the blood in my veins.’

Initially, many healers experience a heightening of their cognitive processes, but most soon reach a point when inner chatter ceases, and they experience a falling away of all sensation but pure image. The focusing seems to dissolve their own boundaries. They suddenly become aware of the inner workings of the patient’s body and ultimately have a sense of being engulfed by the healee.

I was especially interested in the effect of this intense concentration on the activity of the brain. Does the brain slow down or speed up? The received wisdom is that during meditation the brain slows down. The bulk of the research examining the electrical activity of the brain during meditation indicates that meditation leads to a predominance of either alpha rhythms (slow, high-amplitude brain waves with frequencies of 8–13 hertz, or cycles per second), which also occurs during light dreaming, or even the slower theta waves (4–7 hertz), which typify the state of consciousness during deep sleep.11 During ordinary waking consciousness, the brain operates much faster, using beta waves (around 13–40 hertz).  For  decades, the prevailing view has been that the optimum state for manifesting intention is an ‘alpha’ state.

Richard Davidson, a neuroscientist and psychologist at the University o Wisconsin’s Laboratory for Affective Neuroscience, recently put this view to the test. Davidson was an expert in ‘affective processing’ – the place where the brain processes emotion and the resulting communication between the brain and body. His work had come to the attention of the Dalai Lama, who invited him to visit Dharamsala, India, in 1992; a science buff, his Holiness wished to understand more about the biological effects of intensive meditation.

Afterwards, eight of the Dalai Lama’s most seasoned practitioners of Nyingmapa and Kagyupa meditation were flown to Davidson’s lab in Wisconsin.

There, Davidson attached 256 EEG sensors to each monk’s scalp in order to record electrical activity from a large number of different areas in the brain.

The monks were then asked to carry out compassionate meditation. As with Jerome Stone’s intention regime, the meditation entailed focusing on an utter readiness to help others and a desire for all living things to be free of suffering.

For the control group, Davidson enlisted a group of undergraduates who had never practiced meditation and arranged for them to undergo a week’s training, then attached them to the same number of EEG sensors to monitor their brains during meditation.

After 15 seconds, according to the EEG readings, the monks’ brains did not slow down; they began speeding up.

In fact, they were activated on a scale neither Davidson nor any other scientist had ever seen. The monitors showed sustained bursts of high gamma-band activity – rapid cycles of 25–70 hertz. The monks had rapidly shifted from a high concentration of beta waves to a preponderance of alpha, back up to beta and finally up to gamma.

Gamma band, the highest rate of brain-wave frequencies, is employed by the brain when it is working its hardest: at a state of rapt attention, when sifting through working memory, during deep levels of learning, in the midst of great flashes of insight.

As Davidson discovered, when the brain operates at these extremely fast frequencies, the phases of brain waves (their times of peaking and troughing) all over the brain begin to operate in synchrony. This type of synchronization is considered crucial for achieving heightened awareness.12

The gamma state is even believed to cause changes in the brain’s synapses – the junctions over which electrical impulses leap to send a message to a neuron, muscle or gland.13

That the monks could achieve this state so rapidly suggested that their neural processing had been permanently altered by years of intensive meditation.

Although the monks were middle-aged, their brain waves were far more coherent and organized than those of the robust young controls. Even during their resting state, the Buddhists showed evidence of a high ratio of gamma-band activity, compared with that of the neophyte meditators.

Davidson’s study bolstered other pieces of preliminary research suggesting that certain advanced and highly focused forms of meditation produce a brain operating at peak intensity.14

Studies of yogis have shown that, during deep meditation, their brains produce bursts of high-frequency beta or gamma waves, which often are associated with moments of ecstasy or intense concentration.15

Those who can withdraw from external stimuli and completely focus their attention inward appear more likely to reach gamma-wave hyperspace. During peak attention of this nature, the heart rate also accelerates.16

Similar types of effects have been recorded during prayer. A study monitoring the brain waves of six Protestants during prayer found an increase in brain-wave speed during moments of the most intense concentration.17

Different forms of meditation may produce strikingly different brain waves. For instance, yogis strive for anuraga, or a sense of constant fresh perception; Zen Buddhists aim to eliminate their response to the outer world. Studies comparing the two find that the former produces heightened perceptual awareness – magnified outer focus – while the latter produces heightened inner absorption – magnified inner awareness.18

Most research on meditation has concerned the type that focuses on one particular stimulus, such as the breath or a sound, like a mantra. In Davidson’s study, the monks concentrated on having a sense of compassion for all living things. It may be that compassionate intention – and other similar, ‘expansive’ concepts – produces thoughts that send the brain soaring into a supercharged state of heightened perception.

When Davidson and his colleague Antoine Lutz wrote up their study, they realized that they were reporting the highest measures of gamma activity ever recorded among people who were not insane.19

In their  results they noticed an association between level of experience and ability to sustain this extraordinarily high brain activity; those monks who had been performing meditation the longest recorded the highest levels of gamma activity. The heightened state also produced permanent emotional improvement, by activating the left anterior portion of the brain the portion most associated with joy.

The monks had conditioned their brains to tune into happiness most of the time.

In later research, Davidson demonstrated that meditation alters brain-wave patterns, even among new practitioners. Neophytes who had practised mindfulness meditation for only eight weeks showed increased activation of the ‘happy-thoughts’ part of the brain and enhanced immune function.20

In the past, neuroscientists imagined the brain as something akin to a complex computer, which got fully constructed in adolescence. Davidson’s results supported more recent evidence that the ‘hardwired’ brain theory was outdated.

The brain appeared to revise itself throughout life, depending on the nature of its thoughts. Certain sustained thoughts produced measurable physical differences and changed its structure. Form followed function; consciousness helped to form the brain.

Besides speeding up, brain waves also synchronize during meditation and healing. In fieldwork with indigenous and spiritual healers in five continents, Krippner suspected that, prior to healing, the healers all underwent brain ‘discharge patterns’ that produce a coherence and synchronization of the two hemispheres of the brain, and integrate the limbic (the lower emotional centre) with the cortical systems (the seat of higher reasoning).21

At least 25 studies of meditation have shown that, during meditation, EEG activity between the four regions of the brain synchronizes.22

Meditation makes the brain permanently more coherent – as might prayer. A study at the University of Pavia in Italy and the John Radcliffe Hospital in Oxford showe that saying the rosary had the same effect on the body as reciting a mantra. Both were able to create a ‘striking, powerful, and synchronous increase’ in cardiovascular rhythms when recited six times a minute.23

Another important effect of concentrated focus is the integration of both left and right hemispheres. Until recently, scientists believed that the two sides of the brain work more or less independently. The left side was depicted as the ‘accountant’, responsible for logical, analytical, linear thinking, and speech, and the right side, as the ‘artist’, providing spatial orientation, musical and artistic ability, and intuition.

But Peter Fenwick, consultant neuropsychiatrist at the Radcliffe Infirmary in Oxford St Thomas’ Hospital, Bethlehem Hospital and the Institute of Psychiatry at th Maudsley Hospital, gathered evidence to show that speech and many other functions are produced in both sides of the brain and that the brain works best when it can operate as a totality. During meditation, both sides communicate in a particularly harmonious manner.24

Concentrated attention appears to enlarge certain mechanisms of perception, while tuning out ‘noise’. Daniel Goleman, author of Emotional Intelligence,25 carried out research showing that the cortices of meditators ‘speed up’, but get cut off from the limbic emotional center.

With practice, he concluded, anyone can carry out this ‘switching-off ’ process, enabling the single mode of the brain to experience heightened perception without an overlay of emotion or meaning.26

During this process, all of the power of the brain is free to focus on a single thought: an awareness of what is happening at the present moment.

Meditation also appears to permanently enhance the brain’s reception. In several studies, meditators have been exposed to repetitive stimuli like light flashes or clicks. Ordinarily, a person will get used to the clicks, and the brain, in a sense, will switch off and stop reacting. But the brains of the meditators continued to react to the stimuli – an indication of heightened perception of every moment.27

In one study, practitioners of mindfulness meditation – the practice of bringing heightened, non-judgemental awareness of the senses’ perceptions to the present moment – were tested for visual sensitivity before and immediately after a three- month retreat, during which time they had practiced mindfulness meditation for 16 hours a day.

The staff members who did not practice the meditation acted as a control group. The researchers were testing whether the participants could detect the duration of simple light flashes and the correct interval between successive ones.

To those without mental training in focusing, these flashes would appear as one unbroken light.

After the retreat, the practitioners were able to detect the single-light flashes and to differentiate between successive flashes.

Mindfulness meditation enables its practitioners to become aware of unconscious processes and to remain exquisitely sensitive to external stimuli.28

As these studies indicate, certain types of concentrated focus, like meditation, enlarge the mechanism by which we receive information and clarify the reception. We turn into a larger, more sensitive radio.

In 2000, Sara Lazar, a neuroscientist at Massachusetts General Hospital and a expert in functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI), confirmed that this process produces  actual  physical  changes.  

Conventional     MRI  employs  radio-frequency waves and a powerful magnetic field to view the soft tissues of the body, including the brain. ‘Functional’ magnetic resonance imaging, on the other hand, measures the minuscule changes in the brain during critical functions. It confirms where and when stimuli and language are being processed by measuring the increase in blood flow in the fine network of arteries and veins of the brain when certain neural networks are engaged.  For  scientists  like  Lazar,  the  fMRI  is  the  closest  science  can get  to observing a brain at work in real time.

Herbert Benson had enlisted Lazar to map the brain regions that are active during simple forms of meditation. Rather than scrutinizing more monks or other meditation ‘athletes’ who had devoted themselves to the contemplative life, Lazar preferred to study the effect of meditation on the millions of ordinary Americans who performed meditation for just 20–60 minutes a day. She and Benson recruited five volunteers, who had practised Kundalini meditation for at least four years.

This kind of meditation employs two different sounds to focus and still the mind while observing inhalation and exhalation of the breath. Lazar asked volunteers to alternate between intervals of meditation and control states, during which they silently ticked off a mental list of animals.

Throughout the experiment, Lazar also monitored the biological activity of her subjects – heart rate, breathing, oxygen saturation levels, levels of exhaled CO2, and EEG levels.

Lazar discovered that, during meditation, the volunteers had a significant increase of signalling in the neural structures of the brain involved in attention: the frontal and parietal cortex, or the ‘new’ part of the brain where higher cognition takes place, and the amygdala and hypothalamus, portions of the ‘old’ brain that govern arousal and autonomic control.

This finding was another contradiction of the received wisdom that meditation is always a state of quiescence. Her results offered yet more evidence that, during certain types of meditation, the brain is engaged in a state of rapt attention.

Lazar also discovered that the signalling in certain areas of the brain and the neural activity during meditation evolved over time and increased with meditative experience. Her subjects themselves had the impression that their states of mind continued to change during each individual meditation and as they grew more experienced.29

These results suggested to Lazar that highly concentrated focus over time might enlarge certain parts of the brain. To test this, she gathered 20 long-term practitioners of Buddhist mindfulness meditation (five of whom were meditation teachers) with an average of nine years of meditation experience. Fifteen non-meditators acted as controls. Participants meditated in turn inside an ordinary MRI scanner while Laza took detailed images of their neural structures.

Lazar discovered that those portions of the brain associated with attention, awareness of sensation, sensory stimuli and sensory processing were thicker in the meditators than in the controls. The effects of meditation definitely were ‘dose- dependent’: increases in cortical thickness were proportional to the overall amount of time the participant had spent meditating.

Lazar’s research offered some of the first evidence that meditation causes permanent alterations in brain structure. Up until the time of her experiment, this type of increase in cortical volume had only been linked to certain repetitive mechanical practices requiring a high degree of attention, such as playing an instrument or juggling. Here was some of the first evidence that thinking certain thoughts exercises the ‘attention’ portion of the brain and makes it grow larger. Indeed, the cortical thickness of these regions was even more pronounced in the older participants. Ordinarily, cortical thickness deteriorates as a result of ageing. Regular meditation appears to reduce or reverse the process.

Besides increasing cognitive processing, meditation also appears to integrate emotional and cognitive processes. In the fMRI study, Lazar found evidence o activation of the limbic brain – the primitive, so-called ‘instinctive’ part of the brain involved with primitive emotion. Meditation appears to affect not only the brain’s reasonable, analytical ‘upstairs’ but also the unconscious and intuitive ‘downstairs’. She had discovered greater activation in the part of the brain responsible for what is usually called ‘the gut instinct’. Here was physical evidence that meditation not only increases our ability to receive intuitive information, but also our conscious awareness of it. Davidson had shown increases in the ‘approach’ portion of the brain the part that wants to help – in his monks, who were attempting to help humanity by meditating on compassion. They had increased the ‘can I help you’ portion of their brains. Lazar’s meditators, however, were working on mindfulness, a state of peak attention, and that part of the brain responsible for attention had grown larger. The brain’s powers of observation had increased, allowing in more information, even the kind that is received intuitively.

Some people are born with a larger-than-normal antenna and better reception than usual. This appears to be the case with the psychic Ingo Swann. Swann’s psychic gifts extended to remote viewing, the ability to perceive objects or events beyond normal human vision.

He had helped to develop a remote viewing programme used by the American government and was widely regarded as one of the best remote viewers in the world. Swann once had allowed the peculiar workings of his brain to be monitored and analysed by Michael Persinger, professor of psychology at Laurentian University in Canada.

Wired to an EEG machine, Swan was asked to use his skills to identify items in a distant room. At the very moment that he was able to ‘see’ the items remotely, his brain showed bursts of fast activity in the high beta and gamma range, similar to that of Benson’s Tibetan monks.

Those bursts of activity occurred primarily over the right occipital region, the portion of the brain relating to sight. According to the results of brain-wave monitoring, Swann had entered a super-conscious state, enabling him to receive information impossible to access during normal waking consciousness.

When examined by MRI, Swann also showed that he had an unusually larg parieto-occipital right-hemisphere lobe, the portion  of the brain involved with sensory and visual input.

Persinger had found a similar neural aberration in another gifted psychic called Sean Harribance.30

When monitored with EEG and single photon emission computerized tomography (SPECT) equipment during his psychi activities, Harribance evidenced an increase in firing of the right parietal lobe. Both he and Swann had been graced with a greater capacity than normal to ‘see’ beyond the limits of time, distance, and the five major senses.

Science has demonstrated that by thinking certain thoughts it is possible for us to alter and enlarge portions of our brains to become a larger, more powerful receiver. But is it also possible to develop a larger transmitter?

To discover some of the qualities that enhance transmission, I would have to study ‘masters’ of intention who were particularly gifted at transmitting. The best place to look seemed to be among talented healers.

Cancer specialist and psychologist Lawrence LeShan, who has studied how gifted healers work, discovered that they share two important practices, besides entering an altered state of consciousness: they visualize themselves as uniting with the person to be healed and imagine themselves and that person as being united with what they often describe as the absolute.31

Cooperstein’s healers had also described turning off the ego and eliminating their sense of self and separateness. They had the sense of assuming the body and vantage point of the person to be healed. One healer actually felt his body changing, with shifts of patterns and distributions of energy. Although the healers did not take on the disease or pain, they sensed it once they had visualized themselves as being at one with the person being healed. At this point of union, the healers’ perception markedly altered and their motor skills diminished.

They were suffused by an expanded sense of pure present, and grew unaware of the passage of time. They lost awareness of the boundaries of their own bodies, and even experienced an altered sense of bodily image. They felt taller, lighter – almost as though they were out of their physical being – engulfed by a sense of unconditional love. They began to observe themselves, according to one healer, only as ‘a kind of a core that remains’:

Im aware of the process just being beyond me … My intent is obviously with the person – my conscious control is completely side-stepped, like I’m standing, watching. Then something else takes over … I don’t think that I ever lose complete awareness that I’m sitting there.32

Other healers experienced a more profound loss of identity; to carry out their work, they had to be at one with the person they were healing: to become that person, complete with his or her physical and emotional history. Their own personal identity and memory receded and they entered into some space of joint consciousness, where an impersonal self carried out the actual healing.

Some of the healers took on a mystical identification with guardian spirits or guides, and the spiritual alter ego took over.

In Krippner’s experience, certain personalities are more susceptible to merging identities than others: those who, according to a psychological test, possess ‘thin boundaries’.

According to the Hartmann Boundary Questionnaire test, a tes developed by Tufts University psychiatrist Ernest Hartmann to test a person’s psychological armament, people with thick boundaries are well organized, dependable, defensive and, as Hartmann himself liked to put it, ‘well armored’, with a sturdy sense of self that remains locked around them like a chain-link fence. People with ‘thin’ boundaries tend to be  open, unguarded and undefended.33

Sensitive, vulnerable and creative, they tend to get involved quickly in relationships, experience altered states, and easily flit between fantasy and reality. Sometimes, they are not sure which state they are in.34

They do not repress uncomfortable thoughts or separate feelings from thoughts. They tend to be more comfortable than thick- boundaried people with the use of intention to control or change things around them. In a study by Marilyn Schlitz of musicians and artists, for instance, creative individuals with thin boundaries also scored best in remote influence.35

Krippner demonstrated the relationship between thin boundaries and intention with students at Ramtha’s School of Enlightenment in Yelm, Washington. Many of the techniques taught at the school – for example, focusing on a desired outcome and excluding all external stimuli, blindfolding students and having them find their way around a labyrinth – were designed to help students release their usual boundaries. The school encouraged students to engage in imaginative fantasy, claiming that it opened untapped areas in the brain.36

Krippner and several colleagues performed psychological tests on six of the long-time students who claimed to have developed keen skills in manifesting intention.

Ian Wickramasekera, a psychologist who participated in some of the Yelm research, had developed a battery of psychological tests based on his High-Risk Model of Threat Perception.37

Wickramasekera claimed the tests identify people most likely to have psychic experiences or to be susceptible to hypnosis. Although the test was originally developed to pinpoint people at high risk of psychological problems during times of major life changes, Krippner believed Wickramasekera’s model  could  also  be  used  to  evaluate  mediums  and  healers.  Krippner  and  his associates found they could readily use the test to identify people whose inflexible sense of reality blocked them from perceiving or acknowledging intuitive information. Wickramasekera’s model predicted that individuals would best perform healing if they were able to block the sense of a threat when they let go of their separatist notions of self.

According to their scores, the Ramtha students had extraordinarily thin boundaries. Hartmann’s own mean score, derived from tests on 866 individuals, was The Ramtha students scored 343. The only other groups Hartmann had identified with boundaries this thin were music students and people suffering from frequent nightmares.

The Ramtha students also showed a high degree of what psychologists call a type of ‘dissociation’ (the ability to undergo profound disruptions in their attention) and a high degree of absorption (a tendency to lose themselves in ongoing activity such as hypnosis and a readiness to accept other aspects of reality).38

In my own examination of healers, I had come across two types. Some regarded themselves as the water (the source of healing); others saw themselves as the hose (the channel for healing energy to travel through). The first group believed the power resulted from their own gift. By far the  largest group, however, comprised the channellers – those who acted as vehicles for a greater force beyond themselves.

Elisabeth Targ’s AIDS project had recruited 40 healers of every persuasion.39 Approximately 15 per cent were traditional Christian religious healers, who used the rosary or prayer.

Others were members of non-traditional healing schools, such as the Barbara Brennan School of Healing Light, or those taught by Joyce Goodrich o Lawrence LeShan. Some worked on modifying complex energy fields through changing colours or vibrations or the patient’s energy field.

More than half the healers concentrated on healing a patient’s chakras, or energy centres of the body; others worked with tones, reattuning their patients with audible vibrations.

A Qigong master from China  sent harmonizing Qi to the patients.

One man working in the Native American tradition went into a trance during a traditional drumming and chanting pipe ceremony on the deserted ridges of Chaco Canyon, New Mexico, and claimed to have contacted spirits on behalf of the patients.

Much of the imagery the healers used to describe what they did was framed in terms of relaxing, releasing or allowing spirit, light or love in. For some healers, the spirit was Jesus; for others, Starwoman, a healing Native American grandmother image.

Targ had interviewed the healers about their work, and I spoke with her before she died about the common threads she had discovered among their diverse approaches.40

She found that a quality  of loving  compassion  or kindness was essential in sending out a positive intention to heal.

But no matter what their approach, most of them agreed on a single point: the need to get out of the way. They surrendered to a healing force.

They had framed their intention essentially as a request – please may this person be healed – and then stepped back.

When Targ examined those patients whose illness had most improved, and analysed which healers they had been exposed to, those healers who were the most successful were the ‘channellers’ – the ones who had moved aside to allow the greater force in. None of the healers who had been successful believed he possessed the power himself.41 Psychiatrist Daniel Benor, who has accumulated and catalogued virtually every study of healing in four volumes42 as well as on a website,43 has examined the statements and writings of the most famous healers describing how they work.

One of the most remarkable and best-studied healers, Harry Edwards, wrote that a healer worked by handing over his will and his request for healing to a greater power:

This change may be described (inadequately) as the healer feeling a sense or condition enshrouding him, as if a blind had been drawn over his normal alert mind. In its place he experiences the presence of a new personality – one with an entirely new character – which imbues him with a super-feeling of confidence and power.

[While engaged in his healing] the healer may be only dimly aware of normal movement, speech, etc., taking place around him. If a question is addressed to him about the patients’ condition, he will find himself able to respond with extraordinary ease and without mental effort – in other words, the more knowledgeable personality of the Guide provides the answer.

Thus does the healer ‘tune-in’ – it is the subjection of his physical sense to the spirit part of himself, the latter becoming for the time being the superior self under the control of the director.44

To Edwards, the most important act was moving aside, shedding the personal ego, making a conscious attempt to get out of the way.

Cooperstein’s healers described their experience as a sense of total surrender to a higher being or even to the process. All believed that they were a part of a larger whole.

To gain access to the cosmic, non-local entity of true consciousness, they had to set aside the limiting boundaries of the self and personal identity, and merge with the higher entity.

With this change of consciousness and expanded awareness, the healers felt they got onto an open line to this larger information field, which offered them flashes of information, symbols and images.

Words would appear, seemingly from nowhere, giving them a diagnosis. Something beyond their conscious thought would carry out the healing for them.

Although the lead-up to healing was accomplished through consciously directed thought, the actual healing often was not. In giving a 2-minute treatment, for instance, they might have a minute and a half of rational thought and then ‘a five-second thing that would be an irrational thing, a space that may be the apex, the key to the whole experience’.45

The most important aspect of the healers’ process was undoubtedly their surrender – their willingness to give up their sense of cognitive control of the process and allow themselves to become pure energy.

But was this capacity to move aside important in all types of intention? I found an interesting answer in a study of people with brain damage. Investigators at the Behavioural Neurology Program and Rotman Research Institute at the University of Toronto attempted to replicate the work of the Princeton PEAR lab using random event generators, but with one important twist: they had enlisted several patients with frontal-lobe damage. The patients who had suffered right frontal-lobe damage, which probably affected their ability to focus and maintain attention, had no effect on the machines.

The only person to have a greater than normal effect was a volunteer with a damaged left frontal lobe but whose right frontal lobe was intact. The investigators speculated that the volunteer’s particular handicap could have given him a reduced sense of self, but a normal state of attention. Achieving a state of a reduced self- awareness – a difficult state for an ordinary person to achieve – might allow for greater effects of intention on the machines.46

Krippner suspects that during some altered states of consciousness, the body naturally ‘switches off ’ certain neural connections, including an area near the back of the brain that constantly calculates a person’s spatial orientation, the sense of where one’s body ends and the external world begins. During a transpersonal or transcendent experience, when this region becomes inactive, the boundary in the relationship between the self and the other blurs; you no longer know where you end and someone else begins.

Eugene d’Aquili, of the University of Pennsylvania, and Andrew Newberg, medical doctor at the university hospital’s nuclear medicine  programme, demonstrated this in a study of Tibetan monks. Moments of meditative experience showed up as more activity in the brain’s frontal lobes with less activity in the parietal lobes.47  

Meditation and other altered states can also affect the temporal lobes, which house the amygdala, a cluster of cells responsible for the sense of ‘I’ and our  emotional  response to the world:  whether  we like or dislike what we perceive.  

Stimulation  of  the  temporal   lobes  or  disorder  in  them  may  create familiarity or strangeness – common features of a transcendent experience. Intense focus with intention on some other being appears to ‘switch off ’ the amygdala and so remove the neural sense of self.

Davidson, Krippner and Lazar demonstrated that we can remodel particular portions of our own brains, depending on our different types of focus and indeed different thoughts. It became clear to me that the intense focus of certain types of meditation can be a portal to  hyperspace and  peak awareness,  transporting the meditator to a different layer of reality.

It can also be an energizing practice more than a calming one, that can help us rewire our brains to improve our reception and transmission of intention.

I had assumed that intention was like a strong ‘oomph’, or mental push, through which you project your thoughts to another person to ensure that your wishes are carried out. But the healers described a very different process: intention requires initial focus, but then a type of surrender, a letting go of the self as well as of the outcome.

Notes Chapter 5: Entering Hyperspace

  1. H. Benson et al., ‘Body temperature changes during the practice of g tum-mo (heat) yoga’, Nature, 1982;  295: 234–6; H. Benson, ‘Body temperature changes during the practice of g tum-mo yoga (matters arising)’, Nature, 1982; 298: 402.
  2. H.      Benson    et    al.,    ‘Three    case    reports   of    the           metabolic and electroencephalographic changes during advanced Buddhist meditation techniques’, Behavioral Medicine, 1990; 16 (2): 90–5.
  3. The  most  celebrated  was the   Investigating  the Mind  conference   a Massachusetts Institute of Technology, September 2005, which featured the Dalai Lama.
  4. I am indebted to Stanley Krippner, who supplied me with a list of some 50 healers from a rich variety of traditions. I assembled a questionnaire, which I sent out to all 50. Some 15 replied in detail.
  5. Cooperstein’s study eventually was published: M. A. Cooperstein, ‘The myths of healing: A summary of research into transpersonal healing experience’, Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 1992; 86: 99–133. I am also indebted to him for his in-depth analysis of the commonalities between healers.
  6. Information about Krippner’s vast catalogue of work was also gleaned from numerous interviews between him and the author, April 2005–March 2006 and correspondence, 2005–2006.
  7. S. Krippner, ‘The technologies of shamanic states of consciousness’, in M Schlitz et al. (eds.), Consciousness and Healing: Integral Approaches to Mind-Body Medicine, St. Louis, Mo.: Elsevier Churchill Livingstone, 2005 376–90.
  8. Jilek      W.    G.   Salish, Indian    Mental   Health   and     Culture   Change Psychohygienic and Therapeutic Aspects of the Guardian Spiri Ceremonial, New York: Hold Rinehart & Winston, 1974.
  9. All information about Bruce Frantzis the result of various interviews, April 2005–March 2006. Notes 293
  10. B. K. Frantzis, Relaxing Into Your Being: Breathing, Chi and Dissolving the Ego, Berkeley, Calif.: North Atlantic Books, 1998.
  11. Murphy, Meditation, op. cit.
  12. W. Singer, ‘Neuronal synchrony: a versatile code for the definition of relations?’ Neuron, 1999; 24: 49–65; F. Varela et al., Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 2001; 2: 229–39, as reported in A. Lutz et al., ‘Long-term meditators self-induce highamplitude gamma synchrony during mental practice’, Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, 2004; 101 (46):16369–73.
  13. O. Paulsen and T. J. Sejnowski, ‘Natural patterns of activity and long-term synaptic plasticity’, Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 2000; 10: 172–9, as reported in Lutz, ‘Long-term meditators’, op. cit.
  14. Although the majority of studies carried out on meditation demonstrate that meditation leads to an increase in alpha rhythms (see Murphy, Meditation, op. cit.), the following are just a few that show that during meditation, subjects evidence spurts of high-frequency beta waves of twenty to forty cycles per second, usually during moments of intense concentration or ecstasy: J. P. Banquet, ‘Spectral analysis of the EEG in meditation’ Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 1973; 35: 143–51;
  15. P. Fenwick et al., ‘Metabolic and EEG changes during Transcendenta Meditation: An explanation’, Biological Psychology, 1977; 5 (2): 101–18;
  16. M. A. West, ‘Meditation and the EEG’,Psychological Medicine, 1980; 10 (2): 369–75; J. C. Corby et al., ‘Psychophysiological correlates of the practice of Tantric Yoga meditation’, Postgraduate Medical Journal, 1985; 61: 301–4.
  17. N. Das and H. Gastaut, ‘Variations in the electrical activity of the brain heart and skeletal muscles during yogic meditation and trance’, Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 1955, Supplement no. 6: 211–19.
  18. Murphy, Meditation, cites 10 studies showing that heart rate accelerates during these peak moments of meditation.
  19. W. W. Surwillo and D. P. Hobson, ‘Brain electrical activity during prayer’,Psychological Reports, 1978; 43 (1): 135–43.
  20. Murphy, Meditation, op. cit.
  21. Lutz et al., ‘Long-term meditators’, op. cit.
  22. Richard J. Davidson et al., ‘Alterations in brain and immune functio produce by mindfulness meditation’, Psychosomatic Medicine, 2003; 65: 564–70.
  23. Krippner, ‘Shamanic states of consciousness’, op. cit.
  24. Murphy, Meditation, op. cit.
  25. L. Bernardi et al., ‘Effect of rosary prayer and yoga mantras on autonomic cardiovascular rhythms: comparative study’, British Medical Journal, 2001; 323: 1446–9.
  26. Fenwick et al., ‘Metabolic and EEG changes during Transcendenta Meditation’, op. cit.
  27. D. Goleman, Emotional Intelligence, London: Bloomsbury Press, 1996.
  28. D. Goleman, ‘Meditation and consciousness: An Asian approach to mental health’, American Journal of Psychotherapy, 1976; 30 (1): 41–54; G. Schwartz, ‘Biofeedback, self-regulation, and the patterning of physiological processes’, American Scientist, 1975; 63 (3): 314–24; D. Goleman, ‘Why the brain blocks daytime dreams’, Psychology Today, 1976; March: 69–71.
  29. P. Williams and M. West, ‘EEG responses to photic stimulation in persons experienced at meditation’, Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 294 The Intention Experiment 1975; 39 (5): 519–22; B. K Bagchi and M. A. Wenger, ‘Electrophysiological correlates of some yogi exercises’, Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 1957; (7): 132–49.
  30. D. Brown, M. Forte and M. Dysart, ‘Visual sensitivity and mindfulnes meditation’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1984; 58 (3): 775–84; and ‘Differences in visual sensitivity among mindfulness meditators and non- meditators’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1984; 58 (3): 727–33.
  31. S. W. Lazar et al., ‘Functional brain mapping of the relaxation response and meditation’, NeuroReport, 2000; 11: 1581–5.
  32. C. Alexander et al., ‘EEG and SPECT data of a selected subject during ps tests: The discovery of a neurophysiological correlate’, Journal of Parapsychology, 1998; 62 (2): 102–4.
  33. L. LeShan, The Medium, the Mystic and the Physicist: Towards a Theory of the Paranormal, New York: Helios Press, 2003.
  34. Cooperstein, ‘The myths of healing’, op. cit.
  35. S. Krippner, ‘Trance and the Trickster: Hypnosis as a liminal phenomenon’, International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 2005; 53 (2): 97–118.
  36. E. Hartmann, Boundaries in the Mind: A New Theory of Personality, New York: Basic Books, 1991, as quoted in Krippner, ‘Trance and the Trickster’,op. cit.
  37. M. J. Schlitz and Charles Honorton, ‘Ganzfeld psi performance within a artistically gifted population’, Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 1992; 86 (2): 83–98.
  38. S. Krippner et al., ‘Working with Ramtha: Is it a “high risk” procedure?’ Proceedings of Presented Papers: The Parapsychological Association 41s Annual Convention, 1998: 50–63.
  39. The various tests included the Absorption Subscale of the Differential Personality Questionnaire, the Dissociative Experiences Scale and th Boundary Questionnaire.
  40. S.    Krippner  et  al.,  ‘The  Ramtha  phenomenon:  Psychological phenomenological, and geomagnetic data’, Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 1998; 92: 1–24.
  41. F. Sicher, E. Targ et al., ‘A randomized double-blind study’, op. cit.
  42. Various conversations and correspondence between E. Targ and the author, October 1999–June 2001.
  43. Interview with E. Targ, California, October 1999; J. Barrett, ‘Going th distance’, Intuition, 1999; June/July: 30–1.
  44. D. J. Benor, Healing Research: Holistic Energy Medicine and Spirituality, 4 vols., Deddington, Oxfordshire: Helix Editions Ltd, 1993. http://www.wholistichealingresearch.com.
  45. Benor, Healing Research, vol. 1, op. cit.: 54–5.
  46. Cooperstein, ‘The myths of healing’, op. cit.
  47. M. Freedman et al., ‘Effects of frontal lobe lesions on intentionality and random physical phenomena’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 2003; 17 (4): 651–68.
  48. E. d’Aquili and A. Newberg, Why God Won’t Go Away: Brain Science and the Biology of Belief, New York: Ballantine Books, 2001.

CHAPTER SIX

In the Mood

MITCH KRUCOFF WAS RETURNING HOME from India in 1994 with alm every idea he had held about the practice of medicine turned on its head. Krucoff, a cardiologist at Duke University Medical Center, and his nurse practitioner, Suzanne Crater, had been invited to inspect the Sri Sathya Sai Institute of Higher Medicine, hospital in Puttaparthi, at the end of its first year of operation.

The hospital was the pet project of the Indian guru Sri Sathya Sai Baba, who wanted to make available the services of a modern Western hospital to the poor and needy, entirely free of charge. Krucoff had been recruited as its cardiac specialist, to advise on the technology needed to build a state-of-the-art facility for high-tech cardiac catheterizations.

Krucoff and Crater were astonished by what they had seen. The overwhelmingly spiritual dimension of the facility – even the special quality of the sound and light – had dwarfed its considerable technological achievements.

Spirituality was present in the very design of the building – in the Hindu images lovingly chosen to grace the walls. Situated 9 kilometres from Sai Baba’s ashram, the building resembled an elongated Taj Mahal.

The wings had been structured as a curvature, like a welcome embrace for all those approaching its doors, and the rotunda inside the entrance was meant to represent a heart whose apex was pointing to heaven.

During their rounds, Krucoff and Crater had been struck by the effect this had on the patients – many of them Indians from extremely remote areas who had never seen running water before.

Despite the fact that they had been diagnosed with a life- threatening illness and were set to face an imposing twenty-first-century digital cath lab, not one of them seemed the slightest bit afraid.  This utter  absence of fear contrasted starkly with the terror and despair to which Krucoff had grown accustomed among the cardiac patients he regularly saw back home.

Krucoff longed to introduce some of these practices to hospitals in America, but if he were going to convince any of his colleagues in cardiology, he would have to prove the benefit of spirituality to the practice of heart surgery through hard data showing a measurable physiological effect. He would have to demonstrate that intangible aspects like intention, or spiritual beliefs, or even a spiritual, uplifting environment, could really make a difference to a patient’s outcome.

During the 18-hour flight home, Krucoff and Crater began teasing out ideas for a study. The only way to do it, they eventually realized, was to put prayer to the test – the biggest test of its kind.1

When Krucoff got home, he began researching the scientific literature for any evidence that prayer had improved medical outcomes. Fourteen well-conducted trials of prayer had shown a positive effect. In the most famous, published by Randolph Byrd in 1988, a group of born-again Christians outside a hospital had prayed for patients in a coronary care unit. Those who had been prayed for had significantly fewer symptoms, and needed fewer drugs and less medical intervention.2

A Mid-America Heart Institute study, published around the time Targ published her AIDS study and considered at the time to have bolstered Targ’s findings, showed that Christians of all denominations enlisted to pray for hospitalized cardiac patients reduced symptoms by 10 per cent, with fewer medical setbacks.3

Prayer is viewed as a kind of super-intention, a joint endeavour: you do the intending, and God carries it out. In some quarters, intention is considered synonymous with prayer, and prayer synonymous with healing; when you send out an intention, God puts the intention into action.

Indeed, many consciousness investigators consider these early prayer studies intention experiments. The small studies that had made use of groups of Christians to send intercessory prayers to heart patients are often construed as a group intention – an attempt by a collection of people to influence the same thing at the same time.

However promising the results of these early studies, Krucoff realized that a large-scale trial with tightened protocols was needed, and he mounted his own small pilot study. He enlisted 150 cardiac patients, recruited from nearby Durham Veterans Affairs Medical Center, who had been scheduled for angioplasty and stents.

Besides prayer, Krucoff wanted to see whether ‘noetic’ therapies, involving some form of remote or mind-body influence, could affect patient outcomes. He divided the patient population into five groups. In addition to standard medical treatment, four of the five were to receive one of the noetic treatments – stress relaxation, healing touch, guided imagery or intercessory prayer.

The fifth group would be given no additional intervention besides orthodox medical care. Every patient would undergo continuous monitoring of brain waves, heart rate and blood pressure, to gauge the moment-by- moment effect of these intangible healing influences.

Krucoff decided to turn up the volume on prayer to full blast. To recruit prayer groups, his nurse-practitioner assistant Suzanne Crater launched a worldwide campaign of solicitation. She wrote to Buddhist monasteries in Nepal and France and to VirtualJerusalem.com, which arranged for prayers to be placed in the city’s Wailing Wall.

She phoned Carmelite nuns in Baltimore to ask for prayers during evening vespers. By the time she finished her campaign, she had enlisted prayer groups from seven denominations, including Fundamentalists, Moravians, Jews Buddhists, Catholics, Baptists and members of the Unity Church.

Each prayer group was assigned a group of patients, who were identified only by name, age and type of illness. Although Crater and Krucoff left the design of individual prayers to the groups themselves, they stipulated that the patients had to be prayed for by name and that the prayers on behalf of these patients had to concern their healing and recovery.

The prayer portion of the study would be blinded, so that neither patients nor staff knew who was going to be prayed for. The other noetic therapies would be administered an hour after the patients had undergone the angioplasty.

The results were impressive. Patients in all the noetic treatment groups enjoyed 30–50 per cent improvements in health during their hospital stay, with fewer complications and a lower incidence of narrowing of the arteries compared with the controls.

They also had a 25–30 per cent reduction in adverse outcomes: death, heart attack, or heart failure, a worsening of the state of their arteries or a need for a repeat angioplasty. But of all the alternative therapies employed, prayer had the most profound effect.

The study was too small to yield any definitive conclusions; after all, only 30 patients had been in the prayer group. Nevertheless, Krucoff ’s results seemed highly promising. Krucoff and Crater, who had christened their study MANTRA (Monito and Actualization of Noetic TRAinings), published it and presented their findings before the American Heart Association.4

Even the most conservative of cardiologists were beginning to take home the message that remote healing might actually work after all, and that prayer in particular was good for the heart.5

Krucoff understood that, for his results to be meaningful, the study needed to be replicated on a far larger scale. He rolled out his study and created MANTRA II b launching into an ambitious recruitment programme, eventually enlisting 750 patients from Duke’s Medical Center and nine other hospitals across America, and soliciting 12 prayer groups made up of an even larger, more ecumenical collection of the world’s major religions. Christians were recruited from Great Britain, Buddhists from Nepal, Muslims from America, Jews from Israel.

Emboldened by his early success, Krucoff and Duke loudly trumpeted the project as the largest multicentre study of remote influence, the supreme test of prayer.

With MANTRA II, he divided the patients into four groups. One group woul receive prayer; another, a specially designed programme that included music, imagery and touch (or MIT therapy); the third group, MIT plus prayer; and the fina control group, standard medical care. Immediately prior to undergoing angioplasty, those assigned to receive MIT would be instructed in a method of relaxed breathing while visualizing a favourite place and listening to calming music of their choice. They would then receive healing touch for 15 minutes from a trained practitioner. These patients could also wear headphones during surgery.

The point of the new study was to examine whether prayer or the noetic interventions would prevent further cardiovascular events in the hospital, such as death, new heart attacks, a need for additional surgery, readmission to the hospital, and signs of a sharp rise in the enzyme creatine phosphokinase, an indication that the heart has suffered damage. This time, Krucoff also wished to investigate longer-term effects as ‘secondary endpoints’: whether the interventions could alleviate emotional distress, or prevent death or rehospitalization at any point six months after the patients had been discharged.

Krucoff ’s study fell right in the midst of the terrorist attacks of 9/11 and their aftermath. For three months, patient enrolment in the study fell so sharply that he had to amend its design. He developed a ‘two-tier’ prayer strategy by recruiting 12 ‘second-tier’ prayer groups. As soon as new patients were added to the study, the second-tier groups were to pray for the prayers of the ‘first-tier’ prayer groups, who had been praying for the patients all along. Through this strategy Krucoff hoped that newly enrolled patients would receive a higher ‘dosage’ of prayer to approximate the amount received by his patients enlisted earlier in the study.

After the enormous advance publicity, Krucoff ’s findings were an enormous letdown. When the results were finally in and tallied, there was no denying it: there were no differences in outcomes between any of the various groups during their hospital stay. The only apparent benefit was a slight reduction in distress among the MIT patients prior to the surgery. Otherwise, the large-scale MANTRA was an utte failure. Prayer did not seem to make anybody better.6

Among the long-term effects, there had been some therapeutic effects in alleviating emotional distress, need for further hospitalization, and even death rates after six months, but these were not considered statistically significant and they hadn’t been the main focus of the study.

Wresting a small victory from this enormous defeat, Krucoff managed to get his findings published in the prestigious British medical journal, The Lancet. To the public, he maintained that he was ‘thrilled’ with the findings and that they had been misinterpreted. Krucoff ’s study appeared to vindicate the sceptics of prayer as a subject for scientific inquiry. The simple message appeared to be that getting someone to pray for you just does not work.

Meanwhile, in 1997, the Mayo Clinic had begun a two-year study of patients with cardiovascular disease who had been recently discharged from its coronary care unit. Nearly 800 patients were subdivided into two groups: high-risk (those who had one or more risk factors, such as diabetes, a prior heart attack or pre-existing vascular disease) and low-risk (those who had no risk factors other than their present symptoms). The two groups were again divided into two.

In addition to ordinary medical treatment, one group in each of the two categories was to receive the prayers of five people once a week for 26 weeks. The two other groups would simply continue with standard medical treatment.

At the end of the study, the investigators concluded that prayer made no difference in mortality, future heart attacks, need for further intervention or hospitalization. Although there were small differences between the treated and untreated groups, particularly among the low-risk patients, these results were not deemed to be significant.7

To settle the matter once and for all, Herbert Benson came forward with an ambitious plan. Benson had managed to straddle both mainstream and complementary camps in medicine and was well respected for it – a diplomat with the status of elder statesman between two suspicious factions. Besides his Harvard Medical Schoo credentials, he had set up the Mind/Body Medical Institute, which was devoted to the study and practice of mind–body healing techniques. He had even coined the term ‘the relaxation response’ to describe their effects.8 Lending his name to a study of prayer would legitimatize it among the conservative camps.

For this study, Benson recruited five other powerhouses of medicine in the USA, including the Mayo Clinic. His plan was that this study of prayer, which he had dubbed STEP (Study of Therapeutic Effects of Intercessory Prayer), would be the largest, most scientifically rigorous of all time.

The study recruited 1800 patients undergoing coronary artery bypass surgery and divided them into three groups: the first two groups were uncertain whether they were going to receive prayer or not; the first group received prayer and the second did not. The third group, which would definitely receive prayer, was also told of the fact. Benson settled on this particular design so that he could isolate two potential effects: whether being prayed for in itself worked, and whether knowing you were going to be prayed for had any additional benefit. In this way he could control for the effect of belief.9

For his prayer groups, Benson enlisted a group of Roman Catholic monks and members of three other Christian denominations: St Paul’s Monastery in St Paul Missouri; the community of Teresian Carmelites in Worcester, Massachusetts, and Silent Unity, a Missouri Unity prayer ministry outside Kansas City. He maintained that his prayer groups included no members of Islam or Judaism because he could not find non-Christian groups happy to work within the demands of the study schedule. The prayer groups were given the patients’ first names and the initials of their surnames. Although the design of their prayers could be individual, they had to include the phrase: ‘for a successful surgery with a quick, healthy recovery and no complications’. The groups were then followed for 30 days and any post-operative complications, major events or deaths tracked among all groups.

The results shocked the world and bewildered the researchers, most of all Benson, who had spent much of his career promoting the beneficial effects of the mind on the body. The researchers had predicted the greatest benefit in the prayed- for-and-knew-it group, the second greatest effect in the prayed-for-but-didn’t-know-it group and the least effect among the didn’t-get-prayed-for-and-didn’t-know-it group.

But their results indicated that no amount of prayer under any condition, whether the patients knew it or not, made any difference to the outcome of their operations. Indeed, the results were the very opposite of the researchers’ expectations. Those patients who were prayed for and knew they were being prayed for were worse off, by a statistically significant degree: 59 per cent of the prayed-for-and-knew-it group suffered post-operative complications, compared with 52 per cent among the non- prayed-fors.

Even the prayed-for-but-didn’t-know-it group suffered slightly more heart attacks and strokes than those who had not been given prayer. Among the uninformed patients who had received prayers, 10 per cent suffered major complications of the surgery, compared with 13 per cent of those who did not receive prayer.10

Benson and his co-authors didn’t know what to make of these results. They even wondered if the patients had suffered from a type of ‘performance anxiety’ as a result of the undue pressure and expectations created by the prayers.

Many commentators concluded that this study proved that prayer not only does not work, it is bad for you – or at least it cannot be scientifically tested. Krucoff, who was asked to write a commentary about the study, emphasized that prayer indeed had an effect – a negative one. People needed to discard the universally held view that being prayed for is ‘a priori’ good for you as these results impelled one to consider that not simply ‘voodoo and spells’ but also ‘well-intentioned, loving, heartfelt healing prayer might inadvertently harm or kill vulnerable patients in certain circumstances’.11

T he American Heart Journal released the study online, and its authors held press conferences. Benson cautioned the media that STEP was not the last word o prayer, although it did raise questions about whether patients should be told about prayers being offered for them.

A patient’s awareness of being prayed for was considered the most important subject about prayer for future study. But others were not sure whether prayer should or could be studied any more. The John Templeton Foundation had spent $2.4 million on the study, and with negative results like these it was likely that theirs would be the last funds available.

The STEP findings seemed to undercut my own plans for a large intention experiment. Then as I mulled over the negative findings, I came to think that the very designs of the studies might have been responsible. Although the studies attempted to be rigorous, in many instances they violated the most basic rules of scientific research.

For instance, all of the failed studies did not clearly formulate the content of the healing intention, and left the content of the prayers up to the individual supplicant. Although Benson asked that the single phrase ‘for a successful surgery with a quick, healthy recovery and no complications’ be included, he had not asked them to be specific.

The most successful intention experiments incorporate a highly specific target into the intention. In Targ’s study, the healers were given the immune system T- cell counts of the AIDS patients and they sent healing specifically to improve the counts.

The prayer groups should have been instructed to ask for a specific outcome in cardiac symptoms, or fewer cardiac stents placed during the study time, or any other highly specific request, rather than a nebulous, highly generalized statement about the patient improving.

None of the studies tightly controlled for the number of people involved in the prayer groups or for either the frequency or length of time they were to pray, which again might have confused the mass intention. Perhaps, since they were using highly diverse prayer groups, their prayers were not equivalent. In Benson’s study, the prayer groups were allowed to pray anywhere from 30 seconds to several hours four times a week.

His researchers never recorded how long the individuals prayed. In Targ’s study, although diverse healers were used, they rotated patients, so that each received only a single healing message at any one time.

As Bob Barth, director of the Office of Prayer Research, put it: ‘How do yo determine a dose of something as intrinsic as prayer? For example, is one 5-minute prayer by a Buddhist different from 10 Catholic nuns in prayer for an hour or more? Is prayer more effective once or 20 times a day?’

In commenting on Krucoff ’s findings, The Lancet also aired its reservations about his study design. ‘Could a more restricted denominational approach have influenced the outcome?’12

Benson’s attempt to standardize the prayer methods used in his study inadvertently interfered with the methods by which the prayer groups usually carry out intercessory prayer.

In ordinary circumstances, when prayer groups are asked to pray for someone, they request specific details about the patient, including full name, age, medical condition and periodic reports of the patient’s progress. Often they meet with the patient and his or her family. By gathering this personal information, they are able to personalize the prayers.

Benson’s study design allowed for the prayer groups only to be given the name and a last initial of the person to be prayed for. The limited information made it impossible for the prayer groups to establish a meaningful connection with or indeed even to zero in on the people they were praying for – one of the conditions that Schlitz and Radin consider important for effective remote influence.

Several groups in Benson’s study objected to the design of the study. As one commentator wrote, ‘This would be similar to the concept of attempting to make a cell phone call to a friend and expecting her to answer when you have only dialled the first three digits of the phone number.’13

Like STEP, Krucoff ’s studies did not reveal anything about the patients in order to create a connection. In Targ’s research, the healers had been given a photo and a name as well as information about the patient’s condition. None of the groups tested the difference between praying for a patient whose full details were disclosed and simply praying for someone with a first name and last initial.

The selection of the prayer groups was equally unscientific. None of the major prayer studies used any criteria to select participants in the prayer groups or kept track of their size or experience in prayer. Targ had selected only those healers who were highly experienced and committed with a long track record of successfully healing. Although Schlitz’s Love Study employed amateurs sending healing intention, training was provided to ensure a homogeneous approach.

Another problem was the lack of a genuine control group in any of the studies. To be truly scientific, a study must be ‘randomized’ and randomly select participants in one group that is given the treatment and compare its outcome with a group not exposed to the treatment.

However, in any health crisis, family members routinely turn to prayer. The odds were overwhelming in all the major prayer studies that the not-prayed-for people were being prayed for by their own loved ones. In MANTRA II, 89 per cent of the patients from both treatment and control groups admitted that someone in their family was praying for them. These patients lived in the religiously active American Bible Belt.

The lack of a pure control group ultimately muddies the results of a study. This problem occurred with the early studies investigating the potential of hormone replacement therapy (HRT) to cause cancer.

Many such studies were tainted because it is virtually impossible to enlist women for study who have not taken some form of exogenous hormones – the birth-control pill, the morning after pill or HRT – at some point in their lives. Consequently, none of the studies has a clean control group of true ‘non-takers’, with which to compare results. Women who take hormones now are compared with women who have taken hormones in the past. Both situations carry a cancer risk. The same ‘tainting’ would apply to these prayer studies. People in the ‘treatment’ groups getting prayed for are being compared with patients whose relatives are praying for them.

The large prayer studies had other basic flaws. In both the Benson and Krucof studies, the people praying did not know the patients and so would not have had a strong motivation to heal, as the ‘senders’ had in the Love Study. In Benson’s study, as Krucoff pointed out in his commentary about STEP, there should have been a true placebo group, which would have no expectation of the possibility of prayer and also there should have been a comparison between such a group and a super-group, whose members included all those exposed to prayer.

No analysis compared the effect of being prayed for with the particular belief a patient held about which groups he or she had been assigned, which would have shed light on the possible role of a placebo effect. The researchers also had not taken into account any possible stress on the patient from having to hide his or her assignment in the study from the hospital staff.14

Like STEP, Krucoff ’s study violated the basic rules of scientific design, largely because of events beyond his control. When he reconstituted his study in the wake of 9/11, some of the patients received straightforward prayer  from diverse prayer groups, and the others, who had been enrolled after the World Trade Center tragedy, received  the  ‘two-tier’ type  of prayer,  in which those  doing the  praying were themselves prayed for. Unlike the most basic of scientific trials, his study did not offer the participants the identical treatment.

Even Targ had complained about problems in study design of the very first major prayer study by Randolph Byrd, in which ordinary Christians had been asked to pray for cardiac patients. There was no information about who was taking blood pressure medication, so it was unclear whether prayer or medicine had done the healing.

There were no controls for mental attitude during the study. A high number of patients with a positive outlook may have landed in the treatment group.

Sometimes a placebo effect, an expectation of healing, can be a large factor in positive results. In one healing study of patients suffering from clinical depression, all the patients improved, even the control group, which did not receive healing, largely from the psychological boost created by the possibility of healing.15

In Benson’s study the prospect of prayer might have had the opposite effect. According to Larry Dossey, the elegant Southern internist and author of many books on prayer,16 the STEP study offered prayer as a ‘tease’, dangled in front of seriously ill patients as something they might or might not be lucky enough to get.

‘Nowhere on earth is prayer delivered in this fashion,’ says Dossey. ‘When prayer occurs in real life, we don’t taunt our loved ones with it. They are extended compassionate prayer unconditionally and without equivocation. Who can say what emotions – resentment? hostility? – were generated in these three groups of patients as a result of how prayer was offered?’17

The fact that the people who knew they were being prayed for not only had no placebo response but also evidenced more post-surgical complications than any other group, he says, ‘suggests that very strange internal dynamics were operating within the Harvard prayer study.’18

The Mid-America Heart Institute study – the study in which prayer by Christian of diverse denominations had reduced symptoms in heart patients by 10 per cent – was also criticized for offering so many endpoints that it was bound to show a positive result.19

The negative results of these large prayer studies could be because praying for others does not work, because prayer simply cannot be subjected to scientific study, or simply because these new studies themselves were asking the wrong questions.

After all, according to Bob Barth of the Office of Prayer Research, these studies onl represent a small proportion of prayer research.20 Of the more than 227 studies investigated by the office, 75 per cent show a positive impact.

Nevertheless, to study the effect of remote intention, it may be best to move away from prayer, which contains a good deal of emotional baggage. Targ tried to isolate the effect of simple healing intention, which is different from prayer. With intention, the agent of change is human; with prayer it is God.

Simple healing intention can be more easily controlled for in a scientific study by ensuring that every member of the group sending the intention was sending the exact same message. For the purposes of my intention experiments, a simple intention to heal or improve something might avoid all the problems associated with studying prayer.

Unlike prayer, healing has been persuasively proven; a large body of evidence exists about the positive effects of distant healing – perhaps 150 studies in all.21 These scientific studies have been subjected to overall reviews that rate both the significance of the effects and the outcome. In the most cautious of such analysis, Professor Edzard Ernst, the exacting and skeptical chair of complementary medicine at Exeter University in Britain, concluded that of 23 studies, 57 per cent had shown a positive effect.22

Among the most rigorously scientific (those with double-blind trials), the average effect size, or size of change among those treated, was 0.40 – about 10 times better than the effect size of aspirin or propanolol, two drugs considered highly successful in preventing heart attacks.

Hidden in the failure of the large prayer studies lies vital instruction not only about the design of such mass experiments, but also about those elements that maximize the power of intention.

To be successful, an intention may require other parameters besides trained attention, getting out of the way, and formulating a simple request to the universe. As Gary Schwartz learned during his own research on healing, the attitude of the healers as well as the patients may matter a good deal.

Schwartz’s research began as a simple study of healing intention by Reiki practitioners. Schwartz had enlisted his colleague, Beverly Rubik, founding director of the Center for Frontier Sciences at Temple University, Philadelphia, a biophysicist interested in subtle energies.

As Rubik was well versed in studies using bacteria, they decided to use as their subject E. coli bacteria, which had been severely stressed. One way to stress bacteria is to shock them with a sudden blast of heat. Schwartz, Rubik and their colleague Audrey Brooks carefully managed the amount of heat so that it was enough to stress the bacteria without killing off the entire sample.

They then asked 14 practitioners of Reiki to heal the bacteria that survived by transmitting a standard Reiki treatment for 15 minutes. Each practitioner was to heal three different samples over three days. Equipment with an automated colony counter kept track of the number of bacteria that survived.

Initially, Schwartz, Rubik and Brooks were surprised to find that the Reik practitioners made no difference to the overall survival of the viable bacteria. On closer look, however, they discovered that the Reiki practitioners seemed to be successful on certain days, but not on others. This spotty batting average puzzled them.

Perhaps, Schwartz thought, a healer’s success depended on some sort of connection with the subject. It was difficult, after all, to feel any warm and fuzzy connection with E. coli bacteria, which ordinarily resides peacefully in the gut but can wreak havoc when it migrates out of the digestive tract. But what if he managed to get his practitioners in healing mode?

In the next batch of studies, Schwartz and his colleagues asked the Reiki practitioners to work for 30 minutes on a human patient suffering with pain, and then set them back to work on their bacteria samples.

This time, the healing was successful; the scientists discovered significantly more bacteria in the healed samples than in the controls. The healers appeared to enjoy a higher success rate once their healing ‘pumps’ had been primed.23

Nevertheless,  Schwartz  and the other researchers continued to discover instances in which the healers had a deleterious effect on the bacteria. It occurred to them that a healer’s own well-being might affect results. They needed a simple test to assess true well-being, to gauge more than physical condition.

They decided to use the Arizona Integrative Outcomes Scale (AIOS), an ingeniously simple visual mean of assessing spiritual, social, mental, emotional and physical well-being during the past  24  hours.24   

Developed  by  physician  and  psychologist  Iris Bell,  one  of Schwartz’s colleagues at the University of Arizona, AIOS allows patients to assess more than physical symptoms.

The subjects are told to reflect on their general sense of wellbeing, ‘taking into account your  physical, mental, emotional, social, and spiritual condition over the past 24 hours’, then to mark a point on a horizontal line between ‘worst you have ever been’ on the left and ‘best you have ever been’ on the right that, in their view, represents their overall sense of well-being in the same time period. A number of studies demonstrated that AIOS is a useful, accurate tool for pinpointing emotional wellness and a healthy state of mind.25

In their next series of studies, Schwartz, Rubik and Brooks asked the Reik healers to assess themselves on the AIOS scale before and after they had carried ou the Reiki. With this data, the scientists discovered an important trend. On days when the healers felt really well in themselves, they had a beneficial effect on the bacteria; the counts in the bacteria given the therapy were higher than in the heat-shocked controls. On days when they did not feel so well and they scored lower on the test, they actually had a deleterious effect. Those practitioners who began the healing with diminished well-being actually killed off more bacteria than naturally died in the controls. Evidently, a practitioner’s own overall health was an essential factor in his ability to heal.

Schwartz and his colleagues then tried a study using AIOS with a different type of healing, called Johrei. They recruited 236 practitioners and volunteers, and asked them to fill in the AIOS scale plus a questionnaire he had created assessing emotional state of mind before and after they administered healing.

When Schwartz and Brooks compared the AIOS tests of both the healers and the patients before and after the healing, they discovered another interesting effect. Although the patients felt better after they had received the healing, so did the healers after they had performed the healing.

Giving was as good as getting for these senders. Other research showed a similar result.26 The act of healing and perhaps the healing context was itself healing. Healing someone else also healed the healer. 27

Schwartz and his fellow researchers then carried out another study of distant Johrei healing on cardiac patients – a double-blind study so that no one but the statistician knew who was receiving healing.28 The primary outcomes measured were clinical reports of pain, anxiety, depression and overall well-being.

After three days, the patients were asked if they had had a sense, feeling or belief that they had received Johrei healing. In both the treatment and control groups, certain patients strongly believed that they had received the treatment and others had a strong feeling they had been excluded.

When Schwartz and Brooks tabulated the results, a fascinating picture emerged The best outcomes were among those who had received Johrei and believed they had received it.

The worse outcomes were those who had not received Johrei and were convinced they had not had it. The other two groups – those who had received it but did not believe it and those who had not received it but believed they had – fell somewhere in the middle.

This result tended to contradict the idea that a positive outcome is entirely down to a placebo response; those who wrongly believed they received the healing did not do as well as those who rightly believed they had received it.

Schwartz’s studies uncovered something fundamental about healing: both the energy and intention of the healing itself and the patient’s belief that he or she had received healing promoted the actual healing. Belief in the efficacy of the particular healing treatment was undoubtedly another factor.

In the Love Study, Schlitz and Stone had stressed the importance of a shared belief system in the success of remote influence, and Schwartz’s results bear this out.

In the large prayer studies, the senders and receivers of prayer did not share the same belief system about God. Most of the patients had been prayed for by a number of groups from different religions and disparate belief systems. Even Benson’s Christian study employed different Christian sects, which do not share identical beliefs. It may be uncomfortable for some groups to be prayed for by people who do not share their views about the divine.

As Marilyn Schlitz pointed out, none of the clinical trials made use of what scientists call ‘ecological validity’. This means that the trials were not designed to model what happens in real life.

In the Harvard study, for example, the prayer groups were instructed to pray differently from how they would normally. None of the big prayer studies tested the effect of the kind of prayers that prayer groups believe is most likely to work.29

In these studies, says Dossey, ‘what is being tested is not genuine prayer but a watered-down faux version of it’.30 The contents and context of prayer were treated casually, as if it were no different than some new medication.

The Benson study also framed its intention as a ‘negative’ – asking that the patients heal with ‘no complications’ – countering the most basic folklore about prayer and affirmations, which stipulates that they should always be framed as a positive statement.

Ordinarily, says Schiltz, people have a meaningful relationship with the person they are praying for. Psychologist and mind-body researcher Jeanne Achterberg, of the Institute for Transpersonal Psychology in California, carried out a study at a Hawaiian hospital, using highly experienced distant healers, who selected as their ‘patient’ a  person with whom they had  a  special  connection.  

Each healer  was isolated from his patient, who was then placed in an MRI scanner. At random, two- minute intervals, the healers sent healing intentions to their patients, using their own traditional healing practices. Achterberg discovered significant brain activation in the same portions of the brains – mainly in the frontal lobes – of all the patients during times healing energy was being ‘sent’.

When the same regime was tried out on people the healers did not know, they had no effect on the patients’ brain activity. Some sort of emotional bond or empathetic connection may be crucial to the success of both prayer and healing intention.31

The large prayer studies may have failed because the researchers were looking in the wrong places for demonstration of an effect. A study of AIDS about to be published at the time of writing has also failed to find an effect.

Nevertheless, a highly significant number of people in the treatment group correctly guessed which group they were in, while the control group did not. As Schlitz concluded, ‘The treatment group seemed to feel something; it just did not correlate with the clinical outcomes that were measured.’32 The study may just have been asking the wrong questions.

Another important variable may be the kinds of thoughts experienced by the recipient during healing. Researchers have discovered that negative thoughts and visualization can have a powerfully negative effect on the body, as if the negativity is somehow infectious and these thoughts take physical form.

For instance, Pennsylvania researchers from the Center for Advanced Wound Care in Reading, Pennsylvania, have discovered that patients with slow-healing wounds often have negative thought patterns and behavioural or emotional wounds, such as guilt, anger and lack of self-worth.33

The same effect can occur with negative relationships. A recent study of couples showed that the stress of reliving an argument delays wound healing by at least a day. In an ingenious study by Ohio State University College of Medicine, the researcher

gathered together 42 married couples and inflicted small wounds with a tiny puncture device on one partner of each pair. During the first sessions, the partners held a conflict-free, constructive discussion and the wound healing was carefully timed.

Several months later, the researchers repeated the injury, but this time allowed the partners to raise an ongoing contentious issue, such as money or in-laws. This time, the wounds took a day longer to heal. What is more, among the more hostile couples, the wounds healed at only 60 per cent the rate of the more compatible pairs.

Examination of the fluids in the wounds found different levels of a chemical called interleukin-6 (IL6), a cytokine and key chemical in the immune system.

Among the hostile couples, the levels of interleukin-6 were too low initially and then too high immediately after an argument, suggesting that their immune systems had been overwhelmed.34

The person sending out an intention might also need to be sent good intentions. Krucoff ’s results as universally interpreted had overlooked one vital finding: the patients with the double-tier prayer groups who had been prayed for had fared far better in the secondary endpoints; their death and re-hospitalization rates over the six months after discharge were 30 per cent lower than the others.

Mortality over six months was lower among patients given MIT, and lowest of all among patients given MIT with prayer. These results had only been characterized as a ‘suggestive trend’, but may have been the entire point of the story. Praying worked if the person doing the praying – or his prayers – also had been prayed for. 35

Healing and positive intention are simply an aspect of the constant two-way flow of communication between living things. In the person being sent intention, a shared belief in the power of the healing modality and a positive state of mind may enhance results.

Fritz Popp’s research demonstrates that the degree of coherence of an organism’s light emissions is linked to its overall state of health. When healers are healthy, in a positive state of mind and have engaged in a healing ‘warm up’, their light is more likely to shine brighter. The most effective healer of all may be the one who has been healed himself.

Notes – Chapter 6: In the Mood

  1. All details about M. Krucoff ’s trip to India and decision to study prayer from interviews, August 2006.
  2. R. C. Byrd, ‘Positive therapeutic effects of intercessory prayer in a coronary care unit population’, Southern Medical Journal, 1988; 81 (7): 826–9.
  3. W. Harris et al., ‘A randomised, controlled trial of the effects of remote, intercessory prayer on outcomes in patients admitted to the coronary care unit’, Archives of Internal Medicine, 1999; 159 (19): 2273–8.
  4. M. Krucoff, ‘Integrative noetic therapies as adjuncts to percutaneous intervention during unstable coronary syndromes: Monitoring and Actualization of Noetic Training  (MANTRA) feasibility pilot’,American Heart Journal, 2001; 142 (5): 760–7.
  5. M. Krucoff announced the results at the Second Conference on the Integration of Complementary Medicine into Cardiology, a meeting sponsored by the American College of Cardiology, October 14, 2003.
  6. M. Krucoff et al., ‘Music, imagery, touch and prayer as adjuncts to interventional cardiac care: The Monitoring and Actualisation of Noetic Trainings (MANTRA) II randomised study’,The Lancet, 2005; 366: 211–17.
  7. J.  M.  Aviles  et  al.,  ‘Intercessory  prayer  and  cardiovascular  disease progression in a coronary care unit population: a randomized controlled trial’, Mayo Clinic Proceedings, 2001; 76 (12): 1192–8.
  8. H. Benson, The Relaxation Response, New York: William Morrow, 1975.
  9. M. Krucoff et al., Editorial: ‘From efficacy to safety concerns: A STE forward or a step back for clinical research and intercessory prayer? The Study of Therapeutic Effects of Intercessory Prayer (STEP)’,American Heart Journal, 2006; 151; 4: 762.
  10. H. Benson et al., ‘Study of the therapeutic effects of intercessory prayer (STEP) in cardiac bypass patients: A multi-center randomized trial of uncertainty and certainty of receiving intercessory prayer’, American Heart Journal, 2006; 151 (4): 934–42.
  11. Krucoff et al., ‘A STEP forward’, op. cit.
  12. Editorial: ‘MANTRA II: Measuring the unmeasurable?’The Lancet, 2005; 366 (9481): 178.
  13. Letter to the editor, American Heart Journal, sent to author, 2006.
  14. Krucoff et al., ‘A STEP forward’, op. cit.
  15. B. Greyson, ‘Distance healing of patients with major depression’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1996; 10 (4): 447–65.
  16. L. Dossey, Meaning and Medicine: Lessons from a Doctor’s Tales of Breakthough Healing, London: Bantam, 1991; Dossey, Healing Words, op.cit.
  17. L. Dossey, ‘Prayer experiments: Science or folly? Observations on the Harvard prayer study’, Network Review (UK), 2006; 91: 22–3.
  18. Ibid.
  19. Harris, ‘Effects of remote intercessory prayer’, op. cit. www.officeofprayerresearch.org.
  20. Benor, Healing Research, op. cit.
  21. J. Astin et al., ‘The efficacy of “distant healing”: A systematic review of randomized trials’, Annals of Internal Medicine, 2000; 132: 903–10.
  22. B. Rubik et al., ‘In vitro effect of Reiki treatment on bacterial cultures: Role of experimental context and practitioner well-being’, The Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2006; 12 (1): 7–13. 296 The Intention Experiment
  23. I. R. Bell et al., ‘Development and validation of a new global well-being outcomes rating scale for integrative medicine research’, BMC Complementary and Alternative Medicine, 2004; 4: 1.
  24. Ibid.
  25. S. O’Laoire, ‘An experimental study of the effects of distant, intercessory prayer on self-esteem, anxiety and depression’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 1997; 3 (6): 19–53.
  26. Rubik et al., ‘In vitro effect’, op, cit.
  27. K. Reece et al., ‘Positive well-being changes associated with giving and receiving Johrei healing’, The Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 2005; 11 (3): 455–7.
  28. M.   Schlitz, ‘Can science study prayer?’ Shift: At the Frontiers of Consciousness, 2006; September–November (12): 38–9.
  29. Dossey, ‘Prayer experiments’, op. cit.
  30. J.   Achterberg   et   al.,   ‘Evidence for correlations  between  distant intentionality and brain function in recipients: a functional magnetic resonance  imagining  analysis’, The  Journal  of  Alternative  andComplementary Medicine, 2005; 11 (6): 965–71.
  31. Ibid.
  32. K. A. Wientjes, ‘Mind-body techniques in wound healing’, Ostomy/Wound Management, 2002; 48 (11): 62–7.
  33. J. K. Keicolt-Glaser, ‘Hostile marital interactions, proinflammatory cytokine production, and wound healing’, Archives of General Psychiatry, 2005; 62 (12): 1377–84.
  34. Krucoff, ‘(MANTRA) II’, op. cit.

CHAPTER SEVEN

The Right Time

Persinger’s basement vault was known as the Chamber of Heaven and Hell. Room COO2B, a disused sound booth, was a relic of the 1970s, its original fittings intact enormous nylon loudspeakers, deep orange flecked shag carpeting and a single item of furniture – a stained brown polyester armchair.

More than 2000 people had occupied the chair in pure darkness, a modified yellow motorcycle helmet on their heads, surrendering all control of their next half hour to the scientists behind the glass booth. Persinger, a neuroscientist, was god of room COO2B.

He had become expert in manipulating brain waves to yield up a divine experience, or, as he referred to it, ‘a sensed presence’. With a few simple commands typed into a computer, he would instruct the helmet to send low-level magnetic fields coursing through the temporal lobes of his volunteers,  abruptly  switching  sides  of  the  brain  to  heighten  the transcendent and occasionally terrifying nature of the experience.1

Jesus had been sighted in the brown polyester reclining chair, as had the Virgin Mary, Muhammad, monks in hooded robes, knights in shining armour and a Native American deity, the Sky Spirit. Out-of-body experiences had been produced; near- death experiences relived. One journalist had been transported back to his life’s most transcendent moment – the time he first laid eyes on his high-school girlfriend’s perfect breasts.

Not all visitors found God. There had been imaginings of alien sightings and abductions, and even satanic ritual. One volunteer, overwhelmed by the sight of an enormous set of eyes and the smell of burning sulphur, attempted to pull himself loose from the helmet and wrench off the blindfold and earplugs. As soon as the 500-pound door was pried open for him he fled, terrorized, from the room.

The nature of the experience all depended, Persinger and his assistants explained, on a physiological roll of the dice: the sensitivity of the left amygdala of the brain compared with its counterpart on the right. If the left is more sensitive, and you send magnetic waves coursing through it, you get heaven. If you are unlucky enough to be born with a more sensitive right amygdala, you get hell.2

Persinger had a singular passion: the subtle influences of geology and meteorology on human biology, particularly the electrical circuitry of the brain. A transplant from the American South, he had headed north in the 1960s to avoid the draft and a likely stint in Vietnam – a possibility he objected to on moral grounds – and he remained in Canada after receiving a professorship at Laurentian in 1971.

Forty years later, he seemed an unlikely draft dodger, with his three-piece pinstripe suits, gold-chain swag and watch fob, and clipped, offhand manner. This conservative posturing masked a bold curiosity that led him into exotic areas of inquiry – the rhythms of biological systems, the volatile energy of outer space, the nature of epilepsy, the source of mystical visions – disparate areas that eventually converged in his mind after an extraordinary epiphany. Persinger realized that living things are attuned not only to each other, but also to the earth and its constantly shifting magnetic energies. This remarkable revelation, built upon the discoveries of Franz Halberg, would convince me that careful timing to coincide with these energies might be vital for an effective intention.

In 1948, as a young medic at Harvard Medical School on a temporary visa from war-torn Austria, Franz Halberg was assigned an impossible task: to help find the cure for all disease.3  

At the time, the cure was assumed to involve the cortical hormones secreted by the adrenal glands, which enable the body to adapt to the ordinary stresses of life. The search was on to find reasonable substitutes for the body’s own scarce supply of steroids.

Halberg had been singled out to study mice whose adrenal glands had been removed and who were then injected with adrenaline in order to observe the effect on their circulating white blood cells called eosinophils. In ordinary circumstances, adrenaline will set off a predictable seesaw, causing more of the body’s natural steroids to be secreted, which, in turn, lower the eosinophil count.

However, in animals or humans without adrenal glands, the count should remain static. But the cell count in Halberg’s mice still seemed to fluctuate, even after he had removed all trace of adrenal tissue. Later, after moving to the University of Minnesota, he carried on his studies with a near limitless supply of experimental mice, and came up with the same conclusions.

Even when he handled them less frequently, which should have caused less stress to the tiny creatures, he noticed more variation in cell count.

Halberg was mystified by this fluctuation, until he suddenly recognized a recurring pattern: the cell counts were always higher in the morning and lower at night.

The variation was rising and falling according to a predictable, 24-hour cycle. Halberg studied other biological processes, and discovered that many appear to run according to an in-built clock. All living things respond to the same 24-hour rhythm, in tandem with the earth’s rotation. Halberg coined the terms ‘chronobiology’ – the influence of time and certain periodic cycles on biological function – and ‘circadian’ (circa = about; dia = day) for daily biological rhythms.

He created the Chronobiology Laboratories at the University of Minnesota and became known as the father o chronobiology. Chronobiology, as his lab began to discover, is a ready-made feature of organisms, not simply something learned or acquired – an inherent property of life.

Besides circadian rhythms, Halberg also discovered that living things keep in time to many other periodic rhythms; half-weekly, weekly, monthly and yearly cycles govern virtually every biological function.

The human pulse and blood pressure, body temperature and blood clotting, circulation of lymphocytes, hormonal cycles and other functions of the human body all appear to ebb and flow according to some basic, recurring timetable. These rhythms are not unique to humans, but are present throughout nature, and evident even in fossils of single-cell organisms that had existed millions of years ago.

Initially Halberg believed that the master switch for these biological rhythms was located in certain cells of the brain or adrenal glands. However, certain cycles carried on even when Halberg removed the brain cells in question – the adrenal glands – and even the brain itself. In his eighties, Halberg made his final breakthrough discovery: the synchronizer within every living thing is not internal but resides in the planets and in the sun.4

The sun is a furious star.

This huge ball of gases, with a surface temperature of around 6000°C, is encased by strong magnetic fields in the outer solar atmosphere – a recipe for periodic explosions, as the gases build up and magnetic fields intersect on the sun’s surface. Although the patch of space between sun and earth used to be considered an uneventful vacuum, ‘space weather’ is now understood to be weather so extreme, of such unimaginable turbulence, that if transferred to earth it would blow up the entire planet in an instant. Solar wind, a constant blast of electrified gas, dominates this interplanetary medium, soaring past the earth at speeds up to 2 million miles per hour. Although the earth’s magnetic field usually deflects it, this gale can penetrate our magnetic field during moments of intense solar activity.

Sunspots – vortices of concentrated magnetic fields, visible to us as dark blobs on the sun’s surface – begin to accumulate and then to disappear in fairly regular cycles, so that scientists can make some predictions about when the sun is likely to erupt.

A solar cycle of waxing and waning activity occurs, on average, every eleven years. As  sunspots  build up, so does the sun’s aggressive behaviour. At unpredictable moments, it hurls solar flares, gaseous explosions with the energy of 40 billion atomic bombs, likely caused by the ripping apart and reconnection of strong magnetic fields.

Electrified bullets of high–energy protons from the nuclei of gases are picked up by the solar wind and flung towards earth at speeds of more than 5 million miles per hour, showering our atmosphere with radiation and ionization.

Periodically, the sun also releases a corona mass ejection, a ball of gas and magnetic fields of up to a billion tons, which also speed towards earth at several million miles per hour, causing extreme geomagnetic storms in space.

Scientists have long understood that earth is, in effect, a giant magnet with two poles – North and South – surrounded by a magnetic field that is constantly in flux.

This field encircles the earth like a donut in a region of space called the ‘magnetosphere’, and is kept in place by the solar wind, with a force of about 0.5 gauss or 50,000 nanotesla – about 1000 times weaker than that of a typical horseshoe magnet.

The geomagnetic fields (GMFs) differ in different regions and at varying times Any changes in our solar system – the activity of the sun, the movement of the planets, the daily oscillation of the earth on its rotation – or geological changes on earth – the presence of ground water or the movement of the earth’s molten inner core – can alter the strength of the earth’s GMF on a daily basis.

Storms in space transfer some of the energy of the solar wind to the earth’s magnetosphere, causing wild fluctuations of direction and speed in the particles in the earth’s magnetic field. The  National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), which tracks these volatile space weather patterns, reckons that over any given solar cycle, geomagnetic storms in space will occur about a third of the time, almost half of which are severe enough to interfere with modern technology.

Storms of this magnitude (G5, or maximum severity on the NOAA scale) can disrupt portions of the earth’s electrical power, pipeline flow and high-tech communications systems, and disorient spacecraft and satellite navigation systems. In March 1989, one such storm left 6 million people in Montreal without electric power for nine hours.

At the time Halberg made his discoveries, geomagnetic storms were known to have a profound effect on the movement and orientation of animals such as pigeons and dolphins, which make use of the earth’s geomagnetic field to navigate.

Biologists assumed that the earth’s weak magnetic field had little effect on basic biological processes, particularly as living things have daily exposure to the more powerful electromagnetic and magnetic fields generated by modern technology. But in the course of investigating the health implications of space flight, the Soviet researchers uncovered evidence that natural geomagnetic fields, particularly those of extremely low frequencies (less than 100 hertz), have a pronounced effect on virtually all cellular and chemical processes in living things.

When Russian scientists at the Space Research Institute of the Russian Academ of Sciences explored the effects of space weather on cosmonauts being sent into space, they discovered that protein synthesis in bacteria cells is highly susceptible to changes in geomagnetic fields, and that this disturbance in protein synthesis also affects human micro-organisms.5

Geomagnetic disturbances influence the synthesis of micronutrients in plants; even single-celled algae respond to solar-cycle flux.6 So attuned are plants and microorganisms to these changes that the Russian researchers made use of them as a sensitive barometer for geomagnetic disturbances.7

The Soviet scientists also discovered that if the cosmonauts suffered cardiac arrest, it was usually during a magnetic storm.8 Illness on earth also appeared to parallel geomagnetic activity in space; both sickness and death increased on stormy geomagnetic days.9

But of all the systems in the body affected, changes in solar geomagnetic conditions most disturbed the rhythms of the heart.

The  Space  Research  Institute  scientists  tracked  the  heart  rate  of  healthy volunteers  over  an entire  solar  cycle  and  compared  it  with sunspot  and  other geomagnetic activity during that period. The healthiest heart rate is one with the greatest variation. In the Russian research, the most varied heart rate occurred during times of the least amount of solar activity,10  while heart rate variability (HRV) decreased during magnetic storms.

A disturbance in HRV most affects the autonomic nervous  system,  the  system in the  body that  keeps  it  ticking over  without  any conscious intervention.

A low HRV increases the risk of all coronary artery disease and heart attack. During increased geomagnetic activity, the viscosity, or thickness, of the blood also increases sharply, sometimes doubling, and the bloodstream slows down.11

Sudden cardiovascular death also appears to be linked with solar geomagnetic activity.12

Heart-attack rates rise and fall according to solar-cycle activity:13 the largest number of sudden deaths from heart disease occurred within a day of a geomagnetic storm.14  Halberg himself discovered a 5 per cent increase in heart attacks in Minnesota during times of peak maximum solar activity.15

It is not surprising that biological systems like human beings are sensitive to external signals, such as geomagnetic disturbances. Magnetic fields are caused by the flow of electrons and atoms with charge, known as ions, and whenever magnetic forces change, they alter the direction of the flow of these atoms and particles.

Ultimately, since living organisms are also composed of particles like electrons, any profound change of magnetic direction may markedly alter their biological processes.

Once Halberg understood the effect of the earth’s geomagnetic field on living things, he renamed his life’s work ‘chronoastrobiology’ – the rhythms of biology as affected by astral bodies. The sun was the giant metronome setting the pace for all of life.

Persinger’s interests had mostly to do with geomagnetic effects on the brain. Researchers in the Soviet bloc had also discovered that space weather can affect neurological processes.

Scientists at the Azerbaijan National Academy of Sciences at Baku used a special device enabling them to continuously monitor the electrical activity of the heart and brain in a small number of healthy volunteers, and to compare those rhythms with those of the earth’s geomagnetic field.

They discovered that geomagnetic activity has a strong influence on brain functioning. During magnetically stormy days, EEG readings get destabilized.16

Geomagnetic turbulence also disturbs the balance between certain parts of the brain and profoundly disrupts communication within the nervous system, over-activating certain aspects of the autonomic nervous system and lowering others.17

The sun’s activity also affects mental equilibrium. As Persinger discovered, the more unsettled the weather in space, the greater the number of patients hospitalized for nervous disorders and the greater number of attempted suicides.18

Geomagnetic disturbance also seemed to correlate with increases in general psychiatric disorders.19

Even those already suffering from mental illness get more agitated during magnetically stormy days.

Persinger grew intrigued by a possible relationship between geomagnetic fluctuations in the earth and the timing of epileptic seizures after his neuroscientist colleague Todd Murphy, who had temporal-lobe epilepsy as a young child, disclosed that he often had out-of-body experiences while having a seizure.

Some data had already linked an increase in geomagnetic activity with the timing of epileptic seizures.20 Could an epileptic fit result from geomagnetic disturbance? Persinger decided to study this possibility in an animal.

He injected a batch of laboratory rats with lithium pilocarpine, which causes epileptic-like seizures in the rodents, and compared the timing of the onset of seizures about  an hour after the onset  of laboratory-simulated increased geomagnetic activity.21

From this, Persinger inferred that, above a certain threshold of geomagnetic activity, epilepsy is more likely to be triggered. Whenever geomagnetic activity exceeded 20 nanotesla, seizures would occur more frequently.22

Persinger then discovered a relationship between sudden death – from epilepsy or cot death  –  and  high  levels  of  geomagnetic  activity.23   Sudden,  seemingly inexplicable deaths might have a rational explanation after all: people with weaker constitutions are at the mercy of the sun’s restless activity.

Strong geomagnetic fields also appear to affect learning profoundly – often for the better. Increased geomagnetic activity enhances memory: rats exposed to geomagnetic fields learn mazes more quickly.24

Large fluctuations in solar activity cause other subtle effects in human behaviour and performance – for instance, the ability to perform a skilled task.25

Psychologist Dean Radin once examined the effec of GMFs on bowling. He tracked the performance of experienced bowlers over a number of periods, and then compared their scores with the geomagnetic activity of the same period.

Large geomagnetic fluctuations the day before a match appeared to cause more uneven results than normal – a 41 per cent variance in the men’s scores compared with the more consistent scores obtained during days of geomagnetic stability.26

Other research has demonstrated that the greater the change in the earth’s geomagnetic field, the greater the number of traffic violations and industrial accidents.27   

The   most  important  determinant  appeared  to be large change in geomagnetic activity, either from turbulent to calm or the reverse.

Although periodically destabilizing, exposure to the daily ebb and flow of earth’s geomagnetic activity may be essential to life here. The Solar Terrestrial Influences Laboratory at the Bulgarian Academy of Sciences in Sofia carried ou biological experiments on board the Soviet Mir space station to examine what happens to cosmonauts who are deprived of contact with the earth’s geomagnetic field while in space. The scientists constructed a ‘geomagnetic vacuum’, a six-metre stainless steel decompression press-chamber, which partially blocked out the earth’s natural geomagnetic field. Seven healthy young men were sealed off in the chamber and their bodily processes analysed. After being placed in the decompression chamber, the men evidenced a number of upsets in brain-wave activity. Sleep was more restless, with fewer periods of deep sleep.28

Contact with geomagnetic fields may play a primary role in maintaining the equilibrium of the nervous system. Indeed, the earth’s tiny geomagnetic fluctuations have the most profound effect on the two major engines of the body: the heart and the brain.

Persinger went on to discover other extraordinary geophysical effects on human beings.

Electromagnetic and geomagnetic phenomena resulting from the earth’s shifting plates, earthquakes, or from unusually high rainfall levels  – even electromagnetic ‘luminosities’, or lights in the sky – can all stimulate certain portions of the brain that produce hallucinations.

Between 1968 and 1971, more than 100,000 people reported observing visions of an apparition of the Virgin Mary above a church in Zeitoun, Egypt. When Persinger examined the seismic activity in the area over the same time period, he discovered an unprecedented peak in earthquake activity.29

Sometimes the electromagnetic effects were man-made. At one point he studied a Roman Catholic woman with early brain trauma who reported nightly visitations by the Holy Spirit.

Ultimately, he discovered the source of the miracle: her disability caused her to be unduly affected by the electric alarm clock situated near her head as she slept.30

Persinger wondered whether he could reproduce these types of geomagnetic disturbances in the laboratory. His colleague Stan Koren modified and wired up a motorcycle helmet (thereafter named the ‘Koren’ helmet) so that it could send out very-low-frequency complex magnetic fields – about the amount that radiates from a telephone handset – in precise directions.

Participants would be fitted in the helmet, then placed in the acoustic chamber of room COO2B, which had been especially adapted to block out electromagnetic noise. Turning on the helmet would produce what Persinger referred to as ‘temporal lobe transients’, something possibly like a micro-seizure – tiny episodes causing alterations in neuronal firing patterns. This produced virtually the same effect on the brain as exposure to increased ambient geomagnetic activity.

Over time, Persinger began to recognize patterns. The brain waves of his participants would fall into resonance with the complex magnetic fields and remain in synchrony for up to 10 seconds after he had turned off the helmet.31

Through trial and error, he discovered that the portion of the brain most susceptible to electromagnetic and geomagnetic effects are the temporal lobes. Sending low level (1 microtesla), pulsed magnetic fields over the right cerebral hemisphere slowed brain waves to an alpha rhythm (8–13 hertz), but only on the right side.32

Our ‘sense of self ’ and our sense of the ‘other’ are housed in both temporal lobes but primarily in the left hemisphere, where the language centres are located.

To function normally, both left and right temporal lobes must work in harmony. If something upsets this balance, the brain will sense another ‘self ’ and create a hallucination.

As Persinger discovered in his experiments, stimulating the right temporal lobe portion of the brain generates the sense, presence or feeling of spiritual visions, both good and bad.

Aiming magnetic fields at the amygdala of the brain at the same time colours the experience with intense emotion, just as occurs during a spiritual experience. By first stimulating one side of the amygdala and then the other,

Persinger found that he could heighten the emotional complexion of the experience.

Volunteers wearing the Koren helmet experienced divine epiphanies, apparitions, out-of-body sensations and even a hallucination of Satan purely through temporal-lobe stimulation.

The nature of the experience largely depended on the participant’s individual history: negative early life experiences tend to increase the sensitivity of the right temporal lobe, and those with a high proportion of such experiences tend to have a negative experience while wearing the helmet. A happier person, with a more sensitive left temporal lobe, is more likely to experience a sense of the divine.33

It would have been tempting for Persinger to conclude that all spiritual experience is simply geomagnetically induced hallucination, except for one unsettling fact: extrasensory perception and other psychic abilities appear to be more acute during particular types of geomagnetic activity.

When the earth is ‘calm’ and geomagnetic flux at an ebb, telepathic and extrasensory perceptions increase.34

Even minor environmental changes – from slight variations in the weather to solar patterns appear to have a profound effect on extrasensory perception or the ability to view things remotely.

The reverse occurs with psychokinesis – mental attempts to change physical matter. The power of intention increases when the earth’s energy is agitated.35

In the 1970s, Persinger was able to test the effects of geomagnetic activity on telepathy during sleep by teaming up with noted parapsychologist Stanley Krippner, then the director of a dream laboratory at Maimonides Medical Center in New York City.

Krippner had perfected an experimental protocol to test telepathy, clairvoyance and precognition in dreams during deep sleep. Volunteers would be paired off.

While one partner slept, the other would be in a separate room and would be asked to concentrate on an image and attempt to ‘transmit’ the image to the dreamer, so that it would be incorporated into his dream.

Upon waking, the participants who had been sleeping would describe their dreams in great detail, to determine whether they contained anything resembling the target pictures they had been sent during their slumbers.36

Persinger and Krippner found that participants did better on certain days than on others.

When they tracked geomagnetic activity during the period of the study, they discovered that the dreamers had significantly higher accuracy in picking up the target pictures on nights when the earth’s GMF activity was relatively quiet.37

Geomagnetic activity also affects precognitive dreams – those that forecast events. Dr Alan Vaughan, a well-known clairvoyant whose dreams accurately foretold the future in great detail, kept a detailed dream diary in order to compare their contents with future events.

One of Vaughan’s dreams predicted the murder of then-presidential candidate Robert Kennedy two days before he was assassinated.38

An examination of the geomagnetic activity on the nights that Vaughan had dreamed 61 such premonitions showed that it was significantly quieter on the days when he had his most accurate dreams.39

During days of geomagnetic calm, spontaneous instances of telepathy or clairvoyance are more likely to occur40 and remote viewing accuracy appears to improve.41

Persinger carried out his own intriguing test of ESP using a group o couples.

One member of each pair was shown an image while it was being bathed in magnetic fields, then asked to describe the memory of an experience he or she had shared with the partner that was prompted by the image. Simultaneously, in another room, the partner was shown the same images and also asked to describe a memory.

When Persinger compared the results, he discovered that the two narratives were most alike when the ambient geomagnetic activity was at its quietest. The greater the geomagnetic activity, the less the two sets of memories mirrored each other.42

Nevertheless, the two sexes appear to respond very differently to geomagnetic activity, which Persinger discovered after comparing a database of paranormal experiences with geomagnetic activity and breaking down the data by sex.

Men tended to have more premonitions on days when geomagnetic activity was high (above 20 nanotesla),  whereas women reported  more   premonitions if  the geomagnetic activity was low (below 20 nanotesla).

Men also tended to have more accurate memories with higher geomagnetic activity; women, with lower geomagnetic activity. Just as Krippner had found, the people most susceptible to extrasensory experiences were those with ‘thin boundaries’, particularly those who had already had paranormal encounters.43

With time, Persinger found that he could enhance powers of extrasensory perception with the artificial geomagnetic fields of the Koren helmet. The remote- viewing ability of one of his students considerably improved after he was exposed to weak horizontal magnetic fields.44

In 1998, Persinger decided to put the Koren helmet to the ultimate test. Could i interrupt the ability of one of the greatest remote viewers in the world?

He invited Ingo Swann to his basement lab. Swann, then 68, soon proved he had lost none of his extrasensory prowess; he correctly described and drew in great detail images of randomly selected photographs sealed in envelopes in another room.

Nevertheless, after Persinger bathed the photos in complex magnetic field patterns, Swann’s accuracy suddenly plummeted. The most disruptive fields had different signal wave forms of varying phases.

This suggested that Swann was picking up the information in wave form and that those signals were easily interrupted by magnetic fields that could disturb their coherence.45

As Gary Schwartz had also discovered, information transmitted or received by human beings must have a strong magnetic component.

Persinger’s evidence persuaded me that geomagnetic activity influences the clarity of our reception in picking up quantum information.

But do geomagnetic fields also affect the strength of our transmissions and their effect on the physical world? Research by Stanley Krippner  offers  a  few  clues.  

Krippner  wished  to  test the hypothesis that psychokinesis is likely to occur on days when the earth is ‘noisy’. He and his team worked with the Brazilian sensitive Amyr Amiden, known for his extraordinary psychokinetic ability, and set about comparing the time of Amiden’s psychokinetic activities with geomagnetic fluctuations in the Brasilia area, where the sessions were taking place.

Krippner’s team also took readings of Amiden’s pulse and blood pressure.

The team found a significant correlation between Amiden’s psychic feats and the daily geomagnetic index for the entire southern hemisphere. For instance, Amiden performed the highest number of psychokinetic feats on 10 March and 15 March, which were the days that month with the greatest geomagnetic activity. He produced nothing out of the ordinary on 20 March, the geomagnetically quietest day of the month.46

Amiden’s psychic abilities were preceded by both a rise in his diastolic blood pressure (the pressure of the blood as it returns to the heart) and a rise in geomagnetic ‘noise’. It may be that geomagnetic activity must first cause changes in the ‘heart brain’ before a person can transmit information that can affect physical matter.

Interestingly, as with couples in the Love Study, Amiden’s most powerful psychokinetic effects anticipated strong input: in his case, geomagnetic flux.

In one instance, two religious medallions suddenly materialized in the room where Amiden and the researchers were present, appearing to drop from the ceiling – an event that was followed by a sudden rise in the area’s geomagnetic field. Can humans anticipate this geomagnetic noise, and, if so, do such anticipatory windows offer them more psychokinetic power than usual?

Psychologist William Braud carried out some intriguing studies of the effect of geomagnetic fields on intention by examining whether high levels of geomagnetic activity were correlated with powers of remote influence. Braud examined the effect of sending intention to human blood cells and to another person.

Like Krippner, he discovered that the success of intention was linked to a ‘noisy’ sun producing high geomagnetic activity.47

Besides solar activity, other environmental factors should be considered when working out the best times to send intention.

A number of scientists, including Persinger, found that certain days and certain times of day influence the success of ESP and psychokinesis.48 The best results occur around 1 p.m. local sidereal time, which is time measured by our relation to the stars, not the sun.

Local sidereal time is worked out as the hour’s angle of the vernal equinox, where the plane of the earth’s equator would intersect with that of its orbit, if measured out in the heavens.

Psychokinetic effects also seem to be greater about every 13 days, at times when solar wind is modulated.49

It might also be worth avoiding times of low  visibility and high winds, a condition which produces a high percentage of ions with electrical charges in the air. An ion forms when a molecule encounters enough energy to unleash an electron.

They are also created by rainfall, air pressure, forces emitted during a waterfall and the friction from large volumes of air moving rapidly over a land mass, as during so- called ill winds, such as El Niño or Santa Anas of southern California.

Both positive and negative ions are equivalent to a tiny pulse of static electricity, and the air that we breathe is made up of billions of these tiny charges.

Good ‘clean’ air contains 1500–4000 ions per cubic centimetre, and the preferred ratio should be slightly more negative than positive ions: 1.2 to 1. However, ions are highly unstable; in our industrialized, largely indoor lives, filled with electromagnetic charge from pollution and artificial sources, this ideal number is drastically diminished and the ratio disturbed, leaving all but the most robustly outdoorsy among us inhaling too low a level of ions, with a predominance of positive ions.

Living with low levels of ions is not particularly good for us – or for our ability as receivers or transmitters.

Research in California and Israel has shown that lower concentrations of either positive or negative ions will produce fewer alpha frequencies in the human brain and that sudden higher levels of either charge can produce rapid, distinctive brain-wave changes.50

Persinger’s research offers a vast amount of evidence that magnetic frequency affects our ability to ‘tune’ in and transmit, and also affects those portions of the brain that receive the information.

Subtle shifts in the earth’s geomagnetic fields most noticeably affect the heart and brain, the very systems of the body shown by the

DMILS research and Schlitz’s Love Study to be the primary source of transmission After examining Persinger’s work, I began to view intention as a vast energetic relationship involving the sun, the atmosphere, and earthly and circadian rhythms.

To send intention effectively, we would have to take account of these energies.

Persinger had usefully located not only the best ‘channel’ for intention, but also the best time to turn it on.

Notes – Chapter 7:The Right Time

  1. For all details about Michael Persinger’s experiments, interviews and correspondence with Persinger, August  2006 and  a member of   his neuroscientist team, Todd Murphy, May 23, 2006. Also, J. Hitt, ‘This is your brain on God’, Wired, November 1999; R. Hercz, ‘The God helmet’ SATURDAYNIGHTmagazine, October 2002: 40–6; B. Raynes, ‘Interview with Todd Murphy’, Alternative Perceptions Magazine online April 2004 (No.  78),  plus T.  Murphy’s  website:  www.spiritualbrain.com  and  M. Persinger’s home  page  at   the  Laurentian University  website: www.laurentian.ca/Neursci/_people/Persinger.htm.
  2. Neuroscientist  Todd Murphy developed this theory and successfully demonstrated its validity in Persinger’s laboratory.
  3. The main background of Halberg’s early life is taken from F. Halberg, ‘Transdisciplinary unifying implications of circadian findings in the 1950s’, Journal of Circadian Rhythms, 2003; 1: 2.
  4. G. Cornélissen et al., ‘Is a birth-month-dependence of human longevity influenced by half-yearly changes in geomagnetics?’ ‘Physics of Auroral Phenomena’,     Proceedings.  XXV          Annual   Seminar,  Apatity: Pola Geophysical Institute, Kola Science Center, Russian Academy of Science February 26–March 1, 2002:  161–6;  A.  M.  Vaiserman et  al., ‘Human longevity:   related    to   date of birth?’  Abstract     9,   2nd    International Symposium: Workshop on Chronoastrobiology and Chronotherapy, Tokyo Kasei University, Tokyo, Japan, November 2001.
  5. O. N. Larina et al., ‘Effects of spaceflight factors on recombinant protein expression in E.coli producing strains’, in ‘Biomedical Research on the Science/NASA Notes 297 Project’, Abstracts of the Third US/Russia Symposium, Huntsville, Alabama, November 10–13, 1997: 110–11.
  6. D.  Hillman   et   al.,   ‘About-10   yearly  (circadecennian)  cosmo-helio geomagnetic signatures in Acetabularia’, Scripta Medica (BRNO), 2002 75 (6): 303–8.
  7. P. A. Kashulin et al., ‘Phenolic biochemical pathway in plants can be used for the bioindication of heliogeophysical factors’, ‘Physics of Auroral Phenomena’, Proceedings. XXV Annual Seminar, Apatity: Pola Geophysical Institute, Kola Science Center, Russian Academy of Science February 26–March 1, 2002: 153–6.
  8. V. M. Petro et al., ‘An influence of changes of magnetic field of the Earth on the functional state of humans in the conditions of space mission’, Proceedings, International Symposium ‘Computer Electro-Cardiograph on Boundary of Centuries’, Moscow, Russian Federation, 27–30 April, 1999.
  9. K. F. Novikova and B. A. Ryvkin, ‘Solar activity and cardiovascular diseases’, in M. N. Gnevyshev and A. I. Ol (eds.),Effects of Solar Activity on the Earth’s Atmosphere and Biosphere , Academy of Science, USSR (translated from the Russian), Jerusalem: Israel Program for Scientific Translations, 1977: 184–200.
  10. G.     Cornélissen     et     al.,     ‘Chronomes,      time  structures,       for chronobioengineering for “a full life”’, Biomedical Instrumentation and Technology, 1999; 33 (2): 152–87.
  11. V.    N.    Oraevskii    et    al.,    ‘Medico-biological   effect  of  natural electromagnetic variations’, Biofizika, 1998; 43 (5): 844–8; V. N. Oraevskii et al., ‘An influence of geomagnetic activity on the functional status of the body’, Biofizika, 1998; 43 (5): 819–26.
  12. I. Gurfinkel et al., ‘Assessment of the effect of a geomagnetic storm on the frequency of appearance of acute cardiovascular pathology’, Biofizika, 1998;  43  (4):  654–8;  J.  Sitar,  ‘The  causality  of  lunar  changes  on cardiovascular mortality’, Casopis Lekaru Ceskych, 1990; 129: 1425–30.
  13. F. Halberg et al., ‘Cross-spectrally coherent about 10-5- and 21-year biological and physical cycles, magnetic storms and myocardial infarctions’, Neuroendrocrinology Letters, 2000; 21: 233–58.
  14. M. N. Gnevyshev, ‘Essential features of the 11-year solar cycle’, Solar Physics, 1977; 51: 175–82.
  15. G. Cornélissen et al., ‘Non-photic solar associations of heart rate variability and myocardial infarction’, Journal of Atmospheric and Solar- terrestrial Physics, 2002; 64: 707–20.
  16. A. R. Allahverdiyev et al., ‘Possible space weather influence on functional activity of the human brain’, Proceedings, Space Weather Workshop: Looking Towards a European Space Weather Programme, December 17– 19, 2001.
  17. E.  Babayev,‘Some  results  of investigations  on  the  space  weather influence      on functioning of several engineering-technical and communication systems  and human   health’, Astronomical and Astrophysical Transactions, 2003; 22 (6): 861–7; G. Y. Mizon and P. G. Mizun, Space and Health, Moscow: ‘Znanie’, 1984.
  18. E. Stoupel, ‘Relationship between suicide and myocardial infarction with regard to changing physical environmental conditions’, International Journal of Biometeorology, 1994; 38 (4): 199–203; E. Stoupel et al., ‘Clinical cosmobiology: the Lithuanian study, 1990–1992’, International Journal of Biometeorology, 1995; 38: 204–8; E. Stoupel et al., ‘Suicide- homicide temporal interrelationship, links with other fatalities and environmental physical activity’, Crisis, 2005; 26: 85–9. 298 The Intention Experiment
  19. Avi Raps et al., ‘Geophysical Variables and Behavior: LXIX. Sola activity and admission of psychiatric inpatients’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1992; 74: 449; H. Friedman et al., ‘Geomagnetic parameters and psychiatric hospital admissions’, Nature, 1963; 200: 626–8.
  20. M. Mikulecky, ‘Lunisolar tidal waves, geomagnetic activity and epilepsy in the  light  of  multivariate  coherence’, Brazilian Journal of  Medicine, 1996; 29 (8): 1069–72; E. A. McGugan, ‘Sudden unexpected deaths i epileptics – a literature review’, Scottish Medical Journal, 1999; 44 (5): 137–9.
  21. A.   Michon   et   al.,   ‘Attempts   to   simulate    the association   between geomagnetic activity and spontaneous seizures in rats using experimentally generated magnetic fields’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1996; 82 (2): 619–26; Y. Bureau and M. Persinger, ‘Geomagnetic activity and enhanced mortality in rats with acute (epileptic) limbic lability’, International Journal of Biometeorology, 1992; 36: 226–32.
  22. Y. Bureau and M. Persinger, ‘Decreased latencies for limbic seizures induced in rats by lithium-pilocarpine occur when daily average geomagnetic activity exceeds 20 nanotesla’, Neuroscience Letters, 1995; 192: 142–4; A. Michon and M. A. Persinger, ‘Experimental simulation o the effects of increased geomagnetic activity upon nocturnal seizures in epileptic rats’, Neuroscience Letters, 1997; 224: 53–6.
  23. M. Persinger, ‘Sudden unexpected death in epileptics following sudden, intense,  increases in  geomagnetic  activity:  Prevalence  of effect and potential mechanisms’, International Journal of Biometeorology, 1995; 38: 180–7; R. P. O’Connor and M. A. Persinger, ‘Geophysical Variables and Behavior:  LXXXII.  A strong  association  between  sudden  infant  deat syndrome (SIDS) and increments of global geomagnetic activity – possible support for the melatonin hypothesis’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1997; 84: 395–402.
  24. B. McKay and M. Persinger, ‘Geophysical Variables and Behavior LXXXVII. Effects of synthetic and natural geomagnetic patterns on maz learning’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1999; 89 (3 pt 1): 1023–4
  25. Radin, Conscious Universe, op. cit.
  26. D.   Radin,   ‘Evidence for relationship between  geomagnetic field fluctuations and skilled physical performance.’ Presentation made at the 11th Annual Meeting of the Society for Scientific Exploration, Princeton New Jersey, June 1992.
  27. S. W. Tromp, Biometeorology, London: Heyden, 1980.
  28. I. Stoilova and T. Zdravev, ‘Influence of the geomagnetic activity on the human functional systems’, Journal of the Balkan Geophysical Society, 2000; 3 (4): 73–6
  29. M. A. Persinger and S. A. Koren, ‘Experiences of spiritual visitation an impregnation: potential induction by frequency-modulated transients from an adjacent clock’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 2001; 92 (1): 35–6.
  30. M. A. Persinger  et  al.,  ‘Differential entrainment of electroencephalographic activity by weak complex electromagnetic fields’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1997; 84 (2): 527–36.
  31. M. A. Persinger, ‘Increased emergence of alpha activity over the left but not the right temporal lobe within a dark acoustic chamber: Differential response of the left Notes 299 but not the right hemisphere to transcerebral magnetic fields’, International Journal of Psychophysiology, 1999; 34 (2):163–9.
  32. Interview with Todd Murphy, May 23, 2006.
  33. W. G. Braud and S. P. Dennis, ‘Geophysical Variables and Behavior: LVIII. Autonomic activity, hemolysis and biological  psychokinesis Possible relationships with geomagnetic field activity’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1989; 68: 1243–54.
  34. Ibid.
  35. McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.: 167–8.
  36. M.   A.   Persinger   and   S.   Krippner,   ‘Dream    ESP experiments      an geomagnetic activity’, Journal of the American Society for Psychica Research, 1989; 83: 101–16; S. Krippner and M. Persinger, ‘Evidence for enhanced congruence between dreams and distant target material during periods of decreased geomagnetic activity’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1996; 10, (4): 487–93.
  37. M. Ullman et al., Dream Telepathy: Experiments in ESP, Jefferson: McFarland, 1989.
  38. Ibid.
  39. M. A. Persinger, ‘ELF field meditation in spontaneous psi events. Direc information transfer or conditioned elicitation?’ Psychoenergetic Systems, 1975; 3: 155–69; M. A. Persinger, ‘Geophysical Variables and Behavior: XXX.  Intense  paranormal  activities  occur  during  days  of  quiet  global geomagnetic activity’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1985; 61: 320–2.
  40. M. H. Adams, ‘Variability in remote-viewing performance: Possible relationship to the geomagnetic field’, in D. H. Weiner and D. I. Radin (eds.), Research in Parapsychology, Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1986: 25. [cf n.19, ch.8]
  41. J. N. Booth et al., ‘Ranking of stimuli that evoked memories in significan others after exposure to circumcerebral magnetic fields: Correlations with ambient geomagnetic activity’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 2002; 95(2): 555–8.
  42. M. A. Persinger  et al., ‘Differential  entrainment of electroencephalographic activity by weak complex electromagnetic fields’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1997; 84 (2): 527–36.
  43. M. A. Persinger, ‘Enhancement of images of possible memories of othersduring exposure to circumcerebral magnetic fields: Correlations with ambient geomagnetic activity’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 2002; 95 (2): 531–43.
  44. S. A. Koren and M. A Persinger, ‘Possible disruption of remote viewing by complex weak magnetic fields around the stimulus site and the possibility of accessing real phase space: A pilot study’, Perceptual and Motor Skills, 2002; 95 (3 Pt 1): 989–98.
  45. S. Krippner, ‘Possible geomagnetic field effects in psi phenomena.’ Paper presented at international parapsychology conference in Recife, Brazil, November 1997.
  46. Braud and Dennis, ‘Geophysical Variables and Behavior: LVIII’, op. cit.
  47. S. J. P. Spottiswoode, ‘Apparent association between effect size in free response anomalous cognition experiments and local sidereal time’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1997; 11 (2): 109–22.
  48. S. J. P. Spottiswoode and E. May, ‘Evidence that free response anomalous cognitive performance depends upon local sidereal time and geomagnetic fluctuations’, Presentation Abstracts, Sixteenth Annual Meeting of the Society for Scientific Exploration, June 1997: 8.
  49. A. P. Krueger and D. S. Sobel, ‘Air ions and health’, in David S. Sobe (ed.), Ways of Health: Holistic Approaches to Ancient and Contemporary Medicine, New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1979.

This is part 2 of a multi-part post.

The access to all the posts can be found in this index below…

Do you want more?

I have many more posts related to this in my MAJestic Index. You can find it here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

The Intention Experiment (full text) by Lynne McTaggart. In HTML for free access. Part 1 of 4.

This is a complete reprint of the book titled “The Intention Experiment” by Lynne McTaggart. It is a non-fiction book, and it is groundbreaking. In this book, the author has compiled all those studies about the reality of ESP, and PSI, and compiled the results. The results are pretty damning. Something is going on, and Newtonian physics cannot explain it. It can only be explained with quantum physics.

What is going on is that quantum physics is working and weaving it’s magic throughout our lives, and rather than discount things as “superstition” and out-dated religion, this book connects actual scientific studies with the quantum physics principles involved. It explains so many thing that have been discounted as pure superstition.

Thus it’s placement in my blog.

This is for those people who want nice and clean answers to what is going on, yet cannot shake off the Newtonian physics that they learned in High School. This book teaches you that there is a deeper reality behind everything and as such, it helps explain some elements of paranormal and religion that are often discounted as primitive nonsense.

Welcome to the world of quantum physics and how all those things about prayer, intention, and spirituality actually does have a scientific foundation that they are based upon.

Some Comments

One of the best books I have ever read. You will learn so much about intention. I call it "desire". How important this is!

-Carol S. Burney
I really enjoyed this book. I was impressed with the author's ability to make complex science clear and also the use of credible sources. 

She really doesn't talk so much about using your thoughts to change your life. It is more of a book about how science, real science, is showing more and more how the human mind is seen by quantum physics and other legitimate scientific disciplines. 

It was really interesting to me to see that the mind really is much more powerful than we think it is. 

As I said, I was very impressed with the research she used in the book as the references were to legitimate experiments that had been peer reviewed. Good insights into the amazing power of intention.

-Zipporia
I rate this a solid 5 due to the importance of the message; it combines everything I have learned in pieces into a nice little package. 

Although not too much attention was paid to the way the writing flows, and as some of you have pointed out the sloppiness of the writing, I have to say that I also write sloppy when I discover a very cool thing. 

The excitement overwhelms my style and attention to detail. But otherwise, it is a very solid read and I did not read it to be blown away with the "literature" quality of the writing, but for the clear and to the point message that it communicates so clearly. 

This is a life altering book if it's the first book you are reading about the power of your intentions, thoughts and quantum physics. Awesome job!

-Netaron
In Quantum theory , "the world" is comprised of two "systems",the system containing the observer and the system containing what is observed. 

Until the observer focuses his attention on the observed system it exists only as a host of infinite possibilities. The observer observation or measurement "fixes" its reality. That is the scientific theory. 

Hard enough for us mere mortals to grasp or integrate it with what we have been taught. 

From quantum theory it is almost irresistible to move to a consideration of how intention, rather than mere observation or objective measurement might work in our world and that is what this thought provoking book does. 

The experiments are about whether intention can change outcome or even in one experiment, can change a previously measured reality. 

It explores the power of consciousness and invites readers, through excercises in the book and through the web site to become part of an ongoing living experiment in consciousness. 

I found the experiments fascinating, engaging and worthy of reflection..and I found reflection on them energizing. I recommend it enthusiastically for anyone who is at work on increasing their own awareness and trying to live fully present in the moment.

-Lindsay N. Bowker
For those interested in Quantum Science, in the Zero Point Field, and in what they call the "soup of creation" - this is a "must read". 

I was pleased with this book right up to the chapter called Praying for Yesterday, which introduced experiments that couldn't hold water logically. I was so frustrated by that chapter that I almost ditched the book entirely - BUT - the third paragraph from the end of that chapter is a prize so wondrous - a double concept so unbelievable and empowering that all else is forgiven. 

In fact, based solely on that, I ordered her first book - The Field.

If you're one of the lucky one's who can wrap your brain around concepts like these - ordering this book is a favor you need to do for yourself. It's an exciting rush of potential at your command - if you allow it to be so. I, personally, noting the flaws of the above chapter, would still recommend this book without hesitation as a "must read"!

-SciFiCahill
Our thoughts create our reality.

This is a well written book about quantum physics and its extraordinary implications. That we live in a "Field" (Zero Point Field) which is a constant dance of quantum energy exchange. Clearly we are connected to the entire universe through our pulsating energy which is constantly interacting with the vast energy "out there". 

This is a great book filled with information about how the universe operates and our connection to it. This vast flow of energy, Consciousness, if you will, is all around us and is our connection to the "Source" or "Creator" of the Universe. A very powerful book, which I highly recommend.

-Richard Grant

The Intention Experiment

Comment
The preface is in italicized purple font. It’s pretty boring, but it tells you how the book came about, and at that it can give you some insight in how some things can manifest in our universe. Don’t ever think that everything is a coincidence.

Preface

THIS BOOK REPRESENTS A PIECE of unfinished business that began 2001 when I published a book called The Field. In the course of trying to find a scientific explanation for homeopathy and spiritual healing, I had inadvertently uncovered the makings of a new science.

During my research, I stumbled across a band of frontier scientists who had spent many years re-examining quantum physics and its extraordinary implications. Some had resurrected certain equations regarded as superfluous in standard quantum physics. These equations, which stood for the Zero Point Field, concerned the extraordinary quantum field generated by the endless passing back and forth of energy between all subatomic particles. The existence of the Field implies that all matter in the universe is connected on the subatomic level through a constant dance of quantum energy exchange.

Other evidence demonstrated that, on the most basic level, each one of us is also a packet of pulsating energy constantly interacting with this vast energy sea.

But the most heretical evidence of all concerned the role of consciousness. The well-designed experiments conducted by these scientists suggested that consciousness is a substance outside the confines of our bodies – a highly ordered energy with the capacity to change physical matter. Directing thoughts at a target seemed capable of altering machines, cells and, indeed, entire multicelled organisms like human beings. This mind-over-matter power even seemed to traverse time and space.

In The Field I aimed to make sense of all the ideas resulting from these disparate experiments and to synthesize them into one generalized theory. The Field created a picture of an interconnected universe and a scientific explanation for many of the most profound human mysteries, from alternative medicine and spiritual healing to extrasensory perception and the collective unconscious.

The Field apparently hit a nerve. I received hundreds of letters from readers who told me that the book had changed their lives. A writer wanted to depict me as a character in her novel. Two composers wrote musical compositions inspired by it, one of which was played on the international stage.

I was featured in a movie, What the Bleep!? Down the Rabbit Hole, and on the What The Bleep Do We Know!? Calendar, released by the film’s producers. Quotes from T h e Field became the centrepiece of a printed Christmas card.

However gratifying this reaction, I felt that my own journey of discovery had hardly left the station platform. The scientific evidence I had amassed for The Field suggested something extraordinary and even disturbing: directed thought had some sort of central participatory role in creating reality.

Targeting your thoughts – or what scientists ponderously refer to as ‘intention’ and  ‘intentionality’  –  appeared  to  produce  an energy  potent  enough  to  change physical reality. A simple thought seemed to have the power to change our world.

After writing The Field, I puzzled over the extent of this power and the numerous questions it raised. How, for instance, could I translate what had been confirmed in the laboratory for use in the world that I lived in? Could I stand in the middle of a railway track and, Superman-style, stop the 9:45 to Paddington with my thoughts? Could I fly myself up to fix my roof with a bit of directed thought? Would it now be possible to cross doctors and healers off my list of essential contacts, seeing as I might now be able to think myself well? Could I help my children pass their maths tests just by thinking about it? If linear time and three-dimensional space didn’t really exist, could I go back and erase all those moments in my life that had left me with lasting regret? And could my one puny bit of mental input do anything to change the vast catalogue of suffering on the planet?

The implications of this evidence were unsettling. Should we be minding every last thought at every moment? Was a pessimist’s view of the world likely to be a self-fulfilling prophecy? Were all those negative thoughts – that ongoing inner dialogue of judgement and criticism – having any effect outside our heads?

Were there conditions that improved your chances of having a better effect with your thoughts? Would a thought work any old time or would you, your intended target and indeed the universe itself have to be in the mood? If everything is affecting everything else at every moment, doesn’t that counteract and thereby nullify any real effect?

What happens when a number of people think the same thought at the same time? Would that have an even larger effect than thoughts generated singly? Was there a threshold size that a group of like-minded intenders had to reach in order to exert the most powerful effect? Was an intention ‘dose dependent’ – the larger the group, the larger the effect?

An  enormous  body  of  literature,  starting with Think and Grow Rich [1] by Napoleon Hill, arguably the first self-actualization guru, has been generated about the power of thought. ‘Intention’ has become the latest New Age buzzword. Practitioners of alternative medicine speak of helping patients heal ‘with intention’. Even Jane Fonda writes about raising children ‘with intention’.[2]

What on earth, I wondered, was meant by ‘intention’? And how exactly can one become an efficient ‘intender’? The bulk of the popular material had been written off the cuff – a smattering of Eastern philosophy here, a soupçon of Dale Carnegie there, with very little scientific evidence that it worked.

To find answers to all of these questions, I turned, once again, to science, scouring the scientific literature for studies on distant healing or other forms of psychokinesis, or mind over matter. I sought out international scientists who experimented with how thoughts can affect matter. The science described in The Field had been carried out mainly in the 1970s; I examined more recent discoveries in quantum physics for further clues.

I also turned to those people who had managed to master intention and who could perform the extraordinary – spiritual healers, Buddhist monks, Qigong masters, shamans – in order to understand the transformational processes they underwent to be able to use their thoughts to powerful effect. I uncovered myriad ways that intention is used in real life – in sports, for instance, and during healing modalities such as biofeedback. I studied how native populations incorporated directed thought into their daily ritual.

I then began to dig up evidence that multiple minds trained on the same target magnified the effect produced by an individual. The evidence was tantalizing, mostly gathered by the Transcendental Meditation organization, suggesting that a group of likeminded thoughts created some sort of order in the otherwise random Zero Point Field.

At that point in my journey, I ran out of pavement. All that stretched before me, as far as I could tell, was uninhabited open terrain.

Then one evening, my husband Bryan, a natural entrepreneur in most situations, put forward what seemed to be a preposterous suggestion: ‘Why don’t you do some group experiments yourself?’

I am not a physicist. I am not any kind of scientist. The last experiment I had conducted had been in a 10th grade science lab.

What I did have, though, was a resource available to few scientists: a potentially huge experimental body. Group intention experiments are extraordinarily difficult to perform in an ordinary laboratory. A researcher would need to recruit thousands of participants. How would he find them? Where would he put them? How would he get them all to think the same thing at the same time?

A book’s readers offer an ideal self-selected group of likeminded souls who might be willing to participate in testing out an idea. Indeed, I already had my own large population of regular readers with whom I communicated through e-news and my other spin-off activities from The Field.

I first broached the idea of carrying out my own experiment with dean emeritus of the Princeton University School of Engineering Robert Jahn and his colleague psychologist Brenda Dunne, who run the Princeton Engineering Anomalous Researc (PEAR) laboratory, both of whom I had got to know through my research forThe Field. Jahn and Dunne have spent some 30 years painstakingly amassing some of the most convincing evidence about the power of directed intention to affect machinery. They are absolute sticklers for scientific method, no-nonsense and to the point. Robert Jahn is one of the few people I have ever met who speaks in perfect, complete sentences. Brenda Dunne is equally perfectionist about detail in both experiment and language. I would be assured of no sloppy protocol in my experiments if Jahn and Dunne agreed to be involved.

The two of them also have a vast array of scientists at their disposal. They head the International Consciousness Research Laboratory, many of whose members are among the  most prestigious  scientists  performing consciousness  research in the world.  Dunne  also  runs  PEARTree,  a  group  of  young  scientists  interested  in consciousness research.

Everyone met on occasions and kicked around some possibilities. Eventually, they put forward Fritz- Albert Popp, assistant director of the International Institute of Biophysics (IIB) i Neuss, Germany, to conduct the first intention experiments. I knew Fritz Popp throug my research for The Field. He was the first to discover that all living things emit a tiny current of light. As a noted German physicist recognized internationally for his discoveries, Popp would also be a stickler for pristine scientific method.

Other scientists, such as psychologist Gary Schwartz of the Biofield Center a the University of Arizona, Marilyn Schlitz, vice president for research and education at  the  Institute  of  Noetic  Sciences,  Dean  Radin,  IONS’  senior  scientist,  an psychologist Roger Nelson of the Global Consciousness Project, have also offered to participate.

I do not have any hidden sponsors of this project. The website and all our experiments will be funded by the proceeds of this book or grants, now and in the future.

Scientists involved in experimental research often cannot venture beyond their findings to consider the implications of what they have uncovered. Consequently, when assembling the evidence that already exists about intention, I have tried to consider the larger implications of this work and to synthesize these individual discoveries into a coherent theory. In order to describe in words concepts that are generally depicted through mathematical equations, I have had to reach for metaphoric approximations of the truth. At times, with the help of many of the scientists involved, I have also had to engage in speculation. It is important to recognize that the conclusions arrived at in this book represent the fruits of frontier science. These ideas are a work in progress. Undoubtedly new evidence will emerge to amplify and refine these initial conclusions.

Researching the work of people at the very forefront of scientific discovery again has been a humbling experience for me. Within the unremarkable confines of a laboratory, these largely unsung men and women engage in activities that are nothing short of heroic. They risk losing grants, academic posts and, indeed, entire careers groping alone in the dark. Most scratch around for grant money to enable them to carry on.

All advancements in science are somewhat heretical, each important new discovery partly, if not completely, negating the prevailing views of the day. To be a true explorer in science – to follow the unprejudiced lead of pure scientific inquiry – is to be unafraid to propose the unthinkable, and to prove friends, colleagues and scientific paradigms wrong. Hidden within the cautious, neutral language of experimental data and mathematical equation is nothing less than the makings of a new world, which slowly takes shape for all the rest of us, one painstaking experiment at a time.

Lynne McTaggart, June 2006

Notes – Preface

  1.  N. Hill, Think and Grow Rich: The Andrew Carnegie Formula for Mone Making, New York: Ballantine Books (reissue edn), 1987.
  2.  J. Fonda, My Life So Far, London: Ebury Press, 2005: 571.

Introduction

THE INTENTION EXPERIMENT is no ordinary book, and you are no ordinary reader. This is a book without an ending, for I intend for you to help me finish it. You are not only the audience of this book, but also one of its protagonists – the primary participants in cutting-edge scientific research. You, quite simply, are about to embark on the largest mind-over-matter experiment in history.

The Intention Experiment is the first ‘living’ book in three-dimensions. The book, in a sense, is a prelude, and the ‘contents’ carry on well beyond the time you finish the final page. In the book itself, you will discover scientific evidence about the power of your own thoughts, and you will then be able to extend beyond this information and test further possibilities through a massive, ongoing international group experiment, under the direction of some of the most well-respected international scientists in consciousness research. Through The Intention Experiment’s website (www.theintention experiment.com), you and the rest of the readers of this book will be able to participate in remote experiments, the results of which will be posted on the site. Each of you will become a scientist at the hub of some of the most daring consciousness experiments ever conducted.

The Intention Experiment rests on an outlandish premise: thought affects physical reality.

Comment
It’s not at all outlandish. Thought actually does create reality.

A sizeable body of research exploring the nature of consciousness, carried on for more than 30 years in prestigious scientific institutions around the world, shows that thoughts are capable of affecting everything from the simplest machines to the most complex living beings.[1]

This evidence suggests that human thoughts and intentions are an actual physical ‘something’ with the astonishing power to change our world. Every thought we have is a tangible energy with the power to transform.

A thought is not only a thing; a thought is a thing that influences other things.

Comment
If quanta were like fine particles of dust, or finely ground flour… then thoughts are like a breeze that attracts or scatters the dust particles everywhere.

This central idea, that consciousness affects matter, lies at the very heart of an irreconcilable difference between the world view offered by classical physics – the science of the big, visible world – and that of quantum physics – the science of the world’s most diminutive components. That difference concerns the very nature of matter and the ways it can be influenced to change.

Comment
The idea behind quantum physics is that consciousness and thoughts affect physical matter.

All of classical physics, and indeed the rest of science, is derived from the laws of motion and gravity developed by Isaac Newton in his Principia.

Newton’s laws described a universe in which all objects moved within the three-dimensional space of geometry and time according to certain fixed laws of motion. Matter was considered inviolate and self-contained, with its own fixed boundaries. Influence of any sort required something physical to be done to something else – a force or collision. Making something change basically entailed heating it, burning it, freezing it, dropping it or giving it a good swift kick.

Newtonian laws, science’s grand ‘rules of the game’, as the celebrated physicist

Richard Feynman once referred to them,[3] and their central premise, that things exist independently of each other, underpin our own philosophical view of the world. We believe that all of life and its tumultuous activity carries on around us, regardless of what we do or think. We sleep easy in our beds at night, in the certainty that when we close our eyes, the universe doesn’t disappear.

Nevertheless, that tidy view of the universe as a collection of isolated, well- behaved objects got dashed in the early part of the twentieth century, once the pioneers of quantum physics began peering closer into the heart of matter. The tiniest bits of the universe, those very things that make up the big, objective world, did not in any way behave themselves according to any rules that these scientists had ever known.

This outlaw behavior was encapsulated in a collection of ideas that became known as the Copenhagen Interpretation, after the place where the forceful Danish physicist Niels Bohr and his brilliant protégé, the German physicist Werner Heisenberg, formulated the likely meaning of their extraordinary mathematical discoveries. Bohr and Heisenberg realized that atoms are not little solar systems of billiard balls but something far more messy: a tiny cloud of probability.

Every subatomic particle is not a solid and stable thing, but exists simply as a potential of any one of its future selves – or what is known by physicists as a ‘superposition’, or sum, of all probabilities, like a person staring at himself in a hall of mirrors.

One of their conclusions concerned the notion of ‘indeterminacy’; that you can never know all there is to know about a subatomic particle all at the same time. If you discover information about where it is, for instance, you cannot work out at the same time exactly where it is going or at what speed. They spoke about a quantum particle as both a particle – a congealed, set thing – and a ‘wave function’ – a big smeared- out region of space and time, any corner of which the particle may occupy. It was akin to describing a person as comprising the entire street where he lives.

Their conclusions suggested that, at its most elemental, physical matter isn’t solid and stable – indeed, isn’t an anything yet.

Subatomic reality did not resemble the solid and reliable state of being described to us by classical science, but an ephemeral prospect of seemingly infinite options. So capricious seemed the smallest bits of nature that the first quantum physicists had to make do with a crude symbolic approximation of the truth – a mathematical range of all possibility.

At the quantum level, reality resembled unset jelly.

Comment
Newtonian physics treated things as nice set fixed and solid objects; like billiard balls. That they would follow set rules of behavior. Quantum physics says otherwise. The smallest things are actually like unset jello. When you think about them, they turn hard and freeze in place.

The quantum theories developed by Bohr, Heisenberg and a host of others rocked the very foundation of the Newtonian view of matter as something discrete and self-contained. They suggested that matter, at its most fundamental, could not be divided into independently existing units and indeed could not even be fully described. Things had no meaning in isolation, but only in a web of dynamic interrelationship.

The quantum pioneers also discovered the astonishing ability of quantum particles to influence each other, despite the absence of all those usual things that physicists understand are responsible for influence, such as an exchange of force occurring at a finite velocity. Once in contact, particles retained an eerie remote hold over each other.

The actions – for instance, the magnetic orientation – of one subatomic particle instantaneously influenced the other, no matter how far they were separated.

Comment
In quantum physics, things influence other things regardless of physical distance.

At the subatomic level, change also resulted through dynamic shifts of energy; these little packets of vibrating energy constantly traded energy back and forth to each other like ongoing passes in a game of basketball, a ceaseless to-ing and from-ing that gave rise to an unfathomably large basic layer of energy in the universe.[4]

Subatomic matter appeared to be involved in a continual exchange of information, causing constant refinement and subtle alteration. The universe was not a storehouse of static, separate objects, but a single organism of interconnected energy fields in a constant state of becoming. At its infinitesimal level, our world resembled a vast network of quantum information, with all its component parts constantly on the phone.

The only thing dissolving this little cloud of probability into something solid and measurable was the involvement of an observer.

Once these scientists decided to have a closer look at a subatomic particle by taking a measurement, the subatomic entity that existed as pure potential would ‘collapse’ into one particular state.

The implications of these early experimental findings were profound: living consciousness somehow was the influence that turned the possibility of something into something real. The moment we looked at an electron or took a measurement, it appeared that we helped to determine its final state. This suggested that the most essential ingredient in creating our universe is the consciousness that observes it. Several of  the central figures in quantum physics argued that the universe was democratic and participatory – a joint effort between observer and observed. [5]

The observer effect in quantum experimentation gives rise to another heretical notion: that living consciousness is somehow central to this process of transforming the unconstructed quantum world into something resembling everyday reality. It suggests not only that the observer brings the observed into being, but also that nothing in the universe exists as an actual ‘thing’ independently of our perception of it.

Comment
Nothing in this universe exists without an observer to think about it.

It implies that observation – the very involvement of consciousness – gets the jelly to set.

It implies that reality is not fixed, but fluid, or mutable, and hence possibly open to influence.

The idea that consciousness creates and possibly even affects the physical universe also challenges our current scientific view of consciousness, which developed from the theories of the seventeenth-century philosopher René Descartes – mind is separate and somehow different from matter – and eventually embraced the notion that consciousness is entirely generated by the brain and remains locked up in the skull.

Most modern workaday physicists shrug their shoulders over this central conundrum: that big things are separate, but the tiny building blocks they are made up of are in instant and ceaseless communication with each other. For half a century, physicists have accepted, as though it makes perfect sense, that an electron behaving one way subatomically somehow transmutes into ‘classical’ (that is, Newtonian) behavior once it realizes it is part of a larger whole.

In the main, scientists have stopped caring about the troublesome questions posed by quantum physics, and left unanswered by its earliest pioneers.

Quantum theory works mathematically. It offers a highly successful recipe for dealing with the subatomic world. It helped to build atomic bombs and lasers, and to deconstruct the nature of the sun’s radiation. Today’s physicists have forgotten about the observer effect.

They content themselves with their elegant equations and await the formulation of unified Theory of Everything or the discovery of a few more dimensions beyond the ones that ordinary humans perceive, which they hope will somehow pull together all these contradictory findings into one centralized theory.

Thirty years ago, while the rest of the scientific community carried on by rote, a small band of frontier scientists at prestigious universities around the globe paused to consider the metaphysical implications of the Copenhagen Interpretation and the observer effect.[6]

If matter was mutable, and consciousness made matter a set something, it seemed likely that consciousness might also be able to nudge things in a particular direction.

Comment
If you can control your thoughts, then you can control matter and the events in your life.

Their investigations boiled down to a simple question: if the act of attention affected physical matter, what was the effect of intention – of deliberately attempting to make a change? In our act of participation as an observer in the quantum world, we might be not only creators, but also influencers.7

They began designing and carrying out experiments, testing what they gave the unwieldy label of ‘directed remote mental influence’ or ‘psychokinesis’, or, in shorthand, ‘intention’ or even ‘intentionality’.

A textbook definition of intention characterizes it as ‘a purposeful plan to perform an action, which will lead to a desired outcome’,[8] unlike a desire, which means simply focusing on an outcome, without a purposeful plan of how to achieve it.

Comment
Intention is quite different from desire.

An intention was directed at the intender’s own actions; it required some sort of reasoning; it required a commitment to do the intended deed. Intention implied purposefulness: an understanding of a plan of action and a planned satisfactory result.

Marilyn Schlitz, vice-president for research and education at the Institute of Noetic Sciences and one of the scientists engaged in the earliest investigations of remote influence, defined intention as ‘the projection of awareness, with purpose and efficacy, toward some object or outcome’.[9] To influence physical matter, they believed, thought had to be highly motivated and targeted.

In a series of remarkable experiments, these scientists provided evidence that thinking certain directed thoughts could affect one’s own body, inanimate objects and virtually all manner of living things, from single-celled organisms to human beings.

Two of the major figures in this tiny subgroup were former dean of engineering Robert Jahn at the Princeton Anomalies Engineering Research (PEAR) laboratory a Princeton  University and  his  colleague  Brenda  Dunne,  who  together  created  a sophisticated, scholarly research programme grounded in hard science.

Over 25 years, Jahn and Dunne led what became a massive international effort to quantify what is referred to as ‘micro-psychokinesis’, the effect of mind on random-event generators (REGs), which perform the electronic, twenty-first century equivalent of a toss of a coin.

The output of these machines (the computerized equivalent of heads or tails) was controlled by a randomly alternating frequency of positive and negative pulses. Because their activity was utterly random, they produced ‘heads’ and ‘tails’ each roughly 50 per cent of the time, according to the laws of probability.

The most common configuration of the REG experiments was a computer screen randomly alternating two attractive images – say, of cowboys and Indians. Participants in the studies would be placed in front of the computers and asked to try to influence the machine to produce more of one image – more cowboys, say – then to focus on producing more images of Indians, and then to try not to influence the machine in either direction.

Over the course of more than two and a half million trials Jahn and Dunne decisively demonstrated that human intention can influence these electronic devices in the specified direction,[10] and their results were replicated independently by 68 investigators.[11]

Comment
Experiments have conclusively shown that intention; directed thought, can absolute influence the physical world.

While PEAR concentrated on the effect of mind on inanimate objects an processes, many other scientists experimented with the effect of intention on living things.

A diverse number of researchers demonstrated that human intention can affect an enormous variety of living systems: bacteria, yeast, algae, lice, chicks, mice, gerbils, rats, cats and dogs.[12]

A number of these experiments have also been carried out with human targets; intention has been shown to affect many biological processes within the receiver, including gross motor movements and those in the heart, the eye, the brain and the respiratory system.

Animals themselves proved capable of acts of effective intention.

In one ingenious study by René Peoc’h of the Fondation ODIER in Nantes, France, a roboti ‘mother hen’, constructed from a moveable random-event generator, was ‘imprinted’ on a group of baby chicks soon after birth.

The robot was placed outside the chicks’ cage, where it moved around freely, as its path was tracked and recorded.

Eventually, it was clear that the robot was moving towards the chicks two and a half times more often than it would ordinarily; the ‘inferred intention’ of the chicks – their desire to be close to their mother – appeared to affect the robot, drawing it closer to the cage.

In over 80 similar studies, in which a lighted candle was placed on a movable REG, baby chicks kept in the dark, finding the light comforting, managed to influence the robot to spend more time than normal in the vicinity of their cage.[13]

The largest and most persuasive body of research has been amassed by William Braud, a psychologist and the research director of the Mind Science Foundation i San Antonio, Texas, and, later, the Institute of Transpersonal Psychology. Braud and his colleagues demonstrated that human thoughts can affect the direction in which fish swim, the movement of other animals such as gerbils, and the breakdown of cells in the laboratory.[14]

Braud also designed some of the earliest well-controlled studies of mental influence on human beings. In one group of studies, Braud demonstrated that one person could affect the autonomic nervous system (or fight-or-flight mechanisms) of another.[15]

Comment
Which is one of the many reasons why I tell people that they must isolate themselves from chronically negative people, sociopaths, psychopaths, and people with social, mental or emotional disorders. these individuals will absolutely affect your life, and often it is for their benefit, whatever they perceive it to be, and not yours.

Electrodermal activity (EDA) is a measure of skin resistance and shows an individual’s state of stress; a change of EDA usually occurs if someone is stressed or made uncomfortable in some way.[16]

Braud’s signature study tested the effect on EDA of being stared at, one of the simplest means of isolating the effect of remote influence on a human being. He repeatedly demonstrated that people were subconsciously aroused while they were being stared at.[17]

Perhaps the most frequently studied area of remote influence concerns remote healing.

Some 150 studies, of variable scientific rigor, have been carried out,[18] and one of the best designed was conducted by the late Dr Elisabeth Targ. During the height of the AIDS epidemic in the 1980s, she devised an ingenious, highly controlled pair of studies, in which some 40 remote healers across America were shown to improve the health of terminal AIDS patients, even though the healers had never met or been in contact with their patients.[19]

Comment
The use of thought and intention as a means to heal others over distances has been scientifically confirmed to be valid.

Even some of the most rudimentary mind-over-matter experiments have had tantalizing results.

One of the first such studies involved attempts to influence a throw of the dice. To date, some 73 studies have examined the efforts of 2500 people to influence more than two and a half million throws of the dice, with extraordinary success. When all the studies were analyzed together, and allowances made for quality or selective reporting, the odds of the results occurring by chance alone were 1076 (1 followed by 76 zeros) to one.[20]

There was also some provocative material about spoon bending, that perennial party trick made popular by psychic Uri Geller. John Hasted, a professor at Birkbec College at the University of London, had tested this with an ingenious experiment involving children.

Hasted suspended latch keys from the ceiling and placed the children 3 to 10 feet away from their target key, so that they could have no physical contact. Attached to each key was a strain gauge, which would detect and register on a strip chart recorder any change in the key.

Hasted then asked the children to try to bend the suspended metal. During the sessions, he observed not only the keys swaying and sometimes fracturing, but also abrupt and enormous spikes of voltage pulses up to 10 volts – the very limits of the chart recorder. Even more compelling, when children had been asked to send their intention to several keys hung separately, the individual strain recorders noted simultaneous signals, as though the keys were being affected in concert.[21]

Comment
My first wife has a first cousin that could bend spoons, and she did it right there within inches of my nose. It was real, and pretty darn amazing.

Most intriguing, in much of the research on psychokinesis, mental influence of any variety had produced measurable effects, no matter how far the distance between the sender or what point in time he generated his intention. According to the experimental evidence, the power of thought transcended time and space.

By the time these revisionists were finished, they had torn up the rule book and scattered  it to  the  four  winds.  Mind  in some  way appeared  to  be  inextricably connected to matter and, indeed, was capable of altering it. Physical matter could be influenced, even irrevocably altered, not simply by force, but through the simple act of formulating a thought.

Nevertheless, the evidence from these frontier scientists left three fundamental questions unanswered.

  • Through what physical mechanisms do thoughts affect reality?

At the time of this writing, some highly publicized studies of mass prayer showed no effect.

  • Were certain conditions and preparatory states of mind more conducive to success than others?
  • How much power did a thought have, for good or ill?
  • How much of our lives could a thought actually change?

Most of the initial discoveries about consciousness occurred more than 30 years ago. More recent discoveries in frontier quantum physics and in laboratories around the globe offer answers to some of those questions. They provide evidence that our world is highly malleable, open to constant subtle influence. Recent research demonstrates that living things are constant transmitters and receivers of measurable energy. New models of consciousness portray it as an entity capable of trespassing physical boundaries of every description.

Intention appears to be something akin to a tuning fork, causing the tuning forks of other things in the universe to resonate at the same frequency.

The latest studies of the effect of mind on matter suggest that intention has variable effects that depend on the state of the host, and the time and the place where it originates. Intention has already been employed in many quarters to cure illness, alter physical processes and influence events.

It is not a special gift but a learned skill, readily taught. Indeed, we already use intention in many aspects of our daily lives.

Comment
Intention is a learned skill, and with practice, anyone can become proficient with it.

A body of research also suggests that the power of an intention multiplies, depending upon how many people are thinking the same thought at the same time.[22]

The Intention Experiment consists of three aspects.

The main body of the book (chapters 1–12) attempts to synthesize all the experimental evidence that exists on intention into a coherent scientific theory of how intention works, how it can be used in your life and which conditions optimize its effect.

The second portion of the book (chapter 13) offers a blueprint for using intention effectively in your own life through a series of exercises and recommendations for how best to ‘power up’. This portion is also an exercise in frontier science. I am not an expert in human potential, so this is not a self-help manual, but a journey of discovery for me as well as you. I have extrapolated this programme from scientific evidence describing those circumstances that created the most positive results in psychokinetic laboratory experiences. We know for certain that these techniques have generated success under controlled experimental laboratory conditions, but I cannot guarantee they will work in your life. By making use of them, you will, in effect, engage in an ongoing personal experiment.

The final section of the book (chapters 14 and 15) consists of a series of personal and group experiments. Chapter 14 outlines a series of informal experiments on the use of intention in your own life for you to carry out individually. These mini ‘experiments’  are  also  intended  to  be  pieces  of  research.  You  will  have  the opportunity to post your results on our website and share them with other readers.

Besides these individual experiments, I have also designed a series of large group experiments to be carried out by the readers of this book (chapter 15). With the aid of our highly experienced scientific team, The Intention Experiment will conduct periodic large-scale experiments to determine whether the focused intention of its readers has an effect on scientifically quantifiable targets.

All it requires is that you read the book, digest its contents, log on to the website (www.theintentionexperiment.com) and, after following the instructions and exercises at the back of this book, send out some highly specific thoughts, as and when described on the site. The first such studies will be carried out by the German physicist Fritz-Albert Popp, vice-president of the International Institute of Biophysics in Neuss, Germany (www.lifescientists.de), and his team of seven, psychologist Gary Schwartz and his colleagues at the University of Arizona at Tucson, and Marilyn Schlitz and Dean Radin of the Institute of Noetic Sciences.

Website experts have collaborated with our scientific team to design log-on protocols to enable us to identify which characteristics of a group or aspects of their thoughts produce the most effective results. For each intention experiment, a target will be selected – a specific living thing or a population where change caused by group intention can be measured. We have started with algae, the lowliest of subjects (see chapter 12), and, with every experiment, we will move on to an increasingly complex living target.

Our plans are ambitious: to tackle a number of societal ills. One eventual human target might  be patients with a wound. It  is known and accepted that wounds generally heal at a particular, quantifiable rate with a precise pattern.[23] Any departure from the norm can be precisely measured and shown to be an experimental effect. In that instance, our aim would be to determine whether focused group intention will enable wounds to heal more quickly than usual.

Naturally, you don’t have to participate in our experiments. If you don’t wish to get involved, you can read about the intention experiments of others, and use some of that information to inform how you use intention in your life.

Please do not casually participate in the experiments. In order for the experiment to work properly, you must read the book and digest its contents fully beforehand. The experimental evidence suggests that those who are the most effective have trained their minds, much as athletes train their muscles, to maximize their chances of success.

In order to discourage uncommitted participation, The Intention Experiment website contains a complicated password comprising some words or ideas from the book (which will change slightly every few months). In order to be part of the experiment, you will have to log on with the password and you will have to have read the book and understood it.

The website (www.theintentionexperiment.com) has a running clock (set to US Eastern Standard Time and Greenwich Mean Time). At a particular moment on a date specified on the website, you will be asked to send a carefully worded, detailed intention, depending on the target site.

Once finished, the results of the experiments will be analysed and data-crunched by our scientific team, examined by a neutral statistician, and then published on the website and in subsequent printings of this book. The website will thus become the living sequel to the book you are holding in your hands. You simply need to consult the website periodically for announcements of the date of every experiment.

Hundreds of well-designed studies of group intention and remote mental influence have demonstrated significant results. Nevertheless, it might be the case that our experiments will not produce demonstrable, measurable effects, at first or indeed ever. As reputable scientists and objective researchers, we are duty-bound to report the data we have. As with all science, failure is instructive, helping us to refine the design of the experiments and the premises that they are based upon.

As you read this book, keep in mind that this is a work of frontier science. Science is a relentless process of self-correction. Assumptions originally considered as fact must often ultimately be discarded. Many – indeed, most – of the conclusions drawn in this book are bound to be amended or refined at a later date.

By reading this book and participating in its experiments you may well contribute to the world’s knowledge, and possibly further a paradigm shift in our understanding of how the world works. Indeed, the power of mass intention may ultimately be the force that shifts the tide towards repair and renewal of the planet. When combined with hundreds of thousands of others, your solitary voice, now one barely audible note, could transmute into a thunderous symphony.

My own motive for writing The Intention Experiment was to make a statement about the extraordinary nature and power of consciousness. It may prove true that a single collective, directed thought is all it takes to change the world.

Notes – Introduction

  1. For a complete description of these scientists and their findings, consult L. McTaggart, The Field: the Quest for the Secret Force of the Universe, London: HarperCollins, 2001.
  2. The    full   title   of   Newton’s   major   treatise   is Philosophiae  Naturalis Principia Mathematica,  a  name  that  offers  a  nod  to  its  philosophical implications,   although   it   is   always  referred    to  reverentially   as the Principia.
  3. R. P. Feynman, Six Easy Pieces: The Fundamentals of Physics Explained, London: Penguin, 1995: 24.
  4. McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.
  5. Eugene Wigner, the Hungarian-born American physicist who received a Nobel Prize for his contribution to the theory of quantum physics, is one of the early pioneers of the central role of consciousness in determining reality and argued, through a thought experiment called ‘Wigner’s friend’, that the observer, ‘the friend’, might collapse Schrödinger’s famous cat into a single state or, like the cat itself, remain in a state of superposition until another ‘friend’ comes into the lab. Other proponents of ‘the observer effect’ include  John  Eccles and  Evan  Harris  Walker.  John  Wheeler is credited with espousing the theory that the universe is participatory: it only exists because we happen to be looking at it.
  6. McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.
  7. E. J. Squires, ‘Many views of one world – an interpretation of quantum theory’, European Journal of Physics, 1987; 8: 173.
  8. B. F. Malle et al., Intentions and Intentionality: Foundations of Socia Cognition, Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 2001.
  9. M. Schlitz, ‘Intentionality in healing: mapping the integration of body, mind, and spirit’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 1995; 1 (5): 119–20.
  10. R. G. Jahn et al., ‘Correlations of random binary sequences with prestated operator intention: a review of a 12-year program’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1997; 11: 345–67.
  11. R. G. Jahn et al., ‘Correlations of random binary sequences’, op. cit.; Dean Radin and Roger Nelson, ‘Evidence for consciousness-related anomalies in random physical systems’, Foundations of Physics, 1989; 19 (12): 1499–514; McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.: 116–17.
  12. These studies are itemized in great detail in D. Benor, Spiritual Healing, Volume 1, Southfield, Mich.: Vision Publications, 1992.
  13. Rene Peoc’h, ‘Psychokinetic action of young chicks on the path of a “illuminated source”’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1995; 9 (2): 223;
  14. R. Peoc’h, ‘Chicken imprinting and the tychoscope: An Anpsi experiment’ Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 1988; 55: 1; R. Peoc’h, ‘Psychokinesis experiments with human and animal subjects upon a robot moving at random’, The Journal of Parapsychology, September 1, 2002.
  15. William G. Braud and Marilyn J. Schlitz, ‘Consciousness interaction with remote biological systems: anomalous intentionality effects’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1991; 2 (1): 1–27; McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.: 128–9.
  16. Marilyn Schlitz and William Braud, ‘Distant intentionality and healing assessing the evidence’, Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 1997; 3 (6): 62–73.
  17. William Braud and Marilyn Schlitz, ‘A methodology for the objective study of transpersonal imagery’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1989; 3 (1): 43–63.
  18. W. Braud et al., ‘Further studies of autonomic detection of remote staring: replication, new control procedures and personality correlates’, Journal of Parapsychology, 1993; 57: 391–409; M. Schlitz and S. LaBerge ‘Autonomic detection of remote observation; two conceptual replications’, in D. Bierman (ed.), Proceedings of Presented Papers: 37 Annual Parapsychological Association Convention, Amsterdam, Fairhaven, Mass.: Parapsychological Association, 1994: 465–78.
  19. D.    Benor, Spiritual   Healing:   Scientific Validation of  a Healing Revolution, Southfield, Mich.: Vision Publications, 2001.
  20. F. Sicher, E. Targ et al., ‘A randomized double-blind study of the effect of distant healing in a population with advanced AIDS: report of a small scale study’, Western Journal of Medicine, 1998; 168 (6): 356–63. For a full description of the studies, see McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.: 181–96.
  21. Psychologist Dean Radin conducted a meta-analysis in 1989 at Princeton University of all known dice experiments (73) published between 1930 and 1989. They are recounted in his book Entangled Minds, New York: Paraview, 2006: 148–51.
  22. J. Hasted, The Metal Benders, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1981, as cited in W. Tiller, Science and Human Transformation; Subtle Energies Intentionality  and  Consciousness, Walnut  Creek, Calif.:  Pavior Publications, 1997: 13.
  23. McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.: 199.
  24. W. W. Monafo and M. A. West, ‘Current recommendations for topical burn therapy’, Drugs, 1990; 40: 364–73.

The Science of Intention

A human being is part of the whole, called by us ‘universe’, a part limited in time and space. He experiences himself, his thoughts and feelings as something separated from the rest – a kind of optical delusion of his consciousness. 

-Albert Einstein

Chapter 1

Mutable Matter

FEW PLACES IN THE GALAXY are as cold as the helium-diluti refrigerator in Tom Rosenbaum’s lab. Temperatures in the refrigerator – a boiler- sized circular apparatus with a number of cylinders – can descend to a few thousandths of a degree above absolute zero, almost 273°C below freezing – three thousand times colder than the farthest reaches of outer space. For two days, liquid nitrogen and helium circulate around the refrigerator, and then three pumps constantly blasting out gaseous helium take the temperature down to the final rung. Without heat of any description, the atoms in matter slow to a crawl. At this scale of coldness, the universe would grind to a halt. It is the scientific equivalent of hell freezing over.

Absolute zero is the preferred temperature of a physicist like Tom Rosenbaum. At 47, as a distinguished professor of physics at the University of Chicago and former head of the James Franck Institute, Rosenbaum was in the vanguard o experimental physicists who liked exploring the limits of disorder in condensed- matter physics, the study of the inner workings of liquids and solids when their underlying order was disturbed.[1]

In physics, if you want to find out how something behaves, the best way is simply to make it uncomfortable and then see what happens. Creating disorder usually involves adding heat or applying a magnetic field  to determine how it will react when disturbed and also to determine which spin position – or magnetic orientation – the atoms will choose.

Most of his colleagues in condensed-matter physics remained interested in symmetrical systems such as crystalline solids, whose atoms are arranged in orderly array, like eggs in a carton, but Rosenbaum was drawn to strange systems that were inherently disordered – to which more conventional quantum physicists referred disparagingly as ‘dirt’.

In dirt, he believed, lay exposed the unprobed secrets of the quantum universe, uncharted territory that he was happy to navigate.

He loved the challenge posed by spin glasses, strange hybrids of crystals, with magnetic properties, technically considered slow-moving liquids. Unlike a crystal, whose atoms point in the same direction in perfect alignment, the tiny magnets associated with the atoms of a spin glass are wayward and frozen in disarray.

The use of extreme coldness allowed Rosenbaum to slow down the atoms of these strange compounds enough to observe them minutely, and to tease out their quantum mechanical essence. At temperatures near to absolute zero, when their atoms are nearly stationary, they begin taking on new collective properties.

Rosenbaum was fascinated by the recent discovery that systems disorderly at room temperature display a conformist streak once they are cooled down. For once, these delinquent atoms begin to act in concert.

Examining how molecules behave as a group in various circumstances is highly instructive about the essential nature of matter.

In my own journey of discovery, Rosenbaum’s laboratory seemed the most appropriate place to begin. There, at those lowest temperatures where everything occurs in slow motion, the true nature of the most basic constituents of the universe might be revealed. I was looking for evidence of ways in which the components of our physical universe, which we think of as fully realized, are capable of being fundamentally altered.

I also wondered whether it could be shown that quantum behaviour like the observer effect occurs outside the subatomic world, in the world of the everyday. What Rosenbaum had discovered in his refrigerator might offer some vital clues as to how every object or organism in the physical world, which classical physics depicts as an irreversible fact, a finalized assemblage only changeable by the brute force of Newtonian physics, could be affected and ultimately altered by the energy of a thought.

According to the second law of thermodynamics, all physical processes in the universe can only flow from a state of greater to lesser energy. We throw a stone into a river and the ripple it makes eventually stops. A cup of hot coffee left standing can only grow cold.

Things inevitably fall apart; everything travels in a single direction, from order to disorder.

But this might not always be inevitable, Rosenbaum believed. Recent discoveries about disordered systems suggested that certain materials, under certain circumstances, might counteract the laws of entropy and come together rather than fall apart.

Was it possible that matter could go in the opposite direction, from disorder to greater order?

For ten years Rosenbaum and his students at the James Franck Institute had bee asking that question of a small chunk of lithium holmium fluoride salt. Inside Rosenbaum’s refrigerator lay a perfect chip of rose-coloured crystal, no bigger than the head of a pencil, wrapped in two sets of copper coils.

Over the years, after many experiments with spin glasses, Rosenbaum had grown very fond of these dazzling little specimens, one of the most naturally  magnetic substances on  earth. This characteristic presented the perfect situation in which to study disorder, but only after he had altered the crystal beyond recognition into a disordered substance.

He had first instructed the laboratory that grew the crystals to combine the holmium with fluorine and lithium, the first metal on the periodic table. The resulting lithium holmium fluoride salt was compliant and predictable – a highly ordered substance whose atoms behaved like a sea of microscopic compasses all pointing north.

Rosenbaum then had wreaked havoc on the original salt compound, instructing the lab to rip out a number of the atoms of holmium, bit by bit, and replace them with yttrium, a silvery metal without such natural magnetic attraction, until he was left with a strange hybrid of a compound: a salt called lithium holmium yttrium tetrafluoride.

By virtually eliminating the magnetic properties of the compound, Rosenbaum eventually had created spin-glass anarchy – the atoms of this Frankenstein monstrosity pointing any way they liked. Being able to manipulate the essential property of elements like holmium by creating weird new compounds so cavalierly was a little like having ultimate control over matter itself. With these new spin-glass compounds, Rosenbaum could virtually change the properties of the compound at will; he could make the atoms orientate in a particular direction, or freeze them in some random pattern.

Nevertheless, his omnipotence had a limit. Rosenbaum’s holmium compounds behaved themselves in some regards, but not in others. One thing he could not do was to get them to obey the laws of temperature. No matter how cold Rosenbaum made his refrigerator, the atoms inside them resisted any sort of ordered orientation, like an army refusing to march in step.

If Rosenbaum was playing God with his spin glasses the crystal was Adam, stubbornly refusing to obey His most fundamental law.

Sharing  Rosenbaum’s  curiosity  about  the  strange  property  of  the  crystal compound  was  a  young  student  called  Sayantani  Ghosh,  one  of  his  star  PhD candidates. Sai, as her friends called her, a native of India, had graduated with a first-class honours degree from Cambridge, after which she had chosen Tom’s lab for her doctoral programme in 1999. Almost immediately, she had distinguished herself by winning the Gregor Wentzel Prize, given each year by the University of Chicago’s physics department to the best first-year graduate student teaching assistant. The slight 23-year-old, who at first glance appeared abashed, hiding behind her copious dark hair, had soon impressed her peers and teachers alike with her bold authority, a rarity among science students, and her ability to translate complex ideas to the level an undergraduate  could  comprehend.  Sai  shared  the  distinction  of  winning  the coveted prize with only one other woman since its inception 25 years before.

According to the laws of classical physics, applying a magnetic field will disrupt the magnetic alignment of a substance’s atoms. The degree to which this happens is the salt’s ‘magnetic susceptibility’.

The usual pattern with a disordered substance is that it will respond to the magnetic field for a time and then plateau and tail off, as the temperature drops or the magnetic field reaches a point of magnetic saturation. The atoms will no longer be able to flip in the same direction as that of the magnetic field and so will begin to slow down.

In Sai’s first experiments, the atoms in the lithium holmium yttrium salt, as predicted, grew wildly excited with the application of the magnetic field. But then, as Sai increased the field, something strange began to happen. The more she turned up the frequency, the faster the atoms continued to flip over.

What is more, all the atoms, which had been in a state of disarray, began pointing in the same direction and operating as a collective whole. Then, small clusters of about 260 atoms aligned, forming ‘oscillators’, spinning collectively in one direction or another.

No matter how strong the magnetic field that Sai applied, the atoms remained stubbornly aligned with each other, acting in concert. This self-organization persisted for 10 seconds.

At first, Sai and Rosenbaum thought these effects might have something to do with the strange effects of the remaining atoms of holmium, known to be one of the very few substances in the world with such long-range internal forces that in some quarters it was described and worked out mathematically as something existing in another dimension.[2] Although they didn’t understand the phenomenon they had observed, they wrote up their results, which were published in the journal Science in 2002.[3]

Rosenbaum decided to carry out another experiment to attempt to isolate the property in the crystal’s essential nature that had enabled it to override such strong outside influences. He left the study’s design to his bright young graduate student, suggesting only that she create a computerized three-dimensional mathematical simulation of the experiment she had intended to carry out. In experiments of this nature on such tiny matter, physicists must rely on a computerized simulation to confirm mathematically the reactions they are witnessing experimentally.

Sai spent months developing the computer code and building her simulation. The plan was to find out a bit more about the salt’s magnetic capability, by applying two systems of disorder to the crystal chip: higher temperatures and a stronger magnetic field.

She prepared the sample by placing it in a little 2.4 x 4.8 cm copper holder, then wrapped two coils around the tiny crystal: one a gradiometer, to measure its magnetic susceptibility and the direction of spin of the individual atoms, and the other to cancel out any random flux affecting the atoms inside.

A connection attached to her PC would enable her to change the voltage, the magnetic field or the temperature, and would record any changes whenever she altered one of the variables by the tiniest degree.

She began lowering the temperature, a fraction of a kelvin (K) at a time, and then began applying a stronger magnetic field. To her amazement, the atoms kept aligning progressively. Then she tried applying heat, and discovered they again aligned. No matter what she did, in every instance the atoms ignored the outside interference. Although she and Tom had flushed out most of the compound’s magnetic component, of its own volition, as it were, it was turning into a larger and larger magnet.

That’s weird, she thought. Perhaps she should take more data, just to ensure they had encountered nothing strange in the system.

She repeated her experiment over six months until the early spring of 2002, when her computer simulation was finally complete. One evening, she mapped the results of the simulation on a graph, and then she superimposed the results from her actual experiment.

It was  as though she had drawn a single line.

There on the computer screen was a perfect duplicate: the diagonal line formed from the computer simulation lay exactly over the diagonal line created from the results of the experiment itself.

What she had witnessed in the little crystal was not an artefact, but something real that she had now reproduced in her computer simulation. She had even mapped out where the atoms should have been on the graph, had they been obeying the usual laws of physics.

But there they were in a line: a law completely unto themselves.

She wrote Rosenbaum a guarded email late that evening:

‘I’ve got something interesting to show you in the morning.’ 

The following day, they examined her graph. There was no other possibility, they both realized; the atoms had been ignoring her and instead were controlled by the activity of their neighbors. No matter whether she blasted the crystal with a strong magnetic field or an increase in temperature, the atoms overrode this outside disturbance.

The only explanation was that the atoms in the sample crystal were internally organizing and behaving like one single giant atom. All the atoms, they realized with some alarm, must be entangled.

One of the strangest aspects of quantum physics is a feature called ‘non- locality’, also poetically referred to as ‘quantum entanglement’. The Danish physicist Niels Bohr discovered that once subatomic particles such as electrons or photons are in contact, they remain cognizant of and influenced by each other instantaneously over any distance forever, despite the absence of the usual things that physicists understand are responsible for influence, such as an exchange of force or energy.

When entangled, the actions – for instance, the magnetic orientation – of one will always influence the other in the same or the opposite direction, no matter how far they are separated. Erwin Schrödinger, another one of the original architects of quantum theory, believed that the discovery of non-locality represented no less than quantum theory’s defining moment – its central property and premise.

The activity of entangled particles is analogous to a set of twins being separated at birth, but retaining identical interests and a telepathic connection forever. One lives in Colorado, and the other in London. Although they never meet again, both like the color blue. Both take a job in engineering. Both like to ski; in fact when one falls down and breaks his right leg at Vale, his twin breaks his right leg at precisely that moment, even though he is 4000 miles away, sipping a latte at Starbucks.[4]

Albert Einstein refused to accept non-locality, referring to it disparagingly as ‘spukhafte Fernwirkungen’ or ‘spooky action at a distance’.

This type of instantaneous connection would require information traveling faster than the speed of light, he argued through a famous thought experiment, which would violate his own special relativity theory.[5]

Since the formulation of Einstein’s theory, the speed of light (299,792,458 meters per second) has been used as the absolute limiting factor on how quickly one thing can affect something else. Things are not supposed to be able to affect other things faster than the time it would take the first thing to travel to the second thing at the speed of light.

Nevertheless, modern physicists, such as Alain Aspect and his colleagues in Paris, have demonstrated decisively that the speed of light is not an absolute outer boundary in the subatomic world.

Aspect’s experiment, which concerned two photons fired off from a single atom, showed that the measurement of one photon instantaneously affected the position of the second photon[6] so that it has the same or opposite spin or position (as IBM physicist Charles H. Bennett once put it, ‘opposit luck’).[7]

The two photons continued to talk to each other and whatever happened to one was identical to, or the very opposite of, what happened to the other. Today, even the most conservative physicists accept non-locality as a strange feature of subatomic reality.[8]

Most quantum experiments incorporate some test of Bell’s Inequality. This famous experiment in quantum physics was carried out by John Bell, an Irish physicist who developed a practical means to test how quantum particles really behaved.[9]

This simple test required that you get two quantum particles that had once been in contact, separate them and then take measurements of the two. It is analogous to a couple named Daphne and Ted who have once been together but are now separated. Daphne can choose one of two possible directions to go in and so can Ted. According to our commonsense view of reality, Daphne’s choice should be utterly independent of Ted’s.

When Bell  carried out his experiment, the expectation was that one of the measurements would be larger than the other – a demonstration of ‘inequality’. However, a comparison of the measurements showed that both were the same and so his inequality was ‘violated’.

Some invisible wire appeared to be connecting these quantum particles across space, to make them follow each other. Ever since, physicists have understood that when a violation of Bell’s Inequality occurs, it means that two things are entangled.

Bell’s Inequality has enormous implications for our understanding of the universe.

By accepting non-locality as a natural facet of nature we are acknowledging that two of the bedrocks on which our world view rests are wrong: that influence only occurs over time and distance, and that particles like Daphne and Ted, and indeed the things that are made up of particles, only exist independently of each other.

Although modern physicists now accept non-locality as a given feature of the quantum world, they console themselves by maintaining that this strange, counter- intuitive property of the subatomic universe does not apply to anything bigger than a photon or electron.

Once things got to the level of atoms and molecules, which in the world of physics is considered ‘macroscopic’, or large, the universe started behaving itself again, according to predictable, measurable, Newtonian laws.

With one tiny thumbnail’s worth of crystal, Rosenbaum and his graduate student demolished that delineation.

They had demonstrated that big things like atoms were non-locally connected, even in matter so large you could hold it in your hand. Never before had quantum non-locality been demonstrated on such a scale. Although the specimen had been only a tiny chip of salt, to the subatomic particle, it was a palatial country mansion, housing a billion billion (1,000,000,000,000,000,000 or 1018) atoms.

Rosenbaum, ordinarily loathe to speculate about what he could not yet explain, realized that they had uncovered something extraordinary about the nature of the universe.

And I realized they had discovered a mechanism for intention: they had demonstrated that atoms, the essential constituents of matter, could be affected by non-local influence. Large things like crystals were not playing by the grand rules of the game, but by the anarchic rules of the quantum world, maintaining invisible connections without obvious cause.

In 2002, after Sai wrote up their findings, Rosenbaum polished up the wording and sent off their paper to Nature, a journal notorious for conservatism and exacting peer review. After four months of responding to the suggestions of reviewers, Ghosh finally got her paper published in the world’s premier scientific journal, a laudatory feat for a 26-year-old graduate student.[10]

One of the reviewers, Vlatko Vedral, noted the experiment with a mix of interest and frustration.[11] A Yugoslav who had studied at Imperial College, London, during his country’s civil war and subsequent collapse, Vedral had distinguished himself in his adopted country and been chosen to head up quantum information science at the University of Leeds. Vedral, who was tall and leonine, was part of a small group in Vienna working on frontier quantum physics, including entanglement.

Vedral first theoretically predicted the effect that Ghosh and Rosenbaum eventually found three years later. He had submitted the paper to Nature in 2001, but the journal, which preferred experiment to theory, had rejected it. Eventually, Vedral managed to publish  his paper in Physical Review Letters, the premier physics journal.[12] After Nature decided to publish Ghosh’s study, its editors threw him a conciliatory bone. They allowed him to be a reviewer on the paper, and then offered him a place in the same issue to write an opinion piece on the findings.

In the article, Vedral allowed himself some speculation. Quantum physics is accepted as the most accurate means of describing how atoms combine to form molecules, he wrote, and since molecular relationship is the basis of all chemistry, and chemistry is the basis of biology, the magic of entanglement could well be the key to life itself.[13]

Vedral and a number of others in his circle did not believe that this effect was unique to holmium. The central problem in uncovering entanglement is the primitive state of our technology; isolating and observing this effect is only possible at the moment by slowing atoms down so much in such cold conditions that they are hardly moving. Nevertheless, a number of physicists had observed entanglement in matter at 200 K, or –73°C – a temperature that can be found on Earth in some of its very coldest places.

Other researchers have proved mathematically that everywhere, even inside of our own bodies, atoms and molecules are engaged in an instantaneous and ceaseless passing back and forth of information.

Thomas Durt of Vrije University in Brussels demonstrated through elegant mathematical formulations that almost all quantum interactions produce entanglement, no matter what the internal or surrounding conditions. Even photons, the tiniest particles of light emanating from stars, are entangled with every atom they meet on their way to earth.[14]

Entanglement at normal temperatures appears to be a natural condition of the universe, even in our bodies. Every interaction between every electron inside of us creates entanglement. According to Benni Reznik, a theoretical physicist at Tel Aviv University in Israel, even the empty space around us is heaving with entangled particles.[15]

The English mathematician Paul Dirac, an architect of quantum field theory, firs postulated that there is no such thing as nothingness, or empty space. Even if you tipped all matter and energy out of the universe and examined all the ‘empty’ space between the stars you would discover a netherworld world teeming with subatomic activity.

In the world of classical physics, a field is a region of influence, in which two or more points are connected by a force, like gravity or electromagnetism. However, in the world of the quantum particle, fields are created by exchanges of energy.

According to Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle, one reason that quantum particles are ultimately unknowable is because their energy is always being redistributed in a dynamic pattern. Although often rendered as tiny billiard balls, subatomic particles more closely resemble little packets of vibrating waves, passing energy back and forth as if in an endless game of basketball. All elementary particles interact with each other by exchanging energy through what are considered temporary or ‘virtual’ quantum particles. These are believed to appear out of nowhere, combining and annihilating each other in less than an instant, causing random fluctuations of energy without any apparent cause. Virtual particles, or negative energy states, do not take physical form, so we cannot actually observe them. Even ‘real’ particles are nothing more than a little knot of energy, which briefly emerge and disappear back into the underlying energy field.

These back-and-forth passes, which rise to an extraordinarily large ground state of energy, are known collectively as the Zero Point Field.

Comment
Zero point field is the basis of many types of substantive extraterrestrial technology.

The field is called ‘zero point’ because even at temperatures of absolute zero, when all matter theoretically should stop moving, these tiny fluctuations are still detectable. Even at the coldest place in the universe, subatomic matter never comes to rest, but carries on this little energy tango.[16]

The energy generated by every one of these exchanges between particles is unimaginably tiny – about half a photon’s worth. However, if all exchanges between all subatomic particles in the universe were to be added up, it would produce an inexhaustible supply of energy of unfathomable proportions, exceeding all energy in matter by a factor of 1040, or 1 followed by 40 zeros.[17] Richard Feynman himself once remarked that the energy in a cubic meter of space was enough to boil all the oceans of the world.[18]

After the discoveries of Heisenberg about Zero Point energy, most conventional physicists  have subtracted the figures  symbolizing Zero  Point energy from their equations. They assumed that, because the Zero Point Field was ever present in matter, it did not change anything and so could be safely ‘renormalized’ away.

However, in 1973, when trying to work out an alternative to fossil fuel during the petrol  crisis,  American  physicist  Hal  Puthoff,  inspired  by  the  Russian Andrei Sakharov, began trying to figure out how to harness the teeming energy of empty space for transport on earth and to distant galaxies.

Puthoff spent more than 30 years examining the  Zero Point Field. 

With some colleagues, he had proved that this constant energy exchange of all subatomic matter with the Zero Point Field accounts for the stability of the hydrogen atom, and, by implication, the stability of all matter.[19]

Remove the Zero Point Field and all matter would collapse in on itself.

He also demonstrated that Zero Point energy is responsible for two basic properties of mass: inertia and gravity.[20]

Puthoff also worked on a multimillion-dollar project funded by Lockheed Martin and a variety of American universities, to develop Zero Point energy for space travel – a programme that finally went public in 2006.

Many strange properties of the quantum world, like uncertainty or entanglement, could be explained if you factored in the constant interaction of all quantum particles with the Zero Point Field. To Puthoff, science’s  understanding of the nature of entanglement was analogous to two sticks stuck in the sand at the edge of the ocean, about to be hit by a huge wave. If they both were knocked over, and you did not know about the wave, you would think that one stick was affecting the other and call it a non-local effect. The constant interaction of quantum particles with the Zero Point Field might be the underlying mechanism for non-local effects between particles, allowing one particle to be in touch with every other particle at any moment.[21]

Benni Reznik’s work in Israel with the Zero Point Field and entanglement bega mathematically with a central question: what would happen to a hypothetical pair of probes interacting with the Zero Point Field? According to his calculations, once they began interacting with the Zero Point Field, the probes would begin talking to each other and ultimately become entangled.[22]

If all matter in the universe were interacting with the Zero Point Field, it meant quite simply, that all matter was interconnected and potentially entangled throughout the cosmos through quantum waves.[23]

And if we and all of empty space are a mass of entanglement, we must be establishing invisible connections with things at a distance to ourselves.

Acknowledging the existence of the Zero Point Field and entanglement offers a ready mechanism for why signals being generated by the power of thought can be picked up by someone else many miles away.

* * *

Sai Ghosh had proved that non-locality existed in the large building blocks of matter and the other scientists proved that all matter in the universe was, in a sense, a satellite of a large central energy field. But how could matter be affected by this connection? The central assumption of all of classical physics is that large material things in the universe are set pieces, a fait accompli of manufacture.

How can they possibly be changed?

Vedral had an opportunity to examine this question when he was invited to work with the renowned quantum physicist Anton Zeilinger. Zeilinger’s Institute for Experimental Physics lab at the University of Vienna was at the very frontier of some of the most exotic research into the nature of quantum properties. Zeilinger himself was profoundly dissatisfied with the current scientific explanation of nature, and he had passed on that dissatisfaction and the quest to resolve it to his students.

In a flamboyant gesture, Zeilinger and his team had entangled a pair of photons from beneath the River Danube. They had set up a quantum channel via a glass fibre and run it across the river bed of the Danube. In his lab, Zeilinger liked to refer to individual photons as Alice and Bob, and sometimes, if he needed a third photon, Carol or Charlie. Alice and Bob, separated by 600 metres of river and nowhere in sight of each other, maintained a non-local connection.[24]

Zeilinger was particularly interested in superposition, and the implications of the Copenhagen Interpretation – that subatomic particles exist only in a state of potential.

Could objects, and not simply the subatomic particles that compose them, he wondered, exist in this hall-of-mirrors state?

To test this question, Zeilinger employed a piece of equipment called a Talbot Lau interferometer, developed by some colleagues at MIT, using a variation on the famous double-slit experiment of Thomas Young, a British physicist of the nineteenth century. In Young’s experiment, a beam of pure light is sent through a single hole, or slit, in a piece of cardboard, then passes through a second screen with two holes before finally arriving at a third, blank screen.

Young’s experiment.
Young’s experiment.

When two waves are in phase (that is, peaking and troughing at the same time), and bump into each other – technically called ‘interference’ – the combined intensity of the waves is greater than each individual amplitude. The signal gets stronger. This amounts to an imprinting or exchange of information, called ‘constructive interference’. If one is peaking when the other troughs, they tend to cancel each other out – called ‘destructive interference’. With constructive interference, when all the waves are wiggling in synch, the light will get brighter; destructive interference will cancel out the light and result in complete darkness.

In the experiment, the light passing through the two holes forms a zebra pattern of alternating dark and light bands on the final blank screen. If light were simply a series of particles, two of the brightest patches would appear directly behind the two holes of the second screen. However, the brightest portion of the pattern is halfway between the two holes, caused by the combined amplitude of those waves that most interfere with each other. From this pattern, Young was the first to realize that light beaming through the two holes spreads out in overlapping waves.

A modern variation of the experiment fires off single photons through the double slit. These single photons also produce zebra patterns on the screen, demonstrating that even single units of light travel as a smeared-out wave with a large sphere of influence.

Young’s experiment.
Young’s experiment.

Twentieth-century physicists went on to use Young’s experiment with other individual quantum particles, and held it up as  proof that quantum physics had Through-the-Looking-Glass properties: quant um entities acted wavelike and travelled though both slits at once. Fire a stream of electrons at the triple screens, and you end up with the interference patterns of alternating light and dark patches, just as you do with a beam of light. Since you need at least two waves to create such interference patterns, the implication of the experiment is that the photon is somehow mysteriously able to travel through both slits at the same time and interfere with itself when it reunites.

The double-slit experiment encapsulates the central mystery of quantum physics

  • the idea that a subatomic particle is not a single seat but the entire stadium. It also demonstrates the principle that electrons, which exist in a hermetic quantum state, are ultimately unknowable. You could not identify something about a quantum entity without stopping the particle in its tracks, at which point it would collapse to a single point.

In Zeilinger’s adaptation of the slit experiment, using molecules instead of subatomic particles, the interferometer contained an array of slits in the first screen, and a grating of identical parallel slits in the second one, whose purpose was to diffract (or deflect) the molecules passing by. The third grating, turned perpendicular to the beam of molecules, acted as a scanning ‘mask’, with the ability to calculate the size of the waves of any of the molecules passing through, by means of a highly sensitive laser detector to locate the positions of the molecules and their interference patterns.

For the initial experiment, Zeilinger and his team carefully chose a batch of fullerene molecules, or ‘buckyballs’ made of 60 carbon atoms. At one nanometre apiece, these are the behemoths of the molecular world. They selected fullerene not only for its size but also for its neat arrangement, with a shape like a tiny symmetrical football.

It was a delicate operation. Zeilinger’s group had to work with just the right temperature; heating the molecules just a hair too much would cause them to disintegrate. Zeilinger heated the fullerenes to 900 K so they would create an intense molecular beam, then fired them through the first screen; they then passed through the second screen before making a pattern on the final screen. The results were unequivocal. Each molecule displayed the ability to create interference patterns with itself. Some of the largest units of physical matter had not ‘localized’ into their final state. Like a subatomic particle, these giant molecules had not yet gelled into anything real.

The Vienna team scouted out some other molecules that were double the size and oddly shaped to see if geometrically asymmetric molecules also demonstrated the same magical properties. They settled on gigantic fluorinated American football- shaped molecules of 70 carbon atoms and pancake-shaped tetraphenylporphyrin, a derivative of the biodye present in chlorophyll. At more than 100 atoms apiece, both of these entities are among the largest molecules on the planet. Again, each one created an interference pattern with itself.

Zeilinger’s group repeatedly demonstrated that the molecules could be two places at once, which meant that they remained in a state of superposition even at this large scale.[25]

They had proved the unthinkable: the largest components of physical matter and living things exist in a malleable state.[26]

Sai Ghosh didn’t often think about the implications of her discovery.

She was content with the knowledge that her experiment had made a very nice paper, and might help along her career as an assistant professor involved in research into miniaturization, the direction she believed quantum mechanics was heading. Occasionally, she allowed herself to speculate that her crystal might have proved something important about the nature of the universe. But she was only a postgraduate student. What did she, after all, really know about how the world worked?

But to me, Ghosh’s research and Zeilinger’s work on the double-slit experiment represent two defining moments in modern physics. Ghosh’s experiments show that an invisible connection exists between the fundamental elements of matter, which is often so strong that it can override classical methods of influence, such as heat or a push. Zeilinger’s work demonstrated something even more astonishing. Large matter was neither something solid and stable nor something that necessarily behaved according to Newtonian rules. Molecules needed some other influence to settle them into a completed state of being.

Theirs were the first evidence that the peculiar properties of quantum physics do not simply occur at the quantum level with subatomic particles, but also in the world of visible matter. Molecules also exist in a state of pure potential, not a  final actuality. Under certain circumstances, they escape Newtonian rules of force and display quantum non-local effects. The fact that something as large as a molecule can become entangled suggests that there are not two rule books – the physics of the large and the physics of the small – but only a single rule book for all of life.

These two experiments also hold the key to a science of intention – how thoughts are able to affect finished, solid matter.

Comment
Thoughts create reality. They can change the physical world around us in the most profound manners. Thus we absolutely need to have direct and substantive control over our thoughts.

They suggest that the observer effect occurs not simply in the world of the quantum particle but also in the world of the everyday. Things no longer should be seen to exist in and of themselves but, like a quantum particle, only in relationship. Co-creation and influence may be a basic, inherent property of life.

Our observation of every component in our world may help to determine its final state, which suggests that we are likely to be influencing every large thing we see around us.

When we enter a crowded room, when we engage with our partners and our children, when we gaze up at the sky, we may be creating and even influencing at every moment. We can’t yet demonstrate this at normal temperatures; our equipment is still too crude. But we already have some preliminary proof: the physical world – matter itself – appears to be malleable, susceptible to influence from the outside.

Notes – Chapter 1: Mutable Matter

  1. All personal information about Tom Rosenbaum and Sai Ghosh and their studies have been culled from multiple interviews conducted in February and March 2005.
  2. This was the solution posed by Giorgio Parisi at Rome in 1979.
  3. S. Ghosh et al.,  ‘Coherent spin oscillations in a  disordered magnet’, Science, 2002; 296: 2195–8.
  4. Once  again,  I    am indebted to Danah Zohar for her easy-to-digest description of quantum non-locality, which appears in D. Zohar, The Quantum Self, London: Bloomsbury, 1991: 19–20.
  5. A.     Einstein,   B.   Podolsky   and   N.   Rosen,  ‘Can quantum-mechanica description of physical reality be considered complete?’ Physical Review, 1935; 47: 777–80.
  6. A. Aspect et  al., ‘Experimental tests of Bell’s inequalities using time- varying analyzers’, Physical Review Letters, 1982; 49: 1804–7; A. Aspect, ‘Bell’s inequality test: more ideal than ever’, Nature, 1999; 398: 189–90.
  7. Science Fact: Scientists achieve ‘Star Trek’-like feat – The Associate Press, December 10, 1997, posted on CNN http://edition.cnn.com/TECH/9712/10/beam. me. up. ap.
  8. Non-locality was considered to be proven by Aspect et al.’ s experiments in Paris in 1982.
  9. J. S. Bell, ‘On the Einstein-Poldolsky-Rosen paradox’,Physics, 1964; 1: 195–200.
  10. S. Ghosh et al., ‘Entangled quantum state of magnetic dipoles’, Nature, 2003; 435: 48–51.
  11. Details   of   Vedral’s   views   and   experiments the  result of  multiple interviews, February, October and December 2005.
  12. C. Arnesen et al., ‘Thermal and magnetic entanglement in the 1D Heisenberg Model’, Physical Review Letters, 2001; 87: 017901.
  13. V. Vedral, ‘Entanglement hits the big time’, Nature, 2003; 425: 28–9.
  14. T. Durt, interview with author, April 26, 2005.
  15. B. Reznik, ‘Entanglement from the vacuum’, Foundations of Physics, 2003; 33: 167–76; Michael Brooks, ‘Entanglement: The weirdest link’, New Scientist, 2004; 181 (2440): 32.
  16. John D. Barrow, The Book of Nothing, London: Jonathan Cape, 2000: 216.
  17. Erwin Laszlo, The Interconnected Universe: Conceptual Foundations o Transdiscipinary Unified Theory, Singapore: World Scientific Publishing, 1995: 28.
  18. A. C. Clarke, ‘When will the real space age begin?’ Ad Astra, May–June 1996; 13–15.
  19. Harold Puthoff, ‘Ground state of hydrogen as a zero-point-fluctuation- determined state’, Physical Review D, 1987; 35: 3266.
  20. B. Haisch, Alfonso Rueda and H. E. Puthoff, ‘Inertia as a zero-point-fiel Lorentz force’, Physical Review A, 1994; 49 (2): 678–94; Bernhard Haisch, Alfonso Rueda and H. E. Puthoff, ‘Physics of the zero-point field implications for inertia, gravitation and mass’, Speculations in Science and Technology, 1997; 20: 99–114.
  21. Reznik, ‘Entanglement from the vacuum’, op. cit.
  22. McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.: 35–6.
  23. J. Resch et al., ‘Distributing entanglement and single photons through an intra-city, free-space quantum channel’, Optics Express, 2005; 13 (1): 202–9; R. Ursin et al., ‘Quantum teleportation across the Danube’, Nature, 2004; 430: 849.
  24. M. Arndt et al., ‘Wave–particle duality of C60 molecules’, Nature, 1999; 401: 680–2; doi: 10.1038/44348.
  25. A. Zeilinger, ‘Probing the limits of the quantum world’, Physics World, March 2005 (online journal: http://www.physicsweb.org/articles/world/18/3/5/1).

The Human Antenna

IN 1951, AT THE AGE OF SEVEN, Gary Schwartz made a remarkabe discovery. He had been trying to get a good picture on the family’s television set. The recently acquired black and white Magnavox set encased behind the doors of its boxed walnut console fascinated him, not because of the people in the moving pictures so much as the means by which they arrived in his living room in the first place.

The mechanisms of the relatively new invention remained a mystery, even to most adults. Television, like any other electrical gadget, was something the precocious child longed to take apart and understand. This passion had already found expression with the worn-out radios given to him by his grandfather.

Ignatz Schwartz sold replacement tubes for televisions and radios in his drug store in Great Neck, Long Island, and those that were beyond repair were handed over to his grandson to disassemble. In a corner of Gary’s bedroom lay a mass of experimental debris – tubes, resistors and the carcasses of radios heaped on the cosmetic display racks he had borrowed from his grandfather – the first signs of what would become a lifelong fascination with electronics.

Gary knew that the way you twisted the rabbit-ear antenna on top of the television would determine the clarity of the picture. His father had explained that television sets were powered by something invisible, similar to radio waves, that flew through the air and were somehow translated into an image.

Gary had even carried out some rudimentary experiments. When you stood somewhere between the antenna and the television, you could make the picture go away. When you touched the antenna in certain ways, you made the picture clearer.

One day, on a whim, Gary unscrewed the antenna and placed his finger on the screw where the cable had been. What had been a mass of squiggles and static noise on the screen suddenly coalesced into a perfect image.

Even at that young age, he had understood that he had witnessed something extraordinary about human beings: his body was acting like a television antenna, a receiver of this invisible information.

He tried the same experiment with a radio – substituting his finger for the antenna, and the same thing happened.

Something in the makeup of a person was not unlike the rabbit ears that helped produce his television image. He too was a receiver of invisible information, with the ability to pick up signals transmitted across time and space.

Until he was 15, however, he could not visualize what these signals were made of. He had learned to play the electric guitar and had often wondered what unseen influences allowed the instrument to create different sounds. He could play the same note, middle C, and yet produce more of a treble or bass sound, depending on which way he turned the knob. How was it possible that a single note could sound so different? For a science project, he created multiple-track recordings of his music and then located a company in upstate New York that had equipment designed to analyse the frequency of sound. When he fed his recordings into the equipment, it quickly deconstructed the notes down to their essence.

Each note registered as a batch of squiggles across the screen of the cathode-ray tube in front of him – a complex mix of hundreds of frequencies representing a blend of overtones that would subtly change when he turned the knob to treble or bass. He knew that these frequencies were waves, represented on the monitor as a sideways S, or sine curve, like a skipping rope held at both ends and wriggled, and that they had periodic oscillations, or fluctuations, similar to the waves on Long Island Sound.

Every time he spoke, he knew he generated similar frequencies through his voice. He remembered his early television experiments and wondered whether a field of energy pulsated inside him and shared a kinship with sound waves.1

Gary’s childhood experiments may have been rudimentary, but he had already stumbled across the central mechanism of intention. Something in the quality of our thoughts was a constant transmission, not unlike a television station.

As an adult, Schwartz, still a bustling dynamo of enthusiasms, found an outlet in psychophysiology, then a fledgling study of the effect of the mind on the body. By the time he had accepted a post at the University of Arizona, which was known for encouraging freedom of research among its faculty, he had grown fascinated by biofeedback and the ways in which the mind could control blood pressure and a variety of illnesses – and the powerful physical effect of different types of thoughts.2

One weekend in 1994, at a conference on the relationship between love and energy, he sat in on a lecture by physicist Elmer Green, one of the pioneers of biofeedback. Green, like Schwartz, had grown interested in the energy being transmitted by the mind. To examine this more closely, he had decided to study remote healers and to determine whether they sent out more electrical energy than usual while in the process of healing.

Green reported in his lecture that he had built a room whose four walls and ceiling were entirely made of copper, and were attached to microvolt electroencephalogram (EEG) amplifiers – the kind used to measure the electrical activity in the brain. Ordinarily, an EEG amplifier is attached to a cap with imbedded electrodes, each of which records separate electrical discharges from different places in the brain. The cap is placed on a person’s head, and the electrical activity picked up is displayed on the amplifier. EEG amplifiers are extraordinarily sensitive, capable of picking up the most minute of effects – even one-millionth of a volt of electricity.

In remote healing, Green suspected that the signal produced was electrical and emanated from the healer’s  hands. The copper wall acted like a giant antenna, magnifying the ability to detect the electricity from the healers and enabling Green to capture it from five directions.

He discovered that, whenever a healer sent healing, the EEG amplifier often recorded it as a huge surge of electrostatic charge, the same kind of the build up and discharge of electrons that occurs after you shuffle your feet along a new carpet and then touch a metal doorknob.3

In the early days of the copper wall experiment, Green had been faced with an enormous problem. Whenever a healer so much as wriggled a finger, patterns got recorded on an EEG amplifier. Green had had to work out a means of separating out the true effects of healing from this electrostatic noise. The only way to do so, as he saw it, was to have his healers remain perfectly still while they were sending out healing energy.

Schwartz listened to the talk with growing fascination. Green was discarding what might be the most interesting part of the data, he thought. One man’s noise was another man’s signal.

Does movement, even the physiology of your breathing, create an electromagnetic signal big enough to be picked up on a copper wall? Could it be that human beings were not only receivers of signals but also transmitters?

It made perfect sense that we transmitted energy. A great deal of evidence had already proved that all living tissue has an electric charge. Placing this charge in three-dimensional space caused an electromagnetic field that traveled at the speed of light. The mechanisms for the transmission of energy were clear, but what was unclear was the degree to which we sent out electromagnetic fields just by simple movements and whether our energy was being picked up by other living things.

Schwartz was itching to test this out for himself. After the conference, he contacted Green for advice about how to build his own copper wall. He rushed to Home Depot, which did not stock copper shielding but did have aluminum shielding, which could also act as a rudimentary antenna.

He purchased some two by fours, placed them on glass bricks so that they would be isolated from the ground, and used them to assemble a ‘wall’. After he had attached the wall to an EEG amplifier, he began playing around with the effects of his hand, waving it back and forth above the box. As he suspected, the amplifier tracked the movement. His hand movements were generating signals.4

Schwartz began demonstrating these effects in front of his students in his faculty office, making use of a bust of Einstein for dramatic effect. With these experiments, he made use of an EEG cap, with its dozens of electrodes. When not picking up brain signals, the cap will register only noise on the amplifier.

During his experiments, Schwartz placed the EEG cap on his Einstein bust, an turned on just a single electrode channel on the top of the cap. Then he moved his hand over Einstein’s head. As though the great man had suddenly experienced a moment of enlightenment, the amplifier suddenly came alive and produced evidence of an electromagnetic wave.

But the signal, Schwartz explained to his students, was not a sudden brain wave emitted from the lifeless statue – only the tracking of the electromagnetic field produced by his arm’s movement. It seemed indisputable: his body must be sending out a signal with every single flutter of his hand.

Schwartz got more creative with his experiments. When he tried the same gesture from three feet away, the signal diminished. When he placed the bust in a Faraday cage, an enclosure of tightly knit copper mesh that screens out electromagnetic fields, all effect disappeared. This strange energy resulting from movement had all the hallmarks of electricity: it decreased with distance, and was blocked by an electromagnetic shield.

At one point, Schwartz asked one of the students to stand with his left hand over Einstein’s head, with his right arm extended towards Schwartz, who was sitting in a chair three feet away. Schwartz moved his arm up and down. To the amazement of the other students, Schwartz’s movement was picked up by the amplifier. The signal had passed through Schwartz’s body and travelled through the student. Schwartz was still generating the signal, but this time, the student had become the antenna, receiving the signal and transmitting it to the amplifier, which acted as another antenna.

Schwartz realized he had hit upon the most important point of all his research.

Simple movement generated electrical charge, but, more  important, it created a relationship. Every movement we make appears to be felt by the people around us.

The implications were staggering.

What if he were admonishing a student? What might be the physical effect on the student of wagging his finger while shouting ‘Don’t do that’? The student might feel as if he were getting shot with a wave of energy. Some people might even have more powerful positive or negative charges than others. In Elmer Green’s copper wall experiment, all sorts of equipment malfunctioned in the presence of Roslyn Bruyere, a famous healer.

Schwartz was onto something fundamental about the actual energy that human beings emit. Could the energy of thought have the same effect as the energy of movement outside the thinker’s own body? Did thoughts also create a relationship with the people around us? Every intention towards someone else might have its own physical counterpart, which would be registered by its recipient as a physical effect.

Like Schwartz, I suspected the energy generated by thoughts did not behave in the same way as the energy generated by movement. After all, the signal from movement decreased over distance, much like ordinary electricity. With healing, distance appeared to be irrelevant. The energy of intention, if indeed there were any, would have to be more fundamental than that of ordinary electromagnetism – and lie somewhere, perhaps, in the realm of quantum physics. How could I test the energetic effects of intention? Healers, who appeared to be sending more energy than normal through their healing, offered an obvious place to start.

Elmer Green demonstrated in his research that an enormous surge of electrostatic energy occurred during healing. When a person is simply standing still, his or her breathing and beating heart will produce electrostatic energy of 10–15 millivolts on the EEG amplifiers; during activities requiring focused attention, such as meditation, the energy will surge up to 3 volts. During healing, however, Green’s healers produced voltage surges up to 190 volts; one produced 15 such pulses, which were 100,000 times higher than normal, with smaller pulses of 1–5 volts appearing on each of the four copper walls. On investigating the source of this energy, Green discovered that the pulses were coming from the healer’s abdomen, called dan tien and considered the central engine of internal energy in the body in Chinese martial arts.5

Stanford University physicist William Tiller constructed an ingenious device to measure the energy produced by healers. The equipment discharged a steady stream of gas and recorded the exact number of electrons pulsing out with the discharge. Any increase in voltage would be captured by the pulse counter.

In his experiment, Tiller asked ordinary volunteers to place their hands about six inches from his device and hold a mental intention to increase the count rate. In the majority of more than 1000 such experiments, Tiller discovered that, during the intention, the number of recorded pulses would increase by 50,000 and remain there for 5 minutes.

These increases would occur even if a participant was not close to the machine, so long as he or she held an intention.

Tiller concluded that directed thoughts produce demonstrable physical energy, even over remote distance.6

Comment
Tiller concluded that directed thoughts produce demonstrable physical energy, even over remote distance..

I found two other studies measuring the actual electrical frequencies emitted by people using intention.

One study measured healing energy and the other examined energy generated by a Chinese Qigong master during times that he was emitting external Qi, the Chinese term for energy or the life force.7

In both instances, the measurements were identical: frequency levels of 2–30 hertz were being emitted by the healers.

This energy also seemed to change the molecular nature of matter.

Comment
Qi seemed to change the molecular nature of matter.

I discovered a body of scientific evidence examining chemical changes caused by intention.

Bernard Grad, an associate professor of biology at McGill University in Montreal had examined the effect of healing energy on water that was to be used to irrigate plants. After a group of healers had sent healing to samples of water, Grad chemically analysed the water by infrared spectroscopy.

He discovered that the water treated by the healers had undergone a fundamental change in the bonding of oxygen and hydrogen in its molecular makeup.

The hydrogen bonding between the molecules had lessened in a similar manner to that which occurs in water exposed to magnets.8

A number of other scientists confirmed Grad’s findings; Russian research discovered that the hydrogen–oxygen bonds in water molecules undergo distortions in the crystalline microstructure during healing.9

These kinds of changes can occur simply through the act of intention.

In one study, experienced meditators sent an intention to affect the molecular structure of water samples they were holding throughout the meditation. When the water was later examined by infrared spectrophotometry, many of its essential qualities, particularly its absorbance – the amount of light absorbed by the water at a particular wavelength had been significantly altered.10

When someone holds a focused thought, he may be altering the very molecular structure of the object of his intention.

Comment
When someone holds a focused thought, he may be altering the very molecular structure of the object of his intention.

In his research, Gary Schwartz wondered whether intention only manifested as electrostatic energy. Perhaps magnetic energy also played a role.

Magnetic fields naturally had more power, more ‘push–pull’ energy. Magnetism seemed the more powerful and universal energy; the earth itself is profoundly influenced by its own faint pulse of geomagnetic energy.

Schwartz remembered a study carried out by William Tiller, in which psychics had been placed inside a variety of devices that block different forms of energy. They had performed better than usual in a Faraday cage, which filters out only electrical energy, but they performed worse when placed in a magnetically shielded room.11

From these early studies, Schwartz gleaned two important implications: healing may generate an initial surge of electricity, but the real transfer mechanism may be magnetic.

Indeed, psychic phenomena and psychokinesis could be differentially influenced, simply through different  types of shielding. Electrical signals might interfere, while magnetic signals enhance the process.

To test this latest idea, Schwartz was approached by a colleague of his, Melinda Connor, a post-doctoral fellow in her mid-forties with an interest in healing.

The first hurdle was finding an accurate means of picking up magnetic signals. Measuring tiny low-frequency magnetic fields is tricky, requiring the use of expensive and highly sensitive  equipment  called  a  SQUID,  or  superconducting  quantum  interferenc device. A SQUID, which can cost up to four million dollars, ordinarily occupies a specially constructed room that has been magnetically shielded in order to eliminate ambient radiating noise.

The best Schwartz and Connor could come up with on their limited budget was a poor man’s SQUID – a small handheld, battery-operated three-axis digita gaussmeter originally designed to measure electromagnetic pollution by picking up extra-low-frequency (ELF) magnetic fields.

The gaussmeter was sensitive enough to pick up one-thousandth of a gauss, a very faint pulse of a magnetic field. In Schwartz’s mind, this level of sensitivity was more than adequate to do the job.

It occurred to Connor that the way to measure change in low-frequency magnetic fields was to count the number of changes in the meter reading over time. When simply recording ambient stable magnetic fields, the device will only deviate slightly by less than one-tenth of a gauss.

However, in the presence of an oscillating magnetic field – with periodic changes in frequency – the numbers will keep moving, from, say, 0.6 to 0.7 to 0.8, and back down to 0.6.

The greater and more frequent the change, which would be recorded by the number of changes in the dials, the more likely it is that the magnetic field has been affected by a source of directed energy.

Connor and Schwartz gathered together a group of practitioners of Reiki, the healing art developed a century ago in Japan.

They took measurements near each hand of all the healers during alternating periods while they were ‘running energy’ and then during times they were at rest, with their eyes closed. Next, the  pair assembled a group of ‘master healers’ with a substantial track record of successful, dramatic healings. Again, Connor and Schwartz took magnetic field measurements near each hand, while the master healers were running energy and at rest. Then, they compared the Reiki measurements with measurements they had taken of people who had not been trained in healing.

Once Schwartz and Conner had analyzed the data, they discovered that both groups of healers demonstrated significant fluctuations in very low pulsations of a magnetic field, emanating from both hands.

A huge increase in oscillations in the magnetic field occurred whenever a healer began to run energy. However, the most profound energy increase surged from their dominant hands. The control group of people who were not trained healers did not demonstrate the same effect.

Then Schwartz compared effects from the Reiki group with those of the master healers and discovered another enormous difference. The master healers averaged close to a third more magnetic-field changes per minute than the Reiki healers.12

The study results seemed clear. Schwartz and Connor had their proof that directed intention manifests as both electrostatic and magnetic energy.

Comment
Directed intention manifests as both electrostatic and magnetic energy.

But they also discovered that intention was like playing the piano; you need to learn how to do it, and some people do it better than others.

Comment
The ability to manipulate energy comes with training and practice.

In considering what this all meant, Gary Schwartz thought of the phrase often used by medical doctors, usually in emergency situations: when you hear hoof beats, don’t think zebras .

In other words, when you are trying to diagnose someone with physical symptoms, first rule out all the most likely causes, and only then consider more exotic possibilities.

He liked to approach science in the same way and so he questioned his own findings: Could the healers’ increase in magnetic field oscillations during healing simply be the result of certain peripheral biophysical changes? Muscle contractions generate a magnetic field, as do changes in blood flow, the increasing or decreasing dilation of blood vessels, the body’s current volume of liquid or even the flow of electrolytes. Skin, sweat glands, change of temperature, neural induction – all generate magnetic fields.

His guess was that healing resulted from a summation of multiple biological processes that are mediated magnetically.

But the possibility that healing might be a magnetic effect did not explain long- distance remote healing.

In some instances, healers sent healing from thousands of miles away and the effect did not decay with distance. In one successful study of AIDS patients who improved through remote healing, the 40 healers involved in the study sent the healing to the San Francisco patients from locations all across America.13

Similar to electrical fields, magnetic fields decrease with distance. The magnetic and electrical effects were likely to be some aspect of the process, but not its central one. It was likely to be closer to a quantum field, possibly more akin to light.

Schwartz began to consider the possibility that the mechanism creating intention originated with the tiny elements of light emitted from human beings. In the mid- 1970s, a German physicist named Fritz-Albert Popp had stumbled upon the fact that all living things, from the most basic of single-celled plants to the most sophisticated of organisms like human beings, emitted a constant tiny current of photons – tiny particles of light.14

He labelled them ‘biophoton emissions’ and believed that he had uncovered the primary communication channel of a living organism – that it used light as a means of signalling to itself and to the outside world.

For more than 30 years, Popp has maintained that this faint radiation, rather than biochemistry, is the true driving force in orchestrating and coordinating all cellular processes in the body. Light waves offered a perfect communication system able to transfer information almost instantaneously across an organism. Having waves, rather than chemicals, as the communication mechanism of a living being also solved the central problem of genetics – how we grow and take final shape from a single cell. It also explains how our bodies manage to carry out tasks with different body parts simultaneously. Popp theorized that this light must be like a master tuning fork setting off certain frequencies that would be followed by other molecules of the body.15

A number of biologists, such as the German biophysicist Herbert Fröhlich, had proposed that a type of collective vibration causes proteins and cells to coordinate their activities.

Nevertheless, all such theories were ignored until Popp’s discoveries, largely because no equipment was sensitive enough to prove they were right.

With the help of one of his students, Popp constructed the first such machine – a photomultiplier that captured light and counted it, photon by photon. He carried out years of impeccable experimentation that demonstrated that these tiny frequencies were mainly stored and emitted from the DNA of cells.

The intensity of the light in organisms was stable, ranging from a few to several hundred photons per second per square centimetre surface of the living thing – until the organism was somehow disturbed or ill, at which point the current went sharply up or down.

The signals contained valuable information about the state of the body’s health and the effects of any particular therapy. Cancer victims had fewer photons, for instance. It was almost as though their light were going out.

Initially vilified for his theory, Popp was eventually recognized by the German government and then internationally.

Eventually he formed the International Institute of Biophysics (IIB), composed of 15 groups of scientists from international centres all around the world, including prestigious institutions like CERN in Switzerland Northeastern University in the USA, the Institute of Biophysics Academy of Scienc in Beijing, China, and Moscow State University in Russia. By the early twenty-firs century, the IIB numbered at least 40 distinguished scientists from around the globe.

Could it be that these were the frequencies that mediated healing? Schwartz realized that if he was going to carry out studies of biophoton emissions, first he had to figure out how to view these tiny emissions of light.

In his laboratory, Popp developed a computerized mechanism attached to a box in which a living thing, such as a plant, could be placed. The machine could count the photons and chart the amount of light emitted on a graph. But those machines only recorded photons in utter pitch blackness. Up until then, it had been impossible for scientists to witness living things actually glowing in the dark.

As Schwartz mulled over the kind of equipment that would allow him to see very faint light, he thought of state-of-the-art supercooled charge-coupled device (CCD) cameras on telescopes. This exquisitely sensitive equipment, now used to photograph galaxies deep in space, picks up about 70 per cent of any light, no matter how faint.

CCD devices were also used for night-vision equipment.

If a CCD camera could pick up the light from the most distant of stars, it might also be able to pick up the faint light coming off living things. However, this kind of equipment can cost hundreds of thousands of dollars and usually had to be cooled to temperatures only 100 degrees above absolute zero, to eliminate any ambient radiation emitted at room temperature. Cooling the camera down also helped to improve its sensitivity to faint light. Where on earth was he going to get hold of this kind of high-tech equipment?

Kathy Creath, a professor of optical sciences at Schwartz’s university, who shared his fascination with living light and its possible role in healing, had an idea. As it happened, she knew that the department of radiology at the National Science Foundation (NSF) in Tucson owned a low-light CCD camera, which they used t measure the light emitted from laboratory rats after being injected with phosphorescent dyes.

The Roper Scientific VersArray 1300 B low-noise, high performance CCD camera was housed in a dark room inside a black box and above a Cryotiger cooling system, which cooled temperatures to –100°C. A computer screen displayed its images. It was just what they were looking for. After Creath approached the director of the NSF project, he generously agreed to allow the two of them access to the camera during its down time.

In their first test, Schwartz and Creath placed a geranium leaf on a black platform. They took fluorescent photographs after exposures of up to five hours. When the computer displayed the final photograph, it was dazzling: a perfect image of the leaf in light, like a shadow in reverse, but in incredible detail, each of its tiniest veins delineated.

Surrounding the leaf were little white spots, like a sprinkling of fairy dust – evidence of high-energy cosmic rays. With his next exposure, Schwartz used a software filter to screen out the ambient radiation. The image of the leaf was now perfect.

As they studied this latest photograph on the screen of the computer in front of them, Schwartz and Creath understood that they were making history. It was the first time a scientist had been able to witness images of the light actually emanating from a living thing.16

Now that he had equipment that captured and recorded light, Schwartz was finally able to test whether healing intention also generated light.

Creath got hold of a number of healers, and asked them to place their hands on the platform underneath the camera for 10 minutes. Schwartz’s first crude images showed a rough glow of large pixilations, but they were too out of focus for him to analyse them.

Next he tried placing the healers’ hands on a white background (which reflected light) rather than on a black background (which absorbed light). The images were breathtakingly clear: a stream of light flowed out of the healers’ dominant hands, almost as though it were flowing from their fingers. Schwartz now had his answer about the nature of conscious thought: healing intention creates waves of light – and, indeed, among the most organized light waves found in nature.

The theory of relativity was not Einstein’s only great insight.

He had had another astonishing realization in 1924, after correspondence with an obscure Indian physicist, Satyendra Nath Bose, who had been pondering the then-new idea that light was composed of little vibrating packets called photons. Bose had worked out that, at certain points, photons should be treated as identical particles. At the time nobody believed him – nobody but Einstein, after Bose sent him his calculations.

Einstein liked Bose’s proofs and used his influence to get Bose’s theory published. Einstein also was inspired to explore whether, under certain conditions or certain temperatures, atoms in a gas, which ordinarily vibrated anarchically, might also begin to behave in synchrony, like Bose’s photons. Einstein set to work on his own formula to determine which conditions might create such a phenomenon.

When he reviewed his figures, he thought he had made a mistake in his calculations.

According to his results, at certain extraordinarily low temperatures, just a few kelvin above absolute zero, something really strange would begin to happen: the atoms, which ordinarily can operate at a number of different speeds, would slow down to identical energy levels. In this state, the atoms would lose their individuality and both look and behave like one giant atom. Nothing in his mathematical armamentarium could tell them apart. If this were true, he realized, he had stumbled upon an entirely new state of matter, with utterly different properties from anything known in the universe.

Einstein published his findings,17 and lent his name to the phenomenon, called a Bose–Einstein condensate, but he was never convinced that he had been right.

Nor were other physicists, until more than 70 years later when, on 5 June 1995, Eric Cornell and Carl Wieman of JILA, a programme sponsored by the National Institut of Standards and Technology and the University of Colorado at Boulder, managed to cool a tiny batch of rubidium atoms down to 170 billionths of a degree above absolute zero.18

It had been quite a feat, requiring trapping the atoms in a web of laser light and then magnetic fields. At a certain point, a batch of some 2000 atoms – measuring about 20 microns, about one-fifth the thickness of a single piece of paper – began behaving differently from the cloud of atoms surrounding them, like one smeared-out single entity. Although the atoms were still part of a gas, they were behaving more like the atoms of a solid.

Four months later, Wolfgang Ketterle from  Massachusetts Institute of Technology replicated their experiment, but with a form of sodium, for which he, as well as Cornell and Wieman, won the 2001 Nobel prize.19

Then a few years after that, Ketterle and others like him were able to reproduce the effect with molecules.20

Scientists believed that a form of Einstein and Bose’s theory could account for some of the strange properties they had begun to observe in the subatomic world: superfluidity, when certain fluids can flow without losing energy, or even spontaneously work themselves out of their containers; or superconduction, a similar property of electrons in a circuit. In superfluid or superconductor states, liquid or electricity could theoretically flow at the same pace forever.

Ketterle had discovered another amazing property of atoms or molecules in this state. All the atoms were oscillating in perfect harmony, similar to photons in a laser, which behave like one giant photon, vibrating in perfect rhythm. This organization makes for an extraordinary efficiency of energy. Instead of sending a light about 3 meters, the laser emits a wave 300 million times that far.

Scientists were convinced that a Bose–Einstein condensate was a peculiar property of atoms and molecules slowing down so much that they are almost at rest, when exposed to temperatures only a fraction above the coldest temperatures in the universe.

But then Fritz-Albert Popp and the scientists working with him made the astonishing discovery that a similar property existed in the weak light emanating from organisms. This was not supposed to happen in the boiling inner world of the living thing. What is more, the biophotons he measured from plants, animals and humans were highly coherent. They acted like a single super-powerful frequency, a phenomenon also referred to as ‘superradiance’.

The German biophysicist Herbert Fröhlich had first described a model in which this type of order could be present and play a central role in biological systems. His model showed that, with complex dynamic systems like human beings, the energy within created all sorts of subtle relationships, so that it is no longer discordant.21

Living energy is able to organize to one giant coherent state, with the highest form of quantum order known to nature.

When subatomic particles are said to be ‘coherent’, or ‘ordered’, they become highly interlinked by bands of common electromagnetic fields, and resonate like a multitude of tuning forks all attuned to the same frequency. They stop behaving like anarchic individuals and begin operating like one well- rehearsed marching band.

As one scientist put it, coherence is like comparing the photons of a single 60- watt light bulb to the sun.

Ordinarily, light is extraordinarily inefficient. The intensity of light from a bulb is only about 1 watt per square centimetre of light – because many of the waves made by the photons destructively interfere with and cancel out each other. The light per square centimetre generated by the sun is about 6000 times stronger. But if you could get all the photons of this one small light bulb to become coherent and resonate in harmony with each other, the energy density of the single light bulb would be thousands to millions of times higher than that of the surface of the sun.22

After Popp made his discoveries about coherent light in living organisms, other scientists postulated that mental processes also create Bose–Einstein condensates. British physicist Roger Penrose and his partner, American anaesthetist Stuar Hameroff from the University of Arizona, were in the vanguard of frontier scientists who proposed that the microtubules in cells, which create the basic structure of the cells, were ‘light pipes’ through which disordered wave signals were transformed into highly coherent photons and pulsed through the rest of the body.23

Gary Schwartz had witnessed just this coherent photon stream emanating from the hands of healers. After studying the work of scientists like Popp and Hameroff, he finally had his answer about the source of healing: if thoughts are generated as frequencies, healing intention is well-ordered light.

Gary Schwartz’s creative experiments revealed to me something fundamental about the quantum nature of thoughts and intentions. He and his colleagues had uncovered evidence that human beings are both receivers and transmitters of quantum signals. Directed intention appears to manifest as both electrical and magnetic energy and to produce an ordered stream of photons, visible and measurable by sensitive equipment. Perhaps our intentions also operate as highly  coherent frequencies, changing the very molecular makeup and bonding of matter. Like any other form of coherence in the subatomic world, one well-directed thought might be like a laser light, illuminating without ever losing its power.

I was reminded of an extraordinary  experience Schwartz once had in Vancouver. He had been staying in the penthouse apartment suite of a downtown hotel. He had awakened at 2 a.m., as he often did, and had walked out to the balcony to have a look at the spectacular view of the city to the west, framed by the mountains. He was surprised to see how many hundreds of homes along the peninsula below him still had their lights on.

He wished he had a telescope handy to see what some of the people were doing up at this late hour. But of course, if any of them had their own telescope, they would be able to see him standing there in the nude. An odd thought suddenly came to him of his own naked image flying into each window. But maybe the idea was not so fanciful.

After all, he was emitting a constant stream of biophotons, all travelling at the speed of light; each photon would have travelled 186,000 miles one second later, and 372,000 miles one second after that.

His light was not unlike the photons of visible light emanating from stars in the sky. Much of the light from distant stars has been traveling for millions of years. Starlight contains a star’s individual history. Even if a star had died long before its light reached earth, its information remains, an indelible footprint in the sky.

He then had a sudden image of himself as a ball of energy fields, a little star, glowing with a steady stream of every photon his body had ever produced for more than 50 years.

All the information he had been sending from the time he was a young boy in Long Island, every last thought he had ever had, was still out there, glowing like starlight. Perhaps, I thought, intention was also like a star. Once constructed, a thought radiated out like starlight, affecting everything in its path.

Notes – Chapter 2: The Human Antenna

  1. All personal details about Gary Schwartz and his discoveries result from multiple interviews with him and the author, March–June 2006.
  2. H. Benson et al., ‘Decreased systolic blood pressure through operant conditioning techniques in patients with essential hypertension’, Science, 1971; 173 (3998): 740–2.
  3. E. E. Green, ‘Copper wall research psychology and psychophysics: subtle energies and energy  medicine: emerging theory and practice’, Proceedings, First Annual Conference, International Society for the Stud of Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine (ISSSEEM,) Boulder, Colorado, 21–25 June 1991.
  4. This research was eventually published as G. Schwartz and L. Russek ‘Subtle energies – electrostatic body motion registration and the human antenna-receiver effect: a new method for investigating interpersonal dynamical energy system interactions’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1996; 7 (2): 149–84.
  5. E. E. Green et al., ‘Anomalous electrostatic phenomena in exceptional subjects’, Subtle Energies and Energy Medicine, 1993; 2: 69; W. A. Tiller et al., ‘Towards explaining anomalously large body voltage surges on exceptional subjects, Part I: The electrostatic approximation’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1995; 9 (3): 331.
  6. William A. Tiller, ‘Subtle energies’, Science & Medicine, 1999, 6 (3): 28–33.
  7. A. Seto et al., ‘Detection of extraordinary large biomagnetic field strength from the human hand during external qi emission’, Acupuncture and Electrotherapeutics Research International, 1992; 17: 75–94; J. Zimmerman, ‘New technologies detect effects in healing hands’, Brain/Mind Bulletin, 1985; 10 (2): 20–3.
  8. B. Grad, ‘Dimensions in “Some biological effects of the laying on o hands” and their implications’, in H. A. Otto and J. W. Knight (eds.) Dimension in Wholistic Healing: New Frontiers in the Treatment of the Whole Person, Chicago: Nelson-Hall, 1979: 199–212.
  9. L. N. Pyatnitsky and V. A. Fonkin, ‘Human consciousness influence on water structure’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1995; 9 (1): 89.
  10. G.  Rein  and  R.  McCraty,  ‘Structural   changes in water and DN associated with new physiologically measurable states’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 1994; 8 (3): 438–9.
  11. W. Tiller would eventually write about the effect of shielding psychics in his book Science and Human Transformation, Walnut Creek, Calif.: Pavior Publishing, 1997: 32.
  12. M. Connor, G. Schwartz et al., ‘Oscillation of amplitude as measured by an extra low frequency magnetic field meter as a biophysical measure of intentionality’. Paper presented at the Toward a Science of Consciousness Conference, Tucson, Arizona, April 2006.
  13. Sicher, Targ et al., ‘A randomized double-blind study’, op. cit.
  14. See McTaggart, The Field, op. cit.: 39, for a full description of F.-A. Popp’s earlier work.
  15. S. Cohen and F.-A. Popp, ‘Biophoton emission of the human body’ Journal of Photochemistry and Photobiology, 1997; 40: 187–9.
  16. K. Creath and G. E. Schwartz, ‘What biophoton images of plants can tel us about biofields and healing’, Journal of Scientific Exploration, 2005; 19 (4): 531–50.
  17. S. N. Bose, ‘Planck’s Gesetz und Lichtquantenhypothese’, Zeitschrift für Physik, 1924; 26: 178–81; A. Einstein, ‘Quantentheorie des einatomigen idealen Gases [Quantum theory of ideal monoatomic gases]’, Sitz. Ber. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. (Berlin), 1925; 23: 3.
  18. C. E. Wieman and E. A. Cornell, ‘Seventy years later: the creation of Bose-Einstein condensate in an ultracold gas’, Lorentz Proceedings, 1999; 52: 3–5.
  19. K. Davis et al., ‘Bose-Einstein condensation in a gas of sodium atoms’ Physical Review Letters, 1995; 75: 3969–73.
  20. M. W. Zwierlein et al., ‘Observation of Bose-Einstein condensation o molecules’, Physical Review Letters, 2003; 91: 250401.
  21. H. Fröhlich, ‘Long range coherence and energy storage in biological systems’, Int. J. Quantum Chem., 1968; II: 641–9.
  22. For this entire example, see Tiller, Science and Human Transformation, op. cit.: 196.
  23. M. Jibu et al., ‘Quantum optical coherence in cytoskeletal microtubules: implications for brain function’, Biosystems, 1994; 32: 195–209; S. R. Hameroff, ‘Cytoplasmic gel states and ordered water: possible roles in biological quantum coherence’, Proceedings of the 2nd Annual Advanced Water Sciences Symposium, Dallas, Texas, 1996.

More…

This is part 1 of a multi-part post.

The access to all the posts can be found in this index below…

Do you want more?

I have many more posts related to this in my MAJestic Index. You can find it here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

The Geography of Heaven; Journey of Souls (full text) by Michael Newton (part 1e) with world-line (MWI) annotations.

Multiple Part Post

This post is a multiple part post. I have labeled them…

Comment e0
This post continues our study of the Journey of Souls. This is part 1e.

Choosing a New Body

IN the place of life selection, our souls preview the life span of more than one human being within the same time cycle. When we leave this area, most souls are inclined toward one leading candidate presented to us for soul occupation.

Comment e1
Which pretty much explains my earliest memories as a child.

However, our spiritual advisors give us ample opportunity to reflect upon all we have seen in the future before making a final decision. This chapter is devoted to the many elements which go into that decision.

Our deliberations over body alternatives actually begin before we go to the place of life selection. Souls do this in order to adequately prepare themselves for viewing certain people in different cultural settings on Earth. I sense those souls who set up the screening room know in advance what to show us, because of these thoughts in our minds.

Great care must be taken in choosing just the right body to serve us in the life to come. As I have said, guides and peer group members are part of this evaluation process prior to, and after, we visit the place of life selection.

When listening to my subjects describe all the preparations which go into picking a new physical body, I am constantly reminded of the fluidity of spiritual time. Our teachers use relative future time in the place of  life selection to allow souls to measure human usefulness for working on unfinished lesson plans.

Blueprints for the next life vary in the degree of difficulty the soul-mind sets for itself. If we have just come off an easy life, making little interpersonal progress, our soul might want to choose a person in the next time cycle who will face heartache and perhaps tragedy. It is not out of the ordinary for me to see someone who has skated through an unchallenging life overloading themselves with turmoil in the next one to catch up with their learning goals.

The soul-mind is far from infallible as it works in conjunction with a biological brain. Regardless of our soul level, being human means we will all make mistakes and have the necessity of engaging in midcourse corrections during our lives. This will be true with any body we select.

Before taking up the more complex mental factors in a soul’s decision to join with the brain of a human baby, I will begin with the physical aspects of body choice. Despite the fact that our souls know in advance what they are going to look like, a national survey in the United States indicated 90 percent of both males and females were dissatisfied with the physical characteristics of their bodies. This is the power of conscious amnesia. Much unhappiness is created by society stereotyping an ideal appearance. Yet, this too is part of a soul’s lesson plan.

How many times have we all looked in a mirror and said; “Is this the real me? Why do I appear this  way? Am I  in a  body where  I  belong?”  These  questions are especially poignant when the type of body we have prevents us from doing those things we think we ought to be able to do in life. I have had a number of clients who came to me convinced their bodies prevented them from achieving satisfying lives. Many handicapped people think if it were not for a genetic mistake, or being the victim of an accidental injury which damaged their body, their lives would be more fulfilled. As heartless as this may sound, my cases show few real accidents involving body damage which don’t fall under the free will of souls. As souls, we choose our bodies for a reason. Living in a damaged body does not necessarily have to involve a karmic debt we are paying off because of past life responsibility for an injury to someone else. As my next case will demonstrate, when a soul is inside a damaged body, this choice can involve a learning path to another type of lesson.

It is difficult to tell a newly-injured person trying to cope with physical disablement

that he or she has an opportunity to advance at a faster rate than those of us with healthy bodies and minds. This knowledge must come through self-discovery. The case histories of my clients convince me that the effort necessary to overcome a body impediment does accelerate advancement. Those of us whom society deems less- than-perfect suffer discrimination which makes the burden even heavier. Overcoming the obstacles of physical ailments and hurt makes us stronger for the ordeal.

Our bodies are an important part of the trial we set  for ourselves in life. The freedom of choice we have with these bodies is based far more on psychological elements than from the estimated 100,000 genes inherited by each human being. However, I want to show in the opening case of this chapter why souls want certain bodies based largely on physical reasons without heavy psychological implications.

The case exhibits the planning involved in the decision of a soul to be in contrasting physical bodies in different lives. After this case, we will examine why souls choose their bodies for other reasons.

Case 26 was a tall, well-proportioned woman who enjoyed participating in sports despite being bothered all her life with recurring leg pains. During her preliminary interview, I learned the pain was a dull ache in both legs, about midway down the thighbones. Over a period of years she had been to a number of doctors who could find no medical evidence of anything wrong with her legs. Clearly, she was worn down and willing to try anything for relief.

When   I   heard   the   doctors   had   concluded   her   discomfort   was   probably psychosomatic, I suspected the origin of this woman’s pain might lie in a past life. Before going to the source of her problem, I decided to take my client through a couple of past lives to ascertain her motivations for body choices. When I asked her to tell me about a life in which she was the happiest with a human body she told of being in the body of a Viking called Leth around 800 AD. She said Leth was “a child of nature” who traveled by the Baltic Sea route into western Russia.

Leth was described as wearing a long, fur-lined cloak and soft, form-fitting animal skin pants with roped-up boots and a cap wrapped with metal. He carried an ax and a heavy, broad-bladed sword which he wielded easily in battle. My subject was intrigued by the picture in her mind of again being inside this magnificently proportioned warrior with “dirty strands of reddish-blond hair spilling over my shoulders.” Standing well over six feet tall, he must have been a giant of his time, with enormous strength, a huge chest, and powerful limbs. A man of great endurance, Leth navigated with other Norsemen over long distances, sailing up rivers and hiking through thick, virgin forests, pillaging settlements along the way. Leth was killed during a raid while looting a village.

Case 26 – Leth

Dr. N: What was most important to you about this life you have just recalled as Leth the Viking?

S: To experience that magnificent body and the feeling of raw physical power. I have never had another body like that one in all my existences on Earth. I was fearless because my body did not react to pain even when wounded. In every respect it was flawless. I never got sick.

Dr. N: Was Leth ever mentally troubled by anything? Was there any emotional sensitivity for you in this life?

S: (bursts out laughing) Are you kidding? Never! I lived only for each day. My concerns were not getting enough fighting, plunder, food, drink, and sex. All my feelings were channeled into physical pursuits. What a body!

Dr. N: All right, let’s analyze your decision to choose this great body in advance of Leth’s life. At the time you made your choice in the spirit world did you request this body of good genetic stock or did your guide simply make the selection for you?

S: Counselors don’t do that.

Dr. N: Then explain to me how this body came to be chosen by you.

S: I wanted one of the best physical specimens on Earth at the time and Leth was offered to me as a possibility.

Dr. N: You had only one choice?

S: No, I had two choices of people living in this time.

Dr. N: What if you didn’t like any of the body choices presented to you for occupation in that time segment?

S: (thoughtfully) The alternatives of my choices always seem to match what I want to experience in my lives.

Dr. N: Do you have the sense the counselors know in advance which body selections are exactly right for you, or are they so harried it’s just an indiscriminate grab bag of body choices?

S: Nothing here is careless. The counselors arrange everything.

Dr. N: I have wondered if the counselors might get mixed up once in a while. With all the new babies born could they ever assign two souls to one baby, or leave a baby without a soul for a while?

S: (laughing) We aren’t in an assembly line. I told you they know what they are doing. They don’t make mistakes like that.

Dr. N: I believe you. Now, as to your choices, I am curious if two bodies were sufficient for your examination in the place of life selection.

S: We don’t need a lot of choices for lives once the counselors get their heads together about our desires. I already had some idea of the right body size and shape and the sex I wanted before being exposed to my two choices.

Dr. N: What was the body choice you rejected in favor of Leth?

S: (pause) That of a soldier from Rome… also with the strong body I wanted in that lifetime.

Dr. N: What was wrong with being an Italian soldier?

S: I didn’t want … control over me by the state (subject shakes head from side to side) … too restrictive …

Dr. N: As I remember, by the ninth century much of Europe had fallen under the authority of Charlemagne’s Holy Roman Empire.

S: That was the trouble with the soldier’s life. As a Viking I answered to nobody. I was free. I could move around with my band of invaders in the wilderness without any governmental control.

Dr. N: Then freedom was also an issue in your choice?

S: Absolutely. The freedom of movement… the fury of battle the use of my strength and uninhibited action. Life at sea and in the forests was robust and constant. I know the life was cruel, too, but it was a brutal time. I was no better or worse than the rest.

Dr. N: But what about other considerations, such as personality?

S: Nothing bothered me as long as I was able to physically express myself to the fullest.

Dr. N: Did you have a mate-children?

S: (shrugs)  Too restrictive. I was on the move. I possessed many women-some willing-others not-and this pleasure added to my expression of physical power. I didn’t want to be tied down in any way.

Dr. N: So, the body of Leth was your preference as a pure physical extension of sensual feeling?

S: Yes, I wanted to experience all body senses to the fullest, nothing more.

I felt my subject was now ready to go to work on her current problem. After bringing her out of superconscious into a subconscious state, I asked her to go directly to a life which may have involved leg pain.

Almost at once the woman dropped into her most recent past life and became a six- year-old girl named Ashley living in New England in the year 1871. Ashley was riding in a fully loaded, horse-drawn carriage when suddenly she opened the door and tumbled out under the vehicle. When she hit the cobblestone street, one of the heavy rear carriage wheels rolled over her legs at the same point above both knees, crushing the bones. My subject reexperienced a sharp pain in her legs while describing the fall.

Despite efforts from local physicians and the prolonged use of wood splints, Ashley’s leg bones did not heal properly. She was never able to stand or walk again and poor circulation caused repeated swelling in her legs for the rest of a rather short life. Ashley died in 1912 after a productive period of years as a writer and tutor of disadvantaged children. When the narration of Ashley’s life ended, I returned my subject to the spirit world.

Dr. N: In your history of body choices why did you wait a thousand years between being a physically strong man and a crippled woman?

S: Well, of course, I developed a better sense of who I was during

the lives in between. I chose to be crippled to gain intellectual concentration. Dr. N: You chose a broken body for this?

S: Yes, you see, being unable to walk made me read and study more. I developed my mind … and listened to my mind. I learned to communicate well and to write with skill because I wasn’t distracted. I was always in bed.

Dr. N: Was any characteristic about your soul particularly evident in both Ashley and Leth the Viking?

S: That part of me which craves fiery expression was in both bodies.

Dr. N: I want you to go to the moment you were in the process of choosing the life of Ashley. Tell me how you decided on this particular damaged body.

S: I picked a family in a well-established, settled part of America. I wanted a place with libraries and to be taken care of by loving parents so I could devote myself to scholarship. I constantly wrote to many unhappy people and became a good teacher.

Dr. N: As Ashley, what did you do for this loving family who took care of you?

S: It always works two ways-the benefits and liabilities. I chose this family because they needed the intensity of love with someone totally dependent upon them all their lives. We were very close as a family because they were lonely before I was born. I came late, as their only child. They wanted a daughter who would not marry and leave them to be lonely again.

Dr. N: So it was a trade-off? S: Most definitely.

Dr. N: Then let’s track this decision further back to the place of life selection, when your soul first saw Ashley’s life. Did you see the details of your carriage accident then?

S: Of course, but it wasn’t an accident-it was supposed to happen.

Dr. N: Once you came to Earth, who was responsible for the fall? Was it your soul- mind or Ashley’s biological mind?

S: We worked in unison. She was going to be fooling with the carriage door handle and … I capitalized on that

Dr. N: Tell me what was going through your soul-mind in the life selection room when you saw the scene of Ashley falling and being injured?

S: I thought about how this crippled body could be put to good use. I had some other choices for body injuries, but I preferred this one because I didn’t want to have the capability for much movement.

Dr. N: I want to pursue the issue of causality here. Would Ashley have fallen anyway if she had a soul other than your own?

S: (defensively) We were right for each other…

Dr. N: That doesn’t answer my question.

S: (long pause) There are forces beyond my knowledge as a spirit. When I saw Ashley for the first time … I was able to see her without me … healthy … older … another life possibility…

Dr. N: Now we are getting somewhere. Are you saying if Ashley had begun her life with another soul entity that she might not have fallen at all?

S: Yes … that’s a possibility … one of many … she could also have been less severely injured, with the ability to walk on crutches.

Dr. N: Well, did you see a physically healthy Ashley living happily without your soul?

S: I saw … a grown woman … normal legs … unhappiness with a man … frustration at being trapped in an unrewarding life … sorrowful parents … but easier. (voice becomes more firm) No! That course would not have worked well for either of us-I was the best soul for her.

Dr. N: Were you the prime mover of the fall, once you elected to be-come Ashley’s soul?

S: It … was both of us … we were one at that moment … she was being naughty, bouncing around in the carriage, playing with the door handle when her mother said she must stop. Then … I was ready and she was ready…

Dr. N: Just how rigid was your destiny? Once you were Ashley’s soul was there any way you could have backed out of this entire incident in the carriage?

S: (pause) I can tell you I had a flash just before I fell. I could have pulled back and not fallen out. A voice inside my mind said…”It’s an opportunity, don’t wait any longer, take the fall, this is what you wanted-it’s the best course of action.”

Dr. N: Was that particular moment important?

S: I didn’t want Ashley to get too much older.

Dr. N: But, the pain and suffering this child went through . . .?

S: It was horrible. The agony of those first five weeks was beyond belief. I almost died, but I learned from enduring it all and I now see the memories of Leth’s capacity for managing pain helped me.

Dr. N: Did your inner mind have any regrets during those moments when the pain was most severe?

S: As I slipped in and out of consciousness during the worst of the ordeal, my mind began gaining in power. Overriding my damaged body, I started to better control the pain … lying in bed… the doctors helpless. The skills I developed in managing pain were later used to concentrate on my studies and my counselor was helping me, too, in subtle ways.

Dr. N: So you gained a lot in this life by being unable to walk?

S: Yes, I became a listener and thinker. I corresponded with many people and learned to write with inspiration. I gained teaching ability with the young, and felt guided by an internal power.

Dr. N: Was your counselor proud of your accomplishments after you returned to the spirit world?

S: Very, although I was told I had become a little too indulged and pampered (laughs), but that’s an okay trade-off.

Dr. N: How does your experience with the strong body of Leth and the weak one of Ashley help you today, or is this of no consequence?

S: I benefit every day by my appreciation of the necessity of a union between mind and body to learn lessons.

During my client’s reliving of the street scene which broke her legs, I initiated desensitization measures. At the close of our session together, I then deprogrammed her generational memory of leg pain entirely. This woman later notified me she has had no further pain and regularly enjoys playing tennis.

The two past lives I have represented in this case were largely devoted to physical choices for soul actualization in two quite different environments.

Souls search for self-expression by developing different aspects of their character. Regardless of what physical or mental tools are used through the use of many bodies, the laws of karma will prevail. If the soul chooses one extreme, somewhere down the line this will be counterbalanced by an opposite choice to even-out development. The physical lives of Leth and Ashley are examples of karmic compensation. The Hindus believe a rich man sooner or later must become a beggar for his soul to develop adequately.

By  surviving  different  challenges  our  soul  identity  is  strengthened.  The  word strength should not be misunderstood. My subjects say the real lessons of life are learned by recognizing and coming to terms with being human. Even as victims, we are beneficiaries because it is how we stand up to failure and duress which really marks our progress in life. Sometimes one of the most important lessons is to learn to just let go of the past.

While souls carefully consider the physical attributes of an Earth body in a variety of cultural settings, they give much more attention to the psychological aspects of human life. This decision is the most vital part of the entire selection process for the soul.

Before entering the place of life selection, it is to a soul’s advantage to ponder the factors of heredity and environment which affect how a biological life form will function.

I have heard that a soul’s spiritual energy has a fluctuating influence on whether the temperament of its human host will be extroverted or introverted, rationalistic or idealistic, emotionally or analytically dominated. Because of such variables, souls need to reflect in advance on the types of bodies which will serve them best in the life to come.

From  what  I  can  gather,  a  soul’s  thoughts  about  certain  human  behavior preferences for themselves in the next life are known by guides and those masters charged with operating the life selection stations. It appears to me some souls take this responsibility more seriously than others.

Yet, a soul in the prelife selection phase can reflect only so much on how they would fit into a specific body. When souls are called to the place of life selection the guesswork is over. Now they must match their spiritual identity against a mortal being.  Why one soul joined, for psychological reasons, with two human beings thousands of years apart is the basis of my next case.

Case 27 is a Texas businessman who owns a large, successful clothing firm. During a vacation in California, Steve came to see me on the advice of a friend.

As I took his history, I noticed he was tense and hypervigilant. While his fingers toyed with a key chain, Steve’s eyes darted anxiously around my office. I asked if he was nervous or afraid of hypnosis as a procedure and he replied, “No, I’m more afraid of what you will uncover.”

This client told me his employees were demanding and disloyal and the multitude of personnel complaints had become intolerable. His solution had been to increase discipline and fire people. I learned that he had two failed marriages and was a binge alcoholic. He said he had recently tried a recovery program but quit because “they were getting too critical of me.”

As we talked further, Steve explained that his mother disappeared after leaving him on the steps of a church in Texas within a week of his birth. After a few lonely and unhappy years in an orphanage, an older couple adopted him. He added that these people were stern disciplinarians who seemed to disapprove of him all the time. Leaving home in his teens, Steve had many scrapes with the law and once attempted suicide.

I found this client’s personality to be overly assertive and untrusting of authority.

His anger was rooted in feelings of isolation and abandonment issues. Steve said he felt like he was losing control over his life and was willing to try anything “to find the real me.” I agreed to short-term exploration of his unconscious mind if he would consider seeing a therapist later in his own town for sustained counseling.

As this case unfolds, we will see how Steve’s soul maintains its identity while responding to physical life in a human body. The intensity of this association is increased in hypnosis when my subjects discuss their motives for body selection. One reason why I have used this case is to expose a difficult barrier to discovering our identity-that of childhood trauma.

Souls who unite with people that develop early personality disorders deliberately set themselves up for a difficult life.

Before taking my client into the spirit world to learn why his soul chose this life, it was necessary to relive his early childhood memories. In the short excerpt which begins this case, this subject will see his real mother again. It is one of the most poignant scenes I have ever facilitated.

Case 27 – Steve

Dr. N: You are now a baby in the first week of life and your mother is seeing you for the last time. It doesn’t matter that you are a baby because your inner adult mind knows everything that is going on. Describe to me exactly what transpires.

S: (subject starts to shake) I … I’m in a basket … there is a faded blue blanket around me … I’m being set down on some steps… it’s cold …

Dr. N: Where are these steps?

S: … In front of a church… in Texas.

Dr. N: Who is setting you down on the church steps?

S: (the shaking increases) My mother … is bending down over me … saying goodbye … (begins to cry)

Scene from "Meet the Robensons" where the mother abandons the baby on the front steps.
Scene from “Meet the Robensons” where the mother abandons the baby on the front steps.

Dr. N: What can you tell me about your mother’s reason for leaving you?

S: She … is young … not married to my father … he is already married. She is … crying … I can feel her tears falling on my face.

Dr. N: Look up at her. What else do you see?

S: (chokes) Flowing black hair … beautiful… I reach up and touch her mouth … she kisses me … soft, gentle … she is having a terribly hard time leaving me here.

Dr. N: Does she say anything to you before leaving?

S: (subject can now hardly talk) “I must leave you for your own good. I have no money to take care of you. My parents won’t help us. I love you. I will always love you and hold you in my heart forever.”

Dr. N: What happens then?

S: She … takes hold of a heavy door knocker… it has an animal on it… and bangs on the door… we hear footsteps coming… now she is gone.

Dr. N: What do your inner thoughts tell you about all you have seen?

S: (almost overcome by emotion) Oh … she wanted me after all … didn’t want to leave me … she loved me!

Dr. N: (I place my hand on the subject’s forehead and begin a  series of post- hypnotic suggestions which end with the following instructions) Steve, you will be able to recall this subconscious memory in your conscious mind. You will retain this picture of your mother for the rest of your life. You now know how she truly felt about you and that her energy is still with you. Is this clear?

S: Yes … it is.

Dr. N: Now, move forward in time and tell me how you feel about your foster parents.

S: Never satisfied with me … made me feel guilty about everything … controlling and judging me … (subject’s face is dripping wet with tears and perspiration) don’t know who I am supposed to be. I’m not real.

Dr. N: (I raise my voice) Tell me what is unreal about you.

S: Pretending … (stops)

Dr. N: Keep going!

S: I’m not really in control … constant anger … mistreating people to … get even … hopelessness …

Note: After additional conditioning, I will now take my subject back and forth between his subconscious and superconscious mind.

Dr. N: All right Steve, now let’s go back to the time before your birth into this life. Tell me if you have ever lived in another life with the soul of your birth mother.

S: (long pause) Yes … I have.

Dr. N: Was there ever a particular life you lived with this soul on Earth which involved any sort of physical or emotional pain between the two of you?

S: (after a moment subject’s hands grip the arms of his chair) Oh, damn-that’s it-of course-it’s her!

Dr. N: Try to relax and not go too fast for me. I want you to enter the life you see in your mind at the most crucial point in your relationship with this soul on the count of three. One, two, three!

S: (a deep sigh) Oh my … it’s the same person … a different body but she was my mother then, too

Dr. N: Stay focused on the Earth scene. Is it day or night?

S: (pause) Broad daylight. Hot sun and sand …

Dr. N: Describe what is happening under the hot sun in the sand.

S: (haltingly) I am standing in front of my temple … before a large crowd of people … my guards are in back of me.

Dr. N: What is your name?

S: Haroum.

Dr. N: What are you wearing, Haroum?

S: A long, white robe and sandals. I have a staff in my hand with gold snakes on it as a symbol of my authority.

Dr. N: What is your authority, Haroum?

S: (proudly) I am a high priest.

Note: Further inquiries revealed this man was a tribal leader who was located on the Arabian peninsula close to the Red Sea around 2000 BC. In preclassical times, this area was known as the Kingdom of Sheba (or Saba). I also learned the temple was a large oval structure of mud bricks and stone dedicated to a moon god.

Dr. N: What are you doing in front of your temple?

S: I am on the steps judging a woman. She is my mother. She is kneeling down in front of me. There is a look of pity and fear in her eyes as she looks up at me.

Dr. N: How can her eyes show both pity and fear at once?

S: There is pity in her eyes because of the power which has consumed me … in taking so much control over the daily lives of my people. And there is fear, too, for what I am about to do. This disturbs me, but I must not show it.

Dr. N: Why is your mother kneeling on the temple steps before you?

S: She has broken into the storage house and stolen food to give to the people. Many are hungry at this time of year, but I alone can order distribution. The food must be measured out carefully.

Dr. N: Did she act against some rule of food rationing? Was this a question of survival?

S: (abruptly) There is more to this-by disobeying me she is undermining my authority. I use the distribution of food as a means of… control over my people. I want them all to be loyal to me.

Dr. N: What are you going to do with your mother?

S: (with conviction) My mother has violated the law. I can save her, but she must be punished as an example. I decide she will die.

Dr. N: How do you feel about killing your own mother, Haroum?

S: It must be done. She has been a constant thorn in my side-causing unrest among my people because of her position. I cannot govern freely with her here any longer. Even now, she is defiant. I order her death by banging my staff on the stone steps.

Dr. N: Later on are you sad about ordering your mother’s execution?

S: (voice becomes strained) I… must not think about such things if I am to maintain power.

At this point Steve’s mind had relived two emotionally wrenching events involving voluntary actions of separation between mother and son. Although he had made the karmic connection, it was important that his abandonment as a baby not be isolated as pure historic retribution. For healing to begin we had to go further.

The next stage in our session together was designed to recover Steve’s soul identity. To do this, I took him into the spirit world. In each of my cases, I try to bring the subject back to the most appropriate spiritual area to get the best results.

In Case 13, I used the place of orientation.

With Case 27, we will go back to relive the spiritual time just after his return from the place of life selection. In this setting, I want Steve to see the reasons for his current body choice and the role of other soul participants in his life.

Dr. N: By what name are you known in the spirit world?

S: Sumus.

Dr. N: All right, Sumus, since we are now in the spirit world again, I want us to go to the period just following your initial viewing of the man who is Steve. What are your thoughts?

S: Such a resentful man… he is so angry about his mother dumping him on a doorstep … and those hard-nosed people who will take over as his parents … I don’t know if I even want to take this body!

Dr. N: I understand, but why don’t we put that decision aside for a few minutes while other things develop. Tell me what you actually do once you leave the place of life selection.

S: Sometimes I might want to be by myself for a while. Usually, I am anxious to have the opinions of my friends about the lives I look at, especially one this rough.

Dr. N: Surely, you had more than one body option?

S: (shakes head) This is one I should take … it’s a rough decision.

Dr. N: Tell me, Sumus, when you are back with your group of friends, do you discuss the possibility of yourself associating with some of them in the next life?

S: Yes, more often than not, these close friends are going to be in my life to come, just as I will be in theirs. Some of my clutch will not be in certain lives. It doesn’t matter. We all discuss our next life with each other. I want to get their ideas on details. You see, we all know each other so well-our strengths and weaknesses- former successes and failures-what to watch out for … that kind of thing.

Dr. N: Did you discuss with them any details about the kind of person you should be in your next life before actually going to the place of life selection?

S: Oh yeah, in a roundabout way. Nothing concrete. Now that I have seen Steve, and who the others might be in relation to him in this life, there are reservations. So I talk to Jor.

Dr. N: Is Jor your guide?

S: Yes, he listened a lot to what I had to say about who I thought I should be before I was sent to the place where we look at lives.

Dr. N: Okay, Sumus, you have just returned to your primary cluster group from the place of life selection. What do you do first?

S: I talk about this guy Steve who is so unhappy … no real mother … all that stuff … what kinds of people will be around him … their plans, too … it must fit all together for us.

Dr. N: You mean which souls are going to take certain bodies?

S: Right, we need to firm that up.

Dr. N: Are soul assignments still negotiable at this point, or is everyone told which body they will be in after leaving the place of life selection?

S: No one is forced to do anything. We know what should be done. Jor… and the others help us make adjustments … they are sent in to round out the picture … (subject’s face becomes grave)

Dr. N: Is something bothering you at this moment, Sumus?

S: (in a cheerless manner) Uh … my friends are moving away … there are others coming … oh…

Dr. N: I gather some deliberations are about to occur with other souls. Try to relax as best you can. On my command you will clearly relate to me everything that is happening. Do you understand?

S: (nervously) Yes.

Dr. N: Begin! How many entities do you see?

S: There are… four of them… coming over to me… Jo. is one of them.

Dr. N: Who is first?

S: (subject grabs my hand) It’s … ……. she wants to be … my mother again.

Dr. N: Is this the soul of the woman who is Haroum’s and Steve’s mother?

S: Yes, she is… oh… I don’t want to…

Dr. N: What’s going on?

S: Eone is telling me it’s time for us to … settle things … to be in a disordered life as mother and son again.

Dr. N: But Sumus, didn’t you know this at the place of life selection when you viewed Steve’s mother taking her baby to the church?

S: I saw the people … the possibility… it was still an … abstract consideration … it wasn’t actually me yet. I guess I need more convincing because Eone is here for a reason.

Dr. N: I take it none of these newly arrived entities is from your own clutch?

S: (sighs) No, they are not.

Dr. N: Why did you and Eone wait 4000 earth years before discussing a balancing out of your treatment of her in Arabia?

S: Earth years mean nothing; it could have been yesterday. I just wasn’t ready to offset the harm I did her as Haroum. She says the circumstances are right for this exercise now.

Dr. N: If your soul joins with the body of Steve in Texas, will Eone consider this karmic payment for your debt?

S: (pause) My life as Steve is not supposed to be punishment. 

Dr. N: I’m glad you see that. So what is the lesson to be learned?

S: To … feel what desertion is like in a family relationship … deliberate severing …

Dr. N: The severing of the mother and son bond by deliberate action?

S: Yes … to appreciate what it is like to be cast off.

Dr. N: Allow Eone to move away and have the other entities join us, Sumus.

S: (distressed) Eone is floating back to … Jor…. coming forward are … Oh shit-it’s Talu and Kalish! (subject squirms in his chair and tries to ward off the two spirits in his mind by pushing the palms of his hands outward)

Dr. N: Who are they?

S: (in a rush of words) Talu and Kalish have volunteered to be Steve’s-my foster parents. They work together a lot.

Dr. N: What’s the problem, then?

S: I just don’t want them again so soon!

Dr. N: Slow down for me, Sumus. You have worked with these souls before?

S: (still muttering to himself) Yes, yes-but they are so hard for me to be with especially Kalish. It’s too soon. They were my in-laws in the German life.

Note: We digress for a few minutes while Sum us briefly explains a past life in Europe as a high-ranking army, officer who neglected his family and was the object of scorn from his wife’s influential parents.

Dr. N: Are you saying that Talu and Kalish lack the capability for the assignment of being your foster parents in Texas?

S: (shakes head with resignation) No, they know what they are doing. lt’s just that with Kalish, it’s always a rough ride. She chooses to be people who are critical, demanding, cold…

Dr. N: Does she always present that sort of behavior in human bodies?

S: Well, that’s her style with me. Kalish is not a soul who engages easily with others. She is independent and very determined.

Dr. N: How about Talu as your adoptive father?

S: Stern .. allows Kalish to lead … can be too detached… emotionally private… I’m going to really rebel against them this time.

Dr. N: Okay, but will they teach you something?

S: Yes, I know they will, but I am still arguing about it. Jor and Eone come over.

Dr. N: What do you say next at this conference?

S: I want Eone to be my foster mother. They all laugh at me. Jor won’t buy my explanations. He knows I am close to Eon e.

Dr. N: Do they make fun of you, Sumus?

S: Oh no, it’s not that way at all Talu and Kalish question my reluctance to tackle my faults with them.

Dr. N: Well, I was getting the impression you thought these souls were ganging up on you to force a decision to join with the Texas baby.

S: That’s not how it goes here. We are discussing my misgivings about the life itself.

Dr. N: But I thought you didn’t like Talu and Kalish?

S: They know about me … I need strict people or I ride over them. Everyone here sees I have a tendency to indulge myself. They convince me an easy life without them will be like treading water. Both of them are very disciplined.

Dr. N: Well, it sounds like you have about made up your mind to go with them into the Texas life.

S: (musing) Yes… they are going to make a lot of demands on me as a child… Kalish sarcastic … Talu a perfectionist… losing Eone… it’s going to be a rough ride.

Dr. N: What will playing the roles of your parents do for Talu and Kalish?

S: Kalish and Talu are in different … configurations than me. I’m not supposed to get all muddled up in their business. It has something to do with their being rigid people and overcoming pride.

Dr. N: When you are on Earth, does your soul-mind always know the reason why certain people who influence you positively or negatively are significant in your life?

S: Yes, but that doesn’t mean the person I am in that life understands what my spirit knows. (smiles) That’s what we should be able to figure out on Earth.

Dr. N: Which is what we are doing now?

S: Yeah … and I am cheating a little with you helping, but it’s okay, I can use it.

It does seem an enigma that the knowledge of who we really are as souls is so difficult for many of us to reach through our conscious minds. By now I’m sure the reader has discerned that even in a superconscious state, we do retain the ability to observe ourselves with a portion of the critical center of our conscious mentality. Assisting clients in reaching their inner selves by linking all facets of the mind is the most important part of my work in hypnotherapy.

I want Steve to gain insight into the motives for his behavior by understanding his soul. The dialogue which follows provides us with further disclosures as to why Sumus integrated into Steve’s body. The spiritual conference with Jor, Eone, Talu, and Kalish is over and I have taken Sumus to a quiet setting in the spirit world for this discussion.

Dr. N: Tell me, Sumus, how much of who you really are as a soul identity is reflected in the human beings you have occupied?

S: Quite a lot-but no two bodies are alike. (laughs) Good body and soul mergers don’t always happen, you know. I remember some of my former bodies more fondly than others.

Dr. N: Would you say your soul dominates or is subordinated by the human brain? S: That’s difficult to answer because there are subtle differences with the brain of each body which affects how we… exhibit ourselves from that body. A human would be pretty vacant without us… we treat earth bodies with respect, though.

Dr. N: What do you think human beings would be like without souls?

S: Oh, dominated by senses and emotions

Dr. N: And you believe each human brain causes you to react differently?

S: Well, that which I am … is able to utilize some bodies better than others. I don’t always feel fully attached to a human being. Some physical emotions are overpowering and I… am not so effective.

Dr. N: Such as the high level of rage displayed by Steve’s temperament, perhaps affected by the central nervous system of this body?

S: Yes, we inherit these things ….

Dr. N: But you knew what Steve would be like before you chose his body?

S: (in disgust) That’s right, and it’s typical of how I can make a bad situation worse. I am able to interpret only when the storms of the human mind are quiet, and yet I want to be stormy people.

Dr. N: What do you mean by interpret?

S: Interpret ideas … make sense out of Steve’s reactions to turmoil.

Dr. N: To be frank, Sumus, you sound like a stranger inside Steve’s body.

S: I’m sorry to give you that impression. We don’t control the human mind … we try by our presence to … elevate it to see … meaning in the world and to be receptive to morality … to give understanding.

Dr. N: That’s all very well, but you use human bodies for your own development too, don’t you?

S: Sure, it’s a … blending … we give and take with our energy.

Dr. N: Oh, you tailor your energy to fit a host body?

S: It would be better to say I use different facets of expression, depending on the emotional drives of each body.

Dr. N: Let’s get specific, Sumus. What is going on between you and Steve’s brain at this time on Earth?

S: I … have felt … submerged … sometimes my energy is tired and unresponsive to so much negativity.

Dr. N: Looking back to your choices of Haroum, Steve, and those other human bodies in between, do they all have traits in common which attracted you?

S: (long pause) I am a contact entity. I seek humans who involve themselves … aggressively with others.

Dr. N: When I hear the word aggression, this means hostility to me as opposed to being assertive. Is this what you intended to say?

S: (pause) Well, I’m attracted to those who influence other people … ah, vigorously- at full tilt.

Dr. N: Are you a soul who enjoys controlling other people?

S: I wouldn’t say control, exactly. I avoid choosing to be people who have no intense involvement with those around them.

Dr. N: Sumus, aren’t you being controlling when you try to direct other souls in their lives?

S: (no response)

Dr. N: What would Jor say about your human relationships?

S: Hmm … that I like power as a means of influencing the acts of humans who are decision makers. That I crave social and political groups where I lead.

Dr.  N:  So,  you would not  enjoy being in a  human  body which was quiet  and unassuming?

S: Definitely not.

Dr. N: (I push harder) Sumus, isn’t it true you took pleasure in the way you were a part of Haroum’s misuse of power in Arabia, and that you gain satisfaction as Steve from mistreating your employees in Texas?

S: (loudly) No, that isn’t true! Things get out of hand easily when you try to lead humans. It’s the conditions on Earth which screw everything up. It isn’t all my fault.

Dr. N: Is it possible that both Haroum and Steve became more extreme in their conduct because your soul was with them?

S: (heavily) I haven’t done well, I know that …

Dr. N: Look Sumus, I hope you know I don’t think you are a bad soul. But maybe you are easily seduced by the trappings of human authority and you have now become someone who feels in conflict with society.

S: (disturbed) You are beginning to sound like Jor!

Dr. N: I don’t presume to be doing that, Sumus. Perhaps Jor is helping us both to understand what is going on inside you.

S: Probably.

Steve and I have reached a productive stage of contact with his soul. I address this subject as if he were two people, while tightening the bowstring between his conscious and unconscious self. After applying additional conditioning to pull these two forces closer together, I close our session with a final series of questions. It is important his mind not be allowed to drift or his memories to become dissociated. To foster responsiveness, my questions are confrontive and spoken rapidly to increase the tempo of my subject’s answers.

Dr. N: Sumus, begin by telling me why you originally accepted Steve’s body.

S: To … rise above my attraction for leading others … always wanting to be in charge …

Dr. N: Is your soul identity in conflict with the direction Steve’s life has taken?

S: I don’t like that part of him which is fighting to be on top and, at the same time, having thoughts of escape by self-destruction.

Dr. N: If this is a contradiction for you, why does it exist? S:… childhood … sadness … (stops)

Dr. N: Who am I listening to now? Sumus, why aren’t you more active in helping yourself, as Steve, overcome the shame of abandonment by Eone and your anger from an unloving childhood with Talu and Kalish?

S:… I am grown now … and managing others … won’t let people hurt me anymore.

Dr. N: Sumus, if you and Steve are now speaking to me as one intelligence, I want to know why your lifestyle is so self-destructive.

S: (long pause) Because my weakness is … using power for self-preservation on Earth.

Dr. N: Do you feel if you were less controlling of people as an adult, life would revert to the way you were treated as a child?

S: (angrily) Yes!

Dr. N: And when you don’t get self-gratification from the body of your choice, what do you do as a soul?

S: I…tune out…

Dr. N: I see, and how is this accomplished, Sumus? S: By not … being too active.

Dr. N: Because you are intimidated by a body in an emotional tailspin? S: Well… I go into a shell.

Dr. N: So, you use avoidance in not actively dealing with the major lesson you came to Earth to learn?

S: Uh huh.

Dr. N: Steve, your adoptive parents were rough on you, weren’t they? S: Yes.

Dr. N: Do you now see why?

S: (pause) To know what being constantly judged is like.

Dr. N: What else?

S: To … overcome … and be whole. (bitterly) I don’t know…

Dr. N: I think you do know, Steve. Tell me about the damaged self you present to people around you.

S: (after some procrastination) Pretending to be happy covering up my feelings by drinking and mistreating people.

Dr. N: Do you want to stop this cover up and go to work?

S: Yes, I do.

Dr. N: Define who you really want to be.

S:(tearfully)I… we don’t want to be hostile to people … but don’t want to risk being a … non-person … without respect or recognition, either. Dr. N: So you are on a fence?

S: (quietly) Yes, life is so painful.

Dr. N: Do you think this is an accident?

S: No, I see it isn’t.

Dr. N: Steve and Sumus, repeat after me: “I’m going to give back the pain of Eone, Talu, and Kalish, which they gave to me for my own good, and get on with my life by becoming the identity I really want to be.” (subject repeats these words three times for me)

Dr. N: Steve, what are you going to do about revealing yourself in the future, and taking responsibility for improvement?

S: (after a couple of false starts) Learn to be more honest.

Dr. N: And to trust that you are not a victim of society?

S: Yes.

This case ended with my reinforcing Steve’s understanding of who he really is and his mission in life. I wanted to help liberate him as a person of value, with a contribution to make in society. We talked about his love and fear choices, as well as the necessity to get in touch with himself frequently. I felt we had laid the groundwork for his dealing with resentment and a lack of intimacy. I reminded Steve of the need for follow-up counseling.

About a year later, he wrote to tell me his recovery was going well, and that he had found the lost child within himself. Steve realized his past mistakes were not failures, but the means to improvement.

Case 27 demonstrates how the hard tasks we set for ourselves often begin in childhood. This is why considerable weight is given to family selection by the soul. The idea that each of us voluntarily agreed to be the children of a given set of parents before we came into this life is a difficult concept for some people to accept.

Although the average person has experienced love from his or her parents, many of us have unresolved, hurtful memories of those near to us who should have offered protection and did not. We grow up thinking of ourselves as victims of biological parents and family members whom we inherited without any choice in the matter.

This assumption is wrong.

When clients tell me how much they suffered from the actions of family members, my first question to their conscious mind is, “If you had not been exposed to this person as a child, what would you now lack in understanding?”

It may take a while, but the answer is in our minds. There are spiritual reasons for our being raised as children around certain kinds of people, just as other people are designated to be near us as adults.

To know ourselves spiritually means understanding why we joined in life with the souls of parents, siblings, spouses, and close friends. There is usually some karmic purpose for receiving pain or pleasure from someone close to us. Remember, along with learning our own lessons, we come to Earth to play a part in the drama of others’ lessons as well.

There are people who, because they live in a terrible environment, suspect the spirit world of not being a center of divine compassion. However, it is the ultimate in compassion when beings who are spiritually linked to each other come forward by prior agreement into human lives involving love-hate relationships. Overcoming adversity in these relationships may mean we won’t have to repeat certain abrasive alliances in future lives. Surviving such trials on Earth places us into a heightened state of perception with each new life and enhances our identity as souls.

People in trance may have trouble making a clear distinction between their soul identity and human ego. If the human personality has little structure beyond the five senses and basic drives for survival without ensoulment, then the soul is our total personality. This means, for example, that one could not have a human ego which is jealous and also possess a soul which is not jealous.

Yet my cases indicate there are subtle variations between their soul identity and all that is manifested by the human personalities of many host bodies. Case 27 showed similarities and differences in the personalities of Haroum and Steve. Our constant soul-self seems to be a governing agent of human temperament, but we may express ourselves differently with each body.

The souls of my subjects apparently select bodies which try to match their character flaws with human temperament for specific growth patterns. In one life an overly cautious, low-energy soul might be disposed to blending with a quiet, rather subdued human host. This same soul, encouraged to take greater risks in another life, could choose to work more in opposition to it’s natural character by melding with a temperamentally high-strung, aggressive body-type on Earth.

Souls both give and receive mental gifts in life through a symbiosis of human brain cells and intelligent energy. Deep feelings generated by an eternal consciousness are conjoined with human emotion in the expression of one personality, which is as it should be. We don’t need to change who we are in relation to life’s experiences, only our negative reactions to these events. Asian Buddhists say enlightenment is seeing the absolute soul ego reflected in the relative human ego and acting through it during life.

In the chapters on beginning, intermediate, and advanced soul levels, I gave case samples of soul maturity. I think souls do demonstrate their own patterns of ego in the bodies they inhabit, and they exert a powerful influence over body performance. However, making hasty judgements on a soul’s maturity based solely on behavioral traits has its pitfalls. The design plan of souls could include holding parts of their energy in reserve in some lives. Sometimes a negative trait is selected by an otherwise developed soul for special attention in a certain body.

We have seen how a soul selects the person with whom it wishes to associate in a given life. This does not mean that it has absolute control over that body. In extreme cases, a fractured personality struggling with internalized conflicts may result in a dissociative reaction to reality. I feel that this is a sign the soul is not always able to regulate and unify the human mind. I have mentioned how souls may become so buried by human emotion in bodies which are unstable, that by the time of death they are contaminated spirits. If we become obsessed by our physical bodies, or carried along on an emotional roller coaster in life, the soul can be subverted by its outer self.

Many great thinkers in history believed the soul can never be fully homogeneous with the human body and that humans have two intellects. I consider human ideas and imagination as emanating from the soul,  which provides a catalyst for the human brain. How much reasoning power we would have without souls is impossible to know, but I feel that the attachment of souls to humans supplies us with insight and abstract thought. I view the soul as offering humans a qualitative reality, subject to conditions of heredity and environment.

If it is true that every human brain has a host of biological characteristics, including raw intelligence and the facility for invention, which are separate from the soul, then choosing our body raises an important question. Do souls choose bodies whose intellectual capabilities match their own development? For instance, are advanced souls drawn to human brains with high intelligence? In looking at the scholastic and academic achievements of my clients, I find there is no more correlation here than with an immature soul being inclined to bodies with lower intellectual aptitudes.  The  philosopher  Kant  wrote  that  the  human  brain  is  only  a   function  of consciousness, not the source of real knowledge. Regardless of body choice, I find souls do demonstrate their individualism through the human mind. A person may be highly intelligent and yet have a closed attitude about adjusting to new situations, with little curiosity about the world. This indicates a beginner soul to me. If I see someone with an evenness of mood, whose interests and abilities are solidly in focus and directed toward helping human progress, I suspect an advanced soul at work. These are souls who seek personal truths beyond the demands of ego.

It does seem a heavy burden that in every new life a soul must search all over again to find its true self in a different body. However, some light is allowed through the blackout of amnesia by spiritual masters who are not indifferent to our plight.

When it comes to finding soulmates on Earth and remembering aspects of the lives we saw in the place of life selection, there is an ingenious form of coaching which is given to souls just before the next life.

We will see how this is done in the following chapter.

Preparation for Embarkation

AFTER souls have completed their consultations with guides and peers about the many physical and psychological ramifications of a new life and body choice, the decision to incarnate is made. It would be logical to assume that they would then go immediately to Earth. This doesn’t happen before a significant element of preparation occurs.

By now I’m sure it is understood that souls returning from the place of life selection must not only sort out the best choice of who they are going to be in their next life, but coordinate this decision with other players in the coming drama. Using the analogy of life as being one big stage play, we will have the lead role as an actor or actress. Everything we do in the play affects other minor characters (minor because they are not us) in the script. Their parts can be altered by us and ours by them because script changes (the result of free will) can be made while the play is in progress. Those souls who are going to have a close association with us on the stage of life represent our supporting cast, each with prominent roles. But how will we know them?

The issue of how to find soulmates and other important people in their lives is of paramount concern with many clients who come to me seeking hypnotic regression. Eventually, most of my subjects answer their own questions in superconsciousness because finding these souls was an integral part of their preparations for leaving the spirit world. The space souls go to for this in the spirit world is commonly called the place of recognition, or recognition class. I am told the activity here is like cramming for a final exam. As a result, my subjects also use the term prep-class to describe this aspect of spiritual reinforcement that occurs just before their souls embark on the passage back to Earth. The next case represents this experience.

In order to clearly understand what is behind the spiritual activity of a recognition class, perhaps the word soulmate ought to be defined. For many of us, our nearest and dearest soulmate is our spouse. Yet, as we have seen in previous cases, souls of consequence in our lives may also be other family members or a close friend. The amount of time they are with us on Earth can be long or short. What matters is the impact they have on us while here.

At the risk of oversimplifying a complex issue, our relationships can be divided into a few general categories. First, there is the kind of relationship involving love which is so deep that both partners genuinely don’t see how each could live without the other. This is a mental and physical attraction which is so strong neither partner doubts that they were meant for each other.

Second, there are relationships based upon companionship, friendship, and mutual respect. Finally, we have associations based largely upon more casual acquaintances which offer some purposeful ingredient to our life. Thus, a soulmate can take many forms, and meeting people who fall into one of these categories is no game of Russian roulette.

Soulmates are designated companions to help you and themselves accomplish mutual goals which can best be achieved by supporting each other in various situations. In terms of friends and lovers, identity recognition of kindred spirits comes from our highest consciousness. It is a wonderful and mysterious experience, both physically and mentally.

Connecting with beings we know from the spirit world, in all sorts of physical disguises, can be harmonious or frustrating. The lesson we must learn from human relationships is accepting people for who they are without expecting our happiness to be totally dependent upon anyone. I have had clients come to me with the assumption that they are probably not with a soulmate because of so much turmoil and heartbreak in their marriages and relationships. They fail to realize that karmic lessons set difficult standards for each of us and painful experiences involving the heart are deliberate tests in life. They are often of the hardest kind.

Whatever the circumstances, relationships between people are the most vital part of our lives. Is it coincidence, ESP, deja vu, or synchronicity when the right time and place come together and you meet someone for the first time who will bring meaning into your life? Was there a fleeting forgotten memory-something familiar tugging at the back of your mind? I would ask the reader to sort through those memories involving a distinctive first encounter with someone important in the past. Was it at school? Did this individual live in your neighborhood? How about meeting him or her at work or during some recreation? Did someone introduce you, or was it a chance meeting? What did you feel at that moment?

I hate to tamper with your fond recollections of a supposedly spontaneous past meeting, but such descriptions as chance, happenstance, or impulse aren’t applicable to crucial contacts. This makes them no less romantic. In cases involving soulmates, I have heard many heartfelt accounts of close spiritual beings who journeyed across time and space to find each other as physical beings at a particular geographic spot on Earth at a certain moment. It is also true our conscious amnesia can make meeting significant people difficult and we may take a wrong turn and miss the connection at some juncture. However, there can be a prearrangement here for back-up contingencies.

In the case which follows, I will begin the dialogue at a point in the session where I am asking my subject about his spirit world activity just before rebirth into his present life.

Case 28 – Before rebirth

Dr. N: Is it close to the time when you will be leaving the spirit world for another life?

S: Yes … I’m about ready.

Dr. N: After you left the place of life selection, was your soulmind made up as to who you would be and the people you were to meet on Earth?

S: Yes, everything is beginning to come together for me.

Dr. N: What if you had second thoughts about your choice of a time frame or a particular human body? Could you back out?

S: (sighs) Yes, and I have done that before-we all have-at least the people I know. Most of the time it’s intriguing to think about being alive on Earth again.

Dr. N: But what if you resisted coming back to Earth shortly before you were due to incarnate?

S: It’s not that … rigid. I would always discuss the possibilities … my concerns for a new life with my tutor and companions before making a firm commitment. The tutors know when we are stalling, but I have made up my mind.

Dr. N: Well, I’m glad. Now tell me, once you are firmly committed to return to Earth, does anything else of importance transpire for you in the spirit world?

S: I must go to the recognition class.

Dr. N: What is this place like for you?

S: It’s an observation meeting … with my companions … so I can recognize them later.

Dr. N: When I snap my fingers you will go immediately to this class. Are you ready?

S: Yes, I am.

Dr. N: (snapping my fingers) Explain to me what you are doing.

S: I… am floating in … with the others… to hear the speaker.

Dr. N: I would like to accompany you, but you will have to be my eyes-is that all right?

S: Sure, but we must hurry a little.

Dr. N: How does this place appear to you?

S: Mm. … a circular auditorium with a raised dais in the middle-that’s where the speakers are.

Dr. N: Are we going to float in and sit down on seats?

S: (shakes head) Why would we need seats?

Dr. N: Just wondering. How many souls are around us?

S: Oh … about ten or fifteen … people who are going to be close to me in the life to come.

Dr. N: That’s all the souls you see?

S: No, you asked how many were around me. There are others … further away in groups … to hear their speakers.

Dr. N: Are the ten or fifteen souls around you all from your cluster group? S: Some of them.

Dr. N: Is this gathering similar to the one near the gateway where you met a few people right after your last life?

S: Oh no, that was more quiet … with just my family.

Dr. N: Why was that homecoming meeting more quiet than where we are now?

S: I was still in a daze from losing my body. Here, there is lots of conversation and milling around … anticipation … our energy is really up. Listen, we have to move along faster, I have got to hear what the speakers are saying.

Dr. N: Are these speakers your tutor-guides?

S: No, they are the prompters.

Dr. N: Are they souls who specialize in this sort of thing?

S: Yes, they give us the signs by coming up with ingenious ideas.

Dr. N: Okay, let’s move in close to the prompter while you continue to tell me what is happening.

S: We form a circle around the dais. The prompter is floating back and forth in the center-pointing a finger at each of us and saying we must pay close attention. I have to do it!

Dr. N: (lowering my voice) I understand and I wouldn’t want you to miss a thing, but please explain what you mean by signs.

S: This prompter is assigned to us so we will know what to look for in our next life. The signs are placed in our mind now in order to jog our memories later as humans.

Dr. N: What kind of signs?

S: Flags-markers in the road of life.

Dr. N: Could you be more specific?

S: The road signs kick us into a new direction in life at certain times when something important is supposed to happen … and then we must know the signs to recognize one another, too.

Road Signs on the road of life.
Road Signs on the road of life.

Dr. N: And this class takes place for souls before each new life?

S: Naturally. We need to remember the little things …

Dr. N: But haven’t you already previewed the details of your next life in the place of life selection?

S: That’s true, but not the small details. Besides, I didn’t know all the people who would be operating with me then. This class is a final review … bringing all of us together.

Dr. N: For those of you who will have an impact on each other’s lives?

S: That’s right, it’s mainly a prep-class because we won’t recognize each other at first on Earth.

Dr. N: Do you see your primary soulmate here?

S: (flushing) … she is here … and there are other people that I am supposed to contact… or they will contact me in some way … the others need their signs, too.

Dr. N: Oh, so that’s why these souls are a mixed gathering of entities from different groups. They are all going to play some significant role in each other’s new life.

S: (impatiently) Yes, but I can’t listen to what is going on with you talking … Shhh! Dr. N: (lowering my voice again) All right, on the count of three I am going to hold this class in suspension for a few minutes so you won’t miss anything. (softly) One, two, three. The speaker is now quiet while you are going to explain a little more about the flags and the signs. Okay?

S: I… guess so.

Dr. N: I am going to call these signs memory triggers. Are you telling me there will be special triggers for each of these people with you?

S: That’s why we have been brought together. There will be times in my life when these people will appear. I must try to … remember some … action by them … the way they look … move … talk.

Dr. N: And each will trigger a memory for you?

S: Yeah, and I’m going to miss some. The signs are supposed to click in our memory right away and tell us, “Oh, good, you are here now.” Inside us … we can say to ourselves, “It is time to work on the next phase.” They may seem like insignificant little things, but the flags are turning points in our lives.

Dr. N: What if people miss these road flags or signs of recognition because, like you said, you forget what the prompter told you? Or, what if you choose to ignore your inclinations and take another path?

S: (pause) We have other choices-they may not be as good-you can be stubborn, but… (stops)

Dr. N: But, what?

S: (with conviction) After this class we usually don’t forget the important signs.

Dr. N: Why don’t our guides just give us the answers we need on Earth? Why all this fooling around with signs to remember things?

S: For the same reason we go to Earth without knowing everything in advance. Our soul power grows with what we discover. Sometimes our lessons get resolved pretty fast … usually not. The most interesting part of the road are the turns and it’s best not to ignore the flags in our mind.

Dr. N: All right, I am going to count from ten down to one, and when I reach one, your class will start again and you will listen while the prompter gives out signs. I will not speak until you raise the index finger of your right hand. This will be my sign that the class is over and you can relate to me the signs you are to remember. Are you ready?

S: Yes.

Note: I finish my count and wait a couple of minutes before my subject raises his finger. This is a simple example of why time comparisons between Earth and spirit worlds are meaningless.

Dr. N: That didn’t take long.

S: Yes, it did. The speaker had a lot to go through with all of us.

Dr. N: I assume you have the details of recognition signs now firmly in your mind?

S: I hope so.

Dr. N: Good, then tell me about the last sign you were given as the class ended.

S: (pause) A silver pendant… I will see it when I am seven years old around the neck of a woman on my street… she always wore it.

Dr. N: How will this silver object be a trigger for you?

S: (abstractly) It shines in the sun … to catch my attention … I must remember …

Dr. N: (in a commanding tone) You have the capacity to bring your spiritual and earthly knowledge together. (placing my hand on the subject’s forehead) Why is the soul of this woman important for you to know?

S: I meet her riding my bike on our street. She smiles … the silver pendant is bright … I ask about it … we become friends.

Dr. N: Then what?

S: (wistfully) I will know her only a short time before we move, but it is enough. She will read to me and talk to me about life and teach me to … respect people …

Dr. N: As you grow older, can people themselves be signs or provide flags to help you make a connection?

S: Sure, they might arrange introductions at the right time.

Dr. N: Do you already know most of the souls who will be meaningful people to you on Earth?

S: Yes, and if I don’t, I’ll meet them in class.

Dr. N: I guess they can set up love relationship meetings, too?

S:  (laughs)  Oh,  the  matchmakers-yes  they  do  that,  but  meetings  can  be  for friendship … getting people together to help your career … that kind of stuff.

Dr. N: Then the souls who are in this auditorium and elsewhere can be involved with different kinds of associations in your life?

S: (enthusiastically) Yeah, I’m going to connect with the guy who is on my baseball team. Another one will be a farming partner-then there will be my life-long pal from grade school.

Dr. N: What if you connect with the wrong person in business, love, or whatever? Does that mean you missed a relationship sign or a red flag for an important event?

S: Hmm….. it probably won’t be wrong, exactly … it could be a jump start to get you going in a new direction.

Dr. N: Okay, now tell me what is the most important recognition sign you must remember from this prep-class.

S: Melinda’s laugh.

Dr. N: Who is Melinda?

S: My wife-to-be.

Dr. N: What is there to remember about Melinda’s laugh?

S: When we meet, her laugh is going to … sound like tiny bells … chimes … I really can’t describe it to you. Then, the scent of her perfume when we first dance … a familiar fragrance … her eyes.

Dr. N: So, you are actually given more than one trigger sign for your soulmate?

S: Yes, I’m so dense I guess the prompters thought I needed more clues. I didn’t want to make a mistake when I met the right person.

Dr. N: What is supposed to trigger her recognition of you?

S: (grins) My big ears … stepping on her toes dancing … what we feel when we first hold each other.

It is an old saying that the eyes are the windows to our soul. No physical attribute has more impact when soulmates meet on Earth. As to our other physical senses, I mentioned in an earlier chapter that souls retain such memories as sounds and smell. All five senses may be used by spiritual prompters as recognition signals in future lives.

Case 28 began to express some discomfort with my keeping him from participating in his spiritual recognition class. I reinforced his visual association of floating around a central dais in an auditorium (other people use different names). I gave my subject time to finish taking instruction and communicating with his friends and them moved him out of the place of recognition.

It is my practice never to rush clients in and out of their spiritual settings during a session because I find this hinders the intensity of concentration and recall. When we had established ourselves away from the other souls, I talked to this man about his soulmate, Melinda. I learned these two souls were most comfortable in husband and wife roles although occasionally they chose to relate differently in their lives together. Both these souls wanted to make sure they would connect on Earth in their current lives. I thought I would follow up on what actually had transpired.

Dr. N: When you and Melinda came to Earth and were young, did you live close to each other?

S: No, I lived in Iowa and she was in California … (musing) it was Clair that I knew in Iowa.

Dr. N: Were you interested in Clair romantically?

S: Yes, I almost married her. It was close-and that would have been a mistake. Clair and I weren’t right for each other, but going together in high school had become a habit.

Dr. N: And yet you left your home town for California?

S: Yes … Clair didn’t want me to go, but my parents wanted to leave our farm and move west. I liked Iowa and was uneasy about moving and torn over leaving Clair, who was still in high school.

Dr.  N:  Was  there  a  road  sign-a  flag  of  some  sort-which  helped  you  make  the decision to move with your parents?

S: (sighs) It was my sister who waved a red flag at me. She convinced me I would have more opportunities in the city where my parents were planning to go.

Dr. N: Do you see your sister in the spirit world?

S: Oh yeah, she is in my circle (cluster group).

Dr. N: Is Clair one of your soulmates?

S. (pause) More a friend … just friends

Dr. N: Was leaving Clair hard for you?

S: Oh, yes … even more for her. We were sexually attracted to each other in high school. The infatuation had no real mental connection……. it’s so hard on Earth to figure out what you are supposed to do with other people … sex is a big trap … we would have grown bored with one another.

Dr. N: Was the physical attraction different with Melinda than you had with Clair?

The women in red from the movie "The Matrix". Key symbols or "flags" are provided to us to keep our progress and learning in mind.
The women in red from the movie “The Matrix”. Key symbols or “flags” are provided to us to keep our progress and learning in mind.

S: (pause) When Melinda and I met at the dance there was the strong physical attraction of her body… and I guess she liked the way I looked, too … but we both felt something much more …

Dr. N: I want to get this straight. Did you and Melinda choose your male and female bodies in the spirit world deliberately to attract each other once you reached Earth?

S: (nodding) To … some extent … but we were attracted to each other on Earth because inside our minds was the memory of what we were supposed to look like.

Dr. N: When the time of the dance rolled around, what happened in your mind?

S: I can see it all now. Our tutor was helping Melinda and me that night. My idea to go to the dance was sudden. I hate to dance because I’m clumsy. I didn’t know anybody in the town yet and felt stupid, but I was guided there.

Dr. N: Had you and Melinda scripted the dance scene together during the spiritual prep-class?

S: Yes, we knew about it then and when I saw her at the dance, alarms went off. I did something very uncharacteristic of me … I cut in on the man she was dancing with. When I first held her my legs were like rubber.

Dr. N: And what else did you and Melinda feel at that moment?

S: As if we were in another world … there was this familiarity… it was so weird during that dance … a knowing without doubt that something important was unfolding … the guidance … the intent of our meeting… our hearts were racing… it was enchantment.

Dr. N: Then why was Clair in your life earlier as a complication?

S: To tempt me to stay on the farm … one of the false trails I needed to get past … another kind of life. After I left, Clair found the right person.

Dr. N: If you and Clair had taken the lesser trail together and missed your sister’s flag, would that life have been a total disaster?

S: No, but it would not have been as good. There is one main course of life we choose in advance, but alternatives always exist and we learn from them, too.

Dr. N: In your lives do you ever make mistakes and take false trails and miss the flags in the road for a job change, moving to another town, or meeting someone important because the details you saw at the place of life selection or in the recognition class were not implanted firmly enough?

S: (long pause) The signs are there. But, sometimes I overrule my … inclinations. There are times in my lives when I change directions because of too much thinking and analysis. Or, I do nothing for the same reasons.

Dr. N: Ah, so you might do something other than what was planned in the spirit world?

S: Yeah, and it may not work out as well … but we have the right to miss the red flags.

Dr. N: Well, I have enjoyed our talk about the place of recognition and I wondered if there is anything else this spiritual class does for you later in physical life.

S: (in a far away voice) Yes, sometimes when I am confused abut my life and don’t know where to turn next, I just … imagine where I might be going compared to where I’ve been and … it comes to me what to do.

Helping clients recognize people who were destined to have an impact on their lives is a fascinating aspect of my practice. I believe those who come to see me about relationships are not in my office at a certain point in their lives by chance. Am I spoiling the purpose of their spiritual recognition class by assisting these subjects in recalling clues? I don’t think so, for two basic reasons. What they are not supposed to know yet probably won’t be revealed in hypnosis, while on the other hand, quite a few of my clients only want confirmation of what they already suspect is true.

I can speak about recognition signs from personal experience, since I was blessed by three specific clues to help me find my wife. Thumbing through Look magazine as a teenager, I once saw a Christmas advertisement for Hamilton watches modeled by a beautiful dark-haired woman dressed in white. The caption in the ad said, “To Peggy,” because she was holding a wristwatch as a gift from an imaginary husband. An odd sensation came over me, and I never forgot the name or face. On my twenty- first birthday I received a watch of the same make from a favorite aunt.

A few years later, while attending a graduate school in Phoenix, I was washing a load of white laundry one Saturday. Suddenly, the first trigger was activated in my mind with the message, “It’s time to meet the woman in white.” I tried to shake it off, but the face in the ad pushed all other thoughts away. I stopped, looked at my Hamilton watch and heard the command, “Go now.” I thought about who wears white. Acting as if I was obsessed, I went to the largest hospital in the city and asked at the desk for a nurse matching the name and description.

I was told there was such a person who was coming off her shift. When I saw her, I was stunned by the resemblance to the picture in my mind. Our meeting was awkward and embarrassing, but later we sat in the lobby and talked non-stop for four hours as old friends who hadn’t seen each other for a while-which, of course,

In the movie "The Matrix", the hero was told to "follow the rabbit". Suddenly there was a knock on the door. Some people appeared
In the movie “The Matrix”, the hero was told to “follow the rabbit”. Suddenly there was a knock on the door. Some people appeared and one of the girls had a tattoo of a rabbit on her shoulder.

was true. I waited until after we were married to tell my wife about the reason I came to her hospital and the clues given to me to find her. I didn’t want her to think I was crazy. It was then I learned that on the day of our first meeting she had told her astonished friends, “I just met the man I’m going to marry.

My advice to people about meaningful encounters is not to intellectualize coming events too much. Some of our best decisions come from what we call instinct. Go with your gut feelings at the time. When a special moment is meant to happen in life, it usually does.

One of the last requirements before embarkation for many souls is to go before the Council of Elders for the second time. While some of my subjects see the Council only once between lives, most see them right after death and just before rebirth. The spirit world is an environment personified by order and the Elders want to reinforce the significance of a soul’s goals for the next life. Sometimes my clients tell me they return to their spirit group after this meeting to say goodbye while others say they leave immediately for reincarnation. The latter procedure was used by a subject who described this exit meeting in the following manner.

“My guide, Marge, escorts me to a soft, white space which is like being in a cloud- filled enclosure. I see my committee of three waiting for me as usual. The middle Elder seems to have the most commanding energy. They all have oval faces, high cheekbones, no hair and smallish features. They seem to me to be sexless-or rather they appear to blend from male to female and back. I feel calm. The atmosphere is formal but not unfriendly. Each in turn asks me questions in a gentle way. The Elders are all-knowing about my entire span of lives but they are not as directive as one might think. They want my input to assess my motivations and the strength of my resolve towards working in new body. I am sure they have had a hand in the body choices I was given for the life to come because I feel they are skilled strategists in life selection. The committee wants me to honor my contract. They stress the benefits of persistence and holding to my values under adversity. I often give in too easily to anger and they remind me of this while reviewing my past actions and reactions towards events and people. The Elders and Magra give me inspiration, hope and encouragement to trust my-self more in bad situations and not let things get out of hand. And then, as a final act to bolster my confidence when I am about to leave, they raise their arms and send a power bolt of positive energy into my mind to take with me.”

One aspect of the two council meetings which I initially found rather odd is that members of the same soul group do not necessarily go before the same panel. For a while I assumed there would always be a correlation here because ail members of a single soul group have the same guide. I was wrong. In the minds of my subjects, even senior guides are thought to be a couple of steps below the developmental level of the omnipotent beings who make up their councils. They are similar to the Old Ones that Thece told us about in Chapter 11, but with more specific responsibilities toward life evaluation of souls. While a guide might, in some respects, be considered a personal confidant to a soul this same familiarity does not extend to an Elder. In time, I came to appreciate that an Elder’s authority, unlike that of guides, involves a cross-section of souls from many groups.

Apparently, everyone in a soul group respects the intensely private nature of these proceedings. They all see their individual Council of Elders as godly. The Elders are bathed in bright light and the whole setting has an aura of divinity. A subject put it this way, “when we are taken into the presence of these superior beings who exist in such a high spiritual realm, it validates our feelings about the source of creation.”  

Rebirth

WE have seen how a soul’s decision to come forward into the next life at a specific time and place on Earth involves an ordered progression of spiritual planning. As I bring the soul consciousness of my subjects nearer to the moment of their exit from the spirit world, most become quietly introspective, while others engage in light bantering with their friends. These reactions toward what lies ahead depend more upon the individual soul than on the length of time since a last incarnation.

Rebirth is a profound experience. Those souls getting ready for embarkation to Earth are like battle-hardened veterans girding themselves for combat. This is the last chance for souls to enjoy the omniscience of knowing just who they are before they must adapt to a new body. My last case involves the soul of a woman who offers us a well-defined description of her most recent passage to Earth.

Case 29 – Good description

Dr. N: Has the time arrived for you to be reborn into your next life?

S: Yes, it has.

Dr. N: What is uppermost in your mind about returning to Earth?

S: The opportunity to live in the twentieth century. It’s an exciting time of many changes.

Dr. N: And have you seen this life, or at least parts of it, in advance?

S: Yes … I’ve been through that … (subject seems distracted)

Dr. N: Is there something else you want to talk to me about concerning your next incarnation?

S: I am having a last talk with Pomar (subject’s guide) on all the alternatives to my project (life).

Dr. N: Might this be considered a final exit interview with Pomar?

S: Yes, I suppose it would.

Dr. N: Would it help you to talk to me about the contingency plans you have for the next life?

S: (voice is dry and rather thin) I … think I have them straight …

Dr. N: How did your recognition class go? I assume that phase of your preparation is complete?

S: (still distracted) Uh-huh … I’ve met with the rest (of the participants) for my project.

Dr. N: Are the recognition signs clear in your mind for meeting the right souls at the right time?

S: (nervous laugh) Ah … the signals … my compacts with people … yes, that’s all done.

Dr. N: Without analyzing or censoring your impressions in any way, tell me what you are feeling at this moment.

S: I’m … just… gathering myself for… the big jump into a new life … there is apprehension … but I am excited, too

Dr. N: Are you a little scared and perhaps wondering if you should go to Earth at all?

S: (pause and then more cheerfully) A little … concern … for what lies ahead of me … leaving my home here … but happy, too, at the opportunity.

Dr. N: So you have mixed emotions about leaving the spirit world?

S: Most of us do, as our time draws near. I have second thoughts before some lives … but Pomar knows when I am lagging behind my schedule-you can’t hide anything here, you know.

Dr. N: Okay, let’s assume it’s a go situation for your next life. On the count of three, your decision to return at an appointed time is firm and you are in the final stage to leave the spirit world. One, two, three! Describe to me what happens to you now.

S: I say goodbye to everyone. This can be… difficult. (tosses her head back with resolution) Anyway, they all wish me well and I move away from them … drifting alone. There is no great rush Pomar allows me to collect my thoughts. When I am quite ready he comes to escort me … to offer encouragement … reassurance … and he knows when I am prepared to go.

Dr. N: I sense that you are now more upbeat about the prospect of rebirth.

S: Yes, it’s a period of inspiration and expectations… a new body … the course ahead

I now prepare this subject to leave the spirit world for the last time before her current life. I am as careful here as when I brought her into the spirit world for the first time following normal age-regression. Starting with a reinforcement of the protective energy shield already placed around this  subject, I  apply additional conditioning techniques to keep her soul in proper balance with the mind of the child she is joining on Earth.

Dr. N: All right, you and Pomar are together for your exit from the spirit world. I want you to go deep inside yourself and explain to me what you do next as if it were happening in slow motion. Go!

S: (pause) We … begin to move… at a greater speed. Then I am aware of Pomar… detaching from me … and I am alone.

Dr. N: What do you see and feel?

S: Oh, I…

Dr. N: Stay with it! You are alone and moving faster. Then what?

S: (in a faint voice) … Away … slanting away … through pillows of whiteness … moving away …

Dr. N: Stay with it! Keep going and report back to me.

S: Oh, I’m … passing through… folds of silky cloth… smooth I’m on a band … a pathway … faster and faster

Dr. N: Keep going! Don’t stop talking to me.

S: Everything is blurred… I’m sliding down… down into a long, dark tube … a hollow feeling … darkness … then … warmth!

Dr. N: Where are you now?

S: (pause) I’m aware of being inside my mother.

Dr. N: Who are you?

S: (chuckles) I’m in a baby-I’m a baby.

The hollow tube effect described by my cases is apparently not the mother’s birth canal. It is similar to the tunnel souls pass through at physical death and may be the same route.

The reader might wonder why I would take more care with the act of birthing when I have already brought my subjects in and out of a number of past lives during a session. There are two reasons. First, reliving a past life does not need to involve the birthing process. I help my clients go straight from the spirit world into the next life, usually as adults. Second, if I return subjects to their current body and decide to command them to relive the birthing experience, I want to remove any minor discomforts felt by some people after they wake up.

Before continuing with this case, I should offer a little more general information about souls and babies. All my subjects tell me the transition of their souls from the spirit world to the mind of a baby is relatively more rapid than the passage back.

What is the reason for this difference?

After physical death our souls travel through the time tunnel and move past a gateway into the spirit world in a progressive way. We have seen how the outward passage is intended to be more gradual than our return to Earth in order to allow for acclimatization of a newly freed soul.

However, as souls who enter babies, we come from a state of all-knowing and thus are mentally able to adjust more quickly to our surroundings than at the end of a physical life. Then too, we are given additional time for adaptation while in our mother’s womb.

Nevertheless,  having this time inside our mother does not mean we are fully prepared for the jarring paroxysm of birth, with blinding hospital lights, having to suddenly breathe air, and being physically handled for the first time. My subjects say if they were to compare the moment of birth with that of death, the physical shock of being born is much greater.

At some point prior to birth, the soul will carefully touch and join more fully with the impressionable, developing brain of a baby. When a soul decides to enter a baby, apparently that child has no free choice in accepting or rejecting the soul.

At the moment of first entry, chronological time begins for the soul.

Depending upon the inclinations of the particular soul involved, the connection may be early or late in the mother’s pregnancy. I have had cases where souls timed their arrival at the last minute during delivery, but this is unusual. My findings indicate even those souls who join the baby early seem to do a lot of traveling outside the mother’s womb during her term.

Once birth has taken place, the union of spirit and flesh has been fully solidified into a partnership. The immortal soul then becomes the seat of perception for the developing human ego. The soul brings a spiritual force which is the heritage of infinite consciousness. Although I have said souls can be confined by a human in trauma, they are never trapped. Besides leaving at the moment of death, souls may also come and go when the body is sleeping, in deep meditation, or under an anesthetic in surgery. The soul’s absences are much longer in cases of severe brain damage and coma.

Case 29 continues by explaining the creative beauty of a soul joining with a new human being. This coupling of an intelligent life force before birth brings us full circle from the death scene described in Case 1.

Dr. N: Well, I’m glad you arrive safe and sound in your new body. Tell me, how old is the baby?

S: Five months have passed (since conception).

Dr. N: Is this your usual arrival time as far as the maturation of a child?

S: In my lives … I have arrived at different times … depending on the baby, the mother, and my life-to-be.

Dr. N: As a soul, are you in distress if the baby is aborted from the mother’s womb for any reason before full term?

S: We know if a baby is going to full term or not. Not being born comes as no surprise to us. We may be around to just comfort the child.

Dr. N: Well, if the child does not go to term, is your life assignment as a soul aborted as well?

S: No, there never was a full life assignment as far as that child was concerned.

Dr. N: Might some babies who are aborted never have souls?

S: That depends on how far along they are. The ones who die very early often don’t need us.

Note: This issue was as hotly debated in the past as it is today. During the thirteenth century, the Christian church found it necessary to establish guidelines for the existence of souls with regard to an aborted fetus. St. Thomas Aquinas and other medieval theologians arbitrarily decided ensoulment took place forty days after conception.

Dr. N: Assuming a baby is going to full term, do you know about the convergence habits of other souls with these children?

S: (offhandedly) Oh, some float around more than others, going in and out of the baby until birth because they get bored.

Dr. N: What do you usually do?

S: I’m average, I guess. Actually, I don’t spend a long time at any one stretch with babies because it can get pretty dull.

Dr. N: All right, let’s take this current situation inside your mother and allow some time to pass. What do you do when you are not with the unborn baby?

S: (laughs with delight) You want the truth? I’ll tell you. Me-I play! It’s a fine time to leave and purely goof off … when the baby is less active. I have fun with my friends who are doing the same thing. We bounce around Earth to visit with each other … and go to interesting places … where we have once lived together in former lives.

Dr. N: Don’t you and these other souls feel leaving the unborn baby for long periods is shirking the responsibilities of your assignment on Earth?

S: (defensively) Oh, lighten up! Who said anything about long periods? I don’t do that! Anyway, our tough exercises haven’t begun yet.

Dr. N: When you leave the baby for a while, what astral plane are you on in relation to Earth?

S: We are still on the Earth plane … and we try not to get too distracted, either. A lot of our fooling around is in the neighborhood of the baby. I don’t want you to get the idea there is nothing for us to do with unborn babies.

Dr.N: Oh…?

S: (continues) I’m busy with this new mind, even though it’s not fully ready.

Dr. N: Why don’t we talk more about that? When your soul enters a baby to remain with this new body for a lifetime, give me the scope of this undertaking.

S: (takes a deep sigh) Once I attach to a child it is necessary to bring my mind into synchronization with the brain. We have to get used to each other as partners.

Dr. N: This is what other people tell me, but do you and the baby have an affinity for each other right away?

S: Well… I am in the mind of the child but separate, too. I go slowly at first. Dr. N: Okay, why don’t you explain what you do with the mind of the baby.

S: It’s delicate and can’t be hurried. I start with a gentle probe … defining connections … gaps … every mind is different.

Dr. N: Is there any conflict within the child against you?

S: (softly) Ah … there is a slight resistance in the beginning … not full acceptance while I trace the passages … that’s usual … until there is familiarization (stops for a moment and laughs quietly). I keep bumping into myself!

Dr. N: As you integrate with the baby, when does it become receptive to the force of your identity as a soul?

S: I’m disturbed by your word “force.” We never force ourselves when entering an unborn baby. My tracing is done carefully.

Dr. N: Did it take you many lives to learn to trace a human brain?

S: Uh … a while … new souls are assisted with their tracing.

Dr. N: Since you represent pure energy, are you tracing electrical brain connections such as neurotransmitters, nerve cells, and the like?

S: (pause) Well, something like that … I disrupt nothing, though while I learn the brain wave patterns of the baby.

Dr. N: Are you referring to the thought-regulation circuitry of the mind?

S: How this person translates signals. Its capacity. No two children are the same.

Dr. N: Be completely frank with me. Isn’t your soul taking over this mind and subjugating it to your will?

S: You don’t understand. It’s a melding. There is an … emptiness before my arrival which I fill to make the baby whole.

Dr. N: Do you bring intellect?

S: We expand what is there.

Dr. N: Could you be more specific about what your soul actually provides the human body?

S: We bring a… comprehension of things… a recognition of the truth of what the brain sees.

Dr. N: Are you sure this child doesn’t think of you at first as an alien entity in her mind?

S: No, that’s why we unify with undeveloped minds. She recognizes me as a friend … a twin … who is going to be part of her. It’s as if the baby was waiting for me to come.

Dr. N: Do you think a higher power prepares the baby for you?

S: I don’t know, it would seem so.

Dr. N: Is your work at unification completed before birth?

S: Not really, but at birth we have started to complement each other.

Dr. N: So, the unification process does take some time?

S: Sure, while we adjust to each other. And, like I told you, I leave the unborn baby at intervals.

Dr. N: But what about those souls who join babies at the last minute before birth? 

S: Humph! That’s their style, not mine. They have to start their work in the crib. 

Dr. N: How far along in age is the body by the time your soul stops leaving the child altogether?

S: At about five or six years of age. Usually we get fully operational when the child starts school. Children under this age can be left to their own devices a lot.

Dr. N: Don’t you have a duty to always be with your body?

S: If things get bad in a physical way-then I’m back inside like a shot.

Dr. N: How would you know this if you were off fooling around with other souls?

S: Every brain has a wave pattern-it’s like a fingerprint. We know immediately if the baby assigned to us is in trouble.

Dr. N: So, you are watching the baby assigned to you all the time-both inside and out-during the early stages of growth?

S: (with pride) Oh yes, and I watch the parents. They might be having squabbles around the baby which sets up disturbing vibrations.

Dr. N: If this happens to the child, what do you do as its soul?

S: Quiet the child as best I can. Reach out to the parents through the baby to calm them.

Dr. N: Give me an example of how you can reach out to your parents?

S: Oh, make the baby laugh in front of them by poking my parents’ faces with both hands. This sort of thing further endears babies to parents.

Dr. N: As a soul, you can control motor movements of the baby?

S: I’m … me. I can push a little on that part of the brain which controls movements. I can tickle the kid’s funny bone sometimes, too … I’ll do whatever it takes to bring harmony to my assigned family.

Dr. N: Tell me what it is like being inside a mother’s womb.

S: I like the warm comfortable feeling of love. Most of the time there is love … sometimes there is stress. Anyway, I use this time to think and plan what I am going to do after birth. I think about my past lives and missed opportunities with other bodies and this gives me incentive.

Dr. N: And you haven’t yet had the memories of all your past lives and your life in the spirit world blocked out by amnesia?

S: That starts after birth.

Dr. N: When the baby is born, does it have any conscious thoughts of who its soul is and the reasons for the attachment?

S: (pause) The child mind is so undeveloped it does not reason out this information. It does have parts of this knowledge as a means of comfort, which then fades. By the time I speak, this information is locked deep inside me and that’s the way it’s supposed to be.

Dr. N: So, will you have fleeting thoughts of other lives as a child?

S: Yes . . we daydream … the way we play as children … creating stories … having imaginary friends who are real .. but it fades. In the first few years of life babies know more than they are given credit for.

Dr. N: All right, now it is the time right before your birth in this life. Tell me what you are doing.

S: I’m listening to music.

Dr. N: What music?

S: I’m listening to my father play records-very relaxing for him-it helps him to think-I’m a bit anxious for him

Dr. N: Why?

S: (giggles) He thinks he wants a boy, but I’ll change his mind in a hurry! Dr. N: So, this is a productive time for you?

S: (with determination) Yes, I’m busy planning for the approaching time when I will enter the world as a human and take that first breath. This is my last chance for quiet contemplation of the next life. When I come out-I’ll be running.

Conclusion

THE information contained in this book about the existence of souls after physical death represents the most meaningful explanation I have found in my life as to why we are here. All my years of searching to discover the purpose of life hardly prepared me for that moment when a subject in hypnosis finally opened the door to an eternal world.

My oldest friend is a Catholic priest today. As boys walking together in the hills and along the beaches of Los Angeles we had many philosophical discussions, but were miles apart in our spiritual beliefs. He once told me, “I think it must take courage for you to be an atheist and believe in nothing beyond this life.” I didn’t see it that way at the time, nor for many years afterward. Starting at age five, I had been sent by my parents to military-type boarding schools for long periods. The feelings of abandonment and loneliness were so great I believed in no higher power than myself. I now realize strength was given to me in subtle ways I was unable to see. My friend and I still have different approaches to spirituality, but we both have convictions today that order and purpose in the universe emanate from a higher consciousness.

Looking back,  I suppose it was no accident in my  own  life that people would eventually come to me for hypnosis-a medium of truth I could believe in-to tell me about guides, heavenly gateways, spiritual study groups, and creation itself in a world of souls. Even now, I sometimes feel like an intruder in the minds of those who describe the spirit world and their place in it, but their knowledge has given me direction.  Still,  I  wonder why  I  am the  messenger  for the  spiritual  knowledge contained in this book, when someone with less original cynicism and doubt would surely have been much better suited. Actually, it is the people represented in these cases who are the real messengers of hope for the future, not the reporter. Everything I have learned about who we are and where we come from, I owe to those who were drawn to me for help. They have taught me that a major aspect of our mission on Earth as souls is to mentally survive being cut off from our real home. While in a human body, the soul is essentially alone. A soul’s relative isolation on Earth during a temporary physical life is made more difficult on a conscious level by thoughts that nothing exists beyond this life. Our doubts tempt us into finding attachments solely in a physical world we can see. The scientific knowledge that Earth is only a grain of sand at the edge of a galactic shoreline within a vast sea in the universe adds to our feelings of insignificance.

Why is no other living thing on Earth concerned with life after death? Is this simply

because our inflated egos hate to think of life as only temporary, or is it because our being is associated with a higher power? People argue that any thoughts of a hereafter are wishful thinking. I used to do so myself. However, there is logic to the concept we were not created by accident for mere survival, and that we do operate within a universal system which directs the physical transformation of Self for a reason. I believe it is the voice of our souls, which tell us we do have personhood that is not intended to die.

All the accounts of life after death in my case files have no scientific foundation to prove the statements of these subjects. To those readers who find the material offered in this book too unprecedented to accept, I would hope for one thing. If you carry away nothing except the idea you may have a permanent identity worth finding, I will have accomplished a great deal.

One of the most troublesome concerns of all people who want to believe in something higher than themselves is the causality of so much negativity in the world. Evil is given as the primary example. When I ask my subjects how a loving God could permit suffering, surprisingly there are few variations in their responses. My cases report our souls are born of a creator which places a totally peaceful state deliberately out of reach so we will strive harder.

We learn from wrongdoing. The absence of good traits exposes the ultimate flaws in our nature. That which is not good is testing us, otherwise we would have no motivation to better the world through ourselves, and no way to measure advancement. When I ask my subjects about the alternating merciful and wrathful qualities we perceive to be the self-expression of a teacher-oversoul, some of them say the creator only shows certain attributes to us for specific ends. For instance, if we equate evil with justice and mercy with goodness and if God allowed us only to know mercy, there would be no state of justice.

This book presents a theme of order and wisdom rising from many spiritual energy levels. In a remarkable underlying message, particularly from advanced subjects, the possibility is held out that the God-oversoul of our universe is on a less-than- perfect level. Thus, complete infallibility is deferred to an even higher divine source. From my work I have come to believe that we live in an imperfect world by design. Earth is one of countless worlds with intelligent beings, each with its own set of imperfections to bring into harmony. Extending this thought further, we might exist as one single dimensional universe out of many, each having its own creator governing at a different level of proficiency in levels similar to the progression of souls seen in this book. Under this pantheon, the divine being of our particular house would be allowed to govern in His, Her, or Its own way.

If the souls who go to planets in our universe are the offspring of a parent oversoul who is made wiser by our struggle, then could we have a more divine grandparent who is the absolute God? The concept that our immediate God is still evolving as we are takes nothing away from an ultimate source of perfection who spawned our God. To my mind, a supreme, perfect God would not lose omnipotence or total control over all creation by allowing for the maturation of less-than-perfect superior offspring. These lesser gods could be allowed to create their own imperfect worlds as a final means of edification so they might join with the ultimate God.

The reflected aspects of divine intervention in this universe must remain as our ultimate reality. If our God is not the best there is because of the use of pain as a teaching tool, then we must accept this as the best we have and still take the reasons for our existence as a divine gift. Certainly this idea is not easy to convey to someone who is physically suffering, for example, from a terminal illness. Pain in life is especially insidious because it can block the healing power of our souls, especially if we have not accepted what is happening to us as a preordained trial. Yet, throughout life, our karma is designed so that each trial will not be too great for us to endure.

At a wat temple in the mountains of Northern Thailand, a Buddhist teacher once reminded me of a simple truth. “Life,” he said, “is offered as a means of self- expression, only giving us what we seek when we listen to the heart.” The highest forms of this expression are acts of kindness. Our soul may be traveling away from a permanent home, but we are not just tourists. We bear responsibility in the evolution of a higher consciousness for ourselves  and others in life. Thus, our journey is a collective one.

We are divine but imperfect beings who exist in two worlds, material and spiritual.

It is our destiny to shuttle back and forth between their universes through space and time while we learn to master ourselves and acquire knowledge. We must trust in this process with patience and determination. Our essence is not fully knowable in most physical hosts, but Self is never lost because we always remain connected to both worlds.

A number of my more advanced subjects have stated there is a growing movement in the spirit world to “change the game rules on Earth.” These people say their souls had less amnesia about Self and the interlife when they lived in earlier cultures. It seems in the last few thousand years there has been tighter blocking, on a conscious level, of our immortal memories. This has been a contributing factor in the loss of faith in our capacity for self-transcendence.

Earth is filled with people who feel an empty hopelessness toward the meaning of life. The lack of connection with our immortality combined with the availability of mind-altering chemicals and overpopulation has created rumbles upstairs.

I am told large numbers of souls who have had more frequent incarnations in recent centuries on Earth are opting, when they get the chance, for less stressful worlds.

There are enlightened places where amnesia is greatly reduced without causing homesickness for the spirit world. As we approach the next millennium, the masters who direct Earth’s destiny appear to be making changes to permit more information and understanding of who we are and why we are here to come into our lives.

Conclusion
The complete redefinition of the human sentience will make the earth a far less stressful place. However, if the earth is stratified, then only one human species would become better, the other would have it far, far worse..

Perhaps the most gratifying feature of my work in uncovering the existence of a spirit world in the minds of my subjects is the effect this conscious knowledge has on them.

The most significant benefit which comes from knowing we have a home of everlasting love waiting for us, is being receptive to the higher spiritual power within our minds.

The awareness that we do belong somewhere is reassuring and offers us peace, not merely as a haven from conflict, but to unify ourselves with a universal mind. One day we are going to finish this long journey-all of us-and reach an ultimate state of enlightenment, where everything is possible.

This is the final part of a multiple part series. To go to the start, please click HERE.

Do you want to see the main index?

You can access the main index of these kinds of articles here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

The Geography of Heaven; Journey of Souls (full text) by Michael Newton (part 1d) with world-line (MWI) annotations.

Multiple Part Post

This post is a multiple part post. I have labeled them…

Comment d0
This post continues our study of the Journey of Souls. This is part 1d.

The Intermediate Soul

ONCE our souls advance past Level II into the intermediate ranges of development, group cluster activity is considerably reduced. This does not mean we return to the kind of isolation we saw with the novice soul. Souls evolving into the middle development levels have less association with primary groups because they have acquired the maturity and experience  for operating more independently. These souls are also reducing the number of their incarnations.

Comment d1
I have repeatedly stated that the purpose of this planet was as a sentience nursery for emerging humans as a species. Is this not what is going on in the studies by Dr Newton? Are the souls not going through an educational program? Are they not learning, advancing and then evolving?

The physical world is but a very small part of the entire universe. To absolutely understand what is going on, we have to accept that much of what is truth is beyond our observational capabilities as humans.

Within Levels III and IV we are at last ready for more serious responsibilities. The relationship we have with our guides now changes from teacher-student to one of colleagues working together. Since our old guides have acquired new student groups, it is now our turn to develop teaching skills which will eventually qualify us for the responsibilities of being a guide to someone else.

I have said the transitional stages of Levels II and IV are particularly difficult for me in pinpointing a soul’s development. For instance, some Level IV souls begin targeting themselves toward primary cluster teacher training while still in Level III, while other subjects who are clearly Level IV’s find they are unsuited to be effective guides.

Despite their high standards of morality and conduct, entities who have reached the intermediate levels of maturity are modest about their achievements. Naturally, each case is different, but I notice more composure with clients in this stage and above. I see trust rather than suspicion toward the motives of others on both a conscious and subconscious level. These people demonstrate a forward-looking attitude of faith and confidence for the future of humanity, which encourages those around them.

My questions to the more mature soul are directed to esoteric ideas of purpose and creation. I admit to taking advantage of the higher knowledge possessed by these souls for the sort of spiritual information others lack. There have been clients who have told me they felt I pushed them rather hard in drawing out their spiritual memories and I know they are right.

The more advanced souls of this world possess remarkable comprehension of a universal life plan. I want to learn as much as possible from them.

My next case falls into the upper portion of Level III development, radiating a yellow energy devoid of any reddish tones.

This client was a small, nondescript man nearly fifty years old.

His demeanor was quietly courteous towards me when we met, and I thought him a trifle solemn. I felt  his unassuming detachment was somewhat studied, almost as a cover for stronger emotions. The most striking feature about him was his dark, morose eyes, which grew more intense as he began to talk about himself in a direct and persuasive manner.

He told me he worked for a charitable organization dispensing food to the homeless, and that he had once been a journalist. This client had traveled quite some distance to discuss with me his concern over a decline in enthusiasm for his work. He said he was tired and wanted to spend the rest of his life quietly alone. His first session involved a review of the highlights of many past lives so we could better evaluate a proper course for the remainder of his current life.

I began by regressing the subject rapidly through a series of early lives starting from his first life as a Cro-Magnon man in a Stone Age culture some 30,000 years ago. As we moved forward in time, I noted a consistency of lone-wolf behavior patterns as opposed to normal tribal integration.

From about 3,000 BC to 500 BC, my client lived a number of lives in the Middle East during the rise of the early city states in Sumerian, Babylonian, and Egyptian cultures. Nevertheless, even in lives as a woman, this subject often avoided family ties, including having no children. As a man, he showed a preference for nomadism.

By the time we reached a life in Europe during the Dark Ages, I was becoming accustomed to a rebellious soul resisting tyrannical societies. During his lives, my subject worked to uplift people from fear, while remaining non-aligned to opposing factions. Suffering hardships and many setbacks, he continued as a wanderer with an obsession for freedom of movement.

Some lives were not too productive, but during the twelfth century I found him in Central America in the body of an Aztec, organizing a band of Indians against the oppressions of a high priest. He was killed in this setting as a virtual  outcast,  while  promoting  non-violent  relations between  tribes  who  were traditional enemies.

In the fourteenth century, this soul was a European chronicler, traveling the silk road to Cathay to gain understanding of the peoples of Asia. Always facile with languages (as he is today), my client died in Asia as an old man happily living in a peasant village.

In Japan, at the beginning of the seventeenth century, he was a member of the clan of the Bleeding Crane. These men were respected, independent Samurai mercenaries. At the end of this life my subject was living in seclusion from the ruling Tokugawa shoguns, because he had advised their weaker opponents on battle strategy.

Frequently the outsider, always an explorer searching for truth across many lands, this soul continued to seek a rational meaning to life while giving aid to those he met along the way.

I was surprised when he popped up as the wife of an American farmer on the frontier in the nineteenth century. The farmer died soon after their marriage. I learned my subject had deliberately incarnated to be a widow with children, tied to a piece of property, as an exercise in the loss of mobility.

When this part of his session ended I knew I was working with a more advanced, older soul, even though he had a great many lives we did not review.

Since this soul is approaching Level IV, I would not have been surprised if his first appearance on Earth had gone back 70,000 years rather than half that amount of time. However, as I have mentioned, it is not an absolute prerequisite that souls have hundreds of physical lives in order to advance. I once had a client who entered into a Level III state of awareness after only 4,000 years-an outstanding performance.

I talked to my client about his current life and his customary methods of learning in previous lives. He explained he had never been married, and that social non- alignments worked best for him.

I suggested a few alternatives for his consideration.

Primarily, I felt his lack of intimacy with people in too many lives was obstructing his progress. When this session ended, he was anxious that we explore his mind further for perceptions about the spirit world in another session.

Upon his arrival the next day, I placed him in a superconscious state and we went back to work.

Case 22 – An older soul.

Dr. N: By what name are you called in the spirit world?

S: I am called Nenthum.

Dr. N: Nenthum, do you have spirits around you right now or are you alone?

S: (pause) I am with two of my long-time companions.

Dr. N: What are their names?

S: Raoul and Senji.

Dr. N: And are the three of you part of a larger spiritual group of souls working together?

S: We were … but now the three of us work… more by ourselves.

Dr. N: What are the three of you doing at this moment?

S: We are discussing the best ways to help each other during our incarnations.

Dr. N: Tell me what you do for each other.

S: I help Senji to forgive herself for mistakes and appreciate her own worth. She needs to stop being a mother-figure all the time on Earth.

Dr. N: How does she assist you?

S: To… see my lack of a sense of belonging.

Dr. N: Give me an example of Senji’s actions to assist you with this issue.

S: Well, she was my wife in Japan after my days as a warrior were over. (something is troubling Nenthum, and after a pause he adds the following) Raoul likes to pair with Senji and I am usually alone.

Dr. N: What about Raoul, how do you two help each other?

S: I help him with patience and he helps me with my tendency to avoid community life.

Dr. N: Are you always two males and a female in your incarnations on Earth?

S: No, we can change-and do-but this is comfortable for us.

Dr. N: Why are the three of you working independently from the rest of your spiritual group?

S: (pause) Oh, we see them here… some have not gone forward with us … a few others are further ahead of us in their tasks.

Dr. N: Do you have a guide or teacher?

S: (in a soft tone) She is Idis.

Dr. N: It sounds to me as if you have a high regard for her. Do you communicate well with Idis?

S: Yes I do-not that we don’t have our disagreements.

Dr. N: What is the main area of conflict between the two of you?

S: She doesn’t reincarnate much, and I tell her she should have more direct exposure to current conditions on Earth.

Dr. N: Are you mentally in tune with Idis to such an extent that you know all about her background training as a guide?

S: (shakes head while pondering) It isn’t that we can’t ask questions … but we can only question what we know. Idis reveals to me what she thinks is relevant to my own experience.

Dr. N:  Are guides able to screen their thoughts so you can’t read their minds completely?

S: Yes, the older ones get proficient at that-knowing how to filter things we don’t need to know because this knowledge would confuse us.

Dr. N: Will you learn to filter images?

S: I already have … a little.

Dr. N: This must be why I have had many people tell me they have not been given definitive answers by their guides to all their questions.

S: Yes, and the intent of the question is important … when it was asked and why. Perhaps it was not in their best interests to be given certain information which might disrupt them.

Dr. N: Aside from her teaching techniques, are you fond of Idis in terms of her identity?

S: Yes … I just wish she would agree to come with me… once.

Dr. N: Oh, you would like to actually have an Earth incarnation with her?

S: (grins mischievously) I have told her we might relate better here if she would consent to come to Earth sometime and mate with me.

Dr. N: And what does Idis say to that suggestion?

S: She laughs and says she will think about it-if I can prove to her that it would be productive.

At this junction I ask Nenthum how long Idis has been associated with him and learn she was assigned these three entities when they moved into Level III.

Nenthum, Raoul, and Senji are also under the tutelage of a beloved older master guide who has been with them since the beginning of their existence.

It would be inaccurate to assume that more advanced spirits lead lonely spiritual lives. This subject told me he was in contact with many souls. Raoul and Senji were simply his closest friends.

Levels III and IV are significant stages for souls in their development because now they are given increased responsibilities for younger souls. The status of a guide is not given to us all at once, however. As with many other aspects of soul life, we are carefully tested. The intermediate levels are trial periods for potential teachers. While our aura is still yellow, our mentors assign us a soul to look after, and then evaluate our leadership performance both in and out of physical incarnations.

Only if this preliminary training is successful are we allowed to function even at the level of a junior guide.

Not everyone is suited for teaching, but this does not keep us from becoming an advanced soul in the blue section. Guides, like everyone else, have different abilities and talents, as well as shortcomings.

By the time we reach Level V, our soul aptitudes are well known in the spirit world. We are given occupational duties commensurate with our abilities, which I will go into later in this chapter. Different avenues of approach to learning eventually bring all of us to the same end in acquiring spiritual wholeness. The richness of diversity is part of a master plan for the advancement of every soul, and I am interested in how Case 22 is progressing in Level III.

Dr. N: Nenthum, can you tell me if Idis is preparing you to be a guide, assuming you have an interest in that activity?

S: (quick response) I do have an interest.

Dr. N: Oh, then are you developing as a guide yourself?

S: (modestly) Don’t make too much of it. I’m really no more than a caretaker … helping Idis and taking directions.

Dr. N: Do you try and imitate her teaching style?

S: No, we are different. As an apprentice-a caretaker-I couldn’t do what she is able to accomplish, anyway.

Dr. N: When did you know you were ready to be a caretaker and begin assisting others spiritually?

S: It’s an … awareness which comes over you after a great number of lives … that you are more in balance with yourself than previously, and are able to aid people as a spirit and in the flesh.

Dr. N: Are you operating in or out of the spirit world as a caretaker at this time?

S: (has difficulty in forming a response) I’m out … in two lives.

Dr. N: Are you living in two parallel lives now?

S: Yes, I am.

Comment d2
Souls can partition. As I have stated previously, they can cut themselves into different bits and pieces. This includes having two separate consciousnesses during the same instant moving about the different world-lines.

In this instance, the subject states that this is exactly what has happened, and that his soul created multiple consciousnesses to occupy multiple bodies at the same instance.

The Doctor Newton assumes that this is on the same world, at the same time. But it could be at the same time, but on different world-lines.

The advantage of this is rapid growth in a smaller instance of time. But that can also be fraught with dangers as well.

Dr. N: Where are you living in this other life?

S: Canada.

Dr. N: Is geography important to your Canadian assignment?

S: Yes, I picked a poor family in a rural community where I would be more indispensable. I’m in a small mountain town.

Dr. N: Give me the details of this Canadian life and your responsibilities.

S: (slowly) I’m … taking care of my brother Billy. His face and hands were horribly burned by a flash fire from a kitchen stove when he was four years old. I was ten when it happened.

Dr. N: Are you the same age in the Canadian life as you are now in your American one?

S: About the same.

Dr. N: And your prime assignment in the Canadian life?

S: To care for Billy. To help him see the world past his pain. He is almost blind and his facial disfigurement causes him to be rejected by the community. I try to open him to an acceptance of life and to know who he really is from the inside. I read to him and go for walks in the forest holding his arm. I don’t hold his hands because they are so damaged.

Dr. N: What about your Canadian parents?

S: (without boasting) I am the parent. My father left after the fire and never came back. He was a weak man who was not kind to the family even before the fire. My mother’s soul is not very… capable in her body. They need someone with seasoning.

Dr. N: Someone physically strong?

S: (laughing) No, I’m a woman in Canada. I’m Billy’s sister. My mother and brother require someone mentally tough to hold the family together and give them a course to follow.

Dr. N: How do you provide for the family?

S: I am a baker and I’ll never marry, because I can’t leave them.

Dr. N: What is your brother’s major lesson?

S: To acquire humility without being crushed by a life of little self-gratification.

Dr. N: Why didn’t you take the role of your burned brother? Wouldn’t that scenario provide you with the more difficult challenge?

S: (grimacing) Hmm-I’ve already been through that one!

Note: This subject has been physically injured in a number of past lives.

Dr. N: Yes, I suppose you have. I wonder if Billy’s soul was ever involved with physically hurting you in one of your past lives?

S: As a matter of fact, he did in one of them. When I was the sufferer another caretaker stayed with me and I was a grateful receiver. Now it is Billy’s turn and I am here for him.

Dr. N: Did you know in advance your brother was going to be incapacitated before you came into the Canadian life?

S: Sure, Idis and I discussed the whole situation. She said Billy’s soul would require a caretaker, and since I had negative contact with this soul before in another life, I welcomed the job.

Dr. N: Besides the karmic lesson for Billy’s soul, there are some for you too, in terms of your being in the role of a woman who is tied down. You can’t just take off and roam around as you often do in your lives.

S: That’s true. The degree of difficulty in a life is measured by how challenging the situation is for you, not others. For me, being Billy’s caretaker is harder than when I was on the receiving end with another soul as my caretaker.

Dr. N: Give me the most difficult factor of this assignment for you as a caretaker.

S: To sustain a child … through their helplessness … to adulthood … to teach a child to confront torment with courage.

Dr. N: Billy’s life is an extreme example, but it does seem Earth’s children have much physical and emotional pain to go through.

S: Without addressing and overcoming pain you can never really connect with who you are and build on that. I must tell you, the more pain and adversity which come to you as a child, the more opportunity to expand your potential.

Comment d3
It is all about experiencing things and events. The greater the diversity of experiences, the more quanta that can be added to the soul. As well as the more thoughts, in quantity and diversity, that one can have. This keeps the exposure to new things fresh and really helps generate a set of robust and well-rounded quanta “building blocks” that the soul can use to grow.

Dr. N: And how are things working out for you as a caretaker in Canada?

S: There is a more difficult set of choices to be made in the Canadian family-unlike my American life. But, I have confidence in myself … to put my comprehension to practical use.

Dr. N: Did Idis encourage or discourage your wanting to accelerate development by living parallel lives?

S: She is always open about this … I haven’t done it too much in the past.

Dr. N: Why not?

S: Life combinations can be tiring and divisive. The effort may become counter- productive with diminished returns for both lives.

Dr. N: Well, I see that you are helping people in both your lives today, but have you ever lived contrasting lives where you did poorly in one life and better in another at the same time?

S: Yes, although that was a long time ago on Earth. This is one of the advantages of life combinations. One life can offset the other. Still, doing this can be rough going.

Dr. N: Then why do the guides permit parallel lives?

S: (scowling at me) Souls are not in a rigid bureaucratic environment. We are allowed to make mistakes in judgement and learn from them.

Comment d4
Souls can partition multiple consciousnesses, but it is ill advised.

Dr. N: I have the impression you think the average soul is better off living one life at a time.

S: I would say yes, in most instances, but there are other motivations to cause us to speed up incarnations.

Dr. N: Such as … ?

S: (amused) The rewards for bunching up lives can allow for more reflection out of incarnation.

Comment d5
True. But it’s a stretch.

Dr. N: You mean the rest periods between lives might last longer for us after concurrent lives?

S: (smiles) Sure, it takes longer to reflect on two lives than one.

Dr. N: Nenthum, I just have a couple more questions on the mechanics of soul- splitting. How do you see the manner in which you divide your soul energy into various parts?

Comment d6
It’s all quanta. It can be configured in various ways, and souls use experiences int he human form (primarily) to obtain quanta. The quanta can then be reworked into globes, known as garbions that are connected to each other via swales..

S: We are … as particles … of energized units. We originated out of one unit.

Dr. N: What was the original unit.

Comment d7
Souls are made up of quanta. The quanta form distinct shapes or “units”. These are rather difficult to define using conventional technology as they exist outside of time and space, which are the primary units of measure in our physical universe. Sigh..

S: The maker.

Dr. N: Does each part of your soul remain intact, complete within itself?

S: Yes, it does.

Dr. N: Do all parts of our soul energy go out of the spirit world when we incarnate?

S: Part of us never leaves, since we do not totally separate from the maker.

Dr. N: What does the part that remains in the spirit world do while we are on Earth in one or more bodies?

S: It is … more dormant … waiting to be rejoined to the rest of our energy.

Most of my colleagues who work with past life clients have listened to overlapping time chronologies from people living on Earth in two places at once. Occasionally, there are three or more parallel lives. Souls in almost any stage of development are capable of living multiple physical lives, but I really don’t see much of this in my cases.

Comment d8
Souls can partition. We, as humans like to believe that our consciousness is all that there is and as such we identify it as self.

Well… sorry, but that is wrong.

We possess multiple consciousnesses and it id difficult (being in the human physical form) to think otherwise. Yet, when your consciousness is free of the physical universe, and in the non-physical universe, the ability to have two consciousnesses at one time is not a problem at all.

In fact, you can consider ever past life to be a single unified consciousness. Thus you can remember all the consciousnesses together… if it is your desire. Most people prefer to segregate them to help form their resultant base personality at any given moment.

Many people feel the idea of souls having the capacity to divide in the spirit world and then attaching to two or more human bodies is against all their preconceptions of a singular, individualized spirit.

I confess that I too felt uncomfortable the first time a client told me about having parallel lives.

I can understand why some people find the concept of soul duality perplexing, especially when faced with the further proposition that one soul may even be capable of living in different dimensions during the same relative time.

What we must appreciate is, if our souls are all part of one great oversoul energy force which divides, or extends itself to create our souls, then why shouldn’t the offspring of this intelligent soul energy have the same capacity to detach and then recombine?

Collecting information about spiritual activity from souls who are in the higher stages of development is sometimes frustrating. This is because the complex nature of memory and knowledge at these levels can make it difficult to sift out what these people recognize and won’t tell me, from what they really don’t know.

Case 22 was both knowledgeable and open to my questions. This case is compatible with other accounts in my files about the diversity of soul training in the spirit world.

Dr. N: Nenthum, I want to turn now to your activities in the spirit world when you are not so busy with Earth incarnations, interacting in souls groups and learning to be a guide. Can you tell me of other spiritual areas in which you are occupied?

S: (long pause) Yes, there are other areas … I know of them

Dr. N: How many?

S: (cautiously) I can think of four.

Dr. N: What would you call these areas of activity?

S: The World Without Ego, the World of All Knowing, the World of Creation and Non-creation, and the World of Altered Time.

Dr. N: Are they worlds which exist in our physical universe?

S: One does, the rest are non-dimensional spheres of attention.

Comment d9
Souls can crate their own areas or regions within a given universe. These are space with their own physical properties and their own laws. Many of these spaces are reused and are well established areas where souls can learn, and experience life.

Dr. N: All right, let’s start with the non-dimensional spheres. Are these three areas in the spirit world for the use of souls?

S: Yes.

Dr. N: Why do you call all these spiritual areas worlds?

S: I see them as … habitations for spiritual life.

Dr. N: So, three of them are mental worlds?

S: Yes, that’s what they are.

Dr. N: What is the World Without Ego?

S: It’s the place of learning to be.

Dr.  N:  I  have  heard  of  it,  expressed  in  different  ways.  Doesn’t  it  involve  the beginners?

S: Yes, the newly created soul is there to learn who they are. It’s the place of origin.

Dr. N: Are the ego-identities passed out at random, or is there a choice for beginner souls?

S: The new soul is not capable of choice. You acquire your character based upon the way your energy is … combined … put together for you.

Comment d10
Souls do not organically grow and suddenly materialize. They are assembled. Other souls build them. It’s almost like a factory making robots, if you can tolerate that analogy.

Dr. N: Is there some sort of spiritual inventory of characteristics that are assigned to souls-so much of one type, so much of another?

S: (long pause) I think many factors are considered in the allocations of that which makes us who we are. What I do know is, once given, ego becomes a covenant between oneself and the givers.

Comment d11
Creation of garbions. The behaviors that one manifests is a function of the design and layout of the garbions (and the swales). Thus, for instance, “ego” is a result of a garbionic configuration.

Dr. N: What does that mean?

S: To do the best I can with who I am.

Dr. N: So, the purpose of this world is the distribution of soul identity by advanced beings?

S: Yes, the new soul is pure energy with no real Self yet. The World Without Ego provides you with a signature.

Dr. N: Then why do you call it the World Without Ego?

S: Because the newly created souls arrive with no ego. The idea of Self has not come into the new soul’s consciousness. It is here where the soul is offered meaning to its existence.

Dr. N: And does the creation of souls with personhood go on continually?

S: As far as I know, yes.

Dr. N: I want you to answer this next question carefully for me. When you acquired your particular identity as a soul, did that automatically mean you were slated for Earth incarnations in human form?

S: Not specifically, no. Planets don’t last forever.

Dr. N: I wondered if certain types of souls have an affinity for specific forms of physical life in the universe?

S: (pause) I won’t argue against that.

Dr. N: In your beginnings, Nenthum, were you given the opportunity to choose other planetary hosts besides humans on Earth?

S: Ah … as a new soul … the guides assist in those selections. I was drawn to human beings.

Dr. N: Were you given other choices?

S: (long pause) Yes … but it’s not very clear at the moment. They usually start you on an easy world or two, without much to do. Then I was offered service on this severe planet.

Dr. N: Earth is considered severe?

S: Yes. On some worlds you must overcome physical discomforts-even suffering. Others lean toward mental contests. Earth has both.

Comment d12
You need to experience a harsh winter to appreciate Spring. You need to live in the desert for a few years to appreciate grass and trees. You need to spend five years in prison to appreciate the freedom to watch television.

We get  kudos for doing well on the hard  worlds.  (smiling)  We are called the adventurous ones by those who don’t travel much.

Dr. N: What really appeals to you about Earth?

S: The kinship humans have for each other while they struggle against one another… competing and collaborating at the same time.

Dr. N: Isn’t that a contradiction?

S: (laughs) That’s what appeals to me-mediating quarrels of a fallible race which has so much pride and need of self-respect. The human brain is rather unique, you know.

Dr. N: How?

S: Humans are egocentric but vulnerable. They can make their character mean and yet have a great capacity for kindness. There is weak and courageous behavior on Earth. It’s always a push-me pull-you tug-of-war going on with human values. This diversity suits my soul.

Dr. N: What are some of the other things about human hosts which might appeal to the souls who are sent to Earth?

S: Hmm… those of us developing on Earth have … a sanction to help humans know of the infinite beyond their life and to assist them in expressing true benevolence through their passion. Having a passion to fight for life-that’s what is so worthwhile about humanity.

Dr. N: Humans also have a great capacity for malevolence.

S: That’s part of the passion. But it’s evolving too, and when humans experience trouble, they can be at their best and are … quite noble.

Dr. N: Perhaps it is the soul which fosters the positive characteristics you suggested?

S: We try to enhance what is already there.

Dr. N: Does any soul ever go back to the World Without Ego after they have once been there and acquired identity?

S: (uncomfortable) Yes … but I don’t want to get into that…

Dr. N: Well, then we won’t, but I have been told some souls do return if their conduct during physical assignments is consistently irregular. I have the impression they are considered defective and are returned to the factory for a kind of spiritual prefrontal lobotomy?

S: (subject shakes his head with annoyance) I am offended by that description. Where did you get such a notion? Those souls who have developed severe obstacles to improvement are mended by the restoration of positive energy.

Dr. N: Is this procedure just for Earth souls?

S: No, young souls from everywhere may require restoration as a last resort.

Comment d13
There is no Hell. The only “punishment” a person can have is to undergo a reincarnation where their roles are reversed. There is, however, a process of restoration and rebuilding.

Dr. N: Are these restored spirits then allowed to return to their respective groups and eventually go back to incarnating on physical worlds?

S: (sighs deeply) Yes.

Dr. N: How would you compare the World Without Ego to the World of  All Knowing?

S: They are opposites. This world is not for young souls.

Dr. N: Have you been to the World of All Knowing?

S: No, I’m not ready. I am only aware of it as a place we strive for.

Dr. N: What do you know about this spiritual area?

S: (long pause) It is a place of  contemplation … the ultimate mental world of planning and design. I can tell you little about this sphere except it is the final destination of all thought. The senses of all living things are coordinated here.

Dr. N: Then the World of All Knowing is abstract in the highest form?

S: Yes, it’s about blending content with form-the rational with ideals. It is a dimension where the realization of all our hopes and dreams is possible.

Dr. N: Well, if you can’t go there yet, how come you know about it?

S: We get … glimpses … as an incentive to encourage us to make that final effort to finish our work and join the masters.

Comment d14
This is referred to as a “highest level” spiritual “plane” in Asian religions, and New Age literature.

The foundation of the spirit world is a place of knowing and has been alluded to under different names by clients. I am given only bare references to this universal absolute, because even my advanced subjects have no direct experience there. All souls are anxious to reach and be absorbed by this nucleus, especially as they draw closer and are enticed by what little they can see.

I’m afraid the World of All Knowing can only be fully understood by a non-reincarnating soul above Level V.

Dr. N: If the World Without Ego and the World of All Knowing are at opposite ends of a soul’s experience, then where does the World of Altered Time fall?

S: This sphere is available to all souls because it represents their own physical world. In my case, it is Earth.

Dr. N: Oh, this must be the physical dimension you told me about?

S: No, the sphere of Earth is only simulated for my use.

Dr. N: Then all souls in the spirit world wouldn’t study the same simulated world?

S: No, each of us studies our own geographical planet, where we incarnate. They are physically real … temporarily.

Comment d15
This is a place where simulations of the earth and a sequence of world-lines are created. It is a simulation like a holo-deck.

Dr. N: And you don’t physically live on this simulated world which appears as Earth-you only use it?

S: Yes, that’s right-for training purposes.

The Holodeck is a fictional device from the television franchise Star Trek. It is a stage where participants may engage with different virtual reality environments.
The Holodeck is a fictional device from the television franchise Star Trek. It is a stage where participants may engage with different virtual reality environments.

Dr. N: Why do you call this third sphere the World of Altered Time?

S: Because we can change time sequences to study specific events. 

Dr. N: What is the basic purpose of doing this?

S: To improve my decisions for life. This study makes me more discriminating and prepares me for the World of All Knowing.

Note: Subjects frequently use the term “world” to describe non-physical spatial work areas. These regions can be tiny or indescribably large in relation to the soul and may involve different dimensions.  I believe there are separate realities  for different learning experiences outside the restrictions of time. The coexistence of past, present, and future time in spiritual settings suggested by this case will be explored further in the next two chapters with Cases 23 and 25.

Dr. N: We haven’t talked about the World of Creation and Non-creation. This must be the three-dimensional physical world you spoke of earlier.

Comment d16
This is a actual physical world within the physical universe. It is contemporaneous with the earth universe..

S: Yes, and we enjoy using it as well.

Dr. N: Is this world intended for the use of all souls?

S: No, it is not. I’m just starting to apply myself there. I am considered a newcomer.

Dr. N: Well, before we get into that, I want to ask if this physical world is the same as Earth.

S: No, it is a little different. It’s larger and somewhat colder. There is less water- fewer oceans, but similar.

Dr. N: Is this planet further from its sun than Earth is from our sun?

S: Yes.

Dr. N: If I could call this physical world Earth II, since it seems to be geographically similar to the Earth we know, would it be near Earth I in the sky?

S: No.

Dr. N: Where is Earth II in relation to Earth I?

S: (pause) I can’t tell you.

Dr. N: Is Earth II in our Milky Way galaxy?

S: (long pause) No, I think it’s further away.

Dr. N: Could I see the galaxy Earth II is located in with a telescope from my backyard?

S: I… would think so.

Dr. N: Would you say the galaxy containing this physical world is shaped like a spiral as our galaxy, or is it elliptical? How would it look in a telescope from a long way off?

S: … as a great extended … chain … (with a troubled expression) I can’t tell you more.

Note: As an amateur stargazer who uses a large reflector telescope designed for deep sky objects, I am always inquisitive when a session takes an astronomical turn. Client responses to these kinds of questions usually fall short of my expectations. I am never sure if this is due to blocking by guides or the subject’s lack of a physical frame of reference between Earth and the rest of our universe.

Dr. N: (I throw out a leading question) I suppose you go to Earth II to reincarnate with some sort of intelligent being?

S: (loudly) No! That’s just what we don’t want to do there.

Dr. N: When do you go to Earth II?

S: Between my lives on this Earth.

Dr. N: Why do you go to Earth II?

S: We go there to create and just enjoy ourselves as free spirits.

Dr. N: And you don’t bother the inhabitants of Earth II?

S: (enthusiastically) There are no people … it’s so peaceful … we roam among the forests, the deserts, and over oceans with no responsibilities.

Dr. N: What is the highest form of life on Earth II?

S: (evasive) Oh … small animals … without much intelligence.

Dr. N:  Do animals have souls?

S: Yes, all living things do-but they have very simple fragments of mind energy.

Comment d17
Everything has a soul. However, the complexity varies.

Dr. N: Has your soul, and that of your friends, evolved from using lower forms of physical life on Earth I after your creation?

S: We don’t know for sure, but none of us thinks so.

Dr. N: Why not?

S: Because intelligent energy is arranged by … a precedence of life. Plants, insects, reptiles-each is in a family of souls.

Dr. N: And all categories of living things are separated from each other?

S: No. The maker’s energy joins the units of every living thing in existence.

Dr. N: Are you involved with this element of creation?

S: (startled) Oh, no!

Dr. N: Well, who is selected to visit Earth II?

S: Those of us who are connected with Earth come here. This is a vacation spot compared to Earth.

Dr. N: Why?

S: There is no fighting, bickering, or striving for supremacy. There is a pristine atmosphere and all life is … quiet. This place gives us an incentive to return to Earth and make it more peaceful, too.

Dr. N: Well, I do see how this Garden of Eden would allow you to rest and be carefree, but you also said you come here to create.

S: Yes, we do.

Dr. N: It is no accident then that souls from Earth come to a world that is so similar geographically?

S: That’s right.

Dr.  N:  Do  other  souls,  who  are  not  earthbound,  go  to  physical  worlds  which resemble those planets where they incarnate?

S: Yes … younger worlds with simpler organisms … to learn to create without any intelligent life around.

Dr. N: Go on.

S: We can experiment with creation and see it developing here. It’s as if you were in a lab where you can form physical things from your energy.

Dr. N: Do these physical things resemble what you might see on Earth I?

S: Yes, only on Earth. That’s why I am here.

Dr. N: Start with your arrival on Earth II and explain to me what your soul does first.

S: (balks at my question and then finally says) I’m … not very good.

Note:  Since this subject is experiencing  resistance,  I take a few minutes for reconditioning and end with the following: “On the count of three you will feel more relaxed about telling me what you and I consider appropriate for my knowledge. One, two, three!” I repeat my question.

S: I look to see what I am supposed to make on the ground in front of me. Then I mold the object in my mind and try and create the same thing with small doses of energy. The teachers assist us with … control. I’m supposed to see my mistakes and make corrections.

Dr. N: Who are the teachers?

S: Idis and Mulcafgil (subject’s highly advanced guide) …  and there are  other instructors around … I don’t know them very well.

Dr. N: Try to be as clear as possible. What exactly are you doing?

S: We… form things…

Dr. N: Living things?

S: I’m not ready for that yet. I experiment with the basic elements-you know, hydrogen and oxygen-to create planetary substance … rocks, air, water … keeping everything very small.

Dr. N: Do you actually create the basic elements of our universe?

S: No, I just use the elements available.

Dr. N: In what way?

S: I take the basic elements and charge them with impulses from my energy … and they can change.

Dr. N: Change into what?

S: (simply) I’m good with rocks …

Dr. N: How do you form rocks with your energy?

S: Oh … by learning to heat and cool … dust … to make it hard.

Dr. N: Do you make the minerals in the dust?

S: They do that for you … the teachers give us that stuff … gas vapors for water making … and so on …

Dr. N: I want to understand this clearly. Your work consists of learning to create by causing heat, pressure, and cooling from your energy flow?

S: That’s about right-by alternating our currents of energy radiation.

Dr. N: So, you don’t actually produce the substance of rock and water in some chemical way?

S: No, like I told you, my job is to transform things by … mixing what I am given. I play with the frequency and dosages of my energy-it’s tricky, but not too complicated …

Dr. N: Not complicated! I thought nature did those things?

S: (laughs) Who do you think nature is?

Comment d18
Don’t you mess around with “Mother Nature”.

Dr.  N:  Well,  who  creates  the  basic  elements  of  your  experiments-the  primary substances of physical matter?

S: The maker … and those creating on a grander scale than me.

Dr. N: Well, in a sense you are creating inanimate objects such as rocks.

S: Hmm… it’s more our trying to copy what we see in front of us what we know. (as an afterthought) I’m getting into plants but I can’t do them yet.

Dr. N: And you start small, experimenting until you get better?

S: That’s it. We copy things and compare them against the original so we can make larger models.

Dr. N: This all sounds like souls playing as children in a sandbox with toys.

S: (smiles) We are children. Directing an energy flow resembles the sculpturing of clay.

Dr. N: Are the other members of this creative training class from your original cluster group?

S:  Some  are.  Most  come  from  all  over  (the  spirit  world),  but  they  have  all incarnated on Earth.

Dr. N: Does everyone make the same things as you do?

S: Well, of course, some of us are better with certain things, but we help each other. The teachers come around and give us tips and advice on how to improve … but … (stops)

Dr. N: But, what?

S: (sheepishly) If I am clumsy and do a bad job, I disassemble some creations without showing them to Idis.

Dr. N: Give me an example.

S:  Plants  …  I  don’t  apply  my  energy  delicately  enough  to  produce  the  proper chemical conversions.

Dr. N: You are not good with the formation of plant life?

S: No, so I undo my abominations.

Dr. N: Is this what you mean by uncreation? You can destroy energy?

S:  Energy  can’t  be  destroyed.  We  reassemble  it  and  start  over using  different combinations.

Comment d19
The physical universe did not come into being naturally. It was fabricated. It is a creation and a technology in order for souls to grow and advance with..

Dr. N: I don’t see why the creator needs your help in creating.

S: For our benefit. We participate in these exercises so that when our work is judged to be of quality, hopefully we can make real contributions to life.

Dr. N: If we are all working up the ladder of development as souls, Nenthum, I am left with the impression the spirit world is one huge organizational pyramid with a supreme authority of power at the top.

S: (sighs) No, you are wrong. It is not a pyramid. We are all threads in the same long piece of fabric. We are all woven into it.

Dr.  N:  It’s  hard  for  me  to  visualize  fabric  when  there  are  so  many  levels  of competency for souls.

S: Think of it as a moving continuum rather than souls being in brackets of highs and lows.

Dr. N: I always think of souls moving up in their existence.

S: I know you do, but consider us moving across

Dr. N: Give me something I can picture in my mind.

S: It’s as if we are all part of a universal train on a flat track of existence. Most of the souls on Earth are in one car moving along the track.

Dr. N: Are all other souls in different cars?

S: Yes, but all on the same track.

Dr. N: Where are the conductors such as Idis?

S: They move back and forth between the connected cars, but sit closer to the engine.

Dr. N: Where is the engine?

S: The maker? Up front, naturally.

Dr. N: Can you see the engine from your car?

S: (laughs at me) No, but I can smell the smoke. I can feel the engine rumbling along and I can hear the motor.

Dr. N: It would be nice if all of us were closer to the engine.

S: Ultimately, we will be.

I have found it is not necessary for souls to go to physical worlds when they begin using their energy in life creation training. Apparently, these exercises begin in group settings where souls find it easier to pool their energy with each other and their instructor. A subject explained the process this way…

“When I started, my group formed a circle around Senwa (guide). Collectively, we had to practice so hard to harmonize our thoughts and fine-tune our ability to all focus on one thing with the same intensity. One time we were working on a tree leaf after Senwa demonstrated how it should appear in front of us. As we directed our beams of energy for texture, color, and shape we kept messing up. We weren’t unified, so a small part of the leaf did not have the proper veining and pigmentation. I am very serious and kind of a perfectionist in my studies, but Nemi (the group jokester) was deliberately alternating his energy the wrong way to screw up the experiment for laughs and because he was tired of the lesson. We finally got him to behave and completed the assignment.”

From what I am able to determine, souls are expected to individually work with the forces of creation by the time they are solidly established in Level III.

Exposure to plant photosynthesis takes place before student souls work up the organic scale of life.

I am told that early creation training consists of souls learning relationships between substances to develop the ability of unifying their energy with different values in the elements. The formation of inanimate to animate objects from the simple to the complex is a long, slow process. Students are encouraged to create miniature planetary microhabitats for a given set of organisms which can adapt to certain environmental conditions.

With practice comes improvement, but not until they approach Level V do my clients begin to feel they might actually contribute to the development of living things. We will hear more about this with Case 23.

Some souls seem to have a natural gift for working with energy in their creation classes. My cases indicate ability in creation assignments does not mean a soul is at the same level of advancement in all other areas of the spiritual curricula. A soul may be a good technician in harnessing the forces of creation, but lack the subtle techniques of a competent guide. Perhaps this is why I have been given the impression that the highly advanced soul is allowed to specialize.

In the previous chapter, I explained some benefits of soul solitude and the last case gave us another example. Spiritual experience is not easily translated into human language.

Comment d20
This is very much the truth.

Case 22 talks about the World of Altered Time as a means of transient planetary study. To someone in trance, it is the timeless mental world that is true reality while all else is an illusion created for various benefits. Other subjects at about the same level call this sphere  “the space of transformation” or simply “rooms of recreation.” Here, I’m told, souls are able to meld their energy into animate and inanimate objects created for learning and pleasure.

Comment d21
“Play” is the work of children. It’s how we learn; through play..

One subject said to me, “I think of what I want and it happens. I know I’m being assisted. We can be anything familiar to our past experiences.

Comment d22
Oh. So much fun, eh?.

For instance, souls can become rocks to capture the essence of density, trees for serenity, water for a flowing cohesiveness, butterflies for freedom and beauty and whales for power and immensity. People deny these actions represent former earthly transmigrations.

I have also learned souls may become amorphous without substance or texture and totally integrate into a particular feeling, such as compassion, to sharpen their sensitivity.

Some subjects tell of being mystical spirits of nature including figures I associate with folklore, such as elves, giants and mermaids. Personal contact with strange mythological beasts are mentioned as well. Theses accounts are so vivid it is hard for me to simply label them as metaphoric.

Comment d23
There are all sorts of non-physical beings, and physical beings from other realities, and (yes) other alternative world-lines that actually do exist. These mythological figures are actually real.

Are the old folk tales of many races pure superstition, or manifestations of shared soul experience? I have the sense that many of our legends are the sympathetic memories of souls carried from other places to Earth long ago.

The Advanced Soul

PEOPLE who possess souls which are both old and highly advanced are scarce. Although I haven’t had the opportunity to regress many Blues in Level V, they are always stimulating to work with because of their comprehension and far-reaching spiritual consciousness.

The fact is, a person whose maturity is this high doesn’t seek out a regression therapist to resolve life-plan conflicts.

In most cases, Level V’s are here as incarnated guides. Having mastered the fundamental issues most of us wrestle with daily, the advanced soul is more interested in making small refinements toward specific tasks.

We may recognize them when they appear as public figures, such as a Mother Teresa; however, it is more usual for the advanced soul to go about their good works in a quiet, unassuming manner. Without displaying self-indulgence, their fulfillment comes from improving the lives of other people.

They focus less on institutional matters and more on enhancing individual human values. Nevertheless, Level V’s are also practical, and so they are likely to be found working in a cultural mainstream which allows them to influence people and events.

I have been asked if most people who are sensitive, aesthetic, and particularly right- brained have advanced souls since individuals with these characteristics often appear to be at odds with the wrongs of an imperfect world.

I see no correlation here.

Being emotional, appreciating beauty, or having extrasensory impressions- including psychic talent-does not necessarily denote an advanced soul.

Comment d24
Skill levels have no bearing on soul development. They are a function of the lifetime that the consciousness lives within a given world-line train. They are unique and limited to the specific consciousness and the world-line path. Not the ability and the growth of a soul int he grand scheme of things.

The mark of an advanced spirit is one who has patience with society and shows extraordinary coping skills. Most prominent is their exceptional insight.

This is not to say life has no karmic pitfalls for them, otherwise the Level V probably wouldn’t be here at all.

They may be found in all walks of life, but are frequently in the helping professions or combating social injustice in some fashion. The advanced soul radiates composure, kindness, and understanding toward others. Not being motivated by self-interest, they may disregard their own physical needs and live in reduced circumstances.

Comment d25
A highly advanced soul might live a life of squalor, poverty, trials or hardships. They might end up being shunned by others. There is no way that a person can tell who is spiritually advanced or who is not..

The individual I have chosen to represent the Level V soul is a woman in her mid- thirties who works for a large medical treatment facility specializing in chemical substance abuse. I was introduced to this woman by a colleague who told me of her skill in guiding recovering drug addicts into an improved state of self-awareness.

At our first meeting, I was struck by the woman’s expression of serenity while surrounded by chaotic emergencies at her place of employment. She was tall and excessively thin, with flaming red hair which stuck out in all directions. Although warm and friendly, there was about her an air of impenetrability. Her clear, luminous gray eyes were those of one who sees small things unnoticed by ordinary folk. I felt she was looking into rather than at me.

My colleague suggested the three of us have lunch because this woman was interested in my studies of the spirit world.

She told me that she had never been hypnotically regressed but there was the sense of a long spiritual genealogy through her own meditations. She thought our meeting was no accident on her own learning path and we came to an agreement to explore her spiritual knowledge.

A few weeks later she arrived at my office. Clearly, this woman had no compelling desire for a long chronology of past life history. I decided to get a brief sketch of her earliest lives on Earth to use as a springboard into superconscious memories.

She rapidly entered into a deep trance and made instant contact with her inner self.

Almost at once, I found this woman’s span of incarnations staggering, going far back into the distant past of human life on Earth. Touching on her earliest memories, I came to the conclusion her first lives occurred at the beginning of the last warm interglacial period which lasted from 130,000 to 70,000 years ago, before the last great Ice Age spread over the planet.

During the warmer climate of the middle Paleolithic period of Earth’s history, my subject described living in moist, sub-tropical savannas near hunting, fishing, and plant-gathering areas.

Later, some 50,000 years ago, when continental sheets of ice had again changed Earth’s climate, she spoke of living in caves and enduring bitter cold.

Leaping rapidly over large blocks of time, I found her physical appearance changing from a slightly bent to a more erect posture. As we moved forward in time, I directed her to look into pools of water and feel her body while reporting back to me.

Her sloping forehead became more vertical over thousands of years in different bodies.

Supraorbital ridges above the eyes grew less pronounced as did body hair and the massive jaws of archaic man. In her many lives as both men and women, I was given enough information on habitat, the use of fire, tools, clothes, food, and ritualistic tribal practices for rough anthropological dating.

Paleontologists have estimated Homo erectus, an ape-like ancestor of modern humans, appeared at least 1.7 million years ago. Have souls been incarnating on Earth for this long, utilizing the bodies of these primitive bipeds we call hominids?

A few of my more advanced clients declare that highly advanced souls who specialize in seeking out suitable hosts for young souls, evaluated life on Earth for over a million years.

My impression is these examiner souls found the early hominid brain cavity and restricted voice box to be inadequate for soul development earlier than some 200,000 years ago.

Archaic Homo sapiens, whom we call humans, evolved several hundred thousand years ago.

Within the last 100,000 years, we find two clear signs of spiritual consciousness and communication. These are burial practices and ritualistic art, as found in carved totems and rock drawings. There is no anthropological evidence that these practices existed on Earth before Neanderthal peoples.

Souls eventually made us human, not the reverse.

One of my advanced subjects remarked, “Souls have seeded the Earth in different cycles.” A composite of information collected from a wide range of clients suggests to me that the land masses we know today deviate from earlier continents, drowned, perhaps, by cataclysmic volcanic or magnetic upheavals.

For instance, the Azores in the Atlantic Ocean have been said to represent the tops of mountains of the submerged continent of Atlantis. Indeed, I have had subjects discuss being in ancient lands on Earth that I cannot identify with modern geography.

Comment d26
The earth has indeed changed substantially over time..

Thus, it is possible souls existed in bodies more advanced than Homo erectus, who died out about a quarter of a million years ago, with the fossilized evidence hidden from us today by geological change.

However, this hypothesis means the physical evolution of humans was an up, down, up affair, which I think is unlikely.

Comment d27
Unlikely. But it actually did occur. It’s just that the assumed evolutionary tree of humans is wrong. Other “transplanted” entities, similar to humans, have added complexities to the human evolutionary tract. .

I now moved my subject into an African life around 9,000 years ago, which she said was an important milestone in her advancement.

This was the last life she was to spend with her guide, Kumara. Kumara was an advanced soul herself at the time of this life, counseling a benevolent tribal chief as his influential wife. I tentatively located their land as the highlands of Ethiopia. Apparently, my subject had known Kumara in a number of earlier lives covering thousands of years during Kumara’s final incarnations on Earth. Their association in human form ended when my subject died, saving Kumara’s life on a river boat, by throwing herself in front of an enemy spear.

Full of love, Kumara still appears to this subject as a large woman, with skin of polished mahogany and a shock of white hair crowned by a headdress of feathers. She is practically nude, except for a strip of animal hide around her ample middle.

On Kumara’s neck hangs a garish bunch of multi-colored stones, which she sometimes jiggles in my subject’s ear to get her attention during dreams in the middle of the night.

Kumara teaches by a technique of flashing symbolistic memories of prior lessons already learned in past lives. Old solutions to problems are mixed with new hypothetical choices in the form of metaphoric picture puzzles. By these means, Kumara tests her student’s considerable storehouse of knowledge during meditations and dreams.

I glanced at my watch. There was no more time for background information if I was going to allow for exploration of this woman’s after life experiences.

Rapidly I took her into superconsciousness, anticipating some interesting spiritual disclosures. She would not disappoint me.

Case 23 – Kumara

Dr. N: What is your spiritual name?

S: Thece.

Dr. N: And your spiritual guide kept her African name of Kumara?

S: For me, yes.

Dr. N: What do you look like in the spirit world?

S: A glowing fragment of light.

Dr. N: What exactly is the color of your energy?

S: Sky-blue.

Dr. N: Does your light have flecks of another color in it?

S: (pause) Some gold … not much.

Dr. N: How about Kumara’s energy color?

S: It’s violet.

Dr. N: How does light and color identify the quality of a soul’s spiritual attainment?

S: The intensity of mental power increases with the darker phases of light.

Dr. N: Where does the highest intensity of intelligent light energy originate from?

S: The knowledge by which the energy of darker light is extended to us comes from the source. Our light is attached to the source.

Dr. N: When you say source-you mean God?

S: That word has been misused.

Dr. N: How?

S: By too much personalizing, which makes the source less than it is.

Dr. N: What’s wrong with us doing that?

S: It takes the liberty of making the source too … human, although we are all part of its oneness.

Dr. N: Thece, I want you to reflect on the source as we talk about other aspects of soul life and the spirit world. Later, I will ask you more about this oneness. Now, let’s go back to the energy manifestations of souls. Why do spirits display two black glowing cavities for eyes when not showing their human forms? It seems so spooky to me.

S: (laughs and is more relaxed) That’s how Earth’s legends of ghosts came about- from these memories. Our energy mass is not  uniform. The eyes you speak of represent a more concentrated intensity of thought.

Dr. N: Well, if the myths about ghosts are not so fanciful after all, then these black eye sockets must be useful extensions of their energy.

S: Rather than eyes … they are windows to old bodies … and all the physical extensions of former selves. This blackness is a … concentration of our presence. We communicate by absorbing the energy presence of each other.

Dr. N: When you return to the spirit world, do you have energy contact with other souls who may look like ghosts?

S: Yes, and appearance is a matter of individual preference. Of course there is always a multitude of thought waves around me-mingling with my returning energy, but I avoid too much contact.

Dr. N: Why?

S: It is not necessary for me to make attachments here. I will be alone for a while to contemplate and sort out any mistakes from my last incarnation, before talking to Kumara.

Note: This statement is typical of advanced souls returning to the spirit world, mentioned earlier in Case 9. However, this soul is so advanced she will have no deliberations with her guide until much later, and upon her request.

Dr.  N:  Perhaps  we  should  talk  about  older  souls  for  a  minute.  Does  Kumara incarnate on Earth any more?

S: No, she doesn’t.

Dr. N: Do you know others like Kumara who were here during the early times on Earth and don’t come back any more?

S: (cautiously) A few… yes… many got on Earth early and got off before I came.

Dr. N: Did any stay?

S: What do you mean?

Dr. N: Advanced souls who keep coming back to life on Earth when they could stay in the spirit world.

S: Oh, you mean the Sages?

Dr. N: Yes, the Sages-tell me about them. (this is a new term for me, but I often pretend to know more than I do with advanced souls to elicit information)

S: (with admiration) They are the true watchers of Earth, you know to be here and keep watch over what is going on.

Dr. N: As highly advanced souls who continue to incarnate?

S: Yes.

Dr. N: Don’t the Sages get tired of still hanging around Earth?

S: They choose to stay and help people directly because they are dedicated to Earth.

Dr. N: Where are these Sages?

S: (wistfully) They live simple lives. I first came to know some of them thousands of years ago. Today it’s hard to see them … they don’t like cities much.

Dr. N: Are there many of them?

S: No, they live in small communities, or out in the open … in the deserts and mountains … in simple dwellings. They wander about, too …

Dr. N: How does one recognize them?

S: (sighs) Most people don’t. They were known as the oracles of truth in earlier times on Earth.

Dr. N: I know this sounds pragmatic, but wouldn’t these old, highly developed souls be more useful helping humankind in positions of international leadership rather than being hermits?

S: Who said they were hermits? They prefer to be with the common people who are most affected by the movers and shakers.

Dr. N: What is the feeling one gets when meeting a Sage on Earth?

S: Ah… you feel a special presence. Their power of understanding and the advice they give you is so wise. They do live simply. Material things mean nothing to them.

Dr. N: Are you interested in this sort of service, Thece?

S: Hmm … no, they are saints. I welcome the time when I can stop incarnating.

Dr. N: Perhaps the word Sage could also be applied to souls like Kumara, or even with the entities to whom she turns for knowledge?

S: (pause) No, they are different … they are beyond the Sages. We call them the Old Ones.

Note: I would place these beings beyond Level VI.

Dr. N: Are there many Old Ones working with souls at Kumara’s level and above?

S: I don’t think so… compared to the rest of us … but we feel their influence.

Dr. N: What do you feel in their presence?

S: (pensive) A… concentrated power of enlightenment… and guidance …

Dr. N: Could the Old Ones be embodiments of the source itself?

S: It is not for me to say, but I don’t think so yet. They must be close to the source. The Old Ones represent the purest elements of thought … engaging in the planning and arranging of … substances.

Dr. N: Could you clarify a bit more what you mean by these highly placed souls being close to the source?

S: (vaguely) Only that they must be close to conjunction.

Dr. N: Does Kumara ever talk about these entities who help her?

S: To me-only a little. She aspires to be of them, as we all do.

Dr. N: Is she getting close to the Old Ones in knowledge?

S: (faintly) She … approaches, as I approach her. It is slow assimilating with the source, because we are not complete.

Once the duties of a guide are fully established for the advancing soul, it is necessary for these entities to juggle two balls. Besides completing their own unfinished business with continued (though less frequent) incarnations, they must also help others while in a discarnated state. Thece talks to me about this aspect of her soul life.

Dr. N: When you are back in the spirit world and come out of your self-imposed isolation, what do you ordinarily do then?

S: I join with members of my company.

Dr. N: How many souls are in your company?

S: Nine.

Dr. N: (jumping to the next conclusion too quickly) Oh, so the ten of you are a group of souls under the leadership of Kumara?

S: No, they are my responsibility.

Dr. N: Then, these nine entities are students whom you teach?

S: you could say that

Dr. N: And they are all in one group (cluster)  which, I assume, is your company?

S: No, my company is made up of two different groups.

Dr. N: Why is that?

S: They are in … different progressions (levels).

Dr. N: And yet, you are the spiritual teacher for all nine?

S: I prefer to call myself a watcher. Three of my company are also watchers.

Dr. N: Well, who are the other six?

S: (matter-of-factly) People who don’t watch.

Dr. N: I want to clarify this using my terms, if you will, Thece If you are a senior watcher, three of your company must be what I would call junior guides?

S: Yes, but the words senior and junior-that portrays us as authoritarian, which we are not!

Dr. N: My intention is not to denote rank, for me it is just an easy identification of responsibility. Consider the word senior as meaning an advanced teacher. I would call Kumara a master teacher or possibly an educational director.

S: (shrugs) That’s okay, I suppose, as long as director doesn’t mean dictator.

Dr. N: it doesn’t. Now, Thece, cast your mind to a place where you can see the energy colors of all your company. What do the six souls who are not watchers look like?

S: (smiles) Dirty snowballs!

Dr. N: If they are white in tone, what about the rest?

S: (pause) Well … two are rather yellowish.

Dr. N: We are one short. What about the ninth member?

S: That’s An-ras. He is doing quite well.

Dr. N: Describe his energy color.

S: He is … turning bluish … an excellent watcher … he will be leaving me soon

Dr. N: Let’s go to the opposite end of your company. What member are you most concerned about and why?

S: Ojanowin. She has the conviction from many lives that love and trust only bring hurt. (musing) She has fine qualities which I want to bring out but this attitude is holding her back.

Dr. N: Ojanowin is developing more slowly than the rest?

S: (protectively) Don’t misunderstand, I am proud of her effort. She has great sensitivity and integrity, which I like. She just requires more of my attention.

Dr. N: As a watcher-teacher, what is the one quality which An-ras has acquired which you want to see in Ojanowin?

S: (no hesitation) Adaptability to change.

Dr. N: I am curious if the nine members of your company advance in a rather uniform way together under your teaching.

S: That’s totally unrealistic.

Dr. N: Why?

S: Because there are differences in character and integrity.

Dr. N: Well, if learning rates are different between souls because of character and integrity, how does this equate with the mental capabilities of the human brain a soul selects?

S: It doesn’t. I was speaking of motivation. On Earth we use many variations of the physical brain in the course of our expansion. However, each soul is driven by its integrity.

Dr. N: Is this what you mean by a soul having character?

S: Yes, and intensity of desire is part of character.

Dr. N: If character is the identity of a soul, where does desire come in?

S: The drive to excel is internal to each soul, but this too can fluctuate between lives.

Dr. N: So where does a soul’s integrity fit into this?

S: The extension of desire. Integrity is the desire to be honest about Self and motives to such an extent that full awareness of the path to the source is possible.

Dr. N: If all basic intelligent energy is the same, why are souls different in their character and integrity?

S: Because their experiences with physical life change them and this is intentional. By that change new ingredients are added to the collective intelligence of every soul.

Dr. N: And this is what incarnation on Earth is all about?

S: Incarnation is an important tool, yes. Some souls are driven more than others to expand and achieve their potential, but all of us will do so in the end. Being in many physical bodies and different settings expands the nature of our real self.

Dr. N: And this sort of self-actualization of the soul identity is the purpose of life on our world?

S: On any world.

Dr. N: Well, if each soul is preoccupied with Self, doesn’t this explain why we have a world of self-centered people?

S: No, you misinterpret. Fulfillment is not cultivating Self for selfish means, but allowing for integration with others in life. That also shows character and integrity. This is ethical conduct.

Dr. N: Does Ojanowin have less honesty than An-ras?

S: (pause) I’m afraid she does engage in self-deception.

Dr. N: I wonder how you can function effectively as a spiritual guide for the nine members of your company and still incarnate on Earth to finish your own lessons.

S: It used to affect my concentration to some extent, but now there is no conflict.

Dr. N: Do you have to separate your soul energy to accomplish this?

S: Yes, this capacity (of souls) allows for the management of both. Being on Earth also permits me to directly assist a member of my company and help myself at the same time.

Dr. N: The idea that souls can divide themselves is not an easy thing for me to conceptualize.

S: Your use of the term divide is not quite accurate. Every part of us is still whole. I’m only saying it does take some getting used to at first, since you manage more than one program at a time.

Dr. N: So your effectiveness as a teacher is not diminished by having multiple activities?

S: Not in the least.

Dr. N: Would you consider the major thrust of your instruction to be on Earth with your human body or in the spirit world as a free entity?

S: They are two different settings. My instruction is diversified but no less effective.

Dr. N: But your approach to a company member would be different depending upon the setting?

S: Yes, it would.

Dr. N: Wouldn’t you say the spirit world is the main center for learning?

S: It is the center for evaluation and analysis, but souls do rest.

Dr. N: When your students are living on Earth, do they know you are their guide and are with them always?

S: (laughs) Some more than others, but they all sense my influence at one time or another.

Dr. N: Thece, you are on Earth with me right now as a woman. Are you also able to be in contact with members of your company?

S: I told you, yes.

Comment d28
Our mind might be unaware, but our consciousness is in near constant connection with our other parts of the soul and every association and friendship in the non-physical worlds.. .

Dr. N: What I am getting at is this-isn’t teaching by example difficult when your Earth visits are rather infrequent these days?

S: If I came too often and worked with them directly as one human being to another I would be interfering with their natural unfolding.

Dr. N: Do you have the same reservations about interference as a teacher operating from the spirit world in a discarnate state?

S: Yes, I do … although the techniques are different.

Dr. N: For mental contact?

S: Yes.

Dr. N: I would like to know more about the ability of spiritual teachers to contact their students. What exactly do you do from the spirit world to comfort or advise one of the nine company members on Earth?

S: (no answer).

Dr. N: (coaxing her) Do you know what I am asking? How do you implant ideas?

S: (finally) I’m unable to tell you.

Comment d29
It’s a typical human reaction. Some things are confidential and even secret. You might think that you have the authority to hear these secrets, but you do not. .
Note: I suspect blocking here, but I can’t complain. So far, Thece has been liberal with information and so has her guide. I decide to stop the session for a minute to appeal directly to Kumara. It is a speech I have given before.

Dr. N: Kumara, permit me to reason with you through Thece. My work here is intended for good. By questioning your disciple, I wish to add to my knowledge of healing and bring people closer to the higher creative power available within themselves. My larger mission is to combat the fear of death by offering people understanding about the nature of their souls and their spiritual home. Will you aid me in this endeavor?

S: (Thece answers me in an odd tone of voice) We know who you are.

Dr. N: Then would you both assist me?

S: We will talk to you … at our discretion.

Note: This tells me if I exceed the undefined boundaries of these two guides with an intrusive question, it won’t be answered.

Dr. N: All right, Thece, on the count of three you will feel more comfortable talking to me about how souls function as guides. Begin  by telling me in  what way a company member on Earth can signal to get your attention. One, two, three! (I snap my fingers for added effect)

S: (after a long pause) First, they have to calm their minds and focus attention away from their immediate surroundings.

Dr. N: How would they do this?

S: By silence … reaching inward … to fasten on their inner voice.

Dr. N: Is this how one calls for spiritual help?

S: Yes, at least to me. They must expand upon their inner consciousness to engage me on a central thought.

Comment d30
Prayer and intention can be much more than simply mapping out your world-line travels. They can be a message to others associated with your spiritual group to assist you. .

Dr. N: On you, or the specific problem which is bothering them?

S: They must reach out beyond what is troubling them in order to be receptive to me. That’s difficult when they don’t remain calm.

Dr. N: Do all nine company members have about the same abilities to reach you for help?

S: No, they don’t.

Dr. N: Perhaps Ojanowin has the most problems?

S: Mmm, she is one of those that does…

Dr. N: Why?

S: For me, getting the signals is easy. It’s harder for people on Earth. The energy of directed thought must override human emotion.

Dr. N: Within a spirit world framework, how do you pick up the messages of just your company out of billions of souls who are sending out distress signals to other guides?

S: I know instantly. All watchers do because people send out their own individual patterns of thought.

Dr. N: Like a vibrational code in a field of thought particles?

S: (laughing) You could describe an energy pattern that way, I guess.

Dr. N: Okay, then how would you reach back to someone in need of guidance?

S: (grins) By whispering answers into their ear!

These "nudges" you have to do things, just might be from friendly spirits and friends that want to help you in your earthy travels.
These “nudges” you have to do things, just might be from friendly spirits and friends that want to help you in your earthy travels.

Dr. N: (lightly) Is that what a friendly spirit does with a troubled mind on Earth?

S: It depends

Dr. N: On what? Are teacher-spirits rather indifferent with the day-to-day problems of humans?

S: Not indifferent, or we wouldn’t communicate. We gauge each situation. We know life is transitory. We are more … detached because without human bodies we are unencumbered by the immediacy of human emotion.

Dr. N: But when the situation does call for spiritual guidance, what do you do?

S: (gravely) As watchers in the stillness, we recognize the amount of turbulence … from the wake of troubled thought. Then we carefully merge with it and gently touch the mind.

Dr. N: Please describe this connection process further.

S: (pause) It’s a slip-stream of thought which is usually turbulent rather than smooth, from someone in distress. I was awkward at first and I still don’t have Kumara’s skill. One must enter with subtlety … to wait for the best receptivity.

Dr. N: How can a watcher be awkward, you have had thousands of years of experience?

S: Communicators are not all the same. Watchers too have a variety of abilities. If one of my company is in crisis-physically hurt, sad, anxious, resentful-they send out great amounts of uncontrolled negative energy which alerts me, but exhausts them. This is the challenge of a watcher, to know when and how to communicate. When people want immediate relief, they may not be in the proper mode for reflection.

Dr. N: Well, in terms of abilities, can you tell me how you were awkward as an inexperienced guide?

S: I wanted to rush in too fast to help without coordinating the patterns of thought we talked about. People can go numb. You don’t get through to them when they have intense grief, for example. You are shut out of a cluttered mind when attentions are distracted and thought energy is scattered all about.

Dr. N: Do the nine members of your company sense your intrusion into their minds following a cry to you for help?

S: Watchers are not supposed to intrude. It’s more of a … soft coupling. I implant ideas-which they assume is inspiration-to try and give them peace.

Dr. N: What single thing do you have the most problem with during communications with people on Earth?

S: Fear.

Dr. N: Would you enlarge on that?

S: I have to be careful not to spoil my people by making life too easy for them … to let them work out most of their difficulties without jumping right in. They only suffer more if a watcher moves in too quickly before this is done. Kumara is an expert at this …

Dr. N: Is she ultimately responsible for you and your company?

S: Well yes, we are all under her influence.

Dr. N: Do you ever see any of your own peer members around? I’m thinking of associates at your level of attainment with whom you can confer about teaching methods.

S: Oh, you mean with those I grew up with here?

Dr. N: Yes.

S: Yes … three in particular.

Dr. N: And do they lead company groups themselves?

S: Yes.

Dr. N: Are these more advanced souls responsible for about the same number of souls as you?

S: Uh…. yes, except Wa-roo. His company is more than double my own. He is good. Another company is being added to his work load.

Dr. N: How many superior entities do you and your friends who are company leaders go to for advice and direction?

S:  One.  We  all  go  to  Kumara  to  exchange  observations  and  seek  ways  of improvement.

Dr. N: How many souls like you and Wa-roo does Kumara oversee?

S: Oh … I couldn’t know that …

Dr. N: Try and give an estimate of the number.

S: (after reflection) At least fifty, probably more.

Additional inquiries into Kumara’s spiritual activities were fruitless, so I turned next to Thece’s creation training. Her experiences (which I have condensed) take us a little further than those training exercises described by Nenthum  in the last chapter. To those readers with a scientific bent, I want to stress that when a subject is reporting to me about creation their frame of reference is really not grounded in earth science. I have to make the best interpretations I can from the information provided.

Dr. N: The curriculum for souls seems to have great variety, Thece. I want to go into another aspect of your training. Does your energy utilize the properties of light, heat, and motion in the creation of life?

S: (startled) Uh,… you know about that

Dr. N: What more can you tell me?

S: Only that I am familiar with this …

Dr. N: I don’t want to talk about anything which will make you uncomfortable, but I would appreciate your confirmation of certain biological effects resulting from the actions of souls.

S: (hesitates) Oh … I don’t think

Dr. N: (I jump in quickly) What creation have you recently done which makes Kumara proud of you?

S: (without resistance) I am proficient with fish.

Dr. N: (I follow up with a deliberate exaggeration to keep her going) Oh, so you can create a whole fish with your mental energy?

S: (vexed) … You must be kidding?

Dr. N: Then where do you start?

S: With the embryos, of course. I thought you knew…

Dr. N: Just checking. When do you think you will be ready for mammals?

S: (no answer)

Dr. N: Look Thece, if you will try to cooperate with me for a few more minutes, I promise not to take long with my questions on this subject. Will you agree to that? 

S: (pause) We will see

Dr. N: Okay, as a means of basic clarification tell me what you actually do with your energy to develop life up to the stage of fish.

S: (reluctantly)  We give instructions to … organisms …  within the surrounding conditions

Dr. N: Do you do this on one world or many in your training?

S: More than one. (would not elaborate except to say these planets were “earth types”)

Comment d31
Multiple earth-like worlds through out the universe. .

Dr. N: In what kind of environment are you working now?

S: In oceans.

Dr. N: With basic sea life such as algae and plankton?

S: When I started.

Dr. N: You mean before you worked up to the embryos of fish?

S: Yes.

Dr. N: Then when souls start to create forms of life, they begin with microorganisms?

S: … Small cells, yes, and this is very difficult to learn. Dr. N: Why?

S: The cells of life… our energy cannot become proficient unless we can direct it to … alter molecules.

Dr. N: Then you are actually producing new chemical compounds by mixing the basic molecular elements of life by your energy flow?

S: (nods)

Dr. N: Can you be more explicit?

S: No, I can’t.

Dr. N: Let me try and sum this up, and please tell me if I am on the wrong track. A soul who becomes proficient with actually creating life must be able to split cells and give DNA instructions, and you do this by sending particles of energy into protoplasm?

S: We must learn to do this, yes-coordinating it with a sun’s energy.

Dr. N: Why?

S: Because each sun has different energy effects on the worlds around them.

Comment d31
The entire energy, quanta, and non-physical environment around different stars and solar systems are drastically different. Thus my argument that earth is a special and unique place and that we must treasure what we have. We must not expect an easy earth analog for us to acquire in the future..

Dr. N: Then why would you interfere with what a sun would naturally do with its own energy on a planet?

S: It is not interference. We examine new structures … mutations … to watch and see what is workable. We arrange substances for their most effective use with different suns.

Dr. N: When a species of life evolves on a planet, are the environmental conditions for selection and adaptation natural, or are intelligent soul-minds tinkering with what happens?

S: (evasively) Usually a planet hospitable to life has souls watching and whatever we do is natural.

Dr. N: How can souls watch and influence biological properties of growth evolving over millions of years on a primordial world?

S: Time is not in Earth years for us. We use it to suit our experiments.

Dr. N: Do you personally create suns in our universe?

S: A full scale sun? Oh no, that’s way over my head… and requires the powers of many. I generate only on a small scale.

Dr. N: What can you generate?

S: Ah … small bundles of highly concentrated matter… heated.

Dr. N: But what does your work look like when you are finished?

S: Small solar systems.

Dr. N: Are your miniature suns and planets the size of rocks, buildings, the moon- what are we talking about here?

S: (laughs) My suns are the size of basketballs and the planets marbles … that’s the best I can do.

Dr. N: Why do you do this on a small scale?

S: For practice, so I can make larger suns. After enough compression the atoms explode and condense, but I can’t do anything really big alone.

Dr. N: What do you mean?

S: We must learn to work together to combine our energy for the best results.

Dr. N: Well, who does the full-sized thermonuclear explosions which create physical universes and space itself?

S: The source … the concentrated energy of the Old Ones.

Dr. N: Oh, so the source has help?

S: I think so…

Comment d32
God has assistance? Things are mighty complex out in the non-physical worlds. .

Dr. N: Why is your energy striving to create universal matter and more complex life when Kumara and the entities above her are already proficient?

S: We are expected to join them, just as they wish to unite their accomplished energy with the Old Ones.

Creation questions always evoke the issue of First Cause. Was the exploding interstellar mass which caused the birth of our stars and planets an accident of nature or planned by an intelligent force? When I listen to subjects such as Thece, I ask myself why souls would be practicing the chain reactions of energy matter with models on a small scale if they were not intending to make larger celestial bodies. I have had no subjects in Levels VI and above to substantiate how they might carry the forces of creation further. It would seem if souls do progress, then entities at this level could be expected to involve themselves with the birthing of planets and the development of life forms capable of higher intelligence suitable for soul use.

After pondering why less-than-perfect souls are associated with creation at all, I came to the following conclusion. All souls are given the opportunity to participate in the development of lower forms of intelligent life in order to advance themselves. This principle could also be applied to the reason why souls incarnate in physical form. Thece suggested that the supreme intelligence she calls the source is made up of a combination of creators (the Old Ones) who fuse their energy to spawn universes. The thought has been expressed to me in different ways by other subjects when they describe the combined power of non-reincarnating old souls.

This concept is not new. For instance, the idea we have no single Godhead is the philosophy of the Jainist sect in India. The Jains believe fully perfected souls, called Siddhas, are a group of universal creators. These souls are fully liberated from further transmigrations. Below them are the Arhats souls, advanced illuminators who still incarnate along with three more lower gradations of evolving souls. To the Jams, reality is uncreated and eternal. Thus, the Siddhas need no creator. Most Eastern philosophies deny this tenet of Jainism in favor of a divine board of directors created by a chairman. This conclusion is more palatable to the Western mind as well.

With certain subjects it is possible to pursue a wide range of topics in condensed periods.

Earlier, Thece had alluded to intelligent life existing on other worlds when she talked about a soul’s cosmic training. This brings up another aspect about soul life which may be hard for some of us to accept…

A small percentage of my subjects, usually the older advanced souls, are able to recall being in strange, non-human intelligent life-forms on other worlds. Their memories are rather fleeting and clouded about the circumstances of these lives, the physical details, and planetary location relative to our universe. I wondered if Thece had any such experiences long ago, so I opened up this line of inquiry for a few minutes to see where it might lead.

Comment d33
It need not be so shocking. Trans-species evolution of soul does occur. It is rare, and often just a period of “adventure” and “discovery”, but it does occur. .

Dr. N: A while back you remarked about other physical worlds besides Earth which are available to souls.

S: (hesitant) Yes

Dr. N: (casually) And, I assume, some of these planets support intelligent life which are useful to souls wishing to incarnate?

S: That’s true, there are many schoolyards.

Dr. N: Do you ever talk to other souls about their planetary schoolyards?

S: (long pause) It’s not my inclination to do so-I’m not attracted to them-the other schools.

Dr. N: Perhaps you could give me some idea of what they are like?

S: Oh, some are … analytical schools. Others are basically mental worlds … subtle places

Dr. N: What do you think of the Earth school by comparison?

S: The Earth school is insecure, still. It is filled with resentment of many people over being led and antagonism of the leaders toward each other. There is so much fear to overcome here. It is a world in conflict because there is too much divers

ity among too many people. Other worlds have low populations with more harmony. Earth’s population has outpaced its mental development.

Dr. N: Would you rather be training on another planet, then?

S: No, for all Earth’s quarreling and cruelty, there is passion and bravery here. I like working in crisis situations. To bring order out of disorder. We all know Earth is a difficult school.

Dr. N: So, the human body is not an easy host for souls?

S: … There are easier life forms … who are less in conflict with themselves …

Dr. N: Well, how would you know this unless your soul had been in another life form?

After I had provided this suitable opening, Thece began talking about being a small flying creature in an alien environment on a dying world where it was hard to breathe. From her descriptions, the sun of this planet was apparently going into a nova stage. Her words were halting and came in short, rapid breaths.

Thece said she lived on this world in a humid jungle with a night sky so densely packed with stars there were no dark lanes in between. This gave me the impression she was located near the center of a galaxy, perhaps our own. She also said her brief time on this world was spent as a very young soul and Kumara was her mentor. After the world could no longer support life, they had come to Earth to continue working together. I was told there was a kinship in the mental evolution of life on Earth and what she had experienced before. This flying race of people began afraid, isolated, and dangerous to each other. Also, like Earth, family alliances were important, representing expressions of loyalty and devotion. While I was concluding this line of questioning, there was a further development.

Dr. N: Do you think there are other souls on Earth who also had physical lives on this now-dead world?

S: (pause, then unable to restrain herself) Actually, I have met one.

Dr. N: Under what circumstances?

S: (laughs) I met a man at a party a while ago. He recognized me, not physically, but with the mind. It was an odd meeting. I was caught off balance when he came up to me and took my hand. I thought he was pushy when he said he knew me.

Dr. N: Then what happened?

S: (softly) I was in a daze, which is unusual for me. I knew there was something between us. I thought it was sexual. Now, I can see it all clearly. It was … Ikak. (this name is spoken with a clacking noise from the back of her throat) He told me we were once together from a place far away and there were a couple of others here …

Dr. N: Did he say anything more about them?

S: (faintly) No … I wonder … I ought to know them …

Dr. N: Did Ikak say anything else about your former physical relationship on this world?

S: No. He saw I was confused. I didn’t know what he was talking about  then anyway.

Dr. N: How could he consciously know about this planet when you didn’t?

S: (puzzled) He is … ahead of me … he knows Kumara. (then, more to herself than me) What is he doing here?

Dr. N: Why don’t you finish telling me about him at the party?

S: (laughs again) I thought he was just trying to pick me up. It was awkward because I was drawn to him. He said I was very attractive, which is something men don’t usually say to me. There were flashes in my mind that we had been together before … as fragments in a dream sequence.

Dr. N: How did your conversation end with this man?

S: He saw my discomfort. I guess he thought it best to have no further contact, because I haven’t seen him since. I’ve thought about him though, and maybe we will see each other again …

I believe souls do come across time and space for each other.

Recently, I had two subjects who were best friends and came to me at the same time for regression. Not only had they been soulmates in many former lives on Earth, but were also mated as fish-like intelligent beings in a beautiful water world.

Both recalled the enjoyment of playing underwater with their strong appendages and coming up to the surface, “to peek.” Neither subject could recall much about this planet or what happened to their race of sea creatures.

Perhaps they were part of a failed Earth experiment long before a land mammal developed into the most promising species on Earth for souls. I suspect it was not Earth because I have had others who tell of living in an aquatic environment they know was unearthly.

One of these subjects said,

“My water world was very warm and clear because we had three suns overhead. The total lack of darkness underwater was comforting and made building our dwellings much easier.” 

I have often wondered if the dreams we have at night about flying, breathing underwater, and performing other non-human physical feats relate to our earlier physical experiences in other environments.

In the early days of my studies of souls, I half-expected that those subjects who could recall other worlds would say they had lived in our galaxy with in the neighborhood of the sun. This assumption was naive.

Earth is in a sparse section of the Milky Way with only eight stars that are ten light years from the sun.

Comment d34
This was written before the observation and discovery of nearby brown dwarf stars and solar systems..

We know our own galaxy has more than two-hundred billion stars within a universe currently speculated at one-hundred-billion galaxies.

Comment d35
The number is actually closer to 900 billion stars in our galaxy.

The worlds around the suns which might support life are staggering to the imagination. Consider, if only a small fraction of one percent of the stars in our galaxy had planets with intelligent life useful to souls, the number would still be in the millions.

From what I can gather from subjects willing and able to discuss  former assignments, souls are sent to any world with suitable intelligent life forms.

Out of all the stars which are known to us, only four percent are like our sun.

Apparently this means nothing to souls.

Their planetary incarnations are not linked to Earth- type worlds or with intelligent bipeds who walk on land. Souls who have been to other worlds tell me they have a fondness for certain ones and return to them (like Earth) periodically for a succession of lives.

I have not had many subjects who are able to recall specific details about living on other worlds. This maybe due to lack of experience, a suppression of memory, or blocks imposed by master guides to avoid any discomfort from flashbacks in non-earthly bodies.

Those subjects who are able to discuss their experiences on other worlds tell me that before coming to Earth, souls are frequently placed in the bodies of creatures with less intelligence than human beings (unlike Thece’s case).

However, once in a human body, souls are not sent back down the mental evolutionary ladder.

Yet, physical contrasts can be stark and side trips away from Earth are not necessarily pleasant. One mid-level client of mine expressed it this way. “After a long series of human lives, I told my guide I needed a break from Earth for a while in another kind of environment. He warned me, ‘You might not like this change right now because you have become so accustomed to the attributes of the human mind and body.’ “My client persisted and was duly given life on what was described as, “A pastel world living among a race of small, thickly-set beings. They were a thoughtful but somber people with tiny chalk-white faces which never smiled. Without human laughter and physical flexibility, I was out of sync and made little progress. The assignment must have been particularly difficult for this individual when we consider that humor and laughter is such a hallmark of soul life in the spirit world.

I was now approaching the final phase of my session with Case 23.

It was necessary to apply additional deepening techniques because I wanted Thece to reach into the highest recesses of her superconscious mind to talk with me about space-time and the source.

Dr. N: Thece, we are coming to the end of our time together and I want you to turn your mind once again to the source-creator. (pause) Will you do that for me?

S: Yes.

Dr. N: You said the ultimate objective of souls was to seek unification with the supreme source of creative energy-do you remember?

S:… The act of conjunction, yes.

Dr. N: Tell me, does the source dwell in some special central space in the spirit world?

S: The source is the spirit world.

Dr. N: Then why do souls speak of reaching a core of spiritual life?

S: When we are young spirits we sense power around us everywhere and yet we feel we … are on the edge of it. As we grow older there is an awareness of a concentrated power, but it is the same feeling.

Dr. N: Even though you have called this the place of the Old Ones?

S: Yes, they are part of the concentrated power of the source which sustains us as souls.

Dr. N: Well, lumping this power together as one energy source, can you describe the creator in more human terms?

S: As the ultimate selfless being which we strive to be.

Dr. N: If the source represents all the spirit world, how does this mental place differ from physical universes with stars, planets, and living things?

S: Universes are created-to live and die-for the use of the source. The place of spirits … is the source.

Dr. N: We seem to live in a universe which is expanding and may contract again and eventually die. Since we live in a space with time limitations, how can the spirit world itself be timeless?

S: Because here we live in non-space which is timeless … except in certain zones.

Dr. N: Please explain what these zones are.

S: They are … interconnecting doors … openings for us to pass through into a physical universe of time.

Dr. N: How can time-doors exist in non-space?

S: The openings exist as thresholds between realities.

Dr. N: Well, if the spirit world is non-dimensional, what kind of reality is that?

S: A constant reality state, as opposed to the shifting realities of dimensional worlds which are material and changing.

Dr. N: Do past, present, and future have any relevance for souls living in the spirit world?

S: Only as a means of understanding succession in physical form. Living here … there is a … changelessness … for those of us not crossing thresholds into a universe of substance and time.

Note: A major application of time thresholds used by souls will be examined in the upcoming chapter on life selection.

Dr. N: You speak of universes in the plural. Are these other physical universes besides the one which contains Earth?

S: (vaguely) There are … differing realities to suit the source.

Dr. N: Are you saying souls can enter various rooms of different physical realities from spiritual doorways?

S: (nods) Yes, they can-and do.

Before concluding the session with this highly advanced subject, I should add that most people who are in deep hypnosis are able to see beyond an Earth reality of three-dimensional space, into alternate realities of timelessness. In the subconscious state, my subjects experience a chronology of time with their past and present lives which resembles what they perceive when conscious.

There is a change when I take them into superconsciousness and the spirit world.

Here they see the now of time as one homogeneous unit of past, present, and future. Seconds in the spirit world seem to represent years on Earth. When their sessions are over, clients will often express surprise at how time in the spirit world is unified.

Quantum mechanics is a modern branch of physics which investigates all subatomic movement in terms of electromagnetic energy levels where all things in life are thought to be ultimately non-solid and existing in a unified field.

Comment d36
Everything is quanta and quantum mechanics..

Going beyond Newton’s physical laws of gravity, the elements of action on time are also considered to be unified by light wave frequency and kinetic energy. Since I show that souls do experience feelings of the passage of time in a chronological fashion in the spirit world, doesn’t this contradict the concept of oneness for past, present, and future?

No, it does not.

My research indicates to me that the illusion of time progression is created and sustained for those souls coming to and from physical dimensions (who are used to such biological responses as aging), so they may more easily gauge their advancement. Thus, it makes sense to me when the quantum physicists hypothesize that time, rather than being an absolute of three phases, is only an expression of change.

When my subjects speak of traveling as souls on lines which curve, I think of the space-time theories of those astrophysicists who believe light and motion are a union of time and space curving back on itself. They say if space is bent severely enough, time stops. Indeed, when listening to my clients talk about time zones and tunnels of passage into different dimensions, I think about the similarities here to current astronomical theories of physical space being warped, or twisted, into cosmic loops creating “mouths” of hyperspace and black holes which may lead out of our three- dimensional universe. Perhaps the space-time concepts of astrophysics and metaphysics are edging closer together.

I have suggested to my subjects that if the spirit world seems round to them, and appears to curve when they travel rapidly as souls, this could represent a finite, enclosed sphere.

They deny the idea of any dimensional boundaries yet offer me little else except metaphors.

Case 23 says the spirit world itself is the source of creation. Some have called this place the heart, or breath, of God.

Case 22 defined the space of souls as “fabric” and I have had other subjects give the spirit world a quality of “the folds of a seamless dress swishing back and forth.”

They sometimes feel the effects of a gently “rippling” motion from light energy which has been described as “waves (or rings) rolling outward from a disturbed pool of water.” Normally, the geography of soul spaces has a smooth and open consistency to people in superconsciousness, without displaying the properties of gravity, temperature, pressure, matter, or a time clock associated with a chaotic physical universe. However, when I attempt to characterize the entire spirit world as a void, people in trance resist this notion.

Although my cases are unable to fully explain the place where their souls live, they are all outspoken about its ultimate reality for them. A subject in trance doesn’t see the spirit world as being either near or far away  from our physical universe.

Nevertheless, in a curious way, they do portray spiritual substance as being light or heavy, thick or thin, and large or small, when comparing their experiences as souls to life on Earth.

While the absolute reality of the spirit world appears to remain constant in the minds of people in hypnosis, their references to other physical dimensions do not.

I have the sense that universes other than our own are created for the purpose of providing environments suitable for the growth of souls with beings we can’t even imagine.

One advanced subject told me he had lived on a number of worlds in his long existence, never dividing his soul more than twice at one time. Some adult lives lasted only months in Earth time for him, due to local planetary conditions and short life spans of the dominant life form.

While speaking of a “paradise planet,” with few people and a quieter, simpler version of Earth, he added this world was not far from Earth.

“Oh,” I interrupted, “then it must only be a few light years from Earth?”

He patiently explained that the planet was not in our universe, but closer to Earth than many planets in our own galaxy.

It is important for the reader to understand that when people do recall living on other worlds they seem not to be limited by the dimensional constraints of our universe.

When souls travel to planets intergalactically or interdimensionally, they measure the trip by the time it takes them to reach their destinations through the tunnel effect from the spirit world. The size of the spatial region involved and the relative position of worlds to each other are also considerations.

After listening to references about multiple dimensional realities from some of my subjects, I am left with the impression they believe there is a confluence of all these dimensional streams into one great river of the spirit world. If I could stand back and take apart all these alternate realities seated in the minds of my cases, it would be like peeling an artichoke of all its layers down to one heart at the core.

I had been questioning Thece for quite a while and I could see she was growing tired. Few subjects can sustain this level of spiritual receptivity for very long. I decided to end the session with a few questions about the genesis of all creation.

Dr. N: Thece, I want to close by asking you more about the source. You have been a soul for a long time, so how do you see yourself relating to the oneness of creation you told me about earlier?

S: (long pause) By sensations of movement. In the beginning there is an outward migration of our soul energy from the source. Afterward, our lives are spent moving inward … toward cohesion and the uniting …

Dr. N: You make this process seem as though a living organism was expanding and contracting.

S: … There is an explosive release … then a returning … yes, the source pulsates.

Dr. N: And you are moving toward the center of this energy source?

S: There really is no center. The source is all around us as if we were … inside a beating heart.

Dr. N: But, you did say you were moving back to a point of origin as your soul advanced in knowledge?

S: Yes, when I was thrust outward I was a child. Now I’m being drawn back as my adolescence fades …

Dr. N: Back where?

S: Further inside the source.

Dr. N: Perhaps you could describe this energy source through the use of colors to explain soul movement and the scope of creation.

S: (sighs) It’s as if souls are all part of a massive electrical explosion which produces … a halo effect. In this … circular halo is a dark purple light which flares out … lightening to a whiteness at the edges. Our awareness begins at the edges of brilliant light and as we grow … we become more engulfed in the darker light.

Dr. N: I find it hard to visualize a god of creation as cold, dark light.

S: That’s because I am not close enough to conjunction to explain it well. The dark light is itself a … covering, beyond which we feel an intense warmth … full of a knowing presence which is everywhere for us and… alive!

Dr. N: What was it like when you were first aware of your identity as a soul after being pushed out to the rim of this halo?

S: To be… is the same as watching the first flower of spring open and the flower is you. And, as it opens more, you become aware of other flowers in a glorious field and there is … unbounded joy.

Dr. N: If this explosive, multi-colored energy source collapses in on itself, will all the flowers eventually die?

S: Nothing is collapsing … the source is endless. As souls we will never die-we know that, somehow. As we coalesce, our increasing wisdom makes the source stronger.

Dr. N: Is that the reason the source desires to perform this exercise?

S: Yes, to give life to us so we can arrive at a state of perfection.

Dr. N: Why does a source, who is ostensibly perfect already, need to create further intelligence which is less than perfect?

S: To help the creator create. In this way, by self-transformation and rising to higher plateaus of fulfillment, we add to the building blocks of life.

Dr. N: Were souls forced to break away from the source and come to places like Earth because of some sort of original sin or fall from grace in the spirit world?

S: That’s nonsense. We came to be … magnified … in the beautiful variety of creation.

Dr. N: Thece, I want you to listen to me carefully. If the source needs to be made stronger, or more wise, by using a division of its divine energy to create lesser intelligence which it hopes will magnify-doesn’t this suggest it lacks full perfection itself?

S: (pause) The source creates for fulfillment of itself.

Dr. N: That’s my point. How can that which is absolute become more absolute unless something is lacking?

S: (hesitates) That which we see to be … our source … is all we can know, and we think what the creator desires is to express itself through us by … birthing.

Dr. N: And do you think the source is actually made stronger by our existence as souls?

S: (long pause) I see the creator’s perfection … maintained and enriched…  by sharing the possibility of perfection with us and this is the ultimate extension of itself

Dr. N: So the source starts out by deliberately creating imperfect souls and imperfect life forms for these souls and watches what happens in order to extend itself?

S: Yes, and we have to have faith in this decision and trust the process of returning to the origin of life. One has to be starving to appreciate food, to be cold to understand the blessings of warmth, and to be children to see the value of the parent. The transformation gives us purpose.

Dr. N: Do you want to be a parent of souls?

S: … Participation in the conception of ourselves is … a dream of mine.

Dr. N: If our spirits did not experience physical life, would we ever know of these things you are telling me about?

S: We would know of them, but not about them. It would be as if your spiritual energy were told to play piano scales with only one note.

Dr. N: And do you believe if the source didn’t create souls to nurture and grow, its sublime energy would shrink from a lack of expression?

S: (sighs) Perhaps that is its purpose.

With this last prophetic statement by Thece, I ended the session. As I brought this subject out of her deep trance, it was as though she were returning to me from across time and space. As she sat quietly focusing her eyes around my office, I expressed my appreciation for the opportunity of working with her on such an advanced level. Smiling, the lady said if she had any idea of the grilling in store for her, she might well have refused to work with me.

As we said goodbye, I thought about her last statements concerning the source of life. In ancient Persia the Sufis had a saying that if the creator represents absolute good, and therefore absolute beauty, it is the nature of beauty to desire manifestation.

Life Selection

THERE comes that time when the soul must once again leave the sanctuary of the spirit world for another trip to Earth. This decision is not an easy one. Souls must prepare to leave a world of total wisdom, where they exist in a blissful state of freedom, for the physical and mental demands of a human body.

We have seen how tired souls can be when reentering the spirit world. Many don’t want to think about returning to Earth again. This is especially true when we have not come close to our goals at the end of a physical life. Once back in the spirit world, souls have misgivings about even temporarily leaving a world of self- understanding, comradeship, and compassion to go to a planetary environment of uncertainty and fear brought about by aggressive, competing humans. Despite having family and friends on Earth, many incarnated souls feel lonely and anonymous among large impersonal populations. I hope my cases show the opposite is true in the spirit world, where our souls are involved in the most intimate sharing on an everlasting basis. Our spiritual identity is known and appreciated by a multitude of other entities, whose support is never ending.

The rejuvenation of our energy and personal assessment of one’s Self takes longer for some souls than others, but eventually the soul is motivated to start the process of incarnation. While our spiritual environment is hard to leave, as souls we also remember the physical pleasures of life on Earth with fondness and even nostalgia.

When the wounds of a past life are healed and we are again totally at one with ourselves, we feel the pull of having a physical expression for our identity.

Training sessions with our counselors and peer groups have provided a collaborative spiritual effort to prepare us for the next life. Our karma of past deeds towards humanity and our mistakes and achievements have all been evaluated with an eye toward the best course of future endeavors. The soul must now assimilate all this information and take purposeful action based upon three primary decisions:

  • Am I ready for a new physical life?
  • What specific lessons do I want to undertake to advance my learning and development?
  • Where should I go, and who shall I be in my next life for the best opportunity to work on my goals?

Older souls incarnate less, regardless of the population demands of their assigned planets.

When a world dies, those entities with unfinished business move on to another world which has a suitable life form for the kind of work they have been doing.

Cycles of incarnation for the eternal soul seem to be regulated more by the internal desires of a particular soul, than by the urgency of host bodies evolving in a universe of planets.

Comment d37
This next few paragraphs are based on the idea of a singular world-line where every person has an individual soul. That is wrong. Each Instead there are multiple world-lines with consciousness occupying elements within that MWI-track..

Nevertheless, Earth certainly has an increasing need for souls.

Today, we have over five billion people. Demographers vary in their calculations on how many individuals have lived on Earth in the last 200,000 years. The average estimate is some 50 billion people. This figure, which I think is low, does not signify the number of visitations by different souls. Bear in mind the same souls continue to reincarnate, and there are those who occupy more than one body at a time.

There are reincarnationists who believe the number of people living on Earth today is close to the total number of souls who ever lived here. The frequency of incarnation on Earth by souls is uneven. Earth clearly has more need for souls today than in the past. Population estimates in 1 AD are around 200 million. By 1800, humans had quadrupled, and after only 170 more years, quadrupled again. Between 1970 and 2010, the world’s population is expected to double once more.

When I study the incarnation chronology of a client, I find there is usually a long span of hundreds, even thousands, of years between their lives in Paleolithic nomadic cultures.

With the introduction of agriculture and domesticated animals in the Neolithic Age, from 7,000 to 5,000 years ago, my subjects report living more frequent lives. Still, their lives are often spaced as much as 500 years apart.

With the rise of cities, trade, and more available food, I see the incarnation schedules of souls increasing with a growing population. Between 1000 and 1500 AD, my clients live an average of once in two centuries.

After 1700, this changes to once in a century.

By the 1900s, living more than one life in a century is common among my cases.

It has been argued these increases in soul incarnations only appear to be so because past life recall improves as people in hypnosis get closer to their current lives. This may be true to some extent, but if a life is important it will be vividly remembered at any age in time.

Without doubt, the enormous population increase on Earth is the basic cause for souls coming here more often. Is there a possibility that the inventory of souls slated for Earth could be strained by this surge in human reproduction?

When I ask clients about the inventory of available souls, they tell me I should worry more about our planet dying from over-population than exhausting the reserve of souls. There is the conviction that new souls are always available to fill any expanding population requirements. If our planet is just one example among all other intelligent populations which exist in this universe, the inventory of souls must truly be astronomical.

I have said souls do have the freedom to choose when, where, and who they want to be in their physical lives. Certain souls spend less time in the spirit world in order to accelerate  development,  while  others  are  very  reluctant  to  leave.  There  is  no question but what our guides exert great influence in this matter. Just as we were given  an  intake  interview  in  the  orientation phase right  after death,  there  are preparatory exit interviews by spiritual advisors to determine our readiness for rebirth.

The case which follows illustrates a typical spiritual scene with a lower-level soul.

Case 24 – Typical

Dr. N: When do you first realize that you might be returning to Earth?

S: A soft voice comes into my mind and says, “It’s about time, don’t you think?”

Dr. N: Who is this voice?

S: My instructor. Some of us have to be given a push when they think we are ready again.

Dr. N: Do you feel you are about ready to return to Earth?

S: Yes, I think so … I have prepared for it. But my studies are going to take such a long time in earth years before I’m done. It’s kind of overwhelming.

Dr. N: And do you think you will still be going to Earth when you near the end of your incarnations?

S: (long pause) Ah … maybe no … there is another world besides Earth … but with Earth people …

Dr. N: What does this mean?

S: Earth will have fewer people … less crowded … it’s not clear to me.

Comment d38
Souls can see the entirety of time, and can look at both past and future time-tracks / world-line maps. In this statement we see evidence for human colonies on other planets.

Dr. N: Where do you think you might be then?

S: I’m getting the impression there is colonization someplace else-it’s not clear to me.

Note: The opposite of past life regression is post life progression, which enables some subjects to see snatches of the future as incomplete scenes. For instance, some have told me Earth’s population will be greatly reduced by the end of the twenty- second century, partially due to adverse soil and atmospheric changes. They also see people living in odd-looking domed buildings. Details about the future are always rather limited, due, I suspect, to built-in amnesia from karmic constraints. I’ll have more to say about this with the next case.

Dr. N: Let’s go back to what you were saying about the instructors giving people a push to leave the spirit world. Would you prefer that they not do this?

S: Oh … I’d like to stay… but the instructors don’t want us hanging around here too long or we will get into a rut.

Dr. N: Could you insist on staying?

S: Well … yes … the instructors don’t force you to leave because they are so gentle. (laughs) But they have their ways of … encouraging you when the time comes.

Dr. N: Do you know of anyone who didn’t want to be reborn again on Earth for any reason?

S: Yes, my friend Mark. He said he had nothing to contribute anymore. He was sick of life on Earth and didn’t want to go back.

Dr. N: Had he lived many lives?

S: No, not really. But he wasn’t adjusting well in them.

Dr. N: What did the teachers do with him? Was he allowed to stay in the spirit world?

S: (reflectively) We choose to be reborn when it is decided we are ready. They don’t force you to do anything. Mark was shown he did benefit others around him.

Dr. N: What happened to Mark?

S: After some more … indoctrination … Mark realized he had been wrong about his abilities and finally he went back to Earth.

Dr. N: Indoctrination! This makes me think of coercion.

S: (disturbed by my remark) It’s not that way at all! Mark was just discouraged, and needed the confidence to keep trying.

Note: Case 10 in Chapter Four on displaced souls told us about how souls who had absorbed too much negative energy from Earth were “remodeled.” Case 22 also mentioned the need for restoration with some damaged souls. These are more extreme alterations than the basic reframing apparently used on Mark’s tired soul.

Dr. N: If the guides don’t force you, could a soul absolutely refuse to be reborn?

S: (pause) Yes … I guess you could stay here and never be reborn if you hated it that much. But the instructors told Mark that without life in a body, his studies would take longer. If you lose having direct experience, you miss a great deal.

Dr. N: How about the reverse situation where a soul insists on returning to Earth immediately, say after an untimely death?

S: I have seen that, too. It’s an impulsive reaction and does wear off after a while. The instructors get you to see that wanting to hurry back someplace as a new baby wouldn’t change the circumstances of your death. It might be different if you could be reborn as an adult right away in the same situation. Eventually, everyone realizes they must rest and reflect.

Dr. N: Well, give me your final thoughts about the prospect of living again.

S: I’m excited about it. I would have no satisfaction without my physical lives.

Dr. N: When you are ready for a new incarnation, what do you do?

S: I go to a special place.

Once a soul has decided to incarnate again, the next stage in the return process is to be directed to the place of life selection. Souls consider when and where they want to go on Earth before making a decision on who they will be in their new life. Because of this spiritual practice, I have divided life selection and our final choice of a body into two chapters for ease of understanding.

The selection of a time and place for incarnation and who we want to be are not completely separate decisions. However, we start by having the opportunity of viewing how we might fit into certain environments in future time segments. Then our attention is directed to people living in these places. I was a little distracted by this procedure until I realized a soul is largely influenced by cultural conditions and events, as well as by the participants in these events, during a span of chronological time.

I have come to believe that the spirit world, as a whole, is not functionally uniform.

All spiritual regions are seen by traveling souls as having the same ethereal properties, but with different applications.

As an illustration, the space of orientation for incoming souls could be contrasted to the space of life selection for those who are leaving. Both involve life evaluations for souls in transit which include scenes from Earth, but there the resemblance ends. Orientation spaces are said to be small, intimate conference areas designed to make a newly arrived soul comfortable, but our mental attitude in this space can be somewhat defensive. This is because there is the feeling we might have done better with life. A guide is always directly interacting with us.

On the other hand, when we enter the space of life selection, we are full of hope, promise, and lofty expectations. Here souls are virtually alone, with their guides out of sight, while evaluating new life options. This hectic, stimulating place is described as being much larger than other spiritual study areas.

Case 22 considered it a world unto itself, where transcendent energy alters time to allow for planetary study. 

While some spiritual locales are difficult for my subjects to describe, most love to talk about the place of life selection, and they use remarkably similar descriptions. I am told it resembles a movie theater which allows souls to see themselves in the future, playing different roles in various settings. Before leaving, souls will have selected one scenario for themselves. Imagine being given a dress rehearsal before the actual performance of a new life.

To tell us about it, I have picked a male subject who is well acquainted with the way his soul is assisted in making appropriate decisions.

Case 25 – How to prepare

Dr. N: After you have made the decision you want to come back to Earth, what happens next?

S: Well, when my trainer and I agree the time is right to accomplish things, I send out thoughts …

Dr. N: Go on.

S: My messages are received by the coordinators.

Dr. N: Who are they? Doesn’t your trainer-guide handle all the arrangements for incarnation?

S: Not exactly. He talks to the coordinators, who actually assist us in previewing our life possibilities at the Ring.

Dr. N: What is the Ring?

S: That’s where I’m going. We call it the Ring of Destiny.

Dr. N: Is there just one place like it in the spirit world?

S: (pause) Oh, I think there must be many, but I don’t see them.

Dr. N: All right, let’s go to the Ring together on the count of three. When I am finished with my count you will have the capacity to remember all the details of this experience. Are you ready to go?

S: Yes.

Dr. N: One, two, three! Your soul is now moving toward the space of life selection.

Explain what you see.

S: (long pause) I … am floating towards the Ring … it’s circular … a monster bubble

Dr. N: Keep going. What else can you tell me.

S: There is a … concentrated energy force … the light is so intense. I’m being sucked inward … through a funnel … it’s a little darker.

Dr. N: Are you afraid?

S: Hmm … no, I’ve been here before, after all. It’s going to be interesting. I’m excited at what’s in store for me.

Dr. N: Okay, as you float inside the Ring, what are your first impressions?

S: (voice lowers) I … am a little apprehensive … but the energy relaxes me. I have an awareness of concern for me … caring … I don’t feel alone … my trainer’s presence is with me, too.

Dr. N: Continue to report everything. What do you see next?

S: The Ring is surrounded by banks of screens-I am looking at them.

Dr. N: Screens on walls?

S: They appear as walls themselves, but nothing is really solid … it’s all … elastic … the screens curve around me … moving …

Dr. N: Tell me more about the screens.

S: They are blank … not reflecting anything yet … they shimmer as sheets of glass … mirrors.

Dr. N: What happens next?

S: (nervously) I feel a moment of quietness-it’s always like this-then it’s as if someone flipped a switch on the projector in a panorama movie theater. The screens come alive with images and there is color … action … full of light and sound.

Dr. N: Keep reporting to me. Where is your soul in relation to the screens?

S: I am hovering in the middle, watching the panorama of life all around me … places … people … (jauntily) I know this city!

Dr. N: What do you see?

S: New York.

Dr. N: Did you ask to see New York City?

S:  We  talked  about  my  going  back  there  …  (absorbed)  Gee-it’s  changed-more buildings … and the cars … it’s as noisy as ever.

Dr. N: I’ll come back to New York in a few minutes. Right now I want you to tell me what is expected of you in the Ring.

S: I’m going to mentally operate the panel.

Dr. N: What’s that?

S: A scanning device in front of the screens. I see it as a mass of lights and buttons. It’s as if I’m in the cockpit of an airplane.

Dr. N: And you see these mechanical objects in a spiritual setting?

S: I know it sounds crazy, but this is what is coming through to me so I can explain to you what I am doing.

Dr. N: That’s fine, don’t worry about it. Just tell me what you are supposed to do with the panel.

S: I will help the controllers change the images on the screens by operating the scanner with my mind.

Dr. N: Oh, you are going to operate the projector as if you were working in a movie theater?

S: (laughs) Not the projector, the scanner. Anyway, they aren’t really movies. I am watching life actually going on in the streets of New York. My mind connects with the scanner to control the movement of the scenes I am watching.

Dr. N: Would you say this device resembles a computer?

S: Sort of … it works on a tracking system which … converts …

Dr. N: Converts what?

S: My commands … are registered on the panel so I can track the action.

Dr. N: Position yourself at the panel and become the operator while continuing to explain everything to me.

S: (pause) I have assumed control. I see … lines converging along various points in a series of scenes … I’m traveling through time now on the lines and watching the images on the screens change.

Dr. N: And the scenes are constantly moving around you?

S: Yes, then the points light up on the lines when I want the scene to stop.

Note: Lines of travel is a term we have heard before in other spiritual regions to describe soul transition (i.e., Case 14).

Dr. N: Why are you doing all this?

S: I’m scanning. The stops are major turning points on life’s pathways involving important decisions … possibilities … events which make it necessary to consider alternate choices in time.

Dr. N: So, the lines mark the pathways through a series of events in time and space? S: Yes, the track is controlled in the Ring and transmitted to me.

Dr. N: Do you create the scenes of life while you track?

S: Oh, no! I simply control their movement through time on the lines.

Dr. N: What else can you tell me about the lines?

S: The lines of energy are … roads with points of colored light as guideposts which I can move forward, backward, or stop.

Dr. N: As if you were running a video tape with start, fast-forward, stop, and rewind buttons?

S: (laughs) That’s the idea.

Dr. N: All right, you are moving along the track, scanning scenes and you decide to stop. Tell me what you do then.

S: I suspend the scene on the screens so I can enter it.

Dr. N: What? Are you saying you become part of the scene yourself?

S: Yes, now I have direct access to the action.

Dr. N: In what way? Do you become a person in the scene, or does your soul hover overhead while people move around?

S: Both. I can experience what life is like with anyone in the scene, or just watch them from any vantage point.

Dr. N: How can you leave the panel and go into a scene on Earth while still monitoring the action in the Ring?

S: I know you probably won’t understand this, but part of me stays at the controls so I can start up the scene again and stop it anytime.

Dr. N: Perhaps I do understand. Can you divide your energy?

S: Yes, and I can send thoughts back to myself. Of course, the controllers are helping too, as I go in and out of the screens.

Dr. N: So, essentially you can move time forward, backward, and stop it while tracking?

S: Yes… in the Ring.

Dr. N: Outside the Ring, does time co-exist for you in the spirit world, or is it progressive?

S: It co-exists here, but we can still see it progress on Earth.

Dr. N: It seems to me when souls are in the Ring of Destiny they use time almost like a tool.

S: As spirits, we do use time … subjectively. Things and events are moved around … and become objects in time … but to us time is uniform.

Dr. N: The paradox I have with time travel is that what is going to happen has already happened, so you could meet your own soul in some human being as you come and go in life scenes from the future.

S: (smiles enigmatically) When making contact the soul in residence is put on hold for a moment. It’s relatively short. We don’t disturb life cycles when tracking through time.

Comment d39
It doesn’t make much sense here, but when you look at time being a map of world-line transitions, it makes complete and absolute sense..

Dr. N:  Well, if past, present, and future are not really separate while you are tracking, why do you stop scenes to consider choices when you can already see into the future?

S: I’m afraid you don’t realize the real purpose of time use by the controllers of the Ring. Life is still conditional. Progressive time is created to test us. We are not shown all the possible endings to a scene. Parts of lives are obscured to us.

Dr. N: So, time is used as a catalyst for learning by viewing lives when you can’t see everything that is going to happen?

S: Yes, to test our ability to find solutions. We gauge our abilities against  the difficulty of the events. The Ring sets up different experiments to choose from. On Earth we will try to solve them.

Dr. N: In the Ring, can you look at life on planets besides Earth?

S: I can’t because I’m programmed for tracking time on Earth.

Dr. N: Your being able to jump through time from the screens sounds like a ball!

S: (grins) Oh, it’s stimulating-that’s for sure-but we can’t frolic around, because there are serious decisions to be made for the next life. I’ll have to accept the consequences for any mistakes in my choices … if I am not able to handle a life well.

Dr. N: I still don’t see how you could make many serious mistakes in your choices when you actually experience part of the life in which you plan to live.

S: My choices of life environments are not unlimited. As I said, I probably Won’t be able to see all of a scene in one time segment. Because of what they don’t show you, there is risk attached to all body choices.

Dr. N: If one’s future destiny is not fully preordained, as you say, why call this space the Ring of Destiny?

S: Oh, there is destiny, all right. The life cycles are in place. It’s just that there are so many alternatives which are unclear.

When I take my subjects into the spatial area of life selection, they see a circle of past, present and future time-such as the Ring in this case. Sensing they are leaving spiritual Now time within the circle, souls apparently rotate back and forth on resonating waves during their observational runs. All aspects of time are presented to them as reoccurring realities ebbing and flowing together. Because parallel realities are superimposed upon one another, they too can be seen as possibilities for physical lives, especially by the more experienced souls.

I was puzzled why my subjects did not fully see the future under these conditions, as part of an all-knowing spiritual setting. In trying to sort this out, I finally came to the conclusion that the spirit world is designed to protect the interests of each soul. Generally, the people I work with are still-incarnating younger souls. They may not clearly see significant events too far into the future because the further away these souls get from present probabilities, the higher the incidence of possible alternative realities which cloud their images. Although the same properties hold true for time in the distant past, there is one exception. A soul’s own past lives are more easily identified. This is because a single reality, with a definite course of action, was previously established to train this soul, and thus is firmly imprinted on his memory.

In Chapter Five, Case 13 demonstrated how amnesia is imposed upon us when we come into a current life, so that past life experiences will not inhibit self-discovery in the present. The same condition holds true for souls examining future lives. Without knowing why, most people believe their life has a plan.

Of course, they are right.

Although amnesia does prevent having full conscious knowledge of this plan, the unconscious mind holds the key to spiritual memories of a general blueprint of each life. The vehicle of life selection provides a kind of time machine for souls, where they see some alternative routes to the main road. Although these paths are not fully exposed to us as souls, we carry some of the road map to Earth.

A client once said to me,

“Whenever I am confused about what to do in life, I quietly sit down and think about where I have been and compare this to where I might want to go in future. The answer to the next step just comes to me from inside myself.”

Accepting what befalls us on the road of life as “acts of God” does not mean our existence should be locked into spiritual determinism where we must submit to an unalterable fate. If everything was preordained, there would be no purpose or justice to our struggle. When adversity strikes, it is not intended that we sit back with a fatalistic attitude and not fight to improve the situation by making on-site changes. During our lives all of us will experience opportunities for change which involve risk. These occasions may come at inconvenient times. We may not act upon them, but the challenge is there for us.

The purpose of reincarnation is the exercise of free will. Without this ability, we would be impotent creatures indeed.

Thus, karmic destiny means we are not just caught up in events over which we have no control. This also means we have karmic lessons and responsibilities. The law of cause and effect for our actions always exists, which is why this case did not want to make a mistake in choosing a life unsuited to him. But whatever happens to us in life, it is important we understand that our happiness or pain does not reflect either blessings or betrayal on the part of a God-oversoul, our guides, or life selection coordinators. We are the masters of our destiny.

As I conclude my conversation with Case 25, it may strike the reader that the musical goals of this individual toward his next life are rather self-serving. Certainly his desire to be an admired musical talent has elements of personal compensation which would be less evident in a more advanced soul. However, it will also be seen that this soul wants to give a lot of himself.

Dr. N: Now, I want to talk more about the scenes you are seeing of New York City. Prior to your coming into the Ring, were you given any preparation about selections based on geography?

S: Oh, to some extent. My trainer and I talked about the fact that I had died young in New York in my last life. I wanted to go back to this dynamic city and study music.

Dr. N: Did you also talk to your trainer about other souls-your friends, who might want to incarnate with you?

S: Sure, that’s part of it. Some of us begin staking out a new life by deciding what surroundings are best for all concerned. I made it known I wanted to start again in the same place where I was killed. My trainer and friends offered their suggestions.

Note: This subject came to America as a Russian immigrant in his past life. He was killed in a railway construction accident in New York at age twenty-two in 1898. His rebirth in the same city occurred in 1937.

Dr. N: What suggestions?

S: We talked about my wanting to be a classical pianist. I had played an accordion for extra pick-up change-you know, banquets, weddings-that kind of thing.

Dr. N: And this experience is motivating your interest in the piano?

S: Yes. When making ice deliveries on the streets of New York, I would pass by the concert hall. It was my goal to some day study music and make a name for myself in the big city. I hardly got started before I died.

Dr. N: Did you see your death as a young man in New York during your last visit to the Ring?

S: (sadly) Yes … and I accepted that … as a condition of the life. It was a good life- just short. Now I want to go back with a better start and make a name for myself in music.

Dr. N: Could you ask to go anywhere on Earth?

S: Hmm….. it’s fairly open. If we have preferences, they are weighed against what’s available.

Comment d40
What’s available can mean many things. But generally it means the best-fit life to obtain the goals that one has in mind.

Dr. N: You mean, against what bodies are available?

S: Yes, in certain places.

Dr. N: When you said you wanted a better start in music, I assume this is another reason you want to go back to New York.

S: This city will give me the best opportunity to develop my desire to study the piano. I wanted a large, cosmopolitan city with music schools.

Dr. N: What’s wrong with a city like Paris?

S: I wasn’t offered a body in Paris.

Dr. N: I want to be clear on your selection options. When you start previewing life scenes in the Ring, are you primarily looking at people or locations?

S: We begin with locations.

Dr. N: Okay, and so you are looking at the streets of New York City at the moment?

S: Right, and it’s wonderful because I am doing more than looking. I’m floating around smelling the food in the restaurants … I hear the honking of cars … I’m following people walking past the shops on Fifth Avenue … getting the feel of the place again.

Dr. N: At this point have you actually entered the minds of the people walking along the streets?

S: No, not yet.

Dr. N: What do you do next?

S: I go to other cities.

Dr. N: Oh, I guess I just assumed your body choices had to be in New York City.

S: I didn’t tell you that. I also could go to Los Angeles, Buenos Aires, or Oslo.

Dr. N: I’m going to count to five and when I reach five you will scan these cities while we continue talking … one … two… three … four … five! Report what you are doing.

S:  I’m  going  to  concert  halls  and  music  academies  and  watching  the  students practice.

Dr. N: Do you just observe the general surroundings while floating around these students?

S: I do more. I go inside the heads of some of them to see how they … translate the music.

Dr. N: Do you need to be in a special place like the Ring to examine the mental processes of people?

S: For past and future events I do. Making contact with someone in the present on Earth can be done anywhere (from the spirit world).

Dr. N: Could you describe the way your soul makes contact with someone?

S: (pause) As … a light brush stroke.

Note: Souls are quite capable of sending and receiving messages from each other between spiritual and temporal worlds, as many of us have personally experienced. However, these temporary connections are made and broken quickly. The joining of a soul to a soulless baby for a lifetime is more difficult, and will be described further in Case 29.

Dr. N: As you look at these prospective lives, what year is it on Earth?

S: (hesitates) It’s … 1956 now, and most of my prospects are in their teens. I’ll check them out before and after this year … as much as the Ring will let me.

Comment d41
In this simulation the soul observes the life of the various candidate lives he can have. He observes them moving about and their actions as teenagers. Note that none of this are fixed. They are an extrapolation of most likely world-line tracks. It is up to the soul and their consciousness to deviate from this track..

Dr. N: So the Ring gives you the opportunity to actually be various people who, in relative time on Earth, are not yet born?

S: Uh-huh, to see if I would fit in well-to check out their talent and parents-that sort of thing. (decisively) I want New York.

Dr. N: Do you think you have looked at the other cities carefully enough?

S: (impatiently) Yes, I did that, but I don’t want them.

Dr. N: Wait a minute. What if you liked a music student in Oslo, but wanted to live in New York City?

S: (laughs) As a matter of fact, there is a promising girl in Los Angeles, but I still want New York.

Dr. N: All right, move forward. As your time in the Ring draws to a close, give me the details of your probable life selection.

S: I am going to New York to be a musician. I’m still trying to make up my mind between a couple of people, but I think I will choose (stops to laugh) a dumpy kid with a lot of talent. His body won’t have the stamina of my last one, but I’ll have the advantage of parents with some money who will encourage me to practice, practice, practice.

Dr. N: Money is important?

S: I know I sound … grasping … selfish … but there was no money in my last life. If I want to express the beauty of music and give pleasure to myself and others, I need proper training and supportive parents, otherwise I’ll get sidetracked … I know myself.

Comment d42
The consciousness might inhabit a physical body, and the genetic encoding of that body, but it will also need to mate with the personality of the consciousness involved.

Dr. N: If you didn’t like any of the options presented to you in the Ring, could you ask for more places and people to look at?

S: It isn’t necessary, at least for me. I’m offered enough.

Dr. N: Let me be more blunt. If you are supposed to select a life from only the selections shown you in the Ring, how do you know the coordinators aren’t stacking the deck against you? Maybe they are programming you to make certain choices?

S: (pause) I don’t think so, considering all the times I have come to the Ring. We don’t go unless our minds are made up as to the type of life we want to live, and I’ve always had interesting choices based upon my own ideas.

Dr. N: Okay, after you are completely finished with reviewing lives in the Ring, what happens then?

S: The controllers … come into my mind to see if I am satisfied with what I have been shown.

Dr. N: Are they always the same entities?

S: I think so … as far back as I can remember.

Dr. N: Do they pressure you to make a decision before leaving the Ring?

S: Not at all. I float out and go back to talk to my companions before making up my mind.

Of course, theaters such as the Ring are not limited to viewing our planet. I have shown how some souls who come to Earth enjoy incarnating on other worlds as well. In Chapter Ten, I explained how the space of transformation within the spirit world allows souls to experiment with all sorts of shapes and forms for enlightenment and short-term recreation.

However, for purposes of actual incarnation into our universe and other dimensions my subjects tell me there are space-time tunnels, or channels, available near their group centers. (Later, Case 29 will describe what it feels like to go through one of them at rebirth).

People say these portals are symbolized by a line of huge archways for passage similar to a large train station. One woman put it this way, “We see these openings as lighter or darker voids of space. To me, the lighter tunnels denote more interactive communities of beings. The darker fields lead to low-density mental colonies where I am going to be alone a lot more.”

When I asked her for an example of the latter, she said, “On the world of Arnth, we are as balls of cotton candy moving on waves of gas where nothing is solid. The swirling around each other is very orgasmic.” Another subject, describing his entry into a lighter opening said, “Sometimes between human incarnations I go with groups of souls to the fire world of Jesta. In this volcanic atmosphere we can experience the physical and emotional stimulation of becoming intelligent molecules of flame. Now I know why I love to be in temperatures of over 100 degrees on Earth”

A soul’s physical anchorage is important. Case 25 told us his choice of locations was confined to four cities. The number of scenes souls preview before a new life is, of course, different for each visit. Individual life offerings are selective, which indicates to me that other spiritual entities have been actively working on our behalf to set up location scenes before we arrive. The number of specialist spirits who assist souls at the space of life selection never seems to be large. They appear as rather vague apparitions to my subjects, although most believe members of their Council of Elders and personal guides are involved.

Early in human history, when the world was underpopulated, my clients recall lives where they were always born in sparse human settlements. In time, with the rise of villages and then larger centers of ancient civilizations, my cases report returning to the same areas. Life selections were geographically scattered again by the great migrations of people colonizing new lands, particularly in the last four hundred years. In this century of over-population, more souls are choosing to live in places where they have been before.

Does this tendency today mean souls want to return to the same countries because of race? Souls are not inclined toward life selections based on ethnicity or nationalism. These products of human separatism are taught in childhood. Aside from the comfortable familiarity of culture in a soul’s choice (which is different from racial bias), we must also factor in the affinity many spirits have for deserts, mountains, or the sea. Souls may also have a preference for rural or urban living.

Are souls drawn back to the same geographic areas because they want a new life with the same family they had in their past  life? The tradition among certain cultures, such as Native Americans, is that souls choose to stay within family bloodlines. A dying man is expected to come back as his own unborn grandchild. In my practice I rarely see souls repeating the same genetic choices in past  lives because this would inhibit growth and opportunity.

Once in awhile I hear about a soul returning to the body of a relative in a former life under unusual karmic circumstances. For example, if a brother and sister had a close affinity for each other, and one were to die suddenly while still young, the soul of the dead sibling might want to return in the surviving sibling’s child to restore this broken life connection to finish an important task.

What is even more common in my experience, are the souls of young children who die soon after birth and then return to the same parents as the soul of their next baby. These plans are all made in advance by the souls participating in tragic family events. They involve a maze of karmic issues.

Not long ago, I had a case where my client had died from a birth defect early in his last life. I asked, “What was the purpose of your life ending when you were only a few days old?” He replied, “The lesson was for my parents, not me, and that’s why I elected to come back for them as a filler.” When souls return for a short life to help someone else rather than work on their own issues, because there isn’t time, some call this “a filler life.” In this case, the parents had abused and finally caused the death of another child when they were together in an earlier life. Although they were a loving young couple in the last life of my client, these parents evidently needed to experience the grief of having a child they desperately wanted taken away from them. Experiencing the anguish from this terrible loss gave the souls of these parents a deeper insight into the effects of severing a blood bond. I will have an example of this theme in Case 27.

Spirits do not routinely see their deaths in future lives. If souls choose a life where their death will be premature, they often see it in the place of life selection. I have found that souls essentially volunteer in advance for bodies who will have sudden fatal illnesses, are to be killed by someone, or come to an abrupt end of life with many  others  from  a  catastrophic  event.  

Souls  who  become  involved  in  these tragedies are not caught in the wrong place at the wrong time with a capricious God looking the other way. Every soul has a motive for the events in which it chooses to participate. One client told me his last life was planned in advance to end at seven years of age as an American Indian boy. He said, “I was looking for a short-burst lesson in humility and this life as a mistreated starving half-breed was enough.”

Another, more graphic example of a soul volunteering for a terrible assignment was that of one of my subjects who elected in her last life to join (with three others of her soul group) the bodies of Jewish women taken from Munich into the death camp at Dachau in 1941. All were assigned to the same barracks (also prearranged) where my client died in 1943 at age 18 comforting the children and trying to help them survive. Her mission was accomplished with courage.

While events, race, culture, and geographic location often appear to come first in the selection process, they are not the most significant choices for the soul’s next life. Aside from all other considerations, incarnation comes down to souls making that all-important decision of a specific body, and what can be learned by utilizing the brain of a certain human being.

The next chapter is devoted to an analysis of why souls choose their bodies for various biological and psychological reasons…

This is the fourth part of a multiple part series. To go to the next part, please click HERE.

Do you want to see the main index?

You can access the main index of these kinds of articles here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

Going to school after the EBP insertion and calibration.

This post discusses a hidden aspect of the EBP. It was used to teach and / train me (aside from it’s other purposes).

Once I had the EBP installed, and my genetic makeup modified, I underwent a long period of time being trained. This was during the time that I described in my post; lost as an autonomous vagabond. This period in my life was absolutely confusing. As I lived on the outskirts of society, living hand-to-mouth at a below-poverty level. While all the time, my consciousness was partitioned and participating within a training regimen.

Here we will discuss what it was like for me during my training and the kind of things that I was taught. It’s way, way, WAY “out there” and rather incredulous. But this is my record, and this is my autobiography. Read it or not. Believe it or not. I don’t fucking care. It’s your life.

Sponsors

I was trained by our extraterrestrial benefactors. MAJestic had nothing to do with the training. It was all associated with the EBP.

MAJestic

MAJestic controlled the ELF probes only.

They were used to monitor what was going on between the benefactors and my mind. I do believe that it must have been rather boring to the operators, as it relied on the optical sensors and the auditory sensors of my brain. While just about all the activity took place with consciousness with operates outside of the brain.

There was activity that took place between the ELF and the benefactors in regards to mission parameters at Oxia Palus. But this began AFTER this period of training.

MAJestic knew about the EBP. They knew that it was installed, and that I had a role that involved our benefactors. They also knew that they had to be “hands off” in regards to this role.

They did not know the scope of what the EBP entailed, or what my actual role with the benefactors would be.

Technology

Our benefactors consider the physical world to be a small part of the totality of reality. They operate within the non-physical world, and what we see in the physical is but a small part of their operations.

Thus it makes complete sense that I would be trained in using their technology, and their systems within their environment. And ya!, it’s really, really different than anything we (as humans) know.

The Mantids are a multi-dimensional species, and the EBP interfaced with that species using their technologies and their sciences.

Sequence of events.

This is the sequence of events…

  • Enter MAJestic.
  • ELF probes installed.
  • EBP installed and genetically re-engineered.
  • Left on my own as a vagabond.
  • Training via the EBP while a vagabond. – You are HERE.
  • Recovery by MAJestic at China Lake Naval Weapons Center.
  • Calibration of the ELF probes at China Lake.
  • Operations with the ELF probes via Oxia Palus.
  • Mission operations…

The Schools

To understand what is going on, you need to recognize that over a period of at least three years I “attended” schooling. It occurred in my mind via my consciousness. My brain observed two things happening all at once.

  • I lived a normal physical life, and my consciousness participated in that life.
  • My brain also observed that my consciousness attended school in the non-physical realms. This occurred simultaneously with my normal day to day life.

This education took place with my partitioned consciousness and our benefactors. There was zero participation with MAJestic. To an outside observer, there was zero physical evidence that anything was going on. There was nothing that would tell an outside observer what I was going through or enduring.

I went through “training” of a unknown nature at facilities and training centers.

While there were occasional “schools” that I attended that lasted for under a day. Most attendance was sequential at various “facilities” or “places”.

Appearance

While my consciousness migrated in the non-physical worlds, it would attend schools. These schools in all instances resembled human structures with campuses, buildings, vegetation, parks, quads, and entities. Most of the entities were human people, for the most part, but not always.

The appearance of the structures varied from a simple outdoor amphitheater to huge buildings of amazing construction and complexity.

I would attend classes with other students. Some of the classes had a few as three students while other classes had perhaps thirty. Most of the classes were of small size. Only a a few very rare occasions did I participate in larger classes.

There would be a teacher / instructor.

Often, that instructor would take a special notice of me and devote the class to my particular studies while the rest of the class watched on. I have no idea why this was the case.

Class length and duration

This education at different facilities had a degree of uniformity to it. I would attend “training” at one place for a period of time, and then attend another school or a different period of time. After that, another school, and then again, yet another school.

Duration was typically three days per school. This would occur during my waking life, as well as intrude into my dreams. I was 24-7 “on” in regards to this.

The longest time that I spent at any school was (perhaps) around two and a half weeks. The shortest time was just a few hours. I estimate that I attended perhaps 300 to 350 different “schools”.

That is quite a lot, in case you aren’t paying attention.

Breaks / vacations

There were breaks between sessions. I do not know why the breaks occurred or what was behind the breaks. Breaks typically lasted between four to six days. Then the education procedure would continue. I would typically have a break every three or four months or so.

When I was on a break, I would have a more or less “normal” life. No strange thoughts, experiences, dreams or feelings.

Subjects

The subjects were beyond the conception of anything that I can explain. Sorry.

If we used a scale to compare educational complexity, we might be able to compare difficulty and advancement levels. So here’s my attempt.

  • Toddler learning how to walk – 1
  • Kindergarten – 4
  • Elementary School – 12
  • High school – 22
  • College – 38
  • Post-graduate studies – 45

Using that as a scale, I would say that the content, the subjects, the content and the degree of saturation and density of the information portrayed as…

  • EBP 3 year training – 3450

Graduation(s)

I attended numerous “programs” that consisted of “blocks” of education and specific “classes”.

After a certain period of time had elapsed I would then attend another school.

Infrequently, and for reasons I do not understand, I would attend a sort of “graduation ceremony”. This procedure would acknowledge that I had obtained the necessary education, skills and abilities that I was supposed to learn.

I perhaps graduated, maybe, five separate times, plus my “final” graduation ceremony. Thus, I can only assume that I attended approximately six Major “educational programs” (and at least 12 minor programs) from which I obtained some type of ‘certificate”.

Ability

So, the question is what abilities do I now have?

I think that most of the training was associated with the world-line switching and slides that I experienced once I completed my training at China Lake NWC. I also believe that most of the training was elementary (from our benefactors point of view) as it taught me how to use their systems and understand their technologies.

After all, if you are going to teach a dog to drive a car, you would need to show him how to get into the car, where to sit, and other basics that we humans take for granted…

…and not to sniff and pee on the tire.

Important points

All this took pace before the ELF probes were calibrated at China Lake NWC.

Which means that the EBP and the genetic changes were such that they were able to partition my consciousness into a secondary “container”.

Imagine this much the same way that we partition a hard drive into different “drives”.

If you install a 500 MB hard-drive into a computer, it is preset as drive C:. Thus it would appear in your Windows Explorer as “Drive C:”.

Partitioning a hard drive into separate drives.
Partitioning a hard drive into separate drives.

You can use partitioning software to break that drive down into other drives. Such as Drive D:, Drive E: and Drive F:.

In a way, and this is very simplistic, I believe that this is what occurred with my consciousness.

Partitioning and education

Most of what I was taught had zero utility in my physical life.

Therefore, it wasn’t even transmitted to my physical brain in in any kind of meaningful way. I just cannot vocalize my teachings, or be able to explain them to anyone within this world-line.

The consciousness partitioning was absolute and what could be utilized by my physical body was conveyed by the shared consciousness. What could not be, was not transmitted. and this leads to some interesting conclusions…

  • There is a segmentation and stratification of understanding, experience and knowledge between the physical and non-physical worlds.
  • A given world-line within the physical world might have information restricted or access denied to the consciousness that is within that reality.
  • The idea that the physical reality is all that there is, is laughingly pathetic. It is but a very tiny part of a much larger, much more expansive non-physical reality.
  • To obtain my role in the physical reality, and acquire my experiences for the non-physical reality, certain non-physical universe training was necessary. What it is, and how to communicate it to the reader trapped within this physical reality is impossible.

Conclusion

My role in MAJestic required me to perform tasks for our benefactors.

I had two set of physical modifications. They were a set of ELF probes that were MAJestic implanted, and operated. And a EBP that was installed with other substantial genetic modifications and training by our benefactors.

The training of the EBP is what this post covers.

The EBP modified my physical body and created multiple consciousnesses. Both consciousnesses can communicate back and forth between each other. The two consciousnesses have different roles and different functions, and much of what the EBP educated me with was involved in the newly segmented consciousness. Not with my original consciousness.

And finally…

  • MAJestic traded myself to our benefactors for technology.
  • They used me as a kind of “ambassador”.
  • This role was monitored by MAJestic via the ELF technology.

This ambassador role was unlike anything that we can conceive of.

  • I was altered and changed.
  • Not only physically, but spiritually as well.
  • I had my consciousness segmented.

As such, I was able to utilize advanced non-physical technologies provided by our benefactors.

  • This training enabled me to conduct world-line travel with a great degree of facility over and above what most humans are capable of.
  • It enabled me to anchor world-lines.
  • It enabled me to be the “representative” of humans to “adjust” our world-line trends towards a preferred sentience.

Are you confused?

You should be. Our world, our universe, and our lives are not like anything that we have been taught or understand. It is different, really, really different on so many, many levels.

If you want to kick the computer screen and yell, go ahead. Then go read about the “enlightened ones”, the (shape changing) “reptilians”, chrononauts, the “Zeta’s” that are going to take over America, Eh? It’s your reality. Read about the “coming age of enlightenment” and other fictions.

This is my history. Not a relatable fiction that makes you feel good about yourself.

Like I said before. The “real world” doesn’t resemble anything that you think it does.

Do you want more?

I have more posts along these lines in my MAJestic Index, here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

The Geography of Heaven; Journey of Souls (full text) by Michael Newton (part 1c) with world-line (MWI) annotations.

Multiple Part Post

This post is a multiple part post. I have labeled them…

Comment c1
This post continues our study of the Journey of Souls. This is part 1c.

Case 16

Dr. N: Once you leave the staging area and have arrived in the spiritual space where you belong, what do you do then?

S: I go to school with my friends.

Dr. N: You mean you are in some kind of spiritual classroom?

S: Yes, where we study.

Dr. N: I want you to take me through this school from the time of your arrival so I can appreciate what is happening to you. Start by telling me what you see from the outside.

S: (with no hesitation) I see a perfectly square Greek temple with large sculptured columns-very beautiful. I recognize it because this is where I return after each cycle (life).

Cut-away drawing of a Greek temple showing the interior.
Cut-away drawing of a Greek temple showing the interior.

Dr. N: What is a classical Greek temple doing in the spirit world?

S: (shrugs) I don’t know why it appears to me that way, except it seems natural … since my lives in Greece.

Dr. N: All right, let’s continue. Does anyone come to meet you?

S: (subject smiles broadly) My teacher Karla.

Dr. N: And how does she appear to you?

S: (confidently) I see her coming out of the entrance of the temple towards me… as a goddess … tall … wearing long flowing robes … one shoulder is bare … her hair is piled up and fastened with a gold clasp … she reaches out to me.

Dr. N: Look down at yourself. Are you dressed in the same garments?

S: We… all seem to be dressed the same … we shimmer with light… and we can change … Karla knows I like the way she looks.

Dr. N: Where are the others?

S: Karla has taken me inside my temple school. I see a large library. Small gatherings of people are speaking in quiet tones… at tables. It is … sedate … warm … a secure feeling which is so familiar to me.

Dr. N: Do all these people appear as adult men and women?

S: Yes, but there are more women in my group.

Dr. N: Why?

S: Because that’s the valence they are most comfortable with right now.

Note: The word valence used by this subject to indicate gender preference is an odd choice, yet it does fit. Valences in chemistry are positive or negative properties which, when combined with other elements, give proportion. Souls in groups may be inclined toward male and female personages or mixed.

Dr. N: Okay, what do you do next?

S: Karla leads me to the nearest table and my friends immediately greet me. Oh, it’s so good to be back.

Dr. N: Why are these particular people here with you in this temple?

S: Because we are all in the same study group. I can’t tell you how happy I am to be with them once more. (subject becomes distracted with this scene and it takes me a minute to get her started again)

Dr. N: Tell me how many people are in this library with you?

S: (pauses while mentally counting) About twenty.

Dr. N: Are all twenty very close friends of yours?

S: We are all close-I’ve known them for ages. But five are my dearest friends.

Dr. N: Are every one of the twenty people at about the same level of learning?

S: Uh… almost. Some are a little further along than the rest.

Dr. N: Where would you place yourself in the group as far as knowledge?

S: Around the middle.

Dr. N: As to learning lessons, where are you in relation to your five closest friends?

S: Oh, we are about the same-we work together a lot.

Dr. N: What do you call them?

S: (chuckles) We have pet names for each other.

Dr. N: Why do you have nicknames?

S: Hmm … to define our essence. We see each other as representing earth things.

Dr. N: What is your pet name?

S: Thistle.

Dr. N: And this represents some personal attribute?

S:(pause)I… am known for sharp … reactions to new situations in my rotations (life cycles).

Dr. N: What is the entity you feel closest to called, and why?

S: (soft laughter) Spray. He goes flat out in his rotations … dispensing his energy so rapidly it splashes in all directions, just like the water he loves so much on Earth.

Dr. N: Your family group sounds very distinctive. Now would you explain to me what you and your friends actually do in this library setting?

S: I go to my table and we all look at the books.

Dr. N: Books? What sort of books?

S: The life books.

Dr. N: Describe them as best you can for me.

S: They are picture books-thick white edges-two or three inches thick-quite large …

The life book appears something like this.
The life book appears something like this.

Dr. N: Open one of the life books for me and explain what you and your friends at the table see.

S: (pause, while the subject’s hands come together and move apart as though she were opening a book) There is no writing. Everything we see is in live pictures.

Dr. N: Action pictures-different than photographs?

S: Yes, they are multi-dimensional. They move… shift… from a center of … crystal … which changes with reflected light.

Dr. N: So, the pictures are not flat, the moving light waves have depth?

S: That’s right, they are alive.

Dr. N: Tell me how you and your friends use the books?

S: Well, at first it’s always out of focus when the book is opened. Then we think of what we want, the crystal turns from dark to light and … gets into alignment. Then we can see … in miniature… our past lives and the alternatives.

Dr. N: How is time treated in these books?

S: By frames … pages … time is condensed by the life books.

Dr. N: I don’t want to dwell on your past right now, but take a look at the book and just tell me the first thing you see.

S: A lack of self-discipline in my last life because this is what is on my mind. I see myself dying young, in a lover’s quarrel-my ending was useless.

Dr. N: Do you see future lives in the life book?

S: We can look at future possibilities … in small bites only … in the form of lessons … mostly these options come later with the help of others. These books are intended to emphasize our past acts.

Comment c2
There is no time, but rather something else going on. The “book” accesses the world-line path that the consciousness has taken and completed. It can also access the world-line path probability that the consciousness can take. Rather than think in terms of past and future, the reader should consider this “book” to be a archival map.

Dr. N: Would you give me your impression of the intent behind this library atmosphere with your cluster group?

S: Oh, we all help one another go over our mistakes during this cycle. Our teacher is in and out and so we do a lot of studying together and discuss the value of our choices.

Dr. N: Are there other rooms where people study in this building?

S: No, this is for our group. There are different buildings where various groups study near us.

Note: The reader may refer to Figure 1 (page 89), circle B, as an example of what is meant here. In the graph, clusters 3-7 represent infrequent group interaction, although they are in close proximity to each other in the spirit world.

Comment c3
Buildings are used to segregate groups.

Dr. N: Are the groups of people who study in these buildings more or less advanced than those in your group?

S: Both.

Dr. N: Are you allowed to visit these other buildings where souls study?

S: (long pause) There is one which we go to regularly.

Dr. N: Which one?

S: A place for the newer ones. We help them when their teacher is gone. It’s nice to be needed.

Dr. N: Help them how?

S: (laughs) With their homework.

Dr. N: But don’t the teacher-guides have that responsibility?

S: Well, you see the teachers are … so much further along (in development) … this group appreciates our assistance because we can relate to them easily.

Dr. N: Ah, so you do a little student teaching with this group?

S: Yes, but we don’t do it anywhere else.

Dr. N: Why not? Why couldn’t more advanced groups come to your library to assist you once in a while?

S: They don’t because we are further along than the newer ones. And, we don’t infringe on them either. If I want to connect with someone, I do it outside the study center.

Dr. N: Can you wander about anywhere as long as you don’t bother other souls in their study areas?

S: (responds with some evasiveness) I like to stay around the vicinity of my temple, but I can reach out to anyone.

Dr. N: I get the impression that your soul energy is restricted to this spiritual space even though you can mentally reach out further.

S: I don’t feel restricted … we have plenty of room to go about … but I’m not attracted to everyone.

The statement  about non-restriction, cited by Case 16, seems contrary to those boundaries of spiritual space seen by the last case. When I initially bring subjects into the spirit world, their visions are spontaneous, particularly as to spiritual order and their place in a community of soul life. While the average subject may talk about having private spaces, as far as living and working, none sees the spirit world as confining. Once their superconscious recall gets rolling, most people are able to tell me about having freedom of movement and going to open spaces where souls of many learning levels gather in a recreational atmosphere.

In these communal areas, floating souls socially engage in many activities.

Some are quite playful, as when I hear of older souls “teasing” the younger ones about what lies ahead for them. One subject put it this way, “We play tricks on each other like a bunch of kids. During hide-and-seek, some of the younger ones get lost and then we help them find themselves.” I am also told “guests” can appear in soul groups at times to entertain and tell stories, similar to the troubadours of the Middle Ages. Another subject mentioned that her group loved to see an odd-looking character known as “Humor” show up and make them all laugh with his antics.

Frequently, people in hypnosis find it hard to clearly explain the strange meanings behind their intermingling as souls.

One diversion I hear rather often is of souls forming a circle to more fully unify and project their thought energy. Always, a connection with a higher power is reported here.

Some people have told me, “Thought rhythms are so harmonized they bring forth a form of singing.” Gracefully subtle dancing can also take place when souls whirl around each other in a mixture of energy, blending and separating in exotic patterns of light and color.

Physical things such as shrines, boats,  animals,  trees, or ocean beaches can be conjured up at the center of these dances as well.

These images have special meaning to soul groups as planetary symbols which reinforce positive memories from former lives together. This sort of material replication apparently does not resent sadness by spirits who long to be in a physical state again, but are a joyful communion with historical events that helped shape their individual identities.

For me, these mythic expressions by souls are ceremonial in nature and yet they go far beyond basic ritual.

Although  certain  places  in  the  spirit  world  are  described  as  having  the  same function by subjects in superconscious, their images in each of these regions can vary.

Thus, a study area described as a Greek temple in this case is represented as a modern school building by another person.

Comment c4
Descriptions of what you see in the non-physical reality / universe is not fixed. It is subject to the impressions of the individual. What appears as a Greek temple to one, might resemble a government building to another.

As an example, to a football player a long hard rain would be a terrible thing because they couldn’t play a game. But to a farmer, a long hard rain would be a welcome event that would make his crops grow lush and tall. It’s all perception.

Other statements may seem more contradictory.

For instance, many subjects mentally traveling from one location to another in the spirit world will tell me the space around them is like a sphere, as we saw in the last chapter, but then they will add that the spirit world is not enclosed because it is “limitless.”

I think what we have to keep in mind is that people tend to structure their frame of reference during a trance state with what their conscious mind sees and has experienced on Earth.

Quite a few people who come out of trance tell me there is so much about the spirit world they were unable to describe in earthly terms.

Comment c5
This is very true, which is why I am so very hesitant to describe my training with the EBP prior to the ELF calibration at China Lake NWC.

Each person translates abstract spiritual conditions of their experience into symbols of interpretation which make sense to them.

Sometimes a subject will even express disbelief at their own visions when I first take them into a spiritual place. This is because the critical area of their conscious mind has not stopped dropping message units. People in trance soon adapt to what their unconscious mind is recording.

When I began to gather information about souls in groups, I based my assessments of where  these  souls belonged on the  level of their knowledge.  

  • Very young
  • Youthful
  • Middle range
  • Experienced
  • Old
  • Ancient

Using only this criterion of identification, it was difficult for me to swiftly place a client.

Case 16 came to me early in my studies of life in the spirit world. It was a significant one, because during the session I was to learn about the recognition of souls by color.

Before this case, I listened to my subjects describing the colors they were seeing in the spirit world without appreciating the importance of this information in relation to souls themselves. My clients reported about shades of soul energy mass, but I didn’t piece these observations together.

I was not asking the right questions.

I was familiar with Kirlian photography and the studies in parapsychology at U.C.L.A., where research has indicated each living person projects their own colored aura.

Kirlian photography of a finger tip. This technique permits the optical visualization of emulations from a body in color. There are those that believe that you can tell the health and spiritual status of a person through the study of this type of photography.
Kirlian photography of a finger tip. This technique permits the optical visualization of emulations from a body in color. There are those that believe that you can tell the health and spiritual status of a person through the study of this type of photography.

In human form, apparently we have an ionized energy field flowing out and around our physical bodies connected by a network of vital power points called chakras.

Chakras are the energy centers that are a part of a human energy shell or body (also known as the human aura). They are responsible for absorbing vital energy-informational particles of different spectrum from the surrounding environment and for releasing energy-informational particles from a human body. Chakras are like energy-informational routers that receive and transmit energy as well as information which makes it possible for us to interact with the surrounding environment (energy-informational field) and people.
Chakras are the energy centers that are a part of a human energy shell or body (also known as the human aura). They are responsible for absorbing vital energy-informational particles of different spectrum from the surrounding environment and for releasing energy-informational particles from a human body. Chakras are like energy-informational routers that receive and transmit energy as well as information which makes it possible for us to interact with the surrounding environment (energy-informational field) and people.

Since spiritual energy has been described to me as a moving, living force, the amount of electromagnetic energy required to hold a soul on our physical plane could be another factor in producing different earthly colors.

It has also been said that a human aura reflects thoughts and emotions combined with the physical health of an individual. I wondered if these personal meridians projected by humans had a direct connection to what I was being told about the light emitted by souls in the spirit world.

With Case 16, I realized that radiated soul light visualized by spirits is not all white.

In the minds of my subjects, every soul generates a specific color aura. I credit this case with helping me decipher the meaning of these manifestations of energy.

Dr. N: All right, let’s float outside your temple of study. What do you see around you, or off in the distance?

S: People-large gatherings of people.

Dr. N: How many would you say?

S: Hmm…. in the distance … I can’t count… hundreds and hundreds … there are so many.

Dr. N: And do you identify with all these souls-are you associated with them?

S: Not really-I can’t even see all of them-it’s sort of… fuzzy out there … but my gang is near me.

Dr. N: If I could call your gang of about twenty souls your primary cluster group, are you associated with the larger secondary body of souls around you now?

S: We … are all … associated-but not directly. I don’t know those others …

Dr. N: Do you see the physical features of all these other souls in the same way as you did your own group in the temple?

S: No, that isn’t necessary. It is more … natural out here in the open. I see them all as spirits.

Dr. N: Look out in the distance from where you are now. How do you see all these spirits? What are they like?

S: Different lights-buzzing around as fireflies.

Dr. N: Can you tell if the souls who work with each other, such as teachers and students, stick together all the time?

S: People in my gang do, but the teachers kind of stick to themselves when they are not assisting in our lessons.

Dr. N: Do you see any teacher-guides from where we are now?

S: (pause) Some … yes … there are much fewer of them than us, of course. I can see Karla with two of her friends.

Dr. N: And you know they are guides, even without seeing any physical features? You can look out there at all the bright white lights and just mentally tell they are guides?

S: Sure, we can do that. But they are not all white.

Dr. N: You mean souls are not all absolutely white?

S: That’s partially true-the intensity aspect of our energy can make us less brilliant.

Dr. N: So Karla and her two friends display different shades of white?

S: No, they aren’t white at all.

Dr. N: I don’t follow you.

S: She and her two friends are teachers.

Dr. N: What is the difference? Are you saying these guides radiate energy which is not white?

S: That’s right.

Dr. N: Well, what color are they?

S: Yellow, of course.

Dr. N: Oh … so all guides radiate yellow energy?

S: No, they don’t.

Dr. N: What?

S: Karla’s teacher is Valairs.

He is blue. We see him sometimes here. Nice guy. Very smart.

Dr. N: Blue? How did we get to blue?

S: Valairs shows a light blue.

Dr. N: I’m confused. You didn’t say anything about another teacher called Valairs being part of your group.

S: You didn’t ask me. Anyway, he is not in my group. Neither is Karla. They have their own groups.

Dr. N: And these guides have auras which are yellow and blue?

S: Yes.

Dr. N: How many other energy colors do you see floating around here?

S: None.

Dr. N: Why not red and green energy lights? S: Some are reddish, but no green lights.

Dr. N: Why not?

S: I don’t know, but sometimes when I look around, this place is lit up like a Christmas tree.

Comment c6
This is all very interesting. However I can tell the reader that when I was involved in my EBP training that I didn’t really notice the color differentiation’s at all. Everything seemed “normal”.

What I can say is that the non-human entities, when they interacted with me in this environment took on a human form. For me to concentrate on them rather than the lesson at hand was unthinkable.

Dr. N: I’m curious about Valairs. Does every spiritual group have two teachers assigned to their cluster?

S: Hmm … it varies. Karla trains under Valairs, so we have two. We see little of him. He works with other groups besides us.

Dr. N: So, Karla herself is student teaching as a less advanced guide?

S: (somewhat indignantly) She is advanced enough for me!

Dr. N: Okay, but will you help me straighten out these color schemes? Why is Karla’s energy radiating yellow and Valairs blue?

S: That’s easy. Valairs … precedes all of us in knowledge and he gives off a darker intensity of light.

Dr. N: Does the shade of blue, compared to yellow or plain white, make a difference between souls?

S: I’m trying to tell you. Blue is deeper than yellow and yellow is more intense than white, depending on how far along you are.

Comment c7
Honestly, to me, all this concentration on color and appearance seems so damn trivial. But that is just me.

Dr. N: Oh, then the luminosity of Valairs radiates less brightly than Karla and she is less brilliant than your energy because you are further down in development?

S: (laughs) Much further down. They both have a heavier, more steady light than me.

Dr. N: And how does Karla’s yellow color vary from your whiteness in terms of where you are going with your own advancement?

S: (with pride) I’m turning into a reddish-white. Eventually, I’ll have light gold. Recently I’ve noticed Karla turning a little darker yellow. I expected it. She is so knowledgeable and good.

Dr. N: Really, and then will she eventually take her energy level to dark blue in intensity?

S: No, to a light blue at first. It’s always gradual, as our energy becomes more dense.

Comment c8
The more experiences you have as a human, the more quanta you vacuum up. This quanta increases the size of your soul, and the type of the quanta that you vacuum up changes the configuration of your soul.

What is going on is that the travels of one consciousness is observing the appearances of other consciousnesses with the non-physical reality. And a consciousness is but a part of a given soul.

As I have mentioned previously, a consciousness and a soul is partitioned. These partitions are such that a consciousness can occupy numerous world-lines and numerous universes at any singular point in time. Thus, what the consciousness is reporting on is the assumed appearance of a portion of a given consciousness that is reflective of the quanta associated with a given soul. Phew!

Dr. N:  So, these three basic lights of white,  yellow,  and  blue  represent  the development stages of souls and are visibly obvious to all spirits?

S: That’s right, and the changes are very slow.

Dr. N: Look around again. Do you see all the energy colors equally represented by souls in this area?

S: Oh no! Mostly white, some yellows, and few blues.

Dr. N: Thank you for clarifying this for me.

I routinely question everyone about their color hues while they are in trance. Aside from the general whiteness of the spirit world itself, my subjects report seeing a majority of other souls displaying shades of white. Apparently, a neutral white or gray is the starting point of development. Spirit auras then mix the primary colors of red, yellow, and blue from a base of white.

A few people see greenish hues mixed with yellow or blue.

To equate what I have heard about soul energy with the physical laws which govern the color spectrum we see in the heavens is just supposition. However, I have found some similarities.

The energy of radiated light from cooler stars in the sky is a red- orange, while the hotter stars increase from yellow to blue-white. Temperature acts on  light  waves  that  are  also  visible  vibrations  of  the  spectrum  with  different frequencies.

The human eye registers these waves as a band of light to dark colors.

The electron-magnetic spectrum.
The electro-magnetic spectrum.

The energy colors of souls probably have little to do with such elements as hydrogen and  helium,  but  perhaps  there  is  an  association  with  a  high  energy  field  of electromagnetism.

I suspect all soul light is influenced by vibrational motion in tune with a harmonious spiritual oneness of wisdom.

Some aspects of quantum physics suggest the universe is made up of vibrational waves which influence masses of physical objects by an interaction of different frequencies. Light, motion, sound, and time are all interrelated in physical space.

I was hearing these same relationships applied to spiritual matter from my cases.

Eventually, I concluded both our spiritual and physical consciousness project and receive light energy. I believe individual vibrational wave patterns represent each soul’s aura.

As souls, the density, color, and form of light we radiate is proportional to the power of our knowledge and perception as represented by increasing concentrations of light matter as we develop. Individual patterns of energy not only display who we are, but indicate the degree of ability to heal others and regenerate ourselves.

Comment c8
Actually, it is a measure of the types of quanta that forms a soul, and the composition and orientation of the garbions (and swales) within that soul. Then one observes the consciousness that reflects that soul.

Obviously there are other criteria that come into play.

Depending on the construction and garbionic layout of a given species soul, the consciousness may or may not reflect the true and actual composition of the parent soul. For instance the Type-1 greys have a hive / matrix soul and the “individual” consciousnesses reflect something different than the core soul hive center. To an outside observer, there might be very little color in the overall appearance of the entities of this species. Thus the colors as viewed by another soul might not be accurate.

Which lends me to believe that this observation of color associated for other souls / consciousness int he non-physical realm is but a mechanism that young to medium age consciousnesses use to compare themselves with others. Older spirits and entities, or those that are routinely involved in the non-physical world, do not use this primitive method of determination. And find no benefit in comparisons with others.

People in hypnosis speak of colors to describe how souls appear, especially from a distance, when they are shapeless. From my cases, I have learned the more advanced souls project masses of faster moving energy particles which are reported to be blue in color, with the highest concentrations being purple. In the visible spectrum on Earth, blue-violet has the shortest wavelength, with energy peaking in the invisible ultraviolet. If color density is a reflection of wisdom, then the lower wavelengths of white through yellow emanating from souls must represent lower concentrations of vibrational energy.

Comment c10
Again, I consider the concentration on consciousness color to be a trivial matter.

Where does that put hybrid souls, and those that fit outside of the “normal” progression? Indeed, there are far too many variances to make these kinds of broad assumptions.

Figure 3 (page 103) is a chart I have designed for the classification of souls by color coding, as reported by my subjects. The first column lists the soul’s spiritual state, or grade-level of learning. The last column shows our guide status and denotes our ability and readiness to serve in that capacity for others, which will be explained further in the next chapter. Learning begins with our creation as a soul and then accelerates with the first physical life assignment. With each incarnation, we grow in understanding, although we may slip back in certain lives before regaining our footing and advancing again. Nevertheless, from what I can determine, once a spiritual level is attained by the soul, it stays there.

In Figure 3, I show six levels of incarnating souls. Although I generally place my subjects into the broad categories of beginner, intermediate, and advanced souls, there are subtle differences in between, at Levels II and IV. For example, to determine whether a soul is starting to move out of the beginner stage at Level I into Level II, I must not only know how much white energy remains, but analyze the subject’s responses to questions which demonstrate learning. A genealogy of past life successes, future expectations, group associations, and conversations between my subjects and their guides, all form a profile of growth.

Comment c9
I am sorry but I have been unable to locate “Figure 3” from the Journey of Souls.

Some of my subjects object to my characterizing the spirit world as a place governed by societal structure and organizational management symbolized by Figure 3. On the other hand, I continually listen to these same subjects describe a planned and ordered process of self-development influenced by peers and teachers.

If the spirit world does resemble one great schoolhouse with a multitude of classrooms under the direction of teacher souls who monitor our progress-then it has structure.

Figure 3 represents a basic working placement model for my own use.

I know it has imperfections. I hope follow-up research by regression therapists in future years may build upon my conceptualizations with their own replications to measure soul maturity.

This chapter may give the reader the impression that souls are as segregated by light level in the spirit world as people are by class in communities on Earth. Societal conditions on Earth cannot be compared with the spirit world.

Comment c10
The conventions used herein are not used in the non-physical realms in the same way.

The differences in light frequency measuring knowledge in souls all comes from the same energy source.

Souls are fully integrated by thought. If all levels of performance in the spirit world were on one grade level, souls would have a poor system of training. The old one-room schoolhouse concept of education on Earth limited students of different ages. In spiritual peer groups, souls work at their own developmental level with others like them. Mature teacher-guides prepare succeeding generations of souls to take their places.

And so there are practical reasons why conditions exist in the spirit world for a system designed to measure learning and development.

The system fosters enlightenment and ultimately the perfection of souls.

It is important to understand that while we may suffer the consequences of bad choices in our educational tasks, we are always protected, supported, and directed within the system by master souls.

I see this as the spiritual management of souls.

The whole idea of a hierarchy of souls has been part of both Eastern and Western cultures for many centuries. Plato spoke of the transformation of souls from childhood to adulthood passing through many stages of moral reason.

The Greeks felt humankind moves from amoral, immature, and violent beings over many lives to people who are finally socialized with pity, patience, forgiveness, honesty, and love. In the second century AD, the new Christian theology was greatly influence by Polotinus, whose Neoplatonist cosmology involved souls having a hierarchy of degrees of being.

The highest being was a transcendent One, or God-creator, out of which the soul-self was born which would occupy humans. Eventually, these lower- souls would return to complete reunion with the universal over-soul.

Comment c11
During my EBP training period I was not part of any kind of “soul group” or cluster. I was on my own. I do not know the relative importance of this fact and situation.

My classification of soul development is intended to be neither socially nor intellectually elitist. Souls in a high state of advancement are often found in humble circumstances on Earth.

By the same token, people in the strata of influence in human society are by no means in a blissful state of soul maturity. Often, just the reverse is true.

Summary of Soul Groups

In terms of placement by soul development, I cannot overemphasize the importance of our spiritual groups. Chapter Nine, on beginner souls (Levels I and II), will more closely examine how a soul group functions. Before going further, however, I want to summarize what I have learned about the principles of soul group assignments.

  • Regardless of the relative time of creation after their novice status is completed, all beginner souls are assigned to a new group of souls at their level of understanding.
  • Once a new soul support group is formed, no new members are added in the future.
  • There appears to be a systematic selection procedure for homogeneous groupings of souls.  Similarities of ego,  cognitive awareness,  expression, and desire are all considerations.
  • Irrespective of size, cluster groups do not directly intermix with each other’s energy, but souls can communicate with one another across primary and secondary group boundaries.
  • Primary clusters in Levels I and II may split into smaller subgroups for study, but are not separated from the integrated whole within a single cluster of souls.
  • Rates of learning vary among peer group members. Certain souls will advance faster than others in a cluster group, although these students may not be equally competent and effective in all areas of their curricula. Around the intermediate level of learning, souls demonstrating special talents (healing, teaching, creating, etc.) are permitted to participate in specialty groups for more advanced work while still remaining with their cluster group.
  • At the point where a soul’s needs, motives and performance abilities are judged to be fully at Level III in all areas of self-development, they are then loosely formed into an “independent studies” work group. Usually, their old guides continue to monitor them through one master teacher. Thus, a new pod of entities graduating into full Level III could be brought together from many clusters within one or more secondary groups.
  • When they approach Level IV, souls are given more independence outside group activities. Although group size diminishes as souls advance, the intimate contact between original peer group members is never lost.
  • Spirit guides have a wide variety of teaching methods and instructional personifications depending upon group composition.

Our Guides

I HAVE never worked with a subject in trance who did not have a personal guide. Some guides are more in evidence than others during hypnosis sessions.

It is my custom to ask subjects if they see feel a discarnate presence in the room.

If they do, this third party is usually a protective guide.

Often, a client will sense the presence of a discarnate figure before visualizing a face or hearing a voice. People who meditate a great deal are naturally more familiar with these visions than someone who never called upon his or her guide.

The recognition of these spiritual teachers brings people into the company of a warm, loving creative power. Through our guides, we become more acutely aware of the continuity of life and our identity as a soul. Guides are figures of grace in our existence because they are part of the fulfillment of our destiny.

Guides are complex entities, especially when they are master guides. The awareness level of the soul determines to some extent the degree of advancement of the guide assigned to them. In fact, the maturity of a particular guide also has a bearing on whether these teachers have only one student or many under their direction.

Guides at the senior level of ability and above usually work with an entire group of souls in the spirit world and on earth.

These guides have other entities who assist them.

From what I can see, every soul group usually has one or more rather new teachers in training. As a result, some people may have more than one guide helping them.

Comment c12
During my EBP training period I had numerous “Guides”. They pretty much led me to the school, and then left me with the instructor or teacher. I never, at any time, got to know them, their role or their background.

The  personal  names  my  clients  attach  to  their  guides  range  from  ordinary, whimsical, or quaint-sounding words, to the bizarre.

Frequently, these names can be traced back to a specific past life a teacher spent with a student. Some clients are unable to verbalize their guide’s name because the sound cannot be duplicated, even when they see them clearly while under hypnosis. I tell these people it is much more important that they under stand the purpose of why certain guides are assigned to them,  rather than possessing their names.  

A  subject may simply use a general designation  for  their  guide  such  as:  director,  advisor,  instructor,  or  just  “my friend.”

One has to be careful how the word friend is interpreted.

Usually, when a person in trance talks about a spiritual friend, they are referring to a soul-mate or peer group associate rather than a guide. Entities who are our friends exist on levels not much higher or lower than ourselves. These friends are able to offer mental encouragement from the spirit world while we are on Earth, and they can be with us as incarnated human companions while we walk the roads of life.

Comment c13
This is the same in Chinese. A “friend” can mean many things, from a casual acquaintance to something much more, and many shades in-between.

One of the most important aspects of my therapeutic work with clients is assisting them, on a conscious level, with appreciating the role their guides play in life. These teacher entities edify all of us with their skillful instruction techniques. Ideas we claim as our own may be generated by a concerned guide.

Guides also comfort us during the trying periods in our lives, especially when we are children in need of solace.

I remember a charming remark made by a subject after I asked when she began seeing her guide in this life. “Oh, when I was daydreaming,” she said. “I remember my guide was with me on my first day of school when I was really scared. She sat on top of my desk to keep me company and then showed me the way to the bathroom when I was too afraid to ask the teacher.”

The concept of  personalized spiritual beings goes far back in antiquity to our earliest origins as thinking human beings.

Anthropological studies at the sites of prehistoric people suggest their totemic symbols evoked individual protection. Later, some 5,000 years ago as city-states arose, official deities became identified with state religions. These gods were more remote and even generated fear.

Thus, personal and family deities assumed great importance in the day-to-day life of people for protection.

A personal soul deity served as a guardian angel to each person or family, and could be called upon for divine help during a crisis. This tradition has been carried down into our cultures of today.

We have two examples at opposite ends of the United States.

Aumakua is a personal god to Hawaiians. The Polynesians believe one’s ancestors can assume a personal god relationship (as humans, animals, or fish) to living family members. In visions and dreams, Aumakua can either assist or reprimand an individual.

In northeastern America, the Iroquois believe a human’s own inner spiritual power is called Orenda, which is connected to a higher personal Orenda spirit. This guardian is able to resist the powers of harm and evil directed at an individual.

The concept of soul watchers who function as guides is part of the belief system of many Native American cultures.

The Zuni tribes of the Southwest have oral traditions in their mythology of god-like beings with personal existences. They are called “the makers and holders of life paths” and are considered the caretakers of souls.

There are other cultures around the world which also believe someone other than God is watching over them to personally intercede on their behalf.

I think human beings have always needed anthropomorphic figures below a supreme God to portray the spiritual forces around them.

When people pray or meditate, they want to reach out to an entity with whom they are acquainted for inspiration. It is easier to ask for aid from a figure which can be clearly identified in the human mind. There is a lack of imagery with a supreme God which hinders a direct connection for many people.

Regardless of our diverse religious preferences and degrees of faith, people also feel if there is a supreme God, this divinity is too busy to bother about their individual problems.

People often express an unworthiness for a direct association with God. As a result, the world’s major religions have used prophets who once lived on Earth to serve as our intermediaries with God.

Possibly because some of these prophets have been elevated to divine status themselves, they are not personal enough anymore.

I say this without diminishing the vital spiritual influence all the great prophets have had on their followers. Millions of people derive benefit from the teachings of these powerful souls who incarnated on Earth as prophets in our historical past. And yet, people know in their hearts-as they have always known-that someone, some personal entity individual to them-is there, waiting to be reached.

I have the theory that guides appear to people who are very religious as figures of their faith. There was a case on a national television show where the child of a devout Christian family suffered a near-death experience and said she saw Jesus. When asked to draw with crayons what she saw, the little girl drew a featureless blue man standing within a halo of light.

My subjects have shown me how much they depend upon and make use of their spiritual guides during life.

I have come to believe we are their direct responsibility- not God’s. These learned teachers remain with us over thousands of earth years to assist in our trials before, during, and after countless lives. I notice that, unlike people walking around in a conscious state, subjects in trance do not blame God for their misfortunes in life.

More often than not, when we are in the soul state, it is our personal guide who takes the brunt of any dissatisfaction.

I am often asked if teacher-guides are matched to us or just picked at random. This is a difficult question to answer. Guides do appear to be assigned to us in the spirit world in an orderly fashion. I have come to believe their individual teaching styles and management techniques support and beautifully integrate with our permanent soul identity.

For instance, I have heard about younger guides, whose past lives included overcoming particularly difficult negative traits, being assigned to souls with the same behavior patterns. It seems these empathetic guides are graded on how well they do in their assignments to affect positive change.

All guides have compassion for their students, but teaching approaches vary. I find some guides constantly helping their students on Earth, while others demand their charges work out lessons with little overt encouragement. The maturity of the soul is, of course, a factor. Certainly graduate students get less help than freshmen. Aside from the developmental level, I look at the intensity of individual desire as another consideration in the frequency of appearance and form of assistance one receives from his or her guide during a life.

As  to  gender  assignments,  I  find  no  consistent  correlation  of  male  and  female subjects to masculine or feminine appearing guides. On the whole, people accept the gender portrayed by their guide as quite natural. It could be argued that this is because they have become used to them over eons of relative time as males or females rather than the assumption that one sex IS more effective than another between specific students  and teachers. Some guides appear as mixed genders, which lends support to souls being truly androgynous. One client told me, “My guide is sometimes Alexis or Alex, dropping in and out of both sexes, depending on my need for male or female advice.”

Comment c14
Trying to make sense of this is silly. Once you are in the non-physical worlds you do not have the same biological needs, wants, desires as a physical person would have.

From what I can determine, the procedure for teacher selection is carefully managed in the spirit world. Every human being has at least one senior, or a higher master guide, assigned to their soul since the soul was first created. Many of us inherit a newer, secondary guide later in our existence, such as Karla, in the previous chapter. For want of a better term, I have called these student teachers junior guides.

Aspiring junior guides can anticipate the beginning of their training near the end of Level III, as they progress  into the upper intermediate stages  of development. Actually, we begin our training as subordinate guides long before attaining Level IV. In the lower stages of development we help others in life as friends and between lives assist our peer group associates with counseling.

Junior and senior teaching assignments appear to reflect the will of master guides, who form a kind of governing body, similar to a trusteeship, over the younger guides of the spirit world.

We will see examples of how the process of guide development works in Chapters Ten and Eleven, which cover cases of more advanced souls.

Do all guides have the same teaching abilities, and does this affect the size of the group to which we are assigned in the spirit world? The following passage is from the case file of an experienced soul who discussed this question with me.

Case 17

Dr. N: I’m curious about teacher assignments in the spirit world in relation to their abilities to help undeveloped souls. When souls progress as guides, are they given quite a few souls to work with?

S: Only the more practiced ones.

Dr. N; I would imagine large groups of souls needing guides could become quite a responsibility for one advanced guide-even with an assistant.

S: They can handle it. Size doesn’t matter. Dr. N: Why not?

S: Once you attain competency and success as a teacher, the number of souls you are given doesn’t matter. Some sections (clusters) have lots of souls and others don’t.

Dr. N: So, if you are a senior in the blue light aura, class size has no relation to assignments, because you have the ability to handle large numbers of souls?

S: I didn’t exactly say that. Much depends upon the types of souls in a section and the experience of the leaders. In the larger sections they have help too, you know.

Dr. N: Who does?

S: The guides you are calling seniors. Dr. N: Well, who helps them?

S: The overseers. Now, they are the real pros.

Dr. N: I have heard them also called master teachers. S: That’s not a bad description for them.

Dr. N: What energy color do they project to you?

S: It’s … purplish.

Note: As signified in Figure 3 in the last chapter, the lower ranges of a Level V radiate a sky-blue energy. With advancing maturity this aura grows more dense, first to a muted midnight blue and finally to deep purple, representing the total integration of a Level VI ascended master.

Dr. N: Since guides seem to have different approaches to teaching, what do they all have in common?

S: They wouldn’t be teachers if they didn’t have a love of training and a desire to help us join them.

Dr. N: Then define for me why souls are selected as guides. Take a typical guide and tell me what qualities that advanced soul possesses.

S: They must be compassionate without being too easy on you. They aren’t judgmental. You don’t have to do things their way. They don’t restrain by imposing their values on you.

Dr. N: Okay, those are things guides don’t do. If they don’t over-direct souls, what are the important things they do, as you see it?

S: Uh … they build morale in their sections and instill confidence-we all know they have been through a lot themselves. We are accepted for who we are as individuals with the right to make our own mistakes.

Dr. N: I must say, I have found souls very loyal to their guides. S: That’s why-because they never give up on you.

Dr. N: What would you say is the most important attribute of any guide? S: (without hesitation) The ability to motivate you and instill courage.

My next case provides an example of the actions of a still-incarnating guide. This guide is called Owa, and he represents the qualities of a devoted teacher reported by the last case. Evidently, his early assignments as a guide involved looking after the subject in Case 18 in a direct fashion, and his methods apparently have not changed. My client was stunned once she recognized her guide’s latest incarnation.

Owa made his first appearance as a guide in my client’s past about 50 BC. He was described as an old man living in a Judean village which had been overrun by Roman soldiers. Case 18 was then a young girl, orphaned by a Roman raid against local dissidents. In the opening scene Of this past life, she spoke about working in a tavern as a virtual slave. As a serving girl, she was constantly beaten by the owner and  occasionally  raped  by  Roman  customers.  She  died  at  age  twenty-six  of overwork, mistreatment, and despair. This subject made the following statement from her subconscious mind about an old man in her village: “I worked day and night and felt numb with pain and humiliation. He was the only person who was kind to me-who taught me to trust in myself-to have faith in something higher and finer than the cruel people around me.”

Later in the superconscious state, this client detailed parts of other difficult lives where Owa appeared as a trusted friend, and once as a brother. In this state she saw these people were all the same entity and was able to name this soul as Owa, her guide. There were many lives when Owa did not appear, and sometimes his physical contact was only fleeting when he came to help her. Abruptly, I asked if Owa might possibly be in her life now? After a moment of hesitation, my subject began to shake uncontrollably. Tears came to her eyes and she cried out from the vision in her mind.

Case 18 – Owa

S: Oh, Lord-I knew it! I knew there was something different about him.

Dr. N: About who?

S: My son! Owa is my son Brandon.

Dr. N: Your son is actually Owa?

S: Yes, yes! (laughing and crying at the same time) I knew it! I felt it right from the day I delivered him-something wonderfully familiar and special to me-more than just a helpless baby… oh

Dr. N: What did you know the day he was born?

S: I didn’t really know-I felt it inside-something more than the excitement a mother feels at the time of her firstborn. I felt he came here-to help me-don’t you see? Oh, it’s so fantastic-it’s true-it’s him!

Dr. N: (I work on calming my client before continuing, because her excited wiggling around is about to carry her over the side of the office recliner) Why do you think Owa is here as your baby son Brandon?

S: (quieter now, but still crying softly) To get me through this bad time … with hard people who won’t accept me. He must have known I was in for a long period of trouble and decided to come to me as my son. We didn’t talk about doing this before I was born… what a wonderful surprise…

Note: At the time of this session, my client was struggling to gain recognition in a highly competitive business. She was also having marital difficulties at home, partly due to being the major wage earner. I have since learned she is divorced.

Dr. N: Did you sense something unusual about your baby after you took him home?

S: Yes, it started at the hospital and this feeling never left me. When I look into his eyes he… soothes me. Sometimes I come home so worn out-so tired and beat down-I am short-tempered with him when the baby-sitter leaves. But he is so patient with me. I don’t even need to hold him. The way he looks at me is … so wise. I didn’t fully understand what this meant until now. Now, I know! Oh, what a blessing. I wasn’t sure if I should even have the baby-now I see it all.

Dr. N: What do you see?

S: (in a firm voice) As I try to advance in my profession, people are getting … harder … not accepting what I know and can do. My husband and I are having trouble. He puts me down for pushing too hard … wanting to achieve. Owa-Brandon-is here to keep me strong so I can overcome.

Dr. N: And do you think it is all right we discovered your guide is with you as Brandon in this life?

S: Yes, if Owa didn’t want me to know that he decided to come into life, I wouldn’t have come to see you-it wouldn’t have been on my mind.

This exceptional case represents the emotional intoxication a subject feels when an in-life contact is made with their guide. Notice the role Owa chose did not infringe upon the most typical role usually taken by a soulmate. He did not come through as her spouse, and never has, in any of her past lives. Certainly, soulmates take other roles besides spouses, but an incarnating guide does not normally take a role which might transgress between two soulmates working on their lives together. This client’s soulmate happens to be an old flame from high school.

Based upon all the information I was able to gather, Owa seems to have moved into the level of a junior guide in the last two-thousand years. He may possibly graduate into the blue level of a senior guide before this client is qualified herself to rise from white to a yellow energy aura. Regardless of the number of centuries this takes, Owa will remain as her guide, even though he may never incarnate again with her in a life.

Do we ever catch up to our guides in development? Eventually, perhaps, but I can say I have not seen any evidence of this in my cases. Souls who develop relatively fast are gifted, but so are the guides who assist them.

It is not uncommon to find guides working in pairs with people on Earth, each with their own approaches to teaching. In these cases one is dominant, although the more experienced senior guide may actually be less evident in day-to-day activities of their charges. The reason for this spiritual arrangement in tandem is because one of the pair is either in training (such as a junior guide under a senior), or the association is so  long-standing between the two guides (as  with  a senior to a  master)  that  a permanent relationship has evolved. The senior guide may have acquired his or her own cluster of souls, which is still monitored by a master overseeing a number of soul groups.

Teams of guides do not interfere with each other in or out of the spirit world. I have a close friend whose  guides illustrate how  two teachers working  together complement each other. Using this individual’s case is appropriate, because I have observed the way this person’s two guides interact in various life circumstances.

My friend’s junior guide appears in the form of a kindly, nurturing Native American medicine woman called Quan. Dressed simply in a deerskin sheath, her long hair pulled back, Quan’s soft face is bathed in vivid light during her appearances. When she is called, Quan provides a vehicle for insight and understanding events and the individuals associated with those events, which are troubling to my friend.

Comment c15
Appearance is relative to the observer. And thus it is meaningless to us. Appearance in the non-physical worlds are meaningless to anyone other than the observer.

Quan’s desire to lighten the load of the rather difficult life my friend has chosen is tempered by a challenging male figure called Giles. Giles is clearly a senior guide who may be close to being a master in the spirit world. In this capacity, he does not appear nearly as often as Quan. When Giles does come into my friend’s higher consciousness, he does so abruptly.

Here is a sample of how a senior guide operates differently from one of junior status.

Case 19 – Senior Guide

Dr. N: When you are in deep reflection over a serious problem, how does Giles come to you?

S: (laughs) Not the same as Quan-I can tell you. Usually, he likes to … hide a little… at first… behind a shadow of … blue vapor. I hear him chuckling before I see him.

Dr. N: You mean he appears first as a blue energy form?

S: Yes … to hide himself a bit-he likes to be secretive, but it doesn’t last long. Dr. N: Why?

S: I don’t know-to make sure I really want him, I guess.

Dr. N: Well, when he shows himself, what does Giles look like to you?

S: An Irish Leprechaun.

Dr. N: Oh, then he is a small man?

S: (laughs again) An elf figure-tangled hair all over his wrinkled face-he looks a mess and moves constantly in all directions.

Dr. N: Why does he do that?

S: Giles is a slippery character-impatient, too-he frowns a lot while he paces back and forth in front of me with his arms clasped in back of him.

Dr. N: And how would you interpret this behavior?

S: Giles is not dignified like some (guides) … but he is very clever … crafty.

Dr. N: Could you be more specific as to how this conduct relates to you?

S: (strained) Giles has made me look upon my lives as a chess game with the Earth as the board. Certain moves bring certain results and there are no easy solutions. I plan, and then things go wrong during the game in my life. I sometimes think he lays traps for me to work through on the board.

Dr. N: Do you prosper with this technique of your advanced guide? Has Giles been a help to your problem-solving during the game of life?

S: (pause) … More afterward … here (in the spirit world) … but, he makes me work so damn hard on Earth.

Dr. N: Could you get rid of him and just work with Quan?

S: (smiles ruefully) It doesn’t work that way here. Besides, he is brilliant. Dr. N: So, we don’t get to choose our guides?

S: No way. They choose you.

Dr. N: Do you have any idea why you have two guides who approach your problems so differently in the way they help you?

S: No, I don’t, but I consider myself very fortunate. Quan… is gentle… and steady with her support.

Note: The embodiments of Native Americans who once lived in North America make powerful spiritual guides for those of us who have followed them to live in this land. The large number of Americans who report having such guides lends support to my belief that  souls are attracted to geographical settings they have known during earlier incarnations.

Dr. N: What do you like most about Giles’ teaching methods?

S: (pensively) Oh, the way he-well, trifles with me-almost mocking me to do better during the game and stop feeling sorry for myself. When things get especially rough he prods me and keeps me going … insisting I use all my abilities. There is nothing soft about Giles.

Dr. N: And you feel this coaching on Earth, even when you and I are not working together?

S: Yes, when I meditate and go inside myself… or during my dreams.

Dr. N: And Giles comes when you want him?

S: (after some hesitation) No … although it seems as though I have been with him forever. Quan does come to me more. I can’t just grab hold of Giles in any situation I want, unless what I have going on is really serious. He is elusive.

Dr. N: Sum up your feelings about Quan and Giles for me.

S: I love Quan as a mother, but I wouldn’t be where I am without Giles’ discipline. They are both skillful because they allow me to benefit from my mistakes.

These two guides are a cooperating team of instructors, which is standard procedure for those people who have two guides. In this case, Giles enjoys teaching karmic lessons by the Socratic method. Providing no clues in advance, he makes sure problem-solving on major issues is never easy for my friend. Quan, on the other hand, provides comfort and gentle encouragement.

When my friend comes to me for a hypnosis session, I am aware that Quan remains in the background when Giles is on-board and active. Giles is a caring guide, as all guides are, but without a trace of indulgence. Adversity is allowed to build to the absolute limits of my friend’s ability to cope before solutions suddenly begin to unfold.

To be honest, I see Giles as a wicked taskmaster.

This view is not really shared by my friend, who is grateful for the challenges offered by this complex teacher.

What is the average spiritual guide like? In my experience, no two guides are the same.

These dedicated higher entities give me the impression of having attitudinal swings toward me from one session to the next, and even within the same session with a client.

They can be cooperative or obstructive, tolerant or disobliging, evasive or revealing, or just flat out unconcerned with anything I do with a subject.

I have great respect for guides because these powerful figures play such an important part in our destiny, but I must admit  they can frustrate my inquiries. I find them enigmatic because they are unpredictable in their relations with me as a facilitator.

Early in this century, it was common for mediums working with people in hypnosis to call any discarnate entity in the room a ”control,” because they acted as the director of communications on the spiritual side for the subject.

It was recognized that a spiritual control (whether a guide or not) had energy patterns which were in emotional, intellectual, and spiritual attunement with the subject. The importance of a harmonious energy pattern between facilitator and these entities was also known.

If a control is blocking my investigations with a client, I search for the reason why this  is  happening.  With  some  blocking  guides  I  must  fight  for  every  scrap  of information, while others give me a great deal of latitude in a session.

I never forget that guides have every right to block my approach to problems with souls under their care.

After all, I have their people as my subjects for only a short while. Frankly, I would much rather have no contact with a client’s guide than work with one who might assist me at one point and then block the rhythm of memory in the next portion of a session.

I believe a guide’s motivation for blocking information goes far beyond resisting the immediate psychological direction a therapy session is taking. I am constantly searching for new data on the spirit world.

A guide who lends support to a free flow of past life memories from one of my subjects may balk at my far-reaching questions about life on other planets, the structure of the spirit world, or creation itself.

This is why I am only able to collect these spiritual secrets in fragments from a large body of client information reflecting the discretion of many guides. I also feel that I am receiving assistance from my own spiritual guide during communications with subjects and their guides.

Occasionally, a subject will express dissatisfaction with his or her particular guide. This is usually temporary.

At any time, people are capable of believing their guides are too difficult and not working in their best interests, or just not paying enough attention to them. A subject once told me that he had tried for a long time to be assigned another guide. He said, “My guide is stonewalling me, she doesn’t give enough of herself.”

The man told me his desire for a change in guides was not honored.

I observed that he spent considerable time alone, without much group interaction after his last two lives, because he refused to deal with his issues. He projected anger toward his guide for not rescuing him from bad situations.

Our teachers really don’t get perturbed with us to the point of alienation, but I notice they have a way of making themselves scarce when disgruntled students avoid real problem-solving. Guides only want the best for us and sometimes this means they must watch us endure much pain to reach certain objectives. Guides cannot assist in our progress until we are ready to make the necessary changes in order to take full advantage of life’s Opportunities.

Do we have reason to be fearful of our guides? In Chapter Five, with Case 13, we saw an obviously younger soul who expressed some trepidation right after death about meeting the guide Clodees for debriefing. Typically, this concern does not last.

We may feel chagrined over having to explain to our guides why goals were not attained, but they understand. They want us to interpret our past lives so we will have the benefit of assisting in the analysis of mistakes.

My clients express all sorts of sentiments about their guides, but fear is not among them.

On the contrary, people are more worried about being abandoned by spiritual advisors during difficult periods in their lives. Our relationship with guides is one of students and teachers rather than defendants and judges. Our personal guides help us cope with the separateness and isolation which every soul inherits at physical birth, regardless of the degree of love extended by our family. Guides give us an affirmation of Self in a crowded world.

People want to know if their guides always come whenever they call for help. Guides are not consistent in the manner in which they choose to assist us, because they carefully evaluate how badly they are needed.

I am also asked if hypnosis is the best way to get in contact with one’s guide. Naturally, I lean toward hypnosis, because I know how potent and effective this medium  can be to obtain detailed spiritual information. However, hypnosis by a trained facilitator is not convenient on a daily basis, where meditation, prayer, and perhaps channeling with another person would be.

Self-hypnosis, as a form of deep meditation, is an excellent alternative and may be preferred by those who have a fear of being hypnotized by others, or don’t want the interference of a second party in their spiritual life.

Comment c16
This is also an effective way to conduct intention / prayer world-line manipulation.

Regardless of the method used, we all have the capacity to send out far-reaching thought waves from our higher consciousness. Every person’s thoughts represent a mental fingerprint to guides marking who and where we are. During our lives, especially in periods of great stress, most people feel the presence of someone watching out for them. We may not be able to describe this power, but it is there nonetheless.

Reaching our soul is the first step on the ladder of finding our higher power. All lines of mental communication we use to reach a God-head are monitored by our guides on this step. They, too, have their guides further up the ladder. The entire ladder serves as one unbroken conduit to the source of all intelligent energy, with each rung being part of the whole. It is essential for people to have faith that a prayer for help will be answered by their own higher power.

This is why guides are vitally important to our spiritual and temporal lives.

If we are relaxed and in a state of concentrated focus, an inner voice speaks to us. And, even if we didn’t initiate the message, we should trust what we hear.

National surveys by psychologists indicate one person in ten admits to hearing voices which are frequently positive and instructional in nature. It is a relief for many people to learn their inner voices are not the hallucinations associated with the mentally ill. Rather than something to be worried about, an inner voice is like having your own resident counselor on call.

More often than not, these voices are those of our guides.

Guides assigned to different souls do work together relaying urgent mental messages for each other. People unable to help themselves in critical situations may find counselors, friends, and even strangers coming to their aid at just the right moment.

The inner strength which comes to us in our daily lives does not arrive as much by a visual picture of actually seeing our guides, as from the feelings and emotions which convince us we are not alone. People who listen and encourage their inner voice through quiet contemplation say they feel a personal connection with an energy beyond themselves which offers support and reassurance.

If you prefer to call this internal guidance system inspiration or intuition, that is fine, because the system which aids us is an aspect of ourselves as well as higher powers.

During troublesome times in our lives, we have the tendency to ask for guidance to immediately set things right. When they are in trance, my clients see that their guides don’t help them solve all their problems at once,  rather they illuminate pathways by the use of clues.

This is one reason why I am cautious about client- blocking during hypnosis. Insight is best revealed with a controlled pace relative to each person. A concerned teacher may not want all aspects of a problem uncovered at a given point in time for his or her student. We vary in our ability to handle revelations.

When asking for help from your higher spiritual power, I think it is best not to demand immediate change.

Comment c17
As I have stated in my discussions on prayer / intention techniques, you want to avoid problematic world-lines. You want reasonably rapid change to achieve your objective, but not at the risk or danger or discomfort.

Our success in life is predicated on planning, but we do have alternative paths to choose from to reach certain goals.

When seeking guidance, I suggest requesting help with just the next step in your life. When you do this, be prepared for unexpected possibilities. Have the faith and humility to open yourself up to a variety of paths toward solutions.

After death we do not experience sadness as souls with the same emotional definition as grief felt in physical form. Yet, as we have already seen, souls are not detached beings without feelings. I have learned those powers who watch over us also feel what I call a spiritual sorrow when they see us making poor choices in life and going through pain. Certainly, our soul-mates and peers suffer distress when we are tormented, but so do our guides. Guides may not show sorrow in orientation conferences and during soul group discussions between lives, but they keenly feel their responsibilities toward us as teachers.

In Chapter Eleven, we will get the perspective of a guide at Level V.

I have never found a person who is a living grade VI, or master guide, as a subject.

I suspect we don’t have a whole lot of these advanced souls on Earth at any one time. Most Level VI’s are much too involved with planning and directing from the spirit world to incarnate any longer.

From the reports of the Level V’s I have had, it would seem the Level VI has no new lessons to learn, but I have a hunch a still-incarnating soul at Level V may not know all the esoteric tasks involved with master level entities.

Comment c18
Let me clarify. The doctor cannot report on any entity over level V simply because he never encountered any. The justification for this lack of encounter is speculative.

Once in a while during a session with a more advanced soul, I hear references to an even higher level of soul than Level VI. These entities, to whom even the masters report, are in the darkest purple range of energy. These superior beings must be getting close to the creator. I am told these shadowy figures are elusive, but highly venerated beings in the spirit world.

The average client doesn’t know if spiritual guides should be placed in a less than divine category, or considered lesser gods because of their advancement.

There is nothing wrong with any spiritual concept, as long as it provides comfort, is uplifting, and makes sense to each individual. Although some of my clients have the tendency to consider guides god-like-they are not God. In my opinion, guides are no more or less divine than we are, which is why they are seen as personal beings.

In all my cases God is never seen.

People in hypnosis say they feel the presence of a supreme power directing the spirit world, but they are uncomfortable using the word “God” to describe a creator. Perhaps the philosopher Spinoza said it best with these words: “God is not He who is, but That which is.”

Every soul has a spiritual higher power linked to its existence. All souls are part of the same divine essence generated from one oversoul. This intelligent energy is universal in scope and so we all share in divine status. If our soul reflects a small portion of the oversoul we call God, then our guides provide the mirror by which we are able to see ourselves connected to this creator. 9

The Beginner Soul

THERE are two types of beginner souls: souls who are truly young in terms of exposure to an existence out of the spirit world, and souls who have been reincarnating on Earth for a long period of relative time, but still remain immature.

I find beginner souls of both types in Levels I and II.

I believe almost three-quarters of all souls who inhabit human bodies on Earth today are still in the early stages of development. I know this is a grossly discouraging statement because it means most of our human population is operating at the lower end of their training. On the other hand, when I consider a world population beset by so much negative cross-cultural misunderstanding and violence, I am not inclined to change my opinion about the high percentage of lower level souls on Earth. However, I do think each century brings improvement of awareness in all humans.

Over a number of years, I have maintained a statistical count of client soul levels in my case files. Undoubtedly, the figures are weighted to some extent at the lower levels because these subjects were not selected at random. My cases could be over- represented by souls at the lower levels of development because they are the very people who require assistance in life and might come to me seeking information.

For those who are curious, the percentages by soul level of all my cases are as follows:

  • Level I, 42%;
  • Level II, 31%;
  • Level III, 17%;
  • Level IV, 9%;
  • Level V, 1%.

Projecting these figures into a world population of five billion souls would be unreliable, using my small sample. Nevertheless, I see the Possibility we may have only a few hundred thousand people on Earth at Level V.

My subjects state that souls end their incarnations on Earth when they reach full maturity. What is significant about the high percentage of souls in the early stages of development is our rapidly multiplying population and the urgency babies have for available souls. We are increasing by 260,000 children per day. This human necessity for souls means they must normally be drawn from a spiritual pool of less advanced entities who require more incarnations to progress and are, therefore, more available to return to another life.

I am sensitive to the feelings of clients whom I know to be in the early stages of development.

I cannot count the number of times a new client has come into my office and said, “I know I am an old soul, but I seem to have problems coping with life.”

We all want to be advanced souls because most people hate to be considered a beginner in anything.

Every case is unique.

There are many variables within each soul’s character, individual development rate, and the qualities of the guides assigned to them. I see my task as offering interpretations of what subjects report to me about the progression of their souls.

I have had many cases where a client has been incarnating for up to 30,000 years on Earth and is still in the lower levels of I and II. The reverse is also true with a few people, although rapid acceleration in spiritual development is uncommon. As with any educational model, students find certain lessons more difficult than others. One of my clients has not been able to conquer envy for 850 years in numerous lives, but she did not have too much trouble overcoming bigotry by the end of this same period.

Comment c19
It is not important. But the reader might find it curious that long before Metallicman was born, the entity was involved in many incarnations on earth in a selection of different species. All of this took place over a 250,000 year period. Is this impressive? I do not know. It is important? I do not know. Does it mean that Metallicman is enlightened? I do not know. Does it make Metallicman special? I do not know.

We all have our own individual lives. And what spiritual color we have, our duration in any form, or the number of reincarnations one has is as meaningless as the grade that you had in spelling in fourth grade. It’s not a race. It is not a competition. All of this non-physical stuff is all a very personal matter and is part and parcel of your development as soul. Nothing else other than that..

Another  has  spent  nearly  1700  years  off-and-on  seeking  some  sort  of authoritative power over others. However, he has gained compassion.

The next case represents an absolute beginner soul. This novice shows no evidence of having a spiritual group assignment as yet, because she has lived too few past lives. In her first life she was killed in 1260 AD in Northern Syria by a Mongol invasion. Her name was Shabez,  and her settlement was sacked,  resulting in a terrible massacre of the inhabitants when she was five years old.

Case 20 – Shabez

Dr. N: Shabez, now that you have died and returned to the spirit world, tell me what you feel?

S: (shouts) Cheated! That life was so cruel! I couldn’t stay. I was only a little girl unable to help anybody. What a mistake!

Dr. N: Who made this mistake?

S: (in a conspiratorial tone) My leader. I trusted his judgment, but he was wrong to send me into that cruel life to be killed before my life got started.

Dr. N: But you did agree to come into the body of Shabez?

S: (upset) I didn’t know Earth would be such an awful place full of terror-I wasn’t given all the facts-the whole stupid life was a mistake and my leader is responsible.

Dr. N: Didn’t you learn anything from this life?

S: (pause) I started to learn to love … yes, that was wonderful … my brother … parents … but it was so short …

Dr. N: Did anything good come out of this life?

S: My brother Ahmed… to be with him …

Dr. N: Is Ahmed in your present life?

S: (suddenly my subject rises out of her chair) I can’t believe it! Ahmed is my husband Bill-the same person-how can …?

Dr. N: (after calming subject, I explain the process of soul transference to a new body and then continue) Do you see Ahmed on your return to the spirit world after dying as Shabez?

S: Yes, our leader brings us together here … where we stay.

Dr. N: Does Ahmed emit the same energy color as yourself or are there differences?

S: (pause) We … are all white.

Comment c20
Color and appearance are all meaningless.

Dr. N: Describe what you do here.

S: While our leader comes and goes, Ahmed and I… just work together.

Dr. N: Doing what?

S: We search out what we think about ourselves-our experience on Earth. I’m still sore about us being killed so soon … but there was happiness … walking in the sun … breathing the air of Earth … love.

Dr. N: Go back further to the time before you and Ahmed had your life together, perhaps when you were alone. What was it like being created?

S: (disturbed) I don’t know… I was just here .. with thought.

Dr. N: Do you remember during your own creation when you first began to think as an intelligent being?

S: I realized … I existed … but I didn’t know myself as myself until I was moved into this quiet place alone with Ahmed.

Dr. N: Are you saying your individual identity came more into focus when you began interacting with another soul entity besides your guide?

S: Yes, with Ahmed.

Dr. N: Keep to the time before Ahmed. What was it like for you then?

S: Warm … nurturing … my mind opening .. she was with me then.

Dr. N: She? I thought your leader displayed a male gender to you?

S: I don’t mean him… someone was around me with the presence of a … mother and father … mostly mother

Dr. N: What presence?

S: I don’t know … a soft light … changing features… I can’t grasp it … loving messages … encouragement

Dr. N: This was at the time of your creation as a soul?

S: Yes … it’s all hazy … there were others … helpers … when I was born.

Dr. N: What else can you tell me about the place of your creation?

S: (long pause) Others … love me … in a nursery… then we left and I was with Ahmed and our leader.

Dr. N: Who actually created you and Ahmed?

S: The One.

I have learned there seems to be a kind of spirit world maternity ward for newborn souls. One client  told me, “This place is where infantile light  is arranged in a honeycomb fashion as unhatched eggs, ready to be used.”

In Chapter Four, on displaced souls, we saw how damaged souls can be “remodeled .” My conjecture is these creation centers described by Shabez have the same function. In the next chapter, Case 22 will explain more about spiritual areas of ego creation where raw, undefined energy can be manipulated into a genesis of Self.

Case 20 has some obvious traits of the immature soul.

The subject is a sixty-seven- year-old woman who has had a lifetime of getting into disastrous ruts. She does not demonstrate a generosity of spirit toward others, nor does she take much personal responsibility for her actions.

This client came to me searching for answers as to why life had “cheated me out of happiness.”

In our session we learned Ahmed was her first husband, Bill. She  left him long ago for another man, whom she also divorced, because of her inability to bond with people.

She does not feel close to any of her children.

The beginner soul may live a number of lives in a state of confusion and ineffectiveness, influenced by an Earth curriculum which is different from the coherence and supportive harmony of the spirit world.

Less developed souls are inclined to surrender their will to the controlling aspects of human society, with a socio-economic structure which causes a large proportion of people  to be subordinate to others.

The inexperienced soul tends to be stifled by a lack of independent thinking. They also lean towards being self-centered and don’t easily accept others for who they are.

It is not my intention to paint a totally bleak portrait of souls who comprise so much of our world population-if my estimates of the high numbers of this category of soul are accurate. Lower level souls are also able to lead lives which have many positive elements. Otherwise, no one would advance. No stigma should be attached to these souls, since every soul was once a beginner.

If we become angry, resentful, and confused by our life situations, this does not necessarily mean we possess an underdeveloped spirit. Soul development is a complex matter where we all progress by degrees in a variety of areas in an uneven manner. The important thing is to recognize our faults, avoid self-denial, and have the courage and self-sufficiency to make constant adjustments in our lives.

One of the clear indications that souls are coming out of novice status is when they leave their spiritual existence of relative isolation. They are removed from small family cocoons with other novices and placed in a larger group of beginner souls. At this stage they are less dependent upon close supervision and special nurturing from their guides.

For the younger souls, the first realization that they are part of a substantial group of spirits like themselves is a source of delight. Generally, I find this important spiritual event has occurred by the end of a fifth life on Earth, regardless of the relative length of time the novice soul was in semi-isolation. Some of the entities of these new spiritual groups are the souls of relatives and friends with whom the young soul was associated in their few past lives on Earth. What is especially significant about the formation of a new cluster group is that other peer group members are also newer souls who find themselves together for the first time.

In Chapter Seven on placement, we saw how a soul group appeared when Case 16 rejoined them,  and the manner in which life experiences were studied through pictorial scenes, as reported by this subject.

Case 21 will offer a more detailed account of spiritual group dynamics and how members impact on each other. The capacity of souls to learn certain lessons may be stronger or weaker between one another depending upon inclination, motivation, and prior incarnation experience. Cluster groups are carefully designed to give peer support through a sensitivity of identity traits between all members. This cohesiveness is far beyond what we know on Earth.

Although the next case is presented from the perspective of one group member, his superconscious mind provides an objectivity into the process of what goes on in groups.

My subject will describe a grandiose, male-oriented spiritual group.

The raucous entities of this group are linked by exhibitionism which could be labeled narcissistic. The common approaches these souls use in finding personal value is one indication why they are working together.

The extravagant behavior modes of these souls is offset, to some extent, by their spiritual prescience. Since the complete truth is known by all group members about each other in a telepathic world, humor is indispensible. Some readers may find it hard to accept that souls do joke with each other about their failings, but humor is the basis upon which self-deception and hypocrisy are exposed.

Ego defenses are so well understood by everyone in spiritual groups that evidence of a mastery of oneself among peers is a strong incentive for change. Spiritual “therapy” occurs because of honest peer feedback, mutual trust, and the desire to advance with others over eons of time. Souls can hurt, and they need caring entities around them. The curative power of spiritual group interaction is quite remarkable.

Soul members network by the use of criticism and acclaim as each strives toward common goals. Some of the best help I am able to give my clients comes from information I receive about their soul group. Spiritual groups are a primary means of soul instruction. Learning appears to come as much from one’s peers as from the skill of guides who monitor these groups.

In the case which follows, my client has finished reliving his last past life as a Dutch artist living in Amsterdam. He died of pneumonia at a young age in 1841, about the time he was gaining recognition for his painting.

We have just rejoined his spiritual group when my subject bursts out laughing.

Case 21 – Dutch Artist

Dr. N: Why are you laughing?

S: I’m back with my friends and they are giving me a hard time.

Dr. N: Why?

S: Because I’m wearing my fancy buckled shoes and the bright green velvet jacket-with yellow piping down the sides-I’m flashing them my big floppy painter’s hat.

Dr. N: They are kidding you about projecting yourself wearing these clothes?

S: You know it! I was so vain about clothes and I cut a really fine figure as an artist in Amsterdam cafe society. I enjoyed this role and played it well. I don’t want it to end.

Dr. N: What happens next?

S: My old friends are around me and we are talking about the foolishness of life. We rib each other about how dramatic it all is down there on Earth and how seriously we all take our lives.

Dr.  N:  You and your friends don’t think it  is important to take life on Earth seriously?

S: Look, Earth is one big stage play-we all know that.

Dr. N: And your group is united in this feeling?

S: Sure, we see ourselves as actors in a gigantic stage production.

Dr. N: How many entities are in your particular cluster group in the spirit world?  

S: (pause) Well, we work with … some others … but there are five of us who are close.

Dr. N: By what name do they call you?

S: L … Lemm-no that’s not right-it’s Allum … that’s me.

Dr. N: All right, Allum, tell me about your close friends.

S: (laughs) Norcross … he is the funniest … at least he is the most boisterous.

Dr. N: Is Norcross the leader of your group?

S: No, he is just the loudest. We are all equal here, but we have our differences. Norcross is blunt and opinionated.

Dr. N: Really, then how would you characterize his Earth behavior?

S: Oh, as being rather unscrupulous-but not dangerous.

Dr. N: Who is the quietest and most unassuming member of your group?

S: (quizzical) How did you guess-it’s Vilo.

Dr. N: Does this attribute make Vilo the least effective contributing member of your group?

S: Where did you get that idea? Vilo comes up with some interesting thoughts about the rest of us.

Dr. N: Give me an example.

S: In my life in Holland-the old Dutch couple who adopted me after my parents died-they had a beautiful garden. Vilo reminds me of my debt to them-that the garden triggered my painting-to see life as an artist … and what I didn’t do with my talent.

Dr. N: Does Vilo convey any other thoughts to you about this?

S: (sadly) That I should have done less drinking and strutting around and painted more. That my art was … reaching the point of touching people … (subject pulls his shoulders back) but I wasn’t going to stay cooped up painting all the time!

Dr. N: Do you have respect for Vilo’s opinions?

S: (with a deep sigh) Yes, we know he is our conscience.

Dr. N: So, what do you say to him?

S: I say, “Innkeeper, mind your own business-you were having fun, too.”

Dr. N: Vilo was an innkeeper?

S: Yes, in Holland. Engaged in a business for profit, I might add.

Dr. N: Do you feel this was wrong of Vilo?

S: (contrite) No … not really … we all know he took losses to help those poor people on the road who needed food and shelter. His life was beneficial to others.

Dr.  N:  I  would  guess  telepathic  communication  makes  it  hard  to  sustain  your arguments when the complete truth is known by everyone?

S: Yes, we all know Vilo is progressing-damn!

Dr. N: Does it bother you that Vilo may be advancing faster than the rest of you?

S: Yes … we have had such fun … (subject then recalls an earlier life with Vilo where they traveled together as brothers in India)

Dr. N: What will happen to Vilo?

S: He is going to leave us soon-we all know that-to have associations with the others who have also gone.

Dr. N: How many souls have left your original group, Allum?

S: (A long pause, and then ruefully) Oh … a couple have moved on … we will eventually catch up to them … but not for a while. They haven’t disappeared-we just don’t see their energy as much.

Dr. N: Name the others of your immediate group for me besides Vilo and Norcross.

S: (brightening) Dubri and Trinian-now those two know how to have a good time!

Dr. N: What is the most obvious identifying characteristic of your group?

S: (with relish) Adventure! Excitement! We have some real pioneer types around here. (subject rushes on happily) Dubri just came off a wild life as a sea captain. Norcross was a free-wheeling trading merchant. We live life to its fullest because we are talented at taking what life has to offer.

Dr. N: I’m hearing a lot of self-gratification here, Allum.

S:  (defensively)  And  what’s  wrong  with  that?  Our  group  is  not  made  up  of shrinking violets, you know!

Dr. N: What’s the story on Trinian’s last life?

S: (reacts boisterously) He was a Bishop! Can you believe it? What hypocrisy.

Dr. N: In what way?

S: What self-deception! Norcross, Dubri, and I tell Trinian his choice to be a churchman had nothing to do with goodness, charity, or spirituality.

Dr. N: And what does Trinian’s soul mentally project to you in self-defense? S: He tells us he gave solace to many people.

Dr. N: What do you, Norcross and Dubri, tell him in response?

S: That he is going soft. Norcross tells him he wanted money or otherwise he would have been a simple priest. Ha-that’s telling him-and I’m saying the same thing. You can guess what Dubri thinks about all this!

Dr. N: No, tell me.

S: Humph-that Trinian picked a large city with a rich cathedral-spilling a ton of money into Trinian’s fat pockets.

Dr. N: And what do you tell Trinian yourself?

S: Oh, I’m attracted to the fancy robes he wore-bright red-the finest of cloth-his Bishop’s ring which he loved-and all the gold and silver around. I also mention his desire to bask in adulation from his flock. Trinian can hide nothing from us-he wanted an easy, cushy life where he was well-fed.

Dr. N: Does he try to explain his motivations for choosing this life?

S: Yes, but Norcross reproaches him. He confronts Trinian on seducing a young girl in the vestry. (jovially) Yes, it actually happened! … So much for providing solace to parishioners. We know Trinian for who he really is-an outright rogue!

Dr. N: Does Trinian offer any excuses to the group for his conduct?

S: (subject becomes quieter) Oh, the usual. He got carried away with the girl’s need for him-she had no family-he was lonely in his choice of a celibate church life. He says he was trying to get away from the customary lives we all choose by going into the church-that he fell in love with the girl.

Dr. N: And how do you, Norcross and Dubri, feel about Trinian now?

S: (severely) We think he is trying to follow Vilo (as an advancing soul), but he failed. His pious intentions just didn’t work for him.

Dr. N: Allum, you sound rather cynical about Trinian’s attempts to improve himself and make changes. Tell me honestly, how do you feel about Trinian?

S: Oh, we are just teasing him … after all…

Dr. N: Your amusement sounds as if you are scornful over what may have been Trinian’s good intentions.

S: (sadly) You’re right … and we all know that … but, you see … Norcross, Dubri, and I… well, we don’t want to lose him from the group, too…

Dr. N: What does Vilo say about Trinian?

S: He defends Trinian’s original good intentions and tells him that he fell into a trap of self-gratification during this life in the church. Trinian wants too much admiration and attention.

Dr. N: Forgive me for passing judgment on your group, Allum, but it seems to me this is something you all want, except perhaps Vilo?

S: Hey, Vilo can be pretty smug. Let me tell you, his problem is conceit and Dubri tells him that in no uncertain terms.

Dr. N: And does Vilo deny it?

S: No, he doesn’t … he says at least he is working on it.

Dr. N: Who among you is the most sensitive to criticism?

S: (pause) Oh, I guess it would be Norcross, but it’s hard for all of us to accept our faults.

Dr. N: Level with me, Allum. Does it bother the members of your soul group when things can’t be hidden from the others-when all your shortcomings in a past life are revealed?

S: (pause) We are sensitive about it-but not morbid. There is great understanding here among us. I wanted to give artistic pleasure to people and grow through the meaning of art. So, what did I do? I ran around the Amsterdam canals a lot at night and got caught up in the fun and games. My original purpose was pushed aside.

Dr. N: If you admit all this to the group, what kind of feedback do you get? For example, how do you and Norcross regard each other?

S: Norcross often points out I hate to take responsibility for myself and others. With Norcross it’s wealth … he loves power … but we are both selfish … except that I am more vain. Neither of us gets many gold stars.

Dr. N: How does Dubri fit into your group with his faults?

S: He enjoys controlling others by leadership. He is a natural leader, more than the rest of us. He was a sea captain-a pirate-one tough individual. You wouldn’t want to cross him.

Dr. N: Was he cruel?

S: No, just hard. He was respected as a captain. Dubri was merciless against his opponents in sea battles, but he took care of his own men.

Dr. N: You have told me that Vilo assisted people who were in need on the road, but you haven’t said much about the positive side of your lives. Is anyone in your group given any gold stars for unselfish acts?

S: (intently) There is something else about Dubri …

Dr. N: What is that?

S: He did one outstanding thing. Once, during heavy seas, a sailor fell off the mast into the ocean and was drowning. Dubri tied a line around his waist and dove off the deck. He risked his life and saved a shipmate.

Dr. N: When this incident is discussed in your group, how do you all respond to Dubri?

S: We praise him for what he did with admiration in our minds. We came to the same conclusion that none of us could match this single act of courage in our last lives.

Dr. N: I see. Yet, Vilo’s life at the inn, feeding and housing people who could not pay him, may represent acts of unselfishness for a longer term and therefore is more praiseworthy?

S: Granted, and we give him that. (laughs) He gets more gold stars than Dubri.

Dr. N: Do you get any strokes from the group for your last life?

S: (pause) I had to scramble for patrons to survive as a painter, but I was good to people … it wasn’t much … I enjoyed giving pleasure. My group recognizes I had a good heart.

Every one of my clients has special attachments to their soul group, regardless of character makeup. People tend to think of souls in the free state as being without human deficiencies. Actually, I think there are many similarities between groups of souls close to each other and human family systems.

For instance, I see Norcross as the rebellious scapegoat for this group of souls, while he and Allum are the inventory takers for everyone’s shortcomings. Allum said Norcross is usually the first to openly scrutinize any rationalizations or self-serving justifications of past life failures offered by the other members. He appears to have the least self-doubt and emotional investment over standards of conduct. This may define his own insecurity, because Norcross is probably fighting the hardest to keep up with the advancing group.

I suspect Allum himself could be the group’s mascot (often the youngest child in human families), with all his clowning around, preening, and making light of serious issues. Some souls in spiritual groups do seem to me to be more fragile and protected than other group members. Vilo’s conduct demonstrates he is the current hero (or eldest family member), with his drive for excellence. I have the impression from Allum that Vilo is the least defiant of the group, partly because he has the best record of achievement in recent past lives. Just as in human family systems, the roles of spiritual group members can be switched around, but I was told Vilo’s kinetic energy is turning pink, signaling his growth into Level II.

I attach human labels on ethereal spirits because, after all, souls who come to Earth do show themselves through human characteristics.

However, I don’t see hatred, suspicion, and disrespect in soul groups.

In a climate of compassion, there are no power struggles for control among these peer groups whose members are unable to manipulate each other or keep secrets. Souls distrust themselves, not each other. I do see fortitude, desire, and the will to keep trying in their new physical lives. In an effort to confirm some of my observations about the social dynamics among spiritual group members in this case, I ask Allum a few more questions.

Dr. N: Allum, do you believe your criticism of each other is always constructive?

S: Sure, there is no real hostility. We have fun at each other’s expense-I admit that- but it’s just a form of … acknowledgement of who we really are, and where we should be going.

Dr. N: Is any member of your soul group ever made to feel shame or guilt about a past life?

S: Those are … human weapons… and too narrow for what we feel.

Dr. N: Well, let me approach your feelings as a soul in another way. Do you feel safer getting feedback from one of your group members more than another?

S: No, I don’t. We all respect each other immensely. The greatest criticism comes from within ourselves.

Dr. N: Do you have any regrets for your conduct in any past life?

S: (long pause) Yes … I feel sorry if I have hurt someone … and then have everyone here know all about my mistakes. But we learn.

Dr. N: And what do you do about this knowledge?

S: Talk among ourselves… and try to make amends the next time.

Dr. N: From what you told me earlier, I had the idea that you, Nor-cross, and Dubri might be releasing some pent-up feelings over your own shortcomings by dumping on each other.

S: (thoughtfully) We make cynical remarks, but it’s not like being human anymore. Without our bodies we take criticism a little differently. We see each other for who we are without resentment or jealousy.

Dr. N: I don’t want to put words in your mouth, but I just wondered if all this flamboyance exhibited by your group might indicate underlying feelings of unworthiness?

S: Oh, that’s something else again. Yes, we do get discouraged as souls, and feel unworthy about our abilities … to meet the confidence placed in us to improve.

Dr. N: So, while you have self-doubts about yourselves, it’s okay to make cynical remarks about each other’s motivations?

S: Of course, but we want to be recognized by one another for being sincere in working on our individual programs. Sometimes self-pride gets in the way and we use each other to move past this.

In the next passage of dialogue, I introduce another spiritual phenomenon relating to group healing. I have heard a number of variations about this activity which are supported by the interpretations of Case 21.

Dr. N: Now Allum, as long as we are discussing how your group members relate to each other, I want you to describe the spiritual energy by which you all are assisted in this process.

S: (hesitant) I’m not sure I can tell you …

Dr. N: Think carefully. Isn’t there another means by which your group is brought into harmony with each other with intelligent energy?

S: (long pause) Ah … you mean from the cones?

Dr. N: (the word “cone” is new to me, but I know I’m on the right track) Yes, the cones. Explain what you know about them relative to your group.

S: (slowly) Well, the cones do assist us.

Dr. N: Please continue, and tell me what the cone does. I think I have heard about this before, but I want your version.

S: It’s shaped to go around us, you know.

Dr. N: Shaped in what way? Try to be more explicit.

S: It is cylindrical-very bright-it is above and all around us. The cone is small at the top and wide at the bottom, so it fits over all of us-like getting under a great white cap-we can float under the cone in order to use it.

Dr. N: Are you sure this isn’t the shower of healing you experienced right after your return to the spirit world?

S: Oh no, that was more individual purification-to repair Earth damage. I thought you knew …

Dr. N: I do. I want you to explain how the cone is different from the shower of healing.

S: The top funnels energy down as a waterfall in a spreading circle around all of us and allows us to really concentrate on our mental sameness as a group.

Dr. N: And what do you feel when you are under the cone?

S: We can feel all our thoughts being expanded … then drawn up … and returned back … with more knowledge added.

Dr. N: Does this intelligent energy help your unity as a group in terms of more focused thinking?

S: Yes, it does.

Dr. N: (deliberately confrontational) To be frank with you, Allum, I wonder if this cone is brainwashing your original thoughts? After all, the arguments and disagreements between you and the others of your group are what make you individuals.

S: (laughs) We aren’t brainwashed! Don’t you know anything about the afterlife? It gives us more collective insight to work together.

Dr. N: Is the cone always available?

S: It is there when we need it.

Dr. N: Who operates the cone?

S: Those who watch over us.

Dr. N: Your guide?

S:(bursts out laughing) Shato? I think he is too busy traveling around on his circuit.

Dr. N: What do you mean?

S: We think of him as a circus master-a stage manager-of our group.

Dr. N: Does Shato take an active part in your group deliberations?

S: (shakes head) Not really-guides are above a lot of this stuff. We are left on our own quite a bit, and that’s fine.

Dr. N: Do you think there is one specific reason for the absences of Shato?

S: (pause) Oh, he probably gets bored with our lack of progress. He loves to show off as the master of ceremonies though.

Dr. N: In what way?

S: (chuckling) Oh, to suddenly appear in front of us during one of our heated debates-throwing off blue sparks-looking like a wizard who is an all-powerful moderator!

Dr. N: A wizard?

S: (still laughing) Shato appears in long, sapphire-blue robes with a tall, pointed hat. With his flowing white beard he looks simply great, and we do admire him.

Dr. N: I get the picture of a spiritual Merlin.

S: An Oriental Merlin, if you will. Very inscrutable sometimes. He loves making a grand entrance in full costume, especially when we are about to choose another life. He knows how much we appreciate his act.

Dr. N: With all this stage management, I am curious if Shato has much emotional connection to your group as a serious guide.

S: (scoffing at me) Listen, he knows we are a wild bunch, and he plays to that as a non-conformist himself-but he is also very wise.

Dr.  N:  Is  Shato  indulgent  with  your  group?  He  doesn’t  seem  to  limit  your extravagance very much.

S: Shato gets results from us because he is not heavy-handed or preachy. That wouldn’t sit well with our people. We respect him.

Dr. N: Do you see Shato as a consultant who comes only once in a while to observe, or as an active supervisor?

S: He will pop in unannounced to set up a problem for our discussions. Then he leaves, coming back later to listen to how we might solve certain things …

Dr. N: Give me an example of a major problem with your group.

S: (pause) Shato knows we identify too much as actors playing parts on Earth. He hits … on superficiality. He is trying to get us to cast ourselves from the inside out, rather than the reverse.

Dr. N: So Shato’s instruction is serious, but he knows you all like to have fun along the way?

S: Yeah, that’s why Shato is with us, I think. He knows we waste opportunities. He assists us in interpreting the predicaments we get into in order to get the best out of us.

Dr. N: From what you have told me, I have the impression that your spiritual group is run as a kind of workshop directed by your guide.

S: Yes, he builds up our morale and keeps us going.

Unlike educational classrooms or therapy groups on Earth, I have learned teacher- counselors in the spirit world are not confined as group activity leaders on a continuous basis. Although Shato and his students are a colorful family of souls, there is much here that is typical of all cluster groups. A guide’s leadership is more parental than dictatorial. In this case, Shato is a directive counselor while not being possessive, nor does he pose a threat to the group. There is warm acceptance of these young souls by this empathic guide, who seems to cater to their masculine inclinations. I will close this case with a few final questions about the group as a spiritual unit.

Dr. N: Why is your group so male-oriented on Earth?

S: Earth is an action planet which rewards physical exertion. We are inclined to male roles so we can grab hold and mold events … to dominate our surroundings … to be recognized.

Dr. N: Women are also influential in society. How can your group hope to progress without more experience in female roles?

S: We know this, but we have such a fierce desire to be independent. In fact, we often expend too much energy for too little return, but the female aspects don’t interest us as much right now.

Dr. N: If you have no female counterparts in your immediate group, where do you go for those entities to complement your lives on Earth?

S: Nearby there are some who relate better to female roles. I get along with Josey- she has been with me in some of my lives-Trinian is attached to Nyala-and there are others

Dr. N: Allum, I would like to end our conversation about your spiritual associations by asking you what you know about the origin of your group.

S: (long pause) I … can’t tell you … we just came together at one time.

Dr. N: Well, someone had to bring those of you with the same attributes together. Do you think it was God?

S: (puzzled) No, below the source … the higher ones …

Dr. N: Shato, or other guides like him?

S: No, higher, I think… the planners… I don’t know any more.

Dr. N: A while back you told me some of your old friends were reducing their active participation in your group due to their development. Do you ever get new members?

S: Never.

Dr. N: Is this because a new member might have trouble assimilating with the rest of you?

S: (laughs) We aren’t that bad! It’s just we are too closely connected by thought for an outsider, and they would not have shared our past experiences.

Dr. N: During your discussions about these past lives together, does your group believe it contributes to the betterment of human society?

S:  (pause)  We  want  our  presence  in  a  community  to  challenge  conventions-to question basic assumptions. I think we bring nerve into our physical lives-and laughter, too …

Dr. N: And when your spiritual group has finished discussing what is necessary to further your aims, do you look forward to a new life?

S: (zestfully) Oh yeah! Every time I leave for a new role on Earth, I say goodbye with, “See you all back here A.D. (after death):’

This case is an example of like-minded souls with ego-inflating needs who support and validate each other’s feelings and attitudes. Herein lies the key to understanding the formation of soul groups. I have learned that many spiritual clusters have sub- groups made up of entities whose identities are linked by similar issues blocking their advancement. Even so, these souls do have differences in strengths and weaknesses. Each group member contributes their best attributes toward advancing the goals of others in the family.

I do not want to leave the impression from Case 21 that the few remaining souls in this inner circle of close friends represent the behavior traits of everyone in the original cluster. When a primary group of, say fifteen or twenty souls is formed, there are marked similarities in talent and interests.

But a support group is also designed to have differences in disposition, feelings, and reactions.

Typically, my subjects report a male-female oriented mixture of one or more of the following character types in their groups:

1) Courageous, resilient, a tenacious survivor.

2) Gentle, quiet, devoted, and rather innocent.

3) Fun-loving, humorous, a jokester and risk-taker.

4) Serious, dependable, cautious.

5) Flamboyant, enthusiastic, frank.

6) Patient, steady, perceptive.

7) Thoughtful, calculating, determined.

8) Innovative, resourceful, adaptable.

These differences give a group balance. However, if an entire group displays a strong tendency toward flamboyance or daring, the most cautious member would appear less so to another group of souls.

There is no question that the souls in Case 21 are in for a long development period.

Yet they do contribute to the vitality of earth. Subsequent questioning of this subject revealed the paths of these souls continue to cross in the twentieth century. For instance, Allum is a graphic designer and part-time professional guitar player involved with Josey, who is a singer. The fact that the closely-knit souls in this case were so male-oriented in their physical lives does hot take away from their ability to associate with young souls with predominantly female preferences. Cluster groups are gender-mixed. As I have mentioned, truly advanced souls have balanced gender preferences in their physical life choices.

The desire for expression of self-identity is an important motivating factor for souls choosing to come to Earth to learn practical lessons. Sometimes a reason for discomfort with the lower level soul is the discrepancy in perception of Self in their free soul state, compared to how they act in human bodies. Souls can get confused with who they are in life. Case 21 did not seem to exhibit any conflict in this area, but I question the rate of growth achieved by Allum in recent past lives. However, the basic experience of living a life may compensate, to some extent, for the lack of insight gained from that life.

Our shortcomings and moral conflicts are recognized as faults far more in the spirit world than on Earth. We have seen how the nuances of decision-making are dissected and analyzed in spiritual groups. Cluster members have worked together for such a long time in earth years that entities become accountable to each other and the group as a whole. This fosters a great sense of belonging in all spiritual groups, and can give the appearance of thought barriers between clusters, especially with souls in the lower levels. Nevertheless, while rejection and loneliness is part of every soul’s life in human form, in the spirit world our individual ego-identity is constantly enhanced by warm peer group socialization.

The social structure of soul groups is not the same as groups of people on Earth.

Although there is some evidence of paired friendships, I don’t hear about cliques, stars of attraction, or isolated souls within clusters. I am told souls do spend time alone in the silence of personal reflection when attached to a group. Souls are intimate entities in their family relationships on Earth and engagement in group community life in the spirit world. And yet, souls do learn much from solitude.

I understand from my white-light subjects that souls at the beginning levels are frequently separated from their groups to individually work on simple energy projects. One rather young soul recalled being alone in an enclosure trying to put together “a moving puzzle” of dissembled geometric shapes of cylinders, spheres, cubes, and squares with self-produced energy. It was described as being “multi- dimensional, colorful, and holographic” in nature. He said, “We have to learn to intensify our energy to bring the diffused and jumbled into focus to give it some kind of basic shape.” Another subject added, “These tests give the Watchers information about our imagination, creativity, and ingenuity, and they offer us encouragement rather than being judgmental.”

Souls on all levels engage in another all important activity when they are alone.They are expected to spend time mentally concentrating on helping those on Earth (or other physical worlds) whom they have known and cared about.

From what I can gather, they go to a space some call the place of projection.

Here they enter an “interdimensional field of floating, silvery-blue energy,” and project outward to a geographical area of their choosing. I am told this is a mental exercise in “holding and releasing positive vibrational energy to create a territory.”

This means souls ride on their thought waves to specific people, buildings, or a given area of land in an attempt to comfort or effect change.

This is the third part of a multiple part series. To go to the next part, please click HERE.

Do you want to see the main index?

You can access the main index of these kinds of articles here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

The Geography of Heaven; Journey of Souls (full text) by Michael Newton (part 1b) with world-line (MWI) annotations.

Multiple Part Post

This post is a multiple part post. I have labeled them…

Comment 46
This post continues our study of the Journey of Souls. This is part 1b.

Orientation

AFTER those entities who meet us during our homecoming have dispersed, we are ready to be taken to a space of healing. This will be followed by another stop involving the soul’s reorientation to a spiritual environment. In this place we are often examined by our guide.

I tend to call the cosmology of all spiritual locations as places, or spaces, simply for convenient identification because we are dealing with a non-physical universe. The similarity of descriptions among clients of what they do as souls at the next two combined stops is remarkable, although they do have different names for them. I hear such terms as: chambers, travel berths, and interspace stop over zones, but the most common is “the place of healing.”

I think of the healing station as a field hospital, or MASH unit, for damaged souls coming off Earth’s battlefields. I have selected a rather advanced male subject who has been through this revitalization process many times to describe the nature of this next stop.

Case 11 – The Revitalization process.

Dr. N: After you leave the friends who greeted you following your death, where does your soul go next in the spirit world?

S: I am alone for a while … moving through vast distances …

Dr. N: Then what happens to you?

S: I am being guided by a force I can’t see, into a more enclosed space-an opening into a place of pure energy.

Dr. N: What is this area like?

S: For me … it is the vessel of healing.

Dr. N: Give me as much detail as possible about what you experience here.

S: I’m propelled in and I see a bright warm beam. It reaches out to me as a stream of liquid energy. There is a … vapor-like … steam swirling around me at first … then gently touching my soul as if it were alive. Then it is absorbed into me as fire and I am bathed and cleansed from my hurts.

Dr. N: Is someone bathing you, or is this light beam enveloping you from out of nowhere?

S: I am alone, but it is directed. My essence is being bathed … restoring me after my exposure to Earth.

Dr. N: I have heard this place is similar to taking a refreshing shower after a hard day’s work.

S: (laughs) After a lifetime of work. It’s better and you don’t get wet, either.

Dr. N: You also don’t have a physical body anymore, so how can this energy shower heal a soul?

S: By reaching into … my being. I’m so tired from my last life and with the body I had.

Dr. N: Are you saying the ravages of the physical body and the human mind leaves an emotional mark on the soul after death?

S: God, yes’. My very expression-who I am as a being-was affected by the brain and body I occupied.

Dr. N: Even though you are now separated from that body forever?

S: Each body leaves … an imprint … on you, at least for a while. There are some bodies I have had that I can never get away from altogether. Even though you are free of them you keep some of the outstanding memories of your bodies in certain lives.

Comment 47
This is similar to the movie “The butterfly effect”, where the hero retains his mannerisms from prior existences when he is on a new world-line. It is something that I am well familiar with. .

Dr. N: Okay, now I want you to finish with your shower of healing and tell me what you feel.

S: I am suspended in the light … it permeates through my soul … washing out most of the negative viruses. It allows me to let go of the bonds of my last life … bringing about my transformation so I can become whole again.

Dr. N: Does the shower have the same effect upon everyone?

S: (pause) When I was younger and less experienced, I came here more damaged- the energy here seemed less effective because I didn’t know how to use it to completely purge the negativity. I carried old wounds with me longer despite the healing energy.

Dr. N: I think I understand. So, what do you do now?

S: When I am restored, I leave here and go to a quiet place to talk to my guide.

This place I have come to call the shower of healing is only a prelude for the rehabilitation of returning souls. The orientation stage which immediately follows (especially with younger souls), involves a substantial counseling session with one’s guide. The newly refreshed soul arrives at this station to undergo a debriefing of the life just ended. Orientation is also designed as an intake interview to provide further emotional release and readjustment back into the spirit world.

People  in  hypnosis  who  discuss  the  type  of  counseling  which  goes  on during orientation say their guides are gentle but probing. Imagine your favorite elementary school teacher and you have the idea. Think of a firm but concerned entity who knows all about your learning habits, your strong and weak points, and your fears, who is always ready to work with you as long as you continue to try.

In the movie "Defending your life", the recently deceased person is put on trial to defend his actions during his lifetime. Here, his "attorney" / advocate wishes him a firm goodbye as he leaves for his next reincarnation.
In the movie “Defending your life”, the recently deceased person is put on trial to defend his actions during his lifetime. Here, his “attorney” / advocate wishes him a firm goodbye as he leaves for his next reincarnation.

When you don’t, everything remains stationary in your development. Nothing can be hidden by students from their Spiritual teachers. No subterfuge or deception exists in a telepathic world.

There are a multitude of differences in orientation scenes depending upon the souls’ individual makeup and their state of mind after the life just ended. Souls report their orientation often takes place in a room. The furnishings of these settings and the intensity of this first conference can vary after each life.

The case below gives a brief example of an orientation scene which attests to the desire of higher forces to bring comfort to the returning soul.

Case 12 – Comfort to a returning soul.

S: At the center of this place I found my bedroom where I was so happy as a child. I see my rose-covered wallpaper and four-poster bed with the squeaky springs under a thick, pink quilt made for me by my grandmother. My grandmother and I used to have heart-to-heart chats whenever I was troubled and she is here, too-just sitting on the edge of my bed with my favorite stuffed animals around her-waiting for me. Her wrinkled face is full of love, as always. After a while I see she is actually my guide Amephus.

I talk to Amephus about the sad and happy times of the life I have finished. I know I made mistakes, but she is so kind to me. We laugh and cry together while I reminisce. Then we discuss all the things I didn’t do that I might have done with my life. But in the end it’s okay. She knows I must rest in this beautiful world. I’m going to relax. I don’t care if I ever go back to Earth again because my real home is here.

Apparently, the more advanced souls do not require any orientation at this stage. This does not mean the ten percent of my clients in this category just sail right by their guides with a wave upon their return from Earth.

Everybody is held accountable for their past lives.

Performance is judged upon how each individual interpreted and acted upon their life roles. Intake interviews for the advanced souls are conducted with master teachers later. The less experienced entities are usually given special attention by counselors because the abrupt transition from the physical to a spiritual form is more difficult for them.

The next case I have selected has a more in-depth therapeutic spiritual orientation.

The exploration of attitudes and feelings with a view to reorienting future behavior is typical of guides. The client in Case 13 is a strong, imposing thirty-two-year-old woman of above-average height and weight. Dressed in jeans, boots, and a loose- fitting sweat shirt, Hester arrived at my office one day in a state of agitation.

Her presenting problems fell into three parts. She was dissatisfied with her life as a successful real estate broker as being too materialistic and unfulfilling. Hester also felt she lacked feminine sexuality. She mentioned having a closet full of beautiful clothes which were “hateful to wear.” This client then told me how she had easily manipulated men all her life because, “There is a male aggression about me which also makes me feel incomplete as a woman.” As a young girl, she avoided dolls and wearing dresses because she was more interested in competitive sports with boys. Her masculine feelings had not changed with age, although she had found a man who became her husband because he accepted her dominance in their relationship. Hester said she enjoyed sex with him as long as she was in physical control and that he found this exciting. In addition, my client complained of headaches on the right side of her head above the ear which, after extensive medical examinations, doctors had attributed to stress.

During our session, I learned this subject had experienced a recent series of male lives, culminating with a short life as a prosecuting attorney called Ross Feldon in the state of Oklahoma during the 1880s. As Ross, my client had committed suicide at age thirty-three in a hotel room by shooting himself in the head. Ross was in despair over the direction his life had taken as a courtroom prosecutor.

Oklahoma during the 1880s.
Oklahoma during the 1880s.

As the dialogue progresses, the reader will notice displays of intense emotion. Regression therapists call this “heightened response” being in a state of revivification (meaning to give new life) as opposed to the alternative trance state where subjects are observer-participants.

Case 13 – A stern talking to.

Dr. N: Now that you have left the shower of healing, where are you going?

S: (apprehensively) To see my advisor.

Dr. N: And who is that?

S: (pause) … Dees … no … his name is Clodees.

Dr. N: Did you talk to Clodees when you entered the spirit world?

S: I wasn’t ready yet. I just wanted to see my parents.

Dr. N: Why are you going to see Clodees now?

S: I … am going to have to make some kind of … accounting … of myself. We go through this after all my lives, but this time I’m really in the soup.

Dr. N: Why?

S: Because I killed myself.

Dr. N: When a person kills himself on Earth does this mean they will receive some sort of punishment as a spirit?

S: No, no, there is no such thing here as punishment-that’s an Earth condition. Clodees will be disappointed that I bailed out early and didn’t have the courage to face my difficulties. By choosing to die as I did means I have to come back later and deal with the same thing all over again in a different life. I just wasted a lot of time by checking out early.

Dr. N: So, no one will condemn you for committing suicide?

S: (reflects for a moment) Well, my friends won’t give me any pats on the back either-I feel sadness at what I did.

Note: This is the usual spiritual attitude toward suicide, but I want to add that those who escape from chronic physical pain or almost total incapacity on Earth by killing themselves feel no remorse as souls. Their guides and friends also have a more accepting view toward this motivation for suicide.

Dr. N: All right, let’s proceed into your conference with Clodees. First describe your surroundings as you enter this space to see your advisor.

S: I go into a room-with walls … (laughs) Oh, it’s the Buckhorn!

Dr. N: What’s that?

Typical saloon in Oklahoma in the 1880's.
Typical saloon in Oklahoma in the 1880’s.

S: A great cattleman’s bar in Oklahoma. I was happy as a patron there-friendly atmosphere-beautiful wood paneling-the stuffed leather chairs. (pause) I see Clodees is sitting at one of the tables waiting for me. Now we are going to talk.

Dr. N: How do you account for an Oklahoma bar in the spirit world?

S: It’s one of the nice things they do for you to ease your mind, but that’s where it ends. (then with a deep sigh) This talk is not going to be like a party at the bar.

Dr. N: You sound a little depressed at the prospect of an intimate conversation with your guide about your last life?

S: (defensively) Because I blew it! I have to see him to explain why things didn’t work out. Life is so hard! I try to do it right… but …

Dr. N: Do what right?

S: (with anguish) I had an agreement with Clodees to work on setting goals and then following through. He had expectations for me as Ross. Damn! Now I have to face him with this.

Dr. N: You don’t feel you met the contract you had with your advisor about lessons to be learned as Ross?

S: (impatiently) No, I was terrible. And, of course, I’ll have to do it all over again. We never seem to get it perfect. (pause) You know, if it weren’t for Earth’s beauty- the birds-flowers-trees-I would never go back. It’s too much trouble.

Dr. N: I can see you are upset, but don’t you think …

S: (breaks in with agitation) You can’t get away with a thing either. Everybody here knows you so well. There is nothing I can keep from Clodees.

In the movie "Defending your life", the recently deceased person is put on trial to defend his actions during his lifetime.
In the movie “Defending your life”, the recently deceased person is put on trial to defend his actions during his lifetime.

Dr. N: I want you to take a deep breath and go further into the Buckhorn Bar and tell me what you do.

S: (subject gulps and squares her shoulders) I float in and sit down across from Clodees at a round table near the front of the bar.

Dr. N: Now that you are near Clodees, do you think he is as upset as you are over this past life?

S: No, I’m more upset with myself over what I did and didn’t do and he knows that. Advisors can be displeased but they don’t humiliate us, they are too superior for that.

The counseling input of a directive guide gives the healing process of our soul a boost during orientation, but that does not mean the defensive barriers to progress are completely removed. The painful emotional memories from our past do not die as easily as our bodies. Hester must see her negative past life script as Ross clearly, without distorted perceptions.

Recreating spiritual orientation scenes during hypnosis assists me as a therapist. I have found the techniques of psychodramatic role playing to be useful in exposing feelings and old beliefs related to current behavior. Case 13 had quite a long orientation which I have condensed. At this juncture of the case I shifted my questioning to involve the subject’s guide.

As the proceedings unfold with Ross Feldon’s life, I will take the roll of a third party intermediary between Ross and Clodees. Within this counseling mode I also want to initiate a role transference where Hester-Ross will speak the thoughts of Clodees. The integration of a subject with their guide is a means of eliciting assistance from these higher entities and bringing problems into sharper focus. I sometimes sense even my own guide is directing me in these sessions.

I  am  cautious  about  summoning  up  guides  without  good  cause.  Facilitating communication directly with a client’s guide always has an uncertain outcome. If my intrusion is clumsy or unnecessary, guides will block a subject’s response by silence or use metaphoric language which is obscure.

I have had guides speak through a subject’s vocal chords in raspy tones which are so discordant I can hardly understand the responses to questions. When subjects talk for their guides, rather than guides speaking for themselves through the subject, usually the cadence of speech is not as broken. In this case, Clodees comes through Hester-Ross easily and allows me some latitude in working with his client.

Comment 48
I know nothing about this, aside from it being a hypnotic technique. I have never had the opportunity to experience this..

Dr. N: Ross, we both need to understand what is happening psychologically to you right from the start of your orientation with Clodees. I want you to assist me. Are you willing to do this?

S: Yes, I am.

Dr. N: Good, and now you are going to be able to do something unusual. On the count of three, you will have the ability to assume the dual roles of Clodees and yourself. This ability will enable you to speak to me about your thoughts and those of your guide as well. It will seem that you will actually become your guide when I question you. Are you ready?

S: (with hesitation) I … think so.

Dr. N: (rapidly) One-two-three! ( I place my palm on the subject’s forehead to stimulate the transference.) Now be Clodees speaking his thoughts through you. You are sitting at a table across from the soul of Ross Feldon. What do you say to him? Quickly! I want the subject to react without thinking critically about the difficulty of my command)

S: Subject reacts slowly, speaking as his own guide) You know… you could have done better.

Dr. N: Quickly now-be Ross Feldon again. Move to the other side of the table and answer Clodees.

S: I… tried … but I fell short of the goal

Dr. N: Switch places again. Become the voice of Clodees’ thoughts and answer Ross. Quickly!

S: If you could change anything about your life, what would it be?

Dr. N: Respond as Ross.

S: Not to be … corrupted … by power and money.

Comment 49
Power and money are corruptible influences. Not only do they tend to cause people to start behaving badly, but the resultant bad behaviors cause all sorts of other problems that retard the growth of the soul in both the physical and the non-physical realms.

Dr. N: Answer as Clodees.

S: Why did you let these things detract from your original commitment?

Dr. N: (I lower my voice) You are doing fine. Keep switching chairs back and forth at the table. Now answer your guide’s question.

S: I wanted to belong… to feel important in the community… to rise above others and be admired … for my strength.

Dr. N: Respond as Clodees.

S: Especially by women. I observed you tried to dominate them sexually as well, making conquests without attachments.

Dr. N: Speak as Ross.

S: Yes … that’s true … (shakes head from side to side) I don’t have to explain-you know everything anyway.

Dr. N: Respond as Clodees.

S: Oh, but you do. You must bring your self-awareness to bear on these matters.

Dr. N: Answer as Ross.

S: (defiantly) If I hadn’t exerted power over these people they would have controlled me.

Dr. N: Respond as Clodees.

S: This lacks merit and was unworthy of you. What you became is not how you started. We chose your parents carefully.

Note: The Feldon family were farmers of modest means who displayed honesty, forbearance, and sacrificed much so Ross could study law.

Dr. N: Answer as Ross.

S: (in a rush) Yes-I know-they brought me up to be idealistic-to help the little guy, and I wanted this, too, but it didn’t work for me. You saw what happened. I was in debt when I began as a lawyer…ineffective … of no consequence. I didn’t want to be poor anymore, defending people who couldn’t pay me. I hated the farm-the pigs and the cows. I liked being around substantial people and when I joined the establishment as a prosecutor, I had the idea of reforming the system and helping farm people. It was the system that was wrong.

Dr. N: Respond as Clodees.

S: Ah, you were corrupted by the system-explain this to me.

Dr. N: Answer as Ross.

S: (hotly) People had to pay fines they couldn’t afford-others I sent to jail because of offenses they didn’t mean to commit – others I had hung! (voice breaks) I became a legal killer.

Dr. N: Respond as Clodees.

S:  Why  did  you  feel  responsible  for  prosecuting  criminals  who  were  guilty  of hurting others?

Dr. N: Answer as Ross.

S: Few of those … most were … just ordinary people like my parents who got caught up in the system … needing money to survive … and there were those who were … sick in the head

Dr. N: Respond as Clodees.

S: What about the victims of the people you prosecuted? Didn’t you choose a life of law to help society and to make the farms and the towns safer with justice?

Dr. N: Answer as Ross.

S: (loudly) Don’t you see, it didn’t work for me-I was turned into a murderer by a primitive society!

Dr. N: Respond as Clodees.

S: And so you murdered yourself?

Dr. N: Answer as Ross.

S: I got off track… I couldn’t go back to being a nobody… and I couldn’t go forward.

Dr. N: Respond as Clodees.

S: Too easily you became a participant with those whose motivations were  for personal gain and notoriety. This was not you. Why did you hide from yourself?

Dr. N: Answer as Ross.

S: (with anger) Why didn’t you help me more-when I started as a public defender?

Dr. N: Respond as Clodees.

S: What benefit do you get from thinking I should pick you up at every turn?

Dr. N: (I ask Hester to respond as Ross, but when she remains silent after the last question, I step in) Ross, if I may interrupt-I believe Clodees is inquiring into the payoff for you from both the pain you feel now and strokes you get from blaming him over your last life.

S: (pause) Wanting sympathy … I guess.

Dr. N: Okay, respond as Clodees to this thought.

S: (very slowly) What more would you have me do? You didn’t reach far enough inside yourself. I placed thoughts in your mind of temperance, moderation, responsibility, original goals, your parents’ love-you ignored these thoughts and were stubborn to alternative action.

S: (Ross responds without my command) I know I missed the signs you set up … I wasted opportunities … I was afraid …

Dr. N: Respond as Clodees to your statement.

S: What do you value most about who you are?

Dr. N: Answer your guide.

S: That I had the desire to change things on Earth. I started with wanting to make a difference for the people of Earth.

Dr. N: Respond as Clodees.

S: You left that assignment early and now I see you missing opportunities again- being afraid to take risks-taking paths which damage you-trying to become someone who is not you and there is sadness again.

Recreating the orientation stage does produce abrupt transitions during my hypnosis sessions. While Case 13 is speaking as Clodees, notice how her responses take on a more lucid and decisive quality which is different from either my client Hester, or her former self as Ross. I am not always successful with my subjects translating their guides’ comments so insightful[y in former spiritual orientations. Nevertheless, past life memories often spill over into contemporary problems in whatever spiritual setting is selected.

Comment 50
Everything is connected. Whether it is a past life, a world-line slide, or something that you did a month ago… each things will reflect what you are now. As thoughts and actions create our reality. Therefore it is very important that we be mindful and positive in providing help, assistance and positive and proactive efforts in everything that we do. Sure there will be mistakes, but we need to try. Our life, our world, our relationships and our futures depend upon it.

Whether my subject or her guide actually directed the conversation in the Buckhorn Bar scene while I moved the time frame around does not matter to me. After all, Ross Feldon as a person is dead.

But Hester is caught in the same quagmire, and I want to do what I can to break this destructive pattern of behavior. I spend a few minutes reviewing with this subject what her guide has indicated about lack of self- concept, alienation, and lost values. After asking Clodees for his continued assistance, I close the orientation scene and immediately take Hester to a later spiritual stage just before her rebirth today.

Dr. N: With all the knowledge of who you were as Ross, and having a greater understanding of your real spiritual identity after your stay in the spirit world, why did you choose your current body?

S: I chose to be a woman so people would not feel intimidated by me.

Dr. N: Really? Then why did you take the body of such a strong, forceful woman in the twentieth century?

S: They won’t see a prosecuting attorney dressed in black in a courtroom-this time I am a surprise package!

Dr. N: A surprise package? What does that mean?

S: As a woman, I knew I would be less intimidating to men. I can catch them off guard and scare them to death.

Dr. N: What kind of men?

S: The big guys-the power structure in society-catch then when they are lulled into a false sense of security because I’m a woman.

Dr. N: Catch them and do what?

S: (drives her right fist into the left palm) Nail them-to save the little guy from the sharks who want to eat up all the small fish in this world.

Dr. N: (I move my subject into the present while she remains in the superconscious state) Let me understand your reason for choosing to be a woman in this life. You wanted to help the same sort of people who you were unable to help as a man in your previous life-is this correct?

S: (sadly) Yeah, but it’s not the best way. It’s not working out for me like I thought. I’m still too strong and macho. Energy is pouring out of me in the wrong direction.

Dr. N: What wrong direction?

S: (wistfully) I’m doing it again. Misusing people. I chose the body of a woman who is intimidating to men and I don’t feel like a woman.

Dr. N: Give me an example?

S: Sexually and in business. I’m in the power game again … pushing aside principles … getting off track as before (as Ross). This time I manipulate real estate deals. I’m too interested in acquiring money. I want status.

Dr. N: And how does this hurt you, Hester?

S: The influence of money and position is a drug to me as it was in my last life. My being a woman now has done nothing to change my desire to control people. So … stupid …

Comment 51
A change in gender will not change your being. It is just superficial. The only way that you can change is not cosmetically. You need to change internally..

Dr. N: Then do you think your motivations were wrong in choosing to be a female?

S: Yes, I do feel more natural living as a man. But I thought as a woman this time around I would be… more subtle. I wanted this chance to try again in a different sex and Clodees let me take it. (client slumps down in her chair) What a blunder.

In the movie "Defending your life", the recently deceased person is put on trial to defend his actions during his lifetime.
In the movie “Defending your life”, the recently deceased person is put on trial to defend his actions during his lifetime.

Dr. N: Don’t you think you are being a little hard on yourself, Hester? I have the sense you also chose to be a woman because you wanted a woman’s insight and intuition to give you a different perspective to tackle your lessons. You can have masculine energy, if you want to call it that, and still be feminine.

Before finishing this case, I should touch on the issue of homosexuality. Most of my subjects select the bodies of one gender over another 75 percent of the time. This pattern is true of all but the advanced souls, who maintain more of a balance in choosing to be men and women. A gender preference by a majority of earthbound souls does not mean they are unhappy the other 25 percent of the time as males or females.

Hester is not necessarily gay or hi-sexual because of her body choice. Homosexuals may or may not be comfortable with their anatomy as humans. When I do have a client who is gay, they often ask if their homosexuality is the result of choosing to be “‘the wrong sex” in this life. When their sessions are over this inquiry is usually answered.

Regardless of the  circumstances which  lead  souls  to  make  gender choices,  this decision was made before arriving on Earth. Sometimes I find that gay people have chosen in advance of their current lives to experiment with a sex that was seldom used in former lives.

Being gay carries a sexual stigma in our society which presents a more difficult road in life. When this road is chosen by one of my clients, it can usually be traced to a karmic need to accelerate personal understanding of the complex differences in gender identity as related to certain events in their past. Case 13 chose to be a woman in this life to try and get over the stumbling blocks experienced as Ross Feldon.

Would Hester have benefited from knowing about her past as Ross from birth rather than having to wait over thirty years and undergo hypnosis?

Having no conscious memory of our former existences is called amnesia.

This human condition is perplexing to people attracted to reincarnation. Why should we have to grope around in life trying to figure out who we are and what we are supposed to do and wondering if some spiritual divinity really cares about us? I closed my session with this woman by asking about her amnesia.

Dr. N: Why do you think you had no conscious memory about your life as Ross Feldon?

S: When we choose a body and make a plan before coming back to Earth, there is an agreement with our advisors.

Dr. N: An agreement about what?

S: We agree … not to remember … other lives.

Dr. N: Why?

S: Learning from a blank slate is better than knowing in advance what  could happen to you because of what you did before.

Dr. N: But wouldn’t knowing about your past life mistakes be valuable in avoiding the same pitfalls in this life?

S: If people knew all about their past, many might pay too much attention to it rather than trying out new approaches to the same problem. The new life must be… taken seriously.

Comment 52
It’s actually simpler than that. How can you learn through your mistakes when you remember 10,000 past lives and 100,000 similar mistakes? This limitation on what we can remember is part of our soul makeup and it is directly intended to permit us to learn, and grow so that the soul can increase the number of quantum connections..

Dr. N: Are there any other reasons?

S: (pause) Without having old memories, our advisors say there is less preoccupation for … trying to … avenge the past … to get even for the wrongs done to you.

Comment 53
Of course.

Dr. N: Well, it seems to me that so far this has been part of the motivation and conduct in your life as Hester.

S: (forcefully) That’s why I came to you.

Dr. N: And do you still think a total blackout of our eternal spiritual life on Earth is essential to progress?

S: Normally, yes, but it’s not a total blackout. We get flashes from dreams… during times of crisis… people have an inner knowing of what direction to take when it is necessary. And sometimes your friends can fudge a little …

Dr. N: By friends, you mean entities from the spirit world?

S: Uh-huh… they give you hints, by flashing ideas-I’ve done it.

Dr. N: Nevertheless, you had to come to me to unlock your conscious amnesia.

S: (pause) We have … the capacity to know when it is necessary. I was ready for change when I heard about you. Clodees allowed me to see the past with you because it was to my benefit.

Dr. N: Otherwise, your amnesia would have remained intact?

S: Yes, that would have meant I wasn’t supposed to know certain things yet.

In my opinion, when clients are unable to go into hypnosis at any given time, or if they have only sketchy memories in trance, there is a reason this blockage. This does not mean these people have no past memories, that they are not ready to have them exposed.

My client knew something was hindering her growth and wanted it revealed. The superconscious identity of the soul houses our continuous memory, including goals. When the time in our lives is appropriate, we must harmonize human material needs with our soul’s purpose for being ‘. I try to take a common sense approach in bringing past and present experiences into alignment.

In the movie "Defending your life", the recently deceased person is put on trial to defend his actions during his lifetime.
In the movie “Defending your life”, the recently deceased person is put on trial to defend his actions during his lifetime.

Our eternal identity never leaves us alone in the bodies we choose, despite our current status. In reflection, meditation, or prayer, the memories of who we really are do filter down to us in selective thought each day. In small, intuitive ways- through the cloud of amnesia-we are given clues the justification of our being.

After desensitizing the source of her headaches, I completed my session with Hester by reinforcing her choice to be a woman for reasons other than intimidating men. I gave her permission to lower her defenses a little and be less aggressive.

We discussed options for restructuring occupational goals toward the helping professions and the possibilities of volunteer service work. She was finally able to see her life today as a great opportunity for learning rather than a failure of gender choice.

After a case is completed, I never cease to admire the brutal honesty of souls. When a soul has lead a productive life beneficial to themselves and those around them, I notice they return to the spirit world with enthusiasm. However, when subjects like Case 13 report they wasted a past  life, especially from early suicide, then they describe going back rather dejected.

When orientation is upsetting to a subject, I find an underlying reason is the abruptness with which a soul is once again in full possession of all knowledge. After physical death, unencumbered by a human body, the soul has a sudden influx of perception. The stupid things we did in life hit us hard in orientation. I see more relaxation and greater clarity of thought move my subjects further into the spirit world.

Souls are created in a positive matrix of such love and wisdom that when a soul starts to come to a planet like Earth and join the physical beings who have evolved from a primitive state, the violence is a shock. Humans have the raw, negative emotions of anger and hate as an outgrowth of their fear and pain connected with survival going back to the Stone Age.

Both positive and negative emotions are mixed between soul and host for their mutual benefit. If a soul only knew love and peace, it would gain no insight and never truly appreciate the value of these positive feelings. The test of reincarnation for a soul coming to Earth is the conquering of fear in a human body. A soul grows by trying to overcome all negative emotions connected to fear through perseverance in many lifetimes, often returning to the spirit world bruised or hurt, as Case 13 indicated. Some of this negativity can be retained, even in the spirit world, and may reappear in another life with a new body. On the other hand, there is a trade-off. It’s in joy and unabashed pleasure that the true nature of an individual soul is revealed on earth in the face of a happy human being.

Orientation conferences with our guides allow us to begin the long process of self-evaluation between lives. Soon we will have another conference, this time with more master beings in attendance. In the last chapter, I referred to the ancient Egyptian tradition of newly deceased souls being taken into a Hall of Judgement to account for their past life. In one form or another, the concept of a torturous courtroom trial awaiting us right after death has been part of the religious belief system of many cultures.

Being judged at death is a common event in most religions.
Being judged at death is a common event in most religions.

Occasionally, a susceptible individual in a traumatic situation will say they had an out-of-body experience with nightmarish visions of being taken by frightening specters into an afterlife of darkness where they were sentenced in front of demonic judges.

In these cases, I suspect a strong preconditioned belief system of hell.

In the quiet, relaxing state of hypnosis, with continuity on all mental levels, my subjects report that the initial orientation session with their guides prepares them to go before a panel of superior beings.

However, the words courtroom and trial are not used to describe these proceedings.

A number of my cases have called these wise beings, directors and even judges, but most refer to them as a Council of Masters or Elders. This board of review is generally composed of between three and seven members and since souls appear before them after arriving at their home base, I will go into this conference in more detail at the end of the next chapter.

All soul evaluation conferences, be they with our guides, peers, or a panel of masters have one thing in common. The feedback and past life analyses we receive in terms of judgement is based upon the original intent of our choices as much as the actions of a lifetime.

Our motivations are questioned and criticized, but not condemned in such a way as to make us suffer.

As I explained in Chapter Four, this does not mean souls are exonerated for their acts which harmed others simply because they are sorry. Karmic payment will come in a future life. I have been told that our spiritual masters constantly remind us that because the human brain does not have an innate moral sense of ethics, conscience is the soul’s responsibility. Nevertheless, there is overwhelming forgiveness in the spirit world. This world is ageless and so too are our learning tasks. We will be given other chances in our struggle for growth.

When the initial conference with our guide is over, we leave the place of orientation and join a coordinated flow of activity involving the transit of enormous numbers of other souls into a kind of central receiving station.

Transition

ALL souls, regardless of experience, eventually arrive at a central port in the spirit world which I call the staging area.

I have said there are variations in the speed of soul movement right after death, depending upon spiritual maturity. Once past the orientation station there seems to be no further travel detours for anyone entering this space of the spirit world.

Apparently, large numbers of returning souls are conveyed in a spiritual form of mass transit.

Comment 54
My experience is that it is more or less platforms connected by tubes of light. But that is only my perceptions. In the movie “Defending your life” they picture this as a sort of New York City / urban transport system run by Angels. LOL.
In the Hollywood movie "Defending your life" people are escorted to a staging area upon arrival to Heaven.
In the Hollywood movie “Defending your life” people are escorted to a staging area upon arrival to Heaven.

Sometimes souls are escorted by their guides to this area. I find this practice is especially true for the younger souls. Others are directed through by an unseen force which pulls them into the staging area and then beyond to waiting entities. From what I am able to determine, accompaniment by other entities depends upon the volition of one’s guide. In most cases haste is not an issue, but souls do not dawdle along on this leg of their journey. The feelings we have along this path depend on our state of mind after each life.

The assembly and transfer of souls really involves two phases.

The staging area is not an encampment space. Spirits are brought in, collected, and then projected out to their proper final destinations. When I hear accounts of this particular junction, I visualize myself walking with large numbers of travelers through the central terminal of a metropolitan airport which has the capacity to fly all of us out in any direction. One of my clients described the staging area as resembling the hub of a great wagon wheel, where we are transported from a center along the spokes to our designated places.”

Comment 55
My experience is that it is more or less platforms connected by tubes of light. Which pretty much resemble that statement about a “wagon wheel”. Only the spokes are not on a plane, but radiate out in all directions.

My subjects say this region appears to them as having a large number of unacquainted spirits moving in and out of the hub in an efficient manner with no congestion. Another person called this area “the Los Angeles freeway without gridlock.” There may be other similar wheel hubs with freeway-type on and off ramps in the spirit world, but each client considers their own route to and from this center to be the only one.

Comment 56
There are multiple hubs. One just one singular busy hub. The hub is a function on who you are and your experience level. I guess you could say that there are “VIP” hubs, and hubs for “special” souls. This is what I am most familiar with.

In these special hubs, it really isn’t all that crowded It’s more like going to a bank on on off-hour during the weekday, or entering a mall when everyone else is at work. It’s mostly empty, but there are entities moving about here and there.

And no, I have no idea why I ended up attached to “VIP” or “special access” hubs.

The observations I hear about the nature of the spirit world when entering the staging area have definitely changed from those first impressions of layering and foggy stratification.

It is as if the soul is now traveling through the loosely-wound arms of a mighty galactic cloud into a more unified celestial field. While their spirits hover in the open arena of the staging area preparing for further transport out to prescribed spaces, I enjoy listening to the excitement in the voices of my subjects. They are dazzled by an eternal world spread out before them and believe that somewhere within lies the nucleus of creation.

When they look at the fully opened canopy around them, subjects will state that the spirit world appears to be of varied luminescence. I hear nothing about the inky blackness we associate with deep space.

The gatherings of souls that clients see in the foreground in this amphitheater appear as myriads of sharp star lights all going in different directions. Some move fast while others drift. The more distant energy concentrations have been pictured as “islands of misty veils.” I am told the most outstanding characteristic of the spirit world is a continuous feeling of a powerful mental force directing everything in uncanny harmony. People say this is a place of pure thought.

Thought takes many forms. It is at this vantage point in their return that souls begin to anticipate meeting others who wait for them. A few of these companions may have already been seen at the gateway, but most have not. Without exception, souls who wish to contact each other, especially when on the move, do so by just thinking of the entity they want. Suddenly, the individual called will appear in the soul mind of the traveler. These telepathic communications by the energy of all spiritual entities allow for a non-visual affinity, while two energy forms who actually come near one another provide a more direct connection. There is uniformity in the accounts of my subjects as to their manner of spiritual travel, routes, and destinations, although what they see along the way is distinctive with each person.

I searched through my case files to find a subject whose experiences along this route to an ultimate spiritual destination was both descriptive and yet representative of what many others have told me. I selected an insightful, forty-one-year-old graphic designer with a mature soul.

This man’s soul had traveled over this course many times between a long span of lives.

Case 14 – What it is like…

Dr. N: You are now ready to begin the final portion of your homeward journey toward the place where your soul belongs in the spirit world. On the count of three, all the details of this final leg of your travels will become clear to you. It will be easy for you to report on everything you see because you are familiar with the route. Are you ready?

S: Yes.

Dr. N: (raising my voice to a commanding tone) One-we are getting started. Two- your soul has now moved out of the area of orientation. Three! Quickly, what is your first impression?

S: Distances are … unlimited … endless space … forever …

Dr. N: So, are you telling me the spirit world is endless?

S: (long pause) To be honest-from where I am floating-it looks endless. But when I begin to really move it changes.

Dr. N: Changes how?

S: Well … everything remains … formless … but when I am … gliding faster … I see I’m moving around inside a gigantic bowl-turned upside down. I don’t know where the rims of the bowl are, or even if any exist.

Dr. N: Then movement gives you the sense of a spherical spirit world?

S: Yes, but it’s only a feeling of… enclosed uniformity … when I am moving rapidly.

Dr. N: Why does rapid movement-your speed-give you the feeling of being in a bowl?

S: (long pause) It’s strange. Although everything appears to go on straight when my soul is drifting-that changes to … a feeling of roundness when I am moving fast on a line of contact.

Dr. N: What do you mean by a line of contact?

S: Towards a specific destination.

Dr. N: How does moving with speed on a given line of travel change your observational perceptions of the spirit world to a feeling it is round?

S: Because with speed the lines seem to .. bend. They curve in a more obvious direction for me and give me less freedom of movement.

Note: Other subjects, who are also disposed toward linear descriptions, speak of traveling along directional force lines which have the spatial properties of a grid system. One person called them “vibrational strings.”

Dr. N: By less freedom, do you mean less personal control?

S: Yes.

Dr. N: Can you more precisely describe the movement of your soul along these curving contact lines?

S: It’s just more purposeful-when my soul is being directed someplace on a line. It’s like I’m in a current of white water-only not as thick as water-because the current is lighter than air.

Dr. N: Then, in this spiritual atmosphere, you don’t have the sense of density such as in water?

S: No, I don’t, but what I am trying to say is I’m being carried along as if I were in a current underwater.

Dr. N: Why do you think this is so?

S: Well, it’s as if we are all swimming-being carried along-in a swift current which we can’t control … under somebody’s direction up and down from each other in space … with nothing solid around us.

Comment 57
It is like being carried within a slipstream. Whether it is air or water, it is a similar effect. You just relax and go along with the right. It reminds me of the “jump tubes” from the old 1970’s televisions show ‘The Starlost”.
Scene from the 1970's televisions series 'The Starlost". Here, Rachael, Deven and Garth are at the "After-bridge" of the Space Arc where children are being taught on how to operate the spacecraft.
Scene from the 1970’s televisions series ‘The Starlost”. Here, Rachael, Devin and Garth are at the “After-bridge” of the Space Arc where children are being taught on how to operate the spacecraft.

Dr. N: Do you see other souls traveling in a purposeful way above and below you?

S: Yes, it’s as if we start in a stream and then all of us returning from death are pulled into a great river together.

Dr. N: When do the numbers of returning souls seem the highest to you?

S: When the rivers converge into … I can’t describe it

Dr. N: Please try.

S: (pause) We are gathered into … a sea … where all of us swirl around … in slow motion. Then, I feel as though I’m being pulled away to a small tributary again and it’s quieter … further from the thoughts of so many minds … going to the ones I know.

Dr. N: Later, in your normal travels as a soul, is it the same as being propelled around in streams and rivers as you have just described?

S: No, not at all. This is different. We are like salmon going up to spawn-returning home. Once we get there we are not pushed about this way. Then we can drift.

Dr. N: Who is doing the pushing while you are being taken home?

S: Higher entities. The ones in charge of our movements to get us home.

Dr. N: Entities such as your guide?

S: Above him, I think.

Dr. N: What else are you feeling at this moment?

S: Peace. There is such peace you never want to leave again.

Dr. N: Anything more?

S: Oh, I have some anticipation, too, while moving slowly with the energy current.

Dr. N: All right, now I want you to continue to move further along with the current of energy closer to the area where you are supposed to go. Look around carefully and tell me what you see.

S: I see … a variety of lights … in patches … separated from each other by … galleries

Dr. N: By galleries, do you mean a series of enclosures?

S: Mmm … more like a long … corridor … bulging out in places … stretching out away from me into the distance.

Dr. N: And the lights?

S: They are people. The souls of people within the bulging galleries reflecting light outward to me. That’s what I’m seeing-patches of lights bobbing around..

Dr. N: Are these clusters of people structurally separated from each other in the bulges along the corridor?

Comment 58
This is what you would see as you are riding in one of those “light tubes” and look out towards a nexus. It sort of looks like this. In my mind, it is not at all dissimilar to that of the way the brain is wired up.

S: No, there are no walls here. Nothing is structural, with angles and corners. It’s hard for me to explain, exactly…

The transport tube to the individual nexuses look something like this. Only the clusters are further apart, and when you get closer to each cluster, you see nearby bulges on the tubes.
The transport tube to the individual nexuses look something like this. Only the clusters are further apart, and when you get closer to each cluster, you see nearby bulges on the tubes.

Dr. N: You are doing fine. Now, I want you to tell me what separates the light clusters from each other along this corridor you are describing.

S: The people … are divided by … thin, wispy … filaments … making the light milky, like the transparency of frosted glass. There is an incandescent glow from their energy as I pass by.

Dr. N: How do you see individual souls within the clusters?

S: (pause) As light dots. I see masses of dots hanging in clumps as hanging grapes, all lit up.

Dr. N: Do these clumps represent various groups of soul energy masses with space between them?

S: Yes … they are separated into small groups … I am going to my own clump.

Dr. N: What else do you feel about them as you pass by on the way to your cluster? S: I can feel their thoughts reaching out … so varied … but together too … such harmony … but … (stops)

Dr. N: Go on.

S: I don’t know the ones I’m passing now… it doesn’t matter.

Comment 59
Most clusters have nothing to do with you. You don’t even consider a deviation to investigate. You just move on your way.

Dr. N: Okay, let’s pass on by these clusters which seem to bulge out along  a corridor. Give me an example of what the whole thing looks like to you from a distance.

S: (laughs) A long glow-worm, its sides bulging in and out … the movement is … rhythmic.

Dr. N: You mean the corridor itself appears to move?

S: Yes, parts of it … swaying as a ribbon in the breeze while I am going further away.

Dr. N: Continue floating and tell me what happens to you next.

S: (pause) I’m at the edge of another corridor… I’m slowing down.

Dr. N: Why?

S: (grows excited) Because … oh, good! I’m coming in towards the site where my friends are attached.

Dr. N: And how do you feel at this moment?

S: Fantastic!  There is a  familiar pulling of  minds …  reaching out  to me…  I’m catching the tail of their kite … joining them in thought I’m home!

Dr. N: Is your particular cluster group of friends isolated from the other groups of souls living in other corridors?

S: No one is really isolated, although some of the younger ones may think so. I’ve been around a long time, though, and I have a lot of connections (said with modest confidence).

Dr. N: So you felt connections with those other corridors, even with spirits in them you might not know from past experience?

S: I do because of the connections I have had. There is a oneness here.

Dr. N: When you are moving around as a spirit, what is the major difference in your interactions with other souls, compared to being in human form on Earth?

S: Here no one is a stranger. There is a total lack of hostility toward anyone.

Dr. N: You mean every spirit is friendly to every other spirit, regardless of prior associations in many settings?

S: That’s right, and it’s more than just being friendly.

Dr. N: In what way?

S: We recognize a universal bond between us which makes us all the same. There is no suspicion toward each other.

Comment 60
The Mantids are a multi-dimensional species that are part in this realm, and part in the physical realm at the same time. There are so many species and entities that occupy both realms that it just seems silly that we, as humans, would try to engage in armed conflict with these other beings.

Dr. N: How does this attitude manifest itself between souls who first meet? S: By complete openness and acceptance.

Dr. N: Living on Earth must be difficult for souls, then?

S: It is, for the newer ones especially, because they go to earth expecting to be treated fairly. When they aren’t, it’s a shock. For some, it takes quite a few lives to get used to the earth body.

Dr. N: And if the newer souls are struggling with these earth conditions, are they less efficient when working within the human mind?

S: I would have to say yes, because the brain drives a lot of fear and violence into our souls. It’s hard for us, but that’s why we come to earth … to overcome …

Dr. N: In your opinion, might the newer souls tend to be more fragile and in need of group support upon returning to their cluster?

S: That’s absolutely true. We all want to return home. Will you let me stop talking now, so I can meet with my friends?

I have touched on the commonality of word usage by different clients to describe spiritual phenomena. Case 14 offered us a few more.

One person’s “glow worms bulging out in places” is another’s “floating trail of balloons.” A description about “clumps of huge, translucent bulbs” in one case becomes “giant bunches of transparent bubbles” from somebody else mentally returning to the spirit world. I regularly hear such water-words as currents and streams used to explain a flowing directional movement, where a sky-word like cloud denotes a freedom of motion associated with drifting. Visual images which call up expressions of energy mass and group clusters to indicate souls themselves are especially popular. I have adopted some of this spiritual language myself.

To me, this appears a lot like a neural network in the human brain.
To me, this appears a lot like a neural network in the human brain.

At  the  final debarkation  zone  for the  incoming  soul,  waiting cluster groups  of familiar entities may be large or small, depending upon the soul developmental level and other factors which I will take up as we get a little further along. By way of comparison with Case 14, the next case demonstrates a more insular perception of the spirit world from a soul with less maturity.

In Case 15, the transition of this soul from the staging area to her home cluster is fairly rapid in her mind. The case is informative because it presents attributes of propriety felt by this soul to a designated space, as well as deference toward those who manage the system. Because this subject is less experienced and a bit edgy over what she sees as a need for conformity, we are given another interpretation of spiritual guidelines for group placement.

Case 15 – Fresh impressions.

Dr. N: I want to talk to you about your trip into the place where you normally stay in the spirit world. Your soul is now moving toward this destination. Explain what you see and feel.

S: (nervously) I’m … going … outward, somehow …

Dr. N: Outward?

S: (puzzled) I am… floating along… in a chain of some kind. It’s as though I’m weaving through a series of … connecting links … a foggy maze … then … it opens up

… oh!

Dr. N: What is it?

S: (with awe) I have come into … a grand arena … I see many others … criss-crossing around me … (subject grows uncomfortable)

Dr. N: Just relax-you are in the staging area now. Do you still see your guide?

S: (with hesitation) Yes … nearby … otherwise I would be lost … it’s so … vast …

Dr. N: (I place my hand on the subject’s forehead) Continue to relax and remember you have been here before, although everything may seem new to you. What do you do now?

S: I ‘m … carried forward … rapidly … straight past others … then I’m in… an empty space… open

Dr. N: Does this void mean everything is black around you?

S: It’s never black here … the light … just contracts to darker shades because of my speed. When I slow down things get brighter. (others confirm this observation)

Dr. N: Continue on and report back to me what you see next.

S: After a while I see … nests of people

Dr. N: You mean groups of people?

S: Yes-like hives-I see them as bunches of moving lights … fireflies

Dr. N: All right, keep moving and tell me what you feel?

S: Warmth … friendship … empathy … it’s dreamy … ….. .?

Dr. N: What is it?

S: I have slowed way down-things are different.

Dr. N: How?

S: More clearly defined (pause)-I know this place.

Dr. N: Have you reached your own hive (cluster group)?

S: (long pause) Not yet, I guess

Dr. N: Just look about you and report back to me exactly what you see and feel.

S: (subject begins to tremble) There are … bunches of people … together … off in the distance … but … there!

Dr. N: What do you see?

S: (fearfully) People I know… some of my family… off in the distance … but … (with anguish) I don’t seem to be able to reach them!

Dr. N: Why?

S: (in tearful bewilderment) I don’t know! God, don’t they know I’m here? (subject begins to struggle in her chair and then extends her arm and open hand at my office wall) I can’t reach my father!

Note: I briefly stop my questioning. This client’s father had a great influence in her most immediate past life and she needs additional calming techniques. I also decide to reinforce her protective shield before continuing.

Dr. N: What do you think is the reason your father is off in the distance so you can’t reach him?

S: (during a long pause I use the time to dry subject’s face, which has become wet with tears and perspiration) I don’t know …

Dr. N: (I place my hand on subject’s forehead and command) Connect with your father-now!

S: (after a pause the subject relaxes) It’s okay … he is telling me to be patient and everything will become clear to me … I want to go over there and be near him.

Dr. N: And what does he tell you about that?

S: (sadly) He says … that he can always be in my mind if I need him and… I will learn to do this better (think telepathically), but he has to stay where he is…

Dr. N: What do you think is the basic reason for your father remaining in this other place?

S: (tearfully) He does not belong in my hive.

Dr. N: Anything else?

S: The … directors … they don’t … (crying again) I’m not sure …

Note: Normally, I try to avoid too much intervention when subjects are describing their spiritual transitions. In this case, my client is confused and disoriented, so I offer a little guidance of my own.

Dr. N: Let’s analyze why you can’t reach your father’s position right now. Could this separation be the result of higher entities believing this is a time for individual reflection on your part and that you should associate only with other souls at your own level of development?

S: (subject is more restored) Yes, those messages are coming through. I have to work things out for myself … with others like me. The directors encourage us … and my father is helping me understand, too.

Dr. N: Are you satisfied with this procedure?

S: (pause) Yes.

Dr. N: All right, please continue with your passage from the moment you see some of your family in the distance. What happens next?

S: Well, I’m still slowing down … moving gradually … I’m being taken along a course I have been on before. I’m passing some other bunches of people (group clusters). Then, I stop.

Note: The final transit inward is especially important for the younger souls. One client, upon awakening, described this scene as giving him the sense he was arriving back home at twilight after a long trip away. Having passed from the countryside into his town, he finally reached the proper street.

The front windows of his neighbors’ houses were lit, and he could see people inside as he drove slowly past before reaching the driveway of his own home. Although people in trance may use such words as “clumps” and “hives” to describe how their home spaces look from a distance, this view becomes more individualistic once they go into each cluster. Then the subjects’ spiritual surroundings are associated with towns, schools, and other living areas identified with earthly landmarks of security and pleasure.

Dr. N: Now that you are stationary, what are your impressions?

S: It’s … large … activity… there are a lot of people in the vicinity. Some are familiar to me, others are not.

Dr. N: Can we get a little closer to all of them?

S: (abruptly my subject raises her voice with indignation) You don’t understand! I don’t go over there. (points a finger toward my office wall)

Dr. N: What’s the problem?

S: I’m not supposed to. You can’t just go off anywhere.

Dr. N: But, you have reached your destination?

S: It doesn’t matter. I don’t go over there. (again points a finger at her mental picture)

Dr. N: Does this tie in with the messages you received about your father?

S: Yes, it does.

Dr. N: Are you saying to me your soul energy cannot arbitrarily float anywhere- such as outside your group?

S: (pointing outward) They are not in my group over there.

Dr. N: Define what you mean by over there?

S: (in a grave tone of voice) Those others nearby-that is their place. (points down to the floor) This is our place. We are here. (nods head to confirm her statement)

Dr. N: Who are they?

S: Well, the others, of course, people not in my group. (in a burst of nervous laughter) Oh, look! … my own people, it’s wonderful to see them again. They are coming toward me!

Dr. N: (I act as though I am hearing this information for the first time, to encourage spontaneous answers) Really? This does sound wonderful. Are these the  same people who were involved with your past life?

S: More than one life, I can tell you. (with pride) These are my people!

Dr. N: These people are entities who are members of your own group?

S: Of course, yes, I have been with them for so long. Oh, it’s fun seeing them all again. (subject is overjoyed and I give her a few moments with this picture)

Dr. N: I see quite a change in your understanding in just the short time since we arrived here. Look off in the distance at the others around this space. What is it like where they live?

S: (agitated) I don’t want to know. That is their business. Can’t you see? I’m not attached to them. I’m too busy with the people I am supposed to be with here. People I know and love.

Dr. N: I do see, but a few minutes ago you were quite distressed at not being able to get close to your father.

S: I know now he has his own gathering place with people. Dr. N: Why didn’t you know that when we arrived here?

S: I’m not sure. I admit it was a shock at first. Now I know the way things are. It’s all coming back to me.

Dr. N: Why wasn’t your guide around to explain all this to you before you saw your father?

S: (long pause) I don’t know.

Dr. N: Probably other people you have known and loved besides your father are also in these groups. Are you saying you have no contact with them now that you are in your proper place in the Spirit world?

S: (upset with me) No, I have contact with my mind. Why are you being so difficult? I am supposed to stay here.

Dr. N: (I prod the subject once more to gain additional information) And you don’t just drift over to those other groups for visits?

S: No! You don’t do that! You don’t go into their groups and interfere with their energy.

Dr. N: But mental contact offers no interference with their energy?

S: At the right time. When they are free to do this with me …

Dr. N: So, what you are telling me is that everyone here is located in their own group spaces and you don’t go wandering around visiting or making too much mental contact at the wrong times?

S: (calming down) Yes, they are in their own spaces with instruction going on. It’s the directors who move around mostly …

Dr. N: Thank you for clearing all this up for me. You want me to know that you and your group friends are especially careful about infringing upon others’ spaces?

S: That’s right. At least that’s the way things are around my space.

Dr. N: And you don’t feel confined by this custom?

S: Oh no, there are great expanses of space and such a sense of freedom here, as long as we pay attention to the rules.

Dr. N: And what if you don’t? Who decides what is the proper location for each group of souls?

S: (pause) The teachers help us, otherwise we would be lost.

Dr. N: It seemed to me you were lost when we first arrived here?

S: (with uncertainty) I didn’t connect … I wasn’t mentally in tune… I messed up … I don’t think you realize how big it is around here.

Dr. N: Look around you at all the occupied spaces. Isn’t the spirit world crowded with souls?

S: (laughs) Sometimes we do get lost-that’s our own fault-this place is big! That’s why it never gets crowded.

The two cases in this chapter represent different reactions from a beginner and a more advanced soul recalling the final phase of their return passages back to the spirit world. Every participant has their own interpretation of the panoramic view from the staging area to the terminus in their cluster group. Some of my subjects find the transition from the gateway to group placement to be so rapid that they need time to adjust upon arrival.

When recalling their memories between homecoming and placement, my subjects sometimes express concern that an important individual was not present in light form or did not communicate with them telepathically. Often this is a parent or spouse in the life just completed. By the end of the transition stage, the reason usually becomes evident. Frequently it has to do with embodiment.

We have seen how the average returning soul is overwhelmed by pleasure. Familiar beings are clustered together in undulating masses of bright light. On occasion, resonating musical sounds with specific chords guide the incoming traveler. One subject remarked, ‘As I come near my place, there is a monotone of many voices sounding the letter A, like Aaaaa, for my recognition, and I can see them all vibrating fast as warm, bright energy, and I know these are the disembodied ones right now.”

What this means is that those souls who are currently incarnated in one or more bodies at the moment may not be actively engaged with welcoming anybody back. Another subject explained, “It is as if they are sleeping on autopilot-we always know who is out and who is in:’

Those souls who are not totally discarnated radiate a dim light with low pulsating energy patterns and don’t seem to communicate much with anyone. Even so, these souls are able to greet the returning soul in a quiet fashion within the group setting.

Comment 61
“Not totally discarnated”. Means exactly what it says. A soul partitions itself into various consciousnesses. It assigns a percentage of it’s self into that consciousness. Which can vary from 5% up to 40%.

In this life, for me, I actually happen to know that my earth consciousness as Metallicman is set at 35%, which is considered to be very high. But given my role(s) it needs to be at that level.

Now, then it should be clear for me that my soul has 35% in the physical universe traipsing around the world-lines and the balance of 65% in the non-physical reality known as Heaven. This would be considered a discarnated being in Heaven.

Now, as far as my 35% that is currently Metallicman and in the physical world, a sizable percentage of it is in any one given world line at a time. Say, perhaps 85% of the 35% that is here. The rest (the 15%) is off in a multitude in adjacent world-lines as they all cluster together.

The sense of a barrier between various groups, as experienced by Case 15, has different versions among my subjects, depending upon the age of the soul. I will have another perspective about mobility in the next case. The average soul with a great deal of basic work to do describes the separation of their group from others as similar to being in different classrooms in the Same schoolhouse. I have also had clients who felt they were entirely separated in their own schoolhouse. The analogy of spiritual schools directed by teacher-guides is used so often by people under hypnosis that it has become a habit for me to use the same terminology.

Metallicman's soul quanta allocation between the two universes.
Metallicman’s soul quanta allocation between the two universes.

As I mentioned earlier, after souls arrive back into their soul groups, they are summoned to appear before a Council of Elders.  While  the  Council  is  not prosecutorial, they do engage in direct examination of a soul’s activities before returning them to their groups. It is not unusual for my subjects to have some difficulty providing me with full details of what transpires at these hearings, and I am sure these blocks are intentional.

Here is a report from one case. “After I meet with my friends, my guide Veronica (subject’s younger teacher) takes me to another place to meet with my panel of Elders.

She is at my side as an interpreter for what I don’t understand and to provide support for explanations of my conduct in the last life. At times, she speaks on my behalf as a kind of defense advocate but Quazel (subject’s senior guide who arrived before Veronica) carries the most weight with the panel.

There are always the same six Elders in front of me who wear long white robes.

Their faces are kindly, and they evaluate my perceptions of the life I have just lived and how I could have done better with my talents and what I did that was beneficial.

I am freely allowed to express my frustrations and desires.

All the Elders are familiar to me, especially two of them who address me more than the others and who look younger than the rest. I think I can distinguish appearances which are male or female. Each has a special aspect in the way they question me but they are honest and truthful, and I am always treated fairly. I can hide nothing from them, but sometimes I get lost when their thoughts are transmitted back and forth in the rapid communication between them. When it is more than I can handle, Veronica translates what they are saying about me, although I have the feeling she does not tell me everything. Before I return to Earth, they will want to see me a second time.”

Souls consider themselves having finally arrived home when they rejoin familiar classmates in group settings. Their attendance here with certain other souls does resemble an educational placement system in form and function. The criteria for group admission is based upon knowledge and a given developmental level. As in any classroom situation, some students connect well with teachers and others less so. The next chapter will examine the sorting-out process for soul groups and how souls view themselves in their respective spiritual locations.

Placement

My impression of the people who believe we do have a soul is that they imagine all souls are probably mixed into one great congregation of space.

Many of my subjects believe this too, before their sessions begin. After awakening, it is no wonder they express surprise with the knowledge that everyone has a designated place in the spirit world.

When I began to study life in the spirit world with people under hypnosis, I was unprepared to hear about the existence of organized soul support groups. I had pictured spirits just floating around aimlessly by themselves after leaving Earth.

Group placement is determined by soul level. After physical death, a soul’s journey back home ends with debarkation into the space reserved for their own colony, as long as they are not a very young soul or isolated for other reasons as mentioned in Chapter Four. The souls represented in these cluster groups are intimate old friends who have about the same awareness level.

When people in trance speak of being part of a soul cluster group, they are talking about a small primary unit of entities who have direct and frequent contact, such as we would see in a human family. Peer members have a sensitivity to each other which is far beyond our conception on Earth.

Secondary groups of souls are arranged in the form of a community Support group which is much less intimate with one another.

Larger secondary groups of entities are made up of giant sets of primary clusters as lily pads in one pond. Spiritual ponds appear to be endless. Within these ponds, I have never heard of a secondary group estimated at less than a thousand souls.

The many primary group clusters which make up one secondary group seem to have sporadic relationships, or no contact at all between clusters. It is rare for me to find souls involved with each other in any meaningful way who are members of two different secondary groups, because the number of souls is so great it is not necessary.

The smaller sub-group primary clusters vary in number, containing anywhere from three to twenty-five souls.

I am told the average assemblage is around fifteen, which is called the Inner Circle.  Any working  contact  between  members  of  different cluster groups is governed by the lessons to be learned during an incarnation.

This may be due to a past life connection, or the particular identity trait of the souls involved.  

Soul  acquaintanceships between  members of  different  cluster  groups usually involve peripheral roles in life on Earth.

An example would be a high school classmate who was once a close friend, but who you now see only at class reunions. 

Members of the same cluster group are closely united for all eternity.

These tightly- knit clusters are often composed of like-minded souls with common objectives which they continually work out with each other. Usually they choose lives together as relatives and close friends during their incarnations on Earth.

It is much more common for me to find a subject’s brother or sister from former lives in the same cluster group rather than souls who have been their parents.

Parents can meet us at the gateway to the spirit world after a death on Earth, but we may not see much of their souls in the spirit world.

This circumstance exists not for reasons of maturity, since a parent soul could be less developed than their human offspring. Rather, it is more a question of social learning between siblings who are contemporary in one time frame.

Although parents are a child’s primary identification figures for both good and bad karmic effects, it is frequently our relations with spouses, brothers, sisters, and selected close friends over a whole lifetime that most influences personal growth.

This takes nothing away from the importance of parents, aunts, uncles, and grandparents who serve us in different ways from another generation.

The younger souls within secondary Groups A, B, and C would probably have little or no contact with each other in the spirit world or on Earth.

Close association between souls depends on their assigned proximity to one another in cluster groups,  where there is a similarity of knowledge and affinity brought about by shared earthly experiences.

The next case offers us an account of what it is like coming back to one’s cluster group after physical death.

This is the second part of a multiple part series. To go to the next part, please click HERE.

Do you want to see the main index?

You can access the main index of these kinds of articles here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

The Geography of Heaven; Journey of Souls (full text) by Michael Newton (part 1a) with world-line (MWI) annotations.

I had previously posted the complete text of the Journey of Souls by Michael Newton. This post, unfortunately, was fraught with problems. It was poorly formatted, had errors galore, and most strikingly created confusion. The book, as great as it is, was written by an imperfect person who did not understand the MWI and world-lines. Neither did his patients. They were stuck in the quaint notion of a Heaven and a Hell, and a shared physical universe. And their answers, and comments, reflected those beliefs. And, as a result, ended up generating confusion.

And I ended up having to deal with it.

Jeeze! Guys!

"Why did you, of all people, put such new age mumbo jumbo in your blog? Just when I was starting to understand things, you throw a wrench into everything and show that you are just another con artist. "

Sigh…

I can understand the anguish.

Doctor Newton, and his patients, would make statements along the lines of “shared experiences” which implied that two consciousnesses would occupy the same world-line simultaneously. Which is wrong, or at best, partially true. Or discuss instances of a consciousness communicating with a living person in the physical. Sure, all these things are observations from the point of view of a given consciousness; one that does not fully understand what is going on.

Thus this post.

Here, we are going to take the great writings of the good Doctor Newton and expand upon them. We will elaborate on what is actually going on from a (dispassionate) fourth person perspective, instead of the second-person narrative.

Which is unfortunate. I kind of hoped that people would be able to have some degree of discernment. A work by someone else ALWAYS includes their own personal biases, and misunderstandings.

So this post is going to take the good writings of the good doctor and try to edit out the misconceptions and place some insight into what is actually going on.

This thus is useful for a person to understand the following things about the non-physical world;

  • Firstly, the point of view of a given consciousness. (The book.)
  • Secondly, what is going on pertaining to the mechanics of the non-physical reality. (My comments.)

For us, as a person using our consciousness, we are often confused as things might or might not make sense to us.

It is like we are trapped in a car that we just woke up in. We look out the window and see a storm of water, wind and movement. 

We look at the toddler in the front seat to tell us what is going on, but they are not much help. 

It's only when the car-wash attendant comes to the window do we realize that we were actually inside a car wash.

This post discusses the operation of the car wash, in reference to a book that describes the feelings and perceptions of the inhabitants inside the car.

Thus, this is a very useful post. It provides both the stories and the experiences of consciousness, along with the “nuts and bolts’ mechanics of the operation and what is actually going on.

Multiple Part Post

This post is a multiple part post. I have labeled them…

This is an annotation to the Journey of Souls book

I politely suggest that the reader, go ahead and read the initial post (the raw book) first HERE, and then start going thought this post. As this is a “study guide” that uses the book as a medium from which to discuss the nature of the non-physical world.

About the MAJestic disclosure and this…

OK. Well it took a long time to come about, but now we are finally getting to the part of “the disclosure” that I am entrusted with disclosing. Nope. It’s not about who our extraterrestrial benefactors are, or about the nature of our physical universe. It is about our role inside the physical universe as it pertains to the non-physical universe.

What? You think that MAJestic was “only” about the reverse engineering of extraterrestrial artifacts? Did you, eh?

Maybe the bulk of it was, but my role and the role of Sebastian was far deeper and involved interaction / interfacing with a society of individuals who’s very nature was inherently much larger than what we humans perceive. And for us to improve our lot, as humans on Earth, we need to understand why our non-physical reality is so darn important.

You are here.
This is about our role inside the physical universe as it pertains to the non-physical universe.

For mankind, human-kind, or our species to advance in a unified sentience, we will need to understand our role in the “big picture”, and that boys and girls means the non-physical reality; the so called “Heaven”.

And those of you that are worried about what the “Big Boys” think about all this, rest easy. The PTB are concerned with the overall well-being of a world that is increasingly overpopulated, greedy and “out of control”. They want a smaller, more compact, and far more “reasonable” world for us to live in. And unfortunately, that means that there will need to be a sorting process…

We all must need to know our place and role in the big scale of things. This is the first step to our personal enlightenment.

Journey of Souls by Michael Newton

Table of Contents

  • Death and Departure
  • Gateway to the Spirit World
  • Homecoming
  • The Displaced Soul
  • Orientation
  • Transition
  • Placement
  • Our Guides The Beginner Soul
  • The Intermediate Soul
  • The Advanced Soul
  • Life Selection
  • Choosing a New Body
  • Preparation for Embarkation
  • Rebirth

Introduction by Dr. Newton

You would know the hidden realm where all souls dwell. The journey’s way lies through death’s misty fell. Within this timeless passage a guiding light does dance, Lost from conscious memory, but visible in trance. 

-M.N.

ARE you afraid of death? Do you wonder what is going to happen to you after you die? Is it possible you have a spirit which came from somewhere else and will return there after your body dies, or is this just wishful thinking because you are afraid?

It is a paradox that humans, alone of all creatures of the Earth, must repress the fear of death in order to lead normal lives. Yet our biological instinct never lets us forget this ultimate danger to our being. As we grow older, the specter of death rises in our consciousness. Even religious people fear death is the end of personhood. Our greatest dread of death brings thoughts about the nothingness of death which will end all associations with family and friends. Dying makes all our earthly goals seem futile.

If death were the end of everything about us, then life indeed would be meaningless.

However, some power within us enables humans to conceive of a hereafter and to sense a connection to a higher power and even an eternal soul. If we do actually have a soul, then where does it go after death? Is there really some sort of heaven full of intelligent spirits outside our physical universe? What does it look like? What do we do when we get there? Is there a supreme being in charge of this paradise? These questions are as old as humankind itself and still remain a mystery to most of us.

The true answers to the mystery of life after death remain locked behind a spiritual door for most people. This is because we have built-in amnesia about our soul identity which, on a conscious level, aids in the merging of the soul and human brain.

Comment 1
The ability to remember non-physical events is innate with all creatures. Including humans. We do not simply because of two reasons. [1] Our soul structure is such that the garbions are not configured for “easy” (physical) mental access, and [2] we have purposefully atrophied our physical ability to access these memories while in particle form.

In the last few years the general public has heard about people who temporarily died and then came back to life to tell about seeing a long tunnel, bright lights, and even brief encounters with friendly spirits. But none of these accounts written in the many books on reincarnation has ever given us anything more than a glimpse of all there is to know about life after death.

This book is an intimate journal about the spirit world. It provides a series of actual case histories which reveal in explicit detail what happens to us when life on Earth is over. You will be taken beyond the spiritual tunnel and enter the spirit world itself to learn what transpires for souls before they finally return to Earth in another life. 

I am a skeptic by nature, although it will not seem so from the contents of this book. As a counselor and hypnotherapist, I specialize in behavior modification for the treatment of psychological disorders. A large part of my work involves short-term cognitive restructuring with clients by helping them connect thoughts and emotions to  promote  healthy  behavior.  Together  we  elicit  the  meaning,  function,  and consequences of their beliefs because I take the premise that no mental problem is imaginary.

In the early days of my practice, I resisted past life requests from people because of my orientation toward traditional therapy. While I used hypnosis and age- regression techniques to determine the origins of disturbing memories and childhood trauma, I felt any attempt to reach a former life was unorthodox and non-clinical. My interest in reincarnation and metaphysics was only intellectual curiosity until I worked with a young man on pain management.

This client complained of a lifetime of chronic pain on his right side. One of the tools of hypnotherapy to manage pain is directing the subject to make the pain worse so he or she can also learn to lessen the aching and thus acquire control. In one of our sessions involving pain intensification, this man used the imagery of being stabbed to recreate his torment. Searching for the origins of this image, I eventually uncovered his former life as a World War I soldier who was killed by a bayonet in France, and we were able to eliminate the pain altogether.

With encouragement from my clients, I began to experiment with moving some of them further back in time before their last birth on Earth. Initially I was concerned that a subject’s integration of current needs, beliefs, and fears would create fantasies of recollection.

However, it didn’t take long before I realized our deep-seated memories offer a set of past experiences which are too real and connected to be ignored. I came to appreciate just how therapeutically important the link is between the bodies and events of our former lives and who we are today.

Comment 2
When the subconscious is “opened up”, everyone will recall their past physical events, as well as past reincarnated lives. This is with a 100% certainty. You might argue that this is a natural ability of the mind to lie and tell falsehoods, if you prefer. However, you MUST accept the fact that the ability to recall memories is a normal event under regressive hypnosis..

Then I stumbled on to a discovery of enormous proportions. I found it was possible to see into the spirit world through the mind’s eye of a hypnotized subject who could report back to me of life between lives on Earth.

The case that opened the door to the spirit world for me was a middle-aged woman who was an especially receptive hypnosis subject. She had been talking to me about her feelings of loneliness and isolation in that delicate stage when a subject has finished recalling their most recent past life. This unusual individual slipped into the highest state of altered consciousness almost by herself Without realizing I had initiated an overly short command for this action, I suggested she go to the source of her loss of companionship. At the same moment I inadvertently used one of the trigger words to spiritual recall. I also asked if she had a specific group of friends whom she missed.

Suddenly, my client started to cry. When I directed her to tell me what was wrong, she blurted out,

“I miss some friends in my group and that’s why I get so lonely on Earth.” 

I was confused and questioned her further about where this group of friends was actually located.

“Here, in my permanent home,” 

She answered simply,

“...and I’m looking at all of them right now!”

After finishing with this client and reviewing her tape recordings, I recognized that finding the spirit world involved an extension of past life regression. There are many books about past lives, but none I could find which told about our life as souls, or how to properly access the spiritual recollections of people.

I decided to do the research myself and with practice I acquired greater skill in entering the spirit world through my subjects. I also learned that finding their place in the spirit world was far more meaningful to people than recounting their former lives on Earth. 

How is it possible to reach the soul through hypnosis?

Visualize the mind as having three concentric circles, each smaller than the last and within the other, separated only by layers of connected mind-consciousness. The first outer layer is represented by the conscious mind which is our critical, analytic reasoning source. The second layer is the subconscious, where we initially go in hypnosis to tap into the storage area for all the memories that ever happened to us in this life and former lives. The third, the innermost core, is what we are now calling the superconscious mind. This level exposes the highest center of Self where we are an expression of a higher power.

The Human Mind as described by Dr. Newton. All of these elements are PHYSICAL elements that reside within the physical brain. However they can tap into the non-physical reality.
The Human Mind as described by Dr. Newton. All of these elements are PHYSICAL elements that reside within the physical brain. However they can tap into the non-physical reality.

The superconscious houses our real identity, augmented by the subconscious which contains the memories of the many alter-egos assumed by us in our former human bodies. The superconscious may not be a level at all, but the soul itself. The superconscious mind represents our highest center of wisdom and perspective, and all my information about  life after death comes from this source of intelligent energy.

Comment 3
What doctor Newton is saying that that the physical components of the physical brain have an ability to tap into the non-physical universe. He breaks down the functions into catagories. But that need not concern us here. All that matters is the understanding that the physical brain has the ability to connect with the non-physical reality.

How valid is the use of hypnosis for uncovering truth?

People in hypnosis are neither dreaming nor hallucinating. We don’t dream in chronological sequences nor hallucinate in a directed trance state.

When subjects are placed in trance, their brain waves slow from the Beta wake state and continue to change vibration down past the meditative Alpha stage into various levels within the Theta range. Theta is hypnosis-not sleep. When we sleep we go to the final Delta state where messages from the brain are dropped into the subconscious and vented through our dreams. In Theta, however, the conscious mind is not unconscious, so we are able to receive as well as send messages with all memory channels open.

When under a "trance" the brain waves slow from the woke state (Beta) into the (Theta) range. This is hypnosis, it is not sleeps. In this state our physical brain is completely functional and able to access both the physical reality as well as the non-physical reality simultaneously.
When under a “trance” the brain waves slow from the woke state (Beta) into the (Theta) range. This is hypnosis, it is not sleeps. In this state our physical brain is completely functional and able to access both the physical reality as well as the non-physical reality simultaneously.

Once in hypnosis, people report the pictures they see and dialogue they hear in their unconscious minds as literal observations.

In response to questions, subjects cannot lie, but they may misinterpret something seen in their unconscious mind, just as we do in the conscious state. In hypnosis, people have trouble relating to anything they don’t believe is the truth.

Some critics of hypnosis believe a subject in trance will fabricate memories and bias their  responses  in  order  to  adopt  any  theoretical  framework  suggested  by  the hypnotist. I find this generalization to be a false premise.

In my work, I treat each case  as  if I  were  hearing  the  information  for the  first  time.  If  a  subject  were somehow able to overcome hypnosis procedure and construct a deliberate fantasy about the spirit world, or free-associate from pre-set ideas about their afterlife, these  responses  would  soon  become  inconsistent  with  my  other  case  reports.  

I learned the value of careful cross-examination early in my work and I found no evidence of anyone faking their spiritual experiences to please me.

In fact, subjects in hypnosis are not hesitant in correcting my misinterpretations of their statements. As my case files grew, I discovered by trial and error to phrase questions about the spirit  world in a  proper sequence.  Subjects in a superconscious state are not particularly motivated to volunteer information about the whole plan of soul life in the spirit world.

One must have the right set of “keys” for specific “doors”.

In the hypnosis session you need the proper combination of words or phrases to obtain access to specific memories. That can be considered to be like finding the right key to open the right door.
In the hypnosis session you need the proper combination of words or phrases to obtain access to specific memories. That can be considered to be like finding the right key to open the right door.

Eventually, I was able to perfect a reliable method of memory access to different parts of the spirit world by knowing which door to open at the right time during a session.

As I gained confidence with each session, more people sensed I was comfortable with the hereafter and felt it was all right to speak to me about it. The clients in my cases represent some men and women who were very religious, while others had no particular spiritual beliefs at all. Most fall somewhere in between, with a mixed bag of personal philosophies about life.

The astounding thing I found as I progressed with my research was that once subjects were regressed back into their soul state they all displayed a remarkable consistency in responding to questions about the spirit world. People even use the same words and graphic descriptions in colloquial language when discussing their lives as souls.

Comment 4
Regardless of religion, or education, people described the same things about the non-physical world while under hypnosis. Obviously those under hypnosis were able to tap into a shared understand or reality that all humans experience as part of the non-physical world.

However, this homogeneity of experience by so many clients did not stop me from continually trying to verify statements between my subjects and corroborate specific functional activities of souls.

There were some differences in narrative reporting between cases, but this was due more to the level of soul development than to variances in how each subject basically saw the spirit world.

The research was painfully slow, but as the body of my cases grew I finally had a working model of the eternal world where our souls live. I found thoughts about the spirit world involve universal truths among the souls of people living on Earth.

It was these perceptions by so many different types of people which convinced me their statements were believable. I am not a religious person, but I found the place where we go after death to be one of order and direction, and I have come to appreciate that there is a grand design to life and afterlife.

Comment 5
There is a reason; a design, a functional purpose that connects the physical world with the non-physical world.

When I considered how to best present my findings, I determined the case study method would provide the most descriptive way in which the reader could evaluate client recall about the afterlife.  Each case I have selected represents a direct dialogue between myself and a subject. The case testimonies are taken from tape recordings from my sessions.

This book is not intended to be about my subjects’ past lives, but rather a documentation of their experiences in the spirit world relating to those lives.

For readers who may have trouble conceptualizing our souls as non-material objects, the case histories listed in the early chapters explain how souls appear and the way in which they function. Each case history is abbreviated to some extent because of space constraints and to give the reader an orderly arrangement of soul activity.

The chapters are designed to show the normal progression of souls into and out of the spirit world, incorporated with other spiritual information.

The travels of souls from the time of death to their next incarnation has come to me from a ten-year collection of clients.

Comment 6
This is the first book that was written after a ten year period. After the success of this book was completed, a second (far more detailed book) was published. It is called / titled “Destiny of Souls”, and is here in Metallicaman as well..

It surprised me at first, that I had people who remembered parts of their soul life more clearly after distant lifetimes than recent ones. Yet, for some reason, no one subject was able to recall the entire chronology of soul activities I have presented in this book. My clients remember certain aspects of their spiritual life quite vividly, while other experiences are hazy to them. As a result, even with these twenty-nine cases, I found I could not give the reader the full range of information I have gathered about the spirit world. Thus, my chapters contain details from more cases than just the twenty-nine listed.

The reader may consider my questioning in certain cases to be rather demanding. In hypnosis, it is necessary to keep the subject on track. When working in the spiritual realm, the demands on a facilitator are higher than with past life recall.

In trance, the average subject tends to let his or her soul-mind wander while watching interesting scenes unfold. My clients often want me to stop talking so they can detach from reporting what they see and just enjoy their past experiences as souls. I try to be gentle and not overly structured, but my sessions are usually single ones which run three hours in length and there is a lot to cover. People may come long distances to see me and not be able to return.

Comment 7
Individuals usually had to travel a long distance to obtain the session. At that, each session was very difficult and lasted no more than three hours. It was not an easy restful event.

I find it very rewarding to watch the look of wonder on a client’s face when his or her session ends.

For those of us who have had the opportunity to actually see our immortality, a new depth of self-understanding and empowerment emerges.

Before awakening my subjects, I often implant appropriate post-suggestion memories. Having a conscious knowledge of their soul life in the spirit world and a history of physical existences on planets gives these people a stronger sense of direction and energy for life.

Finally, I should say that what you are about to read may come as a shock to your preconceptions about death. The material presented here may go against your philosophical and religious beliefs. There will be those readers who will find support for their existing opinions.

For others, the information offered in these cases will all appear to be subjective tales resembling a science fiction story. Whatever your persuasion, I hope you will reflect’ upon the implications for humanity if what my subjects have to say about life after death is accurate.

Comment 8
Thus ends the introduction by Dr. Newton in his first book “Journey of Souls”.

Death and Departure Case 1

S. (Subject): Oh, my god! I’m not really dead-am I? I mean, my body is dead-I can see it below me-but I’m floating… I can look down and see my body lying flat in the hospital bed. Everyone around me thinks I’m dead, but I’m not. I want to shout, hey, I’m not really dead! This is so incredible … the nurses are pulling a sheet over my head… people I know are crying. I’m supposed to be dead, but I’m still alive! It’s strange, because my body is absolutely dead while I’m moving around it from above. I’m alive!

THESE  are  the  words  spoken  by  a  man  in  deep  hypnosis,  reliving  a  death experience. His words come in short, excited bursts and are full of awe, as he sees and feels what it is like to be a spirit newly separated from a physical body.

This man is my client and I have just assisted him in recreating a past life death scene while he lies back in a comfortable recliner chair. A little earlier, following my instructions during his trance induction, this subject was age-regressed in a return to childhood memories.  His subconscious perceptions gradually coalesced as we worked together to reach his mother’s womb.

I then prepared him for a jump back into the mists of time by the visual use of protective shielding.

Comment 9
This technique of “protective shielding” is a method where you isolate the subject from experiencing pain or suffering. You essentially disconnect the troublesome aspects of reliving an event. If you do not do so, a subject might end up reliving the pain of giving birth, or dying under torture, or experiencing a great loss. There are numerous ways and techniques to do this all utilized by the hypnotist.

When we completed this important step of mental conditioning, I moved my subject through an imaginary time tunnel to his last life on Earth.

It was a short life because he had died suddenly from the influenza epidemic of 1918.

As the initial shock of seeing himself die and feeling his soul floating out of his body begins to wear off a little, my client adjusts more readily to the visual images in his mind.  Since a small part of the conscious,  critical  portion of his mind is still functioning, he realizes he is recreating a former experience. It takes a bit longer than usual since this subject is a “younger soul” and not so used to the cycles of birth, death, and rebirth as are many of my other clients.

Comment 10
It is widely common to expect a person under hypnosis to remember past lives. However the number of past lives differ from individual to individual. Those with only a few previous past lives and past reincarnation events are considered to be “young” or “young souls”. While those with many, many, many previous past lives are considered to be “old” or “ancient souls”.

Yet,  within  a  few  moments  he  settles  in  and  begins  to  respond  with  greater confidence to my questions. I quickly raise this subject’s subconscious hypnotic level into the superconscious state. Now he is ready to talk to me about the spirit world, and I ask what is happening to him.

S: Well … I’m rising up higher … still floating … looking back at my body. It’s like watching a movie, only I’m in it! 

The doctor is comforting my wife and daughter. My wife is sobbing (subject wiggles with discomfort in his chair). 

I’m trying to reach into her mind … to tell her everything is all right with me. She is so overcome by grief I’m not getting through. 

I want her to know my suffering is gone … I’m free of my body … I don’t need it any more … that I will wait for her. 

I want her to know that … but she is … not listening to me. 

Oh, I’m moving away now …

And so, guided by a series of commands, my client starts the process of moving further into the spirit world.

It is a road many others have traveled in the security of my office.

Typically, as memories in the superconscious state expand, subjects in hypnosis become more connected to the spiritual passageway. As the session moves forward, the subject’s mental pictures are more easily translated into words.

Short descriptive phrases lead to detailed explanations of what it is like to enter the spirit world.

We have a great deal of documentation, including observations from medical personnel, which describes the out-of-body near-death experiences of people severely injured in accidents.

These people were considered clinically dead before medical efforts brought them back from the other side.

Souls are quite capable of leaving and returning to their host bodies, particularly in life-threatening situations when the body is dying’. People tell of hovering over their bodies, especially in hospitals, watching doctors perform life-saving procedures on them. In time these memories fade after they return to life.

Comment 11
So much to explain here. Firstly, our consciousness (who we are) goes in and out of the world-lines quickly. Roughly about 144 times a second. Each time it does so, it is momentarily outside of the physical body. It is there outside for roughly 1/144 of a second. so being outside the body, between world-lines, within a fraction of “time” is a normal occurrence. What isn’t is staying there in particle form and leaving the train of world-lines by staying in wave from.

In the early stages of hypnosis regression into past lives, the descriptions of subjects mentally going through their past deaths do not contradict the reported statements of people who have actually died in this life for a few minutes.

The difference between these two groups of people is that subjects in hypnosis are not remembering their experiences of temporary death. People in a deep trance state are capable of describing what life is like after permanent physical death.

Comment 12
What is different during “death” is that this time the consciousness has stayed in wave form, and not particle form. And thus the body is dead. What most people do not realize is that, they as consciousness, can actually “jump” to another world-line in this state (if it is adjacent”) and not go through the death sequence. (But that is an involved process, and might take about ten posts just to start explaining the basics of it.) The thoughts of the consciousness over the life-time has created this world-line ending and departure.

What are the similarities of afterlife recollection between people reporting on their out-of-body experiences as a result of a temporary physical trauma and a subject in hypnosis recalling death in a past life?

Both find themselves floating around their bodies in a strange way, trying to touch solid objects which dematerialize in front of them.

Both kinds of reporters say they are frustrated in their attempts to talk to living people who don’t respond.

Both state they feel a pulling sensation away from the place where they died and experience relaxation and curiosity rather than fear.

All these people report a euphoric sense of freedom and brightness around them. Some of my subjects see brilliant whiteness totally surrounding them at the moment of death, while others observe the brightness is farther away from an area of darker space through which they are being pulled. This is often referred to as the tunnel effect, and has become well known with the public.

Most people who have died and then returned back to life describe a tunnel of light that they see and experience.
Most people who have died and then returned back to life describe a tunnel of light that they see and experience.
Comment 13
This “tunnel of light” is quite different from normal “everyday” travel in and out of the world-lines. What is going on here is that the consciousness is leaving the area of the physical constructions. It is leaving a “plane of existence” that includes the near-infinite numbers of world-lines and moving “upwards” to a different universe. One in which we call “Heaven”..
This is what is going on. There are two (possibly many other) universes involved. Our consciousness experiences "time" in one universe. This time is a sequence of trips in and out through multiple world-lines. All the time in a frequency of vibration around 4Hz. It switches back and forth between wave and particle. Up until he moment of death. Then, it is in the universe of physical realities, but not within a given world-line. To leave this universe it needs to "cross over" and exit it and go to a different universe. This is often described as going through a tunnel of light.
This is what is going on. There are two (possibly many other) universes involved. Our consciousness experiences “time” in one universe. This time is a sequence of trips in and out through multiple world-lines. All the time in a frequency of vibration around 4Hz. It switches back and forth between wave and particle. Up until he moment of death. Then, it is in the universe of physical realities, but not within a given world-line. To leave this universe it needs to “cross over” and exit it and go to a different universe. This is often described as going through a tunnel of light.

My second case will take us further into the death experience than Case 1.

The subject here is a man in his sixties describing to me the events of his death as a young woman called Sally, who was killed by Kiowa Indians in an attack on a wagon train in 1866.

Map showing the location of the Kiowa Indians in the Oklahoma / Texas region. This regression describes the death of "White" settlers encroaching on Indian Territories and Nations.
Map showing the location of the Kiowa Indians in the Oklahoma / Texas region. This regression describes the death of “White” settlers encroaching on Indian Territories and Nations.

Although this case and the last one relate death experiences after their most immediate past lives, a particular death date in history has no special relevance because it is recent. I find no significant differences between ancient and modern times in terms of graphic spirit world recall, or the quality of lessons learned.

I should also say the average subject in trance has an uncanny ability to zero in on the dates and geographic locations of many past lives. This is true even in earlier periods of human civilization, when national borders and place names were different than exist today. Former names, dates, and locations may not always be easily recalled in every past life, but descriptions about returning to the spirit world and life in that world are consistently vivid.

Wagon train in the Americas. During this period of time, European settlers formed these convoys of wagons and people moved West to find lands to settle upon. It is unfortunate that they lands were already occupied and the Indians that occupied them did not want these strangers taking their lands.
Wagon train in the Americas. During this period of time, European settlers formed these convoys of wagons and people moved West to find lands to settle upon. It is unfortunate that they lands were already occupied and the Indians that occupied them did not want these strangers taking their lands.

The scene in Case 2 opens on the American southern plains right after an arrow has struck Sally in the neck at close range. I am always careful with death scenes involving violent trauma in past lives because the subconscious mind often still retains these experiences. The subject in this case came to me because of a lifetime of throat discomfort. Release therapy and deprogramming is usually required in these cases. In all past life recall, I use the time around death for quiet review and place the subject in observer status to soften pain and emotion.

Case 2 – Sally dies by an arrow

Dr. N: Are you in great pain from the arrow?

S: Yes … the point has torn my throat … I’m dying (subject begins to whisper while holding his hands at the throat). I’m choking… blood pouring down … Will (husband) is holding me … the pain … terrible … I’m getting out now … it’s over, anyway.

Note: Souls often leave their human hosts moments before actual death when their bodies are in great pain. Who can blame them? Nevertheless, they do stay close by the dying body. After calming techniques, I raise this subject from the subconscious to the superconscious level for the transition to spiritual memories.

Dr. N: All right, Sally, you have accepted being killed by these Indians. Will you please describe to me the exact sensation you feel at the time of death?

S: Like … a force … of some kind … pushing me up out of my body.

Dr. N: Pushing you? Out where?

S: I’m ejected out the top of my head.

Dr. N: And what was pushed out?

S: Well-me!

Dr. N: Describe what “me” means. What does the thing that is you look like going out of the head of your body?

S: (pause) Like a … pinpoint of light … radiating…

Dr. N: How do you radiate light?

S: From… my energy. I look sort of transparent white my soul…

Dr. N: And does this energy light stay the same after leaving your body?

S: (pause) I seem to grow a little … as I move around.

Dr. N: If your light expands, then what do you look like now?

S: A… wispy … string… hanging …

Dr. N: And what does the process of moving out of your body actually feel like to you?

S: Well, it’s as if I shed my skin … peeling a banana. I just lose my body in one swoosh!

Dr. N: Is the feeling unpleasant?

S: Oh no! It’s wonderful to feel so free with no more pain, but … I am… disoriented … I didn’t expect to die …

(sadness is creeping into my client’s voice and I want him to stay focused on his soul for a minute more, rather than what is taking place on the ground with his body)

Dr. N: I understand, Sally. You are feeling a little displacement at the moment as a soul. This is normal in your situation for what you have just gone through. Listen and respond to my questions. You said you were floating. Are you able to move around freely right after death?

S: It’s strange … it’s as if I’m suspended in air that isn’t air … there are no limits… no gravity… I’m weightless.

Dr. N: You mean it’s sort of like being in a vacuum for you?

S: Yes… nothing around me is a solid mass. There are no obstacles to bump into… I’m drifting…

Dr. N: Can you control your movements-where you are going?

S: Yes … I can do some of that … but there is … a pulling … into a bright whiteness … it’s so bright!

Dr. N: Is the intensity of whiteness the same everywhere?

S: Brighter … away from me … it’s a little darker white … gray … in the direction of my body … (starts to cry) oh, my poor body … I’m not ready to leave yet. (subject pulls back in his chair as if he is resisting something)

The subject is reliving the moment of death when an Indian arrow kills her by slicing open her neck.
The subject is reliving the moment of death when an Indian arrow kills her by slicing open her neck.

Dr. N: It’s all right, Sally, I’m with you. I want you to relax and tell me if the force that took you out of your head at the moment of death is still pulling you away, and if you can stop it.

S: (pause) When I was free of my body the pulling lessened. Now, I feel a nudge … drawing me away from my body … I don’t want to go yet … but, something wants me to go soon …

Dr. N: I understand, Sally, but I suspect you are learning you have some element of control. How would you describe this thing that is pulling you?

S: A … kind of magnetic … force … but … I want to stay a little longer …

Dr. N: Can your soul resist this pulling sensation for as long as you want?

S: (there is a long pause while the subject appears to be carrying on an internal debate with himself in his former life as Sally) Yes, I can, if I really want to stay. (subject starts to cry) Oh, it’s awful what those savages did to my body. There is blood all over my pretty blue dress … my husband Will is trying to hold me and still fight with our friends against the Kiowa.

Note: I reinforce the imagery of a protective shield around this subject, which is so important as a foundation to calming procedures. Sally’s soul is still hovering over her body after I move the scene forward in time to when the Indians are driven off by the wagon train rifles.

Dr. N: Sally, what is your husband doing right after the attack?

S: Oh, good … he isn’t hurt … but … (with sadness) he is holding my body … crying over me … there is nothing he can do for me, but he doesn’t seem to realize that yet. I’m cold, but his hands are around my face … kissing me.

Dr. N: And what are you doing at this moment?

S: I’m over Will’s head. I’m trying to console him. I want him to feel my love is not really gone … I want him to know he has not lost me forever and that I will see him again.

Dr. N: Are your messages getting through?

S: There is so much grief, but he … feels my essence … I know it. Our friends are around him … and they separate us finally … they want to reform the wagons and get started again.

Dr. N: And what is going on now with your soul?

S: I’m still resisting the pulling sensation … I want to stay.

Dr. N: Why is that?

S: Well, I know I’m dead … but I’m not ready to leave Will yet and I want to watch them bury me.

Dr. N: Do you see or feel any other spiritual entity around you at this moment?

S: (pause) They are near … soon I will see them … I feel their love as I want Will to feel mine … they are waiting until I’m ready.

Dr. N: As time passes, are you able to comfort Will? S: I’m trying to reach inside his mind.

Dr. N: And are you successful?

S: (pause) I … think a little … he feels me … he realizes … love…

Dr. N: All right, Sally, now we are going to move forward in relative time again. Do you see your wagon train friends placing your body in some kind of grave?

S: (voice is more confident) Yes, they have buried me. It’s time for me to go … they are coming for me now… I’m moving… into a brighter light…

Contrary to what some people believe, souls often have little interest in what happens to their bodies once they are physically dead. This is not callousness over personal situations and the people they leave behind on Earth, but an acknowledgement of these souls to the finality of mortal death. They have a desire to hurry on their way to the beauty of the spirit world.

Comment 14
The consciousness usually leaves quite readily once the world-line is over. Any attachment is residual, but as time progresses they realize that the person that they love is still there. They are not tied to a given specific world-line. But that they can visit that part of soul or consciousness that is merrily hopping in and out of world-lines all the time.

What the person’s consciousness sees at this moment in time is the shock of an abrupt ending of a time track at death.

However, many other souls want to hover around the place where they died for a few Earth days, usually until after their funerals. Time is apparently accelerated for souls and days on Earth may be only minutes to them. There are a variety of motivations for the lingering soul. For instance, someone who has been murdered or killed unexpectedly in an accident often does not want to leave right away. I find these souls are frequently bewildered or angry. The hovering soul syndrome is particularly true of deaths with young people.

Comment 15
Again, there is not one singular world-line. There are multitudes all with different outcomes.

When a given consciousness wants to “stay” and visit loved ones, its mostly due to the fact that the traumatic events of the death is preventing them from seeing the reality around them.

They are not looking around and seeing their loved ones (or a percentage part off their loved ones) are outside of the physical reality as well. You are never alone.

To abruptly detach from a human form, even after a long illness, is still a jolt to the average soul and this too may make the soul reluctant to depart at the moment of death. There is also something symbolic about the normal three- to five-day funeral arrangement periods for souls. Souls really have no morbid curiosity to see themselves buried because emotions in the spirit world are not the same as we experience here on Earth. Yet, I find soul entities appreciate the respect given to the memory of their physical life by surviving relatives and friends.

As we saw in the last case, there is one basic reason for many spirits not wanting to immediately leave the place of their physical death.

This comes from a desire to mentally reach out to comfort loved ones before progressing further into the spirit world. Those who have just died are not devastated about their death, because they know those left on Earth will see them again in the spirit world and probably later in other lives as well.

Comment 16
For every world line is one consciousness. These “others” that surround the person are what I refer to as “quantum shadows”. They are a partial percentage of another consciousness.

Consciousnesses might spend the bulk of their time in one world-line as they experience time, but that is not where all the consciousness or soul is.

It is all over the place in many different world-lines simultaneously. Thus, in this case Sally died. Her consciousness left the last world-line. Those others that she cared about (Will) did not die on that world line. However, Will’s consciousness is not limited to that world-line. He is in other world-lines as well. Most as “quantum shadows”, but also in a non-physical state as well.

And as such, all Sally need do is look for Will OUTSIDE of the given world-line to see him, or at least part of him.

On the other hand, mourners at a funeral generally feel they have lost a loved one forever.

During hypnosis, my subjects do recall frustration at being unable to effectively use their energy to mentally touch a human being who is unreceptive due to shock and grief. Emotional trauma of the living may overwhelm their inner minds to such an extent that their mental capabilities to communicate with souls are inhibited. When a newly departed soul does find a way to give solace to the living-however briefly- they usually are satisfied and want to then move on quickly away from Earth’s astral plane.

I had a typical example of spiritual consolation in my own life.

My mother died suddenly from a heart attack. During her burial service, my sister and I were so filled with sadness our minds were numb at the ceremony. A few hours later we returned to my mother’s empty house with our spouses and decided to take a needed rest.

My sister and I must have reached the receptive Alpha state at about the same time.

Appearing in two separate rooms, my mother came through our subconscious minds as a dream-like brush of whiteness above our heads. Reaching out, she smiled, indicating her acceptance of death and current well-being. Then she floated away. Lasting only seconds, this act was a meaningful form of closure, causing both of us to release into a sound sleep of the Delta state.

Comment 16
When I was attending University, one of our close friends died. He was playing football and had an aneurysm and died suddenly. His name was Marty. And he went by the name of “Rhino” because of his cute habit of head bumping everyone who he met.

About four days later, me and my two friends were sleeping the dorm after a night of drinking beer. At around 3am we all suddenly woke up and all of us were sitting up. We all had a dream that Marty was telling us that he was fine and well and not to worry about him. It was so loving and kind that we have never forgot that experience..

We are capable of feeling the comforting presence of the souls of lost loved ones, especially during or right after funerals. For spiritual communication to come through the shock of mourning it is necessary to try to relax and clear your mind, at least for short periods. At these moments our receptivity to a paranormal experience is more open to receive positive communications of love, forgiveness, hope, encouragement, and the reassurance your loved one is in a good place.

When a widow with young children says to me, “A part of my husband comes to me during the difficult times,” I believe her.

My clients tell me as souls they are able to help those on Earth connect their inner minds to the spirit world itself As it has been wisely said, people are not really gone as long as they are remembered by those left on Earth.

In the chapters ahead, we will see how specific memory is a reflection of our own soul, while collective memories are the atoms of pure energy for all souls.

Comment 17
There are different types of memories. There is not one singular generic thing called a “memory”. There are memories that are attached to a specific consciousness. There are memories attached to a specific soul that controls that consciousness, and then there are group memories that are shared with other consciousnesses.

Death does not break our continuity with the immortal soul of those we love simply because they have lost the physical personhood of a mortal body. Despite their many activities, these departed souls are still able to reach us if called upon.

Occasionally, a disturbed spirit does not want to leave the Earth after physical death. This is due to some unresolved problem which has had a severe impact on its consciousness. In these abnormal cases, help is available from higher, caring entities who can assist in the adjustment process from the other side. We also have the means to aid disturbed spirits in letting go on Earth, as well. I will have more to say about troubled souls in Chapter Four, but the enigma of ghosts portrayed in books and movies has been greatly overblown.

Comment 18
Ghosts, spirits and sprites do exist, as do all sorts of other non-physical entities. However most humans need not fear them. They are typically harmless. What does happen is that other create situations to generate fear. And they use that to control us. Don’t permit others to manipulate you..

How should we best prepare for our own death?

Our lives may be short or long, healthy or sick, but there comes that time when we all must meet death in a way suited  for us.  If  we  have  had  a  long  illness  leading  to  death,  there  is  time  to adequately prepare the mind once initial shock, denial, and depression have passed.

The mind takes a short cut through this sort of progression when we face death suddenly.

As the end of our physical life draws near, each of us has the capacity to fuse with our higher consciousness.  Dying is the easiest  period in our lives  for spiritual awareness, when we can sense our soul is connected to the eternity of time.

Although there are dying people who find acceptance to be more difficult than resignation, caregivers working around the dying say most everyone acquires a peaceful detachment near the end. I believe dying people are given access to a supreme knowledge of eternal consciousness and this frequently shows in their faces. Many of these people realize something universal is out there waiting and it will be good.

Comment 19
At or approaching the moment of death, the consciousness changes the frequency of world-line changes.

This can be slower or faster.

In any event, the brain and the person interprets this as a general calming effect as there is a greater percentage of conscious “duration” within a wave state..

Dying people are undergoing a metamorphosis of separation by their souls from an adopted body. People associate death as losing our life force, when actually the opposite is true. We forfeit our body in death, but our eternal life energy unites with the force of a divine oversoul.

Death is not darkness, but light.

My clients  say after recalling former death experiences  they are so filled with rediscovered freedom from their earthbound bodies that they are anxious to get started on their spiritual journey to a place of peace and familiarity. In the cases which follow, we will learn what life is like for them in afterlife.

Gateway to the Spirit World

For thousands of years the people of Mesopotamia believed the gates into and out of heaven lay at opposite ends of the great curve of the Milky Way, called the River of Souls. After death, souls had to wait for the rising doorway of Sagittarius and the autumn equinox, when day and night are equal. Reincarnation back to Earth could only take place during the spring equinox through the Gemini exit in their night sky.

The Milkyway in the night sky.
The Milkyway in the night sky.

My subjects tell me that soul migration is actually much easier.

The tunnel effect they experience when leaving Earth is the portal into the spirit world. Although souls leave their bodies swiftly, it  seems to me entry into the spirit  world is a carefully measured process. Later, when we return to Earth in another life, the route back is described as being more rapid.

The location of the tunnel in relation to the Earth has some variations between the accounts of my subjects.

Some newly dead people see it opening up next to them right over their bodies, while others say they move high above the Earth before they enter the tunnel. In all cases, however, the time lapse in reaching this passageway is negligible once the soul leaves Earth.

There are variations on where the "tunnel of light" appears when a person dies. Some report that it opens up right next to them, while others report it to be far away and they must travel to it.
There are variations on where the “tunnel of light” appears when a person dies. Some report that it opens up right next to them, while others report it to be far away and they must travel to it.

Here are the observations of another individual in this spiritual location.

Case 3 – The Tunnel of Light

Dr. N: You are now leaving your body. See yourself moving further and further away from the place where you died, away from the plane of Earth. Report back to me what you are experiencing.

S: At first … it was very bright … close to the Earth … now it’s a little darker because I have gone into a tunnel.

Dr. N: Describe this tunnel for me.

S: It’s a … hollow, dim vent … and there is a small circle of light at the other end. Dr. N: Okay, what happens to you next?

S: I feel a tugging … a gentle pulling… I think I’m supposed to drift through this tunnel … and I do. It is more gray than dark now, because the bright circle is expanding in front of me. It’s as if… (client stops)

Dr. N: Go on.

S: I’m being summoned forward …

Dr. N: Let the circle of light expand in front of you at the end of the tunnel and continue to explain what is happening to you.

S: The circle of light grows very wide and … I’m out of the tunnel. There is a … cloudy brightness … a light fog. I’m filtering through it.

Dr. N: As you leave the tunnel, what else stands out in your mind besides the lack of absolute visual clarity?

S: (subject lowers voice) It’s so … still … it is such a quiet place to be in … I am in the place of spirits

Comment 20
The space directly outside of our immediate reality is the “universe” of the many, many world-lines. Within that space we can “hear” or “perceive” things. And as such it tends to be rather noisy…

Not just the sounds of the physical world-lines that lie as part of the “time track” that the consciousness was part of, but the thoughts of all the “quantum shadows” nearby.

Dr. N: Do you have any other impressions at this moment as a soul?

S: Thought! I feel the … power of thought all around …….

Dr. N: Just relax completely and let your impressions come through easily as you continue to report back to me exactly what is happening to you. Please go on.

S: Well, it’s hard to put into words. I feel… thoughts of love companionship … empathy … and it’s all combined with … anticipation … as if others are … waiting for me.

Dr. N: Do you have a sense of security, or are you a little scared?

S: I’m not scared. When I was in the tunnel, I was more … disoriented. Yes, I feel secure … I’m aware of thoughts reaching out to me of caring … nurturing. It is strange, but there is also the understanding around me of just who I am and why I am here now.

Dr. N: Do you see any evidence of this around you?

S: (in a hushed tone) No, I sense it-a harmony of thought everywhere.

Dr. N: You mentioned cloud-like substances around you right after leaving the tunnel. Are you in a sky over Earth?

S: (pause) No-not that-but I seem to be floating through cloud stuff which is different from Earth.

Dr. N: Can you see the Earth at all? Is it below you?

S: Maybe it is, but I haven’t seen it since I went in the tunnel.

Dr. N: Do you sense you are still connected to Earth through another dimension, perhaps?

S: That’s a possibility-yes. In my mind Earth seems close … and I still feel connected to Earth … but I know I’m in another space.

Dr. N: What else can you tell me about your present location?

S: It’s still a little … murky … but I’m moving out of this.

This particular subject, having been taken through the death experience and the tunnel, continues to make tranquil mental adjustments to her bodiless state while pulling further into the spirit world. After some initial uncertainty, her first reported impressions reflect an inviting sense of  well-being.

This is a common feeling among my subjects.

Once through the tunnel, our souls have passed the initial gateway of their journey into the spirit world. Most now fully realize they are not really dead, but have simply left the encumbrance of an Earth body which has died.

With this awareness comes acceptance in varying degrees depending upon the soul. Some subjects look at these surroundings with continued amazement while others are more matter-of-fact in reporting to me what they see.

Much depends upon their respective maturity and recent life experiences.

The most common type of reaction I hear is a relieved sigh followed by something on the order of, ” wonderful, I’m home in this beautiful place again.”

There are those highly developed souls who move so fast out of their bodies that much of what I am describing here is a blur as they home into their spiritual destinations.  These are the pros and,  in my opinion,  they are a distinct minority on Earth.

The average soul does not move that rapidly and some are very hesitant.

If we exclude the rare cases of highly disturbed spirits who fight to stay connected with their dead bodies, I find it is the younger souls with fewer past lives who remain attached to Earth’s environment right after death.

Most of my subjects report that as they emerge from the mouth of the tunnel, things are still unclear for awhile. I think this is due to the density of the nearest astral plane surrounding Earth, called the kamaloka by Theosophists.

The Astral Plane is just another term for the universe that houses our many, many world-lines.
The Astral Plane is just another term for the universe that houses our many, many world-lines.

The next case describes this area from the perspective of a more analytical client. The soul of this individual demonstrates considerable observational insight into form, colors, and vibrational levels. Normally, such graphic physical descriptions by my subjects occur deeper into the spirit world after they get used to their surroundings.

Case 4 – Exiting the “Tunnel of Light” and entering the “Heaven” Universe.

Dr. N: As you move further away from the tunnel, describe what you see around you in as much detail as possible.

S: Things are … layered.

Dr. N: Layered in what way?

S: Umm, sort of like … a cake.

Dr. N: Using a cake as a model, explain what you mean?

S: I mean some cakes have small tops and are wide at the bottom. It’s not like that when I get through the tunnel. I see layers … levels of light … they appear to me to be .. translucent… indented…

Dr. N: Do you see the spirit world here as made up of a solid structure?

S: That’s what I’m trying to explain. It’s not solid, although you might think so at first. It’s layered-the levels of light are all woven together in … stratified threads. I don’t want to make it sound like things are not symmetrical-they are. But I see variations in thickness and color refraction in the layers. They also shift back and forth. I always notice this as I travel away from Earth.

Comment 21
What we consider to be physical is actually the movement of quanta. It’s quantum physics. And all quanta are stratified and form patterns and relationships.

Our consciousness can interpret the visualization of this effect as light. For after all, that is the way our eyes see things, through colors and light.

What is actually going on is that the subject is perceiving the different levels of quanta that make up the physical universe. He / she “sees” it as light.

The quanta has the ability to move from one universe to another, so it should not be misunderstood. The consciousness can see quanta in different universes.

Dr. N: Why do you think this is so?

S: I don’t know. I didn’t design it.

Dr. N: From your description, I picture the spirit world as a huge tier with layers of shaded sections from top to bottom.

S: Yes, and the sections are rounded-they curve away from me as I float through them.

Dr. N: From your position of observation, can you tell me about the different colors of the layers?

S: I didn’t say the layers had any major color tones. They are all variations of white. It is lighter … brighter where I’m going, than where I have been. Around me now is a hazy whiteness which was much brighter than the tunnel.

Comment 22
A color is the absorption of light by a material. What you see is the colors not absorbed by the material. Thus it makes sense that the sensing of the “light” would be full-spectrum by the senses of our consciousness.

Dr. N: As you float through these spiritual layers, is your soul moving up or down?

S: Neither. I am moving across.

Dr. N: Well, then, do you see the spirit world at this moment in linear dimensions of lines and angles as you move across?

S: (pause) For me it is … mostly sweeping, non-material energy which is broken into layers by light and dark color variations. I think something is … pulling me into my proper level of travel and trying to relax me, too …

Dr. N: In what way?

S: I’m hearing sounds.

Dr. N: What sounds?

S: An … echo … of music … musical tingling … wind chimes … vibrating with my movements … so relaxing.

Dr. N: Other people have defined these sounds as vibrational in nature, similar to riding on the resonance from the twang of a tuning fork. Do you agree or disagree with this description?

Comment 23
All of these perceptions by the consciousness as it moves in the Heaven(s), whether in the physical universe (Astral plane) or the heavenly universe are interpretations of the quanta.

Each interpretation is based on a human sense. As that this the soul construction that the consciousness is familiar with.

This includes all the sense, from sight to taste, to sound, to vibration, to touch. And since the consciousness can apply human sensations to these quanta, the ability to manipulate the quanta can create human-like constructions.

S: (nods in assent) Yes, that’s what this is … and I have a memory of scent and taste, too.

Dr. N: Does this mean our physical senses stay with us after death?

S: Yes, the memory of them … the waves of musical notes here are so beautiful … bells … strings. such tranquility.

Many spirit world travelers report back to me about the relaxing sensations of musical vibrations. Noise sensations start quite early after death. Some subjects tell me they hear humming or buzzing sounds right after leaving their physical bodies. This is similar to the noise one hears standing near telephone wires and may vary in volume before souls pull away from what I believe to be the Earth’s astral plane.

People have said they hear these same sounds when under general anesthesia. These flat, ringing sounds become more musical when we leave the tunnel. This music has been appropriately called energy of the universe because it revitalizes the soul.

The Buddhism 31 planes of existence is one such believe that maps out and categorizes the various planes in the "Heavenly" realms.
The Buddhism 31 planes of existence is one such believe that maps out and categorizes the various planes in the “Heavenly” realms.

With subjects who speak about spiritual layering, I mention the possibility that they could be seeing astral planes. In metaphysical writing, we read a lot about planes above the Earth.

Comment 24
The use of the term “planes” is a way for our human mind to understand the complexities of the different “textures” and attributes of how quanta behave outside of the physical world-lines.

The reason for this has to do with the construction of our own individual souls. Most specifically the garbions and the swales that connect them.

Other species, with different soul constructions, and different types of garbions and swale arrangements would interpret these variations quite differently and might even have a difficult time understanding what we are talking about.

Beginning with ancient Indian scriptures called the Vedas, followed by later Eastern texts, astral planes have historically represented a series of rising dimensions above the physical or tangible world, which blend into the spiritual. These invisible regions have been experienced by people over thousands of years through meditative, out-of-body observations of the mind. Astral planes also have been described as being less dense as one moves farther away from the heavy influences of Earth.

Theravada Buddhist cosmology describes the 31 planes of existence in which rebirth takes place. The order of the planes are found in various discourses of the Gautama Buddha in the Sutta Pitaka. For example, in the Saleyyaka Sutta of the Majjhima Nikaya the Buddha mentioned the planes above the human plane in ascending order. In several sūtras in the Anguttara Nikaya, the Buddha described the causes of rebirth in these planes in the same order. In Buddhism, the devas are not immortal gods that play a creative role in the cosmic process. They are simply elevated beings who had been reborn in the celestial planes as a result of their words, thoughts, and actions. Usually, they are just as much in bondage to delusion and desire as human beings, and as in need of guidance from the Enlightened One. The Buddha is the "teacher of devas and humans (satthadevamanussanam). The devas come to visit the Buddha in the night. The Devatasamyutta and the Devaputtasamyutta of the Samyutta Nikaya gives a record of their conversations. The devaputtas are young devas newly arisen in heavenly planes, and devatas are mature deities.

There are more than 10,000 crore (100 billion) solar systems in our Galaxy, and more than 10,000 crore (100 billion) galaxies in our Universe. There are many Universes in space. Past and future lives may occur on other planets. The data for the 31 planes of existence in samsara are compiled from the Majjhima Nikaya, Anguttara Nikaya, Samyutta Nikaya, Digha Nikaya, Khuddaka Nikaya, and others. The 31 planes of existence can be perceived by a Buddha's Divine eye (dibbacakkhu) and some of his awakened disciples through the development of jhana meditation. According to the suttas, a Buddha can access all these planes and know all his past lives as well as those of other beings.

-Buddhist cosmology of the Theravada school - Wikipedia

The next case  represents a soul who is still troubled after passing through the spiritual tunnel. This is a man who, at age thirty-six, died of a heart attack on a Chicago street in 1902. He left behind a large family of young children and a wife who was deeply loved.

They were very poor.

Case 5 – Death in 1902 Chicago.

Dr. N: Can you see clearly yet as you travel beyond the tunnel?

S: I’m still passing through these… foamy clouds around me.

Dr. N: I want you to move all the way through this and tell me what you see now.

S: (pause) Oh … I’m out of it … my God, this place is big! It’s so bright and clean-it even smells good. I am looking at a beautiful ice palace.

A big beautiful ice palace.
A big beautiful ice palace.

Dr. N: Tell me more.

S:  (with  amazement)  It’s  enormous  …  it  looks  like  bright,  sparkling  crystal … colored stones shining all around me.

Dr. N: When you say crystalline, I think of a clear color.

S: Well, there are mostly grays and white … but as I float along I do see other colors … mosaics … all glittery.

Dr. N: Look into the distance from within this ice palace-do you see any boundaries anywhere?

S: No, this space is infinite … so majestic … and peaceful.

Dr. N: What are you feeling right now?

S: I… can’t fully enjoy it … I don’t want to go further … Maggie (subject’s widow)

When a person dies, they care about those that are left behind. Yet, they are actually not really left behind. They are "quantum shadows" of the person. Their consciousness exists in both the physical and the nearby non-physical word. As they too are cycling in and out for form; wave / particle... wave / particle. A well-trained (spiritually or quantum-trained) individual can easily communicate to them at this period of death.
When a person dies, they care about those that are left behind. Yet, they are actually not really left behind. They are “quantum shadows” of the person. Their consciousness exists in both the physical and the nearby non-physical word. As they too are cycling in and out for form; wave / particle… wave / particle. A well-trained (spiritually or quantum-trained) individual can easily communicate to them at this period of death.

Dr. N: I can see you are still disturbed about the Chicago life, but does this inhibit your progress into the spirit world?

S: (subject jerks upright in my office chair) Good! I see my guide coming towards me-she knows what I need.

Dr. N: Tell me what transpires between you and your guide.

S: I say to her I can’t go on… that I need to know Maggie and the children are going to be okay.

Dr. N: And how does your guide respond?

S: She is comforting me-but I’m too loaded down.

Dr. N: What do you say to her?

S: (shouting) I tell her, “Why did you allow this to happen? How could you do this to me? You made me go through such pain and hardship with Maggie and now you cut off our life together.”

Dr. N: What does your guide do?

S: She is trying to soothe me. Telling me I did a good job and that I will see my life ran its intended course.

Dr. N: Do you accept what she says?

S: (pause) In my mind… information comes to me … of the future on Earth … that the family is getting on without me … accepting that I am gone … they are going to make it … and we will all see each other again.

Dr. N: And how does this make you feel?

S: I feel … peace … (with a sigh) .. I am ready to go on now.

Comment 24
After spending years in a given body, our consciousness becomes attached to the physical world. Even if we see our guides, angels or friends, we often have to be reminded that the entire time in the various physical world is but a learning event.

Before touching on the significance of Case 5 meeting his guide here, I want to mention this man’s interpretation of the spirit world appearing as an ice palace.

Further into the spirit world, my subjects will talk about seeing buildings and being in furnished rooms.

The state of hypnosis by itself does not create these images.

Logically, people should not be recalling such physical structures in a non-material world unless we consider these scenes of Earth’s natural environment are intended to aid in the soul’s transition and adjustment from a physical death. These sights have individual meaning for every soul communicating with me, all of whom are affected by their Earth experiences.

Comment 25
Perhaps. However, the consciousness can manipulate quanta and shape it. More on this later on. Thus all consciousness can create things through the manipulation of quanta, and it is much, much, MUCH easier to do outside of the physical universe.

When the soul sees images in the spirit world which relate to places they have lived or visited on Earth, there is a reason.

An unforgotten home, school, garden, mountain, or seashore are seen by souls because a benevolent spiritual force allows for terrestrial mirages to comfort us by their familiarity. Our planetary memories never die-they whisper forever into the soul-mind on the winds of mythical dreams just as images of the spirit world do so within the human mind.

I enjoy hearing from subjects about their first images of the spirit world. People may see fields of wildflowers, castle towers rising in the distance, or rainbows under an open sky when returning to this place of adoration after an absence.

Many people report amazing views that they "see" when in the spirit form. They report beautiful skies, flat surfaces with flowers, grasses, pleasant scents and fresh breezes.
Many people report amazing views that they “see” when in the spirit form. They report beautiful skies, flat surfaces with flowers, grasses, pleasant scents and fresh breezes.

These first ethereal Earth scenes of the spirit world don’t seem to change a great deal over a span of lives for the returning soul, although there is variety between client descriptions. I find that once a subject in trance continues further into the spirit world to describe the functional aspects of spiritual life, their comments become more uniform.

The case I have just reviewed could be described as a fairly unsettled spirit bonded closely to his soulmate, Maggie, who was left behind.

There is no question that some souls do carry the negative baggage of a difficult past life longer than others, despite the calming influences of the spirit world.

People tend to think all souls become omniscient at death.

This is not completely true because adjustment periods vary. The time of soul adjustment depends upon the circumstances of death, attachments of each soul to the memories of the life just ended, and level of advancement.

Comment 26
The adjustment period varies. It depends on the “age” of the soul and how many previous incarnations he has had. It also depends on the duration and the harshness of his previous life.

I frequently hear anger during age-regression when a young life ends suddenly.

Souls reentering the spirit world under these conditions are often bewildered and confused over leaving people they love without much warning. They are unprepared for death and some feel sad and deprived right after leaving their bodies.

If a soul has been traumatized by unfinished business, usually the first entity it sees right after death is its guide. These highly developed spiritual teachers are prepared to take the initial brunt of a soul’s frustration following an untimely death.

After a particularly difficult and grueling lifetime of hurt and trauma, the spiritual guides, also known as angels, will come and meet the distressed soul / consciousness and help them return home. This painting is titled "Hind's feet" by Daniel Gerhartz and can be found on the Art Renewal Center website.
After a particularly difficult and grueling lifetime of hurt and trauma, the spiritual guides, also known as angels, will come and meet the distressed soul / consciousness and help them return home. This painting is titled “Hind’s feet” by Daniel Gerhartz and can be found on the Art Renewal Center website.

Case 5 will eventually make a healthy adjustment to the spirit world by allowing his guide to assist him during the balance of his incoming trip.

However, I have found our guides do not encourage the complete working out of thought disorders at the spiritual gateway. There are more appropriate times and places for detailed reviews about karmic learning lessons involving life and death, which I will describe later.

The guide in Case 5 offered a brief visualization of accelerated Earth time as a means of soothing this man about the future of his wife and children so he could continue on his journey with more acceptance.

Regardless of their state of mind right after death, my subjects are full of exclamations about rediscovered marvels of the spirit world.

Usually, this feeling is combined with euphoria that all their worldly cares have been left behind, especially physical pain. Above all else, the spirit world represents a place of supreme quiescence to the traveling soul. Although it may at first  appear we are alone immediately following death, we are not isolated or unaided. Unseen intelligent energy forces guide each of us through the gate.

Comment 27
The non-physical world is not void empty blackness, but rather a warm and sunny place filled with those that care about you. You might well be surprised at how lushly populated it is and the great number of people and souls that care about your well-being.

New arrivals in the spirit world have little time to float around wondering where they are or what is going to happen to them next. Our guides and a number of soulmates and friends  wait for us close to the gateway to provide recognition, affection, and the assurance we are all right. Actually, we feel their presence from the moment of death because much of our initial readjustment depends upon the influence of these kindly entities toward our returning soul.

Homecoming

SINCE encountering friendly spirits who meet us after death is so important, how do we recognize them?

I find a general consensus of opinion among subjects in hypnosis about how souls look to each other in the spirit world. A soul may appear as a mass of energy, but apparently it is also possible for non-organic soul energy to display human characteristics.

Souls often use their capacity to project former life forms when communicating with each other.

Comment 28
A soul / consciousness can project any image that it wishes to project. Mostly the “default” images projected to others is the image associated with the last (or current) earthly incarnation.

Now this can get confusing. What happens when you are moving about world-line sliding and in one world-line you are a poor beggar, and the next a heavily tattooed weight-lifter, and the third, a frail sickly man? What is the default image that is projected?

The default image projected is always the image that the consciousness associates with itself.

Further, the projected image is usually the upper torso. This will be apparent once one migrates about in the non-physical reality.

Projecting a human life form is only one of an incalculable number of appearances which can be assumed by souls from their basic energy substance. Later on, in Chapter Six, I will discuss another feature of soul identity-the possession of a particular color aura.

Most of my subjects report the first person they see in the spirit world is their personal guide.

However, after any life we can be met by a soulmate.

A soulmate is a person with whom one has a feeling of deep or natural affinity. This may involve similarity, love, romance, platonic relationships, comfort, intimacy, sexuality, sexual activity, spirituality, compatibility and trust.

-Wikipedia

Guides and soulmates are not the same.

If a former relative or close friend appears to the incoming soul, their regular guide might  be absent from the scene. I find that usually guides are somewhere in close proximity, monitoring the incomer’s arrival in their own way.

The soul in my next case has just come through the spiritual gateway and is met by an advanced entity who obviously has had close connections with the subject over a prolonged series of past lives. Although this soulmate entity is not my client’s primary guide, he is there to welcome and provide loving encouragement for her.

Case 6 – Meetup with long-time friends

Dr. N: What do you see around you?

S: It’s as if … I’m drifting along on … pure white sand … which is shifting around me … and I’m under a giant beach umbrella-with brightly colored panels-all vaporized, but banded together, too …

Dr. N: Is anyone here to meet you?

S: (pause) I … thought I was alone … but … (a long hesitation) in the distance … uh … light … moving fast towards me … oh, my gosh!

Dr. N: What is it?

S: (excitedly) Uncle Charlie! (loudly) Uncle Charlie, I’m over here!

Dr. N: Why does this particular person come to meet you first?

S: (in a preoccupied far-off voice) Uncle Charlie, I’ve missed you so much.

Dr. N: (I repeat my question)

S: Because, of all my relatives, I loved him more than anybody. He died when I was a child and I never got over it. (on a Nebraska farm in this subject’s most immediate past life)

Nebraska farm house.
Nebraska farm house.

Dr. N: How do you know it’s Uncle Charlie? Does he have features you recognize?

S: (subject is squirming with excitement in her chair) Sure, sure-just as I remember him-jolly, kind, lovable-he is next to me. (chuckles)

Dr. N: What is so funny?

S: Uncle Charlie is just as fat as he used to be.

Dr. N: And what does he do next?

S: He is smiling and holding out his hand to me

Dr. N: Does this mean he has a body of some sort with hands?

S: (laughs) Well, yes and no. I’m floating around and so is he. It’s … in my mind … he is showing all of himself to me … and what I am most aware of … is his hand stretched out to me.

Comment 29
The appearance by a given consciousness is actually a compromise.

One one hand, it is the residual memories that you might have of an individual, and on the other hand it is greatly influenced by the default image associated with the other consciousness.

Dr. N: Why is he holding out his hand to you in a materialized way? S: (pause) To … comfort me … to lead me … further into the light.

Dr. N: And what do you do?

S: I’m going with him and we are thinking about the good times we spent together playing in the hay on the farm.

Dr. N: And he is letting you see all this in your mind so you will know who he is?

S: Yes … as I knew him in my last life … so I won’t be afraid. He knows I am still a little shocked over my death. (subject had died suddenly in an automobile accident)

Automobile accident.
Automobile accident.

Dr. N: Then, right after death, no matter how many deaths we may have experienced in other lives, it is possible to be a little fearful until we get used to the spirit world again?

S: It’s not really fear-that’s wrong-more like I’m apprehensive, maybe. It varies for me each time. The car crash caught me unprepared. I’m still a little mixed up.

Dr. N: All right, let’s go forward a bit more. What is Uncle Charlie doing now? S: He is taking me to the … place I should go …

Dr.  N:  On  the  count  of  three,  let’s  go  there.  One-two-three!  Tell  me  what  is happening.

S: (long pause) There… are … other people around … and they look… friendly… as I approach … they seem to want me to join them…

Dr. N: Continue to move towards them. Do you get the impression they might be waiting for you?

S: (recognition) Yes! In fact, I realize I have been with them before (pause) No, don’t go!

Dr. N: What’s happening now?

S: (very upset) Uncle Charlie is leaving me. Why is he going away?

Dr. N: (I stop the  dialogue  to use standard calming techniques in these circumstances, and then we continue.) Look deeply with your inner mind. You must realize why Uncle Charlie is leaving you at this point?

S: (more relaxed but with regret) Yes … he stays in a … different place than I do … he just came to meet me .. to bring me here.

Comment 30
Sometimes that is the only role that a friend might have. To help take you to where you need to be and where you are wanted and missed..

Dr. N: I think I understand. Uncle Charlie’s job was to be the first person to meet you after your death and see you were okay. I’d like to know if you feel better now, and more at home.

S: Yes, I do. That’s why Uncle Charlie has left me with the others.

A curious phenomenon about the spirit world is that important people in our lives are always able to greet us, even though they may already be living another life in a new body. This will be explained in Chapter Six. In Chapter Ten, I will examine the ability of souls to divide their essence so they can be in more than one body at a time on Earth.

Comment 31
Consciousness can split and spend percentages in multiple world-lines, and in various places in the “Heavenly realms”. One should not get too “hot and bothered” about it. We are consciousness and that is facilitated by quanta.

Usually at this juncture in a soul’s passage, the carry-on luggage of Earth’s physical and mental burdens are diminishing for two reasons. First, the evidence of a carefully directed order and harmony in the spirit world has brought back the remembrance of what we left behind before we chose life in physical form. Secondly, there is the overwhelming impact of seeing people we thought we would never meet again after they died on Earth.

Here is another example.

Case 7 – Reunions with loved ones.

Dr. N: Now that you have had the chance to adjust to your surroundings in the spirit world, tell me what effect this place has on you.

S: It’s so … warm and comforting. I’m relieved to be away from Earth. I just want to stay here always. There is no tension, or worries, only a sense of well-being. I’m just floating … how beautiful…

Dr. N: As you continue to float along, what is your next major impression as you pass the spiritual gateway?

S: (pause) Familiarity.

Dr. N: What is familiar?

S: (after some hesitation) Uh mm… people … friends … are here, I think.

Dr. N: Do you see these people as familiar people on Earth?

S: I … have a sensation of their presence … people I knew

Dr. N: All right, keep moving along. What do you see next?

S: Lights… soft… kind of cloudy-like.

Dr. N: As you are moving, does this light continue to look the same?

S: No, they are growing … blobs of energy … and I know they are people!

Dr. N: Are you moving toward them, or are they coming toward you?

S: We are drifting toward each other, but I am going slower than they are because … I’m uncertain what to do

Dr. N: Just relax and continue floating while reporting back to me everything you see.

S: (pause) Now I’m seeing half-formed human shapes-from the waist up only. Their outlines are transparent, too … I can see through them.

Dr. N: Do you see any sort of features to these shapes?

S: (anxiously) Eyes!

Dr. N: You see just eyes?

S: … There is only a trace of a mouth-it’s nothing. (alarmed) The eyes are all around me now… coming closer …

Dr. N: Does each entity have two eyes?

S: That’s right.

Dr. N: Do these eyes have the appearance of human eyes with an iris and pupil?

S: No … different … they are … larger … black orbs … radiating light… towards me … thought … (then with a relieved sigh) oh!

Dr. N: Go on.

S: I’m starting to recognize them-they are sending images into my mind-thoughts about themselves and … the shapes are changing into people!

Dr. N: People with physical human features?

S: Yes. Oh … look! It’s him!

Dr. N: What do you see?

S: (begins to laugh and cry at the same time) I think it’s … yes it’s Larry-he is in front of everybody else-he is the first one I really see … Larry, Larry!

Dr. N: (after giving my subject a chance to recover a little) The soul entity of Larry is in front of an assortment of people you know?

S: Yes, now I know the ones I want most to see are in front… some of my other friends are in the back.

Dr. N: Can you see them all clearly?

S: No, the ones in back are … hazy … far off… but, I have the sensation of their presence. Larry is in front … coming up to me Larry!

Comment 32
Soul and consciousness works together with other souls. It’s sort of like how and internet connection makes a “handshake” with a host. The images you see are a mix of what you know and what the other entity wants you to see, with automatic defaults at all levels..

Dr. N: Larry is the husband from your last life you told me about earlier?

S: (subject rushes on) Yes-we had such a wonderful life together–Gunther was so strong-everyone was against our marriage in his family-Jean deserted from the navy to save me from the bad life I was living in Marseilles – always wanting me

This subject is so excited her past lives are tumbling one on top of the other. Larry, Gunther, and Jean were all former husbands, but the same soulmate. I was glad we had a chance to review earlier who these people were in sessions before this interval of recall in the spirit world. Besides Larry, her recent American husband, Jean was a French sailor in the nineteenth century and Gunther was the son of German aristocrats living in the eighteenth century.

Dr. N: What are the two of you doing right now?

S: Embracing.

Dr. N: If a third party were to look at the two of you embracing at this moment, what would they see?

S: (no answer)

Dr. N: (the subject is so engrossed in the scene with her soulmate there are tears streaming down her face. I wait a moment and then try again.) What would you and Larry look like to someone watching you in the spirit world right now?

S: They would see… two masses of bright light whirling around each other, I guess … (subject begins to settle down and I help wipe the tears off her face with a tissue)

Dr. N: And what does this signify?

S: We are hugging … expressing love … connecting … it makes us happy …

Dr. N: After you meet your soulmate, what happens next?

S: (subject tightly grips the recliner arms) Oh-they are all here-I only sensed them before. Now more are coming closer to me.

Dr. N: And this happens after your husband comes near you?

S: Yes … Mother! She is coming over to me … I’ve missed her so much… oh, Mom… (subject begins to cry again)

Dr. N: All right …

S: Oh, please don’t ask me any questions now-I want to enjoy this (subject appears to be in silent conversation with her mother of the last life)

Dr. N: (I wait for a minute) Now, I know you are enjoying this meeting, but I need you to help me know what is going on.

S: (in a faraway voice) We … we are just holding each other … it’s so good to be with her again

Dr. N: How do you manage to hold each other with no bodies?

S: (with a sigh of exasperation at me) We envelop each other in light, of course.

Dr. N: Tell me what that is like for spirits?

S: Like being wrapped in a bright-light blanket of love.

Dr. N: I see, then ….

S: (subject  interrupts with a high pitched laugh of  recognition) Tim!…  it’s my brother-he died so young (a drowning accident at age fourteen in her last life). It’s so wonderful to see him here. (subject waves her arm) And there is my best girl friend Wilma-from next door-we are laughing together over boys like we did while sitting up in her attic.

Dr. N: (after subject mentions her aunt and a couple of other friends) What do you think determines the sequence of how all these people come here to greet you?

S: (pause) Why, how much we all mean to each other-what else?

Dr. N: And with some, you have lived many lives, while with others perhaps only one or two?

S: Yes … I have been with my husband the most.

Dr. N: Do you see your guide around anywhere?

S: He is here. I see him floating off to the side. He knows some of my friends, too … Dr. N: Why do you call your guide a “him?”

We can contact our guardian angels, and our soul support group through prayer and intention. While I have addressed using intention to navigate our world lines, we can also use it to ask our friends, relatives and angels to help us. If we do the prayers properly they will actually help us. It's nothing to laugh or scoff about. We live in a universe of thought, and clear directed thoughts are messages that will go to their intended recipient.
We can contact our guardian angels, and our soul support group through prayer and intention. While I have addressed using intention to navigate our world lines, we can also use it to ask our friends, relatives and angels to help us. If we do the prayers properly they will actually help us. It’s nothing to laugh or scoff about. We live in a universe of thought, and clear directed thoughts are messages that will go to their intended recipient.

S: We all show what we want of ourselves. He always relates to me with a masculine nature. It’s right and very natural.

Dr. N: And does he watch over you in all your lives?

Important advice
As I have stated previously in my SHTF posts, it is our relationships that make our life worthwhile. Use this time in your day to day lives to be the best friend that you can be.

S: Sure, and after death too … here, and he is always my protector.

Our reception committee is planned in advance for us as we enter the spirit world. This case demonstrates how uplifting familiar faces can be to the incoming younger soul.

I find there are a different number of entities waiting in greeting parties after each life.

Although the meeting format varies, depending on a soul’s special needs, I have learned there is nothing haphazard about our spiritual associates knowing exactly when we are due and where to meet us upon our arrival in the spirit world.

Frequently, an entity who is significant to us will be waiting a little in front of the others who want  to be  on hand as we  come  through the gateway.  

The size of welcoming parties not only changes for everyone after each life, but is drastically reduced  to  almost  nothing  for  more  advanced  souls  where  spiritual  comfort becomes less necessary. Case 9, at the end of this chapter, is an example of this type of spiritual passage.

Cases 6 and 7 both represent one of the three ways newly arrived souls are received back into the spirit world. These two souls were met  shortly after death by a principal entity, followed by others of decreasing influence. Case 7  recognized people more quickly than Case 6. When we meet such spirits in a gathering right after our death, we find they have been spouses parents, grandparents, siblings, uncles, aunts, cousins, and dear friends in our past lives. I have witnessed some gut- wrenching emotional scenes with my clients at this stage of their passage.

The emotional meetings which take place between souls at this interval in a spiritual passage are only a prelude to our eventual placement within a specific group of entities at our own maturity level.

These meetings provide another emotional high for a subject in superconscious recall. Spiritual organizational arrangements, involving how groups form and are cross-matched with other entities, will be described in subsequent chapters.

For the present, it is important we understand welcoming entities may not be part of our own particular learning group in the spirit world. This is because all the people who are close to us in our lives are not on the same developmental level.

Simply because they choose to meet us right after death out of love and kindness does not mean they will all be part of our spiritual learning group when we arrive at the final destination of this journey.

For instance, in Case 6, Uncle Charlie was clearly a more advanced soul than my subject and may even have been serving in the capacity of a spiritual guide. It was evident to me that one of the primary tasks of Uncle Charlie’s soul was to help Case 6 as a child in the life just ended, and his responsibility continued right after my subject’s death.

With Case 7, the important first contact was Larry, a true soulmate on the same level as this subject. Notice also in Case 7, that my subject’s spiritual guide was not conspicuous among her former relatives and friends. However, as the scene unfolded, there were indications of a spiritual guide orchestrating the whole meeting process while remaining in the background.

I see this in many cases.

The second manner in which we are met right after death involves a quiet, meaningful encounter with one’s spiritual guide where no one else is revealed in the immediate vicinity, as in Case 5.

Case 8 further illustrates this sort of meeting.

What type of after-death meeting we do experience appears to involve the particular style of our spiritual guide along with requisites of our individual character. I find the duration of this first meeting with our guides does vary after each life depending upon the circumstances of that life.

Case 8 shows the very close relationships people have with their spiritual guides.

Many guides have strange sounding names, while others are rather conventional. I find it interesting that the old-fashioned religious term of having a “guardian angel” is now used metaphysically to denote an empathetic spirit.

A Catholic version of a Guardian Angel.
A Catholic version of a Guardian Angel.

To be honest, this is a term I once denigrated as being foolishly loaded with wishful thinking and representing an out-dated mythology at odds with the modern world. I don’t have that belief anymore about guardian angels.

Comment 33
There are all sorts of non-physical beings. Many of which we know, deep down inside us. They can appear to us in many forms, but the form will always be the one that is most comforting to us.

I am repeatedly told that the soul itself is androgynous, and yet, in the same breath, clients declare sex is not an unimportant factor.

In the movie "Contact", an extraterrestrial took the comforting shape of the astronauts' father to put her at ease and comfort her. In the non-physical reality, our friends and angles will take on the forms that we find most appealing and meaningful to us.
In the movie “Contact”, an extraterrestrial took the comforting shape of the astronauts’ father to put her at ease and comfort her. In the non-physical reality, our friends and angles will take on the forms that we find most appealing and meaningful to us.

I have learned all souls can and do assume male and female mental impressions toward other entities as a form of identity preference. Cases 6 and 7 show the importance of the newly arrived soul in seeing familiar “faces”  identified by gender.

This is also true of the next case. Another reason why I selected Case 8 is to indicate how and why souls choose to visually appear in human form to others in the spirit world.

Case 8 – Spirits in human form

Dr. N: You have just started to actually leave the Earth’s astral plane now, and are moving further and further into the spirit world. I want you to tell me what you feel.

S: The silence … so peaceful …

Dr. N: Is anyone coming to meet you?

S: Yes, it’s my friend Rachel. She is always here for me when I die.

Dr. N: Is Rachel a soulmate who has been with you in other lives, or is she someone who always remains here?

S: (with some indignation) She doesn’t always stay here. No, she is with me a lot-in my mind-when I need her. She is my own guardian (said with possessive pride).

Note: The attributes of guides as differentiated from soulmates and other supportive entities will be examined in Chapter Eight.

Spirits can take the form of humans or angels as they deem necessary.
Spirits can take the form of humans or angels as they deem necessary.

Dr. N: Why do you call this entity a “she”? Aren’t spirits supposed to be sexless?

S: That’s right-in a literal way, because we are capable of both attributes. Rachel wants to show herself to me as a woman for the visual knowing and it is a mental thing as well with her.

Dr.  N:  Are  you  locked  into  male  or  female  attributes  during  your  spiritual existence?

S: No. As souls there are periods in our existence when we are more inclined toward one gender than another. Eventually, this natural preference evens out.

Dr. N: Would you describe how Rachel’s soul actually looks to you at this moment? S: (quietly) A youngish woman … as I remember her best … small, with delicate features … a determined expression on her face … so much knowledge and love.

Dr. N: Then you have known Rachel on Earth?

S: (responding with nostalgia) Once, long ago, she was close to me in life … now she is my guardian.

Dr. N: And what do you feel when you look at her?

S: A calmness … tranquility … love …

Dr. N: Do you and Rachel actually look at each other with eyes in a human way?

S: (hesitates) Sort of … but different. You see the mind behind what we take to be eyes, because that is what we relate to on Earth. Of course, we can do the same thing as humans on Earth, too …

Comment 34
Those creatures in spirit perceive the quanta around them by the same senses that they had when they were living on earth. For a human, the dominant sense is visual, for a dog it would be through scents..

Dr. N: What can you do on Earth with your eyes that can also be done in the spirit world?

S: When you look into a certain person’s eyes on the ground-even people you have just met-and see a light you have known before well, that tells you something about them. As a human you don’t know why-but your soul remembers.

Note: I have heard about the light of spiritual identity being reflected in the human eyes of a soulmate expressed in a variety of ways from many clients. As for myself, I have knowingly experienced this instant recognition only once in my life at the moment I first saw my own wife. The effect is startling, and a bit eerie as well.

Dr. N: Are you saying that sometimes on Earth when two people look at each other, they may feel they have known one another before?

S: Yes, it’s deja vu.

Dr. N: Let’s go back to Rachel in the spirit world. If your guardian did not project an image of herself in human form to you, would you have known her anyway?

S: Well, naturally we can always identify each other by the mind. But, it’s nicer this way. I know it sounds crazy, but it’s a … social thing … seeing a familiar face puts you at ease.

Dr. N: Seeing human features of people you knew in past lives is a good thing then, particularly in the readjustment period right after leaving Earth?

S: Yeah, otherwise you feel a little lost at first … lonesome … and maybe confused, too … seeing people as they were helps me get used to things here faster when I first come back, and seeing Rachel is always a big boost.

Dr. N: Does Rachel present herself to you in human form right after each death on Earth as a way of getting you readjusted to the spirit world?

S: (eagerly) Oh, yes-she does! And she gives me security. I feel better when I see others I have known before too …

Dr. N: And do you speak to these people?

S: No one speaks, we communicate by the mind.

Dr. N: Telepathically?

S: Yes.

Comment 35
Most of the extraterrestrials that I have been exposed to utilize quantum technologies, and also have a far better understanding of the non-physical worlds than we do. Thus, many of them communicate telepathically.

Dr. N: Is it possible for souls to have private conversations which cannot be telepathically picked up by others?

S: (pause) … for intimacy-yes.

Dr. N: How is this done?

S: By touch-it’s called touching communication.

Note: When two spirits come so close to each other they are conjoined, my subjects say they can send private thoughts by touch which passes between them as “electrical sound impulses.” In most instances, subjects in hypnosis do not wish to talk to me about these personal confidences.

Dr. N: Could you clarify for me how human features can be projected by you as a soul?

S: From … my mass of energy… I just think of the features I want … but I can’t tell you what gives me the ability to do this.

Dr. N: Well, then, can you tell me why you and the other souls project certain features at different times?

S: (long pause) It depends on where you are in your movements around here … when you see another… and your state of mind then.

Dr. N: That’s what I want to get at. Tell me more about recognition.

S: You see, recognition depends on a person’s … feelings when you meet them here. They will show you what they want you to see of themselves and what they think you want to see. It also depends on the circumstances of your meeting with them.

Dr. N: Can you be more specific? What different circumstances can cause energy forms to materialize in a certain way toward other spirits?

S: It is the difference between your being on their turf or your turf. They may choose to show you one set of features in one place, while in another you might see something else.

Note: Spiritual “territory” will be explained as we proceed further into the spirit world.

Dr. N: Are you telling me that a soul may show you one face at the gateway to the spirit world and another image later in a different situation?

S: That’s right. Dr. N: Why?

S: Like I was telling you, a lot of how we present ourselves to each other depends on what we are feeling right then … what relationship we have with a certain person and where we are.

Dr. N: Please tell me if I understand all this correctly. The identity souls project to each other depends on timing and location in the Spirit world as well as mood, and maybe psychological states of mind when they meet?

S: Sure, and it works both ways … it’s interconnecting.

Dr. N: Then, how can we know the true character of a soul’s consciousness with all these changes in each other’s image?

S: (laughs) The image you project never hides who you really are from the rest of us. Anyway, it’s not the same kind of emotion we know on Earth. Here it is more … abstract. Why we project certain features and thoughts … is based on a … confirmation of ideas.

Dr. N: Ideas? Do you mean your sentiments at the time?

S: Yes … sort of… because these human features were part of our physical lives in other places when we discovered things … and developed ideas … it is all a … continuum for us to use here.

Dr. N: Well, if in each of our past lives we have a different face, which one do we assume between lives?

S: We mix it up. You assume those features which the person you see will most recognize as you, depending on what you want to communicate.

Comment 36
This action and behavior is automatic and natural. It is much the way that we humans use facial expressions and body language when talking to others. There just isn’t any conscious control over our actions, we just behave that way.

Dr. N: What about communication without projecting features?

S: Sure, we do that-it’s normal-but I mentally associate with people more quickly with features.

Dr. N: Do you favor projecting a certain set of facial features?

S: Hmm … I like the face with the mustache … having a rock-hard jaw…

Dr. N: You mean when you were Jeff Tanner, the cowpuncher from Texas in the life we discussed earlier?

S: (laughs) That’s it-and I have had faces like Jeff’s in other lives, too.

Dr. N: But, why Jeff? Was it just because he was you in your last life?

S: No, I felt good as Jeff. It was a happy, uncomplicated life. Damn, I looked great! My face resembled those billboard smoking ads you used to see along the highway. (chuckling) I enjoy showing off my handle-bar mustache as Jeff.

A Marlboro man billboard.
A Marlboro man billboard.

Dr. N: But that was only one life. People not associated with you in that life may not recognize you here.

S: Oh, they would get it was me soon enough. I could change to something else, but I like myself as Jeff the best right now.

Dr. N: So, this goes back to what you were saying about all of us really only having one identity, regardless of the number of facial features we might project as souls?

S: Yeah, you see everyone as they truly are. Some only want their best side to show because of what you might think of them-they don’t fully appreciate that it is what you are striving for which is important, not how you appear. We get a lot of laughs about how spirits think they should look, even taking faces they never had on Earth, and that’s okay.

Comment 37
Vanity persists in the non-physical worlds.

Dr. N: Are we talking about the more immature souls, then?

S: Yes, usually. They can get stuck … we don’t judge … in the end they are going to be all right.

Dr. N: I think of the spirit world as a place of supreme all-knowing intelligent consciousness and you make it appear that souls have moods and vanity as though they were back on Earth?

S: (burst of laughter) People are people no matter how they look on their physical worlds.

Dr. N: Oh, do you see souls who have gone to planets other than Earth?

S: (pause) Once in a while …

Dr. N: What features do souls from other planets besides Earth show you?

S: (evasively) I … kind of stick with my own people, but we can assume any features we want for communication …

Note: Gaining information from the subjects I have had who are able to recall leading physical past lives in non-human form on other worlds is always challenging. Recollection of these experiences are usually limited to older, more advanced souls, as we will see later.
Comment 38
This can be confusing. Each species has it’s own “region” within a universe. This region is also treated as a “universe”. Thus, it can be very confusing.

For now, and apologies to any loose statements that I have made in the past, we can consider the “universe” outside or next to the physical universe to be segregated into sub-universe or regions that each favor a certain species. It’s a spawning process and the lack of proper terminology can hamper our study of this.

This is how the different universes connect together. That being said, a human or a dog, or a cat, or a Mantid can visit all of them if they desire. But the universe of preference is our "home" universe. We go to our "home" universe (human universe for humans) via a space known as the non-physical universe. And of course, we enter the non-physical universe through a "bridge" known as the "tunnel of light".
This is how the different universes connect together. That being said, a human or a dog, or a cat, or a Mantid can visit all of them if they desire. But the universe of preference is our “home” universe. We go to our “home” universe (human universe for humans) via a space known as the non-physical universe. And of course, we enter the non-physical universe through a “bridge” known as the “tunnel of light”.

Dr. N: Is this ability to transmit features to each other as souls a gift the creator provided for us based upon spiritual need?

S: How should I know-I’m not God!

The concept of souls having fallibility comes as a surprise to some people. The statements of Case 8 and all my other clients indicate most of us are still far from perfect beings in the spirit world. The essential purpose of reincarnation is self- improvement. The psychological ramifications of our development, both in and out of the spirit world, is the foundation of my work.

We have seen the importance of meeting other entities while entering the spirit world. Besides uniting with our guides and other familiar beings, I have mentioned a third form of reentry after death. This is the rather disconcerting manner in which a soul is met by no one.

Comment 39
For whatever it is worth, it is not all that bad. You arrive in Heaven, in the same way that you put on your favorite piece of clothing. It just fits naturally, and you don’t need, nor want anyone to see you. You just go about your business, and that’s it..

Although it is an uncommon occurrence for most of my clients, I still feel a little sorry for those subjects who describe how they are pulled by unseen forces all alone to their final destinations, where contact is finally made with others. This would be akin to landing in a foreign country where you have been before, but without any baggage handlers or a tourist information desk to assist you with directions. I suppose what bothers me the most about this type of entry is the apparent lack of any soul acclimation.

My own conceptions of what it must be like to be alone at the spiritual gateway and beyond is not shared by those souls who utilize the option of going solo. Actually, people in this category are experienced travelers. As older, mature souls, they seem to require no initial support system. They know right where they are going after death. I suspect the process is accelerated for them as well, because they manage to more rapidly wind up where they belong than those who stop to meet others.

Case 9 is a client who has had a great number of lives, spanning thousands of years. About eight lives before his current one, people finally stopped meeting him at the spiritual gate.

Case 9 – Arriving alone in Heaven.

Dr. N: What happens to you at the moment of death?

S: I feel a great sense of release and I move out fast.

Dr.  N: How would you characterize your departure from Earth into the spirit world?

S: I shoot up like a column of light and I’m on my way.

Dr. N: Has it always been this fast for you?

S: No, only after my last series of lives.

Dr. N: Why?

S: I know the way, I don’t need to see anybody-I’m in a hurry.

Dr. N: And it doesn’t bother you that you are not met by anyone?

S: (laughs) There was a time when it was good, but I don’t require that sort of thing anymore.

Dr.  N:  Whose  decision  was  it  to  allow  you  to  enter  the  spirit  world  without assistance?

S: (pause and then with a shrug) It was … a mutual decision … between my teacher and me … when I knew I could handle things by myself.

Dr. N: And you don’t feel rather lost or lonely right now?

S: Are you kidding? I don’t need my hand held anymore. I know where I’m going and I’m anxious to get there. I’m being pulled along by a magnet and I just enjoy the ride.

Dr. N: Explain to me how this pulling process works which will take you to your destination?

S: I am riding on a wave … a beam of light.

Dr. N: Is this beam electromagnetic, or what?

S: Well … it’s similar to the bands of a radio with someone turning the dial and finding the right frequency for me.

Comment 40
Quanta behaves similarly to that of electronic wave patterns, with frequency, harmonics and amplitude.

Dr. N: Are you saying you are being guided by an invisible force without much voluntary control and that you can’t speed things up as you did right after death?

S: Yes. I must go with the wave bands of light … the waves have direction and I’m flowing with it. It’s easy. They do it all for you.

Dr. N: Who does it for you?

S: The ones in control … I don’t really know.

Dr. N: Then you are not in control. You don’t have the responsibility of finding your own destination.

S: (pause) My mind is in tune with the movement … I flow with the resonance …

Dr. N: Resonance? You hear sounds?

S: Yes, the wave beam … vibrates … I’m locked into this, too.

Dr. N: Let’s go back to your statement about the radio. Is your spiritual travel influenced by vibrational frequencies such as high, medium, and low resonance quality?

S: (laughing) That’s not bad-yes, and I’m on a line, like a homing beacon of sound and light… and it’s part of my own tonal pattern-my frequency.

Dr.  N:  I’m  not  sure  I  understand  how  light  and  vibration  combine  to  set  up directional bands.

S: Think of a monster tuning fork inside a flashing strobe light.

Dr. N: Oh, then there is energy here?

S: We have energy-within an energy field. So, it isn’t just the lines we travel on … we generate energy ourselves … we can use these forces depending on our experience.

Comment 41
Quanta can be treated as an energy, or a light, or a carrier wave, or a homing beacon. There is an enormous science behind the manipulation of quanta.

Dr. N: Then your maturity level does give you some element of control in the rate and direction of travel.

S: Yes, but not right here. Later, when I am settled I can move around much more on my own. Now, I’m being pulled and I’m supposed to go with it.

Dr. N: Okay, stay with this and describe to me what happens next.

S: (short pause) I’m moving alone … being homed into my proper space… going where I belong.

In hypnosis, the analytical conscious mind works in conjunction with the unconscious mind to receive and answer messages directed to our deep-seated memories. The subject in Case 9 is an electrical engineer and thus he utilized some technical descriptions to express his spiritual sensations. This client’s predisposition to explain his thoughts on soul travel in technical terms was encouraged, but not dictated, by my suggestions. All subjects bring their own segments of knowledge to bear on answering my questions about the spirit world. This case used physical laws familiar to him to describe motion, whereas another person might have said souls move in this tract within a vacuum.

Comment 42
In all instances, the person describing their experiences utilize the terminology of their human experiences to describes their adventures in the non-physical worlds..

Before continuing with the passage of souls into the spirit world, I want to discuss those entities who either have not made it this far after physical death, or will be diverted from the normal travel route.

The Displaced Soul

THERE are souls who have been so severely damaged they are detached from the mainstream of souls going back to a spiritual home base. Compared to all returning entities, the number of these abnormal souls is not large. However, what has happened to them on Earth is significant because of the serious effect they have on other incarnated souls.

There are two types of displaced souls:

  • Those who do not accept the fact their physical body is dead and fight returning to the spirit world for reasons of personal anguish, (ghosts) and…
  • Those souls who have been subverted by, or had  complicity with, criminal abnormalities in a human body.

In the first instance, displacement is of the soul’s own choosing.

While in the second case, spiritual guides deliberately remove these souls from further association with other entities for an indeterminate period.

In both situations, the guides of these souls are intimately concerned with rehabilitation.

But because the circumstances are quite different between each type of displaced soul, I will treat them separately.

Ghosts

The first type we call ghosts. These spirits refuse to go home after physical death and often have unpleasant influences on those of us who would like to finish out our own human lives in peace.

These displaced souls are sometimes falsely called “demonic spirits” because they are accused of invading the minds of people with harmful intent.

The subject of negative Spirits has produced serious investigations in the field of parapsychology. Unfortunately, this area of spirituality has also attracted a fringe element of the unscrupulous associated with the occult, who prey on the emotions of susceptible people.

Ghosts can sometimes be photographed if the conditions are right.
Ghosts can sometimes be photographed if the conditions are right.

The troubled spirit is an immature entity with unfinished business in a past life on Earth.

They may have no relation to the living person who is disrupted by them.

It is true that some people are convenient and receptive conduits for negative spirits who wish to express their querulous nature. This means that someone who is in a deep meditative state of consciousness might occasionally pick up annoying signal patterns from a discarnated being whose communications can range from the frivolous to provocative. These unsettled entities are not spiritual guides.  

Real guides are healers and don’t intrude with acrimonious messages.

More  often  than  not,  these  uncommon  haunted  spirits  are  tied  to a  particular geographic location.

On November 19, 1995, Wem Town Hall in Shropshire, England burned to the ground. Many spectators gathered to watch the old building, built in 1905, as it was being consumed by the flames. Tony O'Rahilly, a local resident, was one of those onlookers and took photos of the spectacle with a 200mm telephoto lens from across the street. One of those photos shows what looks like a small, partially transparent girl standing in the doorway. Nether O'Rahilly nor any of the other onlookers or firefighters recalled seeing the girl there.
On November 19, 1995, Wem Town Hall in Shropshire, England burned to the ground. Many spectators gathered to watch the old building, built in 1905, as it was being consumed by the flames. Tony O’Rahilly, a local resident, was one of those onlookers and took photos of the spectacle with a 200mm telephoto lens from across the street. One of those photos shows what looks like a small, partially transparent girl standing in the doorway. Nether O’Rahilly nor any of the other onlookers or firefighters recalled seeing the girl there.

Researchers who have specialized in the phenomena of ghosts indicate those disturbed entities are caught in a “no-man’s land” between the lower astral planes of Earth and the spirit world.

From my own research, I don’t believe these souls are lost in space, nor are they demonic. They choose to remain within the Earth plane after physical death for a time by their own volition due to a high level of  discontent.  In my opinion, they are damaged souls because they evidence confusion, despair, and even hostility to such an extent they want their guides to stay away from them.

We do know a negative, displaced entity can be reached and handled by various means, such as exorcism, to get them to stop interfering with human beings. Possessing spirits can be persuaded to leave and eventually make a proper transition into the spirit world.

Comment 43
All over the world, throughout history, are tales of demons, ghosts and sprites. Also along with these stories are tales of how people “exorcised” these beings away from them. It is only recently, in the “new”, “progressive”, “modern” and “scientific” age of Newtonian science of the 1930’s that people started to treat the unseen as mere ignorance and superstition. They are not, and they should not be treated that way..

If we have a spirit world governed by order, with guides who care about us, how can maladaptive souls (who exert negative energy upon incarnated beings) be allowed to exist?

One explanation is that we still have free will, even in death.

Another is that since  we  endure so many  upheavals in our  physical universe, then spiritual irregularities and deviations from the normal exodus of souls ought to be anticipated as well.

Discarnate, unhappy spirits who trap themselves are possibly part of a grand design.

When they are ready, these souls will be taken by the hand away from Earth’s astral plane and guided to their proper place in the spirit world. 

The Evil Soul.

I turn now to the far more prevalent second type of disturbed soul. These are souls who have been involved with evil acts.

We should first speculate if a soul can be considered culpable or guilt-free when it occupied the offending criminal brain? Is the soul mind or human ego responsible, or are they the same?

Occasionally, a client will say to me, “I feel possessed by an inner force which tells me to do bad things.”

There are mentally ill people who feel driven by opposing forces of good and evil over which they believe they have no control.

After working for years with the superconscious minds of people under hypnosis, I have come to the conclusion that the five-sensory human can negatively act upon a soul’s psyche.

We express our eternal self through dominant biological needs and the pressures of environmental stimuli which are temporary to the incarnated soul. Although there is no hidden, sinister self within our human form, some souls are not fully assimilated. People not in harmony with their bodies feel detached from themselves in life.

This  condition  does  not  excuse  souls  from  doing  their  utmost  to prevent evil involvement on Earth. We see this in human conscience. It is important we distinguish between what is exerting a negative force on our mind and what is not.

Hearing an inner voice which may suggest self-destruction to ourselves or someone else is not a demonic spiritual entity, an alien presence, nor a malevolent renegade guide. Negative forces emanate from ourself.

The destructive impulses of emotional  disorders,  if  left  untreated, inhibit soul development. Those of us who have experienced unresolved personal trauma in our lives carry the seeds of our own destruction. This anguish affects our soul in such a way that it seems we are not whole. For instance, excessive craving and addictive behavior, which is the outgrowth of personal pain, inhibits the expression of a healthy soul and may even hold a soul in bondage to its host body.

Does the extent of contemporary violence mean that we have more souls “going wrong” today than in the past?

If nothing else, our over-population and mind- altering drug culture should support this conclusion. On the positive side, Earth’s international level of consciousness toward human suffering appears to be rising. I’ve been told that in every era of Earth’s bloody history there has always been a significant number of souls unable to resist and successfully counter human cruelty. Certain souls, whose hosts have a genetic disposition to abnormal brain chemistry, are particularly at risk in a violent environment.

We see how children can be so damaged by physical and emotional family abuse that, as adults, they commit premeditated acts of atrocity without feelings of remorse. Since souls are not created perfect, their nature can be contaminated during the development of such a life form.

If our transgressions are especially serious we call them evil.

My subjects say to me no soul is inherently evil, although it may acquire this label in human life. Pathological evil in humans is characterized by feelings of personal impotence and weakness which is stimulated by helpless victims.

Although souls who are involved with truly evil acts should generally be considered at a  low  level  of  development, soul immaturity does not automatically  invite malevolent behavior from a damaged human personality.

The evolution of souls involves a transition from imperfection to perfection based upon overcoming many difficult body assignments during their task-oriented lives.

Souls may also have a predisposition for selecting environments where they consistently don’t work well, or are subverted.

Thus, souls may have their identity damaged by poor life choices.

However, all souls are held accountable for their conduct in the bodies they occupy. We will see in the next chapter how souls receive an initial review of their past life with guides before moving on to join their friends.

But what happens to souls who have, through their bodies, caused extreme suffering to another?

If a soul is not capable of ameliorating the most violent human urges in its host body, how is it held accountable in afterlife? This brings up the issue of being sent to heaven or hell for good and bad deeds because accountability has long been a part of our religious traditions.

On the wall of my office hangs an Egyptian painting, “The Judgment Scene,” as represented in the Book of the Dead, which is a mythological ritual of death over 7,000 years old.

Egyptian painting, “The Judgment Scene,” as represented in the Book of the Dead.
Egyptian painting, “The Judgment Scene,” as represented in the Book of the Dead.

The ancient Egyptians had an obsession with death and the world beyond the grave because, in their cosmic pantheon, death explained life.  The picture shows a newly deceased man arriving in a place located between the land of the living and the kingdom of the dead.

He stands by a set of scales about to be judged for his past deeds on Earth.

The master of ceremonies is the god Anubis, who carefully weighs the man’s heart on one pan of the scale against the ostrich feather of truth on the opposite side.

The heart, not the head, represented the embodiment of a person’s soul-conscience to the Egyptians.

It is a tense moment.

A crocodile-headed monster is crouched nearby with his mouth open, ready to devour the heart if the man’s wrongs outweigh the good he did in life. Failure at the scales would end the existence of this soul.

I get quite a few comments from my clients about this picture.

A metaphysically oriented person would insist no one is denied entrance into the kingdom of afterlife, regardless of how unfavorably balanced the scales might be toward past conduct.

Is this belief true? Are all souls given the opportunity to transmute back into the spirit world the same way, irrespective of their association with the bodies they occupied?

To answer this question, I should begin by mentioning that a large segment of society believes all souls do not go to the same place. More moderate theology no longer  stresses  the  idea  of  hellfire  and  brimstone  for  sinners.  However,  many religious sects indicate a spiritual coexistence of two mental states of good and evil.

For the “bad” soul there are ancient philosophical pronouncements denoting a separation from the God-Essence as a means of punishment after death.

The Tibetan Book of the Dead, a source of religious belief thousands of years older than the Bible, describes the state of consciousness between lives (the Bardo) as a time when “the evil we have perpetrated projects us into spiritual separation.”

If the peoples of the East believed in a special spiritual location for evil doers, was this idea similar to the concept of purgatory in the Western world?

From its earliest beginnings, Christian doctrine defined purgatory as a transitory state of temporary banishment for sins of a minor nature against humanity. The Christian purgatory is supposed to be a place of atonement, isolation, and suffering.

Christian purgatory.
Christian purgatory.

When all negative karma is removed, these souls are eventually allowed into heaven. On the other hand, souls committing major (deadly) sins are condemned to hell forever.

Comment 44
I have very little experience in these “sorting” matters as described. I do believe that they exist. I do believe that Doctor Newton has correctly identified and discussed these matters, but my role in MAJestic did not deal with these issues and thus I have nothing to add to this dialog…

Does hell exist to permanently separate good souls from bad ones? All my case work with the spirits of my subjects has convinced me there is no residence of terrible suffering for souls, except on Earth. I am told all souls go to one spirit world after death where everyone is treated with patience and love.

However,  I have learned that certain souls  do undergo separation in the spirit world.

This happens at the time of their orientation with guides.

They are not activated along the same travel routes as other souls. Those of my subjects who have been impeded by evil report that souls whose influence was too weak to turn aside a human impulse to harm others will go into seclusion upon reentering the spirit world. These souls don’t appear to mix with other entities in the conventional manner for quite a while.

I have also noticed that those beginner souls who are habitually associated with intensely negative human conduct in their first series of lives must endure individual spiritual isolation.

Ultimately, they are placed together in their own group to intensify learning under close supervision.

This is not punishment, but rather a kind of purgatory for the restructuring of self-awareness with these souls.

Because wrongdoing takes so many forms on Earth, spiritual instruction and the type of isolation used is varied for each soul. The nature of these variations apparently is evaluated during orientation at the end of each life.

Relative time of seclusion and reindoctrination is not consistent either.

For instance, I have had reports about maladjusted spirits who have returned back to Earth directly after a period of seclusion in order to expunge themselves as soon as possible by a good incarnated performance.

Here is an example, as told to me by a soul who was acquainted with one of these spirits.

Case 10 – The “second chance ” at redemption.

Dr. N: Do souls bear responsibility for their involvement with flawed human beings who injure others in life?

S: Yes, those who have wronged others savagely in a life-I knew one of those souls.

Dr. N: What do you know about this entity? What happened after this soul returned to the spirit world following that life?

S: He … had hurt a girl … terribly … and did not rejoin our group. There was extensive private study for him because he did so poorly while in that body.

Dr. N: What was the extent of his punishment?

S: Punishment is … a wrong interpretation … it’s regeneration. You have to recognize this is a matter for your teacher. The teachers are more strict with those who have been involved with cruelty.

Dr. N: What does “more strict” mean to you in the spirit world?

S: Well, my friend didn’t go back with us … his friends … after this sad life where he hurt this girl.

Dr. N: Did he come through the same spiritual gateway as yourself when he died?

S: Yes, but he did not meet with anybody … he went directly to a place where he was alone with the teacher.

Dr. N: And then what happened to him?

S: After awhile … not long … he returned to Earth again as a woman … where people were cruel … physically abusive … it was a deliberate choice … my friend needed to experience that …

Comment 45
Always a fit punishment for those that have used and abused us. I live to believe that this is true, and I actually do believe it to be the case. Firstly because it is so easy to do. In the MWI you get to pick the world-line to experience that kind of terror and pain. And the selection would be such that you would really learn humility and the consequences of your actions. I also like to believe that all those people who commit unkind actions, in the name of “business”, or for “profit”, or for other non-overt actions will experience the results of their lust and greed…

Dr. N: Do you think this soul blamed the human brain of his former host body for hurting the girl?

S: No, he took what he had done … back into himself … he blamed his own lack of skill to overcome the human failings. He asked to become an abused woman himself in the next life to gain understanding… to appreciate the damage he had done to the girl.

Dr. N: If this friend of yours did not gain understanding and continued involving himself with humans who committed wrongful acts, could he be destroyed as a soul by someone in the spirit world?

S: (long pause) You can’t destroy energy exactly … but it can be reworked… negativity which is unmanageable … in many lives … can be readjusted.

Dr. N: How?

S: (vaguely) … Not by destruction … remodeling …

Case 10 did not respond further to this line of questioning, and other subjects who know  something   about   these   damaged   souls   are  rather sparse with their information. Later, we will learn a bit more about the formation and restoration of intelligent energy.

Most errant souls are able to solve their own problems of contamination. The price we pay for our misdeeds and the rewards received for good conduct revolve around the laws of karma. Perpetrators of harm to others will do penance by setting themselves up as future victims in a karmic cycle of justice. The Bhagavad Gita, another early Eastern scripture which has stood the test of thousands of years, has a passage which says, “souls of evil influence must redeem their virtue.”

No study of life after death would have any meaning without addressing how karma relates to causality and justice for all souls. Karma by itself does not denote good or bad deeds. Rather it is the result of one’s positive and negative actions in life. The statement, “there are no accidents in our lives,” does not mean karma by itself impels. What it does is propel us forward by teaching lessons. Our future destiny is influenced by a past from which we cannot escape, especially when we injure others.

The key to growth is understanding we are given the ability to make mid-course corrections in our life and having the courage to make necessary changes when what we are doing is not working for us. By conquering fear and taking risks, our karmic pattern adjusts to the effects of new choices. At the end of every life, rather than having a monster waiting to devour our souls, we serve as our most severe critic in front of teacher-guides.

This is why karma is both just and merciful. With the help of our spiritual counselors and peers we decide on the proper mode of justice for our conduct.

Some people who believe in reincarnation also think if negative souls do not learn their lessons within a reasonable span of lives, they will be eliminated and replaced by more willing souls.

My subjects deny this premise.

There is no set path of self-discovery designed for all souls. As one subject told me, “souls are assigned to Earth for the duration of the war.”

This means souls are given the time and opportunity to make changes for growth. Souls who continue to display negative attitudes through their human hosts must overcome these difficulties by continually making an effort to change. From what I have seen, no negative karma remains attached to a soul who is willing to work during their many lives on this planet.

It is an open question whether a soul should be held entirely at fault for humanity’s irrational, unsocialized, and destructive acts.

Souls must learn to cope in different ways with each new human being assigned to them. The permanent identity of a soul stamps the human mind with a distinctive character which is individual to that soul.

However, I find there is a strange dual nature between the soul mind and human brain.

I will discuss this concept further in later chapters, after the reader learns more about the existence of souls in the spirit world…

This is the first part of a multiple part series. To go to the next part, please click HERE.

Do you want to see the main index?

You can access the main index of these kinds of articles here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

A detailed look into the topography of Heaven; The Destiny of Souls (full text) by Michael Newton. (Part 2)

This is part two of a three part HTML version of the book by Michael Newton titled “Destiny of Souls”. The first part can be found HERE.

Important Note
This post contains the complete reprint of the non-fiction work by Dr. Michael Newton titled “Destiny of Souls”. This HTML version of the book was transcribed from a MS Word version of a PDF file that was obtained from an EPUB file format. Thus the paragraphs tend to have odd breaks. I have also not included the very few figures that were part of the book. Aside from these issues, the book should be easy enough to read without problem. Please enjoy. Please also take note that this is the second part of a three part series.

Destiny of Souls (Part 2 of 3)

Spiritual Energy Restoration

Soul Energy

We cannot define the soul in a physical way because to do so would establish limits on something that seems to have none. I see the soul as intelligent light energy. This energy appears to function as vibrational waves similar to electromagnetic force but without the limitations of charged particles of matter. Soul energy does not appear to be uniform. Like a fingerprint, each soul has a unique identity in its formation, composition and vibrational distribution. I am able to discern soul properties of development by color tones, yet none of this defines what the soul is as an entity.

From years of study on how the soul interacts within a variety of human minds over many incarnations, and what it subsequently does in the spirit world, 1 have come to know something of its yearnings for perfection. This does not tell me what the soul is either. To fully understand soul energy, we would need to know all the aspects of its creation and, indeed, the consciousness of its source. This is a perfection that I cannot know, despite all my efforts investigating the mysteries of life after death.

I am left then with examining the actions of this profound energy substance and how it reacts to people and events and what it is striving to do in both physical and mental environments. If the soul’s existence begins and is molded by pure thought, it is sustained by that thought as an immortal being. The soul’s individual character enables it to influence its physical environment to give greater harmony and balance to life. Souls are an expression of beauty, imagination and creativity. The ancient Egyptians said that to begin to understand the soul, one must listen to the heart. I think they were right.

Standard Treatment at the Gateway

When we cross over and are met by our guides, I find the techniques they use at initial contact fall into two general categories:

  1. Envelopment. Here returning souls are completely cloaked by a large circular mass of their guide’s powerful energy. As the soul and guide come together, the soul feels as though they both are encased in a bubble. This is the more common method, which my subjects describe as pure ecstasy.
  • The Focus Effect. This alternate procedure of initial contact is administered a little differently. As the guide approaches, energy is applied to certain points at the edges of the soul’s etheric body from any direction of the guide’s choosing. We might be taken by the hand or held by the tops of our shoul- ders from a side position. Healing begins from a specific point of the etheric body in the form of a brushing caress followed by deep penetration.

The choice of procedures depends on the preference of the guide and the condition of our soul energy at the time. In both instances there is  an immediate infusion of potent, invigorating energy while we are projected forward. This is the introductory phase of the journey to our eventual spiritual destination. The more advanced souls, especially if they are undamaged, usually do not require assistance from a loving energy force.

A review of the techniques employed by case 1 on his wife, Alice, demonstrates elements of both the focus effect and envelopment on a living person by someone who is not yet a guide. Other cases in the last chapter indicate this is one way we begin our training in the use of healing energy before acquiring the status of a guide. During the exhilarating moments after initial contact, our guides might also expertly apply what I call energy penneation. This follow-up effect of energy transference has been described as being similar to the percolating of coffee. In case 8 a soul used an energy filtration process involving smell on her husband, Charles.

Healing emotional and physical injury, both in and out of the spirit world, emanates from a source of goodness. Positive energy flows to every part of the soul’s being from the sender, whose own essence and wisdom is transmitted as well. My subjects are unable to explain the beauty and subtlety of this assimilation except to say it resembles the flowing of rejuvenating electricity.

Emergency Treatment at the Gateway

When souls arrive at the gateway to the spirit world with energy that is in a deteriorated state, some of our guides engage in emergency healing. This is both a physical and mental healing exercise that takes place before the soul moves any further into the spirit world. One of my clients died in an auto accident in his last life where his leg was severed. He told me what occurred at the gateway as a result of this experience:

When I reached the gateway, my guide saw the gaps in my energy aura and proceeded at once to push the damaged energy back into place. He molded it as clay to fill, reshape and smooth out the rough edges and broken intervals to make me whole again.

The etheric, or soul body is an outline of our old physical body which souls take into the spirit world. Essentially, it is an imprint of a human form we have not shed yet, like the skin of a reptile. This is not a permanent condition, although we might naturally create it later as a colorful, luminescent shape of energy. We know damaged body  imprints from a past life can influence the current physical form of  some people unless properly deprogrammed, so why not the reverse? There are souls who shed their body form completely at the moment of death. However, many souls with physical and emotional scars from life carry the imprint of this damaged energy back home.

In terms of afflictions and soul healing, I learn a lot from the stu- dents as well as the teachers in the spirit world. My next case was a rather unusual one for me where a student guide was unable to handle

damaged energy properly at the gate. My subject in this case had just come off a difficult life after being blown up in an artillery bombard- ment during a battle in World War I.

Case 19

Dr. N: As you pass into the bright light following your death in the mud and rain of this battlefield, what do you see?

S: A figure coming toward me dressed in a white robe. Dr. N: Who is this figure?

S: I see Kate. She is a new teacher, recently assigned to our group.

Dr. N: Describe her appearance and what she is communicating to you as she comes closer.

S: She has a young, rather plain face with a large forehead. Kate radiates peace—I can feel it—but there is a concern too and … (laughs) she won’t come close to me.

Dr. N: Why not?

S: My energy is in bad shape. She says to me, “Zed, you should be healing yourself.”

Dr. N: Why doesn’t she help in this endeavor, Zed?

S: (laughs  again  loudly)  Kate does not want  to  get  near all my scrambled negative energy from the war … and the killing.

Dr. N: I have never heard of a guide shying away from such responsibility with disassembled energy, Zed. Is she afraid of contamination?

S: (still laughing) Something like that. You have to understand Kate is still rather new at this sort of work. She is not happy with herself—I can see that.

Dr. N: Describe what your energy looks like right now.

S: My energy is a mess. It is in chunks … black blocks… irregular … totally skewed out of alignment.

Dr. N: Is this because you didn’t escape from your body fast enough at the moment of death?

S: For sure! My unit was taken by surprise. I normally cut loose (from the body) when I see death coming.

Note: This case and many others have taught me that souls often leave their bodies seconds before a violent death.

Dr. N: Well, can’t Kate lend some assistance in rearranging your energy?

S: She tries … a little . . . I guess it’s too much for her at the moment.

Dr. N: So, what do you do?

S: I begin to take her suggestion and try to help myself. I’m not doing too well, it’s so scrambled. Then a powerful stream of energy hits me like water from a fire hose and it helps me begin to reshape myself and push out some of the negative crap from that battle.

Dr. N: I have heard of a place where energy is showered upon newly returned, damaged souls. Is that where you are now?

S: (laughing) I guess so—it’s from my guide, Bella. I can see him now. He is a real pro at this kind of thing. He is standing behind Kate, helping her.

Dr. N: Then what happens to you?

S: Bella fades away and Kate comes close to me and puts her arms around me and we start to talk as she leads me away.

Dr. N: (deliberately provoking) Do you have any confidence in Kate

after she treated you like some sort of leper?

S: (frowns at me severely) Oh, come on—that’s a mite strong. It won’t be long before she gets the hang of working with this kind of messed-up energy. I like her a lot. She has many gifts … right now, mechanics isn’t one of them.

Recovery Areas for the Less Damaged Soul

Regardless of the specific energy treatment received by the soul at the gateway to the spirit world, most all returning souls will continue on to some sort of healing station before finally joining their groups. All but the most advanced souls crossing back into the spirit world are met by benevolent spirits who make contact with their positive energy and escort needy souls to quiet recovery areas. It is only the more highly- developed souls, with energy patterns that are still strong after their incarnations, who return directly to their regular activities. The more advanced souls appear to get over hardship more quickly than others after a life. One man told me, “Most of the people I work with must stop and rest, but I don’t need anything. I’m in too much of a hurry to get back and continue my program.”

Most recovery areas for the returning soul involve some kind of orientation back to the spirit world. It may be intense or moderate in scope, depending upon the condition of the soul. This usually includes a preliminary debriefing of the life just completed. Much more in-depth counseling will take place later with guides in group conferences and with our Council of Elders. I have written about these orientation procedures in Journey of Souls. The surroundings of recovery areas are identifiable earthly settings created out of our memories and what spiritual guides feel will promote healing. Orientation environments are not the same after each of our lives. One woman had the following to say, after dying in a German concentration camp in 1944:

There are subtle differences in physical layout depending upon the life one has just lived. Because I have just returned from a life filled with horror, cold and bleakness—everything is very bright to lighten my sorrow. There is even a comfortable fire next to me so I'll have the feeling of added warmth and cheerfulness.

Upon returning to the spirit world, often my subjects describe them- selves as being in a garden setting, while others might say they are in a crystalline enclosure. The garden presents a scene of beauty and serenity, but what does crystal represent? It is not just in the orientation rooms that 1 hear about crystals. Crystal caves, for example, appear in the minds of some people who are spending time alone in reflection right after a life is over. Here is a typical statement about a crystal recovery center:

My place of recovery is crystalline in composition because it helps me connect my thoughts. The crystal walls have multicolored stones which reflect prisms of light. The geometric angles of these crystals send out moving bands of light which crisscross around and bring clarity to my thoughts.

After talking to a number of clients out of trance, and with others who are knowledgeable about crystals, I came to realize that crystals represent thought enhancement through a balancing of energy. As a shamanic tool, the crystal is supposed to assist in tuning our vibrational pattern into a universal energy force while releasing negative energy. Bringing forth wisdom from an expanded consciousness through heal- ing is the primary reason for being in a place of spiritual recovery.

The next example involves a garden setting. I had a client who had been working on humility for many lives. In earlier incarnations, usu- ally as a man, this soul had been caught up with host bodies that had become haughty, arrogant and even ruthless during my subject’s occupancy. In a complete turnaround, this person’s last life had been one of acceptance that bordered on passivity. Since this life was so out of character for my client, there was a feeling of failure when this soul reached the recovery area. I was then given this account:

I am in a beautiful circular garden with willow trees and a pond with ducks in it. There is such tranquillity here and this scene softens the feelings of discouragement I have over my last performance. My guide, Makil, brings me to a marble bench under an arbor draped with vines and flowers. I am so down over my wasted life because I over-compensated at every turn—going from one extreme to another. Makil smiles and offers me refreshments. We drink nectar and eat fruit together and watch the ducks. While we do this the aura of my old physical body moves further away from me. I begin to feel as though I am taking in his powerful energy as oxygen after a near drowning.
Makil is a gracious host and he knows I need nourishment because I am judging myself in such a critical manner. I am always harder on myself than he is. We talk about my overcorrections of past mistakes and what I wanted to do that didn't get done—or was only partially completed. Makil offers encouragement that I still learned from this life, which will make the next one better. He explains the important thing was that I was not afraid to change. The whole garden atmosphere is so relaxing. I am already feeling better.

From cases such as this I have learned that our guides use the sense memory we had in our physical bodies to assist in our recovery. There are many ways to achieve this, such as the use of taste memory by Makil in the above case. I have also listened to descriptive scenes involving touch and smell. After receiving streams of bright white “liquid  energy,” there have been subjects who describe additional treatments involving the sensations of sound and multicolored lights:

After my cleansing shower, I move to an adjacent room to the place of rebalancing. While I float to the center of this enclosure, I see a vast array of spotlights overhead. 1 hear my name called: "Banyon, are you ready?" When I give my assent, sounds vibrate into  me which resonate like tuning forks until the pitch is just right to make my energy bubble—like frothy soapsuds. It feels wonderful. Then the spotlights come on one at a time. In the beginning I am scanned by an intense beam of healing green light. It casts a circle around me as if I were on a stage. This light is designed to pick up my level of displaced energy—to see what I have lost or damaged—and make corrections. I think this is more effective because my energy is bubbling from the sound vibrations. Then I receive a wash of gold light for strength and blue for awareness. Finally, my own pinkish-white color is restored by one of the spotlights. It is soothing and loving and I'm sorry when this is over.

Regenerating Severely Damaged Souls

There are certain displaced souls who have become so contaminated by their host bodies that they require special handling. In life they became destructive to others and themselves. This spectrum of behavior would primarily include souls who have been associated with evil acts that caused harm to other people through deliberate malice. There are souls who slowly become more contaminated from a series of lifetimes, while others are totally overcome by one body alone. In either case these souls are taken to places of isolation where their energy undergoes a more radical treatment plan than with the typical returning soul.

Contamination of the soul can take many forms and involve different grades of severity during an incarnation. A difficult host body might cause the less experienced soul to return with damaged energy where a more advanced being would survive the same situation relatively intact. The average soul’s energy will become shadowed when it has lived within a host body obsessed by constant fear and rage. The question is, by how much?

Our thoughts, feelings, moods and attitudes are mediated by body chemicals which are released through signals of perceived threats and danger from the brain. Fight or flight mechanisms come from our primitive brain, not from the soul. The soul has a great capacity’ to con- trol our biological and emotional reactions to life but many souls are unable to regulate a dysfunctional brain. Souls display these scars when they leave a body that has deteriorated in this fashion.

I have my own theory of madness. The soul comes into the fetus and begins its fusion with the human mind by the time the baby is born. If this child matures into an adult with organic brain syndromes, psychosis, or major affective disorders, abnormal behavior is the result. The struggling soul does not fully assimilate. When this soul can no longer control the aberrant behavior of its body, the two personas begin to separate into a dissociated personality. There may be many physical, emotional and environmental factors that contribute to a person becoming a danger to themselves and others. Here the combined Self has been damaged.

One of the red flags for souls who are losing their capacity to regulate deviant human beings is when they have had a series of lives in bodies demonstrating a lack of intimacy and displaying tendencies toward violence. This has a domino effect with a soul asking for the same sort of body to overcome the last one. Because we have free will, our guides are indulgent. A soul is not excused from responsibility for a disturbed human mind it is unable to regulate because it is a part of that mind. The problem for slow learner souls is they may have had a series of prior life struggles before occupying a body that escalated wrongdoing to a new level of evil.

What happens to these disturbed souls when they return to the spirit world? I will begin with a quote from a client giving me an outsider’s view of a place where severely damaged souls are taken. Some of my subjects call this area the City of Shadows:

It is here where negative energy is erased. Since this is the place where so many souls are concentrated who have negative energy, it is dark to those of us outside. We can't go into this place where souls who have been associated with horror are undergoing alteration. And we would not want to go there anyway. It is a place of healing, but from a distance it has the appearance of a dark sea—while I am looking at it from a bright, sandy beach. All the light around this area is brighter in contrast because positive energy defines the greater goodness of bright light.
When you look at the darkness carefully, you see it is not totally black but a mixture of deep green. We know this is an aspect of the combined forces of the healers working here. We also know that souls who are taken to this area are not exonerated. Eventually, in  some way, they must redress the wrongs they perpetrated on others. This they must do to restore full positive energy to themselves.

Subjects who are familiar with damaged souls explain to me that not all of the more terrible memories of bad deeds are erased. It is known that if the soul did not retain some memory of an evil life it would not  be accountable. This knowledge by the soul is relevant for future deci- sions. Nevertheless, the resurrection of the soul in the spirit world is merciful. The soul mind does not fully retain all the lurid details of harming others in former host bodies after treatment. If this were not true, the guilt and association with such lives would be so overpowering to the soul they might refuse to reincarnate again to redress these wrongs. These souls would lack the confidence to ever dig themselves out of pits of despair. I understand there are souls whose acts in host bodies were so heinous they are not permitted to return to Earth. Souls are strengthened by regeneration with the expectation they can keep future potentially malevolent bodies in check. Of course, once in our new body, the amnesiac blocks of certain past life mistakes prevent us from being so inhibited we would not progress.

There are differences in the regeneration process between   moderately and severely damaged souls. After listening to a number of explanations about kinds of energy treatments, I have come to this conclusion: The more radical approach of energy cleansing is one of remodeling energy while the less drastic method is reshaping. This is an oversimplification because there is much I don’t know about these esoteric techniques. The fine art of energy reconstruction is handled by nonreincarnating masters who are not in my office answering questions.

I work with the trainees. Case 20 will provide some insight into the mechanics of energy reshaping while case 21 will address remodeling.

Case 20

My subject in this case is a practitioner of chiropractic and homeopathic medicine who currently specializes in repolarizing the out-of- balance energy patterns of patients. This client has been a healer for thousands of years on Earth and is called Selim in the spirit world.

Dr. N: Selim, you have told me about your advanced healing group in the spirit world and how the five of you are in specific energy training. I would like to know more about your work. Would you begin by telling me what your advanced study group is called and what you do?

S: We are in training to be regenerators. We work to reshape … to reorganize … displaced energy in the place of the holding ground.

Dr. N: Is this place a designated area for souls whose energy has been disrupted?

S: Yes, the ones in bad condition. Those who will not be returning to their groups right away. They will stay in the holding ground.

Dr. N: Do you make this determination at the gateway to the spirit world?

S: No, I do not. I have not yet reached that status. This decision is made by their guides, who will call upon the masters who are training me.

Dr. N: Then tell me, Selim, when do you enter the picture after a severely damaged soul crosses back to the spirit world?

S: I am called by my instructor when it is felt I can assist in this energy healing. Then I move to the holding ground.

Dr. N: Please explain to me why you use the term “holding ground” and what this place is like.

S: The damaged soul is held here until their regeneration is complete so they are healthy again. This sphere is designed … as a beehive structure … covered with cells. Each soul has its own place to reside during the healing.

Dr. N: This sounds very much like the descriptions I have heard about the incubation of new souls after their creation and before they are assigned to groups.

S: That’s true … these are spaces where energy is nurtured.

Dr. N: So, are these beehive spaces all in the same place and used lor the same purpose—both for regeneration and creation?

S: No, they are not. I work in the place of damaged souls. Newly created souls are not damaged. I can tell you nothing about those places.

Dr. N: That’s fine, Selim, I appreciate learning about those areas where you do have knowledge and experience. Why do you think you were assigned this sort of work?

S: (with pride) Because of my long history in so many lives of working with wounded people. When I asked if I could specialize as a regenerator, my wish was granted and I was assigned to a training class.

Dr. N: And so when a severely wounded soul is returned to the holding ground, are you a soul who could be called to assist?

S: (shakes his head negatively) Not necessarily. I am only requested to go to the regeneration areas to work with energy that has been moderately damaged. I am a beginner. There is so much I don’t know.

Dr. N: Well, I have a great deal of respect for what you do know, Selim.

Before I ask you about your level of work, can you explain why a damaged soul would be sent to the holding ground?

S: They were overcome by their last body. Many are souls who have been repeatedly suppressed in previous lives as well. These are the ones who become stuck in life after life making no progress. Each body has contaminated them a little more. I work with these souls more than the ones who have had terrible energy damage, either from one life or many lives.

Dr. N: Do the souls whose energy has been gradually depleted ask for help, or are they forced to come to the holding ground?

S: (promptly) No one is forced. They cry for help because they have become totally ineffectual, repeating the same mistakes over and over again. Their teachers see they do not recover sufficiently between lives. They want regeneration.

Dr. N: Does the same cry for help come from souls who have been severely damaged?

S: (pause) Perhaps less so. It is possible that a life is so destructive it has damaged the … identity of the soul.

Dr. N: Such as being involved with cruel acts of violence? S: That would be one reason, yes.

Dr. N: Selim, please give me as many details as you can about what happens when you are called to the holding ground to work on a case with severely depleted or altered energy

S: Before meeting the new arrival one of the Restoration Masters outlines the meridians of energy we will be regenerating. We review what is known about the damaged soul.

Dr. N: This sounds like you are surgeons preparing for a procedure with x-rays before the operation.

S: (with delight) Yes, this gives me an idea of what to expect in three- dimensional imagery. I love the challenges involved with energy repair.

Dr. N: Okay, take me through this process.

S: From my perspective there are three steps. We begin by examining all particles of damaged energy. Then these dark areas of blockage are removed and what is left—the voids—are rewoven with an infusion of new purified light energy. It is overlaid and melded into the repaired energy for strengthening.

Dr.  N:  And  does  reweaving  energy  mean  reshaping  to  you,  as opposed to something even more radical?

S: Yes.

Dr. N: Are you personally involved with all phases of this operation?

S: No, I am being trained in the first step of assessment and can assist a little with the second step—where the modifications are not as complex.

Dr. N: Before you actually begin to work, what do you see when a soul’s energy has been severely damaged?

S: Damaged energy looks like a cooked egg where the white light has solidified and hardened. We must soften this and fill the black voids.

Dr. N: Let’s talk a moment about this blackened energy…

S: (interrupts) I should have added that the damaged energy can also create … lesions. These fissures are voids themselves, caused by radical physical or emotional damage.

Dr. N: What are the effects of disrupted energy on the incarnated soul? S: (pause) Where the energy is mottled—not distributed evenly—this is due to long-term energy deterioration.

Dr. N: You talked about rearranging and repairing old energy with new purified energy for healing. How is this done?

S: By intense charge beams. It is delicate work because you must keep your own vibrational tuning … in matched sequences with that generated by the soul.

Dr. N: Oh, so this becomes personal. A master’s own energy is used as a conduit?

S: Yes, but there are other sources of new purified energy that I don’t use or know much about because of my lack of experience. Dr. N: Selim, you have told me how warped energy is softened and allowed to flow back onto the right spaces, but introducing new purified energy concerns me. With all that reconfiguration aren’t you changing the immortal identity of these souls?

S: No, we have … altered . . . to strengthen what is there … to bring the soul close to its original form. We don’t want this to happen again. We don’t want them back.

Dr. N: Is there some way you can test your repair work after it is completed?

S: Yes, we can place a field of simulated negative energy around the regenerated soul—as a liquid—to see if this can filter through the structure of our repairs. As I said, we don’t want them back. Dr. N: One last question, Selim. When you are finished, what happens to the regenerated soul?

S: It varies. All of them stay with us a while … there is healing with sound … vibrational music … light… color. And when these souls are released, much care is taken with their next incarna- tions and the selections of bodies, (sighs) If the soul has been in a body that damaged others in former lives… well… we have fortified these souls to go back and begin again.

My next case is an example of severe remodeling. Case 21 involves a particular class of soul 1 call the hybrid soul. In chapter 8, case 61 is another representative of this type of soul. I believe the hybrid souls are especially prone to self-destruction on Earth because they have incarnated on alien worlds before coming here fairly recently. There are hybrid souls who have great difficulty adapting to our planet. If I find this to be true, it is probable their first incarnation here was within the last few thousand years. The others have already adapted or left Earth for good. Less than a quarter of all my clients are able to recall memories of visiting other worlds between lives. This activity by itself does not make them hybrids. An even smaller percentage of my cases have memories of actually incarnating on alien worlds before they came to Earth. These are the hybrid souls.

The hybrid is usually an older soul who, for a number of reasons, has decided to complete their physical lives on our planet. Their old worlds may no longer be habitable or they may have lived on a gentle world where life was just too easy and they want a difficult challenge with a world like Earth that has not yet reached its potential. Regardless of the circumstances for a soul leaving a world, I have found these former incarnations typically involve life forms which were slightly above, about equal, or slightly below the intelligence capabilities of the human brain. This is by design. Hybrid souls who have formally incarnated on planets with civilizations possessing  a much higher technology than Earth, such as those with space travel abilities, are smarter because they are an older race. Also, I have noticed that when I do have a hybrid soul as a client with former experience on a telepathic world, they tend to have greater psychic abilities than normal.

Sometimes a hybrid client will confuse their early incarnations on other physical worlds with being on Earth until we sort out that their first world only resembled a place on Earth. Visions of once living on the island nation of Atlantis is a good example. Without discounting the possibility that Atlantis once existed on Earth thousands of years ago, I believe the source of many earthly myths come from our soul memories of former existences on other worlds.

I think hybrid soul is an appropriate term for those souls among us of mixed incarnation origins. Such souls have developed from being in hosts that are genetically different than humans. I have seen gifted people in this life who started their development on another world. Nevertheless, there is a dark side to this experience, as a level V subject in training to be a Restoration Master will explain.

Case 21

Dr. N: Since you work with the severely damaged souls, can you give me a little more information about your duties?

S: I’m in a special section working with those souls who have become lost in a morass of evil.

Dr. N: (after learning this subject works only with those souls from Earth who have incarnated on other worlds before they came to Earth) In this section, are these the hybrid souls I have heard about?

S: Yes, in a restoration area where we deal with those who have become atrocity souls.

Dr. N: What a terrible name to call a soul!

S: I’m sorry you are bothered by this, but what else would you call a being associated with acts of evil that are so serious they are unsalvageable in their present state?

Dr. N: I know, but the human body had a lot to do with … S: (cutting me off) We don’t consider that to be an excuse.

Dr. N: Okay, then please continue with the nature of your work. S: I am a second-stage restorer.

Dr. N: What does that mean?

S: When these souls lose their bodies, they are met by their guides and perhaps one close friend. That first stage does not last long and then the souls who have been involved with horrible acts are brought here to us.

Dr. N: Why doesn’t the first stage last as long as with other souls?

S: We don’t want them to begin to forget the impact of their deeds—the harm and pain they caused on Earth. The second stage separates them from the uncontaminated souls.

Dr. N: This sounds like you are running a leper colony. S: (abruptly) I am not amused by that remark.

Dr. N: (after apologizing) You are not saying that all souls who commit evil acts are hybrid souls, as you define them?

S: Of course not, that’s my section. But you should understand some real monsters on Earth are hybrids.

Dr. N: I thought the spirit world was a place of order with masters of superior knowledge. If these hybrid souls are contaminated abnormalities in human form—souls with the inability to adjust to the emotional makeup of the human body—why were they sent here? This indicates to me the spirit world is not infallible.

S: A vast majority are fine, and they make great contributions  to human society. You would have us deny all souls the opportunity to come to Earth because some turn out badly?

Dr. N: No, of course not. Let’s move on. What do you do with these souls?

S: Others, way above me, examine their contaminated energy in light of just how the world of their earlier experience impacted on their human body. They want to know if this was an isolated case, or if other souls from that planet have had problems on Earth. If that is true, other souls from that world might not be permitted to come to Earth again.

Dr. N: Please tell me more about your section.

S: My area is not devoted to souls who have committed one serious act of wrongdoing. We work with habitually cruel life styles. These souls are then given a choice. We will do our best to clean up their energy by rehabilitation and if we think they are salvageable, they are offered a choice to come back to Earth in roles where they will receive the same type of pain they caused, only multiplied.

Dr. N: Could a salvageable soul be one who committed terrible atrocities in life but showed great remorse?

S: Probably.

Dr. N: I thought karmic justice was not punitive?

S: It’s not. The offer represents an opportunity for stabilization and redemption. It usually will take more than one life to endure an equal measure of the same kind of pain they caused to many people. That’s why I said multiplied.

Dr. N: Even so, I suppose most souls take this option?

S: You are mistaken. Most are too fearful that they will fall again into the same patterns. They also lack the courage to be victims in a number of future lives.

Dr. N: If they won’t come back to Earth, then what do you do?

S: These souls will then go the way of those souls we consider to be unsalvageable. We will then disseminate their energy.

Dr. N: Is this a form of remodeling energy—or what?

S: Ah … yes … we call it the breaking up of energy—that’s what dissemination means. Certainly, it is remodeled. We break up their energy into particles.

Dr. N: I thought energy could not be destroyed. Aren’t you destroying the identity of these contaminated souls?

S: The energy is not destroyed, it is changed and converted. We might mix one particle of the old energy with nine particles of new fresh energy provided for our use. The dilution will make that which is contaminated ineffectual, but a small part of the original identity remains intact.

Dr. N: So, the negative badness energy is mixed with overdoses of new goodness energy to render the contaminated soul harmless?

S: (laughs) Not necessarily goodness but rather freshness.

Dr. N: Why would any soul resist dissemination?

S: Even though those souls who accept these procedures for their own benefit recover and eventually lead productive lives on Earth and elsewhere … there are souls who will not stand for any loss of identity.

Dr. N: Then what happens to these souls who refuse your help?

S: Many will just go into limbo, to a place of solitude. I don’t know what will eventually happen to them.

As I have said before, soul contamination does not only come from the physical body. Certainly, the energy damage described in the last two cases indicates that souls themselves are impure beings who also contribute to their own distress.

Before continuing, I want to make a statement about karmic choices here that is important for all of us to keep in mind. When we see people who are victims of great adversity in life, this does not necessarily mean they were perpetrators of evil or wrongdoing of any kind in a former life. A soul with no such past associations might choose to suffer through a particular aspect of emotional pain to learn greater com- passion and empathy for others by volunteering in advance for a life of travail.

There are cases when a soul’s energy damage is moderate, requiring special attention, but not to the degree where a Restoration Master is needed. The following quote is a report from a client about a gifted healing soul who works at a recovery station. I think of her as a combat nurse managing a field hospital and my client agrees:

Oh, it's Numi—I'm so glad. I haven't seen her in about three or four lives, but her deprogramming  and restoration energy techniques are just superlative. There are five others being attended to in this place whom I don't know. Numi comes over and clasps me to her. She gets inside me and blends my tired energy with her own. I feel the infusion of her stimulating vibrations and she performs a tiny bit of reshaping. It is as if I am receiving a gentle reaffirmation of that which created my own energy. Soon, I am ready to leave and Numi gives me a beautiful smile goodbye till next time.

Souls of Solitude

In the last chapter I explained how certain dysfunctional souls who have just experienced physical death leave their bodies and go into seclusion for a time. They are not ghosts but they don’t accept death  and they don’t want to go home. The low percentage of souls in my practice within this category are at an impasse with themselves. Their major symptom is one of avoidance. Eventually, they are coaxed by empathetic guides to return to the heart of the spirit world. I called them the souls of silence. I also mentioned that it is considered a part of normal activity for healthy souls in the spirit world to engage in periods of quiet time away from others. Besides reflecting upon their goals,  souls may use this interval to reach out and touch people they left behind on Earth.

However, there is another category of silent soul whom I see as a soul in solitude as opposed to a soul in seclusion. It may seem as if I am splitting hairs here, but there are major differences. Souls who wish solitude are healthy souls who have been through the recovery process and yet they still strongly feel the effects of negative energy contamination. Here is a case in point:

After every life, I go to a place of sanctuary for quiet reflection. I review what I want to save and integrate from the last body and what should be discarded. Right now, I am saving courage and getting rid of my inability to sustain personal commitment. For me, this is a place of sorting. What I decide to keep becomes part of my character. The rest is thrown off.

Only a certain type of soul engages in this activity for a prolonged period. Often, they are more advanced souls who are more reflective if they are alone. This type of soul might be a natural leader who is drained of energy by defending other people. One such soul of this class is Achem, who is a soul devoted to causes for the betterment of others, often at his own expense.

Case 22

In this subject’s past life he fought against the final subjugation of Morocco by the French military and was captured in 1934. As a resistance fighter, my client was taken from the Atlas Mountains into the Sahara Desert and tortured for information he did not give. After being staked to the ground, he was left to die a slow death in the hot sun.

Dr. N: Achem, please explain to me why you require such a long period of solitude after your life in Morocco?

S: I am a protector soul and my energy has still not recovered from the effects of this life.

Dr. N: What is a protector soul?

S: We try to protect those people whose innate goodness and intense desire to better the lives of large numbers of people on Earth must be preserved.

Dr. N: Who did you protect in Morocco?

S: The leader of the resistance movement against French coloniza- tion. He was more effective in helping our people fight for free- dom because of my years of sacrifice.

Dr. N: This sounds demanding. Do you usually work with political and social movements in your lives?

S: Yes, and in war. We are warriors for good causes.

Dr. N: What attributes do protector souls have as a group?

S: We are noted for our enduring perseverance and calmness under fire while assisting others who are worthy.

Dr. N: If you challenge those who would seek to harm the people you want to protect, who decides if they are worthy? It seems to mc this is a very subjective thing.

S: True, and this is why we spend time analyzing in advance where we can best be utilized to help people. Our work can be offensive or defensive in nature but we do not engage in any aggressive action lacking principle.

Dr. N: All right, let’s talk about your energy drain after these endeavors. Why hasn’t the shower of healing or some other restoration center returned you to normal?

S: (laughs) You call it a shower, I call this the car wash! It’s an undulating tube which rubs you all over with positive energy, like the brushes of a car wash. I just took a few of my young students through it from the last life and they feel great.

Dr. N: So why didn’t the car wash help you?

S: (more serious) It was not nearly enough, although the negative impurities are essentially gone. No, the core of my being has been affected by the cruelty of that life and the torture I endured.

Dr. N: What do you do?

S: I send the students away and go to the place of sanctuary where I can fully connect with myself.

Dr. N: Please tell me all you can about this place and what you do there.

S: It is a darkened enclosure—some call it a slumber chamber— where there are others resting but we do not really see each other. I sense there are about twenty of us now. We feel so washed out we have no desire to relate to anyone for a while. The Keepers attend to us.

Dr. N: Keepers? Who are they?

S: The Keepers of Neutrality are skilled at noninterference. Their talent lies in ministering to us with absolutely no intervention into our thoughts. They are the custodians of the slumber chambers.

Note: Apparently, the Keepers of Neutrality are a subspecialty within the ranks of Restoration Masters. They have other names but neutrality means they facilitate healing indirectly without any communication. My clients say these beings are devoted to absolute quietude for souls in their care.

Dr. N: What do these passive custodians look like?

S: (tersely) They are not passive. The picture I can give you is one of monks moving about a sanctuary. The Keepers have cloaks and a hood over their faces so they present no identity to us. Their thoughts are closed, but they are very watchful.

Dr. N: So they simply watch over you while you rest?

S: No, no—you still don’t understand. They possess great skill in ministering to us. Their concern is the proper regulation and

infusion of the energy which we have stored in the spirit world before going into a physical life.

Dr. N: I have heard a great deal about this attribute of the soul to divide itself. Why can’t you just go to your own spiritual area and take the rest of your energy and meld with it? Or why not have a team of Restoration Masters regenerate your contaminated energy?

S: (takes a deep breath) I’ll try to explain it. For us, all that is unnecessary. It is the effects of the impurities which we want healed by a slow, even return of our own purified, rested energy. The Keepers assist us in the restoring of our own energy.

Dr. N: Rather like getting a blood transfusion from your own blood bank?

S: Yes, exactly, now you are beginning to comprehend. We don’t want it in a rush. We don’t need major restoration either. We receive slow energy infusions of our own energy over a prolonged period for greater… elasticity. We want the strength we had before a rough life—and more—from having gone through the physical experience.

Dr. N: What’s a prolonged period of time in Earth years for your recovery in this sanctuary?

S: Oh, that’s hard to say… 25 to 50 years … we would always like it to be longer because the Keepers use their own vibrational frequencies to … massage our energy—which is fantastic. They are very private beings though, who don’t want to be seen or spoken to, but they know we are grateful for their care. They also know when it is time for us to rejoin our friends and get back to work, (laughs) Then we are pushed out.

It was from cases such as these that I learned one of the best ways to repair damaged energy is to receive it back slowly. Many souls of soli- tude are quite advanced and don’t require restoration in the normal recovery areas. These vigorous souls can be too overconfident. Achem admitted that he only took about 50 percent of his energy to Morocco and should have “charged up” more before departing into that life.

The next section will address planetary healers who work in physical environments. Since these souls are generally still incarnating, my subjects do not consider them as masters. This would include the trans- former souls mentioned in the next case. Planetary work is where our exposure to many specialties begins and is a basic training ground for developing souls.

Energy Healing on Earth

Healers of the Human Body

When I learned about souls who were specializing in restoring damaged energy in the spirit world, I was curious how these souls might apply their unconscious spiritual knowledge when they were working in physical form. Some place great emphasis on this aspect of their skill development to help human beings. My next case is a woman who works with many energy modalities, including reiki. However, until our hypnosis session, she had little idea of the source of her spiritual power to heal. Her spiritual name is Puruian and during our time together she explained how and why energy adjustments are necessary for incarnates as well as discarnates.

Case 23

Dr. N: Puruian, I would like to know if your spiritual training in soul restoration is used by you in your earthly assignments?

S: (subject evidenced some surprise as this information began to unfold in her mind after my question) Why … yes… I didn’t realize how much until now … only those of us who want to continue working in this way on Earth are called transformers.

Dr. N: What is the difference? How would you define a trans- former?

S: (laughs in recognition) As transformers we do repair jobs on Earth—we are the cleanup crew—transforming bodies to good health. There are people on Earth who have gray spots of energy which cause them to get stuck. You see it when they make the same mistakes over and over in life. My job is to incarnate, find them and try and remove these blocks so they make better decisions and gain confidence and self-value.          We transform them to  be more productive people.

Dr. N: Puruian, I would like to clarify the differences in spiritual training, if any, between restoring souls in the spirit world and transforming energy on a physical world?

S: (long pause) Some parts of our training are the same but… transformers are sent to other worlds between lives to study— those of us who like working with physical forms.

Dr. N: Describe the last training you had as a transformer before you came back to Earth.

S: (struck by my question, there is a dreamy response) Oh … two light beings came from another dimension to work with the six of us. (Puruian’s independent study group) They showed us how… to keep our vibrational energy into a tight, beamed focus—not scattered. I learned to pinpoint my energy to be more effective.

Dr. N: Were these beings from a physical world?

S: (in a soft tone) More like a gas sphere where their intelligence exists in … bubbles… but they were so good. We learned … oh … we learned …

Dr. N: (gently) I’m sure … Let’s return to the practical use of what you learned now that you are more aware of the origins of your skills. Tell me how you apply this spiritual knowledge in your energy work today as a transformer soul on Earth?

S: (a look of wonder) It’s … there now… in my mind … I see why it works … (stops)… the focused beam …

Dr. N: (pressing) The focused beam … ?

S: (earnestly) We use it as a laser—rather like a dentist would drill out a decayed tooth—to pinpoint and clean up gray energy. This is the fast

way. It is harder for me to use a slow procedure which is longer lasting and even more effective.

Dr. N: Okay, Puruian, remember you are explaining to me how you use your spiritual training and earthly training in combination to heal energy. You have the memory right now of both aspects. Tell me about the slow method.

S: (takes a deep breath) 1 close my eyes and kind of go into a semi- trance when I cup my hands near my patient’s head. I see now thai whal I have learned in the spirit world helps me more than what I learned in my classes down here. I guess that doesn’t matter, really.

Dr. N: We receive power to help others from many sources. Please go on about your healing by the slow method with your patients on Earth.

S: Well, I work with geometric shapes, such as spirals of energy, forming them in my mind to match the configuration of the particular trouble spot. Then  I lay these energy structures around the gray areas. This sets up the areas to be repaired with my slow healing vibrations, like placing a hot pad on a sore muscle, (pause) You see, these souls were damaged on the way in and this … infirmity … only grows worse as the body develops on Earth.

Dr. N: (surprised) Back up a minute. What do you mean, “damaged on the way in”? I thought your work on Earth mostly involved contaminated energy from life’s trials?

S: That’s only part of the problem. When souls enter the human body on Earth they come into dense matter. Their host bodies, after all, contain primitive animal energy which is thick. The soul has a natural sort of pure, refined energy which does not easily blend with some human hosts. It takes experience to get used to all this. The younger souls especially can be damaged. They get knocked off their tracks early on and are … twisted.

Dr. N: And you might project different energy configurations with different people who are your patients.

S: Uh-huh, that is the job of the transformer. Their damaged energy lines are so … squiggly … they must be rearranged to remove the toxic energy. These muddled souls are so unbalanced that a lot of our work must be directed at all the cells of the body where negative energy is trapping the free flow of the positive. When this is performed properly the soul is more fully engaged with the human brain.

Dr. N: This sounds very worthwhile, indeed.

S: It is gratifying although I still have a lot to learn, (laughs) We call ourselves psychic sponges for refined energy.

It is not surprising that case 25 uses reiki in her work on Earth. Reiki is an ancient art of healing by the hands. After evaluating and working on damaged energy, practitioners of this art close gaps in the human energy field with body alignments to bring symmetry. There are theo- ries that damaged energy’, physical or mental, in the human body causes gaps in our auras through which a demonic negative force can enter. This is another of those fear-based myths that receives undeserved attention. I have been told by restoration specialists that this does not happen because there is no outside force of evil trying to take over your body. However, negative energy blockages in our energy field do cause a reduction in functional capacity.

I am also disturbed by scientific articles debunking energy work with the hands, such as therapeutic touch, because I have seen the power of this kind of healing with the sick. It is often freely given by certain nurses in hospital settings out of a genuine concern to nurture and heal. Our bodies are composed of an energy field of particles that appears solid but is fluid and acts as a vibrational conductor. One of my transformer souls had this to say about her therapeutic touch methods:

The secret to healing is removing my conscious self so as to avoid inhibiting the free flow of energy between us. My objective is to merge with the energy flow of the patient to bring out the highest good in that body. This is done with love as well as technique.

If the receiving party is resistant and inhibits the free-flowing passageways of chi, or life force, through their own mental negativism, they are perfectly capable of blocking the detection of their energy field by a healer. As we begin a new millennium, more people are becoming aware of the healing properties of meditation and guided imagery to build energy within themselves. There are many ways to reach the center of our inner wisdom by tapping into a higher energy source. Massage, yoga, acupuncture and biomagnetic healing are some of the techniques available to help balance our chi.

Body energy and soul energy are adversely affected by vibrational resonances not in harmony with each other. Each person has their own fingerprint of natural rhythm. Body and soul must smoothly coexist for humans to be productive. If we take a holistic approach to body health, our creative self is better able to function with the human brain. Being in harmony with our outer and inner self positions us to more energetically engage in physical, spiritual and environmental interrelationships.

Healers of the Environment

Before my research into the spirit world, I had no idea of the special gifts of environmental healers on our planet. I have learned the Earth itself has its own vibrational rate and there are people capable of tuning into this ecological energy. One of the cases that opened my eyes was a woman who works for the Forest Service in the Pacific Northwest. In her letter requesting a session, she explained:

In the last few years I have felt a tingling, sparking sensa- tion in my hands whenever I am around heavy vegetation. It is not painful, but there is an urgency for something to be released during my work in the forests. Lately, I have dreams about lightning going out of my hands and my wanting to pull it back into a bottle to save it. These dreams seem to fulfill a need inside me and upon awakening I feel happy. Am I going crazy?

I am drawn to people who think they are going crazy because of unexplained phenomena in their lives. 1 know what this feels like per- sonally. Many of my old, traditional colleagues are convinced I have lost my marbles. Therefore, I was glad to take this woman as a client after she agreed to see a physician to make sure there was nothing causing neurological problems with her hands. I will pick up the dialogue of this case at the point where we are discussing her participation in an advanced independent studies group in the spirit world.

Case 24

Dr. N: Why did the five of you come together in this study group?

S:  Because  we  work  with  energy  the  same  way.  It  helps  raise  our consciousness—our abilities—when we are together

Dr. N: Please explain this to me.

S: Well, our situation right now is that individually we cannot sustain an energy flow of sufficient quality to last very long and have the necessary effect.

Dr. N: So you accomplish what you wish to do collectively?

S: Yes, to some degree. That’s why we enjoy working together so we can throw energy out in unison and bottle it up in concentrated reserves. Working alone our energy is not as potent, not as refined—it goes in all directions.

Dr. N: Is this why you are having these dreams and feeling these hand sensations right now in your life?

S: (reflects) Yes, I see that it is a message for me. I must alter my life to include more energy work.

Dr. N: You mean to store and use energy to heal people?

S: (quickly responds to my wrong assumption) No, my study group works with energy differently. We are healers of plants, trees and the land. That is why we pick lives as caretakers of the environment.

Dr. N: Did you choose your current vocation for a specific reason related to your skills?

S:Yes.

Dr. N: How about other members of your spirit world study group? S: (with a big grin) Two of them work with me in the forest service. Dr. N: I would think as planetary healers you and your friends have

your work cut out for you with all the environmental destruction

going on around Earth.

S: (sadly) It’s terrible and we are so needed here.

Dr. N: Tell me, have you and the members of your study group been involved with using energy environmentally in many past lives on Earth?

S: Oh, yes … for a long time.

Dr. N: Give me an example.

S: In my last life I was an Algonquian Indian with the name of Singing Tree. My job was to insure our land would continue to supply us with food. I used to stand out in the forest for hours and hold out my hands. The tribe thought 1 was talking to the trees and the soil but actually I was exchanging energy with the land.

It’s an extension of mind and body with some help from our guides.

Dr. N: And how about today?

S: (pause) When you create and support beauty and growth from the land, you also give power to others who live here. From your hands you provide a means by which others arc motivated with the beauty of what they see around them, as well as receiving sustenance from the environment.

Sometimes I receive letters years later from clients who want to say they finally reached their goals in life. A person with environmental healing talents might write me to announce they have become a land- scape architect, opened a garden nursery, or joined a protest group to stop the logging of old redwood trees. I enjoy these aspects of career counseling in my work that begin with the question, “Why am I here?” When I became involved with delving into the mysteries of the spirit world, I thought people would mostly want to know about their spirit guides and soulmates. Instead, I found their primary interest was their purpose in life.

Before leaving the subject of our environment on Earth, and the manner in which people are able to tune into the energy vibrations of this planet, I should say a word about sacred sites. A number of researchers have reported on the fact that there are places in the world which give off intense pulses of magnetic energy. In the last chapter I spoke about vibrational energy layers which vary in density around the Earth. Some sacred sites on Earth are well-known to the public, such as the places of stone in Sedona, Arizona; Machu Picchu in Peru; and Ayers Rock in Australia, to name a few. People standing in these places feel a heightened awareness and physical well-being.

Planetary magnetic fields do affect our physical and spiritual con- sciousness, and I find a curious similarity here with descriptions about the spirit world. My clients say the home ground of their cluster group  is “a space within a space” whose non-solid boundaries have a specific vibrational concentration of energy generated by that particular group. Perhaps certain human habitations on Earth, considered to be sacred  by the ancients, contain vortexes of energy concentrations caused by what are called natural “ley lines.” The places where these magnetic gridlines converge are said to enhance unconscious thought and make it easier to open our mental passages into spiritual realms. Knowledge of vortex locations are very useful to planetary healers. In chapter 8,  under the section of soul explorers in other worlds, I will touch again on planetary vibrational grid patterns which affect intelligent life away from Earth. Soul Division and Reunification

The capacity for souls to divide their energy essence influences many aspects of soul life. Perhaps soul extension would be a more accurate term than soul division. As I reported in the section under ghosts, all souls who come to Earth leave a part of their energy behind in the spirit world, even those living parallel lives in more than one body. The percentages of energy souls leave behind may vary but each particle of light is an exact duplicate of every other Self and replicates the whole  identity. This phenomenon is analogous to the way light images are split and duplicated in a hologram. Yet there are differences with a  hologram. If only a small percentage of a soul’s energy is left behind in the spirit world, that particle of Self is more dormant because it is less concentrated. However, because this energy remains in a pure, uncontaminated state, it is still potent.

When I made the discovery of our energy reserve in the spirit world, so much fell into place for me. The grandeur of this system of soul duality impacts many spiritual aspects of our life. For example, if someone you loved died thirty years ahead of you and has since reincarnated,  you can still sec them again upon your own return to the spirit world.

The ability of a soul to unite with itself is a natural process of energy regeneration after physical death. A client emphatically told me, “If we were to bring 100 percent of our energy into one body during an incar- nation, we would blow the circuits of the brain.” A full charge of all a soul’s energy into one human body would totally subjugate the brain to the soul’s power. Apparently, this could happen with even the less potent, undeveloped souls. I suppose this factor of soul occupation in a host body was evaluated in the early stages of human evolution by those spiritual grandmasters who chose Earth as a planetary school.

Moreover, having all the soul’s energy capacity in one body would negate the whole process of growth for the soul on Earth because it would have no challenge coping with the brain. By strengthening a variety of parts of a soul’s total energy in different incarnations, the whole is made stronger. Full awareness at 100 percent would have another adverse effect. If we did not divide our energy, we would experience a higher level of spiritual memory retention in each human body. Amnesia forces us to go into the testing area of the laboratory of Earth without the answers for the tasks we were sent here to accomplish. Amnesia also relieves us of the baggage for past failures so we may use new approaches with more confidence.

The ghost in case 15 indicated how it is possible for souls to miscalculate the percentage of energy concentration they bring into a life. One client called this “our light quotient.” In a strange fashion, I find my level IV and V subjects shortchange themselves more than the less developed souls. This was demonstrated by the warrior soul in case 22. Typically, a highly advanced soul will bring no more than 25 percent of its total capacity to Earth where the average, less confident soul has 50- 70 percent. The energy of a more evolved soul is refined, elastic and vigorous in smaller quantities. This is why the younger soul must bring more energy into their early incarnations. Thus, it is not the volume of energy which gives potency to the soul but the quality of vibrational power representing a soul’s experience and wisdom.

How does this information help us understand the combined force of soul and human energy? Every soul has a specific energy field pattern which reflects an immortal blueprint of its character, regardless of the number of divided parts. When this spiritual ego is combined with a more structured personality of a physical brain, a higher density field is produced. The subtleties of this symbiosis are so intricate I have only scratched the surface. Both blueprints of energy react to each other in an infinite number of ways to become one to the outside world. This is why our physical well-being, senses and emotions are so tied to the spiritual mind. Thought is closely associated with how these energy patterns are shaped and melded together and each nourishes the other in our bodies.

I frequently use the analogy of a hologram to describe soul division. Holographic images are exact duplicates. This analogy is helpful but it does not tell the whole story. I have mentioned one variable in the process of soul division as involving the potency of energy concentration in each divided part. This element relates to the experience of the soul. Another variable is the density of material energy in each human body and the emotional makeup which drives that body. If the same soul  joins two bodies at the same time and brings 40 percent of its energy  into each body, there will be different manifestations of energy.

Think of taking a photograph of the same scene in the morning, at noon and in the evening. The changes in light refraction would create a different effect on the film. The energy of souls begins with a specific pattern but once on Earth these patterns are changed by local conditions. When we review our future life from the spirit world we are given advice about the energy requirements of the body we will occupy. The decision of how much energy we should take is ours. Many souls want to leave as much behind as possible because they love their home and the activities going on there.

Emotional and physical trauma drains our energy reserves. We can lose shards of positive energy to people whom we give it to voluntarily, or by others who drain it out of us with their negativity. It takes energy to erect and maintain defense mechanisms to protect ourselves. A sub- ject once said to me, “When I share my light with those I think worthy of receiving it, I can recharge it faster because it was given freely”

One of the best ways we revitalize our energy is through sleep. Once again, we can further divide the energy we brought with us and roam freely while leaving a small percentage behind to alert the larger portion to return quickly if needed. As 1 mentioned earlier, this capacity is especially useful when the body is in a state of illness, unconsciousness, or in a coma. Since time is not a limiting factor for a freed soul, hours, days, or weeks away from the body are all rejuvenating. I might add that souls can also be recharged by loving spirits during a crisis. We interpret these energy boosts as profound revelations. A few hours’ rest from the human body can do wonders for a soul as long as the remaining portion left behind is on cruise control and not coping with a complex dream analysis. That circumstance may cause us to wake up exhausted.

Since living parallel lives is another option for soul division, what are the motivations and effects from this decision? Many people feel it is common for souls to live parallel lives. 1 have found this not to be true  at all. The souls who choose to split into two or more bodies within the same general time frame on Earth want to accelerate their learning. Thus, a soul might leave up to 10 percent of its energy behind and place the rest in two or three bodies. Because we have free will, our guides will allow for these experiments but they advise against it. On the whole, since the energy drain is enormous, most souls who try parallel lives do so only a time or two before giving it up. Souls don’t wish to lead  parallel lives unless they are extraordinarily ambitious. Also, souls don’t split their energy to incarnate as twins. Dividing your energy to be in a family with the same genetics, parental influence, environment, nationality and so forth would be counterproductive. Such lack of diversity would provide little motivation for living a parallel life.

People are curious about the origins of two souls in the bodies of identical twins. I had two sisters in their late twenties as clients, born  one minute apart. The souls of these women arc intimately connected in the same spirit group, however they are not strictly primary soul-mates. Each has met and lives with their own male soulmate with whom they are deeply in love. These two souls have lived for thousands of years as close friends, siblings, parents and children of one another but not as mates. They have never been twins before and the reason for their doing so currently was two-fold. They had unresolved trust issues in their past life relationship, but they said the major reason was “together, our combined energy field is doubled, which makes us more effective in reaching other minds.”

People ask me if a soul did not bring enough energy into its body during the fetal state, can it retrieve more later in life? I find that once the energy formula of a given percentage is chosen in advance by a soul, it stays. To permanenty add more “fresh” energy from the spirit world during a life would likely disrupt the delicate balance initially established between the soul and a new human brain. Also, it seems improbable that an incarnated being could retrieve an ethereal substance from its discar-nated self. However, with the help of their guides, some people have the ability to communicate—or temporarily tap into—their own energy reserve during a crisis.

The process of souls reuniting with the rest of their energy becomes most evident for me when I regress my subjects through a former death experience. Unless there are complications from the last life, most souls reacquire the balance of their energy at one of the three primary spiritual stations: near the gateway, during orientation, or after returning to their soul group. The advanced souls usually disembark only at the final stop on their journey home.

The Three Stations

Receiving our own energy at the gateway is not really a common occurrence. This is probably due to the initiation of recovery by a shower of healing near the gate. I do hear about it once in a while though, as with the soul in my next quote whose deceased husband brought a small remaining portion of her energy to the first stop. She explained the circumstances this way:

My love could easily handle the little energy 1 saved. He brought this to me and spread it over me gently with his hands like a blanket as we were embracing. He knew how old and tired I was and he asked to come. Once contact is made, the rest of my energy comes into me as a magnet. I feel so expanded by it. The first thing 1 notice is that I can read his mind so much better telepathically and I sense so much more of what is around me.
When our guides conclude that it would be an advantage to have more of our energy at the second station during orientation, this decision has different ramifications. Basically, the decision rests on the belief that our debriefing from a difficult life will be more productive. Then, too, we might not be returning to our spirit group for some reason right after orientation. Here is an example of soul reunification at this stop:
I am in a plain room which looks futuristic with smooth, milk-white walls. There is a table and two chairs—this furniture has no edges. My guide, Everand, is concerned over my lack of responsiveness. She is about to perform what we call "melting the physical form." She holds the rest of my energy in a beautiful, translucent vessel which radiates. Everand comes forward, pressing it into my  hands. I feel the upsurge of my energy as an electrical charge. Then she moves close to me, stimulating my natural vibrational frequency to accept more easily what I left  behind. As my core center is filled with my own essence, the outer shell of my physical body imprint is melted off. It is as if I were a dog shaking off water droplets from my fur after getting wet. The unwanted earthly particles are jarred loose—dissolved—and my energy now begins to sparkle again instead of being a dull light.

The usual way most souls reunite with the balance of their energy is after returning to a cluster group. A subject put it this way. “It is smoother for me to reunite with myself after I arrive at home base with my friends. Here the infusion of my rested energy can be assimilated at my own pace. When I am ready, I go get it myself.”

Case 25

This case excerpt is from a discussion 1 had with a soul called Apalon, who discussed her reunification upon arriving home in a more flam- boyant way than the soul in the quote above. Apalon is a level II soul who has just returned to the spirit world from a hard life in Ireland as a poor woman who died in 1910. Although physically strong and self- reliant, Apalon was married to a domineering, alcoholic husband and had to raise five children virtually alone. She suffered from a lack of personal freedom and self-expression. I see Apalon’s welcoming home party as a reflection of a job well done after this difficult life.

Dr. N: Tell me, Apalon, after you have finished with the initial greetings from your spirit group, does the time soon arrive when you unify with your own energy reserve?

S: (grinning) My guide Canaris enjoys making a ceremony out of unification.

Dr. N: With the energy you left behind?

S: Yes, Canaris goes to an alcove in our enclosure where my energy is stored in a glass urn, waiting for me. It is under his care.

Dr. N: I gather your reserve energy has not been too active since your absence. What percentage of the total did you leave behind?

S: Only 15 percent—I needed a lot for my Irish life. This part was able to engage with my group and I could move around our area but 1 didn’t participate in recreational diversions. .

Dr. N: I understand, but is this weakened 15 percent a completely whole representation of your soul?

S: (vehemently) Absolutely—only a smaller version of me.

Dr. N: And was this 15 percent of you able to keep up with group lessons and greet people while the other 85 percent was on Earth?

S: Mmm … to an extent… yes. I continue to gain knowledge in both settings. (Earth and the spirit world)

Dr. N: (offhanded) I’m curious about something. If that 15 percent is still viable, why don’t you just go get it yourself? What do you need Canaris for?

S: (offended) That would spoil his ceremony. Canaris is the keeper of my flame, so to speak, while 1 am gone. Besides, what you suggest would be an infringement on his prerogatives to assist me with melding with my energy. He wants to make a ceremony of it

Dr. N: I’m sorry if I was too presumptuous, Apalon. Why don’t you give me a visual picture of the ceremony.

S: (joyfully) Canaris goes to the alcove and, with the proud flourish of a nurturing father, brings it out while all my friends gather around and cheer about a job well done in Ireland.

Dr. N: Does this party include the soul who was your husband in the Irish life?

S: Yes, yes. He is in the front row cheering the loudest. He is not really the same person out of his Irish body.

Dr. N: All right, then what does Canaris do?

S: (laughs) He takes my energy in the greenish glass urn out of the alcove. It is glowing but he rubs it with his hands to make it shine brighter while enjoying our expressions of pleasure. Then he comes close and throws the cloud of light energy over me like a mantle of high office. He assists with my melding with his own powerful vibrations.

Dr. N: At this moment, what does having all your energy feel like?

S: (softly) Joining with oneself resembles two globs of mercury coming together on a glass plate. They flow into each other naturally and instantly become homogeneous. I feel a resurgence of power and identity. The warmth of the merger gives me a sense of serenity and peace as well. 1 feel… well… my immortality.

Dr. N: (rhetorically, to elicit a response) Isn’t it a shame we don’t take 100 percent of our energy to Earth?

S: (reacts immediately) Are you serious? No human mind could retain much of itself under those conditions, but I needed a lot for the Irish life.

Dr. N: What percentage do you have in your current body? S: Oh … around 60 percent and it’s plenty.

Dr. N: 1 have been told of physical planets where souls go that allow for

all of our energy and the retention of full memory.

S: Sure, and many of these life forms allow for mental telepathy, too.

Physical worlds like Earth—with the type of body we have—it’s a

stage  of  mental  development.  Right  now,  our  evolutionary  development sets up conditions which we must work through on our own.

The limitations are good for us right now.

Dr. N: Apalon, explain to me what you understand about how much energy you should take to Earth before every life?

S: My energy level is monitored by Canaris and my council for each body depending upon the physical and mental characteristics of that body. Certain bodies require more spiritual energy than others and they know what conditions exist before we enter the life.

Dr. N: Well, you told me this Irish woman was physically strong and, I assume, she had a strong will as well for you to have survived intact. Nevertheless, you took a lot of your energy to Ireland.

S: Yes, she was stronger than I am today, but she needed my spiritual help and I needed her strength to assert what influence I could to survive with some identity in a life of deprivation. We were not always in harmony.

Dr. N: So when you are not in harmony with a body it takes more personal soul energy? S: Oh, yes. And if your environment is harsh, that too must be taken into consideration. I feel very much in sync with my current body although 1 sometimes wish I had the stamina of the Irish body. There are many variables. That is the challenge. That’s what is fun.            

Note:    Today, Apalon  has incarnated as an independent businesswoman who  travels  all  over  the  world  for  an  international financial consulting firm. She has had numerous offers of marriage, all of which she has refused.

Occasionally, a client will tell me that after a former life they preferred to wait longer than normal before unifying with their energy. This is illustrated by the following quote:

Sometimes I like to wait until after my council meeting because I don't want the fresh energy to dilute the memories and feelings I had in the life just lived. If I did infuse myself (by taking in reserve energy), that former life would be less real to me. I want my thoughts to be centered on answering questions about my work in that body with a clear, lucid memory of each event. I want to retain every emotional feeling I had of these events as they occurred so I can better describe why I took certain actions. My friends don't like to do this, but I can always recharge and rest later.

Soul Group Systems

Soul Birthing

I think it is appropriate to begin an exploration of soul life with the creation of that life. Very few of my subjects have the memory capacity to go back to their origins as particles of energy. Some details of a soul’s early life come to me from the rank beginners. These young souls have a shorter life history both in and out of the spirit world so they still have fresh memories. However, at best, my level I subjects have only fleeting memories about the genesis of Self. The following quotes from two beginner souls are illustrations:

My soul was created out of a great irregular cloudy mass. I was expelled as a tiny particle of energy from this intense, pulsating bluish, yellow and white light. The pulsations send out hailstorms of soul matter. Some fall back and are reabsorbed but I continued outward and was being carried along in a stream with others like me. The next thing I knew, I was in a bright enclosed area with very loving beings taking care of me.
I remember being in a nursery of some sort where we were like unhatched eggs in a beehive. When I acquired more awareness I learned I was in the nursery world of Uras. I don't know how I got there. I was like an egg in embryonic fluid waiting to be fertilized and I sensed there were many other cells of young lights who were coming awake with me.
There was a group of mothers, beautiful and loving, who ... pierced our membrane sacs and opened us. There were swirling currents of intense, nurturing lights around us and I could hear music. My awareness began with curiosity. Soon I was taken from Uras and joined other children in a different setting.

The most revealing reports about soul nurseries come my way only infrequently from a very few highly advanced subjects. These are the specialists known as Incubator Mothers. The next case is a representative of this branch of service who is an exceptional level V called Seena.

Case 26

This individual is a specialist with children both in and out of the spirit world. Currently, she works through hospice with severely ill children. In her past life, she was a Polish woman who, although not Jewish, volunteered to enter a German internment camp in 1939. She did so ostensibly to wait on the officers and perform kitchen duties, which was a ruse. She wanted to be near the Jewish children entering the camp and to help them in any way possible. As a local resident of a nearby town, she could have left the camp at any time in the first year. Then it was too late and the soldiers would not allow her to leave. Eventually, she died in the camp. This advanced soul might have survived longer if she had brought more than 30 percent of her energy to sustain herself during the hardships of this assignment. Such is the confidence of a  level V.

Dr.  N:  Seena,  what  has  been  your  most  significant  experience between your lives?

S: (without hesitation) I go to the place of… hatching—where souls are hatched. I am an Incubator Mother, a kind of midwife.

Dr. N: Are you telling me you work in a soul nursery?

S: (brightly) Yes, we help the new ones emerge. We facilitate early maturation … by being warm, gentle and caring. We welcome them.

Dr. N: Please explain the surroundings of the place to me.

S: It’s… gaslike … a honeycomb of cells with swirling currents of energy above. There is intense light.

Dr. N: When you say “honeycomb,” I wonder if you mean that the nursery has a beehive structure, or what?

S: Um, yes … although the nursery itself is a vast emporium without seeming to be limited by outside dimensions. The new souls have their own incubator cells where they stay until their growth is sufficient to be moved away from the emporium.

Dr. N: As an Incubator Mother, when do you first see the new souls?

S: We are in the delivery suite, which is a part of the nursery, at one end of the emporium. The newly arrived ones are conveyed as small masses of white energy encased in a gold sac. They move slowly in a majestic, orchestrated line of progression toward us.

Dr. N: From where?

S: At our end of the emporium under an archway the entire wall is filled with a molten mass of high-intensity energy and… vitality. It feels as if it’s energized by an amazing love force rather than a discernible heat source. The mass pulsates and undulates in a beautiful flowing motion. Its color is like that on the inside of your eyelids if you were to look through closed eyes at the sun on a bright day.

Dr. N: And from out of this mass you see souls emerge?

S: From the mass a swelling begins, never exactly from the same site twice. The swelling increases and pushes outward, becoming a formless bulge. The separation is a wondrous moment. A new soul is born. It’s totally alive with an energy and distinctness of its own.

Note: Another one of my level Vs made this statement about incubation. “I see an egg-shaped mass with energy flowing out and back in. When it expands, new soul energy fragments are spawned. When the bulge contracts, I think it pulls back those souls which were not successfully spawned. For some reason these fragments could not make it on to the next step of individuality.”

Dr. N: What do you see beyond the mass, Seena?

S: (long pause) I see this beatific glow of orange-yellow. There is a violet darkness beyond, but not cold darkness … it is eternity.

Dr. N: Can you tell me more about the line of progression of new souls moving toward you out of the mass?

S: Out of the fiery orange-yellow the progression is slow as each hatchling emerges from the energy mass. They are conveyed off to various points where mothering souls like myself are positioned.

Dr. N: How many mothers do you see?

S: 1 can see five nearby… who, like me … are in training.

Dr. N: What are the responsibilities of an Incubator Mother?

S: We hover around the hatchlings so we can … towel-dry them after opening their gold sacs. Their progression is slow because this allows us to embrace their tiny energy in a timeless, exquisite fashion.

Dr. N: What does “towel-drying” mean to you?

S: We dry the new soul’s … wet energy, so to speak. I can’t really explain all this well in human language. It’s a form of hugging new white energy.

Dr. N: So, now you see basically white energy?

S: Yes, and as they come next to us—up close—I see more blue and violet glowing around them.

Dr. N: Why do you think this is so?

S: (pause, then softly) Oh … I see now … this is an umbilical… the genesis cord of energy which connects each one.

Dr. N: From what you are saying, I get a picture of a long pearl necklace. The souls are the pearls connected in a line. Is this at all accurate?

S: Yes, rather like a string of pearls on a silvery conveyer belt.

Dr. N: Okay, now tell me, when you embrace each new soul—dry them out—does this give them life?

S: (reacts quickly) Oh, no. Through us—not from us—comes a life force of all-knowing love and knowledge. What we pass on with our vibrations during the drying of new energy is … the essence of a beginning—a hopefulness of future accomplishment. The mothers call it… “the love hug.” This involves instilling thoughts of what they are and what they can become. When we enfold a new soul in a love hug it infuses this being with our understanding and compassion.

Dr. N: Let me carry this vibrational hugging one step further. Does each new soul have an individual character at this point? Do you add or subtract from its given identity?

S: No, this is in place upon arrival, although the new soul does not yet know who they are. We bring nurturing. We are announcing to the hatchling that it is time to begin. By … sparking … its energy we bring to the soul an awareness of its existence. This is the time of the awakening.

Dr. N: Seena, please help me here. When I think of obstetric nurses in a hospital maternity ward holding and nurturing new human babies, they have no idea what kind of person a baby will turn out to be. Do you function in the same manner—not knowing about the immortal character of these new souls?

S: (laughs) We function as nursery caregivers but this is not a human maternity ward. At the moment we embrace the new ones we know something of their identity. Their individual patterns become more evident as we unite our energy with them to give them sustenance. This allows us to better utilize our vibrations to activate—to ignite— their awareness. All this is part of their beginning.

Dr. N: As a trainee, how did you acquire this knowledge of the proper employment of vibrations with new souls?

S: This is something new mothers have to learn. It it is not performed properly, the hatchling souls move on not feeling fully ready. Then one of the Nursery Masters must step in later.

Dr. N: Can you take me a little further here, Seena? During your love hug, when you first embrace these souls, do you and the mothers discern an organized selection process behind the assignment of a new soul’s identity? For instance, could we have ten courageous type souls come through followed by ten more cautious souls?

S: That is so mechanistic! Each soul is unique in its totality of characteristics created by a perfection that I cannot begin to describe. What I can tell you is that no two souls are alike—none—ever!

Note: I have heard from a few other subjects that one of the basic reasons each soul is different from the other is that after the Source “breaks off” energy fragments to create a soul, what is left of the original mass becomes infmitesimally altered so it is not exactly the same as before. Thus, the Source is like a divine mother who would never create twin children.

Dr. N: (pressing, wanting my subject to correct me) Do you think this is a totally random selection? There is no order of characteristics with matched similarities of any kind? You know this to be true?

S: (frustrated) How could I know this unless I was a Creator? There are souls with similarities and those with none, all in the same batch. The combinations are mixed. As a mother I can tweak each major trait that 1 sense and this is why I can tell you no two have exactly the same combinations of character.

Dr. N: Well… (subject breaks in to continue)

S: I have the sense that there is a powerful Presence on the other side of the archway who is managing things. If there is a key to the energy patterns—we do not need to know of this …

Note: These are the moments I wait for in my sessions, where I try to push open the door to the ultimate Source. The door never opens more than a crack.

Dr. N: Please tell me what you feel about this Presence, about the energy mass which is bringing these new souls to you. Surely, you and the other mothers must have thought about the origins of souls here even though you cannot see it?

S: (in a whisper) I feel the Creator is… close by… but may not actually be doing the work of… production …

Dr. N: (gently) Meaning the energy mass may not be the primary Creator?

S:  (uncomfortable)  I  think  there  are  others  who  assist—I  don’t know.

Dr. N: (taking another tack) Is it not true, Seena, that there are imperfections to the new souls? If they were created perfect, there would be no reason for them to be created at all by a perfect Creator?

S: (doubtfully) Everything here seems to be perfection.

Dr. N: (1 temporarily move in another direction) Do you work only with souls coming to Earth?

S: Yes, but they could go to all kinds of places. Only a fraction come to Earth. There are many physical worlds similar to Earth. We call them pleasure worlds and suffering worlds.

Dr. N: And do you know when a soul is right for Earth based upon your incarnation experience?

S: Yes, I do. I know that the souls who come to worlds such as Earth need to be strong and resilient because of the pain they have to endure along with the joy.

Dr. N: That’s my understanding, too. And when these souls become contaminated by the human body—particularly the young ones—this is because they are less than perfect. Might that be true?

S: Well, I suppose, yes.

Dr. N: (continuing) Which  indicates to me that they must  work to acquire more substance than they had originally in order to acquire full enlightenment. Would you accept that premise?

S: (long pause, then with a sigh) 1 think perfection is there … with the newly created. Maturity begins by the shattering of innocence with new souls, not because they are originally flawed. Overcoming obstacles makes them stronger but the acquired imperfections will never be totally erased until all souls are joined together—when incarnation ends.

Dr. N: Isn’t this going to be difficult with new souls being created all the time to take the place of those ending their incarnations on Earth?

S: This too will end when all people … all races, nationalities unite as one. This is why we are sent to places such as Earth to work.

Dr. N: So, when the training ends, will the universe we live in die as well?

S: It may die before. It doesn’t matter, there are others. Eternity never ends. It is the process which is meaningful because it allows us to … savor the experience and express ourselves … and to learn.

Before continuing with the evolution of a soul’s progress, I should list what differences I have learned about their existence once they are created.

  1. There are energy fragments which appear to return to the energy mass that created them before they even reach the nursery. I do not know the reason for their being aborted. Others, who do reach the nursery, are unable to handle learning “to be” on an individual basis during early maturation. Later, they are associated with collective functions and, from what I can deter- mine, never leave the spirit world.
  2. There are energy fragments who have individual soul essences that are not inclined, or have the necessary mental fabric, to incarnate in physical form on any world. They are often found on mental worlds, and they also appear to move easily between dimensions.
  3. There are energy fragments with individual soul essences who incarnate only on physical worlds. These souls may well receive training in the spirit world with mental spheres between lives. 1 do not find them as interdimensional travelers.
  4. There are energy fragments who are souls with the ability and inclination to incarnate and function as individuals in all types of physical and mental environments. This does not necessarily give them more or less enlightenment than other soul types. However, their wide range of practical experience positions them for many specialization opportunities and assignments of responsibility.

The grand scheme for the newborn soul starts slowly. Once they are released from the nursery, these souls do not enter into incarnations, nor are they even formed into soul groups right away. Here is one description of this transition period from the still-fresh memory of a young level 1 soul with only a couple of incarnations under his belt:

Before I was assigned to my soul group and began coming to Earth, I remember being given the opportunity to experience a semi-physical world as a light form. It was more a mental world than physical because my surround- ings were not completely solid and there was no biological life. I saw other young souls with me and wc could move easily around the ground as luminous bulbs with a sem- blance of the human form. We were not doing—just being—and getting the feel of what it would be like to be solid. Although the setting was more astral than temporal, we were learning to communicate with each other as beings living in a community. We had no responsibilities. There was a Utopian atmosphere of tremendous love, security and protection everywhere. I have since learned that nothing is static and this—the beginning time— would be the easiest  of our existence. Soon we would exist in a world where we would not be protected, in places where we would have memories of pain and loneliness— and pleasure too—and that these experiences are the teaching memories.

Spiritual Settings

While in trance, my subjects describe many visual images of the spirit world in earthly symbolisms. They may create structural images from their own planetary experiences or have these images created for them by guides seeking to raise their comfort level with familiar surround- ings. After discussing this aspect of unconscious memory at lectures, I have had people say that, regardless of the consistency of these observations, they strain credibility. How could schoolrooms, libraries and temples exist in the spirit world?

I address these questions by explaining that past observational memory is metaphoric as a current perspective. Original scenes from all our lives never leave our memory as souls. In the spirit world, seeing a temple is not a literal record of stone blocks but rather a visualization of the meaning the temple has to that soul. Back on Earth, memories of past events in our soul life are reconstructions of circumstances and events based upon interpretations and conscious knowledge. All client memory retrieval is based upon observations of the soul mind processing information through a human mind. Regardless of the visual structures of spiritual settings, I always look to the functional aspects of what a subject is doing in them.

Once the new souls leave their protective cocoons they enter into community life. As they begin their incarnations, descriptions of the places and structures they see between lives take on the same flavor as that of older souls who go to Earth. Sometimes these descriptions are not so earthly. I hear reports of cathedral-like structures of glass, great halls of crystals, geometric buildings with many angles and smooth, domed enclosures without lines. Then, too, my subjects might say their surroundings have no structures, only fields of flowers and countryside scenes with forests and lakes. People in hypnosis display a sense of awe as they report floating toward their destinations in the spirit world. Many are so overcome they cannot adequately describe what they see.

I hear many accounts about the sheer movement of souls in transi- tion going from place to place. The following account is from a level IV subject who uses geometric shapes to describe the properties of the various settings he sees:

I do a lot of traveling around in the spirit world. The geometric shapes I see represent certain functions to me. Each structure has its own energy system. The pyramids are for solitude, meditation and healing. The rectangular shapes are for past life reviews and study. The spheroids are used to examine future lives and the cylinder portals are for traveling to other worlds to gain perspective. Sometimes I pass great hubs of soul activity—like an airport—with people being paged telepathically. The hubs are huge prismatic wheels with directional spoke-lines which curve away from you. It's busy but well-organized. (laughs) You can't rush in too fast or you might overshoot the particular line you want out of these great hubs. These centers are ports of call with host souls directing traffic and looking out for inquiries from travelers. Everything moves with a soft, comfortable floating motion and there are beautiful harmonic tones upon which souls can vibrationaily lock onto, keeping them on track to their destinations.

There is a statement from the Upanishads of India about our senses being carried in memory after death. I believe this old philosophical text is correct in the assumption that the senses, emotions and human ego  are a path to infinite experience, which provides a physical con- sciousness to the immortal Self. These sentiments were expressed by a client of mine in a cogent way:

We can create anything we want in the spirit world to remind us of places and things we enjoyed on Earth. Our physical simulations are almost perfect—to many they are perfect. But without a body… well ... to me they have the flavor of imitations. I love oranges. I can create an orange here and even come close to reproducing its pithy, sweet taste. Still, it is not quite the same as biting into an orange on Earth. This is one reason why I relish my physical reincarnations.

Despite this client’s comments, I have had subjects tell me they see the spirit world as true reality and Harth as an illusion created to teach us. There may be no contradiction here. People from Earth have keen taste buds. Oranges and human beings are therefore in harmony with each other in one existence. There are degrees of reality. Simply because our universe is a training ground does not make it unreal, only impermanent. What may be a temporary illusion in the span ot human surroundings does not take away from the fact that an orange on Earth eaten by an earthling does taste better than one created in the spirit world and eaten by a soul. By the same token, the reality of an interdimensional spirit world with its lack of absolutes allows the soul a magnitude of experience far beyond physical conceptions.

When my subjects describe seeing their spiritual centers, it is a wondrous image for them. All cultural stereotypes mixed with aspects of metaphoric symbolism recalled by the human mind are in play, to be sure, but these dramatic reenactments in a person’s spiritual life are no less real. When the soul returns to Earth with the shroud of forgetful- ness, it must adjust to a new brain without conscious memory. The new baby has no past experiences yet. The reverse is true right after death. For the spiritual hypnotherapist there are two forces operating in regression. On the one hand, we have the soul mind at work with its great storehouse of past life and spiritual life memories. On the other side, we also have the conscious memories of a current body engaged in descriptive imagery while the subject is in hypnosis. The conscious mind is not unconscious during hypnosis. If it were, the subject would be unable to speak to the facilitator coherently.

Memory

Before continuing with my analysis of what subjects in hypnosis see in the spirit world, I want to provide more information about divisions of memory recall and DNA. There are people who have the belief that all memories are carried by DNA. In this way they derive comfort from what they consider to be a scientific position against reincarnation. Certainly, everyone has a perfect right not to believe in reincarnation for a number of personal reasons, religious and otherwise. But to say that all past life memory is actually genetic in origin, carried in our DNA cells from remote ancestors, is an argument that, for me, fails in several ways.

Unconscious memories of past life trauma are capable of carrying a severely damaged physical imprint of that long-dead body into our new body, but this is not the result of DNA. These molecular codes are brand new and came with our current material body. Attitudes and beliefs from the soul mind do affect the biological mind. There are researchers who believe our eternal intelligence, involving energy imprints and memory patterns from past lives, may influence DNA.

Indeed, there are countless other elements involving thought sequencing which we bring into our host body from hundreds of former lives. This also includes our experiences in the spirit world where we have no body.

A sound argument against past life DNA memory is the volume of research we have accumulated about past lives. The former bodies we had in prior lives are almost never genetically related to our current family. I could have been a member of the Smith family, along with others in my soul group, in one life and we might all choose to be part of the Jones family in the next life. However, we would not come back to the Smith family, as I will explain more fully in chapter 7. The average subject has led past lives as Caucasians, Orientals and Africans with no heredity connections. Moreover, how can our memories of being on other worlds in other species come from human DNA cells created only on Earth? The answer is simple. So-called genetic memory is actually soul memory emanating from the unconscious mind.

I divide memory into three categories:

  1. Conscious Memory. This state of thought would apply to all memories retained by the brain in our biological body. It is manifested by a conscious ego Self that is perceptive and adaptive to our physical planet. Conscious memory is influenced by sensory experiences and all our biological, primitive instinctual drives as well as emotional experiences. It can be faulty because there arc defensive mechanisms related to what it receives and evaluates through impressions from the five senses.
  2. Immortal Memory. Memories in this category appear to come through the subconscious mind. Subconscious thought is greatly influenced by body functions not subject to conscious control, such as heart rate and glandular functions. However, it can also be the selective storeroom of conscious memory. Immortal memory carries the memories of our origins in this life and other physical lives. It is a repository of much of our psyche because the subconscious mind forms the bridge between the conscious and superconscious mind.
  3. Divine Memory. These are the memories that emanate from our superconscious mind which houses the soul. If conscience, intuition and imagination are expressed through the subconscious mind, they are drawn from this higher source. Our eternal soul mind has evolved from superior conceptual thought energy beyond ourselves. Inspiration may seem to spring from immortal memory, but there is a higher intelligence outside our body-mind which forms a part of divine memory. The source ot these divine thoughts is illusive. Sometimes we conceive of it as personal memory, when actually divine memory represents  communication from beings in our immortal existence.

Community Centers

My next case illustrates the visual associations subjects in a superconscious state bring to descriptive memories of arriving back home. It involves an identification with classical Greece, which is not unusual. I have listened to visualizations so futuristic and surreal as to allow for few comparisons with Earth. People do say to me that words cannot adequately describe the images of what they see at this junction. Once I take a client past the gateway to spaces where they begin to make con- tact with other spirits they become exhilarated.

In case 27 a subject, whose spiritual name is Ariani, will associate a Greek temple with her experience after death from her most immediate past life. Perhaps this is not surprising since so many of my subjects   had incarnations during the time when ancient Greece brought the light of a high civilization into a dark world. In art, philosophy and government they left a legacy and a challenge for those who followed. This society sought to unite the rational with the spiritual mind, which is remembered by those clients who were part of this Golden Age. Ariani had her final life in ancient Greece during the second century B.C., just before Rome began its occupation.

Case 27

Dr. N: When you approach your spiritual center, Ariani, what do you see there?

S: A beautiful Greek temple with bright white marble columns.

Dr. N: Are you creating this image of a temple yourself or is someone else placing it in your mind for you?

S: It’s really there in front of me! lust as I remember it… but… someone else could be helping me … my guide … I’m not sure. Dr. N: Is this temple familiar to you?

S: (smiling) I know it so well. It represents the culmination of a series of meaningful lives that I was not to know again for a long time on Earth.

Dr. N: Why is that? What is it about this temple that means so much to you?

S: It is a temple to Athena, goddess of wisdom. I was a priestess— with three others. Our job was to tend the flame of knowledge. The flame was on a flat, smooth rock in the center of the temple with writing etched around it.

Dr. N: What does the w r i t i n g mean?

S: (pause) Ah … essentially … to seek truth above all things. And the way to seek truth is to look tor harmony and beauty in that which surrounds us in life.

Dr. N: (deliberately obtuse) Well, is that all you did—just making sure the flame didn’t go out?

S: (with some exasperation) No, this was a place of learning where a woman could participate. The flame symbolized a sacred flame in our hearts for knowing truth. We held the belief in the holiness of a single god with lesser deities representing parts of that central power.

Dr. N: Are you telling me that you and the other women had monotheistic beliefs?

S: (smiling) Yes, and our sect went beyond the temple. We were seen by the authorities as being pure in heart and not as an intellectual caste. Most of them did not realize what we were about. They saw Athena in one light while we saw her in another. To us, the flame meant that reason and feeling were not opposed to one another. To us, the temple placed the mind above superstition. We also believed in equality between the sexes.

Dr. N: This kind of radical thinking could get you into a lot of trouble with a patriarchal establishment, I suppose?

S: It did, eventually. Their tolerance eroded and we had deceit and intrigue within our own ranks and then betrayal. Our motives were mistrusted. We were disbanded by a sexist state which was losing power and felt our sect was contributing to corruption within the state.

Dr. N: And after this series of lives in Greece, you wanted your temple with you in the spirit world?

S: That’s one way of putting it. To my friends and me, this life and a few earlier ones in Greece represented the high point of reason, wisdom and spirituality. I had to wait a long time before openly being able to express these feelings again in a female body.

Once I took Ariani into her temple she saw a huge rectangular gallery without a ceiling, filled with approximately 1,000 souls. These souls were a large secondary group whom she saw bunched into smaller clusters, called primary groups, made up of souls numbering from three to twenty-five. Her own cluster was midway back on the right side (see figure 1, circle A). As she made her way back, Ariani was accompanied by her guide. She then described how this entrance appears to a returning soul. This scene is one I hear repeated over and over again involving large numbers of soul groups, regardless of the structural setting. In the superconscious minds of people, these gatherings could just as well be in an amphitheater, palace courtyard, or school auditorium  as in a temple.

Dr. N: Ariani, give me a sense of what it feels like to make your way through this crowd of souls to your cluster.

S: (with excitement) It’s uplifting and awesome at the same time. With my guide leading, we start to weave our way left and right between the clusters, some of whom are seated in a circle and others are standing, talking. In the early stages most people pay no attention to me because we are strangers. Souls who are nearby my path might nod their heads in polite acknowledgment of my arrival. Then, about midway through, people who see me become more animated. A man who was my lover two lives ago stands up and gives me a kiss and asks how I am doing. More people in other clusters begin now to smile and wave at me. Some whom I have known in lives only slightly give me a thumbs-up greeting. Then—as I get to a group next to my own cluster—I see my parents. They stop what they are doing and drift over the short space between our two clusters to embrace me and whisper encouragement. Finally, I reach my own group and everyone is welcoming me back.

This diagram represents the first view by many people of large numbers of primary soul cluster groups which make up one big secondary group of some 1,000 souls. Primary group A is the subject's own cluster of souls.

This diagram represents the first view by many people of large numbers of primary soul cluster groups which make up one big secondary group of some 1,000 souls. Primary group A is the subject’s own cluster of souls.

About half of all my clients see large groups of souls upon their return. The other half report that after their arrival they see just their own cluster. The visual images of either large or small gatherings of souls can vary with the same soul after different lives. The primary group of souls, with whom we are most closely bonded, may also  appear to these same subjects as people milling about in outdoor scenes of recreation, such as a countryside field of flowers.

Regardless of an exterior or interior setting, figures 2 and 3 illustrate what a majority of subjects see when they first make contact with their groups. In these instances, no other groups are observed in the area. In figure 2, the welcoming souls are rather bunched together, each soul coming forward in turn to the front position. Figure 3 shows the customary way a group forms a semicircle around the newly arrived soul. Most of my subjects experience this circular form of greeting. A descriptive representation of this practice will be found in chapter 7 with case 47.

Those subjects who report going directly into a classroom setting upon returning from a past life have a clear picture in their minds of hallways that connect a series of spaces for study. Unerringly, they  seem to know in which space they belong. In these cases, cluster groups commonly stop their activities to welcome any new arrival. Figure 4 represents the usual design layout of a learning center where numerous groups of souls work. The consistency of reporting about the settings shown in figure 4 is astonishing. Only a very small percentage of my subjects say that their initial meeting with groups of souls involve just floating in air with nothing around. The absence of landscape scenes or physical structures does not last long, even in the minds of these people.

Figure 2 indicates the phalanx-diamond position of a primary cluster group greeting returning soul A with the group guide B behind. Here many souls are concealed behind one another before their turn to greet the incoming member.
Figure 2 indicates the phalanx-diamond position of a primary cluster group greeting returning soul A with the group guide B behind. Here many souls are concealed behind one another before their turn to greet the incoming member.
Figure 3 indicates the more common semicircle positioning of a soul group waiting to greet returning soul A with (or without) teacher- guide in position B. On the hands of this clock diagram, souls come forward, each in their own turn, from positions within a 180-degree arc. Typically, greeting souls do not come from behind A in the 6 o'clock position.
Figure 3 indicates the more common semicircle positioning of a soul group waiting to greet returning soul A with (or without) teacher- guide in position B. On the hands of this clock diagram, souls come forward, each in their own turn, from positions within a 180-degree arc. Typically, greeting souls do not come from behind A in the 6 o’clock position.

Classrooms

Any gathering of souls outside a classroom setting, including the large assembly halls, indicates it is a time of general socializing and recreation. This doesn’t mean serious discussions are not taking place in these areas, only that soul activities are not directed as in study areas. Here is a typical description from a subject who is moving into a class- room setting (see figure 4):

My guide takes me into a star-shaped structure and I know this is my place of learning. There is a round domed central chamber which is empty now. I see corridors going off in opposite directions and we move down one of these halls where the classrooms are located. They are offset in such a way that no two classrooms face each other. This is so we will not bother another room of souls. My room is the third cubicle on the left. I never see more than six rooms to a hallway. Each room has an average of eight to fifteen souls working at desks. I know this sounds ridiculous, but that’s what I see. As I pass down the hall with my guide, I notice in some rooms souls are studying quietly by themselves while others are working in groups of two to five. A different  room has the students watching an instructor lecturing at a blackboard. When I enter my room everyone stops what they were doing and gives me a big smile. Some wave and a few cheer as if they were expecting me. The ones nearest the doorway escort me to a seat and I get ready to participate in the lesson. The whole time 1 have been gone seems like a brief trip down to the corner grocery store to buy a carton  of milk.

Most of my subjects visualize the structures of their spiritual class- rooms as being single story, although there are exceptions, such as the next case, with an intermediate level soul called Rudalph.

Spiritual Learning Center This classroom design is visualized by many souls as having a central rotunda A, with primary cluster group rooms B down
adjacent corridors. Usually there are no more than six rooms per
hallway. These round rooms are offset from each other. The number of reported corridors varies.
Spiritual Learning Center This classroom design is visualized by many souls as having a central rotunda A, with primary cluster group rooms B down
adjacent corridors. Usually there are no more than six rooms per
hallway. These round rooms are offset from each other. The number of reported corridors varies.

Case 28

Dr. N: After your last station stop, Rudalph, describe to me what you see as you approach your destination—the place where you belong in the spirit world.

S: As I come near my pod, there is a park-like atmosphere where the countryside is so quiet and peaceful. I see clusters of bubbles that are smooth and transparent with souls inside.

Dr. N: And do you recognize your own pod?

S: Oh … yes … although my… references … take some getting used to again. I’m doing fine. I could have done this myself but my guide Tahama (who appears as an American Indian) came to escort me on this trip because she knew I was tired after a long, hard life, (subject died at age eighty-three in 1937) She is so considerate.

Dr. N: All right, describe your pod for me.

S: I see my pod as a large bubble—which is a school building— divided into four floors. Inside the bubbles there are many bright, colorful points of soul energy.

Dr. N: And all this is transparent from the outside to you? S: Semitransparent… milky.

Dr. N: Okay, now go inside and describe how you see these four floors and what they mean to you.

S: The four floors are transparent and look like glass. Each level is connected by a stairway with a compartment for study at one end. On each floor there are groups undergoing instruction. I enter on the first floor where a beginning level group of eighteen souls is listening to a visiting lecturer called Bion. I know her—she is very aware of the pitfalls of young people. She is strong but tender.

Dr. N: Do you know all the teachers in this school?

S: Oh, sure. I’m one of them—just starting, of course. Please don’t think I’m bragging, I’m just a student teacher, but I’m very proud.

Dr. N: As well you should be, Rudalph. Tell me, does each floor have one primary cluster group?

S: (hesitates) Well, the first two do—there are twelve working on the second level. The upper floors have souls from other groups working on their individual specialties.

Dr. N: Rudalph, is this the same thing as an independent studies program?

S: That would be accurate.

Dr. N: All right, what happens next to you?

S: Tahama tells me where I need to be—reminding me that I belong on the third level but to take as much time as I want. Then she leaves me.

Dr. N: Why does she do that?

S: Oh, you know … our guides maintain a teacher-student relationship with us in this center. They try not to be real familiar with us … in a social way, because of their … professional status. I don’t mean for this to sound as though they act like some pompous professors on

Earth. This is different. The master teachers, such as my other guide, Relon, keep a little distance from the students when not engaged in teaching to give them space and allow for individual expression among themselves. They feel it is important for the student’s growth not to be hovering around them all the time.

Dr. N: That’s most interesting. Please continue, Rudalph.

S: Well, Tahama says she will see me later. To be honest, I’m not completely tuned into this place yet. It’s just the way I am when I come back. It always takes me awhile to acclimatize, so I’m going to relax and enjoy the children on the ground floor.

Dr. N: Children? You call these first level souls children?

S: (laughing) Well, now I’m sounding a bit pompous myself. It’s just how we describe the beginners, who can be rather childlike in their development. This group is really just starting. They acknowledge me, because I have been active with them. I know the ones who are repeating the same mistakes because of a lack of self- discipline. They are not making much  effort  to move up in development. I don’t stay too long because I don’t want them to be distracted from Bion’s lesson.

Dr. N: What is the teacher’s attitude about the slow ones?

S: Frankly, the teachers of the first level do get tired of certain students who almost refuse to progress, so they leave them alone a lot

Dr. N: Are you saying the teachers stop pushing those students who are difficult?

S: You have to understand that teachers have infinite patience because time is meaningless. They are content to wait until the student is disgusted with treading water and offers to work harder.

Dr. N: I see. Please continue with your tour of this school.

S: I am looking up through the glass ceiling to the second level. That’s where I’m headed next. These souls have a fleecy, gauze appearance from here. I don’t really need a stairway but it represents a means of passage in my mind. As I climb to the second floor 1 see the adolescents. They are like super-active teenagers… full of restless energy… sponges absorbing a lot of information fast and trying to act on that knowledge. They are learning to get a grip on themselves but many don’t know yet how to give back to others in effective ways.

Dr. N: As a teacher, would you say that these souls are self- absorbed?

S: (laughs) That’s normal, along with a constant need for outer stimulation, (more seriously) I am not yet qualified to teach on this level. Enit is in charge here—a disciplinarian with a big heart. Right now they are on a break. I find them fun to be around because they all pump me for information about the manner in which I have learned to accomplish things on Earth. Soon it’s time for me to go to the third level.

Dr. N: What would happen if one of these students followed you up into the third level?

S: (smiles) Once in a while a curious one will wander into more advanced areas. It’s similar to a third grader walking down the hall into a sixth-grade class. The kid would be lost. They might be teased a little on Earth but someone would quietly take them back to their own classroom. It’s the same here.

Dr. N: Well, I guess you are ready to take me up to the third level. May I have your impressions of this place?

S: (brightly) This is my area and we are like young adults. Many of us are training to be teachers. The mental challenges here are more constant. Now we are working on resourcefulness, not just reacting to situations. We are learning to protect and inform, to keep our eyes open, and to see the spirit of others through the light in their eyes on our earthly rotations.

Dr. N: Do you recognize people you know?

S: Oh, I see Elan, (husband in both past and current life, a primary soulmate) He appears to me as we were in our last life. Elan sparks up my tired energy with his love—like lighting a fire in a cold stove. I was a widow for a long time, (tearfully) We are -sucked up into a pool of happiness together for a few moments.

Dr. N: (after a pause) Anyone else?

S: Everybody! There is Esent (mother in current life) and Blay (a best girlfriend in her current life), (subject is suddenly distracted) I want to go up briefly to the fourth level to see my daughter Anna, (also in current life)

Dr. N: Tell me what you can about the fourth level.

S: There are only three souls there and from below they appear as shapeless shadows of goldish and silver blue. There is such warmth and love with these souls growing into full adulthood. They are becoming very wise in helping souls really make use of their human bodies. I sense they feel more touched by a divine essence. They are in tune with their existence. When they come back from a physical life they don’t need adjusting as I do.

Dr. N: Where are the older adults, such as the senior guides, the Elders and others like them?

S: They are not in this bubble, but we see them elsewhere.

The Library of Life Books

Many of my clients speak about being in research library settings soon after rejoining their soul groups. I have come to accept the idea that it is a standard learning imperative that we begin to study our past lives in depth right away. After 1 wrote about the place where our life records are stored in my first book, people asked if 1 was able to supply them with more details.

The people who describe earthly structures in their spiritual home also include the library, and descriptions of this setting are quite consis- tent. On Earth, a library represents a systematic collection of books arranged by subjects and names which provide information. The titles of spiritual Life Books have my client’s names on them. This may seem odd, but if I were working with an intelligent aquatic being from Planet X who had never been to Earth and whose place of study was an ocean tide pool, I’m sure that is what this entity would report seeing in the spirit world.

I have reported on spiritual classrooms and smaller adjacent cubi- cles where primary groups interact, including even smaller isolated rooms where souls can be completely alone for quiet study. There is nothing small about the library. Everyone tells me the location of the Life Books is seen as a huge study hall, in a rectangular structure, with books lined along the walls and many souls studying at desks who do not seem to know each other. When my subjects describe a spiritual library they see the floor plan design in figure 5, an image that is very prevalent in their minds.

Once inside this space, librarian-guides are the Archivist Souls in charge of the books. They are quiet, almost monastic beings who assist both guides and students from many primary clusters in locating information. These spiritual libraries serve souls in different ways depending upon their level of attainment. Souls may be assisted either by their own guides, the Archivists, or both. Some of my clients go to the library alone upon returning to the spirit world, while others have guides who routinely accompany them into this space. A guide might get his student started and then leave the room. Many elements come into play here, including the complexity of the research and the timeline to be reviewed by the student soul. When students are in these study halls they sometimes work in pairs but mostly they do their research alone after being assisted by the Archivists in finding the proper Life Books.

Life Books Library. A: Bookshelves lining the walls of a large rectangular
structure.
B: Pedestals for archivists and guides assisting souls in
locating the proper Life Books.
C: Long study tables.
D: Walls of books and study tables stretching far into the
distance, out of the soul's line of sight.
Life Books Library.
A: Bookshelves lining the walls of a large rectangular
structure. B: Pedestals for archivists and guides assisting souls in
locating the proper Life Books. C: Long study tables.
D: Walls of books and study tables stretching far into the
distance, out of the soul’s line of sight.

Eastern philosophy holds that every thought, word and deed from every lifetime in our past, along with every event in which we participated, is recorded in the Akashic Record. Possibilities of future events can also be seen with the help of scribes. The word “Akasha” essentially means the essence of all universal memory that is recording every  energy vibration of existence, rather like an audio/visual magnetic tape.  I have discussed the connections of divine, immortal and conscious memory. Our human conceptualization of spiritual libraries, timeless places where we study missed opportunities and our accountability for past actions, is an example of those memory connections. People of the East have conceived that the substance of all events past, present and future is preserved by containment within energy particles and then recovered in a sacred spiritual setting through vibrational alignments. I feel the whole concept of personal spiritual records for each of us did  not originate in India or anywhere else on Earth. It began with our spir- itual minds already having knowledge of these records between lives.

I find it unsettling that certain aspects of recovered memory about spiritual libraries can be subverted by human belief systems which are intended to frighten people. Within Eastern cultures there are those   who have been led to believe the Life Books are analogous to spiritual diaries that can be used as evidence against the soul. Visions of spiritual libraries are interpreted as scenes where cases are prepared as depositions against errant souls based upon their karmic records. A further step in this misguided belief system brings us to the dreaded tribunal for sentencing after testimony about the soul’s shortcomings in the last life. Certain psychics claim they have privileged access to events of the  future through Akashic Records and that by working exclusively with them they can divert their followers from catastrophe.

Human extravagance has no bounds when it comes to instilling fear. A prime example is the fear of terrible punishment for those who commit suicide. It is true that being kept out of heaven has been a deterrent to suicide, but it is the wrong approach. I have noticed in recent years that even the Catholic church is not quite so adamant about suicide being a mortal sin subject to the extremes of spiritual punishment. There is now a Vatican-approved catechism which states that suicide is “against natural law” but adds, “by ways known to God alone, there is opportunity for salutary repentance.” Salutary means conducive to some good purpose.

My next case represents a subject who killed herself in her last life. She describes her examination of this act in a library setting. Repentance in the spirit world often begins here. Since I will be reviewing her suicide, this is a suitable point to briefly digress from the library and address some of the questions I have been asked about suicide and sub- sequent retribution in the spirit world.

When I work with clients who have committed suicide in former lives, the first thing most exclaim right after the moment of death is, “Oh, my God, how could I have been so stupid!” These are physically healthy people, not those who are suffering from a debilitating physical illness. Suicide by a person, young or old, whose physical state has reduced the quality of their life to almost nothing is treated differently in the spirit world than those who had healthy bodies. While all suicide cases are treated with kindness and understanding, people who killed themselves with a healthy body do have a reckoning.

In my experience, souls feel no sense of failure or guilt when they have been involved with a mercy death. I shall give a realistic example of this sort of death with a brother and sister under the free will section in chapter 9. When there is unendurable physical suffering, we have the right to be released from the pain and indignity of being treated like helpless children connected to life-support systems. In the spirit world, I find that no stigma is attached to a soul leaving a terribly broken body who is released by its own hand or from that of a compassionate caregiver.

I have worked with quite a number of people who have attempted suicide in the years before they saw me and I feel my working with them has provided a helpful perspective. Some were still in emotional turmoil when 1 met them, while others had pulled away from thoughts of self-destruction. One thing I have learned is that people who tell me they don’t belong on Earth need to be taken seriously. They may even be potential suicide cases. In my practice, these clients fall into one of three spiritual classifications:

  1. Young, highly sensitive souls who began their incarnations on Earth but have spent little time here. Certain souls in this category have had great difficulty adjusting to the human body. They feel their very existence to be threatened because it is so cruel.
  2. Both young and older souls who incarnated on another planet before coming to Earth. If these souls lived on worlds less harsh than Earth, they may be overcome by the primitive emotions and high density of the human body. These are the hybrid souls I discussed in the last chapter. Essentially, they feel they are in an alien body.
  3. Souls below level III, who have been incarnating on Earth since their creation but are not merging well with their current body. These souls accepted a life contract with a host body whose physical ego mind is radically different from their immortal soul. They cannot seem to find themselves in this particular lifetime.

What happens to souls involved with suicide in healthy bodies? These souls tell me they feel somewhat diminished in the eyes of their guides and group peers because they broke their covenant in a former life. There is a loss of pride from a wasted opportunity. Life is a gift and a great deal of thought has gone into allocating certain bodies for our use. We are the custodians of this body and that carries a sacred trust. My clients call it a contract. Particularly when a young, healthy person commits suicide, our teachers consider this an act of gross immaturity and the abrogation of responsibility. Our spiritual masters have placed their trust in our courage to finish life with functional bodies in a nor- mal fashion, no matter how difficult. They have infinite patience with us, but with repeated suicide offenders their forgiveness takes on another tone.

I worked with a young client who had tried to commit suicide a year before I saw him. During our hypnosis session we found evidence of a pattern of self-destruction in former lives. Facing his master teachers at a council meeting following his last life, this client was told by an Elder:

Once again you are here early and we are disappointed. Have you not learned the same test grows more difficult with each new life you terminate? Your behavior is selfish for many reasons, not the least of which is the sorrow you caused to those left behind who loved you. How much  longer will you continue to just throw away the perfectly good bodies we give you? Tell us when you are ready to stop engaging in self-pity and underestimating your capabilities.

I don’t think 1 have ever heard of a council member come down any harder on one of my subjects over the issue of suicide. Months later, this client wrote me to say that whenever thoughts of committing suicide entered his head he pushed them aside because of a desire to avoid having to face this Elder again after killing himself. A little posthypnotic suggestion on my part made recovering this scene in his conscious mind especially easy and serves as a deterrent.

In suicide cases involving healthy bodies, one of two things generally happens to these souls. If they are not a repeat offender, the soul is frequently sent back to a new life rather quickly, at their own request, to make up for lost time. This could be within five years of their death on Earth. The average soul is convinced it is important to get right back on the diving board after having taken a belly flop in a prior life. After all, we have natural survival instincts as human beings and most spirits tenaciously fight to stay alive.

For those who display a pattern of bailing out when things get rough there are places of repentance for a good purpose. These places do not contain a pantheon of horrors in some dark, lower spirit region reserved for sinners. Rather than being punished in some sort of bleak purgatory, these souls may volunteer to go to a beautiful planetary world with water, trees and mountains but no other life. They have no contact with other souls in these places of seclusion except for sporadic visits by a guide to assist them in their reflections and self-evaluation.

Places of isolation come in many varieties and I must admit they seem terribly boring. Maybe that’s the whole idea. While you are sitting out the next few games on the bench, your teammates continue with challenges in their new lives. Apparently this medicine seems to work because these souls come back to their groups feeling refreshed but knowing they have missed out on a lot of action and opportunities for personal development with their friends. Nonetheless, there are souls who will never adjust to Earth. I hear some are reassigned to other worlds for their future incarnations.

My next two cases represent the exposure of souls to spiritual  libraries and the impact seeing their records has on them. In both cases there is evidence of the use of altered reality, with some differences. The woman in case 29, a suicide case, will be shown a series of alternate choices she could have made in her past life, presented in four coexist- ing time sequences. The first timeline was the actual life itself. She will be more of an observer than a participant in these scenes. With case 30, however, we will see the employment of a single scene with an altered reality where the soul will dramatically enter a scene from his past life to actually experience a different outcome. Both cases are designed to show the many paths in life involving choices.

Our guides decide on the most effective means for self-discovery in the library. The design and scope of these investigations then comes under the jurisdiction of the Archivists.

Case 29

Amy had recently returned to the spirit world from a small farming village in England where she killed herself in I860, at age sixteen. This soul would wait another hundred years before coming back due to her self- doubts about handling adversity. Amy drowned herself in a local pond because she was two months pregnant and unmarried. Her lover, Thomas, had been killed the week before in a fall off a thatched roof he was repairing. I learned the two were deeply in love and intended to marry. Amy told me during her past life review that she thought when Thomas was killed her life was over. Amy said she did not want to bring disgrace upon her family from the gossip of local villagers. Tearfully, this client said, “I knew they would call me a whore, and if I ran off to London that is exactly what a poor girl with child would become.”

In suicide cases, the soul’s guide might offer seclusion, aggressive energy regeneration, a quick return, or some combination of these things. When Amy crossed over after killing herself, her guide, Likiko, and the soul of Thomas were there to comfort her for a while. Soon she was alone with Likiko in a beautiful garden setting. Amy sensed the dis- appointment in Likiko’s manner and she expected to be scolded for her lack of courage. Angrily, she asked her guide why the life didn’t go as planned in the beginning. She had not seen the possibility of suicide before her incarnation. Amy thought she was supposed to marry Thomas, have children and live happily in her village to old age. Some- one, she felt, had pulled the rug out from under her. Likiko explained that Thomas’ death was one of the alternatives in this life cycle and that she had the freedom to make better choices than killing herself.

Amy learned that for Thomas, his choice to go up on a high, steep and dangerously slippery roof was a probable one—more probable because his soul mind had already considered this “accident” as a test for her. Later, I was to learn Thomas came very close to not accepting the roof job because of “internal forces pulling him the other way.” Apparently, everyone in this soul group saw that Amy’s capacity for survival was greater than she gave herself credit for, although she had shown  tenuous behavior in her earlier lives.

Once on the other side, Amy thought the whole exercise was cruel and unnecessary. Likiko reminded Amy that she had a history of self- flagellation and that if she was ever going to help others with their sur- vival, she must get past this failing in herself. When Amy responded  that she had little choice but to kill herself, given the circumstances of Victorian England, she found herself in the following library scene.

Dr. N: Where are you now?

S: (somewhat disoriented) I’m in a place of study … it looks Gothic… stone walls … long marble tables …

Dr. N: Why do you think you are in this sort of building?

S: (pause) In one of my lives I lived as a monk in Europe (in the twelfth century). I loved the old church cloister as a place for quiet study. But I know where I am now. It is the library of great books … the records.

Dr. N: Many people call them Life Books. Is this the same thing?

S: Yes, we all use them … (pause, subject is distracted) There is a worrisome-looking old man in a white robe coming toward me … fluttering around me.

Dr. N: What’s he doing, Amy?

S: Well, he’s carrying a set of scrolls, rolls of charts. He is muttering and shaking his head at me.

Dr. N: Do you have any idea why?

S: He is the librarian. He says to me, “You are here early.” Dr. N: What do you think he means?

S: (pause) That… I did not have compelling reasons for arriving back here early.

Dr. N: Compelling reasons… ?

S: (breaking in) Oh … being in terrible pain—not able to function in life.

Dr. N: I see. Tell me what this librarian does next.

S: There is a huge open space where I see many souls at long desks with books everywhere but I’m not going to that room now. The old man takes me to one of the small private rooms off to the side where we can talk without disturbing the others.

Dr. N: How do you feel about this?

S: (shakes head in resignation) I guess I need special treatment right now. The room is very plain with a single table and chair. The old man brings in a large book and it is set up in front of me like a TV viewing screen.

Dr. N: What are you supposed to do?

S: (abruptly) Pay attention to him! He sets his scroll in front of me first and opens it. Then he points to a series of lines representing mv life.

Dr. N: Please go slowly here and explain what these lines mean to you, Amy.

S: They are life lines—my lines. The thick, widely spaced lines represent the prominent experiences in our life and the age they will most likely occur. The thinner ones bisect the main lines and represent a variety of other… circumstances.

Dr. N: I have heard these less prominent lines are possibilities of action as opposed to the probabilities. Is that what you are saying?

S: (pause) That’s right.

Dr. N: What else can you tell me about the thick versus thin lines?

S: Well, the thick line is like the trunk of a tree and the smaller ones are the branches. I know the thick one was my main path. The old man is pointing at that line and scolding me a bit about taking a dead-end branch.

Dr. N: You know, Amy, despite this Archivist fussing about these lines, they do represent a series of your choices. From a karmic standpoint all of us have taken a wrong fork in the road from time to time.

S: (heatedly) Yes, but this is serious. I did not just make a small mis- take in his eyes. 1 know he cares about what I do. (there is a pause and then loudly) I WANT TO HIT HIM OVER THE HEAD WITH HIS DAMN SCROLL. I TELL HIM, “YOU GO TRY MY LIFE FOR A WHILE!”

Note: At this point Amy tells me that the old man’s face softens and he leaves the room for a few minutes. She thinks he is giving her time to collect herself but then he brings back another book. This book is opened to a page where Amy can see the Archivist as a young man being torn apart by lions in an ancient Roman arena for his religious convictions. He then puts this book aside and opens Amy’s book. I ask her what she sees next.

S: It comes alive in three-dimensional color. He shows me the first page with a universe of millions of galaxies. Then the Milky Way … and our solar system … so I will remember where I came from—as if I could forget. Then, more pages are turned.

Dr. N: I like this perspective. Amy. Then, what do you see?

S: Ahh … crystal prisms … dark and light depending upon what thoughts are sent. Now, I remember I have done this before. More lines … and pictures… which I can move forward and backward in time with my mind. But the old man is helping me anyway.

Note: I have been told these lines form vibrational sequences representing timeline alignments.

Dr. N: How would you interpret the meaning of the lines?

S: They form the patterns for the life pictures in the order you wish to look at—that you need to look at.

Dr. N: I don’t want to get ahead of you, Amy. Just tell me what the old man does with you now.

S: Okay. He flips to a page and I see myself onscreen in the village I just left. It isn’t really a picture—it’s so real—it’s alive. I’m there.

Dr. N: Are you actually in the scene or are you simply observing the scene?

S: We can do both, but right now I am supposed to just watch the scenes.

Dr. N: That’s fine, Amy. Let’s go through the scene as the old man is presenting it to you. Explain what is going on.

S: Oh … we are going to look at… other choices. After seeing what I actually did at the pond where I took my life—the next scene has me back at the pond on the bank, (pause) This time I don’t wade in and drown myself. I walk back to the village, (laughs for the first time) I’m still pregnant.

Dr. N: (laughing with her) Okay, turn the page. Now what?

S: I’m with my mother, Iris. I tell her I am carrying Thomas’ baby. She is not as shocked as I thought she would be. She is angry, though. I get a lecture. Then … she is crying with me and holding me. (subject now breaks down while tearfully continuing to talk) I tell her I am a good girl, but I was in love.

Dr. N: Does Iris tell your father?

S: That is one alternative on the screen. Dr. N: Follow that alternative path for me.

S: (pause) We all move to another village and everyone there is told I am a widow. Years later, I will marry an older man. These are very hard times. My father lost a lot when we moved and we were even poorer than before. But we stay together as a family and life eventually becomes good, (crying again) My little girl was beautiful.

Dr. N: Is that the only alternative course of action you study right now?

S: (with resignation) Oh, no. Now, I look at another choice. I come back from the pond and admit I am pregnant. My parents scream at me and then fight with each other about who is to blame. I am told they do not want to give up our small farm they worked so hard for and leave the village because I am disgraced. They give me a little money to get to London so I can try to find work as a serving girl.

Dr. N: And how does this work out?

S: (bitterly) Just what I expected. London would not have been good. I wind up in the streets sleeping with other men. (shudders) I die kind of young and the baby is a foundling who eventually dies too. Horrible …

Dr. N: Well, at least you tried to survive in that alternative life. Are any other choices shown to you?

S: I’m growing tired. The old man shows me one last choice. There are others, I think, but he will stop here because I ask him to. In this scene my parents still believe I should go away from them but we wait until a traveling peddler comes to our village. He agrees to take me in his cart after my father pays him something. We do not go to London but rather to other villages in the district. I finally find work with a family. I tell them my husband was killed. The peddler gave me a brass ring to wear and backs up my story. I’m not sure they believe me. It doesn’t matter. I settle in the town. I never marry but my child grows up healthy.

Dr. N: After you are finished turning these pages with the old man and have contemplated some of the alternatives to suicide, what are your conclusions?

S: (sadly) It was a waste to kill myself. I know it now. I think I knew it all along. Right after I died I said to myself, “God, that was a stupid thing to do, now Tin going to have to do it all over again!” When I went before my council they asked if I would like to be retested soon. I said, “Let me think about it awhile.”

After this session my client discussed some of the choices she has had to make in her current life involving courage. As a teenager she became pregnant and dealt with this difficulty through the help of a school counselor and finally her mother, who was Iris in her life as Amy. They encouraged her to stand up for herself regardless of the opinions of others. In our session together my subject learned her soul has a tendency to prejudge serious events in her life in a negative manner. In many past lives there was always a nagging thought that whatever decision she made in a crisis would be the wrong one.

Although Amy was reluctant to return to Earth again, today she is a woman of much greater confidence. She spent the hundred years between lives reflecting on her suicide and decisions made in the centuries before this life. Amy is a musical soul and she said at one point:

Because I wasted the body assigned to me, I am doing a kind of penance. During recreation I can't go to the music room, which I love to do, because I need to be alone in the library. I use the screens to review my past actions involving choices where 1 have hurt myself and those around me.

When a client uses the word “screen” to describe how they view events, the setting is relevant. Small conference rooms and the library appear to have tables with a variety of TV-size books. These so-called books have three-dimensional illuminated viewing screens. One client echoed the thoughts of most subjects when she said, “These records give the illusion of books with pages, but they are sheets of energy which vibrate and form live picture-patterns of events.”

The size of these screens depends upon usage within a given setting. For instance, in the life selection rooms we use just before our next incarnation, the screens are much larger than seen in spiritual libraries and classrooms. Souls are given the option of entering these life-sized screens. The huge, shimmering screens usually encircle the soul and they have been called the Ring of Destiny. I will discuss the Ring further in chapter 9.

Despite the impressive size of the screens in future-life selection rooms, souls spend far more time looking at scenes in the library. The function of the smaller library screens is for monitoring past and cur- rent time on Earth on a continuing basis. All screens, large or small, have been described to me as sheets of film which look like waterfalls that can be entered while part of our energy stays in the room.

All cosmic viewing screens are multidimensional, with coordinates to record spacetime avenues of occurrence. These are often referred to as timelines and they can be manipulated by thought scanning. There may be other directors of this process not seen by the soul. Quite often a subject will employ mechanical contrivances in their scanning descriptions such as panels, levers, and dials. Apparently, these are all illusions created for souls who incarnate on Earth.

Regardless of screen size, the length, width and depth in each frame allows the soul to become part of a procession of cause and effect sequences. Can souls enter the smaller screens associated with books in the same way as with the larger screens found in the Ring? While there are no restrictions for time travel study, most of my subjects appear to use the smaller screens more for observing past events in which they once participated. Souls take a portion of their energy, leaving the rest at the console, and enter the screens in one of two ways:

  1. As observers moving as unseen ghosts through scenes on Earth with no influence on events. I see this as working with virtual reality.
  2. As participants where they will assume roles in the action of the scene, even to the extent of altering reality from the original by re-creations.

Once reviewed, everything returns to what it was since the constant reality of a past event on a physical world remains the same from the perspective of the soul who took part in the original event.

As the dialogue progresses in my next case, it will be obvious that an unseen entity is re-creating a past life scene, but with alterations. These adjustments are intended to elicit empathy and teach the soul in case 30. This case is an example of what some of my clients mean when they talk about entering worlds of altered time and causality through screens found in books, desk consoles and viewing theaters. Although these spacetime training exercises do not change the course of the original historical event on Earth, there may be other forces at work here.

I concede the possibility that my subject’s memories could demonstrate that they are moving through parallel universes which might nearly duplicate our own spacetime. Yet in spiritual classrooms and libraries they do not see past events on Earth as being outside the real- ity of our universe. I do have the feeling that what a soul from Earth is able to see and explain to me is regulated by the resonances of their personal guides. When they reach the life selection room, with larger, theater-type screens to look solely at the future, their perspective about a constant reality changes more to a fluctuating reality.

Events on any screen can be moved forward or backward. They can be placed into fast or slow motion or suspended for study. All possibilities of occurrences involving the viewer are then available for study, as if they were using a movie projector. One can sense from case 30 that a past event on our physical world has not been indelibly changed for this individual even though his soul is existing in the eternal now time of the spirit world. Some would call these projections “no time” for souls, because the past can be blended with future possibilities in the next life from an always-present spirit time.

Case 30

This case involves a soul called Unthur, who has just completed a life of aggressive behavior toward other people. His mentors decided to begin Unthur’s life review in the library with a scene from his childhood in a play yard.

Dr. N: When you return to the spirit world, Unthur, is there some highlight of your past life review that you particularly remember and would like to tell me about?

S: After I have time to visit with my group for a while my guide, Fotanious, escorts me to the library for some private study while my past life is still very fresh.

Dr. N: Is this the only time you will come here?

S: Oh, no. We often come here by ourselves to study. It is also a way to prepare for the next life too. I will study vocations and avocations for the new life in light of my objectives, to see if they fit.

Dr. N: All right, let’s move into the library Please describe everything you see in the order that you see it.

S: The room is in a large, rectangular building. Everything is a glowing, transparent white. The walls are lined with big thick books.

Dr. N: Has Fotanious brought you here?

S: Just in the beginning. Now I am with a woman with pure white hair who has met me. Her face is very reassuring. The first thing I notice when I enter are the long rows of tables that stretch off so far into the distance I can’t see where they end. I see many people sitting at the long tables looking at the books in front of them. The people studying are not too close to one another.

Dr. N: Why is that?

S: Oh … not facing each other is a matter of courtesy and respect for privacy.

Dr. N: Please go on.

S: My librarian looks so scholarly… we call these people the Scholastics, (to others they are Archivists) She moves to a nearby wall section and pulls down a book. I know these are my records, (in a faraway voice) They contain stories which have been told and those that are untold.

Dr. N: (with some levity) Do you have your library card?

S: (laughs) No cards are required—just mental attunement.

Dr. N: Do you have more than one Life Book assigned to you?

S: Yes, and this is the one I will use today. The books are stacked in order on the shelves. I know where mine are and they glow when I look at them from a distance.

Dr. N: Could you go into the stacks yourself? S: Mmm … no … but I think the older ones do.

Dr. N: So at this moment the librarian has brought you the book you are supposed to study?

S: Yes, there are large pedestals positioned near the tables. The Scholastic opens the page where I am to begin.

Note: We are now at the stage when each case takes on a unique quality of personal engagement with the Life Book screens. The conscious mind may or may not be able to translate into human language what the superconscious mind fully sees in the library.

Dr. N: Then she is getting you started at the pedestal before you take this book to a table by yourself?

S: Yes … I am looking at a page with … writing … gold lettering… Dr. N: Can you read this writing for me?

S: No … I can’t translate it now. . . but it identifies that it is my book.

Dr. N: Can’t you make out even one word? Look closely. S: (pause) I… see the Greek pi symbol (TT).

Dr. N: Is this symbolic of a letter in the Greek alphabet or does it have a mathematical significance for you?

S: I think it has to do with ratios, how one thing relates to another to me. The writing is a language of motion and emotion. You feel the writing as … musical vibrations. These symbols represent the causes and effects of a set of proportional relationships between similar and dissimilar circumstances in my lives. There is more, but I can’t… (stops)

Dr. N: Thank you for that. Now, tell me—what you are going to do with this book?

S: Before I carry it down to an empty space at one of the tables, we are going to do an exercise together. The writing symbols tell us where to turn the pages … but I can’t tell you how … I don’t know how to explain it.

Dr.  N:  Don’t worry  about  that.  You are  doing  a  fine  job  with explanations. Just tell me how the librarian helps you.

S: (takes a deep breath) We turn to a page which shows me as a child playing in my schoolyard, (subject now begins to shake) This … isn’t going to be fun … I’m directed to the time when I was a mean, rotten kid … I am supposed to experience this again … something they want me to see … a part of my energy… crawls into the page itself…

Dr. N: (encouraging) All right, let the scene unfold and tell me all you can.

S: (squirming in his chair) After I… crawl into the book … I am totally engaged with the scene in every respect as if it was being replayed all

over again. I’m … in grade school. 1 am a tough kid who picks on the smaller, less aggressive boys … punching them and throwing rocks at everybody when the schoolyard monitors aren’t looking. And then … OH, NO!

Dr. N: What’s happening?

S: (alarmed) Oh … for God’s sake! Now, 1 am the smallest kid in the yard and I’m being punched BY ME! This is incredible. After a while I am me again, being pelted by rocks from everyone else. OW, THIS REALLY HURTS!

Dr. N: (after quieting the subject down and moving him totally back into the library) Were you in the same time frame as you were as a child or in a form of altered reality?

S: (pause) In the same time, with altered reality. None of this happened in my early life, but it should have. So the time has been played back to me in a different way. We can relive an event to see if we can get it better. I felt the pain I inflicted upon others by my bullying.

Dr. N: Unthur, what have you learned from all this?

S: (long pause) That I was an angry kid driven by fear of my dad. Those are the scenes  1  am  going  to do  next. I  am  working  on compassion and learning to control my rebellious nature as a soul.

Dr. N: What is the significance of your Life Book and being in this whole library atmosphere?

S: By studying my book I am able to recognize mistakes and experience alternatives. Being in this quiet study area—watching all the other souls at the tables doing the same thing—well, it gives me a feeling of camaraderie with them and all we are going through together.

Later in our session we discovered that Unthur needed self-discipline and to be more considerate of people. This had been a pattern of con- duct over many lives. When I asked if it was possible to study future lives in the library I received this answer. “Yes, we can scan a variety of possibilities here on the timelines, but future events are very indeterminate and this is not the space where I would make any decisions about what is to come.”

When I hear statements such as this I do think of parallel universes where all possibilities and probabilities can be examined. In this scenario, the same event could occur from a slight to radically altered range on the same timeline in multiple spaces and you would exist in many universes simultaneously. Yet, the Source of all spacetime might well employ alternate realities without parallel universes. In later chapters, I will cite reports of multiple universes around us which are not

duplicates of our universe. In the spirit world, souls watching the orchestrated screens seem to move from past to present to future and back simultaneously in the same space.

When souls are in the library, I’m told certain event sequences of the future may look shadowy on some lines and almost disappear. On the other hand, in the classrooms with larger screens, and especially in the place of life selection, which has huge panel screens, the timelines are bolder. This allows for easier scanning and entry by the soul for future life study. Newer souls must acquire these skills by learning to blend their light waves with the lines on the screens. By concentrating their essence in this way, images come into focus that pertain to them. The timelines on the screens move back and forth, crossing one another as resonating waves of probability and possibility from the now time of the spirit world where past and future are joined and all is knowable.

Cases 29 and 30, as with all my cases, raise the question of what true reality is. Are classrooms and the library with viewing screens of past and future time real?. Everything I know about our life after death is based upon the observations of people. The observer communicates to me in trance from their soul mind through the brain. It is the observer who defines the properties of matter and ethereal substance both on Earth and in the spirit world.

Consider the last case. Unthur told me he cannot change his past by a second-time-around visitation. Yet after death he returned to the playground of his childhood as an active participant. Once again he was a boy playing with other children with all the sights, sounds, smells and feelings connected to that event. Some of my clients say these are simulated events, but are they? Unthur became part of the scene where he bullied children and then was attacked by them. He could feel the hurt and squirmed in my office chair from pain he had not received in the timeline of this boyhood. Who is to say an altered reality does not simultaneously exist for all events, where both origins and outcomes are interchangeable? The observer soul may work with many realities at a time in the spirit world while studying. All are placed in the soul’s path to teach.

We question whether our universe is all an illusion. If eternal thoughts of the soul are represented by intelligent light energy that is timeless and formless, it is not restricted by matter in our universe. Thus, if a cosmic consciousness controls what the observer mind sees on Earth, the whole concept of cause and effect within given time intervals is a manipulated illusion designed to train us. Even if we believe that everything we think is real is an illusion, life is anything but meaningless. We know if we hold a rock in our hand it is as real to us as an observer-participant in a physical world. We must also keep in mind that a divine intelligence placed us in this environment to learn and grow for a greater good. None of us are here by accident and neither are those events which affect us in our own reality at this moment in time.

Colors of Spirits

The Mixture of Colors in Soul Groups

When people in trance mentally leave the spaces ot energy rejuvenation, orientation and the library to engage actively with other souls, their contrasting colors become more evident. One aspect of understanding the dynamics of cluster groups is the identification of each soul by color. In Journey of Souls, I described my findings about the energy colors of souls. What 1 want to do in this section is to try to correct some misconceptions people have regarding color recognition. During the course of my explanations, it might be helpful to readers who have my first book to compare figure 3 in journey of Souls with figure 6 in this section.

In figure 6,1 have charted the full spectrum range of core colors that identify the level of soul development as seen by subjects in deep hypnosis. More importantly, I have attempted to indicate the subtle over- laps and mixes of energy colors within these levels. The basic core colors of white, yellow and blue generated by souls are the major markers of their growing development. As their light waves take on deeper hues from light to dark during advancement, they become less scattered and have greater focus in their vibrational motion. The transition is slow  and there is much spilling over of color tints as souls develop. Because  of this it is restrictive to lay down hard definitive rules about color transmission.

Referring to figure 6, box 1, we see the pure white tones reflected in beginner souls. It is a mark of innocence and yet this color can be seen throughout the spectrum for all souls. The universal color of white will be explained further in the next case. White is often associated with the halo effect. Guides, for instance, may suddenly charge up their nor- mally intense, steady light and surround themselves with a brilliant white halo. Souls returning to the spirit world often tell me that when they notice any soul coming toward them from a distance, they see white light.

Souls whose core level of development are in boxes 1,5, 9, and 11 are usually seen with no overlapping of other color tints in the center of their energy mass. I don’t see many clients exclusively displaying the colors shown in box 7. This may indicate we need more healers on Earth. 1 have never had a subject whose energy is totally in the violet – purple range in box 11. The color ranges beyond level V are ascended masters who do not appear to be incarnating, so the little I know about them comes only from my subject’s observations.

There are individual variables within each soul cluster group in terms of their basic core color because they are not all developing at the same rate. However, a soul's energy color may also be affected by another factor, which initially confused me. Besides the primary core colors indicating the stage of overall development, certain souls carry secondary colors. These have been called halo colors because they usually appear to the observer to be outside the core center of a soul's energy mass.
There are individual variables within each soul cluster group in terms of their basic core color because they are not all developing at the same rate. However, a soul’s energy color may also be affected by another factor, which initially confused me. Besides the primary core colors indicating the stage of overall development, certain souls carry secondary colors. These have been called halo colors because they usually appear to the observer to be outside the core center of a soul’s energy mass.

There are individual variables within each soul cluster group in terms of their basic core color because they are not all developing at the same rate. However, a soul’s energy color may also be affected by another factor, which initially confused me. Besides the primary core colors indicating the stage of overall development, certain souls carry secondary colors. These have been called halo colors because they usually appear to the observer to be outside the core center of a soul’s energy mass.

Halo colors are undiluted by tints or shades of other colors, as can be the case with central core colors. The only exception here would be if   the halo and core color were exactly the same. Reports from my subjects in distinguishing colors are made easier because this overlaying effect is not often seen. The halo colors represent attitudes, beliefs, and even unattained aspirations of the soul. Because they are learned in each life, the halo tints may fluctuate more quickly between lives than the core colors, which display a slower development of character. During a hypnosis session, these secondary halo colors are like flashing self- portraits the moment the observer sees them. Case 31, a highly  advanced level V, will describe this effect. This individual was among a group of clients who helped me decipher the color coding of halos.

Case 31

Dr. N: If I were standing in front of you in the spirit world holding up a full-length mirror, what colors would we see?

S: You would see a light blue center with goldish white at the edges of my energy—my halo.

Dr. N: And when you look at your master teacher, what does his energy look like?

S: Clandour has … a dark blue center … working outward to a pale violet… crowned with an edge halo of white.

Dr. N: What do “core energy” and “halo energy” mean to you?

S: Clandour radiates the solid state of his learning experience at the center of his energy while the violet trim is his advancing wisdom from that knowledge. The white transmits that wisdom.

Dr. N: Eventually, what do you think Clandour’s core center will be and how will it appear?

S: The deep violet of divine spirituality radiating from all positions in his energy mass.

Dr. N: Can you define the difference between core and halo color variations in soul energy?

S: The central core represents accomplishment.

Dr. N: Such as the light blue in your own energy—this would be your present learning attainment?

S: Yes.

Dr. N: And the edges—the halos—your own goldish white, what can you say about that?

S: (pause) Ah … my attributes… well, I have always tried to watch out for other people in my lives—this is who I am—but it is also what 1 wish to become … rather, I should say, I want to strive to grow stronger in this aspect.

Dr. N: You are not a beginner soul and yet you display some white in your energy. I’m curious about this bright white halo ring around so many souls with other colors to their energy.

S: The vibrancy of white energy indicates we are able to meld our vibrations easily with all others (souls) for clear communication.

Dr. N: I suppose this is why teacher-guides often display bright white halos, but how does this white differ from the solid white light of a young soul?

S: White represents the energy color base for all souls. It is the shading of white with other color mixtures which identify each soul. White is very receptive energy. The newer ones are receiving vibrations in great quantities while teachers are sending information in large amounts to be absorbed as uncluttered truths.

Dr. N: And the beginner soul has had so little experience you don’t visualize any other colors except white?

S: That’s correct, they are undeveloped.

Although there is much I don’t know about the entire matrix of soul energy color, I have learned that changes in color cores become much less evident after level IV. Over many years of research, I have kept a record of what people have told me about these secondary halo colors. The major colors each have their own range of attributes. Over 90 per- cent of my subjects agree on the qualities these colors represent in a soul. I have condensed what I have learned into three of the most commonly reported character traits for each color without regard to shade variations. Black is either tainted, damaged, or defiled negative soul energy which is generally seen in the soul restoration centers.

White: Purity, Clarity, Restlessness. Silver: Ethereal, Trust, Flexibility. Red: Passion, Intensity, Sensitivity.

Orange: Exuberant, Impulsive, Openness. Yellow: Protective, Strength, Courage. Green: Healing, Nurturing, Compassion. Brown: Grounded, Tolerant, Industrious. Blue: Knowledge, Forgiveness, Revelation. Purple: Wisdom, Truth, Divinity.

In the next chapter there will be other spiritual references to the significance of colors. This pertains to the colored garments council members wear as perceived by the souls who come before them. In addition, I will show how the designs of certain emblems worn by these Elders, some of which are gemstones, convey certain meanings through color.

Figure 7 is a representation of a level II soul group displaying both core and halo colors. I have deliberately avoided charting a case where the same core color of development also appears as a halo color. To avoid contusion, figure 7 shows no white, yellow, or solid blue halos. There are twelve members of this primary soul group, including my subject, a level II male. The diagram indicates relationships of family members in their current incarnation. A more typical primary soul group would not all incarnate in one family.

Under hypnosis, this subject (3B) is looking at the eleven souls in his primary group who are members of his current family in this life plus a best friend. His sister has a core color that is almost solid yellow because she is moving into level III. If she also had a strong protective side to  her of yellow, instead of the blue (knowledge) that she actually has, it would have been harder for my subject to report that fact based on  color alone because her halo and core color would have been nearly the same.

Besides his sister, other aspects of figure 7 indicate that the subject’s grandparents and son are slightly more advanced than other members, while his father and aunt are slightly less so. The grandfather and mother of this family are healers. Note that almost half the group have no secondary halo colors. It is not at all unusual for me to encounter groups with none. My subject’s bright red halo over an energy core mass of white and reddish pink confirmed his fiery, intense nature. His son in this life has similar behavioral traits. His wife is more contemplative, with an open, trustful nature. His daughter is nonjudgmental and very spiritual. When I asked this subject to give me his thoughts about the red in his energy, here is what he had to say:

Because of my intense nature I have a problem with anger  in my lives. I often choose bodies which are high-strung emotionally because they match my character. I don't like passive bodies. My guide doesn't mind these choices because she says I will learn to control myself by relaxing the brain of these bodies. This sort of control is hard because of my own impulsive reactions and passion in difficult situations.  It has taken many centuries of past lives, but I am getting better at self-discipline. In the past I have too easily entered into aggression and now this is slowly changing. I also have the help of my soulmate (current wife).
This chart indicates the currently incarnated relatives and one
friend of subject 3B. The boxes for each relative are keyed to
figure 6 for both core and halo colors. Numbered boxes 2,3,4, and
5 are primary core colors. Lettered boxes A, B, C, and D arc
secondary halo colors displayed by group members.
This chart indicates the currently incarnated relatives and one
friend of subject 3B. The boxes for each relative are keyed to
figure 6 for both core and halo colors. Numbered boxes 2,3,4, and
5 are primary core colors. Lettered boxes A, B, C, and D arc
secondary halo colors displayed by group members.

This chart indicates the currently incarnated relatives and one friend of subject 3B. The boxes for each relative are keyed to figure 6 for both core and halo colors. Numbered boxes 2,3,4, and 5 are primary core colors. Lettered boxes A, B, C, and D arc secondary halo colors displayed by group members.

It sometimes happens that I will encounter souls who are anomalies in the way their development progresses. This becomes evident to me when clients describe souls in their groups with core colors that seem out of place. A prime example is the white lights of younger souls. The following case involves a group of level III to IV souls. I had  just finished reviewing all the yellow-blue members of this group when this subject disclosed there was a soul who was mostly white standing next to her.

Case 32

Dr. N: What is a white light doing in your group of advanced souls?

S: Lavani is in training with us because of her gifts. It was decided that although she is young, without much experience, she should not be held back.

Dr. N: Isn’t Lavani rather lost in your group? How can she keep up?

S: She is being tested right now and, to be honest, Lavani is a little overwhelmed.

Dr. N: Why was she assigned to your group?

S: Our group is rather unusual because we have a high tolerance for working with inexperienced souls. Most groups of our type are so busy they would probably ignore her. I’m not saying they would be unkind, but after all she is still a child and looks to us like a child with her small, wispy energy patterns.

Dr.   N:   I suppose most advanced groups would not want this responsibility?

S: Quite right. Developing groups are very absorbed with their own work. To a child, they can appear almost disdainful.

Dr. N: Then explain to me why Lavani’s guide permitted her to come over here with your people.

S: Lavani has great talent. We are a group of quick learners and our

lives have been immensely difficult and fast paced, (my subject has only spent 1,600 years on Earth) Despite our rapid advancement we have a reputation for being very modest, some say overly so. We are studying to be teachers of children and Lavani is good for us, too.

Dr. N: I am very puzzled by this. Has Lavani been cut off from association with her own group at this early stage of her existence?

S: Oh my, no! Where did you get that idea? She is with her own group most of the time (laughs) and they do not know about her adventures with us. It is better that way.

Dr. N: Why?

S: Oh, they might tease her and ask too many questions. She is very attached to them and we want Lavani to have a normal association with her own friends even though we know she will be moving out of her group early because of her gifts. They are not yet motivated by the same desire.

Dr. N: Well, if souls are telepathic and know everything about each other, I don’t see how Lavani could hide all this from her friends.

S: It is true the whites are not able to set up blocks as we do about certain private things. Lavani has been taught to do this, I told you she had potential, (pause, and then adds) Of course, everyone respects the private thoughts of others.

It is not uncommon to find that when souls such as case 32 do incarnate, the younger souls they are working with ask to be their children in life. Lavani is the child of this subject today. The reverse may also be true where it is the child who is the advanced soul living with a parent having the younger soul.

There are instances when I hear about a soul whose color is described as being in retrograde. Most of us in our existence have slipped backward after some lives, but when our color regresses to any great extent it is due to a condition that is both serious and prolonged. Here is a statement from one client which carries a poignant message for all of us:

It's a shame about Klaris. His green used to be so brilliant. He was a great healer who became corrupted by power. For Klaris things were almost too easy—he was so talented. His downhill slide happened over a number of lives involving many abuses. He loved the veneration and adulation so much, his vanity became a disguise from himself. Klaris began losing his gifts and we noticed his color fading and growing more muted. Finally, Klaris became so ineffective he was sent down for retraining. We all expect he will eventually come back.

Colors of Visitors in Groups

Once in a while I hear that a color presentation from one or two souls in a group appears to be out of place with everybody else. I have learned this may signify temporary visits by a highly specialized guest or a soul from a nearby group. Once in a while, I hear about a visitation by an interdimensional traveler whose experience far exceeds that of the group. I have a condensed quote from an interesting report about such visitors:

When we look at advanced beings who come to visit our group through other dimensions that are not familiar to us, it is like they have passed through a screen, which we call the Lens of Light, to reach us. They come once in a while at the invitation of our guide, Joshua, because they are friends of his. We see these souls as having the silver of flowing water as they pass in front of us. To us the silver stream is ... a cloak of passage ... the purity of a translucent interdimensional intelligence. They are elastic beings with the ability to pass through many physical and mental spheres and function well. They come to help push away the darkness of our ignorance, but these beautiful beings never stay long.

I should add that these colorful characters who briefly appear in soul groups have a profound effect. In the case above, when I asked my client to give a specific example of an insight gained from the teachings by these silvery beings I was told,

"They widen our vision to see more probabilities in making choices by becoming astute at reading people. This skill develops critical thinking and allows for informed decisions based upon larger truths."

Human versus Soul Color Auras

There is another misconception about color I have encountered since journey of Souls was published. Many people seek to find comparisons between my color classifications with souls and that of human auras. I believe these assumptions can lead to the wrong conclusions. Color and energy vibrations are closely linked in souls and are reflective of the nonmaterial environment of the spirit world. Thus, in a physical environment the frequency of the same soul energy is altered. The human body changes the color of these energy patterns further.

When healers identify color auras around human beings, these colors are largely reflections of physical manifestations. Besides thoughts  from a human brain, which are influenced by our emotional makeup, central nervous system and chemical balances, all the vital organs of  the body are involved in human auras. Even muscles and skin play a part in creating the physical energy around us. Certainly, there are correlations between the soul mind and our bodies, but physical and mental health are the prime determinants in human auras.

I should state that I do not see human auras. All my information about them comes from specialists in this field and from my subjects. I am told that as we go through life our temporary body fluctuates rap- idly and this affects the external color arrangements of our energy. It takes many centuries for soul colors to change. Eastern philosophy holds, and I agree, that we have a spirit body which exists in conjunction with the physical and that this etheric body has its own energy out- line. True healing must take into account both the physical and subtle body. When we meditate or practice yoga we work to unblock our emotional and spiritual energy through various parts of the body.

On occasion, when I am talking to a subject in trance about the distribution of light energy from other souls in their group, I will be told about stronger energy patterns emanating from particular areas of  what seems to be a human shape. Just as we may bring imprints from a former life into our current life, we can also take body imprints into the spirit world as silhouetted energy reminders of our physical incarnations. For a while, during my questioning in the next case, I wondered if this subject was letting her conscious memory about chakras seep into her unconscious explanations. Chakras are supposed to be vortex  power sources that emanate from within us outward at seven major points on the human body. This subject felt that chakras were a spiritual expression of individuality through physical manifestations.

Case 33

Dr. N: You have said that Roy is one of the members of your family in this life who is in your soul group. When you look at Roy’s focal point of energy, what do you see?

S: I see a concentration of pinkish-yellow coming from the middle of his body form—the place where the solar plexus would be.

Dr. N: What body form? Why is Roy presenting a physical body to your group?

S: We show the features of the bodies we have occupied that pleased us in life.

Dr. N: Well, what does an energy concentration from the stomach area mean to you?

S: Roy’s strongest point of personal power in his lives is his gut, regardless of his body. He has nerves of steel, (laughs) He has other appetites in this area, too.

Dr. N: If Roy’s metabolic energy rate shows that attribute, can you pinpoint a distribution of extra light energy coming from certain places of the body in other members of your group?

S: Yes, Larry has his greatest development from his head. He has been a creative thinker in many lives.

Dr. N: Anyone else?

S: Yes, Natalie. Her power essence is developing faster from the heart  area  because  of her  compassion. 

Dr.  N: How about yourself?

S: Mine comes from the throat, because of my communication skills through speech in some lives and singing in my current life.

Dr. N: Do these energy points have anything to do with the projection of human color auras?

S: As far as color, not generally. As far as strengths in energy concentration, yes.

Spiritual Meditation Using Color

The healing properties of multicolored lights for energy rebalancing in a recovery area were quoted in the last chapter from a soul called Banyon. People who have read my work about the spirit world have asked if this sort of information about color can be useful for physical healing. Spiritual meditation as a means of getting in touch with our inner self is of great benefit in healing the body. There are many good self-help books on the market which explain the various forms of meditation. Since color transmission is the expression of a soul’s energy and that of our guides, perhaps I ought to cite one example of meditation using color.

The six-step meditative exercise I have chosen comes from a mixture of my own suggested visualizations and those of a courageous fifty-four- year-old woman I worked with whose weight dropped to sixty-nine pounds during her fight with ovarian cancer. She is now in remission after chemotherapy and the speed of her recovery baffled doctors.

A number of my clients generate a sense of spiritual empowerment by the use of meditation with colors. Those who have severe physical  health problems tell me the best results come from meditating once a day for thirty minutes or twice a day for fifteen to twenty minutes. Please know I do not offer these steps of meditation as a cure for physical ailments. The power of each person’s mind and their ability to concentrate is different, just as is the nature of their illness. Nevertheless, I do feel one’s immune system can be boosted by connecting with our higher Self.

  1. Begin by calming your mind. Forgive people for all the real and imagined wrongs that have hurt you. Spend five minutes cleansing, where you visualize all negative thought energy— including fears about your illness—as a black color. Think of a vacuum cleaner moving from the top of your head to the bottom of your feet, sucking up and pushing out of your body all the darkness from the pain and hurt of your disease.
  2. Now, create a light blue halo above your head that represents  your spirit guide, whom you call upon for help while sending out loving thoughts. Then spend another five minutes concentrating on your breathing while counting the breaths. Measure your breaths carefully while thinking comfort in and tightness out. You want to harmonize your breathing with the rhythm of the body.
  3. At this point, start to think of your own higher consciousness as  an expanding white-gold balloon to help protect your body. Say in your mind: “I want that part of me which is immortal to defend the mortal.” Now begin your deepest concentration. You will pull the purity of white light from the balloon and send it as a power beam into your body organs. Since your white blood cells represent the strength of your immune system, visualize them as bubbles and move them around your body. Think of the white bubbles as attacking the black cancer cells and dissolving them with the power of light over darkness.
  4. If you are receiving chemotherapy, support this treatment by sending out a lavender color as you would see from an infrared heat lamp to all parts of your body. This is the divine color of wisdom and spiritual power.
  5. Now, send out the color green for healing these damaged cells from the effects of the cancer. You might blend this color with the blue of your spiritual guide intermittently during the most difficult periods. Pick your own shade and think of the green as a flowing liquid mending your insides.
  6. Your last step is to once again create the blue halo of light around your head to sustain mental strength and courage over a weakened body. Expand it around the external parts of your  body as a shield. Feel the healing power of this light of love both inside and outside. Think of yourself in a state of suspension and close by repeating a mantra such as “Heal, Heal, Heal.”

Meditation as a daily discipline is hard work which pays big dividends. There is no right way to meditate. Each person must find a program which links their intellectual and emotional systems in a framework that suits their needs. Deep meditation brings us into a divine consciousness and a temporary release of the soul from personality. With this liberation one is able to transcend into a different nondimensional reality where everything in the focused mind is unified into a single whole.

The woman with ovarian cancer was able to help her doctors by bringing total mental concentration to bear on healing her body. When the mind is in a pure, centered state we can find who we really are— that essence we may have lost somewhere along the road of life. Daily meditation is also beneficial as a means of connecting with the presence of loving spirits.

Forms of Energy Color

Besides the effects of color, another external means of investigating souls in groups is to compare their shapes. These energy forms would include symmetry versus irregularity of shape, brightness or dimness of light configurations and the qualities of motion, all of which provide spiritual signatures of the group members. When observing other souls, many people in a trance state are aware of a soul’s vibrational resonance. After I review the nuances of color tone with a client, together we will study the pulsation and vibrational rates of motion of their soul companions.

In discussing the energy form of any soul, my first question is, “How much energy was left behind in the spirit world before the current incarnation?” This question has much to do with the activity or passivity of the soul and relates to brightness and dimness of energy. Despite the amounts of energy, however, all manner of energy generation is identified by character, capacity and mood of the soul. These are variables that can change after a series or lives.

During my prehypnosis intake interview with a new client, I inquire about the cast of characters in their current life. I make notes about all their relatives, friends and past loves as well. This is because I will have a front-row seat in the play that is about to unfold from their minds  and I want a theater program. My client will be the leading actor in this drama, with others in supporting roles.In the case excerpt which follows, it can be seen how quickly information is gained through questions involving both color and form about a supporting cast member within a client’s soul group. During my intake interview with Leslie, my client, I learned of her sister-in-law, named Rowena, who was a real thorn in her side. Leslie, whose spiritual name is Susius,  described herself as someone who seeks security in her lives and tends to be around peaceful people. In her current life this subject remarked, “Rowena seems to enjoy confronting me and challenging all my convictions.” What follows is the opening scene of Leslie’s mental picture of her spirit group.

Case 34

S: (very upset) Oh, I don’t believe it! Rowena is here—or rather it’s Shath—that’s Rowena.

Dr. N: What’s wrong with seeing the soul of Rowena in your spirit group?

S: (frowning, with a tightening of the mouth) Well, Shath is one of the … disruptive ones …

Dr. N: Disruptive in what way?

S: Oh … compared to those of us who have smooth, unruffled energy vibrations.

Dr. N: Susius, as you observe your sister-in-law, how is she different in terms of color and shape?

S: (still verifying the recognition of Rowena) There she is, all right!

Her orange energy is pulsating rapidly—the usual sharp, jagged

edges—that’s Shath. Sparks—that’s what we call her.

Dr. N: Does the form she presents to you indicate she is as antagonistic to you here in this spiritual setting as in your current life?

S: (Leslie is now adjusting to Rowena’s presence and her voice softens) No … actually she draws us out… she is good for our group … I can see that.

Dr. N: I want to consider how her projections are different from your own energy in color and form. What can you tell me about yourself in the spirit world?

S: Mine is soft white with rose variations … I am called Bells by my friends because they see my energy as fluid droplets of steady rainwater which give off an echo … of faint tinkling bells. Shath has a sharp clarity to her energy and I sec tints of gold. Her energy is bright and very overpowering.

Dr. N: And what does all this mean to you and your group?

S: We just can’t be complacent around Sparks. She is so restless—a swirl of constant motion—there are always questions from her and challenges about our performance. She enjoys taking parts in our lives which shake our complacency.

Dr. N: Do you think she is less abrasive in the spirit world than in her current body as Rowena?

S: (laughs) You bet. She chose a high-strung body with a short fuse, which amplifies everything. This time (current life) she came as my husband’s sister. Shath can be so annoying but now that I see who she really is, I know her motives come from love and wanting the best we have to give, (laughs again) We help her to slow down, too, because she has a tendency to jump into fires without looking.

Dr. N: Is there anyone in your inner circle of friends whose energy is similar to Shath—to Rowena?

S: (grins) Yes, that would be my best friend Megan’s husband, Roger. His name here is Siere.

Dr. N: How does his energy appear to you?

S: He sends out geometric, angular patterns that zigzag back and forth. They are sharp waves—like his tongue—and from a distance his energy reverberates like crashing cymbals in an orchestra. Siere is a daring, intrepid soul.

Dr. N: Based on what you have been telling me about energy shapes, could Shath and Siere—Rowena and Roger—have a compatible match-up in life?

S: (bursts out laughing) You must be joking! They would kill each other. No, Rowena’s husband is Sen—my brother Bill—a peaceful soul.

Dr. N: Please describe his energy.

S: He has a grounded energy which is greenish-brown. You know Vines is around when you hear a gentle swishing.

Dr. N: Vines? I don’t understand what that means.

S: In our group when you get a nickname, it sticks. Sen has vibrational waves which look like a vine … with the patterns forming braided strands—you know—as with long hair.

Dr. N: Does this energy pattern identify Sen—your brother Bill—in some way?

S: Sure. Complex but constant—very dependable. It reflects his ability to weave a variety of elements together in lovely harmony. Vines and Sparks blend beautifully because Rowena never lets Bill get too complacent and he gives her an anchor in life.

Dr. N: Before I go on, I have noticed that the spirit names you have given for your soul group all start with the letter S. Does that mean anything? I’m not sure I am even spelling them correctly.

S: Don’t worry about that—it is the sound which gives off the into- nations of their energy motion. That reflects who my friends really are.

Dr. N: Sound? So besides the color and form of your group’s energy, their waves have sound linked to each of them as we might hear on Earth?

S: Well… sort of… with us, it’s energy resonance we identify with Earth, although you could not hear these vibrations with a human ear.

Dr. N: Could we go back to your best friend, Megan? You mentioned her, but I don’t know her vibrational pattern color.

S: (with a warm smile) Her wispy, pale yellow energy is like flickering sunlight on a field of grain … smooth, even and delicate. Dr. N: And her character as a soul? S: Absolute, unconditional compassion and love. Before going further with the issue of sound and the similarity of some spiritual names, I should explain the karmic link between my client, Leslie, and her best friend in this life, Megan. To me it is an emotionally compelling story. During my intake with case 34, Leslie explained to me that she was a professional singer and that occasionally her throat and larynx were especially tender. I regarded this as simply an occupational hazard and thought no more about it until we reached the death scene in her past life. It was then necessary to deprogram a former body imprint directly related to Leslie’s throat.

In their past life, Megan was Leslie’s younger sister. As a young girl, Megan had been forced by her father to marry a wealthy, brutal, older man called Hogar, who beat and sexually abused her. After a short while, Leslie helped Megan escape from Hogar in order to run away with a young man who loved her (Roger). An enraged Hogar found Leslie that night and dragged her to a secluded place where he raped and beat her for hours to learn the whereabouts of her sister.

Leslie told Hogar nothing until he began to strangle her for information. She then bought her sister more time to get away safely by giving Hogar the wrong directions. Hogar strangled Leslie to death and rushed away, but he never found Megan again. Later in our session Leslie had this to say. “Singing in this life is an expression of love because my voice was silenced over love in the last life.”

Sounds and Spiritual Names

We have seen how color, form, movement and sound are individual markers of souls in their groups. These four elements appear to be interrelated, although light energy, vibrational shapes and their wave movement, as well as the resonance of sound, are not uniform among soul group members. However, there are resemblances with these elements between certain souls, and sound can be the one most obvious to the spiritual regressionist.

There is a language to sound in the spirit world that goes beyond the systemization of spoken language. I am told laughing, humming, chanting and singing exist, as do the sounds of wind and rain, but they are indescribable. Some subjects pronounce the names of souls within their group as if they were balancing musical chords in order to harmonize them with each other. Case 34 is an example of how the pronunciation of spiritual names within an inner circle of friends has an affinity of sound with the letter S. In case 28, two spiritual teachers were called Bion and Relon. There seems to be rhythmic interplay between certain soul energies in a cluster group manifested in this way.

Some hypnosis subjects have difficulty in producing spiritual names. These subjects say the names of souls in their minds consist of a vibrational resonance which is impossible to translate. It gets more complicated. One client stated, “In my experience, our real soul names are something similar to emotions, but they are not the emotions of humans so I can’t reproduce our names by any sound.” There is also vocal symbolism connected to names, which may have hidden meanings that  a client is unable to decipher in human form.

Nevertheless, for many clients who are struggling to remember a spiritual name, the use of phonics and a cadence of sound may serve them well. A subject might use vowel sounds to characterize members of  their cluster group. I had a client who named three souls in his group as Qi, Lo and Su. It is not at all uncommon for me to have cases, such as the last one, where group names emphasize one letter of the alphabet. For some reason, many spiritual guides have an A ending to their names.

I do have subjects in trance who find it easier to spell spiritual names for me rather than try to pronounce them. Yet these same clients will state that the spelling doesn’t mean as much to them as the sound. My probes of spiritual names can also elicit shortened versions of the actual name. One client said, “In my spirit group, the nickname for our guide is Ned.” Not satisfied with this, I persisted and eventually had this guide’s full name down on paper. The result was Needaazzbaarriann. I got the message. During the rest of this session we stayed with Ned.

Privacy is also a factor when I have a client who feels that giving me the name of the spirit guide would somehow compromise that relationship. I must respect their concerns and be patient. As the session progresses this uneasiness might wear off. For instance, a client told me her guide was called Mary. Then she added, “Mary is letting me call  her by that name in front of you.” I accepted this and we continued on for a while when, abruptly, the guide’s name became Mazukia. There are moments in a regression when it is not appropriate to push too hard for information.

Finally, I should report that our own soul names can change a little as we evolve. I had one highly advanced subject tell me her name as a young soul was Vina, which had now changed to Kavina. I asked why, and Kavina replied that she was now a disciple of a senior guide called Karafina. When I inquired as to the significance of the similar phrasing of these names in the spirit world, I was told it was none of my concern. There are clients who have no reticence in closing down questions in a hurry if they feel I have stepped over the line of privacy.

Soul Study Groups

In my first book, 1 devoted whole chapters to examining beginner, intermediate and advanced groups of souls and their guides. I also gave case examples of group energy training where souls learn to create and shape physical matter such as rocks, soil, plants and lower life forms. It is not my intention to repeat myself on these topics except when, by doing so, I can further the reader’s knowledge of other aspects of life in soul collectives.

In this section I am going to examine the relationships between learners within soul study groups as opposed to the structural aspects  of schoolhouses and classrooms reviewed earlier in this chapter. Spiritual learning centers are not necessarily visualized by my clients as hav- ing a classroom or library atmosphere. Quite often these centers are described as simply “the space of our home.” Even so, the pictures of spiritual learning environments can change rapidly in the minds of clients discussing their instruction periods.

When my research into our life between lives was published, some people were critical of my analogies of human schoolhouses and class- rooms as spiritual models for the instruction of souls. One Colorado couple wrote me to say, “We find your references to schools in the afterlife to be distasteful, and this is probably due to your own bias as a former educator.” Others have told me that for them, schools were a long series of bad experiences with bureaucracy, authoritarianism and personal humiliation at the hands of other students. They did not want to see anything resembling human classrooms on the other side.

I know there are readers who have had bitter memories of the time they spent in school. Sadly, schools on Earth, as with other institutions, contain shortcomings wrought by human beings. Teachers and students can be guilty of arrogance, petty tyranny and indifference to the sensitivities of others. Wherever learning takes place, there is scrutiny. Nevertheless, many of us remember having caring teachers who gave us essential information while we formed lifelong friend- ships with fellow students as well.

The functional aspects of acquiring spiritual knowledge are translated by the human mind into learning centers and I am sure our guides have a hand in creating visualizations of earthly edifices for souls who come to our planet. People in hypnosis talk about the similarities of form and structure to Earth in some respects but there are great differences in other aspects of their reports. My clients tell me about the overwhelming kindness, benevolence and infinite patience of everyone in ethereal study areas. Even the analysis of each soul’s performance by fellow students is conducted with total love, respect and a mutual commitment to make things better in the next incarnation.

Soul groups appreciate individualism. It is expected that you will stand out and make contributions. There are forceful souls and quiet souls but no one dominates, just as no one is obtrusive. Individualism is appreciated because each soul is unique, with strengths and weak- nesses that complement others in the group. We are assigned to certain soul groups for our differences as well as similarities. These differences in character are honored because souls who share their lives bring a rich personal wisdom to every lifetime experience.

Souls love to tease and use humor in their groups but always they show respect for one another, even with those who have been in bodies that have hurt them in life. More than forgiveness, souls exercise toler- ance. They know that most negative personality traits connected to the ego of the body of the person who brought them sadness and  heartache were buried when that body died. At the top of the discarded list of negative emotions are anger and fear. Souls volunteer both to teach and learn certain lessons and karmic plans may not always work out in the way they were intended, given the variables of earthly environments.

1 remember after one of my lectures, a psychiatrist raised his hand and said, “Your discussion about soul groups reminds me of tribalism.” I responded that soul groups do appear to be tribal in their intense loyalty and mutual support for each other in a spiritual community. However, soul groups are not tribal in their relationships toward other groups. Earth societies have a nasty habit of mistrusting one another at best and demonstrating bitterness and cruelty at worst.

Societies in the spirit world are inclined to be rigorous, moderate, or compliant in their interpersonal relationships but I see no evidence of discrimination or alienation either within or between soul groups. Unlike human beings, all spiritual beings are bonded together. At the same time, souls strictly observe the sanctity of other groups.

When I was a part-time evening college teacher, I found that some of my students, including the adults in my classes, would confuse facts

with their own value patterns. While struggling with conceptual prob- lems, there were times when they argued from a false premise and even contradicted themselves. This, after all, is the nature of students. Even-

tually, they learned to extrapolate and synthesize ideas more effectively. From this background, my introduction to instruction in the spirit world gave me perspective.

During the early years of my hypnosis research, I was astounded by the total lack of self-deception in spiritual classrooms. I saw that teacher-guides seemed to be present everywhere, although not always in a manifested form. Our teachers come and go in spiritual study sessions but never interfere with self-discovery. Although souls themselves are not yet omniscient, by having infinite knowledge of all things, they have no doubts about karmic lessons and the part they played in past life events. An axiom of the spirit world is that souls are always hardest on themselves in terms of performance.

Within soul study groups there is a wondrous clarity of rational thought. Self-delusion does not exist but I must say that the motivation to work hard in every life is not uniform among all souls. I have had clients tell me, “I’m going to skate for a while.” This can mean slowing down their rate of incarnations, picking easy incarnations, or both.

Although the soul’s teachers and council may not be happy with this decision, it is respected. Even within the spirit world, some students choose not to give their best at all times. I believe they are a distinct minority of earthbound souls.

To the Greeks the word “persona” was synonymous with “mask.” This is an appropriate term for the way in which the soul utilizes a host body for any life. When we reincarnate into a new body, the soul’s character is united with the temperament of its host to form one persona. The body-is the outward manifestation of the soul but it is not the total embodiment of our soul Self. Souls who come to Earth think of themselves as becoming masked actors on a world stage. In Shakespeare’s Macbeth, the king prepares for death by telling us, “Life’s but a walking shadow, a poor player that struts and frets his hour upon the stage and then is heard no more.” In some ways this famous line describes how souls feel about their lives on Earth, the difference being that once the play has begun most of us don’t know we are in a play until it’s over, due to a variety of amnesiac blocks.

Thus the analogy of a play, like that of a schoolroom, befits what my clients see in a deep hypnotic trance state. I have had clients tell me that when they return to their soul groups after a particularly hard life there is clapping and shouts of “Bravo!” from their friends. The applause is for a job well done at the end of the last act of the play of life. One sub- ject said, “In my group the major cast members of our last play in life will go off in a corner to study the individual scenes we played after it has ended and before rehearsals begin for the next play to come.” I  often hear my subjects laugh about being offered a certain part in the next play—which is their current life—and the debates that took place before final casting decisions were made as to who would play what   part in the future.

Our guides become stage directors who go over past life scenes with us, frame by frame, of both good and bad times. Errors in judgment are presented in small bites. All possible outcomes are studied and com- pared by designing new scripts for these scenes with different sets of choices that could have been made in each circumstance. Behavioral patterns are minutely dissected with each player, followed by a review  of all the roles in the script. Souls might then decide to switch roles with each other and replay key scenes all over again to test the results with a different actor from their group or by someone recruited from a nearby group. I encourage my subjects to tell me about these role substitutions. Souls gain perspective from being witnesses to their own past performance through other actors.

Re-creations of past life alternatives present a psychodrama 1 find useful as a therapeutic tool in a soul’s current life. These stage analogies by soul groups do not trivialize what they go through on Earth as simple impersonations. They offer the soul an objective means of comprehension and foster a desire to improve. The system is ingenious. Souls never seem to get bored in these educational exercises which invite creativity, originality and a desire to triumph over adversity by acquiring wisdom from human relationships. Always, they want to do better next time. Whatever the format, spaces of learning provide a fascinating chessboard for souls when they go over all the possible moves for the best solutions after the game is over. Indeed, some of my subjects call the whole process of reincarnation “the Game.”

The outcome of one’s performance in the play may range from very satisfactory to acceptable to unsatisfactory. I realize some readers  might conclude this sounds suspiciously like educational grading on Earth, but this is not an idea of my origination. I’m told that in soul groups, the evaluation of performance by our peers is not threatening; rather, it encourages motivation. Most souls appear to me to be driven by a desire to review the last game of life they have played in order to better preview the next one. Like champion athletes, they want to try and improve with each performance. Ultimately, they know at a certain level of development and proficiency this aspect of the game will end with the closing of the play and their physical incarnations. This is the goal of souls who come to Earth.

As I stated at the beginning of this section, instruction in learning centers is not limited to reviewing past lives. Besides all the other activities, energy manipulation is a major part of training. The acquiring of these skills takes many forms in classroom work. I have said before that humor is a hallmark of the spirit world. The student in the next case gives us a sense of the whimsical when she explains how one of her creation classes got a little out of hand:

Case 35

Dr. N: You have explained about how your group has gathered into an enclosure resembling a school classroom but I’m not sure what is going on here.

S: We have gathered for practice in creation training with our energy.

My guide, Trinity, is standing at a chalkboard working on a drawing for us to study.

Dr. N: And what are you doing now?

S: Sitting at my desk with the others—watching Trinity.

Dr. N: Give me a picture of this. Are you lined up in a row with the others at a long desk, or what?

S: No, we have our individual desks—they have tops which open up. Dr. N: Where are you sitting in relation to your friends?

S: I am off to the left. Ca-ell, the mischievous one (my subject’s brother in her current life), is next to me. Jac (subject’s current husband) is just in back of me.

Dr. N: What is the mood in this room right now?

S: Laid back—very relaxed—because this assignment is so easy it’s almost boring, watching Trinity drawing.

Dr. N: Oh, really? What is Trinity drawing?

S:  He  is  drawing  …  ah,  how  to  make  a  mouse  quickly…  from different energy parts.

Dr. N: Are you going to break up into groups to combine your energy with others for this assignment?

S: (with a wave of her hand) Oh, no. We are way past that. We will be tested individually.

Dr. N: Please explain the test.

S: We are to rapidly visualize a mouse in our minds … as to the necessary energy parts to create a whole mouse. There is an order of progression with how energy should be arranged in any creation.

Dr. N: So the test is the proper steps in creating a mouse?

S: Mmm … yes … but… actually, this is a test of speed. The secret of efficiency in creation training is rapid conceptualization— knowing which part of the animal to start with first. Then you

tackle the amount of energy to be applied. Dr. N: This sounds difficult? S: (with a big grin) It’s easy. Trinity should have picked a more complex creature …

Dr. N: (doggedly) Well, it seems to me that Trinity knows what he is doing. I don’t see … (cuts me off with gales of laughter and I ask what is going on)

S: Ca-ell has just winked at me and opened his desktop and I see a white mouse scurrying out. Dr. N: Meaning he is getting ahead of the assignment? S: Yes, and showing off. Dr. N: Is Trinity aware of all this?

S: (still laughing) Of course, he misses nothing. He just stops and says, “All right, let’s all do this quickly if you are so ready to begin.”

Dr. N: Then what happens?

S: There are mice running all over the room, (giggles) I put larger than normal ears on mine just for fun to liven things up even more.

I will close this section with a more serious case example of group energy usage. It represents a type of lesson I have not reported on before. Case 36 involves an inner circle of three companions who wish to help a fourth member who has just incarnated on Earth. Unlike the higher level of soul capability in the previous case, these souls are part of a learning group that has recently entered level II.

Case 36

Dr. N: As your mind visualizes all the meaningful activities going on in your study group, please take me to a significant exercise and explain what you are doing.

S: (long pause) Oh … you want that… well, my two friends and I are doing our best to help Kliday with positive energy after he entered the body of a baby. We want this to work because soon we are all going to follow him into life.

Dr. N: Let’s go slowly here. What exactly are the three of you doing at this moment?

S: (takes a deep breath) We are sitting together in a circle—our teacher is in back of us directing things. We are sending a united beam of energy down into the mind of Kliday’s child. He has just arrived and well… uh … I don’t want to violate confidences, but he is not having an easy time.

Dr. N: I see … well, perhaps talking about it might clarify things. Don’t you think it would be all right to discuss what you are doing a little further?

S: I… I guess so … I don’t see the harm …

Dr. N: (gently) Tell me what month after conception did Kliday join the baby?

S: In the fourth month, (pauses and then adds) But we started to help Kliday in his sixth month. It is such hard work to continue to the ninth month.

Dr. N: I can understand that—the necessary concentration and all. (pause) Tell me why Kliday needs help from the three of you.

S: We are trying to send him encouraging energy shaped in such a way to assist Kliday in making a better adjustment to the temperament of this child. When you join with a baby it should be like placing your hand into a glove which is the exact size for you and the child. Kliday’s glove is not fitting well this time.

Dr. N: Does this knowledge come as a surprise to you and your teacher?

S: Ah … not really. You see, Kliday is a quiet soul—peaceful—and this baby has a restless, aggressive mind and … the mesh is diffi- cult for Kliday, even though he knew what to expect.

Dr. N: Are you saying he wanted a certain kind of challenge before this baby was chosen?

S: Yes, he knew he needed to learn to cope with this sort of body because he has had trouble before with not being able to control aggression.

Dr. N: Is this child going to be a hostile person? Perhaps one with few inhibitions … emotional conflicts and so forth?

S: (laughs) You got it—that’s my older brother.

Dr. N: In your current life, you mean? S: Yes.

Dr. N: What roles will the other two souls you are working with at the moment assume in Kliday’s life, besides yourself?

S: Zinene is his wife and Monts, his best friend.

Dr. N: Sounds like a good support team. Can you explain a bit more why Kliday needs this sort of type A personality in a body?

S: Well, Kliday is very thoughtful. He ponders a lot and is tentative. He doesn’t jump into situations. It was felt this body would help him expand his capabilities and assist the child, too.

Dr. N: Was Kliday’s last life a problem?

S: (shrugs) Problems, problems… the same sort of body… he was caught up in obsessions and addictions … little control. He abused Zinene too.

Dr. N: Then why—?

S: (breaking in) We really studied that last life … reviewing everything over and over … Kliday wanted another chance in the same kind of body. He asked  Zinene if  she  would be his  wife again  and  she agreed, (subject begins laughing)

Dr. N: What amuses you?

S: Only this time I’m going along as his younger brother to help keep him in line with a very strong body.

Dr. N: Let’s finish with your current energy beam exercise. Explain how you and  your two companions use your energy in helping Kliday.

S: (long pause) The alignments of Kliday’s energy and that of the baby are scattered.

Dr. N: The baby has scattered emotional energy and Kliday is having trouble melding with that?

S: Yes.

Dr. N: Does this involve the patterns of electrical impulses from the brain, or what?

S: (pause) Yes, the thought processes … from nerve endings (stops and then continues) we are trying to help Kliday in tracking this.

Dr. N: Is the baby resisting Kliday as an intruder?

S: Ah, no … I don’t think so … (laughs) but Kliday thinks he got another primitive brain in some respects.

Dr. N: Where in the baby’s body is your combined energy beam going?

S: We are being directed to work up from the base of the skull, starting at the back of the neck.

Dr. N: (I bring client into the past tense) Were you successful in this exercise?

S: I think we did help Kliday, especially in the beginning, (laughs again) But my brother is still a headstrong person in this life.

Additional illustrations of soul group interaction will be cited in later chapters. In chapter 9, under the section describing the body-soul partnership, I will go into more detail about the physiological aspects of our struggle with the primitive side of the human mind mentioned in the last case. The next chapter is devoted to the higher spiritual assistance we receive as an adjunct to soul study groups.

The psychological ramifications of future life choices actually start with our first orientation upon returning to the spirit world. Ideas involving past performance and future expectations are brought into sharper focus with a soul’s first council meeting.

The Council of Elders

Human Fear of Judgment and Punishment

ot long after souls return to their spirit groups they are called before a gathering of wise beings. A step or two above our guides, these ascended masters are the most advanced identifiable entities my still- incarnating clients see in the spirit world. They give them different names such as the Old Ones, the Sacred Masters, the Venerables, and pragmatic titles like the Examiners or the Committee. The two most common names I hear to describe these highly evolved masters are council and Elders, so I use these designations to describe this body.

Because the Council of Elders does represent authority in the spirit world, there are people at my lectures who immediately become suspicious when I talk about robed beings who wish to question souls about their past life performance. One man in Toronto couldn’t contain himself and loudly proclaimed to everyone in the audience, “Ah ha, I knew it! A courtroom, judges, punishment!” Where does this fear and cynicism about the afterlife come from in the minds of so many people?

Religious institutions, civil courts and military tribunals give us codes of morality and justice which impact the conduct of millions. There is crime and punishment and cultural traditions of harsh judgment for human transgressions that have been with us since our tribal days. The positive effects of a code of behavior and ethics connected to all religions down through history have been enormous. It has been argued that fear of divine retribution is what keeps the masses at bay with better   conduct than they would otherwise have. Nevertheless, I feel there is a downside to any religious doctrine that creates personal anguish over facing a harsh final authority and maleficent spirits after death.

Organized religions have only been with us within the last five thousand years. Anthropologists tell us that in the millennia before, primal people were naturists who believed all animate and inanimate things had good and bad spirits. In this respect, the old tribal practices were not so different from the idolatry of historical religions. Many gods of old were wrathful and unforgiving while others were benevolent and helpful. Human beings have always been uneasy about forces beyond their control, particularly with divinities who might rule their lives after death.

Since fears about survival have always been a part of our lives, it fol- lows that human beings would find death to be the ultimate danger. Throughout our long history the brutality of life meant that judgment, punishment and suffering would likely continue in some way after death. Many cultures around the world have fostered these beliefs for their own purposes. People were led to believe that all souls, good and bad, would pass through a dark underworld of danger and trial right after death.

In the West, purgatory has long been pictured as a lonely way station  for souls trapped between heaven and hell. In recent decades the non- evangelical churches have a more liberal definition of purgatory as a state of isolation for the purification of sins and imperfections before the soul can enter heaven. With Eastern philosophy, especially among the canons of Hinduism and the Mahayama Buddhist sects, there has been a long tradition of spiritual prisons of lower, defiled planes of existence, which is also being liberalized. This concept is another reason why I am against the use of concentric circle imagery of multiple astral planes as a map for describing soul travel after death. Historically, they were designed to show multi-purgatorial cells in an underworld of judges, courts and demons.

Seekers of truth who turn to the ancient metaphysical traditions of the East find a confusing mix of superstitions, just as with Western the- ology. While reincarnation has long been embraced by the East, there has been the retention of the doctrine of transmigration. In my travels through India, I found transmigration to be an intimidating concept which has been used io control behavior. Under this credo, a wide variety of sins are met with the very real possibility of the soul being trans- migrated back to a lower subhuman form of life in its next cycle of existence. In my research, I have found no evidence to support transmigration of souls. My subjects indicate the soul energy of different forms of life on Earth do not appear to intermingle their energy in the spirit world. For me, the intimidation and fear transmigration engenders is a coercion of karmic justice. I have found the souls of humans on other worlds in prior incarnations to be in host bodies slightly more or less intelligent than our own species. I have never had a client assigned to another world where they were not the most dominant intelligence on that particular planet. This is by design.

Rather than stages of punishment, we go through stages of self- enlightenment. Yet large segments of human society are unable to shake off the nagging feeling, built over thousands of years of cultural conditioning, that judgment and punishment must exist in some form in the afterlife as it does on Earth. Maybe it won’t be a hell with torture by the forces of darkness, but it’s something unpleasant. It is my hope that what I have to say in this chapter will bring comfort to people inclined  to be fearful about the possibility of punishment after death. On the other hand, there will be those who feel accountability to a Council of Elders may not be all that comfortable either. The Epicureanists of this world—those devoted solely to uninhibited pleasure in life while paying little attention to the plight of others—might also not be happy with this chapter. Neither will the Iconoclasts, who are opposed to authority of any kind, moral or otherwise.

The spirit world is a place of order and the Council of Elders exemplifies justice. They are not the ultimate source of divine authority, but they appear to represent the last station of beings responsible for souls still incarnating on Earth. These wise beings have great compassion for human weakness and they demonstrate infinite patience with our faults. We will be given many second chances in future lives. They won’t be lives of easy karmic choices, otherwise we would learn nothing by coming to Earth. However, the risks of life and sanity on this planet are not designed to cause us any further pain after death.

The Setting for Soul Evaluation

My subjects state they appear before their council right after an incarnation and many report they will visit them a second time just before rebirth. Of the two assemblages, the first seems to have the most impact on the soul. During this meeting, the major choices we made in the life just lived are reviewed with us. Behavior and accountability for our actions at important forks in our karmic path are evaluated carefully. At the first conference we are acutely aware of our mistakes, especially if we have hurt others. If there is to be a second visit as the time draws close for reincarnation, it is more relaxed with discussions centering around potential life choices, opportunities and expectations for the future.

Our guides notify us when it is time to go before the council and usually they will escort us to the chambers of these ascended masters. To the average client, guides don’t appear to play a large role at these hearings. However, when a more advanced soul tells me they go to this meeting alone, it is not unusual for them to see their guide sitting on the council while they are there. When our guides do appear with us in front of the council, they are rather quiet. This is because behind-the- scene discussions about our last life have already taken place between guides and council members.

As our primary teacher and advocate, guides may want to interject a thought for our clarification, or interpret some concept for us if they think we are confused at any point during the proceedings. It is my feeling that guides do far more at these hearings than many of my  clients realize. The descriptions about the form and procedure of  council meetings are very consistent among all hypnosis subjects. When I begin this part of a client’s session, my usual approach is to ask them what happens when the time arrives to go before a group of wise beings. Here is an example of a typical response:

The time of my expectation has arrived. I am to see the Holy Ones. My guide, Linil, comes and escorts me from my cluster group down a long corridor past other classrooms. We move into another area with a larger hallway that is lined with marble columns. The walls are textured with what looks to be frosted glass panels of many colors. I hear soft choir music and string instruments. The light is a subdued, golden tone. Everything is so relaxing, even sensual, but I am a little apprehensive. We come to an atrium filled with beautiful plants and a bubbling fountain of water. This is the waiting area. After a few moments, Linil takes me into a round room with a high domed ceiling. There are rays of light shining down. The Holy Ones are seated at a long crescent-shaped table. I move to the center of the room in front of the table while Linil stands behind me to my left.

When I first heard about the council meetings, I wondered why it was necessary for them to be seen in any sort of authoritarian setting. Why not a simple countryside scene, if they are so full of benevolence? While the younger souls told me that this setting “was right and proper for their examinations,” the older souls explained that there was a major reason for a domed enclosure. With this design, a higher Presence effectively focuses its light energy on the entire proceedings from above. I will discuss the powerful impact of this Presence later in this chapter.

A great majority of my subjects visualize a dome design for the chamber of the Council of Elders, as shown in figure 8. They see the chamber structure as a manifestation of a holy place on Earth. This ‘celestial shell of compassion,” as one client called his council chamber, is symbolic of temples, mosques, synagogues and churches. Figure 8 shows the central table (D), which is usually long in front and may curve around at the edges to accommodate larger numbers of Elders. Some clients report that they see this table on a slightly raised dais just above eye level. I have learned these nuances in setting relate to what the soul feels is necessary for a particular meeting to be most effective for them. If a soul sees its council in more of an authority mode, there might be reasons for this which I will then probe with a client about the life just lived.

Subjects who are regressed to the spirit world do not readily volunteer details about the scope of a specific inquiry from the Elders. They must feel comfortable that the hypnosis facilitator knows their way around a council chamber. On an unconscious level, this confidence in the spiritual regrcssionist seems to give them mental permission to  speak about their sacred memories. This is the reason why my research into human memory of the spirit world took so many years. It was like fitting the pieces of a jigsaw puzzle together. Small pieces of information about the spirit world led to larger implications which would never have occurred to me to ask about in a whole context. For instance, the reason behind a raised dais in the council chamber was one small detail that expanded into a larger meaning. Another was the position of a client’s guide, particularly at the first hearing.

As can be seen in figure 8, the position of the guide (C) in this illustration is on the left. For a long time I did not understand why guides were usually positioned behind and to the left of most of my clients being questioned. If the soul has two guides, occasionally the junior guide will enter the room and stand on the right side. Most of the time we have just our senior guide in attendance and only a low percentage of my subjects tell me this guide stands on the right. Whenever I asked why this was so, I received rather vague answers such as, “Oh, it is less restrictive” or “It is customary for our communication” or “We all stand in certain places out of respect.” For a long time I simply stopped asking this question.

Then came the day when I was working with a very perceptive advanced subject who told me about the importance of distinguishing all council communication. I revived my question about guide position and received this answer.

Figure 8: The Council Chamber. A typical structural design where Elders meet souls. This spacious room appears to most people as a large rotunda with a dome ceiling. Souls enter the chamber at the end of hallway (A), or from an alcove. The soul is positioned in the center (B), with their guide in back, usually on the left (C). The Elders generally sit at a long crescent-shaped table (D), in front of the soul. The table may appear to be rectangular.
Figure 8: The Council Chamber. A typical structural design where Elders meet souls. This spacious room appears to most people as a large rotunda with a dome ceiling. Souls enter the chamber at the end of hallway (A), or from an alcove. The soul is positioned in the center (B), with their guide in back, usually on the left (C). The Elders generally sit at a long crescent-shaped table (D), in front of the soul. The table may appear to be rectangular.

Case 37

Dr. N: Why is your guide standing behind you on the left?

S: (laughs) Don’t you know? With most human bodies the right side of the head is not as predominant as the left.

Dr. N: What does that have to do with his position? S: The left side-right side thing… not in sync.

Dr. N: Are you talking about an imbalance between the left and right brain hemispheres in humans?

S: Yes, my problem—and that of many others recently returned from Earth—is a slight weakness of energy reception on our left side. It doesn’t last too long.

Dr. N: And, as you stand in front of the council, you are still feeling the effects of your human body? You still have that physical imprint with you?

S: Yeah, that’s what I am telling you. We don’t shake off these effects by the time of our first council meeting. It seems like only a few hours since my death. It takes a while for us to get rid of the density of the physical body… the constrictions of it… before we are completely free. This is one reason why I don’t need Jerome (guide) so much at the second meeting.

Dr. N: Because … ?

S: By then, we are sending and receiving telepathic communication more efficiently.

Dr. N: Please explain to me what Jerome actually does to help you by standing on your left side.

S: In most humans the left side is more rigid than the right. Jerome assists in the energy reception coming into my right side from the council by blocking thoughts which might escape out the left.

Dr. N: Are you saying your energy aura is like a sieve?

S: (laughs) Sometimes it seems like it—on the left. By serving as a blocking agent for thoughts which might escape he serves as a backboard, bouncing thought waves back into me for better retention. This assists in my comprehension.

Dr. N: Do you think he adds his own thoughts to this process? S: Sure he does. He wants it all to penetrate and stay with me.

Subsequent questioning with other clients confirmed the backboard effect case 37 told me about. At the beginning of their incarnations, while souls are learning to utilize unique and complex circuit patterns, they find that most human brains are not balanced between the right and left hemispheres. I am told that no two host bodies are the same in the way our brain hemispheres are linked to process critical judgment, creativity and language communication. This is a primary reason why the wiser souls join the fetus of a new body early rather than late in a mother’s term.

Past life regression therapists work with the physical body imprints of former lives that may be disabling to their client’s current body. Typically, these people come to us after traditional medicine has not given them relief. For example, a physical problem may be referred discomfort from a violent past life death. Part of our job is to deprogram these carryovers whenever they become debilitating to the client.

In chapter 4, we saw how body imprints also affect souls who cross back into the spirit world with physical energy damage. I must say that before case 37 I never imagined a human body imprint could affect communication at council meetings. I was aware that during the course of these hearings, council members might communicate with each other in a rapid pitch of high and low vibrations. The average soul misses  most of this sort of intercommunication between Elders. The  scrambling effect here is apparently intentional. I think it is safe to con- clude that any conversation at council meetings requiring interpretation is usually handled by our guides.

I have a rather unorthodox but effective procedure for a spiritual regressionist to use that relates to communication and the council.  When I am working with a subject in front of their council, I frequently tell them to ask the Elders and attending guide if they know my spirit guide. The client usually answers in the affirmative, saying something to the effect that all masters know each other in the spirit world. I will then follow up with a question about why the client thinks these masters, their guide, and my guide conspired to bring them to my office on this particular day. The answers can be very revealing since my clients feel synchronicity is at work. Within this process of hypnosis method- ology, more often than not a subject will remark, “You know, I see your guide suspended over your left shoulder helping you and laughing at your efforts to acquire more information about the spirit world than you need to know.”

Souls who come before their respective councils have been debriefed during orientation sessions with their guides. However, it is in front of the council where souls feel most vulnerable about their past performance. The object of council meetings is not to demean the souls who come before them or to punish them for their shortcomings. The purpose of the Elders is to question the soul in order to help them achieve their goals in the next lifetime. Every soul has an awareness of the inquiry format for their life review, although they know that no two council visits will be the same. At the meetings for the younger souls, I have noticed both guides and council members are especially indulgent and solicitous. During my early research on council meetings, 1 learned that directed questioning by these spiritual masters toward my subjects was both firm and benevolent at the same time.

I’ll admit that when I initially heard about these hearings there were doubts in my mind. I felt that if a soul was summoned to appear before  a body of higher beings, there were going be certain punitive aspects to  a karmic review. This was due to my own cultural conditioning. Finally, I came to the realization that going before a council has many facets.  The Elders are like loving but firm parents, managing directors, encouraging teachers and behavioral counselors all rolled into one.  What souls feel for their council is reverence. Actually, souls themselves are their own severest critics. I find evaluations by our soul group companions to be far more acerbic than any council Elder, although our peers do lace their criticism with humor.

During the time when souls are moving toward the space where their council is waiting, there are mixed reactions. I have had subjects say they are looking forward to seeing the Elders to get a higher perspective on their progress. Others are apprehensive, but this soon passes once  the proceedings begin. The Elders have a way of making the souls who come before them feel welcome almost at once. One of the most obvious differences between a courtroom on Earth and a spiritual gathering of grandmasters is the fact that everyone in the chamber is telepathic. Thus, all in attendance know the whole truth about every aspect of our conduct and the choices we made in the last life. Deception is impossible. There is no need for rules of evidence, defense attorneys or juries. So that they can properly plan for our future, the Elders want to make sure that we totally understand the consequences of our actions, particularly toward others.

I he Elders ask us how we leel about major episodes in our lite and our courses of action. Desirable actions and those that were counter- productive are discussed openly with us without acrimony or finger pointing. Regardless of the number of times we continue to make the same mistakes, our council has enormous patience with us. We have much less patience with ourselves. I believe if the councils of all the souls from Earth I have worked with were not so indulgent, the average soul would simply give up and not come back. Souls have this right of refusal to return to Earth.

The Elders probe for answers of how we think our host body served or hindered development. The council is already considering our next potential body and future environment. They wish to know how we feel about another incarnation. Many subjects have the sense that their council has not yet made up their minds about future lives for us. Nothing about this meeting appears to be rubber-stamped.

Our intent in life is of utmost importance at council meetings. The Elders know all about us before we appear, but during the deliberations how our soul mind interfaced with a human brain is carefully analyzed. They know our past record with other host bodies. This includes the control, or lack of it, we exercised over the baser natures and negative emotions of bodies on Earth. Compulsions, illusions and attachments  are never offered as excuses by souls for their conduct. I am not saying souls don’t complain about their difficulties in front of councils. However, rationalizations about life’s trials are not substituted for brutal honesty.

The council is looking to see if the inner immortal character of our soul maintained its integrity in terms of values, ideals and action during incarnation. They want to know if we were submerged by our host  body, or did we shine through? Did our soul effectively merge as a part- ner to the human brain as one harmonious outward human personality? Council members question souls about the use of power. Was our influence positive, or corrupted by the need to dominate others? Were we led by the convictions of others, demonstrating no personal power,  or did we make original contributions? The council is not so concerned about how many times we fell down in our progress through life, but whether we had the courage to pick ourselves up and finish strong.

Appearance and Composition of the Council

The word Elder is considered appropriate by many clients because the advanced beings who sit on their councils are visualized as elderly men. They are frequently depicted as having bald heads, or white hair and perhaps beards. In questioning people about the gender of these beings, I have come to some conclusions. The high predominance of older males seen on the councils is a cultural stereotype. Wisdom is associated with age and men are seen more often than women because of our long history of male dominance in positions of authority.

There are two factors that create these stereotypical images: One, what is projected to you from the council is intended to impact your own experiences and conceptions as a soul from Earth. Two, memory recall in regression involves an overlaying process. While subjects relive their experiences in front of the council in a pure soul state, they are also communicating to me from their current body with all the cultural influences which exist in life today.

We are under the same influences as discarnates when we project a set of facial features from a past life to members of our spirit group. This reflects both our character and mood at the moment, as well as creating a form of instant recognition to souls who might not have seen us in a while. I am certain that regression therapists who perform my sort of work in future years will find as many women as men on these councils. Bear in mind that when I review a council meeting, it is usually between former lives in past centuries. I always take timelines into consideration when evaluating the reality of a spirit world scene in the mind of a client.

Having made this statement about gender bias, I must add that most of my advanced clients, along with large numbers of intermediate souls, see their councils as androgynous. An Elder may appear as sexless or be of mixed gender, flashing both male and female images to the soul. Nevertheless, since almost all my clients either cannot or will not give me the names of their council members, they tend to call them he rather than she, despite a genderless appearance. Spirit guides, on the other hand, are represented equally as male and female between clients.

Returning to figure 8, the reader will notice that the position of the council table (A) is toward the back of the rotunda. The soul (B) stands directly in the center of the room. Most of my clients say, “We stand out of respect.” I’m not sure they have a choice. I have had more advanced souls actually sit at one end of the table with their council, but this is quite uncommon and considered presumptuous by the average soul. When I am told that there is no table and the Elders wish my client to join them informally, I know I am working with a highly developed soul who is approaching guide status.

The very young soul, who has been to Earth less than five times, sees their council differently than all my other subjects, as the following quote illustrates:

There are four of us who play a lot. We do silly things when our teacher, Minari, is not around. My friends and I hold hands when it is time to be taken to see two important people. We go to a place which has bright colors everywhere. There is a man and woman sitting in two high- backed chairs with big smiles on their faces. They have just finished with a small group of kids who wave at us on their way out. This couple are in their early thirties, I would guess. They could be our parents. They are loving and kind and beckon us forward. They just ask a few questions on how we are getting along and what we would like to do in our next life. We are told to pay close attention to everything Minari tells us. It's like Christmas in a department store with two Santas.

The fact that more than one soul would appear before a council meeting is a dead giveaway that my subject is still considered a “child soul.” I learned that this individual had only been to Earth once before his current life. In my experience, somewhere between the second and fifth life this sort of council scene is altered. One client who had just made such a transition exclaimed:

Oh, how things have changed! This meeting is more formal than last time. I am a little anxious. There is a long table and I am being asked by three older people to describe my progress to them. It's similar to having just finished an exam and now it's time to find out how you scored.

The typical client sees between three to seven members on their council. An advanced soul might have from seven to twelve Elders. This is not a hard and fast rule by any means. However, as souls develop and become more complex they appear to require more specialists on their panels. I do find that less-developed souls are frequently unable to differentiate between individual council members, except for their chair- person and perhaps one other Elder at the table. These two Elders seem to be most engaged with the case while those Elders who are not  directly questioning the soul are rather hazy in the background.

It strikes me that there is some sort of protocol connected with council seating arrangements. The members arrange themselves in a row with the less-active participants located at the ends of the table. Almost always, there is a chairperson seated at the center, directly in front of the soul. This Elder is the primary questioner and may also be referred to as a director or moderator. The number of council members who attend these meetings can change each time we see them, depending upon the circumstances of the life just lived and the one to come. Our chairperson, and perhaps one or two other Elders, are normally present over great spans of time between many lives. Another curious aspect of this procedure to me is that members of the same soul group usually go before different councils. I suppose this is due to the different character aspects of each soul and their state of development. My clients are unable to explain why this is so.

When I am told by a client that a member of their council has just reappeared on the panel after an absence involving a number of lives, or if a new member has appeared, I take notice. A male client told me:

After my last life I saw a new female member on my council. She was not unkind, but gently critical of my continued insensitivity to women in my past lives. She is here to help me develop a plan to overcome my tendency to shut women out of my life. This is hindering my development.

Apparently, specialists come into our panels at certain times to lend their expertise if we continue to fall into the same ruts. While facing three Elders a subject remarked:

Only the director in the center speaks to me. The Elder on my left emanates warm, benevolent energy toward me while the one on the right sends me serenity. It is as if I needed tranquillity at this moment because we are talking about my coping with angry emotions in life.

Another client of mine explained what had been happening at her recent council meetings in this way:

After many of my recent lives, my council has changed  from three members to four, then back to three, then four. I noticed this fourth member appears to be a bright silver color while the others have deep hues of violet. I call him  my counselor for confidence. Invariably, when I see him sitting on my panel I know I am going to get a lecture on  my lack of confidence. He tells me I'm a reticent soul,  afraid to push myself with others even when I know I'm right. 1 tell him how fearful I am on Earth and he gently explains that when I extend myself I become greatly loved and appreciated. I am afraid of confrontation and lives of adversity. He says, "We never give you more than you can handle; keep extending yourself, you have much to offer."

This subject chose to be a woman of small stature and ordinary features in her current life, rather than accepting a tempting offer of another body choice as a dazzling beauty. She told me there was the expectation that this silver counselor of confidence would be happy with this added challenge, along with her also accepting a life with parents who belittled and devalued her while she was growing up. 1 asked this client what single statement from the silver council member was most sustaining to her over the last few centuries. She replied, “That which you gain from each difficult life, you gain for all eternity.”

Where a personal guide will review how we prioritized our objectives and analyze each step after a life, our Elders ask more overview-type questions. The council just doesn’t inquire into our most immediate past life. Lines of questioning follow across the sum of all our lives and cover the larger picture of our progress toward self-fulfillment. The Elders wish to explore if we are developing to our potential. I have come to believe that the committee is carefully balanced by certain Elders whose character and background have some sort of common ground with the souls who come before them. Sometimes I see a personal affinity between an Elder and one of my clients. Individual Elders seem to identify with a soul’s character, strengths and weaknesses, interests and purposes.

Despite what I have just said, I must add that the vast majority of people in hypnosis do not feel really close to the Elders on their councils. They have reverence and veneration for them but not the deep affection they display toward their spiritual guides. This is why the following case is so exceptional.

Case 38

Dr. N: Do you see any new faces on your council since the last time you went before them?

S: (with a sudden gasp, then a deep sigh of pleasure) AT LAST!

Rendar has come back. Oh, am 1 glad to see him again.

Dr. N: Who is Rendar? Note: Subject is shaking and does not respond.

Dr. N: Now, take another deep breath and relax for me so together we can discover what is going on. Where is Rendar sitting? S: To the left of center at the table, (still musing) It’s been so long …

Dr. N: How many Earth years have passed since you last saw Rendar?

S: (tearfully, after a long pause) Some … 3,000 years …

Dr. N: This must represent a multitude of lives for you—why has Rendar been away so long?

i S: (still tearful,  but  regaining  composure)  You  don’t understand the significance of his coming back on my council. Rendar is very old and wise … he is so … peaceful… he was with me before my Earth cycles (past lives) had numbered so many. Rendar told me I was showing great promise and developing rapidly— I  was receiving assignments of importance—and then … (subject stops, choking up again)

Dr. N: (softly) You are doing fine. Please go on and tell me what happened to you.

S: (after another long pause) I… fell from grace. I fell into the traps that so many of us do here. I grew too confident with my power. Assuming positions of authority over others was fun. It didn’t matter what kind of body I had. I became self-indulgent and selfish in life after life. Rendar warned me about slowing down my progress and I made promises to him I did not keep. So many lives … wasted … I squandered away opportunities… and corrupted my knowledge and power.

Dr. N: Well, obviously you have turned things around recently or Rendar would not be here?

S: I have been working so hard to improve in the last 500 years. To care about others—to engage in service to others—to feel compassion—and now my reward. Rendar is BACK! (subject begins to shake violently and cannot talk)

Dr. N: (after a break where I do my best to compose this client) What does Rendar first say to you at the moment you see him after his long absence?

S: He gives me a warm smile and says, “It’s good to be working with you again.”

Dr. N: Just like that? That’s it?

S: Nothing else is necessary. I feel the power of his great mind and know that once again he has confidence in my future.

Dr. N: What do you say to him? S: I vow not to slip back again.

Rendar’s color was reported as a phosphorescent violet robe. The garment worn by both guides and council members is almost always a robe, sometimes described as a tunic. Spirits don’t need clothes any more than they require buildings as places to live in the spirit world. As with so many other images people have of their spiritual life, this too is metaphoric. As pure energy, Elders have deep shades of purple but the colors of their robes may be different. The symbolism of wearing robes confers dignity, honor and a sense of history in the minds of people who report on them. People associate robes with the fields of law, academics and theology in human society.

There are many clues a therapist can gain from questioning hypnosis subjects about the colors of the robes worn by each Elder on their council. These robes appear for the edification of souls from Earth. When I began to gather information about the variety of robe colors, I assumed that these differences conferred some sort of status or rank to an Elder in the minds of people. During my early investigations into this aspect of the spirit world, I asked questions based upon my faulty assumptions about authority. I found the garments worn by these beings, their seating positions at the table, and the degree of participation by each council member was not hierarchical.

White and purple are the most common robe colors seen by my clients. Since they are at opposite ends of the color spectrum this may seem incongruous. However, as case 31 explained, white is receptive energy to beginners while it is also a color of transference or intervention by advanced senders of thought. The white energy of younger souls denotes a process of continual self-cleansing and renewal. For the more advanced, it signifies purity and clarity. The reason white robes are seen so frequently on council members—and with guides at the gateway to the spirit world—is that here white represents the transmission of knowledge and wisdom. White energy robes, or white as a halo aura on an enlightened being, signifies harmonizing and aligning thought with universal energy.

Purple is the color of wisdom and deep understanding. Council members with purple and violet robes reflect their ability to govern the affairs of the souls who come before them with benevolence and love born out of vast experience. These energy colors reflected on an Elder’s robe have an idealistic quality of perfection bestowed upon the wearer by my clients. Black robes are never seen, but once in a while an apprehensive subject will call the Elders “judges” when they initially enter the council chamber. Once inside, though, no soul visualizes this meeting space as a courtroom.

Hoods, four-square hats and skull caps, all having an antiquarian flavor, may be seen on the Elders. Hoods are usually thrown back from the head, which is less ominous to the viewer. These visualizations remind me of religious orders, such as the Dominicans, who wear hoods with white robes.

These earthly influences of robes and tunics made out of cloth go back a long way in our history. The garments and other accoutrements reported by my subjects on Elders are trappings which engender respect and reverence to wise beings who, like oracles, interpret events in a soul’s existence. The next case is a level I soul who has just entered the council chamber after his last life ended in 1937.

Case 39

Dr. N: How many Elders do you have on your council?

S: I prefer to call them the Wise Ones. There are six sitting at the table.

Dr. N: Explain to me what each Wise One is wearing and give me your impressions of what you see.

S: (pause) Well, the one in the center is wearing a purple robe and the others are white mixed with purple … ah … except the one on the far right… she is mostly white with a touch of yellow. She is more animated toward me than the others.

Dr. N: What do all these colors mean to you?

S: It kind of depends upon the life I have just lived. The Wise One in white on the right wants me to see things more clearly. The yellow- robed person … has something to do with my giving and receiving support… but I don’t know what that has to do with me right now. I remember someone else was in her place two lives ago who wore a crimson robe. That was when I returned home (to the spirit world) after being physically crippled.

Dr. N: What did you think of when you saw her red robe two lives ago?

S: It’s physical—a body-oriented color. The crimson One dealt with karmic influences involving that body. I was really worn down and angry after that life. There was a Wise One wearing green then, too, which I don’t see now.

Dr. N: Why green?

S: They are skilled at healing … mental and physical.

Dr. N: And do you usually see all these colors in the robes worn by the Wise Ones?

S: As a matter of fact, no. Mostly, I see them all wearing about the same purple color tones. This time I’m supposed to be getting some special messages.

Dr. N: Let’s talk about the purple-robed being in the middle. Do you think this is someone important?

S: (laughs at me) Hey, they are all important!

Dr. N: Okay, someone more significant to you than the others. S: Yeah, he’s the leader. He sort of directs things.

Dr. N: Why is that, do you think?

S: Because the others seem to defer to him. He conducts things.

Mostly, the others seem to speak through him.

Dr. N: Do you know his name?

S: (laughs) No way! We don’t circulate in the same social circle around here.

Dr. N: How does the meeting open for you?

S: The director says to me, “Welcome, we are glad to have you with us again.”

Dr. N: What do you say?

S: “Thank you”—but I’m thinking, “I hope this goes all right.”

Dr. N: What kind of thoughts do you pick up then from the chairman who seems to be running things?

S: He doesn’t want me to feel the Wise Ones are so superior that I can’t talk to them. This meeting is for me. Then he says, “How do you feel about your progress since we saw you last? Did you learn anything new we can talk about?” (pause) This is the way these meetings open. They want to hear what I have to say.

Dr. N: Do you feel more relaxed now? S: Yeah.

Dr. N: Give me an idea of how things proceed from here?

S: (pause) We start with what I did right. I had a successful company which employed many people in my past life. I’m turning this over in my mind. I want to make a good impression by telling them about my charity contributions—you know, my good acts, (pause) Then things drift into the way I ran my company … my inability to avoid conflicts—disagreements and anger with my employees, (subject grows agitated ) It’s so frustrating … and I’m working on this… but then … (stops)

Dr. N: Please go on. Does your guide assist you in any way with this?

S: My guide Joaquin speaks from behind me. He sums up the main parts of my life and my objectives to contribute to society by employing people during the Depression.

Dr. N: Sounds good to me. Are you happy with the manner in which Joaquin is presenting you to the Wise Ones?

S: Well, yes. He states what I wanted to do and then what actually happened. His tone is even. Joaquin does not defend or praise me— he simply relates my participation in the events during a bad time in America.

Dr. N: Do you think of Joaquin as your defense attorney? S: (abruptly) No, that’s not the way things are here.

Dr. N: Is Joaquin objective in his summation of your lite?

S: Yeah, but we’ve hardly started. I’m forming my thoughts about how well I provided for my family but this kind of gets mixed up with my professional life … I can’t get how I treated my employees out of my mind. This really bothers me. Joaquin is quiet now—he doesn’t want to interfere with my thoughts.

Dr. N: Then let’s stay focused with the thoughts between you and your council of Wise Ones. Please continue.

S: I’m trying to anticipate their questions. I know I enjoyed accumulating material possessions in my life. They want me to tell them why and I say that it made me feel valuable as a person, but 1 stepped on people. Then they bring up similar actions on my part from former lives … and if I feel I am doing better.

Dr. N: Do you think their thought probes about your past are jeopardizing the summary of your current life in some way?

S: No, there is no harsh edge to their questions. I’m okay with this but now my mind is racing and I think of my charity work again as something I should stress … then … (stops)

Dr. N: (encouraging) You are doing just fine with this, tell me what happens next.

S: The Wise One in the center… his powerful mind envelops me. Dr. N: What does he communicate to you exactly?

S: (slowly) This is what I hear in my mind: “Emmanual, we are not here to judge you, punish you, or to override your thoughts. We want you to look at yourself through our eyes, if you can. That means to forgive yourself. This is the most challenging aspect of your time with us because it is our desire that you accept yourself for who you are with the same unconditional love we have for you. We are here to support you in your work on Earth. Toward that end, we would remind you of the bus stop incident.”

Dr. N: The bus stop incident—what does that mean?

S: (pause) I was confused myself when he said it. I look back at Joaquin for assistance.

Dr. N: Explain what happens then, Emmanual.

S: The Wise One in the center… his thoughts come to me once more: “You do not remember this incident? The woman who you helped one day while she was sitting at the bus stop?” I said, “No, I don’t.” Then, they wait for my memories to kick in and someone sends a picture into my mind. I’m beginning to see … there was a woman once … I was walking toward my office with my briefcase. I was in a hurry. Then I heard this woman crying softly to my left. She was sitting at a bus stop next to the sidewalk. It was during the Depression, people were desperate. I stopped. Then on an impulse, I sat down next to her and put my arm around her, trying to comfort her. This was a very unnatural thing for me to do. (pause) My God, is this what they are interested in? I was with this woman for only a few minutes before the bus came. I never saw her again.

Dr. N: How do you feel now about the Wise One bringing up this incident during your hearing?

S: It’s so crazy! An entire lifetime of giving money to charity and they are interested in this! I gave this woman no money, we only talked…

As my client and I evaluated this meeting I reminded him why I thought the smiling female council member on the far right wore a robe of yellow. This might be to acknowledge his spontaneous act of support to a stranger at the bus stop. Less developed souls standing in front of their councils often have entanglements of memory as they purge themselves. While they are self-absorbed, they may miss what is important. Emmanual felt sorry for the woman at the bus stop. Although he was in a hurry to get to his office, he sat down next to her.

His brief, compassionate gesture did not last long. Yet in those moments, I learned that Emmanual reached her pain, looked into her eyes, and told her she was going to make it through her troubles because he was confident she could be strong. She stopped crying and when her bus came she stood up and told him she would be all right. Then he hurried off and forgot this brief act of kindness for the rest of his life.

The bus stop incident in this case appears to be a small thing when stacked up against a lifetime of other acts. It was not a simple act to the council. As we move through life, there are many gestures between people that are uplifting. They may be so momentary that we are not conscious of them at the time. In the spirit world nothing is insignificant. No act goes unrecorded.

There are no hard and fast rules about the meaning behind every color the Elders might choose to show the souls who come before them. For instance, the red robe worn by the council member in the last case related to the need of Emmanual to sustain the passion for life within a broken host body in a former life. In the next section I will explain the meaning behind other symbols worn by council members. A red robe, or red stone on a medallion or ring displayed by an Elder, can have several meanings depending on the setting. Red is the color of passion and intensity and Emmanual saw a crimson robe after one of his lives with physical disabilities. However, in another case an Elder could display a ruby medallion to denote the need for a soul to have a greater passion for truth than was shown in a former life. The subtle variations of color translation at council meetings are unique to every soul’s own perceptions. As one of my subjects said:

The wearing apparel of my council shows their mastery  over a certain discipline. The colors they display in different forms also relate to the topic under discussion. These represent gifts of awareness to me as I face my council. No Elder is greater than the other because each is an aspect of ultimate perfection.

Signs and Symbols

From the dawn of human history our race has sought hidden spiritual meanings through interpretations of what we see around us. I remember how I felt climbing into the cave sanctuaries of Paleolithic humans along the Dordogne Valley in France. Inside these caves, one is taken back to the Stone Age by the symbolic art along the walls. They are among the earliest representations we have of human spiritual consciousness. For thousands of years primal cultures around the world used rock pictures and diagrammed pictographs to represent ideas relating to magic, fertility, sustenance, courage and death.

Indeed, down through the long centuries since that time, we have sought personal revelation through signs from the supernatural. The earliest signs were taken from the animal kingdom, from stones and the elements. We use symbols of all sorts as embodiments of power and instruments of insight and self-development. Ancient cultural attachments to mystic symbolism were often associated with a desire for transfiguration of our higher Self over the primitive side of human nature. The rites and symbols of secret mystical societies, such as the Gnostics and Kabbalists, may well represent soul memory on Earth and human memory in the spirit world.

Perhaps I should not have been surprised to have found emblems   with meaningful signs in the spirit world. As with all physical objects visualized by subjects in hypnosis, the emblems they see worn by some Elders are grounded in past life experience. Conversely, why shouldn’t we carry messages from the council to Earth within our soul mind as well? Anthropologists who have studied clay tablets, seal stones, scarabs and amulets from our past believe that their influence to both wearer and observer went beyond physical life into the realm of disembodied souls. This custom continues today with engraved pendants, rings and charms. Many people who wear these symbolic talismans believe they protect but are also reminders of personal power and opportunity. The following cases may shed some light on the origins of our feelings about prophetic signs.

About half my subjects see medallions hanging around the necks of one or more Elders on their council. The other half see no objects at all. Frankly, I have found no correlation between these two groups of  clients in any way, including their level of development. When a medal- lion is seen by people, some 85 percent of them visualize a circular design. The others may see squares, rectangles, triangles, and starlike designs, some of which are seen in three dimensions. All these medallion shapes, in association with the designs on them, are significant and represent a continuity of spirit, both morally and spiritually, to the evolving soul.

The medallions typically hang from a chain or sometimes just a cord. Usually the metallic disk is gold but they can also be silver or bronze. Most clients are focused on only one medallion on the council, which is almost always worn by the chief questioner. This Elder is generally positioned directly in front of the soul.

Case 40

Dr. N: How many members of your council are sitting in front of you? S: Five.

Dr. N: How are they dressed? S: They all have white robes.

Dr. N: I want you to look carefully—do you see any of these wise beings wearing anything on their robes? If you don’t see anything, fine, don’t worry about it, I’m just curious.

S: (pause) Well, the one in the center has something around his neck. Dr. N: Please describe what you see.

S: I don’t know. It’s on a chain. Dr. N: What is on a chain?

S: Something round, a metal disk.

Dr. N: (I always ask this question) Is it close to the size of a grape- fruit, orange, or walnut?

S: (the usual response) An orange. Dr. N: What color is this ornament? S: Gold.

Dr. N: What do you think this gold medallion means?

S: (the normal response) Oh, probably some sort of badge of office, or maybe his particular area of expertise.

Dr. N: Really. Do you think it is necessary for council members to wear emblems to signify to each other what their position is, or any particular talent they may have?

S: (confused) Well… I don’t know… I mean, how could I know?

Dr. N: Let’s not give up on this so easily. We might learn something together.

S: (No answer)

Dr. N: Describe what you see on the gold medallion. S: (the usual response) 1 can’t see it very well.

Dr. N: I want you to move closer so you can see the emblem more clearly.

S: (reluctant) I’m not sure I should.

Dr. N: Let’s look at this logically. If you were not supposed to see the emblem, your chairperson would not allow you to see it. Think about this. Does it make sense that these highly developed beings would openly display adornments on their robes which you are not supposed to see? And why would they need to display them for each other?

S: I suppose you’re right, (still reluctant) 1 guess it would be okay for me to move a little closer.

Dr. N: Just so you know, talking to me about this is not a violation of confidentiality. Look at the expression on the face of the Elder wearing the emblem. He knows what you are thinking. Tell me what you see?

S: A kindly expression … helpful to me.

Dr. N: Then I am sure he would not want you to miss anything pertaining to this meeting. Move forward and tell me what you see on the metal disk.

S: (now more confident) 1 can’t make out the writing around the side, it looks like filigreed lace, but on the raised part of the disk in the center I see a big cat with its mouth open.

Dr. N: Give me more details about the cat. Is it a house cat?

S: (more forcefully) No, it’s a profile of a mountain lion with a fierce face and large teeth.

Dr. N: Anything else?

S: (with recognition) Oh, there is a hand holding a dagger under the lion’s neck, (long pause) Ah … yes …

Dr. N: You know now what this is all about, don’t you? S: (quietly) Yes, I think I do. It is from my Indian life. Dr. N: We haven’t talked about that life. Tell me when and where this life took place and how the big cat fits in.

This client, whose spirit name is Wan, proceeded to explain that in 1740 she was a young Indian woman in North America. She was out in the forest one day digging roots with her two children. The men of her village were off hunting. Suddenly, she saw a big cat jump out of a tree and move toward the children. Wan dropped her basket and ran directly at the cat. She said, “There was only time to pull out my stone knife—then he was on top of me. Just before the lion killed me I was able to thrust up deep into his neck. Later the men found me and the lion dead, but the children were safe.” When I asked Wan why she was being shown this emblem of the cat, she said, “To signify I displayed courage here and I must use it more in other lives.”

I always verify the design of medallion carvings with a posthypnotic suggestion at the end of my sessions. I have my clients draw me a picture of what they saw. Wan’s visual picture of this event is shown in figure 9A.

Medallion carvings 1.
Medallion carvings 1.
Medallion Carvings 2.
Medallion Carvings 2.

Figure 9 (A-H): Medallion Designs Worn by Council Members

These designs are not drawn to scale. Souls see them in different sizes and colors but they are almost always round and hang from an Elder’s neck. All emblems are illustrated with the usual double-circle edge etched with indecipherable linguistic markings

The depiction of Wan’s hand killing a mountain lion on the medallion was intended to send a strong message of capability and courage. My client came to me because she was fearful of dying at age thirty-nine because her brother had died two years before in his thirty-ninth year while driving recklessly. She just had her thirty-ninth birthday and we found there was a tenuous quality about her existence.

In the course of our session my subject learned that in the life fol- lowing her Indian life, she and her two children had been abandoned by her trapper husband in a Wyoming cabin during a harsh winter in the nineteenth century. This husband, who was her brother today, was restless and wanted his freedom from family responsibilities. Thus, this case involved a karmic transference of roles by an unsettled soul in Wan’s spirit group who went from an errant past life husband in the nineteenth century to a rather wild brother in the twentieth.

As the trapper’s abandoned wife, Wan told me she did not fight hard enough to save herself and the children by putting on snowshoes, a backpack, and trying to get out to civilization while she still had food. She was afraid, and rationalized that her husband would return before she and the children starved. The council showed Wan the cat medal- lion not only as a counterpoint to the lack of resolve in the Wyoming life but also for her fearfulness today. I’m glad Wan saw the contemporary message of this symbol of courage in our session because the soul of her brother had volunteered for the probable short life to test my client again and deal with his own karma of abandoning people.

I know it seems odd that these ethereal beings on the council would be seen by souls as having a body of light energy in human shape wearing robes with ornaments. When I initially detected the medallions I did wonder if they were chains of office. I learned that these pendants and their designs had nothing to do with an Elder’s status on the council but everything to do with offering a message of inspiration to the souls who come before them. As with so many aspects of the spirit world, these symbols did not reveal themselves easily to me.

In the early stages of my inquiries into medallions, my questions would elicit enigmatic responses to the effect that an emblem’s meaning was unfathomable, or that the Elder was sitting too far away to make it out. For too long I accepted these explanations. Then I changed tactics. As can be seen from the last case, I now tell subjects that it does not make sense that Elders would wear an insignia for personal recognition with each other. Since these wise beings already know everything about each other, these medallions have to be lor the benefit ot the soul they are interviewing. They might be changed over time after a karmic lesson is learned; however, some scenes appear not to change at all.

Once a person in hypnosis realizes the emblems are not symbols of a secret society belonging only to their particular council, they open up. This allows the client to make the mental distinction between an observer caught up in an event over which they have no control to that of an active participant. Responses improve by giving the client permission to recognize what essentially already belongs to them as a soul. The therapy 1 am able to utilize in their current life from this aspect of interlife council meetings is worth the effort. The passages from the next case are unusual because the subject knows the names of three council members, all of whom have medallions. The chairman’s emblem design is figure 9B.

Case 41

Dr. N: As you look more closely at the emblem worn by your chair- person, please describe it to me.

S: Drit wears the head of an eagle. It is turned sideways on the gold disk in bold relief. Its beak is wide open. 1 can see the bird’s tongue.

Dr. N: Okay, what does all this mean to you?

S: Drit is giving me a message to fly high and scream into the silence.

Dr. N: Can you tell me more?

S: Drit says I must engage with my silence in life. I can’t live in my own world all the time. Unless I break out and rise above life’s circumstances, I will not progress. Dr. N: And how do you respond

to Drit’s message? S: I just don’t accept this—I tell Drit that there was enough noise

by others in my past life. I didn’t need to add to it. Dr. N: What does Drit answer?

S: He says I could have made the world louder—but better—by being more vocal in what I knew to be the truth.

Dr. N: Do you agree with his assessment?

S: (pause) I suppose … 1 probably could have participated more … to engage others… and fought for my convictions.

Dr. N: Do you always see the eagle design after your lives?

S: No, only when I fall into my old patterns of silence. Sometimes his disk is blank.

Dr. N: Are you having trouble with this same issue in your current life?

S: Yes, that’s why I came to you and why Drit has now reminded me of this lesson.

Dr. N: Does anyone else on your council wear an emblem? S: Yes, that would be Tron. He sits to the right of Drit.

Dr. N: Please describe the design on Tron’s medallion for me.

S: He wears an emblem engraved with a cluster of golden grapes.

Dr. N: Are you saying the grapes are gold, rather than appearing in their natural colors?

S: (shrugs) Yes, they are gold because the disk is that color. The emblems are always metallic.

Dr. N: Why is that?

S: I’m really not sure. For me, they represent objects that are precious and long-lasting.

Dr. N: What does the symbol of a cluster of grapes mean to you? S: (pause) Tron wears the sign of… the fruit of life … which can be eaten … ah, absorbed … that is, to grow with knowledge. Dr. N: Why a bunch of grapes rather than, say, an apple?

S: The cluster of grapes represents—not a single fruit—but multiples of the same fruit… to absorb different aspects of the same whole.

Dr. N: Would you care to expand on this message by ‘Iron?

S: That by absorbing this symbol—each grape—into myself I will grow and flourish from every experience.

Dr. N: Do any other members of your council wear emblems?

S: (pause) Shai, she wears the emblem of the key as a reminder to open the door of knowledge and by doing so accept the fact that the answers to my problems lie within my abilities to solve them.

With case 41, it was the eagle design which had the greatest prominence. Birds on medallions are not unusual. One man told me that his chairperson had an emblem of bird leathers with a thistle in the center to remind him of a number of lives in the Highlands of Scotland. He stated, “In those lives as a clansman I soared up mountain crags, fighting British oppression for the freedom of my people.”

A female client saw a swan emblem on an Elder, which denoted growth through change. She said, “I am being reminded that at birth this beautiful creature is awkward and can’t fly. This represents my own metamorphosis from an ugly duckling into someone imposing—a productive person in my last series of lives.” Occasionally, a fish is seen on a medallion. A client told me that for him, this symbol represented a creature who could swim against a current and still be in harmony  with its environment.

For some reason, human figures are rarely seen on council emblems. When I do hear of them I find their symbolic meanings to be intriguing. To illustrate the use of a human figure on a medallion, 1 refer the reader to figure 9C. This represents the case of a thirty-year-old  woman called Noreen who came to me because she did not want to live anymore. Her husband had committed suicide some months before and she wanted to follow him. During the session we found out this soul- mate had lost his life in a logging accident at age twenty-six in their previous life together.

Couples in life each have their own karmic paths which may involve different issues from each other. However, these issues are frequently intertwined when souls from the same cluster group agree to work together, especially in a marriage. Noreen did not do well as a young widow in her last life, particularly in her refusal to open her heart to anyone else. For the remainder ot that life, Noreen was inconsolable and died in bitterness from self-inflicted emotional wounds.

Facing her council at the end of this past life, she was told by the chairperson, “You didn’t let your spirit grow, did you?” Apparently, the same lesson has been presented to Noreen in her current life to see how she will handle it. I want to stress that this was not why her husband committed suicide. I have had cases where a spouse will intentionally choose a body that has a high probability of dying young from a variety of natural causes to allow the surviving spouse to again work through grief in a more healthy fashion. Suicide is not one of these options. Suicide by a physically healthy young person is not a prearranged karmic option for anyone. From my experience, I believe the odds are that if Noreen’s husband had not committed suicide he probably would have died young from some sort of accident.

At the time of our meeting, my client believed it was not possible to go on without the man she loved. Her extreme despondency also carried feelings of guilt that somehow she might have been responsible, although her husband’s suicide note carried just the opposite message.   1 feel that taking this client back to her last council meeting and viewing once again the medallion she saw is making a difference in her life today.

Case 42

Dr. N: I want you to tell me exactly what design you see on the chairman’s medallion.

S: The first thing I see is an animal… a deer. No, I think it is a gazelle. It is jumping in mid-flight.

Dr. N: Good, and do you see anything else you can talk about?

S: (pause) There is a human on its back. This really stands out boldly in the center.

Dr. N: I see. Is it similar to a bas-relief carving?

S: Yes, the gazelle and human figure are turned sideways to me. You know, like I’m watching them from an angle as they race across a plain.  The human is faceless, but has long hair and the delicate body of a woman. The one leg I can see is bent… she is riding. One arm is raised, holding up a torch.

Dr. N: (a shift to present time, and then a command) All right, what I want you to do is rediscover the meaning of what you are seeing. It is no accident that we are here today discussing this emblem together. It represents something you need to remember. You are a young widow for the second time in two successive lives. Ask for assistance from your guide if necessary.

S: (after a long pause, she responds tearfully) I know the meaning. The  human  is  me  and  I  am  riding  east  into  the  sunrise.  The direction signifies the dawn of a new day.  This animal would normally never trust a human to be near it, much less ride on its back. The gazelle trusts me and I must trust myself to go where the animal takes me because we must travel swiftly.

Dr. N: And why must you travel swiftly?

S: (after some prompting from me and few false starts) Because in life there is danger. Parts of this danger lie within us, our weakness— the way we sabotage—and this prevents us from reaching a destination. It is easy to get bogged down.

Dr. N: Are you saying the gazelle represents a liberating force?

S: Yes, I must have the courage and strength to continue on with my life with a greater sense of purpose. The gazelle also represents freedom to conquer fear and have faith in myself.

Dr. N: What about the torch you are carrying on the emblem? S: (softly) Always … the light of knowledge. Our search for wisdom. This flame is never extinguished or made ineffective by shadows.

Dr. N: Do you see anything else on the pendant?

S: (still in a state of reverie) Oh, it is not important to me, I think. I am unable to read the Greek letters within the circle around the edge.

Unfortunately, I must report that none of my subjects who see medallions can decipher the strange symbols between the two outer rings near the edge. The secret writing remains a mystery in my research and I have reluctantly come to the conclusion this is one feature of the emblems that my clients and I are not supposed to know about. 1 should also add that much of what souls see and hear at their council meetings cannot be re-created in my office. Over the years of my work, I have come to expect that people in hypnosis cannot adequately explain all that happens in their spiritual lives because of human limitations in communication and translations which must be processed through the human brain. My subjects do not know why they cannot decipher the “squiggles” on medallions. They refer to them as hieroglyphics, cuneiform writing, runes and even mathematical symbols. The script does not seem to be translatable. It could be pictorial or ideogrammic. Perhaps it is an unspoken spiritual language.

I suspect the same types of symbols appear on the Life Books in spiritual libraries, such as the Greek pi symbol on the front of the book described by case 30. While the Life Books are very personal and undoubtedly used as a chronicle of the soul’s past by their guides and councils, the writing around the edges of an Elder’s medallion may  have nothing to do with the soul. I have come to the conclusion that if my subjects were supposed to know about this writing while in a trance state, their spiritual guides would assist them. Regardless of whether the symbolic marks they see represent sounds, ideas or words of some sort, there may be a good reason why people cannot translate them, which has nothing to do with the client. One had this to say, “I think I’m not supposed to understand their meaning because this is a message to my Elder from a higher .Source. Maybe this is his lesson wheel that he must decipher for his own goals.”

I divide what is seen on council emblems into two general categories. The first involves living or natural objects. These symbols could also include minerals, such as gemstones. The second category is the geo- metric designs, such as circles and straight line drawings. Gemstones may appear on both types of medallions. Council medallions are symbolic of pain and purpose, triumphs and shortcomings of the souls who go before them. The colors of the gemstones presented to the soul relate to both the Elder presenting them and also to the soul observer. The general design of a medallion involves soul attributes, accomplishments and goals. Like the oracles of old, the Elders may show a sign as a warning of impending trouble if what we strive for in life is set aside.

The case examples that follow are of clients who saw geometric designs and gemstones on their council emblems. The deciphering of line drawings in geometric designs is not quite as readily discernible as with objects of nature, which include gemstones. There are cultures, such as in Japan, where personal emblems involving line drawings have heraldic overtones. In the Orient, these family symbols worn on clothing could be of natural objects or geometric designs to identify members of a specific clan. As opposed to Japanese clan traditions, members of a soul group would not likely see exactly the same emblem displayed by their respective councils.

I find the meaning behind swirl designs on geometric emblems to be particularly intriguing. There is a universal aspect to some of them,  such as with the next design listed under figure 9D. I have personally seen minor variations of this swirl design on rocks in such diverse locations as Europe, North Africa, Australia and in the deserts of North America. Many archeologists call it the life source design. When I   asked the subject who saw the design in figure 9D about its meaning at  a council meeting, I was told, “The council woman who wears the swirl design is reminding me that—starting from within the core of the spirit world—we spiral outward in development and will someday return to the Source of our origins.” When a swirl, or concentric circle design appears on a medallion, the meaning usually relates to a soul’s existence within the continuum of life. This sign projects a connotation of spiritual protection, as well.

In figure 9E the lines are crooked. Here is what the client who saw this design on an Elder had to say:

There are four rippled lines which come from the outer edges of the insignia from different directions. They con- verge within the circle of unity, indented in the center of the disk. The crooked lines represent different pathways toward our goal. They are not straight paths because we are imperfect souls. The lines make the insignia look fractured just as most every life seems to be disjointed at times. We may take many turns in our travels, but eventually we will all arrive at the same place in the center.

I have also been told about celestial signs with star, moon and sun symbols. After a long while of keeping records of all medallion signs, I realized that a crescent moon design was seen more often than other celestial designations. Figures 9E and 9G (which I will present in case 44) represent different variations of the crescent moon design in the minds of two clients:

The sun gives us golden rays of life-giving light while the partial moon is a symbol of growth for me. This silver light represents the forces of my potential. As it grows, so does my higher Self.
I am an interdimensional traveler between lives. The upside-down moon represents the covering and contain- ment of the spirit world, which has jurisdiction over the Earth, our universe, and the dimensions around it. The lines at the top of the emblem are pivotal points of my soul travel, which epitomize grounding me to my work. At the bottom of this emblem is the atom-star, the purifier light and connector of universes.

Generally, when a client speaks of seeing a crescent moon on a medallion it represents the increasing power of the soul on Earth. My subjects say this is a waxing moon, which is growing, as opposed to a waning moon. The sign is often reported to be silver on a gold disk. Straight lines which are looped, angled, horizontal or vertical have countless meanings. For instance, figure 9G has five straight, angled lines at the top of the medallion. One subject who saw such lines all the way around a disk with no other markings said, “The great-star design of these long lines converging down to the center of the disk means I am supported on all sides by the Elders on my council.” I find it impossible to classify the large variety of signs and symbols I hear about because each is so individual to the soul.

I will offer one more medallion design as figure 9H. This last design combines a geometric pattern with a gemstone. This emblem was reported by a woman, whose spiritual name is Unz, who lives in constant pain from fibromyalgia, a disease which inhibits muscle function.

Case 43

Dr. N: Explain to me what you see on the robe of your chairman?

S: Kars wears a gold medallion for my observation. For as long as I can remember it has had intertwined circlets all around the face of the disk.

Dr. N: Tell me, Unz, what does this design mean to you?

S: The circlets are a reminder to me that each life we live fits together with all our other lives in a continuum toward fulfilling our primary purpose. Dr. N: Do you see anything else on the disk worn  by  Kars?  S:  (joyfully)  Yes,  yes—I  have  graduated  to  the emerald stone, which is in the center. Dr. N: And what does this stone mean to you? S: (with great satisfaction) It is the stone of the healer. Dr. N: Does this have anything to do with your having fibromyalgia in your current life?

S: Absolutely. I specifically asked for a body in this life which would be subjected to incurable pain.

Dr. N: (with surprise in my voice) Can you expand upon why you did this?

S: I chose this path long ago. I found that whenever I was suffering myself with a malady that generated pain, it helped my healing art. When one is in constant pain, even of low-grade intensity, it presents an opportunity—especially for a healer.

Dr. N: To do what?

S: To experiment with the vibrational levels of pain with the body. You can learn the fine art of adjustments in energy to relieve sections of pain. By working with my own energy in this way I learned to assist others more skillfully.

Dr. N: What else can you tell me about this experience?

S: Being in constant pain keeps one grounded, anchored to the human experience. For pain relief one must be completely focused. It helps to have confidence that there is a higher purpose in learning to work through pain. I pay a lot of attention to other human beings who suffer from physical infirmities in life. I am able to help those who are receptive to the use of mind control for relief.

Dr. N: It seems to me you feel quite proud of having earned the emerald stone as presented by Kars.

S: The stone represents the lineage of the wearer as a healer. It is an embodiment of my personal character and that of Kars, who has been assigned to monitor the progress of my trials through the ages. It represents my attainment.

Dr. N: Is it fair for me to assume that you arc being shown this stone by a master healer who has the expectation that you will carry on this work to become a teacher specialist yourself?

S: Yes, and Kars’ confidence in me is empowering.

Case 43 is what I would call an accelerated soul. Unz has only been incarnating on Earth for some five thousand years, a very short time considering her advancement. This is because she never skates in any of her lives. She accepts no healthy bodies, which really astonished me. In her life today, Unz is a Science of Mind minister who incorporates an eclectic mix of spiritual disciplines. Through her ministry, she assists many people with health problems through the use of guided imagery and meditation.

Another aspect of case 43 that I found interesting was that Unz only began to see the green stone on this medallion in the last four or five lives. Before that there was an amber stone in the center of the disk. Unz told me this was the color of nurturing and protection for the weak and sick, which came before the green stone. She called this gemstone “my growing-up stone,” and added, “The green emerald displays my current placement.” This indicates to me Unz is a level IV soul. Further questioning revealed something else. Unz said in her early lives on Earth the circlets I loops) had no stone at all in the middle of the emblem.

I remember a level V who told me, “There are five jewels on my overseer’s emblem, a diamond, ruby, amber, emerald and sapphire, which symbolize my achievements over different levels of development.” Thus, it is not the gemstone itself as a mineral of value that has significance on a spiritual medallion but rather the color of attainment the jewel represents. Gemstone metaphors reported by people in trance offer useful parallels with earthly traditions. The ancients of the Middle East, India and China thought that certain colors represented in gems and semiprecious stones possessed a kind of living personality of their own. For example, the Sumerians believed the wearer of a blue lapis stone had their personal spirit god with them “who must be listened to.” Most of my clients see their spirit guides as dark blue light. The ancients also felt that amethyst-purple conferred transcendental knowledge and wisdom. This gem color represents level VI souls and above.

Of those hypnosis subjects who do see medallions worn by their council members, some see only gemstones. They may not be shown on a disk. I have had cases where the stones—or glowing balls of colored energy—appear on necklaces, rings, or are simply held in an Elder’s hand and exhibited to the souls who come before them. Essentially, the displaying of certain colors of light energy represents different aspects of our physical and spiritual life. Certain colors emanating from an Elder as a halo, robe, or medallion can also indicate an Elder’s specialty area, which might directly relate to what the soul in front of them hopes eventually to achieve.

The hypnosis facilitator must be cautious about their own preconceptions about color meanings. Color interpretations on images presented to the hypnosis client visualizing council meetings won’t have quite the same meaning for everyone. Nevertheless, I think it is fair to say that to people in a trance state, signs and symbols presented to them through soul memory relate to the effects of forces over which they wish to exert some control in their current lives. My subjects associate all the medallions I have talked about on their councils with perception and wisdom. Their meanings are intensely personal things, and are displayed with the intention to instruct and motivate souls from Earth to an awareness of Self. The impact of viewing these signs and symbols under hypnosis is so compelling with some clients that after their sessions they have ordered duplicates on personal jewelry to remind them of their karmic path.

The Presence

“When you take people into the spirit world, do they sec God?” This is a question I am frequently asked about at lectures and there is no short answer. I can .say my subjects do feel the Source of their origins all about them in the spirit world. The more advanced explain that all souls will eventually coalesce back into conjunction with the Source of purple light. However, is there someplace in the spirit world where a being superior to the Elders is evident to the still-incarnating soul? The answer is yes, at council meetings.

During the time we are meeting with the Council of Elders there is  the overwhelming feeling of an even higher force which is simply called “the Presence.” Many subjects state, “This is as close to God as we  get.” My more advanced clients, who are nearing the end of their regular incarnations, indicate that they don’t think the Presence is God, exactly. To them it is a deified entity, or entities, with capabilities immensely superior to those on the council. Everyone agrees that the Presence is there to assist the work of the council.

Typically, people who come to me do not like to use the word God in describing a higher Presence, which they feel more than see in the spirit world. They prefer to use such words as Source, or Oversoul, because the word God has been too personalized on Earth. As many souls approach the more advanced stages of development, the Presence may become pluralized in their minds as a part of the many divine forces in the spirit world with infinite knowledge. They feel this higher force does influence council meetings but might not be the ultimate Creator. My subjects see the greatest evidence of the Presence at council meetings. Even so, the Presence is equated with a larger omnipotent and omnipresent energy force in the spirit world.

After reviewing hundreds of case notes describing the Presence, I decided to offer a few of them in a series of quotes. In their sessions, each subject speaks of the Presence in just a few sentences. I hope the list of quotes I have selected will capture the flavor ot what the average soul feels about this aspect of their council meetings:

I do not actually see the Presence, but feel it as the ultimate energy. It is there for the council, but mostly for me. The Elders don't serve as intermediaries between myself and this Source of power. I feel a direct connection with the divine purple light.
When I am in the council chamber the Presence oversees the Elders with its pulsating violet light. Sometimes it turns to a bright silver to calm and purify my mind.
The Presence is above and in back of the council. Only with difficulty can I look up at this power. I feel its sanctity so strongly that I don't think I should try to look at it directly during the council meeting. If T did, I could not stay focused on the Elders.
The council seems to acknowledge the Presence without being too deferential to it in such a way as to slow down the proceedings. I think it intended that my council and I pay attention to each other. Still, I have the impression that the magnitude of all this combined intelligent energy is designed just for me at this moment. My guide, the Elders, and the Presence are keepers of the wisdom behind my experiences.
The Presence represents a purity of energy which assists the council on my behalf. I believe that the council needs the help of the Presence because it has been so long since they themselves incarnated in biological form. The pure wisdom of this energy allows both the council and myself to see more clearly where we all should be going.
The brilliance and drawing power of the Presence is a calling ... an eagerness . . . directed at everyone in the chamber for all of us to join it someday. It is like a parent waiting for us to grow up and unite with it in adult understanding.
When you stand in the council chamber and feel the Presence it is like a penetrating resonance in your mind. Even my master guide encounters the sense of bliss that I do. I know this is why she really enjoys coming to council meetings with me. It is a fountainhead of love and understanding. When my time with the council is over and I leave the Presence ... there is such a yearning to go back and be close to it once more.

People have asked me if I have ever had anyone who could shed some light on what it is like to be a council member and be closer to the Presence. I have had very few subjects with such experience who are in transition from level V. However, one individual stands out in my mind.

Chinera was one of the most advanced clients I have ever had. No one has taken me closer to the Presence than this soul. Chinera trained in another dimension before coming to Earth several thousand years ago. Today, this client is an acupuncturist who practices a variety of healing arts. The medallion worn by Chinera’s council chairman is shown in figure 9G. Further details about the interdimensional travel capabilities of souls will be examined with the Explorer Soul specialists in chapter 8.

Case 44

Dr. N: When your work as a personal guide is completed, do you expect to be assigned to the Council of Elders?

S: No, this won’t happen yet. I must become a master teacher working with younger teachers … helping them get in touch with their students on many levels.

Dr. N: How do you know this?

S: Because I am still in training here (incarnating), learning more about Earth’s biological life forms.

Dr. N: Chinera, it is my belief we are together today to help each other understand certain things. Let’s begin this part of our discussion by my asking you about your relationship with the Elders on your council. Begin by telling me how many you sec.

S: I have twelve members on my council right now. After my last life, the four in the center of the table were the ones who questioned me about becoming more centered on Earth. I still have some blocks which need adjustment. The four on the right-hand side are from my original dimension. They are here to assist in the better utilization of the energy I brought with me into Earth’s universe.

Dr. N: What about the last four members of your council?

S: The four on the left-hand side of the table act as stabilizers of universal light and sound between all the dimensions around the Earth universe. They  act  as  a  pivotal  point  to ground me in  a physical world.

Dr. N: Can you give me some idea of what blockages are hindering your progress on Earth?

S: Primarily, the council wants me to enlarge my influence with more people. I have been resistant to extending myself. I complain to them that it would dilute my power. They disagree with my arguments about spreading myself too thin.

Dr. N: I know the feeling. Do you accept this evaluation?

S: (long pause) I know they are right but I still feel sometimes I am an alien on Earth.

Dr. N: Tell me, Chinera, have you ever appeared with members of your council to discuss certain students you work with?

S: Yes, I have briefly.

Dr. N: Then perhaps you can help me understand the progression of soul advancement. Where would you classify yourself?

S: I’m working on being a master teacher.

Dr. N: Would the next elevation above this level of a guide be a position on the council?

S: Not necessarily. There are many other choices for specializations. One might not be suited to be on a council.

Dr. N: Let’s say you were suited and were given a seat on the council and were effective there. Where could you go next as a soul? S: (hesitates in responding) To the place of the Oneness. Dr. N: Is this represented by the Presence at council meetings? S: (vaguely) Into that essence, yes. Dr. N: Describe the Oneness—is it an oversoul?

S: I believe it is many who are One … it is the creation center as I know it… it is where the creators of new souls shape light energy for certain functions.

Dr. N: Chinera, please describe this process further for me.

S: I… can’t tell you too much … it is where the energy of new souls is sparked off the oversoul. Where we help the young ones grow, to find their unique identity.

Dr. N: Is the Oneness what we call God? S: It is a divineness.

Dr. N: Since you have said this divinity could be composed of many who are  One,  are  they  the  ultimate  deity  of  all  universes  and  all dimensions connecting these universes, including our spirit world?

S: (long pause) I don’t think so.

Dr. N: Where do you think the essence of the Presence comes from? S: (faintly) Everywhere … (stops)

Dr. N: How do you know of these things?

S: I have a mentor on the council… we talk a lot… my friends and I have flashes of thought… and we ask questions about the ultimate reality.

Dr. N: When you talk to your mentor and your friends of a force that might be above even the Presence, what have you heard and felt?

S: It may be the same force of which the Presence is a part, I don’t know … it is… massive, but soft… powerful… yet gentle. There is a breath … a whisper … of sound … so pure …

Dr. N: (placing the palm of my hand on the subject’s forehead) Stay with these thought fragments, Chinera. Float with them as far as they will take you toward the sound, (speaking in a whisper myself) Is this sound created by some sort of light energy?

S: No, the sound creates all… including light and energy.

Dr. N: Move closer as if you were floating without effort—closer toward the origin of the sound, (a command) NOW, WHAT DO YOU SEE AND HEAR?

S: I’m at the edge … I can’t…

Dr. N: (loudly) KEEP GOING CHINERA!

S: (quietly, with great difficulty) I… with my friends… when we have unified our minds to the sound we see pictures in our minds… they are… geometric designs… aligned in patterns…

(stops)

Dr. N: (now softly coaxing) A little further … just beyond … what is there?

S: I… feel… the sound holds this structure … and … makes it move … shifting and undulating … creating everything. It is a reverberating deep bell… then a high-pitched pure humming … like an echo of… (stops)

Dr. N: Reach in, Chinera, one last effort. An echo of what?

S: (a deep sigh) A mother … full of love … singing to her child.

I pushed Chinera hard for information because I knew, in my lifetime, I probably would never have another client to quite match her. This individual, and other highly advanced subjects, have indicated that the Council of Elders exists within a reality of deeper meaning beyond the conception of souls still coming to Earth.

The Chain of Divine Influence

To many of my clients, the Presence seems not to be a “Who” but that which “Is.” For others, the Presence is an entity who functions as an equalizer, harmonizing the greater awareness of Elders to the lesser awareness of the souls who come before them. This effect causes the council chamber to breathe with synchronized energy. A handful of my level Vs have actually had the chance to briefly participate as members of a council as part of their guide training. When I asked one of them what this experience was like, I received the following response:

When I sat on a panel it was like being inside the soul in front of you. What you feel is much more than empathy toward someone who has just come back from a life. You are really in their shoes. The Presence gives you the power to feel everything the soul feels at the moment. The prism of light from the Presence touches every council member in this way.

Does the same Presence move from council to council, is there more than one entity, or is “It” simply God, which is everywhere? These questions, of course, I cannot answer. Despite the overlapping of jurisdiction between soul groups, how many councils must exist who are responsible for all the souls just from Earth? This too is impossible for me to gauge, but the numbers must be immense. If it is true that other worlds in our universe have souls needing councils and other universes that the spiritual masters must manage, their task is beyond conception.

Unlike the highly advanced souls, such as case 44, most of my clients are unable to recognize that the Elders could be fallible beings them- selves. Other than fleeting moments with a more powerful and loving Presence, the Council of Elders is the highest authority people directly encounter in their spiritual visions. As a result of what they see in a trance state, my subjects do have the sense of a vertical tier effect of soul attainment in the spirit world. This perception of the cosmos is not a  new belief system in human civilization.

Indian, Egyptian, Persian and Chinese texts of the past speak of “the agencies of God” who were personified as metaphysical entities, some of whom were even anthropomorphic. Early Greco-Hebrew religious philosophy also identified with a stair-stepped concept of spiritual masters, each one more divine than the last. Many cultures believed that while God is the Source of all creation and is totally good, the management of our universe was delegated through a combination of lesser beings who were mediators of reason and the purveyors of divine thought between a perfect being and a finite world. They were considered to be emanations of the Creator, but beings who were less than perfect. Perhaps this helped explain the imperfections of our world with God still being the First Cause.

The pantheistic view is that all manifestations in the universe are God. Over a long span of time the spiritual philosophy of some cultures evolved into a conception that the divine forces which govern our lives were essentially words of wisdom, analogous to the reasoning powers of human beings. In other societies, these forces were thought of as Presences capable of influencing our world. The Christian church found the whole idea of intermediaries emanating from a supreme Source to be unacceptable. The position of Christianity is that a perfect being would not delegate a less than perfect being—who could make mistakes—to run our universe.

The Old Testament God spoke through prophets. In the New Testament, the word of God comes through Jesus who, Christians believe, is the image of God. Still, the prophets of all the major religions are reflections of God to their followers. I feel the acceptance of prophets in many religions around the world has its roots in our soul memory of sacred intermediaries—such as guides and Elders—between ourselves and the creator Source. In our long history on this planet there have been many cultures with mythological figures having cosmological functions as mediators between the unknowable God and a hostile world. I don’t feel we should relegate myths, as a means of explaining the world, to primitive thought. What we rationally know today still does not answer the mystery of creation any more than in the past.

In terms of the First Cause, I have found both old and new spiritual concepts can be reconciled in one significant way. Souls are able to create living things out of an energy source provided for them. Thus, souls are able to make something out of something in a variety of settings. In religious theology, divine creation is making something out of nothing. There are those who believe that the Godhead does not create physical matter but only the conditions which allow highly advanced beings to do so.

Is Earth a laboratory created by higher forms of energy for the lower to advance through many stages of development? If so, these higher beings are our Source but not the Source. In Journey of Souls, I wrote about the possibility of a creator lacking full perfection and having the need to grow stronger by expressing its essence. However, it could have the need to do this even if it was perfect. The philosophy of a divine stair-stepping authority validates the belief of many people that Earth and our physical universe is far too chaotic to have been formed by ultimate perfection. In my view, this whole idea takes nothing away from a perfect Source somewhere who set everything in motion for all souls eventually to become perfect. Our transformation from total ignorance to perfected knowledge involves a continual process of enlightenment by having faith that we can be better than we are.

Processing Council Meetings

There comes that time during a hypnosis session when the subject tells me their council meeting is over and they are ready to leave the chamber and return to their soul group. It is a moment of intense reflection and together, we will evaluate the information received. Above all else,  ppearing in front of our spiritual council involves matters of account- ability for the life just lived and I want to use the relevant portions of this evaluation in my client’s current life.

Within the texture of any soul evaluation by one’s council there runs the thread of divine forgiveness. The Elders provide a forum of both inquiry and compassion and display their desire to bolster the confidence of the soul for their future endeavors. One departing soul had this to say:

When the Elders are finished with me I feel they told me much more about what I did right than where I went wrong. The council knows I have had critical meetings with my guide about my performance. They don't patronize me, but I think part of their job is to raise my expectations. The council says they foresee great things from me. The last thing the Elders said was to stop looking to others for self- validation. When I leave them, I feel they have absorbed all my self-doubt and cleansed me.

People ask me if souls feel remorse both during and after the council meeting if they were involved in acts of cruel wrongdoing. Of course they do, but often I must remind those who ask this question that accountability for wrongdoing frequently comes with the selection of the next body for the payment of karmic debts. Souls are directly involved with this selection process through their council because this is what they want for themselves. Although karma is associated with justice, its essence is not punitive but one of bringing balance to the sum of our deeds in all past lives.

There is another follow-up question I am asked about regarding the conclusion of these council meetings. “Is it all sweetness and light for those souls who have not been involved with cruel acts, or do some souls come away unhappy with the general temper of the meeting?” I answer these queries by explaining that I have had a few clients who left the council chamber a little unsettled. These are souls who feel they could have presented themselves a little better to a particular Elder. There are other uncommon cases, especially with young, rebellious souls, where I have had the impression they are fighting what they call “an  act of contrition” by standing in front of the Elders. The following quote is an example:

I get a little upset with the All-Knowing Ones. They lull you into complacency because they want you to spill your guts out to them. Sure, I made a lot of mistakes but it's their fault in sending me to Earth in a body that got me into trouble. When I complain about Earth they don't level with me completely. They are stingy with information. I tell them that life makes you take risks, and my director talks to me about moderation! I said to him, "That's all very well for you to say sitting here safe and comfortable while I'm fighting to survive down in a war zone." These immature souls do not realize that to be on a council, an Elder has survived many war zones. By contrast, the next quote comes from an old, advanced soul nearing the completion of her incarnations on Earth:
As my session with the council comes to an end, the Elders stand and close around me in a circle. Once in position, they raise their arms—outstretched like a giant bird— enfolding me with wings of unification. This is their accolade for a job well done.

I don’t believe I have ever had a client come away from visualizing themselves attending a council meeting without some sense of awe, penitence and the need for atonement. They carry these sentiments back to their soul groups. For this reason, I was unprepared to learn about the Law of Silence.

I will cite a case excerpt involving privacy of the mind which extends not only to soul groups but also to my own questioning of clients about council meetings. There are aspects of council meetings that are out o( the scope of current reality for my subjects. For a variety of personal and spiritual reasons, people are unable to recall all the details of these meetings. Some parts of this blockage can be deliberate on the part of the client. In case 45, the subject evidently knows what he wishes not to tell me. With other subjects, they don’t know why they can’t remember.

Case 45

Dr. N: I now want to move forward to the most significant part of your discussion with the Elder sitting to the right of the chairperson on your council.

S: (uneasy) I’m not comfortable with this. Dr. N: Why?

S: I don’t want to break the Law of Silence. Dr. N: You mean with me?

S: With anyone, including members of my group.

Dr. N: Don’t group members exchange information on everything?

S: Not on everything, especially with very private and personal communication from the council. The Law of Silence is a way of testing us to see if we can hold the truths of that which is sacred.

Dr. N: Could you be more specific here?

S: (laughing at me) Then I would be telling you!

Dr. N: I don’t want to violate anything you consider too sacred to discuss but, after all, you came to see me for a reason.

S: Yes, and I have gained much. It is just that I don’t wish to share with you all that I am now seeing in my mind.

Dr. N: I respect that. However, I find it curious that you don’t wish to share this with your soul companions.

S: Most of them have a different council than I do,  but there is another reason. If we share all our knowledge, it can create havoc if that person is not ready for certain things. The profound may be improperly used and thus by violating the Law of Silence we generate interference with another soul.

Dr. N: I understand, but does this law also have to apply to our conversation about your growth and personal aspirations?

S: (smiling) You just don’t give up, do you?

Dr. N: If I was easily dissuaded from asking questions about life in the spirit world, I would know very little and would be less effective in helping people.

S: (sighs) I won’t talk to you about certain sacred things which pertain to me.

The larger implications of what this case had to say about mental privacy between souls in groups has been corroborated by others. It seems very odd to me that souls would not want to compare notes with their friends about all that happened to them in council meetings. Per- haps this is one reason why members of the same soul group are rarely given the same council. Here is another example of privacy:

I don't discuss my panel with anyone other than two of my friends. Even the three of us arc careful about discussing what transpired at our meetings. We talk in a general way, like, "I know I need to do this or that because an Elder said so-and-so about me."

Considering that our life between lives is in a telepathic world, early in my research I wondered how souls could keep any thoughts hidden from each other. I found that young souls have great difficulty in mask- ing thoughts from the more experienced souls, especially their guides. By level III, mental telepathy becomes an art form, and this includes

blockage for privacy. Without the emotional restrictions of the human body, such as shame, guilt and envy, there is no motivation for subterfuge. In a telepathic world, the paramount consideration between souls is their respect for personal privacy. Souls live in communities with intense group socialization where they work on their own lessons and those of others. They open their minds to each other to such an extent it seems impossible to conceal intent. This fosters complete openness on karmic matters which affect those souls who will be connecting on Earth.

How are telepathic souls able to engage in selective mind screening and blockage? This is a process I know little about but I have discovered a few details. From what I can gather, every soul has a distinctive mental vibrational pattern, like a fingerprint. The pattern is similar to a tightly woven basket with interlocking energy strands surrounding an individual core of character. The strands are motion pictures of thought where transference is voluntary to the soul. These involve ideas, concepts, meanings, symbols and personal distinctions particular to that soul. With experience, the soul has the ability to mask any picture frame at any moment. Thus, while nothing is hidden in a general way, no strand opens to the core to release a fine distinction of thought unless a soul wishes another to enter.

Having said all this, I find it is usual for guides and Elders to probe below a particular mental threshold of the less-advanced souls. This is for the benefit of these souls. I know this sounds ominous. It would be, if all this was taking place on Earth. Our teachers also engage in selective mind screening toward souls who wish to mind-probe them. This is because guides don’t wish to burden the younger souls with concepts they are not yet ready for, particularly those involving the future.

Everyone respects the sanctity and wisdom of their council. The information is considered privileged and very personal. Upon returning to their individual groups from these meetings, souls don’t want their peers to be tempted to second-guess certain meanings derived from the Elders. One client told me, “It would be like cheating on an oral exam  to tell my friends. They would be unable to resist their own interpretations of the meeting in order to help me.” On the other side of the council table, the Elders encourage silence because they know that if privacy is honored this insures greater openness with the souls who come before them. Undue interference by group peers later, however well-intentioned, might skew the Elders’ messages. The one exception I see to the Laws of Silence involves more advanced souls, training in specialized groups. They appear to enjoy sharing what they consider to be “guild information” from their council meetings.

Since the spirit world has a timeless environment, I use council meetings as a therapeutic springboard for rapid karmic reviews spanning centuries. Placing everything in the chamber on hold, I take my subject back to key junctions of their past lives involving critical choices. I direct the hypnosis subject to pick moments in their past lives that are relevant to the topic under discussion by the Elders. Many of our attitudes and ego hang-ups come from other lifetimes and seeing this in a different context gives the client a new perspective in current time. Frequently, I feel the assistance of both my guide and the client’s guide.

Through this form of therapeutic intervention, my client and I look for clues to current behavior patterns. This will open the door to healthy refraining. Reincarnation therapy is more than cognitive understanding. People need to see that the twists and turns in their lives all have meaning and purpose. I may also move clients forward to the life selection room to discuss why the Elders offered them their current bodies. If the soul is not yet supposed to know about aspects of the future in this life, it will be blocked. When I am finished I take the Elders out of suspended animation and the council meeting continues without missing a beat.

I never forget I am only a temporary intermediary in the dynamics between my client, their guides and council Elders. I know they are helping me because otherwise my subject would not be able to visualize the council meeting in trance. With the use of deep hypnosis I have the advantage as a spiritual regressionist of utilizing both the soul mind and current human ego. The superconscious mind operates within an eternal framework which the subconscious is able to process into current reality.

The importance of an awareness of our real inner Self cannot be overemphasized for a productive life. I am not suggesting that the one three-hour spiritual regression session I offer is a quick fix for disturbed people. Nevertheless, a renewed conscious awareness of our true nature, knowing about our past lives, and our immortal life in the spirit world can provide a solid foundation for more conventional therapy later in a client’s local area. On the other hand, a single spiritual regression for  the mentally healthy client can do wonders for the recognition of their inner wholeness and purpose.

This post continues to part 3 of 3. You can (and should) visit this post HERE. If you would like to go back to the start, you can do so HERE.

Would you like to see more?

I have other posts of a similar venue in my MAJestic Index. You can visit it here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

A detailed look into the topography of Heaven; The Destiny of Souls (full text) by Michael Newton. (Part 1)

This post is a very detailed look at the makeup of Heaven. It is a complete study of the in’s and out’s of Heaven, Souls and humans. It is, by far, the most comprehensive and realistic study of what Heaven is outside of religious dogma. It is also free of pseudo scientific understandings enveloped in strange scientific jargon.

This is part two of a two part post. The first is…

As Dr. Newton described this work; it is the “kitchen sink”. It is everything all thrown into one singular book before he died. As such it is an amazing accomplishment. This is part two…

  • Destiny of Souls (1 of 3)

Further, due to the size of this second work, it MUST out of necessity, be divided into three posts. Thus this is the first part of three parts of the second post in this series.

Important Note
This post contains the complete reprint of the non-fiction work by Dr. Michael Newton titled “Destiny of Souls”. This HTML version of the book was transcribed from a MS Word version of a PDF file that was obtained from an EPUB file format. Thus the paragraphs tend to have odd breaks. I have also not included the very few figures that were part of the book. Aside from these issues, the book should be easy enough to read without problem. Please enjoy. Please kindly note that this is part one of a three part series.

Introduction

There are all kinds of books out there that will describe “Heaven” in all sorts of ways and in terms that may, or may not be familiar. Most are terribly inaccurate, at best.

They do NOT describe what I have experienced.

  • Some are nothing more than a single persons interpretation of what Heaven is like by reading the Bible (or other spiritual book).
  • Some are nothing more than “nonsense” and “insight” provided by “channeled” entities.
  • Some are custom-made tomes designed to fit within one of the many “spiritual” or “New Age” faddists. (It’s nothing less than a way to profit off the gullible and weak.)
  • Some are just ‘copy-cat books of other more profitable literature.
  • Some are interpretations of what Heaven must be like based upon the latest “scientific findings”.

Now, I have written about my experiences and my role within MAJestic. As such, I have provided some insight of the glimpses that I have had outside of our world-lines. Not much, just some.

I never studied this aspect of my role and involvement. It’s just that I was often too overwhelmed by the state of the world-line that I found myself in.

You know, when you get into a car accident, the last thing in the world that you will do is to check to see if the tires are scuffed up. Nope. The condition of the car tires is the last thing on your mind.

It’s sort of like that.

Never the less, the idea that our soul and consciousness is so intertwined with Heaven is strange to most people. They like to think in dualities. We are on earth in the Physical, and when we die we become spirit in Heaven. And that’s it.

Ah It’s a very simplistic narrative.

Well, Doctor Newton has compiled, what I consider to be, the most accurate description of what Heaven is based on my experiences in MAJestic.

And as such, his writings have a strong role here and deserve all the attention that I can provide. He studied this issue for many decades and wrote two books. Both of which are reprinted in Metallicman. This is the first book.

Quick Introduction to Dr. Newton.

Dr. Newton has made it his life’s goal to map out what the non-physical realm is like.

You see, way back in the 1960’s, he was very interested in stories about “regression therapy”. Which was basically, hypnotism of a person where you regressed them back to a past event, and then you walk the person through that event to try to sole emotional, mental or physical problems.

He would get patients that were suffering from PTSD from the war (either Korean, or Vietnam). He would regress them to a time where they would relive the events, in a calm and secure environment, and work with the patient to overcome their problems at what ever level was necessary.

He, like other clinical hypnotists, discovered that his patients would sometimes be regressed to other lives.

They would suddenly be talking in a strange language, or talking about events and experiences that the actual person would have absolutely no knowledge of. They would describe to him a life that they had in another place, and in another time.

This fascinated Dr, Newton. As it did many other researchers.

It also spawned a complete avalanche of related books about past-life regression. (Another subject for another time.)

But while interesting, it often wasn’t really what the patient needed to solve their problems and deal with their distress. That is, until one day. By accident, the doctor regressed a patient back to a time before they were born…

…and the patient described being in “Heaven”.

After a while, Dr. Newton decided to work with a number of patients to “map out” Heaven and see if there were any kind of commonality between the various patients.

And low and behold! There was!

He started with 25 patients in his first batch of studies, and then expanded it to thousands.

Indeed, many of the descriptions were identical. And using the similarities as the “glue” or “linkage” between people are different ages, races, societies, cultures and social-economic backgrounds, he was able to successfully map out what Heaven is actually like.

He wrote two books;

  • Journey of Souls
  • Destiny of Souls

This is a reprint of his second work; “Destiny of Souls”.

I strongly recommend that both books be read and studied. As it described what it is actually like, or at least what I have experienced as part of MAJestic. This is what the “Heaven” was like when I was between realities. It is explained brilliantly by Doctor Newton.

If you all want to know about part of you that is hidden from view, now is your chance…

Destiny of Souls (Part 1 of 3)

Contents

  • Introduction … xi
  • 1: The Spirit World… 1
  • 2: Death, Grief and Comfort… 11
    • Denial and Acceptance, 11
    • Therapeutic Techniques of Souls, 13
    • Ways Spirits Connect with the Living, 16
    • Somatic Touch, 16
    • Personification with Objects, 19
    • Dream Recognition, 22
    • Transference Through Children, 31
    • Contact in Familiar Settings, 33
    • Strangers as Messengers, 37
    • Angels or Other Heavenly Hosts, 38
    • Emotional Recovery of Souls and Survivors, 42
    • Reuniting with Those We Love, 48
  • 3: Earthly Spirits … 51
    • Astral Planes, 51
    • Nature Spirits, 53
    • Ghosts, 54
    • The Abandoned Soul, 56
    • Spiritual Duality, 62
  • Souls in Seclusion, 64
    • Discarnates Who Visit Earth, 69
    • Demons or Devas, 74
  • 4: Spiritual Energy Restoration … 85
    • Soul Energy, 85
    • Standard Treatment at the Gateway, 86
    • Emergency Treatment at the Gateway, 87
    • Recovery Areas for the Less Damaged Soul, 90
    • Regenerating Severely Damaged Souls, 93
    • Souls of Solitude, 104
    • Energy Healing on Earth, 109
    • Healers of the Human Body, 109
    • Healers of the Environment, 113
    • Soul Division and Reunification, 116
    • The Three Stations, 120
  • 5: Soul Group Systems … 125
    • Soul Birthing, 125
    • Spiritual Settings, 134
    • Memory, 136
    • Community Centers, 138
    • Classrooms, 144
    • The Library of Life Books, 150
    • Colors of Spirits, 170
    • The Mixture of Colors in Soul Groups, 170
    • Colors of Visitors in Groups, 179
    • Human versus Soul Color Auras, 180
    • Spiritual Meditation Using Color, 182
    • Forms of Energy Color, 184
    • Sounds and Spiritual Names, 188
    • Soul Study Groups, 190
  • 6: The Council of Elders … 201
    • Human Fear of Judgment and Punishment, 201
    • The Setting for Soul Evaluation, 204
    • Appearance and Composition of the Council, 212
    • Signs and Symbols, 224 The Presence, 243
    • The Chain of Divine Influence, 249
    • Processing Council Meetings, 251
  • 7: Community Dynamics… 259
    • Soulmates, 259
  • Primary Soulmates, 263
    • Companion Soulmates, 264
    • Aliated Souls, 265
    • Linkages Between Spiritual and Human Families, 274
    • Reuniting with Souls Who Have Hurt Us, 279
    • Interaction Between Soul Groups, 287
    • Recreational Activities in the Spirit World, 290
    • Leisure Time, 290
    • Recess Breaks, 291
    • Quiet Solitude as, 292
    • Going to Earth for R&R, 293
    • Creation of Earthly Settlements, 295
    • Animal Souls, 296
    • The Space of Transformation, 302
    • Dancing, Music and Games, 304
    • Four General Types of Souls, 315
  • 8: The Advancing Soul… 317
    • Graduation, 317
    • Movement to the Intermediate Levels, 320
    • Specializations, 323
    • Nursery Teachers, 323
    • Harmonizer Souls, 330
    • Masters of Design, 334
    • Explorers, 344
  • 9: The Ring of Destiny… 355
    • The Screening Room of Future Lives, 355
    • Time lines and Body Choices, 360
    • Time masters, 365
    • Free Will, 370
    • Souls of the Young, 381
    • The Loss of a Child, 381
    • New Body-Soul Partnerships, 384
  • 10: Our Spiritual Path … 395
  • Index… 403

Introduction

Who are we? Why are we here? Where are we going? I endeavored to answer these age-old questions with my first book, Journey of Souls, published  in  1994  by  Llewellyn. Many  people  told  me  the  book provided a spiritual awakening of their inner selves because they had never before been able to read in such detail about what life is like in the spirit world. They also said the information validated deep-seated feelings about their soul living on after physical death and the purpose of returning to Earth.

Once the book was in print, and later translated into other languages, I received enquiries from readers around the world asking me if there was going to be a second book. For a long while I resisted these suggestions. All my years of original research had been difficult to collect, organize and finally write as a comprehensive study of our immortal life. I felt I had done enough.

In the introduction to Journey of Souls I explained my background as a traditional hypnotherapist and how skeptical I had been about the use of hypnosis for metaphysical regression. In 1947, at age fifteen, I  placed my first subject in hypnosis, so I was definitely old school and nota New Ager. Thus, when I unintentionally opened the gateway to the spirit world with a client, I was stunned. It seemed to me that most past life regressionists thought our life between lives was just a hazy limbo that only served as a bridge from one past life to the next. It was soon evident I had to find out for myself the steps necessary to reach and unlock a subject’s memory of their existence in this mysterious place. After more years of quiet research, I was finally able to construct a working model of spirit world structure and realized how therapeutic this process could be for a client. I also found that it did not matter if a person was an atheist, deeply religious, or believed in any philosophical persuasion in between once they were in the proper super conscious state of hypnosis, all were consistent in their reports. It was for this reason that I became what I have come to call a spiritual regressionist. This is a hypnotherapist specializing in life after death.

I wrote Journey of Souls to give the public a foundation of information, presented in a tight, orderly progression of events, of what it is like to die and cross over who meets us, where we go, and what we do as souls in the spirit world before choosing our next body for reincarnation. This format was designed as a travelogue through time using actual case histories from clients who told me of their past experiences between former lives. Thus, Journey of Souls was not another past life book about reincarnation but rather broke new ground in metaphysical research which had been virtually unexplored by the use of hypnosis.

During the decade of the 1980s, while I was formulating a working model of the world between lives, I closed my practice to all other types of hypnotherapy. I became obsessed with unraveling the secrets of the spirit world as I built up a high volume of cases. This made me more comfortable with the validity and reliability of my earlier findings. While these years of specialized research into the spirit world rolled on, I worked practically in seclusion with only my clients knowing about this work and only as it pertained to them and their friends. I even stayed out of metaphysical bookstores because I wanted absolute freedom from outside bias. Today, I still believe my self-imposed isolation and not speaking out publicly was the right decision.

When I left Los Angeles to retire in the Sierra Nevada Mountains and write Journey of Souls I expected to slip into quiet anonymity. This proved to be a delusion. Most of the material presented in the book had never been published before and I began receiving a great deal of mail through my publisher. I owe Llewellyn a debt of gratitude for having the insight and courage to introduce my research to the public. Soon after publication I was sent out on road trips to give lectures   and engage in radio and TV interviews.

People wanted more details of the spirit world and continued to ask if I had additional research material. I had to answer, yes. Actually, I still had a wide variety of unreported information that I assumed would be too much for the public to accept from an unknown author. Despite the fact people found Journey of Souls very inspirational, I resisted  the idea of writing a sequel. I decided on a compromise. With the printing of the fifth edition, an index was added to Journey of Souls along with a new cover and some added paragraphs to meet requests for greater clarification about specific issues. This was not enough. The volume  of  mail  I  was  receiving  each  week  continued  to  increase dramatically with queries about life after death.

People now began to seek me out and I decided to practice again on a limited basis. I noticed a higher percentage of more developed souls. Clients must wait a long time to see me due to my semi-retirement and greatly reduced client load. As a result, I have fewer young souls in psychological crises and more cases with clients who are able to be patient. These people wish to unlock the meaning behind certain issues by tapping into their spiritual memories in order to fine-tune specific goals in life. Many are healers and teachers themselves who feel comfortable entrusting me with added information about their soul life between lives. In turn, I hope I have helped them on their paths.

During all this time the public perception remained that I had not let go of all my secrets. Eventually, my mind began to turn on how I should approach a second book. The effect of all I have described has brought about the birth of Destiny of Souls. I consider my first book to have been a pilgrimage through the spirit world on a great river of eternity. The voyage began at the mouth of the river with the moment of physical death and ended at the place where we return into a new body. I had gone upriver toward the Source as far as I was able in Journey of Souls.   

This has not changed.   Although the memory of making this trip countless times is in the mind of every person, no one who is still incarnating seems to have the capacity to take me further.

Destiny of Souls is intended to convey travelers on a second expedition along the river with side trips up major tributaries for more detailed exploration. During our travels together on this second trip, I want to uncover more of the hidden aspects of the route to give people a greater perspective of the whole. I have designed this book by topical categories rather than by progressive time and location. Thus, I have overlapped the time frames of normal soul movement between spiritual locations to fully analyze these experiences. I have also tried to offer readers a look at the same elements of soul life from different case perspectives. Destiny of Souls is intended to expand our understanding of the incredible sense of order and planning which exists for the benefit of human beings.

At the same time, it is my intention that this second tour into the wonders of the spirit world be fresh and enjoyable for the unseasoned traveler as well. For first-time readers of my work, the opening chapter will give a condensed overview of what I have discovered about our life between lives. I hope this summary will add to your understanding of what follows and perhaps encourage you to eventually read my foundational book.

So, as we begin this second journey together, I want to thank all of you who have given me so much support for the hard work necessary to unlock the spiritual doorways of the mind. These associations,  combined with the indulgence of many guides, particularly my own, have given me the energy to continue the task. I feel truly blessed to have been chosen as one of the  messengers for this significant work.

The Spirit World

At the moment of death, our soul rises out of its host body.

If the soul is older and has experience from many former lives, it knows immediately it has been set free and is going home.

These advanced souls need no one to greet them. However, most souls I work with are met by guides just outside Earth’s astral plane. A young soul, or a child who has died, may be a little disoriented until someone comes closer to ground level for them. There are souls who choose to remain at the scene of their death for a while. Most wish to leave at once. Time has no meaning in the spirit world. Discarnates  who choose to comfort someone who is grieving, or have other reasons to stay near the place of their death for a while, experience no sense of time loss. This becomes now time for the soul as opposed to linear time.

As they move further away from Earth, souls experience an increasingly brilliant light around them. Some will briefly see a grayish darkness  and will sense passing through a tunnel or portal. The differences between these two phenomena depends upon the exit speed of the soul, which in turn relates to their experience. The pulling sensation from  our guides may be gentle or forceful depending upon the soul’s maturity and capacity for rapid change. In the early stages of their exit all souls encounter a “wispy cloudiness” around them that soon becomes clear, enabling them to look off into a vast distance. This is the moment when the average soul sees a ghostly form of energy coming toward them. This figure may be a loving soulmate or two, but more often than not it is our guide. In circumstances where we are met by a spouse or friend who has passed on before us, our guide is also close  by so they can take over the transition process. In all my years of research, I have never had a single subject who was met by a major religious figure such as Jesus or Buddha. Still, the loving essence of the great teachers from Earth is within the personal guides who are assigned to us.

By the time souls become reoriented again to the place they call home, their earthliness has changed. They are no longer quite human in the way we think of a human being with a particular emotional, temperamental and physical makeup. For instance, they don’t grieve about their recent physical death in the way their loved ones will. It is our souls that make us human on Earth, but without our bodies we are no longer Homo sapiens. The soul has such majesty that it is beyond description. I tend to think of souls as intelligent light forms of energy. Right after death, souls suddenly feel different because they are no longer encumbered by a temporary host body with a brain and central nervous system. Some take longer to adjust than others.

The energy of the soul is able to divide into identical parts similar to a hologram. It may live parallel lives in other bodies although this is much less common than we read about. However, because of the dual capability of all souls, part of our light energy always remains behind in the spirit world. Thus, it is possible to see your mother upon returning from a life even though she may have died thirty Earth years before and reincarnated again.

Orientation periods with our guides which take place before joining our cluster group, vary between souls and between different lives for the same soul. This is a quiet time for counseling, with the opportunity to vent any frustrations we have about the life just ended. Orientation is The Spirit World intended to be an initial debriefing session with gentle probing by perceptive, caring teacher-guides.

The meeting may be long or short depending upon the circumstances of what we did or did not accomplish with regard to our life contract.

Special karmic issues are also reviewed, although they will be  discussed later in minute detail within our soul cluster group. The returning energy of some souls will not be sent back into their soul group right away. These are the souls who were contaminated by their physical bodies and became involved with evil acts. There is a difference between wrongdoing with no premeditated desire to hurt someone and intentional evil. The degrees of harm to others from mischief to malevolence are carefully evaluated.

Those souls who have been associated with evil are taken to special centers which some clients call “intensive care units.” Here, I am told, their energy is remodeled to make it whole again. Depending upon the nature of their transgressions, these souls could be rather quickly returned to Earth. They might well choose to serve as the victims of other’s evil acts in the next life. Still, if their actions were prolonged and especially cruel over a number of lives, this would denote a pattern of wrongful behavior. Such souls could spend a long while in a solitary spiritual existence, possibly over a thousand Earth years. A guiding principle in the spirit world is that wrongdoing, intentional or unintentional, on the part of all souls will need to be redressed in some form in a future life. This is not considered punishment or even penance as much as an opportunity for karmic growth.

There is no hell for souls, except perhaps on Earth.

Some lives are so difficult that the soul arrives home very tired. Despite the energy rejuvenation process initiated by our guides who combine their energy with ours at the gateway, we may still have a depleted energy flow. In these cases, more rest and solitude may be called for rather than celebrations. Indeed, many souls who desire rest receive it before reunification with their groups. Our soul groups may be boisterous or subdued, but they are respectful of what we have gone through during an incarnation.          All groups welcome back their friends in their own way with deep love and camaraderie.

Homecoming is a joyous interlude, especially following a physical life where  there  might  not  have  been  much  karmic  contact  with  our intimate soulmates. Most of my subjects tell me they are welcomed back with hugs, laughter and much humor, which I find to be a hallmark of

life in the spirit world. The really effusive groups who have planned elaborate celebrations for the returning soul may suspend all their other activities. One subject of mine had this to say about his homecoming welcome:

After my last life, my group organized one hell of a party with music, wine, dancing and singing. They arranged everything to look like a classical Roman festival with marble halls, togas and all the exotic furnishings prevalent in our many lives together in the ancient world. Melissa (a primary soulmate) was waiting for me right  up front, re-creating the age that I remember her best and looking as radiant as ever.

Soul groups range between three and twenty-five members, with the average having about fifteen. There are times when souls from nearby cluster groups may want to connect with each other. Often this activity involves older souls who have made many friends from other groups with whom they have been associated over hundreds of past lives. Some ten million viewers in the U.S. saw the TV show Sightings, produced by Paramount in 1995, which aired a segment about my work. Those who watched this show about life after death may remember one of my clients, by the name of Colleen, who spoke about a session we had together. She described returning to the spirit world after a former life to find a spectacular seventeenth-century full dress ball in progress. My subject saw over a hundred people who came to celebrate her return. A time and place she had loved was lavishly reproduced so Colleen could begin the process of renewal in style.

Thus, homecoming can take place in two types of settings. A few souls might briefly meet a returning soul at the gateway and then leave in favor of a guide who takes them through some preliminary orientation. More commonly, the welcoming committee waits until the soul actually returns to their spirit group. This group may be isolated in a classroom,

gathered around the steps of a temple, sitting in a garden, or the returning soul could encounter many groups in a study hall atmosphere. Souls who pass by other clusters on the way to their own berth often remark that other souls with whom they have been associated in past lives will look up and acknowledge their return with a smile or wave.

How a subject views their group cluster setting is based upon the soul’s state of advancement, although memories of a schoolroom atmos- phere are always very clear. In the spirit world, educational placement depends on the level of soul development. Simply because a soul has been incarnating on Earth since the Stone Age is no guarantee of high attainment. In my lectures I often remark about a client who took 4,000 years of past lives finally to conquer jealousy. I can report he is not a jeal- ous person today, yet he has made little progress with fighting his own intolerance. It takes some students longer to get through certain lessons, just as in earthly classrooms. On the other hand, all highly advanced souls are old souls in terms of both knowledge and experience. In Journey of Souls y I broadly classified souls as beginner, intermediate and advanced and gave case examples of each while explaining there are fine nuances of development among these categories. Generally, the composition of a group of souls is made up of beings at about the same level of advancement, although they have their individual strengths and shortcomings. These attributes give the group balance. Souls assist one another with the cognitive aspects of absorbing information from life experiences as well as reviewing the way they handled the feelings and emotions of their host bodies directly related to those experiences.  Every aspect of a life is dissected, even to the extent of reverse role play- ing in the group, to bring greater awareness. By the time souls reach the intermediate levels they begin to specialize in those major areas of interest where certain skills have been demonstrated. I will discuss these in more depth as we get further along in other chapters.

One very meaningful aspect of my research has been the discovery of energy colors displayed by souls in the spirit world. These colors relate1 to a soul’s state of advancement. This information, gathered slowly over many years, has been one indicator of progress during client assess- ments and also serves to identify other souls my subjects see around them while in a trance state. I found that typically, pure white denotes a younger soul and with advancement soul energy becomes more dense, moving into orange, yellow, green and finally the blue ranges. In addi- tion to these center core auras, there are subtle mixtures of halo colors within every group that relate to the character aspects of each soul.

For want of a better system, I have classified soul development as moving from a level I beginner through various learning stages to that of a master at level VI. These greatly advanced souls are seen as having a deep indigo color. I have no doubt even higher levels exist, but my knowledge of them is restricted because I only receive reports from people who are still incarnating. Frankly, I am not fond of the term “level” to identify soul placement because this label clouds the diversity of development attained by souls at any particular stage. Despite these misgivings, it is my subjects who use “level” to describe where they are on the ladder of learning. They are also quite modest about accom- plishments. Regardless of my assessment, no client is inclined to state they are an advanced soul. Once out of hypnosis, with a fully conscious self-gratifying mind in control, they are less reticent. While in a superconscious state during deep hypnosis, my subjects tell me that in the spirit world no soul is looked down upon as having less value than any other soul. We are all in a process of transformation to something greater than our current state of enlightenment. Each of us is considered uniquely qualified to make some contribution toward the whole, no matter how hard we are struggling with our lessons. If this were not true we would not have been created in the first place. In my discussions of colors of advancement, levels of development, classrooms, teachers and students it would be easy to assume the ambiance of the spirit world is one of hierarchy. This conclusion would be quite wrong, according to all my clients. If anything, the spirit world is hierarchical  in mental awareness. We tend to think of organizational authority on Earth as represented by power struggles, turf wars and the controlling use of a rigid set of rules within structure. There certainly is structure  in the spirit world, but it exists within a sublime matrix of compassion, harmony, ethics and morality far beyond what we practice on Earth. In my experience the spirit world also has a far-reaching centralized personnel department for soul assignments. Yet there is a value system here of overwhelming kindness, tolerance, patience and absolute love. When reporting to me about such things, my subjects are humbled by the process.

I have an old college friend in Tucson who is an iconoclast and has resisted authority all his life, which is an attitude I can empathize with myself. My friend suspects the souls of my clients have been “brain- washed” into believing they have control over their destiny. He believes authority of any kind—even spiritual authority—cannot exist without corruption and the abuse of privilege. My research reveals too much order upstairs, which is not to his liking.

Nevertheless, all my subjects believe they have had a multitude of choices in their past and that this will continue into the future. Advancement through the taking of personal responsibility does not involve dominance or status ranking but rather a recognition of potential. They see integrity and personal freedom everywhere in their life between lives.

In the spirit world we are not forced to reincarnate or participate in group projects. If souls want solitude they can have it. If they don’t  want to advance in their assignments, this too is honored. One subject told me, “I have skated through many easy lives and I like it that way because I haven’t really wanted to work hard. Now that’s going to change. My guide says, ‘we are ready when you are.'” In fact, there is so much free will that if we are not ready to leave Earth’s astral plane  after death, for a variety of personal reasons, our guides will allow us to stay around until such time as we are prepared to go home.

I hope this book will show that we have many choices both in and out of the spirit world. What is very evident to me about these choices is the intense desire of most souls to prove themselves worthy of the trust placed in them. We are expected to make mistakes in this process. The effort of moving toward a greater goodness and a conjunction with the Source that created us is the prime motivator of souls. Souls have feelings of humility at having been given the opportunity to incarnate in physical form.

I have been asked many times if my subjects see the Source of Cre- ation during their sessions. In my introduction I said I could go only so far upriver toward the Source because of the limitations of working with people who are still incarnating. Advanced subjects talk about the time of conjunction when they will join the “Most Sacred Ones.” In this sphere of dense purple light there is an all-knowing Presence. What all this means I cannot say, but I do know a Presence is felt when we go before our council of Elders. Once or twice between lives we visit this group of higher beings who are a step or two above our teacher-guides. In my first book, I gave a couple of case examples of these meetings.

With this book, I will go into greater detail about our visitations with these masters who are as close as I can come to the Creator. This is because it is here where an even higher source of divine knowledge is experienced by the soul. My clients call this energy force “the Presence.” The council is not a tribunal of judges nor a courtroom where souls appear to be tried and sentenced for wrongdoing, although I must admit that once in a while someone will tell me they feel going in front of the council is like being sent to the principal’s office in school. Mem- bers of the council want to talk to us about our mistakes and what we can do to correct negative behavior in the next life.

This is the place where considerations for the right body in our next life begin. As the time approaches for rebirth, we go to a space where a number of bodies are reviewed that might meet our goals. We have a chance to look into the future here and actually test out different bodies before making a choice. Souls voluntarily select less than perfect bodies and difficult lives to address karmic debts or to work on different aspects of a lesson they have had trouble with in the past. Most souls accept the bodies offered to them in the selection room but a soul can reject what is offered and even delay reincarnating. Then, too, a soul might ask to go to a physical planet other than Earth for awhile. If we accept the new assignment, we are often sent to a preparation class to remind us of certain signposts and clues in the life to come, especially at those moments when primary Soulmates come into our lives. Finally, when the time comes for our return, we say a temporary goodbye to our friends and are escorted to the space of embarkation for the trip to Earth. Souls join their assigned hosts in the womb of the baby’s mother sometime after the third month of pregnancy so they will have a sufficiently evolved brain to work with before term. As part of the fetal state they are still able to think as immortal souls while they get used to brain circuitry and the alter ego of their host. After birth, an amnesiac memory block sets in and souls meld their immortal character with the temporary human mind to produce a combination of traits for a new personality.

I use a systematic approach to reach the soul mind by employing a series of exercises for people in the early stages of hypnotic regression. This procedure is designed to gradually sharpen my subject’s  memories of their past and prepare them to analyze critically the images they will see of life in the spirit world. After the usual intake interview, I place the client in hypnosis very quickly. It is the deepening that is my secret. Over long periods of experimentation, I have come to realize that having a client in the normal alpha state of hypnosis is not adequate enough to reach the superconscious state of the soul mind.  For this I must take the subject into the deeper theta ranges of hypnosis. In terms of methodology, I may spend up to an hour with long visualizations of forest or seashore images, then I take the subject into their childhood years. I ask detailed questions about such things as the furniture in their house at age twelve, their favorite article of clothing at age ten, the toy they loved most at age seven and their earliest memories as a child between ages three and two. We do all this before I take the client down into their mother’s womb for more questions and then into the most immediate past life for a short review. By the time the client has passed through the death scene of that life and reached the gateway to the spirit world, my bridge is complete. Continual hypnosis, deepening over the first hour, enhances the subject’s disengagement from their earthly environment. They have also been conditioned to respond in detail to an intensive question and answer interview of their spiritual life. This will take us another two hours. Subjects who come out of trance after mentally returning home

have a look of awe on their faces that is far more profound than if they had just experienced a straight past life regression. For example, a client told me, “The spirit has a diversity and complex fluid quality beyond my ability adequately to interpret.” Many former clients write me  about how viewing their immortality changed their lives. Here is a sample of one letter:

I have gained an indescribable sense of joy and freedom from learning my true identity. The amazing thing is that this knowledge was in my mind all the time. Seeing my nonjudgmental master teachers left me in a glowing state. The insight that came to me was that the only thing of true importance in this material life is the way we live and how we treat other people. The circumstances of our life mean nothing compared to our compassion and acceptance of others. I now have a knowing rather than a feeling about why I am here and where I am going after death.

I present my findings involving the sixty-seven cases and numerous quotes in this book as a reporter and a messenger. Before I begin every lecture to the public, I explain to my audiences that what I have to say are my truths about our spiritual life. There are many doorways to the truth. My truths come from a cumulation of great wisdom from multitudes of people who have graced my life as clients over many years. If I make statements that go against your preconceptions, faith, or personal philosophy, please take what fits well for you and discard the rest.

Death, Grief and Comfort Denial and Acceptance

Surviving the loss of a love is one of life’s hardest trials. It is well known that the process of grief survival involves going through the initial shock, then coping with denial, anger, depression and finally arriving at some sort of acceptance. Each one of these stages of emotional turmoil varies in length of time and intensity from months up to years. Losing someone with whom we had a deep bond can bring such despair that it feels as though we are in a bottomless pit where escape is impossible because death seems so final.

In Western society, the belief in the finality of death is an obstacle to healing. We have a dynamic culture where the possibility of our loss of personhood is unthinkable. The dynamics of death in a loving family is akin to a successful stage play that is thrown into disarray due to the loss of one of its stars. The supporting cast flounders around over the need for script changes. Dealing with this huge hole in the story left by the departed affects the future roles of the remaining players.

There is a dichotomy here because when souls are in the spirit world preparing for a new life, they laugh about being in rehearsals for their next big stage play on Earth. They know all roles are temporary.

In our culture, we do not prepare properly for death during life because it is something we cannot fix or change. The apprehension about death begins to gnaw at us as we get older. It is always there, lurk- ing in the shadows, regardless of our beliefs about what happens after death. In discussing life after death on my lecture tours, I was surprised to find that many people who held very traditional religious views seemed to be the most fearful of death.

The fear for most of us comes from the unknown. Unless we have had a near-death experience or undergone a past life regression where we remember what death felt like in a former life, death is a mystery. When we must face death either as a participant or as an observer it can be  painful, sad and frightening. The healthy don’t want to talk about it and frequently neither do the seriously ill. Thus, our culture views death as an abhorrence.

In the twentieth century there were many changes in public attitudes about life after death. During the early decades of the century most people held traditional views that they had only one life to live. In the last third of the twentieth century in the U.S. it was estimated some 40 percent believed in reincarnation. This change in attitude has made acceptance of death a little easier for those people who have become more spiritual and are pulling away from a belief in oblivion after life.

One of the most meaningful aspects of my work in the spirit world is learning from the perspective of the departed soul what it feels like to die and how souls try to reach back and comfort those left behind. In this chapter I hope to validate that what you sense deep inside after a loss is not just wishful thinking. The person you love is not really gone. Consider, too, what I said in the last chapter about soul duality. Part of your energy was left behind in the spirit world at the time of incarna- tion. When your love arrives back home again, you will already be there waiting with that portion of your energy which was left behind. This same energy is held in reserve for unification with the returning soul. One of the significant revelations of my research was to learn that soul- mates are never truly apart from each other.

The sections that follow illustrate certain methods used by souls to communicate with those they love. These techniques may begin right after physical death and can be very intense. Nevertheless, the departing soul is anxious to get moving on their way home, as the density of Earth does drain energy. In death, suddenly the soul is released and given freedom. Yet if we have the need, souls are able to contact us on a regular basis from the spirit world.

Quiet contemplation and meditation should bring a greater receptivity to the departed and provide your consciousness with a heightened sense of awareness. No verbal messages from the other side are necessary. lust removing the blocks of self-doubt and opening your mind to even the possible presence of someone you love will assist the process of grief recovery.

Therapeutic Techniques of Souls

My opening case is that of an advanced soul named Tammano who is in training to be a student guide. He said to me, “I have been incarnating and dying on Earth for thousands of years and only in the last few centuries am I really getting the hang of how to alter negative thought patterns and calm people.” This case begins at the point in our session where Tammano is describing the moments following his sudden death after a former life.

Case 1

S (Subject): My wife is not feeling my presence. I’m just not getting through to her at all right now.

Dr. N: What is the matter?

S: Too much grief. It is so overpowering. Alice is in such a state of shock over my being killed that she is too numb to feel my energy.

Dr. N: Tammano, has this been a recurring problem for you after your former lives, or is it just Alice?

S: Right after death the people who love you are either very agitated or completely numb. In either situation their minds can shut down. My task is to attempt a balancing of mind and body.

Dr. N: Where is your soul at this moment? S: On the ceiling of our bedroom.

Dr. N: What do you want her to do?

S: Stop crying and focus her thoughts. She doesn’t believe I could still be alive so all her energy patterns are in a terrible tangled mass. It’s so frustrating. I’m right next to her and she doesn’t know it!

Dr. N: Are you going to give up for the moment and leave for the spirit world because her mind is closed down?

S: That would be the easy way for me but not for her. I care for her too much to give up now. I won’t go until she at least senses that someone is in this room with her. That is my first step. Then I will be able to do more.

Dr. N: How long has it been since your death?

S: A couple of days. The funeral is over and that is when I settle down to try and comfort Alice.

Dr. N: I suppose your own guide is waiting to escort you home?

S: (laughs) I have informed my guide Eaan that she would have to wait for me a while … which was unnecessary. She knows about all this—Eaan was the one who taught me!

This case demonstrates a common complaint I hear from newly released souls. Many are not as proficient or determined as Tammano. Even so, most souls who are anxious to depart for the spirit world will not leave Earth’s astral plane until they take some sort of action to com- fort those in distress who care about them. I have condensed this client’s narrative of how he assisted Alice in her grief recovery in order to focus on the soothing effects of soul energy patterns on disrupted human energy.

Dr. N: Tammano, I would appreciate your taking me through the techniques you use to help your wife Alice with her grief.

S: Well, I’ll start by telling you Alice has not lost me. (takes a deep breath) 1 began by throwing out a shower of my energy as an umbrella from Alice’s waist to her head.

Dr. N: If I were a spirit standing next to you, what would this look like?

S: (smiles) A cloud of cotton candy. Dr. N: What does this do?

S: It gives Alice a blanket of mental warmth which is calming. I must tell you I’m not fully proficient with this cloaking yet, but I have placed a protective cloud of energy over Alice the past three days since my death to make her more receptive.

Dr. N: Oh, I see, you have already begun your work with Alice.

Okay, Tammano, what do you do now?

S: I begin to filter certain aspects of myself through the cloud of energy around her until I can feel the point where there is the least amount of blockage, (pause) I find it on the left side of her head behind her ear.

Dr. N: Does this spot have some significance?

S: Alice used to love to have me kiss her ears, (memories of caressing points are meaningful) WTien I see the opening on the left side of her head I convert my energy to a solid beam and train it on that place.

Dr. N: Does your wife feel this right away?

S: Alice is aware of a gentle touch in the beginning but the awareness is fragmented by grief. Then I increase the power of my beam— sending her thoughts of love.

Dr. N: Do you see this working?

S: (happily) Yes, 1 detect new energy patterns that are no longer dark coming from .Mice. There are shifts in her emotions … her crying stops … she is looking around … sensing me. She smiles. Now, I’ve got her.

Dr. N: Are you finished?

S: She is going to be all right. It’s time for me to go. I’ll watch over her, but I know she is going to make it through this—and that’s good because I’m going to be busy myself for a while.

Dr. N: Does this mean you won’t contact Alice further?

S: (offended) Certainly not! I will remain in contact whenever she needs me. She is my love.

The average soul is much less skillful than even the most junior of student guides. I will discuss these elements further in chapter 4 under the sections of energy rehabilitation. Still, most souls I work with per- form rather well from the spirit world on a physical body. Typically, they choose to work in concentrated areas using the beam effect described by Tammano. These loving energy projections can be very potent, even from the inexperienced soul, to people who have sustained emotional and physical trauma.

Eastern practices of yoga and meditation include the use of chakra body points in ways that resemble how souls partition the human body with healing energy. People who practice the art of chakra healing say that since we have an etheric body that exists in conjunction with the physical, healing must take into account both these elements. Chakra work includes unblocking our emotional and spiritual energy through various points of the body from the spine, heart, throat, forehead and so forth, to open and harmonize the body.

Ways Spirits Connect with the Living

Somatic Touch

I have taken the clinical terms of “somatic bridging” and “therapeutic touch” and combined them to describe the method by which discarnate souls use directed energy beams to touch various parts of an incarnated body. Healing is not limited to the chakra body points I spoke about earlier. Souls who are reaching back to comfort the living look for areas that are most receptive to their energy. We saw this in case 1 (behind the left ear). The energy pattern becomes therapeutic when bridges are established to connect the two minds of the sender and receiver in telepathic transmission.

Bridging by thought transmissions to a body which is hurting is somatic when the methods are physiological. It involves the subtle touching of body organs while eliciting certain emotional reactions which can include the use of the senses. Skillfully applied energy beams can evoke recognition by sight, sound, taste and smell. The whole idea with recognition is to convince the person grieving that the individual they love is still alive. The purpose of somatic touch is to allow the grief- stricken person to come to terms with their loss by acquiring an awareness that absence is only a change of reality and not final. Hope- fully, this will allow the bereaved to move on and complete their own  life constructively.

Souls are also quite capable of falling into habit patterns with somatic touch. The next case is an example of a forty-nine-year-old man who had died of cancer. While the soul of this man does not  demonstrate much skill, his intentions are good.

Case 2

Dr. N: What technique do you use to reach out to your wife? S: Oh, my old standby—the center of the chest.

Dr. N: Where exactly on the chest?

S: I direct my energy beam right at the heart. If I’m a little off, it doesn’t matter.

Dr. N: And why is this method successful for you?

S: I am on the ceiling and she is bent over, crying. My first shot causes her to straighten up. She sighs deeply and senses something and looks upward. Then 1 use my scatter technique.

Dr. N: What is that?

S: (smiles) Oh, you know, throwing energy in all directions from a central point on the ceiling. Usually one of those bolts reaches the right place—the head—anywhere.

Dr. N: But what determines the right place?

S: That which is not blocked by negative energy, of course.

Compare the difference between case 2 and the next client who care- fully spreads her energy in a focused area as if she was applying icing on a cake.

Case 3

Dr. N: Please describe the manner in which you are going to help your husband with your energy.

S: I’m going to work the base of the head just above the spine. God, Kevin is suffering so much. I just won’t leave until he feels better.

Dr. N: Why this particular spot?

S: Because I know he enjoyed having the back of his neck rubbed by me, so it is an area where he is more receptive to my vibrational imprint. Then I play this area as if I was doing body massage— which I am, actually.

Dr. N: Play the area?

S: (my subject giggles and holds her hand out in front of her, open- ing up five fingers wide) Yes, I spread my energy and resonate myself by touch. Then, I use both hands cupped around each side of Kevin’s head for maximum effect.

Dr. N: Does he know it is you?

S: (with a wicked smile) Oh, he realizes it must be me all right. No one else can do what I do to him and it only takes me a minute.

Dr. N: Isn’t he going to miss this after you return to the spirit world?

S: I thought you knew about such things. I can come back whenever he really gets down in the dumps and yearns for me.

Dr. N: Just asking. I don’t mean to be insensitive, but what if Kevin eventually meets another woman in this life?

S: I’ll be delighted if he finds happiness again. That is a testimony as to how good we were together. Our life with each other—every scene—is never lost, and can be recaptured and played again in the spirit world.

Just about the time I think I am getting a complete grasp of soul capabilities and their limitations, a client will come along to dispel these faulty notions. For a long while I told people that all souls seemed to have difficulties getting past the uncontrolled sobs of the grieving  before they could go to work with healing energy. Here is a short quote from a level III whose tactical approach during the peak of the grief process proved me wrong:

I am not delayed by people who are crying hard. My technique is to coordinate my vibrational resonance with the tonal variations of their vocal chords and then springboard to the brain. In this way I can align my energy to effect a more rapid melding of my essence with their body. Quite soon they stop crying without knowing why.

Personification with Objects

I have heard some fascinating stories about the use of familiar objects, such as with the man in my next case. Since husbands usually die ahead of their wives I do hear more about energy techniques from their perspective. This does not mean male-oriented souls are more proficient with healing because they get more practice at comforting. The soul in case 4 has been just as effective in former lives—as a woman who pre- ceded her husband in death—as a husband in this life.

Case 4

Dr. N: What do you do if your efforts right after death are not having the desired results anywhere on the body?

S: When I found that my wife, Helen, was not receiving me by a direct approach, I finally resorted to working with a household familiar.

Dr. N: You mean with an animal—a cat or dog?

S: I have used them before, but no … not this time. I decided to pick out some object of value to me that my wife would know was very personal I chose my ring.

At this point my subject explained to me that during this past life he always wore a large ring of Indian design with a raised turquoise stone in the center. He and his wife often sat by the fire talking about their day. He had a habit of rubbing the stone while talking to Helen. His  wife often kidded him about polishing the turquoise down to the metal base of the ring. Helen had once reminded him that she had noticed this nervous mannerism the night they met.

Dr. N: I think I understand about the ring, so what did you do with it as a spirit?

S: When I work with objects and people I have to wait until the scene is very tranquil. Three weeks after my death, Helen lit a fire and was looking into it with tears in her eyes. I began by wrap-

ping my energy within the fire itself, using the fire as a conduit of warmth and elasticity.

Dr. N: Excuse my interruption, but what does “elasticity” mean?

S: It took me centuries to learn this. Elastic energy is fluid. To make my soul energy fluid requires intense concentration and practice because it must be thin and fleecy. The fire serves as a catalyst in this maneuver.

Dr. N: Which is just the opposite from a strong, narrow beam of energy?

S: Exactly. I can be very effective by rapidly shirting my energy from a fluid to a solid state and back again. The shifting  is subtle but it awakens the human mind. Note: Others have also told me this technique of energy shape shifting “tickles the human brain.”

Dr. N: Interesting, please continue.

S: Helen was connecting with the fire and thus with me. For a moment the grief was less oppressive, and I moved straight into the top of her head. She felt my presence … slightly. It was not enough. Then I began shifting my energy as I told you, from hard to soft in fork fashion.

Dr. N: What do you do when you “fork” energy?

S: I split it. While keeping a soft fluid energy on Helen’s head to maintain contact, I fork a hard beam at the box which holds my ring in a table drawer. My intent is to open up a smooth pathway from her mind to the ring. This is why I am using a hard steady beam, to direct her to the ring.

Dr. N: What does Helen do next?

S: With my guidance, she slowly gets up without knowing why. She moves, as if sleepwalking, to the table and hesitates. Then she opens the drawer. Since my ring is in the box I continue to shift back and forth from her mind to the lid of the box. Helen opens it and takes out my ring, holding it in her left hand, (with a deep sigh) Then I know I have her!

Dr. N: Because … ?

S: Because the ring still retains some of my energy. Don’t you see? She is feeling my energy on both ends of the fork. This is a two- directional signal. Very effective.

Dr. N: Oh, I do see—then what do you do with Helen?

S: Now, I move into overdrive with a full-power bridge between myself standing on her right side and the ring on the left. She turns in my direction and smiles. Helen then kisses my ring and says, “Thanks, darling, I know you are with me now. I’ll try and be more brave.”

I want to encourage anyone who is in a terrible state of grief over the loss of a love to do what the gifted psychics do when they want to find missing persons. Take a piece of jewelry, an article of clothing—any- thing that belonged to the departed person—and hold it for a while in a mutually familiar place and quietly open your mind, while blanking out all other irrelevant thoughts.

Before leaving this section, I want to relate my favorite story about energy contact through objects from a discarnate being.

My wife, Peggy, is an oncology nurse with a graduate degree in coun- seling, so she involves herself a great deal with grieving cancer patients and their families. Because she administers chemotherapy at a hospital, this puts her in touch with hospice personnel. A few of these women and my wife are close friends who meet regularly as a support group. One of the members of the group is a recent widow whose husband, Clay, died of cancer. Clay loved big band dancing and he and his wife would often go on road trips to where the best bands were playing.

One night after Clay’s death, his widow, my wife and the rest of the support group were in a circle in the middle of this lady’s living room floor talking about my theories of how souls reach back to comfort the people they love. The widow exclaimed in frustration, “Why hasn’t Clay made himself known in a way that would comfort me?” There was a moment of silence and suddenly a music box on top of a book shelf began to play Glenn Miller’s song In the Mood. From what I under- stand, there was a stunned silence followed by nervous laughter from the group. All the widow could say was, “That music box hasn’t been touched in two years!” It didn’t matter. I think she got Clay’s message.

Light energy has some properties of electromagnetic force, and thus can work in mysterious ways with objects. JoAnn and Jim are two for- mer clients of mine whose marriage is a very close one. After their ses- sions, we got into a discussion of the use of energy beams by the living. Sheepishly, they told me they combine their energy on the California freeways to push cars out of the fast lane in front of them when they are in a hurry. When 1 asked if they tailgate, they said, “No, we just direct a combined beam to the back of the driver’s head and then fork the beam to the right (middle lane) and back again.” They claim that over 50 percent of the time they are successful. 1 told JoAnn and Jim, half seriously, that pushing cars out of their way was clearly a misuse  of power and they had better mend their ways. I think they both know that using their gift more constructively will be much better received upstairs, although it will be a hard habit to break.

Dream Recognition

One of the primary ways the newly departed soul uses to reach people who love them is through the dream state. The grief that has over- whelmed the conscious mind is temporarily pushed out of a frontal position in our thoughts when we are asleep. Even if we are in a fitful state of sleep, the unconscious mind is now more open for reception. Unfortunately, the person who is grieving will all too often wake up from a dream that could have contained a message and allow it to slip away from memory without writing anything down. Either the images and symbols they saw while asleep didn’t mean anything at the time, or the dream sequence was chalked off as wishful thinking if, for example, the dreamer saw themselves with the deceased.

Before proceeding further, I want to offer an assessment about the general nature of dreams. My professional experience with dreams stems from listening to subjects in hypnosis explain how—as discarnates—they use the dream state to reach the living. Spirits are very selective in their use of our dream sequences. I have come to the conclusion that most dreams are not profound. In reviewing various texts about dreaming, I find even specialists in the field believe many dreams during the night are simply jumbled up absurdities caused by our circuits being on overload throughout the day. If the mind is venting during certain sleep cycles, then the nerve transmissions across our synaptic clefts are letting off steam to relax the brain.

I classify dreams in three ways and one of them is the cleaning house state. At times in the night many stray thoughts from the day are scrambled and swept out of the mind as gobbledygook. We can’t make sense of it because there is none. On the other hand, we all know there   is a more cognitive side to dreaming. I divide this state into two parts, problem solving and spiritual, with only a fine line between them. There are people who have been given a premonition about some future event as an outgrowth of dreams. Our state of mind may be altered by dreams.

One of the most stressful periods of our lives occurs during the period of mourning when the affections of someone we love are taken away from us—we think forever. About the only relief we get from oppressive grief is during sleep. We go to bed with anguish and wake up with the pain still there, yet there is enigma in between. Some mornings bring us a better idea of the initial steps to take toward coping with our loss. Problem solving through dream sequences is a process of mental incubation which has been called procedural because images appear that teach us ways to move forward. Does this insight come from somewhere other than ourselves? If the dream spills over into the spirit mode, then the Dreamweavers have probably paid us a call as prompters to assist us through our emotional distress.

Spiritual dreams involve our guides, teaching souls and soulmates who come as messengers to assist us with solutions. We do not need to be grieving to receive help in this way. Into this spiritual dream  mixture we also have memory recall of our experiences on other physical and mental worlds, including the spirit world. How many of you have dreamed you could fly or swim easily underwater? I have found with some clients that these mythic memories contain information about the lives they led as intelligent flying or water creatures on other planets. Frequently, these kinds of dream sequences provide us with metaphoric clues which open the door to comparisons of former lives with our current one. Our immortal soul character does not change much between host bodies, so these comparisons are not all that bizarre. Some of our greatest revelations come from the episodic dreams of events, places and behavior patterns emanating from experiences before we acquired our present body.

In chapter 1,1 briefly touched on the preparation class we attend in the spirit world before returning to a new life. This soul exercise is covered more thoroughly in my first book, but I mention it here because this experience is relevant to our dreams. The class is designed for recognition of future people and events. While we prepare to incarnate, a teacher reinforces the important aspects of our new lite contract. Meeting and interacting with souls from our group and other clusters who are to share parts of our new life form an integral part of the class.

Memories of this prep class might well be triggered in our dreams to light a lamp in the darkness of despair, particularly when a primary soulmate is lost in life. Jung said, “Dreams embody suppressed wishes and fears but may also give expression to inescapable truths which are not illusions or wild fantasies.” Sometimes these truths are couched in metaphoric puzzles and represented as archetypal images during our dreams. Dream symbols are culturally generalized and dream  glossaries are not immune to this prejudice. Each person should use their own intuition to delineate the meaning of a dream.

The Australian Aborigines, a culture with over 10,000 years of unbroken history, believe that dream time is actually real time in terms of objective reality. A dream perception is often as real as an awake experience. To souls in the spirit world time is always in the present, so regardless of how long they have been physically gone from your life, the person you love wants you to be aware they are still in now reality. How does a loving spirit go about helping you gain insight and accept- ance of these things in your dreams?

Case 5

My subject in this case has just died of pneumonia in New York City in 1935. She was a young woman in her early thirties who came to New York after growing up in a small midwestern town. Sylvia’s death was sudden and she wanted to provide some comfort to her widowed mother.

Dr. N: Do you leave immediately for the spirit world after death?

S: No, I do not. I must say goodbye to my mother so I want to stay around Earth for a while until she gets the news.

Dr. N: Is there anyone else you care to see before going to your mother?

S: (with hesitation, then in a husky voice) Yes … I have an old boyfriend … his name is Phil. . . I go to his house first…

Dr. N: (gently) I see; were you in love with Phil?

S: (pause) Yes, but we never married … I… just want to touch him once more. I don’t really make contact with him because he is sound asleep and not dreaming. I can’t stay long because I want to reach my mother before she hears the news about me.

Dr. N: Aren’t you being a little too rushed with Phil? Why don’t you wait for a proper dream cycle and leave a message?

S: (firmly) Phil hasn’t been part of my life for years. I gave myself to him when we were both young. He hardly thinks about me any- more … and … well… to pick up on me through a dream … he could miss the message anyway. My leaving traces of my energy is enough for now because we will be together again in the spirit world.

Dr. N: After leaving Phil, do you go to your mother?

S: Yes. I begin with more conventional thought communication while she is awake but I am getting nowhere. She is so sad. My mother’s grief at not being at my bedside is overpowering  her.

Dr. *N: What methods have you tried so far?

S: I project my thoughts with an orange-yellow light, like the flame of  a candle, and place my light around her head, sending loving thoughts. I’m not effective. She doesn’t realize I am with her. I am going for a dream.

Dr. N: All right, Sylvia, take me through this slowly. Please start by telling me if you pick out one of your mother’s dreams or if you can create one of your own.

S: I don’t create dreams well yet. It is much easier for me to take one of hers so I can enter the dream to effect a more natural contact and then participate. I want her to know it is clearly me in the dream.

Dr. N: Fine, now take me through this process with you.

S: The first couple of dreams are unsuitable. One is a muddle of absurdity. Another is a past life fragment, but without me in it. Finally, she has a dream where she is walking alone in the fields around my house. You should know she has no grief in this dream. I am not dead yet.

Dr. N: What good is this dream, Sylvia, if you are not in it?

S: (laughing at me) Listen, aren’t you seeing I’m going to smoothly place myself in the dream.

Dr. N: You can alter the sequence of the dream to include yourself? S: Sure, I enter the dream from the other end of the field by matching my energy patterns to my mother’s thoughts. I project an image of myself as I was the last time she saw me. I come slowly across the field to let her get used to my presence. I wave and smile and then come to her. We hug each other and now I send waves of rejuvenating energy into her sleeping body.

Dr. N: And what will this do for your mother?

S: This picture is raised to a higher level of consciousness for my mother.

I want to insure the dream will stay with her after she wakes up.

Dr. *N: How can you be sure she won’t think this is all a projection of her desire for you and discount the dream as not being real?

S: The influence of a vivid dream like this is very great When my mother wakes up, her mind has a vivid impression of this landscape with me and suspects I am with her. In time the memory is so real she is sure of it.

Dr. N: Sylvia, does the image of the dream move from the unconscious to a conscious reality because of your energy transfer?

S: Yes, it is a filtering process where I continue to send waves of energy into her over the next few days until she begins to accept my passing. I want her to believe I am still part of her and always will be.

Turning back to Phil’s sleep state, it was evident Sylvia did not intend to stay long to manifest her feelings within his unconscious mind. Dreams do not appear to occur in the deep delta stages of brain-wave activity where there is no rapid eye movement. REM sleep, also known as paradoxical sleep, is a much lighter and therefore more active dream state occurring mostly in the early and late stages of sleep. In my next case, the dreamer will be reached between dreams presumably because he is still in REM sleep.

The Dream weaver souls I have come in contact with all engage in dream implanting, with two prominent differences.

  1. Dream Alteration. Here a skillful *discarnate enters the mind of a sleeper and partially alters an existing dream already in progress. This technique I would call one of interlineation, where spirits place themselves as actors between the lines of an unfolding play so the dreamer is not aware of script tampering with the sequences. This is what Sylvia was doing with her mother. She was waiting for the right sort of ongoing dream to enter and initiate a smooth fit. As difficult as this approach seems, it is evident to me the second procedure is more complex.
  2. Dream Origination. In these cases the soul must create and fully implant a new dream from scratch and weave the tapestry of these images into a meaningful presentation to suit their purpose. Creating or altering scenes in the mind of a dreamer is intended to convey a message. I see as this an act of service and love. If the dream implantation is not performed skillfully to make the dream meaningful, the sleeper moves on and wakes up in the morning remembering only disjointed fragments or nothing at all about the dream.

To illustrate the therapeutic use of Dream Origination, I will cite the case of a level V subject whose name was Bud in his last life. Bud was killed in a 1942 battle during World War II. The case involves a dreamer called Walt, who was Bud’s surviving brother. Bud is adept at dream- weaving, so after his battlefield death he returned home to the spirit world and made preparations for an effective method to comfort Walt. This is one of those cases that gave me greater perspective of the subtle integration methods Dreamweaver Souls are able to use with sleeping people. During this condensed case, my subject will describe the dream techniques taught to him by his guide, Axinar.

Case 6

Dr. N: How do you plan to alleviate your brother’s grief after returning to the spirit world?

S: Axinar has been working with me on an effective strategy. It’s very delicate because we are with Walt’s duplicate.

Dr. N: You mean that dual part of Walt’s energy mass that remained behind during his incarnation to Earth?

S: Yes, Walt and I are in the same soul group. 1 begin by connecting myself to his divided nature here to more closely communicate with Walt’s light on Earth.

Dr. N: Please explain this procedure.

S: I float next to the cache where his remaining energy is anchored and meld with it briefly. This allows for a perfect recording of Walt’s energy imprint. There is already a telepathic bonding between us but I want to have a tighter vibrational alliance when I reach his bedside.

Dr. N: Why do you wish to carry an absolutely accurate print of Walt’s energy pattern with you on your return to Earth?

S: For a stronger connection to the dreams I will create.

Dr. N: But why can’t Walt’s other half communicate with himself on Earth instead of you?

S: (sharply) This does not work well. It is nothing more than talking to oneself. There is no impact, especially during sleep. It’s a washout.

Dr. N: All right, since Walt’s exact energy print is with you, what happens when you go to his sleeping body?

S: He is tossing and turning at night and really suffering a lot over my being killed. Axinar trained me to work between dreams because he does these energy transfers so well himself.

Dr. N: You work between dreams?

S: Yes, so I can leave messages on either side of two different dreams and then link them for greater receptivity. Because I have Walt’s exact energy imprint, I slip into his mind quite easily to deploy my energy. After my visit, a third dream about the first two unfolds as

a delayed reaction and Walt sees us together again in an out-of- body setting, which he won’t recognize as the spirit world but the activation of these inviting memories will sustain him.

Note: Some cultures, such as the Tibetan mystics, believe they do recognize the spirit world as an almost physical paradise to be a natural part of dreaming.

Dr. N: What were the dreams you created?

S: Walt was three years older, yet we played a lot together as boys.

This changed when he was thirteen, not because we weren’t still close as brothers, he just became attached to guys his own age and I was excluded. One day Walt and his friends were swinging on a rope tied over the branch of a big tree high above a pond near our farm. I was nearby, watching. The other boys went first and were engaged in a water fight when Walt swung too high and hit his head hard on another branch and was almost knocked out as he fell into the water. They did not see him fall. I dove into the pond and held up his head screaming for help. Later, on the bank, Walt looked up at me with a dazed expression and said, “Thanks for saving me, Buddy.” I thought this act would admit me to their club but a few weeks afterwards Walt and his friends would not let me play a game of softball with them. I felt betrayed that Walt would not stand up for us. During the game the ball was hit into some bushes and they couldn’t locate it. That evening T found their ball and hid it inside our barn. We were poor kids and this ruined their game for a while until one of the boys got another ball on his birthday.

Dr. N: Tell me the message you wanted to convey to Walt?

S: To show two things. I wanted my brother to see me crying and holding his bleeding head in my lap on the bank of the pond and remember what we said to each other after he stopped choking. The second dream about the softball game ended when I added a trailer to the dream and took him to the barn where the softball was still hidden. I told Walt I forgave him for every slight in our lives together. I want him to know I am always with him and the devotion we have for each other can’t die. He will know this when he returns to the old barn to look for the ball.

Dr. N: Does Walt need to dream again about all this after your visit?

S: (laughs) It’s not necessary as long as he recalled the location of the ball after he woke. Walt did remember what 1 had implanted. Going back to our old barn and finding the ball made the mes- sage come together. This gave Walt some serenity about my death.

Dream symbolism moves on many levels in the mind, some of which are abstract while others are emotional. The dreams of this case, involving experiential imagery, reinforced poignant memories of two brothers in a slice of recorded time. Future unification was pictured for Walt in a third, rather wispy dream of both souls happily together once again in the spirit world.

It took me quite a long while before I found an advanced subject apprenticed to a Dreammaster, a title 1 feel is appropriate for Axinar in case 6. As with any spiritual technique, some souls show more inclination than others toward acquiring advanced skills. In case 6, Bud not only originated a sequence of dreams in Walt’s mind but then engaged in the more complex technique of linking them into a central theme of love and support for his brother. Finally, Bud provided physical evidence that he was there through the use of a hidden baseball. I take nothing away from Sylvia in case 5, because she was very effective entering her mother’s dream to give her peace without disruption to the dreamer. It’s just that case 6 demonstrated more spiritual artistry.

Transference Through Children

When souls have difficulty reaching the mind of a troubled adult they might resort to using children as conduits for their messages. Children are more receptive to spirits because they have not been conditioned to doubt or resist the supernatural. Frequently the young person chosen as a conduit is a family member of the departed. This situation is helpful to the spirit who is trying to reach a surviving relative, especially in the same household. The next case is that of a man who died of a heart attack in his back yard at age forty-two.

Case 7

Dr. N: What do you do to comfort your wife at the moment of death?

S: At first I try to hug Irene with my energy but I don’t have the hang of it yet. (subject is a level II) I can relate to her sorrow but nothing I’m doing is working. I’m worried because I don’t want to leave without saying goodbye.

Dr. N: lust relax now and move slowly forward. I want you to explain to me how you work through this dilemma.

S: I soon realize that 1 ought to be able to console Irene a little by reaching her through Sarah, our ten-year-old.

Dr. N: Why do you think Sarah might be receptive to you?

S: My daughter and I have a special bond. She also has great sorrow over my passing but much of this is mixed with fear over what happened to me so suddenly. Sarah doesn’t comprehend it all yet. There are too many neighbors crowding around trying to sustain my wife. No one is paying much attention to Sarah, sitting alone in our bedroom.

Dr. N: Do you look upon this as an opportunity?

S: Yes, I do, in fact Sarah senses I am still alive and so she is more open to accepting my vibrations as I move into the bedroom.

Dr. N: Good—what happens next between you and your daughter?

S: (takes a deep breath) I’ve got it! Sarah is holding a set of her mothers knitting needles. I send warmth through them into her hands and she feels this right away. Then I use the needles as a springboard to reach her spine at the base of the neck and work around to her chin, (subject stops and begins laughing)

Dr. N: What is making you happy?

S: Sarah is giggling because I’m tickling her chin like I did before she went to sleep every night.

Dr. N: Now what do you do?

S: The crowd is breaking up and leaving because I have been taken out to the street and placed into an ambulance. Irene comes alone into the bedroom to get ready for a neighbor who will drive her to the hospital. She also wants to check on our daughter. Sarah looks up at my wife and says, “Mommy, you don’t have to leave, Daddy is here with me—I know ’cause I can feel him tickling my chin!”

Dr. N: And then what does your wife do?

S: Irene is tearful but not crying as hard as before because she doesn’t want to scare Sarah. So she hugs our daughter.

Dr. N: Irene does not want to indulge in what she believes to be Sarah’s fantasy about your being with her?

S: Not yet—but I’m ready for Irene now. As soon as my wife holds our daughter I jump the gap between them, sending energy flow- ing over both. Irene feels me too, although not as much as Sarah. They sit down on the bed and hold on to each other with their eyes closed. For a while all three of us are alone together.

Dr. N: Do you feel you have accomplished what you set out to do on this day?

S: Yes, it’s enough. It is time for me to leave and I pull back away from them and float out of the house. Then I am high over the countryside and sucked up into the sky. Soon I move into bright light, where my guide comes to meet me.

Contact in Familiar Settings

It may seem from the last case that once the departing soul has reached out and touched those who care about them, they go off to the spirit world without bothering to be near us again. There are people who don’t feel a soul’s presence right after death but will in the future. Sur- vivors who have reached the acceptance stage in their grief process would find solace in knowing those they have loved are still watching over them. Yet there are those who never pick up anything.

Souls don’t give up easily on us. Another way spirits touch people is through environmental settings associated with their memory. These contacts are effective to minds which may be closed to all other forms of spiritual communication. The following case illustrates this method. My subject, a woman called Nancy in her last life, died of a sudden stroke after thirty-eight years of marriage to Charles. Her husband was stuck between the denial and anger stages of grief and his emotions were so pent up that he could not accept help from their friends or seek outside professional counseling. As an engineer, his predominately analytical mind rejected any spiritual approach to his loss as being unscientific.

Nancy’s soul had tried reaching her husband in several ways for months after the funeral. His stoic nature created such a wall around himself that Charles had not really cried since his wife’s death. To over- come this obstacle, Nancy decided she could reach his inner mind through his sense of smell by connecting with an environmental setting familiar to both of them. The use of sense organs by souls complements communication with the subconscious mind. Nancy decided to use her garden, specifically a rose bush, to reach Charles.

Case 8

Dr. N: Why do you think Charles is going to react to your presence through a garden?

S: Because he knows I loved my garden. For him my plants were a take it or leave it situation. He knew it gave me pleasure but to Charles gardening was just a lot of hard work. Frankly, he helped very little in our  yard. He was too  busy with  his mechanical projects.

Dr. N: He paid no attention, then, to your yard work?

S: Not unless I drew his attention to something. I had a favorite white rose  bush bv our front door and whenever I cut these flowers I would wave them in front of his nose and tell Charles that if this sweet scent did not affect him, then he had no romance

in his soul. We used to laugh about this a lot because Charles was actually a tender lover but outwardly you would never know it. To avoid the issue, he would tease me by saying gruffly, “These are white roses, I like red.”

Dr. N: So, how did you implement a plan with roses to let Charles know you are still alive and with him?

S: My rose bush died from lack of attention after my death. In fact, my whole yard was in bad shape because Charles was not functioning well at all. One weekend he was walking around the garden in a daze and came near some roses belonging to our next- door neighbor. He caught the smell. This is what I was waiting for and I moved quickly into his mind. He thought of me and looked at my dead rose bush.

Dr. N: You created an image of your rose bush in his mind?

S: (sighs) No, he would have missed that in the beginning. Charles understands tools. I started out by getting him to picture a shovel in his mind and digging. Then we made the transition to my rose bush and the garden center in town where it could be purchased. Charles pulled out his car keys.

Dr. N: You got him to walk to the car and then drive over to this nursery?

S: (grinning) It took persistence, but yes, I did. Dr. N: Then what did you do?

S: At the nursery Charles wandered around for a bit until I was able to draw him to the roses. They were only red varieties, and that suited him. I was projecting a white color in his mind so he asked a clerk why there were no white roses. He was told red was all they had left in stock. Charles overrode my thoughts and bought a big pot of red roses, telling the clerk to deliver them to our house because he didn’t want to get his car dirty.

Dr. N: What do “overriding thoughts” mean to you?

S: People under stress get impatient and fall back on established thought patterns. To Charles, the standard rose is red. That’s his mindset. Since the store didn’t have white roses at the moment, my husband would not deal with it further.

Dr. N: So, in a sense, Charles was blocking the conflicting images between his conscious thoughts and what you were projecting in his unconscious mind?

S: Yes, and also my husband is very mentally tired from my death. Dr. N: Wouldn’t red roses suit your purpose just as well?

S: (flatly) No. It was then I switched my energy to Sabine, the woman I knew who ran the store. She was at my funeral and was aware I loved white roses.

Dr. N: I don’t think I know where this is going, Nancy. There were no white roses. Charles bought the red roses and then left for home. Wasn’t this enough for you?

S: (laughing at me) You men! The white rose is me. The next morn- ing Sabine personally drove to my house and delivered a big pot of white roses. She  told my husband that she got them from another nursery and this is what I would have wanted. Then she left Charles standing bewildered in our driveway. He  carried them over to the hole he had dug where my old rose bush had been and stopped. The roses were in his face. He smelled their fragrance—but what was more important, the wash of white was combined with the scent, (my subject pauses tearfully as she re- creates this moment)

Dr. N: (in a low voice) You are making all this very clear—please go on.

S: Charles was … feeling my presence at last. . . I now spread my energy around his torso to include the roses in a symmetrical envelopment. 1 wanted him to smell the white roses and my essence filtering through the energy field together.

Dr. N: Was this effective?

S: (softly) Finally, he knelt down next to the hole, pressing the roses to his face. Charles broke down and sobbed for a long time while I held him. When it was over he knew I was with him still.

While the spirits of husbands might use cars or sporting equipment, I find that wives often utilize garden settings to reach their mates. Another client told me about his wife applying the planting of an oak tree to make her connection. Before this widower saw me he wrote:

Even if what happened to me was not from my wife, does it matter? The main thing is that in some way I am using the emotional energy generated by my feeling she was with me to tap into my inner resources, which previously were not available. I am no longer in an abyss without a glimmer of light.

In talking with people about such experiences, which some call mystical, it is important to consider the possibility of a spiritual source. If we can feed into a highly charged state of emotion during our grief, we can both heal and learn more about our inner selves. Spirits may prefer to communicate with us in the form of ideas. Here is a quote from a letter I received from a former client about his departed wife, Gwen. I believe our session together assisted in his discovery of the best way to receive his wife’s thoughts:

I have learned we don't all have equal abilities as souls to communicate with each other. Sending and receiving messages is a skill that needs to be refined with practice. I finally recognized the imprint of Gwen's thoughts after getting nothing during my meditations. She was a literary person who used word thoughts rather than pictures to generate feeling in me. I had to learn to integrate word flashes from her into my own manner of speaking— which she knows—in order to decipher what she was telling me. I see more clearly now how I can touch Gwen with my mind.

Strangers as Messengers Case 9

Derek was a man in his sixties who came to see me from Canada to evaluate his life and try and resolve his greatest sadness. When he was a young man, he lost his beautiful four-year-old daughter, Julia. Her death was sudden, unexpected and so devastating that he and his wife decided to have no more children.

I placed Derek in deep hypnosis and took him to a scene following his last life where he appeared in front of his council. We then discov- ered that one of his major current life lessons was learning to cope with tragedy. Derek had been deficient in this area during his past two lives by falling apart and making life more difficult for family survivors who depended upon him. He is doing much better in his current life. What was especially interesting for me about this case was a single incident that happened to Derek some twenty years after Julia’s death.

Derek had recently lost his wife to cancer and was in mourning. One day, feeling very despondent, he walked to a nearby amusement park.

After a while he sat down on a bench near a carousel. Listening to the music, Derek watched the children happily going around in circles on colorful wooden animals. He saw from a distance one little girl who looked like Julia and tears flooded his eyes. Just then a young woman of about twenty appeared and asked if she could sit down next to him. It was a warm day. She was dressed in white muslin, holding a cold drink in her hand. Derek nodded but said nothing while the woman enjoyed her drink and talked about growing up in England and coming to Canada because she was particularly attracted to Vancouver. She introduced herself as Heather and Derek noticed a glow of sunlight around her that gave the young woman a shining, angelic quality.

Time seemed to be suspended for Derek as the conversation turned to family and what Heather was going to do with her new life in Canada. Derek found himself talking to her as a father and the more they conversed, the more he felt he knew her. Finally, Heather stood up and placed her hand tenderly on Derek’s shoulder. She smiled at him and said, “I know you are worried about me—please don’t be. I’m all right and it’s going to be a wonderful life. We will see each other again some day, I know.”

Derek told me that as Heather walked away and gave him a final wave he saw his daughter and felt at peace. During our session, Derek recognized that the reincarnated soul of Julia had come to him and provided the assurance he had not really lost her. When we suffer the absence of people we love they may come to us in mysterious ways, often when our minds are detached in a shallow alpha state. Take these moments as messages from the other side and allow them to bring sustenance to you.

Angels or Other Heavenly Hosts

In recent years there has been a resurgence in the popularity of angels. The Roman Catholic Church defines angels as spiritual, intelligent, noncorporeal beings who are servants and messengers of God. The position of the Christian church is that these beings have never incar- nated on Earth. We think of angels as white-robed figures with wings and a halo—theological images which have come down to us from the Middle Ages.

Many clients initially think they see angels when I regress them into the spirit world, especially those with strong religious convictions. This reaction is similar to the devotional responses of some people who have had near-death experiences. However, regardless of prior religious con- ditioning, my subjects soon realize the etheric beings they are visualizing in hypnosis represent their guides and soul companions who have come to meet them. These spiritual beings are surrounded by white light and may appear in robes.

In my work, guides are sometimes described as guardian angels, although our personal teachers are beings who have incarnated in physical form long before graduating to the level of guides. An intimate soul- mate in discarnate form can also come to the gate to comfort us in times of need. I feel believing in angels emanates from an inner desire for personal protection on the part of many people. In making this observation, it is not my intention to set aside the faith of millions of religious people in angels. For many years I lacked faith in anything beyond my own existence. I know the importance of believing in something greater than yourself. Our faith is what sustains us in life and this applies to believing that there are superior beings who watch over us. My case presentations are intended to give weight to the concept of benevolent spirits in our lives.

Our spiritual teachers have different styles and techniques, just as teachers on Earth. Their immortal character has been matched to our own essence in a variety of ways. The next two abbreviated cases illus- trate my contention that personal guides and soulmates, however they are represented, contact us from the other side if we require consolation.

Case 10

The following statements come from Rene, a forty-year-old widow who lost her husband, Harry, three months before our appointment. I waited until after our session before asking her the series of questions that follow. My intent was to have Rene contrast the conscious versus superconscious imagery she had of her guide, Niath.

Dr. N: Before our session today, have you had any contact with the being you saw in hypnosis as Niath?

S: Yes, since Harry’s death Niath has come to me during my dark hours.

Dr. N: Did Niath appear to be the same to you before and after this hypnosis session?

S: No, I didn’t see her quite the same way. I… thought she was an angel before and now I see Niath is my teacher.

Dr. N: Were her face and demeanor different to you while you were under hypnosis, compared to what you saw when awake?

S: (laughs) Today there were no wings or a halo, but bright light— that was the same—and her face and gentle manner were the same too. I also see that in our spirit group she can be… sharply instructive.

Dr. N: More of a teacher and less of a grief counselor, you mean?

S: Yes, perhaps that’s it. Right after Harry’s death she was so sweet and understanding when she came to me … (rushing on) that doesn’t mean she isn’t nice in the spirit world, just more … exacting.

Dr. N: Did you do anything to summon Niath right after Harry’s death?

S: I was crying for help after the funeral. I found out that I needed to be alone and very still… to listen …

Dr. N: Does this mean you heard Niath rather than actually saw her?

S: No, in the beginning I saw her floating over my head in my bed- room. 1 had my arms wrapped around a pillow pretending it was Harry, but I had stopped crying. She became fuzzy after 1 first saw her and I realized then 1 had to listen carefully for her voice. In the days that followed I heard Niath more than I saw her… but I had to listen.

Dr. N: Does that mean concentrate?

S: Yes … well, no … more allowing my mind to go free from my body.

Dr. N: What happens when you don’t listen properly but you want her messages?

S: Then she communicates with me through my feelings. Dr. N: In what wav?

S: Oh, I might be driving alone or out walking by myself, wondering about doing something—taking a certain action. She will make me feel good about it if I am supposed to do it—if it is right.

Dr. N: And what if the action you are considering would be wrong for you, then what?

S: Niath will make me feel uneasy about doing it. I will know in my gut it is a wrong move.

My next case excerpt involves a young man who died in a car crash in 1942 at age thirty-six. He gives us another perspective on the mythology of angels from a soul reaching back to Earth.

Case 11

Dr. N: Tell me what you did for your wife after the crash?

S: I stayed around for three days with Betty to lessen her heaviness. I positioned myself over her head so our energy fields crossed in such a way that I could soothe her by matching our vibrations.

Dr. N: Did you employ any other techniques?

S: Yes, I projected my likeness in front of her face. Dr. N: Was this effective?

S: (playfully) Initially, she thought I was Jesus. The second day she was confused and the third day Betty was convinced I was an angel. My wife is very religious.

Dr. N: Are you bothered that she didn’t recognize you because of her religious convictions?

S: Not at all. (then, after some hesitation) Oh … I suppose it would please me if Betty realized it was me but her feeling better is my main concern. Betty is convinced I am a heavenly deity—and that is okay because I do represent spiritual help for her.

Dr. N: Would she feel even better knowing it was you?

S: Look, Betty thinks I’m in heaven and can’t help her. Her angel is able to do so because it’s really me. So, I’m in disguise—what’s the difference as long as my goal to help her is accomplished?

Dr. N: Well, since Betty has not connected you with your disguise, is there any other way you can communicate on a more personal level?

S: (smiles) Through my best friend, Ted. He consoles her and gives her advice with day-to-day details. Later I hover over the both of them sending … permissive messages, (subject then laughs)

Dr. N: What do you find humorous?

S: Ted is not married. He has been in love with Betty for a long time, but she doesn’t realize it yet.

Dr. N: Is this all right with you?

S: (cheerfully, yet with nostalgia) Sure. I’m relieved he can do what I can’t anymore for her … at least until she returns home to me.

Finally, there are those angel like spirits who regularly come to Earth between lives simply to help people they don’t know who are in dis- tress. They may be healers in training, as was true with the client who said to me:

My guide and I assisted a boy in India who was drowning and consumed by fear. His parents pulled him from the river and were trying to resuscitate him, but he was not responding well. 1 placed my hands on his head to quiet his fear, sent a spike of energy into his heart to bring warmth into his body and superimposed his essence with mine for a moment to help him cough up the water and start breathing again. We were able to help a total of twenty-four people on that trip to Earth.

Emotional Recovery of Souls and Survivors

The last remarks from case 11 about his wife, Betty, and those of case 3 who talked about her husband, Kevin, touch upon the issue of later relationships by the survivor. Falling in love again after the death of a spouse sometimes causes feelings of guilt and even betrayal. In both these cases we saw that the departing spouses only wanted their surviving mates to be happy and loved. However, just because spirits want this for us does not mean that we can easily compartmentalize our expressions of intimacy to past and present loves.

People who have had long, happy first marriages and then lose a spouse make excellent candidates for a successful second marriage. This is a tribute to the first relationship. Having other relationships neither lessens nor dishonors our first love, it only validates that love,  providing a state of healthy acceptance has been reached in between. I know placing aside feelings of guilt is easier said than done. I have received letters from widows and widowers asking me if their departed spouses could actually be watching them in the bedroom with someone else.

In my summary of the spirit world, I indicated that souls lose most of their negative emotional baggage when they shed their bodies. Although it is true we may carry the imprint of some emotional trauma from a past life into the next one, this condition is in a state of abeyance until we return to a new body. Also, a great deal of negative energy is expelled during the early stages of our return to the spirit world, especially after deprogramming during orientation.

When a soul once again returns to a pure energy state in the spirit world, it no longer feels hate, anger, envy, jealousy and the like. It has come to Earth to experience these sorts of emotions and learn from them. But after departing from Earth, do souls feel any sadness for what they have left behind? Certainly, souls carry nostalgia for the good times in all their past physical lives. This is tempered by a state of blissful omniscience and such a heightened sense of well-being that souls feel more alive than when they were on Earth.

Nevertheless, I have found two sorts of negative emotions that exist within souls, both of which involve a form of sadness. One of them I would call karmic guilt for making very poor choices, especially when others were hurt by these actions. I will treat these aspects later under karma. The other form of sadness for souls is not melancholy, dejection, or a mournful unhappiness in the way life has gone on without them since their departure. Rather, sadness in souls comes from a longing to reunite with the Source of their existence. I believe all souls, regardless of their level of development, have this longing to seek perfection for the same reason. The motivating factor for those souls who come to Earth is growth. Thus, the trace of sadness I discern in souls is the absence of ele- ments in their immortal character that they must find to make their energy complete. And so it is a soul’s destiny to search for truth in their experiences in order to gain wisdom. It is important for the survivor to know that longing does not compromise a soul’s feelings of empathy, sympathy and compassion for those who grieve for them.

Since the immortal character of the soul is no longer encumbered by individual temperament and the chemistry of its last body, it is at peace. Souls have much better things to do than interfere with people on  Earth. In rare cases, certain souls are so disturbed by an act of injustice against them in life that they won’t leave Earth’s astral plane after death until they gain some sort of resolution. I will discuss more of this phenomenon under the subject of ghosts. The spiritual conflict with these souls does not include sadness over you finding happiness with someone else, unless, of course, you did something like murder your lover to be with another. The one great advantage the departed soul  has over a survivor is knowing it is still alive and will be seeing everyone who is meaningful to them again. The integrity of souls involves an all- consuming desire that those they love have the free choice to finish their lives in any way they want. If you wish a soul to come to you it probably will, otherwise your privacy is respected. Besides, a part of your energy which you left behind in the spirit world is always there for them.

Since souls lose so many negative emotions upon reentering the spirit world, it follows that their positive affections also undergo alterations. For instance, souls feel great love but this love places no conditions upon others for reciprocity because it is given freely. Souls display a universal coherence with each other that is so absolute it is incomprehensible on Earth. This is one reason why souls appear to be both abstract and empathetic to us at the same time.

I have heard of some cultural traditions which advise that survivors must let the deceased go and not try to communicate with them  because souls have more important work to do. Indeed, souls do not want you to become dependent upon communication with them to the detriment of independent decision-making. Yet many survivors   require not only solace but also some sort of approval in the forming of a new relationship. I hope my next case will help dispel the idea that  the departed are uninterested in your future. Your privacy is respected by the spirit of your love when you are content. Still, if a prospective course of action, particularly bonding with someone else, leaves you unsettled, they might try to make their opinions known. Because of the nature of soul duality they are quite capable of performing many tasks at once. This includes a soul’s quiet time in solitude where they focus energy on people they have left behind. Souls do this to bring us greater peace even when we are not calling on them for help.

Case 12

George came to me in a state of some distress over feelings of guilt about a new love in his life. He had been a widower for two vears after a long and happy marriage to Frances. George wondered if she was look- ing down on him with displeasure over his developing relationship with Dorothy. I was told Dorothy and her deceased husband, Frank, had been close friends of George and Frances. Nonetheless, George felt his increased attraction to Dorothy might be considered an act of betrayal. I begin this case at the point in our session when George sees Frances after a former life together.

Dr. N: Now that you have entered the circle of your Soulmates, who comes forward first?

S: (cries out) Oh God, it’s Frances—it’s her. I’ve missed you so much, dear. She is so beautiful. . . we have been together … from the beginning.

Dr. N: You see that you never really lost her in your current life, don’t you, and that she will be waiting for you when it is your time to go?

S: Yes … I alwavs felt it… but now I know …

Note: George now breaks down and we are unable to continue for a while. During this time I want my subject to get used to hugging his wife again and talking to her through his superconscious mind. He strongly believes that his guide and my own conspired to bring him to this junc- ture. I explain that the information he will gain should help him move on in his life with Dorothy. The catalyst for this awareness is evident when we start to identify other members of George’s soul group.

Dr. N: I want you now to identify the figures standing near Frances.

S: (brightens) Oh, really… I can’t believe … but, of course … it makes sense now.

Dr. N: What makes sense?

S: It’s Dorothy and … (becomes very emotional) … and Frank, they are standing together next to Frances, smiling at me … don’t you see?

Dr. N: What should I see?

S: That they have brought us … closer together, Dorothy and me. Dr. N: Explain why you think this is so?

S: (impatient with me) They are happy that we have found each other in … an intimate way. Dorothy has grieved a long time herself over Frank and the grief we both feel is being dispelled by having the company of each other.

Dr. N: And you see that all four of you are in the same soul group? S: Yes … but I had no idea this was true …

Dr. N: How are Frances and Dorothy different as souls?

S: Frances is a very strong teaching soul while Dorothy is more artis- tic and creative … gentle. Dorothy is a peaceful spirit and able to adapt more easily to existing conditions than the rest of us.

Dr. N: Now that you have the approval of Frances and Frank, what will Dorothy gain from associating with you as your second wife in this life?

S: Comfort, understanding, love … I can provide her with more protection because 1 am goal oriented. I challenge things Dorothy takes for granted. She is very accepting. We have a good balance.

Dr. N: Is Dorothy your primary soulmate?

S: (emphatically) No, it’s Frances. Dorothy usually matches with Frank in their lives, but we are all very close.

Dr. N: Have you and Dorothy worked together before in other lives?

S: Yes, but in different situations. She often takes the role of my sister, a niece, or close friend.

Dr. N: Why are you usually matched with Frances as a mate?

S: Frances and I have been with each other from the beginning. We are so close because we have struggled together, helping each other … she was always able to make me laugh at my serious nature—at my foolishness.

When I closed this segment of our session I felt that George had gained much insight. He was overjoyed at learning that it was no accident he and Dorothy were drawn together. All four souls knew their current timelines in advance.

I have had similar information come to me from clients who were not in the same soul group as their new love interest, but were con- nected as affiliated souls from nearby groups. I find most people know if the person they live with is not a significant soulmate. This does not mean they can’t have good relationships with souls out of their group. I will quote the statement from a client who died before his wife in their previous life together:

When I reach out to comfort my wife after my death, I do so as a friend and partner. We were not really in love. She was not an intimate soulmate for me, nor was 1 to her. I have a great deal of respect for her. We needed this relationship to work on those things which played to our individual strengths and weaknesses. So, I don't say, "I love you" into her mind because she would know it isn't true. She might then confuse my spirit with her soulmate. Our life contract is done and if she wishes, I want her to take another person into her heart.

Reuniting with Those We Love

It is fitting that I close this chapter on death with a case illustrating what it is like for soulmates who reunite on the other side. The case involves a widow who meets her husband at the gateway following a long separation.

Case 13

Dr. N: Who meets you right after death?

S: IT’S HIM! Eric … oh … at last… at last… my love …

Dr. N: (after calming my client) This man is your husband?

S: Yes, we are coming together right after I cross over—before I see our guide.

Dr. N: Tell me how everything unfolds, including the way feelings of endearment are transmitted between you and Eric.

S: We start with the eyes … from a little distance away… looking deep into each other . . . the knowing of everything flowing between our minds … of all that we have meant to each other… our energy gets sucked up into a magnetic pool of indescribable joy blending the two of us together.

Dr. N: At this moment have you both assumed the physical form you had in the last life?

S: (laughing) Yes, very rapidly we start with the first time we met— how we looked to each other—and move through the phases of body changes during our long marriage. It’s not definitive because we don’t settle on just one year of our life together. It’s more … swirling energy patterns right now. We even pick up on other bodies we had together in previous lives, too.

Dr. N: Were you usually female in those lives?

S: Mostly, yes. Later, we will revert to a mixed gender pattern because there were good times in our past lives when he was female and I was male, (pause) But it is just fun right now to be the people we were in our last life.

Note: My client asks me to please not ask her any more questions for a few minutes. She and Eric embrace and when she speaks to me again it is to describe how their energy flowed together.

S: It is an ecstasy of coalescing.

Dr. N: This spiritual passion sounds almost erotic to me.

S: Of course, but it is so much more. I can’t really describe it, but the rapture we feel for each other comes from all our contact together in hundreds of lives combined with memories of the blissful state we spend reunited between lives.

Dr. N: And how does the blending of your energy with your husband make you feel afterward?

S: (bursts out laughing) Like really wonderful sex, only better, (then more seriously) You must understand that I died as an eighty- three-year-old, sick woman. I was tired. It was a long life and I was a cold stove that needed warming up.

Dr. N: Cold stove?

S: Yes, I need energy rejuvenation. There is always a transfer of positive energy when we are met by our guides or by someone we love. Eric sparks up my tired energy. He lights a fire inside me to make me whole again.

Dr. N: When this meeting is over, what do the two of you do?

S: Our teacher comes to welcome me back and I am escorted through the mist to our center.

When a subject tells me that reentering the spirit world has the  effect of being made whole again, this requires qualification. We receive an infusion of new energy from soulmates and guides who may also transfer part of the energy we left behind back into us as well. However, as I said when discussing spiritual longing, complete wholeness will not take place until our work is done. Despite this, being restored to what  we were before the life began is like feeling whole once again. A subject put it this way: “Death is like waking up after a long sleep where you had just a muddled awareness. The release you feel is one that comes after crying, only here you are not crying.”

I have tried to show death from the perspective of the soul in order  to ease the pain of those left behind. As Plato said, “Once free of the body, the soul is able to see truth clearly because it is more pure than before and recalls the pure ideas which it knew before.” Survivors must learn to function again without the physical presence of the person they

loved by trusting the departed soul is still with them. Acceptance of loss comes one day at a time. Healing is a progression of mental steps that begins with having faith you are not truly alone.

In order to complete the life contract you made in advance with the departed, it is necessary to rejoin the rest of humanity as an active par- ticipant. You will see your love again soon enough. I am hopeful my years of research into the life we lead as souls may assist survivors in recognizing that death only exchanges one reality for another in the long continuum of existence.

Earthly Spirits

Astral Planes

When my hypnosis subjects describe their ascent into the spirit world as “rising through misty layers of translucent light,” I am reminded of the astral planes we read about in Eastern texts. I must confess that I am not at all attracted to the rigid stair-step quality of exactly seven planes of existence, from low to high, which come from Eastern spiritual philosophy. This is due to the fact that my clients see no evidence of all these planes. It is a human failing to label concepts as a means of codification. In my descriptions about the spirit world I am as guilty of this practice as everyone else. Perhaps it is best that we simply take  those precepts which make spiritual  sense to us and reject the rest, regardless of the age of certain ideas or who tells us they are true.

The reason for my objections to a rigid formula of specific planes of existence from Earth to a Godhead is that these states are unnecessary inhibitors. All my research with subjects in a higher state of consciousness indicates to me that upon death we go directly from one astral plane around Earth through the gateway into the spirit world. It does not matter if my subject is a young soul or a highly advanced older soul, right after death they all tell me their soul passes through a dense atmosphere of light around the astral plane of Earth. This light has patches of darkish gray but no impenetrable black zones. Many describe a tunnel effect. All souls from Earth then quickly move into the bright light of the spirit world. This is a single ethereal space with- out zones or barriers around it.

In the spirit world itself, all the so-called spaces or places available to the reincarnating soul are congruent. For instance, the Akashic Record traditions of Eastern thought don’t appear to my subjects as being on some fourth causal plane separate from other functional areas. My sub- jects call these records Life Books, which are stored in symbolic libraries that are seen adjacent to other spiritual places.

I acknowledge there is much beyond the spiritual experience of the reincarnating soul and therefore out of my range of inquiry. Perhaps the whole idea of cosmic planes is basically an attempt to conceptualize stages of ethereal awareness as opposed to movement prevented by barriers. Historically, specific demarcations of planes that enclose the “underworld”—designed for certain unworthy souls—have been more prevalent in human thinking. I will discuss this further in chapter 6.

When my subjects tell of traveling interdimensionally, I suppose one could interpret this as soul movement through planes. The term “plane” is not used nearly as much as the words levels, edges, borders and divisions, except when a client refers to Earth. People in hypnosis

report that within the astral plane surrounding Earth, alternate or coexistent realities are part of our physical world. Apparently, within these realities, non-material beings can be seen by some people in our physical reality. I have been told of multitudes of interdimensional spheres that are used by souls for training and recreation from the spirit world.

Spiritual boundaries can be as small as the “glasslike” divisions between cluster groups, or as large as the zones between universes. I am told all spatial zones have vibrational properties that allow for soul pas- sage only when their energy waves are attuned to the proper frequency. The more developed souls explain that absolute time as we know it does not seem to exist in these areas. Does the physical world of Earth have similar characteristics that are unseen by most of us? I had a thoughtful client who wrote me the following after his session:

Working with you has made me realize that our reality is like a movie projector showing us images on a three- dimensional screen of sky, mountains, and seas. If a sec- ond projector, with its own imprint of alternating light frequencies and space-time sequences, was synchronized with the first, both realities could exist simultaneously with material and non-material entities in the same zone.

If what people in a trance state tell me about this system has validity, etheric beings would be capable of existing in different realities within the same astral plane surrounding Earth—indeed on Earth itself. The vibrational energy forces around Earth are in constant flux. It seems to me that if these magnetic fields change density, they would produce cyclic variations over centuries of human time. Therefore, we may be more or less receptive to viewing spirits on Earth in any given century.

Perhaps the ancients really could see more than we do in the modern world.

Nature Spirits

On a national TV show, a woman reported that she had seen elves in her vineyard. She said that in the beginning she only heard them and was a little concerned about her sanity. In time she was able to talk to them and a few became visible to her. She described them as being about two feet high with pointed ears and wearing baggy pants. Of course, many people in her area thought she was crazy when this news got out. The advice she received from these beings about what to use in her soil to increase the quantity and quality of grape production over that of the neighboring farms soon caused many of them to take her more seriously. When the story was released, this woman was invited to have her brainwaves tested. When her senses were stimulated it was found that portions of her brain were capable of a much higher energy output than normal.

I had a client who also claimed to have such abilities. She was an old soul and in a deep trance state said, “Fairy folk were here long before the rise of our civilizations and have never left. Most of us do not see them today, as in ancient times, because they are so old their density has become very light, while our Earth bodies still have heavy energy.” I questioned her further and she added, “While a rock has a 1-D (den- sity), a tree would be a 2-D and our bodies are at the 3-D level. Thus,   the beings of nature would be invisible with a transparency registering between 4-D and 6-D.”

When I think of the woman who saw elves in her vineyard, I see a picture in my mind. If we could look at Earth with x-ray vision it might resemble a series of overlaid, clear plastic topographical sheets. These

vibrational energy layers vary in density and denote alternate realities to me. Certain gifted people might be able to see within these layers, but most of us are unable to do so.

It is also my belief that much of our folklore comes from the memo- ries souls have of their experiences on other physical and mental worlds. What they have to say about these experiences while under hypnosis conforms in some respects to the myths and legends of Earth. These soul associations include spirits in trees and plants as well as connections to the elements of air, water and fire. Folklore and soul memory will be explored further in later chapters.

Ghosts

Many researchers into the paranormal have written about ghosts. I do not consider myself proficient in this field, although I have had some exposure with souls as ghosts. At my lectures I am often asked how benevolent spirit guides can allow these beings to wander around lost, unhappy and alone. My contribution to the study of ghosts will be to review what I feel are some misconceptions and to explain this phe- nomenon from the perspective of the ghost rather than from those who see them on Earth.

When I began to devote my hypnotherapy practice exclusively to the study of life between lives, it took years before a client came to me who had been a ghost for an appreciable amount of time after a former life. I don’t consider short-timers ghosts in the traditional sense. For instance, I had a client who died young in a schoolhouse fire while saving the children. This teacher stayed around town for some months afterward just checking on the kids and other people who were grieving at her untimely death. When I asked what prompted her to finally leave she said, “Oh, eventually 1 got bored.” I have come to the conclusion that only a small fraction of souls have ever been ghosts, beyond the normal amount of time it takes for the new discarnate to adjust before leaving Earth. I don’t believe we are being haunted by that many ghosts around the world.

The cases which follow will demonstrate that our guides do not compel or coerce us to move into the spirit world if our unfinished business is so overpowering that we do not want to leave Earth’s astral plane. I find this is especially true if the soul has a permissive guide. Some guides have much more of a hands-off approach. Then, too, our guides typically don’t make personal appearances next to us at the moment of death at ground zero.

For most souls, the pulling sensation right after death is gentle and only grows more deliberate as we leave Earth’s astral plane. There is no question that higher beings are instantly aware of our death. Yet the wishes of the deceased are respected. Keep in mind that time means nothing in the spirit world. Discarnates don’t have a linear clock in their heads so staying behind for days, months, or years doesn’t have the same relevance as with incarnates. A ghost who has haunted an English castle for four hundred years and finally returns to the spirit world may feel in spirit time this amounted to forty days, or even forty hours.

Some people have the misconception that ghosts don’t know they are dead or how to escape their situation. Yes, in a sense, they are trapped but this is a condition of mental obstruction rather than any material hindrance. Souls are not lost in some confined astral plane and they do know they have made a transition out of life on Earth. The ghost’s confusion lies in the obsessive attachment they have to places, people and events where they can’t let go. These actions of self-displacement are voluntary but special guides, called Redeemer Masters, constantly watch for signs that the known disturbed spirits are ready to exit. We have the right to self-determination, even with our death experience. Spiritual guides will honor poor decision-making.

From what I have been able to observe, ghosts are less mature spirits who have trouble freeing themselves from earthly contaminations. This is particularly true if their stay in limbo is for prolonged periods in Earth years. The reasons for staying behind are varied. Perhaps the life ended in an unexpected manner, which caused a deviation from a major path. These souls may feel their free will has been thwarted in some  way. Quite often there was a terrible trauma connected to the ghost’s death. Perhaps they want to try and protect a person they care about from danger.

In 1994, a young woman driving at night on a road not far from my house in the Sierra Nevada Mountains tumbled down a steep embank- ment and was killed. No one had seen the accident or noticed the wreck fifty feet down the hill where for five days her three-year-old son clung to life. This accident attracted national attention when it was reported that a passing motorist saw a ghostly apparition of a nude young woman lying on the highway directly above the wreckage. This was a dramatic way for this ghost to be noticed and it worked because her child was found just in time to save his life.

I find the underlying cause behind disturbed spirits to be a sudden change in their planned karmic direction that they perceive to be not only unexpected but unjust. The most common cases of ghosts appear to involve souls who were murdered or wronged by another person in life. My next case begins as a typical ghost story but then reveals how these matters are resolved constructively for the ghost.

The Abandoned Soul

Belinda came to see me because of an overwhelming sense of sadness she was unable to comprehend based upon her current life experience. During my intake interview I learned she was forty-seven and had never been married. She moved to California from the East Coast after a stormy breakup with a man called Stuart some twenty years before. Belinda cared for Stuart but she had broken off their engagement after making a decision to change her life and come west to pursue a new career. She asked Stuart to come with her but he did not want to leave his job and his family. Stuart pleaded with Belinda to marry him and stay in the area where they had both grown up but she refused. Belinda told me that Stuart was devastated by her leaving him but he wouldn’t follow her. Eventually, Stuart married someone else.

Some years later, Belinda said she met Burt and they had an intensely passionate relationship for a while but eventually he left her for another woman. I wondered if this was the source of Belinda’s unexplained sad- ness but she told me no, she had been hurt, but that it was a good thing she hadn’t married Burt. Belinda now realized that besides his being an unfaithful lover, she and Burt were temperamentally unsuited. Belinda added that, for some reason, long before her relationships with men began she had these strange feelings of abandonment and loss.

Case 14

It is my custom to move subjects into their most immediate past life before we enter the spirit world. This hypnosis technique allows for a more natural mental passage following a death scene. I asked Belinda to pick a critical scene to open our discussion about her former life. She chose one of great mental anguish. She said she was a young woman by the name of Elizabeth living on a large farm near Bath, England, in the year 1897. Elizabeth was on her knees holding the coattails of her husband, Stanley, who was dragging her through the front doorway of their manor house. After five years of marriage, Stanley was leaving her.

Dr. N: What is Stanley saying to you at this moment?

S: (now begins to sob) He says, “I’m sorry about this but I need to get away from this farm and go out to see the rest of the world.”

Dr. N: How do you respond, Elizabeth?

S: I am imploring—begging Stanley not to leave because I love him so much and that I will try harder to make him happy here. My arms are aching from holding his coat and being dragged down the hall to the front steps.

Dr, N: What does your husband say?

S: (still crying) Stanley says, “It’s not you, really. I’m just sick of this place. I’ll be back.”

Dr. N: Do you think he means it?

S: Oh … I know a part of him loves me in some way but his need to escape this life and all he has known since he was a boy is too overpowering, (after this statement my subject’s body begins to shake uncontrollably)

Dr. N: (after soothing her a bit) Tell me what is happening now, Elizabeth.

S: It’s about over. I can’t hold him any longer … my arms are not strong enough—they hurt, (subject rubs her arms) I fall down the rest of the steps in front of the servants—I don’t care. Stanley gets on his horse and rides away while I watch helplessly.

Dr. N: Do you ever see him again?  S: No, I only know he went to Africa.

Dr. N: How do you maintain yourself, Elizabeth?

S: He left me the estate but I do not manage it well. I let most of the staff and workers go. In time we have almost no livestock and I am barely subsisting but I cannot leave the farm. I must wait for him should he finally decide to come back to me.

Dr. N: Elizabeth, I now want you to go to the last day your life. Give me the year and the circumstances leading up to this day.

S: It is 1919 (subject is fifty-two) and I am dying of influenza. I haven’t put up much resistance in the last few weeks because I have just been existing. My loneliness and sorrow… the struggle to keep the farm going … my heart is broken.

I now take Elizabeth through her death scene and attempt to bring her into the light. It is no use because she remains grounded to the farm. I soon discover this rather young soul is about to become a ghost.

Dr. N: Why are you resisting moving up away from Earth’s astral plane?

S: I won’t go—I can’t leave yet. Dr. N: Why not?

S: I must wait longer at the farm for Stanley.

Dr. N: But you have waited for twenty-two years already and he has not returned.

S: Yes, I know. Still, I just can’t bring myself to go.

Dr. N: What do you do now?

S: I hover as a spirit.

I talk to Elizabeth about her ghostly appearance and behavior around the farm. She does not zero in on Stanley’s energy vibrations to locate him anywhere in the world, as an experienced soul would do. Further questioning indicates that Elizabeth has the idea that if she can scare away any potential buyers the estate might remain in the family. Indeed, the property does sit idle with no new occupants because everyone in the district knows it is haunted. Elizabeth tells me she flies around the manor house crying over her abandonment.

Dr. N: How long do you wait for Stanley in Earth years? S: Uh, four years.

Dr. N: Does this seem like a long time for you? What do you do?

S: It is nothing—a few weeks. I cry… and moan over my sadness, I can’t help it. I know this scares people, especially when I knock things over.

Dr. N: Why do you want to scare people who have done you no harm?

S: To express my displeasure at what was done to me. Dr. N: Please explain to me how all this comes to an end. S: I am … called.

Dr. N: Oh, you have asked for a release from this sad situation.

S: (long pause) Well… not actually… sort of… but he knows I am about ready. He comes and says to me, “Don’t you think this is enough?”

Dr. N: Who says this to you, and what happens?

S: The Redeemer of Lost Souls calls to me and I move further away from Earth with him and we talk while waiting.

Dr. N: Just a minute—is this your spirit guide?

S: (smiles for the first time) No, we are waiting for my guide. This spirit is Doni. He rescues souls like me. That’s his job.

Dr. N: What does Doni look like and what does he say to you?

S: (laughs) He looks like a little gnome, with a wrinkled face and a top hat which is all beat up—his whiskers shake when he talks to me. He tells me if I want to stay longer 1 can but wouldn’t it be more fun to go home and see Stanley there. He is very comical and makes me laugh but he is so gentle and wise. He takes me by the hand and we move to a beautiful place to talk more.

Dr. N: Tell me about this place and what happens to you next.

S: Well, this is a place for grieving souls like me and it looks like a beautiful meadow with flowers. Doni tells me to be joyful and he infuses my energy with love and happiness and purifies my mind. He lets me play like a child again among the flowers and tells me to chase the butterflies while he rests in the sun.

Dr. N: It sounds wonderful. How long does all this go on? S: (rather put off by my question) For as long as I want!

Dr. N: During this time, does Doni talk to you about Stanley and your behavior as a ghost?

S: (reacts with distaste) He absolutely does not do that! The Redeemer is not Tishin (subject’s guide). Those questions will come later. This is my time to rest. Doni’s old face is so full of kindness and love, he never scolds. He just encourages me to play.

His job is to bring my soul back to health by helping me cleanse my mind.

After Elizabeth’s energy is rejuvenated, Doni escorts her to Tishin and kisses her goodbye. Then the preliminary evaluations begin as with a normal orientation for someone returning to the spirit world. I was able to access this conference with Elizabeth-Belinda and it was instructive. In the beginning she stated that her life as an abandoned wife was wasted. Certainly, Elizabeth pined away much of her life in suffering without making adjustments or accepting change. Under Tishin’s guidance she saw that this lesson was not wasted. Belinda today is a very independent and productive woman who has weathered many emotional storms.

By now, I am sure the reader has figured out that Stanley is Stuart today. When I relate this part of the story to people, some say to me, “Oh, good, she was able to turn the tables on that bastard with the same treatment to get revenge for what he did to her.” This thinking shows how we misunderstand karmic lessons. The souls of Elizabeth and Stanley volunteered to assume their roles today as Belinda and Stuart. Stuart needed to feel the emotional pain of what he had wrought on Elizabeth. As Stanley, he had made a commitment of marriage in a culture and time when women were quite dependent upon their husbands. Because his action to leave her was swift and uncompromising, it was particularly brutal. This does not excuse Elizabeth, who took no responsibility for making changes in her life. Her suffering and nonacceptance of the situation was so extreme she ultimately became a ghost.

By assuming Stanley’s role in her current life, the soul of Belinda had to learn what motivated Stanley’s feelings of entrapment in an undesirable location. Belinda was not Stuart’s wife when she left the East Coast so the commitment was not quite the same as Stuart had with her in their former life when he was Stanley. Yet in this life they were lovers again and Stuart felt forsaken by Belinda’s desire to leave their town, friends and family to seek adventure and opportunity elsewhere. Because she had the courage to do this alone, Belinda’s soul has now acquired the insight that Stanley did not leave her out of a malicious desire to inflict emotional pain. Stanley wanted freedom and so did Belinda.

Belinda has carried the mental imprint of this past life into her life today. From a karmic standpoint, Belinda has a dose of residual sorrow as Elizabeth which she was unable to comprehend until our session. Belinda told me she still thinks about Stuart and he probably cannot forget her since she was his first love. They are soulmates in the same group and I think it is likely the two of them will assume a new role together in their next life, balancing what they have learned in the last two lives.

For those of you who are curious why Belinda had to endure the brief unrequited love affair with Burt, this was a test. Burt is another member of the same soul group and he volunteered to trigger Belinda’s soul memories of being Elizabeth to see if she had learned to stand up to the emotional pain of a broken heart. Burt’s actions also served as a wake-up call for Belinda to realize in her current life how Stuart felt when she left him. The blade of karma cuts both ways.

Spiritual Duality

Some years ago a magazine article recounted the travels of an American woman who was driving through the English countryside and felt inex- plicably drawn to a small side road away from her intended destination. Soon she came to a deserted old manor house (not Stanley’s). The woman was told by the caretaker the house was haunted by a ghost who looked very much like her. Walking around the grounds she felt an eerie connection to something. Presumably she was there to help release her- self. The two portions of her soul could have been drawn to each other  in the same mysterious way that two people living parallel lives with one soul might be if there was a compelling purpose.

In chapter 1,1 touched upon the duality of souls and how they are able to divide their energy to live more than one life at a time. A portion of the energy of most souls never leaves the spirit world during their incarnations. I’ll discuss soul division further in the next chapter, but splitting soul energy is particularly relevant to the study of ghosts. In  my last case, even though Elizabeth was in limbo for a while as a ghost, another part of her energy remained in the spirit world working on lessons and interacting with other souls. That other portion may also incarnate again and move on to a new life, which is what I believe happened with the woman who found the haunted house.

I disagree with some ghost authorities who state that ghostly forms only represent an earthly shell without a soul’s core of consciousness. There are life cycles when souls choose to take less energy than they should into a human body. However, even if they become ghosts, such souls are far more than an empty shell of energy. One would think that the balance of a ghost’s energy remaining in the spirit world ought to be more helpful to their disturbed alter ego still hanging around Earth. From what I hear, most immature souls who cross over are unable to perform this transfer and integration of energy by themselves. The following excerpt is a report I received from the soulmate of a ghost. This ghost is a young level I soul who was my subject’s first husband.

Case 15

Dr. N: You have told me that your first husband, Bob, was a ghost after his last life. Please explain the circumstances here.

S: Bob became a ghost because he was killed early in our marriage in that life. He was so overcome with despair and concern for me he wouldn’t leave.

Dr. N: I see. Can you tell me approximately how much of his total energy he carried with him into that life?

S: (nods her head in assent) Bob had only about a quarter of his energy and it was not enough for him in this mental crisis … he misjudged … (stops)

Dr. N: Do you think that if Bob had taken more of his energy to allow for this contingency he might not have become a ghost?

S: Oh, I can’t answer that, but I think it would have made him stronger … more resistant to sorrow.

Dr. N: Then why did he take so little energy to Earth?

S: Well, because he wanted to be more engaged with his work in the spirit world.

Dr. N: I’m confused about why Bob’s guide didn’t just make him take more energy to Earth.

S: (shakes her head negatively) No, no! We are not pushed around that way. We are free to make our choices. And Bob didn’t have to become a ghost, you know. Bob was advised to take more but he is stubborn and he was also considering another life at the same time, (a parallel life)

Dr. N: Let me make sure I understand. Bob underestimated his capacity to function more normally in a crisis with a body having only 25 percent of his energy capacity?

S: (sadly) I’m afraid so.

Dr. N: Even though in death that body was gone?

S: It didn’t matter. The effects were still with him and he didn’t have enough strength to combat the circumstances.

Dr. N: How long did Bob stay a ghost before the rest of his energy was restored to him in the spirit world?

S: Not long, about thirty years. He couldn’t seem to help himself… lack of experience … part of his lesson … then our teacher was called by… you know… those beings who patrol Earth watching over the disturbed ones . . . to go get the rest of him to come home…

Dr. N: They have been called the Redeemers of Lost Souls by some people.

S: That’s a good name for them, only Bob’s soul wasn’t lost exactly, only tormented.

Souls in Seclusion

My next case involves a more advanced subject who provided me with details about entities who are not ghosts but won’t go home after death. As the case unfolds we will see that there are two motivating factors that drive these types of souls into seclusion.

Case 16

Dr. N: Are there people who die who are not ready to return to the spirit world?

S: Yes, some souls who are released from their physical bodies don’t want to leave Earth.

Dr. N: I suppose they are all ghosts?

S: No, but they can be if that is their desire—most are not. They simply don’t want to be in contact with anyone.

Dr. N: And their spiritual energy does not go home right after death?

S: That’s right, except there is a part of their energy which never left the spirit world.

Dr. N: So I have heard. But let me ask if you consider these secluded souls as short-timers or do they stay in limbo for a long time in Earth years?

S: It varies. Some want to return as quickly as possible in a new body.

These souls don’t want to give up their physical form for any length of time. They are different from most of us who want to rest and go home to study. Many of this type have been real front-line warriors on Earth. They want to maintain a continuity with their physical life.

Dr. N: Well, it is my understanding that our guides won’t permit us to be in some kind of holding pattern near Earth and go right into a new life. Don’t these souls know they must go through the normal process of returning back to their groups, receiving counseling, studying their lessons and taking some part in the selection of a new body?

S: (laughs) You’re right, but the guides don’t force those in extreme distress to return home until they see the benefits of doing so.

Dr. N: Yes, but they won’t give them a new body right away until after some sort of period of readjustment.

S: (shrugs) Yes, that’s true.

Dr. N: Is it also true that other disturbed souls don’t want to go back to Earth and won’t go back where they belong in the spirit  world either?

S: That’s right—another type …

Dr. N: But if both soul types don’t prowl around Earth as discarnates bothering people as ghosts, should I be calling them disturbed when all they want is to be left alone?

S: They are divergent. Their actions are the result of something unfinished … traumatic … overwhelming. They are unwilling to let go and this conduct is not usual. They won’t talk to their teachers because of the extent of their unhappiness.

Dr. N: Why don’t their guides just take charge and pull them up deeper into the spirit world despite their resistance?

S: If souls were forced to do what is right for them they would learn nothing from getting into a funk and shutting themselves up from everyone.

Dr. N: Okay, but I still wonder why the souls who want to come back right away, with no stopovers in the spirit world, can’t just be given a new body immediately?

S: Can’t you see that placing a disturbed soul into a new body would be totally unfair to a baby just starting life? These souls have a right to be in seclusion, but they will eventually make the decision to ask for assistance. They must come to the conclusion they can’t progress alone. Being given a new body won’t help them.

Dr. N: Where do the souls go who don’t want to wander the Earth as ghosts but won’t go home?

S: (ruefully) It’s any space they want to create for themselves. They design their own reality with memories of a physical life. Some souls live in nice places like a garden setting. Others—those who have harmed people, for instance—design terrible spaces for themselves like a prison, a room with no windows. In these spaces they box themselves in so they can’t experience much light or make contact with anyone. It is self-imposed punishment.

Dr. N: I have heard that disturbed souls—the ones associated with evil—are taken into seclusion in the spirit world.

S: That’s correct, but at least they are ready to face the music and have their energy healed properly with love and care.

Dr. N: Can you give me some indication of how our guides deal with all types of souls in self-imposed exile?

S: They give them time to sweat it out. This is a challenge for teachers.

They know these souls are concerned about their evaluations and the reactions from their soul groups. They are full of negative energy and not thinking clearly. It may take many reassurances by those who wish to help them before these souls agree to give up their self- imposed places of confinement.

Dr. N: I assume there are as many techniques of persuasion as there are guides?

S: Sure … depending upon the range of skill. Some teachers will not go near a disturbed student until that soul is so sick of being in seclusion they voluntarily call for help. This can take quite a while, (pause, then continues) Other teachers drop in often for chats.

Dr. N: Eventually, will all these disturbed souls release themselves?

S: (pause) Let’s put it this way. Eventually, all will be released one way or another through different forms of encouragement… (laughs) or persuasion.

Those of you who are familiar with my work know that I have strong convictions about the influence soul memory has on human thought. The isolation and solitude of souls expressed in case 16 might well give one the impression of a Christian purgatory as a place of atonement. Could this religious concept have sprung from the fragmented soul memories of seclusion in the spirit world only to be subverted on Earth? There are similarities and great differences between my findings about soul seclusion and purgatory as defined by the church.

Christian doctrine has purgatory as a state of self-purification for those who must eliminate all traces of sin before proceeding on to heaven. I hear that some souls in seclusion undergo self-cleansing while others may require energy restoration. However, we don’t come out of seclusion totally purified or there would be no need  to reincarnate again. Also, soul confinement is not banishment. In recent years the less conservative elements of the Christian church do not stress hell as much as in the past. Nevertheless, the church still rejects universalism, the belief that everyone goes to heaven. To them, souls who die in a state of unrepentant mortal sin bypass purgatory and descend into hell where they suffer the punishments of “eternal fire.” To be eternally damned, according to the church, is a separation from God as opposed to those who are blessed. The Christian churches simply do not accept the concept that everything is forgivable in the afterlife. In my experience, all souls are repentant because they hold themselves accountable for their choices.

From all I have learned, soul energy cannot be destroyed or made nonfunctional but it can be reshaped and purified of earthly contamina- tion. Souls who demand to be left in solitude after death on Earth are not self-destructing, rather some feel isolation is necessary out of con- cern for contaminating other souls with negative energy. There are also souls who don’t feel contaminated but they are not ready to be consoled by anyone.

The important thing to keep in mind is that souls have the owner- ship of their energy and most ask their guides to be taken to the centers of healing and rejuvenation in the spirit world. These are therapeutic areas away from their soul groups where there is solitude and time for personal reflection. However, this is a form of directed therapy. The dis- turbed souls case 16 talked about had not yet chosen to receive help. All my case histories indicate to me that after death we have the right to refuse assistance from our spiritual masters for as long as we wish.

I have been asked at lectures if the places of self-imposed exile are “lower planes” or “lower worlds.” I can’t help but feel these ideas come from fear-based dogma. Perhaps it’s a question of semantics. I think a better translation of this state is a self-imposed space, a vacuum of sub- jective reality designed by the soul who wants to be alone. Separated space, away from the soul’s spiritual center, is one of its own making. I don’t see these souls as being lost in some realm divided from the spirit world where others reside. The disjunction is mental.

Souls of silence know they are immortal but they feel impotent. Consider what they do in solitude without help. They relive their acts over and over again, playing back all the karmic implications of what they have done to others and what has been done to them in their last life. They may have harmed others or been harmed by them. Quite often I hear they feel victimized by events over which they had little control. They are sad and mad at the same time. They have no inter- action with their soul groups. These souls suffer from self-recrimination and restricted insight. 1 must admit these conditions fall within some of the definitions of purgatory.

Sartre said, “We have an imaginary self of the world with tendencies and desires and a real self.” To this statement I would add that of William Blake, “Perception of our true self may threaten mergence with that self.” In their space, the souls of solitude have given up their imag- inary Self for a large dose of self-flagellation. Solitude and quiet self- analysis is an important and normal aspect of soul life within the spirit world. The difference here is that these disturbed souls are not yet ready to seek relief from their torment by asking for help, moving forward and making changes. It’s a good thing that these souls make up only a small fraction of the population of souls crossing over each day.

Discarnates Who Visit Earth

There are entities who travel to Earth as tourists and have never incar- nated on our planet. Some are quite advanced while others are mal- adapts. The character of these beings has been described to me as friendly, helpful and peaceful, or distant, aggravating and even con- tentious. For thousands of years I believe they have been considered in our folklore as beings with the capacity to create both fear and enchantment. Our mythology alludes to the differences between light beings who are airy and whimsical and darker beings who are heavy with ugly temperaments. Some of these pre-Christian legends have spilled over into current religious beliefs of a light or dark tableau of grace or violence in the afterlife.

Quite a number of my subjects have told me that between their lives on Earth they travel as discarnates to other worlds both in and out of our dimension. Some explain that they see other nonphysical entities on these trips. This is why it has been surprising to me that only occa- sionally do I receive small amounts of information from clients about encountering other light beings on Earth. My clients see them when they decide to visit Earth as discarnates themselves between lives. The reports are intriguing, as the next case illustrates.

Case 17

Dr. N: Since you have described to me how much you enjoy traveling to both physical and mental worlds between your lives, I am curious what you know about other beings you might see when you come to Earth?

S: They float through our reality here on Earth just as I do in other dimensions.

Dr. N: Do you know many souls who regularly incarnate on Earth that visit here like yourself?

S: No, as a matter of fact, it’s not all that common, but I like to come.

Many of my friends enjoy a change in scenery between lives and stay away from Earth. When I come here, sometimes I see strange beings I don’t know.

Dr. N: What do they look like?

S: Odd, strange shapes, wispy or dense … not human-looking.

Dr. N: Let’s talk about this. You have told me of the ability souls have in the spirit world to project a human form. What do you and your friends look like as spirits on Earth?

S: Oh … rather the same, but on a dense world such as Earth, we shift more on the physical side … to add flavor to what we once were here.

Dr. N: You mean you are in more of a corporeal state?

S: Um … ves … sort of. On worlds such as Earth we are more defined around the edges—the way we outline a human body in a transparent fashion as soft, diffused light. In the spirit world when we assume body features, say of a former life, we glow all over with full-strength energy.

Dr. N: Can a non-physical being, even in a diffused state, be visible to living inhabitants?

S: (chuckles) Oh, yes … but only certain people can see us as apparitions and then not always.

Dr. N: Why is that?

S: It has to do with their level of receptivity—of perception—at certain moments when we are in their area.

Dr. N: If you will, please put yourself in the position of a transparent light being on Earth and tell me what you do here. I want you to include any non-human spirits you see who have had no incarnation experiences on our planet.

S: (happily) As visitors, we soar through the mountains and valleys, the cities and small towns. For us, there is a vicarious picking up of the energy of Earth’s struggles. It’s always interesting to bump into different kinds of beings who are also on tour here. They know Earth’s inhabitants are afraid of us and most of these beings would like to dispel the fear … yet… those of us from Earth know we can’t afford to get entangled with people’s lives in any major way.

Dr. N:  Meaning that some beings  from other worlds  have no such reservations?

S: Yes.

Dr. N: I assume by “entangled” you mean interfering in someone’s karmic path?

S: Well… yes.

Dr. N: But why not help people if you can?

S: (abruptly,  and maybe with  some guilt)  Look, we are not  guides assigned to Earth. We are only visitors, as are the others we see here occasionally. It’s a vacation trip for all of us. If we come across a condition going bad we might take a moment to briefly … turn a head toward a better alternative path. We do get pleasure out of… nudging people … to act in their better interest rather than turning the wrong way.

Dr. N: If you happen to be in the right place at the right time?

S: Right, to give … a gentle push in a better direction at a crucial moment (raises voice)—no fixing of major trouble spots, you understand.

Dr. N: Then you would be considered as good s p i r i t s ? S: (laughs) As opposed to what?

Dr. N: (in an attempt to draw this subject out) To bad spirits who interfere with life forms for the pleasure of doing harm.

S: (abruptly) Who told you this? There are no evil spirits, only inept ones … and those who are careless … and indifferent…

Dr. N: How about sad spirits, or ones who are disoriented, or playful spirits—can’t they cause harm?

S: Oh, yes, but it is not premeditated evil, (pause, and then adds) Not all of us are in the same category … soaring around Earth on a lark.

Dr. N: That’s what I was getting at. I’m thinking of ghosts.

S: These are spirits grounded here by their own volition. Dr. N: How about the spirits who are strangers to Earth?

S: (pause) There are other spirits who travel interdimensionally who we consider to be maladapts. They do not seem to have any sensitivity to Earth. They are not knowledgeable about human beings.

Dr. N: (coaxing) And can they cause problems for the living?

S: (edgy) Yes, sometimes … although it might be unintentional. They are not bad or evil, just clumsy, mischievous children. The younger light beings can get lost between and within dimensions. Their amusements distract them. We consider them as naughty youngsters. These pranksters think Earth is their playground where they can engage in devilish behavior with susceptible, gullible people  and scare the hell out of them. They have a hilarious time before they are caught by one of the Rovers (tracker guides) sent to recapture these truants.

Dr. N: Is this a common occurrence?

S: Actually, I don’t think so. They are like children who escape from the watchful eyes of parents once in a while.

Dr. N: So you don’t see malevolent spirits directed here by some demonic force?

S: (promptly) Nooo—sometimes we might run into a dark, heavy entity who is disoriented by the Earth sphere. This place is dense but they come from places even more dense. Anyway, they want to cling to us because they don’t know what they are doing. We call them the “heavies” because of their lack of mobility.

Dr. N: What about the spirits you spoke of who are just indifferent to people on Earth?

S: (deep sigh) Yeah, they can scare people. This is because some of them have a disruptive nature. They are not considerate.

Dr. N: Bulls in a china shop?

S: Yeah—no adaption to local customs …

Dr. N: And, in these cases with different types of spirits who might be aggravating to the people here, do you try to intervene in some way?

S: Yes, if we come across them acting like rogues we put a stop to it and try and  push them away. This is very infrequent… most out-of- worlders are serious and respectful, (pause) I want to stress that we are not philanthropists. This is our recreation time and we want to be free of responsibility.

Dr. N: Okay then, why would an inept spirit of any sort come to Earth for whatever reason and be allowed to cause trouble, even inadvertently, for the people living here? Do their guides lack good parenting skills?

S: (unruffled) Well… too much monitoring makes for dull children.

If they were on a tight leash how would they learn? They are not going to be allowed to destroy or do great harm.

Dr. N: One last question. Do you think that all the kinds of spirits we have been talking about exist in large numbers swarming all over Earth?

S: Not at all. Compared to Earth’s population, only a tiny fraction.

Judging by my own experience here, there are times when only a few are around and I may not see them at all. It is not a constant thing … it’s more cyclic.

There is a mystery to that which is invisible to the living, when only our senses tell us something is there. I wonder if spiritual travelers don’t engender memories within us of recognition of what we once were and will be again.

Demons or Devas

I think it is fitting that I close this chapter with a summary of some misconceptions we have about the existence of evil spirits, good spirits and spiritual influences on Earth. If I step rather heavily on any pet   theories of the reader, please understand that my statements come from the reports of many hypnosis subjects in my practice. These subjects do not see the devil or demonic spirits floating around Earth. What they do feel when they are spirits is an abundance of negative human energy exuding the intense emotions of anger, hate and fear. These disruptive thought patterns are attracted to the consciousness of other negative thinkers who collect and disseminate even more disharmony. All this dark energy in the air works to the detriment of positive wisdom on Earth.

The ancients thought demons were flying beings who occupied the regions between heaven and Earth and were not particularly wicked. The early Christian church elevated demons to the status of “evil rulers of darkness.” As fallen angels, they were able to disguise themselves as messengers of God rather than Satan in order to deceive humans. I think it is fair to say that within the more liberal religious communities today, demons represent our own inner misguided passions that can get us into trouble.

In all my years of working with souls, never once have I had a subject who was possessed by another spirit, unfriendly or otherwise. When I made this statement at one lecture, a man raised his hand and said,

'That is all very well, O great guru, but until you have placed everyone in the world under hypnosis don't tell me about the absence of demonic forces!" Of course, this is a valid argument against my hypothesis that such things as soul possession, evil demons, the devil and hell don't exist. Nevertheless, I can come to no other conclusion when all of my subjects, even those who came to me with conscious beliefs in demonic forces, reject the existence of such beings when they see themselves as spirits.

Once in a while a client comes to me convinced they have been possessed by an alien entity or some sort of malevolent spirit. I have had other clients who believe an evil curse has been placed upon them from some past life behavior. As my hypnosis regression session moves into the superconscious mind of these people, typically we find one of three conditions:

  1. Almost always the fear proves to be absolutely groundless.
  • Occasionally, a friendly spirit, often a dead relative, has been trying to reach them. My distraught client has misinterpreted the intent of this spirit who only wished to bring comfort and love. There has been miscommunication between the sender and receiver. Souls have little trouble with telepathy between themselves, but this does not mean all souls are adept communicators with incarnated people.
  • Very rarely, a disturbed, inept spirit has made contact because of some unresolved karmic issues they have on Earth. We saw this in case 14.

Researchers into the paranormal have come up with three more reasons which ought to be added to my own as to why certain people believe they have been possessed by a demon:

  • Emotional and physical abuse as a child, which create feelings that the adult abuser represents an evil power who has total control.
  • Multiple Personality Disorder.
  • Periodic increases in the actions of electromagnetic fields around Earth which are sufficient enough to disrupt brain activity in a disturbed individual.

The possibility that people can be possessed by a satanic being comes right out of medieval belief systems. It is fear based and the result of theological superstition that has ruined countless lives over the last thousand years. Much of this nonsense has dissipated in the last two hundred years, but it lingers with the fundamentalists. The exorcism of demons is still practiced by some religious groups. Frequently, I find that clients who come to me with concerns about possession have lives which seem to be out of their control and filled with a variety of per- sonal obsessions and compulsions. People who hear voices commanding them to do bad things are likely to be schizophrenic—they are not possessed.

Our physical world may have unhappy or mischievous spirits floating round, but they do not lock in and inhabit the minds of people. The spirit world is much too ordered to allow for such muddled soul activ- ity. Being possessed by another being would not only abrogate our life contract but destroy free will. These factors form the foundation of reincarnation and cannot be compromised. The idea that satanic entities exist as outside forces to confuse and subvert people is a myth perpetuated by those who seek to control the minds of others for their own ends. Evil exists internally, initiated within the confines of the deranged human mind. Life can be cruel but it is of our making here on this planet.

Assuming that we are born evil, or that some external force has occupied the mind of an evil person, makes malevolence easier for some people to accept. It is a way of rationalizing premeditated cruelty, preserving our humanity, and absolving ourselves of responsibility individually and collectively as a race. When we see cases of serial killers, or those of children who kill other children, we might label these people as either “born killers” or under outside demonic influences. This saves us the trouble of finding out why these murderers enjoy inflicting pain by acting out their own pain.

There are no soul monsters. People are not born evil. Rather they are corrupted by the society in which they live, where practicing evil  satisfies the cravings of depraved personalities. This emanates from the human brain. Studies of the psychopath have shown that the excitement of inflicting pain on others without remorse satisfies an emptiness they feel within themselves. Practicing evil is a source of power, strength and control for inadequate people. Hate takes away the reality of a hateful life. The warped minds of these executioners tell them, “If life is not worth living for me, why not take it away from somebody else.”

Evil is not genetic, although if a family has a history of violence and cruelty to their children, these acts are often passed on from one gener- ation to the next as learned behavior. Violence and dysfunctional behavior from one adult member of a family is an internal emotional reaction that spills over to contaminate other younger members. This can lead to compulsive and destructive behavior from children of that family. How do these genetic and environmental disruptions to the body affect our soul?

What I have found in my practice is that a soul’s energy force may, during troubled times, dissociate from the body. There are those who feel they don’t even belong to their bodies. If conditions are severe enough, these souls are prone to thoughts of suicide—but usually not taking the life of another. 1 will have more to say about this condition in upcoming chapters. Part of this turmoil stems from conflicts between the soul’s immortal character meshed to the temperament of a host brain with all its genetic baggage. There may also be influences of abnormal brain chemistry and hormonal imbalances affecting the cen- tral nervous system that might contaminate the soul.

Another element I find is that immature souls often have difficulties handling the poor mental circuitry of disturbed human beings. There is a counteraction of the soul self versus the human self. A push-me pull- you force is struggling to present a single ego to the world and not doing very well in the process. These are internal, not external forces at work. A disturbed mind does not need an exorcist but a competent mental health therapist.

Souls don’t represent all that is pure and good about a body or they wouldn’t be incarnating for personal development. Souls come to Earth to work on their own shortcomings. In terms of self-discovery, a soul may choose to act in conjunction with, or in opposition to, its own character in the selection of a human body. As an example, a soul combating tendencies toward selfishness and indulgence might not mix well with a human ego whose emotional temperament is disposed to engag- ing in hostile acts for self-gratification.

Quite often, troubled people have suffered painful environmental trauma such as physical and emotional abuse as children. They have either internalized themselves, creating a shell to hide behind their pain, or externalized by mentally moving outside their bodies on a regular basis. These defense mechanisms are a means of survival to preserve our sanity. When a client tells me that they love to “tune out” and practice astral projection because the out-of-body experience makes them feel more alive, I look for disturbances. Indeed, I may not find anything other than curiosity, but an obsession with being away from the body indicates a desire to escape from current reality.

It is perhaps for this reason I am troubled by the walk-in theory as another escape mechanism. I believe the whole idea of walk-ins to be a false concept. According to the proponents of this theory, tens of thou- sands of souls now on this planet came directly into their physical body without going through the normal process of birth and childhood. We are told that these possessing souls are enlightened beings who are per- mitted to take over the adult body of a soul who wants to check out  early because life has become too difficult. Therefore, the walk-in soul is actually performing a humanitarian act, according to devotees of this theory. I call this possession by permission.

If this theory is true, then I must turn in my great-guru white robe and gold medallion. Not once, in all my years of working with subjects  in regression, have I ever had a walk-in soul. Also, these people have never heard of any other soul in the spirit world associated with such practices. In fact, they deny the existence of this act because it would abrogate a soul’s life contract. To give another soul permission to come in and take over your karmic life plan defeats the whole purpose of your coming to Earth in the first place! It is deluded reasoning to assume that the walk-in would wish to complete their own karmic cycle in a body originally selected and assigned to someone else. If I am a senior in a high school trigonometry class, would I leave my class and go down the hall to a freshman algebra class where a student is struggling with an exam and tell him I’ll finish the exam for him so he can leave early?

This is a lose-lose situation for both students—and what teacher would permit it?

The whole walk-in theory is like suicide, although it is supposed to combat suicide by allowing the walk-out soul to escape responsibility  for straightening out their life. The walk-out soul relinquishes owner- ship of its host body so a more advanced spirit who does not want to go to all the trouble of being in a child’s body can take over. This is one of the major flaws of possession by permission. From everything I have learned about body assignments, it takes years for a soul to fully meld  its energy vibrations with that of a host brain. The process begins when the baby is in a fetal state. All the essential elements of who we really  are come from the soul assigned to a specific body from the beginning. Consider first the three Is emanating from the soul: imagination, intuition and insight. Then add such components as conscience and cre- ativity. Do you think the adult human mind is not going to recognize the loss of its partner Self to a new presence? Now, that would drive a host body insane as opposed to healing it. I tell people not to worry about losing their soul—it’s with us for the duration because there are good reasons for having the particular body you occupy.

Souls take their responsibility very seriously, even to the extent of being inside nonfunctional bodies. They are not materially trapped. For instance, a soul may inhabit a comatose host body for many years and not abandon it until death. These souls are able to roam freely across  the land visiting other souls who might be making brief trips away from their bodies during normal sleep states. This is especially true of souls in the bodies of babies. Souls are very respectful of their host body assignments, even if they are bored. They leave a small portion of their energy so they can return quickly if needed. Their wavelengths are like homing beacons who have “fingerprinted” their human partners.

When a soul’s energy does leave the human body, this does not pro- vide an opportunity for some demonic being to rapidly move in and occupy a vacant mind. This is another superstition. Aside from the nonexistence of such demonic beings in the first place, the mind is never completely vacant of a traveling soul’s energy. A malevolent entity would be unable to squeeze in, even if it did exist.

Evidently, residents of the spirit world are quite aware of our enthrallment with dark and nefarious specters who pose a danger to the soul. I have a most unusual and defining case which brought this to my attention. The ironic engagement of demonology employed in case 18 by my subject’s teacher toward his hapless student is outrageous and unconventional but effective. This case illustrates how the almost brutal use of humor can be graphically applied in the spirit world to define  our shortcomings on Earth.

Case 18 concerns the death experience of an evangelical preacher of the 1920s. This man had spent a lifetime seeing the devil in every nook and cranny of his town in the deep South. During my review of this life with the client who carried these memories, I was told, “My parish- ioners were shaken to their bones with my fiery sermons of the hell awaiting all sinful transgressors.” I will begin this case with a scene as it unfolded right after my subject reaches the gateway.

Case 18

Dr. N: You say that although things are not too clear, you are floating in bright light and someone is coming toward you?

S: Yes, I am kind of disoriented. I haven’t gotten used to things around here yet.

Dr. N: That’s fine, just take your time and let the figure float toward you as you float toward it.

S: (long pause, and then with a loud horrified exclamation) OH, GOD. NO!

Dr. N: (startled by this outcry) What’s going on?

S:  (subject’s  body  begins  to  shake  uncontrollably)  OH  …  OH  …

LORD ALMIGHTY! IT’S THE DEVIL. I KNEW IT. I’VE GONE TO HELL!

Dr. N: (grasping subject by the shoulders) Now, take a deep breath and try to relax as we go through this together, (then, softly) You are not in hell…

S: (cuts in with a shrill tone of voice) OH, YEAH—THEN WHY DO 1 SEE THE DEVIL RIGHT IN FRONT OF ME?

Dr. N: (my subject’s face is now covered in sweat and I use a tissue to wipe some of it away while continuing to reassure) Try to calm yourself, there is some misinterpretation here and we will find it soon.

S: (paying no attention to me, the subject now begins to moan while rocking back and forth) Ohooo … it’s over for me … I’m in hell…

Dr. N: (I break in now more forcefully) Tell me exactly what you see.

S: (whispering at first and then loudly) A … being… demonic … reddish- green face … horns … wild-eyed … fangs… the facial skin is like charred wood … O SWEET JESUS, WHY ME OF ALL PEOPLE, WHO SPOKE SO MUCH IN YOUR NAME?

Dr. N: What else do you see?

S: (with loathing) WHAT ELSE IS THERE TO SEE? CAN’T YOU UNDERSTAND? I’M IN FRONT OF THE DEVIL!

Dr. N: (quickly) I meant the rest of the body. Look below the head and tell me what you see.

S: (with a violent shudder) Nothing … just a wispy ghostlike body.

Dr. N: Stay with me. Doesn’t this seem unusual to you—that the devil would appear with no body? Move forward in time rapidly now and tell me what this figure does.

S: (my subject’s body jerks up violently and then with a great sigh of relief he sags back into the chair) Oh … that bastard … I might have known … it’s SCANLON. He is taking his mask off and smiling wickedly at me …

Dr. N: (now I can relax) Who is Scanlon?

S: My guide. This is his crude idea of a joke. Dr. N: What does Scanlon really look like now?

S: Tall, aquiline features, gray hair … full of mischief-making, as usual, (laughs with bravado, but still not fully recovered) I should have known. He caught me unawares this time.

Dr. N: Does Scanlon make a habit of this sort of thing? Why frighten you just as you were coming into the spirit world a little disoriented?

S: (defensively) Listen, he is a great teacher. That’s his way. He has got our whole group using masks but he knows 1 don’t like them much.

Dr. N: Tell me why Scanlon used a devil’s mask to scare you right after this life? Talk to him now.

Note: I am quiet for a few moments while my subject mentally connects with Scanlon.

S: (after a period of silence) I had it coming. Oh, I know it! I spent a lifetime preaching about the devil, scaring good people … telling Scanlon gave me a dose of my own medicine.

Dr. N: And how do you feel now about his methods?

S: (chagrined) He made his point.

Dr. N: I want to ask you a blunt question. Did you really believe what you told your parishioners about seeing demonic forces everywhere, or were you motivated by something else?

S: (intensely) No, no—I believed what I was saying about evil being everywhere in every person. I was not a hypocrite.

Dr. N: Are you sure it wasn’t false piety? You did not pretend to feel and be what you were not?

S: No! I believed it. My undoing was my method of preaching and the love of the power over others that this ability gave me. Yes, I admit that failing… 1 made life miserable for some of my flock… not seeing the essential goodness in people. I was always suspicious because of my obsession with evil and this corrupted me.

Dr. N: Do you feel part of what you became was the result of the body you chose in this life?

S: (in a flat voice) Yes, I lacked restraint. I chose a body with a feisty mind and allowed myself to be swept away. I was too confrontational as a preacher.

Dr. N: And do you know why your soul mind chose to enter into this partnership in the body of a preacher who constantly intimidated people?

S: Oh, I… shit… I let it happen because it felt good to be in control … I was afraid of… not being taken seriously enough.

Dr. N: You were worried about the loss of control? S: (long pause) Yes, that… 1 would be … inadequate.

Dr. N: By his use of a devil’s mask, do you think Scanlon demeans what you stood for in the church?

S: No, that’s my teacher’s way. I chose the body of a minister and he helped me with all this. 1 took a wrong turn—it was not the wrong path. My faith was not a bad thing but I became misguided and I

people rather than reason with them. He wanted me to feel the same fear that I gave to others.

Note: I now move my subject into a group setting to learn more about how Scanlon teaches his students through the use of masks.

Dr. N: Who is the first person who comes to you?

S: (hesitates and is wary) It’s … an angel… soft glowing white … wings

…  (then,  with  recognition)  OKAY,  I’M  ON  TO  ALL  OF  YOU. ENOUGH!

Dr. N: Who is this angel?

S: My dear friend, Diane. She has removed her angel’s mask and is laughing and hugging me.

Dr. N: I’m a little confused. Souls can assume any shape or create any features they want. Why bother with masks?

S: The mask is similar to a figure of speech, a symbol one can hold in the hand to put on and pull off for effect. Diane is offsetting Scanlon’s huge joke by being a loving angel for me while the others are laughing at what happened to me.

Dr. N: What kind of individual is Diane?

S: Very loving and full of humor. She likes practical jokes, as does most of my group. They all know I take things too seriously. I don’t like the masks very much so they tease me.

Dr. N: During your lessons, are masks used as a means of teaching about right and wrong behavior?

S: Yes, they are a means of acknowledgment of good or poor think- ing, misconceptions … they identify aspects of our character which are positive and those which are undesirable and we can role play with each other.

Dr. N: Did Scanlon originate the use of this sort of prop for your group lessons?

S: (laughs) Yes, and what he does makes an impression.

This was a strange case and 111 admit Scanlon had me going for a few minutes when 1 thought this client was taking me to a place no other had before. The treatment this subject received at the gateway by the use of a devil mask is an anomaly. Moreover, I have never encountered a guide whose behavior had such extravagance and provocation.

In the chapters ahead we will see how drama plays an important part in soul group activity. The use of masks by Scanlon’s group as a symbolic gesture to embody a belief system is rather unique in my experience. Masks do have a long tradition in our cultural life, where personification of divine and demonic power has been used to mock spirits which are feared and honor those spirits that are venerated. The devil mask has a history of tribal exorcism toward a harmful spirit. Case 18 is one where mythic spiritual practices were taken from Earth by a soul group director to serve as a wake-up call for his students.

Continued…

This post continues to part 2 of 3. You can (and should) visit this post HERE.

Do you want more?

I have other posts that fall under this category. They can be found in the MAJestic Index here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

The Geography of Heaven; Journey of Souls (full text) by Michael Newton

What is Heaven like? Well, here you are going to find out.

As I have often discussed, what we refer to as “time” is just our consciousness moving in and out of different world-lines. Each world-line is our momentary reality.

Now, when we are not in a particular world-line we are in a “in between” phase.

During that “in between period”, our consciousness is in “wave form”, and we are in what is commonly referred to as “Heaven”.

Here, we are going to talk about what Heaven is like. We are going to discuss the geography of Heaven.

Or rather the best available study on this matter.

And it is, by far, the best study. And let’s not make any mistake, it is a pretty good and accurate summary of what Heaven actually is.

Important Note
This post contains the complete reprint of the non-fiction work by Dr. Michael Newton titled “Journey of Souls”. This HTML version of the book was transcribed from a MS Word version of a PDF file that was obtained from an EPUB file format. Thus the paragraphs tend to have odd breaks. I have also not included the very few figures that were part of the book. Aside from these issues, the book should be easy enough to read without problem. Please enjoy.

Introduction

There are all kinds of books out there that will describe “Heaven” in all sorts of ways and in terms that may, or may not be familiar. Most are terribly inaccurate, at best.

  • Some are nothing more than a single persons interpretation of what Heaven is like by reading the Bible (or other spiritual book).
  • Some are nothing more than “nonsense” and “insight” provided by “channeled” entities.
  • Some are custom-made tomes designed to fit within one of the many “spiritual” or “New Age” faddists. (It’s nothing less than a way to profit off the gullible and weak.)
  • Some are just ‘copy-cat books of other more profitable literature.
  • Some are interpretations of what Heaven must be like based upon the latest “scientific findings”.

Now, I have written about my experiences and my role within MAJestic. As such, I have provided some insight of the glimpses that I have had outside of our world-lines. Not much, just some.

I never studied this aspect of my role and involvement. It’s just that I was often too overwhelmed by the state of the world-line that I found myself in.

You know, when you get into a car accident, the last thing in the world that you will do is to check to see if the tires are scuffed up. Nope. The condition of the car tires is the last thing on your mind.

It’s sort of like that.

Never the less, the idea that our soul and consciousness is so intertwined with Heaven is strange to most people. They like to think in dualities. We are on earth in the Physical, and when we die we become spirit in Heaven. And that’s it.

Ah It’s a very simplistic narrative.

Well, Doctor Newton has compiled, what I consider to be, the most accurate description of what Heaven is based on my experiences in MAJestic.

And as such, his writings have a strong role here and deserve all the attention that I can provide. He studied this issue for many decades and wrote two books. Both of which are reprinted in Metallicman. This is the first book.

Quick Introduction to Dr. Newton.

Dr. Newton has made it his life’s goal to map out what the non-physical realm is like.

You see, way back in the 1960’s, he was very interested in stories about “regression therapy”. Which was basically, hypnotism of a person where you regressed them back to a past event, and then you walk the person through that event to try to sole emotional, mental or physical problems.

He would get patients that were suffering from PTSD from the war (either Korean, or Vietnam). He would regress them to a time where they would relive the events, in a calm and secure environment, and work with the patient to overcome their problems at what ever level was necessary.

He, like other clinical hypnotists, discovered that his patients would sometimes be regressed to other lives.

They would suddenly be talking in a strange language, or talking about events and experiences that the actual person would have absolutely no knowledge of. They would describe to him a life that they had in another place, and in another time.

This fascinated Dr, Newton. As it did many other researchers.

It also spawned a complete avalanche of related books about past-life regression. (Another subject for another time.)

But while interesting, it often wasn’t really what the patient needed to solve their problems and deal with their distress. That is, until one day. By accident, the doctor regressed a patient back to a time before they were born…

…and the patient described being in “Heaven”.

After a while, Dr. Newton decided to work with a number of patients to “map out” Heaven and see if there were any kind of commonality between the various patients.

And low and behold! There was!

He started with 25 patients in his first batch of studies, and then expanded it to thousands.

Indeed, many of the descriptions were identical. And using the similarities as the “glue” or “linkage” between people are different ages, races, societies, cultures and social-economic backgrounds, he was able to successfully map out what Heaven is actually like.

He wrote two books;

  • Journey of Souls
  • Destiny of Souls

This is a reprint of his first work; “Journey of Souls”.

I strongly recommend that both books be read and studied. As it described what it is actually like, or at least what I have experienced as part of MAJestic. If you all want to know about part of you that is hidden from view, now is your chance…

Journey of Souls

Table of Contents

  • Death and Departure
  • Gateway to the Spirit World
  • Homecoming
  • The Displaced Soul
  • Orientation
  • Transition
  • Placement
  • Our Guides The Beginner Soul
  • The Intermediate Soul
  • The Advanced Soul
  • Life Selection
  • Choosing a New Body
  • Preparation for Embarkation
  • Rebirth

Introduction

You would know the hidden realm where all souls dwell.

The journey’s way lies

through death’s misty fell. Within this timeless passage a guiding light does dance, Lost from conscious memory, but visible in trance.

M.N.

ARE you afraid of death? Do you wonder what is going to happen to you after you die? Is it possible you have a spirit which came from somewhere else and will return there after your body dies, or is this just wishful thinking because you are afraid?

It is a paradox that humans, alone of all creatures of the Earth, must repress the fear of death in order to lead normal lives. Yet our biological instinct never lets us forget this ultimate danger to our being. As we grow older, the specter of death rises in our consciousness. Even religious people fear death is the end of personhood. Our greatest dread of death brings thoughts about the nothingness of death which will end all associations with family and friends. Dying makes all our earthly goals seem futile.

If death were the end of everything about us, then life indeed would be meaningless.

However, some power within us enables humans to conceive of a hereafter and to

sense a connection to a higher power and even an eternal soul. If we do actually have a soul, then where does it go after death? Is there really some sort of heaven full of intelligent spirits outside our physical universe? What does it look like? What do we do when we get there? Is there a supreme being in charge of this paradise? These questions are as old as humankind itself and still remain a mystery to most of us.

The true answers to the mystery of life after death remain locked behind a spiritual door for most people. This is because we have built-in amnesia about our soul identity which, on a conscious level, aids in the merging of the soul and human brain. In the last few years the general public has heard about people who temporarily died and then came back to life to tell about seeing a long tunnel, bright lights, and even brief encounters with friendly spirits. But none of these accounts written in the many books on reincarnation has ever given us anything more than a glimpse of all there is to know about life after death.

This book is an intimate journal about the spirit world. It provides a series of actual case histories which reveal in explicit detail what happens to us when life on Earth is over. You will be taken beyond the spiritual tunnel and enter the spirit world itself to learn what transpires for souls before they finally return to Earth in another life.  I am a skeptic by nature, although it will not seem so from the contents of this book. As a counselor and hypnotherapist, I specialize in behavior modification for the treatment of psychological disorders. A large part of my work involves short-term cognitive restructuring with clients by helping them connect thoughts and emotions to  promote  healthy  behavior.  Together  we  elicit  the  meaning,  function,  and consequences of their beliefs because I take the premise that no mental problem is imaginary.

In the early days of my practice, I resisted past life requests from people because of

my orientation toward traditional therapy. While I used hypnosis and age- regression techniques to determine the origins of disturbing memories and childhood trauma, I felt any attempt to reach a former life was unorthodox and non-clinical. My interest in reincarnation and metaphysics was only intellectual curiosity until I worked with a young man on pain management.

This client complained of a lifetime of chronic pain on his right side. One of the tools

of hypnotherapy to manage pain is directing the subject to make the pain worse so he or she can also learn to lessen the aching and thus acquire control. In one of our sessions involving pain intensification, this man used the imagery of being stabbed to recreate his torment. Searching for the origins of this image, I eventually uncovered his former life as a World War I soldier who was killed by a bayonet in France, and we were able to eliminate the pain altogether.

With encouragement from my clients, I began to experiment with moving some of them further back in time before their last birth on Earth. Initially I was concerned that a subject’s integration of current needs, beliefs, and fears would create fantasies of recollection. However, it didn’t take long before I realized our deep-seated memories offer a set of past experiences which are too real and connected to be ignored. I came to appreciate just how therapeutically important the link is between the bodies and events of our former lives and who we are today.

Then I stumbled on to a discovery of enormous proportions. I found it was possible

to see into the spirit world through the mind’s eye of a hypnotized subject who could report back to me of life between lives on Earth.

The case that opened the door to the spirit world for me was a middle-aged woman who was an especially receptive hypnosis subject. She had been talking to me about

her feelings of loneliness and isolation in that delicate stage when a subject has finished recalling their most recent past life. This unusual individual slipped into the

highest state of altered consciousness almost by herself Without realizing I had initiated an overly short command for this action, I suggested she go to the source of

her loss of companionship. At the same moment I inadvertently used one of the trigger words to spiritual recall. I also asked if she had a specific group of friends

whom she missed.

Suddenly, my client started to cry. When I directed her to tell me what was wrong,

she blurted out, “I miss some friends in my group and that’s why I get so lonely on Earth.” I was confused and questioned her further about where this group of friends was actually located. “Here, in my permanent home,” she answered simply, “and I’m looking at all of them right now!”

After finishing with this client and reviewing her tape recordings, I recognized that finding the spirit world involved an extension of past life regression. There are many books about past lives, but none I could find which told about our life as souls, or how to properly access the spiritual recollections of people. I decided to do the research myself and with practice I acquired greater skill in entering the spirit world through my subjects. I also learned that finding their place in the spirit world was far more meaningful to people than recounting their former lives on Earth.  How is it possible to reach the soul through hypnosis? Visualize the mind as having three concentric circles, each smaller than the last and within the other, separated only by layers of connected mind-consciousness. The first outer layer is represented by the conscious mind which is our critical, analytic reasoning source. The second layer is the subconscious, where we initially go in hypnosis to tap into the storage area for all the memories that ever happened to us in this life and former lives. The third, the innermost core, is what we are now calling the superconscious mind. This level exposes the highest center of Self where we are an expression of a higher power.

The superconscious houses our real identity, augmented by the subconscious which contains the memories of the many alter-egos assumed by us in our former human bodies. The superconscious may not be a level at all, but the soul itself. The superconscious mind represents our highest center of wisdom and perspective, and all my information about  life after death comes from this source of intelligent energy.

How valid is the use of hypnosis for uncovering truth? People in hypnosis are neither dreaming nor hallucinating. We don’t dream in chronological sequences nor hallucinate in a directed trance state. When subjects are placed in trance, their brain waves slow from the Beta wake state and continue to change vibration down past the meditative Alpha stage into various levels within the Theta range. Theta is hypnosis-not sleep. When we sleep we go to the final Delta state where messages from the brain are dropped into the subconscious and vented through our dreams. In Theta, however, the conscious mind is not unconscious, so we are able to receive

as well as send messages with all memory channels open.

Once in hypnosis, people report the pictures they see and dialogue they hear in their

unconscious minds as literal observations. In response to questions, subjects cannot lie, but they may misinterpret something seen in their unconscious mind, just as we do in the conscious state. In hypnosis, people have trouble relating to anything they don’t believe is the truth.

Some critics of hypnosis believe a subject in trance will fabricate memories and bias their  responses  in  order  to  adopt  any  theoretical  framework  suggested  by  the hypnotist. I find this generalization to be a false premise. In my work, I treat each case  as  if I  were  hearing  the  information  for the  first  time.  If  a  subject  were somehow able to overcome hypnosis procedure and construct a deliberate fantasy about the spirit world, or free-associate from pre-set ideas about their afterlife, these  responses  would  soon  become  inconsistent  with  my  other  case  reports.  I learned the value of careful cross-examination early in my work and I found no evidence of anyone faking their spiritual experiences to please me. In fact, subjects in hypnosis are not hesitant in correcting my misinterpretations of their statements. As my case files grew, I discovered by trial and error to phrase questions about the spirit  world  in  a  proper  sequence.  Subjects  in  a  superconscious  state  are  not particularly motivated to volunteer information about the whole plan of soul life in the spirit world. One must have the right set of keys for specific doors. Eventually, I was able to perfect a reliable method of memory access to different parts of the spirit world by knowing which door to open at the right time during a session.

As I gained confidence with each session, more people sensed I was comfortable with the hereafter and felt it was all right to speak to me about it. The clients in my cases represent some men and women who were very religious, while others had no particular spiritual beliefs at all. Most fall somewhere in between, with a mixed bag of personal philosophies about life. The astounding thing I found as I progressed with my research was that once subjects were regressed back into their soul state they all displayed a remarkable consistency in responding to questions about the spirit world. People even use the same words and graphic descriptions in colloquial language when discussing their lives as souls.

However, this homogeneity of experience by so many clients did not stop me from

continually trying to verify statements between my subjects and corroborate specific functional activities of souls. There were some differences in narrative reporting between cases, but this was due more to the level of soul development than to variances in how each subject basically saw the spirit world.

The research was painfully slow, but as the body of my cases grew I finally had a working model of the eternal world where our souls live. I found thoughts about the spirit world involve universal truths among the souls of people living on Earth. It was these perceptions by so many different types of people which convinced me their statements were believable. I am not a religious person, but I found the place where we go after death to be one of order and direction, and I have come to appreciate that there is a grand design to life and afterlife.

When I considered how to best present my findings, I determined the case study

method would provide the most descriptive way in which the reader could evaluate client  recall  about  the  afterlife.  Each  case  I  have  selected  represents  a  direct

dialogue between myself and a subject. The case testimonies are taken from tape recordings from my sessions. This book is not intended to be about my subjects’ past lives, but rather a documentation of their experiences in the spirit world relating to those lives.

For readers who may have trouble conceptualizing our souls as non-material objects, the case histories listed in the early chapters explain how souls appear and the way in which they function. Each case history is abbreviated to some extent because of space constraints and to give the reader an orderly arrangement of soul activity. The chapters are designed to show the normal progression of souls into and out of the spirit world, incorporated with other spiritual information.

The travels of souls from the time of death to their next incarnation has come to me from a ten-year collection of clients. It surprised me at first, that I had people who remembered parts of their soul life more clearly after distant lifetimes than recent ones. Yet, for some reason, no one subject was able to recall the entire chronology of soul activities I have presented in this book. My clients remember certain aspects of their spiritual life quite vividly, while other experiences are hazy to them. As a result, even with these twenty-nine cases, I found I could not give the reader the full range of information I have gathered about the spirit world. Thus, my chapters contain details from more cases than just the twenty-nine listed.

The reader may consider my questioning in certain cases to be rather demanding. In

hypnosis, it is necessary to keep the subject on track. When working in the spiritual realm, the demands on a facilitator are higher than with past life recall. In trance, the average subject tends to let his or her soul-mind wander while watching interesting scenes unfold. My clients often want me to stop talking so they can detach from reporting what they see and just enjoy their past experiences as souls. I try to be gentle and not overly structured, but my sessions are usually single ones which run three hours in length and there is a lot to cover. People may come long distances to see me and not be able to return.

I find it very rewarding to watch the look of wonder on a client’s face when his or her session ends. For those of us who have had the opportunity to actually see our immortality, a new depth of self-understanding and empowerment emerges. Before awakening my subjects, I often implant appropriate post-suggestion memories. Having a conscious knowledge of their soul life in the spirit world and a history of physical existences on planets gives these people a stronger sense of direction and energy for life.

Finally, I should say that what you are about to read may come as a shock to your

preconceptions about death. The material presented here may go against your philosophical and religious beliefs. There will be those readers who will find support for their existing opinions. For others, the information offered in these cases will all appear to be subjective tales resembling a science fiction story. Whatever your persuasion, I hope you will reflect’ upon the implications for humanity if what my subjects have to say about life after death is accurate.

1

Death and Departure Case 1

S. (Subject): Oh, my god! I’m not really dead-am I? I mean, my body is dead-I can see it below me-but I’m floating… I can look down and see my body lying flat in the hospital bed. Everyone around me thinks I’m dead, but I’m not. I want to shout, hey, I’m not really dead! This is so incredible … the nurses are pulling a sheet over my head… people I know are crying. I’m supposed to be dead, but I’m still alive! It’s strange, because my body is absolutely dead while I’m moving around it from above. I’m alive!

THESE  are  the  words  spoken  by  a  man  in  deep  hypnosis,  reliving  a  death

experience. His words come in short, excited bursts and are full of awe, as he sees and feels what it is like to be a spirit newly separated from a physical body. This man is my client and I have just assisted him in recreating a past life death scene while he lies back in a comfortable recliner chair. A little earlier, following my instructions during his trance induction, this subject was age-regressed in a return to childhood memories.  His subconscious perceptions gradually coalesced as we worked together to reach his mother’s womb.

I then prepared him for a jump back into the mists of time by the visual use of

protective shielding. When we completed this important step of mental conditioning, I moved my subject through an imaginary time tunnel to his last life on Earth. It was a short life because he had died suddenly from the influenza epidemic of 1918. As the initial shock of seeing himself die and feeling his soul floating out of his body begins to wear off a little, my client adjusts more readily to the visual images in his mind.  Since  a  small  part  of  the  conscious,  critical  portion  of  his  mind  is  still functioning, he realizes he is recreating a former experience. It takes a bit longer than usual since this subject is a younger soul and not so used to the cycles of birth, death, and rebirth as are many of my other clients.

Yet,  within  a  few  moments  he  settles  in  and  begins  to  respond  with  greater

confidence to my questions. I quickly raise this subject’s subconscious hypnotic level into the superconscious state. Now he is ready to talk to me about the spirit world, and I ask what is happening to him.

S: Well … I’m rising up higher … still floating … looking back at my body. It’s like watching a movie, only I’m in it! The doctor is comforting my wife and daughter. My wife is sobbing (subject wiggles with discomfort in his chair). I’m trying to reach into her mind … to tell her everything is all right with me. She is so overcome by grief I’m not getting through. I want her to know my suffering is gone … I’m free of my body … I don’t need it any more … that I

will wait for her. I want her to know that … but she is … not listening to me. Oh, I’m moving away now …

And so, guided by a series of commands, my client starts the process of moving further into the spirit world. It is a road many others have traveled in the security of my office. Typically, as memories in the superconscious state expand, subjects in hypnosis become more connected to the spiritual passageway. As the session moves forward, the subject’s mental pictures are more easily translated into words. Short descriptive phrases lead to detailed explanations of what it is like to enter the spirit world.

We have a great deal of documentation, including observations from medical personnel, which describes the out-of-body near-death experiences of people severely injured in accidents. These people were considered clinically dead before medical efforts brought them back from the other side. Souls are quite capable of leaving and returning to their host bodies, particularly in life-threatening situations when the body is dying’. People tell of hovering over their bodies, especially in hospitals, watching doctors perform life-saving procedures on them. In time these memories fade after they return to life.

In the early stages of hypnosis regression into past lives, the descriptions of subjects mentally going through their past deaths do not contradict the reported statements of people who have actually died in this life for a few minutes. The difference between these two groups of people is that subjects in hypnosis are not remembering their experiences of temporary death. People in a deep trance state are capable of describing what life is like after permanent physical death.

What are the similarities of afterlife recollection between people reporting on their out-of-body experiences as a result of a temporary physical trauma and a subject in hypnosis recalling death in a past life? Both find themselves floating around their bodies in a strange way, trying to touch solid objects which dematerialize in front of them. Both kinds of reporters say they are frustrated in their attempts to talk to living people who don’t respond. Both state they feel a pulling sensation away from the place where they died and experience relaxation and curiosity rather than fear. All these people report a euphoric sense of freedom and brightness around them. Some of my subjects see brilliant whiteness totally surrounding them at the moment of death, while others observe the brightness is farther away from an area of darker space through which they are being pulled. This is often referred to as the tunnel effect, and has become well known with the public.

My second case will take us further into the death experience than Case 1. The subject here is a man in his sixties describing to me the events of his death as a young woman called Sally, who was killed by Kiowa Indians in an attack on a wagon train in 1866. Although this case and the last one relate death experiences after their most immediate past lives, a particular death date in history has no special relevance because it is recent. I find no significant differences between ancient and modern times in terms of graphic spirit world recall, or the quality of lessons learned.

I should also say the average subject in trance has an uncanny ability to zero in on the dates and geographic locations of many past lives. This is true even in earlier periods of human civilization, when national borders and place names were different than exist today. Former names, dates, and locations may not always be easily recalled in every past life, but descriptions about returning to the spirit world and life in that world are consistently vivid.

The scene in Case 2 opens on the American southern plains right after an arrow has struck Sally in the neck at close range. I am always careful with

death scenes involving violent trauma in past lives because the subconscious mind often still retains these experiences. The subject in this case came to me because of a

lifetime of throat discomfort. Release therapy and deprogramming is usually required in these cases. In all past life recall, I use the time around death for quiet

review and place the subject in observer status to soften pain and emotion.

Case 2

Dr. N: Are you in great pain from the arrow?

S: Yes … the point has torn my throat … I’m dying (subject begins to whisper while holding his hands at the throat). I’m choking…

blood pouring down … Will (husband) is holding me … the pain … terrible … I’m getting out now … it’s over, anyway.

Note: Souls often leave their human hosts moments before actual death when their bodies are in great pain. Who can blame them? Nevertheless, they do stay close by the dying body. After calming techniques, I raise this subject from the subconscious to the superconscious level for the transition to spiritual memories.

Dr. N: All right, Sally, you have accepted being killed by these Indians. Will you please describe to me the exact sensation you feel at the time of death?

S: Like … a force … of some kind … pushing me up out of my body. Dr. N: Pushing you? Out where?

S: I’m ejected out the top of my head. Dr. N: And what was pushed out?

S: Well-me!

Dr. N: Describe what “me” means. What does the thing that is you look like going out of the head of your body?

S: (pause) Like a … pinpoint of light … radiating… Dr. N: How do you radiate light?

S: From… my energy. I look sort of transparent white my soul…

Dr. N: And does this energy light stay the same after leaving your body? S: (pause) I seem to grow a little … as I move around.

Dr. N: If your light expands, then what do you look like now? S: A… wispy … string… hanging …

Dr. N: And what does the process of moving out of your body actually feel like to you?

S: Well, it’s as if I shed my skin … peeling a banana. I just lose my body in one swoosh!

Dr. N: Is the feeling unpleasant?

S: Oh no! It’s wonderful to feel so free with no more pain, but … I am… disoriented

… I didn’t expect to die … (sadness is creeping into my client’s voice and I want him

to stay focused on his soul for a minute more, rather than what is taking place on the ground with his body)

Dr. N: I understand, Sally. You are feeling a little displacement at the moment as a soul. This is normal in your situation for what you have just gone through. Listen and respond to my questions. You said you were floating. Are you able to move around freely right after death?

S: It’s strange … it’s as if I’m suspended in air that isn’t air … there are no limits… no gravity… I’m weightless.

Dr. N: You mean it’s sort of like being in a vacuum for you?

S: Yes… nothing around me is a solid mass. There are no obstacles to bump into… I’m drifting

Dr. N: Can you control your movements-where you are going?

S: Yes … I can do some of that … but there is … a pulling … into a bright whiteness … it’s so bright!

Dr. N: Is the intensity of whiteness the same everywhere?

S: Brighter … away from me … it’s a little darker white … gray … in the direction of my body … (starts to cry) oh, my poor body … I’m not ready to leave yet. (subject pulls back in his chair as if he is resisting something)

Dr. N: It’s all right, Sally, I’m with you. I want you to relax and tell me if the force that took you out of your head at the moment of death is still pulling you away, and if you can stop it.

S: (pause) When I was free of my body the pulling lessened. Now, I feel a nudge … drawing me away from my body … I don’t want to go yet … but, something wants me to go soon …

Dr. N: I understand, Sally, but I suspect you are learning you have some element of

control. How would you describe this thing that is pulling you?

S: A … kind of magnetic … force … but … I want to stay a little longer … Dr. N: Can your soul resist this pulling sensation for as long as you want?

S: (there is a long pause while the subject appears to be carrying on an internal debate with himself in his former life as Sally) Yes, I can, if I really want to stay. (subject starts to cry) Oh, it’s awful what those savages did to my body. There is blood all over my pretty blue dress … my husband Will is trying to hold me and still fight with our friends against the Kiowa.

Note: I reinforce the imagery of a protective shield around this subject, which is so important as a foundation to calming procedures. Sally’s soul is still hovering over her body after I move the scene forward in time to when the Indians are driven off by the wagon train rifles.

Dr. N: Sally, what is your husband doing right after the attack?

S: Oh, good … he isn’t hurt … but … (with sadness) he is holding my body … crying over me … there is nothing he can do for me, but he doesn’t seem to realize that yet. I’m cold, but his hands are around my face … kissing me.

Dr. N: And what are you doing at this moment?

S: I’m over Will’s head. I’m trying to console him. I want him to feel my love is not really gone … I want him to know he has not lost me forever and that I will see him again.

Dr. N: Are your messages getting through?

S: There is so much grief, but he … feels my essence … I know it. Our friends are around him … and they separate us finally … they want to reform the wagons and get started again.

Dr. N: And what is going on now with your soul?

S: I’m still resisting the pulling sensation … I want to stay. Dr. N: Why is that?

S: Well, I know I’m dead … but I’m not ready to leave Will yet and I want to watch them bury me.

Dr. N: Do you see or feel any other spiritual entity around you at this moment?

S: (pause) They are near … soon I will see them … I feel their love as I want Will to feel mine … they are waiting until I’m ready.

Dr. N: As time passes, are you able to comfort Will? S: I’m trying to reach inside his mind.

Dr. N: And are you successful?

S: (pause) I … think a little … he feels me … he realizes … love…

Dr. N: All right, Sally, now we are going to move forward in relative time again. Do you see your wagon train friends placing your body in some kind of grave?

S: (voice is more confident) Yes, they have buried me. It’s time for me to go … they are coming for me now… I’m moving… into a brighter light

Contrary to what some people believe, souls often have little interest in what happens to their bodies once they are physically dead. This is not callousness over personal situations and the people they leave behind on Earth, but an acknowledgement of these souls to the finality of mortal death. They have a desire to hurry on their way to the beauty of the spirit world.

However, many other souls want to hover around the place where they died for a few Earth days, usually until after their funerals. Time is apparently accelerated for souls and days on Earth may be only minutes to them. There are a variety of motivations for the lingering soul. For instance,

someone who has been murdered or killed unexpectedly in an accident often does not want to leave right away. I find these souls are frequently bewildered or angry. The hovering soul syndrome is particularly true of deaths with young people.

To abruptly detach from a human form, even after a long illness, is still a jolt to the

average soul and this too may make the soul reluctant to depart at the moment of death. There is also something symbolic about the normal three- to five-day funeral arrangement periods for souls. Souls really have no morbid curiosity to see themselves buried because emotions in the spirit world are not the same as we experience here on Earth. Yet, I find soul entities appreciate the respect given to the memory of their physical life by surviving relatives and friends.

As we saw in the last case, there is one basic reason for many spirits not wanting to immediately leave the place of their physical death. This comes from a desire to mentally reach out to comfort loved ones before progressing further into the spirit world. Those who have just died are not devastated about their death, because they know those left on Earth will see them again in the spirit world and probably later in other lives as well. On the other hand, mourners at a funeral generally feel they have lost a loved one forever.

During hypnosis, my subjects do recall frustration at being unable to effectively use

their energy to mentally touch a human being who is unreceptive due to shock and grief. Emotional trauma of the living may overwhelm their inner minds to such an

extent that their mental capabilities to communicate with souls are inhibited. When a newly departed soul does find a way to give solace to the living-however briefly- they usually are satisfied and want to then move on quickly away from Earth’s astral plane.

I had a typical example of spiritual consolation in my own life. My mother died suddenly from a heart attack. During her burial service, my sister and I were so filled with sadness our minds were numb at the ceremony. A few hours later we returned to my mother’s empty house with our spouses and decided to take a needed rest. My sister and I must have reached the receptive Alpha state at about the same time. Appearing in two separate rooms, my mother came through our subconscious minds as a dream-like brush of whiteness above our heads. Reaching out, she smiled, indicating her acceptance of death and current well-being. Then she floated away. Lasting only seconds, this act was a meaningful form of closure, causing both of us to release into a sound sleep of the Delta state.

We are capable of feeling the comforting presence of the souls of lost loved ones, especially during or right after funerals. For spiritual communication to come through the shock of mourning it is necessary to try to relax and clear your mind, at least for short periods. At these moments our receptivity to a paranormal experience is more open to receive positive communications of love, forgiveness, hope, encouragement, and the reassurance your loved one is in a good place.

When a widow with young children says to me, “A part of my husband comes to me during the difficult times,” I believe her. My clients tell me as souls they are able to help those on Earth connect their inner minds to the spirit world itself As it has been wisely said, people are not really gone as long as they are remembered by those left on Earth. In the chapters ahead, we will see how specific memory is a reflection of our own soul, while collective memories are the atoms of pure energy for all souls. Death does not break our continuity with the immortal soul of those we love simply because they have lost the physical personhood of a mortal body. Despite their many activities, these departed souls are still able to reach us if called upon.

Occasionally, a disturbed spirit does not want to leave the Earth after physical

death. This is due to some unresolved problem which has had a severe impact on its consciousness. In these abnormal cases, help is available from higher, caring entities who can assist in the adjustment process from the other side. We also have the means to aid disturbed spirits in letting go on Earth, as well. I will have more to say about troubled souls in Chapter Four, but the enigma of ghosts portrayed in books and movies has been greatly overblown.

How should we best prepare for our own death? Our lives may be short or long, healthy or sick, but there comes that time when we all must meet death in a way suited  for us.  If  we  have  had  a  long  illness  leading  to  death,  there  is  time  to adequately prepare the mind once initial shock, denial, and depression have passed. The mind takes a short cut through this sort of progression when we face death suddenly. As the end of our physical life draws near, each of us has the capacity to fuse with our higher consciousness.  Dying is the easiest  period in our lives  for spiritual awareness, when we can sense our soul is connected to the eternity of time. Although there are dying people who find acceptance to be more difficult than resignation, caregivers working around the dying say most everyone acquires a

peaceful detachment near the end. I believe dying people are given access to a supreme knowledge of eternal consciousness and this

frequently shows in their faces. Many of these people realize something universal is out there waiting and it will be good.

Dying people are undergoing a metamorphosis of separation by their souls from an adopted body. People associate death as losing our life force, when actually the

opposite is true. We forfeit our body in death, but our eternal life energy unites with the force of a divine oversoul. Death is not darkness, but light.

My clients  say after recalling former death experiences  they are so filled with rediscovered freedom from their earthbound bodies that they are anxious to get

started on their spiritual journey to a place of peace and familiarity. In the cases which follow, we will learn what life is like for them in afterlife.

2

Gateway to the Spirit World

FOR thousands of years the people of Mesopotamia believed the gates into and out of heaven lay at opposite ends of the great curve of the Milky Way, called the River of Souls. After death, souls had

to wait for the rising doorway of Sagittarius and the autumn equinox, when day and

night are equal. Reincarnation back to Earth could only take place during the spring equinox through the Gemini exit in their night sky.

My subjects tell me that soul migration is actually much easier. The tunnel effect they experience when leaving Earth is the portal into the spirit world. Although

souls leave their bodies swiftly, it  seems to me entry into the spirit  world is a carefully measured process. Later, when we return to Earth in another life, the

route back is described as being more rapid.

The location of the tunnel in relation to the Earth has some variations between the

accounts of my subjects. Some newly dead people see it opening up next to them right over their bodies, while others say they move high above the Earth before they enter the tunnel. In all cases, however, the time lapse in reaching this passageway is negligible once the soul leaves Earth. Here are the observations of another individual in this spiritual location.

Case 3

Dr. N: You are now leaving your body. See yourself moving further and further away from the place where you died, away from the

plane of Earth. Report back to me what you are experiencing.

S: At first … it was very bright … close to the Earth … now it’s a little darker because I have gone into a tunnel.

Dr. N: Describe this tunnel for me.

S: It’s a … hollow, dim vent … and there is a small circle of light at the other end. Dr. N: Okay, what happens to you next?

S: I feel a tugging … a gentle pulling… I think I’m supposed to drift through this tunnel … and I do. It is more gray than dark now, because the bright circle is expanding in front of me. It’s as if… (client stops)

Dr. N: Go on.

S: I’m being summoned forward …

Dr. N: Let the circle of light expand in front of you at the end of the tunnel and continue to explain what is happening to you.

S: The circle of light grows very wide and … I’m out of the tunnel. There is a … cloudy brightness … a light fog. I’m filtering through it.

Dr. N: As you leave the tunnel, what else stands out in your mind besides the lack of absolute visual clarity?

S: (subject lowers voice) It’s so … still … it is such a quiet place to be in … I am in the place of spirits

Dr. N: Do you have any other impressions at this moment as a soul? S: Thought! I feel the … power of thought all around …….

Dr. N: Just relax completely and let your impressions come through easily as you continue to report back to me exactly what is happening to you. Please go on.

S: Well, it’s hard to put into words. I feel… thoughts of love companionship … empathy … and it’s all combined with … anticipation … as if others are … waiting for me.

Dr. N: Do you have a sense of security, or are you a little scared?

S: I’m not scared. When I was in the tunnel, I was more … disoriented. Yes, I feel secure … I’m aware of thoughts reaching out to me of caring … nurturing. It is strange, but there is also the understanding around me of just who I am and why I am here now.

Dr. N: Do you see any evidence of this around you?

S: (in a hushed tone) No, I sense it-a harmony of thought everywhere.

Dr. N: You mentioned cloud-like substances around you right after leaving the tunnel. Are you in a sky over Earth?

S: (pause) No-not that-but I seem to be floating through cloud stuff which is different from Earth.

Dr. N: Can you see the Earth at all? Is it below you?

S: Maybe it is, but I haven’t seen it since I went in the tunnel.

Dr. N: Do you sense you are still connected to Earth through another dimension, perhaps?

S: That’s a possibility-yes. In my mind Earth seems close … and I still feel connected to Earth … but I know I’m in another space.

Dr. N: What else can you tell me about your present location? S: It’s still a little … murky … but I’m moving out of this.

This particular subject, having been taken through the death experience and the tunnel, continues to make tranquil mental adjustments to her bodiless state while pulling further into the spirit world. After some initial uncertainty, her first reported impressions reflect an inviting sense of  well-being. This is a common feeling among my subjects.

Once through the tunnel, our souls have passed the initial gateway of their journey into the spirit world. Most now fully realize they are not really dead, but have simply left the encumbrance of an Earth body which has died. With this awareness comes acceptance in varying degrees depending upon the soul. Some subjects look at these surroundings with continued amazement while others are more matter-of-fact in reporting to me what they see. Much depends upon their respective maturity and recent life experiences. The most common type of reaction I hear is a relieved sigh followed by something on the order of, ” wonderful, I’m home in this beautiful place again.”

There are those highly developed souls who move so fast out of their bodies that

much of what I am describing here is a blur as they home into

their spiritual destinations.  These  are  the  pros  and,  in  my  opinion,  they are  a

distinct minority on Earth. The average soul does not move that rapidly and some are very hesitant. If we exclude the rare cases of highly disturbed spirits who fight to stay connected with their dead bodies, I find it is the younger souls with fewer past lives who remain attached to Earth’s environment right after death.

Most of my subjects report that as they emerge from the mouth of the tunnel, things are still unclear for awhile. I think this is due to the density of the nearest astral plane surrounding Earth, called the kamaloka by Theosophists. The next case describes this area from the perspective of a more analytical client. The soul of this

individual demonstrates considerable observational insight into form, colors, and vibrational levels. Normally, such graphic physical descriptions by my subjects occur deeper into the spirit world after they get used to their surroundings.

Case 4

Dr. N: As you move further away from the tunnel, describe what you see around you in as much detail as possible.

S: Things are … layered.

Dr. N: Layered in what way? S: Umm, sort of like … a cake.

Dr. N: Using a cake as a model, explain what you mean?

S: I mean some cakes have small tops and are wide at the bottom. It’s not like that when I get through the tunnel. I see layers … levels of light … they appear to me to be .. translucent… indented…

Dr. N: Do you see the spirit world here as made up of a solid structure?

S: That’s what I’m trying to explain. It’s not solid, although you might think so at first. It’s layered-the levels of light are all woven together in … stratified threads. I don’t want to make it sound like things are not symmetrical-they are. But I see variations in thickness and color refraction in the layers. They also shift back and forth. I always notice this as I travel away from Earth.

Dr. N: Why do you think this is so? S: I don’t know. I didn’t design it.

Dr. N: From your description, I picture the spirit world as a huge tier with layers of shaded sections from top to bottom.

S: Yes, and the sections are rounded-they curve away from me as I float through them.

Dr. N: From your position of observation, can you tell me about the different colors of the layers?

S: I didn’t say the layers had any major color tones. They are all variations of white. It is lighter … brighter where I’m going, than where I have been. Around me now is a hazy whiteness which was much brighter than the tunnel.

Dr. N: As you float through these spiritual layers, is your soul moving up or down? S: Neither. I am moving across.

Dr. N: Well, then, do you see the spirit world at this moment in linear dimensions of lines and angles as you move across?

S: (pause) For me it is … mostly sweeping, non-material energy which is broken into layers by light and dark color variations. I think something is … pulling me into my proper level of travel and trying to relax me, too …

Dr. N: In what way? S: I’m hearing sounds. Dr. N: What sounds?

S: An … echo … of music … musical tingling … wind chimes … vibrating with my movements … so relaxing.

Dr. N: Other people have defined these sounds as vibrational in nature, similar to riding on the resonance from the twang of a tuning fork. Do you agree or disagree with this description?

S: (nods in assent) Yes, that’s what this is … and I have a memory of scent and taste, too.

Dr. N: Does this mean our physical senses stay with us after death?

S: Yes, the memory of them … the waves of musical notes here are so beautiful … bells … strings. such tranquility.

Many spirit world travelers report back to me about the relaxing sensations of musical vibrations. Noise sensations start quite early after death. Some subjects tell me they hear humming or buzzing sounds right after leaving their physical bodies. This is similar to the noise one hears standing near telephone wires and may vary in volume before souls pull away from what I believe to be the Earth’s astral plane. People have said they hear these same sounds when under general anesthesia. These flat, ringing sounds become more musical when we leave the tunnel. This music has been appropriately called energy of the universe because it revitalizes the soul.

With subjects who speak about spiritual layering, I mention the possibility that they could be seeing astral planes. In metaphysical writing, we read a lot about planes above the Earth. Beginning with ancient Indian scriptures called the Vedas, followed by later Eastern texts, astral planes have historically represented a series of rising dimensions above the physical or tangible world, which blend into the spiritual. These invisible regions have been experienced by people over thousands of

years through meditative, out-of-body observations of the mind. Astral planes also have been described as being less dense as one moves farther away from the heavy influences of Earth.

The next case  represents a soul who is still troubled after passing through the

spiritual tunnel. This is a man who, at age thirty-six, died of a heart attack on a Chicago street in 1902. He left behind a large family of young children and a wife who was deeply loved. They were very poor.

Case 5

Dr. N: Can you see clearly yet as you travel beyond the tunnel? S: I’m still passing through these… foamy clouds around me.

Dr. N: I want you to move all the way through this and tell me what you see now.

S: (pause) Oh … I’m out of it … my God, this place is big! It’s so bright and clean-it even smells good. I am looking at a beautiful ice palace.

Dr. N: Tell me more.

S:  (with  amazement)  It’s  enormous  …  it  looks  like  bright,  sparkling  crystal … colored stones shining all around me.

Dr. N: When you say crystalline, I think of a clear color.

S: Well, there are mostly grays and white … but as I float along I do see other colors

… mosaics … all glittery.

Dr. N: Look into the distance from within this ice palace-do you see any boundaries anywhere?

S: No, this space is infinite … so majestic … and peaceful. Dr. N: What are you feeling right now?

S: I… can’t fully enjoy it … I don’t want to go further … Maggie (subject’s widow)

Dr. N: I can see you are still disturbed about the Chicago life, but does this inhibit your progress into the spirit world?

S: (subject jerks upright in my office chair) Good! I see my guide coming towards me-she knows what I need.

Dr. N: Tell me what transpires between you and your guide.

S: I say to her I can’t go on… that I need to know Maggie and the children are going to be okay.

Dr. N: And how does your guide respond?

S: She is comforting me-but I’m too loaded down. Dr. N: What do you say to her?

S: (shouting) I tell her, “Why did you allow this to happen? How could you do this to me? You made me go through such pain and hardship with Maggie and now you cut off our life together.”

Dr. N: What does your guide do?

S: She is trying to soothe me. Telling me I did a good job and that I will see my life ran its intended course.

Dr. N: Do you accept what she says?

S: (pause) In my mind… information comes to me … of the future on Earth … that the family is getting on without me … accepting that I am gone … they are going to make it … and we will all see each other again.

Dr. N: And how does this make you feel?

S: I feel … peace … (with a sigh) .. I am ready to go on now.

Before touching on the significance of Case 5 meeting his guide here, I want to mention this man’s interpretation of the spirit world appearing as an ice palace. Further into the spirit world, my subjects will talk about seeing buildings and being in furnished rooms. The state of hypnosis by itself does not create these images. Logically, people should not be recalling such physical structures in a non-material world unless we consider these scenes of Earth’s natural environment are intended to aid in the soul’s transition and adjustment from a physical death. These sights have individual meaning for every soul communicating with me, all of whom are affected by their Earth experiences.

When the soul sees images in the spirit world which relate to places they have lived or visited on Earth, there is a reason. An unforgotten home, school, garden, mountain, or seashore are seen by souls because a benevolent spiritual force allows for terrestrial mirages to comfort us by their familiarity. Our planetary memories never die-they whisper forever into the soul-mind on the winds of mythical dreams just as images of the spirit world do so within the human mind.

I enjoy hearing from subjects about their first images of the spirit world. People may see fields of wildflowers, castle towers rising in the distance, or rainbows under

an open sky when returning to this place of adoration after an absence. These first ethereal Earth scenes of the spirit world don’t seem to change a great deal over a span of lives for the returning soul, although there is variety between client descriptions. I find that once a subject in trance continues further into the spirit world to describe the functional aspects of spiritual life, their comments become more uniform.

The case I have just reviewed could be described as a fairly unsettled spirit bonded closely to his soulmate, Maggie, who was left behind. There is no question that some souls do carry the negative baggage of a difficult past life longer than others, despite the calming influences of the spirit world. People tend to think all souls become omniscient at death. This is not completely true because adjustment periods vary. The time of soul adjustment depends upon the circumstances of death, attachments of each soul to the memories of the life just ended, and level of advancement.

I frequently hear anger during age-regression when a young life ends suddenly.

Souls reentering the spirit world under these conditions are often bewildered and confused over leaving people they love without much warning. They are unprepared for death and some feel sad and deprived right after leaving their bodies.

If a soul has been traumatized by unfinished business, usually the first entity it sees

right after death is its guide. These highly developed spiritual teachers are prepared to take the initial brunt of a soul’s frustration following an untimely death. Case 5 will eventually make a healthy adjustment to the spirit world by allowing his guide to assist him during the balance of his incoming trip.

However, I have found our guides do not encourage the complete working out of thought disorders at the spiritual gateway. There are more appropriate times and places for detailed reviews about karmic learning lessons involving life and death, which I will describe later. The guide in Case 5 offered a brief visualization of accelerated Earth time as a means of soothing this man about the future of his wife and children so he could continue on his journey with more acceptance.

Regardless of their state of mind right after death, my subjects are full of exclamations about rediscovered marvels of the spirit world. Usually, this feeling is combined with euphoria that all their worldly cares have been left behind, especially physical pain. Above all else, the spirit world represents a place of supreme quiescence to the traveling soul. Although it may at first  appear we are alone immediately following death, we are not isolated or unaided. Unseen intelligent energy forces guide each of us through the gate.

New arrivals in the spirit world have little time to float around wondering where

they are or what is going to happen to them next. Our guides and a number of soulmates and friends  wait for us close to the gateway to provide recognition, affection, and the assurance we are all right. Actually, we feel their presence from the moment of death because much of our initial readjustment depends upon the influence of these kindly entities toward our returning soul.

3

Homecoming

SINCE encountering friendly spirits who meet us after death is so important, how

do we recognize them? I find a general consensus of opinion among subjects in hypnosis about how souls look to each other in the spirit world. A soul may appear

as a mass of energy, but apparently it is also possible for non-organic soul energy to display human characteristics. Souls often use their capacity to project former life forms when communicating with each other. Projecting a human life form is only one of an incalculable number of appearances which can be assumed by souls from their basic energy substance. Later on, in Chapter Six, I will discuss another feature of soul identity-the possession of a particular color aura.

Most of my subjects report the first person they see in the spirit world is their personal guide. However, after any life we can be met by a soulmate. Guides and soulmates are not the same. If a former relative or close friend appears to the incoming soul, their regular guide might  be absent from the scene. I find that usually guides are somewhere in close proximity, monitoring the incomer’s arrival in their own way. The soul in my next case has just come through the spiritual gateway and is met by an advanced entity who obviously has had close connections with the subject over a prolonged series of past lives. Although this soulmate entity is not my client’s primary guide, he is there to welcome and provide loving encouragement for her.

Case 6

Dr. N: What do you see around you?

S: It’s as if … I’m drifting along on … pure white sand … which is shifting around me

… and I’m under a giant beach umbrella-with brightly colored panels-all vaporized,

but banded together, too …

Dr. N: Is anyone here to meet you?

S: (pause) I … thought I was alone … but … (a long hesitation) in the distance … uh … light … moving fast towards me … oh, my gosh!

Dr. N: What is it?

S: (excitedly) Uncle Charlie! (loudly) Uncle Charlie, I’m over here! Dr. N: Why does this particular person come to meet you first?

S: (in a preoccupied far-off voice) Uncle Charlie, I’ve missed you so much. Dr. N: (I repeat my question)

S: Because, of all my relatives, I loved him more than anybody. He died when I was a child and I never got over it. (on a Nebraska farm in this subject’s most immediate past life)

Dr. N: How do you know it’s Uncle Charlie? Does he have features you recognize?

S: (subject is squirming with excitement in her chair) Sure, sure-just as I remember him-jolly, kind, lovable-he is next to me. (chuckles)

Dr. N: What is so funny?

S: Uncle Charlie is just as fat as he used to be. Dr. N: And what does he do next?

S: He is smiling and holding out his hand to me

Dr. N: Does this mean he has a body of some sort with hands?

S: (laughs) Well, yes and no. I’m floating around and so is he. It’s … in my mind … he is showing all of himself to me … and what I am most aware of … is his hand stretched out to me.

Dr. N: Why is he holding out his hand to you in a materialized way? S: (pause) To … comfort me … to lead me … further into the light. Dr. N: And what do you do?

S: I’m going with him and we are thinking about the good times we spent together playing in the hay on the farm.

Dr. N: And he is letting you see all this in your mind so you will know who he is?

S: Yes … as I knew him in my last life … so I won’t be afraid. He knows I am still a little shocked over my death. (subject had died suddenly in an automobile accident)

Dr. N: Then, right after death, no matter how many deaths we may have experienced in other lives, it is possible to be a little fearful until we get used to the spirit world again?

S: It’s not really fear-that’s wrong-more like I’m apprehensive, maybe. It varies for me each time. The car crash caught me unprepared. I’m still a little mixed up.

Dr. N: All right, let’s go forward a bit more. What is Uncle Charlie doing now? S: He is taking me to the … place I should go …

Dr.  N:  On  the  count  of  three,  let’s  go  there.  One-two-three!  Tell  me  what  is happening.

S: (long pause) There… are … other people around … and they look… friendly… as I approach … they seem to want me to join them…

Dr. N: Continue to move towards them. Do you get the impression they might be waiting for you?

S: (recognition) Yes! In fact, I realize I have been with them before (pause) No, don’t go!

Dr. N: What’s happening now?

S: (very upset) Uncle Charlie is leaving me. Why is he going away?

Dr. N: (I stop the  dialogue  to use standard calming techniques in these circumstances, and then we continue.) Look deeply with your inner mind. You must realize why Uncle Charlie is leaving you at this point?

S: (more relaxed but with regret) Yes … he stays in a … different place than I do … he just came to meet me .. to bring me here.

Dr. N: I think I understand. Uncle Charlie’s job was to be the first person to meet you after your death and see you were okay. I’d like to know if you feel better now, and more at home.

S: Yes, I do. That’s why Uncle Charlie has left me with the others.

A curious phenomenon about the spirit world is that important people in our lives are always able to greet us, even though they may already be living another life in a new body. This will be explained in Chapter Six. In Chapter Ten, I will examine the ability of souls to divide their essence so they can be in more than one body at a time on Earth.

Usually at this juncture in a soul’s passage, the carry-on luggage of Earth’s physical

and mental burdens are diminishing for two reasons. First, the evidence of a carefully directed order and harmony in the spirit world has brought back the remembrance of what we left behind before we chose life in physical form. Secondly, there is the overwhelming impact of seeing people we thought we would never meet again after they died on Earth. Here is another example.

Case 7

Dr. N: Now that you have had the chance to adjust to your surroundings in the

spirit world, tell me what effect this place has on you.

S: It’s so … warm and comforting. I’m relieved to be away from Earth. I just want to stay here always. There is no tension, or worries, only a sense of well-being. I’m just floating … how beautiful…

Dr. N: As you continue to float along, what is your next major impression as you pass the spiritual gateway?

S: (pause) Familiarity. Dr. N: What is familiar?

S: (after some hesitation) Uh mm… people … friends … are here, I think. Dr. N: Do you see these people as familiar people on Earth?

S: I … have a sensation of their presence … people I knew Dr. N: All right, keep moving along. What do you see next? S: Lights… soft… kind of cloudy-like.

Dr. N: As you are moving, does this light continue to look the same?

S: No, they are growing … blobs of energy … and I know they are people! Dr. N: Are you moving toward them, or are they coming toward you?

S: We are drifting toward each other, but I am going slower than they are because

… I’m uncertain what to do

Dr. N: Just relax and continue floating while reporting back to me everything you see.

S: (pause) Now I’m seeing half-formed human shapes-from the waist up only. Their outlines are transparent, too … I can see through them.

Dr. N: Do you see any sort of features to these shapes? S: (anxiously) Eyes!

Dr. N: You see just eyes?

S: … There is only a trace of a mouth-it’s nothing. (alarmed) The eyes are all around me now… coming closer …

Dr. N: Does each entity have two eyes? S: That’s right.

Dr. N: Do these eyes have the appearance of human eyes with an iris and pupil?

S: No … different … they are … larger … black orbs … radiating light… towards me … thought … (then with a relieved sigh) oh!

Dr. N: Go on.

S: I’m starting to recognize them-they are sending images into my mind-thoughts about themselves and … the shapes are changing into people!

Dr. N: People with physical human features? S: Yes. Oh … look! It’s him!

Dr. N: What do you see?

S: (begins to laugh and cry at the same time) I think it’s … yes it’s Larry-he is in front of everybody else-he is the first one I really see … Larry, Larry!

Dr. N: (after giving my subject a chance to recover a little) The soul entity of Larry is in front of an assortment of people you know?

S: Yes, now I know the ones I want most to see are in front… some of my other friends are in the back.

Dr. N: Can you see them all clearly?

S: No, the ones in back are … hazy … far off… but, I have the sensation of their presence. Larry is in front … coming up to me Larry!

Dr. N: Larry is the husband from your last life you told me about earlier?

S: (subject rushes on) Yes-we had such a wonderful life together–Gunther was so strong-everyone was against our marriage in his family-Jean deserted from the navy to save me from the bad life I was living in Marseilles – always wanting me

This subject is so excited her past lives are tumbling one on top of the other. Larry, Gunther, and Jean were all former husbands, but the same soulmate. I was glad we had a chance to review earlier who these people were in sessions before this interval of recall in the spirit world. Besides Larry, her recent American husband, Jean was a French sailor in the nineteenth century and Gunther was the son of German aristocrats living in the eighteenth century.

Dr. N: What are the two of you doing right now? S: Embracing.

Dr. N: If a third party were to look at the two of you embracing at this moment, what would they see?

S: (no answer)

Dr. N: (the subject is so engrossed in the scene with her soulmate there are tears streaming down her face. I wait a moment and then try again.) What would you and Larry look like to someone watching you in the spirit world right now?

S: They would see… two masses of bright light whirling around each other, I guess

… (subject begins to settle down and I help wipe the tears off her face with a tissue) Dr. N: And what does this signify?

S: We are hugging … expressing love … connecting … it makes us happy … Dr. N: After you meet your soulmate, what happens next?

S: (subject tightly grips the recliner arms) Oh-they are all here-I only sensed them before. Now more are coming closer to me.

Dr. N: And this happens after your husband comes near you?

S: Yes … Mother! She is coming over to me … I’ve missed her so much… oh, Mom… (subject begins to cry again)

Dr. N: All right …

S: Oh, please don’t ask me any questions now-I want to enjoy this (subject appears to be in silent conversation with her mother of the last life)

Dr. N: (I wait for a minute) Now, I know you are enjoying this meeting, but I need you to help me know what is going on.

S: (in a faraway voice) We … we are just holding each other … it’s so good to be with her again

Dr. N: How do you manage to hold each other with no bodies?

S: (with a sigh of exasperation at me) We envelop each other in light, of course. Dr. N: Tell me what that is like for spirits?

S: Like being wrapped in a bright-light blanket of love. Dr. N: I see, then ….

S: (subject  interrupts with a high pitched laugh of  recognition) Tim!…  it’s my brother-he died so young (a drowning accident at age fourteen in her last life). It’s so wonderful to see him here. (subject waves her arm) And there is my best girl friend Wilma-from next door-we are laughing together over boys like we did while sitting up in her attic

Dr. N: (after subject mentions her aunt and a couple of other friends) What do you think determines the sequence of how all these people come here to greet you?

S: (pause) Why, how much we all mean to each other-what else?

Dr. N: And with some, you have lived many lives, while with others perhaps only one or two?

S: Yes … I have been with my husband the most. Dr. N: Do you see your guide around anywhere?

S: He is here. I see him floating off to the side. He knows some of my friends, too … Dr. N: Why do you call your guide a “him?”

S: We all show what we want of ourselves. He always relates to me with a masculine nature. It’s right and very natural.

Dr. N: And does he watch over you in all your lives?

S: Sure, and after death too … here, and he is always my protector.

Our reception committee is planned in advance for us as we enter the spirit world. This case demonstrates how uplifting familiar faces can be to the incoming younger soul. I find there are a different number of entities waiting in greeting parties after each life. Although the meeting format varies, depending on a soul’s special needs, I have learned there is nothing haphazard about our spiritual associates knowing exactly when we are due and where to meet us upon our arrival in the spirit world. Frequently, an entity who is significant to us will be waiting a little in front of the others who want  to be  on hand as we  come  through the gateway.  The size of welcoming parties not only changes for everyone after each life, but is drastically reduced  to  almost  nothing  for  more  advanced  souls  where  spiritual  comfort becomes less necessary. Case 9, at the end of this chapter, is an example of this type of spiritual passage.

Cases 6 and 7 both represent one of the three ways newly arrived souls are received back into the spirit world. These two souls were met  shortly after death by a principal entity, followed by others of decreasing influence. Case 7  recognized people more quickly than Case 6. When we meet such spirits in a gathering right

after our death, we find they have been spouses parents, grandparents, siblings, uncles, aunts, cousins, and dear friends in our past lives. I have witnessed some gut- wrenching emotional scenes with my clients at this stage of their passage.

The emotional meetings which take place between souls at this interval in a spiritual

passage are only a prelude to our eventual placement within a specific group of entities at our own maturity level. These meetings provide another emotional high for a subject in superconscious recall. Spiritual organizational arrangements, involving how groups form and are cross-matched with other entities, will be described in subsequent chapters.

For the present, it is important we understand welcoming entities may not be part of

our own particular learning group in the spirit world. This is because all the people who are close to us in our lives are not on the same developmental level. Simply because they choose to meet us right after death out of love and kindness does not mean they will all be part of our spiritual learning group when we arrive at the final destination of this journey.

For instance, in Case 6, Uncle Charlie was clearly a more advanced soul than my

subject and may even have been serving in the capacity of a spiritual guide. It was evident to me that one of the primary tasks of Uncle Charlie’s soul was to help Case 6 as a child in the life just ended, and his responsibility continued right after my subject’s death. With Case 7, the important first contact was Larry, a true soulmate on the same level as this subject. Notice also in Case 7, that my subject’s spiritual guide was not conspicuous among her former relatives and friends. However, as the scene unfolded, there were indications of a spiritual guide orchestrating the whole meeting process while remaining in the background. I see this in many cases.

The second manner in which we are met right after death involves a quiet, meaningful encounter with one’s spiritual guide where no one else is revealed in the immediate vicinity, as in Case 5. Case 8 further illustrates this sort of meeting. What type of after-death meeting we do experience appears to involve the particular style of our spiritual guide along with requisites of our individual character. I find the duration of this first meeting with our guides does vary after each life depending upon the circumstances of that life.

Case 8 shows the very close relationships people have with their spiritual guides.

Many guides have strange sounding names, while others are rather conventional. I find it interesting that the old-fashioned religious term of having a “guardian angel” is now used metaphysically to denote an empathetic spirit. To be honest, this is a term I once denigrated as being foolishly loaded with wishful thinking and representing an out-dated mythology at odds with the modern world. I don’t have that belief anymore about guardian angels.

I am repeatedly told that the soul itself is androgynous, and yet, in the same breath, clients declare sex is not an unimportant factor. I have learned all souls can and do assume male and female mental impressions toward other entities as a form of identity preference. Cases 6 and 7 show the importance of the newly arrived soul in seeing familiar “faces”  identified by gender. This is also true of the next case. Another reason why I selected Case 8 is to indicate how and why souls choose to visually appear in human form to others in the spirit world.

Case 8

Dr. N: You have just started to actually leave the Earth’s astral plane now, and are moving further and further into the spirit world. I want you to tell me what you feel.

S: The silence … so peaceful …

Dr. N: Is anyone coming to meet you?

S: Yes, it’s my friend Rachel. She is always here for me when I die.

Dr. N: Is Rachel a soulmate who has been with you in other lives, or is she someone who always remains here?

S: (with some indignation) She doesn’t always stay here. No, she is with me a lot-in my mind-when I need her. She is my own

guardian (said with possessive pride).

Note: The attributes of guides as differentiated from soulmates and other supportive entities will be examined in Chapter Eight.

Dr. N: Why do you call this entity a “she”? Aren’t spirits supposed to be sexless?

S: That’s right-in a literal way, because we are capable of both attributes. Rachel wants to show herself to me as a woman for the visual knowing and it is a mental thing as well with her.

Dr.  N:  Are  you  locked  into  male  or  female  attributes  during  your  spiritual existence?

S: No. As souls there are periods in our existence when we are more inclined toward one gender than another. Eventually, this

natural preference evens out.

Dr. N: Would you describe how Rachel’s soul actually looks to you at this moment? S: (quietly) A youngish woman … as I remember her best … small, with delicate

features … a determined expression on her face … so much knowledge and love.

Dr. N: Then you have known Rachel on Earth?

S: (responding with nostalgia) Once, long ago, she was close to me in life … now she is my guardian.

Dr. N: And what do you feel when you look at her?

S: A calmness … tranquility … love …

Dr. N: Do you and Rachel actually look at each other with eyes in a human way?

S: (hesitates) Sort of … but different. You see the mind behind what we take to be eyes, because that is what we relate to on Earth. Of course, we can do the same thing as humans on Earth, too …

Dr. N: What can you do on Earth with your eyes that can also be done in the spirit world?

S: When you look into a certain person’s eyes on the ground-even people you have just met-and see a light you have known before well, that tells you something about them. As a human you don’t know why-but your soul remembers.

Note: I have heard about the light of spiritual identity being reflected in the human eyes of a soulmate expressed in a variety of ways from many clients. As for myself, I have knowingly experienced this instant recognition only once in my life at the moment I first saw my own wife. The effect is startling, and a bit eerie as well.

Dr. N: Are you saying that sometimes on Earth when two people look at each other, they may feel they have known one another before?

S: Yes, it’s deja vu.

Dr. N: Let’s go back to Rachel in the spirit world. If your guardian did not project an image of herself in human form to you, would you have known her anyway?

S: Well, naturally we can always identify each other by the mind. But, it’s nicer this way. I know it sounds crazy, but it’s a … social thing … seeing a familiar face puts you at ease.

Dr. N: Seeing human features of people you knew in past lives is a good thing then, particularly in the readjustment period right after leaving Earth?

S: Yeah, otherwise you feel a little lost at first … lonesome … and maybe confused, too … seeing people as they were helps me get used to things here faster when I first come back, and seeing Rachel is always a big boost.

Dr. N: Does Rachel present herself to you in human form right after each death on Earth as a way of getting you readjusted to the spirit world?

S: (eagerly) Oh, yes-she does! And she gives me security. I feel better when I see others I have known before too …

Dr. N: And do you speak to these people?

S: No one speaks, we communicate by the mind. Dr. N: Telepathically?

S: Yes.

Dr. N: Is it possible for souls to have private conversations which cannot be telepathically picked up by others?

S: (pause) … for intimacy-yes. Dr. N: How is this done?

S: By touch-it’s called touching communication.

Note: When two spirits come so close to each other they are conjoined, my subjects say they can send private thoughts by touch which passes between them as “electrical sound impulses.” In most instances, subjects in hypnosis do not wish to talk to me about these personal confidences.

Dr. N: Could you clarify for me how human features can be projected by you as a soul?

S: From … my mass of energy… I just think of the features I want … but I can’t tell you what gives me the ability to do this.

Dr. N: Well, then, can you tell me why you and the other souls project certain features at different times?

S: (long pause) It depends on where you are in your movements around here … when you see another… and your state of mind then.

Dr. N: That’s what I want to get at. Tell me more about recognition.

S: You see, recognition depends on a person’s … feelings when you meet them here. They will show you what they want you to see of themselves and what they think you want to see. It also depends on the circumstances of your meeting with them.

Dr. N: Can you be more specific? What different circumstances can cause energy forms to materialize in a certain way toward other spirits?

S: It is the difference between your being on their turf or your turf. They may choose to show you one set of features in one place, while in another you might see something else.

Note: Spiritual “territory” will be explained as we proceed further into the spirit world.

Dr. N: Are you telling me that a soul may show you one face at the gateway to the spirit world and another image later in a different situation?

S: That’s right. Dr. N: Why?

S: Like I was telling you, a lot of how we present ourselves to each other depends on what we are feeling right then … what relationship we have with a certain person and where we are.

Dr. N: Please tell me if I understand all this correctly. The identity souls project to each other depends on timing and location in the Spirit world as well as mood, and maybe psychological states of mind when they meet?

S: Sure, and it works both ways … it’s interconnecting.

Dr. N: Then, how can we know the true character of a soul’s consciousness with all these changes in each other’s image?

S: (laughs) The image you project never hides who you really are from the rest of us. Anyway, it’s not the same kind of emotion we know on Earth. Here it is more … abstract. Why we project certain features and thoughts … is based on a … confirmation of ideas.

Dr. N: Ideas? Do you mean your sentiments at the time?

S: Yes … sort of… because these human features were part of our physical lives in other places when we discovered things … and developed ideas … it is all a … continuum for us to use here.

Dr. N: Well, if in each of our past lives we have a different face, which one do we assume between lives?

S: We mix it up. You assume those features which the person you see will most recognize as you, depending on what you want to communicate.

Dr. N: What about communication without projecting features?

S: Sure, we do that-it’s normal-but I mentally associate with people more quickly with features.

Dr. N: Do you favor projecting a certain set of facial features?

S: Hmm … I like the face with the mustache … having a rock-hard jaw…

Dr. N: You mean when you were Jeff Tanner, the cowpuncher from Texas in the life we discussed earlier?

S: (laughs) That’s it-and I have had faces like Jeff’s in other lives, too. Dr. N: But, why Jeff? Was it just because he was you in your last life?

S: No, I felt good as Jeff. It was a happy, uncomplicated life. Damn, I looked great! My face resembled those billboard smoking ads you used to see along the highway. (chuckling) I enjoy showing off my handle-bar mustache as Jeff.

Dr. N: But that was only one life. People not associated with you in that life may not recognize you here.

S: Oh, they would get it was me soon enough. I could change to something else, but I like myself as Jeff the best right now.

Dr. N: So, this goes back to what you were saying about all of us really only having one identity, regardless of the number of facial features we might project as souls?

S: Yeah, you see everyone as they truly are. Some only want their best side to show because of what you might think of them-they don’t fully appreciate that it is what you are striving for which is important, not how you appear. We get a lot of laughs about how spirits think they should look, even taking faces they never had on Earth, and that’s okay.

Dr. N: Are we talking about the more immature souls, then?

S: Yes, usually. They can get stuck … we don’t judge … in the end they are going to be all right.

Dr. N: I think of the spirit world as a place of supreme all-knowing intelligent consciousness and you make it appear that souls have moods and vanity as though they were back on Earth?

S: (burst of laughter) People are people no matter how they look on their physical worlds.

Dr. N: Oh, do you see souls who have gone to planets other than Earth? S: (pause) Once in a while …

Dr. N: What features do souls from other planets besides Earth show you?

S: (evasively) I … kind of stick with my own people, but we can assume any features we want for communication …

Note: Gaining information from the subjects I have had who are able to recall leading physical past lives in non-human form on other worlds is always challenging. Recollection of these experiences are usually limited to older, more advanced souls, as we will see later.

Dr. N: Is this ability to transmit features to each other as souls a gift the creator provided for us based upon spiritual need?

S: How should I know-I’m not God!

The concept of souls having fallibility comes as a surprise to some people. The statements of Case 8 and all my other clients indicate most of us are still far from perfect beings in the spirit world. The essential purpose of reincarnation is self- improvement. The psychological ramifications of our development, both in and out of the spirit world, is the foundation of my work.

We have seen the importance of meeting other entities while entering the spirit

world. Besides uniting with our guides and other familiar beings, I have mentioned a third form of reentry after death. This is the rather disconcerting manner in which a soul is met by no one.

Although it is an uncommon occurrence for most of my clients, I still feel a little

sorry for those subjects who describe how they are pulled by unseen forces all alone to their final destinations, where contact is finally made with others. This would be akin to landing in a foreign country where you have been before, but without any baggage handlers or a tourist information desk to assist you with directions. I suppose what bothers me the most about this type of entry is the apparent lack of any soul acclimation.

My own conceptions of what it must be like to be alone at the spiritual gateway and beyond is not shared by those souls who utilize the option of going solo. Actually, people in this category are experienced travelers. As older, mature souls, they seem to require no initial support system. They know right where they are going after death. I suspect the process is accelerated for them as well, because they manage to more rapidly wind up where they belong than those who stop to meet others.

Case 9 is a client who has had a great number of lives, spanning thousands of years. About eight lives before his current one, people finally stopped meeting him at the spiritual gate.

Case 9

Dr. N: What happens to you at the moment of death? S: I feel a great sense of release and I move out fast.

Dr.  N: How would you characterize your departure from Earth into the spirit world?

S: I shoot up like a column of light and I’m on my way. Dr. N: Has it always been this fast for you?

S: No, only after my last series of lives. Dr. N: Why?

S: I know the way, I don’t need to see anybody-I’m in a hurry. Dr. N: And it doesn’t bother you that you are not met by anyone?

S: (laughs) There was a time when it was good, but I don’t require that sort of thing anymore.

Dr.  N:  Whose  decision  was  it  to  allow  you  to  enter  the  spirit  world  without assistance?

S: (pause and then with a shrug) It was … a mutual decision … between my teacher and me … when I knew I could handle things by myself.

Dr. N: And you don’t feel rather lost or lonely right now?

S: Are you kidding? I don’t need my hand held anymore. I know where I’m going and I’m anxious to get there. I’m being pulled along by a magnet and I just enjoy the ride.

Dr. N: Explain to me how this pulling process works which will take you to your destination?

S: I am riding on a wave … a beam of light. Dr. N: Is this beam electromagnetic, or what?

S: Well … it’s similar to the bands of a radio with someone turning the dial and finding the right frequency for me.

Dr. N: Are you saying you are being guided by an invisible force without much voluntary control and that you can’t speed things up as you did right after death?

S: Yes. I must go with the wave bands of light … the waves have direction and I’m flowing with it. It’s easy. They do it all for you.

Dr. N: Who does it for you?

S: The ones in control … I don’t really know.

Dr. N: Then you are not in control. You don’t have the responsibility of finding your own destination.

S: (pause) My mind is in tune with the movement … I flow with the resonance … Dr. N: Resonance? You hear sounds?

S: Yes, the wave beam … vibrates … I’m locked into this, too.

Dr. N: Let’s go back to your statement about the radio. Is your spiritual travel influenced by vibrational frequencies such as high, medium, and low resonance quality?

S: (laughing) That’s not bad-yes, and I’m on a line, like a homing beacon of sound and light… and it’s part of my own tonal pattern-my frequency.

Dr.  N:  I’m  not  sure  I  understand  how  light  and  vibration  combine  to  set  up directional bands.

S: Think of a monster tuning fork inside a flashing strobe light. Dr. N: Oh, then there is energy here?

S: We have energy-within an energy field. So, it isn’t just the lines we travel on … we generate energy ourselves … we can use these forces depending on our experience.

Dr. N: Then your maturity level does give you some element of control in the rate and direction of travel.

S: Yes, but not right here. Later, when I am settled I can move around much more on my own. Now, I’m being pulled and I’m supposed to go with it.

Dr. N: Okay, stay with this and describe to me what happens next.

S: (short pause) I’m moving alone … being homed into my proper space… going where I belong.

In hypnosis, the analytical conscious mind works in conjunction with the unconscious mind to receive and answer messages directed to our deep-seated memories. The subject in Case 9 is an electrical engineer and thus he utilized some technical descriptions to express his spiritual sensations. This client’s predisposition to explain his thoughts on soul travel in technical terms was encouraged, but not

dictated, by my suggestions. All subjects bring their own segments of knowledge to bear on answering my questions about the spirit world. This case used physical laws familiar to him to describe motion, whereas another person might have said souls move in this tract within a vacuum.

Before continuing with the passage of souls into the spirit world, I want to discuss those entities who either have not made it this far after physical death, or will be diverted from the normal travel route.

4

The Displaced Soul

THERE are souls who have been so severely damaged they are detached from the

mainstream of souls going back to a spiritual home base. Compared to all returning entities, the number of these abnormal souls is not large. However, what has happened to them on Earth is significant because of the serious effect they have on other incarnated souls.

There are two types of displaced souls: those who do not accept the fact their physical body is dead and fight returning to the spirit world for reasons of personal anguish, and those souls who have been subverted by, or had  complicity with, criminal abnormalities in a human body. In the first instance, displacement is of the soul’s own choosing, while in the second case, spiritual guides deliberately remove these souls from further association with other entities for an indeterminate period. In both situations, the guides of these souls are intimately concerned with rehabilitation, but because the circumstances are quite different between each type of displaced soul, I will treat them separately.

The first type we call ghosts. These spirits refuse to go home after physical death

and often have unpleasant influences on those of us who would like to finish out our own human lives in peace. These displaced souls are sometimes falsely called “demonic spirits” because they are accused of invading the minds of people with harmful intent. The subject of negative Spirits has produced serious investigations in the field of parapsychology. Unfortunately, this area of spirituality has also attracted a fringe element of the unscrupulous associated with the occult, who prey on the emotions of susceptible people

The troubled spirit is an immature entity with unfinished business in a past life on

Earth. They may have no relation to the living person who is disrupted by them. It is true that some people are convenient and receptive conduits for negative spirits who wish to express their querulous nature. This means that someone who is in a deep meditative state of consciousness might occasionally pick up annoying signal patterns from a discarnated being whose communications can range from the frivolous to provocative. These unsettled entities are not spiritual guides.  Real guides are healers and don’t intrude with acrimonious messages.

More  often  than  not,  these  uncommon  haunted  spirits  are  tied  to a  particular

geographic location. Researchers who have specialized in the phenomena of ghosts indicate those disturbed entities are caught in a no-man’s land between the lower astral planes of Earth and the spirit world. From my own research, I don’t believe these souls are lost in space, nor are they demonic. They choose to remain within the Earth plane after physical death for a time by their own volition due to a high level of  discontent.  In  my  opinion,  they  are  damaged  souls  because  they  evidence

confusion, despair, and even hostility to such an extent they want their guides to stay away from them. We do know a negative, displaced entity can be reached and handled by various means, such as exorcism, to get them to stop interfering with human beings. Possessing spirits can be persuaded to leave and eventually make a proper transition into the spirit world.

If we have a spirit world governed by order, with guides who care about us, how can

maladaptive souls who exert negative energy upon incarnated beings be allowed to exist? One explanation is that we still have free will, even in death. Another is that since  we  endure  so  many  upheavals  in  our  physical  universe,  then  spiritual irregularities  and  deviations  from  the  normal  exodus  of  souls  ought  to  be anticipated as well. Discarnate, unhappy spirits who trap themselves are possibly part of a grand design. When they are ready, these souls will be taken by the hand away from Earth’s astral plane and guided to their proper place in the spirit world.  I turn now to the far more prevalent second type of disturbed soul. These are souls who have been involved with evil acts. We should first speculate if a soul can be considered culpable or guilt-free when it occupied the offending criminal brain? Is the soul mind or human ego responsible, or are they the same? Occasionally, a client will say to me, “I feel possessed by an inner force which tells me to do bad things.” There are mentally ill people who feel driven by opposing forces of good and evil over which they believe they have no control.

After working for years with the superconscious minds of people under hypnosis, I have come to the conclusion that the five-sensory human can negatively act upon a soul’s psyche. We express our eternal self through dominant biological needs and the pressures of environmental stimuli which are temporary to the incarnated soul. Although there is no hidden, sinister self within our human form, some souls are not fully assimilated. People not in harmony with their bodies feel detached from themselves in life.

This  condition  does  not  excuse  souls  from  doing  their  utmost  to  prevent  evil

involvement on Earth. We see this in human conscience. It is important we distinguish between what is exerting a negative force on our mind and what is not. Hearing an inner voice which may suggest self-destruction to ourselves or someone else is not a demonic spiritual entity, an alien presence, nor a malevolent renegade guide. Negative forces emanate from ourself.

The  destructive  impulses  of  emotional  disorders,  if  left  untreated,  inhibit  soul

development. Those of us who have experienced unresolved personal trauma in our lives carry the seeds of our own destruction. This anguish affects our soul in such a way that it seems we are not whole. For instance, excessive craving and addictive behavior, which is the outgrowth of personal pain, inhibits the expression of a healthy soul and may even hold a soul in bondage to its host body.

Does the extent of contemporary violence mean that we have more souls “going

wrong” today than in the past? If nothing else, our over-population and mind- altering drug culture should support this conclusion. On the positive side, Earth’s international level of consciousness toward human suffering appears to be rising. I’ve been told that in every era of Earth’s bloody history there has always been a significant number of souls unable to resist and successfully counter human cruelty. Certain souls, whose hosts have a genetic disposition to abnormal brain chemistry,

are particularly at risk in a violent environment. We see how children can be so damaged by physical and emotional family abuse that, as adults, they commit premeditated acts of atrocity without feelings of remorse. Since souls are not created perfect, their nature can be contaminated during the development of such a life form.

If our transgressions are especially serious we call them evil. My subjects say to me

no soul is inherently evil, although it may acquire this label in human life. Pathological evil in humans is characterized by feelings of personal impotence and weakness which is stimulated by helpless victims.

Although souls who are involved with truly evil acts should generally be considered

at  a  low  level  of  development,  soul  immaturity  does  not  automatically  invite malevolent behavior from a damaged human personality. The evolution of souls involves a transition from imperfection to perfection based upon overcoming many difficult body assignments during their task-oriented lives. Souls may also have a predisposition for selecting environments where they consistently don’t work well, or are subverted. Thus, souls may have their identity damaged by poor life choices. However, all souls are held accountable for their conduct in the bodies they occupy. We will see in the next chapter how souls receive an initial review of their past life with guides before moving on to join their friends. But what happens to souls who have, through their bodies, caused extreme suffering to another? If a soul is not capable of ameliorating the most violent human urges in its host body, how is it held accountable in afterlife? This brings up the issue of being sent to heaven or hell for good and bad deeds because accountability has long been a part of our religious traditions.

On the wall of my office hangs an Egyptian painting, “The Judgment Scene,” as represented in the Book of the Dead, which is a mythological ritual of death over 7,000 years old. The ancient Egyptians had an obsession with death and the world beyond the grave because, in their cosmic pantheon, death explained life.  The picture shows a newly deceased man arriving in a place located between the land of the living and the kingdom of the dead. He stands by a set of scales about to be judged for his past deeds on Earth. The master of ceremonies is the god Anubis, who carefully weighs the man’s heart on one pan of the scale against the ostrich feather of truth on the opposite side. The heart, not the head, represented the embodiment of a person’s soul-conscience to the Egyptians. It is a tense moment. A crocodile-headed monster is crouched nearby with his mouth open, ready to devour the heart if the man’s wrongs outweigh the good he did in life. Failure at the scales would end the existence of this soul.

I get quite a few comments from my clients about this picture. A metaphysically

oriented person would insist no one is denied entrance into the kingdom of afterlife, regardless of how unfavorably balanced the scales might be toward past conduct. Is this belief true? Are all souls given the opportunity to transmute back into the spirit world the same way, irrespective of their association with the bodies they occupied? To answer this question, I should begin by mentioning that a large segment of society believes all souls do not go to the same place. More moderate theology no longer  stresses  the  idea  of  hellfire  and  brimstone  for  sinners.  However,  many religious sects indicate a spiritual coexistence of two mental states of good and evil.

For the “bad” soul there are ancient philosophical pronouncements denoting a separation from the God-Essence as a means of punishment after death.

The Tibetan Book of the Dead, a source of religious belief thousands of years older than the Bible, describes the state of consciousness between lives (the Bardo) as a

time when “the evil we have perpetrated projects us into spiritual separation.” If the peoples of the East believed in a special spiritual location for evil doers, was this

idea similar to the concept of purgatory in the Western world?

From its earliest beginnings, Christian doctrine defined purgatory as a transitory

state of temporary banishment for sins of a minor nature against humanity. The Christian purgatory is supposed to be a place of atonement, isolation, and suffering. When all negative karma is removed, these souls are eventually allowed into heaven. On the other hand, souls committing major (deadly) sins are condemned to hell forever.

Does hell exist to permanently separate good souls from bad ones? All my case work

with the spirits of my subjects has convinced me there is no residence of terrible suffering for souls, except on Earth. I am told all souls go to one spirit world after death where everyone is treated with patience and love.

However,  I have learned that certain souls  do undergo separation in the spirit

world, and this happens at the time of their orientation with guides. They are not activated along the same travel routes as other souls. Those of my subjects who have been impeded by evil report that souls whose influence was too weak to turn aside a human impulse to harm others will go into seclusion upon reentering the spirit world. These souls don’t appear to mix with other entities in the conventional manner for quite a while.

I have also noticed that those beginner souls who are habitually associated with intensely negative human conduct in their first series of lives must endure individual spiritual isolation. Ultimately, they are placed together in their own group to intensify learning under close supervision. This is not punishment, but rather a kind of purgatory for the restructuring of self-awareness with these souls.

Because wrongdoing takes so many forms on Earth, spiritual instruction and the

type of isolation used is varied for each soul. The nature of these variations apparently is evaluated during orientation at the end of each life. Relative time of seclusion and reindoctrination is not consistent either. For instance, I have had reports about maladjusted spirits who have returned back to Earth directly after a period of seclusion in order to expunge themselves as soon as possible by a good incarnated performance, Here is an example, as told to me by a soul who was acquainted with one of these spirits.

Case 10

Dr. N: Do souls bear responsibility for their involvement with flawed human beings

who injure others in life?

S: Yes, those who have wronged others savagely in a life-I knew one of those souls. Dr. N: What do you know about this entity? What happened after this soul returned

to the spirit world following that life?

S: He … had hurt a girl … terribly … and did not rejoin our group. There was extensive private study for him because he did so poorly while in that body.

Dr. N: What was the extent of his punishment?

S: Punishment is … a wrong interpretation … it’s regeneration. You have to recognize this is a matter for your teacher. The teachers are more strict with those who have been involved with cruelty.

Dr. N: What does “more strict” mean to you in the spirit world?

S: Well, my friend didn’t go back with us … his friends … after this sad life where he hurt this girl.

Dr. N: Did he come through the same spiritual gateway as yourself when he died?

S: Yes, but he did not meet with anybody … he went directly to a place where he was alone with the teacher.

Dr. N: And then what happened to him?

S: After awhile … not long … he returned to Earth again as a woman … where people were cruel … physically abusive … it was a deliberate choice … my friend needed to experience that …

Dr. N: Do you think this soul blamed the human brain of his former host body for hurting the girl?

S: No, he took what he had done … back into himself … he blamed his own lack of skill to overcome the human failings. He asked to become an abused woman himself

in the next life to gain understanding… to appreciate the damage he had done to the girl.

Dr. N: If this friend of yours did not gain understanding and continued involving himself with humans who committed wrongful acts, could he be destroyed as a soul by someone in the spirit world?

S: (long pause) You can’t destroy energy exactly … but it can be reworked… negativity which is unmanageable … in many lives … can be readjusted.

Dr. N: How?

S: (vaguely) … Not by destruction … remodeling …

Case 10 did not respond further to this line of questioning, and other subjects who know   something   about   these   damaged   souls   are   rather   sparse   with   their

information. Later, we will learn a bit more about the formation and restoration of intelligent energy.

Most errant souls are able to solve their own problems of contamination. The price we pay for our misdeeds and the rewards received for good conduct revolve around

the laws of karma. Perpetrators of harm to others will do penance by setting themselves up as future victims in a karmic cycle of justice. The Bhagavad Gita,

another early Eastern scripture which has stood the test of thousands of years, has a passage which says, “souls of evil influence must redeem their virtue.”

No study of life after death would have any meaning without addressing how karma relates to causality and justice for all souls. Karma by itself does not denote good or

bad deeds. Rather it is the result of one’s positive and negative actions in life. The statement, “there are no accidents in our lives,” does not mean karma by itself

impels. What it does is propel us forward by teaching lessons. Our future destiny is influenced by a past from which we cannot escape, especially when we injure others.

The key to growth is understanding we are given the ability to make mid-course corrections in our life and having the courage to make necessary changes when what

we are doing is not working for us. By conquering fear and taking risks, our karmic pattern adjusts to the effects of new choices. At the end of every life, rather than

having a monster waiting to devour our souls, we serve as our most severe critic in front of teacher-guides. This

is why karma is both just and merciful. With the help of our spiritual counselors and peers we decide on the proper mode of justice for our conduct.

Some people who believe in reincarnation also think if negative souls do not learn their lessons within a reasonable span of lives, they will be eliminated and replaced

by more willing souls. My subjects deny this premise.

There is no set path of self-discovery designed for all souls. As one subject told me,

“souls are assigned to Earth for the duration of the war.” This means souls are given the time and opportunity to make changes for growth. Souls who continue to display negative attitudes through their human hosts must overcome these difficulties by continually making an effort to change. From what I have seen, no negative karma remains attached to a soul who is willing to work during their many lives on this planet.

It is an open question whether a soul should be held entirely at fault for humanity’s irrational, unsocialized, and destructive acts. Souls must learn to cope in different ways with each new human being assigned to them. The permanent identity of a soul stamps the human mind with a distinctive character which is individual to that soul. However, I find there is a strange dual nature between the soul mind and human brain. I will discuss this concept further in later chapters, after the reader learns more about the existence of souls in the spirit world.

5

Orientation

AFTER those entities who meet us during our homecoming have dispersed, we are ready to be taken to a space of healing. This will be followed by another stop involving the soul’s reorientation to a spiritual environment. In this place we are often examined by our guide.

I tend to call the cosmology of all spiritual locations as places, or spaces, simply for convenient identification because we are dealing with a non-physical universe. The similarity of descriptions among clients of what they do as souls at the next two combined stops is remarkable, although they do have different names for them. I hear such terms as: chambers, travel berths, and interspace stop over zones, but the most common is “the place of healing.”

I think of the healing station as a field hospital, or MASH unit, for damaged souls coming off Earth’s battlefields. I have selected a rather advanced male subject who has been through this revitalization process many times to describe the nature of this next stop.

Case 11

Dr. N: After you leave the friends who greeted you following your death, where does your soul go next in the spirit world?

S: I am alone for a while … moving through vast distances … Dr. N: Then what happens to you?

S: I am being guided by a force I can’t see, into a more enclosed space-an opening into a place of pure energy.

Dr. N: What is this area like?

S: For me … it is the vessel of healing.

Dr. N: Give me as much detail as possible about what you experience here.

S: I’m propelled in and I see a bright warm beam. It reaches out to me as a stream of liquid energy. There is a … vapor-like … steam swirling around me at first … then gently touching my soul as if it were alive. Then it is absorbed into me as fire and I am bathed and cleansed from my hurts.

Dr. N: Is someone bathing you, or is this light beam enveloping you from out of nowhere?

S: I am alone, but it is directed. My essence is being bathed … restoring me after my exposure to Earth.

Dr. N: I have heard this place is similar to taking a refreshing shower after a hard day’s work.

S: (laughs) After a lifetime of work. It’s better and you don’t get wet, either.

Dr. N: You also don’t have a physical body anymore, so how can this energy shower heal a soul?

S: By reaching into … my being. I’m so tired from my last life and with the body I had.

Dr. N: Are you saying the ravages of the physical body and the human mind leaves an emotional mark on the soul after death?

S: God, yes’. My very expression-who I am as a being-was affected by the brain and body I occupied.

Dr. N: Even though you are now separated from that body forever?

S: Each body leaves … an imprint … on you, at least for a while. There are some bodies I have had that I can never get away from altogether. Even though you are free of them you keep some of the outstanding memories of your bodies in certain lives.

Dr. N: Okay, now I want you to finish with your shower of healing and tell me what you feel.

S: I am suspended in the light … it permeates through my soul … washing out most of the negative viruses. It allows me to let go of the bonds of my last life … bringing about my transformation so I can become whole again.

Dr. N: Does the shower have the same effect upon everyone?

S: (pause) When I was younger and less experienced, I came here more damaged- the energy here seemed less effective because I didn’t know how to use it to completely purge the negativity. I carried old wounds with me longer despite the healing energy.

Dr. N: I think I understand. So, what do you do now?

S: When I am restored, I leave here and go to a quiet place to talk to my guide.

This place I have come to call the shower of healing is only a prelude for the rehabilitation of returning souls. The orientation stage which immediately follows (especially with younger souls), involves a substantial counseling session with one’s guide. The newly refreshed soul arrives at this station to undergo a debriefing of the life just ended. Orientation is also designed as an intake interview to provide further emotional release and readjustment back into the spirit world.

People  in  hypnosis  who  discuss  the  type  of  counseling  which  goes  on  during

orientation say their guides are gentle but probing. Imagine your favorite elementary school teacher and you have the idea. Think of a firm but concerned entity who knows all about your learning habits, your strong and weak points, and your fears, who is always ready to work with you as long as you continue to try.

When you don’t, everything remains stationary in your development. Nothing can be hidden by students from their Spiritual teachers. No subterfuge or deception exists in a telepathic world.

There are a multitude of differences in orientation scenes depending upon the souls’

individual makeup and their state of mind after the life just ended. Souls report their orientation often takes place in a room. The furnishings of these settings and the intensity of this first conference can vary after each life. The case below gives a brief example of an orientation scene which attests to the desire of higher forces to bring comfort to the returning soul.

Case 12

S: At the center of this place I found my bedroom where I was so happy as a child. I see my rose-covered wallpaper and four-poster bed with the squeaky springs under a thick, pink quilt made for me by my grandmother. My grandmother and I used to have heart-to-heart chats whenever I was troubled and she is here, too-just sitting on the edge of my bed with my favorite stuffed animals around her-waiting for me. Her wrinkled face is full of love, as always. After a while I see she is actually my guide Amephus. I talk to Amephus about the sad and happy times of the life I have finished. I know I made mistakes, but she is so kind to me. We laugh and cry together while I reminisce. Then we discuss all the things I didn’t do that I might have done with my life. But in the end it’s okay. She knows I must rest in this beautiful world. I’m going to relax. I don’t care if I ever go back to Earth again because my real home is here.

Apparently, the more advanced souls do not require any orientation at this stage. This does not mean the ten percent of my clients in this category just sail right by their guides with a wave upon their return from Earth. Everybody is held accountable for their past lives. Performance is judged upon how each individual interpreted and acted upon their life roles. Intake interviews for the advanced souls are conducted with master teachers later. The less experienced entities are usually given special attention by counselors because the abrupt transition from the physical to a spiritual form is more difficult for them.

The next case I have selected has a more in-depth therapeutic spiritual orientation.

The exploration of attitudes and feelings with a view to reorienting future behavior is typical of guides. The client in Case 13 is a strong, imposing thirty-two-year-old woman of above-average height and weight. Dressed in jeans, boots, and a loose- fitting sweat shirt, Hester arrived at my office one day in a state of agitation.

Her presenting problems fell into three parts. She was dissatisfied with her life as a successful real estate broker as being too materialistic and unfulfilling. Hester also felt she lacked feminine sexuality. She mentioned having a closet full of beautiful clothes which were “hateful to wear.” This client then told me how she had easily manipulated men all her life because, “There is a male aggression about me which also makes me feel incomplete as a woman.” As a young girl, she avoided dolls and wearing dresses because she was more interested in competitive sports with boys. Her masculine feelings had not changed with age, although she had found a man who became her husband because he accepted her dominance in their relationship. Hester said she enjoyed sex with him as long as she was in physical control and that

he found this exciting. In addition, my client complained of headaches on the right side of her head above the ear which, after extensive medical examinations, doctors had attributed to stress.

During our session, I learned this subject had experienced a recent series of male

lives, culminating with a short life as a prosecuting attorney called Ross Feldon in the state of Oklahoma during the 1 880s. As Ross, my client had committed suicide at age thirty-three in a hotel room by shooting himself in the head. Ross was in despair over the direction his life had taken as a courtroom prosecutor.

As the dialogue progresses, the reader will notice displays of intense emotion. Regression therapists call this “heightened response” being in a state of revivification (meaning to give new life) as opposed to the alternative trance state where subjects are observer-participants.

Case 13

Dr. N: Now that you have left the shower of healing, where are you going?

S: (apprehensively) To see my advisor. Dr. N: And who is that?

S: (pause) … Dees … no … his name is Clodees.

Dr. N: Did you talk to Clodees when you entered the spirit world? S: I wasn’t ready yet. I just wanted to see my parents.

Dr. N: Why are you going to see Clodees now?

S: I … am going to have to make some kind of … accounting … of myself. We go through this after all my lives, but this time I’m really in the soup.

Dr. N: Why?

S: Because I killed myself.

Dr. N: When a person kills himself on Earth does this mean they will receive some sort of punishment as a spirit?

S: No, no, there is no such thing here as punishment-that’s an Earth condition. Clodees will be disappointed that I bailed out early and didn’t have the courage to face my difficulties. By choosing to die as I did means I have to come back later and deal with the same thing all over again in a different life. I just wasted a lot of time by checking out early.

Dr. N: So, no one will condemn you for committing suicide?

S: (reflects for a moment) Well, my friends won’t give me any pats on the back either-I feel sadness at what I did.

Note: This is the usual spiritual attitude toward suicide, but I want to add that those who escape from chronic physical pain or almost total incapacity on Earth by killing themselves feel no remorse as souls. Their guides and friends also have a more accepting view toward this motivation for suicide.

Dr. N: All right, let’s proceed into your conference with Clodees. First describe your surroundings as you enter this space to see your advisor.

S: I go into a room-with walls … (laughs) Oh, it’s the Buckhorn! Dr. N: What’s that?

S: A great cattleman’s bar in Oklahoma. I was happy as a patron there-friendly atmosphere-beautiful wood paneling-the stuffed leather chairs. (pause) I see Clodees is sitting at one of the tables waiting for me. Now we are going to talk.

Dr. N: How do you account for an Oklahoma bar in the spirit world?

S: It’s one of the nice things they do for you to ease your mind, but that’s where it ends. (then with a deep sigh) This talk is not going to be like a party at the bar.

Dr. N: You sound a little depressed at the prospect of an intimate conversation with your guide about your last life?

S: (defensively) Because I blew it! I have to see him to explain why things didn’t work out. Life is so hard! I try to do it right… but …

Dr. N: Do what right?

S: (with anguish) I had an agreement with Clodees to work on setting goals and then following through. He had expectations for me as Ross. Damn! Now I have to face him with this.

Dr. N: You don’t feel you met the contract you had with your advisor about lessons to be learned as Ross?

S: (impatiently) No, I was terrible. And, of course, I’ll have to do it all over again. We never seem to get it perfect. (pause) You know, if it weren’t for Earth’s beauty- the birds-flowers-trees-I would never go back. It’s too much trouble.

Dr. N: I can see you are upset, but don’t you think …

S: (breaks in with agitation) You can’t get away with a thing either. Everybody here knows you so well. There is nothing I can keep from Clodees.

Dr. N: I want you to take a deep breath and go further into the Buckhorn Bar and tell me what you do.

S: (subject gulps and squares her shoulders) I float in and sit down across from Clodees at a round table near the front of the bar.

Dr. N: Now that you are near Clodees, do you think he is as upset as you are over this past life?

S: No, I’m more upset with myself over what I did and didn’t do and he knows that. Advisors can be displeased but they don’t humiliate us, they are too superior for that.

The counseling input of a directive guide gives the healing process of our soul a boost during orientation, but that does not mean the defensive barriers to progress are completely removed. The painful emotional memories from our past do not die as easily as our bodies. Hester must see her negative past life script as Ross clearly, without distorted perceptions.

Recreating spiritual orientation scenes during hypnosis assists me as a therapist. I have found the techniques of psychodramatic role playing to be useful in exposing feelings and old beliefs related to current behavior. Case 13 had quite a long orientation which I have condensed. At this juncture of the case I shifted my questioning to involve the subject’s guide.

As the proceedings unfold with Ross Feldon’s life, I will take the roll of a third party

intermediary between Ross and Clodees. Within this counseling mode I also want to initiate a role transference where Hester-Ross will speak the thoughts of Clodees. The integration of a subject with their guide is a means of eliciting assistance from these higher entities and bringing problems into sharper focus. I sometimes sense even my own guide is directing me in these sessions.

I  am  cautious  about  summoning  up  guides  without  good  cause.  Facilitating

communication directly with a client’s guide always has an uncertain outcome. If my intrusion is clumsy or unnecessary, guides will block a subject’s response by silence or use metaphoric language which is obscure.

I have had guides speak through a subject’s vocal chords in raspy tones which are so

discordant I can hardly understand the responses to questions. When subjects talk for their guides, rather than guides speaking for themselves through the subject, usually the cadence of speech is not as broken. In this case, Clodees comes through Hester-Ross easily and allows me some latitude in working with his client.

Dr. N: Ross, we both need to understand what is happening psychologically to you right from the start of your orientation with Clodees. I want you to assist me. Are you willing to do this?

S: Yes, I am.

Dr. N: Good, and now you are going to be able to do something unusual. On the count of three, you will have the ability to assume the dual roles of Clodees and yourself. This ability will enable you to speak to me about your thoughts and those of your guide as well. It will seem that you will actually become your guide when I question you. Are you ready?

S: (with hesitation) I … think so.

Dr. N: (rapidly) One-two-three! ( I place my palm on the subject’s forehead to stimulate the transference.) Now be Clodees speaking his thoughts through you. You are sitting at a table across from the soul of Ross Feldon. What do you say to him? Quickly! I want the subject to react without thinking critically about the difficulty of my command)

S: subject reacts slowly, speaking as his own guide) You know… you could have done better.

Dr. N: Quickly now-be Ross Feldon again. Move to the other side of the table and answer Clodees.

S: I… tried … but I fell short of the goal

Dr. N: Switch places again. Become the voice of Clodees’ thoughts and answer Ross. Quickly!

S: If you could change anything about your life, what would it be? Dr. N: Respond as Ross.

S: Not to be … corrupted … by power and money. Dr. N: Answer as Clodees.

S: Why did you let these things detract from your original commitment?

Dr. N: (I lower my voice) You are doing fine. Keep switching chairs back and forth at the table. Now answer your guide’s question.

S: I wanted to belong… to feel important in the community… to rise above others and be admired … for my strength.

Dr. N: Respond as Clodees.

S: Especially by women. I observed you tried to dominate them sexually as well, making conquests without attachments.

Dr. N: Speak as Ross.

S: Yes … that’s true … (shakes head from side to side) I don’t have to explain-you know everything anyway.

Dr. N: Respond as Clodees.

S: Oh, but you do. You must bring your self-awareness to bear on these matters. Dr. N: Answer as Ross.

S: (defiantly) If I hadn’t exerted power over these people they would have controlled me.

Dr. N: Respond as Clodees.

S: This lacks merit and was unworthy of you. What you became is not how you started. We chose your parents carefully.

Note: The Feldon family were farmers of modest means who displayed honesty, forbearance, and sacrificed much so Ross could study law.

Dr. N: Answer as Ross.

S: (in a rush) Yes-I know-they brought me up to be idealistic-to help the little guy, and I wanted this, too, but it didn’t work for me. You saw what happened. I was in debt when I began as a lawyer…ineffective … of no consequence. I didn’t want to be poor anymore, defending people who couldn’t pay me. I hated the farm-the pigs and the cows. I liked being around substantial people and when I joined the establishment as a prosecutor, I had the idea of reforming the system and helping farm people. It was the system that was wrong.

Dr. N: Respond as Clodees.

S: Ah, you were corrupted by the system-explain this to me. Dr. N: Answer as Ross.

S: (hotly) People had to pay fines they couldn’t afford-others I sent to jail because of offenses they didn’t mean to commit – others I had hung! (voice breaks) I became a legal killer.

Dr. N: Respond as Clodees.

S:  Why  did  you  feel  responsible  for  prosecuting  criminals  who  were  guilty  of hurting others?

Dr. N: Answer as Ross.

S: Few of those … most were … just ordinary people like my parents who got caught up in the system … needing money to survive … and there were those who were … sick in the head

Dr. N: Respond as Clodees.

S: What about the victims of the people you prosecuted? Didn’t you choose a life of law to help society and to make the farms and the towns safer with justice?

Dr. N: Answer as Ross.

S: (loudly) Don’t you see, it didn’t work for me-I was turned into a murderer by a primitive society!

Dr. N: Respond as Clodees.

S: And so you murdered yourself? Dr. N: Answer as Ross.

S: I got off track… I couldn’t go back to being a nobody… and I couldn’t go forward. Dr. N: Respond as Clodees.

S: Too easily you became a participant with those whose motivations were  for personal gain and notoriety. This was not you. Why did you hide from yourself?

Dr. N: Answer as Ross.

S: (with anger) Why didn’t you help me more-when I started as a public defender? Dr. N: Respond as Clodees.

S: What benefit do you get from thinking I should pick you up at every turn?

Dr. N: (I ask Hester to respond as Ross, but when she remains silent after the last question, I step in) Ross, if I may interrupt-I believe Clodees is inquiring into the payoff for you from both the pain you feel now and strokes you get from blaming him over your last life

S: (pause) Wanting sympathy … I guess.

Dr. N: Okay, respond as Clodees to this thought.

S: (very slowly) What more would you have me do? You didn’t reach far enough inside yourself. I placed thoughts in your mind of temperance, moderation, responsibility, original goals, your parents’ love-you ignored these thoughts and were stubborn to alternative action.

S: (Ross responds without my command) I know I missed the signs you set up … I wasted opportunities … I was afraid …

Dr. N: Respond as Clodees to your statement. S: What do you value most about who you are? Dr. N: Answer your guide.

S: That I had the desire to change things on Earth. I started with wanting to make a difference for the people of Earth.

Dr. N: Respond as Clodees.

S: You left that assignment early and now I see you missing opportunities again- being afraid to take risks-taking paths which dam-age you-trying to become someone who is not you and there is sadness again.

Recreating the orientation stage does produce abrupt transitions during my hypnosis sessions. While Case 13 is speaking as Clodees, notice how her responses take on a more lucid and decisive quality which is different from either my client Hester, or her former self as Ross. I am not always successful with my subjects translating their guides’ comments so insightful[y in former spiritual orientations. Nevertheless, past life memories often spill over into contemporary problems in whatever spiritual setting is selected.

Whether my subject or her guide actually directed the conversation in the Buckhorn Bar scene while I moved the time frame around does not matter to me. After all, Ross Feldon as a person is dead. But Hester is caught in the same quagmire, and I want to do what I can to break this destructive pattern of behavior. I spend a few minutes reviewing with this subject what her guide has indicated about lack of self- concept, alienation, and lost values. After asking Clodees for his continued assistance, I close the orientation scene and immediately take Hester to a later spiritual stage just before her rebirth today.

Dr. N: With all the knowledge of who you were as Ross, and having a greater understanding of your real spiritual identity after your stay in the spirit world, why did you choose your current body?

S: I chose to be a woman so people would not feel intimidated by me.

Dr. N: Really? Then why did you take the body of such a strong, forceful woman in the twentieth century?

S: They won’t see a prosecuting attorney dressed in black in a courtroom-this time I am a surprise package!

Dr. N: A surprise package? What does that mean?

S: As a woman, I knew I would be less intimidating to men. I can catch them off guard and scare them to death.

Dr. N: What kind of men?

S: The big guys-the power structure in society-catch then when they are lulled into a false sense of security because I’m a woman.

Dr. N: Catch them and do what?

S: (drives her right fist into the left palm) Nail them-to save the little guy from the sharks who want to eat up all the small fish in this world.

Dr. N: (I move my subject into the present while she remains in the superconscious state) Let me understand your reason for choosing to be a woman in this life. You wanted to help the same sort of people who you were unable to help as a man in your previous life-is this correct?

S: (sadly) Yeah, but it’s not the best way. It’s not working out for me like I thought. I’m still too strong and macho. Energy is pouring out of me in the wrong direction.

Dr. N: What wrong direction?

S: (wistfully) I’m doing it again. Misusing people. I chose the body of a woman who is intimidating to men and I don’t feel like a woman.

Dr. N: Give me an example?

S: Sexually and in business. I’m in the power game again … pushing aside principles

… getting off track as before (as Ross). This time I manipulate real estate deals. I’m too interested in acquiring money. I want status.

Dr. N: And how does this hurt you, Hester?

S: The influence of money and position is a drug to me as it was in my last life. My

being a woman now has done nothing to change my desire to control people. So … stupid …

Dr. N: Then do you think your motivations were wrong in choosing to be a female? S: Yes, I do feel more natural living as a man. But I thought as a woman this time

around I would be… more subtle. I wanted this chance to try again in a different sex

and Clodees let me take it. (client slumps down in her chair) What a blunder.

Dr. N: Don’t you think you are being a little hard on yourself, Hester? I have the sense you also chose to be a woman because you wanted a woman’s insight and intuition to give you a different perspective to tackle your lessons. You can have masculine energy, if you want to call it that, and still be feminine.

Before finishing this case, I should touch on the issue of homosexuality. Most of my subjects select the bodies of one gender over another 75 percent of the time. This pattern is true of all but the advanced souls, who maintain more of a balance in choosing to be men and women. A gender preference by a majority of earthbound souls does not mean they are unhappy the other 25 percent of the time as males or females.

Hester is not necessarily gay or hi-sexual because of her body choice. Homosexuals may or may not be comfortable with their anatomy as humans. When I do have a client who is gay, they often ask if their homosexuality is the result of choosing to be “‘the wrong sex” in this life. When their sessions are over this inquiry is usually answered.

Regardless of the  circumstances which  lead  souls  to  make  gender choices,  this

decision was made before arriving on Earth. Sometimes I find that gay people have chosen in advance of their current lives to experiment with a sex that was seldom used in former lives.

Being gay carries a sexual stigma in our society which presents a more difficult road

in life. When this road is chosen by one of my clients, it can usually be traced to a karmic need to accelerate personal understanding of the complex differences in gender identity as related to certain events in their past. Case 13 chose to be a woman in this life to try and get over the stumbling blocks experienced as Ross Feldon.

Would Hester have benefited from knowing about her past as Ross from birth

rather than having to wait over thirty years and undergo hypnosis? Having no conscious memory of our former existences is called amnesia. This human condition is perplexing to people attracted to reincarnation. Why should we have to grope around in life trying to figure out who we are and what we are supposed to do and wondering if some spiritual divinity really cares about us? I closed my session with this woman by asking about her amnesia.

Dr. N: Why do you think you had no conscious memory about your life as Ross Feldon?

S: When we choose a body and make a plan before coming back to Earth, there is an agreement with our advisors.

Dr. N: An agreement about what?

S: We agree … not to remember … other lives. Dr. N: Why?

S: Learning from a blank slate is better than knowing in advance what  could happen to you because of what you did before.

Dr. N: But wouldn’t knowing about your past life mistakes be valuable in avoiding the same pitfalls in this life?

S: If people knew all about their past, many might pay too much attention to it rather than trying out new approaches to the same problem. The new life must be… taken seriously.

Dr. N: Are there any other reasons?

S: (pause) Without having old memories, our advisors say there is less preoccupation for … trying to … avenge the past … to get even for the wrongs done to you.

Dr. N: Well, it seems to me that so far this has been part of the motivation and conduct in your life as Hester.

S: (forcefully) That’s why I came to you.

Dr. N: And do you still think a total blackout of our eternal spiritual life on Earth is essential to progress?

S: Normally, yes, but it’s not a total blackout. We get flashes from dreams… during times of crisis… people have an inner knowing of what direction to take when it is necessary. And sometimes your friends can fudge a little …

Dr. N: By friends, you mean entities from the spirit world?

S: Uh-huh… they give you hints, by flashing ideas-I’ve done it.

Dr. N: Nevertheless, you had to come to me to unlock your conscious amnesia.

S: (pause) We have … the capacity to know when it is necessary. I was ready for change when I heard about you. Clodees allowed me to see the past with you because it was to my benefit.

Dr. N: Otherwise, your amnesia would have remained intact?

S: Yes, that would have meant I wasn’t supposed to know certain things yet.

In my opinion, when clients are unable to go into hypnosis at any given time, or if they have only sketchy memories in trance, there is a reason this blockage. This does not mean these people have no past memories, that they are not ready to have them exposed.

My client knew something was hindering her growth and wanted it revealed. The

superconscious identity of the soul houses our continuous memory, including goals. When the time in our lives is appropriate, we must harmonize human material needs with our soul’s purpose for being ‘. I try to take a common sense approach in bringing past and present experiences into alignment.

Our eternal identity never leaves us alone in the bodies we choose, despite our current status. In reflection, meditation, or prayer, the memories of who we really are do filter down to us in selective thought each day. In small, intuitive ways- through the cloud of amnesia-we are given clues the justification of our being.

After desensitizing the source of her headaches, I completed my session with Hester by reinforcing her choice to be a woman for reasons other than intimidating men. I gave her permission to lower her defenses a little and be less aggressive. We discussed options for restructuring occupational goals toward the helping professions and the possibilities of volunteer service work. She was finally able to see her life today as a great opportunity for learning rather than a failure of gender choice.

After a case is completed, I never cease to admire the brutal honesty of souls. When

a soul has lead a productive life beneficial to themselves and those around them, I notice they return to the spirit world with enthusiasm. However, when subjects like Case 13 report they wasted a past  life, especially from early suicide, then they describe going back rather dejected.

When orientation is upsetting to a subject, I find an underlying reason is the abruptness with which a soul is once again in full possession of all knowledge. After physical death, unencumbered by a human body, the soul has a sudden influx of perception. The stupid things we did in life hit us hard in orientation. I see more relaxation and greater clarity of thought move my subjects further into the spirit world.

Souls are created in a positive matrix of such love and wisdom that when a soul starts to come to a planet like Earth and join the physical beings who have evolved from a primitive state, the violence is a shock. Humans have the raw, negative emotions of anger and hate as an outgrowth of their fear and pain connected with survival going back to the Stone Age.

Both positive and negative emotions are mixed between soul and host for their

mutual benefit. If a soul only knew love and peace, it would gain no insight and never truly appreciate the value of these positive feelings. The test of reincarnation for a soul coming to Earth is the conquering of fear in a human body. A soul grows by trying to overcome all negative emotions connected to fear through perseverance

in many lifetimes, often returning to the spirit world bruised or hurt, as Case 13 indicated. Some of this negativity can be retained, even in the spirit world, and may reappear in another life with a new body. On the other hand, there is a trade-off. It’s in joy and unabashed pleasure that the true nature of an individual soul is revealed on earth in the face of a happy human being.

Orientation conferences with our guides allow us to begin the long process of self-

evaluation between lives. Soon we will have another conference, this time with more master beings in attendance. In the last chapter, I referred to the ancient Egyptian tradition of newly deceased souls being taken into a Hall of Judgement to account for their past life. In one form or another, the concept of a torturous courtroom trial awaiting us right after death has been part of the religious belief system of many cultures. Occasionally, a susceptible individual in a traumatic situation will say they had an out-of-body experience with nightmarish visions of being taken by frightening specters into an afterlife of darkness where they were sentenced in front of demonic judges. In these cases, I suspect a strong preconditioned belief system of hell.

In the quiet, relaxing state of hypnosis, with continuity on all mental levels, my subjects report that the initial orientation session with their guides prepares them to go before a panel of superior beings. However, the words courtroom and trial are not used to describe these proceedings. A number of my cases have called these wise beings, directors and even judges, but most refer to them as a Council of Masters or Elders. This board of review is generally composed of between three and seven members and since souls appear before them after arriving at their home base, I will go into this conference in more detail at the end of the next chapter.

All soul evaluation conferences, be they with our guides, peers, or a panel of masters have one thing in common. The feedback and past life analyses we receive in terms of judgement is based upon the original intent of our choices as much as the actions of a lifetime. Our motivations are questioned and criticized, but not condemned in such a way as to make us suffer. As I explained in Chapter Four, this does not mean souls are exonerated for their acts which harmed others simply because they are sorry. Karmic payment will come in a future life. I have been told that our spiritual masters constantly remind us that because the human brain does not have an innate moral sense of ethics, conscience is the soul’s responsibility. Nevertheless, there is overwhelming forgiveness in the spirit world. This world is ageless and so too are our learning tasks. We will be given other chances in our struggle for growth.

When the initial conference with our guide is over, we leave the place of orientation

and join a coordinated flow of activity involving the transit of enormous numbers of other souls into a kind of central receiving station.

6

Transition

ALL souls, regardless of experience, eventually arrive at a central port in the spirit

world which I call the staging area. I have said there are variations in the speed of soul movement right after death, depending upon spiritual maturity. Once past the orientation station there seems to be no further travel detours for anyone entering this space of the spirit world. Apparently, large numbers of returning souls are

conveyed in a spiritual form of mass transit.

Sometimes souls are escorted by their guides to this area. I find this practice is

especially true for the younger souls. Others are directed through by an unseen force which pulls them into the staging area and then beyond to waiting entities. From what I am able to determine, accompaniment by other entities depends upon the volition of one’s guide. In most cases haste is not an issue, but souls do not dawdle along on this leg of their journey. The feelings we have along this path depend on our state of mind after each life.

The assembly and transfer of souls really involves two phases. The staging area is not an encampment space. Spirits are brought in, collected, and then projected out to their proper final destinations. When I hear accounts of this particular junction, I visualize myself walking with large numbers of travelers through the central terminal of a metropolitan airport which has the capacity to fly all of us out in any direction. One of my clients described the staging area as resembling the hub of a great wagon wheel, where we are transported from a center along the spokes to our designated places.”

My subjects say this region appears to them as having a large number of unacquainted spirits moving in and out of the hub in an efficient manner with no congestion. Another person called this area “the Los Angeles freeway without gridlock.” There may be other similar wheel hubs with freeway-type on and off ramps in the spirit world, but each client considers their own route to and from this center to be the only one.

The observations I hear about the nature of the spirit world when entering the staging area have definitely changed from those first impressions of layering and foggy stratification. It is as if the soul is now traveling through the loosely-wound arms of a mighty galactic cloud into a more unified celestial field. While their spirits hover in the open arena of the staging area preparing for further transport out to prescribed spaces, I enjoy listening to the excitement in the voices of my subjects. They are dazzled by an eternal world spread out before them and believe that somewhere within lies the nucleus of creation.

When they look at the fully opened canopy around them, subjects will state that the spirit world appears to be of varied luminescence. I hear nothing about the inky blackness we associate with deep space. The gatherings of souls that clients see in the foreground in this amphitheater appear as myriads of sharp star lights all going in different directions. Some move fast while others drift. The more distant energy concentrations have been pictured as “islands of misty veils.” I am told the most outstanding characteristic of the spirit world is a continuous feeling of a powerful mental force directing everything in uncanny harmony. People say this is a place of pure thought.

Thought takes many forms. It is at this vantage point in their return that souls begin

to anticipate meeting others who wait for them. A few of these companions may have already been seen at the gateway, but most have not. Without exception, souls who wish to contact each other, especially when on the move, do so by just thinking of the entity they want. Suddenly, the individual called will appear in the soul mind of the traveler. These telepathic communications by the energy of all spiritual entities allow for a non-visual affinity, while two energy forms who actually come

near one another provide a more direct connection. There is uniformity in the accounts of my subjects as to their manner of spiritual travel, routes, and destinations, although what they see along the way is distinctive with each person.

I searched through my case files to find a subject whose experiences along this route

to an ultimate spiritual destination was both descriptive and yet representative of what many others have told me. I selected an insightful, forty-one-year-old graphic designer with a mature soul. This man’s soul had traveled over this course many times between a long span of lives.

Case 14

Dr. N: You are now ready to begin the final portion of your homeward journey toward the place where your soul belongs in the spirit world. On the count of three, all the details of this final leg of your travels will become clear to you. It will be easy for you to report on everything you see because you are familiar with the route. Are you ready?

S: Yes.

Dr. N: (raising my voice to a commanding tone) One-we are getting started. Two- your soul has now moved out of the area of orientation. Three! Quickly, what is your first impression?

S: Distances are … unlimited … endless space … forever … Dr. N: So, are you telling me the spirit world is endless?

S: (long pause) To be honest-from where I am floating-it looks endless. But when I begin to really move it changes.

Dr. N: Changes how?

S: Well … everything remains … formless … but when I am … gliding faster … I see I’m moving around inside a gigantic bowl-turned upside down. I don’t know where the rims of the bowl are, or even if any exist.

Dr. N: Then movement gives you the sense of a spherical spirit world?

S: Yes, but it’s only a feeling of… enclosed uniformity … when I am moving rapidly. Dr. N: Why does rapid movement-your speed-give you the feeling of being in a

bowl?

S: (long pause) It’s strange. Although everything appears to go on straight when my soul is drifting-that changes to … a feeling of roundness when I am moving fast on a line of contact.

Dr. N: What do you mean by a line of contact? S: Towards a specific destination.

Dr. N: How does moving with speed on a given line of travel change your observational perceptions of the spirit world to a feeling it is round?

S: Because with speed the lines seem to .. bend. They curve in a more obvious direction for me and give me less freedom of movement.

Note: Other subjects, who are also disposed toward linear descriptions, speak of traveling along directional force lines which have the spatial properties of a grid system. One person called them “vibrational strings.”

Dr. N: By less freedom, do you mean less personal control? S: Yes.

Dr. N: Can you more precisely describe the movement of your soul along these curving contact lines?

S: It’s just more purposeful-when my soul is being directed someplace on a line. It’s like I’m in a current of white water-only not as thick as water-because the current is lighter than air.

Dr. N: Then, in this spiritual atmosphere, you don’t have the sense of density such as in water?

S: No, I don’t, but what I am trying to say is I’m being carried along as if I were in a current underwater.

Dr. N: Why do you think this is so?

S: Well, it’s as if we are all swimming-being carried along-in a swift current which we can’t control … under somebody’s direction up and down from each other in space … with nothing solid around us.

Dr. N: Do you see other souls traveling in a purposeful way above and below you?

S: Yes, it’s as if we start in a stream and then all of us returning from death are pulled into a great river together.

Dr. N: When do the numbers of returning souls seem the highest to you? S: When the rivers converge into … I can’t describe it

Dr. N: Please try.

S: (pause) We are gathered into … a sea … where all of us swirl around … in slow motion. Then, I feel as though I’m being pulled away to a small tributary again and it’s quieter … further from the thoughts of so many minds … going to the ones I know.

Dr. N: Later, in your normal travels as a soul, is it the same as being propelled around in streams and rivers as you have just described?

S: No, not at all. This is different. We are like salmon going up to spawn-returning home. Once we get there we are not pushed about this way. Then we can drift.

Dr. N: Who is doing the pushing while you are being taken home?

S: Higher entities. The ones in charge of our movements to get us home. Dr. N: Entities such as your guide?

S: Above him, I think.

Dr. N: What else are you feeling at this moment?

S: Peace. There is such peace you never want to leave again. Dr. N: Anything more?

S: Oh, I have some anticipation, too, while moving slowly with the energy current.

Dr. N: All right, now I want you to continue to move further along with the current of energy closer to the area where you are supposed to go. Look around carefully and tell me what you see.

S: I see … a variety of lights … in patches … separated from each other by … galleries

Dr. N: By galleries, do you mean a series of enclosures?

S: Mmm … more like a long … corridor … bulging out in places … stretching out away from me into the distance.

Dr. N: And the lights?

S: They are people. The souls of people within the bulging galleries reflecting light outward to me. That’s what I’m seeing-patches of lights bobbing around..

Dr. N: Are these clusters of people structurally separated from each other in the bulges along the corridor?

S: No, there are no walls here. Nothing is structural, with angles and corners. It’s hard for me to explain, exactly…

Dr. N: You are doing fine. Now, I want you to tell me what separates the light clusters from each other along this corridor you are describing.

S: The people … are divided by … thin, wispy … filaments … making the light milky, like the transparency of frosted glass. There is an incandescent glow from their energy as I pass by.

Dr. N: How do you see individual souls within the clusters?

S: (pause) As light dots. I see masses of dots hanging in clumps as hanging grapes, all lit up.

Dr. N: Do these clumps represent various groups of soul energy masses with space between them?

S: Yes … they are separated into small groups … I am going to my own clump.

Dr. N: What else do you feel about them as you pass by on the way to your cluster? S: I can feel their thoughts reaching out … so varied … but together too … such

harmony … but … (stops) Dr. N: Go on.

S: I don’t know the ones I’m passing now… it doesn’t matter.

Dr. N: Okay, let’s pass on by these clusters which seem to bulge out along  a corridor. Give me an example of what the whole thing looks like to you from a distance.

S: (laughs) A long glow-worm, its sides bulging in and out … the movement is … rhythmic.

Dr. N: You mean the corridor itself appears to move?

S: Yes, parts of it … swaying as a ribbon in the breeze while I am going further away.

Dr. N: Continue floating and tell me what happens to you next.

S: (pause) I’m at the edge of another corridor… I’m slowing down. Dr. N: Why?

S: (grows excited) Because … oh, good! I’m coming in towards the site where my friends are attached.

Dr. N: And how do you feel at this moment?

S: Fantastic!  There is a  familiar pulling of  minds …  reaching out  to me…  I’m catching the tail of their kite … joining them in thought I’m home!

Dr. N: Is your particular cluster group of friends isolated from the other groups of souls living in other corridors?

S: No one is really isolated, although some of the younger ones may think so. I’ve been around a long time, though, and I have a lot of connections (said with modest confidence).

Dr. N: So you felt connections with those other corridors, even with spirits in them you might not know from past experience?

S: I do because of the connections I have had. There is a oneness here.

Dr. N: When you are moving around as a spirit, what is the major difference in your interactions with other souls, compared to being in human form on Earth?

S: Here no one is a stranger. There is a total lack of hostility toward anyone.

Dr. N: You mean every spirit is friendly to every other spirit, regardless of prior associations in many settings?

S: That’s right, and it’s more than just being friendly. Dr. N: In what way?

S: We recognize a universal bond between us which makes us all the same. There is no suspicion toward each other.

Dr. N: How does this attitude manifest itself between souls who first meet? S: By complete openness and acceptance.

Dr. N: Living on Earth must be difficult for souls, then?

S: It is, for the newer ones especially, because they go to earth expecting to be

treated fairly. When they aren’t, it’s a shock. For some, it takes quite a few lives to get used to the earth body.

Dr. N: And if the newer souls are struggling with these earth conditions, are they less efficient when working within the human mind?

S: I would have to say yes, because the brain drives a lot of fear and violence into our souls. It’s hard for us, but that’s why we come to earth … to overcome …

Dr. N: In your opinion, might the newer souls tend to be more fragile and in need of group support upon returning to their cluster?

S: That’s absolutely true. We all want to return home. Will you let me stop talking now, so I can meet with my friends?

I have touched on the commonality of word usage by different clients to describe spiritual phenomena. Case 14 offered us a few more. One person’s “glow worms bulging out in places” is another’s “floating trail of balloons.” A description about “clumps of huge, translucent bulbs” in one case becomes “giant bunches of transparent bubbles” from somebody else mentally returning to the spirit world. I regularly hear such water-words as currents and streams used to explain a flowing directional movement, where a sky-word like cloud denotes a freedom of motion associated with drifting. Visual images which call up expressions of energy mass and group clusters to indicate souls themselves are especially popular. I have adopted some of this spiritual language myself.

At  the  final debarkation  zone  for the  incoming  soul,  waiting cluster groups  of

familiar entities may be large or small, depending upon the soul developmental level and other factors which I will take up as we get a little further along. By way of comparison with Case 14, the next case demonstrates a more insular perception of the spirit world from a soul with less maturity.

In Case 15, the transition of this soul from the staging area to her home cluster is fairly rapid in her mind. The case is informative because it presents attributes of propriety felt by this soul to a designated space, as well as deference toward those who manage the system. Because this subject is less experienced and a bit edgy over what she sees as a need for conformity, we are given another interpretation of spiritual guidelines for group placement.

Case 15

Dr. N: I want to talk to you about your trip into the place where you normally stay

in the spirit world. Your soul is now moving toward this destination. Explain what you see and feel.

S: (nervously) I’m … going … outward, somehow … Dr. N: Outward?

S: (puzzled) I am… floating along… in a chain of some kind. It’s as though I’m

weaving through a series of … connecting links … a foggy maze … then … it opens up

… oh!

Dr. N: What is it?

S: (with awe) I have come into … a grand arena … I see many others … criss-crossing around me … (subject grows uncomfortable)

Dr. N: Just relax-you are in the staging area now. Do you still see your guide? S: (with hesitation) Yes … nearby … otherwise I would be lost … it’s so … vast …

Dr. N: (I place my hand on the subject’s forehead) Continue to relax and remember you have been here before, although everything may seem new to you. What do you do now?

S: I ‘m … carried forward … rapidly … straight past others … then I’m in… an empty space… open

Dr. N: Does this void mean everything is black around you?

S: It’s never black here … the light … just contracts to darker shades because of my speed. When I slow down things get brighter. (others confirm this observation)

Dr. N: Continue on and report back to me what you see next. S: After a while I see … nests of people

Dr. N: You mean groups of people?

S: Yes-like hives-I see them as bunches of moving lights … fireflies Dr. N: All right, keep moving and tell me what you feel?

S: Warmth … friendship … empathy … it’s dreamy … ….. .? Dr. N: What is it?

S: I have slowed way down-things are different. Dr. N: How?

S: More clearly defined (pause)-I know this place.

Dr. N: Have you reached your own hive (cluster group)?

S: (long pause) Not yet, I guess

Dr. N: Just look about you and report back to me exactly what you see and feel.

S: (subject begins to tremble) There are … bunches of people … together … off in the distance … but … there!

Dr. N: What do you see?

S: (fearfully) People I know… some of my family… off in the distance … but … (with anguish) I don’t seem to be able to reach them!

Dr. N: Why?

S: (in tearful bewilderment) I don’t know! God, don’t they know I’m here? (subject begins to struggle in her chair and then extends her arm and open hand at my office wall) I can’t reach my father!

Note: I briefly stop my questioning. This client’s father had a great influence in her most immediate past life and she needs additional calming techniques. I also decide to reinforce her protective shield before continuing.

Dr. N: What do you think is the reason your father is off in the distance so you can’t reach him?

S: (during a long pause I use the time to dry subject’s face, which has become wet with tears and perspiration) I don’t know …

Dr. N: (I place my hand on subject’s forehead and command) Connect with your father-now!

S: (after a pause the subject relaxes) It’s okay … he is telling me to be patient and everything will become clear to me … I want to go over there and be near him.

Dr. N: And what does he tell you about that?

S: (sadly) He says … that he can always be in my mind if I need him and… I will learn to do this better (think telepathically), but he has to stay where he is…

Dr. N: What do you think is the basic reason for your father remaining in this other place?

S: (tearfully) He does not belong in my hive. Dr. N: Anything else?

S: The … directors … they don’t … (crying again) I’m not sure …

Note: Normally, I try to avoid too much intervention when subjects are describing their spiritual transitions. In this case, my client is confused and disoriented, so I offer a little guidance of my own.

Dr. N: Let’s analyze why you can’t reach your father’s position right now. Could this separation be the result of higher entities believing this is a time for individual reflection on your part and that you should associate only with other souls at your own level of development?

S: (subject is more restored) Yes, those messages are coming through. I have to work things out for myself … with others like me. The directors encourage us … and my father is helping me understand, too.

Dr. N: Are you satisfied with this procedure? S: (pause) Yes.

Dr. N: All right, please continue with your passage from the moment you see some of your family in the distance. What happens next?

S: Well, I’m still slowing down … moving gradually … I’m being taken along a course I have been on before. I’m passing some other bunches of people (group clusters). Then, I stop.

Note: The final transit inward is especially important for the younger souls. One client, upon awakening, described this scene as giving him the sense he was arriving back home at twilight after a long trip away. Having passed from the countryside into his town, he finally reached the proper street.

The front windows of his neighbors’ houses were lit, and he could see people inside as he drove slowly past before reaching the driveway of his own home. Although people in trance may use such words as “clumps” and “hives” to describe how their home spaces look from a distance, this view becomes more individualistic once they go into each cluster. Then the subjects’ spiritual surroundings are associated with towns, schools, and other living areas identified with earthly landmarks of security and pleasure.

Dr. N: Now that you are stationary, what are your impressions?

S: It’s … large … activity… there are a lot of people in the vicinity. Some are familiar to me, others are not.

Dr. N: Can we get a little closer to all of them?

S: (abruptly my subject raises her voice with indignation) You don’t understand! I

don’t go over there. (points a finger toward my office wall) Dr. N: What’s the problem?

S: I’m not supposed to. You can’t just go off anywhere. Dr. N: But, you have reached your destination?

S: It doesn’t matter. I don’t go over there. (again points a finger at her mental picture)

Dr. N: Does this tie in with the messages you received about your father? S: Yes, it does.

Dr. N: Are you saying to me your soul energy cannot arbitrarily float anywhere- such as outside your group?

S: (pointing outward) They are not in my group over there. Dr. N: Define what you mean by over there?

S: (in a grave tone of voice) Those others nearby-that is their place. (points down to the floor) This is our place. We are here. (nods head to confirm her statement)

Dr. N: Who are they?

S: Well, the others, of course, people not in my group. (in a burst of nervous laughter) Oh, look! … my own people, it’s wonderful to see them again. They are coming toward me!

Dr. N: (I act as though I am hearing this information for the first time, to encourage spontaneous answers) Really? This does sound wonderful. Are these the  same people who were involved with your past life?

S: More than one life, I can tell you. (with pride) These are my people! Dr. N: These people are entities who are members of your own group?

S: Of course, yes, I have been with them for so long. Oh, it’s fun seeing them all again. (subject is overjoyed and I give her a few moments with this picture)

Dr. N: I see quite a change in your understanding in just the short time since we arrived here. Look off in the distance at the others around this space. What is it like where they live?

S: (agitated) I don’t want to know. That is their business. Can’t you see? I’m not attached to them. I’m too busy with the people I am supposed to be with here. People I know and love.

Dr. N: I do see, but a few minutes ago you were quite distressed at not being able to get close to your father.

S: I know now he has his own gathering place with people. Dr. N: Why didn’t you know that when we arrived here?

S: I’m not sure. I admit it was a shock at first. Now I know the way things are. It’s all coming back to me.

Dr. N: Why wasn’t your guide around to explain all this to you before you saw your father?

S: (long pause) I don’t know.

Dr. N: Probably other people you have known and loved besides your father are also in these groups. Are you saying you have no contact with them now that you are in your proper place in the Spirit world?

S: (upset with me) No, I have contact with my mind. Why are you being so difficult? I am supposed to stay here.

Dr. N: (I prod the subject once more to gain additional information) And you don’t just drift over to those other groups for visits?

S: No! You don’t do that! You don’t go into their groups and interfere with their energy.

Dr. N: But mental contact offers no interference with their energy? S: At the right time. When they are free to do this with me …

Dr. N: So, what you are telling me is that everyone here is located in their own group spaces and you don’t go wandering around visiting or making too much mental contact at the wrong times?

S: (calming down) Yes, they are in their own spaces with instruction going on. It’s the directors who move around mostly …

Dr. N: Thank you for clearing all this up for me. You want me to know that you and your group friends are especially careful about infringing upon others’ spaces?

S: That’s right. At least that’s the way things are around my space. Dr. N: And you don’t feel confined by this custom?

S: Oh no, there are great expanses of space and such a sense of freedom here, as long as we pay attention to the rules.

Dr. N: And what if you don’t? Who decides what is the proper location for each group of souls?

S: (pause) The teachers help us, otherwise we would be lost.

Dr. N: It seemed to me you were lost when we first arrived here?

S: (with uncertainty) I didn’t connect … I wasn’t mentally in tune… I messed up … I don’t think you realize how big it is around here.

Dr. N: Look around you at all the occupied spaces. Isn’t the spirit world crowded with souls?

S: (laughs) Sometimes we do get lost-that’s our own fault-this place is big! That’s why it never gets crowded.

The two cases in this chapter represent different reactions from a beginner and a more advanced soul recalling the final phase of their return passages back to the spirit world. Every participant has their own interpretation of the panoramic view from the staging area to the terminus in their cluster group. Some of my subjects find the transition from the gateway to group placement to be so rapid that they need time to adjust upon arrival.

When recalling their memories between homecoming and placement, my subjects

sometimes express concern that an important individual was not present in light form or did not communicate with them telepathically. Often this is a parent or spouse in the life just completed. By the end of the transition stage, the reason usually becomes evident. Frequently it has to do with embodiment.

We have seen how the average returning soul is overwhelmed by pleasure. Familiar beings are clustered together in undulating masses of bright light. On occasion, resonating musical sounds with specific chords guide the incoming traveler. One subject remarked, ‘As I come near my place, there is a monotone of many voices sounding the letter A, like Aaaaa, for my recognition, and I can see them all vibrating fast as warm, bright energy, and I know these are the disembodied ones right now.”

What this means is that those souls who are currently incarnated in one or more

bodies at the moment may not be actively engaged with welcoming anybody back. Another subject explained, “It is as if they are sleeping on autopilot-we always know who is out and who is in:’ Those souls who are not totally discarnated radiate a dim light with low pulsating energy patterns and don’t seem to communicate much with

anyone. Even so, these souls are able to greet the returning soul in a quiet fashion within the group setting.

The sense of a barrier between various groups, as experienced by Case 15, has different versions among my subjects, depending upon the age of the soul. I will

have another perspective about mobility in the next case. The average soul with a great deal of basic work to do describes the separation of their group from others as

similar to being in different classrooms in the Same schoolhouse. I have also had clients who felt they were entirely separated in their own schoolhouse. The analogy

of spiritual schools directed by teacher-guides is used so often by people under hypnosis that it has become a habit for me to use the same terminology.

As I mentioned earlier, after souls arrive back into their soul groups, they are summoned  to  appear  before  a  Council  of  Elders.  While  the  Council  is  not

prosecutorial, they do engage in direct examination of a soul’s activities before returning them to their groups. It is not unusual for my subjects to have some

difficulty providing me with full details of what transpires at these hearings, and I am sure these blocks are intentional.

Here is a report from one case. “After I meet with my friends, my guide Veronica (subject’s younger teacher) takes me to another place to meet with my panel of

Elders. She is at my side as an interpreter for what I don’t understand and to provide support for explanations of my conduct in the last life. At times, she speaks

on my behalf as a kind of defense advocate but Quazel (subject’s senior guide who arrived before Veronica) carries the most weight with the panel. There are always

the same six Elders in front of me who wear long white robes. Their faces are kindly, and they evaluate my perceptions of the life I have just lived and how I could

have done better with my talents and what I did that was beneficial. I am freely allowed to express my frustrations and desires. All the Elders are familiar to me,

especially two of them who address me more than the others and who look younger than the rest. I think I can distinguish appearances which are male or female. Each

has a special aspect in the way they question me but they are honest and truthful, and I am always treated fairly. I can hide nothing from them, but sometimes I get

lost when their thoughts are transmitted back and forth in the rapid communication between them. When it is more than I can handle, Veronica translates what they are

saying about me, although I have the feeling she does not tell me everything. Before I return to Earth, they will want to see me a second time.”

Souls consider themselves having finally arrived home when they rejoin familiar classmates in group settings. Their attendance here with certain other souls does

resemble an educational placement system in form and function. The criteria for group admission is based upon knowledge and a given developmental level. As in

any classroom situation, some students connect well with teachers and others less so. The next chapter will examine the sorting-out process for soul groups and how souls

view themselves in their respective spiritual locations. 7

Placement

MY impression of the people who believe we do have a soul is that they imagine all

souls are probably mixed into one great congregation of space. Many of my subjects believe this too, before their sessions begin. After awakening, it is no wonder they

express surprise with the knowledge that everyone has a designated place in the spirit world. When I began to study life in the spirit world with people under hypnosis, I was unprepared to hear about the existence of organized soul support groups. I had pictured spirits just floating around aimlessly by themselves after leaving Earth.

Group placement is determined by soul level. After physical death, a soul’s journey

back home ends with debarkation into the space reserved for their own colony, as long as they are not a very young soul or isolated for other reasons as mentioned in Chapter Four. The souls represented in these cluster groups are intimate old friends who have about the same awareness level.

When people in trance speak of being part of a soul cluster group, they are talking about a small primary unit of entities who have direct and frequent contact, such as we would see in a human family. Peer members have a sensitivity to each other which is far beyond our conception on Earth.

Secondary groups of souls are arranged in the form of a community Support group which is much less intimate with one another. Larger secondary groups of entities are made up of giant sets of primary clusters as lily pads in one pond. Spiritual ponds appear to be endless. Within these ponds, I have never heard of a secondary group estimated at less than a thousand souls. The many primary group clusters which make up one secondary group seem to have sporadic relationships, or no contact at all between clusters. It is rare for me to find souls involved with each other in any meaningful way who are members of two different secondary groups, because the number of souls is so great it is not necessary.

The smaller sub-group primary clusters vary in number, containing anywhere from

three to twenty-five souls. I am told the average assemblage is around fifteen, which is  called  the  Inner Circle.  Any  working  contact  between  members  of  different cluster groups is governed by the lessons to be learned during an incarnation. This may be due to a past life connection, or the particular identity trait of the souls involved.  Soul  acquaintanceships  between  members  of  different  cluster  groups usually involve peripheral roles in life on Earth. An example would be a high school classmate who was once a close friend, but who you now see only at class reunions. Members of the same cluster group are closely united for all eternity. These tightly- knit clusters are often composed of like-minded souls with common objectives which they continually work out with each other. Usually they choose lives together as relatives and close friends during their incarnations on Earth.

It is much more common for me to find a subject’s brother or sister from former

lives in the same cluster group rather than souls who have been their parents. Parents can meet us at the gateway to the spirit world after a death on Earth, but we may not see much of their souls in the spirit world. This circumstance exists not for reasons of maturity, since a parent soul could be less developed than their human offspring. Rather, it is more a question of social learning between siblings who are contemporary in one time frame. Although parents are a child’s primary identification figures for both good and bad karmic effects, it is frequently our relations with spouses, brothers, sisters, and selected close friends over a whole lifetime that most influences personal growth. This takes nothing away from the importance of parents, aunts, uncles, and grandparents who serve us in different

ways from another generation.

Figures 1 and 2 (pages 89-90) represent a random spiritual setting of souls. In

Figure 1, a soul in primary Group 1, located within the larger secondary Group A, would work closely with all other souls in Group 1. However, some souls in primary Groups 9 and 10 (detailed in Figure 2) could also work together. The younger souls within secondary Groups A, B, and C would probably have little or no contact with each other in the spirit world or on Earth. Close association between souls depends on their assigned proximity to one another in cluster groups,  where there is a similarity 0f knowledge and affinity brought about by shared earthly experiences. The next case offers us an account of what it is like coming back to one’s cluster group after physical death.

Case 16

Dr. N: Once you leave the staging area and have arrived in the spiritual space where you belong, what do you do then?

S: I go to school with my friends.

Dr. N: You mean you are in some kind of spiritual classroom? S: Yes, where we study.

Dr. N: I want you to take me through this school from the time of your arrival so I can appreciate what is happening to you. Start by telling me what you see from the outside.

S: (with no hesitation) I see a perfectly square Greek temple with large sculptured columns-very beautiful. I recognize it because this is where I return after each cycle (life).

Dr. N: What is a classical Greek temple doing in the spirit world?

S: (shrugs) I don’t know why it appears to me that way, except it seems natural … since my lives in Greece.

Dr. N: All right, let’s continue. Does anyone come to meet you? S: (subject smiles broadly) My teacher Karla.

Dr. N: And how does she appear to you?

S: (confidently) I see her coming out of the entrance of the temple towards me… as a goddess … tall … wearing long flowing robes … one shoulder is bare … her hair is piled up and fastened with a gold clasp … she reaches out to me.

Dr. N: Look down at yourself. Are you dressed in the same garments?

S: We… all seem to be dressed the same … we shimmer with light… and we can change … Karla knows I like the way she looks.

Dr. N: Where are the others?

S: Karla has taken me inside my temple school. I see a large library. Small gatherings of people are speaking in quiet tones… at tables. It is … sedate … warm … a secure feeling which is so familiar to me.

Dr. N: Do all these people appear as adult men and women? S: Yes, but there are more women in my group.

Dr. N: Why?

S: Because that’s the valence they are most comfortable with right now.

Note: The word valence used by this subject to indicate gender preference is an odd choice, yet it does fit. Valences in chemistry are positive or negative properties which, when combined with other elements, give proportion. Souls in groups may be inclined toward male and female personages or mixed.

Dr. N: Okay, what do you do next?

S: Karla leads me to the nearest table and my friends immediately greet me. Oh, it’s so good to be back.

Dr. N: Why are these particular people here with you in this temple?

S: Because we are all in the same study group. I can’t tell you how happy I am to be with them once more. (subject becomes distracted with this scene and it takes me a minute to get her started again)

Dr. N: Tell me how many people are in this library with you? S: (pauses while mentally counting) About twenty.

Dr. N: Are all twenty very close friends of yours?

S: We are all close-I’ve known them for ages. But five are my dearest friends. Dr. N: Are every one of the twenty people at about the same level of learning?

S: Uh… almost. Some are a little further along than the rest.

Dr. N: Where would you place yourself in the group as far as knowledge? S: Around the middle.

Dr. N: As to learning lessons, where are you in relation to your five closest friends? S: Oh, we are about the same-we work together a lot.

Dr. N: What do you call them?

S: (chuckles) We have pet names for each other. Dr. N: Why do you have nicknames?

S: Hmm … to define our essence. We see each other as representing earth things. Dr. N: What is your pet name?

S: Thistle.

Dr. N: And this represents some personal attribute?

S:(pause)I… am known for sharp … reactions to new situations in my rotations (life cycles).

Dr. N: What is the entity you feel closest to called, and why?

S: (soft laughter) Spray. He goes flat out in his rotations … dispensing his energy so rapidly it splashes in all directions, just like the water he loves so much on Earth.

Dr. N: Your family group sounds very distinctive. Now would you explain to me what you and your friends actually do in this library setting?

S: I go to my table and we all look at the books. Dr. N: Books? What sort of books?

S: The life books.

Dr. N: Describe them as best you can for me.

S: They are picture books-thick white edges-two or three inches thick-quite large … Dr. N: Open one of the life books for me and explain what you and your friends at

the table see.

S: (pause, while the subject’s hands come together and move apart as though she were opening a book) There is no writing. Everything we see is in live pictures.

Dr. N: Action pictures-different than photographs?

S: Yes, they are multi-dimensional. They move… shift… from a center of … crystal … which changes with reflected light.

Dr. N: So, the pictures are not flat, the moving light waves have depth? S: That’s right, they are alive.

Dr. N: Tell me how you and your friends use the books?

S: Well, at first it’s always out of focus when the book is opened. Then we think of what we want, the crystal turns from dark to light and … gets into alignment. Then we can see … in miniature… our past lives and the alternatives.

Dr. N: How is time treated in these books?

S: By frames … pages … time is condensed by the life books.

Dr. N: I don’t want to dwell on your past right now, but take a look at the book and just tell me the first thing you see.

S: A lack of self-discipline in my last life because this is what is on my mind. I see myself dying young, in a lover’s quarrel-my ending was useless.

Dr. N: Do you see future lives in the life book?

S: We can look at future possibilities … in small bites only … in the form of lessons … mostly these options come later with the help of others. These books are intended to emphasize our past acts.

Dr. N: Would you give me your impression of the intent behind this library atmosphere with your cluster group?

S: Oh, we all help one another go over our mistakes during this cycle. Our teacher is in and out and so we do a lot of studying together and discuss the value of our choices.

Dr. N: Are there other rooms where people study in this building?

S: No, this is for our group. There are different buildings where various groups

study near us.

Note: The reader may refer to Figure 1 (page 89), circle B, as an example of what is meant here. In the graph, clusters 3-7 represent infrequent group interaction, although they are in close proximity to each other in the spirit world.

Dr. N: Are the groups of people who study in these buildings more or less advanced than those in your group?

S: Both.

Dr. N: Are you allowed to visit these other buildings where souls study? S: (long pause) There is one which we go to regularly.

Dr. N: Which one?

S: A place for the newer ones. We help them when their teacher is gone. It’s nice to be needed.

Dr. N: Help them how?

S: (laughs) With their homework.

Dr. N: But don’t the teacher-guides have that responsibility?

S: Well, you see the teachers are … so much further along (in development) … this group appreciates our assistance because we can relate to them easily.

Dr. N: Ah, so you do a little student teaching with this group? S: Yes, but we don’t do it anywhere else.

Dr. N: Why not? Why couldn’t more advanced groups come to your library to assist you once in a while?

S: They don’t because we are further along than the newer ones. And, we don’t infringe on them either. If I want to connect with someone, I do it outside the study center.

Dr. N: Can you wander about anywhere as long as you don’t bother other souls in their study areas?

S: (responds with some evasiveness) I like to stay around the vicinity of my temple, but I can reach out to anyone.

Dr. N: I get the impression that your soul energy is restricted to this spiritual space even though you can mentally reach out further.

S: I don’t feel restricted … we have plenty of room to go about … but I’m not attracted to everyone.

The statement  about non-restriction, cited by Case 16, seems contrary to those boundaries of spiritual space seen by the last case. When I initially bring subjects into the spirit world, their visions are spontaneous, particularly as to spiritual order and their place in a community of soul life. While the average subject may talk about having private spaces, as far as living and working, none sees the spirit world as confining. Once their superconscious recall gets rolling, most people are able to tell me about having freedom of movement and going to open spaces where souls of many learning levels gather in a recreational atmosphere.

In these communal areas, floating souls socially engage in many activities. Some are quite playful, as when I hear of older souls “teasing” the younger ones about what lies ahead for them. One subject put it this way, “We play tricks on each other like a bunch of kids. During hide-and-seek, some of the younger ones get lost and then we help them find themselves.” I am also told “guests” can appear in soul groups at times to entertain and tell stories, similar to the troubadours of the Middle Ages. Another subject mentioned that her group loved to see an odd-looking character known as “Humor” show up and make them all laugh with his antics.

Frequently, people in hypnosis find it hard to clearly explain the strange meanings behind their intermingling as souls. One diversion I hear rather often is of souls forming a circle to more fully unify and project their thought energy. Always, a connection with a higher power is reported here. Some people have told me, “Thought rhythms are so harmonized they bring forth a form of singing.” Gracefully subtle dancing can also take place when souls whirl around each other in a mixture of energy, blending and separating in exotic patterns of light and color. Physical things such as shrines, boats,  animals,  trees, or ocean beaches can be conjured up at the center of these dances as well. These images have special meaning to soul groups as planetary symbols which reinforce positive memories from former lives together. This sort of material replication apparently does not resent sadness by spirits who long to be in a physical state again, but are a joyful communion with historical events that helped shape their individual identities. For me, these mythic expressions by souls are ceremonial in nature and yet they go far beyond basic ritual.

Although  certain  places  in  the  spirit  world  are  described  as  having  the  same

function by subjects in superconscious, their images in each of these regions can vary. Thus, a study area described as a Greek temple in this case is represented as a modern school building by another person. Other statements may seem more contradictory. For instance, many subjects mentally traveling from one location to another in the spirit world will tell me the space around them is like a sphere, as we saw in the last chapter, but then they will add that the spirit world is not enclosed because it is “limitless.” I think what we have to keep in mind is that people tend to structure their frame of reference during a trance state with what their conscious

mind sees and has experienced on Earth. Quite a few people who come out of trance tell me there is so much about the spirit world they were unable to describe in earthly terms. Each person translates abstract spiritual conditions of their experience into symbols of interpretation which make sense to them. Sometimes a subject will even express disbelief at their own visions when I first take them into a spiritual place. This is because the critical area of their conscious mind has not stopped dropping message units. People in trance soon adapt to what their unconscious mind is recording.

When I began to gather information about souls in groups, I based my assessments of where  these  souls belonged on the  level of their knowledge.  Using only this criterion of identification, it was difficult for me to swiftly place a client. Case 16 came to me early in my studies of life in the spirit world. It was a significant one, because during the session I was to learn about the recognition of souls by color. Before this case, I listened to my subjects describing the colors they were seeing in the spirit world without appreciating the importance of this information in relation to souls themselves. My clients reported about shades of soul energy mass, but I didn’t piece these observations together. I was not asking the right questions.

I  was  familiar with  Kirlian  photography  and  the  studies  in  parapsychology  at

U.C.L.A., where research has indicated each living person projects their own colored aura. In human form, apparently we have an ionized energy field flowing out and around our physical bodies connected by a network of vital power points called chakras. Since spiritual energy has

been described to me as a moving, living force, the amount of electromagnetic energy required to hold a soul on our physical plane could be another factor in producing different earthly colors.

It has also been said that a human aura reflects thoughts and emotions combined

with the physical health of an individual. I wondered if these personal meridians projected by humans had a direct connection to what I was being told about the light emitted by souls in the spirit world.

With Case 16, I realized that radiated soul light visualized by spirits is not all white.

In the minds of my subjects, every soul generates a specific color aura. I credit this case with helping me decipher the meaning of these manifestations of energy.

Dr. N: All right, let’s float outside your temple of study. What do you see around you, or off in the distance?

S: People-large gatherings of people. Dr. N: How many would you say?

S: Hmm…. in the distance … I can’t count… hundreds and hundreds … there are so many.

Dr. N: And do you identify with all these souls-are you associated with them?

S: Not really-I can’t even see all of them-it’s sort of… fuzzy out there … but my gang

is near me.

Dr. N: If I could call your gang of about twenty souls your primary cluster group, are you associated with the larger secondary body of souls around you now?

S: We … are all … associated-but not directly. I don’t know those others …

Dr. N: Do you see the physical features of all these other souls in the same way as you did your own group in the temple?

S: No, that isn’t necessary. It is more … natural out here in the open. I see them all as spirits.

Dr. N: Look out in the distance from where you are now. How do you see all these spirits? What are they like?

S: Different lights-buzzing around as fireflies.

Dr. N: Can you tell if the souls who work with each other, such as teachers and students, stick together all the time?

S: People in my gang do, but the teachers kind of stick to themselves when they are not assisting in our lessons.

Dr. N: Do you see any teacher-guides from where we are now?

S: (pause) Some … yes … there are much fewer of them than us, of course. I can see Karla with two of her friends.

Dr. N: And you know they are guides, even without seeing any physical features? You can look out there at all the bright white lights and just mentally tell they are guides?

S: Sure, we can do that. But they are not all white. Dr. N: You mean souls are not all absolutely white?

S: That’s partially true-the intensity aspect of our energy can make us less brilliant. Dr. N: So Karla and her two friends display different shades of white?

S: No, they aren’t white at all. Dr. N: I don’t follow you.

S: She and her two friends are teachers.

Dr. N: What is the difference? Are you saying these guides radiate energy which is not white?

S: That’s right.

Dr. N: Well, what color are they? S: Yellow, of course.

Dr. N: Oh … so all guides radiate yellow energy? S: No, they don’t.

Dr. N: What?

S: Karla’s teacher is Valairs. He is blue. We see him sometimes here. Nice guy. Very smart.

Dr. N: Blue? How did we get to blue? S: Valairs shows a light blue.

Dr. N: I’m confused. You didn’t say anything about another teacher called Valairs being part of your group.

S: You didn’t ask me. Anyway, he is not in my group. Neither is Karla. They have their own groups.

Dr. N: And these guides have auras which are yellow and blue? S: Yes.

Dr. N: How many other energy colors do you see floating around here? S: None.

Dr. N: Why not red and green energy lights? S: Some are reddish, but no green lights.

Dr. N: Why not?

S: I don’t know, but sometimes when I look around, this place is lit up like a Christmas tree.

Dr. N: I’m curious about Valairs. Does every spiritual group have two teachers assigned to their cluster?

S: Hmm … it varies. Karla trains under Valairs, so we have two. We see little of him. He works with other groups besides us.

Dr. N: So, Karla herself is student teaching as a less advanced guide? S: (somewhat indignantly) She is advanced enough for me!

Dr. N: Okay, but will you help me straighten out these color schemes? Why is Karla’s energy radiating yellow and Valairs blue?

S: That’s easy. Valairs … precedes all of us in knowledge and he gives off a darker intensity of light.

Dr. N: Does the shade of blue, compared to yellow or plain white, make a difference between souls?

S: I’m trying to tell you. Blue is deeper than yellow and yellow is more intense than white, depending on how far along you are.

Dr. N: Oh, then the luminosity of Valairs radiates less brightly than Karla and she is less brilliant than your energy because you are further down in development?

S: (laughs) Much further down. They both have a heavier, more steady light than me.

Dr. N: And how does Karla’s yellow color vary from your whiteness in terms of where you are going with your own advancement?

S: (with pride) I’m turning into a reddish-white. Eventually, I’ll have light gold. Recently I’ve noticed Karla turning a little darker yellow. I expected it. She is so knowledgeable and good.

Dr. N: Really, and then will she eventually take her energy level to dark blue in intensity?

S: No, to a light blue at first. It’s always gradual, as our energy becomes more dense. Dr.  N:  So,  these  three  basic  lights  of  white,  yellow,  and  blue  represent  the

development stages of souls and are visibly obvious to all spirits?

S: That’s right, and the changes are very slow.

Dr. N: Look around again. Do you see all the energy colors equally represented by

souls in this area?

S: Oh no! Mostly white, some yellows, and few blues. Dr. N: Thank you for clarifying this for me.

I routinely question everyone about their color hues while they are in trance. Aside from the general whiteness of the spirit world itself, my subjects report seeing a majority of other souls displaying shades of white. Apparently, a neutral white or gray is the starting point of development. Spirit auras then mix the primary colors of red, yellow, and blue from a base of white. A few people see greenish hues mixed with yellow or blue.

To equate what I have heard about soul energy with the physical laws which govern the color spectrum we see in the heavens is just supposition. However, I have found some similarities. The energy of radiated light from cooler stars in the sky is a red- orange, while the hotter stars increase from yellow to blue-white. Temperature acts on  light  waves  that  are  also  visible  vibrations  of  the  spectrum  with  different frequencies. The human eye registers these waves as a band of light to dark colors. The energy colors of souls probably have little to do with such elements as hydrogen and  helium,  but  perhaps  there  is  an  association  with  a  high  energy  field  of electromagnetism. I suspect all soul light is influenced by vibrational motion in tune with a harmonious spiritual oneness of wisdom. Some aspects of quantum physics suggest the universe is made up of vibrational waves which influence masses of physical objects by an interaction of different frequencies. Light, motion, sound, and time are all interrelated in physical space. I was hearing these same relationships applied to spiritual matter from my cases.

Eventually, I concluded both our spiritual and physical consciousness project and receive light energy. I believe individual vibrational wave patterns represent each soul’s aura. As souls, the density, color, and form of light we radiate is proportional to the power of our knowledge and perception as represented by increasing concentrations of light matter as we develop. Individual patterns of energy not only display who we are, but indicate the degree of ability to heal others and regenerate ourselves.

People in hypnosis speak of colors to describe how souls appear, especially from a

distance, when they are shapeless. From my cases, I have learned the more advanced souls project masses of faster moving energy particles which are reported to be blue in color, with the highest concentrations being purple. In the visible spectrum on Earth, blue-violet has the shortest wavelength, with energy peaking in the invisible ultraviolet. If color density is a reflection of wisdom, then the lower wavelengths of white through yellow emanating from souls must represent lower concentrations of vibrational energy.

Figure 3 (page 103) is a chart I have designed for the classification of souls by color

coding, as reported by my subjects. The first column lists the soul’s spiritual state, or grade-level of learning. The last column shows our guide status and denotes our ability and readiness to serve in that capacity for others, which will be explained further in the next chapter. Learning begins with our creation as a soul and then

accelerates with the first physical life assignment. With each incarnation, we grow in understanding, although we may slip back in certain lives before regaining our footing and advancing again. Nevertheless, from what I can determine, once a spiritual level is attained by the soul, it stays there.

In Figure 3, I show six levels of incarnating souls. Although I generally place my subjects into the broad categories of beginner, intermediate, and advanced souls, there are subtle differences in between, at Levels II and IV. For example, to determine whether a soul is starting to move out of the beginner stage at Level I into Level II, I must not only know how much white energy remains, but analyze the subject’s responses to questions which demonstrate learning. A genealogy of past life successes, future expectations, group associations, and conversations between my subjects and their guides, all form a profile of growth.

Some of my subjects object to my characterizing the spirit world as a place governed by societal structure and organizational management symbolized by Figure 3. On the other hand, I continually listen to these same subjects describe a planned and ordered process of self-development influenced by peers and teachers. If the spirit world does resemble one great schoolhouse with a multitude of classrooms under the direction of teacher souls who monitor our progress-then it has structure. Figure 3 represents a basic working placement model for my own use. I know it has imperfections. I hope follow-up research by regression therapists in future years may build upon my conceptualizations with their own replications to measure soul maturity.

This chapter may give the reader the impression that souls are as segregated by light level in the spirit world as people are by class in communities on Earth. Societal conditions on Earth cannot be compared with the spirit world. The differences in light frequency measuring knowledge in souls all comes from the same energy source. Souls are fully integrated by thought. If all levels of performance in the spirit world were on one grade level, souls would have a poor system of training. The old one-room schoolhouse concept of education on Earth limited students of different ages. In spiritual peer groups, souls work at their own developmental level with others like them. Mature teacher-guides prepare succeeding generations of souls to take their places.

And so there are practical reasons why conditions exist in the spirit world for a system designed to measure learning and development. The system fosters enlightenment and ultimately the perfection of souls. It is important to understand that while we may suffer the consequences of bad choices in our educational tasks, we are always protected, supported, and directed within the system by master souls. I see this as the spiritual management of souls.

The whole idea of a hierarchy of souls has been part of both Eastern and Western cultures for many centuries. Plato spoke of the transformation of souls from childhood to adulthood passing through many stages of moral reason. The Greeks felt humankind moves from amoral, immature, and violent beings over many lives to people who are finally socialized with pity, patience, forgiveness, honesty, and love. In the second century AD, the new Christian theology was greatly influence by Polotinus, whose Neoplatonist cosmology involved souls having a hierarchy of degrees of being. The highest being was a transcendent One, or God-creator, out of

which the soul-self was born which would occupy humans. Eventually, these lower- souls would return to complete reunion with the universal over-soul.

My classification of soul development is intended to be neither socially nor intellectually elitist. Souls in a high state of advancement are often found in humble

circumstances on Earth. By the same token, people in the strata of influence in human society are by no means in a blissful

state of soul maturity. Often, just the reverse is true.

In terms of placement by soul development, I cannot overemphasize the importance

of our spiritual groups. Chapter Nine, on beginner souls (Levels I and II), will more closely examine how a soul group functions. Before going further, however, I want to summarize what I have learned about the principles of soul group assignments.

  • Regardless of the relative time of creation after their novice status is completed, all beginner souls are assigned to a new group of souls at their level of understanding.
  • Once a new soul support group is formed, no new members are added in the future.
  • There appears to be a systematic selection procedure for homogeneous groupings of souls.  Similarities of ego,  cognitive awareness,  expression, and desire are all considerations.
  • Irrespective of size, cluster groups do not directly intermix with each other’s energy, but souls can communicate with one another across primary and secondary group boundaries.
  • Primary clusters in Levels I and II may split into smaller subgroups for study, but are not separated from the integrated whole

within a single cluster of souls.

  • Rates of learning vary among peer group members. Certain souls will advance faster than others in a cluster group, although these students may not be equally competent and effective in all areas of their curricula. Around the intermediate level of learning, souls demonstrating special talents (healing, teaching, creating, etc.) are permitted to participate in specialty groups for more advanced work while still remaining with their cluster group.
  • At the point where a soul’s needs, motives and performance abilities are judged to be fully at Level III in all areas of self-development, they are then loosely formed into an “independent studies” work group. Usually, their old guides continue to monitor them through one master teacher. Thus, a new pod of entities graduating into full Level III could be brought together from many clusters within one or more secondary groups.
  • When they approach Level IV, souls are given more independence outside group

activities. Although group size diminishes as souls advance, the intimate contact between original peer group members is never lost.

  • Spirit guides have a wide variety of teaching methods and instructional personifications depending upon group composition.

8

Our Guides

I HAVE never worked with a subject in trance who did not have a personal guide. Some guides are more in evidence than others during hypnosis sessions. It is my custom to ask subjects if they see feel a discarnate presence in the room. If they do, this third party is usually a protective guide. Often, a client will sense the presence of a discarnate figure before visualizing a face or hearing a voice. People who meditate a great deal are naturally more familiar with these visions than someone who never called upon his or her guide.

The recognition of these spiritual teachers brings people into the company of a

warm, loving creative power. Through our guides, we become more acutely aware of the continuity of life and our identity as a soul. Guides are figures of grace in our existence because they are part of the fulfillment of our destiny.

Guides are complex entities, especially when they are master guides. The awareness

level of the soul determines to some extent the degree of advancement of the guide assigned to them. In fact, the maturity of a particular guide also has a bearing on whether these teachers have only one student or many under their direction. Guides at the senior level of ability and above usually work with an entire group of souls in the spirit world and on earth. These guides have other entities who assist them. From what I can see, every soul group usually has one or more rather new teachers in training. As a result, some people may have more than one guide helping them. The  personal  names  my  clients  attach  to  their  guides  range  from  ordinary, whimsical, or quaint-sounding words, to the bizarre. Frequently, these names can be traced back to a specific past life a teacher spent with a student. Some clients are unable to verbalize their guide’s name because the sound cannot be duplicated, even when they see them clearly while under hypnosis. I tell these people it is much more important that they under stand the purpose of why certain guides are assigned to them,  rather than possessing their names.  A  subject may simply use a general designation  for  their  guide  such  as:  director,  advisor,  instructor,  or  just  “my friend.”

One has to be careful how the word friend is interpreted. Usually, when a person in trance talks about a spiritual friend, they are referring to a soul-mate or peer group associate rather than a guide. Entities who are our friends exist on levels not much higher or lower than ourselves. These friends are able to offer mental encouragement from the spirit world while we are on Earth, and they can be with us as incarnated human companions while we walk the roads of life.

One of the most important aspects of my therapeutic work with clients is assisting them, on a conscious level, with appreciating the role their guides play in life. These teacher entities edify all of us with their skillful instruction techniques. Ideas we claim as our own may be generated by a concerned guide. Guides also comfort us

during the trying periods in our lives, especially when we are children in need of solace. I remember a charming remark made by a subject after I asked when she began seeing her guide in this life. “Oh, when I was daydreaming,” she said. “I remember my guide was with me on my first day of school when I was really scared. She sat on top of my desk to keep me company and then showed me the way to the bathroom when I was too afraid to ask the teacher.”

The concept of  personalized spiritual beings goes far back in antiquity to our earliest origins as thinking human beings. Anthropological studies at the sites of prehistoric people suggest their totemic symbols evoked individual protection. Later, some 5,000 years ago as city-states arose, official deities became identified with state religions. These gods were more remote and even generated fear. Thus, personal and family deities assumed great importance in the day-to-day life of people for protection. A personal soul deity served as a guardian angel to each person or family, and could be called upon for divine help during a crisis. This tradition has been carried down into our cultures of today.

We have two examples at opposite ends of the United States. Aumakua is a personal

god to Hawaiians. The Polynesians believe one’s ancestors can assume a personal god relationship (as humans, animals, or fish) to living family members. In visions and dreams, Aumakua can either assist or reprimand an individual. In northeastern America, the Iroquois believe a human’s own inner spiritual power is called Orenda, which is connected to a higher personal Orenda spirit. This guardian is able to resist the powers of harm and evil directed at an individual. The concept of soul watchers who function as guides is part of the belief system of many Native American cultures. The Zuni tribes of the Southwest have oral traditions in their mythology of god-like beings with personal existences. They are called “the makers and holders of life paths” and are considered the caretakers of souls. There are other cultures around the world which also believe someone other than God is watching over them to personally intercede on their behalf. I think human beings have always needed anthropomorphic figures below a supreme God to portray the spiritual forces around them. When people pray or meditate, they want to reach out to an entity with whom they are acquainted for inspiration. It is easier to ask for aid from a figure which can be clearly identified in the human mind. There is a lack of imagery with a supreme God which hinders a direct connection for many people. Regardless of our diverse religious preferences and degrees of faith, people also feel if there is a supreme God, this divinity is too busy to bother about their individual problems. People often express an unworthiness for a direct association with God. As a result, the world’s major religions have used prophets who once lived on Earth to serve as our intermediaries with God.

Possibly because some of these prophets have been elevated to divine status themselves, they are not personal enough anymore. I say this without diminishing the vital spiritual influence all the great prophets have had on their followers. Millions of people derive benefit from the teachings of these powerful souls who incarnated on Earth as prophets in our historical past. And yet, people know in their hearts-as they have always known-that someone, some personal entity individual to them-is there, waiting to be reached.

I have the theory that guides appear to people who are very religious as figures of

their faith. There was a case on a national television show where the child of a devout Christian family suffered a near-death experience and said she saw Jesus. When asked to draw with crayons what she saw, the little girl drew a featureless blue man standing within a halo of light.

My subjects have shown me how much they depend upon and make use of their spiritual guides during life. I have come to believe we are their direct responsibility- not God’s. These learned teachers remain with us over thousands of earth years to assist in our trials before, during, and after countless lives. I notice that, unlike people walking around in a conscious state, subjects in trance do not blame God for their misfortunes in life. More often than not, when we are in the soul state, it is our personal guide who takes the brunt of any dissatisfaction.

I am often asked if teacher-guides are matched to us or just picked at random. This

is a difficult question to answer. Guides do appear to be assigned to us in the spirit world in an orderly fashion. I have come to believe their individual teaching styles and management techniques support and beautifully integrate with our permanent soul identity.

For instance, I have heard about younger guides, whose past lives included overcoming particularly difficult negative traits, being assigned to souls with the same behavior patterns. It seems these empathetic guides are graded on how well they do in their assignments to affect positive change.

All guides have compassion for their students, but teaching approaches vary. I find some guides constantly helping their students on Earth, while others demand their charges work out lessons with little overt encouragement. The maturity of the soul is, of course, a factor. Certainly graduate students get less help than freshmen. Aside from the developmental level, I look at the intensity of individual desire as another consideration in the frequency of appearance and form of assistance one receives from his or her guide during a life.

As  to  gender  assignments,  I  find  no  consistent  correlation  of  male  and  female

subjects to masculine or feminine appearing guides. On the whole, people accept the gender portrayed by their guide as quite natural. It could be argued that this is because they have become used to them over eons of relative time as males or females rather than the assumption that one sex IS more effective than another between specific students  and teachers. Some guides appear as mixed genders, which lends support to souls being truly androgynous. One client told me, “My guide is sometimes Alexis or Alex, dropping in and out of both sexes, depending on my need for male or female advice.”

From what I can determine, the procedure for teacher selection is carefully managed in the spirit world. Every human being has at least one senior, or a higher master guide, assigned to their soul since the soul was first created. Many of us inherit a newer, secondary guide later in our existence, such as Karla, in the previous chapter. For want of a better term, I have called these student teachers junior guides.

Aspiring junior guides can anticipate the beginning of their training near the end of Level III, as they progress  into the upper intermediate stages  of development. Actually, we begin our training as subordinate guides long before attaining Level

IV. In the lower stages of development we help others in life as friends and between

lives assist our peer group associates with counseling. Junior and senior teaching assignments appear to reflect the will of master guides, who form a kind of governing body, similar to a trusteeship, over the younger guides of the spirit world. We will see examples of how the process of guide development works in Chapters Ten and Eleven, which cover cases of more advanced souls.

Do all guides have the same teaching abilities, and does this affect the size of the

group to which we are assigned in the spirit world? The following passage is from the case file of an experienced soul who discussed this question with me.

Case 17

Dr. N: I’m curious about teacher assignments in the spirit world in relation to their abilities to help undeveloped souls. When souls progress as guides, are they given quite a few souls to work with?

S: Only the more practiced ones.

Dr. N; I would imagine large groups of souls needing guides could become quite a responsibility for one advanced guide-even with an assistant.

S: They can handle it. Size doesn’t matter. Dr. N: Why not?

S: Once you attain competency and success as a teacher, the number of souls you are given doesn’t matter. Some sections (clusters) have lots of souls and others don’t.

Dr. N: So, if you are a senior in the blue light aura, class size has no relation to assignments, because you have the ability to handle large numbers of souls?

S: I didn’t exactly say that. Much depends upon the types of souls in a section and the experience of the leaders. In the larger sections they have help too, you know.

Dr. N: Who does?

S: The guides you are calling seniors. Dr. N: Well, who helps them?

S: The overseers. Now, they are the real pros.

Dr. N: I have heard them also called master teachers. S: That’s not a bad description for them.

Dr. N: What energy color do they project to you?

S: It’s … purplish.

Note: As signified in Figure 3 in the last chapter, the lower ranges of a Level V radiate a sky-blue energy. With advancing maturity this aura grows more dense, first to a muted midnight blue and finally to deep purple, representing the total integration of a Level VI ascended master.

Dr. N: Since guides seem to have different approaches to teaching, what do they all have in common?

S: They wouldn’t be teachers if they didn’t have a love of training and a desire to help us join them.

Dr. N: Then define for me why souls are selected as guides. Take a typical guide and tell me what qualities that advanced soul possesses.

S: They must be compassionate without being too easy on you. They aren’t judgmental. You don’t have to do things their way. They don’t restrain by imposing their values on you.

Dr. N: Okay, those are things guides don’t do. If they don’t over-direct souls, what are the important things they do, as you see it?

S: Uh … they build morale in their sections and instill confidence-we all know they have been through a lot themselves. We are accepted for who we are as individuals with the right to make our own mistakes.

Dr. N: I must say, I have found souls very loyal to their guides. S: That’s why-because they never give up on you.

Dr. N: What would you say is the most important attribute of any guide? S: (without hesitation) The ability to motivate you and instill courage.

My next case provides an example of the actions of a still-incarnating guide. This guide is called Owa, and he represents the qualities of a devoted teacher reported by the last case. Evidently, his early assignments as a guide involved looking after the subject in Case 18 in a direct fashion, and his methods apparently have not changed. My client was stunned once she recognized her guide’s latest incarnation.

Owa made his first appearance as a guide in my client’s past about 50 BC. He was described as an old man living in a Judean village which had been overrun by Roman soldiers. Case 18 was then a young girl, orphaned by a Roman raid against local dissidents. In the opening scene Of this past life, she spoke about working in a tavern as a virtual slave. As a serving girl, she was constantly beaten by the owner and  occasionally  raped  by  Roman  customers.  She  died  at  age  twenty-six  of

overwork, mistreatment, and despair. This subject made the following statement from her subconscious mind about an old man in her village: “I worked day and night and felt numb with pain and humiliation. He was the only person who was kind to me-who taught me to trust in myself-to have faith in something higher and finer than the cruel people around me.”

Later in the superconscious state, this client detailed parts of other difficult lives

where Owa appeared as a trusted friend, and once as a brother. In this state she saw these people were all the same entity and was able to name this soul as Owa, her guide. There were many lives when Owa did not appear, and sometimes his physical contact was only fleeting when he came to help her. Abruptly, I asked if Owa might possibly be in her life now? After a moment of hesitation, my subject began to shake uncontrollably. Tears came to her eyes and she cried out from the vision in her mind.

Case 18

S: Oh, Lord-I knew it! I knew there was something different about him. Dr. N: About who?

S: My son! Owa is my son Brandon. Dr. N: Your son is actually Owa?

S: Yes, yes! (laughing and crying at the same time) I knew it! I felt it right from the day I delivered him-something wonderfully familiar and special to me-more than just a helpless baby… oh

Dr. N: What did you know the day he was born?

S: I didn’t really know-I felt it inside-something more than the excitement a mother feels at the time of her firstborn. I felt he came here-to help me-don’t you see? Oh, it’s so fantastic-it’s true-it’s him!

Dr. N: (I work on calming my client before continuing, because her excited wiggling around is about to carry her over the side of the office recliner) Why do you think Owa is here as your baby son Brandon?

S: (quieter now, but still crying softly) To get me through this bad time … with hard people who won’t accept me. He must have known I was in for a long period of trouble and decided to come to me as my son. We didn’t talk about doing this before I was born… what a wonderful surprise…

Note: At the time of this session, my client was struggling to gain recognition in a highly competitive business. She was also having marital difficulties at home, partly due to being the major wage earner. I have since learned she is divorced.

Dr. N: Did you sense something unusual about your baby after you took him home?

S: Yes, it started at the hospital and this feeling never left me. When I look into his eyes he… soothes me. Sometimes I come home so worn out-so tired and beat down-I am short-tempered with him when the baby-sitter leaves. But he is so patient with me. I don’t even need to hold him. The way he looks at me is … so wise. I didn’t fully understand what this meant until now. Now, I know! Oh, what a blessing. I wasn’t sure if I should even have the baby-now I see it all.

Dr. N: What do you see?

S: (in a firm voice) As I try to advance in my profession, people are getting … harder

… not accepting what I know and can do. My husband and I are having trouble. He

puts me down for pushing too hard … wanting to achieve. Owa-Brandon-is here to keep me strong so I can overcome

Dr. N: And do you think it is all right we discovered your guide is with you as Brandon in this life?

S: Yes, if Owa didn’t want me to know that he decided to come into life, I wouldn’t have come to see you-it wouldn’t have been on my mind.

This exceptional case represents the emotional intoxication a subject feels when an in-life contact is made with their guide. Notice the role Owa chose did not infringe upon the most typical role usually taken by a soulmate. He did not come through as her spouse, and never has, in any of her past lives. Certainly, soulmates take other roles besides spouses, but an incarnating guide does not normally take a role which might transgress between two soulmates working on their lives together. This client’s soulmate happens to be an old flame from high school.

Based upon all the information I was able to gather, Owa seems to have moved into the level of a junior guide in the last two-thousand years. He may possibly graduate into the blue level of a senior guide before this client is qualified herself to rise from white to a yellow energy aura. Regardless of the number of centuries this takes, Owa will remain as her guide, even though he may never incarnate again with her in a life.

Do we ever catch up to our guides in development? Eventually, perhaps, but I can

say I have not seen any evidence of this in my cases. Souls who develop relatively fast are gifted, but so are the guides who assist them.

It is not uncommon to find guides working in pairs with people on Earth, each with their own approaches to teaching. In these cases one is dominant, although the more

experienced senior guide may actually be less evident in day-to-day activities of their charges. The reason for this spiritual arrangement in tandem is because one of the

pair is either in training (such as a junior guide under a senior), or the association is so  long-standing between the two guides (as  with  a senior to a  master)  that  a

permanent relationship has evolved. The senior guide may have acquired his or her own cluster of souls, which is still monitored by a master overseeing a number of soul groups.

Teams of guides do not interfere with each other in or out of the spirit world. I have

a close friend whose  guides illustrate how  two teachers working  together complement each other. Using this individual’s case is appropriate, because I have observed the way this person’s two guides interact in various life circumstances. My friend’s junior guide appears in the form of a kindly, nurturing Native American medicine woman called Quan. Dressed simply in a deerskin sheath, her long hair pulled back, Quan’s soft face is bathed in vivid light during her appearances. When she is called,

Quan provides a vehicle for insight and understanding events and the individuals

associated with those events, which are troubling to my friend.

Quan’s desire to lighten the load of the rather difficult life my friend has chosen is

tempered by a challenging male figure called Giles. Giles is clearly a senior guide who may be close to being a master in the spirit world. In this capacity, he does not appear nearly as often as Quan. When Giles does come into my friend’s higher consciousness, he does so abruptly. Here is a sample of how a senior guide operates differently from one of junior status.

Case 19

Dr. N: When you are in deep reflection over a serious problem, how does Giles come to you?

S: (laughs) Not the same as Quan-I can tell you. Usually, he likes to … hide a little… at first… behind a shadow of … blue vapor. I hear him chuckling before I see him.

Dr. N: You mean he appears first as a blue energy form?

S: Yes … to hide himself a bit-he likes to be secretive, but it doesn’t last long. Dr. N: Why?

S: I don’t know-to make sure I really want him, I guess.

Dr. N: Well, when he shows himself, what does Giles look like to you? S: An Irish Leprechaun.

Dr. N: Oh, then he is a small man?

S: (laughs again) An elf figure-tangled hair all over his wrinkled face-he looks a mess and moves constantly in all directions.

Dr. N: Why does he do that?

S: Giles is a slippery character-impatient, too-he frowns a lot while he paces back and forth in front of me with his arms clasped in back of him.

Dr. N: And how would you interpret this behavior?

S: Giles is not dignified like some (guides) … but he is very clever … crafty. Dr. N: Could you be more specific as to how this conduct relates to you?

S: (strained) Giles has made me look upon my lives as a chess game with the Earth as the board. Certain moves bring certain results and there are no easy solutions. I plan, and then things go wrong during the game in my life. I sometimes think he lays traps for me to work through on the board.

Dr. N: Do you prosper with this technique of your advanced guide? Has Giles been a help to your problem-solving during the game of life?

S: (pause) … More afterward … here (in the spirit world) … but, he makes me work so damn hard on Earth.

Dr. N: Could you get rid of him and just work with Quan?

S: (smiles ruefully) It doesn’t work that way here. Besides, he is brilliant. Dr. N: So, we don’t get to choose our guides?

S: No way. They choose you.

Dr. N: Do you have any idea why you have two guides who approach your problems so differently in the way they help you?

S: No, I don’t, but I consider myself very fortunate. Quan… is gentle… and steady with her support.

Note: The embodiments of Native Americans who once lived in North America make powerful spiritual guides for those of us who have followed them to live in this land. The large number of Americans who report having such guides lends support to my belief that  souls are attracted to geographical settings they have known during earlier incarnations.

Dr. N: What do you like most about Giles’ teaching methods?

S: (pensively) Oh, the way he-well, trifles with me-almost mocking me to do better during the game and stop feeling sorry for myself. When things get especially rough he prods me and keeps me going … insisting I use all my abilities. There is nothing

soft about Giles.

Dr. N: And you feel this coaching on Earth, even when you and I are not working together?

S: Yes, when I meditate and go inside myself… or during my dreams. Dr. N: And Giles comes when you want him?

S: (after some hesitation) No … although it seems as though I have been with him forever. Quan does come to me more. I can’t just

grab hold of Giles in any situation I want, unless what I have going on is really

serious. He is elusive.

Dr. N: Sum up your feelings about Quan and Giles for me.

S: I love Quan as a mother, but I wouldn’t be where I am without Giles’ discipline.

They are both skillful because they allow me to

benefit from my mistakes.

These two guides are a cooperating team of instructors, which is standard procedure for those people who have two guides. In this case, Giles enjoys teaching karmic lessons by the Socratic method. Providing no clues in advance, he makes sure problem-solving on major issues is never easy for my friend. Quan, on the other hand, provides comfort and gentle encouragement.

When my friend comes to me for a hypnosis session, I am aware that Quan remains

in the background when Giles is on-board and active. Giles is a caring guide, as all guides are, but without a trace of indulgence. Adversity is allowed to build to the absolute limits of my friend’s ability to cope before solutions suddenly begin to unfold. To be honest, I see Giles as a wicked taskmaster. This view is not really shared by my friend, who is grateful for the challenges offered by this complex teacher.

What is the average spiritual guide like? In my experience, no two guides are the same. These dedicated higher entities give me the impression of having attitudinal swings toward me from one session to the next, and even within the same session with a client. They can be cooperative or obstructive, tolerant or disobliging, evasive or revealing, or just flat out unconcerned with anything I do with a subject. I have great respect for guides because these powerful figures play such an important part in our destiny, but I must admit  they can frustrate my inquiries. I find them enigmatic because they are unpredictable in their relations with me as a facilitator.

Early in this century, it was common for mediums working with people in hypnosis to call any discarnate entity in the room a ”control,” because they acted as the director of communications on the spiritual side for the subject. It was recognized that a spiritual control (whether a guide or not) had energy patterns which were in emotional, intellectual, and spiritual attunement with the subject. The importance of

a harmonious energy pattern between facilitator and these entities was also known. If a control is blocking my investigations with a client, I search for the reason why this  is  happening.  With  some  blocking  guides  I  must  fight  for  every  scrap  of information, while others give me a great deal of latitude in a session. I never forget that guides have every right to block my approach to problems with souls under their care. After all, I have their people as my subjects for only a short while. Frankly, I would much rather have no contact with a client’s guide than work with one who might assist me at one point and then block the rhythm of memory in the next portion of a session.

I believe a guide’s motivation for blocking information goes far beyond resisting the

immediate psychological direction a therapy session is taking. I am constantly searching for new data on the spirit world. A guide who lends support to a free flow of past life memories from one of my subjects may balk at my far-reaching questions about life on other planets, the structure of the spirit world, or creation itself. This is why I am only able to collect these spiritual secrets in fragments from a large body of client information reflecting the discretion of many guides. I also feel that I am receiving assistance from my own spiritual guide during communications with subjects and their guides.

Occasionally, a subject will express dissatisfaction with his or her particular guide. This is usually temporary. At any time, people are capable of believing their guides are too difficult and not working in their best interests, or just not paying enough attention to them. A subject once told me that he had tried for a long time to be assigned another guide. He said, “My guide is stonewalling me, she doesn’t give enough of herself.” The man told me his desire for a change in guides was not honored. I observed that he spent considerable time alone, without much group interaction after his last two lives, because he refused to deal with his issues. He projected anger toward his guide for not rescuing him from bad situations.

Our teachers really don’t get perturbed with us to the point of alienation, but I

notice they have a way of making themselves scarce when disgruntled students avoid real problem-solving. Guides only want the best for us and sometimes this means they must watch us endure much pain to reach certain objectives. Guides cannot assist in our progress until we are ready to make the necessary changes in order to take full advantage of life’s Opportunities.

Do we have reason to be fearful of our guides? In Chapter Five, with Case 13, we

saw an obviously younger soul who expressed some trepidation right after death about meeting the guide Clodees for debriefing. Typically, this concern does not last. We may feel chagrined over having to explain to our guides why goals were not attained, but they understand. They want us to interpret our past lives so we will have the benefit of assisting in the analysis of mistakes.

My clients express all sorts of sentiments about their guides, but fear is not among

them. On the contrary, people are more worried about being abandoned by spiritual advisors during difficult periods in their lives. Our relationship with guides is one of students and teachers rather than defendants and judges. Our personal guides help us cope with the separateness and isolation which every soul inherits at physical birth, regardless of the degree of love extended by our family. Guides give us an affirmation of Self in a crowded world.

People want to know if their guides always come whenever they call for help. Guides are not consistent in the manner in which they choose to assist us, because they carefully evaluate how badly they are needed. I am also asked if hypnosis is the best way to get in contact with one’s guide. Naturally, I lean toward hypnosis, because I know how potent and effective this medium  can be to obtain detailed spiritual information. However, hypnosis by a trained facilitator is not convenient on a daily basis, where meditation, prayer, and perhaps channeling with another person would be. Self-hypnosis, as a form of deep meditation, is an excellent alternative and may be preferred by those who have a fear of being hypnotized by others, or don’t want the interference of a second party in their spiritual life.

Regardless of the method used, we all have the capacity to send out far-reaching thought waves from our higher consciousness. Every person’s thoughts represent a mental fingerprint to guides marking who and where we are. During our lives, especially in periods of great stress, most people feel the presence of someone watching out for them. We may not be able to describe this power, but it is there nonetheless.

Reaching our soul is the first step on the ladder of finding our higher power. All lines of mental communication we use to reach a God-head are monitored by our guides on this step. They, too, have their guides further up the ladder. The entire ladder serves as one unbroken conduit to the source of all intelligent energy, with each rung being part of the whole. It is essential for people to have faith that a prayer for help will be answered by

their own higher power. This is why guides are vitally important to our spiritual and temporal lives. If we are relaxed and in a state of concentrated focus, an inner voice speaks to us. And, even if we didn’t initiate the message, we should trust what we hear.

National surveys by psychologists indicate one person in ten admits to hearing voices which are frequently positive and instructional in nature. It is a relief for many people to learn their inner voices are not the hallucinations associated with the mentally ill. Rather than something to be worried about, an inner voice is like having your own resident counselor on call. More often than not, these voices are those of our guides.

Guides assigned to different souls do work together relaying urgent mental messages for each other. People unable to help themselves in critical situations may find counselors, friends, and even strangers coming to their aid at just the right moment.

The inner strength which comes to us in our daily lives does not arrive as much by a visual picture of actually seeing our guides, as from the feelings and emotions which convince us we are not alone. People who listen and encourage their inner voice through quiet contemplation say they feel a personal connection with an energy beyond themselves which offers support and reassurance. If you prefer to call this internal guidance system inspiration or intuition, that is fine, because the system which aids us is an aspect of ourselves as well as higher powers.

During troublesome times in our lives, we have the tendency to ask for guidance to

immediately set things right. When they are in trance, my clients see that their guides don’t help them solve all their problems at once,  rather they illuminate

pathways by the use of clues. This is one reason why I am cautious about client- blocking during hypnosis. Insight is best revealed with a controlled pace relative to each person. A concerned teacher may not want all aspects of a problem uncovered at a given point in time for his or her student. We vary in our ability to handle revelations.

When asking for help from your higher spiritual power, I think it is best not to

demand immediate change. Our success in life is predicated on planning, but we do have alternative paths to choose from to reach certain goals. When seeking guidance, I suggest requesting help with just the next step in your life. When you do this, be prepared for unexpected possibilities. Have the faith and humility to open yourself up to a variety of paths toward solutions.

After death we do not experience sadness as souls with the same emotional definition as grief felt in physical form. Yet, as we have already seen, souls are not detached beings without feelings. I have learned those powers who watch over us also feel what I call a spiritual sorrow when they see us making poor choices in life and going through pain. Certainly, our soul-mates and peers suffer distress when we are tormented, but so do our guides. Guides may not show sorrow in orientation conferences and during soul group discussions between lives, but they keenly feel their responsibilities toward us as teachers.

In Chapter Eleven, we will get the perspective of a guide at Level V. I have never found a person who is a living grade VI, or master guide, as a subject. I suspect we don’t have a whole lot of these advanced souls on Earth at any one time. Most Level VI’s are much too involved with planning and directing from the spirit world to incarnate any longer. From the reports of the Level V’s I have had, it would seem the Level VI has no new lessons to learn, but I have a hunch a still-incarnating soul at Level V may not know all the esoteric tasks involved with master level entities. Once in a while during a session with a more advanced soul, I hear references to an even higher level of soul than Level VI. These entities, to whom even the masters report, are in the darkest purple range of energy. These superior beings must be getting close to the creator. I am told these shadowy figures are elusive, but highly venerated beings in the spirit world.

The average client doesn’t know if spiritual guides should be placed in a less than divine category, or considered lesser gods because of their advancement. There is nothing wrong with any spiritual concept, as long as it provides comfort, is uplifting, and makes sense to each individual. Although some of my clients have the tendency to consider guides god-like-they are not God. In my opinion, guides are no more or less divine than we are, which is why they are seen as personal beings. In all my cases God is never seen. People in hypnosis say they feel the presence of a supreme power directing the spirit world, but they are uncomfortable using the word “God” to describe a creator. Perhaps the philosopher Spinoza said it best with these words: “God is not He who is, but That which is.”

Every soul has a spiritual higher power linked to its existence. All souls are part of the same divine essence generated from one oversoul. This intelligent energy is universal in scope and so we all share in divine status. If our soul reflects a small portion of the oversoul we call God, then our guides provide the mirror by which we

are able to see ourselves connected to this creator. 9

The Beginner Soul

THERE are two types of beginner souls: souls who are truly young in terms of

exposure to an existence out of the spirit world, and souls who have been reincarnating on Earth for a long period of relative time, but still remain immature. I find beginner souls of both types in Levels I and II.

I believe almost three-quarters of all souls who inhabit human bodies on Earth

today are still in the early stages of development. I know this is a grossly discouraging statement because it means most of our human population is operating at the lower end of their training. On the other hand, when I consider a world population beset by so much negative cross-cultural misunderstanding and violence, I am not inclined to change my opinion about the high percentage of lower level souls on Earth. However, I do think each century brings improvement of awareness in all humans.

Over a number of years, I have maintained a statistical count of client soul levels in

my case files. Undoubtedly, the figures are weighted to some extent at the lower levels because these subjects were not selected at random. My cases could be over- represented by souls at the lower levels of development because they are the very people who require assistance in life and might come to me seeking information.

For those who are curious, the percentages by soul level of all my cases are as follows: Level I, 42%; Level II, 31%; Level III, 17%; Level IV, 9%; and Level V, 1%. Projecting these figures into a world population of five billion souls would be unreliable, using my small sample. Nevertheless, I see the Possibility we may have only a few hundred thousand people on Earth at Level V.

My subjects state that souls end their incarnations on Earth when they reach full

maturity. What is significant about the high percentage of souls in the early stages of development is our rapidly multiplying population and the urgency babies have for available souls. We are increasing by 260,000 children per day. This human necessity for souls means they must normally be drawn from a spiritual pool of less advanced entities who require more incarnations to progress and are, therefore, more available to return to another life.

I am sensitive to the feelings of clients whom I know to be in the early stages of development. I cannot count the number of times a new client has come into my office and said, “I know I am an old soul, but I seem to have problems coping with life.” We all want to be advanced souls because most people hate to be considered a beginner in anything. Every case is unique. There are many variables within each soul’s character, individual development rate, and the qualities of the guides assigned to them. I see my task as offering interpretations of what subjects report to me about the progression of their souls.

I have had many cases where a client has been incarnating for up to 30,000 years on Earth and is still in the lower levels of I and II. The reverse is also true with a few people, although rapid acceleration in spiritual development is uncommon. As with any educational model, students find certain lessons more difficult than others. One of my clients has not been able to conquer envy for 850 years in numerous lives, but she did not have too much trouble overcoming bigotry by the end of this same

period.  Another  has  spent  nearly  1700  years  off-and-on  seeking  some  sort  of authoritative power over others. However, he has gained compassion.

The next case represents an absolute beginner soul. This novice shows no evidence of having a spiritual group assignment as yet, because she has lived too few past

lives. In her first life she was killed in 1260 AD in Northern Syria by a Mongol invasion. Her name was Shabez,  and her settlement was sacked,  resulting in a

terrible massacre of the inhabitants when she was five years old.

Case 20

Dr. N: Shabez, now that you have died and returned to the spirit world, tell me what you feel?

S: (shouts) Cheated! That life was so cruel! I couldn’t stay. I was only a little girl unable to help anybody. What a mistake!

Dr. N: Who made this mistake?

S: (in a conspiratorial tone) My leader. I trusted his judgment, but he was wrong to send me into that cruel life to be killed before my life got started.

Dr. N: But you did agree to come into the body of Shabez?

S: (upset) I didn’t know Earth would be such an awful place full of terror-I wasn’t given all the facts-the whole stupid life was a mistake and my leader is responsible.

Dr. N: Didn’t you learn anything from this life?

S: (pause) I started to learn to love … yes, that was wonderful … my brother … parents … but it was so short …

Dr. N: Did anything good come out of this life? S: My brother Ahmed… to be with him …

Dr. N: Is Ahmed in your present life?

S: (suddenly my subject rises out of her chair) I can’t believe it! Ahmed is my husband Bill-the same person-how can …?

Dr. N: (after calming subject, I explain the process of soul transference to a new body and then continue) Do you see Ahmed on your return to the spirit world after dying as Shabez?

S: Yes, our leader brings us together here … where we stay.

Dr. N: Does Ahmed emit the same energy color as yourself or are there differences? S: (pause) We … are all white.

Dr. N: Describe what you do here.

S: While our leader comes and goes, Ahmed and I… just work together. Dr. N: Doing what?

S: We search out what we think about ourselves-our experience on Earth. I’m still sore about us being killed so soon … but there was

happiness … walking in the sun … breathing the air of Earth … love.

Dr. N: Go back further to the time before you and Ahmed had your life together, perhaps when you were alone. What was it like being created?

S: (disturbed) I don’t know… I was just here .. with thought.

Dr. N: Do you remember during your own creation when you first began to think as an intelligent being?

S: I realized … I existed … but I didn’t know myself as myself until I was moved into this quiet place alone with Ahmed.

Dr. N: Are you saying your individual identity came more into focus when you began interacting with another soul entity besides your guide?

S: Yes, with Ahmed.

Dr. N: Keep to the time before Ahmed. What was it like for you then? S: Warm … nurturing … my mind opening .. she was with me then. Dr. N: She? I thought your leader displayed a male gender to you?

S: I don’t mean him… someone was around me with the presence of a … mother and father … mostly mother

Dr. N: What presence?

S: I don’t know … a soft light … changing features… I can’t grasp it … loving messages … encouragement

Dr. N: This was at the time of your creation as a soul?

S: Yes … it’s all hazy … there were others … helpers … when I was born. Dr. N: What else can you tell me about the place of your creation?

S: (long pause) Others … love me … in a nursery… then we left and I was with Ahmed and our leader.

Dr. N: Who actually created you and Ahmed? S: The One.

I have learned there seems to be a kind of spirit world maternity ward for newborn souls. One client  told me, “This place is where infantile light  is arranged in a honeycomb fashion as unhatched eggs, ready to be used.” In Chapter Four, on displaced souls, we saw how damaged souls can be “remodeled .” My conjecture is these creation centers described by Shabez have the same function. In the next chapter, Case 22 will explain more about spiritual areas of ego creation where raw, undefined energy can be manipulated into a genesis of Self.

Case 20 has some obvious traits of the immature soul. The subject is a sixty-seven- year-old woman who has had a lifetime of getting into disastrous ruts. She does not demonstrate a generosity of spirit toward others, nor does she take much personal responsibility for her actions. This client came to me searching for answers as to why life had “cheated me out of happiness.” In our session we learned Ahmed was her first husband, Bill. She  left him long ago for another man, whom she also divorced, because of her inability to bond with people. She does not feel close to any of her children.

The beginner soul may live a number of lives in a state of confusion and ineffectiveness, influenced by an Earth curriculum which is different from the coherence and supportive harmony of the spirit world. Less developed souls are inclined to surrender their will to the controlling aspects of human society, with a socio-economic structure which causes a large proportion of people  to be subordinate to others. The inexperienced soul tends to be stifled by a lack of independent thinking. They also lean towards being self-centered and don’t easily accept others for who they are.

It is not my intention to paint a totally bleak portrait of souls who comprise so much of our world population-if my estimates of the high numbers of this category of soul are accurate. Lower level souls are also able to lead lives which have many positive elements. Otherwise, no one would advance. No stigma should be attached to these souls, since every soul was once a beginner.

If we become angry, resentful, and confused by our life situations, this does not

necessarily mean we possess an underdeveloped spirit. Soul development is a complex matter where we all progress by degrees in a variety of areas in an uneven manner. The important thing is to recognize our faults, avoid self-denial, and have the courage and self-sufficiency to make constant adjustments in our lives.

One of the clear indications that souls are coming out of novice status is when they leave their spiritual existence of relative isolation. They are removed from small

family cocoons with other novices and placed in a larger group of beginner souls. At this stage they are less dependent upon close supervision and special nurturing from their guides.

For the younger souls, the first realization that they are part of a substantial group

of spirits like themselves is a source of delight. Generally, I find this important spiritual event has occurred by the end of a fifth life on Earth, regardless of the relative length of time the novice soul was in semi-isolation. Some of the entities of these new spiritual groups are the souls of relatives and friends with whom the young soul was associated in their few past lives on Earth. What is especially significant about the formation of a new cluster group is that other peer group members are also newer souls who find themselves together for the first time.

In Chapter Seven on placement, we saw how a soul group appeared when Case 16

rejoined them,  and the manner in which life experiences were studied through pictorial scenes, as reported by this subject. Case 21 will offer a more detailed account of spiritual group dynamics and how members impact on each other. The capacity of souls to learn certain lessons may be stronger or weaker between one another depending upon inclination, motivation, and prior incarnation experience. Cluster groups are carefully designed to give peer support through a sensitivity of identity traits between all members. This cohesiveness is far beyond what we know on Earth.

Although the next case is presented from the perspective of one group member, his superconscious mind provides an objectivity into the process of what goes on in groups. My subject will describe a grandiose, male-oriented spiritual group. The raucous entities of this group are linked by exhibitionism which could be labeled narcissistic. The common approaches these souls use in finding personal value is one indication why they are working together.

The extravagant behavior modes of these souls is offset, to some extent, by their spiritual prescience. Since the complete truth is known by all group members about each other in a telepathic world, humor is indispensible. Some readers may find it hard to accept that souls do joke with each other about their failings, but humor is the basis upon which self-deception and hypocrisy are exposed.

Ego defenses are so well understood by everyone in spiritual groups that evidence of

a mastery of oneself among peers is a strong incentive for change. Spiritual “therapy” occurs because of honest peer feedback, mutual trust, and the desire to advance with others over eons of time. Souls can

hurt, and they need caring entities around them. The curative power of spiritual

group interaction is quite remarkable.

Soul members network by the use of criticism and acclaim as each strives toward

common goals. Some of the best help I am able to give my clients comes from information I receive about their soul group. Spiritual groups are a primary means of soul instruction. Learning appears to come as much from one’s peers as from the skill of guides who monitor these groups.

In the case which follows, my client has finished reliving his last past life as a Dutch artist living in Amsterdam. He died of pneumonia at a young age in 1841, about the time he was gaining recognition for his painting. We have just rejoined his spiritual group when my subject bursts out laughing.

Case 21

Dr. N: Why are you laughing?

S: I’m back with my friends and they are giving me a hard time. Dr. N: Why?

S: Because I’m wearing my fancy buckled shoes and the bright

green velvet jacket-with yellow piping down the sides-I’m flashing them my big floppy painter’s hat.

Dr. N: They are kidding you about projecting yourself wearing these clothes?

S: You know it! I was so vain about clothes and I cut a really fine figure as an artist in Amsterdam cafe society. I enjoyed this role and

played it well. I don’t want it to end.

Dr. N: What happens next?

S: My old friends are around me and we are talking about the foolishness of life. We rib each other about how dramatic it all is down there on Earth and how seriously we all take our lives.

Dr.  N:  You and your friends don’t think it  is important to take life on Earth seriously?

S: Look, Earth is one big stage play-we all know that. Dr. N: And your group is united in this feeling?

S: Sure, we see ourselves as actors in a gigantic stage production.

Dr. N: How many entities are in your particular cluster group in the spirit world?   S: (pause) Well, we work with … some others … but there are five of us who are

close.

Dr. N: By what name do they call you?

S: L … Lemm-no that’s not right-it’s Allum … that’s me. Dr. N: All right, Allum, tell me about your close friends.

S: (laughs) Norcross … he is the funniest … at least he is the most boisterous. Dr. N: Is Norcross the leader of your group?

S: No, he is just the loudest. We are all equal here, but we have our differences. Norcross is blunt and opinionated.

Dr. N: Really, then how would you characterize his Earth behavior? S: Oh, as being rather unscrupulous-but not dangerous.

Dr. N: Who is the quietest and most unassuming member of your group? S: (quizzical) How did you guess-it’s Vilo.

Dr. N: Does this attribute make Vilo the least effective contributing member of your group?

S: Where did you get that idea? Vilo comes up with some interesting thoughts about the rest of us.

Dr. N: Give me an example.

S: In my life in Holland-the old Dutch couple who adopted me after my parents died-they had a beautiful garden. Vilo reminds me of my debt to them-that the garden triggered my painting-to see life as an artist … and what I didn’t do with my talent.

Dr. N: Does Vilo convey any other thoughts to you about this?

S: (sadly) That I should have done less drinking and strutting around and painted more. That my art was … reaching the point of touching people … (subject pulls his shoulders back) but I wasn’t going to stay cooped up painting all the time!

Dr. N: Do you have respect for Vilo’s opinions?

S: (with a deep sigh) Yes, we know he is our conscience. Dr. N: So, what do you say to him?

S: I say, “Innkeeper, mind your own business-you were having fun, too.” Dr. N: Vilo was an innkeeper?

S: Yes, in Holland. Engaged in a business for profit, I might add.

Dr. N: Do you feel this was wrong of Vilo?

S: (contrite) No … not really … we all know he took losses to help those poor people on the road who needed food and shelter. His life was beneficial to others.

Dr.  N:  I  would  guess  telepathic  communication  makes  it  hard  to  sustain  your arguments when the complete truth is known by everyone?

S: Yes, we all know Vilo is progressing-damn!

Dr. N: Does it bother you that Vilo may be advancing faster than the rest of you?

S: Yes … we have had such fun … (subject then recalls an earlier life with Vilo where they traveled together as brothers in India)

Dr. N: What will happen to Vilo?

S: He is going to leave us soon-we all know that-to have associations with the others who have also gone.

Dr. N: How many souls have left your original group, Allum?

S: (A long pause, and then ruefully) Oh … a couple have moved on … we will eventually catch up to them … but not for a while. They haven’t disappeared-we just don’t see their energy as much.

Dr. N: Name the others of your immediate group for me besides Vilo and Norcross.

S: (brightening) Dubri and Trinian-now those two know how to have a good time!

Dr. N: What is the most obvious identifying characteristic of your group?

S: (with relish) Adventure! Excitement! We have some real pioneer types around here. (subject rushes on happily) Dubri just came off a wild life as a sea captain. Norcross was a free-wheeling trading merchant. We live life to its fullest because we are talented at taking what life has to offer.

Dr. N: I’m hearing a lot of self-gratification here, Allum.

S:  (defensively)  And  what’s  wrong  with  that?  Our  group  is  not  made  up  of shrinking violets, you know!

Dr. N: What’s the story on Trinian’s last life?

S: (reacts boisterously) He was a Bishop! Can you believe it? What hypocrisy.

Dr. N: In what way?

S: What self-deception! Norcross, Dubri, and I tell Trinian his choice to be a churchman had nothing to do with goodness, charity, or spirituality.

Dr. N: And what does Trinian’s soul mentally project to you in self-defense? S: He tells us he gave solace to many people.

Dr. N: What do you, Norcross and Dubri, tell him in response?

S: That he is going soft. Norcross tells him he wanted money or otherwise he would have been a simple priest. Ha-that’s telling him-and I’m saying the same thing. You can guess what Dubri thinks about all this!

Dr. N: No, tell me.

S: Humph-that Trinian picked a large city with a rich cathedral-spilling a ton of money into Trinian’s fat pockets.

Dr. N: And what do you tell Trinian yourself?

S: Oh, I’m attracted to the fancy robes he wore-bright red-the finest of cloth-his Bishop’s ring which he loved-and all the gold and silver around. I also mention his desire to bask in adulation from his flock. Trinian can hide nothing from us-he wanted an easy, cushy life where he was well-fed.

Dr. N: Does he try to explain his motivations for choosing this life?

S: Yes, but Norcross reproaches him. He confronts Trinian on seducing a young girl in the vestry. (jovially) Yes, it actually happened! … So much for providing solace to parishioners. We know Trinian for who he really is-an outright rogue!

Dr. N: Does Trinian offer any excuses to the group for his conduct?

S: (subject becomes quieter) Oh, the usual. He got carried away with the girl’s need for him-she had no family-he was lonely in his choice of a celibate church life. He says he was trying to get away from the customary lives we all choose by going into the church-that he fell in love with the girl.

Dr. N: And how do you, Norcross and Dubri, feel about Trinian now?

S: (severely) We think he is trying to follow Vilo (as an advancing soul), but he failed. His pious intentions just didn’t work for him.

Dr. N: Allum, you sound rather cynical about Trinian’s attempts to improve himself and make changes. Tell me honestly, how do you feel about Trinian?

S: Oh, we are just teasing him … after all…

Dr. N: Your amusement sounds as if you are scornful over what may have been Trinian’s good intentions.

S: (sadly) You’re right … and we all know that … but, you see … Norcross, Dubri, and I… well, we don’t want to lose him from the group, too…

Dr. N: What does Vilo say about Trinian?

S: He defends Trinian’s original good intentions and tells him that he fell into a trap of self-gratification during this life in the church. Trinian wants too much admiration and attention.

Dr. N: Forgive me for passing judgment on your group, Allum, but it seems to me this is something you all want, except perhaps Vilo?

S: Hey, Vilo can be pretty smug. Let me tell you, his problem is conceit and Dubri tells him that in no uncertain terms.

Dr. N: And does Vilo deny it?

S: No, he doesn’t … he says at least he is working on it. Dr. N: Who among you is the most sensitive to criticism?

S: (pause) Oh, I guess it would be Norcross, but it’s hard for all of us to accept our faults.

Dr. N: Level with me, Allum. Does it bother the members of your soul group when things can’t be hidden from the others-when all your shortcomings in a past life are revealed?

S: (pause) We are sensitive about it-but not morbid. There is great understanding here among us. I wanted to give artistic pleasure to people and grow through the meaning of art. So, what did I do? I ran around the Amsterdam canals a lot at night and got caught up in the fun and games. My original purpose was pushed aside.

Dr. N: If you admit all this to the group, what kind of feedback do you get? For example, how do you and Norcross regard each other?

S: Norcross often points out I hate to take responsibility for myself and others. With Norcross it’s wealth … he loves power … but we are both selfish … except that I am

more vain. Neither of us gets many gold stars.

Dr. N: How does Dubri fit into your group with his faults?

S: He enjoys controlling others by leadership. He is a natural leader, more than the rest of us. He was a sea captain-a pirate-one tough individual. You wouldn’t want to cross him.

Dr. N: Was he cruel?

S: No, just hard. He was respected as a captain. Dubri was merciless against his opponents in sea battles, but he took care of his own men.

Dr. N: You have told me that Vilo assisted people who were in need on the road, but you haven’t said much about the positive side of your lives. Is anyone in your group given any gold stars for unselfish acts?

S: (intently) There is something else about Dubri … Dr. N: What is that?

S: He did one outstanding thing. Once, during heavy seas, a sailor fell off the mast into the ocean and was drowning. Dubri tied a line

around his waist and dove off the deck. He risked his life and saved a shipmate.

Dr. N: When this incident is discussed in your group, how do you all respond to Dubri?

S: We praise him for what he did with admiration in our minds. We came to the same conclusion that none of us could match this single act of courage in our last lives.

Dr. N: I see. Yet, Vilo’s life at the inn, feeding and housing people who could not pay him, may represent acts of unselfishness for a longer term and therefore is more praiseworthy?

S: Granted, and we give him that. (laughs) He gets more gold stars than Dubri. Dr. N: Do you get any strokes from the group for your last life?

S: (pause) I had to scramble for patrons to survive as a painter, but I was good to people … it wasn’t much … I enjoyed giving pleasure. My group recognizes I had a good heart.

Every one of my clients has special attachments to their soul group, regardless of character makeup. People tend to think of souls in the free state as being without

human deficiencies. Actually, I think there are many similarities between groups of souls close to each other and human family systems. For instance, I see Norcross as the rebellious scapegoat for this group of souls, while he and Allum are the inventory takers for everyone’s shortcomings. Allum said Norcross is usually the first to openly scrutinize any rationalizations or self-serving justifications of past life failures offered by the other members. He appears to have the least self-doubt and emotional investment over standards of conduct. This may define his own insecurity, because Norcross is probably fighting the hardest to keep up with the advancing group.

I suspect Allum himself could be the group’s mascot (often the youngest child in

human families), with all his clowning around, preening, and making light of serious issues. Some souls in spiritual groups do seem to me to be more fragile and protected than other group members. Vilo’s conduct demonstrates he is the current hero (or eldest family member), with his drive for excellence. I have the impression from Allum that Vilo is the least defiant of the group, partly because he has the best record of achievement

in recent past lives. Just as in human family systems, the roles of spiritual group members can be switched around, but I was told Vilo’s kinetic energy is turning pink, signaling his growth into Level II.

I attach human labels on ethereal spirits because, after all, souls who come to Earth

do show themselves through human characteristics. However, I don’t see hatred, suspicion, and disrespect in soul groups. In a climate of compassion, there are no power struggles for control among these peer groups whose members are unable to manipulate each other or keep secrets. Souls distrust themselves, not each other. I do see fortitude, desire, and the will to keep trying in their new physical lives. In an effort to confirm some of my observations about the social dynamics among spiritual group members in this case, I ask Allum a few more questions.

Dr. N: Allum, do you believe your criticism of each other is always constructive?

S: Sure, there is no real hostility. We have fun at each other’s expense-I admit that- but it’s just a form of … acknowledgement of who we really are, and where we should be going.

Dr. N: Is any member of your soul group ever made to feel shame or guilt about a past life?

S: Those are … human weapons… and too narrow for what we feel.

Dr. N: Well, let me approach your feelings as a soul in another way. Do you feel safer getting feedback from one of your group members more than another?

S: No, I don’t. We all respect each other immensely. The greatest criticism comes from within ourselves.

Dr. N: Do you have any regrets for your conduct in any past life?

S: (long pause) Yes … I feel sorry if I have hurt someone … and then have everyone here know all about my mistakes. But we learn.

Dr. N: And what do you do about this knowledge?

S: Talk among ourselves… and try to make amends the next time.

Dr. N: From what you told me earlier, I had the idea that you, Nor-cross, and Dubri might be releasing some pent-up feelings over your own shortcomings by dumping on each other.

S: (thoughtfully) We make cynical remarks, but it’s not like being human anymore. Without our bodies we take criticism a little differently. We see each other for who we are without resentment or jealousy.

Dr. N: I don’t want to put words in your mouth, but I just wondered if all this flamboyance exhibited by your group might indicate underlying feelings of unworthiness?

S: Oh, that’s something else again. Yes, we do get discouraged as souls, and feel unworthy about our abilities … to meet the confidence placed in us to improve.

Dr. N: So, while you have self-doubts about yourselves, it’s okay to make cynical remarks about each other’s motivations?

S: Of course, but we want to be recognized by one another for being sincere in working on our individual programs. Sometimes self-pride gets in the way and we use each other to move past this.

In the next passage of dialogue, I introduce another spiritual phenomenon relating to group healing. I have heard a number of variations about this activity which are supported by the interpretations of Case 21.

Dr. N: Now Allum, as long as we are discussing how your group members relate to each other, I want you to describe the spiritual energy by which you all are assisted in this process.

S: (hesitant) I’m not sure I can tell you …

Dr. N: Think carefully. Isn’t there another means by which your group is brought into harmony with each other with intelligent energy?

S: (long pause) Ah … you mean from the cones?

Dr. N: (the word “cone” is new to me, but I know I’m on the right track) Yes, the

cones. Explain what you know about them relative to your group. S: (slowly) Well, the cones do assist us.

Dr. N: Please continue, and tell me what the cone does. I think I have heard about this before, but I want your version.

S: It’s shaped to go around us, you know.

Dr. N: Shaped in what way? Try to be more explicit.

S: It is cylindrical-very bright-it is above and all around us. The cone is small at the top and wide at the bottom, so it fits over all of us-like getting under a great white cap-we can float under the cone in order to use it.

Dr. N: Are you sure this isn’t the shower of healing you experienced right after your return to the spirit world?

S: Oh no, that was more individual purification-to repair Earth damage. I thought you knew …

Dr. N: I do. I want you to explain how the cone is different from the shower of healing.

S: The top funnels energy down as a waterfall in a spreading circle around all of us and allows us to really concentrate on our mental sameness as a group.

Dr. N: And what do you feel when you are under the cone?

S: We can feel all our thoughts being expanded … then drawn up … and returned back … with more knowledge added.

Dr. N: Does this intelligent energy help your unity as a group in terms of more focused thinking?

S: Yes, it does.

Dr. N: (deliberately confrontational) To be frank with you, Allum, I wonder if this cone is brainwashing your original thoughts? After all, the arguments and disagreements between you and the others of your group are what make you individuals.

S: (laughs) We aren’t brainwashed! Don’t you know anything about the afterlife? It gives us more collective insight to work together.

Dr. N: Is the cone always available?

S: It is there when we need it. Dr. N: Who operates the cone? S: Those who watch over us. Dr. N: Your guide?

S:(bursts out laughing) Shato? I think he is too busy traveling around on his circuit. Dr. N: What do you mean?

S: We think of him as a circus master-a stage manager-of our group. Dr. N: Does Shato take an active part in your group deliberations?

S: (shakes head) Not really-guides are above a lot of this stuff. We are left on our own quite a bit, and that’s fine.

Dr. N: Do you think there is one specific reason for the absences of Shato?

S: (pause) Oh, he probably gets bored with our lack of progress. He loves to show off as the master of ceremonies though.

Dr. N: In what way?

S: (chuckling) Oh, to suddenly appear in front of us during one of our heated debates-throwing off blue sparks-looking like a wizard who is an all-powerful moderator!

Dr. N: A wizard?

S: (still laughing) Shato appears in long, sapphire-blue robes with a tall, pointed hat. With his flowing white beard he looks simply great, and we do admire him.

Dr. N: I get the picture of a spiritual Merlin.

S: An Oriental Merlin, if you will. Very inscrutable sometimes. He loves making a grand entrance in full costume, especially when we are about to choose another life. He knows how much we appreciate his act.

Dr. N: With all this stage management, I am curious if Shato has much emotional connection to your group as a serious guide.

S: (scoffing at me) Listen, he knows we are a wild bunch, and he plays to that as a

non-conformist himself-but he is also very wise.

Dr.  N:  Is  Shato  indulgent  with  your  group?  He  doesn’t  seem  to  limit  your extravagance very much.

S: Shato gets results from us because he is not heavy-handed or preachy. That wouldn’t sit well with our people. We respect him.

Dr. N: Do you see Shato as a consultant who comes only once in a while to observe, or as an active supervisor?

S: He will pop in unannounced to set up a problem for our discussions. Then he leaves, coming back later to listen to how we might solve certain things …

Dr. N: Give me an example of a major problem with your group.

S: (pause) Shato knows we identify too much as actors playing parts on Earth. He hits … on superficiality. He is trying to get us to cast

ourselves from the inside out, rather than the reverse.

Dr. N: So Shato’s instruction is serious, but he knows you all like to have fun along the way?

S: Yeah, that’s why Shato is with us, I think. He knows we waste opportunities. He assists us in interpreting the predicaments we get

into in order to get the best out of us.

Dr. N: From what you have told me, I have the impression that your spiritual group is run as a kind of workshop directed by your guide.

S: Yes, he builds up our morale and keeps us going.

Unlike educational classrooms or therapy groups on Earth, I have learned teacher- counselors in the spirit world are not confined as group activity leaders on a continuous basis. Although Shato and his students are a colorful family of souls, there is much here that is typical of all cluster groups. A guide’s leadership is more parental than dictatorial. In this case, Shato is a directive counselor while not being possessive, nor does he pose a threat to the group. There is warm acceptance of these young souls by this empathic guide, who seems to cater to their masculine inclinations. I will close this case with a few final questions about the group as a spiritual unit.

Dr. N: Why is your group so male-oriented on Earth?

S: Earth is an action planet which rewards physical exertion. We are inclined to male roles so we can grab hold and mold events … to dominate our surroundings …

to be recognized.

Dr. N: Women are also influential in society. How can your group hope to progress without more experience in female roles?

S: We know this, but we have such a fierce desire to be independent. In fact, we often expend too much energy for too little return, but the female aspects don’t interest us as much right now.

Dr. N: If you have no female counterparts in your immediate group, where do you go for those entities to complement your lives on Earth?

S: Nearby there are some who relate better to female roles. I get along with Josey- she has been with me in some of my lives-Trinian is attached to Nyala-and there are others

Dr. N: Allum, I would like to end our conversation about your spiritual associations by asking you what you know about the origin of your group.

S: (long pause) I … can’t tell you … we just came together at one time.

Dr. N: Well, someone had to bring those of you with the same attributes together. Do you think it was God?

S: (puzzled) No, below the source … the higher ones … Dr. N: Shato, or other guides like him?

S: No, higher, I think… the planners… I don’t know any more.

Dr. N: A while back you told me some of your old friends were reducing their active participation in your group due to their development. Do you ever get new members?

S: Never.

Dr. N: Is this because a new member might have trouble assimilating with the rest of you?

S: (laughs) We aren’t that bad! It’s just we are too closely connected by thought for an outsider, and they would not have shared our past experiences.

Dr. N: During your discussions about these past lives together, does your group believe it contributes to the betterment of human society?

S:  (pause)  We  want  our  presence  in  a  community  to  challenge  conventions-to

question basic assumptions. I think we bring nerve into our physical lives-and laughter, too …

Dr. N: And when your spiritual group has finished discussing what is necessary to further your aims, do you look forward to a new life?

S: (zestfully) Oh yeah! Every time I leave for a new role on Earth, I say goodbye with, “See you all back here A.D. (after death):’

This case is an example of like-minded souls with ego-inflating needs who support and validate each other’s feelings and attitudes. Herein lies the key to understanding the formation of soul groups. I have learned that many spiritual clusters have sub- groups made up of entities whose identities are linked by similar issues blocking their advancement. Even so, these souls do have differences in strengths and weaknesses. Each group member contributes their best attributes toward advancing the goals of others in the family.

I do not want to leave the impression from Case 21 that the few remaining souls in this inner circle of close friends represent the behavior traits of everyone in the original cluster. When a primary group of, say fifteen or twenty souls is formed, there are marked similarities in talent and interests. But a support group is also designed to have differences in disposition, feelings, and reactions. Typically, my subjects report a male-female oriented mixture of one or more of the following character types in their groups: 1) Courageous, resilient, a tenacious survivor. 2) Gentle, quiet, devoted, and rather innocent. 3) Fun-loving, humorous, a jokester and risk-taker. 4) Serious, dependable, cautious. 5) Flamboyant, enthusiastic, frank. 6) Patient, steady, perceptive. 7) Thoughtful, calculating, determined. 8) Innovative, resourceful, adaptable. These differences give a group balance. However, if an entire group displays a strong tendency toward flamboyance or daring, the most cautious member would appear less so to another group of souls.

There is no question that the souls in Case 21 are in for a long development period.

Yet they do contribute to the vitality of earth. Subsequent questioning of this subject revealed the paths of these souls continue to cross in the twentieth century. For instance, Allum is a graphic designer and part-time professional guitar player involved with Josey, who is a singer. The fact that the closely-knit souls in this case were so male-oriented in their physical lives does hot take away from their ability to associate with young souls with predominantly female preferences. Cluster groups are gender-mixed. As I have mentioned, truly advanced souls have balanced gender preferences in their physical life choices.

The desire for expression of self-identity is an important motivating factor for souls choosing to come to Earth to learn practical lessons. Sometimes a reason for discomfort with the lower level soul is the discrepancy in perception of Self in their free soul state, compared to how they act in human bodies. Souls can get confused with who they are in life. Case 21 did not seem to exhibit any conflict in this area, but I question the rate of growth achieved by Allum in recent past lives. However, the basic experience of living a life may compensate, to some extent, for the lack of insight gained from that life.

Our shortcomings and moral conflicts are recognized as faults far more in the spirit world than on Earth. We have seen how the nuances of decision-making are dissected and analyzed in spiritual groups. Cluster members have worked together for such a long time in earth years that entities become accountable to each other and the group as a whole. This fosters a great sense of belonging in all spiritual groups, and can give the appearance of thought barriers between clusters, especially with souls in the lower levels. Nevertheless, while rejection and loneliness is part of every soul’s life in human form, in the spirit world our individual ego-identity is constantly enhanced by warm peer group socialization.

The social structure of soul groups is not the same as groups of people on Earth.

Although there is some evidence of paired friendships, I don’t hear about cliques, stars of attraction, or isolated souls within clusters. I am told souls do spend time alone in the silence of personal reflection when attached to a group. Souls are intimate entities in their family relationships on Earth and engagement in group community life in the spirit world. And yet, souls do learn much from solitude.

I understand from my white-light subjects that souls at the beginning levels are

frequently separated from their groups to individually work on simple energy projects. One rather young soul recalled being alone in an enclosure trying to put together “a moving puzzle” of dissembled geometric shapes of cylinders, spheres, cubes, and squares with self-produced energy. It was described as being “multi- dimensional, colorful, and holographic” in nature. He said, “We have to learn to intensify our energy to bring the diffused and jumbled into focus to give it some kind of basic shape.” Another subject added, “These tests give the Watchers information about our imagination, creativity, and ingenuity, and they offer us encouragement rather than being judgmental.”

Souls on all levels engage in another all important activity when they are alone.

They are expected to spend time mentally concentrating on helping those on Earth (or other physical worlds) whom they have known and cared about. From what I can gather, they go to a space some call the place of projection. Here they enter an “interdimensional field of floating, silvery-blue energy,” and project outward to a geographical area of their choosing. I am told this is a mental exercise in “holding and releasing positive vibrational energy to create a territory.” This means souls ride on their thought waves to specific people, buildings, or a given area of land in an attempt to comfort or effect change.

10

The Intermediate Soul

ONCE our souls advance past Level II into the intermediate ranges of development, group cluster activity is considerably reduced. This does not mean we return to the kind of isolation we saw with the novice soul. Souls evolving into the middle development levels have less association with primary groups because they have acquired the maturity and experience  for operating more independently. These souls are also reducing the number of their incarnations.

Within Levels III and IV we are at last ready for more serious responsibilities. The relationship we have with our guides now changes from teacher-student to one of colleagues working together. Since our old guides have acquired new student groups, it is now our turn to develop teaching skills which will eventually qualify us

for the responsibilities of being a guide to someone else.

I have said the transitional stages of Levels II and IV are particularly difficult for

me in pinpointing a soul’s development. For instance, some Level IV souls begin targeting themselves toward primary cluster teacher training while still in Level III, while other subjects who are clearly Level IV’s find they are unsuited to be effective guides.

Despite their high standards of morality and conduct, entities who have reached the intermediate levels of maturity are modest about their achievements. Naturally, each case is different, but I notice more composure with clients in this stage and above. I see trust rather than suspicion toward the motives of others on both a conscious and subconscious level. These people demonstrate a forward-looking attitude of faith and confidence for the future of humanity, which encourages those around them.

My questions to the more mature soul are directed to esoteric ideas of purpose and

creation. I admit to taking advantage of the higher knowledge possessed by these souls for the sort of spiritual information others lack. There have been clients who have told me they felt I pushed them rather hard in drawing out their spiritual memories and I know they are right. The more advanced souls of this world possess remarkable comprehension of a universal life plan. I want to learn as much as possible from them.

My next case falls into the upper portion of Level III development, radiating a yellow energy devoid of any reddish tones. This client was a small, nondescript man nearly fifty years old. His demeanor was quietly courteous towards me when we met, and I thought him a trifle solemn. I felt  his unassuming detachment was somewhat studied, almost as a cover for stronger emotions. The most striking feature about him was his dark, morose eyes, which grew more intense as he began to talk about himself in a direct and persuasive manner.

He told me he worked for a charitable organization dispensing food to the homeless,

and that he had once been a journalist. This client had traveled quite some distance to discuss with me his concern over a decline in enthusiasm for his work. He said he was tired and wanted to spend the rest of his life quietly alone. His first session involved a review of the highlights of many past lives so we could better evaluate a proper course for the remainder of his current life.

I began by regressing the subject rapidly through a series of early lives starting

from his first life as a Cro-Magnon man in a Stone Age culture some 30,000 years ago. As we moved forward in time, I noted a consistency of lone-wolf behavior patterns as opposed to normal tribal integration. From about 3,000 BC to 500 BC, my client lived a number of lives in the Middle East during the rise of the early city states in Sumerian, Babylonian, and Egyptian cultures. Nevertheless, even in lives as a woman, this subject often avoided family ties, including having no children. As a man, he showed a preference for nomadism.

By the time we reached a life in Europe during the Dark Ages, I was becoming

accustomed to a rebellious soul resisting tyrannical societies. During his lives, my subject worked to uplift people from fear, while remaining non-aligned to opposing factions. Suffering hardships and many setbacks, he continued as a wanderer with an obsession for freedom of movement.

Some lives were not too productive, but during the twelfth century I found him in Central America in the body of an Aztec, organizing a band

of Indians against the oppressions of a high priest. He was killed in this setting as a virtual  outcast,  while  promoting  non-violent  relations between  tribes  who  were

traditional enemies.

In the fourteenth century, this soul was a European chronicler, traveling the silk

road to Cathay to gain understanding of the peoples of Asia. Always facile with languages (as he is today), my client died in Asia as an old man happily living in a peasant village. In Japan, at the beginning of the seventeenth century, he was a member of the clan of the Bleeding Crane. These men were respected, independent Samurai mercenaries. At the end of this life my subject was living in seclusion from the ruling Tokugawa shoguns, because he had advised their weaker opponents on battle strategy.

Frequently the outsider, always an explorer searching for truth across many lands,

this soul continued to seek a rational meaning to life while giving aid to those he met along the way. I was surprised when he popped up as the wife of an American farmer on the frontier in the nineteenth century. The farmer died soon after their marriage. I learned my subject had deliberately incarnated to be a widow with children, tied to a piece of property, as an exercise in the loss of mobility.

When this part of his session ended I knew I was working with a more advanced,

older soul, even though he had a great many lives we did not review. Since this soul is approaching Level IV, I would not have been surprised if his first appearance on Earth had gone back 70,000 years rather than half that amount of time. However, as I have mentioned, it is not an absolute prerequisite that souls have hundreds of physical lives in order to advance. I once had a client who entered into a Level III state of awareness after only 4,000 years-an outstanding performance.

I talked to my client about his current life and his customary methods of learning in previous lives. He explained he had never been married, and that social non- alignments worked best for him. I suggested a few alternatives for his consideration. Primarily, I felt his lack of intimacy with people in too many lives was obstructing his progress. When this session ended, he was anxious that we explore his mind further for perceptions about the spirit world in another session. Upon his arrival the next day, I placed him in a superconscious state and we went back to work.

Case 22

Dr. N: By what name are you called in the spirit world? S: I am called Nenthum.

Dr. N: Nenthum, do you have spirits around you right now or are you alone? S: (pause) I am with two of my long-time companions.

Dr. N: What are their names? S: Raoul and Senji.

Dr. N: And are the three of you part of a larger spiritual group of souls working together?

S: We were … but now the three of us work… more by ourselves. Dr. N: What are the three of you doing at this moment?

S: We are discussing the best ways to help each other during our incarnations. Dr. N: Tell me what you do for each other.

S: I help Senji to forgive herself for mistakes and appreciate her own worth. She needs to stop being a mother-figure all the time on Earth.

Dr. N: How does she assist you?

S: To… see my lack of a sense of belonging.

Dr. N: Give me an example of Senji’s actions to assist you with this issue.

S: Well, she was my wife in Japan after my days as a warrior were over. (something is troubling Nenthum, and after a pause he adds the following) Raoul likes to pair with Senji and I am usually alone.

Dr. N: What about Raoul, how do you two help each other?

S: I help him with patience and he helps me with my tendency to avoid community life.

Dr. N: Are you always two males and a female in your incarnations on Earth? S: No, we can change-and do-but this is comfortable for us.

Dr. N: Why are the three of you working independently from the rest of your spiritual group?

S: (pause) Oh, we see them here… some have not gone forward with us … a few others are further ahead of us in their tasks.

Dr. N: Do you have a guide or teacher? S: (in a soft tone) She is Idis.

Dr. N: It sounds to me as if you have a high regard for her. Do you communicate well with Idis?

S: Yes I do-not that we don’t have our disagreements.

Dr. N: What is the main area of conflict between the two of you?

S: She doesn’t reincarnate much, and I tell her she should have more direct exposure to current conditions on Earth.

Dr. N: Are you mentally in tune with Idis to such an extent that you know all about her background training as a guide?

S: (shakes head while pondering) It isn’t that we can’t ask questions … but we can only question what we know. Idis reveals to me what she thinks is relevant to my own experience.

Dr. N:  Are guides able to screen their thoughts so you can’t read their minds completely?

S: Yes, the older ones get proficient at that-knowing how to filter things we don’t need to know because this knowledge would confuse us.

Dr. N: Will you learn to filter images? S: I already have … a little.

Dr. N: This must be why I have had many people tell me they have not been given definitive answers by their guides to all their questions.

S: Yes, and the intent of the question is important … when it was asked and why. Perhaps it was not in their best interests to be given certain information which might disrupt them.

Dr. N: Aside from her teaching techniques, are you fond of Idis in terms of her identity?

S: Yes … I just wish she would agree to come with me… once.

Dr. N: Oh, you would like to actually have an Earth incarnation with her?

S: (grins mischievously) I have told her we might relate better here if she would consent to come to Earth sometime and mate with me.

Dr. N: And what does Idis say to that suggestion?

S: She laughs and says she will think about it-if I can prove to her that it would be productive.

At this junction I ask Nenthum how long Idis has been associated with him and learn she was assigned these three entities when they moved into Level III. Nenthum, Raoul, and Senji are also under the tutelage of a beloved older master guide who has been with them since the beginning of their existence. It would be inaccurate to assume that more advanced spirits lead lonely spiritual lives. This subject told me he was in contact with many souls. Raoul and Senji were simply his closest friends.

Levels III and IV are significant stages for souls in their development because now

they are given increased responsibilities for younger souls. The status of a guide is not given to us all at once, however. As with many other aspects of soul life, we are carefully tested. The intermediate levels are trial periods for potential teachers. While our aura is still yellow, our mentors assign us a soul to look after, and then evaluate our leadership performance both in and out of physical incarnations.

Only if this preliminary training is successful are we allowed to function even at the

level of a junior guide. Not everyone is suited for teaching, but this does not keep us from becoming an advanced soul in the blue section. Guides, like everyone else, have different abilities and talents, as well as shortcomings. By the time we reach Level V, our soul aptitudes are well known in the spirit world. We are given occupational duties commensurate with our abilities, which I will go into later in this chapter. Different avenues of approach to learning eventually bring all of us to the same end in acquiring spiritual wholeness. The richness of diversity is part of a master plan for the advancement of every soul, and I am interested in how Case 22 is progressing in Level III.

Dr. N: Nenthum, can you tell me if Idis is preparing you to be a guide, assuming you

have an interest in that activity?

S: (quick response) I do have an interest.

Dr. N: Oh, then are you developing as a guide yourself?

S: (modestly) Don’t make too much of it. I’m really no more than a caretaker … helping Idis and taking directions.

Dr. N: Do you try and imitate her teaching style?

S: No, we are different. As an apprentice-a caretaker-I couldn’t do what she is able to accomplish, anyway.

Dr. N: When did you know you were ready to be a caretaker and begin assisting others spiritually?

S: It’s an … awareness which comes over you after a great number of lives … that you are more in balance with yourself than previously, and are able to aid people as a spirit and in the flesh.

Dr. N: Are you operating in or out of the spirit world as a caretaker at this time?

S: (has difficulty in forming a response) I’m out … in two lives. Dr. N: Are you living in two parallel lives now?

S: Yes, I am.

Dr. N: Where are you living in this other life? S: Canada.

Dr. N: Is geography important to your Canadian assignment?

S: Yes, I picked a poor family in a rural community where I would be more indispensable. I’m in a small mountain town.

Dr. N: Give me the details of this Canadian life and your responsibilities.

S: (slowly) I’m … taking care of my brother Billy. His face and hands were horribly burned by a flash fire from a kitchen stove when he was four years old. I was ten when it happened.

Dr. N: Are you the same age in the Canadian life as you are now in your American one?

S: About the same.

Dr. N: And your prime assignment in the Canadian life?

S: To care for Billy. To help him see the world past his pain. He is almost blind and his facial disfigurement causes him to be rejected by the community. I try to open him to an acceptance of life and to know who he really is from the inside. I read to him and go for walks in the forest holding his arm. I don’t hold his hands because they are so damaged.

Dr. N: What about your Canadian parents?

S: (without boasting) I am the parent. My father left after the fire and never came back. He was a weak man who was not kind to the family even before the fire. My mother’s soul is not very… capable in her body. They need someone with seasoning.

Dr. N: Someone physically strong?

S: (laughing) No, I’m a woman in Canada. I’m Billy’s sister. My mother and brother require someone mentally tough to hold the family together and give them a course to follow.

Dr. N: How do you provide for the family?

S: I am a baker and I’ll never marry, because I can’t leave them. Dr. N: What is your brother’s major lesson?

S: To acquire humility without being crushed by a life of little self-gratification.

Dr. N: Why didn’t you take the role of your burned brother? Wouldn’t that scenario provide you with the more difficult challenge?

S: (grimacing) Hmm-I’ve already been through that one!

Note: This subject has been physically injured in a number of past lives.

Dr. N: Yes, I suppose you have. I wonder if Billy’s soul was ever involved with physically hurting you in one of your past lives?

S: As a matter of fact, he did in one of them. When I was the sufferer another caretaker stayed with me and I was a grateful receiver. Now it is Billy’s turn and I am here for him.

Dr. N: Did you know in advance your brother was going to be incapacitated before you came into the Canadian life?

S: Sure, Idis and I discussed the whole situation. She said Billy’s soul would require a caretaker, and since I had negative contact with this soul before in another life, I welcomed the job.

Dr. N: Besides the karmic lesson for Billy’s soul, there are some for you too, in terms of your being in the role of a woman who is tied down. You can’t just take off and roam around as you often do in your lives.

S: That’s true. The degree of difficulty in a life is measured by how challenging the situation is for you, not others. For me, being Billy’s caretaker is harder than when I was on the receiving end with another soul as my caretaker.

Dr. N: Give me the most difficult factor of this assignment for you as a caretaker.

S: To sustain a child … through their helplessness … to adulthood … to teach a child to confront torment with courage.

Dr. N: Billy’s life is an extreme example, but it does seem Earth’s children have much physical and emotional pain to go through.

S: Without addressing and overcoming pain you can never really connect with who you are and build on that. I must tell you, the more pain and adversity which come to you as a child, the more opportunity to expand your potential.

Dr. N: And how are things working out for you as a caretaker in Canada?

S: There is a more difficult set of choices to be made in the Canadian family-unlike my American life. But, I have confidence in myself … to put my comprehension to practical use.

Dr. N: Did Idis encourage or discourage your wanting to accelerate development by living parallel lives?

S: She is always open about this … I haven’t done it too much in the past. Dr. N: Why not?

S: Life combinations can be tiring and divisive. The effort may become counter- productive with diminished returns for both lives.

Dr. N: Well, I see that you are helping people in both your lives today, but have you ever lived contrasting lives where you did poorly in one life and better in another at the same time?

S: Yes, although that was a long time ago on Earth. This is one of the advantages of life combinations. One life can offset the other. Still, doing this can be rough going.

Dr. N: Then why do the guides permit parallel lives?

S: (scowling at me) Souls are not in a rigid bureaucratic environment. We are allowed to make mistakes in judgement and learn from them.

Dr. N: I have the impression you think the average soul is better off living one life at a time.

S: I would say yes, in most instances, but there are other motivations to cause us to speed up incarnations.

Dr. N: Such as … ?

S: (amused) The rewards for bunching up lives can allow for more reflection out of incarnation.

Dr. N: You mean the rest periods between lives might last longer for us after concurrent lives?

S: (smiles) Sure, it takes longer to reflect on two lives than one.

Dr. N: Nenthum, I just have a couple more questions on the mechanics of soul- splitting. How do you see the manner in which you divide your soul energy into various parts?

S: We are … as particles … of energized units. We originated out of one unit. Dr. N: What was the original unit.

S: The maker.

Dr. N: Does each part of your soul remain intact, complete within itself? S: Yes, it does.

Dr. N: Do all parts of our soul energy go out of the spirit world when we incarnate?

S: Part of us never leaves, since we do not totally separate from the maker.

Dr. N: What does the part that remains in the spirit world do while we are on Earth in one or more bodies?

S: It is … more dormant … waiting to be rejoined to the rest of our energy.

Most of my colleagues who work with past life clients have listened to overlapping time chronologies from people living on Earth in two places at once. Occasionally, there are three or more parallel lives. Souls in almost any stage of development are capable of living multiple physical lives, but I really don’t see much of this in my cases.

Many people feel the idea of souls having the capacity to divide in the spirit world

and then attaching to two or more human bodies is against all their preconceptions of a singular, individualized spirit. I confess that I too felt uncomfortable the first time a client told me about having parallel lives. I can understand why some people find the concept of soul duality perplexing, especially when faced with the further proposition that one soul may even be capable of living in different dimensions during the same relative time. What we must appreciate is, if our souls are all part of one great oversoul energy force which divides, or extends itself to create our souls, then why shouldn’t the offspring of this intelligent soul energy have the same capacity to detach and then recombine?

Collecting information about spiritual activity from souls who are in the higher

stages of development is sometimes frustrating. This is because the complex nature of memory and knowledge at these levels can make it difficult to sift out what these people recognize and won’t tell me, from what they really don’t know. Case 22 was both knowledgeable and open to my questions. This case is compatible with other

accounts in my files about the diversity of soul training in the spirit world.

Dr. N: Nenthum, I want to turn now to your activities in the spirit world when you are not so busy with Earth incarnations, interacting in souls groups and learning to be a guide. Can you tell me of other spiritual areas in which you are occupied?

S: (long pause) Yes, there are other areas … I know of them Dr. N: How many?

S: (cautiously) I can think of four.

Dr. N: What would you call these areas of activity?

S: The World Without Ego, the World of All Knowing, the World of Creation and Non-creation, and the World of Altered Time.

Dr. N: Are they worlds which exist in our physical universe? S: One does, the rest are non-dimensional spheres of attention.

Dr. N: All right, let’s start with the non-dimensional spheres. Are these three areas in the spirit world for the use of souls?

S: Yes.

Dr. N: Why do you call all these spiritual areas worlds? S: I see them as … habitations for spiritual life.

Dr. N: So, three of them are mental worlds? S: Yes, that’s what they are.

Dr. N: What is the World Without Ego? S: It’s the place of learning to be.

Dr.  N:  I  have  heard  of  it,  expressed  in  different  ways.  Doesn’t  it  involve  the beginners?

S: Yes, the newly created soul is there to learn who they are. It’s the place of origin. Dr. N: Are the ego-identities passed out at random, or is there a choice for beginner

souls?

S: The new soul is not capable of choice. You acquire your character based upon the way your energy is … combined … put together for you.

Dr. N: Is there some sort of spiritual inventory of characteristics that are assigned to souls-so much of one type, so much of another?

S: (long pause) I think many factors are considered in the allocations of that which makes us who we are. What I do know is, once given, ego becomes a covenant between oneself and the givers.

Dr. N: What does that mean?

S: To do the best I can with who I am.

Dr. N: So, the purpose of this world is the distribution of soul identity by advanced beings?

S: Yes, the new soul is pure energy with no real Self yet. The World Without Ego provides you with a signature.

Dr. N: Then why do you call it the World Without Ego?

S: Because the newly created souls arrive with no ego. The idea of Self has not come into the new soul’s consciousness. It is here where the soul is offered meaning to its existence.

Dr. N: And does the creation of souls with personhood go on continually? S: As far as I know, yes.

Dr. N: I want you to answer this next question carefully for me. When you acquired your particular identity as a soul, did that automatically mean you were slated for Earth incarnations in human form?

S: Not specifically, no. Planets don’t last forever.

Dr. N: I wondered if certain types of souls have an affinity for specific forms of physical life in the universe?

S: (pause) I won’t argue against that.

Dr. N: In your beginnings, Nenthum, were you given the opportunity to choose other planetary hosts besides humans on Earth?

S: Ah … as a new soul … the guides assist in those selections. I was drawn to human beings.

Dr. N: Were you given other choices?

S: (long pause) Yes … but it’s not very clear at the moment. They usually start you on an easy world or two, without much to do. Then I was offered service on this severe planet.

Dr. N: Earth is considered severe?

S: Yes. On some worlds you must overcome physical discomforts-even suffering. Others lean toward mental contests. Earth has both.

We  get  kudos  for doing  well on  the  hard  worlds.  (smiling)  We  are  called  the

adventurous ones by those who don’t travel much. Dr. N: What really appeals to you about Earth?

S: The kinship humans have for each other while they struggle against one another

… competing and collaborating at the same time.

Dr. N: Isn’t that a contradiction?

S: (laughs) That’s what appeals to me-mediating quarrels of a fallible race which has so much pride and need of self-respect. The human brain is rather unique, you know.

Dr. N: How?

S: Humans are egocentric but vulnerable. They can make their character mean and yet have a great capacity for kindness. There is weak and courageous behavior on Earth. It’s always a push-me pull-you tug-of-war going on with human values. This diversity suits my soul.

Dr. N: What are some of the other things about human hosts which might appeal to the souls who are sent to Earth?

S: Hmm… those of us developing on Earth have … a sanction to help humans know of the infinite beyond their life and to assist them in expressing true benevolence through their passion. Having a passion to fight for life-that’s what is so worthwhile about humanity.

Dr. N: Humans also have a great capacity for malevolence.

S: That’s part of the passion. But it’s evolving too, and when humans experience trouble, they can be at their best and are … quite noble.

Dr. N: Perhaps it is the soul which fosters the positive characteristics you suggested?

S: We try to enhance what is already there.

Dr. N: Does any soul ever go back to the World Without Ego after they have once been there and acquired identity?

S: (uncomfortable) Yes … but I don’t want to get into that

Dr. N: Well, then we won’t, but I have been told some souls do return if their conduct during physical assignments is consistently irregular. I have the impression they are considered defective and are returned to the factory for a kind of spiritual prefrontal lobotomy?

S: (subject shakes his head with annoyance) I am offended by that description. Where did you get such a notion? Those souls who have developed severe obstacles to improvement are mended by the restoration of positive energy.

Dr. N: Is this procedure just for Earth souls?

S: No, young souls from everywhere may require restoration as a last resort.

Dr. N: Are these restored spirits then allowed to return to their respective groups and eventually go back to incarnating on physical worlds?

S: (sighs deeply) Yes.

Dr. N: How would you compare the World Without Ego to the World of  All Knowing?

S: They are opposites. This world is not for young souls. Dr. N: Have you been to the World of All Knowing?

S: No, I’m not ready. I am only aware of it as a place we strive for. Dr. N: What do you know about this spiritual area?

S: (long pause) It is a place of  contemplation … the ultimate mental world of planning and design. I can tell you little about this sphere except it is the final destination of all thought. The senses of all living things are coordinated here.

Dr. N: Then the World of All Knowing is abstract in the highest form?

S: Yes, it’s about blending content with form-the rational with ideals. It is a dimension where the realization of all our hopes and dreams is possible.

Dr. N: Well, if you can’t go there yet, how come you know about it?

S: We get … glimpses … as an incentive to encourage us to make that final effort to finish our work and join the masters.

The foundation of the spirit world is a place of knowing and has been alluded to under different names by clients. I am given only bare references to this universal absolute, because even my advanced subjects have no direct experience there. All souls are anxious to reach and be absorbed by this nucleus, especially as they draw closer and are enticed by what little they can see. I’m afraid the World of All Knowing can only be fully understood by a non-reincarnating soul above Level V.

Dr. N: If the World Without Ego and the World of All Knowing are at opposite ends of a soul’s experience, then where does the World of Altered Time fall?

S: This sphere is available to all souls because it represents their own physical world. In my case, it is Earth.

Dr. N: Oh, this must be the physical dimension you told me about? S: No, the sphere of Earth is only simulated for my use.

Dr. N: Then all souls in the spirit world wouldn’t study the same simulated world?

S: No, each of us studies our own geographical planet, where we incarnate. They are physically real … temporarily.

Dr. N: And you don’t physically live on this simulated world which appears as Earth-you only use it?

S: Yes, that’s right-for training purposes.

Dr. N: Why do you call this third sphere the World of Altered Time? S: Because we can change time sequences to study specific events.  Dr. N: What is the basic purpose of doing this?

S: To improve my decisions for life. This study makes me more discriminating and prepares me for the World of All Knowing.

Note: Subjects frequently use the term “world” to describe non-physical spatial work areas. These regions can be tiny or indescribably large in relation to the soul and may involve different dimensions.  I believe there are separate realities  for different learning experiences outside the restrictions of time. The coexistence of past, present, and future time in spiritual settings suggested by this case will be

explored further in the next two chapters with Cases 23 and 25.

Dr. N: We haven’t talked about the World of Creation and Non-creation. This must be the three-dimensional physical world you spoke of earlier.

S: Yes, and we enjoy using it as well.

Dr. N: Is this world intended for the use of all souls?

S: No, it is not. I’m just starting to apply myself there. I am considered a newcomer. Dr. N: Well, before we get into that, I want to ask if this physical world is the same

as Earth.

S: No, it is a little different. It’s larger and somewhat colder. There is less water- fewer oceans, but similar.

Dr. N: Is this planet further from its sun than Earth is from our sun? S: Yes.

Dr. N: If I could call this physical world Earth II, since it seems to be geographically similar to the Earth we know, would it be near Earth I in the sky?

S: No.

Dr. N: Where is Earth II in relation to Earth I? S: (pause) I can’t tell you.

Dr. N: Is Earth II in our Milky Way galaxy? S: (long pause) No, I think it’s further away.

Dr. N: Could I see the galaxy Earth II is located in with a telescope from my backyard?

S: I… would think so.

Dr. N: Would you say the galaxy containing this physical world is shaped like a spiral as our galaxy, or is it elliptical? How would it look in a telescope from a long way off?

S: … as a great extended … chain … (with a troubled expression) I can’t tell you more.

Note: As an amateur stargazer who uses a large reflector telescope designed for deep sky objects, I am always inquisitive when a session takes an

astronomical turn. Client responses to these kinds of questions usually fall short of my expectations. I am never sure if this is due to blocking by guides or the subject’s

lack of a physical frame of reference between Earth and the rest of our universe.

Dr. N: (I throw out a leading question) I suppose you go to Earth II to reincarnate with some sort of intelligent being?

S: (loudly) No! That’s just what we don’t want to do there. Dr. N: When do you go to Earth II?

S: Between my lives on this Earth. Dr. N: Why do you go to Earth II?

S: We go there to create and just enjoy ourselves as free spirits. Dr. N: And you don’t bother the inhabitants of Earth II?

S: (enthusiastically) There are no people … it’s so peaceful … we roam among the forests, the deserts, and over oceans with no responsibilities.

Dr. N: What is the highest form of life on Earth II?

S: (evasive) Oh … small animals … without much intelligence. Dr. N:  Do animals have souls?

S: Yes, all living things do-but they have very simple fragments of mind energy.

Dr. N: Has your soul, and that of your friends, evolved from using lower forms of physical life on Earth I after your creation?

S: We don’t know for sure, but none of us thinks so. Dr. N: Why not?

S: Because intelligent energy is arranged by … a precedence of life. Plants, insects, reptiles-each is in a family of souls.

Dr. N: And all categories of living things are separated from each other? S: No. The maker’s energy joins the units of every living thing in existence.

Dr. N: Are you involved with this element of creation? S: (startled) Oh, no!

Dr. N: Well, who is selected to visit Earth II?

S: Those of us who are connected with Earth come here. This is a vacation spot compared to Earth.

Dr. N: Why?

S: There is no fighting, bickering, or striving for supremacy. There is a pristine atmosphere and all life is … quiet. This place gives us an incentive to return to Earth and make it more peaceful, too.

Dr. N: Well, I do see how this Garden of Eden would allow you to rest and be carefree, but you also said you come here to create.

S: Yes, we do.

Dr. N: It is no accident then that souls from Earth come to a world that is so similar geographically?

S: That’s right.

Dr.  N:  Do  other  souls,  who  are  not  earthbound,  go  to  physical  worlds  which resemble those planets where they incarnate?

S: Yes … younger worlds with simpler organisms … to learn to create without any intelligent life around.

Dr. N: Go on.

S: We can experiment with creation and see it developing here. It’s as if you were in a lab where you can form physical things from your energy.

Dr. N: Do these physical things resemble what you might see on Earth I? S: Yes, only on Earth. That’s why I am here.

Dr. N: Start with your arrival on Earth II and explain to me what your soul does first.

S: (balks at my question and then finally says) I’m … not very good.

Note:  Since  this  subject  is  experiencing  resistance,  I  take  a  few  minutes  for

reconditioning and end with the following: “On the count of three you will feel more relaxed about telling me what you and Idis consider appropriate for my knowledge. One, two, three!” I repeat my question.

S: I look to see what I am supposed to make on the ground in front of me. Then I

mold the object in my mind and try and create the same thing with small doses of energy. The teachers assist us with … control. I’m supposed to see my mistakes and make corrections.

Dr. N: Who are the teachers?

S: Idis and Mulcafgil (subject’s highly advanced guide) …  and there are  other instructors around … I don’t know them very well.

Dr. N: Try to be as clear as possible. What exactly are you doing? S: We… form things…

Dr. N: Living things?

S: I’m not ready for that yet. I experiment with the basic elements-you know, hydrogen and oxygen-to create planetary substance … rocks, air, water … keeping everything very small.

Dr. N: Do you actually create the basic elements of our universe? S: No, I just use the elements available.

Dr. N: In what way?

S: I take the basic elements and charge them with impulses from my energy … and they can change.

Dr. N: Change into what?

S: (simply) I’m good with rocks …

Dr. N: How do you form rocks with your energy?

S: Oh … by learning to heat and cool … dust … to make it hard. Dr. N: Do you make the minerals in the dust?

S: They do that for you … the teachers give us that stuff … gas vapors for water making … and so on …

Dr. N: I want to understand this clearly. Your work consists of learning to create by

causing heat, pressure, and cooling from your energy flow?

S: That’s about right-by alternating our currents of energy radiation.

Dr. N: So, you don’t actually produce the substance of rock and water in some chemical way?

S: No, like I told you, my job is to transform things by … mixing what I am given. I play with the frequency and dosages of my energy-it’s tricky, but not too complicated …

Dr. N: Not complicated! I thought nature did those things? S: (laughs) Who do you think nature is?

Dr.  N:  Well,  who  creates  the  basic  elements  of  your  experiments-the  primary substances of physical matter?

S: The maker … and those creating on a grander scale than me.

Dr. N: Well, in a sense you are creating inanimate objects such as rocks.

S: Hmm… it’s more our trying to copy what we see in front of us what we know. (as an afterthought) I’m getting into plants but I can’t do them yet.

Dr. N: And you start small, experimenting until you get better?

S: That’s it. We copy things and compare them against the original so we can make larger models.

Dr. N: This all sounds like souls playing as children in a sandbox with toys.

S: (smiles) We are children. Directing an energy flow resembles the sculpturing of clay.

Dr. N: Are the other members of this creative training class from your original cluster group?

S:  Some  are.  Most  come  from  all  over  (the  spirit  world),  but  they  have  all incarnated on Earth.

Dr. N: Does everyone make the same things as you do?

S: Well, of course, some of us are better with certain things, but we help each other. The teachers come around and give us tips and advice on how to improve … but … (stops)

Dr. N: But, what?

S: (sheepishly) If I am clumsy and do a bad job, I disassemble some creations without showing them to Idis.

Dr. N: Give me an example.

S:  Plants  …  I  don’t  apply  my  energy  delicately  enough  to  produce  the  proper chemical conversions.

Dr. N: You are not good with the formation of plant life? S: No, so I undo my abominations.

Dr. N: Is this what you mean by uncreation? You can destroy energy?

S:  Energy  can’t  be  destroyed.  We  reassemble  it  and  start  over using  different combinations.

Dr. N: I don’t see why the creator needs your help in creating.

S: For our benefit. We participate in these exercises so that when our work is judged to be of quality, hopefully we can make real contributions to life.

Dr. N: If we are all working up the ladder of development as souls, Nenthum, I am left with the impression the spirit world is one huge organizational pyramid with a supreme authority of power at the top.

S: (sighs) No, you are wrong. It is not a pyramid. We are all threads in the same long piece of fabric. We are all woven into it.

Dr.  N:  It’s  hard  for  me  to  visualize  fabric  when  there  are  so  many  levels  of competency for souls.

S: Think of it as a moving continuum rather than souls being in brackets of highs and lows.

Dr. N: I always think of souls moving up in their existence. S: I know you do, but consider us moving across

Dr. N: Give me something I can picture in my mind.

S: It’s as if we are all part of a universal train on a flat track of existence. Most of the souls on Earth are in one car moving along the track.

Dr. N: Are all other souls in different cars? S: Yes, but all on the same track.

Dr. N: Where are the conductors such as Idis?

S: They move back and forth between the connected cars, but sit closer to the engine.

Dr. N: Where is the engine?

S: The maker? Up front, naturally.

Dr. N: Can you see the engine from your car?

S: (laughs at me) No, but I can smell the smoke. I can feel the engine rumbling along and I can hear the motor.

Dr. N: It would be nice if all of us were closer to the engine. S: Ultimately, we will be.

I have found it is not necessary for souls to go to physical worlds when they begin using their energy in life creation training. Apparently, these exercises begin in group settings where souls find it easier to pool their energy with each other and their instructor. A subject explained the process this way. “When I started, my group formed a circle around Senwa (guide). Collectively, we had to practice so hard to harmonize our thoughts and fine-tune our ability to all focus on one thing with the same intensity. One time we were working on a tree leaf after Senwa demonstrated how it should appear in front of us. As we directed our beams of energy for texture, color, and shape we kept messing up. We weren’t unified, so a small part of the leaf did not have the proper veining and pigmentation. I am very serious and kind of a perfectionist in my studies, but Nemi (the group jokester) was deliberately alternating his energy the wrong way to screw up the experiment for laughs and because he was tired of the lesson. We finally got him to behave and completed the assignment.”

From what I am able to determine, souls are expected to individually work with the

forces of creation by the time they are solidly established in Level III. Exposure to plant photosynthesis takes place before student souls work up the organic scale of life. I am told that early creation training consists of souls learning relationships between substances to develop the ability of unifying their energy with different values in the elements. The formation of inanimate to animate objects from the simple to the complex is a long, slow process. Students are encouraged to create miniature planetary microhabitats for a given set of organisms which can adapt to certain environmental conditions. With practice comes improvement, but not until

they approach Level V do my clients begin to feel they might actually contribute to the development of living things. We will hear more about this with Case 23.

Some souls seem to have a natural gift for working with energy in their creation classes. My cases indicate ability in creation assignments does not mean a soul is at

the same level of advancement in all other areas of the spiritual curricula. A soul may be a good technician in harnessing the forces of creation, but lack the subtle

techniques of a competent guide. Perhaps this is why I have been given the impression that the highly advanced soul is allowed to specialize.

In the previous chapter, I explained some benefits of soul solitude and the last case gave us another example. Spiritual experience is not easily translated into human

language. Case 22 talks about the World of Altered Time as a means of transient planetary study. To someone in trance, it is the timeless mental world that is true

reality while all else is an illusion created for various benefits. Other subjects at about  the  same  level call this  sphere  “the  space  of  transformation”  or  simply

“rooms of recreation.” Here, I’m told, souls are able to meld their energy into animate and inanimate objects created for learning and pleasure. One subject said

to me, “I think of what I want and it happens. I know I’m being assisted. We can be anything familiar to our past experiences.

For instance, souls can become rocks to capture the essence of density, trees for serenity, water for a flowing cohesiveness, butterflies for freedom and beauty and

whales for power and immensity. People deny these actions represent former earthly transmigrations. I have also learned souls may become amorphous without

substance or texture and totally integrate into a particular feeling, such as compassion, to sharpen their sensitivity.

Some subjects tell of being mystical spirits of nature including figures I associate with folklore, such as elves, giants and mermaids. Personal contact with strange

mythological beasts are mentioned as well. Theses accounts are so vivid it is hard for me to simply label them as metaphoric. Are the old folk tales of many races pure

superstition, or manifestations of shared soul experience? I have the sense that many of our legends are the sympathetic memories of souls carried from other

places to Earth long ago.

11

The Advanced Soul

PEOPLE who possess souls which are both old and highly advanced are scarce. Although I haven’t had the opportunity to regress many Blues in Level V, they are always stimulating to work with because of their comprehension and far-reaching spiritual consciousness. The fact is, a person whose maturity is this high doesn’t seek out a regression therapist to resolve life-plan conflicts. In most cases, Level V’s are here as incarnated guides. Having mastered the fundamental issues most of us wrestle with daily, the advanced soul is more interested in making small refinements toward specific tasks.

We may recognize them when they appear as public figures, such as a Mother

Teresa; however, it is more usual for the advanced soul to go about their good works in a quiet, unassuming manner. Without displaying self-indulgence, their fulfillment

comes from improving the lives of other people. They focus less on institutional matters and more on enhancing individual human values. Nevertheless, Level V’s are also practical, and so they are likely to be found working in a cultural mainstream which allows them to influence people and events.

I have been asked if most people who are sensitive, aesthetic, and particularly right- brained have advanced souls since individuals with these characteristics often appear to be at odds with the wrongs of an imperfect world. I see no correlation here. Being emotional, appreciating beauty, or having extrasensory impressions- including psychic talent-does not necessarily denote an advanced soul.

The mark of an advanced spirit is one who has patience with society and shows extraordinary coping skills. Most prominent is their exceptional insight. This is not to say life has no karmic pitfalls for them, otherwise the Level V probably wouldn’t be here at all. They may be found in all walks of life, but are frequently in the helping professions or combating social injustice in some fashion. The advanced soul radiates composure, kindness, and understanding toward others. Not being motivated by self-interest, they may disregard their own physical needs and live in reduced circumstances.

The individual I have chosen to represent the Level V soul is a woman in her mid- thirties who works for a large medical treatment facility specializing in chemical substance abuse. I was introduced to this woman by a colleague who told me of her skill in guiding recovering drug addicts into an improved state of self-awareness.

At our first meeting, I was struck by the woman’s expression of serenity while surrounded by chaotic emergencies at her place of employment. She was tall and excessively thin, with flaming red hair which stuck out in all directions. Although warm and friendly, there was about her an air of impenetrability. Her clear, luminous gray eyes were those of one who sees small things unnoticed by ordinary folk. I felt she was looking into rather than at me.

My colleague suggested the three of us have lunch because this woman was interested in my studies of the spirit world. She told me that she had never been hypnotically regressed but there was the sense of a long spiritual genealogy through her own meditations. She thought our meeting was no accident on her own learning path and we came to an agreement to explore her spiritual knowledge. A few weeks later she arrived at my office. Clearly, this woman had no compelling desire for a long chronology of past life history. I decided to get a brief sketch of her earliest lives on Earth to use as a springboard into superconscious memories. She rapidly entered into a deep trance and made instant contact with her inner self.

Almost at once, I found this woman’s span of incarnations staggering, going far

back into the distant past of human life on Earth. Touching on her earliest memories, I came to the conclusion her first lives occurred at the beginning of the last warm interglacial period which lasted from 130,000 to 70,000 years ago, before the last great Ice Age spread over the planet. During the warmer climate of the middle Paleolithic period of Earth’s history, my subject described living in moist, sub-tropical savannas near hunting, fishing, and plant-gathering areas. Later, some 50,000 years ago, when continental sheets of ice had again changed Earth’s climate, she spoke of living in caves and enduring bitter cold.

Leaping rapidly over large blocks of time, I found her physical appearance changing from a slightly bent to a more erect posture. As we moved forward in time, I directed her to look into pools of water and feel her body while reporting back to me. Her sloping forehead became more vertical over thousands of years in different bodies. Supraorbital ridges above the eyes grew less pronounced as did body hair and the massive jaws of archaic man. In her many lives as both men and women, I was given enough information on habitat, the use of fire, tools, clothes, food, and ritualistic tribal practices for rough anthropological dating.

Paleontologists have estimated Homo erectus, an ape-like ancestor of modern humans, appeared at least 1.7 million years ago. Have souls been incarnating on Earth for this long, utilizing the bodies of these primitive bipeds we call hominids? A few of my more advanced clients declare that highly advanced souls who specialize in seeking out suitable hosts for young souls, evaluated life on Earth for over a million years. My impression is these examiner souls found the early hominid brain cavity and restricted voice box to be inadequate for soul development earlier than some 200,000 years ago.

Archaic Homo sapiens, whom we call humans, evolved several hundred thousand years ago. Within the last 100,000 years, we find two clear signs of spiritual consciousness and communication. These are burial practices and ritualistic art, as found in carved totems and rock drawings. There is no anthropological evidence that these practices existed on Earth before Neanderthal peoples. Souls eventually made us human, not the reverse.

One of my advanced subjects remarked, “Souls have seeded the Earth in different cycles.” A composite of information collected from a wide range of clients suggests to me that the land masses we know today deviate from earlier continents, drowned, perhaps, by cataclysmic volcanic or magnetic upheavals. For instance, the Azores in the Atlantic Ocean have been said to represent the tops of mountains of the submerged continent of Atlantis. Indeed, I have had subjects discuss being in ancient lands on Earth that I cannot identify with modern geography.

Thus, it is possible souls existed in bodies more advanced than Homo erectus, who died out about a quarter of a million years ago, with the fossilized evidence hidden from us today by geological change. However, this hypothesis means the physical evolution of humans was an up, down, up affair, which I think is unlikely.

I now moved my subject into an African life around 9,000 years ago, which she said was an important milestone in her advancement. This was the last life she was to spend with her guide, Kumara. Kumara was an advanced soul herself at the time of this life, counseling a benevolent tribal chief as his influential wife. I tentatively located their land as the highlands of Ethiopia. Apparently, my subject had known Kumara in a number of earlier lives covering thousands of years during Kumara’s final incarnations on Earth. Their association in human form ended when my subject died, saving Kumara’s life on a river boat, by throwing herself in front of an enemy spear.

Full of love, Kumara still appears to this subject as a large woman, with skin of

polished mahogany and a shock of white hair crowned by a headdress of feathers. She is practically nude, except for a strip of animal hide around her ample middle.

On Kumara’s neck hangs a garish bunch of multi-colored stones, which she sometimes jiggles in my subject’s ear to get her attention during dreams in the middle of the night.

Kumara teaches by a technique of flashing symbolistic memories of prior lessons

already learned in past lives. Old solutions to problems are mixed with new hypothetical choices in the form of metaphoric picture puzzles. By these means, Kumara tests her student’s considerable storehouse of knowledge during meditations and dreams.

I glanced at my watch. There was no more time for background information if I was going to allow for exploration of this woman’s after life experiences. Rapidly I took her into superconsciousness, anticipating some interesting spiritual disclosures. She would not disappoint me.

Case 23

Dr. N: What is your spiritual name?

S: Thece.

Dr. N: And your spiritual guide kept her African name of Kumara? S: For me, yes.

Dr. N: What do you look like in the spirit world? S: A glowing fragment of light.

Dr. N: What exactly is the color of your energy? S: Sky-blue.

Dr. N: Does your light have flecks of another color in it? S: (pause) Some gold … not much.

Dr. N: How about Kumara’s energy color? S: It’s violet.

Dr. N: How does light and color identify the quality of a soul’s spiritual attainment? S: The intensity of mental power increases with the darker phases of light.

Dr. N: Where does the highest intensity of intelligent light energy originate from?

S: The knowledge by which the energy of darker light is extended to us comes from

the source. Our light is attached to the source. Dr. N: When you say source-you mean God? S: That word has been misused.

Dr. N: How?

S: By too much personalizing, which makes the source less than it is. Dr. N: What’s wrong with us doing that?

S: It takes the liberty of making the source too … human, although we are all part of its oneness.

Dr. N: Thece, I want you to reflect on the source as we talk about other aspects of soul life and the spirit world. Later, I will ask you more about this oneness. Now, let’s go back to the energy manifestations of souls. Why do spirits display two black glowing cavities for eyes when not showing their human forms? It seems so spooky to me.

S: (laughs and is more relaxed) That’s how Earth’s legends of ghosts came about- from these memories. Our energy mass is not  uniform. The eyes you speak of represent a more concentrated intensity of thought.

Dr. N: Well, if the myths about ghosts are not so fanciful after all, then these black eye sockets must be useful extensions of their energy.

S: Rather than eyes … they are windows to old bodies … and all the physical extensions of former selves. This blackness is a … concentration of our presence. We communicate by absorbing the energy presence of each other.

Dr. N: When you return to the spirit world, do you have energy contact with other souls who may look like ghosts?

S: Yes, and appearance is a matter of individual preference. Of course there is always a multitude of thought waves around me-mingling with my returning energy, but I avoid too much contact.

Dr. N: Why?

S: It is not necessary for me to make attachments here. I will be alone for a while to contemplate and sort out any mistakes from my last incarnation, before talking to Kumara.

Note: This statement is typical of advanced souls returning to the spirit world,

mentioned earlier in Case 9. However, this soul is so advanced she will have no deliberations with her guide until much later, and upon her request.

Dr.  N:  Perhaps  we  should  talk  about  older  souls  for  a  minute.  Does  Kumara incarnate on Earth any more?

S: No, she doesn’t.

Dr. N: Do you know others like Kumara who were here during the early times on Earth and don’t come back any more?

S: (cautiously) A few… yes… many got on Earth early and got off before I came. Dr. N: Did any stay?

S: What do you mean?

Dr. N: Advanced souls who keep coming back to life on Earth when they could stay in the spirit world.

S: Oh, you mean the Sages?

Dr. N: Yes, the Sages-tell me about them. (this is a new term for me, but I often pretend to know more than I do with advanced souls to elicit information)

S: (with admiration) They are the true watchers of Earth, you know to be here and keep watch over what is going on.

Dr. N: As highly advanced souls who continue to incarnate? S: Yes.

Dr. N: Don’t the Sages get tired of still hanging around Earth?

S: They choose to stay and help people directly because they are dedicated to Earth. Dr. N: Where are these Sages?

S: (wistfully) They live simple lives. I first came to know some of them thousands of years ago. Today it’s hard to see them … they don’t like cities much.

Dr. N: Are there many of them?

S: No, they live in small communities, or out in the open … in the deserts and mountains … in simple dwellings. They wander about, too …

Dr. N: How does one recognize them?

S: (sighs) Most people don’t. They were known as the oracles of truth in earlier times on Earth.

Dr. N: I know this sounds pragmatic, but wouldn’t these old, highly developed souls be more useful helping humankind in positions of international leadership rather than being hermits?

S: Who said they were hermits? They prefer to be with the common people who are most affected by the movers and shakers.

Dr. N: What is the feeling one gets when meeting a Sage on Earth?

S: Ah… you feel a special presence. Their power of understanding and the advice they give you is so wise. They do live simply. Material things mean nothing to them.

Dr. N: Are you interested in this sort of service, Thece?

S: Hmm … no, they are saints. I welcome the time when I can stop incarnating.

Dr. N: Perhaps the word Sage could also be applied to souls like Kumara, or even with the entities to whom she turns for knowledge?

S: (pause) No, they are different … they are beyond the Sages. We call them the Old Ones.

Note: I would place these beings beyond Level VI.

Dr. N: Are there many Old Ones working with souls at Kumara’s level and above? S: I don’t think so… compared to the rest of us … but we feel their influence.

Dr. N: What do you feel in their presence?

S: (pensive) A… concentrated power of enlightenment… and guidance … Dr. N: Could the Old Ones be embodiments of the source itself?

S: It is not for me to say, but I don’t think so yet. They must be close to the source. The Old Ones represent the purest elements of thought … engaging in the planning and arranging of … substances.

Dr. N: Could you clarify a bit more what you mean by these highly placed souls being close to the source?

S: (vaguely) Only that they must be close to conjunction.

Dr. N: Does Kumara ever talk about these entities who help her? S: To me-only a little. She aspires to be of them, as we all do.

Dr. N: Is she getting close to the Old Ones in knowledge?

S: (faintly) She … approaches, as I approach her. It is slow assimilating with the source, because we are not complete.

Once the duties of a guide are fully established for the advancing soul, it is necessary for these entities to juggle two balls. Besides completing their own unfinished business with continued (though less frequent) incarnations, they must also help others while in a discarnated state. Thece talks to me about this aspect of her soul life.

Dr. N: When you are back in the spirit world and come out of your self-imposed isolation, what do you ordinarily do then?

S: I join with members of my company.

Dr. N: How many souls are in your company? S: Nine.

Dr. N: (jumping to the next conclusion too quickly) Oh, so the ten of you are a group of souls under the leadership of Kumara?

S: No, they are my responsibility.

Dr. N: Then, these nine entities are students whom you teach? S: you could say that

Dr. N: And they are all in one group (cluster)  which, I assume, is your company? S: No, my company is made up of two different groups.

Dr. N: Why is that?

S: They are in … different progressions (levels).

Dr. N: And yet, you are the spiritual teacher for all nine?

S: I prefer to call myself a watcher. Three of my company are also watchers.

Dr. N: Well, who are the other six?

S: (matter-of-factly) People who don’t watch.

Dr. N: I want to clarify this using my terms, if you will, Thece If you are a senior watcher, three of your company must be what I would call junior guides?

S: Yes, but the words senior and junior-that portrays us as authoritarian, which we are not!

Dr. N: My intention is not to denote rank, for me it is just an easy identification of responsibility. Consider the word senior as meaning an advanced teacher. I would call Kumara a master teacher or possibly an educational director.

S: (shrugs) That’s okay, I suppose, as long as director doesn’t mean dictator.

Dr. N: it doesn’t. Now, Thece, cast your mind to a place where you can see the energy colors of all your company. What do the six souls who are not watchers look like?

S: (smiles) Dirty snowballs!

Dr. N: If they are white in tone, what about the rest? S: (pause) Well … two are rather yellowish.

Dr. N: We are one short. What about the ninth member? S: That’s An-ras. He is doing quite well.

Dr. N: Describe his energy color.

S: He is … turning bluish … an excellent watcher … he will be leaving me soon

Dr. N: Let’s go to the opposite end of your company. What member are you most concerned about and why?

S: Ojanowin. She has the conviction from many lives that love and trust only bring hurt. (musing) She has fine qualities which I want to bring out but this attitude is holding her back.

Dr. N: Ojanowin is developing more slowly than the rest?

S: (protectively) Don’t misunderstand, I am proud of her effort. She has great sensitivity and integrity, which I like. She just requires more of my attention.

Dr. N: As a watcher-teacher, what is the one quality which An-ras has acquired which you want to see in Ojanowin?

S: (no hesitation) Adaptability to change.

Dr. N: I am curious if the nine members of your company advance in a rather uniform way together under your teaching.

S: That’s totally unrealistic. Dr. N: Why?

S: Because there are differences in character and integrity.

Dr. N: Well, if learning rates are different between souls because of character and integrity, how does this equate with the mental capabilities of the human brain a soul selects?

S: It doesn’t. I was speaking of motivation. On Earth we use many variations of the physical brain in the course of our expansion. However, each soul is driven by its integrity.

Dr. N: Is this what you mean by a soul having character? S: Yes, and intensity of desire is part of character.

Dr. N: If character is the identity of a soul, where does desire come in?

S: The drive to excel is internal to each soul, but this too can fluctuate between lives. Dr. N: So where does a soul’s integrity fit into this?

S: The extension of desire. Integrity is the desire to be honest about Self and motives to such an extent that full awareness of the path to the source is possible.

Dr. N: If all basic intelligent energy is the same, why are souls different in their character and integrity?

S: Because their experiences with physical life change them and this is intentional. By that change new ingredients are added to the collective intelligence of every soul.

Dr. N: And this is what incarnation on Earth is all about?

S: Incarnation is an important tool, yes. Some souls are driven more than others to expand and achieve their potential, but all of us will do so in the end. Being in many

physical bodies and different settings expands the nature of our real self.

Dr. N: And this sort of self-actualization of the soul identity is the purpose of life on our world?

S: On any world.

Dr. N: Well, if each soul is preoccupied with Self, doesn’t this explain why we have a world of self-centered people?

S: No, you misinterpret. Fulfillment is not cultivating Self for selfish means, but allowing for integration with others in life. That also shows character and integrity. This is ethical conduct.

Dr. N: Does Ojanowin have less honesty than An-ras? S: (pause) I’m afraid she does engage in self-deception.

Dr. N: I wonder how you can function effectively as a spiritual guide for the nine members of your company and still incarnate on Earth to finish your own lessons.

S: It used to affect my concentration to some extent, but now there is no conflict. Dr. N: Do you have to separate your soul energy to accomplish this?

S: Yes, this capacity (of souls) allows for the management of both. Being on Earth also permits me to directly assist a member of my company and help myself at the same time.

Dr. N: The idea that souls can divide themselves is not an easy thing for me to conceptualize.

S: Your use of the term divide is not quite accurate. Every part of us is still whole. I’m only saying it does take some getting used to at first, since you manage more than one program at a time.

Dr. N: So your effectiveness as a teacher is not diminished by having multiple activities?

S: Not in the least.

Dr. N: Would you consider the major thrust of your instruction to be on Earth with your human body or in the spirit world as a free entity?

S: They are two different settings. My instruction is diversified but no less effective.

Dr. N: But your approach to a company member would be different depending upon the setting?

S: Yes, it would.

Dr. N: Wouldn’t you say the spirit world is the main center for learning? S: It is the center for evaluation and analysis, but souls do rest.

Dr. N: When your students are living on Earth, do they know you are their guide and are with them always?

S: (laughs) Some more than others, but they all sense my influence at one time or another.

Dr. N: Thece, you are on Earth with me right now as a woman. Are you also able to be in contact with members of your company?

S: I told you, yes.

Dr. N: What I am getting at is this-isn’t teaching by example difficult when your Earth visits are rather infrequent these days?

S: If I came too often and worked with them directly as one human being to another I would be interfering with their natural unfolding.

Dr. N: Do you have the same reservations about interference as a teacher operating from the spirit world in a discarnate state?

S: Yes, I do … although the techniques are different. Dr. N: For mental contact?

S: Yes.

Dr. N: I would like to know more about the ability of spiritual teachers to contact their students. What exactly do you do from the spirit world to comfort or advise one of the nine company members on Earth?

S: (no answer).

Dr. N: (coaxing her) Do you know what I am asking? How do you implant ideas? S: (finally) I’m unable to tell you.

Note: I suspect blocking here, but I can’t complain. So far, Thece has been liberal

with information and so has her guide. I decide to stop the session for a minute to appeal directly to Kumara. It is a speech I have given before.

Dr. N: Kumara, permit me to reason with you through Thece. My work here is intended for good. By questioning your disciple, I wish to add to my knowledge of healing and bring people closer to the higher creative power available within themselves. My larger mission is to combat the fear of death by offering people understanding about the nature of their souls and their spiritual home. Will you aid me in this endeavor?

S: (Thece answers me in an odd tone of voice) We know who you are. Dr. N: Then would you both assist me?

S: We will talk to you … at our discretion.

Note: This tells me if I exceed the undefined boundaries of these two guides with an intrusive question, it won’t be answered.

Dr. N: All right, Thece, on the count of three you will feel more comfortable talking to me about how souls function as guides. Begin  by telling me in  what way a company member on Earth can signal to get your attention. One, two, three! (I snap my fingers for added effect)

S: (after a long pause) First, they have to calm their minds and focus attention away from their immediate surroundings.

Dr. N: How would they do this?

S: By silence … reaching inward … to fasten on their inner voice. Dr. N: Is this how one calls for spiritual help?

S: Yes, at least to me. They must expand upon their inner consciousness to engage me on a central thought.

Dr. N: On you, or the specific problem which is bothering them?

S: They must reach out beyond what is troubling them in order to be receptive to me. That’s difficult when they don’t remain calm.

Dr. N: Do all nine company members have about the same abilities to reach you for help?

S: No, they don’t.

Dr. N: Perhaps Ojanowin has the most problems? S: Mmm, she is one of those that does…

Dr. N: Why?

S: For me, getting the signals is easy. It’s harder for people on Earth. The energy of directed thought must override human emotion.

Dr. N: Within a spirit world framework, how do you pick up the messages of just your company out of billions of souls who are sending out distress signals to other guides?

S: I know instantly. All watchers do because people send out their own individual patterns of thought.

Dr. N: Like a vibrational code in a field of thought particles?

S: (laughing) You could describe an energy pattern that way, I guess.

Dr. N: Okay, then how would you reach back to someone in need of guidance? S: (grins) By whispering answers into their ear!

Dr. N: (lightly) Is that what a friendly spirit does with a troubled mind on Earth? S: It depends

Dr. N: On what? Are teacher-spirits rather indifferent with the day-to-day problems of humans?

S: Not indifferent, or we wouldn’t communicate. We gauge each situation. We know life is transitory. We are more … detached because without human bodies we are unencumbered by the immediacy of human emotion.

Dr. N: But when the situation does call for spiritual guidance, what do you do?

S: (gravely) As watchers in the stillness, we recognize the amount of turbulence … from the wake of troubled thought. Then we carefully merge with it and gently touch the mind.

Dr. N: Please describe this connection process further.

S: (pause) It’s a slip-stream of thought which is usually turbulent rather than smooth, from someone in distress. I was awkward at first and I still don’t have Kumara’s skill. One must enter with subtlety … to wait for the best receptivity.

Dr. N: How can a watcher be awkward, you have had thousands of years of experience?

S: Communicators are not all the same. Watchers too have a variety of abilities. If one of my company is in crisis-physically hurt, sad, anxious, resentful-they send out great amounts of uncontrolled negative energy which alerts me, but exhausts them. This is the challenge of a watcher, to know when and how to communicate. When people want immediate relief, they may not be in the proper mode for reflection.

Dr. N: Well, in terms of abilities, can you tell me how you were awkward as an inexperienced guide?

S: I wanted to rush in too fast to help without coordinating the patterns of thought we talked about. People can go numb. You don’t get through to them when they have intense grief, for example. You are shut out of a cluttered mind when attentions are distracted and thought energy is scattered all about.

Dr. N: Do the nine members of your company sense your intrusion into their minds following a cry to you for help?

S: Watchers are not supposed to intrude. It’s more of a … soft coupling. I implant ideas-which they assume is inspiration-to try and give them peace.

Dr. N: What single thing do you have the most problem with during communications with people on Earth?

S: Fear.

Dr. N: Would you enlarge on that?

S: I have to be careful not to spoil my people by making life too easy for them … to let them work out most of their difficulties without jumping right in. They only suffer more if a watcher moves in too quickly before this is done. Kumara is an expert at this …

Dr. N: Is she ultimately responsible for you and your company? S: Well yes, we are all under her influence.

Dr. N: Do you ever see any of your own peer members around? I’m thinking of associates at your level of attainment with whom you can confer about teaching methods.

S: Oh, you mean with those I grew up with here?

Dr. N: Yes.

S: Yes … three in particular.

Dr. N: And do they lead company groups themselves? S: Yes.

Dr. N: Are these more advanced souls responsible for about the same number of souls as you?

S: Uh…. yes, except Wa-roo. His company is more than double my own. He is good. Another company is being added to his work load.

Dr. N: How many superior entities do you and your friends who are company leaders go to for advice and direction?

S:  One.  We  all  go  to  Kumara  to  exchange  observations  and  seek  ways  of improvement.

Dr. N: How many souls like you and Wa-roo does Kumara oversee? S: Oh … I couldn’t know that …

Dr. N: Try and give an estimate of the number. S: (after reflection) At least fifty, probably more.

Additional inquiries into Kumara’s spiritual activities were fruitless, so I turned next to Thece’s creation training. Her experiences (which I have condensed) take us a little further than those training exercises described by Nenthum  in the last chapter. To those readers with a scientific bent, I want to stress that when a subject is reporting to me about creation their frame of reference is really not grounded in earth science. I have to make the best interpretations I can from the information provided.

Dr. N: The curriculum for souls seems to have great variety, Thece. I want to go into another aspect of your training. Does your energy utilize the properties of light, heat, and motion in the creation of life?

S: (startled) Uh,… you know about that Dr. N: What more can you tell me?

S: Only that I am familiar with this …

Dr. N: I don’t want to talk about anything which will make you uncomfortable, but I would appreciate your confirmation of certain biological effects resulting from the actions of souls.

S: (hesitates) Oh … I don’t think

Dr. N: (I jump in quickly) What creation have you recently done which makes Kumara proud of you?

S: (without resistance) I am proficient with fish.

Dr. N: (I follow up with a deliberate exaggeration to keep her going) Oh, so you can create a whole fish with your mental energy?

S: (vexed) … You must be kidding? Dr. N: Then where do you start?

S: With the embryos, of course. I thought you knew…

Dr. N: Just checking. When do you think you will be ready for mammals? S: (no answer)

Dr. N: Look Thece, if you will try to cooperate with me for a few more minutes, I promise not to take long with my questions on this subject. Will you agree to that?  S: (pause) We will see

Dr. N: Okay, as a means of basic clarification tell me what you actually do with your energy to develop life up to the stage of fish.

S: (reluctantly)  We give instructions to … organisms …  within the surrounding conditions

Dr. N: Do you do this on one world or many in your training?

S: More than one. (would not elaborate except to say these planets were “earth types”)

Dr. N: In what kind of environment are you working now? S: In oceans.

Dr. N: With basic sea life such as algae and plankton? S: When I started.

Dr. N: You mean before you worked up to the embryos of fish? S: Yes.

Dr. N: Then when souls start to create forms of life, they begin with microorganisms?

S: … Small cells, yes, and this is very difficult to learn. Dr. N: Why?

S: The cells of life… our energy cannot become proficient unless we can direct it to … alter molecules.

Dr. N: Then you are actually producing new chemical compounds by mixing the basic molecular elements of life by your energy flow?

S: (nods)

Dr. N: Can you be more explicit? S: No, I can’t.

Dr. N: Let me try and sum this up, and please tell me if I am on the wrong track. A soul who becomes proficient with actually creating life must be able to split cells and give DNA instructions, and you do this by sending particles of energy into protoplasm?

S: We must learn to do this, yes-coordinating it with a sun’s energy. Dr. N: Why?

S: Because each sun has different energy effects on the worlds around them.

Dr. N: Then why would you interfere with what a sun would naturally do with its own energy on a planet?

S: It is not interference. We examine new structures … mutations … to watch and see what is workable. We arrange substances for their most effective use with different suns.

Dr. N: When a species of life evolves on a planet, are the environmental conditions for selection and adaptation natural, or are intelligent soul-minds tinkering with what happens?

S: (evasively) Usually a planet hospitable to life has souls watching and whatever we do is natural.

Dr. N: How can souls watch and influence biological properties of growth evolving over millions of years on a primordial world?

S: Time is not in Earth years for us. We use it to suit our experiments. Dr. N: Do you personally create suns in our universe?

S: A full scale sun? Oh no, that’s way over my head… and requires the powers of many. I generate only on a small scale.

Dr. N: What can you generate?

S: Ah … small bundles of highly concentrated matter… heated. Dr. N: But what does your work look like when you are finished? S: Small solar systems.

Dr. N: Are your miniature suns and planets the size of rocks, buildings, the moon- what are we talking about here?

S: (laughs) My suns are the size of basketballs and the planets marbles … that’s the best I can do.

Dr. N: Why do you do this on a small scale?

S: For practice, so I can make larger suns. After enough compression the atoms explode and condense, but I can’t do anything really big alone.

Dr. N: What do you mean?

S: We must learn to work together to combine our energy for the best results.

Dr. N: Well, who does the full-sized thermonuclear explosions which create physical universes and space itself?

S: The source … the concentrated energy of the Old Ones. Dr. N: Oh, so the source has help?

S: I think so…

Dr. N: Why is your energy striving to create universal matter and more complex life

when Kumara and the entities above her are already proficient?

S: We are expected to join them, just as they wish to unite their accomplished energy with the Old Ones.

Creation questions always evoke the issue of First Cause. Was the exploding interstellar mass which caused the birth of our stars and planets an accident of nature or planned by an intelligent force? When I listen to subjects such as Thece, I ask myself why souls would be practicing the chain reactions of energy matter with models on a small scale if they were not intending to make larger celestial bodies. I have had no subjects in Levels VI and above to substantiate how they might carry the forces of creation further. It would seem if souls do progress, then entities at this level could be expected to involve themselves with the birthing of planets and the development of life forms capable of higher intelligence suitable for soul use.

After pondering why less-than-perfect souls are associated with creation at all, I came to the following conclusion. All souls are given the opportunity to participate in the development of lower forms of intelligent life in order to advance themselves. This principle could also be applied to the reason why souls incarnate in physical form. Thece suggested that the supreme intelligence she calls the source is made up of a combination of creators (the Old Ones) who fuse their energy to spawn universes. The thought has been expressed to me in different ways by other subjects when they describe the combined power of non-reincarnating old souls.

This concept is not new. For instance, the idea we have no single Godhead is the philosophy of the Jainist sect in India. The Jains believe fully perfected souls, called Siddhas, are a group of universal creators. These souls are fully liberated from further transmigrations. Below them are the Arhats souls, advanced illuminators who still incarnate along with three more lower gradations of evolving souls. To the Jams, reality is uncreated and eternal. Thus, the Siddhas need no creator. Most Eastern philosophies deny this tenet of Jainism in favor of a divine board of directors created by a chairman. This conclusion is more palatable to the Western mind as well.

With certain subjects it is possible to pursue a wide range of topics in condensed

periods. Earlier, Thece had alluded to intelligent life existing on other worlds when she talked about a soul’s cosmic training. This brings up another aspect about soul life which may be hard for some of us to accept. A small percentage of my subjects, usually the older advanced souls, are able to recall being in strange, non-human intelligent life-forms on other worlds. Their memories are rather fleeting and clouded about the circumstances of these lives, the physical details, and planetary location relative to our universe. I wondered if Thece had any such experiences long ago, so I opened up this line of inquiry for a few minutes to see where it might lead.

Dr. N: A while back you remarked about other physical worlds besides Earth which are available to souls.

S: (hesitant) Yes

Dr. N: (casually) And, I assume, some of these planets support intelligent life which are useful to souls wishing to incarnate?

S: That’s true, there are many schoolyards.

Dr. N: Do you ever talk to other souls about their planetary schoolyards?

S: (long pause) It’s not my inclination to do so-I’m not attracted to them-the other schools.

Dr. N: Perhaps you could give me some idea of what they are like?

S: Oh, some are … analytical schools. Others are basically mental worlds … subtle places

Dr. N: What do you think of the Earth school by comparison?

S: The Earth school is insecure, still. It is filled with resentment of many people over being led and antagonism of the leaders toward each other. There is so much fear to overcome here. It is a world in conflict because there is too much diversity among too many people. Other worlds have low populations with more harmony. Earth’s population has outpaced its mental development.

Dr. N: Would you rather be training on another planet, then?

S: No, for all Earth’s quarreling and cruelty, there is passion and bravery here. I like working in crisis situations. To bring order out of disorder. We all know Earth is a difficult school.

Dr. N: So, the human body is not an easy host for souls?

S: … There are easier life forms … who are less in conflict with themselves …

Dr. N: Well, how would you know this unless your soul had been in another life form?

After I had provided this suitable opening, Thece began talking about being a small flying creature in an alien environment on a dying world where it was hard to breathe. From her descriptions, the sun of this planet was apparently going into a nova stage. Her words were halting and came in short, rapid breaths.

Thece said she lived on this world in a humid jungle with a night sky so densely packed with stars there were no dark lanes in between. This gave me the impression she was located near the center of a galaxy, perhaps our own. She also said her brief time on this world was spent as a very young soul and Kumara was her mentor. After the world could no longer support life, they had come to Earth to continue working together. I was told there was a kinship in the mental evolution of life on

Earth and what she had experienced before. This flying race of people began afraid, isolated, and dangerous to each other. Also, like Earth, family alliances were important, representing expressions of loyalty and devotion. While I was concluding this line of questioning, there was a further development.

Dr. N: Do you think there are other souls on Earth who also had physical lives on this now-dead world?

S: (pause, then unable to restrain herself) Actually, I have met one. Dr. N: Under what circumstances?

S: (laughs) I met a man at a party a while ago. He recognized me, not physically, but with the mind. It was an odd meeting. I was caught off balance when he came up to me and took my hand. I thought he was pushy when he said he knew me.

Dr. N: Then what happened?

S: (softly) I was in a daze, which is unusual for me. I knew there was something between us. I thought it was sexual. Now, I can see it all clearly. It was … Ikak. (this name is spoken with a clacking noise from the back of her throat) He told me we were once together from a place far away and there were a couple of others here …

Dr. N: Did he say anything more about them?

S: (faintly) No … I wonder … I ought to know them …

Dr. N: Did Ikak say anything else about your former physical relationship on this world?

S: No. He saw I was confused. I didn’t know what he was talking about  then anyway.

Dr. N: How could he consciously know about this planet when you didn’t?

S: (puzzled) He is … ahead of me … he knows Kumara. (then, more to herself than me) What is he doing here?

Dr. N: Why don’t you finish telling me about him at the party?

S: (laughs again) I thought he was just trying to pick me up. It was awkward because I was drawn to him. He said I was very attractive, which is something men don’t usually say to me. There were flashes in my mind that we had been together before … as fragments in a dream sequence.

Dr. N: How did your conversation end with this man?

S: He saw my discomfort. I guess he thought it best to have no further contact, because I haven’t seen him since. I’ve thought about him though, and maybe we will see each other again …

I believe souls do come across time and space for each other. Recently, I had two subjects who were best friends and came to me at the same time for regression. Not only had they been soulmates in many former lives on Earth, but were also mated as fish-like intelligent beings in a beautiful water world. Both recalled the enjoyment of playing underwater with their strong appendages and coming up to the surface, “to peek.” Neither subject could recall much about this planet or what happened to their race of sea creatures. Perhaps they were part of a failed Earth experiment long before a land mammal developed into the most promising species on Earth for souls. I suspect it was not Earth because I have had others who tell of living in an aquatic environment they know was unearthly. One of these subjects said, “My water world was very warm and clear because we had three suns overhead. The total lack of darkness underwater was comforting and made building our dwellings much easier.” I have often wondered if the dreams we have at night about flying, breathing underwater, and performing other non-human physical feats relate to our earlier physical experiences in other environments.

In the early days of my studies of souls, I half-expected that those subjects who could recall other worlds would say they had lived in our galaxy with in the neighborhood of the sun. This assumption was naive. Earth is in a sparse section of the Milky Way with only eight stars that are ten light years from the sun. We know our own galaxy has more than two-hundred billion stars within a universe currently speculated at one-hundred-billion galaxies. The worlds around the suns which might support life are staggering to the imagination. Consider, if only a small fraction of one percent of the stars in our galaxy had planets with intelligent life useful to souls, the number would still be in the millions.

From  what  I  can  gather  from  subjects  willing  and  able  to  discuss  former

assignments, souls are sent to any world with suitable intelligent life forms. Out of all the stars which are known to us, only four percent are like our sun. Apparently this means nothing to souls. Their planetary incarnations are not linked to Earth- type worlds or with intelligent bipeds who walk on land. Souls who have been to other worlds tell me they have a fondness for certain ones and return to them (like Earth) periodically for a succession of lives. I have not had many subjects who are able to recall specific details about living on other worlds. This maybe due to lack of experience, a suppression of memory, or blocks imposed by master guides to avoid any discomfort from flashbacks in non-earthly bodies.

Those subjects who are able to discuss their experiences on other worlds tell me that

before coming to Earth, souls are frequently placed in the bodies of creatures with less intelligence than human beings (unlike Thece’s case). However, once in a human body, souls are not sent back down the mental evolutionary ladder. Yet, physical contrasts can be stark and side trips away from Earth are not necessarily pleasant. One mid-level client of mine expressed it this way. “After a long series of human lives, I told my guide I needed a break from Earth for a while in another kind of

environment. He warned me, ‘You might not like this change right now because you have become so accustomed to the attributes of the human mind and body.’ “My client persisted and was duly given life on what was described as, “A pastel world living among a race of small, thickly-set beings. They were a thoughtful but somber people with tiny chalk-white faces which never smiled. Without human laughter and physical flexibility, I was out of sync and made little progress. The assignment must have been particularly difficult for this individual when we consider that humor and laughter is such a hallmark of soul life in the spirit world.

I was now approaching the final phase of my session with Case 23. It was necessary to apply additional deepening techniques because I wanted Thece to reach into the highest recesses of her superconscious mind to talk with me about space-time and the source.

Dr. N: Thece, we are coming to the end of our time together and I want you to turn your mind once again to the source-creator. (pause) Will you do that for me?

S: Yes.

Dr. N: You said the ultimate objective of souls was to seek unification with the supreme source of creative energy-do you remember?

S:… The act of conjunction, yes.

Dr. N: Tell me, does the source dwell in some special central space in the spirit world?

S: The source is the spirit world.

Dr. N: Then why do souls speak of reaching a core of spiritual life?

S: When we are young spirits we sense power around us everywhere and yet we feel we … are on the edge of it. As we grow older there is an awareness of a concentrated power, but it is the same feeling.

Dr. N: Even though you have called this the place of the Old Ones?

S: Yes, they are part of the concentrated power of the source which sustains us as souls.

Dr. N: Well, lumping this power together as one energy source, can you describe the creator in more human terms?

S: As the ultimate selfless being which we strive to be.

Dr. N: If the source represents all the spirit world, how does this mental place differ from physical universes with stars, planets, and living things?

S: Universes are created-to live and die-for the use of the source. The place of spirits

… is the source.

Dr. N: We seem to live in a universe which is expanding and may contract again and eventually die. Since we live in a space with time limitations, how can the spirit world itself be timeless?

S: Because here we live in non-space which is timeless … except in certain zones. Dr. N: Please explain what these zones are.

S: They are … interconnecting doors … openings for us to pass through into a physical universe of time.

Dr. N: How can time-doors exist in non-space?

S: The openings exist as thresholds between realities.

Dr. N: Well, if the spirit world is non-dimensional, what kind of reality is that?

S: A constant reality state, as opposed to the shifting realities of dimensional worlds which are material and changing.

Dr. N: Do past, present, and future have any relevance for souls living in the spirit world?

S: Only as a means of understanding succession in physical form. Living here … there is a … changelessness … for those of us not crossing thresholds into a universe of substance and time.

Note: A major application of time thresholds used by souls will be examined in the upcoming chapter on life selection.

Dr. N: You speak of universes in the plural. Are these other physical universes besides the one which contains Earth?

S: (vaguely) There are … differing realities to suit the source.

Dr. N: Are you saying souls can enter various rooms of different physical realities from spiritual doorways?

S: (nods) Yes, they can-and do.

Before concluding the session with this highly advanced subject, I should add that most people who are in deep hypnosis are able to see beyond an Earth reality of

three-dimensional space, into alternate realities of timelessness. In the subconscious state, my subjects experience a chronology of time with their past and present lives which resembles what they perceive when conscious. There is a change when I take them into superconsciousness and the spirit world. Here they see the now of time as one homogeneous unit of past, present, and future. Seconds in the spirit world seem to represent years on Earth. When their sessions are over, clients will often express surprise at how time in the spirit world is unified.

Quantum mechanics is a modern branch of physics which investigates all subatomic

movement in terms of electromagnetic energy levels where all things in life are thought to be ultimately non-solid and existing in a unified field. Going beyond Newton’s physical laws of gravity, the elements of action on time are also considered to be unified by light wave frequency and kinetic energy. Since I show that souls do experience feelings of the passage of time in a chronological fashion in the spirit world, doesn’t this contradict the concept of oneness for past, present, and future? No, it does not. My research indicates to me that the illusion of time progression is created and sustained for those souls coming to and from physical dimensions (who are used to such biological responses as aging), so they may more easily gauge their advancement. Thus, it makes sense to me when the quantum physicists hypothesize that time, rather than being an absolute of three phases, is only an expression of change.

When my subjects speak of traveling as souls on lines which curve, I think of the space-time theories of those astrophysicists who believe light and motion are a union of time and space curving back on itself. They say if space is bent severely enough, time stops. Indeed, when listening to my clients talk about time zones and tunnels of passage into different dimensions, I think about the similarities here to current astronomical theories of physical space being warped, or twisted, into cosmic loops creating “mouths” of hyperspace and black holes which may lead out of our three- dimensional universe. Perhaps the space-time concepts of astrophysics and metaphysics are edging closer together.

I have suggested to my subjects that if the spirit world seems round to them, and

appears to curve when they travel rapidly as souls, this could represent a finite, enclosed sphere. They deny the idea of any dimensional boundaries yet offer me little else except metaphors. Case 23 says the spirit world itself is the source of creation. Some have called this place the heart, or breath, of God. Case 22 defined the space of souls as “fabric” and I have had other subjects give the spirit world a quality of “the folds of a seamless dress swishing back and forth.” They sometimes feel the effects of a gently “rippling” motion from light energy which has been described as “waves (or rings) rolling outward from a disturbed pool of water.” Normally, the geography of soul spaces has a smooth and open consistency to people in superconsciousness, without displaying the properties of gravity, temperature, pressure, matter, or a time clock associated with a chaotic physical universe. However, when I attempt to characterize the entire spirit world as a void, people in trance resist this notion.

Although my cases are unable to fully explain the place where their souls live, they

are all outspoken about its ultimate reality for them. A subject in trance doesn’t see the  spirit  world  as  being  either  near or  far  away  from our physical universe.

Nevertheless, in a curious way, they do portray spiritual substance as being light or heavy, thick or thin, and large or small, when comparing their experiences as souls to life on Earth.

While the absolute reality of the spirit world appears to remain constant in the

minds of people in hypnosis, their references to other physical dimensions do not. I have the sense that universes other than our own are created for the purpose of providing environments suitable for the growth of souls with beings we can’t even imagine. One advanced subject told me he had lived on a number of worlds in his long existence, never dividing his soul more than twice at one time. Some adult lives lasted only months in Earth time for him, due to local planetary conditions and short life spans of the dominant life form. While speaking of a “paradise planet,” with few people and a quieter, simpler version of Earth, he added this world was not far from Earth. “Oh,” I interrupted, “then it must only be a few light years from Earth?” He patiently explained that the planet was not in our universe, but closer to Earth than many planets in our own galaxy.

It is important for the reader to understand that when people do recall living on

other worlds they seem not to be limited by the dimensional constraints of our universe. When souls travel to planets intergalactically or interdimensionally, they measure the trip by the time it takes them to reach their destinations through the tunnel effect from the spirit world. The size of the spatial region involved and the relative position of worlds to each other are also considerations. After listening to references about multiple dimensional realities from some of my subjects, I am left with the impression they believe there is a confluence of all these dimensional streams into one great river of the spirit world. If I could stand back and take apart all these alternate realities seated in the minds of my cases, it would be like peeling an artichoke of all its layers down to one heart at the core.

I had been questioning Thece for quite a while and I could see she was growing tired. Few subjects can sustain this level of spiritual receptivity for very long. I decided to end the session with a few questions about the genesis of all creation.

Dr. N: Thece, I want to close by asking you more about the source. You have been a soul for a long time, so how do you see yourself relating to the oneness of creation you told me about earlier?

S: (long pause) By sensations of movement. In the beginning there is an outward migration of our soul energy from the source. Afterward, our lives are spent moving inward … toward cohesion and the uniting …

Dr. N: You make this process seem as though a living organism was expanding and contracting.

S: … There is an explosive release … then a returning … yes, the source pulsates. Dr. N: And you are moving toward the center of this energy source?

S: There really is no center. The source is all around us as if we were … inside a

beating heart.

Dr. N: But, you did say you were moving back to a point of origin as your soul advanced in knowledge?

S: Yes, when I was thrust outward I was a child. Now I’m being drawn back as my adolescence fades …

Dr. N: Back where?

S: Further inside the source.

Dr. N: Perhaps you could describe this energy source through the use of colors to explain soul movement and the scope of creation.

S: (sighs) It’s as if souls are all part of a massive electrical explosion which produces

… a halo effect. In this … circular halo is a dark purple light which flares out … lightening to a whiteness at the edges. Our awareness begins at the edges of brilliant light and as we grow … we become more engulfed in the darker light.

Dr. N: I find it hard to visualize a god of creation as cold, dark light.

S: That’s because I am not close enough to conjunction to explain it well. The dark light is itself a … covering, beyond which we feel an intense warmth … full of a knowing presence which is everywhere for us and… alive!

Dr. N: What was it like when you were first aware of your identity as a soul after being pushed out to the rim of this halo?

S: To be… is the same as watching the first flower of spring open and the flower is you. And, as it opens more, you become aware of other flowers in a glorious field and there is … unbounded joy.

Dr. N: If this explosive, multi-colored energy source collapses in on itself, will all the flowers eventually die?

S: Nothing is collapsing … the source is endless. As souls we will never die-we know that, somehow. As we coalesce, our increasing wisdom makes the source stronger.

Dr. N: Is that the reason the source desires to perform this exercise? S: Yes, to give life to us so we can arrive at a state of perfection.

Dr. N: Why does a source, who is ostensibly perfect already, need to create further intelligence which is less than perfect?

S: To help the creator create. In this way, by self-transformation and rising to higher plateaus of fulfillment, we add to the building blocks of life.

Dr. N: Were souls forced to break away from the source and come to places like Earth because of some sort of original sin or fall from grace in the spirit world?

S: That’s nonsense. We came to be … magnified … in the beautiful variety of creation.

Dr. N: Thece, I want you to listen to me carefully. If the source needs to be made stronger, or more wise, by using a division of its divine energy to create lesser intelligence which it hopes will magnify-doesn’t this suggest it lacks full perfection itself?

S: (pause) The source creates for fulfillment of itself.

Dr. N: That’s my point. How can that which is absolute become more absolute unless something is lacking?

S: (hesitates) That which we see to be … our source … is all we can know, and we think what the creator desires is to express itself through us by … birthing.

Dr. N: And do you think the source is actually made stronger by our existence as souls?

S: (long pause) I see the creator’s perfection … maintained and enriched…  by sharing the possibility of perfection with us and this is the ultimate extension of itself

Dr. N: So the source starts out by deliberately creating imperfect souls and imperfect life forms for these souls and watches what happens in order to extend itself?

S: Yes, and we have to have faith in this decision and trust the process of returning to the origin of life. One has to be starving to appreciate food, to be cold to understand the blessings of warmth, and to be children to see the value of the parent. The transformation gives us purpose.

Dr. N: Do you want to be a parent of souls?

S: … Participation in the conception of ourselves is … a dream of mine.

Dr. N: If our spirits did not experience physical life, would we ever know of these things you are telling me about?

S: We would know of them, but not about them. It would be as if your spiritual

energy were told to play piano scales with only one note.

Dr. N: And do you believe if the source didn’t create souls to nurture and grow, its sublime energy would shrink from a lack of expression?

S: (sighs) Perhaps that is its purpose.

With this last prophetic statement by Thece, I ended the session. As I brought this subject out of her deep trance, it was as though she were returning to me from across time and space. As she sat quietly focusing her eyes around my office, I expressed my appreciation for the opportunity of working with her on such an advanced level. Smiling, the lady said if she had any idea of the grilling in store for her, she might well have refused to work with me.

As we said goodbye, I thought about her last statements concerning the source of

life. In ancient Persia the Sufis had a saying that if the creator represents absolute good, and therefore absolute beauty, it is the nature of beauty to desire manifestation.

12

Life Selection

THERE comes that time when the soul must once again leave the sanctuary of the

spirit world for another trip to Earth. This decision is not an easy one. Souls must prepare to leave a world of total wisdom, where they exist in a blissful state of freedom, for the physical and mental demands of a human body.

We have seen how tired souls can be when reentering the spirit world. Many don’t

want to think about returning to Earth again. This is especially true when we have not come close to our goals at the end of a physical life. Once back in the spirit world, souls have misgivings about even temporarily leaving a world of self- understanding, comradeship, and compassion to go to a planetary environment of uncertainty and fear brought about by aggressive, competing humans. Despite having family and friends on Earth, many incarnated souls feel lonely and anonymous among large impersonal populations. I hope my cases show the opposite is true in the spirit world, where our souls are involved in the most intimate sharing on an everlasting basis. Our spiritual identity is known and appreciated by a multitude of other entities, whose support is never ending.

The rejuvenation of our energy and personal assessment of one’s Self takes longer for some souls than others, but eventually the soul is motivated to start the process of incarnation. While our spiritual environment is hard to leave, as souls we also remember the physical pleasures of life on Earth with fondness and even nostalgia. When the wounds of a past life are healed and we are again totally at one with ourselves, we feel the pull of having a physical expression for our identity. Training sessions with our counselors and peer groups have provided a collaborative spiritual effort to prepare us for the next life. Our karma of past deeds towards humanity and our mistakes and achievements have all been evaluated with an eye toward the best course of future endeavors. The soul must now assimilate all this information and take purposeful action based upon three primary decisions:

  • Am I ready for a new physical life?
  • What specific lessons do I want to undertake to advance my learning and development?
  • Where should I go, and who shall I be in my next life for the best opportunity to work on my goals?

Older souls incarnate less, regardless of the population demands of their assigned planets. When a world dies, those entities with unfinished business move on to another world which has a suitable life form for the kind of work they have been doing. Cycles of incarnation for the eternal soul seem to be regulated more by the internal desires of a particular soul, than by the urgency of host bodies evolving in a universe of planets.

Nevertheless, Earth certainly has an increasing need for souls. Today, we have over five billion people. Demographers vary in their calculations on how many individuals have lived on Earth in the last 200,000 years. The average estimate is some 50 billion people. This figure, which I think is low, does not signify the number of visitations by different souls. Bear in mind the same souls continue to reincarnate, and there are those who occupy more than one body at a time. There are reincarnationists who believe the number of people living on Earth today is close to the total number of souls who ever lived here. The frequency of incarnation on Earth by souls is uneven. Earth clearly has more need for souls today than in the past. Population estimates in 1 AD are around 200 million. By 1800, humans had quadrupled, and after only 170 more years, quadrupled again. Between 1970 and 2010, the world’s population is expected to double once more.

When I study the incarnation chronology of a client, I find there is usually a long span of hundreds, even thousands, of years between their lives in Paleolithic nomadic cultures. With the introduction of agriculture and domesticated animals in the Neolithic Age, from 7,000 to 5,000 years ago, my subjects report living more frequent lives. Still, their lives are often spaced as much as 500 years apart. With the rise of cities, trade, and more available food, I see the incarnation schedules of souls increasing with a growing population. Between 1000 and 1500 AD, my clients live an average of once in two centuries. After 1700, this changes to once in a century. By the 1900s, living more than one life in a century is common among my cases.

It has been argued these increases in soul incarnations only appear to be so because

past life recall improves as people in hypnosis get closer to their current lives. This may be true to some extent, but if a life is important it will be vividly remembered at any age in time. Without doubt, the enormous population increase on Earth is the basic cause for souls coming here more often. Is there a possibility that the inventory of souls slated for Earth could be strained by this surge in human reproduction?

When I ask clients about the inventory of available souls, they tell me I should worry more about our planet dying from over-population than exhausting the reserve of souls. There is the conviction that new souls are always available to fill any expanding population requirements. If our planet is just one example among all

other intelligent populations which exist in this universe, the inventory of souls must truly be astronomical.

I have said souls do have the freedom to choose when, where, and who they want to be in their physical lives. Certain souls spend less time in the spirit world in order to

accelerate  development,  while  others  are  very  reluctant  to  leave.  There  is  no question but what our guides exert great influence in this matter. Just as we were

given  an  intake  interview  in  the  orientation  phase  right  after death,  there  are preparatory exit interviews by spiritual advisors to determine our readiness for

rebirth. The case which follows illustrates a typical spiritual scene with a lower-level soul.

Case 24

Dr. N: When do you first realize that you might be returning to Earth?

S: A soft voice comes into my mind and says, “It’s about time, don’t you think?” Dr. N: Who is this voice?

S: My instructor. Some of us have to be given a push when they think we are ready again.

Dr. N: Do you feel you are about ready to return to Earth?

S: Yes, I think so … I have prepared for it. But my studies are going to take such a long time in earth years before I’m done. It’s kind of overwhelming.

Dr. N: And do you think you will still be going to Earth when you near the end of your incarnations?

S: (long pause) Ah … maybe no … there is another world besides Earth … but with Earth people …

Dr. N: What does this mean?

S: Earth will have fewer people … less crowded … it’s not clear to me. Dr. N: Where do you think you might be then?

S: I’m getting the impression there is colonization someplace else-it’s not clear to me.

Note: The opposite of past life regression is post life progression, which enables some subjects to see snatches of the future as incomplete scenes. For instance, some have told me Earth’s population will be greatly reduced by the end of the twenty- second century, partially due to adverse soil and atmospheric changes. They also see

people living in odd-looking domed buildings. Details about the future are always rather limited, due, I suspect, to built-in amnesia from karmic constraints. I’ll have more to say about this with the next case.

Dr. N: Let’s go back to what you were saying about the instructors giving people a push to leave the spirit world. Would you prefer that they not do this?

S: Oh … I’d like to stay… but the instructors don’t want us hanging around here too long or we will get into a rut.

Dr. N: Could you insist on staying?

S: Well … yes … the instructors don’t force you to leave because they are so gentle. (laughs) But they have their ways of … encouraging you when the time comes.

Dr. N: Do you know of anyone who didn’t want to be reborn again on Earth for any reason?

S: Yes, my friend Mark. He said he had nothing to contribute anymore. He was sick of life on Earth and didn’t want to go back.

Dr. N: Had he lived many lives?

S: No, not really. But he wasn’t adjusting well in them.

Dr. N: What did the teachers do with him? Was he allowed to stay in the spirit world?

S: (reflectively) We choose to be reborn when it is decided we are ready. They don’t force you to do anything. Mark was shown he did benefit others around him.

Dr. N: What happened to Mark?

S: After some more … indoctrination … Mark realized he had been wrong about his abilities and finally he went back to Earth.

Dr. N: Indoctrination! This makes me think of coercion.

S: (disturbed by my remark) It’s not that way at all! Mark was just discouraged, and needed the confidence to keep trying.

Note: Case 10 in Chapter Four on displaced souls told us about how souls who had absorbed too much negative energy from Earth were “remodeled.” Case 22 also mentioned the need for restoration with some damaged souls. These are more extreme alterations than the basic reframing apparently used on Mark’s tired soul.

Dr. N: If the guides don’t force you, could a soul absolutely refuse to be reborn?

S: (pause) Yes … I guess you could stay here and never be reborn if you hated it that much. But the instructors told Mark that without life in a body, his studies would take longer. If you lose having direct experience, you miss a great deal.

Dr. N: How about the reverse situation where a soul insists on returning to Earth immediately, say after an untimely death?

S: I have seen that, too. It’s an impulsive reaction and does wear off after a while. The instructors get you to see that wanting to hurry back someplace as a new baby wouldn’t change the circumstances of your death. It might be different if you could be reborn as an adult right away in the same situation. Eventually, everyone realizes they must rest and reflect.

Dr. N: Well, give me your final thoughts about the prospect of living again.

S: I’m excited about it. I would have no satisfaction without my physical lives. Dr. N: When you are ready for a new incarnation, what do you do?

S: I go to a special place.

Once a soul has decided to incarnate again, the next stage in the return process is to be directed to the place of life selection. Souls consider when and where they want to go on Earth before making a decision on who they will be in their new life. Because of this spiritual practice, I have divided life selection and our final choice of a body into two chapters for ease of understanding.

The selection of a time and place for incarnation and who we want to be are not completely separate decisions. However, we start by having the opportunity of viewing how we might fit into certain environments in future time segments. Then our attention is directed to people living in these places. I was a little distracted by this procedure until I realized a soul is largely influenced by cultural conditions and events, as well as by the participants in these events, during a span of chronological time.

I have come to believe that the spirit world, as a whole, is not functionally uniform.

All spiritual regions are seen by traveling souls as having the same ethereal properties, but with different applications. As an illustration, the space of orientation for incoming souls could be contrasted to the space of life selection for those who are leaving. Both involve life evaluations for souls in transit which include scenes from Earth, but there the resemblance ends. Orientation spaces are said to be small, intimate conference areas designed to make a newly arrived soul comfortable, but our mental attitude in this space can be somewhat defensive. This is because there is the feeling we might have done better with life. A guide is always directly interacting with us.

On the other hand, when we enter the space of life selection, we are full of hope,

promise, and lofty expectations. Here souls are virtually alone, with their guides out of sight, while evaluating new life options. This hectic, stimulating place is described as being much larger than other spiritual study areas. Case 22 considered it a world unto itself, where transcendent energy alters time to allow for planetary study.  While some spiritual locales are difficult for my subjects to describe, most love to talk about the place of life selection, and they use remarkably similar descriptions. I am told it resembles a movie theater which allows souls to see themselves in the future, playing different roles in various settings. Before leaving, souls will have selected one scenario for themselves. Imagine being given a dress rehearsal before the actual performance of a new life. To tell us about it, I have picked a male subject who is well acquainted with the way his soul is assisted in making appropriate decisions.

Case 25

Dr. N: After you have made the decision you want to come back to Earth, what

happens next?

S: Well, when my trainer and I agree the time is right to accomplish things, I send out thoughts …

Dr. N: Go on.

S: My messages are received by the coordinators.

Dr. N: Who are they? Doesn’t your trainer-guide handle all the arrangements for incarnation?

S: Not exactly. He talks to the coordinators, who actually assist us in previewing our life possibilities at the Ring.

Dr. N: What is the Ring?

S: That’s where I’m going. We call it the Ring of Destiny. Dr. N: Is there just one place like it in the spirit world?

S: (pause) Oh, I think there must be many, but I don’t see them.

Dr. N: All right, let’s go to the Ring together on the count of three. When I am finished with my count you will have the capacity to remember all the details of this experience. Are you ready to go?

S: Yes.

Dr. N: One, two, three! Your soul is now moving toward the space of life selection.

Explain what you see.

S: (long pause) I … am floating towards the Ring … it’s circular … a monster bubble

Dr. N: Keep going. What else can you tell me.

S: There is a … concentrated energy force … the light is so intense. I’m being sucked inward … through a funnel … it’s a little darker.

Dr. N: Are you afraid?

S: Hmm … no, I’ve been here before, after all. It’s going to be interesting. I’m excited at what’s in store for me.

Dr. N: Okay, as you float inside the Ring, what are your first impressions?

S: (voice lowers) I … am a little apprehensive … but the energy relaxes me. I have an awareness of concern for me … caring … I don’t feel alone … my trainer’s presence is with me, too.

Dr. N: Continue to report everything. What do you see next?

S: The Ring is surrounded by banks of screens-I am looking at them. Dr. N: Screens on walls?

S: They appear as walls themselves, but nothing is really solid … it’s all … elastic … the screens curve around me … moving …

Dr. N: Tell me more about the screens.

S: They are blank … not reflecting anything yet … they shimmer as sheets of glass … mirrors.

Dr. N: What happens next?

S: (nervously) I feel a moment of quietness-it’s always like this-then it’s as if someone flipped a switch on the projector in a panorama movie theater. The screens come alive with images and there is color … action … full of light and sound.

Dr. N: Keep reporting to me. Where is your soul in relation to the screens?

S: I am hovering in the middle, watching the panorama of life all around me … places … people … (jauntily) I know this city!

Dr. N: What do you see?

S: New York.

Dr. N: Did you ask to see New York City?

S:  We  talked  about  my  going  back  there  …  (absorbed)  Gee-it’s  changed-more buildings … and the cars … it’s as noisy as ever.

Dr. N: I’ll come back to New York in a few minutes. Right now I want you to tell me what is expected of you in the Ring.

S: I’m going to mentally operate the panel. Dr. N: What’s that?

S: A scanning device in front of the screens. I see it as a mass of lights and buttons. It’s as if I’m in the cockpit of an airplane.

Dr. N: And you see these mechanical objects in a spiritual setting?

S: I know it sounds crazy, but this is what is coming through to me so I can explain to you what I am doing.

Dr. N: That’s fine, don’t worry about it. Just tell me what you are supposed to do with the panel.

S: I will help the controllers change the images on the screens by operating the scanner with my mind.

Dr. N: Oh, you are going to operate the projector as if you were working in a movie theater?

S: (laughs) Not the projector, the scanner. Anyway, they aren’t really movies. I am watching life actually going on in the streets of New York. My mind connects with the scanner to control the movement of the scenes I am watching.

Dr. N: Would you say this device resembles a computer?

S: Sort of … it works on a tracking system which … converts … Dr. N: Converts what?

S: My commands … are registered on the panel so I can track the action.

Dr. N: Position yourself at the panel and become the operator while continuing to explain everything to me.

S: (pause) I have assumed control. I see … lines converging along various points in a series of scenes … I’m traveling through time now on the lines and watching the images on the screens change.

Dr. N: And the scenes are constantly moving around you?

S: Yes, then the points light up on the lines when I want the scene to stop.

Note: Lines of travel is a term we have heard before in other spiritual regions to describe soul transition (i.e., Case 14).

Dr. N: Why are you doing all this?

S: I’m scanning. The stops are major turning points on life’s pathways involving important decisions … possibilities … events which make it necessary to consider alternate choices in time.

Dr. N: So, the lines mark the pathways through a series of events in time and space? S: Yes, the track is controlled in the Ring and transmitted to me.

Dr. N: Do you create the scenes of life while you track?

S: Oh, no! I simply control their movement through time on the lines. Dr. N: What else can you tell me about the lines?

S: The lines of energy are … roads with points of colored light as guideposts which I can move forward, backward, or stop.

Dr. N: As if you were running a video tape with start, fast-forward, stop, and rewind buttons?

S: (laughs) That’s the idea.

Dr. N: All right, you are moving along the track, scanning scenes and you decide to stop. Tell me what you do then.

S: I suspend the scene on the screens so I can enter it.

Dr. N: What? Are you saying you become part of the scene yourself? S: Yes, now I have direct access to the action.

Dr. N: In what way? Do you become a person in the scene, or does your soul hover

overhead while people move around?

S: Both. I can experience what life is like with anyone in the scene, or just watch them from any vantage point.

Dr. N: How can you leave the panel and go into a scene on Earth while still monitoring the action in the Ring?

S: I know you probably won’t understand this, but part of me stays at the controls so I can start up the scene again and stop it anytime.

Dr. N: Perhaps I do understand. Can you divide your energy?

S: Yes, and I can send thoughts back to myself. Of course, the controllers are helping too, as I go in and out of the screens.

Dr. N: So, essentially you can move time forward, backward, and stop it while tracking?

S: Yes… in the Ring.

Dr. N: Outside the Ring, does time co-exist for you in the spirit world, or is it progressive?

S: It co-exists here, but we can still see it progress on Earth.

Dr. N: It seems to me when souls are in the Ring of Destiny they use time almost like a tool.

S: As spirits, we do use time … subjectively. Things and events are moved around … and become objects in time … but to us time is uniform.

Dr. N: The paradox I have with time travel is that what is going to happen has already happened, so you could meet your own soul in some human being as you come and go in life scenes from the future.

S: (smiles enigmatically) When making contact the soul in residence is put on hold for a moment. It’s relatively short. We don’t disturb life cycles when tracking through time.

Dr. N:  Well, if past, present, and future are not really separate while you are tracking, why do you stop scenes to consider choices when you can already see into the future?

S: I’m afraid you don’t realize the real purpose of time use by the controllers of the Ring. Life is still conditional. Progressive time is created to test us. We are not

shown all the possible endings to a scene. Parts of lives are obscured to us.

Dr. N: So, time is used as a catalyst for learning by viewing lives when you can’t see everything that is going to happen?

S: Yes, to test our ability to find solutions. We gauge our abilities against  the difficulty of the events. The Ring sets up different experiments to choose from. On Earth we will try to solve them.

Dr. N: In the Ring, can you look at life on planets besides Earth? S: I can’t because I’m programmed for tracking time on Earth.

Dr. N: Your being able to jump through time from the screens sounds like a ball!

S: (grins) Oh, it’s stimulating-that’s for sure-but we can’t frolic around, because there are serious decisions to be made for the next life. I’ll have to accept the consequences for any mistakes in my choices … if I am not able to handle a life well.

Dr. N: I still don’t see how you could make many serious mistakes in your choices when you actually experience part of the life in which you plan to live.

S: My choices of life environments are not unlimited. As I said, I probably Won’t be able to see all of a scene in one time segment. Because of what they don’t show you, there is risk attached to all body choices.

Dr. N: If one’s future destiny is not fully preordained, as you say, why call this space the Ring of Destiny?

S: Oh, there is destiny, all right. The life cycles are in place. It’s just that there are so many alternatives which are unclear.

When I take my subjects into the spatial area of life selection, they see a circle of past, present and future time-such as the Ring in this case. Sensing they are leaving spiritual Now time within the circle, souls apparently rotate back and forth on resonating waves during their observational runs. All aspects of time are presented to them as reoccurring realities ebbing and flowing together. Because parallel realities are superimposed upon one another, they too can be seen as possibilities for physical lives, especially by the more experienced souls.

I was puzzled why my subjects did not fully see the future under these conditions, as

part of an all-knowing spiritual setting. In trying to sort this out, I finally came to the conclusion that the spirit world is designed to protect the interests of each soul. Generally, the people I work with are still-incarnating younger souls. They may not clearly see significant events too far into the future because the further away these souls get from present probabilities, the higher the incidence of possible alternative realities which cloud their images. Although the same properties hold true for time

in the distant past, there is one exception. A soul’s own past lives are more easily identified. This is because a single reality, with a definite course of action, was previously established to train this soul, and thus is firmly imprinted on his memory.

In Chapter Five, Case 13 demonstrated how amnesia is imposed upon us when we come into a current life, so that past life experiences will not inhibit self-discovery in the present. The same condition holds true for souls examining future lives. Without knowing why, most people believe their life has a plan. Of course, they are right. Although amnesia does prevent having full conscious knowledge of this plan, the unconscious mind holds the key to spiritual memories of a general blueprint of each life. The vehicle of life selection provides a kind of time machine for souls, where they see some alternative routes to the main road. Although these paths are not fully exposed to us as souls, we carry some of the road map to Earth. A client once said to me, “Whenever I am confused about what to do in life, I quietly sit down and think about where I have been and compare this to where I might want to go in future. The answer to the next step just comes to me from inside myself.”

Accepting what befalls us on the road of life as “acts of God” does not mean our existence should be locked into spiritual determinism where we must submit to an unalterable fate. If everything was preordained, there would be no purpose or justice to our struggle. When adversity strikes, it is not intended that we sit back with a fatalistic attitude and not fight to improve the situation by making on-site changes. During our lives all of us will experience opportunities for change which involve risk. These occasions may come at inconvenient times. We may not act upon them, but the challenge is there for us. The purpose of reincarnation is the exercise of free will. Without this ability, we would be impotent creatures indeed.

Thus, karmic destiny means we are not just caught up in events over which we have

no control. This also means we have karmic lessons and responsibilities. The law of cause and effect for our actions always exists, which is why this case did not want to make a mistake in choosing a life

unsuited to him. But whatever happens to us in life, it is important we understand

that our happiness or pain does not reflect either blessings or betrayal on the part of a God-oversoul, our guides, or life selection coordinators. We are the masters of our destiny.

As I conclude my conversation with Case 25, it may strike the reader that the

musical goals of this individual toward his next life are rather self-serving. Certainly his desire to be an admired musical talent has elements of personal compensation which would be less evident in a more advanced soul. However, it will also be seen that this soul wants to give a lot of himself.

Dr. N: Now, I want to talk more about the scenes you are seeing of New York City. Prior to your coming into the Ring, were you given any preparation about selections based on geography?

S: Oh, to some extent. My trainer and I talked about the fact that I had died young in New York in my last life. I wanted to go back to this dynamic city and study music.

Dr. N: Did you also talk to your trainer about other souls-your friends, who might want to incarnate with you?

S: Sure, that’s part of it. Some of us begin staking out a new life by deciding what surroundings are best for all concerned. I made it known I wanted to start again in the same place where I was killed. My trainer and friends offered their suggestions.

Note: This subject came to America as a Russian immigrant in his past life. He was killed in a railway construction accident in New York at age twenty-two in 1898. His rebirth in the same city occurred in 1937.

Dr. N: What suggestions?

S: We talked about my wanting to be a classical pianist. I had played an accordion for extra pick-up change-you know, banquets, weddings-that kind of thing.

Dr. N: And this experience is motivating your interest in the piano?

S: Yes. When making ice deliveries on the streets of New York, I would pass by the concert hall. It was my goal to some day study music and make a name for myself in the big city. I hardly got started before I died.

Dr. N: Did you see your death as a young man in New York during your last visit to the Ring?

S: (sadly) Yes … and I accepted that … as a condition of the life. It was a good life- just short. Now I want to go back with a better start and make a name for myself in music.

Dr. N: Could you ask to go anywhere on Earth?

S: Hmm….. it’s fairly open. If we have preferences, they are weighed against what’s available.

Dr. N: You mean, against what bodies are available? S: Yes, in certain places.

Dr. N: When you said you wanted a better start in music, I assume this is another reason you want to go back to New York.

S: This city will give me the best opportunity to develop my desire to study the piano. I wanted a large, cosmopolitan city with music schools.

Dr. N: What’s wrong with a city like Paris?

S: I wasn’t offered a body in Paris.

Dr. N: I want to be clear on your selection options. When you start previewing life scenes in the Ring, are you primarily looking at people or locations?

S: We begin with locations.

Dr. N: Okay, and so you are looking at the streets of New York City at the moment? S: Right, and it’s wonderful because I am doing more than looking. I’m floating

around smelling the food in the restaurants … I hear the honking of cars … I’m

following people walking past the shops on Fifth Avenue … getting the feel of the place again.

Dr. N: At this point have you actually entered the minds of the people walking along the streets?

S: No, not yet.

Dr. N: What do you do next? S: I go to other cities.

Dr. N: Oh, I guess I just assumed your body choices had to be in New York City. S: I didn’t tell you that. I also could go to Los Angeles, Buenos Aires, or Oslo.

Dr. N: I’m going to count to five and when I reach five you will scan these cities while we continue talking … one … two… three … four … five! Report what you are doing.

S:  I’m  going  to  concert  halls  and  music  academies  and  watching  the  students practice.

Dr. N: Do you just observe the general surroundings while floating around these students?

S: I do more. I go inside the heads of some of them to see how they … translate the

music.

Dr. N: Do you need to be in a special place like the Ring to examine the mental processes of people?

S: For past and future events I do. Making contact with someone in the present on Earth can be done anywhere (from the spirit world).

Dr. N: Could you describe the way your soul makes contact with someone? S: (pause) As … a light brush stroke.

Note: Souls are quite capable of sending and receiving messages from each other between spiritual and temporal worlds, as many of us have personally experienced. However, these temporary connections are made and broken quickly. The joining of a soul to a soulless baby for a lifetime is more difficult, and will be described further in Case 29.

Dr. N: As you look at these prospective lives, what year is it on Earth?

S: (hesitates) It’s … 1956 now, and most of my prospects are in their teens. I’ll check them out before and after this year … as much as the Ring will let me.

Dr. N: So the Ring gives you the opportunity to actually be various people who, in relative time on Earth, are not yet born?

L

S: Uh-huh, to see if I would fit in well-to check out their talent and parents-that sort of thing. (decisively) I want New York.

Dr. N: Do you think you have looked at the other cities carefully enough? S: (impatiently) Yes, I did that, but I don’t want them.

Dr. N: Wait a minute. What if you liked a music student in Oslo, but wanted to live in New York City?

S: (laughs) As a matter of fact, there is a promising girl in Los Angeles, but I still want New York.

Dr. N: All right, move forward. As your time in the Ring draws to a close, give me the details of your probable life selection.

S: I am going to New York to be a musician. I’m still trying to make up my mind between a couple of people, but I think I will choose (stops to laugh) a dumpy kid with a lot of talent. His body won’t have the stamina of my last one, but I’ll have the advantage of parents with some money who will encourage me to practice, practice, practice.

Dr. N: Money is important?

S: I know I sound … grasping … selfish … but there was no money in my last life. If I want to express the beauty of music and give pleasure to myself and others, I need proper training and supportive parents, otherwise I’ll get sidetracked … I know myself.

Dr. N: If you didn’t like any of the options presented to you in the Ring, could you ask for more places and people to look at?

S: It isn’t necessary, at least for me. I’m offered enough.

Dr. N: Let me be more blunt. If you are supposed to select a life from only the selections shown you in the Ring, how do you know the coordinators aren’t stacking the deck against you? Maybe they are programming you to make certain choices?

S: (pause) I don’t think so, considering all the times I have come to the Ring. We don’t go unless our minds are made up as to the type of life we want to live, and I’ve always had interesting choices based upon my own ideas.

Dr. N: Okay, after you are completely finished with reviewing lives in the Ring, what happens then?

S: The controllers … come into my mind to see if I am satisfied with what I have been shown.

Dr. N: Are they always the same entities?

S: I think so … as far back as I can remember.

Dr. N: Do they pressure you to make a decision before leaving the Ring?

S: Not at all. I float out and go back to talk to my companions before making up my mind.

Of course, theaters such as the Ring are not limited to viewing our planet. I have shown how some souls who come to Earth enjoy incarnating on other worlds as well. In Chapter Ten, I explained how the space of transformation within the spirit world allows souls to experiment with all sorts of shapes and forms for enlightenment and short-term recreation. However, for purposes of actual incarnation into our universe and other dimensions my subjects tell me there are space-time tunnels, or channels, available near their group centers. (Later, Case 29 will describe what it feels like to go through one of them at rebirth).

People say these portals are symbolized by a line of huge archways for passage

similar to a large train station. One woman put it this way, “We see these openings as lighter or darker voids of space. To me, the lighter tunnels denote more interactive communities of beings. The darker fields lead to low-density mental colonies where I am going to be alone a lot more.” When I asked her for an example of the latter, she said, “On the world of Arnth, we are as balls of cotton candy moving on waves of gas where nothing is solid. The swirling around each other is very orgasmic.” Another subject, describing his entry into a lighter opening said, “Sometimes between human incarnations I go with groups of souls to the fire world

of Jesta. In this volcanic atmosphere we can experience the physical and emotional stimulation of becoming intelligent molecules of flame. Now I know why I love to be in temperatures of over 100 degrees on Earth”

A soul’s physical anchorage is important. Case 25 told us his choice of locations was

confined to four cities. The number of scenes souls preview before a new life is, of course, different for each visit. Individual life offerings are selective, which indicates to me that other spiritual entities have

been actively working on our behalf to set up location scenes before we arrive. The

number of specialist spirits who assist souls at the space of life selection never seems to be large. They appear as rather vague apparitions to my subjects, although most believe members of their Council of Elders and personal guides are involved.

Early in human history, when the world was underpopulated, my clients recall lives

where they were always born in sparse human settlements. In time, with the rise of villages and then larger centers of ancient civilizations, my cases report returning to the same areas. Life selections were geographically scattered again by the great migrations of people colonizing new lands, particularly in the last four hundred years. In this century of over-population, more souls are choosing to live in places where they have been before.

Does this tendency today mean souls want to return to the same countries because of race? Souls are not inclined toward life selections based on ethnicity or nationalism. These products of human separatism are taught in childhood. Aside from the comfortable familiarity of culture in a soul’s choice (which is different from racial bias), we must also factor in the affinity many spirits have for deserts, mountains, or the sea. Souls may also have a preference for rural or urban living.

Are souls drawn back to the same geographic areas because they want a new life with the same family they had in their past  life? The tradition among certain cultures, such as Native Americans, is that souls choose to stay within family bloodlines. A dying man is expected to come back as his own unborn grandchild. In my practice I rarely see souls repeating the same genetic choices in past  lives because this would inhibit growth and opportunity.

Once in awhile I hear about a soul returning to the body of a relative in a former life under unusual karmic circumstances. For example, if a brother and sister had a close affinity for each other, and one were to die suddenly while still young, the soul of the dead sibling might want to return in the surviving sibling’s child to restore this broken life connection to finish an important task.

What is even more common in my experience, are the souls of young children who

die soon after birth and then return to the same parents as the soul of their next baby. These plans are all made in advance by the souls participating in tragic family events. They involve a maze of karmic issues. Not long ago, I had a case where my client had died from a birth defect early in

his last life. I asked, “What was the purpose of your life ending when you were only a few days old?” He replied, “The lesson was for my parents, not me, and that’s why I elected to come back for them as a filler.” When souls return for a short life to help someone else rather than work on their own issues, because there isn’t time, some call this “a filler life.” In this case, the parents had abused and finally caused the death of another child when they were together in an earlier life. Although they

were a loving young couple in the last life of my client, these parents evidently needed to experience the grief of having a child they desperately wanted taken away from them. Experiencing the anguish from this terrible loss gave the souls of these parents a deeper insight into the effects of severing a blood bond. I will have an example of this theme in Case 27.

Spirits do not routinely see their deaths in future lives. If souls choose a life where

their death will be premature, they often see it in the place of life selection. I have found that souls essentially volunteer in advance for bodies who will have sudden fatal illnesses, are to be killed by someone, or come to an abrupt end of life with many  others  from  a  catastrophic  event.  Souls  who  become  involved  in  these tragedies are not caught in the wrong place at the wrong time with a capricious God looking the other way. Every soul has a motive for the events in which it chooses to participate. One client told me his last life was planned in advance to end at seven years of age as an American Indian boy. He said, “I was looking for a short-burst lesson in humility and this life as a mistreated starving half-breed was enough.” Another, more graphic example of a soul volunteering for a terrible assignment was that of one of my subjects who elected in her last life to join (with three others of her soul group) the bodies of Jewish women taken from Munich into the death camp at Dachau in 1941. All were assigned to the same barracks (also prearranged) where my client died in 1943 at age 18 comforting the children and trying to help them survive. Her mission was accomplished with courage.

While events, race, culture, and geographic location often appear to come first in the

selection process, they are not the most significant choices for the soul’s next life. Aside from all other considerations, incarnation comes down to souls making that all-important decision of a specific body, and what can be learned by utilizing the brain of a certain human being. The next chapter is devoted to an analysis of why souls choose their bodies for various biological and psychological reasons.

13

Choosing a New Body

IN the place of life selection, our souls preview the life span of more than one human

being within the same time cycle. When we leave this area, most souls are inclined toward one leading candidate presented to us for soul occupation. However, our spiritual advisors give us ample opportunity to reflect upon all we have seen in the future before making a final decision. This chapter is devoted to the many elements which go into that decision.

Our deliberations over body alternatives actually begin before we go to the place of

life selection. Souls do this in order to adequately prepare themselves for viewing certain people in different cultural settings on Earth. I sense those souls who set up the screening room know in advance what to show us, because of these thoughts in our minds. Great care must be taken in choosing just the right body to serve us in the life to come. As I have said, guides and peer group members are part of this evaluation process prior to, and after, we visit the place of life selection.

When listening to my subjects describe all the preparations which go into picking a new physical body, I am constantly reminded of the fluidity of spiritual time. Our

teachers use relative future time in the place of  life selection to allow souls to measure human usefulness for working on unfinished lesson plans. Blueprints for the next life vary in the degree of difficulty the soul-mind sets for itself. If we have just come off an easy life, making little interpersonal progress, our soul might want to choose a person in the next time cycle who will face heartache and perhaps tragedy. It is not out of the ordinary for me to see someone who has skated through an

unchallenging life overloading themselves with turmoil in the next one to catch up

with their learning goals.

The soul-mind is far from infallible as it works in conjunction with a biological

brain. Regardless of our soul level, being human means we will all make mistakes and have the necessity of engaging in midcourse corrections during our lives. This will be true with any body we select.

Before taking up the more complex mental factors in a soul’s decision to join with

the brain of a human baby, I will begin with the physical aspects of body choice. Despite the fact that our souls know in advance what they are going to look like, a national survey in the United States indicated 90 percent of both males and females were dissatisfied with the physical characteristics of their bodies. This is the power of conscious amnesia. Much unhappiness is created by society stereotyping an ideal appearance. Yet, this too is part of a soul’s lesson plan.

How many times have we all looked in a mirror and said; “Is this the real me? Why do I appear this  way? Am I  in a  body where  I  belong?”  These  questions are especially poignant when the type of body we have prevents us from doing those things we think we ought to be able to do in life. I have had a number of clients who came to me convinced their bodies prevented them from achieving satisfying lives. Many handicapped people think if it were not for a genetic mistake, or being the victim of an accidental injury which damaged their body, their lives would be more fulfilled. As heartless as this may sound, my cases show few real accidents involving body damage which don’t fall under the free will of souls. As souls, we choose our bodies for a reason. Living in a damaged body does not necessarily have to involve a karmic debt we are paying off because of past life responsibility for an injury to someone else. As my next case will demonstrate, when a soul is inside a damaged body, this choice can involve a learning path to another type of lesson.

It is difficult to tell a newly-injured person trying to cope with physical disablement

that he or she has an opportunity to advance at a faster rate than those of us with healthy bodies and minds. This knowledge must come through self-discovery. The case histories of my clients convince me that the effort necessary to overcome a body impediment does accelerate advancement. Those of us whom society deems less- than-perfect suffer discrimination which makes the burden even heavier. Overcoming the obstacles of physical ailments and hurt makes us stronger for the ordeal.

Our bodies are an important part of the trial we set  for ourselves in life. The

freedom of choice we have with these bodies is based far more on psychological elements than from the estimated 100,000 genes inherited by each human being. However, I want to show in the opening case of this chapter why souls want certain bodies based largely on physical reasons without heavy psychological implications.

The case exhibits the planning involved in the decision of a soul to be in contrasting physical bodies in different lives. After this case, we will examine why souls choose their bodies for other reasons.

Case 26 was a tall, well-proportioned woman who enjoyed participating in sports

despite being bothered all her life with recurring leg pains. During her preliminary interview, I learned the pain was a dull ache in both legs, about midway down the thighbones. Over a period of years she had been to a number of doctors who could find no medical evidence of anything wrong with her legs. Clearly, she was worn down and willing to try anything for relief.

When   I   heard   the   doctors   had   concluded   her   discomfort   was   probably

psychosomatic, I suspected the origin of this woman’s pain might lie in a past life. Before going to the source of her problem, I decided to take my client through a couple of past lives to ascertain her motivations for body choices. When I asked her to tell me about a life in which she was the happiest with a human body she told of being in the body of a Viking called Leth around 800 AD. She said Leth was “a child of nature” who traveled by the Baltic Sea route into western Russia.

Leth was described as wearing a long, fur-lined cloak and soft, form-fitting animal skin pants with roped-up boots and a cap wrapped with metal. He carried an ax and a heavy, broad-bladed sword which he wielded easily in battle. My subject was intrigued by the picture in her mind of again being inside this magnificently proportioned warrior with “dirty strands of reddish-blond hair spilling over my shoulders.” Standing well over six feet tall, he must have been a giant of his time, with enormous strength, a huge chest, and powerful limbs. A man of great endurance, Leth navigated with other Norsemen over long distances, sailing up rivers and hiking through thick, virgin forests, pillaging settlements along the way. Leth was killed during a raid while looting a village.

Case 26

Dr. N: What was most important to you about this life you have just recalled as

Leth the Viking?

S: To experience that magnificent body and the feeling of raw physical power. I have never had another body like that one in all my existences on Earth. I was fearless because my body did not react to pain even when wounded. In every respect it was flawless. I never got sick.

Dr. N: Was Leth ever mentally troubled by anything? Was there any emotional sensitivity for you in this life?

S: (bursts out laughing) Are you kidding? Never! I lived only for each day. My concerns were not getting enough fighting, plunder, food, drink, and sex. All my feelings were channeled into physical pursuits. What a body!

Dr. N: All right, let’s analyze your decision to choose this great body in advance of Leth’s life. At the time you made your choice in the spirit world did you request this body of good genetic stock or did your guide simply make the selection for you?

S: Counselors don’t do that.

Dr. N: Then explain to me how this body came to be chosen by you.

S: I wanted one of the best physical specimens on Earth at the time and Leth was offered to me as a possibility.

Dr. N: You had only one choice?

S: No, I had two choices of people living in this time.

Dr. N: What if you didn’t like any of the body choices presented to you for occupation in that time segment?

S: (thoughtfully) The alternatives of my choices always seem to match what I want to experience in my lives.

Dr. N: Do you have the sense the counselors know in advance which body selections are exactly right for you, or are they so harried it’s just an indiscriminate grab bag of body choices?

S: Nothing here is careless. The counselors arrange everything.

Dr. N: I have wondered if the counselors might get mixed up once in a while. With all the new babies born could they ever assign two souls to one baby, or leave a baby without a soul for a while?

S: (laughing) We aren’t in an assembly line. I told you they know what they are doing. They don’t make mistakes like that.

Dr. N: I believe you. Now, as to your choices, I am curious if two bodies were sufficient for your examination in the place of life selection.

S: We don’t need a lot of choices for lives once the counselors get their heads together about our desires. I already had some idea of the right body size and shape and the sex I wanted before being exposed to my two choices.

Dr. N: What was the body choice you rejected in favor of Leth?

S: (pause) That of a soldier from Rome… also with the strong body I wanted in that lifetime.

Dr. N: What was wrong with being an Italian soldier?

S: I didn’t want … control over me by the state (subject shakes head from side to side) … too restrictive …

Dr. N: As I remember, by the ninth century much of Europe had fallen under the authority of Charlemagne’s Holy Roman Empire.

S: That was the trouble with the soldier’s life. As a Viking I answered to nobody. I was free. I could move around with my band of invaders in the wilderness without any governmental control.

Dr. N: Then freedom was also an issue in your choice?

S: Absolutely. The freedom of movement… the fury of battle the use of my strength and uninhibited action. Life at sea and in the forests was robust and constant. I know the life was cruel, too, but it was a brutal time. I was no better or worse than the rest.

Dr. N: But what about other considerations, such as personality?

S: Nothing bothered me as long as I was able to physically express myself to the fullest.

Dr. N: Did you have a mate-children?

S: (shrugs)  Too restrictive. I was on the move. I possessed many women-some willing-others not-and this pleasure added to my expression of physical power. I didn’t want to be tied down in any way.

Dr. N: So, the body of Leth was your preference as a pure physical extension of sensual feeling?

S: Yes, I wanted to experience all body senses to the fullest, nothing more.

I felt my subject was now ready to go to work on her current problem. After bringing her out of superconscious into a subconscious state, I asked her to go directly to a life which may have involved leg pain.

Almost at once the woman dropped into her most recent past life and became a six- year-old girl named Ashley living in New England in the year 1871. Ashley was riding in a fully loaded, horse-drawn carriage when suddenly she opened the door and tumbled out under the vehicle. When she hit the cobblestone street, one of the heavy rear carriage wheels rolled over her legs at the same point above both knees, crushing the bones. My subject reexperienced a sharp pain in her legs while describing the fall.

Despite efforts from local physicians and the prolonged use of wood splints, Ashley’s

leg bones did not heal properly. She was never able to stand or walk again and poor circulation caused repeated swelling in her legs for the rest of a rather short life. Ashley died in 1912 after a productive period of years as a writer and tutor of disadvantaged children. When the narration of Ashley’s life ended, I returned my

subject to the spirit world.

Dr. N: In your history of body choices why did you wait a thousand years between being a physically strong man and a crippled woman?

S: Well, of course, I developed a better sense of who I was during

the lives in between. I chose to be crippled to gain intellectual concentration. Dr. N: You chose a broken body for this?

S: Yes, you see, being unable to walk made me read and study more. I developed my mind … and listened to my mind. I learned to communicate well and to write with skill because I wasn’t distracted. I

was always in bed.

Dr. N: Was any characteristic about your soul particularly evident in both Ashley

and Leth the Viking?

S: That part of me which craves fiery expression was in both bodies.

Dr. N: I want you to go to the moment you were in the process of choosing the life of Ashley. Tell me how you decided on this particular damaged body.

S: I picked a family in a well-established, settled part of America. I wanted a place with libraries and to be taken care of by loving parents so I could devote myself to scholarship. I constantly wrote to many unhappy people and became a good teacher.

Dr. N: As Ashley, what did you do for this loving family who took care of you?

S: It always works two ways-the benefits and liabilities. I chose this family because they needed the intensity of love with someone totally dependent upon them all their lives. We were very close as a family because they were lonely before I was born. I came late, as their only child. They wanted a daughter who would not marry and leave them to be lonely again.

Dr. N: So it was a trade-off? S: Most definitely.

Dr. N: Then let’s track this decision further back to the place of life selection, when your soul first saw Ashley’s life. Did you see the details of your carriage accident then?

S: Of course, but it wasn’t an accident-it was supposed to happen.

Dr. N: Once you came to Earth, who was responsible for the fall? Was it your soul- mind or Ashley’s biological mind?

S: We worked in unison. She was going to be fooling with the carriage door handle and … I capitalized on that

Dr. N: Tell me what was going through your soul-mind in the life selection room when you saw the scene of Ashley falling and being injured?

S: I thought about how this crippled body could be put to good use. I had some other choices for body injuries, but I preferred this one

because I didn’t want to have the capability for much movement.

Dr. N: I want to pursue the issue of causality here. Would Ashley have fallen anyway if she had a soul other than your own?

S: (defensively) We were right for each other… Dr. N: That doesn’t answer my question.

S: (long pause) There are forces beyond my knowledge as a spirit. When I saw Ashley for the first time … I was able to see her without me … healthy … older … another life possibility…

Dr. N: Now we are getting somewhere. Are you saying if Ashley had begun her life with another soul entity that she might not have fallen at all?

S: Yes … that’s a possibility … one of many … she could also have been less severely injured, with the ability to walk on crutches.

Dr. N: Well, did you see a physically healthy Ashley living happily without your soul?

S: I saw … a grown woman … normal legs … unhappiness with a man … frustration at being trapped in an unrewarding life … sorrowful parents … but easier. (voice becomes more firm) No! That course would not have worked well for either of us-I was the best soul for her.

Dr. N: Were you the prime mover of the fall, once you elected to be-come Ashley’s soul?

S: It … was both of us … we were one at that moment … she was being naughty, bouncing around in the carriage, playing with the door handle when her mother said she must stop. Then … I was ready and she was ready…

Dr. N: Just how rigid was your destiny? Once you were Ashley’s soul was there any way you could have backed out of this entire incident in the carriage?

S: (pause) I can tell you I had a flash just before I fell. I could have pulled back and

not fallen out. A voice inside my mind said…”It’s an opportunity, don’t wait any longer, take the fall, this is what you wanted-it’s the best course of action.”

Dr. N: Was that particular moment important? S: I didn’t want Ashley to get too much older.

Dr. N: But, the pain and suffering this child went through . . .?

S: It was horrible. The agony of those first five weeks was beyond belief. I almost died, but I learned from enduring it all and I now see the memories of Leth’s capacity for managing pain helped me.

Dr. N: Did your inner mind have any regrets during those moments when the pain was most severe?

S: As I slipped in and out of consciousness during the worst of the ordeal, my mind began gaining in power. Overriding my damaged body, I started to better control the pain … lying in bed… the doctors helpless. The skills I developed in managing pain were later used to concentrate on my studies and my counselor was helping me, too, in subtle ways.

Dr. N: So you gained a lot in this life by being unable to walk?

S: Yes, I became a listener and thinker. I corresponded with many people and learned to write with inspiration. I gained teaching ability with the young, and felt guided by an internal power.

Dr. N: Was your counselor proud of your accomplishments after you returned to the spirit world?

S: Very, although I was told I had become a little too indulged and pampered (laughs), but that’s an okay trade-off.

Dr. N: How does your experience with the strong body of Leth and the weak one of Ashley help you today, or is this of no consequence?

S: I benefit every day by my appreciation of the necessity of a union between mind and body to learn lessons.

During my client’s reliving of the street scene which broke her legs, I initiated desensitization measures. At the close of our session together, I then deprogrammed her generational memory of leg pain entirely. This woman later notified me she has had no further pain and regularly enjoys playing tennis.

The two past lives I have represented in this case were largely devoted to physical choices for soul actualization in two quite different environments.

Souls search for self-expression by developing different aspects of their character. Regardless of what physical or mental tools are used through the use of many bodies, the laws of karma will prevail. If the soul chooses one extreme, somewhere down the line this will be counterbalanced by an opposite choice to even-out development. The physical lives of Leth and Ashley are examples of karmic compensation. The Hindus believe a rich man sooner or later must become a beggar for his soul to develop adequately.

By  surviving  different  challenges  our  soul  identity  is  strengthened.  The  word

strength should not be misunderstood. My subjects say the real lessons of life are learned by recognizing and coming to terms with being human. Even as victims, we are beneficiaries because it is how we stand up to failure and duress which really marks our progress in life. Sometimes one of the most important lessons is to learn to just let go of the past.

While souls carefully consider the physical attributes of an Earth body in a variety

of cultural settings, they give much more attention to the psychological aspects of human life. This decision is the most vital part of the entire selection process for the soul. Before entering the place of life selection, it is to a soul’s advantage to ponder the factors of heredity and environment which affect how a biological life form will function. I have heard that a soul’s spiritual energy has a fluctuating influence on whether the temperament of its human host will be extroverted or introverted, rationalistic or idealistic, emotionally or analytically dominated. Because of such variables, souls need to reflect in advance on the types of bodies which will serve them best in the life to come.

From  what  I  can  gather,  a  soul’s  thoughts  about  certain  human  behavior

preferences for themselves in the next life are known by guides and those masters charged with operating the life selection stations. It appears to me some souls take this responsibility more seriously than others. Yet, a soul in the prelife selection phase can reflect only so much on how they would fit into a specific body. When souls are called to the place of life selection the guesswork is over. Now they must match their spiritual identity against a mortal being.  Why one soul joined, for psychological reasons, with two human beings thousands of years apart is the basis of my next case.

Case 27 is a Texas businessman who owns a large, successful clothing firm. During a vacation in California, Steve came to see me on the advice of a friend. As I took his history, I noticed he was tense and hypervigilant. While his fingers toyed with a key chain, Steve’s eyes darted anxiously around my office. I asked if he was nervous or afraid of hypnosis as a procedure and he replied, “No, I’m more afraid of what you will uncover.”

This client told me his employees were demanding and disloyal and the multitude of personnel complaints had become intolerable. His solution had been to increase discipline and fire people. I learned that he had two failed marriages and was a binge alcoholic. He said he had recently tried a recovery program but quit because “they were getting too critical of me.”

As we talked further, Steve explained that his mother disappeared after leaving him

on the steps of a church in Texas within a week of his birth. After a few lonely and unhappy years in an orphanage, an older couple adopted him. He added that these

people were stern disciplinarians who seemed to disapprove of him all the time. Leaving home in his teens, Steve had many scrapes with the law and once attempted suicide.

I found this client’s personality to be overly assertive and untrusting of authority.

His anger was rooted in feelings of isolation and abandonment issues. Steve said he felt like he was losing control over his life and was willing to try anything “to find the real me.” I agreed to short-term exploration of his unconscious mind if he would consider seeing a therapist later in his own town for sustained counseling.

As this case unfolds, we will see how Steve’s soul maintains its identity while responding to physical life in a human body. The intensity of this association is increased in hypnosis when my subjects discuss their motives for body selection. One reason why I have used this case is to expose a difficult barrier to discovering our identity-that of childhood trauma. Souls who unite with people that develop early personality disorders deliberately set themselves up for a difficult life. Before taking my client into the spirit world to learn why his soul chose this life, it was necessary to relive his early childhood memories. In the short excerpt which begins this case, this subject will see his real mother again. It is one of the most poignant scenes I have ever facilitated.

Case 27

Dr. N: You are now a baby in the first week of life and your mother is seeing you for

the last time. It doesn’t matter that you are a baby because your inner adult mind knows everything that is going on. Describe to me exactly what transpires.

S: (subject starts to shake) I … I’m in a basket … there is a faded blue blanket around me … I’m being set down on some steps… it’s cold …

Dr. N: Where are these steps?

S: … In front of a church… in Texas.

Dr. N: Who is setting you down on the church steps?

S: (the shaking increases) My mother … is bending down over me … saying goodbye

… (begins to cry)

Dr. N: What can you tell me about your mother’s reason for leaving you?

S: She … is young … not married to my father … he is already married. She is … crying … I can feel her tears falling on my face.

Dr. N: Look up at her. What else do you see?

S: (chokes) Flowing black hair … beautiful… I reach up and touch her mouth … she kisses me … soft, gentle … she is having a terribly hard time leaving me here.

Dr. N: Does she say anything to you before leaving?

S: (subject can now hardly talk) “I must leave you for your own good. I have no money to take care of you. My parents won’t help us. I love you. I will always love you and hold you in my heart forever.”

Dr. N: What happens then?

S: She … takes hold of a heavy door knocker… it has an animal on it… and bangs on the door… we hear footsteps coming… now she is gone.

Dr. N: What do your inner thoughts tell you about all you have seen?

S: (almost overcome by emotion) Oh … she wanted me after all … didn’t want to leave me … she loved me!

Dr. N: (I place my hand on the subject’s forehead and begin a  series of post- hypnotic suggestions which end with the following instructions) Steve, you will be able to recall this subconscious memory in your conscious mind. You will retain this picture of your mother

for the rest of your life. You now know how she truly felt about you and that her

energy is still with you. Is this clear? S: Yes … it is.

Dr. N: Now, move forward in time and tell me how you feel about your foster parents.

S: Never satisfied with me … made me feel guilty about everything … controlling and judging me … (subject’s face is dripping wet with tears and perspiration) don’t know who I am supposed to be

I’m not real

Dr. N: (I raise my voice) Tell me what is unreal about you. S: Pretending … (stops)

Dr. N: Keep going!

S: I’m not really in control … constant anger … mistreating people to … get even … hopelessness …

Note: After additional conditioning, I will now take my subject back and forth between his subconscious and superconscious mind.

Dr. N: All right Steve, now let’s go back to the time before your birth into this life. Tell me if you have ever lived in another life with the soul of your birth mother.

S: (long pause) Yes … I have.

Dr. N: Was there ever a particular life you lived with this soul on Earth which involved any sort of physical or emotional pain between the two of you?

S: (after a moment subject’s hands grip the arms of his chair) Oh, damn-that’s it-of course-it’s her!

Dr. N: Try to relax and not go too fast for me. I want you to enter the life you see in your mind at the most crucial point in your relationship with this soul on the count of three. One, two, three!

S: (a deep sigh) Oh my … it’s the same person … a different body but she was my mother then, too

Dr. N: Stay focused on the Earth scene. Is it day or night? S: (pause) Broad daylight. Hot sun and sand …

Dr. N: Describe what is happening under the hot sun in the sand.

S: (haltingly) I am standing in front of my temple … before a large crowd of people

… my guards are in back of me.

Dr. N: What is your name? S: Haroum.

Dr. N: What are you wearing, Haroum?

S: A long, white robe and sandals. I have a staff in my hand with gold snakes on it as a symbol of my authority.

Dr. N: What is your authority, Haroum? S: (proudly) I am a high priest.

Note: Further inquiries revealed this man was a tribal leader who was located on the Arabian peninsula close to the Red Sea around 2000 BC. In preclassical times, this area was known as the Kingdom of Sheba (or Saba). I also learned the temple was a large oval structure of mud bricks and stone dedicated to a moon god.

Dr. N: What are you doing in front of your temple?

S: I am on the steps judging a woman. She is my mother. She is kneeling down in front of me. There is a look of pity and fear in her eyes as she looks up at me.

Dr. N: How can her eyes show both pity and fear at once?

S: There is pity in her eyes because of the power which has consumed me … in taking so much control over the daily lives of my people. And there is fear, too, for what I am about to do. This disturbs me, but I must not show it.

Dr. N: Why is your mother kneeling on the temple steps before you?

S: She has broken into the storage house and stolen food to give to the people. Many are hungry at this time of year, but I alone can order distribution. The food must be measured out carefully.

Dr. N: Did she act against some rule of food rationing? Was this a question of survival?

S: (abruptly) There is more to this-by disobeying me she is

undermining my authority. I use the distribution of food as a means of… control over my people. I want them all to be loyal to me.

Dr. N: What are you going to do with your mother?

S: (with conviction) My mother has violated the law. I can save her, but she must be punished as an example. I decide she will die.

Dr. N: How do you feel about killing your own mother, Haroum?

S: It must be done. She has been a constant thorn in my side-causing unrest among my people because of her position. I cannot govern freely with her here any longer. Even now, she is defiant. I order her death by banging my staff on the stone steps.

Dr. N: Later on are you sad about ordering your mother’s execution?

S: (voice becomes strained) I… must not think about such things if I am to maintain power.

At this point Steve’s mind had relived two emotionally wrenching events involving voluntary actions of separation between mother and son. Although he had made the karmic connection, it was important that his abandonment as a baby not be isolated as pure historic retribution. For healing to begin we had to go further.

The next stage in our session together was designed to recover Steve’s soul identity. To do this, I took him into the spirit world. In each of my cases, I try to bring the

subject back to the most appropriate spiritual area to get the best results. In Case 13, I used the place of orientation. With Case 27, we will go back to relive the spiritual time just after his return from the place of life selection. In this setting, I want Steve to see the reasons for his current body choice and the role of other soul participants in his life.

Dr. N: By what name are you known in the spirit world? S: Sumus

.

Dr. N: All right, Sumus, since we are now in the spirit world again, I want us to go to the period just following your initial viewing of the man who is Steve. What are your thoughts?

S: Such a resentful man… he is so angry about his mother dumping him on a doorstep … and those hard-nosed people who will

take over as his parents … I don’t know if I even want to take this body!

Dr. N: I understand, but why don’t we put that decision aside for a few minutes while other things develop. Tell me what you actually do once you leave the place of life selection.

S: Sometimes I might want to be by myself for a while. Usually, I am anxious to have the opinions of my friends about the lives I look at, especially one this rough.

Dr. N: Surely, you had more than one body option?

S: (shakes head) This is one I should take … it’s a rough decision.

Dr. N: Tell me, Sumus, when you are back with your group of friends, do you discuss the possibility of yourself associating with some of them in the next life?

S: Yes, more often than not, these close friends are going to be in my life to come, just as I will be in theirs. Some of my clutch will not be in certain lives. It doesn’t matter. We all discuss our next life with each other. I want to get their ideas on details. You see, we all know each other so well-our strengths and weaknesses- former successes and failures-what to watch out for … that kind of thing.

Dr. N: Did you discuss with them any details about the kind of person you should be in your next life before actually going to the place of life selection?

S: Oh yeah, in a roundabout way. Nothing concrete. Now that I have seen Steve, and who the others might be in relation to him in this life, there are reservations. So I talk to Jor.

Dr. N: Is Jor your guide?

S: Yes, he listened a lot to what I had to say about who I thought I should be before I was sent to the place where we look at lives.

Dr. N: Okay, Sumus, you have just returned to your primary cluster group from the place of life selection. What do you do first?

S: I talk about this guy Steve who is so unhappy … no real mother … all that stuff … what kinds of people will be around him … their plans, too … it must fit all together for us.

Dr. N: You mean which souls are going to take certain bodies? S: Right, we need to firm that up.

Dr. N: Are soul assignments still negotiable at this point, or is everyone told which body they will be in after leaving the place of life selection?

S: No one is forced to do anything. We know what should be done. Jor… and the others help us make adjustments … they are sent in to round out the picture … (subject’s face becomes grave)

Dr. N: Is something bothering you at this moment, Sumus?

S: (in a cheerless manner) Uh … my friends are moving away … there are others coming … oh…

Dr. N: I gather some deliberations are about to occur with other souls. Try to relax as best you can. On my command you will clearly relate to me everything that is happening. Do you understand?

S: (nervously) Yes.

Dr. N: Begin! How many entities do you see?

S: There are… four of them… coming over to me… Jo. is one of them. Dr. N: Who is first?

S: (subject grabs my hand) It’s … ……. she wants to be … my mother again. Dr. N: Is this the soul of the woman who is Haroum’s and Steve’s mother? S: Yes, she is… oh… I don’t want to…

Dr. N: What’s going on?

S: Eone is telling me it’s time for us to … settle things … to be in a disordered life as mother and son again.

Dr. N: But Sumus, didn’t you know this at the place of life selection when you viewed Steve’s mother taking her baby to the church?

S: I saw the people … the possibility… it was still an … abstract consideration … it wasn’t actually me yet. I guess I need more convincing because Eone is here for a reason.

Dr. N: I take it none of these newly arrived entities is from your own clutch? S: (sighs) No, they are not.

Dr. N: Why did you and Eone wait 4000 earth years before discussing a balancing out of your treatment of her in Arabia?

S: Earth years mean nothing; it could have been yesterday. I just wasn’t ready to offset the harm I did her as Haroum. She says the circumstances are right for this exercise now.

Dr. N: If your soul joins with the body of Steve in Texas, will Eone consider this karmic payment for your debt?

S: (pause) My life as Steve is not supposed to be punishment.  Dr. N: I’m glad you see that. So what is the lesson to be learned?

S: To … feel what desertion is like in a family relationship … deliberate severing … Dr. N: The severing of the mother and son bond by deliberate action?

S: Yes … to appreciate what it is like to be cast off.

Dr. N: Allow Eone to move away and have the other entities join us, Sumus.

S: (distressed) Eone is floating back to … Jor…. coming forward are … Oh shit-it’s Talu and Kalish! (subject squirms in his chair and tries to ward off the two spirits in his mind by pushing the palms of his hands outward)

Dr. N: Who are they?

S: (in a rush of words) Talu and Kalish have volunteered to be Steve’s-my foster parents. They work together a lot.

Dr. N: What’s the problem, then?

S: I just don’t want them again so soon!

Dr. N: Slow down for me, Sumus. You have worked with these souls before?

S: (still muttering to himself) Yes, yes-but they are so hard for me to be with especially Kalish. It’s too soon. They were my in-laws in the German life.

Note: We digress for a few minutes while Sum us briefly explains a past life in Europe as a high-ranking army, officer who neglected his family and was the object of scorn from his wife’s influential parents.

Dr. N: Are you saying that Talu and Kalish lack the capability for the assignment of being your foster parents in Texas?

S: (shakes head with resignation) No, they know what they are doing. lt’s just that with Kalish, it’s always a rough ride. She chooses to be people who are critical, demanding, cold…

Dr. N: Does she always present that sort of behavior in human bodies?

S: Well, that’s her style with me. Kalish is not a soul who engages easily with others. She is independent and very determined.

Dr. N: How about Talu as your adoptive father?

S: Stern .. allows Kalish to lead … can be too detached… emotionally private… I’m going to really rebel against them this time.

Dr. N: Okay, but will they teach you something?

S: Yes, I know they will, but I am still arguing about it. Jor and Eone come over. Dr. N: What do you say next at this conference?

S: I want Eone to be my foster mother. They all laugh at me. Jor won’t buy my explanations. He knows I am close to Eon e.

Dr. N: Do they make fun of you, Sumus?

S: Oh no, it’s not that way at all Talu and Kalish question my reluctance to tackle my faults with them.

Dr. N: Well, I was getting the impression you thought these souls were ganging up on you to force a decision to join with the Texas baby.

S: That’s not how it goes here. We are discussing my misgivings about the life itself. Dr. N: But I thought you didn’t like Talu and Kalish?

I

S: They know about me … I need strict people or I ride over them. Everyone here

sees I have a tendency to indulge myself. They convince me an easy life without them will be like treading water. Both of them are very disciplined.

Dr. N: Well, it sounds like you have about made up your mind to go with them into the Texas life.

S: (musing) Yes… they are going to make a lot of demands on me as a child… Kalish sarcastic … Talu a perfectionist… losing Eone…

it’s going to be a rough ride.

Dr. N: What will playing the roles of your parents do for Talu and Kalish?

S: Kalish and Talu are in different … configurations than me. I’m not supposed to get all muddled up in their business. It has something to do with their being rigid people and overcoming pride.

Dr. N: When you are on Earth, does your soul-mind always know the reason why certain people who influence you positively or negatively are significant in your life?

S: Yes, but that doesn’t mean the person I am in that life understands what my spirit knows. (smiles) That’s what we should be able to figure out on Earth.

Dr. N: Which is what we are doing now?

S: Yeah … and I am cheating a little with you helping, but it’s okay, I can use it.

It does seem an enigma that the knowledge of who we really are as souls is so difficult for many of us to reach through our conscious minds. By now I’m sure the reader has discerned that even in a superconscious state, we do retain the ability to observe ourselves with a portion of the critical center of our conscious mentality. Assisting clients in reaching their inner selves by linking all facets of the mind is the most important part of my work in hypnotherapy.

I want Steve to gain insight into the motives for his behavior by understanding his soul. The dialogue which follows provides us with further disclosures as to why Sumus integrated into Steve’s body. The spiritual conference with Jor, Eone, Talu, and Kalish is over and I have taken Sumus to a quiet setting in the spirit world for this discussion.

Dr. N: Tell me, Sumus, how much of who you really are as a soul identity is reflected in the human beings you have occupied?

S: Quite a lot-but no two bodies are alike. (laughs) Good body and soul mergers don’t always happen, you know. I remember some of my former bodies more fondly than others.

Dr. N: Would you say your soul dominates or is subordinated by the human brain? S: That’s difficult to answer because there are subtle differences with the brain of

each body which affects how we… exhibit ourselves from that body. A human would be pretty vacant without us… we treat earth bodies with respect, though.

Dr. N: What do you think human beings would be like without souls? S: Oh, dominated by senses and emotions

Dr. N: And you believe each human brain causes you to react differently?

S: Well, that which I am … is able to utilize some bodies better than others. I don’t always feel fully attached to a human being. Some physical emotions are overpowering and I… am not so effective.

Dr. N: Such as the high level of rage displayed by Steve’s temperament, perhaps affected by the central nervous system of this body?

S: Yes, we inherit these things ….

Dr. N: But you knew what Steve would be like before you chose his body?

S: (in disgust) That’s right, and it’s typical of how I can make a bad situation worse. I am able to interpret only when the storms of the human mind are quiet, and yet I want to be stormy people.

Dr. N: What do you mean by interpret?

S: Interpret ideas … make sense out of Steve’s reactions to turmoil.

Dr. N: To be frank, Sumus, you sound like a stranger inside Steve’s body.

S: I’m sorry to give you that impression. We don’t control the human mind … we try by our presence to … elevate it to see … meaning in the world and to be receptive to morality … to give understanding.

Dr. N: That’s all very well, but you use human bodies for your own development too, don’t you?

S: Sure, it’s a … blending … we give and take with our energy.

Dr. N: Oh, you tailor your energy to fit a host body?

S: It would be better to say I use different facets of expression, depending on the emotional drives of each body.

Dr. N: Let’s get specific, Sumus. What is going on between you and Steve’s brain at this time on Earth?

S: I … have felt … submerged … sometimes my energy is tired and unresponsive to so much negativity.

Dr. N: Looking back to your choices of Haroum, Steve, and those other human bodies in between, do they all have traits in common which attracted you?

S: (long pause) I am a contact entity. I seek humans who involve themselves … aggressively with others.

Dr. N: When I hear the word aggression, this means hostility to me as opposed to being assertive. Is this what you intended to say?

S: (pause) Well, I’m attracted to those who influence other people … ah, vigorously- at full tilt.

Dr. N: Are you a soul who enjoys controlling other people?

S: I wouldn’t say control, exactly. I avoid choosing to be people who have no intense involvement with those around them.

Dr. N: Sumus, aren’t you being controlling when you try to direct other souls in their lives?

S: (no response)

Dr. N: What would Jor say about your human relationships?

S: Hmm … that I like power as a means of influencing the acts of humans who are decision makers. That I crave social and political groups where I lead.

Dr.  N:  So,  you would not  enjoy being in a  human  body which was quiet  and unassuming?

S: Definitely not.

Dr. N: (I push harder) Sumus, isn’t it true you took pleasure in the way you were a part of Haroum’s misuse of power in Arabia, and

that you gain satisfaction as Steve from mistreating your employees in Texas?

S: (loudly) No, that isn’t true! Things get out of hand easily when you try to lead humans. It’s the conditions on Earth which screw everything up. It isn’t all my fault.

Dr. N: Is it possible that both Haroum and Steve became more extreme in their conduct because your soul was with them?

S: (heavily) I haven’t done well, I know that …

Dr. N: Look Sumus, I hope you know I don’t think you are a bad soul. But maybe you are easily seduced by the trappings of human

authority and you have now become someone who feels in conflict with society.

S: (disturbed) You are beginning to sound like Jor!

Dr. N: I don’t presume to be doing that, Sumus. Perhaps Jor is helping us both to understand what is going on inside you.

S: Probably.

Steve and I have reached a productive stage of contact with his soul. I address this subject as if he were two people, while tightening the bowstring between his conscious and unconscious self. After applying additional conditioning to pull these two forces closer together, I close our session with a final series of questions. It is important his mind not be allowed to drift or his memories to become dissociated. To foster responsiveness, my questions are confrontive and spoken rapidly to increase the tempo of my subject’s answers.

Dr. N: Sumus, begin by telling me why you originally accepted Steve’s body.

S: To … rise above my attraction for leading others … always wanting to be in charge …

Dr. N: Is your soul identity in conflict with the direction Steve’s life has taken?

S: I don’t like that part of him which is fighting to be on top and, at the same time, having thoughts of escape by self-destruction.

Dr. N: If this is a contradiction for you, why does it exist? S:… childhood … sadness … (stops)

Dr. N: Who am I listening to now? Sumus, why aren’t you more active in helping yourself, as Steve, overcome the shame of abandonment by Eone and your anger from an unloving childhood with Talu and Kalish?

S:… I am grown now … and managing others … won’t let people hurt me anymore.

Dr. N: Sumus, if you and Steve are now speaking to me as one intelligence, I want to know why your lifestyle is so self-destructive.

S: (long pause) Because my weakness is … using power for self-preservation on Earth.

Dr. N: Do you feel if you were less controlling of people as an adult, life would revert to the way you were treated as a child?

S: (angrily) Yes!

Dr. N: And when you don’t get self-gratification from the body of your choice, what do you do as a soul?

S: I…tune out…

Dr. N: I see, and how is this accomplished, Sumus? S: By not … being too active.

Dr. N: Because you are intimidated by a body in an emotional tailspin? S: Well… I go into a shell.

Dr. N: So, you use avoidance in not actively dealing with the major lesson you came to Earth to learn?

S: Uh huh.

Dr. N: Steve, your adoptive parents were rough on you, weren’t they? S: Yes.

Dr. N: Do you now see why?

S: (pause) To know what being constantly judged is like. Dr. N: What else?

S: To … overcome … and be whole. (bitterly) I don’t know…

Dr. N: I think you do know, Steve. Tell me about the damaged self you present to people around you.

S: (after some procrastination) Pretending to be happy covering up my feelings by drinking and mistreating people.

Dr. N: Do you want to stop this cover up and go to work? S: Yes, I do.

Dr. N: Define who you really want to be.

S:(tearfully)I… we don’t want to be hostile to people … but don’t want to risk being a

… non-person … without respect or recognition, either. Dr. N: So you are on a fence?

S: (quietly) Yes, life is so painful.

Dr. N: Do you think this is an accident? S: No, I see it isn’t.

Dr. N: Steve and Sumus, repeat after me: “I’m going to give back the pain of Eone, Talu, and Kalish, which they gave to me for my own good, and get on with my life by becoming the identity I really want to be.” (subject repeats these words three times for me)

Dr. N: Steve, what are you going to do about revealing yourself in the future, and taking responsibility for improvement?

S: (after a couple of false starts) Learn to be more honest. Dr. N: And to trust that you are not a victim of society? S: Yes.

This case ended with my reinforcing Steve’s understanding of who he really is and his mission in life. I wanted to help liberate him as a person of value, with a contribution to make in society. We talked about his love and fear choices, as well as the necessity to get in touch with himself frequently. I felt we had laid the groundwork for his dealing with resentment and a lack of intimacy. I reminded Steve of the need for follow-up counseling. About a year later, he wrote to tell me his recovery was going well, and that he had found the lost child within himself. Steve realized his past mistakes were not failures, but the means to improvement.

Case 27 demonstrates how the hard tasks we set for ourselves often begin in childhood. This is why considerable weight is given to family selection by the soul. The idea that each of us voluntarily agreed to be the children of a given set of parents before we came into this life is a difficult concept for some people to accept.

Although the average person has experienced love from his or her parents, many of us have unresolved, hurtful memories of those near to us who should have offered protection and did not. We grow up thinking of ourselves as victims of biological parents and family members whom we inherited without any choice in the matter. This assumption is wrong.

When clients tell me how much they suffered from the actions of family members,

my first question to their conscious mind is, “If you had not been exposed to this person as a child, what would you now lack in understanding?” It may take a while, but the answer is in our minds. There are spiritual reasons for our being raised as children around certain kinds of people, just as other people are designated to be near us as adults.

To know ourselves spiritually means understanding why we joined in life with the

souls of parents, siblings, spouses, and close friends. There is usually some karmic purpose for receiving pain or pleasure from someone close to us. Remember, along with learning our own lessons, we come to Earth to play a part in the drama of others’ lessons as well.

There are people who, because they live in a terrible environment, suspect the spirit world of not being a center of divine compassion. However, it is the ultimate in compassion when beings who are spiritually linked to each other come forward by prior agreement into human lives involving love-hate relationships. Overcoming adversity in these relationships may mean we won’t have to repeat certain abrasive alliances in future lives. Surviving such trials on Earth places us into a heightened state of perception with each new life and enhances our identity as souls.

People in trance may have trouble making a clear distinction between their soul

identity and human ego. If the human personality has little structure beyond the five senses and basic drives for survival without ensoulment, then the soul is our total personality. This means, for example, that one could not have a human ego which is jealous and also possess a soul which is not jealous.

Yet my cases indicate there are subtle variations between their soul identity and all that is manifested by the human personalities of many host bodies. Case 27 showed similarities and differences in the personalities of Haroum and Steve. Our constant soul-self seems to be a governing agent of human temperament, but we may express ourselves differently with each body.

The souls of my subjects apparently select bodies which try to match their character

flaws with human temperament for specific growth patterns. In one life an overly cautious, low-energy soul might be disposed to blending with a quiet, rather subdued human host. This same soul, encouraged to take greater risks in another life, could choose to work more in opposition to it’s natural character by melding with a temperamentally high-strung, aggressive body-type on Earth.

Souls both give and receive mental gifts in life through a symbiosis of human brain

cells and intelligent energy. Deep feelings generated by an eternal consciousness are conjoined with human emotion in the expression of one personality, which is as it should be. We don’t need to change who we are in relation to life’s experiences, only our negative reactions to these events. Asian Buddhists say enlightenment is seeing the absolute soul ego reflected in the relative human ego and acting through it during life.

In the chapters on beginning, intermediate, and advanced soul levels, I gave case samples of soul maturity. I think souls do demonstrate their own patterns of ego in the bodies they inhabit, and they exert a powerful influence over body performance. However, making hasty judgements on a soul’s maturity based solely on behavioral traits has its pitfalls. The design plan of souls could include holding parts of their energy in reserve in some lives. Sometimes a negative trait is selected by an otherwise developed soul for special attention in a certain body.

We have seen how a soul selects the person with whom it wishes to associate in a

given life. This does not mean that it has absolute control over that body. In extreme cases, a fractured personality struggling with internalized conflicts may result in a dissociative reaction to reality. I feel that

this is a sign the soul is not always able to regulate and unify the human mind. I

have mentioned how souls may become so buried by human emotion in bodies which are unstable, that by the time of death they are contaminated spirits. If we become obsessed by our physical bodies, or carried along on an emotional roller coaster in life, the soul can be subverted by its outer self.

Many great thinkers in history believed the soul can never be fully homogeneous with the human body and that humans have two intellects. I consider human ideas and imagination as emanating from the soul,  which provides a catalyst for the human brain. How much reasoning power we would have without souls is impossible to know, but I feel that the attachment of souls to humans supplies us with insight and abstract thought. I view the soul as offering humans a qualitative reality, subject to conditions of heredity and environment.

If it is true that every human brain has a host of biological characteristics, including

raw intelligence and the facility for invention, which are separate from the soul, then choosing our body raises an important question. Do souls choose bodies whose intellectual capabilities match their own development? For instance, are advanced souls drawn to human brains with high intelligence? In looking at the scholastic and academic achievements of my clients, I find there is no more correlation here than with an immature soul being inclined to bodies with lower intellectual aptitudes.  The  philosopher  Kant  wrote  that  the  human  brain  is  only  a   function  of consciousness, not the source of real knowledge. Regardless of body choice, I find souls do demonstrate their individualism through the human mind. A person may be highly intelligent and yet have a closed attitude about adjusting to new situations, with little curiosity about the world. This indicates a beginner soul to me. If I see someone with an evenness of mood, whose interests and abilities are solidly in focus and directed toward helping human progress, I suspect an advanced soul at work. These are souls who seek personal truths beyond the demands of ego.

It does seem a heavy burden that in every new life a soul must search all over again to find its true self in a different body. However, some light is allowed through the blackout of amnesia by spiritual masters who are not indifferent to our plight. When it comes to finding soulmates on Earth and remembering aspects of the lives we saw in the place of life selection, there is an ingenious form of coaching which is given to souls just before the next life. We will see how this is done in the following chapter.

I

14

Preparation for Embarkation

AFTER souls have completed their consultations with guides and peers about the many physical and psychological ramifications of a new life and body choice, the decision to incarnate is made. It would be logical to assume that they would then go immediately to Earth. This doesn’t happen before a significant element of preparation occurs.

By now I’m sure it is understood that souls returning from the place of life selection

must not only sort out the best choice of who they are going to be in their next life, but coordinate this decision with other players in the coming drama. Using the analogy of life as being one big stage play, we will have the lead role as an actor or actress. Everything we do in the play affects other minor characters (minor because they are not us) in the script. Their parts can be altered by us and ours by them because script changes (the result of free will) can be made while the play is in progress. Those souls who are going to have a close association with us on the stage of life represent our supporting cast, each with prominent roles. But how will we know them?

The issue of how to find soulmates and other important people in their lives is of

paramount concern with many clients who come to me seeking hypnotic regression. Eventually, most of my subjects answer their own questions in superconsciousness because finding these souls was an integral part of their preparations for leaving the spirit world. The space souls go to for this in the spirit world is commonly called the place of recognition, or recognition class. I am told the activity here is like cramming for a final exam. As a result, my subjects also use the term prep-class to describe this aspect of spiritual reinforcement that occurs just before their souls embark on the passage back to Earth. The next case represents this experience.

In order to clearly understand what is behind the spiritual activity of a recognition class, perhaps the word soulmate ought to be defined. For many of us, our nearest and dearest soulmate is our spouse. Yet, as we have seen in previous cases, souls of consequence in our lives may also be other family members or a close friend. The amount of time they are with us on Earth can be long or short. What matters is the impact they have on us while here.

At the risk of oversimplifying a complex issue, our relationships can be divided into a few general categories. First, there is the kind of relationship involving love which is so deep that both partners genuinely don’t see how each could live without the other. This is a mental and physical attraction which is so strong neither partner doubts that they were meant for each other.

Second, there are relationships based upon companionship, friendship, and mutual

respect. Finally, we have associations based largely upon more casual acquaintances which offer some purposeful ingredient to our life. Thus, a soulmate can take many forms, and meeting people who fall into one of these categories is no game of Russian roulette.

Soulmates are designated companions to help you and themselves accomplish mutual goals which can best be achieved by supporting each other in various situations. In terms of friends and lovers, identity recognition of kindred spirits comes from our highest consciousness. It is a wonderful and mysterious experience, both physically and mentally.

Connecting with beings we know from the spirit world, in all sorts of physical

disguises, can be harmonious or frustrating. The lesson we must learn from human relationships is accepting people for who they are without expecting our happiness to be totally dependent upon anyone. I have had clients come to me with the assumption that they are probably not with a soulmate because of so much turmoil and heartbreak in their marriages and relationships. They fail to realize that karmic lessons set difficult standards for each of us and painful experiences involving the heart are deliberate tests in life. They are often of the hardest kind.

Whatever the circumstances, relationships between people are the most vital part of

our lives. Is it coincidence, ESP, deja vu, or synchronicity when the right time and place come together and you meet someone for the first time who will bring meaning into your life? Was there a fleeting forgotten memory-something familiar tugging at the back of your mind? I would ask the reader to sort through those memories involving a distinctive first encounter with someone important in the past. Was it at school? Did this individual live in your neighborhood? How about meeting him or her at

work or during some recreation? Did someone introduce you, or was it a chance

meeting? What did you feel at that moment?

I hate to tamper with your fond recollections of a supposedly spontaneous past

meeting, but such descriptions as chance, happenstance, or impulse aren’t applicable to crucial contacts. This makes them no less romantic. In cases involving soulmates, I have heard many heartfelt accounts of close spiritual beings who journeyed across time and space to find each other as physical beings at a particular geographic spot on Earth at a certain moment. It is also true our conscious amnesia can make meeting significant people difficult and we may take a wrong turn and miss the connection at some juncture. However, there can be a prearrangement here for back-up contingencies.

In the case which follows, I will begin the dialogue at a point in the session where I am asking my subject about his spirit world activity just before rebirth into his present life.

Case 28

Dr. N: Is it close to the time when you will be leaving the spirit world for another life?

S: Yes … I’m about ready.

Dr. N: After you left the place of life selection, was your soulmind made up as to who you would be and the people you were to meet on Earth?

S: Yes, everything is beginning to come together for me.

Dr. N: What if you had second thoughts about your choice of a time frame or a particular human body? Could you back out?

S: (sighs) Yes, and I have done that before-we all have-at least the people I know. Most of the time it’s intriguing to think about being alive on Earth again.

Dr. N: But what if you resisted coming back to Earth shortly before you were due to incarnate?

S: It’s not that … rigid. I would always discuss the possibilities … my concerns for a new life with my tutor and companions before

making a firm commitment. The tutors know when we are stalling, but I have made

up my mind.

Dr. N: Well, I’m glad. Now tell me, once you are firmly committed to return to Earth, does anything else of importance transpire for you in the spirit world?

S: I must go to the recognition class. Dr. N: What is this place like for you?

S: It’s an observation meeting … with my companions … so I can recognize them later.

Dr. N: When I snap my fingers you will go immediately to this class. Are you ready? S: Yes, I am.

Dr. N: (snapping my fingers) Explain to me what you are doing. S: I… am floating in … with the others… to hear the speaker.

Dr. N: I would like to accompany you, but you will have to be my eyes-is that all right?

S: Sure, but we must hurry a little.

Dr. N: How does this place appear to you?

S: Mm. … a circular auditorium with a raised dais in the middle-that’s where the

speakers are.

Dr. N: Are we going to float in and sit down on seats? S: (shakes head) Why would we need seats?

Dr. N: Just wondering. How many souls are around us?

S: Oh … about ten or fifteen … people who are going to be close to me in the life to come.

Dr. N: That’s all the souls you see?

S: No, you asked how many were around me. There are others … further away in groups … to hear their speakers.

Dr. N: Are the ten or fifteen souls around you all from your cluster group? S: Some of them.

Dr. N: Is this gathering similar to the one near the gateway where you met a few people right after your last life?

S: Oh no, that was more quiet … with just my family.

Dr. N: Why was that homecoming meeting more quiet than where we are now?

S: I was still in a daze from losing my body. Here, there is lots of conversation and milling around … anticipation … our energy is really up. Listen, we have to move along faster, I have got to hear what the speakers are saying.

Dr. N: Are these speakers your tutor-guides? S: No, they are the prompters.

Dr. N: Are they souls who specialize in this sort of thing?

S: Yes, they give us the signs by coming up with ingenious ideas.

Dr. N: Okay, let’s move in close to the prompter while you continue to tell me what is happening.

S: We form a circle around the dais. The prompter is floating back and forth in the center-pointing a finger at each of us and saying we must pay close attention. I have to do it!

Dr. N: (lowering my voice) I understand and I wouldn’t want you to miss a thing, but please explain what you mean by signs.

S: This prompter is assigned to us so we will know what to look for in our next life. The signs are placed in our mind now in order to jog our memories later as humans.

Dr. N: What kind of signs?

S: Flags-markers in the road of life. Dr. N: Could you be more specific?

S: The road signs kick us into a new direction in life at certain times when something important is supposed to happen … and then we must know the signs to recognize one another, too.

Dr. N: And this class takes place for souls before each new life? S: Naturally. We need to remember the little things …

Dr. N: But haven’t you already previewed the details of your next life in the place of life selection?

S: That’s true, but not the small details. Besides, I didn’t know all the people who would be operating with me then. This class is a final review … bringing all of us together.

Dr. N: For those of you who will have an impact on each other’s lives?

S: That’s right, it’s mainly a prep-class because we won’t recognize each other at first on Earth.

Dr. N: Do you see your primary soulmate here?

S: (flushing) … she is here … and there are other people that I am supposed to contact… or they will contact me in some way … the others need their signs, too.

Dr. N: Oh, so that’s why these souls are a mixed gathering of entities from different groups. They are all going to play some significant role in each other’s new life.

S: (impatiently) Yes, but I can’t listen to what is going on with you talking … Shhh! Dr. N: (lowering my voice again) All right, on the count of three I am going to hold

this class in suspension for a few minutes so you won’t miss anything. (softly) One,

two, three. The speaker is now quiet while you are going to explain a little more about the flags and the signs. Okay?

S: I… guess so.

Dr. N: I am going to call these signs memory triggers. Are you telling me there will be special triggers for each of these people with you?

S: That’s why we have been brought together. There will be times in my life when these people will appear. I must try to … remember some … action by them … the way they look … move … talk.

Dr. N: And each will trigger a memory for you?

S: Yeah, and I’m going to miss some. The signs are supposed to click in our memory right away and tell us, “Oh, good, you are here now.” Inside us … we can say to ourselves, “It is time to work on the next phase.” They may seem like insignificant little things, but the flags are turning points in our lives.

Dr. N: What if people miss these road flags or signs of recognition because, like you said, you forget what the prompter told you? Or, what if you choose to ignore your inclinations and take another path?

S: (pause) We have other choices-they may not be as good-you can be stubborn, but… (stops)

Dr. N: But, what?

S: (with conviction) After this class we usually don’t forget the important signs.

Dr. N: Why don’t our guides just give us the answers we need on Earth? Why all this fooling around with signs to remember things?

S: For the same reason we go to Earth without knowing everything in advance. Our soul power grows with what we discover. Sometimes our lessons get resolved pretty fast … usually not. The most interesting part of the road are the turns and it’s best not to ignore the flags in our mind.

Dr. N: All right, I am going to count from ten down to one, and when I reach one, your class will start again and you will listen while the prompter gives out signs. I will not speak until you raise the index finger of your right hand. This will be my sign that the class is over and you can relate to me the signs you are to remember. Are you ready?

S: Yes.

Note: I finish my count and wait a couple of minutes before my subject raises his finger. This is a simple example of why time comparisons between Earth and spirit

worlds are meaningless.

Dr. N: That didn’t take long.

S: Yes, it did. The speaker had a lot to go through with all of us.

Dr. N: I assume you have the details of recognition signs now firmly in your mind? S: I hope so.

Dr. N: Good, then tell me about the last sign you were given as the class ended.

S: (pause) A silver pendant… I will see it when I am seven years old around the neck of a woman on my street… she always wore it.

Dr. N: How will this silver object be a trigger for you?

S: (abstractly) It shines in the sun … to catch my attention … I must remember …

Dr. N: (in a commanding tone) You have the capacity to bring your spiritual and earthly knowledge together. (placing my hand on the subject’s forehead) Why is the soul of this woman important for you to know?

S: I meet her riding my bike on our street. She smiles … the silver pendant is bright

… I ask about it … we become friends. Dr. N: Then what?

S: (wistfully) I will know her only a short time before we move, but it is enough. She will read to me and talk to me about life and teach me to … respect people …

Dr. N: As you grow older, can people themselves be signs or provide flags to help you make a connection?

S: Sure, they might arrange introductions at the right time.

Dr. N: Do you already know most of the souls who will be meaningful people to you on Earth?

S: Yes, and if I don’t, I’ll meet them in class.

Dr. N: I guess they can set up love relationship meetings, too?

S:  (laughs)  Oh,  the  matchmakers-yes  they  do  that,  but  meetings  can  be  for friendship … getting people together to help your career … that kind of stuff.

Dr. N: Then the souls who are in this auditorium and elsewhere can be involved with different kinds of associations in your life?

S: (enthusiastically) Yeah, I’m going to connect with the guy who is on my baseball team. Another one will be a farming partner-then there will be my life-long pal from grade school.

Dr. N: What if you connect with the wrong person in business, love, or whatever? Does that mean you missed a relationship sign or a red flag for an important event?

S: Hmm….. it probably won’t be wrong, exactly … it could be a jump start to get you going in a new direction.

Dr. N: Okay, now tell me what is the most important recognition sign you must remember from this prep-class.

S: Melinda’s laugh.

Dr. N: Who is Melinda? S: My wife-to-be.

Dr. N: What is there to remember about Melinda’s laugh?

S: When we meet, her laugh is going to … sound like tiny bells … chimes … I really can’t describe it to you. Then, the scent of her perfume when we first dance … a familiar fragrance … her eyes.

Dr. N: So, you are actually given more than one trigger sign for your soulmate?

S: Yes, I’m so dense I guess the prompters thought I needed more clues. I didn’t want to make a mistake when I met the right person.

Dr. N: What is supposed to trigger her recognition of you?

S: (grins) My big ears … stepping on her toes dancing … what we feel when we first hold each other.

It is an old saying that the eyes are the windows to our soul. No physical attribute has more impact when soulmates meet on Earth. As to our other physical senses, I mentioned in an earlier chapter that souls retain such memories as sounds and smell. All five senses may be used by spiritual prompters as recognition signals in future lives.

Case 28 began to express some discomfort with my keeping him from participating

in his spiritual recognition class. I reinforced his visual association of floating around a central dais in an auditorium (other people use different names). I gave

my subject time to finish taking instruction and communicating with his friends and them moved him out of the place of recognition.

It is my practice never to rush clients in and out of their spiritual settings during a session because I find this hinders the intensity of concentration and recall. When

we had established ourselves away from the other souls, I talked to this man about his soulmate, Melinda. I learned these two souls were most comfortable in husband

and wife roles although occasionally they chose to relate differently in their lives together. Both these souls wanted to make sure they would connect on Earth in their

current lives. I thought I would follow up on what actually had transpired.

Dr. N: When you and Melinda came to Earth and were young, did you live close to each other?

S: No, I lived in Iowa and she was in California … (musing) it was Clair that I knew in Iowa.

Dr. N: Were you interested in Clair romantically?

S: Yes, I almost married her. It was close-and that would have been a mistake. Clair and I weren’t right for each other, but going together in high school had become a habit.

Dr. N: And yet you left your home town for California?

S: Yes … Clair didn’t want me to go, but my parents wanted to leave our farm and move west. I liked Iowa and was uneasy about moving and torn over leaving Clair, who was still in high school.

Dr.  N:  Was  there  a  road  sign-a  flag  of  some  sort-which  helped  you  make  the decision to move with your parents?

S: (sighs) It was my sister who waved a red flag at me. She convinced me I would have more opportunities in the city where my parents were planning to go.

Dr. N: Do you see your sister in the spirit world? S: Oh yeah, she is in my circle (cluster group). Dr. N: Is Clair one of your soulmates?

S. (pause) More a friend … just friends Dr. N: Was leaving Clair hard for you?

S: Oh, yes … even more for her. We were sexually attracted to each other in high school. The infatuation had no real mental connection……. it’s so hard on Earth to

figure out what you are supposed to do with other people … sex is a big trap … we would have grown bored with one another.

Dr. N: Was the physical attraction different with Melinda than you had with Clair? S: (pause) When Melinda and I met at the dance there was the strong physical

attraction of her body… and I guess she liked the way I looked, too … but we both

felt something much more …

Dr. N: I want to get this straight. Did you and Melinda choose your male and female bodies in the spirit world deliberately to attract each other once you reached Earth?

S: (nodding) To … some extent … but we were attracted to each other on Earth because inside our minds was the memory of what we were supposed to look like.

Dr. N: When the time of the dance rolled around, what happened in your mind?

S: I can see it all now. Our tutor was helping Melinda and me that night. My idea to go to the dance was sudden. I hate to dance because I’m clumsy. I didn’t know anybody in the town yet and felt stupid, but I was guided there.

Dr. N: Had you and Melinda scripted the dance scene together during the spiritual prep-class?

S: Yes, we knew about it then and when I saw her at the dance, alarms went off. I did something very uncharacteristic of me … I cut in on the man she was dancing with. When I first held her my legs were like rubber.

Dr. N: And what else did you and Melinda feel at that moment?

S: As if we were in another world … there was this familiarity… it was so weird during that dance … a knowing without doubt that something important was unfolding … the guidance … the intent of our meeting… our hearts were racing… it was enchantment.

Dr. N: Then why was Clair in your life earlier as a complication?

S: To tempt me to stay on the farm … one of the false trails I needed to get past … another kind of life. After I left, Clair found the right person.

Dr. N: If you and Clair had taken the lesser trail together and missed your sister’s flag, would that life have been a total disaster?

S: No, but it would not have been as good. There is one main course of life we choose in advance, but alternatives always exist and we learn from them, too.

Dr. N: In your lives do you ever make mistakes and take false trails and miss the

flags in the road for a job change, moving to another town, or meeting someone important because the details you saw at the place of life selection or in the recognition class were not implanted firmly enough?

S: (long pause) The signs are there. But, sometimes I overrule my … inclinations. There are times in my lives when I change directions because of too much thinking and analysis. Or, I do nothing for the same reasons.

Dr. N: Ah, so you might do something other than what was planned in the spirit world?

S: Yeah, and it may not work out as well … but we have the right to miss the red flags.

Dr. N: Well, I have enjoyed our talk about the place of recognition and I wondered if there is anything else this spiritual class does for you later in physical life.

S: (in a far away voice) Yes, sometimes when I am confused abut my life and don’t know where to turn next, I just … imagine where I might be going compared to where I’ve been and … it comes to me what to do.

Helping clients recognize people who were destined to have an impact on their lives is a fascinating aspect of my practice. I believe those who come to see me about relationships are not in my office at a certain point in their lives by chance. Am I spoiling the purpose of their spiritual recognition class by assisting these subjects in recalling clues? I don’t think so, for two basic reasons. What they are not supposed to know yet probably won’t be revealed in hypnosis, while on the other hand, quite a few of my clients only want confirmation of what they already suspect is true.

I can speak about recognition signs from personal experience, since I was blessed by three specific clues to help me find my wife. Thumbing through Look magazine as a teenager, I once saw a Christmas advertisement for Hamilton watches modeled by a beautiful dark-haired woman dressed in white. The caption in the ad said, “To Peggy,” because she was holding a wristwatch as a gift from an imaginary husband. An odd sensation came over me, and I never forgot the name or face. On my twenty- first birthday I received a watch of the same make from a favorite aunt.

A few years later, while attending a graduate school in Phoenix, I was washing a

load of white laundry one Saturday. Suddenly, the first trigger was activated in my mind with the message, “It’s time to meet the woman in white.” I tried to shake it off, but the face in the ad pushed all other thoughts away. I stopped, looked at my Hamilton watch and heard the command, “Go now.” I thought about who wears white. Acting as if I was obsessed, I went to the largest hospital in the city and asked at the desk for a nurse matching the name and description.

I was told there was such a person who was coming off her shift. When I saw her, I was stunned by the resemblance to the picture in my mind. Our meeting was awkward and embarrassing, but later we sat in the lobby and talked non-stop for four hours as old friends who hadn’t seen each other for a while-which, of course,

was true. I waited until after we were married to tell my wife about the reason I came to her hospital and the clues given to me to find her. I didn’t want her to think I was crazy. It was then I learned that on the day of our first meeting she had told her astonished friends, “I just met the man I’m going to marry.

My advice to people about meaningful encounters is not to intellectualize coming events too much. Some of our best decisions come from what we call instinct. Go with your gut feelings at the time. When a special moment is meant to happen in life, it usually does.

One of the last requirements before embarkation for many souls is to go before the Council of Elders for the second time. While some of my subjects see the Council only once between lives, most see them right after death and just before rebirth. The spirit world is an environment personified by order and the Elders want to reinforce the significance of a soul’s goals for the next life. Sometimes my clients tell me they return to their spirit group after this meeting to say goodbye while others say they leave immediately for reincarnation. The latter procedure was used by a subject who described this exit meeting in the following manner.

“My guide, Marge, escorts me to a soft, white space which is like being in a cloud- filled enclosure. I see my committee of three waiting for me as usual. The middle Elder seems to have the most commanding energy. They all have oval faces, high cheekbones, no hair and smallish features. They seem to me to be sexless-or rather they appear to blend from male to female and back. I feel calm. The atmosphere is formal but not unfriendly. Each in turn asks me questions in a gentle way. The Elders are all-knowing about my entire span of lives but they are not as directive as one might think. They want my input to assess my motivations and the strength of my resolve towards working in new body. I am sure they have had a hand in the body choices I was given for the life to come because I feel they are skilled strategists in life selection. The committee wants me to honor my contract. They stress the benefits of persistence and holding to my values under adversity. I often give in too easily to anger and they remind me of this while reviewing my past actions and reactions towards events and people. The Elders and Magra give me inspiration, hope and encouragement to trust my-self more in bad situations and not let things get out of hand. And then, as a final act to bolster my confidence when I am about to leave, they raise their arms and send a power bolt of positive energy into my mind to take with me.”

One aspect of the two council meetings which I initially found rather odd is that members of the same soul group do not necessarily go before the same panel. For a while I assumed there would always be a correlation here because ail members of a single soul group have the same guide. I was wrong. In the minds of my subjects, even senior guides are thought to be a couple of steps below the developmental level of the omnipotent beings who make up their councils. They are similar to the Old Ones that Thece told us about in Chapter 11, but with more specific responsibilities toward life evaluation of souls. While a guide might, in some respects, be considered a personal confidant to a soul this same familiarity does not extend to an Elder. In time, I came to appreciate that an Elder’s authority, unlike that of guides, involves a cross-section of souls from many groups.

Apparently, everyone in a soul group respects the intensely private nature of these

proceedings. They all see their individual Council of Elders as godly. The Elders are bathed in bright light and the whole setting has an aura of divinity. A subject put it this way, “when we are taken into the presence of these superior beings who exist in such a high spiritual realm, it validates our feelings about the source of creation.”   15

Rebirth

WE have seen how a soul’s decision to come forward into the next life at a specific time and place on Earth involves an ordered progression of spiritual planning. As I bring the soul consciousness of my subjects nearer to the moment of their exit from the spirit world, most become quietly introspective, while others engage in light bantering with their friends. These reactions toward what lies ahead depend more upon the individual soul than on the length of time since a last incarnation.

Rebirth is a profound experience. Those souls getting ready for embarkation to Earth are like battle-hardened veterans girding themselves for combat. This is the last chance for souls to enjoy the omniscience of knowing just who they are before they must adapt to a new body. My last case involves the soul of a woman who offers us a well-defined description of her most recent passage to Earth.

Case 29

Dr. N: Has the time arrived for you to be reborn into your next life? S: Yes, it has.

Dr. N: What is uppermost in your mind about returning to Earth?

S: The opportunity to live in the twentieth century. It’s an exciting time of many changes.

Dr. N: And have you seen this life, or at least parts of it, in advance? S: Yes … I’ve been through that … (subject seems distracted)

Dr. N: Is there something else you want to talk to me about concerning your next incarnation?

S: I am having a last talk with Pomar (subject’s guide) on all the alternatives to my project (life).

Dr. N: Might this be considered a final exit interview with Pomar? S: Yes, I suppose it would.

Dr. N: Would it help you to talk to me about the contingency plans you have for the next life?

S: (voice is dry and rather thin) I … think I have them straight …

Dr. N: How did your recognition class go? I assume that phase of your preparation is complete?

S: (still distracted) Uh-huh … I’ve met with the rest (of the participants) for my project.

Dr. N: Are the recognition signs clear in your mind for meeting the right souls at the right time?

S: (nervous laugh) Ah … the signals … my compacts with people … yes, that’s all done.

Dr. N: Without analyzing or censoring your impressions in any way, tell me what you are feeling at this moment.

S: I’m … just… gathering myself for… the big jump into a new life … there is apprehension … but I am excited, too

Dr. N: Are you a little scared and perhaps wondering if you should go to Earth at all?

S: (pause and then more cheerfully) A little … concern … for what lies ahead of me … leaving my home here … but happy, too, at the opportunity.

Dr. N: So you have mixed emotions about leaving the spirit world?

S: Most of us do, as our time draws near. I have second thoughts before some lives … but Pomar knows when I am lagging behind my schedule-you can’t hide anything here, you know.

Dr. N: Okay, let’s assume it’s a go situation for your next life. On the count of three, your decision to return at an appointed time is firm and you are in the final stage to leave the spirit world. One, two, three! Describe to me what happens to you now.

S: I say goodbye to everyone. This can be… difficult. (tosses her head back with resolution) Anyway, they all wish me well and I move away from them … drifting alone. There is no great rush Pomar allows me to collect my thoughts. When I am quite ready he comes to escort me … to offer encouragement … reassurance … and he knows when I am prepared to go.

Dr. N: I sense that you are now more upbeat about the prospect of rebirth.

S: Yes, it’s a period of inspiration and expectations… a new body … the course ahead

I now prepare this subject to leave the spirit world for the last time before her current life. I am as careful here as when I brought her into the spirit world for the first time following normal age-regression. Starting with a reinforcement of the protective energy shield already placed around this  subject, I  apply additional conditioning techniques to keep her soul in proper balance with the mind of the child she is joining on Earth.

Dr. N: All right, you and Pomar are together for your exit from the spirit world. I want you to go deep inside yourself and explain to me what you do next as if it were happening in slow motion. Go!

S: (pause) We … begin to move… at a greater speed. Then I am aware of Pomar… detaching from me … and I am alone.

Dr. N: What do you see and feel? S: Oh, I…

Dr. N: Stay with it! You are alone and moving faster. Then what?

S: (in a faint voice) … Away … slanting away … through pillows of whiteness … moving away …

Dr. N: Stay with it! Keep going and report back to me.

S: Oh, I’m … passing through… folds of silky cloth… smooth I’m on a band … a pathway … faster and faster

Dr. N: Keep going! Don’t stop talking to me.

S: Everything is blurred… I’m sliding down… down into a long, dark tube … a hollow feeling … darkness … then … warmth!

Dr. N: Where are you now?

S: (pause) I’m aware of being inside my mother. Dr. N: Who are you?

S: (chuckles) I’m in a baby-I’m a baby.

The hollow tube effect described by my cases is apparently not the mother’s birth canal. It is similar to the tunnel souls pass through at physical death and may be the same route. The reader might wonder why I would take more care with the act of birthing when I have already brought my subjects in and out of a number of past lives during a session. There are two reasons. First, reliving a past life does not need

to involve the birthing process. I help my clients go straight from the spirit world into the next life, usually as adults. Second, if I return subjects to their current body and decide to command them to relive the birthing experience, I want to remove any minor discomforts felt by some people after they wake up.

Before continuing with this case, I should offer a little more general information about souls and babies. All my subjects tell me the transition of their souls from the spirit world to the mind of a baby is relatively more rapid than the passage back. What is the reason for this difference? After physical death our souls travel through the time tunnel and move past a gateway into the spirit world in a progressive way. We have seen how the outward passage is intended to be more gradual than our return to Earth in order to allow for acclimatization of a newly freed soul. However, as souls who enter babies, we come from a state of all-knowing and thus are mentally able to adjust more quickly to our surroundings than at the end of a physical life. Then too, we are given additional time for adaptation while in our mother’s womb.

Nevertheless,  having  this  time  inside  our  mother  does  not  mean  we  are  fully

prepared for the jarring paroxysm of birth, with blinding hospital lights, having to suddenly breathe air, and being physically handled for the first time. My subjects say if they were to compare the moment of birth with that of death, the physical shock of being born is much greater.

At some point prior to birth, the soul will carefully touch and join more fully with the impressionable, developing brain of a baby. When a soul decides to enter a baby, apparently that child has no free choice in accepting or rejecting the soul. At the moment of first entry, chronological time begins for the soul. Depending upon the inclinations of the particular soul involved, the connection may be early or late in the mother’s pregnancy. I have had cases where souls timed their arrival at the last minute during delivery, but this is unusual. My findings indicate even those souls who join the baby early seem to do a lot of traveling outside the mother’s womb during her term.

Once birth has taken place, the union of spirit and flesh has been fully solidified into

a partnership. The immortal soul then becomes the seat of perception for the developing human ego. The soul brings a spiritual force which is the heritage of infinite consciousness. Although I have said souls can be confined by a human in trauma, they are never trapped. Besides leaving at the moment of death, souls may also come and go when the body is sleeping, in deep meditation, or under an anesthetic in surgery. The soul’s absences are much longer in cases of severe brain damage and coma.

Case 29 continues by explaining the creative beauty of a soul joining with a new

human being. This coupling of an intelligent life force before birth brings us full circle from the death scene described in Case 1.

Dr. N: Well, I’m glad you arrive safe and sound in your new body. Tell me, how old is the baby?

S: Five months have passed (since conception).

Dr. N: Is this your usual arrival time as far as the maturation of a child?

S: In my lives … I have arrived at different times … depending on the baby, the mother, and my life-to-be.

Dr. N: As a soul, are you in distress if the baby is aborted from the mother’s womb for any reason before full term?

S: We know if a baby is going to full term or not. Not being born comes as no surprise to us. We may be around to just comfort the child.

Dr. N: Well, if the child does not go to term, is your life assignment as a soul aborted as well?

S: No, there never was a full life assignment as far as that child was concerned. Dr. N: Might some babies who are aborted never have souls?

S: That depends on how far along they are. The ones who die very early often don’t need us.

Note: This issue was as hotly debated in the past as it is today. During the thirteenth century, the Christian church found it necessary to establish guidelines for the existence of souls with regard to an aborted fetus. St. Thomas Aquinas and other medieval theologians arbitrarily decided ensoulment took place forty days after conception.

Dr. N: Assuming a baby is going to full term, do you know about the convergence habits of other souls with these children?

S: (offhandedly) Oh, some float around more than others, going in and out of the baby until birth because they get bored.

Dr. N: What do you usually do?

S: I’m average, I guess. Actually, I don’t spend a long time at any one stretch with babies because it can get pretty dull.

Dr. N: All right, let’s take this current situation inside your mother and allow some time to pass. What do you do when you are not with the unborn baby?

S: (laughs with delight) You want the truth? I’ll tell you. Me-I play! It’s a fine time to leave and purely goof off … when the baby is less active. I have fun with my friends who are doing the same thing. We bounce around Earth to visit with each other … and go to interesting places … where we have once lived together in former lives.

Dr. N: Don’t you and these other souls feel leaving the unborn baby for long periods is shirking the responsibilities of your assignment on Earth?

S: (defensively) Oh, lighten up! Who said anything about long periods? I don’t do that! Anyway, our tough exercises haven’t begun yet.

Dr. N: When you leave the baby for a while, what astral plane are you on in relation to Earth?

S: We are still on the Earth plane … and we try not to get too distracted, either. A lot of our fooling around is in the neighborhood of the baby. I don’t want you to get the idea there is nothing for us to do with unborn babies.

Dr.N: Oh…?

S: (continues) I’m busy with this new mind, even though it’s not fully ready.

Dr. N: Why don’t we talk more about that? When your soul enters a baby to remain with this new body for a lifetime, give me the scope of this undertaking.

S: (takes a deep sigh) Once I attach to a child it is necessary to bring my mind into synchronization with the brain. We have to get used to each other as partners.

Dr. N: This is what other people tell me, but do you and the baby have an affinity for each other right away?

S: Well… I am in the mind of the child but separate, too. I go slowly at first. Dr. N: Okay, why don’t you explain what you do with the mind of the baby.

S: It’s delicate and can’t be hurried. I start with a gentle probe … defining connections … gaps … every mind is different.

Dr. N: Is there any conflict within the child against you?

S: (softly) Ah … there is a slight resistance in the beginning … not full acceptance while I trace the passages … that’s usual … until there is familiarization (stops for a moment and laughs quietly). I keep bumping into myself!

Dr. N: As you integrate with the baby, when does it become receptive to the force of your identity as a soul?

S: I’m disturbed by your word “force.” We never force ourselves when entering an unborn baby. My tracing is done carefully.

Dr. N: Did it take you many lives to learn to trace a human brain?

S: Uh … a while … new souls are assisted with their tracing.

Dr. N: Since you represent pure energy, are you tracing electrical brain connections such as neurotransmitters, nerve cells, and the like?

S: (pause) Well, something like that … I disrupt nothing, though while I learn the brain wave patterns of the baby.

Dr. N: Are you referring to the thought-regulation circuitry of the mind?

S: How this person translates signals. Its capacity. No two children are the same.

Dr. N: Be completely frank with me. Isn’t your soul taking over this mind and subjugating it to your will?

S: You don’t understand. It’s a melding. There is an … emptiness before my arrival which I fill to make the baby whole.

Dr. N: Do you bring intellect? S: We expand what is there.

Dr. N: Could you be more specific about what your soul actually provides the human body?

S: We bring a… comprehension of things… a recognition of the truth of what the brain sees.

Dr. N: Are you sure this child doesn’t think of you at first as an alien entity in her mind?

S: No, that’s why we unify with undeveloped minds. She recognizes me as a friend … a twin … who is going to be part of her. It’s as if the baby was waiting for me to come.

Dr. N: Do you think a higher power prepares the baby for you? S: I don’t know, it would seem so.

Dr. N: Is your work at unification completed before birth?

S: Not really, but at birth we have started to complement each other. Dr. N: So, the unification process does take some time?

S: Sure, while we adjust to each other. And, like I told you, I leave the unborn baby at intervals.

Dr. N: But what about those souls who join babies at the last minute before birth?  S: Humph! That’s their style, not mine. They have to start their work in the crib.  Dr. N: How far along in age is the body by the time your soul stops leaving the child

altogether?

S: At about five or six years of age. Usually we get fully operational when the child starts school. Children under this age can be left to their own devices a lot.

Dr. N: Don’t you have a duty to always be with your body?

S: If things get bad in a physical way-then I’m back inside like a shot.

Dr. N: How would you know this if you were off fooling around with other souls?

S: Every brain has a wave pattern-it’s like a fingerprint. We know immediately if the baby assigned to us is in trouble.

Dr. N: So, you are watching the baby assigned to you all the time-both inside and out-during the early stages of growth?

S: (with pride) Oh yes, and I watch the parents. They might be having squabbles around the baby which sets up disturbing vibrations.

Dr. N: If this happens to the child, what do you do as its soul?

S: Quiet the child as best I can. Reach out to the parents through the baby to calm them.

Dr. N: Give me an example of how you can reach out to your parents?

S: Oh, make the baby laugh in front of them by poking my parents’ faces with both hands. This sort of thing further endears babies to parents.

Dr. N: As a soul, you can control motor movements of the baby?

S: I’m … me. I can push a little on that part of the brain which controls movements. I can tickle the kid’s funny bone sometimes, too … I’ll do whatever it takes to bring harmony to my assigned family.

Dr. N: Tell me what it is like being inside a mother’s womb.

S: I like the warm comfortable feeling of love. Most of the time there is love … sometimes there is stress. Anyway, I use this time to think and plan what I am going to do after birth. I think about my past lives and missed opportunities with other bodies and this gives me incentive.

Dr. N: And you haven’t yet had the memories of all your past lives and your life in the spirit world blocked out by amnesia?

S: That starts after birth.

Dr. N: When the baby is born, does it have any conscious thoughts of who its soul is and the reasons for the attachment?

S: (pause) The child mind is so undeveloped it does not reason out this information. It does have parts of this knowledge as a means of comfort, which then fades. By the time I speak, this information is locked deep inside me and that’s the way it’s supposed to be.

Dr. N: So, will you have fleeting thoughts of other lives as a child?

S: Yes . . we daydream … the way we play as children … creating stories … having imaginary friends who are real .. but it fades. In the first few years of life babies know more than they are given credit for.

Dr. N: All right, now it is the time right before your birth in this life. Tell me what you are doing.

S: I’m listening to music. Dr. N: What music?

S: I’m listening to my father play records-very relaxing for him-it helps him to think-I’m a bit anxious for him

Dr. N: Why?

S: (giggles) He thinks he wants a boy, but I’ll change his mind in a hurry! Dr. N: So, this is a productive time for you?

S: (with determination) Yes, I’m busy planning for the approaching time when I will enter the world as a human and take that first breath. This is my last chance for quiet contemplation of the next life. When I come out-I’ll be running.

Conclusion

THE information contained in this book about the existence of souls after physical

death represents the most meaningful explanation I have found in my life as to why we are here. All my years of searching to discover the purpose of life hardly prepared me for that moment when a subject in hypnosis finally opened the door to an eternal world.

My oldest friend is a Catholic priest today. As boys walking together in the hills and along the beaches of Los Angeles we had many philosophical discussions, but were miles apart in our spiritual beliefs. He once told me, “I think it must take courage for you to be an atheist and believe in nothing beyond this life.” I didn’t see it that way at the time, nor for many years afterward. Starting at age five, I had been sent by my parents to military-type boarding schools for long periods. The feelings of abandonment and loneliness were so great I believed in no higher power than myself. I now realize strength was given to me in subtle ways I was unable to see. My friend and I still have different approaches to spirituality, but we both have convictions today that order and purpose in the universe emanate from a higher consciousness.

Looking back,  I suppose it was no accident in my  own  life that people would

eventually come to me for hypnosis-a medium of truth I could believe in-to tell me about guides, heavenly gateways, spiritual study groups, and creation itself in a world of souls. Even now, I sometimes feel like an intruder in the minds of those who describe the spirit world and their place in it, but their knowledge has given me direction.  Still,  I  wonder why  I  am the  messenger  for the  spiritual  knowledge contained in this book, when someone with less original cynicism and doubt would surely have been much better suited. Actually, it is the people represented in these cases who are the real messengers of hope for the future, not the reporter. Everything I have learned about who we are and where we come from, I owe to those who were drawn to me for help. They have taught me that a major aspect of our mission on Earth as souls is to mentally survive being cut off from our real home. While in a human body, the soul is essentially alone. A soul’s relative isolation on Earth during a temporary physical life is made more difficult on a conscious level by thoughts that nothing exists beyond this life. Our doubts tempt us into finding attachments solely in a physical world we can see. The scientific knowledge that Earth is only a grain of sand at the edge of a galactic shoreline within a vast sea in the universe adds to our feelings of insignificance.

Why is no other living thing on Earth concerned with life after death? Is this simply

because our inflated egos hate to think of life as only temporary, or is it because our being is associated with a higher power? People argue that any thoughts of a hereafter are wishful thinking. I used to do so myself. However, there is logic to the concept we were not created by accident for mere survival, and that we do operate within a universal system which directs the physical transformation of Self for a reason. I believe it is the voice of our souls, which tell us we do have personhood that is not intended to die.

All the accounts of life after death in my case files have no scientific foundation to

prove the statements of these subjects. To those readers who find the material offered in this book too unprecedented to accept, I would hope for one thing. If you carry away nothing except the idea you may have a permanent identity worth finding, I will have accomplished a great deal.

One of the most troublesome concerns of all people who want to believe in something higher than themselves is the causality of so much negativity in the world. Evil is given as the primary example. When I ask my subjects how a loving God could permit suffering, surprisingly there are few variations in their responses. My cases report our souls are born of a creator which places a totally peaceful state deliberately out of reach so we will strive harder.

We learn from wrongdoing. The absence of good traits exposes the ultimate flaws in our nature. That which is not good is testing us, otherwise we would have no motivation to better the world through ourselves, and no way to measure advancement. When I ask my subjects about the alternating merciful and wrathful qualities we perceive to be the self-expression of a teacher-oversoul, some of them say the creator only shows certain attributes to us for specific ends. For instance, if we equate evil with justice and mercy with goodness and if God allowed us only to know mercy, there would be no state of justice.

This book presents a theme of order and wisdom rising from many spiritual energy levels. In a remarkable underlying message, particularly from advanced subjects, the possibility is held out that the God-oversoul of our universe is on a less-than- perfect level. Thus, complete infallibility is deferred to an even higher divine source. From my work I have come to believe that we live in an imperfect world by design. Earth is one of countless worlds with intelligent beings, each with its own set of imperfections to bring into harmony. Extending this thought further, we might exist as one single dimensional universe out of many, each having its own creator governing at a different level of proficiency in levels similar to the progression of souls seen in this book. Under this pantheon, the divine being of our particular house would be allowed to govern in His, Her, or Its own way.

If the souls who go to planets in our universe are the offspring of a parent oversoul

who is made wiser by our struggle, then could we have a more divine grandparent who is the absolute God? The concept that our immediate God is still evolving as we are takes nothing away from an ultimate source of perfection who spawned our God. To my mind, a supreme, perfect God would not lose omnipotence or total control over all creation by allowing for the maturation of less-than-perfect superior offspring. These lesser gods could be allowed to create their own imperfect worlds as a final means of edification so they might join with the ultimate God.

The reflected aspects of divine intervention in this universe must remain as our

ultimate reality. If our God is not the best there is because of the use of pain as a teaching tool, then we must accept this as the best we have and still take the reasons for our existence as a divine gift. Certainly this idea is not easy to convey to someone who is physically suffering, for example, from a terminal illness. Pain in life is especially insidious because it can block the healing power of our souls, especially if we have not accepted what is happening to us as a preordained trial. Yet, throughout life, our karma is designed so that each trial will not be too great for us to endure.

At a wat temple in the mountains of Northern Thailand, a Buddhist teacher once reminded me of a simple truth. “Life,” he said, “is offered as a means of self- expression, only giving us what we seek when we listen to the heart.” The highest forms of this expression are acts of kindness. Our soul may be traveling away from a

permanent home, but we are not just tourists. We bear responsibility in the evolution of a higher consciousness for ourselves  and others in life. Thus, our journey is a collective one.

We are divine but imperfect beings who exist in two worlds, material and spiritual.

It is our destiny to shuttle back and forth between their universes through space and time while we learn to master ourselves and acquire knowledge. We must trust in this process with patience and determination. Our essence is not fully knowable in most physical hosts, but Self is never lost because we always remain connected to both worlds.

A number of my more advanced subjects have stated there is a growing movement

in the spirit world to “change the game rules on Earth.” These people say their souls had less amnesia about Self and the interlife when they lived in earlier cultures. It seems in the last few thousand years there has been tighter blocking, on a conscious level, of our immortal memories. This has been a contributing factor in the loss of faith in our capacity for self-transcendence. Earth is filled with people who feel an empty hopelessness toward the meaning of life. The lack of connection with our immortality combined with the availability of mind-altering chemicals and overpopulation has created rumbles upstairs. I am told large numbers of souls who have had more frequent incarnations in recent centuries on Earth are opting, when they get the chance, for less stressful worlds. There are enlightened places where amnesia is greatly reduced without causing homesickness for the spirit world. As we approach the next millennium, the masters who direct Earth’s destiny appear to be making changes to permit more information and understanding of who we are and why we are here to come into our lives.

Perhaps the most gratifying feature of my work in uncovering the existence of a spirit world in the minds of my subjects is the effect this conscious knowledge has on them. The most significant benefit which comes from knowing we have a home of everlasting love waiting for us, is being receptive to the higher spiritual power within our minds. The awareness that we do belong somewhere is reassuring and offers us peace, not merely as a haven from conflict, but to unify ourselves with a universal mind. One day we are going to finish this long journey-all of us-and reach an ultimate state of enlightenment, where everything is possible.

Wait! There’s more…

Important Note
This post contains the complete reprint of the non-fiction work by Dr. Michael Newton titled “Journey of Souls”. That is the first book written by Dr. Newton. His second book is much more comprehensive and really gets into the “meat” of this subject completely. It’s titled “Destiny of Souls” and can be found in my MAJestic Index (below).

Are you interested in other MAJestic writings?

I have other writings in my MAJestic Index here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

Details on how to conduct a Prayer and Affirmation campaign to navigate World-Line destinations in the MWI.

Here we discuss prayer campaigns.

Here are some more notes (or thoughts) in how to best utilize the “Prayer and Affirmation” technique in manual manifestation of World-line travel. We discuss what a “campaign” is, as well as “expectations”, and some dangers of casual efforts. As in all my other posts, please keep in mind that the way our universe works is completely different from what it appears to be. This is the realm of quantum physics, and this post can be considered to be an “application of quantum physics laws for personal physical benefit”.

Campaign

The “prayer / affirmation” technique of MWI World-Line travel requires a sequence of individual “campaigns” of prayer and manifestation. You just cannot say that you will create a list, do it for a while, and then give up and quit. It does not work that way. Yet, that is the first thing that many “newcomers” to this process think.

You need to think in the “long term”.

This means that you will need to focus on one “campaign” at a time. Stop for a while, and then start a new campaign. The new campaigns will always focus on the changes on your life during the “rest periods” between “campaigns”.

So, to properly (manually) world-line travel you will need to have a long, drawn out series of campaigns interspersed with “rest periods” where you neither say your affirmations or think about them. This is of CRITICAL IMPORTANCE.

A simplified diagram showing how the prayer/affirmation process should look like. It should consists of a series of campaigns and once you finish a campaign, your brain can start navigating through the world lines to obtain your goals. Often, this will be months after your campaign ended.
A simplified diagram showing how the prayer/affirmation process should look like. It should consists of a series of campaigns and once you finish a campaign, your brain can start navigating through the world lines to obtain your goals. Often, this will be months after your campaign ended.

The length of campaign and the length of the rest period differs for different people. It all depends on your consciousness, your soul, your environment, and the very nature of your goals / wishes.

Most people will advise you to stop your campaign when you “feel” that it is time to stop. This is sound advice. However, not all readers are able to accept this as an answer. So I will offer an alternative concept.

Run your affirmations / prayers on a three month cycle. Three months of programming your affirmations in a campaign. Then three months of rest, and then begin the entire process all over again, but with a different or revised set of goals. Generally, sometime after a period of six months to a year (with nine months on average) you should start to see some manifestation of your desires.

Sudden Manifestations during a Campaign

It has been brought to my attention that some of you all think that once you started the affirmations, and change started to walk into your life, that it was due to your prayers. No. That is wrong. In general, any manifested change will happen MONTHS AFTER a given campaign ended.

Never during a campaign.

So if you start to suddenly see some changes in your life, do not jump to the conclusion that your prayer / affirmations caused them to appear. That likelihood is very, very small.

The manifestation of goals early on in a campaign is a "false positive". It is not the result of your efforts, you are still only just programming your mind, and you haven't even compiled or run your program yet.
The manifestation of goals early on in a campaign is a “false positive”. It is not the result of your efforts, you are still only just programming your mind, and you haven’t even compiled or run your program yet.

The rule of thumb is this; The world-line path that you will take will begin to manifest after your last “prayer / affirmation” in your campaign. Never during a campaign.

The importance of forgetting

A prayer campaign means nothing unless you have a “rest” period afterwards. This period is critical and important to the success of your entire effort. Once you have established your affirmations in place, then you will need to let them “go”.

You must turn off your mind.

You see, the way this works is that you use your mind to program your World-Line navigation. That will require your mouth to vocalize and your mind to hear the commands. But it will NEVER manifest unless you free your mind and set it to embark on other day-to-day activities.

Your mind must be switched from "programming mode" to "run / "operation mode".
Your mind must be switched from “programming mode” to “run / “operation mode”.

The mind must go from “programming” to “running the program”.

In other words you have to “turn off” the programming aspect of this procedure. Then you need to let the pre-programmed brain follow the path that you laid out for it.

Otherwise, it’s still in programming mode. It’s not running the program that you established for it.

It’s like a software program. You need to [1] write the code, and then [2] compile it. Once compiled, you then [3] run the code.

It works exactly like this.

Unless you stop everything and allow the system to compile, it will never run. And, boys and girls, it needs to run for a set period of time (depending on the number of world-lines that you will need to traverse) to finally be able to manifest your goals.

  • Write down your affirmations = write the code.
  • Say your affirmations in a campaign = compile the code.
  • Stop and rest = run the code.

It’s that simple.

The Brain

The brain is just a “tool” that the consciousness uses to interact with a given world-line reality. As such it needs to be programmed. Often, it is the environment that programs the brain. And it is this fact that causes us all the grief that we end up dealing with.

That is why the “prayer / affirmation plus the dream board” is the best all around way (I believe) for most people to use to manifest their goals and desires, and to take control over their life.

It is very important that the reader understand some things quite clearly.

  • You are “consciousness”.
  • You, as consciousness, come from a larger grouping known as “soul”.
  • As consciousness, you move in and out through world-line “realities”.
  • Each time you are in a reality, your consciousness uses the brain as a tool to move about and act within that reality.
  • You are NOT the brain. This is a common misconception made by many ill-informed people.

The brain is a tool.

You must properly program it to use it properly.

Extent of Affirmations

There are two different philosophies in how to run a prayer / affirmation campaign.

  • Focus on one thing at a time. Only one thing per a campaign.
  • Put everything in your campaign all at once.

Most certainly, if you concentrate on one thing at a time, it will be far easier to identify when your goal has been met, or is in the process of being met. But, because it is so singular and focused it often can result in all sorts of other issues.

For instance. 

Let's suppose that you only focus on being "strong" during your campaign.

Your brain will manifest your desire to be "strong" following the nearest and closest world-line route. Which might not be what you intend.

Let's suppose that you intend to be "strong" like a professional bodybuilder, but your affirmations only say "to be strong". 

The following manifestations in your "Prayer / affirmation" list are likely to occur...

[1] You lose your job and are forced to become a laborer carrying heavy piles of rock up a hill. The job makes you strong.

[2] You have a family emergency and you need to be strong emotionally to handle all the events, and turmoil. The strife makes you strong.

[3] You decide to start joining a weight-lifting club in a gym because they had a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to join at 90% off. You make yourself strong.

It’s like the movie “Bedazzled” where the character Elliot tells the Devil that he “wishes to have a hamburger”. And so she gets on a bus, they travel to the other end of the city, and Elliot is forced to pay for a hamburger at a fast food restaurant.

Scene from the movie "Bedazzled" where the wishes granted by the Devil are not exactly what the man (Elliot) intended.
Scene from the movie “Bedazzled” where the wishes granted by the Devil are not exactly what the man (Elliot) intended.

It is for the reasons listed above that I strongly advise that you be as specific as possible in your affirmations. This can lead to many additional supporting lines. In practice, you tend to delineate your lifestyle and other factors over and above the singular desire.

So I am of the opinion to put everything in the campaign and only to expect certain elements on your list to manifest early, with the rest of the things manifesting over time. It’s not a singular target goal, but a general region consisting of multiple goals over time.

Cautions and a little background

I learned how to perform manual MWI travel out of necessity. It’s true. I got involved in manual overrides of my world-line adventures out of necessity.

You can have ANYTHING you desire, if you focus, and if you handle things properly in the prescribed manner. If you do not have the discipline to do so, then do not even bother trying.
You can have anything you desire, provided that you focus and handle things properly in the prescribed manner. If you do not have the ability to focus and devote yourself to the prescribed requirements, it would be in your best interests to not even bother trying.

Some history…

My role in MAJestic was driving me a tad nuts. With slides “out of the blue”, and constantly scrambling while my physical life was rocky and very, very uncomfortable.

It was relentless, and I needed to come up with “coping skills” in order to meet the goals of both MAJestic and my very own personal life.

As a result I started to implement what I knew [1] from my role within MAJestic, and [2] merged it with Q/A via the ELF communications, and [3] a very strong guidance via the EBP. (If all these terms are unusual to you don’t get too upset about them.)

In short, I just needed to be able to learn to pray to maintain my sanity.

I had a very long period of “trial and error” until I was able to master things better. It lasted a very long time with many mistakes along the way.

Then, once I was able to get control of what was going on, I then was able to distill what I had learned and started to implement them. Funny thing is once they were “perfected”, I was advised to “HOLD” and within a few weeks I entered my “MAJestic retirement” sequence in ADC Pine Bluff.

Now, I interpret this to mean that I had mastered what I was supposed to learn, and was ready to be retired with the ELF mothballed, but the EBP still active.

And here we are now.

I can tell you the reader that manual travel through the MWI is a natural event, and it requires some discipline and a degree of shutting off the outside “news” and propaganda. They will retard your ability to achieve your goals. So come caution is required.

  • The key to the success of this method is to avoid “news”. It’s all propaganda designed to derail your goals and replace them with the PTB goals instead.

The term PTB is a catch-all for the humans that pretty much run the earth right now, the “Powers That Be”. I will write a post on this sometime in the future, but in general you can consider them to be the people who “pull the strings” behind the scenes. You can read about it HERE.

The PTB pull at your emotions and manipulate your mind for their purposes.

The Drudge Report from 11MAY20. What particular news items affect your immediate life RIGHT NOW? Why is it important that you read these articles? How will they influence your life, and how will they improve your life?
The Drudge Report from 11MAY20. What particular news items affect your immediate life RIGHT NOW? Why is it important that you read these articles? How will they influence your life, and how will they improve your life?

Anyways, you need to focus on your needs and your wants. I know that it is difficult, but you need to do it.

  • Your personal goals are incompatible with the goals and manipulation that you see on the media, the news and the internet.

So what you need to do is be focused like a laser. You need to think about your prayers manifesting, and ignore the latest round of heart-tugging news designed to derail your personal efforts.

The rule of thumb is this; the implementation of your goals via a prayer campaign would be delayed by the influence of the “news” on your brain. If you are an avid consumer of “news” and commenting on Social Media is a habit and an addiction, you can expect your goals to be delayed substantially.

The “Long Haul”

If you are doing this, you are in the “Long Haul”. This should become a very important part of you and part of your lifestyle. This is particularly difficult for Americans to understand. As we want immediate responses, and results. We want short durations pleasures that are easy to obtain. We want “Fast Food”, not formal sit-down family meals. We want “instant 2-24 hour news”, not a monthly magazine article. We want the latest fashions NOW!, not next year when you can afford them.

To have a well made prayer campaign, you need to be very specific in following the affirmations and the techniques listed here.
To have a well made prayer campaign, you need to be very specific in following the affirmations and the techniques listed here.

This short-term desire and objectives will not work with the “prayer / affirmation” method of World-Line travel. That is because the more “out there”; the more “extreme” your desires, the longer it will take to manifest. In order words, a prayer to eat an ice cream cone might require 56 world-lines to cross-over and slide into. While a desire to become the King of New Jersey, might take 567,847,933,872,283,325,023 World-Lines to manifest.

Conclusion

World-line travel is never conducted “on the fly”.

It is always planned out and put into action with specific objectives and goals in mind. This is true whether you are entering a MAJestic dimensional portal, using a (so called) “time machine”, or manipulating your reality via prayer. You must plan out your goals, put them into your computer; your brain, and set it to run without interruption.

You must turn off the “news” least your programming would start getting a “virus” or “glitches”.

Finally, when it starts to manifest you might be surprised at the strange and unusual things that might confront you. Trust me, you have absolutely no idea how spectacular things that manifest.

Do you want more…

I do hope that you enjoyed this post. I have many more in my intention section of my MAJestic index, here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

Other (lesser known) techniques that one can use to manifest intention.

Let’s tackle something really weird. (And coming from me at Metallicman, that’s saying a lot.)

Here we are going back into the world of quantum physics. Which is, by nature, really really weird. It’s “Twilight Zone” stuff, ya all.

Now, as I have repeatedly mentioned before (over and over again), thoughts create our reality. Thus, the control of our thoughts enable us to create the life of our dreams.

Thoughts create our reality.

Woo! Woo!

In other posts I have covered ways and techniques in how to best “pray” or utilize intention to improve our life. That is… if you pray, and you do it properly, your dreams will come true. (Ah. More or less. The “Devil is in the details”. Don’t ya know.)

I have (in the past) concentrated on the “Prayer plus intention board” method as it is simple, robust and works. But you all should know that there are many other methods that one can use. You do not need to follow my suggestions. You can go your own way.

Here we talk about some of these other methods.

These other methods have varying degree of success. The key in all cases is one’s thoughts and belief in the effectivity of the mechanism and system that it represents.

Introduction

Our reality is a constant stream of world-lines that we visit momentarily, one after the other. We call this “the passage of time”.

What we think of, and what we concentrate on, establishes which world-lines we move toward. If we think bad thoughts, bad world lines start to appear. If we think good thoughts, good world-lines appear.

Imagine your self sitting behind the wheel of a car. The road lies before you and you see houses and trees alongside the road. 

But you get in a bad mood...

Suddenly the sky darkens and hail starts to pelt the car. You get angrier, and cracks start forming in the road.

However, if you are in a good mood...

The sun shines brightly. Flowers start to appear at the side of the road, and people start waving to you as you drive by.

If we control how and what we think of, we can manifest the world-lines that actually appear to us. By doing so we have the ability to generate the life that we live and the reality that surrounds us. For good, or bad.

In a way, our life on this earth is much like the Twilight Zone episode "It's a good life". While in the show, a single young boy had the ability to alter his reality and the reality of others, the truth is you innately have this ability. You just need to cultivate it.
In a way, our life on this earth is much like the Twilight Zone episode “It’s a good life”. While in the show, a single young boy had the ability to alter his reality and the reality of others, the truth is you innately have this ability. You just need to cultivate it.

The control of thought is not easy. It requires discipline and perhaps some training.

Which is pretty much why our life is all “messed up” right now. In nations (like the United States) with the “freedom” of the press, and a culture of “do yer own thang” everything seems to have gone to “ape shit”. The craziest thoughts, amplified by the internet, television and radio has resulted in a chaotic world of unimaginable complexity and strife.

And while your consciousness has made this reality your very own, it is the thoughts of the “shadow quanta consciousnesses” that are assaulting your and your life every single day.

You need to [1] control this barrage, and [2] you need to control your own thoughts regarding it.

In almost all my other writings I have placed an emphasis in using the”prayer plus intention board” method. Its a good general method that works quite well, and is easily adaptable to most people regardless of age, or culture.

Many Techniques

Now it should be very obvious that there are all manner of techniques to manipulate the world-lines. So many, many other techniques. In the past I discussed numerous ways involving technology…

  • Dimensional portal.
  • EBP w/ ELF implants.
  • Aluminum foil wrapped travelers.
  • Use of a car to move in and out of world-lines.
  • John Titor’s saga.
  • Popping in and out of reality (on bicycle or just walking)

Here we continue on ways (techniques) that an average person can use to control their reality. I offer up five additional methods. The methods that I will cover here are…

  • Self-hypnosis
  • A actual “wish machine”
  • Use of a talisman or mark
  • Ritual
  • Hemi-sync as a gateway

[1] Self-hypnosis

Since the key to the control of the manifestation of our reality involves thought, then it should become clear that if we program our brain on how to think, that we can begin to manifest changes to our reality.

Self-hypnosis doesn't rely on specific thoughts, so much as how your brain tends to generate the thoughts.
Self-hypnosis doesn’t rely on specific thoughts, so much as how your brain tends to generate the thoughts.

The technique doesn’t rely on specific thoughts, so much as how your brain tends to generate the thoughts.

There is an entire world of self-hypnosis techniques and practitioners. It runs the gambit from sessions with a trusted hypnotherapist to self-hypnosis using audio-tapes or similar devices. As you can read elsewhere these techniques are conventionally used to stop bad habits (smoking), or to improve your personality (fear of flying, etc). Here we will concentrate on a method that you can use much the same way your use your prayer affirmations. Only in this case we will use it to TRAIN YOUR BRAIN to think thoughts in a certain way.

This is a pretty simple method.

The first step [1] is to create a recording that you will listen to when you are undergoing self-hypnosis.

This recording will have [1.a] an entry section. This section is one that is designed to put you into a self-induced trance. In it you will tell your self to start walking down stairs. Each star that you tread upon, you will get into a more restful and deeper state of mind. You will start at stair 100, and go down steps, 99, 98, etc. At step 0 you will come to a door. You will only be able to open the door when you are relaxed enough to begin the session.

The first part of this programming is to tell yourself to go into a receptive state. One of the easiest ways is to tell yourself to start walking down a flight of one hundred stairs.
The first part of this programming is to tell yourself to go into a receptive state. One of the easiest ways is to tell yourself to start walking down a flight of one hundred stairs.

At [1.b] you will continue the entry section, only that you are more mentally suggestive. You will now be on a level platform. You will tell yourself to be receptive to the following commands. That you will convene your mind to work with your consciousness. That the next group of phrases will describe the situations, and realities that you will create for yourself. That your mind and your consciousness will work together to manifest those thoughts, and ideas into a combined reality that you will live within.

Then, you can [2] start placing your verbal affirmations, your prayers, your desires and all associated warnings, and specification here. Just follow the same guidelines that I have specified in making your intention / prayer list.

What ever you do, don't follow the "weak wristed" affirmations found on the internet. Such as...

I trust that I am on the right path.
I give myself the care and attention that I deserve.
I accept my emotions and let them serve their purpose.
I give myself permission to do what is right for me.

Instead, your affirmations should describe what your life; your reality is like. It should program your mind to be tuned to that new reality. Like this...

I am calm, cool and collected.
People respect me.
People like me, and help me when needed.
Money comes to me with ease, I never worry about money.
You can place all the verbal affirmations in the "prayer and intention board" method here within the tape. You need to read them out clearly and plainly and tell yourself to obey them.
You can place all the verbal affirmations in the “prayer and intention board” method here within the tape. You need to read them out clearly and plainly and tell yourself to obey them.

Then [3] add the “decompression” routine. This part walks you out of the self-hypnosis session. It tells you that you will not consciously remember what transpired clearly, but that your mind and your consciousness is now effectively programmed to do everything within their ability to manifest the reality as specified earlier. You will tell yourself to slowly enter into a normal day to day consciousness only that your reality will begin to change per your instructions. That you will awake rested and fine after the session.

Once you have made the self-hypnosis tape, you need to set up a system to use the tape. Often this means a part of your day where you can go into isolation and privacy. You will need to be able to close the door and tell people to leave you alone and not disturb you. You will also need to set aside an amount of time longer than the length of the recorded tape.

It need not be fancy, just a quiet bedroom where you can lay down and relax free of noise or disturbances. Since most people (with kids) will be unable to do this, it is not the ideal method as you absolutely need a period of undisturbed peace for it to work properly.
It need not be fancy, just a quiet bedroom where you can lay down and relax free of noise or disturbances. Since most people (with kids) will be unable to do this, it is not the ideal method as you absolutely need a period of undisturbed peace for it to work properly.

You can use a computer and a *.mp3 file that you generated, or an old fashioned cassette player or anything in between. Just make sure that whatever happens there won’t be any interruptions like some kind of advertisement pop-up in the computer display or the batteries int he cassette player running out.

Wear headphones, head sets or ear buds.

Lie down and put a light blanket on your lower torso. Your body temperature will start to decrease during the session. Dim the lights or lower the curtains. Do not allow anything to disturb you. that includes cats jumping on your belly or dogs barking for your attention.

Like the “prayer and intention board” you will do these daily sessions until you feel that you have had enough. Then you would put them aside and forget about them. Eventually things will manifest, or you will start a new campaign.

[2] A “wish machine”

Since the key to the control of the manifestation of our reality involves thought, then it should become clear that if we program a machine to repeatedly process the thought quanta for us, we won’t need to.

You can construct a “wish machine”, and it will actually work.

This is not to be confused with other kinds of "wish machines", mechanisms or other things related to "Orgone" generation. 

This functions totally and completely different. The only thing that connects the two is the similarity in name.

The general idea behind this is to create a vortex, or “waterfall” like device that would siphon up some of the (thought related) quanta that surrounds you, your life, your abode and press them through a “filtering mesh” that would create a new emerging reality for you.

Collect Quanta > Filter it to what you intend > Broadcast

In this particular instance, the term "quanta" refers to those quanta that are associated with [1] thoughts and [2] the mechanics of the consciousness - physical brain interface. 

It does NOT refer to all quanta. 

A “machine” in this case replaces your action with your mind and physical activity to achieve your goals. It’s nothing more than an automaton.

Without getting into too much detail, understand that the components that make up the atoms, the electrons and everything in our physical world is a timeless, dimensionless entity somewhat understood or known as quanta. They flutter about and enter all world-lines and cluster around your primary consciousness location. They are not tied to physical locations, thus their proximity to your thoughts are what is of interest here.

This quanta, that which is associated with the moment to moment operation of your consciousness within a reality, is what you want to utilize.

You want to push that particular brand or type of quanta… without your active participation… through a mesh or a filter.

To do this, you utilize a machine.

In this instance we will look at the general construction of two types of “wish machines”…

  • [2a] Electronic
  • [2b] Hydraulic.

[2a] Electronic type “wish machine”

Firstly we look at an electronic “wish machine”.

The electronic device can be considered to be similar to this machine. (NOT identical.) And essentially, you place a “wish” or “image” or “concept” upon a surface, run some electrical current through it and broadcast it to the surrounding area. The device listed (in the link above) will not work very well, because of some structural defects. But the concept is similar to this discussion herein.

The system process is as follows;

  • Collect the thought-related quanta.
  • Pulse the quanta.
  • Amplify it.
  • Push it through a “filter”.
  • Broadcast it back.

Of the components we can create a very simple “machine” that would do our work for us. The major problem with this is the physical limitations of the collection system.

Collection plate. This is a series of two plates. Both preferably copper that you sandwich together with an image arrangement. The arrangement consists of a transparent overlay of what you want to add to your life, over a picture of yourself. Make sure that that picture of you does not have any faults, as you will broadcast and amplify those faults in the device.

As such, you will present two charges to the system. One wire would connect to the top plate, the other wire would connect to the bottom plate. Combined the image & overlay would be sandwiched between and the entire apparatus would combine to form a simple capacitor.

Intention collection plate capacitor arrangement.
Intention collection plate capacitor arrangement.

The capacitor is a two terminal electrical conductor and that is separated by an insulator. These terminals store electric energy when they connected to a power source. One terminal stores positive energy and the other terminal stores negative charge. Charging and discharging of the capacitor can be defined as, when electrical energy is added to a capacitor is called charging whereas releasing the energy from a capacitor is called as discharging.

Capacitors include dielectrics made from all kinds of materials. In this case the dielectric is the image or the paper upon which the affirmations are written upon.

The simplest form of a capacitor is “ parallel plate capacitor” and its construction can be done by two metal plates that are placed parallel to each other at some distance. This is what the collection plate actually is, electrically speaking.

Pulsing the Quanta. Since the capacitor can reach stability in a very short period of time; meaning that one side gets charged positively while the other side is charged negatively, you need to constantly turn the power on and off to have any kind of electrical movement through the system. If you don’t, the charge will just sit there. Seemingly doing nothing (not really the case, but let’s not get too technical here.)

Electrical movement will “carry quanta” along with it. So you want the key quanta to move with the electrical system in operation.

This kind of movement is important. As it “refreshes” the system. It charges and discharges your desires, over and over again. It has the same net affect of reading all your affirmations over and over again within a split second (um. Well, depending on the construction of the capacitor you created.).

A simple circuit using the 555 integrated circuit to generate a pulse. The frequency and speed of the pulse is adjusted by the 1 M ohm rheostat at top.
A simple circuit using the 555 integrated circuit to generate a pulse. The frequency and speed of the pulse is adjusted by the 1 M ohm rheostat at top.

Pulsing the system is easy to do. You just add a pulse circuit in the machine. The simplest is a simple timer (like a 555 or 556 DIP) with an output going direct to a transistor. (I’m just trying to keep it simple here.) It acts as a gate and you can charge and discharge the plate until “the cows come home”. (Charge, discharge. Charge, discharge. Charge, discharge.)

Amplify. Now you can amplify the signal. You can change the current, the voltage, the power and the other aspects of the mechanism. But I am not all that convinced that there will be a corresponding amplification in the intensity of the “wishes”.

Certainly there is a relationship of sorts. The more electrons in movement, means the more quanta in movement. But how about those quanta associated with thought? The “thought quanta”. As far as I understand it, the mere presence of the device is enough to secure “thought quanta” movement.

Simple amplifier that amplifies the signal going to the “intention plate capacitor.”

Personally, I believe that it is the speed at which the electrons switch back and forth to the plates that have the biggest impact. This is the “frequency” of the device.

Never the less, the system can be amplified with an “amplification circuit”. It’s just an electrical device that changes the scope of the signal to or from the plates. In other words, “why not?”

Filter. In this mechanism, the collection plate is the same as the filter. The collection plate is actually both plates in the capacitor while the filter is the dielectric image or (if you prefer) word-laden paper sandwiched in between.

The machine is most effective for single thoughts, or single-use concepts. It might not work as well for (say) a list of affirmations. So to properly use this device, you will need to create a specific dielectric.

What you do is create a base image. Usually a picture of yourself.

Then create an overlay of what you want to surround you with. The most effective method is to make a collage of things or ideas / concepts that you want. Then print it in a printer on clear acetate. Which makes a transparent image overlay.

Then your dielectric is simply the photo of you with the image overlay on top of it. Both sandwiched in between the two contact plates within the capacitor.

Now, that being said, the more astute readers will simply tear apart an old laptop and place the screen between the two plates. Then rotate desktop images in sequence. But that is a far more complex and involved DIY project to list herein. 

I'll cover it elsewhere at another time. OK?

Broadcast. Finally, you do want to broadcast this system. But that’s the beauty of it. You see, the plates that you use as a capacitor are also the broadcast antenna. While it is on, and the “thought quanta” are moving back and forth through that composite image that you created, that… is in itself… all that is required.

And that is it.

I provided some electrical schematics for the more electrically inclined hobbyists out there to construct. If you want, I can throw together a complete DIY post on how to construct this mechanism yourself. It's not hard, but if you've never taken on this kind of project before it might be too daunting. Besides, novices shouldn't play with electricity. Don't try it unless you know what you are doing.

But why waste the time. There are other solutions…

The rules of the physical world work the same throughout the different sciences. The only difference is their form. So let’s look at a hydraulic version…

[2b] Hydraulic type “wish machine”

As long as things are in movement around and through your “intention image”, the associated “thought-related quanta” will also move through that image.

Well, you can achieve a similar effect by placing your (previously mentioned) “intention capacitor plates” under a stream of running water.

Obviously, you must not make any rookie mistakes…

  • No electricity of any kind or type.
  • The plates are not necessary. You just need to hold the images together somehow.
  • Place the image-sandwich under the water and let it run and run and run.

And that, boys and girls is all that there is to it.

Oh,…

One very important point. Your physical presence must be near the device. Or else the effect of the machine will entangle with the quanta of others aside from yourself.

Obviously you will run into a problem with privacy. Because sooner or later someone is going to run into your little image collage and their thoughts will impact on the intentions that you are trying to manifest.

[3] Use of a talisman or mark (iconology)

Since the key to the control of the manifestation of our reality involves thought, then it should become clear that if you associate yourself with a particular symbol or mark that the thoughts and the history associated with the mark (or symbol) will now be associated with you.

  • The historical thoughts associated with that symbol.
  • What you (yourself) associate with that symbol.
  • What others around you associate with that symbol.

This is both good and bad.

Which is why, boys and girls, I advise NOT getting tattoos or body adornments until you fully appreciate the consequences of your actions. Words… actions… images… and symbols all come with attraction or repellent qualities. You need to be absolutely positive that your attachment to iconology is absolutely what you want.

Tattoo with occult symbology. You must be absolutely certain, and positive that you can live with the consequences of attachments to various iconology.
Tattoo with occult symbology. You must be absolutely certain, and positive that you can live with the consequences of attachments to various iconology.

Here we look at various ways to utilize iconology to manifest intention.

[3a] The Intention Experiment

This is a book that pretty much compiled the scientific experiments related to intention and ESP. It is in agreement with some of the investigations that were performed elsewhere and in alignment with my understandings. All of which are explained within the book “The Intention Experiment” by Lynne Mctaggart.

In short, you can “bless” an object through providing “good will” or “prayer”. The object would retain that quantum alignment, and then when you carry that object around, you will obtain the blessings and positive quanta associated with it.

In practical application, this means that you can create your own talisman.

Anything can become a talisman.

You need to pray and perform some kind of meaningful "ritual" or event to distinguish the thoughts associated with the talisman.
It is the thoughts that you associate with it that are critical.

When you discharge thoughts or emotion to the talisman you must center yourself in peace and serenity. You might mediate or perform other actions to accomplish this.

It operates differently from prayer affirmations. Instead you create a talisman that will give you “luck” or “advantage” in your day to day life.

[3b] Feng Shui

This is how BaZi Chinese traditional “horoscope” (Feng Shui Bracelets) systems work. Indeed, if you go to China, you might be surprised how many people wear these bracelets of beads. Wood beads, stone beads, complex intertwined red rope bracelets.

Top 7A Tiger's Eye Natural Stone Chinese Zodiac Charm Bracelet for Good Luck and Fortune for a man.
Top 7A Tiger’s Eye Natural Stone Chinese Zodiac Charm Bracelet for Good Luck and Fortune for a man. There are many types of charms and they are tied to the complexities of yearly movements of non-physical forces. These charms are intended to restore balance to ones’ life.

Again, this is a method to improve your “luck” or create advantage during “non-auspicious situations”. It is similar to the methodology as described in “The Intention Experiment” except that it is based on a theory (or belief) in cycles of non-visible groupings of quanta.

In Chinese horoscopes / astrology they have mapped out movements of non-physical associations. These objects go by many names and there are no English equivalents. As these non-physical objects move about your reality, they can off-set your balance. The goal is always to maintain perfect physical balance in all things. The use of these bracelets or iconology is to assist in balancing off the effects of the non-physical reality.

[3c] Catholic iconology

This is how Catholic iconology works. Here, a icon becomes the target for your directed thoughts and intentions.

Most Catholics utilize a combination of prayer types.

They might wear a talisman, charm or image of a favored Saint or Jesus. These are always blessed within a church.

Catholic four way metal with the four iconology symbols. This particular medallion can be found HERE.
Catholic four way metal with the four iconology symbols. This particular medallion can be found HERE.

They also follow a distinct ritual of scripted prayers. In general they run through a litany of prayers directed to a specific person, idol or concept. The Virgin Mother Mary, Saint Peter, and others are often petitioned alongside the prayers and blessed talismans.

It should be of interest that non-Catholics can utilize the power of intention associated with all the Catholic iconology.

Many Catholics keep a statue in their yard to bless their home and family with.

[3d] Golden Dawn / Aleister Crowley

It is also what Satanic rituals, Golden Dawn, and the writings of Alex Crowley rely upon. There is a great deal of work revolved in ritual and symbology here. In fact, even the Ozzy Osbourne song “Mr Crowley” refers to Alex Crowley as it’s all “symbolic”.

Aleister Crowley was an English occultist, ceremonial magician, poet, painter, novelist, and mountaineer. He founded the religion of Thelema, identifying himself as the prophet entrusted with guiding humanity into the Æon of Horus in the early 20th century. A prolific writer, he published widely over the course of his life.

Once a major player in the Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn, Crowley’s falling-out with the secret society within only a few years of his 1898 induction set a pretty good precedent. We really don’t want to get into the history of all this muck. What we do want to get into is the belief how ones thoughts can control one’s reality…

Goetia First Edition - Aleister Crowley - Bauman Rare Books
Goetia First Edition – Aleister Crowley – Bauman Rare Books

For us, at this stage, we are concerned with “Thelema“.

The concept had been around for a long time, but it was Aleister Crowley who created the blend of Western ideals and Eastern mysticism that became Thelema. Even though there’s a lot written on it, it’s sort of an odd philosophy, in that it can be applied in many different ways and interpreted differently by different individuals.

There are some basics, though, that Crowley outlined: The most famous of these tenets is his infamous “Do what thou wilt shall be the whole of the Law” line. Even that’s up for interpretation.

Some say that it clearly means that you can do whatever the heck you want to, and you’re still within the accepted guidelines of the philosophy.

A somewhat alternative interpretation, though, brings ethics and morality back and says that it simply means that everyone has a divine purpose and nature inherent within them.

I interpret it as a freedom to control your own reality as you feel fit. As such, by doing so, you are utilizing thoughts and ritual to alter and control your reality.

[3e] The Goetia: The Lesser Key of Solomon the King

Here is a subset of the Alex Crowley / Golden Dawn belief structure. You would conjure up a demon (a non-physical entity in possession of a certain type of specialized power) through symbol and ritual. Then once conjured, you would ask them to perform a task for you for a price.

Each demon is associated with a symbol.

You do not need to perform a conjuring ritual. You can just display the symbol of the demon on objects, clothing, or tattoos and expect to have the attributes of that particular demon manifest in your life. For after all, each symbol is now associated with thoughts…thus giving it power.

The Goetia; inside the book.
The Goetia; inside the book.

The Goetia (pronounced Go-EY-sha) is Book 1 of the Lemegeton (Lesser Key of Solomon), a grimoire that circulated in the 17th century and is penned in the name of King Solomon. This translation/compilation comes from SL MacGregor Mathers in 1904.

According to kabbalah scholar, Gershom Scholem, the text was not originally Jewish and was only translated into Hebrew in th 17th century. He describes the book as “a melange of Jewish, Christian, and Arab elements in which the kabbalistic component was practically nil.” (Scholem, Kabbalah)

Link to Amazon.

Many of the demons found in the Goetia were initially published in the 16th century by Johann Wier. Curiously, a handful were left out. The Goetia also uses some of Collin de Plancy’s Dictionnaire Infernal illustrations.

This system does work, but it is fraught with danger and concern. You must absolutely careful when using the iconology established by others. For i might come with other associations and “baggage” that you might not want in your life.

[4] Ritual

Since the key to the control of the manifestation of our reality involves thought, then it should become clear that if you utilize ritual, you will be magnifying your thoughts as every action involving the ritual comes complete with it’s own set of thoughts. This is true whether it is a Catholic ritual, or an occult ritual.

An occult ritual set up designed to conjure up a demon for certain specific actions.
An occult ritual set up designed to conjure up a demon for certain specific actions.

The system should not be a surprise.

If words are culled with the ability to manifest reality, shouldn’t actions as well? Well, they absolutely do. In fact, how you say your prayer affirmations are just as important as just reading them out loud. By putting passion into your vocalizations, you add an extra dimension to the effort that you are trying to undertake.

Ritual frees up thought and replaces it with action. Our thoughts associated with the ritual begin to act automatically. That auto-action amplifies the combined thoughts that go along with the ritual. It’s a feed-back loop and very powerful.

The Mass, the formal, official worship service of Catholicism, is the most important and sacred act of worship in the Catholic Church. Going to Mass is the only way a Catholic can fulfill the Third Commandment to keep holy the Sabbath day and the only regular opportunity to receive the Holy Eucharist.
The Mass, the formal, official worship service of Catholicism, is the most important and sacred act of worship in the Catholic Church. Going to Mass is the only way a Catholic can fulfill the Third Commandment to keep holy the Sabbath day and the only regular opportunity to receive the Holy Eucharist.

Ritual adds depth and “color” to an affirmation. It can be used alone or in conjunction with other methods of controlling and directing one’s thoughts.

[5] Hemi-sync as a gateway

Since the key to the control of the manifestation of our reality involves thought, then it should become clear that if we clear our minds of all thought, that we can focus on the thoughts that we want to, to the exclusion of all else.

The deeply relaxing sound patterns of Hemi-Sync® Meditation will gently lead you into powerful, free-flow explorations and leave you centered, focused and totalls refreshed.

-Monroe Institute

Hemi-sync has many applications from thought control, to out-of-the-body-experiences, to remote viewing. In fact, it was utilized by the CIA for a spell, and not all of the results are unclassified.

If you have never experienced using the hemi-sync method, it might be interesting and instructive to obtain some tapes and listen to them.

Warnings

Items, physical items, can “absorb” thought components. This can be good, as in the case of “blessed” objects, and can be problematic as in “cursed” objects.

Do not be under the assumption that physical objects cannot absorb thoughts and obtain “properties”. They can. That is why every language in the world has a word describing “cursed objects”.

Quantum Physics and Intention

Here’s some links to the relationship between quantum physics and thought.

Conclusion

Thoughts create our reality.

There are different techniques that one can use to focus, alter, control or magnify thoughts. Some of which are in common use, such as the Catholic iconology, and other shunned or frowned upon like the Golden Dawn. Some are considered to be “fringe” and “tin foil hat” subjects like the “Wish Machine”, and some are in use by various elements of the United States government like the Hemi-sync Gateway.

You can use what ever method you feel most comfortable with.

Remember, unless you have direct control of your thoughts and actions, you will never be able to have control over your life. Control requires discipline of thought.

Do you want more?

I hope that you found this post curious and interesting. I have other posts of a similar nature in my MAJestic Index here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

The coincidences in America during this period of COVID-19 coronavirus are astounding!

As I have mentioned before, we only see the tip of the iceberg in our day to day lives. This leads to some odd and strange phenomena. Nothing is more poignant than when it is associated with a global situation or catastrophe. As is the case with the COVID-19, coronavirus. And thus we have this curiosity…

Here we have a new American coin.

It was designed and developed years back and just hit the “streets” in February 2020. Just about the same time when the COVID-19 is starting to assault the American population. Check out the design.

Notice anything interesting?

The new American quarter features a  rare bat found in American Samoa.
The new American quarter features a rare bat found in American Samoa.

On February 13, 2020, the U.S. Mint released a quarter honoring the National Park of American Samoa in Utulei, American Samoa. The quarter is the first release of 2020 and the 51st release of the America the Beautiful Quarters® Program.

Keep in mind that the mainstream American media narrative is that the COVID-19 virus came into being by Chinese slurping bat soup. Bat soup made from “rare” (in China) South Pacific bats…

Imagine that!

Conspiracy Considerations

What better way to keep Americans thinking about “bat slurping” Chinese than to have them confront that idea every time they pay in cash?

It’s like the Will Smith movie “Focus”…

Nicky and Jess go to the football game. They make small bets with each other such as if one fan will catch a hot dog, and if another is too drunk to get up for the wave. They see a woman in short shorts and bet how many men will look at her ass as she walks by. Jess bets 8 while Nicky bets 3. 

A curious man named Mr. Liuyan (B.D. Wong) joins the game and bets 5. Seven men check out the woman as she walks by, making Jess the closest. Liuyan makes more bets with Nicky over the game, practically begging him to play when Nicky tries to back out. 

Nicky plays and loses $1,000. The bets escalate as the two men double the bets, even as Jess tells Nicky they should just leave. After losing $100,000, it looks like Nicky has finally had enough and is about to walk away. 

Mr. Liuyan goads him back in, and Nicky bets all the remaining cash ($1.1 million) on a simple high card draw. 

Liuyan pulls the card with a higher number, winning all their money. 

Nicky and Jess are heartbroken. Nicky chooses not to walk away and decides to double the bet again. 

He tells Liuyan to pick any player on the field, and he will guess which one, seemingly impossible odds. Mr. Liuyan thinks he is crazy and doesn't bet on crazy, so he refuses. 

Nicky sweetens it when he says Jess will pick the player that Liuyan spotted, much to Jess's terror. Liuyan can't turn down free money, so he picks a player. As Jess nervously looks through the binoculars, Liuyan gives them a chance to back out. 

Jess looks to Nicky, seemingly begging him to take this chance to back out, but Nicky tells her to pick. Jess again nervously scans the players. All of a sudden, she spots Farhad wearing a jersey with 55 on it. She grins and picks him, and to everyone's surprise, that's the correct answer.

On the taxi ride home, Nicky, now with a LOT of money on him, explains to Jess that this was set up from the beginning of the day. 

He knew that Liyuan is a notorious gambler, so he had it set up so that Liuyan would see the number 55 throughout the day, thereby subconsciously getting him to pick that number when the moment was right. 

-Focus
Will Smith in the movie "Focus".
Will Smith in the movie “Focus”.

Another Coincidence

Australian mystery.
Australian mystery.

Airport worker said the vehicle has been left in the staff car park since before Australia’s coronavirus lockdowns began.

The disease caused by coronavirus was first officially labelled “COVID–19” on February 11, and was declared a pandemic one month later.

Mr Spry said as far as colleagues could recall, the car had been there since “February or even earlier”, and was definitely there from mid-March when most airport staff went on four weeks of forced leave.

Remember the time to have a custom license plate made in Australia is typically six months.

Did you know that Donald Trump collects a coin of every “battle campaign” that he has ever fought?

It’s true. And if you look carefully, you will certainly see that new US Nickel in his display. Check out the picture…

What a coincidence!

Commentary

What can I say?

Just a coincidence, eh?

People! Listen up. NOTHING in this universe is a coincidence.


As an aside, I have visited this park. It is beautiful. I used to live in Tafuna. And my work project was in Pago Pago, which was not too far from the park.

Map of Tutuila Island in American Samoa.
Map of Tutuila Island in American Samoa.

The only thing about it is the holes in the road going up and down the mountain. The locals have placed large stones near each pot-hole so that people can avoid hitting the bumps. Though, aside from that, it’s a truly beautiful place. It’s towards the North side of the island, and very picturesque. It’s worth a visit next time you are in the South pacific.

The amazingly beautiful American Samoa island. It is well worth a visit, provided you have the time and the resources.
The amazingly beautiful American Samoa island. It is well worth a visit, provided you have the time and the resources.

Oh, and those fruit bats are noisy. When they fight it sounds like a cross between a cat fight and a car wreck.

Anyways, not bad mouthing American Samoa, but all things considered it’s pretty strange. Yes, all in all, it’s pretty strange. With a bat coin developed that would enter America just when the COVID-19 was hitting the United States.

It’s a curiosity. Don’t you think?

Especially when the “go ahead” to make this coin corresponds with the restructuring of the American bio-weapons office under John Bolton in 2017. Curious.

Have a nice day.


I hope that you enjoyed this little post. I really don’t know where to put it, so I am just putting it everywhere. LOL. Check out my main index here…

Master Index

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

The mechanism for memory access in a MWI (world-line) universe and why reincarnation prevents prior access.

Phew! That’s a mouthful. Not really the best post title.

Here we address how your memories are accessed. We discuss how the memory “address” is accessed by the consciousness. We look at the differences between the physical brain, and thought / memories. And, finally, we look at the reincarnation process and why souls that have reincarnated cannot recall memories of prior incarnations.

Is is a post on how the soul uses memories to select world-lines to occupy.

Quick Comment
Yeah. I’ll bet you all pretty much gave up on me continuing on my MAJestic disclosure. Well, nope. It’s just that the immediate situation pretty much hijacked my blog. But not to worry, I’m a man on a mission and more posts with more “meat” are forthcoming.

Here, we are going to look at memories.

Yeah, I know. It sounds very boring. Doesn’t it?

Summary

The way that memories actually work in no way resembles what conventional science thinks. Here we present a very brief and simplistic overview of the system.

How it works.

Well, look at it this way. Our reality changes and molds to what we think. I covered this over and over before in other posts. Time is the movement of our consciousness as it moves in and out of world-lines.

And, of course, what we think thus changes our reality.

Because our thoughts determine what world-lines we enter into. So if we are thinking wonderful thoughts, and are calm, and direct our energy into wonderful things, our life would be wonderful.

Movement through the different world lines appears as time. As we think, we select the world lines to migrate towards. We need to control and master our thoughts.
Movement through the different world lines appears as time. As we think, we select the world lines to migrate towards. We need to control and master our thoughts.

But if we surround ourselves with negative thoughts, manipulative news, and people. If we are reacting to events instead of manifesting them, or if we hold grudges and evil negative thoughts… then our world experiences will become progressively darker and darker.

Thoughts generate memories.

Memories shape our thoughts.

Thus, our prior experiences shape the thoughts that we have. So they are crucially important to the creation of our life and our reality.

Thoughts create memories.

Our memories influence how we think and what we think about.

Our thoughts are influenced by our memories and the environment in our reality. So in order to overcome your immediate environment, you must overcome that influence and generate new and healthy thoughts.

It’s like this…

A poverty stricken beggar might yearn for a reality where he has a warm meal and a roof over his head from the rain. While a wealthy oligarch might yearn for forbidden activities, and serendipitous pursuits.

Russian Oligarch.
Russian Oligarch.

Why the difference?

It’s because of their experiences. And their experiences are molded by their memories which is a record of their reality.

Why are memories important?

Memories are important because they attract and repel quanta. You want a balanced mixture of good and bad memories so that the attractions are balanced.

That is how soul grows don’t you know.

The consciousness enters world-lines (via the MWI) and has experiences. These experiences are recorded as memories. These memories influence your actions and also power “The Law of Attraction” (for lack of a better term.)

Your realities are created by directed thoughts.

PLEASE SHUT OFF THE NEWS NOW. Do not allow the thoughts and actions of others to influence you, or cause you to live in fear.

The news media is dangerous and creates situations and thoughts that mess up your well-tended and directed thoughts.
The news media is dangerous and creates situations and thoughts that mess up your well-tended and directed thoughts.

Operate off your very own memories and your very own experiences.

Eventually, memories influence your thoughts in such a way that your sentience becomes defined. And we do want that, don’t you know. We want our sentience to be defined.

  • Service for ones self. (“Western” societies preference.)
  • Service for others. (Mantid preference.)
  • Service for another. (Human oligarch preference for everyone else.)
  • Service for things.
  • No service what so ever.
  • Disjointed and indeterminate sentience.

The brain does not record memories.

Firstly the brain does not record memories. Instead, it accesses them.

Memories reside outside any given reality and “world-line”.

Which is currently at odds with “modern” medical science. Pull up any internet article and they will point to specific regions in the brain where memories are “stored”.

Sorry, but nope.

Conventional belief on how memories are stored within the body.
Conventional belief on how memories are stored within the body.

Those are the regions and areas inside the brain that accesses memories. they do not store them.

To use internet technology here…

Conventional Medical science

Memories are recorded and goes directly into the brain "Hard Drive". As you get older more and more memories are packed inside of the "hard Drive".

MAJestic understanding

Memories are accessed from the cloud via a Wifi router. It collects the memories in "packets" and puts them in ROM / RAM for immediate use.

So instead of thinking of your brain as a big old hard-drive. You need to start thinking of it as a wifi router that accesses memories in the cloud.

How your memories are accessed.

Since the consciousness cycles in and out the physical repeatedly, each time the consciousness is outside of a world-line it refreshes the memory cache. It does not do this while it is within a reality.

  • Inside a world-line reality. Particle behavior. Accesses stored memories and generate thoughts.
  • Outside or between reality world-lines; dumps the physical memory contents to the non-physical memory stack. Gathers and collects all memories once dumped and generate new thoughts based on that combined action.

How the memory “address” is accessed by the consciousness.

In the “Heavens”; that space between world-lines, there are all sorts of things. It’s a realm of thought and all sorts and manner of activities. This includes thoughts and memories of others. Obviously there must be a mechanism for the consciousness to “anchor” onto the memories as they accrue over time.

There is.

The memories are “anchored” within the garbions of a soul.

The soul is composed of “clumps” of quanta. Each “clump” is called a garbion. Each garbion has a specific role for the soul. One such role is the assignment of memories for a given consciousness.

A soul can only assign memories out if it’s garbions via the consciousness that it projects.

Therefore, no one else can access then unless there is approval from the soul itself.

The differences between the physical brain, and thought / memories.

Thoughts and memories have no physical analog. You cannot measure them, trap them, or replace them. You can only suppress their access.

Further, the only way that the brain can access thoughts directly is through wave behavior. particle behavior are for process behaviors after the memories and thoughts have been processed.

The reincarnation process and why souls that have reincarnated cannot recall memories of prior incarnations.

A “consciousness” is generated by a soul for a given body to use to obtain experiences. It uses the power of directed thought to migrate in and out of the world-line realities to obtain experiences so that the soul would grow. As such, the experience, the thoughts and the memories are all associated with a given consciousness.

The soul can opt to permit reincarnated consciousnesses to retain prior experiences and memories when they enter into a new body. But this is rarely done.

The reason is simple.

The greater the number of memories you have, the less mistakes you will have. And thus the less new experiences that you would obtain. For the soul to grow, you need to start with a “clean slate” and learn from scratch to obtain new experiences, learn from mistakes and failures and to grow.

What this means

What this means is that if the physical body is old, the brain is damaged, or other physical travesties avail the human, the memories still exist. It’s just that they (at that moment in time) cannot access those memories. So a person who has dementia, can fully access all their memories when they enter the “spiritual realm”. This is the space in between the various world-lines (in the MWI).

Dead, and diseased pets, likes dogs and cats, can contact you and other loved ones once they passed on. And yes, this includes people and humans as well. I have an interesting post on this issue, that you all might want to read…

Technology

A species that can inject thoughts into another (telepathy) is utilizing a method and technology that lies outside a given MWI reality. In other words, they are injecting a thought into your consciousness (stream) while you are between MWI world-lines realities.

Like during my first encounter with the type-1 greys…

Or experiences that I myself had with horses, and drunk companions, which are stories for another time and another place.

Conclusion

To master your world, you MUST control your thoughts.

They help you navigate into the world-lines where you would obtain experiences of life.

To obtain those experiences that you want, you must radically demand full control over your thoughts. You must NOT allow yourself to be manipulated by American propaganda campaigns or the thoughts of others. The only reality that matters is your very own. Nothing else.

When you experience something, you will record that experience in all it’s aspects as a memory.

The memories that you have will influence how quickly you will be able to direct your thoughts and control your life. So please start experiencing great and positive experiences NOW. Control your thoughts.

Now, all that being said, you cannot control the thoughts of others. If you find yourself being chained to a negative thought generator, a mentally or socially ill person, or a dysfunctional person, they will hijack your thoughts. Do not allow that to happen. For they will hijack your life.

Finally, no human, can steal your memories. They can only suppress them, and implant new ones by all manner of manipulation and propaganda campaigns. That being said, there are species that have the technology to actually farm your memories and quanta. Luckily our benefactors are protecting us from them.

Think good thoughts. Your life depends upon it.


I hope that you enjoyed this post. I have many more here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

Advanced studies on the MWI and how world-lines and consciousness work together.

This article goes into a much more involved study of how consciousness interacts with world-lines in the MWI.

In so doing, we have to deconstruct some of the simpler conventions that we have used in the past, and layout a better foundation of how the MWI actually interacts with the consciousness.

In earlier posts, I have gone into details on how the MWI actually manifests in our reality. In those presentations, I intentionally simplified things for easy understanding.

It's sort of like how you teach a person to swim by holding them and letting them kick their legs in the water. You use "supports". These supports aren't really the "real thing", but they help you along the road to eventually master the real thing.

In this post, we will assume that you the reader have mastered a basic understanding of those previous points.

  • Consciousness moves in and out of world-lines.
  • This movement appears as “time”.
  • Our thoughts direct which world-lines that we enter.

Introduction

In this article, we will now elaborate upon the world-line construction. We will look at what it actually is and how it actually works. Not everyone needs to know or understand this. But for those that do, this will help obtain a better understanding of it.

What time actually is and how we naturally move through the various world-lines.
This is an illustration of what time actually is. Time does not exist. It is a perception that our consciousness has as it moves and weaves in and out of different world-lines. Here we use an old-fashioned movie reel projector to help illustrate this understanding.

It will appear really strange, but I do hope that I can help add some insight into everything.

Now, this article is for advanced students and are advanced studies.

Most of the people who have already mastered World-Line-Travel 101, you won’t need to read this. For the handful of people that understand world-line-travel-101, you don’t really need to understand much more than that.

But for those of you that need more, then here it is.

Of course, it’s long due. But all this COVID-19 nonsense has pretty much hijacked my postings and articles.

Quick Review

The universe is nothing like people think it is.

Instead of all of us sharing the same physical universe, we exist as consciousness within our very own personal reality. It only appears that we share it with others.

There is a near infinite number of these realities. They are known as individual world-lines.

We travel through these different world-lines at a rate of around 4 Hz. The selection of the world-line we exist within momentarily is manifested by our thoughts. This is a rather speedy switching in and out of world-lines.

Roughly, our consciousness pops in and out of four different world-lines every second.

Each world-line is nearly identical to the one before it.

The differences are determined by your thoughts, conscious and unconscious.

If you want to review what all this is about, I would suggest you check out these following posts first:

MWI
The Landscape of the MWI

So please keep in mind that while everything posted previously is quite accurate, it is actually simplified for understanding.

Now, we get into a deeper perception of how things actually work. And in the process better understand all that PSI and “twilight zone” stuff that appears from time-to-time.

Once you understand these new elements of consciousness fundamentals and world-line interaction, you can understand how people are able to do many "tricks" with PSI, and other strange things...

Clarification #1 – Consciousness cycles in and out of world-lines in a sinusoidal manner.

This should be obvious to the astute reader, but it needs to be stated.

The consciousness moves in and out of world-lines naturally. It moves in a sinusoidal manner. It moves in and out. In and out. Over and over.

The rate of travel varies from person to person, but typically averages around 4 Hz.

Standard sinusoidal waveform.
Standard sinusoidal waveform.

During this time it changes “shape properties”. Back and forth. Back and forth. Back and forth.

At “the top” of the cycle it takes on wave behavior.

At the “bottom” of the cycle, it takes on particle behavior.

Consciousness movement in and out of different world-lines.
Consciousness movement in and out of different world-lines.

When it takes on wave behavior it moves from one world-line to another directed by thought. It exists “in the spirit world”.

Movement of consciousness.
Movement of consciousness.

When it takes on particle behavior, it occupies a world-line and inhabits a physical body.

Our consciousness cycles in and out of different world-lines. Between each trip it exists within "heaven".
Our consciousness cycles in and out of different world-lines. Between each trip it exists within “heaven”.

With this understood, we can define the amount of time that the transition from world-line to world-line takes, as well as the duration a consciousness spends inside each world-line.

If there are 4 cycles per second, then, each trip back and forth from the "Heavenly realms" to a world-line is 1/4 a second. 

And thus, (roughly) each moment at a given world-line is half of that. Or, 1/8 of a second.

Some “take aways”;

  • Humans, via our consciousness, is continuously in touch with the “Heavenly realms”. Every moment we touch heaven, and enter our latest world-line.
  • When in the wave form, we can perform all sorts of activities and have all sorts of “abilities” not tied to any world-line. There are no physical limitations. Humans spend approximately 50% of their time “connected” to the “Heavenly realms”.
  • For us to maintain (retain) our memories from world-line to world-line, the memories are deposited outside the brain. It exists within the “Heavenly realms” not within the physical brain.

Key Correction #1 – Consciousness moves about the MWI when attached to a human body.

In my previous simplifications, I have referred to, and drawn the consciousness as a red blob; a point of light. I have stated that “Soul” can generate multiple Consciousnesses that it places on “journeys”. These “Journeys for experience” is a life-experience for a soul.

Simplified diagram of how consciousness moves in and out of the MWI and gives us the illusion of time.
Simplified diagram of how consciousness moves in and out of the MWI and gives us the illusion of time. This is what one second of life looks like for the average person. He / she enters and leaves four different world lines each second. This “movement” appears as time.

The Consciousness normally travels in and out of world-lines all a person’s life.

Once a consciousness uses up a body as it travels in and out of world-lines, it dies. The consciousness stays in the wave-form and “rests” within the “Heavenly realms”.

A decision is thus made by the soul, the consciousness, and their associations with other spirits, angels, and heavenly denizens on what to do next.

Often, it involves being injected on another “journey” in another life. This is often referred to as reincarnation.

This graphic shows how the the "passage of time" is viewed in the big-scale of things. MWI movement occurs during a human "lifespan". You can only experience world-line travel within a given life. (There's exceptions to this, but let's stay focused.)
This graphic shows how the the “passage of time” is viewed in the big-scale of things. MWI movement occurs during a human “lifespan”. You can only experience world-line travel within a given life. (There’s exceptions to this, but let’s stay focused.)

Key Correction #2 – Consciousness is not a point-source.

Consciousness is actually quite complex and complicated.

It is not a blob, a dot, a “something”.

It’s a collection of “stuff” that operates in such a way that the soul, the consciousness, the MWI and the thoughts generate memories and navigate the life-path to create experiences that the soul can learn from.

Soul creates a “consciousness” that it uses to travel the MWI.

It inserts it into a given world-line, and allows it to move unencumbered and subject to it’s own thoughts. Each world-line is a “physical reality” that the consciousness occupies.

The consciousness is connected to the soul by a device. This device is known as consciousness.
The soul, which resides in the “Heavenly realms” creates a consciousness from which to experience things and events. Thus learns and grows. Consciousness is the passageway or “tunnel” that connects the physical reality to the soul.

Now, in all of this, I drew consciousness (literately, and artistically) as a point. I drew it as a red circular blob. Like in the two earlier drawings.

As in the above drawing showing the consciousness as a red blob in front of a long tunnel to the soul.

Movement of consciousness into a world-line as depicted as a point source.
Movement of consciousness into a world-line as depicted as a point source.

However, the true reality is a bit different.

Get ready to have your mind blown.

The consciousness actually occupies multiple World-line-realities at any given moment simultaneously. It is actually not a “red blob”. It’s a lot of “red blobs”. Each one occupying a different world-line… simultaneously.

It is a “shared potential”. Some of the consciousness occupies one world-line at any given moment, while other aspects of it’s consciousness occupies other world-lines.

Sort of like this…

Consciousness occupies multiple world-lines at any given moment. The sum total of what our consciousness experiences is what we view as "our" present world-line.
Consciousness occupies multiple world-lines at any given moment. The sum total of what our consciousness experiences is what we view as “our” present world-line. It appears to be but one singular world-line, but it is actually a aggregate composite of all the world-lines that our consciousness occupies at any given moment. 1 / (30/4+40/4+20/4+10/4) = Momentary reality.

Then, they move on to the next group of world lines. Then again. Then again. Then again. Over and over.

It’s not a red blob moving in and out.

Consciousness occupies multiple world-lines at any given moment. The sum total of what our consciousness experiences is what we view as "our" present world-line.
Consciousness occupies multiple world-lines at any given moment. The sum total of what our consciousness experiences is what we view as “our” present world-line. They all change in the same cycle as governed by the consciousness.

Instead, consciousness occupies numerous world-lines at any given moment. Each world-line is different, but similar. The Consciousness interprets the differences as a singular world-line.

Key Correction #2 – World-Lines are not point-sources either.

We have a tendency to think of a “world” as a fixed and solid place. And the way that I have described the movement of time, has been the consciousness moving in and out from these fixed world-line realities.

A "world-line" is the resultant combined perception of a moment "frozen in time" that combines multiple world-lines into a singular apparent place. 

What we think a world-line is is not a fixed singular place.

It is the sum total average of all the experiences that a conscientiousness is exposed to at any singular moment in time.

By fracturing a consciousness and occupying many similar world-lines simultaneously, the resultant consciousness would end up with a richer "experience". It can also help to direct the travel and migrate to "better" world-lines per it's directives.
By fracturing a consciousness and occupying many similar world-lines simultaneously, the resultant consciousness would end up with a richer “experience”. It can also help to direct the travel and migrate to “better” world-lines per it’s directives.

It is the exact opposite of “living within an echo chamber“. It enables the consciousness to experience different experiences instead of simply reinforcing existing ones that the consciousness has been accustomed to over the years.

Key Correction #3 – World-Lines are not entirely empty of other consciousnesses.

To best understand how you can move in and out of multiple world-lines, it makes sense to think of things simply. Your consciousness is a point or sphere. The world-lines are empty and only occupied by “shadow consciousnesses”. But that’s really a simplistic picture.

It’s a simple narrative.

Imagine that you are only consciousness. And that you can move in and out of different world-lines freely. They seem to be occupied by all kinds of other people, but that is just an illusion. Most world-lines are just empty. And all those other people are just “quantum shadows” of others.

Now, this simplistic narrative needs to be revised to reflect the reality.

Instead of 100% of a consciousness entering a world-line where all the “quantum shadows” only have 0% occupancy within that reality…

…we now look at the reality…

Your consciousness might devote (say) 23% occupation within a given world-line, and all those “quantum-shadows” are actually occupied by other consciousnesses. Only they are a much smaller percentage. Often varying from 0.0002% to 0.1%.

Thus, in truth, all world-lines are not truly empty. They are occupied to some extent. And all of the other consciousnesses react to the way your consciousness behaves within any given particular world line.

Conclusion

And this, boys and girls, is the more advanced understanding of how the universe actually works. It’s simple, but complex.

It’s “rich” and “colorful”.

It also helps to understand how PSI and other psychic behaviors manifest within our reality.

And no, you are not going to find this anywhere else on the internet or in the halls of the universities. But this is what I have been tasked to understand (or at least part of it, anyways) as part of my MAJestic role.

I have much more, but it starts to really get complicated.

In it, I explain how the physical materials can be manipulated by thought and how one can travel through “apparent time”, and all sorts of curious other things. But, I am not ready to release all these other things out to the public at this time. It’s not the time.

I do not want to anger the PTB (Powers That Be) at this time.
I do not want to anger the PTB (Powers That Be) at this time.

I hope that you enjoyed this post. If you want to see more along these lines, please go to my MAJestic Index, here…

MAJestic

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

The Landscape of the MWI; an introduction to the geography of multiple worldlines.

This article travels into details on how the multi-world “theory” operates upon the canvas of a universal reality. We look at the moment-by-moment method of how we exist within the multi-world universe. (In other words.) We look at the mechanism in detail.

Of course, it is going to be an awfully strange “trip”. As our actual reality does not resemble anything like everyone assumes it is.

Of course, this is from the point of view of an "operator". (If you want to eject the MAJestic mantle and look in the fascinating world of the mathematics behind all this, please by my guest.) 

Here, we discuss the mechanism from which a soul would choose to live a particular life as a human. Yeah. I get it, it’s a very deep subject. It enters the realm of the religious and the spiritual. But, you know what, it need not be.

When you look at things objectively, you see that things HAVE to be this way, as described.

--PHOTO--Phillip R. Dick quote.

The topographic model.

We discuss this MWI as a topographic mapped surface from which we can extrapolate probability potential.

Now, there are many, many ways to illustrate the MWI. This is only one such method. It is the method that I was introduced to, and the one that I have come to accept as “normal”.

One of the most radical and important ideas in the history of physics  came from an unknown graduate student who wrote only one paper, got into  arguments with physicists across the Atlantic as well as his own  advisor, and left academia after graduating without even applying for a  job as a professor. 

Hugh Everett’s insight was as simple as it was  brilliant: accept the Schrödinger equation. 

Both of those parts of the  final superposition are actually there. But they can’t interact with  each other; what happens in one branch has no effect on what happens in  the other. They should be thought of as separate, equally real worlds.  This is the secret to Everettian quantum mechanics. 

-Aeon

This method or display is something that is often “behind the scenes” when the pilot arranges a slide, and the calibration of destination coordinates are locked in.

I suppose most people can live without it.

However, in my case, I discovered that it was useful to determine just how “far out” a slide can manifest, and whether or not a “deep dive” will manifest. (I said “useful”, not necessary.)

As far as any kind of practical application, I would hazard a guess that there wouldn’t be any need to anyone to know about this. It’s just a useful way of better understanding how the MWI works.

Warning

The idea of multiple-world lines, the MWI and the physics of this entire matter is NOT accepted by the general pubic, or (even) agreed to by many physicists. To them it is unproven theory that doesn’t make sense in the Judaeo-Christrian world-view.

But, seriously folks. You do not have to believe anything. It’s your reality. That’s fine.

We are always free to believe what ever we want. We adjust to our surroundings and key up our behaviors based upon our observation and our interations with others, and the objects adjacient to us.
We are always free to believe what ever we want. We adjust to our surroundings and key up our behaviors based upon our observation and our interactions with others, and the objects adjacent to us. However strange the MWI appears, it adequately and efficiently describes hour our consciousness interacts with our physical reality.

Now, for the “fresh slap of reality”.

The organization that I was part of from May 1981 through to May 2006 utilized technologies based upon this “theory”. Our government built machinery based on this “theory”. As well as using the machines (so constructed) for their own purposes.

I can positively affirm that the technologies and the machinery worked.

By the time I started to use the more primitive versions of the machinery (May 1981), it was well understood that the technology was very, very mature.

I refer to the "primitive" version to be a fixed transport portal. In this narrative, and post, I discuss my role as a "dimensional anchor" using a much more advanced version of technology.

In many ways, it's sort of explaining how a microwave works to a snail. Most of what I have to say will be gibberish to most readers who have absolutely no reference points to anchor upon.

I was an “operator” of numerous such technologies.

This is my overview of how the MWI actually manifests from the point of view of an “operator” or a “participant” utilizing the MWI-based technologies. It is based on [1] my extrapolation of experiences, [2] knowledge and [3] my exposure to various types of advanced technology.

If you do not want to hear what I have to say, you can leave.

The traditional view of the universe.
The traditional view of the universe. many people are handicapped by this traditional view, and thus have a very difficult time understanding a totally and wholly different viewpoint and understanding of the universe and how to navigate it. It is sort of like trying to learn to sail, but not believing that there is a thing called “wind”.

Quick Overview

Before we begin, here’s a quick review for all of you guys who just fell onto this post from out of the “blue”.

Most people have a really crap-tastic idea of what the MWI or multiple world-line theory is. They just cannot visualize it for the life of themselves. They have no idea what to think, or how it would manifest.

They come up with visualizations such as this…

Contemporaneous visualization of the MWI.
Contemporaneous visualization of the MWI.

One major hurtle…

The problem with all these contemporaneous visualizations is that the artist, philosopher, or scientist does not isolate the concept of consciousness from that of a physical person. It is assumed, and defaulted to one and the same identical thing. When in fact, they are entirely two separate things.

Everyone assumes that all those people around us also possess a consciousness. We assume they are also like us; that they have an active consciousness and an associated soul as well.

We make this assumption based on our interactions with them. 

They appear, to us to be fully actuated and in possession of a soul and consciousness. We argue here that the appearance of something does not equate to the de facto possession of something.

There are differences between [1] a “consciousness”, [2] a “physical body”, and [3] a “person”. For our purposes, a person is someone with an active consciousness. Most people think that all three things are just different names for the same thing. They are not.

The differences between a person, a consciousness and a physical body when discussing the MWI, or multiple world-line theory.
The differences between a person, a consciousness and a physical body when discussing the MWI, or multiple world-line theory.

Most laymen, and many scientists do not understand this simple fact. They assume that everyone is a “person”. That we share our universe with other people who all have internal “consciousnesses”.

We do not.

We are a consciousness. Not a physical body.

Instead we are consciousness, that inhabits a physical body, forming a person. (As in the picture above.) We then occupy a reality.

In this reality, we are surrounded with physical bodies, but none of them possess a consciousness. Instead they appear to have a consciousness simply because of how they interact with us. This interaction of these others is how the soul obtains experiences and thus grows and advances in the quantum sphere.

Within our reality, we are the only one that is in possession of a consciousness. Everyone else is just a shadow version of themselves. In reality they (too) inhabit their own reality elsewhere, where they too are along and surrounded by the quantum shadows of others.
Within our reality, we are the only one that is in possession of a consciousness. Everyone else is just a shadow version of themselves. In reality they (too) inhabit their own reality elsewhere, where they too are alone and surrounded by the quantum shadows of others.

Thus, our universe is comprised with a near infinite number of world-line realities. Many are empty, and some contain a consciousness which is inhabiting a body to obtain experiences with. Our universe, thus looks something a little like this…

THis is how the universe actually is, and exists within the MWI. It is a place where consciousness travels the infinate world-lines alone, and interacts with shadow equivalents of other people, persons and things.
This is how the universe actually is, and exists within the MWI. It is a place where consciousness travels the infinite world-lines alone, and interacts with shadow equivalents of other people, persons and things.

Why this is important.

If you want to know the “secrets of the universe” then you will need to forget everything you learned in school and college. For all of it is based on assumptions that are rock-hard, firm, fixed and imputable.

Most of it is really, really incorrect. For our “reality” is not what everyone thinks.

  • We do not “share” our universe with others.
  • We live alone in our universe.
  • Everyone else are “shadow copies” of their true forms.
  • These “shadow copies” are other people acting and living as if they were to share our universe. They are what could possibly exist and manifest. Not that they actually do manifest.

What it looks like is NOT the way it is.

We all think that there is just one universe, and one Earth, and it is populated by all of us together. That we share the earth with each other and that we are all equal and are in the same time-line.

All these assumptions are wrong.

We believe that we share our universe with others.
We believe that we share our universe with others. No. Instead we share this universe with “versions” of other people. These versions are constructs that interacts with our consciousness while we exist within our reality world-line.

We do not share our universe with others.

Nope.

Not. Even. Close.

Instead, we occupy a universe alone. We do not share it with anyone. Oh, yes, it does appear that we share it, but we really do not.

All those other people that we interact with are not really what they appear. They are a version of that other person. This is the version of that person were they to actually share the reality with us.

We seem to be surrounded by others.
All those other people that we interact with are not really what they appear. They are a version of that other person. This is the version of that person were they to actually share the reality with

They are but quantum shadows of the possibility of interaction.

In Plato’s classic Allegory of the Cave,  a group of people living in a cave have a very false view of the world  because the only thing they can see is the shadows on a wall. Plato was  trying to teach his students that the philosopher must see beyond the  shadows to the reality that is projecting them, but what exactly is that  reality.

The reality that Plato wanted his students to see is not  the physical form of the object casting the shadow, those physical  objects are just another level of shadows! The world of matter is the  shadow world, the world of illusion, the world of deception. It is not  at all what it appears to be because our physical eyes, and other  physical senses, can sense only the shadows called matter so we are  deceived into believing that it is real. That is not to say that matter  is not real. Matter is real just as the shadow of a tree is real, but  the shadow is not the tree and matter is not true reality. 

-Cosolargy International

To understand this please note.

We are not a physical body. We are soul.

Now, do not be offended.

This does not at all mean that there is no love, that there isn’t a thing called togetherness. That there isn’t all the physical, emotional and spiritual relationships that we have with others. Do not be silly. Of course they exist.

What changes is the understanding of what a physical body is.

Conventiona thought of what a person is.

Instead of one (and only one) physical body that your consciousness inhabits, there is an infinite number of physical bodies. Each one within a unique and separate world-line.

You, as consciousness, moves in and out of all these other bodies of yours through thought.

This is what a person really is. We are multi-dimensional beings with a singular consciousness. We (as consciousness) move in and out of the MWI world-lines entering similiar physical bodies associated with our consciousness.
This is what a person really is. We are multi-dimensional beings with a singular consciousness. We (as consciousness) move in and out of the MWI world-lines entering similar physical bodies associated with our consciousness.

This is also true for the entire rest of the universe. Everyone else also possesses bodies such as this. Your dog has this kind of body. Your cat has this kind of body. In fact, the felines are actually quite cognizant of this ability.

We are NOT a physical body. We are soul that manifests a consciousness within our reality.

Knowing and realizing this, makes some of the passages in the religious books far more reasonable, and easier to understand. It doesn’t matter if it is the Koran, or the Bible. Understanding the way the universe works, and truly works, adds a far greater understanding to the wisdom that resides inside of these great works.

The soul creates a “consciousness” that it places in a “container”. This container is a “world-line”. Our “universe” is a near infinite number of world-lines.

We are soul.

We are placed here for our consciousness to obtain experiences.

We navigate in and out of the world-lines though our thoughts. Our rate of travel (in general) is (for most humans) about 4 Hz. Or, four cycles per second. (Four world-lines each second.)

There are different rates of travel, and different species travel the MWI at different speeds. In general, the rate of travel is proportional to the operational speed of the brain. This of course varies.

If you dull your brain to such a degree that your brain is slower, then you will not travel the MWI as fast as others would. And you might find your life slowly "falling behind" that of others.

Thus…

  • We are consciousness. We “rent” a physical body for a fleeting moment of time.
  • Our reality is NOT shared. Instead our consciousness occupies a singular world-line. It is a momentary event.
  • We (our consciousness) migrate between momentary world-lines through our thoughts.
  • This movement is known as “the arrow of time”.

The best way that I can introduce the reader to this “radical” understanding of how our universe actually works, is to use the “movie projector theory”.

Movie Projector theory for the MWI.

What time actually is and how we naturally move through the various world-lines.
This is an illustration of what time actually is. Time does not exist. It is a perception that our consciousness has as it moves and weaves in and out of different world-lines. Here we use an old-fashioned movie reel projector to help illustrate this understanding.

Thus, the idea of the actual way things work is really, really, REALLY different than what everyone assumes or believes. The difference is so stark, that many researchers are handicapped in their understanding of reality. Ah, but it need not be that way.

Come on! You can well understand the movie projector analogy, can’t you?

If you can, well good for you! Award yourself a gold star.

The Movie Projector Theory in more detail…

The problem with that analogy (and it is a really good analogy), that that it does not take into account the individual frame selection in the film role. For in actual contemporaneous movies, it is the movie producer that selects the individual frames, and the person just sits back and watches the movie.

In reality, it is more like an entire bank of projectors, and we (as soul) selects the movie that interests us.

In this model, we have numerous movie projectors, all running simultaneously (at the same entropy)… Ah! At the same time.

We can “jump into” any scene portrayed by any of the movie projectors at will. We just look at the projected images.

Projector line up.
Instead of a producer selecting the frames in a film and arranging the movie, and content, the soul consciousness does this instead. Using the movie projector analogy, it is similar to being in a room with multiple movie projectors all running similar films simultaneously. You, as consciousness, can decide which movie to watch. The further away the movie projector is from the movie that you are currently watching, the more effort is required.

The further away the movie projector is from us, the harder it is to watch that movie. So we must watch closer movies (momentarily) and then “edge our way” closer to the movie projector that we are interested in.

Most people, sadly, do not do this. They allow the movie projectors to operate randomly and they find themselves watching movies that they may not really care for.

How it manifests

So, using this film / movie projector analogy further it is exactly how our consciousness selects the “life experience” that we obtain. Each frame in a given movie reel is a world line. They are all playing about simultaneously, and our consciousness selects the world-lines to occupy by hopping from frame to frame. (World-line to world-line.)

Movie reel frames as consciousness selected world-line selection criteria.
By selecting each frame in a given movie, we can navigate within the movie, or even “jump” to another completely different movie all together. It is all dependent upon our thoughts, or the navigation of our consciousness. Our soul decides the very first frame, and the very first movie reel that we will enter. However, it is our consciousness that decides how to make the best of our life, and how to navigate within the framework that is provided to us by the divine.

Nearby movie projectors are nearly identical to the one that we are viewing at the moment. Their divergence from our “present reality” is often very small.

As we move further and further away to more distant movie projectors the divergence gets larger and larger and larger.

This is why it doesn’t seem like we are moving from one world-line to the next. It seems smooth, seamless and transparent. That is because the deviance in nearby world-line (projectors) is very, very small.

Our thoughts select the world-line…

In reality, the “film spool” (a collection of “frames”) is known as the “life experience” of a given consciousness as it takes on a life.

It is a record of our travels in and out of different world-lines. Where a “world-line” is represented as a frame within the movie reel.

The individual “frames” that are selected, are chosen by the thoughts of the consciousness that inhabits the body. We migrate to things that we think about. We migrate to what we think about.

Not necessarily what we might desire. It is what occupies our thoughts most of the time. (So shut off that stupid manipulative television, why don’t ya!)

For all its popularity, Facebook isn’t without its share of scandals.  In the latest one, details came out of an experiment conducted on  700,000 Facebook users over the period of a single week in 2012. News  feeds were manipulated to contain positive or negative news and content,  then users were monitored to see if the change made them use more  positive or negative words in their status updates. 

And it  worked—people’s status updates showed a change in emotion  that went along with the kind of news that they were exposed to. 

The  term used was “emotional contagion,” and it confirms something pretty  frightening.

According to the study, people don’t even have to be physically  around another person in a bad mood to absorb the negativity into  themselves—negativity can be “caught” just from looking at a computer  screen. 

There doesn’t need to be  a personal, emotional connection for emotional contagion to happen. 

Not  surprisingly, the study has brought up a number of disturbing  questions, and it’s now being investigated by organizations like the  Information Commissioner’s Office in Dublin. Those questioning the  ethics of the study state that it’s nothing less than psychological  manipulation. As if that’s not shady enough, Facebook users were unaware  that they were having their emotions and moods manipulated through  another party controlling just what was popping up in their news feeds. 

-List verse
How consciousness selects thoughts.
I am hungry, but what do I want to eat? It is our thoughts, coupled with our memories and yearnings that help us decide what actions to take. So what to do? Eat a bowl of dog food, or have a nice tasty delicious pizza? Decisions. Decisions. It is our thoughts that determine which world-lines to occupy, and for most people, they just go with the flow and end up with whatever is provided to them.

No two thoughts are the same…

One of the problems that people need to come to grips with is that thoughts are not equal. Thoughts are “weighed”. Each thought is different. And thus each thought has a different degree in influence in world-line selection.

Thoughts and emotions together form a complex stew of "influence" that can absolutely affect your world-line travel adventures.
Thoughts and emotions together form a complex stew of “influence” that can absolutely affect your world-line travel adventures. For instance, consider the scenario of you being hungry and desirous of eating a fine New York style pizza. Now your enjoyment at eating that pizza will depend on your emotions at the time. Obviously you won’t be able to enjoy it if you were angry, now would you? Our emotions, our memories our physical health and other factors all work together to influence our world-line navigation ability.

Thoughts and emotions together form a complex stew of “influence” that can absolutely affect your world-line travel adventures.

These thoughts are comprised of “levels of influence”.

  • Duration of thinking about something.
  • Emotional attachments with the thoughts.
  • Prior memories of similar events.
  • Prior physical experiences.
  • The thoughts of the people (shadow consciousnesses) around you.
  • Cultural variances, needs and desires.
  • Mass thought manipulation (Have you been paying attention to the news lately?)
  • One’s inherent belief system.

Ah, no two thoughts are equal. They have a “weighed” value or influence factor. Further, they are also modified by other thoughts by other “shadow consciousnesses” (Individual proxy consciousnesses that share a given reality.)

Think about it. It has to be this way, or else an obsessed person should be able to have their dreams manifest quite easily. But, the truth is that they don't. That is because of a slew of factors. One of which is the "level of influence" that a thought is given within a given world-line.

One of the most important and significant factors in thought-directed world-line selection is one’s inherent belief system.

Consider the cow.

One mighty big cow.
One mighty big cow.
Let's use the cow analogy. 

For instance, you might be starving, and ready to die of starvation.

A typical American would not have any qualms with butchering a cow and eating steak. A Hindu would not, and would rather die than kill a cow. A vegetarian might be against eating it, but would not have any qualms drinking it's milk.

Our actions are determined, in large part, by our belief systems.

It is our deepest belief systems that have the greatest influences in our thoughts.

The influence of our deepest thoughts.
It is our deepest thoughts and core belief systems that have the greatest influence in thought direction and world-line selection. For no two people are the same.

This is a very important subject, and I will cover it later on. For now, let’s look at things simply. Consider that all thoughts are simple, unique and they can easily select the “frames” or world-lines that the consciousness will migrate to.

The actual “landscape” of the MWI as viewed by the individual consciousness.

Imagine a “road map” of nearby world-lines.

Now, what would it look like? What would it resemble? How would we be able to take into account all the different variables that are constantly shifting and changing all around us?

Obviously, it would have a form of sorts.

It would have (as an illustration) globes representing a given “world-line” (or “frame” in the movie using the analogy above). It would also have lines. The lines would represent a path of migration. Which is the most probable paths for a consciousness to take when moving from one world-line to another.

Movement in and out of the world-lines in the MWI by using the movie projector analogy to describe the way that consciousness moves in and out of different world-lines though thought.
Movement in and out of the world-lines in the MWI by using the movie projector analogy to describe the way that consciousness moves in and out of different world-lines though thought.

Now, this is a pretty good analogy as far as it describes the path that a consciousness would take. However, this analogy ignores the world-lines that are not taken. And in general, there a millions or much larger numbers of world-lines that are constantly ignored.

So a better way of mapping this procedure is to do so in a three dimensional framework.

Moving away from the movie projector analogy and mapping it upon a three-dimensional grip, it might look something a little like this. With the positions of the world-lines geographically positioned relatively to the pathways as a function of the intrinsic value of the particular world-line.

The path that consciousness takes might be just as well placed on a map of sorts. THis map might show nodes and paths where the consciousness might migrate depending on thought manifestation, generation and progression.
The path that consciousness takes might be just as well placed on a map of sorts. This map might show nodes and paths where the consciousness might migrate depending on thought manifestation, generation and progression.

However, it would not look so much like a cluster of grapes, or bubbles on a foamy sea of bath water. No.

It turns out that the highest probability pathway forms a kind of sheet or flat surface when plotted in the three dimensions.

If you end up plotting everything, you can't make out heads or tails of the map. It's just this one big mess. But, if you plot the pathways that have the greatest probability of travel, it simplifies immensely.

Instead of a cluster of grapes, it would look a little like a mesh or a grid. With the points being world-lines, and the lines connecting the points as the shortest distance to that world-line.

Now, if you take a step away from this “map” of “world-lines” and their lines of “high-probability” consciousness transfer it might start looking a little like this. Where you would see a “surface” of “highest probability” pathways, with the relative ease of travel and the strength of character needed to traverse affecting the heights and valleys of the apparent surface.

How the world-lines with consciousness migration paths migh look when a person takes a larger overview. You will see that the map is not a flat surface, but rather undulates. It forms hills, valleys and "mountains". This surface is the "geography" of the world-line transition map. Each posible destination world-line would have a different value of "potential". Which is a potential for the consciousness to move towards it and occupy it.
How the world-lines with consciousness migration paths might look when a person takes a larger overview. You will see that the map is not a flat surface, but rather undulates. It forms hills, valleys and “mountains”. This surface is the “geography” of the world-line transition map. Each possible destination world-line would have a different value of “potential”. Which is a potential for the consciousness to move towards it and occupy it.

The “surface” that this map forms is the HIGHEST PROBABILITY of consciousness movement from one world-line node to another.

  • Going above the surface indicates a strength of will over the combined strength of inertia of a given world-line.
  • Going below the surface indicates a weak strength of will and a consciousness being overwhelmed by the inherent inertia of a given world-line.

Additionally…

  • Moving to the left upon the mapped surface indicates more freedom of movement upon a given world-line reality.
  • Moving to the right upon the mapped surface indicates less freedom of movement upon a given world-line reality.

Thus…

The topographic map display is a useful tool in understanding the hurtles and trials that one needs to endure to travel forth on the MWI.

The movement on the topographical map of the highest probability paths is accomplished via thought.
The movement on the topographical map of the highest probability paths is accomplished via thought.

However, the rate of travel is fast…

The thing is, however, that the rate of travel through each world-line in the MWI is quite fast. It is around four world-lines per second. (For some people it is much, much higher.) Thus, for any topographic map to be of any use, it will have to have to exist on a much larger scale than what is presented here.

As such, the individual world-lines would appear as tiny pixels, and for the map to be of any use, it should describe a travel duration in terms of weeks rather than seconds. This means that the map would look like a smooth gradient rather than an array of “floating”globes.

MWI geometic map showing an arraw of highest probability world-lines in a seven second cluster of time.
MWI geometric map showing an array of highest probability world-lines in a seven second cluster of time. As the resolution increases the similarity to geologic topographic maps increases. Often these maps resemble landscapes and other recognizable surfaces.

Mapping the surface.

Here, we are going to take a look at the way the landscape actually looks from the point of view of an individual consciousness. It is NOT simple and flat. It is undulating with all sorts of “nearby” world-lines that the thoughts can select and migrate towards.

In general, it might look something along these lines…

The general topography of the MWI.
The general topography of the MWI.

In reality, this topographical map is much more complex and complicated. However, I was able to (functionally) navigate it using a sort of simple 3d understanding, and that understanding is one that I will provide here. Yes, these are my conventions distilled and illustrated as a teaching aide.

Here we look at it is the substantially simplified version that I am accustomed to using.

The purposes of the axes on a MWI graphic.
The meanings and purposes in the three-dimensional topographical portrayal.

Now because this is a very simplified diagrammatic representation, numerous variables are incorporated in the “X’ and “Z” axes. (Not to mention the entropy axis “Y”.) In general, as I understand it, the characteristics of the “X’ and “Y” axes are an algebraic sum of the inverses of the individual contributions to the axes elements.

OK. I know that I lost you. Just think of it as a sum average of all your thoughts.

Internal Influences

Internal influences should be understood as the ultimate result of comparative thought-driven MWI transitions by the given consciousness.

Suppose the mind has a wide selection of thoughts. Everything from anger at a spouse, to frustration at work, and influences in the news, to a loving thoughts related to romance. All these thoughts will work together to generate a (singular) "value" on this axis.

But, it is more than that. It is also the weighed value and the intensity of the thoughts, coupled with the apparent carry-over duration longevity of the thoughts as a person migrates in and through the other world-lines.

Let's keep it simple.

Look, if you drop a slice of pizza in the middle of a muddy road, would you [1] pick it up, wipe the mud off the pizza, and eat it. or [2] say "heck with that", and leave the pizza in the mud as a lost cause.

For most people, they would give up and abandon the slice of pizza. 

The amount of mud is far too distracting to enjoy the slice of pizza. That is that way this system works. For if you abandon the slice, like most people would, your would occupy a world-line on the surface of the undulating map. 

If however, against all probability and convention, you decided to eat the slice, you might be above or below the surface, depending on other factors.

Here’s an example.

Let’s suppose that you are a simple fellow and you have five things going on in your life.

  • A spouse that wants a divorce.
  • A boss who is hinting on firing you.
  • A yearning for a club sandwich and an ice cold beer.
  • A pet that loves you and is very loyal.
  • Memories of fishing with your father.

In this example, some of the items would have more emotion attached to it that others. While other issues might be better at controlling your emotions and directing your thoughts. While still others might be able to erase the thoughts completely (if for a short period of time).

You might be an emotional wreck and your thoughts would manifest a life that would reflect your thoughts.

As an aside, drugs and other stimuli can also influence thoughts and behaviors. All of these complexities can alter the navigational ability on the MWI.

There is no way to judge which thoughts or issues affecting the thoughts would have the greatest influence on the person because it is their deepest internal core belief systems that would result in how the world-lines would manifest.

Charlie Sheen's Public Meltdown in 2011
Charlie Sheen’s Public Meltdown in 2011

All that one can assume is that all the factors would be weighted together and balanced though the core belief systems of the soul / consciousness. This would influence the momentary section of the next world-line.

Is it no wonder that when things start going wrong, that they often end up spiraling out of control?

External Influences

External influences should be considered the inherent inertia that comes with a given world-line.

Inertia.

Inertia is the resistance of any physical object to any change in its state. Once you have a bowling ball sitting on the floor, it is a little difficult to get it to move. However, once you get it moving, it's hard to slow down. 

That difficulty... getting it started to move, and stopping it from moving... is what is known as inertia.

For our purposes it is the accumulated influences of the “shadow thoughts” of those (non-consciousness) apparent beings that share a given destination world-line. These are all the physical and non-physical influences that would affect the thoughts of a consciousness while it is in a given world-line.

You see, there can only be one consciousness per world-line. All those other "people" that we share the world-line with are actually "shadows". They are the bodies and representation of other consciousness were they to share the reality with us. As such, not only are their physical being present with us, but also their thoughts, dreams, desires and urges as well.

A "shadow" is a person that we share the specific world-line with. 

However no consciousness inhabits their body. Their actual consciousness is off in another reality. We are observing their 'shadow" or a portrayal of how they would behave, act and think were they to share our reality with us.

The arrow of time.

With this being understood, a consciousness… a person might experience world-line travel at a rate of around 4 Hz, and visit numerous world-lines in any given instance. Thus the “arrow of time” might look something like this…

How time manifests in the MWI.
The topography of the MWI showing the apparent “arrow of time”.

Thus in this simplified diagram showing the geography of the MWI you (the reader) can see [1] how the passage of time manifests, [2] how your thoughts can alter and change the “X” vector component, and [3] how a given world-line can influence the path direction via a “Z” axis vector. You will also notice that the “arrow of time” [4] moves along the direction of decreasing entropy.

Entropy

A measure of the amount of disorder in a system. Entropy increases as the system's temperature increases. For example, when an  ice cube melts and becomes liquid, the energy of the molecular bonds  which formed the ice crystals is lost, and the arrangement of the water  molecules is more random, or disordered, than it was in the ice cube. We can assume that in a  macrocosmic  universe, that it can be best represented as time.

The migration process.

Movement of a soul consciousness to a world-line reality.

Our consciousness moves from one physical body in one world-line to another in a different world-line. For most humans, most of the time, the rate of travel is around four world-lines per second.

Expert hint;

If you are using "the power of intention" to manifest your reality, what you are doing is focusing on a destination world line. If you track your success or failure in this effort, you will discover the amount of time it will take for your intentions to manifest.

If it took 6 months, then that means that you had to pass through 62,208,000 (more or less) world lines to arrive at your destination world-line.

Figure around 10 million world-line transitions per month.

The way that consciousness is able to move in and out of the various world lines is though wave propagation behavior.

  • While it is a given world-line, the consciousness occupies the body in the particle form.
  • While the consciousness moves from one world-line to another, it is no longer occupying a body. It is thus in a wave form.
Quanta can change states, but this is really a state change by the observer, not an actual change in the object itself.
It is not that a quanta changes, it is how the observer views the quanta that makes the change. Our soul controls consciousness. Consciousness can be in different states depending upon the point of view of the person (the observer). Here we can see that the two apparently different states are one and the same thing, depending on the point of view of the observer.

This all happens rather quickly. In most people, mostly the rate of travel from one world-line to another is around 4Hz. For most humans our brains have a difficult time observing the changes in these movements. So we think that we are living in one singular world-line that we share with others.

Here is a gif that kind of illustrates the point, and the system at work here.

Wave and particle duality and illustration.
Wave and particle duality and illustration.

The entry process

This is how the consciousness changes from wave to particle for entry within a body within a reality. Our consciousness naturally exists in the wave form.

However, the moment it “crashes through” into a fabricated world-line reality, it changes form. It becomes a particle. It’s a natural process.

This is how the consciousness changes from wave to particle for entry within a body within a reality.
This is how the consciousness changes from wave to particle for entry within a body within a reality. The consciousness takes on the particle form in order to operate the physical body and exist within a reality or world-line reality. Otherwise, it operates in wave form outside of the body.

MAJestic operations (slides and dives)

The thing is, if you are in MAjestic, and are engaged in the role like I was in, your visualization of the MWI mapping would be quite different. I was often not allowed, or permitted, to live a “normal” life per my capabilities. ‘

Instead I was often pulled off my life track and immersed within a completely different reality.

One of the reasons why it sucked to be me.

And this is what it was like.

An illustration, by using map topography of the mWI to describe what a slide was like. It took me to a completely different series of world-lines that were way, way off the probability curves of a "normal" consciousness migration vector.
An illustration, by using map topography of the MWI to describe what a slide was like. It took me to a completely different series of world-lines that were way, way off the probability curves of a “normal” consciousness migration vector. In the instance shown, you can see that I was living a normal life on the MWI for a few seconds (figure four world-lines per second) and then boom! a slide would occur and I would be located way, way off my accustomed world-line.

For, by nature of my role, I would not follow the surface as described within the topography. I would be involved in slides and dives… including a few “deep dives”.

Thus, my dives and slides would deviate way off from the mapped surface geometry. It would render the understanding of this visualization quite differently.

A "slide" or a "dive" will transform your reality substantially. Often it will be wholly unrecognizable. Your body would be wholly immersed in the new reality, but your mind will not, nor will your memories.
A “slide” or a “dive” will transform your reality substantially. Often it will be wholly unrecognizable. Your body would be wholly immersed in the new reality, but your mind will not, nor will your memories.

Coordinates and vector tracking

Most certainly there were the manual coordinates that I would navigate (somewhat) with, but that really didn’t tell me much except upon what I felt. And that <redacted>.

Does the speedometer in the car have meaning if you do not know how long a mile is, or can tell the difference from air traveling at 10 miles/hour compared to 100 miles/hour?

Unless you have a comparative understanding of a value, the numerical values will hold no meaning.

For example...

Do you know (you the reader), know how big 25 mm is? If I were to tell you to get me a stack of sliced Lorraine Swiss cheese 25 mm high, would you know how big the stack would be?

(It's about an inch tall.)

The point is that unless you can associate some meaning with a alpha numerical value, it in itself will hold no meaning to you.
speedometer
speedometer

The good thing was that<redacted>, and as such I was able to track my movement. Though the understanding of it was quite different from what any other person would understand.

The automatic slides brought forth by the pilot, and the artifice were visually observed in the form of glyphs. Not numbers. These objects would pop into my visual sight clear enough and I could easily ignore, or discard the information as I felt. Which, for the most part, I did.

When you get a "blue plate special" in a restaurant with a small twig of parsley on the side, what do you do with the parsley? Do you eat it? Hold it up and study it? Or, are you like me, and ignore it and discard it?
When you get a "blue plate special" in a restaurant with a small twig of parsley on the side, what do you do with the parsley? Do you eat it? Hold it up and study it? Or, are you like me, and ignore it and discard it?
When you get a “blue plate special” in a restaurant with a small twig of parsley on the side, what do you do with the parsley? Do you eat it? Hold it up and study it? Or, are you like me, and ignore it and discard it?

These however, made little sense to me, being cycles, circles and symbols. What did make sense was the multi-layered navigation “console” or (more aptly) vision on what was transpiring. This <redacted>. At least in manual mode, I could understand the alpha numerical numbers, if not exactly the purposes.

Anyways, I will cover all this in another post / article.

For now, let’s just simply say that for me (and the others in my role) we had a map that included multiple surface topography. (Let’s not get too involved in how we were able to “see” and access this map. It’s stuff for another long sequence of posts.)

The pilot would navigate my slides way off the “normal” topographic map, and I would enter into other realities that were quite removed from the map. I would be able to observe this in the form of different surface topography lying on top of each other.

Recording of our “migration path”.

All of this was recorded on yet another kind of visual map. However, let it be completely understood that it was absolutely confusing to me and looked more like patterned wallpaper of extreme complexity than anything else. I could not, in any way, understand it.

Conclusion

This post describes how I was able to track and understand what I was going through as I experienced the MWI for MAJestic. The organization, via the <redacted> took me to different versions of our earth for the purposes of the prevention of world-line clustering in a manner that would be problematic.

This post describes what it was like for me going through this, and how I was able to understand what was going on.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...
How to tell -2
Top Secrets
Sales Pitch
Feducial Training
Implantation
Probe Calibration - 1
Probe Calibration - 2
Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

Utilizing Intention

Using Intention to make your life sparkle.
Using intention to navigate the MWI.

Influencer Questions

Here are posts that have gathered a series of questions from various influencers. They are interesting in many ways and could help all of us unravel the mysteries of the lives that we live.

Interview with an Influencer.
More discussions with an influencer.
FAQ - 1
FAQ - 2
FAQ - 3
FAQ - 4
FAQ - 5
FAQ - 6
FAQ - 7
FAQ - 8
FAQ - 9

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

"We discovered that if you want to monetize a blog you need to be getting about 100,000 hits a day! "

-6F12
  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Free Intention Dream Boards

Here are some free Intention / Dream boards for your use. I would suggest that you copy the (presented image) photos to your computer and alter and customize it to fit your own personalized intentions. As such, please feel free to download and use to your heart’s content.

A dream board is a collage of images, pictures and written affirmations of the intentions and desires you wish to achieve. It helps you through visualization, thus activating the Universal Law of Attraction, or “likes attract like.” 

- 6 Tips for Making a Dream Board - Fit Bottomed Girls 

The so called “Law of Attraction” is an element of the quantum physics law known as the “observer effect“. It has been repeatedly proven that a person’s thoughts alter the reality that they experience.

Though many people outside of MAJestic haven’t a clue as to the mechanism for this behavior.

Here are some attempts to explain this curious effect, and how a person can utilize it for their own personal use. If you are the kind of person that wants to know what all this is all about, and why it is important, these following links might be of help.

Now of course, us in MAJestic (well, at least those in my particular program) actually know how the universe works. We know how to manipulate it, and we do know the dangers of thought imposition.

How it works

Ah, I covered this subject in great detail in other posts.

However, for now, let’s just keep it simple. The universe is nothing like we think it is. Seriously. It does not resemble anything that is being taught in universities, or being promoted in any of the world’s religions.

Time is the movement of consciousness in and out of adjacent world-line variations.

The thoughts generated by the consciousness navigate the movement through these realities.

By controlling your thoughts, you can set destination realities for you to inhabit.

Which, by the way, means that you must be the pilot for your consciousness. You must keep your destination in mind, and your objectives clear. You have to avoid the “rocky shores” or disruptive thoughts. Thus you need to stay away from discordant news, and toxic people.

Dream Boards

I often go on the Internet and see examples of Intention / Dream boards. Their heart is in the right place but they are going about it wrong.

  • Firstly, a “Dream Board” is one element of “Intention Projection”.
  • Secondly, a “Dream Board” is useless without an associated prayer.

Also the theory behind how it works, as promoted on the internet, is really not accurate. To fully understand how an Intention / Dream board works, you need to understand just how our universe works. And, you know what, everyone has it wrong.

Prayer

Unless you are backing up your vision board with prayer, you will not derive full benefit from your dream board. It is your thoughts that define your reality. To navigate in and out of the realities that are constantly evolving and shifting around us, you must pilot your consciousness. You need to be the Captain of your consciousness.

To navigate, you need to control and master your thoughts. You need to do the following…

  • Pray. These are thoughts that show your intentions, and desires.
  • Create a vision board, or vision “splash screen” on your electronic media.
  • Isolate yourself from negative media; news, music or movies.
  • Isolate yourself from negative or disruptive people.

Use of the Vision Board / Splash Screen

You use the sample image as a desktop background. When ever you see the desktop image in the background you say your prayer associated with it. Thus is you want to use multiple backgrounds on a rotating basis, it becomes helpful to have a nice list of intention prayers that you read once a day.

Setting in Microsoft Windows 10.
In the Windows control panel, this is the setting that will enable you to control your desktop splash screen.

Remember, that in order the intention board to work, you must recite your prayers out loud. (This is can be in a whisper, don’t you know.)

The longer you do this, the more “stable” your destination reality will become. However, there will come a point in time when you will “tire” of the prayers and dream boards. When this occurs, let it go and forget about it all. (It’s an important evolution that is established by your consciousness.)

You can do a different prayer and dream board, if you want. Just know that your intention will most certainly manifest.

The Things people wish for

I went on the handy dandy internet, and researched the things that most people wish for. Then I compiled them into a list and I am presenting intentions splash screens for each item on the list. Please consider these splash screens as an idea from which you can base your very own intention splash photos off of. Or use them raw as shown. It’s all up to you.

The Samples

The samples provided are just that. Samples. If you want to use them, feel free, but you MUST include an associated daily prayer with them.

Also note, that providing the samples here does not mean that I agree with the thought projections. Some of the samples offer vices, and other elements that do not fit my personal preferences. They are offered as suggestions for you the reader to base your own dream boards on.

Please take note that all these images and dream board splashes are made using the Microsoft Visio application. It is amazingly easy to use and simple. You just create a picture and add other pictures and text to your desired image.

Further, please take note that there is a trade off between a singular image with prayer, and a collage of images. A group of images will offer the person a greater degree of latitude and versatility in how the intention manifests. This latitude enables the manifestation to occur quicker. A singular image properly prayed for with strong intentions take much longer to manifest, but the results are more exacting.

Here we provide (mostly) singular images for your study and enjoyment.

Power

This intention desktop “splash” is related to POWER.

If you are desirous of increasing your apparent power within the reality that you inherit, then this image is for you. You are free to use it as is, or make your own along these lines. Alternatively, you can fill the entire image screen with smaller images that illustrate the kinds of power that you might wish to evoke.

Power intention
This is the image that you can use if you want to use the power of intention to manifest power for yourself. Feel free to “left click” and save the image to your “Pictures” folder. Then set the desktop background on your computer to this image.

Please note that you must use the following dialog in your prayers associated with this image…

I utilize the desktop image display on my computer to help cultivate the reality that my world-line is.

In all cases, the dominant male figure portrayed in the image(s) represent myself.

Images that portray mafia figures, or "bad people" portray myself in similar roles of power. They do NOT, however, manifest these kinds of people arrayed against me.

If you do not take care in your prayers, and in the application of the desktop display intention splash, it could easily “backfire” against you. Therefore, it is critically important for you to have a very clear and well defined image intention with an associated prayer.

After all, unless you are careful on how your thoughts manifest, you might end up having this crew come a knockin’ at your door…

Chinese triad gangsters.
Chinese triad gangsters. If you are not careful and try to use the power of intention to alter your reality towards one of power, you could just as easily invoke the more negative manifestations that come with that territory. This could include Chinese Triad gangsters.

Success in business

Again, here is a a different intention desktop splash. This is for people who are desirous of having a very successful business, and the rewards that come with it.

Success in Business
Success in Business. This is a fine intention (PC) desktop dream splash canvas if you are desirous of being very successful in business… financially. As before, please right click on the image and save to your Pictures folder. Then set your background image display to this image.

Again, it’s not enough just to use this image as a desktop background display. You need to associate it with a prayer. I would suggest that what ever prayer that you utilize, that you incorporate the following prayers / affirmations…

I utilize the desktop image display on my computer to help cultivate the reality that my world-line is.

In all cases, the dominant male figure portrayed in the image(s) represent myself.

Images that portray "bad people" portray myself in similar roles of power. They do NOT, however, manifest these kinds of people arrayed against me. 

Suave

This is for you men who desire to be considered charming, confident, and elegant by others. Whether that is members of the other sex (women) or men, it does not matter.

charming · sophisticated · debonair · urbane · worldly · worldly-wise · polished · refined · poised · self-possessed · dignified · civilized · gentlemanly · gallant · smooth · smooth-talking · smooth-tongued · silver-tongued · glib · polite · well mannered · civil · courteous · affable · tactful · diplomatic · slick · cool · mannerly 
Suave
Here is the intention dream splash image for a person who would like to be suave within their reality. Always remember that we cannot change others, all that we can do is alter the reality that surrounds our souls. In so doing the perceptions that others have for us can change in alignment with our desires.

And again, you must associate this image display with your prayers…

I utilize the desktop image display on my computer to help cultivate the reality that my world-line is.

In all cases, the dominant male figure portrayed in the image(s) represent myself. 

The manifestation of this reality is gradual and safe and is in alignment with my deepest desires.

Good Health

Good health is something that we take for granted, and it isn’t until we get older when we start to panic at how our bodies age. There are things that we can do, of course. We can eat better, stay away from bad people and negative thoughts, and do some moderate exercise.

Also we must not neglect the role that good, directed thoughts play in shaping our life.

While you cannot simply wish or pray to be healthy, it can help assist in the movement of world-line selection towards the manifestation of your desires. The formula works a little like this…

Modest physical efforts + strong directed thoughts = Attainment

Here is a nice splash image for your desktop. In all cases laid out here, from the Power to the Fame, you MUST provides some kind of minimum physical action from which the desired world-lines can manifest.

  • Wishing for something to happen = nothing will happen.
  • Physically working for things = maybe might happen.
  • Directed thoughts for things = a possibility can happen.

But… you should take careful note…

  • Physically working towards things + Directed thoughts = cause your desires to manifest.

Please kindly keep that in mind when you utilize these desktop displays and splash screens. These intention boards are only part of a much more inclusive system that requires your participation to work.

You can manifest the world-lines that will be favorable to your intentions, and thus they will appear to manifest for you.

To put it in another way, laying on a couch / sofa eating potato chips and just leaving a intention dream canvas splash display rotate passively on the computer will result in NOTHING.

You must pump your thoughts full of directed thoughts, you must use the desktop display and view it from time to time to refresh your imagery, and you must do a moderate amount of physical action to generate a baseline from which your thoughts can manifest upon.

I have generated two splash intention dream canvas. One is for a man and the other is for a woman. Those of you who are of confused gender, you can follow the guidelines to create your very own specialized splash screen.

Men

Desktop splash screen for a man for good health.
Desktop splash screen for a man for good health.

Woman

Desktop splash machine for a woman to be in good physical health.
Desktop splash screen for a woman to be in good physical health.

And do not forget to add this prayer…

I utilize the desktop image display on my computer to help cultivate the reality that my world-line is.

In all cases, the dominant figure portrayed in the image(s) represent myself. 

Fame

The desire for fame is one of the most popular desires that people have. Yet, it’s perplexing why this is. Personally, I think that it is rather silly. Why do you want fame? To have followers, groupies or get offered free sex on demand?

People, if that is what you want, then you just go ahead and ask for it directly. If you want to have loads of sex with strangers who are enraptured with you, then ask for that in your intention prayers. You don’t need to ask for “fame”.

The problem with fame is “thought imposition”. The associated thoughts and quantum environment associated with others will severely influence your life. Trust me, you DO NOT want large groups of people thinking negatively about you. Or, even if it is positive, these thoughts can severely impact your ability to direct your own thoughts.

Never the less, I am placing the free desktop splash photo for those desirous of “Fame” here. In every case, you absolutely MUST associate it with the following affirmation / prayer.

I utilize the desktop image display on my computer to help cultivate the reality that my world-line is.

In all cases, the dominant male figure portrayed in the image(s) represent myself. 

The manifestation of this reality is gradual and safe and is in alignment with my deepest desires. However, at any event, the manifestation of fame as pictured will be positive in every way, and will not have any negative connotations or spawn negative associated events.

Here’s my suggested image desktop splash intention photo;

Desktop splash for Fame intention.
Desktop splash for Fame intention.

Sex

Sex. It’s a biological driven human attribute. If you do not have the desire to reproduce, or at least go through the motions of reproducing, then you are not living life. All humans desire sex.

It might not be politically correct, but that is the way it is.

Which is one of the reasons why tyrannical governments ban vices, such as sex out of marriage in order to control people. It is a very common and human element that is very easy to use to control others with.

As are other things, like mind altering substances (alcohol) and things that are fun. It's a way of controlling people.

“Everything I love is illegal, banned or dangerous.”

When constructing you very own dream splash canvas, you can be very generous with the images used. However, take most special attention to their selection.

Improperly selected images, and splash screens without a detailed prayer / intention affirmation can easily result in conditions, situations and environments that you might find undesirable. Be very careful, precise and exact when selecting the images that you wish to use.

Desktop splash image for generating an intention prayer of Sex to manifest.
Desktop splash image for generating an intention prayer of Sex to manifest. Be very careful in your selection of images to use. If you are not careful, the more undesirable elements of thought generation can manifest with negative consequences. Be careful.

Happiness

The reader will notice that all of the images depict people and are representative of situations that people are in. That’s the way a dream / intention canvas works.

Picture and image the situations.

Do not image things.

You cannot display pictures of money and expect that it is to be associated with you having lots of money in your wallet. Instead, it is just a picture of an item. And you, constantly seeing that item, turns it into a kind of world-line scenery; Something that might lie around you, but not anything that you are associated with.

Not exactly what you want.

You see this all the time. People set up dream intention boards with nice expensive cars, pictures of houses, and images of a lot of nice things. They will include words that describe what they want to accomplish in their life.

While it will contribute to the world-line direction that the creator intended, it will be done so inefficiently. You need to explicitly map out your desires and intentions and navigate properly in a very careful manner.

After all, you don’t want to make the same kinds of mistakes that our hero Elliot made in the movie “Bedazzled“, do you?

Elliot Richards (Brendan) would give  anything to have Allison Gardner (Frances O'Connor) in his life, or so  he says. Who should overhear? The devil (Elizabeth Hurley) of course.  She offers him "seven absolutely fabulous wishes for one piddling little  soul". Only Elliot finds out that you don't always get what you wish  for.  
Elliot as a basketball star. He’s a great star, bigger in life in so many ways… well every way except for one teeny, tiny thing. Just a small thing, really.

The image you use, or the images you select MUST have a special meaning and association with you personally. Which is why many intention / dream splash screen canvases must be made intentionally for your own wishes and desires, as well as to have a prayer dialog that you must recite daily that will reset your thought direction, for world-line navigation, properly.

Here is a sample splash screen for a Happiness directed intention.

Happiness directed intention / dream splash screen photo.
Happiness directed intention / dream splash screen photo.

Wine and Cats

The most effective intention splash screens are those that represent people, and actions. However, you the reader should note that there are other techniques that can be used in a dream splash canvas. Here we explore one such concept.

Here is a splash screen for a person who wants a life filled with wine and plenty of kitty-cat friends…

Wine & cats intention splash image for the desktop.
Wine & cats intention splash image for the desktop.

There are no limits

There are really no limits to the direction that you want your life to evolve into. You simply think about your goals and dreams, all the time, while also removing all the nonsense from others, the news, and other’s manufactured problems. Stay pure, and you will walk the path to your deepest desires.

You can use many clusters of pictures

Many people create an Intention / Dream board that they place on their wall. This is often filled with photographs and images that were cut out of magazines. Every time they see this board, they are instantly reminded of their goals and dreams, and thus it serves it’s most exacting purpose.

In today’s computerized age, I suggest using the computer to do the same thing, and while my examples have one singular photo on it, in my own personal case, I use multiple images myself, creating a collage.

Here is an example of a “fairly decent” dream board. They use imagery that is important to them, and use words to specify the purpose and utility for the images.

A example dream board found on the internet.
A example dream board found on the internet. It describes possessions, lifestyle, and other aspects of the desired world-line goals that are intended to manifest.

You see, everyone is different.

We all have different desires, goals, needs, wants and interests. So each dream splash screen will be different for different people. And, while I argue that you need to let the intention splash screen be a part of a tool kit for manifesting your reality, how you use the tools will depend on your own experiences, lifestyle and needs.

Here’s another example.

Another example of an inspiration / dream / intention board.
Another example of an inspiration / dream / intention board. This one is better than most as the use of images tie together to describe an overall theme or lifestyle.

Warnings

When you get on the internet, you will see all kinds of examples of people describing their intention / dream boards. You will also find many that monetize this effort.

Do not fall for that trap. The United States has become one great big vending machine and the people are the commodity.

Keep this most important fact in mind. You do not need to pay anyone for anything regarding how you think.

Also… Your thoughts are private.

We have come to accept the idea that you can police discourse on the internet, that the government agencies can extract history, reasoning, and behaviors from you at will, and that your thoughts are subject to scrutiny.

That is false.

Not only is it all against the 1st, 4th and 9th amendments to the United States Constitution, but it is a fundamental nature of yourself as a human. Privacy is a human need.

No. The "elected" officials in the United States are NOT doing their job, nor have they been since the last 150 years or so. But that is a subject for another time.

You need NEVER justify why you desire something to manifest in your life. It is secret and only between you and your God.

Everyone’s mind works differently

When I use the term “mind” I am referring to HOW the consciousness implants thoughts into the brain. It also includes how the brain reacts to the physical stimulus that surrounds it in this reality (that it inhabits).

Everyone’s mind works differently.

Oh we are often under the impression that while there might be deviance in thoughts from the baseline “normal”. That is all false. Really, really false. We all think differently. Do not assume that others will understand you or accept your thought processes. They won’t. It’s a foregone conclusion and do not even bother trying to explain anything.

His vrs Her thoughts.
It’s funny because it is so very true. Girls and guns. So very funny.

Do not assume anything. Live your own life to the best of your ability. Do not care, or give any consideration to what others think of you, your actions or your thoughts.

Conclusion

Creating an inspiration or dream board is a fundamental technique for a person to pilot their life to manifest their desires.

It works on the quantum physics principle of the observer effect.

Secrets of the universe

Why it works is not well understood outside of MAJestic. That is because the vast bulk of the world has absolutely zero concept of how the universe works. However, we in MAJestic (well at least those in my sub-project) know quite well the mechanism involved.

It’s simple really.

There is no singular fixed reality. Instead there are a near infinite number of realities.

Our consciousness moves through each one, forming a path.

This path is called time.

We travel at a rate, more or less, around 4Hz.

The selection of the next reality for us to inhabit is determined by our thoughts. Typically, we migrate to realities that are defined by our thoughts that are influenced by the world around us. This can be dangerous and evil people use media to manipulate, and thus cause our travel path to bend and twist towards realities that we might not want to participate in.

Therefore, to manifest the life that we desire to live, we need to do three things…

  • Turn off all negative, distracting, and disruptive thoughts that surround us.
  • Stay away from people with strong thoughts and personalities that are contrary to our desires.
  • Focus our thoughts on our ultimate goals.

A vision dream (intention) splash desktop will help accomplish this. Provided that it is linked to a daily prayer that includes the subject matter listed.

Related Links

Here’s some other related links for the interested fellow or chick.

Using Intention to make your life sparkle.
The Nature of the Universe

A little bit more background for the more scientifically inclined…

Ah, and why I ended up learning the utility of all this as part of MAJestic. Here is the end ball game…

Final Note

This is how it works people. And, at that, perhaps this is my MAJestic gift to the world.

The things we did with our extraterrestrial benefactors was intended to help sort out the sentience selection for the human species. It seems to me that it is still in flux, but that need not concern you all. What you should be concerned with is how you can truly embrace the life that we live and customize it to fit your ultimate desires.

Being able to control our thoughts is the FIRST step in mastery of our life. You can do this through [1] prayer, and [2] visualization.

There is a reason why ritual is important. For ritual permits proper direct visualization so that prayer can be conducted without distraction.

Posts Regarding Life and Contentment

Here are some other similar posts on this venue. If you enjoyed this post, you might like these posts as well. These posts tend to discuss growing up in America. Often, I like to compare my life in America with the society within communist China. As there are some really stark differences between the two.

What is going on in Hollywood?
Why no High-Speed rail in the USA?
Link
Link
Link
End of the Day Potato
Dog Shit
Tomatos
Link
Mad scientist
Gorilla Cage in the basement
The two family types and how they work.
How to manage a family household.
Link
Soups, Sandwiches and ice cold beer.
Pleasures
Work in the 1960's
School in the 1970s
Cat Heaven
Corporate life
Corporate life - part 2
Build up your life
Grow and play - 1
Grow and play - 2
Baby's got back
Link
A womanly vanity
Army and Navy Store
Playground Comparisons
Excuses that we use that keep us enslaved.

More Posts about Life

I have broken apart some other posts. They can best be classified about ones actions as they contribute to happiness and life. They are a little different, in subtle ways.

Being older
Things I wish I knew.
Link
Travel
PT-141
Bronco Billy
How they get away with it
Paper Airplanes
Snopes
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
1960's and 1970's link
Democracy Lessons
The Rule of Eight

Funny Pictures

Picture Dump 1

Be the Rufus – Tales of Everyday Heroism.

Be the Rufus - 1

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Assorted Influencer Driven FAQ’s Regarding this MAJestic Disclosure (part 5)

This is part 5 of a multi-part post.

Please kindly note that this post has multiple embedded videos. It is important to view them. If they fail to load, all you need to do is to reload your browser.

Organization

Why did you organize this blog the way you did.  Why didn’t you just “get to the point”?

Well, I ask you, the reader to now put this manuscript down, and turn on the television.  Watch CNN, or ABC, or MSNBC. Watch it for one hour. Are any of the subjects, situations, conclusions, information, or characteristics stated in this manuscript mentioned by the American news media? 

No.  None of them. 

That one hour of television that you, the reader, watched is the sum-total of the “reality” of a vast bulk of the American population.  My “reality” is quite different.  So the only way it can be presented is in stages.

Proof

All of our life, we were taught in school what was truth and what was lies. We were taught what to believe, what to ignore, and what to disparage. These were important teachings for they enabled us (naturally square pegs) to fit in round holes.

Today, those of us who have not shaken free from our government-approved programming still demand total and complete explanations. We want full validity in order to accept the belief in something.

Can you prove to me that what you say is fact?

No I cannot. 

All that I can do is relate what I know, and it is up to you the reader to accept or discard my experiences and conclusions. If you wish to think of this entire manuscript as a complete fabrication, go ahead. 

I am on the way out.  It won’t make any difference. All I can do is relate my experiences to the world-line “template”.

  • My grandfather once told me a story about how, when he was in France during World War I, that he went into a barn to sleep during the night.  He slept in the hay and it was able to keep him and his companions warm. When he woke up the next day, he found three dead German soldiers lying nearby him.  It’s a curious story.  Is it true or false?  I do not know, but I do believe him.
  • When I was in the Cub Scouts, I learned about Paul Bunyan.  I heard (and read in our Cub Scout manual) that he had a big (blue) ox named Babe.  Was it true, or fiction?  I do not know, but I do believe that it is probably a local folktale that was based on true events, and that over the years became exaggerated. In Kokomo, Indiana is a famous attraction called the “stump and the steer”. That’s a pretty huge bull.
From this website; https://www.roadsideamerica.com/story/3620

“When Old Ben was Newborn Ben in 1902, he was the largest calf in the world and "an object of wonder," according to a sign in front of his stuffed carcass. He lived and grew, and grew, on a farm
about a dozen miles north of Kokomo. By the time he was four he already weighed over two tons.

Ben was the most famous animal in Indiana when he fell and broke his leg  in early 1910. The doctor who was called to help Ben shot him. Ben  weighed nearly 5,000 pounds, he was over 16 feet long, and "his tongue  filled a dishpan," according to the back of an old Old Ben post card.  His hide was stuffed and mounted on wheels for easy transport. His body  was ground into several hundred pounds of Indiana frankfurters. 

Old Ben's owners exhibited their dead prodigy for a few years, then  either donated or sold him to Kokomo's Riverside Park. Ben went into  semi-retirement, emerging periodically from storage to pose for  publicity photos, particularly during World War II with 20-year-old  bathing beauty Phyllis Hartzell, an image that circled the globe with  American GIs. 

It wasn't until 1989 that Old Ben again became a full-time public  attraction, when he was placed inside a glass-enclosed pavilion next to  the World's Largest Sycamore Stump, his wheels hidden by hay. In 2004  some morons broke in and stole Ben's tail. It was so long that three  normal-size steer tails had to be stiched together to create a new one. 

In 2015, on the day after Thanksgiving, the public was invited inside  the pavilion for the first time to get up close to Ben, a tradition that  we hope continues. 

No one could ever explain why Old Ben was so large, but both he and the  Stump are excellent ambassadors for the ecosystem of Kokomo, real  versions of the fake giant vegetables and animals seen on vintage post  cards. They grow 'em big here.” 
  • When I was attending elementary school in the late 1960’s, the “green movement” was getting started, and sometime during my time in 7th grade (maybe 8th grade), we were educated on the importance in protecting the environment.  We learned about how limited the materials were on the earth, and how it would be best to recycle.  We learned about Global Cooling and how if we didn’t so something quickly, that the earth would enter a new ice age, maybe by 1975, certainly before 1980. 
Global Cooling

All of us were organized into work teams, and we would go out on  excursions cleaning up the nearby waterways and trees.  We picked up  litter on the sides of the road.  I was even photographed for an article  in the Butler Eagle where we cleaned up a local stream of trash. We  were all involved in collecting funds to save the environment. 

We went  on door-to-door collections to raise money for the cause. Was Global  Cooling true?  On the other hand, was it a fiction?  I do not know,  however, given what I now know about life (being older), politics and  organized manipulation, as well as multi-dimensional world-line travel, I  do think it was a whole bunch of organized hooey designed to manipulate  us into parting with our money. 

Every day we had to listen to a lecture from our teacher how our environment was changing. Then after the lecture, our teacher would pull out his guitar and we would sing songs. And, yes. kumbaya was one of them. We would give our lunch money to the teacher "for the cause".

Butler Eagle

The Butler Eagle is a daily newspaper published in Butler, Pennsylvania, United States. It serves the Pittsburgh metropolitan county of Butler.

Global Cooling

Global cooling was a conjecture during the 1970s of imminent cooling of the Earth's surface and atmosphere culminating in a period of extensive glaciation. This hypothesis had support in the scientific community, and it gained immediate popular attention.  

The official narrative is that the attention was due to a combination of a slight downward trend of temperatures from the 1940s to the early 1970s and press reports that did not accurately reflect the full scope of the scientific climate literature. 

Today, the narrative (fully funded by the Obama administration) is one which shows a body of literature projecting future warming due to greenhouse gas emissions. However, this literature has been identified as intentionally-falsified data. 

https://www.prisonplanet.com/ipcc-scientists-caught-producing-false-data-to-push-global-warming.html 

http://principia-scientific.org/nasa-exposed-in-massive-new-climate-data-fraud/ 

http://www.geoengineeringwatch.org/geoengineering-falsified-data-and-global-warming/ 

https://chemtrailsplanet.net/2014/06/24/nasa-and-noaa-caught-using-falsfied-data-in-climate-change-reports/ 

http://www.breitbart.com/london/2014/06/23/global-warming-fabricated-by-nasa-and-noaa/ 

https://www.forbes.com/sites/peterferrara/2012/03/01/fakegate-the-obnoxious-fabrication-of-global-warming/ 

http://www.libertyheadlines.com/obama-administration-falsified-climate-change-data/
Global Cooling.
Global Cooling.

Believe what you want. Keep in mind that it’s YOUR reality.

The time for me to go about gathering proof due to the sloth of a given reader will take from my enjoyment of life. Why should I waste any time trying to prove something to the lazy and ignorant?

Why?

Hey! I’m not in elementary school. I do not have to prove anything to anyone. Certainly not some anonymous smuck hiding behind the anonymity of a computer screen

This is what I could (and will be doing) instead of collecting “proof” for people to consider. Take note everyone. Check it all out. The important things are all there… girls… drinking wine… singing… dancing… everything.

All that is missing is a dog and a cat or two. Listen up.

This is my life…

I can NEVER be able to provide enough “proof” to appease the nay-sayers. Instead, I have opted to explain to the reader what I was involved in before I die and it is all forgotten. That’s the thing. What I experienced really happened, and it should be recorded for posterity.

It was exceptional, it was outstanding and incredulous. I for one want to leave something behind so that what I experienced does not vaporize upon my death.

But, people being what they are, will not understand. They will demand “proofs” that will never be enough. So I explain as best I can with the tools at my disposal.

It’s sort of like this…

All that being said, it’s not that I am being a dick about things, it’s simply because I know how this world (and this universe) works. It’s controlled by thoughts.

Thoughts.

Thoughts define our reality.

So, I could waste hours trying to convince someone about something, but in my mind it is all a waste of time. Instead my thoughts are directed at things of more importance… ME.

The life I have is not all that terribly unobtainable. You just buy a couple of cases of wine, and rent out a KTV room, and a big hotel room. Then you invite a bunch of pretty girls to sing, dance and play with you. That’s all there is to it. You get some extra robes from the hotel front desk for the girls to wear when they peel off their swimsuits. It’s not a difficult thing to do at all.

Then you all get drunk and sing. You dance. You get a little crazy, and the girls get a little frisky. You all have fun.

Everyone is different. But we are all surrounded by people who would just love to be our friends. So you make it easy for them. You smile. You be kind. You think good things, and say good things. You be a fun and cheery person to be around, and the sun will come out from behind the clouds and people will start to smile back at you.

In my case, for me, since there are so many K-Pop, and C-Pop dance studios around me, it’s easy for me to go next door and invite the gals out for some fun. It helps when I bring my dog. (He’s a real chick magnet.) Everyone likes free delicious food, wine and KTV fun.

What you think about materializes right before your very eyes.

People, when life (or the universe) gives you opportunities, you take them.

Our reality is created by our thoughts.

I am surrounded, by what ever reason (thoughts), by all these K-Pop and C-Pop dance and training centers. I cannot go out the door without meeting these girls whether it is in the hallway bathroom, near the stairs, near the elevators or any of the doors. So, you take advantage of it. You meet the people. You smile and talk.

That what our reality is all about.

Thus, this is what my reality is…

Not to mention that they don’t mind at all when I offer to take the entire troop out for food, drinks, song, dance, and swimming. We make an entire night of it. Then later, they often repay the favors many times over.

You could do that with your life right now. Everyone likes beer. Everyone likes wine. Everyone likes delicious food. By going out and making friends you will start to have an absolutely amazing life.

Do Not Squander It.

Obama the Time Traveler

There is a cult (numerous ones actually) where people (acting like sheep) follow charismatic people. These followers often attribute God-like powers to the object of their affection.

Was President Obama a time traveler, as some have alleged?

No.

Of course, others disagree with me.

http://beforeitsnews.com/paranormal/2014/01/is-president-obama-a-time-traveler-this-photo-raises-questions-2463366.html  

http://www.liberalamerica.org/2014/01/27/pres-obama-time-traveler-photo-raises-questions/   

http://www.eonline.com/news/343270/barack-obama-is-a-time-traveler-and-other-amazing-and-nsfw-facts-from-dnc-comedians   

http://www.thepilot.com/opinion/is-obama-a-time-traveler/article_a514d22a-0c2b-11e3-81c3-001a4bcf6878.html  

http://www.nbcnews.com/id/45878146/ns/technology_and_science-space/t/conspiracy-theory-obama-went-mars-teen/  .

Our Future

What will happen in the next 20 years?

I do not know.  I do know that the generational cycles are intact and very complex changes are taking place. How they will manifest is anyone’s guess. However, this cycle that we are in will probably last for another decade; well past 2025.

It will be “colorful”, and for many “difficult”, as there will be a segregation of sentience types and determination.

Being a Pig

I don’t get a lot of these kinds of posts, but when I do, it’s usually from a triggered SJW female who has (more than a few) things to tell me from behind the safety of anonymity of her computer.

Often enough, she doesn't know that I track all responses via ISP and tracking algorithms. So, I do know who or (more properly) "what" is bitching to me.

Always, no exceptions so far, it is a person who [1] hasn’t read anything other than a few paragraphs of a specific post, [2] hasn’t taken to the time to learn about me or why I write like I do, and thus [3] churns off an emotionally-laden e-mail fully expecting me to publish it.

I never do.

The e-mail generally goes something like this…

Why are you such a pig? (Often using the latest in feminist baffle gab instead of the word “pig”.) Why include the information about girls in China, and the sexual information about Thailand? It serves no purpose, it only makes you looks like a horrible person.

Now my response…

Life is different for different people. We all live our own different realities.  In fact, we can create the realities that we want through thought and followed upon with action. This is true whether or not one wants to believe it. 

Each reality that we participate in will offend others who have different thoughts and different subsequent realities.

Therefore, the reader should stop being so fucking judgmental.

Rather than judge others, lose some weight, take care of yourself, think good thoughts and surround yourself with things that matter. There is no need for me to censor my experiences to tend to the fragile sensibilities of the sheltered ignorant.  That is their own job.

Enough about the complainers. Now, about me; I was a “good boy” and played by all the rules.

I never cheated on my wife. I did what was expected of me.  I studied hard, and got the best grades.  I supported a terribly sick wife (schizophrenia), and then when she left me for another man, I quit my job to take care of my dying mother. Then, I was retired. In the process, I lost everything and was punished by hard labor. When I was released I had nothing left physically.

About my first wife...

She met a man in the state run mental institution where she had to spend nine months. (She was sentenced there because she kept on breaking into people’s houses to rescue girls (that she believed were) locked in the basements there.

Fucking news media... getting everyone all hot and bothered. 

Of course, there wasn’t anyone there, and the home owners did not appreciate her actions. So she was arrested and sentenced to nine months incarceration in a State mental health facility.

While there, she met a fellow with an illness similar to hers. She was instantly attracted to him. He was a dark swarthy heavily tattooed thin and lean man who was also sentenced to the institution. The reason was due to his very bad temper and habit of brutally assaulting his girlfriends. 

He was everything that I am not. So, it was a like a magnet to steel for my wife.

It’s called “life”, and it hurts.

Life can take it’s toll on you. You can study, work hard, be the best that you can, and still have the rug pulled out from under you. There is nothing “fair” about life. It’s all about the experiences you have and the thoughts that are generated around those experiences.

So I was retired from MAJestic, and everyone else in the United States thinks that I am some kind of sexual deviant. Fuck.

All I had was my wits and a heart burning in righteous anger.  So yeah, fast-forward to today. I am now much older.

I am retired.

As such, I can be a “man”, and live my life on my terms. That is, MY terms. Now, if I want to have sex with a 25 year old who happens to like me, what business is it to you? If I want to eat a triple bacon pizza and chase it down with XO with a pretty girl in each arm, my dog beside my leg and my cat on my head, so be it. I am going to do what I want, like a real man.

If you do not want to know my story, you can leave.

If you want to learn, then put a clothes-pin on your nose and plow on. You have to listen to an old man who doesn’t care about being politically correct, offending people, or enraging snowflake SJW types.

If there is one thing that I would like to say to these beta-males and alpha-females, it is this; “Get a Fucking Life”. The rest of the world is having fun. What’s stopping you?

What is holding you back?

Beautiful People in South America

I am an imperfect MAN.

I’m not groovy. I am not as popular as Yul Brynner. I’m not “hip” to all that jive, and “far out” stoned craziness youse kids so banter about all day. I am a man, and all men are imperfect. That’s what make us so absolutely wonderful.

Show me a woman who does not want to take an imperfect man, and make him perfect, and I will show you a chimera. They don’t exist.

Yul Brynner.
Yul Brynner.

I am not some kind of feminist version of a “knight in shining armor”. I am not a “pajama boy”. I am a man who found a lifestyle and nitch that is suitable for my own personal sensibilities.

The modern American man today…

Pajama Boy
The archetype pajama-boy. he is the beta-male ideal and the lust interest of legions of insecure alpha-women who are ugly, overweight and who have enormous trashcan sized asses.

Grow the fuck up, get some gawd-damn balls and live your OWN fucking life.

"Pajama Boy" is a derisive term for a photograph posted online in 2013 by the American political organization Organizing for Action (OFA) of one of its employees, Ethan Krupp, in support of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, otherwise known as Obamacare.

BTW. How dare you call me a pig!

Bafflegab.
Feminist bafflegab.

Most American women that do so are lonely, overweight, poor skinned, social justice warriors whose only success in life is through a phalanx of like-minded lesbian fat ignoramuses. You are the one with a body that is more pig-like.  

This is how a woman is supposed to look like…

How a woman is supposed to look like.

Don’t buy into my opinion?  Take a good look at yourself in the mirror.  Take your clothes off and actually look at yourself. Look. You, and your appearance is the DIRECT RESULT of your thoughts and your actions.

Are you alone? It is the direct result of your thoughts. Are you poor? It is the direct result of your thoughts. Are you trapped in a life beyond your control? It is the direct result of your thoughts.

EVERYTHING is a result of YOUR thoughts.

The gals who I am with are around me for other reasons not related to appearance. It serves their needs, so who are YOU to judge? 

I am happy, and they are happy. We are all happy. 

You, the funky opinionated observer, are the one that isn’t happy.  Why is this? Are you trying to place your insecurities upon others to make you feel better? (Ouch!)

The truth hurts doesn’t it.

Beautiful Woman – China

It has been my intention to provide my story as it is with all of it’s blemishes and imperfections to the reader.  Some, more sheltered and ignorant in the ways of the world, will be offended.

I accept that.

That is why we have laws preventing children from watching ‘R” rated movies, and from drinking under the age of 21.

Yet, some children never grow up.  They keep and hold on to their illusions well into adult-hood. I realize that some will read this manuscript in the privacy of their parents basement as an excuse to hide from the life that surrounds them. You all shouldn’t do that. You should go out. Make friends. Have some fun. Even if others make fun of you.

Life is too short, soon you will be my age.

Don’t fuck it up.

Beautiful Woman – Russia

So to answer the question; “why am I a male chauvinist pig?”

Here is my answer.

Only a child would ask such a question. If you are an adult, and are still asking childish questions, you need to GROW UP! If you do not know why a man likes to look at pretty girls, then your mind is set at an infantile stage of development.

Most children learned about sex and began an interest in the opposite sex in middle school. If you believe that anything that you do not like is WRONG, then your behaviors are still fixed in pre-adolescence.

Grow the fuck up

A Woman – I think. Modern contemporaneous America.

It’s a fucking shame. That’s what it is. Truth.

Oxia Palus Map

Why don’t you include a map of the Oxia Palus facility?

I did.  I created a map using MS Visio and then included it in the Oxia Palus facility post.  It was not fully complete, but mapped out the primary layout that I recalled. 

It was kept in my documents for years.  However in 2017 I had a strong “nudge” to remove the map, as well as to  delete a vast swatch of specific information regarding this facility.

One of the things about this, and I will go back and edit this blog, is that no one really NEEDS to see the exact details. It distracts from the message, don’t you know. SO I will start deleting some of the distractions that tend to just bring confusion to the table.

John Titor

Why did you include the John Titor story?

The John Titor story is a segway towards understanding my program and my role.  Without it, the reader would have to make a jump directly into my training and operational assignments.  It would have been too easy to get lost in the terminology and descriptions.

Indeed, do you, the reader, enjoy reading refrigerator operation manuals?

Here there be tygers.

Why do you include so many references to Ray Bradbury: Here There Be Tygers?

Mother Earth News said it best;

“Because this story — as entertaining as it may be on
the surface — is far, far more than a merely diverting and enjoyable tale. It is, in the truest sense, an allegory (allegory: a story in which people, things and happenings have another meaning, as in a fable or parable) . . . 

and a multi-leveled allegory, at that.

Read this little piece carefully and — if you're ready for it — you'll begin to realize just what this beautiful planet (not "planet 7 of star system 84") is anxious to do for us if we'd only relax and let it . . . 

and what the true possibilities of life really are . . . 

and why man- and womankind seem so blindly intent on throwing themselves (and every other living creature) out of the Garden of Eden as rapidly and as violently as possible.”

Here’s the full text of this wonderful little story…

Link

Purpose of the Type-I Greys

What is the purpose of the Grey species involvement with humans?

Their role is as “policemen” and “zookeepers”.  They monitor our growth and report their findings to the <redacted>.  As humans grow, and individual sentience is established, our species is culled. 

Those that are of “service to others” sentience advances and are cultivated further by the <redacted>.  Those that are “service to self” are also cultivated, but are policed and monitored by the Type-I greys. 

Those that are not yet ready, continue to evolve in the purgatory that is Earth.

Purgatory = A place or state of temporary suffering or misery.
Continued-graphic-arrow

If you want to go to the start of this series of posts, then please click HERE.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...
How to tell -2
Top Secrets
Sales Pitch
Feducial Training
Implantation
Probe Calibration - 1
Probe Calibration - 2
Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

Influencer Questions

Here are posts that have gathered a series of questions from various influencers. They are interesting in many ways and could help all of us unravel the mysteries of the lives that we live.

Interview with an Influencer.
More discussions with an influencer.
Using Intention to make your life sparkle.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Assorted Influencer Driven FAQ’s Regarding this MAJestic Disclosure (part 4)

This is part four of a multi-part post.

Why was egress from ADC Pine Bluff via MWI unsuccessful?

In the question earlier, the question was raised about my abilities, and how come I could not use my abilities to leave incarceration. It’s a great question, and here I try to answer it.

Why was this the case? 

My probes were specific and made for exactly my role. 

To be a dimensional anchor, that restricted my world-line travel to only the closest 1-2% (x2=4% at maximum) alternative world-lines. I did not have the ability to travel into more divergent world-lines. 

Apparently, all of the similar world-lines that I had “anchored” to led to this prison cell.  The reader should note, that when I did actually traverse the world line, I entered the same cell that I I had left on another world-line.

The cell was always locked as far as I could tell.

Time-Travel as an ADC egress methodology

Not everyone accepts my answer to this question. So they look at different angles, based on what I have disclosed about my abilities.

Couldn’t you simply do “apparent” time travel to get out of your situation?

As a “dimensional anchor”, I did not need the ability to perform “apparent” time travel, either forward or backward in time.  It was not a mission requirement.

Therefore, my probes never had this ability. 

The only time this was conducted, that I was aware of, was with the larger stationary dimensional portal. I do suppose that some software changes could have enabled this ability, but I have no idea what they would be. Nor how to operate it.

Twins?

Ah. There is so much confusion. Really, EBP world-line egress via MWI manipulation is not at all as depicted in Hollywood movies.

Once you left your world-line and entered a new world-line you now shared a world-line with two of you. What did other people do when they saw two of you?

It did not happen that way.  I never traveled to a world-line where there was another person like myself. I think that most people are confused by the ignorance spewed out from Hollywood. We are consciousness.

We are a consciousness that occupies bodies within realities.

I believe that a reality is a construction that surrounds the physical person.  When you travel to a new world-line you occupy your role within that reality. However, your consciousness and memories are of a different reality. 

When you travel to a new world-line, your knowledge stays the same, and thus can at times, place the traveler in a disadvantaged state. (It HAS to be this way, else how can anyone learn new things via experience?)


Knowledge and memories are stored outside the non-physical reality that a consciousness occupies. When you switch realities (world-line slides), your memories associated with your consciousness stays intact. No matter how different your new reality is. 

So if you were to slide into a reality where everyone speaks French, but you only speak English, you will be in big trouble. 

Your physical body will be in French clothes, your scars and fingernails will reflect a French lifestyle, your girlfriend or wife (and mistress) will be French, but you will not be. Your memories will be in English, you will not know anything about the new reality that you now inhabit.

Which is one of the reasons why I have a very heavy dose of skepticism to "others" who might describe experiences similar to mine via the nature of their discussion.

So if you travel to a world-line where everyone else speaks Russian, then you will be disadvantaged and will certainly need to learn the new language to survive. This will occur even when your friends, family and wife will be unable to understand why you are speaking a different language.

If I conduct a slide to another world-line, and see a quantum shadow of myself there, it tells me one thing, and one thing only. I am not within my own reality. I am occupying a reality that belongs to someone else.

Take note.

I have NEVER seen myself (or a version of myself) in any of the world-lines that I have visited. I attribute this fact to the fundamental point that it is my consciousness that egresses via wave-state to different world-lines. Not the idea that a consciousness trapped in a particle-state walks via portal to another world-line where the environment is shared.

Thus, I have never completed particle-based consciousness migration and involved in apparent time-travel where I could meet an alternative myself.

Post ADC Pine Bluff autonomous MWI travel

Once you left prison, did you visit any other world-lines?

No, not really. (Aside from trying to get out of my cell.)

Unfortunately, my ability to access the core two probe’s control interface required  that the core one probes be engaged by the ELF handlers.  That ended about two days after I left the Pine Bluff Diagnostic facility. 

I well remember when the ELF field was shut off. It was like turning off an old-style vacuum tube television where the picture goes to a straight line, then this dot until it finally goes blank.

As before, I could always utilize the core two probes without the core one probes being activated, however without access to the probe two diagnostic screen, I was limited in my abilities. 

I am referring to the diagnostic screen, not the “manual mode” numerical display. 

Think of it being like a car.  With the core one probes on, I could move the transmission lever from drive, to reverse, to second gear, to park.  But with the core group one probes, off, I was stuck in what ever gear the car was in. 

If the car was in “park” I could not go anywhere.  If it was in “reverse”, I could only go backwards. It was like that. I only have (present tense) a very small and limited range of world-lines that I can now traverse, and they are all very… very similar to this one

Luckily for me, and for every other human on this planet, we can control our reality through the migration of adjacent world lines. I utilize this ability for my own purposes.

Just like YOU can as well. I have a post all about how to do this. It works.

Using Intention to make your life sparkle.

You need to control and manage your thoughts. Only think of good things, that way your destination reality will be good.

Extreme Travel Today

Ok, you can currently still perform world-line dimensional travel.  What differences can you determine were you to go to the most “far out” world-line at this time?

The (primary) difference is very small.  Maybe half of a percentage.  (As before, “manual mode” was fixed at a upper limit of 2%, which is -2% up to +2% , maybe a total of 4% if you think about it.

Now, it was set with a maximum (secondary) variance of 0.5% or -0.5% to +0.5%. Moving the numbers is like slogging though mud.) As such, I rarely travel or venture outside of where I am.  

I NEVER use the EBP (in manual mode), or anything associated with the ELF kit(s) to conduct any kind of dimensional travel. I never do. It is far, far too risky. Instead, I am quite happy as I am and the way my life is right now. I only "tweak" it somewhat by self-intention navigation.

However, to answer your question, the difference would be very slight and hard to determine.  My dog might need a bath in one world-line while he might be clean in the world-line where I just came from.  There might be a bag of plums on the kitchen table instead of a bag of apples.  (Or, far more likely four apples, instead of the five in the previous world line.) There might be a song that I like, that does not exist in the new world-line.  I might owe a bunch of taxes that I didn’t pay (yikes!).

World-line travel is just as risky as you can be aware.

The truth is that one of the problems that I have on the world-line that I currently occupy is missing a particular Ray Bradbury story from the “R is for Rocket” book.  It just was never written in this world-line.  Which is a shame as it would be a very inclusion (of a few choice passages) in this blog.

One of the things that I find to be uncomfortable is the limited range of food selections at fast food franchises on this world-line.

City Chicken on a stick
City Chicken on a stick a McDonald’s staple. It is actually pork cooked as “country fried” chicken is a staple on most other world-lines that I was involved in. In fact, it was just as popular as their fish sandwich. Now, around 1998 I did a world-line switch and suddenly discovered that this world-line never had “city chicken on a stick” at McDonald’s. But, for me, as someone who really enjoys this meal, I am greatly disappointed.

That is also a good example on the subtly of (slight variation) dimensional world-line travel.  The differences are slight.  They are not really noticeable until you live in the altered world-line for a spell and spend some time noticing the differences.

Examples include man-hole covers that are slightly smaller in a world-line, free refills of coffee on one world-line, and no refills on another, use of suspenders instead of belts on one world-line, or as in the current world-line that doesn’t have strawberry-coke soda. WTF, why?

In this world-line, there isn’t any strawberry coke.

Think about it, won’t you. Of all the things that are different. Like no baked beans with breakfast eggs and toast, a president that was a Reality-show television star, the lack of window awnings, and Venetian blinds, why in the world would strawberry coke be missing from this reality? It’s as bad as the lack of “city chicken on a stick” at McDonald’s, or no pizza cones at Burger King.

I mean… come on!

Pizza Cone
Pizza Cones are also something that isn’t that common on this world line. I well remember getting my first Pizza Cone at Burger King back around 2001. I also tired the cones out of KFC, but they weren’t as good as the ones from Burger King. I think that it was because they used more cheese and the sauce was tastier. However, on this current world-line no-one has ever heard of them inside the USA.

I mean I can adapt, but some of the differences just don’t make any sense what so ever.

EBP discussion

You only refer to the Core Kit #1 and #2 probes. Yet, you have three sets. Why don’t you ever talk about the set of implants installed by the extraterrestrials when you were “off world”?

I know nothing about how those devices work.

I can only report on what I know. I figure that the MAJestic installed probes are how MAJestic was able to keep tabs on me and monitor what was going on with my interface with the extraterrestrial devices. I think, though I could be very wrong, that the extraterrestrial devices is actually what is doing all the “heavy lifting” and the world-line travel. The core kit #2 probes enable me and MAJestic to monitor and record the resultant activity.

MWI exploration for fun and adventure

This is a very common question. Funny that I never really seriously considered doing this. Not in the least.

When you knew you had this ability, did you ever go off exploring the alternative world-lines for fun?

No.  That is reckless, and dangerous.  Further, it would be a violation of my responsibility, which is constantly monitored by my drone pilot and the <redacted>, and it is also limited by the hardwired configuration of the probes themselves. 

I am sorry to explain these realities to the reader, but a Naval Aviator does not break his flight path to buzz some cows for fun (Well, I take this back …it does happen.  But rarely.)  I, however, never did that. It just wasn’t responsible.


Here’s a fun article. “Is It A Bird? A Plane? No, It's A Giant Penis: Navy Apologizes For Pilot's Pornographic Sky-Writing”.  Found at: http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-11-17/its-bird-its-plane-its-giant-sky-penis-navy-forced-apologize-pilots-creative-sky-dra
Outrage over giant penis.
Outrage over the giant penis in the sky. The poor people are all over themselves in passing out and hyperventilating over this fun exercise in air-man-ship.

From the article:

“Residents of Okanogan County, Washington woke up to some rather unusual cloud formations this morning courtesy of a couple of artistic Navy pilots stationed in nearby Whidbey Island.  Not surprisingly, the giant sky penis, which was described as the "most monumental thing to happen in Omak" by one Twitter user, sparked a wave of hilarious social media responses.”
Shock and awe.
People where shocked, stunned, and amused all at the same time. Aren’t Americans silly? Really. Imagine that! A big penis.

And,

“A local TV station in Okanogan, County, KREM-2, reached out to the Navy for a comment on the incident and promptly received the following apology which described the event was "absolutely unacceptable" and "of zero training value"...which we honestly find incredibly shocking as we've always lived under the apparently false illusion that if we were to ever find ourselves in a dogfight over the skies of Iraq that a carefully timed "penis maneuver" could be the difference between life and death.”
Giant Penis in the sky. Amazing.
Now, this is how a properly conceived penis should look. Isn’t mother nature wonderful? I certainly think so. She is offering inspiration to all the boys and girls out there all over the world. I wonder what nature is trying to tell us all.

Finally,

“"An investigation into this flight will be conducted and if appropriate, the aviator(s) responsible will be held accountable," the statement said.

Meanwhile, this guy seems to have high hopes of sparking a Navy/Air Force pornographic sky writing competition…which seems like a truly genius plan, if we understand it correctly.

Air Force would have drawn boobs. I'm just sayin'.

— Drew (@MasterDroo) November 17, 2017

MWI switching

People ask me “what was it like”? Well that depends on the method used. Really there are two basic techniques particle-mode quanta, and wave-mode quanta. Most of my experience was with wave-mode quanta.

As far as I understand, both the dimensional portal, and the EBP operate using wave-mode quanta consciousness.

What is it like when you switched a world-line?

It is like nothing happened. Seriously, that is the way it is.  If it wasn’t for the <redacted> I wouldn’t even know that I have made a swap.

We humans make world-line switches all the time. We call it “the passage of time”. How do we know that we entered and passed through five world-lines (more or less) in the last second?

We don’t.

We take it all for granted.

Now, that is the way it is with the EBP. You cannot tell that things are being switched on you at all. The only way you can tell is when you start to notice differences.

For the “passage of time”, normal world-line changes it seems like nothing changes. That is because the world-lines are all adjacent. You don’t notice any changes except after large spells of the passage of many MWI changes.

The arrow of time. This is how it really works.
The “arrow of time” is the perception of our consciousness as it moves in and out of adjacent world-lines. It is our thoughts (and actions) that contribute to the destination that we often arrive at.

For EBP initiated changes, you “jump” away out from the adjacent world-line realities. Yet, the only way you can tell the differences is by observation over time. There just is not any indicator…

However, that is for automatic slides.

For manual slides, a “heads up” dialog will appear. The controls to navigate with this interface are a series of alpha-numeric letters/numbers that describe destination coordinates. It is a very crude method. But, you all have to understand that this technology was 1980’s era technology.

We can use a dimensional portal.
We can use a dimensional portal to move anywhere and arrive anywhere. This is anywhere in time and space, as well as within any world-line no matter how strange.

There is, however a much more detailed control. But it’s utility is limited because it is far too all-encompassing. It is a series of glyph and circular appearing symbols. It is the native controls used by the <redacted>.

Associated with this are various “files” and “routines” that I cannot make heads or tails out of. This includes a map or record of the MWI path that I have taken relative to adjacent world-lines. They looks like triangular mesh with minor color gradients and changes in texture density. I haven’t a clue as how to read them.

World-Line Selection

How do you select a particular world-line?

It is really very difficult to select a particular world-line. I can’t just determine that I want to visit a very “cat-friendly” world-line, or one where (Homer Simpson style) “donuts fall out of the sky”.

There really isn’t any mechanism that I know of that will allow me to do that.  I cannot “pick and choose” what the world-line would be like.

Episode: “Treehouse Horror V” Airdate: October 30, 1994. After tinkering with a toaster, Homer sends himself to an alternate dimension that, at first glance, seems like paradise. Patty and Selma are dead and the Simpsons are ridiculously rich. 

But wait! There’s a problem. In this reality, donuts don’t exist! D’OH!
Homer does manage to get back to his world, but ironically, just as he returns, donuts start falling from the sky (as if rain) in the alternate universe.

If I want to alter my current reality, for my own purposes, I will need to control my thoughts and navigate on my own. (Provided, of course, that the <redacted> allow me to do so. They have put some major restrictions on my personal abilities to do so. For instance, they <redacted>. So, that when I try to use intention and direction for self-navigation via consciousness migration, I discover that in my case, <redacted>, and the <redacted>.

Instead, from what I understand, there are groupings of realities that world-lines cluster towards.  These groupings are all fabricated by the collective soul consciousness, and provided for learning activities for the individual physical manifestations (by soul).

I can only travel to world-lines that are [1] “nearby” to my own in terms of entropy (this is “locked in” by the drone pilot), and [2] in accordance with my ability to learn and gain experiences.  This is a limitation of the technology that I utilized, the world-line travel ability of the drone pilot and the biological artifice, and my (apparent) “soul contract” with the <redacted>.

This is by agreement between the humans souls and the <redacted> souls.

As such there are a large number of world-lines that I can traverse (not infinite, but rather finite), but how different they are (their individual divergence) can only be determined by myself through a measure of “regional-factor variance” (this is a very difficult attribute to describe). In any event, the drone pilot helps me in this regard, for it seems to be able to detect the best and most beneficial world-lines to visit.

Now, how it appears to me is very personal and unique. It is how it would appear to anyone with EBP that are interfaced to the ELF probes during artifice transitions in either manual or automatic mode.

I can “feel” comfort or revision as delineated by a group of seven (7) factors or types.  These can be displayed alpha-numerically if I am in a manual slide mode. 

In all cases, if I were to select more than one or two factors that are in variance, then I would slide into progressively stranger world-lines. My “feelings” toward the selection of these (to me numerical factors) would determine the degree of comfort or distress upon slide arrival.

As such, there are seven adjustable (7) characteristics or factors that “point in the direction” or variance from my (present) world-line.

While I cannot identify HOW they will be different,  I have two gauges that I can use to determine my relative acceptance or revulsion to where the next traveled upon world-line would be like. This consists of my “feelings” (comfort or discomfort), and a numerical value (in manual slide mode). The [1] larger the numerical values (plus or minus) and [2] the way I “feel” will always be a measure of how different the new world-line would be.

Thus, the new world-line cannot be predicted in terms of physical attributes.

In can only be predicted in terms of relative comfort to the present world-line, where a measure of comfort is simply how greatly I would learn from my movement into the new world-line.  The more I will experience that is new and different, the more discomfort I would experience.

It has been my personal experience that large variances and deviance’s from present world-lines are exponentially uncomfortable and a lot of work.  They can be horrific and frightening. All this being stated, I did not intentionally direct any my world-line travel.  My drone pilot did all the “driving”.  I was just the “passenger”

Manual appearance

What does your “built-in” “heads-up display” show to you when you are in manual mode?

(In “manual mode”) It shows a series of seven alpha-numerical “numbers”.  The numbers are arranged horizontally in front of my eyes and are in focus no matter what my gaze is upon.

Each number is “soft” and “hardens” once I make a “slide” into another world-line.

Each number is a percentage of deviance (to three decimal places) for seven coordinates. It is a measure of deviance of my previous world-line to my present world-line. Each number has either a plus or a minus sign in front of it. Typically, the first four numbers were always “00.000” with no sign. The numbers would stay in my line of sight until I would “wish” them away.

There are times when the alphabet is used. This is either singularly, or in conjunction with numbers. The meaning of these variations are <redacted>. They hold a very special hint to the <redacted>. In operation, <redacted>.

For instance, during training, <redacted>.

On another occasion, when I was <redacted>, the opportunity came for me to <redacted>, so I <redacted>.

Manual Operation of the EBP

How did you (manually) change world-lines?

This is in regards to manual operation.

[1] I would “pull up” the “built-in” “heads-up display”. It would show the seven numbers of my current world-line.  Since I was present on that world-line, all the characters / numbers would be set at “00.000”.

[2] I could move a reticle that looked like a big circle over any of the numbers. 

[3] Once the reticle was over a set of numbers, I could change the numbers by “thinking up/down”. The numbers would move slowly.  I never could change the first four numbers and the last number. The only numbers that I could change were the fifth, and the sixth.  I never moved the numbers greater than a value of “02.000” because I was unable to. 

[4] Once I made my settings, I would “think slide”.  When this happened, the numbers would “harden” and I would “slide” into the new world-line.

[5] The numbers would stay “hard” until I would “wish” them away. It was that simple.

Strangest or Weirdest World-lines

What was the strangest or weirdest world-line that you have ever glimpsed?

Well, aside from this one?

This is a really fucked up world-line.

I mean, for goodness sakes, look around you. This world is weird. It is really absolutely a tad bit bat-shit crazy. You’ve got a President that is a reality television star, an educational system where grades have zero importance, you have plastic straws banned, and where enormous fat girls are proud of their rolls of fat, and jiggle their asses in front of everyone.

For Pete’s sake, you don’t eat beans with eggs, and ride bicycles with helmets and knee and elbow protectors. There are no families or at least one with a father and a mother that raises children. You have most Americans living in an “existence” of which they are completely and positively tethered to the government.

Large sodas are banned, but deep fried pork rinds aren’t. Michelle Obama was voted most attractive woman in the world numerous times, it’s against the law to collect rainwater, or use a fireplace in your house. Sexual deviants go to the White House and get rewards for “their contribution to society”, and a rising tide of angst is being directed at “white people” for their “privilege”.

How can it get much weirder?

I mean the next thing could be the outlawing of bags, the importance of treating pets as humans and giving them voting rights, and of course more taxes… you know… for the children.

Hey! Don't you all think that this is natural and not contrived? Really? You don't possibly believe that there might be some bat-shit crazy idiot behind "the curtain" moving the reality around in crazy-assed ways?

Ok. Well, the strangest ones were during training.

Now, prior to my training with the drone pilot, I pretty much had this ability to move about and traverse world-lines (at will) but that I had no control or understanding of it.  About the time when I was first being trained, my Mars-time drone role interacted with the drone pilot and we conducted some exercises together.  (This was at Ridgecrest, California during a weekend when I was not on the base.)

In one of those exercises, we were moving about a wide swath of world-lines with the drone pilot actually at the controls.  On Mars, and at the base, there were never any changes. 

However, my Earth reality changed substantially, and cycled through various realities.

The strangest was when the desert that surrounded us transformed into a lush green tropical forest. Everything was different, including my wife. The language was different, but I could not speak it. I think it was Spanish, but I never could tell the difference between Spanish and Portuguese. 

The big thing that I remember, it’s funny the things that you remember best, was what it was like riding a motorcycle with a sidecar attached.

Choices


Do you wish that you could have selected a different world-line to retire to?

I selected this one. 

I selected this one based on my “feelings” at the time, and the direction of the drone pilot.  He (I think) “locked in” my selection to only a handful of choices.  Then permits me autonomous alteration via intention MWI navigation for tweaking.

This world-line is my physical reward for my three decades of contribution.  It’s better than anything that I could have possibly imagined.

I live this world line. I am currently in the preferred world-line given the limits of my abilities.  I think that I am doing pretty well. 

I live on the beach in a tropical paradise, I make enough money, I am married to a stunning beautiful “stacked” Asian beauty. I live in a huge house (comparatively), with a huge porch, on the beach in a resort destination, with a huge roomy wine cellar (not that I use it). I have all the perks of being a boss in Asia. I eat quite well, and live a life that others would find hard to believe. 

Why would I want a different world-line?

Of course my life would not be considered to be anything really special according to what I see that United States has migrated towards. After all Michelle Obama is today considered to be the most attractive woman in the United States. So beauty is relative.

What I think is beautiful is not what most Americans think is beautiful. But then again, I am old-fashioned and not at all a progressive and neutral-gender beta-male.

Futurama considerations.

Do you think that the Dimensional Portal on the base was just like the “Parallel Universe Box” from the television show “Futurama”?

Yes. Though I must remind the reader that Hollywood takes the complex and simplifies it for public consumption.

In reality, dimensional travel is possible using existing (extraterrestrially amplified) technologies that work under set rules and behaviors.

I do not think that travel through the gate would be desirous if one went into wildly divergent destinations.  It would serve no practical purpose. However, please note that accidental transport to unplanned destinations could result in horrors beyond one’s comprehension.

The box.
The parallel dimensional box from the Futurama television series.

From the (fictional )television show; Futurama. “The Parallel Universe Box was an invention accidentally created by Professor Hubert J. Farnsworth. Within the box was a parallel universe, inside which were alternate colored versions of the Planet Express crew. The only differences between the universes are coin flips, which apparently have decided the majority of Planet Express’ decisions and the colors of people.

Also the sky is very colorful.”

Found here; http://futurama.wikia.com/wiki/Parallel_Universe_Box

Image what could happen if accidentally, though a technical glitch, a person ended up in a 65% divergent world-line? Yikes!

The ultimate MWI destination

With the ability to change world-lines, you could enter “realities” where you could be rich, famous, powerful, where you could live your wildest fantasies. Why didn’t you?

This is one of the most common questions and perceptions that I hear. So it must be answered carefully.

Do you, the reader, really WANT to live your wildest fantasies? I don’t want fame. I don’t want extreme wealth (not really if you get down to it). The things that I really love are all attainable by me, if I put my mind to it.  Like a tomato sandwich, or a pet cat, I can get them easily if I wanted them (by paying a price).

  • I want to live in a beautiful area. I have it.
  • I want to have a stress-free life. I have it.
  • I want a happy and stable life. I have it. 
  • I want a sexy wonderful and amazing wife.  I have it. 
  • I want to have fun, eat well, be respected, and play. I have it.

MONEY: There are those who think that “just” if they made some more money they would be happier.  However, that has NOT been my experience. The times when I was happiest, aside from now being “retired” was when I was very poor. (We called that being “dirt” poor.)

Using Intention to make your life sparkle.

Please believe me, the attainment of money is not what you should concentrate on. It should be the attainment of happiness.

FAME. Fame is a childhood desire for attention and appreciation. Once you live life, you realize that fame is tied to ego. The smaller your ego, the more fame you desire. However, there is another side of fame, when it brings you money. Now, that is another issue, but fraught with complications. Beware.

They believe that if they were “just” famous they could sleep with anyone. Probably true, but with fame comes the problem of “thought imposition”, and that is a ugly reality that famous people have to deal with.  Most do not deal with it well.  I know that I would not be able to.  

Thoughts of others are terribly restrictive. 

They PREVENT growth and experience of the soul in the physical. The
people know of you, the more thoughts are directed towards you.  Each thought narrows your choice selection in your reality (your world-line) variances.  

In other words, once many people think and know of you, the number of world-lines that you can traverse sharply decreases.  

It’s an inertial set of chains.

Now, you DO KNOW, that there are other ways aside from fame that can open up some opportunities to meet a lot of different girls? You all don’t have to be a slime-ball with a casting couch.

SEX: I have a stunning wife and can all the sex I want at any time.  Additionally, if I wanted variety, that is quite available to me as a Boss in China.  My sexual needs are all, and always,  fulfilled. And, I might add, are with REAL beauties.  Not bargain-basement skanks, or Thailand short-time girls.

The two family types and how they work.

Besides, contrary to the impression that you might get in the United States media, most traditional men (such as myself) are naturally happy with a singular wife and family. We adopt the K-strategy. Not the r-strategy so promoted in the American mainstream media.

r/K selection theory

POWER: I have what ever power I desire. It’s not that much. I’m a boss and I have a lot of respect from my charges and my peers. I have a “following” of sorts, and that’s good enough for me.

Power
What kind of power do you want? Be careful. For as you obtain power, you also obtain a lot of baggage and problems associated with it. Limit your desires to what makes you happy and no more. Be careful.

If you, the reader, really and actually had the ability to move to a world-line; one world-line that would provide you with your deepest desires, what would that world-line look like?

It would not be the same as mine. Maybe you would like something along the lines of this…

Biff
Do you really want power? Or, would you rather have the fun things that come with the respect that you earn through others? Think about that for a spell. Real power is not something that you see on Hollywood.

Mine pretty much looks like the preferences that I filled out on the handout way back when I was in the Navy sitting with all the beautiful women.

All in all, I think that I am doing pretty darn good.

No, it is not perfect. Yes, I could be making more money, and I have always wanted to have a Bentley, but you know what? I like being driven around. I no longer drive. Yes, I do like to cook, and I make a great pot of chili, but I am just as satisfied with the chili that my wife makes for me, and the dinner that she provides.

Link

We all have to turn off that propaganda machine known as television, and the internet, and start appreciating what we have RIGHT NOW.

How about you go and buy yourself a bagel – nice and hot right out of the oven. Yum!

Pleasures
Continued-graphic-arrow

If you want to go to the start of this series of posts, then please click HERE.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...
How to tell -2
Top Secrets
Sales Pitch
Feducial Training
Implantation
Probe Calibration - 1
Probe Calibration - 2
Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

Influencer Questions

Here are posts that have gathered a series of questions from various influencers. They are interesting in many ways and could help all of us unravel the mysteries of the lives that we live.

Interview with an Influencer.
More discussions with an influencer.
Using Intention to make your life sparkle.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Using Intention to Navigate to New World-Line Destinations

Not the world’s best title. I know.

Here we discuss how our consciousness can alter the reality that surrounds us. So that if we want to live a “much improved” life, in whatever way we choose, we can manifest it. We do this, of course by world-line navigation. This, of course, is controlled by thought; our own personal thoughts.

The United States government can spend millions of dollars to take you from Chicago to Los Angles in a brand-new high-technology MACH 4 aircraft. Or, alternatively, you can walk instead.

This post describes using a number of techniques that anyone can use to manifest their "ideal" reality. Think of it as the opposite of going into a dimensional-transport portal. You go in from one reality, and you leave it in a completely different reality. 

Here, the only difference is that this technique (so described) is much slower than any government device.

Introduction

This post started innocently enough by an influencer who asked (in part)…

I was wondering if your “special skills” include a sense of what kinds of businesses might be hot in the next few years or what kind of products and market niches would be successful. I ask this because in the next few years I could early-retire and I always wanted a small manufacturing business or job-shop, getting back-to-my-roots kind of thing.

Which is a great question. Right?

I mean to say, if I have this ability (that I say I have), why can’t I use it to create a life for myself that is exceptional?

(Um… Who says that I haven’t?)

In The Matrix, Cypher and multiple other crew members of his  ship, were awakened from an induced state of sleep to find out that the  world that they were living in was a lie, and that the real world was a  much more unpleasant and dangerous place. He longs for the time when he  didn’t know the truth. Sometimes the truth is infinitely more painful,  than living in a fantasy. Ignorance is bliss. 

-Answers from Men

OK. Here’s the good and the bad news regarding this.

Firstly, the GOOD.

Yes. By understanding the way the universe works, the nature of consciousness, and the role thought has, you CAN pick and choose world-line destinations. If you wanted to be a Hollywood Director, like Cypher wanted in the movie “The Matrix”, you can actually create that reality.

Cypher negotiating for a new reality.
In the movie “The Matrix”, a character named Cypher negotiates with the architects of the Matrix reality for a new life. He specified one with plenty of money, success, and women. He wanted to be like a famous Hollywood Director.

Sounds pretty cool huh?

So I am going to say it yet again. Yes, you can navigate your consciousness to the most crazy and elaborate world-line situations that you can think of. And yes, you can inhabit those realities exactly as you desire.

Others are doing so.

If you were to go back to 1986, and announce to the world that…

  • Bruce Jenner would become a girl.
  • Donald Trump would be President.
  • O.J. Simpson would go to prison.
  • Payphones would disappear.
  • All music would be free.
  • Plastic straws would be considered dangerous.

Everyone would think that you were crazy.

Take note. The strangest changes to your reality can actually. manifest. You can carve out the reality that you desire. You can specify it exactly and it can manifest exactly as you specify.

So, any of these unusual things can actually manifest in your new world-line reality;

  • You meet the girl of your dreams.
  • You become fantastically wealthy.
  • You become famous, important and admired.
  • You live in the house of your dreams, and drive a Ferrari.
  • Weather, climate, luck, and fortune smiles upon you.

You just need to manifest your desires… carefully.

Scene fromt he Wolf of Wall Street.
You can manifest all sorts of dreams. However, wishing and yearning for enormous sums of money can bring about other things like the IRS and Banking Regulators. Instead of thinking about THINGS, concentrate on LIFESTYLE. For that is what you actually yearn for anyway.

It is like the British comedy titled “Absolutely Anything”. Where the main character can ask or wish for something and it manifests.

The only thing is, that it takes time to traverse the world-lines to manifest. Most people navigate the MWI at around 4Hz. They more outrageous the desire of intention, the more world-lines that your consciousness needs to pass through. Thus, the more time it will take to manifest.

But, of course, it will eventually manifest.

Scene from the movie absolutely anything.
This is a scene from the movie Absolutely Anything that provides this girl “a big office with a great view”. LOL.

Now for the BAD

Navigation of World-line travel is not for the faint of heart.

We naturally, as a living being on this planet, conduct world-line travel. Every moment, of every day, roughly 244 times a minute we move in and out of new realities.

Most humans operate at around 4 Hz. That is the speed at which we process a given reality. This speed changes under all sorts of conditions. 

We view this progression; this movement from one reality to another as an “arrow of time”.

The problem is that we don’t view it as anything but “the way the universe is”. We wrongly and incorrectly view it as beyond our control. We think that time is fixed and immutable. As such we use it, as a clock, for all purposes related to physics and dynamics.

So, everyone naturally conducts world-line travel.

However, they do so without navigation. They do so without planning, a map or any sort of objective. They just wonder about, and let the surrounding reality affect their thoughts. They let their thoughts be their own thoughts, totally and completely oblivious to the fact that the thoughts are HOW you navigate to new realities.

But, take special note, everything outside our consciousness is not fixed. Is is all subject to change. The ONLY thing that is fixed is our consciousness.

Consciousness and soul.
Consciousness is a part of our soul. It occupies different realities at will. The realities that it chooses to occupy is a function of the thoughts that it generates, as well as the thoughts that are surrounding it.

Now, here is the kicker.

To obtain the reality that we want to inhabit (whatever that might be). We need to map out a plan to get there. We need to navigate our consciousness in and out of adjacent realities so that eventually we will arrive at our ultimate destination(s).

Fundamentals

Thus, to be able to do this, we need to control two (2x) things…

  1. A map, plan, or schedule of where we want to go.
  2. Mastery of our thoughts.

[1] Planning – A Map

The first thing we need to talk about and address is planning.

The influencer, who started this entire dialog, simply wanted some guidance on local market forces in the near future. In the Matrix, Cypher simply wanted to be reinserted in a completely new reality. Yet, both of these changes can be manifested using the same techniques.

Let’s talk about this.

I don't want to remember nothing. Nothing. You understand? [pause] And I want to be rich. You know, someone important, like an actor. 

We will use the Cypher character from the movie “The Matrix” to illustrate. In the movie, he had a general idea of what he wanted. He had a target that they wanted. He wanted to be rich, and successful. He wanted to be respected, have a lot of fun, and not need to worry about too much. He wanted the life of a Hollywood director. He wanted the wealth, prestige, and the casting couch. That was his goal.

But… how to arrive there?

In the movie, he had a steak dinner with an agent of the reality. (A Mr. Smith.) He negotiated with them. He promised to take some action, and in reward, we would be given a new life within a new reality.

Cypher at dinner.
Cypher is negotiating with Mr. Smith to give him a new life and a new reality within the Matrix in exchange for certain favors. He agreed. That was his plan to achieve his goals.

In the movie, it is very simple. You promise “A”, and in exchange you will get “B”.

In the movie, Cypher promised to capture (or kill, I’m not sure which it was) the main character Neo. In exchange, the “angel of change”, a Mr. Smith would give him a new reality where he would have a new life as a Movie Director.

Cypher knew he could do this because he knew what the Matrix really was. He knew that everything was an illusion. Yet, his consciousness and his body treated that illusion as a reality. He wanted to taste the steak and chew it in his mouth. He wanted to drink the wine and smoke the fine cigar. He wanted to use that knowledge to garner a far better life for himself.

Cypher eating a steak.
Cypher knew that everything was an illusion. He knew that the steak was really just software code, but his body couldn’t tell the difference.

The first thing that you need to do is plan.

You need to have a “map” that describes exactly what you want in your life. This can be a lot of fun, but I must urge caution. Manifesting thoughts can also manifest all sorts of unintended consequences. It has been my experience that what is pictured in Hollywood is often nothing that represents real life. No matter how good they try to provide that image, it’s just not the way things work.

Unless you are careful, the reality that you manifest can bring with it all sorts of other issues and problems.

The red dress girl in the movie The Matrix.
Unless you are careful, there can be all sorts of surprises in the reality that you inhabit. There it is prudent that you take care and concern when mapping out your destination world-line.

Thus you do need to be very careful in the specifying of your ultimate world-line destinations.

 “Sometimes when you win, you really lose. Sometimes when you  lose, you really win. Sometimes when you win, you really tie. And,  sometimes when you tie, you really win or lose.” White Men Can’t Jump – Rosie Perez (Gloria Clemente) 

 Gloria was trying to get her boyfriend to see that every action that  you take affects someone or something else. Some results are obvious and  intended, but occasionally they have negative, unintended affects too.  Her boyfriend had lost substantial amounts of money playing basketball,  despite being great at it. He finally came through on his promise to win  money in the game, but found her gone when he came home. He won the  game, but lost his girl. You can yell at your boss in staff meetings,  sleep with his wife on his desk, and pee on the carpet in his office,  but you probably will not keep your job. So, unless you are waiting on a  hefty inheritance, you should thoroughly think through the  repercussions of your behavior before you do anything. Sometimes, your  first instinct is not the best one. 

 -Answers from Men 

I have found that it is far easier for me to describe things using diagrams. Here, in this first diagram, we see how a normal person (just living life normally) experiences time.

World-line travel is known as the passage of time.
We don’t understand what time is simply because our understanding of what the universe is, is flawed. There is no such thing as time. What there is, instead, is an infinite number of parallel universes, and we humans go in and out of each one at a rate of about 144 different universes a minute. Roughly. So for a person starting at a clock at 0, and then counting down to a clock saying 1 second, we would have passed through various adjacent realities without even knowing what we were doing.

Now, that you know what “time” is, you can now understand that the “passage of time” is you passing in and out… through… all sorts of adjacent world-line realities.

The Matrix is a system, Neo. That system is our enemy. But when you're inside, you look around, what do you see? Businessmen, teachers, lawyers, carpenters. The very minds of the people we are trying to save. But until we do, these people are still a part of that system and that makes them our enemy. 

You have to understand, most of these people are not ready to be unplugged. And many of them are so inured, so hopelessly dependent on the system, that they will fight to protect it.

— Morpheus (Laurence Fishburne)The Matrix 

Now, let’s talk about how to map out the passage of time to get you to a destination; a reality that you would prefer.

For instance, look at the following diagram.

  • You are currently in world-line reality “A”. It is shown in a green color.
  • You want to eventually have a new reality “B”. It is shown in a gold color.
  • There are two paths marked out. One is yellow and one is black.
World-line travel mapping.
You are currently in world-line reality “A”. It is shown in a green color. You want to eventually have a new reality “B”. It is shown in a gold color. There are two paths marked out. One is yellow and one is black. You want to take the safe path in black, even though it will pass through more adjacent realities and take longer to achieve your destination. Those realities that are undesirable to you (sadness, hurt, pain, discomfort) are shown by grey colors. You will want to avoid them.

The yellow path is the most direct path. It will require fewer adjacent realities to pass through. The black path is the preferred path. It will take longer, because you will need to pass through more adjacent realities to get to it.

The reason that you want to take the black path over the yellow path is so that you can avoid those problematic realities. They are shown in grey. These are realities that will cause you turmoil and distress that you do need to avoid if you truly want to have a great life. They include such things as car accidents, company layoffs, periods of hardship, medical bills, and death. You do want to avoid these realities.

You MUST plan. You MUST visualize what you want. If you do not, then you will not have any ideas or visualization of your desires, and the desires of others around you will determine what will happen to you. Don’t allow that to happen.

Thus, when planning, you need to absolutely make sure of a number of factors. These are;

  • A destination lifestyle. Clear and easy to visualize. It must be very detailed. There must be no ambiguity in it what so ever.
  • Incorporate elements that will guarantee avoidance of problematic adjacent realities.
Important note. No this is not walking into a dimensional-portal and going in and out different world-lines. Instead, this is using the knowledge that every fraction of a second 1/244 minute we move to a new reality as determined by our thoughts and the thoughts of those around us. This discusses how we "steer" our consciousness in and out of those realities to achieve our goals.
You can have anything you want.
You can have anything you want. But you must imagine it. You must think about it. You must manifest it. Otherwise, the thoughts of those around you will determine what will happen to you.

[2] Mastery of our thoughts.

 “You have to let it all go, Neo. Fear, doubt, and disbelief. Free your mind.” The Matrix – Lawrence Fishburne (Morpheus)

 The only thing that can stop you from accomplishing everything that  you have dreamed of, is you. Once you believe that something is  possible, it becomes possible. Fear stunts our ability to succeed in our  professional and personal lives. 

 -Answers from Men 

Thoughts alter our reality.

They do, and this isn’t just some kind of “new age” mumbo-jumbo. It is a fact, and if you can’t get your arms around this basic point, you need to go back to school and study Quantum Mechanics all over again.

The primary key is navigating the map that we created in [part 1] above, this navigation is often difficult to do. That is because we need to be in control of our thoughts, and modern life will not permit that.

All that “fake news”, and every commercial you see, and all the thoughts by all the people around you affect YOUR thoughts.

Morning news 9JUN19
Here is a screenshot of the morning news on 9JUN19. Wait two years and see just how relevant any of this is to your personal life. You will discover that none of these things really matter. They just don’t, yet these writings and news affects your thoughts. Turn them off. They are harming you.

If you want to become the master of your life, and obtain the end destination reality that you mapped out, you will need to turn off those bad thought-streams. Yes, and that means breaking some long-formed habits.

That daily dose of news first thing in the morning MUST END.

 As I read the news I see a specter of a dark foe bent on creating a  world that few of us want to see, one built out of fear and control.   It’s even scarier because that foe wants you and I to think that it’s  winning, so we will give up and it can win by default.  Don’t.  

-Wilder Wealthy Wise

You must start to control the thoughts that go into the environment around you. If you cannot master that, you will never obtain the end goals that you have set for yourself.

Dog Shit

What you, the reader need to understand is that all that “stuff” outside of you is just “wall paper”. It just doesn’t really affect you. Not physically. It just affects your thoughts.

I used to watch cartoons as a boy, and one of my favorites was the Flintstones. When the cartoon characters would be riding in a car, the background would cycle the same pictures over and over and over again. It gave the illusion of movement, however there wasn't any real scenery.

That is what American news is actually like.

One of the most important things that I have learned is that all that other “stuff” that seems all important to us; the changes in the world, work, money, politics, etc. Has no real bearing on your reality. It is just scenery outside the window on a speeding train that you are riding in.

Every moment, every fraction of a second, your consciousness leaves one reality and enters a new one. The formation of that new reality is created by your thoughts. By using intention and directed prayer, you can navigate your consciousness along a path that will take you where you want to go. The problem here, and it is a really big problem, is to tune out the adverse thoughts that keep knocking you off the path that you mapped out.

You need to control your thoughts.

 I’m a long time reader of Scott Adams dating back into the mid-1990’s.  He’s most famous for Dilbert,  but he has written books and blogged for decades about everything from  management to life skills to persuasion.  Daily, Scott Adams writes his  goals 15 times (LINK).   Why 15?  I don’t know.  But Adams has reported that it produces amazing  results for him, and he’s lived a pretty amazing life.  It might also  have something to do with him being a genius who works really hard and  tries lots of things.  Nah.  He must be a beneficiary of the structural  capitalist patriarchy and the reason people love Dilbert is only due to white privilege.  

That explains everything, if you’re in Congress.

 How the goal writing produces results is probably unimportant – in my  opinion the most likely idea is that if you’re focused on a goal,  you’ll notice connections, clues or opportunities that would normally  pass you by.  The focus on the goal, the attitude that you can achieve  something great changes the way you look at every aspect of your day.  I  know that when I believe I can succeed, I seem to keep finding ways to  actually make it happen. 

-Wilder Wealthy and Wise
  • Focus on your goal; living it. Breathing it. Existing in it.
  • Turn off all outside thoughts as best you can.
  • You can read news, but if you start to get angry or affected, then you need to leave.
  • Remove yourself from negative people. They have an illness. Their illness will absolutely affect your ability to manifest your reality.
If you are married to a mentally ill person, that person will take over your life. You must get out from that horrible situation. Their thoughts are terribly discordant. It WILL alter and affect your life. Unless you are careful, you will start to live the life that their thoughts manifest, not what yours do. Be careful.
Be careful with the people around you.
You need to be careful of the thoughts and actions of those around you. Everyone has different abilities and controlling and manifesting their desires. Some are very good at it, while others tend to be very lame. If you are not careful, a bad persons thoughts whom you associate with can thwart any positive efforts that you have manifested. Be careful.

Control of thought – Intention

The most important skill that you need to learn in world-line navigation and destination arrival is to control your thoughts.

 “This is your life, and it’s ending one minute at a time.” Fight Club – Edward Norton (nameless narrator)

 Life is short. Wasting your time in a fruitless job, talking to  people that you abhor, and waiting for some miracle to happen is  foolish. 

 -Answers from Men 

This is a form of prayer.

Prayer, directed thoughts, and full-on intention are all focused and directed thoughts. This is very important. This is the tool that will allow your future to manifest.

Now, I am not going to delve in the many, many ways that a person can pray and visualize intention. I will instead list the ways that (I know) work. It’s up to you, the reader to implement or not.

  • A visualization creation. This could be a cork-board on the wall with pictures of the life that you want to live. This is often referred to a “visualization board”. You can also do this on your desktop wallpaper. Just cycle in and though pictures that depict elements of the life that you want. “My desktop wallpaper aptly describes and visualizes the type of lifestyle that I am manifesting.”
  • Create a listing of what you want. This can be a page in a note book, or some simple phrases on a piece of paper magnet-attached to your refrigerator. You will need to repeat these phrases out loud. “Words are culled with power.” (Les Moore quote.)
  • Time to pray / visualize. Everyday, without fail, you repeat verbally OUT LOUD what you want in your life. This can take a few minutes to much longer. But you MUST do it every day. You can do it in the shower, mowing the lawn, riding in the car to work, or you can do it while you are riding a bicycle, or while you are exercising. But, you must do it. This is a fundamental core requirement to direct your thoughts. This is NOT a passive activity. You must emotionally attach yourself to your goal reality.
  • Make a point to alert against bad realities. This is a little trick that I learned was absolutely necessary. Or else you will start experience hardships like layoffs, difficult times, illnesses and accidents on the road to your mapped out reality. “I am the captain of my consciousness and navigate to my ultimate goal by avoiding trouble, hardship, and distress.”
  • Take note that the resulting reality will not be exact. It will be a very close approximation of what you want, but no… you cannot specify exact people and exact locations, and very constructive levels of detail. Nor do you actually want that. If you focus on your baseline wants and desires, the rest will fill in automatically. Keep in mind that Hollywood is not reality.

That is step one of a two-step visualization, with intention prayer exercise.

The second step is duration and longevity. You must do this for a period of time. I would argue that it should be for at least a month, every day. I would also put an upper limit of no more than six months, with about three months being the norm.

The second step is release.

A Quick Word…

You can go on-line and do a picture search for “vision boards”. Many look really nice, but they are completely wrong. A proper “vision board” would consist of images, NOT words. Maybe music that is inspiring to YOU. Or video snippets that have some meaning for you.

Don’t do this…

Poorly done vision board.
A vision board is very personal. Now, this might just be perfect for the gal that created this. However, there is an overall reliance on words, and sayings. These words do NOTHING. There isn’t any thoughts or emotions attached to the sentence “Beauty Style”. Instead, there should be pictures, and images, or a small video. You can cut out your picture and paste it over the face of another picture that you want to visualize you occupying, but it isn’t critical. The important thing is emotional and thought control.

What ever you do, create something that is meaningful to you. You image it, and you think about it. It will manifest. Maybe a little like this. I utilize positive and fun micro-videos to help me keep the visualization of my life first and foremost…

Hey! You want to have fun? Play with the girls and eat and drink well. Maybe something like this would be appropriate…

Or Hey! Maybe you want to have a wife or a girl friend. You need to imagine clearly what they would be like. You need to concentrate on their personality and how they MAKE YOU FEEL. You need to burn those thoughts and those feelings inside of you and attract those traits to you.

Maybe something like this…

Or, maybe you want to get fit. Maybe you want to lose some weight. Maybe you want to be healthier. Instead of putting the words “be healthy” on a visualization board, maybe you can watch this video a couple of times every day. Visualize with thought and emotion…

Release

Once you have done these intention exercises for a few months, then stop. Give it up. The thoughts have been set in motion, and the reality that you want to manifest is out there. Somewhere.

Have some faith. It will all manifest.

In my experience, most things have manifested within a two year period. The longevity and “seriousness” of the manifested reality is directly tied to the emotional attachment of the intention, as well as the duration.

The amount of time that must be endured until you obtain your new reality is a function of the number of adjacent realities that you need to pass through in your achievement map / plan. This in turn is also a function of how different your ultimate reality is from your current reality.

The variables that will influence the timing of reality manifestation;

  • How different and “far out” your goal is from your current reality.
  • The thoughts and habits that you currently have.
  • The thoughts of those around you, especially those of family members.
  • The discipline that you have in doing all of this to make your new world-line realized.

Alertness to awareness.

It has been my experience that your ultimate reality goals will eventually manifest in one way or the other. You will not be aware what they are until long after you are within that reality. It is only when you are reminded by an old vision board, or an intention list, or some other item, that you will be stunned at just how your reality did manifest.

What is a Vision Board? A vision board is a tool used to help clarify, concentrate and maintain focus on a specific life goal. Literally, a vision board is any sort of board on which you display images that represent whatever you want to be, do or have in your life .

 -What is a Vision Board? 

Why avoid the news

Once you start using personal intention to navigate the MWI, you start to realize that all the news is not for you. It is like wallpaper, or window-dressing. It really doesn’t affect your life in any way aside from scaring you and cause you to cower in fear.

 As I read the news I see a specter of a dark foe bent on creating a  world that few of us want to see, one built out of fear and control.   It’s even scarier because that foe wants you and I to think that it’s  winning, so we will give up and it can win by default.  Don’t.  

-Wilder Wealthy Wise

For instance, I am in China, and Donald Trump has just raised American tariffs to Chinese sourced products 25%. This normally would scare the living daylights out of me, because the industry that I am a part of relies on international trade.

However, I know that the reality that I have manifested and are maintaining for myself is one of personal prosperity and happiness. So, it will absolutely manifest. You don’t need to worry.

  • What is good for me personally might not be good for others.
  • What the news reports is for other people to read. Not me.

Now, let me explain.

You know, any money I get is in USD and used in China under the Chinese yuan (RMB). Thus, these terrible tariffs has resulted in a drastic change in the conversion rate USD to CNY. So now, today, I make around 15% more money compared to last month.

Thank you Donald Trump.

The point is this. All outside news is poison.

Tune it out as much as you can and focus on your life. Appreciate it more. Pray and provide directed intention always. Do not let up.

Examples

A little history lesson.

I first learned the necessity of using focused intention early on in MAJestic. The world around me was always jumping around and changing, and the only way that I could get any kind of handle on my life was to be able to focus my thoughts.

The life I had before entering MAJestic was never going to work. Not being entangled with the EBP like I was. I could never go back to living life I like used to. I had to adapt. I had to change. I had to take on coping skills that I could incorporate into my new reality.

The ELF probes were a MAJestic creation, and did not effect the MWI as much as the EBP did.

In those early days, I started to use visualization techniques to help stabilize the reality around me.

This varied from occult symbology to classical paintings. Yet, it really didn’t matter what I used, what mattered was the intensity or the ferocity that I attached to the imagery.

Imagery that automatically came attached with thought “packages” were the easiest to use.

This would be a cross with Jesus on it, or a necklace of Saint Peter. These images automatically came with centuries of directed thought and prayer. By using them to direct my thoughts was surprisingly easy, but they came with unintended consequences.

Penant
A person can utilize idols and figurines to help focus their thoughts and intentions. As a Catholic, I used the idols and figures that held meaning to me personally. I used Saints for their battles in the human-experience spoke to me.

So, over time, I learned that you need to create your very own custom imagery to direct your thoughts with.

What ever you do, do not use occult or similar “off the shelf” idolatry, or imagery. They WILL come with “baggage” that you might not want to pollute your reality with. Listen to me in this regard. Be careful.

Yes. I was using the power of intention long before it was popularized.

[Example One] – Pago Pago

In 2013 was living in Shenzhen, China.

All of what I had visualized (during my retirement) had manifested. I was living an amazing life. I had a stunning wife, we went out and played all the time. I was respected and honored where ever I went, and I was happy.

Lo Wu district in Shenzhen.
I was living in Shenzhen China. I loved Shenzhen, and had a lot of fun. But, I guess that I was a country boy at heart, and I felt that the “big city” was too oppressive. I yearned for beaches, green trees and grass and ocean waves.

Yet… yet…

Shenzhen was a big city. New York has 8 million people, well Shenzhen is twice that size and very crowded. And while I was having fun, I did miss blue skies, nice ocean breezes and a more relaxed lifestyle.

So, I decided to “brush off” the old MWI manifesting skills, and set about to create what I had only with one or two minor changes. I wanted blue skies. I wanted lush green trees. I wanted respect, but at a easy relaxed pace. No more hectic life for me.

I set up a computer desktop that changed every minute. On it, I had an array of HD “wallpaper” images that I got off the Internet of tropical beaches. Sort of like this…

Internet screen splash of HD wallpaper beach pictures.
I used the internet to find pictures of desktop wallpaper, and downloaded images of tropical beaches. I them used them as my desktop on a revolving one minute change.

Then, of course, I also did my verbal affirmations.

During this time, I was rather lazy about doing them. (After all, I was quite happy with my life, and absolutely not desperate to change my life.) I admittedly would only make about one affirmation session every week. It was really simple, as long as I could remember it.

My affirmation was thusly…

My computer desktop describes that life that I desire to manifest for myself and my family.

And, that was it.

I did it, very relaxed, for maybe two whole months, then quit. And I forgot all about it after a while.

About nine months later, I was offered a job in Pago Pago, American Samoa, of all places! I had never been there, but you don’t turn down the offer to live in a tropical paradise in the South pacific, now do you?

Well…

…do you?

I manifested Pago Pago!

I didn’t even know that it existed. Well, not really aside from a comment on an old Dunesberry cartoon. I had to look it up on Google Maps to figure where the heck it was.

American Samoa
This is Ofu Beach in American Samoa. I have to tell youse guys that the air is the cleanest and freshest I have ever breathed. The skies are amazing with cool colors of blue and the waters are truly envious.
Even after all the islands we’ve been to across the Pacific, all three of us were enchanted.  American Samoa is absolutely stunning.  

It’s  probably a lot like Hawaii was back in the 40s.  

There are two hotels in  town and one more by the airport, but other than that there are NO tourist facilities anywhere.  As you drive around it’s just one quaint little beach-side village after another with meticulously kept gardens and smiling friendly people.  

The harbor itself is made up of the  caldera of an ancient volcano with an opening on one side.  The other  sides rise dramatically out of the bay into lush steep cliffs making it  easily one of the most dramatic harbors I’ve been in.  

The rest of the  island continues the theme with steep, verdant hillsides and beautiful reef strewn or volcanic beaches with massive surf breaks that you leave you in awe wishing they broke over sand so that you could go out and play without getting killed. 

-Jumping Ship in Samoa

It turned out that a friend of a friend had sailed out from Bora Bora in French Polynesia, and ended up in American Samoa.

He ended up finding work there and the boss who he worked for need an expert in construction, who knew equipment, installation and testing. The only person who he could think of was myself. So he promoted me as “the smartest person he knew“.

So, out of the blue, I got a e-mail message, and a job offer. It was really, really quick.

Soon after that, I sold all my belongings in China and flew to American Samoa.

Beach on American Samoa
American Samoa had many beaches. In fact the main highway goes up and down the island. With a top speed of 25 mph, it takes you nearly all day to go from one end of the island to the other and back. One of our favorite pastimes was to ride the road on the weekends and explore the island.

Now, this isn’t like you just hop on a flight from Chicago with a direct fare to Dallas Fort Worth. American Samoa is isolated. It is in the middle of no-where and we had to take a week to get to it.

  • Go to Hong Kong.
  • Fly to Fiji.
  • Bus from Western Fiji to Suva.
  • Hang out until we could get a flight to Western Samoa.
  • Travel from the international airport to a “puddle jumper” airport to fly to American Samoa.

I will tell you that the cutest and the smallest international airport is in Western Samoa. You can get to it by bus or taxi from the city of Apia. Western Samoa was really cool. I liked it. maybe it was the Kiwi-influence. LOL.

Map of Western Samoa
Map of Western Samoa. It is a one half hour flight from Western Samoa to American Samoa.

I personally like the Samoan people.  They are kind, communal, proud and spiritual. I greatly admire them and consider them to be some of the best people that I have ever encountered.

Where to begin? 

Well, let’s chat about food.  We all need food.  We all like food, but we all tend to think of it as a normally obtainable product.  We can get what we want; when we want at a more or less reasonable price.  Ah.  Alas this was not the case in the South Pacific.  Food is outrageously expensive. 

Map of Fiji.
Map of Fiji. We had to wait in Fiji for a whole week until we could get a connection flight to Western Samoa.

When I lived in Pago Pago a head of Lettuce cost me $11. 

Everything is imported, you see.  Everything.  Very few things are grown locally.  Pay scales are below the poverty level and typically, on the islands where I visited, powerful tribal leaders held both monetary, financial, political and social power on the vast numbers of people on the islands. 

They provide work at low pay, small stipends, and assorted assistance to those they feel deserve it.  It is a benevolent dictatorship by tradition.

The reader should not misunderstand. Perhaps this is the best form of governance for the Samoans on the island. There are benefits and liabilities with every form of government, but the Samoans make this system work.
Map of American Samoa.
Map of American Samoa. I worked in Pago Pago, but lived in Tafuna, and later in Pava’ia’i.

In American Samoa, where most of the food is imported out of America, the people are terribly obese.  In neighboring Western Samoa, where the food is imported out of NZ, or grown locally, the people have a more or less normal weight. 

Why is this so? 

I wonder.  Could it be that American food has some kind of property; enzyme or chemical that makes people fat?  I don’t know, but the situation is at once obvious and frightening.  I beg the reader to consider the issues involved her and to study the matter themselves.  There is more to this phenomena than what meets the eye at first glance.

Researchers who have analyzed America’s eating habits say they can sum up what’s wrong with our diet in just two words: ultra-processed foods.  These foods -- a group that includes frozen pizzas, breakfast cereals and soda -- make up 58% of all calories Americans consume in a typical day. Not only that, they delivered 90% of the added sugars that Americans ate and drank, according to a very interesting study. 

“Ultra-processed foods and added sugars in the US diet:
evidence from a nationally representative cross-sectional study”.  

The summary states that  “Ultra-processed foods comprised 57.9% of
energy intake, and contributed 89.7% of the energy intake from added sugars. 

The content of added sugars in ultra-processed foods (21.1% of calories) was eightfold higher than in processed foods (2.4%) and fivefold higher than in unprocessed or minimally processed foods and processed culinary ingredients grouped together (3.7%). 

Both in unadjusted and adjusted models, each increase of 5 percentage points in proportional energy intake from ultra-processed foods increased the proportional energy intake from added sugars by 1 percentage point. Consumption of added sugars increased linearly across quintiles of ultra-processed food consumption: from 7.5% of total energy in the lowest quintile to 19.5% in the highest. 

A total of 82.1% of Americans in the highest quintile exceeded the recommended limit of 10% energy from added sugars, compared with 26.4% in the lowest.” 

(http://bmjopen.bmj.com/content/6/3/e009892).

There is a great (Mainland America supported) supported infrastructure there.  The roads are all well kept, and in great shape.  The signs and the public works are all American and made to American standards.  Top speed is only 25 miles / hour.  So it will take maybe six hours to drive from one end of the the island to the other. 

Suva portrait.
Going for the Tintin look in Suva, Fiji.

Gasoline is all imported and thus rather expensive.  Noise is outlawed and thus vehicles cannot have horns.  Instead they make a polite “tooting” sound to warn other drivers. 

Everyone drives new cars, but they are all owned by the tribal leaders and dished out to the “extended family” on a basis of inherited matriarchal complexity. 

Samoans live in villages of their extended family, with communal ownership of land under the “matais,” the chiefs of the individual families. Above the group of matais in each village is an “ali’i,” the village’s highest chief. 

Female familial lines have priority with major family males in work leadership positions getting significant perks.  You can pretty much judge the political status of a given member on the island by the state and type of automobile that they drive. That differs significantly from what it is in the rest of the world.

For instance, in the United States one might judge a person by the car he /she drive.  You might determine if the driver was a “soccer mom”, a business executive, a young male full of “piss and vinegar”, a poor blue-collar worker, or a starving college student.  In the island, it was representative of where you sat within the female-dominant social structure of your village. The most powerful wives drove the best, newest, and important cars.

In Samoa Girls swim fully clothed and cover their legs in public.  Both men and women wear tribal tattoos and wear skirts called Lava-lava’s.  American Samoa has a fully invested and American paid infrastructure with fine and wonderful roads, government buildings and hospitals.  But there is very little in the way of private industry, private farming, private fishing or businesses other than an occasional store or restaurant.  The biggest industries on the islands include fishing, and canning, construction, social welfare and government.  Anyone who wants to see what it is like to live in a land where you have a set social status, and set income for the rest of your life, should come to the islands.

In American Samoa dogs are a real problem.  The locals let the dogs breed and propagate indiscriminately.  If there ever was a justification for the presence of a Dog Catcher and Dog Pound this is it.  (And, I might add, that I am a dog lover.) The dogs are plentiful and yet truly terrible.  They run in packs, bite and snap at people; carry illnesses including mange and eat everything from fruit lying on the ground to stray cats, feces in diapers, tree bark and old pieces of cardboard. . 

Mange is truly a disgusting illness; where patches of fur and skin fall off an the blistered and frail animal walks around in intense discomfort.

Garbage has to be locked up in huge airborne towers so the dogs can’t get to it.  Otherwise they would spread the trash and refuse all over the place; attracting flies and other airborne illnesses.  They eat everything and consider feces a wondrous meal. 

Local mothers would throw their babies diapers to the dogs would haul them off to eat (The diapers, not the babies. LOL).  Often on some neighbors porch where they would leave the messy diapers in the front of the door. ( A disgusting personal experience that I have had the unpleasant exposure to.) They then would defecate nearby, and vomit the rest up nearby.  They greatly contribute to the dissemination of disease on the island the great problem with childhood skin diseases in the region.

There are also island cats.  However, cats are cats.  They come and go as they please.  They tend to eat the small rodents and fruit bats that fly the skies above. They keep to themselves, and generally keep the rodent population down.

Island Cat - American Samoa.
Island Cat – American Samoa.

Samoans feed the cats just like they do the dogs.  However, cats are independent and tend to come and go.  However, once you feed a dog, it is your stray for life. Local island cats will eat lizards, birds, mice, rats, rodents and insects.  I am sure that they might have snagged a fruit bat one night of two. They do let loose a howl, let me tell ya. Not to mention the occasional fish or snake.

Anyways, I’m sorry that I got a little long-winded.

The point of this first example.

The point here is that I manifested the reality that I asked for. It was really very easy. You know, once you are used to a certain way of praying and controlling your thoughts they are able to manifest quite easily.

So I manifested Pago Pago.

Up until that point in time, I never really thought about it as a place that I would ever visit. yeah, I know it was “promised” to me during my retirement sequence at the ADC Pine Bluff, but really… I never thought about it. So here I was… Pago Pago in the middle of absolutely no-where.

But…

But, I was sloppy.

I was happy in Shenzhen, China. I wanted more, but did not vocalize specifically what I wanted to manifest. Instead, I just asked for what was missing in my life. I didn’t realize that in getting what I wanted, other things that I did like, would be missing.

You ask for one thing and lose other things in the process. Yikes!

It's like the story of the dog carrying a bone over a river. He walks on a bridge and looks down and sees another dog in the water. That other dog looks just like him, and is carrying a bone just like he is carrying. 

So he barks at the dog to scare it away. (That way it could get both bones.)

But when he barks, his bone falls in the river. He discovers that the dog in the river water was actually himself, and now he has no bones at all.

-Aesop's Fable. 

The Dog Crossing the Bridge Moral - A dog walked happily across a bridge carrying a tasty bone in his mouth. His joy was dimmed, however, when he looked down and noticed another dog had an equally delectable bone.

Yes, I ended up getting clean and fresh air, brilliant colors, a lot of nature all at the expense of other things that I took for granted.

  • I missed the “life” and activity of China.
  • I missed the fun.
  • I missed the drinking and the endless supply of restaurants.
  • I missed the people.
  • I missed the food.
  • I missed the ENERGY.
Maybe those of you that have read about the KTV experience can understand this reference. Eh?

Anyways…

So, in short order, I reactivated my intention. Only this time I was careful. Though, I did not use a visualization board, I particularly spent time while I drove to the work site every morning to vocalize what kind of life I wanted within my reality.

I just vocalized it clearly and distinctly. I was part of my routine. I would buy a tuna-fish sandwich from the local store near the highway, and then vocalize my intentions loudly while I drove…

  • I have the same kind of life I had in China, only…
  • I live on the beach facing the ocean.
  • The skies are always blue and the trees are lush and vibrant.
  • I am healthy and happy as are my family.
  • We avoid all discomfort in manifesting this reality.

[Second Example] – Zhuhai, China.

Four months later I was back in China. Events acted like a whirlwind and tossed me back into China. It took around 10 months to fully come to fruition. Now… just guess what my life is like today…

Here’s pictures from my front “yard” outside my house.

View 1
View from my house. This is directly outside my back fence gate. I can see the HK Macao bridge right in front. The mornings are glorious.
Household view 2.
This is the view from my front yard. You exit the gate where the guard booth is, and you will be here on this lawn, and you will be able to see Macao out there in the distance.
Next door.
The on-going joke that me and Mrs has is that everyone wants to vacation in our front yard. Here you can see people riding bikes up and down the boardwalk next door.

Over four decades of doing this.

This isn’t just some kind of “new age” nonsense to sell books. This is what I was forced to do and needed to learn how to do to keep sane.

Trust me, if you had an EBP installed, you would adapt or go completely bonkers. There is absolutely no shades of grey in this matter.

I learned how to do this to keep sane.

The reality around me was not like that by which I grew up with. After implantation, it became something quite different. In order to stabilize my sanity I was forced to adopt methodology and coping-skills to exist.

After I was able to render my reality into some type of semi-stable condition, I quickly discovered that I would easily change it by thought.

News media are evil, and the longer I followed the media and was manipulated by them, the crazier my life became. I had, out of necessity, shut myself off away from them.

I can tell youse guys stories after stories how I wanted this thing, or that things, or this ability, or that situation and how each one came with negative consequences. Now, today I am much wiser.

Concentrate on the basics.

  • Healthy and happy family.
  • Steady income.
  • Stress-free and casual life.
  • Living where you want to live and how you want to live.

Be very clear on it. Concentrate on spelling it out clearly and directly. Use emotion, or whatever energy you have inside yourself to enunciate your intention.

Wait a year or a year and a half. Judge your progress. Then, make alterations…

  • I really appreciate my life as it is today. I love my life. I appreciate my life. I want it to continue. However…
  • I want to make a small alteration in my life.
  • This small change does XXXXX, and YYYYY.
  • However, in no way is my family and myself affected negatively by this.
  • We avoid all negative events that might try to manifest.

Sounds crazy. Well, it works.

I will devote another posts on intentions that went seriously wrong. I will discuss how I wanted a nicer car, a different girlfriend, a better job, and a nicer house. And what happened as a result of all that.

Seriously. You must be very careful on how you manifest your intentions and prayers.

Oh, and one very important point…

DO NOT try to use intentions to change another person. Think of using intention to change the scenery around you. Concentrate on a happy, healthy and relaxed, stress-less life. You can change the “scenery” such as location, lifestyle, and friendships. However, avoid specifics, such as money, cars, etc. These are complex mechanisms that will add complexity to your manifested reality.

You do not want complexity.

Now some Answers to some specific questions…

Q: Is there any trends or things that I (myself ex-MAJestic “expert”) might be able to suggest, so that others might benefit?

A: No. Each reality that we exist within is a personal event. The parade of events that lie outside my “window” in this reality could very much differ from the reality that another might experience, no matter how similar it might appear on the surface. They are completely different.

Remember that there is only one consciousness within one specific reality. Everyone else is a “quantum shadow” relative to your individual consciousness.

I do actually see some trends. But, the moment that I try to act on them they change and alter. There is no way that I can structure my personal life around outside events because there is no way that I can control them. That is why you need to recognize that outside events are always beyond your control.

They are like scenery that you observe outside the window on a train that you are riding in.

To truly master your consciousness; and thus to control your reality you must fully come to grip with the idea that nothing exists except what you create with your mind.

Q: Why does this matter? And why do you need to say things out loud? Why not just think things instead?

A: That’s a profound question, and the answer is yes you can. But…Your thoughts occurs while you are in wave-form. The vocalization occurs when your consciousness is in particle-form. The vocalization method is precisely how you transform thoughts into action on the physical.

You need to vocalize. It is a method by which your thoughts can modify your reality.

There are many other methods, of course. You can use image intention boards, act things out, pretend and create scenarios. You can imagine entire behaviors and walk them through every day. Just remember that physical action must accompany thought to be able to manifest.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...
How to tell -2
Top Secrets
Sales Pitch
Feducial Training
Implantation
Probe Calibration - 1
Probe Calibration - 2
Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

Influencer Questions

Here are posts that have gathered a series of questions from various influencers. They are interesting in many ways and could help all of us unravel the mysteries of the lives that we live.

Interview with an Influencer.
More discussions with an influencer.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Graphic on how world-line travel is possible

Here is a simplistic premier on how our universe works, and how we can control the reality that we inhabit. We also touch upon how we can “cheat” and use certain techniques to cross into other realities, or other world-lines.

This is often referred to as world-line travel.

To best understand world-line travel or dimensional egress, you need to throw away any obsolete Newtonian ideas about the universe that you might cherish. You all need to. If you keep thinking in ways that have no bearing on reality, how in the heck will you eventually be able to master reality?

So…

Throw it all away. Chuck it all. Listen to me, and learn. This is the way the universe really works.

How world-line travel can manifest

First of all, here is what the universe really looks like. It is a multiverse with a near infinite number of realities that we might inhabit at any given time.

This pretty much agrees with the MWI theory of quantum mechanics. However, most people never think about it and take it to it’s logical conclusion. They try to take the observed physical world and try to make it fit into the MWI. It doesn’t work that way. It just cannot fit together. It’s like mixing oil and water; not gonna happen.

This is how it manifests…

  • There is no such thing as time.
  • The “physical” is a construct.
  • We possess a “soul” that does understand and operate in the true totality of the universe.
  • The “soul” creates a “consciousness” for it to use.
  • The “consciousness” is placed within a physical body residing within a reality construct.

Now, the problem is what when people study the MWI theory, they do so with the “baggage” of their childhood assumptions. For instance, we assume that there might be multiple world-lines, but there is only one that we all share. The others might not exist, or that the person we are with is a person with an active consciousness within our reality.

All these assumptions are false.

Nothing is shared. It only appears that way. We occupy a given reality alone. Our consciousness connects to a physical body within the reality that our soul selects.

It looks like we all share our universe with others. Yes, that is what it looks like. However, that is not the case. The universe that we inhabit is designed for us and us alone. There is only one “consciousness” within it. That is our very own “consciousness”.

There is generally, one “reality” per one “consciousness”.

All those other people are like props that populate our reality. Yes, there is a chance that some of them have a “consciousness” controlling them, but they are off in their very own reality doing so. What we actually experience and see is the “shadows” of what their “consciousness” does within our reality.

Our Universe.
This is what the universe really looks like. There is a “consciousness”. This is shown as a RED fuzzy ball. It resides attached to a physical person. This physical person resides inside an observable physical reality. That reality is surrounded by a non-physical reality. There is an infinite number of physical / non-physical realities. Some lie “close” to our reality, and many are “far” from our reality.

Some clarity on the graphic is in order

The image above is really quite different what what people think the universe looks like. That is because it is. We, as humans, can only see a very small portion of the universe. We can only see one instance in time, that is our “reality”.

Components used.
The true reality is one that is not shared. Each consciousness occupies it’s own reality. We share the reality with “others”. Yet these “others” are actually “shadows” from other realities. We can see the others as shadows. They seem real enough to us, but that person’s consciousness is actually elsewhere within a completely different reality.

There are actually two aspects of “reality”. There is a visible reality, and an unseen reality. The unseen reality includes thoughts, emotions, heaven, and all sorts of things from radio waves to gravity.

Options we have.
The soul selects a “starting reality” at birth. This sets the stage for the soul to acquire experiences. The direction that the life-experiences take on is controlled by the thoughts, the emotions and the actions of the person that the consciousness inhabits.

Further, there is a physical body. And our soul connects to it using a mechanism known as consciousness.

Every moment is a change in reality…

Every moment that we live is a change in our reality. If we think one tiny thing, our reality adjusts accordingly. If we feel sad, our reality changes. Our reality is a on-going dynamic “bubble” that is constantly changing. The thing is that we do not stay in that reality. We move to a new reality with every change in thought, action, emotion or outside influence.

Reality modifications are generated by thoughts.
So while it might seem that we are sitting still in place, it is our thoughts that change the reality that surrounds us. So if you were to look at the “big picture” outside of our reality, what you would see is something like this. You would see a vector… an “arrow of time” that would move from one reality to another as determined by our thoughts, emotions and our actions.

Further, all the influences of others, and their thoughts change our reality as well. Thus, if you were to look at a clock, you would see your reality change. It would seem like you were sitting still, but in truth your entire reality was constantly changing in all sorts of ways.

Time is the movement of consciousness.
The passage of time is the movement of consciousness. Time is our consciousness being aware that it moves through the different realities. It seems like an “arrow of time”, as a directional vector. But that is just the illusion that it makes. There is no such thing as “times” as understood by the average person. Every instant, the consciousness moves to a new reality. They look identical to each other because the realities that are adjacent are nearly identical.

The passage of time is the movement of consciousness.

But, what about world-lines?

Now it should be understood that people who don’t understand our universe, and don’t understand what time is, would have the dickens of a time understanding what a “world-line” is. To them, they view it as a “different” universe. Like ours but somehow “different”. Well, it is and it isn’t.

But, it need not be confusing.

All a “world-line” is is the time vector as experienced by a given consciousness.

A world-line is a self identified vector of time.
We consider the “world-line” that we are on to be unique. It is simply the path that our consciousness makes as it moves through different realities. We ASSUME that everyone else shares this time vector, and thus we ASSUME that our “world-line” is shared with others. This is not the case. Each and every consciousness has it’s own passage of time and own “world-line”.

Each thought, emotion, or event that surrounds us (in the physical and non-physical) alters our reality. As such, then we realize that by controlling our thoughts and our actions…

…we can control the realities that we inhabit.

We can control the direction of our life and what manifests. It’s up to us. This shouldn’t be a big surprise. Many people have promoted this idea over the years. From The Secret, to the Intention Experiment, to the water studies of Dr. Masaru Emoto.

The difference here is that I argue that is is the fundamental mechanism that controls our reality. I argue that the consciousness is linked at a fundamental level with the reality that we inhabit.

More about thoughts…

This is both good and bad.

For instance, if we isolate the bad thoughts, and the bad and toxic people from our lives, we can start to inhabit new realities that are better. Likewise, if we don’t, and allow the bad things to affect our thoughts and moods, then bad things can occur.

Which is why I argue that everyone should shut off the American media. It is a toxic brew designed to manipulate, and it is plunging all of America into dark times. But, I digress…

Our life is driven by our thoughts.
The movement of our consciousness through he multiverse of realities is controlled by thought. It is our thoughts that open up the world of possibilities for us. We we think of the world as full of abundance and good things, then our reality will manifest that. If we think of hardship and terrible things, then our life will manifest that. Therefore, it is critically important that we control our thoughts.

However there is more to this than “what meets the eye”. You see, the unseen reality is much larger and more powerful than the seen and observed reality. While you might be successful in changing your observed physical reality, it will take some time to all the unseen reality to readjust.

The changes are never immediate.

That is because the thoughts of other “quantum shadows” influence the reality that we inhabit. It takes time to “pull away” and release from those other influences.

Leaving a clingy person.
This is a common enough event. There is a person who wants to be in a relationship with you. They could be a friend, a lover, or a co-worker. You decide that you don’t want them in your life. Yet, they refuse to let go. They cling to you.

For instance, let’s suppose you wanted to leave a relationship with a bad person. You stop talking to them, you stop seeing them, and you stop thinking about them. Yet, you wonder why your life doesn’t immediately spring up and improve…

…that is because their thoughts, their emotions and their actions are still influencing their unseen reality. This interaction and influence will also influence your unseen reality.

Missing others.
The actions of others, if their non-physical reality touches yours, will influence your life. This means that their thoughts, emotions, and non-physical behaviors will still continue to influence your life. So if you be neutral, or friendly and loving, the non-physical influences will be positive. No one is an island, but we can make it so that our interactions are positive.

The more influences in your life, the harder it will be to remove yourself from them. Be advised.

Once we are able to master this, then we can easily steer our life to be the kind of life that we desire…

We can manifest our desires through steering our consciousness.
If there was a life that we want to attain; whether it is a life full of love, wealth, happiness or whatever, this “golden life” is attainable within our world-line. We need to absolutely gain control of our thoughts. We must [1] Shut out the bad thoughts, and [2] focus on the good thoughts that create the golden reality that we desire. Shutting out the negativity is the hardest thing to do.

Shortcuts

Many people should be aware that you can take “shortcuts” to bypass the realities that we would normally encounter.

We can use shortcuts to manifest our desired reality quickly.
We can attain anything we desire on this earth within our reality through the control of our thoughts. However, we can take “shortcuts”. Here, certain techniques using energy to “bend” our reality and the “dimensional fabric” of our universe can permit us to egress in 5th, and 7th dimensional travel. We can refer to these techniques as either 5-delta or 7-delta.

We can, using certain techniques, “tunnel through” the adjacent realities to hit the “rich meat” of our desires. Many of these techniques require mechanisms or devices to work. I have covered these in other posts.

For instance, you can utilize a fixed portal. This consists of a device that can place a person anywhere in the universe at any time. It is big and bulky and requires some training to use…

Feducial Training

Or, you could end up like me, and utilize a biological artifice (EBP integrated with ELF implants) to alter your realities. The problem with this is that someone (or something) else is driving your experiences. Yikes!

Implantation
Probe Calibration - 1
Probe Calibration - 2

You could utilize a personal hand-held device to move about. There are all sorts of examples of this. Here, I show examples of 5th dimensional egress, as well as some more advanced 7th dimensional egress.

An Observed World-Line switch.

Or you could utilize a vehicle to do so. Here we talk about how it is done and why. Compared to the 5th and 7th dimensional egress, and the MWI portal, and EBP x ELF implants, this method is rather crude.

Vehicular world-line travel

In fact, if you want to study this issue in more depth, perhaps the John Titor saga might enlighten you…

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Conclusion

World line travel opens up all sorts of opportunities to understand our place within this universe. Fundamentally, we can understand how consciousness is connected and important to the soul. If we can embrace this understanding, then we have the ability to interact with other intelligent species and create environments for the mutual benefit of all.

There are many ways to break outside of the reality that we inhabit.

We can use thoughts and actions. We can control our emotions and the people around us. We can control what we read, what we watch and what we eat.

We can also use advanced techniques in the manipulation of energy and quantum behaviors to enable more radical and advanced methods of entering and leaving our realities. In fact, some of these techniques can result in severely different realities. Realities that are quite different from anything that we have experienced within our already experienced world-lines.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...
How to tell -2
Top Secrets
Sales Pitch
Feducial Training
Implantation
Probe Calibration - 1
Probe Calibration - 2
Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

ted Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...
How to tell -2
Top Secrets
Sales Pitch
Feducial Training
Implantation
Probe Calibration - 1
Probe Calibration - 2
Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Posts Regarding Life and Contentment

Here are some other similar posts on this venue. If you enjoyed this post, you might like these posts as well. These posts tend to discuss growing up in America. Often, I like to compare my life in America with the society within communist China. As there are some really stark differences between the two.

Link
Link
Link
Tomatos
Link
Mad scientist
Gorilla Cage in the basement
Link
Pleasures
Work in the 1960's
School in the 1970s
Cat Heaven
Corporate life
Corporate life - part 2
Build up your life
Grow and play - 1
Grow and play - 2
Asshole
Baby's got back
Link
A womanly vanity
The Warning Signs
SJW
Army and Navy Store
Playground Comparisons
Excuses that we use that keep us enslaved.

More Posts about Life

I have broken apart some other posts. They can best be classified about ones actions as they contribute to happiness and life. They are a little different, in subtle ways.

Being older
Link
Civil War
Travel
PT-141
Bronco Billy
r/K selection theory
How they get away with it
Line in the sand
A second passport
Paper Airplanes
Snopes
Taxiation without representation.
Link
Link
Link
Make America Great Again.
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
1960's and 1970's link
Democracy Lessons

Stories that Inspired Me

Here are reprints in full text of stories that inspired me, but that are nearly impossible to find in China. I place them here as sort of a personal library that I can use for inspiration. The reader is welcome to come and enjoy a read or two as well.

Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Here are the Secrets of the Universe.

When people discover what my role was in MAJestic, one of the first things that they ask me is whether or not I can “tell them the secrets of the universe”. After all, I was intimately entangled with another very ancient, and highly technology advanced species. Certainly, they argue, I must have learned something… Well, in a way, they are correct. I actually DID learn a thing or two. The problem is that the frame of reference is so unlike what we humans think that it sounds fantastical.

When I tell them this, most everyone says “try me”.

Well here is my post on this matter. The first thing that everyone must understand is that just about everything that we know, what we think and our assumptions about everything is pretty faulted. It is all pretty much false, and following our preconceived assumptions will lead us into confusion and into dead-ends.

What we think the Universe is…

Most people, not all, but most believe that the universe is shared. What we sense, either naturally or through our machines, describe our “known” universe. We measure changes to our universe by a device known as “time”. We consider it a “straight arrow” that cannot be undone.

Further, depending on our religious persuasions, we add elements of the “unseen” to this universe. These “unseen” elements can include Heaven, Hell, and various “planes of existence”. It’s all sort of like this. Look familiar?

Traditional understanding of the universe.
This is what the traditional view of what the universe is to most people today. All that we see, and sense is considered the “known” universe. We all exist within it together. It changes along a route that we refer to as “time”. Additionally, once our consciousness leaves this universe, it can go into other universes (depending on our actions) known as Heaven and Hell.

This is the traditional view of what the universe is. While there are variations from person to person, the concept of what it is pretty much stays the same.

Baptists, Methodists, and other Christians consider Heaven to be the “reward” for a God-Fearing life. Other religions, such as Islam and Buddha, describe it slightly differently and utilize different terms and avenues, but all pretty much follow the duality model: good vs. bad.

There are outliers, such as Satanists, Wicca, and their ilk that describe the unseen universes differently. They ascribe benefits to Hell rather than to Heaven. They also conjure up different avenues of behavior and rules. Never the less, they also follow the duality model.

Revisions to the Traditional Understandings

This model of the universe worked pretty good for a long, long time. We lived in a Newtonian world were science was formed through observation. What ever we observed within our reality, that defined the limits of our universe. And it worked well.

We developed fluid mechanics, airplanes, high-rise skyscrapers, radio and television. We put a man (actually a couple) on the Moon. Indeed, we thought that we had it all figured out.

That is, however, until we started to probe deeper and deeper into the secrets of our reality. We studied and peered deeper and deeper into what an atom is, and discovered that it wasn’t the smallest thing in the universe. In fact we discovered that it was made up of even smaller things…!

And when we peered into what made up these smaller things, we discovered that there were even much smaller things that they were made up of. We kept on digging, deeper and deeper. And as we dug down, we came up and made some very stunning discoveries.

We discovered the basement foundation from which our universe is made from. We call this understanding, and this area; “Quantum Physics”.

As we explored this “foundation” or “basement” we “unlocked” some secrets of the universe. In fact, much of what we discovered was so very strange that many in the sciences refused to accept it.

We discovered that reality; or our universe can be changed by thought. We discovered that time doesn’t really exist at all. We discovered that there are other world-lines and other time-lines, we discovered that anything and everything was possible. At which we then discovered that Heaven and Hell could actually exist.

People have tried to incorporate these discoveries in different ways to their understanding of the universe.

  • Some refused to accept it; like the MWI. “It doesn’t exist because it is not yet proven to my satisfaction”.
  • Others tried to incorporate it into their flawed understanding of the universe – creating a “Frankenstein” or bastardized model.
  • Others tried to accept it, but found themselves hampered as there have not yet been any kind of unified agreement as to what our reality is.

Many people, follow one or more of these behaviors – depending on their experiences, knowledge, and tendency to resist new information and change.

Here is (for instance) how many people try to incorporate the MWI (Many Word Interpretation) into their understanding of what the universe is…

How the MWI actually works.
This is how many people interpret what the MWI means relative to their (faulted) understanding of the universe. In their mind, it represents an infinite number of alternative “world-lines” representing every possible combination of our universe, as observed. Time still proceeds forward in their view point, even though they realize that by their calculations, it does not exist.

Consider “Time Traveler” Mr. John Titor

When “time traveler” Mr. John Titor entered our world-line, people naturally tried to fit his narrative and his story to their understanding of what reality is. (The ruling is still “out” whether or not he was a “real” time traveler. Here, we use him as an example.) He claimed that he had a “time machine” and could visit these alternative world-lines along the time track. In so doing, visiting them like we would take a boat and go from island to island, visiting and exploring.

It would look something like this…


Light in the sky. Here we can explain the mysteries and secrets of the universe.
Light in the sky. Here Here is the path that John Titor apparently took with his “time machine”. It is portrayed as understood by his fans (and detractors).

I do want to tell you, the reader this. Indeed, this type of travel, as described by John Titor, is indeed possible.

However, it is very limited. In his description of his dimensional displacement machine, it is clear that the VGL sensors and the gravity sensing is very crude. Obviously, his travel was limited to fifth-dimensional travel. As such, he would only be able to travel in his existing body to meet other on other world-lines. (That is a fundamental limitation of fifth dimensional transport.)

But, you know, you don’t have to limit yourself to that kind of travel.

That is because, he was forced to travel in that way due to the limitations of his equipment. So, from his point of view, it only looked that way (well, actually… he probably did understood the real nature of the universe.). To travel and maintain the reality of our universe, you need to understand it, and what it actually is.

We do not share a reality

Firstly and most importantly, what we see is NOT at all what there is.

The universe where we all share one universe; one reality is not true. We are not all individual consciousnesses all sharing one physical universe. It is not like this…

Wrong individual consciousnesses sharing the same reality.
Individual consciousnesses do not share the same reality. In fact, while it is possible that this could happen momentarily, it is exceedingly rare.

This understanding is faulty. This is not the way things work, and it is certainly not the way that the MWI operates.

Our physical world operates at the pleasure of our consciousness.

It is not the other way around; it is not where there is this big universe, and we are trapped within it. We do not join others when we are born and share the same universe. We do not look at others and see the physical manifestation of their consciousnesses. Instead, each consciousness operates within it’s very own, unique reality.

SECRET #1

The rule is this; there is only one consciousness for each reality. Having another consciousness within the reality that your consciousness occupies is exceedingly rare.

The rule is this; there is only one consciousness for each reality.

As such, the true nature of our universe looks quite different from what most people assume it to be…

There is only one consciousness.
There is only one consciousness per world-line reality. Indeed, there is an infinite number of realities. And, the vast majority of them are devoid of any kind of consciousness. It appears that we share the reality with others, but those “others” are “quantum shadows” of what another consciousness might do and act upon our reality. Note also that there is no such thing as time in this model. Time is actually the moment by moment natural migration of our consciousness through these world-lines.

Thus, the big “secret of the universe” is that the universe is not at all what it looks like.

The universe is a near infinite number of realities. We, our consciousness, moves in and out of those realities. This movement is perceived as time.

  • “Time” is the apparent movement through realities.
  • The direction of movement (selection of reality) is defined by our consciousness. It is determined by thought.
  • Thoughts steer our consciousness in and out of the various realities.

Our universe is defined by our consciousness. What we think about creates our reality. We can act upon those thoughts or not, but they will tend to shape what will happen to the reality that surrounds us.

What time actually is

Time is the perception that consciousness has to the changes within our reality. Remember, thoughts alter our reality. It is not only our consciousness, but the consciousnesses of others. While they might not share our reality their thoughts do have the ability to alter the changes that influence the reality we exist in.

Now…

Reality is not fixed. It is constantly changing. It is changing moment to moment. Each moment that change in our reality is perceived as “time”.

This is what “time” really is…

What the passage of time really is.
This is what “the passage of time” really is. Our thoughts change our universe. They change our reality. Not just the thoughts generated by our consciousness, but also the thoughts generated by other consciousnesses as well. thus, we actually move from one “bubble” or “snapshot” of reality to another. Each movement is a natural movement from one “world-line” to another. This is what time actually is. Time is the movement of consciousness from one momentary reality to another one with small variations.

SECRET #2

This is thus another 'secret of the universe". Time does not exist. Not mathematically, and not physically. It is the perception of our own individual consciousness as it moves from one "bubble of reality" to another.

Think of a movie reel. It consists of individual photos that are strung together. By changing the images you obtain the illusion of movement. That is what time is.

  • Each world-line in the MWI is like a frame in a movie.
  • The movement of the frames is viewed by consciousness as “time”.
What time actually is and how we naturally move through the various world-lines.
This is an illustration of what time actually is. Time does not exist. It is a perception that our consciousness has as it moves and weaves in and out of different world-lines. Here we use an old-fashioned movie reel projector to help illustrate this understanding.

Putting it all together

Since we now know how the universe works; we can now understand how one can conduct both “world-line” travel and a sub-set of it; “time travel”.

The best and “cleanest” way to conduct world-line travel is to control your thoughts and actions. You think good things, and your life eventually unfolds in the direction that your thoughts lead it towards. This will take time depending on your personal discipline as well as the thought influences of the consciousnesses (associated with the “quantum shadows”) surrounding you.

You can also utilize “brute force” physical methods to bend the reality that you inhabit. This is the method as described by Mr. John Titor, and the method that I describe as the “dimensional portal” that I utilized as part of my entry into MAJestic way back in 1981.

And let’s not leave out Mr. John Titor…

But… as so very exciting as this all is, the fact remains that this is all a very crude way to traverse the MWI.

The better way to traverse the MWI, provided that it is in alignment with our soul’s individualized objectives, is to conduct 7th dimensional egress. Not the more limiting 5th dimensional techniques. I discuss this in other posts…

Here, we utilize a more powerful technique. Instead of moving an entire physical body (with the consciousness) to a new world-line, we only move the consciousness. The consciousness then travels the MWI and occupies the associated physical container as necessary.

There are, of course, limitations and variations. Some individuals elect to migrate physical bodies and vehicles using this technology. That is a rather crude way of utilizing this technology, but it does have it’s advantages. What ever they may be.

Overall, you can easily identify 7th dimensional migration by the inability for the observer to witness entry or egress on to a world-line.

7th dimensional egress is noted by an inability to observe the action or entering or leaving reality.

MWI

Of course, when we start talking about world-line travel, especially the migration of consciousness, we need to understand what it is, and how it manifests. here is some very good discussions on this subject.

The Nature of the Universe

A great You-Tube Video

From an influencer…

Check out this YouTube link on the non-locality of the consciousness...


https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EXOX3RCpEbU


Sounds like exactly the way you describe it. 

Conclusion

When I am asked about the “secrets of the universe” I must admit that I do know quite a bit. I understand how things work on many levels, I understand the nature of man, of soul, and of the Heavens. I understand of our reality, and our place in the universe. But, you know, all this is meaningless unless you first understand that everything that you know, what you think you know, and what you are taught in most schools is wrong. It is wrong, wrong, wrong!

Of course, no one wants to hear this.

They don’t exist. Well, at not at least along the lines of popular literature and the on-going narrative.

People want to hear things that agree with their personal views, and their own personal understandings of the universe. They want to hear that you can buy your way into Heaven through charitable donations. They want to hear that being popular, famous or wealthy are elements of success. They want to hear that scientists have full control over our lives and fully understand the universe. They want to hear about Reptilians, and star children that will teach us the ways of the Heavens…. oh, yeah.

There are no Reptilians, or star beings. You might not want to hear this, but it is the truth.

There is no spiritual beings that is going to show you the way through “magic crystals” (that you can buy on-line for only $99.98.). There isn’t any shape-changing Reptilians that are secreting directing the United States government towards a one-world government. Nope. That idea is from certain very rich oligarchs. Extraterrestrials couldn’t care less.

Seriously. They don’t give a flying fuck about that. Seriously.

OK. Later on I discuss some of these more “physical” issues that everyone is concerned about. I will cover Global warming or global cooling….(what ever is the popular narrative at the time). I will cover bases on Mars, and technology transfer. I will cover biological sampling (you all refer to them as “abductions”). I will cover various OOPARTS and of course, why humans are going (apparently) “bat-shit crazy” right now (It’s a sentience sorting behavior.)

All that will come in time. But, not today.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...
How to tell -2
Top Secrets
Sales Pitch
Feducial Training
Implantation
Probe Calibration - 1
Probe Calibration - 2
Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...
How to tell -2
Top Secrets
Sales Pitch
Feducial Training
Implantation
Probe Calibration - 1
Probe Calibration - 2

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Links about China

Business KTV
Dance Craze
End of the Day Potato
Dog Shit
Dancing Grandmothers
When the SJW movement took control of China
Family Meal
Freedom & Liberty in China
Ben Ming Nian
Beware the Expat
Fake Wine
Fat China

China and America Comparisons

SJW
Playground Comparisons
The Last Straw
Diversity Initatives
Democracy
Travel outside
10 Misconceptions about China
Top Ten Misconceptions

Learning About China

Pretty Girls 1
Pretty Girls 2
Pretty Girls 3
Pretty Girls 4
Pretty Girls 5

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.


John Titor – Full Text of his TTI Board Transcripts (Part 8)

From the late 1990’s until around 2001, the Internet was “rocked” by the sudden appearance and subsequent disappearance of a Mr. John Titor.  This person claimed to be a “time traveler” by using inter-dimensional travel.

He posted his thoughts and opinions on numerous time travel BBS.

He was rapidly dismissed as a hoax, in unity, by all the major debunking organizations, and his posts mysteriously disappeared off the Internet.  Since then, all the sources that he posted on all found that their files related to John Titor were all corrupted and could not be reclaimed.

That was the case for over a decade.

Then, in 2014, a number of private individuals managed to piece together independently saved dialogs relating to John Titor. They constructed numerous websites that hosted these reclaimed dialogs, and posted them on the Internet for others to view.

Presented here are recovered posts from the Internet collected in 2014.  This posting concerns the TTI BBS board. As John Titor posted on numerous “time travel” boards. Metallicman posts 5, 6 and 7 concern a different BBS.

It is not known if any posts have been deleted or altered.  They are presented as they were found by the author. These posts are independent from the other collections presented on this website previously and includes information not presented elsewhere.

Important Warning

The information within this series of posts are speculative. I have no factual information if this John Titor is what he claimed to be. It is presented herein as the only (or maybe, one of the only) sources that claim to be associated with the vehicles that pop in and out of our reality from time to time.

 

He was, as far as I know, never associated with MAJestic in any way.

Original John Titor Posts – Part 8 – Transcripts D

Here are the original John Titor posts from the TTI Board. Obtained from HERE.

This thread has been saved from the TTI board. It no longer exists on that board because the administrator said it became corrupted and they had to delete it. This thread it is here only for archival and historical purpose and for your reading enjoyment.

TimeTravel_0 is John Titor.

John Titor dialog is in normal text, text by others are italicized. Metallicman corrected spelling and some punctuation to make the text easier to read and understand. For unedited text, please refer to the source.

  •  John Titor dialog is in normal text in brown color, text by others are normal.
  • When referencing other non-Titor questions, green color is used.
  • Purple color is for non-related text.
  • Metallicman comments are in red color.

    TTI Board Introductory Statement(s)

    This is the introductory statement on the TTI board. As the reader can tell, it makes all kinds of interesting statements in accordance with conventional understandings of reality. However, reality is not as what is conventionally understood. Therefore, most of what is presented is just simply nonsense.

    Time-travel Paradoxes!
    
    Author Topic: Time-travel Paradoxes!
    
    Paul (Paul Member posted 23 October 2000 05:14)
    
    THE PARADOXES…
    
    If you went back in time and visited your granny during her ninth birthday don’t kill her! Because if you put a gun to her head and pull the trigger she could not have given birth to your mum. YOU certainly were never born…
    
    Therefore you could not have killed anyone as you never existed. Now this means your granny couldn’t have been killed by you. She didn’t die nine years old. This permits you to be born.
    
    If you were born could you go back and kill your granny? No, not your real granny. This general idea has been used in Back to the future. Marty nearly stops himself from being born when he prevents his parents from falling in love.
    
    [The reader can plainly see that this entire scenario is based on the single premise that there is only ONE reality, and that it is SHARED. As such, there is an "arrow of time" that flows in one direction. 
    
    This premise is terribly flawed as that is not how the universe works. 
    
    However, for archival purposes, we will elect to continue to follow this narrative to see how Mr. John Titor jumps in and enters in this dialog.- Metallicman]
    
    Solving The Problem
    
    1, You simply can’t change history meaning if you go back in time you have no free will (as shown in Twelve Monkeys, Crime Traveler etc.) Events will get in your way if you try to kill your granny. YOU CAN’T DO IT.
    
    2, When you so-called change history you’re actually moving up a different branch in time into another universe. The previous universe (where you were born) still exists. When you fire the gun you’re really killing another version of your grandmother.
    
    3, Any actions you make in the so-called past has no affects on the present. It’s a different time-line universe.
    
    The laws true solutions don’t present real time-travel as you go into another world.
    
    Conclusion
    
    We can’t simply use the grandmother paradox to rule out time-travel claiming it causes logical inconsistencies. We need to look at all the possibilities.

    The author, Paul, then goes forward with his ideas on building a “time machine”. So that a person who inhabits a “shared ultimate reality” can move forward and backward along the entropic path…

    How could we build a time machine?
    
    The mathematics of general relativity suggest that under extreme conditions space-time might become so warped it would be possible to travel back in time. There is also the possibility of tunnels in time created by negative mass.
    
    [1] Very long rotating cylinders of matter-proposed by Frank Tipler
    
    [2] Kerr’s spinning black-holes since most stars spin this becomes worth looking (proposed by Roy Kerr).
    
    [3] Cosmic strings-(as Richard Cott suggested)
    
    [4] Traveling faster than light – would take us back in time(as suggested by solutions to relativity). Wormholes might allow us to outpace light (if you walk through the short cut quicker than light through conventional (normal) space.
    
    [5] Tachyon  -are sub-atomic particles which always travel faster than light and therefore move back in time constantly. They have not yet been found and remain hypothetical.
    
    [6] Contracting Universe- Time might then be running backwards but since everything else also would it’s unsuitable.
    
    [7] Macro-wormholes(Kip Thorne showed how we could use it as a time machine).

Now, of course, all these “solutions” are ingenious and curious. But they are all faulted. As they rely on a universe the DOES NOT EXIST. There is no such thing as a shared universe. There are actually individual realities that are occupied by an individual consciousness.

Never the less, let’s continue with this fiction…

time – paradox

Paradoxes

Grandfather paradox

Suppose you could go back in time, lets say several decades and found your grandfather when he was two years old. In his house you could grab a knife and stab him to death. 

He doesn’t get the chance to have children with your grandmother. 

Therefore either your mother or father doesn’t get born. 

Your parents can’t give birth to you because one of them don’t exist. 

You could never have been born and don’t even exist. 

But could your grandfather have been killed by someone who doesn’t exist? He must have lived through his childhood. This would allow you to exist if this is the case. Seemingly you can go back in time to commit the murder if you are born but then you would never have been born. And so on and so on. This situation is not consistent with itself. It doesn’t make sense and can’t possibly happen.

So, then the author; Paul, continues and offers solutions to this faulted narrative. Since the basis of his understanding is terribly in error, the solutions seem to be problematic and contentious.

Solutions

1, You simply can’t change the past. Time will stop you limiting your freedom while you’re in the past from your point of view. This puts the concept of freewill in serious danger especially if you tell people what’s going to happen to them in their future. If you believe when you go back in time you are from one possible future from everyone else’s point of view they can simply go up any root in time they want.

According to quantum physics Many Worlds theory there are a huge amount of universes where every possibility occurs between them all. In some you’re the opposite sex. In some you won the lottery etc.

[It's things like this that drive me so frustratingly crazy. Yes, the MWI (the Multi-Worlds Theory) does exist and it is a reality. However, don't use it and apply it to your falted understanding of the universe. It replaces what you consider the universe to be.

Instead of one shared universe with a direction arrow of time, that somehow the MWI offers alternatives to...

We have the MWI alone. A consciousness sits within one of an infinite number of realities. Using the proper techniques, you can move about these realities. To the consciousness it may appear that we are traveling in and out of time and in and out of alternative universes. -Metallicman.]

You might be heading towards the universe you originally came from before you traveled back in time. Everything will happen the way you remember it. But all the people you meet are free to decide what they want to do and enter a different universe. Since it’s not possible for you to be there you disappear from their lives. Meeting a time traveler from your future could therefore be very strange.

2, A parallel universe might be created when you seem to change the past. Imagine if time itself was just like a tree. The different branches show different ways events could have happened. Every time we decide to do or not to do something time splits. Even if we are not aware we decided something it have affects. Quantum physics reveals a many worlds theory like this.

Blackboard
In the movie series “Back to the future” this situation is illustrated plainly. Here, we see the Doctor explaining this kind of divergence on a blackboard to Marty.

He continues using this faulted reasoning…

Conclusion

Since this parallel universe is not really your past (despite it’s first appearance) anything you do there does not affect you. You can prevent a version of yourself from being born because you are not really related to anyone there. They just look very like your family and friends. You are not home! You may be somewhere that looks like the place you live but a different universe in quantum physics is a completely different reality.

[Yes, it is not really your past.

Firstly, you are in a new world-line. If you occupy a new body that conforms to that reality, you would inherit the new scars, hair styles, aches and pains, and memories of the new "you". Right?

As such, you would have no memories of your prior world-line.

But that is NOT what happens.

Firstly, memories are retained in the quantum sphere that lies OUTSIDE of our reality. Thus, your consciousness can occupy any new body and look and act the same, but your old memories would be retained. So if you enter a world-line where everyone speaks Russian, and you came from a world-line where everyone spoke English, you would be in for a big shock. You would not be able to speak Russian.

Now, the good thing is that the migration from one reality to another is natural. It is the way our universe actually works. We consider it the "arrow of time". Every moment we move from the "old" reality to a "new" reality depending on our thoughts. (As well as the thoughts of nearby consciousnesses.)

My MAJestic ELF and EBP machinations through the Oxia Palus facility artifice operated this way, except it utilized seventh dimensional egress technology. MAJestic empowered the <redacted> to have autonomous control over my reality switches in exchange for advanced technology.

My consciousness occupied a new body and inherited a new situation that my old memories would have to adjust towards.

Now, the 5th dimensional egress portal operated differently. Here, we have a transport device that perfected time and geographical transport. Through utilization of this device, it would be possible to enter new world-lines where you could conceivably meet yourself, and alter that timeline. 

While this is the entire argument that the John Titor saga, and this particular section of the narrative is all about, it has been my experience that meeting yourself (two "you's" in one reality) is a trivial condition and easily avoided.

As such, it lends me to disbelieve the John Titor story... Except his description of his machine is indicative of a fairly crude mechanism. Which then leads me to reconsider... Oh, well. -Metallicman]

3, No matter what you do in what is really a parallel universe you will do back to your previous universe which is not affected by your previous actions. A space-time wormhole could lead you back to your original unaffected universe.

What came out of the wormhole if the ball never went into it?

Another common example of a paradox is a ball that goes through a wormhole connected with a moment in the past. Therefore it comes out of the other space-time wormhole mouth actually before it went in! Then what might happen? If the ball then hits it’s younger self out of the way of the mouth then it never goes in. But if the ball never did go in the wormhole then how can it ever come out. The existence of the older version of the ball is destroyed i.e. it never falls back in time. But then this version certainly can’t hit the younger version out of the way. So it must go into the wormhole as a collision with it’s older self is evidently the only force that could and did stop the ball from entering the wormhole. This of course is unexplainable and is logically inconsistent.

[Which should tell you a lot about the faulted understanding of our universe. But NO! It is just ignored as a "problem" with the logic in the understanding. People, we need to listen and think. 

The first thing we need to do is throw away the outdated and obsolete understanding of what our universe it. Our assumptions are wrong and results in many dead-ends for scientific pursuit. -Metallicman.]

Continuing with the TTI introduction…

But the situation could happen differently to allow it to become self consistent.

1, What if after the ball comes out of the wormhole at an earlier time it does hit it’s previous self but this collision is what makes the ball fall into the mouth in the first place! It hits the other version into the mouth. This would imply that the past or present is affected by the future. In fact in this case the past is dependent on the future.

2, The ball might simply hit it’s other self only slightly so the direction of the ball is not altered enough to cause a paradox.

3, The ball might just miss it’s younger self.

Nature might protect time and prevent paradoxes. From theories and many stories it’s clear that paradoxes cannot happen in the real world.

[This is getting silly. Paradoxes are what occurs when our understanding of reality does not match the true reality. -Metallicman.]

The author continues…

Other types of paradoxes

In the terminator movies John had something important to tell Sarah. Thank her for her help through the hell. Tell her not to give up or he will never exist.

Who wrote the speech?

John certainly didn’t write it. He was told it since he was a kid from Sarah who could remember it. Sarah just recalls what Kyle told her in 1984. Kyle just remembered what John told him to say.

Obviously there are many misunderstandings of what our universe is, what reality is, and how our soul and consciousness interacts with Heaven.

Conclusion

No one wrote it. It exists somehow but not by John, Kyle or Sarah being creative. No one had to write it because it was created by the affect the future on the past had on each other.

If I in 2000 study the history of work done in a private factory and learn about the development of a time machine! Their scientists worked from designs and plans noted in a book (never published)they used. They had no idea how to achieve such technology until they read it.

Then to experiment with temporal(time) paradoxes I am sent back to 1983. The entire building has not even been built as I arrive. Later accidentally I meet one of the scientists and talk to him. When I hear how excited he is I hand him that book which he uses future success. The answers! He is more than willing to read and use the book.

But who came up with the idea of how the time machine is built?

Not any of the scientists as they just followed instructions in that book.

Not me as all I did was hand a scientist a book. No one actually wrote the book and no one had to work it out.

Is this allowed by physical laws?

No one really knows…

——————

Paul Curran from Co Derry, Ireland

[This message has been edited by Paul (edited 12 January 2001).]

[This message has been edited by Paul (edited 23 January 2001).]

IP: Logged

After that introduction by Paul Curran from Co Derry, Ireland, we see the activity on the TTI BBS…

NoTime unregistered posted 23 October 2000 13:06

——————————————————————————–

There is no grandfather paradox in the multiverse scenario. In a multiverse, your grandfather’s multiple histories included many in which he was not murdered and many in which he was murdered.

Those many histories in which he was murdered included some involving different male or female murderers who killed him. It’s possible that you were one of those murderers in one of your previous lifetimes or incarnations.

IP: Logged

SHADOWshadow unregistered posted 24 October 2000 22:37

——————————————————————————–

Paradox can’t hold a candle to “twinadox”. That's when you time travel back and MARRY your grandmother and become your own grandpaw. What if you had a twin brother and the THREE of you all show up one day, wich one is the other you? How do you know that there shouldn’t be four of you and somebodys missing? Cheesh man!! I’m going to get some sleep, and try not to read this thread next time…er wait a minute, on the other hand………the me in a paralell reality may infulence me to change my mind………….

IP: Logged

1.21 Jiga-watts unregistered posted 25 October 2000 16:05

——————————————————————————–

Let’s get away from traveling to the past for a moment. Let’s look at what was made popular in Back to the Future pt 2, where Marty sees his son, or his girlfriend sees herself.

It cannot happen! 

If you left time, you would be considered ‘missing’, or dead. The truth is, you don’t exist from the point in which you lept forward in time. You therefore cannot see yourself, or your son, because you stopped existing at that point in the past where you left.

Is this a proper paradox? Is there any reasoning I am missing that says you can see your future self?

Look forward to responses.

1.21 Jiga-watts

IP: Logged

NoTime unregistered posted 25 October 2000 16:32

——————————————————————————–

True. If you leave this time, you will not be here until you return. But, if you are alive in the future as you were alive in the past, then you could visit yourself because you are there. Your present self is different from your past or future self. This definitely applies to the past because you know you lived in the past and if you can go there, then you can visit yourself.

IP: Logged

Crono Member posted 25 October 2000 17:52

——————————————————————————–

I think there is two ways to look at this Jiga Watts. The first one is where you can actually change the past so it effects the future. If you were presumed dead in the future, then you could go back to the time right after you left and nothing would have been changed. However if you leave again, it will just be the same as before.

The second one is where you can’t change the past, and you’ll only be creating a parallel universe. What used to be your future is now your present, and since what used to be your present is now your past, you can’t change the past, so you’ll still be presumed dead at when you left off. And so you can still go back in the past and live there as usual, you won’t be changing the future.

I think that’s how those theories go.

IP: Logged

Paul Member posted 26 October 2000 06:27

——————————————————————————–

It is very interesting what would happen if you left the present and reached the future. In The Time Machine the time travelers asks about himself and people claim he went missing when he left on his journey through time.

It seems like an BTTF2 Marty was taken away in 1985 so his kids and everything couldn’t exist in 2015…

But the existence of his kids might just be evidence that they will later return to 1985 to do all those things! This would imply that everything they are going to do have already been decided!

It became clear the the future is NOT set as Doc claimed the future hasn’t been written yet. So how could they travel into what does not exist? Even when Marty went to 1955 he must have been from the future from some people’s point of view?

The future they traveled to might just have been one possible future! In the quantum many worlds theory there are an infinite amount of futures where every possibility occurs…

——————

Paul Curran

IP: Logged

Cocurious unregistered posted 26 October 2000 08:16

——————————————————————————–

In response to 1.21 jiga-watts. If you go into the future and see yourself, then by rights you will succeed in whatever you are doing in the future, and make it back to the present. If you don’t see yourself, then one could assume that you never made it back to your own time in the present.

IP: Logged

NoTime unregistered posted 26 October 2000 13:22

——————————————————————————–

In some probabilities, you traveled to the future and made it back, in others you did not make it back. In some probabilities you are alive in a future time and in others you are not alive. A multiverse contains all possibilities and all combinations of possibilities.

If you can travel to the future, you can meet a future self or not, depending on which probable future you go to.

IP: Logged

NoTime unregistered posted 26 October 2000 13:27

——————————————————————————–

…also, in a multiverse containing all possibilities, you can’t change anything because whatever changes you try to make are already there as one of the possibilities.

IP: Logged

1.21 Jiga-Watts unregistered posted 30 October 2000 09:53

——————————————————————————–

Thank you all for your responses. It’s a fascinating discussion, to be sure, and one that seemingly has endless possibilities.

I’m pretty set on the paradox I raised, however. It just doesn’t seem possible that you can see your future self.

I’ll check in every now and then. Continue in your hypothesizing!

1.21 Jiga-Watts

IP: Logged

OK. Here’s where John Titor popped in to join in the discussion…

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 02 November 2000 01:16

TimeTravel_0——————————————————————————–

Wow! Paul is right on the money. I was just about to give up hope on anyone knowing who Tipler or Kerr was on this world-line.

By the way, #2 is the correct answer and the basics for time travel start at CERN in about a year and end in 2034 with the first “time machine” built by GE. 

Too bad we can’t post pictures or I’d show it to you.

——————————————–

No Problem!!…….”Wherever you go, there you are, and I’ll be waiting.”

p)’i4q4

——————————————–

[This message has been edited by Time02112 (edited 19 November 2000).]

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 02 November 2000 05:48

——————————————————————————–

TimeTravel_0-

Guess what? You can put pictures on Doc’s board… we would like to see it.

here is the URL: http://pub2.ezboard.com/bmagisystems

Im sure he would be more than happy to post the picture for you. He is the moderator for the montauk section on this web site.

Look forward to seeing your picture!

thanks,

pamela

[This message has been edited by pamela (edited 02 November 2000).]

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 02 November 2000 08:55

——————————————————————————–

Is there a site where I don’t need to register personal information to post pictures?

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 02 November 2000 12:26

——————————————————————————–

Time travel_0-

I am registered on Doc’s site.

you can send it to me and I will post it for you.and if you want you can always set up a new e-mail account and only use it once.

There may be a site where you could post the picture with no info but I personally don’t know of any. because of what people would put up with no accountability.

any other info you give will remain confidential . besides your IP address is already logged on this forum when you post. I’ll help you out if you want. or you could just e-mail Doc yourself I'm sure he would put it up for you without registering. just explain the situation to him. I feel he is very trustworthy. Actually he posted someone else's picture anonymously that claimed he built a time machine. his name was “director”. that's it.

sincerely,

pamela

pamela2@raex.com




IP: Logged

Dymenzionz Moderator posted 02 November 2000 14:53

——————————————————————————–

What the Hell’s a jiga-watt?

(gigawatt)

🙂

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 02 November 2000 18:27

——————————————————————————–

I’ll be happy to send them to you and answer any questions you may have.

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 02 November 2000 19:09

——————————————————————————–

Time Travel_0- “confirming”.

Dymenzionz- HI!!!!! Good to see ya back!

sincerely,

pamela

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 04 November 2000 05:24

——————————————————————————–

TimeTravel_0-

your pictures are posted as promised and can be found here:

http://pub2.ezboard.com/bmagisystems

click on the topic- timelords anonymous

and it is titled: anonymous gravity/time device pictures.

sincerely,

pamela

THANKS DOC!

[This message has been edited by pamela (edited 04 November 2000).]

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 05 November 2000 03:29

——————————————————————————–

Questions for timetravel_0 with permission to post.

Pamela:

by the way can you tell me what it feels like to time travel? when you are in the process of doing it what does it feel like and what do you see and hear. you made mention that you had to get use to the fields. Do you see a bright flash of light?

Timetravel_0:

Interesting first question. The unit has a ramp up time after the destination coordinates are fed into the computers. An audible alarm and a small light start a short countdown at which point you should be secured in a seat. 

The gravity field generated by the unit overtakes you very quickly.

You feel a tug toward the unit similar to rising quickly in an elevator and it continues to rise based on the power setting the unit is working under. At 100% power, the constant pull of gravity can be as high as 2 Gs or more depending on how close you are to the unit. There are no serious side effects but I try to avoid eating before a flight.

No bright flash of light is seen. 

Outside, the vehicle appears to accelerate as the light is bent around it. We have to wear sunglasses or close our eyes as this happens due to a short burst of ultraviolet radiation. Personally I think it looks like your driving under a rainbow.

After that, it appears to fade to black and remains totally black until the unit is turned off. 

We are advised to keep the windows closed as a great deal of heat builds up outside the car. The gravity field also traps a small air pocket around the car that acts as your only O2 supply unless you bring compressed air with you. This pocket will only last for a short period and a carbon sensor tells us when it’s too dangerous. 

The C204 unit is accurate from 50 to 60 years a jump and travels at about 10 years an hour at 100% power.

You do hear a slight hum as the unit operates and when the power changes or the unit turns off. There is a great deal of electrical crackling noise from static electricity.

Pamela: 

1. what are some of your memories of 2036?

Timetravel_0: 

I remember 2036 very clearly. It is difficult to describe 2036 in detail without spending a great deal of time explaining why things are so different. 

In 2036, I live in central Florida with my family and I’m currently stationed at an Army base in Tampa. A world war in 2015 killed nearly three billion people. The people that survived grew closer together.

Life is centered around the family and then the community. I can not imagine living even a few hundred miles away from my parents. There is no large industrial complex creating masses of useless food and recreational items. Food and livestock is grown and sold locally. People spend much more time reading and talking together face to face. 

Religion is taken seriously and everyone can multiple and divide in the heads.

Pamela: 

2. can you send me more of the manual?

Timetravel_0: 

I will considering it but I do not expect they are worth anything to most people except as a curiosity.

Pamela: 

3.what would happen if you would meet yourself on another world line?

Timetravel_0: 

It has always surprised me why that concept is so hard for people to imagine and accept. Nothing would happen. 

The universe would not end and there are no paradox problems that threaten existence. 

Temporal space-time is made up of every possible quantum state. The Everett Wheeler model is correct. 

I have met and/or seen myself twice on different world lines. The first was a training mission and the second is now. I was born in 1998 so the other “me” is 2 on this world line. 

There is a saying where I come from….Every possible thing that can happen or will happen has already happened somewhere.

Pamela: 

4.How is this world line different from your own?

Timetravel_0: 

For starters….the fact that I’m here makes it different. 

I’ve also noticed little things like news events that happen at different times, football games won by other teams…things like that. 

I would guess the temporal divergence between this world line and my original is about 1 or 2 percent. Of course, the longer I am here, the larger that divergence becomes from my point of view.

[You start with 1-2% divergence, and stay for three years, are involved in Y2K, and post on an Internet chat forum or TWO. Yeah, you will really cause some divergences. You can bet on it. - Metallicman]

Pamela: 

5.Is the vehicle a jeep?

Timetravel_0: 

No…its a 1967 Chevrolet..

Pamela: 

6.Are you having normal dreams right now? any out of body experiences? drawing you to different times? Do you dream you wake up in other places and other times?

TimeTravel_0: 

No strange dreams or other experiences. Everything is pretty much the way I expected it.

Pamela: 

7.are you able to control where you go or is it random?

Timetravel_0: 

Yes, it can be controlled. However, the distortion unit has operational limits. 

Imagine your path through time is through a cone. The farther away from the center of the cone, the more differences you will see in the world line. 

The C204 begins to “break away” at about 60 years. This means the level of confidence drops rapidly after 60 years of travel and the world line divergence increases. 

In other words, if I wanted to go back 2000 years and meet Christ, there is a better than average chance I would end up on a world line where he was never born. 

The computer units and gravity sensors “record” your trip and you are quite easily able to return to your point of origin. I am aware that research is being done on faster units with more accurate clocks. I imagine that they will be able to go back farther with a higher degree of divergence confidence.

Pamela: 8. 

are you feeling drawn back to your own time or are you stable in this world?

Timetravel_0: 

I’m not sure what you mean by stable. If you mean mentally…there are many things that bother me here but being with my parents right now is important to me. Physically, the only thing really wrong is the number of colds I get.

Pamela: 

9.Are you able to go back to your own world line?

Timetravel_0: 

Yes.

Pamela: 

10.how are you protecting yourself from radiation? it alters DNA if you dont.

Timetravel_0: 

I’m not sure what radiation you mean. If you mean from the unit, you can see it vents X-rays and Gamma radiation out of the rear. As long as you stay away from that, you should be okay. I keep a radiation detector with me to check my environment and make sure the unit isn’t “leaking”.

Pamela: 

11.How long would you say that ultraviolet radiation lasts? about 10 seconds? and when you are in that light can you see anything around you or does the light kind of “fill up” everything and that is all you can see at then time?

Timetravel_0: 

The light bending only lasts a second. Its like driving under a tunnel and being in total black.

Pamela: 

12.Do your people know where you are right now? Can you communicate with them? do you have a biological implant?

Timetravel_0: 

No. They do not know where I am and I can not communicate with them. 

Interesting idea though. From their point of view, I will return almost exactly at the same moment I left. From their viewpoint, I will only have aged more than expected.

Pamela: 

13. after the flash of light is gone are you then in another time? What does it look like as the new time unfolds? Is it just there? or does it slowly come into view? does it fade in and out for a time?

Timetravel_0: 

While the machine is on. Everything is black. When the machine is turned off, it is the reverse affect. It appears you are driving out from a bridge. To tell you the truth, I’m usually sleeping when the unit turns off but yes…it does appear that the world fades in from black.

Pamela: 

14. what happens if the device messes up? Do you end up in space? if it goes offline and shifts ? does a hole open elsewhere?

Timetravel_0: 

Good question!!! That one almost never comes up. 

The hard part of traveling through time is not the bending of gravity but the plotting of your course and holding to the basic “position” in your environment. 

This is done through a system called VGL (variable gravity lock). 

Basically, the unit takes a reading of the local gravity and samples it during the “trip” in pulses. If the gravity is too far off, the unit stops or reverses itself to the last sample period where the readings were correct. 

If there is some sort of failure, the unit shuts down and drops out to where ever you may be.

Pamela: 

15. what affects are caused on the immediate area where the gravity has been distorted after you leave it and when you arrive? are there permanent effects left on the land such as electromagnetic disturbances in that area?

Timetravel_0: 

Another good question!!! The only real physical trace is a large chunk of ground missing from the point of origin and a large pile of dirt at the destination. The gravity field surrounds a small portion of the earth under you and takes it along for the ride. There is really no way around this.

Please feel free to post these if you wish.

IP: Logged

Shadow unregistered posted 05 November 2000 20:08

——————————————————————————–

Pam, did you ask about going forward in time? Do you need an invite from a future traveler? Where did MR. 0 get the ’67 chevy?

Bringing chunks of ground along with you as you casually rewrite the history of entire worlds? I guess that's why Docs’ Delorian was fitted with levitation equipment, to make a fast get away from angry property owners having to fill and grade every time he time jumps.

TimeLine 2015; STOP THE PRESSES!! 3 Billion Killed!!! Oh the presses are already stopped? Now if he time traveled *before* the planet was pulverized it would be a bit more believable.

Does Mr. 0 work for GE? Maybe he owns some GE stock. Speaking of stocks we could all use a hot tip from the guy that already knows who’s going to be the next Cisco, Coke or Microsoft.

Most importantly why would Mr. 0 want to talk the likes of us?

IP: Logged

Draco2 unregistered posted 06 November 2000 08:59

——————————————————————————–

Hey TIMETRAVEL_0!!

That’s a very interesting experience you are describing!! I have one question for you, and that is in regards to the climactic of the earth in 2034, had the polar ice caps melted, as they are now doing at an accelerated rate in this current time.

[This poster is asking about Global Warming. - Metallicman.]

Sincerely, Draco

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 06 November 2000 09:04

——————————————————————————–

In response to Shadow:

Perhaps it’s a bit easier to understand why time travelers do not revel themselves.

Yes, you can travel forward in time. No, you do not need an “invite” from the future. I first saw the car in 2036. The idea was to find a vehicle that would not draw too much attention for the time period. Unfortunately, there were not very many suitable vehicles around in 2036 and I sold the car when I arrived in 2000.

You do not rewrite history. 

I can only affect what happens here just as easily as you can. Why do people in this time period worry so much about time traveler’s destroying their world line when they have no problem doing it themselves every day?

My goal is not to be believed. 

Most people do not take news of the war very well but I find that everyone believes it’s inevitable. Even in your own history, are not great inventions and discoveries made during a time of war in your effort to kill and main in new and more efficient ways?

No, I do not work for GE or any other company. 

Are “stock tips” really the first thing you want to know about in the future? As a representative of your time period, do you realize what that says about you? You should probably know that this time is not remembered for its selflessness, charity or ability to work together.

Why would I want to talk to you? 

Why don’t you believe you have something interesting or worthwhile to say to someone in the future?

Mr. “O”

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 06 November 2000 09:08

——————————————————————————–

To Draco:

No, the ice caps are not melting any faster than they are now. There is also far less smog and industrial waste in 2036.

[In his home world-line, there is no evidence for Global Warming. - Metallicman.]

IP: Logged

Draco2 unregistered posted 06 November 2000 10:28

——————————————————————————–

Hey TimeTravel_0!!!

So then what you’re saying is that our current computer models are wrong about Glacial and Polar Ice Cap melting, even though they are going by our current emissions rate and projected emissions of the growth of fossil fuels consumption?? 

While Global Warming is factually happening and even if we stopped burning fossil fuels today and stopped destroying the rain forests today, the impact that is already altered our planetary climate would not stop today as the ball is already rolling. 

The toxins in the ozone layer and the earths lessening inability to create oxygen, due to the catastrophic daily destruction of the rain forests that give us most of our oxygen, would take longer than beyond the year 2036 to repair itself, even with our help. 

I find it amazing that if you throw a WWIII into the equation, one devastating enough to cause the death of 3 Billion people, would not add to the acceleration of Global Warming and raise the sea level to the point where in 2036 most of Florida will be underwater. Help me understand what reversed this impending climatic catastrophe..

Sincerely, Draco

[This poster has fully bought into the Global Warming hoax. He laid out his concerns and reasoning. He is asking for an elaboration on the answer from John Titor. - Metallicman.]

IP: Logged

Janus Member posted 06 November 2000 14:01

——————————————————————————–

Ok, Mr. 0 . First things: you have to realize that people will be hostile toward you when you make such a big claim. What reason have we to believe you? But, enough thought experiments occur here anyways, so…

I don’t think any era in history has been particularly noted for its compassion or selflessness. Why should we be any different?

Ok, so why not give us stock tips? You said you weren’t worried about polluting the timeline, right?

As for rewriting history, the normal objection is causality. But, if you use multiple-universe theory, then it’s all good. My question is, how do you get back to your proper universe – you said you’re very close to your family – how come another jump wouldn’t just send you into some third, different universe?

And, finally: what happens if you go back in time to a time when, right where you were standing, there was a giant cement block? Do you just appear inside of it and die? Or do you get pushed away?

Thanks,

Janus.

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 06 November 2000 16:43

——————————————————————————–

To Draco:

You asked about the North Polar ice pack. I never said the environment wasn’t a problem. Doesn’t water expand when it freezes? If the polar ice cap melted, wouldn’t sea level go down? I don’t know if there’s enough ice for this to make a difference and I’m not an expert on global warming.

Mr. “0”

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 06 November 2000 17:26

——————————————————————————–

To Janus:

Yes, I realize people become hostile. I don’t expect anyone to believe me and I have nothing to sell. I take no offense by it. Just out of curiosity, if you were a time traveler, what do you think it would take to get people to believe you?

I suppose we could agree that no particular era in history is famous for its development of humanity but just once I would like to hear questions like, 

What is family life like in the future? 
How does society deal with poverty? 
Is AIDS, abortion and drug use still a problem?

Why don’t I give you a stock tip? The money you make would dilute the intelligence and forethought that a smart person had in picking the stock all by themselves. If I told you how to get rich, I would be taking money from them and giving it to you.

Getting back to my “proper” universe is tricky but possible. Yes, another jump would take me to a different family.

Cement block…good question. The hard part of traveling to other world lines is just that. There is a system of clocks and gravity sensors that sample the environment before dropping out. Its called VGL, (variable gravity lock). If a cement block were there, the machine would “backtrack” until it sensed relative congruity to the original gravity sample. A great deal of time and effort goes into picking just the right spot since you can not physically move during a displacement.

Mr. “0”

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 06 November 2000 22:13

——————————————————————————–

posted with permission:

TimeTravel_0-

Greetings:

Please keep in mind a couple of points as I answer your questions. First, I am not a physicist. “Time travel” is only a tool that allowed me to do my job 1975. Most airline pilots are probably not aerospace engineers.

Second, let me give you an example of the position we are in. Imagine you live in the year 1900 and a “time traveler” attempts to explain how a jet engine works. Even though the invention of the airplane is only a decade in the future, he would have to find some frame of reference to explain the basics of flight. Then, he would have to outline the mechanics of how the engine works. As amazing as it would sound, the jet would be invented about thirty years later.

Pamela: 

1. can you explain to me in detail the basic physics and mathematics behind how the machine operates? and exactly how it distorts gravity.

Timetravel_0:

1) Time travel is achieved by altering gravity. 

This concept is already proven by atomic clock experiments. The closer an observer is to a gravity source (high mass), the slower time passes for them. Traveling at high speeds mimics this effect which = the twin paradox of faster than light travel. However, this type of gravity manipulation is not sufficient to alter your world line.

The basic math to alter world lines exists right now. Tipler first described a working “time machine” through his theory of massive rotating spheres. I apologize for the web site but it was the only one I could find quickly.

http://www.geocities.com:0080/Area51/Station/5763/time.html

Certain types of black holes also exhibit the “time travel” abilities of Tipler cylinders. Kerr was one of the first to describe the dual event horizons of a rotating black hole. As with Tipler’s cylinders, it was possible to travel on a “time-like” trip through a Kerr black hole and end up in a different world line without being squished by the gravity of the singularity.

http://www.physics.fsu.edu/courses/fall98/ast1002/section4/blackholes/fig11-13/fig11-132.htm

http://qso.lanl.gov/~bromley/nu_nofun.html

http://www.leonllo.freeservers.com/blackworm.html

http://www.astro.ku.dk/~cramer/RelViz/text/geom_web/node4.html

(deleted)……………………………………………….

The mass and gravitational field of a microsingularity can then be manipulated by “injecting” electrons onto its surface. By rotating two electric microsigularities at high speed, it is possible to create and modify a local gravity sinusoid that replicates the affects of a Kerr black hole.

For those asking how come a microsingularity doesn’t swallow the Earth or want to know details about the size, stability, mass, temperature and resulting Hawking radiation from such a thing.. those details I must keep to myself.

Pamela: 

2. can you travel to the future as well as the past? my understanding of the machine is the trip is recorded so you can get back to your original time line but what about a future beyond your time line are you able to access it as well? or does it have to be open by a future chrononaunt?

Timetravel_0: 

Yes, you can travel into the future and it takes less energy than going into the past.

Pamela: 

3.I don't see the computer in the device. is it the hand held device on the side of the larger device? If so what kind of power supply does the computer work off of is it the battery as well or some type of crystal?

Timetravel_0: 

The computer system is connected to the unit through an electrical bus. There are actually three computers linked together that take the same signals from the gravity sensors and clocks. They use a Borda error correcting protocol that checks the integrity of the data and trips the VGL system.

Pamela:

4.Is your DNA remaining stable in this world or does it shift? does time traveling affect your body or aura or spirit in any way you know of?

timetravel_o: 

4) I am not aware of any physical change to my DNA or “aura”. I do however seem to be more susceptible to colds.

Pamela: 

5. when you go back to the future will we remember you?

Time travel_0: 

Yes, you will remember me if you want to. World lines do not change that way and I will only become a insignificant part of your history.

[This message has been edited by pamela (edited 06 November 2000).]

IP: Logged

Fast Member posted 07 November 2000 15:42

——————————————————————————–

mm..General Electric built a time machine for the government?

or are time machines so common in the future that there makes and models are as commonly varied as our age’s car models..?

Fast Out

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 07 November 2000 17:18

——————————————————————————–

I would equate the “future” GM distortion units to their current jet engines. The first one worked great but they can always make it better.

The C204 unit uses 4 cesium clocks. The C206 uses 6 cesium clocks but they use an optical system to check the oscillation frequency. This makes the world line divergence confidence much higher.

IP: Logged

Shadow unregistered posted 07 November 2000 21:01

——————————————————————————–

Time Traveler-0

If you could bring some material thing back to your time in 2036 what would it be?

Could I travel to a future that was, say 0.5 seconds ahead of now? In the same vein, if you just happened to arrive at “the year 2000″ a fraction of a second in my past, or future would I ever know that you just ‘landed soon by”? In other words, what makes this time line be ‘now’ at any given moment versus being any other time. We exist as A point on a time LINE, what is it that defines that point?

As far as how wonderful your people are in the time after the war I’m very happy for you. Maybe they succeeded in wiping out the RIGHT 3 billion people. Something that could not be done with the nuclear sledge hammer. Perhaps the enemy released a killer virus that zeros in on only those who carried the Idiot gene?

2036 is not impossibly far off, what is your street address then? I’ll stop in and swap tales from days of old…assuming I live that long.

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 07 November 2000 21:23

——————————————————————————–

what will the year 2036 be like?

pamela: 

1.I will ask you about your environment then and I want to know about the family life and also about your religion. what religion has survived? Do you believe in Jesus Christ or someone else. Do people still pray to God? Do you still have churches?

timetravel_0: 

Yes I believe in Jesus Christ and we pray to God in churches. There are some differences you may be interested in. Religion is a major part of peoples life in 2036. Pain and change tend to bring people together and closer to God. However, religion is far more personal than it is now.

There are no huge, centralized religions and people talk openly about their beliefs. It might also interest you to know that the day of worship is Saturday, the day God meant to be the Sabbath and the 10 commandments have been restored to the “10” that God gave us.

pamela:

2. what kind of jobs do people do and do they still work long hours? whats the majority of job types in the future?

timetravel_0: 

Life is much more rural in the future but “high” technology is used to communicate and travel. People raise a great deal of their own food and do more “farm” work. 

Yes, compared to now, we do work long hours. After the war, my father made a living selling oranges up and down the West coast of Florida. My closest friend raises horses and another works for a company that maintains “wireless” internet nodes.

pamela: 

3.what is a typical day like for someone in your time? do you still have the internet? has it advanced to all virtual reality yet? what type of diseases are you currently dealing with? are there still advances in science?

timetravel_0: 

A typical day…hmmm. Life has changed so much over my lifetime that it’s hard to pin down a “normal” day. When I was 13, I was a soldier. As a teenager, I helped my dad haul cargo. I went to college when I was 31 and I was recruited to “time travel” shortly after that. Again…I suppose an average day in 2036 is like an average day on the farm.

pamela: 

4.Is there still a post office? how do you receive messages from one another? you said most people talk face to face.

timetravel-0: 

Yes…there is a post office. The internet is still alive and well in the future. People spend more time talking because life is more centered around the community. I’ve noticed the same type of effect here when the power goes off. People tend to come out of their homes and actually spend time with their neighbors. There is a lot more personal trust and less paranoia.

pamela: 

5.what type of housing do you live in?

timetravel_0: 

When I’m with my parents, I live in a community made up of “tree houses” on a large river in Florida. The river floods sometimes and we have access to the Gulf. Most of our neighbors make a living off the sea or in moving cargo by boat.

pamela: 

6.what started the war? and who fought in it? who won?what countries were destroyed and what survived?

timetravel_0: 

Wow…that’s a big question. 

There is a civil war in the United States that starts in 2005. That conflict flares up and down for 10 years. 

In 2015, Russia launches a nuclear strike against the major cities in the United States (which is the “other side” of the civil war from my perspective), China and Europe. 

The United States counter attacks. 

The US cities are destroyed along with the AFE (American Federal Empire)…thus we (in the country) won. The European Union and China were also destroyed. 

Russia is now our largest trading partner and the Capitol of the US was moved to Omaha Nebraska.

pamela: 

7.did you ever discover what aliens were and ufos?

timetravel_0: 

No new information there. I find that an interesting subject myself. Personally, I think “UFOs” might be time travelers with very sophisticated distortion units. But that might be a bit wacky.

pamela: 

8. what type of environmental problems do you know of that exist? do you have pure water to drink? are you mostly vegetarian-seems how most people are going that way today.

timetravel_0: 

One of the biggest reasons why food production is localized is because the environment is so screwed up with disease and radiation. We are making huge strides in getting it cleaned up. Water is produced on a community level and we do eat meat..that we raise ourselves.

pamela: 

9. are they still messing around with genetics? and altering the food and animals?

timetravel_0: 

Yes…genetic engineering is used but it’s like any other technology. It can be good and bad. One thing we did not do was create more hybrid seeds. What are people thinking???

pamela:

10.what do you believe about life after death?

timetravel_0: 

I am a Christian Agnostic. I do not believe faith alone is enough to get us back to God. I’m not sure what happens when we die but I’m pretty sure it’s not a walk in the park.

pamela: 

11. do you have an advances in spacetravel or exploration?


timetravel_0: 

No. We are working on it.

pamela: 

12. what new inventions do we have to look forward to?

timetravel_0: 

Hmmm….I hesitate to answer but I’ll give a bit. Hydrogen fuel cells and more efficient solar cells are big deals. Computer technology and software gets MUCH better.

pamela:

13. what brings you the greatest joy on Earth? what are some things you and others do for entertainment and fun?

timetravel_0: 

I like this question. My greatest joy is sailing. For fun, I enjoy swimming, playing cards, reading, playing games on the net and talking with people who live in other countries. As a community, we celebrate much more and have bon fires and dances. My hobby is sorting through old magazines and videos of life before the war.

pamela: 

14. what are your schools and universities like?

timetravel_0: 

After the war, early new communities gathered around the current universities. That’s where the libraries were. I went to school at Fort UF which is now called the University of Florida. Not too much is different except the military is large part of people’s life and we spend a great deal of time in the fields and farms at the “University” or Fort.

pamela: 

15. what are some of your fondest memories growing up? what kind of cameras do you have now to take pictures of the family? did they ever invent a hologram camera?

timetravel_0: 

Most of my memories growing up are not fond. Life was very hard. Simple things make me happy like hugging my mother and father. Yes, we have cameras. More digital. Film is used like painting is today. No hologram camera though.

pamela: 

16. do you still have telephones? what is your major source of energy that you use? solar power? electricity? have you discovered new energies.

timetravel_0: 

Yes we have phones but the service is through the web. Most power generation is localized. It amazes me how much power is wasted now. Yes, solar is big. There is thought that a singularity generator could also be used but most people are against it.

[Another John Titor PREDICTION. - Metallicman.]

pamela: 

17. how do you take care of your elderly? and your poor and your orphans? and the ones who cannot work?

timetravel_0: 

The elderly are highly revered and looked after on a community level. So are orphans. There is always something people can do now matter what. The idea of avoiding work is looked down on. Everyone pulls together to keep the COMMUNITY strong.

pamela: 

18. what is the dress style of the time what do you wear on your bodies as a style?

timetravel_0: 

Hats are more common in the future and flashy colors are less common. Dress is much more functional and we “dress up” when ever we get a chance. I have noticed that no one in this time dresses for occasions even when they have the clothes. Why do people wear shorts to church?

pamela: 

19. do people wear their hair differently than we do?every generation has a different style what is the style of your time? what is popular for kids to wear? for adults to wear?

timetravel-0: 
We do not spend nearly the amount of time on our hair as people do now. Women like to wear their hair longer and men have it much shorter. Both sexes shave it all off when they’re in active military service.

pamela: 

20. are surgeries mostly performed by lasers? or were there new technologies developed?

timetravel_o: 

Far less medical treatment in the future even though its more advanced. People die when they now its time to die. No lasers. Genetic medicine and cloning organs are the obvious new techs in the future.

pamela: 

21. do you still have the current form of government, presidents and vice presidents like we do?

timetravel_0: 

No. The Constitution was changed after the war. We have 5 presidents that are voted in and out on different term periods. The vice president is the president of the senate and they are voted separately.

pamela: 

22. how do you get from one place to another with not many cars around.do you teleport from one place to another?

timetravel_0: 

We have cars…just not a whole bunch of them. There is public transportation from city to city.

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 07 November 2000 22:18

——————————————————————————–

If I could bring some material thing back to your time from 2036…it would be a copy of the new US Constitution.

Yes, you could travel to a future that was 0.5 seconds ahead of now but not with my machine. The C204 uses the second as the basic unit of measure. The C206 may be capable of .05 sec.

(In the same vien, if you just happened to arrive at “the year 2000″ a fraction of a second in my past, or future would I ever know that you just ‘landed soonby”?)

No “you” would not. But the “you” on that world line would.

(In other words, what makes this time line be ‘now’ at any given moment versus being any other time. We exist as A point on a time LINE, what is it that defines that point?)

It is believed there are some sort of measurable quantum differences in world lines. I am not an expert on that so I can offer little information.

(As far as how wonderful your people are in the time after the war I’m very happy for you. Maybe they succeeded in wiping out the RIGHT 3billion people.)

Yes, we did.

(2036 is not impossibly far off, what is your street address then? I’ll stop in and swap tales from days of old…assuming I live that long.)

You would be welcome in my home.

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 08 November 2000 11:47

——————————————————————————–

Timetravel_0-

1.Without going into detail what you are here specifically for can you please explain what the primary purpose of time travel is in the future?

2.Why it is used and how often to your knowledge it is used.?

3.Are there specific time periods time .travelers go to most?

4.you stated there were several time machines available are they all active at this time to your knowledge?

5.What kind of car are you going to go back in since you sold the Chevy?

6.Are you able to take people with you in the same car back to your time or another time?

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 08 November 2000 22:27

——————————————————————————–

(1.Without going into detail what you are here specifically for can you please explain what the primary purpose of time travel is in the future?)

In 2036, a great deal of effort is going into “repairing” our environment. I was sent to 1975 to get a computer system and take it back to 2036. Time travel is not a secret in 2036 and I expect it will become more common.

(2.Why it is used and how often to your knowledge it is used.?)

Right now, its used to get information or “items” that would be helpful in getting a post WWIII world back to a normal condition. There are 7 other time travelers in my unit.

(3.Are there specific time periods time .travelers go to most?)

Right now, most of our practical missions are from 1960 to 1980. There is a great deal of research into later and future periods but the farther you go, the lower the divergence confidence of the world line.

(4.you stated there were several time machines available are they all active at this time to your knowledge?)

Yes.

(5.What kind of car are you going to go back in since you sold the Chevy?)

It’s a 1987 4WD. The vehicle needs a strong suspension system to handle the weight of the distortion unit.

(6.Are you able to take people with you in the same car back to your time or another time?)

Yes.

IP: Logged

Curious unregistered posted 09 November 2000 12:41

——————————————————————————–

Timetravel_0, I have a couple of tech questions. If you change “vehicle” do you have to re-calibrate the unit? (Does mass effect the field strength or power level needed to travel?) What kind of coils are used to contain, and maintain the singularity? (tri-coil, or quadrature coil, etc.) Can your unit also dimensionally travel? (can it move laterally in time as well as forward/reverse)

Curious

IP: Logged

Shadow unregistered posted 09 November 2000 09:35

——————————————————————————–

To TimeTravel_0

Have you seen the movies ‘Terminator’ and ‘Terminator 2’? We have a lot of good movies in this time but it is hard to pick them out from the huge piles of “trash movies”.

Movies are contemporary liturature.

IP: Logged

Shadow unregistered posted 09 November 2000 11:01

——————————————————————————–

TT_0,

If your conveyence is accurate to one second then you must have a reason for picking the particular second or at least particular day or week, you did.

Let me guess, you are here NOW to look at the unusual hung election we have going on. Or maybe this is the trigger event in the coming world wide economic meltdown? Some other pivot point in history? Fess up. Why now?

IP: Logged

Fast Member posted 11 November 2000 12:34

——————————————————————————–

TT0-

if you journeyed here from 2036(i think) to get a computer system,why is it you are posting on a time travel message board information as to how you arrived here?

treason!

a VW Bus would make a fine time machine

Fast Out

——————–

Got light? Make matter.

pamela2@raex.com

——————————————————————————–

Posts: 985 | From: U.S.A | Registered: Apr 2001 | IP: Logged

Pamela

Moderator

Member # 15 posted December 25, 2002 16:02

——————————————————————————–

Time-travel Paradoxes! (Page 2)

Author Topic: Time-travel Paradoxes!

Fast Member posted 11 November 2000 12:41

——————————————————————————–

to TT0:

“–The C204 unit is accurate from 50 to 60 years a jump and travels at about 10 years an hour at 100% power. –” 10 years an hour?

from 2036 wouldnt that take three+ hours??

how could you survive with merely the pocket of air you caught in your vehicle’s field??

Fast Out

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 11 November 2000 18:46

——————————————————————————–

To Curious:

(If you change “vehicle” do you have to re-calibrate the unit?)

Yes. But its a function of the VGL system. A gravity baseline is taken and rechecked every time the unit is used. A new vehicle would alter the gravity signature.

(What kind of coils are used to contain, and maintain the singularity?)

I am not a physicist so I can not answer that to your level of sophistication. The singularities are held in an enclosed magnetic field.

(Can your unit also dimensionally travel?)

No. However, the longer the unit is on past a safe divergence confidence, the “stranger” the world line becomes. The unit I have is safe to about 1% for every sixty years at max power.

[Which is why I often consider his "time machine" to be rather crude. It only senses gravitational deviations, and travels up and down similar time-lines. 

True exploration of alternative world-lines is not that hard, once you have this basic level of technology. You can modulate the fields and inject various particles in various ways to achieve striking changes in destination world-line composition. 

Not that I am an expert, but the variables  enable the traveler to pick and choose, to a limited degree, certain aspects of the destination world-line. Such as technology level, cultural variations, population, and though specifically (pre-determined) manifestations. -Metallicman.]

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 11 November 2000 18:56

——————————————————————————–

TO Shadow:

(Have you seen the movies ‘Terminator’ and ‘Terminator 2’?)

Yes. I’ve seen those movies. Very entertaining.

(If your conveyance is accurate to one second then you must have a reason for picking the particular second or at least particular day or week, you did.)

My goal was to reach a certain date and time which is converted into seconds for the computer to make its calculations. I do not pick the second. Its more important to have a low divergence confidence number.

(Let me guess, you are here NOW to look at the unusual hung election we have going on. Or maybe this is the trigger event in the coming world wide economic meltdown? Some other pivot point in history? Fess up. Why now?)

I would use the word “elections” a bit cautiously. Perhaps its easier now to see a civil war in your future?

[From John Titor's point of view, a civil war is brewing. 

Also, he seemingly has some strong views on what constitutes an "election". It makes me suspect that elections aren't really what they seem to be. Eh? -Metallicman.]

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 11 November 2000 19:07

——————————————————————————–

To Fast:

(if you journeyed here from 2036(i think) to get a computer system,why is it you are posting on a time travel message board information as to how you arrived here? treason!)

Why would it be treason?

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 11 November 2000 19:11

——————————————————————————–

To Fast Out:

(10 years an hour? from 2036 wouldn't that take three+ hours?? how could you survive with merely the pocket of air you caught in your vehicle’s field??)

Yes…that’s about right but my initial trip was to 1975, not 2000. I guess its a question of how many technical details you really want or you feel I’m making up. We do take additional 02 and the air pocket is a bit larger than you might think.

IP: Logged

Curious unregistered posted 11 November 2000 20:09

——————————————————————————–

Timetravel_O I am surprised they went with the VGL system over the “time lock” system. It must be more accurate as far as timeline devergance. No direct lateral travel huh? That means some places are not easily accessible.(there is a safe place to hide, LOL) 

One last question, Can anybody operate the 204 unit? Or is it safe guarded by a “key of some kind? Thanks for answering. Yes, you would be welcome at my home.

Curious

IP: Logged

Fast Member posted 11 November 2000 20:28

——————————————————————————–

TT0:

the Chinese were said to threaten death by torture to those who gave away the secret of silk making…why not time travel also?

i now understand the oxygen part,thought i found a slip in your trip (to coin a phrase) to our (or 1975…) time…

why is it you traveled to 1975 anyway??

Fast Out

IP: Logged

Searcher of Truth unregistered posted 12 November 2000 13:22

——————————————————————————–

Time travel_0,

I followed the link to your pictures and if time travel is not a secret in your “time” then why do the top of your pictures say “restricted file”??

restricted file means LIMITED TO AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY.

Have you considered the possible adverse consequences the person might face that you had post them for you since you remain covert? or don’t you care since it is not your world-line. what about the people that read the information and attempt to build one? what if they get injured in the process because they are not knowledgeable enough to handle the forces they are playing with at this “time”.

what is your true purpose for posting assumingly “restricted” government documents on a public bulletin board where everyone can see it?

Did your Unit Commander authorize such a thing or is it something you decided to do completely on your own?

Have you considered your actions and probable outcome carefully?

-SOT

IP: Logged

Curious unregistered posted 12 November 2000 14:06

——————————————————————————–

To Seeker of Truth. The chances of one of us building a C204 are slim to none. (and Slim’s dead) Who’s to say that someone that will read this board, will be the one to actually invent the means for the C204 (or other units) to be operational? The divergence factor is so low, everybody will forget about this in a short time. 

I wouldn’t worry about it When Timetravel_0 goes back, this will be nothing but a memory…

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 12 November 2000 16:41

——————————————————————————–

(Have you considered the possible adverse consequences the person might face that you had post them for you since you remain covert? or don’t you care since it is not your world-line. what about the people that read the information and attempt to build one? what if they get injured in the process because they are not knowledgeable enough to handle the forces they are playing with at this “time”.)

Yes, I have considered it but it is very easy to remain hidden behind a veil of disbelief. 

The people who understand what they are seeing are not aggressive. Everyone else just finds them entertaining. 

The obvious first answer is that the only world-line of consequence is my own and I don’t care what happens here. That however, is not the case. I have shown these documents in order that people might consider the possibility. 

I do not expect people to believe them.

(what is your true purpose for posting assumingly “restricted” government documents on a public bulletin board where everyone can see it?)

The restricted nature of the documents I posted refers to the departmentalized nature of the technical information. The manual is supposed to remain with the unit. The current F-16 fighter jet probably has an operations manual. All the information in it is not secret but no one wants it to “walk” away from the plane.

(Did your Unit Commander authorize such a thing or is it something you decided to do completely on your own?)

I am here for personal reasons. 

For a few months now, I have bee trying to alert anyone that would listen to the possibility of a civil war in the United States in 2005. 

Does that seem more likely now? Actually it’s quite amazing to see what’s happening. I have been trying to get people to pay attention for the last few months but to see it unfold is very interesting. Before I leave, I’ll try and post my report.

I am curious… will anyone be upset if Florida’s votes are not counted in the Electoral College because of the current “confusion”?

(Have you considered your actions and probable outcome carefully?)

Yes.

IP: Logged

Curious unregistered posted 12 November 2000 17:22

——————————————————————————–

Timetravel_0, People have been “warned” of the upcoming events (or high probability of) for sometime. The date seems to move up and down the timeline a little, but the out come seems to be the same. Some of the “new age crackpots(?)” have already said this. A few have even given an estimate of when (some have been close to the year you stated). From what I understand, it is coinciding with a natural disaster (or cosmic event). I hope not be around then. Have a safe trip. Good luck.

Curious

——————————————–

Pardon my intrusion on your post, I thought it would be more suitable to include the following information here, as it is synonymous with your post, and placing it at the end of this thread where the conversation has taken a different direction altogether would not be in sync with the current flow of thought.

p)’i4q4—————–

Flood forthcoming

Monday, November 27 2000 @ 03:26 AM EST

Contributed by: Porfiry

Global warming could be on the verge of triggering a rise in sea levels that would flood huge swathes of the Earth’s most densely populated regions, says an unpublished report from the world’s top climate scientists. Caused in large part by the melting of Greenland’s ice sheet, this process would take a thousand years or more but would be “irreversible” once under way.

The report, due to be published next May by the UN’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), is being read by the world’s governments. The final draft seen by New Scientist suggests that dozens of the countries meeting this week to agree on global warming limits through the Kyoto Protocol may face being wiped off the world map.

Four years ago, the IPCC forecast that sea levels could rise by half a metre in this century and by a maximum of between 1.5 and 3 metres over the coming 500 years. The new assessment suggests an eventual rise of 7 to 13 metres is more likely. This is enough to drown immense areas of land and many major cities. These rises will occur even if governments succeed in halting global warming within the next few decades, the report says.

Two factors are causing the rise: the slow spread of heat to the ocean depths and the destabilising of major ice sheets. It will take about a thousand years for warming in the atmosphere to reach the bottom of the oceans. The resulting thermal expansion “would continue to raise sea levels for many centuries after stabilisation of greenhouse gas concentrations”. Even if global warming is halted within a century, thermal expansion will eventually raise the oceans by between 0.5 and 4 metres.

Even more alarming is the fate of the ice that covers Greenland. Among all of the world’s ice sheets, this is now thought to be “the most vulnerable to climatic warming”. It contains enough snow and ice to raise sea levels by about 7 metres if it melts. And this looks increasingly likely to happen.

Models show that after any warming above 2.7 °C, “the Greenland ice sheet eventually disappears”. Nearly all predictions show Greenland warming more than this, says the report, and the faster the warming, the faster the melting. An extra 5.5 °C would cause sea levels to rise by 3 metres over a thousand years. An 8 °C warming would cause a 6-metre rise in sea levels in the same time.

The report’s authors are not allowed to discuss their findings until publication. But Jonathan Gregory of Britain’s Hadley Centre for Climate Prediction and Research in Bracknell, who co-authored the chapter on sea level, told New Scientist recently that once under way, the disintegration of the Greenland ice sheet would be “irreversible this side of a new ice age”.

The fate of the West Antarctic ice sheet, which is perched on submerged islands, remains controversial, says the report. If it melted, it would raise sea levels by a further 6 metres. Some experts quoted in the report predict that the sheet could entirely disappear within 700 years. Others, supported by the authors, expect that the sheet will contribute “no more than 3 metres” to sea level in that time.

If sea levels were 10 metres higher than today by the year 3000, it would cause the inundation of a total area larger than the US, with a population of more than a billion people and most of the world’s most fertile farmland.

Fred Pearce

From New Scientist magazine, 25 November 2000.

[This message has been edited by Time02112 (edited 27 November 2000).]

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 12 November 2000 17:44

——————————————————————————–

TimeTravel_0-

is there some reason you are not responding to any of my e-mails lately?

I have deleted all of your e-mails from my computer to protect you. no one will ever know your e-mail address. that is my promise to you.

if your not going to reply to me can you just answer me one question….was that you I seen? or you can e-mail me if you still can.

sincerely,

pamela

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 12 November 2000 20:53

——————————————————————————–

timetravel_0-

1

your friend,

pamela

IP: Logged

daViper unregistered posted 13 November 2000 23:04

——————————————————————————–

Contrary to popular belief, and certain speculations here, the plain simple fact is, there ARE no paradoxes. There never have been and there never will be. The term itself is an oxymoron and an invention of the intellect of the human mind, in search of creative thought and outright fantasy. The Universe exists without either the need for, or possibility of them.

[He is correct. - Metallicman]

Once one comes to this simple realization, one can then put the concept of “Time Travel” in IT’S proper perspective. Namely, that as is usually thought of, it doesn’t exist. Never has, never will. For the simple reason that our invented concept of time itself is fundamentally flawed. Time is not an entity. It is a unit of measurement invented by man, to define the interval between cause and effect. Like Meter. Or Yard. Or Foot. Or pound. Can we “Meter” travel? or “Foot” travel? Or perhaps “Acre” travel? Gets silly doesn’t it. Why does anyone think you can actually “Time” travel?

[He is correct. - Metallicman]

Interesting that the so called “Twins Paradox” was not discussed in depth here, but then it’s really not a paradox at all. It is only beleived to BE one by people who do not understand the simple laws of physics and the Theory of relativity.

If anyone is interested, I can show you how it CANNOT be a paradox. Unless you already know. In which case you wouldn’t be here speculating on the “how” of something that doesn’t exist in the first place.

It isn’t that Time Travel is not possible, it’s that there is NO SUCH THING in the first place. Never has been. Never will be. Like the Gods of MT. Olympus. Or the Fire Breathing Dragons of old. And Pegasus. Or the Earth as the Center of the Universe. It’s mythology. Based on INNOCENT ignorance. It’s a skewed concept created by a lack of understanding of the fundamental Theories of relativity (General and Special), in the first place.

[He is correct. - Metallicman]

And it doesn’t require “Multiple” Universes to solve. If there are multiple universes, than there MUST be an INFINITE number of them. In which case, all things that have ever happened, will happen, are happening Now. If THAT’S the case, what makes anyone think they have anything resembling free will at all?

[He is correct. - Metallicman]

Alas, I’m afrid even THIS attempt to resolve the so called “paradoxes” of Time Travel is also a pursuit in search of what is a non-existant problem in the first place. Another lapse into inventing a new mythology.

[He is correct. - Metallicman]

IP: Logged

Shadow unregistered posted 13 November 2000 23:24

——————————————————————————–

TimeTravel_0

Checked out the picture and documents (Pamala?) posted. Your ’67 Chev looks remarkably new…….hmmmm

If the manual is legit and that's a real working time machine in your front seat, the OBVIOUS conclusion, if not the correct conclusion, is that you are either in the employ of the US Army or you stole the friggen thing. I hardly think you picked it up for 20 bucks at the surplus store.

Looks like you’ve got a little baby field model there, the owners of which would surely have bigger and badder ones to come and collect it with. But you would know all about that. What you might not know is that the people who actually run things around now, will snatch you right out of your shoes at the first possible instant they get wind of you and your ah……. thing.

The one thing that you are REALLY REALLY NOT supposed to do is show up with something that might be perceived to be “dangerous”. You had better hide real good or get lost, one.

Been nice ‘talking’ to ya. Why not just spill the *entire* pan of beans before you split? Anything to piss off the rich folks, I say.

IP: Logged

Janus Member posted 14 November 2000 15:25

——————————————————————————–

I hope ‘Mr. 0′ is still there…

I’d like to believe you. What I need is one more prediction – you’ve predicted an American civil war in 2005; in order to fully believe you, I need one more unambiguous prediction like that. Something like, maybe, who will win the 100m in Salt Lake City. Really, anything like that, if I see two predictions like that come true you will have my unwavering belief. I’m a rationalist but not an idiot – the problem with most people who claim to time travel is that they have no evidence to back it up. What I ask for would be enough evidence for me, and probably most people.

[This message has been edited by Janus (edited 14 November 2000).]

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 15 November 2000 13:56

——————————————————————————–

Mr. DaViper,

A broken clock tells the right time twice a day.

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 15 November 2000 14:12

——————————————————————————–

To: Shadow

If this shows up twice, I apologize.

(Your ’67 Chev looks remarkably new…….hmmmm)

Thanks. I sold it when I arrived here. It attracted a great deal of attention. Perhaps that’s why it was still around in 2036.

(…you are either in the employ of the US Army…)

More or less correct.

(Looks like you’ve got a little baby field model there, the owners of which would surely have bigger and badder ones to come and collect it with.)

Why would they come looking for me? I’m expected back but I will only have been gone a few seconds from their point of view.

(What you might not know is that the people who actually run things around now, will snatch you right out of your shoes at the first possible instant they get wind of you and your ah……. thing.)

Stupidity and greed are fairly predictable for a period of time.

(The one thing that you are REALLY REALLY NOT supposed to do is show up with something that might be percieved to be “dangerous”.)

Have you considered that your society might be better off if half of you were dead?

(Why not just spill the *entire* pan of beans before you split? Anything to piss off the rich folks, I say.)

I’m thinking about it. I’m waiting for my family to buy up all the good stuff cheap first…(joke).

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 15 November 2000 14:20

——————————————————————————–

To Janus:

(I’d like to believe you. What I need is one more prediction – you’ve predicted an American civil war in 2005; in order to fully believe you, I need one more unambiguous prediction like that.)

I appreciate the position you are in but you must realize that I am not affected in the least if you believe me or not.

(Something like, maybe, who will win the 100m in Salt Lake City.)

Off the top of your head, can you tell me if it rained in Atlanta this time last year? Do you think time travelers carry a sports reference with them?

Sports almanac
In the movie “Back to the future II”, there is a scene where Marty goes tot he future and buys a sport’s almanac from an antique store to take back with him to the past.
(Really, anything like that, if I see two predictions like that come true you will have my unwavering belief.)

It is a mistake to give anyone your unwavering belief…but you will find that out yourself in 2005.

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 15 November 2000 14:33

——————————————————————————–

To: Curious

(One last question, Can anybody operate the 204 unit? Or is it safe guarded by a “key of some kind? Thanks for answering. Yes, you would be welcome at my home.)

The unit has two security systems to protect it from “most” people. One, it has a code that must be entered correctly. Second, and probably more effective now, the unit can not be used by anyone who can’t add and subtract.

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 15 November 2000 14:41

——————————————————————————–

To Fast:

(i now understand the oxygen part,thought i found a slip in your trip(to coin a phrase) to our(or 1975…) time… why is it you traveled to 1975 anyway??)

The first “leg” of my trip was from 2036 to 1975. After two VGL checks, the divergence was estimated at about 2.5% (from my 2036). I was “sent” to get an IBM computer system called the 5100. It was one the first portable computers made and it has the ability to read the older IBM programming languages in addition to APL and Basic. We need they system to “debug” various legacy computer programs in 2036. UNIX has a problem in 2038.

IP: Logged

Shadow unregistered posted 15 November 2000 20:29

——————————————————————————–

For totally selfish reasons I would like to know how one would communicate across time periods? Think of the grief one could save themselves by simply by calling yourself at 6AM from 6PM and getting the lowdown on the days pitfalls.

It is tough for me to visualize how, from our perspective, the future is frozen solid such that you could knock around here for a week or two and yet scarcely a blink of an eye has passed in 2036.

If you want to get peoples attention, it seemes to me that a pocket full of real US currency and coins dated 2001 and up would cause a stir. 

Future Nickel.
Here is a nickel from 2067. I have been unable to find any strong information on to the lineage of this coin. I suspect that it is a fake, but who knows. Eh? A person with reasonable casting skills could make a reasonable copy out of lead or another metal. Photos would not be able to determine the difference.
It could be used as a standard test to see who is braindead and who can add 2+2.

You speak of 1 & 2 % “divergence” as being unimportant. I don’t get it. Like for example if OUR IBM5100 is 1% different than the code you have to run on it, it ain’t gonna work right. One percent in the FL vote count would be important. If I could see only 99% of the cars on the road it would be important to me. So, what exactly is X% divergent, and why is it not a major problem?

Janus is a Scientist. Don’t mess with him!

IP: Logged

Shadow unregistered posted 15 November 2000 21:39

——————————————————————————–

Oh, sorry Janus, forget I said that. I must have gotten your post mixed up with somebody eleses.

To TimeTravler_0

The trouble with having the “half the population dead” is that before the fact, one cannot tell to which half ones’ self belongs. The politics of who gets thrown out of the lifeboat and who gets to stay is not topic for polite conversation. So lets ask the question in the affirmative. ” What does one have to do in order to stay on the lifeboat?”

I don’t imagine you have much a fondness for the CJD (mad cow) prion. Any advise on how to defeat or avoid this plague?

IP: Logged

mokrie dela Member posted 16 November 2000 12:35

——————————————————————————–

_0 —Just popped in for a minute. If your on the level could you be so kind as to drop me off in 1880. No, I’m not kidding. If you pick up hitch hikers I’d really like a ride. Also, I’ve missed you Pamela and Time and the ever evasive Doc.

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 16 November 2000 12:43

——————————————————————————–

Mokrie!!!!!!!

{{{{{HUG}}}}}}

I missed you to. I was wondering what world you fell into ( heheheh.)

hey now…only so many of us can fit into the 4×4! I asked first! I get the front seat!!!! heheh.

Doc if you are out there somewhere you need to respond! we are worried about you. alot of people have written you and you have not responded. your friends care about you!

sincerely,

pamela

IP: Logged

daViper unregistered posted 16 November 2000 16:42

——————————————————————————–

Shadow:

There is only ever one “time period” to communicate in. This one. The “now”.

In the classic so called “twins paradox”, the two are always in the same time line.

Visualize the traveling twin doing this travel always in sight of Earth. Orbiting the Sun at near the speed of light. He is always visible from Earth via telescope and radio. Although there will be some doppler shifting in his image and radio signals, communication is nevertheless still possible. 

Just difficult. 

He is traveling for what seems to be his Earth bound twin’s span of 50 years. During his voyage, he ALSO counts the Earth rotating around the Sun 50 times! Yup. That’s the way it works. Yet when he finally lands back on Earth, he has aged only 5 years! 

Relativity has slowed his BIOLOGICAL clock, relative to his twin. Not time itself. Just like it slows the atomic clock on the moving jet plane, relative to the one left on the ground. Gravity has little or nothing to do with it. 

It is the difference in RELATIVE velocity that produces what gets measured as time dilation. The same is true for the twins. Actually, neither twin left the other’s time line. Both were always in the same one. Both counted 50 revolutions of the Earth around the Sun, but the travelers biological CLOCK ran slower. That’s all.

There is no paradox. And communication across “time periods” is only ever communication across the same time period.

Where I am now, it’s 11:30 AM. But in Japan, it’s 4:30 TOMORROW MORNING. But me and the Japanese are still in the same time line, time period (in the greater sense), and can communicate with each other just fine.

The past has gone by. The future hasn’t happened yet. And all the near light speed travel or power sources that alter matter can’t change that. It’s a rather fundamental law of the universe.

Even Einstein only ever said time running backwards during faster than light travel, MIGHT be possible. He NEVER said for sure that it was true or for certain WOULD occur. And even withdrew further and further from this original position as he got older.

In the pure scientific sense, we need to always be vigilant as to the difference in what constitutes hypothesis, and what constitutes theory.

Good science always tries to DISPROVE hypothesis. Not prove it. Failure to DIS-prove it is what then results in what becomes evolving theory. And still only theory at that.

Enjoy.

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 16 November 2000 23:33

——————————————————————————–

DaViper…biological clock ran slower?

Can you explain this concept further?

sincerely,

pamela

[This message has been edited by pamela (edited 17 November 2000).]

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 17 November 2000 09:34

——————————————————————————–

It is thought that being close to a gravitational field has a biological effect on all matter including cells. The effect is to slow the movement of electrons in the orbits of their nucleus which thus slows the mechanical and bilological functions of the observer close to the gravity.

Thus the passing of time is a local phenomenon depending on how close you are to a gravitational source.

This is one example of a theory involving “time shells” progressing in size and intensity around a gravitational point from all matter. The more massive the object, the larger and more influencial the time shells around it (like an onion). Another offshoot of this theory is that kinetic energy is actually the conversion of stored energy in the atom as it passes through time shells in a gravitational field.

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 17 November 2000 12:01

——————————————————————————–

Time travel_0-

Would this serve a purpose to put cloned or donated organs in a field to keep it as fresh and un-aged as possible until ready to transplant into the new recipient patient?

In response to your last e-mail…

you never know what my future will hold.

maybe I’ll be visiting YOU. (maybe in one of those advanced distortion units.)

IP: Logged

Shadow unregistered posted 17 November 2000 19:12

——————————————————————————–

To daViper

Here’s the way I see it if I want to “foot travel or acre travel” or even frothing at the mouth mad dog banana split travel then I will just get on with it. I don’t need you to tell me I can’t. Heck if I want to pretend that I’m Superman and fly around the sun 50 times to save Lois Lane……..oh excuse me THAT ONE was YOUR idea.

We got a guy on here whom I believe to be an actual time traveler, somebody that knows about gravic shells. artificial singularities, computers and the history of the next 36 years. Somebody who has “been there done that” and I don’t really want to hear you spouting off about what you learned in 6th grade science class. I took the same class 35 years ago. Here is a news flash for you; Einstein was out of date 60 years ago.

You say there is no possibility of any time paradox ever occuring. How in heck would you know? Even if you are right on this one, its a lucky guess on your part. You don’t know. I don’t think you could think your way out of a paper bag.

You said that it is “tommorrow in Japan”. Does that mean that it is yesterday in Spain? Good grief, get a grip. If you would think a little more yourself, maybe you would be less inclined to tell everybody else how to do it.

I do advise however, that you could stick around and learn something.

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 17 November 2000 21:11

——————————————————————————–

Shadow,

I have to hand it to you that was funny! banana split travel…hehheh

your a good person I can tell.

I personally cannot understand why someone posts on a time-travel web site that does not believe time travel is or ever will be possible. but I'm glad they do because I do learn things from them.

I think it a little humorous….. although it would be foolish to believe everyone that says they are a time traveler that shows up on here, and we have actually disproved several fake attempts. 

I believe if a real time traveler actually showed up… nobody would even believe them. there is only a couple of people on here who even asked this guy questions. even though this web site gets an average hit of about 98 people in a 12 hour period.

how could you ever come to the knowledge of the truth if you dont ask questions?

my question is….do we really believe time travel is possible or do we have to be one who experiences a little of it first before we will even consider it?

Is time travel ever going to be a possibility in our future? if the answer is yes but not for thousands of years… well if they travel back to our time then it now becomes a possibility in our time as well.

DaViper? why is it you have not attempted to Disprove why the diagrams could not work?

why have you not argued against the use of singularities? or why it could not be possible for him to be here? Is it because you don’t understand what it is you are seeing? I want to hear the arguments why nobody believes this could be a possibility …don't any of you people have an opinion?

In our current view of things The possibility of it not being true is pretty high for a time traveler to openly expose himself in this manner..but..what if in his world time travel is not a secret?

In relating to a time traveler from a future time may be like relating to an alien from another country,another dimension or even another world. you first have to understand the environment from which they came. depending on how far in the future it would be.. their thinking would not be the same on certain issues because of how they were raised in their environment.

I think it is as he has said though that some people would not believe it even if the machine was right in front of them.

Just consider for a moment…. what if it was true? what a great opportunity you have all lost.

sincerely,

pamela

[This message has been edited by pamela (edited 18 November 2000).]

IP: Logged

Curious unregistered posted 17 November 2000 23:22

——————————————————————————–

My opinion is that there is a high probability that he (Timetravel_0) is as he has represented him self. And to add to that, what makes anybody so sure there hasn’t been others? How would you know? Do you think they will show you a time travel visa? It is sometimes amazing how great the human mind is able to except new ideas. The (energy field) diagram in the manual looks very similar to some diagrams that were purported to be from the Philadelphia Project. (from an Al Beilek video tape) Just my opinion, I could be wrong………..

IP: Logged

Dr Light unregistered posted 19 November 2000 06:15

——————————————————————————–

Now then..

If i go back to the year 1960 and give the scientist community there a book on advanced electronics in computers , would it not be that they would READ this book and design say, a pentium 3 chip in 1960 that would forward our technology advances 40 years?

if that is so how would this timeline be like? Would we have far better microproccessors here in 2000?

The materials needed to produce a chip like the P3 for example were available (to an extent) in 1960. So it would not be unheard of for me to jump back in time , give a book on microprocessors to IBM and see what they come up with…

A thought…

Did anyone witness the giant computer “boom” of the late 60’s? Computer technology went from basic 286 processors to great big polygon crunchers in the early 90’s. In the space a short 10 years microprocessor speeds have doubled every six months…

Technology is advancing at an incredible rate which leads me to think that perhaps we were visited by time-travelers in the 60’s or thereof, in order to further the advancement of the human race. How does one explain the massive technology jumps from the moon landing to our present time?

Seems to quick to go from a 286 to a 1 GHZ…

I think we had help , but that's my opinion.

Insights? Opinions?

Thank you.

Dr Light

IP: Logged

Fast Member posted 19 November 2000 19:35

——————————————————————————–

according to TT0,our technology would not change in the least..you would return you your original dimension and the book would (POSSIBLY) advance some other dimension’s technology…

[Actually, since there is no single "correct" world-line, and that all of our individual consciousnesses occupy our own very unique realities, then the thoughts of others on other world-lines will influence our world-line. 

I call this the "reality template", or over-riding tends that most of our consciousnesses follow within a given time (a given state of entropy). - Metallicman.]

Fast Out

IP: Logged

Dr Light unregistered posted 20 November 2000 12:14

——————————————————————————–

But if the parallel worlds theory is true , that would make the book in question be relevant to ALL worlds including the one i just came from…

Therefore that would make technology jumps for all of the worlds, not just every dimension besides mine.

Perhaps it would evolve differently for my dimension but there is still the fact that it WOULD evolve because i went back and changed history for every world.

But….

that’s my opinion…

IP: Logged

Time02112 Member posted 20 November 2000 12:20

——————————————————————————–

I still say “Something” of a very peculiar High Strangeness did occur in Roswell in the forties, and whatever it was, it had something to contribute to our current Time-Line, which altered it indefinitely.

IP: Logged

Dr Light unregistered posted 20 November 2000 12:35

——————————————————————————–

A few words..

i just finished reading the whole two pages and i have come to this conclusion.

Pamela…your a champion…no really…and thank you for the links.

and Mr_0….good luck my friend…see you in 2036.

Light

Thanks you

IP: Logged

Dr light unregistered posted 20 November 2000 05:39

——————————————————————————–

You sold your 67′ when you got here?

how do you expect to get back?!

Also, how have you overcome the problem of housing , food , job ,social security number , tax…or perhaps you are not here for that long.

Also how did you get on the net and have access to a scanner to reproduce your work on the net?

So many questions and things to do in this time..yet you have the time to post your C204 manual on the web.

I am not trying to disprove you Mr _0, but the people in power (pamela) urges us to ask relevant questions surrounding your existence in this time. This world is run on the economical side of things and i am just curious to how you happened to blend in to “our” way of living.

The way i see it..is that you MAY be a T.Traveler judging by your grasp on quantum mechanics and your vivid picture of the future but……

This world is run on the basis of “guilty until proven innocent” Myself..i would like to believe and your diagrams and schematics seem to confirm this. BUT there are skeptics out there who might think your a loony as you have seen.

I myself believe in time travel and as the theory goes..” if , at any point in history we will be able to T.T , we are being visited by others right now , from the future.”

If it makes no matter that you are here telling us about your revolutionary new T.T device…what would happen if we SUPPOSEDLY built a prototype …as my argument would state about the P3 and the 286..we would fast forward events in time…..36 years or so , with the development of a prototype c204 right NOW , using the schematics you have given us.But as pamela said…”..don't any of you people have an opinion?”

I am not out to shatter your reputation on this forum.. but i just want simple answers.

Thank you

Dr Light

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 20 November 2000 17:16

——————————————————————————–

To: Dr. Light.

(You sold your 67′ when you got here? how do you expect to get back?!)

The unit is portable between vehicles. It is very heavy and requires a “stiff” suspension. The unit is currently in a 4WD.

(Also, how have you overcome the problem of housing , food , job ,social security number , tax…or perhaps you are not here for that long.)

I am currently living with my parents on this world line. They know exactly who I am and how I got here.

(Also how did you get on the net and have access to a scanner to reproduce your work on the net?)

There are numerous ways to do that. Any local printing shop allows you access to a computer system.

(So many questions and things to do in this time..yet you have the time to post your C204 manual on the web.)

What suggestions do you have?

(This world is run on the economical side of things and i am just curious to how you happened to blend in to “our” way of living.)

You don’t think you could blend into 1970? What difficulties would you expect to have that couldn’t be overcome?

(BUT there are skeptics out there who might think your a loony as you have seen.)

I have nothing to sell nor do I want anyone to believe in me or take some action. What other people think of me does not affect me in the least.

(If it makes no matter that you are here telling us about your revolutionary new T.T device…what would happen if we SUPPOSEDLY built a prototype …as my argument would state about the P3 and the 286..we would fast forward events in time…..36 years or so , with the development of a prototype c204 right NOW , using the schematics you have given us.But as pamela said…”..don't any of you people have an opinion?”)

What you do on your world line is your own business. I can’t think of any better way to start a war than for someone to figure out how to make a time machine. Go for it.

(I am not out to shatter your reputation on this forum.. but i just want simple answers.)

I will be happy to answer “almost” any question you have.

IP: Logged

Time02112 Member posted 20 November 2000 23:07

——————————————————————————–

TT_0

I STRONGLY urge you to contact me before you leave us! I must make contact with you before you go.

[This message has been edited by Time02112 (edited 20 November 2000).]

IP: Logged

——————–

Got light? Make matter.

pamela2@raex.com

——————————————————————————–

Posts: 985 | From: U.S.A | Registered: Apr 2001 | IP: Logged

Pamela

Moderator

Member # 15 posted December 25, 2002 16:04

——————————————————————————–

Time-travel Paradoxes! (Page 3)

Author Topic: Time-travel Paradoxes!

Dr Light unregistered posted 21 November 2000 01:10

——————————————————————————–

So Mr_0

Perhaps you would like to explain to me how your parents fully understand HOW you got here , since you are a T.T, you showed them you c204 and they believed you totally?

I do not know your age so i am assuming that you would be over 40 years old.

How would your parents react to seeing you in 2000 as a 40 year old man? That would surely be enough evidence to show you are a true time traveller…

What exactly does the year 2000 have for you?

If you say the year 2005 is the war where 3 billion people die..you only have 5 years left then you will merely whisk off to 2036 with your IBM 5100 p.c,leaving our timeline in ruins and you would only be away for a few seconds…

What we do on our timeline IS our own business ,but we would appreciate it if you do not jeopardize our position here by giving someone the information/schematics to build a time machine that you say would “start a war”.

So what your saying is that the development of the C204 is the reason the “war” started?

So why are you trying to put us through your timeline and kill us too? Or are you trying to change history here and hope it will work on the parallel worlds theory and turns out well for you in the end?

As Pamela said you have an obligation to this world line. We may be in infinitely spaced world lines but that does not mean you should put us through your problems too.

What if you never showed up and gave us the schematics? Are you trying to AVOID or START a war of massive consequences?

Your argument is taken entirely out of context when i compare it to my previous argument about the P3 and the 286 processor

“What we do is our business” but you are here causing controversy and “hoping?” perhaps someone does create the c204?

So you are willing to sacrifice billions of lives and hope that everything is fine and dandy when you get back.

If events DO change here…they will change for you too.

BUT…

that's my OPINION.

Remember just answers please..

Thanking you,

Dr P.Light

(p.s pamela ,your opinion please)

IP: Logged

Shadow unregistered posted 21 November 2000 10:29

——————————————————————————–

Dr. Light,

There is a thin line between question and accusation. I’m pretty sure TT-O DOES NOT check in here seeking abuse or accusal.

The reason this board is here is to determine the the plausibility and possible usability of time travel. If there is no such thing, or even the perception that there is no time travel and no time travelers then we need to unplug this board and for all of us to ‘go home’.

The point is not is Mr. TT-O for real but rather is what we THINK we are doing here for real.

As TT-O says how we take care of our own time line IS OUR BUSINESS. Doing so in stark ignorance can lead to problems for those who put a priority on getting through the day alive.

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 21 November 2000 10:41

——————————————————————————–

All of the questions asked by Mr. Light have been answered in one way or another. I believe Pamela has that information if she has not released it already.

You assume I am here to start a war?

Consider this: You are a time traveler who wishes to go back in time to 1941 because your grandparents live close to Pearl Harbor in Hawaii. You realize you can’t stop the war but you may be able to help them prepare for it. Strangely, December 7th comes and goes with no sneak attack. As the war in Europe rages on, Japan fails to join the axis power, there is no war in the Pacific and the United States remains neutral. Then, you watch as Germany begins to develop the atomic bomb… all by themselves.

For a change, I have a question for all of you. I want you to think…think very hard. What major disaster was expected and prepared for in the last year and a half that never happened?

[He's telling the audience his true purpose and intention in 1998 to 2000. It's Y2K. -Metallicman.]

As far as war goes, I have faith you are quite capable of starting one all by yourself. I am hard pressed to accept any criticism on my outlook on that subject. 

Growing up might have been a vastly different experience for me than it was for most of you. Personal responsibility, determination, honor, friendship and self-reliance are not just words we try to live up to or fantasize about. 

On my world line, life is not easy. 

We live in a world recovering from years of war, poison, destruction and hate. All of it, courtesy of the thinking and actions of people that live right now in the same world you do, worrying about which stocks to buy or whether or not a stranger is lying to them on the internet. 
Destroyed Washington DC
Destroyed Washington DC. The world as depicted by John Titor is not pleasant. In fact it is terrifying. The civil war fighting the DHS does not sound like fun either.
I believe that hardship and challenge develop character and community. 

My first experience with war came when I joined a shotgun infantry unit at the age of thirteen. In the 4 years I served as a “rebel”, I watched hundreds of people get shot, burn and bleed to death. 

I know exactly where I was and every detail of the exact moment the first nuclear warheads began falling on Jacksonville. I know the pain and regret of not acting soon enough to enjoy a relationship as a loved one dies of brain cancer from a war that gained nothing.

How can you possibly criticize me for any conflict that comes to you? I watch every day what you are doing as a society. While you sit by and watch your Constitution being torn away from you, you willfully eat poisoned food, buy manufactured products no one needs and turn an uncaring eye away from millions of people suffering and dying all around you. Is this the “Universal Law” you subscribe to?

Perhaps I should let you all in on a little secret. No one likes you in the future. This time period is looked at as being full of lazy, self-centered, civicly ignorant sheep. Perhaps you should be less concerned about me and more concerned about that.

IP: Logged

Shadow unregistered posted 21 November 2000 13:17

——————————————————————————–

Think, think, think, what major disaster didn’t happen last year. No y2k computer meltdown! Are you intimating that your people fiddled with time and saved us from that one? If so how could I complain other than to say that MY y2k preperations in themselves have turned into a MAJOR PERSONAL disaster that continues to this day. Ky-sur-sur-rah, ay?

Reading your posts I get conflicting ideas about what effect our timeline has on yours. Didn’t you say that “another you” was here now as a two year old child? Is the ‘Everret Many Worlds’ interpretation of quantum mechanics it the correct one then? You seem to look at us as represenative of your ACTUAL predicessors. There is something a bit unnerving about that. In fact the main reason why I think you might be genuine is that I have trouble thinking LIKE you do. I would expect this of an encounter with a “Chrono-alien”.

It seems to me that there would be some effect from one parallel world to another. Therefore what you do in this time line would have at least INDIRECT consequences in all future lines. The idea of many time lines I can ‘get’, but infinite ones? Perhaps on the parallel axis they just keep getting more different until they are seen as completly different alien worlds.

Is it possible to communicate between times and parallel worlds without physically going to them? Im getting a little sick of talking to myself…ha ha ..(.I think).

So we are all lazy and selfish around these times. Not exactly a news flash bud. Oh, did I leave out ignorant too? Hey it fits the profile. The word you are looking for however is POWERLESS. That is why we now, in general don’t give a flying crap about what goes on. There ain’t nothing we can do about it aside getting out teeth kicked in for trying.

Let me put it this way. The wrong people got all the money……already. 

The rest of us are mostly concentrating on not starving or freezing to death. What do you want anyway? The disaster you have suffered in your time (and ours to come I suppose) got its start long long before today. We were warned decades ago……yeah now I see your point.

IP: Logged

Shadow unregistered posted 21 November 2000 13:37

——————————————————————————–

To: TimeTravel_0

Refer to post above…….forgot to stick your name on it again.

IP: Logged

Shadow unregistered posted 21 November 2000 13:47

——————————————————————————–

To: TimeTravel_0

Has the mystery of UFO’s been solved by 2036? Crop circles? I figure it is all “paralell worlder” stuff but is anything specific been determined?

BTW

The one way questioning going on here is mosty because you already know lots more about us than we can ever know about you. Let us know when you plan to check out.

IP: Logged

Time02112 Member posted 21 November 2000 14:41

——————————————————————————–

A.) Russia has “ALWAYS” been considered the first Country, to be suspect of a probable Nuclear Attack against the USA, and I, for one have NEVER relinquished the thought that inevitably, this will happen while I remain alive to witness this unfourtunate trajedy come to fruition.

*Why have they been stockpiling Nuclear arms purchased from their Diplomatic relations with China, and protesting our “Star-Wars” defense systems during this plot?

We never seen it comming?

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 21 November 2000 21:31

——————————————————————————–

There have been a great many questions piling up that I do plan to get to. If anyone sees a question I have answered before, please feel free to repeat the answer.

I do not plan on leaving this world line for a while yet. I very much enjoy spending time with my family.

IP: Logged

Curious unregistered posted 21 November 2000 23:01

——————————————————————————–

To TT_0, How is it, that in the future they can produce and contain an artificial singularity, by complex computer systems, but can’t reproduce a basic pc (IBM 5100). Or is it easier to just “borrow” these items from an alternate time line? Or did you use the lack of a computer system as an excuse to vist your family?

Curious

IP: Logged

Dr Light unregistered posted 22 November 2000 12:57

——————————————————————————–

To T.T_0,

So if we are a bunch of sick lazy ignorant stupid etc etc’s……what are YOU doing among us?

Do you like our artificial foods? Or is it the meaningless piles of “junk” we churn out year after year? Perhaps it is the choked atmosphere? And we also turn an “uncaring eye” away from the millions suffering too?

Perhaps this time is just like yours……

We still have war , hate and all the above.

Humph. I didnt know that what we think is so technologically advanced and superior ( myself excluded)is looked upon as ,for want of a better word, “Sh*t”

I agree with Shadow.

Can we help but to eat these foods , drink this water? Survival is the key word here.

But another question arises..

Do you think i am accusing you? I meerly went and posted a message about my opinions on the subject.I happen to strongly believe in Time travel and i also believe YOU.They are only QUESTIONS as i have stated Mr_0. I also dont think you are here to start a war, of all things. if it was for my family, i would go though time too.

Or else what would i be doing here?

As soon as anyone here on this forumn starts talking in terms of “not believing you” you get aggravated? I dont wish for that to be.

These are questions , and nothing more. Tell me if i have hit a soft spot. Im not trying to but it might seem that way.

Life here in 2000 is not at all easy for us here too. A handfull of people run this timeline….

(Sigh)

Regards,

Dr. P.Light

(P.S) There are a few questions (not accustaions as you out them) i would like to ask about the workings of the C204 unit before you leave us. I will post them up later.

IP: Logged

Lllllllll unregistered posted 22 November 2000 14:32

——————————————————————————–

What Can we do to help you here in this time line. 

Who is responcible for the disaster to come? 

Can you tell us if the world has been unified under one single goverment in your time? 

Do you have the means to calculate interactions over the range of the universe so that to enable which alterations need to be made at which points in the present universe at given times in order recreate an optimal time period for yourself when you return? 

Remember this no matter what generation one goes to there is always trechory for it is sin in the human race that enables such degradation?

What do you think about our time period? 

Have you tried any of our fast food? 

What technologies were lost as a result of the war? 

Who won the war? 

My favorite junk food is M&M’s. 

What ebergy source did you use for your traveling technique? 

Did you use acceleration or compression as a stabilizing force?

How did you overcome the temperal turbulence caused by the affects of time dilation? 

Was topology a big part of it? 

Are you seeking to return to a parallel dimension? 

In the present. Has anyone actually created a true interdimensional device. Or has only parrellel frames past frames been abtained within the worldline of the negative universe? 

What do you need to fix your ship? 

Has your resurfacing in the past resulted in the creation of a parallel entity as a result of the transfer of a phantom point of entity equivalence across the intersimensional barrier resulting in the abstraction of an existant entity out of the fractional entity less then zero? 

Have you figured a way to counter this energy?

IP: Logged

Time02112 Member posted 22 November 2000 16:44

——————————————————————————–

11/20/00 – Mon/Tue

Guest: Dr. Eugene Mallove

Dr. Mallove, Editor-in-Chief and Publisher of Infinite Energy Magazine will discuss cold fusion and new energy technology. Dr. Mallove holds a Master of Science Degree and Bachelor of Science Degree in Aeronautical and Astronautical Engineering from MIT and a Science Doctorate in Environmental Health Sciences from Harvard University.

Book: Fire from Ice: Searching for the Truth Behind the Cold Fusion Furor

Website: www.infinite-energy.com

(Click on the Windows media icon above, to listen to the pre-recorded broadcast.)

I posted this elswhere, however I wanted to ensure that TT_0 would review this, and post his comments accordingly…

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 22 November 2000 20:58

——————————————————————————–

Pamela: 1.What exactly would an observer see as they saw you arriving in this time? and exactly what would they see as you departed? would you just appear suddenly or slowly? would you look like a heat mirage for awhile? Any light effects? or hazy misty shimmering distortion?

Time travel_0- The observation of time travelers “appearing” suddenly in a world line do not happen very often. There are two cases and two points of view to consider. In the first case, the time machine does not move as it goes from one world line to another and then returns. The people watching on the original world linewould wave good bye and watch as the machine is turned on.

There would be a static discharge and the air would appear to “ripple” as if it were getting denser. Then, it would stop and the machine will have appeared to have gone no where. If the machine doesn’t move its position from world line to world line, the observer would not see it disappear at all. 

In the second case, if the machine is moved, it would disappear from the viewpoint of the observer and return in a different location based on where it was moved and turned on from the destination world line. 

In that case, the rippling seems to dissolve the machine and it disappears. If that happens while you are watching it leave and you expect it to return, you know it was moved or had a serious malfunction. 

It is actually quite dangerous to get too close to a distortion unit as it enters or leaves a world line. It vents radiation and has a very strong localized gravity field. Personally, I worry about that a great deal.

Pamela:2.What is the dimension of the field around the car? How many feet out from the car would you say it goes?

Timetravel_0-It can be adjusted to some degree. The CG (center of gravity) is adjustable within about 4 feet and the unit is effective about 10 to 12 feet in either direction from there. The vertical distance is quite a bit shorter and is determined by sensors in the unit.

Pamela:3.approximately in inches how much of the ground is taken with you in one trip?

timetravel_0-Depending on weather or not you are going forward or backward, the footprint of the unit is different. I wouldn’t quite say it “scoops” up the ground cleanly. It sort of vibrates it loose and takes it along for the ride. It looks like someone raked the ground an inch or so deep with a small hand hoe or shovel. 

The negative ergosphere “scoops” up the front and back areas of the field. The positive ergosphere leaves a longer area near the center of mass. Its about a cubic foot of dirt spread out over six square feet or so.

Pamela:4.If they put the device in a house and turned it on what do you think would happen?

Timetravel_0-It might not be as destructive as you think. Depending on how close any object is to the field, it might not do any damage at all except for the floor.

Pamela:5.what would happen to a bird or small animal that ran across the field right when it was producing the field to travel?

Timetravel_0-It would be quickly spread out over the lateral length of the gravity field. Imagine being squished and stretched at the same time. I would imagine anything left after that would be vaporized and generate static electricity.

Pamela:6.how hot would you say the temperature gets on the outside of the car while in operation?

Timetravel_0-Very! hot. Depending on the power setting, 100 to 120 degrees is average.

Pamela:7.is the car in drive mode when the device is activated or is it totally turned off?

Timetravel_0-The car is off and the brake on.

Pamela: 8.has the device been tested on ships and airplanes?

Timetravel_0-Not that I’m aware of. Its important that it remain as still as possible so the gravity sensors can get a good lock. The divergence confidence would be way off if the vehicle was moving.

Pamela:9.do you wear special uniforms when you time travel? what do they look like and does your group have a timetravel emblem or group name?

Timetravel_0-I wear a standard civilian service uniform during instruction and training. Its sort of a cross between an army uniform and overalls. 

We do have a quarter master who distributes clothing appropriate to where ever we are going. 

There is a patch. It is round and has a graphic of a Kerr singularity (sort of looks like an eye with gravity waves around it) with two spiral paths running through it’s center. One path represents the “safe” way and the other is the path to God. The bottom of the patch has my unit number along with “Temporal Recon” printed on it. 

However, we remove any identification and patches before we go anywhere.

Pamela:10.Can you tell us what you know about the famous Philadelphia experiment?

timetravel_0-I am aware of the basic story but I don’t have any other information to prove or disprove it.

Pamela:11. How long do we have to talk to you before you leave?

timetravel_0-I’ll be around for a while yet.

IP: Logged

Shadow unregistered posted 22 November 2000 22:13

——————————————————————————–

Leader of a troup of time traveling Irish Army ants:

Corporal_O’Kerrants.

If you see him

It ain’t ’em, but “EM”

IP: Logged

TimeMaster 1a Member posted 23 November 2000 06:10

——————————————————————————–

TimeTravel_0:

I have been looking over your time displacement unit and find it interesting.

This is a list of the basic components as I see it.

[1] Singularity drive housing.
[2] Singularity magnetic field coil.
[3] Magnetic field generator / regulator.
[4] Electron mass injection manifold.
[5] Electron regulator.
[6] Electron condenser.
[7] Singularity ??? sensor.
[8] Singularity cooling housing.
[9] Singularity cooling pump.
[10] Singularity cooling supply.
[11] Gravity sensor unit.
[12] Battery supply.

Can you verify these components? What type of sensor is number seven? Why are the four atomic clocks not shown?

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 25 November 2000 09:10

——————————————————————————–

(Can you verify these components?)

That looks correct. I must apologize for the poor quality of the information. There’s a running inside joke about the technical issues. If the unit has a serious problem its not as if anyone can use those drawings to take the electron manifold off the singularity housing with a flat head screw driver.

(What type of senser is number seven?)

That sensor detects various parameters from the singularity.

(Why are the four atomic clocks not shown?)

There is another page that depicts the computer and clock systems. That technology is not new and not very interesting. There is a cut-a-way drawing of the entire unit that I will probably post before I leave. I’ll send it to Pamalea.

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 25 November 2000 13:57

——————————————————————————–

To Shadow:

UFOs are as much as a mystery to me as they are to you. Would you be surprised to know that there are a great many people who don’t believe in time travel on my world line? I do believe UFOs are a real mystery but I also know that chaos theory dictates that no matter what technology or knowledge we have, there are always unknowns.

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 25 November 2000 13:59

——————————————————————————–

To: Curious

On my world line, it is known that the 5100 series is capable of reading all the IBM code written before the widespread use of APL and Basic. Unfortunately, there are none left that anyone can find on my world line.

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 25 November 2000 14:01

——————————————————————————–

To: Dr. P.Light

It is quite difficult to get used to some of the communication patterns I have come across here. Confusing conversational conflict for anger seems to be a common and typical problem. Why does the expression of differing emotion seem to threaten so many people? I do not feel accused nor was I trying to accuse anyone. Your opinions are as valid as anyone’s and I do not suggest you change them because of anything I say. I never said I was here to start a war although I have strong opinions about what a war would do for you. I am not aggravated by words.

Imagine you are Jewish and you are able to travel back in time to Germany in 1935. All around you are the patterns of thinking and action that will lead to a great deal of harm, death and destruction in just a few years. You have the advantage of knowing what will come but no one will listen to you. In fact, they think you’re insane and the situations you describe could never happen.

What I feel is not anger, it is sadness that you can not see what I see.

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 25 November 2000 14:03

——————————————————————————–

To: IIIIIIIIII

I appreciate your offer for help but I am quite alright. The responsibility for the “disaster” is your own but I do not consider it a disaster. Rebirth is often painful. My world line is not unified under a single government but I would say it is closer to a unified purpose. Isn’t that what you want anyway? No, I do not have the ability to make calculations that would effect world lines to my advantage. Besides the fact that manipulating people for personal gain is wrong, I am of the belief that it is best to make the world line you are on now better.

I like the incredible freedom you have on this world line but I see it as a trap and I fear the cost is the loss of your sense of connection with family and community. Yes, you can self actualize your ambitions but at what cost to the people around you…or yet to be born? The incredible availability of art, literature and limitless resources is hardly taken advantage of as I imagine the number of people sitting in front of their TVs.

No, I have not tried any fast food. Thinking about where the food came from, how it was shipped and treated absolutely terrifies me. I have tried to tell people about CJD disease and it seems to be “catching on” in Europe.

Technologies themselves are not lost but some of the older tools and techniques have been lost. I think there is more detailed information about the war posted earlier.

The energy stored in the singularity is used to create the distortion fields. That energy is created in a particle accelerator. I’m not sure what you mean by “temporal turbulence”. What effect would that have that would need to be overcome?

When I leave, I will return to 2036. The computer I have is expected there. I am unaware of any “true” inter-dimensional device available on this world line now. I would image the effects of such a device would be hard to hide.

My “ship” is not broken. I am here by choice. Don’t you find current events interesting? Again, I’m not sure I understand your last question. Perhaps we should agree to the definitions of a few terms and basic physics before I try to answer that.


IP: Logged

Time02112 Member posted 25 November 2000 17:08

——————————————————————————–

I am unaware of any “true” interdimensional device available on this world line now. I would image the effects of such a device would be hard to hide.

TT_0 I recommend that you read the following archived posts. Although there are some interesting information about “Existing” portals that traverse the Space-Time continuumn, Time~Travel capability is just one ability that these devices are capable of, and the most interesting factor resides with the fact that they may even pre-date mankinds own history? (perhaps.)

http://www.xone.net/tti/board/ubbhtml/Forum1/HTML/000308.html

“Utilizing The Earth’s Energy Grid To Navigate Time Vortex’s.”

————————

http://www.xone.net/tti/board/ubbhtml/Forum1/HTML/000345.html

“Time Port Area in Marfa Texas.”

————————————

http://www.xone.net/tti/board/ubbhtml/Forum1/HTML/000339.html

“History of Uknown Origins & New Beginnings.”

——————————————–

http://www.xone.net/tti/board/ubbhtml/Forum1/HTML/000045.html

“Stargate in the Andes.”

————————–

Questions, Comments, Concerns?

I would like your comments of this TT_O

IP: Logged

Shadow unregistered posted 25 November 2000 17:44

——————————————————————————–

to TT_0 and the currious

The fact that better equipment is supposed to get the reverse-time traveler closer to their actual past indicates that there is an ACTUAL SPECIFIC past that he is aiming for. So if in practical application the traveler ends up 2% divergent upon arrival in the past and if he stays in that line he finds that it is not a line at all, but that going forward, divergence approaches infinity. If this is so, the only way to get back to ones’ original future is to have left some kind of specified object or condition there as a marker. Reverse time divergence is an artifact of the machine you use and not a built in natural law of physics.

In this idea the past is exactly behind you and the future is always and literally “right around the corner”, It also suggests that the self is fractionalized over several to many parallel time lines even though we may only *realize* one line at once. Organic psyche may be what LIMITS divergence (of time lines). Also if this theory is correct we may be 2% divergent from TT_0 but going forward in this time line he is 98% divergent from us. My logic is pretty good here, how’s my facts?

BTW Someone just gave me a working IBM 5160. Should I save it or toss it?

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 26 November 2000 16:32

——————————————————————————–

To the reader: feel fortunate you are reading this I had a hard time posting it hopefully it will appear this time. More questions from me to Timetravel_0 and his answers.

(can you tell us which of our foods are poison and why?)(What can we do to prepare ourselves for the coming war.)

I tried to consolidate your questions into a basic list. I hope this helps.

[1] Do not eat or use products from any animal that is fed and eats parts of its own dead.

[2] Do not kiss or have intimate relations with anyone you do not know.

[3] Learn basic sanitation and water purification.

[4] Be comfortable around firearms. Learn to shoot and clean a gun.

[5] Get a good first aid kit and learn to use it.

[6] Find 5 people within 100 miles that you trust with your life and stay in contact with them.

[7] Get a copy of the US Constitution and read it.

[8] Eat less.

[9] Get a bicycle and two sets of spare tires. Ride it 10 miles a week.

[10] Consider what you would bring with you if you had to leave your home in 10 min. and never return.


(Can you tell us exactly what event started the war? Is there any way we can stop it?)

The war is a result of faulty politics and desperation from Western leadership during the US civil war. Yes, I suppose you could stop it.

(Are some states or countries safer than others?)

Take a close look at the county by county voting map from the last elections.

(Did they use biological and chemical weapons in the war besides nukes? Did they use mind control weapons?)

Yes there were bio and chem weapons used. No mind control weapons but there are new “non-lethal” weapon systems that turn out to be quite lethal.

( Have you discovered the cure for cancer or aids yet?)

Aids…no. Cancer…some progress.

(If our leaders of this world line were reading this posting and believe who you say you are……..what would you say to them right now?)

Revel in your confidence today because you will not win tomorrow.

(What is the main message you want to convey to us at this time?)

Please, please wake up. Look at the sign posts around you now.

(Can you explain this further when you talked of your patch and the two spirals one was the “safe” way and one was the way to God. Can you expound on that I didn't quite understand it.)

The safe way is the one calculated to take you in time where you want to go, the other path will take you to God (death). Both are equally accepted and anticipated before each trip.

[This message has been edited by pamela (edited 26 November 2000).]
IP: Logged

Fast Member posted 26 November 2000 17:51

——————————————————————————–

ive been gone for 4 days and i get back and TT0 is leaving and there are people in doubt over his story??

I have been reading that around 2011 there is some new world order-type government in place…TT0,can u verify?

Also,a while back(page 2 of the posts) you said something was wrong with UNIX in your time…what is wrong?

Fast Out

IP: Logged

Fast Member posted 26 November 2000 18:01

——————————————————————————–

“–Perhaps I should let you all in on a little secret. No one likes you in the future. This time period is looked at as being full of lazy, self-centered, civicly ignorant sheep. Perhaps you should be less concerned about me and more concerned about that.”

who’s to say that in your own time-line’s future,your not considered barbaric and immature in your own arrogance with the notion that ‘yes we survived…we can handle another war…now lets use the technology that STARTED the bloody war and go back into someone else’s time-line and start a war there too…perhaps then we will have parallel companions with the same motives?’

War is the darkest of all Arts.The Age which follows includes those who practice another of the darkest:arrogance.

Fast Out

IP: Logged

Dr. Light unregistered posted 27 November 2000 01:37

——————————————————————————–

To: T-T-0

Just a quick question before i jet,

Does the events happening in the Middle east concerning the Arabs and Jews have anything to do with the coming war? I mean to say that since the Jewish population seems to have quite considerable power now in 2000, would they mount a force against other countries or am i under the belief that the war will result from the U.S government election?(among other things).

On another previous note,

You must understand that we cannot just willingly give in our skepticism just because a person comes onto a bulletin board and announces that he/she is from 2036?

Tell me T-T_0, when you first typed a message here announcing your arrival…did anyone believe you? We have had proven “false” time travelers here before as you may have heard. But your considerable grasp of quantum physics and distortion fields seems to justify you.

Seems like your the …”real deal”

P.S–I KNEW that particle acceleraton technology would be part of time travel!!!

Makes sense doesn't it!

P.P.S– Singularity cooling pump?

What do you cool the singularity with?

IP: Logged

Dr .P Light unregistered posted 27 November 2000 04:01

——————————————————————————–

To TT-0

Just an afterthought i forgot to add to my previous post..

How much more advanced are the computer hardware and software systems in the future?

Are we looking at 110Ghtz computers with stamped silicon system technology as opposed to 200 million microtransistor configurations?

Or do we have the usual “crawling along with hardware advances every 6 months?”

Please feel free to go into details.

Dr P.Light

IP: Logged

Time02112 Member posted 27 November 2000 16:03

——————————————————————————–

pamela

Member posted 08 April 2000 18:23

——————————————————————————–

This is interesting: http://www.damanhur.org/time/html/kindred_spirit_s_article.htm

click on “interview with a timetraveller.”

“tales of the unexpected” is his recall of his travels.

————————–

Do you remember this one Pamela? http://tectime.cjb.net

[This message has been edited by Time02112 (edited 27 November 2000).]
IP: Logged

IIIIIIIIII unregistered posted 27 November 2000 22:57

——————————————————————————–

Dear Time0,

if one found a method to pry apart a magnetic field would this result in a containable release of energy. Would the energy channeled through the tear be in the form of a tachyon field with the forward edge of the tachyon field at a velocity of light. Would the internal tachyons within the tachyon field have a velocity greater then light even though existing in the present subliminal time frame?

inquisitively.

IP: Logged

Time02112 Member posted 28 November 2000 01:29

——————————————————————————–

TT_0

What can you tell us about

“Space Time Transposing” ?

IP: Logged

Time02112 Member posted 28 November 2000 01:51

——————————————————————————–

Originaly posted from the coast to coast forum by: Alan Troidl http://post.coasttocoastam.com/showthread.php?threadid=355

————————————–

Time travel has been taking place for thousands of years. The foremost device used was the pyramids around the world used by ancient civilizations. This was for time travel and not so much as a burial site as commonly believed. The physics behind this is the sacred geometrics of the pyramid shape.

The geometric shape of the pyramid allows for the concentration of “White Light” as well as “Dark Light”. The dark light was conducted from the area in the pyramid know as the “well” which no one could understand its use as it is a hole that suddenly stops with no apparent purpose or use.

Above the King’s Chamber are huge layered stones with air spaces. One side shiny and smooth and the other side dark and rough. This is a capacitance machine for the separate collection of the 2 light sources.

These 2 light sources, one coming from the earth and the white light from the cosmos above criss crossed but did not intersect each other at the point of the sarcophagus. This technology allowed for time travel and the opening of the “third eye”.

As well, the design of 2 pyramids intersecting base to base to give you the design of the 6 point star, (or the star of david), is the sacred symbol and geometry to enter into zero point time or Christ Consciousness.   There are modern day devices that impliment these principals for time travel.

By having your own brain operating at the same harmonic frequency as obtained through man made devices, can give you the same ability to do conscious time travel.

IP: Logged

Time02112 Member posted 28 November 2000 02:01

——————————————————————————–

There is a fortelling of a significant Time Divergence that is believed to occur during the year 2012 according to the ancient Mayans, yet you claim to be from 2034, and posses a working Time Travel device…

What can you tell us would happen to you, or anyone else who were to use your device, or another one similar in capabilities to travel to the yr. 2012???———–

(also I would like you to tell us what you know, or have been told what takes place in “2112”)

incidentally, since it is common knowledge that many events within our cosmos are cyclical, interesting enough the “Photon Belt” returns to our solar system every 26,000 yrs. and in the given Time frame since it’s last presence in our solar system, that would place it’s peak convergence upon us again at 2012 coincidence?

[This message has been edited by Time02112 (edited 28 November 2000).]
IP: Logged

Time02112 Member posted 29 November 2000 02:22

——————————————————————————–

TT_0 so many questions, yet you seem to have more “Time” than most to address them, so while I await your replies to my other posts, here goes another….

I’ts no big secret among thos who are “In the Know” of our current worldline’s attempts to control the weather i.e. HAARP & Chemtrails, so What can you tell us about the future of weather control such as the following…

bronze flying globes that float in the air over the earth, and are aligned in grid formations, and lasers joining them together in the air, churning out snow storms, rain, or whatever else they decide to induce,to be created in the given space provided???

——BTW; I traveled to the past, and grabbed an earlier comment you posted.

Does anyone remember this one?

——————————

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 02 November 2000 01:00

——————————————————————————–

I saw the posting requesting the basic systems for a gravity distortion system that will allow time travel. Here they are:

[1] Magnetic housing units for dual microsignularities.
[2] Electron injection manifold to alter mass and gravity of microsingularities.
[3] Cooling and x-ray venting system
[4] Gravity sensors (VGL system)
[5] Main clocks (4 cesium units)
[6] Main computer units (3)

[This message has been edited by Time02112 (edited 29 November 2000).]
IP: Logged

Shadow unregistered posted 29 November 2000 09:29

——————————————————————————–

I hate to sound sarcastic but didn’t you some what gloss over the most critical piece of time-travel equipment? I don’t see the $10,000,000+ dollars listed anywhere, that it would take to buy and fabricate all that other stuff.

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 30 November 2000 19:43

——————————————————————————–

time 02112:

this web site from Nov. 1, 2000 at 10:00pm till Nov. 30, 2000 at 7:38pm has been accessed: 4026 times.

I was curious how many hits it got in about a month. well there it is… heheheh

if it continues it will be well over 48,312 a year.

I thought it was interesting. there seems to be a lot of people interested in time travel but few post.

-pamela

[This message has been edited by pamela (edited 30 November 2000).]
IP: Logged

rgrunt@yahoo.com unregistered posted 01 December 2000 14:09

——————————————————————————–

Perhaps it is better to understand if one understands that all fractional entities less then one is equal to zero spatially and less then zero temperally when measuring the temperal fractional entity in terms of spacial fractional entity known as a plancs length. Of course I could be misinterpreting the definition of a plancs length. Please feel free to correct me if I am incorrect in assuming that what I have gathered as the definition of a temperal zero, and a spacial zero; and the plancs temperal length, and a plancs spacial length as being the same conscept: is wrong. Otherwise the ofore mentioned point of view ought to be considered. (If there is any confusion as to what I am talking about please have a look see under rgrunts time travel posting in order to acquire the basic train of thought behind the above mentioned statement.)

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 01 December 2000 23:04

——————————————————————————–

timetravel_0 said he would be back he is just a little busy right now.

patience is a virtue. time takes… time.

-pamela

———————————————

[This message has been edited by Time02112 (edited 02 December 2000).]
IP: Logged

rgrunt@yahoo.com unregistered posted 04 December 2000 15:36

——————————————————————————–

Thanks for the knowledge Pamela. I really think that the design or basic model that Time-o gave sounds legit but I think that if he could replace the particle accelerator with a an electromagnetic device that uses only one kind of particle-a magnetic photon- that the energy would be much more stable and easier to control. I also believe that such a replacement would require much less accuracy and would be at the minimum as efficient if not more efficient then the energy production that he is intent on using. A gravity generator would also be just as effective in extracting the necessary energy required to power the device. This will require alot more effort such as discovering how to make a gravitational generator.

sincerely,

Edwin G. Schasteen

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 06 December 2000 21:36

——————————————————————————–

(What is the popular music like?)

Most of the same music you enjoy is available on archive. However the days of mega-stars playing multiple track studio produced music and lip synching on a huge stage are pretty much isolated to your time period. Like everything else, music is much less centralized. The general trend is away from “computer generated” music and more toward real people playing real instruments. Music is much more of a personal experience. More people know how to read music and play together in small groups.

(Are there any social prejudices)

Yes there are. However, as odd as it may sound, it serves a useful purpose in my time. First, you must realize that your experiences with “prejudice” and mine are different. I would characterize the intolerance you have here as a result of ignorance and fear. I have observed that people with unfounded and irrational fears about their fellow man in this time have the luxury of not having their beliefs tested.

After the war, much of the prejudice you have now was swept away by simple necessity. People had to work and fight together just to survive. This has a way of opening a person’s eyes as to the value of fellow human beings.

What difference does the color of a man’s skin make when you are both fighting against the same enemy to survive or find water or grow food? On my world line, if a man doesn’t pull his weight in the community, then we feel prejudice towards him as a burden to us. This feeling of shame he experiences then makes him realize his responsibilities.

(What is the health care system like)

You would probably not like it at all. I would compare it to what you see in Western movies. We do have hospitals but there are more family doctors and house calls as compared to what you are used to. There is no real organized health care. If you get a serious disease, you die. This however has had a tendency to strengthen the general genetic pool. Doctors are more concerned about things like broken legs, snake bites and delivering healthy babies.

(What is the entertainment industry like, movies, tv, radio, internet?)

Again, entertainment is less centralized. There are “movies” and “tv” but everything is distributed over the net and more people produce their own “shows”.

(How difficult is it for someone to start from nothing and get a job and make a living for themselves?)

Very easy. If you can work with your hands and get along with other people, you will always find work.

(If a group of people were to travel forward in time to avoid a situation, would they be still be able to live in relative peace? Or would they be looked down on for that? Should they just keep that a secret to make things easier?)

From a physical standpoint, I suppose that would work if you were trying to escape a natural disaster. But you must consider that trying to “escape” by time traveling has it’s own problems. I’m not exactly sure what you mean by being looked down on.

(I have been reading that around 2011 there is some new world order-type government in place…TT0,can u verify?)

On my world line in 2011, the United States is in the middle of a civil war that has dramatic effects on most of the other Western governments.

(Also,a while back(page 2 of the posts) you said something was wrong with UNIX in your time…what is wrong?)

Yes… and with your’s too. I have to believe there must be a UNIX expert out there someplace that can confirm that. I’m not exactly sure what the technical issue is but I believe some sort of UNIX system registry stops in 2038.

(Does the events happening in the Middle east concerning the Arabs and Jews have anything to do with the coming war? )

Yes.

(I mean to say that since the jewish population seems to have quite considerable power now in 2000…)

I’m not sure what power you are referring to.

(Tell me T-T_0, when you first typed a message here announcing your arrival…did anyone believe you?)

I don’t know if anyone believes me now. But you must realize that I don’t expect anyone to believe me or does it affect me one way or the other. I enjoy these conversations too. What would you expect a time traveler to say or do in your time?

(What do you cool the singularity with?)

Very highly technical, cooling stuff. [sorry, I don’t get much of a chance to be a wise guy ]

(How much more advanced are the computer hardware and software systems in the future? )

Good question! I would say the biggest difference is in the reliability of the hardware and software. It absolutely amazes me how willing people are here to accept computer and software failures on such a regular basis.

I was very surprised to see how prolific it is. You can look forward to very stringent manufacturing parameters and programming discipline. Think back to the early days of the computer and how much work and cleverness it took to fit those programs into such small areas of memory.

Has more and cheaper memory brought better programs or just more programs?

As far as technical specifics, I’m afraid I can not go into too much detail. However, I will tell you that processor speed and memory size take dramatic leaps forward.

(if one found a method to pryapart a magnetic field would this result in a containable release of energy. Would the energy channeled through the tear be in the form of a tachyon field with the forward edge of the tachyon field at a velocity of light. Would the internal tachyons within the tachyon field have a velocity greater then light even though existing in the present subluminal time frame? inquisitively.)

Hmmm… I afraid my notebook on Maxwell’s equations isn’t with me and I must say again that I am not a physicist. As far as tachyons goes, it’s my understanding that they can not exist at all unless they are created and “traveling” faster than light. As far as time travel goes, I’m afraid tachyons are merely useful for describing various quirky effects of strange matter.

Time 02112 has asked me some questions that I must give further thought to. I will post again as soon as I get a chance.

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 08 December 2000 01:08

——————————————————————————–

Timetraveler_0-

I thought people might be interested in seeing the drawing of the patch you sent me that you wear on your uniform. minus the unit number and the name TEMPORAL RECON.

I know you said you didnt care if i posted it or not. for anyone who would like to see it Doc has posted it on his site here:http://pub2.ezboard.com/bmagisystems then click on “timelords anonymous” and it is after your other pictures on the “anonymous gravity/time device pictures” I tried to do a direct link but it didnt work.

sincerely,

pamela

IP: Logged

——————–

Got light? Make matter.

pamela2@raex.com

——————————————————————————–

Posts: 985 | From: U.S.A | Registered: Apr 2001 | IP: Logged

Pamela

Moderator

Member # 15 posted December 25, 2002 16:06

——————————————————————————–

Time-travel Paradoxes! (Page 4)

Author Topic: Time-travel Paradoxes!

Time02112 Member posted 09 December 2000 15:37

——————————————————————————–

…and another one, (Cleaned & Enlarged) version here:> http://www.egroups.com/files/tapten/TAP-TEN/TT_0/T-T+Insignia.jpg

IP: Logged

Roby unregistered posted 10 December 2000 12:07

——————————————————————————–

I was just wondering who won the Super Bowl in the year 2001?

IP: Logged

Tiger Cohen Junior Member posted 10 December 2000 09:24

——————————————————————————–

Hello TT_O!

I have read some of the concourse up to the end of this topic’s dialogue. I find your answers to questions posed, quite … um, shall we say … creative. To say the least you are a very imaginative person.

I am not here debunking your travels or to discount your stated technology, but I do have just one question.

If your machine is capable of traveling back through time from future earth to now, I wonder how your vehicle landed on this earth at all? You obviously know that this earth and your earth do not occupy the same quadrant of space. Our earth is rotating along it’s axis at 1600kph and moving on an elliptical orbit around a sun in a solar system which itself is circling and expanding the galactic center of our galaxy which is itself ever-expanding outward. In truth your machine should (but doesn’t) also have some kind of ‘warp’ capability incorporated in it in order to go back in space to the point where we are now. It’s a wonder that your vehicle didn’t end up in deep space or caught in the gravity well of some other stellar mass. You would also need a life support system to sustain you until you were within earth’s atmosphere.

Oh, I know that you may claim to have access to galactic stellar cartography from this period of space and time, but how would you account for the earth’s rotational speed as well as the moon’s gravitation effect and lastly the avoidance of man made structures which are not totally mapped even by our geosynchronus comsats of this day?

I’m not worried about pieces of dirt within your temporal field or even the odd stray cat being dispersed by your resulting static electricity, but I am curious as to how you overcome all of these obstacles from the contoured seat of what you claim is just a time machine?

Pamela seemed concerned with the ‘go nowhere ripple effect’ that might occur when a time machine left and then returned, but I find even that logic flawed. I maintain that a time machine would imprint itself spatially upon a certain time period. Einstein’s Theory of Relativity would dictate that even if you left in such a machine for two minutes, this time would continue to advance and this world would still move through space and rotate. Therefore a time machine would NOT appear to stand still but rather would (depending upon the time interval) appear to suddenly defy gravity as it disappeared and then, free of the gravitational momentum, would reappear in near or far space. If you think my logic is faulty, then try jumping high in the air from the back of a flatbed truck while it moves along at freeway speeds.

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 10 December 2000 11:00

——————————————————————————–

I will try to answer all of your questions however, I have noticed that there seems to be a difficulty in entering a conversation in the middle. Most of the following questions I have answered at length in previous posts. I understand how important it is to have these answers when new people read portions of the posting but I find it tiring to keep repeating myself. Any suggestions would be appreciated.

(I was just wondering who won the Super Bowl in the year 2001?)

I do not answer questions like this. Although I don’t really know the motivation for the question…I can guess. If a time traveler had knowledge of your future, and you could only ask one question, would this be it? Besides, can you tell me if it rained in New York on June 4th 1932? You are from their future so should you know that?

(I have read some of the concourse up to the end of this topic’s dialogue…. 1. If your machine is capable of traveling back through time from future earth to now, I wonder how your vehicle landed on this earth at all? You obviously know that this earth and your earth do not occupy the same quadrant of space…. You would also need a life support system to sustain you until you were within earth’s atmosphere… and lastly the avoidance of man made structures…)

This is actually a very good question that parts and pieces of the answer are scattered around in previous postings. I am often surprised that it is not the first one asked.

You are correct, this problem is actually the most difficult part of time travel. Although some of your assumptions about matter displacement are a bit off, the problem is real. Inside the displacement unit are a series of very sensitive clocks and gravity sensors.

This system is called the VGL (variable gravity lock).

In simple terms, before the unit “leaves” a world line, it takes a base reading of the local gravity and adjusts the Tipler sinusoid to “lock” into that position. Although the tmporal physics of this statement are wrong, in effect, it holds you to the “Earth”. During travel, it periodically checks to see that the field has not varied. If it does, it stops and reverses course or drops out at that point. Buildings and other terrain features are avoided in the same way.

Yes, we do bring oxygen in the vehicle with us but we do not lose atmospheric pressure.

(Pamela seemed concerned with the ‘go nowhere ripple effect’ that might occur when a time machine left and then returned, but I find even that logic flawed. I maintain that a time machine would imprint itself spatially upon a certain time period.)

I’m not sure what you mean by imprint?

(Einstein’s Theory of Relativity would dictate that even if you left in such a machine for two minutes, this time would continue to advance and this world would still move through space and rotate.)

Yes that is correct.

(Therefore a time machine would NOT appear to stand still but rather would (depending upon the time interval) appear to suddenly defy gravity as it disappeared and then, free of the gravitational momentum, would reappear in near or far space.)

Please see VGL system above. Also, please be aware that from the viewpoint of the time traveler, the displacement unit actually left and then returned. The viewer does not experience this. Think of it as a Gosub statement in a computer program.

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 10 December 2000 11:32

——————————————————————————–

from an e-mail to timetraveler_0 and his answers. (TTO-If any of this is different from what you sent me please let me know.this is copied and pasted.)

>1. what type of money system do you have on your world line? meaning how do you buy and sell things? Do you have the same type of money or do we have a cashless society? such as smart cards, credit cards or ID biochips.

Its not very different than it is now. Yes, we have money and credit cards. However, like everything else, the monetary system is decentralized. Banking is based mostly around the community structure. There are no multinational banking or computerized economic systems. There are also no income taxes.

>2. do you still use radio transponders to ID your cattle and other farm animals?

Some of the larger farm communities use electronic markers and fences. I am not a farmer so I don’t have very many details about that.

>3.Is the Global Positioning Satellite system still in place around the Earth?

Oh yes! In fact, the unit I have with me works here. I’m not sure why that surprises me.  here are also a great many communications and internet satellite systems.

>4.Do you still have the American Flag as your flag? does it look different or is there a new flag?

Yes, we still have the flag. There is a debate about changing it from 50 stars to 5.

>5.Is there some states or areas that have new names ? is there a NewDenver, Kansas by any chance?

Not that I can think of… No major cities anyway. I am aware that some smaller towns changed their names after the war and most universities have the word “fort” before them on my world line.

>6. How many weeks of training is required before you timetravel? to what extent does the training involve? Are you able to make basic emergency repairs to the unit?

I started training on the recommendation of my PS officer when I got out of school in 34. I graduated in March of 35. Actual hands on training started soon after that and I left 2036 in April. No, there are not very many repairs I can make to the unit. The unit is built very well but the tolerances are very small. I could probably repair the electrical systems and it will accept inputs from older computers.

>7.Are you able to fish or are the waters polluted from fallout from the war?

Yes, we can fish. There are some areas that are still too dangerous to spend a lot of time in so we can’t fish in those areas.

>8.Are you aware of any time travelers from our time or other world lines that have entered your world line? Have you spoke to any of them?

No I am not aware. But I accept the possibility.

>9.What type of public transportation is used to get around in your cities?

A high speed train system connects the larger cities. Roads are still used for cars and many people ride horses and bikes.

>10. What things do you think you will take back with you from this time?

Books! I’m also taking copies of family photos that were lost during the war.

>11. How many weeks have you been in this world line? when did you arrive?

That I must keep to myself right now.

>12. What kind of books do you like to read? What kind of music do you like? do you play a musical instrument?

I read a great deal of history. I like piano classics and some older rock and roll. (why did that type of music go so far down hill?) No, I don’t play any instruments myself.

>13.Are you concerned about our government investigating you or trying to  seize you or your device?

Not really. In order to find me, they would have to believe time travel is possible.

>14. are you videotaping or taking pictures of the events going on here to bring back with you to your time?

Oh yes.

>15. what is your favorite food to eat? here and in your world line.

Its very hard for me to find food here. It all scares the Hell out of me. I’ve found a couple of local farms where I am resonably sure the raw food is safe and my mother started a garden for me.

>16.does the cure for cancer have any thing to do with genetics?

Again…I’m no expert. I believe there is a great deal of progress in treating the cancer cells with modified viruses. So I guess the answer is yes.

>17.Do you have an increase in tornados and earthquakes than what we have now? is the average temperature in Florida in your time about the same as it is here? or is it different?

That’s one area I’ve decided not to talk about…sorry. The average temperature worldwide is a bit cooler.

>18. are any of the other 7 time travelers with you in this world line or are you by yourself?

No. They are off doing something else I’m sure.

>19. are there time travel web sites in the future? does this one still exist?

Time travel is a major point of social discussion. I’ll have to check when I get back. Most of the larger servers that were in the major cities were lost or destroyed. I’ll try to bring a copy back with me. Perhaps you can check that in your 2036.

>20.do you feel any connection at all to your other 2 year old self on this world line? does it seem like you or someone totally different? who does he think you are when you talk to him?

He calls me uncle. Yes, there is a connection. He feels like a younger brother. Sometimes I get mixed emotions watching him and realize I’m watching the origins of my personality. I tend to playfully criticize my father about that.

IP: Logged

djayr42 Member posted 10 December 2000 13:00

——————————————————————————–

Time Travel_0, some more questions for you. What is the education system like? For children? For adults? Is there more home schooling then there is now. What are the class sizes like? Is there any emphasis on a subject or subjects that are don’t exist now?

IP: Logged

Rgrunt unregistered posted 10 December 2000 13:10

——————————————————————————–

Are you going to take your family away with you to protect them from the coming events. Is this a temptation for you? Aren’t you worried about somebody finding your ship?

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 11 December 2000 12:58

——————————————————————————–

Reflecting upon the words timetravler_0 has shared with me personally and what I have posted of some of our conversations and watching the news everyday seeing what is happening now in Florida and the courts has made me think deeply upon the United States and the US constitution. What the US was founded on originally.

I found a web site that has the US constitution and the bill of rights here:

http://www.nara.gov/exhall/charters/charters.html

for anybody interested in reading it.

I printed out the whole constitution including the bill of rights and then sat down and read the whole thing out loud to myself thinking deeply on the rights our founding fathers were trying to protect.

For those of you U.S. citizens who cant remember the constitution beyond the words, “we the people.” its probably time to take another look. You never know what the future will be like. or how it will change.

The future is up to us…..

At the beginning of the constitution the first three words “WE THE PEOPLE..” was written in large letters on purpose.

sincerely,

pamela

IP: Logged

Dr Light unregistered posted 11 December 2000 05:27

——————————————————————————–

TT-O,

Could you elaborate on my previous questions..

I.E

How and why do the arabs/jews become entangled in the civil war of the U.S.A?

Also, about my previous question.. If you would look around you may notice that jewish poeple seem to hold “considerable” power concering major political positions both in America and Israel. For instance the latest technology concerning “defensive” technology

which you might think is reserved only for the superpowers, somehow made its way into Israel’s hands…

My point is that they seem to be an “underhand” world power that no-one seems to recognize,(or so it seems)

Also about the Arab side of affairs, they seem to be holding Biological weapons and thermonuclear weaponry. Do they end up launching these weapons against America or any other power?

I hope that cleared up my points somewhat.

Thanks,

Dr.P.Light

IP: Logged

Shadow unregistered posted 12 December 2000 20:36

——————————————————————————–

To TT-0

“Show me the money!” More impressive than the pix of your TT machine would be a clear photo of your post 2000 pocket change and paper currency.

IP: Logged

Fast Member posted 12 December 2000 21:01

——————————————————————————–

yes,im with shadow.show me the money

i remember reading somewhere online that somebody met their future self and got a dollar’s worth of quarters from the future… did they ever finish the 50 State Quarters,or did war break out and they halted it??

Fast Out

IP: Logged

Time02112 Member posted 13 December 2000 03:15

——————————————————————————–

Count me in on that on also (Good point)

while your at it, why not give us all a video, and provide us with a Link that would allow us to watch online, demonstrating your machine in use?

(perhaps as a parting gift.)

I still (patiently, patiently, PATIENTLY) await answers to several previous questions.

IP: Logged

Trintius unregistered posted 13 December 2000 08:17

——————————————————————————–

TimeTravel_0 a few questions,

– Just wondering who actually wins the US election, it’s fair question and im assuming they have Encyclopedia’s in the year 2036 so you have no excuse for not knowing the history of your own country?

– Secondly, thanks to national pride I must ask what becomes of Australia during and after the war?

Thanks for your time.

P.S – Dr Light stop peppering the poor time traveler with monotonous questions about Arabs and Jews, we all know you guys are gunna take over the world one day so there's no need to rub it in

IP: Logged

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 13 December 2000 12:44

——————————————————————————–

Well…it looks like the election is almost over. I have been quite busy in the last few days and I appreciate everyone’s patience. I should be thanking you for listening and even if everything I have said before means nothing, I expect it has at least been entertaining. I went through the postings looking for questions I have not addressed yet. I hope I got to all of them. I get my email remotely through about three different systems and I use one of your hand-held computer units to write with. In a few days, I would like to send Pamela a list of questions of my own. As you know, one of my areas of expertise is in history and the information I have gathered has been invaluable. Although I am not leaving right away, I would like to include some of your thoughts in my report.

(Who’s to say that someone that will read this board, will be the one to actually invent the means for the C204 (or other units) to be operational? The divergence factor is so low, everybody will forget about this in a short time. I wouldn’t worry about it When Timetravel_0 goes back, this will be nothing but a memory…)

This statement is quite insightful. One of the reasons I have been communicating this way is so that others that do not post who I have directed here can see some of the information I have shared with you.

(You speak of 1 & 2 % “divergence” as being unimportant. I don’t get it. Like for example if OUR IBM5100 is 1% different than the code you have to run on it, it ain’t gonna work right. One percent in the FL vote count would be important. If I could see only 99% of the cars on the road it would be important to me. So, what exactly is X% divergent, and why is it not a major problem?)

The divergence measurement refers to the local gravitational field as compared to the point of origin. It is mearly an empirical indicator of overall change in a world line. Some things that are quite different on one world line have very little effect as time passes and the world lines appear to “converge” again and look very similar. World line changes are not exponential, they act more like chaotic attractors with varying effect depending on their size and location.

(Reading your posts I get conflicting ideas about what effect our timeline has on yours. Didn’t you say that “another you” was here now as a two year old child? Is the ‘Everret Many Worlds’ interpretation of quantum mechanics it the correct one then? You seem to look at us as representative of your ACTUAL predecessors. There is something a bit unnerving about that. In fact the main reason why I think you might be genuine is that I have trouble thinking LIKE you do. I would expect this of an encounter with a “Chrono-alien”.)

You are correct in your thinking. This world line is not mine but it looks very similar. It may be compared to reading two books that are the same. I can jump back and forth between them and still see the same story. I do not consider you true representatives of my world line but I do know something of how the story ends. In consideration of Everret-Wheeler, the reason we don’t know if Schrodinger’s cat is dead is because it might have had a time machine.

(Russia has “ALWAYS” been considered the first Country, to be suspect of a probable Nuclear Attack against the USA, and I, for one have NEVER relinquished the thought that inevitably, this will happen while I remain alive to witness this unfortunate tragedy come to fruition.)

You are also correct but I want to add a twist to your thinking. Russia’s enemy in the United States is not you, the average person. Russia’s enemy is the United States government.

(The fact that better equipment is supposed to get the reverse-time traveler closer to their actual past indicates that there is an ACTUAL SPECIFIC past that he is aiming for. So if in practical application the traveler ends up 2% divergent upon arrival in the past and if he stays in that line he finds that it is not a line at all, but that going forward, divergence approaches infinity.)

Yes, this is true. If I go forward on this world line, the future will not be my future. I get home by going back to 1975 before I arrived and then going forward to 2036.

(Also if this theory is correct we may be 2% divergent from TT_0 but going forward in this time line he is 98% divergent from us. My logic is pretty good here, how’s my facts?)

Your deductions are quite accurate. (I’m not stating yet that I did… but) what if I told you I did go forward to “your” 2036 and it looks nothing like mine. It is quite possible.

(BTW Someone just gave me a working IBM 5160. Should I save it or toss it?)

Toss it. The 5100 is the interesting machine.

(Does the events happening in the Middle east concerning the Arabs and Jews have anything to do with the coming war? I mean to say that since the Jewish population seems to have quite considerable power now in 2000, would they mount a force against other countries or am I under the belief that the war will result from the U.S government election?(among other things).)

Real disruptions in world events begin with the destabilization of the West as a result of degrading US foreign policy and consistency. This becomes apparent around 2004 as civil unrest develops near the next presidential election. The Jewish population in Israel is not prepared for a true offensive war. They are prepared for the ultimate defense. Wavering western support for Israel is what gives Israel’s neighbors the confidence to attack. The last resort for a defensive Israel and it’s offensive Arab neighbors is to use weapons of mass destruction. In the grand scheme of things, the war in the middle-east is a part of what’s to come, not the cause.

(What can you tell us about “Space Time Transposing” ?)

Perhaps you could describe what you mean? It appears to be space travel or the effect of similar atomic particles that seem to be related over great distances. Again, please forgive my ignorance, I am not a trained physist.

(There is a foretelling of a significant Time Divergence that is believed to occur during the year 2012 according to the ancient Mayans, yet you claim to be from 2034, and posses a working Time Travel device… What can you tell us would happen to you, or anyone else who were to use your device, or another one similar in capabilities to travel to the yr. 2012???———-also I would like you to tell us what you know, or have been told what takes place in “2112”)

In my 2012, I was 14 years old spending most of my time living, running and hiding in the woods and rivers of central Florida. The civil war was in its 7th year and the world war was three years away. Yes, there are unusual events in 2012 but they do not cause the world to end. Unfortunately, I have decided not to discuss events that you or I can do anything about. It is important that they be a surprise. Perhaps you are familiar with the story of the Red Sea and the Egyptians?

(It’s no big secret among those who are “In the Know” of our current world line’s attempts to control the weather i.e. HAARP & Chemtrails, so What can you tell us about the future of weather control such as the following… bronze flying globes that float in the air over the earth, and are aligned in grid formations, and lasers joining them together in the air, churning out snow storms, rain, or whatever else they decide to induce, to be created in the given space provided???)

I must admit I am unfamiliar with most of what you have asked here. I am aware of the Harp system but I don’t know how they would control weather with it.

(What is the education system like? For children? For adults? Is there more home schooling then there is now. What are the class sizes like? Is there any emphasis on a subject or subjects that are don’t exist now?)

The education system has been through many changes. School in 2036 is no longer a political indoctrination system and students “learn how to learn”. Since community activity varies from place to place, the emphasis on basic reading, math and language is augmented with skills particular to the community. One school may emphasis farming while another teaches woodworking.

Having children is a bit different and less common in 2036.

A typical school day involves a setting very much like it was 100 years ago with smaller classes and few administrators to teachers. Other areas of study that are less common now are history, citizenship and personal economics.

(Are you going to take your family away with you to protect them from the coming events. Is this a temptation for you? Aren’t you worried about somebody finding your ship?)

No I am not taking them with me but I am trying to prepare them for the future as a promise to my Grandfather in 1975. I am not really that concerned about the “time machine”. It is quite safe.

(How and why do the Arabs Jews become entangled in the civil war of the U.S.A?)

They are not directly involved but political situations are dependant on Western stability, which collapses in 2005.

(Also about the Arab side of affairs, they seem to be holding Biological weapons and thermonuclear weaponry. Do they end up launching these weapons against America or any other power? )

Not against America but they are used against each other.

(“Show me the money!” More impressive than the pix of your TT machine would be a clear photo of your post 2000 pocket change and paper currency.)

I am disappointed that you feel I am trying to impress you. Why would I bring money from 2036 with me? Besides, isn’t that something that could easily be faked? Now if I told you I was your cousin’s brother and I knew about that scare on your left leg…that would convince you.

(while your at it, why not give us all a video, and provide us with a Link that would allow us to watch online, demonstrating your machine in use?(perhaps as a parting gift.)

That is an interesting idea. I will look into how to do that.


IP: Logged

Time02112 Member posted 13 December 2000 18:12

——————————————————————————–

While your at it TT_0, don’t forget to place a v-cam inside with you, so we can observe the video images that appear through your eyes as you travel, as well as another observing yourself, and a third one outside of the field, observing you depart, and return.

I’m talking 3 V-Cams, to give us these different observations with, which means you have to leave & return to us, to deliver the images.

This would be more valuable than giving us picture of future money, also it would really be way cool, if you could send us video images of the earth below, while observing from an aircraft, what this future landscape of yours looks like, after this great flood of the East & Western U.S. coastal areas that is supposed to take place.

IP: Logged

Time02112 Member posted 13 December 2000 18:19

——————————————————————————–

BTW TT_0, whatever you can arrange would be appreciated, if you cannot get access to an aircraft, you “DO” have access to remote Sattalight imagery, so either way, you must be capable of this permitting you have the free will to leave & return as you wish.

IP: Logged

Curious unregistered posted 13 December 2000 19:03

——————————————————————————–

TT_O, an easy example (or proof) would be to video tape the jump to 1975 and give the video recorder and tape to your self (the you that has already been there/just arrived). That way you don’t have to jump back and fourth. The video tape and recorder would then be available to you now. you could send the tape to someone (when you leave, we don’t need any more time-loops).That way there is no danger of divergence in this time-line. Just a thought.

IP: Logged

rgrunt@yahoo.com unregistered posted 13 December 2000 22:07

——————————————————————————–

Dear timetravel-0,

Do you believe in the lord Jesus Christ as your personal savior?

Would it be safe to assume that the substance of time itself might be classified as the sum of two equal opposite forces acting in direct cancellation?

If the person or persons responsible for the development of time travel technologies were posting on this sight would you let them know that they were or are responsible. If so would you do so directly or would you hint it only. Or would you use a third option that is to be careful not to say anything that would point out the person or persons responsible neither to the persons responsible themselves nor to the other persons that are on this forum?

In short will you say something a coded message that the person or persons responsible only will be able to pick up on or recognize to know that they are the ones responsible for the development of the technologies.

It can be anything that the person or persons will recognize as indisputable evidence not as your being valid but as them being the ones responsible for the development?

If you are not willing to answer this please just be straight forward about this and answer that you are unwilling to let the persons no who they are.

If you have any questions as to my identity ask pamela for she knows who I am and is free to oblige you the information. If you wish to answer this privately even if the answer is no fill free to e-mail me at rgrunt@yahoo.com . I believe that is all the questions I have for know please have a good trip back and thanks for visiting our time line it has been an honor. On behalf of us all I welcome you to return any time you wish. Goodluck and Godspeed. Live long and live well.

sincerely,

Lcpl Edwin Gary Schasteen U.S.M.C. Active

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 13 December 2000 23:52

——————————————————————————–

(Here are Timetraveler_0’s questions to everyone on the forum that he sent to me. )

TTO:

Sure thing, here are your questions. my answers follow.

sincerely,

pamela

Dear Pamela,

In my last posting, I said I would come up with questions of my own and send them to you to post. I would appreciate it if you would do that and answer them yourself. I would like to include the opinions of the people I have met in my report when I return home.

Thanks for the help.

[1] According to the Constitution, who do you think has the final word on choosing a President and why?
[2] Do you think the Electoral College should be continued?
[3] Why do you think the Bill of Rights was written?
[4] What is your opinion of the second amendment to the Bill of Rights?
[5] Does anyone know what industry is the largest US political contributor?
[6] Does anyone know who owns the majority of the solar power research and development companies?
[7] Imagine you have all the money and power you desire. What do you see yourself doing?
[8] What is the longest distance you ever ran and/or walked at one time without stopping?
[9] What is the longest period of time you went without food?
[10] Do you know what Cholera is and how to avoid getting it?

TTO:

To tell you the truth politics never really interested me that much…until now. As I can see now how the corruption of it can ruin an entire nation.

So I don’t really have a lot of info in that area.

My interests were more in Medical research and other areas of science. In fact I only became interested in time-travel and quantum physics because of the many experiences I started having as I have shared some of those with you. But I will answer the best I can.(good thing I printed out the constitution and the bill of rights! )

(1. According to the Constitution, who do you think has the final word on choosing a President and why? Do you think the Electoral College should be continued?)

I think the people should have the final word on who should become president. whoever has the most votes should win. (I had to go back and add this…I think every last vote should count. absolutely none thrown out.a system should be in place to eliminate ballots that cannot be read such as if the chad is not fully pierced you should see a light blink and maybe a small beeping sound heard to redo it. I think a whole new voting system is needed.)

(3. Why do you think the Bill of Rights was written?)

To protect the rights of the people and to keep them free.

(4. What is your opinion of the second amendment to the Bill of Rights?)

I beleive it is to keep the government from becoming corrupt and taking over and enslaving the people under tyranny.

(5. Does anyone know what industry is the largest US political contributor? Does anyone know who owns the majority of the solar power research and development companies?)

sorry, I dont know the answer to these two questions.

(7. Imagine you have all the money and power you desire. What do you see yourself doing?)

Hmmm, Im not really a power, money hungry person. but if I had more money my heart will still be in helping other people. The greatest joy is knowing you’ve made a difference in someone elses life. That you played a part in creating a ripple of good that ripples out from generation to generation. every time you help someone you not only help them but every person they touch from that moment on. I’d probably be more free to do more research. and make new and exciting discoveries. Id spend more time doing things that mattered for eternity and not just to pay bills and taxes. Id also be more free to learn,explore and grow. as well as helping others do so.

one thing I would get though…I would DEFINETELY get a new computer!! (HEEEHEE) mines a piece of crap! I could stay on longer before it crashed or freezed up on me with an error message!

(8. What is the longest distance you ever ran and/or walked at one time without stopping?)

hmmm without stopping at ALL? I dont know. I walked a 20 mile walkathon once. (I think for cerebral palsy, or muscular dystrophy) I dont think we stopped much but we stop at the little boothes they had set up along the way to get water to drink.

(9. What is the longest period of time you went without food?)

4 days.

(10. Do you know what Cholera is and how to avoid getting it?)

Cholera is an acute bacterial infection of the small intestine. The disease is caused by water and food that have been contaminated by feces of persons previously infected. The symptoms are caused by toxic substances produced by the infecting organism which mostly causes watery diarrhea and depletes the body of fluids and minerals.

How to avoid getting it? There is currently a cholera vaccine available for people traveling to areas where the infection is endemic. Other preventive measures you could take would include drinking only boiled or bottled water and eating only cooked foods.

Treatment includes administration of antibiotics to destroy the infecting bacteria and to restore the fluids and electrolytes with intravenous solutions.

sincerely,

pamela

[This message has been edited by pamela (edited 14 December 2000).]
IP: Logged

Shadow unregistered posted 14 December 2000 10:01

——————————————————————————–

If an advertisement is a snow job then public education is a fullblown blizzard. We are for example tought in high school that there are *THREE* branches of government. There are *FOUR* branches of government in the US. The fourth being “We the People*. To say that that fact gets “glossed over” would be quite the understatement. Every citizen of the US is an official part of the the Official Government. HOWEVER we get to vote only once every two years and it seems that even then our overlings have a bit too much trouble “counting” the votes.

What was the catch word last election? “Disenfranchised”. Don’t they friggen wish. The People will be heard from…..sooner or later.

IP: Logged

TimeMaster 1a Member posted 14 December 2000 10:54

——————————————————————————–

There is an article in Discover magazine that express physicist Julian Barbour theorizes of time. Anyone searching for an understanding of the true nature of time would do well to read this article. Barbour is a theoretical physics that has devoted nearly 40 years to the study of time. There are also links to his home page at discover.com, look under current issue.

IP: Logged

Shadow unregistered posted 14 December 2000 21:13

——————————————————————————–

Question #7 What would I do with plenty of money & power? First I build a bomb shelter, then think about it.

Oh yeah, TT-0, just supposing I do have a scar on my left leg, *exactly* where would it be located? And wouldn’t my cousins’ brother just be another cousin?

You got me on the pocket change. If one were not trying to prove anything I guess they would have left their wallet in the future. But doesn’t that mean that you would have to bring some antique money back here with you? Like when I go to France I can buy Franks when I get there. But if one were to exchange 2036 dollars for 2000 dollars ….. well lets just say they wouldn’t be going anywhere for a while.

Ok, so gold is gold and that would solve the exchange problem.

IP: Logged

Earthship Junior Member posted 15 December 2000 02:26

——————————————————————————–

TT 0

Time – I don’t believe it actually exists. Or rather, it exists as a series of “now moments” for eternity (that’s a paradox if i ever saw one).

My question is; SHOULD we try to avoid this pending calamity (ww3) in our future? It seems that to bring about true change, some growing pains are needed to be experienced.

IP: Logged

Dr Light unregistered posted 16 December 2000 02:48

——————————————————————————–

To- Trintius

…..Damn straight…!!!

(laughs)

Operation Domination is in action!!

P.S—-To any American posting here…

Exactly how many Americans voted for the president out of the entire U.S.A?

Thanks for your…(ahem)…”time”

Dr.P.Light

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 16 December 2000 03:56

——————————————————————————–

Hey! Hows come nobody but me has taken the time to answer timetraveler_0’s questions?

Do you really think that is fair?

He has tried to answer all of our questions.

he only asked ten. we have asked him alot.

shadow answered one.

sincerely,

pamela

IP: Logged

djayr42 Member posted 16 December 2000 17:08

——————————————————————————–

Some answers for TT_0:

[1] According to the Constitution, who do you think has the final word on choosing a President and why?

I would say that the senate could use article 1 section 3 and appoint a president pro tem. or they can use the 20th amendment section 3. this could have been used in the recent case and a run off election could have been done.

[2] Do you think the Electoral College should be continued?

Yes, it can disagree with the popular vote. I thought the popular vote was more democratic.

[3] Why do you think the Bill of Rights was written?

To preserve order and protect the people and to give them a sense of participation in the formation of policy in government.

[4] What is your opinion of the second amendment to the Bill of Rights?

It seems as though I suffer from being myopic as well, the right to bear arms is all I ever heard. I think it has been taken out of context as an excuse to have a gun and do anything you want with it. I think there should be some sort of responsibility amendment.

[5] Does anyone know what industry is the largest US political contributor?

I thought it was the tobacco industry.

[6] Does anyone know who owns the majority of the solar power research and development companies?

Other major power companies, P.G.+E, Con Edison. Dow Chemical also is in there.

[7] Imagine you have all the money and power you desire. What do you see yourself doing?

Two things. Manufacturing electric cars – the right way. Research in my own lab.

[8] What is the longest distance you ever ran and/or walked at one time without stopping?

Along time ago, 15 miles – a walk-a-thon for muscular dystrophy. More recently, 1 mile to and from work. I like to see the stars in the early morning while going to work

[9] What is the longest period of time you went without food?

7 days, just to see if I could. 24 hours no water no food, 168 hours no sleep. Not in that order and not all at once 🙂

[10] Do you know what Cholera is and how to avoid getting it?

Not sure on this one. I think it has something to do with un-purified water. You would need to boil the water or add a purifying agent to it.

Hows that Pam? :-))

[This message has been edited by djayr42 (edited 16 December 2000).]
IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 16 December 2000 21:04

——————————————————————————–

djayr42,

Ok,.. I feel a little better now. )

-pamela

IP: Logged

Trintius unregistered posted 16 December 2000 23:10

——————————————————————————–

quote:

——————————————————————————–

Originally posted by Dr Light

Exactly how many Americans voted for the president out of the entire U.S.A?

——————————————————————————–

Shouldn’t be ‘how many Americans voted for the correct president

Amazing country though, they’ve proved –

– They can’t design ballot papers

– They can’t read ballot papers

– They can’t use ballot papers

– They can’t count

– They don’t want to count

– They file law suits against each other because they can’t count

– It takes them 2 months to elect a head of state

– Their head of state can’t read ballot papers or count

– etc etc etc

IP: Logged

Time02112 Member posted 17 December 2000 17:21

——————————————————————————–

What ever happened to “Exentuate The Positive” ??

Frankly, I’ve heard enough negativity as to what we “Cannot” do, or what others have “Failed” to do. Why not discuss what we “Can” do, or what we can attempt to do that may lead to success in spite of all these failures?

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 17 December 2000 20:24

——————————————————————————–

Trintius:

America may have some problems ,as all countries do, but its still a great country. its a beautiful country. I always liked this popular song:

“I am proud to be an American

where atleast I know Im free

and I honor those that fought

to give that right to me.

And I’d gladly stand up next to them

and defend her still today,

There aint no country like it,

God bless the USA!”

Its unethical to down someone elses country infront of them. Almost everybody is proud of their own countries. no matter what has happened in the past.Iam sure you are proud of Australia. Changes may need to be made here but I still love America.

I agree with you Time02112 I would much rather think on the positive.

sincerely,

pamela

IP: Logged

Shadow unregistered posted 17 December 2000 20:40

——————————————————————————–

TT-0

I think you know very well the answers to the questions you have asked. You just want to guage the quality of our replies, or just remind us that we SHOULD be up to speed on our constitutional rights and responsibilities.

A young person should want to survive and live for better days ahead. At some point, however, an older person will realize, especially in the face of disaster, that better days are NOT on the horizon…….ever. What you are forcasting for 95% of the present population is 20 years of hell followed by survivors in the rubble. I’ve already put in my 40 year shift of work and worry. Why should we fret over politics on our way to slaughter? Isn’t that like telling the Captain of the Titanic, that all he has to do to save the ship is to back up really fast after the collision?

It was obvious 5 to 10 YEARS ago that we’ve been SOLD OUT. For us, the game is over. I should offer an excuse for apathy? It should do for a reason at least. Actually TT-O, maybe in you we can see that eventually SOMEBODY finds their friggin guts and puts an end to the madness.

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 17 December 2000 23:38

——————————————————————————–

Don’t give up shadow. even in the midst of caos there is always hope. our end doesnt have to be like his end.

there are some people even as we speak that are actively making a time machine.

If this outcome for us would actually be true we have time on are side now.

the outcome of this time is UNKNOWN.

If there is one timetraveler.. there are many.

we can change the future, Shadow.

next comes the brave souls that are willing to try.

as he said when he uses his machine that going to another time line or dieing is both equally accepted.

How brave are we? I am not afraid of dieing.

I have done it before.

When the time comes….I will go.

I will be willing to go and make it right.

[This message has been edited by pamela (edited 18 December 2000).]
IP: Logged

Dr Light unregistered posted 18 December 2000 01:23

——————————————————————————–

To Trintius,

You do not realize how long i laughed after reading that post but let me assure you I found it…. mildly amusing.

Thank you.

I will be back with more questions for T-T0 later in the week

Dr.P.Light

IP: Logged

Fast Member posted 19 December 2000 09:53

——————————————————————————–

for all we know,it was TT-0 who indirectly started the war.perhaps the TT-0 who traveled to HIS timeline was captured and they assimilated his General Electric Time Machine which spurred the war?

when did he say the war started,btw.

Fast Out

IP: Logged

Shadow unregistered posted 19 December 2000 11:28

——————————————————————————–

Pamela,

Thanks for the encouraging words. I do lean to the dark side. It comes from hours, days, and years of “partial successes”.

I’m sorry to hear that you keep dieing all over the place. Fortunately I haven’t had a lot of practice at it lately. But do keep up the good work, you are the heart & soul of this board. I rank no higher than jestser and deservedly so.

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 19 December 2000 15:12

——————————————————————————–

Shadow,

I know you are much more than that! I have read your postings on this forum. They are very intelligent and insightful.

I don’t keep dying over and over but I have had a near death experience. And it has erased my fear of death. I know there is much more to this world than what we can see.

sincerely,

pamela

IP: Logged

Pamela Member posted 20 December 2000 01:24

——————————————————————————–

I think it was interesting as I was reading my NEWSWEEK I received today on page 55. in the article “36 days:The Fallout” were these words in a box amongst all the little boxes of pictures.

“After this story, what could come next to keep the spoiled media beast interested? civil war? ”

just had to share that with you.

sincerely,

pamela

IP: Logged

Fast Member posted 20 December 2000 19:50

——————————————————————————–

last night i felt terrible,and had a fever.i fell asleep at 9PM and slept until 2PM this afternoon.

during my sleep,i had a dream of me,in my English Class.my english teacher brought her child to school.her child had been a government experiment gone wrong.they had tried to combine oranges and a baby to make an orange baby.her baby had orange hair with a blue stripe down the middle,and had orange skin and orange-blue spiral eyes.my grandmother was also in the dream and she said we had all came from potatos anyway.my mother was there too and she said ‘why are there still potatos here if we came from them,and why would we be eating them?’

then i woke up…

is it possible to have acid flashbacks while your asleep??

IP: Logged

mokrie dela Member posted 21 December 2000 01:44

——————————————————————————–

Yes

IP: Logged

DaViper unregistered posted 21 December 2000 04:00

——————————————————————————–

“Paradox”, as an English word, has it’s origins in Latin and Greek.

But alas, it is still just a word in any language, regardless of how it is spoken, ancient or modern. And thus a verbal utterance that represents the conveyance of a concept. As all words are.

Generally, it refers to the “idea” of the existence of a problem that has no solution.

But again alas, this is nothing but an invention of the mind of man. Nothing that actually occurs in the Universe.

There are no paradoxes in the Universe.

The so called “grandfather” paradox has not, does not, and cannot ever occur simply because the situation that defines it is not possible in the first place. There is no past where/when your “grandfather” is “alive” for you to ever encounter. Any more than there is a future where your “grandson” travels back from to encounter you.

If there is “Time Travel”, it requires much more sophisticated concepts than this simple non-existant “problem”.

And…

The so called “twins” paradox is actually not a paradox at all once one understands the idiosyncrasies of Relativity. Many think they do, but few actually do. Those who consider the “twins” paradox to actually BE a paradox, are among those who don’t.

Hint: Think about what constitutes a “year”, as opposed to watching the hands of your wristwatch move. Remember, “year” is again a word that conveys the concept of a single revolution of the Earth around the Sun.

Both “twins, the Earthbound one AND the travelling one will still have lived in a Universe where the Earth went around the Sun the SAME number of times.

The traveler’s BIOLOGICAL clock would run slower, as do physical clocks under the circumstances, but the Earth will have orbited the Sun the SAME number of times from BOTH of their points of view! Even while the traveler’s watch ran slower.

Time dilation, as a proven effect of differing relative velocities may be an unusual idiosyncracy inherent in the properties of relativity, but…

There is no paradox here.

And it most certainly does not constitute Time travel in and of itself.

There is no paradox ANYWHERE in the Universe for that matter.

How could there be?

The very concept is itself absurd. A mind game. A modernist mythology. Right up there with Jupiter governing the Universe from Mt. Olympus, or Noah’s Ark.

You believe in the “Great Flood” perhaps. Gee, where did all the water come from? (Descended from nowhere out of space?) Where did it go? (Evaporated back into nothingness into space?) Do you have any idea how much water it would take to cover the Earth up to the top of Mt. Everest and beyond? Or how thick the cloud cover would have to be that contained the water that constituted the rain that had to have fallen to make a flood THAT big?

About as much as it takes to drown the idea that “paradoxes” actually exist, from my calculation.

Peace.

IP: Logged

——————–

Got light? Make matter.

pamela2@raex.com

——————————————————————————–

Posts: 985 | From: U.S.A | Registered: Apr 2001 | IP: Logged

Pamela

Moderator

Member # 15 posted December 25, 2002 16:11

——————————————————————————–

Time-travel Paradoxes! (Page 5)

Author Topic: Time-travel Paradoxes!

TimeTravel_0 unregistered posted 21 December 2000 10:59

——————————————————————————–

DaViper

Very interesting argument but I have a couple of questions. You described the word paradox as, “…it refers to the “idea” of the existence of a problem that has no solution.” Actually, the #1 definition I read in the American Heritage Dictionary is “…a seemingly contradictory statement that may nonetheless be true”,

Also, what exactly is your definition of “time travel”? I was taught that time travel is strictly a local observation that can only be measured by the experience of an individual or single particle. Under that definition, the “twin paradox” (time dilation due to acceleration or gravity) and even sleeping can be considered time travel. You appear to be arguing against dematerialization and/or spacelike trips under the limits of special relativity in a single worldline.

I do agree that the “grandfather paradox” is not possible simply because the classic problem is presented as an observer’s issue magnified to a universal issue. Your statements about observation are correct when you isolate the experiences to a single worldline. However, the reason there are no paradoxes is because the universe doesn’t care how we react to its handy-work. In a Universe made up of infinite worldliness (superuniverse), everything is possible and has a 100% probability, therefore…no paradoxes.

“You believe in the “Great Flood” perhaps. Gee, where did all the water come from?”

I believe the explanation for the “great flood” stories originate with the changes that occurred near the Mediterranean at the end of the last ice age. Even on this world-line, there is a great deal of evidence to support the fact that sea levels did change radically in isolated areas worldwide. I also heard someplace that if the ice mass on Antarctica melted today, sea level worldwide would rise about 100 feet. I’m not exactly sure that’s true but still… Mt. Everest might be a bit of a stretch.

I do however agree with you that there are no physical paradoxes but for the opposite reasoning.

Peace to you also.

IP: Logged

mokrie dela Member posted 21 December 2000 18:42

——————————————————————————–

Also flooding could easily occur with monsoon rains lasting anywhere past 5 days in a region of low ground. And don’t forget in those days, “the world” was defined as that small region only. These people had never been to Switzerland! (Hi Time, missed you you ole rattle snake.)

IP: Logged

Time02112 Member posted 22 December 2000 12:06

——————————————————————————–

Anyone ever heard of “Pangia”

it referrs to when the earth, or “Gia” was once pne singl large body of land.

when I find more info on this latter, I will edit this post, and include the links. meanwhile if anyone else wishes to make any additional comments about pangia, and how the water vovered the remaining 3/4 of the land mass around the geosphere, please by all means, share with us what you have to offer.

What do you suppose would happen during the next “Great Flood” now that the former Pangia is broken into the current continetal land structures of today’s earth?

~just a thought~

p)’i4q4

IP: Logged

mokrie dela Member posted 22 December 2000 15:28

——————————————————————————–

That’s right Time, I also heard that originally the continent of Africa was connected to America by a connecting land mass. I believe that’s part of the Atlantis theory, that it was the connecting land. I know there are some incredible things underwater off of Bimini. (can’t spell it or find it) There are huge Greek columns with huge hands at the top holding some sort of ball. Also what looks like roads made of hand cut flat stones that would break a fork lift. What I wouldn't give to time travel to before that sunk and see it it all it’s glory. It’s must have been beautiful beyond comprehension.

IP: Logged

Eighth of multiple Posts

This post is the eighth of a series of posts related to John Titor. The other posts are;

 

Commentary

Again, there are elements of sublime truth in the words of “John Titor”, as well as evidence of a hoax. Certainly, some of what he said rings true to my experiences in MAJestic, but the elements of falsehoods are disturbing to me.

As it stands, he is the only other person who is able to suggest and describe a system of operation, purpose and objective of all the many people and vehicles that seemingly pop in and out of our reality. This alone has merit. Thus, this is why he is placed herein in this blog.

Conclusion

Our reality is not what we think it is. I am not the only person who has disclosed that there are others, and other organizations that can enter and leave our reality at will. Another person who made this claim went by the name John Titor.

Only where as, I claim to be part of MAJestic and was employed as part of human sentience management, John Titor claimed to be a person who was part of another world-line. Together, we both claim that the MWI is real, and we utilize it to perform dimensional egress for our own purposes.

  • I claim that it is a tool that is used to manage human sentience evolution.
  • John Titor claims that he utilized the time variable to conduct acquisition activities in the past.

He claimed that on that world-line, the United States was fundamentally different after a rapid series of events in the late 1990’s. He claimed that he needed to perform some acquisition of certain technical devices through the use of the time-variance option in dimensional travel.

Take Aways

  • John Titor claimed to be a time traveler.
  • He utilized dimensional travel to move in and out of the baseline reality.
  • As such, he visited our world-line to acquire some technology needed on his world-line.
  • That technology was produced in “our” past. Thus the idea that it involved “time travel”.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Notes

  1. Composed 25NOV18.
  2. Completed 7DEC18.
  3. SEO 7DEC18.

F

John Titor – Full Text of his Transcripts (Part 7)

From the late 1990’s until around 2001, the Internet was “rocked” by the sudden appearance and subsequent disappearance of a Mr. John Titor.  This person claimed to be a “time traveler” by using inter-dimensional travel. Here in this post we have the John Titor final transcripts.

Now, that being stated, all of this was rapidly dismissed as a hoax, in unity, by all the major debunking organizations, and his posts mysteriously disappeared off the Internet.  Since then, all the sources that he posted on all found that their files related to John Titor were all corrupted and could not be reclaimed.

That was the case for over a decade.

Then, in 2014, a number of private individuals managed to piece together independently saved dialogs relating to John Titor. They constructed numerous websites that hosted these reclaimed dialogs, and posted them on the Internet for others to view. Here we have the John Titor final transcripts.

Presented here are recovered posts from the Internet collected in 2014.  It is not known if any posts have been deleted or altered.  They are presented as they were found by the author. This group contains a significant amount of back and forth banter regarding his documents and photos. It also includes his farewell post.  Enjoy.

Important Warning

The information within this series of posts are speculative. I have no factual information if this John Titor is what he claimed to be. It is presented herein as the only (or maybe, one of the only) sources that claim to be associated with the vehicles that pop in and out of our reality from time to time.

He was, as far as I know, never associated with MAJestic in any way.

Original John Titor Posts – Part 7 – Transcripts C

Here are the original John Titor posts from the Post2Post Art Bell Forum. Obtained from HERE. This is the second group of the john titor post history.

  • John Titor dialog is in normal text in brown color, text by others are italicized.
  • When referencing other non-Titor questions, green color is used.
  • Purple color is for non-related text.
  • Metallicman comments are in red color.

Metallicman corrected spelling and some punctuation to make the text easier to read and understand. For unedited text, please refer to the source.

I also added some commentary to liven things up somewhat. Enjoy.

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-19-2001 11:38 PM

Tom,

actually I noticed this difference and several others you have not mentioned when I first saw the diagrams and questioned John about it here is his response below from an email:

“If you take another look at the pages you can see that the first one is much smaller too and there are two punch holes at the top of the second one.

Since I was getting complaints about the quality of the picture I decided to use the larger ones which are a compilation of the technical drawings in a packet attached to the unit. The cut-a-way is also a bit different from the unit I have as it shows the interior of the prototype.

I haven’t looked closely at all the documents and I suppose there may be other differences too. In fact, there is another version of the same drawing in question which has a side profile on it and it’s not in the manual either. I would imagine that may have been one of the updates.

#5 still says cone. I hadn’t noticed the error in numbering before and I’ve seen others in the manual but that’s pretty typical for a military document."

If you would, do me a favor and post this if someone else catches that. Actually, this is quite interesting because I suppose if it were a fraud it would be expected to be perfect. That’s fascinating and I hadn’t thought about it before.”

sincerely,
Pamela

Javier, Where is John? probably P.A.C.K.I.N.G.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-20-2001 03:04 AM

Smile

I am not a time traveler.
Can I apply a truth table to all this discussion?
What if I said that I might be able to?
What would that prove?
Some of the people would believe it, some people would not believe it, some people would not care.
That’s about it. That’s all that is happening anytime people get together to discuss anything from the past or the future.

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-20-2001 03:25 AM

Javier,

“P.S. Sure, where should we all take our vacation? Me, you, and John “I wanna be a Time Traveler someday” Titor, wanna go off to?”

How about the stoneage? Wanna take a ride???
hehheheheh

-pamela

Posted by Mel Reckling on 03-20-2001 06:35 AM

Oh! The misdirected rage of a 21 year old. Javier, put your efforts into something worthwhile and you’ll go far in life. Don’t let this time of your life be wasted smashing things.

Posted by James R.Quayle III on 03-20-2001 06:40 AM

Angry

I do not need to believe in John titor’s claims too say,Javier your a good intelligent skeptic,But your also the type that will get left in the dust when something big does happen,

You remind me of the neighbors who run inside here in Newport Beach when Ufo’s fly over the beach,they run inside saying,NO ,NO I see it but it CAN”t be real!

I have read all the replies on this **** time travel post from the beginning,and at the end ,I find you a bitter dude.

In your universe view the world must be a boring place.

Sure,Time Travel is not true,Javier,now go play while me and my friends go back in time and make sure your Mom and dad never met,ha,ha.

Skepticism is good but ,your little barbs flown over and over on this post seems bitter,You probably have never experienced Any odd phenomena?

That is how it seems,so sad for you,open your eyes and The Wierd will appear.

Happy Trails John Titor,where ever you go,you made me and others think,not necesarily believe ,but what a gift of thought.Javier resign to your cubicle,horse blinded view ,how non-unique you are Javier.

Posted by Phil Fiord on 03-20-2001 06:48 AM

Cool

just grab the shades and hop in the Chevy to “take a ride”.

Pamela: Wouldn’t you all look a tad out of place in the stone age? Seems that trip would definitely blow ones cover, but who would care. Just a bunch of grunting hairy but naked human-like ancestors. I can see it, a Chevy pick up, probably black or dark blue in color appears in stone age florida…isnt it wet? NO matter, its a chevy. 🙂 The only problem is there is room for 3 in that extra cab and a tight squeeze at that.

Javier: You would be sitting behind John. That would be an interesting development. If John is a TT, he is still human. How would you handle that morally? Take away his toy? j/k

The stone age would be a drag I think. Unknown diseases, yuk. Might as well be a cow and go to England. Ever thought of say….the 1920’s. Florida would be there…and definitely dry. Besides the ’20’s would be interesting. Period cash? Who cares. Does not seem that money is all that important in Time Travel.

Having Fun.
Phil

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-20-2001 06:58 AM

Tom: 

Last week I was looking at the images that JT had uploaded onto MSN and noticed a simple typo in the operations manual page showing a diagram of the Tipler sinusoid field produced by his device where in the diagram, item 10.

The (Negative Time Event Horizon) had been transposed as item 11 in the diagram, though the item value was printed correctly in the legend. I didn’t think anything of it until I looked at the same page as found on Ricks site and saw that the typo was gone from the page. 

I’m not trying to play pixel person or anything, but unexplained edits to the images that have been posted do lead me to wonder what other changes are being made. (Then again, a time machine might just turn out to be a copywriters best friend!)

Tom – For the record, those pictures were pulled from Doc’s site about 3-4 weeks ago, about the time I got involved in this discussion. I’ve had copies of them since then, and have made no modifications. Are you telling me that you found a discrepancy between the ones I have and some OTHER pictures? If so, please give me the URLS where you located them.

Thanks

(Edited & added) – I just read Pamela’s comments on the photos, and sure it is plausible that he had multiple copies of various diagrams. She is also accurate in her statement about military documents being full of errors. I deal with technical orders and other such documents all the time, and they ALWAYS have misprints, typos, misspellings and mislabeled diagrams. Regardless of how much money is being spent on a government project, the documentation is only as good as the cheapest tech-writer they can hire. Remember – LOWEST BIDDER!

Rick

[Edited by Rick Donaldson on 03-20-2001 at 07:14 AM]

Posted by Phil Fiord on 03-20-2001 06:59 AM

Arrow

Hi James.

I am not defending Javier, nor am I putting him down, but your last post needs a clarification…in fairness.

You wrote to Javier:
“You probably have never experienced Any odd phenomena?”

I cannot be specific, but he has claimed to experience odd phenomena. Some sort of Temporal condition. Impressions I think. Whatever the case, I did not figure him to be a dry non-experiencing figure. At times he has seemed a “tad” bigoted to time travelers. Perhaps he will expand that for clarification.

Not a slam James, I saw an error and am pointing it out. The pages Javier stated his beliefs and experiences were fairly early in the thread and included his web site link that does clearly state his mission.

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-20-2001 07:09 AM

John – Pamela – whoever can get John to listen…

I have offered my services as an independent viewer/observer of the departure. I can and will make arrangements to fly to Florida with video taping equipment and some camera gear. However, I need a little lead time to get the equipment to me. Olav, the S4 Data base web master has offered basically unlimited space on the web site, as well as digitizing the video – making it free for folks to see.

I do not believe that making a video “for profit” is going to convince anyone that anything occurred. Worse, turning such a video over to anyone other than say, Art Bell himself, or independent (and skeptical) observers is just plain silly. Anyone with their hands in the “belief” portion of the video might not do as good a job as I might, since I am not really on the “believing” side.

Now… I’ve not had a reply from John at this point, but if his departure is imminent, I still require time to make arrangements for equipment, flight, car rental etc. This would be coming out of my pocket.

That also means I won’t be helping anyone hoax anything.

Now… John… are you going to take me up on this offer or not? If I don’t see it first hand – I doubt a video will make it any more real.

What do the rest of you say?

Rick

[Edited by Rick Donaldson on 03-20-2001 at 07:18 AM]

Posted by David R Ferguson on 03-20-2001 07:49 AM

Wink

I have stated on more than one occasion that I would find it very interesting to have John’s departure recorded, and I have asked John in this forum if he still planned on doing so. I do not believe I was ever directly responded to.

From the basis of comments made in this thread, I view Rick as an open-minded skeptic who would appear to have strong credibility. He has made an offer more than once to document this event at his own expense and I, for one, hope John takes him up on his offer.

What do you say, John? We are all awaiting your response.

Posted by Phil Fiord on 03-20-2001 07:59 AM

Red face

That John, just a few days ago stated he was going to have the video done, but was not intending a 3rd party to be there. Indeed this raises the eyebrow, but even if it is a hoax, it is still interesting and I am curious what might happen in the video. I think there was talk of the field surrounding the mechanism, that it might disrupt or corrupt the video if taken too close in distance. I would love for Rick to be a third party assignee for video. He has credibility.

I know that is not what you desire John, but contact Rick. He has the means to handle this and is a skeptic. Besides, according to your description, this world line differs from yours. No harm would come to your family on your world line..that is IF Rick were corrupt, which I sincerely do not think is the case. Perhaps worth considering?

Posted by Alexander A.Shpilman on 03-20-2001 09:46 AM

The history John Titor, resemblances to me a April Fools’ joke of the students.

1) The style of thinking is similar to style of thinking of the American of 1990. And plot of a film-hit: When all people of the Earth catch illness a “cow rage”. Or such as – what will be, if there will be overturning magnetic poles of the Earth?

2) The history of the people abounds “surprises”. But we to them quickly get accustomed. In this history there are no surprises. There is nothing is paradoxical new.

3) How to distinguish micro Kerr black holes from electron, proton or neutron? The difference will be in mass? It microsingularites. How it to make macrosingularites? I think, it is necessary better to know thin structure of a matter.

4) It is necessary to distinguish a “global line” from “world-line”. There is an analogy: many people go on the rope bridge. The bridge is swing from a wind and movement of the people. The rope bridge is a “global line” matters (body of the man). “World-line” is a trajectory of movement of the man in space on the rope bridge. Obviously, a “Global line” from “world-line” are connected among themselves, but they differ.

If I would be TTer, I would study properties of a “global line”. I would study, how the change of events in the past (events at my doubles in the past), my opportunity influences to change events in the present time.

Certainly, it is difficult. 

But it is possible to begin from study of a situation of planets and stars, earthquakes and hurricanes, in various temporary flows. Then to study the moments of occurrence of scientific opening and moments of creation of masterpieces of art, and their difference in various temporary flows.

In detail about time and OVERTAME look in http://www.pmicro.kz/MISC/UFL/Almanach/2n00/OVERTIMEa.htm
and http://www.pmicro.kz/MISC/UFL/Almanach/1n01/OVERTIMEa.htm

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-20-2001 09:53 AM

I have a few more pictures apparently from John now, that we will post on the anomalies site as soon as I can get in touch with my webby guy out there in CA.

I have examined them (the pics of the machine itself) and have not changed my opinion on the machine – it “looks” real enough from a military / government perspective. Even the manuals appear to be what they are purported to be.

One thing to note, which I can not remember if I mentioned before – and I am sure no one else has at this point, is a yellow object in the upper part of the picture of the machine in the vehicle. 

The yellow device is a geiger counter. 

I’m familiar with THAT machine specifically – not just gieger counters, but THAT model. I’ve used it. I carried two of them in tactical weather gear in the 1970’s and 80’s. 

I also used one of those devices extensively during my stay at the White House from 1989-1992 during training at a facility outside of DC, where we trained for NBC (nuclear/biological/chemical) warfare. More specifically I used them during training for “shelter management” where we each played President and others.

Geiger Counter
This is a close up view of the apparently the same make and model of Geiger Counter as used by John Titor in his photographs. According to him, this device is necessary in a post World War III reality. But, more than that. This device would also be used to measure radiation from the time-travel machine. It an instrument used for detecting and measuring ionizing radiation of all types. The radiation dose rate, displayed in a unit such as the sievert which is normally used for measuring gamma or X-ray dose rates.

Anyway, that is a real device. 

If you look carefully, you will see an older “CD” or Civil Defense sticker on the side. The device is rather old though – probably built in the mid to late 70s and was an important piece of gear in my weather systems and shelters I took care of in those days. It could have come from old stocks of military gear (in 2013 or later) or it could have come from surplus store in 1999 or 2000. Not sure.

I did want to point out what it was though.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-20-2001 09:59 AM

Yes, I think Rick ought to film this, but John has already said that this may not do any good.

From the book “Galaxies” by Tim Ferris, yes I know its getting old, but then, why is anyone who deals with the structure of cosmology still are leaning this way:

One of a number of sophisticated cosmological models that have been constructed within the broad purview of the big-bang account of cosmic history, this theory, proposed by J. Richard Gott III of Princeton University, postulates the existence of not one universe but three. It envisions that the big bang gave rise not only to our universe, where matter predominates over antimatter and time runs forward, but a second universe where antimatter predominates and time moves backward, as well as a tachyon universe where everything moves faster than the velocity of light. Our universe and the antimatter universe are segregated in terms of time. Both are segregated from the tachyon universe in terms of space, since the tachyons in the first instant of creation fled beyond the light cones of all observers in both the matter and antimatter universes.

The Gott cosmology is a masterpiece of symmetry without being dictatorial about it: it predicts, for instance, that there should be traces of contamination of our universe by antimatter (as has been verified by observation) and by tachyons (as has not). Whatever likelihood we might care to assign to its validity, in this combination of symmetry and imperfection the Gott model is redolent of nature’s style.

Now are you sure that you can not communicate with another you in the antimatter universe?

Now what if this is proved. It may prove that God (she) has put you all over the place, and in many different places for one reason, you may have the means to destroy yourself with science of the future.

She(God) has wiped your butt all over the place already, now who won besides (God)?

We all win, maybe, this way.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-20-2001 10:11 AM

God may be angry as John proposes, but still, I think it is just humans that are doing the dirty deed, and humans are the ones that are angry. This has nothing to do with God, so if this happens, blame the humans, not God.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-20-2001 10:19 AM

This theory leaves at least two Johns running around, and maybe a lot of johns running around.(Alright, it a joke, johns. You are all the other johns running around.)

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-20-2001 10:20 AM

Rick,

Good observation on the device. I’ve been looking through surplus gear sites on the web to find a similar device for sale.

The two yellow caution tapes on the device are misaligned. Sloppy workmanship.

Warning Tape.
According to this comment, the warning tape is misaligned, and that is evidence of shoddy workmanship. I don’t know about you (dear reader), but the tape looks fine to me.

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-20-2001 12:02 PM

Albert: Yes, I think Rick ought to film this, but John has already said that this may not do any good.

I am not sure I understood your piece there Albert. Are you saying that because someone else films/video tapes the departure, we might not see it on tape?

I’m not sure what that has to do with antimatter. If John were an anti-matter John, he could not have come here in the first place. One doesn’t have to meet ones-self to destroy oneself when made of antimatter. One mere must contact ANY matter. Matter and antimatter will obliterate one another no matter what form it is in when it contacts.

Darby: The two yellow caution tapes on the device are misaligned. Sloppy workmanship.

Which is pretty much normal for government equipment. Doesn’t prove anything though. I have equipment that is government gear that has similar labels. None of them are aligned.

As far as a “good call” well, I’m not sure about that, I was just stating what I know to be facts from personal experience. I know, for instance that the yellow geiger counters were standard gear for fallout shelters for military personnel in certain places. I also know that almost NO ONE knew anything about them, how to operate, read or change the batteries in them. I don’t even remember the type of batteries they took but if I remember right, they were C cells (but they might have been 6v lantern batteries too – I simply can not recall that part). I will never forget using them though. The government cost back then was around 900-1200 bucks. Something similar today will run you 750 or 800 commercially, but they aren’t as sturdy as the good old yellow ones were.

I’ve been doing some careful examination of the pictures. They simply aren’t high enough quality to be able to get details though. <shrugs>

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-20-2001 02:05 PM

I am just saying that John is the one that said that it may prove nothing further, that the pictures will not help anyone believe him to be a TT or not, if they do not already believe.

I would like to see the pictures, though.

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-20-2001 02:30 PM

Albert;

I see your point. But… it will prove it to ME. That’s what *I* care about. Call me selfish if you like, but I could care less if anyone else believes or not. I don’t care if you do, or Javier believes or disbelieves.

I am trying to show 1) Either fraud or 2) John is a time traveler.

If someone goes and actually is present as a witness besides his own family or personal friends, it won’t matter then because they can not fake the photography, nor pull “magic tricks” – smoke and mirrors, whatever you want to call it.

I consider myself qualified as an observer for several reasons.

First and foremost, I’m extremely interested in the outcome of this exercise.

Secondly, I’m a skeptic. For a skeptic to see something with their own eyes, is PROOF POSITIVE to a skeptic. Whether or not YOU believe the skeptic is up to you. If you went I might believe you. If Javier goes, I would definately believe him. Personally, I do not trust Javier to go without doing something to disrupt things. He has made it very clear he has a problem – moral or otherwise, with time travelers.
[Not true. I once took a skeptic to visit my first wife's cousin who had this weird ability to bend spoons. He did not believe. 

So we gave him the opportunity to take a spoon from his own kitchen, and give it to the spoon-bending cousin. There, right in front of his eyes, inches away, she rubbed the spoon and it started to bend and twist and deform. 

He still did not believe. 

To this day, he still is trying to come up with "how" she was able to pull off the "trick". Skeptics tend to defend the reality that they know, and are often very closed to new ideas. - Metallicman.]

Thirdly, I’m a “trained observer”. My jobs over the years, from engineer, to teacher, to computer ‘guru’ to storm chaser more than qualifies me to do the job of objectively observing an experiment and giving a truthful and objective report on the subject, no matter what the subject entails.

Fourthly, I’ve heard no one else offer their services, their own hard earned cash or their time to do this. I have. I certainly haven’t seen Art Bell come in the forum and post his thoughts. If he had, and offered to be there, and perhaps do a live report, that would have been the best thing. I don’t think he will – for several reasons. But most importantly, it could be dangerous!

Fifthly – Danger… been there, done that. I’m afraid of heights and don’t climb if I dont have to. I do have antenna towers in the back and climb them. I have to. I hate and am afraid of flying. I’ve been to 42 countries. I didn’t get there on a slow boat. I’ve been shot at many times in Central America, and also in the middle east. Nancy Reagan and Richard Nixon have chewed my ass. I’m not afraid of anything else (except spiders). I do not have to fly (cept to get there), I don’t have to climb (cept perhaps to get a good video shot), I don’t have to deal with spiders, Nancy Reagan or Richard Nixon. I DO have to get truthful video, good pictures and even perhaps an interview if John would consent to doing so. This I CAN DO.

Sixthly – I consider myself a decent writer. You will get a very good report.

Now… Whether you chose to believe the data that I will bring you, is up to you – and each person will have to decide. Without knowing me personally, none of you can be sure I’m not a government agent, I’m not a Russian Spy or I’m not in cahoots with John.

Since I’m not any of these things, and I don’t have much else I can show you right now to prove this, you’ll have to take my word. For now.

However, anyone that wants to know more about me is welcome to read up on my writing, my bio and a lot of other stuff on my web site. You can – as several people have pointed out, get a good idea of a person’s background from their writing. It might take you some time, but, the data is there. I’m not extremely private, and anyone that wants to find me, can. My “secrets” are things that I’ve done for the government and no one will get that information from me under ANY circumstances, but the rest of my life is pretty much an open book.

Now… do you want to trust your intutition completely, your eyes and ears, me, John or this forum? You decide.

Rick

[Edited by Rick Donaldson on 03-20-2001 at 02:34 PM]

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-20-2001 04:21 PM

Dear “FREE”,
Thankyou for the “jet” link. I read all of it.
yes, that was very interesting.
wasn’t sure if I could use your email address to respond back to you.
but I wanted to let you know I did read it all.
and I will keep what you said in mind.Thankyou for being concerned.

sincerely,
pamela

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-20-2001 08:22 PM

The Stoneage you said huh? Nah, I was thinking more along the lines of Medieval Times. I always liked playing with Swords and fighting when I was a kid.

My big brother would be the Ninja (a real ninja) and beat me up all the time. Ahh the good ole’ days .

-Javier C.

P.S. Mel and James. Excuse me for having a little fun here for a change. When do I ever? And when I do, I get hassled about it.

You don’t know me, you don’t know what I am capable of. I have abilities and control that alot of people my age lack. Maybe once you learn to not accept life for it’s flaws, and stand up for what’s right, you’ll make something of your self.

And see that I was right all along .

[Edited by Javier Cortez on 03-20-2001 at 08:35 PM]

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-20-2001 10:53 PM

Here’s what I think of John at this point.

It really does not matter if he is a TT or not, well, it might.

John thought about some things going on and with technology and he decided that he had something to say about the future as he saw it. He came up with a story to get people interested with what he was thinking. That was: time travel may be possible in the future, if it is, and other countries found out, this may not be good. He presented it as a story to strongly interest people about what they thought about the future, if time travel becomes a reality.

He may have a three year old and wonder what kind of world he will grow up in.

I must admit that I was not really thinking in those terms, so to me it was a wake up call. You get going with school, life, and hear news but it nevers just clicks with you.

The What If?

I tend to look at the world through rose colored glasses sometimes, and that becomes too relaxed.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-20-2001 11:38 PM

Here’s something I found out this year. 

During the Cold War or maybe about in the ’70’s, the Russians were working on a new type of jet engine. This engine that uses, if I remember right because its not at the newscientist website anymore, ionized gases to control the engine. This means that it needs no wings, no airelons, or controls. Just by changing the ionized gas flowing around the engine, this engine is unique. 

Now NASA been informed of it, and is working with it, and Russia can build a plane, not mach speed, but for transport that uses this type of engine. 

It called something like “Plasma” engine. 

If you like to consider the fact that this engine may be a prototype UFO, I guess it may also be something of a forerunner that could eventually be used to some effect as a UFO moves. 

Consider that. 

Russians are not dumb. At the BBC Talking Point, they had the question, just a few weeks ago “Is Russia a Superpower?” Now responses came from around the world, including Russians. One said that they have some bright theoretical physics students, and they have pride in their country. The answer to me is simple: Do they have nuclear weapons? Yes. 

They are still a Superpower.

Posted by Mel Reckling on 03-21-2001 08:03 AM

The problem with being 21 is that no one ever takes you seriously. We all know that. You should be enjoying yourself right now. You are far too serious, intense and vindictive. 

You have been raggin’ on this guy through this whole thread. 

I certainly don’t know if John is for real. The one thing I do know is that this has been a great topic and that you need to lighten up and stop trying to save us all with your “Time Cop” role.


[Amen. Try editing this bilge. - Metallicman.]

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-21-2001 11:45 AM

Here’s another thing, well, maybe not that important.

Harpoon IV is coming out about the end of this year or so.

The Navy people play this game. I have Harpoon II and you can download it free, I think still, at website Home of the Underdogs, I think but not sure, its underdogs.com. Well, written by Larry Bond, a Naval Officer of many years, it is about Naval Warfare. The database is well worth looking at, to view for the most part, the Navies of different nations, and type of weapons. Its the closes to having about the best unclassified weapons of war of the modern age. The new one being programmed by someone else will be more of a 3-D type Harpoon. Russians weapons are usually twice the size of US weapons and if you get hit by one, that’s about it. The US weapons usually take 2 or 3 to sink one of their submarines or ships. In any case, Russians have more subs than anything else right now, besides land warfare. The new Harpoon IV will have landings of Marines on shore. I learned a great deal about weapon systems on this planet from that computer game.

Just a thought.

That Russian engine is still a kind of jet engine. The only way it might fly, (and I am just imagining), around is put it so it swivels. Just dreaming at this point. Still more like a regular airplane. Ionized gases instead of whatever jet engines use, (air?).

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-21-2001 12:25 PM

Cool

I’ll get off.

Here’s a for instance:
Russian weapons — == 200 mile blast area. Russia never built a “small” weapon in their life. The US does.
2000 miles by 3000 miles — size of the US about.
It would take 150 Russian missiles and there would be no US.
And they do not have to be accurate.
So Russia would have to change their entire philosophy.

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-21-2001 01:24 PM

Albert:I’ll get off.
Here’s a for instance:
Russian weapons — == 200 mile blast area. Russia never built a “small” weapon in their life. The US does.
2000 miles by 3000 miles — size of the US about.
It would take 150 Russian missiles and there would be no US.
And they do not have to be accurate.
So Russia would have to change their entire philosophy.

Albert… what are you talking about? A “small weapon”? A “large weapon”? There is no such thing as a “200 mile blast range”. The fireball from the largest ever known thermonuclear weapon was less than 5 miles in diameter. The Russians are purported to have built a 350 megaton bomb at one point, of course, we do not know this for sure and it is rumor.

Your numbers are way out of scale. I suggest you spend some time doing some research on the subject before you quote numbers. I’ll tell you where to start…

http://www.janes.com/
http://www.milnet.com/milnet/nukeweap/nfaq0.htm
http://sun00781.dn.net/nuke/hew/
http://www.cdi.org/issues/nukef&f/database/rusnukes.html
http://www.enviroweb.org/issues/nuketesting/nukeffct/
http://www.dnfsb.gov/

This should get you started. You will not find anywhere in any of the data where there are 200 mile radii damage zones. Even with the worst thing the Russians can throw at the United States there might be a 7-10 mile damage radius around the blast zone.

In my reserch, 20 Megatons seems to be the absolute maximum any one weapon will do. Yeah, they are bad, they are radioactive and they are gonna do some serious, serious damage to the land and perhaps even the planet. However, 200 bombs will not “obliterate” the United States.

However – as I JUST finished writing last night in an article, if you’re planning on giving up now, before such a war or survival situation comes up, please – feel free to ship me your food, and weapons. I CERTAINLY will put them to good use.

Rick

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-21-2001 01:32 PM

Pictures of the time machine and the manual for those who have NOT yet seen them, are located at:

http://www.anomalies.net
http://survival.anomalies.net

Exact URLs are as follows:

http://www.anomalies.net/time_traveler/
http://survival.anomalies.net/time_travel.htm

I understand there are some more, that I’ve missed and they are supposed to be sent to me shortly.

Rick

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-21-2001 08:00 PM

Poor misguided Mel. You speak as if you almost knew better. Yet still you know nothing about my life, and insist that I am what you claim to be. Well I hate bragging about my self, but I see that it’s necessary. Or else you’ll continue to know nothing about me, and continue ****ing me off. So here I go…

Are you a 2nd Degree black belt in Karate? (Everyone in my family knows how to defend themselves, tradition since I am a quarter Chinese, my blood demands it). Were you a League Champ in High School Wrestling? How about going through Army Basic Training? I know tough, if anything I am far from weak and like an average 21 year old.

I am incredibly disciplined. I don’t wait another day to speak my mind and take action on things that are wrong.

Growing up in So.Cal I’ve seen death, I’ve seen terror, and I’ve seen people taken advantage of. Maybe it’s different where you were brought up, but these kinds of things I I want to do something about them. So pardon, for taking a stand and wanting to do something about the wrong things in life. You don’t see many young people doing that, and I believe it should be encouraged, not condemned.

Thank you very much;
those were my 2 cents,
-Javier C.

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-21-2001 11:04 PM

Rick,

If you have contact with Boomer please attempt to verify the elapsed time (on his internal chronometer) for his trip from 2036 to 1975. I need that data for a calculation.

Two problems still unresolved:

Problem #1

Early on Boomer posted that the radius of effect of the time distortion field is 12 to 15 feet (Schwarzschild Radius of 4 to 5 meters). He also said that the mass of the singularities is that of a “small mountain”. I suggested 3*10^18/kg (1/2,000,000th the mass of the Earth)and he did not dispute it (though it may be smaller)…

anyone see where I’m going with this?

Problem #2

There’s another problem with his diagrams on your site:

Page #5 (C204 Tipler Sinusoid…) Item #1 shows the twin singularities in line with the x-ray venting zone.

The schematic following the photos also shows the singularities in line – and in line with the driver’s seat. It seems that the x-rays are vented directly at the driver.

[Good eyes. However, the singularities each are physically adjustable using a black knob at the top of them, and they can be relocated depending on the orientation of the time-travel machine within the vehicle. - Metallicman.]

I’ll post the answer to problem #1 later. Just giving everyone else a chance to do the math.

Hint: R=2GM/c^2 (I posted this formula with little comment for Boomer last week. He didn’t pick up on its significance.)

[Edited by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-21-2001 at 11:16 PM]

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-22-2001 12:06 AM

Rick,

I do hope that you get a chance to see Boomer off. But a video won’t help prove the veracity of Boomer’s story. If what he says is true you’ll only have a video fogged by x-ray emmissions (and maybe some leukemia for yourself). If its unfogged then everything given to you to post on your site about the device is false and misleading.

The last time I checked the physics I didn’t see an “on-off” switch for a black hole or any other singularity. Whether his machine is on or off the singularities continue to generate an event horizon. The singularities are contained in the black box. I have a very good idea of what the Schwarzchild Radius of the alleged micro-singularities should be. The black box lies within the event horizon. How does one photograph an object inside the event horizon from the exterior of the event horizon (in this case the driver’s window of a Chevy pick-up)?

If there is an x-ray problem associated with his machine how is it that his photos aren’t fogged? And, though he’s never said that he hasn’t let anyone else come close to the machine, who took the picture of his two hands in one of the photos?

[Good questions. Easy answers. X-rays are generated during operation. Venting of X-rays are during operation. During operation a person outside of the vehcile would not see anything. The photographer would need to be inside the vehicle. If there were to be a photo taken during operation (such as the laser pointer) then the photographer would need to stand OUTSIDE of the X-ray discharge cone. - Metallicman.]

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-22-2001 12:47 AM

In my opinion, I don’t believe John, A.k.a “Boomer” expected people to not believe him this close to his leave date of April 10th (his window of opportunity). I’m sure he wanted everyone to believe his story. But in-light to what Darby has shown us, and John’s unwillingness to rebuttal. 

We must now see that he has forfeited his opportunity to prove us wrong (your silence only incriminates you and confirms that you are a fraud). Cause he him self is wrong. Somehow, I think Darby was an unexpected variable. I’m glad you were apart of this discussion; I take my hat off to you Darby , great job.

Just something to think about… I know that some of John’s loyal subjects will continue to think he was for real. But I have never, nor have I ever wished that he were a real Time Traveler. The rest of you, shame-shame. Always answering questions for him, defending him, giving him a way out, never really letting him do it all on his own. Always sounded like Heaven’s Gate to me.

Until then, I think John has sung his last song. Either that, or he’s cramming as much math, physics and logic to assist him in answering the last questions. Last chance to make people believers aye John?

I expect a good answer John, if you do decide to answer . If not, that was pretty rude of you to leave without saying good-bye. Or what kind of idiots do you take us for making an excuse like that .

-Javier C.

[For whatever it is worth, during 2001, when this post was written, I was busy in MAJestic. I was traversing the MWI quite adroitly. So, I find such sneers by some of these posters as both amusing and irritating. 

You know, just because you cannot speak Chinese doesn't mean that there aren't people who cannot.Just because you don't know how to fly a plane, doesn't mean that no one else does. And, just because you don't know the "secrets of the universe", doesn't mean that everyone doesn't know them either. -Metallicman.]

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-22-2001 01:29 AM

Javier,

What surprises me about the believers is that they apparently never really looked closely at what Boomer was telling them. Now, I don’t think he’s a bad guy – I’ve enjoyed the time (there’s that word again) we’ve spent together bantering this subject – but…

Here’s who Boomer says he is (from the totality of his posts but more specifically his early posts):

A civil war begins in the U.S. when he’s six years old (2004). By 2012, at age 14, he’s a member of a Florida vanguard revolutionary brigade fighting the “enemy state”. He and his military assist the former Soviet Union (Russia) with their invasion of the United States. He said, “The enemy attacked by Russia was the forces of the government you are under now.” He said that the conflict “will consume everyone in the U.S. by 2012”. This will be followed by a short WWIII in 2015.

Surely some of the gentle readers have children. Lola has two teenagers. Who else has children, spouses, loved ones who will be of military service age between 2004 and 2012? Boomer admits to making war on the United States and giving aid and comfort to the invading enemy forces. Sounds like treason from our perspective. Sounds like murder if its your children that he kills in the conflict. As Rick Donaldson would say, we are the government – we the people. Boomer says that we are the enemy.

So – for the supporters: do you really hope that he’s what he says that he is? Is this what you want for your children?

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-22-2001 01:33 AM

Rick, I check it out later.

To me, after seeing movies of H-bombs, early pictures, I was under the impression that a shock-wave is what goes that far or so. Pictures I seen of old ’50’s type mushroom clouds had trees down and everything flated by the shockwave of the blast. That’s what I’m going by.

I look it up later, I have to catch up on things I have to get done.

I been just thinking, like Emmett perhaps, doesn’t anyone see anything wrong with building, how can I put it?

I think John said essentially, although I may have to review:

An electron fed, spin controlled, (for the ergospheres), rotating microsingularity.

At one point, because I was reading some posts of John, he said that controlling the spin of (what I thought)the microsingularity was what kept the ergospheres in line. Controlling both ‘spins’ of the microsingularities.

How would you ever control the spin of a subatomic particle?

All we do is blast them in the accelerators to photograph the tracks made, because you can not even see the particles, only the tracks that were left by the particles.

I have seen pictures, and if it were not for the track’s photograph, there would be no picture of the particle. The particle had already decayed, or something, that only left the tracks to be photographed. That’s all anyone can get from blasting particles near the speed of light. They were black and white photographs that only showed the tracks of the particle. Someday, I have to look up those photographs, maybe they have them at a particle accelerator website.

No, I was not on the Internet then, this was way back when I was in my local astronomy club. Over 11 years ago. I remember those photos. I think it was Wayne the founder of the club who brought us those photographs. Just a sorta long white-looking track where the particle had gone after smashing. Yes, if you saw them, …… spiraling off after impact.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-22-2001 01:45 AM

Here’s John’s post (part of it, don’t ask me what page):

The singularities do not create Tipler cylinders they create the same physical environment without all the mass. The same math works for both. There are two singularities. Their mass and spin is altered in order to adjust the size of the ergosphere and cause the event horizons to interact and create the gravity sinusoid. I have a basic home schooling education (k-12) and a bachelor’s degree in history.

I would like to know when humans can control the mass and spin of a singularity?

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-22-2001 07:30 AM

Javier – You kill me. Haha. Basic training? You’re 21 years old and have been through basic? But you’re not in the military? What happened there? Typically, there is a minimum of three years of service required after basic training. Get kicked out for your attitude? <chuckles>

Darby: Problem #1

Early on Boomer posted that the radius of effect of the time distortion field is 12 to 15 feet (Schwarzschild Radius of 4 to 5 meters). He also said that the mass of the singularities is that of a “small mountain”. I suggested 3*10^18/kg (1/2,000,000th the mass of the Earth)and he did not dispute it (though it may be smaller)… anyone see where I’m going with this?

I see where you’re going – weight of the machine among other things. Also – I do not believe that this is the schwarzschild radius that he is talking about. That radius is the “blue event horizon” – and… I hate to say this, but nothing within that radius would be seen again. So… this is more like the theory behind tipler cylinders (read up on that, I’m not gonna explain it here). Basically though, you do NOT enter into the radius when traveling along a tipler cylinder.

Problem #2

There’s another problem with his diagrams on your site:

Page #5 (C204 Tipler Sinusoid…) Item #1 shows the twin singularities in line with the x-ray venting zone.

The schematic following the photos also shows the singularities in line – and in line with the driver’s seat. It seems that the x-rays are vented directly at the driver.

Where’s the problem? Hehehe. But, you have to note, that the diagram is NOT TO SCALE. Also, remember that no matter what government document you’re talking about, if it is a manual, it is GOING TO CONTAIN INACCURACIES. The government uses “lowest bid” – remember?

About the “fogging of the film”… well, yes true, if it is film. 

Video tape is magnetic. X-rays will not affect magnetic tape in this manner – that is by fogging the video. There might be some “magenetic domains” knocked out of place by x-radiation, however, the result would be these little sparkles you see on the TV when you do not have a very good (strong) signal coming in. We call it “snow”. I’m sure folks have seen this before.

I haven’t really done any calculations on the distance of the event horizon from the actual “surface” of a black hole – but, I know what I’ve read states that the event horizon is actually very close to the “surface” (if indeed it could be called a surface). 

Point being, we’re talking about a ‘microsingularity’. 

I have my doubts as to whether it can exist in the first place, but a physcist friend tells me that it is possible for such a thing and indeed, there have been discussions of doing JUST that with a linear accelerator. The problem was that they just weren’t sure if it would decay quickly or become something that might envelop the earth. There was no discussion of the “weight” of such a thing, because it is man made, and would not be a true singularity.

I won’t dispute any calculations you have made regarding the Schwarzchild Radius of the microsingularity, but I will say, I believe it to be on the order of microns rather than inches or feet. Remember, we’re talking about something the size of an electron.

By the way, *I* can tell electrons which way to spin and I’m not a “full fledged physcist”. So I suppose it wouldn’t be that big of a stretch to force a black hole to spin this way or that.

Albert: I probably misunderstood your post. 

Yes, the blast radius is pretty big, but it isn’t 200 miles in any case. Remember a blast wave is basically a supersonic sound wave and it will dissapate over distance. That dissapation is based on several factors, like density of the air, temperature, how close to the ground, etc etc. I’m sure I left something out. In any case, a blast wave will be very strong very close to ground zero (the point of the ground above which the bomb is detonated). As the wave travels outward, and the distance increases, the overpressure drops quickly. I believe it is an inverse of the distance traveled. 

That basically means – as an example (and I’m not sure this is completely accurate, but those links I gave will tell you for sure) as the distance doubles the overpressure will be reduced by a factor of four. (It’s too early for me to do math, and I was called into work last night, so I’m doubly tired now).

Damage from a nuclear bomb would be devastating, but only in the target area. That means… perhaps at distances of up to 10 miles away there would be damage, increasingly worse as you get closer and closer to ground Zero. But – as you get further and further away the damage is reduced. 

Basically.. I have a ranch style house – I’m seven miles from Cheynne mountain. If they hit it with a 20 megaton bomb, my house goes bye bye. My basement, however, will remain intact. It is below ground level and unless the fire ball touches the region below ground, then below ground is safe, that’s been my point all along. Hence, survivablity of nuclear attacks.

Your black and white photos of tracks of particle trails was accomplished actually, very easily. I’ve performed those precise experiments without the aid of an accelerator myself. The tracks actually are drawn in a cloud of vapor – usually CO2 vapor. 

In fact when I did it, I used radium from a old wrist watch, and dry ice for the vapor. The trails were CLEARLY visible with the naked eye. When examined under a magnifying glass (I used a microscope) I could seen the decay as a long trail that fell into a “death spiral” as I called it. When the particles decayed completely, the spiral ended. Of course this occured VERY fast, and essentially, I saw only the result of the decay, which was the track in the fog.

I did these experiments when I was 15 years old or so, in my basement lab. I had a fully stocked chemistry/physics lab when I was a kid. That stopped the day I ****ed near killed everyone in the house with clorine gas… duh… 

Anyway, I decided that chemistry wasn’t my bag, and went instead into electronics and physics after that.

Posted by Mel Reckling on 03-22-2001 08:30 AM

It is obvious that you think too much of yourself. Am I supposed to be scared? What I am saying is that you are wasting too much of your young life getting worked up over a post like this. You will be old soon enough and you’ll wish you did things differently.

You have mentioned that you are very mature for your age. Who are you trying to convince, yourself? The overreactions are not a sign of maturity. You also seem to have a propensity to want to smash things like this time machine. Is that a sign of maturity?

The answer to all those pointless things you mentioned is, no. Please channel your energy into things that will further your career. Someday you’ll thank me for this.

[Edited by Mel Reckling on 03-22-2001 at 08:33 AM]

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-22-2001 09:35 AM

I need to post something here… I have nothing to do with any possible military involvement in this forum. I want folks to understand that I am simply interested in this for the sake of science fiction, science fact and a very strong curiosity about time travel.

John can not be reached right now. And certain other individuals appear to have been contacted. I can’t say more, but… if anyone is contacted by “military personnel” make sure you get names, ranks and any other information you can from them. Give it to me. I DO have the means to verify their existence. Now… I just put MY ass on the line here, so if someone DOES contact you.. I wanna know right away, but if you don’t have a name, rank, base of operations, serial number or anything else, then they are probably not real.

Listen… if someone contacts you in email and says they are “investigating this or that” and claim to be military – ask them:

1) What branch of service?
2) What organization are you in?
3) What is your military rank and pay grade?
4) Are you a law enforcement officer?
5) Why are you contacting ME?

If you get these silly-assed answers about “National Security” or whatever – then ask them:

“What is YOUR need to know?” and end the conversation. 

You have Constitutional rights, even where National Security is involved. So, remember that. And unless and until they contact you IN PERSON and SHOW A BADGE, ID CARD or other authorizing documentation (like, let’s say a WARRANT) then they can’t even be bothering you if you do not invite them to do so.

Rick

Posted by Lola Montez on 03-22-2001 11:07 AM

Darby,

This stuff is for fun, remember? Traitors? Good Grief!(good grief is probably a good example of those linguistic time frame give aways)

Lola

[Edited by Lola Montez on 03-22-2001 at 11:18 AM]

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-22-2001 11:26 AM

Mel,

Some things are worth fighting for. And as you can see, others are following in. You took my wanting to smash his machine to serious. After all, it was in a joke you probably took as serious as well. And worked your self up to frenzy about it, and into a debate against me, about something you found immature in a joke . Now who’s overreacting…?

I don’t think that highly of my self, how you think I probably do. I merely mentioned that (for the first time here) of what I know and can do and feel in my heart, to show you that I am mature. Not that you care, not that I care, it’s just that you were ****ing me off making unfair assumptions, while not even knowing me. And still are.

I have nothing to prove to anyone, I can careless. Just don’t attack my character, because that’s personal.

Btw way, how old are you? Are you speaking about maybe your life? Why do you have many regrets? I find it that sometimes people your age speak from experience… Well let me tell you something, not all 21 year olds end up with a screwed up life. 

I am just happened to want to do something about the world’s condition. But I guess those ideals died in you along time ago, and now accept the life you have everyday for what it is. Man, that’s sad. Maybe instead of condemning us young “whimper snappers,” you should listen to us. Our will to fight is strong (some of us) might wake you up and feel the need to do something.

Sincerely,
Javier C.

P.S. Yeah Rick, shortly after BCT, I got medically discharged. It’s a personal matter though, and I don’t wish to talk about it thanks.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-22-2001 11:29 AM

Oh come on Lola, it’s it for fun, then tell me how many times have I been attacked by you, and told that I am hostile?

Please.

-J.C.

Posted by Lee Heggy on 03-22-2001 11:47 AM

Mel, I’ve been following this thread and it’s comic book format for some time now. I don’t think it matters if this Titor guy is from the future or from Jersey. It was fun listening to his rap. 

The other guy Xavier?….well.

“Poor misguided Mel. You speak as if you almost knew better. Yet still you know nothing about my life, and insist that I am what you claim to be. Well I hate bragging about my self, but I see that it’s necessary. Or else you’ll continue to know nothing about me, and continue ****ing me off. So here I go…”

Ok, that was a classic ‘Ming the Merciless’ opener. Guess we’ll have to set our blasters on stun. Here comes the pedigree.

“Are you a 2nd Degree black belt in Karate?”

No and if I was I would know that it is considered very poor behavior to tout one’s supposed skill in martial arts.

“(Everyone in my family knows how to defend themselves, tradition since I am a quarter Chinese, my blood demands it).”

The parenthesis is to inform us of qualifying information…as if he were saying it under his breath while delivering the Vulcan Death Grip.

“Were you a League Champ in High School Wrestling?”

This is to let you know that in the tradition of the WWF…”Talk’s cheap Bozo! Let’s get it on!”…and we wonder why kids in southern California are shooting…

“How about going through Army Basic Training?”

No thanks, already went through Marine training myself back when it WAS hard and the little pieces of army guys get caught between my teeth.

“I know tough, if anything I am far from weak and like an average 21 year old.”

The average 21 year old is a limp sack of s**t who worships at a mall and is more concerned with the tenderness of his feelings than the toughness of his resolve.

“I am incredibly disciplined.”

This guy should get together with Helen Reddy and roar.

“I don’t wait another day to speak my mind and take action on things that are wrong.”

Sounds like he’s running for office here.

“Growing up in So.Cal I’ve seen death, I’ve seen terror, and I’ve seen people taken advantage of.”

James Taylor couldn’t say it any better…gimme’ my guitar and lemme’ put on that work shirt and wide belt….

“Maybe it’s different where you were brought up, but these kinds of things I I want to do something about them.”

Using two ‘I’s like that gives me a suspicion that this may be a Rastafarian masquerading as a Pastafarian..

“So pardon, for taking a stand and wanting to do something about the wrong things in life.”

Well, at least he apologizes but I wish he would bring back that stand. Two wrongs don’t make a right.

“You don’t see many young people doing that, and I believe it should be encouraged, not condemned.”

Bring up super of American flag come in for close up as tear rolls down cheek raise music and fade to credits…..

“Thank you very much; those were my 2 cents,”

Final shot thanking the armed forces for their help and cooperation and the people of China for their one quarter donation of genetic material….go to black. End.

[Edited by Lee Heggy on 03-22-2001 at 11:50 AM]

Posted by Phil Fiord on 03-22-2001 12:14 PM

Arrow

Hi, I commend your passion for what you yourself believe. I wish to point out that every other person in the world also has their own beliefs. It is when a person appears to, or even tries to foist their own beliefs on others that the problems arise. Not everyone here believes that TT is an immoral or evil technology. You know this, but my point is that you appear to be going about distributing your beleif in a counter-productive way.

Your current method of discussion seems clouded by your passionate dislike for the technology and frankly, it is hard to take you serious because of that. At your web site you describe your beliefs. It was an interesting read, but it is also not in the same form of presentation as you are giving here. I would actually like to know more about your view, but you seem to view people who are older than you in a distrustful if not aggravated way. Although I believe differently than you about the application of TT technology, I would sincerely be interested in understanding your belief when presented in a less inflamed fashion.

For the sake of discussion, suppose John really is a TT. What are you specifically trying to accomplish in this dialogue? If you feel others are wrong, ok, but say why others are wrong without attacking. I mean, if you want someone to understand your viewpoint, calling them sheep is a bad way to start.

Phil

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-22-2001 12:16 PM

Wink

I do not think that Russia attacks the US with people, just missiles.
Anyway, I have no information about much of this topic.
It would not do anybody any good to ask me any question.
I just tried to bring up points for discussion and maybe some ‘bad’ jokes.

Rick, look at it this way,:
If you have enough advance warning like John said, how long would it take you to drive to Omaha (maybe an airplane)(about 611 miles)?
You can ball me out in person, if this story is true.
Bring some water, and a distillation unit for it, and how fast can you really drive, if enough advanced warning.
You can tell me all day, ‘See, I told you so!’ or something.

In fact, it true, how long would it take anyone to get to Omaha, I drove straight through to Florida, 1200 miles, only took 24 hours, on a lazy driving trip.

We can all sit down and have a cup of coffee of something.

Or I’ll be on my way surely, if all this is happening.

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-22-2001 12:20 PM

Ok,

I think Lee tapped the nail on the head… once, then drove it home. LOL.

Sorry, but that was funny as all get-out. But, I don’t think it is necessary for any of us to be attacking anyone. Once the forum degenerates for those who are (perhaps) trying to cause it to degenerate, no longer will communication work.

In other words, as much fun as Javier, Lee, myself and others are having with the barbs and insults… they are very counter-productive.

I personally apologize to Javier for my comment about his military discharge. That wasn’t any of my business and I really shouldn’t have taken it to that level. I’m sorry Javier. Your discharge is not the subject of discussion here (even though you DID throw it out to be picked on like you did, I shouldn’t have picked on it).

Now – I’m not saying that we shouldn’t debate. In fact, I think a good argument is very good, however, we should stick as closely to the facts as we see them, and try to explain to each other WHY we take the tack we take on talking the way we are. I’ve tried in past posts to do so.

Now – another subject. My post a few back that is entitled “Military Involvment”… please do not read anything into that. I’ve received several quite interesting messages today trying to dechiper what I said.

PLEASE – There is NOTHING to dechiper. What I intended was a sort of “panic reduction” message. Sometimes in these forums (and this is not the first, nor will it be the last) people get the feeling they are being stalked by the government, or some Men in Black or something. I can’t say that doesn’t happen, but I can tell you from PERSONAL EXPERIENCE that if someone suspects you of some national security violation, they are NOT going to contact you via email.

They ARE going to find out what you’re about, and might even contact you in person, but they will be legitimate law enforcement officers, not men in black, not guys in green or any other Three-Letter-Agency EXCEPT the FBI.

See the FBI is the US Law Enforcement agency that has jurisdiction over national security matters within the United States and its territories. NSA ain’t coming out, CIA won’t bother with you, and if there are Men in Black, I bet you dimes to Martian quarters they aren’t Americans (or Earthlings). http://www.artbell.com/img/marsmoney.jpg

So chances are, if some dufus from the Pentagon is contacting you via email, he is definately a dufus, isn’t authorized, and certainly isn’t from the Pentagon (or any other such place, Area 51, UFO Island or anywhere else). If the guy comes to your door with a badge book and says “FBI”… ask him if he has a warrant and then send him on his way if he doesn’t.

Otherwise… don’t get too wrapped up in being paranoid.

That’s MY job.

Rick

[Edited by Rick Donaldson on 03-22-2001 at 01:38 PM]

Posted by David R Ferguson on 03-22-2001 12:27 PM

Smile

Just when things started getting REALLY interesting….

Posted by Lee Heggy on 03-22-2001 12:28 PM

I’m really, really sorry if my little cut-up has hurt ANYONE’S feelings or bruised the ever so delicate sensitivities of others who post here. I’m especially sorry if I’ve hacked off the Chinese. I just thought Mel was getting short shrift and…well…dang it all..Mel, dude…I LOVE YOU MAN! There, I’m glad I got that off my chest. Now I’m gonna look at those fuzzy pictures of John’s time traveling golf cart and see if I can make heads or tails out of any of it.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-22-2001 12:28 PM

Lee Heggy,
Thank you very much for scrutinizing everything I said in a Howard Stern manner. But you missed my point. You asked no real questions, had no real dialogue. Just commented and ran off saying vicinities. Just like Mel.

I take it you speak like this often.

((and we wonder why kids in southern California are shooting…))

Maybe because of people like you.

Posted by Lee Heggy on 03-22-2001 12:38 PM

I think I got your point quite well and if not then you just made it for me with your nasty little tag at the end of your squawk. Sorry if I stepped on your tail.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-22-2001 12:41 PM

Where you been Phil?

(( but my point is that you appear to be going about distributing your beleif in a counter-productive way. ))

What would be a productive way for you?

((Your current method of discussion seems clouded by your passionate dislike for the technology and frankly, it is hard to take you serious because of that.))

If you knew illegal drugs were bad and could kill your kids if they tried that, wouldn’t you tell them, and hate illegal drugs?

((….. you seem to view people who are older than you in a distrustful if not aggravated way.))

When? All I did was answer Mel’s questions, and I didn’t even say every old person. I said him in particular.

(( I would sincerely be interested in understanding your belief when presented in a less inflamed fashion.))

Again, how should I present it?

((… you feel others are wrong, ok, but say why others are wrong without attacking. I mean, if you want someone to understand your viewpoint, calling them sheep is a bad way to start.))

First off, haven’t I been telling people how it’s wrong? Second of all, sheep was a comment to those people that bowed to John like if he can’t be wrong. To people who wouldn’t listen to any other side but John’s.

I hope this clarifies things.

Posted by Phil Fiord on 03-22-2001 12:48 PM

Unhappy

Lee said:
(and we wonder why kids in southern California are shooting…))

Javier said:
“Maybe because of people like you.”

I say:
Ouch! Wrong forum to be discussing the child shooters, but I have looked at why it happens and come up with my own conclusions. People like Lee are not among the evidence. C’mon Javier, I am rootin’ for a constructive dialogue.

Posted by Bob Marz on 03-22-2001 12:55 PM

[1] “Some things are worth fighting for.” Chocolate, maybe, but the credibility of a self-proclaimed time traveler ln an internet message board?

[2] People are drawing conclusions based sheerly on the issue of whether Titor has posted lately, concluding its an admission of guilt, knavery, chicanery, etc. It proves no such thing. The fact that you draw a flawed or hasty conclusion or project causal connections has nothing to do with reality itself. There are all sorts of legitimate reasons why he might not have posted lately.

[3] I think Javier sees himself as Don Quixote, the man of La Mancha, defending us “sheep,” and deluded “followers” of the ‘Pie Pipper'(sic), ie, the guardian alpha-male patrolling the edge of the herd for danger. I see him as a good guy too, but one who because of tenacity and obsession, has singlehandedly beaten the funfactor of this thread to a bloody pulp.

Posted by Lee Heggy on 03-22-2001 12:55 PM

Thanks for the vote of confidence there Phil. Xavier also said that,

“I take it you speak like this often.”

and then in the very next post replicates my form of posting. (which isn’t patented and used by thousands of others as well) Imitation is a form of flattery though and I’ll take it for what it’s worth. I’m logging off and leaving now (not running). I’ve got to go eat a burger before they are outlawed.

Posted by Lola Montez on 03-22-2001 01:01 PM

Jeez, you guys, I wish you wouldn’t encourage him. Now we will never be able to move on. Very funny, though,

Lola

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-22-2001 01:25 PM

Phil,
Ouch? It wasn’t me who started. I had to finish it though… You support the person who just attacked me by defending his statements. But don’t wish to answer my questions? Talk about being counter-productive…

Where’s your credibility now? Where do you stand? I thought you wanted me to say where people are wrong. Which is just what I did… And have been doing from the start.

Any further questions?

-Javier C.

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-22-2001 01:25 PM

Is Javier or Time Travel the subject of discussion now?

Posted by Mel Reckling on 03-22-2001 01:31 PM

Thanks guys for coming to my defense. In response to your post. I am 47 years old and yes I was once 21. Regrets I’ve had a few, but than again too few to mention(thanks Mr. Sinatra). Didn’t Al Bundy once score 4 touchdowns in a single game in high school and still wind up a shoe salesman?

I know I’m a nobody, but I’ll ask you do you own a Porsche? I do. Do you own your own business? I do. Have you ever shot under par in golf? I have 8 times. Do you own your home? I do. About 15 years ago I was one of the top 50 Toyota salesman in the country. The point is none of this matters. We all have our own accomplishments. The only thing I’m apparently good at is getting under some people’s skin on this post to post BBS.

By the time I was 21 I had been to Europe twice. Once made it back from Amsterdam with only 20 bucks in my pocket and having to hitch through N.Y.C. The important thing in life is to make the most of your experiences and to listen to the advice of people more experienced than yourself. I guess I’m doomed to be an old Fuddy Duddy.

I feel a truce is in order. We are way off topic and they’ll probably pull the plug on us at any time. Let me know how you feel.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-22-2001 01:31 PM

Rick,
I don’t know what’s up with some of these people. It could be anything. It could be the fact that John isn’t here. Maybe now that Darby is perhaps brining people to realize what they believed John to be, has upsetted them a bit. Or maybe they hate us, for being apart of driving John away, I don’t know. Those are my guesses though.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-22-2001 01:37 PM

Sure Mel, I guess we can have a truce. Even though I have more to say .

But remember, I had no body supporting me, I am half your age, and someday I will own a house. All in due time.

Truly,
Javier C.

P.S. Actually I am only 20 years old. My birthday is in 3 weeks .

[Edited by Javier Cortez on 03-22-2001 at 01:40 PM]

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-22-2001 01:45 PM

Javier,

It isn’t “these people”… it’s you my friend. It wasn’t John that brought out the worst in any of us, it was each of us in turn, turning up the heat.

You have a way of upsetting people, and quickly. When they feel the must defend whatever it is you’ve upset them about, they come back with all guns a-blazing.

Seriously, you do have a problem with time travelers – so it seems, and you’re dead set on proving it. We all understand that, but here, the point it moot. We don’t care too much whether or not you like them, we only care to prove the truth.

Unfortunately, none of us, except John can do that right now, and he isn’t around.

I sort of suspected he vanish quietly – and he apparently has. So… rather than everyone discussing the points of being 21/43 or 56, we should be discussing the data we DO have, pictures and otherwise, and trying to piece together what little we know.

If John is real, and he wants a person to observe, he will let us know. Note that it is my opinion he won’t want us to, and if he DOES provide a video, obviously none of us are going to believe it. Which, by the way, John stated several times in the beginning – “I do not WANT you to believe” – I think were his words.

The bickering accomplishes nothing, except to escalate a war that has no purpose. Testosterone has its place, but it ain’t here.

Rick

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-22-2001 01:53 PM

I admit I am confused.
I may have to consult “Doctor Who”, President of Galifry, President of the High Council of ‘Time Lords’ and ask him a few questions. He’s usually off though fighting humans mortal enemey, the ‘Darleks’.

Posted by Phil Fiord on 03-22-2001 01:53 PM

Post

“What would be a productive way for you?”

Well, since you ask, I would attempt to describe my view in a clear and descriptive manner. I have read all your posts and your web site. I still do not understand *specifically* what your view IS based on. You may have stated these things in previous posts, but overall the tone you take in presenting has made it difficult to assemble an accurate picture of what it is you are trying to say. The objective in presentations is to make it EASY for the ‘viewer’ to understand. The rhetoric confuses your message.

“If you knew illegal drugs were bad and could kill your kids if they tried that, wouldn’t you tell them, and hate illegal
drugs? ”

I do know why certain drugs are illegal. I am aware that people die from them sometimes. I had a friend who went on a research trip on homelessness and lived the life and tried heroin and died. I have no kids, but should I be so graced as to have them someday, I would raise them knowing that I am the one man they can always count on to care about them. I would encourage the discussion of anything, no matter the subject by not violating trust issues involved in personal discussions. If said child were to somehow become involved with the drugs, I would not hate the drugs, I would find the distributor of said drugs to children and at the very least quietly talk to my local PD Detectives about removing said distributor from society. As for said child, I would desire to discover why they felt the need to do illegal drugs, but not freak on the child so they do not shut down and hate their elders.

“All I did was answer Mel’s questions, and I didn’t even say every old person. I said him in particular.”

Sorry. I was a tad too broad perhaps, but there is a valid point to make. Sometimes people state things in such a way that they themself do not see how others are reading\hearing it. The way I read your comment was indeed toward Mel when viewed on its own, but collectively your demeanor seems fairly anti-toward people you do not know personally and may happen to be older than yourself.

“First off, haven’t I been telling people how it’s wrong?”

Perhaps you have, but it seems to come across as if to say *because I say so*

“…sheep was a comment to those people that
bowed to John like if he can’t be wrong. To people who wouldn’t listen to any other side but John’s.”

Again, Its all in how you state things. The way in which you stated the sheep comment literally implied that everyone else were sheep. Again, you may not see that implication, but it IS there.

“I hope this clarifies things”

Me too. I almost admire the enthusiasm you show, but as I see it, when enthusiasm is coupled with a hatred of something it becomes a crusade. The crusades were over long ago. I urge you to re-evaluate your feeling of hatred, but I will not suggest you rethink your view. Hate is such an ugly emotion that it consumes ones soul. I am not intending to offend you Javier and it is not my goal to help everyone in the world, but you have such a determined passion, it seems a waste to see that consumed with the hatred. I hated someone before. Turns out, I had been harming myself by hating that person. They were external to me so I moved on with life and although I still Strongly dislike them, I do not throw myself into their path on purpose and am a pretty happy guy.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-22-2001 02:40 PM

Phil,
Your empathic nature is understandable. But I cannot always be concern by how someone will interpret what I say. I don’t claim to be a people person; I never said I would be politically correct. I said I would do what’s right, and bring out the truth. Which is what we are all looking for, and doing?

So my way is different. Is there a standard I have to follow?

You can get the same results in many different ways. I suppose being offence, instead of defense or neutral is what most people prefer that I be. That’s very nice, but it wouldn’t fit my nature.

Action if more my forte, defense might be another mans way of solving problems. And some are neutral (pacifists) who don’t try, but get things done somehow.

Each way has it’s own merit. Like many others things in this world (religions, schools, governments). I choose action though.

-Javier C.

Posted by Phil Fiord on 03-22-2001 02:54 PM

Arrow

I was not trying to change you. I was simply offering advice on a more effective way to get your message understood. If force is your way, so be it, but be prepared to be misunderstood. No harm no foul. No disrespect. Take care Javier. I believe you have peoples best interest at heart, but I also believe you are taking the hard path to communication.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-22-2001 03:10 PM

My way is not so much force, but actually doing something. Taking action. Force by it’s self sounds really bad. And I guess that’s were I was misunderstood. Oh well, thanks for understanding . I’m glad we could all come to a resolution.

-Javier C.

Posted by Lola Montez on 03-22-2001 03:29 PM

This thread has gone south. Rick, I think you should be the one to start a new thread on TT where we can carry on our previous discussion and leave these guys to worry over JC’s communication style (or lack thereof).

[Edited by Lola Montez on 03-22-2001 at 03:32 PM]

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-22-2001 06:10 PM

And what previous discussion would that be? Supporting a man who claims to be from the future? Ookkaayy.

-J.C.

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-22-2001 06:19 PM

Rick,

What Boomer has described so far, even though he uses the term Tipler Sinusoid, isn’t the description of a Tipler cylinder. Professor Tipler describes the cylinder as having 10 solar masses or more and squeezed into an infinitely dense and infinitely long cylinder – which is longitudionally spun at about one billion RPM’s.

I suppose that if you were interested in verification of Boomer’s science that you could go right to the source, Dr. Frank Tipler, Tulane University, for an interview. Ask him his thoughts on Boomer’s device – afterall, its Dr. Tipler’s science:

http://www.math.tulane.edu/~tipler/

Address: Department of Mathematics
Tulane University
New Orleans, LA 70118

Email: tipler@math.tulane.edu

Office: Gibson 305
Phone: (504) 862-3449
FAX: (504) 865-5063

Oh…the Schwarzschild Radius of about 1.33 meters (4 ft). I hope that Boomer doesn’t hang his left arm out the window because it might be left behind in 2036 when he fires up that puppy.

I doubt that you’ll get to interview Boomer. I wanted to know the ET of his trip because of some comments he posted at various times. He’s stated that its very important for the machine to be absolutely still – it makes a “timelike trip” and not a “spacelike trip”. He also says that the traveler is exposed to 1.5 to 2.0 g’s of accelleration and needs an oxygen supply. At 2 g accelleration you will be traveling just a tad faster than a Chevy pick-up in short order (about one year to reach light speed).

Posted by Phil Fiord on 03-22-2001 08:30 PM

Talking

Do You suppose DARBY, that IF John is a TT, that the Tipler cyclinder he describes could simply be a revision on the current one that Mr. Tipler has? I mean, if he is from 2036, it could be a revised schematic.

Lola:
Todays side trip with JC was actually healthy for the thread by my view, for there has been contempt brewing for a while and perhaps that released some tensions. For my part, I was trying to offer a method of communicating to JC because I am sincerely interested in all perspectives given. His included. I dunno if he will provide a detailed and less ‘action’ aka force oriented dialogue (teasing JC), but we shall see. That is what makes it pertinent to the thread.

Posted by Lola Montez on 03-22-2001 09:38 PM

Phil,
I certainly applaud your effort and admire you for having the kind of heart that makes that effort. But I think it is obvious by now that no headway is possible. It starts to detract from the other good stuff going on here.

To the board-

Why do you think John has gone off the board? Is it because Darby’s analysis made him uncomfortable or could it have been Rick’s serious offer to film the event? (or neither)

I don’t think packing would be taking every waking moment as there is not much room in that car.

There was another alleged TT around awhile ago that left due to lack of interest. He claims to be from the far future. It would be interesting to see where our discussion might go with a different scenario for the future.

I wanted to make a point regarding Darby’s treason suggestion made earlier. Every revolution starts with an act of treason. History is written by the victors. We have many hero’s in our past that would be considered villians if the English had won the war.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-22-2001 10:02 PM

I had a few ideas why John might not be here. About 2 pages ago today .

John feels the pressure he’s been getting in this thread by someone he didn’t expect. He was well comfortable when it was just me being the only one opposing him. But now, that’s all changed.

We all know John wouldn’t leave without saying good-bye. He likes the attention; he likes people to think he’s interesting. Right Pamela?

Typical Machiavellian behavior if you ask me.

-Javier C.

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-22-2001 10:46 PM

He was out of town.

Posted by Barbara Clements on 03-22-2001 11:01 PM

Well, my guess is he’ll be back. In the meantime can someone explain what a tipler sinusoid field is?

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-22-2001 11:16 PM

The thoughts fromt the ‘Great Nuthin’ which will prove nuthin’. While I never followed through on physics and just do not remember it, I leave the calcs to someone else. My whole thought, and I will have to do a lot of reviewing, is even if a person (John) shows up with a device claiming to travel in time, something just bothers me about the convenience of it. 

To me all things that were built needed a boost of technology. Nothing was convenient. Now I admit that producing a microsinglarity would be significant, and clever engineering would help, but still I feel that it just does not produce a time machine. 

I have to check on the theory of “why” that would produce ‘time travel’. I must admit that I am not trying to solve how to produce a time machine, which to me with all of the math and thinking just ends up being in a different ball park then where the ball was even hit.

That’s all I have right now, two cents.
But if your really convinced that this produces time travel, I read about it.

Posted by Barbara Clements on 03-22-2001 11:35 PM

One thought did just occurr to me, and I’m not saying this as proof of anyone claiming to be a time travelor, but more or less as an interesting socialolical point, no one believed Jesus was who he was either.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-22-2001 11:35 PM

I’ll try to be brief. 

At first, I thought ‘smart rocks’ sounded like a good idea. Now, I do not. The only practical purpose of having a ‘smart rock’ to me is to shoot down an incoming missile to keep the missile from reaching the target. Leaving nuclear missiles in the ocean or exploding the missile high above, perhaps in space, may just wreck the ozone layer or something, especially, leaving corroded nuclear missiles in the ocean. They will corrode. They do find bombs from WWII yet.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-23-2001 12:06 AM

Pamela,
How do you know? Is he back then? I guess we should hear from him real soon .

Barbara, so what’s your point? John is a real Time Traveler because some people don’t believe him?

J.C.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-23-2001 01:29 AM

Okay, I admit that somewhere I am not up to par with these theories. But one question seems to not have been asked, and if I missed it I apologize.

Interesting theories, except “Who or what was the first time traveler?”

I am not debating whether John is real or not, nor if the theory supports time travel. Before humans went into space, I think, if I ever think I remember, monkeys went into space. I find that it would be dishearting if all of a sudden, “we need a human operator of this device, because a human must go in order to get back.” I think of a moral, ethical people, that some type of remote controls and initial flights would be needed. Frankly, this type of time travel, even with 100% certainty, scares the “heck” out of me. Is anyone sure that they would indeed volunteer for a “All of the theory works out, but…. we won’t really be sure until you come back from your TT trip.” And by the way, have a nice day!

Just imagining what going on this trip really means.

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-23-2001 07:47 AM

Phil,

I’m assuming that if what Boomer says is true then the science would be an advancement on what Dr. Tipler has proposed. However Dr. Tipler isn’t in 2036 he’s here in 2001 and should have some ideas about what Boomer purports to be true of Tipler-based science.

Surely you’re not suggesting that if Albert Einstein was alive today that there would be no value in seeking his opinion of Boomer’s GR ideads, are you?

Posted by Phil Fiord on 03-23-2001 07:59 AM

Arrow

Javier: About Barbaras comment, she states that” I’m not saying this as proof of anyone claiming to be a time travelor”. It seems clear enough that she was only drawing the conclusion that Jesus was not believed to be Jesus and John may not be believed to be a TT. Yes I agree it leads to an assumption, but moreso she seems to clearly bring up the fact that we really do not know and will not know unless something happens to prove it or disclaim it.

James: Yesterday was a day that was more or less devoted to Javier. I do not wish to offend you, but really, Javier has his point of view too. I would agree that his manner of conveying that message has at times been caustic, but your attack on him actually seems worse than his ‘action’aka force oriented method of communication. The frustration is understood by everyone I think, but isn’t the action of telling him “leave and go back to your website” a tad extreme?

Everyone: Yesterday was indeed a day that centered less on topic than might be desired, in the words of an infamous person,”cant we all just, get along?” 🙂 j/k Really though, I am curious if anyone believes John is a TT based on faith, since as of yet there is no concrete proof. I ask this out of curiosity and request that if anyone responds to this that everyone simply address this, if they wish, without attacking. Yes Javier, I am asking you too (playin with ya, J)

Posted by Phil Fiord on 03-23-2001 08:07 AM

Talking

Well, Darby, I think I overlooked the possible value of talking to Mr. Tipler and discussing the model that John has brought forth. Who knows, may that is how Mr Tipler revises his model. Would that not be bizarre if someone brought the John design to Mr Tiplers attention and thus caused the Time Travel Technology to advance?

“Surely you’re not suggesting that if Albert Einstein was alive today that there would be no value in seeking his opinion of Boomer’s GR ideads, are you?”

Oh No! 🙂 Al was a facinating a brilliant man. Personally I rate Schrodinger a tad higher on the list, but not by much. I actually suspect that Al would be pertly opposed to the concepts brought up here. Maybe I am wrong, but Al only desired to go just so far into quantum physics. therefore rendering his opinion interesting but not necesarily pertinent. Am I wrong?

Posted by David R Ferguson on 03-23-2001 08:18 AM

Smile

If time travel is to be achieved using the methods described by John, where is the mass coming from that would be required to achieve it? I believe Darby touched on this earlier, but I have not seen a satisfactory explanation given.

Supposing John is who he said he is, what business is it of anybody here to question his “motives”? I see this as no different, in this aspect, as it is for anyone of us to take a trip across town or across state lines. Since John is an American, he is legally allowed to move about as he feels as long as he is not breaking any laws. Had he been from another country, then I suppose he would have had to report to Immigration.

I know of no laws against time travel, per se. I do know of some regimes that have existed, though, where freedom of movement by individuals was not allowed…”Show me your papers!”…and it was not in the United States of America.

Darby, I do not necessarily regard John’s purported actions in the upcoming conflict to have been treasonous. They MAY have been, but I would have to know more details to make that determination.

By the way, Darby, I picture you as about 55 to 60 years of age, working as a university professor with patches on the elbows of your jacket and loafers on your feet, occasionally imbibing on a pipe filled with excellent and aromatic tobacco. You enjoyed reading Sherlock Holmes as a child, and fancy yourself as a modern day sleuth of his ilk. You are highly intelligent, as well as being very popular with your students. I do not believe you have ever married or had children, as you were gilted by the one and only true love of your life while still a youth. Being the romantic that you are, it was at that low point in your life that you decided to devote yourself to your academic pursuits. You also drive a two seated European convertible.

How did I do?

(By the way, I would have loved to have had you as one of my professors, too!)

[Edited by David R Ferguson on 03-23-2001 at 08:25 AM]

Posted by Lee Heggy on 03-23-2001 08:18 AM

First, I wish to apologise for perhaps stirring the pot with a bit too much vigor yesterday..

I thought that the possibility of time travel was pretty much accepted since in a way we are all time travelers but only in one direction and at a universal speed common to all of us. The thought that through mechanical contrivance we could go in several different directions at different rates is a fascinating conjecture. 

I believe that John Titor (the real name or gender is irrelevant) is a real person. As to the possibility that he/she/it may be from some elsewhen I have my doubts but I will allow for a tiny crack of that possibility to exist. 

Why such a person would spend precious time here on this BBS is unfathomable to me. 

It would be like going back to the 1930s and listening in on a party-line telephone. It seems apparent that unless he/she/it comes back and makes further comment there isn’t much point to this thread and a new general discussion of temporeal movement is in order.

[This is a very good point. Why expose yourself to problems, when you really don't need the aggrivation. -Metallicman.]

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-23-2001 08:24 AM

Lola,

Thanks for the kind words. And you’re right, every revolution begins with a traitor’s act. And is then fought by 19 year old kids. Love to talk it over with you – lunch at the Red Barn, SY.

Everyone should understand that I don’t really consider Boomer to be a traitor or a murderer principally because I don’t believe his story and secondarily because his online persona appears to be that of a decent person.

What I attempted to point out is that the totality of a circumstance should be considered in any analysis of rhetoric. As Boomer spun the yarn he made some statements about his political alignment that needed to be addressed. There’s more yet to be considered. For instance:

Let’s ‘jus ‘spose once again that its all true. Boomer is a TT, a Major in the military (or former Major now under civilian contract)of the regional nation of Florida (or whatever that region is called)and our government is the enemy state in the war to begin in 2004. Let’s also ‘jus ‘spose that Rick really is a former Military/DoD intelligence operative (and shooter)of that enemy state. Would Boomer, a trained field grade military officer allow Rick within 1000 miles of his country’s device? If Rick turned out to be a “not-so-Ex” spook and managed to snatch the device with a little help from his friends what would prevent we, the enemy state, from returning the machine to 2036 with a suitcase nuclear device onboard?

Boomer has rather flippantly answered questions at times by saying that we can’t affect his personal timeline. While that may be true a retalliatory strike by us would affect someone’s timeline. A 22 kt nuke would mess up their entire afternoon if it went off in the lab upon the return of the machine.

Again, its a great topic for discussion but Boomer isn’t a TT. No country, past-present-future, would trust such a powerful strategic device to Clodpole for the purpose of mixing both a business trip and a personal vacation. For the techno-military geeks: Have you ever heard of an Air FOrce officer who took out an SR-71 Blackbird on a vacation trip – kind of on loan from DIA/NSA for a few months. Same-same here.

Boomer may feel that a flip answer is OK, but his handlers wouldn’t be quite so confident that the machine wouldn’t be snatched.

Note for Rick: I agree with your earlier post that some sloppy detail work on military hardware or manuals is common. PRC-25’s, PRC-75’s and other common communications hardware are old and utilitarian and treated roughly.

Was sloppy workmanship and detailing on ICBM’s, LA class nuke boats and nuclear devices also your experience? The machine and manual wouldn’t be common grunt equipment that get humped in the boonies and tossed into the hooch at night. Its two year old (in 2036) cutting edge strategic technology developed by GE and CERN (cyclorton) and cost billions of dollars. Is it your experience that that sort of hardware is treated with the same disdain as a field radio?

[Edited by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-23-2001 at 08:28 AM]

Posted by Phil Fiord on 03-23-2001 08:45 AM

Cool

Darby:
“what would prevent we, the enemy state, from returning the machine to 2036 with a suitcase nuclear device onboard? ”

In your described ‘jus’ suppose scenario I had a couple thoughts that might bring caution to the possibility of ANY authority sending a suitcase in time. If I recall correctly, John stated he has to travel back to 1975 and then back to 2036. First, if I am correct with this statement, The machine would have to stop in ’75 and it would stay there without a person in attendance thus blowing up somewhens 1975. Second, do we know if a person has to be in the ‘driver seat’ of the Chevy to operate the machine? If so, a suitcase nuke and a operator both go boom, thus a suicide mission. Also, Suppose an authority did that suitcase trick. Suppose it gets to 2036. There will be a lot of surprised people in Florida. Well, ‘what if’ the world line that received the suitacse happened to be ours when we reach 2036. OOPS!

Just a thought or two.

BTW, If 4 out of 5 Time Travellers SUFFER from diarhea, does the other one enjoy it?

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-23-2001 09:10 AM

So……We have progressed to talking and questioning John to thinking of what would happen if you sent a suitcase bomb back to John’s world, blowing him up along with his machine and parts of the worldline he would be on at the time…possibly ours????

….Do you still wonder why you never see any time travelers?

[Edited by Pamela Moore on 03-23-2001 at 09:13 AM]

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-23-2001 09:28 AM

Does anyone wonder if we will even make it through this time?

Maybe, John, is more adept at not being caught, then we think.

I beginning to think about the story, that it is not entirely been written by John, himself. That a group of people covered the story. I also wondered if John was a Russian, I would submit, although I do not know, that there are people in this country, that should not be here, and not poor people from another nation. Tied to embassies of foreign nations, I think the US does the same thing.

What would be the purpose of sending a suitcase bomb explosive through time?

You people are getting dangerous. Is that the use of a time machine?
Someone better bow to Javier than, because certainly other people would be fighting to not allow time travel.

I think most of the time, there must be continual civil wars in the future by opposing groups.

Posted by Phil Fiord on 03-23-2001 09:29 AM

Question

The suitcase thing is a suppose-it scenario that I cannot see anyone saying “oh yeah great idea” about.

Seems that by and large the posts have been quite thorough and inquisitive, but it is odd that John has not posted since the 18th. I saw your post about him being out of town. Does that mean he is back in town? If so, there are loads of questions still to be asked.

As for the way the thread has spun toward its current path. Consider a classroom of 4th graders. If the teacher leaves the classroom, does the class atmosphere take a spin toward another direction until the teacher returns to bring things back to the original direction? Yes.

I am not using the above example as a literal application to this threads posters or John, just the concept.

Please consider that before frowning at the current status. I am certain everyone would be quite pleased if john came on and fielded the concerns of those here. He did start the thread and it would be appropriate if he continued his dialogue or said thats it, time to skip the world lines.

If you have read back…except for yesterday…there have been many good questions left unanswered going way back. In fact I cannot find a single response from John regarding anything I have asked, so I have not been attempting to ask anything. Rather I have continued the interaction with others here. If you feel that a TT would not come here because someone chooses to speculate on other motives that are in the realm of possibilty to stretched possibility, then so be it, but look close and see the suitcase stuff for what it is. A speculation. Did anyone actually imply the application of that speculation? Not that I saw.

Respectfully.
Phil

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-23-2001 09:43 AM

But Phil, it is an interesting twist. Star Trek never addressed questions like “If we have matter dispacement, we’ll beam a bomb aboard”. All the tech from these made-up worlds were so different that no species could do that. Still, there are ‘laws of nature’ that are all the same.

How does ‘tech’ remain different if all ‘laws of nature’ are the same?

That does include all species in the Universe to me, so far. We suppose that species would be different somehow, but in the end because of the ‘laws of nature’ that may not be true. How do we know that John is not a alien? At which point do humans go a different way with tech. In the future, if a war happened, if anyone mentioned doing certain tech, I think witch hunts would be common, not that tech, never mention it again, kind of life.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-23-2001 09:46 AM

John, are you receiving smileys yet! Smile, smile, smile, lots of smileys!

Posted by David R Ferguson on 03-23-2001 09:49 AM

Pamela:

Nice to have you back! I concur with a lot of what Phil just posted. I, too, have asked several questions to John and none of them was ever answered. Maybe he did not consider them “deep” enough to reply to, but I felt that my questions were not of the sort that could be construed as a means for me to gain an unfair advantage over someone else. For example, I asked if the NCAA still held a baskeball tournament, and if so, was it still in its current format.

As for Darby’s comment regarding placing a suitcase sized nuclear device in John’s time machine, that appears to be a good and appropriate point in which to discuss. It falls within the realm of philosphical and moral implications that have previously appeared in this thread. I have not really been able to place my finger on just what it is that Javier has found so offensive about time travel in general, but this is a scenario that might explain it. Maybe Javier fears Time Travelers doing the reverse and bringing back nuclear (or worse) devices into our time and setting them off in an act of terrorism.

Anyway, I am glad back to have you back in the discussion, Pamela. Do you think John will resurface here?

Posted by Phil Fiord on 03-23-2001 10:03 AM

Arrow

I didn’t bring up the scenario of the suitcase. I did try and explain why I felt it was pointless for anyone to try it though. I see no error in logic there. You mention Star Trek. In the Wrath of Kahn, was there not a Genesis device that Kahn wanted to use as a weapon? That is a tech spec example that uses well intended science for less nobel causes. The difference is that in that movie, Khan Intended to do his scheme. Here it was not an intended action. Just speculation on what a governing body could contemplate doing. Of course from my current viewpoint, the theories and discussion here are facinating, but still fantasy role play unless that role play becomes real thru solid proof.

I can only speak for myself, but I do not wish harm to anyone. Not a sole. As to John specifically, he has not harmed me or my loved ones, so why should I desire to harm him. I would like it if he would come back for a bit and at least properly terminate the discussion from his part. It is irritating when someone starts something and then simply disappears. Have you seen the number of people who have browsed this thread? My god, theres been tens of thousands of browses and well over 700 posts. That seems to say something about the interest level.

Seems that overall, everyone here would like to continue this discussion, but the central figure in the debate is MIA.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-23-2001 10:20 AM

I’m to wish no harm on anyone. I am just referring to the storyline.

Let’s suppose its true, then: “Once the nuclear button is pressed, humanity breaks down.” It may never recuperate.

New Rule from God, perhaps: “Thou shall keep thy finger off of the nuclear button, humans never again gain for hundreds of year.” Then such a tech as TT, would be a ‘forbidden’ tech.

Well, I’ll have to think of something more pleasant.

John stated that he did not understand why people would stay in the cities if nuclear war was immenient, this may be the reason.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-23-2001 10:51 AM

To answer John’s question somewhere along this thread:

Humans just have a better life coming up with techs that help humans out to deal with overpopulation and other issues than developing techs that lead the world into madness.

Posted by Phil Fiord on 03-23-2001 11:06 AM

“John stated that he did not understand why people would stay in the cities if nuclear war was immenient, this may be the reason.”

I actually think that the majority of people stay in the city because the emphasis of lifestyle has shifted away from the rural. I cannot count how many people have told me that they could not even contemplate living anywhere but L.A., for example. Additionally, I also come across many people who are insulated from real news by their own choice. Just those two attitudes alone can account for many of the people who would choose to stay in a city.

I live in suburbia. Downtown L.A. is 35 miles from me as the crow flies. There is the Seal Beach Naval Weapons Station so close to me that I can just about see their fences. The only reason I am here is because my wife will not move out of the region. I would prefer a rural setting. Life has choices and because I love my wife, I stay. Rest assured that if/when it comes time to flee, I will be doing so, bringing her along by force if necessary. I am certain many will stay. Why? Lots of reasons, but I only will name the two.

It is pointless to me to continue speculating on if John is a TT unless additional compelling documents are conversational exchanges occur, for if nothing else, he has provided a discusion that allowed us all to explore many themes that spur from future thinking. His list of suggestions are logical and the entire dialogue has been entertaining to boot.

Ever heard of classes that entertain while teaching? Comedy traffic school is an example. Of course this is not a school and John is not a teacher, but the principle is the same.

[Edited by Phil Fiord on 03-23-2001 at 11:08 AM]

Posted by Barbara Clements on 03-23-2001 11:40 AM

Well, like with Jesus and his situation, I was just thinking how frustrating to the person it must be if it IS true. 

Suddenly everything is frozen, you have to defend your arrival, and that becomes the whole thing. 

After all, everyone else walks in a room and advances from that point, but if you doubt the reality of the person coming in the room its like you never get to be in the room until you can prove your going through the door is allowed. 

I always thought it must’ve been frustrating to be Jesus, (saying here he was what he said he was) and spend all your time having to defend your claim, and not get on to the reason you came and all. Very aggravating.

Posted by James Boley on 03-23-2001 11:41 AM

Darby sure seemed to hit the nail on the head with John Titor. He came towards the end of Johns ‘reign’ over his followers.

Is Darby John Titor?

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-23-2001 11:54 AM

I sure hope not, I like the way Darby thinks .

-J.C.

P.S. If I don’t come back today, it’s because somethings gone wrong with my computer upgrade. C-ya.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-23-2001 12:03 PM

The purpose of John’s visit is that we help them solve their problems in the future, that’s why he is here.

I do not know if we can do that without being a comedy routine to him. Certainly, if everyone bowed to everyone, like the Japanense do then no human may be talking. Taking it to the ridiculous, everyone be bowing the rest of their lives. Living in a major city is to me another point of ridiculous, people live there for the greatness of the city, then everyone decides that they really rather be actually at times somewhere else, away from a big city. The only reason to be in a ‘big city’ is to feel more alive.

I admit I am dumbfounded at this point. I can not perhaps help John with his problems in the future, and I can not help anyone in this world now, but still I must be, somehow.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-23-2001 12:50 PM

I’ll propose another question to John. I like the validity of the TV show “StarGate”. You need six points of reference for a cube and a seventh reference, the point of origin, before you can travel through a wormhole type time travel.

May be that I am missing something here. Further thought required.

The Universe is central to our existence, but we are central to the Universe. Yet we have infinite multiple ‘worldlines’ of all time where we are ‘yet’ not a ‘God’ but are a ‘God’. Interesting.

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-23-2001 03:45 PM

James,

An interesting thought – Boomer and me – the same person. Imagine the philosophical thought games that I’d be playing with myself. Fortunately for me, I’m not him (I think he’d agree).

All

I posed the question of sending a device back to Boomer’s lab in the machine from the perspective of his handlers. From their perspective we are the enemy upon whom they made war. Would they be willing to risk even the smallest of possibility of having their machine fall into enemy hands and incur some sort of retaliatory strike? Nuke, biological, chemical, or just a healthy dose of C4? Imagine the result of blowing up the device with ordinary explosives. I don’t know if I’d want two 3*10^18 kg black holes auguring into my back yard.

Does it really make sense that his handlers would authorize a personal vacation with their billion-dollar machine? It is, after all, a machine. Machines can break down. It’s the result of a program that went live in 2034. It has a computer – software, by definition, has bugs. Last I heard we still have burglars in Florida. While he’s been hanging around some hype could steal his IBM 5100. It may be a piece of junk but would a junkie know that? When your nose is running and your skin is crawling and you want that smacked-back feeling any port in the storm will do to get a fix – even Boomer’s IBM 5100. If the machine were that important to his handlers would they authorize a personal vacation and risk losing the computer?

I dunno – how about you?

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-23-2001 04:02 PM

((Pamela. Do you think John will resurface here?))

I think he is planning on it but he said he will be unable to address everything.. I don’t think he has time. I don’t want to speak for him though maybe he will come on here and tell you himself.

Albert, it is interesting that you mentioned “StarGate.” That was one of my favorite movies. I thought of that right away when they spoke of sending a bomb back to John’s lab.

they did the same in that science fiction movie they snuck a nuclear device back through the stargate to blow up the other world if they found life on it.

Did you see the movie “contact” with Jodie Foster? That is another one of my favorite movies.

John and Darby are NOT the same person. maybe Javier and Darby are the same??? hehehehehe

[Edited by Pamela Moore on 03-23-2001 at 04:11 PM]

Posted by Lee Heggy on 03-23-2001 04:15 PM

Pamela, If John IS a real TT…he will have time, all the time in the world.

[Not true. He has limitations determined by destination target conditions. -Metallicman.]

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-23-2001 04:26 PM

Lee,
I think that is a misconception. that a time traveler has “all the time in the world.”

That might be true if his machine could be operated in that manner. but my understanding is it cannot. once you operate the machine and you leave the worldline can you return to the same one?

You can only arrive and leave at certain times .
the conditions have to be right.

Posted by Lee Heggy on 03-23-2001 04:51 PM

Pamela, You may be right about that. I just don’t know but I do find it very interesting that although none of us are currently time traveling except in our own lives we have somehow managed to divise rules of the road for doing so.

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-23-2001 04:58 PM

“none of us are currently time traveling except in our own lives…”
How can you be so sure? Maybe there are others…..

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-23-2001 05:09 PM

I have just received another picture from John to post.
I will send it to Rick Donaldson to post on his board.
It is titled “final proof?”
Hopefully he will post it soon.

sincerely,
Pamela

Posted by Lee Heggy on 03-23-2001 05:13 PM

Well I suppose nothing is what it seems if you can warp time and space so you’ve got me there but I have a pretty solid feeling that most if not all of us are very firmly docked in the present. Thanks for keeping me loose.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-23-2001 05:25 PM

Thanks Pamela, I’ll take that as a compliment, but I’m not Darby . Btw, Lee brought up something interesting I’d like to talk about. “Rules of the Road” as we know them, apply for everyone’s safety. How I have been saying all along, as far as we know they are no rules for Time Travelers. Exploiting the past, and its unknowing people is unethical and convenient for them. For all we know, they could be invisible right now, and orchestrating our lives to their will. Anyone ever think about that? Well we all should… Consider the possibilities that Time Travelers are opportunist, who wish nothing more then to help them selves.

I have a lot to say on this matter, but I’ll spare you all the rhetoric… For the moment .

Anyway’s, speaking of movies, check out this website and it’s trailer, I like it . http://www.finalfantasy.com

-Javier C.

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-23-2001 07:20 PM

Daryby: Let’s ‘jus ‘spose once again that its all true. 

Boomer is a TT, a Major in the military (or former Major now under civilian contract)of the regional nation of Florida (or whatever that region is called) and our government is the enemy state in the war to begin in 2004. 

Let’s also ‘jus ‘spose that Rick really is a former Military/DoD intelligence operative (and shooter) of that enemy state. 

Would Boomer, a trained field grade military officer allow Rick within 1000 miles of his country’s device? If Rick turned out to be a “not-so-Ex” spook and managed to snatch the device with a little help from his friends what would prevent we, the enemy state, from returning the machine to 2036 with a suitcase nuclear device onboard?

Excellent! 

That was, I suppose one of the main reasons I tried to point out several things, including the fact that 1) he won’t let me be “3rd party” 2) Anyone on this board might be a spook with just such a motive (though I SERIOUSLY doubt it).

Also Darby: Note for Rick: I agree with your earlier post that some sloppy detail work on military hardware or manuals is common. PRC-25’s, PRC-75’s and other common communications hardware are old and utilitarian and treated roughly.

Was sloppy workmanship and detailing on ICBM’s, LA class nuke boats and nuclear devices also your experience? The machine and manual wouldn’t be common grunt equipment that get humped in the boonies and tossed into the hooch at night. Its two year old (in 2036) cutting edge strategic technology developed by GE and CERN (cyclorton) and cost billions of dollars. Is it your experience that that sort of hardware is treated with the same disdain as a field radio?

Right- Well, since I never dealt with ICBMs, LA Class nuke subs, and other nuclear devices personally, I can’t answer that. The truth is though, that all military manuals have errors, even on ships.

One last thing… along these lines: For the techno-military geeks: Have you
ever heard of an Air Force officer who took out an SR-71 Blackbird on a vacation trip –

NEVER.. which is the first reason I considered John a fraud but just never stated it.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-23-2001 07:38 PM

Excellent critical thinking on that ex-military scenario Rick .

-J.C.

P.S. Anyone here a computer tech? I have a computer problem .

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-23-2001 08:01 PM

Pam said: I have just received another picture from John to post.
I will send it to Rick Donaldson to post on his board.
It is titled “final proof?”
Hopefully he will post it soon.

As she stated, I have recieved said photograph and it is very, very interesting. I find it almost funny in a way. But, before I tell you about it, let me tell you something even funnier – as in “Strange”.

A few days ago, someone here on this list began to receive unsolicited email claiming they were from the government. They have threatened certain persons here as well. I have for the most part, successfully discovered who that person is. He is from this list.

Tonight, shortly after Pamela posted her message about the “final proof”, my web site, and Anomalies.net went down…

One of two possibilities exists right now. The sites reside in California and it is possible a power outage caused the site to go offline. However, everything should have come back online after power was restored. I’m checking that right now and ought to have an answer sometime tomorrow morning.

The second possibility is there has been an attack on the site. Something called a denial of service, if anyone knows what that is. I’ve determined that INDEED there have been some “hits” on the machines out there – but at this point, I haven’t confirmed it. I have people who are going to check though. If I find out, and the IPs – correction, the ISP matches the person who is sending out threatening letters… I have a sneaky suspicion the ONLY person being visited by the FBI or government agents will be the perpetrator.

Some how… some folks seem to forget those of us in computer security have means at our disposal not normally assigned to the normal internet crowd.

So – that said.. let me talk about the photograph since I can’t post it tonight.

The photo is a scan of a Florida Government document.

The exact gist of the document is regarding the fact that insurance has run out on a specific vehicle and needs to be renewed or some other action taken.

The name, and most of the vehicle information has been blanked for privacy-sake. But… the important part is the date.

The date is 03/26/01

That’s three days from today.

Unforntunately even for me, I find this to be no true explanation for John Titor, Time Traveler. As a “true skeptic” (not of time travel, but rather believing that John IS a time traveler) I realize that given the fiasco of the Florida election process this past year, that Florida of ALL places is suspect when it comes to government documents. It is in all likelyhood a typographical error. But, all of you can be the judge (assuming my site is back online tonight). Otherwise, I willget the photo online as soon as humanly possible. Yesterday, if I had a time machine.

Rick

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-23-2001 09:03 PM

~when it begins to rain,
it is time to go rainbow gazing.~

-pamela

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-23-2001 09:12 PM

What’s the suppose to mean Pamela?

Let’s take a poll, who here has been contacted by someone claiming to be from the government?

I haven’t.

Obviously what would they want with a TimeTravelActivist .

[Edited by Javier Cortez on 03-23-2001 at 09:14 PM]

Posted by Lola Montez on 03-23-2001 10:17 PM

I haven’t.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-23-2001 10:50 PM

I feel for John for having such a mixed-up youth, but even John should realize certain thing. The Government probably is not interested in his ‘time machine’. 

But you know politicians, they have probably passed a law that John owes them some kind of tax for entering from a different worldline, even if from the past or from the future. 

It is probably already as law in this day and age. 

John, you will have to pay your tax before you leave. 

They have no need to poke you with needles or take your ‘time machine’, but they will be very determined to collect their money. Why, heck, they do not even care if you pay with future money; since the debt is so large, and it would not even be paid off in the future of 2036. You would not want to leave small John with such a debt, would you?

What do you think John?

Yes, Pam, I have seen ‘Contact’, a while back. I think I remember some of it, not that much of it though.

Tell John to pay his tax before he leaves.
You know this day and age and politicians.

Posted by Philip Mistlberger on 03-24-2001 02:20 AM

Such a grandly entertaining thread.

About two years back, on the old Art Bell BBS (which used to be highlighted in that tiring blue, not this pleasant green), there was a self-proclaimed time traveller (Marc “X”) who had everyone in a tizzy for about a month or so. The thread racked up hundreds of posts, it was often extremely funny, mostly for the interplay between several posters, about 4 or 5 of whom were all named “Mark”.

The time-traveller, Marc X, claimed to be an anthropologist from the 22nd century. Unfortunately, in his initial introductory post he spelt “anthropologist” wrong several times. When this was duly pointed out to him by one of the Marks, he defended himself by claiming that English had morphed in the future, but that he would do his best to adapt to our current patterns. This explanation became his most common “out” when in hot spots.

Marc was not stupid, but I must say that John Titor has him beat hands down. He not only has covered his bases quite well, he has managed to disappear in a cloud of uncertainty that will at the worst leave some wondering (though granted Darby seems to have stymied him in the physics department).

Marc X made the error of returning from periods of absence in an attempt to offer rebuttals to attacks on his claims, and to try to dodge and justify and explain his way out of too many loopholes. In the end he failed. 

He was finally exposed, as someone tracked him down (the giveway being the “c” at the end of his first name, which made his whole name actually uncommon) and located him as a college student in a north mid-west university. But as a prankster he did a good job, provided the most entertaining thread I ever recall seeing on this BBS (outside of the “Oh My God” forum), and certainly stimulated many to think.

I haven’t been able to read every post in this thread, so I’m not sure if this has been mentioned. But John’s explanation of a “Russian invasion” of the U.S. is strikingly reminiscent of an obscure 1984 science fiction film called “Red Dawn”, which dealt with just such a theme. The idea seems so outlandish that I can only wonder if “time-traveller John” didn’t see that movie — cheesie as it was.

[Edited by Philip Mistlberger on 03-24-2001 at 02:22 AM]

Posted by Barbara Clements on 03-24-2001 04:30 AM

Did anyone listen to Art’s show last night, he had a line open for TT’s. Did any call in? I had to go to sleep as I get up at 5am to go to work, so I wondered.

Posted by Mike Haley on 03-24-2001 05:26 AM

Thumbs down

I am listening to the archive at the moment and am currently 2 hours into it. Well, most of the calls have been people claiming to be the Anti-Christ. Will the real Anti-Christ please stand up and smite the false ones with pillars of fire? Or, better yet, do so on the air. That would inspire some righteous ( or not-so-righteous ) fear.

The few time travellers that called in really were not all that spectacular. None of them convincing, in my opinion. Especially the one that talked about time travelling vacations via pill, using nano-bots to send the body back in time. Sounds a little too much like that show “Time Trax”. Now, if someone were capable of time travelling into the near future, say 30 minutes, then come back and, on the air, tell everyone who would call and what they would say, then that would be interesting.

Apparently, though, most time travellers come from 2008 and jump back to 2001 for some reason. Why 2001 is beyond me ( of course, we’re only 3 months into it ) when 4004 BC would be so much more interesting. In my opinion, at least.

Posted by Randy Empey on 03-24-2001 07:33 AM

Philip M:

Why do you consider ‘Red Dawn’ an obscure science fiction film? Maybe we’re not thinking the same movie, but your mention of the russian factor is pretty telling. It might be speculative near-future, but it is more patriotism-fiction or guns-and-glory-feel-good-save-the-free-world than it is science fiction — nothing futuristic is involved at all. The pickup truck the main characters escape the opening scene in might be as old as the one Titor says he carries his time machine around in.

ALL:

I think the line between observations, theories, dreams, past experiences and good stories are blurred by both the medium here and the participants. So what? As long as ideas are exchanged, there is some intelligent dissembly & assembly going on and expressed possibilities are maximized, I think this kind of interchange is still healthy.

Its long been my intuition that the facts and figures we struggle to learn in school aren’t the actual useful lessons we learn in school — its learning to learn, excercising our minds, that is the ultimate benifit. It was my hope that simmular results could be gained in threads of this type.

And it has, yet ….

Some of us have traveled so far, and gained so much in our ‘official’ educational journeys that its become a knee jerk reaction to shoot ‘impossible’ stories down. I bet amazing will power has been excercised to keep said knee-jerks to a minimum, they have still had their effects …

Of course, I error in the other direction, and that has its own short comings … but, Javier, I am not being led of a cliff — If I plunge into the sea of imagination it is of my own free will.

Critical thinking and analysis is needed and is doing good here, but lets not let it stop us from seeing the rest of the forest here.

—-

Then again, I was always one of those boring kids who read the text book (or whatever fiction I had brought from home) when the teacher left the room … (unless I was enlisted by the trouble makers to plan thier escape, but that is niether here nor there …)

So, throw your spit wads … make fun of the teacher’s baldness and tie … prepare your rebbuttals of the establisment’s version of the facts … there is something to be learned from such actions too — just lets stop letting our knee-jerk reactions kick each other around.

What does plausibility of a story have to do with the reality of events indicated in said story? Its not a one to one relationship, I am sure — is there enough correlation to back our claims of validity or invalidity without reasonable doubts?

Posted by Lee Heggy on 03-24-2001 07:46 AM

Great observations Randy! Anyone can call themselves a time traveler and be the catylst for lively discourse provided they do at least as good a job of it as JT did.

Don’t get too hard on ‘Old Philip’. Talking pictures themselves were only rumors when he descended from the highlands of Tibet.

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-24-2001 08:08 AM

Angry

http://www.wnd.com/news/article.asp?ARTICLE_ID=22090

That news link might be very interesting to some who’ve been following some of the “predictions” here.

It covers a report about Jane’s news – regarding the new “Russian Offensive”. With the expulsion of the 50-something-odd Russians who are supposed to be spies… well, this comes as no surprise to me, but welcome back to the Cold War of the 21st Century.

My web site is still down, but is likely due to power outages.

I will be starting a thread later today about something related to this stuff in the hopes we can continues some important discussions, and lacking the intellectual barbs. Just give me some time, because I have to run through all of the several hundred posts again.

Rick

PS Javier… *I* wasn’t contacted either. But, instead of you trying to figure it out, why don’t you back off on that subject. The individuals who contacted me about it were upset and do not want to be known, hence the reason for NOT posting their names to begin with. Me thinks thou doth protest too much, so knock it off.

[Edited by Rick Donaldson on 03-24-2001 at 08:29 AM]

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-24-2001 10:26 AM

John has not been seen or heard from here in this public forum since approximately page 40. Ten new pages, mostly barbs and personal attacks have occured since then.

I have compiled all of the writing that has been done by John Titor, alledged Time Traveler and will be going through it today for “predictions”.

Let me explain.

John stated at one point he would not make any. In at least two other places he mentioned his reasons, or morals for not doing so.

However… I find it very difficult myself to not make predictions.

Let’s make a rash assumption that any one of us could travel back in time to, say 1979 and once there, we could answer any questions presented to us by that population with whom we would interact.

At that point, people start asking you about the future. Though your personal rules keep you from making “predictions”, they do not stop you from answering well placed questions about yourself, the time travel aspect, and even perhaps some vague history of yourself (Future to everyone else).

Within that aspect, you will give answers regarding the future that were either inadvertent or that you mistakenly considered “safe”.

I place before you the supposition that John Titor, Alleged Time Traveler has done just so. In the thread I am about to open, we will discuss his information. Sometime today, I will post my list of possible predictions to a future Earth.

Join me there for this discussion… and let’s keep this one open for the possibility John will post a good bye, or make an offer for me to fly down for his departure. (I’m still open to doing so).

Rick

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-24-2001 12:25 PM

Rick,
If I was still in the Military I may have to listen to you. But I’m not, so I won’t. Plus how can I protest to much about this, when I only mentioned it once?

Anyway’s, I just woke up from a very strange Time Travel Dream. It was the year 2225, and it had to do with being a frozen cube. It was very weird .

-J.C.

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-24-2001 03:53 PM

The following message was forwarded to me from an anonymous source. I do not know why this person chose the venue he or she chose to attack me – which was through an innocent individual, but I don’t like it one bit.

This is apparently one of the folks claiming military connections and asking folks to shut up. Well...

I don’t like cowards. I don’t people telling me to shut up either. If you want to talk to me, my email address is public. Feel free to write. I certainly want to hear from you in person. Until then, suffice it to say, I do not require ‘enlightenment’ from you or anyone else.

As far as whether or not “is he or isn’t he” this is a free country in which I live so I am entitled to my opinion on this subject. I don’t care if you wrote every manual in the US government. You’re way off base attacking me, THROUGH someone else, and privately.

You’re a coward. 

Come out from hiding and admit who you really are instead of using innocent go-betweens. You haven’t a clue what you’re talking about when you refer to me. You also haven’t a clue what a “future manual” might look like, no more than I have a clue about it.

You see… If John were from the future, and the items I’ve already posted on another thread are even remotely true, the government as you know it now, and publications standards ARE NOT what you think they are. So… smart ass – either come out in public, or shut up.

In the mean time, answer me here – in Public. 

And before I hear any bitching about “private email” remember this, you SENT IT TO ME THROUGH A THIRD PARTY – therefore it is MINE TO DO WITH AS I WISH, and I wish to release it to the public domain, right here on this board. Now… if you want a private debate, write me privately. Until then, keep your mouth shut and leave the middle people out of this.

My Comments below, are in Parens:

—– Original Message —–
From: <Name Blanked by Me>
To: <name Blanked by me>
Sent: Saturday, March 24, 2001 2:23 PM
Subject: Let’s help Rick out, shall we?

<Name Blanked by me>

Sigh. Sorry to trouble you again. Please do “Rick Donaldson” a favor and forward this text on to him.

Thanks.
—

Rick,

This is a private note to you. I trust that <Name Blanked by me> will keep it in confidence also.
(That person did… I chose not to)

Now, your claims of government service allowing you to be knowledgeable about “tech pubs” – just what exposure did you have to them? Was it a tech pub for swivel chair maintenance?
(Nope… my background is documented well, in several places, you apparently didn’t bother yourself to read them)

As a civilian who grew up an Army brat only to marry a spouse who spent twenty years, combined, in the military and the private military aerospace arena and during which time I went into the publishing world where I ended up working on military technical publications for a while, I find your lack of knowledge (and gullibility) striking. So allow me to privately enlighten you.

(As a civilian huh? Funny… you’re in the “publishing world”. As a matter of fact, so am I. As a matter of fact, I worry about many THOUSANDS of documents. As a matter of FACT I’m neither gullible nor am I lacking in knowledge. Nothing I’ve stated to this point on this BBS is inaccurate in any sense of the word. Your insults from someone so obviously “enlightened” trouble me though, since you obviously do not belong in the job you’re in now, especially if you have a clearance… tell me who you are so we can take care of that forthwith.)

Considering the subject at hand is purported to be such a high level technical device which, by its very nature, would potentially put lives in danger with each use (much like an aircraft), its manual format WILL BE in compliance with the highest available mil-specs and standards. Not only that, MULTIPLE MANUALS ARE CREATED by the military contractor, for said device, in different actual physical sizes for such technical devices covering many aspects of said devices – not just one.

(WILL BE in compliance with WHOSE standards? Yours? Certainly not. You obviously are from the year 2001. Funny how everyone wants to put their standards on someone like John. I don’t believe John is a time traveler any more than you apparently do, on the other hand… at least I’m open minded enough to discuss the subject, something you’re afraid to do in public. Your standards are for you, not for John. Get over it).

The private contractor who manufactured the device for the military would be required to rigidly adhere to those specs and standards for the accompanying technical publications as a requirement and condition of having been awarded a contract for manufacturing such a device…”lowest bidder” my ass. That has nothing in the world to do with mil-spec compliance which the government takes very seriously. The teams of degreed Engineers, Tech Writers, Drafts Persons, Graphic Artists, CAD Operators, Computer Programmers, Word Processor Operators, Technical Proofreaders et. al., responsible for putting these highly complicated books together, who take their responsibilities very seriously, thank you for your insulting remarks.

(Assuming the same ‘rigid standards’ exist in John’s time frame. The truth is, these rigid standards are subject to changes locally on ALL documentation, and errors ABOUND in them. I see them every day and I KNOW FOR A FACT THEY EXIST WITH ERRORS. Please come down from your perfect world and join the rest of us in reality. My so-called insulting remarks are nothing compared to yours so far. I’m telling the truth, you’re an example of someone in denial. As far as “lowest bidder – my ass” goes.. well, the lowest bidder who got the contract does follow whatever standards are in place at the time. However, the LOWEST BIDDER STILL GETS THE CONTRACT – so, they are thereby just as limited as anyone else, what with cost overruns, budget reductions to get rid of extra people on a job so they can make a profit and so forth. So don’t give me any crap about it being “mil spec” because the government says so. I KNOW what the government requires, and I also know what gets past the technical writers as well.)

A typical cover/title page for any such manual SHOULD, by mil-specs and standards, resemble _something_ like this (see below), no two ways around it.

(Should, again according to YOUR specifications. Not to those in John’s “Time Frame”. I’m sorry but you’re putting yourself further and further into a hole here. Remember – John is alledgely from 2036, a few years AFTER a nuclear war. I’m certain – I’m POSTIVE that people after such a thing are not going to adhere to YOUR standards simply because YOU say so.)

For the technical publication itself (including cover/title page), mil-spec requirements for everything (right down to the minimum card stock quality) include:

Fonts to be used, font sizes (in the point system used by publishers), text spacings, line spacings, margin widths, justifications (left, center or right, depending), decimal point lineups, how “figures” (illustrations, etc) are numbered and classified (not even present on the “document” in question, oh by the way), requirements for numbering of paragraphs (decimal system), page numbering system, character string identifiers required to be present at the bottom of each and every page (not even present on the “document” in question, oh by the way)…

…and on, and on, and on, and on, and on, and on, AND ON, AD NAUSEUM are laid out in NUMEROUS SEPARATE GOVERNMENT MANUALS written specifically for contractors ON HOW TO WRITE THE TECH PUB that would have you going blind and pulling your hair out before you have read and learned it all.

(Technical manuals and technical orders are already difficult to read, they are so blasted difficult for the guys in the field they don’t even use them. Truth be told, if I had to take out a manual to repair a radio, by following the instructions therein, I would not get it repaired. I set them aside and use my talents for troubleshooting before I would read one of YOUR technical manuals. ANYONE who has EVER used an Air Force Technical Order knows PRECISELY what I am talking about! So get off your high horse.)

Not to mention the fact that tech pubs are ALWAYS in a binder system to accommodate the insertion of the inevitable revisions and changes, and replacement of damaged pages. Where are the page holes if the pages were removed for copying?

(You’re right, they are in binder systems. IF they are technical orders. However, guess what? The Army from 1932 through 1960-something published manuals in BOOKS. They weren’t in binders. Guess what? They have started doing so again. Only the Air Force has a standard binder. Inevitable revisions and changes… you mean – AD NAUSEUM again, don’t you? If there are prefect manuals out there, then why the hell are there so many changes all the time? Think about it… perfect manuals mean there should never be corrections – which is what almost EVERY SINGLE PAGE I’VE EVER FILED IN AN EXISTING MANUAL ARE THERE FOR! CORRECTIONS TO MISTAKES FOUND BY THE GUYS IN THE FIELD!!!!!!!!)

That cover page and content “evidence” for the “time machine” looks like it’s from a high school book report! It’s not even close to being in mil-spec compliance in any way shape or form. Dear God, when you go to work on Monday, lay your hands on a real technical publication – if you have the clearance to do so – and look at it. Examine the format carefully. How it’s assembled. Notice the character string identifiers all over the place, etc., etc., etc.

( I never said it WAS A TIME MACHINE MANUAL. I never said it was in compliance with mil-spec either. I said I had experts looking at it. MY EXPERTS have since been appraised of this entire forum and are reading it. THEY tell me that not only is is POSSIBLE but ” … who knows what the technical standards for the future might be? I <the guy answering me> do not know one way or another, but my opinion is it isn’t a time machine and isn’t a real manual.” Happy??? I don’t know what your problem is, but I’ve got as many, if not MORE resources to ask about this stuff as you do. So back off. By the way.. you AND my folks only have a couple of pages, not the original manual. I defy ALL of you to make an accurate determination from a PHOTOCOPY that was THEN SCANNED into the computer on binding, or anything else! Not only can you NOT decide it isn’t real, you can NOT DECIDE IT IS REAL.)

If you REALLY knew what the technical publications looked like for a high level device (system), you most certainly would have tossed this ridiculous “is he or isn’t he” speculation out the window, oh, about 2 seconds after viewing the “time machine” pages, like I did.

(No, I wouldn’t have done such a thing. Again, you’re applying whatever mediocre standards of yourself to me. The difference between me and you is an open mind. Yours is obviously closed and you suffer a severe case of denial. I’m sorry for your security clearance, but when reality sets in, you will be safely out of the system and away from any government sites. Your most obvious problem is an ego the size of Seattle. Perhaps you need an Ego-quake to put you in your place.)

Good Luck.

TYPICAL STYLE FOR TECH PUB COVER/TITLE PAGE
INCLUDING VARYING FONT SIZES: 24, 18, 14 & 8 POINT:
___________________________________________________

“SECURITY CLASSIFICATION”

XX-XXX-XX-X (PUB # HERE)
__________________________
VOLUME #/PART # REVISION#

TECHNICAL MANUAL

(TYPE OF PUB HERE – MAINTENANCE,
OPERATION, ETC.)

(NOMENCLATURE OF EQUIPMENT HERE)

(SUBTITLE HERE)

(NAME OF MANUFACTURER OF EQUIPMENT, AND GOVERNMENT CONTRACT NUMBER HERE)

***
(INSERT APPROX. 2-INCH SIZE “BRANCH OF SERVICE” SEAL HERE)
***

(SUPERCEDURE NOTICE HERE)

(SUPPLEMENT NOTICE HERE)

(DISCLOSURE NOTICE HERE)

(DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT INCLUDING RESTRICTIONS HERE)

_____________________________________________

(This is indeed similar to SOME manuals the government uses, but, it isn’t similar at ALL to some that we use today. Matter of fact, I have several non-standard manuals that more conform to John’s manual than to yours, but they are all classified and I can’t even SHOW YOU the format. So put that in your pipe and smoke it with whatever else you’re already smoking.)

[Edited by Rick Donaldson on 03-24-2001 at 04:07 PM]

Posted by John Titor on 03-24-2001 06:19 PM

I will be leaving this worldline shortly and this will be my final post. There are only a handful of people who will know exactly when I will be leaving and I’m sure they will let you know when I’m gone.

In the last few days I have found your choice of topics quite interesting and from an objective viewpoint I think it collectively answers one of your own questions, “If time travel is real, where are all the time travelers?” In the past, I have stated that quite frankly, you all scare the Hell out of me and I’m sure other temporal drivers would feel the same. But now I have an expanded explanation with two examples.

A while ago (on one of the posts), I related an experience I had with my parents while we were driving down a highway. Every now and then, we would pass someone who was in obvious distress with their vehicle. I was amazed that so many people could pass them by without stopping to help. Their explanation was fear. The risk of helping someone was too great and with today’s technology, they probably had a cell phone anyway. If they didn’t, the walk to a gas station would be good for them and teach them a lesson for running out of gas.

The other example is the plight of the homeless. When you pass them as individuals on the street I see the way people selectively choose an alternate path to avoid them.

Those two examples best define why time travelers do not show themselves. In trying to help you, we put ourselves as great risk and there’s really no point to it. We know the nature of time dictates that traveling between “exact” worldlines is impossible. Therefore, the only results we will see will be the ones we stay to see. Since worldlines, outcomes and events are infinite, we have better things to do. When I arrive in the “new” 1998 worldline on my way home I could easily start all of this again and continue to go through the same conversations with all of the same people. However, I already know you won’t pay any attention or believe me because we’ve already been through it on this worldline. Besides, I think the walk to the gas station will do you some good.

*****************************************************************************************

The following are the last questions I saw before my “going home” post. I apologize for not being able to get to all of them.

ROBERT:

((Do most of the people of that time die out, especially ones that currently have health problems?))

Yes, and people are still dying and a great deal of them are passing from CJD. As I said, with my very first few posts almost 6 months ago, I want to emphasize how devastating this will be. I believe two people are confirmed dead in Colorado from CDJ from surgical instruments. Ahhhh, the power of cheese. Milk does a body good and beef is what’s for dinner!

Me: “No, I have not tried any fast food. Thinking about where the food came from, how it was shipped and treated absolutely terrifies me. I have tried to tell people about CJD disease and it seems to be “catching on” in Europe.”

Me: Do not eat or use products from any animal that is fed and eats parts of its own dead.

Me: The “Mad Cow” story here is yet to begin…

((Is it possible that sometime in your future or in your present time that time travel will be commonplace?))

Yes, that is absolutely possible and eventual.

((Have any of the scientists of your time discovered any new planets, possibly ones with life?))

Not that I’m aware of.

((Has the bandwidth of the Internet increased greatly?))

Yes.

((And finally, one last question…how did Texas fare during the war?))

Texas is still there but Spanish is a lot more popular.

DAN:

((How does time travel affect our future (no pun intended) exploration of the universe? It seems that the greatest obstacles in our way right now are a matter of energy (propulsion technology) and economic feasibility. It seems to me that time travel technology could neatly takes care of both.))

There is a great deal of debate about trying to use a distortion unit to “travel” to the moon. The experiment would require very precise calculations that would allow the VGL system to find a theoretical path to the moon on a different world-line. The only problem is there is no way to communicate with anyone if the experiment should succeed. In other words, it’s possible to do it but only the people on the receiving end could take advantage of it.

DAVID:

((My oldest son wanted me to ask if you have any siblings.))

No, I am an only child.

((Also, are you still planning on broadcasting your departure via a broadcast over the Internet? That would be quite interesting.))

My father will be videotaping the departure. I appreciate Rick’s offer but my primary concern is the anonymity of my family. In addition, my departure will be in a somewhat public place and I do not want to draw additional attention to myself. At no fault of his own, I would also submit that Rick’s involvement would not add any credibility to the event.

((Is there still an NCAA basketball tournament in 2036, and if so, has it expanded from its current 64-team format?))

Yes, we still play basketball but I am not a fan and can’t comment on its organization.

ALBERT:

((Interesting anyway, hoped you used some of the links.
Thanks.))

Yes I did, thank you.

JOE:

((You say that you wear some kind of flight suit like coveralls when you are time traveling and that you experience 2 g’s for 6-8 hrs. How is it possible to withstand that kind of g-force for such a long period without the use of an anti-g suit?))

The average human can take 2 G’s without too much difficulty. Blackout occurs at about 8 or 9 Gs and redout occurs at negative 3 Gs.

((I know you must be physically trained for space travel, but you should also have the benefit of equipment to help you out.))

We are encouraged to stay physically fit.

EMMETT:

In an effort to address Emmett’s comments, (and in all fairness) the following posts are out of context and not in order. If I’m not a real time traveler I would suggest that Emmett is at a disadvantage on his tactics to “expose” me.

If I present a picture of a sea monster to you and I claim it’s real you are forced to argue its validity on the basis of the evidence that I present or create. Under these circumstances, you can’t win. If you look at the picture and argue that sea monsters should have more teeth or their incisors are not in proportion to the amount of fish they eat, it’s easy to ask you how you know so much about sea monsters if they don’t exist. Granted, you could point to dinosaur skeletons and make comparisons. But I can still say, its not a dinosaur, it’s a sea monster. In fact, I could even “whip” up some tooth marks on a piece of petrified wood and prove to you don’t know anything about sea monsters.

((I realize that you haven’t given “all of the technical details” of the device…so, the reparte has been fun. But your device, as described, simply won’t work.))

If you don’t have all the details, how do you know it doesn’t work?

((Honestly, I’m not upset about any of this…and the only emotion involved for me is joy. This is fun! It really is.)

Joy?

Emmett drew the following assumptions from our conversation and I don’t believe I said any of them.

((The universe that you described, that is, one where mass is accelerated to light speed and forms a singularity doesn’t exist.))

((1. As you accelerated to light speed in your machine you and your machine formed a black hole.))

((2. From your perspective as you accelerated to light speed every other object in the universe formed a black hole due to your relative velocities))

((Take a close look at the technical drawing. Look especially at the left and right end perspectives. Not the same – very poor quality CAD for a billion dollar project.))

A billion? How do you know it’s a CAD drawing?

((If you have contact with Boomer please attempt to verify the elapsed time (on his internal chronometer) for his trip from 2036 to 1975. I need that data for a calculation.))
The first leg takes me to 1998. I think I said that quite a few times.

((He also said that the mass of the singularities is that of a “small mountain”.))

If that were true, the unit could not be moved. I only refrenced the mass of a small mountain in one of our physics conversations. In fact, I believe I said the mass for the singularities in the distortion unit was much smaller.

((The last time I checked the physics I didn’t see an “on-off” switch for a black hole or any other singularity.))

Me neither. I don’t believe I said you could turn it on or off.

((At 2 g acceleration you will be traveling just a tad faster than a Chevy pick-up in short order (about one year to reach light speed).))

This is the one that really disappoints me. Even you should know that Einstein’s thought experiment in the isolated elevator was based on the idea that the effects of acceleration and gravity are the same. I never said acceleration had anything to do with how the unit operates.

((Does it really make sense that his handlers would authorize a personal vacation with their billion-dollar machine?))

I’m looking at my orders and I don’t see the word vacation on it anywhere. You had my hopes up for a moment. Interesting how quickly a billion-dollars has become a fact now.

((And, though he’s never said that he hasn’t let anyone else come close to the machine, who took the picture of his two hands in one of the photos?))

When did I say that? I’ll have to let Pamela explain the laser pointer picture. She may already have posted the email I sent earlier.

Here are a few other comments I found interesting:

((The answer to the question, “How does a person born in 1998 use the language…?” is – who knows?))

I agree. How would you know?

((The two yellow caution tapes on the device are misaligned. Sloppy workmanship.))

I’ll have to point that out to my “handlers” when I get back.

((I suppose that if you were interested in verification of Boomer’s science that you could go right to the source, Dr. Frank Tipler, Tulane University, for an interview.))

He’s a very pleasant gentleman. I highly recommend his book, The Physics of Immortality. I believe I made reference to this earlier.

((…what would prevent we, the enemy state, from returning the machine to 2036 with a suitcase nuclear device onboard?))

This is the second time I’ve seen a reference to the unit as a weapon. I would submit that the people of this worldline have nothing to fear from me. What would you do with the unit?

((J.C. …I like the way Darby thinks))

Now there’s an endorsement. 

For more information on black holes and sigularities, I did find this site.

http://www.rdrop.com/users/green/school/primordi.htm

In your opinion, what is the smallest mass that can form a singulairty? Even Hawking suggested primordial singularities were created at the Big Bang. Were there planets (or half planets) around to form them then?

Based on your ability to draw conclusions about someone’s profile from their typed words I find it hard to believe you would make such errors in the syntax and meaning of the exact same words. Unfortunately, you have now maneuvered yourself into a position where I have the last word and our debate must has come to an end. Boomer isn’t a bad name and I sort of like it. Thanks TarBaby.

JAY:

((If there were an infinite number of realities, then there would necessarily arise a reality that somehow causes there to be no other realities. In fact, an infinite number of such realities would have to arise that cause there to be no other realities.))

Yes!! Excellent insight. I would have enjoyed a conversation on this.

I’m really going to miss my friend J.C. Although I did find a buried layer of truth and dedication in what his message was he never failed to make me smile in his attempt to make it. I couldn’t help but post a few choice comments he’s made over the last few months.

((Further more, my identity in the future would most likely be changed… Nevertheless, if you have been to the future, you know who I am. No doubt about that… ))

((Just start naming historical figures in your “time” or stop saying that you are a time traveler.))

((Hey, listen up… As a Time Traveler to the future my self, I have seen the uniforms. I have even put one on. Therefore, if TimeTraveler_0 <JOHN> can offer us a picture of his uniform as proof, I will verify it’s legitimacy with the one I wore.))

((And about GW Bush, I don’t know what to tell you. Although I have an uncle that looks like him.))

((How many times have I said to band Time Travel?))

(( And oh, that unknown variable, it’s me. You didn’t plan on encountering resistance. Especially a TimeTravelActivist. Hey this sounds more like something that would happen at the end of a Scobby Do cartoon. “You rotton kids…”))

(( So in retro-pects, I sense you have anger in me, for having morals and a sense of ethics on this issue of Time Travel.))

((What do you have to lose that you haven’t already messed up already.))

((I mean no disrespect, but you don’t seem to have the wisdom that I would expect someone from an advanced future would have. Your ideals are to liberal, much like in the 70’s where things were all about Sex, drugs and free love. Nasty…))

((I have been trying not to attack anyone since my return. And look at you, you hypocrite. Calling me an “agitator.”))

((Which is probably why so many people believe your story. But your not Anti-Time Travel like me. None of you have ever been manipulated by a Time Travelers plan for 21 years. Which is not to say they are, and you just don’t know it.))

This one is my favorite.

((I’d just like to say, before John Titor, (A.K.A. TT_0 in the post where he’s been taken out almost) that when he posts, he does a maneuver that focuses the question back to the receiver, as to have him think it’s been answered, and to shut him up. (Which in fact, he just avoided answering it, by doing what he did). He does this very often, and I’d just wanted to point that out before he did it again.))

((By the way, not to be picky or anything. But I know how perfect you like to have things with your writing. I just wanted to point out that you misspelled CHOOSEN. It’s Chosen, with one O.))

((Some Yang will always exist to oppose some Ying.))

((A person doesn’t have to be aggressive to be a @&^$#%. As you can tell, he’s been using his superior intellect, to manipulate and control his agenda here. Or am I the only one who can see that?))

Here are a few other things I found in our general conversations which might be worth repeating:

Me: “By that time, it was pretty clear that we were not going back to what we had and the division between the “cities” and the “country” was well defined. My father made a living by putting together 12-volt electrical systems…”

I believe it was a few days ago I saw a news story about potential problems with power that “might” affect the entire United States. Where do you think they’ll turn it off first when push comes to shove?

Me: “ However, there are a great many “non lethal” weapon systems in development that turn out to be quite lethal.”
Anyone for microwave popcorn?

Me: If you push a farmer too far, they stop growing food and have nothing to do but hide in the woods and shoot back.”

Second Vermont Sheep Herd Seized
By Wilson Ring
Associated Press Writer
Friday, March 23, 2001; 10:42 a.m. EST
EAST WARREN, Vt. –– Federal agents early Friday seized a second flock of Vermont sheep suspected of having been exposed to a form of mad cow disease.

Friday, March 23 9:08 PM SGT
Britain extends culling of healthy animals to whole country
LONDON, March 23 (AFP) –
Britain stepped up its fight against foot-and-mouth disease Friday, announcing measures to slaughter animals throughout the country and not just in three targeted areas.

I also want to thank Pamela for helping me with the email and everyone else who asked intelligent and insightful questions. I have learned a great deal.

My parting thought revolves around something J.C. has been harping on since day one. No, I do not have a secret agenda but I have been paying a great deal of attention to your world-line. My interaction with you was not a direct mission parameter but it was a secondary mission protocol based on standing orders given to all temporal drivers. That secondary objective is basically to gather as much information about a worldline based on a set of observable variables when we first arrive. Your worldline met those conditions. What amazes me is why no one here wonders why Y2K didn’t hit them at all?

Bring a gas can with you when the car dies on the side of the road.

Farewell.

John

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-24-2001 07:01 PM

Oh come on John, even in the end you still try to buy into people emotions in hopes that this will be their last chance to believe you. I feel sorry for those that do. Farewell John, but you only brought this upon your self. I was only asking the questions no one was asking.

-J.C.

P.S. you said you were out of Town, but I’ll bet you were watching for a few days since you been back. You won’t be leaving till the 11th of April. Am I to believe you will still keep watching?

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-24-2001 07:12 PM

Ahh my hypothetical comments to you. I almost forget about them. Seems to me like a crawling maneuver. Last chance to get me back for all those months of asking the questioning no one was asking, uhh ? You sound bitter John. Bitter that the end didn’t come the way you expected?

Don’t be a sore loser, and leave slapping and whining. That’s just not what a future major does? Or is it ? Have a nice life John. I mean that, sincerely I do. I just regret you couldn’t have been sincere as well.

[Edited by Javier Cortez on 03-24-2001 at 07:15 PM]

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-24-2001 07:37 PM

John – I said this in another thread. Good luck, where ever you might end up… and no matter what time line it happens to be.

I do not believe for a second that you’re going anywhere in a time machine, and as a matter of fact, my observation of said departure WOULD lend credibility to your story. You don’t have any IDEA how much credibility it would add. Some people do understand that, but, unfortunately, the one who needs to understand it, doesn’t. Such is life, and missed opportunities.

If you ARE a time traveler – and you DO go back to 1998, I’m more than willing to listen to you then, as I am now. If you forward that email to me in that year, you can bet your ass on the fact, I will post it. That means it will show up on my web site after you depart our time line. With the right dates on the file name…. I’m making a note to myself to look for it.

If it does not show up… then you aren’t what you said you were.

Good luck.

Rick

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-24-2001 08:01 PM

Well, as I understand it, there are still people alive, including everyone looking or involved. So, we all have to live it!
This makes such a topic ‘picky’. (Emotionally Inebriated).
Twilight Zone.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-24-2001 08:06 PM

Well, as I understand it, there are still people alive, including everyone looking or involved. So, we all have to live it!

This makes such a topic ‘picky’. (Emotionally Inebriated).

Twilight Zone.
A little humor, my feeling, if you can not, then be prepared for a world that’s could be quite terrible.

Most of the time, whether anyone will agree or not, people usually get what they wish for, but in a form, that may not be agreeable with the viewpoint of the person making the wish.

Make sure you really are knowing what you are really wishin’ for.
And you may want to break apart the ‘chicken bone’ before there is none left.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-24-2001 08:30 PM

Well Rick, it’s good to understand how much respect and influence people here think you have. Just make sure you use that responsibly, and try and see both sides of an issue. Or else, we may end up bumping heads in a many discussions. After all, I have mentioned time after time, how much I dislike opportunist and those that exploit people.

But personally, I respect you, and think you can be as much a passionate person like my self when it comes to certain issues.

Just a tad disappointing how much you endorse John like you do… Or brown nosing? Either way, John is gone now. What he’s left behind will be people’s gospel. Sad but true. Well, it’s a good thing this board has a TimeTravelActivist . To ensure that the other side that never gets talked about, does.

Sincerely,
Javier C.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-24-2001 08:31 PM

John, you scare the ‘heck’ out of us. And this ‘connection timed out’ is really scary, and its not even Halloween.
Can I post a message without it double posting because of this, can I, can I?

Posted by Lola Montez on 03-24-2001 08:32 PM

Bye John, it’s been grand.

Thanks for starting a thread that has been amusing, thought provoking and a darn good read. I have met many people here that I like and hope to meet again on other boards.
Here’s hoping you make good time,
Lola

[Edited by Lola Montez on 03-24-2001 at 08:48 PM]

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-24-2001 09:36 PM

Bye, bye John. Going to another worldline to show this stuff?

The Beginning of Time

http://www.hawking.org.uk/lectures/lindex.html

Welcome to Professor Stephen Hawking’s website.

http://www.hawking.org.uk/home/hindex.html

Time?

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-25-2001 12:03 AM

Explanation of laser picture:
The machine is in the back and that is a picture of John’s instructor demonstrating how the machine effects the light beam while on low power. you can see it bending the beam.

. Laser light distorted by the gravity field!
. Laser light distorted by the gravity field!

The cigar smoke was blown on the lasar beam to cause the beam to be seen better. John was in the drivers seat and took the picture. His instructor was in the passenger seat.

John,
goodbye my friend…safe journey home.
perhaps we shall meet again??
In another Time, another Place…and the journey continues…………………..

I will think of you everytime I see a rainbow.

your friend throughout time,
Pamela

[Edited by Pamela Moore on 03-25-2001 at 12:15 AM]

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-25-2001 12:12 AM

Actually that laser looks more like a bent red wire to me. But I guess everyone believe it’s a bent laser, and that the cigar smoke is to make it be seen well.

Pamela,
What do you mean good-bye? You know your one of the select few he’s keeping in touch with until he leaves . So John is a real Time Traveler according to you now?

-J.C.

[Edited by Javier Cortez on 03-25-2001 at 12:24 AM]

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-25-2001 01:44 AM

John’s document can be seen here. I feel it is important to be viewed before the 26th.
I suggest viewing it right away…
never know how long it will be up before it cannot be viewed anymore for “mysterious” reasons.I am sorry it was not available to be seen when it was given to me.

http://content.communities.msn.com/isapi/fetch.dll?action=get_album&ID_Community=MagiForums&ID_Topic=3

sincerely,
pamela

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-25-2001 07:20 AM

Nationwide Assurance is not a mistake on the document.
I had never heard of it before and researched it i always heard of Nationwide insurance. but i did research it and found that this insurance agancy does exist.

This is from here: http://www.bestreview.com/2000-06/corporatechange.html (about half way down) Colonial Insurance Company of Wisconsin (Madison, Wis.), Columbus, Ohio. Effective April 30, the title was changed to Nationwide Assurance Co.

sincerely,
pamela

[Edited by Pamela Moore on 03-25-2001 at 08:00 AM]

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-25-2001 10:17 AM

WARNING!

This thread may or may not contain hazards to your health.
It may or may not already contain radioactive material.

This warning has been placed here for your protection.
Before use, read the instructions.

Seventh of multiple Posts

This post is the seventh of a series of posts related to John Titor. The other posts are;

Commentary

Again, there are elements of sublime truth in the words of “John Titor”, as well as evidence of a hoax. Certainly, some of what he said rings true to my experiences in MAJestic, but the elements of falsehoods are disturbing to me.

As it stands, he is the only other person who is able to suggest and describe a system of operation, purpose and objective of all the many people and vehicles that seemingly pop in and out of our reality. This alone has merit. Thus, this is why he is placed herein in this blog.

Conclusion

Our reality is not what we think it is. I am not the only person who has disclosed that there are others, and other organizations that can enter and leave our reality at will. Another person who made this claim went by the name John Titor.

Only where as, I claim to be part of MAJestic and was employed as part of human sentience management, John Titor claimed to be a person who was part of another world-line. Together, we both claim that the MWI is real, and we utilize it to perform dimensional egress for our own purposes.

  • I claim that it is a tool that is used to manage human sentience evolution.
  • John Titor claims that he utilized the time variable to conduct acquisition activities in the past.

He claimed that on that world-line, the United States was fundamentally different after a rapid series of events in the late 1990’s. He claimed that he needed to perform some acquisition of certain technical devices through the use of the time-variance option in dimensional travel.

This is the seventh of a multi-part post.

Take Aways

  • John Titor claimed to be a time traveler.
  • He utilized dimensional travel to move in and out of the baseline reality.
  • As such, he visited our world-line to acquire some technology needed on his world-line.
  • That technology was produced in “our” past. Thus the idea that it involved “time travel”.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

John Titor – Full Text of his Transcripts (Part 6)

From the late 1990’s until around 2001, the Internet was “rocked” by the sudden appearance and subsequent disappearance of a Mr. John Titor.  This person claimed to be a “time traveler” by using inter-dimensional travel. Here is the john titor post history.

He was rapidly dismissed as a hoax, in unity, by all the major debunking organizations, and his posts mysteriously disappeared off the Internet.  Since then, all the sources that he posted on all found that their files related to John Titor were all corrupted and could not be reclaimed.

That was the case for over a decade.

Then, in 2014, a number of private individuals managed to piece together independently saved dialogs relating to John Titor. They constructed numerous websites that hosted these reclaimed dialogs, and posted them on the Internet for others to view.

Metallicman is one such website.

Presented here are recovered posts from the Internet collected in 2014.  It is not known if any posts have been deleted or altered.  They are presented as they were found by the author.

Due to the large size of the transcripts, I have broken it down into multiple pages. Here is the second group “Transcripts B”. Within it are some very interesting tidbits that many enthusiasts of the John Titor issue are unaware of.

Important Warning

The information within this series of posts are speculative. I have no factual information if this John Titor is what he claimed to be. It is presented herein as the only (or maybe, one of the only) sources that claim to be associated with the vehicles that pop in and out of our reality from time to time.

He was, as far as I know, never associated with MAJestic in any way.

Original John Titor Posts – Part 6 – Transcripts B

Here are the original John Titor posts from the Post2Post Art Bell Forum. Obtained from HERE. This is the second group of the john titor post history.

  • John Titor dialog is in normal text in brown color, text by others are italicized.
  • When referencing other non-Titor questions, green color is used.
  • Purple color is for non-related text.
  • Metallicman comments are in red color.

Metallicman corrected spelling and some punctuation to make the text easier to read and understand. For unedited text, please refer to the source.

I also added some commentary to liven things up somewhat. Enjoy.

Posted by Bob Marz on 02-22-2001 09:14 AM

John Titor:

It’s comforting to know miracles still occur in the future as well as the distant past. I refer to your report on the Aussies repelling a Chinese invasion.

How come it doesn’t bother you that people may die through your inaction yet you find it “morally wrong” that you might affect lives by active involvement?

Isn’t it just as morally wrong to affect lives through inaction as it is through action? Hint: The answer is YES.

One of the issues that runs throughout your posts is this moral ambiguity. You’ve thought it through enough to decide it boils down to personal decision (which should liberate you from further qualms) yet you still say you dare not decide who “deserves” to (live or) die. 

In other words you’ve made the intellectual realization but it hasn’t yet trickled down into your everyday life/actions. IE, Since good/evil are subjective/relative, depending on circumstance and viewpoint, you aren’t required to possess precognition to discern all present or future ramifications of any lives you may save either by action/inaction. 

Your immediate decision, in itself, is its own authority. 

In the basic life versus non-life equation you should choose to support life. Further confusion, such as (as you said) whether you’re qualified to determine who deserves to live or die, is outside your sphere of influence, therefore you’re not responsible for such a decision. But, here’s the crux, rather than decide to simply remain uninvolved, you should simply move in the direction of life-affirming action. 

If good and evil achieve a balance in the larger picture, as you suspect, and all life is “God” experiencing physical manifestation, the question of you being required to decide who lives or dies is moot. 

What should motivate you is that which promotes this life process, a subset of which is experience/information/knowledge viability.

The fact that I couldn’t restrain myself from telling you this because I see you bumping your head against it constantly means, sadly, it’s non-experiential for you and probably obstructs your embracing this idea rather than facilitates it.

“If you have not lived it, it is not true.
“The only real sin is that which obstructs the acquisition of knowledge.”
“Friend, listen. The God whom I love is inside.”

Thanks for the ride, you’ve done a great job here.

[Edited by Bob Marz on 02-22-2001 at 09:22 AM]

Posted by James R.Quayle III on 02-22-2001 09:51 AM

Thumbs up

Guierdjeff,Ouspensky spoke of how humans will eventually need to go back in time and bring every wrong to right ,every hitler to moot.

Through tech or mind one will eventually give into the good,if one can travel through time then fixing things would be the new prime directive.

I would think,to take it upon oneself to right the wrongs if one can to protect the beautiful thing which is the fragile human life experience,to be loyal to this experience all we humans reading this go through(To nurture humans in what ever time one finds oneself into).

To awaken in a utopia because men and women went back and hinted and helped some who were to be swayed by evil to be strong and do what we all know is right.

Eventually we all have to get along on the planet.

Languages and culture/customs should not divide but unite through the randomness and difference in the others.

Perhaps telepathy would be a better communicational tool ,then what is currently being used on the planet.agentq3i would give my life to such a cause if i had a way to time travel consistantly and safely,through tech or Will(Magick),or doorways.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-22-2001 10:01 AM

John,
I know some won’t like me for saying this, but like I said before in the other forum, I’m not here to be liked.

I just wanted to say that there have been a few complaints from some who think your not answering their questions to their satisfaction. Now, before you would just say it’s me, and that I have these expectations in how you answer my questions.

But as you can see, that was not the case, nor is it now with others.

More people nowadays are coming forward that besides the technical questions being answered, your showing signs of just being general, vague, contradictive or just plain not knowledgeable in these other areas. Where as you say, you being a Time Traveler from the year 2036, you should know this.

Just wanted to make it known to you, before you use your manipulative ways to make it seem like if you answered the question. But in fact, you haven’t. You reverse alot of what you answer. And you know it.

Sincerely,
Javier C.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-22-2001 10:08 AM

James R.Quayle III,

Yeah that’s the way to do it. That’s way better then doing it as something mankind should come together in an agreement on. Better then over coming our problems on our own, when there is an instant fix for it. Just change the past without them knowing it, for a future hidden agenda.

(In case you had no idea, I was being sarcastic).

-Javier C.

Posted by John Titor on 02-22-2001 10:44 AM

I will get to all the questions. I’m trying to comment on them in order. I’m posting the names before all the questions so if you feel I missed something just bring it up again.

I saw something last night that I want everyone’s opinion on. Its concerning two television commercials advertising the same cellular phone product. The first commercial I didn’t understand right away but the second was obvious.

In the first commercial, a man dressed in cold weather gear appears to be in a snowstorm. He’s on a cellular phone saying goodbye to his family as if he was going to die in the storm. We then see he is standing in front of a snow machine at a ski resort area.

In the second commercial, another man dressed in cold weather gear is talking on a cellular phone. We see a young women inviting him to a romantic evening. He seems a bit stunned and excited, hangs up the phone and runs off. We then see he has abandoned an unconscious person he was giving emergency medical treatment to.

What do you think of these commercials?

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 02-22-2001 10:49 AM

John – I think you live in an area that is being aimed because of a demographic profile. They would never run those kinds of ads in abig city. People would get fired up too easily.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-22-2001 12:14 PM

Spare us John, just say what your point is. Or is your point having people’s opinions on these commercials? And if so, would that fall under one of your agendas?

Posted by Lola Montez on 02-22-2001 12:17 PM

John,

At the risk of asking too many questions and taking up more than my share of cyberspace, please respond to one more train of thought. You refuse to give advice that might actually allow someone to dodge the bullet. I postulate that you actually do not have any more of an advantage or responsibility than the person who grabs someone who is about to step off the curb and get hit by a bus. 

I would not stop and think ‘gee, I don’t know, do they deserve to be saved from the fate of a roadkill?’ 

A doctor or priest does not take it upon himself to decide who should be helped. 

A jet pilot doesn’t stop to think “Hey, air travel is pretty unnatural, these people should have to walk and row their way to Paris. 

I am messing with the way time and space is perceived and the nature of reality with this form of transportation.” Time travel is just another form of transportation in one sense. Our possible new ability to time travel in the future may not seem any more exotic than our ability to access other cultures is now. 

Anyway, I think maybe your reluctance to elaborate is unwarranted. 

What happens, happens and everything is experience. I have come to the place that there is no such thing as a bad experience just painful crash courses in personal growth.
Lola

Lola

Posted by Lola Montez on 02-22-2001 12:25 PM

Bob,
I did not see your post before I got my last one on. Seems we have similar attitudes about choice and responsibility. Also, about religion as experiential.

John,
Most ads are sick panderings to people’s insecurity, sex drive or greed. If it’s a really good ad it hits all three.

Lola

Posted by Jim Houlahan on 02-22-2001 12:41 PM

John – Are you posting on other (non time travel related) boards without revealing your status as a time traveler? Is the conversation as interesting? What are your conclusions so far?

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 02-22-2001 12:45 PM

Lola and Bob – Very interesting. By the same token, why do we take the Prime Directive from Star Trek, for granted? It seems to have something to do with being able to operate with an unfair advantage. What is this about technology that seems to put the users at odds with natural law?

What if John were to rescue someone who was about to be hit by a bus, and this person then went out to a bar that night and killed someone? That’s a general idea, I wonm’t load it up with more scenarios and examples.

I’ve really enjoyed this thread guys. I would like to get a little closer to the buzz I first had, that this could be possibly true.

John – I think you have answered this – are, or were, you in contact with TTs in 2036, and if so, what percentage of the people accept it as possible? After the flight of the Wright Brothers at Kitty Hawk, it took 10 plus years for people to accept it as anything more than just an urban myth.

[Edited by Craig Cuthbert on 02-22-2001 at 12:52 PM]

Posted by Lola Montez on 02-22-2001 01:09 PM

Craig,

Maybe I missed your point, but mine was “how is John saving someone any different from our doing so?” I do not see him having an “unfair” advantage. 

He did not time travel to kill Hitlers mother after all. 

I guess that would be out of the 60 year limit but I imagine there is some bad guy that would fit the bill. Scientists and others are always making knowledgeable predictions but Southern California is still occupied. I doubt that John telling us what he sees coming would change very much of our behavior no matter how dire the information.

Although, I have seen some Star Trek episodes in the past I am not a Trekkie and am not familiar with Prime Directives.

Lola

Posted by Doug Beauchamp on 02-22-2001 01:28 PM

The Prime Directive in Star Trek is to explore space without interfering with any cultures not fully advanced in the area of space exploration. In short, it’s there to protect other cultures. Imagine if people from space came to our planet and gave us the secret of space exploration. Likewise, imagine if a time traveler from the future came to this time period and told us the secret of time travel.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-22-2001 02:02 PM

Did everyone forget that John has a secret agenda? No body knows if he’s killed anyone. So what if he seems like he’s not capable, because of the way he sounds. He is a soilder, a person trained to kill.

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 02-22-2001 02:28 PM

Lola – Sorry it was a quick post and it jumped across some of the mental references.

What is the difference between someone like John saving somebody and someone like me saving somebody? (BTW I have saved somebody, LOL).

The difference, of course is that John has (theoretically) come from the future with the assistance of some technology that is not native to our time. That’s where the correlation to the Prime Directive derives. 

The real interesting question is the one you two raised. Why is this an issue? To me personnaly, its intrinsically poignant. It revolves around the same questions of technology that you could apply if you tried to go back in time with some modern weaponry and alter a particular battle.

Posted by Lola Montez on 02-22-2001 04:02 PM

Why is it different than using a jet to go to a primitive tribe and give them, say, antiobiotics. (never mind the problems with antibiotics)It is a high tech way of interfering with a culture. Who cares what time zone. Ethically isn’t it the same?

[Edited by Lola Montez on 02-22-2001 at 04:27 PM]

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 02-22-2001 06:16 PM

I don’t think there are a lot of differences in that analogy. Though you have to ask whether going into a tribe and innoculating them would have unintended consequences, not the least of which would be – which has happened in real life – soldiers coming in and amputating the innocualted limb. That wasn’t just a story from Apocalypse Now.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-22-2001 11:05 PM

Hey John,

Haven’t heard much from you today. You care to comment on what we’re talking about? I know it might be a bit far from your line of expertise, but your from the future. You should have something insightful to say about this, No?

Well I can understand if you wish not to comment. I know the pressure in answering questions like this can really impose on your persona. Always selective and reserve in what you answer huh ?

-Javier C.

P.S. So are you going to have spectators watching you leave, or not? If so, can I come by with a few of my friends ?

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 02-23-2001 07:42 AM

Javier- I wasn’t really trying to be inspirational, only point out that sometimes for any understanding to occur, there needs to be a kid of base-line on where we begin an investigation. That is, we can postulate all we wish, but a theory must be in place, and several aspects of the experiment must be given a kind of non-variance in regards to belief. That is, if we do not believe ANYTHING we see or hear, we can never honestly learn, since nothing is believeable!

That is my take on this. Sure, I don’t necessarily believe John is a time traveler, and I do understand that a debate (or argument if you prefer the term) prevents stagnation. Folks who blindly believe in anything that comes along are the same people that PT Barnam spoke about (ie “There’s a sucker born every minute”). I am certain no one here is a sucker, but, folks tend to want to go with the crowd. I don’t. You don’t. And John obviously doesn’t.

I would suggest that if you asked 100 people about time travel 80% or more would say they think it is possible in SOME MANNER. 99% of them won’t have a clue about science either. So… given that we have a wide range of people and talents here, I give everyone his and her due where it comes to “believing”. If they wanna believe, that is THEIR perogitive. We really don’t need some hero to come along and “save us”.

Expose the truth, yes. So keep up the good work. haha

John – commercials. They are ignorant commercials. In fact, almost every commercial on television these days are either totally stupid (so they come out funny), or they are aimed at people whose humor suffers from being “in the black” a lot. Black humor seems to be the way things go these days. I don’t much care for it.

Javier – a comment about soliers. You’re correct. *I* am a solider first. I’ve been in the military 26 years now. I’ve been everything from an electronics teacher, to a team chief at the White House Communications Agency. I’ve seen combat (though not what most people think of as combat – fire fights in Central America). My “real job” as a reservist is the Non-Commissioned Officer in Charge (NCOIC) of a communications flight for a tactical airlift wing. I have computer, radio and cryptographers working for me. Our job.. main job is to make communications work.

Every one of us have traveled someplace dangerous, and done jobs that most people wouldn’t DREAM of doing. In our civilian lives, we are all in computers or some other “less than dangerous career”. Every person that works for me can climb, run, survive, shoot… and kill. They all know how to do it from the newest Mom in our group to the oldest man (me). My 18 year olds are just as deadly in their jobs as the oldest guy (which is me).

If I’m sent to do my job, I will. And killing is one part of it. Some people forget that a military member’s job is killing sometimes. It isn’t always their main job, but it is part of what goes with being a soldier, sailor, airman and marine. Many might balk when told they have to do it… but, they WILL do it when the time comes. 

Anyone know why? Because it is called survival.

If there is to be a war in our future, every man, woman and child now alive will become involved if it comes to OUR HOMEFRONT. That is, more than anything, what John has been saying I believe.

Whether it will come or not is a different story. 

It is MY duty to prevent a war. Even though I might be told to fight one, even against my own people – I won’t kill Americans. Nor will any other military member in the US Armed forces.

So – to John… this is a kind of an answer to something you said earlier on. No, military people are not asked to sign anything saying they will kill anyone. It is either an urban legend that has been perpetuated in the past few years, or it really happened with one Marine platoon in 29 palms. I’ve had two men tell me they participated, and both say it happened, but it was NOT a military-wide thing.

I’ve researched this. NO ONE HAS ANY DOCUMENTATION ON IT! That’s the facts. The fiction is what my side (the progun people) are pushing about the UN. But, that is another discussion for another time – and perhaps another place.

[I researched this (never take anyone's word for it.). There are more than just a few articles. Snopes, of course "proved" that this is not the case. Never the less, who believes SNOPES? They have been unmasked as a propiganda arm of the oligarchy.

"Former Navy SEAL Ben Smith warns that the Obama administration is asking top brass in the military if they would be comfortable with disarming U.S. citizens, a litmus test that includes gauging whether they would be prepared to order NCOs to fire on Americans." Read it HERE. 

Original text, highlighted by Metallicman]

Suffice it to say, the US Military will never turn on the people, we are sworn to uphold and defend the Constitution of the United States against all enemies, foreign and domestic … and to obey the laws of the President and the Officers appointed above (us) me. That means the orders have to be LAWFUL. Think on that folks, as you consider your future actions.

Rick Donaldson

Posted by John Titor on 02-23-2001 08:08 AM

((So – to John… this is a kind of an answer to something you said earlier on. No, military people are not asked to sign anything saying they will kill anyone. It is either an urban legend that has been perpetuated in the past few years, or it really happened with one Marine platoon in 29 palms. 

I’ve had two men tell me they participated, and both say it happened, but it was NOT a military-wide thing.))

I agree the details are very important. My statement ended with a question mark. I made no difinitve statement.

“I’m not positive but don’t they sign a small piece of paper now asking them if they would have a problem with that?”

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-23-2001 08:25 AM

Rick,
Wow, I had no idea you were in the Military. You don’t come off as an NCO. Well most of the ones I met were A-Holes. It’s good to know some nice people are in the Military after all .

What branch and what rank, if you don’t mind me asking?

-Javier C.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-23-2001 08:33 AM

Atleast we know John is here reading these. He’s just not answering .

I have a question for you. Since your here, you won’t mind answering it.

What did you anticipate when you came to these boards? What reason could you have to come here and spill your guts to the whole world who you are? I mean, did you think you would get people to listen to you. I think you knew you would…

But I am picking up, that you have encountered a few things you didn’t anticipate. And it’s only becoming more apparent as the days go on.

Now Military knows about you. Worried?

What are your thoughts as you see your perfect little world you created with lies shatters into pieces?

-Javier C.

P.S. Answer my others questions too.

[Edited by Javier Cortez on 02-23-2001 at 08:58 AM]

Posted by Filip Sandor on 02-23-2001 10:31 AM

Question

I don’t see the need to bring out any BS o’meter; what are we going to prove? That it is not worth thinking seriously about what our time traveler friend has come to share with us? What is it going to change if we KNOW FOR CERTAIN whether John is really from the future? It will definately change SOMETHING (different for all of us), I know that much for sure, but I don’t think we need that sort of distraction at this point.

Honestly, I believe that even if John answered all your questions correctly, Mike, it would change nothing of the essence of John’s message. I really think he is trying to tell us something; more than the fact that he is a time traveler. Now, if we could just pin-point what it is that he is trying to tell us; I literally mean, pin-point, or focus on. The message is clear, but we like to create lots of fog.

Time travel is REAL. 

Anyone who knows physics well or has listened to Art’s guest, Mr. David Anderson about a week ago, knows this.

[Some background for the reader...

David Anderson's Space Time Travel Theory 
More About David Anderson - Your Time Travel Experience
Dr. David Lewis Anderson and time travel., page 1

-Metallicman]

The truth is we can run, but we can’t hide (from own actions). So why even bother, why not face what we are faced with? Even if we managed to get a knavish grip on a ‘magical’ time machine, what would it really change for us… unless we knew what to use it for? 

It is irrelevant for us to have access to a time machine or to know which time John has come to visit us from when there are really more important things for us to think about, at least some of the time. 

I am not saying we have to BELIEVE John to be a time traveler, that is irrelevant, but I think we should listen to his ideas about what we might be able to do in order to prevent our own greeds from consuming us whole.

John, I appreciate you being here and I think most of us do, even if your presence only means a good debate, which some of us evidentally enjoy. Debates are good!

I would like to finish this post with a question (for John): Is spiritual awakening a difficult process; if yes, then why is it so difficult, and are we all capable of it?

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 02-23-2001 11:06 AM

(Javier Wrote...

Rick,
Wow, I had no idea you were in the Military. You don’t come off as an NCO. Well most of the ones I met were A-Holes. It’s good to know some nice people are in the Military after all . What branch and what rank, if you don’t mind me asking?
-Javier C.

Hahaha is that how folks see us military guys? There is a saying a buddy has who was an officer in the Air Force. He tells me that his job as an officer was really to be “diplomatic” to get a job done (including war fighting) but when diplomacy fails it is the NCO’s ‘kick @$ and take names'”

Mostly, I see where time travel if is becomes a real thing in our ‘time line’ would indeed be handled by the US Space Command and then eventually would off shoot to a US Time Command or something like that.

Remember that todays NCOs and Sargents are not like they were in times past. Today, some of the enlisted personnel in the United States military are as educated (if not more so) than most of the officers.

Also, Javier – about me personally, remember, I’m an active duty RESERVIST, so I am a civilian most of the time. Also, remember that military people, are no different from any one else except in certain attitudes they might maintain. In other words, we are just as curious, just as intelligent and just as politically savvy as any civilian out there. The difference being we are sometimes limited on our avenues of voicing our opinions.

The military in general is “conservative” about social, economic and even political idealisms. You can not honestly be a “liberal minded” person in the military and expect to last long. Why? Because you tend to beliefs that are contridictory to military life.

That isn’t saying we do not have things like gays, and non-religious people. That isn’t saying we don’t have out and out anti-“Republican” “forces” in the military. But, they are few and far between.

Anyway… I know this is less about time travel than it should be, and semi-iff topic, but in a way, it does relate to the over all scheme of things in this “time line”.

Take care all… see you all on the other side (of the weekend).

Rick

Posted by Randy Empey on 02-23-2001 11:19 AM

John —

Here is some cut&paste to put this in perspective:

((
((I believe that faith AND good works will get one to God. There are other things, but they can arguably be included under the headings of ‘faith’ and ‘good works’.
I believe there is an organized force of evil that works against God’s plan for men’s souls. It’s all part of the plan. Your next question may be “Why do you believe that?” ))

Please don’t think me so cynical. I would never insult or degrade someone’s religious views. My next questions would be “what about knowledge?” I am a firm believer that faith (and good works) is not enough to get to God. There is a mystery we must solve first. ))

Imagining cynicism where it is not is a hobby of mine, please excuse me if I sound too paranoid for your tastes.

What about knowledge?

There are plenty of great mysteries, but if your only aim its to ‘get to God’, it is not neccesary to solve them.

Faith and good works is enough. Its got to be the right kind of faith and good works of course, but you don’t have to be a wise old monk to get into heaven. .

But what about knowledge? That is where the fun begins . . .

If ones aim is to become like God, or be able to cooperate with him in his future endeavors, or self betterment, then spending ones life questing after knowledge is a good recipe. There are plenty of mysteries to be discovered. But the rewards are not at the end so much as they are in the journey.

Learning is what we are here to do.

At the same time, there is still a ‘light side’ and a ‘dark side.’

I look forward to further conversation here.

Another question has just hit me — What do you see for the future of TT in your world-line?

Posted by John Titor on 02-23-2001 11:31 AM

RANDY:

((You mention gathering written material here . . . so I assume you do a lot of reading — before this trip, in your spare time, did you read much fiction? If so, what genre? Any books from this century?))

I am a big fan of Conrad, Twain, London and any type of religious apocryphia.

((What brought you to this bbs in the first place?))

When I decided to present or revel myself as a displacement driver I had been watching similar boards for quite a while. I believe the only way to accept what I have to say as being remotely possible requires an open mind able to temporarily suspend major portions of the belief and logic system. In his own strange way, even Javier falls into this category. I would much rather talk to him than a straight line, give me the equations physicist. I don’t gain any insight that way.

((And here is another character-o-meter question I’d like you to answer: Have you seen George Lucas’s Star Wars Trilogy (bonus points for any of the prequels or sequels)?))

Yes I have seen them. I like the first one the best and the “next one”, in my opinion, isn’t that great either. That’s a heck of a battery those light sabers.

JOE:
((1: What happens to Bill Clinton between now and 2036 ))

I don’t really know.

((2: What happens to Bill Gates between now and 2036))

This I do know but I won’t discuss.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-23-2001 09:22 PM

John you opportunist, why don’t you answer my questions? Why so selective and silent? Did I scare you off or something, why you backing off? I must have told you the truth, and now you must be thinking it over .

You’re like a vulture, in the sense that your just waiting to find a question to bring up your popularity back up. While avoiding those that would bring it down. Cause you know your afraid. I told you it was only a matter of time.

I’m lucky, I don’t fear anything, and I stick to my word.

The TimeTravelActivist say’s, “Any question, any time, JUST BRING IT!”
http://www.geocities.com/Athens/Atrium/9822/shades1.jpg

-J.C.

[Edited by Javier Cortez on 02-23-2001 at 09:42 PM]

Posted by Jeanette Foresta on 02-24-2001 07:05 AM

I had met someone, a year or so ago, who said he was from the year 2036 also. He said something happened to make this travel all the more possible.

He gave me some details, I wonder if they are the same as yours.
I printed out and read the article at the site you wrote.

The five presidents? He gave me a breakdown of the government in 2036, I would like to know if there is something called the DNE? Democracy of a New Earth? In which the world is broken into 5 sections. I won’t elaborate here. Yet. I may write it into an article, but then I would feel guilty, (as you say)for being money hungry, and not just contributing. I will think about what I will do according to if I hear from you personally.

Posted by John Titor on 02-24-2001 12:37 PM

LOLA:
((Why are orphans an issue? It seems war orphans would be pretty old by now.))

Problems with the environment still have lasting affects on all people, which cause the average life span to lower. In addition, people are more susceptible to accidents. Family life and children are very highly valued and the community takes the responsibility for raising children if their parents die.

((What is your biggest or gravest environmental issue?))

Water. You need it for everything and there is very little left in the world that is positively safe to drink.

((Does distillation remove radioactivity from water?))

It removes the dust and dirt particles that are radioactive.

((Do people still watch TV?))

Yes but it isn’t broadcast anymore.

[This is yet another one of those often overlooked PREDICTIONS of John Titor. The decision to stop broadcasting television and switch from analog broadcasts to digital communication occurred in 2009 under President Obama. - Metallicman.]

((Are there any women on your travel team?))

Not that I’m aware of but I would assume there are women who are either trained or are training for the same type of work. I don’t know why there wouldn’t be.

((What is the status of women in your time?))

I understand the question but I have nothing to relate it to in 2036. The status of women is the same as men. Equality issues disappeared during the war.

((Do they hold office?))

Yes.

((Work outside the home?))

Women are not expected to stay home and be “barefoot and pregnant” if that’s what you mean.

((Get equal pay?))

Yes.

((Are they safe on the streets at night?))

There is still crime but people do not attack each other the way they do here.

((What do women wear for the most part?))

Clothing is more functional. Women wear very similar clothing as men when working or training. In our free time or with our family and friends, clothing is much more individualized. Long dresses, knitted sweaters and pants are still quite popular. You’ll have to forgive me; I’m not very good at describing women’s clothing.

((Are the Amish alive and well?))

Yes, I believe they are.

((What is the birth rate?))

I don’t know the exact figures but having children is radically lower than it is now. It is the one thing I wish we had that you enjoy here.

[The rapidly declining birthrate in the Western nations was not noticed or an issue until the Obama Presidency. It was precisely because of this that the EU has opened it's borders to migrants from Africa. This is another PREDICTION by John Titor, that was way off the radar screen in 1998. -Metallicman]

((Is there an unusual rate of birth defects and if so what kind?))

Yes. Mostly stillborn.

((You said that your culture was centered around the Universities. Weren’t they wiped out in the war? They are in cities after all. ))

Not all major universities are in large cities.

((Do you use cell phones?))

Yes, we use a form of cell phone.

[Another PREDICTION by John Titor, though this one could have been predicted by just about anyone on the planet. He was right. Cell-phones were phased out and replaced by smart-phones. During the time of this dialog, the cell-phones resembled a phone with only one function which was to place telephone calls. The ability to do texting on a phone was not yet implemented. The ability to list to music on a cell-phone did not occur until 2004, and movies and internet access did not occur until after that. While we still use "cell phones" they do not at all resemble the cell-phones of that time period. We use "smart phones". - Metallicman.]

((Eat allot of red meat?))

Yes but not as much as you do.

((Drive cars?))

Yes but they are not produced in nearly the same numbers or used the same way.

((Are airlines in operation?))

Yes but again, not nearly as many.

((Internationally?))

Yes, but most people don’t get really want to go overseas.

((Are people pressured (subtle or otherwise) to adhere to a Christian doctrine?))

Not at all.

((Do police make drug busts?))

No.

[This is another interesting reply. Arresting people for drugs did not occur until the 1920's, and then went out of control during the 1960's. It was all part of the new society that was trying to be implemented. His statement indicates a strong return to constitutional principles where the government no longer polices people's behavior and protects them from themselves. - Metallicman.]</span]

((Are there many jails? What kind of criminals are in them?))

Yes there are jails. Mostly theft, fraud, rape and murder.

((What kind of public punishment is there?))

Hard labor, community service, banishment (you must move to another community), public execution.

((Sounds like New England during religious persecution and intolerance. ))

How do you define intolerance? We don’t really have the energy or desire to waste time being intolerant. If you produce and help the community than you can do pretty much think and do anything you want within the law.

((Are there Wholistic healers? Herbal medicines? Alternative life styles? ))

Yes.

((Is there personal freedom?))

Yes, the same freedoms you enjoy under the Constitution.

((Is there an IRS and a need to keep a lot of receipts and paperwork around to justify yourself?))

Yes, we pay taxes. Sounds like you don’t enjoy keeping track of your personal income taxes. I don’t think anyone does.

[On another post he states that there are no income taxes. That implies an IRS. Here, he states that there are taxes. Putting the two together statements together, we can conclude that there are local and state taxes, but no federal income tax. - Metallicman.]

((Is the same type of currency used? Is ours today good in say 2010 or 2020?))

Yes, we use money. That’s a good question. I don’t see why you couldn’t use your current bills in the future.

((Other than time travel how do most people get around the country? Do people tend to travel much? ))

There is a high-speed train system, horseback, bike, walking. Automobiles are used mostly for sport and some transportation.

[America has some (so called) "high-speed" rail. However, they really aren't high speed. They are just called that. Elsewhere in the world "high speed" means services at or above 250 km/h (160 mph). As of 2017, the California High-Speed Rail Authority is working on the California High Speed Rail project and construction is under way on sections traversing the Central Valley. Phase I will be completed in 2029, and Phase II will likely be completed before 2040.-Metallicman]

((Are people suspicious of strangers or all you one big happy family now?))

There is still conflict and mistrust. Yes, I am suspicious of strangers. I think that’s an instinct we are given to help us stay alive.

((How do most people die during the war? Radiation, starvation? bullet wounds?))

Correct…but in this order: Starvation – Disease – Bullet Wounds – Radiation.

Posted by Richard Lina on 02-24-2001 01:24 PM

Arrow

John,thank you for sharing,I find this fascinating.

wanted to ask, has California,had”the Big” earthquake,in your time and has any of the north Coast disappeared?

..also, I really do wish that you could be a guest on Art’s show,I am sure it would be enjoyable…thanks again…..Richard

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-24-2001 02:22 PM

How hard is it for you to come up with a one sentence answer to people’s questions? That’s what you just did, though you might say it took you a whole day to come up with what to say.

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 02-24-2001 02:49 PM

I hope my last couple of posts weren’t too off the wall. Just wanted to say that I understand why someone assisted by advanced technology, would have reservations about interfering with the status quo here. 

The law of unintended consequences.

So John, c’mon man (do people still say that?), let’s hear what kind of culture you live in.

>What music do 20 year olds listen to.
>What’s the future of cloning.
>Any more on Bill Gates?
>Do people wear chips yet?
>Are you a marked man?

BTW, Which hand are you not supposed to take it on (hint: its not the left) and why?

Posted by Randy Empey on 02-24-2001 03:04 PM

Javier —

Keep up the crusade, but . . . .

Bear in mind that your expectations seem unjustified to us less concerned about John’s veracity.

Some times I go for days without even reading posts, but should my critics hassle me about it?

I know . . . I know . . . . extraordinary claims require extraordinary proof . . . . but that's only to prove them, not to talk about the ramifications of their possibility or the ideas involved.

Posted by Lola Montez on 02-24-2001 04:02 PM

John,
Thanks for taking the trouble. I would still like to know what population makes a city big.

Your time sounds grim. Are you tempted to deliver your computer to 2036 and then retire in the 1970’s?

What did you think about those commercials?
Lola

Posted by Pamela Moore on 02-24-2001 04:49 PM

Timetraveler_0~
When it is beginning to rain….
it is time to go rainbow gazing.

~pamela

Posted by John Titor on 02-24-2001 05:24 PM

Its been pointed out to me that the links to the pictures are all down for some reason.

If anyone has a public site I can post them again, I will be happy to see that they get to you.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-24-2001 05:32 PM

Craig,
John is here reading these posts. Only answering when it’s convenient for him (i.e. the nature of the question doesn’t entitle him being exposed). So as you can see, it’s not like he’s been away for quite a while, he’s making him self-known to us, and avoiding to answer my questions.

Do you not see that?
a

Posted by Lola Montez on 02-24-2001 07:14 PM

No word on why the pics are down?

Posted by Pamela Moore on 02-25-2001 12:44 AM

Problems with the pictures:

I have got in contact with Doc, where the pictures are located-
Doc is having some technical difficulty with the site.
Where geocities has suddenly restricted some of his images.

[Photos posted by John Titor were classified as restricted by geocities with no explaination. - Metallicman.]

He should be able to correct the problem he said.
and if not he can easily move them to a site that can not be touched.

sincerely,
pamela

[Edited by Pamela Moore on 02-25-2001 at 01:10 AM]

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-25-2001 01:36 AM

Pamela,
Since you have appointed your self as John’s personal representative. Perhaps you can assist in shading some light into who he real is. Tell us, is he fearful of what he has done and how things have turned out here in these message boards? Notice how silent he’s gotten, and only answering specific questions.

What’s your opinion on that?

Oh yeah, busy archiving, but still able to read these posts and post when convenient.

Do you personally think he’s for real? I can understand if you wish not to tell me. I respect you for keeping it a secret, if he asked you not to tell.

Either way, I will still keep asking John questions, and others will too. Until… well I don’t want to break it to you, how will you feel if he is exposed as a fraud? I know you believe into his story quite a bit, I’d hate for you to feel betrayed and deceived by him. It’s a terrible feeling, trust me. I once had a friend who I thought I could trust, until I found out the truth.

Well I hope this doesn’t upset you. I understand that people are always going to be looking for answers. But they shouldn’t take short cuts in finding them (i.e. Time Travel). And everyone is always going to need someone to look up to and to acknowledge. But John here, has a secret agenda, and is being praised like a God. Now doesn’t that just strike you as wrong? It does to me.

Sincerely,
Javier C.

Posted by John Titor on 02-25-2001 07:31 AM

RICK:

((John, do they have anything to do with the “future” of time travel, as YOU know it?))

There are numerous people and organizations that contribute to the practical application of physical time travel. I think you would be surprised how much real work is being done right now.

((About video taping the departure… Let us assume you do this, and your agents (family?) in Florida send the tape to the Sci Fi channel, or to Art Bell… how would this affect you in the future?))

It wouldn’t affect me on my home world-line in the least. I would only be concerned how it would affect the “me” here. Of course it may be a large part of my secret agenda and I have no choice but to do it anyway.

((Theoretically speaking, I doubt that anyone could determine that you actually time traveled, but it would certainly make a very good show.))

I wonder what it would have been like to see a plane break the sound barrier before the jet engine was invented?

PHILLIP:

((You said that there will be a big war right? And that Russia will nuke some of our major cities, right? Can you at least tell us which cities will be nuked?))

No I won’t do that. 

However, I submit to you that when the moment comes it will be absolutely plain as day that you are unsafe in the cities. The millions people that stay will choose to stay. That’s what comes as a surprise.

((Are we traveling in space in 2036?))

Not yet but they are working on it.

((Has first contact with an alien race occurred?))

Not that I’m aware of.

Posted by John Titor on 02-25-2001 08:00 AM

DOUG:

((1) You say your machine has roughly a 60 year limit. Is it possible to go back 60 years and then another 60 years? ))

Yes, that is possible but the divergence grows exponentially as you move farther away from your world-line of origin. I could make 50-year jumps to go back and see what the world looked like 2000 years ago but there is a strong chance it would look nothing like what I expect. There are larger distortion units that are more accurate and have a larger window.

((2) Have the people of your time proved the “world-line theory?” If they have, is there any information you can share with is that proves it?))

The Many Worlds theory seems to wrap up very nicely into current string theory. Unfortunately, we have not solved string theory yet either but (n-10) seems to be the best working model we have in 2036. As you are probably aware, the “big equation” does not need the final solution in order to take advantage of the smaller parts that do work in the real world.

((3) Ever hear the story of Oedipus? To make a long story short, after being told he will kill his father and marry his mother he moves far away. On the road he accidentally killed his father and ended up marrying his mother. Thus, the prophecy is what caused him to fulfill it. You say you don’t want to effect anything too much by giving out information, but you could drastically change this world-line just by talking about the war, or anything for that matter.))

I see your point but do you think Oedipus would not have taken those actions if he didn’t know the prophecy? I don’t believe that knowing a possible future makes it happen. You are capable of changing your world-line for the better right now. None of the things I have said will be a surprise. They were set in motion ten, twenty, even thirty years ago. Are you really surprised to find out that Iraq has nukes now or is that just BS to whip everyone up into accepting the next war?

STEPHEN:

((If you’re interested in posting some more photos and (pending your decision) the video of your departure, I would be happy to display them on my site. I’ve only got 5 meg storage, but I’m not using it at the moment.))

I appreciate that. It looks like the previous issue has straightened itself out.

Posted by James Dvorak on 02-25-2001 01:00 PM

Exclamation

i cant spell too good, hehe. But someone asked john about AIDS and cancer in 2036 and he said no cure for aids, and Cancer that there was some progress. but haven't you been listening to art bell lately John??? we are on the literal brink of finding cures, even if its not this year, we will still find cure in under 30 years. 

I also find it hard to believe that our planet would want to do time travel and than let anyone use it??? But you'll probably say you are government or something. 

Don't you think government would be more concerned with getting other things taken care of than A time machine??? why you need an old ass computer from the 70s anyway????

I'm sorry you might be an actually time traveler but no way in hell do i believe you without any proof. 

Here's a question maybe you can answer without “upsetting ” the time line… 

There was a show on Fox very recently presenting evidence that we didn't land on the moon, I really believe this because of evidence presented, now this wont prove to me that you are TmTrvlr, but Just tell me if we actually did or not. 

I really was hoping we would have found a way to live on other planets by 2036, also how about flying cars. you should know what GINGER “is”, you knew it was some kind of mobile personal transit system, but you don't know exacts??? open minds people, open minds (don't trust this one!)

Posted by John Titor on 02-25-2001 03:54 PM

JAMES:

((John Titor ,i posted to you before and would like to let you know that i would love to come along for the ride to the future if you need a sidekick,i am able to fly hot air balloons,a good shot,physically strong and quick,smart on my feet in case a odd event occurs and I would not mind leaving this time to go to yours.))

I appreciate the offer but I’m not sure you would like the year 2036.

CHRIS:

((There have been many movements in music…rock, disco, and hip hop are some of them. Though most people probably can’t rifle out names of musical groups from 35 years ago, they probably would have a basic awareness of what musical influences prevailed at the time. So my question is…what is the NEXT big movement in music that will take place here in the US, specifically?))

I appreciate your frustration and quite a few people have asked me questions like this. The expected answer is that I don’t want to break my personal code of “time travel ethics”. The real answer is, I just don’t know. I was not prepared for the year 2001, I was prepared for 1975. I don’t suppose it would be very impressive if I told you Disco would be big until 1980.

MEL:

((Am I getting this right? You load up all the people who want to go with you in the back of your Chevy pickup…))

Actually, the requests were rhetorical. No one is going back with me.

((…drive from Florida to Minnesota. Sell that truck in Minnesota, buy another truck older than 1975…)

Doesn’t have to be a truck but I get your point.

((…load everyone back in that truck, drive back to Florida and then depart back to the future. Sounds like it will be quite a sight to behold. If you can, swing by Ohio and give me a honk. Your welcome to stay at my place. ))

Thanks. One thing I do find interesting about time travel tech is the expectation that we can pretty much go anywhere at anytime. These systems are quite complicated and they do have limitations. Are you going to be around in 1975?

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-25-2001 05:38 PM

I find it interesting how now, after all the deliberation of attempting to convince others of your story, you are now backing out.

Did someone here do it for you?

In the last few replies, you commented on not wanting to break your code of ethics. But as we have seen now for the past few months with you is that you have broken ethics to go out of your way of proving to us what you are.

Here is a sample of what was just said:

((The expected answer is that I don’t want to break my personal code of “time travel ethics”. The real answer is, I just don’t know. I was not prepared for the year 2001, I was prepared for 1975. I don’t suppose it would be very impressive if I told you Disco would be big until 1980.))

That above example not just shows how irresponsible you are, but how ignorant as a Time Traveler you are as well: “I just don’t know. I was not prepared for the year 2001.” Good choice, 2036.

And here, we see you backing out of a jam, with something like:

((Actually, the requests were rhetorical. No one is going back with me.))

Nice revision to your story, but you lied to everyone. Some people actually took your request seriously.

Right?

What, no public apology?

Don’t you feel that you done a bad thing, making people believe you, only to tell them it’s not true?

You mentioned you would take people back with you on more then one occasions. Did people think you sounded serious? YES. Did people believe you, YES.

Think about that…

Truly,
Javier C.

[Edited by Javier Cortez on 02-25-2001 at 05:46 PM]

Posted by James R.Quayle III on 02-25-2001 10:41 PM

Thumbs up

It’s not that one believes one truth,It is more like i leave my options open and I have learned from my experiences that anything can happen.

But that is my life,not yours,I bet John is from somewhenelse,time to me is just like a distance to get to,sometimes we find a ride to where we never thought we were going,and when offered a chance to time travel why not?

Peace to you javier and John Titor,James,And JOhn Titor 

I would like it in 2036,because if you knew of my life experiences ,anywhere ON earth is good,and I bet it can’t be all that bad?

Simplicity is good i was a good boy scout who can camp,and hike forever.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-26-2001 01:42 AM

James,
You said:
((It’s not that one believes one truth,It is more like i leave my options open and I have learned from my experiences that anything can happen)).

You responds in the beginning is neutral to either side. But towards the end you clearly contradict your self and side with John. Talk about not wanting to believe one truth.

Still waiting for you to answer John, and Pamela.

Truly,
Javier C.

P.S. I meant no disrespect to you James, I just felt obligated to point out the truth, as what I am doing questioning John.

Btw, what kind of experiences have you had? If you don’t mind taking about them.

[Edited by Mary Rowland on 02-26-2001 at 09:06 PM]

Posted by Angel Lynnn on 02-26-2001 04:14 AM

Question

Hello, John.
Can you tell us if reverse speech is used in the future for business or even pleasure?

Also, can you talk about earthquakes in California or Nevada?

Thanks, John, for starting this topic and sharing your time with us. We are really enjoying it and you!
Angel Lynnn

Posted by Mel Reckling on 02-26-2001 08:13 AM

John,

I will be around in 1975, I guess. 

That would be a very good year to miss for me. I do have a 1972 Porsche, but it hasn’t been started in 15 years.

 Maybe if I could go back to 1985 when I last drove it I could do a few things different, not just with that car, but maybe buy some of that Microsoft stock.

Posted by Randy Empey on 02-26-2001 08:20 AM

I think the strongest argument for time travel not being easy or possible at all is the greed factor.

Warping time and space takes lots of energy . .. making finding out if or how TT works hard . . . is this because of some accidental way the universe turned out, or is it a fundamental law written in by the Creator?

Any thoughts on that side of things, John T. or Javier?

Posted by Luis Gonzalez on 02-26-2001 09:16 AM

Arrow

John,

I would like to speak to you in private. Please email me at the following address

wiccanism@hotmail.com

luis

Posted by John Titor on 02-26-2001 03:39 PM

JAVIER:

((Better then being a fanatic, who believes in people so blindly.))

fa.nat.ic (n.) A person possessed by an excessive zeal for an uncritical attachment to a cause or position.

JAMES:

((Hello John I was wondering if you could respond to my post, I was serious…))

If I didn’t get to something, please feel free to ask again. I’m going in order of the postings and trying to get to everything that seems worthwhile and/or productive.

DOUG:

((Many people asking about the dangers of the war are asking about cities being nuked. During school today I was thinking about this, and nuclear warfare doesn’t seem to be the biggest form of fighting in the future.))

Nuclear war will be very effective at destroying an enemy’s economy and the people’s will to fight.

((Other than the small countries, I doubt nuclear warheads are going to be shot from each end of the globe.))

I would caution against that. That’s exactly what “they” want you to think while they continue to develop smaller and more accurate MIRV’s. Have you ever seen a neutron bomb the size of a basketball?

[Today, we know that the major military powers have miniaturized nuclear weapons, including neutron bombs, cruise missiles, and hyper-glide technology. The submarine launch capability is quite mature, and WMD is an issue because it is a real threat. -Metallicman.]

(( John, you say one of the hardest things to do in 2036 is find clean water. You also say you only trust food you’ve grown. Is any of this a result of your experiences with biological warfare? Is biological warfare a major threat in this war you speak of?))

Yes and no. Yes, biological warfare and accidents do cause a great deal of problems but the lack of a working infrastructure also hinders the continuation of the food manufacturing you depend on now.

((This is definitely the least serious of my questions, but is there anymore background information you can give (What city you were born in, etc)? I understand if you can’t but after this thread is over I may get a little bored and see if I can find any information on the John Titor of “today,” assuming that’s your real name. ))

Once I leave, I would not want any attention to come to my family here.

JIM:

((I’m guessing the date of your return to the future is April 19th. Is this correct?))

That is a day to remember but I was thinking more along the lines of March 21.

ERNIE:

((My mention of Joseph Campbell was a rebuttal to someone who claimed that your General story was un-original. In fact the most likely leader of a movement like the one you describe would most likely be a Farmer since being a Farmer would provide much of the scenario required.))

Throughout history, farmers have often been a target of oppression because they are absolutely necessary to civilization but too busy to defend themselves. If you push a farmer too far, they stop growing food and have nothing to do but hide in the woods and shoot back.

((My asking you if the mention of CERN going on-line and discovering this and that, was a prediction was a genuine question completely un-related to “making a Buck”. I wondered if it was just a hint you were giving as to something that could be verified after the fact with little chance of you mentioning it having an effect on it.))

Please do not be offended by my “making a buck” remark. I say it with a wink to help other people form their questions. Yes, some very interesting things will be going on at CERN in the near future.

((For me what is interesting is the type of questions that are being asked, and the apparent hostility that someone like you can be subjected to for no “good” reason.))

Yes, I find that interesting too. Sometimes I wonder what people are really angry about and I have come to the conclusion that frustration is better directed at the messenger. But then again, that’s history.

((I’m sure even in 2036 there is a tendency to tease one’s detractors if they make themselves available.))

I have no intention of teasing anyone but I do grow tired of the same cycle over and over again. Eventually, the people who do not like me or what I have to say (real or not) will win. I will either leave or grow tired of answering the same questions.

((John is “playing you” Javier. It’s an old trick, if your most vociferous detractor continually puts on weak attacks; it takes attention away from the really challenging questions.))

Again, please do not confuse my inability to answer the same questions over and over with a desire to make someone upset. I gain nothing by angering Javier or making him look foolish.

((He knows “make a buck” and “more power to you”, and “off the cuff”.He is unaware or dislikes “buy in” or “buy that”
Does that prove anything? not really. Given enough text you can profile him and make a good guess.))

I know my English isn’t perfect but I blame my parents for most of the phrases I pick up (wink). It’s different sometimes seeing them in print than hearing them. It took me quite a while to shake off “sock it to me baby”. “Cool” seems to be the longest lived phrase I’ve heard so far and “peace” seems to be making a comeback.

[John trained for the 1970's. Not for the year 2000. - Metallicman.]

((What 82 page book written in England in 1884 is required reading for all physics students? I admit it’s possible you may not know in 2036, but highly unlikely. The same reason that makes it so important for physics students would make it just as important to understanding Time travel. Secondly why is this little book so important. If he doesn’t know this it lends more circumstantial evidence to your side. But he could ask someone and then how do you prove that?))

Well, I’m pretty sure it’s not the Principia and it looks more like something to do with Maxwell but to make your point, I did find this.
http://www.livingarchive.uk.com/LA.htmls/manchester.history.html

Just about anything can be looked up.

((How about this? Let John make a recording of himself saying he is from the future and whatever other part of his story he wants. We could submit that to voice stress analysis. Is that enough? no again, since a well trained person can beat a voice stress analysis by using self-hypnosis or having someone hypnotize them prior to recording. Again no proof.))

I’ve heard a tack in the shoe works. It throws off the baseline “no stress” readings. Also, if you speak slowly enough, you can beat those programs.

Posted by James R.Quayle III on 02-26-2001 04:42 PM

Thumbs up

John Titor,what if something happens to your device to get back,let us say inoperable,would you then change the world by announcing warnings,and also what if you got a flat tire in betwwen times would you have to pull over to fix it in a wrong time?

Posted by Lola Montez on 02-26-2001 04:47 PM

John,
I congratulate you on your restraint and good humor in responding to some of the posters who are as tireless as an old turntable in playing the same old song. 

(I include myself in this group as I know I keep asking you specific questions regarding safe ground during the possible trouble ahead). 

I still have some questions you have not responded to but hate to ask again in the event you do not wish to respond or just have not made your way to them yet. Could you let me know which? I will wait to hit you with more until I know the status.

If any of you missed Dr. David Anderson on Art’s show you should go to the archives and listen. It is about time distortion going on in New York.

Kind regards,
Lola

Posted by Brad Brown on 02-26-2001 05:31 PM

John I’m curious. 

You’ve expressed a want to experience the world as it was. 

However you seem to spend a great amount of time talking about TT. 

Why aren’t you traveling and telling us about your latest trip to the pyramids instead of talking about specifics you should be bored from in your awareness to them? Are the Great Pyramids still standing in 2036? 

If you wish to experience society as it was, admitting yourself to be a time traveler is counter-productive. 

How’s communication around the world in 2036? 
Do you still have literature widely available? 
What’s the latest book you’ve read that you were only able to hear about in your own time? 
Is new literature also so available? 
Is the English language beginning to segment into sects and accents with less influence from tourists? Or is tourism still strong and thriving in 2036. 

You wanted questions not in relation to stock, here you go.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-26-2001 07:01 PM

John,
Just 1 sentence is all I get for waiting for another 5 days? Even then, it’s nothing more then some discombobulated definition in your own words. What dictionary did you use? Is it the dictionary you learned English in, in the future ?

Try Oxford next time.

Why don’t you give it up John, you know this little experiment of yours went more out of hand then you wanted it to go. Now look at you, you’re attempting to lay-low until your window of opportunity to leave… Am I right?

Try answering this, instead of something that was said almost 2 weeks ago.

I’m sure lots of people would like to hear you explaining your self. After all, I did expose some of your lies.

But then again, there are those here who are “fanatic” about your cause that they still believe your from the future. Quite sad isn’t it?

What do you say to something like that? Look at all these people, completely taking your word for it. Doesn’t that just do something for you? You can answer too Pamela if you wish.

-Javier C.

Posted by John Titor on 02-26-2001 09:07 PM

CRAIG:

((IS your sense of “timing” off, in new time environments? I’ve heard people who have “out-of-body-experiences” find that it sometimes takes a day or two to regain a sense of normalcy in their minute interactions with the physical world.))

No, my timing isn’t off. I do however find myself stopping in mid-stride and paying extra attention to my environment when I forget “when” I am. 

When I was a child, my mother would tell me stories about angels. She told me that angels found it hard to communicate with man because man could remember his past but couldn’t see the future. 

Angels, acting as the eyes and servants of God, had no memory of the past but had infinite knowledge of the future. 

Although I am no angel, I often thought about that story after I left 2036. Besides that, I do get a lot of colds.

((John – You were born about halfway into this cycle. BTW, GenXers would be about 40-50 years old in 2036. How they doin’? Were they pretty resourceful scrappers?(Fighters/Survivors))

In my opinion, the Gen Xr’s ended up in two categories. 

There were the ones who had learned to be independent by breaking away from tradition and societies expectations and the others who had no idea how to take care of themselves and just wanted the trains to run on time. 

The ones in the first group feel very guilty about “letting” the world go to Hell and the ones in the second group are dead.

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 02-26-2001 10:52 PM

John – I can understand that. Being from the end of the Boomer Generation myself, I can say that GenXers may feel that way (those who are left) though it always appeared to me that they were abandoned young by Boomer parents off doing “their own trip”. GenXers were the original “latchkey kids”.

I’ll repeat this link, as I really enjoyed the book.

http://www.timepage.org/time.html

I hear their new book, forecasting the next 10 or 15 years, is also pretty interesting.

http://www.fourthturning.com/html/fourth_turning.html

Short of holding seminars, is there anything else you’d like to do while you’re here, with respect to your interaction with us?

Posted by James Dvorak on 02-27-2001 01:42 AM

Cool

can you tell me what year the police will stop busting people for smoking weed??? 

after the war right?? 

in 2015? 

do they start pushing for legalization earlier than the war???? this is the ****! 

I'm still working for the community though……………………

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 02-27-2001 06:59 AM

John – about voice stress analysis… No, you can’t “beat” a combination of voice stress and body language analysis. You can, under certain circumstances, beat a polygraph, but only if the examiner is very inexperienced. I’ve been through a few myself.

I suggest that you do your video tape of the departure. Here is why:

1) An impromtu video tape will give you an opportunity to say some things to us as a kind of “final farewell” which we can all observe. Then you can step into your time traveling truck and vanish for the camera. That will give us something to think about.

2) You will be gone from our time line, and we can examine the video tape, using voice stress and body language analysis to determine if you were being honest to us about your trip back to the future.

3) You do not have to worry about the ramifications of the tape because of time line divergence – and because of several things you’ve lead us to believe you here, will not be affected in the least – nor will your time line be affected in your time.

4) If there is any doubt in your story now (and there is apparently with Javier’s continued chipping away at the story and your own attitude toward him) then you can clear it up with such a tape.

5) Some of us would really like to believe, have hope for, or even be shown that time travel is not only possible, but practical and already (somewhere/sometime) going on. You can prove it to me, beyond a shadow of doubt with a video tape.

Now… you’ve offered to do so. I have the resources to place said tape up online. When our web site comes back online we will have plenty of space to do so. (Some of you might be familiar with the site already – anomalies.net). In any case, we will be more than willing to put up all the photos, manual scans, video tapes and anything else you would be willing to show us. I would even be willing to fly to whatever place you want and film it myself, at my cost, as long as you give me a bit of a heads up.

(and for those of you wondering, NO I am NOT doing this for the government. I’m as curious as anyone else here, nothing more, nothing less. I’m not in this for money, I’m not in this for personal gain – except the knowledge that the “truth is out there”)

John… you can reach me privately through my email address on this board. I urge you to do so, if not for yourself or us… for the future.

Posted by Pamela Moore on 02-27-2001 07:14 AM

To The Board:
Doc’s site is still not fixed and I have no doubt in my mind that he will eventually move the pictures to his other site.

But in the meantime I have all of John’s pictures and anyone who wants them can email me and I will send them to you.
My email is in my profile.

Also John and I have talked and anybody who wants to forward anything to John can do so through my email address and I will make sure that John receives it.

I will do this as long as I am able.

sincerely,
Pamela

[Edited by Pamela Moore on 02-27-2001 at 07:31 AM]

Posted by Abe Figer on 02-27-2001 08:58 AM

hey I´m very interested in john titor story.. but I have some question for him……

what is going to happen to Mexico in 2035? 
is going to be safe going south after de war starts?….. 

depending on his answer i will give me an idea of how real his story is…

Posted by Luis Gonzalez on 02-27-2001 10:15 AM

Smile

John, email me…

Posted by John Titor on 02-27-2001 05:25 PM

LOLA:

((You say you were in the militia fighting the US Army. I would think that civilians would have a snowballs chance in hell of successfully fighting the military.))

You must realize that why people are fighting is more important that what they are fighting with. The conflict was not about taking and holding ground it was about order and rights. They were betting that people wanted security instead of freedom and they were wrong.

[This was written BEFORE 9-11, the "War on Terror", the TSA, the DHS, the perpetual snooping by the NSA, and everything that came with it. Yes. John actually PREDICTED all of this. And no one believed him. Crazy nonsense they said. -Metallicman.]

((What does this look like? Is it a stalemate with the resistance/militia hiding out until the cities are wiped out allowing them to surface?))

The cities were not isolated because of them; they were isolated because of us.

((You site the approximate number of cities and military bases intact before the nuclear attack. Are they ALL hit?))

Nuclear weapons and guidance systems are less than perfect. Most targets receive more than one warhead but some of them were more accurate than others. I would estimate the overall accuracy was around 60 to 70 percent.

((Three days walk from where? The nearest city? Again, though, what population makes a city a city and not a town?))

In my experience, a motivated starving person is only capable of walking about three days. The more distance you put between yourself and anyone who is likely to be hungry, the better.

((Does any one or any group stay neutral during all of these years of fighting?))

Some try to.

((Does anyone just lead a reasonably normal life during the civil war?))

No.

((You say the civil war lasts from 2004 to 2008 and then the short big one in 2015. What do the years from 2008 to 2015 look like? How long does WWIII last.))

I’m not sure I said that exactly. By 2008, I would say the civil conflict is pretty much at everyone’s doorstep. Western instability during the conflict leads to the attack in 2015. WWIII is very short with a longer period of mop up.

((You mention the nature of Canadians but I don’t think you mentioned the impact of all of this on that country. Would you?))

There’s not a great deal I know about Canada except to say they were pretty much in the same type of conflict. They did have the Dew Line you know.

((Oh yeah, one more thing that is rather haunting is your allusion to the position of women as being controversial and conservative in 2036. Yikes! What is that supposed to mean?))

It certainly isn’t disrespectful. I apologize if it sounded that way. It’s one of those areas I realize will be difficult to discuss because we may lack similar experiences. 

In 2036, there is not a desire to “have it all”. 

With factors such as the difficulty in conceiving and the decentralization of production and industry, there is not an unrealistic scramble to have a “career” and a family. 

Out of necessity and circumstance, family life has become more traditional. However, there are many families where the wife / mother is the main breadwinner and the husband / father remains “home” with the family. 

The difference is in the method of decision-making. People do not have children (if they are able) unless they can devote the required resources to maintain it.

Posted by Jeff Borgus on 02-27-2001 05:39 PM

(Actually, the requests were rhetorical. No one is going back with me.))

Just like your whole story is rhetorical.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-27-2001 10:28 PM

John,
Many movies that take place in the future show an Earth under ruin, war and famine. You have been buying into that fear people have in some corner of their minds from the very start. Creating, what we have here a John Titor worship board. 

No longer a place to discuss views of Time Travel, and gain knowledge. More like a handout of knowledge. In other words John, you have become these people’s prophet. You are now deeply involved in their belief system.

My only problem with that is that it’s on a wide scale. 

Tell me something, is that why the civil war started? To many people take people like you and put them on pedestals? Lots of people can no longer think on their own, they depend solely now on what you have to say. How pathetic, and your future culture finds no flaw with prolonging it. Instead, they gave one of their Time Traveler (meaning you) a device to come to the past and exploit the chance to take and do as you and they see fit.

That’s very nice. You’ve managed to convince a lot of good people, honest sincere people. That your genuine, the real McCoy. That however, may be okay with you, but not by me, not by a long shot.

Someone once brought up the example of some of these people being sheep. At first that might have been an unfair presumption, but now that I think about it, it’s true. And you still haven’t commented on my request to answer my statements. What’s wrong? Why don’t you?

Let’s face it John, I’m one of the very last ones you have not corrupted with your story. It has been your straightforward effort to say you are from the future, and convince others of it as well. But just look at you, look at how unprepared you were. The lies you were caught in. And trying to recover only makes you look phonier in my eyes.

I swear, I will expose you John. My passion and conviction in this matter is unquestionable. Your friend Pamela can attest to that.

People like you, who use this to benefit from unknowing people, make me sick. Time Travel is an evil means to get what you want; I wouldn’t be surprised if your world is Satanic.

The fight is not over between you and me John. Nor will it be over any time soon. I will continue to pursue in exposing you as a fraud, there is no doubt about that. I don’t fear you John, I do however fear a world that has followers like your fans. That only entices me more to continue the fight.

If others find that silly and funny, I feel sorry for you. You’ve lost your sense of passion for doing what’s right. You openly accept the flaws of this world, and succumb deeper to them. Creating what we have now, a delusional world solely dependent on everyone’s individual beliefs. That saddens me. Call me old fashion, but that kind of mentally is only asking for trouble. That’s the sort of mindset that causes wars. Confusion, uncertainty, fear in the truth.

But in the end, there is no escaping what you all are. In the end, we will all get judged, and see that instead of laughing at me, and thinking I was a nut job, you all should have known better. It’s like the Metaphor of the Ant and the Grasshopper. Just think about that.

Sincerely,
Javier C.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 02-27-2001 11:45 PM

All very interesting, but one nuclear bomb hitting around Colorado would do the entire food belt in by the wind blowing. 

Russia’s power plant went 1500 miles away because of the wind. 

I guess the wind blows here too. 

Now, how far does the Earth move in 36 years traveling along with the Milky Way Galaxy at 33 miles/second. Quite far, so how do you manage to not space travel? The Universe is always moving. 

From 1975, add another 25 + 36 years and around 61 years is where you went too. Now the Earth has even traveled further, I suggest you all look up at the Universe, a Supreme Being might just be praying for all of us on the Spaceship Planet Earth.

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 02-28-2001 01:30 AM

John,

When you get a chance can you post an answer to my question regarding the “30 second” scenario that I asked about a week or so ago? Thanks.

I’ve also been wondering about how you have manage to overcome the simultaneity problem in maintaining common world-line references between yourself and the two micro-singularities that travel with you. As you know, bodies under acceleration lose their initial constant velocity world-line reference with respect to each other – the Twins Paradox. 

Given that you have a possible 2.5% divergence from your own world-line (5% on a round trip?)on a 60 year trip and the micro-singularities (each having their own world-line) are subject to the same divergence, how do you keep them in phase? 

Does the divergence extend into N-dimensions? Is the 2.5% the total error or is each dimension subject to the 2.5% divergence individually?

I understand that you’re a tech (a bus driver as it were) and not the physicist, but how did you manage to overcome the problem of gathering sufficient power to artificially create a micro-singularity in such a short time (sometime prior to 2036)? I believe that it would theoretically take the total energy output of the Sun since the time of Richard the Lionhearted (about a thousand years) to form one micro-singularity, let along two.

Posted by John Titor on 02-28-2001 05:55 AM

((When you get a chance can you post an answer to my question regarding the “30 second” scenario that I asked about a week or so ago? Thanks.))

Please take a look at page 18. If I didn’t get to everything, please expand your question.

Posted by Bob Marz on 02-28-2001 06:17 AM

I haven’t seen an answer to my issue concerning moral turpitude through action or inaction. Did I miss it?

Javier: You’ve worked yourself into a tizzy over John’s spontaneous whim. He started this forum with a joke about coming back from the future with the old computer and noticed people taking him seriously so kept up the gag. I think he’s done a great job, it’s just for fun.

John has never been inflammatory, in fact he’s maintained a good-natured witty sci-fi scenario, urging people to play along.

What gives the gag a nice dynamic impact is the fact that John stays in character and takes every question seriously, giving us realistic answers. ala Orson Welles War of the Worlds or Blair Witch Trial. The more John stays completely in character the better the experience for us.

[Edited by Bob Marz on 02-28-2001 at 06:26 AM]

Posted by John Titor on 02-28-2001 06:51 AM

In order to assist in where I am in the questions, I will post the page and person I left off with. It would also help if you could do the same when asking when I will get to yours. Since my time is growing short, I will be unable to answer questions that have already been asked in some form or another and I will make a note when I come across one.

Unfortunately, it has also come to my attention the proposed email system for sending out the pictures is not working out. Apparently, people on the receiving end of the requesting email are starting to have problems with their computers. They suspect it’s coming from the “asking” email. Before I leave, I do plan to send out a few more pages of the manual and a video of my departure. I’m sure a method of will be developed to do that.

Currently, I am on page 18 right before Rick’s questions.

Posted by Pamela Moore on 02-28-2001 09:13 AM

Smile

I am still getting some email in-between the attacks. Anybody wishing to email John in private please use my email address and I will forward it to him. and send you a confirmation that your letter has been forwarded to John.

I delete your mail right afterwards. so if any attack happens to get past my security system your email will not be there for anybody to see it. several people have the pictures already. (keep them safe!)

If you can’t get to my email please post on the board your desire for the pictures and I will make sure you receive them.

Anybody wishing to forward a private letter to John, you don’t have much time left.

while your at it…say Hello to the future! these pages(according to John) will be archived and posted on a web site in the future.

actually that is quite interesting..how would you prove to someone reading this in 2036 that you are really from 2001???

PEACE TO ALL!!
-pamela

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-28-2001 10:21 AM

Earth to Pamela,

Yeah, you’re gone. What happened to being skeptical? Hypocrisy I tell you. And that’s not an attack, that’s the truth.

If people do read these in the future, they’ll see how foolish you all were to fall for his story so easily. No wonder the future looks down on us, look at our culture, our attitudes. You have this blind faith in a man who you all know for only 3 months.

Why not have a dialogue with me Pamela, instead of just being his supporter.

Before you would state your own thoughts. But now, your completely at his disposal, and nod at whatever he says. And you find that normal? It appears more like brainwashing to me.

You know I won’t attack you, I will however tell you the truth. So accept my request, since you speak for John, you shouldn’t be afraid to answer for him as well.

I await you.

-Javier C.

Posted by John Titor on 02-28-2001 11:14 AM

Actually, Pamela is quite quick to catch many possible discrepancies in what I’ve said over quite a few sites in the last few months. For example:

PAMELA ASKS: >1. What type of money system do you have on your world line? meaning how do you buy and sell things? Do you have the same type of money or do we have a cashless society? such as smart cards, credit cards or ID biochips.

I RESPOND: Its not very different than it is now. Yes, we have money and credit cards. However, like everything else, the monetary system is decentralized. Banking is based mostly around the community structure. There are no multinational banking or computerized economic systems..there are also no income taxes.

QUESTION ON THIS SITE: ((Is there an IRS and a need to keep a lot of receipts and paperwork around to justify yourself?))

I RESPOND: Yes, we pay taxes.. Sounds like you don’t enjoy keeping track of your personal income taxes. I don’t think anyone does.

MY RESPONSE TO PAMELLA: I had considered going into more detail about the tax system but I didn’t have a great deal of time. Currently, I am watching my father go over all his taxes and he doesn’t look like he’s having a very good time. My comment referred to the collective misery I see around me during this time of year.

Posted by Bridget Talarico on 02-28-2001 11:23 AM

Red face

Oh John, who am I to say “nay”, this guy’s a nut?

But let me ask you one simple question: instead of sitting at your computer, why not present yourself to George W, proof in hand?

THAT would throw quite a monkey wrench into the government’s coverup machine, don’t you think?

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 02-28-2001 11:45 AM

John,

Thanks for the answer to the original questions. Here are some follow-ups for you to ponder.

<<Q: What is the result of the duplicates arriving simultaneously at the same place?

A: Psychological confusion and a few fist fights.>>

John, I think that you missed the point here. The problem that needs to be addressed is what happens to the duplicates as they simultaneously arrive at virtually the exact same location. Given that their masses will occupy the same space, what prevents a naked singularity from forming? (Black holes seem to be the only constructs that can violate the Exclusion Principle. And unless the duplicates were drunk they shouldn’t be spinning <wink> – thus a naked singularity.)

<<Q: How long will it take for the loop to decay? Will it decay? Is it a loop?

A: The chances of hitting the precise world-line where all the other duplicates are arriving is almost zero. It’s possible but increasingly less probable with each arriving duplicate. The divergence decays and the world-line is “less available” for new “yous” to arrive on.>>

It’s a nice creative answer, but it didn’t address the question. The question was is it a loop; will it decay and how long will it take to decay? Divergence won’t decay, unless you’re saying that the divergence decreases (which I don’t believe is what you were indicating). Its true that each duplicate has a decreasing probability of arriving on the same world-line – but its an infinite number of duplicates. Any subset of that infinity is simply a less intense infinity, but an infinity none-the-less. The implication is that an infinite number of duplicates will appear simultaneously. What prevents this from happening?

<<Q: What happens if the experimenter, upon seeing his duplicate, decides not to continue the experiment?

A: He can always leave the room on his own world-line or put a desk full of books in the position where the time machine is arriving every 30 seconds. That will probably trip the VGL system and stop the time machines from arriving.>>

Again, nice try on the answer. But these duplicates aren’t arriving every 30 seconds. They are all arriving simultaneously 30 seconds before the experiment begins apparently violating Causality if the experimenter decides to cancel the trip.

This question was a follow-up to your 2.5% world-line error problem. On your 60-year journey you have a problem if the error is 2.5% in N-dimensions. If your error is in the ‘t’ dimension you have a chance to arrive back home as early as 2034 and as late as 2038. If the error is cumulative for each leg you could arrive as early as 2032 and as late as 2040. Arrive too early and the boss won’t have a clue as to why you brought him a 1975 vintage computer. Arrive too late and your haven’t helped solve the problem in a timely (excuse the pun) manner.

You’re also faced again with the Twins Paradox. In this case the twin is you: The “you” in 2036 and 2001. Each of you is a body in motion and under acceleration (the velocity of Earth, the Solar System, Milky Way Galaxy and Vegan Local Group and the general expansion of the universe are not constant.) Moreover, the distance between each “you” is increasing at 54 km/sec. The 2036 Earth is approximately 60 billion kilometers from where it is today. The 2.5% divergence error is not constant. The longer you stay here in 2001 the greater the distance between the two Earths thus the degree of error increases. The physicists in 2036 aren’t able to help you as they don’t know where you are and as you aren’t a physicist you’re probably not going to be able to make the corrections from this end. How are you going to get home safely?

John, you’re actually doing a credible job of handling this thread. I personally don’t believe that you’re a time traveler but that’s not the point. I have to put some thought into asking these questions. SO, you make me think and that’s always good. Thank you.

Posted by John Titor on 02-28-2001 12:28 PM

EMMETT:

I do enjoy the questions and I appreciate the interest.

I suppose there is a difference between a thought experiment and the real world. It appears we have our virtual laboratories confused and I’m not sure I understood all the rules to your experiment and then it occurred to me that in your position, this is all just a thought experiment anyway. I will try to be more literal in my explanation.

((In this experiment the traveler only goes 30 seconds into the past to appear in his lab. It seems that 30 seconds before his experiment was to begin he saw himself appear in the lab. There would now be two travelers and two time machines. It doesn’t appear that it ends that simply as the “second” time traveler says that he saw a duplicate self appear in the lab thirty seconds before he started the trip. It would appear that its a time loop and an infinite number of duplicates see a duplicate self appear in the lab thirty seconds prior to the start of the trip. ))

I’m not positive but I don’t see anything that indicates the time traveler would remain in the same spot once he arrives. 30 seconds is almost long enough to get coffee in your thought experiment. 

If that were true, and they all kept moving, than the experiment could go on for quite a while until the planet filled with time travelers. 

You also stated, “it would appear” as a time loop. 

If it only appears that way, than the natural divergence may stop the experiment when three or four time travelers arrive and the others end up on different world-lines.

((The problem that needs to be addressed is what happens to the duplicates as they simultaneously arrive at virtually the exact same location.))

Again, you use the world virtually, which to me means not exactly the same spot. Under the laws of physics, I don’t personally know what happens if it were on exactly the same spot but I do know it’s possible. 

Under the operational limits of the distortion unit, as soon as the VGL sensors pick up an unexpected mass in the target world-line, it would shut down and drop off in a world-line where your experiment is not occurring.

((Given that their masses will occupy the same space, what prevents a naked singularity from forming?))

I see, now they are in the same space. I suppose that’s a possibility. If so, than the as soon as the experiment started, a singularity would form under the infinite mass and swallow the planet. 

Perhaps they tried this on Cygnus?

((It’s a nice creative answer, but it didn’t address the question. The question was is it a loop; will it decay and how long will it take to decay?))

Well, I think it’s a nice creative question too. Under your example, the “loop” would terminate as soon as the singularity forms and would be constantly fed by all the arriving time travelers.

Thanks again, I’ll follow up on the rest in a bit.

Posted by John Titor on 02-28-2001 01:05 PM

After taking a quick shower and listening to the quiet hum of my archiving hard drives, I decided that Emmett and I may have made bad second impressions on each other. I find it ironic because it’s people like Emmett that will actually solve those physical issues and make it possible for people like me to go back in time and argue with them. So I hope, no hard feelings Emmett.

It also reminds me of a short story between a bicycle maker in the 1900s and a man who could fly faster than sound.

BICYCLE MAKER: Well Mr. Mach, if your plane can go faster than the speed of sound, how did you solve the compressibility problem that would tear your flimsy craft to pieces?

MR. MACH: First off, the aircraft are much more stable and made of metal instead of wood and fabric. Second, it is possible to pass the sound barrier by designing the wings and body to move the shock wave down the plane as you surpass the speed of sound.

BICYCLE MAKER: Really? Planes made of metal? Well, if your plane can fly faster than sound then why don’t you just fly to the moon?

MR. MACH: It doesn’t work that way. You need air to make the engine function.

BICYCLE MAKER: I see. Your plane can go faster than sound but needs air to function. That’s convenient and it all sounds like a penny-book fantasy to me.

MR. MACH: Perhaps… perhaps not

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-28-2001 02:03 PM

Give me a break John, your so full of it. Your pathetic attempts to crawl out of a tight hole our becoming narrower and narrower to get passed these days. Not just are you being broken down, but being exposed as a fraud.

More discrepancies. Your a lair, you really didn’t plan on taking anyone back with you. Yet people believed you. Still waiting for you to apologize to everyone.

And don’t say your busy going in order trying to answer everyone’s questions. You just skipped the rest and went straight to the most current. How considerate you are. Others have been waiting for much longer time, and you found it convenient to seize the opportunity to answer something that would make you look good in the eyes of your followers.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 02-28-2001 02:15 PM

Not that I believe you, but would not the vintage computer from 1975 be bigger than the time machine to haul back to the future? 

It handles 3 people, personal computers were really not out then, only a very few people were trying to make a personal computer, and they only had kits to put together. I mean 4kB of memory is nothing like the current crop of computers with up to about 1gB of memory one can put in the computer. 

Just some thoughts about what you are saying? 

It does not fit quite right with me. If there was a War, then it seems reasonable to me that you were not even born until all of the Wars were over. 

That would make you about 21 years old from 2015 or just about 29 from 2008. It does not add up if millions of people died from these happenings. I just add things up logically, and from my perspective, the story does not seem real. 

Oh, well, we all have to do something with our time, I guess. I think I’ll be 90 in 2036 and right now you appear to be younger than I am now and have not developed the critical thinking skills that come with age on Spaceship Earth.

Posted by David R Ferguson on 02-28-2001 02:29 PM

I have finally read all of the posts in this thread and I have come to one conclusion…it is definitely been more entertaining than anything currently on television, except, of course, for the televised Illinois basketball games!

Thanks to everyone for your posts. It has certainly been very educational.

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 02-28-2001 02:58 PM

John,

My friend, I have absolutely no hard feelings. To the contrary, this thread is quite enjoyable.

Posted by Pamela Moore on 02-28-2001 04:43 PM

Wink

HOLD ON JAVIER!!! IM COMING!!!!
I am grasping the tether on the front of
my outerspace suit.attached somewhere down there
to earth…I'm pulling…..myself……………
right hand…over left hand…over right hand…
I'm pulling myself into Earth’s atmosphere…
a little further…a little further…..(hahhah)
Ok..Javier what kind of dialogue do you want to have?
….I'm here.

No, I have not lost all my skepticism and you are
constantly acting on your own assumptions and fears.
I don’t speak for John, I simply helped him out on a couple of questions he already had answered earlier.
Am I brainwashed? Of course not. That is silly!
I have talked to John for hours and hours about things.
and I know some things you don’t. John is a highly intelligent man and he is very interesting to talk to.
People are not stupid, Javier. and you know I am not.

Can’t you just enjoy the conversation in this thread?
it’s probably not going to last much longer…pretty soon John will be gone and you won’t have to worry about him anymore.(he’ll either drop off of the board if he is fake, or go back to future if he is real.)
the truth may not possibly come until after he is gone.

I know you have a good heart. but you get a little carried away sometimes.

I have an email address you know if you want to talk further…

sincerely,
pamela

Posted by Angel Lynnn on 02-28-2001 07:10 PM

Exclamation

John,
Are people using “reverse speech” in courts, etc. or even recreational?
Can you talk about earthquakes in California and Nevada?
Thanks.
Angel Lynnn

Posted by Lola Montez on 02-28-2001 07:59 PM

Angel,
What’s reverse speech?
Lola

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-28-2001 08:02 PM

Pamela,
No need to be sarcastic ya know, but thanks for finally answering one of my questions.

However, the dialog will mainly be question/answer. I said that, because it seemed to me that I was the only one talking. You weren’t responding to any of my questions. Neither was John.

And since your John’s little helper, you can assist him in answering for him. Make sense?

But since you said your only posting answers to questions already asked, I fail to see how you will be of any help to me and the rest.

Yes, John maybe smarter and more interesting then me, but that doesn’t make what I do know, any less important. Thanks for be little-ling me . Nonetheless, you know I can’t just stand idly by while he preaches and others bow at his feet. I can’t stand for that, nor will I allow it. Others must hear another side, not just his.

So if I am criticized as being afraid and acting on my own assumptions, I don’t care. I’m not here to win the best personal image award. I am here to speak the truth.

And you say your still skeptical; well actions speak louder then words. I guess we won’t find out all the truth, until she leaves. Will you be telling us more details about him, or will you conceal it still in fear of them finding out the whereabouts of his younger self?

Your taking quite a risk trusting someone with your secrets John. Didn’t your mom teach you to be weary of a pretty face?

Just the facts though…

-J.C.

Posted by Stephen McKay on 02-28-2001 09:24 PM

Javier,
Why are you so defensive about this whole thread? I may be mistaken, or perhaps you have a different definition of preach, I don’t remember John _ever_ preaching. 

Nor any of us “worshiping” him. 

The way I see it, John has made a claim which may be true or may not be. The possibility of it being true interests some of us, so we have questions. John’s doing his best to answer us. Maybe he’s full of it, but I enjoy science fiction as much as the next UFO nut.

Just because we ask questions, does not mean we are shouting from the rooftops “This man speaks the truth, he is the Messiah”. It simply means we are willing to accept the possibility that he is telling the truth. 

If he is, great, we can learn from him and look back on these posts when we reach his time. If not, what have we lost? A few moment of time, which, in the grand scheme of things, amount to little.

My question for you is this: If John is a fraud, what do you personally stand to lose? What is the reason for your conviction? Whether it’s the truth or not, it’s interesting. For my part that’s reason enough to continue. If you don’t believe John, leave. If you’re not interested, leave. It’s your choice. What I think is important is that none of us are really sure whether John is telling us the truth or not, but we’re willing to entertain the possibility.
An open mind is an important thing.

Steve

Posted by Pamela Moore on 02-28-2001 11:41 PM

Javier,

“Yes, John maybe smarter and more interesting then me, but that doesn’t make what I do know, any less important. Thanks for be little-ling me .”

I'm sorry you misinterpreted my words in this manner.

“And you say your still skeptical; well actions speak louder then words. I guess we won’t find out all the truth, until she leaves. Will you be telling us more details about him, or will you conceal it still in fear of them finding out the whereabouts of his younger self? ”

I won’t be doing or saying anything that could possibly jeopardize or bring harm to John or his family.

sincerely,
pamela

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-01-2001 12:31 AM

What interests me is the need for time travel in the first place? 

I think by rational thinking that time travel is impossible. 

[I don't know about all this John Titor stuff, but I do know what I have experienced. For what ever it is worth, I conducted my first MWI world-line egress in the Spring of 1981. It was on an American Navy base, and I was part of a SAP called MAJestic. As far as I understand, MAJestic has had this technology since the 1970's. - Metallicman]

Do I care that people tell me to be open-minded? I am open-minded. What bothers me is that people will go through so much trouble to bother with a technology that will only occur in the very far future. 

I suggest that John talks to Dr. Fred Bell, who has traveled forward in time, according to him when he was a guest on the show, and that John tells him how they have solved the problem of disorientation from time travel. 

Now every thing is nifty with time travel, and there is no ill effect? 

I like fantasy as much as the next person, but I see no Civil War on the horizon. 

[I am editing this in December 2018. An American civil war seems a distinct possibility. Sorry. -Metallicman.]

Only the people who would want to see a Civil War start actually see a Civil War on the horizon. 

My, if I were John, I buy a TV and a VCR player and take back the episodes of Star Wars. Try to transcend above this physical plane of existence, and you will see that the Force is actually a reality. 

Time-travel, well, its a grand idea, but like all ideas, when rational thinking is done on the subject instead of emotional turmoil, time-travel is so far into the future that as I the only one who can see that?

This leads to the freedom not to be influenced by the very type of people that always are seeking the wrong truths. 

People should look up at night. In the beginning there was nothing. How long can you have nothing? Forever! A unit of measurement has been invoked, call it forever. A yardstick, a ruler called forever. And time was just created. Then something was made out of the nothingness, being a potential, and here the Universe exists in God’s Glory. God does not leave this chance.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-01-2001 12:32 AM

Red face

Stephen & Pamela,

I have a good responds for both of you. But it’s passed 12 right now, and I have to get up early for work. Maybe during work, I will reply to you.

Good night,
Javier C.

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-01-2001 07:17 AM

Albert wrote:

” All very interesting, but one nuclear bomb hitting around Colorado would do the entire food belt in by the wind blowing. Russia’s power plant went 1500 miles away because of the wind. I guess the wind blows here too. Now, how far does the Earth move in 36 years traveling along with the Milky Way Galaxy at 33 miles/second. Quite far, so how do you manage to not space travel? The Universe is always moving. From 1975, add another 25 + 36 years and around 61 years is where you went too. Now the Earth has even traveled further, I suggest you all look up at the Universe, a Supreme Being might just be praying for all of us on the Spaceship Planet Earth.”

Albert, for the record, our government does not push the “nuclear war survivability scenario” for a reason – they simply do not care. 

Anyone who builds a bomb shelter is considered a kook. I don’t think they are kooks. I don’t think anyone who believes in survival is a kook. 

Now, why I mention that is your “wind blows” theory. 

Yes, you’re correct that the wind blows generally west to east and if a ground blast occurs there will indeed be fallout. However, understand a good number of nuclear weapons will be air burst weapons. There will still be fall out, but considerably less than if the weapons are ground burst. 

There will be a lot of little weapons that will miss their targets. I LIVE in Colorado, believe me I’ve studied the what-ifs carefully, for the sake of my family. There isn’t an easy survival answer either. (Which is why I CARRY NBC protective gear with me everywhere I GO and my home is being slowly set up to protect us against nuclear fallout. Won’t protect us against a direct strike, but even in my area, I think an atomic attack will be survivable.)

The moving earth situation has been discussed at length several times, and John’s explanation was “gravity sensors”. 

While I’m not aware of anything called a gravity sensor in this day and age, I wouldn’t discount such a thing. Physics has a way of surprising us. 

Already we are sure (in physics) that there are such things as “gravity waves” – similar in fact, to radio, light or even x-rays – all of which are “waves”. If this is correct, and I believe it is, then there will be very shortly a way to measure them, and therefore “sense” gravity waves. Doing calculations and measurements could compensate for the “movement through time” of a time ship.

Javier – Man you’re obviously taking this way too seriously. 

Especially when you start insulting everyone on the list. Now, I don’t usually take things personally, but you and I have discussed this offline already a couple of times. While I understand your reasoning for trying to prove John a fake time traveler (Or even if a real one, he shouldn’t be here – if I understand your web page correctly) some of the comments about people being sheep, followers and “believers” is a little bit harsh.

Let me explain. I’m not a “believer” in the sense you’re implying. That is, if John were a time traveler here and now, and was doing what he is doing (as a REAL TIME TRAVELER) then I would have no qualms about listening to his story.

In fact, I have no qualms about listening to it now. Regardless of whether he is real or not, the idea of time travel, science fiction and a ****ed good story is something I’m always “into”.

In other words, what Pamela and some others have called “attacks” by you, might not, by you be considered such – but the rest of us do. Basically, you insult the intelligence of everyone on this list by saying we “are sheep”. 

I personally am not, and I’m sure you weren’t referring to me personally – however, even if I DID totally believe John, and was taken in by him, and believed he was telling the total truth – who are you to come rescue me?

People in this world have free will. 

This is something SO MANY Of us forget all to often. I protect my children and grandchildren from bad things, because they are young and might not have the wisdom of age to get themselves out of a situation. But, as adults, we have the free will to believe, or disbelieve whatever we wish.

An open mind is very important in science – something a lot of scientists even forget. Skeptism is important, but at the same time, if you do not have an open mind to what “may be” you will never get past the arrogance of your own mind and you might just miss the most important discovery of all time.

About Today’s World:
In the place I work, we look at many different things, including intelligence reports, terrorism, war in other places and in general the “state of the world”. I study many things, related and unrelated to my job, but most importantly we in the DoD and military tend to examine everything, even the smallest, insignificant incidents in the world, looking for those things that might ignite an all-out war.

If any one has been following global intelligence at all (and you can do as good a job as the CIA on your own, if you simply know where to look) you will see that in the United States an “awakening” of sorts has occured regarding our personal freedoms. 

There are these anti-gun nuts out there trying to ban guns – using the children as the catalyst. Without examining the reason we have for owning guns (and it isn’t a last week thing, this is a HISTORICAL THING) then they do us all a disservice. America is on to them. We are on to those who would take our freedoms and we aren’t going to let it happen without a fight. Hence the possibility of “civil war” DOES exist today. If you’re not close to the subject you might not see it. Those of us who are protecting our freedoms DO SEE IT.

Russia has been “feeling it’s oats” lately… doing attack runs on our ships, rattling their sabers (i.e. “We’ll pull our support of the internation space station if you even THINK of continuing with National Missile Defense – just one example). Russia has not disassembled several nukes they said they did. Satellites show it. They just move them now. China has linked up with Iraq – assisting them in repairing their weapons systems – hence the attacks recently on Baghdad.

There are reports of Cubans, Chinese and perhaps North Koreans in and around the Sonora desert (think about this to understand what it means – basically, that is our weakest border. If *I* were going to put a force against america, I’d come in that way).

These are just SOME of the little things. We have a kind of unrest in America now. It could very well lead to a civil war of sorts.

Russia, China, N. Korea, Cuba, Iraq, Iran, France – and you can add quite a few others to this list – would just love to see America on her knees and will do whatever it is they can to help us down there. NEVER EVER UNDERESTIMATE enemies – especially FORMER enemies (like Russia).

What I am trying to say, without being able to do so in a short note, is that even if John is “fake” his scenarios are absolutely POSSIBLE and even PROBABLE at this point in our time line. Those of us who spend time checking intelligence reports can CONFIRM his social theories about “what might be”.

In short, even if John is fake – his possibile future is accurate for us, even now. I hope he (and I) are wrong, and I hope it won’t come to a civil war in this country, but I have been seeing it coming for a few years now. The thing with Russia and nuclear war – well… it is so much more a possibility NOW than it was in the Cold War that *I* am considering building that bomb shelter once again.

Rick

Posted by Angel Lynnn on 03-01-2001 08:06 AM

Exclamation

Some employers are using this to help them with hiring employees. They record the interviewee talking then they reverse their speech to see if they were telling the truth, etc. Whatever comes out in reverse is what was on the persons mind while speaking.

I’m curious if they are using reverse speech in courts etc. in the future. Maybe it will be a good thing to get into and learn more about.

Angel Lynnn

[Edited by Mary Rowland on 03-01-2001 at 03:10 PM]

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-01-2001 08:24 AM

Well Rick, you seem to have a passionate belief in something as well. Yet you blame me for having the same zest. You accuse me of being harsh; yeah maybe I was just a tad. But you call these people who want to take away the second amendment “nuts,” how do you think they will feel about you saying that? So I see it as something one in the same.

I am only trying to get the message out that we shouldn’t give our selves to easily to someone claiming to know the truth. I want freedom too, I’d hate for it to be taken away. That’s why I’m working towards not having that future.

Except my way, no one seems to understand. They call me crazy or going to far. Perhaps, but if you’ve gone through the things I have, you’d also protest. You’d want to make sure it doesn’t happen to anyone else.

As for everyone being sheep’s, I didn’t mean you. I meant those that stick to John like glue who can’t see another side but his. Forgive me if I offended you, I can get pretty worked up in my campaign.

Stephen,
You sound like your new here. Why don’t you visit my site first? I think that’s probably the best way I can answer your questions. Learn a little about my cause, and me and if you still have questions I’ll be more then happy to answer them. Critical or not, I don’t run away from questions.

Pamela,
Like I said before, I respect you for keeping what John told you in confidence secret. I would do the same. Nor would I want his younger self in a government facility being tested on. Because I know the feeling of being exploited, and no body deserves that fate.

Even John…

If there is anything I hate more then liars, are people who take advantage of others. People who exploit those to gain an advantage in some hidden goal. Makes me sick…

Hence my hatred towards Time Travel, and Time Travelers.

Someone’s got to do something. Who here has the guts to stand up for justice in the matter of temporal violators?

I volunteer, for as long the threat shall exist.

Javier Cortez

[Edited by Javier Cortez on 03-01-2001 at 08:30 AM]

Posted by Lola Montez on 03-01-2001 09:19 AM

Javier,
I did check out your website and find it funny that you are possibly the only one on this board who claims to BELIEVE in time travel wholeheartedly yet you are the one who spends all of his board time trying to convince us sheep that John is a fraud. You may be the only one who isn’t skeptical. 

You are truly the only fanatic, so far, on this board. 

John has hooked you good. The rest of us keep an open mind (something you should consider), learn what we can and have a good time in the process. You seem on the point of a nervous breakdown. 

I have also considered the possibility that you just want as much attention as possible and are jealous of the position John holds on the board. This stance gets you more feedback than you would otherwise get. This may be a subliminal motive. Isn’t there something else you want to do here just in case time travel is as real as you think it is?
I’ll take a fraudulent time traveler over an evangelist anyday.

Baa Baa
Lola

[Edited by Lola Montez on 03-01-2001 at 09:34 AM]

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-01-2001 09:58 AM

Lola,
Your last post smells like revenge to me. This must be for what I said to you last time. Sorry, but it was the truth. And people say I’m harsh and hostile. I think you just took that title away from me.

I don’t care about the attention, like I said before I can care less what others think about me. And I have no subliminal motive, because that would go against everything I stand for.

Since my birth I have gone through experiences that cannot be explained by psychologist. Ever see “The Sixth Sense.” Notice how angry he gets and writes those hateful words. Well maybe you wouldn’t think it’s so funny if you stand on the opposite end of something like that.

And as for me being jealous of John, that’s not likely. Why would I be jealous of a Time Traveler? I hate Time Travelers. And despite all his intelligence and fans, I still manage to out wit him now and then, and post questions that he can’t answer. I’m very happy being who I am . Even though the visions and manifestations get out of hand at times, I’m fortunate to have this life, a good family and friends.

Posted by John Titor on 03-01-2001 11:31 AM

BOB (from 18):

I must preface the following with a bit of melodrama. I feel a bit unqualified to answer the next few questions for the following reason. The way you and I look at life and death and its relative value is radically different. 

As any other soldier can tell you, once you watch a man’s arm come off from a bullet you just fired or have been close enough to feel someone’s last breath on your face, it changes you. 

I can only describe it in two distinct waves. The first feeling is power. You won when it counted and survived. All the personal shortcomings and faults you’ve carried with you your whole life just melt away in a savage euphoria. 

If there’s time to think about it, the next wave comes shortly after and is underlined by overwelming guilt. You just killed someone and now God might be ticked off. 

Fortunately, the second feeling goes away quickly when the shooting starts again and gets shorter and shorter after every battle. After all, why would God put you in this situation? 

The point is, I personally do not like going through that cycle and the decisions I make about life and death might not be the ones you would expect me to make.

((How come it doesn’t bother you that people may die through your inaction yet you find it “morally wrong” that you might affect lives by active involvement?))

I’m not sure I said it didn’t bother me, I only stated I won’t interfere on purpose. 

Again I refer to a historical example. Before Pearl Harbor was attacked in 1941, a small group of US soldiers were experimenting with a new technology called RADAR. As the Japanese planes were flying toward the island, they actually picked them up in time to thwart the surprise attack. 

Unfortunately, they were unfamiliar with the equipment and figured it wasn’t working correctly. As you are aware, the ruthlessness of the Japanese “sneak” attack galvanized the US people into entering WWII.

As a time traveler it would be easy for me to take a short hike up that hill where the RADAR operators were and point out to them that indeed the equipment was working just fine and they should probably call it in. 

Assuming they believed me, it is arguable that my lone single action could start a chain of events that would allow the US to meet the Japanese planes and stop them from attacking the battleships. As a result, the US people would still be angry but not motivated to enter the war fully since the Japanese were not a precieved threat. 

Thus, you don’t begin research on the atomic bomb until well after Hitler has already dropped a couple on London.

I could save thousands of men on the Arizona at the cost of millions in London. I just don’t know how one life will affect another. However, if I were standing next to a soldier who was about to be shot by a passing Japanese plane, I would push him to safety. I realize this is inconsistent on a small scale but I am tired of watching people die in front of me. If there is a price to pay for that than so be it.

((Isn’t it just as morally wrong to affect lives through inaction as it is through action? Hint: The answer is YES.))

Why are you concerned about what I might do to corrupt your world-line when you have no problem letting other people do it around you every day? Do you blame yourself for not taking any action right now to “save” people living on your streets or suffering from poverty and disease? Besides, how exactly would you propose I decide who to tell and who not to tell? (provided I knew anything at all).

((Your immediate decision, in itself, is its own authority.))

What God judges about my decision is the only authority. Again, all the things you claim I can do you are capable of also.

((If good and evil achieve a balance in the larger picture, as you suspect, and all life is “God” experiencing physical manifestation, the question of you being required to decide who lives or dies is moot.))

It’s not moot to me. To tell you the truth, I’m afraid. 

I don’t want the responsibility of being expected to know who lives and who dies. I know it would change me for the worse. 

Besides, how can you be sure my “inaction” now isn’t a result of something I’ve already screwed up and I’m trying to fix it? Javier might be right after all. Thanks for the good questions.

I am on Lola’s question at the top of 19.

Posted by Stephen McKay on 03-01-2001 05:23 PM

Javier,
I’ve been following this thread from the start, but only posted once or twice. I had a read of your site. Let me see if I can get this straight – It’s not so much that you don’t believe John is a Time Traveller, you just wish to uncover his secret agenda? I don’t mean to sound sarcastic, from what I read on your site you seem to believe in Time Travel, you’re just not a fan of it.

I’ll make sure that this is where you’re coming from before I comment on it…

Steve

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-01-2001 07:49 PM

Stephen, or do you prefer Steve?

Yes, I do strongly believe in time travel. And it’s not so much that I believe John is a time traveler as well, but yes I like uncovering people’s lies when they make grand accusations like that. So far, I have to say John is very clever. But personally I don’t like Time Travelers, so I can’t be like you or the rest and listen to him.

Basically like I said, I’m a paradox. My way of thinking may at times be inconsistent, but that’s how I have always been. It’s my curse. To believe in something, and experience it first hand, and to then shake it off and say it’s not real.

Sorta like a double personality, but not really. But I’m not crazy , I can however get really angry at times.

I guess I’m just following in the footsteps of my great great great great great great great great ancestor. I’m someone with conviction, just how he was. And if it weren’t for him, there would be no Mexico. Not that he was a good man, and not that he was a bad man either. He was a man with great conviction.

I try and do as I see morally right with my conviction. And I always choose integrity above all else.

Javier C.

Posted by Daniel Kirkbride on 03-01-2001 09:42 PM

Javier,
I am curious as to what drives you to so passionately need to “save” people from what they want. To over simplify things for the sake of brevity, some are following this thread in the pursuit of entertainment and their own curiosity, and others are willing to buy whatever snake oil is closest at hand to make their lives more interesting. 

Exploring possibilities and boundaries is both healthy and fun. On the occasion that it becomes unhealthy and obsessive, well that’s just natural selection. At least in this situation those more prone to get carried away are free to choose their own poison in whatever dose they see fit. You yourself being a perfect example. 

Besides, if everything john says is absolutely true, what harm has been done? Any changes in this particular world line are specific and inevitable and alterations are only alterations to those with the perspective of light cones dipped a couple of degrees off the beaten path. 

For those naturally in our specific world line the only change made is the change that was going to be made anyway. 

For john any change does not affect his own world line for the same reasons. The only change is in the degree of difference between these two lines, which is only evident from an outside perspective, but that variance is absolute. 

In short, it is possible to go back in time and kill you parents, but only by traveling to the world line where that is what happens. You can then decide out of remorse to go back and kill yourself to save your parents, but only by going to the world line where you do that. 

However this does not change the world line where you successfully commit parricide, because in that line they did die. Future and past within a specific world line is absolute. 

Time travel merely grants the traveler the unique ability to recognize variances between world lines. 

Therefore, any changes to our world line are actually not really changes, because our tomorrow will be what it is going to be and will not change when looking at it from the perspective of the day after tomorrow. So no matter how insidious or innocuous johns “secret agenda” is, he cannot affect any changes that he is not going to affect anyway. 

It’s a battle that can’t be won because in our future it already has or has not been. I know this all sounds a little convoluted, but the mathematics behind it all are actually rather simple. Which brings me to a question for John.

John,

I don’t mean to suggest that I accept any of what you claim, but I do have a technical question. 

Are the singularities in your machine supposed to be offsetting the light cones of particles within it’s sphere of influence allowing the world lines of these particles to appear to loop form the perspective of particles outside the effected area? 

I don’t mean to insult you by spelling out the obvious to you so basically, but that seems the most obvious need of a singularity. 

If so, how can you account for generating a gravity well deep enough to create such a disparity between light cones without sucking the planet through the eye of a needle? 

Also, this requires motion through the space immediately influenced by the mass, yet you claim travel is accomplished while the traveler is stationary. I look forward to your response….

Posted by Stephen McKay on 03-01-2001 10:02 PM

Javier,

Probably prefer Steve, but it doesn’t really bother me. As far as I can see John is not making accusations but claims. I also think it is important to uncover deception, but I’m not sure what makes you so sure that John is lying.

He may slip up, but he’s only human, as are we all. I just don’t think the point lies in whether or not John is from the future. He’s made his claim and unfortunately there is no proof either way. As much as you may believe it, I don’t think you can use his posts to disprove his claims, nor can they be used to prove them.

The point is that what he says is fascinating. Millions of people go to see psychics and fortune tellers, not because they believe they are seers and everything they say is true, but because they are curious. I think that is the same attitude of most people asking questions of John. If John did tell us of a company whose worth jumps drastically in the next few years, I honestly doubt that anyone on this thread would invest their savings in that company.

They’re not devoting their lives to John’s words, they’re just interested. As I said earlier, if John’s telling the truth, then we all get a sneak peek and preparation for the future; if not, then all we get is an entertaining story. If we read this thread in that light, then we have nothing to lose.

Steve

Posted by Michael E. Hendrickson on 03-01-2001 10:32 PM

Regarding your 2-21-01 comments on my first post,i.e.,

that I should view the video “Waco,The Rules Of Engagement” to get a better understanding and appreciation(I suppose)for federal law enforcement personnel acting criminally beyond the pale. And ,you asked rhetorically,( I may be paraphrasing somewhat) “if the allegations made in this piece were proven to be true, what would you hope would happen, nothing?”

My answer to that is that if these allegations were proven to be true I would not have hope, but rather every confidence that our criminal justice system would prosecute and convict whoever the criminal perpetrators turned out to be, whether federal cops, or otherwise(thereby obviating the need for citizen uprisings).

The ATF,followed by the FBI, clearly blundered at Waco, causing the needless deaths of some 80 of our citizenry. However, to charge these federal officers with criminal violations of the law either directly or
impliedly as is done in this video, simply doesn’t accord with the real facts. Actually, there’s some evidence now to suggest that not only the FBI, but other federal as well as state and local law enforcement agencies have learned something from the Waco tragedy, and will take great care not to repeat it.

[Really? Such an optimist. - Metallicman.]

This, of course, goes directly against your predicted scenario for the next 11 years, which posits a series of Waco type events crescendoing ,finally, in a full blown civil war, with honest citizenry from the heartland (with shotguns, I suppose) battling the evil forces of our federal government

Baloney! This is the typical paranoid militiaman mentality which manifests itself often in your writings,in references to federal policemen conducting illegal searches and engaging in other depredations against innocent citizens. I guess all these things happen after our Constitution is suspended, and our republlican form of democratic government, now 225 years old, all comes crashing down in less than a dozen years, under your projected scenario. More nonsense.

Perhaps, your mentor and guide is that goofball from West Virginia (I can’t recall his name)who has written and sold a militiaman’s manual of sorts,and which I think makes many of the same kinds of predictions which you have been making. I know that I previously wrote that I thought,
perhaps, the inspiration for your story of our near future was a science fiction novel. However, now that I’ve given the matter some further thought,I beleve a good part of it may come from this militiaman’s manual. MH

[Edited by Michael E. Hendrickson on 03-01-2001 at 11:11 PM]

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-01-2001 11:43 PM

I can save you all a bunch of rhetoric. It’s a matter of principal that drives me.

I don’t believe John is a Time Traveler. It’s the principal behind it all that motivates me to question him though. It’s what makes my blood boil; it’s my outlet to speak out. And like I said before, maybe if you’ve gone through what I have, you’d also want to protest Time Travel.

Time Travel = Exploitation

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-01-2001 11:45 PM

I’ll be gone soon. I really do not have time for this. 

First of all, to Rick, everyone wants to protect their family. The reason I can not buy into this is: if John is making up a story, it is a very wrong thing to do. 

The interests of the day are the same ones from back in the ’50s. 

People were building bomb shelters, and by the 1960’s, I was there, everyone thought that no one would survive a nuclear war. It is self-evident. 

The US alone has more nuclear weapons that would blow up this Planet a 100 times over. I had 32 nuclear missiles aimed at me every second of every minute of every hour of every day for the thirty years this Cold War was going on. 

By the 1970’s smiling Pres. Jimmy Carter said, “Its MAD”, Mutual Assured Destruction. If we are to have a War, we will not stop until everything is utterly completely destroyed for we can not win a Nuclear War. 

Carl Sagan came out in the 1980’s and said if too many nuclear missiles are released in even a limited nuclear war that it would cause a nuclear winter. If anyone survived, there would be no food, and like in the past when the dinasours disappeared, humans would just die off. No one wins in a Nuclear War. 

In the 1980’s Pres. Reagan said exactly that, “If you launch, we launch, if we launch, you launch”. “NO ONE WINS”. Everyone dies. We will start Star Wars, to protect ourselves. 

Of course Star Wars the movie was out in 1980 and told us about something new, a new way of looking at things, yes, the Force. Use the Force. What do you think people have been doing? It commonly referred to as a Relaxation Response Method. 

You block out negative thoughts coming into your head, by conscious effort, and say something like “Cancel, cancel.” 

This takes practice and effort to reprogram your brain. What we have now in the US is people who do not know these techniques. We have been doing this since about 1985. Star Wars Reagan began a process that nuclear weapons would be reduced. 

Now in the 1990’s, Saddem was not going to get by with his “Naked Agression” and thats exactly what Pres. Bush meant. 

Now Pres. Clinton signed an Accidental Nuclear Release Treaty with Pres. Boris Yelstein. If terrorists get ahold of a nuclear device, we will call first, to avoid an all out exchange of nuclear missiles. 

Some in the US, as some in Russia, think a Nuclear War is winable, IT IS NOT. 

This has been proven time and time again. 

Yet minor countries like North Korea or major countries like China or India or Pakistan want to continue on with developing longer ranged nuclear missiles. They already have them. 

The point is the SDI defense, making nuclear missiles obsolete. How? That’s easy. It’s still the same with the US. We have more nuclear weapons than Russia. If anyone launches a all out War, the US will literally destroy this entire Planet. AND WE MEAN IT. 

We have lived it, so when someone comes and says I am from the future, and there is a Nuclear War and a Civil War, I say “Bull”. 

Every country in this world knows that the US will destroy this entire Planet if it needs too. There will not be a limited Nuclear War in my estimation. 

Having all lived through this 50 years of crap, makes us not be interested by annoying people claiming this or that after having a Cold War with Russian leaders. We are not amused at this type of behavior. 

This will not cause a Civil War, or a Nuclear War, got it.

[Oh so very sure. So very sure. Well, the year is 2018, and look at who is in charge of America. - Metallicman.]

Our rulers
Here are the people who operate the enormous buracracy in the United States. You know, the ones that say one things and do the other. John Brennan. James Clapper, and their ilk.

Posted by John Titor on 03-02-2001 05:46 AM

DANIEL:

((Are the singularities in your machine supposed to be offsetting the light cones of particles within it’s sphere of influence allowing the world lines of these particles to appear to loop form the perspective of particles outside the effected area?))

No, that’s not how it works. 

The singularities are used to manipulate gravity around the observer. 

The singularities do not interact with any matter except the electrons that are injected onto its event horizon. 

The hazardous areas of gravity are quite small and exist only around the inner singularity ring and another area created in the gravity sinusoid outside the vehicle.

((I don’t mean to insult you by spelling out the obvious to you so basically, but that seems the most obvious need of a singularity.))

No insult taken. 

I would imagine we both agree that standing behind an operating jet engine is an unhealthy thing to do also.

((If so, how can you account for generating a gravity well deep enough to create such a disparity between light cones without sucking the planet through the eye of a needle?))

The gravity well created by the singularities is not that large. 

The portion of the field that is felt by the operator is about the equivalent of 2 Gs. 

I would urge you to examine a Penrose diagram for a Kerr black hole. 

As you are probably aware, the singularity is donut shaped and exhibits two event horizons. 

The singularities are used to “simulate” a path through the center of one of these singularities which is what takes the observer to an alternate worldline. 

Earlier in the thread I did go into this in a bit more detail.

((Also, this requires motion through the space immediately influenced by the mass, yet you claim travel is accomplished while the traveler is stationary.))

The unit must be stationary during operation due to the sensitivity of the gravity sensors. Any motion with an acceleration component would throw the gravity measurement from the singularities off.

Posted by Joe Applebaum on 03-02-2001 06:12 AM

I’m new and I didn’t get a chance to read every post up to this point, so I’m sorry if my questions are repeats.

1. Could you explain your theory about world-lines? Are there infinite world-lines? Are all world-lines separate or connected to each other in some way?

2. Where did you attend High school and what year did you graduate? Was it difficult?

3. What college did you attend, what year did you graduate? Would you estimate that your college life was similar to ours in our world-line?

4. Hypothetically: If you fell in love with someone here (lets say Pamela) and you took her “back to the future” with you in your timex machine, wouldn’t that act upset both of our world-lines especially if she were pregnant? Or all of the world-lines,assuming time travel is possible? Conversely, If you were gay and you took a gay man back with you, would that disrupt the world-lines less, assuming the both you could not bear offspring.

5. Have you had a chance to watch a movie here that you had already seen in your 2036 word-line? If so, did they have the same endings?

Thank You, looking forward to your replies.

Posted by Bob Marz on 03-02-2001 06:45 AM

John: Thanks for your response. 

I understand the dilemma and paradoxes involved in the moral questions. I’m still not convinced, though, that of the two basic choices of involvement/non-involvement when faced with an immediate moral dilemma, you find inaction okay but action (active intervention) suspect. I don’t see why you don’t regard them equally.

Example: I’m at a blind intersection and I see a bus barreling down on a man who’s crossing the street. Would God condone me staying out of it because I feared the moral ramifications of the myriad future scenarios? 

This kind of second-guessing would prevent any immediate action. 

Lifeguards, firemen and cops would be rendered obsolete. With such a standard I could leave a kitten up a tree, a wandering child outside on a cold night, a blind woman headfirst in a snowbank, on and on, because I really don’t know what affect these living beings will have on future events.

How can a God expect you to be omniscient, that’s His job. Since you’re not omniscient you’re not responsible, which is what I meant by “moot.”
There are an infinite amount of variables. Therefore the Pearl Harbor scenario is ambiguous. You don’t know that involvement of a time-traveler would prevent a nation’s motivation. Or that it wouldn’t. Or that your inaction is any more moral than involvement.

What concerns me is that your reasoning endorses any sort of non-involvement in day-to-day events – yes, even cowardice. All the lives that Schindler saved, for example? He should have simply stayed out of it because one of their descendants might someday become a second Hitler? I’m sure those he saved would have a different opinion.

I need to think about this more.

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-02-2001 08:01 AM

Javier: [Well Rick, you seem to have a passionate belief in something as well. Yet you blame me for having the same zest. You accuse me of being harsh; yeah maybe I was just a tad. But you call these people who want to take away the second amendment “nuts,” how do you think they will feel about you saying that? So I see it as something one in the same. ]

Javier, I do have a passionate belief in something – the Constitution. But, you misunderstand a bit. I’m not BLAMING anyone for anything. Let me see if I can say this simply… we all want to learn something. 

By you (or anyone) denying outright the existence of something – or attacking it directly as a “bad thing” without listening to both sides, you deny the chance for observation, and therefore, learning. 

Nothing against your methods, but, to put the problem into the perspective that “this is simply wrong” without back up justification for it being wrong – other than your own perception (which some of us might not understand) makes it hard for anyone to follow the story. 

I just have a problem with anyone lumping EVERYONE that doesn’t have the same beliefs as that person (doing the ‘lumping’), in the same category.

As for your example of my calling the anti-gun people “nuts” – it isn’t the same thing. 

We do not know the “history of time travel” but we DO know the history of Europe and America and that many, many times history has shown that tyrants take arms from the people to keep themselves in power. 

This has been repeated over and over throughout history. 

Our history, our time line. 

So, I could care less if they are “upset” by me calling them nuts. They are, plain and simple, ignorant people who do not know or understand their own history – and who use emotionalism to take something away. They are wrong and by my defination they are nuts. 

You are calling everyone sheep who are going along with the story line here, because they are curious, wish to learn, understand or perhaps even believe that there is some truth to the story. There is nothing wrong with someone following along or playing along with the story, it certainly does not make them sheep.

The difference is, we do not know for certain Time Travelers can affect the world time line of ourselves. 

If they can and do, we WOULDN’T KNOW IT! If, as in John’s example, he goes up the hill and helps the Radar folks (and I’m very familiar with not only this particular story, I’m familiar with various historical changes that MIGHT HAVE HAPPENED because I’ve written a paper on that VERY subject many years ago in college) – then there might have been changes that would have prevented us from entering the war, developing the bomb before Hitler and perhaps we would all be speaking German today. 

So if that happened because of a time traveler… would we know it? How do we know that someone DIDN’T interfere already ALLOWING US TO WIN THE WAR? We do not know this.

Michael E. Hendrickson: Just a couple quick comments, because I am not sure I understand where you’re coming from. Apparently you have a problem with “militia” people. 

I’ll tell you this from my point of view, with 26 years of military and goverment service, having sworn to protect and defend the Constitution. I have been on both sides of this fence. 

The Constitution is first. Before anything else. 

Militia people – those who fancy themselves as protectors of the Constitution – are. They are very keen on what is going on in the world today. They will be backed up by military members should a “civil war” ever occur in this country. 

The military will protect the Constitution first. 

You see, the government is by, of and for the people – meaning that people run it. People are part of this country and people are corruptable, regardless of your belief that they aren’t.

In the past six months, several illegal raids by the BATF have occurred in Mesa, Arizon. 

I will give you the opportunity to look up the information yourself, because you won’t find it in the normal media. But you will find that people like the Right to Keep and Bear Arms organizations have been tracking these things. 

So, the government, run by people who make mistakes DO MAKE MISTAKES. And they need to get their act together before a lot more people become aware of their mistakes. 

I don’t care if you’re anti-gun or not, that’s fine. But if you are (not you personally, but “you” in the generic sense) then you are unaware of the GOOD that guns can do – or simply do not care (this is not directed at you Michael, but the general anti-gun people who say things similar to what you did).

And for the record – just because you’re paranoid, it doesn’t mean people ARE NOT OUT TO GET YOU! Remember that. A little paranoia goes a long way to keeping people honest. That is a fact. In my current position, if I WEREN’T paranoid, I couldn’t get my job done!!!!!!!!!!!!

Albert Cattoir: Albert, I’m not sure if you were trying to teach me something or not. You didn’t tell me anything I did not already know and understand. 

Let me tell you something… I have lived in Detroit Michigan, Oklahoma City, Washington, DC and Colorado Springs – among other places. All of those places had dozens of nuclear warheads pointed at them during the cold war. Some STILL have nukes aimed at them (specifically where I live now, at NORAD. So, like you I’ve lived under that shroud as well.

I was there with Reagan and Bush. 

I wear a belt buckle George H. W. Bush gave me just prior to his inaguration – not that it has bearing on this conversation, but it shows at least to me and my family that I’ve been there through some of the most important moments of history in the 20th century. 

I was there when the wall fell. 

I was there when the Iranian rescue mission failed. 

I was there, and shot at several times, during the contra days in the late ’70s. 

I understand and fully aggree with the old SDI projects, and now NMD. That’s my job… I want it to succeed and work. I would love nothing more than to see nuclear weapons become an obselete, even archane and useless weapon.

So, please do not assume that because you were there, the rest of us were not. As to your last comments….

[There will not be a limited Nuclear War in my estimation. Having all lived through this 50 years of crap, makes us not be interested by annoying people claiming this or that after having a Cold War with Russian leaders. We are not amused at this type of behavior. This will not cause a Civil War, or a Nuclear War, got it.]

In your estimation – opinion, there will not. 

In MY estimation – it CAN happen and will if the opportunity presents itself to those who wish to see American fall.

Denial, however, is a symptom from which we all suffer from time to time. We do not want to see bad things come to pass and therefore deny it can possibly happen. 

Civil war can be caused by many things. 

In our country – a place considered by us Americans to be the best place in the world to live, it hasn’t happened since the 1870s… a barbaric time in history. 

Now, we believe we are above that. 

I hope we are. However, look around you. Examine the distrust people have for a growingly powerful government that can arrest you for even THINKING bad thoughts today. 

The so-called “Hate Crimes” bills they keep trying to pass are a good example. 

Who cares what you and I think about each other, or someone else? Only those who feel “threatened” by our thoughts. Why should I bow down to someone who believes I SHOULD NOT THINK A CERTAIN WAY? 

Civil war is not only POSSIBLE in this country, if trends in social behavior continue, and government continues to grow at an exponential rate, taking more and more of YOUR MONEY then more and more people will become dissatisfied.

Limited nuclear war is NOT impossible and under some circumstances, very probable. 

You seem to forget that our national policy is to use nuclear weapons if attacked by anyone with any weapons of mass destruction. That is, if some city in the US, or military personnel (or embassy) were attacked with nuclear, biological or chemical weapons, our response would be swift, and severe. 

A nuclear strike on the perpetrators WILL happen. 

At that point it becomes a limited nuclear war. (If something I saw yesterday has any truth, then we were so close to a nuclear war during the Kursk incident, you people will pee your pants!)

John’s being on this forum and making the claims he makes points out that there are indeed social problems today with which we all live. Those social problems, indeed the world problems we observe all around us from Israel to Russia, from Central America to Washington DC show that we live in an unstable world, in the 21st Century. 

Our actions – those actions of individuals – touch the lives of many, many others around us. People we know and do not know will be touched by one thing you do today.

If John is a time traveler, out of his own time line, then he exists here today because of something some scientists did some time ago, just as some people, perhaps entire families DO NOT EXIST TODAY because of the actions of some other scientists in 1945 at the Trinity site in New Mexico.

Today might be the day that a new Einstein is born, or dies due to an accident. Today might be they day aliens land and make first contact. I doubt that any of these things will happen, but that doesn’t make it impossible. Keeping our minds open to the possibilities of WHAT MIGHT BE only helps us to prevent the evil things that might befall the human race. 

To deny that evil can happen, denies good the chance to defend itself.

Posted by John Titor on 03-02-2001 08:07 AM

I plan to address the previous questions in more detail but I thought this was interesting and might add something.

Lola States: ((I postulate that you actually do not have any more of an advantage or responsibility than the person who grabs someone who is about to step off the curb and get hit by a bus. I would not stop and think ‘gee, I don’t know, do they deserve to be saved from the fate of a roadkill?’ A doctor or priest does not take it upon himself to decide who should be helped. A jet pilot doesn’t stop to think “Hey, air travel is pretty unnatural, these people should have to walk and row their way to Paris. I am messing with the way time and space is perceived and the nature of reality with this form of transportation.” Time travel is just another form of transportation in one sense. Our possible new ability to time travel in the future may not seem any more exotic than our ability to access other cultures is now.))

I agree with this also.

((Why is it different than using a jet to go to a primitive tribe and give them, say, antiobiotics. (never mind the problems with antibiotics)It is a high tech way of interfering with a culture. Who cares what time zone. Ethically isn’t it the same?))

JIM:

(( Are you posting on other (non time travel related) boards without revealing your status as a time traveler? Is the conversation as interesting? What are your conclusions so far?))

Not really, there are a number of science rooms and other chats I do visit and just sit and watch. 

I have discovered that people who frequent this board and some others have the most open and creative minds. 

I realize no one actually believes me but they are still able to look past that and ask some very important and interesting questions.

CRAIG:

((… are, or were, you in contact with TTs in 2036, and if so, what percentage of the people accept it as possible? After the flight of the Wright Brothers at Kitty Hawk, it took 10 plus years for people to accept it as anything more than just an urban myth.))

The general public was informed about time travel around 2034. 

Yes, I have had conversations with other time travelers on my home worldline. 

Your insight on the public is more or less correct. I would say 60% of the people realize what it is and the possible implications, 20% of the people don’t care, 10% don’t believe it and another 10% see it as something that should be banned and stopped.

DOUG:

((Likewise, imagine if a time traveler from the future came to this time period and told us the secret of time travel.))

Yes, imagine that. Do you think that would be a good thing or a bad thing?

RICK:

((John – commercials. They are ignorant commercials. In fact, almost every commercial on television these days are either totally stupid (so they come out funny), or they are aimed at people whose humor suffers from being “in the black” a lot. Black humor seems to be the way things go these days. I don’t much care for it.))

Back in the 50s and 60s, television commercials were pretty straightforward. Usually along the lines of, “Cheese! It’s good! Buy cheese.” 

In the 70s, there was more identification with a producer or trademark but the commercials were still pretty easy to understand. “Buy this beer, it tastes great!” 

Today, I have no idea what some commercials are advertising until they show the logo at the end. Do you find this more effective? 

Only recently have I seen this move toward dark humor. I’ve never seen anything like it before, even in “your” archives in 2036.

FLIP top of 20

Posted by Lola Montez on 03-02-2001 12:01 PM

Rick,

Your post brought to mind a conversation I had with a woman from Yugoslavia several years ago just a few months before the war started there. She was very adamant that there could be no real civil strife. Everyone got along very well, there were mixed marriages, mixed neighborhoods and in general everyone and everything was very civilized.

Not a year later they were in a full civil war and doing unimaginable things to one another.

This woman was a University philosophy professor who had spent her entire life in Yugoslavia.

As you say, anything can happen.

People are the same EVERYWHERE. It is foolish to imagine that things that happen in Cambodia, Yugoslavia, Africa and have happened here are now no longer possible because we are now so evolved and civilized. 

History has the most important lessons for us yet we are unable to learn from them (or maybe it is truly impossible for us to change). But one thing is for sure-History repeats itself.

Lola

At that comment, I would like to post a comment that I found on Free Republic on 4DEC18. Ths comment is in regards to  the huge number of non-citizens that get free benefits in America and the fact that Americans themselves cannot qualify for those benefits.

The U.S. is like a sick animal covered with ticks.

-10 posted on 12/4/2018, 6:43:13 AM by SpaceBar

Civilizations, nations and people all follow a natural process of birth, growth, stagnation and decay.

Meanwhile, back to the the archives…

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-02-2001 01:13 PM

Lola… you’re right, and I think you said what I was trying to say in a short note. Thanks.

In America, we look around us and see a civilized society – where gangs, criminals and hoodlums carry guns illegally every day, and USE THEM – but law-abiding, non-violent people are denied the ease of obtaining or carrying weapons with which to defend themselves.

Obviously, this is not everywhere. I think 37 states now have Right to Carry laws now. Colorado, where I live has limited issue licenses for concealed weapons.

The point here is that LITTLE things like this challenge us every day. People somehow feel that “a new law” will fix a problem, when really, only common sense – and an understanding of previous laws would really fix the problem. I bring the weapons situation up, because it is a daily concern in my life, as well as the lives of many around me. It is a “hot button” issue for a LOT of people. You either want gun control or you want no gun control.

There are those who want to be in the middle (like a certain Congressman who hears from me weekly anymore) and concern yourself with “common sense gun laws” – which still ban guns to some extent.

These hot button issues cause people to get upset and DO SOMETHING about the situation. Sometimes one side takes it futher than the other side, which then escalates the situation.

No… there is no reason to believe that we will never have another civil war in this country, and there is definately no reason to believe there will never be a nuclear strike on ourselves or another country. Whether or not either of these scenarios would be survivalable is debatable but moot – since the possibilities exist that civil war, and/or nuclear war (whether limited or all-out) still exist.

The American or Western culture to which most of us posting here belong, are different in some ways than other countries. But, we are all still human. Humans make mistakes, misinterpert information, and humans simply in large numbers have differences of opinions. Humans… kill their own kind too.

Sorry for getting a bit off topic, but I’m still stuck on the Time Traveler Predictions John has given us. While John might not be a real time traveler, I can see merit in his statements.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-02-2001 01:29 PM

Don’t get me wrong. I like the topic of time travel. 

Its been known that every civilization that has had something new given to them, say antibiotics, new medicine, or a new belief, has been known to eventually destroy themselves. 

The same way if we ever met a alien not from our Planet. 

This supposedly has happen, so has time travel. So, the end result is because we were exposed to this, this civilization as we know it, destroys itself. The same question in a form is still asked today:

If a human walks outside and there is a dark cloud overhead, the human says “I think I will grab an umbrella, it may rain”. 

The other human walking outside with the first human, says “You will not need an umbrella, if no human exists, then no human will know that there was a dark cloud overhead.” 

Which type of human are you, either one or both, or most important, to answer to yourself, why? 

If we think that humanity will destroy itself, then maybe our prophecy will fulfill itself, if we think the other way, then John may be already be in an alternate reality in a parallel universe in which case, the future as he knows it never happens. 

It reminds me of the show with Jonathan Burke about the book, “Connections”.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-02-2001 03:11 PM

Typing of “Connections”:
How can John assume that as dangerous humans on this Planet, we won’t kart off his 500lbs. time machine, so we develop time travel by the year 2036?
How can anyone go to jail for stealing a toy that was made in the future?
Do not worry, John, we will help get you back to your own reality and own real parallel Universe, so you can travel back in time by the year 2036. 

You may have to go through a few alternate realities and parallel Universes, but you will get back to the future.

Any second of any minute of any hour of any day before you leave, we may interfere with your plans?

Do we fulfill any future prophecy by doing this, afterall we assume that we really are dangerous humans on this Planet?

I do not assume that it will be me who does this, it may be someone else, who can tell?

Posted by John Titor on 03-02-2001 03:14 PM

FLIP:

((Is spiritual awakening a difficult process; if yes, then why is it so difficult, and are we all capable of it?))

Personally, I believe spiritual awakening is difficult. Why? I think God wants us back but the road we have to haul is no picnic. Maybe he’s a little angry for some reason.

I think the world is seductively clever in its presentation. “It” wants us to stay here and it distracts us from God by creating want, greed and four or five other motivations. Our goal should be to; yes, have faith and do good deeds but also look past that and have the wisdom and knowledge to realize that this place, this world, this universe is not really our home. The question I ask myself is not can I get to God, it’s am I prepared for what will it be like when I get there.

RANDY:

((There are plenty of great mysteries, but if your only aim its to ‘get to God’, it is not necessary to solve them.))

I mean mysteries not of this world. For example: I suspect that the final thing we will have to give up to get to God is our free will. Do you think many people will be standing at the pearly gates saying “yes” to that one if they had a choice to come back here?

[It's statements like this that puts me in the pro-John Titor is a "time traveler" column. -Metallicman]

((What do you see for the future of TT in your world-line?))

That’s a good question. 

I am hopeful that one day when we get the planet cleaned up it will be a nice place to live on again and no one will want to leave it. On the other hand, if time travel were commonplace right now, I think a great many people would leave and perhaps never return. 

There is also a suggestion that time travel might make an interesting punishment. 

However, I don’t think we have the right to force criminals on unsuspecting worldlines and sending them to the Stone Age might be a bit much.

All our yesterdays
“All Our Yesterdays” is a third season (and the penultimate) episode of the American science fiction television series Star Trek, first broadcast March 14, 1969, and repeated on August 5, 1969. It is episode #78, production #78. In this scene McCoy and Spock are saved by Zarabeth, a beautiful woman who takes them to a sheltered cave. As McCoy recovers from severe exposure, Zarabeth explains to Spock that she too is from Sarpeidon’s future, but a tyrant banished her to this era after some of her relatives were implicated in an assassination plot.

JEANETTE:

((I had met someone, a year or so ago, who said he was from the year 2036 also. He said something happened to make this travel all the more possible. He gave me some details, I wonder if they are the same as yours.))

Although not impossible, I doubt there is another time traveler here from 2036. 

I have been chatting on and off for quite a while and in other chatrooms. 

I have also seen and heard about other people who have taken a creative license with some of the things I’ve said and posted. It might have been me but I’ve never heard of the DNE.

RICHARD

((John,thank you for sharing,I find this fasinating.wanted to ask, has California,had”the Big” earthquake,in your time and has any of the north Coast disappeared?..also, I really do wish that you could be a guest on Art’s show,I am sure it would be enjoyable…thanks again…..Richard.))

The big one? As you are experiencing now, there are earthquakes, storms and other unfortunate surprises from Mother Nature that have impacts on your society and future history. That is one reason I won’t go into detail. 

However, don’t worry too much about major portions of coastline slipping under water.

I do enjoy Art’s show very much and I must admit I’ve been surprised more than once by some of the things I’ve heard. 

I’ve seen reference to other “time travelers” that Art has spoken with and I realize his credibility (and ability to have an entertaining program) is at stake when he talks to someone making such extreme claims. As you all know, I think skepticism is good.

I enjoy talking to you too. Thanks for the enlightenment.

CRAIG on page 20:

Posted by Barbara Clements on 03-02-2001 07:51 PM

John, all kidding aside, an extremely important thing; do they ever get around to making any new Aeon Flux episodes?

Posted by Lynne Lynch on 03-02-2001 07:57 PM

Just a couple of questions for you,
1. Can you say if the Geon will be ever be revealed at all in the future?
2. What do Guinea Pigs eat in your time frame?

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-03-2001 12:07 PM

Smile

John,
I was thinking about what you wrote here in your previous thread:

 “”…There is also a suggestion that time travel might make an interesting punishment. However, I don’t think we have the right to force criminals on unsuspecting worldlines and sending them to the Stone Age might be a bit much. “”

Whoa! now there is a thought.
putting criminals back in time for punishment.
What if you put a repeat offender rapist back in the stoneage, or even further….before man.

And he started mating with everything he could find.
His first target would probably be the apes since there would be no other humans around.

He might even create a half-ape/half-man being.
Which might alter entire belief systems when they dug up the bones later. Leading people to believe we came from apes.
How’s that for creative thinking???? hahaha

What if he left footprints? or worse yet…a shoe print?
Putting angry criminals back in time is probably not a good idea. could you imagine the consequences??

hmmmm, I think I know what you mean now by no absolute truths when dealing with time travel….things could always change.

sincerely,
pamela

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-03-2001 03:12 PM

Okay, the US has social problems. Every country does, including Russia.

Its not a debate to be that War in any form can be avoided. Let’s take the scenarios that John lays out. 

A Civil War needs a leader first. 

How is this done? By groups hanging out in the invisible. Maybe. The Congress and President drafts everyone it can, the military takes over at first, marshall law can be declared. 

What happens, leaders take over, and the President is still left free to perform other duties like monitering Russia. 

Russia supposedly attacks. 

How limited is the nuclear war. 

First it must be defined. Any kind of debate concludes that you are assuming that some form of life exists when it is all over. How many missiles is limited? 150 missiles. How many get through? Einstein used a thought experiment, or imagined relativity. We shoot most of the missiles down, so does Russia, China does not. 

Little wars start all over the World. North and South Korea, India and Pakistan. Use nuclear missiles. 

The US may bomb Iraq. Now how many missiles are flying totally. Over 500 about. That may be just enough to end life on this Planet. The oceans heat up, the water recedes from ultraviolet radiation from the Sun. The Polar Caps start melting, the oceans go up. The magnetic pole of the Earth shifts, it goes too far. The Earth starts moving off it spin axis, resulting in more destruction. Earthquakes now take place, the atmosphere depletes letting water vapor out into space. The land starts going under the water level. Animals turn on humans.

Elephants drop over, trample things. On and on, all because humans could not imagine what the result would be of even a limited nuclear war. Would humans survive this? I do not want to find out. 

There’s seem to be an emotion about having a limited nuclear war, that humans would survive, it still takes thought processes. Whatever they are feeling for that emotion is nothing that I want to be around. I am not their slave. The result, life ends even if it takes just a little longer.

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-03-2001 09:35 PM

Pamela,

Banishing criminals to the past – an interesting thought.

I’m glad that there seems to be no evidence that that has happened. As it happens, “criminals” are my business and have been so for the past thirty-three years.

I’d have some very strong objections to sending them into the Stoneage (or any other prior age for that matter). As it happens, there truly isn’t a strong correlation between low intelligence and criminal behavior. Criminals tend to be less educated but do possess at least average intelligence. 

If we were to send them into the past we’d create a timeline where “modern” ingenuity and “modern” man appear in (circa) 10,000 BC…thus no Stoneage. 

Even with a limited education the banished would introduce the technical skills of their chosen trades into that age (criminals really do have work skills – even skills that qualify as “expert” by our standards.) It gets worse if you send them into a “pre-human” era. By fiat you have re-defined “pre-human” to exclude that period from being “pre-human.”

OT area:

I still see no practical applicability for time travel to our experience. 

If it turns out that string or bubble theory is true then time travel is possible – but the “place” traveled to has no connection to our reality. And a successful return trip from another bubble or string is tenuous at best. One would have no way of verifying that the timeline to which they returned was the same timeline from which they left. 

If it turns out that there is but one unified timeline, then any meddling with the past (i.e. time traveling) ends causality on the timeline from the instant of the Big Bang and renders the timeline untenable – that is, it precludes the formation of our universe. (The reason for positing that causality ends at the instant of the Big Bang is the result of contamination. 

If time travel is possible in a non-string/bubble reality then the time line has the entirity of eternity for time travelers to contaminate the whole of the time line. 

Causality fails at all instants on the time line and it collapses before it forms. A macro-singularity of mass-energy & space-time, as it were.)

Frankly, I’m probably no different than anyone else who logs onto the Time Travel threads. Thinking about, fantasizing about and pondering the significance of time travel is fascinating. This facet of modern theoretical physics and philosophy is the cutting edge of critical thought.

I suppose that time travel is so fascinating for me because everyone who poses an opinion is potentially correct – without exclusion. If time travel can be accomplished then it will be accomplished. Because our timeline appears to be one where cause and effect are directly related then it would appear that string-bubble reality is proved in that context. Our four dimensional view of reality is one (of an infinite array of possibilities) where cause precedes effect. That may not be true of other timelines.

[One of the on-going themes in this "time travel" business is the blank assumption that we all share the same reality; that there is one "world-line" that we all occupy, and from time to time, a person travels from it. In reality, there are multiple realities, and one reality per consciousness. When you look at everything from that point of view all these arguments against time travel collapse. -Metallicman.]

Posted by Bob Marz on 03-04-2001 06:51 AM

RE: Getting back to one’s own time

I assume as we get to the final touches of engineering time travel we will devise a system to ensure a return trip. Analogous to bringing along a ball of twine and letting it out, or, as Hansel and Gretal did, drop breadcrumbs along the way to follow back, or, as spelunkers do sometimes, tie down an anchor point and explore on the tether.

There will have to be a fixed starting point that the electronics can follow back. Or some sort of electronic marker or “fix” will be referenced before the trip starts. This means, of course, more sophisticated computers than that old IBM box that John uses (or gear that works in conjunction with it).

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-04-2001 02:54 PM

Thumbs up

Got a message back from Doc. John’s images are back up.

He said he did some study on the problem, and it seems that Geocities is blocking links from other servers that attempt to access their database.
He said he put tto’s images on his comteck server for right now until he can find another one. The pics work on the forum now despite interferance from geocities.

magisystemstimelordsanonymus

I knew Doc would find a way! hurray DOC!

sincerely,
pamela

[Edited by Mary Rowland on 03-05-2001 at 12:07 AM]

Posted by E. Robert Gonzalez on 03-04-2001 03:35 PM

Question

I have been a temporal researcher for at least two years now and mostly studied radionic forms of time travel. I personally have not yet used one of the devices but have heard stories and evidence leading me to think they work. 

I was also wondering if you have heard of any of the radionic and Steven Gibbs devices. 

I have had a possible encounter with my future self that I can only characterize as being very strange. He knew all my most personal thoughts and convinced me over a period of about a year that he was me or atleast someone who knew me very well. 

Apparently he came from an alternate time line like you, and his motive seemed more like an informational one to me. It appears at some point in time I might time travel although I’m not sure. 

What he told me somewhat corresponds to what you say and that’s what scares me. 

[Yikes! - Metallicman.]

I was hoping maybe it was just a future in another universe much different from ours and that my future would be some what peaceful and good to live in. 

I now see a picture of a world that is war torn and hard to live in. At first I was skeptical and then accepted you as being a true time traveler with all the evidence and stories you put forth. I hope to maybe send a comment to my future self and ask a couple of questions. 

I would like to tell my future self this message: “Never forget Echelon Group and the ones you love you most, keep strong and don’t give up.” 

If his time line is anything like mine, he’ll know what I mean. It’s just something to keep his spirits up. 

Now for some questions, is it possible that I somehow help any areas of time travel or get noticed in the future (Maybe recognize my name)? Do most of the people of that time die out, especially ones that currently have health problems? 

Is it possible that sometime in your future or in your present time that time travel will be common place? 

Have any of the scientists of your time discovered any new planets, possibly ones with life? 

Has the bandwidth of the internet increased greatly? And finally, one last question…how did Texas fare during the war (If you can answer)? 

Thanks for your time…I hope maybe I can e-mail you or maybe I can e-mail you some how and talk for awhile.

[Edited by E. Robert Gonzalez on 03-04-2001 at 03:41 PM]

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 03-04-2001 03:44 PM

– – – “Craig on Page 20” ….What comes after that??? LOL

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-05-2001 02:02 AM

E. Robert Gonzalez,

I take it by your last name that your Spanish, am I right? I noticed from your post that you believe John’s claims, that he’s actually a bona-fined Time Traveler. You know, once I asked John a very similar question to the one you just asked him. “Am I deeply involved in a Time Travel project?” Knowing already the answer to that question, he answered me by saying that he didn’t know me. And that if he did, he wouldn’t tell me.

To everyone:

I just wanted to emphasis to the whole public viewing these posts that John still has not made it clear what his secret agenda is. To allow our minds to accept what he says to be true, we accept the very immorality of his secret agenda, whatever it may be.

He is a Time Traveler, most of you people believe. Do most of you also believe that he is sincere in everything he says? Yet you forget that he said he would take people back with him.

I know that some of you wanted to volunteer. Yet John lied, and now your faith in him is still strong, adjusting accordingly to keep his ideals true. Why am I the only one bringing this up, questioning him? Maybe because I don’t believe him, and because I won’t be disappointed like some of you if I find out he isn’t a Time Traveler. Reminds me of the Heaven’s Gate movement all over again.

That’s pathetic isn’t it? I know that some of you want to admit it; you’re in the closet, thinking it over. Whether he truly is, or isn’t. You still have that doubt that refuses to answer. You have a voice… don’t be afraid of using it and taking leadership.

Somebody has to be on the opposing side, am I to believe that I am the only one?

John has many followers on his side; there is no doubt about that. But do you know what you are actually following?

He has put his younger self in danger of someday being found out and exploited by our government. He has exploited the opportunity of using the past to rowdy up events for some secret agenda he claims to have. Saying he will video tape his departure, completely irresponsible of its repercussions. Just to name a few.

The choice is ours people; our future is what we want it to be. Do most of you want a future where Time Travel is a way of life? I know I don’t, because how would you feel knowing that your life is not yours to dictate, but mainly what the future wants it to be.

I wouldn’t dare think of exploiting the past, to benefit in some event in the future. That goes against my ethics. Obviously, some of you will have no problem with that, and ruin it for the rest of us. Gee, thanks a lot.

Sincerely yours,
Javier C.

Posted by John Titor on 03-05-2001 06:06 AM

((He is a Time Traveler, most of you people believe. Do most of you also believe that he is sincere in everything he says? Yet you forget that he said he would take people back with him.))

Could you do me a favor and point out exactly where I made that offer? I do recall a few people asking what it would be like but I don’t believe I ever offered to take people back.

J.C., a few days ago on Art’s show, I heard Art make refrence to someone named J.C. who was very persistant in calling the show when ever the subject of time travel came up. If it’s you, I admire your dedication.

Also, what happened to your “time cop” thread?

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-05-2001 07:18 AM

Gooten Tag – one and all.

I’ve just spent the worst weekend. Wish I could go back in time and correct it.

Albert: First I want to address some things you said, but not your entire message. I’ll try to keep my comments brief.

“Let’s take the scenarios that John lays out. A Civil War needs a leader first. How is this done? By groups hanging out in the invisible. Maybe.”

There are already very, very large militia groups that formed around the time of the last elections. In fact, the NRA is being considered a ‘militia group’ by some now. It grew by millions prior to the elections – mainly due to direct attacks on the right to keep and bear arms. Organizations such as the Militia of Montana have gained hundreds of members in recent weeks. There are others, that are larger. There are leaders, there are invisible groups that even I don’t know about (and I keep track of who’s who in the militia arena – for personal reason, nothing related to my job).

“The Congress and President drafts everyone it can, the military takes over at first, marshall law can be declared. What happens, leaders take over, and the President is still left free to perform other duties like monitering Russia. Russia supposedly attacks. ”

If and when Martial Law is declared – that will be the straw that breaks the camel’s back. The current President KNOWS this, and CLinton knew it too. I surmise from his last actions (the pardons for instance) that he felt the timing wrong for declaring martial law and would have if he thought he could have remained in office. Many of the groups I mentioned before were braced for precisely that event. They are braced for martial law. The biggest thing is that if martial law is declared, some believe UN forces will be brought in to suplement US forces. Why? Because foreigners do not have qualms about shooting americans. Keep that in mind if things start looking like they are moving toward that sort of thing.

John – can you… confirm from your point of view any of that? (Nothing specific there obviously).

“How limited is the nuclear war. First it must be defined. Any kind of debate concludes that you are assuming that some form of life exists when it is all over. How many missiles is limited? 150 missiles. How many get through? Einstein used a thought experiment, or imagined relativity. We shoot >most of the missiles down, so does Russia, China does not. Little wars start all over the World. North and South Korea, India and Pakistan. Use nuclear missiles. The US may bomb Iraq. Now how many missiles are flying totally. Over 500 about. That may be just enough to end life on this Planet. The oceans heat up, the water recedes from ultraviolet radiation from the Sun. The Polar Caps start melting, the oceans go up. The magnetic pole of the Earth shifts, it goes too far. The Earth starts moving off it spin axis, resulting in more destruction. ”

Obviously, all of this is supposition on both our parts. However, I agree with you about the “smaller wars”. As far as how many get through… right now, all of them. Life will exist when it is all over. You know why? Because there have been many, many “Ice Ages” throughout our geological history. There have been at least 5, (I believe 6) major extinctions already in the history of our planet. Each time a major extinction has occurred the dominate life forms were destroyed, and yet life continued to survive, then thrive and finally a new, dominate life form took over. Each obviously more intelligent than the last.

The last two involved dinosaurs and other higher lifeforms, and man is the latest incarnation of dominate lifeform on this planet. Man is capable of total destruction of this world if man does so.

“There’s seem to be an emotion about having a limited nuclear war, that humans would survive, it still takes thought processes. Whatever they are feeling for that emotion is nothing that I want to be around. I am not their slave. The result, life ends even if it takes just a little longer.”

Emotion is the main ingredient in any war, regardless of whether or not it is nuclear or conventional. People get mad, they fight, they argue and eventually they go to war as a group/country/nation/race/religion/etc. The thought processes change radically from “let’s get along” to “those BASTARDS” to “let’s kill them all” and then back to a very organized thought process of how best to kill the enemy.

But, the part that precipitates a war takes very little effort or thought on the part of the antagonists. They simply let their emotions take over. When it gets too far, war starts and after the beginning of the war – the thoughts turn to killing, not how to get out of the war.

Nuclear weapons are the ultimate device with which to put a stop to a war. As such they won’t be used until they are deemed absolutely necessary. But, once a war begins, the possibility exists, and as low as the probabilities might seem, they are always much higher than any of us believe.

As we can see from this forum alone, the human mind grabs hold of ideas that are on the fringe and believes them. But thoughts that are scary, deadly and even point to the real truth about humanity (how bad and evil people can be if they want) we try to deny those possibilities. We do not wish to believe that the human race is capable of some of the evil that we’ve seen in the past.

So – we try to deny it. My point throughout this forum, to everyone including you and Javier is that even if you do not BELIEVE in something, do not believe it can happen, you STILL MUST keep your mind open to the possibilities because then you are forewarned. Forewarned is forearmed.

Rick

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-05-2001 08:38 AM

John,
That didn’t stop you from having people believe it. You could have come forward and made a public announcement to get it straight with people the first time. And now finally you say you never said it. What not say that the first time I brought it up too?

My guess, is that I out-witted you, and now you finally found a come back .

Your guess is as good as mine on the thread. I have no idea where it went to. Perhaps it’s the J.C. that’s calling Art’s show. Maybe it’s a future me, who took it down to minimize speculation.

Knowing how I am, I know that I will not rest until I bring Time Travel Violators to justice. So maybe there is a high chance that it could be me. Why, scared John? You sounded nervous to me.

-J.C.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-05-2001 09:20 AM

I leave the Mr. Time Traveler, and all, a parting gift. The meaning of life is explicit, the questions are not. Whether John’s future is true or not, whether any possibility exists, whether foreigner will kill citizens of the US. The answers were always there, written by other people long ago thinking about life.

Written by Thomas Jefferson, June 1776, :

When, in the course of human events, it becomes necessary for one people to dissolve the political bonds which have connected them with another, and to assume among the powers of the earth, the separate and equal station to which the laws of nature and of nature’s God entitle them, a decent respect to the opinions of mankind requires that they should declare the causes which impel them to the separation.

We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable rights, that among these are life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness. That to secure these rights, governments are instituted among men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed. That whenever any form of government becomes destructive to these ends, it is the right of the people to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their safety and happiness. Prudence, indeed, will dictate that governments long established should not be changed for light and transient causes; and accordingly all experience hath shown that mankind are more disposed to suffer, while evils are sufferable, than to right themselves by abolishing the forms to which they are accustomed. But when a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursuing invariably the same object evinces a design to reduce them under absolute despotism, it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such government, and to provide new guards for their future security. — Such has been the patient sufferance of these colonies; and such is now the necessity which constrains them to alter their former systems of government.

The thinking has all been done, still the questions will always be asked. What is the meaning of life? There a glimpse of it from Thomas Jefferson.

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-05-2001 09:39 AM

“But when a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursuing invariably the same object evinces a design to reduce them under absolute despotism, it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such government, and to provide new guards for their future security. — Such has been the patient sufferance of these colonies; and such is now the necessity which constrains them to alter their former systems of government. ”

My point was, and still is that because of this document, because our government is self-governing, because the people control the outcome and not some entity called “government” there is and always will be, as long as the Constitution exists in its present form… the possibilities that those “in power” will make mistakes, either accidently or purposefully, and those accidents will lead to nodes in time.

[Reading comments like this, especially from the point of view of someone in 2018 is amusing...and sad. Yes, people actually believed that we were self-governing. We believed that our votes mattered and not some oligarch. We believed that wars were only fought when necessary, and our taxes would fix the roads. And that the laws were to protect us. What a bunch of dupes we were. - Metallicman.]

This “node in time” is what I call the various crossroads where, if a certain incident had not occured then other, larger events would not have occurred.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-05-2001 10:21 AM

Very nicely put Albert. 

I agree with Thomas Jefferson. We must do something. The way things are going, lots of people are just letting the government do things to us. No body takes enough of a stand anymore in matters of the government taking away our rights, our freedom. 

Look at the picture our resident Time Travel painted for us. 

We can’t do jack in his Time Line. And to make matters worse, Time Travel is a way of life to their government and people, and for what hidden agenda?

I’ll bet you’ll have some very interesting stories to tell your government about us when you go back John . What will your report entitle? 

That you weren’t prepared for the year 2001, and that you had information about your time device leak out? 

It’s true; you stated you weren’t ready for the year 2001, who knows what things you could have done different had you been ready.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-05-2001 11:23 AM

And in conclusion, Thomas Jefferson wrote:

In every stage of these oppressions we have petitioned for redress in the most humble terms: our repeated petitions have been answered only by repeated injury. A prince, whose character is thus marked by every act which may define a tyrant, is unfit to be the ruler of a free people.

Nor have we been wanting in attention to our British brethren. We have warned them from time to time of attempts by their legislature to extend an unwarrantable jurisdiction over us. We have reminded them of the circumstances of our emigration and settlement here. We have appealed to their native justice and magnanimity, and we have conjured them by the ties of our common kindred to disavow these usurpations, which, would inevitably interrupt our connections and correspondence. 

We must, therefore, acquiesce in the necessity, which denounces our separation, and hold them, as we hold the rest of mankind, enemies in war, in peace friends.

The US is backed by NUCLEAR WEAPONS.

I think its safe to assume that the people who bought and paid for these weapons of mass destruction may well know what to do with the Devil as soon as I get there, or him, or her.

No, these weapons do not make the World safe, but I do know where I might be going, afterall: “How can God allow a person into Heaven even if that person is praying for forgiveness while still socking it to that place when whoever shows up down there, well maybe?

Is a further question maybe, are humans ever at Peace?

Posted by John Titor on 03-05-2001 11:32 AM

CRAIG:

((What music do 20 year olds listen to.))

People listen to all types of music. A great deal of it is available over the web. I would also add that people spend much more time making their own music.

((What’s the future of cloning.))

Cloning full people has been determined to be medically and ethically unsound. We do have research and progress in cloning body parts and creating more viable sperm and egg production.

((Any more on Bill Gates? ))

Not really. Just curious, why is he of such interest?

((Do people wear chips yet?))

No. People value their personal independence and ability to take care of themselves.

((Are you a marked man?))

Not that I’m aware of.

LOLA:

((I would still like to know what population makes a city big.))

Cities become targets because of their military and economic value. Any large area supported by a civil infrastructure is likely to be on that list.

((Your time sounds grim. Are you tempted to deliver your computer to 2036 and then retire in the 1970’s? ))

Not at all. I’m anxious to get home.

((What did you think about those commercials?))

I think those commercials capitalize on other people’s misery and misfortune in an attempt to sell a product. I can understand coming up with an idea like but what confuses me is how does it get past that stage? How do people sit in a room around a large conference table and agree that leaving a critically injured person lying in the snow is funny and will sell cell phones?

Page 21

Posted by Chester Ward on 03-05-2001 12:15 PM

I’m new to the forum as of today and having just read the older discussions, I can tell you when you “invited” people to time-hop with you. Although your post of February 9th wasn’t truly an invitation to join you when you travel back, I can see how it could have been taken by some as being such.

I’d love to go back to the funkier times of the ’70s; every day I feel more out of step with today’s world. If there’s room for me and you are amenable to it, could you really drop me off in 1975? If so please reply. Thank you.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-05-2001 12:24 PM

Smile

Ahh haa. Busted John.

See you did lie, and you kept it going. So your just as guilty whether or not you implied it directly or not. The point is, people believed you, and you did nothing to stop that.

Way to go John, still waiting for that public apology.

Posted by John Titor on 03-05-2001 12:52 PM

((Although your post of February 9th wasn’t truly an invitation to join you when you travel back, I can see how it could have been taken by some as being such.))

I’m sure many things by many people are taken in many ways. I find this an interesting point because I think its important to have implied agreements on words and meanings before you can talk with another person. If it wasn’t an invitation (by your own acknowledgement), am I responsible for what people think? If I am, how would you propose that I double check that? Are there really that many people out there upset about this?

((Way to go John, still waiting for that public apology.))

I publicly apologize for confusing you J.C. and anyone else who is packing their old bell-bottoms and shalls for a trip back to 1975.

Just curious J.C. Can you think of anything I could do to prove to you that I’m not a time traveler?

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-05-2001 01:06 PM

Smile

((Just curious J.C. Can you think of anything I could do to prove to you that I’m not a time traveler? ))

I’m confused… what do you mean? I don’t think you are. Just wanted you to get your own story stright that’s all.

It’s not my fault I found some discrepancies. You didn’t get upset with Pamela when she did too. All I did was pointed them out to you. Just how she did. Right?

Hypocrisy, I tell you.

-J.C.

P.S. Now don’t you feel better now after you apologize? It wasn’t so hard after all, I don’t see why you waited so long to do so ?

[Edited by Javier Cortez on 03-05-2001 at 01:29 PM]

Posted by Barbara Clements on 03-05-2001 01:14 PM

John;

Since Heaven’s Gate was mentioned, I would like to say those involved in Heaven’s Gate were seeking a meaning for their lives. They wanted the easy way out, to hand thinking over to someone else, and follow with the implication they were now endowed with that meaning. I think they must’ve had a feeling of lack of meaning in the first place. Maybe people wish to believe in a time traveler in order to feel the same way. That they have meaning to their lives, proved by the fact that they are under the surveilance of someone ‘important’.

Perhaps you are a time traveler, perhaps you are Whitley Streiber under a pen name, who knows? Thomas Jefferson wrote with thoughts that mattered not if he ever transcended his own time bodily, his mind did it for him. The beauty of his soul came from his ability to think in relation to his fellow human beings with empathy for their plight. If time travel is possible, someone please give him a bus ticket, because we need him in every time available.

[Edited by Barbara Clements on 03-05-2001 at 01:44 PM]

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-05-2001 01:21 PM

Now that we have the “What If Scenarios”.
If it happens, it happens.

Similiar to questions asked here, another forum discussed some possibilities in the form a a Forum Story Googolplex. That was at http://www.sidgames.com/forums in the topic class: Off-Topic. 

The story came down to the question “Can humans with run-on sentences increase the total mass of the Universe, at which point, it buldges at it seams, and we cause a split, or a duality, of the Universe with all of this Information Age, or that the Universe is destroyed, (blows up) from the increase in mass due to run-on sentences?”

If it happens, well, I guess, it happened.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-05-2001 01:22 PM

Thumbs up

Barbara,
That was beautifully put . I hope though, that your post actually reach some people.

Posted by Lola Montez on 03-05-2001 01:47 PM

Barbara,
Thomas Jefferson owned 2,000 slaves.
Lola

[And your point is...? -Metallicman]

Posted by Chester Ward on 03-05-2001 01:48 PM

…about returning to ’75.

I’m not in any way trying to jump on the “let’s trip John up” bandwagon here. I’m sorry if that’s how you took it. You asked if someone would point out the “invitation” and, as the post was fresh in my mind, I did, and also clarified it as “not exactly an invitation”. I asked if you’d consider taking a hitch-hiker, as I’ve no reason to doubt you’re being who you say you are, I absolutely believe time travel happens and have, for the past decade, dreamed of going back to simpler times. Since you’re stopping there anyway….

Posted by Randy Empey on 03-05-2001 02:15 PM

Javier —

Actually, I have a question (which is along very simular lines as what I think John is getting at) that I want to see you answer: Can you prove or disprove anything? And if your answer to that is ‘Yes.’ then I’d also like to have you prove it.

[Edited by Randy Empey on 03-05-2001 at 02:24 PM]

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-05-2001 02:28 PM

Here is a link to Russia, http://allnews.ru , did I just prove it?

Posted by Barbara Clements on 03-05-2001 02:32 PM

Lola, those were the times.

Posted by E. Robert Gonzalez on 03-05-2001 02:45 PM

I probably worded it wrong when I talked about believing John. I am now leaning towards the possibility that he is a time traveler for alot of personal reasons as well. 

I hope I can get my questions answered by John and further understand your apparently grim future. Apparently the more visible mission of my “future-self” was to save my future and that of my family’s. I am very worried about the future and would do my best to protect the ones I love. 

If I can atleast be prepared for it, then maybe I’ll fare well.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-05-2001 02:50 PM

Randy,
Prove what? All I did was point out John’s discrepancies. I think it’s proof enough, if you can see what he’s said in past post, and what he says now. It doesn’t match up.

Posted by John Titor on 03-05-2001 05:49 PM

ANGEL:

((Can you tell us if reverse speech is used in the future for business or even pleasure?))

I’m not very familiar with reverse speech but what I saw on the web leads me to conclude it’s a bit objective. I’m not sure if its been proven scientifically to be very accurate. Are you aware of any research that shows that?

((Also, can you talk about earthquakes in California or Nevada?))

No I can’t. 

Besides, I see others predicting earthquakes and very few people pay any attention to them.

((Thanks, John, for starting this topic and sharing your time with us. We are really enjoying it and you!))

I appreciate that a great deal. Your future will be fine.

RANDY:

((Warping time and space takes lots of energy))

Yes it does. A nuclear aircraft carrier and a space shuttle main engine also take a great deal of energy.

((. .. making finding out if or how TT works hard . . . is this because of some accidental way the universe turned out, or is it a fundamental law written in by the Creator?))

Hawking believes it’s possible to build a time machine but a mysterious energy will destroy it if anyone tries to use it. 

In my opinion, manipulating gravity is not the hard part of time travel. Also, with great power comes great responsibility. If man has a limitation, that’s it.

JAMES:

((John Titor,what if something happens to your device to get back,let us say inoperable,would you then change the world by announcing warnings,and also what if you got a flat tire inbetwwen times would you have to pull over to fix it in a wrong time?))

No, I wouldn’t do anything different if my machine broke. I would still be a stranger and a guest here. My opinions and “announcements” would also be the same as anyone else’s. I may however offer advice to my younger self.

LOLA:

((I still have some questions you have not responded to but hate to ask again in the event you do not wish to respond or just have not made your way to them yet. Could you let me know which? I will wait to hit you with more until I know the status.))

If I missed something feel free to bring it up again.

BRAD

(( Why aren’t you traveling and telling us about your latest trip to the pyramids…))

Yes, that would be fascinating but the unit I have is unable to go back that far accurately.

((instead of talking about specifics you should be bored from in your awareness to them?))

Not at all, I find the subject fascinating. There are two real issues I hope people think about when I’m gone. 

One, how will you react when another time traveler shows up and two, how are we going to handle the responsibility of time travel when its invented.

((Are the Great Pryamids still standing in 2036?))

Yes, although one of them was severely damaged.

((If you wish to experience society as it was, admitting yourself to be a time traverler is counter-productive.))

Yes, if I was here for that purpose and if you believed me I suppose that would be an issue.

((How’s communication around the world in 2036. Do you still have literature widely available?))

Yes, books and other literature are available but most of the distribution is via the net.

[Yet another John Titor prediction. Keep in mind that this dialog is from 1998.- Metallicman.]

((What’s the latest book you’ve read that you were only able to hear about in your own time?))

The latest book I read was the autobiography of the Red Baron compiled from letters to his mother. Yes, I was aware of it in my own time but finding an original copy there was almost impossible.

((Is new literature also so available?))

Yes.

((Is the english language begining to segment into sects and accents with less influence from trourists? Or is tourism still strong and thriving in 2036.))

I would say the English language is pretty much the same as it is now. There are differences in slang and figures of speech but it’s nothing you couldn’t pick up. Yes, I suppose we do have “tourism”.

CRAIG:

Thanks again for the book reference.

JAMES:

((can you tell me what year the police will stop busting people for smoking weed???))

It happens about the same time they stop coming to your house when you dial 911.

((do they start pushing for legalization earlier than the war????))

It’s not really an issue of the government letting you do something, It’s more like they have other things to worry about. 

Don’t you feel you’re capable of taking care of yourself? If you want to take mood-altering drugs, why should my opinions stop you from that? They don’t stop you from taking alcohol, tobacco or fast food.

[Written and penned in 1998 before President Clinton (and his minions) banned cigarettes all over the workplace, public parks, being near children, etc. This was before super-sized cokes were banned by the Democarats in power in NY and NJ. This was before the limitations placed on mnay of the vices that were taken for granted. - Metallicman]


In any case, it also lets Darwin take over. One of the reasons drug abuse isn’t a major problem in 2036 is because no one wants to die from it and everyone else who did is dead.

RICK 22

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-05-2001 06:25 PM

Talking

John,
Hypothetically speaking, what will make your trip to the future impossible? And if you do go back, what here can change it?

Even superman has weakness, and I am sure there is something or someone (hehe ) in this world that can change your future.

Some Yang will always exist to oppose some Ying.

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-05-2001 07:43 PM

Javier,
You make the statement that you do not believe John is really a time traveler…..what is all of this then????
(all from this thread..”Iam from 2036″)

page 21:
“That above example not just shows how irresponsible you are, but how ignorant as a Time Traveler you are as well: “I just don’t know. I was not prepared for the year 2001.” Good choice, 2036″

page 22:
..”and your future culture finds no flaw with prolonging it. Instead, they gave one of their Time Traveler (meaning you) a device to come to the past and exploit the chance to take and do as you and they see fit.
Time Travel is an evil means to get what you want; I wouldn’t be surprised if your world is Satanic. ”

page 24:

“Hence my hatred towards Time Travel, and Time Travelers. ”

“Someone’s got to do something. Who here has the guts to stand up for justice in the matter of temporal violators?”

“And as for me being jealous of John, that’s not likely. Why would I be jealous of a Time Traveler? I hate Time Travelers”

page 25:
“I have to say John is very clever. But personally I don’t like Time Travelers, so I can’t be like you or the rest and listen to him. ”

page 26:
“Look at the picture our resident Time Travel painted for us. We can’t do jack in his Time Line. And to make matters worse, Time Travel is a way of life to their government and people, and for what hidden agenda?”

“I’ll bet you’ll have some very interesting stories to tell your government about us when you go back John . What will your report entitle? That you weren’t prepared for the year 2001, and that you had information about your time device leak out? It’s true; you stated you weren’t ready for the year 2001, who knows what things you could have done different had you been ready”

“knowing how I am, I know that I will not rest until I bring time Travel Violators to justice. So maybe there is a high chance that it could be me. Why, scared John? You sounded nervous to me.”

“He has put his younger self in danger of someday being found out and exploited by our government. He has exploited the opportunity of using the past to rowdy up events for some secret agenda he claims to have. Saying he will video tape his departure, completely irresponsible of its repercussions. Just to name a few.

The choice is ours people; our future is what we want it to be. Do most of you want a future where Time Travel is a way of life? I know I don’t, because how would you feel knowing that your life is not yours to dictate, but mainly what the future wants it to be. ”

Javier,
With all things considered, Is it not possible that people could misunderstand you as well?

for anyone listening to these statements might just come to the conclusion that you may be the biggest believer of all.

John said: ((Just curious J.C. Can you think of anything I could do to prove to you that I’m not a time traveler? ))

sincerely,
pamela

“Prove what? All I did was point out John’s discrepancies. I think it’s proof enough, if you can see what he’s said in past post, and what he says now. It doesn’t match up. ”

[Edited by Pamela Moore on 03-05-2001 at 08:34 PM]

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 03-05-2001 08:09 PM

Barbara those were nice thoughts though isn’t it a bit presumptuous to imagine you know how the Heaven’s Gate people felt? It is my understanding that the majority of them had lived together for some 20 years and had spent a lot of time directly confronting the difficult issues of their own and each other’s lives, in an exciting, supportive and sometimes uncomfortably confrontive way. 

People who wanted to leave were given $1000 to help get back into the swing of normal life. Most testimonials talked about how deep their experience of life had been on their path. People here in San Diego who had contact with them spoke of what a joy it was to just be around them.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-05-2001 11:04 PM

A future Russian leader starts a conversation answered by the American leader in the future:

Dah!
Duh!
Dah, Dah, Dah, dah, dah, Dah!
Duh! Duh!, Duh!, duh, duh, duh, duh, Duh!

Dah! Dah!

Duh, duh, duh, duh duh, duh, duh, duh, duh, duh
Dah! dah, dah, dah, dah, dah, dah, dah,dah dah
Duh! duh, duh, duh,duh,duh,duh,duh Duh!
Dah!
Duh!

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-06-2001 03:43 AM

Well, I been reading more, now I’ll lose some sleep.

It seems that the Civil War part, is what I question.

If I went by what you say John, then, if I’m not too tired, then it would be the Police that start acting weird?

Well, a lot of people seem to be bent towards hate these days. Want to hand out orders, be in control.

But still I just find that the Police are trying to do their job.

Now the lastest is thermal imaging of houses where drugs may be grown. Is that a real loss of a freedom, or should they have the right to (spy) on people with high-tech devices?

A laser that shines on a window can record the conversation going on in the house.

Since I mainly listen to talk radio, this is where I get my info, from a talk-show host that seems to have a nack for finding out things going on in this time.

I guess this is the question that we now have to answer, high-tech equipment helping out law-enforcement?

I still think if people are not doing anything wrong, then these problems can be solved peacefully, not at the expense of human-life?

Others may conclude that it means a loss of rights.

Many people would not like to admit their madness in this day and age. I find that usually fighting for things that may not change to be the biggest problem with people, they want to instantly fight over all things. 

It’s this pettyness that drives people now. Road rage, not allowing for other people to think, others not being concerned with what they are doing, causing problems, but a deep un-relaxed feeling that everyone is against them.

Are we blooming flowers or dying wilting flowers?
A lot of people scare themselves into thinking doom.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-06-2001 07:36 AM

Pamela,
You out of all people, should know that I speak hypothetically. Or if anyone claims to be something, I make it sound if he were, what would he do if he were. Haven’t you noticed? Everytime I question him, it’s to make it seem that if he were a Time Traveler, why is he messing up so much? I don’t believe he is though, you took what I said and attacked me without knowing all the facts. And you know me better then these people, so that makes it even more difficult to understand why you would be so much against me.

He didn’t get mad at you when you brought forward his mistakes, but when I bring out his mistakes he gets mad at me, and you support him everytime. That’s just not fair.

How many times must I tell you that it’s the principal that drives me. If he is, or isn’t a Time Traveler, he claims he is. I don’t believe him though. You do though, and so do alot of other people here.

Excuse me for being on the opposite side of things, but it needs to be known.

Have a nice day,
Javier C.

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-06-2001 08:43 AM

Javier,
I am trying to make you aware of something. I am trying to point something out to you.

“you took what I said and attacked me without knowing all the facts.”

I have only done with your words what you have done with John’s. If you consider this an attack…you might want to consider what you are doing to John.

“I don’t believe him though. You do though, and so do alot of other people here.”

you are assuming this but have no idea what people believe on this forum unless they have stated it openly. even then….people can change their minds.

You, yourself have no proof whatsoever that John is or isnt a time traveler. people have the right to beleive or not believe whatever they want to. Most people just want to hear what John has to say. let them make up their own minds.

I am not against you, Javier. I am just trying to make you aware of some things. what you are doing to others, you do not like yourself. And talking about not being fair…I don’t think you are being very fair to John.

sincerely,
pamela

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-06-2001 09:44 AM

Pamela,
Well talk about streching the truth. John was direct in claims of being a Time Traveler, everyone knew I was intentive in exposing him. If that method is to give the example of “What if you were a Time Traveler” “what would you do if” and so on, does not mean I believe he is, if it gave you and him the impression that I believed him. I think that’s where you misunderstood me and all this started.

I can do very well without bringing up what you said, I know what you mean. People can make up their own minds. But you must let them choose. Not just let them have 1 side of a subject to choose.

Me being quiet, will just leave 1 side. Your side. And that is what I have been trying to make you be aware of for almost a year now.

Moreover, did you think I cared what John has said to you about me. NO! Have I ever asked you, NO! What makes you think I care?

Just because I said it wasn’t fair, does not mean I want others to feel sorry for me because you think you turned it around on me. I just said that to point out how hypocritical some people can be.

-J.C.

Posted by James N. Dickey on 03-06-2001 11:17 AM

Wink

Let’s just say for now Ok. I take it the big corporate giants are still around(GE, GM, GF and the like) is the World of 2036 still Money Driven or has that changed. 

Does it still Squelch the little Guy with a better Mouse Trap(Free Energie) or more Produtive means of producing Power(Like H2O2 Receprecating Rocket Engine) or the Burk 2-Stroke which was demonstrated in the 60’s and was able to run an 18-whlr with only 60cc engine size. 

Did the Perpetual Thermal Steam Disk ever take off in mass Use. or did it preaty much stay the same as it has been(Exploite the Non Renuable Resorcess) and their By Products. Just a few Thaughts for Now. James

Posted by David R Ferguson on 03-06-2001 11:37 AM

Cool

John and all, I have been reading with fascination this thread for a few weeks now. Are you a Time Traveler, John? I do not know. You make an interesting and compelling case, regardless of whether I or anyone else believes that you are.

The whole concept of time travel — with its myriad possibilities due to an action occurring in one brief moment — is mind-boggling. To imagine for a moment that a single event sets off unforeseen consequences, and knowing that this happens in infinite numbers at all times, can be quite humbling.

Take, if you will, a chain of events which happened to me within the past day. While proceeding to get my two year old a cup of milk last evening, I somehow managed to lose the cap off of the milk carton. My wife then poured the milk into a pitcher and placed it back inside the refrigerator. This morning my two year old went to help himself to another cup of milk, and you guessed it, he dropped the pitcher spilling the contents all over our kitchen floor. This made me 10 minutes later beginning my commute to work, and possibly saved my life as I was not involved in a car accident that occurred where I normally would have been had I left at my normal time.

I only mention the above because it seems that even the fact of my encountering this thread on this website seems to all be interconnected somehow.

This brings me to another point. I have been very moved by some of John’s accounts, as well as others, in relation to the projected upcoming strife and war. I said I have a two year old boy, which means he is the approximate same age as John. If these prognostications are true, then I certainly do not like what is foreboded for my children.

I, personally, am not surprised at this picture because I have foretold this scenario myself, not by implementing any time traveling means, but through observation and analysis. A person only needs to look at the recent presidential election to see that a war is a distinct possiblitiy involving rural America versus the cities. Look at how the electoral college played out. Al Gore carried the heavily populated east and west coasts, with the rural areas between basically favoring George W. Bush. 

The mainstream media tried to portray this as proving how close to the “center” the electorate is. 

[My have times changed! Eh? - Metallicman]

I, however, hold an opposing viewpoint in that I believe it shows just how polarized we have become. The rural areas want more of a traditional America with traditional family values. I predicted an imminent violent uprising even before the election, and I still hold to this belief. I hope I am wrong.

Do I own a gun? No, but I certainly support the Second Amendment and a person’s right to do so.

Take care all of you, and God bless America!

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-06-2001 12:30 PM

All very interesting David up previous. 

I really do not see rural America really interested in starting an uprising. What is bothering people to me, is constant lay-offs and the changing of life in the Information Age. Some refuse to need this new kind of thinking, ushered in by people using computer more. 

This grand thing called the computer to make life easier has also had its drawbacks. 

I wish that America would look into a Think Tank type of operation for thinking about issues and quality first, but then I guess that would not be America anymore. 

People I guess, feel that they are shoved around, but that is nothing different than previous management from the past. The social problems are a relatively few individuals, whom other people hear more about on the news.

I suggest everyone listen to talk-radio more, only a few shows on TV are worth watching.

As one person put it, greed is driving America, and some feel at the loss of interaction between people. People have their opinions, but like arse-holes, everyone got one, and for the most part, opinions are just a form of belief system held by the individual. People see panic where there may be none.

I put it this way, upper management looks at America and the way individuals are acting and says “I put the operation overseas”, well, at least to me.

Its all concerned with how much of the moola people can have. That may not lead to anything. Combined with taxes and people talk about change.

The best way is still the old way, write your Congress People and keep at it. Most people complain but that is ordinary too.

Life could be a lot harder, we have become slack for saying lack of money to spend on anything. People have no fear, if they do something wrong, they will not suffer the punishment that is needed to correct the situation.

I got the opinion that baby-boomers were treated too good, for some of them, and afterall, I am a baby-bummer, like some of the rest.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-06-2001 02:40 PM

Not much was mentioned about the Middle East (Arab Countries). What happens there? Wiped mostly out like Europe? (WWIII)

Posted by Barbara Clements on 03-06-2001 09:12 PM

Craig;

So it doesn’t matter that the Pied Piper is leading you off the cliff? Only that you have a smile on your face as you go down. Well then, all I have to say to you is have a nice trip.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-07-2001 12:04 AM

We live in this world. Not to misuse anyone or site or thing:
Here’s a few, I use to have more, now who’s looking?

England, and BBC: http://www.bbc.co.uk/
Ireland and the Internet: http://www.nua.ie/ wrote the book about the upcoming digital age for the US. Government.
Antarctica through Australia: http://www.antdiv.gov.au/
Australia: http://www.newaus.com.au/
Russia: http://allnews.ru
Italy: http://www.publinet.it/
Switzerland: http://www.pubblinet.it/
The Constitution: http://www.constitution.org/

Congress but through another website:
http://www.freerepublic.com/congress.htm

Now China can also be reached, 16 million on Internet, HongKong, Japan.

The world got small, so when we assume that America with Canada with Brazil are the only ones on the Internet,

I always wonder who looking at what on the Internet.
Well, that my speech, that all you’ll hear. Who may care anyway?

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-07-2001 09:07 AM

Albert Cattoir: “All very interesting David up previous. I really do not see rural America really interested in starting an uprising. What is bothering people to me, is constant lay-offs and the changing of life in the Information Age. ”

If you can’t see this (rural America, for one) then you are not looking. It is as plain as your image in the mirror.

“People I guess, feel that they are shoved around, but that is nothing different than previous management from the past. The social problems are a relatively few individuals, whom other people hear more about on the news. ”

People are being shoved around. 

I have been having some serious family problems this past week. I won’t go into details, but, let us say that someone can make an accusation against another in todays society and the person being accused is arrested, held for up to 72 hours without seeing a judge (thereby missing work, school, perhaps getting fired or failing classes) all because someone made a FALSE ACCUSATION! 

This actually happened so dont come back telling me it DOESN’T happen. 

The social problems we see on the news are indeed the most news-worthy, at least in the sense of the media. 

However, a LOT of people are having problems in society, from taxes to government intervention where there should be neither.

People, in short, in America are FED UP with government intervention. They are fed up with people attacking their rights because of a few bad apples.

Your suggestion of talk radio is right on the mark. Folks really should be listening to alternative news sources. They are accurate, truthful and most importantly, cover things and facts that the main-stream media does not cover.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-07-2001 09:47 AM

Rick,
It’s refreshing to hear someone besides me taking a passionate stand on something. Keep it up buddy .

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-07-2001 09:48 AM

Yes, that has happened to me also.

Sense of humor?
Well, would you look at that? What is that suppose to be?
An ET. No, just a crazy human running around with his arms wavering over his head. Oh!

Posted by Dan Richardson on 03-07-2001 10:03 AM

Before I pose my questions to John, I would like to take this opportunity to point out to all participants in this thread that regardless of whether one believes in the validity of John’s claims, it is wonderful to see people engaging in a discussion that pushes participants to present their opinions and questions based on ones individual experiences, philosophies, and knowledge. 

What worries me most about our future is that we, as a civilization, seem to be more interested in being spoon-fed our opinions on any given issue because it is much easier to take another’s word for it, rather than ask questions and come to our own conclussion. 

I apologize if I am rambling on, but I felt it necessary to point out that if we don’t ask ourselves and each other the hard questions and participate in discussions, we will always have to take someone else’s word it.

Now, my question for John:

How does time travel affect our future(no pun intended) exploration of the universe?

It seems that the geatest obstacles in our way right now are a matter of energy (propulsion technology) and economic feasibility. It seems to me that time travel technology could neatly takes care of both.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-07-2001 10:31 AM

Hope things work out, Rick.

Maybe its a rememberance as a child, but the closet I ever came to having a distinct feeling of helplessness, and maybe hopelessness, was during the Cuban Missile Crisis.

Now, Pres. Kennedy was not going to allow Russia to move missiles into Cuba, at any time by any means. When broadcast on TV, his speech was so that many may have thought that the end of the World just might occur.
Back then, no one even thought of the possibility of what a War meant, just that it may happen.

Hopefully everything works out, and the future does not have this really occuring.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-07-2001 11:18 AM

I still like the topic time travel, well at least in this minute.

Last dreadful reply.

1) It occurs sooner now, it occurs later, it does not occur at all. I am telling you the future.

2) Missiles come in from some other country. Hit cities. 

How many cities hit around Washington D.C.?

Does the President or anyone in Congress, or any leader escape in Air Force One? Only 12 or so minutes before dead. Out to Andrews Air Force base, very fast in helicopter, 5 minutes, ususally takes 10 minutes. Jet lifts off, climbs up, oops, caught in blast. All leaders dead. No, maybe a Senator is alive. Goood! Go fine Senator, leader at moment. Why? 

What are the nuclear silo people doing? 

Will the country launch another attack? 

Are their nuclear silo people still alive?

Both are, stay down there for months. No contact with any civilization. Who got authority to tell them not to launch another attack? 

I do not know. Waving arms at all nuclear silo bunkers, with radiation suit on. Please do not launch another attack. Humans stll exist. I do not know if through their camera, they can even see me. Who got authority? 

Did that person communicate with these trained personnel? How?

All communication may be down. How do we contact these trained personnel with orders that may include, “Launch all missiles if no sign of life after a certain period of time?

My scenario, all life ends, some life may exist?, it never happens.

Posted by David R Ferguson on 03-07-2001 11:44 AM

Talking

Rick:

I, too, wish and hope that things work out for you. I have also seen too many times when just the false accusation has ruined peoples’ lives.

People in this country are tired of the Constitution being trampled upon by those in power, and it does seem to be that those in the predominantly rural areas of the country are the most upset about the continued erosion of personal freedom by an increasingly intrusive federal government. 

John’s description of the future in the relative short term does appear highly plausible.

John:

My oldest son wanted me to ask if you have any siblings. I apologize in advance if you have already answered this previously, but I do not recall you mentioning anyone other than yourself and your parents in your prior messages.

Also, are you still planning on broadcasting your departure via a broadcast over the Internet? That would be quite interesting.

Is there still an NCAA basketball tournament in 2036, and if so, has it expanded from its current 64 team format?

Please answer at your earliest convenience.

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-07-2001 04:48 PM

John,

Hello, again.

I’ve been pondering you and the philosophy that you’ve printed here and it occurred to me:

John Titor – anagram “I John Trot”

Is this possible? In 18th Century pantomime Clown was also known as John Trot,Clodpole and Clodpate. This character often played opposite Harlequin and Columbine. In the Frederic Bastiat economic sophism “The Tax Collector” Clodpate played the tax collector who was extracting tax from vintner James Goodfellow. James asks of Clodpate how he will benefit from paying an extortionate tax:

James: And what benefit do I derive from it today?

Clodpate: The satisfaction of saying:
How proud I am to be a Frenchman
When I behold the triumphal column!

James: And the humiliation of leaving to my heirs an estate burdened with a rent that they will have to pay for all time to come. Still, one really must pay one’s debts, however foolishly the money may have been spent.

Is it true? Is your nom de plum an anagram telling us that you are Clown poking fun at both the government and us?

Posted by John Titor on 03-07-2001 06:24 PM

((Is this possible? In 18th Century pantomime Clown was also known as John Trot,Clodpole and Clodpate. This character often played opposite Harlequin and Columbine. In the Frederic Bastiat economic sophism “The Tax Collector” Clodpate played the tax collector who was extracting tax from vintner James Goodfellow. James asks of Clodpate how he will benefit from paying an extortionate tax))

Unfortunately, I’m not that well read. But it does look like an interesting story and I will be sure to pick it up if it sparks a connection between it and me. Madam I’m Adam…that’s the only one I know.

Questions coming…

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-07-2001 07:12 PM

((Unfortunately, I’m not that well read.))

Nah fa real? Your to modest .

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-07-2001 10:14 PM

John,

I know…it was stretch. But your political humor would be appreciated by Clodpate in any case.

And: dios mio, Javier. Calmete. Whether John is real or not, he hasn’t asked me for any money, hasn’t tried to sell me anything and isn’t “pumping & dumping” penny stocks. I happen to like the John Trot anagram because John Trot is humorous as is John Titor.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-07-2001 10:36 PM

Hey Darby, tu habals Español too? I’m more of Spanglish then Spanish and English. But I can still roll my “R’s” as good as the best of them. I’m a real motoRrrrrrrr .

-J.C.

P.S. I know John is humorous, that’s why I gave a little smile at the end.

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-07-2001 11:04 PM

Wink

Javier,

Thanks for confirming that you too can see the humor in this thread. For me its a bit like coming home to my favorite TV program. We post one evening, go to bed and then when I get home from work the next day I can’t wait to see the next chapter in the story.

Oh, yeah. I do speak Spanish…I even pick up my bi-lingual allowance every payday. Growing up in Santa Barbara County it was a must…my friends spoke Spanish at home. Little did I know “way back when” how much money I’d make because I took those classes just because I enjoyed them. (Sorry Mary & Keith – I know…OT)

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-08-2001 12:37 AM

John,

This evening I was involved in following up on your reference material from your postings on another site. And guess what? As I was following the Frank Tipler/Tipler sinusoid material I landed on the “Ultimate Bulletin Board” Time Travel thread.

There were the Big Three from this thread: You as TimeTravel_0, Pamela, Javier and one other fellow on page 11…Trott.

I believe that I nailed the anagram. And I swear, I didn’t peak at the Ultimate Bulletin Board first. I nailed Trot last night and found Trott tonight.

Posted by Barbara Clements on 03-08-2001 03:39 AM

Tried to find this Ultimate Bulletin Board, but am not allowed in, because one must be a member. Can you list the site? Am I at the right site address?

Posted by John Titor on 03-08-2001 07:32 AM

((There were the Big Three from this thread: You as TimeTravel_0, Pamela, Javier and one other fellow on page 11…Trott. ))

((I believe that I nailed the anagram. And I swear, I didn’t peak at the Ultimate Bulletin Board first. I nailed Trot last night and found Trott tonight.))

I find this interesting because it gives me a very tempting easy out. I could now rest assured that someone had “figured me out” and I can relax before I leave.

However, I am not Trott and this name and TTO are the only names I’ve used online. After looking at my name here, have you considered its origin from another word-play standpoint? For example, TITOR could equal TIme-Travel-OR.

After looking at your name Mr. Darby, I can pull out “MEET ME TAR BABY” which I’m assuming is a reference to the Song of the South. In that case, are you telling us in a secret way that you are trying to distract us by fooling us in the bre’r patch?

I would not insult your collective intelligence by leaving a hook out there for you to discover while I was making sport of you. Whether I’m a time traveler or not, I think we’ve spoken about many important things I would not want to diminish.

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 03-08-2001 08:22 AM

One of John’s messages is one of impending Civil War (or some kind of war)

If you haven’t noticed, this generation is Ready to Rumble

DELTONA — A fifth-grade boy on Tuesday threatened to bring a gun to Sunrise Elementary School, one day after a school shooting in Southern California left two people dead and 13 others injured.

… With the nation on edge over a deadly school shooting in San Diego, more incidents of school violence were reported Wednesday, but no one was killed. In Pennsylvania, police commended a teen-ager who, after a classmate was shot inside their crowded cafeteria, persuaded the alleged shooter to drop her gun.

…In the jittery two days after the deadly shootings at Santana High School, at least 11 California students were arrested and several more suspended for reportedly making threats against classmates or bringing real or fake weapons to schools.

…Authorities in Washington state arrested a student Wednesday for allegedly bringing a gun to Kentwood High School in suburban Seattle.

…Three junior high school students in San Bernardino County were arrested Tuesday for threatening to place a bomb on a teacher’s desk

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-08-2001 08:26 AM

Hey John,
I don’t know about you being well read, but I do know your well taught in matters of not wanting to apper manipulative to your fans .

Posted by Randy Empey on 03-08-2001 11:05 AM

Javier —

Me, earlier:

quote:Actually, I have a question (which is along very simmular lines as what I think John is getting at) that I want to see you answer: Can you prove or disprove anything? And if your answer to that is ‘Yes.’ then I’d also like to have you prove it.

Javier, earlier:

quote:Randy,

Prove what? All I did was point out John’s discrepancies. I think it’s proof enough, if you can see what he’s said in past post, and what he says now. It doesn’t match up.

First things first: Prove what? Well, that you can prove anything, for starters.

Discrepancies in written material isn’t proof enough of anything.

It certainly is important information, and thanks for pointing out what you have.

But please stop pretending it is proof of anything.

There still is room for AT LEAST a reasonable doubt, both ways, here . . . and the generally accepted norm is to assume an individual not-guilty of a crime until they can be prooven guilty without a reasonable doubt.

Timetravel ain’t a crime, I’m fairly certain.

But lying certainly seems like one.

So lets assume John not-guilty of lying about being a time-traveler until you can prove to us that he isn’t without a reasonable doubt.

You still won’t be able to prove it absolutely though, so don’t pretend you can.

And, just so you know, I don’t think the above is a proof, but I do think it elliminates many reasonable doubts about my argument.

Lets let John and my fellow ‘lemmings’ talk philosophy, physics and about the human condition, and cut down a bit on the evil-timetraveler rhetoric, OK?

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-08-2001 01:47 PM

Let’s see, John, you are a time-traveler or not.
Your story is true or not.
Interesting anyway, hoped you used some of the links.
Thanks.

Posted by Jay Richards on 03-08-2001 02:20 PM

John, I want to be sure to get this Q out before you might stop posting here. I’ve read a number of posts, but I’ll go back and read the entire thread afterwards, so sorry if this has been adequatly covered already.

From your perspective of posting as a time traveller from 2036, please tell if any significant theistic events occur between now and then and if so, please describe.

(That question does not directly pertain to religion)

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-08-2001 03:10 PM

<<However, I am not Trott and this name and TTO are the only names I’ve used online. After looking at my name here, have you considered its origin from another word-play standpoint? For example, TITOR could equal TIme-Travel-OR.

After looking at your name Mr. Darby, I can pull out “MEET ME TAR BABY” which I’m assuming is a reference to the Song of the South. In that case, are you telling us in a secret way that you are trying to distract us by fooling us in the bre’r patch? >>

Actually, John, I did consider Time-Travel-OR based on the moniker TimeTravel_O elsewhere. I didn’t consider that as a possibility as it begs the question, “Time Travel-OR what?”

It’s never been my motivation to attack your veracity. Whether you are an actual time traveler or not doesn’t concern me. I did consider that you might have opted to create your own foil in Trott (or even Javier) to create a sophistic dialogue through which your message is delivered. You and Trott – Phaedo and Echerates of Phlius: instead of discussing the four arguments of immortality while lamenting the suicide of Socrates, you discuss the possibility of time travel and the society of our not too distant future. I still find you to be humorous and thought inspiring.

Oh, the anagram of my name: Emmett is my first name and “Darby” is a nickname taken from my last name, Darbyshire. I hope that my Gaelic ancestors didn’t play a joke on me by giving me that last name and having my parents give me that first name.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-08-2001 07:34 PM

Randy,
So am I to assume that there is no way of truly answering your prove it question? Especially here in a forum, where anyone can fabricate anything and try to pass if off as the genuine truth.

So I guess however you put it, we can’t prove anything here. And in the end, we’ll still be asking the questions, “Was John telling the truth” “Was he a real Time Traveler”?

I personally don’t believe him, but you and others may think other wise. I only trust what I can feel inside my guts. They have never steered me wrong before. I got a Spidey Sense .

Can’t prove that either, but I’m not here to convince you of anything. I just call’em how I see’em, that’s all.

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 03-08-2001 09:28 PM

John – Could you give us your reaction to the following. It is from another folder on these school shootings. And BTW, what are your thoughts on what’s happened this week throughout the country. We had a kid run over four college students in Sta. Cruz and a rash of weapons related inceidents in High Schools throughout the country.

Here’s an excerpt. I hope Mr. Hamner does not mind

“I was talking to a dear friend of mine last night. He seemed very upset so I asked what was up and if I could help.

He related that his 14 year old son was now in the custody of the police. I asked what had happened. He then told that his son and some other boys had just gotten into paintball. On the school bus they’d talk about the games they were playing. The bus driver understood that it was only paintball. 

Anyway, the bus driver told the boys that “they were just plain evil” at that my friends son told the bus driver “no, if I was evil I’d shoot you” (not smart in todays enviroment), this happen monday afternoon. On Tuesday night the sheriff’s department showed up and arrested his son, took him to the juvenile detetion center. As of last night my friend had been unable to talk to his child. He has met with the school officials, the principle was unaware of the incident.”

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-08-2001 10:50 PM

Craig,
If you don’t mind me asking, what are you hoping to accomplish by having John answer this?

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-09-2001 12:19 AM

Craig,

I’m with Javier on this one. Other than being just another guy on the street what difference does it make what John feels about the four incidents (count ’em, four) you referred to?

There wasn’t a rash of incidents. There was one major incident at a school followed by editors running as lead stories anything that involved a kid and a weapon nationwide. No San Diego incident = no “rash” (the wire services wouldn’t pick up on the stories) And a small correction. Unless UC Santa Cruz ALSO had four students run over, it was UC Santa Barbara (actually in Isla Vista) where the students were run over – about two miles from my home and 250 miles from Santa Cruz.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-09-2001 01:18 AM

According to a talk-show host that looked all over the country and was talking about it on his show, there was a “rash” of incidents with school kids. Let’s see, Thursday.

I think the kids think its “cool” to be able to talk to their other peers and tell them about what they do. Well, something has to be done about this. I would tell you what the talk-show host and others blame it on, but that would probably start a debate that never ended. Some parents were acting strange also. 

Parents taking a base-ball bat to school to, I guess, be arrested. Strange people. 

Try the relaxation response. It takes time to work, maybe a month, be when you feel deeper relaxed, you will know. Concentrate on your breathing and quiet your brain activity so you dwell on no one thought, let them pass just out without dwelling on life’s problems. 

Negative thoughts you have to consciously do, it takes practice, say cancel, cancel to yourself should one come in. In a quiet place, and undisturbed for about 20 minutes.

Something else needs to be taught to kids in school.

What has all this to do with time travel?

This thread has a life of its own, traveling itself through time. It may end up in the year 2036, before its done.

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 03-09-2001 05:58 AM

Not to get too morbid, though its interesting to me, as the premise of John’s situation is that in 2012 the world is at war. Not hard to see why, with a whole generation of kids wondering if they’re next to see a friend go postal.

There’s more to this topic, ten year olds become 20 year olds and carry the day etc. Its not a stretch to believe a civil war is imminent. That’s all

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-09-2001 06:53 AM

“There wasn’t a rash of incidents. There was one major incident at a school followed by editors running as lead stories anything that involved a kid and a weapon nationwide. No San Diego incident = no “rash” (the wire services wouldn’t pick up on the stories) And a small correction. Unless UC Santa Cruz ALSO had four students run over, it was UC Santa Barbara (actually in Isla Vista) where the students were run over – about two miles from my home and 250 miles from Santa Cruz.”

Actually… there was a rash of incidents. I’m aware of seven different things that happened here in Colorado yesterday, alone. I’m certain there were dozens of other such incidents throughout the country yesterday.

Here we had 2 bomb threats, 3 “civil disturbances” at other schools in other areas, and there was a kid here that placed a “fake bomb” in a school in Colorado Springs. There was reference to something else like a gun being found in another school somewhere, but I didn’t catch the location.

So.. that was just MY state. How about other states?

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-09-2001 07:03 AM

I need to continue this thought here. First of all, we have in most of our school systems something called a “Zero Tolerance Policy”. This equates to a “Zero Common Sense Policy” based upon the busdriver incident alone. Anyone listing to the kids talk would understand the kid didnt make a threat, he made a statement.

We have a society where political correctness (read: Thought Control) is the norm. Kids aren’t allowed to carry a pocket knife (I carried a HUNTING KNIFE on my belt when I was in grade school, in Kentucky… as I walked through the woods to school. No one ever said ANYTHING to be about it.)

Anything that can be construed as a weapon is banned, even if it isn’t a weapon.

The media has the attitude that banning this or that is newsworthy (i.e. guns, kids getting in to fights in school etc).

So, what we really have (all of this above, plus all the other little things that nag at us every day) is a society waiting for something bigger to trigger something else.

Now, I’m not saying that we’re waiting for that civil war, but I AM saying that we have placed ourselves in a very sensitive, precarious position by making everything so “hair-trigger” likely to put something else into motion.

Time moves forward for us, and those nodal points of change can be anywhere in our future.

Posted by Lee Heggy on 03-09-2001 07:11 AM

Judging by the endurance of this thread if Mr. Titor is a time traveler or not will be a moot point. When this topic is done he will be in his own time.

Posted by John Titor on 03-09-2001 07:52 AM

____________________________________________________________

I think the day when animals are born, raised on a farm, slaughtered within 15 to 50 miles of that farm, and sold in the area, is just about OVER. This outbreak is, in my opinion, the swan song for local farming. I can hear the very large lady warbling in the background…

If, the virus was released because of the bombing of Iraq in Feb., then there is ONE more Country that remains to be punished. The US. If the UK was an act of agraterrorism, then what hell awaits the US?

Of course, please keep in my, this is pure speculation…there is no hard data in to support this theory…YET.
____________________________________________________________

Greetings everyone. I do plan to get to the questions soon. I have been quite busy lately so I apologize for being a bit slow.

In my travels over your web, I came across this section of a speculative news article. I would urge you all to take a good hard look at this idea and consider the possibility that it is true. And…..no, I did not make this up nor am I trying to tell you something in a left-handed way.

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-09-2001 08:36 AM

John,

A comment from “the intel department”. I follow global intelligence extremely closely. Some of us in my security community believe that Mad Cow disease is not speculative terrorism, it is fact. No proof, but many, many talking points on the subject can show it. I’ll give you some examples.

1) The west uses more beef/red meat products than ANY OTHER COUNTRY – in fact more than most other countries put together.

[Correction. The consumption of Beef was over taken by China around the early 1990's. This statement was false at the time it was made, and is certainly incorrect today. - Metallicman.]

Consumption of meat
A comparison of the consumption of meat by China and by the Untied States. Data compiled from 1960 to 2012. Granted the statement concerned beef, but the idea is the same.

2) Eco-terrorism, by some of the anti-meat eaters has been considered, but at the same time, it is not conducive to them to kill animals, because the majority of non-meat eaters in western culture believe “animals have rights” and would consider such a thing a type of genocide.

3) Biological warfare is indeed the greatest threat to our society. It is cheap, easy to produce, easy to release, and most importantly… biological warfare is “Stealth Warfare”. Biological agents can be released as an aerosol, into water, into food.

4) What better way to destroy a country than to screw up their food sources. By creating a messed up animal supply, you thrust the prices of meat skyward, quickly. You cause the production to drop, loss of wages, loss of profit, loss of food supplies. You put a strain on several other food sources to take up for the lost portion of production.

5) A sudden and deadly resurgence of a disease that hasn’t really been a problem for decades is a very obvious attack. This is the very reason people believe things like AIDS is a biological agent that got loose on society. It appeared quickly in the 80s. It could not be traced, and what little tracing they showed, claimed it came from “monkeys” or apes or something (I don’t recall the specifics at this point). However, AIDS like other such diseases can not simply “begin to exist” without mutations or some other intervention. Mad Cow disease, as well as Hoof and Mouth disease (what we call it in America – they call it Foot and Mouth in the UK) has suddenly appeared with a vengence. The former is a relatively new disease. The latter is very old, but, was pretty much wiped out. Suddenly, it is back.

So, we have two things specifically in the UK that are attacking hoofed creature. Both of which are either new or resurgences of old diseases. These diseases came about at roughly the same time, and spread rapidly.

I believe (and I’ve not had a lot of time to research it, but then, I’m betting it will be very difficult right now to track it precisely) that this most recent outbreak occured in several places simultaneously. If so, it was definately a planned and probably well carried-out attack.

America is NEXT. But, not only will it be something like Hoof and Mouth, Mad Cow something else will likely be introduced as well. Swine flu, something that attacks chickens and perhaps some kind of wheat blight. That would hit MAJOR portions of our food supplies, causing all the aforementioned problems, plus more.

A major economic crash is likely. THis would weaken the US to a great extent opening us up for other types of attacks.

Currently America is under attack by several former states of the Soviet Union, many arab states and terrorist organizations already. They are coming in through computers and networks, probing constantly, looking for weaknesses, testing our defenses and looking for the proper time and place to make a major attack.

Things to watch:

A) Increased internet attacks.
B) A MAJOR attack on the internet.
C) Sudden outbreak of any sort of weird animal diseases.
D) Increased readiness of the military in the US.
E) Increased movements of the military in the US.
F) Increased public awareness of police force training, particularily in computer attacks, raids finding “illegal guns”.
G) Attacks on “militia groups” again.

When the latter occurs, be prepared for the Pro-Consitution forces to get loud, and “in-your-face” attitudes. They will not stand for more attacks on the Second Amendment.

Anyway – those are from my point of view. Whether I am completely accurate or not, remains to be seen. However, I believe my data is accurate, and I am not usually wrong on the “big picture”.

Rick

Posted by Bob Marz on 03-09-2001 08:53 AM

John, busy? You mean you have other things to do on your vacation besides talk to us?

Darby mentioned a few posts ago that he thought possibly the Javier personna might be a “sophisticated dialogue” construct of our time-traveller for self dialogue. Eh? We need to examine your definition of “sophisticated.”

[Edited by Bob Marz on 03-09-2001 at 09:06 AM]

Posted by John Titor on 03-09-2001 03:27 PM

((Darby mentioned a few posts ago that he thought possibly the Javier personna might be a “sophisticated dialogue” construct of our time-traveller for self dialogue. ))

Had you considered the possibility that Javier is the one who made me up? But, as we both know Bob, I am YOUR alter ego.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-09-2001 08:37 PM

John,
Do I sense some covert hostility in that last remark?

Just keeping you honest, how you said I do .

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-09-2001 09:32 PM

Smile

Have you considered the possibility that I made up both Javier and John?

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-09-2001 10:38 PM

Hahaha . Right Pamela. That’s really funny.

And everyone is just a figment of my imagination after all just like I always suspected.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-09-2001 10:53 PM

The moral implications for the future are real enough. Ever since the US had to construct the atom bomb, moral questions of what we are doing now seem to last longer.

Take that we, as people, as humans, are getting into enough gray areas with human cloning, using human embryos, and such topics of the day, I think the moral questions will be around longer than they were in the past. Never before this time had we had to ask ourselves the morality of civilization. Nuclear weapons are still not really solved, we seem as humans to be digging a hole ourselves with these questions which can seem to imply that the probability of future events being grim becomes more real as we grapple with these questions.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-10-2001 11:51 AM

Albert,
But you think Time Travel is Okay?

Just want to make sure I’m understanding where you stand. Because there is so much hypocrisy in the world these days. Where some people claim they are against something bad, but not against something else that’s bad. Which when you look at it, there one in the same. See what I’m saying?

Javier C.

Posted by Joe Applebaum on 03-10-2001 02:16 PM

Question for John:

You say that you wear some kind of flight suit like coveralls when you are time traveling and that you experience 2 g’s for 6-8 hrs. How is it possible to withstand that kind of g-force for such a long period without the use of an anti-g suit? If not to keep you from blacking out, at least to make your time travel safer and more confortable? I know you must be physically trained for space travel, but you should also have the benefit of equipment to help you out.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-10-2001 04:27 PM

Javier,
Being in a free country dictates that certain people will do certain experiments(?) without regard to who complain’s about it. The rest of us are left to decide other alternative actions to prevent these leaps of technology from interferring with humanity on (as) a whole. 

I had little choice in the making of a atom bomb. 

If the US did not do it, than it is probable that Hilter would have. With that, things in the future would be indeed different. 

So, as with anything, we are (forced, as in War) to do a certain number of things. 

In peace, we are still (forced) to see what other countries are up to. 

The fear of America is that if we fall behind, then someone someway will take control of us. 

In the case of the Middle East, I suppose that would be Saddam. In the case of a time traveler, I doubt he could achieve such a possibility unless he knew every “connection” to change the events of history. That part was described in that book by Jonathan Burke in the book “Connections”. 

I make no commitment as to the morality of time travel. 

Someone will do it, if it’s possible, someday. Otherwise, we have no freedom. We are left to change things in the future should enough people agree that time travel is a “bad” thing. 

But then there might be “bad” people time traveling and “good” people time traveling in a kind of “time travel war”.

Posted by John Titor on 03-10-2001 07:26 PM

Dear Fellow Time Travelers:

In about 30 days, I will be leaving this worldline to return home to 2036. I first want to say thank you for the wonderful conversation and insight into your society. I have learned a great deal and my opinion on quite a few things has changed dramatically.

I will finish the questions that have been posted on this site up to this date. Unfortunately, I must now spend my spare time preparing to leave and I will not be on the computer very much. I do however want to repeat my offer and add a slight twist.

After going over my flight plan home, I have discovered my VGL holdover period is a bit longer than I expected. I will be spending at least three weeks in April of 1998 as I make my way back to 1975. Therefore, I not only offer you the chance to leave a message to yourself in 2036 but I offer you the chance to leave yourself a message in 1998. I will take any compiled messages and email addressees you provide and send them on the net when I get to 1998.

Granted, this will not affect you on your worldline now but you make take some comfort that another “you” on another worldline has the advantage of knowing something you wish you knew three years ago. Based on the earlier questions I’ve seen, I’ve decided a day-to-day record of the Dow a day in advance should convince you that the messages are real in 1998.

In addition, I am hopeful a series of photocopies and photographs will be available for you that may give you more insight into the technology of the distortion unit. I will let you know the address of the site when it is available. I also plan to have my parents videotape my departure. If they succeed, it will also be posted after I leave.

I look forward to these last few weeks with my family and I will check in periodically to check this site.

Live in Peace 2001,

John

Posted by Bob Marz on 03-10-2001 09:19 PM

Maybe Moe Howard is a “sophisticated dialogue” device for Steven Hawkings?

Well, Johnny, you’ve been entertaining for the most part. Nevertheless, I find it rather depressing that time travel, the most exciting and profound accomplishment of man, is being put to such banal and frivolous use. The most wonderful invention possible in all of human history and they apparently can’t figure out what to do with it other than arrange for you to amuse us few idjits here on the Art Bell message board. Kinda makes ya proud. (thniff)

[Not edited by the future Bob Marz on 03-10-2036 at 09:21 PM – message being sent back to 2001] [Edited by Bob Marz on 03-10-2001 at 09:27 PM]

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-10-2001 11:35 PM

Good luck in whatever worldline you return to.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-11-2001 01:10 AM

Albert,
Well I had a hard time getting through what all your rhetoric was about. And still didn’t see you actually answer my question. “Where do you stand?” Well that’s not important now, as I see that you believe John Titor, A.k.a. TT_0 is for real. So thank you for proving my point correctly.

Hypocrisy I tell you.

First you came off as inspirational, speaking with convictions about right and wrong. But in the end, you’re only as much a hypocrite as the rest of us are.

I however do not tolerate immoralities on any level, and I live my life according to basic human law. Compassion and principal our my guiding truths. “We the people” should realize this, and not accept what is basically wrong. There have been to many compromises, too much acceptation. But the truth is clear, that despite all of what we are trying to accomplish, of becoming an advance civilization and people, we are failing in the worst possible way. And that is by following our principles.

Just think about that…

John,
I see you finally made your big pre-farewell speech. Very nice, you almost made me feel sorry to see you go. Then I remembered what you are. An opportunist.

Well wherever you go, just remember me! And know that wherever you stand, that somewhere someone with enough guts exists to change the entire face of Time Travel someday. Your days are numbered…

30 more days huh John? You know that’s a very interesting number. Because I’m going to FL in 30 days also, coincidence huh?

Let’s see in 1998, I was 18 years old. I graduated high school that year good year. Except for some personal problems. I wrote a story that year about my new experiences, I think you read it before Pamela. Remember “Displacement?”

Catch-ya on the flip side,
Javier C.

[Edited by Javier Cortez on 03-11-2001 at 01:13 AM]

Posted by Stephen McKay on 03-11-2001 02:37 AM

John,
These messages to oneself in 1998 sound very interesting.
Is there somewhere I can e-mail it to rather than post it on the board?

Posted by Michelle Esposito on 03-11-2001 03:59 AM

John, I’d like to take you up on your offer for the 1998 message to myself. I assume your instructions will appear on this thread . . .

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-11-2001 04:15 AM

Geeeez Louise… See now that’s what I’m talking about, right there.

Talk about being a lost soul.

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-11-2001 06:10 AM

John has asked me if I wouldnt mind collecting the emails for him again and forwarding them to him.

anybody who wants to can write me using my email address found in my profile and I will forward your letters or “messages to 1998″ ,”messages to 2036” to John.

All messages I receive I will keep confidential and they will be forwarded right to John.
sincerely,
Pamela

[Edited by Pamela Moore on 03-11-2001 at 06:17 AM]

Posted by LaMar Prince on 03-11-2001 06:23 AM

Thumbs up

I would like to E-Mail You. I would like to Leave message. Like the the Poster said I’m sure You will leave instructions?………Peace! L>P>

Posted by Randy Empey on 03-11-2001 07:08 AM

Javier —

Didn’t you ever play ‘pretend’ as a child?

Also, why do you feel that you have such a firm grasp on reality right now that you can say such things with such certainty?

I find that, usually, those who shout ‘hypocrisy’ from the rooftops are trying to draw attention from thier own.

Their are so many untruths and myths that bombard us daily, either through design or simply the uncertain nature of communication, that we ALL swallow hook-line-and-sinker that most the things you think you know are wrong.

Since there is no firm basis to rate new experiences about, generalizing from past experiences can be a dangerous game of darts.

Reserving judgement and thinking things through is warranted.

Quite being so loud the rest of us “can’t” think.

Everybody has an agenda. Everybody has shortcomings.

BBSes are fantasy worlds by nature, and nothing you try can change that.

Let the people who still remember how to pretend play thier games without too much trouble and you won’t get called names on the ‘playground’.

Life’s all a big play anyway. (Probably a play within a play . . .)

Let the guy play out his ‘final scene’ if he wants . . .

. .. wait, maybe I’m infringing on your pretending .. .

… if I am, my sincere apologies.

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-11-2001 08:45 AM

John,

So long and have a good trip home.

As I’ve pondered your experience of being here it ocurred to me that I should cover my bases and at least try to make a living from the information that you’ve given us. So…

I’m in the process of filing copyright protection in my name for the following terms:

Temporal Displacement Unit
Variable Gravity Lock
VGL
Variable Gravity Lock Model C204
VGL C204
Model C204
Variable Gravity Lock Model C206
CGL C206
Model C206
Singularity Magnetic Field Coil
Electron Mass Injection Manifold

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-11-2001 09:58 AM

Javier,

First, I’ll keep the social demise in mind.

Second, I do not believe.

Third, I do not think TT will be solved in my lifetime, therefore I do not have to have any morals about it.That will be for some future person.

Fourth, from my viewpoint, it is just one of many possibilities that could occur in the future.

Fifth, if TTler is true, then wishing anything to him is just something that I wish upon myself also.

Sixth and most important. There have been problems associated with the theory presented that neither the TTler or I can resolve at this time, in my estimation, and I am usually right. So, for the other people, I leave them also with their thoughts.

I would discuss this in more detail about the problems associated but I really have got other things to do and these other things are really more important.

Seventh, to me it has been just an exercise in thought, and I think humankind have more immediate problems facing us now, that I see on other websites like the BBC in England and Talking Point or some of their news articles.

Eighth, that’s all I can do now. I can not solve the technical problems associated with building a time machine.

Ninth, I getting close to the end of my post.

Tenth, when all else fails, count to ten.

Posted by E. Robert Gonzalez on 03-11-2001 10:19 AM

Hopefully you can answer my past questions before you leave and send that message out. 

It really has been enjoyable watching this thread and getting to know you John. 

There is a part of me that wants to believe and another that says your not a time traveler. But right now I believe you, and you being here means one way or another time travel is real. 

I only hope all my alternate selves are doing well. 

I was thinking though, if all these alternate timelines are so similar… Then shouldn’t another “you” be doing the samething in another timeline, possibly in infinite time lines? 

Because if that is so, then another “you” would go back to our timeline in 1998 per se and we’d actually get the messages that people are sending. Now, I’m not sure if that is possible or not. 

But, in my understanding it seems likely with what you said about alternate universes.

[A common misconception is that people look at time-travel and dimensional travel in the terms of a physical reality. Instead they should look at it in terms of the consciousness as established by soul. That would clear up so many of the dead-ends and misconceptions that everyone seems to have. - Metallicman.]

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-11-2001 10:31 AM

Javier,

First, Good luck to you in your worldline.

Second, The things the TTler is talking about in the near future will not occur in your lifetime, to me.

[not if he died five years after writing this. Indeed many, many of the things that John Titor (sans the nuclear war) has occurred. - Metallicman.]

Third, Have you visit this website, http://www.nist.gov/
There you will find a picture of an atomic clock at present.

Fourth, Our Solar System is near the edge on an arm of the Milky Way Galaxy.

[No it is not. - Metallicman]

Fifth, There may be a Black Hole at the center of our Galaxy.

Sixth, I think humankind will have to worry if the Sun, Sol, burns up first in 5,000,000,000 years or the Solar System gets sucked into the Black Hole at the center of our Galaxy.

Seventh, Still its nice to dream, or have a fantasy wish.

Eighth, I must really really go now.

Ninth, I will just say that social problems have been around forever on this Planet, and it is still traveling in space along with the Milky Way Galaxy, at what I think is, at about 33 miles/second. No need to be space-sick.

Tenth, Ever since I became, I been traveling through space and time. Just trying to have a little fun in the great demise of things, all past, all present, all future, all, all.

Best wishes to everyone on this forum and the world and “Just say No”.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-11-2001 10:49 AM

While, I probably get in trouble: specific links:

http://www.boulder.nist.gov/timefreq/stations/wwv.html

Good luck All!

[Edited by Mary Rowland on 03-11-2001 at 10:55 AM]

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-11-2001 10:51 AM

Oops, the other link, while I’m getting in trouble.

http://www.boulder.nist.gov/timefreq/stations/tour.html

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-11-2001 12:41 PM

John –

In 2036 I will be in the mountains in Colorado. Somewhere west of where Colorado Springs used to be. Not sure if I will have access to the internet at that point, but I WILL have access to radio equipment. Somewhere around January 1-10th, 2036 I will be broadcasting on 28390 Khz, USB. I will look for you there on that frequency in the middle of the day.

I will 77 years old – and will turn 78 that year.

I expect to hear from you then.

Rick

PS – I AM one of the “farmer generals” John mentioned. Perhaps not the most famous… but, I will be there.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-11-2001 12:42 PM

Randy,

Obviously you must not have been listening to what I been saying from the start.

And people blamed me for speaking for everyone.
((Quite being so loud the rest of us “can’t” think.))

Is it perhaps because I make you think of what your doing, thus spoiling what you what you want to believe him as real?

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-11-2001 12:46 PM

Ack!

I forgot to mention that I’ve also listed “John Titor” on the copyright application – just in case I want to write a book using that name as a character.

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-11-2001 12:58 PM

After spending the last few days working on family business and keeping my mind busy thinking about time traveling, from John’s point of view, I have come to a sudden and surprising conclusion.

John is perhaps what he says he is… however, I don’t think he is a “TIME TRAVELER” – I think he is a world-line, or for lack of a better word, a dimension traveler.

I say this based on a couple of assumptions. His machine uses gravity calculations/measurements to maintain his “physical position”.

But, he claims there is up to a 2.5 % divergence from his reality.

That means to me that:

1) He is NOT on his ‘reality” but on ours.
2) He will be going back to his reality – or at least pretty close to it.
3) Our reality is not precisely his reality.
4) There are multiple worlds, multiple time lines if you will and he is no longer on his orginal one.
5) Anything he does here on our time line will NOT EFFECT OUR TIME LINE EXCEPT locally (time related). That is, if he were to kill someone’s grandparents here, they would NOT cease to exist on HIS time line. They would here though. If he goes back to 1975 and does this, OUR grandparents will be JUST FINE. It is the ones on the time line where he stopped.
6) John’s machine uses tipler cylinders – somehow. I believe it would be very possible to create a tipler cylinder using singularities. A physcist I know confirmed my suspicions on Friday-last. He stated that such a machine could be built now. He said that it would take some strong scientific work on the part of linear accelerator scientists though, and so far as he knew, it hasn’t been accomplished YET, but will be in the very near future.

7) If microsingularities are made, they can be held in ‘statis’ or in a magnetic field in a vacuum. According to my physcist that is. If so, it would be possible to effect them with magnetic fields in such a manner as to allow them to interact with each other (on that micro scale).

8) If so – then it might be very possible to speed up, slow down or even STOP time altogether. In fact, he believes it possible to reverse time altogether.

9) The effects of using such a machine would be that “high gravitational fields would be present around the machine”. However, at this point, neither myself, him nor other folks we talked to could come up with a way to measure gravity fields with any reliable method. (Scales, things like that work, but… that is rather crude I think).

10) Anything within the field of a tipler cylinder would be carried along with the device… the method of “travel” would or could be based on voltages applied to the magentic fields in some manner as to cause a change in the rotation of the field.

11) John’s machine will not take him back in time. It takes him to a diffent time LINE, in a different world, on a different plane of existence.

Anyway, that’s my 2-cents worth. Perhaps I’m wrong. Perhaps I’m right. No matter if John is a real TT or not is moot at this point.

John… take this message back in time to 1998 and … how do you propose to see that we get these messages anyway????

I will post it on my web site, which is already up in 1998.

Rick

Posted by Jim Houlahan on 03-11-2001 01:51 PM

Albert,

Although laboratory standard atomic clocks are huge, commercial standard atomic clocks are the size of a suitcase today. Given 35 years of future development, I can imagine four of them fitting into John’s device. Here’s a picture of the “suitcase atomic clock”…

http://tycho.usno.navy.mil/cesium.html

Posted by Randy Empey on 03-11-2001 02:15 PM

Javier —

Since I seldom sub-vocalize as I read, I don’t think it matters whether I was listening or not . .. . I have been reading and trying my darndest to understand… from the start.

As to this question:

quote:Is it perhaps because I make you think of what your doing, thus spoiling what you what you want to believe him as real?

My answer is simply, “Of course not.”

But you can pretend so if you wish. Pplease understand that delusion is often a team sport. Or is it that non-delusion is often a team sport?

Actually, I just have to wonder why you feel you have such a firm grasp on this reality that you feel confident in many of the things you have asserted.

But I guess I don’t expect an answer, since I am merely a figment of someone else’s imagination.

Either play by ALL the rules or throw them ALL out — no middle of the road please, I am already confused.

John —

Seems your journey will be forking from some of ours — watch out and don’t forget to smell the roses.

That said, lets disregared the sentimental stuff and keep up the philosophizing. How about a few more monologues from the main character here? The stage has been set, and your ques have been uttered.

(Javier — if it sounds like I speak for more than just myself, please just chalk it up to schizophrenia or simmular talents.)

[Edited by Randy Empey on 03-11-2001 at 02:21 PM]

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-11-2001 03:35 PM

You know what Randy?
I’d expect that kind of a responds from a John Titor supporter.

The only difference between you and me is, is that when I make a statement like that, but of speaking about morals and principles? I get an angry rowdy crowd who believes I’m waking them up from their fantasy. Hence the attacks.

And the difference is Randy, is that there are more of you then they are of me out there in this world. So no one will ever complain to you about being hostile, or not being open-minded. Your perfect, you fit right in the norm of things in society. You’re perhaps the majority of people who voted for Bill Clinton the second time around. The kinds of people that support same sex marriages. You’re also the kind of people that are waiting in line to get genetically engineered, or to clone your self. Or to just try every “New Fad” that comes into the market.

How low can this countries morals get? I’d hate to find out.

So yes I do have a firm grasp on reality. I’m not blind, I can see very clearly. And I know what needs to be fixed. Do you?

-Javier C.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-11-2001 04:42 PM

Thanks, Jim, I saw that page.

John, if you come back from the past or from the future,
can you call yourself “Power Time Traveler Ranger” in the “Way-back Laid-back Time Machine”.

By the way, is there a way that a yellow school bus can be included in the time field as a way of travel?
That might scare anybody from the past or the future.
Just a thought.

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-11-2001 05:04 PM

Wink

Javier,
For your sake, lets hope when you get discussed in the future, all of John’s time travel buddies in his unit are as nice as he is…………. hehe

[Edited by Pamela Moore on 03-11-2001 at 05:06 PM]

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-11-2001 05:09 PM

Craig,
Can you tell them to speed up the development of that device by the year 2014, and bring it down in price so that I can buy one?

I am not joking.
Just a thought.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-11-2001 05:20 PM

Pamela,
What’s that suppose to mean? Sounded like a threat to me. Care to clearify?

Posted by Bob Marz on 03-11-2001 05:40 PM

Seems pretty clear to me.

“Darby”: Good stuff!

Posted by Anthony Reed on 03-11-2001 05:56 PM

That seems clear to me too. I’m just sorry I’m late to this board. And why would you be worried anyway Javier? I thought you did not believe him anyway.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-11-2001 06:10 PM

Well Anthony,
Like you just said, your late to this board. Of course some details will be unknown to you. But rest assured, if you read back I answer that question.

Posted by Donnie Smith on 03-11-2001 08:44 PM

Wink

Rick, you are absolutely right. And, what John Titor has said reflects exactly that. 

John is from the end result of a reality shifting movement that is being given birth to now. 

They have recognized that time does not exist in the fashion that many believe in today, only infinite parallel realities in the same or different stages of history or alternative history. 

The term time travel is, however, the closest thing that humans of this period can relate to. 

[Emphasis by Metallicman. This is actually spot on and very poignant. - Metallicman.]

In the future, it has been adjusted to refer to the illusion of traveling to the past or future. Those realities are mere reflections of where we have been and where we are going, but are by no means the real mc coy!
 
Carry on John Titor, Peace from the Eye of Harmony of the Matrix of this Reality. Have a safe trip.

Posted by David R Ferguson on 03-12-2001 08:41 AM

Wink

John:

Good luck to you. I do hope you make a visual record of your departure. Thank you for the interesting thread. And did you ever answer whether or not you have any siblings?

I have not decided whether or not you are a Time Traveler, but I do believe the near future you have described is a real possibility, if not even a probability. Let’s all be prepared and pray for the best.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-12-2001 12:55 PM

David,
Earlier in posts, if I understand it right, he said he was single. Many stillborn in the future because of the War according to him.
He will probably check back.
Just thought that I include that.

Posted by Ron Polesky on 03-12-2001 01:31 PM

Wow! I have just spent the better part of an entire day reading EVERY message within this thread and I must complement everyone on a fine job! 

This has been some of the most entertaining and thought provocative writing that I have read in a long time. Great job everyone! I extend my sincerest thanks, a hearty cheer and (as a first time poster) a warm hello.

To John Titor I reserve a special thanks for starting this thread! 

Your consistency in conjunction with an entertaining narrative complete with motive, ethics, physics, and general openness is amazing and enlightening to say the least. However, above all of that, your calm in facing some staunch and intelligent critics is an inspiration and something rarely found on message boards when one is met with the fire of emotion based in disbelief. If I take nothing else from this thread, your steady coolness under such adverse criticism will be fondly remembered and hopefully emulated.

Now, onto the crux of this posting:

Whether John is or is NOT a time traveler is moot, based upon my own personal beliefs and experience. 

Simply put, the most powerful component of ANY interaction or activity involving humans is the human will. Because humans make hundreds or thousands of decisions everyday, most very minor and immediately forgettable, the possibilities of potential outcomes to ANY situation in which one is involved is subject to randomness (chaos?). Our own personal decisions are influenced by a multitude of factors such as mood, health, weather, stress, intelligence, finances, family, interactions with other people, past experience, future expectations, hopes, personal and societal myths…the list could be endless.

And, of course, we are subjected not only to the outcomes of our OWN decisions but also to those of others. 

For example, one poster noted that a simple and common occurrence with a child potentially helped him avoid a tragedy. If one accepts that my statements are true, then it requires no giant leap of faith to also agree that this randomness prevents anyone from EVER predicting a future event that involves the decisions of humans.

Let us assume for the moment that John is indeed a traveler from 2036 and that all his statements are 100% fact. Within his own timeline, these major occurrences of a civil war and a nuclear holocaust have occurred and, based on a randomness factor of 2.5% one could speculate that the same could occur here. We do, after all, have the SAME people involved. However, 2.5% is a HUGE variable given the already incalculable odds that a small decision by a child, for instance, could change the whole scenario or outcome.

History is rife with stories of decisions that seemed meaningless at the time averting or causing major disasters or occurrences. 

We even have several words and terms to describe these things: luck, misfortune, angel on my shoulder, God watching over me, wrong place/wrong time, caught a break, etc. 

In fact, one of our favorite pastimes as humans is “what if”. 

Given these factors, it is little wonder that John will not give short-term “hard facts”…because he doesn’t really KNOW! And, I speculate he knows he doesn’t know. Just because Duke, for instance, won the NCAA tournament in 2001 in his timeline is no assurance the same will happen here (if they and their opponent score 150 points total in the championship game, nearly 4 points or 2.5% are going SOMEWHERE..add decision making under stress and there is simply no WAY that an outcome could be predicted with certainty).

Regardless, whether OUR future is the future that John “remembers” or not, the randomness of human will and the factors impacting it will insure a different outcome, for better or worse, in this timeline. 

Different decisions cause different actions which nearly always render different results.

Posted by David R Ferguson on 03-12-2001 02:30 PM

Ron Polesky:

Very good post. I wish you had been able to be here all the time. You have drawn some conclusions that are thought provoking regarding John’s or anyone’s ability to predict the future.

I, for one, take what many many find to be a simplistic view of time travel theory, and that is that should time travel become available, there is nothing any time traveler can do to change or alter anyone’s timeline because it already has happened. I guess I would add that if my theory is true, Javier, then you have nothing in which to worry regarding John or any other Time Traveler.

Just my two cents worth….

Posted by Randy Empey on 03-12-2001 02:46 PM

Exclamation

Javier —

There is a difference between a John Titor supporter and a person who believes John Titor is a time-traveller.

I support John Titor in his effort to have a discussion in this thread.

I’ve reserved judgement about his veracity because there is simply no way of knowing, and very little to be gained by guessing, even if I guess right.

Frankly, I don’t think it matters whether he is hoaxing us or not.

It is the interaction and exchange that occurs here that matters.

Why is it that the moment I question the nature of reality and ask you to do the same, I become a nazi-lovin’ liberal-satanist wannabee in your eyes?

Javier, I am unique, friend. There are only one ‘of me out there in this world’. As such, I can’t out number you.

People will complain about anything and everything, as you now are proving.

I am not perfect, nor do I pretend to be.

Norms do not exist.

I never voted for Bill Clinton — your wrong on that one too.

Same sex marriages are just plain sick and wrong, IMO.

I don’t see how you can know how I stand on genetic engineering and human cloning when haven’t even decided for certain — you really are amazing.

Next time you chose to share a diatribe with us, please don’t engage in character assassination as you do so. It makes it hard to see that much of what you say agrees with the way I see things.

If you really are against John Titor and rational discussion in this thread, calling names is the best way to declare your alignment.

Once again Javier, I must ask you (and I direct this at everybody else too): Why are you so certain that you do have a firm grasp on reality? Are you sure you see and understand all things very clearly? How do you know what you know?

Indeed, do I know what needs to be fixed?

At times I feel I do, and I often act upon my beleifs and impulses in an attempt to ‘fix’ the world . . . but, at other times, I wonder whether its me or the world that needs fixing . . .

Proving things is impossible in this realm.
But that doesn’t mean we shouldn’t try.
It means the reward is in the trying.

The idea is to keep learning (ad infinitum) until you finally do know everthing. And not to stop when convenient and declare that the end has been reached.

.

Lets talk about the possibilities, since there are no certainties.

Excuse this outburst, it just felt right at the time.

Its not over till the fatlady sings John.

— Randy E.

Posted by Kevin Spooner on 03-13-2001 04:10 AM

Red face

There have been almost 19,000 views of these posts since its inception and that alone gives credit to the number of people who are interested in this topic.

Given the extreme interest (and it is extreme) and the number of people who no doubt repeatedly visit here (as I do) even if not to always post, but to READ… that is incredible.

John has stated he is ‘leaving’ in about 30 days. Someone else is critical of that. If John said he was going on a two month Time travel excursion for a particular reason, someone else would be critical. If John said he’s making some kind of adjustment to his devices, someone would be critical. Hmm.

Given that there is in my view no problem in relating information by John – given the odds that his timeline deviates from ours by around a possible 2.5%, it would seem fair to this threads viewers for John to provide a thorough discourse on what his timeline offers (afterall John, there’s no way you can be judged on that given your noted deviance.)

It seems most of us are acting as if its the last goodbyes – but don’t forget he gave us 30 days (or given himself the same.) Can we not make use of that (whether he is or is not a TT is irrelevant.)

Perhaps final concrete questions could be answered at this time? We’ll see. There’s nothing to loose is there?

Posted by John Titor on 03-13-2001 06:32 AM

I’m going to try and get to the remaining questions today. Pamela has been collecting the email and forwarding them to another address. In respect for your privacy, I am not reading them. I am only planning to forward them.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-13-2001 07:28 AM

Randy,

((It is the interaction and exchange that occurs here that matters. ))

Even if that interaction is generating a group of people following him, praising him, looking up to him as this perfect role-model? It could all just be a front, but they don’t care. They should however be made aware of this. Just look at how those people in “Heaven’s Gate” felt towards their founder? Mighty similar to what is happening here, and it makes me sick to see it.

I am reminded of this quote. I don’t know who said it, just got it out of some book with quotes: “Use your eyes. Sometimes those who offer us eternal salvation surround themselves with dead plants.”

How many people here wish they could go with John in to the future?

How is that any different then those people who wanted to get on the Hale-Bop spaceship to Heaven?

((Why is it that the moment I question the nature of reality and ask you to do the same, I become a nazi-lovin’ liberal-satanist wannabee in your eyes?))

Because you and lots of people are 1 sided individuals, who can’t conceive the possibility that I can actually be right about John and Time Travel.

((I am not perfect, nor do I pretend to be. ))

I agree, I’m not either.

((I never voted for Bill Clinton — your wrong on that one too. ))

I said: “You’re perhaps the majority of people who voted for Bill Clinton the second time around” I didn’t say you did.

((If you really are against John Titor and rational discussion in this thread, calling names is the best way to declare your alignment. ))

Is there something wrong in what I am trying to accomplish here? Am I not trying my hardest too?

I am also reminded of this quote: “Give the world the best you have, and it may never be enough. Give the world the best you’ve got anyway.”

((At times I feel I do, and I often act upon my beleifs and impulses in an attempt to ‘fix’ the world . . . but, at other times, I wonder whether its me or the world that needs fixing . . . ))

So your uncertain, I’m not. I know what needs to be fixed. I’ve seen it, I still see it. If you only knew…

And for the last time, yes I do have a firm grasp of reality. But if you wish not to accept that answer, because it’s not to your expectation, then I ask you to please stop asking it, for I will not answer it again. Because there will not be a good enough answer for you, no matter what I say.

((Proving things is impossible in this realm.))

I can prove things in this realm. Something’s are harder then others though.

((The idea is to keep learning (ad infinitum) until you finally do know everything. And not to stop when convenient and declare that the end has been reached. ))

The end will come when justice is served. I am merely trying to see that justice gets served in the mean while. Cops do it all the time; do you blame them for doing their job? I see something wrong, I have to help. I can’t let someone down, especially if there is something I can do about it.

((Lets talk about the possibilities, since there are no certainties. ))

Say’s you. But I don’t think I will take your word for it.

-Javier C.

Posted by Mel Reckling on 03-13-2001 07:40 AM

I will certainly miss this post when Johns gone . Maybe we can keep it alive until 2036! If you’ve followed this thread you’ll notice I’ve tried to keep a lighter side to my responses, mostly stupid comments meant to break up the intense scrutiny some people have put John under.

As far as the most verbal of John’s critics, Javier Cortez, if I’m not mistaken he has posted his age on the birthday thread as being 21 years old. That could explain a lot. Now age is not that relevant, but maturity rarely comes at that age. He is not a “Time Cop” as he states, rather he probably harbors that fantasy. This is not an attack or threat or anything of the sort. Just a statement of fact.

As far as John goes, it would be great if he is who he said he was. I cannot pass judgement on him. All I can do is thank him for this most interesting thread and wish him “God Speed” and tell him to keep the Chevy out of the ditch.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-13-2001 08:01 AM

Mel,
The Time Cop statement was hypothetical. And I am very mature for my age, thank you very much.

Good-day,
Javier C.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-13-2001 08:41 AM

I belong in a cave.

Well, not yet. We (what do you mean we, human?) have lived through some difficult times (from the past). But still the fact remains that somehow, humans have gotten through it.

One could say that the probability of having a War increases since we have had nuclear weapons around for a long time. If it comes to pass, then what will you do?

I see no problem with being concerned about the future, maybe it becomes a good thought question.

What can anyone do about it? Meaning that the interaction of humans may have a nullifying effect. Maybe John’s purpose is simple, maybe it is complex. Still from leaders in the world, we still have posturing. Here’s an example:

General Ivashov: Russia insists on preservation of 1972 ABM Treaty
12.03.01. 18:29

Russia’s position on the 1972 Treaty on the Limitation of Anti-Ballistic Missile Systems is unchanged: it is necessary to preserve the Treaty, strictly observe its standards, and perform all obligations the sides took upon themselves, Colonel General Leonid Ivashov, chief of the Main Directorate of International Military Cooperation at the Defense Ministry of Russia, was reported as making an official statement at a press conference in Moscow March 12.

He also stressed that “Russia regarded and regards NATO’s progress east as a threat to its security and the Russian position in this matter has suffered no changes either.”

In his opinion, the Russian proposals on the creation of a European non-strategic antimissile defense system, which were handed to NATO Secretary General George Robertson in the course of his February visit to Moscow, “are diametrically opposite to the U.S. intentions of creating a national missile defense system.”

The Russian proposals “are not leading to breaches of some obligations or other treaties in this sphere,” he explained. The U.S. intentions at the same time are leading to the disruption of the 1972 ABM Treaty, he said.

Russia’s proposals are based on the idea of creating “international mobile forces for relocation to directions of missile threat, whereas the U.S.A. intends to cover only its national territory with a protective umbrella,” he said.

In this connection, in his view, the Russian proposals, as opposed to the U.S. ones, “will not cause an arms race but rather may reverse it.”

Creating an U.S. national missile defense system, on the contrary, “will lead to a competitive process between creators of strategic defense and attack systems,” he claimed.

In accordance with his statement, Russia will never agree to having the United States unilaterally disrupt the foundation of international security such as the ABM Treaty is.

Russia’s proposals on the creation of a European non-strategic antimissile system are “diametrically opposite” to the U.S. plans to create a national missile defense system, he said.

“Our proposals do not breach any agreements and will not lead to an arms race whereas the U.S. program will assist a competitive process in the area of strategic defense and attack systems,” he stressed.

He also mentioned the fact that in the UN Security Council 89 countries spoke against the U.S. national missile defense system and only four in support of it. “The majority of countries are on our side and this frightens the U.S.A.,” he concluded.

He also said Russian Foreign Minister Igor Ivanov and U.S. State Secretary Colin Powell would soon discuss the U.S. plans and the Russian proposals in this area.

“For our part, we will try to convince the U.S.A. that the implementation of their plans will have ruinous consequences for the world community,” he said.

(It just seems right when a talk show host around where I live still says that Russia still has people that react the old way, (as a Communist) when discussing anything about these treaties.) As of 3/12/01, this article from a Russian newspaper (on-line) is still what they are trying to convince their people of.

Posted by John Titor on 03-13-2001 08:46 AM

EMMETT:

((As you know, bodies under acceleration lose their initial constant velocity worldline reference with respect to each other – the Twins Paradox.))

I’m not sure that’s accurate. Twin Paradox time travel only suspends your perspective on a local level as the “world” around you goes on. You do not change worldlines.

((Given that you have a possible 2.5% divergence from your own worldline (5% on a roundtrip?)on a 60-year trip and the micro-singularities (each having their own worldline) are subject to the same divergence, how do you keep them in phase?))

Good thinking but that’s not exactly the way they work and divergence is not cumulative.

((Does the divergence extend into N-dimensions? Is the 2.5% the total error or is each dimension subject to the 2.5% divergence individually?))

Yes, that’s a little closer. You should perhaps change the “N” to and “X” to avoid string theory confusion.

((…but how did you manage to overcome the problem of gathering sufficient power to artificially create a micro-singularity in such a short time (sometime prior to 2036))

The “machine” with the energy to do it will come on-line very soon. The “method” for doing it has already been “mostly” perfected in the Z machine at the National lab in New Mexico.

((I believe that it would theoretically take the total energy output of the Sun since the time of Richard the Lionhearted (about a thousand years) to form one micro-singularity, let along two.))

Not that much.

BOB:

((I haven’t seen an answer to my issue concerning moral turpitude through action or inaction. Did I miss it?))

If I missed something, please repeat it.

BRIDGET:

((But let me ask you one simple question: instead of sitting at your computer, why not present yourself to George W, proof in hand? THAT would throw quite a monkey wrench into the government’s cover-up machine, don’t you think?))

Please take a look at the front cover of this month’s Popular Mechanics because it’s a great example of your legacy to 2036 after the war. One side of the cover it describes in great detail how your government is ready spying on you. On the other side (and just as important) it tells you how to install a hot tub.

April 2001 Popular Mechanics Magaine.
In March of 2001, Popular Mechanics released the “April” issue of Popular Mechanics. This is the issue that John Titor was referring to.

The reason time travelers do not revel themselves is because your society scares the hell out of us. We do not want to end up in a cement room on a permanent supply of sodium prenatal as men with lab coats poke at our machine with a screwdriver.

ALBERT:

((…but would not the vintage computer from 1975 be bigger than the time machine to haul back to the future?))

Not at all. The 5100 series will fit on a tabletop.

ANGEL:

((Are people using “reverse speech” in courts, etc. or even recreational?))

Not that I’m aware of.

RICK:

((…and John’s explanation was “gravity sensors”. While I’m not aware of anything called a gravity sensor in this day and age, I wouldn’t discount such a thing.))

http://es.epa.gov/ncerqa_abstracts/sbir/other/monana/warburto.html

For a second there, I thought 2.5% took a big chunk out of this worldline. I found this site and I’m sure there are others out there.

((Russia, China, N. Korea, Cuba, Iraq, Iran, France – and you can add quite a few others to this list – would just love to see America on her knees and will do whatever it is they can to help us down there. NEVER EVER UNDERESTIMATE enemies – especially FORMER enemies (like Russia).))

Didn’t North Korea just break off some sort of talks with South Korea?

MICHEAL:

((WACO…with criminal violations of the law either directly or impliedly as is done in this video, simply doesn’t accord with the real facts. Actually, there’s some evidence now to suggest that not only the FBI, but other federal as well as state and local law enforcement agencies have learned something from the Waco tragedy, and will take great care not to repeat it.))

A large point of contention seems to be the “flashes” of light that appear to be gunfire that were recorded from the aircraft flying over the compound. The FBI has stated that these flashes were sunlight reflections. I find that rather interesting since the camera was not a visible light camera, it was a thermal camera. If the federal forces learned anything from WACO it was to install more reliable suppressors on their automatic weapons and don’t use flash grenades that leave shell casings after the fire.

JOE:

Sorry for the short answers.

((1. Could you explain your theory about worldlines? Are there
infinite worldlines? Are all worldlines separate or
connected to each other in some way?))

Yes, worldlines are infinite. Yes, they are separate but can be traversed through certain large gravity anomalies.

((2. Where did you attend High school and what year did you
graduate? Was it difficult?))

No, I did not have a “high school” experience.

((3. What college did you attend, what year did you graduate? Would you estimate that your college life was similar to ours in our worldline? ))

I was educated at the University of Florida. I entered a military sponsored program in 2029 and graduated between 2033 – 34. No, it was not very similar.

((4. Hypothetically: If you fell in love with someone here (lets say Pamela) and you took her “back to the future” with you in your timex machine, wouldn’t that act upset both of our worldlines especiall if she were pregnant? Or all of the worldlines,assuming time travel is possible? Conversly, If you were gay and you took a gay man back with you, would that disrupt the worldlines less, assuming the both you could not bear offspring. ))

No, it would not disrupt anyone’s worldlines.

((5. Have you had a chance to watch a movie here that you had already seen in your 2036 wordline? If so, did they have the same endings?))

Interesting question. If I watch enough of them I should see a difference somewhere but I haven’t seen one yet.

BOB 25

Posted by John Titor on 03-13-2001 08:52 AM

EMMETT:

((I’m not sure that’s accurate. Twin Paradox time travel only suspends your perspective on a local level as the “world” around you goes on. You do not change worldlines.))

After reading this, it occured to me that our definition of worldline may not be the same.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-13-2001 09:18 AM

John,

(This may seem like a stupid question, since I am not familiar with any of this in my reality.)

Can world-lines converge closer together every so many years?

(Something like world-lines coming closer together during the time Jesus was on Earth, and now in the future, with the awesome power (nuclear) we have, an ebbing or flowing of the convergence and divergence of world-lines.)

((I must add that if this is true, then morals of all world-lines are tilted towards a certain aspect (good or evil) at these times, (causing the outcome of many, many, many worldlines to be similiar at those times)).

Just a thought.

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-13-2001 12:26 PM

John,

At one time I asked you about the mass of your singularities but didn’t receive an answer. From other information gathered here it appears that your machine heats to about 100 degrees (approx. 400 kelvin).

The Hawking Radiation of a singularity with a mass of 3 x 10^20 kg of mass would have a temperature of approx. 400 kelvin.

Hawking radiation in kelvins=(6 x 10^-8/M) where M is Solar masses. The smaller the mass the greater the temperature.

The mass of 3 x 10^20 kg is equilalent to a slice of the Earth 1.2 miles wide at the equator, extending from pole to pole to the depth of the center of the Earth. (The mass of the Earth is 5.98 x 10^24 kg.) Your society isn’t involved in space travel (according to earlier posts) so it appears that your singularities are madfe from the Earth itself. Ouch! Your society is killing the world. Eco-terrorists as it were.

Where is the mass coming from?

Posted by John Titor on 03-13-2001 12:43 PM

EMMETT:

((Where is the mass coming from?))

E=MCsquared can be solved for mass too.

Posted by John Titor on 03-13-2001 12:49 PM

EMMETT:

This appeared to be the same question from the other site so I just copied my old response.

((For instance, he has stated that his society is not involved in space travel. He’s also stated that the temperature in and around his device while in use is approximately 100 degrees (approx 375 kelvin). ))

I’m not sure I understand the connection between no space travel and the temperature around the device.

((If the Hawking Radiation of a black hole stated in Kelvins is…))

The singularities are not unstable; therefore, uncontrolled evaporation is not possible. In addition, there is no extemporaneous matter near the singularity that would cause it to give off radiation or heat.

((Or – he’s taken a slice of the Earth about 1.2 miles wide at the equator from pole to pole down to the center of the Earth and compressed it into a singularity. And his machine has two of them, GE has a larger unit (C206) and there are multiple machines of each model (C204 & C206). ))

A singularity about the size of an electron would only require the mass of a large mountain. The singularities inside the C204 are much small than that. And no, I didn’t make them.

((If his society doesn’t space travel – then they are gobbling up the Earth to make their singularities.))

You know… E = MC squared can be written to solve for mass too.

Posted by Don Berg on 03-13-2001 04:44 PM

John Titor, would you consider having your departure from this time period be video taped for Art Bell? What would you expect to be seen during that event from the outside perspective? I remember that Art wanted to do this when MadMan Markham was going to attempt time travel, so I would expect Art would be interested. Please email and fax Art about this proposal if you accept.

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-13-2001 05:01 PM

Smile

Dear Don,
He is planning on having someone video tape his departure.

What it will look like:
((Pamela: 1.What exactly would an observer see as they saw you arriving in this time? and exactly what would they see as you departed? would you just appear suddenly or slowly? would you look like a heat mirage for awhile? any light effects? or hazy misty shimmering distortion?

Time travel_0- The observation of time travelers “appearing” suddenly in a world line do not happen very often. There are two cases and two points of view to consider. In the first case, the time machine does not move as it goes from one world line to another and then returns. The people watching on the original world line would wave good bye and watch as the machine is turned on.

There would be a static discharge and the air would appear to “ripple” as if it were getting denser. Then, it would stop and the machine will have appeared to have gone no where. If the machine doesn’t move its position from world line to world line, the observer would not see it disappear at all. In the second case, if the machine is moved, it would disappear from the viewpoint of the observer and return in a different location based on where it was moved and turned on from the destination world line. In that case, the rippling seems to dissolve the machine and it disappears. If that happens while you are watching it leave and you expect it to return, you know it was moved or had a serious malfunction. It is actually quite dangerous to get too close to a distortion unit as it enters or leaves a world line. It vents radiation and has a very strong localized gravity field. Personally, I worry about that a great deal.))

sincerely,
pamela

[Edited by Pamela Moore on 03-13-2001 at 05:14 PM]

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-13-2001 10:20 PM

Actually John,

You really do not have to answer my questions. I saw the computer on a webpage after I asked that question. I was under the assumption that IBM only had larger computers back then at that time. I do not think any other questions I asked are even that relevant. I was also under the assumption that space travel would come first, now I have my doubts, and as one person put it:

Space is big. I saw some of the other webpages also.

Time is big. I will be thinking about all of this more in the summer, too much to do right now.

Well, certainly I wonder what humans will be doing in the future as to the wisdom that may be needed with certain aspects of technological breakthroughs. I really wonder if humankind has the wisdom in some of these pursuits.

I really wonder.
Here’s hoping we did not step on your toes too much.

Posted by Raxamon Bathory on 03-14-2001 02:05 AM

Exclamation

Good evening to all of you, and John. I wont start this off by displaying whether I fully believe you or not, other than I’d love to believe you, perhaps even love the fact that I’d love to believe you, but not whether I concretely do, or not.

I am not very good grammatically, or even at organizing my thoughts in a cohesive list of things, so please bear with me as I struggle to manipulate an unweildly and cumbersome form of communication to the best of my ability. First and foremost I am inquisitive about religious belief systems you seem to make many references to a obviously Male Dominated religious system, perhaps even the religion I loathe so much, known as Christianity. 

Being that you claim to be from 2036, you must forgive my arrogance but I will assume for you to be a representative of people in that time, and that world-line. 

Am I, a faithful Witchcraft Practicing Neo-pagan to believe that Christianity is still the dominant form of religion in whats left of a post-cataclysmic United States? 

And that mankind is still aspiring towards a rather unbalanced religion, responsible for a lot of the sorrow, misery, torture, death, and narrow mindedness of this world-lines past, and in some ways present, and none actively seek reunification with the old ways, seeking to come closer to the bosom of earth based religion? 

Or is it that Neo-paganism is such a minority in your time and world-line that you have yet to mention it in any form? 

I am sorry to sound rather bitter, but with regards to most of Christianity and its followers, all I have seen and experienced is narrow mindedness, hatred, and malevolent intent towards anything remotely different from themselves (Holy War is a good example, Salem Witch trials is another, and down here in the deep south you can find it anywhere simply by walking into a southern baptist church on Sunday wearing a pentagram and wearing black). 

If neo-paganism is not a viable and accepted religion or tolerated much amongst the christian counterparts in your communities, I should think I know where I’ll be aiming my guns when, and if such a war arrives. It is my deep seated belief that if all religions don't wake up and unify and realize all religious (and spiritual) belief leads to the same sources, there may well be uprisings from pagans (I should think after so many centuries of hatred we’re quite fed up by now, and its showing in the Black Metal musical underground movement occurring presently in Norway, and some of Europe in which angry fans are quite literally burning centuries old catholic churches to the ground sometimes with followers inside).

I wont leave anything aside in saying I’m a Gen X individual, only difference instead of not caring, I’m angry, Not only am I angry, I’m rather overjoyed to hear the possibility of Mutually Assured Destruction for all mankind, because for the most part, most people dont deserve the life given to them, I’ll be cheering from the sidelines when the bombs start dropping, waiting for an opportunity for an anarchistic environment wherein I could easily inact revenge upon Governmental officials, and Religious Zealots with deadly force.

However, the image you produce of mankind drawing inward upon itself, and becoming….more holistic in a sense, caring more about the community as a whole, and the well being of the mass body, than the greed of the self I must admit is a heartening one, perhaps a step towards spiritual enlightenment, for all parties, in which Christian, Pagans, Muslims, Buddhists and the like can all sit down and break bread with each other and be as brothers. 

If such is the case I would indeed think, even through the hardships, I’d be more than willing to live through that. Furthermore the possibility for daily bloodshed from water raiders and the like would thrill me, a more earth based, rather than economy, or rather Capitalistic based life would seem more than an enjoyable experience.

Personally many seem to think of the fact of millions of dying as a bad thing, I don't. 

I think getting rid of the mass populace would be a wonderful thing, and rest assured if it happens, I’ll be doing my part to weed out the morons that slipped through the cracks of devastation with the point of a gun, of that you have my oath.

At any rate, I have a favor to ask of you, if you don't mind. 

You stated earlier, you would post this information up on the net in your world-line when you arrived back at your destination (or rather as close as you can get to your original world-line). 

I have two children who I should hope will be smart enough to live through the devastation (perhaps though it would however be a kinder gesture that they did not however, considering possibility of nuclear winter, fallout, mutation, cancer, morons freely toting guns etc). 

Please do me a favor and look up if you can Celeste Electra Watson, and Damon Caine Watson, and tell them their father loves them deeply, and wishes them the best in all that they achieve, and that I wish the light grace and love of the Lord and Lady to shine upon them always and in all that they do. 

I have no message for myself, as in truth its not me, and even if it was, I should be 57 by this time, and possibly A. Dead or B. a doddering old fool. And also how would the other me with a different time-line know to even look myself up. which means only that the message would never get to me. Which is why I ask you the favor of directly looking up my children if they still live and telling them such.

On another note, out of curiosity, say one turned on a Tesla coil nearby the machine you use to travel, emitting the emp dreaded by anything with transistors, and then attempted to utilize the time machine? is it shielded against the effects of EMP or would you then be sitting, staring at a now useless piece of machinery stuck in a time period you were unfamiliar with? 

Furthermore, also electromagnetism I should think would be slightly different from our time to yours, considering massive worldwide global thermonuclear war would destroy most power grids *snicker* in your time period, do other electromagnetic fields such as those produced from surrounding power lines, and such in any way hamper the proper utilization of the machine? or make it more difficult to take accurate “snapshots” so that you remain “stuck to the world” ?

Also on a further note…considering you’ll never actually get back to your own world-line, why go back? 

I dunno bout you, but I’d say FuX0R that, and not care anymore and slide further and further back in time (or forward) as far as I possibly could, expecting cumulative divergence from my point of origin, seeking out and exploring the many possibilities of the multiverse. 

I should think a world where Hitler won would be on the side of the amount of divergence I’m talking about, or a World Where the Egyptian Empire was never beaten by the Persians and Alexander the Great, thusly resulting in a superpower of the same might of Rome by the time of Cleopatra's reign (or lack of reign, lol we are talking massive divergence here are we not?) and why settle for the efforts of petty human civilization? 

go back, keep going back, Millions of years, grab up specimens of the Triassic era, then have fun hopping back into the future with your specimens then gleefully set loose say, hell a pack of raptors onto the populace of New York? then laugh as you warp off to another point in time, in another world, where any possibility could be reality. (only thing I’d be really worried about is hopping into a world where the Russians did not back down from the Cuban missile crisis, under the Kennedy administration). 

After all who is gonna stop you? 

the multiverse is now your playground, and who cares about your time period and their problems, as you said others would step through from other world-lines to take your place in your concurrent world-line, perhaps one of them will decide to go back with the machine so they get what they want, and you get a free ride on one of the greatest adventures I could imagine.

I dunno, but that's what I’d do, I mean you just took a mission where in essence quite simply there is NO return, so why give a flip about the issues of humans, your now above all that with the multiverse being your playground.

Anyways that's just a few ideas and questions and whatnot I figured I’d toss your way. Sounds like fun were it real, and if it isn’t **** man write a book. I’d pay just to read it LOL

Posted by John Titor on 03-14-2001 08:12 AM

Departure Video for Art Bell

((John Titor, would you consider having your departure from this time period be video taped for Art Bell? What would you expect to be seen during that event from the outside perspective? I remember that Art wanted to do this when
MadMan Markham was going to attempt time travel, so I would expect Art would be interested. Please email and fax Art about this proposal if you accept. ))

Earlier in the thread I had said I would be willing to videotape my departure and Pamela copied a much earlier post describing it. There are a few technical and logistical problems but I do plan to have it done. (i.e. the videotape recording has static and interference if it’s too close to the unit.) At this point, the videotape would be for pure entertainment value. It won’t prove one way or another if I’m a time traveler but I feel you deserve just a tad of bread and circuses.

When I approached my grandfather in 1975 it took me quite a while to convince him I was who I said I was. He said something I’ve never forgotten and I’ve heard some of you allude to it also. After looking at the unit he turned to me and said, “Either you’ve escaped from an insane asylum or you’re a time traveler.” As the weeks went on, it occurred to me that both were just as threatening and dangerous to him and I’m not sure he ever decided which one was worse.

Based on my own experiences on the web and a few comments some of you have made, I suspect Art is growing weary of people claiming to be time travelers for the same reason. As we have discussed, there is really no way to prove it and I would imagine Art is tired of putting himself at risk by entertaining the idea. He does have a responsibility to his listeners and I respect that. I suppose it goes back to the old question you’ve all asked yourselves. What is proof of time travel?

Posted by Joe Section on 03-14-2001 08:59 AM

John Titor,

I am confused by one of your actions. Why is it NOT ok to give us information about our near future in detail, but it IS ok to take back detailed emails and totally modify that time line?

I would like to know the next AOL on this time line, not another

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-14-2001 09:23 AM

Well what a way to play the crowd John. But what are you truly trying to say?

Often times you have hidden meanings in your statements. And I know that this time is no acceptation. Why are you now emphasizing trying to say something about proving to us if you are real or not?

As a way out perhaps?

That video of your departure, are you afraid that it will be proven fraudulent?

And you just want to spare people the disappointment?

Well if my guesses are correct, I think we found something we agree on. We both wouldn’t like to see people suckered into believing you as a fraud.

-Javier C.

Posted by John Titor on 03-14-2001 10:09 AM

((Why is it NOT ok to give us information about our near future in detail, but it IS ok to take back detailed emails and totally modify that time line?))

I’m not saying anything in your messages. You are. Are you suggesting I edit your emails? Are you unable to weigh the consequences of your opportunity and I am now responsible for what you might say to yourself? Now that you have the chance to put your own morals to the test do you feel you’re incapable of living up to your own standards?

Is it wrong to say one thing and not something else? If you feel you should tell yourself to buy a certain stock than I suppose you are willing to take the risk that “your” advice doesn’t prove wrong in the next few days.

What ever I might do, I would consider the fact that someday you will have to address this question again as an entire society.

J.C. Why would I offer to make the video if I thought it would “expose” me? If it makes you feel better, I doubt it will change your mind anyway but it will give you something to talk about when I’m gone. I think that’s the greatest gift I could give you.

Posted by Joe Section on 03-14-2001 10:48 AM

John T,

It is not against my morals to give myself a financial edge with some information from the future, but it does seem to be against your morals as you won’t give any of us a stock tip or any specific information from the future.

Why would you allow all kinds of information to make it’s way back in time, yet give no information on this time line? The exchange of information would not be possible without your help.

I am sure if you asked the future me, he would give permission to give the current me some useful information

>>I’m not saying anything in your messages. You are. Are you suggesting I edit your emails? Are you unable to weigh the consequences of your opportunity and I am now responsible for what you might say to yourself? Now that you have the chance to put your own morals to the test do you feel you’re incapable of living up to your own standards?<<

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-14-2001 10:57 AM

Greatest gift for me? How do you know what the greatest gift for me is? I’d take it you didn’t mean just me when you said that.

Posted by David R Ferguson on 03-14-2001 10:57 AM

Wink

I am not going to be sending an e-mail to myself in 1998 because I am sticking to my belief that since I did not receive an e-mail from myself in 1998, then it never happened.

I would, however, like to receive an e-mail message from myself in the future. I would now how I would be able to prove to myself that it was legit.

Have fun, all, and I look forward to seeing your departure, John.

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-14-2001 11:19 AM

John,

I know that you don’t understand…which is sad. Its the Hawking Radiation that you can’t overcome. This radiation is seperate from any other radiation given off by extemporaneous matter falling into the singularity. It is part of the description of a singularity per se absent any other matter. A singularity emits Hawking Radiation.

A simple “E=Mc^2” isn’t the answer here. You have to form the singularity for your machine to work and that takes mass – real, not virtual mass. You have to get the mass for the singularity from somewhere and if you can’t or don’t travel in space (to grab the mass from somewhere other than Earth) then you have to be gobbling up the planet itself.

The truly faulty part of your description of your device involves the Hawking Radiation. You can’t overcome it and you can’t ignore it. Its not the size of the singularity that matters – its solely the mass involved that determines the temperature of the radiation.

400 kelvin or 100 degrees C emitted as Hawking Radiation from the singularity requires a mass of 3 * 10^20 kg. Lert’s assume that the mass of the singularity is “about the mass of a large mountain”. Let’s say that the mass of the singularity is 1/1,000,000th (5.98*10^18 kg)the mass of the Earth. The Hawking Radiation temperature around your singularity will be approximately 20,000 degrees kelvin. The surface temperature of the sun is about 5,600 degrees kelvin. That’s a sunburn that you won’t forget for a while.

So, the reparte has been fun. But your device, as described, simply won’t work.

Its too bad that this has occurred. People want to believe in the future and future technology but get confused by bad science. As I’ve said before, it doesn’t particularly bother me that you don’t really have a time machine. Its fun to ” jus’ ‘spose” it was true. The problem comes when people really are convinced that its true based on bad science. In any case, there’s plenty of evidence available for people to check on their own so they can make informed decisions and learn what the true state of the science is. Where we are in physics today is truly exciting without making it up.

20,000 degrees…ouch, ouch, ouch!

Posted by David R Ferguson on 03-14-2001 11:20 AM

Smile

John, I just want to clarify my last post: I am not looking forward to your leaving in the sense that I want you to go, I meant it that I am looking forward to seeing your departure from an observational perspective. This has been an enjoyable, educational, and thought-provoking thread.

[Edited by David R Ferguson on 03-14-2001 at 11:41 AM]

Posted by John Titor on 03-14-2001 11:55 AM

((I know that you don’t understand…which is sad.))

Perhaps you are just having a hard time making yourself clear? I will admit you are a little out of my ballpark but I do understand what you are referring to.

((It’s the Hawking Radiation that you can’t overcome. This radiation is separate from any other radiation given off by extemporaneous matter falling into the singularity. It is part of the description of a singularity per se absent any other matter. A singularity emits Hawking Radiation.))

Yes, that is true. If you firmly believe that Hawking radiation cannot be controlled or goes on even without the presence of virtual particles forever until the singularity explodes than you are correct.

((A simple “E=Mc^2” isn’t the answer here.))

You asked where the mass comes from. I simply pointed out that mass and energy are interchangeable in the same equation. One of my Stanford pals tells me there is a running gag about the chances a VW Beetle spontaneously appearing inside the accelerator. It could only come from the transfer of energy to mass.

((You have to form the singularity for your machine to work and that takes mass – real, not virtual mass.))

That is incorrect.

((The truly faulty part of your description of your device involves the Hawking Radiation. You can’t overcome it and you can’t ignore it. Its not the size of the singularity that matters – its solely the mass involved that determines the temperature of the radiation.))

You seem to be quite upset and I understand your argument. I do however think it is important to gather the facts and probabilities before expelling emotional energy on them. Please keep in mind that I have not shared all the technical details of the machine with you. So an easy out would be for me to just make something up.

However, and as I’m sure you are aware, Stephen Hawking admits that his own equations support the “possibility” that microsingularities may not totally disappear as they evaporate in a sea of virtual particles and in fact may leave behind a very stable naked singularity. I’m sure you can look that up. I suppose the difficult part is believing that we’ve taken advantage of it, not that it’s impossible.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-14-2001 11:58 AM

My.
Back to my reality.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-14-2001 12:47 PM

Inherently, freedom from responsibility, is not evidenced in this Universe, this is why humans are so small.

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-14-2001 01:32 PM

Darby, I simply do not have time to get into details right now – but, if you take some time to do some internet searches you will find that not only is is POSSIBLE to create a microsingularity, it is possibly to do so NOW with a linear accellerator. In fact, there was an article recently (about 5-6 months ago I think, which is why I can’t remember the exact source right now) that stated there is a distinct probability of it happening.

I THINK if you do a search on the discovery channel, or discovery magazine, you should find this information yourself.

Posted by Phil Fiord on 03-14-2001 08:49 PM

Question

speaking of time, i am on page 18 and have spent hours contemplating, reading, going to links etc. Facinating stuff. Great Discussion.

I do have a question or two, and please forgive me if they were addressed and I have not reached them yet.

In the years leading to the civil war in the US and ww3, when searches are being conducted in homes, what is being searched for specifically? I can assume weapons, but that seems too simple.

Also, John, can you elaborate on recognizing who the enemy will be domestically? You had stated sometime back in the thread that it would be those who had the most to lose..(paraphrasing) I may be taking this out of context, but maybe not.

I am on the fence post, but intrigued by this topic. I cannot obviously say you are a TT, but that is not the issue for me. I need no proof. At the least, this discussion has been a laymans guide to understanding Time Travel theory. At most, you are “visiting”. Either way, Thanks

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-15-2001 11:41 AM

Who’s going to remember this thread in the future?

Have you made a poster about something like “I am from 2036” to jog your memory?

If these events come to pass, have you made plans about what you will do?

No need to answer me, but in a couple of years, no one may remember this thread, due to life events of the yous or you.

I find the events mentioned as incredible, I also find that most people could look forward and describe certain events that might take place in the future. These possibilities have always been with us.

I, myself, and I have a lot of meetings with myself, self, and I am having another meeting with myself, dictate that the 50 me-s that are all having meetings with myself may get confused from time to time. This leaves 50 or more me-s in every world-line with more me-s showing up possibly all the time.

With all of you doing all the same, then these parallel worlds are all busy with all the you-s and me-s.

We all only take up one space on the game-board still in the world.

Further thoughts on all of these meetings may be forthcoming, soon I hope.
In the near future, I know what I have to do, due to obligations of all the me-s that had meetings with all the other me-s, I guess.

Well, that leaves all of the me-s tied up at the moment.
Anyone else feel this way?

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-15-2001 11:48 AM

If it seems that I may be howling at the Moon, Ah~~~~~~Ow, would you might think of it as a form of March Madness?

After all, all of the me-s holding all of these me-s meetings may have nothing to do, if not howling at the Moon, leaving the other me-s to say, what a pity, that some of the me-s are howling at the Moon. I also have to assume that all of the other world-lines are having quite a time also with this.

I can not decide when I had the time to do all of this, though.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-15-2001 12:03 PM

Also, one could write a paper describing this action as a Class, perhaps even putting it in a computer, with a programming language to describe this Class. Making a Object of the Class and referencing it, would instansiate this Class. This would give the computer a Busy Class Object that describes the methods, events, and properties of the Busy Class Act.

I must be a Busy Class Object Act.

Is this part of the Future events?

Fitting at this time, I must include a Prayer:

Now, I lay me down to sleep. I pray the Lord my soul to keep.
And if I should die, before I wake, I pray the Lord my soul to take.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-15-2001 12:15 PM

I leave to go into the Future, moment by moment, step, by step.
What awaits me there?

There was another forum where a topic was created. Oxuma, a Brailizan, came up with this: (Give credit where credit is due).

What has someone said to you that was stupid at some time in your life?

Some of the replies given back by people who responded could be made into a sort of conversation that would go like this:

Space is big.
The idea is good, but the forum is not.
There’s grass on the lawn.
Is that all there is to talk about?
The seashore is where the sea and the shore meet.
If I taught you everything I know, you still would not know anything.
Can someone go out and get me a monkey sandwich?

The winner was given some sort of symbolic prize: The Golden Grass Award.

And the winner, was: There’s grass on the lawn.

I leave you to your thoughts.

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-15-2001 01:17 PM

John,

Honestly, I’m not upset about any of this…and the only emotion involved for me is joy. This is fun! It really is. And the energy expelled (other than the Hawking Radiation <poke> is intellectual. Back to the didactic…

I realize that you haven’t given “all of the technical details” of the device. If it (the device) exists, the details aren’t yours to give in any case. 

The details of the device, as intellectual property, belongs to GE and its shareholders (of which I am one). 

The details that you have posted publicly may actually be in violation of copyright and patent law relative to the rights of GE in 2001. 

Did the Board of Directors of today’s GE authorize you to publicly post their technical drawings? (Did GE in 2036 for that matter give similar authorization?) 

The reason that I ask this question is that we don’t know that GE isn’t, in fact, working on this device as we speak. 

The technical drawing that you have posted, if it reflects a reality, has some implications that you may not have taken into consideration. You see a time machine. I see a very powerful weapons system – an x-ray emitter with directional control. It’s there in the drawing.

X-rays will be emitted if matter is pumped into the device (which you say isn’t happening) and the engineers are concerned about where to vent the x-rays – a mismatch. 

The drawing indicates in Detail #5 “X-Ray Venting Zone”. It details x-rays being focused and vented directionally. It has applications as a weapons system and today’s DOD & GE would not want any details of the system publicized.

Posted by John Titor on 03-15-2001 02:11 PM

EMMETT:

I too enjoy these conversations.

((I realize that you haven’t given “all of the technical details” of the device.))

Actually, I’m hoping the cut-a-way drawing from the manual will be available to you very soon.

((If it (the device) exists, the details aren’t yours to give in any case.))

…smiling… So let me get this straight, John please prove you’re a time traveler but don’t show us any copyrighted material?

((The details that you have posted publicly may actually be in violation of copyright and patent law relative to the rights of GE in 2001.))

No, I am not breaking any of “my” laws but I suppose that’s something else you and your world-line will have to deal with when time travel comes.

((The reason that I ask this question is that we don’t know that GE isn’t, in fact, working on this device as we speak.))

They might be now.

((You see a time machine. I see a very powerful weapons system – an x-ray emitter with directional control. It’s there in the drawing.))

Yes I suppose that is one thing you could do with it. I could also cut my hand off with a power saw or heat up a crowd of people with a microwave. However, I believe Teller already came up with an X-ray laser that destroys itself after going off.

((X-rays will be emitted if matter is pumped into the device (which you say isn’t happening) and the engineers are concerned about where to vent the x-rays – a mismatch.))

Actually, I thought we were focusing on the degree of radiation and temperature. I don’t believe I ever said it didn’t give off radiation. Yes, the device does give off x-rays.

((The drawing indicates in Detail #5 “X-Ray Venting Zone”. It details x-rays being focused and vented directionally. It has applications as a weapons system and today’s DOD & GE would not want any details of the system publicized.))

As you said, it’s interesting that I see a time machine and you see a weapon. Maybe it’s a sign of the “times”. However, it is a good point. If the Chinese or Russians thought you had one of these what do you think they would do?

Again, maybe you should ask yourself if you’re sure you want me to prove I’m a time traveler. Maybe that’s what makes a time traveler “evil” in that he would be willing to share everything with you. If that were true, does J.C. have a good point after all?

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 03-15-2001 02:30 PM

John – This has been fascinating.

John – IF you (or other TTs), were to lose – a way to get back – would there be a rescue team? Your story would not go over really well here in 2000, if you were in need of assistance – probably lock you up with the other time travelers. No, I’m sure of it. Though I understand you have family. Are there interesting stories of TTs who have had to wing it through tough missions? What would you do. Get a job? Freelance engineering?

Another thing, if you were to take back a carload of shopping items, would they make it?

Sounds like your heading back soon. Did I hear that correct?
Does the “you” in the other time line, have to “absorb” you back? How do you keep from having two “yous”, back home?

Can you e-mail us from the future and tell us how we’re doing there? No, guess not.

[Edited by Craig Cuthbert on 03-15-2001 at 02:51 PM]

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-15-2001 04:24 PM

Darby,
you are so funny.
“The details of the device, as intellectual property, belongs to GE and its shareholders (of which I am one). The details that you have posted publicly may actually be in violation of copyright and patent law relative to the rights of GE in 2001. Did the Board of Directors of today’s GE authorize you to publicly post their technical drawings? (Did GE in 2036 for that matter give similar authorization?) The reason that I ask this question is that we don’t know that GE isn’t, in fact, working on this device as we speak. The technical drawing that you have ..”

If John’s device is real .it belongs to another world altogether. another GE, therefore it would violate no known copy right laws here.or patent laws here. 

In fact with a 2.5 divergence how do you know the patent numbers or the device would be the same? 

Besides as of now the patent doesn't even exist here. technically it would not be THIS GE’s pictures. It would not be THIS GE’s device. it belongs to another world line. since it hasn't been invented yet how would you say he got the pictures?? 

Now THAT would be an interesting case indeed. would they have to prove him to be a time traveler? Is there known laws at this time that states this as a criminal offense to share technology from other world lines? what if it is NOT an offense in John’s world?

The Burden of proof would fall on YOU, not on John.
…..Wouldnt want THAT case! Would any lawyer actually TAKE that case??? heheh

hmmm…noticed Doc’s board is down again…
-pamela

[Edited by Pamela Moore on 03-15-2001 at 04:51 PM]

Posted by Lola Montez on 03-15-2001 08:47 PM

Just to change the subject for a minute; doesn’t it seem strange that this board has been hit so much? I checked and most don’t get over 500 or so. (this one over 19,000!!!)This has had more than any other. The only other ones that come close are two discussions about c2c guests. What do you think of that, if anything?
Lola

Posted by John Titor on 03-15-2001 09:33 PM

((If John’s device is real .it belongs to another world altogether. another GE, therefore it would violate no known copy right laws here.or patent laws here.))

Any government document can not be copyrighted. I could also argue that the manual “could” be from a future where it has become public domain but then again, it would mean proving I am a time traveler.

Posted by Phil Fiord on 03-15-2001 09:41 PM

Cool

LOLA: Hi, I agree that it is amazing how many views have been done on this discussion. Well, maybe not. It is a topic that does not itself generate tons of controversy it seems, but as evidenced by the many exchanges, it can get heated. I wish I had been here for the whole discussion instead of reading up.

No matter if John is a real TT or not. He started and kept up with a wonderful and informative discussion. In a way I will be a little sad when this thread stops altogether. It was truly the best thread I have read in a long *time*. I am not a PhD, but I did get a good laymans view on the theories surrounding Time Travel. It has been an interest for as long as I remember.

Question: Anyone else acutely conscious of the word *time* in daily speech? I am now. Just my focus I guess.

To All who Participated:
Thanks for the great read! Everyone. There are many well thought out parties on this sys.

Rick: You really DoD Intel?

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-15-2001 10:31 PM

John,
So what do you have to say about what you started here? Have you no idea that some of these people are following you like the Pie Pipper?

I don’t know about you, but I call that taking advantage of buying into people’s fascination with Time Travel, using that as leverage for perhaps your “Secret Agenda.”

Wherever you go in 3 weeks John, you’ll find someone with enough guts to stand up to people like you, and oppose your exploitation. Remember ME!

-Javier C.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-15-2001 10:57 PM

I still do not see how anyone can be from a future when that has not happened as far as I am concerned yet.

No doubt the answer is here in this thread.

I will have to go over it again.

For a moment, I was thinking that a microsinglularity might just eat energy, and mass just gets in the way, (it’s not needed), making a microsinglularity a kind of energy generator that can move mass with its energy field, (skirting around its edge horizon event).

I have to look that up, again.

If so, then building this thing may not be all that difficult, except for a few engineering problems.

Should of listened to the Prof in Thermodynamics, after all he wrote the answers for the test on the blackboard.

At the time, I guess I was interested in something else, I could tell you what, but I’ll keep it to myself for now.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-15-2001 11:14 PM

Oh, I see you invented a new machine here. What do you call this thing?

I call it a ‘Time Travel’ machine.

Well, what do you hope it does when you turn it on?

I hope it doesn’t blow up the entire Solar System.

Interesting.

Well , I think it be more interesting if humans waited until we can take the whole entire Universe along.

Well, what do you mean?

Well, if we had antimatter, and could blow up the whole entire Universe, we could call it, “The Big Bang”.

Posted by Al Ryder on 03-15-2001 11:17 PM

Do you have a Timex Sinclair in your collection ??

Posted by Jim Houlahan on 03-16-2001 12:22 AM

Hi John,

You’ve mentioned (and it makes sense that) computers get much better by your time. Considering the vast difference between that 1975-vintage IBM 5100 you’ve picked up and the computer I have sitting on my desk, I can’t imagine what computers will be like in 2036. Are they even still called “computers”? 

Are you carrying a computing device from your time? 

Have you had to use our ancient technology for all this posting? I think I’d like to use my 1978 TRS-80 Model 1 again for nostalgia’s sake, but 10 minutes of that and I’d have to stop from frustration. How are you coping with our “stone-knives and bear-skins” technology? That’s a Star Trek reference. Have you watched Star Trek?

What can you tell us about future computing technology without conflicting with your “temporal prime directive”? We could guess some things based on Moore’s Law concerning storage, speed, etc. It would be nice for computer-geeks like me to hear some specifics though – especially about form, function and interface.

Thanks for spending time giving us all great stuff to think about!

Posted by Jay Richards on 03-16-2001 12:36 AM

John, you never addressed my question posted several days ago. Would you address it?

Also, I noticed a post from you on a different thread where you said something to the effect that everything that can or could have ever happened has happened, and thus there’s an infinite number of realities.

If there were an infinite number of realities, then there would necessarily arise a reality that somehow causes there to be no other realities. In fact, an infinite number of such realities would have to arise that cause there to be no other realities.

It’d also necessarily give rise to a reality that somehow causes there to be only one single reality. In fact, it would necessarily give rise to an infinite number of such realities that somehow cause there to be only one reality.

It’d also necessarily give rise to a reality that somehow causes there to no realities at all. In fact, it would necessarily give rise to an infinite number of such realities that somehow cause there to be no realities at all.

One might desire to argue that such realities could arise in the future, from our perspective, and we simply haven’t encountered the effects of that yet but we might in our future. But if that where the case, then there would necessarily arise an infinite number of realities that somehow causes there to have never been any other reality from any perspective.

Etc.

There seems to be a bit of a problem with any sort of “infinite reality” concept (or infinite Universes, for that matter), doesn’t there?

So furthermore, if there’s a limit to the quantity of realities (or Universes, for that matter), which logic clearly dictates that there must be, what is the limiting factor?

Is it the number of angels that can dance on the head of a pin? I don’t think so. There can be only one.

Posted by Phil Fiord on 03-16-2001 06:31 AM

Arrow

AL: The Timex Sinclair…I had one. I was 10 and it was incredible! At that time I remember getting the expansion pack for the RAM, it came stock with 2k i think. All Basic code on hot keys. Thanks, never thought anyone else used one. Seems to me the Sinclair was as useless as the Altair though. (that was b4 my start in comps.)

JOHN: 

I agree with Jim. I to am interested in your thoughts on the future of computers and their interface etc. Any new types of peripheral devices?

Also,if the WTO protesters in Seattle had been at the time of the future civil war, would they be at all similar to the victors of the war?

And 1 more thing, I know you have commented about your puzzlement at questions regarding Bill Gates. Well, Bill Gates has an interesting story in how he became the wealthiest man (monetarily) on earth. Obvious, however if what you suggest of the future is true, I see Mr. Gates as a becoming a pinata for the amusement of those opposed to his iconical representation of wealth. 

Hmmm. Being that his company has been (arguably unfairly) chased by anti-trust issues..does he become a financial force behind the Constitutional defenders?

Just wonderin’

Posted by Mel Reckling on 03-16-2001 07:04 AM

Sounds like the computers of the future will be much like the kind found in the Monty Python movie” Brazil” with their ancient typewriter keyboards and those hilarious screen magnifiers. Can anyone tell me what a “Pie Pipper” is?

Brazil
Computer from the odd-ball movie Brazil. I love the retro keyboard, and the micro screen enlarger.

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-16-2001 07:09 AM

Phil: “Rick: You really DoD Intel? ”

My background is in intel. Communications, electronics, intelligence. Currently I work in the computer security field. I work in a national research facility. I keep my hands in intelligence – though no longer professionally. Once you’re a part of that, you never really leave it.

I am a very patriotic person. I joined the military when I was younger because of patriotism, not for college, not for the fun of it, and certainly not because I HAD to do it. I did it because I believe in the Constitution of the United States.

At the same time – I believe, apparently like John, that our society, and indeed our government, has taken a turn for the worst. 

See… we the people, ARE the government. 

When a society’s morals break down, the government isn’t far behind. We’ve got this “entity” called “government” now, that has grown massively in power, while losing all common sense. 

Deep swamp draining.
In order for American citizens to take control of their government, two things must occur. Firstly, the secret societies that operate in Washington DC must be eliminated. This “swamp” must be drained. Secondly, the American government must put the needs and interests of American first before everything else. This goes in direct opposition of what the global oligarchs desire.



The truth is a non-existent entity can’t HAVE common sense. 

It can only have bureaucratic ‘thoughts’ – the collective thoughts, and actions of a group of people controlling the purse strings, controlling everything, even down the people of the country.

The problem with this is – people like me still exist and probably always will. We sit within a system that we view as corrupt, and believe we can change it within the system itself. We try, hitting brick wall after brick wall.

I still believe that our greatest achievements are yet to come – and yet, a gnawing feeling in the pit of my stomach has been telling me that something is going to happen, and soon. I’ve felt this for about 5-6 years now. I can not put my finger on it, but, it all comes back to your question… Intelligence.

We watch foreign governments and wonder what they will do next, even predict what they will do next. We see things like Mad Cow disease – and more recently a suddenl virile outbreak of hoof and mouth disease. It didn’t hit just one farm, it hit most of England at the same time. I believe – along with others, that this was a biological attack (what better way to get away with murdering millions of people without getting caught? You reduce their food supplies, and they die slowly. You’re never caught because no one knows where you released the disease).

Sitting here, reading this forum – and seeing what someone else saw – that there were 19K hits or more makes me wonder about the future. John may or may not be “for real” – but I will reserve my final judgement for the upcoming video – even so, he has sparked an intelligence, well thoughtout discussion on the part of each and everyone writing here. We all are going to come away with a heightened sense of our own reality, mortality and perhaps even our own future.

If John has been accurate on even a small portion of his future predictions (which by the way, he has made several, you simply have to carefully read the notes here) then my own thoughts follow along on the civil war, and even nuclear war. MY family will have a fallout shelter within a few months.

I already am a ‘survivalist’. 

My web site has been online for years and contains a lot of information about nuclear war, disasters, storms, earth changes… you name it, it’s there. If anyone wants the URL, write me privately (Not sure if I can post it here). In the mean time – I personally will be keeping my eyes on the intel side of things. Many others will be too.

Posted by John Titor on 03-16-2001 07:55 AM

To my knowledge, there are no other sites where these pictures can be seen and is stable. A few of them have not been posted before. I suspect they will generate more questions which I will try to address.

John

http://content.communities.msn.com/isapi/fetch.dll?action=get_album&ID_Topic=2&ID_Community=MyTimeMachine

Posted by David R Ferguson on 03-16-2001 08:28 AM

Smile

Mel:

I believe you are referencing a comment made by Javier a few posts earlier, and I believe “Pie Pipper” was just misspelled…I believe he meant “The Pied Piper,” the legendary character and exterminator from the German fairy tale of the same name who first led rats out of a village by playing his magic pipe. Later he led all the children of the village away when the town folk refused to pay him for ridding their village of the rat infestation.

Posted by Bob Marz on 03-16-2001 09:10 AM

No No No. The Pied Piper was a mere facsimile of our future Lord, the Pie Pipper. A poseur. An interloper. All hail and bow to the Lord of the Future! The Pie Pipper. Mothers shalt bake the pies, even shalt they include the apple, the strawberry-rhubarb and the chocolate silk. Baker’s Square shalt become places of worship. And the pies shall be the symbol we shalt follow. Heretics and infidels who shalt mock and ridicule the Pie Pipper shall be cast into a cherry pit.

I (vaguely) remember a book by Joe Haldeman where one of the characters says, “With all these infinite moments, the future must get pretty crowded, eh?”
That time traveller answered, “You can’t crowd infinity!”

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-16-2001 09:34 AM

We’re going to die.

At least while you are here, John, have you visited some of the people’s leader, at Disneyland, “Mickey Mouse”?

Who’s the leader of the land, whos made for you and me?
M–i–c–k–e–y, M-o-u-s-e,
Mickey Mouse, Mickey Mouse
Forever will he lead us to the end.

Who’s the leader of the land, whos made for you and me?
M–i–c–, k–e–y, M-o-u-s-e.

Posted by Phil Fiord on 03-16-2001 09:37 AM

Thumbs up

MEL: I think what John actually said was that typewriters are in use in the future because it requires no electricity. Makes sense to me. Consider what a waste it is to use a computer (electric) to type a single note that will be simply thrown away after it is read….hmmm

As for the “Pie Pipper”, I am not sure what is meant except perhaps it is really the Pied Piper, a fictional character that led rats out of a European town by use of a flute?

RICK: I identify closely with all you stated above.

“I keep my hands in intelligence – though no longer professionally. Once you’re a part of that, you never really leave it.”

I believe that. I have done skip tracing for an attorney and am glad I developed those skills. Helps me now in searching for truth and reality. I knew a fella who claimed to be retired CIA. One night we had a couple drinks..well I did, he had more than a few. 

Anyway, he proceeded to tell me a lot of really intense stuff and some less intense but still interesting as far as discussion. 

About a year later some things he talked about were coming to light in media and the net….he had been retired for several years. 

What was really sad in his case was that he was obviously an intelligent man, but he was so burnt out mentally and physically, and very aggressive.

“At the same time – I believe, apparently like John, that our society, and indeed our government, has taken a turn for the worst. See… we the people, ARE the government. When a society’s morals break down, the government isn’t far behind. We’ve got this “entity” called “government” now, that has grown massively in power, while losing all common sense. The truth is a non-existent entity can’t HAVE common sense. It can only have bureaucratic ‘thoughts'”

I agree with that statement as well, but I see a further influence in this. Media attempts to entertain instead of inform and so skews the focus of life in our country. Seems to me that a properly managed info show is entertaining. Hmmm, Art may have some far out people on sometimes, but he does inform > entertain.

“a gnawing feeling in the pit of my stomach has been telling me that something is going to happen, and soon. I’ve felt this for about 5-6 years now. I can not put my finger on it,”

For a long time I have interpreted a feeling that I am supposed to DO something (maybe better prepare for eventualities), but as of yet do not know what for sure. I too sense a shift somehow and there is at times a feeling of massive change on the horizon. I have learned to embrace change as good though. I have stagnated in my personal life before and even the downside to change can be welcome for everything seems to balance in the end result.

“We see things like Mad Cow disease”

Me too. I posted an opinion here on the bbs at Predictions>Terrorist Attack in US. I would like you opinion on this over there if you could be so kind.

“John may or may not be “for real”… he has sparked an intelligence, well thought out discussion on the part of each and everyone writing here. We all are going to come away with a heightened sense of our own reality, mortality and perhaps even our own future.”

I could not have said it better.

“If John has been accurate on even a small portion of his future predictions (which by the way, he has made several, you simply have to carefully read the notes here) then my own thoughts follow along on the civil war, and even nuclear war. MY family will have a fallout shelter within a few months. ”

At the least John seems to develop plausible, nay…probable analysis. I have this sometimes annoying habit of catching things based on the way they are phrased and I too caught several cue phrases that suggest predictions. I am not so fortunate as to have a shelter. I live 35 miles from downtown LA in a suburb. I would be atomized in a surprise attack. I plan to abandon the southland for someplce else if imminent attack occurs. I know a place that is likely not targetted for its non usefulness in a strategic strike. I plan to survive. Afterall, that would be a change and tragicaly facinating.

Also Rick, in playing catch up in the posts two days ago, I did come across your link, just have to go check it out further.

JOHN: That link you provided does indeed show pictures that were not on Doc’s page. Actually its better, Doc’s page has that annoying Comet Mouse thing that stalls my browser. It is interesting to note, for me anyway, that you use “archive” as a task label. I have used that myself over the years, but it is not a common phrase. Is it a label you use because of research?

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-16-2001 02:24 PM

((If John’s device is real .it belongs to another world altogether. another GE, therefore it would violate no known copy right laws here.or patent laws here.))

(((Any government document can not be copyrighted. I could also argue that the manual “could” be from a future where it has become public domain but then again, it would mean proving I am a time traveler)))

John,

I like the way the thread is going here.

I brought up the patent/copyright ideas because time travel does pose some interesting threats to intellectual property rights. We could argue that the future GE has no problem with the release of intellectual property into the public domain in 2036 and that they have no connection with our timeline. However it could still impact the present GE. It’s an interesting area to explore.

How do the two Boards of Directors protect their company(s) and their shareholders? For the doubters, again, let’s “jus’ ‘spose” that the research is ongoing today. It will not be cheap even if underwritten by the government. Shareholders have a right to expect a return on their investment and that includes protecting the company from disclosure of “secret” documents. John has released post-R&D materials. They are details of a working model. But their release is at a time while the R&D is in process. GE would not want potential competitors (Lockheed Martin, Boeing, Westinghouse, etc.) to have access to any such material.

What, if any, standing does a potential plaintiff have and how do they assert their rights? Where do they assert their rights (in what time and what court of law)?

John, I still have my doubts about your machine based on the science – but there’s always the chance that I’m wrong. So, I’m not changing-up on you but posing some questions for you and everyone else to consider. If we view the two worldlines as separate nations that have contact with each other and to some extent affect each other, then the political-legal implications have some validity. How do we resolve these issues as we move forward?

BTW – Government documents actually can be and are copyrighted. Here’s one example. The “California Building Standards” portion of the California Code of Regulations (Title 24) is copyrighted. This not only a government document, but it’s also the law of the State of California (go figure).

Taken from: http://www.oal.ca.gov

“Why is Title 24 (the California Building Standards) not included as part of this CCR Website?
Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations, known as California Building Standards, contains copyrighted materials under the ownership of several model code publishers and cannot be provided here. The eleven parts of Title 24 that comprise California’s Building Standards are available for review at depository libraries, or for purchase in paper format from the copyright holders…”

When private companies are contracted by the government to do research there are contractual agreements between the parties as to which, if any, items discovered, written, produced, etc. are the property of the government and which are the property of the private company

Posted by Lola Montez on 03-16-2001 02:31 PM

I find Rick’s attitude supportable as well. I think the youth are indeed ready to rumble. They are an angry and aggressive group to a large degree. It probably hasn’t helped to watch the love and peace generation turn into the biggest, most hypocritical sell outs of all time.

As long as members of the 60’s generation take a yoga class once in a while they feel free to consume and pollute without a backward glance at the ideals they once held. (I am describing a good number of my friends. And, God help me, maybe myself as well)

It must look obvious to the kids now that had we paid our ideals more than lip service the United States might be in better shape.

It must make them bitter and also instill a good measure of hopelessness. My nephew is in a band that travels internationally and he comments on how the European youth do not have this hostility so present in all of the US cities he plays. So many of us are insulated in our little realities we just don’t feel those currents.

One comment on infinite realities. Infinity is something we can’t wrap our brains around. We just don’t know what it means. We dismiss infinite realities as an impossible situation because it is as yet beyond the scope of the human brain. Mathematicians work on it as a “problem to solve”. Mathematically, finite is as impossible as infinite. Go figure!

Lola

Posted by Phil Fiord on 03-16-2001 03:14 PM

Smile

DARBY: Indeed it is interesting you bring up the possible problems of the R&D phase of a project being affected by post R&D documents. One thing you overlooked is that while GE is in direct competition (in some areas)with the other companies you list, I cannot recall a single project that was soley developed by a single contractor in recent time. Even various projects for NASA are Boeing/Lockheed products if I am not mistaken.

For Example: The B2 Bomber is a Northrop creation, they are Prime contractor….with sub-contracted systems developed in partnership with Lockhead and Boeing and scads of smaller companies as suppliers to these larger systems.

What I am suggesting is that while GE may be the Prime Contractor for the C204, it is unlikely they manufacture the entire unit in house. Certainly most of the research will encompass GE solely, but Lockheed is the only one I can think of that can come close to producing useable products *almost* by themsleves through skunk works. My assertion here as it relates to your question is that even if these docs ‘from’ 2036 are genuine, the impact is unlikely to alter anythink based on copyrighted status, for many companies will have had a hand in the process.

Besides, being that this is a separate world line from John’s, the point is moot. At worst the development of the C204 is accellerated. No problem there for me. Also, maybe in John’s world line a man introduced documents in 2001 that enabled the development of TT by 2034…hmmm

LOLA: Hypocrisy, that is what you described in relation to many 60’s folk that sold out for the cash. I do not remember the 60’s very well…..I was not alive yet.

Posted by John Titor on 03-16-2001 05:28 PM

((BTW – Government documents actually can be and are copyrighted. Here’s one example. The “California Building Standards” portion of the California Code of Regulations (Title 24) is copyrighted. This not only a government document, but it’s also the law of the State of California (go figure).))

My fault. It’s Federal documents.

“”Federal documents and publications are not copyrighted, and therefore are considered to be in the Public Domain.””

http://www.benedict.com/basic/public/public.htm

Courtesy of your web.

Posted by John Wade on 03-16-2001 08:21 PM

Wink

I didn’t have time to read through all of John Titor’s statements. I do find it interesting that a high technology person from the near future who is into the dynamics of moving objects through space and time doesn’t even know the correct date for the Wright Brothers first motor powered heavier than air aircraft flight which is 1903. 

He said 1910 which is way off. 

Its only the most important date in the history of aviation and flight other than 1969, the date for Neil Armstrong’s touch down on the moon. The 1903 date is in all the encyclopedias and history of aviation books.

To get the date wrong, and so totally wrong, to me is absolute proof that this person is a fraud. John

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-16-2001 10:47 PM

I do not know what the 60’s folks sold out of. Since I was around then, you had two choices, either go to Vietnam or go to college. 

Take your pick, you had no other. 

What I see out of the young generation is more time for the future to take hold since I lived through very turbulent times. I wonder how really mad the young folks would be if they were drafted, or well, go to college. Seems younger people we tried to make the world better for, do not appreciate it.

How about they do something better, before they find out that life doesn’t have to be nice!

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-16-2001 11:02 PM

Exactly, some enlisted because they knew otherwise they would be drafted. Excuse us if we decide to change our minds again and decide that drafting people would solve some problems in this country. Probably not, they are still convinced that the cure is college.

Certainly Norway or Denmark did not, they rescinded their Constitution for a couple of months last year or the year before because of problems I guess, then re-instituted it again. That has not happened in the US yet.

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-17-2001 01:07 AM

John, Got up this morning and checked the web sites and where you posted your new pictures yesterday is this message:

“Sorry, MSN Web Communities is temporarily unavailable while we update our service.

Our improved site will be up and running again as soon as possible.

We apologize for any inconvenience this may cause and encourage you to try back later.

Thank you! ”

hmmm….Is there NO WHERE safe???? hhehehehe
what a coincidence…huh?

good news: Doc got his board back up and working…again.

[Edited by Pamela Moore on 03-17-2001 at 01:16 AM]

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-17-2001 01:26 AM

John,
I just checked the site again because I couldnt beleive it was down. you better check it…some of your pictures are gone and they have a little box with a red X in it……………………just like Doc’s board had.
wow…that IS weird.

hmmm….oh well…I am sure it will be fixed soon.

when you click on the pictures that are still there you get this message:

“The server is temporarily unavailable. Sorry, the server is maxed out now. Please try again later when the pressure lets up.”

Nothing like being there at the right time and right place huh?? heheeh well, got to go…

[Edited by Pamela Moore on 03-17-2001 at 01:32 AM]

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-17-2001 01:38 AM

hahahahah…went back again before I logged off and all the pictures are back up again.
well…I guess they were just updating their systems.

Posted by Andrew Hubbard on 03-17-2001 03:55 AM

1) How big is your time machine?
2) Is it possible that this world line ends at a different time to yours?
3) Does the bible code foretell any events that happen between now and 2036?
4) Is it possible to have a war between two different world-lines? for instance, mine and yours?
5) Couldn’t you be the person single handedly responsible for not saving the man who finds the cure for cancer, or the person who finds out how to filter the sea water of nuclear pollution, by not giving us advice on survival? There has been a lot more people who have done great deeds for mankind than people that have nearly destroyed it.
6) How fast is the average connection to the internet in the future? is it all broadband?

Posted by John Titor on 03-17-2001 05:23 AM

((heavier than air aircraft flight which is 1903. He said 1910 which is way off. Its only the most important date in the history of aviation and flight other than 1969, the date))

I suppose its impossible to defend every possible combination of what people want to see. I don’t believe I said anything about the date for the first flight. All I did was pick a moment in history.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-17-2001 11:40 AM

Dear John,

Well, it had to have a ‘Dear John’ reply sometime.

Simply putting us in this multiple world-lines ‘theory’ to us is not known. Therefore, I can only relate to how the me in this world-line thinks about this multiple world-lines.

I am the boss of myself here, if anything, then the other mes in other world-lines that act worse than the me in this world-line do not have a chance. They can complain about it all they want, but since I am the boss here of me in this world-line, then I simply imply that I am killing off (those mes are actually killing themselves) those other world-lines where the me is worse, simply the me here will not put up with it. 

Then the me here is creating new world-lines where the mes bosses all think that we edge slowly towards a coherent whole before most of the mes ‘goodly-mes’ die, leaving the dead mes in the other morally bad world-lines to not have any choice in the say of it ( and they should now know to repent). 

Now, this is about as much sense as this multiple world-lines multiple realities means to me, here in this me world-line, and if no one including me can understand this new theory, than I have achieved my objective, understanding that the me in this world-line is still not sure that all this is happening at any given moment of time. This is the way to the ‘Source’ and all of the world-line mes can fight all we want to, but it will not do all of the infinite mes any good, I guess.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-17-2001 12:04 PM

I will now try to refine the previous post.

Since in the energy flux of the mes, we are all blinking in and out of existence at the energy level of existence. Since most humans are not aware of this sub, sub, sub-atomic energy level, where we all form into a sorta one energy flux, the infinite mes are always having meetings for a brief energy moment of all mes. 

Therefore, information of all of the mes can change world-lines at those moments of blinking in and the blinking out of existence of all the world-lines. This may lead to different part of mes exchanging with the exact same me that left this previous one world-line. 

The reason that most of the time this will not occur is because the information is retained by the me in the world-line that briefly left for this microscopic energy meet of all the mes, and usually the same me that left one particular world-line will still usually be the same me that comes back to the same world-line. 

This is why we would all try to fight if meeting for the other mes know that this is going on also, and most of the time they cannot interfere with the good mes in the good world-lines and are left to travel back to their other world-lines where they take it out on those world-lines.

Thus all of the mes can never be sure that part of some of the mes just did not happen to change minutely even if just for a moment. This all goes on continually, as a way of interaction of all mes in all world-lines.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-17-2001 12:16 PM

Oh.
Dissertion of Reality

It implies that the Universe and everything in the Universe of all universes in the superverse is nothing more than an form of energy. That the mass you imply that you see is nothing more at the sub, sub, sub, atomic level than energy, given form to appear to make it more appealing to us as a reality. This was discussed in books in the mid 80’s and I doubt if you will find anything about this subject on the Internet. Dealings about reality.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-17-2001 12:34 PM

Also, since everything everywhere is energy, this has allowed communication between these different energy ‘states’ and has allowed the creation of self ‘consciousness’ or self ‘awareness’ by the constant filtering action of the now energy ‘states’ left to determine how these energy ‘states’ dealt with determining the best way to develop these concepts and all concepts in all dimensions of all time. I guess one could call this the “All”.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-17-2001 12:47 PM

Now if no one is getting tired of this discussion. I will leave with the final thoughts and you can have all of your own thoughts.

Through the energy ‘states’ all meeting at all times, it is left to these moments of meetings to determine the most appropriate ways of getting to the “All-knowing” God figure we subscribe to. This does not imply that evil does not have its share of these moments, but simply in the end of the “All” if there is an end, then the figure of “God” has already won, and should evil still have its moments than it has been a bad decision on their parts of these energy ‘meetings’ of information.

Well, something like that.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-17-2001 01:00 PM

This implies the “soul” as being a self-healer, that may or may not correct itself, on the journey to the “All-knowing”.

This implies that the journey can perhaps be as long and as knowing as it allows itself to be and that we are left with a “Wonderful God” and the “All” is of good design.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-17-2001 01:24 PM

Not to ‘hog’ this thread, for I am busy, very busy.

<b> I do not see the need for bomb shelters. Did I not state that it may do you no good.</b>

The fact that underground water sources, that exist, may be at least be partly shielded from such a blatant exchange of radioactive fallout, including the lead in it and other parts that may have to be filtered out, may leave a source of water, but that would depend on where you set up camp, when the stupidness ends if the radioactive event should happen.
I leave you with your own thoughts about this.

Next:
Petersen Guide to Wild Berries.
Petersen Guide to Mammals on the North American Continent.
Petersen Guide to Birds of the North American Continent.
etc, etc, the end.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-17-2001 02:58 PM

Conclusion of the “Perfect Symmetry of All”.

As an example:
In Einstein’s Equation there are four possible ‘states’ of reality.
These four would be:
+E = +(MC^2)
-E = +(MC^2)
+E = -(MC^2)
-E = -(MC^2)
The two middle results are of an imaginery numbering system.
The signs are not minus, but negative.
The two middle equations cancel out, forming a “nonexistence”. The other two equations form “existence”.
E = MC^2
-E = -(MC^2).
Both exist.
Now we must venture in to the imaginery worlds of existence.
I leave you to your own thoughts.

As Einstein stated “God does not play dice with the Universe”.
To do other, may lead to irrational and implausible ‘states’ for existence, that can not ever be as been defined.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-17-2001 03:05 PM

Oh, I beg for your pardon with all of this existence.

It is all contained in the Chocolate Sandwich Cremes filled cookies or in a slice of Apple Pie or with a scoop of Ice Cream of your choice.

This leaves anyone to deal with the anti-dimensions. We all conclude that dealing with anti-dimensions may be a waste of time, for we break down the “set” of mathematics (existence) to suit our own purposals.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-17-2001 03:16 PM

Oh, I concluded with a new word “proposals”. Its a combination of “purpose” and “proposals”. I just did not know that I did that, but now I do.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-17-2001 03:54 PM

Therefore, there is “infinite world-lines where morals equal zero” and a “anti infinite world-lines where morals equal zero”, which we do not use in the reality we subscribe to; and the two imaginary existence that does no good or evil to prove.

Therefore, there are more “All of yous” in existence, that can be proved mathematically, for to define “Mathematics”, you have to reduce every equation for its proof to zero equals zero. Equations must pass that test or you have no “Mathematics”. It would be reduced to absurtium.

I beg for your pardon with all of the yous in all of existence.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-17-2001 04:09 PM

Yous are left free, free, free, free, to receive, receive, receive, receive with all of “This”.

You have permission to receive.

Yous may put yours “Evil Eyes” along with yours “anti-Evil Eyes” and yours “Imaginary Evil Eyes” along with yours “anti Imaginary Evil Eyes” to all of “This”.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-17-2001 04:21 PM

There is then the possibility of “surround protection” that protects these clumps of energy, although I suppose, that if allowed to break down, that can happen also.

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-17-2001 05:28 PM

John,

Away the political-legal palaver and back to science for a bit…

A few of our posts back in reply to my comment, “A simple E=Mc^2 is not the answer…you need real, not virtual mass” to form the singularity” you said “Not True” or close thereto.

You’re still missing it, John, as we talk about singularities, Hawking Radiation and General Relativity.

The universe that you described, that is, one where mass is accelerated to light speed and forms a singularity doesn’t exist. If that were so you have some really bad problems:

1. As you accelerated to light speed in your machine you and your machine formed a black hole
2. From your perspective as you accelerated to light speed every other object in the universe formed a black hole due to your relative velocities

Of course neither event occurred. The problem is the comic book view of General Relativity and the definition of mass in E=Mc^2.

The word “mass” has two distinct and very different definitions:

Mr = relativistic mass

Mo = invariant mass (rest mass)

Invariant mass is independent of v velocity.

You are stating your singularity forms as a result of Mr = E/c^2…The formula is correct. The statement is not.

The definition of rest mass is Mo = sqrt (E^2/c^4 – p^2/c^2)

p=momentum! Momentum…motion…kinetic energy! Its not there in E=Mc^2.

The comic book view that General Relativity somehow suggests that a if a body is accelerated to light speed that it will form a singularity is based on the formula “2GM/c^2”. That is, if the body is squeezed small enough by acceleration its radius will be smaller than the Schwarzschild radius surrounding it…it falls inside of the event horizon. This comes from very early interpretations of General relativity which ignored momentum and angular momentum…it was a static solution. Einstein himself stated that it applied to kinetic energy – not rest mass. There are many places where this can be verified. American Journal of Physics, 55, 739 (1987) which quotes from a 1907 interview with Dr. Einstein; “Out of My Later Years”, Einstein, Albert (1950), Philosophical Library, NY, Chapter 11 (“E=Mc^2”) note: I’m proud to possess a very nice copy of this tomb.

Your science is still very wrong, John. (And the baseball players at Stanford should know better than to suggest that a VW would form in the accelerator – it would be an Audi)

Posted by John Titor on 03-17-2001 06:04 PM

EMMETT:

((..where mass is accelerated to light speed and forms a singularity doesn’t exist.))

I can’t find where I said that. Could you point that for me?

Posted by Anthony Reed on 03-17-2001 06:37 PM

Hi John,

I went to see your pictures, the one is a bit dark. The red light arc. I liked the cutaway view but, will you be posting the picture of the key or legend that goes with the cut away view? Let us know when or if you will, please. thank you.
A Reed.

Posted by Bob Marz on 03-17-2001 08:04 PM

John: You didn’t say “..where mass is accelerated to light speed and forms a singularity…” but you did chide Emmitt a few pages back saying “E=MCsquared can be solved for mass too.”

[Edited by Bob Marz on 03-17-2001 at 08:07 PM]

Posted by John Titor on 03-17-2001 08:31 PM

((You didn’t say “..where mass is accelerated to light speed and forms a singularity…” but you did chide Emmitt a few pages back saying “E=MCsquared can be solved for mass too.”))

The speed of light squred is a constant number used to represent the variation between energy and mass. It does not imply that acceleration is required to change or represent the other.

Posted by Michael E. Hendrickson on 03-17-2001 08:36 PM

Hey, Cattoir, enough of your “cybernoise”. (How’s that for a neologism?) Get thee to an abattoir!,( metaphorically speaking, of course.) MH

[Edited by Michael E. Hendrickson on 03-17-2001 at 08:38 PM]

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-17-2001 11:21 PM

John,

The accelleration to light speed is implied in your reference to virtual mass. Virtual particles travel at light speed. I tried to give you an out there but you insisted that the mass was virtual.

OK…here goes:

John was born sometime between 1954 and 1956. He attended a west coast university, UC Davis, UC Berkeley or Stanford. He has an IQ of about 120 but was never a physical science major. His major was either cultural anthropology or general sociology. He may have dropped out in his senior year but his expected year of graduation was between 1975 and 1977. He took, as an elective, cosmology, introduction to astronomy or both. He did not take any upper division physical science. Neither of his parents graduated from a university but managed to provide a very stable life for him.

His understanding of physics is based on 1970’s emerging physics but he didn’t keep abreast of the advances in the field until about six months ago. His new knowledge since that time is based on cursory internet searches so that he can respond to inquiries. He is very intelligent and a deceptively good debater even though his knowledge of physics is limited and a quarter of a century out-of-date.

John, I laud your effort to have tried to take on such an onorous task as to debate both the social issues of futurism and the scientific debates of physics. Next time, though, bite off a small slice.

[Edited by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-17-2001 at 11:27 PM]

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-18-2001 01:01 AM

Splendid work Emmett .

Hey John,

Took a look at your pictures of your Supposed “Time Travel Device” on the other message board.

And usually I can pick whether it’s outwardly or just an ordinary piece of technology.

(Partial Psychic remember )

And I couldn’t pick up anything, no hidden impressions, no memories, all I could see was something just put together with no real purpose.

Well in a way I did pick up something, maybe just 2 Army soldiers.

Purpose unknown??

Btw, Where did you steal it from ?

Lately I have not had any Time Travel dreams. But visions I have. And non show you as a Time Traveler. Sorry .

-J.C.

Posted by John Titor on 03-18-2001 05:57 AM

((The accelleration to light speed is implied in your reference to virtual mass. Virtual particles travel at light speed. I tried to give you an out there but you insisted that the mass was virtual.))

The word implied is not a very stable platform to come up with a profile for my parents education but I applaud your attempt.

Well at least we aren’t seeing any more thermal and mass stabs in the dark. Interesting profile but you couldn’t slide me just 10 more points on the I.Q.?

Are you suggesting that in all cases there must be an acceleration component in the conversion of energy to mass or mass to energy?

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-18-2001 07:37 AM

<<<Are you suggesting that in all cases there must be an acceleration component in the conversion of energy to mass or mass to energy? >>>

No. Just the present case.

The bigger question is why you weren’t aware of the difference between relativistic mass (M sub-r) and invariant mass (M sub-o). You’ve consistently misapplied relativistic mass in situations where invarient mass is to be used. This isn’t new information…its a century old. Its a common mistake among pop-science buffs to misapply the terms. Michio Kaku wrote “Hyperspace” and Steven Hawking wrote “A Brief History of Time”. These were wonderful books so far as pop-science is concerned. They aren’t, nor are they intended to be, the foundation for PhD level physics discussions. You’re understanding of physics is at the level of those two books and I’m assuming that they are heavily drawn upon by you as source material.

To continue…

John has held several jobs during the past 25 years, but hasn’t held any one for more than about 8 years. He interviews well and has no problem getting hired. He annoys his co-workers and especially his supervisor. He’s a 60’s Northern California child and has a problem with authority. He works best when he works alone. He’s taught before, probably at the Community College level (Palomar Commuity College?) and maybe even at the State College level (SF State?). He still lives in the Bay area.

[Edited by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-18-2001 at 08:11 AM]

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-18-2001 08:51 AM

Smile

ok Darby,
heres my profile on John,
(guessing on some of course!)heheh

John is a 38 year old male. who has roughly around the same IQ I do and could probably pass a Mensa exam .

He is a kind and caring individual who was chosen to go on a mission based on who he was related to and how easily he could get the person to cooperate.and his skills obtained at his university.

He is able to work alone and under great pressure he is very calm. although he has a great sense of responsibility and morals he will defend himself and others when confronted to the point of taking a life if needed. He believes strongly in peoples rights and freedoms and his community.he cant stand lazy people who dont work.he is a good samaritan and will not pass by the wounded man laying on the side of the road. He feels accountable to God for his actions.

He has the basic knowledge to operate and control his machine .although he is not a physicist he understands the basics in the way his machine operates and can make minor repairs if needed and he greatly exceeds in the area of mathematics.

his favorite food is oranges.and he loves to sail.and read old magazines and books of life before the war.he likes to communicate with other people on the internet and gets joy out of just the communicating experience.sharing ideas and learning of history.

and his parents are just as kind and wonderful as he is.

-pamela

Posted by Bob Marz on 03-18-2001 09:19 AM

Hey, let me try this too!

Re: Pamela

Pamela is a loyal person (with dark hair) who (while having an overly inflated opinion of Mensa) greatly admires John Titor and has been actively involved or consulting in the Titor memoirs on the ArtBell BBS message board, mainly on the posts concerning social issues.

Pamela had a black and white Teddy Bear and though she’s passed through San Rafael many times has never stopped there. She once ate Chinese food in a small town called North Salinas, CA.

My name is Bob, I have an IQ of 60, on a good day, and I am a member of Densa. And even I sensed there was a problem on the acceleration/mass singularity issue.

[Edited by Bob Marz on 03-18-2001 at 09:23 AM]

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-18-2001 09:28 AM

Smile

Bob-
HEHEHEHE you are funny!

sincerely,
pamela

p.s. that chinese food was good too! heheh

[Edited by Pamela Moore on 03-18-2001 at 10:22 AM]

Posted by Randy Empey on 03-18-2001 10:46 AM

Emmit —

Now, are you arriving at these ‘facts’ through the written word equivalent of phrenology — or have you actually played amateur detective and tracked our storyteller here down?

If it is textual-phrenology, I would be interested in knowing what you’ve deduced from my words here.

If its amateur detective work, I’m not certain how you are going to get people here to believe you.

Lets assume for a moment that all john has said is true or at least accurate to his knowledge.

They didn’t send back a physics professor, but a more down to earth type guy whose experience in the field would help with survival. Of course, he mentioned that having family in the right area was a major factor, but — there is a number of good reasons they wouldn’t send their equivalent of Stephen Hawkin back here.

If you don’t know how your time machine works, you are pretty much stuck to the game plan — less improvision, less hotwiring, more possibility that the objectives will actually be achieved.

I’d be suspicious if John’s concept of the physics involved made much more sense than it does now.

Currently, there are two main possibilities from my POV — he is fake and is a gifted story teller (his tale is self-supporting in it incompleteness, a hard thing to achieve on purpose), or he is real and definitely not a top of the line 21st century physicist.

Basically, tell us where you got your most recent profile for him — textual-phrenology, amatuer detective work, imagination? Where?

[Edited by Randy Empey on 03-18-2001 at 10:53 AM]

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-18-2001 11:57 AM

If it helps the ‘dogma’ of this forum topic, “they” have found traces of antimatter in this Universe.
Even Enstein would know that both views of his equation is real.
+ (E) = + (MC^2)
and the anti-Universe
– (E) = – (MC^2)
Both exist.
And I might add “just as expected by proven mathematics”.
While we’re dicussing life and death, here is something playful:

Death be with us and with us all.
Ever lurking near or far.
Death may be lurking just around the corner.
Death, Death, Death.

Its a wonder we are still all alive on this Planet, maybe it should read.

Live be with us and with us all.
Ever lurking near or far.
Life may be lurking just around the corner.
Life, Life, Life.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-18-2001 02:34 PM

Hey Pamela, that profile you made for John sounds just like me too . Except I’m not that Old, I am Anti-Time Travel, and I have a high keen sense in picking things up that are flawed, especially when someone claims to be from the future. Other then that, it’s just like looking right in the mirror .

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-18-2001 04:27 PM

Randy,

Its not related to “written phrenology”. Its associated with linguistics and statistical modelling of the use of English words in this case. (And any detective work would definitely not be amateur <wink>

Language, written or spoken, is broken down into regional dialects and even temporal dialects. That is, when and where you learned to speak and write a language will determine how you tend to use it (patterns, word frequency, colloquialisms, idioms, “buzz words” etc.) Someone born in the late 1920’s (my parents for instance) speaks the language differently than I…that is: upon very close inspection a distinct difference is seen.

You can analyze the written word of a target and make some very reliable guesses about what, when and where they are (were). With a sufficiently large volume of written words you can even determine who the writer is (maybe). One use is to help validate newly discovered historical documents that are associated with an historical figure: is the document a forgery or real?

John’s use of the English is very (and I mean VERY) baby-boomer typical. Give that a degree of confidence of 90%+. There is absolutely nothing in his use of the English language that is atypical of someone born in the United States between 1945-1975 (degree of confidence 99%).

[Edited by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-18-2001 at 05:49 PM]

Posted by John Titor on 03-18-2001 05:33 PM

EMMETT:

((John’s use of the English is very (and I mean VERY) baby-boomer typical.))

I actually worked quite hard on that. It appears the physics questions have come to a hault but at least you’re not insulting about my mother anymore. Thanks.

((There is absolutely nothing in his use of the English language that is atypical of someone born in the United States between 1945-1975 (degree of confidence 99%).))

Perhaps you could raise your confidence level to 100% by going from 30 to say… 100 years; maybe 1930 – 2030?

The tools you use to have that much faith in my profile must be pretty good. I’m interested in what you compared me with. How exactly does a person born in 1998 who traveled across world-lines from 2036 use the English language?

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-18-2001 06:02 PM

The use of the language isn’t something you can practice so that you can change it. The linguistic synapses were formed by the time you were three years of age – by age 12 they were fully developed (which is why aphasic children over the age of 11 or 12 rarely learn to talk). Much like a polygraph, the analysis would reveal the forced use of the language via inconsistencies. There is no such anomaly in your syntax, frequency, idiomatic usage, etc. Northern California baby-boomer American Standard English with a slight Depression Era southeastern U.S. “accent” from your parents.

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-18-2001 06:18 PM

The answer to the question, “How does a person born in 1998 use the language…?” is – who knows? Those persons are three years old today and just learning to speak. What we do know, however, is that during the course of their life they will learn how to talk by age 12…and the common usage of the language will be statistically different than what we use today.

Everyone knows this instinctively. We can listen to a movie made in the 1960’s, for instance, and there is no doubt that we are listening to a movie made in the 60’s based on the dialogue. We also have a pretty good chance of figuring out that the script for a recently made 60’s style movie was written in the 90’s – the words seem forced, contrived, unnatural. The untrained person may not be able to put his or her “finger on it”, but they can tell the difference. It’s also possible to quantify the difference.

Your new name is John “Boomer” Titor

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-18-2001 06:21 PM

Well now John, Golly! I would take that there as a compliment.oh nelly!
yes siree! by george! You studied that area and I would say you “passed with fly’in colors!” “your as smart as a whip!”

oops! excuse me not using terminology from my generation.
WHATZZZZ UPPP??? (heheheeheheh)
Gee wizz! Im so confused I almost forgot what generation I came from! what letter are we now? “X” “Y” “D”????
-pamela

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-18-2001 06:51 PM

Come now Pamela, I think you shouldn’t take John’s defeats to personal. I mean there is a difference when you defend a friend, and when you stand up for someone because of devotion to a cause. I’m sure John can fight his battles just well on his own.

After all, who else here has a cheerleader on the side supporting anyone in particular?

No one, just you…

So this question is for you John, do you feel like you need to be defended?

-J.C.

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-18-2001 07:01 PM

Talking

Come now Javier, I was just having fun with Darby!!
But as for my cheerleading….
Give me a “J”
Give me an “O”
Give me a “HN”
whats it spell? JOHN!!! GO JOHN GO!
heheheheh

[Edited by Pamela Moore on 03-18-2001 at 07:21 PM]

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-18-2001 08:30 PM

Smile

My bad Pamela, but I just call’em how I see’em .

You know, just like actions speak louder then words.

[Edited by Javier Cortez on 03-18-2001 at 08:34 PM]

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-18-2001 08:46 PM

Good thing your not an umpire.

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-18-2001 09:15 PM

John,
Darby said:”Your new name is John “Boomer” Titor.”

you might have to take this name since he COPYRIGHTED your other name! (snicker..heehehheeh.. I know you are laughing John!)

[Edited by Pamela Moore on 03-18-2001 at 09:27 PM]

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-18-2001 09:53 PM

Nah, I’ll give John something to really laugh about .

“Johnny has a girlfriend, Johnny has a girlfriend.”

I know I’m LOL, heehe

-Javier C.

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-18-2001 10:10 PM

Well, hopefully the Russians do not screw up the total eclipse in the year 2017 passing through around the center line by Cleveland, Ohio.
In fact, what can you do at the end of March of any year?

Well, you can visit your local astronomical society and view all 110 Messier object in the sky at night.
Only time during the year around when you can do this.
Don’t worry, your eyes will adjust to the dark.
Hooray, for the dark.

Posted by Phil Fiord on 03-19-2001 07:07 AM

Red face

Although I can appreciate the study of language and the determination of locality based on that, I would suspect that IF John is from the future, language pattern would have changed and in some ways not progressed too much insofar as patterns. John painted a picture of a world in distress for many years, and indeed our US. Looking back in my studies to WW2, there were many things that changed and progressed, but what did not change was language…..except slang terms.

I have not noticed too many slang terms from John, but I have noticed some (real or not) difficultly with certain phrasing. I refer you back to earlier in the thread when questions arose from phrases involving ‘sell out’ type of things. I am not an expert on language, but aspire to be so I am not saying I am correct. I am just guessing that if John is from the future, and less focus is applied to money and greed, as he implied, phrases implying the selling and buying of goods as slang, would be confusing. That remains consistent.

I am all for being skeptical, but approaching the language factor is not, to me, proof John is from our time. Conversely, it does not imply he is from the future either. His story actually supports the idea he is from the future when subtleties such as what I mention are look at. Go figure, we are still at the point of maybe-maybe not.

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-19-2001 07:29 AM

John Wade: To get the date wrong, and so totally wrong, to me is absolute proof that this person is a fraud. John

Actually John, that doesn’t prove anything except he got the date wrong, and that he is human. Even historians do not remember every single, important date in history.

For instance… can you tell me the exact date and time that the Lusitania was sunk? Can you tell me the exact day and time of D-Day? Can you tell me what day Louis Pasteur came up with the “vaccination”?

I mean… think about it. You can certainly look those things up if you’re so inclined – and answer them, BUT, do you know them RIGHT NOW, without looking them up?

Rick

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-19-2001 07:36 AM

Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire: Darby I liked your take on John’s background. Please do mine now.

Rick

Posted by Phil Fiord on 03-19-2001 08:12 AM

Red face

I mean, this hole talk iz gettin’ perty intense, dude.

Any guesses? Where is that lingo from? Written language is interesting, but if I were to go in the past, I would study the language and customs. Much as one might study language and customs before travelling abroad. Sounds like I am defending John, but I need not do so. Here is the excerpt from Johns post on page 40:

>EMMETT:

>((John’s use of the English is very (and I mean VERY) >baby-boomer typical.))

>I actually worked quite hard on that.

John stated he worked on talking our talk. At the least, his story is still plausible and consistent. May I urge people to quote the phrases being used when being critical of them. Page numbers help. I am enjoying the speculation, but linguistics in this case are also subject to interpretation. My interpretation supports Johns assertion he is in florida and a native of there.

Peace, Man.

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-19-2001 08:13 AM

Interesting this “language” thing Darby came up with. I’m certain he is correct in his assessment of listening to a movie made in the 1960s, or ’50s. I know that I can personally tell you from the dialect of a movie without having seen the video running approximately which year the movie was made. Of course, there is a degree of inaccuracy in doing so.

As far as dialect changes go, I’m sure that from decade to decade there are obvious changes and some not so obvious changes. There are terms I remember from when I was a kid that are used even now. There are things I’ve seen in movies made before I was born, that also are in use, even now.

I do not see that this placing someone based on their language is an exact science.

John/Pamela – Pictures. I have plenty of web space, and I expect the site to remain online (though is has gone down on and off over the past couple of years due to weird problems). My web site http://survival.anomalies.net and another site I assist in managing http://www.anomalies.net are both available for the video, as well as the pictures. I have the pictures already and will try to get them up on my site tonight – under the heading of “Time Travel”.

If and when there is a video made available – I would be happy to convert that into a format (or several formats) for the computer and place it online for download. I would be more than willing to come film it independently myself – if John wishes (besides which, I would love to be there to see it for myself – if only to know for myself that it is real).

So – John, you’re welcome to contact me privately and I will personally arrange my own travel, and bring my cameras and video the whole thing – with complete confidence that I will not reveal location, time, date or anything else until after your departure.

About Albert Cattior… I’m wondering if Albert himself isn’t a time traveler as well.. and is suffering some sort of time dysphasia or something. <chuckles>

Speaking of that – John, if you have time before you go.. are there any known mental disorders that are associated with time travel?

Lastly: Someone mentioned (Sorry, can’t remember who now, or where I read it, but it was this forum) something about “shelters won’t be needed”. If I understood the gist of this statement, it was meant in the terms that if a nuclear attack becomes a reality, a shelter will be useless.

That can not be further from the truth. I can tell you I am accutely aware of what atomic/thermonuclear weapons are capable of doing – and what they are NOT capable of doing. I also know that depending on the attack and the type of weapon, not only is an attack survivable, placing yourself and your loved ones, as well as a few weeks worth of food in a fallout shelter will protect you from fallout radiation.

My web site has survival information on it regarding such things, and believe it or not, it comes from the US Government. So, even they believe nuclear strikes are survivalable. They just do not press that publicly, because 1) they do not want to panic people (because if the government says you should have a shelter, conspiracy theorists suddenly become convinced the government is trying to warn us without warning us, it upsets natives of other nuclear powers into believing WE will start a war – etc). 2) Doing so legitimizes the use of nuclear weapons to everyone, thus making it more of a possibility they will be used without a second thought to doing so. 3) It will raise the price of land throughout the United States. Precived “safe zones” would go up in value – especially with pre-existing shelters. I’m sure there are other reasons I haven’t thought of, but suffice it to say that the government DOES believe nuclear war is survivable. Just not by everyone.

I believe it as well. I’m not one of those guys that wants to be around for the blast. With my luck I would get blinded and blown around, but not killed outright, leaving me blinded and crippled and not able to fend for myself, left to die miserably. I’d prefer a fighting chance. Give me a basement, some water and a little food and I will make due. Don’t count the human race off as defeated the minute the nukes start flying. We’ve been around a long time, and will continue to be around for many more centuries.

The question is not, can or will the human race survive. The question is how WELL will they survive?

Rick

[Edited by Rick Donaldson on 03-19-2001 at 08:18 AM]

Posted by Mel Reckling on 03-19-2001 08:32 AM

A total eclipse in Cleveland in 2017? WOW!! Finally something our fair city will be famous for. By the way, we put out our “Flaming River” back in 1969 for those of you who think it is still on fire.

We better get busy writing out invitations if we only have 16 years left.

Posted by Bob Marz on 03-19-2001 09:04 AM

Darby, As brilliant as I think you are, I just can’t buy it that your linguistic analysis is all THAT comprehensive and precise. You have no voice inflection, no body language or handwriting patterns to supplement the analysis. Only his printed texts. And I think a smart person, intuitively aware of the more common giveaways, could take care to maintain a neutral linguistic demeanor. I suspect, if you do have a high success rate with your method, it’s because you yourself have psychic abilities (that are being sublimated through your more mundane rationalization). Your leftbrain is doing a wonderful job explaining what your rightbrain is doing. The breadth of your insights suggest, otherwise, an external source of information.

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-19-2001 09:07 AM

Rick,

You haven’t submitted enough written material to use statistically. Boomer has submitted materials all over the net – thousands and thousands of words. Its not magic or para-psychology. Its simply statistics. Sorry.

Posted by Randy Empey on 03-19-2001 10:20 AM

Question:

quote:Basically, tell us where you got your most recent profile for him — textual-phrenology, amatuer detective work, imagination? Where?

Answer:

quote:Its not related to “written phrenology”. Its associated with linguistics and statistical modelling of the use of English words in this case. (And any detective work would definitely not be amateur <wink>

Of course I am leaving out a lot, but I’d like to shine the hypothetical laser pointer at these two things.

So … its not phrenology of the written word, and not amatueur detective work, and we are led to think that it is not imagination or non-amatueur detective work.

In fact, it is heralded as an off-shoot of modern linguistics and statistical modelling of the usage of English words.

If that is not at least simmular to textual-phrenology, I am misunderstanding things.

Which is completely possible.

But it involves statistics, which I’ve always had a superstitious disbelief in.

You have to be very careful to qualify your results. Can you establish a one to one relationship between certain subsets of attributes and certain subsets of people? Not absolutely. But you may be able to come close enough to make your 90% probable guesses — but the amount of work that would really take would be staggering.

If you undertook it, then I salute you. But still respectfully choose to view this as only one of many possibilities here, with no special status.

The sample sizes involved (that I am aware of) are simply not large enough to lend the confidence levels you are implying.

It would take the analysis and comparison of billions of words from millions of reasonably ‘representative’ individuals, and then a relativily large number of words from the target.

At least thats my intuition, and I’ve yet to see proof or convincing evidence hinting strongly enough to the contrary.

John simply hasn’t written enough words here. Perhaps you’ve dug through his trash and analyzed his snail-mail correspondence . .. making your sample size bigger, and more representative … but would it be big enough?

Way too many variables to play with here, even for the mythic strengths of ‘statistics’.

Language usage is mutable. Upbringing and other factors of environment have effects. But so do conciouis decisions while composing, the nature of the form of communication, the subject’s emotional state at the moment, the proximity of a thesaurus, etc..

At the moment, ‘he’ could be a accidental persona who is the results of thousands of chimpanzees in a labs across the usa, involved in a program that posts the results from their typing on gov. issued typewriters onto the internet, when it seems to make sense. The timing, and appearant ‘on topic’-ness is then just a weird coincidence.

That is just as likely as any of the profiles presented so far.

Explain why this isn’t phrenology of the written word — or diff. enough from phrenology that we should pay attention to it.

Maybe we should devote a thread to such ‘profiling’ … where gurus like yourself analyze all comers ….

—–

http://www.dictionary.com says:quote:phre·nol·o·gy
Abbr. phren.
The study of the shape and protuberances of the skull, based on the now discredited belief that they reveal character and mental capacity.

—–

How many days left here John?

If they started a ‘countdown’ would it embarrass you or feed your ego?

[Edited by Randy Empey on 03-19-2001 at 10:50 AM]

Posted by Lola Montez on 03-19-2001 11:25 AM

I thought Darby’s observations interesting. Since I read his post I have tuned into a couple of old movies; 40’s or 50’s stuff. The differences can be subtle but they are there. I will now be listening for those linguistic time bubbles whenever I hear conversation or a movie. It is especially fun listening to my nephews in their early twenties. I agree that during crisis those sorts of changes may happen more slowly (with less media input) but I should think John’s phrases and slang would more resemble that of my nephew’s than my own. Also, I don’t understand why it would have been important to study the nuances of the time for John’s particular mission. Certainly, a turn 1900’s era gentleman could carry on a conversation today without being suspected of being a time traveler.

This is an interesting and educational way to view John’s claims. Far superior to mindless bashing or searching for stock tips. I bet John enjoys this scrutiny as well. After all, what does he have to loose if we believe him or not. This board is hardly big time exposure.

Darby, do you mind saying what you do for a living? It seems your background must be varied to have insight into both linguistics and physics. How about a profile of yourself.

Lola

[Edited by Lola Montez on 03-19-2001 at 11:30 AM]

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-19-2001 11:28 AM

http://www.anomalies.net/time_traveler/

Pictures posted.

Posted by Randy Empey on 03-19-2001 11:49 AM

‘Darby’:

I’m not really saying your linguistic-phrenology, or whatever you call it, has no validity — just that its validity is yet to field-proven to the masses here, or at least myself.

Why don’t you share the specifics and your reasoning, as you share the results?

Where does your data come from, exactly.
What expertise do you draw upon?

Is this like Javier’s intuition — which would be perfectly fine, as long as your honest about the source of your knowing, and don’t expect us to believe you implicity with out a good ‘track record’.

Or is this some scientific method you’ve troubled yourself to learn — which would also be perfectly fine, as long as you share your work, if you expect to be believed.

Question to John:

Does this linguistic phrenology type ‘technology’ have a prominent existance (that you know of, of course) in your native time?

[Edited by Randy Empey on 03-19-2001 at 11:54 AM]

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-19-2001 01:00 PM

Red face

Here’s a couple of hyperlinks:

http://www.physics.ucsb.edu/~jpierre/strings/links.htm

http://www.treasure-troves.com/physics/about.html

Computer: Security retina scan complete.
……..
Dr. Carol Markus: Project Genesis … A Proposal to the Federation
Spock: Carol Markus
Kirk ……Yes
Dr. Carol Markus: Exactly what is Genesis? Put simply, Genesis is life from lifelessness. It is a process whereby molecular structure is reorganized at the subatomic level into life-generating matter of equal mass.

……
Spock: It literally is Genesis.
Kirk: The power of creation!

……
Bones: Dear Lord, do you think we’re intelligent enough to, suppose, what if this thing was used where life already exist?
Spock: It would destroy such life in favor of its new matrix.
Bones: This new matrix! Do you have any idea what you’re saying?
Spock: I was not attempting to evaluate its moral implications, Doctor. As a matter of cosmic history, it has always been easier to destroy than to create.
Bones: Not any more! Now we can do both at the same time. According to myth, the Earth was created in six days, now watch out, here comes Genesis, we’ll do it for you in six minutes!
Spock: Really Doctor McCoy, …you must learn to govern your passions. They will be your undoing. Logic suggests….
Bones: Logic?! My God, the man’s talking about Logic, we’re talking about Universal Armageddon! You green blooded, inhuman.
Bridge to Admiral Kirk: Admiral, sensors indicate a vessel in our area, closing fast.
Kirk: What do you make of her?
Bridge: Its one of ours, Admiral, its Reliant!
Spock: Reliant?
Kirk: Try the emergency channels…….Picture Mr. Sajvek.
Kahn: Slow to one half impulse power, lets be friends.

Movie: 1982, Star Trek II: The Wrath of Kahn

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 03-19-2001 01:26 PM

What’d that have to do with anything? Unless you were talking about the moral implications of time travel.

Linquistic phrenology.. I think it is a crock.

Tell you what my friend, since I haven’t written enough here, please, feel free to use my web site as your model. There are literally gigabytes of my writing there. Articles, news, views, op-ed… even a biography. But, it doesn’t tell all. I suggest though, you not read the bio if you have any propriety regarding this so-called ability to predict where people have been in their lives using their words as a guide.

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-19-2001 01:43 PM

Lola,

Some very brief notes on my background would contain reference to a degree in Experimental Psychology (including psycholinguistics and neuro-physiology). Psycholinguistics is the study of the psychology of speech – phonetics (This is Noam Chomsky’s work). Professionally the notes would include work in the intelligence community including de-briefing.

Phrenology, the work of the German scholar Franz Joseph Gall (very early 19th Century), is a word that has too many negative connotations that have little to do with Herbert Spencer’s work in evolutionary biology. It dredges up pictures of Gestapo “scientists” seeking out Jews based on skull and facial knots, ridges and shapes or 19th Century English detectives “identifying” criminals by similar methods.

Posted by Phil Fiord on 03-19-2001 01:51 PM

Thumbs up

John is a White male of 38 years who may or may not be a time traveller. He shows a well worked knowledge of Time based technology. He claims to not be a scientist, and understands how his machine is supposed to work.

By his own claim, he has more documentation, but chooses not to share it. This makes sense to me, for if I were a TT, I would not give out more than I chose to. In fact, here on the bbs, we each can simply give just the details of what we want others to know. In subtle ways John has given predictions and even 1 date that I came across. This does not validate Johns status, but in the coming days to years we all shall see.

In a nutshell, methods such as linguistic phrenology may have some credit, but no evidence of how that ‘science’ was utilized in the ‘john model’ has been given. That leads itself to be just as known as Johns real status as a TT or not.

I suggest that those with the gutteral umph to do it, go back. Read ALL of Johns statements. Put them together. Analyze what was written. Not for Regional specificity, but for the small details that were scattered about. If not read carefully, one might miss things stated.

Bash me if you like, but I am at a point were I sincerely HOPE John is a TT. None of us can say yeah or nay really as a point of fact, and if at this point John said, ” Oh, btw, I am just a fella from Little Rock Arkansas “, can that really be absolved as true? Not really.

Fun Ain’t It?

Posted by Albert Cattoir on 03-19-2001 02:09 PM

Spock: Admiral, scanning an energy source on Reliant, a pattern I’ve never seen before.
Kirk’s Son, David: Its the Genesis Wave.
Kirk: What?
David: They’re on a build up to detonation.
Kirk: How soon?
David: We encoded four minutes.
Kirk: We’ll beam aboard and stop it.
David: You can’t.
Kirk: Scotty, I need warp speed in three minutes or we’re all dead!
Uhara: No response, Admiral!
Kirk: Scotty, ….. Mr. Zulu, get up out of here, best possible speed.

……..
Bones: Are you out of your Vulcan mind! No human can tolerate the radiation that’s in there!
Spock: As you are so fond of observing, I am not human.
Bones: You’re not going in there!
Spock: Perhaps, you’re right. What is Mr. Scott’s condition? …… I’m sorry, Doctor, I have no time to discuss this logically! ……..Remember!

Movie: Star Trek II, The Wrath of Kahn

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-19-2001 05:45 PM

Anyone notice how quiet John has become in the recent days? It happened just around the time Darby was commenting on his use of his supposed 2036 language .

Just call’em how I see’em.

John you’ve done this Machiavellian routine so much, it’s predictable now. Whenever anyone comments on anything you don’t know how to answer or that might expose you, you go quiet and answer back in a few days. And make the excuse of being busy archiving, when you do fine an answer to it.

If that doesn’t spell fraud and opportunistic traits, then a lot of people are blind and can’t obverse the obvious.

-Javier C.

Posted by Anthony Reed on 03-19-2001 06:06 PM

Javier,

John said he would be leaving in the spring, that officially is only 2 days away. If you were packing to go somewhere (time travel or not) you have to get things ready don’t you?
And you are on the internet, there is no such thing as obvious.

Reed

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-19-2001 06:34 PM

Are you new here Anthony?

John said on March 10th, that he would be leaving in 30 days. That would make it about April 10th or 11th.

I will be leaving at around the same time, and may return in about a month or so hehe.

Posted by Kevin Spooner on 03-19-2001 06:44 PM

Arrow

And now we know why the christ-force had to return three days after bodily death. Maybe, just maybe he came back to his apostles not owing to some predestined miracle, but because he was getting such a heavenly headache…

And perhaps thereafter said to them “Listen here you sqaubling bunch of know-it-alls, you-too Judas! Stop infighting amongst each other about who’s right, who’s wrong, what your instinct or intellect is telling you, just get out there. You’ve got all you need now to get on with the job.”

Or maybe the christ force said, Hey! Is not cool dude. Watzup da matter? Gotta cold ur sumtink? Getcha out mun! Catch ya de later!

Who, and I mean, WHO really really cares.

More the point, if I was JT the TT person, I would be thinking What the H*LL – I’ve tried but right now I just don’t care. Off to catch my broomstick and that’s all that matters right now.

Later (dude. hehe).

Posted by Pamela Moore on 03-19-2001 06:56 PM

Javier,
Did John really say that?

((John said on March 10th, that he would be leaving in 30 days. That would make it about April 10th or 11th.)))

Hey! that is MY vacation week too! we could like all have a big party or something down there!!! heheheh

Posted by Tom Young on 03-19-2001 08:41 PM

Question

Last week I was looking at the images that JT had uploaded onto MSN and noticed a simple typo in the operations manual page showing a diagram of the Tipler sinusoid field produced by his device where in the diagram, item 10 (Negative Time Event Horizon) had been transposed as item 11 in the diagram, though the item value was printed correctly in the legend. I didn’t think anything of it until I looked at the same page as found on Ricks site and saw that the typo was gone from the page. I’m not trying to play pixel person or anything, but unexplained edits to the images that have been posted do lead me to wonder what other changes are being made. (Then again, a time machine might just turn out to be a copywriters best friend!)

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-19-2001 09:55 PM

Bob,

Really – its a lot more mundane than that (psychic ability). The profile is truly based on what Boomer has written and posted. Its statistics, analysis and interpretation.

Voice stress, handwriting analysis, non-verbal communication (body language) isn’t part of this. Those criteria are generally used for truth testing. I don’t have any interest in directly challenging Boomer’s veracity. He and I are having fun with a battle of wits. Cat-and-mouse rhetoric as it were.

I’m getting ready for the next round…

Major Boomer,

What was the elapsed time (indicated on your machine’s internal chronometer) for the trip back to 1975?

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 03-19-2001 10:47 PM

Tom,

Good catch. We’ll make you a questioned documents tech yet.

Look even closer. Upper left hand corner legend: you can still see the faint cut-and-paste edge outlined on the paper (not computer cut-and-paste, literal scissors and glue cut-and-paste) and a finger smudge where the ink ran onto the paper when the pasted section was smoothed. Same-same for the center title – which is also warped.

Take a close look at the technical drawing. Look especially at the left and right end perspectives. Not the same – very poor quality CAD for a billion dollar project.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 03-19-2001 11:03 PM

Hey Pamela, where’s your buddy Johnny? Can’t he come out and play?

Darby is calling for him too . You go Darby.

It’s not me this time John, so you’re going to have to try a whole new approach. With that said, I am sure we are to expect something new from you in about a day or so .

See you real soon ,
Javier C.

P.S. Sure, where should we all take our vacation? Me, you, and John “I wanna be a Time Traveler someday” Titor, wanna go off to?

Oh and John btw, I suggest you leave that piece of junk you made in your garage at home, cause I’ll break it if I see it . Have a nice day.

Final Comments

I went through and edited for readability and for content. I have to tell you all, the sniping and picking on the John Titor character soon grew old. It made me just want to give up and toss all this away.

I really don’t know if John Titor is real or not. However, what I do know is this…

  1. Vehicles and people enter and leave our reality all the time.
  2. The only (admitted) report of one such traveler (that I am aware of, at this time) is this John Titor character.
  3. I am unfamiliar with his technology.
  4. Though I can follow and understand the theory behind it.
  5. He is also the only one who seemingly understands the true nature of reality in the MWI.

This information, as tiresome as it is, is placed her for others to peruse and study.

Sixth of multiple Posts

This post is the sixth of a series of posts related to John Titor. The other posts are;

Conclusion

Our reality is not what we think it is. I am not the only person who has disclosed that there are others, and other organizations that can enter and leave our reality at will. Another person who made this claim went by the name John Titor.

Only where as, I claim to be part of MAJestic and was employed as part of human sentience management, John Titor claimed to be a person who was part of another world-line. Together, we both claim that the MWI is real, and we utilize it to perform dimensional egress for our own purposes.

  • I claim that it is a tool that is used to manage human sentience evolution.
  • John Titor claims that he utilized the time variable to conduct acquisition activities in the past.

He claimed that on that world-line, the United States was fundamentally different after a rapid series of events in the late 1990’s. He claimed that he needed to perform some acquisition of certain technical devices through the use of the time-variance option in dimensional travel.

This is a multi-part post.

Take Aways

  • John Titor claimed to be a time traveler.
  • He utilized dimensional travel to move in and out of the baseline reality.
  • As such, he visited our world-line to acquire some technology needed on his world-line.
  • That technology was produced in “our” past. Thus the idea that it involved “time travel”.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

John Titor – Full Text of his Transcripts (Part 5)

From the late 1990’s until around 2001, the Internet was “rocked” by the sudden appearance and subsequent disappearance of a Mr. John Titor.  This person claimed to be a “time traveler” by using inter-dimensional travel.

He was rapidly dismissed as a hoax, in unity, by all the major debunking organizations, and his posts mysteriously disappeared off the Internet.  Since then, all the sources that he posted on all found that their files related to John Titor were all corrupted and could not be reclaimed.

That was the case for over a decade.

Then, in 2014, a number of private individuals managed to piece together independently saved dialogs relating to John Titor. They constructed numerous websites that hosted these reclaimed dialogs, and posted them on the Internet for others to view.

Metallicman is one such website.

Presented here are recovered posts from the Internet collected in 2014.  It is not known if any posts have been deleted or altered.  They are presented as they were found by the author.

Important Warning

The information within this series of posts are speculative. I have no factual information if this John Titor is what he claimed to be. It is presented herein as the only (or maybe, one of the only) sources that claim to be associated with the vehicles that pop in and out of our reality from time to time.

He was, as far as I know, never associated with MAJestic in any way.

Original John Titor Posts – Part 5 – Transcripts A

Here are the original John Titor posts from the Post2Post Art Bell Forum. Obtained from HERE.

  • John Titor dialog is in normal text in brown color, text by others are italicized.
  • When referencing other non-Titor questions, green color is used.
  • Purple color is for non-related text.
  • Metallicman comments are in red color.

Metallicman corrected spelling and some punctuation to make the text easier to read and understand. For unedited text, please refer to the source.

Posted by John Titor

John Titor – I am from 2036

Post to Post (http://bbs.artbell.com/index.php)
– Time Travel (http://bbs.artbell.com/forumdisplay.php?forumid=25)
— I am from 2036 (http://bbs.artbell.com/showthread.php?threadid=1203)

Posted by John Titor on 01-27-2001 12:45 PM

Greetings. I am a time traveler from the year 2036. I am on my way home after getting an IBM 5100 computer system from the year 1975.

My “time” machine is a stationary mass, temporal displacement unit manufactured by General Electric. The unit is powered by two, top-spin, dual-positive singularities that produce a standard, off-set Tipler sinusoid.

I will be happy to post pictures of the unit.

Posted by Mike Klinge on 01-27-2001 03:01 PM

Hi,

As you are well aware of, I am sure, people can post anything here, whether or not it is true. What proof do you have that you have traveled through time? Rest assured that I want to believe you, but why should I believe?

Thank you for indulging me.

Posted by John Titor on 01-27-2001 09:15 PM

I have been communicating online with others who are interested in time travel.

Also, for more information:

http://www.p3n.org/pn120100.shtml

[Edited by Mary Rowland on 01-28-2001 at 03:04 PM]

Posted by Kevin Spooner on 01-28-2001 03:23 AM

Question

Just an obviously curious note: If you were returning from the 1970’s to 2036 (um that’s 66 years)…. and you are using a time-travel machine…. why on earth would you just per chance stop in 2001? Let alone have a web page.

Answer welcome – I didn’t know time travel had resting stops between scheduled trips? Hey – I’m not going to disbelieve on that basis, just curious.

Posted by John Titor on 01-28-2001 06:35 AM

My initial flight was from 2036 to 1975 (61 yrs). I then went from 1975 to 2000 (25 yrs.) Later this year, one of two favorable windows will open and I will return to my 2036 (35 yrs.) I am here now for personal reasons. The web page is not mine. I have been speaking online for about three months and the page is a collection of the various documents and pictures I have sent to other individuals.

Also, I realize there is no way for anyone to believe me with absolute certainty so I hope I’m at least entertaining. You may be interested to know that even in 2036, there are a large number of people who don’t believe in time travel. Are you sure the world is round?

Posted by Theresa Wood on 01-28-2001 07:33 PM

I read the q&a on the link posted and I found it to be very interesting. Whether you are a time traveler or not is not relevant. This is a very probable scenario of what our future holds if things continue on their present course. 

Sometimes we need to step out of a situation in order to see it more clearly. A time traveler from the future “seeing” the events of the day helps in understanding the current social/political trends. You hit it square on the head, in my opinion. 

I enjoyed reading it, thanx!

Posted by Jeret Schisler on 01-28-2001 07:40 PM

Wink

John, Can you please tell me some lotto numbers for 2036? I’ll be ready to retire around that time. if I’m still alive. Thanks

Posted by Kevin Spooner on 01-29-2001 02:45 AM

Unhappy

I visited your web page and it immediately struck me with those “photo’s” you claimed to have put there or made available or believe in… mind if I ask something to clear my logical thinking mind…

Why is it, given that laser printers etc can print up to 2,400cpi, (or at least 600cpi) and pictures can be scanned at god only knows what (9,600+cpi) why your text and graphics appear to be 1950’s reproduction of a faint typewriter in need of a ribbon replacement (God I havn’t used the word ‘Ribbon’ since…. hmmm.)

And then there’s the fact that given the obvious typewriter appearance, the ‘text’ sure wasn’t made in 2036.

Oh… please don’t use the “oh – technology went by the board by then.” approach cause it won’t stick.

Please understand that I have examined time travel and parallel world theories extensively and therefore only seek to clarify these points with you.

Posted by John Titor on 01-29-2001 07:47 AM

Please keep in mind the web site is not mine and I apologize for the poor quality of the files. The photo you saw was taken by me with a Polaroid camera manufactured here. The other documents were duplicated by placing a book onto a copy machine at a packaging and shipping store and then scanning and saving them.

As for the printing technology in 2036, you may be surprised at how many people use typewriters however I agree the documents were probably not created that way.

I too am very anxious to hear your thoughts and questions on time travel / gravity displacement and any comments on the Everett Wheeler Graham model.

Posted by Lee Heggy on 01-29-2001 12:14 PM

2036 sounds more like 1836 with all the ‘good stuff’ of modern life thrown in. Personally I prefer our current time-line even with all of it’s excess and decadency it’s an exciting time to be alive and I can still multiply and divide in my head.

Posted by John Titor on 01-29-2001 03:48 PM

Although the documents posted were printed from a computer printer, is it really that hard to believe that manual typing is just a bit more common in thirty years? After the war, many things like manual printing machines, bicycles, sailboats and hand tools were valued a great deal. I have noticed more people in California are installing wood burning stoves.

I realize my claims are a bit ridiculous but my intent is not really to be believed. However, if I had an opportunity to talk to a time traveler, I might ask questions like: How exactly does the singularity sensor measure the expansion of the inner event horizon or why does the reality of multiple worlds support the religious dogma that there are no good or bad people just good and bad decisions or what were the political motivations that changed the U.S. Constitution?

Posted by Mike Kolesnik on 01-29-2001 06:38 PM

Red face

Ho hum…ANOTHER time traveler.
Well, time to run him thru the BS o’meter.

Did you ever notice how time travelers never specify events that happen in the NEAR future? As in a week to a month or so. The reason why is because then people could check on these “events” to determine if they have happened or not.

Well John, answer a few questions that any person from the future should know (or at least have easy access to)

1. What was the final death count in the recent India earthquake?

2. What is the “Ginger” (IT) invention?

3. Who wins the Stanley Cup (Hockey) this year?

Posted by Kimberly Nease on 01-29-2001 07:26 PM

Angry

Super questions. This “time traveler” should have NO trouble at all answering these questions, especially the GINGER one so get cracking John.

Kim

Posted by John Titor on 01-29-2001 09:10 PM

How do you figure I have easy access? I can appreciate your skepticism but I must admit I’m confused by your choice of questions. I fail to understand why a time traveler would be expected to know the details you ask. 

Right now, do any of you know the details of the first week in February for 1970? 

For that matter, could you tell me from memory if it rained in Atlanta last week? 

Is a sports almanac a required or expected piece of equipment for all “time machines”?

At least you didn’t ask the standard “what stocks should I buy” question. Interesting that no one ever asks which stocks to sell. I’m sure my answers will be quite unsatisfying but you should know I do not want your unshakable faith nor do I think anyone should give it so easily if a “time traveler” were able to answer those questions.

In fact, over this medium, it’s impossible to prove I’m a time traveler, therefore, it’s impossible to believe. Actually, I depend on that a great deal so I don’t have to worry about being picked up by your friendly law enforcement officers. What do you think they would do with two micro-singularities?

So here goes…

(1). I have no idea.
(2). It looks like some sort of motorized scooter. What do you think “IT” is?
(3). I know this one but I think it would be unfair and immoral for anyone to win a bet based on something I’ve told them.

Posted by Stephen McKay on 01-29-2001 10:16 PM

I’m sure it would be unfair and immoral if we had certainty, but the truth is anyone placing a bet on your answer would still be gambling on whether you are in fact from the future. Spill the beans!

Posted by Kevin Spooner on 01-30-2001 04:57 AM

Talking

I can understand the ethics at hand here quite well. If you know, for instance, that someone is going to have a fatal accident, or meet with an unpleasant incident at a specific time, would you tell them the specifics? I wouldn’t. If you knew when Microsoft was going to break, or where the next and largest ever earthquake was to hit – would you tell? There is the matter of ethics indeed. Who want to force life-changes that are not natural to their path? Paths which intermingle with all other life, indeed creation played out on this earth. No indeed you wouldn’t.

Yet if a person already knew, as I do, that they are in the history books, as I am, but not known widely or available within the community yet – there is a simple challenge. And no – I am not talking from any egotistical sense – just one of knowing. However, whether time travelers wish to demonstrate based on the above is up to them. I would certainly be forthright in my confirmation to them (private email is allowed given the circumstances.)

But gentlemen and ladies… it also seems that certain ‘time travelers’ traverse linear time whereas others appear to travel cross-dimensionally. Interesting and one worth discussion. 

[Text in bold are my highlights. Metallicman.]

I personally challenge said time traveller(s) to demonstrate their proof by confirming to me what is already known to me as per my own history but not yet in public circulation.

And I should add given that scenario – you can not bend or manipulate my future path because you would not be telling me anything I did not already know. Fun aye ???

Posted by John Titor on 01-30-2001 06:21 AM

(To the moderators: I apologize for the links, I understand and it won’t happen again. I will be happy to submit the same material if there’s a place to post it here.)

In my experience, when it becomes necessary to convince someone what I do for a living the only way to do that is to be related to them. Everything else is immediately written off as a parlor trick, even if they’re standing in front of a cooling distortion unit and I show them a dollar bill with the year 2029 on it.

In the last few months, I have had numerous extended conversations online and there are quite a few things I’ve said which can easily be checked out but haven’t. I get no pleasure out of being right when it comes to CJD disease, war in the Middle East or suffering people in far away lands. There’s nothing like the look on someone’s face when you tell them 100,000 people will be dead tomorrow. In my travels, I have discovered that most people really don’t want to know about the future because if its different than what they want it ticks them off. Actually, I don’t blame them.

The means by which I travel in time is very physical. I require a “machine” to do it. It weighs about 500 pounds and gets quite hot. I do not own it and I did not build it. Within limits, I will be happy to discuss how it works and how “future” science thinks time works. No we have not completed string theory yet but (N-10) seems to work pretty well.

As far as the future goes, your world-line is about 2.5% different than mine. This is a roughly cumulative measurement based on my arrival in 1975. As far as I can tell right now, you are headed toward the same events I would call “my history” in 2036. However, the very nature of time travel states that every worldline is unique and you are very much in control of what you do and how you get there. Heck, the fact that I’m here makes it different from mine.

I have nothing to sell, and there is nothing I want anyone to do. For all other time travelers out there, I have no tests for you and I would enjoy discussing your feelings and experiences after the war. To everyone else, while I’m here, I am very interested in your philosophy, religious outlooks and speculations on technology.

Posted by Kevin Spooner on 01-30-2001 12:36 PM

Wink

Ah… the war. Now that’s interesting. Is it worth mentioning the visions I observed in this or similar respect?

Now as to answering my previous post… I simply placed a task there that if done would not alter my time-line but for sure answer one thing – I believe in the reality of Alien technology as I was one of several verifiable people to OBSERVE the same occurence. I believe in astral/spiritual travel as a person who has done so and spoken to others of the same. I believe in the potential of time travel BUT have not received anything that would make me properly convinced yet.

But then… perchance I missed some other posts prior to this BBS (although I did on occasion read the old system when it was active.)

You tell of war… and your desire to study the inhabitants of this time-line prior to ‘the war’. Is the general population more interested in (a) mind-baffling time-travel technology, or (b) the events and observances of a time-traveller? A bit of both perhaps?

Care to shed some light on your view on ‘The War’ and why it is that technology appears to have gone – or become the seclusive property of controlling authorities? Interesting. I note also the American Computer Corporation announcing an alternative storage/processing system 12,000 times faster than current systems…apparently by non-human intelligence. Now as a technician, that IS interesting but of the apparent 3,000 the director sent out…. wonder if there’s one left for a genuine techo to study?

Posted by John Titor on 01-30-2001 02:09 PM

Sometimes I imagine what it would be like to approach the Wright Brothers in 1910, before their first flight, and make the suggestion that in a mere thirty years, man would be on the brink of flying through the air at the speed of sound.

What tools would I be able to show them that would convince them? Would a picture of a jet airplane do it? Would complicated math and physics equations do it? Would it take a ride? Perhaps there will be a way to share the photos again but I don’t expect it would convince anyone. I would only hope they would spark conversation and make the reality of time travel a little more personal.

Although I have no personal experience with non-mechanical time travel, I cannot discount it. Physics has a way of making the impossible a reality.

I’m not here to study anyone. My objective was in 1975 and the reason I’m here now is my family. I find my preconceptions of what I would encounter interesting. Being exposed to a society through its art, music and advertising is one thing and experiencing it is another.

I’m not sure the physics of time travel is really that hard to grasp. Most of the working theory has been around on a large scale since 1970 and the technical breakthroughs are happening on your worldline right now.

Technology is not gone in 2036 nor is it the private domain of “government” leaders. Computer printers just didn’t work very well on 12 volts and many people just got used to doing things the old way. After the war, the main problem was distribution. Can anyone tell me how many companies in the United States still manufacture bicycle tires today? Anyone who still has a bike in 2008 will find out.

Posted by Mike Kolesnik on 01-30-2001 07:58 PM

Red face

The wave rider spun a similar yarn and reeled Art in, hook, line and sinker. Then Art had him on the show. He started off ok but quickly went downhill into the Wacko Zone. After he told Art that Marilyn Monore is not only alive but that she shot JFK there was a LONG silence from Art. I could hear the gears turning in Art’s head as he finally realized that he had been suckered.

It was the most glorious moment of silence!

Art recovered and proceeded to blast him.

Now, Back to “John”. Some items, John.

If I traveled back in time I would absolutely want to know the history of the period and location. Since you have revealed yourself you have obviously been trying to convince people of you credibility. So since you had fore knowledge of your intentions you should have been ABSOLUTELY sure of having easy-to-verify NEAR future history. Showing crappy pictures of dollar bills from the future is child’s play.

Anybody with a $500 computer can do that. You sound like one of those religious cult nuts whose story keeps changing.

The “temporal divergence” you mention makes it an easy answer for every probing question. ” Well, because of the temporal divergence, the whole world just changed, THAT’s why none of my predictions come true.
There is a medical term for people like you.

Look it up!

So General Electric makes your TT machine. Well if that’s the case then being masters of mass production they should have made millions of them because EVERYONE would want one.

(1) If the machine does exist we should be FLOODED with TTer’s right now!

(2) CJD That story has been know since the late 1940’s. No great news there.

(3) Middle east problems? That’s a no brainer.

You are spitting out the same things Ed Dames did.
None of his predictions came true either…

Yawn…

Posted by Kevin Spooner on 01-31-2001 02:14 AM

Galvanization is something occasionally found on a packet of building-grade nails (like ‘galvanized flat-head’) But with the lack of tangible evidence I’m thinking of shifting my belief in just what (or who) should be termed galvanised?

I have not seen a constructively frame-worked document outlining required ethics which any trained TT would of necessity agree to. I have not seen a TT willing to forward a single piece of physical time travel device to this particular technician since first posting anything over five years ago. I have not heard of any governing declaration of use for TT devices from the future.

I have seen ‘interesting’ crude pictures, photo’s of items with curly cords and really pre-1990 style equipment with perchance a few common dials, needles, and circuits in probably arc-welded metal boxes. I have seen diagrams, descriptions, interpretations, crude ‘make your own’ manuals, and the like – and yet nothing, not one iota of anything that could without question come from some future.

I am not p***ed off – not yet. I am calm (breathe man breathe!) and wait in anticipation of some correct answers to some simple questions and for goodness sake… some undoubtable proof. Then – only then – would constructive discussion really begin.

Posted by John Titor on 01-31-2001 06:30 AM

I’m not aware of any predictions I made or perhaps we do not agree on the definition. What anyone chooses to do based on something I might say will not affect me in the least. My goal is not to believed and I submit that your life would not be any better (and perhaps worse) if you did believe me. You placed “tests” before me that I must pass. Why? What do I have to gain by passing them?

The fact is there is nothing I can say or show you or let you drop hydrochloric acid on that will “make” you believe me and I really don’t want that. It would be nice to discuss your view on religion, politics, physics and the mechanical requirements of time travel but in order to engage in those types of conversations, I must apparently tell you who wins the hockey game next week. I’m just guessing that if were to write out the ten lines for Fermat’s final proof you wouldn’t be very impressed either.

(1) Industrialized mass production does not produce the uncountable tonnage of useless consumer items so gleefully absorbed by your society. I would estimate there are about 10 units like mine (C204) and twenty larger units (C206). The main difference is the sensitivity and number of the main Cesium clocks. I would estimate that some sort of public time travel will be common around 2045.

(2) I’m not aware of any other time traveler’s “here” now. But if they are here, I’m sure they’re pouring over sports history books so they can go back in time another week and start a friendly conversation on the web.

(3) The “Mad Cow” story here is yet to begin but don’t worry, the fruited jellitine deserts are safe.

(4) I’m glad to see it’s so easy for to dismiss the Middle East. Yes, I suppose it is a no brainer but pretty soon it will be a “no arrmer” and a “no legger”.

Ethics is an excellent topic of discussion and I hope we can move past a collective insistence of applying everything to this frame of reference.

Posted by Melinda Floyd on 01-31-2001 10:50 AM

Of course I only speak for myself, but I think it’s irrelevant and pointless to argue whether or not this man is a Time Traveler or not. This thread sure beats anything else on the BBS right now, and it doesn’t matter if what John is claiming is fact, a hypothetical exercise or pure BS. He’s raised some very interesting points that I think would be beneficial for discussion:

1) Civil War–considering the current political climate of our country, this is feasible. Figuring in the pervading apathy regarding what has happened in the last couple of months (the serious implications should have at least ‘clicked’ by now), I think something much more drastic would have to happen to get Americans off their couches and away from their TV’s (or computers) in order to fight for ANYTHING.

2) Mass Production–I was thinking the other day how much we waste in this country via mass production. I was in a store standing in front of a wall covered with utterly useless ‘stuff’ and the absurdity of it struck me so much I had to laugh. I’ve always admired Gandhi’s belief in doing away with industrializing India in favor of keeping to a much smaller (but more widely spread among the people) production of textiles (ie; ‘craftsmen’).

3) Ethics and Holistic thinking–shouldn’t the more prosperous lend a helping hand to those in less fortunate circumstances, and shouldn’t this be done worldwide? I know we in America have allowed ourselves to be lied to regarding what is important and what is not. We seem to be more valued in this society for what kind of, and how many material possessions we accumulate than for the intangible/non-material but longer lasting treasures we might possess.

4) Anything is possible. Why not? If you think for yourself, someone like John shouldn’t be a threat. Haven’t you had ‘futuristic’ dreams? Do you suspect that you are living in other timelines or ‘realities’–some very similar, some so different that you don’t even have a frame of reference in order to understand them with? Do you remember doing this particular incarnation millions of times before? Is sanity just too boring for you?=)

Anyways, I only briefly touched on some of the things John has brought up in his posts (and from the link he posted). Yeah John, I’d like to discuss what ethics and the human condition would be like in the future.

Posted by Vanessa Bunn on 01-31-2001 03:41 PM

John Titor,

A serious reply please. When you determine the time to which you want to travel do you “dial in” the date to which you want to go, can you “jump” to a new date, say in 1000 year increments. Can you “sample” the time period by stopping only for a few moments before continueing your trip and can you take passengers with you????? please answer honestly.

Posted by John Titor on 01-31-2001 07:13 PM

The distortion unit reaches its target destination by using very sensitive gravity sensors and atomic clocks. The basic unit of calculation is the second. So yes, in a sense you do “dial in” in a date and the computer system controls the distortion field. At maximum power, the unit I have is capable of traveling about 10 years an hour.

Unfortunately, time travel is not an exact science. There is inherent error and chaos in the computers ability to make accurate calculations. Based on the current technology of the clocks and sensors, distortion units are only accurate to about 60 years or so. So no, in 2036, we are unable to travel back 1000 years due to the error rate in the system. The divergence between the worldline of origin and the target worldline would be too great. If one were to try and travel back that far, history would look nothing like what you would expect.

The unit has mass limits but the 204 is capable of transporting about three people and equipment. I don’t think you would like 2036 very much.

Posted by Charles Moltrup on 01-31-2001 09:02 PM

Wink

Why would you want a IBM 5100 I can find them at auctions for next to nothing, i think they were the first 286 CPU’s.

Why didn’t you stop in this year first and by one.Well I have a good question for you in 2036 do you still use toliet paper to wipe your ass.

Posted by Kevin Spooner on 02-01-2001 04:58 AM

I’m pleased to see certain persons take little offense and in fact upon re-reading my posts recently I have noticed they don’t read as intended – I am for the record pleasant but usually quiet company! Sorry if I upset you (I hope not.)

Dear God… please hurry up and make these computers write not what is typed… but what is meant…. hmm.

I have a natural inquisitive mind and enjoy and technical challenges. I am also a Spiritualist and to that end enjoy both spirit and mind… which is why I for one am naturally curious about the future, time travel, parallel universes, and spiritual matters. I believe that most people visiting this site do so for a mixture of reasons – including the DESIRE to know.

You mentioned previously the year 2008 – what’s significant given your observed 2.5% difference between this time line and your own?

You mentioned a certain model (204) travel unit – what is the source of power and what type of ‘engine’ is used?

If as you claimed, most of the requisite information has been around since 1970’s – and yet time travel is not public until ? 2045… why is it that a time traveler can not divulge design information that would demonstrate its reality. Are there missing common elements/materials yet to be discovered or engineered?

Posted by John Titor on 02-01-2001 08:36 AM

The 5100 had a very simple and unique feature that IBM did not account for and decided it was not in their best interest to advertise (which in hindsight was not very smart). This accidental feature was thus removed from any future desktop computers. In order to take advantage of this feature, the 5100 I have now required a couple of special “tweaks” that had to be done by one of the software engineers in 1975. Anyone who is familiar with this feature and was told to keep their mouth shut about it will be able to tell you what it is.

Yes we still have toilet tissue and some people still suffer from extreme anal fixation.

I have noticed and gotten used to the act of verbal conflict as a cathartic entertainment. I don’t totally understand it but I take no offense by it either. Perhaps we could just arm wrestle some day and still be able to have a pleasant conversation.

The year 2008 was a general date by which time everyone will realize the world they thought they were living in was over. The civil war in the United States will start in 2004. I would describe it as having a Waco type event every month that steadily gets worse. The conflict will consume everyone in the US by 2012 and end in 2015 with a very short WWIII.

The source of power for the C204 that allows it to distort and manipulate gravity comes from two microsingularities that were created, captured and cleaned at a much larger and “circular” facility. The dual event horizons of each one and their mass is manipulated by injecting electrons onto the surface of their respective ergospheres. The electricity comes from batteries. The breakthrough that will allow for this technology will occur within a year or so when CERN brings their larger facility online.

Perhaps it would have been clearer to state that the math has been around since 1970. I would urge you to examine the properties of Kerr black holes and Tipler cylinders. An actual working prototype was first tested in 2034. 

On my worldline, time travel is not a public recreation but we are all aware that it exists. You may be disappointed to know that the ability to manipulate gravity is not the technical challenge that had to be overcome. Miniaturizing the clocks and sensors, creating clever ways to vent x-rays and creating a computer system dependable enough to calculate the changes required to the field were the main challenges. There are no missing pieces…just missing energy levels and a few very interesting subatomic particles.

Posted by Mel Reckling on 02-01-2001 10:42 AM

JOHN,

I always thought a good question to ask a time traveler would be: When is the next triple crown won in horse racing and what is that horse’s name. 

Those events are few and far between and generally remembered. They should stand out in most people’s minds. This could be a good little test. A winner of some obscure 10k race in Utah nobody would remember, but Derby winners and especially Triple Crown winners hold international prominence.

Posted by John Titor on 02-01-2001 11:28 AM

Unfortunately, winners of historical sports betting events are not high on the priority list of people in 2036. As a thought experiment, If I did tell you who the winning horse was and you killed it before the final race, would that make me a liar or would it support my statement that our world-lines are about 2% different? Do you know who won that race 30 years ago?

Posted by Matt Hagemeier on 02-01-2001 11:55 AM

John. a few questions: what is the political climate like in the U.S in your current timeline? I mean, what form of government is there?

Posted by Charles Moltrup on 02-01-2001 12:04 PM

Talking

Sorry about the flip question you do know your computers but still why didn’t you buy a CRAY computer second hand they are much more reliable.Have a nice flight BACK TO THE FUTURE

Posted by Grant Nelson on 02-01-2001 07:21 PM

John, you are right about the significance of the 5100 so I tend to believe most of what you say about the near future will also come to pass in my personal time line.

I propose a little experiment.

I will come look you up if I happen to be in Florida in 2036 and we can talk computers or go fishing.

PS Next time somebody asks which team won a particular game just tell ’em it was the one that scored the most points.

Posted by John Tooker on 02-02-2001 02:21 AM

Thumbs up

Hey,
You’re a traveler too? Have you ever interacted with any of the pre 1983 staff, at Montauk? If so, you may have met me. When I was working there, I was a R&D assistant to Dr. Von Neumann, and was known as Daniel John Waters, and had a rank of Lt. Col., in the Psi Corps.

I looked exactly like Jack Parsons, in that incarnation, and was in on the “rebellion” that Al Bielek, Preston Nichols, et al were on, and was working with Duncan Cameron on the specific night everything went down.

I discovered this largely via recovered memories, and psychical research, but my website, and story, can be read at http://members.tripod.com/~jrtooker/index-2.html, but I have no hard evidence that this person existed. Which is why I’m trying to contact other travelers.

BTW, this isn’t my original timeline, as I believe that I jumped timelines, not long after doing some work with Steve Gibbs, on his trip up to Calgary, Canada.
John

Posted by John Tooker on 02-02-2001 02:24 AM

Thumbs up

Hey,
You’re a traveler too? Have you ever interacted with any of the pre 1983 staff, at Montauk? If so, you may have met me. When I was working there, I was a R&D assistant to Dr. Von Neumann, and was known as Daniel John Waters, and had a rank of Lt. Col., in the Psi Corps.

I looked exactly like Jack Parsons, in that incarnation, and was in on the “rebellion” that Al Bielek, Preston Nichols, et al were on, and was working with Duncan Cameron on the specific night everything went down.

John

Posted by Kevin Spooner on 02-02-2001 04:03 AM

Angry

And I just loved wasting my time looking at how to be informed about cannabis… wanna try again? Perhaps check the link?

Posted by John Titor on 02-02-2001 06:34 AM

If you could change one thing about your government right now, what would it be?

The United States is still a representative republic in 2036 but it was touch and go for a while. 

After the war, the U.S. had divided into 5 general areas based on their economic and defensive strengths. Many people blamed the government organization for the war and the last Constitutional Congress was held in 2020 to officially scrap the Constitution and start over. 

Fortunately, this exercise in anger pointed out how hard it was to come up with anything better. 

It was decided the document wasn’t at fault. 

As a result, there have been a few small changes to the Constitution and the executive branch but you would easily recognize it. The average citizen is more educated about the Constitution and aware of the rights and responsibilities it gives them. Federal power has been decentralized and the focus of daily politics is in the state senates. Federal law has also been streamlined but much harder to change or make additions to.

The people who sign my paycheck told me why we needed a 5100 and sent me off to get one. I was not in a position to make alternate suggestions. As I recall, isn’t the Cray a rather large system? We need something portable. The 5100 isn’t required for its reliability, its needed to translate between APL, UNIX and a few obscure IBM mainframe languages.

The fishing is great and you’re more than welcome to join us but the “me” here is only three. I’ll have to tell him your coming.

Posted by James R.Quayle III on 02-02-2001 06:49 AM

Cool

Greetings TT Titor,I have not been on this site in a long while,I am acquaintances with Al Bielek,and I have been in close quarters with beings not human and not from this place or time.

The Humans who talk with you on this post have not asked you yet how you feel about your travels?

How has it effected you emotionally?
Do you age?
Does the hair grow on your face faster,do your nails grow quicker?
Does the air taste different in different time periods?
How is the food in the future?
Have you tried to eat things not found in your time?
Do you know me in the future?

I plan on living 120 years,so i am sure going to look for you later 35 years from now i will be 66,I was born in 1970.

I have met a few other TT people(Time Travel),I did not ask them about lotteries or sh1t like that(How petty)I like my time,but i see Traveling into Another Time and Space as too much for most humans.

To think on different levels,to not lose oneself,to not fall in love or like with peoples from different times.That must be the hardest,to not be able to connect with others that would be traumatized by the info given by a TT person.

Whether your from here nor there matters not, thanks for helping the ones from this Time think of what they are and where they may be heading.

Agentq3 Blessed Be in your travels!

Posted by Mel Reckling on 02-02-2001 07:52 AM

John,
I know sports questions are not good for you, so how about a couple of other questions? Does GW survive his presidency or is there an attempt on his life? That should be historically documented. 

Do the current inhabitants of this here planet travel to Mars between now and 2036? If that is the case when does that happen? n,

Posted by Chris Greycheck on 02-02-2001 09:42 AM

Question

OK, this John Titor guy obviously is really into science fiction, a scientist, or is actually a TT’er.

Trust me, I would *really* love to believe that you are from the future. So as Mike suggested, instead of going on about fantastic time machine components and WW3, why not actually gain some credibility by correctly telling NEAR future events? Indeed, you are very convincing with your stories of what you claim will be, but unless you actually *prove* who you claim to be, quit wasting our time…you may as well be beating your head against the wall.

Although, if you consistently tell of near-future events, you will rightly gain all our respect, and we will be hanging off your every word…

As I said, I want to believe, but don’t give us the typical “I don’t need to prove myself, I am not here to do that” Well you should be!…Why come on here and spend all that time with your stories, if everyone discounts you as a crackpot. If you want us to actually *listen* to you, then prove yourself! I know that the *first* thing that I would do if I claimed to be a time traveler, is *consistently* tell of *near*-future events…whether it’s politics or entertainment…just give us *anything* that we can all relate to…

I don’t mean to sound cynical and negative, but if you want us to believe you, then just do what I suggest, and quit being so evasive.

Thanks.

[Edited by Chris Greycheck on 02-02-2001 at 10:07 AM]

Posted by John Titor on 02-02-2001 10:09 AM

Yes, I age and my hair and nails grow at normal rates. Please keep in mind that gravity distortion does involve some dilation effects but “jumping” between world-lines are time-like trips, not space-like trips. 

The air is about the same although I do smell and taste industrial odors here my parents cannot. 

The food in the future is grown and raised naturally inside the community structure. This is done primarily for safety reasons. I am amazed at the risks people here are willing to take with processed food. All of the food I eat here is grown and prepared by myself or my family. 

Unfortunately, I do not know if we are acquainted on my world-line. Yes, love is a challenge. What’s harder is knowing you could go back and correct a mistake but at the cost of the “you” on that world-line you want to live your life over again on.

The questions about the president and space travel are reasonable but now we come to a conflict between physics and ethics. 

First, the ethics:

I have seen a television program about a man who is able to speak with the dead. When I watch the show, I am more afraid about the possibility that what he is doing is real not weather or not he is doing it. 

Since I will be leaving this world-line in the coming year, I could easily tell you that the President lives or dies in the next four years. 

In fact, I could probably find some way to even charge you for it. When the day comes for my “prediction” to be realized it will either happen or not. If it does happen, then your ability to judge your environment is crippled by your acceptance of me as a “knower of all things” and gifted with the ability to tell the future. 

If I am wrong, then everything I have said that might possibly have made you think about your world in a different way is suddenly discredited. 

I do not want either. 

Although I do have personal reasons for being here and speaking with you, the most I could hope for is that you recognize the possibility of time travel as a reality. You are able to change your world-line for better or worse just as I am. Although this will make me a far less interesting time traveler, these are the rules I personally try to hold to:
[1] I will not disclose any information that will cause someone to personally gain by its knowledge. This means no stock or sports tips.
[2] I will not disclose any detailed information that would allow someone to avoid death by probability. This means no earthquake or bomb information.
[3] I will not disclose any information that may compromise any future actions by individual people or threaten their family and well-being. I will not disclose names or events associated with individuals.
Now for the physics: 

The grandfather paradox is impossible. In fact, all paradox is impossible. The Everett-Wheeler-Graham or multiple world theory (MWI) is correct. All possible quantum states, events, possibilities and outcomes are real, eventual and occurring. The chances of everything happening someplace at sometime in the superverse is 100%. (For all you scientists out there, if Schrodinger’s cat had a time machine, he might not be in the box at all.)

Therefore, there is a world-line where you are alive and another world-line where you have gone back in time to kill your relative and the you on the new world-line won’t be born but “you” the killer is still running around there. 

Differences between world-lines are measured from the perspective of the time traveler in terms of divergence percentage. The higher the divergence, the more “un-like” your destination world-line looks like compared to your world-line of origin.

Therefore, any “prediction” I might make has a slight chance of being incorrect anyway and you now have the ability to act on it based on what I’ve said. Can you stop the war before it gets here? Sure. Will you do it? Probably not.

As far as space travel goes… no, we are not on Mars yet but we’re trying very hard so we can avoid another “Hell’s Kitchen” outcome from an overpopulated Earth

Posted by Chris Greycheck on 02-02-2001 10:26 AM

John,

As I read more and more of your posts, I am admittedly intrigued, but increasingly annoyed by your insistence.

OK, fine, there are ethical issues, relating to lotto numbers and gambling, so tell us something like how many will be found dead in the earthquake in India. Tell us something that happens in politics on a national level.

Surely you can tell us *something* that has a neutral moral effect on society.

You stated:

“Although I do have personal reasons for being here and speaking with you, the most I could hope for is that you recognize the possibility of time travel as a reality”

Tell us something we don’t know!! Look at what message board you are on!! How redundant can one be? Of course it’s not unreasonable that most of us on here certainly think that time travel is a possibility!!..come on…

“2. I will not disclose any detailed information that would allow someone to avoid death by probability. This means no earthquake or bomb information”

Why not? What the hell is wrong with you? If I knew someone was going to be in a situation where they may die, and there was a chance I could stop it, I have the moral obligation to do something about it.

John, it’s becoming clearer to me that you are simply a fraud…how sad indeed…you can still save yourself, but you better do it soon.

Posted by John Titor on 02-02-2001 10:53 AM

Perhaps it would be better if you just considered me a fraud. I really don’t have a problem with that. If that were the case, could we then have discussions that you were comfortable with?

((Why not? What the hell is wrong with you? If I knew someone was going to be in a situation where they may die, and there was a chance I could stop it, I have the moral obligation to do something about it.))

I can think of a couple of examples.

If the Egyptians knew the Red Sea was going to drown them, do you think they would have pursued Moses?

If you could go back in time to 1941 and tell the radar operators to take a second look at the radar screen on December 7th, would you? Before you say yes and accept that parade in your honor down main street, perhaps you should go forward in time and see if the U.S still had the motivation to make the A-bomb before Hitler did.

Posted by James R.Quayle III on 02-02-2001 10:59 AM

Thank you for your timely reply,and i feel if i am not someone you recognize as a future name known then how about you let me know if Newport Beach is a bad place to be in case of a war?

Nuked area?

Probably,i bet.What area is a good one to be in when the nukes fall?

Have you met any other time travelers besides yourself?

Have you ever had an alien encounter?

Because i have had some very interesting meetings with ET’s.

agentq3  Thank you again for your time john titor

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 02-02-2001 11:00 AM

John –

Can you give us some brief personal stories of your past? For instance, in relation to history what were some of your growing up sagas?

Can you tell us how China and Africa make their way into the 21st Century?

Jazz -Swing -BeBop -R&B -Rock ‘n Roll -Disco -Rap/HipHop – ….what comes next???

Do Crop Circles play a part in labeling these micromeasurements in time of gravity/energy?

Posted by Chris Greycheck on 02-02-2001 11:09 AM

Question

John,

I am certainly not uncomfortable in thinking that you are a fraud, although it would bring me (and others) great comfort if you could prove yourself.

You chose only to reply to my statement of the moral obligation to help others if you knew they were going to die, (but still not directly, as I was saying that if you knew someone who was going to be in a life-threatening situation, especially a family member or friend, it’s your duty to get them out of it…I was not talking about people who knew of their imminent deaths…and your 1941 example was not clear…

Yet you didn’t bother to reply to me when I said that you were being redundant when you say that your wish is to get others to believe that time travel is a possibility. Again, I will say, that the whole premise of this board is based on the paranormal, and if anything, most of us *already* believe that time travel is a possibility, including myself…so your many posts on this board are on the basis of redundancy.

Again I will ask: Tell us something that is morally neutral, like a near-future event in Hollywood or politics…something…come on, I am giving you chance after chance, I want to believe…

I am trying to be objective about this, but as you continually evade and dodge the real questions, you become less and less credible.

Posted by James Boley on 02-02-2001 11:17 AM

John,

I applaud your story. It would make for a great book or Hollywood movie.

You keep mentioning ethics as an excuse not to divulge information of the near future, however you still freely talk about other items such as the physics behind your machine or facts about the far future.

I have a hard time believing that time travel, if possible and if it will be done, would be done in such a lax way. What would happen if you, while traveling on personel business, died while visiting yourself. Or what if a scientist reading this thread who in the future will develop time travel alters his patterns of study and changes the future, thus changing you thus changing everything?

The mere chance of a severe domino effect would, I believe, limit time travel on a very strict and limited manner, if it is allowed at all! Why would a group of seemingly intelligent people risk changing there present on the desire to see themselves in the past?

While entertaining, your story is bogus.

Posted by Randy Empey on 02-02-2001 11:36 AM

Based on the models John professes to beleive and to be the basis on the tech. that got him here, many of your reasons for disbelief, particular those just mentioned by James . . . are easily shot down or at least deflected.

If it is not the truth for John, it is at least an ingeniously well constructed story.

Lets talk about those things John has been repetitiously asking to talk about . . . since, John’s being a TT may be his reality, but at the same time, never be part of one of us critique’s realities.

Posted by John Titor on 02-02-2001 11:41 AM

I fail to understand why my words generate so much conflict. I think it’s far better for you to consider what I say as fantasy so there is no question of credibility. How is my credibility going to affect your life? I don’t want you to believe me and it doesn’t affect me in the least if you did.

I don’t know any other way to tell you that I am unaware of what happens in the next week, especially in Hollywood. Just curious…that’s a common question, why do you think I would know something about that?

Yes, it’s very possible that what I say would spin your future off into a different direction. But since what I say is “bogus” that shouldn’t be a problem.

On a philosophical level, the existence of multiple worlds implies a moral balance in the superverse. For every world-line you perform a good action, there is a world-line where you perform a bad action. 

There are no good and bad people, just good and bad decisions. 

We can only be responsible for what we do as individuals on the world-line we are on now. So take heart! 

Somewhere out there is a world-line where I’m spilling all the beans on Hockey, the stock market and Hollywood and you’re all off to Vegas and Wall Street making millions of dollars.

I do very much enjoy these conversations and I’m working on the other questions…

Posted by Matt Hagemeier on 02-02-2001 11:50 AM

john, I really don’t have much complaint about government, Although not perfect I still believe this is the best place to live on the planet. One thing the government needs to do is decriminalize drugs. The drug war is a useless war.

So is the civil war started by those anti-gov types?

The next question is religion, if time travel is possible, what does that do to the religious? If I exist on many time lines, which one is really me? Did God create one “me”, or many “me’s”

What about movies, TV, Sports, Nebraska Cornhusker football, please don't tell me there us no husker football in 2036.

Posted by James Boley on 02-02-2001 01:05 PM

John,

Rereading my last post, bogus came off a little strong. I did not mean to conflict with you per se, but tell you I don’t believe your story.

There are a couple of questions I would like answered.

First if you don’t care if we believe you or not, why are you posting here? What purpose do you have to tell part of your story?

Next, I assume that you would have superiors over seeing your work. What do they think of your use of the equipment for personel reasons?

Are you afraid of altering your reality in our future or your present in the slightest?

You have mentioned that there is a flux of change for every 60 years. This would suggest to me that you are also traveling across dimensions or as Star Trek lingo suggests, alternate realities. 8^) If you are doing this, is there any concern of yours or your comrades that you are affecting our future? Would that concern you if it did not affect you?

Is there such a thing, in your reality, as crimes against time? For example, killing an enemy while he is a child? Or changing the past to make your present more pleasant (lotteries and gaming franchises have been mentionned)?

I have said I do not believe your story, but I hope you will still answer my questions.

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 02-02-2001 03:23 PM

50% of the world lives on $2.00 a day and a good portion of those not even that (general One-Worlder figure per Jimmy Carter on NPR the other day). 

Many of these people think the whole notion of a western world is a big myth. People living in tribes in parts of Africa, South America, and Western China would laugh if you were to tell them there are cities with more than a million people in them – they have automatic vehicles for transport – some even fly -, they communicate electronically, wash and cook using machines etc. 

That’s RIGHT HERE ON THIS PLANET. Should we go tell them about us? This concept right away illustrates some illusions about our (Western Worlders’) presence in the world.

John can you say more regarding this phenomenon and how future societies (might) handle the new frontiers of technology in our world?

About 4 or 5 years ago Art Bell had on a guest involved in researching feral humans. He told of a remote Venezuelan tribe that refused to believe there was a city such as Caracas. HE described how the senior tribesman tried to relate to the notion that there was such a type of civilization anywhere near them.

A couple of years before that I had some adventures here in the US. I began traveling around the country staying at Youth Hostels and working where I could. 

I found myself riding freight trains in the Pacific Northwest and had a last minute rider in my car. He threw his stuff in, climbed aboard and we had quite a few hours of conversation. He was a migrant worker who was starting the Apple Orchard season. (A not uncommon occupation for unskilled labor both foreign and domestic in the Northwest -though most non-immigrant workers will head out on the fishing boats for good/hard-earned money).

HE told me about leaving his little village in Oaxaca many years ago. 

When he left he was convinced that the jungle surrounding his village just continued on forever and was really surprised when he found other landscapes- cities-cultures. 

HE spent quite a few years listening to talk radio shows on his little walkmans, working and travelling. I was really surprised about how much he knew of history, politics, science and even overseas cultures.

I also have to say that, what I saw of Freight Train Riders, during this period. represented a fairly evolved subculture, and one not very involved in what we would consider the NORMAL world.

PBS ran the Jazz series a few weeks ago. 

When Louis Armstrong finally made the leap out of New Orleans and Kansas City to travel to New York to play with “King” Oliver’s band he was FOB (fresh off the boat), in a way. Dressed funny, and gawking at all the huge buildings of which was convinced were all Universities – huge Towers of Learning.

My father grew up in a little! town in the hills of western Pennsylvania. His parents were not the most educated tools in the shed. He has told me since that often when he was little he wondered whether all the stories about places like France, Germany etc. were just made up tales that got passed around on the radio and in print. Of course that could have been just him <g>.

Just some examples, to me at least, about how little we know of the world … of which we think we know so much.

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 02-02-2001 04:06 PM

The previous examples were all – of the uneducated “others” in the world, obviously.

WE, of course, are a part of that group which ranks itself at the very pinnacle of evolutionary capabilities.

Posted by Lee Heggy on 02-02-2001 04:29 PM

I am from 4535…no wait, thats my address. Sorry.

Posted by Grant Nelson on 02-02-2001 07:20 PM

James wrote “John, I applaud your story. It would make for a great book or Hollywood movie.”

James. it did ! good prediction from one remote viewer. [ IT, the movez: was popularized in late 20th century good returns at the box office and widely circulated on illegal DVD discs . Just before the lights went out in 2001 it played to appreciative audiences in LA & NY.

John, I been thinking about the “fission” trip and wanted to tell you about one of my favorite places. I always try and land on the Shell Mound just north of Cedar Key every so many seconds.

For some reason it always works. Minimal distortion. Maybe its because the People have eaten oysters on this spot of 10 x 4 years or maybe more if one believes the Miami Circle evidence. Why just the other day some neighbors were burning some ol’ logs they got out of the drying up lake bed and you know what ? The arch*e*olo*gee people landed like ***** on **** and wanted to know what the ++++ they were doing burning thousand year old native american dug out canoes for to keep warm. in the oil crisis.

They said a “little child” had told them to do it. Noonans Lake. General Noonan was only there for ten days during the last Civil War. The People enjoyed this land for many many many moons. Go figure. 10 days 10,000 years. is this a log factor ?

You could send me the current GPS co ordinates for where I’m talking about and also set your cessium clock to remind you where to meet up in 2036. Since you been there and done that I will let you pick a day. My birthday for example.

note that I have email and am a real person, unlike some journalists you may have encountered.

You all come on over and visit while I’m here. grant

PS Maybe the only place [bicycle distance] in 1976 to go for computer tech was either U.F. Gainesville or up Tallahassee way. You know, where the high energy magnetics lab is located? In 1976 you would have maybe dealt with NERD*c or some such entity. Welcome back.

[Edited by Grant Nelson on 02-02-2001 at 07:45 PM]

Posted by Anthony D’Amato on 02-02-2001 07:30 PM

Hi I am from Beliviue, looking for John Titor.

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 02-03-2001 09:09 AM

John – read your page. Guess you’re saying the troubles we avoid(ed) during the Y2K scare might be seen as similar to the consequences of not having had Pearl Harbor saved.

—“This is one example of a theory involving “time shells” progressing in size and intensity around a gravitational point from all matter. The more massive the object, the larger and more influential the time shells around it (like an onion). —

Like an isobaric map of potential time lines and “intentions”. 

“Perhaps I should let you all in on a little secret. No one likes you in the future."

LOL Figures… I’m not sure I like many of us right now.

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 02-03-2001 09:15 AM

Exclusive of everyone here, that is. 🙂

Posted by Mel Reckling on 02-03-2001 09:29 AM

JOHN,
Two more questions. Is there official disclosure or any sudden revelations in the area of an ET presence and how is the world view of our space in the whole scheme of things. 

In other words do we by 2036 know for sure we’re not alone? 

I do remember who won the triple crown about 30 years ago; Secretariat in 1973, also I think Affirmed did it in 1978. I don’t think it has been done since. 

I have no way to prosper from knowing whether GW makes it through his presidency, I just thought it would be a good question. Odds are in your favor to say he doesn’t. 

I’m just trying to formulate non-invasive ways to see if you are who you say you are. I have a keen interest in this amazing field and unfortunately we have seen too many people who, if you are for real, have made it difficult for you. To tell you the truth I hope you are for real.

Posted by Kevin Spooner on 02-04-2001 11:37 PM

Question

But then I suppose anyone dealing in trans-vectoring across multiple time-flows eventually crosses itself in the fore or aft directions. We know that time is a malleable product and so too are the options of this linear flow. So then… if that is the case how could one establish that *this* timeline is *the* prime and all the others are variants that may cross on periods like a biorhythm. 

More I suspect they are all prime in and of themselves and we simply have attached to this particular one.

Personally I like the Spiritualist ideal of pre-physical choice – I chose to be here, I chose this existence, extending that to…I chose this timeline. Maybe also their perspective of being a part of God within their own makeup to the extent of being able to choose futures is also evident – how do you know you have not cognitively chosen your personal direction a billion times and not even realized at this moment all the choices you have made along time to get to this point thus far.

Its a bit like realizing that what to Spirit are Spiritual powers is in the weaker sense to the Physical (us) with its Psychic powers… we only know so much but in the Spiritual worlds we know so much more… consciousness expansion.

Just my tuppence in between our venerable TT’s absence. Cheers all.

Posted by John Michael Davis on 02-05-2001 12:38 AM

Talking

I don’t believe in the possibility of time travel – the transcendence of time/space a total other framed reference but an individual revelation that really translates everyday realities – then but to visit the age of the dinosaurs on some planet – that would to me be traveling time – viewing our own development on swell universal fractals – and we are the et’s – synchronizing galactic calandrical systems – what of the machine – that we have been born here – living the first years of our lives among them – room and board – all at once and eternal.

Posted by Kevin Spooner on 02-05-2001 01:28 AM

Really? If you do not believe in Time travel then I suggest for discussion that you CHOOSE not to believe. Do you believe in ET’s or UFO’s – choices. Do you believe that the rest of the world or the known universe exists – choices. Do you believe you were born of sin – choices. You choose not to believe – this is not the same as the ability for it to exist.

Ah then the critic would say… ok TT… demonstrate. 

Yes I’d love a demonstration – but more – the specifics on its design and a guide on correct ethics and use. I have not seen a Time Travel device that I am aware of – but that does not mean I do not believe – especially in the potential.

All things can be created, all things can be – the difference is I chose not to make the choice of yes or no – I believe or I don’t until it slaps me like a wet fish.

And where is our venerable TT John T? Hope you are well friend – and yes, I was very serious about ethics and technology. But alas, all requests have met with zero in my hands to work with. But still – I choose to be patient.

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 02-05-2001 07:30 AM

Potential Hazard of being a Time Traveler — Always putting things off until you can “get back” to doing them. LOL

Posted by John Titor on 02-05-2001 11:28 AM

As far as the war goes, my best advice is to find at least 5 people within 100 miles of you that you trust with your life.

No, I haven’t met any other time travelers here and although from my perspective that’s highly unlikely, it’s not impossible. 

No, I don’t have any additional information concerning crop circles, ETs or UFOs. I find those subjects rather interesting myself and it’s one of the reasons I was drawn to this web site.

((Can you give us some brief personal stories of your past? For instance, in relation to history what were some of your growing up sagas?))

I was born in 1998 so I do share some childhood memories with all of you. I remember going to Disney World at Christmas and I remember going to the beach in Daytona.

When the civil “conflict” started and got worse, people generally decided to either stay in the cities and lose most of their civil rights under the guise of security [Highlighted by metallicman, remember this was BEFORE 9-11.] or leave the cities for more isolated and rural areas. Our home was searched once and the neighbor across the street was arrested for some unknown reason. That convinced my father to leave the city.

From the age of 8 to 12, we lived away from the cities and spent most of our time in a farm community with other families avoiding conflict with the federal police [In 2001, there wasn't any "federal police". It was created after 9-11 and called DHS Department of Homeland Security. - Metallicman.] and national guard. 

By that time, it was pretty clear that we were not going back to what we had and the division between the “cities” and the “country” was well defined.

2016 Election Results by County
2016 Election Results by County. Placed by Metallicman for points of reference.

My father made a living by putting together 12-volt electrical systems and sailing “commodities” up and down the coast of Florida. I spent most of my time helping him.

Outright open fighting was common by then and I joined a shotgun infantry unit in 2011. I served with the “Fighting Diamondbacks” for about 4 years. (Hearing in my right ear isn’t as good as I would like it). 

The civil war ended in 2015 when Russia attacked the U.S. cities (our enemy), China and Europe. As unusual and bad as my childhood might seem, I wouldn’t trade it for anything.

Africa is not a pleasant place to be in 2036 although I would characterize it as recovering.

The music you enjoy now is quite popular and available it’s just not produced in anywhere near the same amount. There is a revival of “local” and classical music. Many people have learned to play their own. I personally enjoy Big Band, some Classical and interesting lyrical pieces from the 1970s and 1980s.

((if time travel is possible, what does that do to the religious? If I exist on many time lines, which one is really me? Did God create one “me”, or many “me’s”))

This is an excellent question that causes a great deal of controversy. 

Since every possible outcome, event and possibility is happening and will happen, then all good and all evil balances out in the superverse. After the reality of multiple worlds sank into our collective thought, the one basic change to all religious dogma is the concept that good and evil does not exist as an organized force in our lives nor can it be used as a useful way to judge what God may think of a situation. 

Good and evil are personal experiences that can only guide what we do as individuals and how we relate to others. This outlook also makes it impossible for me to judge any other person or event. We cannot see the entire universe as God sees it therefore we will never be Gods or be capable of judging anything outside of ourselves. My actions can only be judged as good and bad by me and my God.

There is also an area of thought that maintains all of the “yous” out there will make up the “you” that eventually returns to God. In that manner, it is frustrating to know that you are capable of and acting on all of the thoughts and ideas you have regardless of what the “you” here is doing. How good or evil do you think you can be?

There is even an idea (supported in physics apparently but I have a hard time with this one) that there is some sort of communication going on between all of the “yous” that are out there. Some people think that memories, intuition and conscious are actually attempts by one version of “you” to talk to another. [He just hit the issue with world-line anchoring. - Metallicman.]

Yes, we still have football and you will easily recognize it in 2036.

I am posting here because I enjoy talking with people without having to hide who I am, it’s safe for me and my family and I can gather historical information from you and the web.

Yes, I have superiors. 

However, from their perspective, I will only have been gone a split second. The only real risk I am taking is spending too long outside my main line and risking a probability error (dying, accident, etc.). 

Based on the physics of gravity displacement, I can’t leave when I ever I want anyway and I do have some leeway into how I conduct my mission.

It is impossible for me to change any world-line that I am not on. 

Nothing I do here will affect my home. The “60 year flux” is a limitation of my machine, not of physics. Jet planes can’t fly into space, my machine is not reliable past a 60 + year destination.

You’ve been to Cedar Key? You must be aware I don’t know any personal information about you. If I was just going to guess, I would say it’s important to avoid the rattlesnake or you might be “walking” back to shore. You may be happy to know that although the bridge is gone, Cedar Key is still there.

The computer is from 1975, Rochester Mn.

Yes, the Pearl Harbor example relates to Y2K. Have you considered that I might already have accidentally screwed up your worldline?

((Potential Hazard of being a Time Traveler — Always putting things off until you can “get back” to doing them.))

What’s even worse is having the ability to go back and help the “you” there and you won’t listen to yourself.

Posted by James Boley on 02-05-2001 01:32 PM

Is there any sort of a log in your machine to show where and when you stopped? Will your superiors check that?

Is there crimes against time? Can you get in trouble for altering a time line?

Philisophical question. While in your alleged time travels you meet a man an convince him to go somewhere with you, causing him not to meet his future wife. Because of this a certain child is not born, and denied existance. Are you guilty because of this change? You may have known this unborn child in the future. It may have even been your friend.

And if that child would grow up to stop this civil war in the future, and mankind is better for it (no doubt saving several of your friends and family members), would you feel guilty?

Maybe this is a better question. Does what happen here affect your future?

Posted by John Titor on 02-05-2001 02:09 PM

Yes, there is a log and my report and debriefing will agree with it. I have no reason to lie about where I am and why I’m here.

There are no crimes against time. However, if I were to go on some sort of a murder spree and I admitted it when I returned, then I would be held responsible for the crime of murder.

I am no more able to affect your world-line than you are. Yes, I could make the changes you suggested but you must remember that there are an infinite number of world-lines out there where I didn’t and I don’t. In fact, there’s even a world-line out there where you’re the time traveler and I’m the one writing the question.

I think the war would be good for you and your society. I don’t want to stop it.

Nothing I do here will affect any other world-line. “My” original world-line will always be the same and yes I can make changes here that would make this world-line different from mine but so can you.

Posted by Chris McWhirt on 02-05-2001 05:56 PM

John,
1) What effect will following technologies have

MEMs(microelectromechanicals)
quantum computers
fuel cells

2) Which GE group builds time machine?

Posted by Mike Kolesnik on 02-05-2001 07:48 PM

… and how many Suckers he reels in!

People, I can’t belive your gullibility.
Please apply some basic Common Sense, Logic
and a detective’s view of “John’s” statements.

Before I waste more of my precious time uncovering this Fakir I need some help from any of you. I’m looking for at least ONE post where the poster has gone thru “John’s” statements and found some contradictions. (there are MANY)

I need to know if any of you are worth saving from this *Prophet*

Who is “John”

(1) A bored college student (or group) on a dare or assignment?
(2) A former Y2k doom and gloomer finding a new flock?
(3) A Member of Skeptical Enquirer playing an early April Fool’s Joke?
(4) A mentally disturbed individual enjoying his 15 minutes of Fame?
(5) I real time traveler? (HA! see below)

Some Items:
(In spite of Star Trek storylines)

(1)There are NO “alternate world-lines” There are ONLY Possibilities and Probabilities. One of the Possibilities MAY occur and, one and ONLY one of the Probabilities WILL occur. There are NO multiple world-lines, histories, or whatever occurring at this or any time. There are no proven, half-proven, or .001% proven data for multiple Earths.

There are only Star Trekein blabberings.

Once an event occurs it NEVER changes( except for What special happenings?- you should know this John!)

(2) Hey “John”, show me the symbol and formula for the relationship between Gravity and Magnetism. It should be child’s play for you and a fundamental part of ANY TT machine. It is Quite simple.

(3) I know a certain FACT about time travel, you haven’t mentioned it and it is an absolutely VITAL part of TT. Tell me what it is. I’ll give you a hint: It has TWO special requirements!

——————
WAKE UP PEOPLE AND THINK FOR YOURSELF!!!!

Posted by Kathleen Sander on 02-05-2001 11:15 PM

Do you live within the vicinity of your 2-year old self? Have you seen yourself face to face or do you have any intentions of doing so?

Posted by Kevin Spooner on 02-06-2001 04:05 AM

Angry

Dear Mike Kolesnik,

Either you are a person who knows about time travel in the flesh so to speak or you contradict yourself by making out hat you do. You have challenged John Titor into revealing specific answers which you claim to have current knowledge of. Further you make yourself out to be some kind of ‘saviour’ wondering if any of us require ‘saving’ so long as we meet your expectations of us. Even more you state there are contradictions in John’s writing.

Personally I don’t need saving from you and in fact I am not following lines of gullibility. Rather I too have asked direct questions and placed challenges to all time travelers.

Further, any segmented regular writing of this nature on any BBS will create natural discrepencies – even I suspect in your own and mine to boot. Such is life in the slow lane with us mere mortals.

Please place here you seal of Godliness incarnate for others to marvel at and rather than attack others (which is not in keeping with fair play) please feel free to join our quest for knowledge… which I suspect you are attempting to do in a rather vicious manner.

God bless and may knowledge strike us like a wet fish soon !

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 02-06-2001 06:05 AM

((“There are NO “alternate world-lines” There are ONLY Possibilities and Probabilities. One of the Possibilities MAY occur and, one and ONLY one of the Probabilities WILL occur. There are NO multiple world-lines, histories, or whatever occurring at this or any time. There are no proven, half-proven, or .001% proven data for multiple Earths.”))

I’m trying to figure out why I haven’t seen Mike Kolesnik’s name in any of the esteemed journals that debate Time Travel. You know, the one’s chaired by graduates of MIT, Princeton, Yale, Stanford…? Surely having the answers to the nature of ”reality” would be worth pursuing with others whose careers are based on research. Isn’t this the same type of reasoning used by debunkers against anything THEY find unreasonable?

C’mon Mike, unsnit those panties and ask yourself why you care whether this is true or not.

AS far as Mr. Titor is concerned … How do you finance your excursion? I would venture its not totally on the level with current financial accounting procedures.

That said, I apologize, though I feel I have to withhold some of my investigative curiosities, as I have a niece who is exactly your age and I could sense the possibility of a confluence that at this point which could precipitate greater than expected divergences.

Around the mid-nineties I came to my conclusion re: the “isobaric” nature of both gravity and time. Like anything, I suspect the gradients involved are minuscule by our finite standards, though 10% or 15% divergence over 60 years sounds about right.

Posted by John Titor on 02-06-2001 06:35 AM

[[[ATTENTION! The following is a secret message for all mindless robot slaves controlled by time travelers. If you are unable to read this, please disregard it. This is an emergency, can someone do me a favor and look up everything they can find on Maxwell’s equations, relativity and the formulas for volts and amps. I left all my physics books back in the time machine…and remember, just because I control your mind doesn’t mean I think you’re an idiot. MESSAGE OVER.]]]

Yes, there are significant advances in computer science. It’s interesting how easy it is to be fixated on the “machine” itself without any curiosity about many of the support systems. This is not really big news but if / then is out and if /then /maybe is in.

Yes I am with the “me” on this world-line and he is three now. I find that fact to be rather hard for people to get along with so I don’t bring it up directly. This is the second time I have “met myself”.

The “machine” is owned by the military. I am part of a unit stationed in Tampa Florida. 

The real energy is in creating the machine, not operating it. It’s interesting you should bring up the divergence percentage. You may find it…entertainingly interesting to know that the divergence can be more accurate with more sensitive gravity sensors and clocks. The C206 uses 6 Cesium clocks and an active method of timing the changes in the atom.

Posted by James Boley on 02-06-2001 06:47 AM

Why does your kind time travel?

You mentioned that in the future, or in your future for the sake of the argument, that you still believe in God. How does God play in these infinite number of ‘time lines’. Are there infinite number of Gods? One for each timeline?

How does a persons soul play into this? Are you suggesting there are infinite number of my souls around?

Posted by Charlotte Boren on 02-06-2001 07:11 AM

(1) Who wins the Triple Crown for the next 20 years?

(2) Who will be elected president for the next 20 years?

(3) Will there still be Harley-Davidsons around when you are born?

(4) Please list the price of gold for the last 20 of your years and I can tell you the condition of the stock market in the future.

(5) Will it still be fairly lawful for me to own and use handguns when are beginning your time travel adventures?

(6) Is it possible for you to bump into yourself when you are time travelling? Saw a Jean Claude Van Dam movie about that once. I think it was called “Time Cop”. Whatever you do, don’t shake hands with yourself, if you do meet. You melt.

(7) I go on vacation in May. Can I go with you the next time you leap? I have an ex-husband I want to punch in the nose when he walks up to the 1981 me the first time we met and says “Hi.” I’ll get the 1981 me pushed out of the way with a 1981 broom or something. It won’t take much to convince the 1981 me that this is the 2001 her. I know her past too well—regrets and happiest moments. (Wonders if Scott Bakula is just as cute today as he was in “Quantum Leap”.)

[Edited by Charlotte Boren on 02-06-2001 at 07:23 AM]

Posted by John Titor on 02-06-2001 08:33 AM

We time travel to solve problems. A great deal of effort is going into repairing the environment and infrastructure.

I think there is only one God. I also think that our soul may be a combination of all the collective thoughts and actions of the infinite “yous”. If that is true, it becomes very difficult to define death until all worldlines come to an end.

[(1) Who wins the Triple Crown for the next 20 years?]

I don’t know. Even if I did, you could stop the horse(s) anyway and make it untrue.

(2) Who will be elected president for the next 20 years?
Please see number 2.

(3) Will there still be Harley-Davidsons around when you are born?
I was born in 1998.

(4) Please list the price of gold for the last 20 of your years and I can tell you the condition of the stock market in the future.

I don’t understand the importance of this type of information. Please tell me your opnion why this is interesting and worth remembering for 30 years.

(5) Will it still be fairly lawful for me to own and use handguns when are beginning your time travel adventures?

I thought owning a handgun was legal in the United States? Yes, being familiar with firearms (along with the other responsibilities of the Constitution) becomes an important part of people’s lives in thirty years.

(6) Is it possible for you to bump into yourself when you are time travelling? Saw a Jean Claude Van Dam movie about that once. I think it was called “Time Cop”. Whatever you do, don’t shake hands with yourself, if you do meet.

Yes that is possible and there are no limitations on interacting with them. I find it interesting that there is some sort of collective negativity with the idea of doing that. Could it be that we are not really that comfortable with ourselves and therefore we cannot imagine meeting, liking or helping another one of us on another worldline?

(7) I go on vacation in May. Can I go with you on your journeys through time? Anybody else want to go along?

I could probably manage three people with me. However, I would have to dump a great deal of archival material to get you in. I’m not sure you would like 2036 very much.

Posted by Matt Hagemeier on 02-06-2001 02:33 PM

John, the life you desrribe in 2036, sounds very much like life my grandparents described in the WW2 era. interesting indeed.

What was the reason for Russia’s involvement in the civil war? Why did they bomb China and Europe?

Did the U.S counter attack with their own nuclear weapons?

Posted by John Lensk on 02-06-2001 03:25 PM

Question

Dear John,

I am very intrigued by your story, but some things don't make very much sense to me. This IBM 5100 computer you talk of having to go back in time to get is the first thing that does not make sense to me. 

What does the old 5100 computer do that computers of your time isn't able to do? 

I'm sure the future will have a wide use of emulation technology, in which you could easily emulate this old computer and all of its uses. What would the original computer do that an emulated version of it not be able to do?

Posted by Kathleen Sander on 02-07-2001 01:02 AM

Could your parents tell something seemed familiar about you or have you only seen your 3-year old self? I guess you would have to re-meet your parents and be a friend of the family. Any changes in how children are taught? Education still “taught” in a classroom?

Posted by James Boley on 02-08-2001 08:27 AM

I still don’t buy your story. There are inconsistencies that are to large to write off.

Some of the first posts you mentioned that you hoped your story would be at least interesting. It is.

Posted by John Titor on 02-08-2001 09:40 AM

Russia and China have always had a very strange relationship. Even the news I see now indicates that continued weapons deals to allies, border clashes and overpopulation will lead to hostilities. 

The West will become very unstable which gives China the confidence to “expand”. I’m assuming you are all aware that China has millions of male soldiers right now that they know will never be able to find wives. 

The attack on Europe is in response to a unified European army that masses and moves East from Germany. Also, please be aware that from my viewpoint, Russia attacked my enemy who was in the U.S. cities. 

Yes, the U.S. did counter attack.

Based on what I know about the 5100, it has a few very interesting and worthwhile properties that make it worthwhile for a time traveler to recover. Also, please keep in mind that civilization is recovering from a war. Yes, we do have the technology but many of the tools were lost.

As you are probably aware, UNIX will have a timeout error in 2038 and many of the mainframe systems that ran a large part of the infrastructure were based on very old IBM computer code. 

The 5100 has the ability to easily translate between the old IBM code, APL, BASIC and (with a few tweaks in 1975) UNIX. This may seem insignificant but the fact that the 5100 is portable means I can easily take it back to 2036. I do expect they will create some sort of emulation system to use in multiple locations.

When I arrived, I approached my father and was easily able to prove to him who I was. I am currently with my parents and the “me” who is three. They are very aware of what I am doing, why I am here and when I will be leaving. 

It may interest you to know that my father still does not truly believe the machine works even after touching and seeing it. 

Yes, education is still taught in a classroom but the entire focus and system looks nothing like what you have now. Don’t worry, you won’t miss it.

((I still don’t buy your story. There are inconsistancies that are to large to write off…))

I understand your viewpoint and I respect it. However, I am confused by a twist in the way the language is used. Another fellow who posted earlier was a bit upset over what I was saying because he thought I was soon going to ask for money by selling something. Since I don’t have anything to sell I am curious why, “I…don’t buy your story”, is the natural way to say what you did. I am aware that it’s off the cuff to say but wouldn’t it be better to say I don’t believe your story? 

Why is the other way so common?

Posted by James Boley on 02-08-2001 10:01 AM

I don’t believe your story.

Posted by Matt Hagemeier on 02-08-2001 10:52 AM

John, Does the U.S still have adversaries or “outside” threats 2036? If so, who, what, and why?

Korea United?

How does the U.S media cover the civil war? Is it unibased or does it favor one side?

Are you creating a alternate timeline by just interacting with us?

Posted by Jack Stansbury on 02-08-2001 11:40 AM

Everyone that is reading or posting wants to what the future has in store for them and their family and friends. John only can tell us that he is from 2036. Well John give us some good stuff. That’s all we want. We need meat .

Jack

Posted by Thurstan Davies on 02-08-2001 01:13 PM

Dear John Titor,

Thank-you for your interesting forum entries.

I am currently living and working in the Middle East and I imagine that I will become one of the 3 Billion that die during WWIII.

I am not asking if I will die or how the Middle East fairs during the conflicts.

I am though interested in the patern of exchange of fire, in that you mentioned US, Russia, China and Europe.

You didn’t mention Australia… if this continent survived unscathed or in fact any other land, would this be a better place, in your time, to gather the resources you require ?

Regards

Thurstan

Posted by John Titor on 02-08-2001 01:18 PM

I would characterize world politics as two boxers who have just gone multiple rounds and they’re both pretty beat up. I’m sure someone out there wants to kill us but no one is very organized yet. There is a great deal of fear over rogue groups coming across un-launched missile systems, 55 gallon drums of Anthrax or portable nuclear weapons.

((Korea United?))
I guess you could say that. Taiwan, Japan and Korea were all “forcefully annexed” before N Day.

I don’t remember a great deal about media coverage during the civil conflicts. I would probably characterize it the same way you see coverage of Waco, Ruby Ridge and Elian Gonzalez.

From my viewpoint, yes, this is an alternate timeline. From your viewpoint, no.

I have thought again about how to revel information that would make me more believable but I always come across the following problems:

1.All of you become much less interesting as sheep. I can’t talk to you if you’re not skeptical.

2.Anything I say could be acted on beforehand and changed anyway.

3.All the really interesting information is months or years away and I’d be gone when it happens.

4.I find it morally wrong to assist someone with anything where they might gain and someone else would lose or die.

5.There’s a slim chance your worldline is just different enough my “prediction” won’t happen.

6.I simply don’t know.

Consider that you are a time traveler who goes back in time to the first week of February 1970 and you are confronted with the same problem. What do you remember right now about the second week of February 1970? 

Naturally, the conflict in Vietnam and the Middle East come up but as someone has already stated here, “that’s old news”. I suppose I could predict the failure of Apollo 13 spacecraft but since time travel is ridiculous, I would be blamed for sabotage. I might even decide to tell you about an earthquake in Peru but then people that would have died by chance will now live and vice versa.

All I can think of is to make something up. So here goes…. The space shuttle mission may or may not have a problem connecting the new lab to the space station.

How was that?

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 02-08-2001 01:22 PM

“Buying a Story” means “I don’t buy what you’re selling”. 

It’s a reaction to a preoccupation we have with issues of “Trust” …because we have so many interactions with “others” i.e. people who aren’t a part of our immediate inner circles. 

There’s a wariness that “another” is deceiving us in some manner, either to con us (gain our confidence for some gain – possibly financial) or work their way into our inner circles and cause some form of havoc. 

Therefore their story is up for judgement as to whether it is worth “banking on”. EG – You may think you could have some sort or beneficial effect by telling people how things may turn out in the future? Don’t bank on it.

Art Bell use to have an archive of the night that he had an open line for Time Travelers. I have to say that much of what I listened to, rang true with my own “prophetic” thoughts.

So, this enemy that was attacked in the US by Russia, was it Islamic in nature?

What it IT (Ginger)? The buzz is that it revolutionizes transportation. What change happened in the early ’00s that relates to this?

I want to get into the Automated Home technologies business. Any suggestions? Please e-mail me 🙂

Posted by Chris Greycheck on 02-08-2001 01:53 PM

Lightbulb

John,

Again I have to congratulate you on your perceived high level of intelligence, and I don’t doubt that you may indeed be a physics professor or just some guy who gets off misleading others.

You stated:

“2.Anything I say could be acted on beforehand and changed anyway.”

Not true at all…not *anything*…just a few days ago there was an attempt at Bush’s life, surely that’s going to be a significant historical event. It’s the first attack/assassination attempt on the president of the new millennium. 

Hmmm, yeah, you could have warned us days ago about, and it may have been changed, and not happened…but that’s very very doubtful. 

At the time, no one would have taken you seriously anyway…but if you had of predicted that, and it happened, then even I would likely believe you now.

Or what about telling us something like a hollywood story of someone breaking up, or getting married, good luck trying to change that…or of a company’s profits…SOMETHING…

You are VERY evasive, and you don’t give even a single “iota” of evidence…nothing…nadda…zero. I remember you saying that your point of this was to come on and get people to at least accept the possibility of time travel, well no kidding, great time traveler…sheesh.. 

Look at what message board you are on!! many including myself certainly believe that it’s possible, but all you do is give fantastic stories and shrug off any attempt at evidence with your lame excuses. What all of us on here want is the truth, not science fiction.

“3.All the really interesting information is months or years away and I’d be gone when it happens.”

Hey, we’ll be the judge of that there John. That’s not the point whether the information is interesting, that’s subjective, the point is that you should prove yourself. It’s true that you claim to be a scientist right? Well isn’t one of the aims of scientists is to prove to *others* of their hypothesis or theory. Even if you’re not one, you should still make an *attempt* at trying to prove yourself.

“4.I find it morally wrong to assist someone with anything where they might gain and someone else would lose or die.”</em>

OK fine…so why don’t tell us a way in which we can save lives or help people without harming others…like of car accidents…what plane trip not to take…etc?! And don’t come back with the cliched, “well it wouldn’t be morally right to change the future”…you are morally obligated to help someone if you can stop it!! You can’t argue with that.

John, why don’t you quit claiming that you’re from the future and actually make any attempt to prove that you are…

This is scary almost, does this guy actually believe in what he says? or did Art hire some science fiction just to keep these boards interesting? There’s obviously some deception going on here…

Posted by Matt Hagemeier on 02-08-2001 02:03 PM

John. are you saying there isn’t enough skepticism on this board? Fom what I observe, the skeptics on here out number us “sheep”.

There is no way I can know if you are real time traveler, I’m asking you questions because I’m interested in your answers.

My rational, logical mind says you are nothing but a bored cyber geek with a lot of “time” (no pun intended) on your hands, however, part of me also wants to believe that time travel is (or will be) a reality as it has always been a fascination of mine.

I know there is much more to the Universe that I can possibly understand, therefore, my mind always will be open to new possibilities.

Posted by Louis D’Avenio on 02-08-2001 02:25 PM

Thumbs down

John,When does your creative writing course end?????????

Posted by Jack Stansbury on 02-08-2001 02:47 PM

Mr. John the time merchant is he selling truth or lies??

The members of this BBS are people that want to believe, We aren’t stupid. John give us the respect that we have given to you. Please tell the truth. However if it is true you are just a geek tell the members so. The truth will set you free !!!!!!!!!

Posted by D’Wayne Bolton on 02-08-2001 02:50 PM

As the 38? year old that you are today, do you remember yourself showing up and visiting yourself as a three year old? 

Are your parents still living in 2036? 

Have they ever mentioned your having time traveled back to see them in 2001?

Posted by Jason Plett on 02-08-2001 05:24 PM

Question

Mr. Titor, I find this fascinating. Perhaps, if you do not mind, I would enjoy a ride in your time device. I am sure you wouldn’t mind me taking a spin into the future a few years. If you are ever in the Denver area let me know I would like to interview you and take a ride in your machine.

Posted by Robert A. Cook on 02-08-2001 05:42 PM

Yep, Jason hit the nail right on the head, didn’t he?

I too would like to take a ride in the rumble seat of your time machine.

I would like to visit the late ‘fifties and early ‘sixties. I’d like to have coffee with my father and my uncle, with spray-painted gold lamps overhead, encrusted with plastic jewels.

I’d like to watch them smoke their pipes and cigarettes unmolested, and discuss the simple issues of their time.

Sadly, I believe time travel is bull***t.

I wish it were otherwise.

Posted by John Lensk on 02-08-2001 06:45 PM

Question

John is there anything you can let us know about the future? I know you are doing the whole “not gonna tell any real information due to money being made off betting on the information you tell us”. But can you just name some people who will be major tv stars or movie stars, or future major politicians or major companies? Or even other major technologies besides the obvious that we aren't aware of?

Posted by John Titor on 02-08-2001 06:59 PM

This post addresses what I have seen before the last three. I enjoy the conversation and I will respond.

The “pattern” of exchange in the war will not be a surprise.Many people will perish as a result of starvation and disease. I would also submit that you already know if you’re safe or not. The trick is to not turn off your fear when you’ll need it the most.

Australia is sort of interesting in what is unknown. After the war, they were not very cooperative or friendly (can’t blame them really). It is known they did repulse a Chinese invasion and most of their cities were hit. They have a trading relationship with the U.S. but I would characterize them as reclusive and ticked off.

When people use phrases like “See what I mean”, “You’re not hearing what I’m saying” or “Something smells fishy”, they are indicating the primary sense they use to process information about a situation. 

I find it interesting that my credibility and the phrases that describe it hinge on economic terms and whether or not I have something to sell. I don’t. I also don’t know how to clarify my position any better so I would suggest that if what I say angers you, it might be best to just consider it fiction. Soon you’ll get bored and I will leave in a few months. Either way, it won’t be an issue.

The “enemy” that was attacked by Russia in the U.S. was the forces of the government you live under right now.

((…or just some guy who gets off misleading others.))

I do not seek followers to mislead. I seek safety, animosity and good conversation.

(2). To me it would seem obvious that we both have a very different perspective on what’s important right now in 2001. I would think that’s what makes our interaction interesting. Would I be anymore believable if I told you I had just stopped a horrible event and you won’t hear about it because it didn’t happen? Again, this is the second time it has come up and I am very curious. Why would you expect a time traveler to know or care about what happens in Hollywood or some individual companies profits? You seem to think I have tomorrow’s paper in front of me. Is that what time travel means to you?

(3) I never said I was a scientist. If this is about economics somehow and you hope to “buy” my story, then what do I gain by “selling” it?

(5) You already know that cars are dangerous and planes crash. I’m very confident you are capable of killing yourselves without my intervention. Actually, my moral obligation has nothing to do with you, it’s between me and God.

Deception? Exactly what standard do you use to measure the truth around you? I have seen other threads with amazing and potentially real experiences on them. Why am I more threatening?

I have no memory of meeting an older me as a three year old. The events between world-lines are isolated and nothing I do here will affect my world-line. Yes, my parents are alive in 2036 but they have no experience with a time traveling “me” in their 2001 either.

Posted by Ernie Vega on 02-08-2001 09:39 PM

Cool

Hi John:

I’ve read all the postings here and I sense that what we have here is a failure to communicate. It’s been my experience that the majority of posters on this board are genuinely open minded, and ready to believe. Actually I’m intrigued by the escalating level of frustration being experienced here, and wonder where it’s going.

In my opinion you have sparked a good discussion here. If you are from the future, then we all have something to learn from you. If you are not, then it’s a good game of cat and mouse, and since audience participation is not mandatory, I really have no reason to be upset with you. For me the challenge here is two-fold.

(1) To try and somehow get you to validate yourself without violating your ethics.

(2) To try to get you to trip yourself up, and prove yourself a hoax.

Either way in the end we all get what we wanted.

Rather than degenerating into a “let’s get John mob” I propose we try to devise creative lines of questioning to get to the bottom of the “John Titor” story.

I don’t believe animosity is a requirement for a satisfying excercise in thinking. We do need to level the playing field so it would be helpful if you would agree to a few “rules of sportsmanship” (pardon the P.I. sexist reference).

You have more than once noted your disdain for our colloquialisms and cultural inclinations. This is inherently unfair, and you should give it some thought. You being the “TT”, have an unfair advantage here. 

We do live in an economy based society and it’s natural for us to use terms like, “Im sold”. You used the term “off the cuff” in your comments about “buying in”, does this mean in the future “cuffs” have some cultural significance? or is it simply a familiar concept? ….food for thought.

I of course only speak for myself, so here are my questions.
Is John Titor your real name? (just kidding)

2. What is the name of your locality/State/Country?

3. Are you a free man?

4. Have civil liberties become more significant?

5. Do you live in a racist society?

6. What is your form of government?

7. Would you be considered a member of the Patriot movement today?

8. In your time, have people developed their spirituality?

9. Do you know what happens when you die in your time?

10. If any what is the predominant religion?

11. Did Jesus come back?

12. Did we send manned missions to Mars?

13. What did we find on Mars?

14. Did we colonize the Moon?

15. Are we currently being bombarded by mind control devices?

16. Is Psionics a part of your every day life?

17. Is Europe made up of feudal states?

18. Did the N.W.O turn out to be real? or just vapor?

19. Do you have teleportation for the average citizen?

20. Was AIDS created by the government?

21. Are there gays in the military?

22. Are there gay people in your time?

23. What is your race?

24. Is there a Movie industry?

25. Is VR legal?

26. What is the average lifespan?

27. Why are you still using paper money?

28. As far as you know who is the most significant figure of the 21st century.

29. Do you use Tesla technology?

30. Given the differentials values you quoted, why can’t your technology compensate by offsetting the target coordinates so the error puts you in the correct “world time”?

31. Do you have the death penalty?

32. What is the most common crime commited?

33. Is race mixing allowed?

34. Is cloning common practice?

35. What is the racial make up of the continental U.S.

36. Is there segregation?

37. What is your education system like?

38. What is the woman’s role in your time?

39. Are there equal rights?

40. What sort of birth control do you practice?

41. Are there same sex marriages?

42. What happened to South America?

43. Are there recreational drugs?

44. Do you remember the Beatles?

45. What is the name of the Pope? (name changes)
If you answer these questions you will not violate any of your rules except for question #1, so I’ll retract that one.

That’s my 2 cents
PS: If you need a real web site I can give you one, all to yourself, for as long as you stay in our time line. E-mail me if you want it.

Posted by Charles Moltrup on 02-08-2001 11:30 PM

How close does asteroid 2000SG344 come to earth in the year 2030 I will be 78 years old by then and want to find a big rock to hide under. PS my time machine works all the time i call it the human mind it takes me to any time line I want and it runs on Imagination. see ya around

Posted by Thurstan Davies on 02-09-2001 01:44 AM

Dear John Titor,

Thank-you for your words :

“I would also submit that you already know if you’re safe or not. The trick is to not turn off your fear when you’ll need it the most.”

After some pondering over your kind reply, I did smile at your words and I did need to hear them, how ever many times I do hear them from one source or another…

May I ask one question, when you saw my name “Thurstan” did you recognize it, I won’t ask why or how, or where, just if.

Once again Thank-you, I hope your project succeeds before ’38.

Best Regards

Thurstan

Posted by D’Wayne Bolton on 02-09-2001 06:32 AM

Many of the above questions are answered in preceeding posts.

If John is from the future, let’s keep his interest and not bore him with the same questions over and over and over and over again.

However, some of the questions are new and I too would like to hear the answers.

Posted by Mel Reckling on 02-09-2001 10:45 AM

John,

Unless you’ve been here for the last 10 years or so, how would know how we have seen the media coverage of Waco(94?),
Ruby Ridge(93?), Elian?

Posted by Chris Greycheck on 02-09-2001 11:11 AM

John,

I must say that I am impressed as to how calm you remain, then again, that only helps to make you even more believable.

When I was referring to plane crashes, I meant you should be able to tell us of near-future air disasters and their flight numbers, so we can warn anyone that we may know, thus saving their lives. What is so unreasonable about that?

Anyway, I am not totally clear on your point, of being here as your main one was already shown to be redundant (getting us to at least accept the possibility of TT), so what it’s going to be now?

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 02-09-2001 12:33 PM

I would say if this is all legit – and I’m leaning that way as I would rather it be, and I have nothing at stake – that the whole issue is very much about divergence. 

On certain levels divergences matter very little. 

For instance, did it really matter whether you got gas, last Thurs., at an AMPM (amp ’em) or a Chevromn Quik Mart? 

If a timeline was altered and on a new line you found yourself gassing up at a Texaco Food Mart AFTER you went to the Library, as opposed the AM/PM (amp ’em) before you went to the school board meeting – would it matter? 

Suppose you went back in time and suggested to your bonehead cousin that he should get a job at the new service center down the street. And he met some girl there, they got married and now you get to visit them once every year in LAs Vegas? 

Suppose you suggested he try telemarketing at 1 800 RIGHT-IN-THE MIDDLE-OF-DINNER and he lasted 3.5 weeks and then found a job in Vegas dealing cards and then met some girl there. 

I guess my point is that different divergences have different “loads” of importance.

Enough … though true freedom means looking at these consequences on a more continual basis than one would have if one were used to a more routinized existence. I find this whole topic of divergence to be the more intriguing topic (though I would like to know what Chinese pop culture will look like.)

Posted by John Titor on 02-09-2001 02:02 PM

For all of you interested in coming back with me to 2036, perhaps we should discuss the trip. 

Please be aware, the displacement unit moves through time, not space. 

First, we will be driving the current vehicle (Chevy truck) with the displacement unit in it to Tampa Florida. From there, we will go back to my arrival date on this world-line. Then we will have to drive to Minnesota, sell the current vehicle and get another one that would have been around in 1975. We will then move the displacement unit (500 lbs or so) into the new vehicle and go back to 1975. Once in 1975, we’ll drive back to Tampa and make the final hop to 2036. If you’d like to stay in 1975, you’re welcome to do that. 

It can also get quite hot and stuffy during the trip and you’ll be subjected to a 1.5 to 2 G force the entire time. You’ll also need some sort of a re-breather system or oxygen supply.

I have found that many misunderstandings and arguments are based on the differences in understanding over a single word. Two different cultures can have a drastic impact on the meaning of words like “proof”, “trust” and “credibility”. My frustration is in understanding the use of the words. I am trying to follow the logic of all of the comments.

After reading the questions, I want to paint a picture that may help with the general theme of our collective experience in 2036. 

The war had very profound affects on people and how they relate to each other. As individuals, almost everyone in 2036 is very familiar with death. We all have stories of loved ones that have died from disease, war or acts of inhumanity. Most of us have even taken part in dishing the same thing out to the other side. As a result, we have become far more compassionate to the ones we love but mush less forgiving to those who don’t pull their weight. We are more accepting of other’s differences in our community because we depend on them to survive. We are also more conservative with our resources and closer to God because for a period, life on Earth was Hell.

The other major difference is in the concept of good and evil. 

With multiple worlds come multiple decisions and outcomes. For every good act, there is an equal and possible bad act on another world-line. Taken to the extreme, this must mean that in God’s eyes, there is no total good and total bad in the superverse. It balances itself out to infinity. 

I believe we are judged on the decisions we make as individuals and the good/evil I see on my world-line is an illusion that has no worth to God. My reaction to it is what’s important to God. Although this may seem rather heartless, it does allow me to see past the evil that people do and acknowledge the core of potential goodness inside them.

(2) I am currently based in Tamp Florida in Hillsborough County.

(3) Yes I am free but I have obligations as a citizen. Everyone is required to have basic military training and provide a period of time for community service. It is very much like a type of mandatory National Guard service + Peace Corps.

(4) Yes civil liberties are more important. You will feel the same after having your house searched a couple of times.

(5) We do not live in a racist society but definitely a prejudiced one. Everyone carries their own water.

(6) Our government looks very much like yours. It is a representative republic.

(7) My definition of a patriot is anyone who defends the Constitution against all enemies, foreign and domestic.

(8) Religion has become far less centralized. Extremes tend to bring you closer to God so I would characterize religion and spirituality as a much more of a personal institution.

(9) I do not know what happens when we die. However, I don’t think it will be easy. There may be some very difficult decisions we have to make when we die that we are totally unprepared for.

(10) It’s difficult to define the most predominant religion. Christianity has fragmented into many groups and people with different beliefs speak mush more openly with others who have different outlooks and opinions. I would imagine there are large groups of Hindus, Buddhists and Muslims but I have not come across them personally.

(11) No, Jesus did not come back. At least not that I’m aware of. If or when Jesus returns, do you think he’ll be a lamb or a lion?

(12) No mission to Mars but we are working on it. There is a group working on the idea of gravity displacement to get into space but the calculations and error rate are very large obstacles to overcome.

(13) We don’t know what’s on Mars yet.

(14) We’re not on the moon yet either. A great deal of technical effort is going into cleaning the planet up.

(15) I’m not aware of any “mind control” devices being used on you now. However, there are a great many “non lethal” weapon systems in development that turn out to be quite lethal. Sometimes I watch your television programs that show SWAT teams using new non-lethal weapons. They usually start out with, “In the future, the army and police will fight its enemies with new weapons systems…” When they use the word “enemy”, they’re talking about YOU! You don’t really think the Marines are going to jump out of helicopters overseas with sticky goop, pepper spray and seizure lights, do you?

(16) I’m not familiar with the term Psionics. I’ll look it up and see if we just have another word for it.

(17) Yes, Europe is a mess.

(18) Yes, I think the New World Order idea tried to establish itself. I would consider them the combination of the old U.S. federal system, Europe, Canada and Australia.

(19) When you say “teleportation”, I assume you mean public transportation. Yes, we have a basic high-speed system.

(20) I don’t know if the government created AIDS. I tend to think yes but controlling it escaped them as it mutated. You can’t have conspiracy to limit the population with a disease without the cure.

(21) Yes, homosexuals are in the army. You tend to look past the individual differences of people when their job is to protect your life.

(22) Yes, there are “gay” people in 2036.

(23) I am a white male.

(24) Yes, there is an entertainment industry. Again, it is very decentralized. The technology to express yourself with video is so readily available that many people do it all by themselves or in small groups. Much of the distribution is over the web. I would compare it theater here.

(25) I don’t know what you mean by VR?

(26) The average lifespan is about 60 but I expect that will improve as we get things cleaned up.

(27) Yes, paper money is still widely used.

(28) The 21st century has awhile to go but the most significant person in my opinion is the farmer-general who led us to victory.

(29) Even for you Tesla technology can be found in appliances, motors and generators. I would have to say we have come a long way on Tesla’s foundation but we don’t have electricity rays that cause earthquakes.

(30) Getting back to my exact world-line of origin is impossible but it depends on how you define the correct world-line. I can get close enough so neither I nor anyone there would know the difference. It relates to the classic example of cutting a distance in half to reach it. You can always get closer but never there. It also has a lot do with neighboring universes on Penrose diagrams but that requires more math.

(31) Yes, we have the death penalty. We also have public punishment.

(32) The most common crime is theft.

(33) I don’t understand what you mean by “race mixing”.

(34) Cloning is not common. However, altering the sperm and egg cell are common. It is very difficult to have children in 2036 for environmental reasons.

(35) It’s hard to say what the exact racial make up of the U.S. is. I would say it’s probably the same minus 130 million people or so.

(36) No, there is no segregation.

(37) The education system is very similar to yours but the organization and implementation is controlled on a community and county level. Various communities also specialize in certain disciplines.

(38)(39) My comments on equal rights and “women’s roles” could be quite lengthy and controversial. I wish to discuss that separately. However, women do fight in the military just as the men do but their role on the community level is very conservative.

(40) Having children is such a serious issue in 2036 that birth control is almost unheard of. It is very difficult and precious to have and raise children. Again, this is an issue I will be happy to go into later.

(41) Yes, there are same sex marriages but it’s not very common. Again, people have lived through so much hardship that if what someone else is doing does not affect them or harm the community, it’s not a big issue.

(42) South America went relatively unharmed. However, there is still a great deal of internal conflict with conventional arms.

(43) Yes, people use drugs that alter consciousness but they are not very common.

(44) Yes, I know who the Beatles are. Old music and other entertainment is available on the web.

(45) There is another Pope but I do not know his name.

(46) I do remember the name Thurstan. Isn’t that a character on a television program about people stranded on a desert island?

(47) I do believe that “you’re” UNIX will also have a problem in 2038. I don’t think that’s a secret but maybe someone should put a 5100 aside for thirty years or so.

John

Posted by Brett Fredrico on 02-09-2001 07:04 PM

Lightbulb

One Question for the time traveler….

You mention a full scale nuclear weapons deployment as a result of WWIII. You also mention that electronics, computers, and even the Internet still functioning some time after that. 

Can you explain how these devices (and more importantly the facilities that made them) withstood the EMP air-bursts associated with any full scale nuclear war? 

Every electronic device would be inoperable after such an event and it would take decades (if even possible) to rebuild the infrastructure to allow for the building of an electric razor, let alone an Internet.

Posted by Ernie Vega on 02-09-2001 07:16 PM

Thumbs up

John,
First, thanks for the insightful answers. I have to admit that the overall picture you paint, sounds very real, and sobering. As you accurately detected my questions were really an exercise in profiling. 

You are either from the future as you say, or you are the next Robert Heinlein.

As for me, in as much as I have been given to understand by your answers you don’t have the mentality of a hoaxer. Actually you sound like a 30 something, militia member who has experienced much hardship, and your calm yet aggressive demeanor indicates you are accustomed to making difficult decisions. 

Your “skirting” of the “equality” issue and your use of the word “prejudiced” is indicative of the kind of hard, post war climate you claim to be from, and the measures that would be required for survival. I assume your comment “everyone carries their own water” was both literal and figurative? and is the equivalent of “our” “you have to carry your own weight”?

As a programmer, the UNIX issue you refer to is a bit of a problem. I write code in APL, PLI, Lisp, C, C++, VB, Fortran , Cobol, smalltalk, Java, Python, and a slew of less known languages. The 2038 “bug” is about as dangerous as the Y2K bug. I can “with a little tweaking” do anything with a computer that can be done with a computer. I assume there are programmers in 2036, that being the case, a “good programmer” can fix your Y2K38 date inconsistency. 

As for the undocumented IBM design modification in the 5100, I know nothing so I can’t comment there.

The new .net platform from microsoft has the capability to integrate all the languages you mentioned + all the ones I mentioned. Would it not be easier to write in the original language instead of having a machine translation?

Can you tell me how your UNIX differs from ours?

As for proof, I don’t think any is forthcoming that would be “conclusive”.

At this point I have no concrete reason to disbelieve anything you say save for standard skepticism.

I’d like to discuss some current technology with you in private if you have the time. If you can E-mail me I’d appreciate it.

Good luck John, you’re an interesting person, thanks for the conversation.

Thurston Howell is the name of a character on “Gilligan's Island”. for a definition of psionics you can check http://www.psi-ops.com. 

If you guys can run windows, I have some software for you that would come in real handy in your time. (really!)

Posted by John Titor on 02-10-2001 09:49 AM

Waco, Ruby Ridge and Elian exist in your news archives. Telling you about impending place crashes or other disasters (provided I could give you exact dates and times) may save lives at one point but cause cascading changes that take others at a later point.

I enjoy the posts because it’s very hard to remain safe and have a conversation. I have often seen the classic question, “why don’t time travelers revel themselves’? That’s easy, if you believe us, you’ll drug us into oblivion and put us in a small dark cell while men in white lab coats take a Phillips head screw driver to the magnetic lock on the singularity drive housing.

I will examine the web site you mentioned. I believe the 5100 is unique in its ability to run assembler language on the 360-machine platform and still be portable. I’m not sure if that fact was ever made public so it’s the best “proof” I have. I would like to examine the software you mentioned; perhaps I can further justify my side-trip.

Yes, EMP took out a great number of electronic devices. 

That’s one of the reasons why we don’t have reliable technology laying around. However, in the opening hours of N Day, the Russians did not launch any high altitude detonations. They knew we would most likely clean up after them so they wanted everyone outside the cities to be able to communicate. Most of the warheads that hit the cities came in threes and exploded close to the ground. The heavy EMP damage was isolated to those areas.

Actually, you will probably be quite impressed with our internet. It’s based on a series of independent, self-powered nodes that are mobile and can be put up anywhere. It looks a great deal like your current cell phone system.

Posted by Walt Moss on 02-11-2001 10:35 AM

(1) What is your opinion of Revelations in the New Testiment,Do you feel it related to the coming War?

(2) Are you familiar with the Fatima Prophesies and were these achieved?

(3) You mentioned earlier (I don’t know if it were hypothetical) that you were sent to change something here in 2000 or 2001, were you successful? and if you were it has already happened so could you go into detail as to what you did.

(4) Was there an Antichrist, and was he part of the EU.

Thanks for responce

Posted by Brett Fredrico on 02-11-2001 02:53 PM

Question

I don’t know if you have answered this yet, but how did you learn about Art Bell? Is AM still mostly talk radio in your time? Lastly, what more do you know about UFOs and those pesky greys?

Posted by Angel Lynnn on 02-12-2001 12:42 AM

Question

John,
I have been reading the posts about you and your travels tonight and am fascinated.

Thank you so much for posting here and answering our questions.
I wish you peace and happiness.

I would really like to know if hand made items are popular or liked in the year 2036. Are people still knitting and crocheting with their hands?

I am an avid crocheter and I’m very curious about this. I make hats, scarfs, purses, rugs, dish cloths, towels, etc…

Maybe you need a break from the IMPORTANT questions and you could indulge me…………
Thank you, John for being you.
Angel Lynnn

Posted by Kennith Viccars on 02-12-2001 09:20 AM

Hello,

Just read through this thread and found it very interesting.

I just had a couple questions…

I’m from Calgary, Canada. What part will Canada have in the War? Specifically western Canada, should I get out and move to Fiji ?

Do you think it’s very smart to be talking to people online?

I mean anyone could get your ip, with a few connections find your address and locate you. I know for a fact that a few “men in black” read this board. If they thought for a second that you were for real, they would be on your ass so fast, and your “Time Machine” would be in the hands of the US military my friend.

I’m about 99.9% skeptical, but I do like the odd sci-fi story, and enjoy your writing. I don’t pity you for trying to convince the gullible hordes that flock this board. Everybody needs to feel “wanted”, and we all like to feel “special”. If this is your way of getting attention, I have no problem with it, no ones getting hurt.

Thx John.

Posted by Don Hackman on 02-12-2001 09:23 AM

Wink

I have put all my accounts in order and bought rebreathers etc. as instructed and have sent you all our credit cards.

Are you sure the 1/2 life of the radioactive fallout from WWIII is now / then safe in 2038 ? Should I bring tin foil?

Posted by Blonnie Dowden on 02-12-2001 09:27 AM

Question

please forgive me if you have already responded to a similar question – but i am a very curious person & can not wait to ask this..just in case i forget.. my question:

you say that you can not tell us when something of very little historical importance occurs.. because we may alter/change something & look to you as a phsycic of some sort. 

perhaps, you could mention something that will happen very soon after you’ve just left. 

no one will be able to contact you so what could they possibly change and/or ask you about? as someone has suggested: over time periods certain types of music run to the forfront of our society. 

in the early 90’s it was grunge.. now it seems to be the bubbly pop teen sensations, i.e. backstreet boys & britney spears.. you couldn’t even answer the simple question of what will be the next ‘movement’ in music? 

just something so simple as that.. couldn’t possibly have some profound affect on the future? & especially for just the people on this board..i have my doubts that they’d run out & “do something” about the fact that acid jazz (for instance) is the next big musical hit.. know what i mean?

more questions: dunno if you’ve been asked this, but what are the areas least affected by the ww3 bombings ..you will probably not be able to answer that.. just going to see if you will anyway. another thing i wanted to mention was that even though you think because of one small thing you say may affect the future greatly, i assure you that 90% of the people.. will not take it seriously. so if you said: “the eastern shore will be most affected.”..i doubt that in 2012 everyone will swarm to the west. of the large population our world has.. it is very small in comparison to the population of -this-board-.. 

& our country is full of skeptics (which i’m sure you’ve realized).. so even if 100 people said “the eastern shore will not be affected.. a traveler from the future -said so-!!!”.. maybe 1 or 2 people would actually believe them. i think the affect you think you’d have..is not as large as it really would be.

another: have you visited your -past- family? what city were you born in/grew up in? could you even say that so-and-so.. *an unknown person in today’s history*..”will be a big star”..etc..?

-blonnie-
just curious

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 02-12-2001 09:45 AM

I’ve read this entire forum through twice now.

What I find fasinating more than John’s Time Traveling, are the people who seem to be attacking him. Now, I “believe” that Time Travel is possible – and I think there is plenty of physics evidence for this. So – perhaps the word “belief ” is really not the correct word.

I have a couple of questions for John as well, so if you can answer these John, I would appreciate your answers.

(1) Once a microsingularity is produced and placed in statis in a magnetic field, what is the approximate strength of that magnetic field.

(2) How is the magnetic field produced (I mean – what power source holds the field in place)?

(3) What would happen to the microsignularity if that source FAILED? For instance would the microsingularity begin to grow? Or would it cease to exist?

In relation to my first comments about folks attacking John’s veracity – I have to say that John’s stories/statements DO hold water. The folks that chose not to believe him are welcome to do so, but, you do not have to “save anyone” from themselves or John. I believe most of us are intelligent enough to determine for ourselves if there is any kind of fraud. Even if there IS fraud, I personally am impressed with the background. It is well thought-out and consistent so far.

John has stated several times that what he says will not affect us, or him, and what we say will not affect him whatsoever. I have to take that to mean that even if he DOES tell you something here, it will NOT affect HIS timeline, since there is some deviation from his actual timeline here. In other words, John is NOT the same John he is visiting now, as his 3 year old self. His mom and dad are NOT his REAL mom and dad in his time line. We are NOT the same PEOPLE IN HIS TIME LINE.

Therefore, John (and none of you could do this either) can NOT tell us anything about our current timeline with any great accuracy that can be verified.

Think about it.

Rick Donaldson
Colorado Springs

Posted by Blonnie Dowden on 02-12-2001 09:53 AM

another thing i do not understand.

you said in a previous post:

((“I am no more able to affect your world-line than you are. Yes, I could make the changes you suggested but you must remember that there are an infinite number of world-lines out there where I didn’t and I don’t. In fact, there’s even a world-line out there where you’re the time traveler and I’m the one writing the question.

I think the war would be good for you and your society. I don’t want to stop it.

Nothing I do here will affect any other world-line. “My” original world-line will always be the same and yes I can make changes here that would make this world-line different from mine but so can you.”))

from this i suppose that you mean, that yes, you could & possibly have affected our ‘world-line’.. & our world-line is different from -your- world-line.. if this is true then why do you keep telling us about the ww3..etc.. how do you know that will even -happen- in our world-line? it may have already been nipped in the bud for all you know..because ours is a different -world-line- from yours!

another thing i wanted to respond to:

((“(2). To me it would seem obvious that we both have a very different perspective on what’s important right now in 2001. I would think that’s what makes our interaction interesting. Would I be anymore believable if I told you I had just stopped a horrible event and you won’t hear about it because it didn’t happen? Again, this is the second time it has come up and I am very curious. Why would you expect a time traveler to know or care about what happens in Hollywood or some individual companies profits? You seem to think I have tomorrow’s paper in front of me. Is that what time travel means to you? ”))

i understand what you’re saying .. why would you care what happens in Hollywood..etc.. or individual companies profits.. what you’re basically saying is you just don’t remember (or maybe you do..but you won’t tell us?).. why would you care? 

if you asked anyone today who, for instance: Marilyn Monroe is.. we would all know.. or who bill gates was & what he did for computers – we would all know. 

you’re insinuating that you don’t know &/or don’t care about any of these things in the future. perhaps so..but how could you POSSIBLY not know who the next big inventor is.. or what the invention is. 

you claim that if you told us.. we could alter it & keep it from happening. how many people do you think will be SO concerned that a -mega-super-razor- that keeps all facial hair gone for 20 days (for example).. that they want to go & stop the inventor from inventing it? & also you said, you’d be gone by the time the ‘good stuff’ happens.. 

OK.. isn’t that -further- better for your point..in that you say it’s better to have us be skeptics rather than sheep? well if you told us “in 2 years, there will be an earthquake in Israel”.. & you were gone by then..all we could do is say, “wow, that guy on the board in 2001 said this would happen! he was real!”.. we couldn’t -do- anything.. we couldn’t STOP the earthquake & i doubt anyone would go there & tell everyone to evacuate (and even if they did, no one would!).. it would just prove that you were -true- & existed. 

i can’t fathom why you can not speak of something such as that..

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 02-12-2001 11:14 AM

John – Another question suddenly came to mind. I asked before about the microsingularities. Are they used to create the “rotating tipler cylinder” somehow through the axis of your time machine? 

All matter within a certain distance is then pushed (somehow) along a time-dilation type trip in time, forward or backward.

Is this about right? 

I’m betting that (assuming this is real) the microsingularities are used to create the infinite length aspect of the tipler cylinder which appears to be required for this time function change to occur. The aspect of rotating microsingularities (MS from now on) means that some sort of gravitational field between the MS is also rotating, so as to create this illusion of a gravitational cylinder AROUND WHICH TIME IS DISTORTED GREATLY!!

Hmmmm… I’m about to start believing this guy, John the Time Traveler is real.

John, one last question, what sort of actual educational background (in your time) do you have? That is.. university, college, high school, etc? Thanks

Rick Donaldson
Colorado Springs

Posted by Benedict Gumby on 02-12-2001 12:06 PM

Question

I just have this to ask you.
Do you recognize the name Benedict?
I want to know because I fully intend to be a prominent figure within the next 20 years.

Posted by Kane Greene on 02-12-2001 12:14 PM

Smile

I have read these threads and that web site you directed us all too on the first page. When first approaching this thread, I was expecting something to be comical, just some guy who would admit a page later that it was a joke. He would do that because he would not know how to answer questions or slip up, something in which you haven’t done! I am extremely surprised! With each reply you have, the more and more I think you could be possibly telling the truth.

Some things in John’s defense to think of before being so harsh. Say you were back in 1900, and you mentioned something about us going to the moon. What do you think the response would have been? You probably would have been thought crazy, or a drunk! That is kinda in relation to what is going on now, we are not familiar or have no knowledge of Time Travel actually happening before this.

Another thing about people saying how John doesn’t know any World Events that are about to happen in the next few months. But you have to remember, that the last time John was in our time, assuming he hasn’t traveled back was when he was 3 years old! How many of you can honestly say you remember at-the-time important issues that happened when you were 3! I know I can’t!

John, now, I would like to ask you a few things I am curious about! This is something I have found to be very interesting and could possibly believe you!

(1) Have you ever went on any other time traveling missions? If so, what were they?

(2) I believe you said you had pictures of your time machine, could you post a link to uploaded images?

(3) If you have any pictures of the IBM computer you were supposed to get, could you post a link to them also?

(4) I looked up the name ‘Titor’ in the state of Florida on 555-1212.com and couldn’t find ANY Titors, is your family not listed in the phone book?

(5) Can I contact you through any other means of online communications? Like AOL Instant Messagner? ICQ? MSN? Something so I can have a conversation with you! But if you don’t have those, could you possibly consider downloading one of them, http://www.AIM.com, http://www.ICQ.com. And then emailing me your user name abcs_123s@hotmail.com , thanks!

(6) What is the specific Date that the Nuclear war starts? If you can’t remember the exact date, could you put the month at least? An estimate!

(7)W hat is the speed of the average computer in the future? I am assuming it is in ghZ, if it is higher, could you post the name of that hZ measurement and its relation to the ghZ?

(8) Can you do your own Time Traveling ventures whenever you want? If so, how much does it cost? Or can you make ‘pit stops’ along the way back to 2036?

(9) Have you ever went past your future, like to 2050 or somewhere around there? If so, what is the world like then?

Also, someone said why does he think that there will be a WW3 in our world since it isn’t the same as his. Well, John said that there is a 2.5% difference from our world and his, that isn’t that much of a difference, so a WW3 is very likely to happen if what he says is true and there is only that much of a difference!

Posted by Blonnie Dowden on 02-12-2001 12:31 PM

Kane Greene wrote:

“Another thing about people saying how John doesn’t know any World Events that are about to happen in the next few months. But you have to remember, that the last time John was in our time, assuming he hasn’t traveled back was when he was 3 years old! How many of you can honestly say you remember at-the-time important issues that happened when you were 3! I know I can’t!”

3 years old.. yes. i was 3 years old when Reagan was president & i probably had no idea he even existed at the time..yet, i know now that he existed. john is not a three year old now – he’s 38 he says & unless the schools of the future teach no history then why wouldn’t he know these things? & as they are big events in history i can understand (possibly) why he wouldn’t want to post them… but it has nothing to do with his age… tell me there weren’t things that happened or people that existed when you were three.. that you didn’t know of then but know of now? the Beatles for instance were alive & famous before i was ever born, yet i know they existed in the 60’s/70’s. i was born in 81 & challenger blew up soon thereafter (in 83 i think it was???) i never saw it on television happening.. but i know it happened.

what about Marilyn Monroe? i wasn’t even born yet when she was alive – but i know she existed? & telling us something such as her existence would not greatly affect the outcome of our entire world.. so why not tell us? i can possibly understand how telling us that there will be a horrible bombing in Canada..would affect the future .. someone on here may be from Canada & keep their family away from the site of the bombing .. thus, changing future.. but telling us something of little importance will NOT change the future! it will only prove he is who/what he says he is.

-blonnie-

Posted by Kane Greene on 02-12-2001 12:45 PM

Red face

By Blonnie:
((“3 years old.. yes. i was 3 years old when Reagan was president & i probably had no idea he even existed at the time..yet, i know now that he existed. john is not a three year old now – he’s 38 he says & unless the schools of the future teach no history then why wouldn’t he know these things? & as they are big events in history i can understand (possibly) why he wouldn’t want to post them… but it has nothing to do with his age… tell me there weren’t things that happened or people that existed when you were three.. that you didn’t know of then but know of now? the Beatles for instance were alive & famous before i was ever born, yet i know they existed in the 60’s/70’s. i was born in 81 & challenger blew up soon thereafter (in 83 i think it was???) i never saw it on television happening.. but i know it happened.

what about marilyn monroe? i wasn’t even born yet when she was alive – but i know she existed? & telling us something such as her existance would not greatly affect the outcome of our entire world.. so why not tell us? i can possibly understand how telling us that there will be a horrible bombing in canada..would affect the future .. someone on here may be from canada & keep their family away from the site of the bombing .. thus, changing future.. but telling us something of little importance will NOT change the future! it will only prove he is who/what he says he is. ”))

I was alive when Desert Storm took place, do I know the month it happened? No.. I wouldn’t expect John to either. Plus, History books from that time would probably contain things about the war from 2005, possibly things leading up to the war. Not inventions like ‘Ginger’ and pop artists!

History books might mention some things, but they just give a year most of the time if it is not of grave importance, they more than less are going to just give the year and say what it did.

Blah! Why can’t vBulletin have the quote feature like the better, UBB? Blah!

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 02-12-2001 01:15 PM

I was born in 1957. I DO remember the 1962 crisis, at least in terms of the adults being scared. I would have been 5 years old. I distinctly remember John Glenn going up and splashing down, and I remember hearing about Alan Sheppard (first man in space for you younguns hehe).

I indeed remember watching John Glenn though. I remember Walter Cronkites voice on television. I can tell you what my house looked like back then, the size of the TV and that it was black and white. I remember playing with magnets back then, and being absolutely fascinated with the magic of magnetic fields even then (which eventually drove me into the sciences, chemistry, physics and finally electronics engineering).

I remember a TV show called “Time Tunnel” in the late 60’s. Anyone else?

Anyway, the basic point is, I do have very vivid memories of things from when I was a child, of no more than 3-4. I have very, very clear memories of things when I was 3 and even my mom when she was alive was amazed at the things I could recall from such a young age. Well… I don’t remember much about politics though. I know that Eisenhower was the Prez when I was born, but… I don’t remember ANYTHING about him, but I DO remember all KINDS of things about Kennedy.

So… what I am getting at, John would not necessarily (nor would anyone else) remember things of politics in their baby years. Some of us do, many of us do not.

I can tell you something very important to me though… if *I* stepped into a time machine to go back to… say 1961 or 1962 I ABSOULTELY would have a complete knowledge of the era that I was returning to, in my mind. I’d have studied it very carefully, and I would ensure I had clothing of that era (up to and including the geeky classes I used to wear as a kid) to “fit in”. 1962 was a year of the almost end of the human race as we know it now, and I CERTAINLY would not want to step into a time where I could have been noticed as being out of place and out of time. Curiousity about me might cause my arrest or anything else in those days.

As a 43 year old grandpa, I know a LOT more now, than I did then. I KNOW that if I had the chance to go see it with what I know now, I would take that chance. I also know that I probably would NOT pass on intelligence from the future as a matter of course. I would not communicate with anyone who might be able to discern my intent, or even anything about the future from me.

Even if I were 2.6% off track from my time line. Even if I were 45% off track, I would not give anyone the chance to gloam on to anything I said about the future.

Rick Donaldson
Colorado Springs

Posted by Nikki Colwill on 02-12-2001 01:31 PM

Please tell us about the environment, the animal kingdom, are there any left…what kind? If there were nukes, how do any survive? What are the physical concequences on us?

Have you heard of ascension or “The Rapture”? If so please tell what you know.

Do you trust anyone in this time frame? If so, do you share more info with them?

Have you heard of the Mayan Calendar? Do you believe it to be a true or factual event timeline?

I am told that fear keeps us further from the truth and God, that being said, you had stated earlier that fear is what would keep us alive, at least I think you said something like that, anyway I find that a contradiction.

I would like to speak/e-mail with you. Is that possible or something you would be willing to do? Would you consider that?

Thanks, Nikki
PS–Is Art Bell remembered? Who are the most remembered people from this time?

[Edited by Nikki Colwill on 02-12-2001 at 01:37 PM]

Posted by Kane Greene on 02-12-2001 03:49 PM

Lightbulb

John, I have a few more questions. These ones are more about the ‘War’, and the state of your world.

(1) Who is the Major Super Power?

(2) Are the two political parties still Republicans and Democrats?

(3) How many States are there?

(4) Which states get the worst?

(5) Were only cities along the Eastern Sea port hit in the Nuclear War, or all over the country?

(6) Do company's like Microsoft, Yahoo!, and other internet software company's still exist?

(7) Does money look a lot different than it does now? If you have a picture, could you please upload it and post the link!

(8) So then when you time travel you can never actually go back to the EXACT same place you left from?

(9) Was a lot of the United States’ 18-24 age group slaughtered in the war because of Draft?

(10)Do you ever get visitors from later time periods to 2036?

(11) Are there any other company's, besides the one you work for that have TTs and send them out regularly?

(12) Does the government know there is TT going on?

(13) Why were YOU selected to be a TT? What gave you special qualifications?

(14) How many TTs are there on the team that you are on? How do new recruits get selected?

(15) What all countries are on our side in the war? What all countries are on the opposite side?

(16) Which country gets the worst in the war?

Those are just a few more I came up with , I will let you know if I think of more!

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-12-2001 07:28 PM

John Titor is a fraud. Check out this forum he’s been posting on for months. And see how he suddenly goes quiet because he is exposed.

http://www.xone.net/tti/board/ubbhtml/Forum1/HTML/000433.html

And also see the discrepancy’s in his story. And how he attempts to lure people into believing in him. 

http://www.xone.net/tti/board/ubbhtml/Forum1/HTML/000367.html

We found you TT_0, and now the calvary will soon arrive to expose you here too.

-Javier C.

A.K.A. TimeTravelActivist

Posted by Kennith Viccars on 02-12-2001 07:50 PM

You people are seriously starting to scare me.

Some shmuck claims to be from the year 2036, posts a few intelligent posts on a online forum, and has a herd of sheep hanging off his every word.

Get some direction in you lives.

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 02-12-2001 08:07 PM

Well it was fun while it lasted. Still haven’t read the archive of posts of the mentioned board, though, sheep that I am, I’ll have to take your word for it. (until I get time to read up). What were the points that stuck out, Javier?

(I do believe in ghosts, I do believe in ghosts, I do, I do …. and on)

Posted by Sally Stanton on 02-12-2001 08:16 PM

Talking

Watch me pull a rabbit out of Ong’s Hat!!

Anway, ‘scuze me. Gotta run. My kitty’s looking for that Door into Sumer (sic).

Posted by John Titor on 02-12-2001 08:54 PM

Thank you Vega for the information. I will visit the site and I expect I will have some questions.

Yes, there are a great many people who think that Revelations has come to pass. However, the new fear is that Christ has returned, he’s not telling us and he’s very angry. 

I am not familiar with the Fatima Prophesies but I am aware of the term. I was not sent here to change anything. Since it would not affect my home anyway, it would be rather pointless. 

I am here because of my family and the interaction I had with them in 1975. 

I understand the question about the Antichrist but I must admit I hadn’t given it much thought. My initial reaction is to consider how the Antichrist would affect my life if I could identify him/her. If your life became a sort of “Hell” anyway, would it matter if the Antichrist was real?

I became aware of this bulletin board through my various archiving work through the web. We do enjoy “talk programs” but they are distributed over the web. 

I don’t have additional information about UFOs and I find the subject quite interesting myself. I have often wondered if they aren’t time travelers with very sophisticated machines. Based on what I know about the nature of time I find this difficult to believe but nothing is impossible.

Yes, handmade items and the skills to make them are quite prevalent and people take a great deal of pride in their work. People with the skills to make clothing, work with leather and wood or cultivate a garden have become quite valuable. Please do not think your questions are unimportant. I enjoy the conversation.

Fiji? 

I’ve noticed that when most Americans think about Canada in this time, they think about pine trees, chooks and back-bacon. It may interest you to know that most Canadians in 2036 are some of the most efficient, ruthless and dangerous people I know. God help Quebec.

Within limits, I’m confident my anonymity is secure. The various email and web accounts I have do not have a big sign that says “Time Machine This Way –>”. In order to be at risk I would have to be believed. In my experience, evil may be powerful, but they aren’t very bright.

((you couldn’t even answer the simple question of what will be the next ‘movement’ in music? just something so simple as that))

Unfortunately, your question is rather difficult for me. 

Any personal experience I might have with your world-line at a specific moment is limited to my viewpoint and age. I can’t tell you what music is popular in the next few years because the “me” here is only three years old. In addition, how does someone decide what the most popular music trend is? It would seem rather subjective to me. Thinking about it now I sort of wonder what it would be like to be a teenager now and know the answer to that question. When I was thirteen I used to worry about which shotgun slug would take a door handle off and whether or not I had any dry socks. Current fallout estimates are accurate but a bit exaggerated.

Your example of what people would do based on something I might say is accurate. However, my concern would be the potential actions of a single person, not the masses. In 1963, if I suggested that someone should watch the book depository windows as the President went by, the actions of a single person might have a huge impact on history. You also asked if I’ve visited my “past” family. That’s where I am now.

((1) Once a micro-singularity is produced and placed in statis in a magnetic field, what is the approximate strength of that magnetic field.

2) How is the magnetic field produced (I mean – what power source holds the field in place)?

3) What would happen to the microsignularity if that source FAILED? For instance would the microsingularity begin to grow? Or would it cease to exist?))

These are excellent questions that I probably won’t answer to your satisfaction but let me make a couple of points first. Although I am familiar with the general manufacture of the unit, I am not a physicist or a scientist. 

My background is in history and I had the correct profile to accomplish my given task in 1975. I doubt that most jet fighter pilots are aeronautical engineers [Curious he should make this point. - Metallicman.] and I’ll bet most of you couldn’t give me the formula for horsepower, yet you drive a car every day.

The second point I can illustrate with an interesting story. 

In the opening phases of WWI, one of the largest problems early fighter pilots had was how to shoot a machine gun through the propeller blades without chopping it to bits. The problem was very straightforward. When the engine was off, the blades took up only a small percentage of the total arch but with the engine on, there was seemingly no way to know when it was safe to shoot through them. 

This problem lasted for quite a while until a very smart person came up with a very simple solution. By using a small lobed cam on the propeller shaft that controlled a switch on the machine gun, it was possible to stop the gun from firing only when the cam turned off the switch at the point a bullet might hit the blade. It was so simple in fact, the other side only caught on to the idea after one of the planes crashed and they were able to take it apart.

My point is; seemingly very complicated problems often have very simple and ingenious solutions using technology that is already available. 

The distortion unit is not magic and no alien technology was required to make it work. If you could see it, the “smarts” that went into designing it will amaze you more than the technology. Heck, the really interesting technology is in the computer.

The magnetic field does not require the fantastic energies you might imagine. The field is “created” and captures the singularity inside a very large and powerful specially designed particle accelerator. If the magnetic system failed (which has numerous backups including a system that would remove it from this world-line), the singularity would evaporate. Although it is smaller than an electron, it would still be quite undesirable.

((why do you keep telling us about the ww3..etc.. how do you know that will even -happen- in our world-line? it may have already been nipped in the bud for all you know..because ours is a different -worldline- from yours!))

Yes, you are correct! 

However, I am not confident things are different enough for you to avoid the conflict. You may also consider the possibility that a world with no war is far less desirable in the long run. In response to your other point, your assumptions about causality are correct but my personal morality still comes into play. I won’t deviate from my three rules because of the way I would feel about myself.

The singularities do not create Tipler cylinders they create the same physical environment without all the mass. The same math works for both. There are two singularities. 

Their mass and spin is altered in order to adjust the size of the ergosphere and cause the event horizons to interact and create the gravity sinusoid. 

I have a basic home schooling education (k-12) and a bachelor’s degree in history.

I will get to the remaining questions soon.

John

Posted by Blonnie Dowden on 02-12-2001 09:35 PM

i am simply going to answer many questions at once.. read above for sources.. i do not site the source of the question. i also want to note that i’m a very -unskeptical- person..i kinda have the philosophy that anything is possible .. i infact, believe that time travel does most likely exist.. but mr titor you have skirted around too many questions to be believable. someone asked why they could not find a ‘titor ‘listed in florida.. & you failed to answer that question.. here are my responses.

(a summary of a question) “he was only 3 years old now..how would -he- know what the next big movement in music was?”

..i know that Madonna was a HUGE THING in the 80’s.. yet i was only born in 81!! i know that ‘Dallas’ & ‘dynasty’ & ‘falcon crest’ were big time t.v. shows then..but i was very young. why wouldn’t he know of such simple things as that? & even if he was just 3..he was 5 & 6 & up to 38 before he ‘came here’..!!

another response:
“I was alive when Desert Storm took place, do I know the month it happened? No.. I wouldn’t expect John to either. Plus, History books from that time would probably contain things about the war from 2005, possibly things leading up to the war. Not inventions like ‘Ginger’ and pop artists!

History books might mention some things, but they just give a year most of the time if it is not of grave importance, they more than less are going to just give the year and say what it did. ”

i never asked for an exact month – i asked for a rough time period. you do not need a history book to know the things that i ask – because i’m asking things that are common knowledge among -society-. in our ‘dumbed down’ society.. even the people w/the largest lack of knowledge about current events know popular things that are occuring. & if they happen to be three years old right now – don’t you think they’d say ‘well, when i was 13, -guzzenberry- was a big t.v. show’. i need no history book to know that by the time i was 5-9 she-ra dolls were a big time thing.. & they were the next rave of toys. or that ‘we didn’t start the fire’ or whatever it’s title.. was a big hit song.. if you were a person at that time..you’d remember those sorts of silly little things.

mr titors response to my question (mine in parenthesis):

“((you couldn’t even answer the simple question of what will be the next ‘movement’ in music? just something so simple as that))

“”Unfortunately, your question is rather difficult for me. Any personal experience I might have with your world-line at a specific moment is limited to my viewpoint and age. I can’t tell you what music is popular in the next few years because the “me” here is only three years old. In addition, how does someone decide what the most popular music trend is? It would seem rather subjective to me. Thinking about it now I sort of wonder what it would be like to be a teenager now and know the answer to that question. When I was thirteen I used to worry about which shotgun slug would take a door handle off and whether or not I had any dry socks. Current fallout estimates are accurate but a bit exaggerated.”

you say popular music would be subjective..but i say: even though i am not a fan of rap music..i know it came to the forfront in the 80’s.. run dmc.. the fresh prince.. ton loc. (ok, i kinda like those bands..but the more modern day ones i care little for..).. i know that madonna for instance was on countless billboards in the 80’s & was known for her ‘sex’ driven image..michael jackson was the ‘king of pop’.. – milli vanilli -sucked- & that ‘the new kids on the block’ were a rave w/my generation.

you also say this:

“Your example of what people would do based on something I might say is accurate. However, my concern would be the potential actions of a single person, not the masses. In 1963, if I suggested that someone should watch the book depository windows as the President went by, the actions of a single person might have a huge impact on history. You also asked if I’ve visited my “past” family. That’s where I am now.”

when i ask you a question of why you can’t tell us ‘there will be an earthquake in isreal in 2010..’ or something of the such..this is not a question that someone could CHANGE. it is a natural disaster & i purposely chose that sort of a disaster so the question could not be passed by as you did in your response. however, you choose to use a different type of example rather than answer my question -directly-..

i am a basic naive -schmuck-..in that i am gullible & like to believe everything. i’ve heard of the planet ‘nibiru’ & find the theories extremely interesting & i even think it could be/might be true.. i do believe in time travel & i even think that we are perhaps being visited -now- by time travelers.. however, i don’t know if this is -true-..just a possibility.

i just think you skirt around too many issues .. & by refusing to even mention something from the ‘future’ that could not be -changed- by people -today-..it just gives me further evidence that you are not who you say you are.

i apologize to be so blunt.. but you skirt around so many questions that i just find you hard to believe.

Posted by Mike Kolesnik on 02-12-2001 11:00 PM

Red face

This could be a good exercise in Logic and Critical Thinking. I will try to approach this from a math set theory point of view.

John says he is a TT. ( Ok, here we have a basic statement)

John says he came here (1975 actually) for an IBM 5100 computer. ( Ok, he has a purpose)

John wants to remain anon but posts numerous posts to this board and at least 2 others where he expounds on, among other things, the functioning and design of the TT machine.

(OK, here is the BIG problem. Why would a TT’er reveal himself & the TT machine? In John’s stated mission, these actions have no purpose.)

John alludes to a civil war being started between the Democrats and Republicans. Later, this escalates into WW3 and he mentions that it is a “good” thing for our soceity. ( 3 billion people dead a “good” thing?)

John tells us to: buy a gun, find 5 friends, get a bicycle, yada, yada, yada. ( this conflicts with his above comments: here he seems to want to save some people, while above he wants to kill us all off)

In previous posts John mentions that he has no idea what GINGER is but in a later post he mentions media hype and alludes to IT not amounting to much.

John mentions the Big War(2015) was between the Cities of America (the enemy of John) and Russia, China, etc.(so not only do we have a civil war but now we have a war between the city folk and rural folk in the US, AND a world war)

John says the civil war which starts in 2004 or 2005 (depending on the post) leads to the world war which starts in 2015. ( So we have a TEN YEAR civil war???)

John mentions that the mechanical typewriter is a major machine again in the future, but in another post says the Internet still exists and is widely used.

( Who builds typewriters anymore and who last used the typewriter in a most infamous way? Hint: he lived in a one room cabin in Montana and hated technology and soceity)

Responses???

Posted by John Titor on 02-12-2001 11:51 PM

I almost made it to bed…
I’m flattered you went back and double checked.

((3. John wants to remain anon but posts numerous posts to this board and at least 2 others where he expounds on, among other things, the functioning and design of the TT machine. OK, here is the BIG problem. Why would a TT’er reveal himself & the TT machine? In John’s stated mission, these actions have no purpose.))

I still fail to see why this is a problem. If you can think of another way where I can interact with people I would very much like to hear your suggestions. Why isn’t the mere act of speaking with other people an end in itself? Personally, I find the unit interesting and I like talking about it. There must be something in your life like that.

((4. John alludes to a civil war being started between the Democrats and Republicans. Later, this escalates into WW3 and he mentions that it is a “good” thing for our soceity. ( 3 billion people dead a “good” thing?))

I don’t believe I ever said the war was between Democrats and Republicans. If I am incorrect, please point that out. It doesn’t exactly escalate as much as it opens the door for other aggression. Yes, I think the war would be good for society and I would be happy to debate that with you.

((5. John tells us to: buy a gun, find 5 friends, get a bicycle, yada, yada, yada. ( this conflicts with his above comments: here he seems to want to save some people, while above he wants to kill us all off))

If you could point out how this violates the three guidelines I stated earlier I will give it considerable thought. Perhaps you are correct and that was a mistake. Again, I don’t believe I said I want to kill you. Personally, I think murder is wrong. You seem to be pretty good at that yourself.

((6. In previous posts John mentions that he has no idea what GINGER is but in a later post he mentions media hype and alludes to IT not amounting to much.))

Again, I don’t believe I said that either. My point in that conversation was about feeling manipulated by hype. Since they ARE asking you to buy something, I would be very interested in your lengthy and critical postings about ITS credibility. If you could post that link I would very much like to see it.

((7. John mentions the Big War(2015) was between the Cities of America (the enemy of John) and Russia, China, etc.(so not only do we have a civil war but now we have a war between the city folk and rural folk in the US, AND a world war))

Hmmm…are you familiar with the Russian partisan movement in WWII?

((8. John says the civil war which starts in 2004 or 2005 (depending on the post) leads to the world war which starts in 2015. ( So we have a TEN YEAR civil war???))

It’s 2004. I apologize for a missed key (very observant – we all need good critics). Perhaps our definition of war is different. I would define it as a conflict where organized groups engage in maneuver and armed conflict. The first U.S. civil war lasted 4 years and the English civil war lasted 6. How long is too long?

((9. John mentions that the mechanical typewriter is a major machine again in the future, but in another post says the Internet still exists and is widely used. ( Who builds typewriters anymore and who last used the typewriter in a most infamous way? Hint: he lived in a one room cabin in Montana and hated technology and soceity))

Actually, what I said was, “…you may be surprised at how many people use typewriters.” I don’t understand the conflict. What’s wrong with typewriters? At least you don’t have to plug them in.

Thanks for the patience…getting to the other questions.

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 02-13-2001 07:54 AM

First off, the clown who called everyone “sheep” here is out of line. Go BACK and read my posts, CAREFULLY. No one here is a sheep. We are interested in what the guy had to say, because he made several points, some of them very sound, scientifically.

I really detest people like you who go around and make rash assumptions about “everyone on this list” or another list. You’re the same kind of jerk that goes around and tells the media that “all militia members are a bad”, or “guns are a bad thing”. The same kind of person that wants people like “Social Services” to pidgeonhole everyone. Instead of insulting the intelligence of the people who are here trying to use deductive reasoning to ascertain the truth about someone’s means, motive and methods, why don’t you go back to your little world and leave the rest of us alone who are trying to find out the truth about someone!? Absolute, denial of any possibilities is your bag. Go deny Big Foot exists, or go deny that the military has an Area 51.

Mr. Titor, no, you didn’t answer my questions at all regarding singularities (except that they would ‘evaporate’, or the device would ‘remove itself from the time line’).

In fact, regardless of your background you should have a basic understanding of physics. I’m absolutely CERTAIN that if you’re a pilot of an aircraft you ARE an engineer to an extent in that you understand BASIC PHYSICS of how your aircraft flies.

If you’re a race car driver, evidence points to the fact that even THEY have a very good understanding of their cars, engines and the physics thereof.

I know for instance that my Jeep is capable of about 198 horsepower. I know that it uses fuel injection. I’m not a mechanic, but I can certainly tell you a great deal about how an internal combustion engine works. I can tell you how a bicycle functions (because I used to ride them). I can tell you a good deal about physiology as well – the human body, BECAUSE I HAVE TO KNOW!

By the way, I don’t remember the “horsepower formula” off HAND, but I can tell you 1 hp = 746 watts. I am an engineer – and I can tell you this much more, if you’re a real time traveler from 2036 and time travel is as easy (and as often) as you say it is, and you’re in the military or some government service, then by 1) exposing yourself, you’ve very likely broken several regulations, 2) Put yourself at risk by doing so, 3) should know a hell of a lot more about the machines you’re operating, 4) are inconsistent in several aspects of your posts.

In other words John – you’re an apparent fraud. That’s too bad, too. These people here want to know the truth, they want to believe that there are time travelers, and that perhaps TT would even explain the UFO pheonomenon or other things that are unexplained in the world today. If you were a real person and you have gone so far as to tell us “I’m real, but I don’t care if you believe me, in fact I don’t want you to believe me”… then you’ve got a serious problem with reality – not relativity.

By the way, I have some very extreme reasons to doubt that a microsignularity exists in the first place, and in the second place, if it DID exist, I doubt it would be the “size of an electron”. In any case, a signularity (a black hole for those of you who haven’t figured that out yet) is an extreme mass, and holding it in a magnetic field in a gravitational field as strong as Earth’s would simply rip the singularity from the magnetic field causing the black hold to crash to the center of the mass of Earth. The Earth would then become part of the black hole as it grew in size, pulling in the matter of the Earth.

At least that’s what physics says. If there are “fail safes” on such a device, the device’s power would have to be backed up multiple times, and then STILL FUNCTION (to ‘rotate the craft out of this time line’) to save the existing time line from major problems.

Sorry folks, too many holes (not black holes) in this theory.

[Edited by Rick Donaldson on 02-13-2001 at 08:01 AM]

Posted by Chris Greycheck on 02-13-2001 08:57 AM

Thumbs up

Rick (& John)

Rick, you’ve made some very good points and criticisms regarding John and his claims.

That’s right, even a race-car driver has a basic understanding as to the physics involved in his car, so John, why can’t you explain your “time machine” in greater detail?

And just for the record the formula for horsepower is something along the lines of reldline rpm X 35 / 6500…

I know that’s not the right formula, but it’s something like that, I can check it in my “Top 10 Torque Monsters” of Motor Trend magazine.

Posted by Mel Reckling on 02-13-2001 09:14 AM

John,
A couple of questions

(1) Is the Chevy truck better than the Ford truck for time travel. I always thought the TT package meant trailer towing. Geez was I wrong! Is Chevy still making time travel machines in 2036?

(2) How did you buy your truck? How could you title it if you are only 3 years old to the title bureau at this point? You won’t be able to sell it in Minnesota unless it’s in your name and clear. Is the Chevy newer and how did you pay for it? Did you scrounge around to find 40 year old currency in 2036? I know I wouldn’t take any money from someone that had mint marks from 2036.

(3) Does the truck have to be running when you are traveling
through time. Did you come here in a Chevy? What if you run out of gas? Are there any factory options that make it easier, like cruise control?

That’s all I can think of for now.

Posted by John Titor on 02-13-2001 10:51 AM

((1) Have you ever went on any other time traveling missions? If so, what were they?))

Yes, but they were all training missions. 

There is a great deal of psychological profiling and testing and one of the training missions involved choosing a time in your life (within two years) where you wish you would have done something different and then going back to convince yourself to do it. 

The idea is to become familiar with the possibility of meeting yourself which can be rather difficult. 

It is quite odd to look at “yourself” and have a conversation. Since any “you” on another world-line would not be a mirror image, you get a slightly distorted feeling while seeing yourself, let alone the concept of speaking to yourself. 

[This type of dialog is not commonly found on forums. It is suggestive of real experiences. - Metallicaman.]

(2) I believe you said you had pictures of your time machine, could you post a link to uploaded images?

I would be happy to do that and I tried a link earlier. I suspect that attaching links to other boards without the Sysop’s permission is in bad taste.

(3) If you have any pictures of the IBM computer you were supposed to get, could you post a link to them also?

I’m pretty sure there must be something on the web now about the IBM 5100.

(4) I looked up the name ‘Titor’ in the state of Flordia on 555-1212.com and couldn’t find ANY Titors, is your family not listed in the phone book?

I guess it depends when you look.

(5) Can I contact you through any other means of online communications? Like AOL Instant Messagner? ICQ? MSN? Something so I can have a conversation with you! But if you don’t have those, could you possibly consider downloading one of them, then emailing me your user name abcs_123s@hotmail.com,nks!

I’ve tried talking online before and found it quite enjoyable but I find the questions and comments come so rapidly its hard to keep up.

(6) What is the specific Date that the Nuclear war starts? If you can’t remember the exact date, could you put the month at least? An estimate!

I remember the exact date. When it comes, it will not be a surprise.

(7) What is the speed of the average computer in the future? I am assuming it is in ghZ, if it is higher, could you post the name of that hZ measurement and its relation to the ghZ?

Ghz is not a useful measurement. Computers are no longer measured by their speed as much as the number of variables (not calculations) they can handle per second.

(8 )Can you do your own Time Traveling ventures whenever you want? If so, how much does it cost? Or can you make ‘pit stops’ along the way back to 2036?

No, the unit doesn’t belong to me. I can’t make stops on the way home as it will throw the gravity measurements off and It would force me to backtrack along the backtrack. Also, I can’t just leave and arrive at any place and time I want to. There are physical and technical limits to when and where I can go.

(9) Have you ever went past your future, like to 2050 or somewhere around there? If so, what is the world like then?

No, I haven’t been to the future of my 2036. My profile qualified me for a trip to the past.

((what about Marilyn Monroe? i wasn’t even born yet when she was alive – but i know she existed? & telling us something such as her existance would not greatly affect the outcome of our entire world.. so why not tell us?))

I understand your position and appreciate your supportive outlook. However, I have given some very detailed information that could be checked out. Please consider that our frame of reference is quite different and finding subjects to discuss and exchange information about could be a challenge. I’m just not up on music, Hollywood and sports in the year 2001. You could ask me all you want about 1975 but I suspect that’s not very impressive.

((…but it has nothing to do with his age..))

Actually it does, I have never personally experienced this time as an adult and “Brittany Spears” was not a big topic of conversation when your hiking through the swamp. Everything I know about your time is from books, magazines and old videotapes that weren’t destroyed in the war. If it makes you feel any better, I do struggle with not talking about football.

The animal Kingdom is alive and well. I’m sure it suffered but there fewer people infringing on animal’s habitats now. Nuclear war is a very undesirable thing but it is not the end of the world. There are areas and cities we can’t enter and the environment did suffer a great deal of damage but we are recovering. Isn’t Hirroshima a thriving city today? The major physical affects include skin cancer, infertility, infection, etc. Almost everyone has some sort of physical remnant from the war.

I am aware the concept of the Rapture is related to Christian Prophecy but I am not familiar with the details. Yes, there are people I trust here and I would hate for any harassment or harm to come to them. I am aware of the Mayan Calander but in 2012, it was not something I was able to think about. When the time comes, I’m sure people will find the signs they are looking for that leads them to the end of time.

When I say fear will keep you alive I am talking about the natural instincts and premonitions that we all trun off when its convienent. The same person who has five dead bolt locks on their door will think nothing about getting into a parking garage elevator with a total stranger. I think the fear of God is the fear of separation from God.

Some of you may wonder what a time traveler does with his day while he’s posting on the web. I spend a great deal of time downloading information and storing it for my return. “Art’s” site is definitely on that list. I’ll have to think about who the most remembered people are. Again, my viewpoint is quite squewed.

((1) Who is the Major Super Power? ))

It depends on how you define power. If you mean military, the world has developed into an odd balance. There are plenty of nuclear weapons left but if anyone uses them they will be instantly erased from the planet by everyone else regardless of the politics. We are very tired of war.

(2) Are the two political parties still Republicans and Democrats?

There are no Republicans or Democrats to speak of. There are now over 10 major political parties.

(3) How many States are there?

The states as you know them still exist but their political power has been combined with other states around them. There are now 5 major geopolitical areas in the united states.

(4) Which states get the worst?

When you can’t drink the water its bad everywhere.

(5) Were only cities along the Eastern Sea port hit in the Nuclear War, or all over the country?

Mostly cities and large military areas in the entire country.

(6) Do companies like Microsoft, Yahoo!, and other internet software companys still exist?

No.

(7) Does money look a lot different than it does now? If you have a picture, could you please upload it and post the link!

No, money is pretty much the same. Unfortunately, I do not have any money with me because I wouldn’t be able to use it here.

(8) So then when you time travel you can never actually go back to the EXACT same place you left from?

That is correct, in physical terms, I can never get back to the exact world-line I left from.

(9) Was a lot of the United States’ 18-24 age group slaughtered in the war because of Draft?

Yes.

(10) Do you ever get visitors from later time periods to 2036?

Not that I’m aware of but I can’t say it isn’t happening.

(11) Are there any other companies, besides the one you work for that have TTs and send them out regularly?

I work for the military. GE just makes the unit.

(12) Does the government know there is TT going on?

In 2036, yes.

(13) Why were YOU selected to be a TT? What gave you special qualifications?

I am related to a key figure in the development of the IBM 5100.

(14) How many TTs are there on the team that you are on? How do new recruits get selected?

My unit has between 6 and 10. When I left, there were 7 others. Military service, physical fitness, history or technical background and special relationship to target contacts get you in the door.

(15) What all countries are on our side in the war? What all countries are on the oposite side?

Don’t have much to add there.

(16) Which country gets the worst in the war?

Again, the entire world is affected. Even if you don’t take a direct hit, dying crops and no water can ruin your day.

My time traveling nemesis Javier (a.k.a. TTA) has found me yet again! As long as the links last, I do urge people to go back and take a look at some of the more insightful things you have to share.

((when i ask you a question of why you can’t tell us ‘there will be an earthquake in Israel in 2010..’ or something of the such..this is not a question that someone could CHANGE. it is a natural disaster & i purposely chose that sort of a disaster so the question could not be passed by as you did in your response. however, you choose to use a different type of example rather than answer my question -directly-.))

I will not share information that would allow someone to avoid death by probability.

((i just think you skirt around too many issues .. & by refusing to even mention something from the ‘future’ that could not be -changed- by people -today-..it just gives me further evidence that you are not who you say you are.))

Again, what I think is important doesn’t impress anyone and although I could point to various things I’ve said about other subjects the response is usually ho-hum tell us about music and sports. I suppose I could lie and make something up but what’s the point?

((In fact, regardless of your background you should have a basic understanding of physics.))

I do but your questions were rather specific. I would love to talk physics and I’ll be happy to walk through the operation of the unit.

((1) exposing yourself, you’ve very likely broken several regulations,

No, I haven’t.

((2) Put yourself at risk by doing so,))

Yes, that’s potential true but what I gain offsets that. Does that statement answer the question why time traveler’s do not revel themselves?

((3) should know a hell of a lot more about the machines you’re operating,))

I do know very much about it. I’m just not willing to share it with everyone.

((4) are inconsistent in several aspects of your posts.))

If you could point out the specific questions I will be happy to address them.

((By the way, I have some very extreme reasons to doubt that a microsignularity exists in the first place, and in the second place, if it DID exist, I doubt it would be the “size of an electron”. In any case, a signularity (a black hole for those of you who haven’t figured that out yet) is an extreme mass, and holding it in a magnetic field in a gravitational field as strong as Earth’s would simply rip the singularity from the magnetic field causing the black hold to crash to the center of the mass of Earth. The Earth would then become part of the black hole as it grew in size, pulling in the matter of the Earth.))

I’m not sure if you want me to go over these issues one at a time or if you’re just making a point.

The formula for horsepower is HP = torque X RPM / 5252.

((1. Is the Chevy truck better than the Ford truck for time travel. I always thought the TT package meant trailer towing. Geez was I wrong! Is Chevy still making time travel machines in 2036?))

The vehicle must have a strong suspension.

((2. How did you buy your truck? How could you title it if you are only 3 years old to the title bureau at this point? You won’t be able to sell it in Minnesota unless it’s in your name and clear. Is the Chevy newer and how did you pay for it? Did you scrounge around to find 40 year old currency in 2036? I know I wouldn’t take any money from someone that had mint marks from 2036.))

Don’t worry. Fortunately, these are things we’re taught at time travel school in “how to get around in the sarcastic 20th century. I said I didn’t have any money from 2036. I have plenty from here.

((3. Does the truck have to be running when you are traveling through time. Did you come here in a Chevy? What if you run out of gas? Are there any factory options that make it easier, like cruise control?))

The vehicle must be standing still.

Posted by Benedict Gumby on 02-13-2001 11:07 AM

You still haven’t answered my question from page 8
}:P

Posted by John Titor on 02-13-2001 11:23 AM

((I just have this to ask you. Do you recognize the name Benedict? I want to know because I fully intend to be a prominent figure within the next 20 years))

No, I can’t say that I do. However, since I’m archiving all of this and will submit it with my report, it will eventually end up on our internet.

If you want to leave a message to yourself in the future, please feel free to do so. I would make it broad enough so your name or some other important word will pop up in routine search engine that “you” might be using in 2036.

Also, be aware that the “you” in my 2036 will be unaware that the you left a message at all.

Posted by Blonnie Dowden on 02-13-2001 01:14 PM

my question ((i just think you skirt around too many issues .. & by refusing to even mention something from the ‘future’ that could not be -changed- by people -today-..it just gives me further evidence that you are not who you say you are.))

your response: Again, what I think is important doesn’t impress anyone and although I could point to various things I’ve said about other subjects the response is usually ho-hum tell us about music and sports. I suppose I could lie and make something up but what’s the point?

you fail to understand why i ask the silly hum-drum questions. i do not truly care what the music/hollywood will be like in 5-10 years..my whole reason for asking the unimportant questions is because they are -unimportant-. 

you say that you can’t answer questions about when a natural disastor occurs..or things that can be -changed- by people to alter the way they -should- happen. so i am asking questions that can NOT be changed. someone can not change the fact that “Girly G. Hottie” is the next big name in showbusiness’.. my whole reason for asking these things is so that in 5-10 years when you’re “gone” i can say “holy bejezuz.., maybe that guy was for real!”. 

that would be the extent of it..it’s not like i could -do-change- anything.. i just want to know if you’re real & you give no proof whatsoever that you’re real. 

even if it’s not an instantaneous realization..i would realize this when whatever you said would happen came true. i am -not- trying to be shallow w/my questions..these are no things that i -care- whether or not it’s this or that.. it’s just proof for me.

i’m beginning to think, as someone suggested – that you’re writing a book & this is all material for it. you said you didnt want us to be sheep & just believe..you -wanted- us to ask questions. so if we ask questions then you can sew up any holes you have in your story.. so it will be the tightest & most realisticly possibly sci-fi time travel story ever. i don’t like the idea that you could possibly be using all of these people & if you are *grr* shame on you.

Posted by John Titor on 02-13-2001 01:51 PM

((my whole reason for asking the unimportant questions is because they are -unimportant-))

If it’s unimportant to you why would it be important to me?

Posted by Blonnie Dowden on 02-13-2001 02:00 PM

you are the most frustrating time traveler i’ve ever met!!!!!!!!!!!!!

(ok you’re the only one i’ve ever met)

geez..why do you isolate that one question? the whole thing was used to mean that it was -unimportant- in the fact that just because you tell us those things ..we can not change or alter them.. they are just -proof-.. unimportant meaning why would it alter time by you telling us.. “keep an eye out for so-and-so..they will rise to fame.” or something like that. we couldn’t -change- that.. & if we could..why would we want to because it’s “unimportant” in comparison to a bombing or drought or war..etc..

it is just PROOF THAT YOU’RE TRUE which you fail to provide.

you are aggravating.

-blonie-

Posted by James Boley on 02-13-2001 02:05 PM

There is a guy claiming your a fraud in another string entitled “I am from 2040…”

It would be interesting to see you go head to head.

Posted by Brad Jensen on 02-13-2001 02:39 PM

Fraud!!!

Go to my post in “I am from the year 2040…” and debunk my calculations on time travel.

You can’t, because you are a fraud!

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 02-13-2001 03:31 PM

This is getting just …weird …enough.

John Titor – Are you being obtuse about Bonnie’s inquiries for more personal reasons? Her logic is pretty sound, and you’re avoiding discussing some of the things that people naturally find curious about other cultures. If I was traveling in any other cultural setting, I would want to know about … The Culture. What kind of music is popular, what kind of recreation is enjoyable, what holidays are important…

Being a bit coy, I would say, for someone who’s been through the rigors of such heavy historical dramas. My guess is that there are some simple folk songs that people find some pleasure in hearing, in the future (especially after cultural destabilizing events).

Do you feel some pleasure in breathing clean air and not having to check a geiger counter every few miles?

Are there people in this time period who are hip (aware) of Time Travelers and who accept you as one? I would imagine there are folk in our time, who travel in different circles (out of the mainstream), who have some money and/or some power, and who know things that the rest of us do not. Are you, or others, in touch with people like that? How ARE you financing things?

And if this is NOT for real, working that tongue a little harder ‘gainst the edge of your cheek – for the rest of us simpletons, could earn you some game points.

Posted by Jeffery Birks on 02-13-2001 05:39 PM

I spotted few typing errors in Johns comments so I will assume that he has had an average education by our standards. There are better questions than those posed, ones which he should find easier to answer, but for anyone else would be much harder;

[1] Name the immediate political succeosor’s to George Bush and Tony Blair.

[2] Name any human being/animal/invention which became famous from obscurity prior to today (This is really easy, just name anyone who shot to fame for anything – provided they are completely unknown now, and that it happens soon).

[3] Name any near future shock event that makes history – political assassinations, inventions, marriages etc, same rules – it should happen soon with nobody having a clue it was about to happen (except maybe time-travelers).

If you are older than 36 then there should be 2 of you here right now. You would both possess the same basic fingerprints and DNA. If you really want to prove your case then meet up with your younger self and get some police evidence.

Posted by Angel Lynnn on 02-13-2001 06:10 PM

Exclamation

John,
Would you be willing to call in on Art’s show on Wednesday, Feb. 14? He will have open lines all night.

If he had a time traveler line open would you call in?

How long will you be here in 2001?
When are you going back?
What all are you taking back with you?
Is propane still around in the future?

Thanks for taking the time to answer our questions.
Angel Lynnn

Posted by Roy Meserve on 02-13-2001 06:43 PM

A most compelling story and an interesting person. I am no scientist so cannot question adequately the physics involved in such endeavors- but I could not understand Al Bielek and his recounting of the science behind the Montauk episode either, but I know he was telling the truth. For those interested, from that interview and Mr Bielek’s book, I fully believe time and space travel exists,(since 1983) although under exactly whose aegis I do not presume to know.

And your socio/eco/political comments about our present state and its fate are eminently believable and highly likely.

I would hope that the paradise I live in would somehow be spared (the Hawaiian Islands) but I suspect it would not be spared as a strategic target for obvious reasons. Indeed, in general terms I understand innately for myself why these things must come to pass. May God have mercy on our souls.

Thanks for your own curiosity and courage. I wish you and your family only the best…for all time.

R.C. Meserve
rcmeserv@lava.net

Posted by Mike Kolesnik on 02-13-2001 06:55 PM

Talking

But I will absolutely not get sucked into another “Waverider” hoax.

Come on people, don’t you remember the Waverider?
The Waverider and his fantastic faxes to AB?
Well I do.
And I admit he suckered me too…for a while.
I also remember when he went on the show and made a complete fool of himself. Art finally came to his senses too and blasted him. It would be nice to find out the date he was on and get a copy of the broadcast.

Webmaster? A little help please.

Well anyway, back to the subject matter. I don’t hate John and I don’t dislike him either. I am nuetral about him.

There is a world of difference between him and the Waverider though. John has an articulate manner of writing and has an amazing command of our present language (35 years old by him) I also went back and reread ALL his posts and I only found one spelling error and no grammatical errors, so he pretty much shames me on that count. His written content seems to be well subdued and consistent. (except for the 2004 vs. 2005 thing) John seems to be of above average IQ and conducts himself in a dignified manner.

Of course all this analysis was made from his posts so he could be an entirely different person in real life.

Since I am not completely galvanized against John I have thought about the possibility of Human TT. (ET TT is another matter)

Logically though the revelation of his TT ability still makes no sense, as he could easily question people of this time and get all sorts of info without revealing himself.

So that leads to the question why would he reveal himself if he has no stated aganda for doing so?

Some hypothesis:

[1] John IS a TT’er who has a hidden agenda. It could be as simple as a gentle nudge in a certain direction. ( It ain't gonna happen John, for the most part humans are a stubborn illogical lot whose memory of past events is in the area of weeks, instead of years or decades)

[2] John came here to give somebody a “Back to the Future” type of push so as to invent the Time Machine. ( My opinion on this is that no one needs to “invent” the TM because if is has been built in the future then it has always been invented, and we are merely waiting for someone to “discover” it. Just look back at most of the major advancements in science, almost every invention of science already existed, it only needed people to put it together.

About the only things humans have invented deal in the arts. music etc. This opinion comes from the “all times exist at once” theory.)

[3] John came back for some kind of nostalgia tour and has decided to take a rest stop in 2001 ( don’t stay too long John or you will become polluted by us to such an extent you will probably end up in Vegas hocking your TM at the tables!)

[4] John came here to witness some catastrophic near future event and won’t tell us about it (to me this would be the most plausible reason of them all because whatever he tells us would be rendered mute by the “event”)

< your thoeries here>

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-13-2001 07:10 PM

Smile

I’d just like to say, before John Titor, (A.K.A. TT_0 in the post where he’s been taken out almost) that when he posts, he does a maneuver that focuses the question back to the receiver, as to have him think it’s been answered, and to shut him up. (Which in fact, he just avoided answering it, by doing what he did). He does this very often, and I’d just wanted to point that out before he did it again.

Hey TT_0, why didn’t you acknowledge my last post? It’s me TTA. I know your feeling the pressure, and it’s only going to get worse.

-Javier C.

P.S. You should have seen Johns reply posts to me in the beginning. He likes to use the word “Kill” alot.

Posted by John Titor on 02-13-2001 11:32 PM

((John has been unable to explain time travel, I will explain it here.))

I could be wrong but I don’t recall being asked to “explain time travel”. If you could point that out to me in the posts I would appreciate it.

So it’s ritualized combat on the battlefield of differential geometry. It’s a shame we couldn’t have more constructive dialogue on the subject. Of course, I’ve left my physics book in the time machine so unless you snuck in a hidden land-mine, I found your opening move very straightforward. However, you’re too confident I won’t be able to offer an explanation that I’m sure other physics fans will appreciate. I wonder if Einstein and Grossmann did it this way or maybe they just listened to each other and tried to build on what they thought would work. Oh well.

((..and debunk my calculations on time travel. You can’t, because you are a fraud!))

When I look up debunk, I see: “To expose or ridicule the falseness, sham or exaggerated claims.” The reason I cannot debunk your calculations is because they are true. They are not false, based on speculative facts or exaggerated. They are just incomplete. What you really want me to do is finish your explanation or I will be an imposter.

((There are, however, certain quantities that do remain constant. These constants are related to four-dimensional quantities known as metric tensors.))

Actually, I don’t think that’s correct. Minkowski space-time (4-D) will not allow you to use Pythagoras’ theorem to decribe tensors because time needs to be expressed with the opposite sign. (please excuse my change of varibale case).

ds^2 = -c^2dt^2 + dx^2 + dy^2 + dz^2
(where ds describes time-like and space-like trips).

The tensor we should be discussing is:
ds^2 = -a^2dt^2 + w^2(df – wdt)^2 + (r^2/ D)dr^2 + r^2dq^2

I hope I got the symbols right but you should be able to recognize this…right? nuts… the a, f, r, Delta and q didn’t make the translation in this font.

((The US government, including the UN, has its hands in everything from biological tests to secret planes that can fly out of Earths atmosphere.))

Care to share with me how you solved the overheating problem on your spaceplane?

Javier, don’t worry. I’ll talk to you too. Please check again and you’ll find my hello.

I will get to and review the questions I missed. I apologize if my answers seemed flippant. There are many posts I want to respond to and I am unable to pay as much attention as I would like.

Posted by Andrew Hubbard on 02-14-2001 04:10 AM

Question

This is great.

here is some questions:

(1) Does the last name Hubbard have any historical(is that the right term?) relevance?

(2) What happens with Australia? does it play a major part in the war?

(3) What colloquial language is used in the future?

(4) What exactly happens to the water? does it get poisoned from radiation?

(5) Have you actually met your parents? if so, what are their thoughts on you?

(6) Does time have ends?

(7) Lets just say that people from the future are manipulating events now, such as preventing a tragedy, making it never occur. If it never occurred, no body would be sent back to stop it, which would mean that the event does take place. This would lead to the prevention of it happening again, and so on. What would happen in one of these situations?

Posted by Ryan Murphy on 02-14-2001 05:28 AM

John, if you really did travel through time you’d be dead. You have to take into account that the universe is expanding, the Earth, the solar system and the galaxy are all moving. If you truely did travel back through time, you’d materialize in 1970 where the Earth WILL be in 2036, which is the vacuum of space..

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 02-14-2001 06:25 AM

You requested I point out some inconsistencies. I’ll point out one in the following exchange between you and I.

[[I do but your questions were rather specific. I would love to talk physics and I’ll be happy to walk through the operation
of the unit.

((1) exposing yourself, you’ve very likely broken several regulations,))

No, I haven’t.

((2) Put yourself at risk by doing so,))

Yes, that’s potential true but what I gain offsets that. Does that statement answer the question why time traveler’s do
not revel themselves?

((3) should know a hell of a lot more about the machines you’re operating,))

I do know very much about it. I’m just not willing to share it with everyone.

((4) are inconsistent in several aspects of your posts.))

If you could point out the specific questions I will be happy to address them. ]]

Specifically, you stated my questions were “rather specific” and you’d be “love to discuss physics and happy to walk through the operation (I assume of the machine)”. A few lines later you state (after me saying you should know a hell of a lot more about the machines you’re operating) that you do know much about it, but you’re not willing to share it with everyone. So… which is it? Are you willing to share information on the operation, a walk through of the machine, time travel… or AREN’T YOU?

Posted by Brad Jensen on 02-14-2001 07:01 AM

You have been challenged John. You have finished the space-time manipulation calculations, but left important details out, of which we will not expound on.

Read my reply in my string. Can you explain, just basicly mind you, the time travel process?

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 02-14-2001 07:18 AM

I conclude that John is:

(1) Not from the future.
(2) He has no time machine.
(3) He is doing this for personal gain – whether monetary, or social-interaction, but more specifically, I believe he is working on either a psychology study/degree/thesis.
(4) He is in his late 20’s or early 30s.

If John were a time traveler, he would not be here telling us anything about himself. He certainly would not give us information regarding anything having to do with “future technology”, regardless of the divergence of timelines. You see… even a semi-unethical person would have qualms about screwing up a society that you can taste, touch, feel and experience.

If John truely IS a time traveler (which he isn’t in the sense he is trying to lead us to believe) then he is here to witness an historical event that we have yet to figure out. Either the beginning of World War III (which some of us already believe is about to happen) or the beginning of Civil war. I can postulate and guess all day, at all sorts of reasons – about all all sorts of things I can figure out on my own. In other words.. if John were a time traveler, he would be here NOW to watch something about to happen (very historical, very important…). If he would answer some questions about the physics of his alledged time ship, I would be willing to go along with this some more.

At this point… my points above (1-4) stand. John is a fraud.

Sorry John… it was fun while it lasted.

Posted by John Titor on 02-14-2001 07:25 AM

On a nearby thread, Brad writes:

((John has been unable to explain Time Travel, I will explain it here.

So where do we start? Well let us start with one of the greatest triumphs of the human mind, the great theorem of Pythagoras, a true pillar of all mathematics and physics. The theorem, which is applicable to right angled triangles in flat Cartesian (Newtonian) space takes the form of:

c^2 = a^2 + b^2

where a, b and c are the lengths of the sides of the triangle.

Next we will jump straight to Einstein’s theory of Relativity which states that neither time, length, or indeed mass remain constant additive quantities when approaching the speed of light c. 

Our simple ideas of time and space come from the fact the we are so used to living in a three dimensional universe. Einstein showed that this was simply not true and in fact all the “foundational” three laws of Newton have to be fudged by the Lorentz factor

L_f = (1 – v^2/c^2)^-1/2

There are, however, certain quantities that do remain constant. 

These constants are related to four-dimensional quantities known as metric tensors. From this Einstein proved that space and time are two aspects of the same thing and that matter and energy are also two aspects of the same thing. From the second of these concepts we get the most famous equation in physics

E = mc^2

Now since time and space are aspects of space-time and we wish to travel through time and not build atom bombs we will leave E=mc^2 for the moment. To illustrate this, look at the extension of Pythagorean theorem for the distance, d, between two points in space:

d^2 = x^2 + y^2 + z^2

where x, y and z are the lengths, or more correctly the difference in the co-ordinates, in each of the three spatial directions. This distance remains constant for fixed displacements of the origin.

In Einstein’s relativity the same equation is modified to remain constant with respect to displacement (and rotation), but not with respect to motion. For a moving object, at least one of the lengths from which the distance, d, is calculated is contracted relative to a stationary observer. 

The equation now becomes:

d^2 = x^2 + y^2 + z^2 (1-v^2/c^2)^1/2

and this implies that the distances all shrink as one moves faster, so does this mean there are no constant distances left in the universe? The answer is that there are because of Einstein’s revolutionary concept of space-time where time is distance and distance is time! 

So now

s^2 = x^2 + y^2 + z^2 – ct^2

and this new distance s (remember s stands for Space-time) does indeed remain constant for all who are in relative motion. 

This distance is said to be a Lorentz transformation invariant and has the same value for all inertial observers. Since the equation mixes time and space up we have to always think in terms of this new concept: space-time!

Then one runs into the problem of ‘outside dating’. 

Meaning, as the traveler manipulates space-time, the rest of the universe ages normaly. Then we must take inter-dimensional transition into account. Once a hole is ripped into a dimensions fabric, it follows whatever entered the rip. 

Once the travler enters the new dimension, he commences his engines to reach the c speed (speed of light), and travels through time. The rip on the travelers side will stay in the same geographic location, while traveling through time, while the rip on the new dimension will follow the traveler. 

Once the desired time is reached, the travelar reenters the rip, and he has effectively traveled through time))

((As for John Titor’s corrections on space-time manipulation, he has completed it correctly. However, he still an imposter.))

Apparently, I have made the leap from “fraud” to imposter. At least that’s a start and I respect my opponent on his polite yet quiet concession on the other thread. 

I wish to emphasize a point I tired to make earlier. Even though I answered the question correctly, it doesn’t really prove one way or another if I’m a time traveler and you should not think otherwise. 

I might just be really quick at looking up things up on the web.

I suppose we could debate whether or not I’m a fraud all the way up to the point I leave your world-line.

Posted by Mel Reckling on 02-14-2001 08:05 AM

Why do I keep flashing back to the Monty Python movie ” Brazil “? The picture of those old typewriters with those hilarious screen magnifiers just sticks in my head. Is this the world we are heading towards where everything is so bizzarely complicated that nothing works?

Posted by Ernie Vega on 02-14-2001 09:05 AM

Angry

Time out!

I thought the idea here was to have constructive dialogue.
Personally I don’t give a rat’s behind whether or not John is from the future.

I have enjoyed this discussion more than any I’ve been in before. First off why the personal attacks? I’ve mentioned before that this guy is a study in self control. He never sinks to the level of the aggressor, some of us could learn from that.

NEWS FLASH:
In case somebody here has not noticed!
When was the last time you spoke with someone as intelligent and well versed in these subjects?

I hope John or whatever his name is writes a book. I’ll publish him if he wants.

The story John tells is sobering, realistic, and ENTERTAINING.

The last time I looked participation here was discretionary. If you don’t like the subject, either question the guy, expose the guy, or leave the guy alone. Alternatively you can learn from what he says.

I don’t understand all the personal attacks.

Let’s say that John is a “confused person” would it not be kinder to help him regain his senses, than to attack him.

Let’s say he’s writing a book. Hey John “great story” when does the book come out.

Let’s say he’s a hoaxer and really enjoys deceiving everyone and lies all the time. Mr. Titor we have a job for you in D.C. after the “Neanderthal” gets voted out in 4 years.

I know people who would consider John’s world a reasonable improvement over what we have today. I agree with them.

If you had to guess what John’s political affiliation was what would you say?

Democrat
Republican
Libertarian
Independent
Conservative
Liberal

None of it fits does it? 

I have revelation for you. This guy is “an American”.

As gloomy a picture as he paints, the society he describes is leaps and bounds ahead of us in their reverence for the Constitution which as John says we should all read.

JC has been on this guy’s case for a while now and I don’t see “Titor” insulting him or anyone else.

As to the frequency of the word “kill” in his posts. so what? it proves nothing and if you look at all the posts that statement is invalid.

Go read some of Ed Dames’s garbage.

I’m not here to defend John I’m expressing my frustration with the posters that derive their ego gratification by attacking others and hitting below the belt.

By below the belt I mean “unwarranted personal attacks”

Read the rules of this BBS, you’ll see that it’s supposed to be an open forum for “discussions from the other side of the fence” if you want namby pamby traditional BS go to the Rush Limbaugh show, or maybe you like born again Christian lies, Jerry Fallwell has a few books to sell you.

To the physicists and physics enthusiasts. Let’s see your proof, your CV, and your school transcripts. Do you want to talk about verifiable backgrounds?

Why don’t you subject yourself to the same scrutiny that you subject others to. Most serious physicists would be hard pressed to come “here” of all places and “demand” empirically tested responses from a guy who claims to be from 2036. Get a clue!

I suggest that if he is an attention monger hoaxer, he got you. He made you get flustered and loose your sense of decorum. Your folly not his.

Before I forget. Anyone who has been on the Internet longer than 5 minutes knows that spelling errors, and grammatical errors are not considered to be indicative of a person’s intelligence, or educational background.

No I will not engage in name calling on a personal basis, and I won’t respond to flame e-mails, and I won’t be posting any more in this thread. Some of you are childish and have a mob mentality. who wants to discuss time travel, physics, or the time of day, with a lynch mob.

Peace

[Edited by Ernie Vega on 02-14-2001 at 09:16 AM]

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 02-14-2001 09:44 AM

((“NEWS FLASH:
In case somebody here has not noticed!
When was the last time you spoke with someone as intelligent and well versed in these subjects? 

Well… last time *I* personally spoke to someone about these subjects who is as ‘well-versed’ was about 30 minutes ago when I came from speaking to a couple of physicists upstairs. Somehow, I end up speaking to a lot of these types of folks (physicists) – I guess it might have something to do with the job I do for the government.

“The last time I looked participation here was discretionary. If you don’t like the subject, either question the guy, expose the guy, or leave the guy alone. Alternatively you can learn from what he says. I don’t understand all the personal attacks. ”))

You’re right, however, I don’t think we are attacking him, we are QUESTIONING HIM. Somehow I always see this out of liberally-biased people, when someone is being quizzed, these liberally-biased people complain of attacks when they (or their heros) can’t answer questions to someone’s satisfaction. He has not answered questions to anyone’s satisfaction thus far. He has subjected himself to our scrutiny and you are jumping to his defense because you feel bad for him? Don’t. He put himself in this position. He is responsible for the questions, not you.

“Let’s say that John is a “confused person” would it not be kinder to help him regain his senses, than to attack him. Let’s say he’s writing a book. Hey John “great story” when does the book come out. ”

Not at all. John is not confused. John is also not a time traveler, but he has a fantastic imagination. That much is true. Political correctness is not my forte, nor do I profess that anyone use it anymore. It is passe. Sorry. PC is thought control, and being NICE to someone so as not to hurt their feelings is a by-gone thing, of another era.

“Let’s say he’s a hoaxer and really enjoys deceiving everyone and lies all the time. Mr. Titor we have a job for you in D.C. after the “Neanderthal” gets voted out in 4 years. ”

Hmmm… now, you bring me to the point of asking you – why are you now attacking the President of the United States? What has he to do with any of this? Why are you calling him a Neanderthal? Because your guy, Gore, lost the election? I’m sorry you feel that way, especially since you seem to think we ought to be nice to John and not attack him (even though we weren’t). You thought, more than likely, we should have been nice to Clinton as well. I expect you to act the same way as you expect me to act. Don’t attack the President (in particular since he has nothing to do with this conversation).

The one thing I can agree with you that was mentioned, that I didn’t quote here was the idea of spelling errors, grammer errors and such. I’m certain I have spelling errors. I have almost 21 years of hard-core “schooling” and I make serious spelling errors all the time. That includes over 9 years of college, thoughout which, writing was one of the most important aspects. We all make errors, in spelling… judgement. Perhaps we could all be nicer to those of us who make spelling errors.

However, Ernie, when one places himself up for study, as has John, then one needs to understand that there will be questions. These are not attacks (as your crude comments about the President of the United States were), but questions concerning his veracity. Question yourself, before you judge others motives. I’ve questioned MYSELF on whether I should even consider joining this discussion. I did so based solely on my inherit need to know about things like time travel. I asked legitimate questions. They were ignored, then later, when I asked others, they were skirted. John is therefore, either a liar, writer or a man who simply doesn’t want to get caught in a circle of lies from which he can not extract himself. That is too bad.

I really hoped it was the real thing, this time.

Posted by Kennith Viccars on 02-14-2001 09:50 AM

This is no more then a comedy sketch thread now.

Keep it coming, it’s great material.

John, you ever consider doing stand up?

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 02-14-2001 10:24 AM

http://pub2.ezboard.com/fmagisystemstimelordsanonymus.showMessage?topicID=53.topic

In case anyone is interested is looking at them.

Posted by Ernie Vega on 02-14-2001 02:53 PM

Red face

Touche? Rick:

I would have sent this to you personally but you won’t accept e-mails. Your web site is unreachable. and ICQ is not an option for me. Do you actually use ICQ from work? where there is sensitive information?

I admit it was naive indeed for me to think I could get away with my last post without being taken to task for it.

So I hereby eat my words about not posting anymore. I guess that makes me a liar also.

Why did you assume I was directing my comments to you? my statements were not an indictment of your questions in particular. In fact I didn’t consider “your” statements as an attack at all until you called JT a liar.

I’m not defending Titor or his claims, he did not answer some of my question to my satisfaction either, but I don’t take that to mean I have license to call him a liar. Do you call everyone that doesn’t give you a satisfactory answer a liar? if so does that really make sense?

As to scrutiny being self inflicted. I have personal experience there also.

If you care to look. I make statements on my web sites that yield thousands of e-mails pro and con. I deal with controversial topics, I write about them, and I market alternative energy devices. I use physics in my work every day.

Can you explain the mechanics of creating a trans-dimensional vortex?

What would happen if you mixed equal parts 4oz each of: bronzing powder, epoxy, and bee’s wax,and NASA grade quartz, then into it you introduce a gold plated rod, introduce 2 coils, one on each side. Attach a tone generator to each coil reversing the polarities.

Then attach a power supply of to each tone generator say, 12 volts / 500 Ma. Once the epoxy sets up.

Set one generator to pulse at 18 hz and the other at 11hz and pushed the on button? What would happen? any clue? If you could get this to spin at say 3600 rpm what would happen then?

What would the use of pi as opposed to phi in a formula for attenuating a static EMF do to a multidimensional construct?

If you could see zero point energy what color would it be?

Is there a sub-atomic particle that requires being acknowledged before it can be measured? If so explain why?

Why does water have molecular memory? If it does, does it mean we don’t need to use drugs anymore, and we can just charge water with a sample?

How is homeopathic medicine prepared? do you really believe that, a homeopath in Schenectady New York has the equipment to perform a 40 million to 1 dilution of a microgram of some substance with any degree of accuracy?

I have my fair share of supporters and detractors regarding my life work, and political ideology.

I have been called everything you can imagine that is unpleasant, by people that don’t know me at all. Excuse me if I take issue with this. Notice how quickly you labeled me a liberal. Why Rick? was it something I said? or did you make other assumptions about me? based on my profile? or my surname?

I don’t deny anyone’s right to say what they want. In fact I’ll go to the mat for free speech. That’s a basic right we have here in the U.S.

Your profile implies that you are a patriotic American. If so why don’t you see what Titor is really doing. Patriotism is something near and dear to me. My family has lost much in defense of idealism.

My family has been involved in the military, government, and diplomacy for 900+ years, in many nations where my ancestors have lived starting with Spain and culminating here. I take politics and politicians very seriously, and you should also since they are the manipulators of our society, and attempt to architect our way of thinking.

All I know about you is in your profile and your post. None of it is enough for me to feel the need to insult you, or be condescending to you as your post was to me. I don’t know you!

For the record.

I don’t think anyone who ran for office last November was worth a vote.

I’m not a liberal.

Gore was never “my” guy.

Clinton is no better no worse than any other politician.

If P.C. is passe why can’t I say the President is a neanderthal.

If you really like “guns, shooting” and you are interested in democracy, you should be reading the writing on the wall, like many other patriots.

In the not so distant future you may have to actually live up to the Patriotic ideal that gun advocates talk about all the time, and actually have to go out and defend the Constitution. Would you do this? I would, against all enemies foreign and domestic. This includes the governmet by the way.

I don’t think the enemy is “Black” or “Hispanic” or from the middle east. If you have to fight for your country and your family during your lifetime it will most likely be against Americans of all races.

The office of the President of the United States is the most important job on the planet.

Much depends on the President’s ability to think, and act in a decisive and clear fashion, our lives depend on it.

Although I don’t know President Bush personally, nor would I care to make his acquaintance.

It is common knowledge that in the brain department he is (let’s be P.C. so you don’t have a partisan fit) to say the least “challenged”. This is a matter of record not conjecture. Surely you are not going to deny that.

What would be your guess as to Dan Quaile’s IQ?
Would you argue that point of light?
2 less than brilliant people as President, and Vice President in a row says as much about Republicans, as the Clinton scandals, and Gore’s ineptitude say a about the democrats.

Can you honestly state here that in the last 8 years you did not voice any opinion about Clinton, or something personally disparaging about him or his wife. Did you ever call Carter a coward?

Did you just start your job at the government? if you started before the new administration why are you so quick to jump to your new boss’s defense and so quick to indict your previous boss?

If you could, would you debate the President on internal issues? or foreign policy? I would. According to the Constitution everyone is fair game for scrutiny “especially” the President.

A large segment of the population has become indifferent to the actions of the FED.

We are all going to pay dearly for acting like “sheep”.

Government Phycisists do not really discuss time travel with “System Engineers”. Unless they are just conjecturing to impress you, and don’t really know much more than you do.

If they did they would go to jail for telling you.

Unless of course you have adequate security clearance, in which case “you” would likely be in breech discussing it here. Moreover you would already know the truth about time travel, so there would be no point in seeking it here.

Working for the government does not of itself give you access to classified information. I worked for the government in the past and all it got me was an education in government squandering of taxpayer money.

You are a systems Engineer working for a government agency right? I have a 5 questions for you.

[1] What happens to your budget next year if you don’t use up all of this year’s allotment?
[2] What happens to the hardware that your agency replaces with newer models?
[3] Have you ever performed a partisan task while on the job?
[4] Have you ever made a political contribution to keep your job?
[5] Have you ever used your office PC to surf the web for non work related reasons? 

See how easy it is to take a cheap shot.

It was government scientists that decided that Heroin addicts in methadone programs were being discriminated against when denied work driving Trains and buses, even piloting aircraft, or as air traffic controllers. The rationale was that since some addicts showed agitation, and others became lethargic, that in general Methadone does not have a deleterious effect on concentration, and coordination. They actually went as far as to publish that Methadone only has a placebo effect and does not produce a high.

Going to credibility and proof? Just how much is enough for you?

If I were to tell you a story that was fantastic in nature and read like a science fiction book. This story would relate meetings with high ranking Military officers, DOD operatives, The CIA. It dealt with UFO, E.T., global politics, and manipulation of the American press by foreign operatives in cahoots with the CIA. Would you believe?

I think not.

What if you were able to verify that all of the above actually took place by checking declassifed documents, addresses, military records, police reports, individual personal validation by witnesses, and the only thing you could not know for sure was what was discussed at these meetings.

Would you then believe? I doubt it, why? because the actual facts (the conversations) can’t be verified.

I have lived such a story and I know I could never prove it to anyone’s satisfaction, yet it really happened to me, I was nearly killed. I even have permission from the government to tell anybody I want because they know there’s not a snowball’s chance in hell that anyone (that counts)would believe it.

I have considered fictionalizing it but it irks me to have to lie so people will take me seriously. Since I don’t need the money, and I don’t want to have to respond to every question posed to me, intelligent or not, I choose to keep it to myself and my friends.

My point is that as hard as you try on this board, there is no way you are going to find the truth (about time travel at least)you are looking for until someone pulls up to you in a time machine and takes you to another time.

I enjoy a good debate as much as the next guy, and I'm prepared to back up all my statements. I do however require a certain amount of civility to enter into protracted debate, as I believe that the moment you lose perspective, the conversation becomes moot.

I do feel that some personal attacks are valid. If a person is harming others with his statements, and has been “proven” to be dishonest, and malicious in intent.

Like the President for instance

I have no problem with anyone taking them on on a personal level. I do it so I would be a hypocrite to expect others not to.

Again I appeal to you to e-mail me if you want to carry this any further we are off topic now.

Peace

Posted by Heather Cattles on 02-14-2001 03:40 PM

I have to agree with Ernie in some aspects. So what if you don’t believe he’s a true time traveler? Leave it at that. I’m always open to ideas, I neither poo poo them nor do I automatically say their true. I like to say I sit on a line between where I can go either way. I’m not frowned upon because I make descisons too fast. There’s a lot in this world we don’t know.. everything from creatures, to diseases to even time travel.

Personally I find this thread interesting, without a lot of the just totally putting John down. If you don’t believe him fine, leave it at that. John, you are an interesting person and I’m here and I enjoy seeing your replys, be it real or not. I’m just glad to see a person or two remaining cool in this and not going towards personal attacks.

John, if you are a true time traveler, when you leave to go back to the future, give my “Hello” to the future.

-Heather

Posted by Andrew Hubbard on 02-14-2001 05:13 PM

I feel my earlier questions were written without much thought. 

I have read all of your posts, and although I don’t ‘believe’, I do find what you are saying very very interesting. I would like to rephrase a few of my questions, In hope that it may make it easier for you to answer (feel free to just answer yes/no). 

I am mainly interested in the roles/parts Australia plays (as I live here) in the war and then the general way of life after the war. I understand you may not have much information regarding other countries, but I thought I would ask anyway.

1) What role does Australia play in the war? You stated elsewhere that they repulse a Chinese invasion – Does this mean Australian government side with your enemy? (As I think I recall you stating that they allied with your side + Russia… Could be wrong though.)
2) Does intercontinental transportation still exist? If so, have you visited other countries?

On a more observational note, the world you describe reminds me of the post sacked Trantor in Asimov’s ‘Foundation’ series. And that makes me smile.

Thanks

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-14-2001 07:48 PM

Smile

John,

Why do you not answer people’s questions, but only answer certain questions that they ask?

Here’s a question, why not answer Rick’s Post? He brought out some good points, I’m sure there worth commenting on. And I’m pretty sure lots of people here would love to hear your input on them.

-J.C.

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 02-15-2001 01:09 AM

Well John, I imagine you are here gathering technology for the forces of “Good” – or at least for the forces of just plain old decent folk doing the best they know how.

Today’s news stories

“In a news report reminiscent of the days of the old USSR, Pravda recently claimed that Pres. Bush’s National Security Adviser, Condoleezza Rice, made belligerent comments about Russia to the magazine El Figaro. Only problem: Rice was never interviewed with El Figaro. Rice’s office tells NewsMax.com most of the claims made in the reports were fabricated.”

Any idea whose provoking this?

…and this one

“MOSCOW –– The Russian military held air exercises near Norway and Japan on Wednesday, forcing fighter jets in both countries to scramble and eliciting a strong protest from Japan, which said the planes violated its airspace.

Japan’s Foreign Ministry called in a Russian diplomat to protest and the defense agency said the Russian military planes violated Japanese airspace twice.



“Russia has sharply increased test flights of its planes since NATO’s campaign in Kosovo,” said Alexander Pikayev, a military analyst at the Carnegie Endowment’s Moscow office. “The military wants to show that it’s too early to write Russia off.”

“Whether they violated airspace of not, that’s not the key thing,” said Pavel Felgenhauer, an independent military analyst. “They were demonstrating the rebirth of Russia’s military might.”

Pikayev said Wednesday’s exercises may also be a response to recent signals from Washington that Russia no longer occupies a privileged place in U.S. foreign policy.

____

I got about 70-80% of your dimension ripping tutorial, BTW. Thanks

Posted by Chad Dirks on 02-15-2001 01:12 AM

Hrm, Mr. Titor, I do not believe anything that you have said, nor do I believe that you are in any manner what you claim to be.

…you are of course, welcome to hold the same opinion of myself, but since this does appear to be a forum for discussion, I shall try to lend what I can, yes?

(Please forgive my lacking grammar, and by all means, don’t feel forced to read or respond, this is quite lengthy.)

[1] You have claimed several times that you will not participate in assisting anyone to get out of ‘death by probability’. Yet any number of the things that you have said could have already caused an individual to do or not do something that will now result in them either dying, or escaping death an otherwise fated death.

It does not matter whether or not everyone believes you. For every statement made there are people who believe you, and there are people changing their living patterns in response to those beliefs. There is no way for you know there is no future world leader reading this and believing.

————————————————————

[2] You claim that you have no interest in proving to us that you are a time-traveller. To hear you take such a stance is laughable. Look at what a show you have put on here. Instead you tell us that you only wish us to make us aware of time-travel as a possiblity (see #1 again), or that you only wish to observe us and speak of cultural and religious issues, something interesting to a historian.

You came and posted on this site with one intention that was clear as of your first post: to make us believe that you are a time-traveller. You have continued this thread for that purpose alone, and I find everything you have done supports this.

As far as wishing to speak of issues regarding our humanity, or culture, it is quite clear that this is not your intention (contrary to what you insist). If you truly wished to do this your first line would not have been, ‘I am a time-traveller’. If you truly wished to do this you would not have continued this thread once you realized that line would not serve your claimed goals.

You certainly did not expect to examine our humanity or culture by first telling us that we would be discussing it with a time-traveller. The entirety of this thread has been: you developing your story.

This thread that you have continued to participate in has gone entirely counter to your claimed goals, and it is obvious that you are knowingl fueling it in that direction.

————————————————————

[3] “5100 I have now required a couple of special “tweaks” that had to be done by one of the software engineers in 1975”

“We need something portable. The 5100 isn’t required for its reliability, its needed to translate between APL, UNIX and a few obscure IBM mainframe languages.”

I find it very difficult to believe that a software tweak (hence ‘software engineers’, -software-) done to a 1975 machine could cause it to do this translation more effectively or more portably than something around even today. I find it almost impossible to believe that a tweak done by a ‘software engineer’ in 1975 could provide for you something that you could find at no other place between now and ‘your time’, and certainly without having to make a stop-over in our time to get back that far.

Furthermore, I find the notion that one of a limited number of time-machines would be used in this manner to be nothing short of nonsensical. There are more effective ways to accomplish what you claim in this regard.

————————————————————

[4] I have, and continue to believe Dr. Hawking’s view in regards to the possibility of time travel if indeed the model of time is what you have suggested, that all possibilities occur in different time-lines, in different universes is the way that time truly is. For this reason alone I cannot accept you. It is entirely logical, and I have seen no good case to counter it.

————————————————————

You claim that you have no desire to prove your story to us, yet everything you have done from the moment you first posted here has flown in the face of that. As I mentioned before, your desire is so strong that you have even appeared to become heated in manner in reaction to your validity being questioned.

What is more, you bring with you the claim that you will tell us no names, no locations, or any specifics as a result of your supposed ethics. If those were indeed the ethics you were committed to and reasoned with, you would not be here now.

However, I do commend you on engineering your story, as by its very nature we cannot prove it false.

[I realize that I am only feeding this frenzy, but that speaks for what it is and what Mr. Titor has indeed accomplished, it is effective in provoking a response, but then again, so is stepping on a rusty nail]

Mr. Titor:
====================================
I visit with a pink unicorn in the garden behind my house at night and it talks to me. I would show it to you but it only comes out when I am alone. Any attempts to trick it to do otherwise would be unsuccessful, but you are certainly welcome to try and prove what I say false.

[Edited by Chad Dirks on 02-15-2001 at 01:34 AM]

Posted by Ryan Murphy on 02-15-2001 02:41 AM

Buddy.. listen..

This is for all you other believers to:

Time travel may be possible, but if you were to time travel, you would NOT land on Earth. You would land in a vacuum of space. You have to take into account that the universe is expanding, the Earth, the solar system and the galaxy are all moving. If you truely did travel back through time, you’d materialize in 1970 where the Earth WILL be in 2036, which is NOT Earth.. it’s space.

Get it? You’d be dead. It’s impossible.

Answer this factoid, John, and I will believe you until the ends of the Earth.

Posted by Dan Rouse on 02-15-2001 07:54 AM

Ryan…couldn’t distance be expressed as a function of time?

If that’s true, is it not possible that a time warp implies a space warp?

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 02-15-2001 08:07 AM

Heather, Ernie and others.. I did leave it at that. Haha. I posted my opinion. That’s all I was doing. For the record, I have answered Ernie’s letter offline due to the length of the response, and the fact that it is offtopic to a great extent, I did not post it here.

I have nothing against John Titor, Ernie or anyone else. I’m simply trying to get to the bottom of the story. Unless, and until John comes forward with more information, my opinion is formed and won’t change.

I did however, post pictures of his time machine (actually, I posted the link where you can find them.. let me be more specific, I’ve never seen this thing in person, though I would like to see it).

If John wants a way to prove anything – which from his previous posts he has stated he DOESN’T WANT TO DO – then I am more than willing to look over his proofs. However – just because I were to look something over gives no more meaning to the rest of you than it would if one of you looked his stuff over, believed it then told ME.

You see.. we live in a time when we must see to believe. All of us.

I think the thread is very interesting myself. I think the guy that called us Sheep is wrong and it is folks like HIM that completely close off education and communication. *I* am not trying to do so. I simply made some statements that I don’t believe John is “for real”. If he is, I would love to know he is. However, so far, he hasn’t put enough evidence forward. So… PLEASE continue the thread and learn, if you can, the truth.

That’s all *I* want.

Posted by Ryan Murphy on 02-15-2001 08:08 AM

It would be impossible to calculate where the Earth would be, either 30 years ago or 30 years from now.

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 02-15-2001 08:28 AM

Hi All

I can see why Mr. Titor enjoys this.

You guys are pretty passionate about your beliefs. Then again, that’s what its all about.

Going over a few of the posts, and I say that they are full of the classical – “I find it hard to believe, therefore I declare it to be impossible” – types of postulates. I can see the levels you are defining, in some cases, – and I can see that they are encompassed in possibilities you are not considering

Ex.

—I find it very difficult to believe that a software tweak (hence ‘software engineers’, -software-) done to a 1975 machine could cause it to do this translation more effectively or more portably than something around even today. I find it almost impossible to believe that a tweak done by a ‘software engineer’ in 1975 could provide for you something that you could find at no other place between now and ‘your time’, and certainly without having to make a stop-over in our time to get back that far. —

Also, Ryan – I think John has provided some explanation regarding how positionings are affected by the mass and gravity of known OBJECTS. I would have to study the posts a little more carefully, though I would say that the variables used in computing projected postionings, rely heavily on detecting these known masses as opposed to trying to figure out where they would end up in space (and time).

One of the first assumptions I would discard is that physics suppositions are “either/or” proposals. My view (with a few years under my belt), is that things work more fluidly than that.

In viewing the following models take into consideration that the degrees I am talking about, are minuscule with respect to their effects on human activity – that’s why the “10%-15%” divergence over some 60 years, sounds OK to me.

If you looked at a weather system of HIGH and LOW pressures, and fronts, you would see isobaric “circles” that delineate common weather areas. Correlate these fields, as local “areas” or “eras” of time. Again the differences regarding how fast time “moves” in these “circles”, would be slight and perhaps unnoticeable. They would be enough, though, to provide “circles of common interaction” and (significantly, I believe), would also provide some sort of common playing field or “fabric” – for all the individuals within that area. Moving into other regions or circles, would be fluid transistions (as opposed to “either/or” transistions). I believe such a move would also precipitate new experiences. You might then have to deal with, what Terrence McKenna termed “DEGREES OF NOVELTY AND HABIT”. Moving into other “topographical areas”, you would also have to “shift gears” … your “sense of timing” would be a bit off, until you either found some groove of activity that you could fall into, or until you could create new ways of “being” and acting, to handle the new circumstances. The effects of novelty could be noticed in little things like misteps and mistakes, or unintended synchronicities that might seem to alter your path. The effects of falling into normal routines would soon cause your new environment to loose its “newness”.

Similarly, a geo-topological map (rings of altitudes) works the same in depicting (minor) GRAVITATIONAL fields. Again, I would think the degrees in gravitational differences, would be unnoticeably present, though present non-the-less.

Within these geographical “circles” of time, and gravitational pulls, people work out certain local and global destinies and intentions. These then cumulate into cultural topologies.

Given this model, the “degrees of separation” can only have extended effects depending on the interactivities of field compontents (you and me, or even other living things). John’s interactions on these boards probably have little effect on what’s going on in a small school room in the Ukraine, or a in hospital grieving area outside of Tokyo, at this very moment. They might have more of an effect on how you handle you’re work day after spending a morning reading posts, though. They might even have an effect on how a co-worker or fellow commuter handles their evening after they’ve been around you.

Discussions regarding such potential realities do seem to be a good way to get people to think – Its about time, after all <g>.

Posted by Lee Heggy on 02-15-2001 08:31 AM

It’s very possible to calculate such coordinates but you have to have a reference point to start from that is static in relation to the motion of the solar system and the rest of the universe. We know what direction we are moving in. You merely have to plot the points along that linear track. You would also want to be very careful and exact or you would end up inside of a cow or worse.

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 02-15-2001 08:31 AM

Actually, Ryan, that isn’t true.

I can, given the right software not only calculate the specific location of the earth 30 years ago, where it will be thirty years hence.

Based on the presumption that the sun is sitting still you can calculate the precise location of the earth at any time.

Given that the above is not true – that is the sun is traveling through space at several thousand miles per second, as well, as the planets moving about it, and the entire arm of the galaxy in which we reside is moving as well… it is more difficult, BUT not impossible.

As Captain Kirk once said to his crew after the battle with Khan, “he is thinking in two dimensions only”… we are thinking in three only. The fourth, time, is traveling away from us as precisely the same rate as it was a few moments ago. Given this we can calcuate the exact location based on several factors, knowing the current location of the sun, the past location of the sun and then figuring the future location of the sun.

Given this, we know that our Earth travels in an ellipse around the sun at a given speed over 365.25 days per year. That tells us the Earth will be in a specific location 30 years from now.

Personally, I’ve taken tracking programs meant for satellites and calculated the projected location of Near Earth Asteroids several times. If *I* can do it, certainly an advanced computer from the future can figure out where we are now.

Rick

Posted by Mel Reckling on 02-15-2001 10:05 AM

John,

How would someone that came here with no money all of the sudden have plenty of money now? You could have brought the lowest denomination coin of your time with a mint mark anywhere after 2001 and probably convinced almost all of us. At least some people. It would be hard to fake.

Posted by Simon Wiggins on 02-15-2001 10:35 AM

Cool

(1) Simply inscribe your knowledge of any large scale events (disasters, discoveries, etc etc) over the next six months (there should be at least one memorable example) into a text file.

(2) Encrypt said text file.

(3) Give text file to a custodian. I sure Art Bell would volunteer, he’s very interested in time travel.

(4) In six months time give Art the encryption key and he can reveal what you said.

Easy !

It doesn’t affect any timelines for that covered six months.
Art can’t peek, even if he wants to, which he probably would.

Thanks,
Simon.

Posted by Matt Hagemeier on 02-15-2001 10:41 AM

Does anybody here remember Marc Wade from the old BBS board. He was the first time travler, if I remember right, he talked of a future solcialistic, self supporting society as well, a ww3, millions die, and so on, but I can’t remember what time he said he was from.

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 02-15-2001 11:12 AM

I also remember “The Sun Is Not Real” in which a poster had me in stitches with his theory that the present sun was switched to a holographic representation, in the late 70’s? early 80’s.

Posted by Randy Empey on 02-15-2001 11:40 AM

Mr. Murphy —

If you are standing still on the surface of the earth, does the earth move away from you as the years progress?

It is not necessary to calculate and then adjust for the exact location of the earth relative to some static frame of reference like the center of the galaxy or some magic ‘origin’ point. Everything is relative. A TT blessed with a TT-device capable of traveling through time while standing still relative to the earth wouldn’t have to worry much about where the earth would be 30 years into the future — because he and his device are already moving in such a way that he will be in the same place 30 years down the time axis.

Of course this is assuming that Einsteins physics was at least accurate enough for such purposes. That is yet to be proven, but it has held strong for more than half a century, as a general case.

But the reality that makes his theory seem to work makes you argument next to moot.

John T. —

Are we having fun yet?

How ’bout some philosophy.

What is your conception of the nature of reality?

Is it subjective or objective?

Is there one grand reality, or is it ‘to each his own’?

Do you think there are any absolutes? If so, in which contexts?

Things of that nature . . . has our understanding (on the level of society you fit into) changed in these respects?

Does sin exist?

What happens when you die?

Etcetera Etcetera Etcetera . . .

— Randy E.

P.S. — Personally, I don’t understand why it is so important to the people who post here that they believe you . . . communications, such that they are, make perfect understanding between individuals dicey at best . . . how can I be sure that something that is in my ‘reality’ is in yours? How can anybody be sure of anything? Keep thinking . . . and perhaps, share your thoughts with those here which read first and write later.

Posted by Ernie Vega on 02-15-2001 11:45 AM

Smile

Hi all:
I’ve read Rick’s note and thank him for it. I have no animosity towards Rick or anyone else. At the risk of being corrected I believe Rick and I have worked out our difference of opinion. At least to my satisfaction.

bye for now

Posted by John Titor on 02-15-2001 12:07 PM

My Motive:

I’ve been in your time a bit longer than I had expected. 

My next opportunity to go home comes in the spring. For most of my adult life, I have read about, wondered and debated about this time. 

I value this opportunity to share experiences. If you absolutely believed I was a time traveler, with no skepticism whatsoever, then we would be unable to communicate. The focus of our attention would then always be on the machine. The experiences, opinions and reasons you do things are just as valid as mine and just as different. 

I hope to return home with a better understanding of why you think and believe the way you do. Although I do understand the reasons for asking, I won’t gain from any communication with you by spouting physics formulas and pop culture predictions. 

Please do not assume I am purposely avoiding questions. I am human, I get tired, and I forget things. Please, just remind me if I missed a question and I will get to it.

I do have one tip though. 

If you want me to go over your post in detail put, “Hey John, you’re a big Jerk.” at the end of the insightful and logical part, not the beginning. In fact, maybe you could just abbreviate it and put a number rating from 1-100 next to it so I know how strong you feel. Something like, HJYABJ (78). It would save space.

The Physics of Time Travel:

ACCELERATION = TIME DILATION
As pointed out earlier, acceleration will produce time dilation. This can be observed by the “twins paradox”. As one twin stays on Earth, the other twin in his accelerating spaceship experiences a slower passing of time. When he returns to Earth, he is noticeably younger than his twin who aged normally in Earth time. This type of “time travel” (should have been proven already on this worldline) with atomic clock experiments. With sufficient power, this type of time travel will only provide practical displacement in a future direction. This type of time travel is also isolated to a single worldline. You will not meet yourself.

GRAVITY = ACCELERATION
As Einstein pointed out with his STR, the effects of gravity and acceleration are the same. Therefore, you will experience the same time travel effects in the twin paradox by being close to a large gravity source. In the atomic clock experiments mentioned above, the reason there was a difference in time was not because the clock in the plane was moving, it was because the clock in the well was closer to the center of the Earth. Constant speed is not acceleration.

LARGE GRAVITY = STATIC BLACK HOLE
The next step is to find a large gravity source to use in your time machine. Static black holes provide this type of power. As one twin approaches the event horizon or edge of the black hole, the other twin will watch him as he appears to slow down. He will notice his twin’s watch run slower until it stops at the event horizon. The twin moving toward the horizon will notice none of this and see his watch running just fine. Although possible, a trip into a static black hole will not take you to another worldline and it’s one-way. The force of gravity will crush you.

ROTATING BLACK HOLE = DONUTS-SHAPED SINGULARITY
Fortunately, most black holes are not static. They spin. Spinning black holes are often referred to as Kerr black holes. A Kerr black hole has two interesting properties. One, they have two event horizons and two, the singularity is not a point, it looks more like a donut. These odd properties also have a pronounced affect on the black hole’s gravity. There are vectors where you can approach the singularity without being crushed by gravity. (For those interested in seeing a graphic of a photon trip through a Kerr black hole, try here)
http://qso.lanl.gov/~bromley/nu_nofun.html

DONUTS-SHAPED SINGULARITY = PASSAGE INTO ALTERNATE WORLD-LINE
Another other more interesting result of passing through a donut singularity is that you travel through time by passing into another universe or worldline. Please see Penrose diagrams for Kerr Black holes or you can examine the calculations of Frank Tipler.

So now the problem becomes…where do we find a doughnut-shaped singularity?

A PONDERING HAWKING = MICRO-SINGULARITY
Steven Hawking proposed the existence of micro-singularities that were created in the big bang. They were probably about the size of a proton and disappeared over the years due to an effect of radiation evaporation. (Yes, black holes do emit energy.)

HIGH ENERGY PHYSICS = ARTIFICIAL MICRO-SINGULARITY
When I first started posting online a few months ago, I said that major breakthroughs in particle physics were around your corner. Soon, CERN will bring their big machine on line and they will be smashing very fast and high-energy particles together. One of the more odd and potentially dangerous items produced from this incease in energy will be microsingularities a fraction of the size of an electron. (for those who would like to follow the developments at CERN)
http://public.web.cern.ch/Public/Welcome.html

ARTIFICIAL MICRO-SINGULARITY = LOCALIZED KERR FIELD
Through trial and error, and although they are quite heavy, hot and capable of putting out a great deal of energy (300 – 500 megawatts), it’s discovered that these microsingularities can be electrified and captured. It is also interesting to note at this point that electrified singularities also have two event horizons. By spinning these various microsingularities, a localized Kerr field is created.

LOCALIZED KERR FIELD = TIPLER SINUSOID
By using two microsingularites in close proximity to each other, it is possible to create, manipulate and alter the Kerr fields to create a Tipler gravity sinusoid. This field can be adjusted, rotated and moved in order to simulate the movement of mass through a donut-shaped singularity and into an alternate world line. Thus, safe time travel.

I will continue with the individual posts next. Thank you for your patience.

Posted by Ernie Vega on 02-15-2001 12:42 PM

Question

Hi John:
Is this what I think it is?

ARTIFICIAL MICROSINGULARITY = LOCALIZED KERR FIELD
Through trial and error, and although they are quite heavy, hot and capable of putting out a great deal of energy (300 – 500 megawatts), it’s discovered that these microsingularities can be electrified and captured. It is also interesting to note at this point that electrified singularities also have two event horizons. By spinning these various microsingularities, a localized Kerr field is created.

It looks like a prediction. Is it.

Best regards,
Ernie

Posted by Blonnie Dowden on 02-15-2001 01:04 PM

i would first like to state that i for one have never said you’re an idiot – i said you are aggravating. which is not really a personal problem w/yourself it is just how i perceive you to be. an adjective – not a noun.

this sentence bothers me:
“Although I do understand the reasons for asking, I won’t gain from any communication with you by spouting physics formulas and pop culture predictions.”

so that’s what this is all about? you come here & want us to “help” you by asking questions.. so you can figure out how -we- percieve things & why we think the way we do but you do not recipricate the efforts. you only discuss things that you care about or that -you- think are important or that -you- think you will “gain” something from. seems rather -one-sided- to me.

you say:
“The experiences, opinions and reasons you do things are just as valid as mine and just as different. I hope to return home with a better understanding of why you think and believe the way you do. ”

so you return home w/a better understanding while we’re left here w/the same questions we had before? it doesn’t seem very beneficial to -us-..just to -you- (at least from your statements).

-blonnie-

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 02-15-2001 04:13 PM

If all the idealists who have traveled the path of confronting skeptics, were laid end to end … ?they’d be better off that way?

Where are we in the universe BTW, irrespective of our relation to surrounding physical masses.

The galaxy, and us with it, is traveling at ~ 390 km/sec. The Local Group, superclusters … and on out… how fast are they traveling? With respect to what? Last time I looked at the moon there were no strings attached either. It just sort of sits out there and whirs around, kinda like we do… or at least as I do. Pretty trick, if’n anyone’s asking.

John – Ever have any oldsters (60-80 year olds) come up to you and mention past correspondences?

Take Care All!

Posted by John Titor on 02-15-2001 05:06 PM

The following are personal rules I try to keep(unless of course they conflict with my secret agenda). I look forward to discussing any discrepancies you may find.

PERSONAL RULES FOR TEMPORAL DISCLOSURE:

(1). I will not disclose any information that will cause someone to personally gain by its knowledge.

(2). I will not disclose any detailed information that would allow someone to avoid death by probability.

(3). I will not disclose any information that may compromise any future actions by individual people or threaten their family and well-being.

BLONNIE:

Thank you for your persistence and patience. It would appear some of my more sarcastic comments are directed at you. They are not and I apologize.

((so i am asking questions that can NOT be changed. someone can not change the fact that “Girly G. Hottie” is the next big name in showbusiness))

Rule 3 – Your future is not unchangeable? Why couldn’t harm may come to a person if I define them as someone who will do something in the future? However, in this case, I just don’t know. I am not familiar with pop culture in 2001.

((“keep an eye out for so-and-so..they will rise to fame.” or something like that. we couldn’t -change- that..))

I find this an interesting point you’ve made again. Why do you feel that would be unchangeable?

CRAIG:

((Are you being obtuse about Bonnie’s inquiries for more personal reasons? Her logic is pretty sound, and you’re avoiding discussing some of the things that people naturally find curious about other cultures…))

I very much want to discuss our cultures but please help me understand how you won’t be able to change something I tell you happened on my worldine.

((What kind of music is popular, what kind of recreation is enjoyable, what holidays are important…))

I’m not sure if you wanted to discuss these or not. If yes, I will be happy to do that.

((Do you feel some pleasure in breathing clean air and not having to check a geiger counter every few miles?))

Yes I do. However there is a fear about being here that I can only define as uncertainty. When I walk around in 2001, the air smells clean but I wonder if it really is. In 2036, there is no gray. The air is either clean or it will kill you. That feeling is very overwhelming when I eat here.

((Are there people in this time period who are hip (aware) of Time Travelers and who accept you as one?))

I have a very few precious relationships with people online who accept me as real or crazy and don’t ask any questions. Much of my email flows through them. My parents are the only ones that have access to everything I could use to prove who I am.

((I would imagine there are folk in our time, who travel in different circles (out of the mainstream), who have some money and/or some power, and who know things that the rest of us do not. Are you, or others, in touch with people like that? How ARE you financing things?))

I have taken very clever and reliable measures to go undetected. Yes, there are probably people like that but I am not in active conversation with them. My expenses are not that large. I spend a great deal of time now archiving.

JEFFERY:

((I spotted few typing errors in Johns comments so I will assume that he has had an average education by our standards))

You must be energized and anxious to improve your education system then. Please tell me what you plan to do.

((1. Name the immediate political successors to George Bush and Tony Blair.))

– RULE 3

((2. Name any human being/animal/invention which became famous from obscurity prior to today (This is really easy, just name anyone who shot to fame for anything – provided they are completely unknown now, and that it happens soon).) –

RULE 2, RULE 3

((3. Name any near future shock event that makes history – political assasinations, inventions, marriages etc, same rules – it should happen soon with nobody having a clue it was about to happen (exept maybe time-travellers).)

You mean other than the mad cow pandemic, the breakthroughs in high-energy physics and the unknown functions of the 5100? I realize I’ve only been on this board for a few weeks but I assume you’ve read the other postings I’ve made about these issues months ago in order to be so definitive.

((4. If you are older than 36 then there should be 2 of you here right now. You would both possess the same basic fingerprints and DNA. If you really want to prove your case then meet up with your younger self and get some police evidence.))

I am with my younger self. I don’t have a case to prove and I wonder how many needles I would be on the receiving end for that one. With your superior education, I assume you already figured out that pretty soon someone might try that with a clone. Be careful what you take for definitive proof.

ANGEL:

If he had a time traveler line open would you call in?

((How long will you be here in 2001? When are you going back?))

My first opportunity to go home is this spring.

((What all are you taking back with you?))

A lot of hard drives filled with books, archived web sites, pictures and audio files. I’m also taking back family items that were lost in the war.

((Is propane still around in the future?))

Yes but not very much of it comes from natural gas. Hydrogen is converted into propane because it’s easier to handle.

ROY:

((I would hope that the paradise I live in would somehow be spared (the Hawaiian Islands) but I suspect it would not be spared as a strategic target for obvious reasons))

My parents went to Hawaii on their Honeymoon. My dad told me a quick story about going to a fast food store and paying 6 or 7 dollars for a hamburger. I got an image in my head of a huge tanker filled with frozen hamburgers headed into the Pacific. Hawaii is very dependant on the mainland for food….isn’t it?

Thank you for your kind words.

MIKE:

((Logically though the revelation of his TT ability still makes no sense, as he could easily question people of this time and get all sorts of info without revealing himself.))

Medium like the internet offer unique opportunities for communication. When I return, I will be debriefed on my opinions about how people in 2001 will accept time travelers.

((So that leads to the question why would he reveal himself if he has no stated aganda for doing so?))

I’m not sure I exactly said that.

((2. John came here to give somebody a “Back to the Future” type of push so as to invent the Time Machine. (My opinion on this is that no one needs to “invent” the TM because if is has been built in the future then it has always been invented, and we are merely waiting for someone to “discover” it. Just look back at most of the major advancements in science, almost every invention of science already existed, it only needed people to put it together.

About the only things humans have invented deal in the arts. Music etc. This opinion comes from the “all times exist at once” theory.))

I find this one the most interesting. What do you think would happen if the United States, China or Russia suddenly developed a time machine and the rest of the world found out about it?

MY FRIEND JAVIER:

((…he does a maneuver that focuses the question back to the receiver, as to have him think it’s been answered, and to shut him up. (Which in fact, he just avoided answering it, by doing what he did). He does this very often, and I’d just wanted to point that out before he did it again.))

Hmmm….I am forced to admit I must rethink what I know about Mobius loops.

ANDREW:

((1) Does the last name Hubbard have any historical(is that the right term?) relevance?))

You may leave a message to yourself if you wish.

((2) What happens with Australia? does it play a major part in the war?))

I believed I wrote about Australia a bit earlier.

((3) What colloquial language is used in the future?))

Many people use the internet for communication and entertainment. I would say that affects our speech. We type very fast.

((4) What exactly happens to the water? does it get poisoned from radiation?))

Yes, radiation affected the water but that can always be distilled out. There are biological hazards that cannot. In addition, fresh water is hard to come by without talking to someone with a gun first.

((5) Have you actually met your parents? if so, what are their thoughts on you? ))

Yes. I am with them now. I would say it’s a combination of fear and relief.

((6) Does time have ends?))

Yes. It is believed that all world-lines end. It is also thought that parallel world-lines that appear to be the same end at different times. [Highlight by Metallicman.]

((7) Lets just say that people from the future are manipulating events now, such as preventing a tragedy, making it never occur. If it never occurred, no body would be sent back to stop it, which would mean that the event does take place. This would lead to the prevention of it happening again, and so on. What would happen in one of these situations?))

Based on my understanding of time, manipulation of your worldline by future time travelers would have no affect on their original or home worldline. If that is happening, it must be for a desired outcome or result on your worldline only. If UFOs are time travelers, they plan on reaping what they sew from you not their home.

RYAN

((John, if you really did travel through time you’d be dead. You have to take into account that the universe is expanding, the Earth, the solar system and the galaxy are all moving. If you truely did travel back through time, you’d materialize in 1970 where the Earth WILL be in 2036, which is the vacuum of space.))

This is an excellent point and one I thought I went over a bit earlier. There is a gravity lock system that compensates for the local gravity outside of the Tipler sinusoid. This is the reason the unit is only accurate to about 60 years.

RICK:

((Specifically, you stated my questions were “rather specific” and you’d be “love to discuss physics and happy to walk through the operation (I assume of the machine)”. A few lines later you state (after me saying you should know a hell of a lot more about the machines you’re operating) that you do know much about it, but you’re not willing to share it with everyone. So… which is it? Are you willing to share information on the operation, a walkthrough of the machine, time travel… or AREN’T YOU?))

I suppose I am thinking about the physics and the engineering as separate subjects. I apologize for the confusion and I will be happy to answer your questions more directly.

((I asked legitimate questions. They were ignored, then later, when I asked others, they were skirted.))

Perhaps we could just start over again?

ANDREW:

((1) What role does Australia play in the war? You stated elsewhere that they repulse a Chinese invasion – Does this mean Australian government side with your enemy? (As I think I recall you stating that they allied with your side + Russia… Could be wrong though.))

There were deep divisions in Australia also. I would associate it more with a powder keg than a civil war.

((2) Does intercontinental transportation still exist? If so, have you visited other countries?))

Yes, but the market is much smaller. No, I have not been overseas.

Page 12 on coming…

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-15-2001 07:53 PM

Wink

John,

What state do you live in now in 2001?

Is John Titor your real name?

What do you look like? Post a picture of your self.

What is your secret agenda?

Is this dialogue between people in these posts part of your secret agenda?

Does your younger self realize what you are?

Are you married?

What rank were you in the Army?

Where did you go to BCT?

What company were you with, and what year did you graduate from BCT?

You have any fears? If so, what are they?

What are the rules for fraternizing with people who aren’t from your time; do you make friends easily here in 2001?

What would the DOD do to you if they found you out?

What would you do if someone attempted to investigate you? Hundreds of people go through these forums a day I’m sure. Some of which can be government. Aren’t you at all worried that it’s only a matter of time before you are found out?

And you said; “I very much want to discuss our cultures but please help me understand how you won’t be able to change something I tell you happened on my worldine.”

Can you elaborate further on the matter?

I appreciate you answering these questions for me John, and thank you for calling me your friend .

-Javier C.

HJYABJ 100

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 02-16-2001 08:00 AM

John,

I want you to understand something – since you’re using our discussions to make a determination of our thinking for when you go back. Understand that I don’t think you’re a jerk, but I believe you to be a “false time traveler” at this point. HOWEVER, I will say that you took the time to post some information that DOES answer some of my questions. Your disertation on physics (at least in a small way) confirms a few things that I think are relatively accurate.

Are the pictures (at the URL I posted a couple days ago) YOUR pictures of your time machine? (http://pub2.ezboard.com/fmagisystemstimelordsanonymus.showMessage?topicID=53.topic)

I’m going to help John answer a question that someone else asked. “What would the DOD do to you if they found you out?”

John would be grabbed by government federal agents and held incognito until a determination could be made based on national security. He certainly would be at risk of his life in “all probability” because he IS (will be/was – put in any decriptors based on tense you wish) a threat to national security in “our time”.

Here is why. John claims to come from a different time, our future time actually. Even though it is perhaps a different time thread, or time line, he could affect the outcome of our own future either through active participation or negligent participation. In other words, Johns actions could conceivable make a difference what happens. This is the main reason he is following some very specific “non interference” doctrine.

The very fact that John has made himself “visible” to the users here makes him a target. Believe it or not – *I* work for the government. I work in an area that, while my particular job has nothing to do with this, am extremely interested in his statements. Yes – we in the government DO watch for things like this. However, rest assured, if I went to the security office and said “I have access to a time traveler” I’d get laughed at. I’d have to get in touch with the “right people” to “report” the incident, and even then the skeptics would over rule the “believers”.

What this means is, even though John could be consider a national security threat, he certainly is safer than even me, who works daily in government facilities.

Now that I have admitted my “government participation” let me tell you MY motive. Time travel. Afew days ago, someone sent me a copy of a time travel ad. I was intrigued by this. The ad, mysteriously appeared on Art Bells site last night. (Go there and look at it – you will see precisely what I saw). I have drafted a letter indicating I’m interested. Yes, I have my own weapons (and a family, grandkids and kids ) but… if I had a chance to go back in time, I would take it. Assuming I could get back. haha.

My problem is that I would “interact” I believe. I would find the idea of interaction almost irresistable, which I would assume is one of the things psychologists would have a problem with time travelers in any case.

The US government… Russian or any other, would be in the same boat. They would, if they could believe it, GRAB and hold time travelers – checking the veracity of their stories and preventing them from having any interaction with anyone.

Sound about right John?

I have a distinct feeling that I want to “believe” that John is truly a time traveler. The reason is simple and probably selfish. I have always said I want to live to see the ripe old age of 200. I MIGHT make it to 150 given todays medical advancements. If so, I have around 107 years to go. I can’t wait to see what the future holds.

I want to LIVE time though, I don’t want to go to the future and not be able to get back to my family and friends. I want to see that something so fantastic and so outlandish that it is science fiction right now, come true.

Those are MY motives for being here, chatting about this.

Granted, there are deeper, more scientific discussions on other boards and elsewhere in the scientific community, but they are “deeper” than I wish to delve. John has given me at least that tiny hope that somewhere out there, on some time line, someone will indeed do what we’ve been believing all along.

So – John, my comments about being fraudulent – please don’t take them seriously and please do not think I have anything against you personally, nor wish to discredit you. I only want the honest truth.

If you tomorrow, said, Rick, this was an experiment in psychology, writing, or fantasy – whatever, I would not be surprised. If I had a way to prove you were truly a time traveler – that secret would be safe with me (as would anything else you told me). See, I believe in America, and I believe in Freedom.

I believe if you’re really what you say you are – then you’re a hope for the future. Even if there is ‘civil war’ or nuclear war – people like myself are already prepared for those things.

Whatever comes of this… best of luck in either your studies in psychology, time travel or writing. I’ll be listening in (and commenting) from time to time.

Rick

Posted by Ernie Vega on 02-16-2001 10:26 AM

Thumbs up

Hi Rick, John, all:

I also found John’s post regarding the specifics to be beyond much contention. My scale is tipping toward belief.

I’ll say this much. The descriptions John provided are much more convincing than his ability to write a given equation. I think I understand why Rick was impressed as I know a bit more about Rick today than I did 2 days ago I mean his technical background.

Here is my opinion.

John thus far has demonstrated the following:

Ability to discuss physics that seems to rise (eventually) to the level of the question posed.

High degree of intelligence.

Has not wavered in his ethical assertions regarding (verifiable) disclosure of future events.

No interest in making money for this (so far)

Continuity of statements (not 100%, but he’s human)

Accurate cultural behavior for a person from the world he claims to come from.

Has “I believe” made more than 1 verifiable prediction. (I think) correct me if I misunderstood his post.

Patience

A degree of loyalty to his country, and for democracy not found every day. He has read the Constitution and understood it. IMHO

Hinted that he may have had something to do with recent events that did not come to pass.

An accurate depiction of the climate that would escalate to the wars and events he describes.

Made statements that contradict many other Time Traveler's
Statements.

Has attempted to answer most of what is asked of him.

The ability to accurately relate a story as if he had been there.

A great deal of self control when “questioned”.
(for you Rick

In general has been a very good thread host.

None of this proves he’s a time traveler, but it does prove to me that I should continue to read the posts, and ask further question.

As someone recently mentioned a preponderance of circumstantial evidence builds credibility.

I have a question for John:

John, what would it take to get you to stick around after spring and leave during the next window of opportunity?

I fear that another month or 2 may not be enough time to get as much said and discussed as I would like to have.

Regarding the photos. I have asked 6 friends that have been in the military and “whatever” the device is in the photo looks very authentic. The manual also is what you would expect from the military. The revisions on the cover page look normal for such a manual. Maybe Rick can take a close look at the photos. Has anyone done any imaging on the photos to make the individual controls on the “machine” more visible.

In your “world time” have things like “Sasquatch” , “Loch Ness monster”, and other reported unusual animals been seen, or captured or explained away.

Is remote viewing used to gather military intelligence?

Are psychics still common? are they used by the government?

Is there a Police Dept as we know it. Have any of your top leaders or politicians been jailed or impeached?

John, any chance of getting a better set of photos with more of the manual?.

John please respond to my question as to “the prediction” did I jump the Gun? (get ahead of myself).

One final question? Is there a Global Superpower state and what nation is it.

Best regards,
Ernie

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 02-16-2001 10:48 AM

I think I understand. I guess you are held accountable, in some way, for changes that occur in your time period. You would know, and I guess no one else has to. Let me see if I get this. You tell me about a new cultural fad – for instance, let’s say Czech Dance Wear, becomes chic. I keep my eye on trends, and invest, in a way that benefits me, at the exclusion of someone else. OR I open a shop that begins the trend and then trend burns out sooner than it otherwise would. Then you, on your time-line, notice, when you get back, that the weekly dance at the local Youth Hall is no longer centered around Czech Bouncing, for the summer of ’36. Instead, for some quirky reason, Cowboy Line Dancing appeals to everyone for a few weeks or months during this period. Otherwise everything else remains relatively unchanged.

Please answer this question to the best of your ability to assist us. I’m a big believer in grassroots resourcefulness, and its power in creating discerning situations that test people’s willingness and ability to make their own way.

It seems to me that with the cities under such stresses, people would flock in large numbers to remote areas like Winnipeg (sorry guys) or some other region with plenty of clean water, air and soil. Why is this such a nelected fix? I would also imagine that the network of Intentional Communities (communes?) that took root over the years, would provide infrastructural support to a nation needing to find its “FOXFIRE” roots.

If I was transposed to the 1920’s or 30’s, you would have a hard time keeping me off the streets, out of public places, shops, concert halls, etc. just trying to take it all in. Ditto with just about any other time and place.

Which reminds me of an old story about the TT who saw a sign outside a restaurant that said “Breakfast served any time”. He eventually settled on eggs benedict during the Renaissance.

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 02-16-2001 11:35 AM

It is interesting to note that the photos posted on that other site were posted by an “anonomyous time traveler” some time back. It fits the exact description John has give us of his machine. Therefore, based on his discription alone, I would say he is the one that posted the pictures. If he didn’t post them, then he is using them for the basis of his story.

Regardless of the two suppositions above, the device appears to be “authentic” to me. I have some experts looking at the manual and the pictures as well – for obvious reasons, I won’t tell you who because they aren’t aware of this discussion and I don’t intend to tell them about it.

I am extremely familiar with military spec equipment in many forms, more specifically communications systems of various types. I have never seen this particular item (in my time… ) nor anything vaguely resembling it. HOWEVER, it does have the look and feel of a piece of gear produced by a large corporation for the military.

John – in looking closely at this device, I see there is a hand control unit – with some sort of screen on it. I assume this is the computer interface through which the device is programmed (or time settings are made). Is that an accurate assumption? What does the display show you (for instance, does it simply show things like time/date calculations, or radiation [probably wrong word] of the fields from the device?)

Also, there are 16 apparent buttons. I have to assume further that these are multifunction keys (that is you press one for an alt/control function and other buttons have names or labels and perhaps even numerical meanings). Is that also accurate?

thanks

Posted by Doug Beauchamp on 02-16-2001 05:38 PM

At the very beginning of this thread, I was very skeptical. Who wouldn’t be on a topic like this? However, I find myself believing it even more with each page. 

What I find strange is why so many people don’t believe. 

I think we’ve established that a majority of us do believe time travel a possibility. Most of us also believe that the human race does indeed learn how to travel to time sometime in the future. 

If we believe this, then why do we find it so hard to believe that there are people from the future among us? 

If John is not a time traveler, then he’s a **** good lier. There are minor flaws in his stories, but I think there are more strengths than flaws. Maybe I just believe his story because I want to (selective belief).

As for the issue of security, I think Rick covered it all. 

I don’t think the government would be as open-minded to this topic as some of us. Unless John proved he was a time traveler, I don’t think anyone will be using his IP to track him. 

Which is a reason I don’t think John can be proving to us that he is indeed a TT. (Maybe that’s one of the lessons in TT training.) Unless there is a branch of the FBI similar to the X-Files, I doubt anyone will be knocking on Johns door anytime soon.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-16-2001 08:48 PM

So John, when do you plan on answering my questions?

Is there a problem in answering?

Please let me know…. I await you.

-Javier C.
Sysop: We do not provide links to other boards, Sorry. Peace, Mary

[Edited by Mary Rowland on 02-16-2001 at 09:19 PM]

Posted by Tim Utterback on 02-16-2001 10:17 PM

Wink

Hey John. If you can’t dazzle them with brilliance. Then baffle them with BS!!!

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-17-2001 12:10 AM

Man, that’s the second time someones edited out my posts. But that’s not important, what is, is your answers John.

I’m still waiting. So far it’s been 48 hours. What’s wrong? Are you unable to answer?

Posted by Roy Meserve on 02-17-2001 11:13 AM

Hello,

Thanks for your reply. Yes, unfortunately Hawai’i is quite tied to the fate of the mainland US in major ways. Efforts at some amicable sovereignty are halting or stillborn.

Just wanted to recommend a book I think might tell you volumes about present macro socio-economic conditions that lay the foundation for the evolving political divisions you state lead to a civil war in the US in the near future.


The book is “When Corporations Rule the World” by John C. Korten.

While certainly not the only important work or view of this present paradigm, behind the ‘sturm und drang’ of partisan noise and distraction, this well-written and researched book by a dedicated veteran of more than 30 years abroad in various aid and developmental programs aimed at Third world areas, squarely  focuses on the escalating conglomeration of power and money increasingly in the hands of the few and the resulting loss of control over individual and community autonomy. 

Now, in the twilight of the 21st century, this locus of capital, political influence and media control is taking on a life of its own, out of the control of even those at the top of the command hierarchy, with concomitant social decline, rampant environmental degradation, and of course the threat of war as a means both of deflection of attention on the real problem, and further dividing and conquering to consolidate ever more power. 

No black hats and white hats, per se, but more the result of unthinking acceptance of a certain economic model at the root.

This is why I feel there is a kind of inevitability to some sort of wrenching change, whether or not it follows ‘your’ probable outcome. Another older book by a similar ‘dissociated’ entity that might interest you is “The Nature of Personal Reality” by Jane Roberts (circa 1979-80). From a ghost no less! Both can be found at the public library, but are worth perusal. Submitted humbly in the spirit of apocalypse or (Greek)- ‘unveiling’….

regards,

Roy

Posted by Andrew Hubbard on 02-17-2001 08:40 PM

1) would you be able to internationally travel by traveling to the year 2001, fly a plane to the desired destination, and then go to the future from there?

2) If each world line is separate from the others, then wouldn’t the consequences of your actions now have no effect on your original world-line? If this is the case, why won’t you tell us things that will give us knowledge or let us avoid death? My only guess is that you are not a time traveler, and don’t want to say anything that could make a gullible person do something stupid.

3) how can I leave a message for myself in the future if the things i do in this world-line do not effect the others?

Posted by Michael E. Hendrickson on 02-18-2001 08:03 AM

The falsity of your claims is revealed in your predicted scenario for our country in the years 2004-2012,i.e., a virtual collapse of our constitutional system into a warring divide between the cities and the countrysides, with a farmer general leading the latter to victory in 2012, presumably, after a horrendous, internecine struggle. 

I believe in fact this describes a plot in one or more science fiction novels written in the past 50 years.

This scenario could plausibly describe events which, perhaps, might occur 100 years from now, or even much further in the future, but most certainly not commencing a mere three years from now. A breakdown of this magnitude would’ve had to have been preceded by many more fracturing events other than Ruby Ridge, Waco,the Oklahoma bombing,etc., over a much longer period of time in order to culminate in your predicted scenario.

Given what we know about our society today with its very stable system of government(however else you may wish to describe it), your prediction of its pending disintegration, beginning in three short years, is utterly improbable, if not impossible. Hmm., I’m, trying to think, was it Asimov or Kurt Vonnegut Jr. who originally authored this scenario? MH

P.S. The idea of a farmer general leaving his fields to lead his country’s troops to victory is an old one going back, at least, to Roman times. Lucius Quintus Cincinnatus, I believe, was the gentleman’s name, from the 5th Century B.C. Roman Republic.

[Edited by Michael E. Hendrickson on 02-18-2001 at 08:28 AM]

Posted by Ernie Vega on 02-18-2001 11:06 AM

The recent film “Gladiator” featured Maximus a farmer general who defeated a “fictionalized” Commodus.

I guess if you asked Joseph Campbell there are only a few stories and all literature is the re-telling of the same few stories in different settings.

Boy saves girl
Boy saves the nation
Girl dies boy avenges
Boy gets girl usually another boy loses girl.
Underdog defeats the champ. David and Goliath, farmer general
Good boy goes bad
bad boy goes good
and a few more.
there are a few that’s all then we just enhance the content to fit our cultural needs.

Peace

Posted by Randy Empey on 02-18-2001 11:36 AM

Mr. Vega and Mr. Hendrickson:

The wonderful ability for the human mind to group things by similarities, generalize, and vaguely remember stories heard in the past exists.

But it is not conclusive proof of the falsity of anybodies claims.

I, as an attempted-author (pretty similar to being an attempted-murderer), have ran into the ‘universal hero myth’ dillema face to face, in mental combat to the death . . . and have yet to arrise victorious . . . but it does not mean I have no good stories to tell, nor that they are unoriginal. And it certainly doesn’t mean that any story I may come up with is most definetly not true . . .

I am fairly certain that proving anything is impossible. (By this I mean proving ABSOLUTELY . . . within certain frameworks, like mathematics, things can be proven . . . but in general? I think not. In what we call ‘reality’? I also think not. Life would be too simple.)

If this is true, and I think it is, it also follows that it is impossible to disprove anything — although the two are often different problems.

So the ongoing ‘discussion’ about the veracity of this TT’s claims is largely in vain. Good works may yet come from it, but I am sure there are better ways to spend this thread. John has already suggested this, it seems to me, and I believe it is everybody’s best interest to recognize that we have never been in the realm of absolutes and that the main goal here is the intelligent exchange of ideas, observations, insights and ‘feelings’.

Just because a plot appears often in the worlds portrayed in science fiction doesn’t preclude them from being what you seem to consider science fact.

Spacecraft are a prime example of this.

Timecraft ARE ALSO!

The mind is the ultimate vessel for any kind of exploration . . . lets please direct our miranderings a little more effectively even on this micro level, . . . if only to please my aesthetic sense!

I’m sure we will all be a lot happier and the fruits will then be better.

Posted by Ernie Vega on 02-18-2001 02:56 PM

Cool

Hi all:
Randy, although I remain to be convinced as to the nature of John or his story. I have never said he was a fake or a fraud, or a liar, actually, I expressed frustration at the seemingly all important “is he or isn’t he” debate.

I propose that “what John is” is irrelevant to this conversation. What is relevant is the ideas, and very good technical information being discussed here. I can tell you that I’m sure that some of the posters know more about time travel and it’s why’s and why nots, than they did prior to coming here.

The real interesting conversation has been about the culture he describes, and the way they approach life.

My comment regarding story lines is accurate. It does not however, detract from any literary work. It also had no connection to John Titor, I was actually disagreeing with the previous poster that stated that the Farmer General metaphor somehow was indicative of deception on Johns part, or a weak link in his story. The Farmer General is nothing new. History is replete with Farmer Generals.

I was pointing out to him the “preponderance” of similarity that exists in the area of “plot development”. As an author you must have at times asked yourself if the scene you were creating did not sound too much like “this”, or “that”.

Anyway, I just wanted to clarify the point.

Oh one more thing.

You say
The mind is the ultimate vessel for any kind of exploration . . . lets please direct our miranderings a little more effectively even on this micro level, . . . if only to please my aesthetic sense!

Please excuse me if I misunderstood but neither I nor anyone else here is going direct their meanderings in any direction to please “your” sense of Aesthetics.

As soon as you become a moderator here you can dictate whatever you want. Remember that whatever you post will most likely get a response.

By the way “effective meandering” is a poor choice of metaphor, you see it’s a borderline oximoron.

Peace

[Edited by Ernie Vega on 02-18-2001 at 03:24 PM]

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-18-2001 11:04 PM

Smile

OK John, I know your playing this Machiavelli role again, of going silent and hiding. But just wanted to let you know, that when you do return, answer my questions first. I asked first. So don’t avoid answering my questions. Got that ?

-Javier C.

Posted by Lola Montez on 02-19-2001 12:23 AM

Hello,
To John Titor:

I have found this thread very interesting. 

How far from what size city is it the safest to be? 
You suggest bicycle. What about horseback? 
Should we be stockpiling guns? 
What kind of people will be the ones least trustworthy? 
Is the conflict racial in any way? 
Does the civil war start in such a way that with this foreknowledge those willing will have time to remove themselves to safer locations? 
Will you readily be able to identify the enemy? 
Does living near a river with a distillation unit take care of water problems? 
How are the five people within the 100 miles contacted? 
Do communications stay intact? 

I have 86 acres on a river in Central California about 125 miles north of LA. I have geese, turkeys, horses, chickens, milk cows, good pasture, a well run by electricity, and a garden. I also have two teenage sons who are gun nuts. Plenty of rifles, semi-automatic and otherwise. Any comment on our chances or suggestions? My oldest son, 19, is joining the army for 3 years. Will he be asked to kill his countrymen?

I look forward to hearing from you.

Posted by Emmett “Darby” Darbyshire on 02-19-2001 01:22 AM

John,

Sometime earlier you wrote that there are no paradoxes in time travel. I have a question regarding a paradox that I can’t seem to overcome. Maybe you can help.

People who posit theories of time travel generally write in terms of time travel in years. My problem deals with very short trips – the kind that early experimenters would most likely attempt (to avoid divergence problems if nothing else).

In this experiment the traveler only goes 30 seconds into the past to appear in his lab. It seems that 30 seconds before his experiment was to begin he saw himself apppear in the lab. There would now be two travellers and two time machines. It doesn’t appear that it ends that simply as the “second” time traveller says that he saw a duplicate self appear in the lab thirty seconds before he started the trip. It would appear that its a time loop and an infinite number of duplicates see a duplicate self appear in the lab thirty seconds prior to the start of the trip.

Your time machine weighs 500 lbs and an average man weighs about 180 lbs. So lets say that that the mass is about 700 lbs per traveller. What is the mass of the duplicates and where did the mass come from? What is the result of the duplicates arriving ~simultaneously at the ~same place and time? How long will it take for the loop to decay? Will it decay? Is it a loop? What happens if the experimenter, upon seeing his duplicate, decides not to continue the experiment?

Posted by Randy Empey on 02-19-2001 07:52 AM

Mr. Vega, I excuse you as you ask. Complete understanding between separate entities in this world is likely an impossibility. I claim no such moderatorship — I was just attempting to appeal to everybody's sense of ‘proper actions during mutually-benificial social interactions’ (I hate it when I can’t find the right, single word to say what I want to say . . .) . . . attempting to phrase it in a way that hasn’t already been said here . . . obviously, at least in your case, it back fired. I still feel its a good sentiment.

“Effective meandering” appealed to me for exact reason which seems to make you feel it was a poor metaphor. It has the meaning I intend, as I know the language.

———

John T:

Since you are stockpiling examples of written word from this time, whether to bring back to the future or for sources in your own written endeavours, I suggest you make this a two way street — you take our words, so lets have some more of yours.

Do you remember any poetry or verse from after 2001 in your past?

Is there an active market on new books in your time, or has that infranstructure not rebuilt it self? Are most the books available old or new?

Out of curiosity, as a rough judge of character, have you read the works of J.R.R. Tolkien? And did you enjoy them.

Actually, this all boils down to the question the last few posters have been getting at — R U THERE?

All –

Even if John never posts again, this thread would still seem to be useful . . . there is enough conflict here to make it good drama.

I think time-travel is possible . . . others among us think its impossible . . . there are other threads where battles in this war are fought . . . but this particular theatre is far from over.

Posted by John Titor on 02-19-2001 11:03 AM

CHAD:
((1. You have claimed several times that you will not participate in assisting anyone to get out of ‘death by probability’. Yet any number of the things that you have said could have already caused an individual to do or not do something that will now result in them either dying, or escaping death an otherwise fated death.))

It would help if you could give an example. If you are referring to the conflict and war in your future, I’m not sure I’m specific enough to help any individuals avoid anything. Suggesting there is a war coming is a bit different than saying avoid Washington DC at 3:45 AM on March 12, 2015.

((There is no way for you to know if there is no future world leader reading this and believing.))

Are you sure about that? Besides, I think you can have just as much impact as any “future leader”.

((2. You claim that you have no interest in proving to us that you are a time-traveler. To hear you take such a stance is laughable. Look at what a show you have put on here. Instead you tell us that you only wish us to make us aware of time-travel as a possiblity (see #1 again), or that you only wish to observe us and speak of cultural and religious issues, something interesting to a historian.))

I submit there is no way for me to prove anything on the internet, therefore it makes no sense to desire it. What exactly do you think I could do to prove it to anyone? I am confused by your term “the show”. Do you feel my only goal here is to entertain?

((You came and posted on this site with one intention that was clear as of your first post: to make us believe that you are a time-traveller. You have continued this thread for that purpose alone, and I find everything you have done supports this.))

Again, I am unable to make you do anything nor would I want that.

((As far as wishing to speak of issues regarding our humanity, or culture, it is quite clear that this is not your intention (contrary to what you insist). If you truly wished to do this your first line would not have been, ‘I am a time-traveller’. If you truly wished to do this you would not have continued this thread once you realized that line would not serve your claimed goals.))

I learn a great deal about your culture from the words you write (like right now). What do you think my goals are?

((The entirety of this thread has been: you developing your story.))

I’m not sure I understand this. How would “my story” differ it was “developed”?

((I find it very difficult to believe that a software tweak (hence ‘software engineers’, -software-) done to a 1975 machine could cause it to do this translation more effectively or more portably than something around even today.))

Ahhh…something we have in common. Yes, I felt that way too. However, my job was to go and get it and not debate why they wanted it. I am not a computer expert.

((I find it almost impossible to believe that a tweak done by a ‘software engineer’ in 1975 could provide for you something that you could find at no other place between now and ‘your time’, and certainly without having to make a stop-over in our time to get back that far.))

A great deal of the computer infrastructure you depend on is based on very old systems and code. One of the reasons I was sent to 1975 was because of the person I met there, not the technology.

((Furthermore, I find the notion that one of a limited number of time-machines would be used in this manner to be nothing short of nonsensical. There are more effective ways to accomplish what you claim in this regard.))

Perhaps you would share them with me. You might be right and I could make your suggestions when I return.

((4. I have, and continue to believe Dr. Hawking’s view in regards to the possibility of time travel if indeed the model of time is what you have suggested, that all possibilities occur in different time-lines, in different universes is the way that time truly is. For this reason alone I cannot accept you. It is entirely logical, and I have seen no good case to counter it.))

I’m not sure I understand what you mean. If you believe in Multiple World Theory, Hawking was not the one who first thought of that. If you do, then I must be real if all possibilities exist. As I recall, Hawking felt that it was possible to build a machine but some sort of vacuum fluctuations would destroy it right before you tried to use it.

((You claim that you have no desire to prove your story to us, yet everything you have done from the moment you first posted here has flown in the face of that.))

I’m not sure that’s true. In fact, I’ve tried to point out on at least two occasions that anything I do (at the request of someone else) to support my claims can be found someplace else on your worldline right now.

((What is more, you bring with you the claim that you will tell us no names, no locations, or any specifics as a result of your supposed ethics. If those were indeed the ethics you were committed to and reasoned with, you would not be here now.))

I am curious about this also. Do you think I should not interact with you for your safety or mine?

((I visit with a pink unicorn in the garden behind my house at night and it talks to me. I would show it to you but it only comes out when I am alone.))

For some reason, I believe you.

RYAN:
((Time travel may be possible, but if you were to time travel, you would NOT land on Earth. You would land in a vacuum of space. You have to take into account that the universe is expanding, the Earth, the solar system and the galaxy are all moving. If you truely did travel back through time, you’d materialize in 1970 where the Earth WILL be in 2036, which is NOT Earth.. it’s space.))

Yes, this is a problem. 

It was solved by taking a “snapshot” of the local gravity around the unit before leaving a world-line and incorporating it into the sinusoid during travel. 

The short answer is, you “stick” to the earth but this is only a useful explanation to understand it and it’s not practical. Since the computer system is using a virtual reference, the calculations become flawed. Thus:

[1] Based on the accuracy and timing of the “snapshots” the distortion units are limited to how long they can travel before becoming unstable.

[2] We must leave and arrive in areas we have prior or future knowledge of in order to avoid massive objects (buildings, water, etc…)

[3] The unit has a fail-safe system during travel that drops out in case of a unit shutdown or radical departure in gravity readings.

((Answer this factoid, John, and I will believe you until the ends of the Earth.))

Again, you should not offer this to anyone for any reason.

RICK:
((If John wants a way to prove anything – which from his previous posts he has stated he DOESN’T WANT TO DO – then I am more than willing to look over his proofs. However – just because I were to look something over gives no more meaning to the rest of you than it would if one of you looked his stuff over, believed it then told ME.))

Exactly!

MEL:
((How would someone that came here with no money all of the sudden have plenty of money now? You could have brought the lowest denomination coin of your time with a mint mark anywhere after 2001 and probably convinced almost all of us. At least some people. It would be hard to fake.))

The reason I don’t have 2036 money is because it takes up weight, space and can be faked and I can’t use it for anything. What type of expenses do you think a time traveler would have that I would need so much money for?

SIMON:
((1) Simply inscribe your knowledge of any large scale events (disasters, discoveries, etc etc) over the next six months (there should be at least one memorable example) into a text file.

(2) Encrypt said text file.

(3) Give text file to a custodian. I sure Art Bell would volunteer, he’s very interested in time travel.

(4) In six months time give Art the encryption key and he can reveal what you said.))

The only problem is, now you have to trust the person who brings the information forward.

RANDY:
I’m not sure you really wanted me to answer those questions. If you could be more specific I would enjoy the conversation. Do you believe that faith alone will get you to God? Do you believe in an organized force of evil that works against men’s souls?

13 coming…

Posted by Randy Empey on 02-19-2001 01:00 PM

Thumbs up

John T —

I would like you to answer any of the questions which you feel you can answer. I would not ask were I not curious. You, of course, are allowed to censor yourself and direct the conversation by what you choose to respond to and say.

It may interest you to read some of the other threads on this bbs, the ones about other topics, like religion . . . and post in them.

But I think I can provide a brief response to your questions to promote further conversation here.

I believe that faith AND good works will get one to God. There are other things, but they can arguably be included under the headings of ‘faith’ and ‘good works’.

I believe there is an organized force of evil that works against God’s plan for men’s souls. Its all part of the plan.

Your next question may be “Why do you believe that?” . . .

My answer is two part:

[1] I was born into a family where such beliefs run strong. It feels right to believe what my loved ones believe.

[2] My studies since my childhood have done nothing but confirm that such beliefs are at least well founded, if not indicated by the way I understand that ‘things’ work in this reality. By this I allude to many different avenues of the pursuit of knowledge. Recently, the most convincing has been things I’ve learned in my study of physics, of all things . . .

Some scientist say science has made them atheists . . . I say science, as I understand it, has had the opposite effect on many others.

I like to think, and the more I think, the more I become convinced that my beliefs are accurate enough for my purposes.

But, they are beliefs, and I could not prove them to you.

Another reason why I am stubborn in some of these beliefs, the religious ones and other parts of my philosophy is because it feels right — almost as if by intuition or subconscious communications from ‘the other side’.

I don’t think the possibility of TT disagrees in any way with any of the elements of my philosophy.

I think many reading this thread would like you to expound on the elements of your philosophy, John.

I vaguely remember you mentioned being religious . . . am I remembering straight? (I’ll look over the past posts of course, but reiteration doesn’t hurt.) How would you answer your own questions?

Could you talk a bit more on how the ‘many worlds’ view point introduced by the advent of the TT tech. developed in your society affects the religious views of both the masses and the thinkers?

I think that it works with the way I understand things — Falling under the ‘many flocks’ argument, if nothing else.

You mention gathering written material here . . . so I assume you do a lot of reading — before this trip, in your spare time, did you read much fiction? If so, what genre? Any books from this century?

What brought you to this bbs in the first place?

And here is another character-o-meter question I’d like you to answer: Have you seen George Lucas’s Star Wars Trilogy (bonus points for any of the prequels or sequels)?

Posted by Joe Norris on 02-19-2001 01:12 PM

Question

1: What happens to Bill Clinton between now and 2036

2: What happens to Bill Gates between now and 2036

I am sure these are both headline events that will be talked about for several years to come.

Posted by John Titor on 02-19-2001 01:14 PM

RANDY:
((I believe that faith AND good works will get one to God. There are other things, but they can arguably be included under the headings of ‘faith’ and ‘good works’.

I believe there is an organized force of evil that works against God’s plan for men’s souls. It’s all part of the plan. Your next question may be “Why do you believe that?” ))

Please don’t think me so cynical. I would never insult or degrade someone’s religious views. My next questions would be “what about knowledge?” I am a firm believer that faith (and good works) is not enough to get to God. There is a mystery we must solve first.

((I vaguely remember you mentioned being religious . . . am I remembering straight? (I’ll look over the past posts of course, but reiteration doesn’t hurt.) How would you answer your own questions?))

Yes, I believe in organized evil. It would sure be easier to carry out an “evil” plan if no one beloved you existed. Just curious, can anyone tell me what “Satan” really means?

Had to answer those quickly. I have nothing but open-mindedness for religious conversation and I look forward to more. I’ll get to the other questions soon.

Thanks.

Posted by Ernie Vega on 02-19-2001 02:45 PM

Wink

Hi John:

Best I could find is from the Hebrew Ha-Satan, or “the Adversary.”

First, let’s examine what the Bible reveals about the origin of Satan and the demons.

EZEKIEL 28:12 “Son of man, take up a lamentation for the king of Tyre, and say to him, ‘Thus says the Lord GOD: “You were the seal of perfection, full of wisdom and perfect in beauty. 

13 You were in Eden, the garden of God; every precious stone was your covering: The sardius, topaz, and diamond, beryl, onyx, and jasper, sapphire, turquoise, and emerald with gold. The workmanship of your timbrels and pipes was prepared for you on the day you were created. 

14 You were the anointed cherub who covers; I established you; you were on the holy mountain of God; you walked back and forth in the midst of fiery stones. 

15 You were perfect in your ways from the day you were created, till iniquity was found in you. 

16 By the abundance of your trading [rekullatek] you became filled with violence within, and you sinned; therefore I cast you as a profane thing out of the mountain of God; and I destroyed you, O covering cherub, from the midst of the fiery stones. 17 Your heart was lifted up because of your beauty; you corrupted your wisdom for the sake of your splendor . . .” (NKJV)

REVELATION 12:3 And another sign appeared in heaven: behold, a great, fiery red dragon having seven heads and ten horns, and seven diadems on his heads. 

4 His tail drew a third of the stars of heaven and threw them to the earth. . . . (NKJV)

LUKE 10:17 Then the seventy returned with joy, saying, “Lord, even the demons are subject to us in Your name.” 

18 And He said to them, “I saw Satan fall like lightning from heaven.” (NKJV)

From the preceding Scriptures, we can learn several things about Satan and the fallen angels. In the beginning, this “anointed cherub” was created as a wise, beautiful, and powerful angel. He apparently was one of the two cherubs who cover the mercy seat (God’s throne) with their wings (see Heb. 8:5; 9:5, 23-24; Exo. 25:20; 37:9; I Kin. 6:19-28; 8:6-7; I Chr. 28:18; II Chr.3:10-13; 5:7-8). However, because of pride in his beauty, this cherub’s wisdom was corrupted.

Satan is symbolically called the “king of Tyre” (Eze. 28:12). The coastal city-state of Tyre was one of the world’s greatest traders during Israel’s monarch period. Isaiah calls Tyre “the bestower of crowns, whose merchants were princes, whose traders were the honored of the earth” (Isa. 23:8).

Although the Scriptures don’t define the trade Satan was engaged in, it clearly tells us that because of the abundance of his trade, he sinned. Possibly Satan implemented a system of competition rather than cooperation, which eventually filled him with violence, causing his iniquity.

The word rendered “trading” in the NKJV translation of Ezekiel 28:16 is a form of the Hebrew noun rekulla, which means “traffic” or “merchandise.” This particular form of rekulla is only found five times, all in Ezekiel (Eze. 26:12; 27:20, 23; 28:16, 18).

However, rekulla is derived from the root word rakal. It’s relevant to note that a closely-related derivative, rakil, means “slanderer.” It’s used in this context six times (Lev. 19:16; Jer. 6:28; 9:4; Eze. 22:9; Pro. 11:13; 20:19). 

The account of Satan in Ezekiel 28 could well involve aspects of both these meanings. In the New Testament, this fallen angel is often called the “devil,” or the diabolos in the Greek (Matt. 4:1, 5, 8, 11; 13:39; 25:41; Luke 4:2, 3, 6, 13; 8:12; John 8:44; 13:2; Acts 10:38; 13:10; Eph. 4:27; 6:11; I Tim. 3:6, 7; II Tim. 2:26; Heb. 2:14; Jam. 4:27; I Pet. 5:8; I John 3:8, 10; Jude 9; Rev. 2:10; 12:9, 12; 20:2, 10). Not coincidentally, the literal meaning of diabolos and its variations is “slanderer.”

It’s possible that through his “slander” and “gossip,” Satan turned one-third of the angelic host against God. We know that Satan tried this approach in the Garden of Eden, when he misrepresented God’s motives to Eve (Gen. 3:1-5). The angelic forces loyal to God eventually had to cast this “anointed cherub,” along with his allies, out of heaven. From that point forward he became known in Hebrew as Ha-Satan, or “the Adversary.”

There is more e-mail me if anyone wants the rest

Peace

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-19-2001 03:25 PM

Smile

I’m still waiting for you to respond to my questions TT_0. After all, I did put HJYABJ 100 at the end of my post.

-Javier C.

P.S. Now it’s no longer an excuse of not being able to log on. We await your respond.

Posted by Simon Wiggins on 02-19-2001 03:32 PM

>>The only problem is, now you have to trust the person who brings the information forward.

Why if I had a glove sir !!!
Of course you could trust Art to fess up if you were right!

You must be from a very dystopian future to be so cynical

Posted by Nikki Colwill on 02-19-2001 04:57 PM

I just gotta say this is some of the best reading entertainment I have had in a LONG time!!!

Posted by Pamela Moore on 02-19-2001 06:10 PM

Smile

Hi everybody. wow! this is a very interesting forum.
for any body wanting to see what a IBM 5100 portable computer looks like they can see one here:

you will have to type it in I guess direct links are not allowed. ((http://mercury.sfsu.edu/~hl/c.IBM.5100.html))

I am hoping this shows up ok and does not offend the moderators.
It is on the other board but I was not sure if the link to the other board was still on here.

Anyway it looks like a very interesting piece of machinery.
It will give you a better idea on the machine John is talking about that he went back to 1975 to get. how big it is and what it looks like.

sincerely,
pamela

Posted by Lola Montez on 02-19-2001 07:21 PM

To John,

I hope you will get to some of my previous questions, in the meantime I have more.

Why are orphans an issue? It seems war orphans would be pretty old by now.

What is your biggest or gravest environmental issue?

Does distillation remove radioactivity from water?

Do people still watch TV?

Are there any women on your travel team? What is the status of women in your time? (This may only be able to be answered by a woman)Do they hold office? Work outside the home? Get equal pay? Are they safe on the streets at night?

What do women wear for the most part?

Are the Amish alive and well?

What is the birth rate?

Is there an unusual rate of birth defects and if so what kind?

Maybe you should be taking back healthy sperm and eggs.

You said that your culture was centered around the Universities. Weren’t they wiped out in the war? They are in cities after all.

Do you use cell phones? Eat allot of red meat? Drive cars?
Are airlines in operation? Internationally?

Are people pressured (subtle or otherwise) to adhere to a Christian doctrine?

Do police make drug busts? Are there many jails? What kind of criminals are in them?

What kind of public punishment is there? Sounds like New England during religious persecution and intolerance.

Are there Wholistic healers? Herbal medicines? Alternative life styles?

Is there personal freedom?

Is there an IRS and a need to keep a lot of receipts and paperwork around to justify yourself?

Is the same type of currency used? Is ours today good in say 2010 or 2020?

Other than time travel how do most people get around the country? Do people tend to travel much?

Are people suspicious of strangers or all you one big happy family now?

How do most people die during the war? Radiation, starvation? bullet wounds?

I have more but I better quit to see if you will get to these and don’t forget my first posting, please.

Thanks,
lola

Posted by John Titor on 02-19-2001 07:25 PM

ERNIE:
((ARTIFICIAL MICROSINGULARITY = LOCALIZED KERR FIELD
Through trial and error, and although they are quite heavy, hot and capable of putting out a great deal of energy (300 – 500 megawatts), it’s discovered that these microsingularities can be electrified and captured. It is also interesting to note at this point that electrified singularities also have two event horizons. By spinning these various microsingularities, a localized Kerr field is created.

It looks like a prediction. Is it.))

If you can take that paragraph and find a way to make a dollar from it than more power to you.

BLONNIE:
((i would first like to state that i for one have never said you’re an idiot – i said you are aggravating. which is not really a personal problem w/yourself it is just how i perceive you to be. an adjective – not a noun.))

Point taken. I apologize.

((so that’s what this is all about? you come here & want us to “help” you by asking questions.. so you can figure out how -we- percieve things & why we think the way we do but you do not recipricate the efforts. you only discuss things that you care about or that -you- think are important or that -you- think you will “gain” something from. seems rather -one-sided- to me.))

I was hoping it wouldn’t be so confrontational. I don’t see how words can harm either one of us.

((so you return home w/a better understanding while we’re left here w/the same questions we had before? it doesn’t seem very beneficial to -us-..just to -you- (atleast from your statements)).

You must believe that we both have interesting things to say to each other. Isn’t that worth it all by itself?

JAVIER:
((What state do you live in now in 2001?))
I am in Florida.

((Is John Titor your real name?))
Yes, John Titor is a real name.

((What do you look like? Post a picture of your self. ))
No.

((What is your secret agenda?))
If I tell you, it would just be an agenda, which I’m sure, is much less interesting.

((Is this dialogue between people in these posts part of your secret agenda?))
If I had a secret agenda, talking to people would not be part of it.

((Does your younger self realize what you are?))

Yes, he is aware that I exist but he doesn’t know who I am.

((Are you married?))

No but I did have a chance to convince myself otherwise.

((What rank were you in the Army?))

It is the equivalent of Major.

((Where did you go to BCT?))

I wasn’t fortunate enough to go to basic. We were fighting a war at the time.

((What company were you with, and what year did you graduate from BCT?))

The organization of the fighting unit I was in fell under the militia. We fought against the organized army. [Highlighted by metallicman.]

((You have any fears? If so, what are they?))

I fear people who want others to take action based on their own emotions and irrational fears.[Highlighted by metallicman.]

((What are the rules for fraternizing with people who aren’t from your time; do you make friends easily here in 2001?))

Have common sense and get your job done. Yes, I have friends.

((What would the DOD do to you if they found you out?))

I’m sure I would end up in one of their nice little padded cells while they poked at my machine with a screwdriver. What do you think they would do?

((What would you do if someone attempted to investigate you? Hundreds of people go through these forums a day I’m sure. Some of which can be government. Aren’t you at all worried that it’s only a matter of time before you are found out?))

I don’t worry about that very much. No one believes me anyway. Right?

((And you said; “I very much want to discuss our cultures but please help me understand how you won’t be able to change something I tell you happened on my worldine.” ))

Suppose I told you the space shuttle would have a problem landing at Kennedy tomorrow because something goes wrong with the runway. If someone with the authority to do so hears that and makes the decision to land at Edwards…bingo, your future has changed from my past.

((I appreciate you answering these questions for me John, and thank you for calling me your friend.))

I’d really like to believe that

RICK:
((I want you to understand something – since you’re using our discussions to make a determination of our thinking for when you go back.))

I am not qualified to judge you. I merely said it would be a subject of discussion when I return.

((However, rest assured, if I went to the security office and said, “I have access to a time traveler” I’d get laughed at. I’d have to get in touch with the “right people” to “report” the incident, and even then the skeptics would over rule the “believers”.))

If that were not the case, I would not be posting at all.

((The US government… Russian or any other, would be in the same boat. They would, if they could believe it, GRAB and hold time travelers – checking the veracity of their stories and preventing them from having any interaction with anyone.))

Yes, that’s what I think too. The irony is, I’m not sure the machine will really do anything for them and all I can give them is stock quotes and sports news. (Just a little humor.)

((So – John, my comments about being fraudulent – please don’t take them seriously and please do not think I have anything against you personally, nor wish to discredit you. I only want the honest truth.))

I don’t. Truth is something we all want. Like opportunity, its something you have to be ready for to recognize it.

((John, what would it take to get you to stick around after spring and leave during the next window of opportunity?))

My parents are much better at cards than I am. I fear they may not let me leave in such debt. If I had all the time I needed, I would spend much more time downloading and archiving.[Perhaps his true purpose is fundamentally to collect data off the internet. Highlighted by metallicman.] 

((I fear that another month or 2 may not be enough time to get as much said and discussed as I would like to have.))

I will continue to answer the posts as long as I can.

((In your “world time” have things like “Saquatch” , “Loch Ness monster”, and other reported unusual animals been seen, or captured or explained away. ))

We have our swamp monsters too. In fact, I think it’s interesting that we all respond to the unknown the same way regardless of our cultural experiences.

((Is remote viewing used to gather military intelligence?))

I am only aware of it from this world-line. I don’t know otherwise.

((Are psychics still common? are they used by the government?))

Yes, psychics exist but I don’t have any knowledge of their use by the military.

((Is there a Police Dept as we know it. Have any of your top leaders or politicians been jailed or impeached?))

Yes, we have police but they are organized in smaller groups. Yes, we still have political and religious leaders who find it difficult to obey the law. I would submit to you that the law is only as good as the people’s willingness to apply it evenly and swiftly.[Highlighted by metallicman.]

((John, any chance of getting a better set of photos with more of the manual?. ))

Yes, I am pondering posting more of the manual. I am also considering having my departure videotaped and yes, it will be free. My only concern is how it might affect the “me” on this worldline.

((John please respond to my question as to “the prediction” did I jump the Gun? (get ahead of myself).)

I’ll have to go back and take a second look. Post again and remind me.

((One final question? Is there a Global Superpower state and what nation is it.))

Being a superpower only makes you a target. There is an uneasy balance in the world now that everyone “probably” has nukes, chems or bios. We don’t just bomb people for the hell of it anymore. Military power is based on the number of autonomous fighting men who are actually willing to fight.

CRAIG:
((I guess you are held accountable, in some way, for changes that occur in your time period..))

You’re pretty much correct about your statement but actually, nothing I do here will affect my home. I hold myself accountable for any damage I do.

((It seems to me that with the cities under such stresses, people would flock in large numbers to remote areas like Winnipeg (sorry guys) or some other region with plenty of clean water, air and soil. Why is this such a nelected fix? I would also imagine that the network of Intentional Communities (communes?) that took root over the years, would provide infrastructural support to a nation needing to find its “FOXFIRE” roots.))

In my opinion, people “now” take clean water, electricity and their feeling of safety for granted. If they leave the city in search of fresh water they first have to make the realization that fresh water is a problem. It’s much easier to demand someone else owes you fresh water than it is to leave the lifestyle that made it bad in the first place.[Highlighted by metallicman.]

((If I was transposed to the 1920’s or 30’s, you would have a hard time keeping me off the streets, out of public places, shops, concert halls, etc. just trying to take it all in. Ditto with just about any other time and place.))

I agree with you. The first time I walked into a “superstore” I cried. I’d never seen so much excess in one place at one time.

RICK:
((It is interesting to note that the photos posted on that other site were posted by an “anonomyous time traveler” some time back. It fits the exact description John has give us of his machine. Therefore, based on his discription alone, I would say he is the one that posted the pictures. If he didn’t post them, then he is using them for the basis of his story.))

Those are mine. They were posted by another person who I’m sure is reading this also and would be happy to confirm that.

((John – in looking closely at this device, I see there is a hand control unit – with some sort of screen on it. I assume this is the computer interface through which the device is programmed (or time settings are made). Is that an accurate assumption? What does the display show you (for instance, does it simply show things like time/date calculations, or radiation [probably wrong word] of the fields from the device?))

Yes, that is a remote unit. The unit itself gets hot and “unapproachable” during long travel and you’re usually subjected to about 2 G’s. It gets a little difficult to move around and the hand held unit sits next to you. The unit displays many things but time in transit, time to destination, VGL variance and unit temperature are the most common during travel.[Highlighted by metallicman.]

((Also, there are 16 apparent buttons. I have to assume further that these are multifunction keys (that is you press one for an alt/control function and other buttons have names or labels and perhaps even numerical meanings). Is that also accurate?))

Yes, the menus are screen driven. [Highlighted by metallicman.]

Posted by Pamela Moore on 02-19-2001 07:53 PM

Smile

Confirming for John:

“”””RICK:
((It is interesting to note that the photos posted on that other site were posted by an “anonymous time traveler” some time back. It fits the exact description John has give us of his machine. Therefore, based on his description alone, I would say he is the one that posted the pictures. If he didn’t post them, then he is using them for the basis of his story.))

Those are mine. They were posted by another person who I’m sure is reading this also and would be happy to confirm that. “””””

Yes, I will confirm the fact that John did send me the photos and I sent them to Doc ,who is also a friend of mine ,to post on his board.and I will be more than happy to post more of your manual if you want, John. 

[Highlighted by metallicman.]

sincerely,
pamela

Posted by Lola Montez on 02-19-2001 08:13 PM

How do I find the pictures and manual pages you are speaking of?
Thanks

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-19-2001 10:07 PM

John,
So those responds to our questions took you 5 days to come up with? Is that the best you could do?

Your not really efficient are you, when you’re asked to think on your feet?

You said you went to basic training remember, on the other forum? And that’s how you got asked to be apart of this Time Travel project in the first place. Be consistent.

And the question was, “Is John Titor your real name?”
Your response, “Yes, John Titor is a real name.”

And you didn’t even answer the other questions fully. You answered them like a politician would, and that’s by stepping around the truth without actually lying. You’re to generic. But it’s logical enough to keep your story and claims going.

But for how long ?

-Javier C.

[Edited by Javier Cortez on 02-19-2001 at 10:13 PM]

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-19-2001 10:18 PM

John you were asked these 2 questions, and you responded to them. But I would like you to answer them again, and to please elaborate more on them. Thank you.

((John, any chance of getting a better set of photos with more of the manual?. ))

……..My only concern is how it might affect the “me” on this worldline.

((I guess you are held accountable, in some way, for changes that occur in your time period..))

……..nothing I do here will affect my home. I hold myself accountable for any damage I do.

So where do you stand? Your awfully unclear when asked questions of this nature. And you always give a conflicting point of view to others you’ve had to answer. And it’s always about you.

So how about we set the record straight here this time, huh ?

Oh and by the way everyone. John here says no one believes him… Is that right everyone? Well if that’s true or not, he’s in FLORIDA and goes by the name of JOHN TITOR. Do your own investigation, and show him how much you believe him. I’m sure you’ll get some takers .

-J.C.

[Edited by Javier Cortez on 02-19-2001 at 10:46 PM]

Posted by John Titor on 02-20-2001 05:06 AM

JAVIER:
((So those responds to our questions took you 5 days to come up with? Is that the best you could do?))

How many days seem normal?

((You said you went to basic training remember, on the other forum? And that’s how you got asked to be apart of this Time Travel project in the first place. Be consistent.))

Your question referred to army basic training. My earlier comment referred to be chosen for this mission.

((…You answered them like a politician would, and that’s by stepping around the truth without actually lying. You’re to generic. But it’s logical enough to keep your story and claims going.))

I’m not sure but it sure looks like your trying to say I’m being truthful within your expectations. However, if you’re trying to hurt my feelings, comparing me to a politician will do it.

(……..My only concern is how it might affect the “me” on this world-line.)

Actually, this is a good question. If the “me” here goes on to have the same type of life and future work that I did, it may not look good on his resume that another “him” has left a videotape behind of his future mission to 1975.

((I guess you are held accountable, in some way, for changes that occur in your time period..))
((So where do you stand? Your awfully unclear when asked questions of this nature. And you always give a conflicting point of view to others you’ve had to answer. And it’s always about you.))

If you look at my concern carefully, you can see that it won’t affect me at all. It affects him.

((Oh and by the way everyone. John here says no one believes him… Is that right everyone? Well if that’s true or not, he’s in FLORIDA and goes by the name of JOHN TITOR. Do your own investigation, and show him how much you believe him. I’m sure you’ll get some takers))

I’m touched by your concern for my safety.

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 02-20-2001 07:49 AM

Art had a fellow on the show the other day from a Time Travel organization.

John, do they have anything to do with the “future” of time travel as YOU know it? The information can be found on Art Bell’s site, as well as the full audio archive of the show.

If you get the chance, listen in, and check out the web site and tell us what you think of the information the doctor provided on the show.

About video taping the departure… Let us assume you do this, and your agents (family?) in Florida send the tape to the Sci Fi channel, or to Art Bell… how would this affect you in the future?

Theoretically speaking, I doubt that anyone could determine that you actually time traveled, but it would certainly make a very good show.

When you depart this time, what is it we will see? Will the vehicle simply vanish instantly, or fade out? Will a “bubble” of time develop around the vehicle causing an darkened sphere preventing light from going through? Will anything (other biological entities) caught in the “time sphere” vanish as well – more specifically, any plants or animal life that approaches too closely to the vehicle… will they get dragged along?

Rick

Posted by Pamela Moore on 02-20-2001 08:16 AM

Rick,
I am not familiar with Art’s site what is the name of the program on the time travel organization audio and how do i find it? I would like to listen to it. thanks.

sincerely,
pamela

.........

I know John is busy archiving and I am going to help him out on this one because he has already answered the last couple of questions you had. I am sure he will appreciate it. here you go Rick:

Pamela: 
1.What exactly would an observer see as they saw you arriving in this time? and exactly what would they see as you departed? would you just appear suddenly or slowly? would you look like a heat mirage for awhile? any light effects? or hazy misty shimmering distortion?

Time travel_0- 
The observation of time travelers “appearing” suddenly in a world line do not happen very often. There are two cases and two points of view to consider. In the first case, the time machine does not move as it goes from one world line to another and then returns. The people watching on the original world-line would wave good bye and watch as the machine is turned on.

There would be a static discharge and the air would appear to “ripple” as if it were getting denser. Then, it would stop and the machine will have appeared to have gone no where. If the machine doesn’t move its position from world line to world line, the observer would not see it disappear at all. 

In the second case, if the machine is moved, it would disappear from the viewpoint of the observer and return in a different location based on where it was moved and turned on from the destination world line. 

In that case, the rippling seems to dissolve the machine and it disappears. If that happens while you are watching it leave and you expect it to return, you know it was moved or had a serious malfunction. It is actually quite dangerous to get too close to a distortion unit as it enters or leaves a world line. 

It vents radiation and has a very strong localized gravity field. Personally, I worry about that a great deal.

Pamela:
2.What is the dimension of the field around the car? How many feet out from the car would you say it goes?

Timetravel_0-
It can be adjusted to some degree. The CG (center of gravity) is adjustable within about 4 feet and the unit is effective about 10 to 12 feet in either direction from there. The vertical distance is quite a bit shorter and is determined by sensors in the unit.

Pamela:
3.approximately in inches how much of the ground is taken with you in one trip?

timetravel_0-
Depending on weather or not you are going forward or backward, the footprint of the unit is different. I wouldn’t quite say it “scoops” up the ground cleanly. 

It sort of vibrates it loose and takes it along for the ride. 

It looks like someone raked the ground an inch or so deep with a small hand hoe or shovel. The negative ergosphere “scoops” up the front and back areas of the field. The positive ergosphere leaves a longer area near the center of mass. Its about a cubic foot of dirt spread out over six square feet or so.

Pamela:
4.If they put the device in a house and turned it on what do you think would happen?

Timetravel_0-
It might not be as destructive as you think. Depending on how close any object is to the field, it might not do any damage at all except for the floor.

Pamela:
5.what would happen to a bird or small animal that ran across the field right when it was producing the field to travel?

Timetravel_0-
It would be quickly spread out over the lateral length of the gravity field. Imagine being squished and stretched at the same time. I would imagine anything left after that would be vaporized and generate static electricity.

Pamela:
6.how hot would you say the temperature gets on the outside of the car while in operation?

Timetravel_0-
Very! hot. Depending on the power setting, 100 to 120 degrees is average.

Pamela:
7.is the car in drive mode when the device is activated or is it totally turned off?

Timetravel_0-
The car is off and the brake on.

Pamela: 
8.has the device been tested on ships and airplanes?

Timetravel_0-
Not that I’m aware of. Its important that it remain as still as possible so the gravity sensors can get a good lock. The divergence confidence would be way off if the vehicle was moving.

Pamela:
9.do you wear special uniforms when you time travel? what do they look like and does your group have a time-travel emblem or group name?

Timetravel_0-
I wear a standard civilian service uniform during instruction and training.  Its sort of a cross between an army uniform and overalls. We do have a  quarter master who distributes clothing appropriate to where ever we are going. There is a patch. It is round and has a graphic of a Kerr singularity (sort of looks like an eye with gravity waves around it)with two spiral paths running through it’s center. One path represents the “safe” way and the other is the path to God. The bottom of the patch has my unit number along with “Temporal Recon” printed on it. However, we remove  any identification and patches before we go anywhere

……………………………………….
Pamela:
by the way can you tell me what it feels like to time travel? when you are
in the process of doing it what does it feel like and what do you see and
hear. you made mention that you had to get use to the fields. Do you see a
bright flash of light?

Timetravel_0:
Interesting first question. The unit has a ramp up time after the destination coordinates are fed into the computers. An audible alarm and a small light start a short countdown at which point you should be secured in a seat. The gravity field generated by the unit overtakes you very quickly.

You feel a tug toward the unit similar to rising quickly in an elevator and it continues to rise based on the power setting the unit is working under.

At 100% power, the constant pull of gravity can be as high as 2 Gs or more
depending on how close you are to the unit. There are no serious side
effects but I try to avoid eating before a flight.

No bright flash of light is seen.  

Outside, the vehicle appears to accelerate as the light is bent around it. We have to wear sunglasses or close our eyes as this happens due to a short burst of ultraviolet radiation. Personally I think it looks like your driving under a rainbow.
After that, it appears to fade to black and remains totally black until the unit is turned off. We are advised to keep the windows closed as a great deal of heat builds up outside the car. The gravity field also traps a small air pocket around the car that acts as your only O2 supply unless you bring compressed air with you. This pocket will only last for a short period and a carbon sensor tells us when it’s too dangerous. The C204 unit is accurate from 50 to 60 years a jump and travels at about 10 years an hour at 100% power.

You do hear a slight hum as the unit operates and when the power changes or the unit turns off. There is a great deal of electrical crackling noise from static electricity.

[Edited by Pamela Moore on 02-20-2001 at 08:54 AM]

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 02-20-2001 08:31 AM

http://www.artbell.com/topics.html (Link here)
The information below will be listed on the site. The guy is Dr. Anderson. His site is listed below.

Rick

02/15/01 – Thu/Fri

Guest: Richard C. Hoagland
Book: The Monuments of Mars: A City on the Edge of Forever
Website: http://www.enterprisemission.com
Topic Search: Apollo Missions

Guest: Dr David Anderson
Website: http://www.time-travel.com
Topic Search: Time Travel

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 02-20-2001 09:57 AM

Hi Pamela. Thanks for the answers. I assume you have all this archived from another BBS or something?

What’s your part in all this? How did you get the pictures of the machine? Do you know, or have you met John personally?

Have you seen the time machine yourself?

John – If you wouldn’t mind, could you post a few more photos of the manual. Not anything that might give away some secret or something, but something that would be interesting from a scientific point of view? Thanks

Rick

Posted by Pamela Moore on 02-20-2001 03:20 PM

Smile

Hi Rick,

((I assume you have all of this archived from another BBS or something?))

This piece of information originally came from an email conversation between John and I and yes, it was posted on the timetravelinstitute BB. I only submitted it here so John didnt have to explain it all over again. and it answered your question. I asked him the same question.

((What’s your part in all of this?))

I am not exactly sure… yet.

((How did you get pictures of the machine?))

John gave them to me.

((Do you know, or have you met John personally?))

I have been talking to John since Nov. 2, 2000.
Where I came in contact with him through the timetravelinstitute. I have been in communication with him every since.

Thank you for the link, Rick. I listened to Dr. Anderson it was very interesting indeed. a lot of information. hopefully John will have a chance to listen to it.

I am pleasantly surprised I didn't realize what a great source of information Art had here on his web site. I will be listening to several other audios.

sincerely,
pamela

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-20-2001 03:38 PM

You flatter your self John. You know very well I didn’t mean that. I think that was a desperate move on your part. Like always attempting to turn it back to the reciever.

And I’m picking up that your a bit annoyed. What ever happened to thinking rational? One of your fears isn’t it?

I am pressed for time at the moment, but I will return later to finish this post A.S.A.P.

-Javier C.

Posted by Brett Fredrico on 02-20-2001 05:09 PM

John posted the following yesterday(2/19/01):
<——SNIP
Suppose I told you the space shuttle would have a problem landing at Kennedy tomorrow because something goes wrong with the runway. If someone with the authority to do so hears that and makes the decision to land at Edwards…bingo, your future has changed from my past.
<——SNIP

Well, what did happen today? The space shuttle was scheduled to land at Kennedy as of this morning but was changed to Edwards at the last minute because of weather. This happens almost half the time though…..so John had a (50/50) chance of telling us the future if that is what he intended to do.

Posted by John Titor on 02-20-2001 05:23 PM

((so John had a (50/50) chance of telling us the future if that is what he intended to do.))

Yes, there was a 50/50 chance of that happening but the odds were easily one out two that it could have gone the other way.

Posted by Phillip Stout on 02-20-2001 05:56 PM

John,

You said that there will be a big war right? And that Russia will nuke some of our major cities, right? Can you at least tell us which cities will be nuked? I’m already guessing you can’t. I pray Anchorage isn’t one of them..

Are we traveling in space in 2036?
Have we made it to Mars?
Have we colonized the Moon?
Has first contact with an alien race occured?

Posted by Doug Beauchamp on 02-20-2001 06:51 PM

Just a few questions, I apologize if they don’t seem 100% thought out or if they’ve already been answered, I’m tired and I have a lot of work still to do.

1) You say your machine has roughly a 60 year limit. Is it possible to go back 60 years and then another 60 years?

2) Have the people of your time proved the “world-line theory?” If they have, is there any information you can share with is that proves it?

3) Ever hear the story of Edipus? To make a long story short, after being told he will kill his father and marry his mother he moves far away. On the road he acciddently killed his father and ended up marrying his mother. Thus, the prophecy is what caused him to fulfill it. You say you don’t want to effect anything too much by giving out information, but you could drastically change this worldline just by talking about the war, or anything for that matter.

Posted by Stephen McKay on 02-20-2001 06:58 PM

John,
If you’re interested in posting some more photos and (pending your decision) the video of your departure, I would be happy to display them on my site. I’ve only got 5 meg storage, but I’m not using it at the moment.
I’m eager to see some better photos
E-mail me if you’re interested.

Steve

Posted by James R.Quayle III on 02-20-2001 07:29 PM

Question

John Titor ,i posted to you before and would like to let you know that i would love to come along for the ride to the future if you need a sidekick,i am able to fly hot air balloons,a good shot,physically strong and quick,smart on my feet in case a odd event occurs and I would not mind leaving this time to go to yours.

I am not attached to any one on this earth ,after all my ET encounters I need not worry of much of this earth,i am 31 and have much experience in the Occult(the hidden),and ET/human affairs,Oh and i know another TT traveler,and have met others.agentq3@hotmail.com 

I thought i would get to the point ,and those who brave to ask get the Willy Wonka Golden TIcket,eh,John Titor,(Or do you not know of that movie reference) ?

Posted by Chris Forrest on 02-20-2001 08:01 PM

Smile

John Titor,

ALL YOUR BASE ARE BELONG TO US.

Well, I don’t buy your story. Sorry, some slang terms seem to confuse you. I don’t BELIEVE your story. I don’t pretend to know the first thing about such advanced topics as time travel, calculating a NFL quarterback rating, or the perfect temperature to cook a Hot Pocket in. Having written all that, of course I do have a question, something that will definitely tell me whether you are full of it or not.

So here goes…

There have been many movements in music…rock, disco, and hip hop are some of them. Though most people probably can’t rifle out names of musical groups from 35 years ago, they probably would have a basic awareness of what musical influences prevailed at the time. So my question is…what is the NEXT big movement in music that will take place here in the US, specifically?

I have the feeling this sort of knowledge isn’t the stuff you go to Vegas and bet on, because it’s pretty generalized and pretty vague, as well. Of course, being as simple-minded as I am, I would figure that most people your age would know at least the types of musical influences that were around as they were growing up. A direct answer will work here, if you don’t mind.

>>Chris>>

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-20-2001 09:58 PM

John,
I like your format, and I see the representative you hired to answer your posts does also. Don’t mind if I steal it from you for just a moment .

((How many days seem normal?))

. 2 at the most. Especially when you make grandiose claims of being from the year 2036. Your credibility suffers big time when you don’t reply. Gives the impression that your trying to figure out what to say next .

((Your question referred to army basic training. My earlier comment referred to be choosen for this mission.))

Are you sure about that? I remember distinctively you saying that you got approached for this mission right after basic training. I mean, it was one of my first posts to you in the other forum. After saying “good thing I got injured, or that would have been my fate too.”

By the way, not to be picky or anything. But I know how perfect you like to have things with your writing. I just wanted to point out that you misspelled CHOOSEN. It’s Chosen, with one O.

((I’m not sure but it sure looks like your trying to say I’m being truthful within your expectations. However, if you’re trying to hurt my feelings, comparing me to a politician will do it.))

Ok, here’s were we had a failure in communication. I have been saying all along that you manipulate your statements to benefit your story. I was only saying that you keep doing this, while dodging certain things that would discredit you. But mainly what I’m saying is that your story is very important to you, and that consistency is paramount to you. Right?

((Actually, this is a good question. If the “me” here goes on to have the same type of life and future work that I did, it may not look good on his resume that another “him” has left a videotape behind of his future mission to 1975.))

Now you think about this? So you’re this Time Traveler from the year 2036 who somehow managed to learn perfect English while fighting a war. But when you Time Traveled to the year 2000 you just had to spill the beans to everyone, and are now finally realizing the out comes of your actions might not be wise.

Man, how irresponsible is that? Do you have any idea how you exploited your self here? Talk about chewing gum and walking at the same time .

((If you look at my concern carefully, you can see that it won’t affect me at all. It affects him.))

Yeah I see your concern.

[1] Announcing to the whole world who you are.

[2] Telling everyone what the future is going to be like, and what to watch out for.

[3] Sharing scientific theories of Time Travel to your past, which is our present .

[4] Using your perfect English and logic to manipulate others into believing and following your story.

[5] Asking for volunteers to go back with you to the year 2036.

[6] Saying where you were born and where you live, and knowing that government officials read these post everyday.

[7] Admitting that you have a secret agenda. With that said, you know anything you say can be questionable. In other words, you can be lying to everyone big time about everything, your purpose, your motives, your reason for being here.

[8] Offering to make a videotape of your departure.

And much much more.

Yeah I can see how you’re really concerned.

I’m sure little Johnny will thank you for making his stay in a government facility the most comfortable during the war and missing his opportunity in becoming a Time Traveler?

((I’m touched by your concern for my safety.))

You said your self no one believes you. I was merely trying to see if you were correct. Excuse me for trying to take a poll.

-Javier C.

Posted by John Titor on 02-21-2001 06:33 AM

Perhaps it goes without saying but I would urge everyone to listen to Art’s show tonight.

Posted by Mel Reckling on 02-21-2001 07:43 AM

Am I getting this right? You load up all the people who want to go with you in the back of your Chevy pickup, drive from Florida to Minnesota. Sell that truck in Minnesota, buy another truck older than 1975, load everyone back in that truck, drive back to Florida and then depart back to the future. Sounds like it will be quite a sight to behold. If you can, swing by Ohio and give me a honk. Your welcome to stay at my place.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-21-2001 08:01 AM

Why is that John, somehow you managed to pay your way to get on the air? So your thinking big now huh?

No problem.

Little Johny needs all the free publicity he can get.

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 02-21-2001 08:26 AM

Javier – I read your note here, and was thinking about something you said… something about “knowing government officials read these posts every day”. 

Actually, I really don’t think they do.

Think about this for a minute. I am one of the few government people I know that read stuff like this. To me, it is interesting (and there isn’t anything wrong with fantasy role playing in my opinion – assuming that is what John [and perhaps the rest of us] are doing).

It makes sense that one would think they are, but.. who has time? (I do… I have a pretty inanne job most of the time so I read stuff like this when I’m waiting on backups to complete or other things running in the background).

I seriously doubt the CIA or FBI has the man power or the time to do it. Secondarily to that – the so-called “Carnivore” system can’t POSSIBLY look at everything out there. I know it can’t. No matter what people think. It isn’t possible to catch every conversation, email, web page, pager data or anything else in the “ether”. IMPOSSIBLE at this point.

Anyway… that’s my opinion on the government watching this stuff. They simply “don’t believe it” and “have better things to do”.

Posted by John Titor on 02-21-2001 08:45 AM

ROY:
((Just wanted to recommend a book I think might tell you volumes about present macro socio-economic conditions that lay the foundation for the evolving political divisions you state lead to a civil war in the US in the near future. The book is “When Corporations Rule the World” by John C. Korten.))

I’ll look for it, thanks. I have a couple for you. The Nine Nations of North America and/or The Physics of Immortality (anyone recognize this author).

ANDREW:
((1) would you be able to internationally travel by: traveling to the year 2001, fly a plane to the desired destination, and then go to the future from there? ))

You can only travel in time from a static position (at least with the unit I have). In order to do even this, you must have knowledge of the local terrain and building structures. That’s one of the basic protocols we do in any time period for possible, future travelers.[Which pretty much agrees with my contention that roads, especially long-duration roads at cross sections, make the most stable destination targets for world-line and time-travel efforts. - Metallicman]

((2) If each world line is separate from the others, then wouldn’t the consequences of your actions now have no effect on your original world line?))

Yes, that’s correct.

((If this is the case, why won’t you tell us things that will give us knowledge or let us avoid death?))

I am not qualified to judge if you deserve it or not and I have no idea if you may be the next (for lack of a better reference) Hitler. However, if I were able to physically help you from a situation because I was there and I knew it was coming, I would help you.

((My only guess is that you are not a time traveler, and don’t want to say anything that could make a gullable person do something stupid. ))

Yes, I am aware that is the obvious first answer but I would hope my moral and logical arguments at least make a dent in your thinking. If you were a time traveler, would you be comfortable giving out all that information after considering the possible consequences? (Provided you knew it). If I were you, I would be worried about what the next time traveler might do….even by mistake.

((3) how can I leave a message for myself in the future if the things I do in this worldline do not effect the others?))

Just post it here. All this information will probably end up on the web in 2036. If you’re alive then and you think ahead for some reason to do a search on yourself, you might see it. Of course the “you” there would have no memory of doing it.

MICHAEL:
((your prediction of its pending disintegration, beginning in three short years, is utterly improbable, if not impossible.))

Have you see the documentary on Waco? You can drive to a video store and rent it. It’s called “Waco – Rules of Engagement.” Just for argument’s sake, what do you think would happen if information were discovered that confirmed the worst accusations made against the law enforcement officers there? Would you hope….nothing?

((P.S. The idea of a farmer general leaving his fields to lead his country’s troops to victory is an old one going back, at least, to Roman times. Lucius Quintus Cincinnatus, I believe, was the gentleman’s name, from the 5th Century B.C. Roman Republic.))

Yes, I often think about that when I see pictures of “my” farmer general in Omaha. It’s a large bronze depiction holding a shotgun in one hand a copy of the Constitution in the other. He is looking up at the sky in defiance of God after his father was killed. (At least his name isn’t Sparticus or William).

ERNIE:
((I guess if you asked Joseph Campbell there are only a few stories and all literature is the re-telling of the same few stories in different settings.))

Just like life.

Lola and the rest coming…

Posted by Lola Montez on 02-21-2001 10:28 AM

Javier,

You are getting very hostile. Lighten up! Why are you so threatened? 

Does it really matter if John is authentic or not? The worst consequence of believing him is being better prepared in case of any emergency-natural disaster or otherwise. Weren’t you a boy-scout? 

I think it would be more interesting, informative and just plain fun to find out more of what his vision of the future is than always trying to put him on the defensive. 

(John, please stop buying into it)

Do you think you are going to finally find something to post that will get him to cry “Uncle!”. (Why wouldn’t he speak English?) I think you are getting too upset over this and you should ask yourself why.

Kind regards,
Lola

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-21-2001 11:18 AM

How am I being hostile? I’m just asking John questions and answering his comments in the best manner that I know how. No one here is being hostile.

Well, maybe you with those statements.

Better then being a fanatic, who believes in people so blindly.

Well John, you have another fan to back you up.

Somehow some people here believe you need to be protected and backed up.
Go fig.

It must be your story that appeals to them .

And I’m exposing you. And that just hurts some people’s feelings.

[Edited by Javier Cortez on 02-21-2001 at 11:43 AM]

Posted by James R.Quayle III on 02-21-2001 01:05 PM

Thumbs up

Hello John I was wondering if you could respond to my post, I was serious.Agentq3

Posted by Joe Norris on 02-21-2001 01:29 PM

John:

I guess there will be no answer about my Bill Clinton/Bill Gates post

Posted by John Titor on 02-21-2001 02:04 PM

If you take a look, I am answering every question in order unless I see something quick that I think needs a response.

Thanks.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-21-2001 02:53 PM

How about giving an estimate in how long they will have to wait to get an answer to their questions .

[Edited by Javier Cortez on 02-21-2001 at 03:03 PM]

Posted by Doug Beauchamp on 02-21-2001 03:32 PM

Many people asking about the dangers of the war are asking about cities being nuked. During school today I was thinking about this, and nuclear warfare doesn’t seem to be the biggest form of fighting in the future.

Other than the small countries, I doubt nuclear warheads are going to be shot from each end of the globe. 

To me, what seems like the biggest threat is biological warfare. 

John, you say one of the hardest things to do in 2036 is find clean water. You also say you only trust food you’ve grown. Is any of this a result of your experiences with biological warfare? Is biological warfare a major threat in this war you speak of?

This is definitely the least serious of my questions, but is there anymore background information you can give (What city you were born in, etc)? I understand if you can’t but after this thread is over I may get a little bored and see if I can find any information on the John Titor of “today,” assuming that’s your real name.

Posted by Pamela Moore on 02-21-2001 04:22 PM

Let’s get the facts straight.

Javier I have been over those pages with a very open mind trying to figure out where you have seen John make that statement and I couldnt find it.

This is the one you are claiming:
[((Your question referred to army basic training. My earlier comment referred to be choosen for this mission))
Are you sure about that? I remember distinctively you saying that you got approached for this mission right after basic training. I mean, it was one of my first posts to you in the other forum. After saying “good thing I got injured, or that would have been my fate also.]

You made the statement on -Jan 1 2001
page 6
“well its a good thing I got injured in the Army, or else that might have been my fate as well.”

awaiting your findings…
could you please copy and paste the statement and tell me what page it is on…thanks.

sincerely,
pamela

Posted by John Titor on 02-21-2001 04:35 PM

LOLA:

((How far from what size city is it the safest to be?))

A 10 Kiloton nuclear weapon will vaporize metal for about ½ a mile and have a heat effect for about 3 miles. A 100 Megaton nuclear weapon will vaporize metal to 35 miles and have a heat effect to about 250 miles. I believe the largest nuclear weapon ever built and tested was about 60 megatons. 

As I recall, the popular strategy toady is to strike targets with multiple numbers of smaller warheads. The 100 Kt to 1 Mt are the most popular. I believe there are about 150 – 200 major cities in the US and half as many military targets. Please correct me someone if I am grossly incorrect.

((You suggest bicycle. What about horseback?))

Yes, horses are good if you can feed and water them. Also, it’s very hard to eat a bicycle.

((Should we be stockpiling guns?))

The answer to this is NO! 

You will draw a great deal of negative attention to yourself. I recommend become familiar with firearms. This means taking a safety course and learning to shoot and clean many different types. There will be plenty of guns around when you need them.

((What kind of people will be the ones least trustworthy?))

The people with the most to lose if the world changes -Camel through the eye of a needle?

((Is the conflict racial in any way?))

Not at all. In fact, I would say it goes a long way toward erasing racial problems.

((Does the civil war start in such a way that with this foreknowledge those willing will have time to remove themselves to safer locations.))

Yes. You will be forced to ask yourself how many civil rights you will give up to feel safe.[The reader needs to remember that this was written before 9-11.-Metallicman.]

((Will you readily be able to identify the enemy.))

They will be the ones arresting and holding people without due process.

((Does living near a river with a distillation unit take care of water problems?))

There is an odd saying that might be appropriate here. Safe is anywhere a hungry person can’t walk in three days. Water is important but you must consider that when people need it they will know where to get it. I would not plan on planting myself permanently next to a water source. Yes, distillation does make water safe but the runoff is highly dangerous. Please remember that distillation is not boiling.

((How are the five people within the 100 miles contacted?))

The goal is to have a place to go other than your house and to be able to trust someone with your life. Foster those relationships now.

((Do communications stay intact.))

Main communication systems no, CB, side-band and non-repeating short-wave, yes.

((I have 86 acres on a river in Central California about 125 miles north of LA. I have geese, turkeys, horses, chickens, milk cows, good pasture, a well run by electricity, and a garden. I also have two teenage sons who are gun nuts. Plenty of rifles, semi-automatic and otherwise.))

Be mobile. Set aside the things you absolutely would need and can carry on your back. You will not be able to stay anywhere indefinitely even with provisions and firearms.

(( Will he be asked to kill his countrymen?))

I’m not positive but don’t they sign a small piece of paper now asking them if they would have a problem with that?

Posted by Roy Meserve on 02-21-2001 05:44 PM

Smile

Thanks for those titles. I will look for them. To J Cortez chill… reality (and time) are very plastic things- we change the future AND the past constantly, and to far less noble ends. But, in the spirit of our friend- feel free to doubt and question- I do myself but I don’t let it stop me from trying to learn from what he has to say. Even the very common sense ‘rules’ for the potential future…. it costs me next to nothing to be aware or to prepare.

Cheers,

Roy

ps John, it is Wednesday the 21st- did you say to tune into the show tonight?!!! Cause if so, I’m there! Hope you call.

Posted by Jim Houlahan on 02-21-2001 06:30 PM

John,

I’m guessing the date of your return to the future is April 19th. Is this correct?

Of course, if you’re just “having us on” then April 1st would be more appropriate.

Posted by Angel Lynnn on 02-21-2001 06:57 PM

Exclamation

I think John was saying to listen to Dr. Day tonight. Check out her website:

http://www.drday.com/

Feb. 21, 2001

Angellynnn

Posted by Ernie Vega on 02-21-2001 07:00 PM

Smile

Now I’m not volunteering but…..

I’ve noticed as so must have most of us. There are a lot of questions being asked that John has responded to.

Perhaps one of us could volunteer to compile all the direct q&a sort of a John Titor FAQ. This way new posters can read all the answers that have been given and not have the same questions asked over and over.

John, we can have a topic just for the faq right on this board I think?

General…

I don’t think John is starved for web space to post his manual and pictures, many have offered John whatever resources he needs including me. So far he has not been interested.

I’d be more than happy to give him a web site, a domain name, for that matter a web server if it would help get more answers and time out of him. Call me gullible if you want but I would do that.

John:

My mention of Joseph Campbell was a rebuttal to someone who claimed that your General story was nu-original. In fact the most likely leader of a movement like the one you describe would most likely be a Farmer since being a Farmer would provide much of the scenario required.

My asking you if the mention of CERN going on-line and discovering this and that, was a prediction was a genuine question completely un-related to “making a Buck”.

I wondered if it was just a hint you were giving as to something that could be verified after the fact with little chance of you mentioning it having an effect on it.

I’m sure it’s hard to remember what each poster has said, but in my case you missed. I have argued that the important thing here is the discussion and not if “you are” or “you are not” a TT. For me what is interesting is the type of questions that are being asked, and the apparent hostility that someone like you can be subjected to for no “good” reason.

Ultimately there is no way to “prove” anything conclusive here.

Since I believe time travel is possible “now” I don’t have a problem with your story. I like your story since it ends up being a better world than we have now. I hope it is true.

If it is we are all lucky to have had a chance to talk to a TT. If not then I wish you either a quick recovery or a great career as a Sci Fi writer.

What can we gain from this discussion? is the real question. I have already benefited from it as I believe you have, and many others.

Javier… 

To comment on Lola’s post. I understand your frustration, you want your questions answered.

If I were John I would not answer your questions either or skirt them. Not because they are not valid, as they may be, but because your buttons are being pressed by his non compliance.

I’m sure even in 2036 there is a tendency to tease one’s detractors if they make themselves available.

To expose someone you have to present “proof” the same type of “proof” you are asking him for. According to our Laws if this were a court case John would not have to prove where he came from. The burden of proof is on the prosecution. It’s up to you to prove he is not a TT.

So far most of your assertions have been related to either John not answering your questions, or some inconsistency in his story revolving around his Basic training and it’s relevance to when he was recruited for time travel.

Also his use of “perfect” English. His English is good but far from perfect.

John has “not answered” some of my questions to “my satisfaction” and I for one am not ready to sign up for either the “I believe” camp or the “I don’t believe” camp.

My reason for straddling the fence at this time is that no one here has presented any evidence either way that would be conclusive. Not you, not John, not anyone.

In a game of chess you have to either kill your opponent or chip away at his defenses until you trap him and he gives up. To do that you have to mount an offense that will neutralize his defenses. Conversely you have to mount a defense to repel his onslaught. So far you’ve not mounted either.

John is “playing you” Javier. It’s an old trick, if your most vociferous detractor continually puts on weak attacks, it takes attention away from the really challenging questions.

I’d be willing to bet that if you took all the posts from this BBS and the other one, and compared all of it, you may find more ammo for your cause.

If I was going to come after a person, I would not warn him, I’d just get all my facts together, give him no warning and set up a line of questioning designed to trap him into “Mutually exclusive statements” if you could log enough of these you could prove he’s having trouble keeping the story together. A good sign that he is not telling the truth.

Example:

If you know enough about physics you can get him to say he doesn’t understand a concept that would be required to understand some other concept he claims to understand. To do that you have to know more than him. He knows as much physics as anyone posting here to say the least.

Colloquial slips:

If you analyze all his statements you’ll find he is aware of some colloquialisms, and not others. That by itself is not much since he claims to come from the future you would expect some colloquial deviation. The thing to look at is which ones he knows and uses and which ones he doesn’t.

He knows “make a buck” and “more power to you”, and “off the cuff”.
He is unaware or dislikes “buy in” or “buy that”

Does that prove anything? not really. Given enough text you can profile him and make a good guess.

Still it doesn’t “prove” anything. You have the same chance of exposing him as he has of convincing you. None.

Here’s one for you John...

What 82 page book written in England in 1884 is required reading for all physics students? I admit it’s possible you may not know in 2036, but highly unlikely. The same reason that makes it so important for physics students would make it just as important to understanding Time travel.
Secondly why is this little book so important.

If he doesn’t know this it lends more circumstantial evidence to your side. But he could ask someone and then how do you prove that?

How many amateur Physicists here know that answer without looking it up? Really. If you don’t know this off the top of your head, you don’t know squat about Hyper-dimensional Physics or it’s potential technological application. Unless you are Stephen Hawking, this is what it takes to get started. By the way Stephen Hawking read this book and knows exactly what I’m talking about. As do all physicists.

How about this? Let John make a recording of himself saying he is from the future and whatever other part of his story he wants. We could submit that to voice stress analysis. Is that enough? no again, since a well trained person can beat a voice stress analysis by using self hypnosis or having someone hypnotize them prior to recording. Again no proof.

Short of grabbing John and pumping him full of Sodium pentathol you are not going to have any conclusive proof until after he leaves and has made some predictions for you to check. Since he says this is not his timeline you can’t be sure a prediction is even a prediction. Again “no Proof”.

So how is it you propose to expose John? can you show “me” your rationale. After all your statements and mine are up for scrutiny the moment we make them just like John.

I realize in your mind you already have exposed him, just not good enough to convince me, and I would hazard to guess a number of others here.

Let’s say everyone here agreed John was a fake. What then?
No more discussion. End of exchange no more platform. Maybe.

Anyway. that’s my take. I don’t think you are hostile just a little excited.

Rick? any reports from your guys looking at the pics/manuals?

Welcome Lola

Peace

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-21-2001 07:08 PM

Exclamation

Pamela,
Touchy…

When I have a little time I’ll do a keyword search for it. I’m sure it’s there. Why else would I say it? Right?

No need to get upset with me. I know he’s your friend, but stop protecting him all the time.

And to everyone else here. You all fail to see the big picture here. You have welcomed a stranger into your lives who is not what he appears to be. And I being one of the only one with enough sense to see that, you get upset with me.

Excuse me, but are you forgetting that this man has a secret agenda? You can all be being played right now.

But no, that doesn’t matter to you. At least I make no secret of what I am. A Time Travel Activist.http://www.geocities.com/Athens/Atrium/9822/

Thank you,
Javier C.

Posted by Pamela Moore on 02-21-2001 07:20 PM

(((When I have a little time I’ll do a keyword search for it. I’m sure it’s there. Why else would I say it? Right? ))

will that be within two days?
I shall await….

sincerely,
pamela

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-21-2001 08:06 PM

Pamela,
I don’t know why your so upset with me, but you know my word is good. If I said I will do something, you know I will do it. Or have you forgotten that?

-Javier C.

Posted by Craig Cuthbert on 02-21-2001 08:20 PM

Javier you will obviously be one of the survivors 🙂

John – Thanks for your replies.

Does the sense of “here and now” continue for you in 2036, while you are here?

IS your sense of “timing” off, in new time environments? I’ve heard people who have “out-of-body-experiences” find that it sometimes takes a day or two to regain a sense of normalcy in their minute interactions with the physical world.

I remember reading a book about 7 years ago.

GENERATIONS: THE HISTORY OF AMERICAS FUTURE

It was a sociological look at the history of the United States through the lens of different generational groups. The Authors noted a four cycle repetition.

[He is talking about the "Fourth Turning". FYI. Metallicman.]

Its a bit of hard book to summarize, though its central thesis is this – History follows certain cycles. With respect to this folder, what stuck out for me was that the Millenial Kids (recently born and probably up to about 10 or 12 now) were of the same type as the kids who grew up and built the US infrastructure during the 30’s and 40’s -and then fought WW2. (GI Generation) The GIs were classified as a very civic minded generation. So will the Millenial Kids(MKs). MKs will go on to build the global infrastructure of the information age, the new transportation systems and the new municipal infrastructures. Similar to the GIs they will then go on to engage in global conflict.

John – You were born about halfway into this cycle. BTW, GenXers would be about 40-50 years old in 2036. How they doin’? Were they pretty resourceful scrappers?(Fighters/Survivors)

Bottom line was – prepare for wars around 2008-2012.

http://www.timepage.org/

Also see the back page of the New Yorker Dec. 25, 2000 -Jan. 1 2001. I’ve seen a few references recently to this growing cultural tension, one that supercedes the obvious class, racial and economic divides. Its different and more aggressive cultural mitosis than I had earlier noticed.

Posted by John Titor on 02-21-2001 08:48 PM

EMMETT:
((In this experiment the traveler only goes 30 seconds into the past to appear in his lab. It seems that 30 seconds before his experiment was to begin he saw himself appear in the lab. There would now be two travelers and two time machines. It doesn’t appear that it ends that simply as the “second” time traveler says that he saw a duplicate self appear in the lab thirty seconds before he started the trip. It would appear that its a time loop and an infinite number of duplicates see a duplicate self appear in the lab thirty seconds prior to the start of the trip. ))

Yes, that’s possible.

((Your time machine weighs 500 lbs and an average man weighs about 180 lbs. So lets say that that the mass is about 700 lbs per traveler. What is the mass of the duplicates and where did the mass come from?))

The other mass comes from other world-lines. I like to think of it as standing in a room with mirrors on the walls and the apparent “me” in the room next to mine steps into the room from his.[Highlight for significance. Metallicman.]

((What is the result of the duplicates arriving ~simultaneously at the ~same place and time?))

Psychological confusion and a few fist fights.

((How long will it take for the loop to decay? Will it decay? Is it a loop?))

The chances of hitting the precise world-line where all the other duplicates are arriving is almost zero. It’s possible but increasingly less probable with each arriving duplicate. The divergence decays and the worldline is “less available” for new “yous” to arrive on.

((What happens if the experimenter, upon seeing his duplicate, decides not to continue the experiment?))

He can always leave the room on his own world-line or put a desk full of books in the position where the time machine is arriving every 30 seconds. That will probably trip the VGL system and stop the time machines from arriving.

RANDY:
((Do you remember any poetry or verse from after 2001 in your past?))

A Soldier’s Winter

The day before it wasn’t snowing.
The trees are strangers, leering, disapproving in the ash of winter
..my world, my life, my wandering path.
I pray God’s eyes may once again gaze upon me and remind me that I am still His child.

I only (think) I remember the first line but the last one I remember. It has quite a few more lines that I don’t remember. It is rumored this was written first as a letter by a soldier. After he died it was added to and edited by others. In my opinion, it has become a symbol for the collective guilt my parents’ generation feels for what became of the world.

((Is there an active market on new books in your time, or has that infrastructure not rebuilt it self? Are most the books available old or new? ))

Yes but there are no large commercial printing and distribution companies. Books and other forms of hard media are distributed on the web and printed or put on other media from local hubs. Napster + mailboxes etc.

((Out of curiosity, as a rough judge of character, have you read the works of J.R.R. Tolkien? And did you enjoy them.))

My father read the Hobbit to me as a child. I was always afraid of the dark riders but perhaps I admired them too.

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-21-2001 10:44 PM

Unhappy

In a post from you Pamela, one before the one I posted where you had from the other forum. I suppose I took it as if it was one of TT_0 posts. Sorry :-(.

Here’s a sample: “……In 1983 I enlisted in the united states Army .it was shortly after my enlistment and before completing basic training that I was approached by those I now refer to simply as MY FRIENDS. This group does not contain aliens nor interdimensional beings, they are human….”

Well I’m humble enough to say when I am wrong, and I apologize for continuing to ask you this question John, and Pamela.

But, much still remains to be seen of your truthfulness. Yet you have tons of supporters who you managed to woo into believing you without any physical proof. That in it self, how you would allow that, speaks suspect.

Not to mention that you have a secret agenda, and expecting us to think you’re being honest.

Right…

-Javier C.

Posted by Lola Montez on 02-22-2001 12:13 AM

John,
Thank you for getting to some of my questions. Here are a couple more.

You say you were in the militia fighting the US Army. I would think that civilians would have a snowballs chance in hell of successfully fighting the military. What does this look like? Is it a stalemate with the resistance/militia hiding out until the cities are wiped out allowing them to surface?

You site the approximate number of cities and military bases intact before the nuclear attack. Are they ALL hit? Three days walk from where? The nearest city? Again, though, what population makes a city a city and not a town?

Does any one or any group stay neutral during all of these years of fighting? Does anyone just lead a reasonably normal life during the civil war? You say the civil war lasts from 2004 to 2008 and then the short big one in 2015. What do the years from 2008 to 2015 look like? How long does WWIII last.

Where is the safest place in the US to be. Come on be a sport. We all seem worth saving, don’t we? Besides it would be interesting to see if any of us took you seriously enough to end up there. I don’t think I believe in coincidence. Maybe the reason we are all on this board now is to find this out.

You mention the nature of Canadians but I don’t think you mentioned the impact of all of this on that country. Would you?

Also, regarding your view on the afterlife. I also think that it is a mystery to unravel. That it is information, awareness, state of mind and experience that leads to enlightenment and the experience of God. Deeds and Dogma just don’t do it. As our awareness broadens doing the right thing is what comes naturally (more often, anyway!)If it is based on someone else’s idea of right it is a shallow and sporatic endeavor. Religion must be experiential or it has no staying power (and probably not enough compassion or tolerance).

Oh yeah, one more thing that is rather haunting is your allusion to the position of women as being controversial and conservative in 2036. Yikes! What is that supposed to mean?

Lola

Posted by Pamela Moore on 02-22-2001 03:20 AM

Javier,

Thank you for your honesty.
I have went back and looked up that post you mentioned.

Yes, that post was where we were discussing whether the waverider had any validity or not. and right after that was when someone else posted that he had been on art bell for awhile and that Art had proved him to be a fake. which was posted on the TTI forum on January 1, 2001.

I had first seen the story on a paranormal site.

yep… and you did post right after that I see. actually that might have been where john discovered Art’s site as well. yep…it looks like john registered in January.

Its ok to question, we are all just trying to find out the truth about things. But we have to get the facts straight.

sincerely,
pamela

p.s. I am not mad at you.

Posted by Rick Donaldson on 02-22-2001 06:52 AM

Ernie – The only comment I have heard so far was – “Interesting… I need to look at the original though, to make any sort of determination. Where did you get this?”

Hahaha. I told them I have “my sources”. They are content with that.

To Javier – You made mention of something about folks taking someone into their lives, etc etc. While I understand that point of view – the “trust no one, be paranoid” very well – since I am like that myself, I have to say that you and a few others that have made comments here detract from the discussion in one aspect. Let me explain before you misunderstand me.

In our society today, we have nothing but untrusting, cynical people out there. For good reason, most of them have had bad experiences. The internet is not to be trusted in general and people in general shouldn’t be trusted.

Now, what I am trying to say here (not very well) is this is akin to some of the anti-gun people I meet. When I talk about the Second Amendment to them, they get all upset and scream and yell how no one should have guns and if there were no guns there would be no crime or war. I calmly point out that there were wars before there were guns, and they go on about how that was a “less civilized society”…

Then there are the “skeptics” about UFOs, and any kind of odd, out of the ordinary occurrences (for instance, Big Foot, alien abductions, SETI etc). Let’s say for instance someone is a “skeptic” – that doesn’t mean they should close their minds completely to anything new, in fact, doesn’t mean they should close their eyes to the apparently impossible.

In “my world” everything is possible. Just because we have a set of mathematics to describe something here and now, does NOT mean there isn’t a loop hole in those calculations.

What I’m getting at is very simple. I don’t believe John is a time traveler right now. I have enough of a physics background to understand his information though and (assuming he IS real) eventually he will hit on something that I personally can use to verify for myself the truth.

I think Ernie said nothing would be conclusive proof. Then again, I don’t require conclusive proof to keep “alive the idea that time travel is possible”.

What I’m trying to say is that you’ve set yourself up to be John’s nemesis for some reason. If it is to protect the rest of us, that isn’t necessary. We’re all adult, thinking (free thinking) individuals who have the right to whatever beliefs we wish in this day and age, regardless of our gender, religious believes, race or even in my humble opinion, nationality.

In other words… a skeptic is a good thing to be. Each of us should have our own, internal skepticism to use to mediate our belief systems. But, when someone comes in loud and strong trying to force everyone to his or her point of view, there is a serious problem.

Now, I’m not asking that you (or anyone) NOT pursue their ideas, and idealism, nor am I even asking you not to try to convince people. I’m simply pointing out that we all have a right to our beliefs – without ridicule from anyone else.

Don’t get me wrong here, I am not taking any one’s “side” as I don’t believe there are sides to take here.

Someone else (I forget who it was) mentioned something about nuclear weapons being tossed from corner to corner of the earth and the impossibility of that. Think again.

There is more of a nuclear threat, right now, today in 2001 than there was in 1983. During the Cold War, we never would have launched a nuke, nor would have the Soviet Union at each other.

[Did not happen. True, but almost did. Fact. Know your history. Metallicman.]

However, there is a greater threat today because many smaller, and somewhat unstable countries are getting nuclear capability – and have access to other countries who would sell nukes without any qualms.

Yes, biological threats are bigger, but do not rule out nukes, ever.

Even the CIA special report that came our recently mentioned what I just said.

I guess the only thing we need in this discussion are some more pictures of manuals, and/or a video tape of John’s “departure” (if that is what you would call it??) from our time line.

Proof, sometimes like beauty, is in the eye of the beholder.

Rick

Posted by Javier Cortez on 02-22-2001 07:57 AM

Rick,
That was very inspirational. (How ever you spell it =)

However, please understand that my intention is to just keep it real. And believe it or not, someone here has to.

People will march to the sound of his beating drum if someone doesn’t speak up and offer an other side. In other words, lots of people here are one sided.

Some aren’t free willed thinking individuals as you described… Some need people like John here to give them purpose. A person whom they can look for answers, not someone to lead them. A short-cut more like it.

And Time Travel is that short-cut.

You never been face to face with a Time Traveler have you? First hand experiences are always the hardest to have others understand.

John is not what he appears to be. Yes he is well spoken, and has a pleasant manner in how he presents him self. But looks are deceiving when you have a secret agenda. Take that into your explanation…

Well I have to go now. Ask me more questions if you want. I will answer them all to the best of my knowledge.

Thank you,
Javier C.

Fifth of multiple Posts

This post is the fifth of a series of posts related to John Titor. The other posts are;

Conclusion

Our reality is not what we think it is. I am not the only person who has disclosed that there are others, and other organizations that can enter and leave our reality at will. Another person who made this claim went by the name John Titor.

Only where as, I claim to be part of MAJestic and was employed as part of human sentience management, John Titor claimed to be a person who was part of another world-line. Together, we both claim that the MWI is real, and we utilize it to perform dimensional egress for our own purposes.

  • I claim that it is a tool that is used to manage human sentience evolution.
  • John Titor claims that he utilized the time variable to conduct acquisition activities in the past.

He claimed that on that world-line, the United States was fundamentally different after a rapid series of events in the late 1990’s. He claimed that he needed to perform some acquisition of certain technical devices through the use of the time-variance option in dimensional travel.

This is the fifth of a multi-part post.

Take Aways

  • John Titor claimed to be a time traveler.
  • He utilized dimensional travel to move in and out of the baseline reality.
  • As such, he visited our world-line to acquire some technology needed on his world-line.
  • That technology was produced in “our” past. Thus the idea that it involved “time travel”.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

John Titor and our Reactions to his Disclosure (Part 4)

Continuing on our study of the John Titor situation, let’s look at the reactions that society has had to his presence… the John Titor Reactions…

Important Warning

The information within this series of posts are speculative. I have no factual information if this John Titor is what he claimed to be. It is presented herein as the only (or maybe, one of the only) sources that claim to be associated with the vehicles that pop in and out of our reality from time to time.

He was, as far as I know, never associated with MAJestic in any way.

Patents

John Titor Time Machine Patent
John Titor Time Machine Patent

John Titor’s time machine has been patented . Application dated 2004, granted in 2006. Same drawings presented. Patented by: Marlin B. Pohlman, Tulsa, Oklahoma Application number: 10/954,767 Publication number: US 2006/0073976 A1 Filing date: Oct 1, 2004.

The patent can be accessed here; https://www.scribd.com/document/260634971/John-Titor-Patent or here; http://www.freepatentsonline.com/20060073976.pdf

Below is a section from the first page from the patent.

"I claim:

1. A method for the generation of a pseudo 2+1 dimensional anti-de Sitter space comprising the steps of: creating two Kerr type positively charged rotating dilation singularities, including the steps of maintaining one of the singularities as a axis of rotation reference singularity, maintaining the other of the singularities as a target singularity, and subjecting the target singularity to a differential electron flow so as to simultaneously pass the differential electron flow above a photosphere of said target singularity in a direction of rotation thereof and contrary to the direction of rotation thereof, in order to release a directed flow of gravitons in a sinusoidal oscillation simulating a rotational effect of the target singularity around the axis of rotation provided by the reference singularity. 

2. A method of generating a force around a body, comprising the steps of: employing sinusoidal oscillations of electrical bombardment on the surface of one Kerr type reference singularity in close proximity to a second Kerr type target singularity to take advantage of the Lense-Thirring effect, wherein the electrical currents employed in the bombardment are passed simultaneously across the photosphere of said reference singularity in its direction of rotation and contrary to its direction of rotation to release a directed flow of gravitons in a sinusoidal oscillation simulating a rotational effect of the target singularity around the axis of rotation provided by the reference singularity; creating timelike curves in a compact time-oriented manifold of G{umlaut over ( )}odel-type geodesically complete spacetime envelope under the Van Den Broeck modification of the Alcubierre geometry, resulting in the creation of timelike curves in a compact time-oriented manifold permitting topology change from one spacelike boundary to the other in accordance with Geroch's theorem. 

Description:
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to the use of technical time displacement devices, which operate by the modification of gravitational fields. These drive systems do not depend on the emission of matter to create thrust to take advantage of time dilation, but rather create a change in the curvature of space-time, in accordance with general relativity. This allows travel across topologies by warping space-time, to produce a topology change from one spacelike boundary to the other in accordance with Geroch's theorem (Geroch 1967)

THEORETICAL BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The concept of gravity should be examined in the light of quantum gravity and in turn as a component of quantum physics itself. The fundamental minimal quantum of energy in quantum physics is Planck's constant; h. Thus in accordance with the energy equivalence formula E=mc2, the fundamental minimum quantity of mass (mq) can therefore be derived, from known constants by; mq=h/c2 (1). Taking this minimal mass, it is possible to show that the formation of all matter, the forces of nature and indeed space-time itself derive from this single quintessential quantity.

Thus if the number of quintessences in a system is; nq=m/mq: then the total Energy of the system is more logically given by, the energy of a single quintessence (h); directly multiplied by the number of quintessences (nq) in that system, thus 
E=hnq=mc2 (1 a).

Furthermore, this minimal mass, termed quintessence, can form the basis of the existence of a quantum gravitational field in the form of a space-time lattice, from which quantum gravity may be derived from first principles. Furthermore, the conglomeration of these quintessences also accounts for the formation of the elementary particles and the forces acting between them, as in superstring theory. This concept explains the formation of matter and the forces of nature on a quantum mechanical basis and directly explains the existence of wave particle duality. Thus as nq=m/mq; the frequency of light and matter (f) is determined, directly, from the number of constituent quintessences. This leads automatically to the fundamental equation, derived from (1), f=nq=E/h, where nq is the number of quintessences, which leads directly to the frequency of both light and matter. This in turn leads directly to a Universal wave equation for matter...

Marlin B. Pohlman

What happened to the guy who patented this device is very interesting…

By creating an artificial wormhole time travel is possible. At first glance, such a thing might be too fantastic a notion to believe, yet Pohlman does hold a Bachelor of Science in Engineering Physics, an MBA from Lexington Business School, and a PhD in computer science from Trinity University. 

He's also a member of Portland Mensa, and is a Licensed Professional Engineer, Certified Information Systems Auditor, Certified Information Security Manager and Certified Information Systems security professional. 

Perhaps he invented the time machine because he discovered he hasn't enough time to squeeze in everything he wants to accomplish?

-Ask Patents

One of the most curious sagas of the entire John Titor story is what happened to the person who patented the John Titor time displacement machine.

Whether the reader believes that the person who patented the invention is John Titor or an opportunist is up to the reader to determine.  It is certainly a function of whether the reader believes he is a hoax or legitimate.

What is really interesting about this story is what happened once someone patented this invention.  Please take note;

  • A guy named Marlin B Pohlman Patents the time displacement machine and related technology.
  • Pohlman applies for the patent in 2006.
  • Since the initial application date, the patent status has never changed! No rulings or decisions..Nothing.
  • No actual patent has been granted in this case (it was rejected in 2007 and abandoned in 2008). The official reason for the rejection is the lack of utility – meaning a lack of sufficient proof of this invention being possible/executable. (Quote: Final Rejection document from 08.08. 2007)
  • March 14, 2013 . Marlin Brandt Pohlman, a 43-year-old man accused of drugging and sexually assaulting four women he met at parties, pleaded not guilty in Multnomah County Circuit Court to 25 allegations.
  • Pohlman was held on a $2 million bail – a remarkably high sum for Portland.
  • He is arrested and sentenced to prison followed by monitoring as a Sex Offender.

Need I remind the reader that most MAJestic operatives are retired as Sex Offenders so that they can be monitored.

Most reach this period of retirement after 20 to 30 years in the MAJestic organization.  I was retired when I was 44 years old. (I am not saying that this person is part of MAJestic, but rather that this individual is retired in a manner consistent with those whom possess technical “secrets” or abilities.)

What is most interesting is the large amount of press that he has gotten, and the great lengths made to disparage his background.

All that being said, it really is a good patent it’s just missing exactly what it says it’s missing and that’s probably why it was rejected because microsingularities haven’t been (officially) invented or even (officially) observed yet, but they are possible.

Remember, boys and girls, "official" existence of something is what is made public to the general population. Most advanced technology is kept hidden in "carve outs" and only the "anointed" might work with the technology.

But keep in mind this patent isn’t patenting Kerr black holes, it’s patenting a machine that uses them, even if theoretically.

I think the main reason it was rejected is because he included the John Titor diagrams which are already copyrighted and trademarked by the John Titor Foundation under Larry Haber. Anyways, let’s look at what the oligarchy has to say about Marln Pohlman…

“Really? Why all the press on this guy? This shit happens every day.. One link has a ten things you need to know slides how FFS... Something is very fishy here..”

-DooobieDooobieDo

“Guys this shit is crazy..read my OP for the edit.. This guy had to be set up”

-DooobieDooobieDo

Fraud or World-Line Connections

Investigators from Italy have tracked the ISP and tell-tale electronic signatures relative to the postings of “John Titor” to an individual named “John Rick Harber”. This was confirmed by a private investigator named Mike Lynch.

The investigator has traced John Rick Haber’s brother to a foundation called the John Titor Foundation.

  • This organization owns much of the copyright information to the “John Titor” material.
  • Lawrence Haber, Esq. is the attorney and general manager for the John Titor Foundation.

He was also the Chief Counsel for VISI Corp (and may still be) when the Foundation came into existence. Mr. Haber is a computer scientist, so he would of course know about the technical aspects of the computer-related information as discussed by “John Titor”.

The very nature of this (possible) disclosure makes it impossible to verify.

The investigatory effort shows and indicates real connections between an individual and a means to profit from the disclosure.  However, that in no way confirms that the person trying to profit from it is the SAME person who made the disclosure.  They might be related, for instance a friend that John Titor made in this world-line. A friend, mind you, who permitted John Titor to access his ISP.

+++

In any event, in my mind, it seems that the evidence for this disclosure to be a fraud is pretty strong.

That is, however…

…until I look at what I know as part of MAJestic, and the other accumulation of various visual evidences collected in the previous chapter.  Then, when I pause and take a second look. Today, I am no longer so sure…

Fun Frauds and Hoaxes

Oh the funny internet.

It seems that once you post something of interest, it tends to spawn a multitude of “false positives”.  These “false positives” make it extremely difficult to find the genuine article among all that clutter.

Elsewhere, I have postulated that this is one of the characteristics of a disinformation campaign.  And, indeed it is.  If someone posts some on the internet that needs to be secret or hidden, you propagate all sorts of fakes that dilute the ability to find the originals.

However, that does not omit the fact that there are teenagers, and hoaxers of all ages with a cheap computer and time on their hands.

Here are some of the frauds and disinformation attempts that tend to render the disclosure into obscurity;

Photos ‘Prove’ Donald Trump Is Time Traveler John Titor

Why not?  President Bush was a space alien, and President Obama was Jesus Christ (though he certainly acted more like Santa Claus…).

It’s a common theme apparently.  There are more than just a few videos posted on the internet with this theme.

John Titor Music Video

Someone apparently thought that the video of “Girls just want to have fun” by Cyndi Lauper contained a video of John Titor.  How can this be you may ask? Well they stitched together some pictures of thin men with dark sunglasses and short hair throughout history.  Called them time travelers, and pointed out a person with the same description in the video.  Voilà!

Of course, they never discuss why in the world would anyone WANT to be in a music video in 1983.  Nor do they discuss why a time traveler would want to do so either. It’s as if everyone wants to be famous and noticed.  I guess everyone has the mindset of a 13 year old. How quaint.

“Real” Footage of John Titor

Of course, many of the people who put up these silly videos haven’t even read his dialog.  You would think that that would be one of the first things a person would do.  Right?

Here’s a good example of that.

In this case the person posts a video of a guy walking into a bright light.  Interesting, and great special effects.  But we happen to know by reading the dialog that John Titor outfitted a car to go to 1975 to continue on his mission.  (He had to back track and retrace his steps to return to his home world-line.) We know that the Time Displacement Mechanism is quite large.  We also know that there is a momentary (micro-second not multiple-second) burst of UV light… not visible light.  UV-light.

This stuff cracks me up.

The person who posted this did so on 18NOV15.  He stated that “He recorded this video in 2001, that’s why the quality is bad.” Without telling us how John Titor recorded himself, and who had the video during the 15 years since, and how the poster obtained the video or any of the background information regarding it.

Sites with the keyword “John Titor”

Some videos just throw about the name John Titor so they can get more “hits” and visits to watch the video.  In it are some buried “evidence” of more or less curious banter.  In the example below is a time traveler from the future who is interrogated.  You would think that they would provide better lighting, and better filming then just a hand held smart phone.  Don’t ya know?

But the eerie music and the preponderance of exclamation points in the dialog are a nice touch… (If you were a 5 year old.)

More Fake John Titor(s) – Retirement, Book Deals, Movies, Etc.

There are numerous individuals who are trying to capitalize on the “John Titor” saga.  One even has his name.  However, they are all hoaxes.  It’s all nonsense. For purposes of clarity, there is only one John Titor with only one disclosure event.  That event lasted for a brief period of time centered around the year 2000.  Anything else is nonsense.

Here is a typical “fake” John Titor.  Apparently this one is involved in more than just an Internet video, but has a book deal, and even a potential movie.  My goodness!  Go watch the nonsense here;

I have listened to some of these individuals who proclaim to be John Titor who returned back for “retirement”.  Their stories do not even match up with the original John Titor at all.  I wonder if they even ever did their homework.

For instance, John Titor (real) stated that there isn’t any “Global Warming”, the fake wanna-be John Titor claims that he returned to 2017 due to “Global Warming”.  (Oh brother!)

The original John Titor did not want to tell anything about the future events that would happen, however the fake John Titor is full of all kinds of stories how Trump will hold two terms etc.

Seriously, moving to a different world-line for retirement is not a realistic scenario at the least;

  • Friends, family, dogs, cats, and possessions would have to be discarded, never to ever see again. The fake John Titor has no problem with this.
  • The fake John Titor thinks it is just fine to move to a different time and place and adapt so easy and comfortably. Cultural differences are fine for a short visit, but never fun when long term occupation is concerned. Don’t think so? Try living in Guangdong, China from Boston for six months. (And, even after all these years, I just can’t get over the lack of automats, and the crazy idea that potatoes are served with eggs.  Potatoes! Of all things. At least in China they realize that breakfast should be served with beans of some sort…such as YouTiao, or DouJiang.)
  • Why move to 2017? According to original John Titor, it was not a desirable time, even if the world-line was altered.  In other words, why retire right before World War III?
  • Retire to another world-line and write a book and make videos about it? Come on!  You want to keep your knowledge and skill-sets quiet. At least until you are old and in your retirement years.
  • According to the fake John Titor he has the displacement mechanism in his garage. So, his employer would just give that piece of equipment to him?  So that he can show it to everyone on this time line?
I suppose that upon my demise that there would be those who pretend to be me and spout fake nonsense after this blog is terminated.  Well, dear reader, do not be fooled.  There is only ONE manuscript.  This is it.  

I promise you that I won’t do anything else, even if somehow they exhume my body, resuscitate me and offer me a contract in payment.  I won’t do it.

I PROMISE. All and any subsequent writings, videos, audio, and photos will not come from me.  I will be dead.  Dead as a cold possum lying in the hot Texas heat alongside the road.

Latest updates

Discourse screen capture.
Discourse screen capture.

From reddit; As we know, John Titor, JT, allegedly left our timeline in the year 2001, leaving behind little, except for a few items to select individuals.

In the years since, the story has had its highs and lows, the most recent major spike sometime around 2010, over five years ago, when Lawrence H. Haber, supposed attorney for JT’s mother in our timeline, was found to be in connection with the John Titor Foundation, founded in 2003.

The trail’s been pretty cold ever since. A new website popped up in 2012, but I haven’t heard of anyone who’s been able to decode it; it clearly has something to do with multiple John’s somehow using the original posts to accomplish something. The case seems to have gone cold.

Links

  • The John Titor Story (Probably the best summary available).
  • John Titor: The Time Traveler From 2036. Why people believe John Titor. Published on Apr 21, 2017. To this day, those who spoke to him still wonder who he was, he left a lasting impression and people were very taken with what he had to say, he seemed very ahead of Time and could answer any question, remember this was a time before you could simply ‘google’ answers.
  • John titor Predictions (That came true.) This is a very good video listing many things that John Titor predicted that actually came true.  Many or even most of what is listed here in this video is not covered in this manuscript.  Published on Nov 28, 2014. I wish he would post an updated version after the 2016 election.
  • Time Travel: The Story of John Titor | Digging Deeper (Video summary)

Conclusion

“Some theorize that John Titor went back to 1973-1975 and just told the guy working on the IBM 5100 dating system how to deal with Y2K.”

-Ren

In my mind, I happen to believe his story.  I do believe that he is leaving certain things out.  However, there are numerous tell tale signs that indicate validity.

  • He certainly went to a lot of effort to (physically) construct the “Time Displacement Mechanism” for a mere hoax. After all, he would have at the bare minimum have been expected to have taken more than two photos of it.
  • The point above also includes the technical cross section of the mechanism.
  • The point above includes photos of elements of the instruction manual.
  • The photo of the laser light bending outside the open window of the vehicle during operation is both convincing and difficult to fake using 1998 software (by most computer users at the time). Indeed who would even think of such an effect to fake? BTW, How could you fake that effect?
  • Manuals show evidence of manual (non-electric) typewritters using basic computer graphics found on pre-windows 98 systems. This is in full compliance with the John Titor story.
  • His disclosure’ reactions maintains the core indicators of a disinformation campaign.
  • He predicted the social & political trends accurately.
  • He predicted the American police state accurately.
  • He stated that one of the strangest American futures was one in which New York was without a prominent skyscraper (The World Trade Center which disappeared in 9-11-2001.). Note that he did not think that that would be the future for the United States.  He expected that the world-line would maintain the same path to civil war followed by global nuclear war.  The only thing that would be different was that there would not be any civil disruption associated with Y2K, and his parents would stay alive through it.  However, what actually occurred is his meddling in the future brought a more extreme future (from his point of view).  Alternatively, alternatively, he about this future all alone, but did not want to mention it.
  • The society today, and the social / political trends are what would be in place if he did thwart the Y2K fiasco.

Finally,

  • There is substantial evidence from automobile cams, road and traffic cams, and smart phones that vehicles are popping in and out of our reality on roads. This is the ONLY disclosure where someone offers an explanation as to what all this actually is.

The implications of this can alter our perception of the statist view of our world.  It is a world that is constantly changing in accordance with MWI and is constantly undergoing changes in direction due to interference’s from other world lines.  Additionally the influences of time travel abound.  Finally, there are other extraterrestrial species that have perfected these techniques as well, and they too place a hand in the shaping of the world that we all communally perceive.

Fourth of multiple Posts

This post is the fourth of a series of posts related to John Titor. The other posts are;

Conclusion

Our reality is not what we think it is. I am not the only person who has disclosed that there are others, and other organizations that can enter and leave our reality at will. Another person who made this claim went by the name John Titor.

Only where as, I claim to be part of MAJestic and was employed as part of human sentience management, John Titor claimed to be a person who was part of another world-line. Together, we both claim that the MWI is real, and we utilize it to perform dimensional egress for our own purposes.

  • I claim that it is a tool that is used to manage human sentience evolution.
  • John Titor claims that he utilized the time variable to conduct acquisition activities in the past.

He claimed that on that world-line, the United States was fundamentally different after a rapid series of events in the late 1990’s. He claimed that he needed to perform some acquisition of certain technical devices through the use of the time-variance option in dimensional travel.

This is the fourth of a multi-part post.

Take Aways

  • John Titor claimed to be a time traveler.
  • He utilized dimensional travel to move in and out of the baseline reality.
  • As such, he visited our world-line to acquire some technology needed on his world-line.
  • That technology was produced in “our” past. Thus the idea that it involved “time travel”.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

John Titor and Details on his Time-Machine (Part 3)

Now, let’s take some time and talk about the John Titor Time Machine. For it is a mechanism that provides a bubble whereas a physical entity might move from one world-line and one time-line to another.

Titor started inviting people to see photos of the “John Titor Time Machine”, and explained to them how it worked. Titor described it as a “stationary mass, temporal displacement unit powered by two top-spin, dual positive singularities”, and posted several images of the manual. According to Titor, his time machine includes:

  • Two magnetic housing units for the dual micro singularities
  • An electron injection manifold to alter mass and gravity micro singularities
  • A cooling and X-ray venting system
  • Gravity sensors, or a variable gravity lock
  • Four main cesium clocks
  • Three main computer units

DIsplacement Mechanism Schematic / John Titor Time Machine
John Titor Time Machine. John Titor Displacement Mechanism Schematic. This is the schematic of the mechanism that he used for dimensional travel. This page is very interesting as it is the most detailed page of the manual, but is drawn by hand, not CAD. The rest of the manual is drawn using basic software drawing packages.

The John Titor Time Machine was installed in a 1967 Chevrolet Camaro (later in a van), and it weighed around 500 pounds. Titor claims that CERN would discover one year later a way to create micro-singularities, but that they would evaporate a split second after and emit large amounts of X and Gamma rays.

TimeTravel_0 : SERN will discover some very odd things as a result of their high energy experiments, in about a year from your point of view. They will accidentally create micro-singularities, which will evaporate very quickly, and create a massive amount of X-ray and Gamma rays.

It will puzzle them for a while, until they figure out how to add an electrical charge and capture these strange odd and massive particles in a magnetic field.

If you bombard a singularity with electrons… you can alter the size of its event horizon, and thus its gravitational field. By overlapping these fields from two singularities… you can travel forward and backward through time. Its actually quite simple.”

Important Warning

The information within this series of posts are speculative. I have no factual information if this John Titor is what he claimed to be. It is presented herein as the only (or maybe, one of the only) sources that claim to be associated with the vehicles that pop in and out of our reality from time to time.

He was, as far as I know, never associated with MAJestic in any way.

Principle of Operation

The “John Titor Time Machine” works with a dual kerr black-hole principle. Titor comments that the real challenge here was detecting gravity. With his own words:

TimeTravel_0 : Altering gravity is not the hard part.

TimeTravel_0 : Detecting gravity is the hard part.

TimeTravel_0 : I will tell you a little story.

TimeTravel_0 : When time travel was invented.

TimeTravel_0 : They built prototypes that would go back in time for a split second and then return.

TimeTravel_0 : They had sensors and cameras on them.

TimeTravel_0 : ...and they never returned.

TimeTravel_0 : It was later discovered that the machines were ending up about 15 miles away and 3000 feet in the air.

TimeTravel_0 : feet

TimeTravel_0 : The Earth was rotating away from them.

TimeTravel_0 : A system had to be invented that would "hold" the machine to the Earth.

TimeTravel_0 : Its called VGL.

TimeTravel_0 : Its based on very sensitive clocks and gravity sensors.

TimeTravel_0 : It stops the time distortion machine if radical changes in gravity are detected.

wyrmkin_37 : mechanical or electronic clocks

TimeTravel_0 : You wouldn't want to end up inside a mountain or under water...would you?

TimeTravel_0 : Cesium.

His Time Travel Theory

Imagine there is an infinite variety of “world lines” – parallel worlds, possible futures – there would as well be a world line, where John Titor grew up, experienced a World War 3 and time traveled. This is the basics on how the “John Titor Time Machine” worked.

Re-positioned in a van.
Re-positioned in a van.

In fact, as I see it, there would always be a half of these world lines where a statement is true and where it’s false, i.g. World War 3 (a half infinity is still infinite). If we do not experience this event in our world line, we are in the half where this is not true, while John came from a world line where it actually happened – however, he meant that we are in a world line where this is going to happen.

. Laser light distorted by the gravity field!
. Laser light distorted by the gravity field! The idea that gravity bends light is common for students of physics, not so common for the bulk of Americans. The idea or concept that a generated black hole would generate gravity, and that it would bend light around it is not common knowledge, though movies like Star Wars might give one that impression. From the dialog “This is a picture taken in the fall of 2035 during my training. It shows my instructor beaming a handheld laser outside the vehicle during operation. The beam is being bent by the gravitational field produced outside the vehicle by the distortion unit. The beam is visible through smoke that is coming from his cigar. “

Question. How come he traveled to our world line, and not somebody else’s? (To get an IBM 5100 computer system, of course – but it still makes me wonder…) Again, there could be an infinite variety of world lines where he time traveled, and another infinite variety of world lines where he did not.

Anyway, here is an explanation from his point of view:

"As far as the future goes, your world-line is about 2.5% different than mine. This is a roughly cumulative measurement based on my arrival in 1975. 

As far as I can tell right now, you are headed toward the same events I would call “my history” in 2036. 

However, the very nature of time travel states that every world-line is unique and you are very much in control of what you do and how you get there. Heck, the fact that I’m here makes it different from mine."

The Invention Of Time Travel (According to John Titor)

There are many people with ideas and opinions. When we hear of something that lies outside our experience, we are often desirous of belittling it, or negating it. That is unfortunate, and should be avoided. We need to listen. We need to observe, and we need to think.

“Oliver Stone makes movies.  I am willing to concede that he is quite accomplished in the area of film-making.  Indeed, we should all listen to him if the subject of making movies happens to present itself here on Zero Hedge.
  
As for geopolitics, Oliver Stone has no more persuasiveness than the unemployed history doctorate that bags my groceries.  He would do us all a favor by just keeping his mouth closed and staying with what he knows.”

-Librarian . Comment posted in response to an article by famed movie producer Oliver Stone for his article where he claims that four months into the Donald Trump presidency, that it is disaster.

Here is an overview of the operation and the invention of time-travel as described John Titor. Originally posted by John Titor on February 14/15, 2001. Summary is presented herein with comments from the author.

Acceleration = Time Dilation

“As pointed out earlier, acceleration will produce time dilation. This can be observed by the “twins paradox”. As one twin stays on Earth, the other twin in his accelerating spaceship experiences a slower passing of time. When he returns to Earth, he is noticeably younger than his twin who aged normally in Earth time. 

This type of “time travel” should have been proven already on this world-line with atomic clock experiments. 

With sufficient power, this type of time travel will only provide practical displacement in a futile direction. This type of time travel is also isolated to a single world-line. You will not meet yourself.”

Time travel is possible along the lines in accordance with the understandings of contemporaneous literature and science. Time dilation creates a comparative method of time travel.  This method is NOT the same as the method that John Titor used.

This method ONLY provides “time travel” in a forward direction. It does not permit travel into the past.

This method also is limited to a single world-line.  It does not permit multiple world-line travel. Moreover, since it is limited to a single world-line and limited to only travel into the future, the time traveler is highly unlikely to meet himself.

This is an interesting analogy, but aside from the purposes of a basic introduction, it holds little value. Further, there are all sorts of arguments that “muddy up the waters” of this issue. Sigh…

Gravity = Acceleration

“As Einstein pointed out with his STR, the effects of gravity and acceleration are the same. Therefore, you will experience the same time travel effects in the twin paradox by being close to a large gravity source. 

In the atomic clock experiments mentioned above, the reason there was a difference in time was not because the clock in the plane was moving, it was because the clock in the well was closer to the center of the Earth. 

Constant speed is not acceleration.”

This is basic Statics and Dynamics taught in any freshman engineering class.

Large Gravity = Static Black Hole

“The next step is to find a large gravity source to use in your time machine. 

Static black holes provide this type of power. 

As one twin approaches the event horizon or edge of the black hole, the other twin will watch him as he appears to slow down. He will notice his twin’s watch run slower until it stops at the event horizon. 

The twin moving toward the horizon will notice none of this and see his watch running just fine. 

Although possible, a trip into a static black hole will not take you to another world-line and it’s one-way. The force of gravity will crush you.”

Gravity affects time. Given a large enough gravity source, one can use it to alter time. This is also well known.

John Titor states that his machine controls micro-black holes. He states that static black holes can provide this type of power.

You cannot use them as they are for time travel. The nature of the black hole will crush the fragile humans by the huge gravitational forces present.

Rotating Black Hole = Doughnut-shaped Singularity

“Fortunately, most black holes are not static. They spin. 

Spinning black holes are often referred to as Kerr black holes. 

A Kerr black hole has two interesting properties. 

One, they have two event horizons.

And two, the singularity is not a point, it looks more like a doughnut. 

These odd properties also have a pronounced affect on the black hole’s gravity. There are vectors where you can approach the singularity without being crushed by gravity.”

According to John Titor, the micro-black hole in the dimensional distortion machine utilizes “Kerr Black Holes”.

According to John Titor the shape is not identical to what is commonly formulated by physicists; a simple rotating sphere. Instead, he claims that the actual shape is more akin to that of a doughnut.  As such, the geometry of such an object allows it to possess not one, but two event horizons.

The Kerr metric or Kerr geometry describes the geometry of empty space-time around a rotating uncharged axially-symmetric black hole with a spherical event horizon. The Kerr metric is an exact solution of the Einstein field equations of general relativity; these equations are highly non-linear, which makes exact solutions very difficult to find. Go here; https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kerr_metric

However, I would prefer to digress here as it is my calculations indicate two event horizons as well. The event horizons are clearly shown in the figure below.  The singularity is an equatorial line that circles the micro-black hole. (It is not a point singularity.)

The two event horizons differ from that of a classical point singularity = spherical event horizon, to that of a two dimensional singularity. Thus for a two dimensional singularity, the two event horizons are easy to visualize.  As one is “above” the singularity, and the other is “below” the singularity. Please see the figure below.

Again, the singularity is not a spherical point, but rather more like a doughnut.

The geometry of such a configuration has a unique gravitational signature. Because of this, there are vectors, or “methods of approach” that a person can use to manipulate these unique properties to avoid the crush-properties of the inherent gravitational field.

A great write up on this can be found on the PDF titled “The Kerr Spacetime: A brief Introduction” found at https://arxiv.org/pdf/0706.0622v3.pdf#35 . 

I urge the reader to take particular note to figure three which shows a Polar slice through the Kerr spacetime in Cartesian Kerr–Schild coordinates. Location of the horizons, ergosurfaces, and curvature singularity is shown for a = 0.99 m and m = 1. Note that the inner and outer horizons are ellipses in these coordinates, while the inner and outer ergosurfaces are more complicated. The curvature singularity lies at the kink in the inner ergosurface. The reader should note that there are two “kinks” displayed in the photo.

A Kerr black hole is a type of black hole that possesses only mass and angular momentum (but not electrical charge – the third possible property of a black hole).

In other words, a Kerr black hole is an uncharged black hole that rotates about a central axis. It is named after the New Zealand mathematician Roy Kerr who, in 1963, became the first person to solve the field equations of Einstein’s general theory of relativity for a situation of this kind.

Polar Slice
Polar slice through Kerr Space-time. Polar slice through the Kerr spacetime in Cartesian Kerr–Schild coordinates. Location of the horizons, ergosurfaces, and curvature singularity is shown for a = 0.99 m and m = 1. Note that the inner and outer horizons are ellipses in these coordinates with an overall shape similar to that of a hole-less doughnut. The inner and outer ergosurfaces are more complicated. The curvature singularity lies at the kink in the inner ergosurface. The singularity is the kink indicated by the arrows.

Kerr black holes are probably the commonest in nature, since the massive stars from which they typically form possess rotation (but no overall charge) before they collapse at the end of their lives. By the principle of conservation of angular momentum, much of this spin is then retained by the black hole following the star’s terminal collapse

A Kerr black hole has the following distinct regions:

  • ring singularity
  • inner and outer event horizons (2 event horizons)
  • ergosphere
  • static limit (the boundary between the ergosphere and normal space)

It is, conventionally, considered to be the domain of the intellectual. It is considered, by many in academia, to be unstable and not worthy of investigation.

Doughnut-shaped singularity=Passage into an Alternate World-line

“Another other more interesting result of passing through a doughnut singularity is that you travel through time by passing into another universe or world-line. Please see Penrose diagrams for Kerr Black holes or you can examine the calculations of Frank Tipler.

So now the problem becomes…where do we find a doughnut-shaped singularity?”

When you pass through a doughnut shaped Kerr black hole, you can enter another dimension or world-line.  Because of this you can conduct “apparent” time-travel, by proceeding in the “past” of an alternative world-line.

Looking at the Penrose-Diagram for the rotating Kerr-Black hole, the reader will clearly note that there are two regions; II and III.

This is an idealized mathematical solution to the Einstein Field Equation.

In the idealized mathematical solution, as long as r is greater than zero and less than infinity, you can extend the solution further; and r is nonzero and finite at the boundaries between the I and II regions and between the II and III regions.

The Kerr solution has only two free parameters, the hole’s mass and angular momentum, and they are the same everywhere in a given solution (i.e., everywhere in the diagram). Those parameters determine the properties of the singularities, just as they determine the properties of the space-time as a whole.

Perhaps the reader could best understand the equivalent comparisons in a “real world” adaptation of this equation.  In that case, there are only two variables in regards to dimensional –travel.  They are angular momentum and mass of the singularity. Depending on the values, they create the two regions, II and III. These represent SPACE and TIME. Or to put it further, it defines the TIME within a DIMENSIONAL WORLD-LINE.

In summary, if one is able to manipulate the properties of a Kerr micro-black hole singularity, one would be able to access a specific date and time on a specific world-line.

Penrose diagram for a Kerr Black Hole
Penrose diagram for a Kerr Black Hole

What is interesting, is if you for example take the Penrose Process, you assume that this approximately describes only a part of our universe and we can come from far away with particles carrying angular momentum (if you would not, then how should this idea of taking energy from the BH (BH=”Black Hole”) work?

You send in particles which reduce the angular momentum of the BH, which is only possible if you make a distinction between the BH angular momentum and the angular momentum of the particle).

So from physics point of view, we assume we have a BH carrying angular momentum and a particle carrying a different angular momentum. As soon as the particle enters the event horizon, we don’t know whether it travels to the next universe or ends its life in one of the singularities.

If it travels to the next universe however, the angular momentum of the BH itself should not change! So the only possibility to make the Penrose Process realistic seems to me, by postulating that the particle ends its life in one of the singularities…

The reader should take note that the Penrose process requires a black hole that changes mass and angular momentum, and strictly speaking, Kerr space-time can’t model that. However, Kerr space-time still provides a very good approximation for a process that changes the hole’s mass and angular momentum by a very small amount–for example, an object massing a few tons falling into a black hole a few times the mass of the Sun.

This process can be modeled to a very good approximation by using Kerr space-time with the original mass and angular momentum of the singularity at the black hole, and then, after the object falls in, just replacing it with Kerr space-time with the new mass and angular momentum of the hole. The change is so small, and happens so fast on the time scale of the hole, that there is no need to model the detailed dynamics of the change.

But… But…

Wouldn’t the gravity still affect anyone trying to enter a different time within a different dimension? The answer is no.

There is a point where there is no gravity within the singularity.

By looking at Killing surface gravity equation for Kerr black holes, you can see that gravity would be negative at the inner horizon for an object dropped from rest at infinity with zero angular momentum (ZAMO)-

Where,

or in the case of Kerr-Newman,

for an equation of the gravity locally (i.e. taking into account relativity) for a ZAMO, the following equation applies (in the equatorial plane only) for Kerr black holes-

This equation is undefined between r +  and r −  due to the square root of Δ  which becomes negative between r +  and r − , to get some idea of where gravity becomes negative mathematically, you could set the equation so that you get the square root of the absolute value of Δ

Note if you use r +  and r −  in the equation (above) and multiply by the redshift

you get results equal to the first equation. For a more extended equation of the gravity locally for a Kerr black hole (i.e. beyond the equatorial plane) for a ZAMO the following applies-

It appears that gravity becomes negative somewhere near the Cauchy horizon, remains negative within the Cauchy horizon and then becomes positive again near the singularity.

Important note; The source for equations (both the the derived equations)- at http://arxiv.org/abs/gr-qc/0407004  page 10.

A Pondering Hawking = Microsingularity

“Steven Hawking proposed the existence of microsingularities that were created in the big bang. They were probably about the size of a proton and disappeared over the years due to an effect of radiation evaporation. (Yes, black holes do emit energy.)”

Time and Displacement Fields.
Time and Displacement Fields.

High Energy Physics = Microsingularity

“When I first started posting online a few months ago, I said that major breakthroughs in particle physics were around your corner. 

Soon, CERN will bring their big machine on line and they will be smashing very fast and high-energy particles together. One of the more odd and potentially dangerous items produced from this increase in energy will be microsingularities a fraction of the size of an electron.”

Artificial Microsingularity = Localized Kerr Field

“Through trial and error, and although they are quite heavy, hot and capable of putting out a great deal of energy (300 – 500 megawatts), it’s discovered that these microsingularities can be electrified and captured. 

It is also interesting to note at this point that electrified singularities also have two event horizons. 

By spinning these various microsingularities, a localized Kerr field is created.”

Micro singularities can be electrified.  If they can be electrified, they can be captured. By inducing a spin on the micro singularities (possible if electrified), one can manipulate them to create a localized (of course) Kerr Field.

Localized Kerr Field = Tipler Sinusoid

“By using two microsingularites in close proximity to each other, it is possible to create, manipulate and alter the Kerr fields to create a Tipler gravity sinusoid. 

This field can be adjusted, rotated and moved in order to simulate the movement of mass through a doughnut-shaped singularity and into an alternate world line. Thus, safe time travel.”

So, thus if a micro singularity can be controlled electronically (modification of the electrical field through rotation and other electrical techniques), you can create a localized Kerr field.  Having two localized Kerr fields, both under control through electrical modification, one would be able to create a “Tipler gravity sinusoid”.

The manipulation of this “Tipler gravity sinusoid” permits travel in two “planes” or “dimensions” or reality.  These are in TIME and in WORLD-LINE.

The reader should be advised that the “experts” in the field think that a Tipler Sinusoid is a notable mathematical exercise, but that it probably has no practical application.

An objection to the practicality of building a Tipler cylinder was made famous by the great physicist Stephen Hawking,.  He provided a proof that simply stated that according to general relativity it is impossible to build a time machine in any finite region that satisfies the weak energy condition.  In other words, he means that the region contains no exotic matter with negative energy.

The Tipler cylinder, on the other hand, does not involve any negative energy. So therefore, according to Hawking, it cannot possibly work.

Hawking comments ;

"it can't be done with positive energy density everywhere! I can prove that to build a finite time machine, you need negative energy."

Hawking’s proof appears in his 1992 paper on the chronology protection conjecture.

Although the proof is distinct from the conjecture itself,.  The proof shows that classical general relativity predicts a finite region containing closed time-like curves. However, these region(s) can only be created if there is a violation of the weak energy condition within that region. The conjecture predicts that closed time-like curves will prove to be impossible in a future theory of quantum gravity which replaces general relativity.

In the paper, he examines “the case that the causality violations appear in a finite region of space-time without curvature singularities” and proves that

"[t]here will be a Cauchy horizon that is compactly generated and that in general contains one or more closed null geodesics which will be incomplete. One can define geometrical quantities that measure the Lorentz boost and area increase on going round these closed null geodesics. If the causality violation developed from a noncompact initial surface, the averaged weak energy condition must be violated on the Cauchy horizon."

The “expert” has spoken.

I actually do not know what the actual mechanism is. I do know that I myself participated in time and dimensional travel.  I know that it did involve world-line egress and manipulation.  However, I never did study the mechanism; I was never taught the theories behind it.  I did not learn how to dissemble or repair the equipment, nor did I even know WHY I was being sent on “missions” or “tasks” using this kind of technology.

So, all I can say to this is that there MUST be a way to make this device work.

It has been my experience that when an “expert” says that something cannot be done, and you have actually done it, that expert is deriving their conclusions from FAULTY presumptions.

Enough about the theory. Let’s look at the documentation that John Titor provided.

Equipment layout & Documentation

John Titor provided some documentation to help explain the John Titor Time Machine. Personally, I have some problems with the documentation. As I will describe. To me, it seems that he created some false documents that he seeded within the baseline documentation. It is unknown why he did this.

Here are elements of the user manual that he provided to the public.

Time machine
A better photograph of the John Titor time machine.

John Titor provided some pages from his manual. Here are some photographs of what he has provided. In my mind there is a serious discrepancy between the cross sectional layout of the time displacement mechanism and the bulk of the drawings within the manual.

Firstly, I do believe that the cross sectional drawing came from the original operation manual…

DIsplacement Mechanism Schematic
John Titor Displacement Mechanism Schematic. This is the schematic of the mechanism that he used for dimensional travel. I believe that is this original and from the manual that came with the machine.

It is the rest of the manual that I have a problem with.

Taken as a whole, this discrepancy would be enough to rule out any authenticity of this disclosure. That is, if I wasn’t involved in MAJestic and know what I know…

John Titor Time Machine
First Page. One the first page, the first thing that jumps out at me is how the zero’s are made. There aren’t any slashes through the number zero. Additionally, the dates utilize a non-military format. March 21, 2034 should be written as “21MAR34”.

The thing about this disclosure, is that while I can pretty much follow and agree with just about everything that this John Titor is saying and elaborating upon. I have a difficult time reconciling the manual. To me, the lack of formal (long term) use of military typesetting formatting, and the mish-mash of hand-drawn cross-sectional schematics and utilization of commercially available computer drawing packages from the 1990’s are suggestive of fraud.

In the 1990’s, there were numerous software packages that could have produced very nice drawings of a technical nature. These included ProE (Pro Engineer), Solidworks, Catia, Unigraphics, and Autocad.

Yet, even with this “red in the face” structural defect, the idea that the loss of advanced technology and the resultant reliance on typewriters lends some credence to the story. Yet, for me, it is a hard-sell.

John Titor Time Machine
This page could have been easily thrown together using pre-computer technology. A photograph is of the unit is then taped in place, and xerox copies made of it. Details are then typewritten in place. This method of binding documents and manuals are from my father’s generation; 1960 and early 1970 technology.

This next page, from the appendix has really thrown me as the illustration clearly uses 1990 computer drawing software technology.

John Titor Time Machine
Section I from the manual. Here is where I get a little confused and start to question the narrative on the source of the manual and the contents within it.

My feelings and opinions are reinforced by the drawing on other pages such as this one…

Come on! This drawing was made with 1990 drawing sketcher technology, not even using hand sketches, or the CAD systems available during that time.

John Titor Time Machine
This is a nice layout and is rather easy to understand. The idea that it was made using 1990’s technology flies in the face of the narrative that it was produced in the 2030’s. Even in a post nuclear-war world, the idea that this was germane to the future seems unlikely. I would assume fully hand-drawn illustrations, or CAD generated renderings. Not the 1990-era artwork. Giving John Titor the benefit of a doubt, I can only assume that he created these drawings himself and pretended that they originated out of the manual. Why he would do this raises a big question; one that can totally destroy his narrative, or at the very least suggest that he is hiding some technical features of the device from people on this world line. Not at all a unrealistic possibility.

As such… Could John Titor be trying to hide some features of the dimensional displacement unit?

In so doing… Maybe, providing the bare minimums to help us to understand the mechanism, but hiding some key features that make his unit special? A thought worth investigating…

John Titor Time Machine line diagram.
The John Titor Time Machine. Layout as described.

I have no problems with the last pages, aside from the systems used to generate it.

If GE made the unit, and employed illustrators to hand draw the complete unit, they certainly could have used the same illustrators to document the manual. Yes, yes, I know, that technical illustration is NOT the same as technical drawing… which is what saves the manual in my eyes, but to me… It’s all discordant.

drawing
Here is a hand drawn motorcycle engine in 3D. It was done in the same way, using the same technique as the “authentic” dimensional displacement mechanism. Which tells me that someone took a significant amount to time to draw the picture and utilized a certain level of skill to do so.

Remember, Hand drawn drawings can be very beautiful and illustrative. The use of 1990-era computer software for technical and illustrative drawings seems … well, fraudulent.

Assembly drawing
Detail drawing of a automobile connecting rod. This is a hand drawn part drawing. It is beautiful and a work of art. In a way, a very fundamental way, it is of the same ilk at the cross sectional drawing of the entire unit. Thus, it is confusing to me why there is a serious disconnect between the methodologies used to document the manual. My only conclusion is that the specific information and drawings in the manual were created by John Titor himself using available 1990 technology available to him in 1998.

Anyways…

Moving forward…

World-line Divergence

Continuing with his narrative.

“Time itself can be understood in terms of connected lines. When you go back in time, you travel on your original timeline. When you turn your singularity engine off, a new timeline is created, due to the fact that you and your time machine are now there. In other words, a new universe is created.

To get back to your original line, you must travel a split second father back, and immediately throw the engine into forward without turning it off.”

-John Titor

John Titor’s time machine was only accurate “to about 60 years.” He couldn’t travel much farther than that, because the world-line divergence experienced in doing so would render his destination practically unrecognizable. In Titor’s words, “the longer the unit is on past a safe divergence confidence, the ‘stranger’ the world-line becomes.”

“The C204 begins to ‘break away’ at about 60 years. This means the level of confidence drops rapidly after 60 years of travel and the world-line divergence increases. In other words, if I wanted to go back 2000 years and meet Christ, there is a better than average chance I would end up on a world-line where he was never born.”

– November 4, 2000

This divergence confidence was calculated to be about 1-2%, and newer versions of the time machine were being perfected in the future to make this more accurate:

“I would equate the ‘future’ GE distortion units to their current jet engines. The first one worked great but they can always make it better. The C204 unit uses 4 cesium clocks. The C206 uses 6 cesium clocks but they use an optical system to check the oscillation frequency. This makes the world-line divergence confidence much higher.”

– November 7, 2000

According to Titor, you could “imagine your path through time [as] through a cone. The farther away from the center of the cone, the more differences you will see in the world-line.”

The VGL, computer systems, and clocks worked together to measure the divergence:

“The measurement for world-line divergence is an observation variable isolated to the distortion unit. An effective analogy would be a ‘gravity radar”. The unit’s sensors take a ‘snapshot’ of the local gravity around the unit before a flight. During travel, this baseline is periodically checked to make sure there are no major changes in the environment that would cause a catastrophic mass failure (brick wall appearing from nowhere). The percentage of VGL divergence from one world-line to another is a calculated guess by the three computers that control the unit based on its starting point. It is useless in describing characteristics of individual world-lines.”

– January 10, 2001

This is accomplished using gravitational density flux sensors. In many ways these are similar to the magnetic flux sensors commonly used in industry today. Here is a prototype of one that I was involved in way back when I lived in Boston.

Flux Gravity Sensor prototype
Flux Gravity Sensor Prototype. This was a unit that I was working on for gravity sensors for <redacted>. It’s an interesting technology and is frighteningly accurate. In fact, maybe too accurate for the application that we were trying to use it with. We would have needed multiple sensors to get reliable and valid readings.

The Mechanism

The photographs of the mechanism holds some significance if you are willing to look at it with an open mind.

Firstly, the placement of the Geiger counter on the unit was not an accident. A study of the blurred and pixelated image shows that the needle seemly above zero. This would be the case whether or not the unit would be in operation. This is not something that should be considered casually. While it is easy enough to fake (you place a fake reading in the readout for the counter), it is something that should be obviously necessary if the device was truly operational.

The two micro-singularities have an adjustable grip above each one. Along with that is an indicator (pointer) at the very top of the grip showing orientation. If the radiation field and the resultant dimensional bubble were truly oblong and not spherical, this feature would be mandatory. As for each vehicle, the mechanism would have to be positioned in different orientations, and the singularities adjusted accordingly.

Key operational elements.
Here are some of the key operational elements of the John Titor “time machine”. In a way, compared to what we use at MAJestic, it is quite crude. As it relies on degrees of deviance and gravitational sensing to locate a specific world line. The other elements, that control the individual variations of a given world-line, are not evident and presented.

This is not something that is of a trivial nature. Whoever thought up this device came tot he conclusion that they needed to be manually adjustable for proper operation.

Warning tape is present to surround the singularities so that the user can avoid the high potential danger zones of radiation emission and heat. The photos show the remote control. Note that it is connected to the unit via a wire and not using wifi or bluetooth. Also note that in all pictures, an oxygen mask pouch is near the unit and near the driver seat in the vehicle.

Clocks

“My ‘time’ machine is a stationary mass, temporal displacement unit manufactured by General Electric. The unit is powered by two, top-spin, dual-positive singularities that produce a standard, off-set Tipler sinusoid.”

– January 27, 2001

Titor’s C204 unit also included a set of three computer systems and four cesium clocks.

The computer systems would “work with” the VGL to plot the machine’s course, and could “record” the trip to make the traveler’s return to his or her origin world-line as easy as possible.

According to Titor, “the really interesting technology is in the computer.” Of course, he never got much more specific than that.

“The computer system is connected to the unit through an electrical bus. There are actually three computers linked together that take the same signals from the gravity senors and clocks. They use a Borda error correcting protocol that checks the integrity of the data and trips the VGL system.”

The four cesium clocks calculated seconds as their basic units of measurement, and were used to calculate the course of the journey itself and the amount of world-line divergence:

“…in a sense you do *dial in* a date and the computer system controls the distortion field. At maximum power, the unit I have is capable of traveling about 10 years an hour.”

– January 31, 2001

Microsingularities

In regards to the micro-singularities, Titor said the following:

“…there are 2 singularities in the unit. 

The gravity field is manipulated by three factors that affect it in distinct ways. 

[1] Adding electric charge to the singularities increases the diameter of the inner event horizons. 

[2] Adding mass to the singularities increases the area of gravitational influence around the singularities. 

[3] Rotating and positioning the polar axis of the singularities affects and alters the gravity sinusoid.”

– January 15, 2001

These singularities were housed in “an enclosed magnetic field.”

Ironically, the method of time travel itself, involving the singularities, wasn’t the real issue with constructing the machine. Instead, it was everything else:

“Miniaturizing the clocks and sensors, creating clever ways to vent x-rays and creating a computer system dependable enough to calculate the changes required to the field were the main challenges.”

– January 31, 2001

Finally, the unit also had two “security systems” in place:

“One, it has a code that must be entered correctly. Second, and probably more effective now, the unit cannot be used by anyone who can’t add and subtract.”

– November 15, 2000

VGL

The Time Displacement Machine in a van.
The Time Displacement Machine in a van.

The most important piece of Titor’s time machine was the VGL, or Variable Gravity Lock system. This was the system that kept the machine (and its passenger) fixed in place in its environment, so it wouldn’t end up floating out in empty space, or melding with any other objects, when it arrived in another time.

VGL = The Variable Gravity Lock System.

“…this problem is actually the most difficult part of time travel. Although some of your assumptions about matter displacement are a bit off, the problem is real. Inside the displacement unit are a series of very sensitive clocks and gravity sensors. 

This system is called the VGL (variable gravity lock).”

This is a very important aspect of this machine.

It prevents the vehicle from materializing inside of a solid object, or underwater, or high above the surface.  It measures the gravity in and about the vehicle, and if the gravity does not fit a certain profile equal to “empty space”, it will avoid that world-line or time on the world-line.

“Basically, the unit takes a reading of the local gravity and samples it during the ‘trip’ in pulses. 

If the gravity is too far off, the unit stops or reverses itself to the last sample period where the readings were correct. If there is some sort of failure, the unit shuts down and drops out to where ever you may be.”

– November 4, 2000

Later, Titor elaborated:

“…before the unit “leaves” a world-line, it takes a base reading of the local gravity and adjusts the Tipler sinusoid to ‘lock’ into that position. 

Although the temporal physics of this statement are wrong, in effect, it holds you to the ‘Earth’. 

During travel, it periodically checks to see that the field has not varied. If it does, it stops and reverses course or drops out at that point. Buildings and other terrain features are avoided in the same way.”

– December 10, 2000

It didn’t take much to trip the VGL, either: according to Titor, simply placing a desk where the time machine was expected to arrive would trigger the VGL and prevent it from arriving. Likewise, the unit could not be used safely while in motion:

“The unit must be stationary during operation due to the sensitivity of the gravity sensors. Any motion with an acceleration component would throw the gravity measurement from the singularities off.”

– March 3, 2001

This last statement is very interesting.  It could, if taken at face value disprove the concept that brought us here (the contention of this post) in the first place; that vehicles were materializing and disappearing while in motion on the roads.

Vehicular world-line travel

The Process

“On my world-line: (A) in 2036, I was given a mission in 1975. I turn my machine on and jump to another world-line (B) in 1975 with about a 2% divergence from (A).

From the very point I turn my machine off on (B), I create a new world-line just because I’m there. This line can be described as (C) and started when I got to (B).

I am now doing my mission on line (C) in 1975 when I discover a very good reason to go forward on (C) and see what happened. I turn my machine on and go forward on (C) to the year 2000.

When I turn it off, I start another line called (D). So from my perspective, here we are on line (D) in the year 2000. In order to go home to line (A) I must turn my machine on and go back on (D) until I reach (C) which in turn would take me back to (B) which in turn takes me to a point before I arrived on (B) then I go forward from the point I arrived on (B) back to (A).”

On his initial trip, John Titor’s time machine was placed inside a 1967 Chevrolet. On part of his return journey, he used a 1987 4WD, because “the vehicle needs a strong suspension system to handle the weight of the distortion unit,” and the vehicles needed to match their respective time periods. I’m not sure what vehicle Titor chose for the final stretch of his trip.

Titor described the journey through time as dark, like “driving under a rainbow,” followed by “driving under a tunnel and being in total black.” During the journey, “the car is off and the brake is on.” The gravity field “overtakes you very quickly,” generating a steady G force, and you “feel a tug toward the unit similar to rising quickly in an elevator.”

“The unit has a ramp up time after the destination coordinates are fed into the computers. An audible alarm and a small light start a short countdown at which point you should be secured in a seat.”

– November 4, 2000

The machine gives off quite a bit of heat, and the traveler must carry extra oxygen if the trip is likely to be a long one. You hear “a slight hum as the unit operates,” and electrical crackling from static electricity. “Everything is black,” he said.

“When the machine is turned off, it is the reverse affect. It appears you are driving out from a bridge. To tell you the truth, I’m usually sleeping when the unit turns off but yes, it does appear that the world fades in from black.”

– November 4, 2000

To Outside Observers

To the observers watching Titor and his machine leave in 2036, he explained the appearance of gravity distortion:

“Outside, the vehicle appears to accelerate as the light is bent around it. We have to wear sunglasses or close our eyes as this happens due to a short burst of ultraviolet radiation.”

– November 4, 2000

Later, he said:

“…the time machine does not move as it goes from one world-line to another and then returns. The people watching on the original world-line would wave good-bye and watch as the machine is turned on. There would be a static discharge and the air would appear to ‘ripple’ as if it were getting denser. Then, it would stop and the machine will have appeared to have disappeared. If the machine doesn’t move its position from world-line to world-line, the observer would not see it disappear at all.”

– November 20, 2000

A “large chunk of ground” would also be missing from the area surrounding the machine.

“I wouldn’t quite say it ‘scoops’ up the ground cleanly. It sort of vibrates it loose and takes it along for the ride.”

– November 22, 2000

As it left, the machine would also be “quite dangerous to get too close” to, because it vents radiation and “has a very strong localized gravity field.”

According to Titor,

“from their perspective, I will only have been gone for a split second.”

Trip to the Future

When asked if Titor could take anyone else with him back to the future, he simply stated that he didn’t think anyone here would like 2036 very much.

He did, however, imply that his machine could support “about three people and equipment,” though he’d have to offload a lot of archival material to fit them in (“There are mass limits to what can be taken back,” he said). The journey to the future, itself? He explained it like this:

“For all of you interested in coming back with me to 2036, perhaps we should discuss the trip. Please be aware, the displacement unit moves through time, not space.

First, we will be driving the current vehicle (Chevy truck) with the displacement unit in it to Tampa Florida. From there, we will go back to my arrival date on this world-line. Then we will have to drive to Minnesota, sell the current vehicle and get another one that would have been around in 1975.

We will then move the displacement unit (500 lbs or so) into the new vehicle and go back to 1975. Once in 1975, we’ll drive back to Tampa and make the final hop to 2036. If you’d like to stay in 1975, you’re welcome to do that.

It can also get quite hot and stuffy during the trip and you’ll be subjected to a 1.5 to 2 G force the entire time. You’ll also need some sort of a re-breather system or oxygen supply.”

Not exactly the romantic time travel adventure we’re all used to seeing in books and movies.

Problems

Of course, the instructions were only useful to a point, and if something went wrong with the machine, well…

“There’s a running inside joke about the technical issues. If the unit has a serious problem it’s not as if anyone can use those drawings to take the electron manifold off the singularity housing with a flat head screwdriver.”

– November 25, 2000

Perspective

The technology relative to what Mr. John Titor is describing is relative to his exposure on his world-line. It is not the ONLY way to conduct world-line travel.

I have been exposed to two other ways of accomplishing this using radically different technology. Further, there is evidence that others utilize other methods including vehicles and protected and shielded individuals.

Third of multiple Posts

This post is the third of a series of posts related to John Titor. The other posts are;

Conclusion

Our reality is not what we think it is. I am not the only person who has disclosed that there are others, and other organizations that can enter and leave our reality at will. Another person who made this claim went by the name John Titor.

Only where as, I claim to be part of MAJestic and was employed as part of human sentience management, John Titor claimed to be a person who was part of another world-line. Together, we both claim that the MWI is real, and we utilize it to perform dimensional egress for our own purposes.

  • I claim that it is a tool that is used to manage human sentience evolution.
  • John Titor claims that he utilized the time variable to conduct acquisition activities in the past.

He claimed that on that world-line, the United States was fundamentally different after a rapid series of events in the late 1990’s. He claimed that he needed to perform some acquisition of certain technical devices through the use of the time-variance option in dimensional travel.

This is a multi-part post.

Take Aways

  • John Titor claimed to be a time traveler.
  • He utilized dimensional travel to move in and out of the baseline reality.
  • As such, he visited our world-line to acquire some technology needed on his world-line.
  • That technology was produced in “our” past. Thus the idea that it involved “time travel”.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Alpha Centauri

Our Galaxy the Milky Way

Sirius solar system

Alpha Centauri

The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.

The Hammer inside the rock.

The Hollow Moon

The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.

The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.

Mystery of the bronze bell.

Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.

Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?

The Oxia Palus Facility

Brown Dwarfs

Apollo Space Exploration

CARET

The Nature of the Universe

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven

MWI

Things I miss

An Observed World-Line switch.

Vehicular world-line travel

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Notes

  1. Composed 25NOV18.
  2. Completed 29NOV18.
  3. SEO Review 29NOV18.

John Titor and his Predictions Relative to our World-line (Part 2)

While the Internet has well labeled John Titor as a hoax, when one takes a good hard look at his statements regarding life in the future in his alternative world-line, we can easily see that he was accurately predicting various trends (if not actual events – after all, it is an alternate world-line) that we are today seeing manifest… let’s look at the John Titor predictions.

Important Warning

The information within this series of posts are speculative. I have no factual information if this John Titor is what he claimed to be. It is presented herein as the only (or maybe, one of the only) sources that claim to be associated with the vehicles that pop in and out of our reality from time to time.

He was, as far as I know, never associated with MAJestic in any way.

Introduction

Over all, it is important to note that when one reads or reviews all of his statements and the dialog that he participated in, it becomes far more plausible that he was, indeed, a time and dimensional traveler.

The reader needs to listen or read the actual transcripts of what John Titor actually said.  The reader needs to re-look at this through the eyes of someone who lived through 9-11, the war on terror, the Department of Homeland Security, the eight years under President Obama, and the election of Donald Trump. None of which was known to John Titor. These events all pre-dated his dialog. Therefore, let’s take a look at the John Titor predictions.

What seemed so far-fetched in 1998 seems absolutely frighteningly real now.

The reader must take special note that the dialog with Mr. John Titor occurred prior to 9-11.  Before that there wasn’t any “War on Terror”, no hijackings of planes to crash into buildings, the threat of WMD’s and the Arab “spring” not only did not occur yet, but no one could even conceive of them occurring. 

The Department of Homeland Security did not exist, and massive government surveillance was beyond the conception of most Americans. 

Most Americans never heard of the NSA. 

Google did not exist.  To research anything you had to manually track down the sites through Yahoo! or AOL. 

No one knew who Snowden was, the Black Lives Matter movement, or the Antifa groups sponsored by George Soros.

Yet, John Titor predicted all this in our future world-line.  Quite the coincidence.

It is precisely this variance from what we know has transpired now, that lends credence to the words penned by this individual.

A very good narrative of these words is available on a series of You-Tube videos provided below.  This is the “Realist News” website on You-tube. Here the investigator looks at the writings from the point of view of someone from 2000 and 2001.  This can save the reader the energy from reading the entire dialog on their own.

This is most especially true as most of the dialog that John Titor was involved in has since disappeared from the internet since. Therefore, the only thing that most can find are just an array of websites and videos that typically disparage his contention that he was a time traveler.

How so very convenient for the debunking cabal.

REALIST NEWS – Part 1 of 4

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4Fvr50QNzh0

Here, the You-Tube blogger at “Realist News” goes through the discourse between the John Titor individual and discusses the contents relative to what we knew in 2016.  He takes a look at the John Titor predictions. Contrary to much of what you can locate on the Internet, this blogger makes a point that the predictive trends of an alternative world line similarly coincide with that of our time line.

This blogger makes a point that the predictive trends of an alternative world line similarly coincide with that of our time line.

While many of the statements that John Titor made in 2000 seemed outlandish at that time, subsequent events have actually foretold the active trends, if not the actual events.

Realist News
A blogger discusses John Titor’s predictions 15 years later.

  • Part 1 – 13:00 “No, the ice caps are not melting”

There is no such thing as “Global Warming” in 2036.  He did not say that it was a hoax set up by the government to fund various black initiatives.  All he stated was that he saw no evidence at all for any kind of climate change in 2036. The way that it is worded, however does imply a disparagement of the Global Warming narrative.

  • Part 1 – 14:30 “I am more susceptible to colds”

The viral agents in this time line are different than what he is accustomed to. It is a curious statement.

  • Part 1 – 15:10 “The day of worship is Saturday”

Religion is a serious issue after global nuclear conflict, and how it is conducted and the belief structures imposed are quite different.  Islam is not mentioned, even though President Obama stated that it was a fundamental part of the fabric of the United States. Of course,prior to 9-11 Americans rarely even thought about Muslims or the Islamic religion. Then, when Obama got elected, we ended up having Islam shoved down our collective throats.

  • Part 1 – 15:59 “When I was 13, I was a soldier”

He claimed that he fought during the American second civil war. That it was a war of rural countryside Americans against the urban elites and the city dwellers. This conflict continued for ten years and he often had to hide from the “Federal Police” (the DHS). This ended with the advent of World War III, when Russia ignited a nuclear exchange against American cities.

Nuclear destruction.
A nuclear exchange cut the Second American civil war short. The vast numbers of the urban elites, the oligarchy and their minions were all devastated during the nuclear exchange.

  • Part 1 – 16:37 He says that he is with his parents they live in a large “tree-house”.
  • Part 1 – 16:54 “No new information on UFO’s and aliens”

He knew nothing about this subject, though he suggests that UFO’s might be time machines from far in the future. This pretty much apparently explains why many UFO enthusiasts believe that UFO’s might be time travelers from the future. Oh BTW. Some might be, but many are not.

  • Part 1 – 17:51 “What we did NOT do was create more GMO seeds.  What were people thinking?”

The reader must remember that this statement was made in 1998, almost 15 years before the big backlash against GMO’s.  John Titor PREDICTED the anti-GMO movement.

  • Part 1 – 20:09 He likes the simple things like hugging his mother and father.
  • Part 1 – 21:45 “The Constitution was changed after the war”

Notice his comments.  This was in 1998, and he wished he would have brought back to the past a copy of the new Constitution. This is a kind of statement that we would see after the 2016 election, not in 1998. John Titor PREDICTED that Americans would want to alter and change the Constitution.

  • Part 1 – 24:00 There are seven other time travelers in his unit.
  • Part 1 – 24:24  “Right now most of our practical (time and dimensional travel) missions are from 1960 to 1980”

The further back in the past one goes the greater the divergence, and the greater the difficulty in returning home to a similar world line to the one you left.  Most missions were along close world lines that differed only in time and minor event sequences.

The John Titor mission was set in 1974. The 1998 (to 2001) visit was for personal reasons.

  • Part 1 – 24:37 The accuracy of the machine decreases sharply the farther back in time (or in the future) you go.

The blogger’s explanation about wanting to travel back in time to kill Hitler, but Hitler not even being on the time line isn’t really an accurate appraisal of what John Titor stated.

The truth is that there will be time lines with Hitler; it’s just the accuracy of you landing on that time line decreases. This is because that’s over 75 years in the past.

Your machine may read a 2% divergence, but it’s accuracy is compromised.

The result being is that you would actually land in a world-line that is 30% divergent instead of 3%, even though that is what your instruments would state.

Of course, there is a way around this.  You go back in stages.  You go back in 30 year increments, land and take a detailed reading and then continue.  Then, on your return journey, you retrace your steps. Like placing “breadcrumbs” to find your way back.

  • Part 1 – 25:00 A message for the world leaders in government. “Revel in your confidence today, because you will not win tomorrow.”

He possessed a very low opinion of the United States government, and the general American population.  He was convinced that America would eventually go through a civil war and those in power would get their comeuppance.

Deep swamp draining.
In order for American citizens to take control of their government, two things must occur. Firstly, the secret societies that operate in Washington DC must be eliminated. This “swamp” must be drained. Secondly, the American government must put the needs and interests of American first before everything else. This goes in direct opposition of what the global oligarchs desire.

Unfortunately that did not happen. Without Y2K instigating an acceleration of the backlash against the American oligarchy, the “deep state” became entrenched. The American empire grew to a point where today (2018) we are fighting seven different nations all around the globe.

  • Part 1 – 29:00 “Entertainment is more decentralized, and more people produce their own shows”

Written in 2000! No one could understand this statement at all.  Why would people ever want to produce their own shows?  Why not watch television?  You-Tube wasn’t even created until 2005. John Titor PREDICTED this trend accurately.

  • Part 1 – 32:46 “There are also no income taxes.”
  • Part 1 – 33:30 “There is some debate in changing the number of stars on the flag from 50 to 5.”
  • Part 1 – 37:45 (schools today) “are no longer a political indoctrination system.”

Remember this statement was made nearly a decade before President Obama came to office. John Titor PREDICTED the reorientation of the Department of Education toward social polarization, and indoctrination by President Obama.

REALIST NEWS – Part 2 of 4

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HZYOHJIMccs

Published on Aug 28, 2013.  The blogger continues reading the dialog between John Titor and various other bloggers.  It is an interesting exchange.  It is important for the reader to note that the actual dialog between John Titor and the other bloggers are no longer available on the Internet.  The dialog is gone.

  • Part 2 – 0:25 Blogger states that he should hold on to the dialog just in case it disappears off the internet. In which case it actually did disappear.
  • Part 2 – 1:45 “There was an armed resistance (from the cities).  We killed most of them by 2020.”

He is referring to most of the urban elite and the urban uneducated.

Antifa Photograph
The BLM and Antifa became violent and vocal during the Obama presidency when enormous sums of money from the progressives in the American “deep state” and foreign agents such as George Soros pumped money towards their disruptive efforts.

  • Part 2 – 3:10 Question: “Why do you think that our future will be like your future?” Answer: “Because our world-lines are so similar.”

He landed on our world-line at a 1-2% divergence. Upon arrival the divergence immediately grew. Any mass communication efforts that reached large groups of people, such as using the internet, affected the thoughts of large bodies of people. This amplified the divergence.

While he arrived on our world-line at a small divergence of 1-2%, he left in 2001 leaving a far larger divergence. One that was the result of three years of active internet communication on a public forum.

  • Part 2 – 3:43 “This world-line and my own are almost exactly alike.”

But, we know that this is not really true, because we did not have a civil war, and a nuclear war.  So they cannot be alike. He constantly stated that there was a 1 to 2% divergence.  Yet, later he admitted to betting involved in prevention of the Y2K problem and that prevented a major period of civil unrest, and thus altered our world line.  I suspect that it went from 2% divergence to something over 10%.

  • Part 2 – 6:05 “Since the concept of nationally subsidized welfare is not supported in my world-line, most people here would not like it.”

This statement would not have meant so much in the year 2000 as it does today.

  • Part 2 – 7:30 He tells his parents in the 2000 world-line to move to Omaha Nebraska because that is where the new capital will be, and it is a safe rural farming community.
  • Part 2 – 8:18 Of the other 7 time travelers, three are on other missions at the time John Titor went on his mission.  He did not know what their missions were, but he assumed that they would be similar to his in some way.
  • Part 2 – 12:11 “There were no Olympics after 2004.” Meaning of course, that after World War III, the Olympics stopped.
  • Part 2  – 13:45 There are 10 type C204 time machines, and 20 type C206 time machines.
  • Part 2 – 14:28 The Mad-Cow Disease does not exist in his world-line.

The reader should remember that at the time of John Titor, the search engines were rather primitive. The biggest search engine of the day was Yahoo!

Google was just getting started. Google was founded in 1998, but it really didn’t become popular until the mid 2000’s.  Long after John Titor got up and left. The scope of the subjects that John Titor covered is quite broad when placed in the context of a lack of adequate computer source and searching engines.

  • Part 2 – 14:30 “It’s pretty easy for you to dismiss the Middle East, but pretty soon it will be a no armer and a no legger.”

Written in 2000 before 9-11 and the subsequent rise in the Arab world of Islamic militants. John Titor PREDICTED the various conflicts in the Middle East.

  • Part 2 – 17:40 Most people blamed the “government organizations” for the war.  Fast forward to 2017, where one the largest obstacles to meaningful change is the entrenched federal bureaucracy.  Curious that John Titor would say “government organizations” and not “the government”.  He actually predicted this problem.
  • Part 2 – 20:50 “When the civil war broke out most decided to stay in the cities and lose most of their civil rights in the guise of security…”

(Written in 2000, before 9-11, the DHS, the NSA, Snowden and Wikileaks.  All of which were unheard of at that time. John Titor PREDICTED all the post-911 anti-terrorism legislation.)

  • Currently, it is certainly looking like a civil war will break out.  Go here; http://www.shtfplan.com/headline-news/the-simple-reason-why-a-second-american-civil-war-may-be-inevitable_04212017 From the article;
    
    “However, something has changed. You can feel it in the air. Our nation has clearly never been this divided since the Civil War. A lot of people noticed it after the last election, but the truth is that these divisions have been deepening for decades, and they’re just now reaching a very noticeable breaking point. That’s obvious enough when you look at how the left and the right have been going at each other. It used to be a war of words, but it’s turning into something very dark.
    
    Consider what happened in Berkeley after Trump supporters and counter protesters clashed for the third time. 21 people were arrested and 11 were injured (that we know of), six of who had to be taken to the hospital. At least one person was stabbed. The police confiscated confiscated knives, stun guns, and poles. One Trump supporter admitted to being surrounded, pepper sprayed, and beaten with sticks by a mob of “protesters.”
    
    But wait, that’s not the dark part. After these groups clashed, the leftist protesters took to Reddit and admitted that they lost this particular battle (I can’t believe I’m using the word “battle” to describe it), and that it was time for them to attain more combat training and better weapons, including firearms.
    
    Do you see what’s going on here? Conservative demonstrations, which used to be placid affairs (remember the Tea Party protests?) are now turning violent as conservatives grow tired of restraining themselves, and are no longer afraid to hit back. Liberal demonstrators are responding by ratcheting up the level of force that they’re going to bring to the next street battle. It’s a tit for tat that keeps escalating, and I shudder to think of where it’s going to end up.
    
    Honestly, I think we’re in the early stages of a second civil war. I can’t say what it’ll look like precisely, but I can tell you that our nation is on this path, and it’s not clear how we can get off of it. In fact, I fear that it may be inevitable, and there’s a very simple reason why.”

    As an interesting aside, as of the second quarter of 2017, the American people are starting to recognize that a civil war is in process. The date of 2017 is about 4 years later than the professed civil war start of 2013 that John Titor spoke of.  Listen and read here.

    • Part 2 – 21:20 “avoiding conflict with the federal police” (The Department of Homeland Security the DHS = the “federal Police”.  Which was established by George Bush after 9-11. John Titor PREDICTED the Department of Homeland Security.)
    • Part 2 – 22:30 “The US cities were attacked by Russia who was our enemy.”  In other words, the cities had become the de facto home of the enemies of the United States, and Russia attacked them.

Amazing stuff after seeing the 2016 election of Donald Trump and the concentration of riots originating out of the cities with the presumptive totalitarian behavior of the BLM and their associative progressive minions. In his own way John Titor PREDICTED the militant Soros funded black-clad militant movement after the 2016 election.

Then, in 18MAY17, the famous Conservative commentator Rush Limbaugh discusses how the president of Russia, Putin openly warns the urban elite, the media, and the 1% against going against the will of the American people.  Listen to it here.

    • Part 2 – 24:50 “The divergence percentage can be more accurate with more sensitive sensors and clocks”
    • Part 2 – 26:30 Yes, No and Maybe.  How the computer figures out the variance divergence.
    • Part 2 – 28:15 “I thought owning a handgun was legal according to the Constitution”.
    • Part 2 – 28:17 Korea, Taiwan and Japan joined together prior to the world war.
    • Part 2 – 29:00 Media portrayal of the news.
    • Part 2 – 31:00 Good vrs. Bad is an illusion that has no worth to God.
    WOW, WOW, WOW !!! this guy is describing an economy that uses sound money: Bitcoin ("it`s all distributed over the web" - Distributed consensus, Blockchain?)
    
    -Danilo BF
    • Part 2 – 33:00 “When the television uses the word ‘enemy’ they are talking about YOU.”

Homeland Security
The federal police has been trained to treat patriots as threats to the government.

  • Part 2 – 35:20 You-Tube was not around when he wrote about the decline of big media and the rise of DIY media outlets.
  • Part 2 – 40:10 Canada is full of very dangerous and ruthless people.
  • Part 2 – 42:45 “There are no Republicans or Democrats to speak of.”

John Titor predicted the fall of both the Republican and Democrat parties in 2016.  After all, the number one favored Democrat candidate in 2016 was Bernie Sanders who was an Independent, not a Democrat.  Donald Trump was not a Conservative Republican he was and still is a nationalist.

  • This is a good enough location than anywhere else to place the words penned by Mr. Charlie Daniels in an open letter to all the American politicians.
    “…And in your self-righteous zeal to toe the party line, you have completely forgotten about we the people and the welfare of the nation you're supposed to be serving.
    
    It's become a game with you people. You've all turned into tattletales, petulant pubescent third graders, all bent on becoming teacher’s pet and doing anything it takes to garner a few more votes.
    
    You'd rather deprive the nation of a benefit than to let the other party get the credit for passing it. There is no loyalty among you, and you will run away from a colleague who does something unpopular before the ink on the defaming article has even dried.
    
    You'd give citizenship to aardvarks if they could vote and say anything, accuracy and honesty be damned, and kiss a flatulent skunk’s posterior before you'd do or say anything that would make the other party look good.
    
    I sometimes wonder how you see yourselves, as a knight on a white horse saving the nation, or as the rest of us see you, as a poorly-mounted, impotent Don Quixote charging dilapidated windmills in rusty armor.
    
    And I wonder if any of you realize how very out of touch with what’s actually happening in the real world you are and how much that world has changed since you moved into your ivory tower, back when bell bottoms were in style.
    
    I truly believe that when our forefathers designed our political system they never made allowances for career politicians. I believe the system was designed for a citizen politician to serve a term or two and then vacate the seat so somebody who actually knows what's happening in the streets now can come in with a fresh opinion and without 20 or 30 years of partisan political baggage and obligations.”
    
    -Charlie Daniels written in “An Open Letter to Politicians: You Have Completely Forgotten About We the People” penned April 21, 2017.

    • Part 2 – 51:34 “The law is only as good as the willingness to apply it swiftly and evenly.”
    • Part 2 – 52:35 “China will put a man in orbit, I wouldn’t be surprised if they do that soon.”

John Titor PREDICTED the first manned space flight by China.  Though honestly, at that time, China was considered to be an emerging third world nation. This was DECADES before Americans started to find their store shelves stuffed with products made in China. The idea that China would have manned spaceflight was considered a joke.

China in Space.
The Chinese launching rockets and orbiting in space was considered a joke that no one took seriously. At that time, China produced very cheap products that were just then getting placed on American shelves.

    • Part 2 – 53:16 Did John Titor give incorrect dates for the civil war and the world war because it might jeopardize his presence in this time line?  Maybe the divergence is 1 to 2% like he stated, but the dates of the events are actually wrong.

The blogger suggests this because he questions what actually occurred did not match all the conflicts that John Titor predicted.  Perhaps the events he mentions will actually still occur, only they will actually occur 10 years later.

Maybe, instead of a civil war in 2013, there is one in 2023?  Nuclear war in 2025, instead of 2015.

    • Part 2 – 47:00 Hawaii will probably avoid much of the conflict, but it is dependent on the mainland for food.  Therefore, there would be strife on any small island. Interesting that he should make this statement.  Most people, by far, would assume that an island would be the best place to “ride out” world war III.  But John Titor says differently.  He says that the number one cause of death was starvation, and since most food to the island is imported, it would seem that it would not be a desirable location to hide.
  • “I believe john titor was accurate and made an error on the date of the civil war.  the riots were supposed to start in 2004 leading to a civil war, i think he meant 2014.  do you know the exact date of world war one or the civil war?  you may entirely make a ten year mistake, remember this was his past, and he did lie and was contradictory about a lot, i truly believe he meant 2014, look at ferguson, he said these things would begin in 04 and get worse and worse.”
    
    -Frank Nagy
    • Part 2 – 54:40 A lot of smoke and haze that obscures the sun.  Implies a substantial lack of electricity and reliance on fossil fuels, and wood.
    • Part 2 – 1:08:32 “One of the Great Pyramids was severely damaged.”

    REALIST NEWS – Part 3 of 4

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iJvslaGI2n8

    Continued…

    • Part 3 – 3:14 “There is a civil war in the United States that starts in 2005.”
    • Part 3 – 3:30 “A nuclear war against the federal empire and the cities occurred in 2015, and thus we (in the countryside) won.”

Nuclear attack NYC
All of the major American cities were wiped out by cluster of three MIRV nuclear warheads spread out for maximum damage.

The implication is that the civil war was not going well for the “deplorables” in the militias. The people in the countryside were losing, and the DHS (the Federal Police) were winning with all the advantages that we know about today.

However, the ignition of the nuclear war incinerated the cities and pretty much wiped out the oligarchy and their supporting minions and followers.

Nuclear war
Even though the American second civil war was not going well for the middle states, a nuclear conflagration initiated by Russia changed the balance of power to the rural areas. Never the less the DHS (Federal Police) still operated, and a long period of “mop up” activities were initialized.

    • Part 3 – 5:45 The visit to 1999 through 2001 was for personal reasons.  His actual mission was to obtain the computer back in 1975.
    • Part 3 – 6:45 Influence on the Y2K…?
    • Part 3 – 9:00 Jacksonville, Florida was vaporized by a nuclear weapon. He worked out of a military base in Tampa.  That assumes that Tampa must not have been hit by a nuclear strike.

Missile threat
Russian cruse missile threat on the American Eastern seaboard. The Russians no longer need to rely upon ICBM with MIRV warheads to strike american cities. They can utilize sub-launched precise cruise missile technology armed with high-yield nuclear warheads.

Russian Sub
Russian technology is quite advanced, and they have the ability to launch both SLBM and sub launched cruise missiles at a comfortable range undetected beneath the sea.

  • Part 3 – 9:45 “Let me let you in on a little secret.  No one likes you in the future.  This time period is looked upon as a lazy, self-centered, civilly ignorant sheep.”

No one in the year 2000 had any concept of just how ignorant of civics the nation had become after the purging of civics lessons from schools. Sure we were aware of an occasional rewriting of history, however the knowledge of what it is today was beyond our comprehension at that time.

      • Part 3 – 11:45 Imagine that you are a Jew and could travel back in time to Germany at the time of the rise of Hitler in the early 1930’s.  You know what the future would be.  Yet, you see all around you, the ignorant masses of people who continue their behaviors in complete ignorance in what it will eventually lead towards.
    • Girls of Germany
      When Hitler came to power, he was just “another” political personage. Slowly at first, people started to follow him. He became populist, and it became a cultural fad to follow him and salute him.

      • Part 3 – 13:25 Question: Which parts of the United States are safe from the conflict of Civil war, and Nuclear war?  Answer:  Take a close look at the county by county voting maps of the last election.
  • 2016 Election Results by County
    2016 Election Results by County

    • Part 3 – 14:00 Prediction of Taser deaths by police using nonlethal weapons.

John Titor PREDICTION of the deaths by the American police using non-lethal weapons.

    • Part 3 – 16:15 “Russia’s enemy is not you the people.  Russia’s enemy is the United States government.”
    • Part 3 – 16:45 Statements hint at the deterioration of the Middle East as a negative influence on global stability.
    • Part 3 – 18:15 Perhaps John Titor got involved in the Y2K issue, and was not wholly involved “on a personal level” for his visit here.

In so doing, perhaps he managed to make the “big event” in his world-line, not occur in ours, and thus completely disrupted the world-line for us.  Thus, instead of civil war in 2005, we elected Obama in 2008 and totally changed our world-line into something other than what it should have been at the time John Titor landed in 1999.

    • Part 3 – 22:00 Tie-in to the President Obama and DHS action against 10th Amendment rights individuals back in 2013.
    • Part 3 – 24:54 “The year 2008 was a general time when everyone realized that the world they thought they lived in was over.”

Look at what happened, with the banker bailout, and the collapse of various financial markets.  Just imagine what would have happened if this came right on the coattails of wide spread civil distress in 2004 due to a Y2K snap in 2001.

    • Part 3 – 29:00 Yes, he could have changed this world-line. However, he is not confident that things have changed enough for us to avoid the conflict. He was wrong, apparently. My guess is that he failed to take into account how many people would be influenced by his internet presence. At the time, maybe a few hundred. Over the last ten years and longer, that number exploded exponentially.
    • Part 3 – 29:16  “You need to consider that a world without war is far less desirable in the long run.”

Obama giving away money.
Obama has given away more money, more things, and more cash than any other president. The only problem is that it wasn’t his money to give away. It was yours.

  • Part 3 – 34:13 When the war comes it will be blatantly obvious to everyone in the nation that it will occur. The shocking thing was that so many people decided to stay in the very cities where they knew the bombs would be dropped.
  • Part 3 – 37:30 The president at the time of the Civil War tried to be another Lincoln and hold the country together, but many of the government policies drove a wedge in the civil rights of Americans and created divisions that were irreconcilable. The President in 2009 was concerned ONLY in keeping his power base. (Stated with eerily accuracy in 2000.)
  • Part 3 – 38:10 One of the things that John Titor alluded to was that the United States president elected in 2008 might be a man or a woman.  Yet, back in the year 2000 it was inconceivable that a woman would even consider running for President.  Yet, we know now that Hillary Clinton did do exactly that and ran for President in 2008.  It seems strange today, after the Hollywood blitz of Madam President Movies all in support of a Hillary Clinton Presidency.  But at that time it was unknown.

John Titor PREDICTED that a woman would be considered to be President.)

Sanders vs. Clinton rally
Bernie Sanders rally and a Hillary CLinton rally during the same month. Yet, here we have John Titor predicting that there would be a woman candidate for president. He did this back in 1998.

    • Part 3 – 42:30 The people with the most to lose would be the most untrustworthy when the world changes.
    • Part 3 – 43:10 “We have a saying here.  Safe is anywhere a hungry person cannot walk in three days.”

This is a unique saying that belies experience and would typically not be the kind of thing that a hoaxer would make up off the cuff.

    • Part 3 – 47:15  Most people will starve, the rest will die of disease, followed by bullet wounds and radiation.  In that order.
    • Part 3 – 52:48 “The conflict was not about taking and holding ground, it was about order and rights… …they were betting that people wanted security over freedom and they were wrong.”

This statement was made in 2000, long before the NSA and all the erosion’s on American freedoms.

    • Part 3 – 54:38 “The cities were not isolated because of them, they were isolated because of us (the people in the “red states” or countryside.)”
    • Part 3 – 1:00:00 Discussing what it is like to kill a man relative to their ability to change future events.  It seems far too detailed and deep for someone to state relative to a general hoax.
    • Part 3 – 1:10:00 John discusses various verification’s on the capabilities of the IBM computer that he has been sent back to obtain.
    • Part 3 – 1:18:00 John questions why go back to retrieve an old computer on a time travel mission, but he reasons that that was his orders and job so he just went and conducted his task.

    REALIST NEWS – Part 4 of 4

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3zcYEB8CG0U

    Continued…

    • Part 4 – 3:10 Influence of gravitational alignments and their significance in his return to his world-line world-time.
    • Part 4 – 9:05 Mentions CERN in 1998 which was a decade before this project went live in 2008.  How did he know? (PREDICTION.)
    • Part 4 – 10:00 How time travel works, and the odd situations that occur whenever you operate the device.
    • Part 4 – 10:50 “the oddest one was seeing a skyscraper that don’t exist in New York.”

(PREDICTION. Hum.  How did he know about the 9-11 WTC destruction?)

    • Part 4 – 11:24 John Titor confirms that he DID get involved in the Y2K issue so that our world line would not experience the same problems that his world line experienced.
    • Part 4 – 13:40 Arrived in the summer of 1998 and discusses some things of importance with Art Bell via fax.  He includes some photos and schematics of the time travel equipment. The most interesting picture was the laser light actually curving in a photograph.  This was made in 1998 and it does not have indications of Photoshop manipulation.
    • Part 4 – 18:35 There are no absolutes.  It’s a universe of potentials.
    • Part 4 – 24:00 Mother gets on Art Bell show and says how and why she believed that John Titor was her son.  The mother said that there was something about a mother and her child that KNOWS the relationship between the two.

He arrived in 1999 and stayed until 2001.

Just the exact period of time that the Y2K bug was supposed to cause all sorts of computer breakdowns and initiated a period of civil unrest.  Perhaps, he wanted to use this period of time to spend with his folk before the unrest occurred, and in the process inadvertently caused a Y2K repair action.  Through his action, inadvertent or not, the Y2K bug was thwarted and the period of upheaval and civil unrest was avoided.  He confirmed in the dialog of Part 4 at 11:24 that he did indeed get involved with preventing the Y2K fiasco that caused such havoc in his world line.

Since this period of unrest was avoided, would it not be possible that subsequent events, all tied to the Y2K unrest were also avoided.  Thus, he could have changed our future and altered this world-line.  Because civil war did not start in 2005.  Nuclear war did not start in 2015.  Perhaps his alteration of the world-line has altered ours, but not solved the core problems inherent with our behaviors and our policies.  Perhaps these events are still before us, only that they will only get worse?

This issue is discussed on REALIST NEWS – The John Titor Time Traveler Story Part 3 of 4 at part 3 at 18:15.

Dates of Contention

John Titor gave very specific dates regarding a series of events in our near future.

These dates came and passed without anything regarding his stated conflicts occurring.  However, there are those that suggest that he actually lied about the dates.  That the dates are actually ten years later, or alternatively the actual dates changed because he altered our time world-line.

Or, more plausible, is that he did not remember the dates correctly.

How many readers know the actual dates regarding the American civil war, or the start of hostilities in Vietnam, or how about the first or second gulf war?  I don’t, though I think I could come up with a reasonable guess. These ideas are interesting, and for purposes of enjoyment, I have placed them assuming a ten year buffer.  Please see below.

EVENT JOHN TITOR DATE +10 YEARS REVISED DATE
Seeds started 2004 – 2005 (1) +10 2014 – 2015
Start of conflicts 2008 +10 2018 (2)
Start of shootings 2010 +10 2020
Nuclear exchange 2013 +10 2023

The reader should note that if one were to follow the revised dates (assuming a ten year “adjustment” to the dates and figures provided by John Titor) that the result closely correlates with the nursery management considerations in the crisis (fourth Turning) in accordance with the Strauss-Howe Generational Theory

Note 1; Interesting quote published in the second quarter of 2017;

“For a time now, I stated that World War III began on the Morning of September 11, 2001. War has been raging ever since. 

I also stated the Second American Civil War would begin on or before January 20, 2017. If you're starting to get this uneasy feeling about what's going on in Washington and other cities around America, and fearing some kind of flashpoint coming soon, let me explain it to you...

... we are in midst of the Second Civil War. And this is only the beginning.”

-http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-bloggers/3525528/posts

Note 2;

  • REALIST NEWS – John Titor (Time Traveler) Russia Ukraine & WWIII

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8D4iQmYQ4Tw

    Continued under a new name and some time after the first four parts were produced;

    • Part 5 – 3:31 The police actually got away with harming an American citizen, filming it, and getting off with no negative consequences. Perhaps John Titor was right, because these are exactly the kinds of things that he stated would lead up to the American civil war.
    • Part 5 – 4:50 Our enemy was the global banking elite which were all centered in the cities.
    • Part 5 – 7:30 It is now Russia that is stopping the globalists, the New World Order people and the global Banking Elite.

This is exactly the same PREDICTION that John Titor made back in 1998.  Maybe he was just an internet troll, but for a troll, he certainly was able to predict the global trends quite accurately.

      • Part 5 – 9:12 REALIST NEWS uses the term “Fake News” years before the 2017 election where everyone is decrying “Fake News”.
      • Part 5 – 11:05 When Russia nukes our cities, they are killing off our citizen’s enemies. Our enemies are internal, not external. (According to John Titor, the nukes were accurate and relatively “clean” and used in clusters of three.)
      • Part 5 – 15:00 John Titor said that he would prefer to have lived the live after World War III than a peaceful solution. The only way to fix the issues is to start fresh.

      He has altered our World-Line through action

      There is every evidence that he stated that he came for personal reasons.

  • He knew that the world line (that is ours) is very similar to his world line.  He claimed only a 1-2% divergence.  Because of that, he wanted to warn his parents to move to a safe area, as well as to meet with his parents.  Apparently the war occurred when he was a young boy, and his parents died while he was still young.  Maybe this was his way to protect them in some way, as well as to spend some time with them on a personal level.

    Second of multiple Posts

This post is the second of a series of posts related to John Titor. The other posts are;

Conclusion

Our reality is not what we think it is. I am not the only person who has disclosed that there are others, and other organizations that can enter and leave our reality at will. Another person who made this claim went by the name John Titor.

Only where as, I claim to be part of MAJestic and was employed as part of human sentience management, John Titor claimed to be a person who was part of another world-line. Together, we both claim that the MWI is real, and we utilize it to perform dimensional egress for our own purposes.

  • I claim that it is a tool that is used to manage human sentience evolution.
  • John Titor claims that he utilized the time variable to conduct acquisition activities in the past.

He claimed that on that world-line, the United States was fundamentally different after a rapid series of events in the late 1990’s. He claimed that he needed to perform some acquisition of certain technical devices through the use of the time-variance option in dimensional travel.

This is a multi-part post.

Take Aways

  • John Titor claimed to be a time traveler.
  • He utilized dimensional travel to move in and out of the baseline reality.
  • As such, he visited our world-line to acquire some technology needed on his world-line.
  • That technology was produced in “our” past. Thus the idea that it involved “time travel”.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Adventures in World-Line Travel

In this post, I describe some of my experiences or “adventures” in world-line travel. As I have stated previously, many of the world-line slides that I cycled through were fairly bland.  The changes were for the most part insignificant. Each one looked nearly identical to the one before it.

Oh, sure I was provided with some extreme examples when I was first being trained, but in operations it was hardly the same.  This post describes some of the world-lines that I visited and how they differ from this current one. Here are some of the more interesting or noteworthy world-lines.

The reader must keep in mind that I had no control over my destination world-line. That was controlled by the “pilot” who manipulated the artifice which interfaced with my ELF probes and EBP. I might be considered the “commander”, but for the most part, I was just a frazzled traveler.

Let’s start off describing an odd world-line.

The Spicy World-Line

Back in the early 1990’s I spent almost a week (which was a long time – most switches occurred hours apart, or days at the most) on a world-line that enjoyed spicy food. Imagine my surprise when my wife added hot chili peppers to my bowl of Cheerios! Not sugar.  No. Dried red hot chilies were sprinkled on it, instead of sugar, and then warm milk was poured over it. Everything on that world-line was spicy.  Everything.

Spicy Cheerios
The Cheerios box looked maybe something a little like this. Please excuse my very poor Photoshop efforts. I am just a hobbyist. Picture is for illustrative purposes only, and the reader should note that the actual box looked similar to this, but this is not the actual box.

That included “spicy coke”, the red colored can of “Blistering coke plus”, and “Pepsi hot”. There were also cans of “Inferno”, and hot and spicy chewing gum. You could also get a magma milkshake.

Aside from that difference, the world-line was very similar to my initial departure world-line. I know that it sounds very dull, uninteresting, and boring, but that was the way it was. I never made aggressive slides to wildly divergent world-lines outside of my training.

I do not know why this world-line was so important, nor do I understand what the significance was for eating spicy food.

Luckily, for some reason, my stomach was able to handle all the spicy food. Which makes me really wonder about world-line travel.  How can my mind and memories are that of another world-line, when my physical self has totally adapted to the new world-line.  The only way that I can reconcile this fact, is that the consciousness, and memories reside above and apart of a given world-line.  Yet the physical body is part of a given world-line.

This would also explain why sometimes I would have a tattoo, or a scar, or (even) nail-polish on my fingernails, and have no memories associated with the changes. My memories resided outside of the physical body. When I gallivanted back and forth and in and out of the different world-lines, I was stuck with my old memories.

It’s sort of like the movie “Hot Tub Time Machine”, where (at the end of the movie) they left the hot tub and found that they had new houses, new wives, and new lives that they had no recall of.

Other than that issue about spicy food items, the world-line was very similar to all the others. There were no “extra characters” that messed up with my spelling ability like the “rune” world-line. Or the “sickly world-line” where everyone was suffering (and I do mean suffering) with some kind of very terrible illness.

Speaking of which…

The Sick World Line

I once traveled on a world-line that scared the living heck out of me. It was in the early 1990-s. Maybe 1992. And early October. Leaves were turning and it was a very beautiful time of the year with crisp blue skies.

Luckily it was only for a few hours.  I was at work, and I cycled into a new world line as I often did in the past. When I got up from my desk to go and get a Dr. Pepper, I noticed that everyone looked very sick. 

I mean everyone.

Everyone was coughing. Some were even coughing up blood in tissues. They were all terribly sick and many just sat at their desk or collapsed in the chair.  It looked like they were exhausted and taking a nap.

I too was beginning to get sick…

..but it wasn’t so bad. It was just a shallow dry cough. I had a slight headache and a fever, as did just about everyone else. The only thing about this, and the reason why I was so fearful, was that my chest felt like it was full of cement. It felt “solid”, if that makes any sense to you all. I couldn’t take in air, and everything was an exertion.

I never understood why everyone was so sick, or the conditions for it on that world-line.

I tried to listen to the radio at lunch, but no one was saying anything about sickness or an outbreak. Which was really odd, as it seemed to me that the entire city was sickly and dying off. Instead the news was all about some basketball player who died in an airplane accident. They were also going on and on about how “there were no masks” which was pretty silly. After all, not having masks during the Halloween season is really a “tempest in a teacup”.

Anyways, I will tell you that I was starting to really panic. I couldn’t get much air in my chest at all, and I was afraid that I wasn’t going to survive the world line.

I do remember Rush Limbaugh (Yes, he was on that world-line) talking about the up-coming war with the “Chi-Coms”, and that their military was no match for ours. He kept on referring to them as “bat soup slurping Chi-Coms”. That we would just be able to walk all over them, and they wouldn’t have a fighting chance. Whether this sickness was a consequence of the bellicose nature of the Neocons in the United States, or a preemptive WMD attack by China, on that world-line, I never found out.

I was only on that world-line for maybe four or five hours.

The entire time started about 10:00 in the morning, and went through lunch, and ended before the end of my work day. Everyone in the company was sick and (I think) dying. The factory floor was deserted, with just a handful of people resting in the break rooms.

At lunch, I drove to eat some fast food.

There wasn’t much going on. Though this world line didn’t have the “city chicken” special that I had grown fond of. They did however have this option called “super-sizing” where you could make everything bigger (soda and fries) for only a dollar more. Which was pretty cool, except that my wallet wasn’t full of money. I had a “married mans wallet”. Just a few dollars, and moths that flew out when you opened it (LOL – joke).

The streets were deserted, and McDonald’s was in the process of closing.

It was really odd, and completely out of sorts with what you would expect a CDC-level medical emergency to be like. No one was covered with sores, though when I looked at people my “minds eye” would conjure up images of smallpox victims.

Smallpox victim.
Smallpox victim.

People looked… well normal and ordinary. Everyone seemed fine, aside from being sickly and very tired.

That’s it, don’t you know.

Our images of what to expect are colored by history, our own experiences, and the thoughts of others. In my mind, I felt that this was a bioweapon event. Though, even though that is what it felt like, it was not what it appeared to be. It just seemed like a rather quiet time where the few people who were around were sick… very sick.

After all, if it was a bioweapon attack, then why wasn’t anyone talking about World War III? It just didn’t make sense to me at all. People were acting as if nothing was going on, even though (obviously) a sizable portion of the population was staying home and not going outside.

What I took from that entire experience is that there is a big difference between talking about war, and living through it.

Heed my advice.

The World-line without Zippers

Most world-lines looked like every other one.  When you slide, you just cannot notice any difference.  Once, I did a slide and everything looked the same. No big deal.  As always, I just continued to do my work.  My work assignments were the same, and my friends were the same and my wife was the same.  My pets were the same.  However, I did notice something different when I went to the bathroom to take a pee.

Button fly
Imagine that! The pants did not use a zipper. It had buttons instead. Imagine my surprise.

My trousers did not have a zipper.  Instead of a zipper were buttons.  That’s correct.  There were three buttons that I had to undo to go and pee. I don’t know if I liked having a button front, or a zipper front.  I think a zipper front is much more convenient, but there was something clean and simple about having buttons…

Maybe it’s a good idea. But, I’ll tell you what, I have yet to encounter trousers with buttons in my present (semi-fixed) world-line.

The Plastic Surgery World-line

Most of the world-line slides occurred within hours or days.  This period of time, a mere few hours, is not long enough to determine what the differences are in a new world-line.  That is because, and I remind the reader, that most of my world-line slides were very similar to the previous world-line.  This was by intention and was necessary for a host of reasons.

The pregnant look.
The advertisement looked something a little like this. Of course there was a company name and address on the advertisement. I also don’t remember the doctors name. But, yeah, it looked something like this.

I well remember that I once went into a new world-line that looked identical to the previous one.  However there was one noticeable difference that I well recall.  It was so odd that I will never forget it.

There was an advertisement for a plastic surgery hospital.  On the billboard was an attractive woman who was cradling her tummy as she was obviously nine months pregnant.  The words in the advertisement went something like this; “ Let Doctor XXXXXX sculpt your body for the expectant mother look.” WTF?

In that world-line you could have plastic surgery that would make you look like you were nine months pregnant. Talk about doing a “double take”!

Most Other World-lines

Most of the other world-lines, including my original world-line had certain features that differ from the world-line that I currently occupy.  I wouldn’t go as far as these differences are significant, but they are noticeable.

This refers to world-lines that I visited.  Not which exists.  For I do not know of the sum totality of everything.  I only know what I was exposed to.  This is a very important distinction.

Perhaps the first thing that I would say is the most noticeable is that McDonald’s is different.  That’s true.  On this current world-line McDonald’s has this “golden arch” symbol that looks like an “M”. But on most of the other world lines, the McDonald’s aren’t so obviously “corporate” and maintain a “twin rainbow” arch design.

other world-lines

Most other world-lines also use better English than this current one does. I think that the reason is because on other world-lines they still (for the most part) maintain a more traditional education system where Latin and Greek are still taught.

Yes, the globalist push for diversity of race over cultural adaptation is present in most all of the other world-lines; however none were so advanced in achieving it as in this world-line. Of, course that is only based on what I have been exposed to.

Most other world-lines have merit based (American) welfare programs, and speak English. California is also known as the “outlier” in most other world-lines, and yes, most other world-lines do refer to the 9th Circuit Court as the “9th Circus court”.  (Thank Bill Clinton for that.  He was the successful architect of that.)

Yet, this world-line is nearly unique (compared to the bulk of the others that I visited) in a number of areas.  For instance, on most other world-lines that I have visited, the American roads are paved in cement and not asphalt. Here it is the other way around. Toll booths, roadside rest areas, and picnic tables seem to be stable elements across all the world-lines that I have ventured into.

Not too many changes there.

Campbell’s Soups are just as popular on other world-lines, but here the most popular soups are tomato and chicken noodle, but on other world lines it is more evenly spread out. If you look at the store shelves, instead of having tomato and chicken noodle cans you are just as likely to find vegetable and beef-rice soups.

Pit Bulls aren’t so popular on other world-lines as they apparently are here. Poodles and Collies seem to be.

Cats are cats, and are everywhere. Though, many of them have wings (no kidding!) It’s an evolutionary item that isn’t that predominant on this world line. It is a fur covered flap of skin that the cats have. Not every cat has this, but a goodly percentage does. Maybe as much as 60% on some world-lines.

Some of my cats would be death from above to the birds pecking at the ground below.

Winged cat.
A cat with wings is more common place on other world-lines. On this world-line it is a rarity. These are not wings with a bone structure like a bird, rather it is fold of loose skin that the cat uses to glide down from a tree on to it’s prey.

Things that would and wouldn’t change

For the most part, my wife and pets pretty much stayed the same. After a slide, my “new” wife would be nearly identical to my “previous slide” wife. Of course, my wife did not participate in any slides, so her memories were always those associated with the world-line she inhabited.

In some world-lines my wife would be heavier, while in others she might be thinner. Hair styles, dress and behaviors always were a function of the given world-line.

You might think that it might be cool to have a different wife with each world-line slide. Well, that didn’t happen. I think that if it did, the mere fact of that would end up altering my personality, thus rendering me useless for my mission parameters. I, and I think most men, need a degree of stability in their life. The women in their life prove this, and it is a core important need.

My cats were different. They seemed to totally be aware of me sliding in and out of world-lines. Don’t ask me why I have that impression. I don’t think that I can vocalize the reasons accurately except to say that their soul is a matrix soul. Which imparts a kind of multi-dimensional understanding with it.

My dogs also seemed to be aware of the world-line slides. However, they behaved differently. When I would first enter a new world-line they would come up to me timidly and quizzing. Then after a few hours, all would be fine. Only once or twice would my dog stand up, stare at me, and start barking on my world-line arrival.

Some Thoughts

Seriously, if the reader were to use my probes, they would be rather surprised on how little the world-lines change when you slide in and out of them. Trees are still awesome.  People fish, hunt, and have pets. Some of which are unusual.

The news is still obnoxious and is still trying to influence how you think.

People engage in vices, and the government tries to limit it so that they can (personally) obtain secondary sources (also known as a “cut”) of others income. People fight and squabble.  There are rabble, riff-raff, and intelligentsia who think that they are better than everyone else (but are actually just people who are trapped in their own neuroses oblivious to the rest of the world).

Major personalities seem to exist in other world-lines. That includes John Wayne, Arnold Schwarzenegger, Hugh Hefner and Donald Trump.

Extreme USA

Let’s talk a little bit about some of the world-line slides that I was involved in during the 1990’s. That was a crazy decade (from my point of view) for certain.

Early on, before the year 2000, the <redacted> “pilot” was cycling the slides rapidly (for some reason, that I assumed had some real significance) and with large swings in deviance. I guess that the time period in question was the primary reason for my “mission”.

Thus, where I would “normally” slide in and out of world-lines of maybe 1% to perhaps 5%, the slides were going much “further out” than that.

The reader might have this idea that I would be exposed to purple colored watermelons, or two moons in the sky.  Nope, my experiences were not that extreme.  In fact, all of the variances had (or possessed) a common point of origin or common history.

However, this was significantly different. For now, in these great deviance’s, the “past” histories were now significantly altered. As such, the observed (manifested) changes were primarily due to significant changes in past histories.

The movement started to engage in changes that derived from changing “past” events as opposed to changing “current” events.  For instance, a 2% deviation might have a new world-line where the apple on my kitchen table was now a banana.

A 4% deviation might have us sitting on the floor Japanese or Korean style.

These deviance’s represent a change in “current” reality attributes.

However, what was happening was that there was a new attribute incorporated in the changes. This was an added component of reality attribute changes as a function of prior history.

It would be a 2% deviance and an additional 3% deviance of attribute “K”.

MWI switching involved a large number of variables. I was trained in the manual manipulation of seven of them. However, I know that there are many, many more.

Typically, the “pilot” would implement these slides to fit the requirements that they felt necessary. I just “rode” the slides as they materialized. Sometimes it was just frazzling, but mostly it wasn’t really too bad.

Control of the World-Line Drivers

There is a method towards the control and specification of the coordinates of a new world-line. In the 5th dimensional egress portal mechanism, that was a 5th dimensional system. As far as I understand it is based on coordinates relative to the point of egress.

In other words…

Enter portal at 0,0,0,0,0,0,0.
Arrival at coordinates 12,-4,2,0,6,8,-9

However, I was not involved in fifth dimensional portal egress. I was involved in seventh dimensional slides.

The core kit #2 ELF probes interacted with the EBP to enable seventh dimensional egress. This was a much more involved system, with coordinates substantially different from the portal egress methodology. The <redacted> “pilot” did not use numbers for coordinates. It utilized a series of circular symbols to configure the coordinates. And, I haven’t a clue as to how to operate them.

What I do know, however, is that once the coordinates were established, I could always take a look at where I was. As I did have access to the resultant “map” through the ELF core kit #2 probes. However, it was never a very useful or rewarding effort as the location map looked a little something like this;

Coordinates
Seventh dimensional MWI destination “map” as viewed by the traveler through the ELF core kit #2 probes. Image for illustrative purposes only.

Only it was overlaid with similar versions, all seemingly transparent to some degree more or less.

Deep Dive

For a while in the early 1990’s, I went through a significant series of slides that I refer to (personally) as the “Deep Dive”.

However, this time the resultant changes were significant. Utilization of this additional element of deviation resulted in significant changes in realities.  I was able to slide in and out of equally strange world lines.  (Although none of them were as drastic as a change in weather, language or culture like I experienced early on in China Lake.)

That’s the way many of the world-line changes were.

I had no idea what the differences were, and my time on the world-line was often of such a short duration that I never could really investigate what the causes of the changes were. Sometimes however, I could “pin point” a direct cause or event that seemed to be a major mitigating factor.

The Dive Itself

A series of strange divergences started to take place.  Each one took place (approximately) on my same world-line but with drastically different “lead up to” histories.  I started to slide into world-lines that had critical junctures altered.  Each slide was more drastic in influence. Yet each slide resulted is a relatively calm and easygoing lifestyle.

The first slide took place around 1994 and apparently represented a world where “something” was altered in the 1970’s. I don’t know what was altered.  But, in hindsight, the life seemed a little bit better.  At least, from my point of view, I had a little more money in my wallet, and I drove a nicer car.  This slide was a short one and only lasted maybe eight hours.

That was followed by a slide where the world was significantly different.

I don’t know what happened, though I do know that we did not get involved in the Vietnam War.  Cuba was our long-time friend.  I can only suppose that John F. Kennedy was not killed, and LBJ never became President.  This world was even nicer than the previous world-line.  I was doing much better, and my house reflected that fact. I know all about this because I spent over a week on this world-line.

Following this, there were a series subsequent deep slides.

Many of which I have no idea what the changes were, but they seemed to go back in time in approximately 10 to 25 year increments. Each time a major event was replaced with (nothing?) something else.  The result of this was that each time, my standard of living got progressively better and better. The air was softer and sweeter.

What I mean is that I would go to a world-line where there were some significant changes 25-years in the past of that world-line.

Then, the next world-line after that would go “deeper”. I would be on a world-line where the significant changes occurred 35-years in the past of that world-line.

This was how it was like. The slides continued all year, and kept going deeper and deeper changing and reversing events that we today on this world-line consider to be fixed and immobile.

No Taxation of Americans

The funny thing about all these slides is that when you occupy a world-line that you fall in love with, and then come to something resembling this world-line you start to RESENT the changes made in the base-line world-lines.

Nothing was so obvious as to what the morons did to the United States around 1910 to 1920. Those evil, selfish, fucking selfish idiots.

Wilson
Thomas Woodrow Wilson (December 28, 1856 – February 3, 1924) was an American statesman and academic who served as the 28th President of the United States from 1913 to 1921. A member of the Democratic Party, Wilson served as the President of Princeton University from 1902 to 1910, and as Governor of New Jersey from 1911 to 1913, before winning the 1912 presidential election. As president, he oversaw the passage of progressive legislative policies unparalleled until the New Deal in 1933. He also led the United States during World War I, establishing an activist foreign policy known as “Wilsonianism.” Upon taking office, Wilson called a special session of Congress, whose work culminated in the Revenue Act of 1913, introducing a federal income tax which provided revenue lost when tariffs were sharply lowered. He also presided over the passage of the Federal Reserve Act, which created a central banking system in the form of the Federal Reserve System. Other major elements of Wilson’s New Freedom agenda included the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Clayton Antitrust Act, and the Adamson Act, all of which established new economic regulations enforced by the federal government.

Ok. Let me discuss this a little bit in detail.

There was a world-line where no one paid any taxes.  Yes, the 16th amendment was never ratified.  People were happier and healthier, and it was much calmer and quieter time.  However, there were trade-offs. Though I do not know if the trade-offs were directly associated with the lack of taxes or other things. The thing that was most notable was that it was pretty much technologically backwards compared to the baseline.

The reader is advised NOT to assume that the passage of the 16th amendment resulted in the technology explosion that we have today.  There is no correlation.  I am only reporting my experiences, and that includes a world-line that is so described.

Yes, I know this because I was paid in cash and there were absolutely no deductions at all.  I was paid what I was earned. I was on this world line for nearly two weeks.  It was a long time. (My wife kept on saying that I “felt” really odd to her.  And she wanted to know “what was going on”.  What could I possibly say that wouldn’t get me thrown into a mental hospital?)

When you bought something, it was for one dollar, or a dollar and twenty five cents. Not $7.98.

I remember well, how I wanted to get a coke, at a seven-11 and there wasn’t any. (Store that is.) I had to go to the gas station and buy a coke.  I opened up my wallet and the normal $30 or so that I usually kept was missing.  I only had two (paper) dollars and a change purse of coins.  So, I gave the kid a liberty dollar coin, and he gave me back ninety five cents! It only cost five cents for a coke in 1994! (Insane.)

The money was also different. Aside from the pennies and nickels there were two and three cent coins!

A 1864 two cent coin.
A 1864 two cent coin.

In my wallet, I had numerous bills all of which looked very, very unusual.  They looked “similar to” (NOT “the same as”) this;

Money looked different.
The money looked very different. Maybe something along the lines of this ancient dollar bill.

I stayed on that world-line for a little over two weeks. Maybe 16 days in total. It was ok, but I really missed the television shows that I was watching at the time. Oh, televisions existed, but I was (apparently) unable to afford them in that world-line.

Instead, we had a big radio that had multiple bands that sat on a table in the living room. It had a brown bakelite plastic housing. When turned on it would light up and give this kind of humming sound.

Newspapers existed, but were different.  The newspaper “America Today” was in black and white instead of the colorful “USA Today”.

Before the “Deep Dive”, I would work and then go home.  At home we would have a meal and watch our favorite television shows.  My wife would sometimes play her electric piano. Then we would go to bed.

Not now.  Before the “deep dive”, I would come home and plop myself down in front of the television set.

In this new world-line, my new reality, we didn’t watch television.  We didn’t even own one! Yes, we had many conveniences in the kitchen, but the groceries were totally different.  Mostly they were canned and dry goods.  There were very few frozen foods.

A little van would drive up to the house and my wife would buy fresh vegetables and eggs from the man. There were supermarkets, but most of the stores were family owned. There wasn’t any malls that I recall. Yet in the mid-1990’s malls were a very popular center of the community on the baseline reality.

My wife made different kinds of meals. (Which is something that you get used to in this role.)  They pretty much consisted of a meat, or fish, with two to three side vegetable dishes, and a carefully prepared dessert.

My wife did not have an electric piano.  She had a flute.

Thus, for these two weeks, after work I would go home.  She would get me my slippers, pipe and tobacco, fix me a whiskey sour, and I would wear my robe (still with my tie on), and I would relax reading the evening newspaper (with the desk fan on) while she would make dinner.

Dinner was in the kitchen. But the wife had a vase with flowers in it… every day.

Butter was in the form of a big rectangular cube wrapped in newspaper. We also had a funny looking butter knife that looked more like a wide and broad spatula that would be used to slather the butter onto the bread. The funny thing was that the butter was left on the table to get soft. It was not kept in the “refrigerator”.

Dinners were much more involved and elaborate.  Stuffed peppers, baked ham, city chicken, broiled fish, and lamb roasts. Where before the deep dive, most of our meals consisted of “cheaper foods” such as meat loaf, spaghetti, hot dogs, and egg meals.

Then after dinner, I would sit on the porch, and she would join me after she cleaned up the table. Sometimes our neighbors would walk by the porch and we would spend an hour or so talking.  It was really…really different.  However, after a few days (once the shock dissipated) I found it truly charming.

As charming as they were, the changes were rather stark and disruptive compared to what I was used to.

On one hand, before the slide I was using a computer at work. Then, when the slide occurred I found myself back at a drafting table working with a manual eraser (not even an electric one). Instead of email, I had a wire basket where inter-department correspondence would be mailed out. I had an “in box” for incoming mail, and an “out box” for out bound mail.

There was a “mail boy” who would deliver the mail two or three times a day.

One world-line I would have a car, and then I would be on one where I needed to take a bus. One would have my wife happily buying presents for her family, and another world-line where she hadn’t spoken to them for years.  It was extremely disturbing, and made me a little ill.

Here is an interesting aside. My first wife was always “at war” with her family.  It was a terribly dysfunctional family with a long history of mental illness.  Her parents had the illness and so did all of her brothers and sisters.  

Yet, as soon as we hit the world-line with historical influences dating prior to 1913, all the illnesses disappeared. That is correct.  

What was the change?  

I do not know. No, I do not think that her family’s illnesses were associated with the 16th amendment.  But maybe, I suspect (after some consideration) that they might have been associated with World War I somehow. 

Is that possible?  Can some physical event result in long term genetic mental illness?  Or, is it just the way the world-lines operate, and the changes were coincidental?  I do not know.

One world-line had a phone with push buttons, and then I would have a slide and the new world-line would have three (x3) phones on my desk, all with rotary dials.

Phone
On second you are living in a world with modern push-button phones, speed dial, and voice mail. Then a slide would occur, and suddenly your desk would have three telephones of a very old style cluttering it up. Not to mention a big honker of a glass ash tray on it.

The moment I slide back to the non-16th amendment reality world-line, all subsequent slides reflected similar attributes.  For instance, all currency was no longer “Federal Reserve Notes”, but actually IOU’s good for gold or silver coins!

That’s right.

I could have taken any one of the notes to any of the banks and exchanged it for hard metal coinage.  Amazing! When did all this change?  I know that FDR banned all gold and stole it from my grandparents, but I never realized that the banks actually offered physical notes of paper that represented gold and silver coins.  Truly amazing!

Further, the bank notes were also much more interesting and colorful.

They described events rather than people and presidents like we currently see on the bills. (Today all the bills have Presidents, with some notable exceptions.) The bills were also in much smaller denominations than what we see today.  Heck, I could have probably paid my monthly rent with a five dollar silver certificate!  That is how much the world had changed.

Currency was different.
Often during a slide the currency would be different. Sometimes it would be substantially different.

These slides continued for maybe another three weeks. I think they went back (in changes and alterations of the past), perhaps three hundred years.

When I finally “hit the end of the line”, I was living more or less like an independent land-holder with a comfortable house, a house maid, and a beautiful well-educated wife. The year was the same. It was 1995, as I recall. But the world-line was so very different.

The technology was rather primitive, and that distracted from the benefits of the life that I found myself in. Each step back in time-alteration made the present reality “better”, “calmer”, and more prosperous.  The cost to this was a decrease in technology, or better yet, a change in the direction of what technology took.

The Slides

The reader might have the impression that I kept on going deeper and deeper into alternative realities. While that was, to a degree, certainly true, I would also move back to realities that wasn’t so different from the (more or less stable) apparent present. So, while I might travel to a world-line where I was using slide rules and dictating to a secretary, I would shortly have a slide to something with computers, video games, and Strawberry Coke.

I don’t know why this was the case.

Snap Back to a Continuance

Then, after a week at my (apparent) destination world-line, I was abruptly projected in one of the most amazing and harsh slides of my entire involvement. Then I found myself back in an almost identical world-line to the one that I had initially been on (prior to the great dive). I do not know why this all occurred.  No one told me anything, and the drone pilot was as mute as a cinder-block wall.

It totally sucked.

To live one life in the reality with no Federal Income Tax, a peaceful nation much like Switzerland, and eating good healthy food with simpler pursuits to BLAM!… Back in the reality of the mid 1990’s with the Soviet Union, high unemployment and Democrats trying every single way they can think of to tax more and more of my money!  UGH!

While there is a near infinite number of alternative world-lines possible. My role involved the manipulation of the world-lines associated for the bulk of humanity. And, the vast bulk of humanity chose this current world-line (or ones similar to it). Thus, here I am where the vast bulk of humanity wants to live.

Luckily these kinds of aggressive slides were short lived.

I really do not know WHY suddenly things had to be adjusted like they were.  I only know that they were, and my personality (how I reacted to the changes) affected the “dimensional anchoring” process. For indeed, how I felt and acted upon these changes helped to steer the process to new world-lines.

Perhaps that is why my retirement ended up in a world-line where the conditions for my circumstances favor my  intentions.

Theories

I have my own theories as to how the entangled <redacted> worked and how the pilot would move the world-lines.  They are all probably wildly incorrect. However, if there is one thing that I can posit is that the extremity of a given world-line is a function of how the group-baseline world-lines need to be altered.

I cannot help but speculate that the extreme changes and movements representative of the world-line slides were a function of some radial trends (or contrary trends) on the baseline world-lines.

Accumulated deviation
Accumulated deviation as a result of the “deep dive”. Here is the best way that I can describe how the system worked from the point of view of a traveler.

In other words, if most of the world-lines were starting to move into discordant behaviors, it would be necessary for me to move the “dimensional anchoring process” to a greater deviance level.

The greater the disruption, the resultant corrective actions are required.

MAJestic Commentary

For what ever it is worth. If you were to ask my MAJestic leadership to comment on this post, they would probably say something like this…

MAJestic has no knowledge of any of these “adventures”, experiences or attributes of the sub-program that this agent was part of.

We made an agreement with an extraterrestrial partner and part of that agreement involved a connection of sorts between the agent and an extraterrestrial. How the agent experiences the connection is a personal event, and is beyond our experience. We do not condone nor disparage his statements.

Unless those described experiences personally benefit the reader, the information is useless. As far as the reader is concerned, the agent was involved in a program involving a technologically advanced extraterrestrial species. His experiences in the program were unique and possibly hard to describe to any level of comfort to the reader.

We permit this narrative to be disseminated with the caveat that MAJestic is disassociated with the experiences of this agent.

Conclusions

This post is in response to a question that a number of influencers asked. “What was it like to world-line travel.” This post describes some notable world-line slides. I posit my understanding on how it worked, and the reasons for the slides. I also describe what I learned.

One thing is certain. For me, I was the proverbial frog dipped in and out of hot boiling water. While the rest of humanity is on the stove being cooked alive.

Boil a frog idiom

Take Aways

Lathe Heaven
Screen shot from the movie “The Lathe of Heaven”. A man has the ability to change his world-lines through dreams. A bad actor, puts the man under hypnosis so he can personally profit from it, and make the world a “better place” in his image. Notice that everyone is grey? Yeah, that’s what happens when you wish away racism.
  • World-line travel is not as exciting or interesting as you would see on Hollywood movies such as “Back to the Future”, “The lathe of Heaven“, or Star Trek’s “Mirror Mirror“.
  • World-line slides varied from hours to weeks in duration.
  • The selection of the destination world-lines and the mission objectives involved were beyond my control.
  • I had access to the destination world-line coordinates on a “map” of sorts. Unfortunately, I was unable to read the map.
  • I personally learned from the different slides on a personal level. As a result I personally find that many Americans have no idea how far America has strayed from the great nation it once was.
  • This post describes what it was like being in MAJestic and performing my mission parameters.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...
How to tell -2
Top Secrets
Sales Pitch
Feducial Training
Implantation
Probe Calibration - 1
Probe Calibration - 2
Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Rescue from the Wilderness – A Special Assignment

This particular post discusses how I found my way back to the Navy again, and began my “training”. I left my life as a short-order cook in California and went into the desert to a Naval base located in the middle of the remote desert. At that time, I had no memory that I was part of a secretive military program, and thus the “special assignment” held little tangible meaning for me.

Later, however, things became crystal clear and the relationship between the Naval base in Florida, and the Naval base in California took on a new dimension.  This is the story of that time as well as what happened as a result of the turn of events.

Introduction

“Yes, there have been ET visitations. There have been crashed craft. There have been material and bodies recovered. There has been a certain amount of reengineering that has allowed some of these craft, or some components, to be duplicated. And there is some group of people that may or may not be associated with government at this point that have this knowledge. They have been attempting to conceal this knowledge. People in high level government have very little, if any, valid information about this. It has been the subject of disinformation in order to deflect attention and create confusion so the truth doesn’t come out. ”

― Edgar D. Mitchell, The Way of the Explorer: An Apollo Astronaut's Journey Through the Material and Mystical Worlds

I quit my job at the restaurant, and drove the six hours to Ridgecrest.  The company provided me with a car rental (a Ford Thunderbird) and I drove out from San Louis Obispo to Ridgecrest.  (A long and bending road. It was quite exhausting.) We drove the car, loaded with our belongings, behind the new motorcycle that we had just bought. We drove and drove. I seem to recall that it took us six hours to drive from where we were to our destination. They put me up in a nice hotel there and fed me well.

I went from being treated as a blue collar (limited skill) laborer to suddenly receiving VIP treatment.  Even though I was being interviewed for a “technician job”, the company hired engineers, and I was treated as a very special person indeed.  I received a technician pay at an equivalent GS-5 level, but an engineers per Diem, with various bonuses to make up for the difference.

Of course, to everyone, I was just another base contractor.  The only people who were in the loop as to who I was, and why I was there was [1] the man who hired me, and [2] the people who trained me.  Even at that point, I had “forgotten” who I was and how important I was.

I interviewed and went to the facility without any active memory of my past, and who I actually was.

The Interview

“As it happens, after giving a public talk a couple of years ago, I was approached by a man who had been a uniformed member of the United States Navy. We chatted for a while and when he mentioned that he had spent some time at China Lake my ears perked up.

I asked him if there was an underground facility at China Lake. 

He said that indeed there is, and that it is impressively large and deep. I asked him if he had ever been in it, and he said that he had, though not to the deepest levels. I asked him how deep the deepest part extended. He looked at me soberly and said very quietly, “It goes one mile deep.” I then asked him what the underground base contains. He replied, “Weapons.” I responded, “What sort of weaponry?” And he answered without pausing, “Weapons more powerful than nuclear weapons.”

-Richard Sauder,  Hidden In Plain Sight, Beyond the X-Files. Keyhole Publishing Company. March 2010

I was put up in a very nice hotel in Ridgecrest, and the next morning I drove over to the facility.

The company was called “Comarco Weapons Support Division” and was located right next to the hospital. While I can’t find anything on the Internet (Google, Bing, and DuckDuckGo) on this company, I can assure the reader that it did exist, and they did actually pay me.

Ah, that’s the problem with the Internet these days.  It’s like a big white board, constantly being erased and rewritten over.

Comarco WSD
Comarco WSD Stock Certificate. Photo from the author. Picture is of my unused stock certificate that is still sitting in my files. Maybe one day, I will collect the couple of dollars that it represents. (Sad, that it used to represent thousands, but a change in laws, seriously depleted it’s value.)

Ha ha. Google is useless. However, if you type in “Comarco WSD” in the career website LinkednIN, you will get hundreds of hits of former employees. LOL.

You do have to be careful as there is also a consumer appliance company, also in California, with exactly the same name!  How is this actually possible? (Yes, it’s going to be pretty hard to explain why an engineer with experience in testing missile systems used to work at a consumer appliance company.  Yup!)  So Google might be able to erase the existence of this company, but it is actually doing a disservice to all the former employees of the company.

The job interview was odd, primarily because, I was already hired.  This interview was only a formality.  I did not know it, at the time, but the body language and the way that the position was discussed told me everything.

Of course, I had no awareness of why I was being hired.  I thought that it was because of my educational background.  I don’t think that the man who interviewed me realized that I had no memory of my true role.

He spoke to me in a coded way with circumnavigating sentences and questions targeted at how much I actually knew about the secret program that were being developed there.

“For you to grow, there has to be something in your life that is difficult and challenging. There has to be a goal where the chance of failure is very possible, and it has to be hard enough where you’ll be required to call upon forces within you that you didn’t know existed. 

There has to be a point where you wonder to yourself, “Maybe I can’t do it—maybe I’m doing all this for nothing.””

-Rooshv

He Spent a Year Searching for Me

What helped boost my ego was that he told me that he had spent a year searching for me.  Of course, since I had no recollection of my true and real purpose, I thought this was based on my technical skills alone.  He told me that he looked all over for me.  He didn’t know what happened to me after I left the Navy.

He realized that I have disappeared into civilian life.  As that is what he had done after he left the US Air Force.  He used to be a pilot flying the F-111 fighter bombers.  And this similarity to his own experience was known and relatable.  (In my dreams.  At least he finished flight school and was operational.) He initially tracked me to my parents’ house, but lost track of me after I started to look for work in California.  He confirmed to me that when I started to search for work in California was at the exact period of time that he began searching for me.  It was quite a coincidence.

It was quite a coincidence.  (Nothing on the earth is ever a coincidence.)

F-111
General Dynamics F-111 Aardvark. I actually had a model of this aircraft when I was young. I had painted it and hung it up from the ceiling by a string. I seem to recall that during the Vietnam war, many of these aircraft were shot down. The media was having a “field day” announcing the latest failure of the new system. That is the same thing that they did with the V-22 Osprey. I am sure that the next military fighter or bomber aircraft will also be torn up by the liberal American media. Ah. They are so predictable.

This was not your Typical Assignment

“Chatterton spat on the green grass and rubbed it in with his boot, "I don't like it, I don't like it. If anything happened to us, no one on Earth would ever know. Silly policy: if a rocket fails to return, we never send a second rocket to check the reason why."

"Natural enough," explained Forester, "We can't waste time on a thousand hostile worlds, fighting futile wars. Each rocket represents years, money, lives. We can't afford to waste two rockets if one rocket proves a planet hostile. We go on to peaceful planets, like this one."

Using his triangle shaped ring, and aggressively toying with it, he emphasized that this was a (he paused when he said this) “special assignment”.  He told me that only a very precious few people could do what I can do.  He said that the number of people who had this skill could be counted on one hand, and all of the other people had already done this “task”.  That only I and one or two others remained to do the job.

Triangle shaped Ring.

This was a simple gold ring with the clear shape of a triangle on it.  It was clean and unadorned, but definitely noticeable.

Only a handful of People were like me.

At the time, I thought that he was just making polite small talk.  In hindsight, yeah… having the ability to do autonomous dimensional world-line travel WAS a unique ability.  

However, at the time, I was unaware that I had this ability.  While it manifested quite naturally, as money appearing when I needed it, and good luck abounding, I associated it with fate, not my whims molding reality around my thoughts and my desires.

One Hand.

One hand has five fingers.  Yes? 

If there were only a handful of us of us, and there were <redacted> at the <redacted> facility; who were the <redacted> of the <redacted>?  Were they human or something else altogether?  

This is one of those points that makes me question everything that I experienced.  For, if they were another species; and they had to be because the “chatter” that we listened into supported that contention, then what species were they?  

They weren’t <redacted> nor <redacted> species.  They must have been something else altogether. Think about that for a minute.

Of course, it sounded a bit confusing to me, because I had absolutely zero recollection of what transpired at the base with the Commander.  So I reinterpreted this as a reaffirmation of my technical prowess, and ability.  This is pretty arrogant of me, because he said that my assignment would be at a special test facility deep within the naval base.  He said that it would involve ELF testing and evaluation of special project.

During this discussion he (name <redacted>) never mentioned that I would be doing anything secret.  Instead he stated that I would have to get a “Confidential” access badge to enter certain portions of the base, and a special “Secret” access badge to enter the more remote and secure facilities.  He stated that I and another person were hand-picked for this assignment and that we would know exactly what to do and how to do it.

He also said that he was very, very, VERY honored to meet us and looked forward to working with us on this most exciting of programs.

In fact, I really need to impress to the reader, just how blatant the fawning over me was. I was very happy to be treated so well, and so respected.  But this was way over the top.

At the time, I just considered myself somewhat special, but not ACTUALLY anything special. I just just “another” unemployed engineer looking for work.  Sure, I had lived in a van under difficult conditions. However, no one aside from my wife and myself were aware of this fact.

What did he know that I did not?

Yet for all the fine platitudes and positive language, he never mentioned what we would be doing or what our roles would be.  All he could say is that we would know exactly what to do once we were assigned our roles at the remote test facility.

Ah… that “you will know what to do when the time comes” bullshit.

time Tunnel
This picture is a promotional photo for the 1960’s television series “The Time Tunnel”. The premise behind the series was of a top secret US government project that would send people back in time to alter the past so that the present could be preserved and saved. In the television show were all kinds of interesting “what if” scenarios regarding time travel, high technology, science and top secret hidden government programs. Was this the one kind of program that I was selected for?

I would start off with a confidential clearance so that I would start work immediately at the Contractor’s main building.  That building was not on the base.  It was outside the base, near the hospital. Then, when the test facility was available, I would have a Secret Clearance that I could use to access it on the base.

I could not enter the base proper until I obtained the proper security clearances. This took time.

All contractors had two badges. One [1] for access to the contractor’s building(s) and another one [2] for access to the base (and the sub-areas within the base).  We kept them together, back to back. On one side was the off-white badge for Comarco, with a red line on the bottom.  On the other side was the red contractor badge with various holes punched out and a (reasonably) larger text of “MAJ” off to the side.

Red Color Line

Means “secret”. Green color means “confidential”.  There was also a third type which was “no color”.  It means that the employee had no base clearances.

Green Color Badge

It was “green” color when I arrived.  I kept this badge for the first six months at the company. Once, I was approved for secret access, I obtained a new badge that was “red” in color. The holes on the outer edges, were as I recall, not changed when the two badges were swapped out.

Red Color Badge

Like the green badge only it had two major differences. One, the color was RED, and not Green.  And, secondly, in capital letters, was the word MAJ  like this; “MAJ”.

About those holes; Along the periphery of the badge were an array of boxes.  Each box represented a specific region that the holder of the badge had access to.  If you had access to that region, you would have a hole punched in that box.  The badge color, as well as a colored line under your photo indicated the level of clearance that you had access to.  Green was for Confidential Clearance, and red was for Secret Clearance.

While I would have secret clearance, it was limited to only three specific regions deep inside of the base, miles away from the main base facilities.

The Facility was being used

The facility that I needed for my “special assignment” was currently being used, so I would have to wait until it was available.

He told me that the location where I would be working was involved in another project.  So it is not immediately available.  His solution would be to hire me as a “draft checker” until the facility would be available.  A draft checker is a person who verifies that all the blueprints and drawings are correctly done.  They verify that the numbers are correct, and that the documents meet industry standards.

It is an easy, low impact, job.  But one that needs to be done.

Drawings Correctly Completed

The drawing is made up of a variety of separate related orthographically projected views. First done on a drafting board then moving into the electronic drafting packages. Sadly, the most popular electronic drafting package at that time was Autocad. It was an overly complex architectural package and since it had no copy protection was quickly adopted to provide drawings for mechanical engineering. Mechanical engineering drawings are basically started with parallel lines, created by sliding triangles or using a T-Square, Parallel Bar or Drafting Machine.

Tech drawing.
Typical technical drawing. Pulled from the internet for illustrative purposes only.

The drawing was usually done by the drafter. Drawings could be very tedious and a complex drawing could take days and even weeks to complete. Changes were difficult and may require extensive use of the electric eraser. The electronic drafting packages relieved a bit of that pain. But you still had to change each related view separately. Which opened the door to errors.

Hawker
Here is an exploded illustration of how the parts would fit together. All of this was the realm of the technical draftsmen and the engineers working on the projects.

To call these drawings 2D is a bit of a misnomer. 

These were schematics or illustrations that described parts, notice I didn't say 3D part, that would be silly and redundant. They were done to a set of standards developed over centuries. 

An engineer or drafter would look at these drawings and see the part. This was called "being able to read a drawing". Now don't discount the drawing, virtually every Boeing airplane from the 767 down were done only with drawings. Drawings contained all the necessary information for manufacturing to make the part. They were released to the other departments in the company as copies called blue prints.

He told me that I might have to wait in this role from nine months to one year before the test facility would be available.  Truth was, it took a little over one year, before the facility was ready.

He introduced me to another Special Worker

While I was there, he introduced me to another worker.

He had mentioned this to me on the telephone when we had talked. However, at the time, I thought nothing of it. Then, later in his office, he picked up the telephone and made a call. He hung up the phone and said “There is another fellow whom I want you to meet.”

This man was about my age.

He was already working as a contractor, but he too was waiting for the facility to be available.  He was also a trained engineer like myself, but was working as an electrical technician at the time.

To me, he looked vaguely familiar.  His hair was longer, and he had “filled out a little bit”, and he had a mustache.  But there was no mistaking it.

My co-worker was Sebastian! The same Sebastian that I met at the naval base years ago!  The same Sebastian who was enrolled in the Navy aviation program with me. The very same Sebastian that joined MAJestic with me, and who egressed from the dimensional port with all the pretty girls.

What a strange coincidence!

He shook my hand, and did so with a certain type of two-finger grip.  I also did so, though I must confess that it came to me automatically.  I know (now) that it was a “so-called” secret society style of greeting.  But I had no previous experience, or training in it.  It just fell into place naturally.

He also made the sign of the triangle.  We felt like brothers.  We made some small talk without saying much of anything of significance.  It was just a lot of small talk.  I asked him how long he had been working at Comarco, and he answered “just a few months”. I asked him what he thought of the desert, and he asked me about what I thought about California.  We just made small introductory small talk.

We talked about getting to work together in the near future and then he left.

About the "Secret" Handshake

Yet another mystery surfaces; how did we instinctively know to meet and greet each other in this manner?  How did we understand what it meant? I say this most clearly; I have had no, absolutely no, training or background exposure to secret societies and clandestine greeting methodology and skills.

Handshake
A two-finger “secret” handshake. How was it that I knew about this. I did so automatically, and without thought. I was natural. However, I was NEVER trained or taught how to do this. It was very strange to me.

We never, during the entire time that we worked together, discussed the time we had together at NAS NASC Pensacola.  We only mentioned our experiences with the vaguest of references.  It was as if we didn’t want to say too much about it.  We together just recognized each other and our roles together in the future.

I would be hired immediately

After we chatted, he took me down the hall to a manager in charge of the drafting group.  This group supported efforts for all the other groups in the building.  It was a support group for the design groups that worked on the base.

This group handled all the documentation required for all the projects on the base.  The group has draftsmen, designer, illustrators, and technical writers.  My role would be as a draft checker to support their efforts.

As such I would have a room all to myself, and I would be given a salary and an income to enable me to stay near to the base while the test facility was being readied.

Drafting pit
This is what a “drafting pit” looked like. It was very typical in the 1960’s through the 1980’s. In the 1990’s these were replaced by CAD rooms. They typically appeared to be dark, air conditioned areas.

Working as a contractor

I immediately began work as a contractor.  It was easy work.  I was able to easily transition into the often obtuse world of the military contractor.  As such, I received my security clearances, and began by working the standard life of a military contractor in the high desert of California.

Downtown Ridgecrest.
Downtown Ridgecrest, California. I lived in Ridgecrest while the probes in my head were going through their calibration runs, and I was learning and being trained to interface with the extraterrestrial drone. The training was conducted next door to Ridgecrest in a secure facility on the base. There was only one main road in Ridgecrest, this was it. Nearby was Trona. (This was a horribly polluted small town located in a small desolate desert valley. It was not a pleasant place to visit. It was very malodorous.) You can see where I lived in the above picture. I lived in a small place in the hill under the red light in the picture (along the road up to the community college).

Working in the remote desert was quite different than working in a conventional city.  Ridgecrest was a world of its own.  It was beautiful and peaceful.  It was very scenic and calm.  The people were all very nice, and relaxed.

Most of the people who lived in the town either worked on the base, or worked at one of the stores or businesses that supported those who worked on the base.  It was small, out of the way community sporting some new homes, strip malls, and a handful of restaurants.  Out in the desert lived wild, grizzly prospector types whom still mined the desert for treasures in the form of ores.

Ridgecrest is in the absolute middle of the desert. It has the absolute feel of a desert.  As you drive along the road, dry sagebrush will dance and blow across the road. There are no trees. The sky is big and huge and brilliant blue. There are few clouds in the sky. Surrounding the city are sandy-dirt roads that criss cross the flat plains.

Ridgecrest

For the record; I have never been to or been associated with the “so called” UFO capital complex of “Area 51”.  It might be all disinformation for all I know.  The only training and work that I was involved in occurred at but two naval bases.  That was it.  I know nothing, absolutely nothing, about Air Force involvement with UFO’s, or that of any other branch of service.  My role was specific.  My training was specific, and my tasking was specific to my mission.

Sagebrush

Sagebrush is the common name of several woody and herbaceous species of plants in the genus Artemisia. The best known sagebrush is the shrub Artemisia tridentata. Sagebrushes are native to the North American west.

It is calm.

Calm, so very calm.  The wind whispers.

Softly. It’s almost magical.

Life in Ridgecrest

Life in Ridgecrest was one of having a perpetual cricket hidden (somewhere) in your living room.

It was a life were “swamp coolers” (Evaporative coolers) were used instead of air conditioners, but people rarely cleaned out the filters; allowing toxic and dangerous micro-organisms to grow and thrive in your air supply.  (It was also where black widow spiders preferred to hide.  Yikes!)

It was a world of relaxed calmness and immense beauty and a big blue sky that seemed to go on forever.

You had to carry water with you at all times to keep hydrated.  Otherwise the dry air would cause one to pass out without notice.

Tarantulas spawned in March  and swarmed all over the dirt roads in a tangled confusion as they scampered under the blazing orange sagebrush.  They were only the size of a quarter and grey in color.

It was a world of high-tech military contractors and grizzly old prospectors.  It was a special place at a special time.

Surrounding the area are old mines.  Some of them look like traditional wooden framed tunnels into the side of the mountain, but most of them are simply a hole in the ground. That is it.

You are walking around the flat desert, and suddenly you come across a gaping hole in the ground.  We all know of stories of guys who have gone out walking into the desert and fell into one of these holes, only to be discovered many months later. Their skeletal remains found inside tattered scraps of clothing. At other times, dirt-bike riders were found collapsed under the weight of their motorcycle at the bottom of a mine-shaft. Some of these holes are protected with a chain-link fence, but many are not.

Danger sign
Watch out for holes in the ground. Sign is very typical for the “High Desert”. You do not want to fall down one of these things. If you did, your life would be over.

Assignment of my Access Pass

Exactly according to plan, I engaged in a low level of technical grade work at the contractor, with occasional forays onto the base for various reasons.  I was given the pay classification of a GS-5, with the promise of a salary increase to a GS-7 within a year (once my security classification was upgraded).  I continued in this role for about nine months.  It was uneventful.

GS-5

This was the lowest pay grade that a person could get at my role.  It was also the easiest for them to process a security classification for me.  As a W(U)-SAP no one knew “bumpkis” about me, but I did need to have access to my training.  So this was how it was done.

Local Plant life
Native plant life was rare, but spectacular. The High Desert was very beautiful.

Then, one day, I was called into the office of my immediate supervisor.  He told me that I would be transferred to a position on the base itself.  And that this would begin immediately.

He then, introduced me to another man who was in charge of the testing facility.  This supervisor did not know my true identity, and reason for being there.  All he knew is that I was given an “assignment” on the base to do some “research” in accordance with some alpha-numerical designation.  Duration of the contract was to completion of the specific task at hand.

We got along fine.

He was nice, friendly and quite laid back, as anyone would be after spending twenty years living in the desert.  He looked more like a cowboy than a technical professional.  He drove an old 1940’s pickup truck that matched the atmosphere of the region quite nicely.  While he discussed how one day he would “fix it up”, for then at that time, it was being held together with a mixture of duct-tape, bent clothes hangers, and braided nylon rope.  It was a distressed and dusty truck at once both awful and at the same time; adventurous.

Together he drove me out to the test facility on the base, for a look around, and to tell me how to get to the base work site from now on.

Portrait in Ridgecrest.
Photo of the author and his first wife above Ridgecrest. I blanked out the face on my ex-wife. She was and still is, a good girl. She does not deserve to be associated with me in any way. Let her live her life in peace and well being. Photo was taken in one of the hills above Ridgecrest. The hills there were great for walking and climbing. Though, today I would probably be quite exhausted in doing so. I’d need to take a walking cane. LOL. I most certainly had a head of hair, didn’t I? At the time of my training, I let my hair grow longer and grew a beard. As this was pretty much acceptable in that remote desert facility at the time. Besides, heck I actually HAD hair then. LOL!

Training on utilization of the devices

“There is abundant evidence that we are being contacted, that civilizations have been visiting us for a very long time. That their appearance is bizarre from any type of traditional materialistic western point of view. That these visitors use the technologies of consciousness, they use toroids, they use co-rotating magnetic disks for their propulsion systems that seems to be a common denominator of the UFO phenomenon.”

- Dr Brian O’leary, Former NASA Astronaut and Princeton Physics Professor

Training on utilization of the devices inside my skull, and associated interfaces, as well as the various techniques and abilities it gave me occurred at The China Lakes Naval Weapons Center in Ridgecrest, California (NAS China Lake). For me, calibration, and training of cores I through V, occurred up through 1986. After that was the adjunct mandatory suppression of memory (you never forget, just access it differently), and then (again) release as a civilian to the world.

Contrary to conventional Internet UFO and extraterrestrial lore, I had no exposure to anything resembling “Area 51” or any of the often repeated areas of unusual activity.  I never visited these areas, and I never had the opportunity to do so.

While I was there I NEVER saw a “flying saucer” or extraterrestrial vehicle of any kind.  My exposure to the military was unique to entry into the program, and training at China Lake.  I am sorry to crush the belief structure of conventional UFO and extraterrestrial species lore. That was it.

Nothing that I was exposed to ever referred to this facility; the “Area 51”.  Either in name or in code.  So, I must tell the reader that I must disappoint.  I cannot confirm that it is a hub of extraterrestrial reverse engineering efforts, nor deny it either.  For me it is as if it never existed.  It simply was part of something that I know absolutely nothing about.

Therefore, I must tell the reader that my experience as AN ACTUAL MEMBER of a sub-program of the MAJestic organization,  I had absolutely no exposure to this famous site, or related terminology.

REmote test labs
China Lake had test labs located in remote desert locations.

Overview

Three years after entering the transport portal, and the EBP connection to the seven ELF probes, and being lost in the wilderness, I was finally located. As such, I went into a secluded period of training.  The training was designed to help me use the ELF probes, and also how to <redacted>.  After all, to accomplish my role in MAJestic, I needed to be provided with tools and needed to be trained to use those tools.

We discuss this aspect of my involvement here.

All in all, I went through a series of five stages (or cycles) of training. All of which occurred at the China Lake Naval Weapons Center, outside Ridgecrest, California.

For those of you who do not know, China Lake is in the High Desert of California.  It is very beautiful and very, very remote.  The nearest decent city was Bakersfield, and that was a 5 hour drive through a winding road across a pass in the mountains.  Summer temperatures easily reached 120°F (and sometimes even 140°F), while winter temperatures were quite comfortable.  In fact, it even snowed one winter while I was there! (I well remember the one cm of snow that rested on my swamp cooler.)

From Wikipedia...

The Mojave Desert is a desert that occupies a significant portion of southeastern California and smaller parts of central California, southern Nevada, southwestern Utah and northwestern Arizona in the United States. 

The term Mojave originates from the Spanish language while the spelling Mohave comes from modern English. Both are used today. 

The Mojave Desert displays typical basin and range topography characteristic of a desert environment. 

Higher elevations above 2,000 feet (610 m) in the Mojave are commonly referred to as the High Desert.  Nearby to this region is another well known (but lower) desert;  Death Valley.  It is the lowest elevation in North America at 282 feet (86 m) below sea level and is one of the Mojave Desert's more notorious places.

At Kernville the river emerges from its narrow canyon into a widening valley where it is impounded in Lake Isabella, a reservoir formed by Isabella Dam. The area was once known as Whiskey Flat.  

It is the former location of the town of Kernville. The South Fork Kern River joins in Lake Isabella. Like the North Fork, the South Fork rises in Tulare County and flows mainly south, through Inyo National Forest. 

After entering Kern County the South Fork curves to the west and flows into Lake Isabella.  Below Isabella Dam the Kern River flows southwest through a spectacular rugged canyon along the south edge of the Greenhorn Mountains, emerging from mountains east of Bakersfield, the largest city on the river.  

Travel through this winding canyon is an hour long trip of great discomfort for those unaccustomed to it.

Welcome to Ridgecrest, California.
Welcome to Ridgecrest, California.

To fully appreciate what is going on regarding my training, the reader needs to understand that I was being trained to interface with alien (extraterrestrial) technology.

  • This was not advanced human technology.
  • This was not second or third generation computer technology.
  • This was not reverse engineered foreign technology.

It was very advanced technology that was so unlike anything that we can even conceive of.

Yes it was alien, and yes it was of extraterrestrial origination.

That technology is completely different from everything that we know of and experience.  What we know of consists of electronics, mechanical mechanisms, chemical formulations, and some genetic technology in it’s infancy. The technology that I was exposed to was unlike what we know. To describe it to the reader is very difficult as there simply is nothing even similar to it anywhere.

In summary, that technology is [1] very advanced, [2] utilizes a great deal of control (and manipulation) over the “non-physical” aspects of our reality, and [3] has elements that are biological in nature. This technology was certainly centuries in advanced of our technology in physical appearance. This technology was perhaps thousands of years advanced in terms of the utilization and manipulation of the non-physical aspects of our reality, and hundreds of years more advanced in terms of biological manipulation.

If I were to describe how advanced by using a Hollywood movie, how would I describe it?  Was it like “Star Wars”? Was it like “Star Trek”? Was it like “Blade Runner”? Was it like “Jupiter Ascending”? Was it like “Dune”? What was it like?

There is nothing, absolutely nothing, that Hollywood portrays that comes even close. So, it is very, very difficult to describe what we were involved in. Thus, to proceed further, we first need to discuss what the technology is that I interfaced with.

Don't know all my movie references, eh?

Jupiter Ascending is a 2015 space opera film. The film is centered on Jupiter Jones (Kunis), an ordinary cleaning woman, and Caine Wise (Tatum), an interplanetary warrior who informs Jones that her destiny extends beyond Earth. Supporting cast member Douglas Booth has described the film's fictional universe as a cross between The Matrix and Star Wars, while Kunis identified indulgence and consumerism as its underlying themes.

Biological Artifices

Before we get started in the “meat” of the narrative, let’s “open up” with a brief dialog and discussion about artifices and the need for them.  Let’s talk about artifices, specifically “biological” artifices.  For me to accomplish my mission parameters, I required “entanglement” (a communication of sorts) with a mechanism known as an artifice.

I went to China Lake to “calibrate” my probes to an extraterrestrial artifice.

Skull implants
Skull implants. Locations are not accurate, they are positioned for illustrative purposes only.

The probes were installed in my head by Naval personnel. The “off world” experience, involved the surgery of additional extraterrestrial “equipment” into my head.

However, the two “systems” were not integrated together. That was the purpose of my time at China Lake. They had to be integrated and function together with a biological artifice.

Training.
This is pretty much the basic setup. There is some unknown species that acts as the “pilot” in this entire matter. The human is the “commander”. The artifice can be considered a kind of drone. Picture of a dog is for purposes of humor.

Artifices are not something that is common to most people, Americans, humans or even (learned) scientists to understand.  Artifices are an “advanced technology” that describes a manufactured biological enhancement. Human technology has not advanced to that level yet.  The closest that we have are computers and cloned embryos. However, we need to understand the basics regarding this subject before we “dive” into the manuscript.

Merging Technology
Let’s consider merging a biological creature and a machine to improve it. Our universe is filled with other creatures and species. However, the only ones that we know about are those that we interact with. Most people know about dogs and cats so here let’s discuss this issue in terms of what we are familiar with.

(In this manuscript are unusual and unlikely terms and content.  To best help understand the totality of this manuscript; these terms are presented in a staged manner.  As such, I present them “piece meal”, or in “bite sized” portions so that the reader can digest them slowly and carefully.

So, while it might seem that I am just circumambulating about in a wildly rambling manner.  The truth is, and the facts are, that I am presenting a staged introduction to technologies and information that the reader must understand first before delving too deeply into the depths of this manuscript.)

Let’s start with the most basic premise; that bodies need augmentation to accomplish some tasks.

The Need for Augmentation

The reader should appreciate that the physical body has limitations.  You can only run so fast.  You can only lift so much weight.  You can only think so fast.  You can only hold your breath so long. We have limitations.

To extend the limits of our limitations we employ devices.  These devices go by the names of mechanisms, contrivances, and appliances. For instance, instead of using our bare hands to dig a hole, we employ the use of a tool; a shovel.  If we want to dig deeper, faster, and quicker, we might employ a mechanical ditch-digger or steam-shovel.

Back in the past, say 100 years ago, writers envisioned robots doing the work. The pulp magazines of the time would show a robot with a shovel busily digging a hole while the operator controlled the robot in comfortable abandon.

Steam Shovel Graveyard in Milford

Curiously, there is an impressive steam shovel graveyard in Milford, Massachusetts.  I was there in the middle 1990’s and saw perhaps 15 steam shovels with my own eyes. There were many more buried in the tangle of wilds that had enveloped the graveyard.

Humans are so simple. We can only envision replacing a tool with either [1] a better tool (a steam-shovel) or [2] another person or contrivance (a slave or a robot) to dig the hole for us. Instead of actually considering the need for the hole in the first place, we instead rely on technology to manufacture the hole.

Using a robot to do the vacuuming for you.
Using a robot to do the vacuuming for you.

Other species think and reason differently. For some, they might question the need for the hole in the first place, and find alternatives to making that hole.  They might not need to have a tool, and artifice or a slave.

Using an artifice to perform the vacuuming task
Using an artifice to perform the vacuuming task. Though a purist might argue that this artifice is actually still a robot.

For us, humans, it is rather easy to see the need for a tool.  You use a knife to cut onions.  You don’t use your hands. You use a knife to cut tomatoes, your fingernails just are not going to cut the tomato slices for a good BLT sandwich. We use tools all the time.

The use of artifices to assist us is a relatively new phenomena.

The migration to the use of an artifice was rather simple.  We learned to use tools.  Then we improved the tools. The technology “leap” to robots to perform the tasks of humans never really happened. Unless you suggest all the UK media propaganda about sex dolls is accurate. We just don’t have robots taking over the work normally performed by humans.  Instead we have robot-like artifices.

We have artifices that can vacuum the floor. We have self-driving cars, which are actually vehicular artifices. We have remote controlled drones, that when placed in automatic-mode behaves as artifices. We use artifices to perform various tasks for us. At this stage in our human technology, the artifices are rather primitive.

They are unable to completely replace a human operator. Though, I am confident, one day they will be able to.

  • Artifices are an advanced tool that is used to replace mechanical work normally done by a human.
  • What would you use to replace (or augment) the human thought process? Perhaps you would use a computer.
  • What would you use to replace the human emotional system? Maybe some kind of bio-chemical system with programmed objectives. You could make someone love you, or create an army of impassioned warriors. Ugh, the notion of this is frightening when one realizes the danger of our fellow humans.

In each case above, we used technology (of different types) to replace or augment something that we humans are accustomed to do.  We dig a hole. We plan a party. We fall in love.  All of these things, we can replace or synthesize using technology.  However, what about an ability that we do not have? How can we use technology to augment that ability so that we humans can benefit?

Before we get started on this subject, I would like to relate a little story.

When I was attending university, we had a professor of “Heat Transfer”. All the students thought of him as a “joke”. He just didn’t have the haughty; “I am a knowledgeable professor with ability and skills” that the other professors carried themselves with.  He as easy going.  He spoke using conventional terms, and related in a simple way about everything. When he gave us assignments, they seemed too easy.  The work load was simple.  The tasks were rather easy to conceptualize and complete.

The students thought he was a loser. However, the other professors thought highly of him.  I, personally, thought that he seemed like a nice guy, but I had to admit that the work level and what he was teaching seemed too easy.  I was of the opinion that the class work could have been taught in Middle School, instead of in a university as a college-level class.

I graduated from the university thinking that his class was a waste of time.

I wasn’t until many years later that I truly began to understand what a genius he truly was.  It turned out that one of the most difficult classes for a young engineering student to learn was “heat transfer”, yet our professor made it seem so easy and so simple.  We learned rapidly, and effectively. We learned because it seemed so simple to us.  We learned because we thought it was easy.  We learned because it was easy to understand. He was a genius in his ability to make the absolutely complex seem simple.

A “best” instructor teaches in a way that is easy to learn, and impossible to forget.

It is  core concept that I try to implement daily. When I try to present the complex to the reader, I will try to make it as simple to understand as possible. I hope that I will be successful in this case…

The idea and concept regarding biological artifices is quite simple. You utilize a biological advantage of a given animal and transfer that advantage to a creature of another species.  That is what a biological artifice does.  However, we don’t ever do that as humans.  For, in our minds, we are at the “top” of the “food chain”.  There is nothing that we could benefit with from a different species – we believe.

Conclusion

This is the story of how I was contacted by MAJestic after discharge from the US Navy. I was given a position as a contractor at China Lake NWC. In that position I waited until I could obtain the necessary clearances to go to the remote testing  lab where I could be calibrated and programmed. This is how it happened.

Take Aways

  • Once I joined MAJestic, I was implanted with 7 ELF probes and a EBP.
  • I then was discharged and left on my own.
  • This post describes what happened when MAJestic reacquired me and set in place the necessary systems so that I could be calibrated and trained.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

After Implantation – Lost as an Autonomous Vagabond

This is the story what happened after I left the Navy.  True to form, I did as I was instructed.  After years of becoming a “Rocket Scientist”, then to flight school to become a Naval Aviator, I seemingly “threw it all away” to become an unemployed hobo living in a broken-down van.  I seemingly went full-on “Unibomber”. I was a real life Jason Bourne.

Well, That’s what it certainly looked like to others.

I did not remember my meeting with the Base Commander. I did not remember my implantation, the egress portal, or any of the very pretty girls. I did not remember what happened at all. All that I remembered was exchanging my role as a Naval Aviator for one within MAJestic. Everything else was all forgotten. The big change to me, oblivious to everyone else, were the college-level educational sessions that I had during my dreams. On and on…

I was a lost orphan in the wilderness…

I want to believe
I want to believe. Yes, after all my schooling, education, training, and sacrifice… and it was a sacrifice. I did not do the “fun things” that everyone around me participated in. Instead I worked hard for my dream. And, I obtained it…only to forget everything and find myself wandering alone…aimlessly in America. WTF?

To everyone else I was absolutely certifiably bat-shit crazy, and even I had my doubts concerning my sanity.

Industrial Contractions

In was 1981.

At that time, America was suffering from the first of what would eventually become a sequence of many industrial contractions.  I entered the labor force at the same time as the (#1 employer in the nation) Steel Industry collapsed.

Collapsed isn’t the right word for it. Perhaps Armageddon, or maybe MOAB realignment would be better.

Industrial contractions are normal.  Yet, how it influences your life, depends on who is running the government at the time. But this wasn’t just closing a factory of two. It was the wholesale shuttering of an entire industry that employed hundreds of thousands of people.

Entire states were devastated. The “Industrial Heartland” was renamed “The Rust Belt”. And I, I was stuck straight down in the middle of it. Ouch!

A Story

Let me relate a little story.

This event took place about two centuries ago. It took place in France, which was at the time, one of the top developed nations on the planet. They possessed an enormous military, and was the center for art, culture and science. To support this, they employed an enormous bureaucracy of high-paid clerks and analysts.

According to Jacques Necker, everything was just fine. 

Jacques Necker was the fiance minister of France. He was the expert in the national budget, and he and his little army of "bean counters" monitored the movement of taxes, and outlays throughout the nation and their global empire. They were well-paid, experienced, and monitored the financial health of the nation.

In 1781 he published a report called Compte Rendu au Roi.

This was an amazing document. This report astounded everyone because it simply confirmed what all the French elite had been saying all along.  Despite extraordinary public services and military spending, France had a net credit position of +10 million livres. In other words, the country was in perfect fiscal health.”

Sounds great.  Sounds legit. (Sounds familiar…) Right?

You know what, though? 

It turns out that Necker had "cooked the books". Rather than being 10 million on the positive side, France had racked up 520 million livres worth of debt. This was a pretty serious problem as they could no longer afford to pay interest.

Yikes!

France had spent decades accumulating prodigious debts. 

[1] They built monuments, and parks.
[2] They constructed the splendid cities that still inspire awe today.
[3] They explored the world and expanded their empire. 
[4] They engaged in almost constant military conquest in far-away lands.

But you know what? This all came at great cost. 

However, it never seemed to matter. The French government knew they were the world’s dominant superpower. As such, they overspent their national income. For them, it was as if it were their divine privilege to do so.

When you are the dominant nation, you can spend money without consequence. 

As William Olphus describes in his book Immoderate Greatness: Why Civilizations Fail, the French “tended to see the natural world as cornucopian-- that is, as a banquet on which they were free to gorge without limit.”

Nearly all superpowers see the world in this way. “We’re #1 therefore we no longer have to be fiscally prudent.”

For those of you who are unaware of the fourth Turning, here are the origins of the theory. Sir John Glubb, having seen his own British Empire fade as the world’s superpower throughout the 20th century, wrote The Fate of Empires in 1978.

Glubb argues that great civilizations start with an Age of Pioneers-- those who work hard and build wealth.

It then progress rapidly through an Age of Commercial Expansion, Affluence, and Intellect.

Then, it falls and decays in an Age of Decadence. This is a decadence in which the entire society feels entitled to a level of wealth that they neither earned nor can longer afford.

Even when faced with obvious fiscal realities, they make no changes. Only when a crisis erupts does the society demand action. And of course, at that point, it’s too late. 

(All credit to Simon Black for the bulk of this story.)

We discuss this later on in how the <redacted> cultivate this nursery.

Anyways, the point herein is that our government fails us, the people that it is suppose to protect, when there are industrial downswings of a significant nature. Do not buy-into the explanation that it is “normal”. It is not. It is a failure of the government. Nothing less.

Back to the narrative

With the collapse of the steel industry, the “backbone” of American labor was broken.  (It would take many years to recover.) At that time, no one worked. Unemployment was rife. People could not comprehend what was happening.

  • Layoffs were new, and unheard of.
  • When confronted with a laid-off person, the assumption was that they were fired.
  • To be fired, you had to be a particularly super lazy person.

As until that point in time, most companies offered work FOR LIFE with generous pensions. In the larger companies, it was possible to retire in your middle 40’s, with retirement in your 50’s common-place.

Up until that time, work was everywhere, and people could obtain work as a High School drop-out. It was pretty much “known” that if you had a college degree, you were “set for life”. Meaning that you would always be employed, have a great income, and never have to worry about being unemployed. It was a different time. Only the most tardy and lazy would ever lose their jobs.

Up until the 1980’s, most employed Americans never worried about losing their jobs.

As such, being “laid off” was much harder at that time than it is today. You were looked upon with disdain. As such, and personally, it was a difficult time for me, indeed.

“In the dust of defeat as well as the laurels of victory there is a glory to be found if one has done his best.”

― Eric Liddell

Let’s wind back the clock somewhat. Let’s review what happened… (It’s my method, don’t you know…)

Found Work after the Navy

I left the Navy and after a (short) period of several months, I eventually found work elsewhere.  I managed to obtain numerous interviews, and found a position back in (good old) Western Pennsylvania.  At that time, the steel industry was still big and powerful.

I obtained a “management slot” in a small but growing steel company. (Small is relative. At that time, Edgewater Steel employed 6,000 people.) As such, I worked as an engineer for a number of months in a steel factory in a suburb of Pittsburgh. At that time, the nation was just beginning to feel the strain of International competition.  As such, many companies maintained their traditional industrial working models.

I went to work, did my job, and everything was pleasant.

A Need to Move to California

A person works at a stable job.  You fall into routines.  Life becomes predictable.  However, I started to feel a strong urge to go to California.  It began maybe six months into my new job. As time continued, the urge became more and more demanding.

It became truly urgent.

It began to become an obsession.  I bought a road atlas and started to look at the maps of the roads leading to California.  California was where I wanted to go.  California was where I needed to go.  California was on my mind night and day.  I could not shake the thoughts away.  I had to find work in California.  As a result, I started to apply for work at jobs in California, and I started to outfit a van that I turned into a small camper so that I could go there and look for work. It had to be California.

California was the place for me.

Prior to my experience with the Navy, I would have never adopted such a personality.  I was stable.  I was boring.  I was a “work horse”.  I was the person who never quit; who never complained.  I was a great follower.  I was an even greater worker.  I would have made a great lemming.  Now things were quite different; I was the restless adventurer.  I could not be satisfied with anything short of the gnawing of my soul.  My mind would latch on to the idea and the concepts haunting me.  They would not stop.  They were relentless.  I had to go.  It had to be California.  I had to leave as soon as possible.

However, luck or life opened doors to make things happen.

Is luck a truly random occurrence?  

Or is it, in this heavily extraterrestrial-monitored nursery environment, a particularly placed series of events purposely directed towards a set of achievable objectives?  

In hindsight, based upon what I understand, the truth is obvious.  

There is no luck, but rather pre-planned events initiated by quantum consciousness and implemented with help from our extraterrestrial benefactors.

Lay Off at my Factory

At exactly one year, to the month, of my (entering MAJestic) and leaving the Navy my life changed.  I was given a “pink slip” at my job where I was working as an engineer.  As luck, or fate, would intervene, I was suddenly laid off from my job. 

Pink Slip
I was discharged from my duties and left the company where I worked.  This was different from getting fired for poor behavior or poor work quality.  This procedure is also known as being “down sized”.  At that time, many companies were restructuring themselves to become more profitable.  In the process they often reduced the size of their labor force.

I was one of the first.

Which meant that only a precious few understood what was going on. Everyone assumed that I was lazy and was fired. They did not understand what a "lay off" was. That would not happen for another decade and another 500,000 laid off people.

Working as an Engineer
In the steel industry at that time, all “management” were engineer-educated individuals who would rotate through different departments and climb the (internal) corporate ladder. The idea of an MBA-led career path in a major manufacturing industry did not occur until a decade later.  (Though, I suspect that it began in the automotive industry a decade earlier.) 

The mere idea that a non-engineer could ever manage a manufacturing company was laughable (at that time).

Fate
The idea of free will may have arisen because it is a useful thing to have, giving people a feeling of control over their lives and allowing for people to be punished for wrongdoing.

When you lose our job unexpectedly (As mine was. As the “low man on the totem pole”, I was the first to be “let go”.) it is a surprise.  You become very disoriented.  People around you do not understand, and are very confused.

They often blame you. (At that time, the term “lay off” was relatively new.  Up until the the late 1980’s it was very, very rare for a person to be “laid off”. If you lost your job it was because you were fired. Exceptions abounded for “blue collar” workers, but “white collar” workers were never “laid off”.

So, when I was “laid off” early in my young career, I met a lot of misunderstanding and opposition. When mentioned to others the reaction was shock.  I just didn’t “look like” the kind of person who would be fired at his work.)

Lazy workers.
I did not look, act, or behave like the stereotypical image of a lazy worker who was long overdue to be fired. I was young, aggressive, willing to work and put in the necessary hours. Yet, there was no work to be found.

Low Man
Low man on the totem pole means that the person is at the bottom in a hierarchical system. A totem pole is a statue of carved faces stacked one on top of the other. The face at the bottom is the last of the stack. The carved faces above it, would be higher up in rank or authority.

Today, getting “laid off” is very common.  That was not the case in the early 1980’s. At that time, people tended to work one job for their entire lives, then retire on a company pension. It was a different time indeed.

From a Reference for Business…

“Many of the layoffs in the 1980s and 1990s stemmed from reengineering, restructuring, and downsizing efforts to make U.S. firms more efficient and profitable in the face of intensified international competition. 

Layoffs resulting from reengineering and restructuring were unique in that restructuring affected a large proportion of white-collar, managerial, executive positions. For example, the American Management Association found that two-thirds of employees laid off in 1994 were salaried, college-educated workers.

Growth of foreign and domestic competition, stagnant earnings, and a slow economy motivated the first round downsizing and layoffs in the early 1980s. As the U.S. economy improved in the mid-1990s and remained strong in the late 1990s, large-scale layoffs continued at about the same rate—even at highly profitable firms—marking a break with historical layoff patterns. 

During the late 1990s, many of the largest companies in the country underwent reengineering or downsizing, despite enormous profits. 

General Motors, for example, continued to reduce its workforce, announcing in 1998 that it would cut 50,000 jobs to remain competitive, even though the company's profits rose 35 percent in 1997.

AT&T led U.S. companies in 1998 layoffs with 18,000, followed by Compaq with 15,000, Motorola with 15,000, Raytheon with 14,000, and Xerox with 9,000. Furthermore, McDonald's Corp. laid off workers for the first time ever during this period as the company began to reduce its overhead and management personnel in an effort to increase productivity.

A flurry of bank mergers —more than 370 of them—in the late 1990s also led to additional layoffs. The top five mergers of 1998 alone resulted in 20,000 job cuts. According to Fortune, banking along with media/entertainment and utilities jobs were the most prone to layoffs in the mid-to-late 1990s because of mergers, accelerated competition, and government deregulation.

Layoffs resulting from downsizing continued throughout 1990s, despite low unemployment, a strong economy, and the lack of proven economic benefits from downsizing. 

According to a Wharton School report, downsizing typically failed to boost earnings or stock market performance consistently. Moreover, other studies indicate that downsizing tends to cause low employee morale and tarnish a company's image. In addition, some reports found that a number of companies eventually are forced to fill positions left open by layoffs by paying premium wages.”

Read more: http://www.referenceforbusiness.com/encyclopedia/Kor-Man/Layoffs.html#ixzz56rMhb3FA

I worked hard to find new employment.

However, I was quite unlucky.  No one was hiring.

Unemployment was rampant, and every week mass layoff announcements were being made all throughout Ohio, and Western Pennsylvania. 500 here, 3000 there, and an announcement of another couple of thousand.  The work force was being shredded before our eyes, and all of us had to compete against each other for the few precious jobs available.

It was a nightmarish time.

Rust belt.
The term “the rust belt” was coined after miles and miles of enormous steel factories and support structures slowly corroded and rusted away in silence. This is Pittsburgh today.

Media Ignored the Situation

The news media ignored the situation (as did our Congressional representatives and Senators).  Oh, eventually they managed to report on what happened…ten years later.

1985 Congressmen
Rich fat cat congressman. The world of the rich does not look like anything that the common, main stream American experiences.

However, at the time, they concentrated with the news from Washington, D.C., Hollywood, and the new millionaire entrepreneurs out of California (Steve Jobs and Bill Gates for example.).

Then as now, the media were elitists.

They only reported on what THEY considered important. As such, they would always inject their own biases in their reporting. We, normal and “regular” people,  were shunned and avoided by the mainstream press.  We were considered unimportant. We were on our own. Nobody gave a “rat’s ass” about us “common” working folk.

The only thing the local news would report on was the layoffs.  They seemed to ignore the causes and preventative measures. Instead they focused on a group of trapped whales up North in Barrow, Alaska.

Operation Breakthrough was an international effort to free three gray whales from pack ice in the Beaufort Sea near Point Barrow in the U.S. state of Alaska in 1988. The whales' plight generated media attention that led to the collaboration of multiple governments and organizations to free them. The youngest whale died during the effort and it is unknown if the remaining two whales ultimately survived. There is an absolutely great movie about this called “Big Miracle” made in 2012.  It is worth a watch.

They focused on attempts to rescue geese in Canada.

A great movie regarding this is “Fly Away Home”. Fly Away Home (a.k.a. Flying Wild and Father Goose) is a 1996 family comedy-drama film directed by Carroll Ballard. The film stars Anna Paquin, Jeff Daniels and Dana Delany. Fly Away Home was released on September 13, 1996 by Columbia Pictures.

Fly Away Home dramatizes the actual experiences of Bill Lishman who, in 1986, started training Canadian geese to follow his ultralight aircraft, and succeeded in leading their migration in 1993 through his program "Operation Migration." The film is also based on the experience of Dr. William J.L. Sladen, a British-born zoologist and adventurer, who aided Lishman with the migration.

They focused on how Ronald Reagan was going to cause World War III by insisting that the Berlin wall be torn down.

"Tear down this wall!" is a line from a speech made by US President Ronald Reagan in West Berlin on June 12, 1987, calling for the leader of the Soviet Union, Mikhail Gorbachev, to open up the barrier which had divided West and East Berlin since 1961. Glenn Beck has a decent write up on this at http://www.glennbeck.com/2017/06/12/87-reagan-challenges-gorbachev-to-tear-down-this-wall/

Instead, they focused on how much better the nation was run under a Democrat President, you know, like Jimmy Carter. And lectured us (peons) on how now the roads won’t be fixed, and bridges won’t be built because President Reagan wanted to cut taxes on the middle class.

Yup. The infrastructure was going to collapse because no taxes would be collected. We must… must… MUST demand Americans pay taxes! They screamed into the airwaves, 24-7.

They screamed. They demanded. They ordered.

Stop taxing businesses. It is Americans that must be taxed! It is a fiscal necessity! They screamed on the airwaves.

America will collapse if Taxpayers keep their own money
The progressive left is still at it (American Communists).  Here’s some links to their articles that essentially states that if the government is not allowed to take your (most Americans) money, the world will collapse. Go here to read this drivel; https://www.salon.com/2014/04/19/reaganomics_killed_americas_middle_class_partner/ 

and http://www.blogster.com/southwesterngrad/how-reagan-destroyed-america-the-middle-class .

Americans do not have access to their own money. Rich people and banks own the money. Not americans.
Democrat Senator Nancy Pelosi believe that Americans are not entitled to the money they earn. SHe believes that it is the property of the government, and use of the money is only granted to elected officials.

They hated the president, and they would offer all kinds of reports on his slightest mistakes.  They would make fun of his little personality quirks, and would attack him relentlessly. They never were as sycophantic as they are today with President Obama.

So many articles on this!  Go here; https://townhall.com/columnists/floydandmarybethbrown/2008/06/19/mainstream-media-love-for-obama-infects-news-coverage-n1014670 

and https://www.theatlantic.com/politics/archive/2013/02/why-does-the-media-go-easy-on-barack-obama/272807/ 

and http://www.aim.org/on-target-blog/the-obama-media-love-affair/ 

and https://rashmanly.com/tag/mainstream-media-in-love-with-obama/ 

and http://www.americanthinker.com/articles/2009/05/narcissus_and_echo_obama_and_t_1.html 

and https://townhall.com/columnists/calebparke/2017/03/15/the-mainstream-media-was-awol-during-the-obama-years-n2299307 .

Some quotes from the above;

“It is troubling that our president is a pathological narcissist caught up in the thought patterns of Darwin, Marx, and Alinsky. Even more troubling is the fact that the Mainstream Media (MSM), suffering from an Obama-inspired narcosis, shirks its duty, refusing to publish or even explore any aspect of Obama's dark side. 

There is room for much optimism, however. If the ancient story of Narcissus and Echo plays itself out as Ovid recorded it, and Obama and the MSM are their contemporary counterparts, both will fade away in the not too distant future.”

Ah, nothing ever changes, does it?

My unemployment support was quickly running out. The bank (Mellon Bank) repossessed my motorcycle, and my car payments were going to be exhausted in a few months.

After nine months it would all be gone. There wasn’t any work in my “neck of the woods”, and I needed to find work or starve.  For, as all American men can attest, if you are over 21 years old and are “able bodied” you are EXPECTED to find work and make your way in society.

Not so today.

Unemployment Support
The state government would pay a laid-off worker a fraction of their pay for a set number of months so that they would not starve. The amount depends on the state where you were living in.  Massachusetts and California were the most generous (in my experience) while Arkansas and Mississippi were the most pitiful.

Today, I read many stories of children living with their parents until they hit their 40’s.  Not so with my generation.  You were physically evicted and “kicked out” from the home when you hit your 20’s.

Because of this necessity, I was forced to travel elsewhere to look for work.  Of course, I was obsessed with going to California (for some reason, heh… heh…).  To this end, I decided to travel there to locate work that would employ me.

Fate

Again, I must give pause to contemplative endeavors.  Was this coincidence?  Was this an artificially manufactured event that would discharge me?  Was this part of a bigger picture that involved whole masses of people, events and staged events?

In my story, over and over again, there would be coincidences.

These coincidences would often times, on their own merits, appear to be logical and normal events.  But on the whole, when taken together and viewed in contextual alignment, they all appear suspiciously suspect.  They appear to be indicative of a grand scheme of manipulation.  Indeed, this was a manipulation of great forces and powers far beyond the control of any one person or group of people.

There is, in truth, no such thing as a coincidence.

Everything in our lives is planned and scheduled by a very advanced system of control.  It involves multiple dimensions, powerful energy states that reach well into the quantum sphere, and a degree of timing that is “timeless”.  However, as I know this to be the case, I still often have trouble grasping with this truth.  I still want to believe that I had a degree of control in the decisions that I made, and the actions that I followed.  The reader will see evidence of this quandary in this blog, but please realize that I do know (as much as I do not want to accept it) that our lives are fated.

During this time, the economy in the United States was in shambles.

America was crushed and its’ industry collapsed. For many of us, it seemed that there was nothing special about the United States any longer. The United States seemed like  just another nation-state, and, most unfortunately, one that’s become especially predatory toward its citizens.

At that time, the only thing that mattered was the lifestyle of the Congress-critters, the bankers, and the wealthy on their exclusive golf courses. How do I know? The media reinforced it to me daily.

JR Ewing
In a way, the America television series “Dallas” reinforced the notion of “Fat Cats” and rich and powerful people. This, of course, paved the way to acceptability of folks like the Clinton’s who actually lived the life portrayed on television.

Meanwhile, the Japanese had rebuilt their industries and were aggressively capturing American customers.  They offered cheaper prices, better quality and newer technology.  America couldn’t compete (though it made efforts to try.).

Japanese effort to rebuild its' Industry
World War II had devastated the industries of Europe, and Japan.  But, unlike the United States, which rested comfortably in the belief in continued economic mastery, the Japanese devoted all their energies to rebuild their industrial base.  The fruits of their labors were just beginning to be felt in the early 1980’s, as stubborn American industries began to feel the pressure of foreign competition.

Changing demographics & Industry
The US became an unsustainable service sector based economy from the 1970s onward when service sector employment diverged from manufacturing without a corresponding boost in productivity. 

This materialized as a galloping wallop of unemployment.  

The numbers, or more accurately, graphs show the effects.  When one looks at a graph of productivity growth over time the effects of this becomes clear.  Adjusting for the WWII anomaly (which tells us that GDP is not a good measure of a country’s prosperity) US productivity growth peaked in 1972 – incidentally the year after Nixon took the US off gold. 

Hum... could there be a correlation? I wonder...

Factories tried to recover, and they had sputtering bouts of success.  Yet, the overall productivity decline witnessed ever since is unprecedented.

Despite the short lived boom of the 1990s US productivity growth only averaged 1.2 per cent from 1975 up to today. If we isolate the last 15 years US productivity growth is on par with what an agrarian slave economy was able to achieve 200 years ago. (With hindsight we know that finance did more harm than good so we can conservatively deduct finance from the GDP calculations and by doing so we essentially end up with no growth per capita at all over a time span of more than 15 years.) 

In effect, US real GDP per capita less contribution from finance increased by an annual average of 0.3 per cent from 2000 to 2015.  In fact, from 2008 the annual average has been negative 0.5 per cent. 

In other words, we have seen an overall weakening of the US economy from the 1970s.  The reason is simple enough.  For we know that monetary policy broken down to its most basic form is a transaction of nothing (fiat money) for something (real production of goods and services). Thus, the true reason for the “recession” and the unemployment at that time becomes apparent.

While there were many things that the American companies could do, the most common reaction was motivated by profit concerns.  Thus, for most of the American industry the reaction was not logical and planned, but was reactionary.  The American reaction was to reduce the size of its work force.

The buzz word at the time was “efficiency”.

Efforts were made to stop the industry practices of “keeping people on” (Retaining employees in the belief that their skills and abilities could be used at a later date, even though there was no work for them to do at the present.) as “overhead”.

Workers were “laid off” and their responsibilities given to others.

Efficieny experts
Efficiency experts sorting out who to fire and who to retain.

What began as occasional layoffs soon became a flood of firings.  Companies started to expect their workers to do the work of those laid off.  Efficiency sky rocked, but only to a point.  It was, unsustainable in the long run.  Millions were unemployed, and work was difficult to come by.  Since I too lost my job, I found myself in the same situation as thousands of other unemployed Americans.  We were all out of work, and out of luck.

I needed to find work, and I needed to do so quickly.

It did not take me long to decide what to do.  I decided to go to California.  For, to me, California was the place for me.

California.

California.

California.

Outfitting a Vehicle

To this end, I outfitted an old van that I had bought.  It was an old white 1976 Dodge Tradesman 100.  Purchased for $2000.  It was empty inside, but had a decent engine and frame. It was a mini-van and very popular at the time.

I insulated it, and installed wood panels made from old shipping crates.  I placed a bed inside and added a partition behind the drivers and passengers seats.  I fixed the engine and the drive train, and set off to find work.  It was a great place to sleep in, and to haul stuff in, but without a bathroom, kitchen or shower it was rather inconvenient. It was, to put it bluntly, a mobile hotel room without a bathroom.

I equipped it with a bed and some rudimentary storage and set off to find work.

+ + +

I worked where I could find work.

I worked at many fast food restaurants.  These included McDonalds, Wendy’s, Hardees, Carl’s Junior, What-a-Burger, Burger King, etc.

I was not proud. If I could get paid, I did the work.

I also worked as a janitor.  I cleaned offices late at night, and places like the YMCA.  I also worked as a temp and performed tasks ranging from digging ditches, cleaning out industrial scraps at construction sites, washing windows, and moving boxes for a storage company.  When you are unemployed and hungry, you do what you need to do.  You don’t sit down and wait for something to come to you.

Sure, my stomach growled. But, when I worked fast food, I got a free meal on top of my pay. That helped a lot. I would save one half of my burger for my wife. I’d take it to the van after my shift. I would also get some of the packets of lemon juice in the condiments section. We could add that to water with some sugar and make some cheap lemonade.

Of course, I traveled to California, but once I arrived there I didn’t know where to go.

I lived in the van (a mobile “camper” that I had created)  and worked low wage jobs to make ends meet.  (It was insulated with a bed, but no toilet and water.  Good for an overnight sleep, but not so great for living in.)

Precisely because I lived in this manner, it was difficult for anyone to locate me.  Obviously contacting me was extremely difficult.  I would work in a town, and save enough money to repair the camper, and get enough gas and food for the next couple of months.  Then, I would continue on my journey.  It was a cautious adventure.

Dodge tradesman 100
Dodge Tradesman 100. Also known as a “mini-van”. It was big enough for a bed and some clothing storage, but little else. Mine was white, with plain tires and utility rims.

Driving Past Ridgecrest

Curiously, as I drove west I kept on driving towards a remote town in the middle of the desert west of Los Angeles.  The town was Ridgecrest and on numerous occasions I kept on finding myself driving towards it.  But I never stayed there to look for work.

Instead, I kept driving past towards more potentially promising places to be employed.  (The reader should recognize that while you might “feel” a “tug” or interest in a certain place, your mind will tell you to ignore those feelings. Instead your mind will instruct you what to do based upon what you are exposed to (news typically) and reason.)

The mind is in constant battle AGAINST your feelings.

The mind is in constant battle AGAINST your feelings.

Yet, for me it seemed that all roads lead to this obscure town.  I would get lost and find myself in the middle of a flat desert plain, with nothing nearby.  But looking up I would see a sign pointing to the desert city of Ridgecrest.  It sure was spooky.

A reoccurring theme during most of my life was how I would have “urges” to inspire me to go and do things.  These urges were nothing less than ELF directional commands sent to me.  That is; commands originating out of the “Core Kit” dialogues.  

More about that later.

On the road near China Lake
On the road near China Lake in California. There is flat desert as far as the eyes can see with distant blue desert mountains in the distance.

All in all, I traveled in circles trying to go to some point in California.  I felt “right” when I was driving in the direction to California, but I didn’t know where to go.  I had no set destination.

The mind is in constant battle AGAINST your feelings.

As such, I visited many of the cities and towns in the state, but none “felt” right.  While some were very beautiful (like Auburn, California) the urges would not let me rest.

The mind is in constant battle AGAINST your feelings.

It had been approximately two years since I had left the Navy.

The memories of what had truly happened there was completely erased from my mind.  I remembered joining the Navy, and leaving the Navy.  But I had no recall of what happened between me and the Commander at the base.  I had no active recollection of his words, nor did I have any active memories of the transportation portal.  It was all forgotten.

Like misplaced memories.

I had adopted a new life, and had accepted it.  Occasionally as I drove the camper, I would muse about what my life would have been where I to have stayed in the navy as a pilot, but my mind would always end up focusing on the issues directly at hand at the time.

The issues were always about existing.

Where can we park the van? 

How much money do we have, and how much gas will it purchase? 

Where can we sleep, without getting hassled by people, or the police? 

Where can I get work, and where will I be able to cash the check once I receive it? 

Where can we get a shower and wash off the stink? (A seriously big issue indeed.)

Looking for Work

The reader should understand that I moved into a van to leave an area of high unemployment (that would later become known as the “rust belt”) to an area where I could find work.

I was not “finding myself”, or “exploring the world” as a backpacker.

I was not a hippy, finding “free love” and adventures with a bong, and a box of contraceptives.

No. Not at all. I had a mission.  I had to find work in California. It was my one and only goal.

The Rust Belt
The Rust Belt is a region of the United States, made up mostly of places in the Midwest and Great Lakes. Rust refers to the deindustrialization, or economic decline, population loss, and urban decay due to the shrinking of its once-powerful industrial sector. The term gained popularity in the U.S. in the 1980s.

The Rust Belt begins in western New York and traverses west through Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Ohio, Indiana, and the Lower Peninsula of Michigan, ending in northern Illinois, eastern Iowa, and southeastern Wisconsin. 

Previously known as the industrial heartland of America, industry has been declining in the region since the mid-20th century due to a variety of economic factors, such as the transfer of manufacturing further West, increased automation, and the decline of the US steel and coal industries. While some cities and towns have managed to adapt by shifting focus towards services and high-tech industries, others have not fared as well, witnessing rising poverty and declining populations.

I could not afford to stay in hotels.

I did not have the money. I knew of very few people in the state, and thus had no connections to visit. I had no place to “crash at” while I was looking for work. Being low on money makes one creative.  I had to find a way to make it to California, and it had to be the cheapest way possible.  Short of being a hitchhiker, or hopping a freight train, the only thing that I could think of was driving there myself, and sleeping the car while I looked for work.

I did the “sleep in the car” bit a few times in the past.

It did not work out too well.  Cars are cramped, people can look into the windows, and you always wake up with a stiff neck and a sore back.  (Not to mention getting eaten alive by insects.) No, to travel, I would need a small van.  It did not need to be large.  It just needed to be big enough for a small mattress, and a place to store my clothes. It would need to have a good engine, and be insulated from the cold.  Aside from that, I could then be equipped with the necessities to find work in a place far, far away.

I did what I could on the basis of the little that I knew.  I was, after all, in my mid-20’s and still very young and “wet behind the ears”. My father insisted that I stay in Pittsburgh and try to find engineering work there. I disagreed. In this case, I was right. (Pittsburgh didn’t recover until around 2005, about twenty years later, and then it’s recovery required other talents instead of engineering.)

If I had stayed, like some of my classmates, I would be on a life path that was truly unlike anything that I had studied to be.

Later, as I began my journey, I discovered the importance of a small shower and bathroom.  I discovered the need for a small refrigerator and heater. I later bought myself a class “A” motor home about fifteen years later that possessed all these amenities. However, that is a story representative of another time.

Men need to work

I have strong opinions of people who do not work for a living.

This goes double for those who do not desire to contribute to society. Men NEED to work.  We need to contribute to society and we need to take care of our family.  It is a biological NEED. Rather than rant on, I prefer to let someone else rant on about this subject.

Here is a rant from a blogger in Thailand;

“Sitting at a regae bar last night with some mates I had an experience that happens quite a lot to me in Thailand and that's meeting backpackers. This guy comes to the bar and orders a drink and says hello to me. The American in me would never start a random conversation especially with this dude but the outgoing Aussie in me always has to say hello. I wish now I'd got a photo of this guy however the guy looks similar to the picture below.

[Photo of a heavily tattooed man with piercings all over his body, and shirtless. Not provided here because it is ugly.]

So the first thing I notice about this dude is the overly large earing he has stuck through his nose, the ear piercings that look like plates in his ears and the fact he is covered in tats. Not the kinda guy I'd hang with regardless of his personality because he'd probably scare the girls away, but whatever, I'm having a good time I say hello back and he starts to chat.

I don't have a problem with backpackers in general but I can only stand them so much, the conversation always goes something like this:

What's your name?

Where you come from?

Where have you been?

Where are you going?

After you've answered these questions the backpacker types start telling you how they've been to 18 countries in the past few months and how you should go here and have you been there "oh your missing out" that somehow I'm less than because I don't stick a bag on my back and sleep in $3 rooms with 10 other dudes. Inevitably after they tell you all about the world they have nothing left to say except how excited they are to put the bag on their back again and sleep in another shitty room.

Listening to this guy last night I'm being polite and interested when he got to that point where he'd rambled on about his travels enough that he didn't have much more to say so he asks me what I do. 

So I told him part of the truth, I own “Living Thai” a blog on Thai girls and Thai hookers and sex in Thailand. 

Should of seen this guys eyes, he looks at me with total horror like I'm a child molester or something and he exclaims "I don't like that, that's wrong" maybe he was lost for words? Not sure, but I'll never forget this guys eyes it was priceless.

So this guy is obviously offended by sex (looking at him you know he doesn't get much) or at least Thai hookers or the fact that girls sell themselves for money. So yes it's true, I'm a pimp, and this site is #1 for information about Thai hookers. I don't hide the fact or pretty it up in anyway and why should I? This is life dude, this shit happens and why should I make apologies for it?

This is how these Khao San Road types are like, they'll be quick to attack you if you judge them for looping a bull ring through their nose or having enough ink to kill a whale and then attack you again if you don't also ink yourself up with tribal tats and stab yourself with rings making dance circles spinning fire singing coombaya the world is a lovely place. It's not dude, you gotta get outta your fairyland and talking to "like-minded" people to find out it's not. Try to understand the world for what it is not just suck up the shit you like. Open your mind a little.

I don't need to travel around the world to know that the world is shit, it's dark, and there are terrible people doing terrible things. So many people pass through Thailand with their eyes closed believing if they ignore it or don't partake in it then it doesn't happen or that they are helping. 

Many expats are like this too, they think cause they spend a few thousand dollars a month in Thailand that they are "helping" Thai people and Thailand should reciprocate with an easy and cheap visa so they can keep spending 30-40 thousand baht a month in the country. You're contribution is so small, no you do not make a difference especially to the average Thai.

I don't normally talk to dudes that look like they just came out of a clown carnival (for reasons stated) but I'm not going to judge a guy off the bat because he looks like a freak-show either. 

Maybe the dude would of respected me more if when he spoke to me i said "I don't talk to clowns".

It was a fine rant.

However the point must be made clear.  When I moved into my van it was to look for employment.  I had a need, a desire, and an urge to find work.  I knew that I needed to find it in California, for at time all work was in California.  Isn’t that were Steve Jobs was making his fortunes?  Isn’t that were Bill Gates was raking in billions of dollars?  Isn’t that were Hollywood is, and Silicon Valley is? Isn’t that where all the military technology was that will defeat the Communist Menace in the Soviet Union? California was a mecca for engineers.

It was where I should go.

Bill Gates
Bill Gates in the 1980’s. The photo is a bit unusual in that he is sitting next to an Apple computer.

While Wall Street was the place to go if you had an MBA in Finance, California was where you should go if you were an engineer. California was where young, bright engineers such as myself, belonged.

I was of the generation of Steve Jobs and Bill Gates.

Steve Jobs
Steve Jobs in the 1980’s. He helped redefine what Silicon Valley was.

I outfitted a van.  I set it up as a comfortable sleeping quarters, so that I did not have to pay for expensive hotels.  I took an unused bed mattress, and some scraps of old (living room) rug scraps and decorated the interior.  (left over carpet from my parent’s TV room.) I used the Styrofoam from cheap (Wal-Mart) ice coolers as insulation, and then paneled over it with old hardwood from decades-old wooden freight pallets (I paid $15 for the lot.) . I put tinting on the interior windows, and installed a sunroof that I got for $5 from a local automobile junkyard.

I made sure that the motor and operation of the vehicle was perfect, and as such, I moved onward and outward.  I began my search for work with less than one hundred dollars to my name.

Living the life of unencumbered freedom.

“Those who do not move, do not notice their chains.”

-Rose Luxemburg

Obviously, I did not follow the typical career development of a Naval Aviator.   Instead I began, what I call, “The Big Adventure”.  It was my rite of passage. While I “should” have been on a carrier flying high performance aircraft, like the rest of my classmates, I was a homeless, penniless, nomad wandering aimlessly in the hinterlands of America.

Some days would be great with extreme beauty and a fine proper meal.  While other days were spend starving and avoiding the hot sun inside a sweltering metal box that I called “the camper “or old “urge”.  True travel is not glamorous.  Not at all.

Rite of Passage
Sociologists have identified three phases that constitute a proper rite of passage: separation, transition, and re-incorporation.

Separation: During this phase an initiate is separated in some way from his former life. In the case of the Mandan tribe, the young man was isolated from the village in a hut for three days. In other tribes, boys’ heads were shaved and they were ritually bathed and/or tattooed. In a more modern example, when a man has just enlisted in the military, he is sent away to boot camp. 

His former possessions are put aside, his head is shaved, and he is given a uniform to wear. During the separation phase, part of the old self is extinguished as the initiate prepares to create a new identity.

Transition: During this phase, the initiate is between worlds-no longer part of his old life but not yet fully inducted into his new one. He is taught the knowledge needed to become a full-fledged member of that group. And he is called upon to pass tests that show he is ready for the leap. 

In tribal societies, the elders would impart to the initiate what it meant to be a man and how the boy was to conduct himself once he had become one. The initiate would then participate in ritual ceremonies which often involved pain and endurance. 

In the case of the new soldier, he is yelled at, prodded, exercised, and disciplined to prepare him to receive a rank and title.

Re-incorporation. In this phase, the initiate, having passed the tests necessary and proving himself worthy, is re-introduced into his community, which recognizes and honors his new status within the group. For tribal societies, this meant a village-wide feast and celebration. 

The boy would now be recognized by all tribe members as a man and allowed to participate in the activities and responsibilities that status conferred. For the soldier, his boot camp experience would come to an end and both his superiors and his family would join in a ceremony to recognize his new status as a full-fledged member of the military.

During the all phases of the process, the men who have gone through the ritual themselves guide the young initiate on his journey. By controlling the rite of passage, the men decide when a boy becomes a man.

I had named my van after a story that I had read.  I named it after the name of a hippy van in a story that graced most of the pages in a book known as the “Last Whole Earth Catalog”.

The Whole Earth Catalog (WEC) was an American counterculture magazine and product catalog published by Stewart Brand several times a year between 1968 and 1972, and occasionally thereafter, until 1998.

Steve Jobs compared The Whole Earth Catalog to Internet search engine Google in his June 2005 Stanford University commencement speech.

"When I was young, there was an amazing publication called The Whole Earth Catalog, which was one of the bibles of my generation.... It was sort of like Google in paperback form, 35 years before Google came along. It was idealistic and overflowing with neat tools and great notions."

The last whole earth catalog
The Whole Earth Catalog (WEC) was an American counterculture magazine and product catalog published by Stewart Brand several times a year between 1968 and 1972, and occasionally thereafter, until 1998. The magazine featured essays and articles, but was primarily focused on product reviews.

Above is a page from the Last Whole Earth Catalog.  In the lower right corner, the reader can see a box with the image of an alligator or dragon and some words.  That is the hippy story where I obtained the name whereas I named my van “ol urge”.

An adventure consists of extremes.  You see the great beauty of life, and the depths of the abysmal.

After all of this, I became a “somewhat” normal person again. But, I (the truth) was anything but normal. Not only was I a highly trained, college educated, intellectual, but I was implanted with specialized probes; probes of unique abilities and secretive purposes.  I didn’t know why, but I suddenly found myself questioning everything around me.  I stared to ask questions about how humans lived in America and what my role was.

“This reminds me of when the Reagan Administration gave out blocks of cheese to Food Stamp recipients. Soon after the deliveries were made, bars around Philadelphia were serving grilled cheese sandwiches during happy hour.”

-Posted on 2/13/2018, 8:30:33 AM by Opinionated Blowhard

I wondered why I couldn’t qualify for all the “free” stuff that the government promised me.

It was true.  I could NEVER qualify.  

I went to a welfare office in upstate New York to apply for food stamps.  The woman behind the counter, a nasty prune face of a woman named Mrs. Slen (to this day, I will never forget her name) told me that she’d “just happen to know that engineers do not get laid off.”  (She knew, she said, because she was married to an engineer.) 

She said that I was just a lazy good-for-nothing person, and went out of her way to make my life extremely difficult in the pursuit of government benefits.  

She would misplace my paperwork, and I would need to come in and do them all over again. She would call me at 5:45 and tell me that I would need to come in before 6:00 and sign something or the other. She would do all kinds of nasty things and make my life a “red tape” nightmare.

That was my life…

“They hide income. Dirty little secret is that some groups with “favored nation status” are rubber stamped through these programs and the bureaucrats look the other way. 

Whereas some little old white lady will be put through the wringer and made to jump through several flaming hoops of administrative red tape only to be denied. 

I saw this with my very own eyes.”

-Posted on 2/13/2018, 8:10:58 AM by AbolishCSEU

So much for that little adventure…

I became Spiritual

One of the things that was constant during this period of time in my life were my night-time dreams. Once I fell asleep, my mind would rest, and after a while I would start to have these odd dreams. My consciousness sort of detached and I began to experience this “other” kind of existence.

It was really, really odd. Many of the “experiences” consisted of a kind of very…very…very…VERY vivid experience that communicated with my brain as an augmented dream. And they were always about going to school. I was always being taught things. I was constantly involved in education, and all sorts of  weird things. Then when I woke up, I would look at the world around me and what I experienced quite differently…

I had a totally different point of view.

I started to wonder why real nasty people seemed to be so successful, and the softer nicer people all seemed to be destitute.

I became spiritual and in this train of thought, I moved upon faith and belief.

I became inspired within by an inner confidence… and upon that confidence; I embarked upon a new adventure… a greater adventure.  An adventure fueled on … faith…

I became very spiritual and everything seemed, to me, to be connected.

The weather to the earth, and the movement of people to the movement of the moon.  Things all seemed so interconnected to me.  I began to question everything.  Maybe it was living in the van, or maybe it was my experiences.  Maybe it was due to the probes.  I do not know why.

Travel

“A huge forest it was; and I was glad and grateful beyond measure for the scent of roots and leaves, the thick smell of the fir-sap, that is like the smell of marrow. Only the forest could bring all things to calm within me; my mind was strong and at ease.”

— Knut Hamsun “Pan” 

I often see inspirational pictures on the internet showing a map with some kind of words to inspire confidence to travel.

Yeah, it’s all good. But mostly, the people who do this sit comfy in their own rooms, and live their mundane day to day lives.  They dream about travel, and they Photoshop about travel. They post articles about their travel dreams. They buy clothes that travelers wear, and expensive backpacks and gear.  They collect interesting books and read about travel.  But they don’t actually travel.

Joy of travel.

Typical Tumbler photo advertising for the joy of travel. These things can be found all over the Internet and serve to inspire us to leave our lazy-boy chair.

True and Real Travel

True and real travel is an adventure.

You leave your comfortable house with only $200 in your wallet, and you go. You just leave.  You go make friends, or you visit friends you just made. You don’t buy expensive or trendy backpacks and nice looking road maps. That looks great in advertisements, but real travelers don’t use them.

Real travel is not only about the wilds of the forests, and the smell of nature.  It is also about the dark and grimy stained gravel of a train yard, the back alleys behind centuries-old factories, the frighteningly-quiet cookie-cutter suburban neighborhoods with people peering out behind curtains.

It is all of this and more.

It is the empty quietness of an outlet mall at sunrise, the smell of a fresh pot of coffee being made at “Waffle House” at 4 am in the morning, and waiting outside on a grassy knoll while a “grease monkey” fixes your brakes. Travel is an adventure, and it isn’t always beautiful.

Real travelers, well, (for one thing) they stink. Showers are a once a week event. Their clothes are bought at Wal-Mart, or if they are really poor, the Salvation Army. Their note book is a $3 plain wire-wound affair. Their money is spent on the adventure itself. It is not spent on the trappings advertising the Dream-of-Adventure.

Today, like everything else, the “dream” has been packaged and marketed by corporate professionals.  Many of whom have never set a foot in a park let alone the far off wilds.

Ah.  The reader should not get confused. Backpacking serves a point if it is directed with set goals in mind.  You take a trip for “X” period of time, with the goal of obtaining “A”, and “B” with the strong possibility that unknown factor “C” will manifest. You do it with what you have and you make do.

At the time, our trip took far longer than we wanted. The period of time was longer than we ever expected, and the discomfort in the van was worsening each month. Our goal of obtaining “engineering or career-related work” in California did not manifest, and the best we could do was low-end labor positions. This lasted for an extremely long time. (Without getting into too much detail, I ended up getting married with a girl from my “home town” and we embarked on this adventure together.)

Back Story
We eloped, let it be known.  Her parents wouldn’t have anything to do with a “Pollack”. We got married at a midnight mass in an Assembly of God (aligned) church on a Halloween evening. For those of you who think it was a bit hasty, as we got married on our second date, we were married for over twenty years. 

We only ended up getting divorced as a consequence of her health issues.  These are complicated subjects and not really appropriate here at this time. Let it be stated that we started our adventure together, and it worked out just right.

Real Travelers

To my parents and my friends, they thought that I was just running around aimlessly.  Indeed, much the same way that I view many of these “backpackers” out and about today.

Ouch!

When in truth, I was being directed towards California by the probes in my skull. Situations that permitted my ability to travel, and luck manifested at the proper time and place to make sure that my guided actions were truly manifest. On the physical, it appeared that I was an aimless wanderer. No one ever knows the true motives of others.  No one really knows the situations of others, and the powers and forces that compel them to behave in (what appear to be) odd ways.

What is luck in a fated universe?

In fact, to see what true reality is, take away all the “on the surface conformity” and peer into the mechanisms that control and motivate people.  If one does this, they will find and discover just how different we all are.  In fact, even though others (relative to ourselves) are but “quantum shadows” of the reality of other souls, even their quantum supposed motivations are alien to what we know (as real) and what we expect.

State Park
State Parks are wonderful places for quiet reflection and calming peace. I urge the reader to take part and enjoy some of the many state parks that are all around us.

Real Travelers

“Real” travelers don’t wait for perfection. They go when the “calling” occurs.  Often they are not socially, and financially ready to make the trip.

“Real” travelers drink coffee at McDonalds ($1.25/cup), and shun Starbucks ($8.50/cup).  They go into small family diners at the crack of dawn as the fog is just starting to burn away by the morning sun.

From The Art of Manliness...
Many things in life are much better when done by hand in small quantities. Roasting coffee at home one or two pounds at a time produces just about the best coffee you’ll ever have. Most chains (Starbucks, notoriously) will actually over-roast so that every cup of coffee tastes the same, day in and day out. 

They take all the unique character out of the coffee. Roasting at home will give you a variety of flavors that you never even knew existed in coffee. 

Every man should know how to brew a decent cup of coffee. It’s an everyday skill that should be passed down from father to son, like shaving or mowing the lawn. It’s a manly ritual providing both utility and comfort.

Consider history. Out on the trail, coffee was a staple among cowboys. Piping hot coffee helped a cowboy shake off the stiffness from sleeping on the hard desert ground, and it was also a good beverage to wash down the morning sour dough biscuits.  However, cowboys didn’t have the luxury of fancy coffee brewers or French presses. They had to pack light, so all they usually had was a metal coffee pot, sans filter, to brew their coffee in. No matter. A cowboy could still make a decent cup of coffee. Here’s how.

Bring water to a near boil over your campfire.

Throw your coffee grounds right into the water. (That’s right. Filters are for city slickers.)

Stir the coffee over the fire for a minute or two.

Remove the pot from the fire and let the coffee sit for a minute or two to allow the grounds to settle at the bottom of the pot. (Add a bit of cold water to help speed along the settling process.)

Carefully pour the coffee into your tin cup so that the grounds stay in the pot.

Stand around the fire with your left thumb in your belt loop and your coffee cup in your right hand. Take slow sips and meditate on the trek ahead. Make sure you tip the brim of your hat slightly downward.

Real Travelers go to libraries to read the news, and relax.  (They dare not spend a quarter to buy the newspaper. They read it at the library instead for free.) They visit parks, use the bathrooms in laundromats, look for bargain food in grocery stores, and forage for food in orchards.

They buy day-old bagels, or nearly expired fruits and vegetables from grocery stores.  In a pinch they “dumpster-dive” and forage for food outside in the back of fast food restaurants.

“Real” travelers live on the edge.

The entire time that I was traveling and looking for work, I avoided begging.

The closest that we (I was married at the time) ever came to begging was asking a church if we could park into their parking lot.  Sometimes, we would accept the support they gave us.  However, what I really wanted was work.  I would have been just glad to get $10 to mow a lawn, rake some leaves, change someone’s oil, or helped till a garden.

I was young, in my 20’s, and I was willing to do anything.

Hard Life

In fact, the truth is that during our travels there were many times where we were actually starving.  We had run out of money, and with no gas, and no income, and no work ANYWHERE we would find ourselves going without eating for weeks at a time.  I would say that the longest that we ever went without food was three weeks.

The wife didn’t have a problem with it.

She thought she looked “good”.  I on the other hand, well I needed to eat. Typically however, we might have to go without food from three to five days.  Eventually we could find work at a restaurant and get a free meal as part of our work.  If only I worked, I would save half the food in a napkin, and bring it home to my wife.

Sometimes we would see a house with a fruit bearing tree in the yard. We would then knock on the door and ask to collect the fruit. The people were often very nice about this. It kept us alive. For three weeks in California, we lived off of lemons. Our teeth almost fell out... yikes.

Other times it was raw onions and mustard packets from the fast food restaurant.

Sometimes we would dumpster-dive for expired burgers in the trash bin behind the Fast Food restaurants. We did what we needed to stay alive.

This should not be confused with some “adventurers” who backpack around the globe “on the cheap” and ask for handouts along the way to support their travels.  Those people disgust me.  They really do.  They are “aimless” and “ill prepared”. They travel to a strange place to take pretty pictures, and meet a few people, so that they can have some “notch” in their belt of experience. They are not focused and directed with purpose.

Thailand is cracking down on shameless Western ‘beg-packers’ coming to Thailand on the cheap and begging.  http://www.news.com.au/travel/world-travel/asia/thailand-is-cracking-down-on-shameless-western-begpackers/news-story/7526b7fd1541fc4201b1f18c8142dcd8   and 'Gap yah' backpackers begging for money should be ashamed of themselves http://www.telegraph.co.uk/women/life/backpackers-begging-money-should-ashamed/  .

During my travels, we never begged.  Sure, we would ask for help like a place to exist and park the van.  We would ask for some water.  Many would give us more, but they did not need to.  We just wanted to pay our way.  Those that helped us were fantastic people.

Nevertheless, we never needed to beg.

Boomers

As opposed to (what is now known today as “backpackers”) begging, we were actually “boomers”.

Beggars are now referred to as "Backpackers".

Boomer is the term for migrants relocating to areas where work is plentiful.

The term comes from the idea that we would migrate to whatever area had work.  That area would be “booming” with jobs and opportunities.  Thus, we would move to that area, and thus became “boomers”. (Not to be confused with the deadly submarines of the same name.) The term originates from the California Gold Rush Boom.  In the 1980’s it also pertained to the American Gulf Oil Rig Boom, and the Boom related to the need for Air Traffic Controllers.

We were “boomers”, and not “beggars”.

Here’s some photos of beggars in Thailand.  Why in the world are they begging?  The Thailand law clearly states that they must post enough money in a bank to buy a plane ticket out of Thailand. So they obviously have a means out.  Even if that money was swindled, there are other options available to them.  Yet they are not taking those options.

They are begging.

Begging 1
Begging for money in Thailand. Everyone has the chance to come across an unfortunate event than can cause them to start begging on the streets. However, that should be a last resort, and not a source of income.

I know. Accidents happen.

People get swindled and tricked.  Situations occur where you lose everything.  I get it.  It has happened to me.  I know that it happens. However, the only conclusion that I can come to, as someone who HAS been in a foreign land with absolutely no money, is that these people are NOT willing to work for money to survive on.

This disgusts me.

This happened to me in China.  [1] Trapped in Hangzhou and had to labor to get airfare out.  Also happened to me in the Philippines.  Here [2] I was swindled and left for dead.  [3] Happened to me in Hong Kong where I was stranded in the International airport.  

Three times, I was stuck in a foreign land with no money.  Yet, I will tell the reader this… I NEVER begged. 

Look at the photos below. Why aren’t they doing something to earn money instead of begging? I understand that things can go wrong and you can actually need money in a state of emergency.  This happens, and is a realistic event.

It has happened to me.  So I do know.  That is why there are Salvation Army soup kitchens and beds. People can be hit with bad luck.  They can be swindled, and stolen from.  They can be hurt in a strange area where no one knows them, and due to circumstances they might need to turn to strangers for support.  

It happens. Yet, I must admit that I am very opinionated about the people in the above photos, because there are other options open to them.  Yet they are not following through on what they NEED to do.

But… but…

But, this is Thailand for goodness sakes!  Those gals could earn some quick money pulling a “short time” on their back (which is exactly what the local Thai people would think), and why the only ones giving them money were foreigners.

However, those girls should not need to even consider that, as those guys can work themselves. Indeed, they can dig ditches, and wash windows on the 34th floor of a downtown skyscraper.

I would do so, and have. I have done things that I did not want to do.  I did the ugly, disgusting and dangerous work.  I provided for my wife.  But these guys, what is their malfunction? Heck, they can sell their expensive cameras, and watches.

Another young group of beggars.
Another young couple begging in Thailand. By law, you have to post enough money for a return flight out of the nation. So what is going on here? Were both of them swindled?

And I did.  This is not some one-line justification, I actually did things.

I crawled under a San Louis Obispo restaurant into a vat filled with kitchen grease and emptied it out with a ladle into a drum, I had to crawl over dead rats, with swarms of cockroaches crawling over my body.  I was covered in spider webs.  It was hot, dirty, greasy, foul and putrid, but I did do it.

Other examples included crawling out to the end of a boom tower on a broken drag-line to fix a snagged cable.  These are dangerous tasks, but you do what you need to do.

Begging should be a “last resort” activity.

How we got by

We parked the van in highway rest stops, church parking lots, or state parks (and game-lands). Sometimes we parked in the parking lots of cemeteries.

In all cases, we needed to get permission to park and just “be”.

Sometimes, we were not wanted.  Neighbors or concerned citizens would call the police and they would come and “check out the situation”.  It might be a flashlight knock on the wall of the van at three in the morning, or a flashing light swarm around the van.  The police would come, handcuff us, and ask us some questions.  Sometimes they would escort us outside the town limits, other times they would drive us to a charity or church to help us.

The police were kind, for the most part, and respectful of us.

At that time, there were no cell phones or “smart” phones. If we wanted to communicate with others we needed to make a phone call (often from a phone booth), or write a letter. When you write a letter, you need to purchase “stamps” that you would lick and stick on the top right side of the envelope. The contents of the letter was private.  No one could open the letter aside from the recipient.  If anyone did, they would risk severe federal penalties. Of course, in those days, people actually cared about privacy. Letters were then mailed either in “mail boxes” or taken directly to the Post Office to mail out directly.

Then, just as now, theft of mail and opening mail that isn’t yours is a serious penalty.  I would have never thought that anyone would do such a thing.  However, as I was to soon discover, it is pretty common in the lower rungs of society.  Indeed, once you lose everything, or if you move to a new area where you know no one, you enter the ranks of the low and impoverished.

When I was in Syracuse University, I once saw my neighbor stealing my mail. I went to the Post Office, and complained.  They took it quite seriously. Privacy was considered an important part of one’s life back “in the day”. 

Of course, that seems so funny today. No American has any privacy. The Bill of Rights is meaningless.

You are preyed upon.

Everyone has an angle.  Those with money see your weakness so that they can profit from it.  Maybe use you for labor, sex, or for bait for a larger scheme that they have in mind.  There are all kinds of people and we met some really despicable people.  They came in all sizes and shapes.  Some were obvious, like a slime ball who was waiting outside the Salvation Army and who had an interest in my wife (at the time). He wanted us to go into the alley in the back of the store to show us a used kitchen-stove he wanted to sell.

Some were not so obvious, like a church (Baptist) elder who offered to hire my wife to work in his office at night. You know, after working hours, to help “sort personal things out”. Some were just a group of rowdy college youths acting like a rabid pack of dogs. Obviously they didn’t know the terror they were inflicting on others.

The world is filled with all sorts of people.

The Best Time to Travel

The best time to travel is before you are trapped.

That is to say, before you are trapped in a job, or a career, or in a life with children and their schooling.   Sure there are exceptions.   For instance, people who sail the world and home-school their children on board, and those whom were born into a nomadic life.  But for the vast bulk of Americans, the concept of travel is just that, a concept.   Most Americans have never left the region where they were born in.  Most Americans have traveled very little, and only one in five holds a passport (a dated reference).  The world of true and real travel is one that most Americans do not participate in.

Mailbox and phonebooth
Photo is obviously from the 1960’s while I was involved in the great adventure in the 1980’s. Never the less, the styles of the mailboxes and phone booths were identical. Notice, that unlike today, everything was in English. If you couldn’t speak English, and could not write in English, then you were at a distinct disadvantage.

Of course, not every job can trap a person.

If the person is college educated; being unemployed for more than three months is often a career-terminating move.  Thus, most college-educated people tend to become trapped in their jobs, professions and careers simply due to the fact that any extended leave would, in all probability, terminate their career and standard of living.

Other jobs; non-skilled, hourly or skilled are not so fragile.  They can handle an extended leave of absence.

Outfitted Van
The photo above is not a photo of what my van looked like. None of those photos survived over the years. It is a photo of an outfitted van done in a similar way to mine. In my case, I took old used wood pallets and lined the interior of the van with sanded down pallet wood over closed foam urethane insulation from cheap ice coolers. The rear of the van was just one large bed. There wasn’t a commode, kitchen, refrigerator or shower. It was (more or less) a mobile “roof over my head” where I could sleep in privacy, and store my gear. For food we would eat in restaurants, or cook on the grills in parks and roadside rest areas. For showers we would use gas stations, or pay $3 to take a shower at the YMCA.

Start small and simple.

Save one week’s pay. Map out a journey 4 states away. Go there. Take a tent, live in hostels, and eat cheaply on outdoor grills. Plan on a travel duration of just under two weeks. Return. Then… when you return, plan your next adventure. The idea is to go to a place that is strange and where you don’t know anyone. Then go there. The point is just to DO it.

The Ronald Reagan America

“I felt like lying down by the side of the trail and remembering it all. The woods do that to you, they always look familiar, long lost, like the face of a long-dead relative, like an old dream…”

- Dharma Bums by Jack Kerouac

For us, we began our “Great Adventure” during the 1980’s.  Let me take a moment to reflect what the 1980’s were like. (As well as to remove myself, and the reader, from the rewritten historical narrative. During the years of 2008 through 2016, there was an ACTIVE effort to rewrite history.)

I was married at the time.

Though I will not relate that story here, it is a significant part of my life with great influences and interesting insights into the relationships my wife and I had while I was <redacted>.  

While this manuscript is autobiographical in scope, it dwells primarily on the key focus of my relationship with the Martian exploratory group.  Relationships with my family are only tangential to this.  (Though there are some very curious cross-personality and cross-quantum influences that are mutually resonant.)

The “Great Adventure” refers to the period in my life that began with my layoff as an Engineer to when I returned to the naval base at China Lake to complete my ELF training and entanglement.

This period was one of travel and adventure.  It was a nomadic life that was heavily influenced in me being “summoned” to California by the ELF probes, and me resisting the calls because I had no recollection of what had transpired at the base previously.  This period was a period of excitement and adventure as no matter what we did; all roads lead to China Lake and my ELF entanglement.  I could not avoid my destiny.  My wife had no clue as to what was going on, but she did support me in my travels.

For they were different than the 1960’s and 1970’s that I “grew up” in.  It was a time that was quite unique and very, very different from what the reader might experience today.

At this time, there were no cell-phones, the phones were either mounted on the wall, or were attached to it with a long cord. Computers existed, but were text only as green letters on a black screen… and were expensive!   D&D was very popular, and people watched TV at home (“Where’s the beef?”) as their primary source of information and amusement.

Cameras used film, and they came in little polypropylene containers that looked like Barbie-doll size trash cans. You had to buy the film and it was expensive.  A roll of twelve pictures would equal the cost of two Burger King lunches.

D&D
Dungeons & Dragons (abbreviated as D&D or DnD) is a fantasy tabletop role-playing game (RPG) originally designed by Gary Gygax and Dave Arneson, and first published in 1974 by Tactical Studies Rules, Inc. (TSR).

D and D
The very popular role playing game known as Dungeons and Dragons.

Where's the Beef
"Where's the beef?" is a catchphrase in the United States and Canada. The phrase originated as a slogan for the fast food chain Wendy's. 

Since then it has become an all-purpose phrase questioning the substance of an idea, event or product. 

In the ad, titled "Fluffy Bun," actress Clara Peller receives a burger with a massive bun from a fictional competitor, which uses the slogan "Home of the Big Bun".

Record Club
Record club advertisement. These advertisements became very popular in the United States, when all the radio stations were being bought up by mega media-companies. Suddenly all the music dried up to only about 100 “favorite ” songs out of a limited roster of 500 songs. To listen to anything else you needed to join a club. What a racket!

The so called “Silicon Valley” was just starting to take form. America was building up to finish the “Cold War” once and for all.  We were going to out-produce those pesky Russian Communists until they would need to give up.  (And, it worked!). The walls (figuratively and literally) came down.

Media was experimenting with CGI.  Their early efforts were cautiously embraced. As a result, Max Headroom was terribly popular.

Computers

Computers were just leaving the hobby realm and entering the work force.  Few people, aside from “nerds” owned a computer. The ones that were available were terribly expensive.  For instance a “large capacity” hard drive would be 10MB and cost nearly $4000.  The screen was monochrome and only presented text. It ran on MS DOS and utilized a “Dot Matrix” printer. Everything was off-white ABS plastic.

Max Headroom
Max Headroom is a fictional artificial intelligence (AI) character, known for his wit and stuttering, distorted, electronically sampled voice. He was introduced in early 1984. The character was created by George Stone, Annabel Jankel and Rocky Morton in the mid-1980s, and portrayed by Matt Frewer as "The World's first computer-generated TV host," although the computer-generated appearance was achieved with prosthetic makeup and hand-drawn backgrounds. Preparing the look for filming involved a four-and-a-half-hour session in make-up, which Frewer described as "grueling" and "not fun," likening it to "being on the inside of a giant tennis ball."

ABS
Interesting bit of trivia; the ABS material tended to age when exposed to UV light.  Over time the white color plastic housings would turn into a disgusting dirty pee-yellow color.  To extend the life of the product appearance, computer manufacturers would dye the plastic an off-white color. One of the secrets to selling old or used computers was to remove the plastic housings and then paint them bright white.  People would snatch them up quickly, even though the electronics inside would be terribly obsolete. LOL.

CDROM’s had yet to be popular.

So people used “floppy disks” to store their work on. Music was available on records, 8-track tapes (Still available in the 1980’s, but their late 1970’s “hey days” were over.), and cassette tapes.

You could join “record clubs” that would send you a weekly catalog where you could purchase music on image alone. They would “pull” people in by offering them ten free tapes, then once locked in, you needed to make so many purchases a year. They also did this with books.

Go ahead make one more change.
An iconic image in EVERY Design office. “Go ahead make one more change.” From Boston to Los Angles and every place in between, every design office, had this photo (and words) taped to the file cabinets or pinned onto the bulletin board.

Cordless telephones were just being made available.  Each one was large, and typically had an extendable metal antenna that you would need to extend to obtain a half-decent signal. (Watch the movie “Risky Business” to see an example of this.)

This was the decade when the Nintendo NES came into our lives.

Indeed, many of us spent our time typing “cd games” into old IBM computers, loading some beeping game or another. But when you really think about it, that’s not much different from today. We still have consoles, we still have computer games, and we definitely still have beeping. The games themselves are different, the graphics are different (obviously much, much better), but the environment is still very similar.

You sit on a chair. You play.

The goonies
The Goonies. Mean old country-club Republican forces a nice middle-class white family on to the streets for corporate profits. Oh Hollywood!

“Must-see TV” (of course) meant “The Cosby Show”.

John Hughes movies were very popular and they were light, happy and full of 1980’s energy.  How can you forget the movies “Sixteen Candles”, “Ferris Buellers Day Off”,  “Weird Science”, or “Career Opportunities”.  Or what about John Cusack’s movies as “One Crazy Summer”, and “Better off Dead”.  All are classics.

“I want my two dollars!”

-Johnny the Paperboy

While I would dress for work, I would often pass by kids going to school and I was constantly surprised with what they were wearing.  Typical attire, in California, seemed to be neon spandex biker shorts with just a T-shirt. Really strange indeed.

(Of course, I was in the middle of extreme world-line switching at the time.)

Work office attire consisted of polyester everything.  No one wore jeans or polo shirts.  Men wore ties on collared shirts.  Both the ties and the collars on the shirts tended to be wide. The colors were all tans and browns with a distinct movement towards pastels. We all carried traditional briefcases. No one ever carried a backpack to work. If our bagged lunch would not fit inside the briefcase, we would carry it outside of it.

Office Coffee

All offices had a large tureen of coffee.  Typically it was this huge metal cylinder with a spigot at the bottom.  It would peculate coffee just like a conventional peculator. These tureens held maybe five gallons of water, and used up a sizable portion of a can of coffee to make.  The tureen would be on all working day. This was popular from my father’s generational period in the 1960’s thought the 70’s and 80’s up into the 1990’s.

Later on, into the middle 1990’s this was replaced by restaurant-style individual coffee pots cooking on burners.  Typically offices would use either two or four burner units. (Six burner units were rare outside of restaurants.) Unlike the tureens that were maintained by the company purchasing coffee and employees being responsible for making the coffee, the individual coffee pots typically came as part of a “service”. A person come come to the office every two weeks to make sure the coffee is stocked up properly and the machine was in working order. The cost for this service was much higher than just the cost of a coffee and tureen.

This added convenience for the workers came at a price. When the coffee came out of the tureen, it was free to the workers. Let me repeat. Work office coffee was FREE for the office workers.

Fast forward to the Bill Clinton presidency; the age of greed.

No one ever took up collections to fund the coffee.  That didn’t happen until much later in the 1990’s under President Bill Clinton.  (It wasn’t his fault.  He “inspired” everyone to go after money and become successful.  Everyone was trying to “find an angle”.

At that time everyone was trying to get rich.

Companies were trying all sorts of techniques to improve profits. The President at that time inspired CEO’s, who then implemented various “programs” to improve profits. I’m sure that there are a number of notable Dilbert cartoons on this subject.) In this environment, coffee became a “perk” that companies would use to “attract” talent and retain employees.  Prior to that, it was an accepted norm.  Everyone EXPECTED free coffee at work. (That, alongside with free health plans with no co-pays and no deductions from one’s paycheck.)

I was in my twenties.  The advantages of this was not appreciated until I was older. Ah, the generation before me had it so so good!

As an aside, as of 2018, coffee is still free to the office workers in the UK, Australia and China (that I know of).  It’s only in the USA that companies treat their employees as farmed cattle to exploit. (Indeed, I hear Google let’s all their employees drink for free or at low reduced prices, as long as you are not white or male…LOL.)

“(I) Was working 75 to 84 hours a week for years till they laid me off ... they call it the American Dream but I was trying not to fuck up while exhausted and never believed it. ... just ensuring ppl don’t die in with planes crashing ... nobody gives a fuck especially the assholes called our representatives.” 

-Vendetta Feb 6, 2018 3:29 AM Permalink 

I owned a Beta-Max player.

In fact, I upgraded to the “super” Beta-Max player prior to purchasing the core unit. I guess that I was a little crazy about electronics at the time. However, I felt that buy purchasing the upgrade before I purchased the player gave me advantage.

I was correct. However, the advantage only lasted five years. Sigh.

I would be able to run off to the video store and rent a tape or two for the weekend. Over time, the high quality of Beta was replaced by the low-quality but low-cost VHS players. I like everyone else, eventually made the switch. Ah, it was a sad day indeed.  For a while, unable to go to the store to rent videos, we would watch the old Beta tapes that we had at the house.  Pickings were slim. We had “Roxanne” (Not to be confused with the television series of the same name.), “Spaced Invaders”, and “Soapdish”.

Film container
35mm film container. These came in metal tins with a screw on top and later, during the 1960’s came the plastic versions.

Life in the 1980’s

Carl’s Junior served food on wooden plates with a hot metal pan centered on it.  They used real metal utensils, and a real serrated edge knife with a wooden handle.  Drinks were provided in reusable brown plastic coffee cups, or tall plastic glasses for soda. A newspaper waited outside in a vending machine, and you could smoke in every restaurant. At that time, they still maintained a more-or-less hybrid existence; part restaurant / part fast food.  (Sort of like Denny’s today.) Now, of course, they have devolved into just another fast food franchise.

Cross walk signs were in English.  They did not use an array of LED diodes to form a picture of a standing or walking pedestrians. I guess that people then were able to read English, where today in the USA, you just are not ever sure.

Cell phones did not exist.  Therefore, it was easy back then to isolate from the rest of the world, now you’re surrounded by world’s noise everywhere. Then you could isolate yourself.  A quiet walk was for contemplation and enjoyment. It was possible.

Restaurants served a free tall glass of ice water with every meal, even for children.  People used toothpicks and the ashtray on the table.  (You could smoke in the restaurants as well, and buy your cigarettes out of a vending machine in the lobby.)

People smoked at their work desks. In fact, most desks were issued a clear ash tray when a new hire came on board. In the supply cabinet were usually a small stack of extra ash trays.

The meeting rooms all had big ash trays. Men carried lighters, as did women. Though, the small pack of lighters were still commonly available everywhere. Typically they would have the name and phone number of the establishment where they came from.

Some (typically Sales and Marketing types) would smoke cigars that would pollute the entire office. There was no such things as “designated smoking areas”.  That was a creation of the Clinton administration to make work places safer (for the children), as well as to reduce the costs of insurance.

Thank you Mr. Clinton and your close buddies in the insurance agency. </sarcasm>

How the children, who were too young to work, be affected by secondhand office-smoke is beyond me. But you know, there is no logic in politics. It is just nonsense spewed out to control the masses through fear and confusion.

Smoking
Most men have a vice — some pleasure in life that isn’t necessarily safe or healthy, but can be partaken of in moderation. For many gentlemen that’s tobacco, usually in the form of a cigar or pipe. Sure, you can walk into the tobacco shop and grab whatever you recognize or is cheapest. Or you can become a bonafide connoisseur, understanding why one tobacco variety differs from another, where each comes from, and those you truly like. Go down to the local tobacco shop and have the tobacconist show you the ropes. And of course you need hands-on study! Smoke (and sip — tobacco always pairs well with whiskey) until you find the gems that leave you relaxed and smiling at the end of the day.

For the Children
“For the children” was a catch phrase of the Clinton Administration. Yet, it just boggles the mind how children would be affected by workplace smoke. You cannot work until you are 16 years old.

The connection between the Clinton's and the insurance Agencies
Don’t believe me?  Don’t know what I am referring? Think that I am just displacing blame? Do your homework.  Know your history. The Clinton's, and by extension, the DNC were conjoined at the hip with insurance companies. Then they started to diversify. You can well consider the high costs of drugs today to be directly related to their need for multiple mansions.  

They started increasing all their premiums dramatically, and the presidential administration helped them along magnificently with all kinds of supportive (pro-insurance) rules and regulations. 

This manifested in many forms.  One of which was the banning of smoking from the workplace. Another was the increase in insurance premiums. Yet another was the plethora of optional programs that people could implement to “lower” premiums.  Until the insurance agencies obtained political power, they were just a simple business providing a basic service. Now, today, companies are fearful of legal actions and increase in costs if they fail to do A, B or implement C.

Indeed, a typical work desk at that time would have a dial or push button phone, a little tiny calendar (given away by insurance agencies and the like), a large page-by-page day planner that you could write your appointments on, an ash tray (for your cigarettes or cigars), a desk lamp with an adjustable neck (to improve upon the piss-poor fluorescent ceiling lighting), and a large desk mat.

Men who were “white collar” and who worked in the office typically wore business jackets.  We would arrive and take off our hat and coat and sit at our desk wearing our white shirt (long or short sleeve) and tie. This all started to change in the middle of the 1980’s and I pretty much welcomed the change to a more relaxed and informal working environment. Though, I did lament the loss of my coat rack.

However, with the relaxation of work dress standards came a tightening of work place behaviors.

During the Bill Clinton presidency, we watched the erosion of office worker respect.  Culminating in cubicle work “farms” and impersonal bosses driven by Harvard MBA types.  Watch the movie “Office Space” to see what I am referring to here. It is not a coincidence that the Dilbert cartoon became so popular during this time.

“Office Space” is a 1999 American comedy film written and directed by Mike Judge. It satirizes the everyday work life of a typical mid-to-late-1990s software company, focusing on a handful of individuals fed up with their jobs. 

The film's sympathetic depiction of ordinary IT workers garnered a cult following within that field, but it also addresses themes familiar to white-collar employees and the workforce in general. It was not a big success at the box office, making $12.2 million against a $10 million production budget. It was well received by critics and sold well on home video, and it has become a cult film.

Street crossing light
During the 1980’s most Americans spoke English. This changed during the 1990’s when it became to absorb large numbers of assimilated immigrants. At that time, you did not need picturial images of people walking. You could just spell the words “Walk”, and “Don’t Walk” and people would understand what you meant.

People flew flags on their porches during the fourth of July and did not worry about some social justice warrior or black lives matter radical burning their house down. Additionally, the “American Stars and Bars” (Confederate flag), “Don’t tread on me”, State flags, and MIA (Vietnam missing in action) flags could be flown as well.

In my ENTIRE life, I have NEVER seen a “rainbow”, Antifa, or BLM flag flown on someone’s porch.

I guess, I need to be in “Lala land” (Hollywood) or Wall Street and mingle with the face of the oligarchy (Hillary Clinton, Harvey Weinstein, and George Soros) to experience that reality.

The movies of that time were actually (in my mind) pretty awesome. “Sixteen Candles” was pretty typical for the time. I preferred comedies as they were “up beat” and positive with a nice happy ending.

You go to a movie, and watch it.

Then afterwards, you go out for a “stuffed pizza” and a pitcher of beer. At the time, I was terribly fond of olive, mushroom and pork thick crust pizza.  Afterwards we would go and get a butterscotch milkshake on the way home.  We were regulars at movie theaters.  They were pretty cheap back then. Two people could go out and watch a movie and have a large pizza and a pitcher of beer for under $10.  Movies that we saw in the theater included “Better off Dead”, “Hot Dog the movie”, “Lost Boys” and “One Crazy Summer”.

“As someone born in '91, I've been brushing up on my '80s movies, damn would that have been a good time to be alive.”

- ThBurninator

Even McDonalds had tiny little disposable aluminum cigarette trays.  Republicans used the color blue, and Democrats used the color red.

Reading the morning newspaper was a popular pastime and every weekend restaurants would share multiple copies of the Sunday editions of the paper to various patrons to read.  Five dollars would fill your gas tank and it would last (almost) all week.  Drive-ins were still very popular, and malls were everywhere.  A price for two to watch a movie was under $5 on a Friday night.  Yes.  It was, a very… very different time indeed.

Democrats were Red

Democrats Used the Color Red

Globally, long-standing traditions dictate which colors represent specific political camps. Here, the assignment of red to the Republicans and blue to the Democrats is not a reflection of each group's ideology. Rather, this color designation is the supposed result of a collective decision made by major media networks.  

The general public had no say in the matter. Neither the Republican nor the Democratic Party has ever officially chosen a color to represent its organization.

Up until former President Bill Clinton came into office, the colors were “more or less” defined as Blue for Republicans and Red for Democrats.

Today, the official (rewriting of history) explanation is that the advent of color technology, television networks created their own identifying colors, often alternating with each new election to avoid any appearance of favoritism. 

It is an explanation that sounds plausible, but this is not really true.

The pledge
Everyone recited the pledge of allegiance at the start of every class, at the start of every game, at the start of every school event, at the start of every cub scout meeting, and at the start of every Rotary Meeting. Bet you didn’t know that? The oligarchy narrative falls apart when history becomes involved.

I grew up during the “Cold War”.  During this time, the political colors were set and established.  

I do not care what colors were used in the turn or the century, or during the Spanish-American war. Or what colors were preferred during the revolutionary war. All that is academic babble.

My concern, especially in regards to this narrative, was what the colors were during the 1960’s through the 1990’s. This was the time that I grew up in.

The United States was smack dab n the middle of a "cold war" with two communist nations; Russia and China. Both of whom used RED for their socialist ideals.

Red = Soviet Union (Communist)
Red = Red Chinese (Communist)
Blue = Liberty and Freedom. As were the fifty stars (states) on the flag.

The simple truth was that for the most part during the 1960’s, 1970’s and into the 1980’s, Republicans were blue and democrats were red at the top and blue on the bottom.  

(Oh yes, there were exceptions.  However, the reader need not be fooled.  The largest quantities of the most popular election buttons for Republicans were blue color.  In fact, when I went to college, I could not find any that were a different color, and I looked!)

Vintage Bill Clinton Tee-shirt
Vintage Bill Clinton and his Democrat party campaign tee-shirt. Red is the color of the “People’s revolution”. So it is very fitting that Democrat Bill Clinton would have a nice red tee-shirt for his political party.

Don’t believe me?  Go to an antique store and look for Ronald Reagan election pins and Jimmy Carter pins.  You simply cannot find red color Regan, Bush Sr, or Bush Jr election pins.  At best you might find red and blue, but no only-red buttons.  Neither can you find (too many) blue Jimmy Carter pins either.   There are some, but they aren’t common.  Far more likely is finding green color Jimmy Carter buttons.  Why is this the case?  

Why, you might ask.

Well, the answer is really quite simple.  During the “cold war”, red was the color of communism.  Both for communist Russia and for communist China.  Conservatives then, as today, hate communism as it is the opposite of individual freedom.  It is a collective society. 

Reagan Bush Tee-shite
Reagan and Bush Republican tee-shirt from 1981. The Republican color was blue.

During the cold war, red was the color of communism. Red was the color of communist China.  (Note the communist Chinese flag color.) Red was the color of the soviet union.  (Note the color of the soviet union flag before the breakup.)  Blue was the color of freedom and liberty.

However, a social collective society has been the bedrock of the Democrat party for most of the century so the Democrats never had a problem with the color red.  That is why that during the cold war, most Democrats wore Red and most Republicans wore blue.  

It is truly disingenuous for revisionist historians to use time periods around the time of the civil war to reflect the mindset of Americans during the cold war time period.  Or the limited small quantities of specialty buttons that were produced for limited market segments to reflect the vast bulk of the overriding color scheme.

We are discussing the cold war, and it is this time period that I am discussing here.  The reader must remember and must be reminded that the Democrats during this time period, for the most part, supported the efforts of Mao and his revisionist climate in China; totally ignorant of the mass killings. 

Carter pin.
Here is a nice campaign pin for Democrat Jimmy Carter and his VP candidate Walter Mondale. They were the “winning team” don’t you know.

They supported the “workers paradise” in Russia , though they officially deplored the military buildup.  During the 1970’s red was the color of Democrats.  Blue was the color of Republicans.  Go to a antique shop or go online and purchase a Reagan/Bush campaign pin.  

Read the articles in the 1972 Mechanics Illustrated magazines, and Men’s Adventure magazines of the 1960’s.  Do not use the Internet to check your facts.  The internet is all politically manipulated. The Internet is a blackboard that is continually being erased and rewritten.  Go to a old book store and read the articles and look at the advertisements yourself. Check for yourself.  Yes, there were exceptions.  However, for the vast bulk of the time during the 1970’s this was the case.)

Truthfully, up until the year 2000, it was never formally established what the colors would be, though it was clearly favored that Republicans were blue and Democrats were red; forcing then (famous) political commentator Rush Limbaugh to remark; “Has anyone else noted that the networks switched colors?”  

Thus, in 2000 for the first time, all the major news outlets agreed to use red for the Republican Party and blue for the Democratic Party.  A switching of the political colors.  I personally believe that this switch was mutually approved by both political parties, while it was initiated by the Democrat party for reasons unclear. 

Reagan Bush pins
Reagan-Bush campaign buttons. A nice Republican blue color. Too bad that the oligarchy and their media has decided to rewrite history.

My personal opinion is that the Democrat party embraced the current populist trends at the time; they adopted the New World Order (NWO).  

It is the overriding policy of what we call today “the globalist elite”. The color for this one-world-government was to be blue.  As such the EU adopted blue as their unifying color.  The color of the UN was light blue, and President Clinton (D) had all the Army insignia changed to match the baby blue color of the UN troops.  

It is only speculation on my part, but I sincerely believe that the adoption of the color blue for the Democrat party had more to do with a future agenda of a global nature than any localized nationalist policy platform.  The Democrats favor a global social world government.  There is nothing good or bad about it.  That is just the way it is.

Cigarette vending machine
Cigarette Vending Machine from the 1970’s and the 1980’s. Ah, back then you had the freedom to purchase cigarettes out of a vending machine. Ah, the good old days, when Americans were free.

From a web site titled “What do you miss about the 1980’s”;

“The 80s was a PC free culture for the most part. You can't have an open and honest discussion today because people will be more concerned about "how" their words will be misinterpreted vs. the content of what they are saying.”

- MAJ L. Nicholas Smith
“Saturday morning cartoons, Saturday afternoon cartoons, MTV with actual MUSIC, music with ACTUAL MUSIC, Bo Jackson, Wayne Gretzky, Hershel Walker, Empire Strikes Back, Return of the Jedi, Commando, Rambo, The A-Team, Air Wolf, Playing outside, free speech without the fear of being branded by some pussy who is offended by it, Yep pretty much to me, born in the mid 70's the 80's were the best decade ever.”

- SPC Andrew Griffin
“I miss the greatest president in my lifetime, Ronald Reagan, and the pride he instilled in America.”

- MSgt (Join to see)

Yes.  I too miss the ability to practice “free speech” and the Bill of Rights. I guess ol’ Bush and Obama pretty much ended all of that.  (Sigh.)

Ash tray from McDonalds.
Before the Democrats, led by Bill Clinton banned smoking, you could smoke everywhere in the Untied States. Here is a (once) very common disposable smoking ash tray from McDonalds.

Yes, the Progressive Democrat Liberals have pretty much fucked the nation all up.  (Don’t go PC on me.  They did actually FUCK it all up.) It’s not just me saying this from the point of view of an American, but from the point of view from someone in MAJestic.

Service to Self Demons

<rant>

Jesus-H-Christ. If you the reader are offended, then put this fucking manuscript down and walk away. The Democrats fucking strip-mined American culture. They made debauchery and looting of Americans a national pastime. (Not just Democrats, of course. There are many socialist-inspired politicians who became RINO Republicans so that they could have a comfortable life through lying and cheating their constituents.)

How in the heck can someone become a billionaire without hurting another in some way?

It’s not just Democrats, but many Republicans as well. So I will repeat the question. How, in a reality balanced upon individual thoughts that manifest into actions, can a person become a billionaire without negatively affecting others? How is it possible? How?

Ponder that profound statement for a second.

If they weren’t so busy trying to manipulate others, alter the lifestyle and time progression of others, fixated on carnal desires of sex, sloth, and the greed of money how could they possible accumulate wealth? The accumulation of wealth is not a given.  It is NOT an event that manifests for a handful of “lucky” people who happen to be at the “right place at the right time”.

Those are simplistic childish ideas and concepts.  They are rooted in a belief that the physical is all that there is.  It is one man (or woman) for themselves, and if they are aggressive enough, and have the right opportunities, and some skill in manipulation, they can take from others. They can take.  They can take, and take, and take.

If there is one thing that the reader can get from <my words of wisdom> is that the universe does not work that way.  Yes, you can alter your reality by thought. Yes, you can acquire wealth, and comfort and desirable relationships. Yet, everything comes at a cost.  To acquire a large volume of “stuff” will have a corresponding large “cost” elsewhere. Other people will be affected.

This is not politics. Do not be so naive that a socialist model is heavenly derived. It isn’t. In fact, it is a manipulative trick used by the skillful to fleece the ignorant. There are no easy answers and pristine solutions. Every decision, thought and action comes at a cost. Some people do not care what the costs are for their desires and their actions.  They only want the end results to manifest.

</rant>

Power corrupts
Billionaire Democrat Oprah Winfrey introduces a young starlet to Billionaire Democrat Harvey Weinstein. We all what happened that night, don’t we?

Indeed. Oh…my…The 1980’s were a time of expression and freedom. Those of us who lived through that time do remember what free speech was.

Ah “free speech”.  Don’t take it from me alone. Here’s some opinions from Reddit “What do you miss about the 1980s” we have these jewels…

“Kids being able to walk to the park without the cops being called. They also were immersed in social situations where things were scary, uncertain, and difficult allowing them to not have a nervous breakdown opening a bank account or saw a Halloween costume they didn't care for.”

- savemejebus0
“No cellphone, no problem.

It was nice to be able to leave a note at home with 'went to run some errands'. Whoever came home and saw that would have to wait for you to return. If the phone at home rang and they answered, they would take a message or the answering machine would.

You could leave, go do what you wanted and not have to explain yourself in the moment as to what you're actuality doing.

If you wanted a private conversation, you went to a payphone, especially one with the long cord so you could sit in your car and roll the window up.

It was bliss! Now you have your digital GPS tracking leash with you at all times, either volunteering everything you do on social media, replying to every request for your location and if you don't reply, you're chastised for it.

I miss the days of being able to just get lost.

Now your berated for 'turning your leash off'. Where were you, who were you with, why didn't you answer, what are you trying to hide, I'm not important enough to reply to, you could have been dead, had a car accident, kidnapped, cheating and so on.

You have to have lived in that time to understand it. If you didn't, you don't realize how bliss it was to be able to get lost on purpose. Turning off your phone is like ignoring stomach cancer.”

- Ennion

MTV actually played music videos.

It wasn’t political, and staffed with urban ghetto blacks. The same was true with the NFL.  They played football, and the networks didn’t run (what can best be described as) a negro version of a KKK rally during every single friggin’ game.

We had endured the horrific 1970’s where President Nixon (R) acted as a King.  We were very jaded by the resultant investigation of the wiretapping of phones.  Oh, how silly that looks today with 24-7 mass surveillance now, and the behavior of Eric Holder (DOJ) and Hillary Clinton.  We saw what happens when a good-honest man; President Carter (D) (who was ineffectual as a president) becomes president.

Ronald Reagan

We, like the rest of the nation, were ready for a real change, and we got it.  We lived during the presidency of Ronald Reagan (R). There will be many who have their own ideas about this time.  But I will tell it through the eyes that lived through that time.  Say what you will about “Ronald Ray-Gun” and the 1980’s, but the truth was that for me, it was a time of hope, and of adventure.

Ronald Ray-Gun

An enduring nick-name for the president during that time period.  And important, as we really understand now.  For not very well known is exactly how frighteningly close the world came to global thermonuclear war.  Historical revisionists seem to conveniently forgotten the dangers of that time.  

Thanks to a February 1990 report (National Security Archive Electronic Briefing Book No. 533 previously classified "TOP SECRET UMBRA GAMMA WNINTEL NOFORN NOCONTRACT ORCON") published by the National Security Archive at George Washington University after a 12-year Freedom of Information Act battle.  The US and Soviets were dangerously close to going to war in November 1983, the bombshell report found, and the Cold War-era US national-security apparatus missed many warning signs. 

That 1983 "war scare" was spurred by a large-scale US military exercise in Eastern Europe called “Able Archer”.  It was because of this military operation that the Soviets apparently actually believed that it was part of allied preparation for a real war.  (In part due to the very nature of Ronald Reagan’s public comments to that effect.)  

The Soviet military mobilized in response.  

US-Soviet relations had definitely plunged in the early 1980s, but since then experts have debated how close the US and Soviets had come to the abyss during Able Archer.  

Read it here and be horrified; http://nsarchive.gwu.edu/nukevault/ebb533-The-Able-Archer-War-Scare-Declassified-PFIAB-Report-Released/#_ftn3 .

Of course, we know how how all this was avoided, and how the USA and Russia became friends again.  However, the reader must realize the real and stark truth; we are now living in an alternate time line spawned from that event.  

A time line, that switched in part, through significant extraterrestrial intervention by the <redacted>.  (More detailed information about alternative world lines are addressed later on in the blog.)

Yes. Ronald Reagan may have had this nickname, but the truth is that he turned his back on the neoconservatives. 

He fired them, and had some of them prosecuted, and when his administration was free of their evil influence (for the most part, though other neocons such as Orin Hatch continued to promote efforts to create global nuclear conflagration), and President Reagan negotiated the end of the Cold War with Soviet President Gorbachev. 

The history is clear; the military/security complex, the CIA, and the neocons were very much against ending the Cold War as their budgets, power, and ideology were threatened by the prospect of peace between the two nuclear superpowers.

Everyone was optimistic. But you will not see that in any revisionist history books.

Ah, the rewriting of the past. Here’s El Rushbo on the rewriting of that decade by President Obama and his minions.

“President Obama micromanages the economy into the ground and tells the American people that our better days are behind us. He says the great days of America’s past were not really legitimate. They were built on phony policies, trickle-down economics from the Reagans. We stole resources from other nations around the world. Our superpower status was not deserved. We now must manage the decline. And I, Barack Hussein Obama, am the smartest guy in the world to manage the decline of the United States and its economy.

His replacement liberates the economy, unleashes the United States economy to the point in under a year it is growing at twice the rate it ever grew under Barack Obama. 

And yet we’re told Obama’s brilliant, he’s so smart, we can’t even stay in the same room with him. He’s so brilliant, we can’t keep up with the guy. He’s so brilliant, all we can do is bow at his feet and try not to be blinded by the light reflecting off him. Donald Trump is silly. He’s insane. He’s obsessed. His unfit. We need psychiatrists examining him. We need the 25th Amendment.”

The Iranians released the American embassy hostages, a large American “freedom” space station was going to be built.  Americans were returning to the Moon and then Mars(Plans later killed by President Obama (D). President Obama said that going to the Moon wasn’t worth it.  We were there already.  So we will go to Mars instead, he said.  Then he killed Mars exploration because it was too expensive, he said.  Then he goes around and gives $7 billion dollars to South Africa and $150 billion dollars to Iran. WTF? What world-line am I on?  Jesus… maybe it’s time to get off.)

Release of Hostages

Fifty-two American diplomats and citizens were held hostage for 444 days (November 4, 1979, to January 20, 1981), after a group of Iranian students, belonging to the Muslim Student Followers of the Imam's Line, who were supporting the Iranian Revolution, took over the U.S. Embassy in Tehran.

Space station Freedom

Space Station Freedom was a NASA project to construct a permanently manned Earth-orbiting space station in the 1980s. Although approved by then-president Ronald Reagan and announced in the 1984 State of the Union Address, Freedom was never constructed or completed as originally designed thanks to the efforts of Bill Clinton, and after several cutbacks, the project evolved into the International Space Station program.

1980’s Culture

Russia was tearing down the wall in Germany.  Companies began hiring again, and everyone was hiring everywhere.  MDMA was discovered, and the youth of the country learned to emote to each other. LSD was still being used, and everyone was questioning the roles that society fostered upon them.

Madonna had released her first of many albums, and she wasn’t such an aggressive asshole.   Pastels were popular and everyone was dancing to Wang Chung.

Michael Jackson was only a singer, and yet had to “Beat It”.

Tear Down this Wall.

" Tear down this wall! " was the challenge issued by United States President Ronald Reagan to Soviet Union leader Mikhail Gorbachev to destroy the Berlin Wall, in a speech at the Brandenburg Gate near the Berlin Wall on June 12, 1987, commemorating the 750th anniversary of Berlin.

MDMA

MDMA (3, 4-methylenedioxy-N-methylamphetamine) is an empathogenic drug of the phenethylamine and amphetamine classes of drugs. MDMA has become widely known as "ecstasy" (shortened to "E", "X", or "XTC"), usually referring to its street form, although this term may also include the presence of possible adulterants.

LSD

Lysergic acid diethylamide, abbreviated LSD or LSD-25, also known as lysergide (INN) and colloquially as acid, is a semisynthetic psychedelic drug of the ergoline family, well known for its psychological effects which can include altered thinking processes, closed- and open-eye visuals, synesthesia, an altered sense of time and spiritual experiences, as well as for its key role in 1960s counterculture. It is used mainly as an entheogen, recreational drug, and as an agent in psychedelic therapy.  LSD is non-addictive, is not known to cause brain damage, and has extremely low toxicity relative to dose.  (Though the DOJ would beg to differ on this.)

Madonna

Madonna is an American singer-songwriter, actress, and businesswoman. She has been one of the most prominent cultural icons for over three decades.  As such, she has achieved an unprecedented level of power and control for a woman in the entertainment industry. She attained immense popularity by pushing the boundaries of lyrical content in mainstream popular music and imagery in her music videos, which became a fixture on MTV. Madonna is known for continuously reinventing both her music and image, and for retaining a standard of autonomy within the recording industry.

Pastel interior design

Pastel colored interior design, inspired by a retro art-deco movement that was popular at that time.

Wang Chung

Wang Chung are an English new wave musical group formed in 1980. The name Wang Chung means "yellow bell" in Mandarin Chinese, and is the first note in the Chinese classical music scale.  The group found their greatest success in the United States, with five Top 40 hits in the US, all charting between 1983 and 1987, including "Dance Hall Days" (No. 16 in the summer of 1984), "Everybody Have Fun Tonight" (No. 2 in 1986) and "Let's Go!" (No. 9 in 1987).  In fact, the reader should note that many stereo stores, and clothing stores at this time, played his music endlessly during this time period.

Beat It

"Beat It" is a song written and performed by American singer Michael Jackson from his sixth solo album, Thriller (1982). The song was produced by Quincy Jones together with Jackson. Following the successful chart performances of the Thriller singles "The Girl Is Mine" and "Billie Jean", "Beat It" was released on February 14, 1983 as the album's third single. The song is also notable for its famous video, which featured Jackson bringing two gangs together through the power of music and dance.

It was a magical time, a heady time of life and adventure.  As a result, we experienced both the good and bad that life had to offer us.

David Lee Roth
David Lee Roth (born October 10, 1954) is an American rock vocalist, musician, songwriter, actor, author, and former radio personality. In 2007, he was inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame. Roth is best known as the original (1974–1985) and current (2006–present) lead singer of hard rock band Van Halen. He is also known as a successful solo artist, releasing numerous RIAA-certified Gold and Platinum albums.

Bad People

We were often taken advantage of (Many people saw us as weak and tried to capitalize on that weakness.) , and had many (close) encounters that were often quite ugly (This includes everything from robbery, manipulation, misuse, abuse and even violence.). But that is life. You just can’t hide away and expect happiness to come to you. You have to go out to it and get it.

For us, the 1980’s were an experience of life, lived as it were, through the eyes of young impressionable love. We saw both the good and the bad of life.  Not everyone who looks poor is poor.  Not everyone who looks rich is wealthy.  Not everyone who acts religious is spiritual, and you will find friends in the most unlikely places and enemies luring behind the kindest smiles.

Both the good and the bad confronts the traveler.  But most Americans that we met were good, and kind hearted.  But we did, actually, come across a number of exceptionally bad people.  That is always unavoidable.

“Love is the hardest thing in the world to write about. It’s so simple. You’ve gotta catch it through details, like the early morning sunlight hitting the gray tin of the rain spout in front of her house, the ringing of a telephone that sounds like Beethoven’s Pastorale, a letter scribbled on her office stationary that you carry around in your pocket because it smells like all the lilacs in Ohio.”

— Don Birnham (The Lost Weekend — Billy Wilder, 1945)

We needed to find work, and in the process, our van took us on many adventures.  We slept under the stars and hid in wide expansive parking lots. We worked at whatever jobs we could find.  Sometimes it was manual labor, while at other times, we cooked in the kitchen.

We did whatever it took.

We would travel as far as the van could go. Then broke down, out of gas and money, we would find work. Then live off the money. Then, after a month or two, we would go again. We were always on the move. We were always living life. Always grasping what came before us with an open heart. Though, often times the hearts of others lay closed to us…

I remember once…

...we hadn't eaten in 4 days. We had collected some change out of a pay phone, and bought a can of spam with it, and a loaf of day old bread. We were parked in a roadside rest area. And so we went to one of the BBQ grills sitting there next to a picnic table and made a fire and were cooking our spam on it.

When in the middle of it, a policeman came up to us. Apparently, a lady, driving a Buick, has seen us and called the police. The officer, then under her instruction, berated us for using the grills in the park. He told us that the grills were not to be used by us. But rather by people with families and children, and that they used charcoal, not sticks to make the fire... (You know) The whole time that he berated us, that old biddy watched on with a big smug smile on her face...

The policeman put out the fire and threw away our food. Then threatened us with jail unless we left...

Yes, I remember those days.

Fat, smug, bitch with a capital BITCH. She, were she still alive, would be a female social justice warrior trying to “protect” others by enforcing her ideas of perfection.

  • Never mind that she is overweight to the point of obesity.
  • Never mind that she is living off the money of others, as she herself is unemployed.
  • Never mind that her only accomplishment was written in her High School year book.

She tries to justify her existence though the control of others.  Especially those who, for one reason or the other, are unable to fight back.

Roadside grill
Roadside grill with unknown child playing nearby. This was the exact kind of grill that we (starving young kids) were using to cook our spam on. A policeman came over and told us that we can’t use wood in the grill because it was not designed for wood use. (That’s actually a lie.)

A life lived in fear is a life not lived

Everyone lives in fear.  Everyone, and I do mean EVERYONE, has warned us along the way to watch out for crazy people and to be weary of strangers, but I’ve found that to be largely unnecessary.

They were just warning us out of their own fears of the unknown.

Most of the people who threatened us were well-established, locals who saw us as a threat to their calm and stable way of life.  While we did meet some very dangerous people on the road, we were (typically) able to avoid them because, I think, we were just far too innocent and their hearts weren’t so cold as to corrupt the good that shined through our hearts.

Of course, we did meet some crazy and even evil people.  That is what happens when you step outside the walls of your safe enclave.  However, we were too kind, and too nice for anyone to really do anything bad to us.  But there were some close calls.  Truthfully, we found an equal proportion of bad people scattered about the population.

Some were obvious, and behaved stereotypically bad.  While others looked like the pinnacle of respectability; and held important positions in the church, society and government.  Yet, they were evil incarnate.

Yes, and we did meet some very bad people on the road.  There were times when we could have been hurt dangerously, but we did not permit that to happen.  When a person ventures out, it is natural to experience both the good and the bad in people.

Yes, we had SOME bad experiences.  You experience life when you travel; both the good and the bad.  But, most of our experiences were positive.

The vast, VAST, majorities of people in this country are good and were willing to help out however they could. Whether it’s by buying a meal or by letting you sleep in their house or at their business, people are more than willing to accommodate you in any way they can when they see you struggling. I figured this would be the case, but the extent is surprising to me, nonetheless. Americans are good people.  Most have kind hearts.  They are kind and understanding for the most part.

The only times that I’ve seen someone who wanted to help me out but couldn’t are when an individual has to abide by a chain of command. This includes almost all government services, and hierarchical organizations.

Sometimes it was a social service agency, that wouldn’t accept people without children, at other times it was a Church that wouldn’t help us (though, the woman behind the desk gave us $40 out of her own wallet). It was a lady at a gas station who wanted to let us sleep out behind their business but the company wouldn’t allow it. Or, a stranger who put an envelope on our front window contained $40 with the words ‘God bless you’.   These people were the angels that held our hands along the way.  These people did so in secret and told no one what they did.  These are the “real” Christians who tried to make a good and positive difference in our lives, even though they knew nothing at all about us.

In short, people who are free to help, will. While those who are forbidden from helping still wish they could but are unable to.

There are “Christians” and then there are Christians.  

Some are good and some not so.  We found that Baptists and Methodists were very helpful.  So were Catholics.  Lutherans and 7th Day Adventists; not so much.  

In general; charismatic Christian organizations were the most welcoming.  With Assemblies of God being, by and large, the most accepting.  

(Now, in the year 2016, the political landscape has changed substantially.  President Obama openly states that Islam has been the very fabric of American culture.  

What complete nonsense!  

We traveled the entire country and never, ever saw a mosque or met someone of the Islamic faith.  

Those that one sees today are fresh arrivals, usually less than ten years as a citizen.  At that time, the vast bulk of religions in the USA were of Christian denomination.  Do not let the media rewrite history. I say again; Do not let the media rewrite history.)

Ability

While we traveled about, we led a dangerous life in a rather “care free” manner. As such, we would find ourselves presented with “luck”.

Lucky 1

Luck presented itself to us.  Many times during our adventures were were “lucky” to find money.  Whether it was a $100 bill that would blow in front of our path, or a $20 bill that we would find under a rock.  We were lucky.

Lucky 2

We became “lucky” to get free help.  Once, our tire blew out in front of a house on a residential street.  The woman came out of her house and gave us five (nearly new) tires that she had sitting in her garage.  So much luck!

Lucky 3

For instance, I once was playing a game of backgammon.  During the game, people noticed that no matter when I rolled the dice, they would always come up “snake eyes” (two ones).  Therefore, they asked me to try to see how many times I could roll “snake eyes”.  I said “what the heck”, and tried.  Honest to God, I rolled 76 “snake eyes” in a row.  This is a statistical improbability.

However, the reader should be made aware, that (even though I could not control my “off-world” training) I could alter my world-lines to provide me benefit.  Somehow, in a way that I cannot vocalize, I was able to perform this “impossible” feat.

I simply moved my apparent world-line into the realm of one that provided auspicious favor to my cause. Perhaps it was the implants from the Navy… (More about this later…)

Or, maybe it was just luck.

Perhaps it was just my Faith…

This little event that I have just related is absolutely true.  The reader needs to accept it as truth and study just HOW it was possible.

Was it because there was an “angel” looking over me?  Maybe helping me along and providing little “guideposts” to tell me not to worry?

Was it simply because we had “faith”, and the faith altered our thoughts that manifested into the physical? How about that?

Or was it, as I will explain later on, the fact that the implants provided me with world-line dimensional switching ability. Since I was not yet “calibrated” (that would not happen <redacted> at China Lake), there wasn’t any control over how the world-lines would change.  They were like a sea that I was floating upon, and depending on my thought process at the moment, I slid into alternative realities very easily and simply.

Ponder these points. Some “pieces of the puzzle” will start to fall into place later on in the narrative.

Faith

“Faith is taking the first step even when you don't see the whole staircase.”

-Martin Luther King, Jr.

We acted on faith. We did everything on faith; that someday, somehow, everything would work out. Faith; that we would get food, showers, work, friends, and a hot meal. Faith; that there was a purpose to our wandering, and that our mutual love had direction. We did this even though, to others, we appeared aimless and without direction. And in doing, on this faith we often received random blessings.

Faith and belief are aspects of thought.  Thought manifests reality.

Lucky 4

While hiking in the deserts of Arizona, we found a $5 bill under a stone.  The money came to us exactly when we needed it.  Often we would get just what we needed, and it was always unexpected.

Lucky 5

Once, while we were driving in the middle of the hot Texas sun, we discovered that we were getting low on gasoline.  It was a serious situation.  As we drove on, we just could not see any gas stations at all.  The fact was that we were out of gas and only had $1.25 on us.  We were just about to run out of gas and be stranded in the middle of nowhere, when we finally saw a gas station.  So, in the middle of the desert, we pulled up to the only gas station for miles.

I got out, and with the precious handful of change in my hand, I walked over to the gas pump.  I gingerly unhooked the hose and started to put the precious fuel into the tank.  I knew that I only had what amounted to as spare change.  All of what we had was going to go towards this gas.  For us, literally every penny counted.

As I put the nozzle into the tank, and depressed the lever on the nozzle, there was a slight click.  Suddenly and to my astonishment, the gas hose exploded! Gasoline squirted about everywhere.  It poured out like a river.  This was no small water hose; this was a full fire-hose explosion of gas.  It sprayed everywhere.  It was like a long thrashing snake that spewed out a torrent of fuel.  The van and I were both flooded with gasoline. Gasoline flew out of the hose like a vomiting snake.  It was out of control and lashed and flayed about wildly.

The gas station attendant was horrified! He quickly ran to the master switch and turned off the pump.  But the damage was done.  I was completely soaked with highly flammable gasoline.  He ran up to me and quickly moved me to the side of the station.  He turned on the water hose there and quickly hosed off with water.

What did he do? What could he do?  He and the station manager were terribly apologetic and upset.  They didn’t know what to do.  Any other person might sue them.  Out of the kindness of his heart, he gave me a free full tank of gas. He gave it to me and helped me clean up.  I took a shower behind the station and we continued on our way.

One horrible event resulted in blessings beyond expectation.  We needed a full tank of gasoline, but only had enough money for a small cupful.  On faith, we were given just what we needed, exactly when we needed it. Sometimes what looks like a disaster is really a blessing in disguise.

Lucky 6

Yes. We had our trials. We once had a grey field mouse that move inside and lived with us.  It would perform amazing acrobatics to get at the food that we tried to put out of harm’s way. We tried everything we could think of to get rid of it.  All to no avail. We even dismantled all the woodwork on the inside (at a state forest somewhere in Georgia), and all that happened was that it just hunkered down inside of some of our clothes.

Ha! One day, while we were doing our laundry, a stray alley cat visited our van. It climbed in, rooted around, and left carrying that pesky mouse in it’s jaws. Now, why didn’t we think of a cat earlier?

At other times, our trials related to the weather. It was either too hot, too cold, too wet, or too humid. The reader should recognize that once the wood paneling and insulation was ripped out of the van, we were essentially living in a metal box.

Cold became frigid cold. Hot became torturous hot. Rain was impossible, as leaks started to form in the roof edging. We had to erect a tent on the inside of the van to keep the rainwater off of our food supplies and our bed. Nearing the end of our “tour”, we had become masters of the “jury rig”.

You know what?

We learned a lot about life. And, instead of comparing yourself to others, you need to stop. Just stop thinking about other people and what they think about you. You need to think about you, and the individual path that YOU are on.  You, and everyone else in the world, needs to stop judging themselves by the standards set by media, government, religion, social groups, and instead think of only judging ourselves.

Others are richer.
There will always be those who are richer or more prosperous. There is no use judging others.

Stop judging others.

Everyone has their own lives.  What we see is the shadows of their existence as it pertains to our reality.  So we need not get too worked up about how they live their lives.

When I carry on and rant about some SWJ or some corrupt individual in power, it is not because I am judging them in a comparative manner. I am relating my emotions related to that individual. 

Most people make judgments comparatively. That is to say; “If it were me, I would not do what they did…” 

That is different than getting angry with a person because he stole all of your grandmother’s life savings. The reader should understand that there are different ways of making judgments. These ways differ in thought intention. Unless you can control your thoughts, you will never be able to control your life.

How other people live their lives are not our business.

Though it is if it directly affects us. Indeed, there are many kinds of people on this planet, and many ways to live your life. Other people live other lives. Some have harsher lives, and some have easier lives.  Some have terrible lives, but they look like their lives are easy and nice.  Others have what appear to be absolutely horrid lives, and yet they are fine and happy.  You cannot make a comparison at all.

A person, and their true situation, is NEVER obvious to the public.

Talking about work.
Executioner talks about his work. Stop comparing ourselves to others. We are not in a race to see who accumulates more stuff.

Everyone on this planet is living a complex life that has invisible chains and entanglements far in excess than what we alone can bear.

It might look like they are doing well.  It might appear that they have a nice job, and a new car, and a beautiful wife.  It might appear that they are very successful.  But the amount of money that a person has is not a measure of success.  The appearance that a person has, or the clothes they wear are also not a sign of success.  They are only characteristics that provide the illusion of success.

Life can end quickly
Life can end quickly. Pay attention to how you run your life.

Don’t judge them because they look rich.  Don’t judge them because they seem poor.  Don’t judge them because they seem promiscuous, or engage in vices.  It’s no one’s business but theirs.

We must start to live our own lives.  Not vicariously through the lives of others.

You’ve got to accept yourself; who you are and what you are.

It does not matter what has happened in your past.  You are not what you have done or experienced.  You are not what is valued by the employer who hired you.  Your value is not your job. Your value is determined by only one person, and that is yourself.  You have to accept it, with all the good and bad that exist inside you.

You’ve got wake up at five in the morning, brew some deep black coffee, and listen to the birds singing their sweet song in the glowing darkness of the new dawn. You’ve got to sit next to the cute girl at the train station who’s reading your favorite book and start a conversation with her.

You’ve got to go to that local attraction that you’ve been meaning to visit but never got the chance to see.  You’ve got to start doing things, and stop thinking about them.  You’ve got to come home after a bad day and burn your skin from a shower until it is lobster red. Then cool down with a quick cool blast.  Then you’ve got to wash all your sheets until they smell of lemon detergent you bought for four dollars at the local grocery store.  You’ve got to play with the local dogs and cats in the neighborhood and give them a treat or two.

You’ve got to live life.

Go to that Attraction
I lived in Boston for almost a decade and never visited Salem. It’s a great historical place, but I just felt that I could go out and visit it some other time later on. Instead, I just raked my leaves. I just would get two cords of wood for the fireplace delivered by pickup truck. I would go about my daily routine and eat at the local diner. I did not go out and see what was available right in front of me. 

I wasted an opportunity.

Make it a point to better the world around you.  Smile more.  Complement people more.  Praise people, and complement a stranger that you like their hair or dress.  Be helpful.  Be nice.  Be kind.  You have this physical life to live; live it well.

Live your life well.

“…She calls me Raymond, and that’s all right with me.”

-Brett Eldredge, “She calls me Raymond”.

You, yes you, have got to stop taking everything so goddam personally. You are not the moon kissing the black-black sky.  You are not some “lone wolf” who is without a pack to travel with.  We are all interconnected.  We all need each other.

You’ve got to compliment someone.  You’ve got to help the old lady with her laundry at the laundry-mat.  You have to talk to people at art fairs and tell them that their eyes remind you of green swimming pools in mid-July.

Am I making my point?

You have got to complement someone.  Tell the girl that she looks good in that dress, whether she does or not.  You have to tell that person who has a smile that their smile just made your day.  You’ve got to help others; praise others; and do something with your life.

You’ve got to stop letting yourself get upset about things that won’t matter in two years.

You’ve got to sleep in on Saturday mornings and wake yourself up early on Sunday. You’ve got to stop worrying about what you’re going to tell her when she finds out. You’ve got to stop over thinking why he stopped caring about you over six months ago. You’ve got to stop asking everyone for their opinions.  You have to stop trying to control things…

You have got to be you.  Be the best you that you can be, and forget what everyone else thinks.

You’ve got to love yourself.  You have to live your destiny.  You have to do what you need to do, and not what other people thing you ought to do.  You must follow your heart and live life like it was the most precious thing in the world.  You must enjoy life, embrace life, grab life with both hands and gulp the golden nectar down your throat in sloppy splashes of foam.  Then wipe your face off with both hands and smile a big toothy smile.

Anything less is a disservice.

“They stood at the top to a little rise.

"Feel," said Driscoll, his hands and arms out loosely, "Remember how you used to run when you were it kid, and how the wind felt, Like feathers on your arms, You ran and thought any minute you'd fly, but you never quite did."

The men stood remembering, there was a smell of pollen and new rain drying upon a million grass blades.

Driscoll gave a little run. "Feel it, by God, the wind. You know, we never have really flown by ourselves. We have to sit inside tons of metal, away from flying, really. We've never flown like birds fly, to themselves, Wouldn't it be nice to, put your arms out like this —" He extended his arms, "And run." He ran ahead of them, laughing out his idiocy. "And fly!" he cried.

He flew.”

-Here there be Tygers
Full reprint of this fine Ray Bradbury story.

This was a great time for me and for my wife.  It was a great and important time.   We (I was married at the time) did it without money, often living way below the poverty line.  Many times, we lived without any money.

We would walk together in the malls of the country.   (The malls were commonplace at that time.  It seemed that every town possessed a mall.)  Inside the malls were an ever-changing smorgasbord of people.  Different people, different faces, but they were all the same.

Everywhere we went, we were surrounded by all the things that we couldn’t afford, and really didn’t need. We would walk the halls of lavish extravagance; the things that glittered and beckoned to us.  But, what we could not afford.

All we had was each other.  We had love.  We had food, and we slept in the van. Our needs and costs were low. This was our “Great Adventure”.

This period of time was an important one.  For me to accept the “training” that would occur later in NAS China Lake, I had to change my viewpoints on many things.  This meant that I had to learn new things and be exposed to different ways of thinking and different cultures.  I had to change in ways that were not obvious.  

This was intentional and it was absolutely mandated by our extraterrestrial handlers.

The basic choices in life

“Sometimes the only pay off for having any faith,

Is when it's tested again and again every day,”

-“Immortals” by the music group “Fall Out Boy”.

We discovered that life was a choice between two fundamental things.  You could either have true freedom, or you could have security.  It was always this.  It was always these two divergent choices.  You could work all the time and get money to buy what you don’t really need, but have a reasonable level of comfort.  Or you could have freedom to do what you want, but not really able to do anything that costs money.

Let’s face it; there is a price on everything in the USA.

Out of necessity, we traveled at will. We walked and explored many places that the average worker saved up months to be able to visit. We went everywhere in the USA (on the meandering path that continuously pointed us to California). We saw ocean beaches, mountaintops, national forests, urban cities, and long forgotten historical monuments. We ate at local diners, and swam at (long forgotten) local water holes. We explored. We read a lot. We learned how to play musical instruments. We learned how to paint, and just used the time to meditate and pray. It was a heady time for sure.

Local Diners
I have always enjoyed eating a diner.  I loved the “Airstream” shape and the shiny aluminum panels. It wasn’t until I moved to Massachusetts that I really began to appreciate them.  In fact, I would suppose that most of the few remaining diners could be found in the Northeast (United States) in the “New England” states. 

Now the food is basic Americana, of which you would see omelets, meatloaf, and hamburgers. What is so great is the “feeling” when you eat there.  We are so accustomed in eating “fast food” that we have forgotten the “dining experience”.  

Instead of a (Starbucks-style) paper coffee cup, you get a good solid (bang on the tabletop) coffee mug.  Instead of flimsy (McDonald-style) flatware, you get solid metal silverware of substance and utility.  Regarding this point, please read this interesting article found here; https://flavourjournal.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s13411-015-0036-y , which states…

“We report a study conducted in a realistic dining environment, in which two groups of diners were served the same three-course meal. The presentation of the starter (centred vs. offset plating), the type of cutlery used for the main course, and the shape and colour of the plate on which that dessert was served were varied.

The results revealed that the weight and type of the cutlery exerted a significant impact on how artistically plated the main course was rated as being, how much the diners liked the food, and how much they would have been willing to pay for it. The change in the shape and colour of the plate also affected the diners’ liking for the dessert.”

-Cutlery matters: heavy cutlery enhances diners’ enjoyment of the food served in a realistic dining environment

Local Water Holes
Here are some resources to get the reader started on this adventure; http://www.newyorkupstate.com/outdoors/2015/05/best_swimming_holes_in_upstate_new_york_ny_hidden.html and http://www.kcra.com/article/8-norcal-swimming-holes-you-need-to-check-out-this-summer/6347668 and http://www.onlyinyourstate.com/massachusetts/swimming-holes-ma/ and http://www.newenglandwaterfalls.com/swimmingholes.php . Enjoy!
“If we look at our world we are intellectually, technologically vastly overdeveloped with very primitive emotions, and that’s why the world is at risk.”

-Rick Doblin (Neurons to Nirvana)

Was it a waste of our time? (My father certainly thought so.) Should I have better put the time to develop a career? (Like my university classmates? They were all working for big companies like IBM. And, at the time of this writing, are still there! Never laid off.  Image that!) Should we have spent the time to save for a house, and then get a lawnmower, and joined a local church? (In other words, get “roots” and “raise a family”.) Was traveling alone together, and experiencing life as we did worthwhile?

YES. Yes, it was worthwhile. Absolutely!

Later on in my writings, I discuss in detail the feelings I have about my entire involvement in this program.  I do have many feelings and emotions.  They are complex ones.  However, the memories that I treasure the most were those where I was poor, with nothing except my wife by my side.

I cannot show a nice mansion or great sports car to the reader.  I cannot justify my lack of wealth and material comforts, but I can tell the reader that my life was enriched during this period.  I can say that it was enriched in ways that I cannot vocalize upon.  I can say that I was made a better, more caring and more understanding person because of those experiences.

However, this being stated, aside from the physical manifestation that I experienced, the reader must understand that I HAD to experience “American Life” in a typical fashion for that period of time.  That was the ONLY way that I could be an effective “Dimensional Anchor”.  I know that the reader (at this stage in the post and blog manuscript) has no idea what I am referring to, however what I experienced, and how I reacted to it, was an important part of my role in MAJestic.

“One of the bittersweet things about growing old is realizing how mistaken you were when you were young. As a young political leftist, I saw the left as the voice of the common man. Nothing could be further from the truth.”

-29JAN18 5:21PM Thomas Sowell

Social Media

“A human being should be able to change a diaper, plan an invasion, butcher a hog, conn a ship, design a building, write a sonnet, balance accounts, build a wall, set a bone, comfort the dying, take orders, give orders, cooperate, act alone, solve equations, analyze a new problem, pitch manure, program a computer, cook a tasty meal, fight efficiently, die gallantly. Specialization is for insects.”

-“Time Enough For Love”, by Robert A Heinlein

When I grew up there wasn’t any kind of social media.  None.  There was no Facebook, QQ, Snapchat, or anything like that.  There were no “mobile applications” because there were no mobile phones.  Our entertainment was limited to friends, movies, outdoor activities, and television.  No one had a cell phone, a PDA, or laptop.  Software games were simplistic pixilated arcade machines that resided in movie theater lobbies or game rooms.  For fun, if we were alone; we watched television.  If we were with friends, we would participate in some kind of outdoor activity.

However, all of this has since changed.

Since the late 1990’s social media has hit America with a great ferocity.  This is fine, and has it’s benefits, but one of the draw backs is that a person who has always lived in a world where social media dominates the culture cannot understand what it was like before social media existed.  For them, it is very difficult to understand why people acted and behaved as we all did in the 1980’s and 1990’s.

When I was in my 20’s we did something that was known as “hanging out”.  Rather than stay inside the house and watch television, or go to a bar, we would just go “hang out”.  This may or may not have included drinking.  It may or may not included drug use.  It may or may not included doing a sport or outside activity.  It basically involved being with friends together.

Examples of this (seemingly or not) boring activity can be seen in the movie “Dazed and Confused”, or in the music video “First Kiss” by Kid Rock.  Much of that time was involved in cruising the streets in a car of pickup. Often we were in some sort of inebriated state.

Truthfully, the best movie ever made regarding what it was like in my high school, during my Senior year was the movie “Dazed and Confused”.  While it took place in the upper great lakes region, I can affirm that it adequately and truthfully represented what my final year in high school was like in Western Pennsylvania.  We kids…well, we all “hung out”.

Sadly, I really don’t see that happening any more.

Instead, I see people glued to their smart phone, and playing games… even when they walk!  I can go to a restaurant, and the entire table is playing on their phones and no one is talking.  What the hell is going on?

Chillin
My generation worked and spent the money on our cars. I had a orange GTO and crused the streets in it with my stoner friends. LOL.

Heck, back in those days (before I got married) and well before I entered the US Navy, life was all about hanging out, being with friends, and “chillin’”. Some of the iconic scenes in the movie were so atypical that a failure to reproduce them here would be a great disservice to the reader.

Ah…

But I digress. Social structure back in my generation was quite different than what it is today.  We had friends and spent time with them.  Instead of going out to Starbucks any paying $10 for a caramel latte, and then sit down and use the WiFi to check our Facebook account, we would do something quite different.  Indeed, we would spend the $10 on a keg of beer, or maybe two, and a shit load of “munchies” (food) and enough gas to drive to California and back.  (Yeah. Prices were much cheaper then.)

Bruce Lee and Chuck Norris
Bruce Lee and Chuck Norris hanging out. Ah, the good old days.

Social reengineering did not occur with the ferocity that you see today.  No one talked about “Niggers” or “White Privilege”.  We just didn’t.  At least not in my circles, we didn’t.

Most of that racist bullshit that you read in the media is just made up bullshit.

Instead we talked about television shows, movies, and what we liked or didn’t like about them. We would discuss Charles Bronson (He grew up in Butler, Pennsylvania which was only a half an hour drive from my High School house. ) getting “justice”.  We would talk about Clint Eastwood and his many male-themed movies.

We also didn’t have so much taken out of our paychecks as you kids do today. We had money to spend, and time to enjoy life. We did not need to live in our parent’s basement, and live off them. We worked, even at minimum wage, and could afford our own place and our own car. My generation worked.  We earned our place in society.  We paid for our house by saving up for it.  We paid for our car by saving up for it. When we were not working, we relaxed.

So what did we do?  Why, we “hung out” and “chilled”.

Hanging out 1
Vincent Price and Alice Cooper Hanging out.

I ask the reader; how about testing your knowledge regarding the time period that I am referring to.  Do you know how to develop the film that you took with a 35mm camera?  Have you ever been to a “roller rink”, a “drive-in”, a stainless-steel “diner”,  or visited an automat, watched the “evening night news” (this was before the 24-7 all-news networks)?  Do you remember a twenty-five cent cup of coffee? Or, don’t you care, as nothing is better than smashing your piggy bank to buy a cup of Starbucks commercialized beverage?

Oh, and by the way…

“Real” coffee drinkers don’t drink corporate coffee.

Please keep that in mind.

Roller Rink

Having a roller-skating birthday party became something of a rite of passage for American children in the 1950s, 1960s, 1970s and 1980s. Roller rinks in the United States underwent significant changes in the 1970s. New plastics led to improved skate wheels—ones providing a smoother, quieter ride—and easier-to-maintain skate floors.  

The Disco craze from popular 1970s culture led to another increase in the popularity of roller rinks—or roller discos, as some became. 

Gone were the staid lighting and old-fashioned organ music as a generally older clientele were replaced by adolescents and twenty-something’s skating under mirror balls and special lights to disco beats. 

The end of the Disco Era and the advent of inline roller skates hit the roller rink industry hard, with many rinks closing.

Drive In Theater 

A drive-in theater is a form of cinema structure consisting of a large outdoor movie screen, a projection booth, a concession stand and a large parking area for automobiles. 

Within this enclosed area, customers can view movies from the privacy and comfort of their cars.  All teenagers from my generation went to drive-ins on Friday and Saturday nights.  

Contrary to popular contemporaneous conventions, we never stayed home and watched television marathons, or surfed the Internet.

A Diner

A diner is a prefabricated fast food restaurant building characteristic of American life, especially in New Jersey, Pennsylvania, New York, and in other areas of the Northeastern United States, as well as in the Midwest, although examples can be found throughout the United States, Canada, and parts of Western Europe.

Diners are characterized by offering a wide range of foods, mostly American, a distinct exterior structure, a casual atmosphere, a counter, and late operating hours. 

"Classic American Diners" are often characterized by an exterior layer of stainless steel—a feature unique to diner architecture. Diners share culture with drive ins, and car culture with hot rods and muscle cars.

Diners frequently stay open 24 hours a day, especially in cities, and were once America's most widespread 24-hour public establishments, making them an essential part of urban culture, alongside bars and nightclubs; these two segments of nighttime urban culture often find themselves intertwined, as many diners get a good deal of late-night business from persons departing drinking establishments.

Many diners were also historically placed near factories which operated 24 hours a day, with night shift workers providing a key part of the customer base.  

Two Sterling Streamliners remain in operation: the Salem Diner at its original location in Salem, Massachusetts and the Modern Diner in Pawtucket, Rhode Island. I urge the reader to visit a diner. They are still one of my “little” pleasures.

Coffee

Up until 1976, coffee was one of the cheapest food items that Americans could buy.  But sometime in the mid seventies, the producers discovered that they could raise the prices of coffee, and that Americans would pay.  At that time I worked as a stock clerk in a supermarket, and well remember the price increasing.  

First it increased 25%, then another 25%, then doubled.  Then doubled again.  Americans continued to pay the outrageous prices, because by that time, Americans were addicted to coffee. 

Coffee was a staple of the American culture.  

Every household had a coffee pot, that sat on the stove and was on all day.  Much later, sometime in the 1990’s Starbucks found out just how far one could push the American love of coffee.  They created a “coffee lovers” environment, and charged outrageous sums of money for what was nothing more than boiled beans. (Image how much a cup of boiled peas or boiled lima beans would cost. – The actual and real value of the cup of coffee you drink.) 

You, my dear readers, are all being taken for a nice long ride by service-to-self individuals and the companies that they surround themselves with.

Indeed, life has changed, and the differences are both subtle and clamorous. This is important for the reader to understand.  When I was involved in the MAJestic program, there wasn’t much of an Internet presence.  If you wanted to learn about extraterrestrials or conspiracies, you read the local newspaper, went to the local library, or watched television.

While most people had heard of ET, and UFO’s, their exposure to them was much more difficult to experience.  Today, with social media and google-style search engines it is effortless.  But, when I was involved in the program, very few people took the kind of activities that I was involved in seriously.  For them, the United States would have never been involved in that kind of activity.

Glass piggy bank
Glass Piggy Bank. I never did need to break it. It was filled with mostly small change. It was easy enough to empty if you just shook it hard enough. In those days, even well into the 1980’s, a dollar could by you’re a Whopper at Burger King. In fact, I well remember paying a $1 for a Whopper in 2001! (Though that was during a period of “burger wars”.)

We believed in the United States government because we were uninformed, gullible, and saw no need not to.  In those days, it was still possible to become a middle class statistic without obtaining a college education.  (Indeed the most ridiculous concept in the old 1960’s cartoon “The Jetsons” was the concept that a factory worker could support a middle class lifestyle for a family of four.)

Bagging Station
Grocery stores used paper bags. When I wasn’t working in the coalmines, I was a “box boy” at the local supermarket. I would stand there, in my apron and bow tie, at the end of the counter filling the customer bags with their groceries.

What was it like?  It was like THIS.

Work was everywhere, and the amount of government intrusion in one’s lives was minuscule compared to what is present today.  We believed that the United States was good, righteous and just.  (Even after the “Watergate” fiasco.)

We believed that the media would report the truth.  (Bwahhhh ha ha ha ha ha…)

We believed that those we voted into office would represent us.  (Gosh,…I am now lying on the ground, rolling, and laughing my ass off!!!)

We believed that our tax monies went to “just” purposes.  (Oh, stop…stop! This is just too rich!)

That was what we believed! As strange and as unlikely as it might sound today.

Stop buying into the lie that your vote matters. 

Your vote doesn’t elect a president. Despite the fact that there are 218 million eligible voters in this country (only half of whom actually vote), it is the electoral college, made up of 538 individuals handpicked by the candidates’ respective parties, that actually selects the next president. 

The only thing you’re accomplishing by taking part in the “reassurance ritual” of voting is sustaining the illusion that we have a democratic republic. 

What we have is a dictatorship, or as political scientists Martin Gilens and Benjamin Page more accurately term it, we are suffering from an “economic élite domination.”

We were very simplistic.

In every study of events prior to, say the year 2000, one must take into account that communication, activities and behaviors were fundamentally different than they are today.  That difference should be recognized and applauded.  Because (as the reader should be well aware by now) we are all connected in a quantum sense.  Group thought, amplified by social media, directs our behaviors whether we want to recognize it or not.

That being stated, I enjoy social media as much as the next guy.  Tumblr, QQ, WeiXin and Pinterest are my favorites, while fffound comes in a close number three. (Update fffound shut down a few years ago.)

“…a darkened auditorium with 264 silent people in the seats. on the stage, me, sitting on a stool, lit by a spotlight, the only light in the theatre. I hold up a photo of my cat, 10 people applaud, two or three hold up photocopies of the same photo, the rest do nothing, watching, waiting…

Meanwhile a lone masked person in the back heckles me and throws popcorn at the stage.”

-Unknown

I personally love Tumblr, as the quality of the pictures that you can find is outstanding.  It is also a great site to find porn.

The problem with this is that you don’t want to see porn all the time, 24-7.

Yet, if you find a porn blog on Tumblr that you like, you will bookmark it and get on it’s feed.  As a result it will “pollute” your normal and regular feed.  You will be like other Tumblr users, who when using their computer in public or at work would whisper under their breath “Please don’t be porn.  Please don’t be porn.” when checking their Tumblr feed. LOL.

You see, Americans have to pretend that they don’t like porn. We have to pretend that we are disgusted by looking at nude people. Yet the opposite is true. All men enjoy porn. At least soft-porn. Hard core stuff can get too ugly. And, that is the way it is, and no quasi-religious or SJW revisionist is going to erase that fact. Go explore the rest of the world. The rest of the world doesn’t really care. They DON’T CARE.

Anyways…

Americans have to be careful on how they express themselves on social media. The FBI, CIA, NSA and other government agencies are investing in and relying on corporate surveillance technologies. These technologies can mine constitutionally-protected speech on social media platforms such as Facebook, Twitter and Instagram.

It is done (supposedly) in order to identify potential extremists and to predict who might engage in future acts of anti-government behavior.

For instance, a decorated Marine, 26-year-old Brandon Raub was targeted by the Secret Service because of his Facebook posts.  As such, he was [1] interrogated by government agents about his views on government corruption, [2] arrested with no warning, [3] labeled mentally ill for subscribing to so-called “conspiratorial” views about the government, [4] detained against his will in a psych ward for having “dangerous” opinions, and [5] isolated from his family, friends and attorneys.

Reality sinks in…

“It was at a time when I didn’t seem to have much future.

I had no job and no money for the rent. I was living in the Hollywood Studio Club for Girls. I told them I’d get the rent somehow. So I phoned up Tom Kelley, and he took these two colour shots—one sitting up, the other lying down. …I earned the fifty dollars that I needed…

You’ll do it when you get hungry enough. ”

-Mona (Marylin) Monroe

But all adventures must end.

Or rather, take on a new dimension. As it was, we moved out of the van, and labored to become prosperous. In so doing, we experienced corporate life, and the gold chains that come with it.

Corporate life in the 1980’s through into the new century was a life of beige and light grey cubicles.  It was a fluorescent illuminated existence that combined the worst elements of greed with the stupefying aspects of social group behaviors.  The 1980’s while employed was much akin to dull grey cubicle farms, the worst of corporate life, and consumerism.

I will not dwell on that period too much. For me, it was a dull void. Scant vacations, great salary, but little to show for it except for the shiny babbles advertised on TV.

Gold Chains

There are many things that Americans haven’t a clue about.  One is how the American gold market is rigged in the favor of those who sell gold.  That should be no surprise, but it was for me. 

As it turns out, if you go to Hong Kong, or Dubai, and you buy a gold ring it is 100% gold.  It is the real deal.  

However, if you buy gold in the United States, it is 14 caret, or 7 caret, or “white” gold.  It is NOT gold.  

That's right. It is NOT gold. It is an alloy of gold (to make it “better”).  What are these names?  They are names for gold alloys.  Sure, what is the issue you may ask.  The issue is that in other nations when you buy 100 grams of gold it is all gold, but in the USA when you buy 100 grams of gold it is an alloy of only a small percentage of gold.  Often very low; maybe as low as 5%.  

So for a Dubai purchaser, 100 grams of gold is 100 grams of gold.  But, an American who buys 100 grams of gold only gets 5 grams.  This was a big shock to me, and I discovered it when trying to convert some of my gold rings that I had purchased in the USA to the equivalent (new style) in China.  Yikes!

Consumerism

As Chris Hedges writes in Empire of Illusion: “Corporations are ubiquitous parts of our lives, and those that own and run them want them to remain that way. 

We eat corporate food. 

We buy corporate clothes. 

We drive in corporate cars. 

We buy our fuel from corporations. 

We borrow from, invest our retirement savings with, and take our college loans with corporations and corporate banks. 

We are entertained, informed, and bombarded with advertisements by corporations. 

Many of us work for corporations. 

There are few aspects of life left that have not been taken over by corporations, from mail delivery to public utilities to our for-profit health-care system. These corporations have no loyalty to the country or workers. Our impoverishment feeds their profits. And profits, for corporations, are all that count.”

Scant Vacations

OK, I am going to get off in a tangent.  (What is this, the sixth tangent off this post? Jeeze!) Sorry folks, but this is important.

OK. The fact is this. If you are an American, you get a pitiful amount of vacation time. While “officially” most Americans are entitled to a minimum of two weeks vacations at “most” companies, it only applies to full-time employees who have worked at least five years.

However, most Americans typically don’t work at a company for more than five years.  In fact, for all the positions that I held as a “white collar” engineer and manager, I typically was only given one-week vacation.  In addition, often WHEN I was permitted to take this was mandated during either the Christmas holiday or during the mid-summer plant shutdown. Here’s some great articles and quotes on this…

“Let's be blunt: If you like to take lots of vacation, the United States is not the place to work. Besides a handful of national holidays, the typical American worker bee gets two or three precious weeks off out of a whole year to relax and see the world -- much, much, MUCH less than what people in many other countries receive."

And even that amount of vacation often comes with strings attached.

Some U.S. companies don’t like employees taking off more than one week at a time. Others expect them to be on call or check their e-mail even when they’re lounging on the beach or taking a hike in the mountains.

No legal obligation to offer vacation

So what’s going on here? A big reason for the difference is that paid time off is mandated by law in many parts of the world.

Germany is among more than two dozen industrialized countries — from Australia to Slovenia to Japan — that require employers to offer four weeks or more of paid vacation to their workers, according to a 2009 study by the human resources consulting company Mercer.

Finland, Brazil and France are the champs, guaranteeing six weeks of time off.

But employers in the United States are not obligated under federal law to offer any paid vacation, so about a quarter of all American workers don’t have access to it, government figures show. That makes the U.S. the only advanced nation in the world that doesn’t guarantee its workers annual leave, according to a report titled “No-Vacation Nation” by the Center for Economic and Policy Research, a liberal policy group.

For what ever it is worth, from 1988 to 2001, while I was employed as an engineer, I took no vacation. While I qualified for two weeks, I was never permitted to take them.

Most U.S. companies, of course, do provide vacation as a way to attract and retain workers.

But the fear of layoffs and the ever-faster pace of work mean many Americans are reluctant to be absent from the office — anxious that they might look like they’re not committed to their job. Or they worry they won’t be able to cope with the backlog of work waiting for them after a vacation.

Then, there’s the way we work.

Working more makes Americans happier than Europeans, according to a study published recently in the Journal of Happiness Studies. That may be because Americans believe more than Europeans do that hard work is associated with success, wrote Adam Okulicz-Kozaryn, the study’s author and an assistant professor at the University of Texas at Dallas.

“Americans maximize their… [happiness] by working, and Europeans maximize their [happiness] through leisure,”

So despite research documenting the health and productivity benefits of taking time off, a long vacation can be undesirable, scary, unrealistic or just plain impossible for many U.S. workers.

Maybe a chance for change

A recent report has found that the United States is the only advanced economy that does not require employers to provide paid vacation time. Almost 1-in-4 Americans do not receive any paid vacation or paid holidays, trailing far behind most of the rest of the world’s rich nations, according to the report.

“No-Vacation Nation Revisited,” released earlier this year by the Center for Economic and Policy Research reviewed the international labor laws impacting paid vacation and holidays in 21 rich nations. The countries included 16 European countries, Australia, Canada, Japan, New Zealand, and the United States, all major economies that are members of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development.

Some highlights of the report:

For the United States:

  • Workers have no statutory right to paid vacations.
  • The sum of the average paid vacation and paid holidays provided to workers in the private sector ― 16 in total ― would not meet even the minimum required by law in 19 other rich countries, the report notes.
  • The lack of paid vacation and paid holidays is particularly acute for low-wage workers, part-time workers, and for employees of small businesses. (Workers in  small businesses are less likely to have any paid vacation (69 percent) than those in medium and large establishments (86 percent); only 49 percent of low-wage workers have paid vacation, compared to 90 percent of high-wage workers; part-time workers are far less likely to have paid vacations (35 percent) than full-time workers (91 percent).
  • The gap between paid time off in the United States and the rest of the world is even larger when legal holidays are included. U.S. law does not guarantee any paid holidays, but most rich countries provide between 5 and 13 per year, in addition to paid vacation days.

For other rich countries:

  • Workers in the European Union are legally guaranteed at least 20 paid vacation days per year, with 25 and even 30 or more days in some countries.
  • Canada and Japan guarantee at least 10 days of paid vacation per year.
  • Five countries even mandate that employers pay vacationing workers a small premium above their standard pay in order to help with vacation-related expenses.
  • Most other rich countries have also established legal rights to paid holidays over and above paid vacation days.
  • Several foreign countries offer additional time off for younger and older workers, shift workers, and those engaged in community service including jury duty and for activities like union duties, getting married, or moving.
“The United States is the only advanced economy in the world that does not guarantee its workers paid vacation days and paid holidays,” John Schmitt, senior economist and co-author of the report, said in a statement. “Relying on businesses to voluntarily provide paid leave just hasn’t worked.”

American Average Work Hours:

  • At least 134 countries have laws setting the maximum length of the work week; the U.S. does not.
  • In the U.S., 85.8 percent of males and 66.5 percent of females work more than 40 hours per week.
  • According to the ILO, “Americans work 137 more hours per year than Japanese workers, 260 more hours per year than British workers, and 499 more hours per year than French workers.”
  • Using data by the U.S. BLS, the average productivity per American worker has increased 400% since 1950. One way to look at that is that it should only take one-quarter the work hours, or 11 hours per week, to afford the same standard of living as a worker in 1950 (or our standard of living should be 4 times higher). Is that the case? Obviously not. Someone is profiting, it’s just not the average American worker.

American Paid Vacation Time & Sick Time:

  • There is not a federal law requiring paid sick days in the United States.
  • The U.S. remains the only industrialized country in the world that has no legally mandated annual leave.
  • In every country included except Canada and Japan (and the U.S., which averages 13 days/per year), workers get at least 20 paid vacation days. In France and Finland, they get 30 – an entire month off, paid, every year.

But Hey! It’s the price for living in the BEST nation in the world! Right?

Working in America

Here’s a great write up by Ashley Fern titled “The 8 Reasons You Hate Your Job In Corporate America”. I think it says it all far better than I ever could.

“Corporate America: the place where the majority of post grads will find themselves, for better or for worse (but, for the most part, the worse). There is no college class or prep course that can help you prepare for the reality you are about to embark on for the rest of your life. There’s no smooth transition as you begin your life as a corporate slave. 

You go from having the best four years of your life into a world of misery and greed.

There will be highs and lows, ups and downs if you are going to devote yourself to this career path. Sometimes you will love your job but more often than not, this probably will not be the case. It’s hard to find the “right” job when you first exit college. Just because you had a certain major does not guarantee its respective career path will be right for you. Life in the real world versus what you learn in a classroom are two vastly different entities.
Office Space 2

Unfortunately in many cases, you will sacrifice your happiness and freedom for a paycheck; you become a slave to “the man”. What are the other complaints about working for corporate America…

 No Freedom

The lower you are on the office totem pole, the more people you have to listen to when completing tasks. You have a rigorous schedule filled with tasks that your manager most likely assigned you. You cannot choose which tasks you would like to perform nor which order you want to complete them in as you are most likely taking orders from someone else. Until you run your own company, you are always going to be listening to someone else’s directions.

 Office Bitch

For the abuse you take, you don’t make nearly enough money -- especially after taxes. You will take an endless amount of sh*t from upper management that can and will drive you insane. 

If your boss is having an off day, guess who is going to feel the worst of it? You are. 

You are at the bottom of the barrel and no feelings will be spared since you really do not serve an integral role in the company’s success.

 Obsession With Money

You think your first job will be an enlightening experience in which you will finally contribute something meaningful to the world. The problem is that upper management doesn’t want to waste their valuable time on someone that much below them. They would rather focus their attention on whatever task they have on hand. 

They don’t care about you, all their focus is on whatever can make them the next dollar. Though they will try to give you the impression that that isn't the case. They might issue you a pen with a logo, or arrange some pizza at a meeting.

 People Are Miserable

The majority of people care about one thing about their job and that’s the figure on their paychecks. This is one of the biggest reasons people settle into a career path that makes them miserable. Sure, having the ability to afford luxuries is great, but is it worth your happiness?


Wouldn’t you rather work in an industry that brings you happiness and comfort than work at a career you hate just because you make a lot of money? Of course a paycheck is important, without it you couldn’t live -- but at the end of the day, that paycheck isn’t going to bring you the fulfillment that doing what you love does.

 The People You Work With Suck

Chances are you aren’t going to be working with people you would choose to associate with outside the office. Sometimes the person closest to your age is 10 years older than you: #fail. It’s horrible to be stuck inside an office from 9-5 without one person you can talk to. Thank the lord for G-chat.

 You’re Bored

The repetitive, mundane life corporate America offers you is not one of excitement. Life is full of surprises and opportunities; this is where happiness will manifest. 

You know where it will not flourish? 

Within the restraints of a 4×4 cubicle, staring blankly at a computer screen. Routine behavior will numb your mind whereas unpredictability will engage it. “Happiness is a state of activity,” as Aristotle has so famously said.

Office Space 1
Your corporate life. This is why you obtained a nice four-year college degree.

 You Realize This Reality Is A Lie

Unfortunately, as a generation we were raised with the idea that if we go to school, get a typical job and make a lot of money, we will be happy. Happiness should be a reflection of your personal ambition and success, not by what kind of car you have in your driveway. I would rather be struggling to make ends meet, working towards something I love than relishing in money working at a company that makes me miserable.

 No Creative Outlet

How can you grow as a person if you are stuck doing the same meaningless tasks on a day-to-day basis? This type of environment will literally suck the soul out of you. Living your life in suspense is exhilarating; variety is what keeps things entertaining and exciting. Spending eight hours trapped in a small space reading over excel spreadsheets is not going to get your creative juices flowing.”
Office Space 4

Thank you Ashley Fern.

This is all pretty much well known to those of us who had to sit in those grey boxes and stare at computer screens all day long. We did this with absolute dictatorial watching of office hours and battles over the scant vacation and leave time.

Couple that with the ever present risk of losing your job and you end up with a very, very stressful situation.

This was quite prevalent in the white-collar world during the time when I was employed.  We lived the life shown in the movie “Office Space”. It was our reality. Welcome to the life that I lived (in the physical).

Peter Gibbons: You're gonna lay off Samir and Michael?

Bob Slydell: Oh yeah! We're gonna bring in some entry-level graduates, farm some work out to Singapore, that's the usual deal.

Bob Porter: Standard operating procedure.

Peter Gibbons: Do they know this yet?

Bob Slydell: No. No, of course not! We find it's always better to fire people on a Friday. Studies have statistically shown that there's less chance of an incident if you do it at the end of the week.

Office Space
Life as an engineer in 1990’s America. Still from the movie classic “Office Space”. Office Space is a 1999 American comedy film written and directed by Mike Judge. It satirizes the everyday work life of a typical mid-to-late-1990s software company, focusing on a handful of individuals fed up with their jobs.

There was always some kind of “workplace improvement program” going on. It might be [1] a mandatory blood collection effort (it was, of course they couldn’t say that it was mandatory, that would be against the law… but it was.  We all “knew” the consequences if we did not follow what was asked of us.

The government would make regulations to “protect” workers, and companies would either find ways around them, or simply ignore them.).

Consider my experience with [2] a mandatory weekend cleaning of the offices.  (The company fired the janitorial staff, and so we all had to come in over the weekend to clean up.)

Alternatively, it might be [3] two trashcans that we would use to separate our trash into.  (An on-going “green” effort that the company was promoting.) One for recyclables, and the other for non-recyclables. There were fines and punitive measures placed on us if we did not sort through our trash.

Here’s a true, and illustrative, story regarding this particular company initiative.

One night I had to work late.  After everyone else had left, I was working at my desk later at night.  It was perhaps 7pm.  As such, the janitors came in and began cleaning.  One of the first things that they did was empty the trash.  As I sat there, I watched them empty the trash.  What they did was pick up the trash and empty it into a big-wheeled bin. They took the blue color recycle bin and emptied it into a big-wheeled trash hopper.  Then they took the “regular” non-recyclable trash and emptied it in the same bin.  I watched for a minute or two, and then paused in reflection.

Innocently, I asked the janitor why he didn’t separate the trash, as he was “supposed to”. After all, we were being penalized for not separating the trash.  In fact, if you were to report on another coworker (for failing to separate) you would be rewarded with perks; a coupon for a discount coffee or a free movie ticket. And they, as violators, would “suffer” the consequences…

He responded that he didn’t need to.  

No one came to collect the sorted trash.  No one had set up a system to collect pre-sorted trash.  So what they did was just mix it all together.  They then would throw it all in the dumpster and it would be picked up by the garbage truck as was. What was going on was an illusion of company participation in a recycling program. However, there really wasn’t any actual effort to recycle the waste.

That was corporate America.

Life was simple.  Work all week, and look forward to Friday.  Beer and pizza at the local restaurant, and then come home and watch a movie.  Sleep in on Saturday, eat breakfast at a local diner, mow the grass and then go grocery shopping.  Go to church on Sunday, then take a drive and look at yard sales.  Go to sleep early because work started on Monday.

It’s not much of a life is it?  But that was my life.

OK, back to my story.

So, I am working in whatever capacity that I could find in California.  At that time, I was working various minimum-wage jobs. I worked as short order cooks, ditch diggers, roust-abouts, and janitors. It was unrewarding work, for little pay.  However, I was in California.

I “felt” that I was where I needed to be.

That all changed when I got a call from the Navy…

The Rest of the Story

My stint from whenever I left my role as a Naval Aviator to when I went into “phase two” of my “training”. This was a confusing time. It was not easy. I was alternatively employed as an engineer, and laid off, trying to find work…hand to mouth. It was a period of searching for work. Living hand to mouth. Opportunities that crop up and disappear, and the lucky employed taking advantage of the masses of unemployed.

As confusing as my story sounds, just imagine what it was like participating in it.

All adventures end, and this adventure came to a sudden end when the Navy tracked me down and put me back on track in my program. That part of my narrative is covered elsewhere.

Conclusion

This post was a rambling collection of memories of an extreme period in my life.

I had been implanted with strange probes for both MAJestic and our extraterrestrial benefactors, then I was left alone on my own prior to being trained on how to use them.

During that time, I was like a sheet in the wind during a hurricane.

My perceptions, exposure and understandings were all altered. My world-lines were constantly switching on and off, in and out, and through and backwards, and I adapted as best I could. I existed in a state of extreme 1980’s. Most of that time switched between being employed in difficult working conditions, and poverty. There wasn’t any stability.

In the meantime, the MAJestic membership were trying to locate me, and complete my training. I was like Jason Bourne, with no memory or ability to control my skills, yet cognizant that I had skills, and purpose. I was the real life Jason Bourne.

Jason Bourne is a fictional character played by a talented actor. I was the real deal, and what I experienced did not look like anything that Hollywood could conceive.

Take Aways

  • After acceptance into MAJestic, I was altered with medical procedures and probes. Then, released to the public.
  • I was not yet trained.
  • For a period of time, I existed as “actuated”, but unskilled in using my abilities.
  • This post describes that time.

FAQ

Q: Why do you say such bad things about corporate life?
A: I was trained, and pursued an education towards being a Naval Aviator. Out of necessity, I found work within related engineering fields. At this time the work culture was not of producing things. Instead, it was a culture of making profits for the owners.

This change in intention, and the resultant thoughts affected the world-line. Thus, employees became something else. They became drones that serviced the owners of the companies where they worked. I was thrust into this environment out of necessity.

Q: Why do you disparage Backpackers?
A: There are many travelers who go by the title “backpacker”. Instead of exploring, adventuring and acquiring experiences, they do something else. They travel to distant lands, and try to get experiences without accepting the local culture and integrating within it. That means, of course getting work, and spending a few years fully immersed in that culture.

They are neither acquiring meaningful experiences, nor helping their community. They are instead, completing a “bucket list” of travel destinations. All without meaningful quantum realignments of their garbonic structures.

Q: Why are you so anti-USA? What is your problem with vacations?
A: Comparatively, there is something seriously wrong with a nation that does not permit it’s workers time to live and relax.

Now, if you personally want to work in a stressful environment without a break that is fine. I KNOW that it is very unhealthy and results in terrible side effects. Americans should have much more time off than what they generally receive.

Q: What is the issue about the colors Red / Blue for Political Parties?
A: History has been rewritten. That is disturbing.

That being said, the decision for the United States to embrace a communist and socialist model happened a long time ago, and the implementation was visible in the early 1990’s.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

What is the Color of Chartreuse; is it Red or Green?

How do you remember the color “Chartreuse”?  As a person who lived through the 1980’s, I clearly and most vividly remember it as a shade of reddish magenta.  How do I know?  Because it was popular at the time, dresses, furniture, wall paint, and brick-a-brack of various shapes and forms all used this color, and all were a deep wine-like color with a kind of pinkish glow. Yet, as much as my memory is clear on this, things have changed. An Alter-vús took place.

1980's American fashion
Typical dress during the 1980’s. The outfit sported bright and colorful colors that later toned down to pastels.

Alter-vús

How can the past change? Isn’t time a direct one-way arrow? A vector from which nothing can be undone? What is going on here, and why do my memories not jive up with history?

Good questions all.

Again, how do I know? Because I bought a complete living room set; a couch, love seat, and matching chair in chartreuse.  I bought them in the mid 1980’s from a furniture store in Ridgecrest, California. We were told by the saleswoman that the color was Chartreuse and was the hottest thing in the 1980’s.

We ended up buying a couch and a love seat. We didn’t buy the stand alone chair. (Which in hind-sight we should of.) But, you know, I was younger then, and it was a different time and my personality was quite different.

Anyways, Chartreuse that we bought back in the middle 1980’s  is not the color that it is associated with this world-line…

“The color chartreuse is broadly remembered as a shade of red. Some recall it as a maroon-ish red. Others describe it as a reddish magenta.

The fact is, in this timestream, the color is yellow-green. The color gets its name from the liqueur, Chartreuse.

However, I clearly recall a discussion with my mother, an artist, about the color chartreuse. I was a teen and used “chartreuse” to describe a magenta-ish dress. My mother couldn’t believe I was serious, and I remember looking in my childhood crayon box for a reddish crayon labeled “chartreuse,” but couldn’t find it.

It was a humiliating moment for me, because she was right and — in our household — that was like confusing Miro and Michelangelo. It just wasn’t done.

I didn’t think about it again until a comment about chartreuse appeared at this site. Then another did, and yet another. No matter how long I study this topic, I’m still astonished when a memory matches one of mine.”

-Mandelaeffect
Chartreuse
The color chartreuse is broadly remembered as a shade of red. Some recall it as a maroon-ish red. Others describe it as a reddish magenta. The fact is, in this world-line, the color is actually a yellow-green. The color gets its name from the liqueur, Chartreuse.

I am not the only one with different memories

Here are some comments from the web site. In September 2014, Stephanie said:

“I distinctly remember Chartreuse being a purple-pink color close to Magenta but a little darker. Less pink, more purple, but still too pink to be a true purple. I’m so confused??”

In Oct 2014, Misty said:

“…chartreuse was a dark red color…”
1980's ski fashion.
Winter ski fashion during the 1980’s. Notice the use of the Chartreuse, now called something all together different.

Rachel said:

“I used to think chartreuse was a dark red or burgundy color.”
1980's style kitchen.
Chartreuse was a big part of 1980’s fashion. Interior design, clothing and furniture all used this color. However, now, forty years later, we hear that it is now a greenish color. WTF?

Cameron said:

“Oh dear lord, i’m not alone. 

My whole life i thought Chartreuse was a deep red or purple. I considered it my favorite color for a long time. It wasn’t until my sophomore year in high-school that i found out it was a light yellow or green. My best friend was ordering her dress and wanted my opinion. She said that she was getting it in Chartreuse and i told her that was the one I thought would look nice, but the only picture she has was this gross pukey yellow and i said, “i’m glad you’re getting a different color than in the picture, because that is an awful color”. She then corrected me that the one pictured was the Chartreuse one. 

I guess, all along the color i thought i loved was actually Mauve?”

Donna said:

“Yes chartreuse was a maroon-red color. It was only a couple years ago that I saw a crayon marked chartreuse and it was this awful green-yellow color, and I thought that Crayola must have made a mistake!”

Cas said:

“I thought chartreuse was a rich sort of pinkish-magenta color?”

I really thought chartreuse was a shade of red? Not green or yellow at all? When I clicked the Wikipedia link to see what color it is, I was so confused. I’m glad other people share in this confusion as well.

Seems like too pretty of a name for “lime green”. Ick. Doesn’t sit right with me.”
Deco 1980's style
Chartreuse themed living room. Only that today, four decades later, this is now called something different. Why and how?

K. said:

“And yet the etymology makes perfect sense. Then again, that might be at the heart of the potential difference. So, if this Carthusian order, who’s liquor got the name associated with it, and lend itself to the name of the colour instead made a particular blend of red wine, perhaps Chartreuse would get a different colour association.

Honestly, without saying anything one way or the other on the matter, if I would have guessed without knowing, I’m certain I would have guessed it was a reddish colour. It does have the ring of a warm red drink to it.

(source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carthusians)”

One of the JMs (we have two) said:

“Yeah the whole color changing business is a weird one.”

Conclusions – What is going on

The construction of our reality is complex.

There is a fundamental “reality template” that we all access. There are also various realities that are spawned off this template. These spawned realities are what we experience; what our consciousness experience within this life.

However, that “reality template” is also subject to change. After all, the combined thoughts of everyone contribute to the “reality template”.

Chartreuse issue
All thoughts combine to create a “reality”. This is a constantly changing baseline template. Which I refer to as a “reality template”. Our consciousness then feeds off this template and creates a customized reality for our soul to acquire experiences from. When large groups of people are manipulated and discordant thoughts are generated, the reality template changes significantly. Such is what happened with the Chartreuse issue.

However, there are individuals who (through the power of mass communications, television and the internet) can redefine our reality. This is very dangerous, but happens all the time. When this happens; when this redefinition of our reality occurs, we find ourselves in a situation where our memories do not match our reality.

Since reality is a time-less constraint, the past and the future can be altered at will, by individuals and circumstances that deem it necessary.

Such as the “chartreuse” situation.

Take Aways

  • All humans contribute to a reality template.
  • The contributions come in the form of thoughts.
  • Each human has a consciousness that uses the reality template.
  • The consciousness reacts to the reality template and creates a unique and individualized reality from the the consciousness exists within.
  • When disrupted thoughts or directed thoughts are powerful enough, then can disrupt the reality template.
  • The issue of the chartreuse color being a maroon-red color is an example of baseline reality template changes.

FAQ

Q: What color is Chartreuse?
A: Currently it is associated with a yellowish green color.

Q: Why do people associate that color with a dark red?
A: Because their memories reside outside the reality. Since the reality is constantly being updated by the consciousness, there will be “glitches” where memories will not match. There are different terms for this phenomenon.

Q: What causes changes in the baseline reality template?
A: There are many things that will cause changes to a reality template. Often the most substantive are related to mass directed thoughts. This is when someone contrives a new narrative and exposes a multitude of people to think about it. The mass thought disruption will alter the reality template, and in so so doing the individual world-lines that our realities inhabit will be influenced as well.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...
How to tell -2
Top Secrets
Sales Pitch
Feducial Training
Implantation
Probe Calibration - 1
Probe Calibration - 2
Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

The “Passage of Time” is actually Observed MWI World-line Slides

One of my contentions is that time, as we understand it, does not exist.

Instead, what we view as time is actually a constantly changing “bubble” of reality. We view the passage of changing events as “time”. It is a direct arrow.

However, that is an illusion. Our reality is a constantly changing bubble. Within that bubble, both our future histories, as well as our past histories (!) are subject to change. This bubble of reality is an environment, set up by soul, to create experiences by which the consciousness can be exposed to.

It is customized to the consciousnesses that inhabit it. And also influenced by the thoughts of nearby or adjacent realities (world-lines). Each time we have a thought, our reality changes and reorganizes. Often we don’t see the changes. They only manifest later.

In this post I will present two examples, caught on film, where our reality changes.

What makes these observed actions, qualify for a change in reality, is that the changes are recorded by the observer. That’s right. Thoughts change our reality, and the thoughts of the observer is the mechanism for this. In both cases there is no clear view of what transpired. One micro-second the change happens, and the nexus of the change is hidden.

The examples shown identify people leaving, and people entering our reality. Instead of consideration towards MWI slides or world-line changes, these examples stand alone as the angle of the observer recording the event are clearly showing something other than world-line egress or entry.

Introduction

The traditional model of the universe is well known. There is one physical world. We all live on it and share our experiences on it. When we die, we go elsewhere outside of our reality.

In this traditional model, our behaviors while we are alive determine the manifestation of our experiences afterwards. Heaven or Nirvana if we are good, Hell or damnation if we are bad.

This model has been fine for many centuries. However, the moment that we want to leave our reality, it all collapses. This is because our traditional model cannot explain the nature of the quantum realm, the behaviors of entangled particles and the duality of observed behavior due to thought influences.

For us to venture outside of our reality, we must change the way that we look at things. We must recognize that the world, as we assume it to be, does not exist. Instead something else exists.

How the Universe Works

What everyone seems to think “Heaven” is, is the sum totality of what there is. It is all and everything. Including this blog post and you.

Heaven is also graduated.  It possesses different regions and areas.  Each region or area have different concentrations of quanta. They form different densities. Some of which are very dense with one type of quanta, and others are dense with other combinations of quanta.  It is a complex “soup” or “stew” of quanta that pop in and out and move about all under the influence of other “influences” (I will discuss these later.).

Consider "Heaven" to be everything. It includes the physical universe and the unseen "Heavens" often referred to in religious writings. It is a place where everything is composed of the smallest building blocks or components possible - quanta.

Within this realm, are clumps and arrangements of quanta. The quanta naturally starts to entangle with other quanta. They form arrangements, and dance about in certain ways. Over time, they get larger and more complex. They form things. They precipitate into simpler, slower and coarser things such as physical rocks, dust and energy.

Eventually, some of the quanta form into constructions that obtain sentience. The groups of quanta with sentience are called "souls".

The souls realize that the way that they can grow and advance is to organize their quanta. There is only one problem. Quanta can only organize through entanglements. They need to entangle with other quanta.

The way entanglements work is through association, or better yet, experiences.

Our Bubble of Reality

So, in order to obtain these experiences, the soul creates a bubble within Heaven.

The soul creates a defined ψ -epistemic region. This region comes from a template of all the possible realities. It is chosen specifically for the kinds of experiences that its’ consciousness would acquire while within the bubble.

It is an environment where the soul can obtain experiences.

These “bubbles” are regions that can best be defined as a construction. They are constructed regions manufactured by a given soul to obtain experiences within. These regions are unique and custom for a given consciousness. They are unique.

Soul creates a bubble
A soul exists within “Heaven”. It creates a “bubble” and places a physical body within this bubble. This body experiences the bubble as “reality”. That is what our reality actually is.

A soul would connect to this bubble of reality via a “tube” or an interface. We call that interface as “consciousness”. Souls can have multiple consciousnesses but only one consciousness may occupy a given reality at a time.

A bubble of reality consists of four set “dimensions”. Three spacial dimensions and one of entropy; time.

The "passage of time" is simply our reality bubble changing by our thoughts. Additionally, other nearby bubbles also move about and change. They can influence our bubble as well.

The control over this bubble of reality is quite possible. That is because our reality changes with our thoughts. Each thought changes it.

Since each thought changes our reality, you could very well come to the conclusion that thoughts create time. This is because a change in the state of our reality is perceived as time.

Indeed, the thoughts of the consciousness within the reality can alter the reality. Thoughts can make or break the experiences of the consciousness.  As such the soul can learn from the consciousness and it’s decision making process. This is of course, through manipulation of the three dimensions plus the “dimension” of time.

Consciousness experience events within the reality.  As such they generate thoughts.  The thoughts alter and create the reality that the consciousness exists within. As such, the consciousness obtains experiences and learns from them.

Heaven - Basic Diagram
A really basic diagram of the general organization of “Human” Heaven. Each individual soul constructs a “reality”. It them provides a conduit to the biological presence within that reality. This conduit is known as “consciousness”. Note that no two consciousnesses share the same reality. However, there can be influences in the non-physical reality aspects.

“Seen” dimensions typically are referred to as the physical world.  While “unseen” dimensions are referred to as various levels or dimensions of Heaven.

But, what exactly is heaven?

Please refer to the image above. How “heaven” is organized. (above). This diagram if a simplistic version of what a human “heaven” looks like.  Let’s suppose you (the reader) is sitting down in your house reading this manuscript. That figure is the icon of the blue person shown by (B). You exist within this “bubble” or reality also shown by (R1).  This “reality” includes the chair you sit in, the television show that you are watching, and the coffee beside you.

Illustration 1

Extending beyond your (physical) reality is your “extended” (non-physical) reality (R2) which consists of your thoughts, memories and everything associated with it (also  known as the “quantum cloud”).

Today, we recognize the “unseen world” to a degree. We recognize radio waves, for instance. We are studying gravitational waves, and have noted the end results of emotion on the physical body. Up until a few decade ago all this was considered the “unseen”. Which was part of Heaven.

Over time, as science progresses, we will uncover more and more of the unseen. Item by item, we will get closer and closer to what our true reality actually is.

Today, your thoughts regarding what you are now reading are moving about in this (R2) reality. This area contains not only thought, but emotion and other generated “influences” (far too complex to discuss at this time).

illustration 2

However, you have a soul (A) that is part of who you are.  This soul only partially occupies your reality. In fact, it spends the vast bulk of it’s time outside of your “reality”.  You know it exists, but you are unaware of it’s “day to day” experiences, challenges and behaviors.

Your soul can create numerous “realities” with numerous “individuals” (of which YOU are but one of the people that your soul creates)  occupying those realities.  This can occur at different times and at different locations. However, for now, let’s keep it simple and suppose your soul has created only one “reality” (R1) and (R2) for one person (B), you the reader.

illustration 3

Now, let’s suppose that you are married to another person that is part of your life.  (A pretty common situation.)

That person would be represented by (C) which is but a “quantum shadow” of another person. It is not the ACTUAL person.  It only seems that way. (Though in your reality, that person is just as real as anything else in your reality.)

illustration 4

What you see is their world-line version of where they married you and share your reality.  It is not an actual reality (from their point of view, but rather the world-line version of them). (Your quantum-shadow spouse is but one version of a near infinite number of world-line variations of that particular person.)

That person (D) is actually living within their own “reality “just like you are.  They may or may not see a quantum shadow of you. It is all determined by their version of reality.  This of course is determined by their soul (E).

illustration 5

What is of most interest here is how their thoughts affect your reality (R1 & R2).  While we all have our own “bubble” or reality that we live and exist within, our reality is constantly in flux by the thoughts of others (G). We view these effects as the “passage of time”.

Heaven - Basic Diagram
A really basic diagram of the general organization of “Human” Heaven. Each individual soul constructs a “reality”. It them provides a conduit to the biological presence within that reality. This conduit is known as “consciousness”. Note that no two consciousnesses share the same reality. However, there can be influences in the non-physical reality aspects.

The influence of the quantum-shadow of those nearest to us absolutely shape and mold the realities that we participate in.  We can alter their influence by having “strong personalities”, or trying to isolate ourselves from others.  However, the more we do so, the less likely we are to learn lessons and have experiences.  It is the overlap of thought influences that create the experiences that we learn from.

Both your (A) soul and your spouse’s soul (E) exist within a heaven (F).

Your soul’s can work out different “realities” or “adventures” for both of you to share to obtain experiences.

Life Together.
A given consciousness with interact with the quantum shadows of other consciousnesses. Together they share experiences. The experiences can be good or bad, but they ultimately help align quanta so that a soul can grow and learn. Thus, it is very important that a given consciousness get the BEST experiences while it is part of a given reality.

The idea, of course, is to obtain experiences and configure the quantum clouds associated with the constructed realities that the soul utilizes.  As soul grows and configures itself, it can “improve” and evolve.  Hopefully towards an approved soul archetype and sentience.

Heaven
In the movie “What dreams may come” a Hollywood version of what Heaven might look like is provided. It’s a nice image. However, Heaven can be anything or nothing depending on the thoughts of the soul. Our sentience creates the type of Heavenly realm that our soul inhabits. Which is WHY it is important for humans to have a single defined sentience; one that does not disrupt the sentience’s of other species. In other words, an approved sentience and physical archetype.

As it improves and grows, the vast bulk of it’s quantum configuration dwells at different energy states.  Each different energy state has a different place in heaven (F).  Two are indicated by (J) and (I).

To prevent confusion, I would suggest that the reader consider “reality” as the first three dimensions, plus “time” as the fourth dimension.

I would then suggest that the fifth dimension, as world-line swapping (alteration of the “reality” “bubble”). This is very easy to visualize by using the above-mentioned model. For to understand what is happening in this case, the “quantum shadows” within your reality are being rearranged.

Fifth dimensional trave;
Fifth-dimensional travel as world-line travel.

In “world-line” travel, all that is taking place is that the “quantum shadows” are being rearranged within one’s “bubble” of “reality”.  This is fifth-dimensional travel. In the example above, Fifth-dimensional travel as world-line travel.

Quantum shadow (C) changes to fit the new revised “realty”.  (It is now a yellow person instead of a red person.) We, as a participant within our reality look upon these changes as “world-line” travel.

From this point of view, it should be clear.  That obtaining world-line dimensional travel is actually accessing our own soul and requesting it to alter our reality to fit our needs, while at the same time keeping the educational lessons that we are to obtain the same or better. This can be accomplished through certain techniques.  In my case, we utilized a biological artifice to bend reality (within the confines of my experience structure).

So, in all actuality, there isn’t really any kind of “travel” at all. What is actually happening is the “reality” construct changes in accordance with the wants and needs of the soul.

If a given person, within a “reality” bubble wants to change his “world-line” he would be able to do so with the proper technology.  However the changed “world-line” that manifests would be one that would either have the same and equal types of experiences for the soul, or that it would be one that would have more or “better” experiences.

There are even more interesting nuanced versions of “world-line” travel at the “higher” dimensional values.  However, for our purposes, let’s keep it simple.  I would then suggest anything above the fifth dimension as the realm of “heaven”.

Our Bubble is Constantly Changing

Our reality bubble is constantly changing.

Depending on your point of view, consciousness either [1] migrates from one bubble of reality to another, OR [2] the bubble itself changes into something different.

I personally believe that the bubble itself changes. However that is too difficult a concept to help explain world-line slides. So, using the idea that consciousness migrates from one location to another (one world-line to another) as a temporary crutch that we can use to illustrate how this works.

This is thus another 'secret of the universe". Time does not exist. Not mathematically, and not physically. It is the perception of our own individual consciousness as it moves from one "bubble of reality" to another.

Think of a movie reel. It consists of individual photos that are strung together. By changing the images you obtain the illusion of movement. That is what time is.

  • Each world-line in the MWI is like a frame in a movie.
  • The movement of the frames is viewed by consciousness as “time”.
What time actually is and how we naturally move through the various world-lines.
This is an illustration of what time actually is. Time does not exist. It is a perception that our consciousness has as it moves and weaves in and out of different world-lines. Here we use an old-fashioned movie reel projector to help illustrate this understanding.

Quick Review

Before we need to go further, please note the summary of state regarding the universe. Originally found here…

The Nature of the Universe
  • Depending on the scale of consideration, we have a threshold of consciousness.
  • Consciousness can not exist below that threshold.
  • Consciousness generates thoughts.
  • Below the consciousness threshold is a universe that is independent of thought.
  • Above the consciousness threshold we have a reality that is ruled by thought.

Finally,

  • We exist within two (x2) universes simultaneously. One is the reality that our consciousness inhabits, and the other is the realm where our soul exists.
  • One universe is ruled by thought and the other is not.

Additionally,

  • The ψ is a measure of how thought alters our reality.
  • Heaven is ψ-ontic.
  • Our reality is ψ -epistemic.
  • Tests seem to confirm this.

Putting Everything Together

The sum totality of everything is ψ-ontic. It contains a number of “Heaven(s)”. Souls, which are self-aware clusters of quanta in the form of garbons, create  ψ -epistemic “bubbles” of reality, and place consciousnesses there to obtain experiences.

  • Experiences plus thoughts create sentience.
  • Sentience is a building block that establishes garbon formation.
  • Garbon formation, configuration and utilization is how souls grow, advance and move toward the divine.

As consciousness moves about within the  ψ -epistemic “bubbles” of reality, thoughts are created and action occurs. The very nature of this CHANGES the “bubble” of reality. We view this change as gradual. We call this the “passage of time”.

However,

Our reality is often changed by huge events, actions and decisions from significant sources. Not just adjacent trivialities such as thought and intent. When this happens, the reality is jolted and more radical change occurs.

This can sometimes be observed.

Man on a bicycle

An old man on a bicycle appears out of nowhere in Penza, Russia.

Penza, Russia
Penza, Russia where this mysterious event was filmed. Aside from the historical reasons, this region is just a typical region within Russia.

In a video that originates out of Russia, we can see a man pop into reality behind a person telling a story. That is the way it actually happens.  You pop into reality, and you pop out of reality.  In this case, it is obvious that there is no one behind the person talking.  As he is animated and turning about in such a way that it is very clear, that no one is behind him.

via GIPHY

Then suddenly a person riding a bike just simply rides out from behind him.

Of course, there are those who would argue that it is simply just an unusual camera angle as the culprit.  Moreover, indeed that might be the case.  Alternatively, it could also be a well done fake and hoax.  Who am I to say?  However, I post this as a good example as to what reality switches are like.

Notice that there isn’t any kind of flash, disturbance in the video recording, noise (that would startle the other people), gust of wind, unusual smell or anything like that.

Man on a bicycle reality swap
Here is an event where a man just pops into reality. One could argue that he used a world-line slide and entered our reality. As he apparently alters his vector upon arrival. This is a possibility. However, I argue that what is actually occurring is that the reality around everyone has changed. And he is now part of our new reality. Is the bubble changing or are people entering the bubble?

One interesting point about this video is that as soon as the old man on the bike goes through the portal, he puts his left foot down to stop the bicycle (forward) movement, and then turns the bicycle to the left instead of going straight as he was obviously planning to do (when entering the portal). Also, take note that he instinctively pedaled away from the observers when he arrived.  It is almost like he was trained to do so.

This leads me to believe that he has entered “our” reality, with the understanding that he is entering a new reality.

via GIPHY

If the “nay sayers” were correct, then for a good minute the bike rider rode the bike in a straight line heading directly for the animated man talking.  Given physics, this person should have ridden straight through the park behind the animated man, and avoided the trees without swerving.  Then, when he touched the pavement behind the animated man, he abruptly changed direction, and made a 100 degree left turn. If that is what actually happened as described by the “nay sayers”, I must posit the most basic of questions; “Why would anyone want to do such a thing?”

Note who the traveler really is and how he appears.  He is not a youthful young man in his 20’s.  He is not dressed fashionably. He does not appear to be dangerous, wealthy, of importance, or beautiful.  He is average.  He is bland.  He is uninteresting.  He is the “real deal”.

Trust me, when you enter a new reality, you don’t want to be noticed. You want to blend in with the wall-paper.

This specific event can be viewed on the following video.  Please note that this video has other examples of fakes and hoaxes interspersed in it.  Also the voice over and music track leaves much to be desired.  Please turn off the audio and watch the video free of “Halloween style” or “B-grade movie” music. Ignore the other fakes and hoaxes. Just concentrate on this particular instance.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=M_Hwlws9b1g&feature=youtu.be
Watch from 3:12 to approximately 3:32.
Old Man
Old Man petals away. This course correction is curious. It suggests an entry into our reality via world-line dimensional travel. yet, how that it be so simple when the observer cannot see the entry into the world-line?

I argue that it is difficult to see what is going on. Is it that a man enters “our” reality, or is it that “our” reality changes to one where the man exists?

Here is the most important point about this dimensional transport; it was NOT observed. Yes, the man was observed. We saw him arrive. What we did NOT see was him entering our reality. That was hidden. It happened BEHIND the other man with a hat.

So, instead of focusing on a man on a bicycle entering “our” reality. Let’s focus on the fact that the observer did not observe the specific entry point.

While the effect is similar, the methodology is not. Dimensional portal egress is a fifth dimensional technique, while MWI dimensional slides are a sixth or seventh dimensional technique. The bubble of reality is altered upon arrival.

The Differences

When I used the portal egress in Florida at the ELF facility, you could see the people entering the field. They would walk into nothing and disappear.  We watched people enter into the portal. We watched them disappear. This is portal egress.

However, for MWI slides, the point of transition is ALWAYS hidden from the observer.

For MWI slides, the point of transition is ALWAYS hidden from the observer.

This tells me that this person was not involved in portal egress. They were involved in dimensional slides.

Portal egress is a fifth dimensional activity. You enter and move within a fifth dimensional reality. Physical locations, times and places change. However, MWI world-line slides are another matter all together. While they appear similar, they are not. MWI slides are a sixth or seventh dimensional event. Realities change.

In a fifth dimensional egress, such as the portal, you go from physical location “A” at time “a”, to physical location “B” at time “b”. Time travel is possible. Physical travel anywhere in the universe is possible. That is fifth dimensional travel.

You can see people entering the portal, and you can watch them leave the portal.

In sixth (or seventh) dimensional travel, the reality itself changes. Because reality is associated with consciousness, you will never actually see the egress moment. It will be obscured from sight. In the case with the old man and the bicycle, you cannot see the exact moment that the reality changes because it is hidden from view.

Reality is connected to consciousness. When an outsider enters your reality, you will not be able to observe the entry if they are using MWI slide technology.

That is seventh (or sixth) dimensional MWI slides. It is a control over the reality, that naturally changes with thoughts within and around that bubble of reality. Therefore, it is a much more capable mechanism for utility.

In a sixth (and seventh) MWI slide you go from physical location “A” at time “a” and reality “AAA”, to physical location “B” at time “b” in reality “BBB”. Everything is possible. You go from one place at one time in one reality to another one in a different place and a different time.

Girl disappears

Woman disappears
A video camera is interviewing a person at the airport. In the background a woman disappears in broad daylight. She just vanishes.

Here is an interesting video.  A man is being interviewed in what is apparently an airport baggage claim.  In the background are two women.  As the one woman says good bye, the other woman disappears.

Where did she go?
Here we see a woman disappear. Of course, there are other explanations. Maybe she put on a “cloaking device”. Or, perhaps she suddenly exited our reality. I posit that this is reflective of a change in the bubble of reality, rather than a specific egress of a specific person.

In frame, 0166 a man is being interviewed by a camera crew.  We see that in the background to his right (our left) are people collecting their baggage and leaving the area.  In particular are two women both shown chatting in a friendly manner typical of strangers in an airport. See frame 0167. As the woman departs in frame 0168, we discover that the woman that she had just been chatting to has disappeared in frame 0169.

The girl is gone.
The girl is gone. What happened to her? Did she egress from our reality, or, as I posit, our reality is constantly changing all around us. Maybe this is all just academic. What does it matter, if the bubble of reality changes or the individuals entering or leaving the reality changes?

Where is she?  Frame 0014 and frame 0015 taken less than a millisecond or two later shows her completely missing.

Playing the "devils advocate"...

Perhaps there are other physical reasons for this strange disappearance.  Maybe this was a strange camera angle that caused this effect, or maybe she was playing a prank or trick.  However, if the woman intentionally wanted to hide, she would have to had immediately fallen to the floor to get out of the view of the camera.

What this represents could be anything.  However, if I were to put a technological spin or attempt to interpret what I see, I would suggest use of an invisibility device, or a dimensional shift.  This type of strange event is not suggestive of a time portal or similar device.

The reader should also take note that all of the people so presented in this post are all “normal” and “average” appearing.  She is just simply a friendly stranger. Not one that would cause a person to make a “double take” or take notice of them in any way.

Disappearance of a woman
Normal woman. One minute she is present, and the next minute she is gone. Where did she go? I argue that he disappearance is tied with the observer. Therefore, this is obviously evidence of a MWI seventh dimensional slide.

This specific event can be viewed on the following video.

Other articles and videos regarding this particular event can be found at these links…

Examples of Seventh Dimensional MWI slides

For what ever it is worth, a sixth or seventh dimensional slide will have variances. No two realities are identical. When you try to target a specific location, the mere thoughts that you have (“I’m going to a different reality”) will result in changes to your target reality.

While my role involved this kind of travel, my personal experiences were not that radically different from what you would expect. Here’s a couple of examples. They are nothing stunning, or even noteworthy. They just serve as a constant reminder that when a person enters a reality, the thoughts alter that reality in different ways.

The World-line without Zippers

Most world-lines looked like every other one. If you did not know better, you might not realize that your reality was different.

When you slide, you just cannot notice any difference.  Once, I did a slide and everything looked the same. No big deal.  As always, I just continued to do my work.  My work assignments were the same, and my friends were the same and my wife was the same.  My pets were the same.

As always, I wore a polo shirt and loose tan slacks. I was pretty typical in my role within the corporate working environment. I wore my badge on a lanyard that hung around my neck. I wore brown laced up shoes. I had a brown belt, and a pretty empty wallet (heh heh.).

However, I did notice something different when I went to the bathroom to take a pee.

My trousers did not have a zipper.  Instead of a zipper were buttons.  That’s correct.  There were three buttons that I had to undo to go and pee. I don’t know if I liked having a button front, or a zipper front.  I think a zipper front is much more convenient, but there was something clean and simple about having buttons…

This serves as a pretty good example of the kinds of differences you might expect when you conduct a seventh dimensional slide. Here’s another one. This one is much more radical.

The Plastic Surgery World-line

Most of the world-line slides occurred within hours or days.  This period of time, a mere few hours, is not long enough to determine what the differences are in a new world-line.  That is because, and I remind the reader, that most of my world-line slides were very similar to the previous world-line.  This was by intention and was necessary for a host of reasons.

I well remember that I once went into a new world-line that looked identical to the previous one.  However there was one noticeable difference that I well recall.  It was so odd that I will never forget it.  There was an advertisement for a plastic surgery hospital.  On the billboard was an attractive woman who was cradling her tummy as she was obviously nine months pregnant.  The words in the advertisement went something like this;

“Let Doctor XXXXXX sculpt your body for the expectant mother look.”

WTF? In that world-line you could have plastic surgery that would make you look like you were nine months pregnant. Talk about doing a “double take”!

Since that time, I have never seen anything like that. Heck, I don’t even know how you would actually do that in practice.  WTF?

What can we Learn?

  • Fifth dimensional travel enables us to travel geographically anywhere in the universe. That includes the other side of the planet. That includes a planet around a distant star. That includes a planet in a very distant galaxy.
  • Fifth dimensional travel enables us to travel anywhere in time and arrive at any date. That includes travel to (projected possible) future. That includes (assumed possible) pasts.
  • Fifth dimensional travel influences world-line realities trivially. While thoughts are influenced by our thoughts and actions, the influence is not significant. Resultant observations and associated thoughts do not change the structure of destination realities.

As such, now let’s look at the more complex MWI slides. (Personally, I am shaky on the differences between sixth and seventh dimensional slides. So I use both interchangeably. You can chalk that up to my ignorance. I know that there are differences, but as far as my exposure was concerned, it’s almost like I jumped over 6th dimensional travel and went straight to seventh dimensional egress.)

  • 6th/7th dimensional MWI slides affect consciousness.
  • As such, they have a significant influence in the construction of our reality.
  • The shape of the reality that our consciousness inhabits affects the thoughts that we have.
  • Our thoughts directly influence our sentience.
  • Sentience is a tool that shapes garbon and swale configurations in the soul

How does the thoughts that we have influence WMI slides?  That is a very complicated issue, and something for an entire series of posts. For now, just realize that there is a relationship present.

Conclusion & Take Aways

Many of the unexplained events that we come across is easy to explain when you have a comprehensive understanding of how the universe works.

  • The passage of time is the name that our consciousness give to understand an ever changing reality.
  • There is a significant difference between fifth dimensional portal egress, and seven dimensional MWI slides.
  • Thoughts influence reality. The level of influence depends on the dimensional changes inherently involved.

FAQ

Q: Why does higher order dimensional travel (7th compared to 5th) have a greater thought influence?
A: Research suggests that the human brain is almost beyond comprehension because it doesn’t process the world in two dimensions or even three. No, the human brain understands the visual world in up to 11 different dimensions. The brain processes visual information by creating multi-dimensional neurological structures, called cliques. The cliques have up to 11 different dimensions and form in holes of space, called cavities. Once the brain understands the visual information, both the clique and cavity disappear.

The cliques work with memories to generate thoughts. The level of activity involved interfaces with the reality as accessed by consciousness. The strongest interactions are at the sixth and seventh dimensional states.

At every moment you are thinking, multiple multi-dimensional structures arise in your physical three dimensional brain.  It is an open system interacting with much higher dimensional realities that cannot be encompassed in the material 3-d world. As such, higher order topologies are necessary to describe thought. Thought does not occur in the three dimensional material stuff of life solely or exclusively, but outside it, as something coupled with it.

Q: Why is the man on a bicycle and the woman at the airport considered to be seventh dimensional MWI slides?
A: In both cases the absolute point of transition into our reality is obscured. The observer cannot notice the change. I argue that this is a fundamental aspect of our reality that does not permit the observer to observe seventh dimensional egress.

Q: Why do both the woman and the man who transported into the reality seem normal and plain?
A: A person who does utilize any type of dimensional transport does not want to bring attention on to them. Instead they want to be forgotten and not be noticed as they go about their various tasks.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

Probe Calibration - 1
Probe Calibration - 2
How to tell...
How to tell -2
Top Secrets
Sales Pitch
Feducial Training
Implantation

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel

Links about China

Business KTV
Dance Craze
End of the Day Potato
Dog Shit
Dancing Grandmothers
When the SJW movement took control of China
Family Meal
Freedom & Liberty in China
Ben Ming Nian
Beware the Expat
Fake Wine
Fat China

China and America Comparisons

SJW
Playground Comparisons
The Last Straw
Diversity Initatives
Democracy
Travel outside
10 Misconceptions about China
Top Ten Misconceptions

Learning About China

Pretty Girls 1
Pretty Girls 2
Pretty Girls 3
Pretty Girls 4
Pretty Girls 5

Posts Regarding Life and Contentment

Here are some other similar posts on this venue. If you enjoyed this post, you might like these posts as well. These posts tend to discuss growing up in America. Often, I like to compare my life in America with the society within communist China. As there are some really stark differences between the two.

Tomatos
Mad scientist
Gorilla Cage in the basement
Pleasures
Work in the 1960's
School in the 1970s
Cat Heaven
Corporate life
Corporate life - part 2
Build up your life
Grow and play - 1
Grow and play - 2
Asshole
Baby's got back

More Posts about Life

I have broken apart some other posts. They can best be classified about ones actions as they contribute to happiness and life. They are a little different, in subtle ways.

Being older
Civil War
Travel
PT-141
Bronco Billy
r/K selection theory
How they get away with it
Line in the sand
A second passport
Paper Airplanes
Snopes
Taxiation without representation.

Stories that Inspired Me

Here are reprints in full text of stories that inspired me, but that are nearly impossible to find in China. I place them here as sort of a personal library that I can use for inspiration. The reader is welcome to come and enjoy a read or two as well.

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Notes

  1. Composed 4NOV18
  2. Completed 5NOV18
  3. SEO review 5NOV18.
  4. Published 5NOV18.

ProfessorPhate as an Example of MWI Crossover

Do we live in an engineered reality? In 1999, an individual by the name of “ProfessorPhate” shared what he claimed to be the “truth” about our world-line. His narrative was one in which we are the unsuspecting players of a hidden “reality war” that could one day doom us all. Yikes!

Sound farfetched? You betcha it is!

It’s a somewhat confusing story, I’ll admit.  It sounds outrageous and very, very strange. It involves world-line travel, and time travel. It involves secret government experiments and (maybe even) Nazi’s. Wow, oh wow.

It’s a perfect storm of conspiracy theories, evil monocled Nazi leaders, alternative world-lines and top secret plans. I do not know about this character, but his curious messages contained some very interesting remarks on time travel and world-line divergence.

The basic premise is this: there are those who believe that individuals working on some project have discovered the ability to time travel, and have used this ability to manipulate past events. By doing so, however, they have created multiple eccentric world-lines, one of which is our own.

My Personal Comment

I do NOT endorse this, nor any statements made by this individual (or groups of people). What is presented is for the reader consideration only.

  • I was not involved in anything called “Montauk“. In fact, I don’t know if this dialog as has anything to do with that issue. For some reason, this dialog is associated with it. Probably because some people want that association.
  • I was not involved in “time travel” except as a consequence of MWI movement.
  • The issues discussed are alien to me. I know nothing at all about them. As far as I know, everything stated is alien to me, and what I have experienced.

However…

  • The MWI is real. Using the proper techniques, “world-line” travel is possible.
  • Often when you change a world-line, the speech patterns are different. You still speak English, but do so differently. This, I can confirm.
  • The need to utilize the MWI for apparent “Time Travel” is a stretch. There is really no need for it. Not, at least as far as I can tell.
  • Yes, changing past world-lines will create alternative future histories.

All that being said. I present the information for consideration. I do not agree with it, nor disparage it. It just “is”. Enjoy and learn from it.

Introduction

The following posts were sent by an individual who claims to be native to a “world-line” where The U.S.A. did not take part in World War II. Instead, the United States handled things quite differently, and a different world-line emerged. That world-line is supposedly the one that we inhabit.

Now, I don’t want to pollute my narrative with too many ramblings by other sources.  Especially other sources that I can’t verify.

As such, I am just as incredulous as you the reader (should be).

Whatever the case, read on and form your own conclusions. I am just presenting it in it’s RAW form so the the reader can come to their own conclusions. Remember, just because I place this information here in this blog DOES NOT IMPLY that I had similar experiences, or that I agree with the statements made.

The following source believes that HIS timeline is the original due to various inconsistencies that he has observed in our world, and that OURS is an engineered reality. Which means that our world-line is not the “true” world-line.

Heh heh. There is no such thing as a "true" or "real" world-line. Our reality is constantly changing.

Disclaimer

The only thing valid about this narrative that I can see is that it discusses MWI world-line egress. Other than that, nothing else is recognizable to me.

Their reality does not resemble anything that I have been exposed to. As such, I want to remind the reader that even though I post this discourse within my own narrative, it does not mean that I support it. It is placed here for the lone and sole purpose of describing a POSSIBLE narrative describing a world-line egress and entry into our reality template.

For that matter someone could construct a fictional narrative. For instance, one describing a world where the Mayans invented space travel. Or one where New England broke away from America and became a colony of Canada. Or, even one where Washington D.C. was relocated to Argentina. In the various world-lines, there are a near infinite number of alternative realities.

In all my MWI slides, I have never been in one as described herein.

My slides were, aside from my training, were of very slight deviance’s. Often less than 4%. A building moved or changed. Some minor changes in fashion. A television commercial that did not exist. An event that did not happen. A change in the road path. A alternative in governance. McDonalds breakfasts that served a Styrofoam cup of pork and beans instead of hash browns. A world-line where there aren’t any HB pencils. The deviance’s were, for the most part, slight.

This narrative, however, describes a seriously different world-line deviation. It is, for the most part, beyond my experience. Theoretically, I realize that this thing does exist on some level, but why anyone would want to play around with it, is beyond my comprehension.

I urge the reader to read all this with a degree of skepticism. The only thing that I can say about it in a positive way is that world-lines DO exist, and travel between them is possible. The distortions between any two world-lines, and the resultant deviations are normal. They are the consequence of differences in our individual stored memories.

The individual source of this information will be identified only as “ProfessorPhate”.

Enjoy traveling down the rabbit hole.

Overview

This individual claims that he was born on one world-line, and then an unspecified organization relocated his consciousness to another world-line. This organization moved him periodically between the two world-lines for their own purposes. The reason for this is not discussed.

Full original transcripts can be found on the Anglefire website found HERE.  I urge the reader to visit the site when they finish this post.

Post Date: Wed, 17 Mar 1999 10:37:43 -0600 (CST)

Thank you for your gracious if overwhelming reply. I can only hope that I have the intellectual stamina to co-ordinate the expression of my thoughts as well as you have deployed yours. Because of other demands I will be obliged to respond to your e-mail in a piece-meal fashion, but eventually I will address, in however a circuitous route, as many of the topics as I can.

The paucity in my personal experience of different world-lines makes me incapable of attributing the primacy of origin or determination to one as opposed to another. Indeed, as I am increasingly coming to suspect, that may be ultimately a meaningless question. Although, by circumscribing one's set of references, a diligent observer could discern a geneology. 

Any person who has transposed from their aboriginal world-line to an alternative can automatically, by virtue of their discrepant nature, evaluate the comparative stability or 'solidity' of the two. At least, this is my vouchsafed experience. This natural talent or expertise is perhaps not germane to, and probably obfuscates, any attempt to ascertain a family-tree.

Post Date: Wed, 17 Mar 1999 14:25:58 -0600 (CST)

To continue.... Another aptitude that is acquired by a transposer is a psychic sensitivity which I call (and this is possibly a misnomer) chronopathy, i.e.: the ability to detect locales where there is a temporal discontinuity. 

This has a variety of formats. What might be indicated is a site of unusual temporal integrity or intensity in comparison to it's surroundings. Or a configuration that is peculiarly related to a counterpart on another time/world-line, and thus has a higher potential to facilitate a physical transfer between the two tracks. 

There are doubtlessly other determinations which can be gleaned and a superintending gestalt that I do not yet understand. In my experience, an overcast day is the most conducive condition or prerequisite for reliable and repeated observations; but, on the other hand, the absence of sunlight, that is to say, the evening obliterates any sensitivity. 

On one or two occasions I have discovered in the full bore of unfiltered sunlight one of these outstanding sites or overlaps. Whether this was due to a unique emanation or an unusual degree of discrimination on my part, or some other variable or combination of the aforementioned, I cannot say. 

This year I intend to begin a cartographical record of these areas. 

Lastly, alas, I must acknowledge that in my case I can only espy those emplacements that are synchronized (in whatever manner or quality) with my own world-line. As to whether this reveals an intrusion of one domain upon the other, or a natural or artificial network of gateways...I do not know. Although I am prone to rampages of speculation, about this entire matter I am trying to be as circumspect as possible. Soon.

Post Date: Thu, 18 Mar 1999 09:59:10 -0600 (CST)

Deleting, for the sake of narrative simplicity, my own intricate and confusing story (that will have to be recounted later), let me expatiate upon my home world-line.

It is 25 years behind this time-line.

Perhaps the most glaring departure between the two is that the United States never participated in the Second World War. After the conquest of Metropolitan France by Germany (and Italy), the British Empire signed an armistice and subsequent peace-treaty with the Axis powers. 

A matter has occurred which unfortunately obliges me to curtail the account very prematurely. I will resume as soon as I can. Thanks for your patience.

Post Date: Thu, 18 Mar 1999 13:20:09 -0600 (CST)

The provisions of the settlement were actually quite lenient.

There was to be no occupation and the British army was promptly repatriated (there was no Dunkirk-the war party in the Parliament toppled when the B.E.F. was bagged in France). And in return for German 'guidance' in British foreign (and to a lesser degree, domestic) policy and the contribution of a modest expeditionary force (mainly naval) to the great anti-Bolshevik crusade, Hitler, to the extreme annoyance of the Italians, personally guaranteed the integrity of the British Empire (a point not lost on the Japanese either).

Although Hitler was very partial to Mussolini as an individual, the German military established a far more intimate relationship with the English than they ever desired to with their ostensible Italian allies. Nevertheless, the remnants of the war party, in the guise of a British-first movement, was able to survive, after a fashion, as the loyal Parliamentary opposition.

Punctuated with violence, the socialist and labor coalition was suppressed, intimidated, co-opted, or bought-off. They remain to this day however the source of the English Resistance (by way of comparison, they are to the United Kingdom what the Basques are to contemporary Spain in this world-line).

WW II was much less damaging to Britain than was the case here. A number of nations, especially Australia and New Zealand, were more pro-Empire than even the English!

South Africa became the 'fascist comscience' of Great Britain, while Canada became the haven for the disloyal (albeit ineffectual) opposition. India remained the jewel in the crown; but the sub-continent was a much more fractious place than it was in the pre-war period. This took longer than I anticipated. It's time for me to move along again.

More later....

Post Date: Fri, 19 Mar 1999 02:03:06 -0600 (CST)

Before I continue my historical background briefing tomorrow, let me quickly answer a few of your latest questions.

If you regard any of my information or conjectures meritorious enough, then by all means post whatever you wish.

On my world-line, during the war many thousands of Jews were surreptitiously ransomed by concerned parties in the Western Hemisphere. Otherwise, they and others were gradually exhausted as slave-labor. It was the maw of inhuman economics that consumed their lives rather than occultic monomania.

From my 15 year research effort I have concluded that whereas the Germans may have lost the war on this world, the Nazis and their allies in the United States definitely won.

Although I learned in 1974 how to physically transfer myself back to my aboriginal world-line (an opportunity of which I fortunately did not avail myself), agents there 'grafted' my consciousness upon a duplicate in this world. A simply made remark that plasters over a great many stumbling blocks of detail.

I am in general agreement concerning your assertion that dreams can be a medium of insertion or transference. But if I may use myself once again as a totally unrepresentative statistical sample, in my experience (which I have undergone only a few times), it is a 'trance' state even deeper than the usual oneiric condition that actually propels one into an authentic alternative world. 

One would realize that you have transposed if, in your dream, all of your senses, self-awareness, and perhaps most importantly critical reflectiveness are as active as they are when you are 'awake'. 

Ordinarily, these faculties are non-existent, suppressed, or diminished in the dream-state. In any case, when an 'immigrant' returns their consciousness to their home world-line they experience an ineffable re-synchronization or 'aptness' that throws into glaring relief how 'unreal' their other life has been.

Post Date: Fri, 19 Mar 1999 12:13:10 -0600 (CST)

As if attempting to subdue China wasn't a sufficient strain upon Japan's resources, beginning in May 1939 they found themselves in an ever expanding war with the Soviet Union. Being so preoccupied on the the mainland of Asia the Japanese Empire couldn't even seriously entertain a general offense against the United States or even the vestigial European colonial powers (particularly since they were now the clients of Germany).

With Britain and Japan thus removed as instigators, the interventionist cause collapsed in America. 

Even after the invasions of the Soviet Union the consensus of the citizenry was: "It's far away...they might all kill each other off... what about us?" A degree of artificial prosperity was generated by the expansion of the armed forces (less than undertaken by your country during WW II, but stupendous compared to the pre-war levels of either world-line) and more decisively by the elaboration of the armaments industry. 

The dominant isolationist faction accepted the conversion of the United States into Fortress America, and the internationalists had to be content with arranging for the hemispheric defense.

Post Date: Fri, 19 Mar 1999 20:00:09 -0600 (CST)

It wasn't until approximately 1960 that the United States was able to surmount the pitfalls created by the Great Depression.

We did not enjoy the unique and tremendous economic advantages that allowed the America of this world-line to so spectacularly flourish. There was little transfer of hard assets (principally undertaken by Great Britain in your time-line) to our coffers. There was no post-war worldwide captive market for our exports and investments. And there was no returning throng of potential consumers prepared to re-vitalize the domestic economy.

Consider the ramifications of that last absent phenomenon. We didn't have a baby-boom!

There was no demographic displacement to the suburbs (of course there was some inevitable expansion in that direction)! On the other hand, we too have an interstate highway system-and one completed earlier than yours (facilitates troop-movements you know).

Our material quality of life would seem spartan, somewhat shabby, and rather technologically unsophisticated to you (even allowing for the 25 year discrepancy in our 'temporal velocities'), but a preservationist would regard my U.S. of A. as a paradise.

Post Date: Sat, 20 Mar 1999 18:21:50 -0600 (CST)

I can quickly reply to two of your previous questions before I describe contemporary conditions on my world-line.

America participated in WW I as it did in your history. And I have no idea if JFK was assassinated or even if he entered politics. My knowledge of personalities is non-existent. I have a conjecture as to why that is the case, but I must cogitate upon it further before I will hazard a thesis.

Currently my world-line has dire expectations for it's future. Imagine your own world's cold-war at its most truculent-with the equivalent of a Cuban Missile Crisis occurring two of three times a year. Nerves are frazzled beneath the surface of denial. The final war is expected-if not tomorrow or even the day after, then someday and soon. At least in the United States, people eagerly (if not desperately) lose themselves in the intricacies of ordinary life.

Let me set the international scene.

After the conquest of European Russia, the gruesome colonization of their frontier-the Ostmark, the giddiness of recasting the architectural face of Greater Germany, the self-indulgence abetted by plunder and triumph, and the glorification of the fatherland not experienced since 1871, the Third Reich is obviously the pre-eminent, if not pre-dominant, world power. And although the technocrats believe the future for Germany is in continuing it's monopoly of space exploration and colonization, the latest generation of occultic ideologues are on the verge of successfully promoting a renewal of war in order to acquire the sacred Aryan homeland of Central Asia.

Post Date: Mon, 22 Mar 1999 11:25:53 -0600 (CST)

To continue and I hope complete my most generalized recounting of the international situation on my world-line....

India has become a running sore for Great Britain. Very little of the Indian Army would be available for overseas deployment and that otherwise large military assets is just about the only enticement for the British to remain. Everyone expects them to abandon the sub-continent soon and let (greater) India return to it's pre-conquest Balkanized condition. 

Canada is independent in all but name; and, of course, a somewhat dismembered France (at the connivance of the Germans) is attempting with considerable success to incite the secessionist sentiments of Quebec. Justifiably, the Empire has become increasing paranoid about Japan.

The 'new Roman Empire' of Italy has settled (or sunk) into quiescense.

Of all the former Axis powers, Japan suffered the greatest losses, expenditure of capital, and realized the least from its victory. The Japanese fought the Soviet Union the longest and with the least success. The spoils of Siberia have not been extracted as thoroughly as they might because of the under-capitalized Japanese economic infrastructure. Although as an outlet for the excess population from the home islands, the 'Northern Frontier Zone' has provided one of the few untarnished consequences of victory.

China has been subdued but in it's subjection has become a tremendous burden for Japan to control. Perhaps in reaction to a less than satisfactory (especially compared to Germany) post-war recovery and as development of pre-war sociological trends, the Japanese have become even more hysterical in their racial chauvinism than even the Nazis! 

The ruling class has immersed itself in a nihilistic spiritual creed. Think of a North Korea in command of the manpower and potential wealth of the Far East and you will have an image of the condition that obtains in contemporary Japan. It is widely assumed that the British Empire in the Pacific will be their first target, followed by the Americans.

One more installment should do it.

with best regards, ProfessorPhate.

Post Date: Mon, 22 Mar 1999 21:14:13 -0600 (CST)

America is a garrison state, it has ruthlessly, if not always nakedly, enforced it's hegemony of the Western Hemisphere. The chronic and occasionally acute demands of national security have provoked restiveness in a potion of the public, but for many Americans this is the first era of relative affluence they have enjoyed since the fabled 1920's and so they're willing to overlook the fact that the United States is a cryptofascist country.

Along this world-line Roswell evidently never happened and thus Col. Corso (or his counterpart) didn't insinuate retro-engineered alien technology into our commercial infrastructure. The subsequent social revolution that this world-line underwent never occurred on my home-world. Although the sophistication of our computers is many technical generations behind yours, my America is our world's leader in the development of 'electronic calculators'.

A frantic Great Britain has at last succeeded in prying the United States loose from it's official foreign policy of autarkic isolationism (of course we regard South America and the rest of North America as our economic and political preserve-and there has been for 50 years a tight, if unacknowledged, collusion between the plutocracies of Germany and the U.S.A.). There is a de facto alliance between the British Empire and America to repel the impending Japanese onslaught.

Germany is expected to opportunistically revive it's drive to the east bringing it on a collision course with the Empire of Nippon. However oblique the motives and goals of the 'allies' may be they have the power to defeat Japan. But defeat isn't enough. Japan is sufficiently strong to be a vortex capable of dragging everyone else down. And on my world-line there will be no hesitation about depleting the super-weapons in every combatant's arsenal.

I have now at last finished conveying the highlights of my homeworld's modern history and contemporary situation. I apologize for any pedantry, but without providing some background my own story is incomprehensible.

as always, with best regards, ProfessorPhate

Post Date: Mon, 22 Mar 1999 23:53:31 -0600 (CST)

If one must identify a single divergency-tangent (a descriptive model that I am increasingly coming to regard as a distorting over-simplification) between our world-lines, it would be the Japanese reaction to the humiliating defeat inflicted upon them by the Soviet Union in the battle of Khalkin-Gol or the Nomohan Incident that concluded on the 31st of August 1939.

I just don't know if there was a Montauk Project or even a Philadelphia Experiment on my world-line. It is obvious to me however that some party or parties in that United States has the power to implant my psyche into this world-line and to communicate with me as required. I was dispatched on a mission and I can only presume, let me reiterate, presume that I wasn't sent here alone. I'm just the tip of a very long tail.

_______

Perhaps my remarks concerning the issue of the primacy and derivativeness of world-lines was elliptical, too off-handed, or so embedded textually as to be understandably overlooked. I never intended to imply that I regarded my homeworld as the original; in fact, I have come to consider the question of which time/world-line was the first as a meaningless one. However, for reasons previously mentioned, I have ascertained that this world-line, compared to my own (the only basis of comparison I have) is profoundly far-fetched and volitile.

Insofar as I can determine, if one must ascribe a single initial divergence (another practice about which I have become highly dubious) it would be the success in your history of the Dee-Kelly Enochian Workings (1582-87).

This instability has been subsequently reinforced by the passing of the Dark Satellite (1881), the Montauk Project (insert your own dates), the detonation of a teratological bomb by the U.S. (1993), and God knows what else. As for being a multiversal cross-roads....whatever this world-line was originally, it sure is one now.

If I can keep up, more latter and best regards, ProfessorPhate

Post Date: Fri, 26 Mar 1999 19:36:18 -0600 (CST)

We certainly have our nuclear arsenals (and the United States possesses a 'Maginot Line' of particle beam towers-which I suspect is what has principally deterred Germany from attacking America).

I am unaware of a Bermuda Triangle or its counterparts on my world.

This is an expression of my ignorance-nothing else is implied.

Post Date: Sun, 28 Mar 1999 09:25:43 -0600 (CST)

The question of doubles is a vexing one. Although I am very inclined to answer no, I feel that if I did so an important qualification or aspect would be swept under the rug. I'm sorry that I don't have a facile reply, but this is another mystery about my situation which perplexes me.

No PBS or cable, but our commercial networks are more numerous. The broadcasting emphasis is upon local and national 'niche-programming' much as it was in the early 50's on this world-line. In content, it's never moved too far away from it's foundation in radio. A rut I guess, however we never had to wait for the latest programming fad to receed either. By the way, the movie studios received an anti-trust exemption (it was in the 'national interest' to have that propaganda mill undisturbed) and so the movie industry never underwent the wrenching restructuring that here it suffered through for 30 years.

Insofar as I can ascertain, our industrial style and the pace of alteration is extremely modest or conservative compared to flurry of change and temporary domination of a given fashion that we experience. On my world-line, the American civilian economy, although robust, just doesn't have the elasticity and self-indulgent abundance that is so staggering on your world.

sincerely, ProfessorPhate

Post Date: Wed, 31 Mar 1999 17:35:01 -0600 (CST)

Our most advanced American cars are lower, wider and more curvaceous than those with which we are familiar. The new Beetle is very reminiscent of our automobile designs. We didn't have to endure fins, compact cars, or...ahh...Japanese imports.

In apparel, societal strictures have prevented the flood of informality that has inundated the costuming here. The uniforms of subcultures (Goth, gangsta, etc.) that have proliferated in this America are, insofar as they exist at all, marginal and when they surface regarded with suspicion by the mainstream culture. What we know as 'casual dress' is about as casual as it gets.

ProfessorPhate

Post Date: Thu, 1 Apr 1999 11:04:45 -0600 (CST)

I have previously alluded to the fact that on my world-line there is a substantial collaboration between the American plutocracy and the technocratic faction of the German ruling-class. I am, of course, not privy to the intimate particulars of this arrangement.

Ironically, it was probably this alliance that forestalled fatal conflict between the Third Reich and the United States. So your intuition Alan is quite correct.

Post Date: Thu, 1 Apr 1999 22:42:40 -0600 (CST)

To reiterate: the most valuable resource 'possessed' by this planet, the one which attracts in ever increasing numbers visitors from throughout the multiverse, is its metaphysical and empirical eccentricity.

The strain of improbabilty, indigenous to all world-lines, is unusually and significantly pronounced in this one. Activities can be undertaken here that are prohibitively difficult on the operator's homeworld, Discoveries, inventions, experiments, etc., which, if possible at all, would require exorbitant time and labor to even attempt on another-more staid-world can be performed on this planet, at this time, with comparative ease. Unfortunately, every such act (and indeed the insertion of the 'alien' perpetrator himself) increases the instability of this world-line. Improbabilities compound themselves until, if you will, the speculative bull market crashes. I would be surprised if there weren't numerous native-born humans who aren't exploiting this condition as well. Whatever else obtains that would contribute to the explanation of this planet's current condition, this is the situation as I understand (and have been given to understand) it to be.

ProfessorPhate _______

Post Date: Mon, 5 Apr 1999 19:00:56 -0500 (CDT)

Regretably [****], I am unable to answer the vast majority of your questions, and the rest only in a generality. For example, organized religion in my America still has an elaborate and intimate community or neighborhood presence generally throughout the country.

Remember, the Sixties never happened on my world; and the social alterations which happened so precipitously and irresistibly here have proceeded, shall we say, more sedately or diffidently from where I come. But as to the details of how our scriptures differ from yours... I have no idea. I presume-or take for granted-that until the divergency in 1939 the minutiae of daily life were identical on both worlds.

This is my problem (well, one of them): something more substantial than my consciousness but (I presume-once again, as usual) something less encompassing than my soul was 'transferred' involuntarily from my aboriginal world to this one. This happened when I was six years old (on both worlds). I first became aware of my 'dislocation' when I was eight years of age (on this world-line of course). How much does a six year old remember about anything? How much can anyone fortysix years later reliably remember of one's infancy? And how much survived the 'abolition' I underwent? Besides, I am now a fully integrated personality. The only direct knowledge I have of my homeworld has been gleaned from those few occasions when my astral body has been retrieved by my 'superiors' in order to reinforce my conditioning (it isn't my intention to convey the impression that this is a sinister procedure - the grief engendered by ontological nostalgia is more than sufficiently persuasive in cementing one's attention). The historical information that I have imparted devolves from a 'briefing' that those responsible for my condition and mission 'super-imposed' upon me (again, as reinforcement). So my knowledge is maddeningly general and abstract on the one hand, and overly particular but severely constrained on the other. So, although I will try to be as forthcoming as possible, I hope you will appreciate my limitations.

with the very best of regards,

ProfessorPhate

[Note: the following post was in response to claims made by Alex Collier that the Germans created a time/space rift in 1931 as a result of time-travel experimentation, allowing the "Greys" to enter our reality from the future {of an "earlier" time/world} and begin to engage in temporal manipulation along this worldline]

Post Date: Wed, 14 Apr 1999 00:35:56 -0500 (CDT)

Okay, I'm not quite sure if I am most directly addressing Alan or Alex, but in any case....

When I first read this post I apriori dismissed the possibility raised within. However upon reflection, my initial reaction was prejudiced and hasty.

IF the Germans are experimenting with time machines upon my world-line (and I have no indication that they are, but there is also no reason for me to be privy to such machinations - I couldn't resist the pun), I imagine that the means of acquring temporal technology was as follows.

Presuming that the Germans (whoever that might really be - for example, instead of the Nazi's equivalent of the Manhattan Project, it could be the undertaking of an isolated faction) are aware of this world-line and can also insert their agents into it, at some junction along the post-1931 timeline of this earth, they contact those Germans engaged in chrononautical research. Because, as I have previously posted, your world-line is much more susceptible to paranormal exploitation the possibility of succeeding in such experiments is significantly greater and easier. After learning all they can, these hypothetical agents are then extracted and returned to my homeline...and the mischief begins anew. Elements of this scenario could be altered for it to be equally plausible, but this version seems to be the most sensible to me.

However, let me reiterate, I know of no evidence to justify it's supposition. Quite frankly, although I must begrudingly intellectually concede the possibility described in your post, emotionally I don't want to have anything to do with it. But that's a bad reflection upon me, not you.

ProfessorPhate

Post Date: Fri, 23 Apr 1999 11:57:32 -0500 (CDT)

Dear Alan and et al,

Regretably, my specific knowledge of my homeline depends upon a collage of childhood memories, casual re-observation, 'attuned' inferences, and the statements of my superiors.

I am unable, therefore, to reply directly to your inquiry; but obliquely I can say this: it is my impression/understanding that most other worldlines, are above all else, concerned with maintaining their own stability, their own hum-drum persistence and progression, if you will.

This worldline (and others like it) is regarded as a fascinating, useful, and horrible example of what happens when temporal/ontological manipulation escalates.

Post Date: Wed, 28 Apr 1999 11:37:06 -0500 (CDT)

Since the discussion of parallel worlds, including most of the concepts and terminology associated with this topic, originated in the popular culture of science-fiction and comic books, I thought I should bring this to your attention.

The role-playing company TSR for its game Alternity has published a supplement entitled Tangents. It is a source book which describes in considerable detail their theory of alternate worlds and the technology used to travel from one world-line to another. Of course, most of the material is only pertinent to and phrased in terms of the game system; nevertheless, some of you might find the conjectures contained therein to be stimulating and useful.

best regards,

ProfessorPhate

Post Date: Wed, 9 Jun 1999 23:42:32 -0500 (CDT)

Dear Alan, friends, and lurkers,

My apologies for the tardiness of my reply to the question you posed on the 18th of last month, but I have been recovering from a nasty spot of pneumonia.

My 'overseers', as you have felicitously characterized them, treat me as a more or less involuntary agent, and thus, I can only make informed inferences about their nature and purpose. I have been told that the American government will be the beneficiary of the information that I accrue upon this world. From this I surmise that they are, to some degree at least, working for the government in some intelligence gathering and/or military capacity. Their purview seems to be circumscribed to these areas of interest and whatever I (and others sent from my original world-line) glean will be dedicated to the impending war effort [against the Germanic 'empire' which threatens the 'other' worldline? - Alan]. They may have the know-how to be a 'quantum police force', but insofar as I can tell, they have no motivation or inclination to behave as such.

with best regards,

ProfessorPhate

[Note: the following are more recent posts from Professor-Phate, to the members of a 'time travel email list years ago]

Post Date: Mon Jul 31, 2000 11:39am

Subject: Re: Inquiries was Re: Al Bielek video

To all that this may concern,

I haven't, until about five minutes ago, taken the time to read the messages posted on this forum for the last two days. I believe that Joni is, with gracious reticence, referring to me as the one who has asserted that I am a transplant from an alternate Earth. 

It was not my intention (rather my inattention) to artificially create suspense concerning when or if I would reveal my identity. If Mr. Hamilton and the others who have expressed interest in my story (for which, honesty in advertising compels me to admit I have not an iota of evidence) would consult the archives of this list (perhaps the listmaster could be of assistance) many of their inquiries should be addressed; if not, I think (cross your fingers) I have my primary statement on file and could arrange to reproduce it here for general edification (or entertainment, as the case may be). 

There is not much more that I currently have to add to the aforementioned archived report except to say, that based upon a certain series of disclosures which have been tendered to me in the last year, I am becoming persuaded that this Earth may have more exiles, agents, or what-have-you from alternative Earths walking around than I have hitherto believed. If I can be of any assistance in providing further elucidation about my own situation or this topic in general I am at your disposal.

best regards,

ProfessorPhate

Undated Post #1

Dear Mr. Hamilton, et al,

As I read your recent message I couldn't remember posting such interesting material, and then it occurred to me that perhaps you are alluding to Mr. Walton's (and may he soon rejoin us) remarks which became entangled with my own; this is understandable since my supplementary elaborations appeared in a dialogue with the estimable Mr. Walton. Nevertheless, although we will have to await his exposition of the 'Time War' and the 5th dimension, I can address your other inquiries.

Once again, I shall try to clarify a misunderstanding which hitherto I have never been able to correct: to the best of my knowledge I never claimed that my Earth was the prototype-indeed, I recall declaiming (perhaps a mite too dismissively or at least testily) that such a search is impossible and pointless. However...I did assert that from my perspective this Earth is an artificially or unnaturally deviated counterpart in comparison to, if you will, the set of 'natural' permutations. I, of course, can reasonably be accused of special-pleading but that is the situation as understand it to be.

Chronologically, my Earth is about a quarter of century behind this one; technologically, with a number of exceptions, perhaps forty years behind yours-well, ours-and in its culture generally between forty and fifty. If you have found it, the particulars are dealt with in my 'position paper'.

Although I am hesitant to employ terminology gleaned from pop-culture, simply because the allegorical correspondences begin to break down rather quickly and it becomes, in any case, a narrow and inhibiting framework for discussion (loved the movie though!-and Dark City is a must see!!), let me just baldly state that as a principle I regard the astral domain as 'The Matrix' (although with no imputation of malevolent Neo-Gnostic deception and oppressiveness) and in its fundamental function the equivalent of the state vector of quantum physics. And from this (he said in his best imitation of Orson Welles as The Shadow) many portentous consequences follow. Well, I hope some of this helps.

best regards,

ProfessorPhate

Undated Post #2

( Woman complained about his lingo ) Superfluous, Judith...never, convoluted...so a number of my friends say. Okay, at the risk of stepping into the same beartrap that I kept telling myself to avoid....

Let me try this: the astral domain is The Matrix, the archetypal program that can be re-programmed to project any given simulation of reality into the minds of its percipients. My earth, our earth, an earth where Mickey Mouse rules the world, and all the other conceivable and inconceivable, possible and impossible earths are specific concrete variations of this astral software. 

Now left to itself this entire process proceeds according to natural metaphysical laws, or so metaphysicians and theologians reassure us. But the human, inhuman, and non-human will can, according to the same sources, intervene and alter the code. This can amount to a violation of, a temporary suspension of, or if he or she or it is really good, the reconstitution of 'natural physical laws'. 

When this happens it's called magic, divine intervention, Montauk, and a thousand and one other things (depending on the originating agent(s) or agency); or as a contemporary scientist might say (and as the relatively-in these circles-conservative physicist Evan H. Walker did say)-here comes the jargon-highly sustained willpower results in the collapse of the state vector on the macroscopic scale at an extremely improbable level. 

Now, if you have one or more parties in command of the psychological technology (in want of a better phrase), on this world or any other, necessary to so re-order the reality of any given group of sentients you don't have so much, as Mr. Walton says, Time-Wars, as Reality Wars. That, in a nutshell-perhaps one with a very thick covering and a very small nut-is why we are experiencing the real Battlefield Earth. Okay, any better?

best regards,

ProfessorPhate

Undated Post #3

Dear Maverick,

Because you were the first to submit a daunting list of questions to I shall address this response to you, although of course all who have expressed interest in my statements are being kept in mind (and yes Judith I do speak like this, sometimes to the consternation of my friends-I guess I am a hopeless captive of a 19th century literary temperment). 

I see that Starfire Tor also has some co-ordinated inquiries, and if I may ask for his indulgence, I will try to answer his at the soonest available opportunity. My place of business is starting to move this week, wonderfully coinciding with a quarter of the staff leaving for vacation so I am suddenly having to cover the shifts of a number of other workers and so I'm afraid my stamina is being a bit over-taxed. So my apologies to all if my replies are even less satisfactory than usual.

A prefactory note: I'm afraid that drove Mr. Walton to a state of disappointment and exasperation (if not aggravation) when I attempted to answer his questions. Regretfully, and no one feels this more keenly than I do, any elucidation of mine is severely constrained by the amount of information that I can bring to bear on the questions mustered by the list members. Irrespective of whether or not my assertions are judged to be self-delusional (if not indicative of a psychotic fugue), a hoax, a egomaniacal campaign to stimulate attention, or what-have-you, my storehouse of 'facts' or 'information' is almost devoid of goods; and I cannot confabulate anything beyond that limitation. I will try to, as thoroughly as I can, answer any questions but the data you seek just may not be available to me (this is why I contacted Mr. Walton in the first place and joined this list, i.e., in the hope that in the recounting of someone elses story I might find something to illuminate the very dark corners of my own). So if my responses seem to be unresponsive, vague, abstract, mere generalities, I can only express my regret for having falsely inflating your expectations and then wasting your time.

I infer from the context of my experience that my 'superiors' (and I place the italic marks around that word to indicate my ironic and very ambivalent attitude towards them) are a quasi-government group in my homeworld America. By this I mean they are, as best as I can judge, either a deep black-ops agency deliberately lost in the bureaucratic paperwork, or an independent association with intimate one-way (them-to-it) ties to the government. It is my impression that the latter is closer to the truth.

Our communication is entirely initiated from their end. On those rare occasions when it has occurred the medium of transmission has been my dream-state. Now, I don't have to be psychic to predict what may now be the reaction of the more skeptical among you. Believe me, if I was in your position my head would be shaking as well and what follows would be classified as "Case Closed". But, in order to preserve the integrity of my experience and the feasibilty of my claims let me, at this time, hope that this clarification is sufficient to offset the understandable qualms one or more of you may be having about the bother of reading further. 

When I have these 'episodes' the panoply of my senses are engaged (very much unlike the ordinary dream-state, at least mine) and indeed, at a pitch of lucidity and vivacity greater than my waking-state. 

This condition is exclusively extant during these times. It is as if, and this is how I interpret it or choose to interpret it, I am returning to the psycho-physical matrix to which I was aboriginally atturned and to which I am briefly re-integrated. It's a peculiar form of a heightened state of consciousness. Without further flailing about in, what must shortly become for all of you, a tedious attempt to describe this singular state, let me just conclude by saying that it's nature is such as to throw it into contrast with every other state of consciousness that I ordinarily experience. 

So, unless I am dealing with an eccentric neurological disorder-a possibility which I must acknowledge even if I vehemently reject it-the phenomenal validity is vouchsafed for me because of the aforementioned comparisons which I can tabulate. Well, as Judith, my stylistic conscience, might point out I am becoming garrulous-and here I haven't even finished answering your second question! I beseech your patience and I will resume soon.

best regards,

ProfessorPhate

Undated Post #4

To resume,

It would be helpful if I replied to your questions Maverick in the order given...ahh, literacy-what a concept-I've got to try it some time. I jumped from inquiry number one to three. I will try to be more attentive in the future.

Most specifically, my sponsors (if you will) want me to discover what methods have been developed on this fraternal earth (if I may expropriate C.D. Hoit's most felicitous characterization-kudos!) to biologically enhance the human body/mind to suprahuman levels. Or to render it another way, to deliberately punctuate Stephen Gould's 'evolutionary equilibrium'. If Marverick you have been able to download my historical overview I think you would join me in concluding that they wish to apply whatever I have gleaned to improving the military capabilities of their America. Frankly, I don't begrudge them this at all.

more soon, and I won't be reading any more posts on this list until I answer your questions, otherwise I will be spinning off on so many digressions that I'll never get back. And then on to Starfire Tor. If you and he have taken the time and effort to solicit my responses (however inadequate and unsatisfying they may be), the least I can do is to stay focused on one compendium at a time. Oh, and best regards,

ProfessorPhate

Undated Post #5

Dear Maverick and all,

At the risk of, as usual, leaving myself hanging from an expostulary thread, let me slip in a few remarks before I go to work.

The contact in my sleep might be more exactly described as an extraction. I believe (and their might be a more accurate explanation of this phenomenon but this is the one which makes the most sense to me) that a very deeply embedded hypnotic program is stimulated by my superiors on these occasions which enables them to 'pull out' the self than originated on my fraternal earth, realign its frequency of being so that it conforms to the resonance of their reality, and then communicate whatever it is they wish to impart; presumably the process is then reversed and my aboriginal self is then 'reinserted' or allowed to flow back into the host-my doppleganger on this world. 

That is why I am sympathetic towards and prejudiced in favor of at least some of Al Bielek's assertions (Mr. Hamilton's disquietude about his account not withstanding), especially those concerning the 'soul-grafting' (my phrase not his, and probably a poor one) which he and others have had performed upon them. Well, I'm up against the unyielding clock and I'm off for the day. I wish, oh do I dearly wish, I could be more exact and detailed in my rendition Maverick but this is about the best I can do. Maybe when I take on your further questions I can give a more satisfactory reply.

best regards

ProfessorPhate

Undated Post #6

Good morning Maverick and whomever else is still slogging through this with me,

To provisionally conclude my reponse to your question about the "communication pathway", let me hasten to add that my reversions to my homeworld are hardly frequent or periodic. I

n my entire life I have only been returned three times, although on the first occasion, the episode was protracted over several weeks. However, I have (again, technically in a dream state) subconsciously projected my self into, or been supinely attracted by the 'gravitational pull' of, or whatever, my fraternal planet. 

The second time I was withdrawn by my superiors I was admonished that such a spontaneous, involuntary, or surreptitious 'snapping-back' was very reckless and hazardous (to me, to the mission, to them, to the space-time equilibrium-I don't know, as usual, I was told as little as necessary) and not to do it again-for whatever reason I haven't.

This might be the right place to interpolate the sequence of the procedure whereby I 'arrived' on the world. On my fraternal earth I was an adult (and no, I don't remember any personal details-when I have made an unauthorized return I seem to be incessantly touring my home city-a rough analogue to the one I live in here- I think in an attempt to 'touch-base' with something tangible,familiar, in the hope of recovering some personal information from that period of my life), that personality was distilled and regressed to the age of six (this is about to become even more bizarre, inconsistent, and demented sounding but this is what they told me). 

I was then projected into, or grafted upon (insert your own preferred designation) the being of my doppleganger, who was approximately the same age (I can 'verify' this because I acutely recall the exact instant-literally-when I realized, at the age of eight, that I wasn't from this world and that something was very askew'; I don't know if the epiphany coincided with the introduction of my base or previous personality or if that fact had taken that long to percolate to the top of, ahh, my consciousness. 

Then I was informed that when I obtained the information they sought I would be extracted, rejoined with my six year old self (although with the intellectual maturity of a ten year old, I suppose due to the subconscious presence of the life-time experiences of two adults) allowed to naturally age to about the age of fourteen and then debriefed and my 'package' retrieved. 

Sounds stupid, doesn't it. 

And as for all those loose ends...I have absolutely no idea what happens to them or how to reconcile the multiple paradoxes. I am equally ignorant concerning the instrumental details of how all this is done, or why it is, or has to be, done that way. As I have said before, I am the very tip of a very long tail, so my perspective isn't the most panoramic.

best regards,

ProfessorPhate

Undated Post #7

Dear Maverick, and all whose further inquiries and comments I hope to address in order of appearance before the expiration of the decade,

Apropos your recommendation of the term 'aberrant'. As I've indicated, upon reading C.D.Hoit's characterization ('fraternal world'), I have adopted his usage in lieu of the one you proposed. Nevertheless, your own coinage is an especially apt description of this earth's categorical status, and if I might, without sowing terminological confusion, I would like to reserve for potential application the adjective 'aberrant' for worlds (I hope few in number) that can be so classified.

Apparently, I am indeed asserting that these aberrant worlds (in your sense) are inhabited by soul-filled entities, just as the 'real' (?) world does. Of course, although I have had recourse to this designation myself, it's presence in this conversation makes me uncomfortable, simply because so many sects, denominations, philosophers, and spiritual traditions have so many differing definitions of this ontological component-the existence of which is for so many people, in any case, hypothetical at best. But the barn door was imprudently opened by me, so....

When you asked: "What is the interface that allows for the detection of and the connection to targeted souls to fuze?", I am moved to clarify the entire context of this issue. All of the material dealt with by me in that post concerns a secret society on this world. 

The last time I was 'summoned home' I had a very anomalous encounter with my superiors. On this unique occasion, the discussion had nothing to do with my standing mission. I was shown a film, accompanied by a briefing (the sources of the content of that post), and told to garner as much additional information as rapidly as possible. 

I inferred that another agent or agents furnished them initially with what data they possessed because the topic was a surprise to me. 

I surmised that they were very disturbed by the scope and activities of this fraternity because of its potential to destabize the existential adamancy of their own world. Perhaps they also are trepidatious about the competitive prowess of this group. I threw out what they knew in the hope that someone could fill in a blank there, add a detail here, etc. Nothing came of it; and to me it was just another job, and a digressive one at that. But I must acknowlege, in my judgement, their acute concern is justified.

"Are your 'superiors' using souls, in the aberrant world, to restructure the matrix in the aberrant world...the real world?" I'm sorry but I cannot begin to answer that question. I doubt if any conjecture on my part, which you weren't soliciting anyway, would be much more insightful than your own.

more soon and with best regards,

ProfessorPhate

Undated Post #8

Hello list members,

"Please identify and expand. Only through specifics can we share a useful communication." ( Maverick was so pushy he repeated this throughout his entire grilling of Prof. he was so specific he got kicked off dragonslayers.N) And if they were to be had they would be yours. 

The only meager addition, a clarification actually, is that this secret society has franchises, if I can be excused the flippancy, at the time of the original post, on four fraternal worlds, including this earth where it apparently originated. I would presume, given what information I did receive (imparted to me with unusual thoroughness), that in the interim they have considerably expanded. 

This briefing was the last, or latest, contact I have had with my home-world. As the perspicacious have noticed, there is a very messy issue of differing temporal flow-rates, so if my assumption is factually correct, my sponsors may have an altogether different perspective. I can only reiterate that, at the time ( :-) ) it was sudden and very apprehensive development.

Well Maverick, in the absence of an autobiography, that's the rest of the story insofar as your (initial?) list of questions is concerned. Perhaps contained therein something of value or interest was gleaned by you and the others. All complaints are to be directed to parties unknown on a world far far away.

I will now return to the message board and reply, in rotation, to any further inquiries submitted by the list members. Thank you all for your courteous interest and I hope I didn't find my way into too many kill-files.

best regards

ProfessorPhate

Undated Post #9

Well Starfire, they have never used the Internet to communicate with me, probably because the Internet, PC's, and even Webtv have not, I suppose, even been imagined on my homeworld. No Roswell, no Corso, no transitors...nifty death-ray citadels though. But if you will read the last chapter of "The Electric Connection: Its Effects on Mind and Body" by Michael Shallis I think you will discover some germane, albeit disquieting, observations on the topic of what can use the Internet to initiate communication.

I trust that I have been able to elaborate upon, if not satisfactorily answer, a number of your subsequent questions. As to whether or not I believe that "...magick and the occult sciences play a real role in the working of the matrix.", I most emphatically do, especially here!

To the best of my knowledge (and this only refers to the research that I have conducted) only the works of John Bennett (sp?) bear some relevance to the issue of the historical origins of this secret society; I am reasonably confident in asserting that the Freemasons, Illuminatti, etc. are not involved. Their objectives (as claimed by themselves or by their detractors) and methodologies don't seem to be pertinent.

best regards,

ProfessorPhate

Undated Post #10

Dear Maverick,

Just let take a moment to reassure you that I am not a member of the Bielek claque. Unlike Mr. Hamilton, or perhaps yourself, I do not have the competence (nor frankly, the inclination) to examine the veracity of his claims. His personal account, nor even his rendition of the P.E./Montauk Affair (sounds like an old Man From U.N.C.L.E. episode) has any intrinsic bearing upon my own experiences. 

To paraphrase what you said, just because one can usefully segregate discrete elements from the accounts of the Montauk Three (or is it Four now?) doesn't compel one to endorse the remainder. 

If posterity confirms his version of events, then good for him; if not, then I trust he realized he couldn't take it with him. Certain aspects of his story resonate with me but it is those similarities and not necessarily the man himself which arouses my attention

best regards,

ProfessorPhate

Undated Post #11

Dear Maverick,

My apologies for the tardiness of my replies, and I am afraid they will continue, for a while, to be sporadic; because of the relocation of my workplace I have recently been pulling down sometimes triple shifts and when I return home even turning on the Internet seems to be an unbearable chore.

In your message of 8/4/10:57 A.M., you postulated that there may have been episodes which I can no longer consciously retrieve. Insofar as the unilateral initiatives of my superiors are concerned, I don't think so, the ambience of the event is much to singular for me to forget one. 

However, it is possible, although I have tried to monitor these experiences as assiduously as I can, that I have forgotten one or more of my 'unauthorized' returns. It also seems to me that the psuedo-physical process of retracting me to my home-world is the only method available to those responsible, at least there has been no indication of any other means hitherto employed. And yet...I must admit that it would be reasonable to infer that they have some way to keep themselves apprised of my situation.

"Do you have a preference of worlds?" To most baldly put it: at least subconsciously, the compulsion to return is the leitmotiv of my life; a fact about which I am both rueful and considerably ambivalent.

Alas, I must shortly leave for work and I am unable to continue. I hope, upon my return this evening, I will be able to resume and reply at greater length.

best regards,

Prof Phate

Undated Post #12

Dear Maverick,

In your letter of 8/4/10:57 A.M. you asked for a clarification of my relationship with those I have dubbed 'superiors' and if I am implying a more specific subordination. Because they were responsible for my situation, imprinted and reinforced my motivation, and claim to possess the means of restoring a facsimile of my aboriginal life, I have deemed them my superiors or sponsors. Nothing else is (knowingly) intended. In schematic terms, it may not be the most fitting but it seems subjectively the most apt designation.

I really don't remember a single detail about my adult life on my homeworld; and I truly cannot imagine that any aspect of any of my vocations has the slightest concordance (other than the sheerly coincidental and trivial) with any professional attainment upon my fraternal earth. I do however believe that my avocational interests have been substantially influenced by my subconscious 're-education'.

You have asked me to untangle some of the sequential conundrums. When I was an adult on my homeworld that state of being was regressed to the person that I was (on the fraternal earth) at the age of six. This 'composite' was then alloyed with my counterpart on this world; this had to have been done before my epiphany at the age of eight (now whether this was done one second or n-years beforehand, I can't say). It is my impression that I no longer subsist as an adult on my homeworld-indeed, if one could in synchronization observe both worlds at this moment I don't know what (if any) tangible presence I would have on my original earth.

You are correct in your recapitulation of the sequence of temporal and biological relationships which I was told that would eventuate upon my restoration. Apparently, the "plan to retrieve and terminate the mission...." has not yet reached the phase of implementation.

I must concede that I am not unsympathetic to the reasonablesness of situating my experience within the psychological model of abuse but it is not entirely satisfactory to me, after all, for example, a soldiers relationship to his superior officer can be justly so described but you must acknowledge there is an extenuating context that undermines the literal accuracy of such a characterization. Nevertheless, your words bear reflection on my part.

Let me address the remaining portions of you thoughtful e-mail in the near future.

best regards,

ProfessorPhate

Undated Post #13

Dear Starfire Tor,

I am in-between business trips and as I was trying to swim against the tide of reading my messages before the heat death of the universe occurs I encounterd yours. And to you as well I hope you will excuse my laggardness in replying.

The reason why I wanted to draw your attention to "The Electric Connection" by Michalel Shallis was because in the last chapter he applies Rudolf Steiner's concept of the Ahrimanic principle to the nature of cybernetics. He asserts that whereas raw electricity is the substantial body of Ahriman (a necessary but adversarial Spirit insofar as the evolution of the human species is concerned) the computer (and by implication, I suppose, our entire electro-mechanical infrastructure) it It's functional body. As you might imagine he does not draw warm and fuzzy inferences from this supposition. Our computer network is demonically possessed (to imitate a headline writer for The World Weekly News). So, if your local library has a copy of this book, a perusal of the last chapter (although the entire book is worth one's attention) might lead you to some interesting conjectures about what forces or agencies can inhabit the Internet, other than the evils of spammers and trolls of course.

I will respond to the other questions of your letter of the 8th as soon as I can.

best regards.

ProfessorPhate

Undated Post #14

ProfessorPhate@webtv.net wrote:

Dear Bruce, Nicky, et al,

A few weeks ago, I received a new communication from my 'contacts' (a woman and two men) on my aboriginal world/time-line. I wish to take this occasion to impart-for what it is worth-the following information.

I have, in those posts that the redoubtable Nicky recovered and consolidated several months ago, written of the alleged 'artificiality' or 'unnaturalness' of this world/time-line. 

I have also commented upon the fecund susceptibility of this cosmos to existential errosion which manifests itself in, and is stimulated in turn by, literal paranormal phenomena. And how the resulting ontological contradictions or incompatibilities will eventually result in the dissolution of this world/time-line. 

A perusal of the relevant digests will amplify upon and detail my remarks. Let me direct your attention to those archives.

My handlers told me that what Vernor Vinge and others refer to as the Singularity will trigger the aforementioned event. 

A bit of background before you all bring up your search engine of choice. In the early 90's, the science fiction writer, Vernor expropriated a term from astrophysics and applied it to an impending and inexorable event. According to his-and others- calculations, in the year 2035 (although, in the opinion of the woman in the group, the year 2025) the ever accelerating climb of the plotted curve of knowledge and technological implementation of those discoveries will become vertically ascendant. 

That point when the curve becomes perpendicular Vinge called the Singularity. 

At that juncture, the pace of change in innovation will become so rapid and unassimilatible that the world as we knew it becomes unknowable and unpredictable. Although, believe it or not, there are groups, such as the transhumanists and the extopians, who salivate over this liberation from the fetters of history, I'm afraid the sociological implications are very dire.

As any number of academic specialists in the asundry fields of personal and collective psychology can tell you, when an individual or group is under the pressure of the stress of unsuccessfully trying to adjust to a barrage of unanticipated changes, they tend to have a nervous breakdown. 

My liaisons believe we, on this world/time-line, will be witnessing and/or experiencing a catastrophic psycho-demographic collapse which will powerfully intensify the aforementioned attrition of our existential stability. 

Now, let me hasten to clarify, they aren't asserting that one second after midnight on Jan. 1, 2035 (or whenever) the universe disappears in a puff of smoke-and then the smoke disappears. It is one of those a-journey-of-a-thousand-miles-begins-with-a-single-step sort of things. 

When the Singularity occurs, the final irrevocable countdown starts.. How long it take to reach zero is ours to guess. There is a further sub-text to this phenomenon which I need to address latter. I just thought that someone might want a heads-up.

sincerely,

Professor Phate

Conclusion

Fantastical and outrageous. That is my opinion.

So why post such nonsense?

I have provided all this information to the reader to assess and come to their own conclusions.  I do know that the universe is a strange one and that reality is far removed from what our perception of it is.  I also do know that the MWI is valid.

This all might be nonsense, or might have some validity.  I do not know.

I post it here precisely for ONE reason; there are others who enter and leave this world-line. Most do so incognito. No one knows their true histories, means of entry and egress, technology or purposes. While they might describe things that seem outlandish to us, the truth is that our reality is NOT what we think it is. It is something else entirely.

We need to open our eyes to the reality of the MWI.  Our reality and our universe is not at all what we think. World-line travel and MWI egress is easily performed when our consciousness transitions from particle behavior to wave behavior. That then permits migration within the Heavens to other world-lines; a MWI slide, if you will.

The Nature of the Universe
The individual reality that our consciousness observes is ψ-ontic in nature. By the manipulation of particle duality, we can travel within the ψ-epistemic totality. Yes. That is how it is done.

We can accomplish this in different ways;

  • We can “connect” with a species that already has this innate ability, and migrate with them using their duality ability.
  • We can utilize technology that would enable us to control the wave / particle duality of behavior for our consciousness.
  • We can utilize technology that enables us to temporarily suppress our particulate behavior of consciousness into wave behavior.

This last method has two techniques that I am aware of;

  • [1] A large fixed portal. Resulting in portal to portal travel.

  • [2] A mobile mechanism. Resulting in a “bubble” where the bubble changes the reality surrounding it.

Vehicular world-line travel

Take Aways

  • An individual recounted his narrative on consciousness migration (world-line travel) on the Internet in 1999.
  • He described a world-line that differs from our present reality.
  • He made some interesting comments regarding his impressions.
  • Information regarding the organization involved in this matter, and driving purposes was not provided.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Post EBP Reconstruction -Return To The Navy Barracks

Here, I return back to my narrative. The reader is reminded that I was “off-world” after entering the dimensional transport portal.  There, I underwent some kind of extraterrestrial EBP reconstructive “medical” procedure while lying on a table.  I got up and was instructed to leave the area.  I did so and entered a long red lit “tunnel” area.

Introduction

“To my way of thinking, there is every bit as much evidence for the existence of UFOs as there is for the existence of God; probably far more. At least in the case of UFOs there have been countless taped and filmed and, by the way, unexplained sightings from all over the world, along with documented radar evidence seen by experienced military and civilian radar operators.”

― George Carlin, When Will Jesus Bring the Pork Chops?

In short order, I walked through the field and left the red lit chamber.  It was dissimilar to when I entered it.  This time the ringing in my ears was far softer, and much quieter.  It wasn’t so fierce, and to me it appeared as if I just simply walked through a foot thick layer of fog.  Indeed, the transition from the medical facility to the naval base was nearly instantaneous.

Comparatively, it felt like walking through a thick wall of water.  That is actually the best way that I can explain it.  It was exactly like walking through an increasingly dense curtain of water.  As I passed through the gaseous and vaporous “waterfall”, I suddenly found myself back on the base.  I felt wet. (The feeling disappeared about three seconds later.)

I do remember being startled at how “wet” I felt. Then I “snapped out of it” and walked up to the meet the Commander as he walked towards me.

When I exited the field, it was 5 days later and I was leaving from a different portal in the ELF facility.  I entered the same room, but it was now dim and empty, and only the Commander was waiting for me. As I exited the portal I saw him clearly at the end of the hangar.  And, as I exited, he walked up to me.  He had been expecting me.  He waited for me at that specific date, and specific time.

Only some of the lights in the ceiling were on, as opposed to when I left the base.  At that time most of the lights were on.  At this time only about 1/3 to ¼ of the lights were on.  It was dim, but not completely dark.

I walked straight, but found that I exited at a 90 degree angle to where I entered.  As far as I can tell, my point of arrival was at the exact spot where I entered the field five days earlier.  The building was dim, empty and quiet.  As the Commander walked up to me, his footsteps echoed in the large empty building.  No one else was there.  It felt like the end of the day when everyone had went home.  The building was deserted and empty.  I continued walking towards him, and we met in the middle of the hangar.

I forgot all protocol and did not salute.  (As far as I can recall.) This was a terrible breach of everything that I had been taught, but I was in quite a state of shock.  (As was understandable.)  He didn’t seem to mind at all and motioned for us to go out through a side door to our right.  I seem to recall that he suggested that we go through the door.  We walked in silence together.  He was to my left and opened the door for me by pressing the center door brace. Then held it open for me by standing to my right side and holding the door open.

We exited the empty warehouse by leaving through a side door that took us to a small set of cement steps set next to the rear of the building.  We went down the steps and walked to the shady parking lot in front of us.  There were only two vehicles left there.  We entered the one that the Commander was driving.  It was, I believe, the same plain subcompact car that he drove us to the facility earlier.

Chatting in the Car

“I thought any chance I had of space travel would be military or government-controlled.”

-David Mackay

I sat in the front next to the Commander.  We drove out of the parking lot, and went out of the gated ELF area.  It was late afternoon, and the shade underneath the trees was dark and deep.  It was quiet, and everyone had gone home.  It was a Friday (!), and as such, the base was mostly deserted except for the barracks where the AOC’s lived.  We passed though the ELF gate and turned down the road. We rode down the shady lanes in quiet contemplation.

When we were on the road the Commander asked me what I thought about all that I had gone through.  I told him that it was all overwhelming.  I actually said “…it’s pretty overwhelming…”. I probably should have said more, but I was actually worn out and in a bit of shock.

We drove in silence for most of the trip.  I felt halcyon and cool.  He told me that he was doing to drop me off at the canteen and for me to get something to eat.  Then, after eating, I was to go to my barracks and get some sleep.  He told me that he knew that it seemed fantastic and amazing, but that I would get used to it all soon enough.  (Paraphrased quote.)  I told him that I thought that I might need a few days to sort everything out that happened.

I asked him what will happen next.  He said not to worry about that at all.  He stated that things will sort themselves out and I will know exactly what to do.  (Also paraphrased.)

Then he told me something that was shocking to me.  He told me that after today, I won’t remember anything that happened.  I must have been really disrespectful, but I think I said, “Awe…, shit.”  I quickly turned my head and looked out the window in deep thought.

“At various points in our lives, or on a quest, and for reasons that often remain obscure; we are driven to make decisions which prove with hindsight to be loaded with meaning. ”

― Swami Satchidananda, The Yoga Sutras

Yippee-Ki-Yay!

He pulled the car up to the canteen, we sat in the car for a few minutes. He told me to go inside and get something to eat.  He said that my class had already eaten, so when I am done eating, just return to the barracks on my own and join them.  He told me to remember everything that we had talked about.  Especially to remember “Yippee-Ki-Yay!”.

I got out and walked a few paces and then turned around to look at him.  He sat in the car and was watching me go into the building intently.  I smiled, turned around and went in.  I knew he watched me walk into the canteen and then he drove off.

Victoria Lasseter: Cherry Progressive, listen. Mandelbrot set is in motion. Echo Choir has been breached.

Mike Howell: Is that a lyric from something?

-Dialog representative of trigger phrase from the movie “American Ultra”.

In hindsight, this particular verbiage kept on coming up.  But it did not come up in the way that you would think.  Instead, it appeared periodically due to the popularity of the “Die Hard” series of movies.

Die Hard is a 1988 American action film directed by John McTiernan and written by Steven E. de Souza and Jeb Stuart, based on the 1979 novel Nothing Lasts Forever by Roderick Thorp. Die Hard follows off-duty New York City Police Department officer John McClane (Bruce Willis) as he takes on a group of highly organized criminals led by Hans Gruber (Alan Rickman), who perform a heist in a Los Angeles skyscraper under the guise of a terrorist attack using hostages, including McClane's wife Holly (Bonnie Bedelia), to keep the police at bay.

Here’s a comment written by Catullus on Dec 25, 2017 6:21 PM. It is in the comments section of the article titled “What’s The Greatest Christmas Movie Of All Time?”. In it, the commenter states that the movie “Die Hard” is the best movie (of all time) to watch during Christmas.

“Die Hard. Please. Women hate it.

It’s about a regular guy caught up in something extraordinary. Helped by other regular people. Using his wits.

Plus it’s full of lazy, fat, stupid government bureaucrats fucking it up even further.

And then he gets back with his wife who he’s having marital problems with while they balance success in their lives.

It’s not magic and dancing and bullshit”

-Catullus Dec 25, 2017 6:21 PM

Every time I would hear this phrase, or even the mere reference to it, I would feel somewhat stronger inside.  I would remember who I was and what my overall purpose was.  Maybe this was true for all Americans, but I had a certain attachment to the character whom Bruce Willis played in that movie; John McClane.

I am sure that the actor had no idea that his role was connected to our programming.  I also didn’t think he knew how his role was used to affect the emotional states of the men whom were entrusted to be the “real” John McClane in the “real” world.  Never the less, all of us in the program, felt connected to this character and (every-man) hero.

In fact, aside from the popular series of movies, I never heard that phrase ever used.  Even when it was used in the movies it seemed forced and uncomfortable.  What was the purpose of all the elements surrounding it?  It was and is a big mystery to me.

This is an interesting point I would like to devote a moment to ponder.  The government has ties to all the media outlets.  These ties are familial, friends, relationships, social, and in a number of cases, formal.  Additionally, for reasons that are rather complex, the American media is dominated by a liberal (as opposed to conservative) bias. They have connections to big business, banks, and every single media outlet.  They are able to use these connections to place phrases, words, sentences, subjects and concepts to the unaware American populace.  To most, they are banal and insignificant.  But they all, every single one of them has a meaning and a purpose.

While the movie “Die Hard” ended up being quite popular, the key ionic phrase that he uttered did not.  And that is perhaps the story within this story.  The message of the lone hero who fights a greatly powerful foe against all odds; the simple “every-man” hero is the story of our roles.  And while the movie portrayal was popular, the messages left inside the movie were missed and forgotten by everyone except those “in the know”.  For us, the message was clear.  The iconic phase was for us; the real “designated heroes” of this adventure.

Although how I was a “hero “is beyond me.  There is nothing especially great or unique about me, aside from those probes in my head.  I am just an average man, doing an average job, with a wife, and then retired from it all.  There was nothing heroic about anything in my life;  NOTHING. Nothing at all.

Honestly, I'm just some smuck that was in the right place at the right time, and nothing more.

Yippie - Hard Core
The use of Hollywood heroes and popular music, as well as conventional media to communicate and direct those of us so implanted is a common and IMPORTANT aspect of the program. I do not know why they did this. I can make assumptions and try to relate the use of base emotions and primal directive energies to create underlying motivations, but that is all just me guessing. I was never formally introduced into the reasoning and the science behind the ELF implants. I only know what was told to me and how it affected me later on in my life.

The Canteen

I entered the canteen.

I immediately noticed that the other AOCs were wearing a different uniform than I was.  I was dressed in the khaki uniform that I wore on Monday, and they were dressed in the khaki uniform for Friday.  To an outside observer this was meaningless, but to us it was important.  They wore a Service Khaki uniform with a peaked cap, while I was wearing a Service Khaki uniform with a garrison cap.  It startled me, but I just ignored it and continued into the canteen.

A Peaked Cap.
A military style cap with black visor, rigid standing front, flaring circular rim and black cap band worn with detachable khaki cover.  Fabric match of cap cover and uniform is required.  When wearing an all-weather coat, a clear plastic combination cap rain cover may be worn.

A Side Cap.
A side cap is a foldable military cap with straight sides and a creased or hollow crown sloping to the back where it is parted. It is known as a garrison cap (in the United States), a wedge cap (in Canada), or officially field service cap (in the United Kingdom and Commonwealth countries), but it is more generally known as the side cap.  A convenient feature of this cap is that when the owner is indoors and no coat-hook is available on which to hang it, then it can be easily stored (by folding it over the belt or, unofficially, by tucking it under an epaulette).

Outside the canteen, on the porch, was a rack where one would place their hats or raincoats before entering.  In this case, I noticed that the shelves had peaked hats.  This was quite unlike what I was wearing at the time.

Like an automation, I went and obtained a tray of food and then sat down apart from other classes that were eating.  I went to the closest empty table and sat apart from everyone else.  No one confronted me.  No one approached me.  I ate in silence by myself.  No one disturbed me.  I then finished, and returned back to my barracks.

I did this like an automation.  I did so automatically and without thinking, fear or concern.  It was as if I was in a half-awake dream.

How Memory Works

I am not a doctor.  Thus, my efforts to describe my beliefs concerning how my mind was compartmentalized might be wildly inaccurate.   My premise is simple.  What I describe is based upon my experience, and conclusions that I arrived to.  It is my opinion, and could be very wrong.

In general, my primary contention is that memory is not correctly understood by the conventional American medical establishment.  We think that it resides inside the brain, when it actually resides in the quantum sphere that surrounds our physical body. (I believe that by investigating how memory works, scientists can obtain insight into the nature of the soul.)

We, in the West, tend to believe that the processes and procedures related to curing the human body is wholly accurate and is the ONLY way to do so.  Why we believe this has to do with our culture.  Nevertheless, the truth is that the complexities of the human biological engine are not well understood by the Western medical establishment.

Here, we make approximations of complex biological processes through empirical supposition and theory based upon observation.  Overall, our science and chemistry is pretty good, and we are able to “cure” many diseases and illnesses.  

However, I must tell the reader this; our state of medical science is one of approximation.  We provide approximate solutions to complex biological variations.  Many times our solutions work.  But they do not ever work so efficiently.  Such is the case of how the human memory works.  How the human memory works differs substantially from what is assumed by mainstream science.

This is similar to, but not the same as, other theories regarding non-localization of memory.  Consider the holonomic brain theory, developed by neuroscientist Karl Pribram initially in collaboration with physicist David Bohm. This theory is a model of human cognition that describes the brain as a holographic storage network.

Holonomic brain theory

Pribram suggests these processes involve electric oscillations in the brain's fine-fibered dendritic webs, which are different from the more commonly known action potentials involving axons and synapses.  These oscillations are waves and create wave interference patterns in which memory is encoded naturally, and the waves may be analyzed by a Fourier transform.  

Gabor, Pribram and others noted the similarities between these brain processes and the storage of information in a hologram, which can also be analyzed with a Fourier transform.  In a hologram, any part of the hologram with sufficient size contains the whole of the stored information. 

In this theory, a piece of a long-term memory is similarly distributed over a dendritic arbor so that each part of the dendritic network contains all the information stored over the entire network.  This model allows for important aspects of human consciousness, including the fast associative memory that allows for connections between different pieces of stored information and the non-locality of memory storage (a specific memory is not stored in a specific location, i.e. a certain neuron)

Most, if not all, of the American medical establishment believes that memories are retained in the physical body.  It has to be they reason.  As there are no other physical locations that they could reside in.  However, that is fallacious thinking.  The belief that a non-physical thought would actually require a physical storage container is quite contentious and deserves further consideration.

I argue the opposite; that non-physical thought requires a non-physical container to be stored within.

They believe that the complexities of the brain store memories in the synapses of the mind.  They do not believe in a spiritual soul, or in the soul being an extension of the physical body.  However, I do not agree with this.  My experiences cannot have possibly occurred if their beliefs were actually true.

How Memories Work
Conventional science assures us that memories are deposited and reside inside of the brain. They tell us that how the brain is wired is how the memories are configured and this arrangement is what establishes the repository of the memory. But that is all false. Memories reside outside of the brain in the quantum cloud or soul that is part of our being. We access our memories though “ports” that are hardwired in the physical brain connections.

Since, I know that soul is an actual, physical extension of the body, and that extraterrestrial races can modify, improve and even create appliances that interact with the soul.  This then implies that the soul has a great capacity for process functions.

One of the greatest process functions is the creation, and storage of memories.  Therefore, I strongly believe that memories are encoded in the soul outside of the physical body.  Not inside the brain.

The experience of watching one’s life “pass before their eyes” is one of the most common experiences when a person touches the throes of death.  At that moment when the conscious mind departs the heavy dense body, it touches the (so called) “soul body”.  (This is the closest and most sluggish of the non-physical quantum particles to the physical world around us.)  Since the soul body is the repository for memories, the person experiences the memories in total.  This happens directly and suddenly.

Others have broached this concept using more powerful language than I. You can read it here, if you want…

Quantum Approaches to Consciousness

In the scenario developed by Penrose and neurophysiologically augmented by Hameroff, quantum theory is claimed to be effective for consciousness, but the way this happens is quite sophisticated. It is argued that elementary acts of consciousness are non-algorithmic, i.e., non-computable, and they are neurophysiologically realized as gravitation-induced reductions of coherent superposition states in microtubuli.

Unlike the more or less conventional approaches, which are essentially based on (different features of) status quo quantum theory, the physical part of the scenario, (proposed by Penrose), actually refers to future developments of quantum theory.  This would be for a much more proper understanding of the physical process underlying quantum state reduction. Obviously, the grander picture is that a full-blown theory of quantum gravity is required to ultimately understand quantum measurement, and thus the physical process underlying quantum state reduction.

This is a far-reaching assumption, and Penrose does not offer a concrete solution to this problem. However, he gives a number of plausibility arguments which clarify his own motivations and have in fact inspired others to take his ideas seriously. Penrose's rationale for invoking state reduction is not that the corresponding randomness offers room for mental causation to become efficacious (although this is not excluded). His conceptual starting point, at length developed in two books (Penrose 1989, 1994), is that elementary conscious acts must be non-algorithmic. Phrased differently, the emergence of a conscious act is a process which cannot be described algorithmically, hence cannot be computed. His background in this respect has a lot to do with the nature of creativity, mathematical insight, Gödel's incompleteness theorem, and the idea of a Platonic reality beyond mind and matter.

In contrast to the unitary time evolution of quantum processes, Penrose suggests that a valid formulation of quantum state reduction replacing von Neumann's projection postulate must faithfully describe an objective physical process that he calls objective reduction. Since present-day quantum theory does not contain such a picture, he argues that effects not currently covered by quantum theory should play a role in state reduction. Ideal candidates for him are gravitational effects since gravitation is the only fundamental interaction which is not integrated into quantum theory so far. Rather than modifying elements of the theory of gravitation (i.e., general relativity) to achieve such an integration, Penrose discusses the reverse: that novel features have to be incorporated in quantum theory for this purpose. In this way, he arrives at the proposal ofgravitation-induced objective state reduction.

Why is such a version of state reduction non-computable? Initially one might think of objective state reduction in terms of a stochastic process, as most current proposals for such mechanisms indeed do (see the entry on collapse theories). This would certainly be indeterministic, but probabilistic and stochastic processes can be standardly implemented on a computer, hence they are definitely computable. Penrose (1994, Secs 7.8 and 7.10) sketches some ideas concerning genuinely non-computable, not only random, features of quantum gravity. In order for them to become viable candidates for explaining the non-computability of gravitation-induced state reduction, a long way still has to be gone.

With respect to the neurophysiological implementation of Penrose's proposal, his collaboration with Hameroff has been crucial. With his background as an anaesthesiologist, Hameroff suggested to consider microtubules as an option for where reductions of quantum states can take place in an effective way, see e.g., Hameroff and Penrose (1996). The respective quantum states are assumed to be coherent superpositions of tubulin states, ultimately extending over many neurons. Their simultaneous gravitation-induced collapse is interpreted as an individual elementary act of consciousness. The proposed mechanism by which such superpositions are established includes a number of involved details that remain to be confirmed or disproven.

The idea of focusing on microtubuli is partly motivated by the argument that special locations are required to ensure that quantum states can live long enough to become reduced by gravitational influence rather than by interactions with the warm and wet environment within the brain. Speculative remarks about how the non-computable aspects of the expected new physics mentioned above could be significant in this scenario are given in Penrose (1994, Sec. 7.7).

Influential criticism of the possibility that quantum states can in fact survive long enough in the thermal environment of the brain has been raised by Tegmark (2000). He estimates the decoherence time of tubulin superpositions due to interactions in the brain to be less than 10-12 sec. Compared to typical time scales of microtubular processes of the order of milliseconds and more, he concludes that the lifetime of tubulin superpositions is much too short to be significant for neurophysiological processes in the microtubuli. In a response to this criticism, Hagan et al.(2002) showed that a corrected version of Tegmark's model provides decoherence times up to 10 to 100 μ sec, and it has been argued that this can be extended up to the neurophysiologically relevant range of 10 to 100 msec under particular assumptions of the scenario by Penrose and Hameroff.

More recently, a novel idea has entered this debate. Theoretical studies of interacting spins have shown that entangled states can be maintained in noisy open quantum systems at high temperature and far from thermal equilibrium. In these studies the effect of decoherence is counterbalanced by a simple “recoherence” mechanism (Hartmann et al. 2006, Li and Paraoanu 2009). This indicates that, under particular circumstances, entanglement may persist even in hot and noisy environments such as the brain.

However, decoherence is just one piece in the debate about the overall picture suggested by Penrose and Hameroff. From another perspective, their proposal of microtubules as quantum computing devices has recently received support from work of Bandyopadhyay's lab at Japan, showing evidence for vibrational resonances and conductivity features in microtubules that should be expected if they are macroscopic quantum systems (Sahu et al. 2013). Bandyopadhyay's results initiated considerable attention and commentary (see Hameroff and Penrose 2014). In a well-informed in-depth analysis, Pitkänen (2014) raised concerns to the effect that the reported results alone may not be sufficient to confirm the approach proposed by Hameroff and Penrose with all its ramifications.

A recent paper by Craddock et al. (2015) discusses in detail how microtubular processes (rather than, or in addition to, synaptic processes, see Flohr 2000) may be affected by anesthetics, and may also be responsible for neurodegenerative memory disorders. As the correlation between anesthetics and consciousness seems obvious at the phenomenological level, it is interesting to know the intricate mechanisms by which anesthetic drugs act on the cytoskeleton of neuronal cells,[13] and which role quantum mechanics plays in these mechanisms. Craddock et al. (2015) point out a number of possible quantum effects (including the power-law behavior addressed by Vitiello, cf. Section 4.3) which can be investigated using presently available technologies.

From a philosophical perspective, the scenario of Penrose and Hameroff has occasionally received outspoken rejection, see e.g., Grush and Churchland (1995) and the reply by Penrose and Hameroff (1995). Indeed, their approach collects several top level mysteries, among them the relation between mind and matter itself, the ultimate unification of all physical interactions, the origin of mathematical truth, and the understanding of brain dynamics across hierarchical levels. Combining such deep and fascinating issues certainly needs further work to be substantiated, and should neither be too quickly celebrated nor offhandedly dismissed. After the two decades since its inception one thing can be safely asserted: the approach has fruitfully inspired many important avenues of innovative research in consciousness studies.

I believe that the physical mind is connected to soul-dwelling memory segments via bridge-points.  These are specific access points triggered by certain stimuli or events.  Thus, a person might block the access-bridges through chemical means or hypnosis from the physical side.  Or, might block the connections from the soul side.

Back in the Barracks

I left the canteen and went back to my barracks.  It was a short walk indeed.  I walked down the sidewalk and entered the barracks through the nearby side door.

I had just left a “special” assignment with the base commander that involved probes inserted in my skull, an “off world” transport event, a gaggle of extraordinarily pretty girls, and first-hand face-to-face exposure to extraterrestrials.

But to everyone else in my class, it was another week of training.

It was as if nothing had ever happened.  All was quiet inside.  Most of the other AOC’s were busy studying in their rooms.  Upon entering the barracks I went down the short hallway leading towards the head.  You couldn’t avoid it, as the head was at the apex of the two long hallways of our barracks.

The "head" aboard a Navy ship is the bathroom. The term comes from the days of sailing ships when the place for the crew to relieve themselves was all the way forward on either side of the bowsprit, the integral part of the hull to which the figurehead was fastened.

When I went in, there were two other classmates there, and they welcomed me most vigorously.  They were excited to see me because everyone was speculating wildly what happened to me.  Usually when people dropped out of the program, they would disappear completely with their belongings.  But I was still on the roster, just physically absent from all the activities.  They asked me where I went, because I was gone for the entire week.

I was missing from the class for an entire week!

I had been gone for an entire week.  I had no stubby hair or growth.  It was as if the time I was gone was for a few hours, but to all the rest of my class, I had been gone all week.

I looked at them incredulously.  Up until that point in time, I wasn’t aware that had been gone for an entire week.  My last memory at that point was being called out to see the Commander, and as time progressed, I forgot more and more of what transpired.  From my point of view it was still Monday.  Not late Friday afternoon.  From my point of view only a few hours had passed, not five days.

One classmate looked at the top of my head, and asked “What’s this?”, and reaching up, he peeled off a Band-Aid that was on my head. Then he looked at my head, and started to say something, but didn’t.  We made some small talk, mostly revolving around them asking me questions, and me responding with confusion and non-committal answers.  The AOCs who removed the bandage then motioned to the others to come with him.  They stepped outside, and told me that we’d chat later.

It was pretty much the same reaction when I joined the others in my room.  On the base we shared a room with four beds, so when I returned there were three other classmates who were full of questions.  They started to pepper me with questions.  I tried to answer them to the best of my ability, but I was confused and a bit disoriented.  A couple of the guys went outside in the hallway to chat with another classmate, and when they were finished talking with him they went in and didn’t ask me any further questions.  That night, instead of studying with the others at the table, I just went to sleep.

Memory Erasure

The next day I had no recollection what so ever of what transpired all the previous week.  I did not remember meeting Sebastian, or the base Commander.  I did not remember having the probes installed.  I did not remember joining the W(U)-SAP (MAJestic) program.  I did not remember meeting the girls and chatting with them.  I did not remember going into the transport portal.  I did not remember my “off-world” experience.  I remembered nothing.

I had no memory.

I was one week behind in training, and still a little confused.  However, there was one thing that was significantly different than before.  I was no longer interested in being a naval aviator.  I had no heart or desire for it.  And this change in attitude was noticed.

Some of my classmates talked to me directly about this.  They wanted to know what happened, and wanted to help me “get back on track”.  Others, just simply kept their distance.  These were my friends and colleagues and we had shared experiences and they were now concerned for me.

There was also some other changes as well.

The upper-classmen who assisted the DI were no longer training with me.  It was as if I was “hands off”, and was permitted to be left alone.  No longer was I “gouged”.  No longer was I pulled aside to be the team leader or to do some special task.  I was ignored.  In any event, what had actually occurred was that I became fixated in leaving the Navy.  It became an obsessive thought that grew and grew over a relatively short period of time.

Gouge (gouj) noun (U.S. Navy slang): essential piece of information; the heart of the matter.  When one is gouged, you are ordered to repeat essential pieces of information on the spot.

Leaving the Navy

All week I endured classes.  But my heart was not in it.  The weekend came and I contemplated talking to the chaplain about leaving, but the opportunity never came up.

Fundamentally, I was not a quitter and it was far easier for me just to stay enrolled in the program, even though my heart was no longer active.  Another week passed, and then yet another week.  But still, there was a gnawing feeling inside of me.

It was a feeling that I could not stop.  It was a feeling that told me that I had to resign from the navy.

Chapel
Chapel on the Base. There are some differences. When I was in, there were names of deceased aviators on planks on both walls that flank the center area. Aside from that, not much has changed. I would have assumed that President Obama would have changed the chapel to a mosque, but thankfully, that did not occur.

Then one Sunday, I went to the Chaplain’s Office and asked for reassignment and discharge papers.   I went there after Sunday church services and walked right in.  The Chaplain wasn’t there but two upperclassmen were.  They sat there chatting away with two very attractive girls in the office.

I had to interrupt them, and asked for the proper resignation papers to leave the navy.  They weren’t too particularly enthusiastic about helping me as they were already far to engaged with the girls.  But they managed to grab some papers and handed them to me.

They set me in a small side office and left me alone.  The papers wanted specific explanations as to why I wanted to resign my commission, but somehow I felt it best to be extremely vague about it.  It is almost as if I knew exactly what to place there.

The rest was academic.  It took three days for me to be processed and a week later, to the surprise of my family, I returned home.

Exit

It might seem odd that after years of education toward space flight and space engineering training that I would be released as a civilian without deployment. You might think that it would have been far better, from the point of view of the Navy, to keep us in the Navy but to change our designation.

Aerospace Engineers with technical discipline and a penchant towards flying are a rare breed.

So, the oddness of how I was released, and how so easily it was conducted should be considered.  And it is odd, except that our activities were always independent. In fact, once implanted, you are always potentially active. Even if ‘retired’, you can still be reactivated. We can never remove any of the probes in our skulls. They will be there until we die.

  • ELF Core Kit #1
  • ELF supplementary Kit #2
  • EBP

This method serves a dual purpose.  [1] It permits those who actually feel that they made a mistake choosing to be a Naval Aviator a way out of the program honorably.  In addition, it also [2] permits a method whereas those who wish to join the clandestine black projects a way to enter the civilian work force transparently without anyone knowing their previous association with the United States Navy.  However, it does so with the moniker of a person who “failed” the program.

This is a very important point.

While I had exited from the US Navy, I had not at all exited from the Black Project.  I can never exit from it.  I am permanently implanted with a cranial bond that is tighter than any blood-oath.

In fact my role and training was just starting.  (I left the US Navy to enter MAJestic in my role.) From the point of view of everyone else, I was a civilian and not at all associated with the military in any way, but the fact and the truth was, that I had entered one of the most secret and elite programs ever connived by the United States.  I was a fully functional W(U)-SAP agent living and working as a common civilian and subject to no one except possibly the President of the United States.  I had joined the “MAJestic” organization.

The real truth is that I obtained my orders and commands directly from the EBP.  Those whom had control of that link were my direct superiors.  

As I know now, that the entire program was but a subset of the MAJestic operations umbrella; my orders came directly from them.  

And, as we all now know that the President of the United States may or may not be part of MAJestic, therefore it is entirely possible that another entity gave me orders without the knowledge of the President of the United States.

Appearing average
Appearing average in the middle of magnificence.

Arriving Home

While my family showing care and kindness, they thought that I had failed.  I was constantly berated by my father for failure to “stick it out in training”.  He was relentless in his most vocal opinions and reasoning’s.  My mother was more understanding, but even she couldn’t understand why I was so evasive in my reasons.  The normally logical and detailed answers supporting my actions were absent.  Instead, and in their place, were vague noncommittal statements which only further exasperated the situation.

This was a particularly difficult period for me.

I had never failed in anything before.  I had forged ahead, and I had always stuck to the projects that I had been assigned.  I was more like a brainless work horse in that regard.  This is the truth about me.  It always was far easier for me to continue at a distasteful task than to quit.

Quitting took effort.

Quitting took a strong degree of uncomfortable initiative.  Quitting was very much an uncomfortable departure from the comfort of conformity.  At that time of my life, it was against my very being.  I could never quit in anything.

Yet, I did.

My personality was somehow changed.  Up upon that time, it would have been far easier for me to do what I was told to do, even if excruciatingly painful, then to go through all the effort to exit a program.  My resultant actions were incompatible with my personality, and my family knew this.

They wanted answers, and I wasn’t able to provide them with any.  This only exasperated the situation and I found myself being more and more depressed with the situation.

You must understand that at this time I had no recall, what so ever, of what had transpired at the naval base.  I did not remember anything.  I forgot about meeting the Commander.  I forgot about the implantation procedure.  I forgot about the SAP lecture.  I forgot about the fiducials.  I remembered nothing.  As far as I knew, I had voluntarily left the program, and that it was by my own free will and desires.

Different
I was different. I was changed.

That is the way the SAP implants work.  They repress memories.  (In fact, the Core Core Kit #1 probes did not need to be calibrated later on.  Only Core Core Kit #2 probes did.  The Core Core Kit #1 probes began to work immediately and as a result of this I had absolutely no recollection of anything associated with the special project that I had volunteered for.)

I must repeat this most important point.  At that time, I had absolutely no memories at all concerning the true reason for leaving the naval aviation program.  I did not remember the implantation procedure.  I did not remember chatting with the girls.  I did not remember entering the transport portal.  I didn’t even remember meeting the Commander.  I didn’t remember anything.  The relentless onslaught of negativity was taking its toll and I was beginning to fall into a depression without comparison.

This will be a little confusing for the reader to understand, but what I did not “consciously” remember those events.  Yet, I completely “subconsciously” remember them.  They were like a far-away dream to me.  It was like an event of unimportant significance that happened and you no longer care about.  So, in truth, I never actually forgot about the events.  It was that I had no conscious recall of them.

Moving On

However, that being the case, I had work to do and a life to build.  I didn’t waste time moping about.  Instead I took the initiative and actively began looking for work.  It is true that soon after I started to look for work, that other companies became interested in me and I began a series of job interviews and position evaluations.  Unlike what I was to be exposed to later in life, it seemed that every company was interested in me.  For I was young, and right out of school.  I really didn’t have any trouble finding work.

Eventually, I began to look for work in my field that I went to school for.  It wasn’t long before I was able to obtain employment as an engineer.  Maybe a total of three to four months.  At that I comfortably assumed a more or less normal life as a middle class employee in an engineering role in a factory.  I had forgotten everything that had transpired, and lived a life of quiet and calm mediocrity.

I entered the work force at the same time when Japan was starting to flood the USA with cheap inexpensive steel, wares, and quality products.

A Great Adventure or What?

So yes, on the surface at least, the great “adventure” promised to me by the Commander at the base was a mere snipe hunt.  It was a mediocre life devoted to the obtainment of physical possessions to satiate a gnawing hunger that festered inside my soul.  I knew that I had a destiny.  I knew that I had a purpose and a plan to my life.  But I didn’t know what it was.  I didn’t remember what it was, or how it would manifest.

The only thing that I took back with me from my “adventure” in the Navy were reoccurring dreams with the same theme over and over. I would be in some kind of futuristic classroom being taught all kinds of odd and strange things. The dreams all maintained the same overall theme, though the room might change, and the instructor and classmates might also change as well.

It was so persistent that I began to keep a dream journal and log.  Aside from lighter dreams that pretty much reflected my daily activities, all my deepest dreams were totally focused on education. I maintained this journal through all my trials and tribulations, and I still maintain it to this day.

Conclusions

This post describes my narrative of what I experienced after my first off-world medical procedure through the egress portal. I discuss my return to the Navy as an AOC and my compelling urge to leave the program. Once I left the Navy, I became a civilian again and started working as a normal engineer in a factory. I had forgotten everything.

The only thing different, as far as I could see, was when I slept. I had regular and detailed dreams about learning things, attending schools and educational institutions, and exercises of a similar nature.

Take Aways

  • MAJestic tends to obtain membership out of the military ranks.
  • In my particular role, once I entered the program and implanted and physically modified, I left the military and became a civilian.
  • From the moment I left the egress portal and arrived at the base, I had very active and detailed, educational dreams.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

First Egress Destination – EBP Implantation & Entanglement

With the understanding of what different dimensional states are, the reader can now “guess” what transpired when I walked though the dimensional portal for my very first egress.

I exited one “reality” and entered another. That is how this technology works.  Newtonian physics is limited to three dimensional movement and behaviors.  (Left, right, up and down with time.) Yet, this technology was quantum in nature and involved fifth and sixth dimensional movement.

Background

For those readers who haven’t a clue as to what is going on, I suggest reading the following posts to “get up to speed”.

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

The Other Travelers at the Facility

What is true is that both I and my colleague had two complete probe kits implanted inside our skulls.  (Later when we were sitting down together after the implantation Sebastian told me that he also had seven probes installed.  As did I. That is how I knew that we both had the same number of probes installed.)

Once the MAJestic probes were in place, we were instructed to enter a fixed dimensional transport portal.

The pretty girls, whom greatly outnumbered us, also entered the transport portal, but were not implanted in the same way that we were.  We do not know why that was. There were maybe 20 to 35 girls and only two of us.  This was very strange, as all the girls were (apparently) civilians on a military base, while we were the only military individuals to enter the portal; the two of us compared to the girls.

The girls were not military.  They did not salute, behave in a prescribed military manner, and did not wear uniforms.  They were stunningly attractive civilians.

What did we have in common?
What did I and the girls have in common?

Additionally, none of the girls carried a purse (Something that I can only report on now, as a much older married man.) carried a small portable mirror or makeup in any form.  The girls carried nothing with them.  (Perhaps the girls were all being returned to their initial departure locations to resume their lives… Really, who knows what their purpose was there.)

I can only assume that the girls had a different destination and purpose than we did.  We entered the transport portal in much the same way that people take airplane flights.

As such, you travel by car to the airport.  Once inside you get your ticket and wait in the waiting room with others who share your flight.  You do not know any of the others, but you can chat and strike up a conversation with them. Some go on travel for holiday, while others travel for routine business purposes.  They only meet each other in the airport terminal because they share the same aircraft.  Thus, in a like way, I can only assume that their destinations were different than mine.

  • There were maybe 25 to 30 very attractive girls egressing through the portal.
  • There were two AOCS, now members of MAJestic, egressing.
  • When I arrived at the medical facility through the portal, I arrived alone.

Those Mysterious Girls & Questionnaire…

We do know, because of what was stated at the earlier lecture, that while they were members of a SAP, they were not members of a W(U)-SAP like Sebastian and I were. We know this from the joint SAP lecture that we all shared.

Moreover, both we and the girls, were actually connected in that we both had filled out the same mysterious questionnaire.

Beautiful girls
The girls were amazing. All were beautiful and stunning. They all were (ranked) 8+ on a beauty scale.

Did that questionnaire pertain to the use of the portal, or did it pertain to the fact that the first probe kit needed to be calibrated to our desires?  Again, I do not know the true and real answer behind this and the specific line of questioning that was posed to us.  I, for one, believe that it related to the calibration of the first ELF implanted probes.

I argue that just because the girls were not implanted at the same time as we were, does not preclude the possibility that they were also implanted, but at a different time.

I have often wondered about these young ladies. What sort of SAP were they in? All I know is that they are not at all part of our W(U)-SAP.

In hindsight, I can confirm that I was married three times.  My first and my last (current) wives both fit the appearance questionnaire exactly.  

Both had long brown hair.  Both had an oval face.  Both had brown / green eyes.  Both had a nice chest (My first had an amazing 38JJJ rack.). Both had long legs, and a nice tight ass.  Both were shapely and curvaceous of a size 6 to 8. So check – check – check.  

Both were, and still are good, kind and very supportive of me.

Attractive gal
What did I find attractive in women? Well, I found that girls like this lass were very attractive in my eyes.

Yet, the mystery in all of this is that the second wife, the one whom “retired me”, did not fit this profile. Not at all. She had none of the attributes that I had confided to on the form handout.  

In fact, and this statement is not prejudicial due to the retirement event, was the fact that she was not attractive.  She was short in statue, fat and plump in build (size 20+) with an angular face, and harsh demeanor. Why is this so?  
I conclude that since my second wife did NOT fit my performance criteria, and was involved in my retirement, that the agents in charge of my (and other MAJestic members) retirement were not MAJestic. They were part of a different program who's role is retirement of SAP agents.

Alternatively, the questionnaire might actually simply be associated with the retirement sequence that I will go through 30 years in the future.  There, the match up of the guys and the girls would hold a tactical importance in the positioning of the proper retirement team so that the agents (us) could enter the monitoring program upon retirement.

Somewhere, out there, are some survivors of the girls that entered the portal with me. Perhaps even one of them are reading this manuscript today.  Or, alternatively, one of them is talking to someone else who has read this manuscript. While I am well done by now, I would be quite happy to hear what happened to the girls and what their actual mission parameters were.

I am sure that it differed from my own experiences.  However, I am sure that it is just as interesting and would shed some light onto my role in the program that I was in.

First Egress Purpose

While no one told us anything, I have been able to string together the entire process and purpose of the first Fixed Portal Egress.

  • At some point in time, MAJestic made an agreement with <redacted>.
  • Sebastian and myself were selected for participation in this program.
  • The program required that we both be remade and have a very special EBP implanted.
  • The EBP would enable us MWI access.

The <redacted> had been monitoring humans for centuries. They know our biology. They have also been implanting EBP’s in humans of various types for various purposes. However, this EBP and our roles were very unique. We needed some sort of special and drawn out medical procedure that would take the <redacted> a full week of complex surgery.

This was not a simple capture-probe-and-release. A vehicle couldn’t materialize and implant the EBP in ten or fifteen minutes. This was something else completely. We had to go to a fully equipped hospital.

This was not just a small device could be placed inside my skull. This was different. We would be provided with a different kind of human body. Within this new or remade body, the ERP would work more efficiently.

So in order to have the EBP implanted, we would need to go to an extraterrestrial medical facility. Being “remade” was a very complex procedure. It involved not only EBP, but a complete rebuilding of our bodies. This is because we would be given autonomous MWI egress ability. Our normal human bodies had to be changed to allow this.

Thus,

  • The Fixed Dimensional Portal transported us to the medical facility.
  • During the transport, our consciousness was separated from the physical body.
  • The consciousness was put into a storage receptacle.
  • A new body was constructed from the original body.
  • A complex medical procedure occurred.
  • Then, we were released.

Thus, we now know why the events occurred in the sequence as I have reported.

  • The Feducial training was for Fixed Portal Egress.
  • The ELF implants core kit #1 was for MAJestic Memory Lockout. It had nothing to do with the medical procedure.
  • The ELF implants core kit #2 was for MAJestic monitoring of my MWI access.
  • Later, I had to go to China Lake to train and program these MAJestic core kit #2 probes.
  • The core kit #2 probes interfaced with an extraterrestrial probe; EBP.

This first egress was to have the EBP installed and my consciousness placed within a reconfigured human body.

An Extraterrestrial Medical Facility

To go to the medical facility, we had to enter a “transport portal”. To an outsider this was just an empty space inside an empty hanger. But, appearances are always an illusion, and this was no exception.  There was a door, it was just invisible.  The door was open, but you couldn’t see inside it.  The door was quiet, and free of vibration of motion until you are right next to it.

This door had to be entered at the proper angle, and at the proper moment.  The door was specifically calibrated or keyed for a [1] specific destination, and that is for a [2] specific person.

The calibration of the "keys" had to do with the mysterious questionnaire.

I fear what would happen for someone to enter the field improperly.  Who knows what would happen to them.  Would they be teleported to an unknown dimension?  Would they end up in a different time, or place?  Would they be transported into the ocean, or inside a wall?  Or would they be smashed and ground underneath the huge grinding wheels?  Or would their consciousness be disassembled and tossed about the cosmos for all eternity?  The thoughts are frightening.

Consciousness depends on manipulating time. Many cognitive abilities are important for consciousness, and we don’t yet have a complete picture. But it’s clear that the ability to manipulate time and possibility is a crucial feature. 

In contrast to aquatic life, land-based animals, whose vision-based sensory field extends for hundreds of meters, have time to contemplate a variety of actions and pick the best one. 

The origin of grammar allowed us to talk about such hypothetical futures with each other. Consciousness wouldn’t be possible without the ability to imagine other times. 

What is the point of this? It is this, consciousness and time are interrelated. You cannot have one without the other, and thus for consciousness to travel, time is affected.

Technology

Obviously, this level of transport technology was far superior to anything that I have ever expected to experience.  Sure, we knew that we had entered a “Top Secret” program, but we expected the level of technology to be contemporaneous. This was 1981. Phones were hardwired to the wall. The closest anyone ever got to a cell phone was the Star Trek television series. Television remote controls were just then being sold. They were big and clunky.

Television set
Here is what high-tech looked like in 1981. Here is a portable color television complete with remote control. It even had an LED display showing which channel was selected.

We pretty much expected that the military had some advanced hardware. After all, the F-18 was just starting to get deployed. We were all very excited about that. All of my fellow AOC’s were looking forward the strong possibility of flying this type of aircraft. We thought that there might me more advanced technology that we would be exposed to. Maybe a jet-pack where you could fly around in the sky, or a pair of boots that would allow you to walk on the ceiling.

We did not expect technology that was thousands of years more advanced than what was portrayed in the Star Wars movie, or in Star Trek.  Not simply “more” advanced, but many, many centuries more advanced than what we could even conceive of.

After all, I, for one, was an avid science fiction fan, and even I could not fathom the existence of such technology before us.  When I thought about high technology, I thought about rockets and sleek computers.  I thought about white lab coats, hand held calculators, and large computers with spinning reels of tape.

I never, ever thought about [1] teleportation across the universe, [2] real-life flesh-and-blood extraterrestrials, [3] genetic manipulation, or [4] the ability to remove a soul from a body and put it in a container.

During the 1960’s and in to the early 1970’s all the computers were uniformly depicted as large computer rooms filled with large rectangular boxes.  

Server 1960
In the 1960’s, computers were the size of a large room. The data was on these discs of tape that would spin when accessed.

At the top portion of each box were two spinning reels of tape.  Below the rotating wheels were multi-colored lights often flashing on and off in a myriad of colors.

Control room
High tech space technology in the 1980’s consisted of computers with large spinning reels of tape, cathode ray television screens and hard mechanical buttons and switches.

The reader can easily see examples of this in the 1960 series of “Batman”.  In his “Bat Lair”, or “Bat Cave”, he had this kind of computer displayed prominently and (even) labeled.  Other examples abound.  For instance, the television show “The Man from U.N.C.L.E.’ or “Lost in Space”, or “I dream of Jeanie”, all used this stereotypical depiction.

In fact, I even thought that the Star Trek “transporter” system was rather far fetched and outlandish. Well, I did. I thought that it was silly and that having it as part of the show distracted from the more plausible technology.

Today, we have certain science fiction movies and shows that incorporate the idea of “dimensional doors” or “transport portals”.  In the eyes of Hollywood, these portals come in different sizes and shapes but typically consist of a watery shimmer surface, or a defined boundary edge, like the rim of a mirror.  But, I tell the reader the truth; it isn’t at all like Hollywood makes it appear to be like.

Transport device.
Vintage Drawing of a similar type of transport device. The mere idea that one could just simply walk into “thin air” has a long history. Perhaps it is a fundamental construct of our species intelligence to believe that there are things that cannot be seen, but yet do actually exist. This belief that there are invisible doors or passages or methods to exit from our reality is considered to be the realm of Science Fiction and fantasy. But, it has been my experience that this is not just simply wild dreams and speculation. This technology does actually exist.

In reality, there are no spherical portals or doors. There isn’t a water-like shine to the surface. (I am referring to the special effects that you would see in the TV show “Stargate SG-1”.) There isn’t a kind of cloud or light shaped tunnel that you might see in science-fiction movies.

You don’t see anything.

You see nothing. It all just looks like a bare cinder-block wall in a large hangar or storage room. The only difference was a staging line indicated by a piece of tape on the floor and a podium next to it, where the sailor would stand and check off the checklist.

Portal egress splash.
Portal egress splash. Hollywood and artistic types like to try to visualize what it would be like to go through some kind of dimensional portal. It is a fun falsehood.

Incidentally, to avoid confusion, the portal is not IN the wall where the fiducials are positioned.  It is about nine feet away from the wall.  You have to walk towards the fiducials and at some point around nine feet from the wall you disappear.

Also, after much thought, the use of the fiducials apparently center the operation of the implanted probes.  Therefore, since the pretty girls used the fiducials, they must have been implanted just like myself. Otherwise they would not have been able to enter the portal.

Capability

The transport portal is capable of transporting people and things to different places.

  • It can transport a person to a different place.
  • That place can be anywhere in the universe.
  • It can transport a person to a different time.
  • It can transport that person to a different world-line.

Each one of us went to a different destination.  Obviously I ended up in a different location than the girls who preceded me.  Also, my colleague (Sebastian) did not join me after I entered the portal.  Where I went was intended for me and me alone.  I entered the portal alone, and thus left alone and arrived alone to my destination.

There is no question about this.

We all ended up in different locations.  If each one of us ended up in a different location, which implied that perhaps as many as up to 25 locations were prepped for us all individually.  Were there really 25 fully staffed locations for us, or were there different locations at different times?  The concepts and thoughts boggle the mind.

Personally, I believe that this is what was going on...

We all had different destinations. These destinations were at different locations, and the time we spent at the destinations varied substantially. Sebastian and I alone were being implanted with the EBP, and the rest of the girls were off doing other things.

Alternatively, the portal might have placed us at the same location, but at different times.  If so, the workers at the place where we were transported to were rather busy, and I was one of the last ones to be operated on.  But, how can this be true?  There were others behind me.  Maybe ten or more.

So how could they return back to the base? Later, after the procedure, the base commander picked me up personally and took me to the mess hall for dinner a full week later.

Other Reports

There are various reports on the Internet and in various obscure writings relating to others who have claimed to see and enter this portal.  Some state that this portal is a kind of time machine, while others state that it is some kind of dimensional door.

I think that everyone is just making guesses based upon their experiences and are simply trying to piece together a plausible story based upon what they experienced.

The lone report that sounded most similar to my experiences stated that the portal transported them to a Martian facility where they lived for 20 years (!) as a human at the base, and then age regressed them and slipped them back to the year when they entered the portal.  WOW!

However, this story does not agree with what I know about the quantum body signatures of the physical body; the accumulation of 20 years of experiences does not simply disappear when one is “age regressed”.  It exists and it will affect ones physical body in some way.  In any event, it is a nice story, but doesn’t seem plausible based on my own personal experiences.

The Technology Behind the Egress Portal

I was never briefed on the history of the technology used.  It was never explained to me, nor did I ever study the operational parameters, calibration, and technology of the device.  Even at the <redacted>, those aspects never became part of my responsibility.

Additionally, the reader should consider the realistic and practical aspects of my reality.

Do nurses in hospitals understand how the electrical systems in the elevators work?  Do the doctors understand how the machines they use work, and can they repair them? Do the lawyers who represent the hospitals understand the day to day pressures of the staff and how it affects the children of the workers?  Of course not.

I only knew what I needed to know and no more. It was intended that I be kept ignorant while I performed my operational assignment.

I was in a compartmentalized program.  I only knew what I needed to know and no more.

Off-World

I entered a fixed dimensional world-line portal and went “elsewhere”.  This section discusses that event.

off-world
My first portal egress took me to another place and another time. Functionally it was another “reality” that would be recognized as a different “world-line”. However, this was not at all obvious. It was most certainly a different geographical destination.

The portal was a tool; a device, and artifice.  I was trained how to the use the fiducials, and was directed how to enter the device, but I was not told how it worked or what it did.

This event has many questions for me, as it would for the reader, and none of my answers that I posit are completely acceptable.  Yet, I place it here in its impoverished condition as it is.  This is a singular significant event in my life and it colors all subsequent events substantially.

“We have the technology to take ET home, anything you can imagine we already have the technology to do, but these technologies are locked up in black budget projects. It would take an act of God to ever get them out to benefit humanity.”

– Ben Rich, Former CEO of Lockheed Skunk Works. From the NPCC video "The Disclosure Project" that was done in 2001 prior to 9/11.  

He is seen on the video making this quote at about 35 minutes into the 2 hour video.  Cross checking on the internet will reveal some interesting counter claims to this quote. The counter claims are all along the lines of this quote never happened. Yet, if you actually get the video and watch it, you will see him actually making this statement. Oh! The disinformation staff, and the millennial Internet youth can be so silly.

The counter claims will state that the quote is fabricated and that it was never made.  Curious.  Both Wikipedia and Fact-Checking websites hold this stance.  But, it is obviously made once you yourself watch the video.  Obviously someone or some organization has devoted time and effort to erase the validity of the existence of this quote.  

(As discussed elsewhere in my narrative, I caution the reader to realize that the United States government controls all of what you see and read on the Internet.  They are constantly rewriting history to fit their preferred narrative.)  

However, they have been unsuccessful in erasing the video. Their interim solution has been to flood the Internet with edited versions of the video.  Yet, the original videos are still out there, you just have to be careful and search for them.

Therefore, as I state elsewhere in this narrative; the reader must go to the source itself.  Not get their information from third parties.  Further, they should view the video in its original state.  Not the later edited versions.  Obviously, someone or some agency has devoted significant resources to erase this statements validity.

Arrival

I do not recall my arrival.  I do not know at what facility I was at.  From my point of view, there are no memories of my arrival into my destination.  There could be many reasons for this.  I speculate that it is a normal procedure to erase or block the memories of the people who go to this facility.  This is so that they maintain the secrecy of the off-world experience.

I believe this to be the case.  However, my mind has constructed alternative realities that suggest otherwise.  Nevertheless, I ignore them.

At some point in my procedure there, I was able to start recording memories normally.  Again, I do not know why.  I speculate that it is because of the unusual procedure that I was involved in.  There is no question that there was a compartmentalization of my memory at that time, and as a result I am still able to remember some events, while others remain hidden from me.  It’s a burden that will certainly color my experiences that I relate here.

Or perhaps, there was a mental suppression device located within the room where I was operated on.  Once I exited the chamber, the device no longer had control over my mental functions.

What I Remember

My earliest memories of this particular experience was while I was lying down on a table.

Everything had a deep and dark reddish tint to it, and it was pretty dim in the room.  There were <redacted> surrounding me.  I was unable to make out their faces clearly due to a focusing irregularity with my eyes.

Does this sound like a typical abduction sequence?  It should, there are a great number of similarities.  Perhaps we are all wholly just cattle to the <redacted>.  They do with us as they desire, with little opposition from ourselves.

The destination where I went to was some kind of medical facility.  My memories of this time tend to be a little confused because while I was there, I was having my probe software updated as well as having other things done to me of a physical nature.  What I do remember and know is rather basic.  In general, I spent the entire time in only one room that I was aware of.

The place where I went to was odd and it felt strange.

It had a lighter gravity to begin with.  I felt light, and my body moved a little differently.  It was as if I could move further with less effort, but it was also a little harder to stop.  I felt like my body was buoyant, almost like it had some helium in it. Not much, like when you watch videos of when people walking on top of a big trampoline.  But less than that, perhaps a 20% to 30% difference from what I was normally accustomed to experiencing.

I have always ASSUMED that the facility that I went to was on the planet Mars, but the collection of my experiences do not support this assumption.  The gravity on mars is 38% that of the gravity on earth. Yet, the gravity at this facility was more like 60 to 70% that of earth.  So it bears the question, where was I?

Answers to this question include [1] another planet all together, [2] in a facility with it’s own form of artificial gravity, or even [3] that maybe I was in a different dimension yet still on earth with a different gravity.  It is up to the reader to answer this vexing issue that still persists in my mind.

The lighting was red.  Not the same as the red light used in photo darkrooms, but more like a heavy reddish tinted streetlight.  Everything there was bathed in a dark reddish color light.  That was a mystery to me.  I could see clearly enough, but I could not understand why the light was so red.

Today, when I watch science fiction movies, we see scenes such as inside the (Star Trek) Klingon spaceships, or in other alien appearing locations.  As stereotypical as it is, that was exactly the kind of lighting that was in the chamber that I was in.  The only difference was that the light was a darker red and it was a bit more difficult to see inside.  It was pretty dim to my eyes.  (That does not mean, at all, that it was dim to other eyes well adapted to this light.  Not every creature has the same kind of eyes as humans do.)

Predators is a 2010 American science fiction action film.  The film follows Royce (Adrien Brody), a mercenary, who wakes up finding himself falling from the sky into a jungle.  There is a scene in the movie where the mercenary finds shelter within an alien designed machine with odd reddish lighting.

The temperature was a comfortable normal temperature and humidity.  The air was fresh, but it was a little thick, however.  It felt like an oppressive cloudy day before it rains.  It was sticky, but not moist. Suggestive of a differing pressure differential than what we experience on the earth; a higher pressure perhaps.  Or a slightly different atmosphere; more oxygen in the atmosphere, or different atmospheric composition.

getting up
Drawing by the author. Of course when it was occurring my view point was not as drawn herein. I was participating in this event, and the drawing is how it would of appeared to an outside observer. It is as accurate as my drawing skills would permit it to be portrayed. The reader must recognize that the colors were heavy in the red spectrum with the only white light originating down along the exit “tunnel” to my right as I sat up from the table.

During this time off-planet I stayed in only one room, in one place.  During most of that time I laid down prone on a table.  I could not see what the others in the room looked like as the light was so dim and red, and the air was so thick.  But there were some very short <redacted> there, as well as some abnormally tall <redacted> creatures as well.

I could see their faces quite clearly, but I could not study their faces.  I failed to pay attention as to their facial features.  

I could see that they had very large eyes and a tiny small mouth and that they were short and that they wore clothing (long sleeved with a turtleneck style collar - single color, and unadorned), but my thoughts at that time was not at all concerned with the analytical estimation of every little detail surrounding me, instead I was simply lying on the table trying to get a general bearing as to my situation and role at that moment.

A Medical Facility

By all accounts, from what I observed to what transpired, I have concluded that this was some sort of medical facility.  The strange thing about it was that it was unlike any kind of hospital that I have ever been exposed to before. Yes, it was unusual and somewhat strange, but it was not like what one would envision a medical-bay would look like.

Start Trek
My exposure to hospitals was limited to what I experienced personally. This was nothing like what I expected a hospital to look like. Nor was it anything like what I had seen on television. It was a chamber with a table in the middle of it. I was laying on the table. I was the center of attention of everyone in the room.

No, the experience was not as it was depicted in science-fiction movies or the period pulp magazines of the time.  It was more like a hospital or clinic.  The <redacted> entities were neutral, but treated me respectfully and carefully.

They were not grotesque, nor clad in futuristic garments. They were methodical, neutral in actions, and aside from their appearance just natural in demeanor.

I was the center of attention in the room.  There were no other tables with any of my colleagues there.  All the entities in the room were focused on me and on me alone.  I lay on the table in my naval uniform.  I lay on my back and my face was towards the ceiling.  All of the entities were facing me.  There were perhaps twelve others in the room with me.  I was the center of attention.

There were two entities of significance.  One was to my right side as I lay on the table.  It (What gender it was; he or she is unknown, so I refer to it as “it”; a genderless designation which is as accurate as I can make at this time.) was the apparent “team leader”. Another entity, of a different species, was positioned near my head.  It was tall.  (It felt like a doctor, controller, or technical expert.) The other appeared to be the one in charge, or felt like the leader to me.  It was to my left.  That entity to my left helped direct me to get up off the table.

It thought what I should do, and my body obeyed.

No words were communicated. No thoughts were formed. I did not think. I did what they commanded of me.

The Uniform.
The uniform that I was wearing during this procedure. Photo is of an unrelated person wearing the same general style of uniform that I was wearing at the time I was in the medical facility. Note that I did not possess his impressive array of metals, and I had a black name badge above my other pocket. Photo is provided for illustration purposes only and does not imply that I was the person who posed for this photo, or even if the metals and the display of them are even accurate.

These “entities” as I so politely call them, are what I later refer to as <redacted>, and <redacted>.  This was my only physical encounter with them in the human body.  All other dealings with them were in the <redacted> and because of that entanglement; my experiences were (sort of) different from what I experienced during this particular “off-world” event.

Additional Surgery

I have throughout my narrative referred to this event as my “first off-world” event.  It’s purpose was to provide a second surgical procedure. The first procedure was, of course, the seven probes installed at the ELF sub-complex within NAMI at NAS, NASC Naval base. This procedure installed other additional components within my body.

This second procedure was conducted using extraterrestrials, in an extraterrestrial setting, with extraterrestrial technology.

The first group of MAJestic installed probes came in two groups. These were core kit #1, and core kit #2. This second group of technology worked independently. However, the second group (core kit #2) probes somehow interfaced with these extraterrestrial probes.

This procedure and the reason for the egress was to place these probes inside my body. The probes are EBP, but it really isn’t that simple as placing a little device inside your skull, like the MAJestic probes were. They did things to my physical body. They changed it in significant ways.

I do not know how the entire system worked together.

Experiences

I want to make it perfectly clear to the reader about some key points here.

  • Firstly; [1] the feelings and thoughts and experiences that I felt and experienced as a human meeting a <redacted> extraterrestrial were vastly different than that of an <redacted> meeting one.
  • And, secondly; [2] for whatever reason for this, be it mind control, drugs or memory partitioning, my human mind remembers the events in a different way than the entangled human memories do with the <redacted>.

These are key salient points that must be well understood to fully appreciate the information that I lay out here.

During this “off-world” encounter with the <redacted> extraterrestrials I clearly recall their appearance and the overall feelings that I had when I was with them.  But what I recall is difficult to accurately relate.  Because,  [1] while they looked and appeared to be alien to me; they were after all, an extraterrestrial of a unique appearance, [2] they felt like a normal and even a friendly person.  I felt love and calmness emanating from them.  They did not seem to be alien.  They did not seem to be extraterrestrial at all.  They did not seem to be dangerous or harmful.  They did not feel to be a threat. Honestly there wasn’t any antagonism at all concerning them.

I want to make this point absolutely clear.  They can control our minds and our emotions.  One does not need to have probes installed in their heads to feel these effects.  Whether my feelings and thoughts were my own I cannot tell the reader.  I can only tell them what I experienced.  So for the purposes of this narrative I will refer to the <redacted> extraterrestrials that I met in the physical form as “entities” rather than extraterrestrials.  This is because how one sees them is different than how one feels when they are around them.  They do NOT feel alien to the observer.  They do NOT feel like an extraterrestrial.

Elsewhere in my narrative I explicitly state that I never met extraterrestrials while on the earth.  It is true. I had one “off-world” exposure to them.  It was not on the earth, but was instead in a controlled environment where both my memories and my feelings were under their influence.  My memories of this time were with “entities”, and not with extraterrestrials.

All my other experiences with them were through the entanglement process with the MWI operations.  In those experiences my memories and feelings were colored by my actual human body without any kind of manipulation of extraterrestrial hindrances.

Time to Leave

Everything felt odd and strange to me.  Even though I lay on the table, I had no concept of time, and it seemed like time did not exist.

Eventually, I was “told” to get up from the table.

No one talked to me.  I did not hear any words.  I just “knew” that I was to get up from the table at that point in time.  That is what happened.  I just knew that I was to get up.  No one told me.  No one motioned.  I just suddenly got up.

To me it felt like it was “ after the event”. I very quickly lifted myself up from the table and sat up on the right side of the table (relative to how I was laying).  I was able to get up so quickly; so surprisingly quickly, because the gravity felt so light.  (In fact, the <redacted> entity in front of me held out his left arm to stabilize me.)

I sat on the edge for a long time.  I just sat there in a daze and looked forward.  I looked without seeing.  Perhaps five minutes passed while I looked forward.  My gaze was sent directly towards the small <redacted> before me.

I looked at “him” but did not “see” him.  I only viewed him from the context of mental ambiguity.  My mind was unable to really process what I was seeing in front of me.  It was a <redacted> of short stature and bland impression.  But it was an entity in control, and at that I understood that it controlled my actions.  I looked at it without seeing.

I then sat there for an even longer period of time.  Perhaps for five minutes.  I just looked at the creature in front of me.

He was small in stature and expressionless.  But it was obvious that it was in control.  I paused (a pretty long time. Maybe for ten minutes.), and then stood up.  I took two steps forward and again stood in place.  On my own, I turned my body, so that I faced directly to my right.

I feel that I really need to impress upon the reader that this was a real shock to me.  While I was laying there, I did not notice anything strange or different.  It was odd, but not unusual.  It was only when I got up and sat up that it became physically obvious that things were quite different than what I was used to.  This is very difficult to explain to someone.  I suppose it is akin to a drunk person suddenly “sobering up” when they get into a car accident.  There is a sudden and clear realization that things were different.

It was not done by conscious decision or direction.  I just did it mindlessly.  I did it as if it was normal and the thing to do.  I knew how to get up and that I had to turn to the right.  I did this all without any kind of conscious control or realization of my actions. No one pointed to that direction. No one raised a limb.  I just got up and turned right. That was what I needed to do.  That was what I was supposed to do. That was what I did.

I started to walk forward.  My walking gait was really unusual.  My strides were much longer than they should have been.  It was like I was propelling myself forward with every step.  I kept my balance, but it felt totally odd and unusual. It was like I was “bounding forward” but doing so with very little effort.

Curiously, throughout the entire off-world experience I knew exactly what to do, when to do it, and where to go without any instructions from anyone else.

I paused for a minute and looked back. Everyone was just standing there not moving and watching me. I then continued forward.

Exit Tunnel
This is a photograph that depicts something very similar to what I entered. I photo-shopped the root photo, and then edited the structures and manipulated the objects to make the photo resemble what the tunnel that I entered looked like. The reader must be made aware that this is NOT an actual picture of an actual exit tunnel inside an actual extraterrestrial facility. It is instead, a photo-shopped photo of something similar that has been doctored for purposes of illustration. This is what the tunnel looked like. This is what it appeared to look like from my perspective as I entered it. Note that there were numerous ribs along the circular sides.

Finding the Exit

I was “directed” towards a small tunnel that was set into the wall.  (No one pointed to it or told me what to do.  I just “knew” what to do mindlessly.)  It lay exactly at the foot of the bed or table that I had lain upon.  The opening to the tunnel was approximately three meters from the edge of the table.

The tunnel itself was a functional structure that incorporated the transport portal without the need for a staging line.  It was circular in shape with a flat floor, and most importantly the floor seemed to slant downward.  Whether or not this was an actual design due to a grade of the design, or whether it was due to the differences in gravity between the facilities I was leaving, and the place where I was going to, I do not know.  I personally believe that it was due to the differences in gravity.

I do not think that it actually had a grade.  But it most certainly seemed to slant forward.  After much consideration, I have concluded that there must be some kind of gravitational variance involved from a light gravel point to a higher gravity “well”.

As I walked down the tunnel, I could feel the strange gravity and feel the oddness of the place.  I felt pulled forward slightly as I walked down the short corridor.   The tunnel was short, perhaps seven meters long.  The sides were ribbed, or at least appeared to be to me.  The illumination and lighting of the tunnel came from the room that I had just left, as well as the tunnel itself, and up before me which was a nearly opaque wall of light whitish fog.

The fog was illuminated in a kind of pale and soft whiteness.  But as I got closer to it, the further away it appeared.  Truly, as I walked down in the tunnel it seemed longer than it appeared.  For some reason I should of traversed the seven meters in 5 seconds, but it seemed to take quite a bit longer to walk down, perhaps 20 seconds.   Also, I found that my head got clearer and more conscious as I walked down it.

The ribs were structural.  They were curved and protruded off from the sides by a distance of around six to eight inches, and around the same width.  Between the ribs were lighting fixtures that curved around the walls much like the ribs. The deck was flat, unribbed, and without lighting fixtures.

It was as if the chamber that I was in was bathed in some kind of radiation that interrupted my thoughts and memories.  Thus, as I left the chamber, the influence decreased proportionally.

As I walked down the passage, I noticed that the experience was quite different than it was going in.

I did not hear any ringing in the ears, or did I feel any vibration.  I simply walked down and while I did so, my mind got clearer, but my vision got blurred.  Eventually, the passage I was walking on got very “thick”.  It felt like I was walking through thick fog.  It felt like I was getting wet.  It got thicker and thicker until it was like a thick sheet of gaseous water that I passed through. I actually felt wet. However, that wasn’t the case at all, as I was quite dry.  And the more I walked the thickness of the fog changed and surprisingly I was back at NAS NASC Pensacola, Florida.

This is what it is truly and actually like using the transport portal.  It has nothing in common with how these things are represented in Hollywood movies.  Everyone who has used these portals can affirm the accuracy of my description.

Purpose and Utility.

"Don't you believe in anything?"

Yes", I said. "I believe in evidence. I believe in observation, measurement, and reasoning, confirmed by independent observers. I'll believe anything, no matter how wild and ridiculous, if there is evidence for it. The wilder and more ridiculous something is, however, the firmer and more solid the evidence will have to be.”

― Isaac Asimov

Two different set of probes required two different sets of procedures.

  • The MAJestic ELF probes required implantation, training, and later on calibration and programming.
  • This EBP was more involved and required off-world medical attention in a well equipped extraterrestrial hospital setting with extraterrestrial doctors and specialists.

There were many things that happened during this period that involved [1] quantum cloud realignments, [2a] dimensional placement (which included [2b] time modification) and [3] physical deconstruction and [4] reconstruction events.  I have no words to express the confused state of affairs for me at that time.

Therefore, for purposes of simplicity, I have labeled everything as a “medical EBP exercise” that involved technologies far about what I am ever able to communicate.

Technology Considerations.

These extraterrestrial races can [1] remove a consciousness (not a soul) from a body.  [2] Place it in a container.  And, then when they are ready, [3] return it back to its original host body.  This is an amazing level of technology.

This is a technology that is in possession of our various extraterrestrial allies.  It is quite mature in the regard towards soul transference.  In the simplest of terms, this is the ability to remove a soul from a person and place it elsewhere.  Specifically, soul transference is the ability to separate key quanta from an individual’s quantum cloud and place it somewhere else physically.  Usually it is placed in a container of some sort, or a specially constructed physical body.

They can transfer their souls or the souls of another into <redacted>, or into <redacted> specifically constructed for a specific purpose.  They have the ability to transfer the human soul into <redacted>.  However, for reasons not entirely clear, they chose not to do so.  Instead, my soul was entangled with <redacted>.

The level of technology to enable this kind of science and ability is nothing short of astounding.  Not only do the extraterrestrials need to understand how the soul works and the quantum physics behind it, but they need to possess the engineering ability to apply the science into practical applications.  This engineering ability must be extensive.  The ability to [1] separate certain groupings or clusters of particles; to [2] identify which is important and critical; to [3] move and place them in separate physical locations [4] without inter-connectivity with the host quantum cloud is unbelievably impressive.

While I have acquired an impressive knowledge base concerning the quantum cloud that we refer to as the soul, my understanding is at best, only trivial in scope.

The transference <redacted> is typically a physical container; like a box or cylinder, that is specially designed to contain the physical attachment points of a given soul.  The physical body is the densest manifestation of quanta.  But the soul can detach from it; just like when a person dies.  Thus leaving the physical body behind.  It then “leaves” the dense physical realm for other “existences”.  However, there is a period of adaptation that can be utilized or secured to promote other; alternative physical manifestations.  One such is the use of a container to house the physical components of a given quantum soul.

The reader should consider the container to be more than just a box; like a “shoe box”.  But a dense material in the form of a cube, sphere or other geometric shape. The soul or associated quanta is somehow physically relocated into the substance or “container”.  The mechanism and technologies involved are unknown to me.

For lack of a better term, the quanta “attaches” at various points (many, many points) on the physical body, with eight or nine (I am sorry, but I forgot the exact number; maybe it is seven. – The number of attachment points is not fixed!  It varies from human to human depending on their quantum configuration of their own personal soul.  Typically, many humans let their attachment points atrophy and thus become just useless appendages that serve no serious purpose in providing the physical to quantum soul link.  Oh they are still there, but the quantum attachment points are pretty much non-functional.) key centers or clusters.

The key centers; or clusters are known as “garbons”.  They use different terminology in various Eastern Religions, but <redacted> just referred to them as orbs because they were not a physical organ, but rather a cluster of quanta that orbited within a discrete non-physical region.  The soul attachment quanta would flitter about, in and out of the dimensional states; always orbiting around these regions.  Thus we called them orbs. Functionally, an orb was a separate grouping of relationships between garbons.  It was not the garbons themselves.

They reside, for the most part, along the spine of the body.  One is at the top of the physical head, and one is at the bottom of the groin area (in humans; in other animals the attachment points are different).  The other various points are located around the stomach, chest, etc. areas.  These attachment points can be deactivated and activated at will under the proper quantum stimuli.  Once deactivated, the quantum soul detaches from the physical body, but if a suitable (compatible) “container is nearby, the soul will attach to it, provided that the attachment points are present.

Caution and Concern.

There is no evidence to suggest that the extraterrestrials that assisted in the EBP, the restructuring of my consciousness, and the physical changes to my body were entirely altruistic about it.  I do not believe that the EBP that they implanted was entirely government approved and verified.

I am pretty sure that MAJestic “gave” us to <redacted> with the understanding that we would be forever changed, and that we would have MWI access that MAJestic could monitor through the probes.

Sum Total of the Event

After a great deal of introspection, I have come to some definitive thoughts on what transpired and why.  I do not know how accurate they are, but I personally believe them to be rather accurate and plausible explanations of the events that transpired.

When I first entered the ELF field, two things were occurring.  The first (1) was the teleportation from the ELF facility to the Extraterrestrial Medical facility.  The second (2) was the transport of my soul into a storage container.  The transport of the soul was experienced as the buzzing and the vibration that I related earlier.  The two are mutually exclusive events, that for me occurred simultaneously entering the facility.  Therefore, upon entering the facility, my body was fractured.  My body went to the medical facility and ended up on the operating table.  My soul went to an unknown storage container nearby.

These two procedures not only felt different to me, at the time, but also represented two mutually exclusive programs.  The <redacted> is associated with the second procedure.  But the significance of the first procedure, I am afraid, still eludes me.  I can only conclude that it was wholly and intentionally devoted to the partitioning of my mind for purposes of security and behavioral monitoring.

  • Also, the reader should be aware that I spent one entire week at that medical facility. This was obviously not “just” the implantation of the EBP. It was something else as well.
  • Also, the reader should be made aware that during my retirement sequence at the ADC Pine Bluff, that I had various skills, and training that I was surprised that I had, and have absolutely zero awareness of being trained. You know, no one out side of my MAJestic cell fully understood what the <redacted> did to me at the medical facility. What I do know is that afterwards, MAJestic always treated me with a great deal of respect, and (even) honor. It was like they were even a little bit afraid of me.

via GIPHY

Which is WHY, perhaps that I had to be placed in to a monitoring program when I was retired.

Leaving the facility was different than entering it.  It felt like I went through a sheet of water.  It looked like it was only about an inch thick, but it felt like it was about five feet thick.  Once I exited it, I felt wet all over.  However, that feeling quickly left me within seconds.

Dimensional Cross-Over Event.

What actually happened is unknown to me.

In fact, I personally believe that it was a dimensional portal that transported me into another universe.  I now believe that my original “time line” or “dimensional line” is far removed from the one that I was transported to.  As today, this is my reality.  I came from a different “reality” and was transported to this one for reasons unknown (or obscured by other purposes).

Forever.
We regret to notify you that you will be this way FOREVER. You can never go back to the “before”. You can never become undone.

What I do know is that something happened to me.  I ended up (I assume) on some other planet, or some other off-world environment.  It seems that a time displacement was involved, as not only did my return back the Naval base take place at a different time, but subsequent entanglement efforts consisted with entanglement and actions associated with another time all together! The only way that I can recognize the validity of this is that I know that there is no such thing as “time travel”, just the appearance of it by utilizing a multi-dimensional cross-over switch of some sorts.

Therefore, I have come to the following (different) conclusion; [1] not only did the transportation portal deliver me to a different reality and different dimension, but it returned me to [2] a different one as well.  I now believe that the world-line reality that I originated from is no longer obtainable, and the reality that I experience now is a consequence of my “off-world” experience.

When I returned to my “world” or my new “dimension” it was nearly identical to the one that I left.  There were only some very minor differences.  These differences are so minor that maybe it’s due to my memories more than any kind of actual dimensional cross-over event.  (Maybe it is just my imagination. That is quite possible, you know.) The only items of difference that I recognize are;

  • Breakfasts consisting of two eggs with bacon always had cold pork & beans served with it instead of the deep fried potatoes (or grits if you live in the South) that seem to be common today. Is it because I am in a different dimension, or that prior to 1981 breakfasts were always served with pork and beans? I do not know. Could it be that my experiences with breakfasts while attending university (say IHOP for example, or the local diners in New York and Pennsylvania) served pork and beans with two eggs and toast, but when I entered the Navy I was in a different region.  Thus, I (now) associate the change in regional breakfast culture with a change in dimensional line.  Is this true?  I do not know.

Breakfast with potatoes
After leaving the portal I discovered that American breakfasts were served with potatoes!

  • In High School, we were taught that there was always two spaces after a period in a sentence, not one. Again, is this due to a dimensional change or faulty programming of the defaults in MS Word? When I went to High School, we were taught in typing class that two spaces came after a sentence. It was in all the textbooks.  Yet, today this is not the case.  Why?  Dimensional switch, or changing conventions by a software dominant market?
…He had two spaces after every sentence ending. Yes, two spaces after the period. This is a 1950’s typing rule. It’s old fashioned. Use it and people will think you are old fashioned... Or wonder why you have two spaces after every period because they are too young to know that was a rule.”

-“Signs of an old fart resume” from Lisa Rangel <lisa.rangel@chameleonresumes.com>
  • The city of Pittsburgh was spelled “Pittsburg”. It wasn’t until after I left the Navy that I was told that I was spelling it wrong.  Could this be due to the fact that I always spelled it incorrectly (both my grandparents lived in Pittsburgh) of that there was a dimensional change? It is seemingly such a trivial issue, but is actually quite significant.  Was Pittsburgh always spelled that way, or did it change?  (When I was a boy, I had an old medicine bottle that I used to place my pencils and pens in on my desk.  It was made in Pittsburg, Pennsylvania.) In addition, if it changed, what was the reason for this change?  In addition, if so, then why was the dimensional lines variant?

In this world line, this is what the history says…

“When Pittsburgh was being incorporated as a city in 1816, a printer’s error dropped the ‘h’ from the end, even though the original city charter included it.  Throughout the rest of the 1800s ‘Pittsburg’ without the ‘h’ turned up here and there in newspapers and other printed material, but official documents always retained the ‘h.’  Pittsburgh with the ‘h’ was the most common spelling; and it seemed no one much cared about the occasional misspelling, for a while.

The true challenge came at the end of the 19th century.  As the country expanded and technology evolved, the need for standardization arose.  In 1890, the United States Board of Geographic Names, which was created to bring consistency to the spellings of locations throughout the country, deemed that all cities ending in ‘burgh’ must drop the ‘h’ in the spirit of uniformity.”

-Popular Pittsburgh
  • Prior to my entry into the Navy, Howard Johnson automats seemed to be the dominant fixture at toll-road roadside-rest areas. But after I left the Navy they seemed to be replaced with other restaurants like McDonalds, Stuckeys, and other fast food places.  Is this an illusion, and America has changed suddenly in this venue, or was the new dimensional reality that I inhabited different in this manner? (As a boy, when I grew up, my father would sometimes stop at these roadside rest areas and put quarter into the slot and a door would open up for an egg salad sandwich or something similar.) Apparently, in this world line, Howard Johnsons never had any kind of automat service, and were never as popular as I seem to remember it to be.  After I left the Navy, I only rarely saw a Howard Johnson hotel, and never saw a Howard Johnson roadside rest area, and absolutely no automats anywhere.  Why?
  • Stories that I have read and treasured are no longer found in this world-line. For example, one of my favorites is one by Ray Bradberry that was in his “S is for Space” book. In this world line the book only has 16 stories.
  • In this world-line there are no mutton hotdogs. Only chicken, beef and pork.

Some Questions

Over the years, when I discuss my experiences, I find many people asking the same questions over an over.  Somehow, I am not able to explain some very key points in regards to my experiences.  Perhaps, I should place them here.

  • Already “in the pipeline” for one of the top positions in the US Navy, I was asked to go into a more “important” role.
  • I underwent brain surgery to place probes in my brain. That provided me access to a fixed dimensional portal.
  • The dimensional door opened up to another extraterrestrial facility where further operations were conducted.
  • The procedure restructured my physical body somehow and added a EBP. It took a week to accomplish.
  • Finally, I went to China Lake where MAJestic calibration efforts were conducted.
  • Training to use the EBP was conducted through entanglement on a different world-line.
  • Once proficient, I “stabilized” the human sentience development sequence from adverse influences that were a consequence of mass thought manipulation.
  • Once completed, I was retired. I was retired by a non-MAJestic organization, and placed in a state-run monitoring program also unassociated with MAJestic.
  • After my retirement, I was provided a final world-line MWI cross-over that would be my “reward” for participation in the program.  When I completed my slide, the United States looks nothing like the ideal that would be my “reward”. However, China does.
  • To me, it just seems like the entire United States is entering into a shitstorm.

A Final Note

This event was the only time that my human body left the Earth.  For the rest of my life, and career, my human body stayed on the planet Earth.  (Traversing the “world-lines”.) Any activity that I had through entanglement was involved with a secondary body located off-world.  This distinction is an important one.  It is how many of us <redacted> in the MAJestic program were able to compartmentalize our experiences.

Adventure
The beginnings of an adventure.

To be specific;

  1. All MWI slides and dimensional travel involving “world-lines” were strictly limited to the earth and nearby MAJestic locations within our solar system.
  2. All Physical travel was limited to the earth environment in my human body.
  3. All Non-earth travel in the physical was limited to MWI slides, and this was at the discretion of <redacted>.
  4. Any apparent “time travel” limited to this earth was “apparent” time travel only.  It was actually dimensional travel with different gravitation deviance’s.
  5. Importantly, Time travel on other planets or in space was a natural consequence of the gravitational fields surrounding planetary bodies, and the use of dimensional travel aggravated the effect.

Further on in this blog we will discuss these various issues in much more detail.

Conclusions

This post is my narrative as to what happened once I entered the fixed dimensional portal. It took me to an extraterrestrial hospital. They conducted a procedure that altered me in various ways and implanted an EBP.

After the procedure, I was forever entangled with the <redacted>. They have natural or supplemented MWI transit ability. I no longer need to utilize a fixed access portal to conduct world-line travel. The <redacted> move me about as they desire. This is for purposes related to dimensional anchoring so that human sentience growth is possible and not corrupted.

Take Aways

  • The fixed dimensional portal took me to an extraterrestrial medical (veterinarian) facility on another planet.
  • There, my human body was changed or altered in some way, and an EBP installed.
  • The procedure took a week.
  • When I returned, I was on a different world-line. This first world-line slide served egg breakfasts with potatoes. This odd characteristic was pretty much a constant throughout my thirty years in MAJestic. It is even here on my “reward” world-line. Who’d figure?

FAQ

Q: Why is the Fixed Dimensional Portal kept secret?
A: Aside from it being a very powerful technology, it could be used dangerously if the technology went into the wrong hands. For this reason, the <redacted> have calibrated it so that only one type of sentience can use it. The users MUST be “service for others” sentience.

Q: What physical changes did the <redacted> do to your body?
A: I do not know. I was wearing the same uniform, and my body was just as it was before I went to the facility. I even still had the bandage on the top of my head covering the area when the MAJestic implants were shot into my skull. I think that the changes had to be on a quantum level somehow instead of at the physical level. Perhaps there are cellular changes. I really do not know.

Q: So you can perform world-line slides at will?
A: All humans can do this. We just don’t. We do not control our thoughts and our actions, and as a result we tend to live in chaotic and confusing times.  To make big and significant changes to our world-line certain technology or abilities are required. I do not have access to these technologies. However, I am entangled with <redacted> and they can. They can move me about at will. They placed me here on this world-line to live out the rest of my life.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Yes, We Do Live in a Multidimensional Universe

The MAJestic leadership controls all MAJestic members.  However, the organization controls and authorize programs and sub-programs upon the limitations of our understandings.

When we first agreed to work with the <redacted>, we thought of it as a simple technology transfer exercise.  However, over time, as we expanded our understandings of the numerous species that we worked with, we began to obtain glimmerings of what we were REALLY working with and involved in.

Thus, we discovered that many times we thought we were doing one thing for one objective, only to find out (later) that we were doing one “piece of a puzzle”, that would eventually fit into a much larger puzzle or plan…

Introduction

There is a lot going on here in my narrative. In order to make sense out of what is going on, I am afraid that we will have to cover some ground and understanding regarding what our reality is.

This is because traveling through a dimensional portal is impossible in a Newtonian reality. It is absolutely, and positively impossible.

We are handicapped by our limited experiences, our knowledge, and our understandings. None of what we know allows for “dimensional doors”, no matter what you call them. That is, unless you make allowances for Magic…

Since most Americans have been “dumbed down” to a serf / peasant level (for reasons of political expediency), it would be very difficult for most to grasp the reality of what I describe. This includes what transpired during my first portal egress. (Not to mention, understanding autonomous MWI egress at will.)

Of course, I could simply launch into a statement of what is going on, and leave it at that.  However, that is not in the best interests of this dialog. Our world is populated with people of all sorts of backgrounds, experiences, beliefs, and understandings.  To best provide a real understanding of what is going on, some background information must be presented.  It need not be complicated, but it does need to be presented.

With that in mind, let’s take a look at what a “dimension” is.  For throughout my narrative I repeatedly use the term “dimensional travel”. Obviously what just transpired in the previous posts were perplexing. For me to simply state “oh, it was dimensional travel”, or “I entered a dimensional door”, or “my dimensional reality was altered” would be confusing and inappropriate at this time.

Maybe it would be best if I said that I exited from our reality and went elsewhere.

I exited our reality and went elsewhere.

The Real World

We, as humans, are unable to see the real world.  We are unable.

Our physical senses are unable to see the way things really are.  Our perception of time is wrong.  Our ideas of distance are wrong.  What we think about the universe, intelligence, and life are wrong.  Our view of life is terribly faulted.

Our view of life is all incorrect.

What we do know, or at least think that we know, is not distributed throughout the population evenly.  Terms used by certain people have completely different meanings to other people. This can be from simple English language terms, to scientific understandings. Many times complete and unified understandings are not obtainable.

Consider the word "niggerdly". It means miserly · parsimonious · close-fisted . Yet, there is a sizable proportion of the American population that would consider this to be a racist insult.

Dimensional cross travel.
Dimensional travel is too complicated for most humans to understand. It is not what you would think, and can be very weird at times. As confusing the “real” world is, can you (the reader) accept how outrageously confusing it would be for a member of the general population?

This can be prevented if we define exactly what we are referring to “up front” in the beginning.

Thus, by using our brains, and by mastering the language of the universe we can begin to gain some basic understandings of it. With this understanding comes innovation and that perhaps someday soon, we will all be able to the see the universe as it really and actually is.

It’s a Quantum Reality

So what is our “reality”?

One theory is that consciousness is created on a quantum, sub-atomic scale through energy which is constantly contained in the universe. The theory is based on Einstein’s famous quote, when he said: “Energy cannot be created or destroyed, it can only be changed from one form to another.”

Dr David Hamilton said all consciousness is and always has been in the universe through quantum particles, and when you are born, it is channelled into a physical being.

-The Express (Pretty crude understanding of our reality. Heh.)

This section discusses what it is in accordance with the latest theories. Mind you, I am not hip and up with the latest theories. I am a layman who follows this subject out of interest. I am more a hobbyist and a “dabbler” rather than an expert. I am (very much) like the railroad engineer who runs the big steam locomotive engines of the 1930’s who reads up in thermodynamics in his spare time.

Locomotive
Look at this beauty. Observe the lines, the enormity of the great complex mechanical monster. Look at how small the workers look around it. Look at the environment. Absorb what it must have been like, the smells, the muggy air, and the hustle and bustle of the people on the platform in the early morning air.

According to the “latest” theories, our universe is composed of small things known as “quanta”.

Quanta is (for our purposes) the smallest “combination” of shapes that form the building blocks” of our universe.  Since our universe is our actual reality, quanta is what our reality is made up of. Our reality is one filled with quanta.

Quanta form shapes and patterns that our physical bodies can observe and measure.  Thus they define our reality and they help shape our experiences.

Since I discuss the “world” of quanta so frequently, maybe it is time to discuss the realms of where quanta exist.  I do not think that it is a sufficient explanation to give to the reader that “quanta are ubiquitous”; that it is everywhere.  That is true, but (again) fails to convey true and real meaning.  Instead, perhaps we should look at the properties of this fundamental quanta as it pertains to where it disappears to.

Relative to a person living in the physical world, quanta seems to move about.  This behaves in strange ways.  It reacts with other particles, often unseen, and pops in and out of observed space.  What is it doing?  Where is it going, and whence did it come from?  These are the questions that I try to attempt to answer here.

Well, for starters; quanta is everywhere.   Every atom is composed of groups of quanta called particles.  So anything made up of atoms is, in turn made up of the “stuff” of atoms; quantum particles.  But we cannot perceive it due to the limited nature of our (coarse) senses.  It is too small; too tiny to see.  We have to infer it’s presence by theory and conclusions through observation of experiments.

Smaller than Quanta

Additionally, the latest theories posit that quanta is made up of even smaller components. These go by different names and concepts. There are those that follow the belief that these smallest components of quanta are mere vibrating “strings”. Others go into various detailed tangents regarding branes and theories regarding it.

The Unseen

Our (scientific) experiments tell us many interesting things; things far to numerous to mention here.  But one thing is clear.  There is an “unseen” component to the world that we live in.  We can see the physical world by our physical senses, but we cannot see the “other” world.  Our physical senses are limited.  They cannot perceive it.  Thus, this lack of perception has caused us to call it the “unseen world”.

The power of intention
The Rice Experiment opened more than a few teenage eyes on how their words and intentions impact their environment. Hopefully, the lesson will translate into their homes and future workplaces. The middle school teens conducted the Rice Experiment. After cooking a pot of rice, they placed a scoop of rice into separate, identical jars and sealed the lids. On the outside of one jar, they wrote “LOVE” while on the other jar they wrote, “HATE.” For the next week, they talked to the jars filling the LOVE jar with kind, loving, compassionate intentions and thoughts. They told the HATE jar it was stupid, ugly, mean and nasty. Then, they watched the results. A year later, these same jars sit on the shelf of our teen room, telling the story of our intentions. The LOVE jar, filled with our divine, loving intentions, remains filled with white fluffy rice. The HATE jar started decomposing right away and quickly turned into a grey, slimy sludge. No kidding. So, how can this occur if there ISN’T an unseen component to our reality?

To “underline” what was just stated; our reality (and our universe) is broken up into two distinct realities.  These two realities are “the seen” (by our physical senses, and by extension, our devices and mechanisms), and the “unseen”.  The “unseen” elements of our reality are what we cannot sense, and what our devices and mechanisms (as of current contemporaneous science) can not sense.

The universe and our reality is broken down into two distinct parts. They are;

  • The seen. These are things that we can perceive either by ourselves or with equipment.
  • The unseen. These are things that we are unable to perceive or sense.

Ah… the frustration!

There are those whose limited mindset permits them from accepting anything that they cannot physically perceive.  They do not believe in “X-rays” because they cannot see them.  They do not believe in thoughts, memories or ideas.  These things are not viewed directly, but rather have to be inferred from, and cause a great deal of consternation in regards to physical communication.

In a like way the concepts of spirits, heaven, and the “unseen” are ridiculed, not because they cannot be seen, but rather that the abstract concepts of them cannot be adequately conveyed to others of a mere physical understanding.

This is a problem, that I believe, stems from the “traditional” understanding of what “heaven” is.

Traditional model
The traditional understanding of what heaven is.

Viewed from this traditional understanding, the prism through which we can view the unseen becomes difficult to conceptualize. In fact, there are many who try to link the traditional so that it is in agreement with modern discoveries and (yes indeed) theories of our existence.

That’s a pretty pointless endeavor.

The Traditional Model

The traditional model handicaps us. Because in that model everything that exists can be seen and viewed by humans as long as they are alive. If you cannot see or perceive it, then it does not exist, and it is part of the “spiritual” realm. Which is, of course, a realm that you can only find out about when you die.

Forget Tradition!

To really understand what our universe is, and to understand what our reality is, one must FORGET the traditional models of what heaven and reality actually is.  Throw it all away.  Ignore it.  It is wrong.  It is terribly, and awfully incorrect.  Throw it all away!

The only way our physical bodies can resolve the unseen is through the rigors of mathematics.  Unless the two people understand the language of mathematics and the physical relationships involved, they will not be able to communicate to each other what they cannot see.  This includes quanta and the realms where the quanta disappear.

Indeed, quanta are pervasive in both the physical and the “unseen” worlds.  These “unseen worlds” are other elements of the universe that we, as humans, are unable to perceive.  The so-called “unseen worlds” are higher energy states of quanta; the states where the vast bulk of quanta exist in.  But though thought, as well as reasoning and deductive inference, we can understand the nature of the universe. And, at that we can best understand how things work regarding quanta and the physical world.

In other words, we can reason what the “unseen reality” actually is. We can use mathematics to map out our reasoning strategy.

To this end, let us look at the “other places” that our mathematical language and physical experiments point to.

The other “places”

Let’s consider what these other “places” are. What are they?

  • The interface between the “Mental” and the “Casual” plane?
  • Purgatory?
  • Vyahrtis?
  • Cat Heaven?
  • A Dimensional Construct?

Indeed, these “other places” go by many names.

Most mathematicians call these places “dimensions”, while spiritualists call these places by various names often referring to “levels of heaven”.  To add confusion there are other terms often used in different contexts by different people.  This adds a great deal of confusion between people of different communication ability; a scientist would have trouble discussing what heaven is compared to a spiritualist discussing what a dimension actually is.  Yet both are actually trying to describe the same thing.

Imagine that!

Let us spend some time discussing the term “dimensions”.  It is an often abused term with many such definitions and understandings.  Well, I am not a linguist, but I will try to elaborate in what I personally consider to be a “dimension” and its relevance to our subject at hand.  I do this in the interests of communication.

There are so many ideas and concepts of what a dimension is, and what a dimensional level is that it all becomes imprecise and useless. Because of this, we need a shared structure; and understanding. We can use mathematics.

Mathematics is the language used to describe what Heaven is

“In five years there will be a thousand Keedoozles throughout the U.S…”

-Clarence Saunders

Let’s begin with what we know of as “conventional science”.  As stated earlier, our conventional scientific belief is that everything in the physical universe is made up of very tiny string like forms.  This theory or belief is known as “Super-string theory”.  This is all part of our scientific need to create or generate an overall guiding Theory of Everything (TOC).

String theory, with all of its difficulties, is by far the most promising route to one of the most long-lasting and ambitious goals of natural science: a complete understanding of the microscopic laws of nature. In particular, it is by far the most promising way to reconcile gravity and quantum mechanics, the most important unsolved problem in fundamental physics. At the moment, it’s a notably incomplete and frustrating theory, but not without genuinely astonishing successes to its credit.

The basic idea is incredibly simple: instead of imagining that elementary particles are really fundamentally pointlike, imagine that they are one-dimensional loops or line segments — strings. Now just take that idea and try to make it consistent with the rules of relativity and quantum mechanics. Once you set off down this road, you are are inevitably led to a remarkably rich structure: extra dimensions, gauge theories, supersymmetry, new extended objects, dualities, holography, and who knows what else...

Most impressively of all, you are led to gravity: one of the modes of a vibrating string corresponds to a massless spin-two particle, whose properties turn out to be that of a graviton. It’s really this feature that separates string theory from any other route to quantum gravity. In other approaches, you generally start with some way of representing curved spacetime and try to quantize it, soon getting more or less stuck. In string theory, you just say the word “strings,” and gravity leaps out at you whether you like it or not.

And, the Theory of Everything…

Since Einstein, physicists have been working on a theory of everything (TOE). Logic dictates that for a true TOE, the TOE must be able to propose from first principles, why conservation of mass-energy and conservation of momentum hold. If these theories cannot, they cannot be TOEs. Unfortunately all existing TOEs have these conservation laws as their starting axioms, and therefore, are not true TOEs. The importance of this requirement is that if we cannot explain why conservation of momentum is true, like Einstein did with LFT, how do we know how to apply this in developing interstellar propulsion engines?

These tiny strings form up into different shapes and configurations.  These forms are called quanta.  There are specific names for each form; each one pretty cool and interesting.

  • (Quantum Physics.) The quanta then compile together into groupings or particles.
  • (Particle Physics.) The particles then amass into even larger physical objects called atoms.
  • (Chemistry) Atoms are the building blocks of the physical world and they in turn can form into a great variety of elements.
  • (Mechanics.) These elements can be in different shapes such as solid, liquid or gas, and many other quasi states in-between.

We need not worry ourselves with the physical manifestation of quanta.  That is the realm of chemists, and physicists.  The realm of the quanta is the domain of quantum physicists; these are the people whom study this curious and interesting subject.

The Universal Language

The language that ties all the physicists and chemists, engineers and scientists together is known as mathematics.  Quanta is effected by thought and the relationship between thought and the regions where quanta dwells is the domain of spiritualists and religion.  Since everyone speaks a different language in regards to their core specialty, it is understandable that there would be confusion.

Additionally, there are other considerations…

The New Scientist article The Omega Man, by science writer Marcus Chown. As Chown puts it: "Chaitin has shown that there are an infinite number of mathematical facts but, for the most part, they are unrelated to each other and impossible to tie together with unifying theorems." 

In other words, mathematically, there is no single, preferred set of fundamental truths. 

The mathematics that describes our reality is just one archipelago of self consistent postulates and theorems in a limitless ocean with infinite islands bearing no relationship to ours. 

Since physics is described by mathematics, this may imply that what we perceive with microscopes and telescopes and particle accelerators as ordinary physical reality is also but one tiny subset of an infinitely greater reality. 

Alternate realities created by other consciousnesses could be equally real yet radically different from ours.

Heaven as a Dimension described by Mathematics

According to the mathematics involved, currently the best theory of our universe is called Super-string theory.

In it, is the very interesting proposal that the universe exists in 10 different dimensions simultaneously.  While we like to think in terms of a three dimensional “physical world”, “time”, and a six dimensional “spiritual world”, it is actually much simpler than that.  (See elsewhere about my discussions regarding a 10 vs. an 11 dimensional universe.)

There is some very interesting work regarding octonions by way of their deep connections to string theory, M-theory and supergravity. Read about it HERE.

Just because we cannot “see” or sense something with our physical senses does not mean that it does not exist.  Indeed, when someone mentions “different dimensions”, we tend to think of things like parallel universes. Which are but alternate realities that exist parallel to our own, but where things work or happened differently than in our universe.  (Within my writings I refer to this as “world-line travel” to alternative realities.)

Some similar terms…

  • World-line
  • Time-line
  • Dimensional portal or door
  • MWI slide
  • “What if” world
  • Another “reality”

The mathematics behind this is all complex and way, way above my head. You know, guys, I was just a rider on the MWI. I did not design the equipment, install it or maintain it. I just used it. That being said, there are some interesting developments in regards to the science behind the MWI.

Consider the idea that algebra is not as fixed and a reliable tool as we would like to believe it is…

Much more bizarrely, the octonions are nonassociative, meaning (a × b) × c doesn’t equal a × (b × c). “Nonassociative things are strongly disliked by mathematicians,” said John Baez, a mathematical physicist at the University of California, Riverside, and a leading expert on the octonions. 

“Because while it’s very easy to imagine noncommutative situations — putting on shoes then socks is different from socks then shoes — it’s very difficult to think of a nonassociative situation.” 

If, instead of putting on socks then shoes, you first put your socks into your shoes, technically you should still then be able to put your feet into both and get the same result. “The parentheses feel artificial.”

The octonions’ seemingly unphysical nonassociativity has crippled many physicists’ efforts to exploit them, but Baez explained that their peculiar math has also always been their chief allure.

-The Peculiar Math That Could Underlie the Laws of Nature

Illustrative Fictional Adventures

There have been many great science fiction stories on this theme;  some of my favorites include “Job”, and “The cat that could walk through walls” both by Robert Heinlein.  In any event, a person who could “travel” from one dimension into another might find themselves in a world where there is no letter “J”, or a world where dinosaurs still exist.

However, the reality of dimensions and how they play a role in the ordering of our Universe is really quite different from this popular characterization.

Job: A Comedy of Justice is a novel by Robert A. Heinlein published in 1984. The title is a reference to the biblical Book of Job and James Branch Cabell's book Jurgen, A Comedy of Justice. It won the Locus Award for Best Fantasy Novel in 1985 and was nominated for the Nebula Award for Best Novel in 1984, and the Hugo Award for Best Novel in 1985. The story examines religion through the eyes of Alex, a Christian political activist who is corrupted by Margrethe, a Danish Norse cruise ship hostess — and who loves every minute of it. Enduring a shipwreck, an earthquake, and a series of world-changes brought about by Loki (with Jehovah's permission), Alex and Marga work their way from Mexico back to Kansas as dishwasher and waitress.

Job
Quantum theory has some strange implications, one of which is the existence of parallel universes.* If physical reality does bifurcate at every quantum event, creating an infinite number of alternative realities, what happens to consciousness? Does it split as well, implying that twin minds exist in parallel but isolated states? Or does consciousness continue on a single trajectory, thus maintaining the presumed uniqueness of the individual personality? Could consciousness migrate from one trajectory to another, inhabiting perhaps several alternative worlds, or bodies, in the course of its existence? And what are the moral responsibilities of a conscious mind which finds itself in radically different social environments? These questions are important, especially if you are Heinlein’s protagonist Alex, a priggish, religious fundamentalist and racist but who still possesses enough nineteenth century pluck and grit to confront cosmic uncertainty head on.

Whenever they manage to make some stake, an inconveniently timed change into a new alternate reality throws them off their stride (once, the money they earned is left behind in another reality; in another case, the paper money earned in a Mexico which is an empire is worthless in another Mexico which is a republic). These repeated misfortunes, clearly effected by some malevolent entity, make the hero identify with the Biblical Job.

The experience of being thrust from one version of reality to another is a 
fact that a fundamentalist interpretation of scripture just doesn’t 
cover. Not unless the Christian God is as playfully sadistic as he is 
reportedly bloodthirsty. Perhaps the old Norse Loki, the pesky divine 
practical joker, is actually behind such apparent irrationality. This is
 the god of changing rules; just when you think you know the way the 
world works from a moral perspective, Loki pulls the rug out. 

And…

The Cat Who Walks Through Walls is a science fiction novel by American writer Robert A. Heinlein, published in 1985. Like many of his later novels, it features Lazarus Long and Jubal Harshaw as supporting characters. Campbell and Novak are rescued by an organization known as the Time Corps under the leadership of Lazarus Long. 

After giving Campbell a new leg to replace one lost in combat years before, the Time Corps attempt to recruit Campbell for a special mission. Accepting only on Gwen's account, Campbell agrees to assist a team to retrieve the decommissioned Mike, a sentient computer introduced in The Moon is a Harsh Mistress. 

Engaged in frequent time-travel, the Time Corps has been responsible for changing various events in the past, creating an alternate universe with every time-line they disrupt. Mike's assistance is needed in order to accurately predict the conditions and following events in each of the new universes created. Campbell's frequent would-be assassins are revealed to be members of contemporary agencies also engaged in time manipulation who, for unknown reasons, do not want to see Mike rescued by the Time Corps.

Let’s break it down into something very simple. Let’s have a look at what our “reality” actually is; To break it down, dimensions are simply the different facets of what we perceive to be reality.

That is it.

Dimensions as Degrees of Perception

We call what we observe facets of the dimensions that surround us.  Indeed, we are immediately aware of the three dimensions that surround us on a daily basis – those that define the length, width, and depth of all objects in our universes (the x, y, and z axes, respectively).  We see them because our senses can perceive them. (Ah, but are the dimensions actually there?)

Consider something called “shape dynamics.”  Its supporters describe it as a new way of looking at gravity, although it could end up being quite a bit more than that. It appears to give a radical new picture of space and time. It could even alter our view of what’s “real” in the universe.

Einstein, who tackled gravity in his masterpiece, general relativity—a theory that’s just celebrated its 100th anniversary. Back in 1915, Einstein showed how gravity and geometry were linked, that what we imagine as the “force” of gravity can be thought of as a curvature in space and time. Ten years earlier, Einstein had shaken things up by showing that space and time are relative: What we measure with our clocks and yardsticks depends on the relative motion of us and the object being measured. But even though space and time are relative in Einstein’s theory, scale remains absolute. A mouse and elephant can roam the cosmos, but if the elephant is bigger somewhere, it’s bigger everywhere. The elephant is “really” bigger than the mouse.

In shape dynamics, though, size is relative, but the shape of objects becomes a real, objective quality. From the shape dynamics perspective, we’d say that we can only be sure that the elephant is bigger than the mouse if they’re right next to each other, and we’re there too, with our yardstick. Should either beast stray from our location, we can no longer be certain of their true sizes. Whenever they reunite, we can once again measure their relative sizes; that ratio won’t change—but again, we can only perform the measurement if we’re all next to one another. Shape, unlike size, doesn’t suffer from such uncertainty.

This suggests that “size” isn’t real in any absolute sense; it’s not an objective quantity. With shape dynamics, we’re taking this very simple idea and trying to push it as far as we can. And what we realized is that you can have relativity of scale and reproduce a theory of gravity which is equivalent to Einstein’s theory—but you have to abandon the notion of relative time.

Beyond these three visible dimensions, scientists believe that there may many more.

In fact, the theoretical framework of Super-string Theory posits that the universe exists in ten different dimensions.  (There is still some argument about 10 vs. 11 dimensions.) These different aspects are what govern the universe, the fundamental forces of nature, and all the elementary particles contained within.

What I want to do is discuss these “invisible” dimensions in the context and framework of our subject at hand.  They are invisible to us because our senses cannot perceive them.

Two Realities exist for Humans

So, to keep things simple and clear; there are but two realities experienced by humans.  There is a “seen” dimension, and there is an “unseen” dimension.  Our relationships between the “seen” and the “unseen” is governed by the limitations of our physical bodies as human with individualized soul constructs.

I have covered why this is the case in sufficient detail here;

I have covered this ψ-ontic / ψ-epistemic duality in THIS POST HERE. I break down that the reality that we exist in is a construct. This construct lies within a much more expansive universe. However, we cannot modify it because there is a threshold that consciousness cannot approach.

The Nature of the Universe
There are various solutions to this problem.

The Solutions

What way can we best understand how dimensions (and dimensional constructs) behave within our universe? We aren’t exactly sure, as we are still exploring this avenue of thought.

As such, we then can use that understanding to modify them and travel in and about them. Here are some ideas currently being bantered about…

  1. The extra dimensions are compactified on a very small scale.
  2. We may live on a 3-dimensional sub-manifold corresponding to a brane.
  3. Loop Quantum Gravity. Maybe it’s made up of finite, quantized entities.
  4. Asymptotic safety, might explain why dimensional observation is limited.
  5. Causal Dynamical Triangulations suggests that space is discrete.
  6. Entropic gravity, a model where gravity is not a fundamental force.

Let’s review them briefly, shall we…

1-Compactified as a Calabi-Yau manifold

The extra dimensions are compactified on a very small scale. If the extra dimensions are compactified, then the extra six dimensions must be in the form of a Calabi–Yau manifold. While imperceptible as far as our senses are concerned, they would have governed the formation of the universe from the very beginning.

Fine, but, why so physically small?

2-A 3-Dimensional sub-manifold as a brane

Our world may live on a 3-dimensional sub-manifold corresponding to a brane, on which all known particles besides gravity would be restricted (aka. brane theory).

3-Loop Quantum Gravity

Loop Quantum Gravity. LQG. Maybe space acts like a fabric, but perhaps it’s made up of finite, quantized entities. And perhaps it’s woven out of “loops,” which is where the theory gets it name from. Weave these loops together and you get a spin network, which represents a quantum state of the gravitational field. In this picture, not just the matter itself but space itself is quantized.  Thus our dimensional experiences are limited by our perceptions of quantized space.

4-Asymptotic Safety

Asymptotic safety, might be a way to explain why dimensional observation is limited. Progress has been made, most notably by Christof Wetterich, who had two groundbreaking papers in the 1990s. More recently, Wetterich used asymptotic safety  to calculate a prediction for the mass of the Higgs boson before the LHC found it. He was absolutely correct!

5-Causal Dynamical Triangulations

Causal Dynamical Triangulations. This idea, CDT, is one of the newer theories that are being discussed.  It was first developed in 2000 by Renate Loll and expanded on by others since. It’s similar to LQG in that space itself is discrete, but is primarily concerned with how that space itself evolves.

One interesting property of this idea is that time must be discrete as well! As an interesting feature, it gives us a 4-dimensional space-time (not even something put in a priori, but something that the theory gives us) at the present time, but at very, very high energies and small distances (like the Planck scale), it displays a 2-dimensional structure.

It’s based on a mathematical structure called a simplex, which is a multi-dimensional analogue of a triangle.

6-Emergent gravity

Emergent gravity. And finally, we come to what's probably the most speculative, recent of the quantum gravity possibilities. Emergent gravity only gained prominence in 2009, when Erik Verlinde proposed entropic gravity, a model where gravity was not a fundamental force, but rather emerged as a phenomenon linked to entropy.

In fact, the seeds of emergent gravity go back to the discoverer of the conditions for generating a matter-antimatter asymmetry, Andrei Sakharov, who proposed the concept back in 1967. This research is still in its infancy, but as far as developments in the last 5–10 years go, it’s hard to ask for more than this.

Anyways…

So let us begin with what we know about these perceptible and imperceptible realms. Or more accurately, what I know about reality and build up “backwards” to help the reader best understand how everything fits together.

Heaven as I Understand It

What everyone seems to think “Heaven” is, is the sum totality of what there is. It is all and everything. Including this blog post and you.

Heaven is also graduated.  It possesses different regions and areas.  Each region or area have different concentrations of quanta. They form different densities. Some of which are very dense with one type of quanta, and others are dense with other combinations of quanta.  It is a complex “soup” or “stew” of quanta that pop in and out and move about all under the influence of other “influences” (I will discuss these later.).

Consider "Heaven" to be everything. It includes the physical universe and the unseen "Heavens" often referred to in religious writings. It is a place where everything is composed of the smallest building blocks or components possible - quanta.

Within this realm, are clumps and arrangements of quanta. The quanta naturally starts to entangle with other quanta. They form arrangements, and dance about in certain ways. Over time, they get larger and more complex. They form things. They precipitate into simpler, slower and coarser things such as physical rocks, dust and energy.

Big bang
On many websites, and books, the concentration of the “Big Bang” theory always revolves around the formation of the physical universe. It rarely discusses the formation of the unseen universe, and the components of branes, strings, and quanta.

Eventually, some of the quanta form into constructions that obtain sentience. The groups of quanta with sentience are called "souls".

The souls realize that the way that they can grow and advance is to organize their quanta. There is only one problem. Quanta can only organize through entanglements. They need to entangle with other quanta.

The way entanglements work is through association, or better yet, experiences.

Our Bubble of Reality

So, in order to obtain these experience, the soul creates a bubble within Heaven.

It is an environment where the soul can obtain experiences. These “bubbles” are regions that can best be defined as a construction. They are constructed regions manufactured by a given soul to obtain experiences within. These regions are unique and custom for a given consciousness.

Soul creates a bubble
A soul exists within “Heaven”. It creates a “bubble” and places a physical body within this bubble. This body experiences the bubble as “reality”. That is what our reality actually is. In the picture above, we see a particular soul, soul A creates an construct. This is a bubble of reality. That reality consists of a physical person surrounded by a physical and a non-physical reality that is determined by the senses of the physical person so constructed.

A soul would connect to this bubble of reality via a “tube” or an interface. We call that interface as “consciousness”. Souls can have multiple consciousnesses but only one consciousness may occupy a given reality at a time.

A bubble of reality consists of four set “dimensions”. Three spacial dimensions and one of entropy; time.

The "passage of time" is simply our reality bubble changing by our thoughts. Additionally, other nearby bubbles also move about and change. They can influence our bubble as well.

The control over this bubble of reality is quite possible. That is because our reality changes with our thoughts. Each thought changes it.

Thoughts of the consciousness within the reality can alter the reality. Thoughts can make or break the experiences of the consciousness.  As such the soul can learn from the consciousness and it’s decision making process. This is of course, through manipulation of the three dimensions plus the “dimension” of time.

Consciousness experience events within the reality.  As such they generate thoughts.  The thoughts alter and create the reality that the consciousness exists within. As such, the consciousness obtains experiences and learns from them.

Heaven - Basic Diagram
A really basic diagram of the general organization of “Human” Heaven. Each individual soul constructs a “reality”. It them provides a conduit to the biological presence within that reality. This conduit is known as “consciousness”. Note that no two consciousnesses share the same reality. However, there can be influences in the non-physical reality aspects.

“Seen” dimensions typically are referred to as the physical world.  While “unseen” dimensions are referred to as various levels or dimensions of Heaven.

But, what exactly is heaven?

Please refer to the image above. How “heaven” is organized. (above). This diagram if a simplistic version of what a human “heaven” looks like.  Let’s suppose you (the reader) is sitting down in your house reading this manuscript. That figure is the icon of the blue person shown by (B). You exist within this “bubble” or reality also shown by (R1).  This “reality” includes the chair you sit in, the television show that you are watching, and the coffee beside you.

Illustration 1

Extending beyond your (physical) reality is your “extended” (non-physical) reality (R2) which consists of your thoughts, memories and everything associated with it (also  known as the “quantum cloud”).

Your thoughts regarding what you are now reading are moving about in this (R2) reality. This area contains not only thought, but emotion and other generated “influences” (far too complex to discuss at this time).

illustration 2

However, you have a soul (A) that is part of who you are.  This soul only partially occupies your reality. In fact, it spends the vast bulk of it’s time outside of your “reality”.  You know it exists, but you are unaware of it’s “day to day” experiences, challenges and behaviors.

Your soul can create numerous “realities” with numerous “individuals” (of which YOU are but one of the people that your soul creates)  occupying those realities.  This can occur at different times and at different locations. However, for now, let’s keep it simple and suppose your soul has created only one “realty” (R1) and (R2) for one person (B), you the reader.

illustration 3

Now, let’s suppose that you are married to another person that is part of your life.  (A pretty common situation.)

That person would be represented by (C) which is but a “quantum shadow” of another person. It is not the ACTUAL person.  It only seems that way. (Though in your reality, that person is just as real as anything else in your reality.)

illustration 4

What you see is their world-line version of where they married you and share your reality.  It is not an actual reality (from their point of view, but rather the world-line version of them). (Your quantum-shadow spouse is but one version of a near infinite number of world-line variations of that particular person.)

That person (D) is actually living within their own “reality “just like you are.  They may or may not see a quantum shadow of you. It is all determined by their version of reality.  This of course is determined by their soul (E).

illustration 5

What is of most interest here is how their thoughts affect your reality (R1 & R2).  While we all have our own “bubble” or reality that we live and exist within, our reality is constantly in flux by the thoughts of others (G). We view these effects as the “passage of time”.

Heaven - Basic Diagram
A really basic diagram of the general organization of “Human” Heaven. Each individual soul constructs a “reality”. It them provides a conduit to the biological presence within that reality. This conduit is known as “consciousness”. Note that no two consciousnesses share the same reality. However, there can be influences in the non-physical reality aspects.

The influence of the quantum-shadow of those nearest to us absolutely shape and mold the realities that we participate in.  We can alter their influence by having “strong personalities”, or trying to isolate ourselves from others.  However, the more we do so, the less likely we are to learn lessons and have experiences.  It is the overlap of thought influences that create the experiences that we learn from.

Both your (A) soul and your spouse’s soul (E) exist within a heaven (F).

Your soul’s can work out different “realities” or “adventures” for both of you to share to obtain experiences.

Life Together.
A given consciousness with interact with the quantum shadows of other consciousnesses. Together they share experiences. The experiences can be good or bad, but they ultimately help align quanta so that a soul can grow and learn. Thus, it is very important that a given consciousness get the BEST experiences while it is part of a given reality.

The idea, of course, is to obtain experiences and configure the quantum clouds associated with the constructed realities that the soul utilizes.  As soul grows and configures itself, it can “improve” and evolve.  Hopefully towards an approved soul archetype and sentience.

Heaven
In the movie “What dreams may come” a Hollywood version of what Heaven might look like is provided. It’s a nice image. However, Heaven can be anything or nothing depending on the thoughts of the soul. Our sentience creates the type of Heavenly realm that our soul inhabits. Which is WHY it is important for humans to have a single defined sentience; one that does not disrupt the sentience’s of other species. In other words, an approved sentience and physical archetype.

As it improves and grows, the vast bulk of it’s quantum configuration dwells at different energy states.  Each different energy state has a different place in heaven (F).  Two are indicated by (J) and (I).

To prevent confusion, I would suggest that the reader consider “reality” as the first three dimensions, plus “time” as the fourth dimension.

I would then suggest that the fifth dimension, as world-line swapping (alteration of the “reality” “bubble”). This is very easy to visualize by using the above-mentioned model. For to understand what is happening in this case, the “quantum shadows” within your reality are being rearranged.

Fifth dimensional trave;
Fifth-dimensional travel as world-line travel.

In “world-line” travel, all that is taking place is that the “quantum shadows” are being rearranged within one’s “bubble” of “reality”.  This is fifth-dimensional travel. In the example above, Fifth-dimensional travel as world-line travel.

Quantum shadow (C) changes to fit the new revised “realty”.  (It is now a yellow person instead of a red person.) We, as a participant within our reality look upon these changes as “world-line” travel.

From this point of view, it should be clear.  That obtaining world-line dimensional travel is actually accessing our own soul and requesting it to alter our reality to fit our needs, while at the same time keeping the educational lessons that we are to obtain the same or better. This can be accomplished through certain techniques.  In my case, we utilized a biological artifice to bend reality (within the confines of my experience structure).

So, in all actuality, there isn’t really any kind of “travel” at all. What is actually happening is the “reality” construct changes in accordance with the wants and needs of the soul.

If a given person, within a “reality” bubble wants to change his “world-line” he would be able to do so with the proper technology.  However the changed “world-line” that manifests would be one that would either have the same and equal types of experiences for the soul, or that it would be one that would have more or “better” experiences.

There are even more interesting nuanced versions of “world-line” travel at the “higher” dimensional values.  However, for our purposes, let’s keep it simple.  I would then suggest anything above the fifth dimension as the realm of “heaven”.

Soul Summary

In summary, then the reader must recognize that the architect of our reality is our own soul.  Our reality is a fabricated construct for the purposes of obtaining experiences, and learning so that the quanta (generated by thoughts) migrate into different forms.  These different forms result in the shape of our soul.  As such, different souls have different energy and positional states within heaven.

Souls in Heaven.
Souls in heaven. (With individual realities shown.).

Multiple Dimensions Visualized

The reader might find it helpful to imagine multiple dimensions though a video or short movie.  These products exist on the Internet.  Some of the better ones include the following.

Now, the reader should not be confused, I am not an expert on this. All that I am is a traveler who utilized the MWI for MAJestic purposes. This video helped me personally better understand what transpired through my experiences.
  • Imagining the Tenth Dimension – Rob Bryanton (Introductory.)

Well, there are those who completely disagree with this theory and the belief in multiple dimensions and world-line travel.

I believe in the MWI because I was part of MAJestic and I participated in it. So it was easy for me to believe. Others are not so easy to convince. Trust me, I went through some pretty convincing MWI slides let me tell you the reader. Do you want to read about my "training"? Go here...

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Here’s another couple of videos…

  • TEDxBoulder – Thad Roberts – Visualizing Eleven Dimensions (Pretty darn good precisely as he covers the actual “reality” of what space actually is.)
  • Imagining 10 Dimensions – the Movie (It takes the first video and goes into multiple world-line theory. Worth the viewing time.)

The First, Second and Third Dimensions

Let us begin with a talk about the known and observed world; the physical.

This is the reality that we can perceive, and that we think all other biological creatures can also perceive.  It is this realm that almost all the known science and engineering feats of the last century were built upon.

The first dimension, as already noted, is that which gives it length (aka. the x-axis). A good description of a one-dimensional object is a straight line, which exists only in terms of length and has no other discernible qualities.   Pretty boring.  Indeed.  But, add to it a second dimension, the y-axis (or height), and you get an object that becomes a 2-dimensional shape (like a square).  Now things get interesting.  For we can have art, and pictures and blueprints.  The third dimension adds breath and scope.  It is the “z” axis of our observable universe.  These three dimensions are what describe 3D space; or 3D movies, or 3D CAD software.  It is nothing less than what we can experience with our senses.

How we thought it worked…

While this sounds so simple, in truth the mathematics of it can be quite formidable.

At the time when I was involved in MAJestic, we were “pretty sure” that the dimensions that we observed (the 3D world) were but a hologram.  This idea, the universe as a hologram, was first proposed in the 1990’s by physicists Dr. Gerard ‘t Hooft and Dr. Leonard Susskind as a way to solve a fundamental inconsistency between quantum physics and general relativity.

At the time, research showed that the holographic principle held in theoretical worlds (The anti-de Sitter spaces.).   But, the scientists were pretty baffled, because evidence suggesting that it holds under the conditions found in our own universe had been limited.  The issue then was validation of the principles proposed in flat space-time.

At the time of this writing, easily over ten years since I left MAJestic active duty,  physicists used two theories of flat space-time to calculate a physical measure known as “entanglement entropy.”

The term describes the amount of entanglement in a quantum system.  This is where particles are linked and exert influence on each other across a distance; “entanglement”.

Thus, if quantum gravity in a flat space allows for a holographic description by a standard quantum theory, then there must by physical quantities, which can be calculated in both theories.

The reader need not get too hung up on terms and phrases.  Terms can be confusing.  This is most common when new terms and phases are introduced “rapid fire” with little utility or context to initiate familiarity.  Entropy is just a way of measuring a characteristic or property of something.  In this usage, it refers to just how many quanta are entangled.

Indeed, they found that the value of the entanglement entropy in both theories was the same, which means it is possible the holographic principle does actually apply to our universe and by extension, our universe could be holographic.  If so, then it is bound by the controls established by the other dimensional levels; “Heaven”.

So, let’s look at what Heaven actually is.  For the purposes herein, let us consider Heaven to be all the other dimensions described by mathematics outside of the first three dimensions.  Further, let us be rather simple, and refer to all the dimensions of heaven either as “dimensions” or as “levels”.

These are my conventions only, and the reader is free to utilize their own as they desire.

The Fourth Dimension

While the third dimension involves depth (the z-axis), and gives all objects a sense of area and a cross-section.  (The perfect example of this is a cube, which exists in three dimensions and has a length, width, depth, and hence volume.)  Many people think that that is where dimensional space ends.

That is not true.

For indeed, beyond these three lie the seven dimensions which are not immediately apparent to us, but which can be still be perceived as having a direct effect on the universe and reality as we know it.

Many scientists believe that the fourth dimension is time, which governs the properties of all known matter at any given point.  (I am one such person who does not associate or believe that “time” is a dimension.)  Along with the three other dimensions, knowing an objects position in time is essential to plotting its position in the universe.

The other dimensions are where the deeper possibilities come into play, and explaining their interaction with the others is where things get particularly tricky for physicists.

Time is a tricky subject.

It should not exist mathematically, but it is perceived to exist by our physical bodies.  Our extraterrestrial friends tell us that time is not what we think it is, and we should be very careful using this term correctly.  They describe it as a non-critical aspect of the equations of reality that “cancels out” in utility.

The reader can consider this fourth dimension as “time” or as “volume”.  What ever it is, it is a fundamental part of the reality that we experience.

For reasons of simplicity, let’s just consider the fourth dimension as something rather simple. The fourth dimension is a barrier that wraps up all the other dimensions together. (I know it’s a cop-out, but that is how I deal with it on a personal level.)

The Fifth Dimension

“You develop an instant global consciousness, a people orientation, an intense dissatisfaction with the state of the world, and a compulsion to do something about it. From out there on the moon, international politics look so petty. You want to grab a politician by the scruff of the neck and drag him a quarter of a million miles out and say, ‘Look at that, you son of a bitch.”

Edgar D. Mitchell

According to Superstring Theory, the fifth and sixth dimensions are where the notion of possible “Heavenly” worlds arises.

If we could see on through to the fifth dimension, we would see a world “slightly” different from our own that would give us a means of measuring the similarity and differences between our world and other possible ones.

This is where all those great “what if”, and alternate reality science fiction stories come from.  (But that is not really true, those are fanciful fictional adventures.  The reality is similar but quite different in all functionality.)

The fifth and six dimensions are NOT where those of the “new age” movements would refer to this as the astral or other “planes” of existence.  Those are the NON-PHYSICAL realms that are associated with the physical reality. The astral, casual, and other planes described in various Eastern religions are the “non seen” realms associated with our physical (seen) reality. They have three dimensions plus time / volume. They are NOT elements of the fifth, sixth, or higher “dimensions”.

In this fifth dimensional existence and energy state one can “travel” or become immersed into the concepts of “alternative worlds” quite easily.  As it is a universe of probability and alternatives.

Fundamentally, at the fundamental or base level it is a place of higher energy quanta.  (A first level or gateway towards variations of discrete quantum behavior.  This is where they apparently appear to pop in and out of existence. But that is only from our particular view point.)

Paradise
Paradise can be found here. All we need to do is get a strong hold on our feelings; our emotions, and our thoughts. If we cannot, we are like a sheet in the midst of a terrible hurricane.

The reader should recognize that this is the world of “alternate universes” such as described in the movie trilogy “back to the Future”, or in the books by Robert Heinlein, “The cat that could walk through walls”, “The number of the beast” and “Job”.

The Number of the Beast is a science fiction novel by American writer Robert A. Heinlein, published in 1980. The first (paperback) edition featured a cover and interior illustrations by Richard M. Powers. 

Here four individuals travel in a modified air car named Gay Deceiver, which is equipped with the professor's "continua" device and armed by the Australian Defense Force. 

The continua device was built by Professor Burroughs while he was formulating his theories on n-dimensional non-euclidean geometry. 

The geometry of the novel's universe contains six dimensions; the three spatial dimensions known to the real world, and three time dimensions - t, the real world's temporal dimension, τ (tau), and т (teh). 

The continua device can travel on all six axes. The continua device allows travel into various fictional universes, such as the Land of Oz, as well as through time.

Fifth Dimension Travel Limitations

The fifth dimension is only accessible by creatures with a “Service to others” sentience.  (And their resulting soul configurations.) For us humans to access these dimensions we would need to utilize mechanisms as described earlier, or in my case, entangle with an extraterrestrial with a multi-dimensional soul configuration.

As far as I know, ONLY service-to-others sentience can access world-line travel using the techniques that I am aware of.

That is because “service-to-self” sentience’s spawn a different type of world-line. Yes, they can travel, but the nature of the worlds so created are too addictive to the traveler.  They tend to be snared inside their own creations. They find it impossible to leave.

MAJestic Access to Fifth Dimensional Travel

The dimensional portal as described elsewhere was a fifth-dimension portal.

MAJestic utilizes this portal as a transport mechanism. It takes the individual to certain destinations. These destinations, while they are on different “world-lines”, are all very similar to the egress “world-line”. As such this method can be used for apparent geolocation travel, apparent time travel, and (of course) used to take the members and agents to safe and secure “world-lines” where MAJestic and extraterrestrial benefactors are located.

Who needs a rocket ship when you can just walk through a portal?

Risks

This type of portal egress can only function properly if the person is of a set defined sentience. That sentience is “Service for others”.

Were a service-to-self person were to pass through the portal, they would end up in an environment that would not match that by with the MAJestic organization had created.  They would enter and disappear (relative to MAJestic leadership).

What the individual would experience would be anyone’s guess.

Star Trek.
Dimensional travel can be perilous if one is not absolutely certain of their sentience and how their thoughts work. Improper programming could result in destination realities (world-lines) that differ substantially from one’s initial intention.

However, I would dare say that it would not fit the programming of the portal. To lie on the form.  To lie to the commander, and to have an intention other than what the benefactors would provide would be quite lethal to the traveler.  Not only to the physical body, but the soul consciousness as well.

I assume it would be lethal. Maybe it wouldn't. Maybe all that would happen is that they enter a reality that does not match what the gate was programmed for and does not align with their thoughts. Maybe they would enter a really messed up world-line. Some ideas of what they might end up in, for shits and giggles, could be...

A world-line that is perfection. A service-for-self person might find themselves on a world-line where they live a very satisfying and perfect life. One, so amazing and so tantalizing, that they would never desire to leave it. Maybe a little like the Ray Bradbury story "Here there be Tygers".

A world-line that is dominated by Service-to-self individuals. They might find themselves as a slave in a harem or a drone-worker under very primitive conditions. Here they would not be the "top dog boss", but rather on the other side of the spectrum. They might end up living a very terrible life with no way out of it.

They might damage their consciousness, or their soul. We exist within this reality for a purpose. To try to thwart our purpose could have dangerous consequences for the uninitiated. How about a terrible reincarnation cycle that might last centuries? Or perhaps, a long sequence of reincarnated lives as a cripple, a mental retard, or some other hardship. It could be horrible.

They might find themselves materializing as something other than a human.Maybe they egress as a monkey or a goat. Or maybe they egress to a world-line where they are invisible, or very, very sick.

They might find themselves in a world-line without hands or feet. Such as what was portrayed in the movie "The Butterfly Effect".

Butterfly effect
It is absolutely critical that when you surf the MWI and slide into other world-lines that you are honest with your intent. You cannot lie and act under deceptive concepts and expect your destination reality to be conserved. It doesn’t work that way. Which is one of the reasons why MAJestic members all have one sentience and not a mixture of other sentience’s.

The “Fifth Dimension” Summary

  • Is the realm of “what if” worlds or alternative World-lines.
  • With the proper technology, travel in the fifth dimension is possible. (World-Line travel.)
  • Certain soul archetypes naturally have this ability to travel within the fifth dimension.
  • The human mind can meditate and “touch” this reality, but will not experience it without soul permissions.
  • Our inherent “soul permissions” limit our travel to four dimensions obviously, however we can control fifth dimensional reality by mental discipline. In fact, we can control the migration of our reality by thought (fifth dimensional ability).
  • MAJestic uses fixed technology for fifth-dimensional travel. This is both geographic, temporal, and of course world-line variant.

The Sixth Dimension

cat1
Only creatures with minds tuned to higher dimensions can understand them.

“Who is more real? Homer or Ulysses? Shakespeare or Hamlet? Burroughs or Tarzan?”

Robert A. Heinlein, The Number of the Beast

As in many of his later works, Heinlein refers to the idea of solipsism, but in this book develops it into an idea he called “World as Myth”. This is the idea that universes are created by the act of imagining them. Which is pretty much the way it actually works. Thus in his later writings, all fictional worlds are in fact real and all real worlds are figments of fictional figures’ fancy. This is why Heinlein uses the Ouroboros symbology in later works like The Cat Who Walks Through Walls. This also plays into the ideology of “Thou Art God” from Heinlein’s earlier work Stranger In A Strange Land.

cat2
Different animals have different minds and different understandings.

In the sixth dimension, we would see a plane of all the possible worlds, where we could compare and position all the possible universes that start with the same initial conditions as this one (i.e. the Big Bang).

In this plane of all possible universes, everything is possible. The fictional worlds that you have read about and watched can be just as real as your today is.

Sky Captain.
Scene is from the movie “Sky Captain and the World of Tomorrow”. By effectively using dimensional travel, you can visit all kinds of alternative worlds. Some much like the one that you currently inhabit, and other wildly different.

Indeed, in theory, if you could master the fifth and sixth dimension, you could travel back in time or go to different futures.  Thus lending support to the idea that time does not really exist, but is rather a mathematical construct that controls the entropic states of the lower three dimensions.

cat3
I have often wondered what it is about cats and Buddha…

Those in the “new age” movement might refer to this as the “higher” planes of existence. 

Such as “casual”, the “mental”, and “spiritual” planes.  (But actually, all of the spiritual names and concepts for this dimensional existence are but simplistic terms and definitions for a complex behavior of groups of arranged quanta.)  

For our purposes, in regards to “Heaven”, these are “higher energy states” that are reachable given proper training and the right quantum makeup. Never the less they are nothing more than the “unseen” reality of our current “seen” physical reality.  They are NOT elements of dimensions higher than the 4th dimension.

Access to dimensional states; the “higher” levels of Heaven is determined by one’s sentience.

  • Service to others” sentience permits travel to higher states of heaven.
  • Service to self” sentience” is very limiting and does not permit travel to these higher levels.  Typically, a “Service to self” sentience is limited to this dimensional heaven and would be unable to advance further.

Some special soul configurations such as the <redacted> possess a unique sentience. I refer to this sentience as a “Stilted Service to self” sentience. It  provides the illusion of higher order excursions, but does not actually grant this ability.  It is all an illusion.

In the quantum world, the residences or “planes” or existence for the soul; “Heaven” exist in these dimensions.  Most interactions with quanta and quantum level devices occur in this dimensional construct.  (And it is an actual construct.  These constructs are generated by the powers of group thought.)

cat4
Why do cats find Buddha so comfortable?

The “sixth dimension” Summary

  • Can be considered to be what many consider to be “Heaven”.
  • Is the realm of the various “levels” and planes of existence that humans recognize.
  • Is the realm of all possible world-lines, and all possible time-lines, and all possible layers of “heaven”.
  • This is an infinite number of alternate world-lines, time-lines, and Heavens.
  • Mastery of six dimensional travel is possible with certain soul configurations.
  • Some earth creatures have this ability, and we as humans are unaware of this fact.

Personally, I like to think that sixth dimensional travel in one where you can visit all the possible alternative world-lines AT ANY TIME along their time progression.

I don’t know how accurate this thought is, but it would be possible in that it would involve porting of Heavenly abilities. As such, the most amazing world-lines would be possible.

Camp Climax for girls
World-lines of the most extreme limits of possibility (and improbability) are possible in 6th dimensional travel. Consider this realm to be one where every movie ever conceived, including comics and cartoons, and book stories have a reality where they exist. Here, you craziest thoughts, dreams, and (of course) nightmares can and does exist.

Ah. Some creatures are capable of living within a sixth dimensional reality due to the nature of their souls. They live in peace even though their situation might be far from it.  We as humans do not give this any concern, nor do we even consider it.  Yet it is a reality.

The Seventh Dimension

Consider a universe that transcends physical laws (rules) and the template of our reality.

In this reality, there are “new” or “different” physical laws.

In the seventh dimension, you have access to the possible worlds that start with different initial conditions. Whereas in the fifth and sixth, the initial conditions were the same and subsequent actions were different, here, everything is different from the very beginning of time.

The never ending story.
This is a scene from the movie titled “The Never ending story”. At this level of control the universe can become a very, very different place with different rules and different physical laws.

It is extremely difficult to visualize this kind of reality.  Think of this as everything in the universe from the Big bang to every possible future; all of which is accessible by the observer at any given moment.

However, this need not be so strange.  Elsewhere, I refer to this dimension from a more practical aspect; that of “shadow world-lines” spawned off of a soul’s primary (world-line).

The “seventh dimension”;

  • Is an infinite number of “six dimensional” states.
  • This includes all versions of reality that seem to violate known physical laws, the universe, and everything that we know and could possible conceive of. Up to the sixth dimension, all the physical laws of reality was established and fixed.
  • The human brain has been identified to work into the seventh dimensional space.
  • This includes other “Heavens”. In the seventh dimension one could travel between a “Human Heaven”, a “Canine Heaven”, a “Feline Heaven”, and a “<redacted> Heaven” etc.

This is a reality where intelligent pencils can give birth to erasers.  This is a reality where water can talk to the person who drinks it.  This is a reality where dreams transform into physical events.

In this dimension anything can happen. Anything.

The Eighth and Higher Dimensions

It only get’s stranger. (Is that even possible?)

The eighth dimension again gives us a plane of such possible universe histories, each of which begins with different initial conditions and branches out infinitely (hence why they are called infinities).  This is infinitely larger than the seventh dimension.  For every alternate world is possible here.

8th level control
When you can control eight or more dimensional realities, everything can be changed and altered. You end up having the ability to mix and match realities to do your bidding. You become the master of your domain.

It is difficult for humans to conceive.  For our purposes here, let’s just agree that humans are incapable of understanding these higher dimensions simply because our brain is only capable of seventh dimensional operation. Anything higher in order is beyond our comprehension.

+ + +

The creation of these world-line universes is a function of thought.

They are the direct and absolute consequence of thoughts and ideas, and thus the necessity of nurturing such thoughts are manifest.  Indeed, instead of reciting the bland, we must awaken our imaginations.

Our man flint.
Here is a movie screen shot from either “Our man flint”, or “In like flint”. These are both comedies from the 1960’s that were a parody of the ever popular 007 James Bond franchise. When you can control your life at the higher dimensions, you can control your reality to an unbelievable extent. Your life can be anything. From a sexy swinging playboy top-secret agent to anything your hearts desire. It’s all up to you. Your wildest fantasies can come alive within your reality.

Let me close with a quote pertaining to the destruction of a magnificent library so that a more contemporaneous and “modern” one can take it’s place.  What a sad, sad loss;

“Yet when the doors closed forever … and wise heads declared that Old Main would never be missed, they were wrong. Because here we are, wishing we had somewhere like this to let our imaginations run wild.”

-John Fleischman, author of Free & Public, along with commentary from Messy Nessy.

Conclusions

My personal role within MAJestic involved dimensional anchoring the various aspects of the MWI. I do not understand the technologies involved, I only know what I experienced. This is my best guess and understanding on how I believe the system works. I pulled this all out of my head, and I have no clue as to whether it is accurate or not. I only know that this is how I personally feel and believe everything works.

It is presented for the reader for your enjoyment and consideration.

Take Aways

  • To understand dimensional travel, you must first understand how the universe is set up.
  • Once, you understand that there are bubbles of reality, and each one is custom for use by a given consciousness, a person can alter their reality utilizing technology.
  • Soul will permit consciousness alteration of reality provided that it will result in the proper experiences and quantum entanglements.
  • Simple and slight modifications of the MWI happen every day. It is a world of intention and prayer.
  • More complex modifications require either [1] technology, or [2] “piggy backing” on to an entity with this ability.
  • There are various “levels” of dimensional travel, but functionally, I only know what I have personally experienced.

FAQ

Q: If you had the ability to surf the MWI, as you said, why aren’t you living as a rich king in a palace or enormous mansion?
A: Prior to  my retirement I did what I was instructed. I ended up in all kinds of different worlds. Some were so very disturbing. During my retirement at ADC Pine Bluff, I was able to retire to a world-line that would be deserving of my own personality. So, I ended up here.

It’s a little under a 5% deviance from my final MWI slide.

This is a pretty BIG deviance. Over the years, the MWI slides vacillated a few percentages over and around. Large deviance’s became rare. So, once the anchoring role was completed, I was permitted to have a deviation that was suitable for me personally.

World-line deviance variation over time.
World-line deviance variation over time.

Initially, I was really, really shocked when I entered this world-line.

This world-line is really nothing at all like the ones that I was working towards. This world line is shocking. The American government is so very corrupt, a negro non-American was elected president, NASA was being dismantled, taxes were about double of what I was used to paying and I was earning less, instead of the United States being in a singular war in Africa, we were involved in eight wars simultaneously, and American girls were terribly, terribly, terribly fat and ugly.

Big American woman
The average American woman now wears a size 20W. This is certainly celebrated in many American websites and posts as avoidance of “fat shaming”. Personally, I think it is disgusting and alarming.

That’s not all. There were no space planes, instead the space shuttle was shut down and we were using Russian spacecraft to get the space-station! It wasn’t even called “The Freedom Space station”, it was called the international space station. Industry was nearly completely off-shored, and most Americans “in the heartland” were unemployed, on opioids, and living off welfare.

Public drinking, smoking, and sleeping was not only banned, but against the law. However, marijuana was pretty much legal. Children were getting arresting for selling lemonade, football games had changed into negro hate-whitey race rallies, and most malls no longer existed. You need to wear a protective helmet and protection to ride a simple bicycle, and coffee cost $5 a cup!

DHS vehicle
The DHS is well armed with military grade vehicles, and armor. They are trained to fight on American soil. The Obama administration has been setting up the stages for an armed conflict of Americans against Americans.

To me, this world-line is a absolute fiasco. However, this world-line (by other previous enabled actions) permitted me to migrate to an area that better fit my own ideas of perfection. Honestly, America is completely and positively different from what I have been exposed to. Put yourself into my shoes. Imagine living life and lifestyle along the lines of what it was around 1975, and then find yourself suddenly thrown into modern America under President Obama.

It’s one heck of a big shock.

So when I arrived, I just had to get out. For the rest of my fellow Americans, they are just the frog sitting into the boiling water. However, for me, I was suddenly placed in the water alive while it was vigorously boiling. Yikes! This was not what I thought my final egress destination would be.

However, things fell into place. My final destination was not modern contemporaneous America as I assumed. My final destination was modern contemporaneous communist China.

So here I am in friggin’ communist China.

I am happy.

Fools think that more money creates a wonderful life. There are many other aspects of life that define your own personal comfort within your world line. It includes where you live, what you do, your personal satisfaction, your spouse, your lifestyle, how your spouse looks, your pets, your hobbies, and the respect that you get from others.

Seriously, I don’t know about you, the reader, but I do not think that I would be happy in a place where I couldn’t drink beer in a restaurant with my dog and smoke a cigarette. This is a personal freedom that I am accustomed to enjoying. Then I suddenly find myself in an America where even this most basic of freedoms, no longer exists! Come on!

I ended up here where I can live my life in peace and happiness.

What is paradise to one person, could very well be a living Hell to another.

It’s all about trade offs. There is no way that I could retire to a world-line that had everything that I wanted without any trade offs. Remember, you do not learn to appreciate rain until you lived in the desert. That is absolutely true no matter where your MWI slides to. This reality must be one where my soul can organize quanta to my advantage.

All in all, I am pretty happy with my retirement. It’s far better than any of my contemporaries. No, I am not rich. Not in the least. But, I have a really nice and relaxing life. I am surrounded by happy, sunny and attractive people. I eat very well, and am happy. So, I think that my life is just fine, thank you.

My life is really, really different than the people that I left behind in the United States. I really like it.

Q: How were you able to surf the MWI?
A: Initially, I used a fixed portal. This required the implantation of two “kits” of specialized probes in my skull, and special training.

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

This first portal egress took me to a <redacted> medical facility where a different set of probes were implanted. These other probes, the EBP, enabled me to be entangled in real-time with <redacted> that had a natural ability to surf the MWI.

Q: What if what you think is wrong?
A: It could be. I am often wrong and I have made a lot of mistakes in my past. For instance, I was swindled numerous times. I made some pretty terrible decisions, and once was audited by the IRS. Certainly, I am far from perfect.

If there is but one thing that you, the reader, can learn from this it is very simple. YOU are in control of YOUR reality. Your thoughts change your reality. So you must carefully card what you think about.

You have to be careful about you think about.

Honestly, if you need to, stop reading the news. If you get angry reading the news, then you must stop reading it. The mainstream media no longer REPORTS on NEWS. they are a propaganda device used to manipulate you. For you to live a great life, you need to stop being manipulated.

For you to live a great life, you need to stop being manipulated.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Transport of an Extraterrestrial Modular Structure

The reader should realize that from time to time extraterrestrial spacecraft and assembled structures are observed by earth bound investigators.  Many are sighted by NASA and quickly suppressed, but others are discovered by other agencies and individuals that are beyond the reach of the American Government.

Let’s talk about one such observation…

Introduction

NASA’s Meteoroid Environment Office (MEO) who confirms that for almost two years the U.S. government used the McDonald Observatory in Texas to track the approach of two of these enormous objects.

In 2013 two enormous “boxes”, L-shaped, that consisted of elaborate scaffolding enclosed structures were seen and photographed as the entered our solar system from deep space.  Each one was the size of a small town.  They were observed on approach when entering the system.  Then to everyone’s surprise; they decelerated.  They changed their course trajectory, and entered onto a landing approach to the moon.  As they neared the moon, the decelerated yet again and conducted a careful landing sequence.

Object
Photographed object in route to the moon. Image is from TRN.

All of this was observed by more than just a few people and the Internet was flooded by the buzz concerning this object.  (Of course, it never made it to the main stream press.)  Those involved in watching this event included not only amateurs, but  the ESA, and NASA.  The Internet and networks were flooded with excitement, and it was impossible for NASA or the NSA to do anything about it.

The two objects approached the moon in a strict landing pattern.  Decelerated in an understandable and logical manner, and then landed carefully and gingerly. In mid-January 2014 the objects landed.

Upon landing, they immediately began an elaborate (and quick) assembly process.  This event was tracked by NASA, the NSA, and a number of Earth-bound UFO enthusiasts who alerted the local UFO community of the event.

Emergency Investigations

VISUALLY CONFIRMED: Enormous Craft Detected on Moon

by apollosolaris
Monday, 20 January 2014 11:58

January 18, 2014 — (TRN LINK  ) — At least one enormous object of unknown origin has been visually verified as having landed on our moon. As a result, on Wednesday, January 15, three Terrier-Orion rockets blasted off within a span of 20 seconds from NASA’s Wallops Flight Facility between 1 a.m. and 5 a.m. EST (0600 to 1000 GMT) on hush-hush missions for the Department of Defense (DoD).

Wallops
The Wallops Flight Facility is operated by the Goddard Space Flight Center in Greenbelt, Maryland, primarily as a rocket launch site to support science and exploration missions for NASA and other Federal agencies. It also supports science missions for the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) and occasionally for foreign governments and commercial organizations. Wallops also supports development tests and exercises involving United States Navy aircraft and ship-based electronics and weapon systems in the Virginia Capes operating area, near the entrance to the Chesapeake Bay.

TRN has obtained photos of the unknown spacecraft and has an audio interview with an outside consultant from NASA’s Meteoroid Environment Office (MEO) who confirms that for almost two years the U.S. government used the McDonald Observatory in Texas to track the approach of two of these enormous objects. A year ago, in January 2013, the objects had gotten to 200,000 miles past Mars when they suddenly vanished.

Realizing these two craft were approaching earth and might not be visible to NASA’s Lunar Reconnaissance Orbiter Camera (LROC) depending upon where they went, the Government reactivated the previously cancelled Lunar Atmosphere and Dust Environment Explorer (LADEE) to be launched to the moon on September 6, 2013. It took almost 100 days for LADEE to be placed into proper lunar orbit because NASA utilized gravity instead of rocket fuel to achieve this. By December, 2013, both the LADEE and the LROC found at least one of the two enormous objects had landed on the moon, in a crater the size of the City of Chicago.

LADEE

The sudden reactivation of LADEE was pretty stunning, as how the spacecraft was destroyed. Very curious stuff this. From Wikipedia…

The Lunar Atmosphere and Dust Environment Explorer (LADEE /ˈlædi/) was a NASA lunar exploration and technology demonstration mission. It was launched on a Minotaur V rocket from the Mid-Atlantic Regional Spaceport on September 7, 2013. 

During its seven-month mission, LADEE orbited around the Moon's equator, using its instruments to study the lunar exosphere and dust in the Moon's vicinity. Instruments included a dust detector, neutral mass spectrometer, and ultraviolet-visible spectrometer, as well as a technology demonstration consisting of a laser communications terminal. 

LADEE
NASA Ames was responsible for the day-to-day functions of LADEE while the Goddard Space Flight Center operated the sensor suite and technology demonstration payloads as well as managing launch operations. The LADEE mission cost approximately $280 million, which included spacecraft development and science instruments, launch services, mission operations, science processing and relay support.

The mission ended on April 18, 2014, when the spacecraft's controllers intentionally crashed LADEE into the far side of the Moon, which, later, was determined to be near the eastern rim of Sundman V crater.

Reactions

The reaction was as you would expect.  There was a mix of disbelief, suggestions of fraud, and a quiet suppression of the event by burying its importance by other (more spectacular) news.

Flight Trajectory and Landing

I followed this event with great interest.  As they approached the moon, the objects [1] decelerated and [2] entered what first appeared to be an elliptical orbit, but that was ultimately [3] changed through a course correction which involved a [4] deceleration routine.  This was followed by a [5] sharp transition into a parabolic path that resulted in a [6] soft landing or low-velocity impact on the Moon’s surface.

Their landing was visually observed to occur on Monday, 20 January 2014 at 11:58 by both the Meteoroid Environment Office (MEO) and the NSA.

The landing was on the near side of the moon near the terminator.  Ground based photos were taken of it.  It appeared to be a well-lighted construction.  On it was a geometric array of lights that easily indicated how the structures were formed together.  It can be found on the Google Moon viewer at coordinates 22042’38.46N and 142034’44.52E.

 22042’38.46N and 142034’44.52E

The overall construction of this device and its transport are central to my contention that the species that we associate with have this level of technology.  They can fabricate huge structures.  They can move them great distances.  They can relocate these structures into gravity wells with great care and precision, and they can assemble them quickly and professionally at will.

Large scale lunar construction
This photo describes and illustrates the final construction and overall shape of the final facility as set up by the extraterrestrials. While we, as earth bound humans, do not understand its purpose or intent, we do understand what it is and the necessity of it’s creation. Why is it on “our” moon? Why is the United States government keeping this from the public? These are answers that should be addressed. To this date, after the discovery of the event and the resultant configuration, all has gone silent.

This event, while now being derided as anything but an extraterrestrially fabricated structure, is actually a real and valid movement of a large scale habitation.  These events do occur from time to time, and I am heartened that this time it was noticed and recorded.

In this case, I have no other information than what was posted on the Internet.  But what I can add to this event is my understanding that this is a more or less valid sighting.  The structure was fabricated and relocated to “our” moon for whatever unknown purpose.  As an aside, I do not know what species was involved in this effort, nor do I know what purpose it is intended for or why.  I also do not know which species is responsible for this structure.

Announcement

Monday, 20 January 2014 11:58
January 18, 2014 — (TRN http://www.TurnerRadioNetwork.com ) — At least one enormous object of unknown origin has been visually verified as having landed on our moon. As a result, on Wednesday, January 15, three Terrier-Orion rockets blasted off within a span of 20 seconds from NASA’s Wallops Flight Facility between 1 a.m. and 5 a.m. EST (0600 to 1000 GMT) on hush-hush missions for the Department of Defense (DoD).

TRN has obtained photos of the unknown spacecraft and has an audio interview with an outside consultant from NASA’s Meteoroid Environment Office (MEO) who confirms that for almost two years the U.S. government used the McDonald Observatory in Texas to track the approach of two of these enormous objects. A year ago, in January 2013, the objects had gotten to 200,000 miles past Mars when they suddenly vanished.

Realizing these two craft were approaching earth and might not be visible to NASA’s Lunar Reconnaissance Orbiter Camera (LROC) depending upon where they went, the Government reactivated the previously cancelled Lunar Atmosphere and Dust Environment Explorer (LADEE) to be launched to the moon on September 6, 2013. It took almost 100 days for LADEE to be placed into proper lunar orbit because NASA utilized gravity instead of rocket fuel to achieve this. By December, 2013, both the LADEE and the LROC found at least one of the two enormous objects had landed on the moon, in a crater the size of the City of Chicago.

All of this was kept secret until, quite by accident, the LROC images (which are generally made public) were uploaded to the publicly available GoogleMoon service, where intrepid users came upon the enormous object. Now, the whole world can see this “object” on the moon — the secret is out.

Dr. “Norton” and his Narrative

“Dr. Eric Norton” (not his real name) has worked as a consultant for the National Security Agency (NSA) and NASA for about 12 years. He has worked on many projects for the government, most recently with the Meteoroid Environment Office (MEO) which is involved in several research projects with the underlying goal of gaining a better understanding of the meteoroid environment so that the MEO models can be improved. They basically monitor the skies, track meteors and other objects in space.

On January 22, 2012 “Dr. Norton” was called to travel immediately from his east coast home to the McDonald Observatory in Texas, which is one of the largest optical telescopes in the entire U.S.. He was booked on a flight out the same night and was met at the destination airport by an Agent from Homeland Security who whisked him to the Observatory on a matter of national security.

Upon arrival, Norton says he met with other colleagues who said they needed his help to identify something which had been detected in space, and showed him images taken from the telescope over a period of months.

“What I saw was an array of massive, three-dimensional, black structures in space, in straight-line formation, advancing in direction of planet earth.” Norton said he knew this because he was also shown images taken three months prior, which depicted the very obvious course of direction of these things which, he said “had moved millions upon millions of miles closer within just 3 months.”

The speed at which the objects were moving was utterly incredible.

Dr. Norton said he was brought in with the understanding that his job was to aid in gauging exactly what type of composition these objects were made-up of. Were they man-made, natural or unnatural to anything seen before it?

Using the scientific instruments provided by NASA, Norton and his team were able to discern the fact these were not naturally-occurring materials. They were, to their best – but limited- understanding, some sort of metallic, carbon-reinforced material, several thousand times the structural hardness of what we have today; be it naturally-occurring diamonds or carbon nano-tube technology.

As the objects got closer, Norton and his team could see through their telescopes the structural features of these things in high detail.

“They were shaped in the best way I can describe, as a three-dimensional L-shaped craft” 

-Dr. Norton.

He said he used the term “craft” loosely because he doesn’t know if they are piloted or vehicles at all in the strictest sense. “All we knew is they were moving and moving fast” he said.

By January, 2013, the objects had been tracked to about 200,000 miles past the planet Mars. At that point, almost instantaneously, the objects vanished from the telescope lenses. “It was almost like they flipped a switch; we couldn’t see them on any form of radar we have or any visual medium” he continued.

From February through April, 2013, Norton and his team scoured the skies looking for the objects to no avail. Norton was sent home and told to be ready on a moment’s notice to continue his work if needed. For almost 6 months, he heard nothing.

That changed in October, 2013 just before the US Government budget shutdown, when Norton telephoned a colleague and found out the enormous objects had suddenly re-appeared at our moon and had taken-up positions behind — or on — the moon.

According to Norton’s colleague, all hell was breaking loose in government to try to determine what these things were, where they were from, and what they were doing.  There were all questions, but absolutely zero answers.

So, MAJestic started to task out resources towards investigatory avenues. The first thing that they looked at was a new, state of the art, observatory platform in orbit around the moon; the Lunar Reconnaissance Orbiter (LRO).

LROC

The Lunar Reconnaissance Orbiter (LRO) is a NASA robotic spacecraft currently orbiting the Moon in an eccentric polar mapping orbit. Data collected by LRO has been described as essential for planning NASA's future human and robotic missions to the Moon. Its detailed mapping program is identifying safe landing sites, locating potential resources on the Moon, characterizing the radiation environment, and demonstrating new technologies.

LRO
Developed at NASA’s Goddard Space Flight Center, LRO is a large (1,916 kg/4,224 lb) and sophisticated spacecraft. Its mission duration was planned for one year, but has since been extended numerous times after review by NASA.

Launched on June 18, 2009, in conjunction with the Lunar Crater Observation and Sensing Satellite (LCROSS), as the vanguard of NASA's Lunar Precursor Robotic Program, LRO was the first United States mission to the Moon in over ten years. LRO and LCROSS were launched as part of the United States's Vision for Space Exploration program.

-Wikipedia

For over 1600 days NASA has been operating the Lunar Reconnaissance Orbital Camera (LROC) to take high-definition images of the moon surface.  Despite being active for over 1600 days, LROC has only imaged about twenty percent (20%) of the moon’s surface.   NASA was unable to re-task the LROC to go on a wild goose chase for objects that may or may not be near the moon, NASA had to come up with a way to compliment LROC but do so in a fast and inexpensive manner.  The solution: LADEE.

LADEE

In 2008, NASA proposed the Lunar Atmosphere and Dust Environment Explorer (LADEE) as a robotic mission that would orbit the moon to gather detailed information about the lunar atmosphere, conditions near the surface and environmental influences on lunar dust. At that time, there was a controversy about whether or not there was any water on the moon. This project was intended to help resolve that issue.

LADEE was to be a NASA lunar exploration mission led by Ames Research Center in collaboration with Goddard Space Flight Center.

In 2010, the Obama administration cancelled the LADEE program because of a redirection in the purpose of NASA.

To best understand the politics of NASA at this time, and how terribly unequipped the NSA and NASA was to handle this discovery, you need to know a few things…

Here’s how it went down: In early 2010, Obama cancelled the Constellation program (already a reported $10 billion and seven years in progress) and its Ares I and Ares V rockets, the Orion spacecraft, the Altair lunar lander, and even America’s plans to return to the Moon and go on to Mars.

Obama cancelled space exploration.
In early 2010, Obama cancelled the Constellation program (already a reported $10 billion and seven years in progress) and its Ares I and Ares V rockets, the Orion spacecraft, the Altair lunar lander, and even America’s plans to return to the Moon and go on to Mars. All the scientists and engineers were laid off, fired or reassigned. The development work was archived, and the test stands, and prototypes were all sold off for scrap.

With that, American space exploration was dead, and it may remain so for a decade or longer.

To create the appearance that America still has a space program, a project was invented to spend the next 10 to 15 years planning one single mission to a fragment of an asteroid.

A bipartisan majority in Congress united against Obama’s destruction—partially. While Congress didn’t have the courage to force NASA to restore the plans and hardware required to return to the Moon, lawmakers did save the two most critical elements of the program, the Orion spacecraft and the Ares V rocket, and approved funding for commercial crew launches. The Ares V Moon-Mars rocket was renamed the “Space Launch System” (SLS) and was somewhat improved. Congress’s apparent goal was to proceed with the core elements of the program to allow the next president to restore NASA’s mission of space exploration.

Trash
Cancellation of all American space exploration initiatives under President Obama. The money went from NASA to fund various “feel good” initiatives in Saudi Arabia, Dubai UAE, and the Sudan.

While this was happening, NASA Administrator Charles Bolden, a former astronaut, U.S. Marine Corps flag officer, and test pilot, was making diversionary excuses for the cancellation of manned space exploration and carrying out President Obama’s orders. 

In July 2010, Bolden explained to Al-Jazeera:

When I became the NASA administrator, [President Obama] charged me with three things.

One, he wanted me to help re-inspire children to want to get into science and math;

He wanted me to expand our international relationships;

And third, and perhaps foremost, he wanted me to find a way to reach out to the Muslim world and engage much more with dominantly Muslim nations to help them feel good about their historic contribution to science, math and engineering.

via GIPHY

Michael Griffin, who ran NASA in President George W. Bush’s second term, described the Muslim outreach initiative as a “perversion” of the agency’s mission:

“NASA was chartered by the 1958 Space Act to develop the arts and sciences of flight in the atmosphere and in space and to go where those technologies will allow us to go,” Griffin said. “That’s what NASA does for the country. 

It is a perversion of NASA’s purpose to conduct activities in order to make the Muslim world feel good about its contributions to science and mathematics” (Truth Revolt, Feb. 20, 2015).

Nowhere on Bolden’s list was advancing NASA’s mission of space exploration and remaining the world leader in technological innovation.

-CRC

However, in 2012, when the objects for this story were detected, the LADEE program was suddenly resurrected.  NASA knew it would take over a year just to build LADEE and a rush order was placed to NASA’s AMES Research Center to build the LADEE probe.

The probe was launched on September 6, 2013 via a Minotaur V rocket, formerly designed as an intercontinental ballistic missile for delivering nuclear warheads. To reduce fuel costs, the mission was designed to require 30 days to travel to the moon achieving arrival through the use of earth and moon gravity instead of fuel.  After arriving, LADEE underwent “check-out” for 30 days before beginning another 100 days for science operations.  LADEE arrived at the moon around October 6 and finished check-out around November 6.

In December, 2013 LADEE’s Ultraviolet and Visible Light Spectrometer (UVS), which determines the composition of the lunar atmosphere by analyzing light signatures of materials it finds, detected something very large and very different from anything “lunar.”  The object was located in a crater which is about the size of downtown Chicago.  It was L-shaped, like a wedge, gave off no radio signals but did appear to have seven areas where light of some type was either being emitted or being reflected.

Thanks to LADEE having found the object, NASA knew where to look and sent the LROC to grab high-resolution images.  Those images are classified, but low-resolution images from LROC made it out to the public via routine LROC publication.

They ended-up as part of GoogleMoon where intrepid users found the object.    Here now, the low-resolution images of an enormous object, which was tracked by the U.S. Government for millions of miles before it soft-landed on our moon.

嫦娥三号 3 Moon Lander Deployed

Chinese lander
Chang’e 3. Chang’e 3 ( /tʃæŋˈʌ/; simplified Chinese: 嫦娥三号; traditional Chinese: 嫦娥三號; pinyin: Cháng’é sān hào) is an unmanned lunar exploration mission operated by the China National Space Administration (CNSA), incorporating a robotic lander and China’s first lunar rover.

In 2012, the U.S. confidentially shared information about the inbound “objects” with other governments.  Shortly thereafter to the surprise of many,  China announced it intended to land on the moon and launched its Chang e-3 in December.

That launch took place and China became only the third nation to make a successful soft-landing on the moon with its Chang e-3 lunar lander.  Upon landing, the Chang e-3 deployed a rover called YUTU. The U.S. has been in contact with China to see if it is possible to have its Chang ‘e-3 moon lander or its “YUTU” rover travel this far to obtain more information.  No word if China will assist.

Moon view
Photo from the Chinese lunar rover. YUTU snapped six photos to make a mosaic of Pyramid Rock (Long Yan), a large block of rock near Chang’e-3 that was thrown into place by an ancient impact.

DOD Mission

The enormous objects have shown no sign whatsoever of hostile intent, but whatever is going on up there seems to have the U.S. Government concerned.

On January 10, NASA’s Wallops Space Facility in Virginia made a sudden announcement, with only three days advance notice to the public, saying that three (3x) rockets would be launched from Wallops between January 13 and 15, between 1:00 AM and 5;00 AM all on a classified Department of Defense Mission.

The short notice was unusual; the Wallops Space Center usually provides more than a month advance notice.  In fact, on January 15 three Terrier-Orion missiles were launched from Wallops within 20 seconds of each other.  Their cargo was not revealed to the public and the mission is classified.

Terrier Oriole
Terrier Oriole is an unguided two-stage rocket system which is primarily used by the Goddard Space Flight Center out of the Wallops Flight Facility as a sounding rocket. The system uses a Terrier first-stage booster attached to an Oriole second-stage rocket. The system can carry payloads between 800 to 1,500 pounds (360 to 680 kg) up to an altitude of 320 kilometers (200 mi).

The Terrier-Orion is a small rocket that is not able to reach the moon.

It can only carry a small payload about 120 miles into space.  So whatever the Department of Defense launched must have been small enough to fit on that rocket, yet powerful enough to assist in the study of this event. This sounds to me like they have created a telescope by networking three smaller telescopes, like the “The Swarm Telescope Concept“.

Pretty interesting stuff, I’d say.

Quick Links

  • The audio interview with “Dr. Eric Norton” can be heard HERE
  • The coordinates to be used in GoogleMoon Viewer to see the images above are: 22°42’38.46″N, 142°34’44.52″E.

Mainstream Media Coverage

The mass-media has begun covering this story.  Outlets such as the London Daily Mail, New York Daily News and The Hindustan Times of India have versions of this story, but none of them has the initial, long-range-telescopic image of the craft that TRN has, nor do any of them have the audio interview with “Dr. Norton” whose name was changed to protect his identity.

Links

Of course many people out in Internet-land are unaware of the back story behind this object on the moon. They just refer to it as a strange mysterious structure that was somehow “just” discovered.

Conclusions

“We still forget when we die, and they don't. They do not regard their bodies as sacred or a possession like most human societies do. They do not understand our preservation of self since they really don't have a self. At least if they lose theirs, they can get a new one and no harm done. They regard our spirit or soul as equal to theirs. In fact, it is indicated in several documents that according to them, our spirit is the same as theirs. We just have more physical attachment to our bodies than they do.

They also have been noted as saying that we choose to remain as Earth beings and come back life after life because we know our path and that is where we are supposed to be.”

-Former Archivist who handled Classified Documentation

Our world; the reality that we inhabit is not at all what we think it is.  You know, I kind of get a little pissed off when some one says “There’s no such thing as extraterrestrials. It hasn’t been proven.” The signs are friggin’ everywhere. All you just need to do is open up your eyes just a little bit.

Don’t be a fucking asshole.

Take Aways

  • A large constellation of inbound objects was tracked for two years departing from deep space and heading towards the moon.
  • The objects were viewed through telescopes and appeared as skyscraper-sized frameworks resembling “L” shaped objects.
  • The objects  moved in a trajectory that altered course, changed velocity and decelerated.
  • The objects made a soft landing on the moon and were assembled in place.
  • At the time of the landing, NASA was ill-equipped to monitor the situation due to President Obama re-purposing NASA from space exploration to Muslim outreach.
  • A killed program, the LADEE, was resurrected before it could be turned into scrap metal. It was launched and sent to observe the activity on the moon.
  • The Chinese were asked to support this effort as well, and the timetable for 嫦娥三号 was advanced.
  • An “accidental” positing of images on the internet alerted the public to the strange facility on the moon.
  • A narrative from “Dr. Newton” explains what had occurred.

FAQ

Q: Why isn’t this event common knowledge?
A: The mainstream American media is no longer tasked with reporting the news. They are a propaganda arm of the oligarchy. Unless the event derives political advantage, or is useful in formulating public opinion, the media and the editors will ignore it.

Q: What role did you have in this event?
A: I held absolutely no role in this event in any way. I was retired from MAJestic in 2006. My role, when I was active, dealt with the MWI and other things. I report this as an observer and throwing some things together that is pretty oblivious to most casual internet surfers.

Q: What did the mainstream American media report on instead of an armada of extraterrestrial skyscraper-sized rectangular objects inbound to the moon?
A: Here’s the list from ABC news;

  • 1. Ebola Epidemic Becomes Global Health Crisis.
  • 2. Disasters on Malaysian Airlines.
  • 3. Fighting in Ukraine and Crimea.
  • 4. Deadly Israel-Hamas Conflict.
  • 5. Rise of a Brutal New Terror Group.
  • 6. World Shows It’s Competitive Side in Sochi and Rio.
  • 7. Republicans Take Control of the Senate in Midterm Elections.

I have to ask the reader, seriously, how bad was the “Ebola Epidemic” in your life personally? What about the Malaysian aircraft? How did it affect YOUR life? What about the fighting in the Ukraine, or in Israel?

It’s all propaganda.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Why our Understanding of Reality is False

One of the reasons why humans are handicapped in our understanding of reality is because of our reliance on the “scientific method”. It is a system based on observation. The problem with this method is that our understanding of reality is corrupted by the limits imposed by observation. Indeed, as well well know, it is the perception of the observer that changes our reality.

This is a well understood rule. If you the reader, don’t “get it”, then you need to study quantum mechanics 101. For in the last two decades the entire foundation of our understanding of reality has been turned on it’s head.

Now, this is a problem. It rally is. As we have successfully harnessed observed scientific laws to create machines and build up a civilization into the technological age. How can our understanding of reality be so wrong?

Let’s take a look at this.

Introduction

Our society, and our technology has been built up over the last few centuries based on the application of the fundamentals of Newtonian Physical law. He have airplanes that fly in the sky, rockets that fly to the moon, buildings that tower into the heavens, and elevators that carry us skyward. How can all that be wrong?

I am reminded of an event while I was in High School. I was a member of the school Golf team. I wasn’t that good at it, but it did allow me to get out and socialize with my friends. Now, one day we had a Golf coach come over and help us with our drives. This is where you take a wooden club and try to hit the ball as far as possible, in the direction you intend, without having any deviation from it’s trajectory. It sounds easy, but it wasn’t. Not really.

Golfer
Here is a golfer hitting a “drive” on a nice day at a fine golf course. What’s not to love? When I was in High School, I was on the golf team to the extent that it did not interfere with my work schedule in the coal mines.

He came up to me and watched me swing. He stood beside me for about ten minutes watching me. Then he pulled me aside.

He told me that while my stance, my swing, my movements could hit the ball reasonably well, that was the extent of it. He told me that I had plateaued. I was doing the best that I could by using the technique that I was utilizing.

I could go no further.

As I tried to hit the ball harder, as I tried to focus better, as I tried to ease into my swing, I could never improve. I was at my limits.

He then taught me that I did not need to hit the ball so hard to get the distance. He told me that everything was in how I swung, and how I moved. He radically changed my entire posture and my swing. It was completely different than anything that I was doing previously.

Two plane golf swing.
Here is an illustration of what is known as the “two plane” golf swing. There are other techniques as well. The point is that to advance and move forward you have to use different techniques to improve your mastery of something.

And, you know what?

I hit the ball better, the balls traveled further and stayed on course without deviation. There were no “hooks”, and no “slices”. Everything was perfect. He was correct. I could only go so far with my (now, admittedly) crude application of my driving stance.

Science and technology are like that. Newtonian physics can only take us so far. To really master our reality, we need to fully understand and master our universe and the laws that control it. We need to look at how things work beyond the limits of our observation.

To prove that Newtonian Physics does not represent the reality that we inhabit, let’s look at four paradoxes that clearly illustrate these limitations…

Paradoxes Involving the Second Law of Thermodynamics

“The tendency for entropy to increase in isolated systems is expressed in the second law of thermodynamics -- perhaps the most pessimistic and amoral formulation in all human thought.”

--Greg Hill and Kerry Thornley, Principia Discordia (1965)

Unknown to most students of the sciences, the laws inherent in Newtonian Physics are not immutable and fixed (…though they are most certainly taught that in school.).  That is because many of them are derived empirically.

Empirical evidence, also known as sensory experience, is the information received by means of the senses, particularly by observation and documentation of patterns and behavior through experimentation.

-Wikipedia

We treat them as fixed and immutable, but that is a genuine disservice to mankind.  For they are not.

They are still just and only theories that best fit the observed phenomena of the observed physical universe.  We need to remember this.  They were all derived through empirical observation and calculated accordingly.  This can lead to plenty of problems and is perhaps one of the reasons why FTL (faster than light travel) has been so problematic in implementation.

Since Einstein, physicists have been working on a theory of everything (TOE). Logic dictates that for a true TOE, the TOE must be able to propose from first principles, why conservation of mass-energy and conservation of momentum hold. If these theories cannot, they cannot be TOEs. 

Unfortunately all existing TOEs have these conservation laws as their starting axioms, and therefore, are not true TOEs. The importance of this requirement is that if we cannot explain why conservation of momentum is true, like Einstein did with LFT, how do we know how to apply this in developing interstellar propulsion engines?

We need to treat them as they really are and recognize from whence they were derived.  Let’s just look at one of these “rigid and immutable” laws that the entire foundation of science has been built upon.  Let’s look at the second law of Thermodynamics.

“The difference between science and the fuzzy subjects is that science requires reasoning, while those other subjects merely require scholarship.”

-Robert Heinlein in: Time Enough for Love: the lives of Lazarus Long; a novel , (1973), p. 366

The second law of thermodynamics states that whenever energy is transformed from one form to another form, entropy increases and energy decreases. (In other words: over time, differences in temperature, pressure, and density tend to even out in a horizontal plane, but not in a vertical plane due to the force of gravity.)

For example, density and pressure do not even out in a vertical plane, and nor does temperature because gravity acts on individual molecules, and this means molecular kinetic energy interchanges with gravitational potential energy in free path motion between collisions.

Bitter Pills
Reality is a bitter pill to swallow. many people have invested their entire education, and careers all on a certain belief and theory. Often when it starts to fall apart or unravel with latest knowledge and experimentation, the statists fight the revisions. They do not want their carefully constructed illusions shattered.

Everyone needs to recognize the foundations for this law.  It is derived through experimental observation and not a mathematical proof.  (Surprise!)  The second law of thermodynamics is empirical. It has no fully satisfactory theoretical proof.

This being the case, its absolute validity depends upon its continued experimental verification in all the thermodynamic regimes; all of them.

To this end, over the years, physical processes involving broken symmetries have been standard touchstones by which its validity has been tested. Each time this “immutable” law has been challenged; paradoxes have cropped up, and immediately ignored.  The problems that we have so discovered suddenly become ignored. It is as if they do not matter.

This is disingenuous.

As the paradoxes point towards directions that we need to resolve so we can better understand the nature of the universe around us.  It is how we learn.  It is how we grow, and expand our science.  The thing is, it’s not just one or two “small” paradoxes, but multiple paradoxes that shatter the fundamental bedrock of the Newtonian belief structure.

Introduction to Four Paradoxes

Let’s look at four such paradoxes.

In each paradox, the (task directed) “universe” consists of an infinite isothermal heat bath in which is immersed a blackbody cavity.  Within each cavity, steady-state, non-equilibrium thermodynamic processes create spontaneous asymmetric momentum fluxes which are harnessed to do steady-state work.

If one demands the first law of thermodynamics is satisfied by these systems, then apparent contradictions with the second law of thermodynamics result.

The reader should not be too overwhelmed by the unfamiliar terminology. All of this is standard engineering fare for the initiated.  This is how engineers talk and communicate to each other.  We establish a basic “playing field” from which we can build and create our particular state for discussion.

So, if you want to disparage my contention that MWI exists, and that transports have been available to egress for the last fifty some years, then show me how my argument is facetious. Prove to me that Newtonian Physics can be used to prove that quantum Physics does not apply on the macro scale. Solve these paradoxes.

The reader should recognize that none of this is new.

I am not the first person to “discover” these paradoxes, nor am I the first to address them.  Indeed, there have been many laboratory experiments and numerical simulations that have corroborated theoretical predictions and have failed to resolve the paradoxes in favor of the second law. Many tests, and many theories, but no solutions.

To this point, it can be shown that broken symmetry in each of these four systems’ thermodynamic properties allows asymmetric momentum fluxes to arise spontaneously and that these fluxes can be harnessed to perform work utilizing a second broken symmetry in each system’s geometry.

We can show… that a broken symmetry…in each of these examples…  thermodynamic properties… allow… asymmetric momentum fluxes… to occur, and…thus work can be observed occurring.

Paradoxes should never be discounted, as they are critically important in understanding how the universe works around us.  I argue the point that by illuminating the characteristics shared by these paradoxes, it is hoped that their resolution can and will be expedited.

The reader might think that asymmetries such as these are thermodynamically forbidden and that each system must relax to an equilibrium characterized by spatial homogeneity.

This is not the case.

In fact, “equilibrium” does not at all forbid spatial gradients so long as they are steady-state ones. For example, the asymmetric momentum fluxes to be introduced shortly (in this post) in Systems II, III, and IV are no more than steady-state pressure gradients. Equilibrium (steady-state) pressure gradients are quite ubiquitous in nature.

Pressure-plots

Temperature-Pressure Profiles of Brown Dwarfs and Giant Planets, with Gas Equilibrium and Condensation Curves for Several Major Species.

For instance, they are standard features of gravitationally-bound, isothermal, static atmospheres on idealized planets. In a uniform gravitational field, one can write the gas pressure as a function of vertical height, z, as p(z)= poexp[-mg(z-zo)/kT], where m is the mass of the gas molecule, kT is the thermal energy, g is the local gravitational acceleration, and pois a fiduciary pressure.

Clearly, this atmosphere possesses a vertical pressure gradient at equilibrium. Similarly, the pressure gradients in Systems II-IV are steady-state structures, but unlike the atmospheric gradient which is static and due to a static potential gradient (gravity), these pressure gradients are dynamically maintained by the continuous effluxes from two surfaces having different activities toward the cavity gas. Furthermore, these pressure gradients can do work.

Let’s look at the four paradoxes and briefly review them;

The Four Paradoxes

Schematic of paradoxical system #1.

System I

The system I  consists of a blackbody cavity containing a low-density plasma and an electrically conducting probe connected to the walls through a load, as shown in the figure above. The load may be conservative (e.g. a motor) or dissipative (e.g. a resistor).

The probe and load are small enough to represent minor perturbations to the cavity properties.

The walls are grounded to the heat bath both thermally and electrically (Vground =0). The potential between the bulk plasma and the cavity walls the plasma potential, Vp may be positive or negative depending on the work function and temperature of the walls, and the plasma type and concentration.

For an electron-rich plasma and in the absence of any net current to the plasma or walls, Vp may be estimated by equating the Richardson emission, JR from the walls to random electron flow from the plasma into the walls:

Equation #1.

Here φ is the wall’s work function, T is temperature, Vp is the plasma potential, ѵe is the average electron thermal speed, k is the Boltzmann constant, me is the electron mass, n is the plasma particle density, and A is the Richardson constant (about 6-12 x 105(A/m2K2) for pure metals).

Under either equilibrium or non-equilibrium conditions, Vp will be non-zero except for very specific plasma parameters; in particular, Vp = 0 at the critical density, nc = (4AT 2/eѵe)exp [-eφ/kT], as derived from Eq. (1) above.

The probe will achieve a potential with respect to the plasma and walls depending on its temperature, resistance to ground (load resistance, RL), and the current to it. Since it is nearly in thermal equilibrium with the walls, the probe is self-emissive and, therefore, electrically floats near the plasma potential so long as RLis large. If Vp ≠ 0, a current can flow continuously from the probe, through the load, to ground. This current represents an asymmetric momentum flux.

The generated power may be expressed as;

The entropy production rate is;

this will be positive (negative) for a purely dissipative (conservative) load. Laboratory experiments corroborate this effect.

Note: this paradox is not limited to systems with thermionically emitting walls and probe; any plasma with a non-zero floating potential appears viable. The paradox can be brought into sharper relief by placing as witch between the probe and the load. When the switch is open, the probe is physically disconnected from the walls (ground) and will electrically charge as a capacitor to the plasma floating potential. When the switch is closed, the probe will discharge as a capacitor through the load and plasma, achieving the non-zero voltage depicted. With an ideal switch, this charging and discharging of the probe through the load can be repeated indefinitely.

If this system does steady-state work on the load while maintaining spatially steady-state temperature and species concentration profiles, and if the first law of thermodynamics is satisfied, then a paradox involving the second law naturally develops.

Formally, the first law states:

Where []hb refers to the heat bath and []c refers to the cavity. The heat bath supplies heat, but does no work, so ΔWhb =0.

If the load is conservative and each part of the cavity is at a steady state temperature, then ΔQc=0. (It is assumed, without further justification, that there are no net phase changes or chemical reactions in the cavity.)

Returning to the first law, since ΔWhb =0 and ΔQc=0, this leaves ΔQhb = ΔWc. The cavity does positive work, so ΔWc= ΔQhb< 0; in other words, the work performed by the load is drawn as heat from the heat bath, a reasonable result.

Here's a great opportunity to pull out an entropy-Pressure diagram out of some old text books. I don't get this opportunity often, so I relish the opportunity as it present's itself.
Diagram
Here is a nice typical steam pressure enthalpy diagram showing pressure and properties for a refrigerant. All of which has been derived empirically. As is just about everything in applied engineering.

Now consider the second law. Entropy is an additive thermodynamic quantity so the entropy change for the universe can be written:

Since ΔQc = 0, one has for the cavity, ΔSc = ΔQc /T = 0. Equivalently, one may argue that entropy is a state function and the closed cavity is in a steady state – having no net phase changes, chemical reactions, temperature or volume changes, the number of microstates available to it is fixed – thus the entropy of the cavity is time invariant, and so ΔSc = 0.) With ΔSc = 0, one is left with:

This violates the second law of thermodynamics, namely that for any spontaneous thermodynamic process, ΔSUniverse≥ 0. If one replaces RL with a dissipative load, the second law is violated still, since a forbidden, permanent temperature gradient has been established between the load and the cavity (Tload> Tc).

Note that this system is not in thermal equilibrium; this process is irreversible. In order to use validly equilibrium thermodynamic relations, the work must be performed “slowly.”

This can be achieved to any degree of precision desired by adjusting the load resistance. Similar arguments establish the remaining three paradoxes. Note also, neither this system nor the other three utilize standard thermodynamic cycles or a low temperature heat reservoir.

System II

Paradoxical system II is a mechanical analog to system I.   It too, it consists of a blackbody cavity surrounded by the heat bath. The cavity contains a low density ionizable gas, B, and a frictionless, two-sided piston (See Figure below).

Paradox #2.

As before, Richardson emission greatly exceeds ion emission for all surfaces, giving an electron-rich plasma with a negative plasma potential.  The majority of the piston is of identical composition as the walls (surface type 2, S2), however, on one piston face is a small patch having a different work function (surface type 1, S1). It is small in the sense that it is relatively unperturbing to global plasma properties.

The work functions of S1 and S2 and the ionization potential of B are ordered as: φ1 ≥~ I. P. >φ2.

Plasma production is straightforward: electrons are “ boiled” out of the metal (Richardson emission) and ions, created by surface ionization, are accelerated off the metal surface by the electron negative space charge. Ions, in turn, ease the electrons’ space charge impediment, thus releasing a quasi-neutral plasma from the surface. Actually, if Vp< 0, this is essentially a charge-neutralized, low-energy ion beam leaving the surface. In fact, this plasma can be roughly considered to be an unmagnetized, three-dimensional Q-plasma with a sliding hot plate.

The ordering φ1 ≥~ I. P. >φ2allows, with appropriate plasma density and temperature, and surface areas ((SA)2>>(SA)1), the following: surface 1 ionizes B well and recombines it poorly while surface 2 ionizes B poorly, but recombines B well.

Surface 2 dominates plasma properties by virtue of its greater surface area ((SA)2>> (SA)1), therefore, the net flux of B to any surface is predominantly neutral B. Surface 1 will be relatively unperturbing to cavity plasma conditions if the S1 ion current into the plasma is much less than the total S2 ion current. The electron emission off S2 exceeds that off S1 by a factor exp[(φ2-φ1)/kT]. The electron current density from each surface is given by Eq. (1) above.

Because of the differences between neutral, electronic, and ionic masses and the different currents of each leaving S1 and S2, a steady-state asymmetric momentum flux density (a “ net pressure difference,” ΔP), is sustained between piston faces. It has been shown that this pressure difference is roughly

Equation #2

where pi,2is the ionization probability of B on S2, nn is the neutral density, JR,1is the Richardson current density from S1, mi is the ion mass, and ѵn is the neutral thermal velocity.

The first, second, and third terms represent neutral, electronic, and ionic pressures, respectively. Laboratory experiments corroborate steady-state differential thermionic emission from different surfaces under blackbody conditions. Numerical simulations, using realistic physical parameters, indicate the pressure effect is small, but significant. If the piston moves slowly piston<<ѵn) and performs work quasi-statically, it generates steady-state

Ref; Sheehan, D. P. (1996). Phys. Plasmas, 3, 104.

and produces negative entropy at the rate,

Notice that, even in the absence of a plasma potential, Vp, the paradoxical effect persists so long as the ionization probability of the two surfaces are distinct.

System III

Paradoxical system III is the chemical-mechanical analog of system II. It consists of a blackbody cavity with piston into which is introduced a small quantity of dimeric gas, A2. The cavity walls and piston are made from a single material, surface type 2 (S2), except for a small patch of a different material, surface type 1 (S1), on one piston face, as shown in the figure for System II. Note S1 and S2 here are distinct from those in system II.) The chemical model for this system assumes the following:

  1. the gas phase density is low such that gas phase collisions are rare compared with gas-surface collisions, however, it is sufficiently high that rms pressure fluctuations are small compared with the average pressure;
  2. all species contacting a surface stick and later leave in thermal equilibrium with the surface;
  3. the only relevant surface processes are adsorption, desorption, dissociation, and recombination;
  4. the fractional surface coverage is low, so adsorptionand desorption are first order processes;
  5. A2 and A are highly mobile on all surfaces and may be treated as a two-dimensional gas; and
  6. atomic and molecular species are retained sufficiently long on any surface to achieve close to chemical thermal equilibrium in the surface phase.

These conditions are physically realistic and have been shown to be self-consistent[i]. For these conditions, it can be shown that, in principle, S1and S2 can simultaneously desorb different ratios of A and A2 in a steady-state fashion. However, since two A’s together impart 21/2 times the impulse to the piston as does a single A2 (all leaving in thermal equilibrium with the surface),asymmetric momentum fluxes can be sustained between the piston surfaces.  (Another way to view this is: equipartition of energy does not imply equipartition of linear momentum.) The pressure imbalance on the piston faces can be used to perform work in a similar manner to system II.

Ref: Sheehan, D. P. (1998). Phys. Rev. E., 57, 6 (in press).

For low surface coverage where desorption is a first order process, the desorption rate ratio for A and A2, Rdes (A2 ) /Rdes (A)≡α, is given by:

Equation #3.

Here ΔEdes(Aj) is the desorption energy of Aj; n(Aj) is the surface concentrate of

is a ratio of partition functions. f is the partition function for the species in equilibrium with the surface, and f *is the species-surface partition function in its activated states.

For real surface reactions, F(Aj) typically ranges between roughly 10-3-104. Experimental values of desorption energy, ΔEdes, typically range from about 1 kJ/mol for weak physisorption up to about 400 kJ/mole for strong chemisorption.

The ratio α varies as 0≤α≤∞depending on the values of the several variables in Eq. (3). Experimental signatures of differential α’s (some under quasi-blackbody conditions) are abundant.

If α1≠α2, and if the instantaneous fluxes of A and A2 from S2 each greatly exceed those from S1 so thatS1 can be treated as an impurity (i.e. Rdes(2,A2)/Rdes(1,A2) >> (SA)1/(SA)2andRdes(2,A )/Rdes(1, A) >> (SA)1/(SA)2, then a steady-state difference in momentum flux density (net pressure difference, ΔP) can be sustained between piston faces. Here (SA)jis the surface area of the jth surface.

This pressure difference can be expressed:

Equation #4.

where RT(A) is the total flux density of A onto a surface,

Here n(c,Aj) is the cavity concentration of A or A2. In the limit that α2 >> 1 >>α1, the greatest pressure difference is obtained; it is roughly:

This pressure difference is steady-state since the dynamic chemical processes giving rise to it are steady state. If this pressure difference is significantly greater than the statistical pressure fluctuations in the cavity, then, in principle, it can be exploited to do steady-state work. The power and entropy production rates here are the same as for system II. As for system II, the piston must move slowly compared with the thermal velocity of gaseous A2. Note that, when the piston moves, the volume and surface phases for this system are not in equilibrium; in fact, they are in steady-state non-equilibrium.

This chemical system has been simulated numerically. Closed-form, analyticrate equations have been developed and solved simultaneously using realistic physical parameters. Solutions confirm the possibility of this paradoxical effect; it is probably small – but significant – and appears viable over a wide range of physically accessible parameters. Laboratory systems displaying this effect are currently being sought.

Ref: Sheehan, D. P. (1998). Phys. Rev. E., 57, 6 (in press).

System IV

To introduce System IV, consider an everyday scenario: from the same height, drop a glass marble onto two different surfaces, for instance, a hardwood floor and a soft rug. The marble in elastically rebounds to different heights, demonstrating the different inelastic (endoergic) responses of the two surfaces.

Inherently, these collisions are non-equilibrium processes.

Analogous non-equilibrium behavior is observed on the atomic scale: it is well known that hyperthermal gas-surface collisions can excite energy states associated with internal degrees of freedom of either the collider or target – e.g. rotational, vibrational and electronic modes, phonons, plasmons – there by rendering the collisions inelastic.

In fact, a number of standard surface diagnostics are based upon just such characteristic inelastic responses. In contrast, at thermal equilibrium gas-surface collisions must, on average, be elastic, otherwise more direct contradictions with the second law arise.

(“ Hyperthermal” collisions are those with impact energies far above thermal energies - typically a few tenths of an eV up to about 100 eV in energy.)

Studies indicate energy transfer efficiencies from hyperthermal colliders to targets can range from a few percent to over ninety percent of incident atom kinetic energies. Motivated by these observations, a simple, idealized system is considered:

Ref; Zeiri Y. & Lucchese, R. R. (1991). J. Chem Phys., 94, 4055.

System IV; a strongly gravitating rod, whose ends have different inelastic responses to hyperthermal impacts by a particular gas, is placed at rest in a blackbody cavity with that gas.

When steady state is reached, gas continuously falls hyperthermaly onto the rod, inelastically rebounds to different degrees from the rod ends, and is rethermalized in the blackbody cavity.

The particle fluxes to and from both rod ends are identical, but the momentum fluxes are different, giving rise to a net force on the rod. If released, the rod accelerates in the direction of the net force and, in principle, can be harnessed to do mechanical work.

The idealized system consists of:

  • an infinite heat bath;
  • a large, spherical blackbody cavity;
  • a low density gas in the cavity; and
  • a rod gravitator.

The rod (length 2L g) has symmetric mass densityᵨ(x) = ᵨ(-x) about its center at x = 0, but its end surfaces (S1 and S2) are composed of two materials distinct in their inelastic responses to gas atoms (mass mA). In other words, forS1 and S2 one can write the inelastic response functions as distinct:

The inelastic response function for surface j, ѵf (j,ѵi), maps the velocity of a particle before impact, ѵi, onto its velocity after impact, ѵf. The rod represents a minor perturbation to the overall cavity properties. Its gravitational scattering length Ls is much smaller than the cavity scale length, Lc. As a result, Ns, the ratio of the average number of wall collisions a gas atom undergoes (Nwall) to the average number of rod collisions (Nrod) it undergoes, is large; that is,

Gas colliding with the cavity walls, regardless of its history, is diffusely scattered (for rough walls), well mixed, and fully thermalized within a few wall collisions.

For the rod at rest at the cavity center then, gas populations in falling from the walls to S1 and S2 maybe taken to be fully thermal and identical in temperature and density. In terms of the velocity distribution functions, this is:

And

The velocity distributions for gas in falling from x = ±Lc are half-Maxwelians, fI(j,ѵ). When they arrive at S1 and S2 they are velocity space compressed due to their falls through the gravitational potential, becoming fI(j,ѵ).

The rebounding distributions, fIII(j,ѵ), are distinct for the two surfaces.

After climbing out of the gravitational well, the velocity space expanded distributions fIV(j,ѵ) are rethermalized at the walls.

Gravitationally bound gas, fV(j,ѵ), forms an atmosphere around the rod.

The cavity contains blackbody radiation and gas whose mean free path is comparable to or greater than the distance between the rod and the walls.

Gas kinetic energy fluxes are much smaller than radiative energy fluxes; in other words, blackbody radiation dominates the system’s energy transfers.

Small surface temperature variations arising from inelastic collisions are quickly smoothed out by compensating radiative in- or effluxes. This model is valid over a wide range of physically realistic parameters and is well approximated by a planet-sized gravitator in a low density gas housed in blackbody cavity of solar system dimensions. In the following analysis, the rod will be treated one dimensionally; however, it can be shown, in retrospect, that the following results generalize to two and three dimensions.

The net force on the stationary rod can be determined from conservation of linear momentum, accounting for both incident and reflected particle fluxes. As discussed previously, since

And

by symmetry, the net force on the rod (at rest) due to incident gas is zero. However, the net force due to the inelastically reflecting gas need not be zero since equations

And

state otherwise.

Consider the S1 rod end. The incident particle flux density which in falls from the walls at x = – Lcto S1 at x = -Lg is

From conservation of mass, the incident particle flux density is equal to the reflected particle flux density:

The differential momentum flux density for the rebounding gas (taken at x = – Lg ) is

Only atoms with

will climb completely out of the gravitational potential well; the remainder will fall back to the rod, form an atmosphere, and eventually evaporate as the

Accounting for the gravitational back-reaction of the gas on the rod as it climbs out of the gravitational well, the total average

steady-state momentum flux density on surface S1 is:

Equation #5.

The approximation (≈) is due to the finite cavity size; in the limit of -Lc→-∞, the expression becomes exact. For S2, – ѵesc→+ѵescand -∞→ +∞ in the limits of integration.

In the limit of a tenuous atmosphere, the momentum flux density due to the ( |ѵ| ≥|ѵesc | )-tail of fѵ(j,ѵ) is negligible. In fact, fѵ(j,ѵ)is negligible for systems with [1] low gas densities, nA, and with [2] inelastic response functions, ff(j,ѵi)which do not shift f | significantly belowesc | .

By conservation of linear momentum, the average net momentum flux density(pressure) on the rod as a whole is;

if

In the velocity range of the colliding gas, then except under extremely contrived conditions, one has ΔF ≠0.

In other words, under steady-state thermodynamic conditions, a stationary, gravitating rod with different inelastic responses on its ends can, in principle, experience a non-zero, steady-state force when placed in a suitable gas.

If the rod is released, this force can be harnessed to do work at the expense of the heat bath, as discussed previously.

Two Broken Symmetries

Each paradox arises due to a synergism between two broken symmetries -one thermodynamic and one geometric. Each is necessary, but alone insufficient.

A broken geometric symmetry is constructed into each system. System I possesses almost perfect radial symmetry; this symmetry is broken by the electrical connection from the probe, through the load, to ground.

In the case of disconnection, the probe will randomly and radially receive current from the walls through the plasma and radially and randomly return this current to the walls back through the plasma. This is the equilibrium (fully symmetric) case.

Confront the truth
Confront the truth or begin all over. When theories are made they are based on observation. As we improve our technology, we are able to observe more things in much better detail. Our theories need to be revised and must adapt to the latest discoveries. If we are unable to adapt, then we must begin all over with a new theory that describes the totality of all that we now observe.

If the load is connected, however, the probe’s return current has an alternate path to ground and the radial symmetry of the current flow is broken. Analogously, in systems II-IV, the piston’s constrained, one-dimensional motion effectively reduces (breaks) the systems’ three dimensionality to one.

These broken geometric symmetries are necessary to exploit each system’s broken thermodynamic symmetry. The latter may be identified by observing which thermodynamic property, if symmetrized, destroys the paradoxical effect.

1

In system I, the effect is lost if the plasma potential is symmetrized to ѵp = 0. (It is assumed here that for self-emissive probes the floating potential for a probe is equal to the plasma potential.) This can be made zero in several ways including :

  • ceasing plasma production;
  • achieving the critical plasma density, nc; or
  • creating a mass-symmetric plasma- a negative ion plasma.

More generally, the non-zero Vp can be considered due to either

  1. the fundamental mass asymmetry between electron and ions; or
  2. that surfaces preferentially emit electrons or ions depending on values of their surface temperature and work function, and gas ionization potential.

2

In system II, the paradoxical effect is lost if the work functions of S1 and S2 are equal: φ1 =φ2. Then, the electronic, ionic and neutral momentum flux densities from all surfaces are identical, rendering zero the pressure differential between piston faces.

In general, the symmetry condition: φ1 =φ2, is difficult to achieve unless S1 and S2 are the same material- a trivial case.

3

In system III, the effect is lost if the desorption rate ratios for S1 and S2 are equal: α12. As seen from equation 3 above, this requires either fine tuning in values of surface density, partition functions, and desorption energies, or that S1 and S2 be identical substances.

As with φ in system II, the symmetry condition,α12, is difficult to achieve unless S1 and S2 are identical.

4

In system IV, the effect is lost ifѵf(1,ѵi) = ѵf(2,ѵi). This is most easily accomplished by symmetrizing the rod’s composition.

Each broken thermodynamic symmetry (in ѵp,φ, α, or ѵf(j,vi)) occurs naturally under either equilibrium or non-equilibrium conditions and allows momentum flux asymmetries to arise. Via the broken geometry symmetry, the broken thermodynamic symmetry is exploited to do work.

Both broken symmetries appear to be necessary since the thermodynamic quantities ѵp,φ, α, and ѵf(j,vi)are spatially homogeneous (independent of spatial variables);therefore, by themselves they are insufficient to direct momentum fluxes to do work. This requires the broken spatial (geometric) symmetry; in System I it is accomplished by an electrical conductor and in Systems II-IV by a piston.

Confront your illusions.
We need to confront our illusions head on first. We must accept what we now observe, and revise our understanding in accordance with it. MAJestic has been dealing with MWI technology, extraterrestrial life, and advanced technologies including soul container and transfer via MWI portals for a half a century. Yet the rest of the humanity walks around in ignorant disbelief. Fine with me. Here is the way things are. Accept or not. There is no in between.

Derived Conjecture

From these four examples, a conjecture is induced:

Given a spatially homogeneous thermodynamic property that causes a macroscopic asymmetric momentum flux (under equilibrium or non-equilibrium conditions), a second broken geometric symmetry is necessary and, if suitably arranged, can be sufficient to do work solely at the expense of a heat bath in violation of the second law.

I offer this conjecture to the reader.

A solution to these paradoxical conditions clearly lies in support of the quantum technologies by which my narrative has been written.  To adequately “debunk” or “disparage” my narrative one must find solutions to the four paradoxical conditions that are NOT supportive of my experiences.

Conclusions

“Most of the important things in the world have been accomplished by people who have kept on trying when there seemed to be no hope at all.” -Dale Carnegie

Newtonian Physics is quite useful. However, it does not adequately describe our reality. Quantum Physics does.

I was a member of MAJestic for over thirty years and experienced reality on a level that far exceeds the conventional narrative as promoted by the service-to-self oligarchs that rule mankind. For mankind to grow and advance, we need to see how we all ACTUALLY fit in our reality.  This means accepting our “spiritual side”; the side that follows the laws of Quantum mechanics.

This post points out how absolutely deluded we are, and how much we actually do not know. So, instead of saying “experts have shown…”, or “experts have proven…”, or “a blue ribbon panel has confirmed…” do it yourself.

Everything you need is right here in this post. Don’t rely on the “experts”, they are just paid “yes men”.

Take Aways

  • Newtonian Physics is unable to describe our reality.
  • Quantum Mechanics is able to describe our reality.
  • As such, utility of quantum mechanics and the principles inherent within it can enable “God Like” powers and abilities.

Which means…

  • The limitations of time does not exist when utilizing Quantum Mechanics.
  • The limitations of distance does not exist when utilizing Quantum Mechanics.
  • The limitations of reality world-lines does not exist when utilizing Quantum Mechanics principles.

FAQ

Q: What is the fundamental cause behind the Newtonian paradoxes?
A: Each paradox arises due to a synergism between two broken symmetries. One of which is thermodynamic and one which is geometric in nature.

Q: Why deal with idealized systems?
A: Idealized systems is a great way to simplify the calculations and understanding of complex systems. In this case, the idealized systems are utilized to prove that there are paradoxes within the empirically derived Newtonian laws. It’s a convenient artifice that is useful at this time.

Q: What is a Broken Symmetry?
A: From Wikipedia; In physics, symmetry breaking is a phenomenon in which (infinitesimally) small fluctuations acting on a system crossing a critical point decide the system’s fate, by determining which branch of a bifurcation is taken. To an outside observer unaware of the fluctuations (or “noise“), the choice will appear arbitrary. This process is called symmetry “breaking”, because such transitions usually bring the system from a symmetric but disorderly state into one or more definite states. Symmetry breaking is thought to play a major role in pattern formation.

Other Links

End Notes

Acknowledgement; the inspiration and bulk of this writing is derived from the great Mr. D. P. SHEEHAN; Department of Physics, University of San Diego, San Diego, CA 92110.  It is based upon his paper titled; “Four Paradoxes Involving the Second Law of Thermodynamics”. This work was supported by a 1995 University of San Diego (USD) Faculty Research grant, and a 1996-97 USD University Professorship and a 1997 NASA-ASEE Faculty Fellowship. The author thanks Drs. William F. Sheehan and Jack Opdycke for illuminating discussions and M. P. and P. C. J. Sheehan for their inspiration. Journal of Scientific Exploration, Vol. 12, No. 2, pp. 303±314, 1998.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

My Very First MWI Portal Egress

This is my narrative on my experiences when I conducted my first MWI portal egress and transport.

It was done at the NAS NASC Pensacola Florida base within the ELF sub-facility at NAMI. The year was 1981. I was an AOCS in training as a Naval Aviator.

I had earlier agreed to join MAJestic and give up my role as a Naval Aviator. As such, I was trained to use targeting feducials, and had brain surgery to have two kits of probes implanted within my skull…

Background Information prior to Portal Egress

For readings on what happened prior to this event, the reader can read these other posts…

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

The Portal Egress Narrative

After the probes were implanted, I was instructed to wait outside of the (implantation) cubicle.  There wasn’t much to do there.  It was just a simple large room with a couple of rectangular posts in the middle.  The walls were white and unadorned.  I waited alone for about fifteen minutes and then I was joined by my colleague Sebastian.

Sebastian (not his real name) is the name of the other colleague that entered MAJestic with me. We both signed up at the same time, and were trained and implanted at the same time. He was implanted in a implantation booth next to mine.

Together, we waited for about 45 minutes.  There were some chairs (Charles Eames Fiberglass Shell Chair) against the wall, so we sat in them and chatted some.  There was a lot to say, but strangely we only made small talk.  Perhaps we were a little in shock, or maybe it was the medicine that they gave us in the orange juice. There was something big and important that we were involved in, though we had no idea what it was.

Office Chair
Charles Eames Fiberglass Chair. This was a common type of chair and it was used though out the facility.

(As an aside, Sebastian was not always in his implantation cubicle like I was.  For a while, he went elsewhere.  Where he went and what he did, as well as why it was different from me is unknown.  The reader should not get too hung up on this little tidbit of obscure detail elaboration. It is just additional information that may or may not have relevance to the issue at hand.)

Humans need to be a multi-planet species.

-Elon Musk

There wasn’t too much to do there.  On the wall to our left was a bulletin board with four announcements neatly pinned in place.  So I looked it over for a while.  That killed about five minutes.  Then we sat there staring at the fire extinguisher on the square pillar in front of us.  We chatted easily.  Both of us had no clue as to what lay in store for us.  So we discussed what it might be.  We talked about the orange juice that we drank and the probes that were shot into our skull.  But, mostly we speculated about what our future might hold in store for us.

Sebastian wanted to know if I drank the orange juice given to us, and I explained that indeed I did drink it.  He wondered what they mixed with it.  I had no idea what it was, nor why the dosage was so critical.

We talked about what kind of life was planned for us.  We had no clue.  We thought that it would be important, but we didn’t know what it was.  We had no idea about the many things that surrounded us.

In the Waiting area

“we have things out there that are literally out of this world, better than Star Trek or what you see in the movies.”

-James Goodall

Eventually the Commander returned and walked us over to another part of the building.  Here was an open space set off and away from the offices and cubicles in the building.  In it were 25 chairs with a built in writing surface.  These are standard classroom desks as found in universities and educational establishments throughout the country.  These chairs were arranged in five rows of five chairs.  Facing the chairs was a wide podium with a desk and a table next to it.  On the table were some papers, pencils and office stationary.  On the desk were two huge bound books of dot-matrix computer printouts.

Bound printout
This is a bound book of computer dot matrix printouts all bound together. It was very common in the day.

Dot matrix printing or impact matrix printing is a type of computer printing which uses a print head that runs back and forth, or in an up and down motion, on the page and prints by impact, striking an ink-soaked cloth ribbon against the paper, much like the print mechanism on a typewriter. However, unlike a typewriter or daisy wheel printer, letters are drawn out of a dot matrix, and thus, varied fonts and arbitrary graphics can be produced.

The Others who also Conducted Portal Egress

Beautiful girls
The girls were amazing. All were beautiful and stunning. They all were (ranked) 8+ on a beauty scale.

On the chairs were the same girls that we saw earlier at the lecture.  They were busy filling out some papers that were given to them.  Again, as we noticed earlier, all the girls were very pretty and attractive.

They all wore civilian clothes, which is very odd as were in a very restricted part of the base, were no civilians were ever permitted. (Sebastian and myself were wearing our uniforms.)

They were all our age range; in their low to middle 20’s, and were busy answering the questions on the form, and speaking in low tones to each other from time to time.

These were all very attractive girls without exception.  There weren’t any fat, ugly, squat or marginally attractive girls in the group. There were absolutely NO fat or plump girls.  All were slim. Even the more curvy girls had really thin waists.  Though they were in different heights and body shapes, not one had any extra body fat. Lovers of “big booty” would be very unhappy.

It was almost as if it was some kind of a smorgasbord of beautiful women.

This is not to say that they were all models.  Some were tall, while others were short.  Some were slightly curvy, while others were thin and leggy.

Zaftig /zäftig/ adjective: (of a woman) Having a full, rounded figure; plump. Like that of Hilda. See HERE.

It is almost like they were a collection of the kind of women which men fantasize about; a collection of the women from Playboy Magazine.  Not one of the girls there were any less than an 9/10 on the attractiveness rating scale. I repeat; not one of the girls were anything less than jaw-dropping stunning.

The girls were all dressed nice.  Though none of them carried purses, wore watches, bracelets, earrings, or rings. While their hair looked perfect, none wore bows or hair pieces of any shape or style.

In hindsight, this was an important point; a point that still eludes me to this day.  These women were chosen to enter a SAP program, and were implanted (perhaps with a less invasive series of probes or probe kits) and were all attractive.  Why would we be included with a group of very attractive women?  What was their role that would involve such an obvious utilization of physical beauty?  One can only speculate.

Special access programs (SAPs) in the federal government of the United States of America are security protocols that provides highly classified information with safeguards and access restrictions that exceed those for regular (collateral) classified information.

We joined the group of girls and noticed that none of them appeared to have had the probes implanted in their skulls like we had. Instead, their hair was all in place, and they looked very attractive and chatty. Perhaps it was done at some other time.

However for us, we had our heads shaved with a band-aide on the top of our skulls.  After all, our implantation procedure occurred in the late morning that Monday, and we first saw the girls prior to our implantation.  The 15 to 20 women would have had to have been implanted previous to their filling out the forms.  This would have taken all day to do so.

Attractive girls.
Sebastian and I were alone with a group of 30 super attractive girls.

Filling out the Portal Egress Handout

We were led to the desk chairs where the ladies were sitting.  About one half of them were open at the time. Once we sat down, the escort left us.  As soon as we got our bearings, we both got up and selected different seats a little back towards the middle of the group. In short order, another seaman came towards us from the “front” of the area. He had a short stack of papers and a box of pencils in his two hands.

We were all given out a typewritten handout of questions that we were to answer, along with a pencil.  This was a standard number two pencil with a yellow body and an eraser at the end.  All of the pencils in the box that was handed out to us were all smartly sharpened, though they were of different lengths and sizes. The pencils were provided to us from a low cardboard box.  All of the pencils were clean (if previously used) and sharpened to a very nice point.

The paper itself was a mimeographed handout. The handout consisted of two pages, both stapled sharply in the upper left hand side. Both sheets were had questions, so in total there were four sides of questions.  All the questions were in the faded robin’s-egg blue color so typical of mimeographed printing. Additionally, each question consisted with a number, and a blank area from which to write our answers down upon.  The blank area consisted of a long line. In other words; “_________”.

The Questions

The questions on the paper were innocuous, and appeared childish.

However, it was pointed out to us that we absolutely had to be truthful in answering the questions. It was better not to answer than to provide a wrong, or false answer. There was an intensity and seriousness to this request that is beyond my ability to convey at this moment.

This was not your average university quiz distribution. Not in the least.  The impression that we had was that we needed to complete everything as accurately as possible to guarantee our successful roles in the organization.

I went down the list.  The questions were all so silly. Who was our favorite actor?  What was our favorite color, our favorite kind of pet, our favorite song, album, and group?

Favorite cat.
My favorite pet was a cat.

What kinds of girls were attractive to us? Their face shape, hair color, build, and mannerisms…?  The details on what we found interesting about women were quite detailed and exacting. While the girls were obviously filling out the same form, they were obviously not having too much difficulty in filling the forms out.

What color of eyes did I find attractive?  What face shape did I find attractive?  What is my idea of the most attractive build of a woman?  What is the ideal hair color for a woman?  What part of a woman’s anatomy did I find most alluring? What kind of woman’s attitude that I found most attractive? What is my ideal female height?

Of all the questions, I would hazard a guess that good portions, maybe 30%, were related to the attractiveness of the female sex.

Questions about Sexual Interests

They were childish things indeed, and we felt like we were doing something that we gave up in seventh grade.

However, we were specifically told to be accurate as possible on this.  In fact, we were told that it was critically important that we be as accurate as possible when answering the questionnaire.  We were specifically told to put down the answers that were true for us and us alone, and not to provide answers that we think should belong there.

It is a good thing that this was pointed out to us, as we were willing to do anything that we were told.  We wanted to be part of this…

…thing (whatever it was) and would tell them what ever we thought they wanted to hear.  However, once we signed up, everything proceeded rather automatically.  In fact, it was almost as if we were part of a large complex machine that was churning out some kind of special human agents.

We did not have a clue as to why we needed to fill out the handouts.  We did not know why we had to be implanted.  We did not know why we needed to drink the orange juice or  go where they instructed us.  We just listened and went.

Attractive gal
What did I find attractive in women? Well, I found that girls like this lass were very attractive in my eyes.

Each of us filled out this innocuous appearing questionnaire, and I was able to do it rather quickly.  There really wasn’t any cause to sit down and think about the answers. The answers came quickly and easily.

Yes. The questions were easy to answer.

Answering the Questions

What was my favorite pet?  [A cat.]  What was my favorite color?  [Blue.]  What face shape did I find most attractive in a girl?  [Oval.  I guessed.  Up until that point in time, I never really thought about it at all.]

What color hair is the most attractive on a girl?  [Black or dark brown, so I wrote dark brown.]  It went on and on.

Some of the questions were rather specific and embarrassing.  The questionnaire asked what part of a girl’s body is the most arousing to me to look at.  [The breasts.] Other questions were just simply childish.

What was my favorite song?  [“On the Border” by Al Stewart in his “Year of the Cat” album. It was, after all, 1981.] (Sebastian said Kashmir by Led Zeppelin.)

What was my favorite music group? [Robin Trower] (I said Robin Trower, but there wasn’t a printout ID for it, so I had to settle for Jimmi Hendrix.)

What was my favorite record album?  [“Year of the Cat”]

Album art for the "Year of the Cat" album.
This is the album art (front cover) for the album “Year of the Cat”. I discussed (covered elsewhere) how I had established a list of my interests, likes and dislikes, when I had first entered MAJestic and after my core kit #2 probes were installed. This was the album art for the album that I specified on the handout.

What was my favorite food?  [Pizza.]  There were many others.  Perhaps thirty in total, and they filled both sides of a stapled two page handout.

Exactly 30 years later, during my retirement, the team that flew out to deactivate me had (in their physical possession) the actual handout that I had filled out.  I overheard them chuckling about it, and how dated it was.  (I might have been immobilized by medication, but my mind was clear and my ears were functioning perfectly.) Obviously there was nothing in it that gave any impression or interests towards any kind of interest in children.  Instead it described a young man’s (early 20’s) interests of female beauty in the early 1980’s.  I fit the standard profile, as influenced (or reflective of) the Playboy magazine feature girls of that time.  The girls were all curvy with large breasts and attractive oval faces.  Which is a far cry from what central Arkansas in 2004 viewed as beautiful; Afro-American girls with “big booty” (huge asses) and big pouty lips.  (Yuck!)

I wondered what all of this was for.  Was it for some kind of ELF dating show like the television show “The Dating Game”?  Were we going to join some kind of organization that would pair us up with these girls in accordance to our responses?  After all, the girls also were filling out these questionnaires just like we were.  Perhaps one or more of these girls would lie on our future paths as a type of destiny.  Who knew?  We were all obviously involved together in this kind of project; whatever it was.  Thoughts ambled through my brain, confused, conflicted, and curious.

I wonder...

Meeting attractive girls for mating without any romance?  
Hogwash.  However, one must consider the importance of romance and dating.  Consider the ritual of the dance.  Nothing impresses a woman more than a man who knows how to dance. And by dance I mean ballroom dancing where you lead a gal across the dance floor. None of that “nae nae” nonsense. Basic ballroom dancing isn’t that hard. Start off with the waltz and foxtrot and you’ll be good for most weddings and cruises.

A military version of The Dating Game?
Impossible! The Dating Game is an ABC television show that distilled the 'swinging '60's' into jovial innuendo, gentle double entendres, & unstinting MOD aesthetics. With the huge colorful psychedelic daisies on the set walls, it seemed campily retrograde even for its day. It first aired on December 20, 1965 and was the first of many shows created and packaged by Chuck Barris from the 1960s through the 1980s.

SAP participation...Clearly.
From the lecture we knew that the young ladies were part of a SAP.  We also knew that Sebastian and myself were part of a W(U)-SAP program.  Was it possible that we were all part of a big general program or project, whereas Sebastian and myself were involved in the most sensitive portion of the program, and the ladies were also part of the project, but there roles were not so sensitive?

I filled it all out in about three minutes.  It wasn’t that difficult at all, and then waited in the chair.

Handing in our Answers

About  forty minutes later, the Commander walked over and checked my answer sheet.  I gave him back his pencil.  He asked me again “These answers are all accurate?”. I told him that they were, and watched him walk away with my paper in his hand.

He walked up to the desk at the front of the area, and assigned a number to each answer that I wrote down on the sheet.  Most of the answers were easy to assign a code to.  But some of them were more complex, and needed to be referenced by using the stack of bound computer print-outs on the desk.  Obviously, our answers were specific and cross referenced with the four inch thick computer print-out and assigned a code. This code was then written down on to a separate form attached to a clipboard.  Once the codes were assigned he handed the sheet to another seaman who was working on some equipment behind him.   Then he walked away briefly.

Perhaps some of the answers that I provided in the hand-out had no clear comparative analog in the answer cross-reference print out.  And, as such, the Commander had to improvise and come up with a close approximation for a best-fit solution.

What did we have in common?
What did I and the girls have in common? Was it that we were all the same age? Yes, that was probably a factor. Was it that they were doing the same thing that Sebastian and myself were doing? No. While they were trained in using the fudicials, they were in a different program, and it was not unacknowledged and waived like ours was.

The purpose of these codes was mysterious at the time.  However, I understand the purposes and intentions behind them now.  These codes helped to configure the implants to best reflect our natural inclinations and desires. Contrary to what you read on the Internet, you cannot be forced to like something you would not otherwise like.

You cannot be forced to enjoy something that you would otherwise not enjoy.

Probes used to Control our Emotions?

The probes need to be able to match and to control our natural emotional responses, and to do that; they needed to understand what appealed to us emotionally, as well as what naturally repelled us.  (Also, the responses helped configure the probes towards a predilection towards specific female archetypes, but the reasoning behind this has eluded me to this day.)

The questions were very pre-Bill Clinton presidency.  They did not ask if I liked boys, girls, children, or animals.  At that time, it was assumed (as the vast bulk of Americans 99.99% were heterosexual in inclination).  When I filled it out, I thought about the girls that I liked and why they appealed to me.  I thought about all the Playboy magazines that I used to masturbate to and the Penthouse magazines as well.

I recalled that, at the time, I was extremely fond of the large breasted, voluptuous girls, with maybe a size 6 to 10 build.  Now, of course, I happen to be fond of nice leggy girls with strong confidence and a big wide smile, and a bit of a jolly, playful nature.

Raquel Welch.
Raquel Welch. One of the “ideal” girls of my generation. I first became of her by watching the movie “One Million Years BC”. She was a stunner then. I well remember her, bigger than life, on the screen with skimpy caveman clothes and a great attitude.

However, back then, I was young in my 20’s and my exposure to women was limited to a hand full of girlfriends, and the magazines of the era.  I would hazard a guess that the ideal female archetype for me at the time was Raquel Welch, or Farrah Fawcett. Though I was always a fan of Lonnie Anderson as well.  Big hair, big smile, big breasts… I was a big fan.

Fox Studio loaned Welch to Hammer Studios in Britain where she starred in One Million Years B.C. (1966), a remake of the Hal Roach film, One Million B.C. (1940). Her only costume was a two-piece deer skin bikini. She was described as "wearing mankind's first bikini" and the fur bikini was described as a "definitive look of the 1960s". 

The New York Times hailed her in its review of the film (which was released in the U.K. in 1966 and in the U.S. in 1967), "A marvelous breathing monument to womankind." One author said, "although she had only three lines in the film, her luscious figure in a fur bikini made her a star and the dream girl of millions of young moviegoers". 

A publicity still of her in the bikini became a best-selling poster and turned her into an instant pin-up girl. The film raised Welch's stature as a leading sex symbol of the era. In 2011, Time listed Welch's B.C. bikini in the "Top Ten Bikinis in Pop Culture".

-Wikipedia

Farrah Fawcett
Farrah Fawcett was an American actress, model, and artist. A four-time Emmy Award nominee and six-time Golden Globe Award nominee, Fawcett rose to international fame when she posed for her iconic red swimsuit poster – which became the best selling pin-up poster in history – and starred as private investigator Jill Munroe in the first season of the television series Charlie’s Angels (1976–1977). In 1996, she was ranked No. 26 on TV Guide‘s “50 Greatest TV stars of All-Time”.

A heterosexual person cannot be compelled to be a homosexual person.  A normal and healthy man cannot be compelled to be a pedophile.  A person who has an interest in football, cannot be compelled to enjoy watching soap operas.

Our interests are encoded in the quantum recesses of our being and thus were extremely difficult to modify.  Our minds, both physically, socially, and genetically had already formed the physical arrangements and preferences in our brains.  All of us had passed stringent tests, both mental and physical to verify that we were normal and healthy.  It was in the best interests of the program that this health be maintained.

Manifested physical and emotional desires are formed in the brain by a complex brew of experiences and genetic markers.  They vary from person to person.  They are, under the current human technological level, unchangeable and unalterable.

If a person knows precisely what can motivate a person, then that person can ultimately control another through manipulation.  This is the carrot-leads-the-donkey technique.  Since the probes can access the agent’s brain, it is important on how to utilize the agent’s inherent individual motivations to control them.  This applies to everyone implanted.  Not only just us, but also to the young women next to us.

Waiting to Leave

“I'd always known that when you went through one of these doors, you went to another planet, and that that other planet might be so far away, you couldn't fly there in spaceship in a million years. Somehow, the whole thing had never seemed strange before today.”

― Mary G. Thompson, Escape from the Pipe Men!

We chatted with a couple of the girls beside us. I remember this event quite clearly.  The two girls sat together.  One was in a yellow chair, with the other girl sat in a red chair and they both got up and slid over to us and chatted next to us. They were both to my right, and then I noticed them when they got up and moved to the row of chairs directly behind us and to our left.

We just sat there talking.

To our side was the huge open chamber where we first entered the building.  In it were others; the others whom came before us.  In this huge open area we watched them line up into a line and be checked over by the naval personnel there.  We all could watch them in the open access room next to us.

There we watched the people line up in the staging lines.  We watched them walk from one line to another.  Then from that line, we watched them walk forward towards the wall with the embedded fiducials.  As they walked towards the wall, we repeatedly watched them disappear.

Disappear!  That is correct.  We watched them walk straight into nothing.  Poof!  Gone.  End of story.

We watched this over and over.  At first it was a great curiosity.  So we would watch it with the next person.  Disbelief would flood our minds (at least mine) and so we would watch it happen yet again, and again.  After about the sixth time, you pretty much get the idea of what was going on.  People were just going into some kind of special transport tube; tunnel or portal of some type.  The walked into something that we could not see.  It swallowed them up.  Then there was nothing else.  It was amazing.

A New Mystery

This was a subject of great interest.  We talked about the mysteries of what we were getting ourselves into and what was going on with the people walking into thin-air in the room next to us.  We wondered about where they were going and why.  All kinds of thoughts crept into our mind.  The thoughts were pretty amazing as they varied from time travel, to a different dimension.  But the fact was that we hadn’t a clue as to what was going on.  We then glanced over to the handout that we were all holding and queried about it.

“What does this handout and these questions have to do about the invisible door?”

I asked them what their preferences were, and we started to play a sort of game.  They would say “I like the color yellow”, and I would then look down at my paper and say “I like the color green”.  Then it would be my turn and I would say “I like cats”, and the girl would look down at her paper and say “I like dogs”.  It continued like that up until I showed them what I liked in girls.  They were pretty taken aback.

“Why do you like girl’s boobies?” they asked.  “Why not the eyes or the long legs?”  We shared our answers, though the two girls (that we talked to) wanted to hide what they found most attractive in their desires for men.  I don’t blame them.  But I showed them what I liked, and the girls were surprised.  They asked me why I didn’t like smooth skin, big blue eyes or long shapely legs.  I told them that I didn’t know why I liked what I liked, just that I did.

I will always maintain my fondness for female breasts, but I have to admit, that as I get older, I have really begun to appreciate the back side of the fabulous female form.  Those legs, the butt, and the back all are quite awesome.

We shrugged our shoulders and continued the wait.  There was a slight pause of a few seconds (not uncomfortable) and then we continued chatting.

In hindsight it was kind of funny that they showed us their papers and used three or four fingers to cover up their answers about what they found most physically attractive in a man. 

Now that I am older, and more nuanced about the ways of the world, I don’t think that I would be shocked by anything that they would have written.  They could of written “a long penis” for all I care, but I don’t think that was what they wrote.  Maybe they wrote “being tall”, “being a hard worker”,  “famous”, “a good listener”, “having big hands”, “a family man”, or perhaps “reliable”.  Maybe they want a rich man with a lot of money. Who knows?

Somehow I think that their answers toward the physical desirability of a man was quite different what we would think it was.  But, what they did actually write was hidden from us.  There was no way that they were going to tell us; two strangers that they just met, what they found attractive in men.

-From the article “Biologist's reading of lonely-hearts personal ads reveals what big-city women really want: Men with money” found HERE.

Anyways… Here’s the secret guys; a self-assured man who doesn’t seek validation or approval is wildly attractive to women.

As we sat there, the girls were slowly being called up by name.  In general, it would take approximately ten to fifteen minutes from one girl to the next.  One by one they were addressed and left our little group to talk with the petty officer at the podium.  He would then verify that their answers were assigned the correct numerical designators.

Often he would ask them a question or two and revise the answers appropriately.  Always making sure that their responses were cross referenced in a big printout (it was a big dot matrix printout, as was everything in those days) and they left.  Over time the number of girls dwindled away until there were only about four or five girls and us two AOCs.

“Women in this country spend hundreds of millions of dollars every year on "romance books" whose pages are filled with knights in shining armor and genuine heroes coming to rescue the damsel in distress. Why do you suppose that is?”

-Devvy Kidd, June 5, 2002

As we sat there and waited, we could easily see where the rest of the girls went.

Next to the waiting area was a large storage hangar.  We could clearly see inside of it.  It was adequately lighted, as you would expect a warehouse or aircraft hangar to be, but still a little on the dim side.  There were two separate lines of people.

The girls would line up in the first line and then (one by one, individually) migrate to the second line.  However, it was the second line that was the most impressive to us.  For as each girl left the second line, they would walk forward taking three to four steps.  They were walking directly towards the chiseled triangles in the cement block wall.  On the final step they would walk into nothing and disappear.

“We now know how to travel to the stars. There is an error in the equations, and we have figured it out, and now know how to travel to the stars and it won’t take a lifetime to do it. It is time to end all the secrecy on this, as it no longer poses a national security threat, and make the technology available for use in the private sector. 

There are many in the intelligence community who would like to see this stay in the black and not see the light of day. We now have the technology to take ET home.”

-Ben Rich, March 23rd, 1993 at a UCLA School of Engineering talk where he was presenting a general history of Skunk Works.

Transport device.
Vintage Drawing of a similar type of transport device. The mere idea that one could just simply walk into “thin air” has a long history. Perhaps it is a fundamental construct of our species intelligence to believe that there are things that cannot be seen, but yet do actually exist. This belief that there are invisible doors or passages or methods to exit from our reality is considered to be the realm of Science Fiction and fantasy. But, it has been my experience that this is not just simply wild dreams and speculation. This technology does actually exist.

The girl sitting next to me (She was so cute.  She was a brunette with large deep dark eyes and thick pouty lips.) jarred my elbow, and motioned to her left.  “Do you see that?”  She asked.  I must admit that I wasn’t paying attention.

So she said “Watch.”  As I sat there I watched a girl, one who was just minutes ago sitting in the chairs in front of us, walk forward in the cavernous room and completely disappear.

To us, it appeared that she walked into an invisible box.

It was as if a box that had invisible sides, and an invisible depth existed in the chamber.  While it was difficult to make out, it was almost like there was an invisible fan with huge invisible blades slowly turning inside the box.  And the people walked into this invisible fan, inside the invisible box.

This is exactly what it is like.  I absolutely cannot think of a better way to describe this invisible machine.  Imagine a big invisible fan, with heavy and slow moving invisible blades churning and grinding heavily inside a big invisible box that you walk into.  Of course you can’t see anything, to an outside observer you are just walking into thin air.  But that is decidedly not what it was like.

“Wow!”  I said.  Indeed, it was impressive, and I had never seen anything like it before in my life.

I suppose that it should have been more awe inspiring to me than it was.  But we had a busy day, meeting the Commander, getting a hole drilled in our head and having seven projectiles fired into it.  Not to mention drinking drug saturated orange juice.  Now sitting next to, and talking with, who could easily have been a Playboy “centerfold” model.  We were, for lack of a better word, a little stunned over the events of the day.  We sat there and watched people disappear into nothingness.  We watched perhaps four or five people do this and then turned our attention back to the girls next to us.

The reader must remember that the sight of females were mostly a rare site for us “aviation candidates” at the facility at the time.

In hindsight, we should have asked her what she was doing there and what program the girls were involved in.  But, we didn’t.  We chatted about our answers on the handout, and we speculated on what might be going on.  The talk went from time travel, to a hidden doorway, to a machine that makes people invisible.  Truly, we did not have a clue as to what was going on.

It was not like they blinked out of existence.  They didn’t fade away.  There was no bright flash, or sound.  There wasn’t a shimmering surface that looked like water or wavy heat lines.  Instead, it was like they walked into something that we could not see.  It was very much like a hole, except that the hole was invisible to us.  It was a vertical hole that had the edges of the hole and the depths of the hole completely invisible.

Departure

We waited, what seemed to us, a long time.  But eventually a petty officer came and got me.  He checked my identity and verified my name on his clipboard.  Then he double checked the data that he had at his disposal with another seaman near the podium.  Once, I was verified and cleared, he led me out of the waiting area into the large hanger area.  He took me to the end of the first staging line, and said “Wait here.”.

Yes, our adventure began by entering into this mysterious transport portal. Like the others before us, we obeyed the instructions provided to us and entered the lines of people whom were entering this device.

I cannot transmit to the reader just how absolutely excited I was.  I felt like it was Christmas, my birthday, my first sex, and my first love all at once.  It was fireworks and pizza.  It was jaw-dropping, pure amazement. Everything was coming together and I was going somewhere very special on a mission that was both mysterious and amazing.

Layout
Layout of the staging lines prior to egress through the transport portal. The staging line is used for orderly egress and progression into the portal.  Since each person had their own settings and calibrations, a procedure had to be maintained to assure that each person would go to their end destination without mishap or accident.  In order to accomplish this feat, the stage lines were used to control the entry into the portal by using a series of checks and double checks.  That way the chances of mishap could be minimized.

I didn’t have to walk far, and he took me to the first of two staging lines.  He had me stand there while verifying my answers in the paper on the clipboard.  Again, he checked my name, and made sure that there were no mistakes on the paper.  Then, when I had verified that my answers were correct, he took the sheet and went into a canvas-tented area that was setup inside the hangar (off to the side).  He handed another petty officer the sheet and verified that the codes written down were correctly transcribed.

The 1st Stage Line

The staging line was very simple.  It consisted of a line of people, mostly girls, waiting in a line of approximately six people.  At the head of the line was a piece of tan colored masking tape affixed to the floor.  Next to the tape was a podium.  Another petty officer stood there.  He held the arm of the person waiting in the line and would not let them proceed to the second staging line until it was time.

A “staging line” is a simple line or row where individuals wait until told to proceed to a different area.  It is used to create an orderly process when moving or directing groups of people.  In this application, there were two staging lines.  This can also be called a “ready line”.

We were all quiet, apprehensive, and excited.  In front of me was a tall blonde haired girl, and behind me was a cute short brunette who smiled back at me when I turned around to look at her.  (I also shan’t ever forget her face.  She had really large lips and dark brown eyes.  Short, she was petite but very curvy where it mattered. She was a real cutie!)  But we said nothing.  We just watched the people in front of us walk into the void.

The two girls that we had talked to regarding what they found attractive in men had left maybe fifteen minutes before us.  They were not in this particular line up that we were in.

I waited in the line for about seven to ten minutes.  I would guess that a new person joined the line after two to three minutes.  So in all actuality, the entry into the portal took from 2 to three minutes depending on the calibrations necessary.

Three people behind me was my colleagues turn.  He waited expectantly like myself.  He gave me the “thumbs up” (not only by showing his hand with a thumbs up, but additionally by nodding while looking into my eyes.) , and I returned it back to him.  (Actually, I gave him a “chin up” nod and smile.) It was very exciting for us, and my heart was beating quite loudly.  Eventually I reached the head of the first staging line.  The petty officer checked his clipboard and held my arm with a shockingly strong grip.  Then, when it was time for me to progress to the second line, he walked me to the second line.  All the time holding my arm most firmly.

His fingers were holding my arm in a vice like grip, this was not any every day clutch.

The 2nd Stage Line

The second staging line was much like the first.  Except that it was at a ninety degree angle to the first.  Instead of facing north, it faced west.

It is unknown why I remember this direction as “North”.  Certainly I had no way to know of my true geospacial orientation at that time.

I was brought up in front of the commander.  Since my arm was being held in a rock-vice grip I was unable to salute.  However the commander saluted me.  He then looked at the clip board in front of him.  Checked off the signature section while making sure that everything was in order. Then he nodded to me with a smile, and I was placed in the second line.  The seaman who placed me there left, and I just stood alone, but very very excited.

I watched the people in front of me moving forward into the nothingness.

After a few minutes, the Commander joined me.

He stood next to me while we waited in line.  He asked me if I was nervous, and I told him that I most certainly was.  He stayed with me while the line advanced.  When it came for my turn, the Commander looked me straight in the eye and saluted.  Then he nodded; shook my hand, and said “Good luck” and smiled warmly.

Why all the special attention for me? He did not do this for any of the girls.  No one was there for the girls.  They just followed the directions from the Navy personnel. There wasn’t anyone in “charge” of them personally.  To me, it seemed like they were in a pretty standardized process, and there was no need for any kind of unique supervision.  However, things were quite different for me. Why did I get so much special attention? I wonder why?

The petty officer beside me held my right arm like a steel vice.

Time seemed to stand still, it was quiet.  The tall blonde girl in front of me walked forward towards the wall inside the hangar.  I watched her.  Like the others, she seemed to walk into an invisible spinning corkscrew.  (One sweep every 3 to 5 seconds.) One where you couldn’t see the outline or edges of.  In a second she was gone.  No sound, no flash, no excitement.

She simply walked into nothing.

Into the Transport Portal

Now it was my turn.

I stood at the head of the line, facing the wall.  In front of me were the fiducials in the cinder blocks.  They lay approximately 15 feet away.  The room was rather quiet and a little dim.  I looked forward towards the fiducials in the wall, and I focused on them using the prescribed method.  With my mind relaxed, and focused, the petty officer then gave me the go ahead.

He said, “Ok, now.”, and suddenly released my arm, while moving me forward.

I walked forward normally.

portal
Vintage picture depicting a transport tunnel. It is the stuff of science fiction; the ability to walk into a tunnel suspended in mid-air and be automatically teleported elsewhere. There have been countless stories that have surrounded this concept, but even I; one of most avaricious readers of the genre found this concept to be meritless. I could understand the ideas of rocket propulsion and faster than light travel. I could understand the idea of being frozen in deep cryogenic sleep. But the idea that one could just imply traverse time and space freely; well, it was always considered to be more of a unscientific fantasy than part of “hard” science fiction. Yet, I for one, can tell the reader that it does exist.

I took the first step forward, and immediately started to feel a slight vibration through my body.  It was like a low rumble that shook my body.  But it sounded in my ears like a faint ringing sound.  It was high pitched but barely audible.

Readers who have experienced medication of any type will recognize that when silences themselves; they will become able to hear a faint ringing sound in their head.  The origin of this sound has been speculated as many things, but it is present.  This sound was much like that, except very loud and rising in loudness as I walked towards the portal.

I took my second step.

During the second step, the volume of the ringing increased substantially. Up ahead there was no change, it was just a plain wall with the fiducials.  I began to not pay so much attention to what was up ahead, instead I thought about what I was feeling.  With each movement forward, the vibration and noise increased.  The ringing in my ears got much louder and started to tingle. The ground beneath my feet rumbled louder.  It was like I was walking in towards an earthquake.

Just them I realized that I had to focus on the feducials, so I did so.  Just in time, I might add, as suddenly my eyesight became fuzzy.

Everything was grey. I couldn’t see anything.

By the time I took the third step the buzzing in my head was screaming.  I couldn’t feel anything.  My entire body was numb and felt like it was wrapped in a wet grey nothingness.

I felt like I was completely soaking wet.

My eyesight turned into a light grey fog and I couldn’t focus.  But I could feel that I was close to the portal.  The vibration seemed to feel like a swishing and dragging sensation.  It sounded like it was coming and going.  Getting louder and then receding in a rhythmic manner.  It was exactly like I was walking towards a huge wheel that was very heavy and rotating really, really slowly.  It felt like it was made of very heavy cement and was grinding away slowly in a very abrasive manner.  The vibrations were getting louder and louder with every second.

My face felt numb. Everything was grey. All I could see was endless greyness…

As the howling inside my skull reached a fury, I moved forward into the grey void and…

+ + +

+ +

+

Conclusion

This is a narrative of my first MWI egress. I relate how it was conducted and what transpired during it.

The reader should note that there were many people involved in this procedure. Thirty girls, maybe ten Naval personnel, the three members of my cell, and others.

Take Aways

  • Use of a MWI portal has been available at least since 1981 to selected members of MAJestic.
  • The portal provides dimensional transport.
  • Dimensional transport can vary time, geo-spacial location, and world-line realities.

FAQ

Q: When you entered the portal, what happened?
A: That is covered in a different post.

Q: Did you ever see the other young ladies after the portal egress?
A: No. Not as I am aware.

Q: Has the information on the paper that you were given, used in some way to convince you to do certain things?
A: Yes. But, not what I expected. Our reality is much more complex that what is generally understood. Making certain changes, causes other changes to manifest. This can result in unexpected situations and problems.

  • MAJestic Related Posts – Training

    These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

    How to tell...

    How to tell -2

    Top Secrets

    Sales Pitch

    Feducial Training

    Implantation

    Probe Calibration - 1

    Probe Calibration - 2

    Leaving the USA

    MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

    These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

    Enjoy.

    Secrets of the universe
    Alpha Centauri
    Our Galaxy the Milky Way
    Sirius solar system
    Alpha Centauri
    The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
    The Hammer inside the rock.
    The Hollow Moon
    The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
    The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
    Mystery of the bronze bell.
    Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
    Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
    The Oxia Palus Facility
    Brown Dwarfs
    Apollo Space Exploration
    CARET
    The Nature of the Universe
    Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
    The mysterious flying contraptions.

    MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

    These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

    Cat Heaven
    MWI
    Things I miss
    How MWI allows world-line travel.
    An Observed World-Line switch.
    Vehicular world-line travel
    Soul is not consciousness.

    John Titor Related Posts

    Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

    They are;

    Articles & Links

    • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
    • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
    • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
    • You can find out more about the author HERE.
    • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
    • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

World-Line Creation and Stability Considerations

According to popular news media, there is no such thing as the MWI or world-lines. It is all a fun scientific avenue for discussion, argument, and maybe a movie or two. It has no real benefit to the average person. Of course this is all nonsense. It the MWI exists whether we want to believe in it or not.

Further, while scientists and mathematicians like to debate the utility of world-line behavior. As well as debate the presence of it in regards to the MWI, all tend to base their discussions abound a key erroneous assumption; that there are no world-lines simply because one cannot prove that they exist.

This assumption is wrong. It is incorrect.

Oh, individual world-lines exist all right. And they operate under specific rules and follow various processes. Let’s take the time to talk about these rules and processes. Later, we will also discuss why average guys, like myself, had a role in such an important program as MAJestic.

What is a “world-line”?

For starters, most people understand what a “world-line” is. It is generally considered to be a “what if” world much like the one that we inhabit, but with certain things changed. In the movie, “Back to the future II”, the hero enters a new world-line when the past is changed.

Back to the future blackboard
In the movie “Back to the Future II”, a mad scientist named Doc Brown invented a time travel machine out of a Delorian. Here he explains that happens to a “world-line” when you alter the past. Since that movie, many people are under the incorrect impression that we all live on fated “world-lines”. We do not. We live with individual bubbles of reality that are constantly changing and evolving by our own thoughts and the thoughts and actions of those around us.

This idea is readily understood by most people.

That is simply because most people think of time incorrectly. They view time as a straight arrow, and once something is done, it cannot be undone. You cannot put a chicken back into an egg. Once you burn a log, it will no longer revert to being a tree. Thus, we have what is perceived as “the arrow of time”.

A “world-line” might be a place where the Nazi’s won world war II. Another might be one where Hillary Clinton won the 2016 election, instead of Donald Trump. Still another might be one where the Y2K “bug” devastated America’s infrastructure. World-lines are “what if” scenarios that mimic the reality that we inhabit.

Alternative reality.
Here is a map of an alternative reality. One in which the United States is carved up between Japan and Germany. It is a fiction, in this world-line. However, in other world-lines it is a reality. As there are an infinite number of world-lines.

World-lines are thus considered to be an infinite number of “arrows of time”, each with slight modifications. Each “arrow of time” is considered to be a “world-line”. We occupy one such world-line, in an infinite number of alternative world-lines.

However, Time does not Exist

The problem is that we lie to ourselves. We strongly believe that time exists and that it is one-way, and that the “arrow of time” is the way that time works. Therefore, a “world-line” is but a modified “arrow of time”. It deviates from our current occupied world-line by some deviance.

Different world lines
Different world-lines for different individuals. Here we have a plot of individual (experienced) soul reality against time. In this case, each world-line is occupied by a person who travels upon it. (Persons A through E.)

The problem is that time does not work this way. As long as we keep thinking that it does, we will have a difficult time understanding how the MWI works. This causes all sorts of confusion.

To understand what “world-lines” are, we must first understand what our reality is.

Reality

The reality is that we exist within a specially crafted bubble of “reality”. Our thoughts and our actions alter this bubble.

In the picture below we see a slice of “Heaven”. Residing within that Heaven is a soul. The soul creates a “bubble” and places a conduit inside that bubble. We refer to that conduit as “consciousness”.

This “bubble” is our observed reality. It has two components; an observed physical reality, and a hidden unobserved reality.

This bubble is constantly changing.

It changes by our actions…

The two different view points.
This is the true crux of the issue and the matter at hand. How the universe is depends on the quantum state of your consciousness. If your consciousness is of particle duality, then you exist within a bubble of reality. You cannot see outside of that. However, if your consciousness is of wave duality, then you can see the entire reality of the universe.

For instance, if we shot and killed a person, we would get arrested, and go to prison. If we worked hard, we could get promoted.  If we asked that cute girl out, we might fall in love and get married. Our bubble of reality would change by OUR actions.

It also changes by our thoughts…

So, if we were obsessed with negative thoughts and worry, our health would decline. If we were mean and hurtful to others, our reality would be altered to fit with our thoughts.

The power of intention
The Rice Experiment opened more than a few teenage eyes on how their words and intentions impact their environment. Hopefully, the lesson will translate into their homes and future workplaces. The middle school teens conducted the Rice Experiment. After cooking a pot of rice, they placed a scoop of rice into separate, identical jars and sealed the lids. On the outside of one jar, they wrote “LOVE” while on the other jar they wrote, “HATE.” For the next week, they talked to the jars filling the LOVE jar with kind, loving, compassionate intentions and thoughts. They told the HATE jar it was stupid, ugly, mean and nasty. Then, they watched the results. A year later, these same jars sit on the shelf of our teen room, telling the story of our intentions. The LOVE jar, filled with our divine, loving intentions, remains filled with white fluffy rice. The HATE jar started decomposing right away and quickly turned into a grey, slimy sludge. No kidding.

Within this bubble of reality, it would appear that time was flowing in one direction; the “arrow of time”. But that is just an illusion. In reality, we are constantly revising our bubble of reality, moment by moment, by our thoughts and our actions.

There is no such thing as time.

There is no such thing as “time”

What we consider to be the movement of time is actually the changes from one timeless “bubble of reality”, to a revised (but still timeless) “bubble of reality”.

time
There really is no such thing as time. Instead there is only one thing; the reality that we inhabit. This reality changes moment by moment as a result of our thoughts and our actions, as well as the thoughts and actions of the “shadow sentience’s” that surround us. We end up viewing these changes as “the flow of time”, or the “arrow of time”. The direction of the changes can be mapped out as shown. The mapped vector from reality to reality is considered a “world-line”.

In the picture above we see the “arrow of time” displayed as a collection of revisions to our reality. Our reality is constantly being updated. To us we consider these “updates” as time.

While there is no such thing as a "world-line", we WILL use this terminology to describe the "vector movement of a given reality" as entropy changes.

Graphing World-Lines

We can graph world-lines in terms that we can understand. Instead of “bubbles of reality”, we can plot their vector (movement) as a “world-line”. We can plot them over (apparent) time. We can measure their deviance from each other comparatively as well.

deviance from reality
Here is a plot of other “world-lines” as they deviate from our reality over time. In this example we can consider our reality to be the flat line of “time”. The other individual “world-lines” vary greatly from each other. Yet, some of the world lines cross and intersect. This means that they do not deviate at that moment of time. When they cross the “x” axis, they do not deviate from our reality. We experience similar events.

Cluster Behavior

Groups of divergent world-lines tend to form into organized clusters. These clusters also operate under rules and specific behaviors.  Here, at this time, I would like to describe these behaviors.  Because in order to understand our reality, the reader needs to understand some basics regarding world-line behaviors. (Group clustering behaviors of reality vectors.)

Reality formation
To travel to different world-lines; to travel the MWI and slide into a new reality, you need to understand how realities form and exist.

World-lines have a tendency to “feed off each other”. Which actually means that the thoughts and actions on one world-line can influence adjacent world-lines. Thus they like to “hug” close to other world-lines and acts as an inertial damper prohibiting change.

This is a fundamental property or behavior of world-lines.

This is what is referred to as “clustering”. It is when there are very active and engaged world-lines of near similarity to each other that also maintains active consciousness. Most world-lines are “empty”. They exist, but do not have a consciousness that inhabits them. When they are nearly identical to other world-lines, we say the deviance between them is small. And thus they “hug” each other.

Why there are “world-lines” that we inhabit

World-lines are a part of the universe that we humans experience. However, a very important point needs to be made. World-lines are created by each individual soul as an educational environmental construct so that the soul can grow.

This is an important point that needs to be made.

  • The soul creates a given reality.
  • It places a consciousness within that reality.
  • The consciousness experiences life within the reality.
  • As it experiences life, it generates thoughts and performs actions and activities.
  • These actions and activities alter the reality.
  • This alteration helps to build, purify, and destroy quanta arrangements.
  • Thus, the consciousness organizes quanta for the soul.

The purpose of life is to improve, maintain and assist the soul to grow and improve.

Feed Back Loop

Not only is the individual reality and individual universe tailor-made for a given soul. When the soul places a given consciousness in that reality it is affected by the reality itself. Indeed, the shape of each world-line is influenced by the collective thoughts of all “shadow” consciousnesses combined within that reality.

World-line clustering
Here we have two world-lines. Each one consists of a reality that is occupied by a person. We see the other person within our reality. We see them as a “quantum shadow”. They seem real to us because they inhabit our reality. However this is just an illusion. They have their own soul and their own consciousness that occupies a different reality than the one that we occupy. The actions of the “quantum shadows” are fed back to the “owner” in their reality and thus influence them. This feedback loop is strongest when the deviance from the two world-lines is strongest.

All those people that surround you are NOT individuals.

They look that way. They act that way. They seem that way. Because this is OUR own custom-made reality.

They are “quantum shadows”; a version of that person that acts and behaves within your reality as necessary to help you grow.

via GIPHY

They, themselves, also (like you) inhabit their own reality. And, like you, also see a version of you; a “quantum shadow” interacting with them within their own reality.

Because of these key points, the reader should realize that group think, and multiple souls create mob and mass behaviors that affect all associated thoughts.  Since individual thoughts are manipulated by and suffer the influences of group thought, it should be well understood that world-line clusters would be influenced by group thought behavior.

via GIPHY

The role of Thought

We live in a universe that is controlled by thought.  However, our soul is not one homogeneous blob. Rather it is a complex construction with key parts that have roles and follow defined rules.

Our thoughts originate from segmented sections of our soul.

Each segment is a configured physical reality with a physical body, a brain and thoughts directly associated with that body.  This physical body exists within a custom reality.  This reality is created from the highest commonality denominators between groups of other individuals and other souls.

This is pretty well understood. However, if you really think about it, you can see a unique danger. The thoughts of others, while they do not share your own physical reality (universe), will absolutely influence your reality.

Souls create world-lines
The soul creates world-lines. Actually, what the soul does is generate a fabricated reality out from a nested “template” of all possible realities. The soul then creates a consciousness that it places inside that created reality by using an artifice; a human body. In the picture above, we see a soul within this big blue orb. This represents our soul. The soul has components that are roughly analogs to the physical body, thus the image of a person inside the orb. In this instance, the soul has created two (2x) realities; Life #1 and Life #2. Both realities take place roughly at the same time. However, each reality is different. The Life #1 reality at point “C” would be totally different from the life reality pf Life #2 at point “E”.

World-Lines are a function of soul garbons

Our soul creates our reality that we live in on the physical.  This reality (universe) is directly tied to the construction of our soul.  Each soul is composed of garbons, and the limitations of the garbons limit the kind of universe that our physical body inhabits.

A garbon is an arrangement of quanta. It has distinct forms and properties. The human soul is a collection of garbons. Garbons are organized quanta. 

The human soul also has unorganized quanta. The purpose of consciousness is to assist in organizing the unorganized quanta through thoughts and actions within a contrived reality.

A garbon is a important component of a soul. Without getting into too much detail, the reader can think of it as an analog to human organs. Each garbon has a different role.

These roles vary from activity to activity. Yet they have an important role in the creation of the reality that we inhabit.  Some garbons are tied to the longevity of a given lifetime for a person (the duration of the world-line). Other garbons are tied to  things such as thought influences, adventures, and trials that one must endure to acquire lessons.

World-line creation.
Garbons define world-line attributes. Our soul creates our reality that we live in on the physical. This reality (universe) is directly tied to the construction of our soul. Each soul is composed of garbons, and the limitations of the garbons limit the kind of universe that our physical body inhabits. In the illustration, the garbons that reside within a given soul are illustrated by white globes. The dotted red lines are the realms of control that the garbons are tied to in a world-line which is the “apparent vector” of an assigned reality.

Remember, a “world-line” is an illusion. Because the “world-line” is constantly changing by the thoughts of a given consciousness.  Instead, a “world-line” is the apparent vector of life for a given consciousness as it navigates inside the bubble of reality that it has been assigned to.

Group Thought manipulates clustering of world-lines

Thoughts influence what happens in the reality and the universe that our physical bodies inhabit.

This includes [1] individual souls, [2] individual people, and the [3] thoughts and actions of groups of people.  Group thoughts, especially those influenced by media and other technological advancements, can influence the world-line that a physical person inhabits.

This is true, even though on the physical reality world-line the “people” that one interacts with are (just) quantum shadows.

The world-lines change relative to other world-lines as determined by the ebb and flow of the thoughts of a soul and person in a given world-line.  Thoughts influence the shape and direction that a given world-line manifests into.

Pizza
Our thoughts can create and alter things in our environment, and our reality. Therefore, what we think about must be carefully culled and controlled. We also need to be careful of the (apparent) thoughts of others that surround us. All thoughts have the power to alter our reality.

Limitations

Contrary to what scientists might want to believe, there is NOT an infinite number of world-lines. There is but one world-line for each physical person at any given moment in time.

However, there is an infinite number of world-lines that a given consciousness can cross-over to. The practical number available varies depending on the technology and the technique used to bridge over to the new world-line. Since it is technology, and skill dependent, it is functionally finite.

The person who inhabits the world-line is the captain of that world-line and they can create, alter or destroy their world-line as they see fit by their thoughts. As well, as obviously, their physical actions.

Shadow World-Lines

A world-line can spawn shadow world-lines.  There are an infinite number of these spawned world lines.  They are a function of [1] thought and [2] the technology of being able to move between world-lines of the physical person.

A Shadow World-Line is a reality that the consciousness can migrate to.

A person, given the proper technology, can move in and out of these spawned world-lines. We like to think that it is “just” another world-line. It is not. It is a special event or environment that permits a consciousness to move into and occupy.

However, the shape of the spawned world-line will be heavily influenced by the thoughts of “nearby” souls and their world-lines. It is not a “protected” reality.

“Nearby” refers to a degree or a measure of the divergence from one “reality” to the next.

Once we, as a physical component of our soul, occupies a given “reality” and world-line, we are constantly influenced by nearby world-lines and the thoughts manifested by those world-lines.

In primitive times, when there were only a few hundred thousand humans, the influences of others were easy to distinguish and isolate.  Those closest to the person physically had the greatest influence.  Now, in modern times, in a world that is populated by billions of people the influence is much stronger, and can result in some quite surprising influences.

Technology Influences on World-Lines

Not only do individual thoughts on other realities and other world-lines influence a given world-line, but technology can magnify the effect. The technology influence can be intentional, as well as unintentional.

News media does more than just “simply” form “public opinion”; they form large “pools” of “group think”.  Group think can be dangerous and create not only physical reactions such as mob rule, but can also create disturbing influences in world-line behaviors.

Media manipulation
When mass media manipulates, they do more than change the ideas, consciousness, and emotions of the people exposed to it. They alter their thoughts. Thought manipulation by large groups of people are very dangerous. They can alter the reality into dangerous directions.

These influences can affect the physical world that a person interacts with.

It can affect his future obviously, and can affect his past as well.  Out of control thought can sow chaos and cause all manner of discord and even more dangerous; unpredictable behaviors.

Now, attention is warranted. Not every thought is capable of influencing a given world line.  The relationship depends on a number of factors that include deviance from uniformity, intensity, personality of the physical person, and the structure of the world-line itself (it does have structure).  Strong thoughts, or collective thoughts tend to be very powerful and influential.

World-line clustering behavior

World-lines and their spawned world-lines tend to cluster together in similarity of thought and intensity of intention.

As such, depending on many factors, world lines tend to group together into “cable” like arrangements and twists and turns over time depending on the various influences in the individual world-lines.  Not only that, but there is a feed-back loop that tends to positively, or more likely, negatively influence the shape and configuration of the world-line so inhabited.

Manipulation of our World-Line

The extraterrestrial species known as the <redacted> are a multi-dimensional species.  Their soul configuration is multi-dimensional. They have a major role in the evolution of mankind.  They utilize their superior technology and their multi-dimensional existence to help mankind grow.

We are a very simple life form.  They are assisting us in our sentience development, and this planet Earth is our nursery.  All of this is covered elsewhere.

For now, the reader should first understand this basic point;

In order for the human race and species to evolve, we need to exist within a controlled “safe space” .

The <redacted> has made the necessary arrangements for multi-generational sentience development along with support by another extraterrestrial species the <redacted>. They have created situations in agreement with our souls and the hierarchy within our own “Heaven”. The intentions behind these agreements is to create a stable nursery for us to develop and learn in.

Unfortunately, due to the explosion of population in the world, and the explosion in technology, it has become rather difficult to “control” world-line propagation and predictive behaviors.

Note; if the world-lines diverge too substantially from what was first established by our soul hierarchy upon our birth, the lessons that our souls are to learn during our reincarnations might not manifest.

Indeed, most of the human race has had a pretty easy history more or less.  Sure, there were wars and turmoil, but the dimensional world-lines, for the most part, were stable.

This is not the case today.

Period of Contention

Apparently, sometime around the year 2000 was a pivotal point in time where the global human species faced a major disruption of the world-line continuance. This was global, and not American-centric.

This world-line disruption was global in nature, it was not American-centric.

It had nothing to do with 9-11, or Y2K, but involved the saturation of group think as well as numerous events in the Soviet Union, China, and Northern Africa.

Unchecked, the world-line divergence might become too unstable and would be difficult to predict.  (The necessity for predictive behavior is important for soul development.)  The risk of major disruption to soul evolution was too great and too dangerous.

To this end, the <redacted> and their assisting species, the <redacted> worked with MAJestic in the 1980’s. MAJestic leadership nominated suitable individuals that it provided to the <redacted>. They were implanted with special devices and trained as “dimensional anchors” to stabilize the world-lines. All with a goal to prevent unpredictable behaviors due to unchecked human access to technology.

Dimensional Anchor

To fully understand MAJestic’s role with the <redacted>, one must understand the science behind the relationship.  In other words, how can an 1850 train engineer describe his role to a medieval monk without first describing what a train is, what rails are, how a steam-fired boiler operates, and the limits of moving people from one location to another?  It is quite difficult to do unless the basic foundations are first laid down in an easy to understand manner.

That is what I intend to do here.  To best and first understand <redacted> in MAJestic, the reader will have to understand [1] soul cluster theory, and an [2] introduction in how thoughts alter world-line divergence, and [3] how group-thoughts can unintentionally disrupt the acquisition of experiences.

To begin with, let’s recap some points made earlier (or elsewhere) in the blog posts.

  1. Firstly souls create a custom environment from which a physical manifestation (of the soul) inhabits for the purpose of obtaining experiences.
  2. This custom environment is the “reality” of the physical manifestation of that soul.
  3. It appears that the soul shares the reality with other beings, but that is an illusion.  Each being has a physical manifestation that occupies their own realities.
  4. As such, the physical person interacts with quantum shadows of other beings that are in truth off and away in their own individual realities.

Basics

We can think of this situation as a series of world-lines all inhabited by one physical manifestation of a soul each.  Consider the illustration below.  Here, we see five different individuals.  These are five different physical manifestations of a different soul. Each one occupies their own world-line, which is their own reality.  They interact with others in their world-lines, but the people that they each interact with are not “real”, instead they are actually quantum shadows of the true physical manifestation of the soul.

In the illustration below are five individual world-lines each representative of each person.  There is one for Mr. Red (person C), and another for Mr. Purple (person D).  Likewise, there is one for Mr. Green (person B), Mr. Blue (person A) and Mr. Blue-Green (person E).  Each world-line indicates a point of birth, which is shown as a dot at the start of a line, and a death or translation into another state, as an arrow at the end of the world-line.

The world-lines are all different, and there are twists and turns in it because the soul that created each physical realty did so based on the needs of the desired acquisition of experiences by the physical embodiment of the soul itself.

In other words, each line is different because of the specialized experiences for each individual.  (They diverge from the basic median of the accumulative norm of the mass of humanity.)

They are shown in the diagram apart and divergent because, for the most part, lessons are seldom shared.  They are unique and custom to the needs of a given particular soul.  This is shown (in general) by the divergence axis in the diagram.

Different world lines
Different world-lines for different individuals. Here we have a plot of individual (experienced) soul reality against time.

However, as nice as this looks on a two dimensional graph, with only five individuals.  The truth is that it is far more complex than that. With all the people on this crowded world, there are large groups of people living their own world-lines surrounded by thousands of quantum shadows of other versions of other physical manifestations of souls.

As such, each quantum shadow generates thoughts and experiences emotions.

These emotions and thoughts can be very powerful influence within a given world-line.  In fact, the strongest influences of thoughts and emotions are experienced when the deviance between different world-lines are at the smallest divergence.  Look at the illustration below.

deviance from reality
Here is a plot of other “world-lines” as they deviate from our reality over time. In this example we can consider our reality to be the flat line of “time”. The other individual “world-lines” vary greatly from each other. Yet, some of the world lines cross and intersect. This means that they do not deviate at that moment of time.

As shown above, it is clear that there are regions of small divergence between different world-lines.  These regions can, as mentioned earlier, allow a “bleeding” or cross-over influence in thoughts and emotions that can affect the thoughts of a given physical entity on a world-line.

It can also affect the thoughts and emotions of a quantum shadow as well, but that is of secondary influence in regards to the point currently being made.

Note the illustration below.  Here the regions are small divergence are highlighted to indicate areas of concern.  The areas of concern are the “bleed over” concerns of thought and emotional influences in isolated world-lines.

Bleed over regions.
Regions of thought bleed-over events. Here the regions are small divergence are highlighted to indicate areas of concern. The areas of concern are the “bleed over” concerns of thought and emotional influences in isolated world-lines.

As such, the reader should note that even though each world-line is custom created by a soul for a given specific physical manifestation, different world-lines created by different souls could affect other world-lines.  These areas of concern occur with there are very small deviance’s from the soul created realities for the physical manifestation.

How these influences affect the given world-line is a function of the [1] magnitude of the world-line divergence, the [2] strength of the thought / emotional content, the [3] receptiveness of the physical embodiment of the soul in the physical world-line (typically, most humans are very receptive), and [4] the quantity of the number of other world-lines so affected at this bleed-over event.

This last item is important because of the rapid dissemination of media and television has made larger groups of people easier to manipulate in thoughts, emotions and actions than at any other time in the human history.

The manipulation of large groups of people is a dangerous trend and results in large disruptive events that have negative consequences in world-line maintenance.

The big problem is that clusters of bleed-over events can have a great influence in the direction of world-line divergence.  Consider the illustration below;

Bleed-over events.
Regions of strong reinforced bleed-over-events. The image describes individualized reality vectors or world-line for different individual consciousnesses.

In the illustration above, it is clearly indicated (in yellow color) that the accumulation of bleed-over events can accumulate in various ways and create sizable influences on a given world-line.  These influences can alter the events in a world-line though altering the thoughts and emotions of the “primary” physical entity within a given world-line.

In fact, these bleed-over events can alter the thoughts of the primary physical entity within a given world-line and as such can alter the shape, the path and the learning objectives of a given world-line.  In the past this wasn’t too much of a problem.  Before electronics, and the industrial revolution, change happened slowly.  Individuals within a given world-line had time to adapt and alter their thoughts in meaningful and controllable ways.

No so today.

With the large number of people and their respective quantum shadows, the deluge of information , and the large numbers of people and organizations actually attempting to manipulate public opinion and thought, came the problem with unintentional world-line disruption and discord.

These items, not only can upset a given soul-level experience track, but can alter the physical manifestation along large groups and clusters of divergent world-lines.

How bleed-over events alter world-line clustering.
How bleed-over events alter world-line clustering. The bleed-over events occur at points of small deviance. As such the influence on nearby world-lines is exponential. The smaller the deviance, the much larger the influence. Eventually, you end up with a situation where they act like magnets and “pull” other world-lines nearby.

As can be illustrated in the above diagram, it should be clear to the reader that the accumulative bleed-over events from different world-lines can alter world-line path and manifestation. This is precisely what cause’s world-line clustering, which is a fundamental aspect of world-line travel.  However, with everything, there are good and bad aspects of such clustering, and at it’s very worst can be highly “cancerous” to evolving sentience’s.

The reason for this is that unrestrained mass clustering activities can “box in” experience categories a and “lock out” individuals from experiencing such events.  As a result, certain emotions or thoughts cannot manifest.  These thoughts are often very important for sentience development.

Imagine the world today, if Albert Einstein could be prohibited from visualizing relativistic speed at light velocities. The problem is similar to that.

Dimensional Anchor stability in a Technological Society

With this in mind, the <redacted> realize that there will be events and situations that would be toxic to humans. This is especially true at this stage in the human sentience development.

They have centuries of experience in managing sentience evolution.

They know this though their inter-dimensional makeup, and their predictive abilities associated with the human nursery that we call the earth.  They “saw” or “predicted” that certain “disruptive” events would occur on the earth that would be problematic.

They have mapped out human sentience evolution.

A Period of Sentience Crisis

The nature of these events are unknown to me, though they revolve around  mass and group thoughts.  I also know that the influence of these events were global in nature (not American-centrist) and that they would have occurred during the approximate time period from 1988 to 2004.

  • There was a crisis in human sentience evolution.
  • It was global in nature.
  • It occurred in  time period roughly from 1988 to 2004.
  • It was triggered by mass thought manipulation on a global scale.
  • The result was large numbers of discordant sentience development.

Avoiding the Crisis

Consider the diagram below.  Here we can see that the <redacted> have “chartered a course” that the various clusters of world-lines should take to avoid disruptive events along a given time line.  In my case, I was assigned to “anchor” a specific cluster of world-lines along this path.  This course, and myself, are illustrated in the thick blue-green curved vector shown below;

Anchoring 1
The strong thoughts, especially those generated by mass media has a dangerous habit of altering the world-lines, and near by world-lines. This can cause huge disruption in sentience development. Thus, it is important to lay a path out and away from areas of discordant thought that would disrupt sentience development.

To accomplish this task, the <redacted> have provided me “training” and ability in that I could herd or corral in world-lines to follow a new path or direction.

Look at the illustration below. The idea is to redirect the world-lines (and the associated thoughts) in certain directions.

World-line Redirection

World-line redirection into areas of different divergence from my base-line is a task that the <redacted> are capable of doing. However, to do this, they need humans to act as “magnets” that can attract and repel adjacent ‘world-lines”. This action and behavior is complex and very complicated.

The human who is to become the “anchor”, must be [1] relocated into a physical area were the anchoring action must take place. Then, [2] the person must be exposed to an environment or set of sequences that generate thoughts. It is important that the thoughts so generated [3] manifest in a way such that the clustered world-lines bend properly. [4] The <redacted> then “amplifies” or “transmits” the thoughts in certain ways that herd the “world-lines” into the preferred vectors.

What this means is that the designated “anchor” ends up going to less than desirable living situations. Instead they go to areas of contention, or future contention.  They go to areas where there is a high probability of discordant and disruptive thoughts would manifest. They mitigate the situation, and act as a kind of reality “anchor” while the quantum-related storms of thought and intention run amok. Yuck!

Office Space
A scene from the movie “Office Space”. The movie is a comedy, but the first 45 minutes is a very accurate portrayal of corporate life in the 1990’s. I suppose the reader thought that MAJestic was all about rockets, spacemen, and aliens. Maybe you thought that it involved Space marines, and exciting adventures on flying saucers, and the re-engineering of downed craft. Not quite. While MAJestic does have some projects related to those aspects, I had nothing to do with them. I was involved in the MWI. This was my life.

Here is a graph of this in process…

Anchoring 2
The human who is assigned to anchor the world-lines is used as a kind of transformer. Their thoughts are used to corral and herd the nearby thoughts of adjacent world-lines. To do this, please note, that the human who is the anchor must go through a MWI slide to a world-line at a greater deviance from what they are at. Then they go through, or endure, the life within that specific geographical location. They experience thoughts and emotions. This is then observed, recorded and manipulated by the so that clustering can occur for mass group sentience redirection.

In the illustration above, it should be clear that to alter the direction of clusters of world-lines that what is required is that the regions of accumulated thought / emotional differences be minimized along the preferred travel path over time.

The way that this is accomplished is quite involved and involves the manipulation of group thought as lead and manipulated by the <redacted> themselves along the paths and structures established along the collective memories of “potential” group thought.

Everything is Scripted and Planned

Nothing happens at random.

Everything has a reason.  Ones’ experiences creates a personality matrix that affects their personality.  The <redacted> uses this personality as a framework by which divergent clusters can follow through anchoring.

World-lines following an anchored path.
World-lines following an anchored path.

Moreover…

How the anchored path looks with avoidance.
How the anchored path looks with avoidance.

As such, the entire purpose of  MAJestic  in regards to assisting the <redacted> was to assist them by providing dimensional anchoring ability. This would then be used to assist a predetermined cluster of individual world-lines towards avoidance of a number of major disruptive influences in the 1988 to 2004 period.

Please take note of the final illustration below.

Avoiding discordant disruptive events.
Avoiding discordant disruptive events.

This is why I have repeatedly stated that the truth is too unusual for the typical reader, and very boring to those raised on a Hollywood-centrist “reality”.

Implementation

Please accept my apologies as I had to redact large portions of this section. It is not proper that I speak so freely about this at this time.

A person involved in world-line anchoring would be compelled to occupy different world-lines. These world-lines would not be due to their own individual thoughts and actions alone. These world-lines would be artificially created; manifested as areas of greater than normal deviance. The person would find themselves in uncomfortable situations, trying situations, and difficult situations that would generate thoughts and create actions on their part.

Over time, the cycling of the world-lines would mellow out. However, their own reality would end up being something completely different from what they would have had if they were in complete control of the their own MWI like most normal humans.

Initially, the deviance from the initial world-line was severe, but over time they mellowed out.  See the graph below.

World-line deviance variation over time.
World-line deviance variation over time. The red dotted line is the apparent “world-line” vector. The grey lines were the reality slides that produced that vector. Currently the world-line reality that I currently inhabit is around a 7% deviance from when I first was trained when I joined MAJestic.

Conclusion

It’s nice and fun to contemplate what it would be like to move to another world-line. We can imagine all sorts of differences. Fun, huh?

Moving to another world-line is all about trade-offs.

Our reality is the sum-total results of our thoughts and actions, as well as the thoughts and actions of those around us. It is like having a backpack. If you want to include a football in it, you will need to make room, and take something out.

That being said, we are constantly moving about our reality and creating our own world-line. Everyone is doing so. While that is fine and dandy, the question begets our answer; “What is the benefit in switching world-lines?” And also, “Why invest in the technology to do so?”

The answer is simple;

  • Humans are herd animals.
  • We are in a nursery now because our souls are transitional.
  • Our sentience development is watched carefully by <redacted>.
  • To avoid problems, our world-lines need to be anchored.

Take Aways

  • World-lines are the apparent movement of reality over time.
  • World-lines cluster together due to thought similarity.
  • Thoughts can alter a world-line and define a sentience.
  • Improperly evolved sentience’s will result in terrible consequences.
  • A species that oversees our sentience nursery utilizes the MWI to cull sentience development.
  • To do this, they rely on “dimensional anchors”.
  • A “dimensional anchor” is a MAJestic member who has been tasked to get into societal circumstances and anchor the world-line to limit spawning activities.

FAQ

Q: What is a “world-Line”?
A: A world-line is the path that our individual reality makes as it moves from one reality to a revised reality. There is an infinite number of world-lines. We can switch to a new world-line using technology.

Q: What is a “garbon”?
A: Souls are composed of ordered and unordered quanta. The ordered quanta forms into clumps or batches that interact in special ways.  These clumps of ordered quanta are known as garbons.

Q: What is a “bubble of reality”?
A: A soul creates a special environment so that it can grow. This environment is a “bubble of reality”.  It has two basic elements. One is a physical, observed reality. The other is a non-physical unobserved reality.

Q:  What is a “Discordant sentience”?
A: Humans are growing. They are a transitional soul form. Humans need to evolve into a approved sentience and soul archetype. The garbon shape that manifests is directly tied to sentience. Humans can be either a service-to-self, or a service-for-others sentience. Discordant sentience’s is a development that lies outside of the two sentience types.

A good example of this is someone who thinks that they are helping people by supporting the taxation of other people. They believe that they are service-to-others, when in reality they are service-to-self. They are discordant because their thoughts do not match their actions.

A service-to-others sentience would give the money to the poor from their own wallet. A service-to-self sentience would keep the money and do nothing. A discordant sentience would be any outcome beyond the two mentioned.

Q: What is a “Dimensional Anchor”?
A: A dimensional anchor is a human that generates thoughts while being in a specific situation. The <redacted> utilize technology to amplify the thoughts so that it bends and move adjacent world-lines. World-lines, consisting of active consciousnesses, then bend and move in manners that would help with sentience selection.

Q:  What is a “Consciousness”?
A: A consciousness is a portal that the soul uses to access the training and lessons obtained within a “bubble of reality”. Consciousness generally takes on particle form in order to operate an ambulatory human body within a reality. It takes on wave characteristics when it needs to exist the physical reality and migrate to the non-physical reality and other world-lines.

Consciousness must utilize a number of techniques to center the brain making it easy for the technology to convert particle behavior to wave behavior during a world-line switch. MAJestic utilizes feducials to do so.

Do you want more?

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

MAJestic

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

A World-Line where the Beatles Never Broke Up

While many have attempted to recreate the famous stylings of The Beatles, none have been able to match Fab Four’s unique vibe that made them so revolutionary. But you don’t have to feel bad if you missed out on the ’60s—all you have to do is take a trip to an alternate universe where John Lennon and George Harrison never died and the group is still making music…

Introduction

Del Puerto Canyon
The Del Puerto canyon in California. It is a rugged by beautiful area of rocks and sand.

A man who has adopted the pseudonym of James Richards claims he was chasing his dog through Del Puerto Canyon in California on September 9, 2009 when he tripped in a rabbit hole and knocked himself unconscious. Upon waking up, he found himself in a room next to an unrecognizable machine with a man who introduced himself as Jonas.

According to the strange man, while on a work-related trip for a dimensional travel agency, he had used the machine to transport the unconscious Richards to a parallel Earth in order to help him.

Of course, the logical thing to do in this situation was to start discussing pop culture, which led Jonas and Richards to the topic of The Beatles, a band both dimensions shared. To Richards’s surprise, in this alternate dimension, The Beatles were all alive and still creating music. Richards brought back a souvenir cassette tape entitled Everyday Chemistry that was composed of Beatles songs never released in our dimension, which he helpfully uploaded to his website.

Here is his story.  Direct from his website.

The following is an actual account of my experiences as of recently. Because of the nature of what has happened I must remain anonymous until I feel it is safe to reveal my real name, but for now you can refer to me as James Richards.

On Sept. 9, 2009 I experienced something that I still am having trouble believing happened to me.  I came into the possession of a cassette tape containing a Beatles album that was never released. In fact, not only was it never released but it was recorded many years after they broke up (and no I'm not talking about Klaatu).

Now this is where the story becomes slightly more unbelievable and it is almost embarrassing to attempt to explain the incident to you for fear of viewing me as completely absurd. I must assure you, I am not insane or on drugs, and hopefully the audio from this tape will be enough proof that there is more than we think out there...

I live in Livermore California but on Sept 9 I was driving home from Turlock after visiting a friend for a few days. I had my dog with me and I didn't have any plans for the day so I decided to take a drive through a place called Del Puerto Canyon just west of Turlock. There is a scenic road that is a fun drive and actually goes through to Livermore. I hadn't taken a cruise through it for a while so I thought i would take this way home. 

It was about 2pm.

A ways into the canyon my dog starting acting like she needed to use the restroom. So I pulled over to the first available parking area to the side of the road and let her out while I stretched. At first I didn't notice, but then I heard the barking from 30 yards away...my dog was chasing a rabbit. Now my dog is a pretty good dog but if she is chasing something then there is no stopping her so the only thing I could do was become part of the chase.

They already had about a 40 yard head start so I had to really book it. The uneven ground and soft dirt patches made it difficult to run and it wasn't very far into the chase I had stepped in a rabbit hole, fell and knocked myself unconscious.

When I woke up I was in a room with some furniture and electronics in it. I was taken care of with a bandage on my head but I still felt uneasy about the situation because where I fell and hit my head was in a very rural unpopulated area with no houses, and outside the window of the room I was in I could hear traffic.

I wasn't near the window in the room, it was actually on the other side next to a unusual looking electronic machine that i didn't recognize from anywhere I've seen before. 

The only reason this stood out was because it seemed out of place in a person's home, which most of the room resembled. I decided to get up and look out the window but the door opened and in ran my dog, who was pretty excited to see me. 

When I looked up there was a man standing at the door. He was about 6 ft tall, had medium long black hair and was dressed casually nice but gave me a "greasy" vibe, if you know what I mean. He introduced himself as Jonas and asked me if I was ok, which I said yes. 

He said he found me unconscious in a field with my dog barking at me. So I thanked him for helping me and my dog out, and that I was surprised my dog even came back to me. I then asked him the question that would make me start wondering if I in fact had gone crazy... I asked him "where am I?".

"About 20 feet away from where I found you" he replied. I told him that couldn't be possible because there were no houses within at least 20 miles from where I last remember being. 

He then told me that what he was going to say next will be very shocking and unbelievable, and that if he didn't actually experience it himself then he wouldn't believe it. He took a look at the machine near the window and looked back at me and said he transported me into parallel Earth. 

He said he traveled to our Earth dimension and found me knocked out in the blazing heat with nobody around to help me out. Normally he said he doesn't take outsiders through a portal but in my case he thought I needed urgent help.

Dimensional travel
When you surf the MWI, dimensional doors open up. However, unlike this photo you cannot see into and through the door. It is as if you are walking into nothing.
I immediately started asking questions about traveling to parallel worlds, since all I knew about the topic was you tube videos of Michio Kaku. 

He told me to slow down and that he would explain himself. Apparently in his world a Parallel Travel machine can be purchased quite easily, while not cheap, its pretty popular even though the machine can be dangerous enough to cause death. 

In the 1950's of his dimension, the government was faced with the decision to continue to fund a space program (I'm guessing NASA) or a parallel dimension program called ARP-D (i can't remember what he said it stood for, I'm pretty sure the P-D is Parallel Dimensions, and i remember the acronym because I noticed it on a lot of the electronics in the room I was in.)

He then explained that the real danger of using one of the machines was exploring new dimensions. 

Since there are an infinite amount of Earths in other dimensions, only a small amount have been explored.The problem with exploring unknown dimensions is the chance you will die somehow once you walk through the portal doorway. 

He told me that people die from falling (if the ground isn't close enough to where the portal opens), die from drowning (there are worlds covered in water, hard to reopen a portal underwater), die from fire, atmospheric issues...he said in order for people to avoid this they would have to know that there would be similar ground in the dimension they were traveling to. 

So his government began to research worlds that were "safe" to transport to, even creating public spots where people could choose a menu of worlds to go to that were all safe.

Many of these worlds were lush vegetation worlds that were never ruined by man, only to be invaded by the large overcrowded population of the travelers world. 

He said something about new industries that opened up because of this, one of them being something like dimensional life brokers, these people offered the chance to live as someone new in an already established similar world that doesn't know of dimensional travel, nor that there are people crossing the dimensional border to. 

Jonas said he was an explorer for one of the dimensional travel agencies and was looking in new uncharted dimensions and came up my Earth.

We talked about a lot of things, it was interesting to see what similarities and differences we had between worlds. Foods, culture, TV, technology... we covered a lot. We also started talking about music, which was an interesting topic because there were many of the same bands between our worlds that existed, including The Beatles. 

When their name got brought up Jonas mentioned that his brother just got back from seeing them perform at a concert recently, which I gave a weird look to and said "you mean they are still together?", and he said yea. I then told him about how they broke up in our world and that John & George passed away, apparently in his world they are all alive, healthy and on tour still.

Jonas then had me follow him into another room that had a bookshelf looking thing with some cassette tapes (yes the music ones, apparently CD's never caught on in his world) and a tape player/radio/record player, though it didn't quite look like the type of radio's we have, the speakers looked more like crinkled cardboard but sounded pretty good.  I didn't get too good of a look at the speakers but they certainly weren't round, they almost looked like a tall accordion.

The only Beatles album he had that was store bought and had real cover art was Sgt Peppers, which the cover looked slightly different then the one we have, but the songs were all the same. The other 6 Beatles tapes he had were all like somebody recorded them onto a blank cassette for him and wrote the song titles on a card slipped in the case. 

A couple of the album titles written on the tapes I recognized but there were about 4 that I had never heard of before. He played a few songs from one of them, which was totally surreal to hear Beatles music that was never made (at least in our world). We talked about it a little bit, he said a girl made the tapes for him while he was in upper school (what they call high school). She was a huge fan of them and wanted him to listen to them.

He popped out the first tape and was putting in the second one when I told him he should record me a copy of one so I could take it back with me, thinking it wouldn't be a big deal. 

Well the look Jonas gave me when I said this is part of the reason I am remaining anonymous. Not only did it sort of scare me but it had a very serious almost creepy look to it followed by the phrase (not word for word, i can't remember what he exactly said) "No, you are not to take anything with you back to your world. No pictures, no souvenirs, no tapes, NOTHING." I asked him why and he wouldn't really say except that for my safety I wasn't to take anything back.
Relic
Here is a relic from an alternate world. Here we have a cassette recording of a Beatles album on a world-line where the Beatles did not break up. It is a world-line where John Lennon never died.
Of course I am not the type of person to go through all of this parallel world stuff and not grab something to prove the outrageous story of my experience. So for the moment I told him I wouldn't take anything and changed the subject. About an hour later after some more talking I heard a doorbell ring and he left the room to check the door. I knew that I may not have another chance to take something so I grabbed one of the tapes and put it in my pocket, and then shuffled the tapes around to make it look less obvious that something was missing.

When he came back inside I said I was kind of hungry (to just get us out of the room, i mixed the tapes up a little so it was hard to tell one was missing but I didn't want to be there when he found out), so he then took me in the other room and fed me. For the most part the food tasted like ours but was different product names and colors. The purple ketchup was the strangest. We talked a little bit more and then I expressed the notion that I should be going because it was getting late (the time of day was identical to ours, as is all worlds).

We went back in the room with the machines in it, I grabbed my dog and shook Jonas' hand for taking care of me after I was knocked out. I thanked him again and stepped through the portal (which felt like getting wet but staying dry the entire time, really weird... when i put my dog on the ground she even shook herself like she thought she was wet).

Back in our world I could see my car on the road still and there was straight line burn mark on the ground from where the portal had shown up. 

It was dark outside and the only reason I noticed the burn was because it was still smoking from the heat. I walked back to my car (didn't run this time) and drove home. The worst part was I couldn't even listen to the tape on the way home because I didn't have a tape player in my car. I actually wasn't even able to listen to it at home either for the same reason and had to go to Wal-mart to buy a tape player just to listen to it.

Unfortunately I don't have any information about the tape other than what is written on the card sleeve. The track names were written, as well as the album title "Everyday Chemistry" . Everything else about it is as mysterious to you as it is to me. It also wasn't like I could have asked the guy anything about it, especially after taking it from him.

I'll post some more about my experience in the coming days, but I have to go to work right now and this post is already long enough. If anyone has any questions they want to ask me about this incident then I've set up an email address that you can contact me at: 

thebeatlesneverbrokeup@yahoo.com. 

I'll try and answer every one's questions as best as possible.

Lastly, if there is ANYONE out there that has experienced anything like this then please contact me, some of the things this guy said to me almost make me wonder if this isn't the first time dimensional travelers have been here.

- James Richards

Wikipedia Entry

Everyday Chemistry is a remix album of unknown authorship that was made available as a free digital download on September 9, 2009. It mashes up various songs from the Beatles‘ individual solo careers, intending to present an album that the members would have recorded had they not broken up.

Links

Commentary

I argue that the MWI is quite real, and that it is exploited by others for the purposes of [1] geographical-transportation, [2] research, [3] technological advancement, and [4] sentience migration.

I know nothing about the validity of what this fellow writes about except that;

  1. The feeling that you are covered in water and wet while dry is something ONLY a person who has gone through a portal would know about.
  2. The portal creates an invisible line that you walk through. This again is something that only an actual traveler would know about.

Curiously, I read a post where an audiophile listened to the tape and stated that while the music was a mix-up tape, the song elements used were not directly pulled from the existing albums. That they were custom made in a studio. You can believe him or not. I just throw this out for consideration.

Finally, there is a great deal of discussion on whether or not the actual recording is of the Beatles. No one is actually thinking about the actual cassette tape that the music was recorded upon. I am now arguing that the cassette tape is different. It does not look like anything on this world line.

In this world-line GE cassette tapes looked something along these lines…

General Electric Cassette Tape model GEHD90

And more examples…

General Electric group of three packaged cassettes. Note that you can see that the appearance of the cassettes do not resemble the cassette provided by the dimensional traveler. The labels are brown. The cassettes are black.

And…

Another GE cassette tape showing the same color of red and logo, but still a completely different label art. The picture shows a cassette with four screws holding it together, It shows flat horizontal lines, and a horizontal GE logo at the top of the label.

As far as I can see, the cassette tape design, as brought back by the accidental dimensional traveler does not in any way resemble any GE cassette on this world-line.

  • The label is different.
  • The texture on the plastic is different.
  • The cassette is held by chemical or ultrasonic bonding, not screws.
  • The color, the logo, the fonts are all the same.

Conclusion

A man hurt himself while walking. He was rescued by a man who was surfing the MWI and taken to his house where a large machine was located. This machine was fixed and created MWI portals for egress and exploration.

He returned home with a souvenir; which was a Beatles music tape.

It’s seemingly easy to disprove the music as it is a studio mix. Harder still, to disprove the cassette tape itself.

Take Aways

  • Other people have experiences with the MWI.
  • They are rarely believed.
  • The unifying commonality of their experiences can be used to determine whether or not they are relaying actual events or transcribing fictional ones.

FAQ

Q: Did this even actually occur?
A: I do not know. What I do know is that the MWI exists. I also know that others use the MWI to enter various realities of but ours is one such reality. It is possible that this story is genuine because he accurately describes the feelings and impressions of one going through a dimensional portal.

Q: What does he mean that the person felt “greasy”?
A: I have no idea at all.

Q: What can we learn from this story?
A: Others have experienced the MWI. It gives us an insight into the lives of those who live in different elements of our reality. We can imagine what their lives might be like and how the differences can manifest. We can also accept the knowledge that no one will believe your story simply because it is outside of the accepted bubble of normalcy.

Do you want more?

I have more posts like this in my World Line Travel Index here…

World-Line Travel

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

World-Line Travel Using Vehicles – Some Examples

In this post we discuss one specific method of surfing the MWI- “World-Line” or “Time-Line” travel for those of you who like those terms. I know of four methods. For the most part, humans need to stick to their own pre-defined realities and utilize other techniques as necessary to learn and obtain information and experiences.

Vehicles are often utilized when there are NO pre-defined clear destination coordinates when exploring other “world-lines”. These are typically similar to the destination environments and are used to house the often large equipment needed for MWI egress.

In other posts, I have discussed the benefits of using roads to conduct MWI (world-line travel) into our reality. Here, in this post, I would like to elaborate on that situation…

Introduction

Important Note:
This post specifically concerns (so called) "world-line" travel. Which in fact, the actual activity is actually considered as "MWI surfing". The term "Time Travel" is a specific subset of this technique in which the time coordinates are changed. This post does not intentionally or knowingly discuss that aspect of the MWI slide.

There is every indication that vehicles are sometimes used to enter and leave our “reality”.  They travel on our roads. This is simply because roads are more or less, a long lasting and stable fixture. Roads tend to be predictable within the dimension of time.

Materialization of a vehicle
Here we can clearly and plainly see a car materialize in front of the startled driver as they enter a crossroad intersection. The frames of the video are milliseconds apart. For those debunkers that insist that the vehicle was moving too fast for the camera to record, that would mean that it was traveling at 14,400 MPH and suddenly decelerating to 30 MPH. Right in front of the car. Why decelerate? If the debunkers are correct…

Roads are typically the ONLY stable long-lasting features on this ever changing planet.  A field in 1965 becomes a gas station in 1973.  It then changes into a warehouse in 1990, and then is torn down and made into a parking lot in 2010.  What will happen in 2055?  Maybe it will be a park, filled with trees and shrubs. As such, who can predict when and were a tree might grow, or where a lake might come into being?

However, the road in front of that 1965 field will (more than likely) still exist.

In fact, the longevity of road intersections is even more guaranteed than individual roads.  With a near certainty that the road will never be completely blocked off, instead detours along the edges will be provided to the drivers. Those wishing to utilize vehicles for dimensional and / or time travel would be able to utilize existing roads to teleport to and from. Depending on the traffic, a car might occupy a given physical location of a mere fraction of a second.  This is a mighty small period of time to allow and permit materialization of an inward-bound vehicle from another dimension.

The Benefits of Using Roads

Roads are stable. A given road might exist for hundreds of years. This is obvious in terms of the dimension of time. What is not so obvious is that this is also true for MWI surfing and slides. The roads serve as stable and flat places for world-line, or MWI access points.

However…

In "regular" geometry, a line contains an uncountable infinity of points, though any two points determine a line. A line can contain an infinite number of points. A line can be as long as it wants to be, but in order to considered a line, it has to have at least two points.

-Answers, UK

Intersections are even more stable than roads. They have defined geopositioning spacial coordinates. Ask any mathematician. A line can have an infinite number of points on it. While an intersection can have only one point.

Intersection
The intersection of any two lines is a set defined point. This point is true for both lines. In the case of roads, it acts as a firm geospacial coordinate from which one can target for access.

Thus, it is a much more precise coordinate from which to calculate a given destination.

via GIPHY

As should be obvious to anyone who has ever watched the movie series “Back to the Future”. You need to be able to arrive on a stable flat surface that does not have trees, buildings, or obstacles that you might run into and hit.

via GIPHY

Let R. Crumb Tell the story…

Artist R.Crumb has a series of drawings that depict our changing landscape. While it is fun to look at, there is some real truth in what he is trying to portray. We assume so many things.

We tend to assume so many things.

For instance, let’s suppose that you want to travel back in time, and you know that a road existed at the turn of the century. You decide to go back then and egress on the road. No problem, right?  You are going back before the invention of the automobile.

So, you go back.

You arrive and… SPLAT!

A trolley-car hits you right when you arrive. Dimensional travel is like that. You cannot take anything for granted. You cannot assume anything. And, like the Commander told me when I joined MAJestic, you are on your own and will have no support group when you work to complete your tasks.

You have got to be careful.

Consider what R. Crumb illustrated…

Robert Crumb's a short history of America - 1
Robert Crumb’s a short history of America – 1

Robert Crumb's a short history of America - 2
Robert Crumb’s a short history of America – 2

Robert Crumb's a short history of America - 3
Robert Crumb’s a short history of America – 3

Robert Crumb's a short history of America - 4
Robert Crumb’s a short history of America – 4

Robert Crumb's a short history of America - 5
Robert Crumb’s a short history of America – 5

Robert Crumb's a short history of America - 6
Robert Crumb’s a short history of America – 6

Robert Crumb's a short history of America - 7
Robert Crumb’s a short history of America – 7

Robert Crumb's a short history of America - 8
Robert Crumb’s a short history of America – 8

Robert Crumb's a short history of America - 9
Robert Crumb’s a short history of America – 9

Robert Crumb's a short history of America - 10
Robert Crumb’s a short history of America – 10

Robert Crumb's a short history of America - 11
Robert Crumb’s a short history of America – 11

Robert Crumb's a short history of America - 12
Robert Crumb’s a short history of America – 12

Ah, but what next?

We do not know. This is because the apparent concept of time is firmly rooted in the entropic decay of our bubble of reality. That is WHY time always seems to be a straight unchanging line. It is simply because we are inside a bubble of reality.  Now, we can change this bubble somewhat. We can alter it though our thoughts… that is as long as the thoughts are in alignment with the mass migration of other thoughts with other people.

However, if we wanted to migrate to another bubble of reality all together, we would need some equipment and machinery to do the “heavy lifting”. As such, we could not only specify coordinates of the type of reality and the “flavor(s)” of it, but we could specific geographic coordinates and time coordinates as well.

It would be a “time machine” device.

Here, R. Crumb suggests some possible futures based on his earlier work. If you had the proper equipment, you could surf the MWI and visit each and every one of them, were that your prerogative.  For instance, you could opt for a post-ecological disaster world, were that to your liking…

Robert Crumb's a short history of America - 13
Robert Crumb’s a short history of America – 13

Or, maybe you want something more High-Tech and futuristic. Maybe some kind of retro-future as envisioned in the 1950’s and the 1960’s. Here, R. Crumb offers us this glimpse…

Robert Crumb's a short history of America - 14
Robert Crumb’s a short history of America – 14

Or what about something much more sensible. How about something that blends with the entire ecology of the earth that we inhabit. R. Crumb offers this glimpse…

Robert Crumb's a short history of America - 15
Robert Crumb’s a short history of America – 15

The John Titor Statement

In the previous section we started to look at elements of (what I refer to as) “high strangeness”.  One of the aspects that we looked at involved the use of vehicles to enter and leave our reality. They are not using the transport portal like I used in the Navy.  They are doing something else altogether.

Now consider that, for a second. If there are people entering and leaving our reality, and they are using an automobile as the vehicle to do so, then could there be some kind of disclosure that might present more information on this phenomenon?  And, if so, then what would that disclosure looks like?

"Theories have four stages of acceptance:

i) this is worthless nonsense;
ii) this is an interesting, but perverse, point of view;
iii) this is true, but quite unimportant;
iv) I always said so.

- J.B.S. Haldane, 1963

Well there is just such a disclosure.  There really is. However, it is a very difficult one to believe as it sounds so absolutely outlandish that it “must” be a hoax.  (Not to mention that it has been “disproven” by Snopes (LOL), and is considered by many (people, children, and possibly herd animals) to be a hoax.) Well, then, isn’t that a basic criterion for use to start from?  We must look at what “just can’t possibly be” to study what actually is.

Dear readers, let me present the John Titor story…

This is the first fax sent from John Titor to Art Bell on July 29, 1998;

“Dear Art,

I had to fax when I heard other time travelers calling in from any time past the year 2500 AD. Please let me explain.

Time travel was invented in 2034. Off-shoots of certain successful fusion reactor research allowed scientists at CERN to produce the world’s first contained singularity engine. The basic design involves rotating singularities inside a magnetic field. By altering the speed and direction of rotation, you can travel both forward and backward in time.

Time itself can be understood in terms of connected lines. When you go back in time, you travel on your original timeline. When you turn your singularity engine off, a new timeline is created, due to the fact that you and your time machine are now there. In other words, a new universe is created.

To get back to your original line, you must travel a split second father back, and immediately throw the engine into forward without turning it off.

Some interesting outcomes of this are:

One, you meet yourself. I have done it often, even taken a younger version of myself along for a few rides before returning myself to the new timeline and going back to mine.

Two, you can alter history in the new universe that you have just created. Most of the time, the changes are subtle. Sometimes, I’ll notice car models that don’t exist, or books that come out late.

The oldest one was a skyscraper that wasn’t built in a near favorite store of mine in New York.

Interestingly, when you travel in time, you must compensate for the orbit of the earth. Since the time machine doesn’t move, you have to adjust the engines so you remain on the planet when you turn it off. Unfortunately, it was also discovered that anyone going forward in time, from my 2036, hit a brick wall in the year 2564.

Everyone who has ever been there has reported that nothing exists. When the machine is turned off, you find yourself surrounded by blackness and silence.

Now, most time travelers are trying to find out where the line went bad by going into the past, creating a new universe, and proceeding forward to see if the same thing results in 2564. It appears the line went bad around the year 2000. I’m here now, in this time, to test a few theories of mine before going forward.

Now, for the future you might want to know about.

One, Y2K is a disaster. Many people die on the highways when they freeze to death trying to get to warmer weather.

Two, the government tries to keep power by instituting marshal law, but all of it collapses when their efforts to bring the power back up fail.

Three, a power facility in Denver is able to restart itself, but is mobbed by hundreds of thousands of people and destroyed. This convinces most that maybe we shouldn’t bring the old system back up.

Four, a few years later, communal government system is developed, after the constitution takes a few twists.

China retakes Taiwan, Israel wins the largest battle for their life, and Russia is covered in nuclear snow from their collapsed reactors.

Art, the reason I’m here now is because I believe a nuclear weapon set off by Iraq in the Middle East war with Israel might have something to do with the damaged timeline. I will test that theory and get back to you.

Please pray that we discover the reason why there is no apparent future after 2564.”

This fax does not agree exactly with other information posted on the Internet.  This is a point that is not lost on others.

They responded;

“Comparing the 1998 fax to the John Titor story that occurred a couple years later on the Internet, you can see that the “plot” changed somewhat. There’s no mention of an IBM 5100 in the 1998 faxes, and in 2000-2001, there wasn’t any focus at all on this mysterious “blackness and silence” in 2564, nor any reference to a damaged timeline.

Perhaps the mission changed. Or maybe just the story.

It’s possible, even, that the author of the faxes wasn’t the same person, that someone else snatched up the story, made a few changes and ran with it. But that’s just meaningless conjecture. I’ll leave you with this final thought: something’s weird about this first fax. I’ve transcribed it directly from a recording of the originally aired episode.

The line Art reads, “The oldest one was a skyscraper that wasn’t built in a near favorite store of mine in New York,” is fairly strange, not just for its content, but for its structure. It’s often reinterpreted as “The oldest one was a skyscraper that don’t exist in New York.”

Now, we can obviously understand what the other interpretation means, but “wasn’t built in a near favorite store of mine in New York” is just weird. Perhaps it was a typo on the fax, or Art misread it.

Some, however, theorize that the original recording was edited, that the original content was obscured to hide…something. Or, perhaps, to add something. There are rumors that the audio, for whatever reason, was changed, and so multiple versions are floating around cyberspace.”

Ok, ok. I don’t to get too hung up on this dude.

I am mentioning him simply because he claims that he uses vehicles to travel in and out of time, via world-line egress. This is in agreement with what I know, and what is presented herein.

As far as he is concerned, I have no idea. I will cover him in another post. For now, let’s just set him aside.

Example 1 – Black SUV

Here is good example.  In this case, a car “pop’s” into existence right in front of another car as it is making a turn. Of course, the old argument is that it is an optical illusion.  You simply cannot see the car because of the odd viewing angle.  It is a possible scenario.  Yet, I will continue to use it as an example of how a given species, or even the United States government can use the 1980’s technology that I was exposed to, to transit to various locations at various times.

Teleport example #1
Here we see example #1. A car seemingly pops our from “the blue” or “teleports” directly in front of a car right in the middle of an intersection. Observing the film clip before and after the event clearly shows that no vehicle was present prior to the crash.

Notice that the roads are wide and clear.  There is no evidence of any hurried traffic or difficult driving conditions.  However, all accounts the car simply “pop’s” right into existence directly in front of the car. Study frame 0010. Compare that to frame 0011.  The size of the car can be determined by frame 0011.  As such, the rear of the car should be visible in frame 0010.  It isn’t.

The car “popped” into existence in front of a car making a turn and was hit by that car. I sure would like to see the discussion that the two drivers had after the accident.  Unfortunately, the faces of the drivers are obscured.

Mystery car 1
Here is a closeup of the mystery car that “popped” into our reality right in front of the startled driver. Notice that the day is clear with no haze, no direct sun, and no distractions.

This specific event can be viewed on the following video.

Please note that this video has other examples of fakes and hoaxes interspersed in it.  Also the voice over and music track leaves much to be desired.  Please turn off the audio and watch the video free of “Halloween style” or “B-grade movie” music.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=M_Hwlws9b1g&feature=youtu.be

Watch from 1:16 to approximately 1:47.

Example 2 – White Midsized

This is pretty common.  There are all sorts of videos on the Internet that depict these kinds of events.  Some are “better” than others. Meaning that some videos simply depict actual occurrences that simply show that one vehicle is well hidden and not easily viewed, yet if you study the video you can see elements of the other car if you look carefully.  However, there are “better” reports that show the “impossibility” of a “hidden” surprise car.  These other videos clearly show the car appearing “out of no where” right in front of a different car.  Here is one such video.

The reader can see the video here; http://video.dailymail.co.uk/video/mol/2017/10/18/3136425883458422863/640x360_MP4_3136425883458422863.mp4

Here are two screen shots that show the “before” and “after” snapshots of the event in question.

Example #2
In this example, we see a clear road a fraction of a second before the mystery car appears. Note that the road is clear, and the driving conditions are optimal.

The information is provided for the reader to come to their own conclusions.

Example #2 after collision
Collision occurs when one vehicle egresses onto a different world line. As in the previous example, road intersections are considered “X” marks the spots for stability in world-line switches when the destination vectors are unknown or unstable.

Example 3 – Black Midsized

In this example, we have yet another example of a car teleporting in front of a car.  Strangely, this car looks very similar to the car above.  Wouldn’t it be something if it was the same car, which somehow managed to materialize in front of different cars in different places? In this case, it wasn’t hit (Phew!)

Again, the car materializes in the middle of an intersection. It is clearly shown that the cars waiting at the intersection (where the car supposedly comes from) are white or light colored.  Yet, here we have a black car, much like the one in the earlier instance somehow getting in front of the big white truck and the small white sedan and teleporting directly in front of the car making the turn.

Example #3
In this example, we see yet another car teleporting in the middle of an intersection. This time, there was no accident and the car drives off.

It should not take too much time to look at where the mystery black car came from.  After all, if it came from the intersection, then it had to have been parked waiting at the intersection like all the other cars.  We know this because it obviously was not going in the same direction, and was not to the right side of the cars that turned into the cars.  So obviously, if it was not a teleportation, then it absolutely had to be parked and waiting at the intersection.  However, it was not.  Where was it?

The road is clear
Here we can clearly see that the road is clear. The conditions on the road are not optimal. It is raining, it is dusk. However, you can clearly identify the vehicles because they all have their headlights and running lights on.

Car #1 looks dark, so it could be that car.  Though we later discover that it didn’t move and stayed in the position.  Vehicle #2 is a large white truck.  Vehicle #3 is a small white van, and vehicle #4 is a big bus.

Now, look at what happens after the collision.  Vehicles #1 and #2 are still there waiting at the red light.  So where did the car come from?  It could not be a trick of the eye because if it did not come from the line of parked cars, and did not pass on the right side, then it absolutely had to materialize just as was recorded on the video. After all, the only car that was on the right was a red car.

Mystery black car appears
Here we can plainly and clearly see the black car as it just materializes in front of the startled driver in the middle of a major intersection. This is only one second from the previous image above. For the car to appear so suddenly in front of it, it would have had to travel as fast as a jet fighter.

This specific event can be viewed on the following video.

Please note that this video has many other examples of fakes and hoaxes interspersed in it.  For the most part except for this section, and another one mentioned previously, this video is just nonsense.  Really.  It also induces some idiot who claims that he is from the future. Please ignore the bullshit.  Additionally, the voice over and music track leaves much to be desired.  Please turn off the audio and watch the video free of “Halloween style” or “B-grade movie” music.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Hn_zXuCnDKc

Watch from 4:38 to approximately 5:13. The rest of the video for the most part is sensationalized fictional garbage.

Why Intersections?

As stated previously, intersections can provide precise geolocation coordinates. Remember, the earth moves. There are earthquakes and events. Plus, of course, the MWI does and can create variations in geography. You need to be careful. The more specific the coordinates the better for the agent.

Here is a road map somewhere in England. Highlighted are three potential egress locations that might be preferred over other areas if you were using geospacial coordinate tracking vectors. FYI.

map
Here is an example using a map where possible desirable MWI egress locations would be of interest if you were reliant on geospacial coordinates.

Non-Intersection Example

One of the best examples of what a true and real teleportation looks like, and what I experienced back in 1981 was caught on video camera.  It can be seen at https://youtu.be/l_POTJgVK0Q .  Here, at night, a car exits through a portal just identically to what I have been trying to describe all along.  There aren’t any flashes of light, noises or fading in or out.  It is as if one passes through a door or a line just hanging in space.

In frame 0000, we see a normal road with cars at night. This continues in frame 0001.

However in frame 0002, the front end of a car appears. All you can see is the front headlights and about 50% of the hood over the engine.  In frame 0003, the front end of the car is exposed, but the rear of the car is still invisible. In frame 0004, 80% of the car is visible, and in frame 0005 the car has completely exited the portal and drives down the road.

Best example
I like to consider this a “best example” of what portal travel looks like. Here, the car drives right on the road as it exits the world-line (MWI) egress portal. You can clearly and plainly see what it going on. Not there, and then it suddenly appears, and you can actually see the vehicle body coming out of the portal.

I state that this is the best example, even though the video and picture quality is so low, as it shows the clear boundary of the transport portal. It is exactly as I have described.  To an outsider or to the observer it appears like a line or a door that one walks through.  To an observer in the car it would be like entering a large slowly rotating invisible grinder.

Whether this is a dimensional portal, a time traveler or simply a teleportation window is unknown to me.  I do not know the true nature of the device that I was involved in when I entered the program in the Navy.  However, what I do know is that this type of technology is being used now, today in the movement of vehicles on public roads.  That much is clear.

Here is a blurry close up of the event with a superimposed line to show the apparent location of the dimensional door or portal. Notice that in frame 0006 only one headlight exits the portal.  By frame 0007, both headlights have exited.  In frame, 0008 one half of the car has exited, and in frame 0009, most of the car has exited the portal.  Indeed, by the final frame 0010, the entire has exited the portal.

Mid portal close up
Here we can see a detailed close up of the mid-portal transit. First one light, then the other. Then the hood. Then the windshield. Then the front doors. Then the rest of the car. The red line shows the disembarkation point.

This specific event can be viewed on the following video.  Unlike the other videos, this video is dedicated to specifically this event, and only this event.  Therefore it is in the preferred format for this manuscript.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l_POTJgVK0Q&feature=youtu.be

Watch the entire two minute video.  The entire video discusses this event.

What about Egress?

All the previous examples were of vehicles suddenly appearing “out of the blue” into intersections. What about vehicles disappearing? What about vehicles leaving our reality?

Since they know where they are, they don’t need to enter a world-line MWI at a stable geopositioning point and coordinate.  They can leave from any point.

Here is an example…

Egress Example

Car disappears right in front of the dash-cam. One minute it is in front of a car…

Car in a snow storm.
Here you are simply following a car in a heavy snow storm. No problem, right? You keep your eyes on the road and glued to the red lights of the car in front of you as you make your way home.

And then within one second the car disappears…

Where did the car go?
Now where did the car go? It did not slide off the road. Keep in mind the headlights of the on coming traffic to keep a sense of timing of this recorded event. The car, a white car who was following a black car in front of it, suddenly disappeared “into thin air”.

This specific event can be viewed on the following video.

Please note that this video has other examples of fakes and hoaxes interspersed in it.  Also the voice over and music track leaves much to be desired.  Please turn off the audio and watch the video free of “Halloween style” or “B-grade movie” music.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YuP6H8cz72I

Watch from 2:07 to approximately 3:38.

The Reality of the Observer

Reality and learning
The reality that we observe is intended, and even designed, to assist us in learning.

One of the arguments “against” the issues raised in the previous “High Strangeness” chapter is that the observed events “could have been easily explained” if there were another observer, or camera.  The argument goes like this, if there were two observers, they could collaborate their stories to figure out what was actually occurring.  Perhaps, the argument goes, if there was another viewpoint it would become clear that it was “just” an optical illusion.  Thus, nothing out of the “normal” was observed.

This viewpoint has merit.  If one studies the videos, frame by frame, it is almost as if some kind of Photoshop wizard expertly erased missing sections of controversial imagery to make the video appear as it does.

This is, undoubtedly a possible scenario.  Certainly, someone with a large budget, software talent, and a penchant for annoyance would or could desire to create some controversy.

Consider the diagram below.  The simple diagram describes an accident between two vehicles at a cross road.  Car “A” impacts car “B”.  The impact is observed by vehicle ‘O1” (Observer #1.)

accident diagram
Here is an accident diagram to help us discuss the various observed events previously mentioned.

For many of the skeptics in the audience, the issue of whether these are “real” events as observed by the observer or whether or not they are hoaxes could be cleared up were there to be secondary observers.  These secondary observers could be a trailing vehicle in car “O2”, a waiting car at “O3”, or even a non-vehicular observer at stationary location “O4”.

I however, take a totally different viewpoint.

My point is that each reality is germane to the observer itself.  We do not share one unified reality.  Rather we each occupy our own reality, and the observed events are specifically directed for us and us alone.  The “others” that share our realities are but “quantum shadows” that appear to participate actively but are in all actuality just “stage props” in our world-line.

Each reality is germane to the observer itself.  We do not share one unified reality.  Rather we each occupy our own reality, and the observed events are specifically directed for us and us alone.

Therefore, with this point of view, it is clear that what we observe is ONLY the reality that truly exists.  There isn’t a need or even the open possibility of a secondary or even tertiary observer.  The events “collapse” upon themselves upon the transport into the current world-line reality.  The only observers that “matter” are those actually “observing” the event.  And thus, they, and they ALONE observe the quantum event.

This is the best example that I can think of of how quantum level events manifest into a macro-sized event within a world-line reality.

Further Research

There are numerous recorded examples of this.  Various examples mentioned here in the manuscript were pulled from public videos found at these various Internets URL’s.

As always, these videos are filled with “horror style” music tracks, dramatic voice overs, and a general theatrical ambiance.  I suggest the reader turn off the audio and ignore most of what is portrayed in the videos as they are designed to frighten, and not for anything other than curious inquiry.

This is a typical video of the horror-style ilk. Personally, I think it is designed for 12-year olds in mind to view.  At least that is the way it is presented. Sections of note include;

[1] 0:42 to 0:54 
[2] 4:36 to 5:12 
[3] 19:27 to 20:00

Everything else in the video is suspect.  Personally, aside from the three specific instances listed, I believe all the rest are staged fictional events created for the purposes of profiting from the video. They are all nonsense.

This is another video of this ilk.  Most notable is the “scary” electronic music that is intended to imply the “strange and the unusual”. The authors probably have hundreds of such videos.  I suppose they are enjoyable for those children who like scary night-time stories, for the rest of us, it is but an irritation.  They do have a section of note.

[1] 0:23 to 1:47.

This entire video revolves around an actual event.  If one can turn off the audio and just watch the video, it will make more sense.

Some of the stuff here is good.  At least it isn’t staged fictional events intended for a gullible audience.  Without reading too much into what is presented, I suggest the reader turn off the audio and jump to the key sections;

[1] 2:10 to 2:40, 
[2] 5:56 to 6:18.

The rest of the video has questionable content.

Many of these events are shared on different videos.  As before, ignore the audio.  The reader can turn it off, and concentrate on the video presented without the frightening background music. Section of note are…

[1] 0:53 to 1:33
[2] 3:18 to 4:07
[3] 5:05 to 5:44
[4] 6:47 to 7:12

There is the possibility that the accident described at 0:53 might be due to the “hit” car traveling at the same speed as the other car, but obscured by the angle of approach.  I have viewed the video repeatedly and this is a possibility, as I “think” there is the possibility of the trunk of the “hit” car observed to the right of the black car in the video. I leave it up to the reader to decide and discern.

For further investigations

These events are common enough that they can be found throughout the world.  All one needs to do is search the words “mysterious”, “strange”, “car”, “nowhere”, or “surprise” in the language of the host country.  The reader will be absolutely surprised at the number of findings.

Here are just a handful of examples to get started with…

Came across this video to share, its of a stretch of road I'm really not sure where.

But these accidents keep occurring at roughly the same spot.

The crashes themselves are crazy but at 0:58 seconds there's this truck crash where, a second truck appears out of nowhere and it appears to have a head on collision with oncoming traffic.

Strange!

Its not in English but the comments generally just ask about where the truck came from.”
“These "people" tend to wear clothes that are not quite right. Like they are trying to imitate fashion but can't quite do it. The fabric is wrong. The style is wrong. It looks both futuristic and old fashioned. Everything in you screams that they're not normal. I was afraid to touch the guy I saw. They look perfect, too perfect.”
“I have also experienced this, at least once that I can clearly recall. The man demonstrated supernatural abilities, as if to try and prove something, like popping out of thin air wasn't enough to scare the crap out of me. 

He said something to the effect "we need to talk", but in truth at that point I was way to freaked out to talk, it happened on a busy street and he had stepped onto the sidewalk out of thin air only moments after making a part fall off my brand new bike to which he had done to stop me walking, or presumably. 

I put the piece back on my bike with shaking hands and he just "made" the piece fall off again by what I assume was sheer will, second time I picked it up but was way too freaked out to put it back on. 

At that point he said in a calm voice "see this is real, otherwise how could I do that?" he pointed to the bike, and then continued speaking in a calm but authoritative voice "we need to talk." 

He looked like a normal person with the exception that his clothes look present day but yet he looked out of place and oddly surreal but I can't say why. I didn't know if he was human, alien, demonic, all I knew was this was impossible and shouldn't be happening in broad daylight, on a busy street of large downtown city and it was freaking me out badly. 

I remember telling the man something to the effect "No I am leaving I don't want to talk to you, I am going now!" to which he said something to the general effect "you can walk away but we are not done talking" he said more but I was moving away and was too scared to listen. 

I turned to see if he was following me, and again, I watched him step off the curb, onto the road and disappear into thin air, as if there was an invisible door there. Just like how he appeared. Many years later I still don't know what to make of the experience but had an impulse to good key words and on this and see if other had such experiences.”

Fakes and Hoaxes

For starters, let us tackle the issue of hoaxes and fraud.  The Internet is full of them. However, not everything is a fake.  There are occasional jewels out there if you know what to look for.

There are many fakes and hoaxes on the Internet.  Many of which are very well done.  (Thanks to modern computer technology.) The links listed above have about 80% fake or hoaxes interspersed with a mere handful of authentic examples.

In general, let it be understood that the technology that I was exposed to did not create any flash or light, EM disturbance or anything like that.  Thus, any video or photo that shows someone or something disappearing with an associated flash, CGI effect or the like is a hoax. (At least, that is what I believe, based upon my own experiences.)

In addition, there was no molecular disappearance or fading effect, it was actually a “blinking effect” (in the mind of the person being transported) that occurred in a very short period of time.  So, if there is a fading effect that lasts longer than one half of a second, then that too is suspiciously considered to be a hoax.

Flashes

Everyone just loves the “Hollywood” CGI effects.  They just cannot help themselves.  It is like those old Kung Fu movies where they had to add all kinds of sound effects such as snapping chairs, breaking wood, and thuds to “enhance” the movie effect during a Kung Fu fight.

via GIPHY

Yet, in reality, a true and real Kung Fu fight is a rather quiet event.  You just simply do not hear bones breaking, and wrists snapping.  If you do not believe me then attend a show.  It is a quiet affair.

It’s the same reason why the old original television series Star Trek would have a “swooshing” sound when the spaceship Enterprise flew past the screen.  (This was during the opening credits.)

via GIPHY

Certainly, there is no air in space, thus no sound. However, the sound effect was placed there to give the illusion of movement and speed. It was a “creative license” that provided the theatrical environment. It was a decision the Gene Rodenberry made to provide the illusion to the television viewing public.  The truth is; movies are all just make-believe.

Movies are all just make-believe.

However, people don’t realize this simple fact.  In reality, life is not as if it is portrayed in the movies.  Things can and do happen, but they are often quiet and unspectacular; boring, even.

Consider the preference in using CGI effects to create a video (supposedly) depicting a teleportation event.

Fakes and Hoaxes
Here are screen shots of various fakes and hoaxes that are interspersed in with the actual real video feeds. Ah they really like to use CGI and Hollywood style special effects.

The above are some examples of uploaded videos that supposedly depict teleportation events.  In each one the entity or vehicle disappeared in a flash.  The screen captures shows the overall shape and form of the residual “Hollywood” style flash.

Frame 0116 supposedly depicts a car that just flashed into nothing while viewed by a highway cam. It was most certainly a hoax. Curiously, the shape and size, and CGI effect is identical in the second frame 0117.

In that hoax a youthful young man in his 20’s rode his bicycle into nothing and disappeared.  (The two hoaxes were probably made by the same person.)

Finally, in frame 0118 we see the same kind of CGI effect used to promote the notion that a plane flashed into nothing.  That is the most ridiculous of them all as all planes have to file a flight plan and are tracked continuously. Certainly, someone would have noticed…

…but I digress.

Prolonged fading

We all love the old Star Trek shows.  This includes not only the original series, but also all the movies and other spun off shows.  In the Star Trek world was a device known as a teleporter.

It was a device that could move a person from one location to another by reducing their being into tiny particles and “zapping” them to another location. I thought it was pretty cool when I was growing up, and others did as well. However, then again, it was all just a cool Hollywood television effect.

via GIPHY

Yet, somehow, people want to believe that people can slowly fade away. Much like the one or two second duration teleportation fade, the CGI hoaxes on the Internet try to do the same thing and use the same tired old fading duration.

Nevertheless, the truth is, as far as the technology that I was exposed to, you do not “fade away”.  You “walk into”. You “pop” into a “state”. You go from location “A” and arrive in location “B”.  There is no mixing of the two states; a state of “A+B”, in this technology.  Here are some examples…

Cheshire kitty cat.
Here we have another fake video. Where some guy claims that his cat can fade in and out of reality. Nice CGI asshole. However, matrix and hive souls do not have that ability. There is no need to do it, as since they are all connected, if they want to experience a different reality they just merge into it. Jeeze!

In the above, we see a cat that is doing typical cat hunt and kill behavior on a man’s porch.  Then we see the cat fade out slowly like the Alice in Wonderland Cheshire Cat. The man who submitted the video claimed that it was from his CCTV feed and he never saw anything like that before in his life. Yeah, I’ll agree with him at that.  However, the likelihood that this video being real and legitimate is rather low.

Cat’s so not need to develop this ability. They are already expert hunting and killing machines. Can you just imagine a cat appearing out of the air and attacking? Yikes!

via GIPHY

Here is another hoax that is apparently well done.  In it, it portrays a car fading into nothing. Note the white car in frame 0126.  In frame 0127, it starts to fade out, and in frame 0128, it is all but disappeared.

Now, this does not have to be a teleportation event.  Perhaps they had an invisibility generator in the car.  (Even if they had one, they switch on and switch off.  They do not fade in and fade out.) Please believe me, using the technology circa 1981, you “pop” in and you “pop” out.  You never fade.

Fake fading automobile
Here is another hoax. This is a fading automobile. While it is possible that they suddenly turned on some kind of “cloaking mechanism” it is unlikely that it would fade over a few seconds. Both most of the (so called) cloaking / invisibility mechanisms that I am aware of, as well as the MWI egress technology does not “fade” in any way, shape or form. It appears and then disappears. Jeeze!

Fakes and hoaxes aside, there are many instances of “high strangeness” that are now easy to film.  While there are still legions of skeptics regarding these events, they do occur and should be investigated.

Conclusion

There are examples of exit and egress in and out of our reality all around us. Here, we describe just some of the many examples that have been accidentally recorded on dash cameras.

The knowledge that there are other realities “out there” should be sufficient for a relatively intelligent person to conclude…

  1. Time is not what we think it is.
  2. Good and bad are related to experiences relative to a given reality.
  3. The ability to enter and leave other realities is not something that the average person should have access to.
  4. If we are in this singular reality, we need to ask ourselves WHY this one?
  5. Who are these organizations that travel in and out of reality, and why do they do so?

Take Aways

  • Roads and intersections provide stable coordinates for dimensional and time travel using vehicles.
  • Examples of MWI “world line” switches are everywhere.
  • Any extraterrestrial with sufficient technology to visit the earth would have the ability to apply some of that technology to the MWI.
  • There are people, humans, and others who use technology to enter and leave our reality.
  • It is unknown why anyone would want to use this technology to visit our reality.

FAQ

Q: Have you ever used a vehicle to perform time travel?
A: No. Nor have I used a vehicle, as described herein, to conduct any kind of MWI slide.  My utilization of the MWI was strictly functional towards my operational needs. Thus, the idea that someone would want or need to conduct “time travel” or use a vehicle to surf the MWI is a mystery to me that I cannot explain. Nor can I justify it’s use.

Q: Why won’t the government make this knowledge public?
A: As far as I know, no government has this ability. There are organizations, however, that operate within a given nation or government structure that operate independently. Such as MAJestic operates as a “carve out” within the United States government. This knowledge and information if far, far, far, FAR too powerful for the average person to access. For sentience sorting, humans need to be kept ignorant and isolated until the sorting process is complete.

Q: Why do people make fake hoaxes?
A: Ignorance, boredom, greed, or malevolence. It distracts from real observations and makes it difficult to identify and learn from.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

On Being an Older Gent

Once you get older, you change. Change is a continuous process, indeed.  But age permits one the benefit of reflection. For the person that I am now is not the boy that grew up in Western Pennsylvania. My interests are quite different, and I am quite sure that I would be shocked and surprised at what I have become, and how my life is today.

My life today is nothing like I expected it would be…

Introduction

There are so many elements of this that it is difficult for me to adequately quantify.

I look back at my High School days and view many of the actions and activities that I participated in as very trivial.  Yet at the same time, I see them all as necessary learning avenues to teach me about society and social interaction.  I now see the importance in the creation of special events, and school get-togethers. While my interests were generational in scope, they still manifest today.  They are just in different forms and shapes.

I look at the politics of today, and view them in terms of sentience selection.  I do not view them in the “black and white” terms of my boyhood. This goes double for the American media narrative.

As such, I see that I have aged and matured.

My thoughts are no longer so pristine and “black and white”.  My experiences have forged me into the person that I am today. You cannot take a person who spent their entire life in the black-negro ghettos of Chicago and expect them to walk into a directors meeting of a fortune 500 company.

Nor can you take a person who has lived their life uneducated, as a poor Muslim in the Sudan, and expect them to write the latest code and create a spectacular software program from it.

Your actions and thoughts create your destiny.

As such, I am not going to get up and become an NFL star, a blonde female social activist, or a wild playboy like Hugh Heffner. It just isn’t going to happen. Today I am the sum total of all my thoughts that I had during my entire life. I have created this world that I now live within.

Life is not a lottery that you win through the selection of a random number. The life you live is a consequence of your thoughts and your actions. Which means…

Our Life is up to Us to Configure

My life today is not at all what I thought it would be. For I thought and envisioned the kind of life that I saw on television and read in the Men’s Magazines that I read growing up. Instead, it was something else.

It became what I thought about.

A nice glass of VSOP
Now that I am older, and I don’t have to deal with the corporate lifestyle, my life is slower. It is better. I can take my time and enjoy the finer things in life. I can smoke. I can drink. I can have massages. I can take naps. I can pursue my hobbies. I can eat the foods that I like.

What did I think about? What did I dwell upon?

Well, all through my younger years, and well into university, I dreamed and strove to be a “Rocket-man”. I wanted to be a “Spaceman”; an Astronaut. I named my toys after space and future television shows. I had “Cosmos” who was a stuffed dog. I had a Naval Flight Helmet (old style) that I was given and wore everywhere. I wanted that life…

  • I wanted to be with extraterrestrials.
  • I wanted to be friends with them.
  • I wanted to fly in the rocket-ships and visit their bases.
  • I wanted to enter into airlocks.
  • I wanted to be involved in great and important work that involved top secret equipment.

All of this happened, in one way or the other. Though none of it was how I pictured it to be.

Welcome to the party, pal.
Yeah. Welcome to the party. It’s hard core. That’s for damn sure.

There are readers that believe that they would behave differently than I have.  Of course.  We are all different.  We all have different experiences and thoughts.  I experienced my life because I had been working to it, and what I experienced was in direct proportion with my desire and goals. To this, I must say, to those who think that they would be different… Of course it would be different for you. You don’t have the same kinds of thoughts that I have.

What I experienced is a direct result of my thoughts.

These objectives also created downsides.

My Role was my Life

I joined MAJestic, but it was nothing like I thought it was. No, I did not strap myself into a rocket the size of the Empire States Building. No I did not go exploring the far off heavens. No, I was not rewarded with ticker-tape parades, buxom blonde beauty pageant winners, and given the key to the city. Nope. None of that happened.

Although, indeed, yes. I obtained what I wanted, deep down in my heart. It is just that it did not resemble anything like I thought it would. It was quite different.

  • I did actually meet extraterrestrials.
  • While not exactly “friends”, I was entangled intimately with some of them.
  • Though I never flew in a “Rocket-ship”, I did utilize the same transport technique that they used to visit their bases and facilities.
  • No, I never entered an “airlock”, however I did have many opportunities to egress from a Sally-Port.
  • I was involved in important “Top Secret” work, that absolutely did involve advanced equipment.

Yet, somehow it wasn’t like I actually pictured it. It did not resemble anything that I thought it would be like.

What happened

Instead, my entire life was (somehow) scrambled and put into a different “artifice” (for lack of an appropriate word). From that “artifice” I was expected to live as a normal, average man. But I wasn’t. There was no way I was average. Not in what I had done to achieve my role, but also in what I had become.

I had be “normal”.

I had to live an average life, and while living it, my thoughts and impressions were transcribed to “others” to manipulate the MWI that I inhabited. Of course, it involved the MWI, and the very fabric of our reality.

In the end, all I can say is that had a role. I was a snow leopard who was told to wear fleece and mingle with the rest of the sheep. I was a something that had a role that no one could see. I was apparently quite important, but I and my actions and significance were completely invisible to mankind.

I lived a typical American life.

And…

It sucked. It really did.

I could not be special. I could NOT be special. By entering MAJestic I agreed to take on the role that was required of me. I had to participate in the kind of life that my fellow Americans were experiencing. I had to endure many layoffs and company restructurings, as my experiences HAD to be along the same line of the bulk of (American) humanity that I was representing.

Charlie Brown football.
What a friggin’ life. To volunteer for a role where you would be a kind of Charlie Brown constantly dealing with a horrible Lucy . All for what? To monitor the Mandelbrot migrations of a constantly evolving MWI slide? It sucked.

So yes, I was the sad sack, the Charlie Brown boy who had to endure Lucy pulling away the football, over and over again. I was the boy who picked up the golf balls at a driving range, only that I had a big bulls-eye painted on my chest. I HAD to experience the changes in American society, so that the MWI could experience the corrective slides.

That’s bad enough. In fact, it really sucked. But, that’s not all there is to it.

I Was Retired from MAJestic

I also had to endure the retirement sequence, and all the horrible aspects of it. Yeah, after thirty years of being the designated MAJestic liaison for a group of interested “signifigants”, I was retired.

Retired. I didn’t even get a friggin’ “thank you”.

But you know, it was not MAJestic that processed me. They only retired me. What they did, of course was have someone else do the “heavy lifting”. They went and utilized the state governments to take care of “my matter”. They set the State Government to process me and put me into a monitoring program.

The Constitution’s guarantee of a fair trial is disappearing.

“criminal defendants are being coerced to plead guilty,” cautions the nonpartisan National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers. 

“There is no more heart wrenching task than explaining” to an innocent person that “they must seriously consider pleading guilty or risk the utter devastation of the remainder of their life.”

-New York Post

You know, the state did not know my background. The state did not care.  They just treated me like all the others in the state monitoring programs. I got no special treatment. Reports were drafted. Paperwork was filled out. Things were “rubber stamped”. I went through the entire procedure. It all looked so fair and proper…

MAJestic only cared that I be retired and put into a monitoring program “just in case”. I mean after all, “why take the chance”? Who knows what the (potentially dangerous) extraterrestrials might have “up their sleeve”?

It really sucked.

The prisoner.
In the 1960’s era televisions show titled “The Prisoner”, a secret agent is retired by placing him on an isolated island. America does not have any islands that they retire their MAJestic agents to. Instead they put them into monitoring programs. There are only two monitoring programs in the United States. Both are run by the states. One [1] is the parole system. The other is [2] the Sex Offender program. The parole system has a finite duration, and cannot be extended. The Sex Offender program is far more comprehensive and can be extended indefinitely.
So I was retired from the organization. It hurt.

I am not going to pretty it all up. I was arrested, sentenced, promised a plea bargain, and then given a completely different sentence that we had agreed to. I was told by my attorney it was because “it was political“, whatever the heck that is supposed to mean.

So, I was retired by MAJestic.

Though as far as the rest of the country knew,  MAJestic does not exist. There is no such things a extraterrestrials, and the American government does not have secrets, secret programs, or agents who participate in the programs. As far as the rest of the world is concerned, I was justly sentenced. I got my due. I was a terribly evil and bad man. I was a horrible person, one that needed to be isolated, secluded, avoided and made a pariah of.

I was a man who was “given his due”…

Hard Labor in Arkansas
This was exactly what it was like for me. I did “Hard Time” in Arkansas. Photo is of ADC Cummins facility. Yup. We all did “Hard Time” in the hot and sweaty Arkansas sun. This was what was necessary to put me in a monitoring program that would track my actions, where I lived and what I would do. This is how MAJestic agents are retired. It is not pretty.

Now, there was a sort of freedom in being retired.

With the MAjestic set of probes disengaged, there was a kind of calmness and serenity that I hadn’t felt since I joined  the program. Also, you adapt. It wasn’t a fun life, but then again, I felt like I was retired.

Of course only the MAJestic probes were retired. Not my extraterrestrial probes. They never shut off. They are always on. I am always connected to the MWI. Thus my situation that I find myself in today.

  • Retired from MAJestic.
  • Still part of the MWI, forever entangled with my “benefactors“.

Yet, in the end, it all worked out. What was promised to me materialized.

Yet, in the end, it all fell into place

Now, today as an older man, I see how everything fit into place.  I no longer have to kiss up to others to achieve my goals.  (This not only includes bosses at companies, but attractive women as well.)

This is wholly satisfactory to me.

This is whether or not I am trying to have a relationship or sex with another girl and need to alter my behaviors to attract her, or whether I need to fit some corporate model and image to obtain work elsewhere. Maybe it is from what I have learned through experience, or maybe it is because some of the baggage associated with MAJestic has been turned off. What ever…

I am my own man.  I now do things on my own terms.

While it might not be popular to be a white male in America during the Obama Presidency, I no longer care. I am who I am, and I am not going to apologize for it. If you don’t like me, if you don’t like what I have done, if you don’t like what I wrote or how I wrote it, or if you are uncomfortable with my story… well that is fine.

I do not care.

I am a Man and I do not apologize for it

Gunny Highway.
Gunny Highway is an ideal that has elements that all men should strive towards. Sometimes the fiction that we see can lead us into behavior ideals that we can adopt as our own.

Real men know exactly what I am writing about.  It doesn’t matter if the reader is a male from Los Angles, Miami, or Memphis. All real men know exactly what I mean within the pages of this manuscript. A man is a man who is a Man.

I gave up political correctness when I became a man.

Prissy pussies apologize and carefully speak so as not to offend anyone. Real men say what they mean. They stand by their words, and are NOT afraid to speak their minds. Otherwise they aren’t men at all.

Even though biologically they might have a penis, and wear male clothes, they are actually a woman or boy pretending to impersonate a man.  Being a man is something that goes beyond dress.  Being a man is an attitude.

Never forget that.

Simple man
I am a simple man. I like pretty dark-haired women and breakfast food.

Men and women are both attracted to “manly” men. In fact, to the surprise of the American media, soft-feminine progressive liberal women are incredibly attracted to strong conservative men.  Don’t believe me, go HERE, HERE and HERE.

“I don't know why I am attracted to Conservative/ politically incorrect men. I am a total social justice warrior and proud of that, buy I am attracted to the opposite of that. Is anyone else attracted to their political opposite? I have a fantasy of getting dominated by an extremely anti sjw white man. I guess I want to have sex with people I hate/ people who hate me.

…

I am too. I think it takes a lot of confidence to hold a political stance that is so unpopular in our current political environment. It has a "bad boy" element to it. That's totally something that appeals to me, for better or for worse.”

-reddit

It has nothing to do with politics, appearance, social-economic influences, money, power or position. It is all about attitude.

via GIPHY

Here is the mechanism.  Pay attention, please.

Attitude is uniquely tied to ego.  That should be obvious. With that well understood, note how thoughts and ego are interrelated. Ego is tied to thoughts, and thoughts create our reality.

A woman (or a man for that matter) who “hitches up” to a strong willful man with a strong attitude will see REALITY BEND and WORLD-LINES converge to meet the shared needs of their partnership.

That is why.

I know all of this, and because I see this and understand it, I control the world around me.  I am in control.  I do not need to alter my behavior to please or appease anyone.

A real man
A real man does manly things and does not apologize for it. He is strong. He does what needs to be done without complaining. We goes after his dream without stopping. He tries, and works and then redoubles his efforts. He provides for his family.

Being a man does not mean to take on the 2016 stereotypical narrative promulgated by the American media.  For that is a false narrative that has no basis in reality except to divide, ridicule and impugn. Rather, a man must maintain all his strengths with wisdom and concern for those around him.

Men are just as capable as women to nurture, support, and find friendships with others.

Men have emotions, feelings, strengths and weaknesses.  Yet, if you follow the current American narrative, all men are a “joke” and totally unnecessary to raise children.  In fact, according to many in America today, there needs to be steps taken to replace male dominance in the workplace.

This is often accomplished with “diversity experts”, who are more often than not, social justice minority lesbian women.  Lord help the United States.  It’s in for a tremendous upheaval.

Men and compassion.
Men are capable of compassion and understanding. We are capable of many things. However, do not cross us. A real man is not someone that you want to mess around with. We will give you our best, but if you are deserving, we will give you our worst.

A real man, of course, possesses an attitude, and is not afraid to show their strength when necessary.  This can be in many forms, and is not limited to physical strength. Men have the ability to suppress, and control their emotions. Men can focus on one single thing to the exclusion of everything else. They can focus.

Women simply cannot. It is biological.

In short, let it be understood that men have abilities that are germane to their gender. Just like women also have abilities germane to their gender. Men can focus on things, plow through without the burden of emotion, and push against all odds. Women can nurture, have children, and raise a family. Both men and women have a role in our society.

Neither gender is better than the other.  We are just different.  That difference is wonderful.

Have I made myself clear?

via GIPHY

Conclusions

When I came to China and started to live a more retiring life, I came to the understanding of how different my life was from what I expected. It occurred to me that my current life is the sum total of all the thoughts that I have ever had in the past.

This included such things as joining MAJestic, to what I ended up doing. It included such things as where I live and my lifestyle. It included everything about my life as I currently experience it.

As such, I have a message for the younger men out there…

Be good. Think good thoughts and do good deeds. Live your life on your terms. If you keep mindful and are focused they life that you desire in the deepest recesses of your heart will manifest for you. Just be in control of yourself. Be a man.

via GIPHY

Take Aways

  • The life that have in your reality is created by YOU.
  • The only way out of a bad situation that you are in, is to change your thoughts immediately. Then have the discipline and the focus to work your way out.
  • My life is the accumulated thoughts of my entire life.
  • If you are good, you will end up with a good life.
  • It seems like things are beyond our control, but that is only an illusion.

Inspiration

Find inspiration in everything that you do. What inspires you might not inspire someone else. Inspiration is a very personal thing.

That being said, for me, I find that Silenus and Dionysus represents my love of life. For those of you who don’t know, in Greek mythology, Silenus (Greek: Seilenos) was a companion and tutor of the wine god Dionysus. You know, being the tutor for Dionysus is pretty cool. Eh?

He appeared together with satyrs and other creatures in the wine god’s entourage, resembling a satyr, although, he was considerably older. The character Silenus ended up as a very special genre of figure creatures known as sileni.

It kind of explains why I live the life as I do…

Cat
Yes. Well there is …..Dionysus cat!

FAQ

Q: Do extraterrestrials exist?
A: Yes they most certainly do. It’s a pretty silly question, as we now know that we share this planet with many sentient animals, of which a number of them have complex brains and societies that we are just now beginning to understand. In the enormity of the universe it is absolutely crazy to hold on to the 1960’s era belief that we are the sole intelligence in the universe.

While there are many who consider humans to be the top of societal evolution, we shouldn’t neglect the fact that we share this world with dolphins. We have larger brains than us. They have a language that they speak. They are also quite intelligent. While many consider humans to go back 10,000 years, dolphins go back 48 millions of years.

Don’t you think that it is pretty arrogant of us to ignore the intelligence of dolphins that we share this planet with?

Q: How do you reconcile the bad times that you experienced?
A: I view them as lessons and experiences. I hope to learn from them, though it is sometimes a battle to keep positive and turn off the emotional connection to them. That being stated, it is also important to control the flow of news into your head. Most news, especially American news is designed to manipulate you. Do not let it. Manipulation takes the control of your life away from you.

Q: In what ways are the life you have now different from what you expected?
A: It is different in every conceivable way. From where I live, to what I eat. To who I know and how I am treated, to what I do for fun. To what my hobbies are to what I think is important.

via GIPHY

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Alpha Centauri

Our Galaxy the Milky Way

Sirius solar system

Alpha Centauri

The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.

The Hammer inside the rock.

The Hollow Moon

The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.

The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.

Mystery of the bronze bell.

Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.

Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?

The Oxia Palus Facility

Brown Dwarfs

Apollo Space Exploration

CARET

The Nature of the Universe

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven

MWI

Things I miss

An Observed World-Line switch.

Vehicular world-line travel

Posts Regarding Life and Contentment

Here are some other similar posts on this venue. If you enjoyed this post, you might like these posts as well. These posts tend to discuss growing up in America. Often, I like to compare my life in America with the society within communist China. As there are some really stark differences between the two.

Link
Link
Link
Tomatos
Link
Mad scientist
Gorilla Cage in the basement
Link
Pleasures
Work in the 1960's
School in the 1970s
Cat Heaven
Corporate life
Corporate life - part 2
Build up your life
Grow and play - 1
Grow and play - 2
Asshole
Baby's got back
Link
A womanly vanity
The Warning Signs
SJW
Army and Navy Store
Playground Comparisons
Excuses that we use that keep us enslaved.

More Posts about Life

I have broken apart some other posts. They can best be classified about ones actions as they contribute to happiness and life. They are a little different, in subtle ways.

Being older
Link
Civil War
Travel
PT-141
Bronco Billy
r/K selection theory
How they get away with it
Line in the sand
A second passport
Paper Airplanes
Snopes
Taxiation without representation.
Link
Link
Link
Make America Great Again.
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
1960's and 1970's link
Democracy Lessons

Stories that Inspired Me

Here are reprints in full text of stories that inspired me, but that are nearly impossible to find in China. I place them here as sort of a personal library that I can use for inspiration. The reader is welcome to come and enjoy a read or two as well.

Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Notes

  1. Revised and released 30SEP18.

The True Nature of the Universe

Elsewhere discussed the physical universe, and we discussed the various dimensions of the universe.  We discussed how souls are constructed and the quanta that comprise them.  For all of these discussions, we really need to discuss what reality is… 

Or more interesting, a more central question. Just how does the reality that we see and interact with reflect our mind and thoughts?  To answer this question we have to enter a realm of understanding that involves some new terms and some new ways of thinking.

Warning, it tends to get a little bit confusing here. So please hang on.

What is real
What is reality? What is real? Is everything that what we sense is the ONLY reality that we have? Or does it include other things, that are beyond our senses? I argue that our universe consists of two states. The state that we are involved in is the true reality that we inhabit.

This post is an introduction to what the true nature of reality is.  I discuss it in the most elementary forms and offer pathways for the common reader to consider and ponder.  Like the rest of my writings, it is only a signpost to lead to better and more detailed considerations.

Remember, I am only transcribing what I know from my MAJestic involvement. If you want mathematical proofs, you will need to hike over to those who make a living doing that kind of thing.

Introduction

One of the biggest things that I must impart to the reader is that the Quantum world and the “real” world are the same thing.  They are not separate realities.

Physics tells us the universe is as it is, and thus able to support life and consciousness. This is because 20 or more physical constants and the laws they dictate take on very specific values. 

If any of these varied even slightly, we would not be here.

Therefore, the precise values and our presence in the universe are apparently a coincidence. It's more than that. It is a stunningly amazing coincidence. It is "mind boggling".

To figure out this unbelievable coincidence, scientists have come up with explanations. (I guess that they don't want to even look at "intelligent design" as one of them. Well, they will eventually. It might take a few centuries, but they will.)

They have come up with an explanation known as the "anthropic principle". This explanation addresses the question of why these values are what they are, and has several interpretations.

The most common is tautological. Which means that we are in this particular universe simply "because". The universe has these specific values simply because it has those values. If it did not, we would not be here. 

Eh? 

For many physicists and philosophers, the tautological answer is related to the multiple worldviews, or the MWI. In short, this universe with consciousness is one that resides within a multitude of universes. 

All the others have different physical constants and lack life and consciousness.

There should be no question or concern that quantum mechanics is our most successful theory of nature.  It is not Newtonian mechanics.  However, many people just don’t understand it very well.  They think that its rules and behaviors are too strange for practical day to day application.  Make no mistake, there is absolutely no question that Quantum theory, as well as its key mathematical tool, the wave function, excels at predicting probabilities for the outcomes of experiments.

Yet there is a problem. No one can figure out how it all fits together. The physicists and those “philosophers of science” cannot agree as to how the quantum mechanics influences our “real” world.

Because of this, there has mushroomed a small “cottage industry” of interpretations of quantum theory, and what precisely what it is.  Could I be one of the workers in this little industry? What do you think?

Nah.

This is my feeble attempt to describe our true absolute reality. It is my attempt to show how the physical world that we observe is but a myopic view of the true reality. It is my attempt to show that our universe is fashioned as such by the limitations of our physical body.

We define what our Universe Is

Forget about thought for now. Let’s just consider the “physical” world that surrounds us…

So, what is the fine structure of the universe?

  • The material world is composed of atoms and subatomic particles.
  • But atoms (-10-8 cm) are mostly empty space.
  • Well, not exactly “empty” (When I first penned this, that was what I thought.  However, my opinion has since changed drastically.  There is nothing as “empty space”, it is all filled with “something”. Space and time are mental illusions that we have created to help us understand things.), as is the space between atoms.
  • If we go down in scale from atoms, eventually we reach the basement level of reality, Planck scale geometry at 10-33 cm, with coarseness, irregularity, and information.

OK. So here we are. We are at the bottom of the very basic physical reality. We call it “Planck-scale geometry”.

Descriptions of Planck scale geometry include such things as;

  1. String theory.
  2. Loop quantum gravity.

We don’t really know what the best theory is for things so absolutely tiny. We can only suppose theories.

String theory, is a pretty valid theory. I guess. Here, Planck scale strings vibrate at specific frequencies. Each frequency correlates with fundamental particles. It’s a pretty decent theory as far as theories go. But it does has some problems. It lacks background geometry (Where and in what environment do the strings vibrate?) and it also requires multiple untestable dimensions. Ouch!

Or, perhaps…

Loop quantum gravity depicts space-time geometry as quantized into “volume pixels”. These volume pixels are Planck scale polygons with edges that have special properties. The edges may be considered as irreducible spin whose lengths vary (but tend to average 10-33 cm). Planck volumes evolve and change with time, conveying information as a 3-dimensional spider web of spin. Experiments suggest that space-time geometry is also non-local, and maybe  holographic.

By studying what is going on at the tiniest levels of our observed reality, we can get some understanding of our universe. As long as we can settle upon a theory that works well enough.

Recent evidence suggests that Planck scale information may repeat at increasing scales in space-time geometry, reaching to the scale of biological systems. Or, in other words, “as above, so below“. It’s sort of like a Mandelbrot illustration.

Mandelbrot illustration
Things behave in similar ways to scale. Thus, you can observe trends and behaviors that seem to have patterns.

We tend to believe in this behavior of scale due to observations in test environments. For instance, the British-German GEO 600 gravity wave detector near Hanover, Germany has consistently recorded fractal-like noise which apparently emanates from Planck scale fluctuations. These fluctuations repeat every few orders of magnitude in size and frequency. They go from Planck length and time (10-33 cm; 10-43 s) to bio-molecular size and time (10-8 cm; 10-2 s).

At some point (or actually at some complex edge, or surface) in this hierarchy of scale, the microscopic quantum world transitions to the classical Newtonian world. It transitions cleanly and absolutely.

If this transition is due to some kind of Penrose-related theory, and there is no reason to consider that it might not, then it is reasonable to consider that consciousness occurs as a process on this edge between quantum and classical worlds.

The Penrose-Hameroff theory of "orchestrated objective reduction" ("Orch OR") proposes that consciousness depends on quantum computations in structures called microtubules inside brain neurons, occurring concomitantly with and supporting neuronal-level synaptic computation (Penrose and Hameroff 1995; Hameroff and Penrose 1996a,b; Hameroff 1998a,b; Hameroff et al. 2002). After all, everything that is being discussed is related to perceptions…

Consciousness occurs at the transition point between quantum and classical Newtonian science.

Which points out some very significant considerations;

  • Depending on the scale of consideration, we have a threshold of consciousness.
  • Consciousness cannot exist below that threshold.
  • Consciousness generates thoughts.
  • Below the consciousness threshold is a universe that is independent of thought.
  • Above the consciousness threshold we have a reality that is ruled by thought.

Finally,

  • We exist within two universes simultaneously.
  • One universe is ruled by thought and the other is not.
“Land us over there, will you. Captain; that looks like rich country if I ever saw it."

It was the freshest green color they had seen since childhood.

Lakes lay like clear blue water droplets through the soft hills; there were no loud highways, signboards or cities. It's a sea of green golf links, thought Forester, which goes on forever. Putting greens, driving greens, you could walk ten thousand miles in any direction and never finish your game. A Sunday planet a croquet-lawn world, where,you could lie on your back, clover in your lips, eyes half shut, smiling at the sky, smelling the grass, drowse through an eternal Sabbath, rousing only on occasion to turn the Sunday paper or crack the red-striped wooden ball through the wicket.

"It ever a planet was a woman, this one is…"

-Ray Bradbury.  Here There Be Tygers

The Terrible Mess

“Anyone who considers protocol unimportant has never dealt with a cat.”

-Robert Heinlein in “The Cat Who Walks Through Walls.”

To begin, we all must recognize that everything in the observed universe is made up of either [1] physical matter, [2] energy, or [3] “dark” matter.  All of these three forms can be broken down into the smallest elements known to man.  (No, not atoms.  Smaller.  Think vibrating “strings” or as we just discussed, Loop quantum gravity.)

At these small sizes they exhibit quantum behavior.  (That is to say that they can behave like a particle or like a wave depending on the observer. They are so, so, so very tiny, that thought influences their very form.)

Ponder that one for a second...

The small size of quanta is influenced by thought. If so, how? Could it be that thought, is in itself a "thing"; a thing that is larger than these small tiny-sized quanta.

Quanta can change states, but this is really a state change by the observer, not an actual change in the object itself.
It is not that a quanta changes, it is how the observer views the quanta that makes the change. Our soul controls consciousness. Consciousness can be in different states depending upon the point of view of the person (the observer).

Thus, to understand the nature of our universe, we must look at these tiny elements; these tiny waves and see how they behave.

As much as we think we know, we are constantly being reminded that what we do know is very small.  We don’t yet know about the nature of the universe, and how everything fits together.  We are constantly reminded of that point and that fact.  For instance, consider the details of the study published in the journal Nature .

In short, the three experiments reviewed in the studies involved [1] charged leptons, (which are electrons), [2] muons, and the [3] heavier taus.

Quantum Particles.
Here are the relationships of the various quantum particles for our discussion herein.

The experiments revealed that taus actually decay faster than the standard model predicts.

The surprising thing was the data which came from the LHCb experiment at CERN in Switzerland, the BaBaR detector of the SLAC National Accelerator Laboratory in California, and the Belle experiment in Japan challenged lepton universality at four standard deviations. This means that there’s a 99.95 percent certainty that this data is accurate, according to the USCB team.

Initial reading into these results would seem to indicate that there is indeed a deviation from the Standard Model of particle physics.

This could mean that an entirely different model of physics is needed to explain the peculiar behavior of the tau particle. In other words, new physics is required.

I urge the reader never to consider that we know “all that there is to know”, simply because of the latest trends in technology.  Until we, as a species are able to troll about the multi-worlds in our own world-lines we will be imprisoned within our own bubbles of ignorance.

The Wave Function

The observer determines form.
The observer determines the forms that we sense. Thoughts control all. The shape of the quanta is determined by the observer, and that determines our reality.

At the center of this “wavy” quagmire is the “wave function.”

A measure of our ability to determine how and why these tiny strings change shape with thought is through the “wave function”.

Using the wave function, better known by its mathematical nickname, ψ (“psi”), physicists can calculate the probability that a quantum measurement will have a particular outcome.   (It is all probability.  The highest probabilities determine the given dimension that we reside in at any given moment.) That therein lies the strength of quantum physics, as well as the apparent strangeness of it.

This ψ is a measure of how thought alters our reality.

This ψ is a measure of how thought alters our reality.

The success of this procedure has allowed us to control the subatomic world with unprecedented precision.  From it we have developed the entire microelectronics revolution.  All electronics from iPhones to televisions rely upon the principles of quantum mechanics.  Yet, this success is not really well understood.

Humans want discrete and solid answers.  They want a classical physics answer.  But quantum mechanics can’t deliver a single, definite answer to a simple question about the outcome of a measurements. Instead, it returns a “probability distribution curve” representing many different possible outcomes.

It’s only after you make a measurement that you observe a stable, predictable, classical outcome.   At this point, the wave function is said to have “collapsed.”

To some, this suggests that there is a gap between the real, physical universe and whatever it is that the wave function is describing.  If so, then what does the wave function actually represent? And what, if anything, is actually collapsing?  It appears confusing, if not absolutely crazy.  (But that is simply a matter of perception that is colored by the limitations of our human senses.  We cannot “see” the multidimensional aspects of reality, so quantum laws appear to be nonsensical.)

I would like to provide some insight to this devilishly complex condition.  As it is critically important to understanding everything that I have written in this blog.

The missing piece – thought

What is the missing piece?  Why is there a gap between how the quantum universe works and the physical world works?  The answer it seems is quite simple, but we refuse to believe it.

What it is;  it is thought.

Humans are confused because we insist that thought has no tangible form.  It is just effervescent “nothing”.  That is wrong.  Thought is a quantum reality; it is missing factor in the behavior of physical items in the physical universe.  The ability for our soul and it’s physical body to construct thoughts is the key to manipulation of the quantum world and thus the physical reality that surrounds us.

Perhaps it is our way of looking at this problem that causes such problematic confusion.

How we percieve reality handicaps us.
How we perceive reality handicaps us. We never get to see all that there is. We never get to see the ultimate truth. We are in this reality with hampered and retarded senses. We must strive to look beyond what we can perceive.

An ψ – Ontic Existence

Philosophers use the word “ontic” to describe real objects and events in the universe, things that exist regardless of whether anyone observes them. If you don’t see them, if you don’t think about them, they still exist. They would exist whether you were alive or not.

If you think of the universe as a video game, the so-called “ψ-ontic” view holds that the wave function is the source code.

From this perspective, the wave function does indeed correspond directly to physical reality, containing a complete description of what philosophers call “the furniture of the world.

For these “ψ-ontologists” (as their opponents playfully call them), quantum theory, and reality itself, is ultimately about how the wave function unfolds over time, according to the Schrödinger Equation.

In the quantum realist view, ψ is, in some sense, “all there is.”

To many thinkers in this camp, nothing extraordinary happens at the moment the wave function collapses. The apparently instantaneous collapse is actually just a very rapid process that occurs as a formerly-isolated quantum system interacts with its surrounding environment.

But…

But, please consider however, the strange idea that the collapse is something else entirely.  Instead of a wave function collapse within your dimension, it is something else.  Consider the idea and concept that a collapse occurs when you change from one dimension to another dimension.

Perhaps it is actually a transference of dimensional states that your soul resides in.  Not a fixed dimensional state where you observe a collapse occurring.

Oh wow!

An ψ – Epistemic Existence

By contrast, the alternative “ψ-epistemic” view holds that the wave function represents something quite different. At most it provides us with a limited knowledge of the state of the system. It does not provide the source code.

However, if you study this function in detail, you might be able to learn about the source code.

Some ψ-epistemologists believe an actual ontic state still exists. This is true even if the wave function is just a “convenient computational tool” that doesn’t capture all of the underlying reality.

Others in the ψ-epistemic camp contend that the physical ontic state may not even exist without an observer present. They argue that the game doesn’t exist if there’s no one there to play it.

What our physical reality is…

Of these two belief structures, the one that I am most familiar with is the more “realist” position. This position holds that there is a real, physical, world that exists independent of the observer. This is true, regardless of whether or not the wave function captures the whole story.

I do not know if it is the actual and true nature of reality; I only know that this the one position that seems to agree with what I have observed and experienced first-hand.

It is also the one that I am most comfortable with, and the one that seems to be in the best agreement with (what I know) known MAJestic understandings.  (This is not because of what the reader might think.  No.  Instead it is because our thoughts are constantly shifting in and out of the multi-dimensional universe.)

The two different view points.
This is the true crux of the issue and the matter at hand. How the universe is depends on the quantum state of your consciousness. If your consciousness is of particle duality, then you exist within a bubble of reality. You cannot see outside of that. However, if your consciousness is of wave duality, then you can see the entire reality of the universe.

I ask the reader to recall, that I earlier described that our universe consists of two different universe states. One is controlled by consciousness and the thoughts by consciousness. The other is not.

For the record; it is the ψ -epistemic view that best describes the physical reality that we observe within our customized reality.

The ψ -epistemic view describes our observed reality.

It is the ψ -ontic view that holds the absolute framework by which all of the multi-verse universes exist within. We are trapped within a  ψ -epistemic custom reality where it appears that everything is fixed.  But that is illusionary. It is fixed because the world-line for each soul is custom to meet the learning and educational demands of the soul.

The ψ -ontic view describes our true universe.

schrodingers-cat
Ah the Schrödinger’s cat issue. What is going on? Is it in the box or not? It only “hardens” into a set reality when we, the observer, sees it.

How it works

The soul controls all.  The soul controls everything.  It creates time.  It creates space.  It forges a world-line for each soul to conduct specific learning exercises.  As such, it makes absolute sense that it be ψ-ontic in nature.

However the reality of all; that of Heaven and the location where souls dwell is ψ- ontic. The reality that is created for us by our soul is ψ –epistemic.

In this view, wave function collapse is not an actual physical process.

Instead, it represents the near-instantaneous “updating of our knowledge” about the state of the system. This seems to give the observer some kind of special status, one in which the thoughts of the observer controls everything. This may or may not be desirable, depending on your perspective.

Schrödinger’s cat
In this view, uncomfortable quantum super-positions, are just mathematical tools. They are mirages. They are the sums of potential possibilities, not actualities. Nothing matters what might be. All that matters is what actually is. It is all determined by observation. Nothing else matters.

Putting it together.

According to what I understand; theoretical work by the British physicists Matthew Pusey, Jonathan Barrett, and Terry Rudolph (PBR) has presented the strongest theoretical evidence (I know of)  in favor of the ψ-epistemic view for the universe as created individually for a specific soul.

They have proven a contradictory view by the ψ-ontic belief camp.  Indeed the ψ-ontic view contradicts the predictions of quantum mechanics.

This seems to suggest that the wave function really does correspond to an objective physical reality. As such, the ψ-ontic team is out of luck in terms of the specific physical universe.  However, the reader need be reminded that Heaven and souls occupy a dimensional reality that is beyond that of the ψ-epistemic structure out of necessity. Heaven is ψ-ontic. (This would make a great tee-shirt don’t you think? “Heaven is ψ-ontic.”)

Heaven is ψ-ontic.

Test Confirmations in the Laboratory

In 2014, a team of experimental physicists conducted a very, very special experiment. Their leader, Martin Ringbauer, working with Professor Andrew White at the University of Queensland, performed a very special experiment to test the reality of this issue of ours.

This experiment was designed to test whether the ψ-ontic or ψ-epistemic picture gives is the best explanation for our observed reality. They argued that certain quantum experiments, could help determine this.  Obviously the purpose was to identify whether the true nature of reality was either ψ-ontic or ψ-epistemic.

The key issue is that certain quantum states called “orthogonal” are relatively easy to distinguish experimentally.

It’s a classic procedure. Set up a simple test and measure it exactingly. Consider, for example a photon with “horizontal” polarization versus another with “vertical” polarization. Other “non-orthogonal” quantum states, like two different combinations of both horizontal and vertical polarization, cannot be distinguished perfectly, even if the experimenter knows what the possibilities are in advance.

The ψ-ontic and ψ-epistemic views tell very different stories about why non-orthogonal quantum states are so hard to tell apart in the lab.

  • In the ψ-ontic view, the quantum state is uniquely determined by the ontic state.
  • In the ψ-epistemic view, more than one quantum wave function can represent the same ontic reality.

This sounds complicated, but it needn’t be.

We can show this visually using a graph like the one below. Assuming that there really is some underlying “reality”, the ψ-ontic model says that the wave functions of two independent states can’t overlap. But in the ψ-epistemic model, on the right, two different wave functions can correspond to the same ontic state, represented by the purple area where the curves of the wave functions do overlap.

Ontic models vs. Epistemic models.

Ontic models vs. Epistemic models.Now, imagine that, instead of overlapping two-dimensional curves, we had overlapping three-dimensional spheres, or even more. ..

Ringbauer and his colleagues tested this out by measuring several states of specially-prepared photons, each with either three or four parameters. Adding a new quantum state is like adding an extra sphere to the set. When adding more spheres, and/or increasing the number of dimensions, it becomes even harder to find places where all the spheres overlap.

With this analogy in mind, the Queensland group found that as they increased the number of parameters (for each quantum state) and increased the number of states (they were trying to distinguish between), their experimental results increasingly diverged. The more they added complications, the more they diverged from the predictions of a well defined ψ-epistemic model.

Their experimental results thus strongly conflict with the ψ-epistemic picture’s “overlap” model. This is considered a serious blow against the ψ-epistemic viewpoint.

My Understanding of Reality

In the quest to understand the true Nature of Reality, we must continually question our most basic assumptions. We need to admit and quantify our ignorance. I also need to be explicit about what we are assuming.

Do not shoot the messenger. I do not have the answers. My role was not to understand anything.  And, my dear reader, I could very well be completely wrong about everything.

  • Have you ever attended a wedding where, though you weren’t the one exchanging vows with your beloved, you still felt your own commitment to your wife renewed? Have you ever been reading a book, and come upon an insight that was so profound your jaw literally dropped, and you spent the next couple minutes staring off in the distance, absorbing its significance?
  • Have you ever been at a church service where the pastor was speaking to the congregation’s unconverted, and while you already believed, you felt your heart greatly stirred?
  • Have you ever watched a play, and left the theater with a head full of questions not only about the plot, but about its intersection with your own life?
  • Have you ever had a friend share an experience that, though they didn’t know it at the time, helped you figure out what decision to make with an issue you were personally struggling with?

In all of these situations, you were privy to a message or an experience that wasn’t explicitly directed to you. You overheard it. Well, welcome to my life. I don’t have all the answers, I only know what I participated in, and I have tried to translate into a language that is at best, inadequate to do so.

Conclusions

The universe consists of two universes. One that that are consciously aware of, and one that we are not.

The part that we are not aware of is often considered to be “Heaven”, when it is in reality as place or gateway to multiple “Heavenly realms”. The part that we are aware of is the reality that our consciousness inhabits.

The soul creates a consciousness that connects to a specific reality. That consciousness generates thoughts and alters that reality to fit the needs of the soul.

Take Aways

  • Depending on the scale of consideration, we have a threshold of consciousness.
  • Consciousness can not exist below that threshold.
  • Consciousness generates thoughts.
  • Below the consciousness threshold is a universe that is independent of thought.
  • Above the consciousness threshold we have a reality that is ruled by thought.

Finally,

  • We exist within two (x2) universes simultaneously.
  • One universe is ruled by thought and the other is not.

Additionally,

  • The ψ is a measure of how thought alters our reality.
  • Heaven is ψ-ontic.
  • Our reality is ψ -epistemic.
  • Tests seem to confirm this.

FAQ

Q: Does the quantum wave function represent reality?
A: No. It only serves as a mathematical method from which we can calculate the given probability of an outcome. The interpretation of what is observed by the wave function determines the relative state of  ψ.

Q: Is it possible to have a MWI where everything fits within a ψ -epistemic reality?
A: No. Any given reality is naturally ψ -epistemic, but all the alternative realities of the MWI are all encoded within a ψ-ontic state.

Q: How does consciousness control the MWI?
A: Consciousness creates a collapse of the wave function at the point in time whereas the (a) ψ -epistemic state is realized. This can occur with technology, or through mental discipline, or by “piggy-backing” on to other consciousnesses that have the ability to collapse a wave form at will.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

An Observed World Line Switch – The Aluminum Foil Lady

Let’s spend a short moment looking at an observed world-line switch. Here, a woman exits one world-line and appears in ours. She is wearing a thermal coat / blanket, of the type that looks like aluminum foil. The MWI can be traversed in many, many ways and methods. Let’s take a look at what was observed and discuss it based on what I know from my experiences within MAJestic…

Introduction

Here, let me spend s precious small amount of time to discuss very, very briefly something that I am well versed in. While, in other posts, I have mentioned some of my training, and some of what I know about the universe and our reality. I have also covered some things about our non-physical reality. Let’s talk about a specific event that was caught on camera and observed, via the internet, around the world.

But first, let’s lay out some ground rules.

  • The MWI is real. There are alternative “world-lines” and other realities.
  • Contrary to what impression that you might have from Hollywood, we do not live on a “world-line” we occupy a “bubble of reality”. Sorry “Doc Brown”…
Back to the future blackboard
In the movie “Back to the Future II”, a mad scientist named Doc Brown invented a time travel machine out of a Delorian. Here he explains that happens to a “world-line” when you alter the past. Since that movie, many people are under the incorrect impression that we all live on fated “world-lines”. We do not. We live with individual bubbles of reality that are constantly changing and evolving by our own thoughts and the thoughts and actions of those around us.
  • Once we are in that “bubble”, we can alter it and change it by our actions as well as by our thoughts. We have this ability through physical action, and thought.
  • There are many different techniques for changing your reality. I know specifically of four…

These are;

  1.  Simple changes to your reality. This can be accomplished by the power of intention or prayer. Not to mention the obvious changes by physical action.
  2. Large scale changes that require fixed machinery and devices to manifest. These are used to transport not only into a different reality, but also to a different geographical region. In this kind of alterations, time and geographic location can be changed.
  3. Large scale changes that can utilize portable devices to manifest. This can be in the form of large and heavy devices, and also in the form of much smaller device, depending on the technology of the user species.
  4. Changes to both the physical and non-physical realities by “piggy-backing” onto an entity with the inherent ability to conduct world-line travel via the MWI.
This is pretty "off the wall" stuff for casual reading, and not really something that you would find on most conspiracy websites. That's fine with me. This is the real deal. Read it or not. I just don't care.

Here we are going to discuss an observed MWI slide, or world-line switch (if you prefer) that took place in Russia on a highway. While I do not know of the specific method used, I personally tend to believe that it involved #2 above.

Travel by Intention

As I have just stated, there are four different ways (that I know of) to traverse the various realities that we can inhabit. The first and time-honored method is to make “slight” changes to our reality. We can do this by taking control of our physical world. This is the realm of (concentrated and directed) prayer. This is the world of “Intention“. By controlling your thoughts, you can control the direction of your life.

The power of intention
The Rice Experiment opened more than a few teenage eyes on how their words and intentions impact their environment. Hopefully, the lesson will translate into their homes and future workplaces. The middle school teens conducted the Rice Experiment. After cooking a pot of rice, they placed a scoop of rice into separate, identical jars and sealed the lids. On the outside of one jar, they wrote “LOVE” while on the other jar they wrote, “HATE.” For the next week, they talked to the jars filling the LOVE jar with kind, loving, compassionate intentions and thoughts. They told the HATE jar it was stupid, ugly, mean and nasty. Then, they watched the results. A year later, these same jars sit on the shelf of our teen room, telling the story of our intentions. The LOVE jar, filled with our divine, loving intentions, remains filled with white fluffy rice. The HATE jar started decomposing right away and quickly turned into a grey, slimy sludge. No kidding. Credit to HERE.

Travel by Portal

There are other techniques. These other techniques are more in-line with science fiction and Hollywood. In fact, my very first experience in MAJestic utilized such a device. Here we have a device that can open up a “space” or a “portal” that one can walk into. Once you enter that portal you can be transported to [1] other geographic locations, [2] other realities, and [3] other times.

This device uses the MWI, multiple world realities, to transport a person from one place to another. Imagine a device that can traverse the MWI, but one that is utilized towards moving things to other “world-lines” with little deviance. The resultant and only change might be geographic. Thus you could use this device to take you from New York City to Pluto, if you wanted.

Pretty cool. Sort of like the movie “Stargate SG1”.

Stargate portal
The Hollywood movie, and later, the television series, depicted the use of a gate; a “star gate” that our heroes can use to travel the universe. Of course, since this is Hollywood, there are all sorts of cool special effects and a nice water shimmering effect. In reality none of that is present. You just simply walk into absolutely nothing.

The only thing is that when you travel you have to be very careful how you travel.

If you are not careful, you might end up in a different geographic region AND with a different history. The device alters everything. So you must be extremely careful on what you are doing. When you enter such a machine, you will need to be exactly calibrated to make sure that where you are going is where you will actually end up.

Which is sort of the reason why I, and the girls, had to fill out that detailed questionnaire at the ELF portal at NAMI. (More about that later on in a different post.)

Evil Spock
If you are not careful, you could end up in a (so called) “parallel world” that has some serious differences from the world reality that you departed from. here we have a scene (a very famous scene) from the television show Star Trek where our heroes are thrown into a “Parallel world” where they were very uncomfortable in. Sort of how I miss baked beans with my breakfast eggs. On this “world line” it’s all about potatoes with eggs.

Travel by Vehicle / Self

If you had the proper technology, you could miniaturize the equipment that you would use to conduct the MWI slide. You could put it in a vehicle and drive on the roads. Provided that you are not conducting great deviations, any MWI slides would be safe on a road.

Depending on the length of time that that road existed, often hundreds of years, you would be safe on it. The odds of hitting another car, even on a busy road would be small.

That is to say, there won’t be a tree, a building or some obstruction in your way. The land beside a road is often chaotic. You have trees growing and dying over time. You have fields appearing, and disappearing. You have buildings sprouting up and falling into decay. Not so with a road.

The chances would be that the road would be mostly clear… though there would always be a chance of an accident by other vehicles moving within the destination reality.

John Titor dimensional machine
The John Titor saga revolves round an individual who claimed that he was able to conduct dimensional reality slides through use of a device that he carried inside of his vehicle. The device not only permitted time travel, but carried with it a risk of dimensional variation.

Travel by “Piggy Back”

Here is what I am most familiar with. While MAJestic has been very involved with a specific extraterrestrial benefactor (notably the infamous “greys” found so ubiquitously in popular culture), my involvement has been associated with them only tangentially.

I say this two times. I have been associated with them ONLY during [1] my training and [2] implantation “off-world”. After that, I have had no association with them.

via GIPHY

Instead of working with them on various MAJestic projects, they had a different role for me. Their role, as far as I am concerned, was very limited. In it, they helped implant a device that originated from a different secondary species into my skull.

To repeat. My other implants; my extraterrestrial implants, originate from a different extraterrestrial species. They do not originate from the “grey” extraterrestrial species. The “grey” extraterrestrials only installed them within my skull.

via GIPHY

This device has many functions, but fundamentally it connects me directly to a (censored) reality of that particular secondary species. It connects to them in specific ways, and offers two-way communication.

However there are many limitations from my point of view. For instance, certain experiences are beyond the ability of my mind to comprehend. there are also ‘closed off” and restricted features & functions. Not to mention, that they control my entire access to it. It is all at the pleasure of that species.

I have no control over any of it. Absolutely zero control.

This species is much older than those (numerous, FYI) that we have been working with. It is an invertebrate species with a very, very different understanding and (ability to sense) reality than we could ever conceive of.

Since I am so tethered, I can be considered to have some shared experiences and shared realities of the parent species. As they can migrate through the MWI, I can too participate in a limited way with their approval. As they can experience the various realities of “Heaven”, then I too can be made aware of their experiences to a very controlled level of participation.

The reader should not get too excited. It's like a watch dog who their entire life only ate dry dog food. One day, he is given the job of guarding the door to the kitchen. The cook decides to open the door to the kitchen, but the dog is forbidden to enter. However, he was permitted to smell the scents coming from a gourmet kitchen. It doesn't mean that it can go inside and eat it's fill. It just means that if the cooks and chefs felt there was a need or benefit they might toss a scrap or two to the watch dog.

My entanglement was exactly like that.

I performed a service that this extraterrestrial species wanted. In exchange, I was able to have some perceptions and minor experiences. Now, for some reason, as part of their prerogative I am permitted to relate certain perceptions to my fellow humans. I believe that this helps further their objectives. Though I cannot fully understand how.

Dog in the kitchen.
Just because the dog can now be allowed in the kitchen, it does not mean that they will be permitted to eat and taste everything that they smell. Certainly some things will smell delicious. Other things, like maybe celery, not as pleasant. It is up to the chef to decide what to give the dog, and how much and when. Otherwise there is a great risk of the dog eating something bad… like an entire jar of mustard. (Which actually happened when I lived in Arkansas. The dog jumped up on the table, knocked off a big jar of yellow mustard and ate the entire thing while I was sleeping. When I woke up the next day yellow diarrhea dog shit was everywhere, and I do mean everywhere!) Anyways,  Piggy backing with an extraterrestrial benefactor species is exactly like that. They know what is safe and what is dangerous. We haven’t a clue.

Anyways, back to the sliding in and out of the MWI…

When you are “piggy backed” to a species that does this MWI slide naturally, you get to experience it as well. They think nothing of it. It is normal to them. It is something that they did ever since they were a little tiny harvested larva. But to us, who have never experienced this, it is strange and beyond our comprehension.

It took me some training to get used to it. Though the staff at the ELF facility at China Lake absolutely had no idea what it was like for me going through the various ‘exercises”. They just read through the printed out instructions, and I followed their guidelines and script.

They would say something like “depress the half circle”, and I would do it with my mind while sitting in the chair. An observer would see nothing. I would then confirm that I did it, and then they would read something else…

China Lake Review
Various military personnel reviewing project performance and testing at China Lake naval Weapons Center. For me, in my carve-out under MAJestic, the access was heavily restricted. Those who participated and knew of Sebastian and my training were very small in number and limited.

The Event

With all that introductory information out of the way, let’s talk about the “mystery in Russia”. Here we have a woman who just appeared out of “nowhere” in the middle of a busy road. Her appearance was captured on the dash cam of the trailing vehicle.

And…

I want to talk about it relative to what I know, and speculate on what is going on and why.

This example, this observed event, comes from the dash cam on a car as it moves along a highway in a semi-rural section of the country.  The video claims that this was filmed in Russia, but given the environment could have been filmed anywhere.

Here is a very interesting teleportation event.  It is unique because not only does she “pop” into reality, but there is apparently a “force bubble” that surrounds her that pushes a moving truck out of the way. She calmly walks off the road.  She is observed wearing a thermal blanket and is otherwise a “normal” and “boring” person. Again, she is neither overly attractive, youthful or wearing colorful clothing. She is bland, and materializes in the middle of a flat boring section of the countryside.

Screen captures of a woman in a foil blanket
Woman in a foil blanket or covering materializes at the side of a busy road (highway) somewhere in Russia. These images are screen captures from a video that was obtained from a dash cam in a vehicle in Russia.

In the labeled frames, one can see the truck being pushed out of the way to the left by some kind of force, or force bubble in frame 0013. In that frame, there is no woman at all. In the next frame 0014, the truck “rides” along the bubble and again, there is no woman at all.

Suddenly in frame 0015, the woman “pop’s” into reality.

She just calmly starts to walk to the side of the road, as if nothing has happened.  Indeed, if it were me, I would be totally shaken and run to the side of the road.  That is not what she does.  She just calmly walks to the edge.

In frame 0019, she is seen walking off the road.

In frame 0021, you get a better view of her.  Her hair is cut short and at neck level.  Her face is indeterminate.  She is wearing a thermal foil blanket or coat that goes to her knees.  Her hands appear to be in her pockets.  She seems to be wearing black leggings or socks and flat normal shoes.  Not high heels. A close up of the foil coat is obvious in frames 0022, and 0023.  In addition, the coat is made out of foil of some type.

I can’t help but remember a scene from the television show “Better call Saul” where Saul’s brother was afraid of light and wore the thermal blanket to protect him from radiation.

Protective foil coat.
This woman reminds me of the “space blanket” or “survival blanket” that was used in the television show “Better call Saul”. There is only one thing, in this reality THERE ARE NO FOIL COATS made out of this material. Only blankets are made out of this material.

This specific event can be viewed on the following video.  Please note that this video has other examples of fakes and hoaxes interspersed in it.  Also the voice over and music track leaves much to be desired.  Please turn off the audio and watch the video free of “Halloween style” or “B-grade movie” music.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=M_Hwlws9b1g&feature=youtu.be

Watch from 4:08 to approximately 4:32.

An important note is that this exact type of coat; one made out of space blanket material (Mylar Thermal Blankets ) is not available anywhere, in any nation, in this world line. While there are those that are similar, none are an exact match for the one that this woman is wearing. The closest that I could find were;

The version on Amazon, shown below is a close match. However, there are no jackets that are thermal nylon material with a reflective surface that goes down to the knees, comes in a woman’s size, has a side slit, and does NOT come with a hood. This woman’s jacket is completely unique.

Reflective survival jacket.
Reflective foil nylon / Mylar jacket that is commercially available on the internet. Note that this comes with a hood, and is of short length. The one used by the woman has no hood, is knee length, comes in a woman’s size and has a slit up the side.

About the Jacket

Why would someone need to wear such a jacket?

Well there are many reasons. First off, let me posit to the reader that there are many ways and different kinds of technologies that one can use to do things. All the reverse engineering efforts of the 1950’s to today clearly indicate a great diverse spectrum of technology and ways to accomplish similar tasks. Different species use different technologies, at different levels of advancement. Different variations of a species also have different kinds and levels of technologies as well.

There is a saying in China; "There are many ways to get to Beijing.". 

What it means is that you can have different methods and ways to achieve the same goal. If you have a lot of money, and you need to get there quickly, then a private jet is possible. If you have money, and need to get there in a day, an airline is a possibility. Alternatively you can take a high-speed train, a train, a bus, a shuttle, a car rental, a ride-share, or even a donkey cart. It all depends on your knowledge, and your resources at the time.

In a like way, depending on the technology to slide through the MWI, you might need protection.

According to John Tutor, he claimed that if you crossed the MWI using the technology at his disposal, there would be a short and brief exposure to some extreme radiation. If this woman is using a similar technology, then she would need a coat or protective attire to reflect any burst of radiation. Excessive radiation is very bad for you.

Now, in all the cases of the technology that I have used, not one of them experienced a burst of radiation of any type that I am aware of. To elaborate;

  • When you use prayer or intention, the effects as subtle and manifest over swaths of time.
  • When you enter a fixed portal, it is as if you are just walking into nothing. Though there is a feeling as if you were walking though a waterfall. And for a few seconds later you would feel soaking wet.
  • When you “piggy back” there is no effect. Not even a shimmer. Things just look slightly different.

Why on a road?

While my personal experience NEVER required a road, I am aware that there are technologies that are used to travel along the time vector that DOES require a road. Anyone who wishes to use the MWI to travel through time needs to have exact coordinates. Both spatially and in regards to the person traveling.

Roads last for decades, even centuries.

For instance, let’s suppose you wanted to do some kind of time travel in the Boston area. You could travel on the interstate I-90.  This means that you could go back in time to when I-90 was first made. Possibly that would take you to 1956. Yet, even before the highway came into existence, it was a road, and an early dirt road as far back as 1900.

I-90
The American interstate system showing the entire length of the I-90 roadway.

How long do you, the reader, think that I-90 will exist for? Another five years, 20 years, maybe 100 years? If you consider that it might last until the year 2100, then a time traveler would  have a 200 year wide “window” from which to explore and take care of their business with.

Now, all this is very interesting…

But, aside from just a few very, very sanitized instances, my own time travel events were limited. There just wasn’t any need for them in my role. I was doing other things in regards to human sentience and social observation. So, it is beyond my understanding WHY anyone would NEED to travel through time. Isn’t this reality good enough for ya?

Anyways, I have various examples of cars disappearing and reappearing on roads. I have examples of cars appearing out of the blue in cross roads and getting into accidents. I have other examples of people appearing out of the blue on the side of the road and getting hit. I will post these examples later.

Given the large number of examples, we can conclude the following…

  • There are numerous people / civilizations / species / societies that utilize roads to egress from a MWI event.
  • The need to travel through time as a destination vector is deemed (by some) to be important.
  • Accidents can and do happen when this technology is utilized.

Her Dress

If I were to travel as a time traveler, I would wear the clothes of my destination era. If I were to visit medieval England, then I must dress as a wealthy merchant, or commoner. Which ever venue would attract the least amount of notoriety.  If I were to travel back to 1960, what would I dress as?

  • A beatnick
  • A hip teenager
  • A working man
  • A rich businessman
  • A police man

The answer is that I would dress as unassuming as possible. I would dress as common and plain as possible. I would dress as an “average Joe”. That’s what I would disguise myself as.

But…

But, what if you don’t have that kind of control in your time vector? What if the technology and the dispatch and arrival coordinates are not so precise? What are you going to do then? What if there is a wide variance in dates of arrival. What if you could enter a given reality (“world line”) anywhere from 1930 to 2010? How would you dress?

Think about it.

If you were going into the past, you most certainly wouldn’t have any tattoos, or large piercings. Your hair would be cut in a conventional style. What you carried on with you would be plain and unassuming. If you wore classes or spectacles, you might be wearing contacts or have Lasik eye surgery.

If you were a woman, you might dress in some clothes that hasn’t changed much in that stretch of time. You might dress as a Mennonite (provided that yo could speak their dialect and know their culture), or you could dress in something more conventional. You could dress as a nun in a Christian order. There, the clothes are pretty standardized and hasn’t change much in decades.

If you look closely at the woman’s shoes, and sock, and hair style, it looks EXACTLY like the image that she is trying to portray.

Typical attire.
Here is the typical attire of a Christian nun. Note that the only portion of the “lady in foil” that we could see were her legs. In my mind they look suspiciously in alignment with the uniform of Christian nuns throughout the world. This includes the clunky black shoes and the black stockings. Were she to remove her foil coat, my guess would be that she was wearing black, and would have no problem fitting in society as a nun.

MWI and not an Invisible vehicle?

One of the arguments is that perhaps this woman is not utilizing MWI or some elements of “time travel”. Instead, the argument goes, she is egressing from an invisible vehicle.

This is certainly possible, as it seems to be common knowledge that many of our extraterrestrial friends can make themselves and their vehicles invisible. It has to do with the light cones that are within our eyes. By manipulating the radiation that surrounds something you can trick the light cones from not seeing anything. Since different species have different biology, the eyes cones can be species determinant.

Light cones
All creatures that have eyes also have the internal biology to interpret the light that they view. This is accomplished though the geometry and biology of the light cones and rods that act as receptors of radiation. The technology that I am familiar of can subtly alter the radiation of vehicles that they travel in to make them invisible to the humans in the general vicinity.

A fun example of this is in the Star Trek movie titled “Star Trek IV – The Voyage Home”. In the movie, the character utilize a captured Klingon space vessel that has “cloaking” ability. The characters use this ability to hide the spaceship in plain sight int he middle of a park in San Francisco. Then they fly away and materializes directly above a whaling vessel.

Star Trek
Here, in the science fiction adventure “Star Trek – The Voyage Home” we have a vehicle or vessel that materializes in front of a startled ship’s crew.

I would argue that a “cloaked” vehicle that is “invisible” or “transparent” still has substance. You might not be able to see it, but you still can run into it. If the woman was egressing from an invisible vehicle, then that truck would have smashed into it.

This reminds me of an “X files” show where a genie appears. The episode is “Je Souhaite”. She offers everyone three wishes. One of the people who obtained the wishes wanted to be invisible. So he gets to be invisible, and promptly gets run over by a truck. You can watch the video HERE on the internet.

A lot happens: A guy (Anson Stokes) finds a woman rolled up in a rug in a storage locker. His boss instantly loses his mouth. Anson then gets a boat in his driveway and *then* is found dead, invisible, having been hit by a truck. Cue a wonderful scene of Scully dusting an invisible corpse with lycopodium powder while grinning like an idiot.

No, I do not think that she is egressing from an invisible vehicle.

Another example.

This is a video posted in China during the middle of the coronavirus outbreak. Video is apparently taken sometime in November prior to the first signs of the virus outbreak in December.

It shows a man entering the observed physical reality. Once he arrives he immediately “books it out” onto the sidewalk and merges in with the crowd. He appears to be Caucasian in a city that is 99.9% Asian.

What I am seeing (as far as the transport mechanism) is exactly what I was exposed to when I was in the Navy at NAS NASC Pensacola Florida.

Man appears from no where in China in November 2020.

The video posits many questions. And, it also implies some even worrisome situations.

Summary

There are multiple realities. There are individual bubbles in time that the realities can manifest. Individuals from one reality can enter into another reality by “sliding into it. This is accomplished in many ways.

We can occasionally see people crossing into our reality. Just as we can witness people egressing from our reality.

This lady has been filmed by a vehicle dash cam in Russia entering our reality through MWI egress via a road. Her attire is suggestive of time travel, and a “crude” MWI technology. As such, the destination coordinates can vary (as inferred from her clothing), and there might be some radiation leakage during egress (from the protective coat that she wears).

Take Aways

  • The MWI exists. It is not some theory that needs to be debunked or “proven”.
  • Travel within the MWI is possible using different techniques.
  • MAJestic is aware of this technology and has been using it for decades.
  • Time travel is a time vector variation of MWI switching.
  • While I doubt the usefulness of time travel, apparently others consider it important.
  • My operations used MWI slides at the behest of my extraterrestrial benefactors. My experiences were quite boring and would lull the reader into a peaceful slumber.

FAQ

Q: Is the lady in the foil jacket a time traveler?
A: I do not know for certain. However, I have my suspicions.  The need to conduct a MWI slide while on a major road is certainly suggestive of this. Why she would want to do it, in the first place, however is a mystery to me.

Q: Have you ever used a portable MWI event slide mechanism?
A: No. I have read stories of numerous individuals who have claimed to have a portable device that does this. John Titor is one such individual. There is also the fellow who ended up carrying a mix tape of the Beatles back with him.

Q: Why did you have MWI-slide ability?
A: I personally think that the ability that I had to conduct MWI-slides was an accidental “side effect” of being implanted and entangled to an extraterrestrial species with this ability. They never sent me on any interesting missions or stuff like that. They tended to constantly adjust the functioning of our reality relative to my personal experiences. Which was my purpose in MAJestic. I was a “Dimensional Anchor”. It helped the development of human sentience be realized.

Q: Can you conduct autonomous MWI slides and “world line” travel on your own?
A: No. I have no ability to do anything like that. Other than what ability that I have to control my intentions and dreams. For the most part, I gave away part of myself to take on this position. This species controls me and my abilities to a great deal of control. I conduct their wishes without thought.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...
How to tell -2
Top Secrets
Sales Pitch
Feducial Training
Implantation
Probe Calibration - 1
Probe Calibration - 2
Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

MAJestic Mandated ELF Probe Implantation

Let us return back to my narrative. This post follows an earlier post where I had participated in a discussion on how Special Access Programs work, and the need to be implanted in order to access MWI realities and geographical transport egress…

This post describes a medical procedure that I went through. Enjoy.

Summary

This post discusses the insertion of specialized devices into the skulls of members of MAJestic. These devices have numerous purposes and abilities. You cannot be a member of MAJestic without these devices in your skull.

Review

First, a quick review. Per the earlier lecture where we all stood and listened to the purpose behind the probes. Let’s keep in mind that the probes performed two very important functions. Firstly, [1] it is a “key” to permit implanted agents entry through a special “door” or portal, and [2] it controlled memory access.

Finally, myself and Sebastian, possessed an additional kit of probes that [3] provided autonomous MWI world-line travel functionality.

So, to enter the program and be a member, we had to have probes implanted in our skulls.  To prevent confusion, it must be understood that the program did not exist to install probes in people’s brains.  But rather, the probe installation was a mandatory feature of membership in the particular program that we were now members of.

All members of our program needed to have probes installed.  This fact was covered in the previous post. This post goes into greater detail as to how the probe insertion procedure was conducted and what was involved.

“The U.S. Government has no evidence that any life exists outside our planet, or that an extraterrestrial presence has contact or engaged any member of the human race … In addition, there is no credible information to suggest that any evidence is being hidden from the public’s eye.”

-The Obama Administration (D)

Implantation Facility

There were three implementation stations at the facility. Each station consisted of a “off the shelf” industrial / office cubicle.  Within it was an area that consisted of a chair next to a pile of various electromechanical devices, a curved (blank) screen, and a raised control booth.

The control booth was raised up approximately 18 inches above the floor (two steps), and the small slide windows looked down behind the chair where we sat down. There, each station had two techs. One in the booth and the other making the necessary adjustments to the equipment around us. The one in the booth was a petty officer, while the technician laboring at the station was a seaman.  All three were under the supervision of a lieutenant who was not present for much of the procedure.

These stations were the exact stations that I had visited earlier with my class.  The only difference was that the stations had other equipment arranged in place around the chairs.  And, of course, there were far fewer people.  Only I and my colleague were being implanted at that time.  I was assigned the middle implantation station, and my colleague was assigned to the third station.

An Overview

The military has a large number of secret programs.

Access to them, and knowledge about them are controlled.  These programs are called Special Access Programs, or SAP for short.  Typically, the management of the DOD as well as the individual generals and leaders in the military understand the purposes and roles of these programs, though they may or may not know about the details.

In general, the SAP classification is far more secretive than “Top Secret” and has its own methodology and systems of governance.  Perhaps once could best describe this methodology as a compartmentalization method for control of state secrets.  (SAP)

Push confrontation.
Hollywood really likes to enhance the dramatics within a movie. Here, in the movie “Push” the government bureau head confronts a former agent with “special” abilities. It’s all so very confrontational. When in truth, everyone that I worked with were very professional, respectful and polite. The only people who were not came from the heavily politicized “deep state”, and whom held big titles, but minor roles in our reality.

In the military, especially in the R&D branches,  are even more secretive programs.  Programs so special, so exclusive, and so secretive that only a very limited number of people can ever have access to these programs.  Indeed the knowledge of these programs is so exclusive that only the very highest levels of leadership know about them.

Often knowledge of these programs are limited to a mere one to three people!  These programs are called “waived”.  Which means that reporting of the existence of the program to the working level leadership is restricted and forbidden.  Often the “knowledge” germane to these programs is limited to only an alphanumeric designation on the budget spreadsheet, and perhaps an executive summary as prepared by the program director.  (W-SAP)

Additionally, some programs are so controversial that the military, and political American leadership, must disavow knowledge of the existence of the programs and membership.  (Much like what is described in the television show “Mission Impossible”, or “The man from U.N.C.L.E.”.)

These kinds of programs are called “unacknowledged”, and are denoted by a “U” in front of the SAP.  All programs related to extraterrestrial life are established as unacknowledged.  These are the highest and most secretive programs that exist in the United States. (W(U)-SAP).

Jason
The Hollywood series about the Jason Bourne depicted a U-SAP. He was involved in a program with sufficient training and abilities.

To clarify for the slower readership in the audience, all of the fantastic adventure movies being churned out of Hollywood today would be classified as W(U)-SAP programs.  That would include “Mission Impossible”, “007”, “X-Men”, “Jason Bourne”, to list a mere handful of the popular movies available to the American public today.

Everyone who enters any black-project program run by the military that is classified as an “Waived & Unacknowledged Special Access Program” (W(U)-SAP) will be implanted with a series of ELF probes.  I know that if you are a member in MAJestic you are simultaneously a [1] member of a W(U)-SAP and are [2] implanted.  This includes all sub-programs and sub-classifications of these programs.   If you are a member of MAJestic you are implanted.

Special access programs (SAPs) in the federal government of the United States of America are security protocols that provides highly classified information with safeguards and access restrictions that exceed those for regular (collateral) classified information. It may be a type of black project. An unacknowledged SAP (or USAP) is made known only to authorized persons, including members of the appropriate committees of the United States Congress.

Of course, the strictest membership in the Waived Unacknowledged Special Access Program has even more serious controls  W(U)-SAP, which necessitates (I assume) even more capable ELF probes and security measures.  Such as ourselves.  Implantation of probes is a serious matter and different types and families of probes are utilized. Even though I have mentioned this fact earlier, it is a very important point that the reader needs to understand.  This fact needs to be well appreciated and embraced.

Probes are important.

Hollywood nonsense
Here is something so typically Hollywood. The show and movie Stargate SG-1 describes the use of a portal to go anywhere in the universe. The cast is all diverse with a alpha male, a beta male, a woman and a negro man. The truth is quite different from the portrayal in the movies.

This is the realm of the MAJIC proword.

MAJIC or as I refer to it as MAJestic, is so exclusive and secretive that even the President of the United States might not have access to it.  Certainly the likes of Edward Snowden, or your local Representative or Senator will not have access to it.  Typically, the ranking members of the organization DO KEEP SECRETS. (They won’t sell the secrets to the highest bidder, like Hillary Clinton did during her “pay me to play” scheme.)

MAJIC or as I refer to it as MAJestic, is so exclusive and secretive that even the President of the United States might not have access to it.

Once in the program, we never referred to the program at all.  While we all knew that we were involved in something highly classified, we never vocalized it.

It was CRITICALLY secret.  It was so secret that we never told anyone, or implied our existence to anyone, even among ourselves.  We never wrote or read documents with “Top Secret” stamped on top of it.  Our organization and participation was so highly sensitive that everything was committed to memory and face to face communication.  We never wrote or used unsecured lines when communicating with each other.

The implication of this is that every UFO, or extraterrestrial-technology or contact  “whistle blower” involved in these programs has an implant.  That implant is used to track them and used to control their memories and actions.

People who identify themselves as exposing the dark and secret world of UFO’s and other black projects, if they are telling the truth and not spreading disinformation, have identifying probes inside their skull.  This is easy to check with an MRI scan.  Thus it is easy to validate and verify anyone who talks about UFO’s as an insider.  Have them get an MRI scan, or if too costly, an X-ray.

Real and actual MAJestic members have these probes.  I have them.  They can be seen on both an X-ray and an MRI scan, though the MRI provides the best and clearest viewing resolution.  How do I know?  I went to two hospitals and had both x-rays and MRI scans taken to see them, as well to reassure myself that I am not crazy.

Sometimes you NEED to do this in a world filled with liars, frauds, and tricksters.

I would imagine that those whom have only a passing involvement in the programs, might be able to avoid implantation.  As those who are performing a very low level of involvement.  For instance this would include clerks, guards, janitors, maintenance men, and garbage collectors.  But, it simply makes sense for everyone who plays an active and important role in these programs to be implanted.

Some Points

Erasure or simplification of a military history.  It is best to get new member early in their military career; well before the individual has had time to develop a history with the service.  In my case, as well as with Sebastian, our histories are mostly blank.  However, the Base Commander, out of necessity, has a very strong and glorious military history that remains intact.  Therefore the erasure or degradation of one’s military background depends on the level of secrecy and the overt “public” persona that the agent must possess.

Records evaporate over time. Given enough time, records become lost, erased or accidentally destroyed just simply due to the passage of time.  It is always in the best interests of those in the program to let time erase the background information of the agents.  Programs, companies and places tend to disappear.  A company that might have existed for four years in 1973 will be very difficult to find information on.  The people involved the photos of the place and all the documents associated with that company is long gone.  The mass collection of data and unification in a central data bank is a recent phenomenon.

The reader just has to agree with me on this.  It makes sense from every aspect of a secret organization.  If the organization has the technology; then the organization would use the technology.  I agree with the decision to do so.  I think that the military was correct in implanting us.  I say this two times.

The military was correct in implanting us.

I do not know if this ELF implantation procedure extends to non-black programs.  Therefore, it is possible that individuals such as Mr. Snowden were not implanted.  I know that it didn’t extend to the general rank and file in the military.  At the time that I was implanted, its use was limited to participants in [1] specific black projects, [2] government officials posted overseas in embassies and consulates, and [3] selected special military operatives.  I also know that there were many different kinds of implants, with different functions and features, as well as constantly evolving generations of implants.  I would imagine that the implants of today would be quite powerful and versatile.

Implantation Schedule

Therefore, for the record and to keep things clear, all MAJestic members are implanted as either W-SAP members or the much more secretive W(U)-SAP membership.  The technology is used in non-MAJestic programs but I do not know much about that aspect of utilization.  All that I know is that some embassy officials and some military special force operatives have been implanted with this technology.

Not to get confused; being a member in a SAP program does NOT guarantee that they would be implanted.  However, being a member of the MAJestic organization absolutely does guarantee implantation.

General Guidelines

People who possess ELF probes generally operate under great independence and autonomy. The military records of their participation are often discarded or replaced with other things. No one knows how many people were participants in the various levels of the SAP programs, but please understand that all of us were volunteers.

We all left our trained positions to enter this program, and the consequences associated with it.

007
Wouldn’t it be cool to be a secret agent like 007? Maybe so. But Hollywood is a fine fiction. There are bigger things in this world than issues and troubles between nations.

These consequences and attributes could and usually did include at least some of these characteristics; the [1] erasure of military history, [2] obscured background, [3] fake and false identities and all the associated [4] documents.  Not to forget to mention, that all MAJestic members also had a [5] discrediting binder and a [6] planned retirement “opt out” strategy.

No one is ever implanted without their approval.  And, most importantly, the ELF field effects cannot be experienced unless you have the implants.

Feeling ELF Radiation

Non-implanted individuals cannot “feel” the presence of the waves.  (I would be under the effects of an ELF field, and those around me would be completely unaware of the presence of the field.)

Thus, the conclusion is simple, people who claim to be harassed by the ELF waves, are either actually truly implanted, or are delusional.  There is no middle ground for discussion in this matter.  I most strongly repeat this point to the reader.  Absolutely no person can be harassed by ELF radiation unless they actually have probes implanted inside their brain.

A person who does NOT have the implants will be unable to tell if there is any kind of directed ELF wave aimed at them.  They simply cannot tell.  The body of a non-implanted person simply cannot feel the effects of an ELF wave.

If you are actually being “harassed” by ELF waves then you can conduct certain basic tests to verify that this is the case.  I strongly urge the reader or anyone who feels that they are being harassed by ELF radiation to perform these basic tests.

Things to do if you Suspect you are being ELF Harrassed

Here are my thoughts on this matter. Keep in mind that unless you have the probes, the radio waves will go right through you like nothing. Never the less, if you think that the government is beaming radio waves into your head, then you can take these precautions.

  • I strongly suggest that the person, first of all [1], monitor the temperature of your body, especially your head and forehead.  (There are color coded temperature-sensitive adhesive strips designed for infants that the reader can use for this exercise.) When the probes are activated by the ELF signal, they will generate heat.  This heat will dissipate through the skull and forehead.  You will see a noticeable increase in the temperature of the head shortly after the probes are turned on.  This could be a five degree spike within a two minute interval.

Forehead temperature.
There are numerous companies that make forehead thermometers. If you have probes engaged on, the temperature would be all the way in the red zone. It would be in the danger zone. Which is one reason why probe access is severely limited.

  • Secondly [2], monitor how you react to grounded and non-grounded metal. The ELF waves will generate a large and painful static discharge when you touch metal.  If you are unable to generate a spark, you are unlikely to be under the effects of an ELF field.  (Remember that it is easiest to generate a spark in a dry environment, however when under an ELF field, sparks are generated in the most humid of environments as well.)

Static electricity
ELF probes will generate static electricity when engaged. If you are unable to generate a spark, then you are unlikely to be under ELF radiation.

  • Thirdly [3], look at the ceiling with your eyes and look for cavitation shadows. These are harmonics that are generated in the visual cortex as a side effect of the probes reactions to the ELF field.  You will see them.  They will look like waves of dark shadows.  If you have none of these effects, it is highly unlikely that you are under an ELF “harassment” field.

ELD radiation caviation made visible.
Cavitation effects made visible. The horn would produce radiation, and the radiation would bounce about and go through the various walls in a way that was visible to those with the probes installed.

  • Finally [4], if you really want to find out once and for sure if you actually have probes is to go to a hospital and find out. The probes are certainly observable on an MRI scan, and visible to a trained doctor via x-ray.  ELF radiation has absolutely ZERO effects on a normal and healthy human.

MRI scan
ELF radiation will go through bodies. However, the probes are designed to interface with the ELF radiation is properly calibrated. These probes can be seen on an MRI scan. Let me tell you that the doctors will be pretty confused with what they will see. I just shrug my shoulders and tell them “It’s our little secret, eh?”

If you fail to validate these tests your issues or symptoms are due to something else entirely, and not an ELF field.

Again; ELF waves cannot be “felt” unless a person has probes or probe-like objects in their skull.

The presence of these probes in my skull is the only hard proof that what I am saying is the truth.  Other than that, everything that I am saying is just devoid of physical proof.  (Except for [1] (deleted), and the [2] fiducials in the walls of various government buildings. Or, additionally, the [3] odd coincidence that all the members of my MAJestic cell met at NAS NASC Pensacola Florida in 1981.  As well, as when we met again at the NAS China Lake, California in 1986.  And finally met yet again during retirement at ADC Pine Bluff, Arkansas in 2006. – quite the number of coincidences!)

Coincidences…

What I know about the military use of these probes is limited.  Even though I was implanted while in the military, I was not a military operative.  Nor, was I trained in any covert art, or technique.  I operated as a civilian, and reported to no one in the military chain of command.  My position, role, and training fell completely outside of the conventional military sphere of control.  This is wholly important.

Full disclosure; actually I did spend some time at a military training facility in Louisiana.  So, yeah, I guess that I am a "swamp rat". Heh heh. But this had absolutely nothing to do with the program.  

Instead I went there to better myself and for personal reasons.  

I simply felt like going there, so I enrolled in the courses there and learned some basic combat techniques and other skills associated with War-craft.  This had nothing to do with the Navy.  This has nothing to do with the ELF program.  This had nothing to do with my day to day life.  I took the classes simply because I wanted to better myself.  It is just coincidence that I ever attended such a program.

It's the same reason why I took professional dancing lessons, why I went and learned how to paint in the classic Flemish style, and why I tried my hand at learning how to make pizza sauce. Sometimes you get these "nudges" to do things that will benefit you in the future. So you follow the nudge and learn.

As a civilian, the government has made a complete reliance on the probe implants to secure my secrecy.

I didn’t take any oaths or make any promises of secrecy regarding this program as a civilian.  It was expected that the government would wholly be able to control my mind, and thus as such could control my actions.  That works fine only as long as the program locks are kept intact.  (I will discuss this in greater detail later.)

“Sometimes people don’t want to hear the truth because they don’t want their illusions destroyed.”

-Nietzsche

Memories

Because of the compartmentalization of the mind and the repression of memories, many operatives have no active memories of implantation.  Thus, they may think that they are crazy when they start to hear voices in their head, or begin to have unusual body reactions to outside stimuli.

They might start to believe that the television is beaming thoughts into their head, or think that the CIA is telling them to do things.

They might start to self-medicate themselves, or create an aluminum foil hat to block the ELF signal.  (This is known as the famous “Tin Foil hat”.)  But this is unfortunate, because everyone who was implanted was done so voluntarily.

People with mental illness often hear voices in their heads.  They appear to come from nowhere and often command them to do things.  In the case of implanted ELF agents, when we hear voices it is more than likely to sound like a meeting room where a group of people are sitting around a table and each taking turns speaking into a microphone.  Each person would have a different voice, accent (sometimes), and way of speaking.  All were trained to speak clearly and distinctly, with long pauses between sentences, and tone emphasis when necessary.  It is a completely different kind of experience.

If you are really desperate, you do not need to create a tin-foil hat. A far better thing to do is sleep in a metal van or RV, but ground the chassis of the van to the ground (Connect a wire from the metal skin or walls, and run the wire to a spike that you stick in the ground.).

Airstream
If you are really seriously concerned about broadcast radiation, you can make a Faraday cage. This will stop all radiation. To make one, you surround yourself with a metal walled box, and connect that box, by wire, to a stake into the ground. It’s that simple.

The entire vehicle becomes a Faraday cage.  While ELF waves can go through anything, their effects are greatly diminished when one is grounded in such a way.

A tin foil hat is a hat made from one or more sheets of aluminum foil, or a piece of conventional headgear lined with foil. It is worn in the belief it shields the brain from threats such as electromagnetic fields, mind control, and mind reading.  

The notion of wearing homemade headgear for protection has become a popular stereotype and byword for paranoia. It also is associated with persecutory delusions, and belief in conspiracy theories. 

In the mainstream, these hats are worn by believers to prevent mind control by governments, spies, or paranormal beings, employing ESP or technologies such as microwave radiation.

Many Roles using this Technology

Some operatives have an active role in the program, while others were put on the shelf for the one day when they would be needed.   All implanted individuals have unique skills and training associated with this.  Everyone associated with these implants have had their memories repressed.   So that it is very difficult to remember their true training and purposes.

That is one of the purposes of the probes.

I suppose that those who knew that I was involved in a government ELF program, but did not know what it was specifically would probably assume that this is what I was involved in.

After all, they did not see me do anything out of the ordinary. To everyone else I just lived a life as a white collar engineer.  To them, it would make sense that I was implanted to operate at some other point in time; in some other kind of capacity.  To most Americans this would mean to act as a clandestine fifth column member of some moderate purpose.

Yah, I suppose.

Misuse of ELF-implanted Agents

Sometimes, implanted agents become “zombies” for political purposes, and are used to create discord for political gain.

Such (abuse) of this technology is exemplified by the case of the Naval Yard Shooter in 2013.

On September 16, 2013, lone gunman Aaron Alexis fatally shot twelve people and injured three others in a mass shooting at the headquarters of the Naval Sea Systems Command (NAVSEA) inside the Washington Navy Yard in Southeast Washington, D.C. The attack, which took place in the Navy Yard's Building 197, began around 8:20 a.m. EDT and ended when Alexis was killed by police around 9:20 a.m. EDT.

In that case, it was used by Washington as an excuse for stricter gun control domestically.  (A President Obama (D) initiative.)  The idea, of course, is to create a horrendous mass-shooting event that would be well publicized.  In so doing the United States media (4 of the 5 media magnates are wholly aligned with the Democrat party) would purposefully use the incident to support the political event du jour.

Paid government crisis actors would cry and wail in front of the television cameras to add drama to the event.

It’s a real thing.  The DHS employs actors to show pain and distress during events.  You can find all kinds of photographic evidence regarding this.  You cannot find the Wilipedia entry for this on either Bing or Google.  The reader can come to their own conclusions as to why the entry was deleted. But, do not worry. Here is the direct like to the link; https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Crisis_actor .  

The entry relies heavily on the term “conspiracy theorists” with each paragraph mentioning it at least once.  Funny are the omissions.  Curious that they do not mention the “training manual” that was disclosed, nor any of the photographs of the actors at work at many different locations, nor the testimony of existing and prior crisis actors.

Crying Barrack
Hey, he sure can act, can’t he? He’s shedding a tear for the cameras. It’s all part of the final nail in the coffin of the United States. Hey, as soon as the guns are banned, the control over the American population would be guaranteed. G-U-A-R-A-N-T-E-E-D.

Outrage and scandal would flood the nation in a barrage of 24-7 network coverage and organized polls (With strong manipulation by the NSA, see elsewhere.) would demand the President do “something” to stop this horrendous tragedy from ever occurring again.

Of course, it is all a show (typically with a major government employee (or President) shedding a tear on camera – for the children, of course…).

Such drama!

NAVSEA Mass Shooting
Sometimes non-MAJestic personnel with the power and authority can order technologies and people to do things outside of their core competences. Often, especially with Democrat Presidents, they use ELF implanted individuals to turn on other people with weapons to further a political anti-gun initiative. This is very common and has been used by both Bill Clinton (D) and Barrack Obama (D) on numerous occasions.

It is a pre-planned song and dance for the uninitiated and easily deceived ignorant masses to be herded towards.  Regardless of where the reader might feel concerning the political desire to restrict gun ownership, the fact is that this program was used to further this politically motivated cause.  I totally disagree with this abuse of the program. But, I am quite aware of it.

I sure as hell wouldn’t want to live in a society where the only people allowed guns are the police and the military.

- William S. Burroughs.

It seems like every President uses this program for various political purposes.

Some use it more than others.  I do not think that it was ever intended to be a political tool at all.  But human nature being what it is, it has evolved to this point.  President Clinton (D) often used this program to create domestic incidents for political purposes.

I know of more than one occasion where he used an ELF operator to create discord.  The intention, or course, was to make the event news-worthy enough to distract the media from a scandal at the time. On another occasion, he used operatives to hurt innocents with firearms, thus furthering an anti-gun initiative he was championing at the time.  I use the term in the plural, because he was very liberal in the abuse of this resource.

First Abuse

His first abuse of this technology was in December 7, 1993.  The event is known as the Long Island Railroad shooting.  President Bill Clinton (D) was in his first year in office when five people were killed and 20 wounded by a gunman on the Long Island Railroad in New York.  He immediately used the shooting to implement his gun control measures. (Hey, ever notice that during the first year of a President that there is always a well-publicized mass shooting.)

He immediately gave a speech where he said:

”The ban on assault weapons and the restrictions on semi-automatics are important because they’ll stop criminal gangs from being better armed than the police. And these restrictions would have prevented the gunman on the Long Island Railroad from having two 15-round clips of ammunition that enabled him to maim and kill so many people with such deadly speed.”

Yeah. Sure…

ELF message
People who are implanted are not under-educated saps. They have been specifically culled from the ranks for whatever role they were assigned that required implantation, and while many of us cannot remember things that we were specifically configured to forget, we can still deduce what is going on with us. The NAVSEA “mass” shooting at a military base was the end result of President Obama’s (D) attempt to use an implanted agent to further an anti-gun initiative that he had in place at the time. What he did not count on was that the agent also knew what was going on and directed his presidential orders to kill people toward the ELF facility itself, and not to a school with children as he was ordered to do.

It was not only President Clinton (D) who was very liberal with this resource, but also President Obama (D) as well.  Like President Clinton, President Obama immediately used the ELF resource to create a mass-shooting incident in his first year in office.  (It seems that as soon as the new President knows that there are these kinds of fifth column agents in place and what they can be used for, that they immediately use them within months of their discovery.  What a true travesty.) This was also an implanted ELF agent.

  • A good example of this occurred in July 20, 2012 at the Aurora, Colorado theater shooting.  During the premiere of the movie “The Dark Knight Rises,” a gunman set off tear gas grenades and then shot into the audience with multiple weapons, killing 12 and wounding another 58 before he was apprehended by police outside the theater.  President Obama (D), then campaigning for re-election in Florida, responded in to the shootings “instead” of a pre-planned campaign speech.

Boo Hoo
Nice photos, and great visuals. Keep the mindset that we need to government to keep us all safe from the “bad guys”. Yeah Right! Justin Konye (C) places candles with other mourners during a vigil for victims behind a theater where a gunman open fire at moviegoers in Aurora, Colorado July 20, 2012.  REUTERS/ Jeremy Papasso (UNITED STATES – Tags: CRIME LAW) ORG XMIT: COL105

  • November 5, 2009 Fort Hood, Texas shooting.  An Army major killed 13 and wounded 29 at the largest (by population) U.S. military base in the world during President Barack Obama’s first year in office.

Foot Hood
Elected people shouldn’t be able to get control of mind-control, memory-control and MWI technology. Luckily, MAJestic has banned most Democrats from access. Their sentience does not match. While that is a good thing, the problem arises when the technology is shared outside of MAJestic, and bad-actors start to use it for their own purposes.

Yeah…

Democrats in office tend use implanted ELF agents for domestic political purposes.  They generally use the agents immediately once they become aware of their existence. Usually within six months. Typically, it seems to further their domestic agenda to abolish all firearm ownership in the United States.

Nations ruled by a king or set of rulers can ONLY do so with a disarmed populace.  Thus, for the Democrats to achieve their ultimate objectives, they NEED to have the people be disarmed.  If the population REALLY knew what they are truly up to, they would be hunted down, and tortured before being killed. Those who want the disarming of the American people are the worst offenders and greatly desire the disarming of the American population.

I do not see this kind of abuse with Republicans simply because the Republican Party does not have the same political objectives as the democrats do.  If they did, they would also abuse this program.

The founding fathers hated the idea of political parties. They envisioned a new kind of government in which ideas could be debated without the interference of power-hungry factions and corrupt alliances. 

“There is nothing which I dread so much as a division of the republic into two great parties, each arranged under its leader, and concerting measures in opposition to each other. This, in my humble apprehension, is to be dreaded as the greatest political evil under our Constitution.”

-John Adams in 1780.

It did not take long for his nightmare to come to pass. Political parties emerged almost immediately, and became not only the organizing force behind government, but also a primary way in which people defined themselves throughout much of the country. “Party passions were deeply ingrained in 19th-century American life,” said Richard McCormick, a political historian and the former president of Rutgers University. “They reflected your community, your ethnic associations, your economic associations. Men passed their party passions on to their sons.”

Abuse of these ELF agents by Republicans seem to be related to covert CIA, and DHS operations. Make no mistake of that.

Oh yes, the Republicans will make thing right!  Oh my! Yes, the country’s in a mess, but that’s because of opposition-party meddling. If the party I favor could get a majority, they’d sort things out. 

This seems to have been a popular belief for decades. 

It’s believed by Democrats and Republicans alike. But, in 2001, the Republicans held both houses of Congress, plus the presidency, yet even then they failed to deliver on what they claimed were their party’s fundamental goals. 

Between 2009 and 2011, the Democrats controlled all three, yet they, too, failed to deliver. 

If the electorate were to step back and look at the history of who is in power vs. changes in policy, they’d find that the government’s central program of welfare/warfare continues unabated, regardless of who controls the Congress and White House. 

The primary policies of the US are determined independently of who has been elected. As American writer Mark Twain stated correctly, “If voting made any difference they wouldn't let us do it.”

I will not elaborate on this simply because what I know about this is very scant and difficult to believe.  Never the less, I hold both parties uniformly in the lowest regard regarding the abuse of this technology.

Part of me wants to be moderate about this misuse. I want to believe that it is representative of isolated incidents only.  I want to believe that is not the overall desire for the program to be misused for political purposes. I try to rationalize it, arguing that perhaps those in office really believe that it is in the best interests of the country that people be herded in such a manner. But, when I put all the pieces together, only one conclusion is evident; the program is being misused from time to time for political purposes.

The overwhelming evidence appears to be to support the contention that this program, or one related to it is abused from time to time.  The overwhelming evidence is suggested of abuse by those in power for personal and political objectives.  These objectives are absolutely not in alignment with the intended objectives of the program.  Therefore, I cannot help but come to the conclusion that there is a political movement that is on the road towards a tyrannical dictatorship.

After all, in a democracy or a republican form of government, these techniques are not used.

“Power corrupts and absolute power corrupts absolutely.”

-Lord Mahan

The people elect or determine who governs them openly with free discussion; not by manipulation and control by media.

I cannot help but think about this. Their use is clear evidence of a radicalized and subverted governmental body. It is one that is governed by an elitist class of people. These people utilize the media that they own, to convince people to support their increasingly Draconian policies.

Imagine that!

The President wants to ban guns, and then suddenly a crazed gunman, using the exact weapons that are being discussed, does exactly what the President warned us against. What timing! What amazing timing!

Such a coincidence!

Listen, it was absolutely no coincidence that mad, apparently crazy people, would shoot up schools, try to blow things up and utilize exactly the weapons and items that the administration wanted banned.

But, the reader needs to be warned that I am not privy to the inner workings of the elite whom govern the United States. Therefore, my thoughts on this matter are probably wildly speculative and marginally accurate.  I urge the reader to keep that in mind; I could be just taking what I know and speculating on the coincidences in the political arena.

My point is that all tools can be used for both good and bad. The ELF program was and is a very special program that is involved in many types of activities, not only for sensational tragedies to be used as political expedients.

Anyways…

Drink the Orange Juice

After the lecture about the feducials, the Commander walked us over to the office area.

We passed through the (outer) office area and found ourselves in a large room with a row of cubicles to one side.  This was the ELF implantation facility.  The Commander walked us over to the row of implantation cubicles.  There were three cubicles, and I was assigned to the middle one.

These were the same cubicles that I was evaluated in two weeks earlier.  Except at that time, I was evaluated in the last one in the far corner.  He introduced me to the crew who would be placing the implants in my skull and then left.    The team consisted of two people.  Both were seamen.  Both acted like they had done this task many times before.  They, like everyone on the base, had a name badge, but I do not remember the names at all.

After the Commander left, one of the seaman weighed me.  We walked to a scale that was standing against the wall outside of the cubicles.  I walked up onto the scale.  He weighed me.  Then he instructed me to sit on the chair outside the booths and went to get me a cup of orange juice.  There was a windowed room at right angles to the array of implantation cubicles.  Through the window I was able to watch him measure out a mixture of powder according to the chart on a clear plastic-sheeted document.  He then took the powder off the table, and mixed it with some orange juice.

He then gave me the cup and watched me drink it.  When I was finished he gave me a Dixie cup of water (from the water fountain on the wall) to wash down the juice.  Then he told me to follow him to the middle implantation cubicle, and sit down.

The Implantation Booth

As explained previously, the implantation booth was an industrial grade cubicle with a raised control booth.  A lone chair sat in the middle of the booth facing a curved white screen.  The control booth had windows that overlooked the chair from the back.  To enter the control booth door you needed to walk up two steps, as the booth was raised one or two feet off the ground.  There were a number of mechanical devices and apparatus of mysterious purposes parked inside the cubicle.  Most had a covering on them to protect them from dust.

Next to the entry way to the cubicle was a small table, and on it rested a number of items.  This included some tubes of mysterious purpose, tubing, electrical powered dental drills and saws.  A very small ball peen hammer, a selection of chisels, medical grade pliers, stainless steel picks and probes of strange appearance with files, and small jars with various liquids.  There was a small pile of blue-green medical hand towels folded nicely, and a number of stainless steel implements all resting on a blueish-green cloth covered stainless steel tray.   There was also a box of (blue) disposable medical gloves, and a few note books on the table as well.

Operation area.
The area looked a little like this. There was a table with certain tools on it, and enough room to work on me. Nearby were machines and devices covered in sheets and plastic coverings.

The floor had duct tape marking where the chair should be positioned, and was roomy enough to permit those working on the implantation procedure to move about freely and easily.   It was well lit from the fluorescent lighting above in the ceiling.  Aside from that, it was a rather plain and unadorned space.  It was purely a functional space, designed from off the shelf componentry and intended for the sole purpose of implanting probes and sensors.  The probably obtained the components from a Granger catalog or a McMaster-Carr catalog.

The Fitting

At that point I was told to sit down into the chair inside the implantation cubicle.  It was a simple plain fiberglass chair made popular in the late 1970’s.  This was the iconic mass produced chair that was standard in offices and waiting rooms around the world.  He then handed me a warm, moist hand-cloth to wipe my face and head with.  I was instructed to use to wash my face and head with it.  I followed his instructions exactly.  When I was done, I handed it back to him, and he threw it in a small laundry basket near the door.

Reaching over to the side table he picked up a large tube of gel.   This must be the largest tube of gel that I have ever seen.  It looking like a tube of toothpaste for a giant.  Indeed, it was the largest tube of conductive jelly that I have ever seen in my life.   It held perhaps 750 ml of opaque conductive jelly.

Silicone grease is waterproof grease made by combining silicone oil with a thickener.  Most commonly, the silicone oil is polydimethylsiloxane and the thickener is amorphous fumed silica.  Using this formulation, silicone grease is a translucent white viscous paste, with exact properties dependent on the type and proportion of the components.  In this application, the grease was electrically conductive and helped to fill in any voids between the skullcap and my skull so that a proper electrical circuit could be achieved.

He squeezed a generous amount on to my head and lathered it on completely.  Then, he obtained what looked like an old fashioned latex swimming cap (also known as a skull cap).  It was a light orange color, and had an array of copper plated metal studs embedded in it.  There must have been about one hundred studs all told.  Next to each stud, in black ink, was an alpha numerical designation.

Wired up
There were over a hundred wires that had to be painstakingly installed one by one into the skull cap. To the outside observer I looked like a spaghetti headed monster. The photo is representative only. In reality, I wore a skull cap where the wires fit into studs embedded in it.

But there was a problem.  My head was too small.  The cap was meant for a larger size head, and no matter how tightly they adjusted the chin band that held the cap in place, there was always a gap or space that indicated that it wasn’t fitting very well.  I told them that it was just fine, and to proceed anyways.  But they said no, and after about one half an hour of adjustments, they removed the cap and went to get a smaller one.

The seaman was gone for perhaps forty minutes when he returned with a smaller cap.  This was identical to the fist cap, except that it was smaller and was a light green color.  He said, “Ok, now this should work much better.” And put it on my head after applying more of that conductive jelly.  He strapped the cap tightly around my chin, and then added “this is going to take a while…”, as he grabbed a long black cable that protruded from the control booth.

The cable was long and black, approximately one inch in diameter.  One the end of it protruded a bundle of perhaps one hundred wires, all around 26 gauge in diameter.  Some of the wires were red, others yellow, some blue, while some were striped.  Attached to each wire was a small label or tiny flag with an alpha numerical designation on it.

He affixed the cable in place with a holder specifically designed to support the wire harness.  Then he began the tedious and arduous process of matching each wire with a corresponding connector in inside the skull cap that was on my head.  This was a long process, and easily took 45 minutes, if not longer.  Eventually, he was able to complete his task.  When he finished he went out for a drink of water at the water fountain outside, then returned.

Mapping the Brain

The first step was the mapping of my brain.  Everyone’s brain is different.  Not only physically, but how it operates as well.  The way it is constructed is partly due to genetics, but also it is wired through life experiences.  Therefore, everyone had to obtain a personal map of their brain.

Brain mapping is a set of neuroscience techniques predicated on the mapping of (biological) quantities or properties onto spatial representations of the (human or non-human) brain resulting in maps. 

Brain Mapping is further defined as the study of the anatomy and function of the brain and spinal cord through the use of imaging (including intra-operative, Microscopic, Endoscopic and Multi-Modality imaging), Immunohistochemistry, Molecular & optogenetics, Stem cell and Cellular Biology, Engineering (material, electrical and biomedical), Neurophysiology and Nanotechnology.  

Of specific interest is using structural and functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI), diffusion MRI (dMRI), magnetoencephalography (MEG), electroencephalography (EEG), positron emission tomography (PET), Near-infrared spectroscopy (NIRS) and other non-invasive scanning techniques to map anatomy, physiology, perfusion, function and phenotypes of the human brain.

The seaman went over to the side of the implantation cubicle and removed an opaque vinyl plastic cover from the donut shaped contraption that I had used earlier.  (Please refer to a different post.) He wheeled it behind my chair, being careful not to dislodge any of the wires that he carefully affixed to my skull cap.  He then lowered the metal donut carefully around my head, making absolutely certain that the wires were not dislodged in any way.  He double checked the connections for all of the wires, as well as for the bulk cables that ran to the device.  Once everything was in place he went into the control booth and told me to relax.

After a couple of minutes, the program began.

I couldn’t see anything because the dark grey colored donut was blocking my view.  But that quickly changed.  Initially, there was a flashing of lights like an extremely bright strobe that appeared.   It flashed very quickly and then it was replaced with the same kind of electronic “snow” that I had experienced earlier (discussed elsewhere).  This continued for a few minutes, and then suddenly the snow disappeared, and was replaced with a kind of pastel landscape.

A phosphene is a phenomenon characterized by the experience of seeing light without light actually entering the eye.  

Phosphenes have also been created by intense, changing magnetic fields, such as with transcranial magnetic stimulation. These fields can be positioned on different parts of the head to stimulate cells in different parts of the visual system. They also can be induced by alternating currents that entrain neural oscillation as with trancranial alternating-current stimulation. In this case they appear in the peripheral visual field. This claim has been disputed; the alternative hypothesis is that current spread from the occipital electrode evokes phosphenes in the retina.

It is difficult to describe being able to see things, but having your actual eyes non-functional.  What was going on was that the “circuit” from my eyes to my brain was interrupted.  Instead of receiving electrical signals depicting the outside world from my eyes, I saw a computer generated image that was spliced into my optical nerves from the control booth.  What I saw was artificial, contrived and strange to me.  Remember that this was 1981, and computer monitors were just being sold.  They were mostly black and green, and color monitors depicting pictures, images and landscapes was unheard of.

What I “saw” was an expansive pastel colored map.

The baseline colors seemed to be yellows, greens and reds.  This undulating landscape had bright red edges and seemed to be composed of areas of high and low elevations. It almost looked like the topography of one’s brain, or that of some kind of artistic version of a gently rolling terrain. I was intensely interested in the outer edges of this landscape because the colors there were no longer pastel shade, but rather harsh right reds and oranges.

Training to Move Things with my Mind

I was taught how to explore this map with my mind.  I could pan across it rather easily.  First, they showed me a cross hair reticle.  This appeared in the center of my vision.  Then, they instructed me to “follow” the movement of the reticle as they moved it from the control booth.  I was able to do this successfully.  They had me move it left, right, and then to the top and to the bottom of the pastel landscape.

Mind Map
The picture describes what I “saw” with my visual cortex when the “calibration mode” of the ELF procedure was implemented. This drawing is illustrative only and is not the actual view of what I saw. As good as I am in pictorial representation, any drawing that I could create would be but a poor reflection of the actuality of what transpired before my eyes. It was a pastel rolling landscape of mostly greens, yellows and oranges. Along the “cracks” in the undulating “hills” were bright red crevasses that I found so curious. Image courtesy of the author.

The key was to be able to move the reticle over specific areas.  Also, to know what the areas were, and how to find the key and important target locations on that pastel map.  The most important exercise at this time was to locate the epiphysus cerebri on the map.  This is a rather smallish endocrine gland located central to the brain.  My task was to locate it, and then to be able to move the reticle crosshairs on over it.  Once I proved that I could do this, they had me run through the exercise two or three times to demonstrate that I could repeatedly do this.

The pineal gland, also known as the pineal body, conarium or epiphysis cerebri, is a small endocrine gland in the human brain. The gland has been called the pineal eye or the third eye.  René Descartes believed it to be the "principal seat of the soul".

Whenever I diverted my attention off the goal and task, they rebuked me.  Truly, and honestly,  I was very interested in the edges of the pastel map with the deep red and orange colors, but the exploration of that region would have to wait for some other time.  So with a sigh, I repeated all the tasks that they gave to me, and completed my task assignments.

At the conclusion of this stage of the procedure, the field was shut off, and my eyes regained normal sight.  I could see the inside of the large dark grey donut again.

In short order, the large donut around my head was removed.  Followed by the removal of the equipment surrounding me.

They removed the wires from my skullcap, and then after securing the cable, removed the skull cap as well.  I was given a towel to wipe my head with and another warm damp one to wash it a second time to be clean.  After drying my head, I was given a couple of sips of water and I was able to get up and walk about for a few minutes before the next phase of the process began.  I didn’t go very far.  The water fountain was right next to the observation window where the orange juice was mix, and there wasn’t really anything to do outside of the cubicle.

It was just a plain ordinary office space.

Probe Implantation

“Crazy people are considered mad by the rest of the society only because their intelligence isn't understood.”

― Wei Hui Zhou

Core to the program was the implantation of special devices inside our skulls. Depending on the individual and the mission, different devices were used. For me, I had 7 devices implanted inside my sensor motor area, and the parietal lobe.  These seven probes consisted of two “kits”.  One kit consisted of five probe sensors.  The other kit consisted of three sensors.  For me, this was done by medical specialists at the ELF labs inside the Naval Aerospace Medical Institute (NAMI) located at Naval Air Station Pensacola, Florida in early June of 1981.

I got a great laugh in 2016 when I read a CNN article that DARPA is “developing” technology that will “some day” permit soldiers to communicate directly with computers.  Me thinks they are about 40 years behind the times!  Read the article for a good laugh; http://edition.cnn.com/2016/03/07/politics/pentagon-developing-brain-implants-cyborgs/ .

I did not realize any of this until much later.  At the time I was told that there would be seven probes or sensors placed.  I was not told what their purposes were or how they worked.  I was not told that they were parts of two different “kits”.  All this information came much later after reading about them in (deleted).  At this time, the information given to me was very scant.  I was told the absolute bare minimum of what I needed to know.

I waited about while the techs ran errands outside.  There wasn’t much to do, so I just sat down in the chair and waited.  I took some more sips of water, and looked about.  But I was pretty much alone in that section of the building.  Even my colleague; Sebastian was nowhere to be found.

Got up and walked around outside.  For a while, I sat in a chair that was located outside the implantation booths. (Hoping that I would meet up with Sebastian so that we could compare notes.)  I then got up and went back into the booth and sat down in “my” chair.

After a half an hour wait, the techs brought in the probes to be implanted. There were seven of them in a small clear glass vial. I was permitted to look at them in the vial but was told not to touch the vial. The vial itself was about 3/4 inch long and about 1/16 to 1/32” in diameter.

Inside were seven small grey black spheres. Each one was about 45% the diameter of a standard BB. I was told that these were “more specialized than that which was given to embassy personnel”, and that they had even greater capabilities and abilities than any of the “other” kits.

I was also told that my probes were very special and very unique and had an amazing array of capabilities.

Glass ampule with probes
The core kit that I was included with contained five implantable probes, and a secondary kit of three additional probes. Illustration is representative only. I was provided with a small glass ampule and inside of it were the tiny probes. I could just barely make them out inside the ampule. They were so small that the edge of the glass distorted their apparent shape when viewed.

At this point, they sat me back in the chair and began to pull out a scaffolding kit that was tucked away in the corner of the cubicle.

It was on wheels, but designed so that it could be secured into bolted holes in the concrete floor.  He moved the scaffolding to my chair and began to assemble it.  The frame slid into an array of bolted holes in the concrete.  It was assembled through an array of wing nuts, knurled knobs, and screwed levers.

The metal was business-like and cold, being composed of black anodized aluminum with gun metal finish steel rod components.  Once completed the frame looked like a cage that surrounded me.  It did not take a lot of time to assemble, because it was designed to be easy to setup.

Scaffolding setup
A precise frame was used to mount a kind of gun that shot the pellets and probes into my brain.

At the top of the framework was a curious arrangement of posts that were designed to hold my head securely in place.  This framework had attachment points that rested on my shoulders, bolted to the scaffolding nearby, and also bolted directly to my head.

The seaman adjusted the posts and the nuts so that my head would be firmly fixed inside the vise-like grip of the scaffold.  It was true that I couldn’t move my head at all.  So I just sat there immobile.

Even though my hair was abnormally short, the tech took out a disposable razor and shaving cream and shaved the top of my head.  This didn’t take too long, and he quickly cleaned up the top of my head; mopping up the shaving debris with a small hand towel.

At that point while I sat in the chair, they washed my head yet again, and cleaned it up. This was done with soap and water.  Again he dried it with his towel and tossed it aside.  They used a massive Q-tip that looked like some kind of (midget sized) medieval torch to apply this reddish chemical to my skin. I think it was Iodine. Then, they gave me a local anesthetic.  This was applied through injection at the top of my scalp.  The tech took a few minutes to allow the anesthetic to work and then moved a number of tools and implements next to me.

For about 2 hours he cut and drilled a hole in my skull.

While it did not hurt, explicitly, due to the local anesthetic, I could feel the vibrations as they worked on my skull.  I felt him cut a flap of skin away, then I felt them drill and chip away at my skull.  They actually did chip.  They used a hammer and a chisel to do so, though most of their work was with a small drill.  It was similar to a Dremel tool. (While I do not know the size of the hole that they created, I assume that it must have been around 10 mm in diameter.)  The drilling took a relatively long time; at least an hour.  By the time he was done with all the drilling, and chipping and blowing away the bits and pieces (with an air hose), I was exhausted.

Once that was completed, the tech left to get another seaman to help him.  I just sat there.  There wasn’t much that I could do; being bolted to the frame such as I was.

Operation
The tech took his time drilling a hole in my head. He chipped away at it with a hammer and a pick. He used a dremel tool, and he sanded the edges nicely. What occurred was slightly different than what is portrayed in this photo. What actually happened was that my head was solidly affixed to a steady frame that would not move. I was not leaning back, but sat upright. There were no more than two people in the room at any one time.

About five minutes later they returned, and together they carried in this enormous mystery contraption into the cubicle area.

The tech absolutely needed another person to help carry it in.  It was that large.  It was about one and a half yards long and about one yard high.  It was only about three inches thick though.

It looked like a big bronze protractor with a swivel mounted gun on it. The “gun” was a small cylindrical contraption that looked a little like an old fashioned telescope.  (The kind that sailors used to carry aboard ships.)

Together, they lifted the device up to a metal frame scaffolding that was attached to the chair that I sat in, and bolted it tight so that I was unable to move at all.  This entire procedure is known as Stereotactic surgery.  The device used to perform this procedure, the big protractor and swivel gun, is called a Stereotaxy Frame.

I believe that the Stereotaxy Frame that was used to implant me was an Arc-Quadrant Systems: Probes are directed perpendicular to the tangent of an arc (which rotates about the vertical axis) and a quadrant (which rotates about the horizontal axis). The probe, directed to a depth equal to the radius of the sphere defined by the arc-quadrant, will always arrive at the center or focal point of that sphere.

Injection Procedure

The probes were injected into the hole in my skull using this method. Only one hole was required. The probes were shot into the hole using a different vector and different force.

At this point, the petty officer went to have an officer approve of the setup.  He came back with the officer about five minutes later.  The lieutenant looked over the setup and arrangement.  He studied the headgear and adjusted the device so it would be exactly over the hole in my head, and so the cylindrical section was set up with the proper angle and alignment.  Once he gave the approval and signed the clipboard, he left.

When they had everything set up, and I was just sitting there calmly strapped and bolted to this huge metal contraption the techs went outside for a break.  That lasted perhaps ten minutes and when they arrived they brought me a glass of water (with a straw) to take a few sips from.  They were, all in all, pretty decent folk; just doing a job that they had obviously done many, many times earlier.

(Though, from all indications, with a different type of set of probes. For Sebastian and my probes were “special” and “unique“, whatever the heck that meant.)

Using this device, they shot the probes into my skull. Each probe had a different force and trajectory, thus they were all located in different regions of my brain. Though, they all used the single entry hole in my skull.  Before each firing of the probe into the skull they checked and then rechecked the coordinates, as well as having a second sailor verify that the gun was aimed correctly.  It was important that the probes be fired exactly correctly to the exact coordinates.

When it was time for my first implantation, they told me to be alert and to not be afraid.  They said that I would be startled.  They warned me that I would feel a slight jolt and hear a loud bang and not to be afraid.

Yeah.

But the jolt and noise was so startling that I yelled out when the first one was shot into my skull.   The seaman yelled at me, and I apologized, because it was after all very startling.  (I really don’t even remember me yelling, but I do remember being rebuked for doing so.)  After that, the other probes weren’t so bad, but still quite disconcerting.

The reader must recognize that this occurred in 1981.  American technology at that time was primitive.  A hole had to be drilled in our skull, and pellets had to be shot into our skull cavity.  

Today things are quite different.  On Feb. 8, 2016 the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) announced the first successful tests, on animal subjects, of a tiny sensor that travels through blood vessels, lodges in the brain and records neural activity.  (That is that public announcement.  The non-public use of this technology probably preceeds this date by one decade at least.)  The so-called “stentrode,” a combination stent and electrode, is the size of a paperclip and flexible. The tiny, injectable machine(the invention of neurologist Tom Oxley and his team at the University of Melbourne in Australia)  is intended to researchers solve one of the most vexing problems with the brain linkage to computers: how to insert a transmitter into the brain without also drilling a hole in the user’s head.

Based on existing stents that doctors use to clean blood vessels, the stentrode includes sensors and a tiny transmitter. Entering the bloodstream via a catheter, the stentrode swims in the bloodstream.  Doctors monitor the stentrode on its journey through the circulatory system. When the device reaches the brain, the physicians command it to expand against the blood vessels’ walls and hold station. There it remains for potentially months at a time, recording and relaying the subtle electrical signals that flow from the brain to the rest of the body.

There were seven probes, and thus there were seven different angles and forces that the probes were shot with.  The first one was the worst, but not by very much.  By the time the third probe was shot, I was getting tired of the process and wanted it to end.  Actually, I thought that there would be just five probes, but for me, there were seven probes that were implanted in my brain.  It seemed to take a long time to inject them.  Honestly after the fifth probe, I was really ready to call it quits.  I was getting fatigued having these things shot into my brain, and even though it wasn’t painful, it was tiring.  I just wanted the implantation process to end. Each time, the process of aiming the injector had to be precisely conducted.  Eventually, I endured the remaining probes and the petty officer came and told me that it was over.  (Finally!)

I never felt any pain at all during this process.  The nerves that were part of the skin on my head were numbed by the local anesthetic, and there were no nerves inside my brain.  So when the pellets where shot inside my skull I felt no pain, just the sound of the gun, and a momentary awareness of a jolt.

He and another seaman removed the gigantic projector from the frame and carried it away.  Then he closed the flap of skin up, and washed my head with a wash towel and dried it properly.  Finally, he applied a small Band-Aid to the top of my head over the hole.  Then, he unbolted my head from the frame scaffolding, and rolled it away.  I was able to get up to stretch my legs, but I still had to stick close to the implantation cubicle.  So I went and got a squirt of water from the water fountain, and waited for them to return.

As strange as it might seem, from my point of view it was as if nothing had happened.  I had just had brain surgery, and I was walking around like everything’s just normal.  It amazes me when I think about it.

First Calibration

After a while they returned, and I sat down back into my seat.  But this time things were different.  There was no wired skull cap put on my head, nor was there the need for the metal donut.  I sat in the chair peacefully, and they told me to look straight ahead.  I knew what to expect.  So I waited patiently in the chair.

Suddenly I saw a flashing of strobe lights and I lost control of my sight.  This was immediately replaced with the pastel map that I had seen earlier.  All this occurred without a wired skull cap or metal donut surrounding my head.

The significance of this event should not be underestimated.  Without any external device or machine, the U.S. Navy was able to control what I was able to see with my eyes.  They had tapped into my brain, and could impart images and communication routines that only I and they could observe.  To an outsider, I just looked like a person sitting in a chair.  But, in truth, I was observing and participating in a great deal of activity that no one but I could see.

What I “saw” was a reticle cross hair that was in the middle of the pastel map.  They asked me to move it to the key feature area that I had practiced so many times earlier.  Like the trials that I had conducted earlier, I successfully was able to move the cursor to the strange feature on the pastel map (which I now know is the pituitary gland, or hypophysis in the brain.).

I find it very curious, now, that I could visualize the pituitary gland as a small tunnel or hole like a bridge.  But the visualization was really that of a bony structure called the sella turcica of the sphenoid bone.

Robin Trower
It looked a little like the album art from Robin Trower and his Bridge of Sighs album.

To make sure that I could do this successfully, they would move the reticle to some other location on the map, and have me move it back to its rightful and proper location.  Again, I had to do this a number of times to verify that I could do so repeatedly.

Completion

Once I was able to demonstrate that I could do this, the field was turned off.  And I was permitted to walk about.  Of course, my eyesight returned back to normal with the field off.  Everyone left the area, and I found myself alone.  Because I finished earlier than the other Aviation Officer, I waited outside the cubicles on some plain plastic chairs and I drank a cup of orange juice that one of the techs gave me.  Shortly afterwards, my colleague was also finished, and thus we waited together wondering what was going to happen next.

It is highly likely that this cup of orange juice was laced with a series of chemicals and specific drugs, but I cannot confirm this.

Notes About the Probes

The size and complexity of the probes betrayed their origin.

In 1981 there was absolutely no possible way that complex electronics of any type could fit into tiny ball no bigger than an ants head.  At that time, we were using calculators of increasing complexity, but most electronic devices that we know of today did not exist.

Back to the future
High technology in 1986 can be seen in the 1986 movie “Back to the Future”. The technology that was representative of the probes within our skulls betrayed a level of technology that was far greater than was was available for public consumption. The reader must recall, that I was implanted in 1981, a full half a decade before this movie was released.

Telephones were still connected to the walls with wires.  Many still had rotary dials instead of push button keypads.

Tape recorders were huge and used actual magnetic tape.  Video cameras were enormous and were the size of a small backpack.  Computers were still mostly available as kits that you could build, or as large mainframe computers with printout readers instead of phosphorescent screens.

The computer language that I learned in college was called APL, though both FORTRAN and BASIC were just then being developed.  All of this was indicative of an emerging electronics revolution, but in no way could it be considered mature enough to develop the (tiny) probes that were implanted into my skull.

I do not know of how these probes were developed, nor who worked on the systems, processes and procedures that revolved around them.  The fact that there were “families” of different probes with differing capabilities implied that a great deal of research, development, and time and effort went into them.

Never the less, while it is possible that they were wholly independently developed by a cadre of scientists working on the control of the human mind. I now know that this was not the case.  The actual and real truth is far more interesting.  This is, that the root technology, and programming of the implanted probes, were all wholly synthesized from extraterrestrial technology.

Now, the reader must appreciate that I do not know the full story of the probes, nor their development.

I do not know when the work began on this aspect of technology, nor who authorized it.  But, I do know something about the probes themselves.  Something that even those who were in control of the entire probe implantation program did not know.  This knowledge is an important part of why this information is being disclosed now.

Those individuals who lead the black-budget research into extraterrestrial technology were human, like you and I.  They understood the potential danger of using extraterrestrial technologies, and were concerned that they might be used in a negative way.  They never fully trusted their extraterrestrial allies, but somehow the thought never crossed their mind that the extraterrestrials that provided this technology to them might have other agendas that they might want to implement.

All American made computers and software today have “back-door” access enabling various American alphabet organizations to bypass security protocols, and passwords.  In a similar way, the extraterrestrials who gave this technology to the United States government also have unrestricted access to the brains of those implanted.  And, that my readers is exactly what happened.

The extraterrestrial species that helped provide this technology to MAJestic did so with the knowledge that they could access it at will.  Thus, they could not only monitor the “feed” and activities of those so implanted, but they could also control their actions, memories and emotions.

Now, consider this frightening thought;  If every person, in a leadership position, has these probes installed, and the extraterrestrials can access their brains, then the extraterrestrials can indeed control certain aspects of the United States government.  It is pretty frightening when you think about this aspect of the technology used. 

I do not know the exact precise interests and purposes surrounding the extraterrestrials who aided the United States government.  But, I do know that they are not interested in ruling the world like we humans would assume they would be.  

Their interests lie in a completely different direction.  And it is a very complicated and involved discussion involving a host of issues relating to quantum clouds, race interaction over vast swaths of time, the accumulation of knowledge and experiences as well as the improvement of their own quantum environment.

Consider the operation of such devices.  What do the extraterrestrials think about the operation of the devices?  What do the human engineers and scientists think about how these devices operate?

Probe Operation.
There is a substantial disconnect between understandings on how the ELF triggered probes operate. Obviously we humans think one thing, though those whom designed the probes have another idea all together.

What the probes are, and how they work, are not what the United States scientists and technical experts think.  Their understanding of the nature of the probes is simplistic and basic.  They are functional, and elaborate, from a physical understanding.  But the vast bulk of their capabilities are quantum in nature, and this understanding has eluded the scientists and researchers using them.  These probes have a number of abilities and capabilities that far outstrip those that the researchers know about.

The ELF probes are quantum devices with a small physical manifestation.

When installed they modify the brain and its activity in a huge way.  Not so much on the physical dimensional plane, but rather on the quantum spheres of influence.  They increase the human (which is limited) quantum sphere into a greater, or more substantial one.  This adds an amount of additional quantum appendages, or appliances to the human so implanted.  This gives the implanted human a greater range of abilities.

One of the primary purposes of this improved quantum sphere is to make the human quantum cloud compatible with the quantum sphere of another extraterrestrial race.  Thus adding the host human into a sort of quantum cloud collective.  This runs counter to what the military thinks the system works.  In their view the probes are merely an elaborate communication tool.  They are incorrect.

Core kit two probes go even further and provide inter-dimensional autonomous access ability.

Those of us, implanted with the two probe kits and entangled with the drones, have a special understanding of the nature of the extraterrestrial allies that we worked with.  It is a significant departure from what the implanted probes are supposed to be capable of.  By entangling our souls through use of the two probe kits, we actually are able to share and experience a part of the extraterrestrial hive memory repository.  From there, they can communicate to us directly without having the need to activate the ELF field.  We can instantaneously understand what they might want us to do; what actions to take, and why it is important.

This is but a part of a larger effort that originates from our extraterrestrial allies and is not associated in any way with the United States government.  In our world nothing is truly unexpected, but rather it all fits in with a larger plan.  There are plans within plans, within plans.

Take Aways

  • The United States have technology that can control memories.
  • The United States has technology that can open special doors or portals.
  • This technology is placed inside the brain.
  • It is controlled by radiation, specifically extra-low frequency radiation, known as ELF.
  • MAJestic requires this technology for all members.
  • Other people, outside of MAJestic, are also implanted with similar technology.
  • People in politics can abuse agents so implanted with these devices to further their own objectives.

FAQ

Q: What probes are you implanted with?
A: I have seven ELF probes. They come in two “kits”.  One is a “basic” kit that controls memory access. The other is sort of key that permits MWI access. Additionally, I have a very special device that is wholly extraterrestrial in origin. It was installed by our extraterrestrial benefactors at one of their facilities. It gives me advantage.

Q: If the probes can control memory, how can you remember anything?
A: During my retirement, at ADC Pine Bluff, there was a mistake done when deactivating my probes. It reset to defaults, and I pulled up the source code and locked things to my own individual advantage.

Q: Have you ever wanted to shoot up anyone or any place?
A: No. Though I often have a strong  desire to eat a nice pizza and drink a cold beer. I suppose that if someone had the ability access my now-mothballed probes, but reactivated control sequences, they might decide to mess with my head. They could give me urges to do things, or pester me until I go crazy in frustration. However, there are solutions to get around that, don’t you know.

I have two sets of MAJestic probes, and one set of very unique extraterrestrial probes. Urges generated out from MAJestic are easy to identify. They are “coarse” and “crude”. They are like being pestered by a horse-fly.  Urges generated from my extraterrestrial benefactor (direct access) probes are far more subtle. I just do things immediately. No thoughts about them are possible. There is no debate, and no questioning. Which is why I am involved in this disclosure at this time.

Mostly, the urges I have are related to having fun, eating food, drinking wine, playing with my dog, watching cat videos and growing tomato plants. Mostly, I have these strong urges to eat fine American sandwiches. You just cannot get them here in China, for Pete’s sake. I think that people do not appreciate how wonderful food is. They just take it for granted.

Sandwich.
Sandwiches are wonderful. I especially like an Italian grinder. Oh, and don’t forget the frosty cold beer that goes along with it.

Q: Have you ever thought about getting the probes removed?
A: Sometimes, but you know why bother. It would probably kill me. I have gotten so used to having them and their characteristics that the loss of them would make me fall into the default human reality. I really don’t know if I could revert to that again.

Truthfully, I am somewhere in-between. When I was deactivated in ADC Pine bluff, I lost my MWI autonomous ability, and the keys were “turned off”. But, one of the local “good old boy” guards went into the control booth after the “experts” from Washington left. He started playing with the controls. It was not a fun time, at all. Let me tell you.

Anyways, he did something that caused a reset.

Imagine that the boys from Washington, followed the directions and ran the shut down sequence. All was good. The probes were in a “standby, but do nothing” mode. The “Good old boy” when he started playing with the controls first [1] pulled me out of “standby” mode. Then, by moving the controls up and down and spinning the knobs, caused [2] some sort of sequence to activate. Suddenly, the [3] programming screen filled my line of sight.

It might have been thirty years, but I could still program the probes.

I [4] reset the defaults, and then locked out remote access. He played all he wanted to, and I just lay on my rack adjusting my controls with my mind. Eventually he gave up.

subroutine
Here is an example of using a subroutine to institute a “fetch command”.

Now, is this fate, coincidence, or just the way things worked out? I do not know. What I do know is that MAJestic considers me retired and they cannot communicate with me normally through the probes. They have to follow secondary protocols. However, the extraterrestrial benefactors can still communicate to me. Though the way they do it is not the same as human speech and auditory senses. They kind of “will” their interests and desire.

So here we have it.

I’m retired, but not. I’m active, but not. I’m blogging but not making any kind of influence. I’m in a perpetual grey zone.

Do I want to get rid of the probes? Nope leave them in. They offer me MWI perception, though access to the slides are no longer possible.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Feducial Training for ELF-Based MWI Access

As the reader might recall, I was attending training to become a Naval Aviator for the United States Navy. One day, the base commander summoned me and another (known in this manuscript as Sebastian) and offered us a special role in a “new” program put in place by the President of the United States.  We discussed the opportunity with him and we agreed to join the program. We exchanged our (very) valuable and coveted Naval Aviator positions for something else in a special program (otherwise) known as MAJestic. We stood up after the meeting with him and exited his office in the ELF sub-compound at the Naval base. This post discusses what happened next…

This is a very important post, but it is also a bit bland. There are segments within this post that are very valuable. I would suggest the reader pay attention and be on the outlook for those nuggets of gold.

We Began Immediately

The first thing that happened after we signed up for the program was [1] an introductory lecture on what a SAP was, and [2] the training associated with brain-centering technology. This chapter discusses that subject.

We left the office, then went a short distance down the hall.  We exited the building, crossed the parking lot and entered an adjacent building that was nearby. It was the largest building in the sub-complex and I thus assume that it was the most important.

“The classification was, from the outset, above Top Secret, so the vast majority of U.S. officials and politicians, let alone a mere allied minister of defense, were never in the loop . . . “

-Paul Hellyer, former Canadian Minister of Defense (2005)

We opened a side door and went in. We found ourselves in a large dim warehouse.  It was bare for the most part with a few huge objects covered with large canvas tarps off to the sides.  There was a small group of approximately twenty people, all women, clustered around a relatively tall petty officer who was explaining things on a portable chalkboard.  There was another seaman, off to the right, standing against the cement brick wall.  We walked closer to observe, but stayed apart from the group.

We just stood there and watched the presentation.

The Lecture

“I now (personally) have three completely independent examples of individuals whom I trust reporting to me that individuals they trust have admitted to handling alien materials in "our" possession in the course of secret official duties. And in yet two more cases, I am similarly one (trustworthy) step removed from a former head of a federal government agency who was involved with reverse engineering efforts and a head of state of a G8 country who also said he had been officially briefed on that program.

Now the Air Force Project Blue Book of the 1950s and 1960s did have both a public and a classified side. I suspect that after the public half of Blue Book closed up shop following the Condon Report, its classified half may have continued, existing today as a black special access program…”

-Bernard Haisch.  (ufoskeptic.org)

We missed the beginning of the presentation, but it was easy to follow the lecture.

We listened intently, not quite understanding everything that he was talking about.  While the basic idea was simple, he was using unfamiliar terms, and referring to units and organizations that we knew nothing about, but apparently referred to the audience he was addressing.  He spoke expertly as if he had made this presentation numerous times before.

The girls.
We walked in on a lecture in process. There in the large room were a group of cute and attractive girls, all that same age was us two AOCS. They were stunning.

The audience, that he was making a presentation to, had nothing to do with us.

I assume.  Perhaps they were staff that were being trained to be the “black widows” that retired agents.  Perhaps they were being trained to do various secretary level activities.  Perhaps they were part of some kind of off-world breeding program.  Who the heck knows?

They were all female, wearing civilian clothes, and all very attractive.  We walked into a “mother-load” or attractive girls.  They were all beautiful, and ranged from cute to full blown stunning. They were there at the ELF facility for other purposes unrelated to us.  We knew nothing about them and they knew nothing about us.  We were entering one SAP program.  They were entering another.  Both programs were under MAJestic control.  Both programs utilized static portal access. Both programs required us to register our desires.

The Level of Secrecy

We listened to the presentation.

He explained to us that we were all joining a special program.  (The name of the program was not given; or if it was, I do not remember it.)  This program was an “Unacknowledged (When questioned; a government official will deny and disavowal knowledge and understanding and existence of the project.) Special Access Program” (U-SAP).

Special access programs (SAPs) in the federal government of the United States of America are security protocols that provides highly classified information with safeguards and access restrictions that exceed those for regular (collateral) classified information. It may be a type of black project.  In addition to collateral controls, a SAP may impose more stringent investigative or adjudicative requirements, specialized nondisclosure agreements, special terminology or markings, exclusion from standard contract investigations (carve-outs), and centralized billet systems. 

Two types of SAP exist: acknowledged and unacknowledged. The existence of an acknowledged SAP may be publicly disclosed, but the details of the program remain classified. An unacknowledged SAP (or U-SAP) is made known only to authorized persons, including members of the appropriate committees of the United States Congress.

The nature of the program and the tasks that we were involved in required that we be implanted with special memory controlling technology.  As it was explained to us, this was necessary for our own safety.  It doesn’t matter which program that you are in or what role you will have in that program.  Everyone must be implanted with probes in their brain.  Not all probes are the same, and some probes have other functions other than for security.  But, everyone in our class of SAP, absolutely MUST be implanted with a basic kit.

“Everyone in the program must be implanted with probes in their brain.”

He then looked at me, Sebastian and the Commander.  He nodded at us, and added that some of us would be involved in even more secretive programs.  These were very important programs, and required even more important (or complex) technology.

He called the program that we were to be involved in as a” Waived Unacknowledged Special Access Program” W(U)-SAP.  He said that these programs report to the highest levels of authority and answer to absolutely no one else.

Waived SAP's are a subset of unacknowledged SAP's in the Department of Defense. 

These SAP's are exempt by statutory authority of the Secretary of Defense from most reporting requirements and, within the legislative branch, the only persons who are required to be informed of said SAP's are the chairpersons and ranking committee members of the Senate Appropriations Committee, Senate Armed Services Committee, House Appropriations Committee, and the House Armed Services Committee.

Of course, to us at that time, it was all “Greek” to us and went completely over our heads.

That's Greek to me or It's (all) Greek to me is an idiom used in the English language. It basically expresses that something is not understandable.  

The idiom is typically used with respect to the foreign nature, complexity or imprecision of verbal or written expression or diagram, often containing excessive use of jargon, dialect, mathematics, science, symbols, or diagrams.

Implantation

Thus, before we could begin our mission assignment, we needed to be implanted.  And before we can operate with the implants we first need to know how to use them.  Fundamentally, to use them, and unlock their full range of capabilities, you need to be able to focus and control your mind.  Not everyone has had a course in transcendental meditation, and because of this external tools and techniques are used to focus your mind.  The purpose of this was to (more or less) put our mind in “idle”.  We had to turn off random thoughts and random synapses firing, and be able to “calm” the activity in our brain down to a “neutral” level of activity.

Implantation (that he was referring to) is the physical placement of small (I assumed to be computerized) probes inside your brain.  There are different kinds of probes and they come in different forms and styles; known as “kits”.   To use the probes, they had to be engaged, and to engage the probes the mind needed to be “centered”.

The implants, or probes, have different capabilities.

  • They enabled us to be tracked.
  • They enabled us to be identified, because each probe has a unique identification signal.
  • They enabled us to control and improve our memory to some extent.
  • They gave us the ability to learn new skills and knowledge, with the proper training.
  • They also permitted the compartmentalization of our memories to prevent secrets from falling into the hands of adversarial forces.  This included the suppression of memory (though memories are never erased).
  • They also have the ability to monitor body functions.
  • They also have a limited ability to control various bodily functions.
The ability to control our biological functions were mostly retarded.  They could somewhat control our muscle reasons, making them quick or slow.  They could improve or retard the efficiency of our biological functions such as the stomach, kidney, liver, and genitals.  They could also affect our general health through use of these controls.

Finally, and most importantly,

  • He said that the most important aspect of the probes was that they were a kind of special key that enabled us to “unlock” a very special kind of door.

All of this caused some concern with the ladies.  However, he reassured them, and told them not to worry.

He said that the strictest protocols were involved and absolutely no one would misuse the program.  Further, access of the probes was by a very rigorous  method that precluded accidental or malevolent abuse.

He specifically told the young ladies that no one would alter their emotional desires unless there were good cause to do so, and that no matter what happens, they would always retain who they were.  Their personality would never be affected.

Finally, he stated that the probes were only used sporadically, and they are never used unless really good reasons justify it.

Further, he assured them that one’s memory is never truly erased. That would require extensive cranial surgery. Instead, the way our brain searches for the memory is altered.  People still remember everything.  All the training, and the missions, are remembered.  However, they lose their significance, their value and their importance. The events become ‘commonplace’.  An example would be like the fifth time when you opened the bathroom door in your grandmother’s house. Remembered, but considered to be unimportant.

Context-dependent memory refers to improved recall of specific episodes or information when the context present at encoding and retrieval are the same. In the case of the probes this is easily facilitated or retarded depending on the memory.  Thus, a given memory can be blocked through withholding items that aid in the recall of it.  One particularly common example of context-dependence at work occurs when an individual has lost an item (e.g. lost car keys) in an unknown location. Typically, people try to systematically "retrace their steps" to determine all of the possible places where the item might be located. Based on the role that context plays in determining recall, it is not at all surprising that individuals often quite easily discover the lost item upon returning to the correct context.

Now, not all probes could do this, but ours could.  They monitored temperature, pulse, blood pressure and mental activity.  They also monitored eye movement and what our visual cortex observed, including dreams and thoughts that had a visual component.

If our thoughts accessed the visual cortex they could be observed remotely.  I tell the reader this two times; what we viewed though our eyes was physically observed by our handlers at MAJestic.  Therefore, if I watched a movie, read a book, had sex, or ate a pizza, the handlers, if they were monitoring me, could observe exactly the same things that my eyes saw.

This was twenty years before Bill Clinton (D) became President and started using each and every resource at his fingertips to push his own domestic agenda, often not even knowing what the resources were used for and what impact they would have on other programs. When Hillary Clinton was Secretary of State, it is well known that she surrounded herself with a large number of “special” women who were fiercely loyal to her.  Knowing what I do, I can’t help but muse about the source of this loyalty.

Focusing for the Probes

In order for us to best be able to use the probes and utilize their features, we needed to be able to access them.  To do this, we needed to be able to calm and center our mind.  And, to be able to do that, we need to be instructed to use the tools provided to do so.  The probes would not operate efficiently unless the brain and thoughts were “centered”.

There were numerous methods, but the one adopted by the US Navy was the “fiducial” method.

Learning How to Focus using the Triangular Feducials

The feducials in the cement blocks was a unique, but important element of the ELF program.   These symbols are used to center, focus and control the mind.

It is a simple and easy system. Throughout the United States are grey cement block buildings, walls, and other structures.  This is a universal and standardized building material in America.  This common building material is used as the focusing medium for the ELF program.  (This is not the case in other nations or countries.  There are different kinds of building materials, bricks, sheet panels, and other building elements too numerous to mention here.  But, in the USA the plain, unadorned, cement block is the most common building element.)

Feducials
The feducials were a shape that was embedded within a cement block. There were two different blocks. One had a basic triangular shape, and the other block had two triangular shapes.

There are two special cement blocks. They are placed side by side. The block on the left contains only one triangle. It is shaped into the mold used to create the block. It is not chiseled in. The second block on the right contains two triangles. One above the other. Each triangle is one inch long and 1 inch high. It is approximately 1/2 inch deep. The angles on the triangle are oriented in such a way that the left side edge is vertical.  And the other two edges of the triangle are at a 30 degree angles off from the horizontal. This is true for both blocks.

General feducial dimensions.
The above is the dimensions for the “two triangle” fiducial block. The feducials always use two blocks. There is a “single triangle” fiducial block and a “double triangle” fiducial black. The “single triangle” block is always placed to the physical left of the “double triangle” fiducial block. The dimensions are standardized and aside from the indentations in the blocks, they are just ordinary cast cement blocks. There are no embedded controls, antennas or electronics of any kind inside the blocks.

During the presentation, the seaman standing against the wall, would move his left hand in an open hand gesture to show the fiducial imprints that was being discussed.  He first pointed to the fiducial triangle in the left block.  Then, in short order he took a few steps and then pointed with his open hand to the two right fiducial triangles.  It was a simple method and very easy to understand.

You know, that might make a nice Tee-shirt. You could put a picture of the three triangles on the shirt. Maybe have it white on black.

Using the Focus Method

To use the feducial focusing method, you relax your vision. As you do so, the image blurs and the two images superimpose over each other. Such then it appears that there are three triangles in a straight line. One above each other. This is an important relaxation step. That is because the visual cortex has to be stabilized in order to properly operate the probes.

It wasn’t any more complicated than that.  To operate the probes, the mind must be relaxed by using the feducial triangle relaxation method.

The presentation ended, and the two seamen and their all-female audience left the building.  We three; Sebastian, myself and the Commander, walked forward past where the presentation was held and entered another door, which led into a wide well-lit hallway.  We followed the corridor for a few seconds and found ourselves in a wide open room.  He stepped out for a minute and returned with a Naval doctor and told us that we would be “in good hands”, and that he would return later to get us.

He then left us there.

Three Triangles as an Identification Nomenclature

One of the common identification nomenclatures between differing black project groups is the three triangle symbology.

Obviously, for us, the three triangle symbology refers to the indexing feducials used to focus our attention when entering the primary implantation facility. These symbols are always chiseled into the cement blocks of all facilities that have ELF transmitter access.   (The investigator will find these feducials in the basement walls of certain government and state buildings, intake barracks of prison facilities, military bases, and in certain secure agency buildings.)  In general, where there is a transmitter, the ‘software’ inside the implants can be accessed.

Typically, where a fiducial is found, a small localized transmitter is located inside a nearby locked closet.  Typically the closet has a heavy gauge door with secure hinges and high-security lock mechanisms.  The transmitter inside has its own breaker box, and is used to provide a kind of localized field (of which I can in no way describe) that is benefited by a person focusing on the feducials on the wall.

Always, without exception, we need to be activated under controlled conditions. Thus, the feducials are an important part of a mind relaxation technique to harmonize the mind. As such, those who are using the fiducial triangles to focus upon needs to do so in a secure, safe and private environment.  Typically, in many buildings, this can be achieved by accessing the feducials and transmitter after common working hours, or though the establishment of a safe area through locking the doors and providing a safe environment.

I do not know if this is the same reason that other black project participants identify themselves, but I suspect that it might be.

I make this statement because I know (from the doctor) that some of the other agencies and organizations get implanted and they also need to focus their minds to utilize the calibration routines for the probes.   If you are part of the highest levels of MAJestic, or part of one of the many specialized (associated) SAP programs you will be implanted.  If you are not implanted, the program that you were part of was NOT important enough.  (Although I do not know of the differences from the MAJestic probes and the probes of non-MAJestic operatives.)

What I do know is this.  Make no mistake. If you are a member of MAJestic, you will have the implants, and you WILL be able to use the “key” to access the “portal” door for MWI access and world-line egress.

It is well known that some alphabet groups use a triangle for membership identification.  This is most often shown on a ring with a triangle on it.  Some people state that this indicates allegiance with the illuminati.

The Illuminati (plural of Latin illuminatus, "enlightened") is a name given to several groups, both real and fictitious. Historically, the name refers to the Bavarian Illuminati, an Enlightenment-era secret society founded on May 1, 1776 to oppose superstition, prejudice, religious influence over public life, abuses of state power, and to support women's education and gender equality.  For the record, I have no opinion whether or not this group is still active at this time.

Some people claim that it belongs in association with other occult groups.  Still others believe that this is associated with secret societies.  Alternatively, they might claim that it represents “the all seeing eye”.

The Eye of Providence (or the all-seeing eye of God) is a symbol showing an eye often surrounded by rays of light or a glory and usually enclosed by a triangle. It is sometimes interpreted as representing the eye of God watching over humankind (or divine providence). In the modern era, the most notable depiction of the eye is the reverse of the Great Seal of the United States, which appears on the United States one-dollar bill.

I know nothing about all of that.  The conspiratorial theories that seem to propagate around the New World Order, and the triangle nomenclature are foreign to me.  I was never asked to join such an organization, nor was I ever exposed to any except peripherally.  As far as I am concerned, the similarity between the three triangle nomenclature and the secret society nomenclature is coincidental at best.

As a conspiracy theory, the term New World Order or NWO refers to the emergence of a totalitarian one-world government.  

The common theme in conspiracy theories about a New World Order is that a secretive power elite with a globalist agenda is conspiring to eventually rule the world. Their plan is to do so through an authoritarian world government which replaces sovereign nation-states. They manufacture this narrative through an all-encompassing propaganda agenda that ideologizes its establishment as the culmination of history's progress. 

Significant occurrences in politics and finance are speculated to be orchestrated by an unduly influential cabal operating through many front organizations. Numerous historical and current events are seen as steps in an on-going plot to achieve world domination through secret political gatherings and decision-making processes.

I do not consider myself a member of this or any related organization in any way.  Nor do I know factually if any of the NWO, and secret societies actually exist. While I do believe in conspiracies, and “the deep state”, I can offer no proof that it actually exists.

Next Phase

You can read about what happened after this short period of training. I wrote about it HERE.

I had to get my MAJestic probes installed. Then I needed to have a kit of extraterrestrial probes installed.

Take Aways

  • After I joined MAJestic, I participated in a lecture discussing “Special Access Programs” and probes.
  • The probes would be surgically inserted in our brains.
  • The probes controlled our memories, and possibly our emotions.
  • The probes acted as a kind of “key” that could open a special type of door or portal.
  • In order to utilize the probes, we needed to be trained to calm and center our mind.
  • The method we were trained to do so was the “Feducial” method.

FAQ

Q: What was the purpose of the young ladies there?
A: I do not know. We only shared the lecture with them. Later on we entered a ELF gateway center together. However, we all had different destinations.

Q: Can you enter the “gateway” without using the feducials?
A: Maybe you actually can. But, I wouldn’t want to try. The MWI is and can be quite dangerous. You might really mess up your brain in doing so. You really don’t want to take risks with technology that you know nothing about. Right?

Q: How do you know what the dimensions are for the feducials?
A: When I was in the ADC, at the Pine Bluff facility, as I entered my retirement, the feducials were right outside my cell. That floored me. I well remember walking up to the wall to see if they were real. I then measured them using my fingers to confirm the dimensions.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Bronco Billy and the 25th law of power

When we were young, we were taught how to act, and told how to behave. The opinions of our peers decided what we would do, who we would date, and how successful our life could be. For those of us who never left our home town, these demands have become forged as the tightest shackles that bind us to the demands and needs of others.

However, once we leave that environment, we find ourselves in a new place with new friends and a new life. We are thus given and provided the opportunity to reconstruct our life. We are provided with the chance for us to define our life for ourselves. We can break forth through the limits placed on us by others.

Not only is this desirable, but it is often necessary. For true growth, and to be the most that you can be, comes from you defining how you will live, and under which terms that you will define your life.

The 25th Law of power

Law 25 
Re-Create Yourself 

Do not accept the roles that society foists on you. Re-create yourself by forging a new identity, one that commands attention and never bores the audience. Be the master of your own image rather than letting others define it for you. Incorporate dramatic devices into your public gestures and actions – your power will be enhanced and your character will seem larger than life.

The book “The 48 Laws of Power” is a classic work that defines methods and techniques by which a person may obtain power. Power can be defined many ways. It might be money, sex, relationships, ownership, control, or as pure military might.

The book goes into great detail on this subject, providing multiple examples that illustrate each technique.

48 Laws of Power
The 48 Laws of Power is a world famous book that describes numerous techniques for obtaining power. The power can be used for good or bad, it is up to the user.

One of the laws, or techniques, of power is the ability to recreate your life on your terms. This is law #25. Indeed, it is a powerful technique. For unless you have lived a charmed life, humans need to grow and expand beyond themselves. We are like a snake that sheds it’s skin, or a caterpillar who undergoes chrysalis to become a butterfly. We need to constantly strive, adapt and grow. For that is how we obtain experience.

For example motivational speaker Les Brown was classified as developmentally disabled. He was told that the best he could do was to become a janitor or a field laborer. Yet, he refused to believe that. With everyone of his classmates laughing at him, and most teachers shaking their head in sorry distain, we went ahead and forged a new life for himself.

He took on a new role; a better role as a motivational speaker.

Or consider, another radio talk show host; Rush Limbaugh. Always controversial, and bombastic, he was constantly hired and fired from jobs. No one wanted to touch him. We was considered a “wild card” and uncontrollable. Yet, by honing his abilities, and working on his strengths, he preserved and became a very famous and a very rich talk show host.

Often times, we need to move away from the thoughts, ideas, concepts of what other people think of us. Do you want to be treated as a successful businessman and not the class clown? Then you need to move away from your school mates. Do you want to be considered to be a brilliant scientist? Then you need to move away from people who call you a “book worm with no common sense”. Do you want to become a suave and sophisticated “ladies man”? Then, you need to remove yourself from the women who make fun of you and who don’t appreciate you qualities.

Now, you shouldn’t become confused. It is often more than just moving away geographically. You have to learn and hone the skills that you desire. If you want to become a “world renowned doctor”, you will need to study and cultivate your presence globally. If you want to be a “Ladies Man”, you will need to hone your relationship skills, and work on your presentation. If you want to live the life on your terms, you will have to work at it.

Have a Dream

We all need an objective. This is something that we can visualize and conceptualize. It is something that we can embrace as a target and an ideal that we can achieve.

"Bronco Billy McCoy: I've got a special message for you little pardners out there. I want you to finish your oatmeal at breakfast and do as your mom and pa tell you because they know best. Don't ever tell a lie and say your prayers at night before you go to bed. And as our friends south of the border say, 'Adios, amigos.' "

Have a Plan

Without a roadmap we are just lost in the wilderness. We need a plan to follow with a set goal to achieve. So set a goal. Describe the person who you want to be. Go into great detail. List what you want to be and what you don’t want to be.

Indian snake dance.
In the movie “Bronco Billy” all the members of his travelling fair were misfits. They were shoe salesmen, draft dodgers, and losers, who decided to step outside of their world and become something different. Here is a man who wanted to be an Indian chief.

You don’t need to use Microsoft Project to generate a plan, but you do need to take active steps. Get a notebook. It is cheap. Do not rely on your computer or cell phone to do this task. They are full of distractions. Go old school.

One cheap notebook. One pen (or pencil).

That notebook is your roadmap. Title it what ever you want, but in short it should be about one thing and one thing only; who you want to be.

Also note that it is going to be a journey. Right now you are NOT ready to be who you want to be. Some changes will be necessary. Indeed, you will need to change some things. Additionally, you will need to learn some things, and prepare some things as well. You will need to plan it out.

You can be who you want to be.
This rule applies to both men and women. It is not gender specific. In the movie “Bronco Billy”, a sad and unhappy, but filthy rich socialite ends up transforming her life into HER idea of what she wants.

For instance, using the “Ladies Man” example above, you will need to read books on how to seduce. You will need to subscribe to websites, forums and feeds with like minded people. You will need to establish goals and a training program. The training program will not only be about learning new things, but it will also be about unlearning old bad habits.

You will need to do daily positive affirmations. These are sentences that you repeat to yourself over and over to undo the programming that you have endured over the years. For instance;

  • I am calm, cool, and collected.
  • I am always happy, smart, know what to say.
  • I am lucky.
  • I dress right, my hair is perfect, and I know how to handle myself.

Positive affirmations need to be written down, and repeated daily. They work. Let them do their magic.

Work your plan

Once you map out your goal and how to get there; do it. In life, it is better to be 60% ready than wait forever to be 100% ready. You need to learn the basics and then plan on “faking it until you make it”. Close your eyes and make it happen.

Trust me, you won’t die.

"Bronco Billy McCoy: Now look! I don't take kindly to kids playin' hooky from school. I think every kid in America ought to go to school... at least up to the eighth grade. 

Young kid: We don't go to school today, Bronco Billy. It's Saturday! 
"

You will experience hurtles and problems. So what? That is life. For instance, let’s suppose your dream is to move to Bangkok, Thailand and become a go-go bar owner. It is obtainable, but it will be a lot of work. You might need to break your plan into smaller bite-sized bites and then work those pieces.

Let’s suppose your dream is to become a sheep rancher in New Zealand. It is possible, but you will need to know some basics about sheep herding, and you will need to work on the immigration paperwork.

Troubles for Bronco Billy and friends.
In the pursuit of our dreams there will be setbacks and troubles. However, they will never end your dream. It will just put it aside for a spell. Do not give up. Never give up. Never, and I do mean NEVER let ANYONE ever steal or take your dream away from you.

No matter what you do, you will need to have a plan that not only covers the physical changes that you need and want to bring about, but also covers the emotional and behavioral ones as well. But you know what? You can do it, because it is in YOUR nature.

You do not need a machine to make the world-line switch. You can do this on your own.

It gets easier over time…

"Lorraine Running Water: Do you understand what Bronco Billy and the wild west show are all about? You can be anything you want. All you have to do is go out and become it! "

The longer you work towards your dream, the easier it becomes. You always become what you think about. But actuating your thoughts with physical and tangible actions you will be able to achieve your dreams, and trust me you will be amazed how successful you will become.

Bronco Billy on stage.
You can achieve your dreams. You only need to have a plan. Keep it simple and direct and work it relentlessly. It is the one thing for you and you alone. Never let anyone steal it away from you.

When I was planning on moving to China, I studied Chinese. I had no one to practice with. I had no one to listen to. So I did it on my own, while the people around me snickered and made fun of me.  You will overcome the nay-Sayers and losers. You just follow your dream and stick with your plan.

Don’t let anyone steal that from under you.

Other Sources

In the movie “Bedazzled“, a man who is helplessly in love, signs away his soul for a change to spend life with the girl of his dreams. The devil gives him six opportunities to remake himself (all, of course, with a devilish twist). The point in the movie is that you can remake yourself to obtain objectives, but that there will be a tradeoff in the process.

I won’t go so far as to say that you cannot change because it will have undesirable effects. But, I will say that what ever the image that you want to become… make sure that it is an extension of WHO YOU ARE inside.

Choose
Only you can choose who you will be? Scenes are from the movie “Bedazzled”.

Conclusion

"Antoinette Lilly: Are you for real?
 
Bronco Billy McCoy: I'm who I want to be."

The movie “Bronco Billy” is a full embodiment of the lessons of Law #25 of the “48 Laws of Power”. All of the members within his little band of entertainers were redirecting their lives toward their dreams. While it is only a Hollywood movie, and received moderate praise by the “geniuses” in Hollywood, the lessons are important and valid.

It certainly deserves a second look. Especially today with the way things are in the world today.

Don’t give up.

You can recreate your own life in the form that you want it to be in. If you are tired and exhausted in living the life as it is today, you can exit it. You are not tied to anything. You really aren’t. You can bail.

  1. Set a goal.
  2. Make a Plan.
  3. Follow the Plan.
  4. Implement it.

Live your dream. Do not let anyone stop you.

Bronco Billy is living his dream.
Be like Bronco Billy. Live your dream. You don’t have to be a poor shoe salesman in New York city. You can recreate your life into something that appeals to you. Don’t be afraid. Follow your dream.

Takeaways

  • The 25th Law of the 48 Laws of Power suggests that we can create the life that we want to live. We should not accept the life that others want us to live.
  • This is attainable.
  • To achieve this dream, we need to set a goal, learn, and work towards that goal.
  • The movie “Bronco Billy” is all about the 25th Law of Power.
  • By watching the movie, you get a very good understanding of what the 25th Law of Power is and how it can be applied to your life.

FAQ

Q: Is my dream achievable, even if it sounds crazy or unobtainable?
A: Yes. However, it does need to be realistic. You cannot dream about being a turtle. However, you can dream about being a caretaker for turtles in Bora Bora.

Q: My spouse thinks it is a waste of time to pursue any dreams. What do I do?
A: This is a common problem. You have a choice. You can either enlist your spouse to share in your dream, or you will be forced to follow the dream without them. In any event, if you are forbidden to live your dream… that is not a life, no matter how anyone else tries to rationalize it.

via GIPHY

Q: How can I find the time to do all that I need to do to obtain my dream?
A: If you do not find the time, your dream will never materialize.

Q: Where can I find the movie “Bronco Billy”?
A: Try Netflix or any decent torrent site. Torrents are free, and most movies can be downloaded in a few days. Rare movies might take weeks.

Bronco Billy and Lilly.
Life is too short to be unhappy. It is like a bowl of cold chili. It is up to you to make it the best best life that is possible. You need to set your foot down and take command of your life. Make your dreams happen.

Posts Regarding Life and Contentment

Here are some other similar posts on this venue. If you enjoyed this post, you might like these posts as well. These posts tend to discuss growing up in America. Often, I like to compare my life in America with the society within communist China. As there are some really stark differences between the two.

Link
Link
Link
Tomatos
Link
Mad scientist
Gorilla Cage in the basement
Link
Pleasures
Work in the 1960's
School in the 1970s
Cat Heaven
Corporate life
Corporate life - part 2
Build up your life
Grow and play - 1
Grow and play - 2
Asshole
Baby's got back
Link
The Warning Signs
SJW
Army and Navy Store
Playground Comparisons
Excuses that we use that keep us enslaved.

More Posts about Life

I have broken apart some other posts. They can best be classified about ones actions as they contribute to happiness and life. They are a little different, in subtle ways.

Being older
Link
Civil War
Travel
PT-141
Bronco Billy
r/K selection theory
How they get away with it
Line in the sand
A second passport
Paper Airplanes
Snopes
Taxiation without representation.
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
1960's and 1970's link
Democracy Lessons

Stories that Inspired Me

Here are reprints in full text of stories that inspired me, but that are nearly impossible to find in China. I place them here as sort of a personal library that I can use for inspiration. The reader is welcome to come and enjoy a read or two as well.

Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Notes

  1. Composed, edited, SEO checked and released. 27JUN18.
  2. Corrections. 27JUN18.

How to tell if someone is in MAJestic (Part Two)

This is the second part of a series discussing how secrets are kept in the United States, and what MAJestic was all about in regards to that aspect of it. Note that since, MAJestic has been disbanded. It has evolved into other programs with other and different focus. I know nothing about what it is today, nor do I want to know.

Because MAJestic has been disbanded, information presented herein is thus out of date, obsolete, and is only of interest to students of history.

Two Part Post

This post comes in two separate articles, due to the relative size of it.

The MJ-12 Public Disclosure

This is a quick “executive summary” of the history behind the public disclosure of the MAJestic umbrella program.

This program is secret, it has always been secret, and it will always remain secret.  No matter what the Internet might make one believe, there will NEVER be any kind of “official” announcement or disclosure of the existence of this program.  Sorry, to break the reader’s heart.  It just is not going to happen.

The organization has become too large; too involved in various unconstitutional activities, too entangled with extraterrestrial agreements, and far too complicated to unravel.  It will never be officially recognized by anyone in the government.  There will NEVER be an official pronouncement regarding the existence of this program.

Does the reader actually believe that the government would risk military superiority by announcing that they have reverse engineered space vehicles? Does the reader actually think that the MAJestic leadership would admit that the “sex offender registry” was designed to retire former MAJestic operatives?  Does the reader actually believe that the United States government will admit that they have approved that extraterrestrials could abduct Americans? Not only abduct them but medically probe Americans ?  Of course not. It will NEVER happen.

"I talked to President Obama about extraterrestrials. He said he could neither confirm nor deny the existence of aliens, which means they're real."

- Jaden Smith 

Jaden Smith is the son of the famous actor Will Smith.  In May the 14-year-old joined his father, mom Jada Pinkett-Smith and sister Willow on a trip to the White House, which included a visit to the Situation Room with President Barack Obama.  During the visit he took advantage of the opportunity to ask the President about aliens. For the record, there is no FUCKING WAY that anyone like former President Obama knew anything about MAJestic except in a very, very trivial form.  That goes for Hillary Clinton, Bill Clinton, and the rest of the service-for-self political cabal living the “high life” at the expense of the many. NO WAY.  I tell the reader this two times. Please believe me.

Its existence has been kept secret from the late 1940’s when it was first authorized by President Harry Truman.

Congress and the Senate have absolutely  no knowledge of this program; nor do they have any REAL oversight ability or budgetary control. At best some key Senators and Congressmen might be given limited briefings on this program from time to time at the discretion of the MJ-12 membership body.  This would be for purposes central to keeping the black projects secret. (There are very good reasons for this.)

This program would still be secret, and we members would still not have a name to refer to the top leadership in the organization if it wasn’t for a public disclosure of the program in 1984.

Public knowledge of MAJestic is through a public disclosure known as the “MJ Documents”.

Apparently, in December, 1984, Jaime Shandera, a Hollywood movie producer and UFO researcher, received an unusual package through the post. Inside was just one roll of undeveloped 35mm black and white film. There were no accompanying letter or return address, the only clue to where the package came from was by the postmark which was Albuquerque, New Mexico. Once developed, the film contained negatives of what appeared to be an eight page briefing paper, prepared on 18th November, 1952, for president-elect Dwight D. Eisenhower.

When a new President is elected, the existent staff prepares briefing papers and documents to explain to the new president what is going on in various areas of their charge.  This was a very old briefing paper that was prepared by the staff of the Truman administration and presented to the new incoming president Mr. Eisenhower.
  1. A warning on the first page read, ‘This is a TOP SECRET – EYES ONLY document containing compartmentalized information essential to the national security of the United States’.
  2. On page two was a list of 12 influential US scientists, military leaders and intelligence advisors.
  3. It was not until viewing page three that the subject of the papers became clear, “the recovery of a crashed flying saucer and alien bodies near Roswell, New Mexico, in July 1947”.
  4. The final page of the briefing paper was a memorandum, dated 24th September,1947, from President Harry Truman to his secretary of Defense, James Forrestal. In it, Truman instructs Forrestal to proceed with ‘Operation MAJestic-12’, but gives no hint at what that might be.

Alone, the Forrestal memo was meaningless. But when read next to the 1952 briefing paper, the story behind them became clear: in July 1947, a “flying disc-shaped aircraft” crashed landed in Roswell, New Mexico, and “extra-terrestrial biological entities” (EBEs) are recovered by the military. When President Truman is informed about the crash, he authorized Defense Secretary Forrestal to set up a committee to investigate and deal with the situation.

From the documents is a clear reference to MAJestic.

OPERATION MAJESTIC-12 is a TOP SECRET Research and Development / Intelligence operation responsible directly and only to the President of the United States. Operations of the project are carried out under control of the MAJestic-12 (Majic-12) Group which was established by special classified executive order of President Truman on 24 September, 1947, upon recommendation by Dr. Vannevar Bush and Secretary James Forrestal. (See Attachment "A".) Members of the MAJestic-12 Group were designated as follows: 

                      Adm. Roscoe H. Hillenkoetter

                     Dr. Vannevar Bush

                     Secy. James V. Forrestal

                     Gen. Nathan F. Twining

                     Gen. Hoyt S. Vandenberg

                     Dr. Detlev Bronk

                     Dr. Jerome Hunsaker

                     Mr. Sidney W. Souers

                     Mr. Gordon Gray

                     Dr. Donald Menzel

                     Gen. Robert M. Montague

                     Dr. Lloyd V. Berkner

The death of Secretary Forrestal on 22 May, 1949, created a vacancy which remained unfilled until 01 August, 1950, upon which date Gen. Walter B. Smith was designated as permanent replacement.

Background on the Program

There are all kinds of nonsense about this program on the Internet. However the key facts regarding it can be used to discern truth from fiction. Here is my take.

While the program was set up to address the “extraterrestrial issue” as equals, it eventually evolved over the years into a support organization for our extraterrestrial benefactors. As such, MAJestic was used to support the monitoring of this sentience nursery called Earth.

  • Members must have a “service to others” sentience.
  • Members are not political (except for Ronald Reagan who was involved at a time of military concern and thus HAD to me made aware of the organization).
  • Members all must have a technical background.

Any quote on the Internet that [1] lists political figures, [2] people of great fame or popularity, and [3] any individuals lacking in any of the technical sciences is to be considered to be nonsense, or disinformation at worst. For example…

“MJ-12 does exist and now has 36 members. He was reluctant to divulge names although confirmed that former American Secretary of State, Henry Kissinger and father of the hydrogen bomb, Edward Teller, are present members. MJ12 regularly meet at various secret locations including the Batelle Memorial Institute at Columbus, Ohio.”

-Dr. Wolf (Paraphrased statement, personally approved by him.)

From released documentation, it is pretty obvious that operation MAJestic-12 was established by special classified presidential order on September 24, 1947 at the recommendation of Secretary of Defense James Forrestal and Dr. Vannevar Bush, Chairman of the Joint Research and Development Board.

The goals of the group was to [1] exploit everything they could from recovered alien technology; [2] to reverse engineer what they could recover, and [3] keep foreign powers from the awareness that this was being done.

This is one of the reasons why I absolutely believe that it is impossible for the program be internationalized.  There are compartmentalization upon compartmentalization.  It is far too valuable a program to share with other groups or nations which might have members that might not integrate properly into the overall MAJestic mindset.

From day one this was an American program.

Subsequent treaties with extraterrestrials, reinforced this.  The local (extraterrestrial) federation wanted to deal with only one human organization rather than a myriad of nations.  The United States, then the strongest and most powerful and influential, was the logical choice for the Human-extraterrestrial relationship.

Ever since the start of the program, at the very beginning, ambitious, elite scientists such as Vannevar Bush, Albert Einstein, and Robert Oppenheimer, and career military people such as Hoyt Vandenberg, Roscoe Hillenkoetter, Leslie Groves, and George Marshall, were called upon to understand the alien agenda, technology, and their implications.

Of course.

However, at that time, our understanding of the universe was very primitive. Our eyes were on the earth, and our concerns were with other people in other lands. We had no concept of space travel, extraterrestrials or anything even remotely similar to what we were encountering.

Man on the moon.
At the time, our concepts about space travel were primitive. We had not yet gone to the moon, or had even contemplated that thought. We were still flying planes with propellers, and just then trying to reverse engineer the German jet and rocket engines.

Einstein and Oppenheimer were called in to give their opinion, drafting a six-page paper titled “Relationships with Inhabitants of Celestial Bodies”.

They provided prophetic insight into our modern nuclear strategies and satellites. They also expressed an agitated urgency that an agreement be reached with the President so that scientists could proceed to study the alien technology.

Unlike most projects and programs, this one was “pulled together” under a sense of urgency with little previous study.

The extraordinary recovery of fallen airborne objects in the state of New Mexico, July 4 – July 6, 1947, caused the Chief of Staff of the Army Air Force to conduct a most serious investigation.

It was at this time where the scientists of the Advanced Research branches of the military through Operation Paperclip began to corporate and coordinate their surreptitious radar experiments with the Army Air Force.  (Read elsewhere for my post on how the radar sites were used intentionally to uncloak and disable extraterrestrial vehicles.)  But at this early date coordination was hampered by confusion, interdepartmental rivalries and confused chain of command.  It wasn’t until months later that a formalized command structure was implemented and systems put in place to acquire, recover and analysis these mysterious extraterrestrial objects.

It took a while for the MJ-12, or MAJestic organization to get control of the situation.  It took years, not months, to fully coordinate various operational ground teams, train them, and put proper specialized systems in place.  But, eventually, for most practical purposes, the MAJestic umbrella was unfolded and the decade of the 1950’s witnessed an unprecedented series of de-cloaked and crashed extraterrestrial vehicles.

The phrase “the MAJestic umbrella was unfolded” means that the MAJestic program was implemented and eventually it became a stable and fully functional stand-alone organization.

They were everywhere, and it took some time for those at the forefront of the program to really understand what was truly transpiring in the United States and around the world.

The MAJestic program expanded over the decades.

Thus greatly fueled the UFO fad at the time with the enormous number of UFO and monster movies that were popular at that period in time.  News media, and pulp magazines were filled with stories (mostly fictional) regarding contacts, observations and experiences regarding these events.

The 1950’s

We were a nuclear power with egos to match.

In the 1950’s, Americans thought that they were the biggest and the best on the planet. We had defeated a group of Progressive Socialists; the German Nazi’s, and laid waste to most of the planet.  Economically the United States was at the top of the global tier, and we had sole control of nuclear weapons.  We thought and believed that we were the best.  It was our destiny.

via GIPHY

What began by MJ-12 as a small simple research program in the late 1940’s expanded and ballooned into one of the largest scientific programs in the history of the world.  Within the MAJestic umbrella are many such smaller programs all focused in the re-engineering of advanced technologies; advanced propulsive methods, extraterrestrial life, and the general advancement of science.  The decade of the 1950’s came as a harsh slap on the face to Earth-centric politicians, and resulted in the first of numerous treaties with a small number of key extraterrestrial races.

MAJestic was known, at that time, as a “Top Secret” organization.

The core individuals at that time were (aside form the President) soldiers of military rank, or scientists.  At that time, and in decades since, all upper level  management in both the military and scientific circles have needed to wear a political mantle of respect in order to further their own personal agendas.  This should be rather clear to the reader.  The most successful scientists in the United States are those whom align themselves with the political winds that blow in Washington, D.C. . 

A good description of this process and what happens when a politically connected scientist and a non-politically connected scientist battles over funding can be observed in the movie titled “Contact”.

The 1960’s

An observed Nuclear explosion.
America lead the world in the 1960’s. Our economy was booming. Technology was growing, and we were the “leader of the free world”.

The 1960’s saw an embryonic human scientific base tying to expand its awareness and capabilities to match that of the various extraterrestrial races that we encountered.  However, over time, it became painfully obvious that their science was not only different from ours; it was thousands of years more advanced.

They had abilities that was even beyond our comprehension.

A serious reappraisal of humans and their relationship with extraterrestrials began to coalesce.  With that came the need to face the very harsh realities of our human existence.

This harsh reality was quite a shock to those in positions of power in the United States.  For they, actually believed that they were superior to their fellow human beings.  (As they still do.) They believed that they were “special”.  They had, somehow, convinced themselves that through popularity, fame, wealth, power or education, that they had “bested” their fellow humans and have become “king of the hill”, or “masters of the human condition”.  Their egos at the time reflected this reality.

The shock wave that reverberated through the closed meeting rooms were clear in that the human race is not only [1] monitored by advanced extraterrestrial races, but that it is [2] cultivated by them.  We were [3] created by them. As such, they know exactly how to control us. They know how our brains function and why.  They can cause our brains to shut down at will and cause a migration of our awareness or consciousness into other containers.

  1. The Earth is monitored by an extraterrestrial organization.
  2. The Earth is a carefully equipped nursery for the evolution of humans.
  3. Humans are cultivated so that our sentience can be established.
  4. Humans have been bred or created to what we are currently.

This knowledge forced increased secrecy regarding the programs.

MAJestic became even more secretive, and membership was severely limited and controlled.  Many early members were culled or put into areas or situations where disclosure was difficult if not impossible.

The following is reprinted.  It is an excellent article by William B. Stoecker and can be found reprinted here:

http://www.unexplained-mysteries.com/column.php?id=266635 Reprinted just in case the Internet link, page or archives disappear.  The reader is free to disregard the content if they desire.

“On 5/22/49 a man jumped, fell, or was thrown or pushed from a small window on the sixteenth floor of Bethesda Naval Hospital in Washington, D.C. A cord from a bathrobe was tied around his neck as if he had planned to hang himself, but, strangely, if it had been tied to anything in the room it had come loose. The only thing to which it could have been attached was a radiator. Scuff marks were on the window sill, indicating possibly a struggle with one or more assailants, or, if it was suicide, a last moment change of heart and a failed attempt to save himself. The hospital, without bothering to investigate, immediately classed the death as suicide, and the County Coroner agreed without question and signed the death certificate. Bethesda Naval Hospital, you may recall, did the autopsy on JFK in 1963, an autopsy that has been questioned by many researchers, and which “proved” that JFK was shot from behind. (Later shown to be a government lie during the full disclosure of the remaining JFK papers.  Found here; https://www.activistpost.com/2017/10/jfks-assassination-not-conspiracy-theory-sophisticated-plot.html )

The man who fell to his death was James Vincent Forrestal, America’s very first Secretary of Defense. He was born 2/15/1892, attended Princeton University but did not graduate, and trained as a naval aviator during WWI, but was never sent into combat. He worked as a bond salesman, and, early in WWII, was appointed Secretary of the Navy. Rather than remaining safe and comfortable in D.C., Forrestal toured the Pacific and witnessed several major battles, including Iwo Jima, where he left the relative safety of a ship and went ashore. He favored a negotiated settlement with Japan, which could have ended the war in early 1945 or even sooner, saving hundreds of thousands of lives and not involving the Soviets, who invaded Manchuria and Korea late in 1945, arming the Chinese communists and setting up a communist dictatorship in North Korea. 

Had Forrestal had his way, there would have been no Korean or Vietnam wars and America today would probably not be menaced by a hostile China. Forrestal was unable to convince Truman, who held out for unconditional surrender, although Forrestal finally convinced him to offer to let the Emperor remain (as a figurehead), which led Japan to accept the terms of the Potsdam Declaration and surrender. After the war, Forrestal became an outspoken anti-communist, and was a close friend of communist hunter Senator Joe McCarthy (the Venona intercepts have proven that McCarthy had been right all along about the “reds under the bed”).

Over time, Truman apparently began to lose confidence in him, for, while he resisted some of the service chiefs’ demands for ever-more military spending, he opposed Truman’s near complete disarmament of the U.S. This proved to be an intolerable strain for Forrestal, who began to show very real signs of a mental breakdown, and claimed that strange men were following him. 

He suggested that they might have been sent by Secretary of the Air Force Stuart Symington, with whom he had quarreled, or that Attorney General Tom Clark had ordered the FBI to follow him. Remember that, for all we know, people really were following him…as the saying goes, “just because you’re paranoid doesn’t mean they’re not out to get you.” 

Tom Clark, a liberal Democrat and father of radical leftist Ramsey Clark, had been involved in the initial stages of the internment of Japanese Americans, possibly the greatest U.S. civil rights crime of the twentieth century, orchestrated by “liberals.” Secret Service chief U.E. Baughman (not a psychiatrist) believed that Forrestal was psychotic, but then Baughman, as late as 1961, was still denying the existence of an organized crime syndicate in America. At the very least, this calls his judgment into question.

On 3/28/1949 Forrestal resigned as Secretary of Defense, almost certainly because Truman no longer wanted him in that position. Some 3,000 pages of his personal diaries were then taken to the Truman White House; to this day we do not know why, nor do we know what those diaries contained. After the resignation ceremony he had a conversation with Stuart Symington that left him badly shaken; to this day we do not know what, exactly, was discussed. 

His mental condition continued to deteriorate, and finally he was taken by his alleged friends Robert Lovett and Dr. William Menninger to Bethesda Naval Hospital where, despite being allegedly suicidal, he was placed on the sixteenth floor. Normally, anyone believed to be suicidal would be placed on the first floor so they could not jump to their death. Lovett, a naval aviator in WWI, was a banker from a wealthy family and a member of the sinister Skull and Bones secret society; many of America’s elite have been Bonesmen. Lovett was also a close associate of John McCloy, who was an “insider’s insider.” Dr. Menninger, founder of the Menninger Foundation and the Menninger Clinic, was an extreme liberal, opposed to punishment of criminals, whom he believed could be “treated,” but there is nothing in his background to suggest that he might be dishonorable or involved in the New World Order conspiracy (which is more than can be said for the sinister McCloy).

At the hospital, the staff refused to allow Forrestal to see his priest, Father Sheehy, despite his request to allow him to visit. For a long time they resisted his request to allow his brother to visit him, although he was permitted to see his sons. He was also visited by Dr. Menninger, by LBJ (the thoroughly corrupt “architect” of the pointless Vietnam War and the failed “Great Society”), and by Rear Admiral Sidney William Souers, who had been a banker most of his life before being given a commission in the Navy, despite a lack of military training or experience.

Finally, Forrestal’s brother decided to take him out of the hospital, but, before he could do so, the “suicide” happened. Then Forrestal’s priest came to the hospital where, he claimed, an enlisted Navy medical corpsman approached him in a packed room and told him that Forrestal’s death was not a suicide, before disappearing back into the crowd. There is no conceivable reason why either the priest or the corpsman would make up such a story, and the corpsman, rather than seeking publicity, seemed anxious to preserve his career…or his life. Years later, a Bethesda corpsman involved with the JFK autopsy died under mysterious circumstances.

In fact, there have been innumerable mysterious deaths in twentieth and twenty first century America…”suicides” and “accidents” and murders by “lone gunmen,” of whom there seem to be an inexhaustible supply. To name but a few, Lee Harvey Oswald was conveniently shot by Chicago mob affiliate Jack Ruby before he could be questioned at length. 

Karen Silkwood was run off the road and killed while carrying documents she alleged proved malfeasance at the Kerr-McGee nuclear plant; whatever the documents did or did not prove, there is little doubt that they existed…but they were missing from her car. Documents assembled by freelance investigative journalist Danny Casolaro also vanished, after his wrists were slashed multiple times…labeled a “suicide,” of course. He had been investigating what he called the “octopus,” and many of us conspiracy researchers refer to as the NWO elite or the Illuminati. 

White House counsel Vince Foster was shot with an unregistered handgun he was not known to have owned and there is a mass of evidence showing that his death was no suicide, despite the usual official verdict. Then there are the mysterious deaths of Treasury Secretary Ron Brown and the passengers and crew of his plane, and former White House intern Mary Mahoney and her co-workers. 

Recently, fairly high level bankers have been dying like flies all over the world. So yes, it is entirely possible that powerful people in the government and among the wealthy elite who seem to control it could have thrown James Forrestal to his death.

That leaves us with the question of motive. As I said long ago in my book, the one thing the elites fear is one of their own, privy to many secrets, turning on them and possibly revealing those secrets. And, as shown above, Forrestal was certainly an insider surrounded by other insiders, other high-ranking members of the establishment. But what secret, if any, did he threaten to reveal? Author and researcher Richard Dolan has suggested that the elites may have feared that Forrestal would make public all he knew about UFOs, and, indeed, it is likely that he knew a great deal. 

Researchers who believe in the existence of Majestic Twelve, or MJ-12 allege that Admiral Souers was a member. Remember, even if the whole MJ-12 story, the claim that a secret group of “wise men” was appointed by Truman to study UFOs is partly disinformation, there is no doubt that our lords and masters know much more than they are telling about the subject. And there probably was something at least resembling MJ-12, even if it involved more or less than twelve members, and some of the alleged members were indeed the sort of people likely to be appointed to such a group. Yet, although UFO secrecy may have been part of the reason for Forrestal’s murder (and it does look suspiciously like murder), it is likely that the main reason is something else entirely.

The policies of FDR and Truman made the Soviet Union a world power, and FDR’s appointees, like Robert Oppenheimer, a communist who recruited other communists who gave our nuclear secrets to Stalin, ensured a nuclear balance of terror, a Damoclean sword that still hangs over us. By refusing to negotiate with Japan, and then inviting the Soviets to enter the war in the East, Truman ensured the rise of the communists in China and Korea. By disarming the US too quickly and too completely, he left the world vulnerable to communist aggression. The FDR and Truman regimes were riddled with such Stalinists as Harry Hopkins and Alger Hiss; all of this was opposed by Forrestal, who knew far too much for his own good. There is good reason to suspect that WWI and WWII, Korea, Vietnam, and all of our more recent and seemingly endless wars, including the Cold War, were rigged from beginning to end. And the elites behind it all are still in power.”

The 1970’s

In the mid to late 1970’s MAJestic, members began to be implanted with memory control devices. These devices blocked access to selected memories.

With that came an expansion of the scope and breadth of the programs; all without public awareness or public knowledge.  The technology expanded even further and fathered many sub-programs.  Each sub-program under the MAJestic umbrella was isolated and specific to their mission at hand.  It is for this reason that my knowledge on some subjects is so wide, while at other times, severely limited in scope.

MAJestic was (for the first time) exposed to multi-dimensional travel and realities.

Swimming cat playing fetch.
When MAJestic was first exposed to the MWI they really didn’t know what to do or think about it. Their first reason was to use it as a “doorway” or “portal” to other geographic places. So portals were devised to transport people and things geographically to world-lines of very small deviances.

This resulted in studies and negotiations towards development and utilization of fixed dimensional doors (or ports). MAJestic began to change the overall focus of the organization into one that was elite and was necessary in support of our extraterrestrial benefactors mission parameters.

By the end of the decade, all of MAJestic was involved in SAP “carve outs” of one type of the other.

The 1980’s

Ronald Reagan expanded the program greatly.

Numerous efforts in reverse engineering of technology, new technological development programs, and space-based habitats came into being. This included a small facility on the Moon, which (I think) was later abandoned.

During the 1980’s certain individuals, such as myself became involved in world-line travel. The primary goals of MAJestic at this time was to continue technological development while providing a minimum of support towards human sentience development.

MAJestic gave me, and my peers, to our extraterrestrial benefactors in exchange for help in technology development.
  • The 1980’s saw increased and standardized use of fixed dimensional portals.
  • It also was when the Oxia Palus facility was starting to be occupied by humans.
  • MAJestic became a much more powerful organization and fully began to implement multi-dimensional activities under it’s umbrella.
  • Implementation of human biological monitoring of humans was supported and assisted by MAJestic.
  • Technological transfer from the various recovered and traded technology platforms began in earnest and with full support by the leadership.

In exchange for the transfer of technology, our benefactors (other extraterrestrial species) requested “ambassadors” and staff for special liaison “duties”. As such, MAJestic recruited these individuals, and I was one such person.

World-line travel.
In a reality where the MWI is accessible, and where world-line travel is a reality, the MAJestic leadership believed that the use of this technology was far too dangerous for humans to use. Members who were provided with this ability were given to the extraterrestrial benefactors for their purposes. Meanwhile, technology development in vehicular design and other aspects of technology continued in earnest.

The 1990’s

Abuse of technology.
When we were first provided with the technologies we started to use them improperly. We looked at technologies that would provide the United States military advantage. We viewed the technology as a treasure trove of great value, but the selection of technologies to research were those that would provide military advantage.

Cautious exploration of world-lines was attempted and curtailed by our extraterrestrial benefactors (temporarily).  Limited solar system exploration was permitted under specific limitations.

  • MAJestic became fully devoted to assisting in the management of this nursery for human sentience development.  As such, MAJestic began to work with the extraterrestrials in numerous efforts.
  • MAJestic outreach changed from technological development efforts to assistance efforts towards sentience development.

Re-engineered technologies developed in the 1970’s and 1980’s were permitted to bear “fruit” and resulted in American economic expansion. This included such things as radar shielding, reduced gravity flight, improvements in LED’s, fiber optics, improved materials such as Kevlar, and advances in the micro-miniaturization of electronics.

Misuse of technology.
Humans looked at the technology that our extraterrestrial benefactors supplied us and decided to pick and choose which ones were worthy of our time and study. We then learned and applied the technologies to areas that the MAJestic leadership felt were necessary. However, this methodology of picking and choosing lacked the significant depth and breadth of what was offered to us.

The 2000’s

As far as I am aware, there was a curtailing of the interactions with the extraterrestrial benefactors as their concerns were mitigated by various developments in the solar system.  To this end, my program was terminated, and my involvement ended.  I know nothing about what was going on after 2006.

My program today.
My program, as well as numerous other programs, have been terminated. Any information has been archived and all equipment has been mothballed. Members are all retired and put into monitoring programs a the state level.

I know that certain technological development programs continued, and that there is a small contingent that was still active at the Martian Oxia Palus facility. I do not know what became of the program once I was deactivated.

I do not know what is going on with MAJestic.  I finished my retirement sequence in 2011, so I really haven’t a clue as to what is going on now a days.

This is, as best I can explain, the MAJestic program in a nutshell.

The phrase “in a nutshell” is an American idiom that means to greatly simplify a subject and to distill it into its very essence.  In short; to make a complex subject simple and easy to understand without getting to involved in any of the details regarding it.

Disclosed Information

Only the top-most members in this organization have any idea of the vast scope of this program, and knowledge of subprograms.  This organization in compartmentalized.  Even those at the top level have no idea of the details that us agents have uncovered or avenues of scientific discovery that we have explored.

The program is so secret that even us members had no clue as to what we were doing and why.  Let alone an understanding of how our actions and results “fit” into a bigger picture.  The truth is that at no time did I ever receive a detailed briefing of my role and the actions that I would take.  Further, when Sebastian and myself were getting our “training” at China Lake NWS neither of us discussed “the program” or our roles in it.

Additionally, we had no desire to if we wanted.  We did not talk about our time in Florida, nor did we discuss how we both conveniently ended up at China Lake.  Heck, even when we met again, at the ADC Diagnostic facility at Pine Bluff, and we had an opportunity we rarely talked about our mission and events.

That is one of the reasons why I tend to be very leery of the Internet disclosures where some fellow claims to be involved in a “secret government program” and tells all kinds of information about it.  These individuals can be seen and found on the Internet, but the reality is something different.  Actual members, even at the highest levels know very little about the entire program.  Those who would best be considered, as “experts” know quite a bit about very little…

Which is why I know so much about soul configuration, world-line travel, dimensional anchoring, but very little about vehicular propulsion, extraterrestrial biology, and program overviews.

Because my experienced was severely limited, I can only offer a very retarded and culled overview of the program.  What I have picked up are but mere glimpses of possible disinformation that tends to abound on the Internet.  In the best interests of honesty and scientific discourse, I have organized what I believe the organization is involved in, and provide nuanced selections obtained from dubious sources (the Internet or books) for further investigations were the reader so inclined.

ProWord

Apparently, numerous individuals has pointed to the term  MAJESTY as the umbrella organization’s proword.  Everything under MAJESTY is broken down into compartments and difficult to trace to a higher authority.

“Prowords are abbreviated, standardized ways of saying common things in communication. They facilitate communication because you don’t have to wonder what something meant, the prowords all have distinct meanings.”

-BIARC.NET

I can honesty say that I have never used this term, and I most certainly fell under the umbrella of this program.  I have seen more than a few cases of documentation at the base facility that utilize various terms and prowords. However, I do not recall this word ever being used.

The reader can come to their OWN conclusions regarding this;

  • I was not “high enough up in the organization” where this term would be used.
  • Or, perhaps the idea that this is a proword is disinformation.
  • Or, that my memories of such a word usage has been blanked out of my memories.

TOP SECRET/MAJIC

MAJI stands for the MAJestic Agency for Joint Intelligence. It is the group associated with all documents labeled “TOP SECRET/MAJIC” that is responsible for all scientific study related to extraterrestrial life, and the efforts needed to contain that material.  All document control for MAJestic falls under their prevue.

Cover page.
This is a cover page from a MAJIC document. For reference only.

Majestic-12

When the program was first established a group of twelve apostles were gathered around the President to address the extraterrestrial “issue”. A selected team of twelve experts in many different fields who evaluate information, technology, biology and other facets of the alien presence in order to better understand the phenomenon. Members are given information on a need to know basis only. Biologists, for example, are not given information regarding any other subject.

This is obsolete information.

The entire organization was reorganized under President Reagan in the 1980’s.  This reorganization greatly expanded the scope and mission of the organization.  As far as I know, the organization maintained an “executive” level “steering committee” of whose members included and maintained the inclusion of scientists and others of functional (as opposed to political) benefit.

I do personally believe that the entire Bill Clinton presidency was “shut out” of this organization for the simple reason that our extraterrestrial benefactors would not approve any of the political-hacks and ilk that came part of that administration. I was in the organization at the time when Bill Clinton was President. I would be extremely surprised if such a pronounced service-to-self individual would be allowed any MAJIC access. It is unknown (by this author) of involvement by any of the Bush administrations. 

However, it is pretty obvious that if our benefactors “locked out” the Clinton administration they would certainly continue this under an Obama administration. The modern-day manifestation of the Democrat party is of service-for-self sentience. In the mind of the extraterrestrial benefactors, “Pay-to-Play” activities are selfish attributes of a service-for-self creature.

Seriously, can the reader just IMAGINE what would happen if Hillary Clinton would have access to dimensional world-line travel?

Since the Ronald Reagan presidency, only the simplest W(U)-SAP overviews have been presented to the elected presidents. They probably have no idea at all that extraterrestrials exist.

To prevent confusion, the reader should note that MAJESTYTWELVE is not the same as MAJESTICTWELVE.  They are two separate programs and projects involving different parameters, membership and objectives.

MAJIC

This is the security classification for all things related to MAJI.  MAJIC is the highest security classification in the nation.

All implanted W(U)-SAP members of MAJestic fall under the MAJI control umbrella. For instance, my program designatior began with MAJ followed by a series of alphanumeric characters.  The same is true with other programs. As such, in all documents that I had the opportunity to read, the term of MAJIC was used.  I never recall seeing the term MAJESTY.  MAJ was always present in all the various program designations.

Possible Designation Change

Some “disclosures” refer to a renaming of the organization in the mid-1990’s.  I know nothing about this.  I was in the program during that time, and I was unaware of any designation changes.  In any event, there are individuals who claim that the designations have changed.

“The group has been called by many names. The most recent was was used in 1992 and was identified by the name JEHOVAH. At one time it was called ZODIAC and may have changed in 1995.”

-(Possible) hoax memo

Whether true or not, my cell never referred to these terms in any way or manner.  In fact, the first time I heard about these designations was by reading this memo.

NRO

This is the National Recon Organization that is based in Fort Carson, Colorado.  It is responsible for all space-based observation platforms, and intelligence.  As such, it is responsible for all extraterrestrial observations and activities. It is also responsible for the security of all MAJestic related projects.  Perhaps selected mission patches of what this organization is all about would best describe what this organization does…

What's to say about the NRO.
NRO mission patch.

NRO mission patch.
NRO mission patch. None of your fucking business.

NROL-39
NROL-39 Nothing is beyond our reach. Looks like a logo from Dr. No or some other 007 James Bond villain.

TENCAP
TENCAP special application. Interesting imigary, don’t you think. Eh?

Here is a quote from their website;

“The NRO is the U.S. Government agency in charge of designing, building, launching, and maintaining America’s intelligence satellites. Whether creating the latest innovations in satellite technology, contracting with the most cost-efficient industrial supplier, conducting rigorous launch schedules, or providing the highest-quality products to our customers, we never lose focus on who we are working to protect: our Nation and its citizens.

From our inception in 1961 to our declassification to the public in 1992, we have worked tirelessly to provide the best reconnaissance support possible to the Intelligence Community (IC) and Department of Defense (DoD). We are unwavering in our dedication to fulfilling our vision: Supra Et Ultra: Above and Beyond.”

MAJIC Secrecy

As stated numerous times previously, members of MAJestic or the MAJIC umbrella are rigorously selected and culled from the ranks.  Access to this program has to be earned and it is vetted, not only by the human aspects of the organization, but by our extraterrestrial friends as well.  “Service to self” inclined individuals are not permitted.  Neither are those with strong political leanings.  This has always been the case.  This was determined long; long before the chaos that developed internally by both Mr. Bill Clinton (D), and the outrageous political activism of Mr. Obama (D).  Consider…

“…And, while it could be argued that Snowden brought into question the procedures that the government uses to vet those who receive top secret clearance, it should be glaringly obvious that they didn’t learn their lessons, instead choosing to hand a security clearance out to someone you would expect to see at an Antifa rally:

Start with her name: “Reality Winner.”  Then let’s tick off the other boxes: lesbian bodybuilder, ardent Bernie Sanders supporter, a “Black Lives Matter” enthusiast who (though white herself) argues that “Being white is terrorism.” A woman whose social media posts include referring to the President of the United States as a “piece of shit” and the “Tangerine in chief,” who additionally declares that in a war between the US and Iran, she’ll side with Iran.

And still…STILL…she was given a top secret security clearance and access to classified materials. Which raises two very troubling questions: just what in blazing Hell does someone have to do to not get a security clearance, and how many other angry, ignorant, communist-leaning, anti-American social justice warriors are currently embedded in (and sabotaging) our intelligence agencies?!”

-Duane Norman

The point being is that our extraterrestrial friends know full well what might occur if snippets of restricted MAJistic information were to be released to the public out of context.

This would be most especially dangerous if it was released in a political context.  For political issues sway the herd mentality and behavioral vectors of the human population.  It would send the entire direction of the nursery “off the rails”.  This would not ever be permitted to occur.  Therefore, only vetted agents of the “benefactors” can possess the secrets that we agents of MAJestic have.

  • We are of one mind.
  • We are of one sentience.
  • We are the Shepard dogs, that corral the sheep.
  • Even this disclosure will not expose our existence.  It just acknowledges it.

Various Known / Public Projects

Everything under MAJestic is supposed to be secret, but leaks do occur.  Here are various sub-projects that have made themselves known to the general public.  The actual details and truthful summaries of these projects are probably wildly divergent from what is provided on the Internet.

Cover page.
This is the front cover page of the first set of MAJestic documents that was disclosed. Of course, “officially” this is all just a nonsense hoax. There are no other creatures in this universe and the humans are the best and smartest species in the universe.

Again, as stated previously, us “working level” agents rarely if ever referred to the program by another name.  All we knew was our alphanumerical designator. Names were provided on executive summaries and briefing documentation.  We would assume that these documents were prepaired for high level non-MAJestic leadership roles to facilitate black budget funding.  However, that is only an assumption on my part.

Any released information to the public, no matter how “well meaning” is subject to error and disinformation.  Thus, while I might want to discuss such efforts as PROJECT GRUDGE, PROJECT SIGN and the like, I am actually not qualified to do so.  I know nothing of those programs and those designations.  I do not recall seeing any of them at the base library, and as such, I think it would be best if I just tell the reader the truth and let the “chips fall as they may”.

Finally, the released information is (indeed, MUST be considered) to be but a very small segment of the many, many programs under the MAJestic umbrella.

Further research Avenues

The reader is welcome to investigate this subject independently.  Here are some links to various sources that the reader can use instead of going through the intentional maze set up in Google.

"What we have here is the evidence. We have scores of documents, hundreds of thousands of words, hundreds of pages, of which most are top secret code word. Not just photocopies, but originals with real inks, watermarks and testable paper. The vast majority has never been seen before. We present here the detailed documentation that seems to place the stamp of reality upon the recovery of crashed extraterrestrial vehicles by the United States from 1947–1954. This validates what most people already accept: there is extraterrestrial life and we are not alone. This presentation by Dr. Robert M. and Ryan S. Wood follows chronologically a paper evidence trail left by former Presidents, military and intelligence leaders of the time."

-Found on the website called “The MAJestic Documents”. 

One can also visit another website called “MAJestic Documents.com”.  This site takes a look at the United States program called MAJestic and the top secret government documents associated with it.  It is presented in a way that tell the story of presidential and military action, authorization, and cover-up regarding UFOs and their alien occupants. It tells a detailed story of the crashed discs, alien bodies, presidential briefings, and superb secrecy surrounding it all. Special attention is paid to the forensic authentication issues of content, provenance, type, style and chronology. The story the documents tell leaves the reader with little doubt that the cover-up is real, shocking, and at times unethical.

Here are links to the actual leaked / disclosed documents…

  • The MAJestic Documents: Documents Dated Prior To 1948
  • The MAJestic Documents: Documents Dated 1948–1959
  • The MAJestic Documents: Documents Dated 1960–1969
  • The MAJestic Documents: Documents Dated 1970-present

There are other websites as well that host a wide selection of documentation related to various governmental programs.  The reader is invited to expand their research activities in these other areas as well. Archived at “The Black Vault”, you will find thousands among thousands of government documents, in their actual scanned form, ranging from a vast array of subjects.

These subjects span across many different “conspiracy” theories and other historical documentation such as the existence of UFO’s, Alien cover-ups, Nuclear and Biological Weapons, Space, World War II (the historical nature) and many more subjects that will keep you browsing for hours.

All documents contained here were obtained through the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), and are completely 100% genuine. Some documents contained within this archive are not seen anywhere else in the world, and came to the light of day because of the FOIA request made for specifically this archive.

The reader need be cautious, as there are intentional fakes interspersed in the documentation.

“Some of the documents released by Moore were changed from the original with the deliberate intent to mislead UFO researchers. I do not know who is responsible but I believe that the Government is behind the whole thing. The rest of the documents are deliberate frauds. I am releasing the truth which I have obtained from excellent sources within the intelligence community in order to set the record straight.”

I would strongly suggest the reader visit the following site, as they have made a concerted effort to cull the documentation trail to only the most authentic documents;

Milton William Cooper

"We now recognize that habitable zones are not just around stars, they can be around giant planets, too," 

-Jim Green, director of planetary science at NASA,  according to the LA Times 2/13/2016.

Mr. Milton William Cooper was a member of the Intelligence Briefing Team of the Commander In Chief of the Pacific Fleet as a Petty Officer in the US Navy.  He was tasked to find out if the MAJestic, or MJ-12 organization actually existed.

Prior to this investigation, a number of political appointees were hearing or learning about unusual activities of some of the people who existed in their organizational structure.  They wanted to know if there was any truth to these rumors or suggestions.

He conducted his investigation in 1972.  This was nine years before I joined MAJestic.

The following information purports to give details of the MJ 12 papers, as well as explaining the many different code names given to Government Secret Projects.  It is an interesting read.  However, the reader is cautioned that it has some inaccuracies. It is also out of date as the investigation was conducted in 1972.    Judicious interpretation of the information is advised.

I Milton William Cooper, 1311 S. Highland #205, Fullerton, California, 92632, (714) 680-9537, do solemnly swear that the information contained in this file is true and correct to the best of my knowledge. I swear that I saw this information in 1972 in the performance of my duties as a member of the Intelligence Briefing Team of the Commander In Chief of the Pacific Fleet as a Petty Officer in the US Navy. I swear that I underwent hypnotic regression in order to make the information as accurate as possible.

I swear that I can and will take a lie detector test or any other test of any reputable persons choosing in order to confirm this information. I swear that I can and will undergo hypnotic regression conducted by any reputable and qualified Doctor of any reputable persons choosing in order to confirm this information. I will not, however submit to any test or hypnosis by anyone who is now or has ever been connected with the Government in any capacity for obvious reasons.

The following is brief listing of everything that I personally saw and know from 1972 and does not contain any input from any other source whatsoever.

MAJESTY was listed as the code word for the President of the United States for communications concerning this information. 

OPERATION MAJORITY is the name of the operation responsible for every aspect, project, and consequence of alien presence on earth. 

GRUDGE Contains 16 volumes of documented information collected from the beginning of the United States investigation of Unidentified Flying Objects (UFO's) and Identified Alien Crafts (IAC). The project was funded by CIA confidential funds (non-appropriated) and money from the illicit drug trade. Participation in the illegal drug trade was justified in that it would identify and eliminate the weak elements of our society. The purpose of project GRUDGE was to collect all scientific, technological, medical and intelligence information from UFO/IAC sightings and contacts with alien life forms. This orderly file of collected information has been used to advance the United States Space Program. 

My comment:

Not much is taught in government schools (for the obvious reason) about the Alien and Sedition Acts – or other such clear evidence of a disconnect between what we are told and what actually is.

  • For example, why should a free man have to worry about prosecution for “possessing” anything?
  • In what way does the mere fact of “possession” entail a harm caused to some other person?
  • How is it that a free man can be told – at gunpoint – what he may not put into his body? I refer, of course, to the lunacy that is the “war” on some (arbitrarily decided upon) “drugs.” Seriously.
  • I ask the reader to think.  Since WHEN did the “land of the free” become the land of “I TOLD you how to ACT”.

I do not know, but it was before my grandparents generation.  Certainly there was a great push for a more “modern” social(istic) society around 1913 or so…

MJ-12 is the name of the secret control group. President Eisenhower commissioned a secret society known as THE JASON SOCIETY (JASON SCHOLARS) to sift through all the facts, evidence, technology, lies and deception and find the truth of the alien question. The society was made up of 32 of the most prominent men in the country in 1972 and the top 12 members were designated MJ-12. MJ-12 has total control of everything. They are designated by the code J-1, J-2, J-3, etc all the way through the members of the Jason Society.  The director of the CIA was appointed J-1 and is the Director of MJ-12. MJ-12 is responsible only to the President. MJ-12 runs most of the worlds illegal drug trade. This was done to hide funding and thus keep the secret from the Congress and the people of the United States. It was justified in that it would identify and eliminate the weak elements of our society. The cost of funding the alien connected projects is higher than anything you can imagine.  MJ-12 assassinated President Kennedy when he informed them that he was going to tell the public all the facts of the alien presence. He was killed by the Secret Service agent driving his car and it is plainly visible in the film held from public view. A secret meeting place was constructed for MJ-12 in MARYLAND and it was described as only accessible by air. It contains full living, recreational, and other facilities for MJ-12 and the JASON SOCIETY. It is code named "THE COUNTRY CLUB". Only those with TOP SECRET/MAJIC clearance are allowed to go there. 

MAJI is the MAJORITY AGENCY FOR JOINT INTELLIGENCE. All information, disinformation, and intelligence is gathered and evaluated by this agency. This agency is responsible for all disinformation and operates in conjunction with the CIA, NSA, and the Defense Intelligence Agency. This is a very powerful organization and all alien projects are under its control. MAJI is responsible only to MJ-12. 

My Comment:

The USA is ruled by force, not law.  Consider the facts; there are governmental assassinations of US citizens. A highly militarized police with near-unlimited power to harass, intimidate, and brutalize with impunity. A paramilitary group known as the TSA who are involved in groping whereby in any other setting would be considered sexual harassment. Not to mention, overseas detention, torture and assassinations carried out against anyone, including American citizens, without due process … and without recourse if later cleared.

Do not get me started, there is warrantless GPS tracking by the FBI. The uncontrolled IRS targeting of religious groups is now commonplace. Indeed, today, some people now actually be charged with pre-crimes. There are checkpoints up to two hundred miles inland from all our borders (including the two oceans and Gulf of Mexico) in an area stunningly known as a “Constitution Free Zone”. There are “No Ride / No Fly lists” which are extrajudicial, secret, and form a guilty-until-proven innocent framework that subverts freedom instead of protecting it.

Oh, Big Brother is alive and well in the United States.  North Korea must be truly envious.  Consider a “See Something/Say Something program” which goes beyond the already high-tech surveillance apparatus of the NSA and turns each of us into an unpaid employee of the police state similar to what the East German Stasi did to their citizens.  America is a networked land of web cameras and surveillance proliferating like a wildfire.  Along with it is the insidious data mining, recording all your phone conversations, all your web searches, all your emails, and all without your consent.  Or, consider the “helpful” agencies, like the FDA.  An FDA, which has near-total food control and usually renders anything healthy as toxic, and all that is toxic as healthy, and does insane shit like jailing folks who buy raw milk.

Literally there are tens of thousands of regulations which literally invade every facet of society, whereby it has been said that almost all of us commit three felonies per day.  And every violation of these laws will be met with the full force and fury of the State which promises fines, penalties, forfeiture of properties, or imprisonment.

Does any of this even remotely resemble a representative democracy, or does it sound more like a dictatorship? Answer me.  Is America a land where people can live in freedom?

Project SIGMA is the project which first established communications with the aliens and is still responsible for communications.  

Project PLATO is the project responsible for Diplomatic relations with the aliens. This project secured a formal treaty (illegal under the Constitution) with the aliens. The terms were that the aliens would give us technology. In return we agreed to keep their presence on earth a secret, not to interfere in any way with their actions, and to allow them to abduct humans and animals. The aliens agreed to furnish MJ-12 with a list of abductees on a periodic basis.  

MAJIC is the security classification and clearance of all alien connected material, projects, and information. MAJIC means MAJI controlled.  

Project AQUARIUS is a project which compiled the history of alien presence and their interaction with Homo Sapiens upon this planet for the last 25,000 years and culminating with the Basque people who live in the mountainous country on the border of France and Spain and the Syrians.  

Project GARNET is the project responsible for control of all information and documents regarding this subject and accountability of the information and documents.  

Project PLUTO is a project to evaluate all UFO/IAC information pertaining to space technology.  

Project POUNCE is the project formed to recover all downed/crashed craft and aliens.  

Project REDLIGHT is the project to test fly recovered alien craft. It is conducted at AREA 51 (DREAMLAND) in Nevada. It was aided when the aliens gave us craft and helped us fly them. The initial project was somewhat successful in that we flew a recovered craft but it blew up in the air and the pilots were killed. The project was suspended at that time until the aliens agreed to help us.  

Project SNOWBIRD was established as a cover for Project REDLIGHT. Several flying saucer type craft were built using conventional technology. They were unveiled to the press and flown in front of the press. The purpose was to explain accidental sightings or disclosure of REDLIGHT as having been the SNOWBIRD craft. 

Please refer to Project 1794.

LUNA Base is the alien base on the far side of the Moon. It was seen and filmed by the Apollo Astronauts. A base, a mining operation using very large machines, and the very large alien craft described in sighting reports as MOTHERSHIPS exist there.  

NRO is the National Recon Organization based at Fort Carson, Colorado. It is responsible for security for all alien or alien craft connected projects.  

DELTA is the designation for the specific arm of the NRO which is especially trained and tasked with security of these projects.  

Project JOSHUA is a project to develop a low frequency pulsed sound generating weapon. It was said that this weapon would be effective against the alien craft and beam weapons.  

EXCALIBUR is a weapon to destroy the alien underground bases. It is to be a missile capable of penetrating 1000 meters of Tufa/hard packed soil such as that found in New Mexico with no operational damage. Missile apogee not to exceed 30,000 feet AGL and impact must not deviate in excess of 50 meters from designated target. The device will carry a 1 megaton nuclear warhead.  

ALIENS there were 4 types of aliens mentioned in the papers.  [1] A large nosed grey with whom we have the treaty, the [2] Grey (extraterrestrial) reported in abductee cases that works for the large nosed grey, [3] a blond human like type described as the NORDIC, (and) a red haired human like type called the ORANGE.  The home of the aliens were described as being a star in the Constellation of Orion, Barnards star, and Zeta Riticuli 1&2. I cannot remember even under hypnosis which alien belongs to which star.  

EBE is the name or designation given to the live alien captured at the 1947 Roswell crash. He died in captivity

KRLL(or KRLLL or CRLL or CRLLL) pronounced Crill or Krill was the hostage left with us at the first Holloman landing as a pledge that the aliens would carry out their part of the basic agreement reached during that meeting. KRLL gave us the foundation of the yellow book which was completed by the guests at a later date. KRLL became sick and was nursed by Dr. G. Mendoza who became the expert on alien biology and medicine. KRLL later died. His information was disseminated under the pseudonym O.H. Cril or Crill. 

GUESTS were aliens exchanged for humans who gave us the balance of the Yellow Book. At the time I saw the information there were only 3 left alive. They were called (ALF's) Alien Life Forms. 

RELIGION The aliens claim to have created Homo Sapiens through hybridization. The papers said that RH- blood was proof of this. They further claimed to have created all of our major religions. They showed a hologram of the crucifixion of Christ which the Government filmed. They claim that Jesus was created by them.  

ALIEN BASES exist in the four corners area of Utah, Colorado, New Mexico, and Nevada. Six bases were described in the 1972 papers, all on Indian reservations and all in the four corners area. The base near Dulce was one of them.  

MURDER The documents stated that many military and government personnel had been terminated (murdered without due process of law) when they had attempted to reveal the secret.  

CRAFT RECOVERIES The documents stated that many craft had been recovered. The early ones from Roswell, Aztec, Roswell again, Texas, Mexico, and other places.  

GENERAL DOOLITTLE made a prediction that one day we would have to reckon with the aliens and the document stated that it appeared that General Doolittle was correct.  

ABDUCTIONS were occurring long before 1972. The document stated that humans and animals were being abducted and or mutilated. Many vanished without a trace. They were taking sperm and ova samples, tissue, performed surgical operations, implanted a spherical device 40 to 80 microns in size near the optic nerve in the brain and all attempts to remove it resulted in the death of the patient. The document estimated that 1 in every 40 people had been implanted. This implant was said to give the aliens total control of that human. 

This is a standard device. All MAJestic members are implanted with this device.

CONTINGENCY PLAN should the information become public or should the aliens attempt a takeover. This plan called for a public announcement that a terrorist group had entered the United States with an Atomic weapon. It would be announced that the terrorists planned to detonate the weapon in a major city.  Martial Law would be declared and all persons with implants would be rounded up along with all dissidents and would be placed into concentration camps. The press, radio, and TV would be nationalized and controlled. Anyone attempting to resist would be arrested or killed.  

CONTINGENCY PLAN to contain or delay release of informationThis plan called for the use of MAJESTIC TWELVE as a disinformation ploy to delay and confuse the release of information should anyone get close to the truth. It was selected because of the similarity of spelling and the similarity to MJ-12. It was designed to confuse memory and to result in a fruitless search for material which did not exist. 

The source of the material was an ONI counter intelligence operation against MJ-12 in order for the Navy to find out the truth of what was really going on. The Navy (at that time or at least the Navy that I worked for) were not participants in any of this.  The different services and the government conduct this type of operation against each other all the time. The result of this operation was that the Navy cut themselves in for a piece of the action (technology) and control of some projects.

International Scope

Apparently, (some claim that) it is no longer a wholly American organization.  They have made the claim that in 1962, MJ-12 was taken over from U.S. Government control by the UN Security Council.  While I really doubt that this even remotely accurate, sources indicate that this occurred through a secret UN Security Council Resolution.  They state, in effect that it transformed MJ-12 into an international “autonomous” secret organization with members culled from different countries.  MJ-12’s present and ongoing mandate has been to manage “extraterrestrials”, the public’s awareness about them, and to control access to “alien” technology.

I do not believe this at all.  I believe that MAJestic was, and still is a wholly American organization.

Once the MJ-12 documents were exposed to the public, there was a whirlwind of activity.  On one hand, there was a “containment” effort by the NRO/ On the other hand were all kinds of fraudsters, and tricksters trying to use the medium to obtain their own objectives.

Now, the Internet and books, offer all kinds of nonsense regarding MAJestic. Some of which are (inadvertently) reproduced here in this manuscript.

MAJestic is a deep embedded organization that is organized as a “carve out”. Most of the members are American. Everyone within MAJestic operate as three-man cells. Only the highest levels of the organization know each other outside of a cell structure.

Technical research and reverse engineering efforts are conducted outside the organization as much as possible. Those individuals have a MAJ designation, but are not part of the organization. The actual organization membership is severely limited and culled regularly.

How to Tell

Here is the quick and dirty way to see if a person is actually who they say they are. Here is the definitive method for determining if they really were or are in MAJestic.

  1. All MAJestic members have a military background.
  2. All MAJestic members have an extraterrestrial device placed behind the optic center in the skull. It can be viewed in a MRI.
  3. All MAJestic members have at least Core Kit #1 embedded inside their brain. This consists of a minimum of three tiny BB sized probes or implants. They can be viewed in a MRI.
  4. All MAJestic members who have extraterrestrial-access has a science or technology degree of a minimum of four years.
  5. All MAJestic members who have MWI access have at least a Core Kit #2 probe kit which will consist of seven (x7) BB sized probes inside their skull. They can be viewed in a MRI.
  6. All MAJestic members are retired after 30 years of activity within the organization. They are retired under the Sex Offender registry so that they can be monitored.

Anyone who cannot verify these conditions should be considered of questionable validity.

Two Part Post

This post comes in two separate articles, due to the relative size of it.

Takeaways

  • MAJestic was a program that centralized the collection and all matters related to extraterrestrial issues on the Earth.
  • MAJestic no longer exists.
  • MAJestic has been re-tasked into something different, it now serves other purposes.
  • There is all kinds of information on the internet regarding MAJestic. Much of it is suspect.

FAQ

Q: Is the United States evil for having secrets?
A: No. Absolutely not. MAJestic was established at a time when we had just finished a horrible, simply horrible war. The terrors of nuclear weapons were fresh on our minds, and suddenly we discovered that there were extraterrestrials moving freely in and out of our territories. We were naturally concerned and horrified. The President rightly and correctly set the organization up and got it running properly. It HAD to be kept a secret. Least public opinion would force the hand of the United States government and cause us to do something regrettable.

Q: What is the current status of MAJestic?
A: The organization has been disbanded. It has been replaced by another system. For the most part it lies outside of the United States government. All programs have either been shut down or evolved into something else entirely.

Q: Will the government ever disclose information about MAJestic?
A: No, the government will not. Nor will any active members either. This disclosure is all that you are ever going to get, and this disclosure is not for the “mainstream” reader. It is designed for a select and limited group of individuals only. The content, while I supposedly author it, is actually directed and controlled by our extraterrestrial benefactors.

Q: What is the profile of a person who this disclosure is directed towards?
A: Honestly, I don’t really know. Our extraterrestrial benefactors really think differently than we do.  Apparently humans minds process thoughts differently from each other. How it is processed results in variances in our realities. Certain individuals can process information in unique ways, and this information when read by these certain individuals will result in some positive outcomes. At least positive towards the objectives of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

Q: What happened to the MAJestic membership?
A: They were retired and put into state monitoring programs. All MAJestic members must be monitored. We all are connected to an extraterrestrial hive mind as we have probes inside of our bodies.

Q: What is going on with MAJestic now?
A: It is disbanded. There are various programs that operate as carve-outs and they are not part of the United States government. The great degree of secrecy is no longer necessary. Systems are now securely in place to control the American population and control the way they think and view matters that arise.

Q: How can you tell if a person was in MAJestic?
A: Have them get an MRI. They look like average people on the outside, but we all have devices inside our skulls.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

What I miss from my original World-Line.

Here is a really short post.

Here are some things that I miss from my original world-line before I got all tangled up in MAJestic. It is in no particular order. It is all meaningless to the reader anyways. Here’s just some quick notes.

If you want to lecture me on the belief that the MWI is unproven, please don’t waste your time. If you only knew 10% of what I experienced, you would think differently. Anyways, with all that in mind, so here goes…

  • Sentences had two spaces after the period. Here on this world-line all the sentences look all bunched together and cluttered. I was taught that there was two spaces after every period and one space after a comma. It might seem like a little thing, but it drives me absolutely bonkers!
  • Songs are somewhat different. For instance, the song by Queen “We are the Champions” ended with “…of the world”. However on this world-line it doesn’t end that way. Which makes it really difficult to reconcile my memories when I was at a kegger in my Senior Year, and I was singing the song with my buddies. For us, the highlight of the song was “Of the World”, and we would always sing it loudly and beat our chests with our fists. Ha. I guess this world-line is “attitude lite”.
  • Breakfast egg and toast meal served with pork and beans. Here on this world line it is served with potatoes. Friggin’ potatoes!

Real breakfast.
I was raised with full egg breakfasts with toast and pork and beans. Today all through the states breakfasts are served with hash browns. Even in Howard Johnson’s of all places!

  • Howard Johnson Automats. On this world line, you have McDonald’s and other similar fast food restaurants. These are the popular places to go to get food fast. Now, my original world-line actually had restaurants too, maybe even had a McDonald’s as well. The closest thing that I remember to a McDonald’s was a “Big Boy”. However, by far, the most common way of getting “fast food” was by using an automat. It was faster. We ate better and had a better selection of food to choose from.

Automat
On my original world-line, automats were the preferred way of eating “fast” lunches. It was preferred over a fast food burger. There were restaurants that served fast food, but they were no where as popular as they are on this world-line.

  • Brands are slightly different. For instance, I ate Jiffy peanut butter and used White-Out. Not  “Jif peanut butter” and “Wite-out”. Many other brands have minor changes to their appearance. Such as the cheese that I used to eat with my father. It came in a flat circular box and had maybe eight triangular sections of cheese, each individually wrapped. Back then, the cow on the logo had a nose ring, but in this world-line the nose ring is missing. Not a biggie, but can make you question your sanity if you didn’t know better. I guess the biggest change is that on my parent world-line we drank Moxie more than Coke and Pepsi. Today, I don’t even know if Moxie exists on this world-line.
  • Dates are different. Here, if you want to say the 24th of June, 2018 you would write it as 6-24-2018. However, on my original world-line we wrote it as 24-6-2018. Military dates are the same.
  • Geopolitical Landscape is Different. In my original world-line the United States administered Panama as a US territory. After I joined MAJestic, not only was it was a separate nation, but we actually fought a war there and gave the Panama Canal to the Chinese to administer!
  • Traffic Lights are now backwards. Here, in this world-line, the colors of the traffic lights are red, yellow, and green (top to bottom). However, the traffic lights were different as being green, yellow, red (top to bottom). Again, it’s a curious difference, and in the big picture, quite meaningless.
  • There were more sidewalks. For some reason, one that I cannot reconcile, it just seems that the United States is designed for people in cars. It isn’t designed for people to walk. Sure there are older communities in Boston and Chicago that have sidewalks, but many of the newer construction projects view sidewalks as an expensive afterthought. New homes have lawns without sidewalks. On my world-line this situation would never exist. Even small towns had sidewalks.
  • Fondue was much more popular. While I will admit that fondue was never a staple of the American diet, we did eat it often enough. I would say that we had it maybe once a month. On this world-line, apparently it is a once in a decade occurrence.
  • Cats had wings. I know that this sounds really strange, but there was a high percentage of cats with wings. Maybe one in five cats had this feature. It really wasn’t feathered wings, but rather a big flap of skin behind the forearms covered in hair. The cats would climb up in a tree and glide down to get their prey. Here, on this world-line it is not at all common. You see an occasional sighting and Wikipedia states that this is “hogwash”, that it is “just” matted hair.

Winged Cat
WINGED PUSS GETS IN A FLAP. This mischievous cat has obviously spent too much time chasing birds . Ha! he’s grown a pair of furry wings! The one-year-old tom sprouted two flaps on his back after being hassled by females during a spell of hot weather in the village of Luzhou, in China’s Sichuan Province. Animal experts say the harmless growths are down to gene mutation. (ZN/WN) Credit: (Mandatory): WENN

  • Tuna Fish Sandwiches are different. We used to have tuna fish sandwiches made of tuna, mayonnaise, and pineapple. Today it is typically made the same way only the pineapple has been replaced with celery. In a like way, potato salad also had pineapple in it. On this world-line pineapple doesn’t seem to be added to that many dishes, though it actually is added to pizza of all things!

There is nothing really earth-shattering in any of this. World-line travel and / or personal migration is a natural occurrence. We migrate our individual realities though our thoughts. We share the template from which our realities are derived from. World-line travel enables us to alter that template.

The larger the deviance from your fated reality, the greater the divergence in your soul’s quantum organization. It’s all planned towards optimization. It’s planned so that our individual souls can advance and better themselves.

So we’ve got to be careful.

Now, for the sentience objectives to be realized, we have to have a dimensional anchoring effect that sets us in a reality where potatoes are served with breakfasts instead of baked beans. I know that it doesn’t seem to make much sense. Well, here you are. Though. It’s the “butterfly effect” for certain.

There is a saying in China. “There are many different ways to go to Beijing.” Perhaps living on a world-line with pineapple on pizza will have the same objectives as a different world-line with different (other) changes. Maybe this world-line is the closest anchored line to achieve our mutually defined objectives.

Anyways, world-line travel is not about entering and leaving other realities for purposes of wonderment and adventure. It is about stability and optimizing the configuration of our soul. Else, we risk discordant alignments and all kind of nightmarish problems. Good thing we have our extraterrestrial benefactors looking out for us. Eh?

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Mandela Effect – A System of Soul Management

Here we talk a little about the “Mandela Effect”.

This is a name given to describe a situation where memories don’t match the reality that we inhabit.

Now, I could follow every other person on the Internet and write a blurb or two about how it is visualized, but I won’t. Instead, I will describe why it occurs and how it manifests. Here is the real deal, folks. You want to know what MAJestic knows, well listen up.

Basics

Firstly, memories do not reside within the physical brain. They reside in non-physical space.

Secondly, we all do NOT share a common reality. We share a common reality TEMPLATE. We occupy individual realities based upon that template.

Thirdly, since everyone has an individual reality, they can sometimes “bump” or influence other realities.

Fourthly, this influence manifests in many different ways. We will talk about [1] the Mandela Effect, where world-lines do not match apparent memories, and [2] Bleed Over Effects where adjacent non-physical realities can influence actions within your reality.

The Big Picture

In a universe with very advanced civilizations along with primitive ones (like ours), there begets a need to maintain order. Advanced civilizations know how fragile our universe actually is. As such they have created systems to assure stability within it.

They have created sentience archetypes and biological archetypes that are approved. These systems are designed to prevent discordant and chaotic events. Our universe constantly slides in and our of the various veils of the MWI, and by being able to control the sentience evolution, they are able to regulate how thoughts manifest.

Thoughts alter and modify our reality.

Our Nursery

Our species lives within a nursery of sorts. It is policed and controlled environment that permits our evolutionary growth and limits our contradictory behaviors and thoughts to influence the areas outside of the nursery. We are not a stable species. Which actually means that we have not yet evolved into a stable sentience and a stable archetype. We are transitory. Our biology and garbon configuration is evolving.

Therefore, the management  of our sentience nursery must monitor it and help police it to achieve the preferred evolutionary directives.

The reader might question the need for policing our sentience growth.  After all, they might wonder, certainly (there must be) other species who have grown and developed a sentience without outside interference.  Why develop one purposefully?  

Well, the answer is simple.  If the reader recalls, the emergence of sentience in our galaxy was not smooth, and resulted in various conflicts.

Call the conflicts what you may, but the end results of this was the establishment of sentience archetypes.  The cultivation of those archetypes is considered very important, and for us humans, it is the reason why we occupy the earth nursery…

A Formalized System

The reader should understand that, in this galaxy, there is a formalized system of managing sentience development.  In other words, there is a “federation” that polices the development of emerging species.  They help seed, cultivate, and “harvest” sentience’s.  This is a very good thing, and the human species is one such sentience that is being “cultivated”.

In subsequent articles we discuss this system. In our local geographic physical area there are five solar systems involved as a sentience nursery. Earth is not the only one.

Beautiful Jupiter
Everything fits together in complex patterns. Photo is of Jupiter. However, the reader must be made aware that the beauty of complex structures surrounds us. To us, it appears confusing and perplexing. However, it need not be.

In a universe where there are many different world-lines, and one where sentience archetypes must be developed, there begets a need to limit physical exposure.  For too much exposure to the MWI can retard or alter sentience development.  Thus, unlike many established sentience’s, transitional sentience’s (such as humans) need to have their ability to traverse the multi-worlds limited.

Purposeful Limitations

Humans cannot traverse the MWI as easily as other species can.  This is intentional.

All world-lines in the MWI are all connected.  They stand alone, but they are all connected through individual and group thoughts.  Therefore, if a person has a particularly strong event, or a series of events that influences others, then they can manifest into the realities of a given time line.  There is no such thing as coincidence.  There is not.  Everything fits together, even the most seemingly unconnected events that transcend time and space.

Everything fits together and influences each other.

Because it does, we can observe the influences as they pop in and out of our reality…

The Mandela Effect

"The Mandela effect" is what the internet is calling those curious instances in which many of us are certain we remember something a particular way, but it turns out we’re incorrect. The name of the theory comes from many people feeling certain they could remember Nelson Mandela dying while he was still in prison back in the ’80s. Contrary to what many thought, Mandela’s actual death was on Dec. 5, 2013, despite some people claiming to remember seeing clips of his funeral on TV.

-Buzzfeed

We see and understand strange things that seemingly has no place in our fine and well-understood universe. But, maybe, just maybe… the universe is not what we think it is at all. Maybe it only looks that way.

Basic Introduction

To begin this discussion, let me direct the reader to the following You-Tube videos;

The Reader should not get too hot and bothered about these videos.  They are just attempts by people who are trying to understand the strange and unusual. Is everything a coincidence? What are these events?  A book written about a Barron Trump? A Mr. Trump talking about “Pizzagate” before it occurred? Who is Professor John Trump and what is his tie with Donald Trump?

To understand these questions, the reader must remember that our brains try to provide answers to perplexing mysteries by using our own personal experiences.

We think in terms of just HOW can this happen when we all know that scientists have “proved” how the universe works. We try to figure out things that just do not fit within that really nice and simple explanation of how the world works.

But, boys and girls, it can never fit into our nice and tidy belief that we all share the same reality. It simply cannot.

Wake up!

We do not share anything. It only appears that way. We all live in our very own realities and our realities change as our thoughts change. It is a universe of change, with the mere appearance of stability.

Consider an Unexplainable Coincidence

“It was the biggest, grandest vessel to ever sail the ocean. A luxury liner dubbed “unsinkable” when it set sail early one April across the North Atlantic — until it struck an iceberg off Newfoundland and sank to the ocean floor."

But this was not the Titanic; it was the Titan, a fictional ship that sank in the pages of Morgan Robertson’s 1898 novella Futility (later re-titled The Wreck of the Titan) — a book published more than a decade before the Titanic’s ill-fated 1912 voyage and almost a century before Kate and Leo embarked on theirs.”

Thoughts can create realities.

Yes. Nothing is coincidence. The realities that you and I experience are caused by thoughts. Not only of our thoughts, but the thoughts of other consciousnesses within nearby or adjacent realities.

Therefore, nothing is a coincidence.

Everything that can and will happen is already happening in the ever present “now”. We experience the events, or record the events as our own thoughts generate them.  Thus, what is imagination but an intuitive connection to our other selves (our quantum shadows) in other world-line realities?

Bleed-over events in the MWI
Here is how a bleed-over event works. Our reality is isolated within the MWI. We only have the illusion of interacting with each other. Instead we are actually interacting with the quantum “shadows” of other soul’s consciousnesses. This interaction can instigate bleed-over events.

In today’s world, we are still stuck in the Newtonian reality. No one really wants to embrace the quantum reality. “If I cannot physically prove it, it must not exist!” But, guys that belief is crazy.  Here is the way things are…

We live in a construct.

It is a physical reality that is governed by thoughts.

This is actually evidence of multiple world-lines via GIPHY

Welcome to my world. It is a world of the quantum reality where everything that looks hard and solid, is really just thought constructs. By understanding this, we can well understand that different consciousnesses have different thoughts.

Yes?

Memory access.
Memories reside outside the physical reality. Thus, the consciousness can access them when they take on wave properties and migrate outside the physical body.

And if there are many thoughts floating about in the non-physical reality, that they can influence each other. They can add, subtract from, multiply and even divide other thoughts . All these actions would have physical manifestations.

Group thoughts manifest in strange ways.

To truly understand why we have such things as coincidences, and Mandela Effect, and Bleed-over events, you need to understand that our reality is our very own reality. We do not SHARE our realities. It only looks that way. Those people who are around us are mere quantum shadows of another reality.

We can start with the book “The Narrative of Arthur Gordon Pym of Nantucket”  It is a novel that predicted the death of a real life person with the same name as its fictional character. Coincidence?

The Narrative of Arthur Gordon Pym of Nantucket

In 1838, Edgar Allan Poe wrote his only complete novel “The Narrative Of Arthur Gordon Pym Of Nantucket”. One of the characters, a mutineer named Richard Parker, became prey to monstrous cannibalism.

After all the mutineers are thrown overboard, Parker is the only one spared to help with the operation of the ship. The ship then capsizes and leaves the remaining crew members without adequate food. Parker suggests he and his three surviving crew-mates draw straws to sacrifice one among them, in order to save the rest. Following this suggestion, he draws the short straw and is eaten alive by his mates.

It’s a pretty good story. It was written in 1838.

Some 46 years later, in 1884, the 52-foot yacht Mignonette set off from Southampton, England for Australia. It sank. Four survivors including a 17-year-old cabin boy named Richard Parker escaped in a lifeboat. When their resources and food ran out, they were forced to drink their own urine and finally three of the men killed Parker and devoured him, much like his fictional counterpart.

The movie the Life of Pi via GIPHY

In 2001, author Yann Martel paid homage to both real and fictional Richard Parkers in the novel Life Of Pi. In Pi, Martel named a Bengal tiger – and survivor of a shipwreck – Richard Parker.

The point being that can this actually be coincidence?

I argue that there is a mechanism, a hidden mechanism, that causes things like this to manifest. I argue that these kinds of things manifest through the interaction of our non-physical realities when they interact with each other in the MWI.

Futility, or the Wreck of the Titan

The Titanic.
The sinking of the ship The Titanic was foretold by a novel. This is not the ONLY instance of this. Many things have been foretold, often in great detail, by novels.

In 1898, Morgan Robertson wrote Futility, Or The Wreck of the Titan. The book describes the journey of a fictitious ship called Titan which eventually collides with an iceberg and sinks. The fate of Titan closely mirrors the sinking of the RMS Titanic in 1912. The similarities between the RMS Titanic and Titan are numerous and include such things as…

• Both were triple screw (propellers)
• RMS Titanic measured “882 feet, displacing 53,000 long tons” and was deemed “nearly unsinkable.” The Titan was “800 feet, displacing 75,000 tons” and was also described as “unsinkable.”
• The Titanic carried only 16 lifeboats and 4 Engelhardt folding lifeboats while the Titan carried “as few as the law allowed” – i.e., 24 lifeboats.
• Moving too fast at 22½ knots, the Titanic struck an iceberg on the starboard side on the night of April 14,1912, in the North Atlantic, 400 nautical miles (740 km; 460 mi) away from Newfoundland. Moving at 25 knots, The Titan also struck an iceberg on the starboard side on an April night in the North Atlantic, 400 nautical miles (740 km; 460 mi) from Newfoundland.
• The Titanic sank and more than half of her 2200 passengers and crew died. The Titan also sank, and more than half of her 2500 passengers drowned.

Why, everyone knows that this can only just be a coincidence. But people, please listen up. There is NO SUCH THING as coincidence. We are all connected on the quantum level. If there is one thing that everyone should recognize is the importance of this interconnected relationship.

This is just my may of explaining how entanglement manifests within a person’s individual reality.

Harry Potter

Eight years before the first Harry Potter books were published, Jane Yolen published a book called Wizard’s Hall about young boy named Henry who gets recruited to a wizard’s school with teacher’s pictures that move about and a wicked wizard who used to teach there. Coincidence? The author certainly thinks so.

The 9-11 Attacks

Tom Clancy predicted the 9-11 attacks. In the U.S. government’s official accounting of what happened on Sept. 11, 2001 — The 9/11 Commission Report — the assembled collection of experts and officials took U.S. national security officials to task for what they described as an incredible lack of imagination. How, they asked, could no one have predicted that terrorists might ram airplanes into major buildings and cause untold destruction, especially when none other than Clancy predicted exactly such a scenario?

In Clancy’s 1994 novel Debt of Honor, Japan, led by a faction of hard-line nationalists and having acquired nuclear weapons, goes to war with the United States, aiming to re-establish the Greater East Asia Co-Prosperity Sphere. Following Japan’s defeat at the hands of the United States — thanks, of course, in large part to the wiles of Clancy uber-hero Jack Ryan — the pilot of a Japan Air Lines 747 decides to fly his plane into the Capitol dome during a joint session of Congress, killing just about the entire American government.

With this in mind, the 9/11 Report mournfully notes that “neither the intelligence community nor aviation security experts analyzed systemic defenses within an aircraft or against terrorist-controlled aircraft, suicidal or otherwise.” As the report reveals, national security officials were reading Clancy and aware of his predictions but never took them particularly seriously:

"[The Clinton administration counter-terror official] Richard Clarke told us that he was concerned about the danger posed by aircraft in the context of protecting the Atlanta Olympics of 1996, the White House complex, and the 2001 G-8 summit in Genoa. But he attributed his awareness more to Tom Clancy novels than to warnings from the intelligence community."

It wasn’t only Tom Clancy, but also Michael Caine as well.

Sir Michael Caine has said he ‘predicted’ a terrorist plot to fly planes into a skyscraper before the 9/11 attacks happened. The actor revealed that he was writing a novel about a terrorist attack when he dreamt up the scenario, prior to the events that took place in New York in 2001. Speaking to BBC Radio 4’s Front Row, Sir Michael said that he chose not to continue with his book after 9/11, which claimed the lives of nearly 3,000 people, took place.

“I had this plot where terrorists fly a plane into a London skyscraper. Then they did it in real life. I was stunned by that, so I stopped writing.”

It is not only the famous that predicted this event, but also comic book artists and authors.

Twin towers in ruin.
The Twin Towers lie in ruin. Why was it that so many people wrote stories and considered this kind of event, but never ever thought that it would actually manifest?

Multiple comic books have featured the Twin Towers of the World Trade Center damaged by evil villains, but none managed to get as close to reality as an issue of Uncanny X-Men from 1985. The Marvel series had recently introduced the character of Rachel Summers, a telepathic mutant sent back from the future. In this story, she’s battling the Hellfire Club in Manhattan while trying to deal with the differences between the Manhattan of her time and the present day. One of the biggest differences? The WTC is still there – in Rachel’s future, the towers had been completely destroyed. By a mutant terrorist attack.

Donald Trump

The Simpsons (an American cartoon) accurately predicted that Donald Trump would become president of the United States.

Donald Trump on the Simpsons.
The television show “The Simpsons” thought it was really funny to portray Donald Trump as president of the United States. Yet it came true. Is this just coincidence, or is there something more involved going on here?

Th Simpsons have accurately and uncannily predicted events through the lens of the humorous. It makes you wonder if God has a sense of humor, eh?

Please understand that there IS NO SUCH THING as coincidences. They only appear that way. This is because we are unable to see things are they really and actually are. We only perceive in three dimensions when we actually exist within an eleven dimensional reality.

You have to keep that in mind.

Everything is quanta in nature and behavior. As such, even the smallest thoughts can manifest as a reality. We, as consciousness can migrate in and out of the MWI. Our reality becomes what we think about, because what we think about is a creative process.

What we think about always becomes our reality.

Donald Trump as president.
What we think about becomes our reality. If we think about bad things all the time, they will manifest. If we think about good things they will manifest as well. Further complicating this issue, is the thoughts of mass groups of people. Thus the need for a “dimensional anchor” such as myself. Compare the Simpsons screen shot above with this photo. They got the color of the sign, the font on the name, the red band around it, the red tie, the flag lapel pin, the suit and just about everything else correct. How is this possible?

The building “The Shard” in London

The television show “The Simpsons” predicted more than just Donald Trump becoming President.  The predicted a building in London known as “The Shard”.  The “Lisa’s Wedding” episode from 1995 (season 6, episode 19) came with a lot of unexpected predictions. During Lisa’s trip to London, we see a skyscraper behind Tower Bridge that looks eerily similar to The Shard and that is even in the right location. Construction on the building started in 2009, 14 years later.

The Challenger Disaster

In this example a comic book predicted the Challenger Disaster.  This one’s a little strange because the prediction in question wasn’t published in its original form, but it’s still weird as hell.

In 1986, DC Comics hired superstar writer-artist John Byrne to revitalize Superman for the modern age in a miniseries called Man of Steel. The book’s mandate was to bring Supers’ power levels down to something reasonable and update his origin for the ’80s. You know, there is a need to make things more reasonable and explainable. Turn it into something that you can understand and relate to.

In the first issue, one of the hero’s biggest tests is rescuing a space shuttle that suffered an engine explosion right after launch. As he was finishing the pages, the space shuttle Challenger launched – and suffered an engine explosion, killing everybody aboard in NASA’s greatest tragedy ever.

Byrne quickly re-drew the pages, changing the shuttle to an experimental plane. That’s a pretty chilling way to learn you have precognitive powers.

The Death of Princess Di

This one’s another timing-related prediction, but by God it’s a weird one.

Most people know who Wonder Woman is, but fewer know her secret identity: Princess Diana of Themyscira. There was another famous princess named Diana, right? Remember her?

In 1997, an issue of Wonder Woman came out with a fake newspaper cover emblazoned with the headline “DIANA, PRINCESS OF THEMYSCIRA, STRUCK DOWN.” Inside, the titular Princess Di dies. Three days after the comic came out, the real-world Princess Di was involved in a car accident in Paris that claimed her life. Pretty creepy coincidence there.

Princess Di
People might believe that this is just another of a long series of coincidences. Maybe so, but I must inform everyone that thoughts create our realities, and since we occupy different realities, the non-physical realities cause cross-over events.

President Kennedy’s Assassination

President Kennedy’s Assassination via GIPHY

On the morning of 22 November 1963, Jackie Kennedy was unnerved by a full-page ad placed in the Dallas Morning News — not so much because it accused the president of being a Communist sympathizer but rather because it had a black border and resembled a death notice.

JFK tried to comfort her with the words: “We’re heading into nut country today. But, Jackie, if somebody wants to shoot me from a window with a rifle, nobody can stop it, so why worry about it?”

That Kennedy made such a comment about his own assassination on the day he was shot is coincidence enough, but that he so casually predicted the precise method of his death is nothing short of sinister.

Coincidence

Nothing is coincidence.

Since everything, not just in the physical, but in the spiritual as well are connected, then it makes complete sense that the orderly management of soul formation, configuration and (apparent) life be managed. That is exactly what is going on.

Thoughts create realities.
This is how it works. We do not share one reality, with everyone going about their own lives. No. Instead we all have our very own realities. We each live our own individual reality and those “people” that we interact with are quantum shadows of others who are off in their own realities. The thoughts generated by each of us, can influence our life through all sorts of ways. Remember, boys and girls, thoughts create realities.

To understand what is actually going on, we must recognize that what we think is reality is just not true. Each of us, our consciousness, occupies a physical body that is within a physical reality. None of us share the same reality… It only appears that way.

We share a universal template. Our thoughts and our soul carves out a reality within this template for us to obtain experiences from.

Our thoughts can create things to manifest. Such as the numerous examples already listed.

Our thoughts can create things to manifest via GIPHY

They can also alter our MWI world-line.

Since we are soul, with a physical body, then thoughts can influence our other soul manifested bodies.  This can be evidenced by ideas, or thoughts that might appear as ESP, or clairvoyance.  To those who believe in technology instead of ESP ability, this might appear as time or dimensional travel.

There is an event known as “bleed over” where thoughts from one world-line (time and space), influence or “bleed over” into other world-lines.

Let’s look at some “bleed over” events and how they manifested in our “reality”.

Bleed Over Events

In short, a “bleed over event” is when there are [1] numerous world-lines of a similar nature, and [2] clustering of thoughts manifest.  We discussed this clustering of thoughts elsewhere, and it is a serious concern.  Clustering of thoughts create situations whereas the thoughts “interfere” or “interrupt” the thought streams of a given quantum shadow in an aligned world-line.  The result of this is mass world-line collective behaviors.

These events where our brain tries to sort things out, such as “how did Donald Trump know of Pizzagate” is perplexing.  That is because the only ONLY thing that we can associate it with is “time travel”.  Since most people have no understanding of world-line travel and MWI, the concept of “bleed over events” is alien to them.

Here, this event involves many people in many world-lines. In these world-lines are other President Donald Trump dealing with this event.  The large number of these events, coupled with the strong thoughts associated with it, creates a cascading effect that causes “bleed over” to nearby (world-lines of small deviance) world-lines. Of course, Donald Trump “remembers” the events, his thoughts are shared with the thoughts of other Donald Trump’s  (quantum shadows) on other world-lines. The shear magnitude of the thought impact directly impinges upon his reality.

As a result it crashes into our reality as well.

Mandela Examples

We observe these “bleed-over” events and interpret them in different ways. Realists say, “oh it’s a simple misunderstanding”, or that “it’s a coincidence”. No one seemingly wants to accept the fact that thoughts can alter our realities. They can do this both forward and backward in time.

We want to explain things away so that they fit nicely into our own reality.

There are a lot of different theories for why the Mandela Effect exists. 

Many believe that it is a result of time travel. Possibly some person who will live thousands of years from now traveled back to our time and changed little things in the middle of our lifetime. 

Others think it may be due to the shifting of parallel universes. Perhaps we all once lived in a universe where things were slightly different and we still remember it that original way but are now in a reality where things are different. 

Some people have even gone as far to say that the ending of the world in 2012 didn't seem to happen because it was simply the end of our current universe and we all shifted into a new one. 

Psychologists credit the Mandela Effect to confabulation, the clinical term for memory defects. However, the fact that large numbers of people who have never met all have identical false memories continues to stump even the most educated psychologists. 

-Odyssey

Well, maybe it’s because of misunderstandings. Or, maybe it’s because of time travel. Still others want to attribute it to a dark sinister organization of evil globalists.

The truth is that we see these things manifest simply because that is the nature of our universe.

Our universe is not what we think it is. It only looks that way.

These Mandela effects, and these bleed-over events are nothing more than the physical manifestation of thoughts, in many cases actual groupings and collections of thoughts.

We kind of slip or slide in and out of world-lines. Yet, folks, please understand what we think of as a world-line is actually something different. Instead of nice clean and defined reality, like a box of packaged everything, it is actually more like an amorphous jelly that we end up sliding into.

Oscar Meyer” isn’t spelled that way.

In truth the famous brand of hot dogs and lunch meats is Oscar Mayer.
The thing is that many people remember it as Meyer, with an “e.”

The Berenstein Bears

This is one of the most common examples of the Mandela effect. The Berenstein Bears is a popular children’s book and television show series that has been popular in the United States for many, many years.

Many people remember the series as the Berenstein Bears. Yet, it’s actually called the “Berenstain Bears”.

Now, if you go back and look at your old VHS tapes or books, it will say “Berenstain.” There is no record of it ever being called “Berenstein”. This Mandela Effect example is one of the most popular because so many people vividly remember it being “Berenstein.”

The show called Sex in the City.

The show is actually called Sex and the City, but many people insist they remember it being “in the” at some point. Why do so many people remember this? Indeed, people have even posted pictures of old memorabilia they have that supports their false memory.

The Flintstones

Here is a very good example of the sliding and changing of a world-line as the MWI is moved and motivated by thoughts.

This one has tended to shift in and out of reality, which has freaked me out throughout my research. 

Just under one week ago, the "Flintstones" was spelled without a "T" as the "Flinstones." Today I went to google it, and saw that it changed from "Flinstones" to "Flintstones" and was back to its original spelling. 

I might sound crazy saying that, but I'm not the only wannabe Mandela Effect expert that has kept up with it and noticed the constant shift. I am glad that the "t" is back because in my childhood I vividly remember it being spelled "Flintstones." 

Most remember their last name being “Flintstones,” which makes sense because flint is a type of rock and the family lives in the fictional town Bedrock, where everything is made of rock. 

However, if you went back and watched it last week, their last name was actually “Flinstone.” Today, it is once again "Flintstone." This example firmly backs up the theory of shifting parallel universes because it changes constantly. If you google "Flintstones Mandela Effect," you will see that many other people have also noticed it switching.

We Are the Champions” by Queen ends differently than many recall.

Many of those familiar with the song remember the final lyrics being “No time for losers, ’cause we are the champions…of the world!” Guess what? There is no “of the world!” The song just ends, and it’s driving people crazy because they feel 100% sure that they’ve heard otherwise in the past.

Mirror Mirror On the Wall

This quote from the Disney cartoon Snow White is probably one of the most famous of all time.

Ah, it isn’t “mirror mirror on the wall.”

In the movie, they say “magic mirror on the wall.” I even remember watching the movie after the song “mirror mirror” was released, and the movie clearly said “mirror mirror.” Why would there be so much merchandise that says “mirror mirror” and a spin off movie with that name if it never was “Mirror Mirror on the Wall”?

Life is like a box of chocolates.”

In the movie Forrest Gump, Forrest says, “My momma always said, life is like a box of chocolates.”

That is a famous line that everyone who has ever seen the movie would know.

Now go back and re-watch the movie, it doesn’t say that. Instead, it says “life was like a box of chocolates.” That doesn’t even sound right with the quote or in the context of the movie. I’ve never met somebody who remembers it saying “was.” If you go on google and type in the beginning of the quote and stop at “life,” the next suggested word is “is,” not “was.”

It’s a beautiful day in the neighborhood.”

In the children’s show, “Mister Rogers’ Neighborhood,” he always sings a song with the line “It’s a beautiful day in the neighborhood.”

Everyone who watched this show as a child remembers it this way. Including myself, who would sing the song this way then I taught English to Chinese students.

Well, now the song says “It’s a beautiful day in this neighborhood”. That doesn’t even sound right in the song and nobody remembers it this way that I know.

People think the Monopoly man has a monocle, but he doesn’t.

Perhaps we’re just confusing him with Mr. Peanut. Mr. Peanut is the character image for Planter’s Peanuts. He also wears a top hat and carries around a cane.

I am one of the many people who can’t seem to grasp how the Monopoly man is monocle-less, when we all distinctly know him to have one.

Interview with a Vampire

Most people remember it being called “Interview with a Vampire.”

Yet, you know, our apparent world-line slid. If you type in on google “interview with” the suggested ending is “a vampire.” Surprisingly, the movie is actually called “Interview with the Vampire.”

Looney Toons

The children’s cartoon, the “Looney Toons” was loved by many. I myself would be glued to the television set all during my childhood. I would watch Bugs Bunny and Elmer Fudd, and the host of other characters entertain me.

The name, “Looney Toons” makes sense because “toons” is the ending of cartoons. The show is actually called “Looney Tunes.” Seriously. It’s not even a musical show!

The tip of Pikachu’s tail isn’t black.

People remember there being a black mark on Pikachu’s tail, but if you take a look at Pikachu now, you’ll see nothing there. How can so many people remember an aspect of this character’s appearance that doesn’t actually exist?

Curious George never had a tail.

A lot of people even claim to remember seeing him use his tail to swing from the trees. If you look up pictures of Curious George right now, you’ll see that he doesn’t have a tail, meaning either your memory made the whole thing up or you’ve, like, drifted into a parallel universe…

What do ya know.

Luke, I am your father.”

One of the most famous movie lines of all time is this one from one of the Star Wars sequels.

However, if you go back and watch Star Wars now, you’ll see that Darth Vader doesn’t even say this, he says “no, I am your father.”

This one is insanely obvious that it once, whether in another universe or in our same reality before it was changed, was “Luke, I am your father.” People who haven’t even seen Star Wars all know this famous line. It has been quoted more times than I could ever count and referenced so many times.

Hannibal Lecter never said “Hello, Clarice.

If you’ve seen The Silence of the Lambs, you know the most famous line is “Hello, Clarice.”

The only problem is, that never happened — and when Clarice first meets Hannibal Lecter, he simply says, “Good morning.” That’s it. How is a film’s most well-known line nonexistent? Nobody knows, and it’s eating away at people.

Jiffy peanut butter doesn’t exist.

It’s called Jif.

Now, even though people remember the popular brand of peanut butter being called “Jiffy” and having a campaign that told mothers they could fix their kids a snack “in a jiffy.” Jiffy has certainly been embedded in the minds of many, and it was even spotted in American Dad, during an episode in which the character is uncovering a conspiracy.

Summary

We discussed Mandela Effects, and other odd coincidences. Statists are trying to make everything fit into nice boxes to explain these events. They explain them away as coincidences, faulty memories, or by other conventional excuses. Anything and everything to make things fit into a conventional understanding.

But…

It all makes perfect sense when you accept these events exactly as you know them to be, and embrace the idea that it is a quantum universe that we live in. Once you do so, then you realize that thoughts can alter our physical reality. As such group thoughts can cause shifting of our reality into multiple world-lines and as such, we can witness bleed-over effects and other curious changes.

Takeaways

  • Our universe does NOT work the way we think it does.
  • We all have our very own reality.
  • The realities “float” within a MWI of constantly changing world-lines.
  • We can control the apparent direction of time through thought.
  • Thoughts of different realities can influence each other.
  • These thoughts and their influences manifest as coincidences, bleed-over events, and Mandela events.

FAQ

Q: Why is there a picture of a steak on this article?
A: In the movie “The Matrix” there is a scene where one character Cypher is eating a steak.

via GIPHY

"You know.. I know this steak doesn't exist. I know when I put it in my mouth; the Matrix is telling my brain that it is juicy, and delicious. After nine years.. you know what I realize? Ignorance is bliss." ―Cypher

The point being that you can go ahead and live in an illusion and have a great life, or you can embrace the reality and live miserably. I personally know that the universe works differently. You can actually have the best of both worlds. Thus the picture. In our universe, thoughts create your reality.

Q: What is the cause of the Mandela Effect?
A: Migration of “adjacent” world-lines and realities that influence the memories in your non-physical reality.

Q: What is the cause of Bleed-Over Events?
A: The influences of thoughts in nearby world-line realities.

Q: Can the past be changed?
A: Yes, it most certainly can. Read about the Intention Experiment.

Q: Are there other things aside from the Mandela Effect that than make their appearance in our reality?
A: Yes, there are many things that can manifest. These are typically dismissed as mistakes of observation, illusions, tricks, hoaxes, and superstition. Yet, they are actual real events that are dismissed by the ignorant who adhere to an incorrect understanding of the nature of the universe.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

The Alpha Centauri Solar System

Earth aside, we as humans will naturally begin our excursions outside of our sentience nursery by visiting the closest stellar neighbors. We will take a tour of the local neighborhood with our nearest stellar neighbor; the Alpha Centauri system.  This is an important solar system in many ways, and deserves close scrutiny.

The Alpha Centauri system is the closest solar system to our sun.  Viewed from the earth, Alpha Centauri (α Centauri) is the third brightest “star” in the (Southern hemisphere) night sky.  It appears (to the naked eye) as a single bright point of light; a single star.  But, it is not a single star at all, but rather a triple star system.  This trinary solar system consists of three stars and with them, three separate groups of solar systems.  In it two, more or less sun-like stars (A and B), orbit a central point in space.  A third star, which is a small red dwarf named Proxima Centauri, orbits the two inner stars.

Americans cannot view this star directly unless they live in the Southern hemisphere.

The stars of the Alpha Centauri solar system.
Here is a nice graphic representation of the relative VISIBLE (to the human eye) and observable size comparison of the three stars that comprise the Alpha Centauri solar system. Our own sun is shown for scalar comparison.

Trinary System

Most importantly for our purposes and considerations, each individual star has its own solar system.  Thus, the Alpha Centauri system is but a grouping of three entire and complete solar systems.  Each one with its own set of planets and moons.  Two of the solar systems are just like ours.  (Although truncated in size.) They are very similar to our own system up to the range of the outer gas giants.  Thus, it is (more or less) reasonable to expect a similar solar system structure to our very own.  These two stars are all about the same age, size, color and behavior to our sun.

This trinary system is located 1.34 parsecs or 4.37 light years from the Sun, making it (undisputedly) the closest star system to our Solar System. We are fortunate to have a trinary star system nearby.  We are also doubly fortunate to have one that has stable stars and behavior.

Alpha Centauri A & B

While the two inner stars are similar to our sun in age, size and color, the outer sun is cooler and smaller.  It is an often an ignored system because it is not as “interesting” as the inner twin stars.  This all changed with the discovery of a orbiting planet, of earth size, in the habitable zone of Proxima Centauri in 2016.

Due to its small size, any habitable planet must orbit close to the star.  There is a risk of the planet being tidally locked with one side always facing the star, with the other side eternally cold.  In any event, habitable planets in this system would see a gigantic red sun in their sky.  It would appear much bigger than we can conceive, perhaps even dominating the vast sky above.  This is according to conventional belief.

Orbits of the two larger stars in the alpha centuari solar system.
Here is a topographical view of the the orbital plane of the two largest stars in the Alpha Centauri solar system.

Alpha Centauri A and Alpha Centauri B orbit a common center every 79.91 years. The distance between the stars varies from 35.6 astronomical units (5.3 billion kilometers) to 11.2 astronomical units (1.67 billion kilometers). The distances are roughly equivalent to those between the Sun and Pluto and between the Sun and Saturn. The angular separation between Alpha Centauri A and Alpha Centauri B varies from 2 to 22 arcseconds. The total mass of the binary star system is about 2 solar masses.

It is reasonable to expect some kind of life in any or all of these systems.  Either naturally evolving, or seeded by another race.  I do not know very much about life outside of our solar system, but what I do know that there is an extremely high probability that there is an extraterrestrial presence in this system.  In fact, almost all the stars (including the dim brown dwarfs) surrounding us has extraterrestrial life in one form or the other.

Estimated habitable zone about the two largest stars in the Alpha Centauri solar system.
Here is the estimated habitable zones around the two largest stars within the Alpha Centauri solar system as viewed from the earth .

Since this is a trinary star system, the quantum fields (The “spiritually” energized and entangled quantum fields in regards to biological ambulatory organisms with a degree of self-actuation.) involved are quite complex compared to a simple single star solar system like ours.

The non-physical reality is more complex than what we see in our solar system.

Those living and visiting this system have to be prepared for the complex nature of this quantum field.  (Compared to our solar system.) On one aspect, it is interesting, exciting and quite dynamic.  On the other hand, there are notable energy potentials that can wreck all kinds of havoc on earth-centric biological processes.  I feel sure that humans can visit the system, but the ability to stay there and thrive will most certainly require the creation of a new biological form that is adapted for the quantum vortexes that exist there (We are quantum being occupying a physical body in a physical universe, don’t you know.).

Both of these two major solar systems are stable.

The presence of the two stars have stewarded any errant planets and asteroids rendering the physical space clean.  This would be very similar to what the larger gas giant planets would do.  Even though I spent a considerable amount of time discussing Proxima Centauri, it is actually these two “inner” solar systems that host the best chance for habitable planets and extraterrestrial life.

Make no mistake, there are large “gas giant” type planets that orbit these stars, and they influence the smaller planets to various degrees. Also, from a physical and biological point of view, the trio of suns all have influences on the biological lives that occupy the planets there.  For instance, we know how our own solar system interacts with the biology of humans; sunspots, for instance.  Sunspot activity of our sun influences all kinds of weather and human behaviors.  Thus, imagine how the sunspot behaviors of three stars in close proximity might influence the lives present on those orbiting planets.

Proxima Centauri

Proxima Centauri is a tiny star that orbits the two larger inner stars.  It orbits at a greater distance away from the two inner stars.  So much so, that a diagram including all three is nearly impossible to show all their orbits together. That is because the orbit of Proxima Centauri is many times larger than the orbits of Proxima Centauri A and B.

Proxima Centauri orbit.
Here is the orbit of Proxima Centauri within the Alpha Centauri solar system. The orbit is sufficiently huge that the two inner stars and their orbits can only be illustrated as a mere dot in relative scale.

Red Dwarf Star

Proxima Centauri is what is known as a red dwarf star.  A red dwarf is a small and relatively cool star on the main sequence, either late K or M spectral type. Red dwarfs range in mass from a low of 0.075 solar masses to about 0.50 solar masses, and have a surface temperature of less than 4,000 K.  Red dwarfs are by far the most common type of star in the Milky Way, at least in the neighborhood of the Sun, but because of their low luminosity, individual red dwarfs cannot easily be observed. From Earth, not one is visible to the naked eye.  This is a red dwarf (Type M5 to M5.5, apparent magnitude 11.05), as are twenty of the next thirty nearest. According to some estimates, red dwarfs make up three-quarters of the stars in the Milky Way.

It has a large orbit that surrounds the two larger stars in the Alpha Centauri solar system.  All in all, it lies about 4.24 light-years from the Sun, inside the G-cloud, in the constellation of Centaurus.

Proxima Centauri is classified as a red dwarf is of spectral class M5.5.

In astronomy, stellar classification is the classification of stars based on their spectral characteristics. Light from the star is analyzed by splitting it with a prism or diffraction grating into a spectrum exhibiting the rainbow of colors interspersed with absorption lines.  

Most stars are currently classified under the Morgan–Keenan (MKK) system using the letters O, B, A, F, G, K, M, L, T and Y, a sequence from the hottest (O type) to the coolest (Y type). The types R and N are carbon-based stars, and the type S is zirconium-monoxide-based stars. 

Each letter class is then subdivided using a numeric digit with 0 being hottest and 9 being coolest (e.g. A8, A9, F0, F1 form a sequence from hotter to cooler).

It is further classified as a “late M-dwarf star”, meaning that at M5.5, it falls to the low-mass extreme of M-type stars. Its diameter is about one-seventh of that of the Sun. Proxima Centauri’s mass is about an eighth of the Sun’s, but its average density is about 40 times that of the Sun.

Luminosity

Its total luminosity over all wavelengths is 0.17% that of the Sun, although when observed in the wavelengths of visible light the eye is most sensitive to, it is only 0.0056% as luminous as the Sun. This means that if an astronaut were to orbit the star, he would have a very difficult time seeing it. It would appear as a very dim blood-red disc in the dark-dark sky.

Likewise, any planet orbiting a red dwarf would be dimly lit.  At least that is how it would appear from human eyes.  But, you know, human eyes were developed or evolved for the energetic G3 star that we call our sun.

Creatures that evolved on planets in orbit around dimmer stars see light differently than we do. They can often see in the IR range and view vision as something else altogether.

In the case of Proxima Centauri, more than 85% of its radiated power is at infrared wavelengths.  To our human eyes, it is difficult to see, and any habitable planet orbiting it would appear very dim, even being so close to the star.  However, were a race to have eyesight that could see in the infrared range, the light would be quite bright.  In fact, as bright as our own sun as viewed from a more distant point such as from Neptune.

Although it has a very low average luminosity, Proxima is a flare star that undergoes random dramatic increases in brightness because of magnetic activity. The star’s magnetic field is created by convection throughout the stellar body, and the resulting flare activity generates a total X-ray emission similar to that produced by (our) Sun.

Being a “flare star” is a reasonably common attribute associated with brown dwarf stars.  They tend to change in brightness over time.  Part of this might be due to sun spots of enormous size, flares that vary in intensity and size, variations in the stellar gravitational field that periodically readjusts, or to other issues too numerous to address here.  I personally like to believe that some “flare stars”, especially the regular and periodic ones, are misidentified as a flare star.  Instead they are simply a brown dwarf that has a nearby companion planet or body that causes the brightness to vary from time to time.

Flare Outbursts

According to the TV documentary “Alien Worlds”, Proxima Centauri’s flare outbursts could be problematic.

Solar flares are tremendous explosions on the surface of the Sun. In a matter of just a few minutes they heat material to many millions of degrees and release as much energy as a billion megatons of TNT. They occur near sunspots, usually along the dividing line (neutral line) between areas of oppositely directed magnetic fields.

Flares release energy in many forms – electro-magnetic (Gamma rays and X-rays), energetic particles (protons and electrons), and mass flows. Flares are characterized by their brightness in X-rays (X-Ray flux).

  • The biggest flares are X-Class flares.
  • M-Class flares have a tenth the energy.
  • C-Class flares have a tenth of the X-ray flux seen in M-Class flares.

Indeed, it could erode the atmosphere of any planet in its habitable zone, but the documentary’s scientists thought that this obstacle could be overcome. Gibor Basri of the University of California, Berkeley, even mentioned that “no one [has] found any showstoppers to habitability.”

" For example, one concern was that the torrents of charged particles from the star's flares could strip the atmosphere off any nearby planet. However, if the planet had a strong magnetic field, the field would deflect the particles from the atmosphere; even the slow rotation of a tidally locked dwarf planet that spins once for every time it orbits its star would be enough to generate a magnetic field, as long as part of the planet's interior remained molten.”

Other scientists, especially proponents of the “Rare Earth hypothesis”, disagree that red dwarfs can sustain life. (Of course they do.  They believe that there is only ONE earth-like planet in the universe!)  Their contention is that the tide-locked rotation may result in a relatively weak planetary magnetic moment, leading to strong atmospheric erosion by coronal mass ejections from Proxima Centauri.

These individuals strongly argue that the earth and the conditions for life on any planet similar to Earth is extremely rare, and that the chance of finding an Earth-like planet in our galaxy (of billions of solar systems) is impossibly unlikely.  Thus their belief structure has been coined as the “Rare Earth hypothesis”.

All this being stated; the truth is that Earth scientists do not know (at all) whether any habitable planets can exist around a red dwarf of this nature.  I do not know either.  I personally believe that the stellar nursery for evolving intelligence’s is around one or both of the two inner stars.

Discovered World around Proxima Centauri

In 25 August of  2016, an anonymous source from the ESO told German publication Der Spiegel the discovery is the closest habitable planet to Earth, orbits Proxima Centauri. The sources leaked news that the European Southern Observatory (ESO) had spotted an alien world orbiting Proxima Centauri. This was later confirmed by an Guardian article that stated that a planet was indeed found.

Habitable zone for Proxima Centauri.
Here is a graphic representation of the habitable zone of Proxima Centauri. While the star is very small, slightly larger than earth, the heat and light creates a habitable zone where the discovered planet Proxima Centauri b occupies.

Thought to be at least 1.3 times the mass of the Earth, the planet lies within the so-called “habitable zone” of the star Proxima Centauri, meaning that liquid water could potentially exist on the newly discovered world. Named Proxima b, the new planet has sparked a flurry of excitement among astrophysicists, with the tantalising possibility that it might be similar in crucial respects to Earth.

“There is a reasonable expectation that this planet might be able to host life, yes,”

-Guillem Anglada-Escudé, co-author of the research from Queen Mary, University of London.

Taking 11.2 days to travel around Proxima Centauri, the planet orbits at just 5% of the distance separating the Earth and the sun. But, researchers say, the planet is still within the habitable zone of its star because Proxima Centauri is a type of red dwarf known as an M dwarf – a smaller, cooler, dimmer type of star than our yellow dwarf sun.

Planetary Evolution of Proxima b

While Proxima b is today in the so-called “habitable zone” of its star, where surface oceans may exist, it has not always been the case. Its star has evolved differently from solar-type stars, and its brightness has decreased over time. Early in its history, the planet received a much greater flux of energy. The planet we see today has changed much during it’s evolution.

During the early “hot phase”, when the star was young and planets were newly formed, water was vaporized into a thick atmosphere exposed to high-energy radiation from its star. Proxima, like most red dwarfs, is very active and the planet is exposed to more X-ray and extreme-UV radiation than Earth. The combination of these two factors, vaporization of the water and strong exposure to high-energy radiation and particles, generates evaporation from the atmosphere to space and erosion of the water content.

What we need to do is characterize the radiation spectrum of the star in the range from X-rays to the UV in order to estimate the atmospheric losses over time.  That will enable us to determine whether the water reservoir and the atmosphere could survive this early “hot phase” of this planet’s formation. The current fate of Proxima b depends on the amount of water and gas the planet inherited during its formation, which was very different from that of the Earth. We do not know if b Proxima began its history with more or less water than Earth and the planet could still possess a thick atmosphere and oceans despite early atmospheric losses.

Possible climates of Proxima b

Scientists have exploring a broad variety of atmospheric compositions and water inventories possible under different scenarios for this planet. To achieve this theoretical exploration, the scientists used a 3D climate model similar to those used to study the Earth’s climate but especially developed for exoplanets and including all the relevant characteristics of the Proxima system.

At the short orbital distance of Proxima b, strong tidal forces exerted by the star allow only two possible rotations for the planet.

  1. In the first case the planet is synchronous, its rotation period is equal to its orbital period (11.2 days) and it always presents the same face to its star.
  2. In the second case the planet rotates 3 times every 2 orbits (3:2 spin-orbit resonance, like Mercury), a situation that can arise if the orbit is slightly eccentric (which is possible but not yet determined).

In all cases, Proxima b should not have seasons because tidal forces cancel the obliquity, bringing the equator on the planet’s orbital plane. Numerical simulations show that liquid water is possible for a wide range of atmospheric compositions. Depending on the rotation period and the amount of greenhouse gases, water may be present over the surface of the planet only in the sunniest regions: that is to say in the area facing permanently the star in the synchronous case and in a tropical belt in the asynchronous case.

Synchronous rotation model for Proxima b.
A numerical simulation of possible surface temperatures on Proxima b in the Alpha Centauri solar system.

In a simulation of surface temperature for synchronous rotation, without taking into account various weather or oceanic effects, we can see that one side of the planet would be cold with temperatures averaging around -30C. While the other side would be comfortably warm, with temperatures somewhere within the comfort limits for humans.

Asynchronous rotation model.
Asynchronous rotation model for Proxima b in the Alpha Centauri solar system. It is the same as above but for the case of the planet trapped in the 3:2 resonance (3 rotations of the planet for every revolution around the star).

In the asynchronous rotation model, we can visualize a cooler planet. It would be rather cold world-wide, with average temperatures that would prefer snow and ice, with enough variation to permit freezing and thawing activities.

Note that subsurface (underground) liquid water can also provide habitable conditions (similar to Jupiter’s moon Europa in the Solar System). However, such biosphere would not allow for remote detection from Earth. If liquid water is present at the surface, biological photosynthesis is possible and its affects the entire planetary environment so that it can potentially be observable from interstellar distances.

How water factors in the synchronous model for Proxima b.
Here is the synchronous rotation model for Proxima b depending on the availability of water. The earth is shown for comparison. We lie comfortably in the middle of the “blue zone”.

non synchronous rotation model based on water availability
Here is the non-synchronous rotation model of Proxima b adjusted for carbon dioxide content and water availability.

Seeing the planet

It is possible that soon, certain telescopes could see this planet.  In particular the 39-m ESO E-ELT whose construction just began in Chile. This large telescope will actually “see” the world by separating it from its star, something that is feasible today only for some newly formed gas giant planets. These observations will tell us whether Proxima b has water, an atmosphere and a habitable climate.

A tentative step to explore potential climate of Proxima b

Published in leading scientific journal, Astronomy & Astrophyics, on Tuesday, May 16th 2017, a group of scientists explored the potential climate of the planet, towards the longer term goal of revealing whether it has the potential to support life.

Using the state-of-the-art Met Office Unified Model, which has been successfully used to study the Earth’s climate for several decades, the team simulated the climate of Proxima b if it were to have a similar atmospheric composition to our own Earth. The team also explored a much simpler atmosphere, comprising of nitrogen with traces of carbon dioxide, as well as variations of the planets orbit. This allowed them to both compare with, and extend beyond, previous studies.

Crucially, the results of the simulations showed that Proxima b could have the potential to be habitable, and could exist in a remarkably stable climate regime. However, of course this comes with a statement that the study is preliminary and based on what little data we now have.  They argue, correctly I must add, that much more work must be done to truly understand whether this planet can support, or indeed does support life of some form.

Their paper can be referenced:

"Exploring the climate of Proxima B with the Met Office Unified Model" by Ian Boutle, Nathan Mayne, Benjamin Drummond, James Manners, Jayesh Goyal, Hugo lambert, David Acreman and Paul Earnshaw is published in Astronomy & Astrophyics. Found at https://phys.org/news/2017-05-scientists-tentative-explore-potential-climate.html#jCp

Dr Ian Boutle, lead author of the paper explained:

"Our research team looked at a number of different scenarios for the planet's likely orbital configuration using a set of simulations. As well as examining how the climate would behave if the planet was 'tidally-locked' (where one day is the same length as one year), we also looked at how an orbit similar to Mercury, which rotates three times on its axis for every two orbits around the sun (a 3:2 resonance), would affect the environment."

Dr James Manners, also an author on the paper added:

"One of the main features that distinguishes this planet from Earth is that the light from its star is mostly in the near infra-red. These frequencies of light interact much more strongly with water vapour and carbon dioxide in the atmosphere which affects the climate that emerges in our model."

Using the Met Office software, the Unified Model, the team found that both the tidally-locked and 3:2 resonance configurations result in regions of the planet able to host liquid water. However, the 3:2 resonance example resulted in more substantial areas of the planet falling within this temperature range. Additionally, they found that the expectation of an eccentric orbit, could lead to a further increase in the “habitability” of this world.

Dr Nathan Mayne, scientific lead on exoplanet modelling at the University of Exeter and an author on the paper added:

"With the project we have at Exeter we are trying to not only understand the somewhat bewildering diversity of exoplanets being discovered, but also exploit this to hopefully improve our understanding of how our own climate has and will evolve."

A Hypothesized World around Proxima Centauri

The TV documentary “Alien Worlds” hypothesized that a life-sustaining planet could (possibly) exist in orbit around Proxima Centauri or other (similar)red dwarfs stars. The validity of this documentary is in question, but I present it for the reader to come to their own conclusions.

By calculation, such a planet would lie within the habitable zone of Proxima Centauri, about 0.023–0.054 AU from the star, and would have an orbital period of 3.6–14 days .   Obviously, a planet orbiting within this zone will experience tidal locking to the star, so that Proxima Centauri moves little in the planet’s sky, and most of the surface experiences either day or night perpetually. However, we do not know how this effect would be mitigated through the presence of an atmosphere.  In fact, the presence of an atmosphere could serve to redistribute the energy from the star-lit side to the far side of the planet.

Possibility of Humanoid Habitability

There’s been lots of speculation about the little world known as Proxima Centauri b since astronomers announced its discovery.

With a minimum mass of 1.3 Earths, the exoplanet orbits its star at roughly one-tenth the distance that Mercury loops the Sun. Yet because Proxima Centauri is a red M dwarf (the runts of the stellar litter) this total lack of personal space puts the world in the star’s putative habitable zone, the region where, given an Earth-like atmosphere and rocky composition, there’s the right amount of incoming starlight to sustain liquid surface water.

The Basics

What qualifies an extrasolar planet as being earth-like and hence a possible haven for life? First, a planet must orbit in a star’s habitable zone. The habitable zone is the narrow region around a star in which the possibility of liquid water, thought essential for life, can exist. If a planet orbits its star closer than the habitable zone, the planet’s surface likely is too hot for liquid water to exist. If the planet orbits farther away, the planet’s surface probably will be too cold for liquid water. The distance of the habitable zone from a particular star depends upon the star’s temperature and brightness.

While being in the habitable zone is a necessary condition for life, it is not a sufficient condition. A planet also must have the proper kind of atmosphere. Planets that are too small lack gravity to hold on to much of an atmosphere. This is the situation of Mercury, Mars, and the earth’s moon. Without a significant atmosphere to provide pressure that can contain water, liquid water cannot exist. But if a planet is too large, its much greater gravity tends to hold onto the wrong kind of atmosphere. This is the situation of Jupiter and the other three Jupiter-like planets in the solar system. What constitutes a wrong atmosphere? There are several ways that an atmosphere can go awry.

Some gases are directly hostile to life. If they are in abundance, polyatomic gases can be harmful indirectly. Polyatomic gases have three or more atoms in their molecules. Polyatomic gases block infrared (IR) radiation. IR radiation sometimes is called heat radiation, because many objects cool by emitting IR radiation. For instance, at night the ground emits IR radiation to lose heat that it absorbed from the sun during the day. Polyatomic gases block IR radiation, preventing this cooling. This is similar to how a greenhouse holds in heat, so polyatomic gases sometimes are called greenhouse gases in this context. Water vapor is the most significant greenhouse gas in the earth’s atmosphere. That is why the temperature remains warm on humid nights, but the temperature can plunge during nights when the humidity is low. Carbon dioxide (CO2) is another greenhouse gas that can hold in heat. This is the basis for concern about global warming and climate change due to increased output of CO2 by human sources since the industrial revolution. The planet Venus has an atmosphere that is much denser than the earth’s atmosphere, and its atmosphere is dominated by CO2. This results in an extremely hot surface temperature on Venus. Clearly, a planet similar to Venus is hostile to life.

Contrast this to earth’s atmosphere that is dominated by diatomic gases, gases having two atoms per molecule. The major component (78%) of earth’s atmosphere is nitrogen (N2). This gas is inert, merely providing bulk to the atmosphere. Much of the remainder of the earth’s atmosphere (21%) is oxygen (O2), the substance that is essential for human and animal life. Greenhouse gases make up far less than 1% of the earth’s atmosphere. This small amount of greenhouse gases is ideal in that it holds in some, but not all, heat at night. This provides a modestly warm, but not hot, atmosphere. Astrobiologists, scientists who study the possibility of life elsewhere in the universe, recognize the ideal nature of the earth’s atmosphere. They reckon that the best hope for finding life elsewhere is on a planet with an atmosphere similar to earth’s atmosphere.

If a planet orbits in the habitable zone of a star, but is too small to have any significant atmosphere, it is deemed non-earth-like. On the other hand, if a planet orbiting in the habitable zone of a star is too massive, it almost certainly will have an atmosphere similar to Jupiter or perhaps even Venus, and it too is deemed non-earth-like.

How does the new exoplanet Proxima Centauri b stack up?

As previously mentioned, it orbits in Proxima Centauri’s habitable zone. However, the star Proxima Centauri is much smaller, less massive, and cooler than the sun. Hence, its habitable zone is much smaller than the sun’s habitable zone. Proxima Centauri b orbits just 1/20 the earth’s distance from the sun. Rather than orbiting once each 365 days as the earth does, Proxima Centauri b’s orbital period is a mere 11.2 days. The minimum mass of the planet is 1.3 times that of the earth. Since this is a minimum mass, the actual mass could be greater. This mass range almost assures that Proxima Centauri b has an atmosphere. If Proxima Centauri b’s mass is close to the minimum mass, then there is some chance that its atmosphere may have the properties similar to earth’s atmosphere, but this is not guaranteed.

But even if Proxima Centauri b has an atmosphere with composition similar to earth’s atmosphere, there are other problems. Orbiting so closely to its star, Proxima Centauri b is expected to experience tidal locking so that it rotates synchronously. That is, the planet probably orbits with one side facing Proxima Centauri. The side of the planet that always faces the star is probably far too hot for living things, while the side that is perpetually in darkness is likely too cold. Only in a ring near where the star is always up but not too high above the horizon could there be conditions suitable for life.

Depending on how planetary magnetic fields are generated, tidal locking might have dampened any nascent magnetic field that Proxima Centauri b had. This is significant, because red dwarfs like Proxima Centauri are prone to harmful radiation. The earth’s magnetic field protects the earth’s atmosphere from the flow of charged particles from the sun (the solar wind).

Without this protection, charged particles from the sun would eventually strip earth of its atmosphere. The amount of the solar wind is directly related to the strength of the sun’s magnetic field. For instance, flares and coronal mass ejections (both related to the sun’s magnetic field) greatly increase the solar wind. Presumably, a star’s wind is related to its magnetic field too. Proxima Centauri’s magnetic field is hundreds of times stronger than the sun’s magnetic field, suggesting that its stellar wind is far greater than the solar wind. Red dwarfs, such as Proxima Centauri b, are prone to flares and probably experience coronal mass ejections greater than the sun does.

Furthermore, being only 1/20 as far from its star, for a given level of stellar wind, Proxima Centauri b would experience 400 times as much damage as the earth does. Therefore, even with some protection of stripping by stellar wind from any magnetic field that it might have, Proxima Centauri b probably cannot protect its atmosphere.

So even if Proxima Centauri b initially had an atmosphere, it probably lost it. Without an atmosphere, life if not possible. Finally, the increased level of activity of the star Proxima Centauri and Proxima Centauri b’s close proximity to it likely causes the planet to experience far higher levels of ultraviolet and X-ray fluxes than the earth does. These radiations are harmful to life.

A Desert World- Edward Guinan (Villanova University) Opinion

Before they become full-fledged, hydrogen-fusing stars, the smallest red dwarfs spend a few hundred million years contracting. During this stage, they’re much brighter than they will be during their adult years, by roughly a factor of 50, said Edward Guinan (Villanova University) during a session on January 4th. Furthermore, young M stars shoot out gads of X-ray and ultraviolet radiation — roughly 100 times as much in X-ray and 10 to 20 times as much in UV as those dwarfs as old as the Sun.

Adding insult to injury, these young stars unleash dangerous flares, and if an orbiting world has a weak or nonexistent global magnetic field, the star’s winds could tear the atmosphere off the planet. “If you have a weak magnetic field, you’re done for,” Guinan said. “There’s really no way to survive.”

All these factors put together mean that, in Proxima Centauri’s earliest days, its habitable zone was farther out than it is now. If the exoplanet formed where it currently resides (in the modern habitable zone), then the world “underwent a living hell in its early 300 to 400 million years,” Guinan said.

For the past decade, Guinan and his team have been pursuing a project called Living with a Red Dwarf. They’re amassing data on all the small, cool M dwarfs within about 30 light-years of Earth, trying to understand their rotation rates, starspottiness, ages, and more. Given what they’ve learned from that work, Proxima Centauri b is most likely a desert world in their opinion.

A Venus-Like World – Victoria Meadows (University of Washington) Opinion

Victoria Meadows (University of Washington), who presented in the same session, has come to the same conclusion. She and her colleagues considered different potential atmospheres and ran simulations to determine how the exoplanet might look today, about 5 billion years after its formation. They determined that, if there were surface water, the incoming radiation likely would have evaporated most or all of it. And since water is made of oxygen and hydrogen, and hydrogen is more easily yanked from a planet’s gravitational grasp, the process could have built up a large, oxygen-rich atmosphere. A carbon dioxide–rich, Venus-like atmosphere is another possibility.

A Mercury-like World -University of Göttingen in Germany

Proxima b is also pretty darn close to its star. Where Earth is 93 million miles from the sun on average, Proxmia b and its star are just 4 million miles apart—5 percent as far. Because red dwarfs are so much cooler than our Sun, the planet can be this close without getting charred to a crisp.

Yet this proximity could cause two problems. First, Proxima b is likely to be tidally locked, meaning the same face of the planet always faces the star. It’s like the way the same side of the moon always faces the Earth. (However, a thick enough atmosphere could keep the world twirling.)

Tidally locked planets were once regarded as inhospitable to life — baked too hot on the star-facing side, and freezing cold on the dark side. But recent research suggests that such worlds may indeed be habitable; winds in their atmospheres could distribute heat, smoothing out temperature extremes.

Second, depending on how and when Proxima b was formed, early blasts of stellar radiation could have blown away much or most of Proxima b’s hypothetical atmosphere. That said,

"none of this excludes the possibility of an atmosphere and water, it all depends on the history of the stellar system," .

An Ocean World -Marseille Astrophysics Laboratory

The entire surface of Proxima b — the possibly Earth-like planet orbiting the closest star to the sun, Proxima Centauri — may be covered in a liquid ocean, according to a new study.

While there is still much to learn about the solar system’s newfound neighbor, previous research found that Proxima b has two key features in common with Earth: it orbits within the habitable zone of its star — meaning it could have the right surface temperature to allow for the presence of liquid water— and it has a mass 1.3 times that of Earth.

Using this information, a team led by researchers at the Marseille Astrophysics Laboratory in France, developed different models to help discover what the conditions might be like on the rocky exoplanet, according to a statement from NASA.

The new findings suggest Proxima b could have a large liquid ocean covering its entire surface and stretching 124 miles (200 kilometers) deep, as well as a thin gas atmosphere much like that found on Earth. These features favor the planet’s potential for supporting life, according to the statement.

Scientists have proposed different ideas about Proxima b’s composition and surface conditions, and the new models provide more information that could help inform those ideas, NASA officials said in the statement. Some of those ideas…

 "involve a completely dry planet, while others permit the presence of a significant amount of water in its composition,"

Using the planet’s known mass (1.3 times that of Earth), the authors of the research simulated different potential compositions for Proxima b and then estimated the radius of the planet for each of those scenarios. The study revealed that Proxima b could have a radius anywhere between 0.94 and 1.4 times that of Earth, according to the NASA statement.

For one of the potential composition models, the researchers found Proxima b may be an “ocean planet” similar to some of the icy moons around Jupiter and Saturn that harbor subsurface oceans. In this water-world scenario, the planet would have a radius of 5,543 miles (8,920 km), which is 1.4 times the radius of Earth. It would be composed of about 50 percent rock and 50 percent water. The pressure beneath this massive, deep ocean would be so strong that a layer of high-pressure ice would form, according to the NASA statement.

Another model developed in the study suggests Proxima b would have an internal composition similar to the planet Mercury, with a minimum radius of 3,722 miles (5,990 km), or 0.94 times the radius of the Earth. In this scenario, the planet would be incredibly dense, with a metal core accounting for 65 percent of the planet’s mass. The rest of the planet would be composed of a rocky silicate mantle, and liquid water oceans accounting for less than 0.05 percent of the planet’s mass (similar to that seen on Earth), according to the statement.

However, ultraviolet and X-rays from Proxima Centauri could leave the water on Proxima b prone to evaporation. To account for this, the researchers also calculated the radius of Proxima b with a completely dry composition.

"Future observations of Proxima Centauri will refine this study,"

Alternative viewpoints

Alternatively, Proxima Centauri b might indeed be habitable if it started out with a protective, hydrogen-rich envelope, or if it formed farther from the star — and thus farther from the deadly radiation — and then migrated to its current, close position. Forming farther out would also be good for its chances for water, because ices are more prevalent in the outer reaches of planet-forming disks: the little world might then have had a repository of ice that, when it scooted in closer to the M dwarf, melted into seas.

Assuming it’s rocky, that is: astronomers only have a minimum mass for the exoplanet. It could instead be like Uranus and Neptune.

Summary of Opinions

Well, it seems like everyone has an opinion of what planet Proxima b is like…

  • A Desert World– Edward Guinan (Villanova University) Opinion
  • A Venus-Like World – Victoria Meadows (University of Washington) Opinion
  • A Mercury-like World -University of Göttingen in Germany
  • An Ocean World -Marseille Astrophysics Laboratory

How about we just simply say that it could be just about anything because at this time, we simply don’t have enough information to make any reasonable guesses.

Reports of Extraterrestrial Life

You will often find all sorts of reports regarding life around the more commonly known stars.  This Alpha Centauri system is one of the most commonly bantered about names.  Most of which that is stated is complete nonsense.  Nothing that I remember, repeated anything that verified or confirmed any of the reports that you come across on the Internet.

But, then again, that doesn’t mean anything, either.

Herein, I provide some testimonials that I have gathered for your own personal investigations.  I neither support them, nor disparage them.  I place them here for the enjoyment of the reader.  It is not an exhaustive nor a complete listing.

Alex Collier

Alex Collier claims the Alpha Centaurians are one of the races visiting the Earth.  Though which star (which one of the three, I wonder?) their home world surrounds is never discussed.  This is a serious omission and indicates the true extent of the report.

Elizabeth Klarer

An interesting testimony supporting the presence of the Alpha Centaurians is Elizabeth Klarer.  She had high level responsibilities within the British military to monitor UFO reports. Apparently she was contacted by the Alpha Centaurians and eventually taken to Alpha Centauri for a few months to have a child fathered by the Alpha Centaurian, Akon. (!) That’s a pretty large responsibility!

“(The Alpha Centaurians) …are from the one civilization… of seven planets. But they are preparing other planets for human habitation in the system of Vega.  Vega is a young blue-white waxing star.”

-Elizabeth Klarer

Really? Vega. Oh my goodness!

Her testimony is quite interesting, but I do doubt every single word of it.  If the inhabitants of Alpha Centauri really wanted to emigrate to another planet, they would naturally choose one that was similar to their own environment, and closer to them.  Vega does not, in the least, fit this baseline criteria.  Anyways, what do I really know?  She might be telling the truth, though I really do doubt it.

Read more;

“The ship is created in space from pure light energy into substance, and it takes naturally the celestial form. They then bring her to the surface of the planet and construct the interior. But the whole skin of the ship is created in space in order that this atomic structure of the skin of the ship is conducive to energizing. That’s how you get the power and the different colors.”

-Elizabeth Klarer on how their spacecraft are manufactured.

Read more;

“They are human but taller, better looking, more considerate and gentle; not aggressive and violent. They dress and eat more simply and are still young at an age of 2000 years of Earth time. Their star is not so violent. Our sun is a variable and produces rather harsh radiation which affects the skin, ages one, and can be dangerous. They wear simpler and less clothing made out of silk. Silk is beautiful and comfortable next to the skin. Everything is free and you can pick out your own clothes at a silk farm. There is an abundance of everything. No money or barter system is necessary.”

-Elizabeth Klarer on what they look like and their society

Read more;

“It is similar in size to Earth, a little larger, covered with vast seas, and the lands are islands, not continents. Climate is beautiful, under control, and in fact, is really a utopia. They have everything they want. They are not only thousands of years ahead technologically from us, but are also spiritually very advanced.”

-Elizabeth Klarer on their “home” planet (yet she states elsewhere that they have seven planets that they occupy).

Read more;

“There are no politics, law, or the monetary system. Medicine is a scientific activity and not required for health since they are all in perfect health. Their way of thinking is quite different from what most people over here would understand. They are a loving, gentle and constructive people. Everyone industriously does their work which they like doing most. There is no need for law; there is no crime or police. Everyone is free and has a code of ethics. They constantly create beauty around them and in general there is complete harmony. Their homes are lovely. You can see from the inside out; the material is transparent one way. Regarding pets, they love their birds, in particular, and there is telepathic communication with them. Predatory animals are kept on a different planet.”

-Elizabeth Klarer on their society.

Sorry.  I do not believe any of this. But then, no one believes a word that I have to say either. Maybe she knows something that I don’t know. It’s very possible, don’t you know. However, while I am sure that she is a really nice lady, I will keep to myself and simply state that I don’t believe her.

Unknown woman under hypnosis in 1957

The alleged entity spoke through a woman being examined under hypnosis by a team of California psychologists. The entity claimed that he was an extraterrestrial being from a planet in the Alpha Centauri star system. The details of the entity’s self-description given during interview sessions lasting seven years — beginning form 1957 — were revealed in a book titled Hands: The True Account. A Hypnotic Subject Reports on Outer Space, published in 1976 by California psychologists Margaret Williams and Lee Gladden.

Hands claimed to be a huge extraterrestrial being with dome-shaped body and eight hands — hence the name “Hands.” He also revealed the existence of another alien race, the Cenos aliens, from a planet orbiting Proxima Centuari.

The Cenos aliens, according to Hands, were 8-8.5 feet tall humanoid beings with multiple hearts. They were five times stronger than normal humans, according to Hands. Cenos aliens have no need for sleep, suffer no diseases and have a life span of about 120 years. They have elongated skulls, big hands, and skins with huge pores. Alien folklore also describes them as spacefaring beings that wear grey spacesuits and helmets. They travel in spaceships that look like a “spinning tape recorder.”

This is interesting.

Al Bielek

An alleged former employee of the covert Montauk and Philadelphia projects, Al Bielek, discussed a number of extraterrestrials including the Alpha Centaurians.  Bielek’s testimony is perhaps one of the most bizarre and controversial cases in UFO research.

“There are shuttles regularly from this planet to Alpha Centauri 4 which by agreement is a safe haven for people wanted by the U.S. Government. There’s a treaty. It takes about 12 hours to get them. “

-Al Bielek

For the record, in comment to the quote above; there is no “Alpha Centauri 4”.  This is a trinary system.  The solar system consists of three individual solar systems.  As far as I know, there are no planets in orbit around all three stars at once.  (That would be one very large orbit!)  If there were, it would be in the surrounding oort cloud, and would be a very, very cold place.

On the other hand, perhaps this individual is telling the truth but is completely ignorant of the physics of space.  That too is a possibility.  But that being said, I highly doubt that he was ever a member of MAJestic.  We are all compartmentalized.  We get one posting; one specialty; one task.  I had one task. Now I’m doing this. Meh.  That was it.

Yet, this individual claims multiple tasking; “Montauk” and “Philadelphia project” (plus numerous other revelations…).  I just do not believe it.  Not at all.  Even if he was in a high level management position, he would not at all discuss the matters like he does.

That is simply because how you discuss events relative to MAJestic is government by your specialty.  A management level personage relates “high level” events in grand terms, with an omission toward specific details.  A lower level person can relate great details but without the framework of relevance and significance.

Nursery for evolving intelligence’s

This system is like our solar system in that it is also a [1] nursery for evolving intelligence’s.  It is also [2] under galactic federation jurisdiction and [3] under  supervision, with [4] assistance from another group of extraterrestrials.   The details on the extent of all of this participation is unknown.  This implies and mandates a stable habitable planet that could sustain such life forms.  Somehow I believe that some of the other evolving intelligence’s in our nearby region have visited us as part of their outward growth experiences.  But who they are and what they look like is beyond my experience.

For whatever reason, I have a “feeling” that the nursery contains life forms that are ahead of humans technologically.  I cannot explain WHY I have this feeling.  It is probably bullshit.

Takeaways

  • The Alpha Centauri solar system is a physically nearby system.
  • It consists of three stars that all fit the preferred profile for habitability for sentience creatures such as ourselves.
  • A planet has be “discovered” around Proxima Centauri. It has been named Proxima b.
  • Many people who are involved with “UFO’s” and “extraterrestrial contacts” claim some degree of association with this system.
  • This solar system is also considered to be a sentience nursery, much like our solar system is. As such, it implies native evolved sentient life of some sort.

FAQ

Q: How many planets are around Alpha Centauri?
A: This is unknown. Generally, we consider planets to orbit a star, a planet or a point in space. We do know that one of the stars in the solar system, Proxima Centauri has a planet orbiting it. We are presently unaware of any other planets orbiting either Alpha Centauri A, Alpha Centauri B, Proxima Centauri, or the entire Alpha Centauri system as a whole. I am sure that this will change in time.

Q: What is Proxima Centauri b like?
A: No one knows. Scientists have looked at what we do know about this planet and have presented their theories and ideas. In short, there is no general consensus at this time. It could be anything from a super hot world like Venus, to a frozen and lifeless world like Mercury, to a habitable ocean world. Nobody knows.

Q: Have you ever been to Alpha Centauri?
A: Heavens no! As far as I know, I have never been outside of our solar system.

Q: What is a sentience nursery?
A: It is a protected and policed area that is set up to allow emerging intelligence’s to develop their sentience’s and technology. The ability to leave the nursery is very restricted, and it will not be permitted to occur until the bulk of the (targeted) intelligent life achieves a majority stake in some type of sentience. Once this happens, the species is earmarked for genetic reconstruction so that it can fit into a galactically approved soul archetype.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

The Mystery of the Bronze Bell encased within a Block of Coal

The world around us is fascinating and very interesting. Many times we have discovered things that expand our horizons and our way of thinking. Each and every time that we see something that is new, strange or unusual we should pay attention to it. That is how we grow.

Only fools try to fit everything into a narrow prepackaged reality that explains everything away in a nice neat wrapper.

When we encounter “impossible” realities, we actually really need to pay attention to what we discover. For the knowledge of what we find, and the resulting theories can greatly expand and increase our knowledge of the world around us. We need to take a good hard look at OOPARTS and study them in detail.

With this in mind, let’s take some time to investigate a seemingly impossible item; a brass hand-bell found within a lump of coal some 300 million years old. Let’s look at it in some detail so that we can try to figure out a little bit more about our life and the history that surrounds us…

Introduction

In 1944, world war II was not yet over. The Germans were taking a beating in Russia and the Japanese armies were still strong and fighting. Back home, people rationed their food, and saved up “for the war effort”. In a small town in West Virginia, a ten year old boy, named Newton Anderson dropped a lump of coal when he was getting it from his basement. (In those days, homes were heated by coal furnaces in the basements, and they were fed from a “coal chute” nearby.) The chunk of coal broke in half. To his surprise he found that it contained an object inside. The object was a diminutive sized hand-bell made out of bronze.

The mysterious bell with hand to show comparative sizes.
When the block of coal was cracked open, this bell fell out of it. Finding things in blocks of coal has a WELL KNOWN history in Western Virginia and Pennsylvania. I myself have even found things encased within blocks of coal, though they were mostly junk like pieces of rod, screws and nails. My old tipple supervisor had a collection of objects that resembled tiny oil lamps, metal “teakettle lids” and tiny cups.

Where Found

Minging community in West Virgina.
Here is a typical mining community in West Virginia. It should be well understood that working under the earth and mining coal is not something where casual contemporaneous junk can find their way into the ore that is mined.

The bituminous coal that was mined near his house in Upshur County West Virginia. The mine where it was obtained has been dated by geologists to be about 300 million years old.

Location of Upshur county in West Virginia.
The location of Upshur county in West Virginia. It is here, in the mountains of West Virginia that coal has been mined that possess “impossible” OOPART objects.

Age

"...300 million years ago and was a funky time that saw relatives of club mosses grow to the size of trees while insects also reached comparatively gigantic proportions due to the higher-than-modern oxygen concentration."

-Arstechnica

We are forced to date this object from the coal that it was reported to come from. There just simply isn’t any other way to date this object. We must rely on the reported statements from the discoverer of the hand-bell.

Coal is formed by the compression and decay of plant life. Under heat and pressure, due to the typical weight of tons of earth, plant residue squeezes together and forms coal. Obviously, the bell was buried inside a huge pile of organic plant life and over the millions of years found itself encased inside a block of coal.

Coal fields exist all through West Virginia and Pennsylvania.

Coal fields of West Virgina.
The coal fields of West Virginia and Pennsylvania. It is a wide belt of land that contains coal of different sulfur content.

A study of the region clearly points to the coal being of “Pennsylvanian” geologic structure. This does not mean that the rock grew some legs and walked South from Pennsylvania. Rather it refers to the date when the primary geologic landforms were created.

Here is a map of the geology of West Virgina. Obviously, Upshur county is smack dab in the middle of Pennsylvanian geology.

Geology of West Virgina.
Here is a geologic map of West Virgina. Note that the vast bulk of the geology is described as “Pennsylvanian” in nature and origination.

Here is what Britannica has to say about this time period;

Pennsylvanian Subperiod, second major interval of the Carboniferous Period, lasting from 323.2 million to 298.9 million years ago. The Pennsylvanian is recognized as a time of significant advance and retreat by shallow seas. Many nonmarine areas near the Equator became coal swamps during the Pennsylvanian.

-Britannica.com

This was an interesting time for certain.

  • 323.2 to 298.9 million years ago.
  • The retreat of shallow seas enabled lush plant growth.
  • The geographic area was on the equator during this time.
  • Those areas above the water became the coal fields that we mine today.
  • This was a period of time long before dinosaurs, let alone humans.
  • There were some small lizards, but for the most part the dominant (land-based) lifeforms were insects.
The major forms of life at this time were the arthropods (insects). Due to the high levels of oxygen, arthropods were far larger than modern ones. Arthropleura, a giant millipede relative, was a common sight and the giant dragonfly Meganeura "flew the skies".

-Wikipedia

The Dominant Life

During this period of time, the world was warm, lush and semi-tropical. The plant life was simple, with ferns and other plants that looked like bamboo strands. The planet had a far higher percentage of oxygen in the air than what we have today. This larger quantity of oxygen permitted the creatures to grow to enormous size.

The reason all that oxygen was present, by the way, is the vast burial of organic material before it could be eaten by oxygen-respiring organisms. And while oxygen rose, atmospheric CO2 fell, eventually leading to glacial conditions. It was a massive carbon-cycle experiment that mirrored our current one but with carbon moving in the opposite direction, from the atmosphere into the ground, where it formed the coal we’re now burning into atmospheric CO2.

-Why was most of the Earth's coal made all at once?

Personally, I would be afraid to live in this kind of environment. Can you imagine the mosquitoes, or cockroaches? Heck, a dragonfly would be able to bite off a thumb-sized chunk of skin off your arm! Yikes!

Big horse fly.
The insects were huge during the Pennsylvanian era. They flew above and fed on other insects. M. permiana, would have deserved the name “dragon.” It was probably the largest insect that ever lived: its wingspan could exceed two feet (60cm), and its body grew to nearly 17 inches (40 cm). M. permiana’s immense size has led researchers to think that it may have fed on animals as large as frogs and squirrels in order to sustain itself. The seas were filled with all sorts or marine life, but the land life was limited to insects and very small reptiles.

All the insects grew to enormous size. In fact, some that we know of were larger than many mammals. As in all cases, there are probably instances where there were much, much larger insects that we are unaware of simply because it is difficult to reconstruct history from invertebrates. However, what we do know, is indeed quite frightening!

Large Pennsylvanian creature.
Some creatures grew to enormous sizes. Arthropleura lived from the Carboniferous to the early Permian period (throughout what is now North America and Scotland) around 300 million years ago. These insects fed on the other insects and plant life during the Pennsylvanian era. Scientists aren’t exactly sure of this creatures diet. But even the modern giant centipede, which only reaches about ten inches (25 cm) in length, can prey on birds, snakes, and bats. Imagine the kind of prey a eight-foot-long version could bring down. This is the era where the OOPART bronze bell was found in. How could large insects make such a casting? Impossible it seems; just impossible.

The World was Quite Different

This was a long time ago. The earth was covered with water, and the planet was blessed with an enormous amount of oxygen and hot tropical temperatures.

Map of the Carboniferous era
Here is an estimation of how the earth was mapped out during the Pennsylvanian period. The overriding era was the Carboniferous period. It was from the coal and rocks that we have since hauled out from their imprisoned underground lairs that we have arrived at this strange OOPART object that resembles a bronze hand-bell.

The planet was mostly covered by large shallow oceans. The temperature was hot, moist and tropical (in the area where the bell was discovered). This was a period where there were all kinds of interesting sea life, but most land based life were yet to evolve. There were plants, and there were insects. There were some small reptiles, and snails. However, mammals were nonexistent.

It was a time that looked quite different than today.

Ancient earth during the Pennsylvania period.
The world was covered in thick simple forests, and hot shallow seas and inlets. Insects were everywhere and they grew to enormous sizes.

So, what did the earth look like? Yes it was different, it was warmer and the plants were quite different. Well, for starters, it smelled different. The plants didn’t apparently get much of a chance to decay like they do today, so the huge forests tended to pile up into a landscape of mush. There wasn’t any kind of forest floor like we see today. Instead it would be a soft and very thick bed of debris that would pile on top of each other over years.

The forest floor more realistically resembled a thick brush pile of leaves and plants that more resembled bamboo and ferns more than anything else. Beneath this pile was a thick and black oozy moist pile of sludge that was nearly impossible to walk through. Above was a thick canopy of fern leaves that towered high up into the sky.

So the reader should understand that the wooded forests and green areas more likely resembled a bog more than anything else. Everything was thick, moist and dank. Here would be swampy lands on the floors of the huge forests that populated the landmasses.

bog and swamp
This is a photo of a Louisiana bog / swamp. While there are hard and soft woods in this picture, the fact is that a large portion of the lands that are now part of West Virgina and Pennsylvania looked much like this 300 million years ago when the area was on the equator. The only difference is that the trees were more like ferns and bamboo strands.

There would be sunrises, and sunsets, of course, but the appearance of them would vary by the different atmospheric composition. It might have been a little hazier on the horizon, but perhaps clearer when you looked upwards. It would have been a very, and I do mean, very different environment.

The layout of the earth.
The world would not only look and feel differently that what we know of, but it would have a totally different shape as well. The contents would have a far different shape and over all appearance. It would be completely different to us.

Thus the Mystery

How can a bell be manufactured, and used at a time when the dominant lifeform on Earth were insects?

Thus we have an OOPART. It is an object that cannot be explained using our current understanding of history, science or mankind.

We are then faced with confronting some uncomfortable possibilities, one or more of the following should be considered;

  • The way we date things is wrong.
  • Our understanding of history and evolution is wrong.
  • Our assumptions on mankind and technology are wrong.
  • The assumption that man is the only and first intelligent life on earth is wrong.
  • The idea that insects were the highest most advanced form of life during the Pennsylvanian era is wrong.

Perhaps there are other solutions. These other solutions make us question everything that we know, and think that we know.

  • Is time travel possible?
  • What about dimensional travel, and possible cross-dimensional migration?

Now, there are always theories that might mitigate some of these ugly confrontations somewhat. For instance, we might believe that extraterrestrials transported non-native intelligent life to populate the earth during the Pennsylvanian era. Or, perhaps, we have underestimated just how intelligent large sized insects could become.

Regardless as to what theories one presents, we must confront the fact that the world, as we expect it to be, is all together something else entirely.

Item Description

With that being stated, maybe the object itself might shed some light on the mystery.

The reader should notice the overall construction of this object. Note that the handle grip on the bell does not match that of a contemporaneous hand. Instead, it is much smaller.

If one were to assume that, the handle grip was to match that of the hand of the user, than that would support the contention of a diminutive sized humanoid. One that was probably not much larger than a meter tall. Thus, we make the first discovery.

The user(s) of the bell were of small size and had small sized hands.

Figurine on the bell handle - front view.
Figurine that is on the handle of the hand-bell. It is a casting of a crude carving with elements that have been sawed, hacked or filed in place.

The reader should also note the figure at the hilt of the bell. This figure is depicted having two arms clasped together, and two legs spread apart (on one knee like a protesting football player). Note that the figure has what appear to be wings. The figure is dressed in a robe like garment that flows all the way to the ankles and feet.

How can this be? As we know, at this time, the only creatures that had wings were insects. There were no birds yet. There were no feathers.

"The evolution of birds began in the Jurassic Period, with the earliest birds derived from a clade of theropoda dinosaurs named Paraves."

-Wikipedia

Since the Jurassic period didn’t get started until 200 million years ago, this strange figurine and bell was manufactured some 100 million years before the first appearance of birds with feathers. At this time, the ONLY creatures that had wings were insects. Thus, we make our second important discovery;

The figurine possibly depicts an intelligent insect. As there were no birds, no feathers, and no wings at the time the bell was manufactured.

Why would someone want to make a brass hand-bell with an insect figurine on the handle? Either the person who made the bell was an insect themselves, and thus created a likeness of their ilk, or they “worshipped” or “honored” a large insect-like creature. (Much the same way that the Egyptians, Babylonians, and Chinese would honor deities of other species.)

Casting Bronze

Let’s take a look at the bell from the point of view of someone manufacturing it.

Certainly, the bell shape is balanced. Obviously, the mold that the bell came from was derived from a (Lost Wax) investment casting technique that utilized a bell shape that was (possibly) formed on a pottery wheel. This is no mean feat, as it implies that not only was the bell cast, but also that it was cast from a mold that utilized pre-made components of a degree of complexity.

Now, we tend to use a Lost-wax casting to make bronze parts like this bell. There is no reason not to use this technique. Here, the process is such that the object (in this case a bell with a small statue at the handle grip) is cast out of wax. In industry, today, the modern process is called investment casting.

It is a truly ancient practice. Today, the process varies from foundry to foundry, but the steps which are usually used in casting small bronze sculptures in a modern bronze foundry are generally standardized.

Typically a model of the object (the bell in this case) was made in clay. I strongly suspect that it was turned on a pottery wheel, and then other aspects of it were added, such as clay balls to form the handle, and a small clay figurine to adorn the end of the bell with.

This clay is permitted to dry and harden. Typically it could be left in the sun, or placed within a kiln to make the object hard and solid.

Then, a mold is created.

Lost Wax casting process
Lost Wax casting process © 2013, McGraw-Hill Higher Education. All rights reserved.

The mold is typically made by using a plaster that is wrapped around the hardened clay object. Once the plaster is permitted to dry, it is then carefully broken into halves, and the image of the cast bell (or object) is preserved intact. This plaster is now a “production mold” that can be used to create multiple objects. Of course, the material used to make this mold (such as plaster) can only be used a finite number of times.

Once a production mold is obtained, a wax is then cast from the mold.

For a hollow sculpture, a core is then cast into the void, and is retained in its proper location (after wax melting) by pins of the same metal used for casting.

One or more wax sprues are added to conduct the molten metal into the sculptures. These are nothing more than pathways for the liquid metal to pour into the mold with. These sprues typically directs the liquid metal from a pouring cup to the bottom of the cavity.

Typically, the mold is then filled from the bottom up in order to avoid splashing and turbulence. If you are not careful you will get imperfections that are the result of an uneven pour into the mold.

Lost Wax casting process.
The elements of the “Lost Wax” casting process. From left to right, an image is made out of clay and then the proper steps are followed to make it into the final cast part on the far right.

Additional sprues may be directed upward at intermediate positions, and various vents may also be added where gases could be trapped. (If you are not careful, it would look like tiny air ball or bubbles were in the casting.)

With this completed, the complete wax structure (and core, if previously added) is then invested in another kind of mold or shell, which is heated in a kiln until the wax runs out and all free moisture is removed. The investment is then soon filled with molten bronze. The removal of all wax and moisture prevents the liquid metal from being explosively ejected from the mold by steam and vapor.

Students of bronze casting will usually work in direct wax, where the model is made in wax, possibly formed over a core, or with a core cast in place, if the piece is to be hollow. If no mold is made and the casting process fails, the artwork will also be lost.

After the metal has cooled, the external ceramic/clay is chipped away, revealing an image of the wax form, including core pins, sprues, vents, and risers. All of these are removed with a saw and tool marks are polished away, and interior core material is removed to reduce the likelihood of interior corrosion. Incomplete voids created by gas pockets or investment inclusions are then corrected by welding and carving. Small defects where sprues and vents were attached are filed or ground down and polished.

In the case of the bell, it is obvious that this was done, as the cutting and filing marks are clearly visible on the “arms” of the figurine.

What this tells us is a interesting third point;

The bell was made by someone who had previously worked with bronze investment casting processes to some degree of proficiency.

Bell Clapper and Link

The bell clapper also indicates some rather interesting features as well. While the weighed ball is missing, the linkage is intact and indicates that a wire was NOT utilized to hold the ball in place. Instead, a specially designed link was used. That implies that wire, string or metal cords were not drawn and available at the time of manufacture. Instead, the link was formed by pouring the liquid metal into a long rectangular slot. Then allowed to cool, finally bent into the twisted shape shown.

Link inside the bronze OOPART bell.
The link that connects the clapper to the bell is quite interesting. It is a bent strip of bronze. This means that drawn wire was not available at the time of manufacture. This is quite telling.

The reader should note that the hook, which holds the link, is not in the center of the bell, but rather off to the side. The significance of this is unknown, but does seem to lend a degree of credence towards post molding assembly and the possibility of repair over long periods of utilization.

Considerations in Mold Fabrication

The reader should also take particular note to the overall construction of the figurine. While the bell, and handle were apparently molded from a clay mold, the figurine was not. It was apparently ground by file or abrasion into the shape that it was found in. No eyes were molded. No mouth was cast. Instead these facial features were filed off to the shape that it was found as.

Rear view of the figurine on the handle of the bronze bell.
This is the rear view of the figurine that is on the OOPART handle. Notice that the bird-like creature is kneeling on one foot, and it’s wings are extended.

Finally, while it is difficult to make out, the figurine wears a hat, or has it’s hair in a style at the top of it’s head. Further it’s face seems to possess facial features more resembling a beak or a pointy face rather than any kind of nose. These are curious features, and not without their own mysteries.

Material Composition

This strange and unique object stayed in the Anderson family for many years, until it was eventually purchased by another organization. The organization that purchased it was The Institute for Creation Research. They are an organization that searches for inquiry towards and support for creationism; the belief that humans are a product of the divine.

The Institute for Creation Research

Investigators for the organization had the bell submitted to the lab at the University of Oklahoma. There a nuclear activation analysis revealed that the bell contains an unusual mix of metals, different from any known modern alloy production (including copper, zinc, tin, arsenic, iodine, and selenium).

An unusual mixture tells us many things. Firstly, that this object was not made or cast from contemporaneous raw materials.

Secondly, that the object probably was cast from either a formula that had no known conventional human analog, or was cast by amateurs using whatever materials those they had on hand. (I tend to believe the second theory.) Given the construction, shape and appearance, it seems to be an early casting; one suggestive of a society in the early throes of metallurgy.

Manufacture

This object consists of three components. They are;

  • The bell
  • The link
  • The clapper

The bell was cast from a mold. The mold was made from a model that was turned on a lathe or formed on a pottery wheel. The details on the figurine on the handle was obtained by filing, clawing or other related abrasive activity.

The link was made out of a sheet of bronze. Long thin strips were cut out of the sheet. These strips were then bent into the necessary shape to form the link.

The clapper is missing. It is unknown what has happened to it.

Implications of Use & Purpose

Assuming that the dating methodology is correct, and that this object is exactly as it appears to be, what does that tell us? It tells us that intelligent, tool-forming humanoids, existed during the carboniferous period.

It tells us that they carved an image of what appears to be a winged bird with a beak onto a bell. Since we know that birds did not exist at the time of the manufacture of the bell, that the image is more likely that of a flying insect with a pointy shaped face.

Given the purpose and utility of a bell, one must assume that it is used to call, or signal for some purpose.

The construction techniques used implies an early metal working culture that was capable of pottery, molds, smelting, and blacksmithing. They possessed “bronze age” technology.

We believe that the creatures were of small stature, and given the time period, existing during the time of great lush forests and great diversification of life. (Compare the hand hilt on the bell. It is designed to fit a much smaller hand. Perhaps the hand of a person the size of a small juvenile female.)

One can easily imagine entire communities of individuals that (perhaps) farmed and were more agrarian in nature. There is really not much of need for hunter / gatherers to possess a bell make pottery, mine ores, smelt, or call groups of individuals together. Thus, one can imagine small communities connected by diminutive roads or trails in the dense lush forests. All of whom existed at this time in the area now known as West Virginia.

I posit that the remains of these communities; those which possessed metal fabrication technology, and whom farmed the land in the Carboniferous period now lie buried deep inside the earth. To discover them, one must dig down deep, deep inside the bowls of the earth.

Impossibilities

These points must be made clear to the reader. During the Carboniferous period were numerous humanoid communities. None of them were Homo Saipan. We did not evolve until 300 million years later (give or take 25,000 years). These communities evolved over time and thus the archeological records would transcribe various technological levels to the communities. We, for example, might discover primitive hand tools, pre-industrial metal fabrications, and industrial technology all within a one million year stratum. Indeed, that is identically what future archeologists would see of humankind. That is what we view today when we unearth the ruins and remains from the Carboniferous period.

The figurine on the bell compared to an insect.
Could the OOPART brass hand-bell actually represent a large human-sized insect? If the bell is not a hoax, and it actually did come from a block of coal, then this can be the only conclusion possible. Either that, of course, or we need to throw out all of what know about history and the sciences. If so, and it does actually represent a large insect or creature that wears clothes, then what is the actual significance? Other than to deify a creature?

Resembles the Mantidae

The image as depicted on the bell handle resembles an insect that we commonly refer to as Mantises. Contemporaneously, they are distributed worldwide in temperate and tropical habitats. They have triangular heads with bulging eyes supported on flexible necks. Their elongated bodies may or may not have wings, but all Mantodea have forelegs that are greatly enlarged and adapted for catching and gripping prey; their upright posture, while remaining stationary with forearms folded, has led to the common name praying mantis.

A triangular head is quite evident on the creature that is depicted on the bell handle.

Triangular head of a Mantis.
The mantis has a very well defined triangular shaped head with eyes at the far two corners of the triangle, with the mouth at the third corner.

Of course, the question must be asked why would anyone want to depict a small insect; a mantis like creature, wearing a robe, with wings outstretched, and hands in prayer. Unless that creature is man-sized, much larger than what we see around us today.

Mantis.
The most common structural feature of the Mantis is the triangular head. Perhaps that is why they are classified as they are. Perhaps.

Could, for what ever reason, the bell handle represent a large Mantid or insect resembling a Mantis? If so, why would it be depicted praying with clasped arms, spread out wings, on a knee, and wearing a robe? Could this bell represent a time substantially different from what we know of today; one where the insects are the dominant species?

Mantis 3
Another Mantis showing the very distinctive triangular head, hands that seem to be in prayer, and crouched as if on a knee. Curious, and worthy of consideration.

Could this be a Hoax?

Yes it could. That is always a possibility. If it is, then we must accept the idea that a ten year old boy constructed his bell himself, and for whatever reason chose not to announce to his parents that he made the bell himself. Instead he wanted to create a hoax.

DIY

Making your own parts is a fantastic DIY project. Nothing lasts like metal or stone does. Why not make a small statue for your friends? Heck, you can get a Barbie doll, or another doll-body and use that as your base object.

I would suggest an introductory kit for starters. Go to “Create a Cast” and make your own.

I like this kit because you design the sculpture at home, and mail it to them using the postage provided for in the kit. They then use their foundry to make your work of art. Pretty cool, huh?

Now, once you made one of two castings, and maybe you want to start doing the entire process yourself by investing in a furnace and the like, you can do so. But remember, you need to start somewhere. Here is a great starting point.

Takeaways

  • A brass hand-bell was found within a block of coal.
  • The only way that any item can be encased within coal is if it was placed there while the coal was still soft and wet organic material.
  • This dates the object to 300 million years ago.
  • Humans did not exist until around 25,000 years ago, and historic humans, not until 6,000 years ago.
  • Thus this item is an OOPART. It is an intelligently produced object that predates mankind.

FAQ

Q:  What is the OOPART bronze bell?
A: It is a hand-bell, made out of bronze, that was found within a block of coal in 1944. It is considered an OOPART because the manufacture of the bell predates mankind.

Q: What does the figurine tell us?
A: That the user of the bell placed some sort of significance on a winged (flying) creature that had a beak or triangular face, and possessed human-like attributes such as wearing clothing, kneeling, and clasping hands.

Q: Why is this important?
A: The acceptance of the age of this object strongly implies that a technological civilization existed on the earth 300 million years ago. This civilization might have had arms, legs, and other human attributes, but it was NOT human.

Q: If this bell was the product of an intelligent non-human race, 300 million years ago, then where are they now?
A: The human species has only been around for 25,000 years, and of that, only 6,000 years has been part of our recorded history. Proto-humans date back as far as 300,000 years. Thus we could argue that entire civilizations can come and go, replete with their proto-evolutionary forms at least three times (3x) every million years. If this is indeed the case, then we could theoretically have 300 x 3 = 900 separate intelligent non-human civilization develop independently on the earth long before we (as humans) ever gained sentience.

Q: Why are bells, especially hand-bells, made?
A: Typically, bells, especially hand-bells, are used to call and announce things. Secondary uses include religious gatherings and as musical instruments.

Q: Will we ever know the true story behind this OOPART object?
A: We probably will not ever know. However, that is just fine. Sometimes the purpose of an object is to create a mystery for us to follow and learn from. Personally, I would really welcome someone gifted with Psychometry to provide us some insight into this object.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Ben Ming Nian – The Twelve-Year Curse (本命年)

The Chinese have many beliefs. Often, we in the West, don’t understand their beliefs of traditions and dismiss them away as superstition. Yet, they really aren’t grounded in fantasy at all. They follow a belief or an understanding on how the universe works.

Let’s take a look at the Ben Ming Nian, or the twelve-year cycle of change…

Introduction

The Chinese believe that every twelve years, a person has a year of change and readjustment. Often this period can bring about some significant stress and discomfort if the person is not aware of what is going on or understands why this period is important.

This means, obviously, that when a person hits the Ben Ming Nian, that their lives will start to experience some changes. This will occur when they are twelve years old, twenty four years old, thirty six years old, forty eight years old, sixty years old, seventy two years old, and eighty four years old. Those who survive their eighty four year old birthday can look forward to a Ben Ming Nian at ninety six, and one hundred and eight years of age.

Red bracelet.
The Chinese have various traditions and superstitions in support of minimizing the negative influences of the Ban Ming Nian. Here is a nice red bracelet.

A Time of Bad Luck?

It is easy to dismiss this time as a time of bad luck. However, that is not really accurate. It is a time when you have too much of what you naturally possess.

Think of it like this; imagine that you are like a pot of chilli. You have meat, sauce, salt, peppers and it is a good and decent pot of chilli.

Every year different ingredients are added to the pot. One year, you might have sweet yellow peppers added. Another year, you might have hamburger added. A different year, you might have onions added. However, every Ben Ming Nian, all of the normal ingredients are doubled!

According to the Chinese astrology, the zodiac year is a year of bad luck. Most Chinese people are afraid to spend their birth sign year. 

Why is it unlucky? It's said that the people during the Ben Ming Nian are easy to encounter Tai Sui who is the legendary God in charge of people's fortune. Their fortune usually fluctuates during the year. Many bad things such as illness, financial loss, extramarital affair etc. may happen to them. 

Some people think it's superstitious to believe this. 

In fact, it's not completely bad for people in the zodiac year. It varies greatly from individual to individual. Some people may have good fortune instead of bad luck. But in general, marriage, moving house, travel, starting business…are thought to be worthy of great attention during the year.

-Fortune in Ben Ming Nian

So, continuing on the chilli analogy, consider that on some Ben Ming Nian years, you have too much salt, while on others, you might have too much meat, or too many peppers. Now, too many peppers might make the chilli far too spicy to eat. Thus, it would be a very bad year for the pot of chilli.

Cute belt for the woman.
Jade and the color red are considered positive and happy influences that can be used to moderate a difficult year. Here is a nice belt for the attractive female.

Not every Ben Ming Nian is bad. Though the raw truth is that things can get choppy and dicey at times. You need to take care and be careful in what you do, say and behave.

In folklore, it is a very popular superstition that people's zodiac year of birth is really unlucky, so it is also called Threshold Years, which means a year with a lot of obstacles in life. Why is Ben Ming Nian considered ominous? It is said that starting from the Chinese New Year of one's year of birth, people will offend 'Tai Sui', a mysterious power or celestial body that could control people's fortune. Impacted by this power, people will suffer either exultation or misery during that year.

-Travel China Guide

Caution

In general, a person is advised to “lie low”. Don’t start anything new or over extend yourself. It is easy to get entangled in troubles and conflicts.

So the best thing that you can do is spend time in nature, don’t get too upset about anything. You need to realize that like it or not, when bad things occur, they are fated. It is beyond your control.

Ben Ming Nian sleepwear.
Red and pink under-garments are preferred during the tumultuous Ben Ming Nian year. Traditionally, red is the most common, but pink is now becoming popular with the youthful Chinese ladies.

Theory

Contemporaneously, it is believed that a person is surrounded by a non-physical reality. Within this non-physical are cyclic events and attributes that ebb and flow  depending on a host of causes and effects.

This non-physical reality differs from person to person. However, it consists of things that ebb and flow according to synchronized events that are triggered upon birth.

The Chinese have given these various components and their behaviors all sorts of names. They have created a series of “animal characteristics” such as dog, pig, and snake to describe a set of initial non-physical conditions. They have also created a series of names to describe how the non-physical components behave as a group. They go by such names as a “strong earth”, or a “weak wood”. It’s easy for the ignorant to make fun of this entire system. To them, it sounds a lot like a more detailed version of Western astrology.

The Ben Ming Nian is itself classified as a “star”. It is known as the “God of Age” Star (Tai Sui).

Tai Sui doesn't actually exist as a real star! (It roughly corresponds to Jupiter, which takes 11.86 years to orbit earth, and is probably where the idea for the star came from). It's an imaginary star that changes position exactly 30 degrees of direction each year, i.e. orbiting Earth every 12 years exactly.

-China Highlights

It all sounds just a little silly. Right?

Mapping your Situation

According to the Chinese, a person can “map” the non-physical reality influences that they were born with.

To do this, you need to identify the exact moment you were born (within a fifteen minute window). This will tell you the relative positions of the non-physical reality that surrounds you at birth. There are all sorts of people who can help you out in doing this. I would suggest that for casual interest, you go visit a free website and have the initial conditions mapped out for you.

Find Your Chinese Zodiac Sign

The above is a pretty decent on-line calculator that will set you in motion to follow your traits and attributes. I suggest you use it first.

If you, the reader, find it is useful then you can investigate other related Chinese studies such as Bazi (八字) and Fengshui. To do this, you will need a detailed study of the non-physical realities that surround you. You can go here, for a very detailed and free analysis;

Feng Shui analysis of your Bazi conditions

Considerations

There are some things that really need to be considered before discounting this belief so readily.

  • There is a non-physical reality that surrounds the physical reality.
  • Within is non-physical reality are “things”.
  • These “things” move about in cyclic motion.
  • These “things” interact with other “things”.
  • By mapping out the movement of these “things” one can predict the ebb and flow of fortune.

For instance, consider the weather. It changes. One day it is sunny and then on another day it rains. For the football player, if it rains, it is an unlucky day. The poor guy can’t play his beloved football. Yet, for the farmer, it is a lucky or auspicious day. For his crops will grow.

There really isn’t any good or bad luck. Instead what you have is the perception of advantage or auspiciousness, as determined by the movement of the non-physical reality that surrounds us all.

Takeaways

  • The Chinese believe that there are non-physical influences that can affect the physical reality that surrounds a person.
  • These influences go by different names.
  • The influences are mapped by characteristics. These characteristics are given animal traits and names.
  • The influences operate within relationships that go by terms such as strong, weak, or neutral. They also have characteristics that are defined by elements such as water, wood, earth, fire, etc.
  • There are also specific influences that operate independently. They are called “stars”. Examples include inauspicious stars ‘Tai Sui’ (太岁), ‘Jian Feng’ (剑锋) and ‘Fu Shi’ (伏尸).
  • To ward off any negative influences in a Ben Ming Nian year, the Chinese like to wear red, and certain amulets and do positive things to keep from getting sucked down into negativity.

FAQ

Q: What is the Ben Ming Nian?
A: It is the zodiac year of one’s birth. It repeats every twelve years. Thus when a person reaches the year where they would turn twelve, it would be their first Ben Ming Nian.

Q: Is the Ben Ming Nian unlucky?
A: It is a very popular superstition that people’s zodiac year of birth is really unlucky. Therefore, it is also called a Threshold Year, which means a year with a lot of obstacles in life. Why is Ben Ming Nian considered ominous? It is said that starting from the Chinese New Year of one’s year of birth, people will offend ‘Tai Sui’, a mysterious power or celestial body that could control people’s fortune. Impacted by this power, people will suffer either exultation or misery during that year.

Q: How can one protect themselves during a Ben Ming Nian?
A: To cope with the big rise and fall in one’s Ben Ming Nian, it is unwise to make moves in career and life. In the first place, they should avoid starting a new business or making a large-amount investment in case of any economic loss. Traveling far would also incur potential dangers. Moving house and getting married in one’s Ben Ming Nian are all considered ominous. It is quite necessary to keep themselves modest and in a low profile or else their relationships with people around would break up.

Q: Do you believe in the Ben Ming Nian?
A: Well, personally the worst year in my life just happened to fall on a Ben Ming Nian. My second worst year fell on a Ben Ming Nian as well. However, all of this might just be a coincidence. Being in China, I take their traditions seriously and follow them.

In many ways, I follow Carl Sagan, who dismissed astrology and superstition as unscientific ways of explaining the world.

But then I think of my mother’s last benmingnian, when cancer snuffed out her life before the end of the year. Or my father’s last benmingnian, when he went to the hospital for a life-threatening condition. Or even my own recent benmingnian, where I battled hardship after hardship, from losing my job to workplace abuse, over and over until the end. None of us wore our red.

It could be coincidence, as Carl Sagan and other scientists might say. But, then again, come my next benmingnian, a little red sure couldn’t hurt.

-The Chinese Zodiac Effect 

Q: How do practitioners know how to calculate the “threat analysis” for a Ben Ming Nian?
A: Dì Zhī (地支), or Earthly Branches, were the original terms used for the years. These branches are also assigned to the hours of the day, based on solar time. The animals were later added as mnemonics and categorized as either yīn (阴) or yáng (阳).

Ten Celestial Stems (天干—tiān gān) pair with the Earthly Branches for a 60-year calendrical cycle. Then add in an element. These cycle through, but each zodiac also has a fixed element. This fixed element is what determines which sign you’re compatible with.

Q: What are the twelve branches?
A: The Twelve Earthly Branches: zi (子), chǒu (丑), yín (寅), Mao (卯), chén (辰), sì (巳), wǔ (午), wèi (未), shēn (申), yǒu (酉), xū (戌), hài (亥).

Q: What are the ten celestial stems?
A: The Ten Celestial Stems: jiǎ (甲), yǐ (乙), bǐng (丙), ding (丁), wù (戊), jǐ (己), gēng (庚), xīn (辛), rén (壬), guǐ (癸).

Q: What are the five elements?
A: Five elements: water (水—shuǐ), wood (木—mù), fire (火—huǒ), earth (土—tǔ), metal (金—jīn).

Another Opinion

They say a man enters a new chapter in life every twelve years. Mine haven’t been that exact but it’s pretty damn close.

0-12. Childhood. Carefree. Annoying the shit out of your parents. Exploring and learning about your surroundings. Catching frogs and snakes. Skateboarding and riding bicycles. Scraping your knees and banging your forehead on the corner of coffee tables. You learn about stitches and chicken pocks.

12-24. Your nuts drop. You’re growing from a boy to a young man. You want to fuck all the cute girls in class and fight other boys at recess. The teen years are fun. You’re jacking off like a mad man and developing a drinking problem. You’re becoming a young adult. You learn about these green pieces of paper that can buy you nice things. You realize they can also get you women so you try to obtain some of these green pieces of paper for yourself. Hopefully you were raised right and become a productive member of society.

24-36. Young adult. During these years you strike out on your own, figuring out what you want to do in this world while making massive mistakes along the way. You’re optimistic while trying new things but most of them fail. You learn about depression. You contemplate the best way to kill yourself and decide on drop hanging. You pussy out and don’t do it. Instead you go out drinking. While completely hammered you have the brilliant idea that you will say FUCK THIS SHIT, quit your job, sell everything you own and move half way across the globe for a fresh start. Your family laughs and thinks you’re joking. You do it and don’t look back. You mature and become stronger during this process…

This is where I’m at right now. And I think it’s time for the next phase.

36-48. Mastery. Pick something you want to do in life and master it. I’ve tried a lot of things over the years. I’ve dabbled in various odd jobs and started businesses. I’ve chased the get rich quick schemes. I sold drugs, played sports and was even in a rock band. Always dabbling, never mastering. But now it’s time to really focus on something with 100% of my effort and MASTER it. Find my passion. My purpose in life. I’m an adult. No more excuses for juvenile behavior and limited thinking. Time to adopt new productive habits and embrace a healthy lifestyle. Time to evolve into the next stage of development as a man. Change my thought process and also how I spend my time.


The different stages of a man’s life

Metallicman’s last Ben Ming Nian…

Well, it was a choppy year for certain, but I managed to keep everything calm and under control. When issues cropped up, I deferred them. I calmed my self. And dealt with them in a way that was productive. I performed no reactionary actions.

Finally, after one year of this, things were calming down. One more day to go…

So on CNY eve, the day right before the next Chinese years and when I would exit my Ben Ming Nian, I was startled when I heard splashing sounds in my living room.

Guess what happened?

The sewer line was blocked up, and all 24 floors above me were dumping their shit and feces into my apartment. It was a shower of shit. It was pouring out of all the drains in the house and it was gurgling grey-water and feces all over. Little turds were floating in the living room, and toilet paper “ghosts” were wafting all over and sticking to my couches, my books, and everything.

This is on CNY eve, right?

That’s right! No one was around. I had to deal with it myself.

Long story short. …

My Ben Ming Nian literally shit on me and my family. 24 floors of waste resulted in two feet deep of shit. And I spent my CNY cleaning up the mess, shoveling shit and throwing away my furnishings and gear.

Oh…

And the culprit?

Some jackass was flushing complete towels down the commodes. A big wad of six or seven of them ended up blocking the massive sewer pipe under the complex (One that was two feet in diameter). Jackass.

The Ben Ming Nian. Treat it with care.

Links about China

China

Articles & Links

You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.

To go to the MAIN Index;

Master Index

.

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE .
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.

Error! Missing PayPal API credentials. Please configure the PayPal API credentials by going to the settings menu of this plugin.

If you enjoy what you see, it would be helpful if you could assist in hosting this forum. A donation would be appreciated.

Probe Calibration and World-line Training (Part Two)

This is part two of a two part post. It concerns the calibration and training that I was part of . I needed this training to complete my mission parameters as part of MAJestic. Now, of course, none of this is supposed to exist. You can go anywhere on the Internet and type in “majestic” or “MJ-12”, and the first fifty or so sites will all be about it being a hoax or something that appeals to the “tin foil hat” fringe. You can believe them, right? After all, everyone knows that you can trust Google. You can trust them like you can trust CNN.

Anyways, if you believe them you don’t belong here. You can go away. Don’t waste your time here. Because it WILL be a waste of your time. There are no “secrets” or  extraterrestrials out there in outer space. It is all just delusion. Right? Now, fucking leave. Thank you.

Navigation

This is Part #2 of a two-part blog post. To read Part #1, please go HERE.

Background

This post discusses a period of specialized training that I underwent in support of my role within MAJestic. It concerns “calibration” and “adjustment” exercises for a number of probes and devices that were implanted inside my brain. These devices consisted of three “sets”. One set, was extraterrestrial in nature and performance. The remaining two were terrestrially derived MAJestic implants.

All of the “training” and calibration exercises could ONLY be conducted within a specialized chamber, while all three probe “kits” were engaged.

Programming

There was a certain degree of “programming” I had to be involved in. I do not think that this had anything to do with the terrestrial core kit #1 or #2 probes. Rather, I think that it had to do with the interface with the core kit #2 probes and the base extraterrestrial probes. I was not instructed in the entire programming language. I was only taught the bare minimum of what I needed to know.

Numbers

For starters, instead of numbers, two means of conveyance are used. [A] Numbers were conveyed using a set of funky “O” shaped symbols (It was a base-8 octal system using (from what I can tell) seven symbols plus an “empty” symbol.  Though I can be wrong, after all that was all many decades ago.) when used to identify a location or object. When used to convey an amount of a measure, [B] a set of lines were used.  The lines looked like a comb, and could be presented in either a straight, curved, overlaid or stacked appearance. The closer together the lines were to each other was a measure of the mathematical power of the value. The height of the lines denoted proximity and / or magnitude.  However, at no time were any words or sentences visible.  It was all graphic.

The numbers were not based on a base-10. They were based on a base-8 system. (Luckily for me, I learned how to compute using base-8 in Middle School. Seventh grade, maybe eighth grade, I believe.) I suppose that my eighth grade teacher would have a heart attack, knowing what I was using what they taught me, for.

Cut-scene

As strange as this might seem, while under the ELF field,  I underwent a “cut-scene” image of why the icons looked like they did.  The reader must remember that, at that time, cut-scenes did not exist except in movies.  I went through an event that was very much like a cut-scene in a video game.  However, as I witnessed or viewed the scene, it was as if it was a memory to me.

This is how I learned. This is how I was taught how to use the symbols.

In the “cut-scene”, I could see a short hand with three very long fingers.  (One thumb and three long fingers. The fingers were similar to our own human fingers, but much longer. Perhaps twice as long! They had fingernails, and knuckles, and a smooth complexion.) The hand hovered over some (highly reflective) soft tan sand on a very bright yellowish day.

It was like everything was sepia (Sepia tones are used in photography; the hue resembles the effect of aging in old photographs, and of older photographs chemically treated either for visual effect or for archival purposes. Most photo graphics software programs and many digital cameras include a sepia tone option.).

Then, very slowly, the index finger made long (easy and relaxed) movements in the sand. It went down and traced a long slightly curved line in the sand. Then the hand went and made another line perpendicular to it, and yet another, and finally depressed it’s long finger in the sand.  That action made a “dot” that had a longish (miniature “I”) shape.

That was how and why many of the icons had long easy curves.  It was a naturally easy thing to do. That is why the icons look like they do. They duplicate the writing method of the “parent species” that devised this system of pictorial icons.

That is how I learned. I “participated” in memories that instructed me as to what the symbols represented and why.

For numbers, the (four fingered) hand took the index finger and pressed it into the sand.  It then dug a shallow hole with the hand. Then, it went and dug another shallow hole, but this time it put a pebble in it. Again, it went and dug another shallow hole.  This time it put two pebbles in it. This continued until there were eight holes. Each hole was filled with pebbles or a oriented “dash” that was representative of them. Thus, the iconic depiction of an “O” was really a representation of the hole, and whatever was placed inside the hole.

Presentation of numbers during my training.
During my training, I utilized numbers for certain roles and functions. However, they were unfamiliar. Instead of being base 10, they were in base 8. They also used these odd iconic glyph for them.

They based their numerical system on their eight fingers.  Much like we based our numerical system on our ten digits (four fingers and a thumb on each hand).

Graphic Icons

Everything was in graphics through the use of graphic icons.

This wasn’t any kind of programming language using words as we would use today (in Basic, Java, C++, or Pascal). In computing languages today, they use commands that were derived from English words. This was NOT the way my graphical program worked. Here is a typical C++ line of code;

Computer code representation.
Here is a line of typical computer code. No matter what specific language a person is using, from Basic to C++, the code will always be in this form.

Things were quite different. No derived English words were used. Graphical pictures or symbols were used instead. For instance, functions came between these funky brackets that looked like a cross between fat bumper-car bumpers and a colon ( : ). Control of physical properties of physical items was denoted by a kind of bent “L” shape. Control of the material behaviors of specific elements (the “defaults” that we ASSUME are fixed in this universe ruled by the laws of physics) were denoted with a group of two symbols that reminded me of an “S8” appearance.

Orientation of the symbols was critical. There were also post and pre command modifiers that would affect the function within the brackets. Commands within the It was a coding language not unlike APL, but instead of automating functions, it created “ladder diagrams” to control the operation of various aspects of my implants.

Most of what I was involved with involved the selection of range modifiers for set controls.  I didn’t actually write control stack language. However, I could as the option was there, but it was way, way beyond my skill set and ability.  Instead I only knew the basics and adjusted what I was directed (by the facility manager) to adjust.

In function, he was simply reading to me over the microphone. I would then confirm when I had completed the instruction. I would imagine that the facility manager was simply reading typed instructions from a document to me, without any comprehension, what he was reading.  Then, once completed, he more than likely shredded the document.

In every instance, I was able to do the exercises that were presented to me.  I was able to run diagnostic scans, operate the limited debugging tools provided, switch in and out of secure communication links, secure a command and lock it in place.  I was able to make certain abilities “soft” and then “harden” them into place, where necessary (float above and then sink into clay).  Unlike conventional windows, no pop-up window or box ever appeared.  Instead, the indicating icons would appear overlaid on the base overlay.  Strangely enough, this never obscured the working desktop presented in front.

Once I completed a specific sequence, a new image would fill my visual cortex.  I would need to complete the entire new sequence before I could exit.  In other words, there was no “abort” key, or “exit” command. I do not know why this is (was) the case. Once a sequence was set in motion, I had to go through the entire sequence before I could exit it. Otherwise, it just sat there waiting for me to do something.

The calibration segment consisted of setting up presets and learning the basics on how to individually program the probes within an ELF environment.

Setting Up Presets

Setting up the presets was very easy as most of the presets were already set in place.  All I needed to do was make minor corrections. These tended to be a matter of degree. For instance, one of the presets revolved around the scope or amplitude for the field.  I had set it “close”, but later on, during my retirement, I wanted it to be more comfortable, and I changed the setting with the techs that came to retire me. Like stated previously, it was just a simple matter of moving a hovering or floating reticle over a specific setting and then hardening it into “clay”.

The presets were probably the most critical part of this segment. Programming wasn’t really ever used.  (Once, I modified the code to enable entanglement.) In fact, I can honestly say that I never used the programming as part of my role. So, it really didn’t make much sense to train me to be able to access the “source code”. It was simply a great coincidence that I had the ability to reprogram the probes.

Programming

In general, in programming the various features of the probes, I had to learn to conduct rough “function chains”. These were just ladder diagram commands.  They were identified with a start command symbol (looked like a big plump four-pointed star) and ended with an end command which kind of looked like a leaner and smaller four-point star. (Yes, I know the symbology is odd.)  However, this was not always the case, while line functions always started with the “big star”, it could be “open ended”. That means that there would not be a closing “small star”.  Instead, a “goto” command would exist.  There were numerous icons for this command depending on what the function would go to next.

Unlike conventional programming, which runs in a line from left to right, I was taught to program from bottom upwards.  Once completed, the program line would be presented in a horizontal fashion.  It was read right to left. In other words, the “big star” icon would be at the far right, and the “small star” icon would be at the far left.

Further, the “surface” that this programming took place on was not flat. It was not like a piece of paper, a computer printout, or a nice organized surface inside a monitor. It was three dimensional. Elements or sections of “code” could be moved forward or backwards relative to my point of view. Thus, if I were to take a two-dimensional snapshot of the programming, you could see code in different sizes. From HUGE code “up front”, to unbelievably tiny code way in the back.

There were “objects” or “features” that I could manipulate. These looked like orbs, balls or concentric circles. They were connected to other “objects” through the use of lines. The lines would follow the curve of the larger objects that the smaller objects would be part of.

On top of all this, the programming was not in front of a monitor. It was all in my head. It was conducted while I sat down on the chair inside the ELF chamber at China Lake. The way these symbols materialized and moved about was by thought. Each one had an associated “feel”, “presence”, or “memory” (for lack of better terms) that I could “understand” and which helped me use the symbols. When I focuses on the component symbol, I would also access the associated “memory” or “abilities” that it possessed.

To me, they “felt” like thick cookies that fit together like dominoes. There were laws or rules that restricted placement. It was sort of like moving magnets around each other. The feelings, understandings and movements of the component glyphs only lased while my attention was focused on them.

Components

Within this command sequence were two major components.  This consisted of [1] the program action itself, and [2] the objects to modify or manipulate. The objects to modify were themselves placed within a kind of bracket system that looked like plump baby bumpers. The objects themselves can either [1] be “named” by use of these kind of funky “O” shaped designs, or be [2] a set process that is described using other characters.  Often these other characters would look like (backwards) curvy “L” or other odd shapes. Often, but not always, these objects were associated with a “position” within another process. In this case, they would utilize a queue icon (location within the ladder chain), which looks like a capital “I” with a dot in the middle of it.

Sample symbol glyph structure.
All of the symbol glyphs that I accessed had a structure. Each structure had a purpose, and even a history. I could automatically understand an entire history and utilization of each symbol when I focused my attention onto it. Reader please note that the picture is derived from my memories, nearly 40 years ago. I drew up these symbols from memory using MS Visio. They are NOT what I used. Instead they are a pictorial representation of what I remember them to look like.

Naming of Objects

Each probe had a specific name (address or location finder) associated with it. When a given function would access the probe or groups of probes, a set object identification pattern would manifest. It would always be between the two (plump baby bumper) bracket icons. This can be [1] assigned or [2] accessed as part of another function.  When assigned, the first line of “code” always specifies these objects first.  Usually they were graphically larger than the rest of the code. When displayed horizontally, it was read left to right.

To the left of this object assignment, was an “assign object” code.  It was always smaller in font text. It would consist of two icons. A “start assignment” icon which looked like a backward “L” (with a curved backward back) with a little “foot” (at the left end) that was upside down. This icon was also present to the left of the code that enumerated the objects identification code.  Only it was a mirror image. The second icon was a “end assignment” icon. It looked like a backwards “L” with a curve backwards with an equal sign though it. It also was at the end of the object naming.

Symbol glyph components and how they fit together.
Here is a small example to show and indicate how all the symbols within the programming glyphs fit together. They are all designed around concepts and established understandings honed over centuries. We, as humans, are unfamiliar with these terms and concepts. However, that does not mean that they don’t make sense when we obtain understanding of them.

Example of assigning an object code

Here is the basic format that we used when assigning a code for a group of objects.  This can be anything from a single individual probe, to a group of multiple probes, to a specific characteristic of a device or artifice.

Example of programming.
Here is an example of assigning a numerical identification code to an object, a process or a sub-routine. No matter what the data involved, it always seemed to take on this general form.

As described previously, when assigning a particular identification to an object or function, it is made larger than the rest of the code.  Further, it is preceded with a command that specifies that it is being made. The “to make” command has associated parameters associated with it. A specialized set of “brackets” are used to identify what is going on and why.

Throughout the programming code, the use of a given sequence of icons can be referred to or modified by the start-condition parameters as defined within the object / process definition segment.

Here is an example of assigning a numerical code within a pipeline of the process tree. Note that the entire location or “address” is identified by two thick “baby bumper” icons;

Sample address.
Here is an example of how an object “address” and or location is assigned within a process tree. Note that it is a two part operation that is placed between two plump “baby buggy bumpers”. Thus four iconic glyphs are used for this process. There can be other modifiers that can make the address variable, and these would be placed within the appropriate “bumpers”.

Functions

After the object, came the function. Many of the symbols used in the functions were easily understandable. For instance, a backward “L” (with a curved backward back) with a little “foot” (at the left end) would be “click” then an icon that looked like “two curved swords over a road”(like in the city of Baghdad) would mean “hold” This might be followed by an icon that would look like a stylized equal sign at a 45-degree angle would mean “share” or “interface or act” Finally, an icon that would look like a slash (an oblique slanting line) stylized with a dash next to it would mean “release”.  This entire command sequence must be programmed into the system to work, so you would place a queue icon (that looks like a capital “I” with a dot in the middle) next “queue”.

Command Nomenclature

Commands would be read right to left instead of left to right like in English. So the command above is a simple “FETCH” command broken down into a series of icons. Like all functions, f(x) you need to specify the variable (x) or the object that will be modified by the command.  This is placed within brackets (big fat ones like baby bumpers) before the function.

You “engage” the process by the “click” command, and then let the process actuate under the “hold pause and continue” command. It works a lttle like a “one shot”. Once the process is completed it then interfaces or runs or collects functions or data.  This is the “share” command. Once the task is completed, you “release” of course. The entire process needs to be programmed, so you “queue” with respect to another action. Where and how it performs depends on the relationship of adjacent icons.  In the example below, I used an “open arms” icon that means “accept input”, or in other words, I have to specify, what the values would be (or tie to another function that would provide those values).

Example

For instance, the below shows a very simple use of the fore mentioned fetch command.  Here, one of the (characteristics) of one of the probes (identified by name, and shown to be part of a process queue) utilizes the fetch command to interface with another process. It assigns properties based upon a list of options. (The options come from the queue index in the object section.)

subroutine
Here is an example of using a subroutine to institute a “fetch command”. You specify the location of the address and then specify at which point on the ladder tree it is accessed. You then run the function. In this example, we have a simple “fetch” command where “x” of f(x) = “fetch from”.

In the example above, we can see that the entire sub-program is a function. It references a location in the ladder diagram. This location is positioned between the two “baby bumpers” with a queue index icon in the middle of the location address. Then the actual code is specified. This is the function section. Finally, the entire sub-function is identified with a start and an end star.

When looking at the entire programmed function, the first thing that you can see near the end of the function is the objective of the function. Then to the right is the actual sub-program function. Finally the object to be programmed, or the sub-program that is to be modified.

Basic fetch command.
Here is a typical function from above without the address component. It always seemed that the address contained all sorts of modifiers that would result in a much larger subprogram depending on how it was accessed. Here is the basic “fetch from” command all by itself.

The entire set of implants contained reams and reams of codes like this. However, access to specific lines of code was easy. You simply thought about what you wanted to do, and relevant code would appear. For instance, if I wanted full access to all of my memories, I would just simply think about “assess the code associated with my memories” and it would appear. Like all the code, the values for the objects and address location were pretty much meaningless to me. However, I did “understand” what they represented when I thought about it.

Strangely, I thought about it in a kind of 4D manner. I could imagine it moving and changing with different values and aspects as I thought about the function. It was cool, neat and baffling all at the same time. Specific icons (and the associated values and functions) could also be changed. However, if I wanted to change something that might be prohibited for some reason, I would not be able to change anything. There seemed to be a sort of “fail safe” editing command structure inherent in the program.

Initially, I gave a lot of thought as to what this was all about. After all, even though I now was able to retain my memories of the implant procedure, I did not have a clue as to what the overall purpose or what my role would be.

A very abbreviated overview of operation

In short, the programming for the probes was mathematically based but used a system that was employed to control the functions of complex aggregate machine-like artifices. Thus, it was neither a pure ladder diagram, nor a software programing language. It was something altogether different. As my ability to program software is rather primitive, the terms that I use herein is mine own and should not be confused with standardized conventions. The reader should also recognize that my impressions are that of a technically trained engineer that only understood what I needed to understand at the time. I was not, nor was I ever, an expert in this. Additionally, the ravages of time have corrupted my memories and what I think is correct could very well be incorrect. Never the less, I place it here, for the reader to ponder, in it’s impure state.

Functions

A function is what the purpose of the devices do. They can be programmed to do different things. Since we were programming ELF probes, and their interface with a biological artifice, it would make sense that the programming would alter or control the aspects associated with this purpose. In short, a function is a software communication method that would program mechanical devices to behave in certain ways. For our purposes, lets define these “ways” as “functions”.

In general it would take (iconic) arguments (that bracketed the operation command on one or both sides) and would return a specific action as a result. The functions can be;

  • Primitive – built-in and represented by a single iconic glyph. These icons had fixed operations and functions. They could not change or be modified by other functions or controls.
  • Defined – as a named and ordered collection of program statements. This functional output is whatever is defined in the parameters established near the objects identification code, and modified by the proper modifiers.
  • Derived – as a combination of an operator with its arguments.

Arrangement

The functions can be arranged in certain defined manners. These defined manners change the appearance of the specific code. In general, there are three different arrangements, each with a set or limited array of outcomes.

  • Niladic– not taking or requiring any arguments.
  • Monadic – requiring only one argument; on the right for a function.
  • Unary – requiring only one argument; on the left for a function.
  • Dyadic – requiring both a left and a right argument, binary.
  • Ambivalent – capable of use in a monadic or dyadic context.
    Whereas, in our software code we tend to have binary responses (yes or no), this software code results in far more options than that. Each option can be “flavored” by the associated parameters provided by the objects identification parameter settings.

Operators

We also have a system where you can go “backwards” and derive a function. Here, it would consist of a operation or mapping that takes one (left) or two (left & right) function or an array-valued argument (operands) and derives a function. An operator may be [1] Primitive: built-in and represented by a single glyph, or [2] Defined: as a named and ordered collection of program statements.

Control

Why all this programming if we were implanted to be a robot? Certainly slaves, or robots are not provided with the means for independent control. The reader must recognize that at this time, I still had no idea what my “purpose” was. While it was all pretty cool, interesting and exciting to me, I still had no idea what all this would lead to.

I initially thought that at the most basic level we were to become a robotic slave to the commands issued to us. We were, after all, allowing the person at the other end of the transmitter to control our brains and thus ourselves. Oh, how simple I was then!

That was not the case, we were more valuable than that. They really didn’t need to pull out highly trained Naval Aviators, who have mastered multiple degrees, passes rigorous testing, and meet difficult levels of achievement to turn them into brainless robots. You could do this in other ways and use other people who were not so expensively trained.

Remember, to train a Naval Aviator cost over a couple of million dollars, so we were too expensive to turn into a household appliance. Whether it be as a mindless zombie to pick up a gun and shoot up a school, or to innocently walk into a meeting room and stab a CEO of a company. You did not need the kind of background and training that we had to do these things. The skill level requirements did not match; they were incompatible.

That does not, however, mean that the ELF technology and system isn’t used for those other kinds of tasks and assignments. I can only adequately comment on MY role and how the technology was used concerning my own life. I am quite confident that the technology is also used for other assignments and tasks of a different clandestine nature than mine own.

So, instead of simply being a remote controlled cyborg, we were taught how to reprogram our mind under certain conditions using the ELF signals. We could communicate as if we had Wi-Fi always in our heads, and we had access to control of our bodily functions at a level that was unprecedented previously.

Materialists like Daniel Dennet, Richard Dawkins, and Sam Harris immediately dismiss the possibility of an immaterial soul or mind that interacts with the brain and the physical body. Ah, what is seen in the physical is all that there is. Nothing else exists. Oh sure, there are radio waves, but that too can be explained as a hidden component of the physical.

They argue this on the grounds of classical physics. In this argument, the activity of the soul or any other immaterial entity, placing influences upon the brain violates the law of conservation of energy. They conclude that matter is the fundamental reality of human beings and of the entire Universe. They conclude that nothing else exists. Hogwash!

What is often ignored today is how Dennet, Dawkins, Sam Harris and the materialists fail to realize that the universe is not so simple. It is comprised of many other things that require effort to understand. These lazy folk do not want to leave 1900-era science. Their entire argument for materialism and the denial of the soul is based on an outdated “classical physics” paradigm. This paradigm was overturned in the 20th century with the advent of quantum physics.

The general thinking of many people, however, is still shaped by classical physics and for this reason alone, materialism seems like the most scientific worldview. It is not. Not by any degree of understanding. How in the world can you use a “smart phone” or an iphone and still hold this world view? Those appliances utilize quantum physics to operate gosh-dammit! Thus any comments in support of the materialist argument (against soul-body dualism) falls apart in the face of contemporary physics.

Here’s a quick review. At the quantum level, subatomic particles like electrons do not exist concretely; instead, they exist in a state of potentiality. For example, the electron at the quantum level does not occupy a fixed position or a momentum. Instead, the electron occupies an entire range of possible positions – and the evolution of these possibilities over time can be described by a wave function called the Schrödinger equation. It is only the act of measurement or observation by a conscious observer that [1] assigns concrete probabilities to each possible position, and [2] selects one of the possible positions of the electron and actualizes this possibility as a physical event. Prior to observation, there is no “matter stuff” but only “possibilities”.

Thus the key point; Material substance, as such, does not exist without an observation or act of human consciousness. Consciousness generates thought. Thought creates order of quantum potential. Ordered potential creates our reality.

It is therefore nonsensical to argue that material substances, like the aggregation of atoms, molecules and neurons can produce consciousness. Material objects, prior to conscious observation, exist only as wave-like potentialities and nothing more. The act of observation or measurement by a conscious agent is what reduces the potentialities into actualities, as Schrödinger himself writes about some particle x when it is observed at position K – prior to which particle x has no definite existence except in a cloud of potentialities.

Ah, but I digress…

Big Changes

Now that’s about all there was to the programming section of my training. In the grand scale of things, it didn’t last very long. I was at the ELF facility for maybe a handful of months. I “awoke”, and was taught how to program. I then self-programmed my probes and set the required defaults. Then I was reassigned to work off-base.

Only this time, I received instructions and communication straight from the source. No one needed to tell me anything. I instantly “knew” what to do.

I started to see (feel) immediate changes in myself physically, mentally and emotionally. I learned, then (quite early) that you just do not mess around with certain things. What I was involved in was a serious business that could have negative consequences if you were not careful.

I learned quickly what my skill set was.

I also learned that there were multiple world-lines. As such, I was taught how to adjust world-line programming. This also included time, the passage of, and the (apparent) direction of it. However, each time I ran through the “episodes” associated with the reading by the ELF station manager, it seemed like preprogramed memories would describe what was possibly transpiring at the time the changes were made. It was almost like I was performing within a cut scene and living out the consequences of my activities. This included both world-line alterations and time manipulation.

The capability remained present. Why anyone would want to invoke changes in time is beyond my comprehension. However, it is possible under the proper conditions. Indeed, this aspect is something that even now I am really confused about.

Off Base

I learned and was trained to invoke certain sequences for “advantage”. This training was substantial and is the subject of another post. In short, I learned how to navigate the MWI using link-access.

Anyways…

Bullshit

According to the Internet, there isn’t any extraterrestrials, world-line travel is a hypothetical fantasy, probes inside the brain is a fantastic illusion brought about by people with mental illnesses, and the idea that the United States government would be involved in such things is considered fringe lunacy.

Inconceivable!
The way things actually are has no bearing on what everyone thinks. In most cases, what everyone things is absolutely and positively in error. Many times it is based on assumptions that are flat out WRONG. Thus, when someone is exposed to the possibilities of truth, they recoil back in horror and dismay.

So, anyways, that’s about it for now. You can believe or not. I personally don’t give a flying fuck. If you want to believe that I spent my 1980’s wearing parachute pants, wearing a mullet, and watching “The Golden Girls”, so be it.

Global warming hoax.
Global warming is a hoax used to siphon more money into programs that are saturated with “kick-back” schemes. Here is a typical example. Here is scientific data that PROVES that climate has been warming. There’s only one tiny problem with it. NOAA didn’t have any satellite data to support these findings. But, you know what, during the Obama Administration, you could get millions of dollars in funding if you could prove that global warming was real. What a scam! Yet, you can believe it if you want. No skin off my back, just don’t expect me to go along with your delusions. Just like I don’t expect you, the reader, to go along with everything that I am saying either.

You can believe everything CNN tells you. You can believe all about Global Warming. You can believe that there are 55 genders. You can believe that you are not paying enough in taxes, and that more taxes are needs “for ma roads!”.

Good for you.

via GIPHY

Anyways, thank you for reading this.

Take Aways

  • There is other ways to learn things quickly.
  • My probes were not passive devices. They are interactive devices that required programming and calibration.
  • I can only program under the influence of an ELF field in a specialized chamber.
  • The probes were terrestrial (human) in nature, and they interfaced with extraterrestrial probes that were also inserted within my brain.
  • Retirement only disables my terrestrial probes. It has no effect on my extraterrestrial probes.
  • The probes permit certain abilities and advantages.
  • One such ability is MWI world-line travel.

FAQ

Q: Why did you have probes installed?
A: All members of MAJestic have probes installed. I had two “sets” or “kits” of terrestrial probes. The second kit interfaced with a special set of extraterrestrial probes that most MAJestic members do not have. This kit required a kind of specialized calibration and training.

Q: What was your mission?
A: I really can’t give out specific information. I can only talk in generalities. It was humanistic in nature. It supported the development of the human species in sentience growth. It was not like anything that the reader would think. It was actually pretty boring and dull. It was like selecting potatoes out of a truck-load of potatoes. It was nothing important at all.

Q: Who did you report to?
A: I worked independently and took commands from my probes and our extraterrestrial benefactors instantaneously.

Q: Have you ever used your programming skills since?
A: No. It was a one-time event. I learned how to mess around with the programming of the probes. I set up the defaults, and lived with the results ever since.

Q: Why do you say such nonsense?
A: Why do you read it?

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Probe Calibration and World-line Training (Part One)

Let’s discuss my training. This wasn’t the kind of training that you would give to a new class of aviators every few months. This wasn’t the kind of training that involved textbooks, and a class instructor. It was something else entirely. It was alien to anything that I have ever experienced previously. Here, we discuss what I did at China Lake NWC, and how I underwent training for my particular role.  This training was unique and different; the location itself was unique and different as well.  The entire base was situated up high on top of a raised plateau high up in the mountains.  Perhaps one might go as far as to consider the place to be equivalent to the Chinese Tibet. 

Living in the “High Desert” was a wonderful experience, but not as great and unique as what transpired during my training.  It was during the training that I became more than what I ever thought I was, or ever could be.  This training and events appear impossible to comprehend, but they did happen; over four decades ago…

Navigation

This is Part #1 of a two-part blog post. To read Part #2, please go HERE.

Background

This post discusses a period of specialized training that I underwent in support of my role within MAJestic. It concerns “calibration” and “adjustment” exercises for a number of probes and devices that were implanted inside my brain. These devices consisted of three “sets”. One set, was extraterrestrial in nature and performance. The remaining two were terrestrially derived MAJestic implants.

All of the “training” and calibration exercises could ONLY be conducted within a specialized chamber, while all three probe “kits” were engaged.

Training Overview

The training mostly consisted of sitting in a chair inside a huge anechoic chamber.

Vintage mind control device.
Vintage head thing or device. How do you program or change one’s brain? Do you open up the skull and cut up the “grey matter”? Do you zap it with radio waves to induce electro-chemical changes internally? Do you flash it with waves? Well, in my case, probes were installed in strategic locations, and then the probes were calibrated and adjusted by ELF radiation.

An anechoic chamber (an-echoic meaning non-reflective, non-echoing or echo-free) is a room or chamber that is designed to completely absorb reflections of either sound or electromagnetic waves. They are also insulated from exterior sources of noise. The combination of both aspects means they simulate a quiet open-space of (apparent) “infinite dimension”, which is useful when exterior influences would otherwise give false results.  These chambers are quite usefu for testing any item that is sensitive to electromagnetic radiation.

In fact, there wasn’t any formalized classroom training at all.  There were no teachers, or teaching aides.  There were no textbooks, notebooks, or classes.  I only had but one “class mate” which was Sebastian (not his actual name).  This kind of training was unlike any kind of training that I have ever had.

Training Center

The anechoic chamber was located deep within the China Lake Naval Weapon Center complex.  It was located inside the complex within its own compartmentalized region.  Of course, this base within a base had its own guard and fences as well.  To reach it you had to go through the various checkpoints and guard stations.  You would show the guard your badge and then the guard would log in your identify and cross reference it against a list of approved people who were on the access list for the day.  As you enter into the more restricted and secret areas of the base, the access list becomes more and more exclusive.  Thus allowing for more scrutiny on who goes in and out of the facility.

Once inside the restricted are, you had to enter yet another high security area.  This was the region inside the security zone that was compartmentalized within the research base.  Like all the other guard posts, your identify and your badge is checked against a clearance list to verify that you are who you are represented to be.  Since this is a US Navy base, all the guards are marines.  Wearing desert camo uniforms and carrying holstered 9mm side arms and combat rifles. (The M9 has been the standard sidearm of the United States Navy, United States Army and the United States Air Force since 1985, replacing the Colt M1911A1 in the Army and Navy and the Smith & Wesson .38 Special in the Air Force. The M9A1 is also seeing limited issue to the United States Marine Corps.)

They were typically young and in their 20’s. They always carried loaded weapons and side arms.  They were always friendly and professional, but I have no doubt that they wouldn’t hesitate to shoot me dead if I were not who I was supposed to be.

Marine guards at China Lake NWC.
All Naval bases are guarded by United States marines. At the time of my involvement, they wore desert camouflage clothing. I would pass through three gates when I went to the test facility on base.

They would always check the contents of the car we were driving in, or the bag that I had with me.  In those days, I often rode to the complex on a motorcycle.  It was great riding my motorcycle out in the desert.  As long as it wasn’t too hot, I would ride to “the Pinnicles” (a curious rock formation) off base, or ride the twisty road to Trona and pass by the “painted dinosaur rocks”. They would thus, check my backpack to see if I was bringing in or out any forbidden or suspicious items.

More than one (contractor) left behind briefcase or bag was detonated “sight unseen” for the purposes of safety.  (In those days, we typically carried a rectangular briefcase of the traditional 1960’s style.  A handful of people carried a backpack, but they were rare at that time.)  Mostly, I just carried a homemade lunch with me in my briefcase.  I typically strapped it to the back of the motorcycle using bungee cords.   I never had any problems with the guards.

Usually I ate baloney, cheese and tomato on plain white bread with mayonnaise or yellow mustard.  Usually I ate it with Lettuce, (yellow) onion, and (sweet) mayonnaise (Miracle Whip), but the heat of the desert tended to warm the sandwich and spoil it.  So, I oftentimes I simply ended up eating hot peanut butter and jelly sandwiches instead.  For the interests of total disclosure, I also tended to eat leftover spaghetti in a sandwich with peanutbutter and tomato.  My friends and coworkers thought I was nuts, but it was good and I liked it.  Perhaps I was a bit unconventional, but you could chalk that up to personal eccentricity.

As an aside, I love tomatoes.  In fact, one of my “little pleasures” has been to grow tomatoes at home.  Not the hard, tasteless tomatoes genetically modified to be transported to supermarkets, but rather the soft, huge and sweet tomatoes.  These went by names of “Big Boy”, and “Better boy” tomatoes and grew to huge size.  Nothing tastes finer than a fresh homegrown heirloom tomato on fresh Italian bread with mayonnaise.  One of my pleasures, indeed.

When I rode up to the gate, they would want to see my badge.  They would then look at it, and then compare it to the clipboard.  Then note when I arrived or left in the log.  Then they would wave me forward and beyond.  I would say that it never really took more than a minute or two for them to process me.  The particular zone or region that I was part of was not a very heavily traveled location.  There might be a handful of people with access to that area.  Perhaps a total of twenty or so. So they would look on the clipboard, and see that I was who I was and let me go.

The waiting was usually due to all the other people in the various cars and trucks before me.  The base was very large and sprawling and as such, there were many, many people that would go in and out of it.  It was the duty of the marines to make sure that access was restricted to only those who had legitimate business on the base.

550 cc Yamaha Vision
At that time, I lived off-base in Ridgecrest. I rode a black Yamaha 550 cc Vision motorcycle. It was a water-cooled engine, but actually had some problems due to the dust in the desert.

On entering or leaving the base there was generally a small line of cars and trucks that had to be “processed”.  This meant a check of the ID badge, and confirmation of our purpose on the base. They also would check our bags, the trunk of a car or the back of a truck. It didn’t take too long.  At most, I would say perhaps fifteen minutes would pass while I sat there on my black motorcycle sweltering in the hot desert sun.

The facility that I was trained at was an anechoic chamber located within a special ELF test range.  (A test range is a special name that simply refers to an area where tests are constructed.  They may or may not have distances “ranged out” for calibration exercises.  For instance, like a “rifle range”.)  It was NOT a dedicated teaching facility.  It was an engineering test facility that was used to test experiments.

During my stay at the facility, it was repurposed for ELF calibration and training for specific MAJestic members (in this particular program) so equipped with Core Kit #2 probes. Our roles were truly unique as no other members required this kind of “training”.

Like many high tech facilities, this was located in a remote part of the base. (The base was divided into ranges, or test centers, often separated from each other by miles of open desert.)  It consisted of a simple little cluster of buildings in the middle of an immense stretch of flat desert.  To an outside observer you might not have any clue as to what it was.  On the outside, it looked like any cluster of buildings in the desert.  Moreover, like the desert in the Mojave, all the buildings were surrounded with boxes, crates, strange equipment, debris and a mix of old and new things that never rusted or corroded in the hot desert heat.  Everything looked new, though they tended to be faded and dusty.

To get to the complex you drove on this flat road that went far off into the distance in the wide and desolate desert. This road, aside from a couple of turns around some more or less low hills, was straight.  Once you reached to the top of a local crest, after the last security gate, you could see the road stretch off into the distance like a straight arrow.  Off in the distance it would continue towards another group of low hills.  On both sides of the road were the low shrubs, sage brush and rocks, stone and sand so characteristic of the local region.  Eventually, there in the middle of the desert sat a cluster of buildings, stationary vans, and portable offices.   From the crest it looked like a small remote pin point of objects.  As such, it would take a good fifteen minutes to drive to it.  The buildings and gear all clustered around a big warehouse prefab building that housed the chamber, and the two electronic labs that occupied the space.

As you rode down the hot asphalt road (on the way to the test facility) you would see the cluster to your right.  It sat off a moderate sized parking lot.  With perhaps, three to five cars parked there typically.  Often times, I was nearly alone at the facility.  If I had no scheduled training, and no one was there, I would often sit there inside, reading a manual or killing time waiting for others to arrive.

High Technology in the Desert

Hollywood likes to present a stereotypical image of secret, high technology programs.  They envision heavily armed guards, men and women with black sunglasses, ear phones, and lots and lots of gates, fences, and glass.  Glass everywhere… it seems.  Nice and shiny chrome or brushed metal electronics.  Hollywood makes you think that this is what high technology and research are.  They give you the impression that there are attractive scientists and specialists who operate this equipment.

Hollywood's version of a brilliant scientist working at a "Top Secret" military facility in the desert.
Stereotypical Hollywood, from the movie “Independence Day”. In this scene, the President meets up with the chief “Scientist” (actually Aerospace Engineer) who has been sequestered at Area 51 reverse engineering extraterrestrial spacecraft.

Maybe there is a quirky or colorful person who is brilliant, but a little eccentric there.  They portray an area that is all high technology with all kinds of cool and mysterious scientific apparatus, with plasma and LCD displays, with brilliant white sterile hallways, and device filled dark rooms and all kinds of cool people wearing trendy clothes and white lab coats. Always very attractive, with usually a “hot” blonde girl who was brilliant but unobtainable (from a dating point of view).

The geniuses tend to be in the early 20’s typically just out of college, and anyone who is older is portrayed as really old with white hair, balding and “out of touch” with the rest of the scientific community.  Such is stereotypical Hollywood. They give you the impression that it had all kinds of electric eye and key-activated pass-codes and things like that…

But, I tell you the truth, Hollywood hasn’t a clue! The reality was really, really different. Well, at least in the 1980’s it was.

In the world of Hollywood, the stereotypical scientist and engineer wears a white lab coat, a magnetic card reader badge, and tends to be a bit eccentric.  They are the geniuses of the sterile metallic and glass monoliths that they inhabit.  They are portrayed as geniuses who are completely out of touch with the world outside their sterile domain.

Well, for one thing, the hallways were plain.  They were government hallways for goodness sakes!  For those of you who have never been inside a government building in the 1980’s, it was a speckled white linoleum tile floor with two tone, (lower) light pastel green walls / (upper section) off-white, walls and fluorescent lights on the ceilings.  The doors were all heavy gauge steel with a stainless steel kick plate and robust knobs.

All the offices used office furniture that was maybe ten to twenty years old, and possibly even older (for the mid-1980’s, placing their manufacture in the 1930’s through the 1960’s).  I saw some wooden desks from the 1920’s there, but for most of the base, it consisted of heavy-steel grey desks that were mass produced in the 1940s through to the 1970s.  The new equipment were mostly the electronics that we used, (1980’s style push-button) telephones, and (huge black & white non-color print ability) copy machines.  Faxes were just becoming popular, but still not prevalent.  The use of computers were for specialized projects and for the engineers and techs, not for the secretaries.  No word processors were used.  This was a time that was way before Microsoft Word and Microsoft Office came into popular use.  We used electric typewriters.  The labs used state of the art equipment and machinery.  However, that tended to be off-the-shelf high-end HP diagnostic and design equipment.

The base was populated with spread-out frame buildings that sat in the hot desert heat.  Many were plain and nondescript.  You couldn’t tell their purpose from the outside.  Some possessed signs, while others just sat there mutely.

The people were government employees.

Brilliant scientists and engineers, but they all dressed conservatively.  Typical dress was casual with a white or polo shirt over blue jeans.  In fact, they dressed in the western style.  Some wore cowboy hats, most wore cowboy boots and jeans.  Lee’s, Levi’s and wrangler jeans were the most popular at the time. Plaid shirts and collared T-shirts were the norm.  Many wore polyester shirts and pants (this was the 1980’s after all).  The wearing of ties was quite rare, though Texas style bolo ties would periodically make their appearance.  (At this time, not too many people wore collared polo-shirts.  We all tended to wear white or white patterned cotton/polyester blended shirts.)  There were very few people in uniform, as most people were civilian employees or contractors working for the government.  Many, if not all, had prior active military service.

Most of the people there at the local satellite facility were men.  I don’t recall ever seeing a woman there.  There were no janitor staff or maintenance staff there, unless on special assignment.  Thus the place ended up getting a dusty and cluttered look.  As projects came and went, the debris of prior projects would accumulate one on top of the other for months, years, and even decades.  In the lab would be industry calendars that would be a year or two out of date.  They don’t make these calendars anymore, because they are deemed sexist and inappropriate.  But we all loved them.  They would often portray an attractive woman, often in a swimsuit, holding some kind of industrial supply or tool.  For instance a typical calendar might show a red haired busty girl holding a wrench and leaning against a compressor.

Advertising to men.
In a male dominated workplace, the most effective means of advertising tools is to utilize imagery that appeals to men. During the Bill Clinton (D) administration, there was a move to make everyone “equal”. In so doing, all efforts to appeal to a anything other than female or neutral gender was discouraged. Know your history.

In the post-President Bill Clinton (D) world, anything deemed to be sexist or demeaning was removed from the American work place by presidential decree.  I think that this was a political move initiated by his wife; Hillary Clinton.  It was an effort to gain political support by a major feminist voting block that was of significant importance to his Democrat political party.  As such, he introduced, what later on become known as, “feel-good” legislation.  

I personally think that this was and still is a suppression of “free speech”, but his supporters didn’t.  In their eyes is was one of a continuing series of small steps and efforts to build a “more perfect world” in which everything that is objectionable to his electoral block of supporters is suppressed and made illegal.

These were rules, or guides, or even laws that mandated the removal of all items that were deemed sexist or demeaning to women in the workforce.  Today, you can never see these objects in an American workplace, while they are however still common in other nations.  

As an aside, I was once lambasted for having a “Weekly World News” calendar on my desk.  

Each day would be a new article from that amazingly funny newspaper. Each day was an outrageous front page article from this newspaper. One day, HR called me to their office at the end of the day.  They complained about my calendar.  Apparently in it was a picture of an article that it had describing a girl who gave birth to a 54 pound baby (I forgot the actual weight).  

I thought that it was funny, but HR did not at all.  I was firmly told that the calendar was demeaning to women and that I had to remove it and write a formal apology to go into my permanent record or suffer suspension and loss of my job.  

The ELF Substation

The test substation was nothing more than an island of buildings on a hot flat desert plain.  There were no trees.  Mostly what you would see would be low brittle shrubs and sagebrush.  The ground was always covered in a fine sand of coarse rocks, brittle twigs and debris.  (This always included these multi-pointy star shaped seeds and burrs that seemed to always grab hold of my trousers and socks no matter how hard I tried to avoid them.)

The desert itself was mostly flat with various groupings of boulders placed haphazardly throughout the terrain.  Always, it seemed, that the boulders were grey and the sand was golden.  All of this was often framed against a pristine, robin egg blue, sky.  In the distance you could see the faded light Blue Mountains (typically a hazy blue tint) obscured by the daytime heat.  The Panamint Mountain Range were always viewable from the base no matter where you stood.  They seemed to always be covered with snow at their peaks, even in the hot, hot summer sun.

The cluster consisted of one large blue prefabricated building that was perhaps two stories tall, surrounded by a number of smaller trailers, sheds and structures of unknown purpose and function.  Many of the cement structures in the surrounding land were former test stands, or facilities that were part of previous research and test projects.  Many which were cancelled or killed over the years.  The projects, abandoned after being recorded and archived.  Their equipment cannibalized for other purposes and projects.

Many people do not realize that in the R&D field, more than 80% of the projects that scientists work on are routinely killed or discarded.  The reasons vary.  Some [1] are simply due to funding cuts, which is a political matter.  Other reasons include a [2] change in research direction, a [3] key individual leaving the program or a [4] decision made elsewhere to focus on something else. The Mohave desert is full of the broken dreams of many an aspiring engineer and scientist.

The mountains of Ridgecrest, California.
The Panamint Mountains as viewed from China Lake NWC. Pretty impressive. No matter where you go, you will always be able to see these mountains.

No matter where you were on the base at NAS NASC China Lake, you could see the mountains in the distance.  This is what they looked like.  In the distance they appeared with a bluish tint.  It is an atmospheric phenomena that I cannot explain adequately to the reader. The reader must realize that for the most of the time, it was hot and dry desert, and the view reflected that fact.  What was most interesting however was that the valleys as shown in the picture above all had a small stream in the middle of them, and if you followed the valley up higher to towards the top of the mountain the streams got wider and life began to manifest itself in the form of small trees, weeds and grasses.

All the sheds, buildings and trailers were surrounded with all kinds of unused electronics, scientific apparatus and military devices of god-only knows what they were for.  (There would often reside many delightful objects of curious contraption inside of numerous cardboard boxes, many of which were never even opened once.)  The reader has to understand that it rarely rained, so a person could set the stuff outside for storage and nothing would ever happen to it. So there were piles and piles of boxes of computer and electronic components, wires, containers of all sizes and shapes and gizmos and gadgets of an electronic pedigree of some sorts lying about.  To get to the complex (as well as leave it), you had to go through 3 gates with armed guards. So, no one was ever going to steal the stuff…

The electronics varied from scavenged avionics to entire mainframe computers.  There were boxes of disassembled antennas, submarine sonar systems, and missile tracking radar.  The boxes would hold such things as reams of wire in different gauges to boxes of nuts and bolts.  In a way, it was like a cross between Home Depot, a yard sale, and a Military surplus store all located in an old trailer park.

Every time that there was a project, the engineers on the project would store their gear outside.  That was usually because there wasn’t enough space inside the offices.  Outside were cardboard boxes, some open, and some closed.  There were boxes that had never been opened, but had been sitting there for years.  Often these boxes were loaded with all kinds of electronics gear.  Some boxes would have PCB panels, while others would contain wires.  Still others would hold parts of antennas.  There were boxes of screws, resistors, and all manner of junk that made the place look like the cross between a hardware shop and a flea market.

As odd as this might seem, generally no one would scavenge for parts unless they obtained permission from the original owners of the components first.  This was a small community on the base, and everyone knew everyone else.  At least, as far as the grizzly old timers, and managers were concerned.  Transient engineers, other contractors, and those individuals like myself were excluded from the good-old-boy network that persisted at the base.

But, while I did not know it at the time, my role in MAJestic was a very unique and important one.  I am sure that were there any need to defend me or support me in my role that the entire weight of the MAJestic organization would bear down on anyone who would interfere in my training and purposes there.

The portable office buildings were simply work offices.  There were file cabinets, air conditioners, and some even had a sink and fridge.  Inside were desks, conference tables and just the normal brick-a-brack associated with any kind of business or work.  Mugs with Naval and Weapon Systems logos on them abounded.  I well remember one that I used (don’t remember where I picked it up, probably next to the coffee pot – an orphan mug) a CBU-78/B with a picture of some weapons system and some flashy logo design was quite common. We used the port-a-potties that were on the edge of the parking lot for the most part.  Though, at least one of the trailers had a fairly decent restroom.  All of the buildings were cooled by both Air Conditioners and Evaporative coolers.  The most common method of cooling was the evaporative cooler, which we all liked to call a “swamp cooler”.

Mobile office as used in China Lake NWC.
Here is a typical mobile office. It would hold perhaps three or four rooms and a bathroom. In many cases that meant a central conference room, two offices, with a bathroom at the end.

There were about four large office buildings there and one smaller one.  These were usually occupied by other people who I did not know, doing work that I knew nothing about.  When I would stick my head in the office to use the head, we’d nod and say hi, but that was about it.  One the side of each of the office buildings and the main prefab buildings were numerical designators, or address that things could be delivered to them.  There was a mail box in front of the parking lot, and a large dumpster on the edge of the parking lot.  There was nothing extraordinary concerning the layout of the complex.  It was a typical industrial layout that could be seen anywhere in the United States or in the world.

Off the road in front of this complex was a small parking lot big enough for about thirty cars, though it was mostly empty with no more than five to eight cars there at any given time. It the far end was an area for motorcycles. On the deck were metal plates for the rider to use to put the kickstand upon.

Off from the parking lot was a set of cement steps that led to the main building.  Next to the side door was a coke machine.  Though, I never saw anyone ever fill it up.  I suppose that you would have to have a high security clearance to fill soda machines in this area.

The Test Chamber

The main building, as far as I was concerned, was the big blue prefab warehouse building.  It housed the anechoic chamber that I did most of my training in.  It was a dual use facility and was used to test and calibrate various munitions at the base.   Inside was a really messy control booth, raised up about 10 inches above the floor with cabling below it.  The control booth contained a long curved, “L” shaped console desk.  In the desk were various knobs, dials and electronic modules.  There were also voids and gaping holes in the metal of the desk were modules were removed and not replaced.  In these holes, sometimes wires would protrude and they would dangle out of the hole like some kind of colorful dusty snake.  Surrounding the desk were rack mounted electronics that controlled the “horns” that would be beamed at us when we were in the chamber.

ELF control station
As strange as it might seem, the ELF control station looked a lot like this abandoned old power station. The colors, the dust, and the various electronic panels in disarray was typical.

Photo is of an abandoned power plant control station.  Never the less, the control room to the ELF station looked remarkably similar to this (cluttered, but not so littered.  There wasn’t any trash on the floor, etc.).  The dim lighting, the greenish-grey colors and the dusty panels were identical to the control station.  Off the side were large equipment racks with files of wires that cascaded downwards, and many panels were removed or open so that the workers could access the controls at will to modify, repair or access the equipment inside. It was a wonderous cluttered dim dusty mess.

There were a large number of horns.  They ranged in size to big units the size of a small car, to tiny hand held units that could fit into your hand.  Each one was labeled and identified and rolled for storage in every nook and cranny of the building.  The smaller horns sat on dusty shelves, while the bigger horns were wheeled into the dark hallways surrounding the chamber.

Typically, most horns were unpacked and stored as is. Sometimes they were covered with a tarp of a sheet of plastic, and other times, they just sat there collecting dust. Like everything on the base, there were various tags, labels, and documents that provided code numbers used to track the devices and their ownership.

ELF Horn
This is a typical horn used to radiate ELF radiation. They came in different sizes and shapes. The large ones were enormous and were stored elsewhere. The smaller ones were the size of an (old fashioned) bread-box.

A “horn” is a kind of electronic speaker, looking a lot like an old fashioned horn, which radiates different radio frequencies.  There are small ones (like tweeters) and large ones (like Bass speakers).  But these horns dealt with Extra-Low frequency signals, so they tended to be a different shapes and sizes than you would see in home speakers.  For us, and for the military devices being tested, different horns were used. But for us, they were much smaller than the horns used to test missiles and weaponry. (This was a dual use facility, with all kinds of Ordnance lying around).

The horns were controlled by a collection of custom electronics and modified off-the-shelf gadgets on the base.  The control room looked like the basement of a mad scientist, with all kinds of junk everywhere.  With wires of all kinds snaking about.  It was a wiring nightmare, as most of the electronics were custom made on the spot, apparently in the labs nearby. They were all wire wrapped, instead of soldered, and if one came loose, the training had to halt until we repaired it again.

“Wire-wrapping” is a technique that is used to electrically connect electronic components together.  Today, most electronics on a given PCB are placed there by “pick and place” automated machines, they then go through a system that melts the solder in the very tiny joints on the electrical board.  But there are other methods.  One very famous method is to use “wave solder”.  This technique connected “wire leaded” electrical components by washing their lower portion into a small stream of liquid lead solder.  The wire wrap technique does not use molten solder, instead it relies on the wrapping of a very small wire over the length of a long pin.

Directly adjacent to the chamber was the control station, and next to that was a large electronics lab where parts would be assembled and manufactured.  We usually had the entire facility to ourselves.  People would come and go while they worked on various projects.  Only once was there a spot check whether I belonged there.  And that event passed uneventfully.

The control station consisted of a raised plywood deck approximately one foot high off the floor.  Under it snaked all kinds of wires, plugs, and cables that serviced the equipment that was used to run the chamber and operate the horns.  On the platform were metal consoles that looked identical to that which were used in the SLICK-6 control booths to launch the space shuttle.  These desks had wires, chairs and were often cluttered with dusty papers, tools (typically to include a screwdriver and a flashlight), and unused coffee mugs with the logos of various military programs on them.  Next to the stations were electronics racks that held a large number of custom made electronics and other elements of modified electronics as well.

In the adjacent electronics lab were the standard workstations.  These included work tables, a rack of spools of multicolored wire, cabinets of electronic components, and cabinets of specialized components.  There were the standard array of oscilloscopes, power supplies, tool boxes, lams and a litany of miscellaneous debris.  These were objects consisting mostly of papers, pencils, half completed projects, and Bric-à-brac of an indescribable nature.

Wire Wrapping Technology
Wire-wrapping technology. You utilized a small tool that looked a little like a tiny pistol and “shot” the wire around posts.

Of course, we all helped get the equipment to work, and my background and training was put to good use on the equipment.

The ELF chamber was huge and dark.  It could have fit a small bus easily inside.  There was a single incandescent light high up in the ceiling, and a plywood walkway that stood over the triangular cones that lined the floor.  The cones themselves were dark grey and covered with a rough finish to absorb all sounds.  It was spooky-quiet in the chamber.  The door to the chamber was thick and it was easily ten inches thick and studded with cones on the inside.  On the outside of the door was an indicator light.  This red light would be lit whenever a test sequence was going on.  It was a standard 60 watt incandescent bulb with a red (instead of clear) bulb surface.  That would warn people to stay away and not go inside.  Going inside the chamber would be hazardous if the wrong horn was powered on.

Inside the chamber was empty, but it had an area that permitted large ordinance (it was often used to test the radar and emissions properties of missiles and rockets) to be wheeled in and tested.  In my case, an ejection seat was wheeled in and placed in the center of the chamber.  It was mounted on to a welded frame and could be wheeled about as needed. This seat was pulled out of a dark corner, dusted off, set in place and secured to the floor.  The idea was for it to be located exactly in the proper place in the chamber.  The seat itself, was an ordinary enough object, no doubt scrounged from a previous project or obsolete program.

Waking up

Up until the middle of (that) summer, I still had no recollection of my true and real purpose.  I had “forgotten” everything. I had no memories of what transpired while I was in AOCS.

All my memories were lost, occluded and hidden from me.  I could not access them at all in any way.  As far as I was aware, my time in the United States Navy was a brief experience.  It was a mistake.  

In my mind, according to my memories and feelings, I had experienced a small taste of what it was like to fly and I did not like it.  I had absolutely no desire to fly, go into space, be a fighter pilot, or any kind of pilot for that matter.

The memories that I had were artificial…

There were real reasons for this.  It was important for various reasons that I not have access to these memories.  Most of the reasoning behind it was hidden from me.  Though, over the years I have speculated on the various reasons, and thus I have come to the obvious conclusion that those whom made the reasons had access to information and knowledge that I was not privy to.  I obviously needed to be oblivious to my purpose, and to the reasons why I needed to be trained.  I needed to blend in to the world around me, and I needed to be average and typical.  I was not to “stand out” in any way.  No attention was to be directed towards me.

Memory access.
Memories reside outside the physical reality. Thus, the consciousness can access them when they take on wave properties and migrate outside the physical body.

Experts will tell you that memories reside within certain parts of the brain.  They know this, they explain, because they have mapped how the brain reacts when certain memories are triggered.  However, they make one critical ASSUMPTION. They assume that ALL of the activity associated with memories occur ONLY within the brain.  As such, under this assumption, they can map the way the brain behaves when thoughts are triggered.  However, the truth is that this assumption is wrong.  Memories do not reside within the brain.  They reside elsewhere, and the brain accesses them using certain techniques.  It is the access of the non-resident memories that scientists have mapped.  Not the repository of the memories themselves.

While I have just (now) stated that I had no recollection of my memories, it was not precisely true.  In fact it  was not entirely true at all.  I did, indeed, remember every single one of my memories.  It is just that I never thought about them.

This is very confusing for many people to understand.  It has to do with how the mind accesses the memories.  It has to do with the process involved in memory recall.  It has to do with the way that memories reside in the quantum cloud surrounding the body.  In short, I never forgot my memories, but access to them was denied.

So for me, I had no conscious remembrances of anything associated with the program.  Conscious states or mental events lack the spatio-temporal properties of material objects. Therefore, it becomes difficult to physically identify what had transpired during key events.Yet I still retained the memories associated with those events.

My Assignment

To be authorized to be on a military base, and especially where I was to be trained, I needed to have a secret clearance.  No one ever went to the regions where my training took place without one.  Yet, secret clearances are not just given away to anyone who asks for it.  It is extremely selective.  The system is designed that way.

Specifically, it requires a purpose and functional role that has to be associated with a given activity.  Each activity that the worker is assigned had to be placed under a specific project.  Each project had a level of secrecy associated with it.

However, to everyone else, I was “just” an engineering contractor.  (The reader must realize that there are many kinds of contractors.  Some have extremely restrictive security clearances.  There is no such thing as a “standard” engineering contractor.)  I could not, for instance, say that I was a member of a secret program, and needed a clearance.  I could not say that I was required to have a special clearance because I was part of a SAP.  These programs are secret.  No one knows about them; even the people on the bases that also held similar clearances.

There is no “James Bond style” secretary to the head boss “M” that knows all the agents, and all their assignment (Miss Moneypenny.).  That is just Hollywood fiction. Again, to remind the reader, real and actual secret programs are secret.

Therefore, I needed to [1] be assigned a “visible” and tangible project that [2] required that I do work on the base facilities.  [3] I had to have access to the inner (more secure) regions of the base.  [4] I also had to be given the secret clearance necessary to do the work.    Finally, [5] the process of obtaining my secret or confidential clearance must not betray my actual role.

Thus, I could not simply claim that I was a “top secret W(U)-SAP agent” that needed additional training because I had an association with MAJestic. (The reader must recall that I myself had no recollection of the memories of that role.  So for me, I was, for the first time, applying for a secret security clearance.  Not remembering that I already had the highest levels of military clearance through MAJestic.) I had to apply through local military and civilian government channels to get the basic military clearances.

That is how it is done.

When a person in MAJestic; with the highest clearances available needed to work on a military facility, or government base, they would reapply as a civilian for “lesser” clearances.  No one would ever know their true status.  So to get a person, who was part of the MAJestic team onto a base you find a reason to hire that civilian.  Then apply for the necessary paperwork and clearances.  Thus the solution was simple, and quite common, then as it is today.

In practice, you simply hire the individual to work on the base as a “military contractor”.  This is also known as a “carve out”.  It moves government control away from a government program.  (You “carve it out” of the highly scrutinized and politicized, government budget.) That way it cannot be politicalized.  It cannot be “used” as a “bargaining chip” to pass one sort of legislation or the other.  It cannot be used as some type of “political football” to further the needs for the political elite. It is protected, insulated and isolated from all of that.

Most military contractors had a technical background of some sort. All of the members of MAJestic had a technical engineering background.  In fact, this was one of the selection criteria. It is pretty smart when you think about.  You cannot join MAJestic unless you possessed a technical background.

There is no way that you can get it without having to PROVE that you have a technical ability. It effectively screens out “community organizers”, “political appointees”, and “liberal activists”.

As, then as now, people who tend to be workers, who tend to apply themselves to a project, often also tend to be traditional or conservative regarding many issues.  Then, once hired, the contractor obtained the security clearance specific to the work that needed to be conducted.

My initial work at the facility was as an electrical technician to help support the staff at the facility.  This was the lowest level of involvement that I could obtain to access the base.

It had, associated with it, the smallest number of questions regarding what I was to be involved in and what my tasks were to be.  Everyone who works on a military facility needed to obtain clearance to do so.  The smaller the number of questions asked, the better (for us), as our background was such that no “red flags” would be permitted to be visible.  Our training had to be conducted surreptitiously.  For other positions, and other clearances, more questions and more detailed examinations would have to be conducted.

This might be confusing to the reader, but it is very simple.  As a degreed engineer, I should have been hired at a much higher rate.  That would be a GS-9, or even a GS-12 (to start).  However, with every increase in pay grade comes an associative list of (more extensive) questions and inquiries.  All of which require detailed subsequent background stories (and investigations).

Additionally, it is best that once I obtained my “training” that I remove my history from China Lake as quickly as possible. Over time, it just becomes a simple footnote in a CV. That would not be so easy if I held a more substantive position on a military base.

The reader must remember that this was in the 1980’s under President Ronald Reagan. Security was taken seriously, and only the most worthy obtained clearances. (Ah, and still, mistakes were made.)

Fast forward to the President Obama (D) administration fiasco where it seemed like anyone could get a high paying job, and get a security clearance. They were being handed out like candy at a parade. All you need to do is fit the approved criteria.  

This criteria was quite simple. It was never written down officially. For if it was, it would constitute treason. 

However, in general it seemed like all you needed was to [1] be Muslim, [2] be a member of an approved minority, [3] commit no more than 200 crimes, and [4] show allegiance to a globalist agenda. (Sorry for the vitriol.) 

Yet, there is truth in these words.  The security systems in place at the time of this writing are mere pale shadows of what was in place during the 1980’s. At that time, people had to prove that they deserved to know something.  The term “need to know” was taken seriously and implemented seriously.

It is almost like “need to know” was replaced with “must be diverse”. 

(Ah, what the fuck do I know? He had an agenda and he followed through with it skillfully, and the sheep followed his sanguine song. I just see the mess that he left, and shake my head, because I actually know what it means in the BIG PICTURE.  Sigh.)  

But, you know what?  It’s No Longer My Business.

So, I was hired as a GS-5 pay grade military contractor.

To make up the difference in pay level, my company provided me a generous Per Diem allowance that (when) combined provided me with an adequate salary during my training period.  So, in truth, I was being paid as the engineer I was, but for my technical clearance and all other issues regarding the government, I was just a lowly tech. I rated somewhere above janitor, but below engineer.

Like all base contractors, I had to perform my stated labors, and I did so without complaint.  Thus, I helped [1] debug the equipment, and [2] repair it when necessary.  I [3] helped to calibrate the units, and [4] run drills and [5] tests as needed.  Indeed, I spent much of my time in the [6] control booth and in the [7] nearby electronics lab.  I [8] learned how each and every one of the test units worked, and [9] I was able to debug it electronically.

Most of the controls used wire wrapped components.  This was a wiring nightmare.  It looked like thin spaghetti in a maze of colors and shapes.  Often these wires would come loose, or would be accidently pulled out of place, and we would have to go and repair the damage.  Sometimes the parts and components would fail, and we would have to repair and replace them.  Sometimes we would have to make our own replacement boards and units.  This was typical of the work myself were involved in while awaiting our training sequence.

The work was easy.  (We were just way overqualified for the work.  It was of a technical nature, and there was no question that we could do it.) It was just tedious.

In addition I helped to [10] test the units, and [11] perform manual labor associated with testing the equipment at the lab.  It often involved the moving of equipment, recording the test results and conducting setup and tear-downs of various testing configurations.  From time to time, I would also be called upon to do other related engineering tasks; such as [12] drafting checking, [13] basic drafting, and CAD design (on early CAD systems; notably CADKEY).

Pole and metal building on the base.
This is a typical building at the China Lake NWC. Most of the buildings were of pole and metal construction.

Total Memory Recall

Every day was spent helping the staff at the facility test ordinance in the ELF chamber.  That continued for months up until one day when I was asked to help install a chair inside the chamber.  It was just sitting off to the side behind one of the partitions, and rested on a wheeled plywood platform. It was just a chair or a seat.  There was nothing special about it.  I suppose a “folding chair” would have the same utility.

After we had installed the seat, I noticed that the rest of the staff at our little island cluster of buildings had left for off-site meetings, thus leaving us three alone.  (That, in itself wasn’t really unusual.  People came and went.  But on that day, and the subsequent days, the local ELF facility parking lot was absolutely empty.) It was just myself, Sebastian and the Engineer who ran the facility remaining.  We chatted a while, and after we finished our cokes, I was told to sit there patiently and not to get up for any reason.  Sebastian helped close the door and I was left alone in the chamber waiting quietly.

The door to the chamber was then closed and sealed and the indicator light (This was a 40 watt red-colored incandescent light bulb that was in a light fixture outside the chamber, residing above the door to the ELF chamber.) was turned on.  The indicator light was always used in the event of a test, but I had never been inside the chamber during a test.  It was eerie and quiet.  Inside the chamber is enormously quiet.  (The interior structure of the ELF chamber was designed to absorb sound, radiation and light.  It is the nature and purpose of the chamber.) Anyone who has ever worked with these kinds of chambers will be able to confirm that fact.  It was dark with one lone 60 watt incandescent light bulb dangling from high up near the ceiling.  It was cool however, the chamber was at the same temperature as the rest of the air-conditioned building.  Even though there were no vents inside the chamber, I felt comfortable sitting there.  Though, in hindsight, maybe I should have brought a book with me.

It began with silence, and peace.  Then I began to feel an irritation.  It began to feel like all kinds of little tiny insects were crawling in my body.  Of course, it only felt that way.  There were no actual tiny insects.  It felt like every one of my nerves were alive and vibrating, and that gave me the impression that there were little things crawling inside of me.

And, before I knew what was going on, I heard a strong ringing in my head and there was a sequence of flashes and I lost control of my eyesight.  Instead, the long-ago yet familiar pastel map from the NAS NASC Pensacola Florida ELF facility at NAMI flooded my vision.  And at that very moment, at that exact instant of time, I had a total and complete resurgence of all my repressed memories associated with the W(U)-SAP (MAJestic) program.

ELF test chamber at China Lake NWC.
I was lucky enough to locate a photo of the interior of the test chamber where I was trained. The only differences was that instead of a missile and frame, the area was empty, and a chair rested there for me to sit on.

The reader needs to understand that the consciousness is NOT the same thing as the soul. Likewise, memories are not the brain, nor do they reside inside the brain.  They are something separate that is accessed by the brain. As such, the brain and the consciousness that controls it, the soul and memories are all separate entities with different purposes and behaviors.

The core kit #1 probes were engaged.

It lasted for one or two minutes and then the field was turned off and my eyesight returned.  I sat in the chair and did not move.  I now remembered everything.  I had a complete and total memory recall of all the events leading up to the meeting with the Commander at the base, and everything subsequent to that.  It was stunning.  But even more stunning was fitting the fragmented pieces together and merging my “apparent” life that I have been living with the “true and actual” reality that had been hidden from me.  To me, it was enormously stunning.  I just sat there and did and said nothing.  I was overwhelmed.

The reader must recognize just how much a shock this was for me.  The reader needs to remember that I had absolutely NO recall of my meeting with the Base Commander, or meeting Sebastian.  While I recognized Sebastian when I met him, I did not KNOW him.  

However, upon the reemergence of my memories, it all came back.  I remembered everything.  Remember, a number of years had elapsed since when I joined the program and “officially” left the US Navy.  

During that time, I lived a disillusioned life; a life where I (and my family) believed that I had failed AOCS and that I did not have what it took to be a Naval Aviator.  That belief certainly colored and affected my subsequent decisions.  

The knowledge that I was selected for the MAJestic program out of the Aviation Officer talent pool was hidden from me, and now as the information and memories returned, it was truly an earth-rolling shock to my emotions and mental state.

Eyesight under the field effects

Sitting in the NAS China Lake ELF chamber was unique and different than anything that I had experienced at NAMI in NAS NASC Pensacola, Florida.

For me, under the influence of the field, everything appeared different.  While I still retained the ability to see properly, my vision was changed.  The most noticeable aspect was that I saw the harmonics and cavitation effects of the ELF waves in my visual cortex.  All waves have harmonics and interference patterns.  We see that in water when you make waves by splashing.  But we, as humans, never see this effect in the air.  But, if you have the implants, and are under the effect of the field, you actually do physically see the effects.  You can actually see the extremely long waves bounce and hit the physical objects surrounding you.  You can see it with your eyes.  I do not how this happens, or what the mechanism is, but that is what happens.

ELD radiation caviation made visible.
Cavitation effects made visible. The horn would produce radiation, and the radiation would bounce about and go through the various walls in a way that was visible to those with the probes installed.

The cavitation effects appear as dark lines or crescent troughs and ridges that overlap in the room where you sit.  They are obviously affected by the surrounding physical geometry of the room, as their appearance changes as you walk around the room into another area.  Always sharp corners, right angle protuberances, and flat surfaces make the wave shape most distinct.  Soft and rounded surfaces dilute the cavitation effects.  It also is apparently affected by the mass of the physical objects.  For instance a cement wall will have a greater influence than would a small wooden chair.

In the darkened anechoic chamber, it was still difficult to see.  As there was only one light bulb in the entire chamber.  But, I could see the interference patterns reflected in the chamber and affected by the thousands of triangular cones that dotted the walls and ceiling.  The most pronounced and obvious patterns were associated with the corners in the room.  If I failed to look at the corners, I would have failed to see the cavitation effects in the chamber. (Thirty years later, while I was in my cell, I could easily see the grey cavitation effects.  The walls were all white, and it was very easy to see the effects.)

I could see the effects because I was implanted. No one else could see the effects.

Turning ON

It took me a few minutes to compose myself.  After all, no matter how one looks at it, it is a shock to your system to know that you haven’t had the ability to access you memories.  It most certainly shocked me, and caused me to sit upright in my chair and vocalize “What The Fuck?”.  (Yeah, it was just like that.)  The team in the control booth (might have) realized this and asked me if I needed a minute to compose myself.   They even handed me a can of coke from the window next to the horn mounting clamps.  I said thanks and went and got it.  They let me drink it in quiet contemplation.

The team at that time (aside from me) consisted of [1] Sebastian, [2] the manager of the ELF “training” program at the facility, and [3] a military contractor who assisted in the setup and break down of the test equipment.  This person was quite old (from my perspective at the time) being a retired military and who was working there part time.  His experience and knowledge in the field was, to put it simply, vast.

I sat thinking about my life, and resolving the conflicting emotions I had.  I was actually a bit miffed that I had to believe that I failed at being a naval aviator, when the truth was that I was asked to do something much more significant.  Well, the Commander said that it would be much more significant.  But, really, was it?  I was an unemployed engineer working as a low grade technician in an isolated research facility in the middle of nowhere.  That was, I must tell you, hardly significant in the least.

I had endured self-doubt, and discouragement partly because everyone (and I do mean everyone) told me that I had failed, and partly because I too believed that I had indeed failed. We are always influenced by those around us, even when we refuse to acknowledge it. I believed what everyone else said to me.  I believed their lies, and adjusted my life accordingly.  

I endured the criticism of my parents and siblings who reinforced to me the notion that I could not fly or to ever amount to anything significant.  I began to believe that all I could be was “just” an engineer.  I began to believe that the most I could ever accomplish would be to buy a house and a second hand car.  I began to believe that I was a low-achiever.  I began to live a life where I accepted the mediocre as the normal, when the true reality was far more important.  

I was, to put it mildly, quite miffed.

I sat and thought about this for perhaps as long as 40 minutes (Yes; it sucked.  But, pragmatically, what are you able to do about it?) and then knocked on the control room window and told them that I was ready to proceed. I think I said something like, “OK, let’s get going.” Or something similar, and took two fingers pointed in the air making a circular movement.

Actually, the basic calibration of the core kit of probes was rather quick and straight forward.    It only involved two different sized horns (Perhaps to test and calibrate for each kit of probes installed.  I really do not specifically know why two horns were used for two kits of implanted probes.  I surmise it is one for each kit, but it is possible that each kit communicated using signals on different frequencies.), and a recording of the readings from the instruments.  I sat in the chair rather passively and let them run the calibration tests.  I felt nothing at all.  I had full access of both my eyes and my memories.  Why this testing and calibration was needed, I do not know.  The core basic kit of probes was a topic that I never got to explore or investigate.

After a while the ELF field was turned off, and the door was opened and I left the chamber.  What is curious is that at the conclusion of the test, my memories were yet again compartmentalized.  I left the facility at quitting time with the belief that I conducted just another everyday series of tests.  From my point of view, I just sat in the chair and waited a few minutes and then left.  I failed to notice that three hours had passed, not only three minutes.  I had no memory of anything else.  I then drove home and stopped for some KFC take out to bring home.  There was nothing spectacular in any way about the day that I could recall.

Anyone who does not know what KFC is leads a sheltered life. At that time, I would go home and pass the KFC on the way to my house.  Typically, I would get a bucket of chicken with mashed potatoes (and gravy), biscuits, and coleslaw. It was always a great bucket meal.  Then, at home, we would rent a video (we watched videos on Betamax at that time.)

On that day, for your curiosity, I bought a bucket of chicken with sides of mashed potatoes, coleslaw, gravy, and biscuits.  We had beer in the refrigerator at the apartment.  At that time a case of Budweiser had 30 cans, not the 24 cans that a regular case of beer would contain.  (It was a promotional item at the time.)  So we tended to drink Bud instead.

KFC is popular in the USA, but it is super-popular in China.  However, the menu is quite different.  For one thing, chicken breast is considered “too fatty”, and thus is undesirable.  So it is pretty cheap.  They also serve other parts of the chicken not normally found in the states, like chicken feet.  But, thank God, they still serve mashed potatoes. Yum!

Calibration

The next day began like any other day.  I went to work by driving through the three gates of the base on my motorcycle.  I parked my motorcyle in the corner of the parking lot and placed one of the steel metal squares under the kick stand and went inside.

The parking lot was paved with black asphalt.  In the hot sun the asphalt would get hot and take on a semi-liquid state, after all this was the desert.  If you failed to put a metal plate under the kickstand, the bike would fall on its side, and the localized pressure of the weight of the bike on to the hot asphalt would cause the kickstand to sink into the pavement.  The solution was to evenly distribute the load of force, and to do this often time a flat steel plate was used.  They were always around the base.  And, I never had any trouble finding any to use when I parked my motorcycle.

I was the first to arrive, like always.  It was just like any other day at work, except that now we were putting a new horn in place.  This horn was different from the other two horns that we had used earlier.  Since it was relatively new, we had to unpack it out of storage.  It was stored differently than most horns, which were mounted on coasters and moved about when not used.  This horn had some additional devices hooked up to it, and it required the addition of a new module that plugged into the equipment rack to the right of the control booth.

Here is a technical note.

The horn used to wake me up was not the same horn that was used to calibrate and train me.  These were two different horns.  This implies that they produced two different signals.  Two different signals suggests two different frequencies and / or wave patterns.

Again, I went inside the chamber, and the door was closed like before.  Also like before, there was a brief period of discomfort as the field was turned on, but that quickly went away.  When the field was turned on, I also regained my memories.  But this time, the pastel map appeared (discussed elsewhere) and so did the reticle cursor (also discussed elsewhere).  Since this projection flooded my visual cortex, I knew what to do.  In which I automatically moved it to the appropriate spot on the map.  When I did so, there was a moment where it got “locked in place”, and then the map disappeared.

Again, with a full set of memories, I sat in the chair for about five hours as the calibration process was conducted.  I noticed that the calibration process for the specialized implanted probes was substantially different than for the core kit.  Apparently, the probes worked differently from each other and thus had different calibration procedures.

At the conclusion of the calibration procedure, the field was turned off, and shortly after that I again lost all my memories of my ELF related past.  This included the calibration test that I was just involved in.  Instead, just like the day previous to this, I remembered it as just another typical day at work.  We all said good bye to each other, and went home at the end of the day as if nothing strange was going on.

I don’t know if the manager, who operated the machinery realized what it must be like for me not to remember anything.  Or if he understood the issues with the compartmentalization of the memory.  He was certainly a talented person.  He was a career government employee.  The manger was an engineer like myself, with a prior military record.  The person helping him; Sebastian, however knew exactly what it was like, as our training was identical.  But none of us talked about anything.

This compartmentalization was maddening.  As all of us were highly skilled and had the necessary secret clearances to conduct our tasks, but I wonder if we really needed to have our memories compartmentalized so drastically.  It wasn’t my call, as I was not in the decision process.  But, my guess is that those who sponsored the program did not.

We conducted two separate bouts of training.  One for myself, and another one for my colleague Sebastian.  Neither of us talked about our experiences afterwards.  We simply pretended that none of it ever happened.

Configuring the interface

The next work day was different.  This was now day three of my training.  But, this time when the field was turned on, and I had a full recall of my memories, something different happened.  Instead of the pastel calibration map appearing, an overlay appeared over my field of sight.  This overlay was transparent.  I could see the chamber that I was in and look at my hands, but overlaid over my sight was an image.  That image was fixed and did not change at all, no matter where I turned my head or moved my eyes.

To my great surprise, the image that was overlaid on my field of vision was the album art of the album that I selected as my favorite album back at the ELF facility in NAS NASC Pensacola, Florida a few years ago.  (In NAS, NASC Pensacola, Florida at NAMI, we were given a questionnaire to fill out.  On it were many questions.  One of the questions was what was my favorite song.  The song that I selected came from a specific music album (as did all songs of that time).  Unlike today were the reader would immediate know the MTV music video associated with a song, in those days we all knew the album art, and interior sleeve details of a given song instead.)

This album art was for Al Stewart’s “The Year of the Cat”.  It was not the external outside album art, but the more detailed inside sleeve art (Inside vinyl record packaging was a thin paper envelope that held the vinyl record.  Often times this paper envelope was decorated with designs and symbols reflective of the outside cover art work.  In the case for the album, “The Year of the Cat”, the inside sleeve artwork consisted of a wallpaper like design motif that had rows upon rows of the items illustrated on the outside of the album.  This was a two color design;  Black line art on a light blue paper background.) that was portrayed inside my visual cortex.  I must completely tell the reader  that seeing it was pretty surprising to me. (I wonder if this was [1] a construction of my mind, or [2] if some engineer had to physically program that control dialog JUST FOR ME to experience.  It’s an interesting thought.)

Album art for the "Year of the Cat" album.
This is the album art (front cover) for the album “Year of the Cat”. I discussed (covered elsewhere) how I had established a list of my interests, likes and dislikes, when I had first entered MAJestic and after my core kit #2 probes were installed. This was the album art for the album that I specified on the handout.

This was years before Microsoft introduced the Windows operating system.  Everyone was still using MS DOS.  But, the characteristics of this HUD (Heads Up Display)[i] was nearly identical to that of the later day Windows OS interface.

The projected image was collimated which made it appear to be overlaid in front of me.

Collimation – The projected image is collimated which makes the light rays parallel. Because the light rays are parallel the lens of the human eye focusses on infinity to get a clear image. Collimated images on the HUD combiner are perceived as existing at or near optical infinity. This means that the person’s eyes do not need to refocus to view the outside world and the display...the image appears to be "out there", overlaying the outside world.

I found that, like the pastel map earlier, a reticle (of a different type and appearance) appeared and I could move it about with my mind.  By thinking certain thoughts, spoken by coached direction from the booth, I was able to pull up various icons and figures that I had the ability to manipulate.

The Menu

The process and training was simple.  Once the overlay entered my visual cortex, I could move a (semi-transparent) reticle over an icon that would reside on the display in front of me.  I could then activate or “click” on it by will power.  This would cause a kind of menu to appear.  The menu was not in English, but was rather in additional symbols of basic shapes and forms.  I was taught how to control various elements of the icons through a pre-graphic interface by thought alone.  Then “set” them in place and move forward to the next icon.  I believe that what I was doing was nothing sort of configuring my second kit of probe implants.  Because, once I configured them, and then locked them in place, I never returned to that portion of the screen again.

To better explain how this worked, the reader must recognize that it was different from the GUI that we currently use on Windows software.  Here, the reticle “floated” over and above the background menu.  The menu, of course, was the shapes and forms superimposed over the album artwork.  I could move the reticle over the shapes (by my thoughts) and when I selected one (also by my thoughts), the reticle would “land” and “harden”. It looked like it was making an impression in soft clay.

Once that was completed, I was taught how to perform some higher level “tweaks” and manipulations to the system.  This was, I suppose, the operating system for the second core kit inside my brain.  And, that was the core extent of my training during this period.  By listening to their coached directions (That they (no doubt) were reading from a manual or handout.), I was able to learn how to use and configure the basic operating system.  This was the source code germane to the Core kit #2 implants.  This was a very powerful skill set and certainly very important.

Quantum processes attributed to the human soul work in partnership with the brain.  

This is the observable neurological processes that seem to work to “produce the experience” of human consciousness.  However, one is not completely dependent on the other to function. Essentially, the human brain is a quantum computer, and the informational state of qubits are influenced by the human soul. 

Stuart Hameroff (Professor Emeritus at the Department of Anesthesiology and Psychology and the Director of the Center for Consciousness Studies at the University of Arizona) and Sir Roger Penrose (mathematical physicist at the Mathematical Institute and Wadham College and University of Oxford) believe overall brain function derives from quantum level microtubule vibrations.

Consciousness does not originate from within the brain. It originates outside of it, and occupies the physical brain through particle alignment. 

This opens a potential Pandora’s Box, but our theory accommodates both these views, suggesting consciousness derives from (link to the body through) quantum vibrations in microtubules, protein polymers inside brain neurons, which both govern neuronal and synaptic function, and connect brain processes to self-organizing processes in the fine scale, ‘proto-conscious’ quantum structure of reality.”

In other words, they believe they’ve found scientific evidence for the human soul. They believe that it is something that is formed and originates from the brain.  However, they are quite wrong.  Point #1; the soul is not the same thing as consciousness.  Point #2, consciousness is birthed outside of the physical and enters the brain to actuate thought generation within an empty “reality”.

Al Stewart Year of the Cat album art - Rear cover.
This is the second half of the outside album art for Al Stewart’s “Year of the Cat” album. The interior sleeve art is similar in style, but different in appearance.

The first objective of the training program was to be able to access my source code and manipulate it, to a limited extent.  To this end, I spent a period of time, approximately three weeks, learning how to use this software.  I did not learn every code, sequence or every function possible.  I only learned the most basic commands and their purposes.  During this time, I also learned how the unique kit that is implanted in myself interfaces with the Core kit (Kit #1).

Unlike conventional software, such as used today, the software routines that I used to debug and modify the probes were all graphic in nature.  They consisted of little pictures. Similar to Chinese symbols, but quite different. It was truly a graphic interface.

Keep in mind that this was in the 1980’s at a time when the concept of a graphic interface and the use of a mouse was just entering mainstream use.

Information was stored on paper-thin “disks” that were known as floppy discs and only held one MB of information or so.  The “mouse” was a “new” technical innovation, and most computers did NOT have one.  You needed to navigate using the arrow keys on the keyboard. In a way, the graphical interface seemed to represent a collection of PLC sequences and ladder diagrams.  The interface and commands were simple, but maybe it only appeared that way to me because I was somehow programmed to think that.

Symbols and their use

There were perhaps 150 or so basic symbols that I needed to memorize (Out of maybe thousands.). The impression that I have is that they are but just a small part of an overall “library” of symbols. Additionally, the orientation of each symbol had a particular meaning and role.  This included [1] rotation of the symbols, [2] mirror images of the icons, and [3] a combination of both.  This is unlike what we do in our romance languages today.  We have fixed fonts. (That is the same in China, the shapes of the icons were fixed, but if you reverse them, they would hold a different meaning. Like the character “fu” which means “fortune”.  People put it upside down on their doors during Chinese New Year to signify holding the fortune inside.)

One of the most widely seen Chinese characters in China is  fú the character for good fortune or luck. You see it painted everywhere: on wind chimes, pots, posters as a decoration. A look at its origin gives a feel of the complexity and longevity of symbols in Chinese culture. It also represents the God of Fortune (Fu) who is part of the good luck trinity of Fu, Lu and Shou.

Chinese Character

The character for good fortune consists of the radical for auspicious or heaven sent to the left. The separate right-hand symbol for wealth or abundance also pronounced fù 富 but with a falling fourth tone itself comprises of three elements. At the top is a roof, underneath is the abbreviated form of the character for high and at the bottom is the symbol for field 田 tián. Taken together the three elements have the meaning of storing produce piled high from a good harvest; the most ancient and potent indicator of wealth and good luck. It is usually written in black ink on lucky red paper.

Upside-down

Fu is widely seen on Chinese New Year posters. In many cases the poster is deliberately hung upside down. This needs a bit of explanation as there are several stories explaining how this came about. Firstly if you look at the character fu there is a certain vague resemblance to the character for upside down dao. The character dao can mean both 倒 dǎo upside down or fall and 到 dào arrive only differing in tone. Combining the meaning of dao and fu gives the idea of good fortune raining down from the heavens. So placing fu upside down is increasing the possibility of good fortune. It may also have something to do with bats  that hang upside down. This is somewhat similar to the European custom of lucky horseshoes ; it is a symbol for good luck one way up but if placed upside down is an ill omen as the luck falls out of the horseshoe.

Once I memorized the symbols and the orientation rules, everything became very simple. Indeed, the symbology was very simple and I could “read” the symbols that I would “see” before my virtual eyes.

Take Aways

  • The terrestrial probes for my role in MAJestic needed to be calibrated.
  • Calibration was at China Lake NWC.
  • Calibration required an ELF facility.
  • Memory access can be controlled by the probes.
  • Only people with a technical background could enter the test and calibration facility.
  • Only people with a military background could enter the base.
  • When the core kit #2 probes are activated, the harmonics and cavitation shadows of the ELF environment are made visible.
  • The extraterrestrial probes did not require calibration.
  • The interface between the extraterrestrial probes and the terrestrial MAJestic probes required calibration and a certain degree of programming.

FAQ

Q: What is the “pastel map” that you refer to?

A: It is a visual depiction of “terrain” that represents the interior of my brain when it was initially mapped at NAMI. I use it to help locate certain parts of my brain in order to conduct certain specific exercises.

Q: Why did you need to be trained at China Lake NWC?

A: I do not know. Maybe it is because I required the use of a specialized ELF horn, test chamber, and trained staff to assist in my calibration and programming. Maybe they felt that it would not be secure if I went to a college or university campus. (Provided they had these resources, of course.)

Q: Why was the calibration important?

A: Why is a car tune up important? If it isn’t tuned up properly, the car won’t run very well. The same is true with the ELF probes.

Q: Do you miss the desert?

A: No, not really. However, I would really like to take a trip out there for old-time’s sake and hike around the hills and those huge piles of boulders that seem to be scattered about on the desert floor.

Q: Why are you able to talk about this this?

A: I was retired and put in a monitoring program in 2011. My MAJestic ties have been severed, and memory lockouts have been put in place. I now only have an active link with the extraterrestrial probe(s). They have given me approval to release this. Actually, it is more like PESTERING ME to do so.

Frankly, it is a royal pain in the neck, and I welcome approval to shut the fuck up about it.

I have resolved my past and all the missions and efforts that I have been part of. There is no need to transcribe anything to anyone. However, I think (personally believe) that THEY believe that SOMETHING needs to be released. And, thus my role herein.

From what I gather, all programs that I have been part of are now over. MAJestic has been transformed into something else all together.  The remaining active programs are now just isolated “mission specific” carve outs. I am a walking fossil, and thus I am free to talk about obsolete technology and histories of another time and place.

More…

This is Part #1 of a two-part blog post. To read Part #2, please go HERE.

  1. MAJestic Related Posts – Training

    These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

    How to tell...

    How to tell -2

    Top Secrets

    Sales Pitch

    Feducial Training

    Implantation

    Probe Calibration - 1

    Probe Calibration - 2

    Leaving the USA

    MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

    These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

    Enjoy.

    Secrets of the universe
    Alpha Centauri
    Our Galaxy the Milky Way
    Sirius solar system
    Alpha Centauri
    The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
    The Hammer inside the rock.
    The Hollow Moon
    The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
    The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
    Mystery of the bronze bell.
    Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
    Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
    The Oxia Palus Facility
    Brown Dwarfs
    Apollo Space Exploration
    CARET
    The Nature of the Universe
    Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
    The mysterious flying contraptions.

    MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

    These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

    Cat Heaven
    MWI
    Things I miss
    How MWI allows world-line travel.
    An Observed World-Line switch.
    Vehicular world-line travel
    Soul is not consciousness.

    John Titor Related Posts

    Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

    They are;

    Articles & Links

    • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
    • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
    • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
    • You can find out more about the author HERE.
    • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
    • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Our Galaxy as Presented to MAJestic

Our solar system is but one small place within a much larger (physical) community. This community is our galaxy, also known as the “Milky Way” galaxy. Here in this post, I place what I know of our galaxy and mix in what has been presented to me through MAJestic. It is a hodge-podge of conventional science and the outrageous. All together it paints a rather comprehensive general picture of the history of our galaxy…

“Our sun is one of 100 billion stars in our galaxy. Our galaxy is one of billions of galaxies populating the universe. It would be the height of presumption to think that we are the only living things in that enormous immensity.”

-Wernher von Braun, Text of the Address by von Braun Before the Publishers' Group Meeting, The New York Times Text of the Address by von Braun Before the Publishers' Group Meeting Here 29 April 1960 L. 20, column 2 Wells (April 29, 1960), l. 20, column 2. (This is a dated comment, as the galaxy is now known to be more than 7 times as large.)

Many readers, no doubt, have no idea what a galaxy is, and thus need to know why it is so important to me.

Duh! What is a “galaxy”?

Before we begin, I must repeat a core principle to the reader; There is an “invisible world” that is part of our lives. This “invisible world” goes by many names; heaven, dark matter, MWI, to name just a few. What I describe here is the barest edge of what we know to be the reality in our physical world. I discuss the physical reality of this universe centered around our tiny planet.

For many people the word “galaxy” conjures up the same kind of meaning as does a “star”; they are both objects from outer space. When I first started to write about my experiences, I came to confront a harsh reality. It surprised me. Indeed, it still surprises me. People, for the most part, are ignorant of science. It is true.

Most people are totally ignorant of science.

Sadly, not everyone understands the terms and phrases that I use so routinely.

While I have tried to “dumb down” my writings to the most basic level, I am sure that there will be individuals who will still fail to grasp what I am trying to convey. No; this is not an elementary text on astronomy. But, in my own way, I wish to make the complex simple and easier to understand in the context of the world that I experienced.

Where we live

We live on a planet called earth that is in orbit about a star that we call the sun.

A star is a hot collection of gas and light that (seems to) sits apart in the vast universe that we live in. A star can get pretty darn big. Our sun is a star. Contemporaneously, it is considered to be an “average” star. It’s not too big, and not too small. It’s just about right (for us).

However, other species do NOT consider it to be “average”. They consider it to be a little on the “hot” side. In their minds, the most common stars are much cooler and smaller than our sun. They like to think that it is the cooler “K” and “M” class stars that are “average” and “common”.

Our sun and earth is part of a neighborhood that consists of other planets also orbiting the sun. We call this a solar system.

For our purposes, EVERY star has a solar system.

Yay, now maybe some of those solar systems might only consist of some dust and an asteroid or two, while others might consist of a complex and dense collection of all sorts of planets. The point is that we can make the broad assumption that each star has its own solar system of orbiting planets.

A Galaxy

A galaxy is a collection of stars that are bound together by gravity.

Galaxies come in different sizes and shapes. Depending on the history of the galaxy, it can look like a huge fuzzy mass, or a spinning top and anything in between. Our galaxy is also average. It is a little on the “big” side comparatively, and spins around forming a shape and features known as “arms”.

Our Milky Way Galaxy.
The above picture represents the most accurate representation of our galaxy so far. Each little “pin-sized” dot of white is a very hot and large star. The cooler stars are not shown. What we see outside of our solar system is limited due to the location of where our sun is relative to the huge mass of stars which surround us. Further, there are areas of obscuring dust and gas that confound our ability to accurately map the galaxy in its entirety. On the Internet one can find various depictions of what our galaxy is believed to look like. This is by far the most accurate portrayal as of 2015.

Our sun resides within “our” galaxy. We call it the “Milky Way” galaxy because (I suspect) it looks like a splash of milk in the night-time sky.

We live in the Milky Way Galaxy.

We are not in the center of it, nor are we off on the outer edges. Our sun (and solar system) lie in a pretty average and typical section. Our surrounding neighborhood contains both young and old stellar neighbors. As is true with most of the universe, most of the stars that surround us lie hidden. We cannot see them. Those stars that we do see are actually just the big and bright stars only. The vast bulk of stars around us are small and quite dim.

The vast bulk of stars around us are small and quite dim.

The Size of our Galaxy

“How did it communicate? I have no idea. It did move its arms a lot. Almost like giving instructions! I heard no voice communications. The helmet was not as large as our two NASA astronauts, and had a viewport to look forward. It had a small, perhaps a communication device, attached only to the right side of the helmet! 

I saw no oxygen tank(s). It had a wide belt like wrapping around it.. 

It did not appear to be tethered as the two Astronauts were to the sides of the shuttle structure. I observed nothing that appeared to be a weapon. The time of this amazing scene was one minute and seven seconds, I timed it on my Astronaut chronograph watch.”

-Clark C. McClelland, a former ScO of the Space Shuttle Fleet commenting on a scene he witnessed. He claims he personally observed an 8 to 9 foot tall extraterrestrial (ET) on his monitor while on duty in the Kennedy Space Center’s Launch Control Center (LCC). 

He claims that the ET was standing upright in the Space Shuttle Payload Bay having a discussion with two tethered US NASA Astronauts. He also claims to have observed (on his monitors) the spacecraft of the ET as it was stabilized safely in orbit to the rear of the Space Shuttle main engine pods.

Let’s talk about the “Milky Way” galaxy.

Stars do not lie alone in the great vastness of space. They are not scattered about like grains of sand on a beach. They clump together. They gather in groups. They collect together.

These collections are called galaxies.

Our galaxy, the Milky Way, contains maybe 600 to 750 billion stars (plus or minus 250 billion) that lie mostly in a semi-flattened (with wavy planar ripples) spiral disk of some 70-100,000 light-years (ly) across, with a central bulge of about 10,000 ly in diameter.

I said, “Our galaxy, the Milky Way, contains maybe 600 to 750 billion stars”. This is debatable. 

There are those whom still hold to the 1960-era belief that there are only 100 billion stars in the galaxy. 

Others, through ignorance (perhaps), subscribe to the 1985-era belief that there are 400 billion stars in the galaxy. 

While still others maintain the more conventional belief (1995-era) that there are no more than 600 billion stars in the galaxy. 

If you consider the T and Y class dwarves to be stellar bodies then the number could well exceed 1000 billion stars. This is a 2015 era belief.

Also…

I said, “spiral disk of some 70-100,000 light-years (ly) across”. Apparently, our galaxy is pretty much on the larger side of my estimate. 

The size was upgraded in the March 10, 2015 edition of the Astrophysical Journal. 

This brings the Milky Way's size up to that of Andromeda. The Milky Way's small radius in comparison to Andromeda's larger radius has always puzzled astronomers because the two galaxies have roughly the same mass.

I can see the nerds in the reader audience nodding. However, the galaxies as portrayed in fictional software games are not a true representation of the actual size of a galaxy. For instance, the game stellaris (at most) might have a galaxy of a mere two thousand solar systems. 2000 is not 750,000,000,000.

(I would guess that the game limitations are due to the computer technology, as well as the general interest of the player. Afterall, a boy starting the game would end up as an old man before he would even begin to consider finishing it.)

Anyways…

Our Location in The Galaxy

“The number of habitable worlds in our galaxy is certainly in the tens of billions, minimum, and we haven’t even talked about the moons. And the number of galaxies we can see, other than our own, is about 100 billion.”

– Seth Shostak, Senior Astronomer at California’s SETI Institute

Our sun; Sol, lies less than halfway out (26,000 ly) from the galactic center in Sagittarius. It resides on the core-ward side of one of the galaxy’s spiral arms named Orion. This “arm” is some 2,000 to 3,000 ly thick.

There are numerous arms in our galaxy. (This figure seems to change, as scientists can’t seem to make up their minds between the major and minor arms.) As of 2017, it is considered that there are four “major” arms in our galaxy.

Our Milky Way galaxy showing the arms.
Here is a nice picture of what our Milky Way galaxy looks like if you were to view it from an angle far away. Selected “arms” are identified and labeled. The Sun is shown as a reference.

Roughly 6,000 light-years separate “our” Orion arm from the Sagittarius-Carina arm on the inside (towards the center of the galaxy) and the Perseus arm on the outside (outer rim of the galaxy). From our perspective, the galactic rim is in the direction of Auriga and Taurus.

Do not be deceived. The space between these arms is NOT empty of stars. They are full of stars. It is only that the vast bulk of the stars are the dimmer dwarfs that give off scant light that it appears that the voids are empty. The “arms” are composed of more hot and bright stars than what is found in the spaces between them.

The spiral arms of our galaxy.
The closest spiral arms to our solar system within the Milky Way galaxy. The sun’s location is provided for reference.

Our sun, Sol, is located 67 light-years north of the galactic plane.  We are not in the middle; in the thick of the galaxy disk.  We lie above it.  We lie within a roughly 200-light-year wide oval band that is rich in gas, dust, and newborn stars.

In this region are associations of extremely bright, bluish, and massive O and B stars, with emission nebulae (H II).  These are the (bright) stars that we see at night.

All those stars that we see at night are not typical. They just happen to be the stars that are easiest for us to see.  Some are big.  Some are bight.  Some are visible because they are nearby to us. Often, these are the very young stars that people claim to be the home for extraterrestrial species.  Heads up; they are not.  They simply glow and light up the night sky for us.  They are what we see.  They are what give our galaxy the shape that we perceive.  They are what help us define the “spiral arms”.

Voids between the Spiral Arms

The apparent voids between spiral arms are not empty space.  They are not empty at all.  It certainly looks like it, but that is because we are unable to see the dimmer stars.  In truth, the “voids” of nothingness between the spiral arms are actually “chock” full of dimmer, redder, and less massive stars like Sol. (G, K, and M class.) Not to mention the huge numbers of “brown dwarf” stars and their respective solar systems.

The truth is that these voids are where the BULK of intelligent extraterrestrial species come from.  This is where the more advanced civilizations in our galaxy exist.  They do not lie inside the (visible) arms; where the young and hot stars lie, and where the gaseous and dusty spaces proliferate.  No.  They tend to lie in the safe, unexciting, and relatively quiescent spaces between the arms.

Bode's Galaxy - Messier 81.
Here is Bode’s Galaxy. It is listed as Messier 81. It is very similar to our galaxy in overall shape and form.

The Milky Way has two four (x4) major and two (x2) minor arms that spiral out from the long bar of stars, as well as near and far arms that lie along both sides of the central bar more.  There are also some “trivial” galactic features that could be classified as “offshoots” of the arms.  These are distributed throughout the galaxy.

To some, the naming of these various features is important. Yet the truth is that the stars group together in clusters of various sizes, shapes, and intensity of brightness.  How we view these clusters defines our naming conventions.

Some Notes;

A 12-year study published in the Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society has confirmed that our Milky Way Galaxy has four spiral arms, following years of debate that it has only two arms. 

First there were four arms, then there were two major arms with two minor arms, now we are back to four major arms again! Jeeze!  Here’s a good write up on all the arguments. 

"Using NASA's infrared Spitzer Space Telescope to sample light from some 30 million stars in the Milky Way, astronomers observed a long bar of relatively old stars spanning the center of the galaxy. Stellar bars are known to exist in some other spirals, and researchers have long pondered the possibility that one might reside in ours. They were unsure, however, of whether the heart of the galaxy would contain a bar structure, an ellipse or both.

The new observations paint the clearest picture yet of the Milky Way's interior and reveal the apparent bar in unprecedented detail. The feature is some 27,000 light-years long (7,000 light-years longer than expected) and sits at a 45-degree angle to the galaxy's main plane."

The Center of the Galaxy

Looking in from a point outside the Milky Way, we would see the luminous parts of the galaxy;  a dense concentration of mostly old stars that fill the central bulge.  Whose brightest stars are generally [1] red giants of relatively low mass or [2] big bluish stars recently born from gas. In the center of our galaxy is a very interesting and complex structure known as Sagittarius A* that is probably a black hole massing about 2.5 million suns.

Sagittarius A*
Evidence has been uncovered for the presence of a jet of high-energy particles blasting out of the Milky Way’s super-massive black hole known as Sagittarius A* (Sgr A*). This image of Sgr A* and the region around it contains some of the data used in the study, with X-rays from Chandra (purple) and radio emission from the Very Large Array (blue). Jets of high-energy particles are found throughout the Universe on large and small scales. The likely discovery of a jet from Sgr A* helps astronomers learn more about the giant black hole, including how it is spinning.

The central bulge is not a central point.  It is not spherical in shape.  Indeed, it is shaped like a long rectangular or oval bar.  Its shape actually extends in the form of a 12-18,000 ly long “bar” (2-3 times longer than it is wide).  From that, it “extends” to four bluish spiral arms on opposite sides.  (Quite an unusual object, indeed.)

These “arms” wrap around the bulge and each other outwards through the dimmer and redder galactic disk.  They possibly include broken arm segments; (these) yellowish arms where most short-lived OB stars have already perished and spurs off the arms (for example, the Orion Arm containing Sol, may actually be a spur that might have once been a part of the Perseus arm).

It is a dynamic and energetic place.  With large streams of energy, vortexes of gravity, plasma, and other gasses interspersed the enormous stars and stellar debris of the region.

Galactic halo

Surrounding the Milky Way’s spiral disk and bulge is the slightly flattened feature known as the “galactic halo”.  It extends far out and away from the galaxy.  It acts like a large envelope that contains the entire galaxy and encompasses other stellar objects.

This halo consists of stars. It generally consists of very old stars, averaging somewhat lower in mass than our sun.  (G, K, M and brown dwarfs for the most part.)

The halo structure of the Milky Way Galaxy.
The halo of the Milky Way Galaxy. It is comprised of two elements; there is an inner and an outer halo.

Within the galactic halo is a relatively small number of individual stars and about 200 or so globular clusters.  A globular cluster is a spherical collection of stars.  They tend to clump together and orbit the galactic core as a satellite “mass”. Globular clusters are very tightly bound by gravity, which gives them their spherical shapes and relatively high stellar densities toward their centers.  These clusters are spread evenly about the halo; roughly half above and half below the disk.  The reader can think of them as dense warts on an imperfect face.

These densely packed groups of stars may make excellent cradles for complex space-traveling life to evolve. However, we do not know this to be the case.  We can only hypostatize.

My belief is that life springs up throughout the universe quite easily.

Di Stefano presented his research at the 227th meeting of the American Astronomical Society.  His key point was that globular clusters are massive groupings of millions of stars in a region only 100 light-years across. The clusters date back to the early life of the Milky Way (nearly 10 billion years ago). (For comparison, the universe is approximately 13.5 to 15 billion years old.) Although these clusters' age raises some questions, it also provides ample time for civilizations that emerged to evolve and become complex.

In this case, the older age of the stars is an advantage. Di Stefano and Ray noted that bright stars like the sun would have been born, lived and died, leaving behind only faint, long-lived dwarf stars. These dimmer stars would require planets to orbit closer to their sun in order to maintain liquid water on their surface — a key requirement for the evolution of life as we know it. Their close orbits could help shield them from interactions with passing stars, according to a statement from the Harvard-Smithsonian Center for Astrophysics (CfA).

The reader should recognize that there are studies that claim that these environments may be too harsh for life.  In all cases, there are studies that say one thing and studies that say the opposite.  The truth, like everything else, lies somewhere in between both extremes.

“If I were to suggest that between the Earth and Mars there is a china teapot revolving about the sun in an elliptical orbit, nobody would be able to disprove my assertion provided I were careful to add that the teapot is too small to be revealed even by our most powerful telescopes. But if I were to go on to say that, since my assertion cannot be disproved, it is an intolerable presumption on the part of human reason to doubt it, I should rightly be thought to be talking nonsense. 

If, however, the existence of such a teapot were affirmed in ancient books, taught as the sacred truth every Sunday, and instilled into the minds of children at school, hesitation to believe in its existence would become a mark of eccentricity and entitle the doubter to the attentions of the psychiatrist in an enlightened age or of the Inquisitor in an earlier time.” 

Bertrand Russell

The Ripples or Grooves in our Galaxy

There are ring-like structures of stars wrapping around the Milky Way’s outer disk. These structures appear to belong to the disk itself.  As a result, instead of the galactic disc being a thin “structure”, it is much larger than that. We now know that the disk is about 60 percent larger than what we had previously thought.

Not only do the results extend the size of the Milky Way, they also reveal a rippling pattern. This is a very unique feature.  As such, it raises some really intriguing questions about what actually sent wavelike fluctuations rippling through the disk.

Ripple patterns in the Milky Way galaxy.
The Milky Way Galaxy has an apparent pattern of “waves” in the basic disc. This is a curious observation and suggests a complexity of galactic formation that was not initially obvious.

The researchers who discovered this feature suggest that the likely culprit was a dwarf galaxy. They have suggested a theory that the dwarf galaxy might have plunged through the Milky Way’s center long ago, sparking the rippling patterns astronomers have now detected. It would be similar to the waves on a lake or pond when you toss a pebble into it.

Other Structures

There are other structures that are associated with our galaxy. They too are quite interesting. One of which is the Monoceros Ring.

Complex features of the Milky Way Galaxy.
Our galaxy has numerous curious features or collections of stars. They greatly extend the size of our galaxy and indicate a complex dynamic in the formation of our galaxy and the interactions of the stars inside of it.

We know about these features due to the work of Yan Xu. Xu is an astronomer at the National Astronomical Observatories of China. Xu, colleague Newberg, and other colleagues studied the problem of a group of stars beyond the disk’s outermost edge. (The so-called Monoceros Ring.)  They used data from the Sloan Digital Sky Survey to determine the actual shape and behavior of this structure.

They found four (4x) total structures in and just outside what is currently considered the Milky Way’s outer disk. The third structure was the Monoceros ring, and the fourth structure was the Triangulum Andromeda Stream, located 70,000 light-years from the galactic center.

All four structures alternated with respect to the disk. They went from above it, to below it, to above it, to below it. Newberg, who was in the tidal stream camp, was surprised that the ring and three other structures were actually a part of an oscillating disk.

I really love stuff like this. It’s really great to read about and consider the wonders of our universe.

The hidden reality of our galaxy

Our luminous galaxy, because of the Galactic Halo, appears to be embedded in a larger and much more massive, but unseen, spheroidal halo of mostly non-luminous (or low luminosity) material (Brown dwarves, planets, gas giants, planetoids, asteroids and other mysterious bodies that we have not yet been exposed to.).

As described previously, this halo extends the physical dimensions of our physical galaxy substantially.  The Milky Way may actually contain as much as the mass of a trillion suns like Sol, although the 600 billion, estimated luminous stars mass only about 175 billion suns. Thus, most of the galaxy’s mass must be composed of “dark” matter, of which brown dwarfs, neutron stars, black holes, gas, and dust are estimated to make up only a minor share. The nature of the galaxy’s non-luminous matter is still unknown.

Stars of our Galaxy

A comparison of different star sizes.
This illustration compares the different masses of stars. The lightest-weight stars are red dwarfs. They can be as small as one-twelfth the mass of our Sun. The heaviest-weight stars are blue-white supergiants. They may get as large as 150 solar masses. Our Sun is between the lightweight and heavyweight stars. The red giant star at the bottom of the graphic is much larger than the other stars in the illustration. Its mass, however, can range from a fraction of the Sun’s mass to a few solar masses. A red giant is a bloated star near the end of its life. In this brief phase, a star’s diameter expands to several times its normal girth. (Image Source.)

Although as many as 5,800 to 8,000 of the Milky Way’s stars are visible from Earth with the naked eye, it is seldom possible to see more than 2,500 stars at any given time from any given spot. Most of the stars that we do see are not typical stars.  Not at all.  We cannot see “typical” stars.

Our eyesight, even with most telescopes are simply not good enough.  Instead, what we see are the very rare, bright and young hot stars.  All of which possess more mass, a higher luminosity, and a greater diameter than our own sun.  While we might well (possibly) see them, they only represent a very tiny percentage of all the stars present to our eyesight.

We cannot see the bulk of the stars, the vast majority of stars in our local neighborhood are dimmer than our sun; too dim to be observed with the naked eye. Although dim and reddish M-dwarf stars constitute more than half of the population of our galaxy’s stars, none are visible to the naked eye.  We just cannot see them.

In fact, it wasn’t up until the last decade or two that we “proved” that “brown dwarfs” actually existed. Up to that time, it was all just a theory. The statists strongly argued that “it doesn’t exist unless I can see it!“.

Physical Conclusions

Every day we are learning more and more about our galaxy and the space that lies around us. There will be many more discoveries and the science books are constantly being revised with the latest discoveries and theories.

When we meet and communicate with other species and other intelligences, and others that are extraterrestrial in nature, we discuss things from our point of understanding. That is very limiting because for the most part, not only do they see things differently than we do, but they have created sciences and technologies that are based on those understandings. They are alien to us.

For instance, a species that sees clearly in the infrared spectrum (apparently a common thing) see a different kind of sky at night. Their understanding of our galaxy is somewhat different than ours. For they see it in a far different way than we can.

The reader must understand, for a successful transfer of information and technology from one species to another, there has to be a uniformity of understandings and perceptions. Oh, forget that Hollywood bullshit about mathematics being the language of species communication. It isn’t. At least, that has been my experience.

We can only understand things within a common framework.

This limitation has been one of the problems that MAJestic has had with our extraterrestrial benefactors over the years. It is also why myself and a handful of others were tasked with our roles. So when information is presented herein, it is based upon an understanding of our “established” understandings with the presentation of new ideas and concepts that are alien to us.

With that being stated…

The History of our galaxy

Here is the “unwritten” actual history of our galaxy.

In many arguments concerning the Fermi Paradox, it is often discussed in terms of the physical universe.  It always boils down to transport of one extraterrestrial species from one “home planet” to another “colonization planet”, and the relative probability of it occurring and being sustainable.

There are a myriad of arguments and discussions on this, and all of them are quite interesting.

I do not have the entire and whole story, and I am not even able to provide a sweeping overview.  However, I can make a handful of statements that might give the reader some pause to consider.  All of this involves only our galaxy alone.  I know absolutely nothing about other galaxies.  This information is tenuous.  It does not involve the sheer totality of our universe.

So this is the complete catalog of what I know regarding our galaxy.  I am sorry that it is so abbreviated, and perhaps a bit obtuse, but it is all I know about the galaxy that we live in.  Please accept my apologies in this matter.

The Very Beginning

In general, the physical universe is around 13.7 billion years old.

Shortly afterward, gas, dust and other odd objects formed.

Their gravity would bring them in contact with other gas, dust, and odd objects. Eventually, they started to form primitive stars and collections of stars.

The earliest proto-galaxies formed rather early on, and they were huge in size.  In fact, very large and very old galaxy clusters existed roughly 2.5 billion years after the “big bang”.

Some Notes;

The age of the universe at 13.7 billion years is debatable.  But why quibble about fractions of a billion years that occurred around 14 billion years ago, that is silly.  For our purposes, lets just simply say that the universe is a nice round 14 billion years old.  (Anyways, time isn’t what we think it is anyways.) 

“In physical cosmology, the age of the universe is the time elapsed since the Big Bang. The current measurement of the age of the universe is 13.799±0.021 billion years within the Lambda-CDM concordance model.”

Astronomers have found distant red galaxies—very massive and very old—in the universe when it was only 2.5 billion years post-Big Bang.

“Previous observations suggested that the universe at this age was home to young, small clumps of galaxies long before they merged into massive structures we see today. We are really amazed — these are the earliest, oldest galaxies found to date. Their existence was not predicted by theory and it pushes back the formation epoch of some of the most massive galaxies we see today."

-Carnegie Observatories Ivo Labbé

These red galaxies are very interesting. Astronomers have been particularly surprised to find very old, red galaxies that had stopped forming new stars altogether. They had rapidly formed massive amounts of stars out of gas much earlier in the universe’s history, but then suddenly starved to death. This behavior has raised the question of what caused them to die so early. (Such “red and dead” galaxies may be the forefathers of some of the old and giant elliptical galaxies seen in the local universe today.)

In addition to the old “dead” galaxies long past star formation, there were other red, dusty galaxies still vigorously producing stars.

"We're detecting galaxies we never expected to find, having a wide range of properties we never expected to see." Apparently, the early universe was already a wildly complex place. It's becoming more and more clear that the young universe was a big zoo with animals of all sorts. There's as much variety in the early universe as we see around us today."  

-Carnegie Observatories Ivo Labbé Go HERE.

The Formation of Our Galaxy

No one really knows how OUR particular galaxy was formed.

Contemporaneously, there are debates on the age of our galaxy. In fact, there are those who claim that our galaxy is almost the same age as the “Big Bang”.

As of 21MAY18, the overall consensus is that the totality of our universe is about 13.7 billion years old.  Contemporaneously, based on measurements of the element beryllium in two stars within a globular cluster of stars called NGC 6397, our Milky Way galaxy is considered to be one of the oldest galaxies in the universe. Using this dating method, those involved puts the age at 13.6 billion years. 

Or, in other words almost the same age as the universe itself.

Now, this conclusion is based on the assumption that the globular cluster NGC 6397 formed at the same time that the entire Milky Way galaxy formed. It’s a pretty big assumption. It really is, as there is no indication that this is true.

This kind of assumption is like looking at an old man with a young girl and assuming that they are the same age because they sit in the same car together. I would kindly and respectfully suggest that further work needs to be done on this matter.

Now, there are other things and other evidence that also suggest that this is true. For instance, they have found very ancient stars at the very center of our galaxy.

So, is our galaxy really as old as the universe?

How our Proto-Milky Way Galaxy was Formed

I posit that the universe was created and afterward, various stars, globular clusters, and proto-galaxies formed. These proto-galaxies and stars moved about and interacted with each other. I contend that there was a period of around 3 to 4 billion years where the proto-galaxy of our Milky Way galaxy formed.

After the “Big Bang”, during a period of 3 to 4 billion years, numerous “objects” and items formed. They all became gravitationally attracted to each other. This collection of objects created the proto-galaxy that eventually became the Milky Way.

During this period, the first 4 billion years after the “Big Bang”, older stars interacted with the dust and material that eventually became our galaxy. Therefore, our galaxy is comprised of a number of proto-galaxies, older globular clusters, and some very old stars. Yet, the bulk of our galaxy started to form around 3 to 4 billion years after the “Big Bang”.

Our galaxy is typical; it is an aggregate of early formed stars, and clusters, gas and debris that formed in huge proto-galaxies, and collections of gas and debris that eventually formed the bulk of our galaxy as we know it today.

Our Galaxy – The early days

Our complete galaxy; the Milky Way galaxy, formed solidly about 5 billion years after the “Big Bang”.  (With its proto-galaxy coming into existence around 3.5 billion years from the Big Bang. Say 1 to 1.5 billion years of formation.)  In the early years it didn’t look anything like it does now, and even today, as then,  it is constantly changing and evolving.  Actually and truly; it is but a physical manifestation of the quantum world that surrounds us all.

What we are discussing is the earliest beginnings of our galaxy.  There was no specific point in time where the galaxy came into being.  Rather it formed through a coalescence of material into a collection of dust, debris, and stars.  At some point, it became large enough to be called a galaxy.  So for our purposes, let’s just say that the galaxy that we know it formed about 3.5 billion years after the “Big Bang”. Prior to that, it was something else; a proto-galaxy.

Let’s not quibble as to what constitutes a proto-galaxy and a mature; evolving one.

There have been approximately four generations of stars in the universe, (that is) if you discount the super-hot and short-lived stars, that are but transient events of insignificant duration.  For our purposes, we can consider that our galaxy has had two complete generations of stars.  (On average.)  The very oldest stars in our galaxy are all that remains of the first generation.

A stellar generation is similar to that of a human generation. A star is born, grows and dies.  That is the first generation.  A second star is born out of the debris from the earlier star.  It grows and dies.  This is the second generation.  A third star is born out of the dusty debris of the second star.  It grows and dies.  This is the third generation.  Finally, a fourth star is born out of the debris from the third star.  It grows and then eventually dies.  This is the fourth generation.

Generations of stars were born, lived their stellar lives, and then faded into dim obscurity or died.  The galaxy has been quite dynamic.  (They move in orbits inside of a twirling and spinning galaxy.  They flash into and out of existence.  They form from collections of dust, and flash as radiation is released.) Stars form and die all the time.

When we look through our telescopes we see this dynamic interplay.  Stars have a much longer lifespan than humans, so it appears that they never change.  However, that is an illusion.

Galaxies Smash into Each Other Too

During the formation of our galaxy, and during the first of time, up to now, there was a rather serious change to our galaxy.  Another much smaller galaxy; a dwarf galaxy, plunged headlong into our galaxy.  It disrupted the tidy orbiting paths of the stars and altered the shape of our galaxy.  Some stars from the dwarf galaxy were added to our galaxy, some of our stars were tossed out of our galaxy.

Given the huge distances involved, there probably were not too many stellar collisions.  (We assume.)  The galaxy just passed through ours, and the gravitational waves influenced the orbital structures of the galaxy.

First Intelligence’s

After the big bang, the physical world began to appear.  This came in the form of proto-galaxies which included all sorts of planetary bodies.

The plain and straight fact is that the first quantum intelligence’s (non-physical) began to occupy the quantum sphere of the galaxy relatively early on; approximately in the first billion years of substantial galaxy formation (about 9 billion years ago).  To be clear, intelligence formed long before physical bodies (containers) evolved.

Consciousness and intelligence formed long before physical bodies formed.

These life forms were with intelligence and understanding.

They created thoughts and formed quantum-level artifices, but they did not have physical forms.  Our galaxy at that time was mostly somewhat an organized proto-galaxy with the very beginnings of physical organization.  There were rocky planets, but most were too unstable to host any kind of physical life.  The galaxy; and the universe at that time was emerging.  It was nothing like we see it to be today.

Quantum level intelligence always precedes physical intelligence manifestation.

What the physical manifestation of our galaxy was, at this time, a large collection of gas and dust.  With a rather lumpy composition containing regions of dense and not-so-dense gas in the vast spaces.

The life forms were all quantum-based intelligence’s and thoughts.  Most manifested in simple forms of lattices and strange mixtures of garbons and unusual alignments of swales.  There were no specific archetypes and no really strong and stable avenues of intelligent growth.

As a result, many intelligence’s came into being and then quickly morphed into other things.  These were both good and bad.  Neutral alignments were rare.  It was a world of the strong and organized quanta taking over that of disorganization.  But ultimately the chaotic environment began to stabilize and the first intelligence’s of organized thought began to manifest.

First Physical lifeforms

For our purposes and understandings; the vast bulk of physical life (as we understand it), however, did not begin to manifest until much later; around three billion years later (about 6 billion years ago) after the very first tentative formations of the galaxy.

This, of course, relates to the “organizational threshold” that must be reached in order to blossom uniformly through the galaxy.

Certainly, there were minor pockets of microbial life that were established in the earliest years of galaxy formation (Within the first billion years of planetary formation.) Nevertheless, for various reasons, these were anomalous and really did not contribute to the “organizational quantum threshold”.  The truth be told, it manifested in pockets (Roughly associated quantum signatures with physical locations at various points.), scattered about relatively uniformly in the “halo” of the galaxy.  This early life was microbial and had simple physical forms.

 I urge the reader not to get too confused.  When I refer to the “Halo” I mean a uniform distribution though out the galaxy which includes above and below the plane of the elliptic. There are stars out there in the nether regions; far removed from the well-known and dense “arms” of the galaxy.  The life began to form in an even distribution pattern.  It formed everywhere; not just in the plane and not just in the arms where the most active and energetic stars lay.

Over a period of one billion years, the life tended to grow in spurts throughout the galaxy.  Some life would become extinguished as the planetary environment changed, while other life would grow through periodic planetary extinctions and yet still survive and adapt in the physical forms.  Meanwhile, other life began to crop up and live starting at the smallest microbial stages.

The simple physical life represented the simplest of physical manifestations.  Upon once a life took root on a given planet, it began to propagate and evolved, over time into other forms.

The evolution of life, on a given planet, was never clean and pristine.  The various life forms needed to evolve.  To do that, they required periodic planetary changes that ultimately caused the life forms to grow and adapt to change. It should be interesting to the reader to note that planetary global extinctions are common throughout the universe.  The effect on life as observed on Earth should be considered to be atypical to general evolutionary trends.  Please note that the extent of global planetary extinctions present in a given solar system is directly related to the size of the solar system.

If the star is large and hot, such as O, B, A and maybe F class stars, any rocky planets (and shepherding gas giants) will be plummeted by large asteroids and periodic bombardment.  In fact, given the short lifetimes of these types of stars, the planetary bombardment will be rather (more or less) continuous during the solar system life.

If the star is a little cooler, there will still be planetary bombardment, but it will become less and less frequent over time.  This would pertain to F and G stars.  That is because the gravitational influence of the star is not as great, and the size of the solar system is not as large.

If the star is even cooler than that and thus smaller, there will also still be planetary bombardment, but it will be small in influence (relatively speaking) and like the F and G stars will become less and less frequent over time.  This will pertain to K, and M class stars as well as Brown Dwarfs.

Complex solar systems involving binary, trinary and larger systems are much more complex. As such, the relationships between global periodic extinctions will vary and fall under complex formulas.  It is beyond what I know at this time.  I am sure that some intelligent scientist will one day come up with a set of rules and guidelines that would effectively delineate these complex relationships.

Bipedal Intelligent lifeforms

Within a billion years, about 5 billion years ago, bipedal intelligent life began to occupy a number of worlds.  This was about one billion years before the very beginnings of our solar system.

A plot of the growth of extraterrestrial civilizations within our galaxy.
There are numerous civilizations in our galaxy. They all follow development patterns. This chart summarizes the growth of populations of galactic civilizations as a function of time.

However, there were no specific quantum archetypes and when these species began to develop the sciences and technologies necessitated by survival, they often caused quantum disruption and great chaos when they crossed the vast gulfs of space between the stars.  This disruption became very serious; almost catastrophic, and needed to be curbed and culled.  This was because entire civilizations were slowly being innocently entangled with different levels of quanta.  They became confused and unstable.

It is not that simple.  The term “levels” is a catchall phrase.  It represents different types of disorganized quanta clumps.  These non-stable garbons and associations are dimensionally unstable.  When they confront other quantum arrangements the ones with the greatest quantum entropy gains mastery.  This caused a great deal of consternation.

This was a chaotic period.

Various species advanced technologically and spread across the galaxy.  They met other space-faring races and periods of confusing confrontation occurred.  There really wasn’t much in terms of overt physical warfare (while some did actually occur), most of the problems had to do with incompatibility of various levels of quantum integration and thought manifestations.  (Civilizations met and interacted, but the different quantum influences adversely affected the “weaker” or more “exposed” species.  This eventually altered the physical world of both species.  Typically it resulted in various catastrophic effects.)

It was a difficult time.

Inferior species without robust quantum configurations were easily overtaken by species with superior quantum organizations.  The conflict happens outside of the physical and takes place over a generally short period of time.  Over a few generations, the weaker lifeform tends to die off or be displaced.

I do not know the details.  However, this period lasted around one billion years and ended about 4 billion years ago.  This was about ½ billion years before the formation of our solar system.  At that time, a number of (the strongest and most stable) organized species and races began to establish themselves in our galaxy.  These races and species were all space-faring and very powerful.  I believe that the progenitor race was one of these races.

The age of our solar system is under revision. Researchers studying bits of a meteorite discovered that the space rock was 4.5682 billion years old, predating previous estimates of the solar system's age by up to 1.9 million years.

Stabilization and Organization

At about three billion years ago, the galaxy was stabilized and set groups or organizations began to run it and control it.  Over time they began to become more organized and better prepared to interact with each other.  These organizations continue to this day.  (Some mature, while others retire and evolve into other things…)

The area (of the galaxy) that we are in, has the form of a structured government, administered by a kind of federation (of sorts).

Each organization of races or species has established nurseries where they permit the cultivation and growth of “approved” and desirable quantum soul archetypes. We are in one of these nurseries.

The reader might be amused to know that there are five such nurseries in our general physical location. Thus, there are four other nurseries for sentience cultivation nearby. One of which is extremely close to us physically.

I believe that the established list of “approved” archetypes occurred around 1.5 billion years ago.  The primary characteristic of this listing is to prevent one species from entirely disrupting another species because their (emerging) quantum soul is too prone towards disruption.

Key to the stability of a quantum configuration is a well-established sentience.

Since all quanta (in the species “Heaven”) are all interconnected, mixtures of different kinds of sentiences detract (take away from) the stability of the group quantum makeup. Uniformity of quantum configurations is desirable for stability of the sentience of the whole.

Now, every creature has a different soul. A dog has a soul. A cat has a soul. A tiger has a soul, and a three-eyed critter from Tralfamadore has a soul. Each soul is attuned to a unique “Heaven”, which is the “universe” in which it resides.

In “Heaven” is a uniformity of form. All human souls occupy a “human Heaven”. All cat souls reside within a “cat Heaven”, and so forth. However, each individual soul has an “awareness”. Thus, in a specific Heaven are different beings.

Each soul can create different consciousnesses within different realities to obtain experiences with. As long as the experiences build upon the overall “growth plan” of the soul, all is fine.  However, when the experiences are disjointed, or irregular, discordant sentiences result.  Discordant sentiences can terribly pollute and damage a given “Heaven” or quantum makeup of a species.

The key to prevent this from occurring is to create a “safe space” for a given species to grow within.  This is a nursery from which a group of souls can acquire experiences and lessons.

Our Nursery

Our nursery is a relatively recent event and was established around 540 million years ago (more or less).  The moon was relocated and put in orbit around the earth (As strange as it might seem, the purpose was to simulate the tidal effects that planets have that orbit smaller K and M class stars.) Additionally, specific native lifeforms were eliminated, while others were cultivated.  Monitoring of the solar system began during this time.  The exact periods of their involvement are unknown to me, but if I were to query our benefactors, I am sure that they would tell me.

My overall “feeling” is that there was a less than organized implementation of this nursery and that the primary “observers” had a greater latitude in their behavior (early on) than what we experience with them today.

The nursery was established by a group that I prefer to refer to as the “Progenitors”. It is monitored and observed by a different species. That species works directly with MAJestic in the policing of this nursery.

Ken D. Olum has some thoughts…

Ken D. Olum, using some inflation-based ideas and the anthropic premise that we should be typical among all intelligent observers in the Universe, arrives at the puzzling conclusion that “we should find ourselves in a large civilization (of galactic size) where most observers should be, while in fact we do not“.

In this note, he discusses the intriguing possibility whether we could be in fact immersed in a large civilization without being aware of it.

This is pretty much in line with what is being provided herein. The basic conclusion is that this possibility cannot be ruled out provided two conditions are met. These conditions are [1] that we call the Subanthropic Principle and [2] the Undetectability Conjecture.

  • The Subanthropic Principle states that we are not typical among the intelligent observers from the Universe. Typical civilizations of typical galaxies would be hundreds of thousands, or millions, of years more evolved than ours and, consequently, typical intelligent observers would be orders of magnitude more intelligent than us.
  • The Undetectability Conjecture states that, generically, all advanced civilizations camouflage their planets for security reasons, so that no signal of civilization can be detected by external observers, who would only obtain distorted data for dissuasion purposes.

Dispatch from our nursery will not be permitted until our sentience is established.  Otherwise, our discordant-sentience could escape our quarantine and disrupt the rest of the galaxy much like a plague.

The Progenitor species will not permit humans to leave the nursey until our sentience is homogenious amoungist the bulk of humanity. Then, our souls will be reconfigured into a galatically approved archetype that would best fit our sentience.

Graduation

The reader must realize that we will never be permitted to leave this nursery until we, as a species, have mastered our ability to control and mitigate our quantum selves and souls.  Therefore, we are an intermediary stage in evolution.  Progression off-world means that we must either [1] cultivate a “service-to-others” sentience, or [2] devolve into a “farmed” sentience such as dictated as “service-to-self” entities.

That is the “battleground” that humans are fighting today.  (The reader should not confuse the periodic “turnings” of social human behavior with quantum sentience.) The sentience that wins will determine the future direction of the human species.

Signposts for Service-For-Self Sentience

When this happens, there will be some telltale signs that will appear that will indicate a kind of foreboding as to what will transpire.  [1] Firstly, humans will start to alter or “improve” their DNA and genetic structure.  [2] First, in secret, and then publicly, there will become genetic stratification of human types.

There will be Indian-style caste systems put in place and defined by genetic manipulation.  The lower castes would be genetically bred for certain functions, while the upper castes would have other genetic attributes incorporated to make them more “superior”.

[3] Laws will be put in place to control the behaviors of different castes of people. [4] Finally, once the service-to-self caste system is well entrenched, the entire human population will be absorbed by a more advanced service-to-self sentience, and all humans will find their genetic makeup altered over time to become a “farmed” sentience.

Age of our galaxy

The Milky Way appears to be poised to enter middle age.

While many younger galaxies can be grouped into “blue galaxies”, older galaxies can be grouped into “red galaxies”.  Recent observations using infrared wavelengths indicate that the Milky Way appears to be of an intermediate color, which means that it can be grouped into relatively rare “green valley” galaxies.

  • Blue Galaxies – This name applies because their vigorous star formation at this stage of evolution produces many young stars that are massive, bright, and bluish.  Thus, the galaxy appears to be very blush in color.
  • Red Galaxies – Here, the galaxy is dominated by the longer-lived red stars.  The short-lived, bluish stars have expired to leave the redder, dimmer, less massive stars behind.

These types of galaxies are thought to be changing from blue to red as star-formation waning over 1.5 billion years (based on model simulations). If observations and model simulations are correct, star formation in the Milky Way will end within five billion years.

This will occur despite the gas compression and star formation impact of a predicted merger with the neighboring Andromeda Galaxy (M31).  That event is anticipated to initiate beginning in 2.2 billion years and taking five billion years to fully assimilate.  The Andromeda galaxy also appears to be transitioning into a green valley galaxy that is relatively poor in the cold gas needed for star formation.

Age of galaxies by color sequence.
A plot of stellar mass and galaxy color. Our galaxy, the Milky Way Galaxy is currently in the “green valley”.

My Conclusions

“There are objects in our atmosphere which are technically miles in advance of anything we can deploy, that we have no means of stopping them coming here . . [and] there is a serious possibility that we are being visiting and have been visited for many years by people from outer space, from other civilizations. . . . This should be the subject of rigorous scientific investigation and not the subject of ‘rubbishing’ by tabloid newspapers.” 

– Lord Admiral Hill-Norton, Former Chief of Defense Staff, 5 Star Admiral of the Royal Navy, Chairman of the NATO Military Committee

The reader might be surprised at my conclusions.  But, given what I do know, our galaxy is simply teeming with all kinds of intelligent life in all kinds of shapes and sizes.  It is full of life; life at every stage of development.  This goes from the earliest and simple microbes to highly advanced civilizations that are millions of years old.  And, at that those are only the physical creatures, I didn’t even begin to mention the great diversity of (invisible) quantum creatures that are about and surround us.

We should not at all be surprised to know that there are well way over a million intelligent extraterrestrial species in our galaxy.

Truthfully, if the reader could “get inside my head” and know what I know, experience what I have experienced, and been exposed to what I have seen, they would be surprised.  Not at all the wonderment of nature and the capabilities of technology, but rather at how silly the arguments are that we humans are “alone” in this universe.

They are just so silly and trivial.

In fact, the galaxy that surrounds us is not a wild, empty and untamed wasteland just ripe for exploration and colonization.  But, rather, it is a well patrolled and policed manicured world of great color and complexity.  Not to mention dangers and pitfalls.  Humans are fortunate to live in this protected nursery that we call the earth.

We humans do not understand so much, what is necessary in regards to our universe.  Were we to leave it, in our infantile state, we risk serious conflagration of our soul makeup. We are so ignorant, that we don’t even have an inkling of our ignorance.We need this protection. We need to understand the reality of ourselves and how we fit in the universe.

Take Aways

  • Our galaxy is typical in the universe.
  • Our galaxy is roughly around 9 billion years old in a universe that is approximately 14 billion years old.
  • Consciousness and sentience in our universe occurred prior to the formation of the physical reality that we observe.
  • The physical manifestation of intelligence in our galaxy began around 9 billion years ago. This was at the start of the formation of the Milky Way galaxy.
  • First biological creatures began to inhabit our galaxy around 6 billion years ago.
  • During a time period lasting approximately 2 to 4 billion years ago, there was a restructuring of sentience during a competition period for sentience domination.
  • Our solar system was formed around 4.5 billion years ago.
  • The galaxy stabilized with sentience standardization protocols and established archetypes starting around 1.5 billion years ago.
  • About 1 billion years ago, a system of approved sentience archetypes was established, and a policing / enforcement group was established in support of it.
  • Native life began to evolve and populate the world around 600 million years ago.
  • The solar system that we live in was established as a sentience nursery around 540 million years ago.
  • Numerous sentience’s have been cultivated within this nursery. Humans are the latest biological creatures to be so cultivated.

RFH

I am open to updates on the latest theories and information regarding our galaxy. As with everything else, what I understand is based on what I know. I welcome comments and suggestions to better help flush out the past in our galaxy.

FAQ

Q: What type of galaxy is the Milky Way Galaxy?
A: The Milky Way galaxy considered to be a “barred spiral galaxy, as such it resembles the Hubble classification type “Sbc“. This is how the galaxy looks at this point in time. In the past, the Milky Way galaxy looked quite different. Galaxies change their shape over time.

Q: How big is the Milky Way galaxy?
A: Yah. It’s pretty darn big. It’s huge. In fact, scientists are just falling over themselves in amazement as to how big it is. The galactic disc is at least 150,000 light-years across. As time moves forward, we find ourselves constantly revising the size of our galaxy ever larger.

Q: How old is the Milky Way galaxy?
A: As of 21MAY18, the over consensus is that the overall universe is about 13.7 billion years old. Contemporaneously, based on measurements of the element beryllium in two stars within a globular cluster of stars called NGC 6397, our Milky Way galaxy is considered to be one of the oldest galaxies in the universe. Using this dating method, those involved put the age at 13.6 billion years.  Or, in other words almost the same age as the universe itself.

I contend that elements within our galaxy is as old as the universe, but most of the galaxy did not come into being until around three to four billion years later.

Q: What do you know about Roswell?
A: It is a town in New Mexico. There is all kind of lore regarding that area. Some people claim that an extraterrestrial vehicle crashed there and that it has been “covered up” by the United States government. Hogwash! Nothing is ever covered up by the United States government, why we have the open and most transparent president in the history of the world; Barrack Obama telling us that there are no extraterrestrials. You can believe him, right?

Q: Why is sentience important?
A: Our universe is controlled by thought. Sentience funnels and directs thoughts. Unless the sentience is policed, great disruptions to the fabric of our universe can occur. Thus it is critically important that humans have a unified sentience, and eventual genetic reprogramming to a approved archetype.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

Consciousness Migration for World-Line Travel

Consciousness can migrate about in and out of the physical world. A truly advanced civilization and culture recognizes this fact. For us to grow as humans we must also recognize this fact.

For me to perform my operations relative to MAJestic, I needed to migrate my consciousness. As such, I was exposed to numerous technologies involved in this action. Fundamental to that is an understanding of what soul is. Here, I would like to introduce the reader to the reality of soul. Yes, boys and girls, souls do exist. There is a reason to life.

Of course, this post, like all my other posts, is going to ruffle some tail feathers. Hey, no problem. You can leave if you don’t like what I have to say.

Contrary what you (the reader) might be expecting, I am not going to repackage any of the teachings of the major religions. Nor am I going to point out an approved “scientific” narrative, either. What I am presenting here is what I have learned through entanglement experiences. As such, it can be wrong, because what was taught to me was in error, or it could be wrong because my understanding is faulted. It can also just be a bunch of nonsense. You the reader can decide.

You can read it or not…

Elementary Summary of History

Here is my very simplified explanation as to how Heaven came about. It was pretty simple.

There was a point of beginning. The reader can think of it as “The Big Bang”, but for reasons that I cannot get into at this moment, I think it was something else. Let’s, for now, just consider it “The Start”. It was very similar to the “Big bang” in that there was nothing, and then there was something.

Heaven was formed after the very start of evertything as we understand it.
Heaven was created after the start of all there is. It did not come before.

When the “The Start” erupted, the universe was flooded with quantum strings. Over time, the quantum strings began to interact with each other. They developed into different forms and shapes. They also developed into different energy states. Within this place were all sorts of these weird quantum strings. Over time, as they interacted with each other, they created a stratified place. (In the picture above, this stratified place is shown as a color gradient.) The different energy states and different behaviors of the quantum strings occurred within a strange reality. It is one that our minds cannot grasp. It is a reality where there just isn’t anything known as time, and anything known as space. It was, for lack of a better word, a “place”. It is NOT the universe.

That place can be considered to be “Heaven”.

At this time, nothing existed except the presence of the quantum strings.

Since it was stratified by energy potential, certain combinations or configurations of strings started to “drop out” or “fall into” a state of comfort or stability. They did so suddenly, as if on cue.  The lowest or less energetic of the quantum strings found a point of stability and created a “bubble”. All of the lower order strings migrated towards that “bubble”. We call this event ‘The Big Bang”.

Now, many scientists wrap the “Big Bang” together with “The Start”. It is as if, they were one and the same. Maybe they were. I don’t know. What I do know is that the “Big Bang” came after the formation of “Heaven”.

The universe was spawned out of Heaven.
The “Big Bang” occurred after Heaven was created. We do not know the amount of “time” that passed. All that we know is that the universe that we recognize occurred after the creation of Heaven.

We exist within this “bubble”. To us, it is all that there is. It is the universe as we observe it. The highest energy potentials are beyond range of our human ability to perceive.

What is not clear to us, but should be obvious, is that other collections of quantum strings formed other bubbles. In many ways, these bubbles were similar to the one that we now consider to be our universe. However, that is where the similarity ends. These other bubbles or “other universes” are all different from ours in strange and unusual ways.

At the time of our "Big Bang", other universes were spawned as well. Our universe was not the only universe that was spawned from the "unorganized" heaven.
More than one “universe” was spawned from our “Heaven”. There were many other universes. Each one was different, with different attributes, and rules.

Just as the slower and denser arrangements of quantum, strings precipitated out and became our universe. Other collections of quantum strings arranged themselves into new orders and migrated into other “bubbles”.

Many collections of quantum strings formed “arrangements”.  They fell into ordered shapes. They became ordered quanta. As such, over time they began to develop sentience. As such, they migrated into bubble “universes” that was attractive to them. For humans, when the quantum strings began to form a human-like sentience, they all migrated to a new “bubble universe”. For lack of a better term, I call this universe the “Human Universe”. And, for lack of a better term, I call the parent Heaven as the “Zone of Unordered Quanta”.

Primordial Heaven is a realm of unordered quanta. It was from whence our universe was spawned from.
To prevent confusion, it is important to distingush between primordial Heaven, and contemporaneous Heaven(s). Primordial Heaven is a realm of unordered quanta.

This is the way the universe works. Our physical bodies reside within a physical universe. Our souls reside within a “Human Heaven”. We know that there are other “Heavens” for different types of sentience. There is a “Dog Heaven”. There is a “Cat Heaven”. There is even a “Turtle Heaven”.

The Human Soul

Most Americans know what a “soul” is, though they would be hard pressed to explain it. The problem with this is that it is difficult to describe and measure in three-dimensional Newtonian terms. That is because the mathematics of how the brain functions describe a multi-dimensional existence (more about this later.).

I think that everyone, including the reader, must understand the reality of soul.  They must understand that it has form. That it also has a function and features that can be defined and measured if one has the proper tools and equipment.  It’s not some kind of imaginary spiritual feel-nice flowery “stuff”. It is a major component of who and what we are. Just because we, today, are having trouble pinning it down today does not mean that it will always be impossible to do so. We, as humans, just simply don’t have the proper equipment yet to do so.

The soul is quite real.

We are having trouble trying to detect it because it does not reside within our physical reality. It exists outside of our reality. The only thing that we can detect is our consciousness. Luckily, for us, our consciousness is a part of our soul. They are intimately connected.

The Soul Resides within Heaven

The (human) soul exists in a higher dimensional state, which we commonly refer to as “Heaven”.  (From now on, I will use shorthand notation. “Heaven” will always refer to “Human Heaven” unless specified otherwise.) It does not exist in the physical world.  Instead, it creates a “connection” or “link” to the physical world. The link or connection is our consciousness.

Heaven is a real where souls live and exist.
Souls exist within a Heaven. Human souls exist within a Human Heaven. Cat souls exist within a Cat Heaven.

Souls exist in “Heaven”. In the illustration above, it is clear that while all souls exist within a “Heaven”, they are NOT equal.  They occupy different energy states or states of being (ability).  In the picture above, soul B has a coarser or denser energy level compared to that of soul A. That does not mean that soul A is “better” or “more spiritual” than soul B. It simply means that they are different.

Those differences between the two souls are meaningless. It holds no understanding for us as physical beings existing as we do, within our physical reality.

In truth, there are numerous characteristics of a given soul. These characteristics are defined how the “stuff” that souls are made out of (ordered quantum strings), interact with the “stuff” that Heaven is made out of (unordered quantum strings). Thus, we have different energy potentials, different entropic states, different sizes, different arrangements of quanta, and different resultant post-formulation self-constructions.

Heaven

No one (human) really knows exactly what “Heaven” is.  For our purposes, we shall keep it simple. “Heaven” is state of existence that lies outside of our physical reality.  Its dimensions, shape, composition, and limitations are unknown to us.

Thus we know of two states of existence. There is the one state that we reside in. It is our reality. It is all that we know. Then, there is a second state of existence. It lies outside of our reality. We know nothing of this state, except that it exists.

How do we know that it exists? Because we, as consciousness, know and understand that there is something “out there”; something bigger and grander than the reality that we exist within. We don’t know anything more than that. We just know that there is something “else” once our physical body dies within this reality.

While we do know that Heaven is composed of unordered quanta, we do know that it is self- segregated. We do know that within “Heaven” are states, or “levels” of existence.  Some might refer to this as “energy levels”, “power”, “entropy”, “purity”, or some other means that would help express the concept of Heaven to us humans. Some religions break these regions into “planes”, or “levels” of Heaven. We, as physical mortals do not know what they are. We only know that they exist.

Our minds put these various regions in a two dimensional existence. When in reality, instead of a two dimensional (up and down, with better or “more” spiritual states up top, and lesser states below) there are multiple components regarding this state situation. (The picture above shows the two dimensional concept.) When in reality it might look like something much more complex. (Please see the picture below.)

Heaven is a place of great complexity. It is a place where quanta dwell.
Heaven is a very detailed and complex place. It is a realm where quanta takes on forms that are beyond our understandings at this time.

Souls exist in a “Heaven” of unique complexity.

Composition of Souls

Within Heaven are Souls.

Souls are also not well understood.  In fact, it is still under debate by many well-learned scientists.  For our purposes, we will define both Heaven and Souls to be made up of the same “stuff”. We will define the “stuff”, makeup or composition of both Souls and Heaven to be the smallest and basic elements of the known universe.  That is “strings”.  Both Heaven and Souls are composed of quantum strings.

To continue, and to greatly simplify, the “stuff” of Heaven can be considered to be “unorganized” quantum strings.  While Souls can be considered to be “ordered” or “organized” quantum strings that have obtained sentience. Within this environment, souls with the proper experience and training, can take unordered quantum strings and create order.

Unordered Quantum Strings + Experience = Ordered Quantum Strings

Thus, in this most simple explanation of our universe, we have a universe that is composed of ordered and unordered quantum strings, and within this are souls.  With Souls consisting of ordered quantum strings that have obtained sentience.

A soul is a collection of quantum strings that have obtained sentience.

Sentience is the first step in growth of a soul. There are many other steps. In order to grow and achieve these other steps or levels, we need to expand soul. This is accomplished by adding and arranging ordered quantum strings.

As stated previously, ordered quantum strings are a consequence of experience.

Realities are Constructs to obtain Experiences

Within the world of Heaven, it is very difficult to configure, compile and grow Souls. Souls grow by attachments and relationships between quantum strings.

In short, it is rather very simple to explain.  Souls grow by the attainment of experiences.  With each experience, the soul can configure, grow, adapt, and learn.

Souls create realities so that humans can acquire experiences.
Souls create realities so that they have a “place” where they can acquire experiences.

Soul A creates a “Reality” so that it can obtain experiences in.

The reader who might be a “Star Trek, the Next Generation” fan can consider our “Reality” to be a universe-sized “Holodeck”.

Experiences

Experiences, and most especially how we handle them, determine the quantum attachments we make. Therefore, it is very important to watch our behaviors and control our actions. This not only concerns actions, but our thoughts as well. I will cover this in more detail later. For now, the reader just needs to note that thoughts and actions together define the shape our reality takes on. That reality, in turn, translates into the type of quantum entanglements that our consciousness collects.

When our soul collects entanglements via the consciousness, it can use them build upon, create and expand with. In general, the soul wants the best “quality” entanglements. Poor quality entanglements retards growth.

The best way to obtain high quality entanglements is to [1] be active and be outgoing,  [2] think good thoughts, [3] be a moral person, and [4] be kind to others (including animals). Intention is everything.

To obtain the largest amount of entanglements, you need to out and be around a lot of people. We, as humans in the physical world, are like huge vacuum cleaners, entangling with everyone and everything we meet. To obtain the highest quality of entanglements, we need to be around good people, in a good environment. Now, we can be around bad people, but we must be good and positive around them. We must not let them affect us in a negative way.

The reader can think of it this way;

You walk down a road at night. A robber mugs you and you hand over your wallet. He leaves. You are one wallet poorer. That entire event was an experience. Like it or not, that experience is now part of who you are.

However, how you react to that experience will determine the shape of the quantum attachments that you collect. If you are angry and hold on to it, the attachment gets courser, and more primitive. You attract other events and people of a similar nature. The longer you hold on to it, the worse it gets. If, however, you let it go. You forget about that event and move on with your life, you will chalk up that experience and benefit from it. It didn’t change who you are, and you have learned from it. It became a positive growth experience and you have benefited from it.

Control of thoughts and actions is there most important thing that we can do on this planet within our reality.

One Reality per Person

There is only one reality per person. It is set up by the soul specifically to obtain experiences from. We do not share our reality with anyone. It only looks that way. We might think that we are sharing it with our loved one. We are not. It is an illusion. We are sharing it with the version of them within our reality.

To facilitate educational growth, Souls create “Realities”. Realities are a classroom that Souls can grow through a surrogate “human” (If you are a human. Different realities exist for different animals.). In each reality (or world-line), there is but one physical reality with but one person existing within it. (This is not what everyone thinks. We all believe that we share our realities. We do not. We share the universal “template”.) The Soul connects to this reality through a mechanism known as “Consciousness”.

This “connection” or “link” is known as consciousness.

Consciousness

Sentience is meaningless in of itself.

Souls can partition their sentience into small groups known as “consciousness”. These smaller elements are set forth to inhabit a physical reality. This is done in order to acquire experiences. Each body that the consciousness acquires needs to have a physical component of sentience.  There is no word for this in the English language. Therefore, we are stuck with the confusion resulting from two types of sentience. One is a GOD-level sentience, and one is a physical-level-sentience.

The soul constructs a consciousness that resides within a reality.
Soul places an “interface” within the constructed reality. This interface is known as “consciousness”.

Soul places an “interface” within the constructed “reality”.  This is known as “consciousness”.

The consciousness, when it resides within the physical reality can move about freely. It takes on wave behavior. As such, it can move in and out the constructed reality. The reality (of course) has both a physical and non-physical components. The consciousness can move about both quite adeptly.

However, that really isn’t very useful. The consciousness is not able to interact with anything. In order to gain experiences, and attract quanta (it’s like a big vacuum cleaner, don’t you know…) the consciousness must interact with other physical things within the reality construct. The best way to do this is for the consciousness to occupy a physical body.

To occupy the physical body, the consciousness needs to leave the wave state and enter a particle state. Once in the particle state, it can interact with the physical body. It can move the physical body, learn and grow.

Souls create realitites and places a consciousness withint that reality from which experiences can be recorded and learned from.
Souls create realities from which to create events by which experiences can be obtained. To acquire those experiences and learn from them, the soul creates a consciousness within that reality.

Souls create “Realities” to obtain experiences.

Thus the soul, in this “Heavenly” environment, it creates various “realities” or “bubbles” of realities from which to learn and obtain experiences.  Experiences are how souls grow.  They collect quantum particles and form them into shapes that create advancement of soul states. When the soul wishes to obtain an experience, it creates a consciousness that it assigns to a physical body within one of the realities.

A soul is NOT a consciousness. A given consciousness is but a small part of a soul that is dispatched into a “reality” to learn and acquire experiences. Consciousness is a part of a soul that is allocated for physical education.

Each reality can be segregated into the physical and the non-physical reality. The physical reality is well known and understood.  It is the Newtonian reality that we have all been taught in school. The non-physical reality is (currently) the realm of the “spiritual”.  It is the world of the unseen.  It is also the home of the spiritual worlds such as evidenced by “astral projection” and the various other planes of existence.

The consciousness is not imprisoned within a body.  The consciousness can move within the physical reality so created, or with proper training, enter into the non-physical realities surrounding the reality bubble. It is a matter of changing the quantum state of the quantum particles that form the consciousness component of the soul. (Particle dynamics change to wave dynamics; more about that later.)

However, it is always limited to one specific reality at a time.

The soul creates an environment to learn from.

Consciousness is a “Passageway”

Consciousness can be thought of as a “passageway”.

We like to think of it as “who we are”. However, that is not what it is. It is something else entirely. So instead of thinking of it as a set being or entity, consider it as a long road. Think of it as a window or path that connects your physical brain to your non-physical soul. As such, your consciousness connects your physical reality to heaven.

It is a passageway.

It is a passageway from your soul to your present reality. This reality is NOT a shared reality that you share with others. No. It is to a specific “reality” that resides within the universe.  This reality is but one of the many, many possible combinations of what can, did and will happen in our universe.

The consciousness is connected to the soul by a device. This device is known as consciousness.
Consciousness is the passageway or “tunnel” that connects the physical reality to the soul.

Consciousness should be considered a “Passageway” or “Tunnel” to our soul.

The Universal Template

The universe is, fundamentally, a template from which a reality can be constructed from.

This is NOT what we think it is. We consider the universe to be fixed, and never changing. We all think that we all share the same universe at the same time. We do not. That is just what it appears to be while we exist within it. We share the same universal template. From that are spawned various realities as needed.

Individual realities tend to cluster. They are not that dissimilar.

This is both for different souls, and for given particular lessons. For must humans, the realities are constructed from a universal template that centers around the earth. Experiences are drawn from different variations of experiences in different time periods. Yes, so the idea that we all share the same experience in the same place at the same time is wrong. It only appears that way.

The universal template consists of every single human, and every possible action that they were involved in, from the earliest dates to the end of humanity. The soul selects individual realities out of this universal template. It then positioned a consciousness within a physical body, which lies within a reality drawn from this physical template.

Our reality is customized for a given soul and given consciousness. It is pulled off from a template of an infinite number of possibiities.
Reality is spawned from the universal template.

Your reality is spawned from the Universal Template.

As such, a reality can be mixed up and taken at random as needed. It does not need to follow a sequential “arrow” of time. If a given soul needs the experiences of a baker working in Paris in the year 1850, it will construct that reality from the template. Then it will send a consciousness into that reality so to obtain experiences.

Once the experiences, and the lessons, are finished the consciousness leaves the physical reality. It returns home to soul.

If the soul then wants to have other additional experiences (as is often the case), it reinserts the consciousness in another reality that it constructs. Perhaps, it might want to have the experiences of an American aviator fighting in the South Pacific ocean during World War II. It then would spawn a new reality from the universal template. It would then insert the consciousness into that reality. As such, it would then obtain those experiences.

Once the experiences (and the lessons) were finished, the consciousness would leave the body. It returns home to soul yet again.

Now, let’s suppose that the soul wants to have the experiences as a slave involved in the building of one of the pyramids in ancient Egypt. It can most certainly do so. As such, it would pull a reality from the universal template and reinsert the consciousness into that reality. It can do this because “time” doesn’t really exist. It only appears that way to us who are within an extracted reality.

Thus, through continuous manipulation of realities, and the movement of consciousness, the soul grows and rearranges quanta. Each time it improves itself. It keeps progressing and doing so until it can reach the next stage of existence for the soul. (Whatever that might be.)

Putting it all Together

So far, I have introduced the reader to the reality of all there is. The reader should now know what a “Human Heaven” is like, and how it came about. The reader should now also know what the universe is, and how it came about as well. The reader should also understand how souls use the Physical Universe” to select “Realities” from which the soul can obtain experiences.

So, putting everything together, it looks something like this…

Realities are constructed from a universal template. The soul draws realities from this template from which to build events and experiences by which the consciousness can acquire experiences and build the quanta into forms that the soul can use.
The timeless universe is the universal template. The soul uses this template from which to create realities from.

And, ladies and gentleman, that is exactly how the universe works. As you can see it is quite different from what is taught in churches, and in schools. Never the less that is the way it is.

A brief set of summaries are in order;

  • Heaven is a place that best suits a set of organized quanta that has obtained sentience.
  • As such, there is a Heaven for each creature that has obtained sentience.
  • Heaven was created by the “Big Bang” after an event which I refer to as “The Start”.
  • Our souls exist in Heaven.
  • They create “realities” so they can obtain experiences.
  • Experiences allow souls to organize unorganized quanta and thus grow and advance.
  • We do not share realities.
  • Each reality is unique to the consciousness that inhabits it.
  • Because each reality is unique, we as consciousness can change it…

From which I would like to segway to some aspects of my role within MAJestic; World-Line travel.

World-Lines

The idea of world-lines is a very simple concept in regards to this.

There are a (near) infinite number of world-lines that a consciousness (person) can experience.  However, it is only beneficial for the person to experience a different world-line as long as it guarantees the same level of learning (of the Soul) will be obtained.

A “world-line” is a variation of a reality that a consciousness inhabits.

There is NO physical movement from one world-line to another.  It is after all, the same reality bubble. (The reader is advised NOT to get confused in this regard.  Some of the illustrations might give that impression.  It is not the case.  In the absolute reality of the soul, world-line travel is not really travel at all.  Instead, it is a change in the composition of reality.) What changes are the entropy presets that are associated with the reality bubble. More about this later on.

The soul can created different realities from the universal template and migrate the consciousness through these realities so as to acquire experiences.
Consciousness can migrate from one reality to another reality. This is often referred to as world-line travel.

Consciousness can migrate from one reality to another reality. This is commonly known as world-line travel. The consciousness would migrate from one world-line reality to another world-line reality.

The only benefit in the migration is relative to the experiences that soul can obtain. For now, in this section, let’s keep our focus on the human soul as viewed by a human within a bubble reality.

In the above picture we can see that a person is living within a reality. The soul then decides to move or migrate the consciousness to another reality. It can happen ONLY as long as the experiences are similar or “better”. So the reader can imagine that he / she  is living within a reality where they are a taxicab driver in New York City. If the soul wanted to, or if the conditions and technologies were acceptable, the consciousness of the taxicab driver could migrate to a world-line where he is the CEO of an Ice Cream company in Hartford, CT.

Consciousness migration can change EVERYTHING within that reality.

Typically, in the “real world” (the reality that I happen to inhabit at this point in time), most contemporaneous world-line travel is limited by the technologies utilized.  These technologies limit the travellers to world-lines were they share the same (approximate) physical body. If you are a white male named “Fred” in the first reality, you will move to a new reality where you are still a white male named “Fred”.

By changing certain defaults and energy settings an entire world of change can manifest during world-line travel. This is typically known as a “Level Three” migration. It’s not for the faint of heart, however. When the vector coordinates change radically, so can find yourself in a new environment with little in the way of commonality. You might leave the first reality as a “Fred” and enter the new world-line reality as a “Susan”. While your memories won’t change (they are stored in the non-physical reality) yourself within the new reality might take some getting used to.

Types of World-Line Migrations

There are numerous ways that world-line migration can manifest for us humans. I know of only five ways. Most of them are beyond the capabilities and experiences of most humans as they require specialized equipment, and training to conduct.

Typically, the most common changes are rather simple.

Level Zero Migration

The most common, and simple migrations are achievable by everyone. That means YOU, the reader. You can manifest these changes yourself. These are “Level Zero” migrations. Here the alterations are very simple and hardly noticeable. They take time to manifest. Typically six months to three years. Nevertheless, if you are careful and persistent, they will always manifest. These are changes in the reality of less than a fraction of a percentage. For instance;

  • Slight alterations of friends and nearby people’s behaviors
  • Changes in the reality that surrounds you physically.
  • General alterations in people, places and things.
  • Specific alterations in furniture, money, luck or skill
  • Minor changes in weather

As such, these changes help to bring about desired experiences and lessons. They are but “tweaks” that are useful in obtaining the necessary experiences that a given consciousness needs.  Most consciousness’s experience these kinds of tweaks due to subconscious direction, or verbal affirmations that directs the individual power of intention. Level zero migrations are achievable by everyone and do not require any technology to accomplish.

The power of prayer is a “level zero” migration.

Most people do not know how to pray. They ask for things. That is not how to pray. You must visualize what you desire to alter. Then impress it with emotion. Perform this ritual for a set period of time, maybe ten minutes every day for two weeks or something similar, and then release it. Let it go. It will manifest… eventually. Don’t wait for it.

As such, it is very powerful. Just because it is classified as a “Level zero” migration, does not diminish it’s significance. This, of course, only pertains to self-prayer. Or, prayer that is directed to the person making the prayer. Prayer directed outwards is another issue altogether and another thing entirely. It does not work. The only types of prayer that will manifest for you is ones directed at you, by you.

Level One Migration

However, given mastery of certain (assistive) technologies, a consciousness with a given reality can migrate automatically and autonomously. This can be considered a “Level One” migration ability. This can accomplish greater experiences and learning exercises.

It does requires technology to accomplish.  That means an actual machine.

There is a lot of this going on. Those that possess this ability typically waste it on “time travel” activities. Which is pretty silly when you really think about it. As such, the person so empowered can change the following attributes during reality migration;

  • Geographic location
  • Date and time
  • Weather
  • Culture

These are the most common changes during world-line travel. But that is only because the changes and influences were small. Here a person can go back in time (apparently) and return (apparently). These changes will have corresponding alterations in culture and society the greater the delta deviation from the baseline to the origination point is. Any changes will alter their reality. It will not alter your reality as you are occupying a different reality.

Now, when a person gets involved in level one migration they can (possibly under certain conditions) enter realities where other “versions” of themselves might share the reality. This can include examples of older or younger versions of yourselves. This can included examples of different versions of yourself. This type of migration can certainly get very confusing.

Level Two Migration

“Often people claim to remember past lives; I claim to remember a different, very different, present life. …I rather suspect that my experience is not unique; what perhaps is unique is the fact that I am willing to talk about it.”

-Philip K. Dick

To obtain large-scale experiences and radical changes, much greater deviations can occur. Here, a person (Consciousness) can migrate to far different realities. This would be a “Level Two” migration ability.

Like a Level One migration, technology is required. However the technology level is similar. What differs is the manipulation of the target coordinates. It is much more comprehensive and complex.

This is the most important type of world-line travel, as the benefits to consciousness is the most advantageous. However it is also the most dangerous, as the risks are quite large. Here, we can add the changes of;

  • Revised historical pasts (What if Hitler won World War II…)
  • Altered cultural and scientific advancements (What if McDonalds was a car wash…)
  • Changed behaviors and cultural norms (What if people rubbed their butts instead of shaking hands when they met…)

This is the kind of travel that one would experience when one would  move from drinking a Starbucks coffee in a San Francisco under the presidency of Donald Trump to drinking  out of a water fountain filled with Bondo (it has electrolytes!)  in a “charge by the hour” ear massage room (near a McStarbucks) located in New Stalingrad under Vice-Queen Lady Gagagaga the third.

I have had a brief taste of this during my training at China Lake. It can be really really startling.

Again, since level two migration is more involved than a level one migration, that all the complexities of a level one migration is maintained and expanded upon. It can become very disorienting and very disturbing.

Level Three Migration

A level three migration changes the physical person who is involved in world-line migration. You exit a world-line as one person and you enter a new world-line as a different person.  You will ALWAYS migrate as the same species. This can include, gender and appearance. This can include occupation, and age. This can include everything EXCEPT the apparent associated memories of the new world-line. You will arrive in your new location with your previous memories.

For instance, you might be a thirty year old female software programmer. As such you might be married, have a pet dog, and have some friends that you like to go out with and have a coffee. You would speak English and watch football on television. Once you migrate, you might end up as an overweight 55 year old Russian male who lives alone in the basement of his parents’ house. You might be unemployed and on welfare and taking Zoloft for depression.

Because of this, this level four migration is a very difficult thing to do and very uncomfortable.  I have never been involved in this. I do not know of any person who has ever done this.

Level Four Migration

Level four migration combines a level two and a level three migration together. Why anyone in their right mind would want to do this is beyond me. The risks are significant. Remember, the ability to migrate is a function of technology, and the selection of destination coordinates is not that easy. While you might want to end up in some place in some type of new reality, the result could easily turn sour and go very, very badly.

For instance, you might be a twenty five year old male who is busy working as an engineer at Google. After work, you like to go and have pizza and beer with your friends at the local bar. You ride a nice Harley Davidson motorcycle and you are very stylish with the latest iPhone and APPs. The president is Donald Trump and the news is talking about “Russian collusion”. It is a nice sunny day.

After a level four migration, your life might look something like this;

You are now a 67 year old transgender feminist who is a vocal supporter for the new King; Justin Clinton. You are supported though your owner (as you are actually a short-term slave), who allows you one night off a month to go to the elephant races at the other end of South Berlin. There you eat your favorite food; oysters and jellied duck feet hamburgers. Then you come home to your master who usually have “some tasks” for you to do before you turn in for the night. The news is all excited about the new taxes that are coming out of Beijing this year. As normal, it is a dreary, foggy day.

Like I said, you never know what kind of life that you will end up with. Life might be a box of chocolates, but what happens when you change the box?

Memories do not Migrate

The reader might question why the memories do not migrate. The answer is simple. The purpose of our physical reality is to obtain experiences. Each experience that we have obtained helps shape our quanta and helps build and construct our soul. The realities that we inhabit are but training grounds by which we can acquire these experiences. It would defeat the purpose of obtaining an experience in the first place if this were to occur.

Also, and I will cover this in another post, memories are not retained within the brain.  They are processed in the brain, but they are not retained there. Memories are retained and stored outside the physical reality.  The memories are used to help us adjust and learn from the experiences that we have had during the time within our reality.

But… but…

Scientists have identified places where the memories are retained. Isn’t that correct? No it is not. They have identified places within the physical brain where memories (that lie outside of our physical reality) are accessed. They have just located the access points and the methods of accessing them. They have not identified the actual memories.

What can you do?

I hope that this was helpful. Understanding the reality of our life helps us to better control it and shape our destiny. So, to keep it simple;

  • There is a “Hell”, no matter what the Pope says. It is a different “universe” or “Heaven” if you want to use that nomenclature.
  • Our physical reality is constructed through our actions and thoughts.
  • Action and thoughts create and modify our physical world. To best be the master of it, we must master ourselves.
  • Be good. Be kind. Be helpful. Be just and be fair.
  • Everything you do is recorded by memory. These memories lie outside of our constructed reality.
  • All actions will be tallied at the end of our life. If we behaved poorly, then that will adversely affect our soul’s construction.

As such, many of us need the help of others to go about our day to day activities. We need to be helpful, supportive and positive in every way. Life can be hard, but if just one person can do one small thing, it can make all the difference in the world. Surprise others with small acts of kindness, and be the ray of light in this often dark and gloomy world. What do you do?

Conclusions

I know that most people will not care about souls and Heaven outside of their religion. So all of this can just be considered to be nonsense.

I know that officially MWI is only considered to be a theory. That’s fine. It’s treated very seriously by those in control of this world that we occupy. It is also FUNDED. There are many, many things that are well understood by those who are permitted to understand them. Like I said, you can believe me or not. I really don’t care.

I also know that world-line travel is not contemporaneously accepted as a reality. Fine. Believe what you want. The reality template what we all base our realities off of is a very interesting place. To understand it, you will need to undo all of what you think you know. This is how the universe works.

You can believe it or not. It’s no skin off my back.

Take Aways

  • Every person lives within his or her own reality.
  • Realities are constructs of the soul.
  • Realities are drawn from a Universal Template.
  • Consciousness is a bridge between the soul and experiences in the reality.
  • Souls consist of organized quantum strings that have obtained sentience.
  • With the skill of intention, a person can tweak their reality.
  • With the utilization of technology, one can alter their reality substantially.

RFH

How about a Request For Help? I tire of busybodies and statists who poke fun at the ideas and theories of others. They offer no constructive dialog. Rather they just make fun, ridicule, and then scurry under a rock.

I use this forum as a way to disseminate some of the things that I learned though my thirty years of involvement in MAJestic. However, I am forbidden to posit my knowledge directly. I cannot tell the interested, the “secrets of the universe”. The best that I can do is share my opinions about things that interest me, and flavor it indirectly with my forbidden understandings.

To help put this in perspective, put yourself in my shoes…

Imagine that you are working at a company with a brutal NDR. You cannot divulge anything about what you are involved in for any reason.

 Now, let’s suppose that for thirty years you were involved in training unicorns to dance with bigfoot. To help with your training, the Lock Ness Monster would gather “magical beans” that you would award the unicorns when they did a particularly impressive dance move; like the cha cha or a nice rendition of the samba.

 Now, there is no way that you can talk about unicorns, bigfoot, or the Lock Ness Monster. But, the NDR doesn’t cover “magic beans”. So in the best interests of society, you might want to posit your thoughts about growing “magic beans” and how they might be of interest to imaginary creatures.

 That is the situation that I find myself in.

So, if you, the reader, were so interested, I would welcome your thoughts on soul composition. I would welcome your understanding of MWI in relation to multi-dimensional soul structure. I would welcome your thoughts about the soul structures of other creatures. I would welcome links to other websites of interest, or videos of interest.

This is my call out, to you the reader, to assist all of us in solving these mysteries. After all, this is a far better use of the internet than for looking at Justin Bieber videos.

FAQ

Q: What is the difference between souls vs. consciousness?
A: Soul is the entire being of a given entity. It includes everything. It includes all physical histories, memories, and energy states of that entity. It resides within Heaven. Consciousness is a part of the soul. It is partitioned from it and resides within a physical construct within a reality. It is a mechanism from which experiences are obtained.

Q: What is the highest level of spirituality?
A: In this narrative, the highest level of spirituality is one in which the soul transcends Human Heaven. Each Heaven is constructed for a specific animal or physical construct type. Therefore, to achieve the highest level of spirituality means that the soul exits a “lower state of Heaven” and enters a “higher state of Heaven”. In other words, it exits one Heaven and enters into a different and “better” Heavenly realm. This would mean, of course, that it now occupies a Heaven associated with a different physical animal or being.

Q: What is the relationship between quantum theory and consciousness?
A: Soul is comprised of ordered quantum strings. It creates a consciousness to occupy a set physical reality in order to obtain experiences. Consciousness is the pathway for the soul within the physical reality it has created. The quantum consciousness takes on a particle reality when it occupies a body, and takes on a wave reality when it lies outside of the body.

Q: What are the levels of the soul?
A: The soul is very complex and holds many attributes that our physical science and spiritualists do not understand. In order to help us understand things, they have often divided things into levels or gradients. The truth is that there are many aspects of soul that just cannot be simplified into simple layers or levels.

Think of a soul like that of a race car. Is the speed of the race car the most important thing, or is it a combination of handling ability, maintenance, acceleration, energy efficiency or the driver’s ability?

Q: How does quantum physics reconcile itself with the soul?
A: The soul is comprised of quantum strings. They can be ordered and unordered. The ordered strings become entangled with other particles and form arrangements. Eventually these arrangements attain sentience.

Q: What are the levels of consciousness?
A: Consciousness has one level of understanding when it inhabits a physical body. At that point of time it behaves as a particle. When it leaves the body it behaves as a wave and can take on different levels of behavior. The behavior of consciousness depends on the lessons and experiences that the soul wishes to impart.

Experiences are very important. Each time a quantum particle meets up with another one, they become entangled and related in various ways. If a group of particles meets up and interacts with other particles the situation can be greatly enhanced. These relationships are the experiences that build up (or tear down) a given soul. Therefore it is critical that consciousness learn and interacts with the surrounding reality properly.

Q: What are the differences between consciousness, spirit, and soul?
A: Soul is the center of all that we are. That is the sum total of everything at every moment relative to the (apparent) vector of time. Conscious is a portion of the soul that is assigned to a reality so as to acquire experiences. Spirit is sometimes considered to be the consciousness as it enters a wave form instead of a particle form within a given physical body.

Q: Where does the Bible say that soul is a collection of ordered quantum particles?
A: It doesn’t. Where does the Bible say that the soul is not a collection of ordered quantum particles?

Q: Is world-line travel possible?
A: Yes.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...

How to tell -2

Top Secrets

Sales Pitch

Feducial Training

Implantation

Probe Calibration - 1

Probe Calibration - 2

Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.

The Hollow Moon

The world that we live in is filled with all kinds of interesting things. Some of which are simply curious, while others give us time to pause and reflect. Still other things make us sit up straight and yell WTF! That’s what life is all about. It’s those things that really shake up our world.

I don’t know about you guys, but sometimes our world needs a good shaking or two. It helps cull the herd, so to speak.

Today, I would like to discuss “our” moon. This is the moon that orbits our planet. We call it “the moon”. We know that it is a cold, desolate and lonely place. It is an icy cold rock. It is covered in deep grey dust, and has both mountains and valleys.

It is also quite hollow…

How Planets Form

I would like to take a moment to discuss the hollow moon, and why it is hollow. However, first we need to lay out some real basic information in regards to how planets form. Because, if you know how planets form, you might end up having a better idea of how a planet could eventually become hollow.

Now, to most people, the idea that a planet could be hollow is a real stretch. It really is. We know that all planets are solid masses, and that most of them have hot molten cores. The cores are compressed under intense pressure and it takes a long, long time for them to cool down and solidify.

We know this. Not because we have been there. Not because we have tunneled down and touched the surface of the core. We know this because we assume it to be that way based on our current understandings of planetary formation.

Ah, we assume such things. And, because so many people assume the same thing that “everyone knows” that that is the way it is everywhere for all situations.

Well, let’s look at the contemporaneous theories of planetary formation, and then let’s take a look at what we know about the moon. We can put the two together and get a better picture of how the moon could actually become hollow. Right?

With that being stated, let’s look at the theories. We have a general idea about how planets form. Obviously we weren’t around when the solar system was first being formed. Our knowledge about such things is through observations of other stars. Most particularly younger stars and the dust that surrounds them.

Debris discs

Personally, I first started getting interested in debris discs when I started to follow the news about Epsilon Eridani, Fomalhaut, and Groombridge 1618. Now, I know the reader probably wants to go straight to all the “good stuff” about the moon. But, please indulge me. How can you talk about the moon and any voids inside of it, without discussing early planetary formation?

We know about early planetary formation through observation. We have observed the formation of planets within nearby youthful solar systems. Indeed, there are many youthful and young stars near our solar system. Some of my favorites include;

Of course, this is not a complete list. There are just elements out of my own personal collection of interesting local solar systems of great youth (less than one billion years in age).  And, yes, I do maintain files on solar systems that interest me. All of these nearby stars can well educate us on how stars are born and solar systems are created.

Yeah, I’m a bit strange. Once a nerd, always a nerd. I guess.

Young solar systems are dangerous.  Whether they have managed to have planets, or not, they still have to contend with meteoroid and comet bombardments, not to mention a stabilization of gravitational orbits. On our planet, we needed four billion years to create physical ambulatory life.  Many of the stars and systems on this list are a mere fraction of that age. Thus, suggestive of very hot molten planets if any exist at all.

Stars age. Humans age. A star can be compared to a human.
Stars age just like humans do. Of course, they are much older. Our sun (Sol) is almost middle age. It is around 4.5 billion years old. Age of stars compared to human aging.

Scientists have watched these younger stars (and many, many others) and tracked the development and evolution of the dust around these stars. We have watched how they behave, and watched how they clumped together to form planets.

This clumping action is believed to follow a model (or technique) known as “spontaneous dust traps”. This theory, or model, suggests that the dust starts to clump together when a property of the dust, known as “aerodynamic drag back-reaction” starts to clump the dust together into “spontaneous dust traps”. Anyways, that is the theory put forth by a French-UK-Australian team working on this problem.

As the dust starts to clump, it gets larger and larger, forming masses or clouds that rotate around the parent star.

If you were to take a photo or snapshot of this period of time, the solar system would look very strange. There would be the young sun (of course). It would no longer be a proto-sun. (The gasses that coalesced to form the star would have ignited.) The star would be blazing away, but like all youthful stars, would be very unpredictable. It would possibly have large solar flares, and numerous properties making it a very dangerous place to be around. It wouldn’t be as nice and stable as our sun is today.

Surrounding the star would be numerous “belts” or rings of asteroids, dust and gas. They would tend to lie within a plane of rotation. This plane of rotation would be similar to that of the rotation of the star. These belts or rings would possess the various clumps of dust and gas. The solar system would also start to see the formation of asteroids and comets. They would go around the star in long elliptical orbits depending on the conditions of the solar system at the time. Eventually the clumps of dust and gas could form into planets.

Let’s look at three very interesting examples of young solar systems with observed debris discs. These are nearby systems. They are considered to be “local”, and all have debris discs that will eventually one day turn into planets. They are Epsilon Eridani, Groombridge 1618, Zeta Leporis and Fomalhaut.

Epsilon Eridani (BD−09°697)

The first star in our discussion is Epsilon Eridani. Epsilon Eridani (ε Eri, ε Eridani) is a star in the southern constellation Eridanus.  It just happens to be a nice K-class star, which is of immediate interest to those of us who live around the sun; a nice G-class star.

As such, it is a main-sequence star of spectral class K2, which is slightly smaller and cooler than our sun, with an orange hue.  Also, as a K-class star it is worthy of special consideration, as we, as humans, have evolved to live around class G and class K type stars.

It is important.  All stars of G and K classes have attributes that significantly are compatible with our individualized biological archetype.  (Apparently, that is not necessary the case with many of the other extraterrestrial species that we have come in contact with.  They seem to prefer the cooler K and M class stars. It is an interesting subject, and I will devote a post to it later on.)

However, this solar system is not truly perfect for the needs of contemporaneous humans.

It is a young solar system. Indeed, its age is estimated at far less than a billion years. (Our own sun and its associated solar system is 4.5 billion years old.)  Therefore, it is considered to be a young system, even infantile in construction.

Because of its youth, Epsilon Eridani has a higher level of magnetic activity than the present-day Sun, with a stellar wind 30 times as strong as our suns.  The reader should understand that for young stars the internal organization of the sun is complex. there are internal “battles” and “reorganizations” of internal components depending on the star size, shape, orientation and many other factors. These changes manifest in many ways. All of which are hostile to organic life.

At less than a billion years of age, any rocky planets would be rather hot and inhospitable places; provided they follow the earth evolutionary model.  One should not place too high expectations on this solar system as it is probably hazardous to spaceflight.  The density of gas and dust in the system would probably be very high compared to our solar system. Fast, unprotected or unshielded, travel would be ill advised.

Planets

Because it is a nearby K-class star, astronomers have taken a greater than average degree of interest in this system.  (Who figures? It’s a young star. It’s like being interested in the construction of a bakery because in two years they might start making crusty bread and rolls.)

Anyways, to this end a great search for planetary companions has been under way for some time.  Because of this, there have been some discoveries of note.  The system is believed to contain a number of planets and two belts of rocky asteroids: one at about 3 AU and a second at about 20 AU from the star.  (One AU is equal to the distance of our earth from our sun.) Our asteroid belt is around 2 to 3 AU distant.

Knowing what we know about the formation of our own solar system; over time, many of the rocky bodies from these asteroid belts would eventually land on the other rocky and gas planets.  Thus creating the craters that we now see on the moon and on Earth, and the “spots” on the gas giants.  Any evolutionary efforts in this system at this time would be severely handicapped and retarded by the periodic bombardment of planetary bodies onto the potential habitable worlds.  We call these events Periodic Mass Extinction Events.

It is believed that the structure of the outer asteroid belt may be maintained by a hypothetical second or even third planet, Epsilon Eridani b and Epsilon Eridani c.

Aside from the inner asteroid disk, and the outer asteroid disc, Epsilon Eridani also harbors an extensive outer debris field of remnant planetesimals left over from the system’s formation.  This would manifest as an outer area of a surprising number of asteroids, comets and other planetary debris.  As mentioned earlier, this solar system might be problematic to travel within.

For all practical purposes, this youthful system should be considered to be off limits to humanoids and consist of a dangerous region of dust, rocky debris and hot new planets.

BY Draconis variable

Epsilon Eridani is classified as a BY Draconis variable because it has regions of higher magnetic activity that move into and out of the line of sight as it rotates. Observations have shown that Epsilon Eridani varies as much as 0.050 in V magnitude due to star-spots and other short-term magnetic activity. The reader should understand that [1] high levels of chromospheric activity, [2] strong magnetic field, and [3] the relatively fast rotation rate of Epsilon Eridani are characteristic of a pretty young star.

Because of this, the age of Epsilon Eridani is estimated to be about 440 million years, but this remains subject to debate. Most age estimation methods place it in the range from 200 million to 800 million years.   Compared to our earth, this would place any planet in orbit around the star to be a rocky planet with a heavy and dense gaseous body swathed in vicious storms that shrouds a very hold, mostly molten planet surface.  On the planet, particularly around the pole might be some early rocky continents with bleak mountains punctuated with volcanoes and extreme seismic activity.  Not really a very hospitable place to live. The closest earth-similar geologic comparative would be the Hadean Eon.

In any event, this is a particularly young star and system.  As such it is only marginally of interest towards habitability considerations. Of course, that doesn’t stop most people from looking up (on the internet) what the potential habitable zone would be around this star. (You can see one at Sol Station for Epsilon Eridani  here.) It’s seems rather silly, doesn’t it?

I mean to say, yes in theory you can drive a road listed on a map near an active volcano. But, whether that road is clear and has a drivable surface is another issue altogether. The same is true with (potentially) habitable zones around really young stars. The data associated with the (so-called) zone of habitability is only appropriate in stable solar systems. It is not appropriate for young, growing, and immature solar systems.

The epsilon eridani system has debris discs and possible planets that orbit it. WHile it is a young star, the planets that orbit it might be hot and molten.
The Epsilon Eridani system showing the observed dust and debris disks.

Kuiper belt

Surrounding Epsilon Eridani is a compact dusty disk structure that is considered to be the Solar System’s Kuiper belt. From Earth, this belt is viewed at an inclination of roughly 25° to the line of sight.  Dust and possibly water ice from this belt migrates inward because of drag from the stellar wind and a process by which stellar radiation causes dust grains to slowly spiral toward Epsilon Eridani.  This is known as the Poynting–Robertson effect.

Multiple Asteroid belts

Observations from NASA’s Spitzer Space Telescope suggest that Epsilon Eridani actually has two asteroid belts [1 & 2].  In addition it has a [3] cloud of exozodiacal dust.   This dust is an analog of the zodiacal dust that occupies the plane of our Solar System.

One belt sits at approximately the same position as the one in our Solar System, orbiting at a distance of 3.00 ± 0.75 AU from Epsilon Eridani.  This belt consists of silicate grains with a diameter of 3 μm and a combined mass of about 1018 kg. If the planet Epsilon Eridani b exists then this belt is unlikely to have had a source outside the orbit of the planet, so the dust may have been created by fragmentation and cratering of larger bodies such as asteroids, or small moonlets.

Age and probability of life

The age of the star can be a useful data point when it comes to habitability. Here we look at the timescale on which life arises, a challenging issue because all we have to work with is what we know of life’s development on Earth.  In general planets in the habitable zone of F, G or K stars should see the last wave of giant impacts on their young surfaces at around 100 million years. Given that impacts likely sterilized our planet for several million years, this is an important issue, and stellar age, if known, can factor into the question of habitability.

It is thus my opinion that the system is too youthful for meaningful potentially habitable planets.  There is no chance of naturally evolved life greater than a germ, and the presence of the two large asteroid belts suggest that periodic bombardment of asteroids and comets are a regular occurrence.  This would be a great place to visit, not a place that anyone would want to call home.

Planet Hunting Efforts

Epsilon Eridani is a target for planet finding programs because it has properties that allow an Earth-like planet to form.   However, if any planet has formed in the system it would be very young and inhospitable to human life. It would resemble the earth during the early Hadean time period.

Habitable Zone

The orbital radius at which the stellar flux from Epsilon Eridani matches the solar constant—where the emission matches the Sun’s output at the orbital distance of the Earth—is 0.61 astronomical units (AU). That is within the maximum habitable zone of a conjectured Earth-like planet orbiting Epsilon Eridani, which currently stretches from about 0.5 to 1.0 AU.  However, the presence of a large planet with a highly elliptical orbit in proximity to Epsilon Eridani’s habitable zone reduces the likelihood of a terrestrial planet having a stable orbit within the habitable zone (at this stage in the solar system’s life).

All told, the likelihood of any kind of Earth-like or marginally habitable world in this system is extremely remote.  The youth of the solar system, coupled with the dangers inherent in a dust and rock strewn system, not to mention the wide variability of orbits all create an environment that is absolutely not conducive to human life.

UV Radiation

A young star such as Epsilon Eridani can produce large amounts of ultraviolet radiation that may be harmful to life. The orbital radius where the UV flux matches that on the early Earth lies at just under 0.5 AU. Epsilon Eridani’s proximity, Sun-like properties and suspected planets have made it a destination for interstellar travel in science fiction stories.  Unfortunately, the authors of these fictional stories have failed to take into account the dangers of living in a UV saturated environment.  As such, most, if not all, biological life would be irritated into sterility in short order.

Reports of Extraterrestrial Life

There have been statements made by numerous people concerning life in this system.  As such, I present these reports here for your curiosity and amusement.   For the record, I do NOT believe any of these reports. I do not believe a single one of them.

There is absolutely no native evolved life in this solar system.

Reports that imply or state directly that there is native, naturally evolved life around this planet are false. Additionally, reports that state that there is an established colony of some kind of transplanted intelligent life around this solar system is also false. At best, there might be a periodic visit by interested scientific parties, but that is about it.

I have collected some of these statements for the reader to consider. I do not believe any of them.

Wendelle Stevens

Wendelle Stevens mentions an extraterrestrial civilization in the Eridanus Constellation:

"Another contact that has been going on since October of 1969, and still continues, involves a life-form from another atmospheric planet orbiting a sun some 20 light years away near the star we call Epsilon Eridani. We believe the star indicated to be 82 Eridani as this is a G5 star quite similar to our own sun which is in spectral class GO and is about the right 20 light years distance away. 

These creatures were larger, like 7 to 7.5 feet tall, and were covered with wrinkled skin and had very large arms with 3 fat fingers on the end. The skin has plates and wrinkles, something like crocodile skin. They had strange faces and a large mouth and very large ears, but they, like the Iargans demonstrated a highly advanced technology."

- Wendelle Stevens

Branton

The Branton material, in Mojave II, quotes the “Ufo Journal of Facts, Spring 1991” that tells the story of the recovery of a crashed craft with a Mediterranean or Latin American looking alien.

"His skin was a bronze color, reminiscent of Mediterranean or South American cultures. His hair was similarly brown and very short in a Roman or crew style cut. The only real difference in appearance from earth humans were that his ears were slightly pointed." 

-Branton

The inhabitant was “confirmed” to be from Epsilon Eridani.

“Bashar’s Lab”

It seems like everyone has an opinion. Here is an instance of a “channeled entity” if you go into those things. (Means if you believe in the possibility of this occurring.) The movie “Bashar’s lab” discusses many universal principles, and at the end of it, Bashar went through a list of nearby star systems where he (or it) said that intelligent alien life existed at this time.  One of them was Epsilon Eridani.

“Epsilon Eridani - 10.5 light years away, one indigenous civilization”

-Bashar.

Victor Martinez

Victor Martinez, the e-mail information coordinator, is a former federal employee with an interest in space, defense and current affairs. Recipients of his e-mail news items include a wide variety of people interested in emerging and leading-edge scientific and other developments. He is somehow tied together with this Serpio issue (hoax or not). Meh. You can read about it here. I don’t know what to think, but he was NOT in MAJestic.

Martinez quoted one of his alleged established contacts, one of a handful of current or former officials of the DIA, regarding any new or updated information on extraterrestrial encounters that would be of interest to the public. A source reportedly stated to Martinez that the home world of the alleged hostile alien species, the Trantaloids;

"…is the third planet out from the star Epsilon Eridani in the constellation Eridanus at 10.5 light-years away. Although somewhat cooler and fainter than our sun, it is very similar."

-Victor Martinez

My Opinions

This system consists of very active BY Draconis variable star. It is a very young and dangerous physical system.  It fries the planets surrounding it with UV radiation. There are no naturally evolved native life (that we would recognize as such) around this system.  Anyone claiming otherwise is deluded, or worse.

Groombridge 1618 (Gliese 380)

Groombridge 1618 is a star in the constellation Ursa Major. It is also located close to Earth, at a distance of less than 16 light years. It is an orange dwarf star of spectral type K8 V.

Groombridge 1618 is a young K-type main sequence star that is generating energy by fusing hydrogen at its core. It has 67% of the mass of the Sun, 61% of the Sun’s radius, but radiates only 4.6% of the Sun’s energy. The effective surface temperature of the star’s photosphere is about 4,000 K, giving it an orange hue.  To our human eyes it would appear much dimmer than our sun.

It is also a BY Draconis variable with a surface magnetic field strength of 750 G. The chromosphere is relatively inactive and possesses star spots comparable to Sun spots. However, like the star UV Ceti, it has been observed to undergo increases in luminosity as a flare star. It has a greater luminosity than most flare stars, which are typically red dwarfs, but is less active. The level of activity suggests that this is a somewhat youthful star.

Debris Disk

A search for an excess amount of infrared emission from this star by the Infrared Space Observatory came up negative, implying that Groombridge 1618 does not possess a debris disk (such as Vega). Which would normally be a good enough reason not to include it in this calculus.

However, observations using the Herschel Space Observatory showed a small excess suggesting the presence of a low temperature debris disk. The data can be modeled by a ring of coarse, highly-reflective dust at a temperature below 22 K orbiting at least 51 AU from the host star. If this star does have a companion, astrometric measurements appear to place an upper bound of 3–12 times the mass of Jupiter on such a hypothetical object (for orbital periods in the range of 5–50 years).

Planetary Companions

According to Marcy & Benitz (1989), a possible periodicity of 122 days has been detected, inferring the potential presence of a massive planetary object with minimum mass 4 times that of Jupiter. This candidate planet has not been confirmed and the signal the authors had found could have been due to intrinsic stellar activity from the star’s young age. If confirmed, the planet would be located at the outer edge of the star’s habitable zone.

Habitable Zone

Since Groombridge 1618 is sort of like a distant cousin to Sol, some speculate whether it might just be bright enough to support Earth-type life on a planet “lucky enough” to orbit in its habitable zone.

Estimates provided by the NASA Star and Exoplanet Database indicate that the inner edge of Groombridge 1618’s habitable zone could be located around 0.354 AU from the star, while the outer edge lies around 0.691 AUs out. The distance from the star where an Earth-type planet could have liquid water on its surface is centered around 0.523 AU — between the orbital distances of Mercury and Venus in our Solar System. At that distance from the star and assuming that it has 0.64 Solar-mass, such a planet would have an orbital period of nearly 173 days (or close to half an Earth year).

Which is just great. You have a planet that looks like a Biblical version of Hell located in an area where water and breathable atmosphere might form… Maybe, in around a billion years, that is.

Zeta Leporis

Zeta Leporis is located about 70.2 light-years from Sol. (Therefore, it is perhaps rather confusing to place it herein.  Eh?  But, you know, our extraterrestrial associates consistently reiterate to us that physical distance is not at all the barrier to travel that we make it out to be.)  It lies in the northeastern part of Constellation Lepus, the Hare.

In 1983, astronomers used the Infrared Astronomy Satellite (IRAS) to determine that the star has a remnant, circumstellar dust disk. Subsequently, astronomers announced in June 2000 that abundant, warm dust around this star was strong evidence of a massive asteroid belt. This feature might also indicate that planets are or have already formed in this system.

The Star

Zeta Leporis is a bluish-white main-sequence dwarf star of spectral and luminosity type A2-3 Vann.   Zeta Leporis has a stellar classification of A2 IV-V(n), suggesting that it is in a transitional stage between an A-type main-sequence star and a subgiant star. The (n) suffix indicates that the absorption lines in the star’s spectrum appear nebulous because it is spinning rapidly, causing the lines to broaden because of the Doppler effect. The star has about 1.46 times the mass of the Sun, more than 1.7 times its diameter, and over 15 times its luminosity. At least one past spectroscopic analysis has suggested that the star might have a binary companion.

Age

It appears to be very young, probably only around 100 million years old but could be anywhere between 50 and 500 million years old.    This is far too young to develop cool rocky planets from which to establish any kind of known planets or planetary bodies.  Any planetary companions will be rather hot, dusty and gaseous.  Think of planets like a completely molten Venus, or a very hot Jupiter.

Hey, maybe if you landed on one of these planets, and picked up a pick axe, and thrust it into the rocky soil… a plume of molten magma would ooze out.

Asteroid Belt & Dust Disk

In June 2001, astronomers announced that Zeta Leporis is enveloped by swirling dust in substantial quantities and at elevated temperatures.  These observations appear to indicate that solid rocks are colliding and generating dust in an asteroid belt shaped ring.  This might be similar to the one surrounding our own Sun between Mars and Jupiter.

By observing at two infrared wavelengths, the investigators estimated that the average temperature of the dust around the star is around 340 K (150 F or 65 C), hot enough to suggest that the dust grains may be as close as 2.5 AUs to the star. This is approximately the same distance as the asteroid belt is to our sun.

The history of this discovery is interesting.

The star was initially found to have a ring of dusty debris in 1983 along with some other young stars.  This was very curious, and resulted in other subsequent studies of the solar system.  After a period of observation, in 1991 astronomers learned that this debris ring was unusually warm and close to its parent star.  This was quite unlike other disks (found in other stars) that are much farther out and substantially colder.

This dust, given its known properties, should spiral into a star within 20,000 years, according to current theories of physics and star formation. Since Zeta Leporis is much older (than the other “early stars” that had been studied previously), its observed dust grains were not there when the star first formed, and so they must be generated through some secondary process.  Such  as collisions between larger objects. These presumed asteroids could be the size of small or large boulders, which collide and grind against each other to form micron-sized grains.

From the strength of the infrared signature of the dust, the astronomers estimate that the mass of the asteroid belt may be about a thousand times (1,000x) that of the Main Asteroid Belt in the Solar System lying between Mars and Jupiter.

The ring of debris appears to be confined to a region between 2.5 and 12.2 AUs from the star. Previous research reported in 1999 suggested that these circumstellar dust disks tend to disappear when a star is about 400 million years old which is towards the upper end of the age estimate for Zeta Leporis.

Solar encounter

Calculations from 2010 suggest that this star passed as close as 1.28 parsecs (4.17 light-years) from the Sun about 861,000 years ago.

Earth like planets

The orbit of an Earth-like planet (with liquid water) around Zeta Leporis may be centered around 3.9 AU (around the central orbital distance of the Main Asteroid Belt in the Solar System) with an orbital period of several years.

Even if an Earth-sized planet has already formed around young Zeta Leporis, it is unlikely to have cooled off sufficiently to have formed crustal rock. After it cools off enough for life to develop, only primitive single-cell, anaerobic bacteria is likely survive under constant bombardment by meteorites and comets as Earth was for the first billion years of existence.

Since there is unlikely to be free oxygen in the atmosphere of such a planet, it probably would not have an ozone layer (O3) although Zeta Leporis puts out a lot more hard radiation (especially ultraviolet) than Sol. Astronomers would find it very difficult to detect an Earth-sized planet of this star using present methods.

Fomalhaut

Fomalhaut (Alpha Piscis Austrini, Alpha PsA, α Piscis Austrini, α PsA) is the brightest star in the constellation Piscis Austrinus and one of the brightest stars in the sky. It is a class A star on the main sequence approximately 25 light-years (7.7 pc) from Earth as measured by the Hipparcos astrometry satellite.

Since 1943, the spectrum of this star has served as one of the stable anchor points by which other stars are classified.   It is classified as a Vega-like star that emits excess infrared radiation, indicating it is surrounded by a circumstellar disk.  Fomalhaut, K-type star TW Piscis Austrini and M-type star LP 876-10 constitute a triple system even though the companions are separated by several degrees.

Fomalhaut holds a special significance in extrasolar planet research, as it is the center of the first stellar system with an extrasolar planet candidate (Fomalhaut b) imaged at visible wavelengths. The image was published in Science in November 2008. Fomalhaut is the third brightest star known to have a planetary system (as viewed from Earth), after Pollux and the Sun.

Fomalhaut A

At a declination of −29.6°, Fomalhaut is located south of the celestial equator, and hence is best viewed from the Southern Hemisphere. Fomalhaut is about 45˚ south of Alpha Pegasi, with no bright stars in between.

Properties of Fomalhaut A

Fomalhaut is a young star, for many years thought to be only 100 to 300 million years old, with a potential lifespan of only a billion years. A 2012 study gave a slightly higher age of 440±40 million years. The surface temperature of the star is around 8,590 K (8,320 °C). Fomalhaut’s mass is about 1.92 times that of the Sun, its luminosity is about 16.6 times greater, and its diameter is roughly 1.84 times as large.

Fomalhaut is slightly metal-deficient as compared to the Sun, which means it is composed of a smaller percentage of elements other than hydrogen and helium. The metallicity is typically determined by measuring the abundance of iron in the photosphere relative to the abundance of hydrogen. A 1997 spectroscopic study measured a value equal to 93% of the Sun’s abundance of iron.  A second 1997 study deduced a value of 78% by assuming Fomalhaut has the same metallicity as the neighboring star TW Piscis Austrini, which has since been argued to be a physical companion. In 2004, a stellar evolutionary model of Fomalhaut yielded a metallicity of 79%. Finally, in 2008, a spectroscopic measurement gave a significantly lower value of 46%.

Fomalhaut has been claimed to be one of approximately 16 stars belonging to the Castor Moving Group. This is an association of stars that share a common motion through space and have been claimed to be physically associated. Other members of this group include Castor and Vega. The moving group has an estimated age of 200±100 million years and originated from the same location. Unfortunately more recent work that has found that purported members of the Castor Moving Group appear to not only have a wide range of ages, but their velocities are too different to have been possibly associated with one another in the distant past.  Hence, “membership” to this dynamical group has no bearing on the age of the Fomalhaut system.

Debris disks and planet

Fomalhaut is surrounded by several debris disks.

The inner disk is a high-carbon small-grain (10-300 nm) ash disk clustering at 0.1 AU from the star. Next is a disk of larger particles with inner edge 0.4-1 AU of the star. The innermost disk is unexplained as yet.

The outermost disk is at a radial distance of 133 AU (1.99×1010 km; 1.24×1010 mi), in a toroidal shape with a very sharp inner edge, all inclined 24 degrees from edge-on. The dust is distributed in a belt about 25 AU wide. The geometric center of the disk is offset by about 15 AU (2.2×109 km; 1.4×109 mi) from Fomalhaut. The disk is sometimes referred to as “Fomalhaut’s Kuiper belt”. Fomalhaut’s dusty disk is believed to be protoplanetary, and emits considerable infrared radiation. Measurements of Fomalhaut’s rotation indicate that the disk is located in the star’s equatorial plane, as expected from theories of star and planet formation.

On November 13, 2008, astronomers announced an object, which they assumed to be an extrasolar planet, orbiting just inside the outer debris ring. This was the first extrasolar orbiting object to be seen with visible light, captured by the Hubble Space Telescope. [A planet’s existence had been previously suspected from the sharp, elliptical inner edge of that disk. The mass of the planet, Fomalhaut b, was estimated to be no more than three times the mass of Jupiter but at least the mass of Neptune.  There are indications that the orbit is not apsidally aligned with the dust disk, which may indicate that additional planets may be responsible for the dust disk’s structure.

However M-band images taken from the MMT Observatory put strong limits on the existence of gas giants within 40 AU of the star[ and Spitzer Space Telescope imaging suggested that the object Fomalhaut b was more likely to be a dust cloud. In 2012, two independent studies confirmed that Fomalhaut b does exist; but it is shrouded by debris, so it may be a gravitationally-bound accumulation of rubble rather than a whole planet.

Herschel Space Observatory images of Fomalhaut reveal a large amount of fluffy micrometer-sized dust is present in the outer dust belt. Because such dust is expected to be blown out of the system by stellar radiation pressure on short timescales, its presence indicates a constant replenishment by collisions of planetesimals. The fluffy morphology of the grains suggests a cometary origin. The collision rate is estimated to be approximately 2000 kilometer-sized comets per day.

Observations of the star’s outer dust ring by the Atacama Large Millimeter Array point to the existence of two planets in the system, neither one at the orbital radius proposed for the HST-discovered Fomalhaut b.

If there are additional planets from 4 to 10 AU, they must be under 20 MJ; if from 2.5 outward, then 30 MJ.

The Fomalhaut planetary system
Companion
(in order from star)
MassSemimajor axis
(AU)
Orbital period
(years)
EccentricityInclination
Inner hot disk0.08–0.11 AU
Outer hot disk0.21–0.62 AU or 0.88–1.08 AU
10 AU belt8–12 AU
Interbelt dust disk35–133 AU
b ? MJ177±68~17000.8±0.1−55°
Main belt133–158 AU−66.1°
Main belt outer halo158–209 AU

Fomalhaut b is one of the planets selected by the International Astronomical Union as part of their public process for giving proper names to exoplanets.  The process involves public nomination and voting for the new name, and the IAU plans to announce the new name in mid-November 2015.

"Still, it rankles me and some others in astronomy that the professional astronomers of the IAU are claiming the exclusive right to give ‘approved’ names to the stars. The stars – and the sky – belong to all of us. Other organizations have popped up that will also name these features for you, for a price. "

-Earthsky.org

I suggest the name of “Commode” for Fomalhaut Ab. It belongs on this table.

Fomalhaut B (TW Piscis Austrini)

Fomalhaut forms a binary star with the K4-type star TW Piscis Austrini (TW PsA, Fomalhaut B).

TW Piscis Austrini lies 0.28 parsecs (0.91 light years) away from Fomalhaut, and its space velocity agrees with that of Fomalhaut within 0.1±0.5 km/s, consistent with being a bound companion. A recent age estimate for TW PsA (400±70 million years), agrees very well with the isochronal age for Fomalhaut (450±40 million years), further arguing for the two stars forming a physical binary.

The designation TW Piscis Austrini is astronomical nomenclature for a variable star. Fomalhaut B is a flare star of the type known as a BY Draconis variable. It varies slightly in apparent magnitude, ranging from 6.44 to 6.49 over a 10.3 day period. While smaller than the Sun, it is relatively large for a flare star. Most flare stars are red M-type dwarfs.

Fomalhaut C (LP 876-10)

LP 876-10 (Fomalhaut C) is also associated with the Fomalhaut system, making it a trinary star.

In October 2013, Eric Mamajek and collaborators from the RECONS consortium announced that the previously known high-proper-motion star LP 876-10 had a distance, velocity, and color-magnitude position consistent with being another member of the Fomalhaut system. LP 876-10 was originally catalogued as a high-proper-motion star by Willem Luyten in his 1979 NLTT catalogue, however a precise trigonometric parallax and radial velocity was only measured quite recently.

LP 876-10 is a red dwarf of spectral type M4V, and located even further from Fomalhaut A than TW PsA—about 5.7° away from Fomalhaut A in the sky in the neighboring constellation Aquarius, whereas both Fomalhaut A and TW PsA are located in constellation Piscis Austrinus. Its current separation from Fomalhaut A is about 0.77 parsecs (2.5 light years), and it is currently located 0.987 parsecs (3.2 light years) away from TW PsA (Fomalhaut B). LP 876-10 is located well within the tidal radius of the Fomalhaut system, which is 1.9 parsecs (6.2 light years). Although LP 876-10 is itself catalogued as a binary star in the Washington Double Star Catalog (called “WSI 138”), there was no sign of a close-in stellar companion in the imaging, spectral, or astrometric data in the Mamajek et al. study.

In December 2013, Kennedy et al. reported the discovery of a cold dusty debris disks associated with Fomalhaut C, using infrared images from the Herschel Space Observatory. Multiple-star systems hosting multiple debris disks are exceedingly rare. The disc is roughly from 10 to 40 AU.

Summary

We can summarize the known debris discs on nearby stars. We can also compare them to the discs that orbit our star. Here is a quick and handy summary;

StarDistance of Inner DiscDistance of Middle DiscDistance of Outer Disc
Sol2 – 3 AU 2K – 5K AU
Epsilon Eridani3.00 ± 0.75 AU20 AU 
Groombridge 1618 51 AU 
Zeta Leporis2.5 AU  
Fomalhaut A8–12 AU35–133 AU133–158 AU
Fomalhaut C; LP 876-10 10 – 40 AU 

Planets

The importance of debris discs should not be underestimated. It is from these rings of dust and debris that planets form.

Now, once the dust and debris discs start to form into clumps, it is only a matter of time before the clumps start to form into planets. On a geologic scale, this activity occurs rather rapidly. The gas and dust collects and then compresses as it rotates and swirls during it’s rotation around the star. As it does so, the compression draws the gas and dust towards the mass. It starts forming into a ball. It get hotter and hotter as the dost and gas fall into it. But, unlike stars, it fails to ignite. It just forms an “almost star”, a planet.

There are numerous types of planets that they could form into.

For our purposes, we can best classify them simply. They can be as either “rocky planets” or “gaseous planets”. A rocky planet might or might not have an atmosphere. A gaseous planet would be one that would have both a gaseous atmosphere, and be rather large. In our solar system all of the “outer planets” are gaseous planets, and all of the “inner planets” are rocky.

There is a dividing line between these two types of planets known as the “frost line”. It is considered to be well understood, but after viewing other solar systems, we find that is riddled with all kinds of exceptions. It is a theory that works well for our solar system, but seems to have a few bugs when we look at other solar systems. (But then again, my understanding of it might be flawed.)

The formation of planets around young stars is a very interesting subject. It is also a very complex one involving the dynamics of particles under the ingluence of gravity around hot and young rotating bodies.
The evolution and birth of planets around very young stars; showing the frost and soot lines. The conditions of the protostar determines the orientation of the frost line. (Image Source.)

Over time, the planets age. They go through stages or eons. This is much the same way that people age. They are born hot. As such they are very uncomfortable. The environment is hot, the atmosphere, if any is toxic and unstable. The magnetic field and other attributes such as planetary rotation, pole tilt, and orbital inclination might be subject to change.

Most planets will go through an aging process much like what we have seen on the earth. These periods are in general;

  1. Hadean . Most planets look like the medieval idea of Hell.
  2. Archean . First microbes. Possible liquid water.
  3. Proterozoic . Early life.
  4. Phanerozoic . Dinosaurs to humankind.

We really haven’t come up with older time periods because we are trapped on the earth, and we do not know enough about planets older than our planet. What we can assume is pretty much a stabilization of the planet over time. As the solar system stabilizes, so does the planets orbiting within it. Over time the risk of planetary bombardment decreases. Over time the star becomes more stable (except for O, B, and A stars for the most part), and that affects the planets as well. With planetary and stellar stability comes native life.

We know that life pretty much can crop up anywhere. There are those who are still looking for “proof” that this is possible. Fine for them. I’ll let the reader into a little secret; Yah it’s damn common everywhere. You don’t need too much effort to get it all started.

While life is scurrying about on the planet surface, the planet ages like anything else. It gets colder. The internal heat that kept the interior nice and toasty eventually starts to cool down. Eventually, it will cool down enough that the core becomes solid and the planet sort of “dies”. Now those on the surface of the planet might not be aware of it, but that is what happens. It’s like a tooth where the root dies. It might be salvaged with a “crown”, but the old tooth is gone. It is dead.

As a planet gets older, it starts to cool down. As it cools the internal movement of the planet decreases and stability of the planet increases.
The aging process of a rocky planet such as the earth or the moon.

All planets age.

We are still learning about this. However, as the planet ages, the amount of heat inside the planet decreases. It cools down. That means that there is a decrease in the fluidity of the interior, a decrease in the magma movement, a decrease in the convective currents, and a noticeable decrease in the resiliency of a given planet. Once the planet cools down sufficiently, it becomes a cold, solid rocky body.

The closer a planetary body is to a star, the longer it will take to cool down. The further away it is from the star, the quicker it will take to cool down.

Anyways, the life that we see on the planet all round us is what happens after around 4.5 billion years of planetary growth. It didn’t just spring up out of nothing. It formed over time.

How the Moon Formed

Now there is a minor debate on how the moon was formed.

Scientific method
The scientific method should be used to consider all issues regarding the moon, not selected issues.

Here are some of the theories, with the “giant impact hypothesis” being the strongest contender. Initially, when people started to ponder the construction of “our” moon and why it is there, they came up with various theories. The first of which was the most obvious. It is known as the Co-formation hypothesis.

Co-formation hypothesis

Of course, who is to say that the moon did not form at the same time as the earth did? That is the key premise behind the co-formation theory. In this theory eddies and tides formed as the dust and gas started to create the earth. One such collection of dust and debris began to from near the earth and entered orbit around it.

Such a moon would have [1] a very similar composition to the planet earth, and [2] would explain the moon’s present location.  This, and the fact [3] that this seems a logical extension of planetary evolutionary theory makes this a very attractive scenario.

However, there is a problem.  While both the earth and the moon are pretty much composed of the same materials, they do not share the same density. That’s right. The moon is significantly less dense that our earth. This would not at all be the case if both the moon and the earth started out with the same materials during formation.

Which  brings us to the Giant Impact hypothesis…

Giant impact hypothesis

To refine the theory regarding how the moon came to be, and to take into account its’ odd density, scientists have come up with a different theory.

The prevailing theory, which is supported by the scientific community, is one known as “the giant impact hypothesis”. This theory suggests that the moon formed when an object smashed into the early Earth. This would have been really early on during the Hadean period. The earth was hot, semi-molten, and constantly bombarded with dust, gas and meteoroids. After all, during that time period the early solar system was awash in all kinds of clumps of early planetoids, proto-planets, and just plain masses and clumps of “stuff”.

The theory believes that the original earth was much larger than it is today. As such, it was bigger in size, with a stronger gravitational pull.

The theory has even named the object that apparently collided with the earth. It has been named as Theia.  According to the theory, Theia was the size of (present day) Mars when it collided with the Earth. Now, of course, such a collusion would have been quite messy and spectacular. Obviously you would not want to be present when this occurred. It would have been very unhealthy.

When it hit the earth, it threw up vaporized chunks of the earth into space. These chunks would find orbits around the sun. These chunks might be anything from gravel sized rocks, to huge blocks of crust looking more like humongous planetoid-sized orange peels than anything else.

Over time, the orbits of many of these objects would boomerang them back towards the earth. They would enter into orbits that would cause them to be gravitationally bound to the earth. Over time, these chunks would then again be drawn together. Since these elements came for the lighter material of the earth’s surface, and not from the heavier material inside the earth, they formed a large planetary object. A planetary object containing elements of the torn earth and Theia. This object became gravitationally bound to the earth. It orbited it and became the moon that we know of today.

Of course, the assumptions regarding this theory has some issues that do need to be addressed. For instance, why would the debris clump together and form the moon, and not fall back into the earth instead? If you believe and follow this theory, they you would come to the conclusion that it is easier to form a moon than to be gravitationally attracted to the earth.

But hey, what do I know?

They theory has many believers. Firstly because the apparent composition of the moon is suggestive of this theory, and secondly that as the material drew together around what was left of Theia’s core, it would have centered near Earth’s ecliptic plane.  This ecliptic plane is whereupon the path the sun travels through the sky. It is also which is where the moon orbits today.

This theory, also has its problems as well.

Most computer models suggest that most of the moon (over 60%) should be made up of the striking object; Theia. These models are based on classical dynamics. As such, it is surprising to note that actual rock samples from the Apollo space missions indicate otherwise. Either the samples from the missions are of something else, the computer simulations are wrong, the presumed material content of Theia is incorrect, or the entire theory is just bunk. Ah, such is the bane of the theory-of-the-day.

"In terms of composition, the Earth and moon are almost twins, their compositions differing by at most few parts in a million. This contradiction has cast a long shadow on the giant-impact model."

- Alessandra Mastrobuono-Battisti, an astrophysicist at the Israel Institute of Technology in Haifa, as interviewed by Space.com.

Some links;

The Multiple-Impact hypothesis

Since the actual findings of the rocks brought back from Apollo do not agree with the Giant Impact hypothesis, maybe there are other theories that might.

One team, quoted above, the Mastrobuono-Battisti’s team, was able to create a model to do just this. Their model suggests that Theia and the Earth shouldn’t be as widely different as previously believed.

Their theory is that instead of one huge planet named Theia smashing into the earth, many smaller objects did so. This was a rain of small debris that kicked up the earth’s crust into orbit. Over time, the debris entered orbit around the earth and collapsed together forming the moon. Their belief suggests that there was a constant rain of debris that collided with the proto-planet. This debris ended up forming the moon as well now know it.

This theory has been named the “Multiple-Impact hypothesis”, but I find it a poor naming convention. I prefer to consider this theory to be more like a “dribble of debris” rather than a “Multiple-Impact hypothesis”. After all, the impression that you get from the naming convention is a number of larger objects colliding into the proto or early earth. This is instead of a “dribble of debris” that splashed into the molten, early earth kicking up a large disc of debris that orbited the earth and eventually became the moon.

Well, that is all well and good. However, I am still having some trouble getting my arms around that most basic concept of the theory. Which is that orbiting objects would prefer to form a moon rather than fall towards a larger gravitational sink; the earth.

The Multi-Collision hypothesis

Perhaps some of the problems with the theory might be explained away by having multiple bodies that plunged into the earth. In 2012, researcher Robin Canup, of the Southwest Research Institute in Texas, proposed that Earth and the moon formed at the same time, much like the co-formation theory. However, it was not due to swirling eddies of gas and debris that became gravitationally bound. Rather it was when two massive objects, both five times the size of Mars, crashed into each other.

"After colliding, the two similar-sized bodies then re-collided, forming an early Earth surrounded by a disk of material that combined to form the moon. The re-collision and subsequent merger left the two bodies with the similar chemical compositions seen today.”

-NASA said.

Some Links;

Capture hypothesis

This is a pretty much “textbook” theory.

In the “Capture hypothesis”, Earth’s gravity managed to attract and capture a passing planetary body. This thesis has many advocates, as that was exactly what happened with many other moons in the solar system. Examples include the two moons of Mars, and numerous moons around the outer planets.

The capture theory solves and answers many of the perplexing questions that arise with other theories. For instance, it would explain the differences in the composition of Earth and its moon.

However, is also a problem with this theory as well. Typically, from what we know, captured planetoids are often oddly shaped. They are not spherical bodies like the moon is. Additionally, their orbital paths don’t conveniently line up with the ecliptic of their parent planet. Which is something that the moon does.

Apparently, the capture took some time with the moon starting in long elliptical paths where it would swing close to the earth (far closer than it does now), and swing far out and away from the earth. Eventually the orbits settled down into what we observe here today.

"Present-day nautilus shells almost invariably show thirty daily growth lines (give or take a couple) between the major partitions, or septa, in their shells. 

Paleontologists find fewer and fewer growth lines between septa in progressively older fossils. 420 million years ago, when the moon circled the earth once every nine days, the very first nautiloids show only nine growth lines between septa. 

The moon was closer to the earth and revolved about it faster, and the earth itself was rotating faster on its axis than it is now. The day had only twenty-one hours, and the moon loomed enormous in the sky at less than half its present distance from earth."

-Earth’s days used to be just 18 hours long, but the Moon changed that

The Placement hypothesis

Of course, if you go through the “approved” search engines you can find the above theories quite readily. Like anything else, if you hit 100,000 websites talking about the “Giant Impact hypothesis” you might be under the impression that that is most prevailing theory. So when you come across an odd-ball theory, there is a tendency to discount it as “radical”, “out of the mainstream”, or just plain “nonsense”.

So, here is the ruler for all of you out there in Internet land; all theories are just theories. Some have more validity than others, based on their observed and measured attributes.

Here is a theory that deserves consideration. Especially, in light of other characteristics that will be addressed later on.  This theory, which goes by the name “The Placement hypothesis” concerns that (outrageous) idea than an advanced spacefaring society intentionally placed the moon in orbit around the earth.

 “The world, we are told, was made especially for man — a presumption not supported by all the facts.” 

John Muir, A Thousand-Mile Walk to the Gulf

Hum. Is that so?

You think?

Currently, conventional scientific theory holds that the Moon was born from earth during an early period of formation.   This is a theory based on some solid and compelling information, but it is a theory and not without its problems.

To go along with this theory would require some pretty steep proof. For not only would the moon have to be composed of the same kinds of isotopes found in our solar system, but it would need to have a different composition than the earth. Which some of the other theories also address. Yet, this theory must ALSO indicate the following more problematic characteristics;

Firstly [1], that there are other extraterrestrials “out there”, that [2] have the technical ability to actually move a planet or planetoid in an orbit around the earth, [3] that they did so hundreds of millions of years ago, and finally [4] they have a reason to do so.

Because these four characteristics are considered to be “outlandish” by the scientific statists, the theory is ignored and neglected as not even worthy of comment. But others have asked this question. I contend that we should always ask questions. Especially if the answers to those questions point into new directions of thought and investigation.

I get very disturbed when I see a bleaching of the internet to only the “approved” versions of scientific discourse, and the government policy, with no regard to anything else. This falls into the category of book burnings, and the Nazi-like behavior at American software companies of “approved group mind-think”.

My definition of scientific statism;

A concentration of a set scientific theory in the hands of a closed elite group of people. Often they have direct ties to a highly centralized government. To alter or change that theory to revise it to meet new discoveries or data often requires government derived politics and peer-group approvals.

It is in light of this premise, I present this “outrageous” theory.

The theory contends that the moon formed within our solar system, but was “placed” as opposed to “captured”, in orbit around the earth. In many ways this theory is an extension of the “Capture hypothesis”, in that it is identical in the core statements, but add the additional three characteristics to help answer some strange facts about the moon.

Let’s begin with a statement by author Isaac Asimov.  Isaac Asimov, stated,

"It’s too big to have been captured by the Earth. The chances of such a capture having been effected and the moon then having taken up nearly circular orbit around our Earth are too small to make such an eventuality credible."

Conventionally, it is considered that the material the Moon is made from came from the outer surface of the Earth and left a shallow hole that filled with water and we now call the Pacific. This rock left the Earth to produce the Moon very quickly after our planet had formed around 4.6 billion years ago; or very early during the formation of our solar system.  This Earth- spurned Moon theory is a seductive one.

Let’s look at this “outrageous theory’, the “Placement hypothesis”. The moon was formed the same way the earth was formed, and was formed using many of the same materials.  It is believed that if the moon was formed in our solar system that it is contemporaneous with the same approximate location as it resides today; the “inner” rocky planets.  However, that, for reasons not clear, it migrated outbound and entered into a long elliptical orbit about the sun.  Eventually it was captured by one of the gas giants.  There, it orbited for a few billion years.  Later it was relocated into a stable parking orbit around the earth.

For that is why theories exist; to help answer as many attributes of a mystery as possible.

 “Could it be that the Moon is artificial? Could it even be hollow? And does the Moon really exist through some happy accident, or is a blueprint apparent – and if so, who was the architect? “

– New Dawn 

Granted, it’s a pretty outlandish theory.

But it meets all the criteria of what we observe in the moon today. It covers material composition, location, orientation, rotation, and other attributes that we should address now.

You know, the more conventional theories address the basics. They don’t really address the mysteries. This is unfortunate, as the moon is full of mysteries.

The outrageous “Placement hypothesis”, for all of its faults, does address the full extent of the mysteries of the moon. It also explains something else; it explains WHY there was a sudden and rapid “Cambrian Explosion” around 500 Ma.

The moon and it’s mysteries

Over the years, we have learned quite a bit about “our” moon. All you need to do is go to Wikipedia and look up the moon and start investigating all that is known about it. Yet, with all that we know, there are certain unknowns or mysteries that are worth noting.

Total Eclipses

The reader must consider that Moon is not only extremely odd in its construction; it also behaves in a way that is nothing less than miraculous.  It is exactly four hundred times smaller than the Sun but four hundred times closer to the Earth. Therefore, both the Sun and the Moon appear to be precisely the same size in the sky, which gives us the phenomenon we call a total eclipse. Whilst we take this for granted it has been called the biggest coincidence in the universe.

No other object in the universe, that we know of, has this ability. None. Not one single body.

The presence of the moon and the ability to create eclipses is a special property worthy of note.
The moon creates eclipses. This is not naturally occurring behavior, as it occurs NOWHERE else in the universe. The Moons unusual planetary alignment.

The location of the moon is truly unique.  From the point of view of an observer on the planet surface, the moon can eclipse the sun given the correct orbital alignment.  This is a truly rare alignment and the reasons for this are unknown.

I cannot help but think that it was set up so by intelligent design, rather than coincidence.  It seems impossible, doesn’t it. How can it possibly be coincidence?

The early sun & a possible moon influence

What I find most interesting about eclipses is that they are regular enough events. In fact, Solar Eclipses (shadow of the Moon partially or fully blocking the Sun) can occur two to five times a year, but the majority are partial eclipses. Total eclipses occur about once every 18 months, and affect a very limited area. The maximum coverage of the solar disk lasts between 6 and 7.5 minutes.

The only other astronomical events that have similar event cycles to eclipses are variable stars.

If the sun was once a Cepheid Variable it’s variation might have well matched that of the eclipses of the moon.

Now Cepheid variables are very luminous stars, 500 to 300,000 times greater than the sun, with short periods of change that range from 1 to 100 days. They are pulsating variables that expand and shrink dramatically within a short period of time, following a specific pattern. Obviously, if there was a relationship between the variable star and the moon, it must have occurred early on in the solar system. Perhaps in the first billion years of our solar system.

For me, speculation of the early life of our sun is enjoyable. No, our sun did not start out a G-class star. It grew into the star that we see today. We don’t really know what it was when it was young. Some of my ideas of candidates of what our sun might have been in the distant past are;

The reader need not be confused. I am only suggesting a possible correlation between the timing of the eclipses and a variable star. Perhaps there is more to this mechanism than we are aware of. Perhaps there is some kind of deeper relationship that we are unaware of. Perhaps it is something else.

Anyways, it sure is a fun thing to ponder.

Mirrors the Star

Furthermore, the Moon mirrors the movement of the Sun in the sky by rising and setting at the same point on the horizon as the Sun does at opposite solstices. For example, this means the Moon rises at midwinter at the same place the Sun does at midsummer. There is no logical reason why the Moon mimics the Sun in this way and it is only meaningful to a human standing on the Earth.

Thus, it assists in the belief that the moon is a special gift to mankind. This alignment is only meaningful to an intelligent person residing upon the surface of the earth. All in all, it’s pretty odd, and cannot be explained in light of the behaviors of other bodies in our solar system.

No other planetary body does this. For all the centuries of study on planetary bodies, and stars, not one other object in space has this ability. Not one.

Maybe this too is just a coincidence…

Strange Age

The idea that the moon formed within the solar system is a very seductive and alluring story for the formation of the moon.  Unfortunately, that idea also has its problems. Studies of the rocks returned from the moon indicate that the moon originated outside of our solar system. As such, it is easily one billion years older than the earth.

The oldest age for the Earth is estimated to be 4.6 billion years old. However, the moon rocks were dated at 5.3 billion years old, and the dust upon which they were resting was at least another billion years older.  The dust on the moon has been dated to 6.3 billion years.

This discrepancy is one that is often dismissed with a smirk. Oh, the smirk implies, the rocks and dust on the moon are not PART of the moon, they are from elsewhere. Oh, how convenient. Ah, just keep on adjusting the facts until they fit your pet theory or prevailing hypothesis.

The fact is that the dust on the moon, as well as the rocks obtained from the Apollo moon landings indicate ages much, much older than our solar system. If we take them as face value, then we need to accept the fact that the moon might be from outside our solar system.

If so, then we really do not know from whence the moon originated from.

Possible Candidates

If the moon did not originate from our solar system, then where did it come from? Well, luckily, there are numerous candidates that offer the possibility that one of the planets around another star might have been attracted to and relocated to our solar system.  Some of the candidates include;

  • Perhaps it was part of the Gamma Microscopii system, when it came close to the solar system. Backwards extrapolation of the motion of γ Microscopii has shown that approximately 3.8 million years ago, it was only around 6 light-years from the Sun.
  • Perhaps it was a member of Scholz’s star. Estimates indicate that the WISE 0720−0846 system passed about 52,000 astronomical units (0.25 parsecs; 0.82 light-years) from the Sun about 70,000 years ago. 98% of mathematical simulations of the star system’s trajectory indicated it passed through the Solar System’s Oort cloud, or within 120,000 AU (0.58 pc; 1.9 ly) of the Sun.
  • Perhaps it came from Zeta Leporis. Bobylev’s calculations from 2010 suggest that this star passed as close as 1.28 parsecs (4.17 light-years) from the Sun about 861,000 years ago.
  • Or maybe it came from Gliese 208. Calculations from 2010 suggest that this star passed as close as 1.537 parsecs (5.0 light-years) from the Sun about 500,000 years ago.

In any event all of the above candidates are really rather young. The oldest of the lot, Gliese 208 is still only 2.7 billion years old. To help answer this mystery, the star and solar system would need to be at least 5.5 billion years old.

The Chinese Rescue

But…

But, wait! The Chinese are not going to let this mystery stand. They took the rocks obtained from the lunar excursions and reexamined them. They came to the conclusion that NASA and their team of expert American geologists were all wrong. They had made a mistake! Yessur. The Chinese have retested the rocks, and low and behold they find that it almost exactly agrees with the age of our solar system. Imagine that!

“A new analysis of lunar rocks brought to Earth by Apollo 14 astronauts in 1971 suggests that the moon formed 4.51 billion years ago — just 60 million years after the solar system itself took shape.”

- Xinhuanet   2017-01-13 14:48:59

It’s sort of like how Democrats keep on finding more and more ballots after they lost an election. And, low and behold the ballots are all voting democrat! Imagine that!

The Cold Core

If the moon is the same age as the rest of the solar system, then there is a real problem with the fact that the moon is no longer geologically active. Because from what we have observed, the moon’s core should still be molten.

If the moon was the same age as the earth, the inner cores, while different in size, would still be similar. Since the earth’s core is molten, then it goes to follow that the moon’s should be molten as well.

However, that is not the case.

The core of the Moon cooled substantially earlier than any of the inner planets or planetoids.

Which means that either the moon was;

  1. The same age as the solar system, but occupied a substantially colder orbit before it was located where it is today.
  2. Is a different age than the solar system, and thus being older, the core has since solidified.

The Tungsten-182 Mystery

The mystery of an ancient moon is very perplexing. It is very, very strange. Because we do know (or at least we think we know.) that the moon actually did come from our solar system. We know this, we believe, through a study of isotopes.

Researchers have [1] presented evidence that the chemical similarity between the earth and the moon is due to a violent mixing of material that occurred when Theia hit Earth. Another study [2] presents evidence that an alternate explanation (that against all odds, the far-flung Theia happened to be made of similar stuff to our Earth) may be more plausible than previously assumed.

The authors of the first two studies looked at tungsten in Earth and the moon, tracing how much of a particular isotope has formed in each body.  The isotope, Tungsten-182, doesn’t come from these basic building blocks. It’s created by another element as it decays. So by comparing the ratio of the parent element to the daughter element (in this case tungsten) the researchers were able to work backward and establish that the moon and the Earth had the same isotopic compositions when they formed.

So one of either two situations support this;

  1. The moon was formed in our solar system.
  2. All solar systems generate similar isotropic signatures.

As such, the mystery is this; how can the moon be older than our solar system, if the isotropic signatures are similar?

Completely Circular Orbit

The moons orbit is intentionally designed to be completely circular.  It’s orbit is not elliptical like the vast majority of stellar objects. Our moon is the ONLY moon in the solar system that has a stationary, near-perfect circular orbit.  Maybe that is because of the size of the moon relative to the size of the earth. Maybe it is due to some under examined attribute of the earth, or you know, maybe it is just coincidence.

Yah. Maybe it is just another coincidence.

Unusual Center of Gravity

Stranger still, the moon’s center of mass is about 6000 feet closer to the Earth than its geometric center (which should cause wobbling), but the moon’s bulge is on the far side of the moon, away from the Earth. On rocky planetary bodies, the center of gravity is almost completely centered in the middle of the core. This is what assists in stable rotation, like a (child’s toy) top.

Once the CG is not located in the center, it will create an off-center and off-balance condition. Much the same way you would topple over if you tried lifting up a heavy boulder. The weight throws off your center of gravity, and you need to support yourself and brace yourself to lift that boulder up properly.

Now, this might be due to other things, like a massive bombardment of very heavy masses into the moons crust. But if you look at the gravitational map, the mass variations are pretty much evenly dispersed. Indeed, the moon has a strange gravitational map.

Bizarrely, its concentration of mass are located at a series of points just under its surface – which caused havoc with early lunar spacecraft. It is NOT at the center of the planetary body. Looking at the map can tell us a lot about how the moon came to be what it is today.

The gravity on the moon varies from location to location.
This is an accurate gravitational map of the moon accurate to 2017. The unusual gravitational map of the moon.

It sure looks like the moon is composed of areas (or spots) that have heavy, while most of the moon is rather light. Further, there seems to be some evidence that heavy objects plunged into the moon and formed craters.

Tidal Influence

Every schoolboy and girl knows that the moon creates the tides. The ocean moves; it raises and falls because of the gravitational tug and pull of the moon. We all think that this is natural, expected and normal. That is because the entire human race has lived with this effect since the dawn of man. We never think about it, or it’s significance.

The kind of effect that we see and experience is only possible with a large moon orbiting a planet in the configuration that we observe with the moon. For instance, the moons of Mars would have quite a difficult time trying to replicate such an effect. This effect, provides movement of the seas. This movement permits coastal creature evolution from that of an aquatic being to that of a land-dwelling creature. I cannot imagine that kind of evolutionary leap on a world with a quiet quiescent placid ocean.

If you think about it, the moon seems to be specifically designed to create the same kind of tidal effects that are present on a planet (with a moonlet) that is in close orbit to a red dwarf star.  Interesting, very interesting.

Magnetized Rocks

The presence of magnetized rocks on the surface of the moon, which has no global magnetic field, has been a mystery since the days of the Apollo program. You can well understand how this would be a mystery. The moon is cold, geologically dead, and lifeless. It has no magnetic field. Yet, when the Apollo team returned back to the earth, they hauled back rocks that were all heavily magnetized.

The only way that these rocks could have been magnetized was if the moon was close to another body with a large magnetic field, like the sun, Jupiter or Saturn.

“Based on their calculations, the researchers estimate the lunar magnetic field might have lasted for about a billion years, somewhere between around 2.7 billion and 4.2 billion years ago.”

-Space.com

While there have been efforts to take into account this strange situation, they all follow the same prescription. You take the prevailing theory of the moon formation, and then come up with new techniques, new processes, and new things to explain away the elephant in the room.

Truly, that is what is going on.

The easiest explanation is that the moon was in a periodic (maybe short lived) orbit around a very strong magnetic generator, and then moved (somehow) to its current position around the earth. The problem with this is that it doesn’t fit in with the prevailing populist theories of moon planetary formation.

Here’s what I am talking about;

All of the internet was abuzz with the apparent blind acceptance of a theory that seems to solve the magnetization mystery. Yet, I see no subsequent tests to validate this theory, nor any examples of other planets or systems that seem to maintain this narrative.

It’s just blind acceptance. At that, I must admit that I am flabbergasted.

Intentional or Intelligent Design?

Stepping back from the moon, for a brief spell, and taking a look at the big picture, we can see some “special characteristics” that our solar system has as opposed to the other solar systems that we have observed. If, our solar system was crafted or tailored as a “special place” for “special purposes”, then perhaps the odd characteristics found on the moon might teach us about our role in the universe, and the role of our solar system in all of this…

“We find that the properties of the planets in our solar system are not so significantly special compared to those in exosolar systems to make the solar system extremely rare. The masses and densities are typical, although the lack of a super-Earth-sized planet appears to be somewhat unusual. The orbital locations of our planets seem to be somewhat special but this is most likely due to selection effects and the difficulty in finding planets with a small mass or large orbital period. The mean semi-major axis of observed exoplanets is smaller than the distance of Mercury to the Sun. The relative depletion in mass of the solar system’s terrestrial region may be important. The eccentricities are relatively low compared to observed exoplanets, although the observations are biased toward finding high eccentricity planets. The low eccentricity, however, may be expected for multi-planet systems. 

Thus, the two characteristics of the solar system that we find to be most special are the lack of super-Earths with orbital periods of days to months and the general lack of planets inside of the orbital radius of Mercury.”

- Martin and Livio, “The Solar System as an Exoplanetary System,” The Astrophysical Journal Vol. 810, No. 2 (3 September 2015)

Just saying…

Now let’s get to the number one curiosity that I have devoted this post towards. The fact that the moon is hollow.

A Hollow Moon

The Moon does not have a solid core like every other planetary object.   It has a unique, and even strange kind of core.  It is either hollow or has a very low-density interior.   Possibly the strongest evidence for it to be a “hollow object”’ comes from the fact that when meteors strike the Moon, the Moon rings like a bell.

More specifically when the Apollo crew in November 20, 1969 released the lunar module, after returning to the orbiter, the module impact with the Moon caused their seismic equipment to register a continuous reverberation like a bell for more than an hour.  This ringing effect is simply the sounds travelling from one surface to the opposite surface.  That is how one obtains a ringing sound.  That implies an empty void of some unknown dimension.

The moon’s mean density is 3.34 gm/cm3 (3.34 times an equal volume of water) whereas the Earth’s is 5.5. What does this mean? In 1962, NASA scientist Dr. Gordon MacDonald stated,

"If the astronomical data are reduced, it is found that the data require that the interior of the moon is more like a hollow than a homogeneous sphere."

Nobel chemist Dr. Harold Urey suggested the moon’s reduced density is because of large areas inside the moon where is “simply a cavity.” MIT’s Dr. Sean C. Solomon wrote,

"the Lunar Orbiter experiments vastly improved our knowledge of the moon’s gravitational field... indicating the frightening possibility that the moon might be hollow."

In Carl Sagan’s treatise, Intelligent Life in the Universe, the famous astronomer stated,

"A natural satellite cannot be a hollow object."

On November 20, 1969, the Apollo 12 crew jettisoned the lunar module ascent stage causing it to crash onto the moon. The LM’s impact (about 40 miles from the Apollo 12 landing site) created an artificial moonquake with startling characteristics—the moon reverberated like a bell for more than an hour.

This phenomenon was repeated with Apollo 13 (intentionally commanding the third stage to impact the moon), with even more startling results. Seismic instruments recorded that the reverberations lasted for three hours and twenty minutes and traveled to a depth of twenty-five miles, leading to the conclusion that the moon has an unusually light—or even no—core.

But, how could this be?

The answer is right there for all of us to see. It is just that no one wants to consider it. To answer this question we have to go back to elementary school. That’s right. Now I really don’t know what they are teaching in schools today. I suspect that it is something along the lines of…

“Now, boys, and girls, and transgenders… Water is wet. Brando  has electrolytes. That’s it for science. 

Now let’s talk about important things. Let’s talk about how you feel about Muslims not being as privileged as White people are.”

Yeah, it’s that obvious.

Anyways, let’s talk about iron. You know, that stuff that (over time) migrates to the center of a planet. Well the properties of iron is pretty well known, and the various alloys have all been mapped out. To understand what happens to the iron core as it cools down we need to look at a phase diagram for iron. Here’s a pretty decent one. It plots the phases of various steel / iron alloys by temperature at a constant pressure (Ugh! Unfortunately, we’ve got to assume 1 atm pressure in this chart.).

The phase changes of iron as a function of percentage of carbon.
Phase diagram of iron and steel as a percentage of carbon. This is a very great chart that shows (obviously) how the material changes when you add carbon tot he molten iron. Phase Diagram for Iron (and Steel). (Image Source.)

If there is one thing that should be clear in this diagram, it is that regardless of the concentration of residual carbon in the iron matrix, a ball of liquid molten iron will solidify. It will go from liquid to solid. Now this is pretty much well known, especially in astronomical circles. What you need to take into account is pressure as well as temperature. To this end, here is a nice chart showing at which temperature and pressure that iron in the core of a planet goes from liquid to a solid state.

Planetary iron goes through phases changes like any other material.
P-T diagram showing the phase state conditions for planetary iron. The inner core can be a solid even at very high temperatures. Great article this. (Image Source.)

And, what is most important to this discussion is that when iron goes from liquid to solid it shrinks. Now, this should be common knowledge. Most metals shrink when they get cold.

The amount of shrinkage varies from alloy to alloy and material to material. The rate of shrinkage changes as well, and depends on many, many factors. If the reader is so inclined, you can look at the shrinkage of steel under thermal contraction as it solidifies HERE. It’s good stuff, but a little too dry for casual reading.

Now, metal shrinks in stages during the cooling process. It doesn’t just shrink all of a sudden. An observer wouldn’t be stunned or startled when it happens.

In the solidification of molten metals, there are  three separate degrees of shrinkage. These degrees or stages, include [1] liquid-to-solid shrinkage, [2] liquid shrinkage, and finally a process [3] known as patternmaker’s contraction.

Liquid Shrinkage

“During solidification of a metal, the density of the material changes due to cooling of the metal in both liquid and solid state as well as due to the solid to liquid phase transformation itself. Phase transformations in the solid state during solidification may also cause a volume change which will affect the solidification process.”

-On the shrinkage of metals and its effect in solidification processing, by Anders Lagerstedt.

The first stage is not too exciting. What actually happens is that the molten metal starts to contract, while it is still liquid. If you had a container of molten iron on your desk and you kept cooling it down, then there would be a point where the iron was still liquid, but the amount of liquid would decrease. The liquid itself would shrink. This is known as “liquid shrinkage”.

If you were astute, and noticed this, you might think that the molten iron evaporated into the air. (Like how a pan of boiling water eventually gets less and less over time. However, this is not the case at all. The actual liquid iron shrinks.

Liquid to Solid Shrinkage

The second stage is called the Liquid-to-solid shrinkage. As the mass of metal changes from the fragmented molecular particles into the integrated blocks, it starts to shrink. It is a process involving the molecular arrangement of the substance.  Of course, the amount of solidification shrinkage varies from low to high shrinkage volumes as well as from alloy to alloy.

There is an entire science to this process, and it is extremely interesting. However, for our purposes, let’s just keep it simple.

Patternmaker’s Contraction

After the solidification of the metal is complete and cooling is to ambient temperatures, the contraction that occurs is known as the Patternmakers Contraction. The proportions of the mold cavity are changed by this contraction from those of the molten metal in the cast to that of the alloy’s grade of compression. This is a problem that all people experience when they try to cast parts out of iron. The iron shrinks during cooling and it becomes smaller than the mold that it was cast out of. If the mold maker is not careful, there will be distortions in the final part.

The state changes and phase states of an ideal metal.
This diagram shows the cooling curve and states for a pure metal. All metals follow these rules with variations in temperatures, duration and properties. The cooling curve of a pure metal/ (Image Source.)

A moon with a contracted iron core

Which brings us back full circle to our moon.

Most planets in our solar system, with the exception of the smaller planetoids, asteroids and comets have a warm and hot interior.  At the center of most of the planets in our solar system reside hot molten liquid cores.  The mantle and cooler surfaces of the planets surround these hot cores.  But that is not the case with our moon.

A long time ago, when is unknown, the moon cooled down and the hot and molten interior normally associated with planets became cold and lifeless.  As it cooled down, it shrank.

All metals, and metal ores shrink when they cool down.  The interior center of the moon was mostly iron, and so when the hot molten iron cooled, it shrunk.  As it shrunk, it created numerous gaps.  One of which was the largest and most predominant gap.

This was much like the core of a peach.  When the seed inside a peach shrinks, it creates a void or space gap inside.

In the case of “our” moon, the heavy iron core was much denser than the Moon’s outer mantle and thus it was more apt to be affected by the Earth’s gravitational attractive forces.  The gravitational pull on the moon (by our earth) eventually caused the cool iron core to displace.

This displacement tugged the core to one side of the hollow void.  It tugged the core towards the Earth, thus creating a displaced center of gravity.  And, thus helped to make the Moon tidally locked in place.  (The core of  iron was “flattened” in addition to being displaced.)  This movement caused the void to change shape.  Thus making the existing void larger and greater in height.

While we do not know the absolute composition of the core of the moon, we do strongly suspect that it is of iron composition.

Meteoritic Iron

Until someone bores down into the core of a planet, there is really no way for us to know what the composition of iron is at the core. For reasons of my own, I like to think that the best approximation of the iron composition of the core of the moon is something resembling meteoritic iron.

“Meteoric iron, sometimes meteoritic iron, is a native metal found in meteorites and made from the elements iron and nickel mainly in the form of the mineral phases kamacite and taenite. Meteoric iron makes up the bulk of iron meteorites but is also found in other meteorites. Apart from minor amounts of telluric iron, meteoric iron is the only naturally occurring native metal of the element iron on the Earth's surface.”

-Wikipedia

Without getting into too much detail, we can clearly see that Irregardless to the percentage of kamacite or taenite in the core of the moon, the core will eventually phase change into a solid mass eventually. There is a variation on when this occurs and how, depending on the amount of nickel, but this doesn’t change the fact that the core will eventually go completely solid.

All materials have a phase diagram. Here is one on planetary iron and it's components of kamacite as a percentage of nickel.
Phase diagram for kamacite depending on the percent of nickel. Phase diagram for kamacite and taenite, as a percentage of nickel. (Image source.)

The iron core, of some unknown alloy (probably a mixture of kamacite and taenite), contracted when it cooled. It shrank. From what we know about the shrinkage of iron (and iron alloys) it underwent stages of shrinkage. If the behavior of cooling iron in a planetary core is similar to that of cooling iron in a metallic mold, then we know that the iron core would delaminate from the interior core of the planet.

This would be exactly as what is observed by the “Patternmaker’s contraction”.

“Most iron meteorites are thought to come from over 50 asteroids 5-100 kilometers in size that were melted, differentiated into metallic cores and silicate mantles, and broken open by impacts long after they had slowly cooled. 

However, we find that the cooling rates for one group of iron meteorites (dubbed the IVA group) and other irons require a much more complex history and much larger parent bodies. 

The IVA metal was probably derived originally from a body at least 600 kilometers in diameter, and possibly much larger, that was dispersed by an impact leaving a molten metal body 300 kilometers in diameter. 

The molten metal body solidified and cooled slowly with scarcely any enveloping silicate mantle. This history supports several recent theoretical studies that infer that differentiated asteroids and meteorites are debris from protoplanetary collisions, that protoplanets were abundant in the asteroid belt, and that parent bodies of iron-rich meteorites were broken up early.”

- Edward Scott (Hawai'i Institute of Geophysics and Planetology), Jijin Yang and Joseph Goldstein (University of Massachusetts, Amherst) from the article titled “When Worlds Really Did Collide”.

While no one, that I know of, has ever worked on the behavior of the metallic iron that would exist at the core of a planet, the team of Scott, Yang and Goldstein have come close. They studied the microscopic cross-sections of meteors and meteorites to learn about how they cooled. They concluded that…

“Our only clues to their sizes come from the thermal histories of meteorites as the larger a solid body, the longer it took to cool. Most cooling rates for meteorites have been obtained from studies of Fe-Ni metal grains, which on cooling from 1000 to 700 K change their crystal structure. For iron meteorites, which are mostly derived from asteroidal cores, this structural change produces the well-known Widmanstätten pattern of crystallographically oriented kamacite plates in taenite.”

They studied the taenite grains with an electron microprobe. From this, they then plugged the observed data into a computer program that reproducing the data with computer models for kamacite growth together with diffusion rates and equilibrium mineral compositions at 1000-700 K. This produced a computer model that simulates the formation of the Widmanstätten pattern of oriented kamacite plates.

It is a very, very interesting subject. However, rather than getting down and deep into all the dirt concerning this, let’s skip all the chapters and go to the end of the book.

After all their analysis, they derived a chart showing the cooling rate of an iron core within a planet (as a function of nickel percentage). This is the “quick and easy” chart;

The amount or percentage of nickel in a mass of planetary iron will influence the cooling rate of a planetary body.
There is an apparently linear relationship on the cooling rates of planetary iron as a function of nickel percentage. (Image Source.)

They, however, are concerned with the accuracy of this study. They do not think that it would be applicable to cooling within a planet. “Since two different techniques show that the IVA irons cooled at very diverse rates, they could not have cooled in a mantle-covered metallic core.”

Each curve in this diagram shows how the cooling rate changes with falling temperature at a specific location inside the metallic body. Our IVA cooling rates, indicated by the two straight lines, suggest that the IVA irons were located between 0.4R and 0.97R, where R is the radius of the body (150 kilometers). In other words, the meteorites come from depths 97% of the way to the surface (0.97R) from the center to only 40% (0.4R).

A Shrunken Core

The details have far too many variables for us to nail down exactly what happened. What we do know is that the core of the moon went from a hot molten mass to a cold metallic mass over time.

We believe that the amount of time that it took to occur was due to the composition of the core. This depended on the amount of kamacite and taenite, as well as the percentage of nickel at the core. Other influences included the thickness and composition of the mantle.

We know that today, with an age of 5.5 billion years, the moon’s core is cold, lifeless and dead. We also know that at one time, it was alive and active. We do not know how long that it took for it to cool down to a lifeless rock, and as such we don’t know exactly how long the core has been cool. It is strongly suggested that this amount of time exceeded that of the age of our solar system.

What is of most interest to us today, is what the shrinkage rate is for kamacite and taenite. For that would give us a rough idea of the size of the core when it was molten, compared to the size of the core now that it is cold and solid. The general rule of thumb in calculation of shrinkage in industry is to multiply the total volume by .06 to find out the total shrinkage.

Of course, this isn’t truly accurate. The rate of shrinkage will vary from metal to metal. Here is a comparative chart;

Typical Shrinkage Allowances for Important Casting Metals

MetalContraction
(per cent)
Contraction
(mm per meter)
Grey cast iron0.7 to 1.057 to 10.5
   
White cast iron2.121
   
Malleable iron1.515
   
Steel2.020
   
Brass1.414
   
Aluminum1.818
   
Aluminum alloys1.3 to 1.613 to 16
   
Bronze1.05 to 2.110.5 to 21
   
Magnesium1.818
   
Zinc2.524
   
Manganese steel2.626.5

Since we believe that the core was composed of an alloy of iron, mostly containing  kamacite and taenite with an unknown percentage of nickel, we can reasonably assume that it is a variation of “white iron”. Thus, it has a shrinkage rate of 2.1%, or  21 mm/meter. (That is about a inch for every yard of iron.)

A Debate on the Core

Not everyone believes that the moon has a dead, solid core.

There are those who believe that it is still geologically active. As such, they envision the core to be identical to that of the earth, only much, much smaller. Their computations on the size of the core are based on this assumption. As such, if the moon has a core like that of the earth, they reason, it MUST be completely out of step with every other planet in the solar system. For it to fit their models, it has to be very tiny.

You can read their arguments here;

The argument goes a little something like this. The lunar core is, by latest accounts, 1 to 3% of the total mass, but Earth’s core is 33% of the total mass. The Moon’s core is, in fact, proportionately smaller than the cores of any of the inner planets in the Solar System. Why this must be so has never been worked out, and there are no theories to explain it.

However, if you ignore the statist arguments that the moon has a geologically active core, and embrace the idea that the moon is far older than the earth (as proven by the rocks), and thus the core has one or maybe two billion years longer to cool down, then we can accept a hypothesis that matches observed data. The moon has a normal core, of a normal and “typical” size. The only difference is that it is dead and no longer hot and molten. As dead, we consider it to be 3% of the diameter, and not 33% of the moon’s diameter.

What the Core looks like

At this stage of the game, it is very difficult to identify the amount of shrinkage that the iron core underwent. It is also difficult to determine what percentage of the cavity was produced during the shrinkage process, and what form it took on. Certainly there would be areas of geodes and pockets of various sizes and shapes.

Additionally, the migration of the shrinking core would be towards the largest nearby planetary body, the earth. The solid iron core would more than likely rest along the inside of the cavity nearest to the earth. As such it might compress the inner cavity walls somewhat, making the void slightly bigger opposite it.

Ignoring their statist studies (spending time to make things fit an established narrative), and working out our calculations based on observations from all other planets in our solar system, we come up with the following baselines;

  • The moon diameter is 3,476.28 km / 3,471.94 km = 3,374.11 km.
  • The geologically active core diameter is 33% of the moon diameter = 1,146.46 km.
  • The dead core diameter is 3% of the moon diameter = 104.22 km.
  • The shrinkage of the core is 2.1% = 2.18 km.

Since we have to assume that the earth provided a gravitational influence during the shrinking process, there would be movement of the core during the shrinking process. The core would move closer to the earth. The movement would equal that (or be very similar to) that of the shrinkage.

  • Movement of the center of gravity = 2.18 km.

This makes me feel really good that I am on the right track. Apollo 15 and 16 both used laser altimeters to navigate the moon. To the surprise of everyone in NASA, the center of gravity of the moon was determined to be offset by around 2 km. So, my calculations are absolutely confirmed by actual readings. I calculated an offset of 2.18 km, and actual measured offset was “approximately 2.0 km”.

The iron core shrunk and created a hollow; a pit or a space inside of the moon.
The shrunken metal core sitting inside the cavity that remains. The iron core went from a molten state to a solid state. As it did so, it shrunk. The result was a cavity created when it was molten, and now empty as it has shrunk and delaminated away from the edges. The core now sits on the earth side of the cavity, and exists as the “sky” for a huge internal cavity that is larger than the surface area of the state of Massachusetts. Shrunk iron core sitting inside a cavity inside the moon.

Radiation

What I find interesting about this whole situation is the idea that there is this huge cavity inside the moon. What would it be like? Would people there be weightless because they are in the middle of a planet? No, not likely. Chances are that they would walk on the surface of the largest gravitational attractor. This would NOT be the solidified core. No. It would be on the solidified mantle.

The solid core would be above them in their “sky”.

Further, even with a solid core, it would still take a long, long time for the core to go completely cold. In other words, the solid iron ball in the “sky” would be emitting heat and light in the IR range (via “black body” radiation) for a long time. This radiation would keep the cavity temperature warm, and provide light to those creatures adapted to that kind of radiation.

So, to an inhabitant inside of the cavity, there would be a large “sun” that would illuminate the ground around us all. This sun would emit heat and light in the IR range. To a creature who could see in the IR range, it might look a little like this…

IR view of a lake
The views can be amazing. It all depends on what eye cones a given species has. For species that evolve around dwarfs, they must have eye cones that can see in the infrared range. This leads to some very beautiful images when we explore this realm. Here we see what it would look like if you could see in both the IR and the blue range.

This is similar to what it is like in a steel mill. If you were standing near an Electric Arc Furnace when the steel is poured, you would feel pretty hot. This is because the hot furnace is sending out infra-red radiation. This is part of the electromagnetic spectrum – with a wavelength slightly longer than visible light.  You cannot see it, but boy can you feel it. The same is true for ingots that are pulled right out of the mold. They sizzle in heat, but if you didn’t know better, you might walk up to them and touch them and maybe lose an arm in the process.

When the infra-red radiation hits your face or hands, it is absorbed and warms you up. The hotter the molten iron, the more intense the radiation and the hotter you will feel.

A species, from say a red dwarf, would be well suited to seeing in this wavelength. To them, it would be like bright daylight on a summer day.

View in the IR
Were a civilization were to be established on a planet around a brown dwarf, the inhabitants would need to see in the infrared spectrum. To them, the life would be the same as the life that us humans have. It is only that they would perceive it differently. Perception is everything, and ti molds the scientific advantages that a civilization can muster.

Putting it all Together

No one will ever know for certain, the story behind the moon and how it ended up where it is today. At best, we can come up with theories.

The theories that seem to solve all the of the mysteries of the moon, do seem to be the most outlandish. After all, to believe in the certainty of the more outlandish theories is to accept the insignificance of the human species.

Which brings up a point that is worthy of consideration. If the earth is important enough to warrant repositioning of a planet, then the species capable of doing so, must also still be involved in this  planet to some degree.

Is it really too difficult to believe that the earth is indeed a special place? Is it too difficult to consider that either by [1] intelligent direction, or by [2] a coincidence of rare events, that the earth is truly unique?

Consider the possibility;

  • The Moon was formed outside of our solar system.
  • The moon formed close to a star or a large body like a Jupiter sized gas giant.
  • After the first one billion years during the formation of the solar system it migrated outward for reasons unknown.
  • Many of the rocks on the moon are magnetized because of the large magnetic field associated with the star / gas giant that it orbited.
  • During the movement process, the Moon collected (or had) a large number of orbital companions that fell into a more or less unstable orbit around the former Moon equator.  These minor planetary bodies eventually fell to the moon and created a banded cratering effect.
  • The moon location around the earth relative to the sun is intentional. The reasons for this is not altogether clear.  Perhaps we can speculate that it was because (at the time the moon was moved) the sun was more active or variable and thus the moon had to “protect” the earth.
  • The presence of a huge underground void caused by the displacement of the core is a significant feature of the Moon and does absolutely create a secure underground habitation were a species capable of the technology to harvest that advantage.
  • The presence of the moon considerably changed the development of many naturally evolved creatures on the surface of the planet.  As without the tides, the evolutionary sequence of many creatures would be vastly different today.

Conclusions

The moon is no longer geologically active. It is a large and dead object that orbits our planet. It is an interesting object that has more than just a few mysteries.

There are many theories on how the moon came to be, but the most outrageous theories are the ones that actually fit the observed data and characteristics.

Chart of moon formation theory comparisions.
A comparison of selected theories on moon formation and whether they fit the observed characteristics of the moon. The theories that fit the largest number of observed characteristics are the ones that are considered the most outrageous.

The moon possesses a hollow cavity that is very enormous. It was formed when the iron core solidified, and during the shrinking process it delaminated from the primarily silicon mantle.  At the widest point, the ceiling for the cavity is at 2.1 km, or 6889.76 feet. This is a huge volume of space.  As such it can contain stratus, stratocumulus, and cumulous clouds and rain (given a proper oxygen atmosphere with water and nitrogen).

The surface area on the iron core surface is also enormous. At over 32,685 km, it is bigger than the state of Massachusetts.

Now, for the kicker, if the moon was placed in orbit around the earth through the “placement hypothesis” by an extraterrestrial intelligence, then they would also have the technology to detoxify the inner void present inside the moon. They would occupy it, and create a stable and safe environment from which to monitor the earth by.

It is unknown how long this void would have been inhabited, however it is reasonable to assume that creatures and fauna presently now long extinct, could have continued their existence within that chamber and evolved in different ways over the time from their earth brothers and sisters. That is, were the inhabitants of the moon’s interior desirious of the creation of an internal natural habitat.

Take Aways

All this being stated;

  • Nobody knows how the moon was formed. All we have are theories.
  • Nobody knows why the earth and the moon have such an unusual relationship. No one is brave enough to provide any reasonable hypothesis.
  • The moon is old, much older than our solar system. No matter what the latest study from China purports.
  • The moon is not precisely hollow, it has a large void instead.
  • The void was formed by the solidification of the iron core, and a delamination during the “Patternmaker’s contraction”.
  • The gravity of the earth displaced the core towards the earth by 2.1 km.
  • The early life of the sun and the solar system is very interesting, but hasn’t really been given the study it deserves.
  • If the earth has a role in the evolution and development of the human sentience, then the moon would play an important role in it.

RFH

How about a Request For Help? I tire of busybodies and statists who poke fun at the ideas and theories of others. They offer no constructive dialog. Rather they just make fun, ridicule, and then scurry under a rock.

To help put this in perspective, put yourself in my shoes…

Imagine that you are working at a company with a brutal NDR. You cannot divulge anything about what you are involved in for any reason.

Now, let’s suppose that for thirty years you were involved in training unicorns to dance with bigfoot. To help with your training, the Lock Ness Monster would gather “magical beans” that you would award the unicorns when they did a particularly impressive dance move; like the cha cha or a nice rendition of the samba.

Now, there is no way that you can talk about unicorns, bigfoot, or the Lock Ness Monster. But, the NDR doesn’t cover “magic beans”. So in the best interests of society, you might want to posit your thoughts about growing “magic beans” and how they might be of interest to imaginary creatures.

That is the situation that I find myself in.

So, if you, the reader, were so interested, I would welcome calculations that are more accurate on the displacement of the moon. Or, perhaps the radiative heating of the chamber void. I would welcome a discussion on the possibility of our sun once being a variable star. I would welcome a discussion on what kinds of large body would be able to magnetize the rocks thus found on the moon. I would welcome a relook at the Chinese study that claims that the moon is not as old as the rocks portray.

This is my call-out, to you the reader, to assist all of us in solving these mysteries. After all, this is a far better use of the internet than for looking at Justin Bieber videos.

FAQ

Q: Is the moon hollow?
A: The moon has an enormous void deep in the center of it. This void is over the size of the state of Massachusetts, and is large enough to have clouds and a stable atmosphere.

Q: How was the moon formed?
A: No one knows. We had best believe that it formed using typical processes, and migrated to its current position in some manner that we are unaware of.

Q: How old is the moon?
A: The rocks obtained by the Apollo team, at various and numerous landing sites, confirmed that the moon was at least one billion years older than our solar system. The dust that they collected was one billion years older than that. This suggests that the moon originated outside of the solar system.

However, the Chinese have determined that NASA’s calculations were all incorrect. The actual age of the moon absolutely agrees with the age of the solar system.

Q: What is the significance of the magnetized rocks on the moon?
A: The presence of magnetized rocks points to a very strong magnetic flux. This can only occur when the moon was in close proximity to a star or large gas giant. Close proximity means in close and very tight orbit around it.

Q: Was the moon positioned around the earth intentionally?
A: The only theory that describes some of the more perplexing attributes of the moon is one that suggests exactly this.

Q: Is the moon inhabited?
A: If you had the ability, the technology, and the desire, the moon would make a very nice and stable habitat.

MAJestic Related Posts – Training

These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.

How to tell...
How to tell -2
Top Secrets
Sales Pitch
Feducial Training
Implantation
Probe Calibration - 1
Probe Calibration - 2
Leaving the USA

MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe

These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.

Enjoy.

Secrets of the universe
Alpha Centauri
Our Galaxy the Milky Way
Sirius solar system
Alpha Centauri
The fuselage embedded within the rocks of Victoria Falls.
The Hammer inside the rock.
The Hollow Moon
The Mystery of the Lapulapu Ridge.
The Mystery of the Baltic UFO.
Mystery of the bronze bell.
Mystery of the oil lamp found inside a block of coal.
Did extraterrestrials set up a colony in Pennsylvania?
The Oxia Palus Facility
Brown Dwarfs
Apollo Space Exploration
CARET
The Nature of the Universe
Type-1 Grey Extraterrestrial
The mysterious flying contraptions.

MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel

These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that  cover this topic.

Cat Heaven
MWI
Things I miss
How MWI allows world-line travel.
An Observed World-Line switch.
Vehicular world-line travel
Soul is not consciousness.

John Titor Related Posts

Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.

They are;

Articles & Links

  • You can start reading the articles by going HERE.
  • You can visit the Index Page HERE to explore by article subject.
  • You can also ask the author some questions. You can go HERE to find out how to go about this.
  • You can find out more about the author HERE.
  • If you have concerns or complaints, you can go HERE.
  • If you want to make a donation, you can go HERE.